Columbia  SJntoenrftp 

mtljeCitpoflrttigork 

College  of  ^fjpstcians  ano  gmrgeon* 
Hibrarp 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 
Columbia  University  Libraries 


http://www.archive.org/details/dictionaryofdentOOharr 


DICTIONARY 


DENTAL   SCIENCE 


HARRIS  AND   GORGAS 


THE   STANDARD   AUTHORITIES 

ox 

DENTAL  MEDICINE 


HARRIS'S  Principles  and  Practice  of  Dentistry.  Including  Anatomy, 
Physiology,  Pathology,  Therapeutics,  Dental  Surgery  and  Mechanism.  By 
Chapin  A.  Hareis,  m.d.,  d.d.s.,  late  President  of  the  Baltimore  Dental 
College,  Author  of  "Dictionary  of  Medical  Terminology  and  Dental  Surgery." 
Thirteenth  Edition.  Eevised  and  Edited  by  Ferdinand  J.  S.  Goegas,  A.m., 
31. d.,  D.D.S. ,  Author  of  "Dental  Medicine;"  Professor  of  the  Principles  of 
Dental  Science,  Oral  Surgery,  and  Dental  Mechanism  in  the  University  of 
Maryland.     1250  Illustrations.     1180  pages.     8vo. 

Cloth,  §6.00  ;  Leather,  $7.00  ;  Half  Russia,  $8.00 
Dictionary  of  Dentistry.  Including  definitions  of  such  Words  and 
Phrases  of  the  Collateral  Sciences  as  Pertain  to  the  Art  and  Practice  of 
Dentistry.  Sixth  Edition.  Rewritten,  Revised,  and  Enlarged.  By 
Ferdinand  J.  S.  Goegas,  M.D.,  D.D.s.,  Author  of  "  Dental  Medicine  ;  " 
Editor  of  Harris's  "  Principles  and  Practice  of  Dentistry  ;"  Professor  of 
Principles  of  Dental  Science,  Oral  Surgery,  and  Prosthetic  Dentistry  in 
the  University  of  Maryland.    Octavo.    662  pages. 

Cloth,  $5.00  ;  Leather,  $6.00 

GORGAS'S  Dental  Medicine.  A  Manual  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera- 
peutics. By  Feedinand  J.  S.  Gorgas,  m.d.,  d.d.s.,  Professor  of  the 
Principles  of  Dental  Science,  Oral  Surgery,  and  Dental  Mechanism  in  the 
University  of  Maryland.  Sixth  Edition.  Revised  and  Enlarged,  with  many 
Formula?.     8vo.     592  pages.      Cloth,  $4.00  ;  Sheep,  $5.00  ;  Half  Russia,  $6.00 

RICHARDSON'S  Mechanical  Dentistry.  A  Practical  Treatise  on  Mechan- 
ical Dentistry.  By  Joseph  Richardson,  d.d.s.  Seventh  Edition.  Thor- 
oughly Revised  and  in  many  parts  Rewritten  by  De.  Geo.  W.  Warren,  Chief 
of  the  Clinical  Staff,  Pennsylvania  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Philadelphia. 
With  691  Illustrations,  many  of  which  are  from  original  Wood  Engravings. 
Octavo.     675  pages.  Cloth,  $5.00  ;  Leather  $6.00  ;  Half  Russia,  $7.00 

TOMES'  Dental  Anatomy.  A  Manual  of  Dental  Anatomy,  Human  and  Com- 
parative. By  C.  S.  Tomes,  d.d.s.  263  Illustrations.  Fifth  Edition.  12mo. 
596  pages.    "  Cloth,  $4.00 

Dental  Surgery.  A  System  of  Dental  Surgery.  By  John  Tomes,  f.e.s. 
Fourth  Edition,  Thoroughly  Revised.  By  C.  S.  Tomes,  d.d.s.  With 
289  Illustrations.     12mo.     717  pages.  Cloth,  $4.00 

"WARREN.  Compend  Dental  Pathology  and  Dental  Medicine.  Con- 
taining all  the  most  noteworthy  points  of  interest  to  the  Dental  Student  and  a 
Chapter  on  Emergencies.  By  Geo.  W.  Warren,  d.d.s  ,  Clinical  Chief,  Penn- 
sylvania College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Philadelphia.  Third  Edition,  Enlarged. 
Illustrated.     Being  No.  13  ?  Quiz-Compend  Series.     12mo.  Cloth,  $0.80 

Interleaved  for  the  addition  of  Notes,  $1.25 
Dental  Prosthesis  and  Metallurgy.    129  Illustrations.       Cloth,  $1.25 

*#*  Catalogues  of  Books  on   Dentistry,    Medicine,    Chemistry,  and   Sanitary 
Medicine  sent  free  upon  application. 


P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  &  CO.,  Medical  Booksellers, 

IOI2   WALNUT   STREET,    PHILADELPHIA. 


■ 


DICTIONARY 


OF 


DENTAL  SCIENCE 


AND   SUCH  WORDS  AND    PHRASES   OF  THE   COLLATERAL 

SCIENCES  AS   PERTAIN  TO  THE  ART  AND 

PRACTICE  OF  DENTISTRY 


BY 


CHAPIN  A.  HARRIS,  M.D.,  D.D.S. 

LATE   PROFESSOR   OF   THE    PRINCIPLES   OF   DENTAL  SURGERY   IN  THE    BALTIMORE    COLLEGE  ;     MEMBER   OF  THE  AMERICAN- 
MEDICAL     ASSOCIATION  ;      MEMBER     OF     THE      MEDICO-CHIRURGICAL     FACULTY     OF      MARYLAND  ; 
AUTHOR   OF   "  PRINCIPLES   AND    PRACTICE    OF   DENTAL  SURGERY,"    ETC. 


Siitb  JEMtion 

CAREFULLY  REVISED  AND  ENLARGED 


PA' 

FERDINAND  J.  S.  GORGAS,  M.D.,  D.D.S. 

AUTHOR    OF   "DENTAL    MEDICINE;"     EDITOR   OF   HARRIS*    "PRINCIPLES   AND   PRACTICE   OF    DENTISTRY;"     PROFESSOR    OF 

PRINCIPLES   OF   DENTAL   SCIENCE,    ORAL   SURGERY,   AND   PROSTHETIC   DENTISTRY 

IN     THE     UNIVERSITY     OF     MARYLAND 


PHILADELPHIA 

BLAKISTON'S    SON    &    CO 

IOI2    WALNUT    STREET 
1898 


Copyright,  1898,  by  p.  blakiston's  Son  &  Co. 


Press  of  Wm.  F.  Fell  &  Co., 

1220-24   SANSON!    ST., 

PHILADELPHIA. 


TO 

ELEAZAR   PARMLY,  M.D.,  D.D.S., 

LATE   PROVOST  OF  THE   BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF   DENTAL  SURGERY, 

AS  A  TOKEN  OF  ESTEEM  FOR  GREAT  PROFESSIONAL  AND  PRIVATE  WORTH 
AND   AS   A  TRIBUTE    OF   AFFECTIONATE    REGARD, 

(Lbis  Wioxk  is  HcsprcifnlltJ  ptbicateb 


BY   HIS  FRIEND, 

THE   AUTHOR. 


:X 


PREFACE  TO  THE  SIXTH  EDITION. 


The  editor,  in  presenting  the  sixth  edition  of  a  . Dictionary  of  Dental 
Science,  and  of  such  words  and  phrases  of  a  number  of  collateral  sciences 
as  may  be  useful  to  both  practitioner  and  student,  is  encouraged  by 
the  favor  which  the  preceding  editions  have  met  with  and  also  by  a 
feeling,  not  in  any  manner  egotistical,  that  this  new  edition  will  be  found 
to  be  greatly  superior  to  the  three  previous  editions  which  he  has  revised. 
The  only  work  of  the  kind  in  existence,  the  editor  in  his  revision  of  the 
sixth  edition  has  endeavored,  by  the  addition  of  thousands  of  words, 
phrases,  etc.,  to  supply  a  treatise  which  will  meet  the  requirement  not 
only  for  a  dictionary  of  purely  dental  words,  etc.,  but  also  one  that  will,  in  a 
single  volume,  define  all  the  medical,  surgical,  and  other  terms  which  the 
dental  practitioner  and  student  may  require.  In  meeting  such  a  want, — 
seven  years  having  elapsed  since  the  publication  of  the  fifth  edition, — 
additions  have  been  made  to  nearly  all  the  pages  of  the  preceding  edition  in 
the  revision  of  the  present  one. 

It  was  formerly  supposed  that  the  large  number  of  medical  dictionaries 
published  would  supply  the  dental  student  with  all  definitions  of  terms 
which  were  not  strictly  dental ;  but  the  rapid  and  extended  advance  of 
dental  science  and  dental  practice  has  rendered  it  absolutely  necessary,  at 
the  present  time,  that  a  dental  dictionary  should  also  be  a  medical  diction- 
ary, and  include  many  words  and  phrases  pertaining  to  other  sciences, 
but  all  having  a  connection  with  dentistry.  The  additions  to  this  new 
edition,  therefore,  consist  of  definitions  and  descriptions  *of  all  of  the  latest 
terms  and  phrases  which  pertain  to  the  dentistry  of  the  present  day,  and 
also  those  of  the  collateral  sciences.  Among  such  additions  may  be  found 
definitions  of  all  forms  of  micro-organisms  found  in  the  mouth,  electric 
units,  electric  words  and  phrases,  and  operations  into  which  electricit}'  has 
been  introduced;  as,  electro-therapy  or  electro-motive  power.  It  has  also 
been  the  purpose  of  the  editor  to  refer  to  all  the  new  terms,  methods,  and 

vii 


Vlll  PREFACE    TO    THE    SIXTH    EDITION. 

materials  which  have  been  introduced  into  dentistry  during  the  past  seven 
years,  to  modify  some  definitions,  and  correct  a  number  of  typographical 
and  other  errors,  as  well  as  to  add  new  material  throughout  the  entire 
volume ;  all  of  which  has  been  done  with  the  hope  that  this  new  edition 
will  prove  useful  and  instructive. 

Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas. 
Hamilton  Terrace,  Baltimore,  Md. 


PREFACE  TO  THE  FIFTH  EDITION. 


The  first  edition  of  Professor  Chapin  A.  Harris'  "  Dictionary  of  Medi- 
cine  and  Dental  Surgery "  was  published  in  1849,  and  a  steady  and 
increasing  demand  for  the  work  encouraged  the  author  to  prepare  a 
second  edition  in  1854.  the  first  having  long  before  been  exhausted.  The 
object  of  the  author,  at  a  time  when  dictionaries  of  medicine  were  few 
in  number,  and  not  easily  accessible  to  the  dental  practitioner  and  stu- 
dent, was  to  present  a  work  containing  satisfactory  definitions  and  tech- 
nicalities belonging  to  dental  surgery,  as  well  as  to  the  other  branches 
of  medicine  and  to  the  collateral  sciences,  in  the  belief  that  such  a  work 
was  greatly  needed ;  and  subsequent  reflection  convinced  him  that  a 
more  extended  view  of  the  subject  was  necessary,  owing  to  the  fact  that 
the  scope  of  professional  education  for  the  dentist  had  become  so  widened 
that  general  medicine  and  collateral  science  had  at  that  time  become,  to 
a  considerable  extent,  embraced  in  the  curriculum  of  dental  study.  The 
second  edition,  therefore,  contained,  as  a  result  of  such  reflection,  about 
eight  thousand  more-  words  than  the  first  edition,  and,  to  prevent  an 
undue  increase  in  the  size  of  the  work,  the  heavier  and  more  elaborate 
articles  were  rewritten  and  abbreviated,  and  the  bibliographical  and  bio- 
graphical departments  were  altogether  omitted.  All  the  words,  techni- 
calities, and  other  subjects  belonging  to  dental  surgery  proper  were, 
however,  retained,  and  all  new  terms,  descriptions  of  subsequent  dis- 
coveries and  improvements  in  the  art  and  science  were  carefully  added. 
Numerous  synonyms  were  also  introduced,  and  no  important  word,  in 
any  of  the  specialties  of  medicine,  was  refused  a  place  and  a  minute 
and  careful  definition.  The  author  made,  as  he  stated,  free  use  of  the 
dictionaries,  lexicons,  and  other  works  on  medicine,  surgery,  pharmace, 
physics,  chemistry,  natural  history,  etc.,  which  at  that  time  were  availably 
He  was  also  materially  assisted  by  the  late  Professors  A.  Snowden  Piggot 
and  Washington  R.  Handy  in  the  preparation  of  the  second  edition.  The 
third  edition   of  this    Dictionary  was   not   published   until    1SG7.  almost 


IX 


X  PREFACE    TO    THE    FIFTH    EDITION. 

seven  years  after  the  death  of  its  author,  Professor  Chapin  A.  Harris, 
which  occurred  in  1860.  It  was  edited  by  Professor  Ferdinand  J.  S. 
Gorgas,  as  were  also  the  succeeding  editions,  including  the  present  one, 
who  found  it  necessary  to  add  to  this  third  edition  nearly  three  thousand 
new  words  with  their  definitions,  etc.  In  this  edition  the  doses  of  the 
more  prominent  medicinal  agents  were  added  to  their  definitions,  and 
many  obsolete  formulae  were  omitted,  while  others  were  retained  for  their 
intrinsic  merits,  and  a  number  of  valuable  ones  were  added.  As  the 
work  entitled  Harris'  "  Principles  and  Practice  of  Dentistry "  contained 
full  descriptions  of  the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  dental  organs,  such 
were  briefly  referred  to,  and  reference  made  to  the  work  in  which  they 
were  to  be  found.  Due  acknowledgment  was  made  to  the  authorities 
from  which  interesting  matter  was  obtained  in  the  preparation  of  the 
third  edition. 

Ten  years  elapsed  before  another  edition  of  this  Dictionary  (the  fourth) 
was  published,  and  the  object  of  the  editor  in  preparing  the  fourth  edition 
was  to  bring  the  work  thoroughly  up  to  the  requirements  of  the  profes- 
sion of  dentistry  at  that  time.  Both  the  dental  and  medical  portions 
were  carefully  revised  and  many  additions  made.  All  new  agents  of 
the  Materia  Medica  emplo}7ed  at  that  time  in  dental  practice  were  added, 
so  that  nearly  every  one  of  its  seven  hundred  and  forty-three  pages  con- 
tained corrections  and  additions.  The  fourth  edition  was  published  in 
1877,  so  that  a  still  longer  period  has  elapsed  between  its  appearance 
and  that  of  the  present  one. 

The  object  of  the  editor  in  preparing  this,  the  fifth,  edition  of  Harris' 
"  Dictionary  of  Dentistry,"  has  been  to  make  it  a  more  purely  dental  work 
than  ever  before. 

Such  an  object  he  has  endeavored  to  accomplish  by  the  addition  of 
many   hundred   words   and   definitions   which   are   useful   to   the   dental 
practitioner   and   students   in   qualifying   themselves   for   the   study    and, 
practice  of  the  science  and  art  of  dentistry,  and  also  by  the  omission  of 
many  words  and  phrases  which  do  not  in  any  manner  pertain  to  dentistry. 

The  many  medical  and  other  dictionaries  now  in  use  supply  all  words 
and  definitions  of  medicine,  chemistry,  botany,  etc.,  which  are  not  neces- 
sary in  a  dictionary  of  dentistry.  All  new  words  and  phrases  which 
have  been  acknowledged  and  approved  as  correct  and  useful  in  such  a 
work  on  dentistry  have  been  carefully  selected  and  used  in  the  present 
edition,   and  the   obsolete   ones,  which  occupied   a  large   portion  of   the 


PREFACE    TO    THE    FIFTH    EDITION.  XI 

former  editions,  have  been  omitted.  The  best  authorities,  such  as  Gould, 
Buxton,  Quain,  Turnbull,  Heath,  Black,  Bloxam,  Watts,  Fowne,  Tomes,  and 
many  others,  have  been  consulted,  and  the  object  has  also  been  to  include 
in  such  a  selection  brief  but  comprehensive  descriptions  of  the  many  new 
operations  and  appliances  which  have  been  generally  adopted  by  the 
dental  profession  since  the  publication  of  the  preceding  edition  of  the 
work.  It  is  the  cherished  hope  of  the  editor  that  the  labor  and  time 
he  has  bestowed  upon  the  present  edition  may  be  as  favorably  appre- 
ciated as  have  been  his  former  efforts ;  and,  also,  that  the  new  features 
presented  may  give  this  edition  of  the  Dictionary  a  great  superiority 
over  former  editions. 

Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas. 

Hamilton  Terkace,  Baltimore,  Maryland. 
January,  1891. 


DICTIONARY 


DENTAL  SCIENCE. 


A. 


A.  In  some  words  of  Greek  derivation  this 
letter  is  employed  as  a  prefix,  in  a  privative 
sense,  denoting  the  absence  or  privation  or  want 
of  anything;  as,  acepJialons,  headless ;  aphonia, 
voicelessness  ;  adynamia,  loss  of  vital  or  mus- 
cular power  ;  apyrexia,  absence  of  fever. 

A.  or  AA.  is  an  abbreviation  of  the  Greek 
ava,  ana,  of  each,  and  is  used  in  medical  pre- 
scriptions to  denote  that  an  equal  quantity  of 
two  or  more  ingredients  is  to  be  taken.  See 
Abbreviation. 

A.  or  An.     Abbreviation  for  anode. 

AAA.     Abbreviation  for  amalgam. 

Abac'tus  Ven/ter  (from  abigere,  to  drive 
out ;  venter,  the  belly).  An  abortion  pro- 
duced by  artificial  means. 

Abaliena'tion  (from  ab,  from,  and  alienare, 
to  estrange).  The  loss  or  failing  of  the  senses 
or  of  the  mental  faculties. 

Abaptis'ton  [abaptista ;  from  a,  priv.,  and 
(Jaim^M,  to  plunge).  A  trepan  which  is  shaped 
like  a  truncated  cone  to  prevent  it  from  sud- 
denly plunging  into  the  brain. 

Abarticula'tion  (from  ab,  from,  and  articur 
lus,  a  joint).  That  species  of  articulation  which 
admits  of  manifest  motion.  See  Biarthrosis 
and  Synarthrosis. 

Aba'sia  (from  «,  neg.,  and  Baoic,  a  step). 
Motor  incoordination  in  walking. 

Abbreviation  [abbreviatio ;  from  brevis, 
short).  In  Medical  Prescriptions,  letters,  parts 
of  words,  or  certain  symbols  by  which  the 
thing  meant  is  designated.     Thus  : 


Ana,  of  each  ingredient. 

A  Latin  particle  signifying  from, 


A.  or  da. 
Ab,  Abs. 
off,  away. 

Abdom.     Abdomen,  the  belly. 
Abs.  febr.     Absente  febre,  in  the  absence  of 
fever. 

Abstr.     Abstractum,  abstract. 
A.  c.     Ante  cibum,  before  meals. 
Ad.  or  Add.     Adde,  addatur,  add,  let  there 
be  added.     Anodal  duration. 

Ad  lib.     Ad  libitum,  at  pleasure. 
Admov.     Admoveatur,  let  it  be  applied. 
Ad  pond.  om.     Ad  poudus  omnium,   to  the 
weight  of  the  whole. 
Aej.     Argentum,  silver. 
At.     Aluminum. 

Alt.  dieb.     Alternis  diebus,  every  other  day. 
Alt.  hor.     Alternis  horis,  every  other  hour. 
Alv.  adstric.    Alvo  adstricta,  when  the  bowels 
are  confined. 

Ah.    deject.     Alvi   dejectiones,    the   evacua- 
tions. 

Amplus,  large. 
.     Upon  both  sides. 
Up,  through,  again. 
Anatomy. 
Anodal  opening. 
Aq.     Aqua,  water. 
Aq.  astr.     Aqua  astricta,  ice. 

Aqua  bulliens,  boiling  water. 

Aqua  communis,  common  water. 
Aqua  destillata,  distilled  water. 
Aqua  tenons,  hot  water. 


Amp. 

A  mph  i- 
Ana-. 
An  at. 
A.  0. 


Aq.   bull. 

Aq.  comm. 

Aq.  dest. 
A  q.  ferv. 


r 


ABB 


18 


ABB 


Aq.  font.     Aqua  fontana,  spring  water. 

Aq.  marin.     Aqua  marina,  sea  water. 

Aq.  pluv.     Aqua  pluvialis,  rain  water. 

Aq.  pur.     Aqua  pura,  pure  water. 

As.     Arsenic. 

Au.     Aurnni,   gold. 

B.     Boron. 

B.  A.  or  B.  S.     Balneum  arense,  a  sand  bath. 
Ba.     Barium. 

Bain,  marise.     Balneum  rnarise,  a  salt  water 
bath. 
Bain.  tep.     Balneum  tepidum,  a  warm  bath. 
Bain.  vap.     Balneum  vaporis,  a  vapor  bath. 
Bals.     Balsamum,  balsam. 
Bi.     Bismuth. 
Bib.     Bibe,  drink. 
Bio.     Life. 

Bis.  ind.     Bis  indies,  twice  a  day. 
Bol.     Bolus. 
Br.     Bromine. 
Bull.     Bulliat,  let  it  boil. 
G.     Congius,  a  gallon.    Centigrade.    Carbon. 
C'a.     Calcium. 
Cap.     Capiat,  let  him  take. 

C.  C.     Cubic  centimetre. 
Cd.     Cadmium. 

Ce.     Cerium. 

Cm.     Centimetre. 

C.  M.  8.  Cras  mane  sumendus,  to  be  taken 
to-morrow  morning. 

C.  N.     Cras  nocte,  to-morrow  night. 

Co.     Cobalt. 

Cochl.     Cochleare,  a  spoon,  a  spoonful. 

Cochl.  ampl.  Cochleare  amplum,  a  table- 
spoon. 

Cochl.  inf.  Cochleare  infantis,  a  child's 
spoon. 

Cochl.  mag.  Cochleare  magnum,  a  table- 
spoon. 

CocM.  med.  Cochleare  medium,  a  dessert- 
spoon. 

Cochl.  parv.     Cochleare  parvum,  a  teaspoon. 

Col.     Cola,  strain. 

Comp.     Compositus,  compound. 

Cong.     Congius,  a  gallon. 

Cons.     Conserva,  conserve. 

Cont.  rem.  Continueter  remedium,  let  the 
medicine  be  continued. 

Contin.     Continuatnr,  let  it  be  continued. 

Coq.     Coque,  boil. 

Cort.     Cortex,  bark. 

Crast.     Crastinus,  for  to-morrow. 

Crys.     Crystal. 

Cs.     Cesium. 

Cu.     Cuprum,  copper. 


Cuj.     Cujus,  of  which. 

C.  V.     Cras  vespere,  to-morrow  evening. 
Cyath.     Cyathus,  a  glassful. 

D.  Dosis,  a  dose. 

D.  in  p.  teq.  Divide  in  partes  sequales, 
divide  into  equal  parts. 

Decub.     Decubitus,  lying  down. 

De  d.  in  d.  De  die  in  diem,  from  day  to 
day. 

Dep.     Depuratus,  purified. 

Dest.     Destilla,  distill. 

Det.     Detur,  let  it  be  given. 

Di.     Twice,  double. 

Dia-.     Through. 

Dieb.  alt.     Diebus  alternis,  every  other  day. 

Dieb.  tert.     Diebus  tertiis,  every  third  day. 

Dil.     Dilutus,  diluted. 

Dim.     Dimidium,  one-half. 

Div.     Divide,  divide. 

Donee  alv.  sol.  fuer.  Donee  alvus  soluta  fue- 
rit,  until  the  bowels  be  open. 

D.  P.  Directione  propria,  with  a  proper 
direction. 

Drach.     Drachma,  a  drachm. 

E.  Eb,  Er.     Erbium. 

Ec-,  ecto-,  ex-.     Out,  away  from,  outside. 

Ejusd.     Ejusdem,  of  the  same. 

Elect.     Electuarium,  electuary. 

Embry.     Embryology. 

Emp.     Emplastrum,  a  plaster. 

En-,  Em-.     In,  within. 

Endo-,  ento-.     Within,  internal. 

Enem.     Enema,  a  clyster. 

Entero-.     Pertaining  to  the  intestine. 

Epi-.     Upon,  over,  above. 

E.vhib.     Exhibeatur,  let  it  be  given. 

F.  Fahrenheit,  fluorin. 

F.  or  Ft.     Fiat,  let  it  be  made. 

Fe.     Ferrum,  iron. 

Feb.  dur.     Febre  durante,  during  the  fever. 

Filt.     Filtra,  filter. 

Fid.     Fluidus,  liquid,  fluid. 

Flor.     Flores,  flowers. 

F.  M.     Fiat  mistura,  make  a  mixture. 

Fol.     Folise,  leaves. 

Fot.     Fotus,  a  fomentation. 

Fract.  dos.  Fracta  dosi,  in  a  divided  or 
broken  dose. 

F.  pit.     Fiat  pilula,  make  it  into  a  pill. 

F.  S.  A.  Fiat  secundum  artem,  prepare 
skillfully. 

Galv.     Galvanic. 

Gastro-.     Pertaining  to  the  stomach. 

Genio-.     Pertaining  to  the  chin. 

Gl.     Glucinum. 


ABB 


19 


ABB 


Glosso-.     Pertaining  to  the  tongue. 

Gr.     Granum,  a  grain. 

Gt.     Gutta,  a  drop.     Gtt.     Guttse,  drops. 

Gum.     Gummi,  gnra. 

H.      Hydrogen. 

Hsema-,  hemato-,  or  hemo-.  Pertaining  to  the 
blood. 

H.  D.     Hora  decubitus,  at  bed-time. 

Hemi-.     Half. 

Hepat-.     Pertaining  to  the  liver. 

Hg.     Hydrargyrum,  mercury. 

HI.     Hectolitre. 

Hm.     Hectometre. 

Hor.  interm.  Horus  intermediis,  at  interme- 
diate hours. 

H.  S.     Hora  somni,  at  bed-time. 

Hydro-.     Resembling  water. 

Hyper-.     Excess,  abnormal  quantity. 

Hypno-.     Sleep. 

Hypo-.     Diminution  in  amount. 

Jleo-.     Pertaining  to  the  ileum. 

Wo-.     Pertaining  to  the  ilium. 

In.     Indium. 

In  d.     In  dies,  daily. 

Inf.     Infusum,  infusion. 

Inject.     Iujectio,  an  injection. 

//-.     Iridium. 

K.     Kalium,  potassium. 

Km.     Kilometre. 

L.     Litre. 

lb.     Libra,  a  pound  weight. 

Li.     Lithium. 

Liq.     Liquor,  liquor. 

Lot.     Lotio,  lotion. 

M.     Misce,  mix. 

Mac.     Macera,  macerate. 

Macro-.     Hypertrophy. 

Mai-.     Bad. 

Man.     Manipulus,  a  handful. 

Meso-.     The  middle. 

Min.  Minimum,  minim,  the  sixtieth  part  of 
a  drachm  by  measure  ;  a  small  drop. 

Mist.     Mistura,  a  mixture. 

Mg.     Magnesium.     Milligramme. 

Ml.     Millilitre. 

Mm.     Millimetre. 

dlod.  prescript.     In  manner  directed. 

Mon.     Single. 

Morpho-.     Shape,  form. 

Mor.  sol.     More  solito,  in  the  usual  way. 

Muc.     Mucilago,  mucilage. 

Multi-.     Many,  number. 

Myelo-.     Referring  to  brain  or  spinal  cord. 

Myo-.     Pertaining  to  a  muscle. 

N.     Nocte,  at  night.     Nitrogen. 


Na.     Natrium,  sodium. 

Xcphr-.     Pertaining  to  the  kidney. 

Neuro-.     Pertaining  to  a  nerve. 

Ni.     Nickel. 

No.     Numero,  in  number. 

0.  Octarius,  a  pint. 

Ob.     In  front  of,  against,  obstruction. 
Odonto-.     Of  the  teeth. 

01.  Oleum,  oil. 

01.  lini.     Oleum  lini,  linseed  oil. 

Omn.  alt.  hor.  Omnibus  alternishoris,  every 
other  hour. 

Omn.  bid.     Omni  biduo,  every  two  days. 

Omn.  bih.     Omni  bihora,  every  two  hours. 

Omn.  hor.     Omni  bora,  every  hour. 

Omn.  man.     Omni  mane,  every  morning. 

Omn.  noct.     Omni  nocte,  every  night. 

Omn.  quadr.  hor.  Omni  quadrante  hora;, 
every  quarter  of  an  hour. 

0.  0.  0.  Oleum  olivse  optimum,  best  olive 
oil. 

Ophthalmo-.     Pertaining  to  the  eye. 

Ortho-.     Straight,  upright,  correct. 

Osteo-.     Relating  to  bone. 

Oto-.     Relating  to  the  ear. 

Ov.     Ovum,  au  egg. 

Oxy-.     Denoting  the  presence  of  oxygen. 

Oz.     TJncia,  an  ounce. 

Para-.     Through,  near. 

Part.  seq.     Partes  sequales,  equal  parts. 

Part.  vie.     Partitis  vicibus,  in  divided  doses. 

P.  B.     British  Pharmacopoeia. 

Pb.     Plumbum,  lead. 

Pd.     Palladium. 

Peri-.     Around,  about. 

P.  G.     German  Pharmacopoeia. 

PH.     Pilula,  a  pill. 

Poly-.     Many,  much. 

Pond.     Pondere,  hy  weight. 

Pot.     Potassa,  potassa. 

Prse-.     Before. 

P.  rat.  set.  Pro  ratione  setatis,  according  to 
the  age  of  the  patient. 

P.  r.  n.  Pro  re  nata,  as  circumstances  may 
require. 

Pro-.     Before,  down. 

Prox.  luc.     Proxima  luce,  the  clay  before. 

Pseudo-.     False,  spurious. 

Pulv.     Pulvis,  powder. 

Pyo-.     Pertaining  to  pus. 

Pyro-,  pyr-.  Relating  to  fire,  heat,  or  inflam- 
mation. 

Q.  L.     Quantum  libet,  according  as  required. 

Q.  P.  Quantum  placeat,  as  much  as  you 
please. 


ABB 


20 


ABD 


Q.  S.     Quantum  sufiicit,  as  much  as  is  suffi- 
cient. 

Quor.     Quorum,  of  which. 

Q.  V.     Quantum  volueris,  as  much  as  you 
wish. 

Ji.     Recipe,  take. 

Bad.     Radix,  root. 

Bb.     Rubidium. 

Bed.     Rectifieatus,  rectified. 

Bep.     Repetatur,  let  it  he  repeated. 

Betro-.     Backward,  behind. 

BJiin-,  rhino-.     Pertaining  to  the  nose. 

S.  A.     Secundum  artem,  according  to  art. 

Sacch.     Saccharum,  sugar. 

Sb.     Stibium,  antimony. 

Sem.     Semen,  seed. 

Semi-dr.     Semi-drachma,  half  a  drachm. 

Semi-h.     Semi-hora,  half  an  hour. 

Seq.  luce.     Sequenti  luce,  the  following  day. 

Serv.     Serva,  keep,  preserve. 

Sesquih.     Sesquihora,  an  hour  and  a  half. 

Sesunc.     Sesuncia,  an  ounce  and  a  half. 

Si  op.  sit.     Si  opus  sit,  if  requisite. 

Si.   vir.  perm.     Si  vires  permittant,    if  the 
strength  will  permit. 

Sig.     Signetur,  a  label.    Let  it  be  labeled. 

Sing.     Singulorum,  of  each. 

Sn.     Stannum,  tin. 

Sol.     Solutio,  solution. 

Soiv.     Solve,  dissolve. 

S.  0.  S.     Si  opus  sit,  if  there  be  occasion. 

Sp.     Spiritus,  spirit. 

Sp.  Gr.     Specific  gravity. 

Sq.     Squama,  scale. 

Ss.     Semi,  one-half. 

St.     Stet,  let  it  stand. 

Sub-.     Beneath,  under. 

Subtep.     Subtepidus,  lukewarm. 

Succ.     Succus,  juice. 

Sum.     Sumat,  let  him  take. 

Super-.     Above,  upon,  excess. 

Supra-.     Above,  superior  to. 

Syr.     Syrupus,  syrup. 

Tr.  or  tinct.     Tinctura,  tincture. 

Trit.     Tritura,  triturate. 
Troch.     Trochiscus,  a  troche  or  lozenge. 
XJmb.     Umbilicus,  the  navel. 
Ung.     Unguentum,  ointment. 
Usq.  ut  liq.  anim.     Usque  ut  liquerit  animus, 
until  fainting  is  produced. 
Ulend.     Utendus,  to  be  used. 
Vesic.  Vesicatorum,  a  blister. 
V.  S.     Vena?seetio,  bleeding. 
Zn.     Zinc. 
Zz.     Zingiber,  ginger. 


rt^.     Minimum,  a  minim. 

Gr.     Grana,  a  grain. 

Q.     Scrupulum,  a  scruple. 

3.     Drachma,  a  drachm,  troy. 

5  .     Uncia,  an  ounce,  troy. 

f  ^ .     Fluiduncia,  a  fluidounce. 

lb.     Libra,  a  pound. 

ss.    Semissis,  half ;  iss,  sesqui,  one  and  a  half. 

j.  one  ;  ij,  two  ;  iij,  three  ;  iv,  four,  etc.     See 

Prescription. 

Abdo'men  (from  abdere,  to  hide,  because  it 

conceals  the  viscera).     The  largest  cavity  in 

the    body,    bounded    superiorly   by  the    dia- 
phragm;   inferiorly,    by  the   pelvis;    laterally 

and  anteriorly,   by  an  expansion  of  muscles; 

and  posteriorly,  by  the  lumbar  vertebrae. 
Abdom/inal.     Pertaining  to  the  abdomen, 

as  the  abdominal  muscles,  abdominal  viscera, 

etc. 

Abdominal  Aor'ta.  That  portion  of  the  aorta 
below  the  diaphragm. 

Abdominal  Aponeurosis.  The  conjoined  ten- 
dons of  the  oblique  and  transverse  muscles  on 
the  front  of  the  abdomen. 

Abdominal  Gang/lia.    The  semi-lunar  ganglia. 

Abdominal  Regions.  The  abdomen  is  divided 
into  three  zones:  (1)  The  epigastric,  or  upper  ; 
(2)  the  umbilical,  or  middle;  (3)  the  hypogas- 
tric, or  lower,  region.  Each  of  these  is  sub- 
divided into  three  compartments  or  regions — 
a  middle  and  two  lateral.  The  middle  or 
the  upper,  situated  over  the  small  end  of  the 
stomach,  is  the  epigastric  proper;  and  the  two 
lateral,  under  the  cartilages  of  the  ribs,  are 
the  hypochondriac  regions.  The  middle  region 
is  divided  into  the  central,  or  umbilical,  and 
two  lateral,  or  lumbar,  regions.  The  lower 
region  is  divided  into  the  central,  or  hypogas- 
tric proper,  and  on  each  side  there  is  an  iliac, 
or  inguinal,  region. 

To  the  above  anatomists  have  added  a  tenth 
region,  called  the  regio  pubica,  and  situated  on 
the  front  surface  of  the  pubic  bone. 

Abdominal  Respiration.  Respiration  carried 
on  chiefly  by  the  diaphragm  and  abdominal 
muscles. 

Abdominal  Ring,  External.  A  triangular 
opening  in  the  fibres  of  the  aponeurosis  of 
the  external  oblique  muscle,  through  which 
passes  the  spermatic  cord  of  the  male  and 
the  round  ligament  of  the  female. 

Abdominal  Ring,  Internal.  An  oval  open- 
ing in  the  fascia  transversalis  through  which 
passes  the  spermatic  cord  of  the  male  and  the 
round  ligament  of  the  female. 


ABD 


21 


ABR 


Abdu'cent.  Drawing  apart  or  from.  The 
sixth  pair  of  nerves  are  called  the  nervi  abdu- 
centes.     See  Abductor. 

Abduc'tion  (dbduetio ;  from  abducere,  to 
separate).  The  action  by  which  a  limb  or 
part  is  separated  from  the  axis  of  the  body. 
In  Surgery,  a  fracture  near  the  articular  ex- 
tremity of  a  boue  iu  which  the  fragments  re- 
cede from  one  another.  Ccelius  Aurelianus 
uses  this  word  to  express  a  strain. 

Abductor  (from  abducere,  to  separate).    In 
Anatomy,  a  muscle  which  separates  the  part  or 
member  to  which   it  is   attached  from  some 
other  part.      Its  antagonist   is   called   adduc-  , 
tor. 

Aberrant  (aberration ;  from  ab,  from,  and 
erro,  to  wander).  Deviating  from  the  regular 
or  normal  type  in  appearance,  structure,  etc. 

Aberra'tion  (aberratio ;  from  ab  errare,  to 
stray,  to  wander  from).  Deviated  from  that 
which  is  natural ;  irregularity  ;  deviation  from 
the  healthy  condition  in  the  appearance,  struc- 
ture, or  functions  of  one  or  more  organs  ;  the 
passage  of  a  fluid  of  the  living  body  into  an 
order  of  vessels  not  destined  for  it  ;  the  flow 
of  a  fluid  toward  an  organ  different  from  that 
to  which  it  is  ordinarily  directed,  as  in  vicari- 
ous hemorrhage  ;  mental  alienation.  In  Optics, 
a  deviation  of  the  rays  of  light  from  a  true 
focus,  in  certain  lenses,  producing  a  distorted, 
or  colored  image.  When  the  image  is  distorted 
the  aberration  is  said  to  be  spherical;  when  it 
is  colored  by  prismatic  hues,  it  is  called  a  chro- 
matic aberration. 

Abio'sis  (from  a,  and  Bioc,  life).    Death. 

Abirritation  (abirritatio ;  from  ab,  priv., 
and  irritatio,  irritation).  Absence  of  irrita- 
tion ;  debility  ;  asthenia  ;  diminished  tissue 
irritability. 

Ablacta'tion  (ablactio ;  from  ab,  priv., 
and  lacto,  to  give  suck).  Cessation  of  the 
periods  of  suckling  as  regards  the  mother. 
The  same  period  with  regard  to  the  child  is 
termed  weaning. 

Abla'tion  (from  ablatio,  removal).  Re- 
moval or  separation  of  a  part,  limb,  organ,  or 
tumor  by  accident  or  surgical  operation. 

Ablep'sia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  BA£7rw,  to  see). 
Blindness. 

Abluents  (abhtentia  :  from  ablucre,  to 
wash).     Detergents;  cleansing  remedies. 

Ablution  (ablatio,  to  wash  away).  The 
act  of  cleansing  or  purifying  with  water. 

Abnor'mal  (from  ab,  from,  and  norma, 
rule).     Not    conformable  to   rule  ;  irregular  ; 


contrary  to  the  natural  condition  ;  unnatural ; 
deformed. 

Abo'rad  (from  ab,  away  from  :  ora,  the 
mouth).     In  an  aboral  position  or  direction. 

Abo'ral.  Opposite  to,  or  remote  from,  the 
mouth. 

Abo'rally.  In  an  aboral  position,  or  man- 
ner, or  direction. 

Abort7  (aboriri).  To  miscarry.  To  expel 
the  foetus  before  it  has  the  ability  to  live. 

Ab'or'tion  (from  abortus,  a  miscarriage1. 
The  premature  expulsion  of  the  ovum  before 
the  end  of  the  sixth  month,  or  before  the  child 
is  viable.  It  may  be  produced  by  various  gen- 
eral diseases,  such  as  syphilis,  acute  fevers, 
nephritis,  etc. ;  by  reflex  influences,  emotional 
disturbances;  by  various  poisons;  by  diseased 
conditions  of  the  uterus,  and  its  displacement  ; 
or  by  diseases  of  the  foetus,  its  membranes,  or 
the  placenta.  After  the  seventh  month  it  is 
premature  labor.  Some  restrict  the  term  abor- 
tion to  premature  deliveries  before  the  fourth 
month,  deliveries  between  the  third  and  sev- 
enth months  being  called  miscarriage. 

Abra'sion  (abrasio ;  from  abradere,  to 
scrape).  The  act  of  wearing  or  rubbing  oft'; 
also,  the  state  of  a  part  some  of  which  has 
been  worn  off  by  attrition.  In  Pathology, 
superficial  ulceration,  with  loss  of  substance 
in  shreds  of  the  intestinal  mucous  mem- 
brane ;  also,  excoriation  and  ulceration  of  the 
skin. 

Abrasion  of  the  Teeth  (odontotribe).  Abnor- 
mal wearing  away  of  the  teeth  ;  gradual 
loss  of  a  portion  of  the  substance  of  the  teeth, 
which  may  be  produced  by  a  fault  in  the 
antagonism  of  the  teeth  which  allows  sliding 
movements  when  the  jaws  are  closed,  or  by 
the  use  of  the  front  teeth  in  mastication  owing 
to  the  loss  of  the  posterior  teeth. 
When  the  incisors  and  cuspidati  of  the  upper 
jaw  shut  over  the  corresponding  teeth  of  the 
lower,  it  rarely  happens  that  much  loss  of 
substance  from  mechanical  causes  takes  place; 
it  is  only  in  those  cases  where  the  former  tall 
plumb  upon  the  latter  that  abrasion  in  any 
very  considerable  degree  occurs;  but  when 
they  come  together  in  this  manner,  their 
crowns  are  sometimes  worn  down  to  the  gums, 
or,  at  least,  those  occupying  the  anterior  part 
of  the  alveolar  arch.  The  reason  of  this  is 
obvious.  When  the  upper  and  lower  front 
teeth  strike  upon  one  another,  the  lateral  mo- 
tions of  the  jaw- are  not  in  the  least  restricted  : 
consequently,  the  cutting  edges  of  the  incisors 


ABS 


22 


ABS 


and  points  of  the  cuspidati,  as  well  as  the 
cusps  of  the  bicuspids  aud  molars,  though  not 
to  the  same  extent,  are  subjected  to  an  amount 
of  friction  to  which  they  are  not  exposed  in 
any  of  the  other  relationships  which  the  upper 
and  lower  teeth  sustain  to  one  another. 
The  wearing  away  of  the  crowns  of  the  teeth 
would  expose  the  lining  membrane  but  for  a 
most  curious  and  singular  provision  of  nature, 
which  consists  in  the  gradual  obliteration  of 
the  pulp  cavities  by  the  conversion  of  the  pulp 
into  osteo-  or  secondary  dentine.  By  this  wise 
provision  of  nature  an  event  from  which  the 
most  painful  consequences  would  result  is  pre- 
vented, so  that  but  little  inconvenience  results 
from  it,  or,  at  any  rate,  not  until  the  crowns 
of  the  teeth  are  worn  down  to  the  gums.  See 
Erosion  of  the  Teeth. 
Abs.  As  a  prefix,  having  a  negative  sig- 
nification. 

Ab'scess  (abscessus ;  from  abscedo,  to  sepa- 
rate from  or  depart).  A  pus  formation  within 
some  cavity  of  the  body,  which  is  formed  by  a 
disintegration  and  stretching  of  the  tissues 
caused  by  the  suppurative  process.  An  ab- 
scess results  from  localized  inflammation  ter- 
minating iu  suppuration.  An  abscess  usually 
keeps  on  enlarging  until  it  reaches  the  surface 
at  some  spot,  when  it  is  said  to  present  or  point, 
and  where  it  subsequently  ruptures  and  dis- 
charges its  contents.  Occasionally  the  abscess 
may  dry  up  without  rupturing. 

An  abscess  is  acute  when  succeeding  acute 
inflammation,  and  chronic  or  cold,  one  of  slow 
and  apparently  non  -  inflammatory  develop- 
ment; congest  ire,  when  the  pus  appears  at  a 
point  distant  from  its  formation;  idiopathic, 
when  occupying  the  same  site  as  the  previous 
affection;  symptomatic  or  metastatic,  when  oc- 
curring in  a  remote  situation;  critical,  occur- 
ring at  some  critical  period  of  an  acute  disease; 
gangrenous,  one  attended  with  death  of  adja- 
cent parts.  Abscesses  are  designated  according 
to  the  part  in  which  they  are  situated,  as  alve- 
olar abscess,  lumbar  abscess,  mammary  ab- 
scess, etc.,  which  see.  Abscess  is  the  result  of 
severe  localized  inflammation  which  causes 
the  destruction  of  a  certain  area  of  tissue, 
which  dissolves  or  forms  small  gangrenous 
masses  ami  mingles  with  the  fluid  or  corpuscu- 
lar exudates  to  increase  the  volume  of  pus. 
"While  this  is  in  progress,  the  exudation  of 
coagojable  lymph  is  filling  the  surrounding 
tissues  and  thus  enclosing  the  abscess,  which 
may  continue  to  enlarge  by  a  continuous  de- 


struction of  its  immediate  walls,  the  destruc- 
tion being  greatest  in  the  direction  offering  the 
least  resistance,  which  brings  the  pus  nearer 
the  surface  and  favors  its  discharge.  Au  ab- 
scess is  distinguished  from  an  ulcer,  which, 
being  upon  a  free  surface,  is  open  from  the  out- 
set. An  abscess  cavity  is  surrounded  by  an 
indurated  wall,  formed  by  the  infiltration  of 
the  neighboring  tissues  with  inflammatory 
products.  The  contents  of  an  abscess  are  pus, 
with  fragments  of  broken-down  tissue,  and 
often  a  central  neurotic  mass  called  the  core. 
An  abscess  may  also  contain  blood,  gas,  etc. 
See  Alveolar  Abscess. 

Abscess  of  Dental  Pulp.     The  occurrence  of 
suppuration  which  begins  in  the  form   of  a 
minute  collection  of  pus  just  within  the  layer 
of  odontoblasts   and   extends  to   the   deeper 
parts  of  the  organ. 
Abscis'sion   (abscissio ;    from   abscidere,    to 
cut  off).     The   excision  of  a  morbid  or  super- 
fluous part,  especially  of  a  soft  part. 
Abscissio  Prseputii.     Circumcision. 
Absin'thia  (dbsinthine).    Wormwood.    The 
bitter,  uncrystallizable   principle  of  absinthe, 
an  aromatic,  bitter  plant  containing  a  volatile 
oil,  absinthol,  a  bitter  principle,  absinthin,  ab- 
sinthic  acid,  tannin,  etc 

Absinth'ism.  A  disease  resulting  from  the 
excessive  use  of  absinthe,  and  characterized  by 
general  muscular  debility  and  by  mental  dis- 
turbances which  may  cause  convulsions,  acute 
mania,  softening  of  the  brain,  or  general 
paralysis.     It  resembles  alcoholism. 

Ab'solute  Alcohol.  Rectified  spirit  in 
its  anhydrous  state,  and  of  a  specific  gravity  of 
0.796.  It  is  general ly  prepared  by  adding  18 
ounces  of  lime  to  one  pint  of  rectified  spirit, 
exposing  the  mixture  to  a  gentle  heat,  and 
distilling  off  some  17  ounces  of  absolute  alco- 
hol. A  simple  method  of  preparing  it  is  to 
add  1  part  of  carbonate  of  potash  to  4  parts  of 
common  alcohol.  In  Pharmacy ,  absolute  alco- 
hol is  employed  as  a  solvent.  In  Dental  Prac- 
tice it  is  a  useful  agent  for  drying  cavities 
preparatory  to  filling  them,  as  it  at  once  evap- 
orates and  causes  almost  perfect  absorption  of 
moisture. 

Absolute  E'ther.  Sulphuric  ether  freed 
from  the  small  portion  of  alcohol  and  sul- 
phurous acid  it  contains  by  the  process 
of  rectification.  In  Dental  Practice  it  is  em- 
ployed in  the  form  of  spray  for  a  local  anaes- 
thetic. 
Absorbents  (from  absorbere,   to  suck  up, 


ABS 


23 


ACC 


to  imbibe).     In  Physiology,   an  organ  or   part 
whose  function  is  to  absorb,  withdraw,  or  take 
up,  such  as  the  lacteals  and  lymphatics.     In 
Materia  Medica,  any  medicine  which  produces 
absorption  or  exudation  of  diseased  tissue.     In 
Surgery,  a  substance  which  mechanically  ab- 
sorbs or  takes  up  excreted  matter,  as  sponge, 
cotton,    etc. ;    that    part   of   a  water  dressing 
which  absorbs  the  pus  as  fast  as  it  is  formed. 
It  is  composed  of  old  rags,  from  linen  or  cot- 
ton, sufficiently  worn,  and  is  placed  over  the 
sifter.     See  Water  Dressing. 
Absorbent    System.     Glands.     The   vessels 
and   glands  of  the  body  which  exercise  the 
function  of  absorption.     See  Lymphatics. 
Absorption     (absorptio).      In    Physiology, 
an  organic  function  common  to  all  things  en- 
dowed  with   life,  plants  or  animals,  whereby 
the  former  take  up  from  without,  and  the  lat- 
ter from  the  interior  of  their  own  bodies,  the 
materials  necessary  to  their  sustenance.     The 
process    by    which    nourishment,     medicines, 
morbid   products  of   tissue  changes,  etc.,  are 
taken   up  by  the  lymphatic  and  venous  sys 
terns.     In    Chemistry,    the    action    of   certain 
solids  aud  liquids  in  taking  up  gases  and  va- 
pors, which  may  or  may  not  enter  into  chemi- 
cal composition  with  the  absorbent. 
Absorption,    Cutaneous.     A  function  of  the 
skin  by  which  substances  applied  to  the  sur- 
face of  the  body  are  taken  into  the  circulation 
and  produce  the  same  action  as  when  taken 
internally. 
Absorption,    Interstitial.     The    function    by 
which  the  particles  of  the  tissue  filling  the 
meshes  of  the  capillary  network  are  removed, 
as  in  the  pupillary  membrane  of  the  foetus, 
and  in  the  development  of  the  cells  in  bone. 
Absorption  of   Roots    of   Teeth.     A  physio- 
logical process  for  the  removal  of  the  roots  of 
the  deciduous  teeth,  and  one  independent  of 
pressure,    and   caused   by  the   presence   of  a 
vascular  papilla  in  close  proximity  to  the  sur- 
face of  root  acted  upon,  and  which  is  rich  in 
giant-cells  called  "osteoclasts."     The  surface 
of  the  root  undergoing  absorption  becomes  ex- 
cavated by  shallow   cup-shaped   depressions, 
which   deepen   and   coalesce  until  the  whole 
root  is   eaten   or   dissolved   away.     The    ce- 
meutum    is    first    attacked,    and    then    the 
dentine,    and  even    the   enamel    is    invaded. 
The   part   of  the    dentine    immediately   sur- 
rounding   the    pulp  appears    to    have  more 
power  of   resistance  than  any  other   part  of 
the  tooth,  but  at  length  succumbs. 


Abstemious  [abstemius;  from  ribs,  with- 
out, and  ti  mi  turn,  wine).  Abstaining  from  the 
use  of  wine.  Also  temperate  living,  with  re- 
gard to  diet,  etc. 

Abster'gent  (from  absiergens,  to  cleanse). 
Any  application  which  cleanses  the  part  to 
which  it  is  applied ;  cleaning,  detergent. 

Abster'sion  (Latin,  abstersio).  The  act  of 
cleansing. 

Ab'stract,  Abstraction  (from  alfstraho, 
to  draw  from).  A  preparation  containing  the 
soluble  principle  of  the  agent  evaporated,  and 
mixed  with  sugar  of  milk.  It  is  equivalent  to 
twice  the  strength  of  the  agent  or  its  fluid  ex- 
tract. In  Chemistry,  the  distillation  of  a  liquid 
from  any  substance. 

Abu'ta.     Pareira  Brava. 

Aca/cia  (A/ca/aa,  from  ant],  a  point).  The 
pharmacopoeial  name  for  gum  Arabic.  See 
Acacia  Gum. 

Acacia  Catechu.  The  tree  which  produces 
the  Catechu,  or  Terra  Japonica. 
Acacia  Gum.  Gum  Arabic,  which  is  color- 
less or  of  a  pale  yellow;  it  is  hard,  brittle, 
soluble  in  water,  but  not  in  alcohol.  It  is 
mucilaginous,  aud  used  as  a  demulcent  and 
for  suspending  oily  medicines. 
Acacia   Mucilago.     Acacia,   34  parts;  water, 

100  parts. 
Acacia  Syrup.     Mucilage,   25;    syrup    simp., 
75,  demulcent. 

Acan/tha  (from  ant],  a  sharp  point).  In  Bot- 
any, a  thorn  or  prickle  of  a  plant.  In  Anat- 
omy, the  spinous  process  of  a  vertebra;  also  the 
spina  dorsi. 

Acar/diac  {acardia ;  from  a,  priv.,  Kaptua, 
the  heart).     Without  a  heart. 

Amarus  (from  a,  priv.,  and  ne/pio,  to  cut, 
too  small  to  see  divided).     A  numerous  genus 
of  insects.     The  tick  or  mite. 
Acarus  Scabiei.     The  itch  tick. 

Accel'erans  Nerve.  A  nerve  in  the  me- 
dulla of  the  heart. 

Accelerator  Urina?.  A  muscle  of  the 
penis  which  expels  the  last  drops  of  urine,  the 
semen,  and  assists  erection. 

Ac'cent.     Inflection  of  the  voice. 

Acces'sion  (accessio;  from  aeeedere,  I  ap- 
proach). The  commencement  of  a  disease,  but 
usually  restricted  to  the  phenomena  which  sig- 
nalize the  recurrence  of  periodical  diseases,  as 
intermittent  fever,  comprehending  their  cold, 
hot,  and  sweating  stages. 

Accessorii  Willisii.  The  accessory  nerves 
of  Willis,  so  named  from  the  discoverer.     The 


ACC 


24 


ACE 


superior  respiratory  nerves,  a  pair  arising  from 
the  spinal  cord  and  joining  the  par  vagum. 

Accessory  (accessorius;    from   accedere,    I 

approach).    Connected  with  or  dependent  upon 

anything;  helping  to  produce   an   effect.     In 

Anatomy,  a  name  given  to  several  auxiliary 

muscles   and  nerves,  joined  to  other  similar 

parts  and   assisting  them    in  their  functions. 

In  Botany,  additional,  supernumerary. 

Accessory    of  the    Parotid.     A   small  gland 

which  accompanies  the  parotid  duct,  and  is 

usually  a  mere  prolongation   of  the   parotid 

itself.     The   duct  of    this    lohe    enters    the 

parotid   duct   where  it   crosses   the  masseter 

muscle. 

Accidental.    Happening  hy  chance,  casual. 

In  Morbid  Anatomy,  all  structures  developed  as 

the  consequence  of  disease. 

Accidental  Hemorrhage.     Hemorrhage  from 

premature   or  accidental   detachment  of  the 

placenta. 

Accli/mated  (climati  assuetus;  from  ad,  and 
clima,  climate).    Accustomed  to  a  climate. 

Accouche  ment.  Parturition;  childbirth; 
the  expulsion  or  extraction  of  the  foetus  from 
the  uterus. 

Accrementition.  Growths  which  in- 
crease hy  interstitial  development  from  blas- 
tema, and  also  by  reproduction  of  cells  by 
fission. 

Accretion  (accretio;  from  ad,  and  crescerei 
to  increase).  Growth  ;  also  a  growing  together 
of  parts  naturally  separate.  The  process  by 
which  nutrient  particles  are  added  to  the  vari- 
ous tissues. 

A.  C.  E.  Mixture.  An  anaesthetic  mix- 
ture, consisting  of  alcohol,  1  part ;  chloroform, 
2  parts  ;  ether,  3  parts.  So  called  from  the 
initials  of  its  constituents.  An  anaesthetic  less 
depressing  than  chloroform  alone. 

Aceph'alus  (acepJiala;  from  a,  priv.,  and 
KEcpaAr],  head).  Without  a  head.  In  Anatomy, 
the  young  of  any  animal  born,  from  defect  of 
organization,  without  a  head.  In  Zoology,  one 
of  the  divisions  of  a  class  of  molluscous  ani- 
mals which  have  no  head,  as  the  oyster  and 
mussel. 

Ac'erate.     A  salt  of  aceric  acid. 

Acerbity  [acerbitas ;  from  acer,  sharp).  A 
sour,  bitter,  and  astringent  taste.  Acidity  com- 
bined with  astringency. 

Acerv'ulus  Cerebri.  A  mass  of  yellow 
sandy  concretions,  collected  under  the  tela 
choroidea,  near  the  posterior  commissure  of 
the  brain,  after  the  age  of  puberty. 


Aces/cent  (acescens ;  from  acesco,  to  grow 
sour).     Turning  sour  ;  a  tendency  to  acidity. 

Aceta  (plural  of  acetum).  Pharmaceutical 
preparation  of  vinegar.     See  Acetas. 

Acetabulum  (from  acetum,  vinegar,  because 
it  resembles  the  old  saucer  in  which  viuegar 
was  held).  A  name  given  to  the  cavity  which 
receives  the  head  of  the  os  femoris,  or  thigh 
bone. 

Ac/etal  {acetum,  vinegar).  Ethidene  di- 
ethylate  ;  a  colorless  liquid  of  the  composition 
C6Hu02,  and  formed  by  the  oxidation  of  com- 
mon alcohol. 

Acet'amide.  A  colorless  crystalline  sub- 
stance, C2H5NO.  It  is  produced  by  distilling 
ammonium  acetate  or  by  heating  ethyl  acetate 
with  strong  aqueous  ammonia. 

Acetan/ilide  (antifebrin).  A  white,  crys- 
tallized powder  without  odor.  Dose,  gr.  iv-viij. 
Employed  to  lessen  fever  and  to  diminish  func- 
tional activity  of  motor  and  sensory  nerves. 

Ac/etas  (from  acetum,  vinegar).  A  salt 
formed  by  the  union  of  acetic  acid  with  an 
earthy,  alkaline,  or  metallic  base.  An  acetate. 
The  medicinal  acetates  are  those  of  ammonia, 
potassa,  zinc,  aud  lead. 

Ac/etate  (acetas).     A  salt  of  acetic  acid. 
Acetate  of  Lead.     Plunibi  acetas,  which  see. 

Ace/tic  (aceticus ;  from  acetum,  vinegar). 
Pertaining  to  vinegar. 

Acetic  Acid  (cicidum  aceticum).  The  acid  of 
vinegar.  The  sour  principle  which  exists  in 
vinegar.  It  exists  free  and  combined  with 
bases  in  several  vegetable  products,  and  is  the 
principal  result  of  acetous  fermentation.  It 
unites  readily  with  most  of  the  earths,  aud  acts 
slowly  upon  the  teeth,  increasing  their  sensi- 
bility and  putting  them  on  edge.  In  Medicine, 
it  is  used  as  a  rubefacient.  Dose  of  the  diluted 
acid,  gj  to  5  ij.  In  Dental  Practice,  it  is  em- 
ployed in  cancrum  oris,  indolent  ulcers  of  the 
mouth,  scurvy,  fungous  growths  of  gum  and 
pulp,  a  strong  acid  being  employed. 
Acetic  Ether.    See  Ether,  Acetic. 

Ace'tica.  Pharmaceutical  preparations 
consisting  of  vegetable  principles  dissolved  in 
vinegar. 

Acet/ification    (from  acetum,  and  facio,  to 
make).    The  act  or  process  of  making  vinegar. 
Acetom/eter.      An   instrument  for  ascer- 
taining the  strength  of  vinegar. 

Ac/etone  (from  acetum,  vinegar).  Dimethyl 
ketone.  Methyl  acetyl.  Associated  with 
pyro-acetic  spirit.  Erroneously  called  naphtha 
and  wood  naphtha.     The  term  is  also  applied 


ACE 


25 


ACI 


to  pyroxylic  spirit.  A  limpid,  colorless,  in- 
flammable liquid,  having  a  peculiarly  pene- 
trating and  slightly  empyreumatic  odor,  with 
a  disagreeable  taste,  like  that  of  peppermint. 
It  is  obtained  by  distilling  a  mixture  of  crys- 
tallized acetate  of  lead  and  quicklime.  It  has 
been  used  in  phthisis  pulmoualis  and  as  an  ex- 
citant in  chronic  bronchitis.  Dose,  gtt.  x  to 
gtt.  xxx,  diluted  with  water.    Formula,  C3H60. 

Acet/onyl.  The  hypothetical  radical  of 
acetone. 

Ace'tum  (from  acer,  sour).  Vinegar;  a 
sour  liquid,  produced  by  fermentation.  There 
are  four  varieties — viz.,  wine  vinegar,  malt  vine- 
gar, sugar  vinegar,  and  wood  vinegar.  Common 
vinegar  contains  less  than  five  per  cent,  of  pure 
acetic  acid. 
Acetum  Lobeliae.     Vinegar  of  lobelia.     Dose, 

Acetum  Opii.  Vinegar  of  opium,  or  black 
drop  ;  composed  of  opium  and  distilled  vine- 
gar. Dose  n^x,  or  twenty  drops  ;  equal  to  one 
grain  of  opium. 
Acetum  Sanguinarise.  Vinegar  of  sanguin- 
aria-sanguinaria  and  diluted  acetic  acid.  Dose, 
tt\,v  to  3  ss. 
Acetum  Scillae.  Vinegar  of  squill.  (31V- 
Oij.)     Dose,  li\xx-3J. 

Ac'etyl.  (C2H30.)  A  hypothetical  com- 
pound radicle,  produced  by  the  abstraction  of 
two  atoms  of  oxygen  from  ethyl  by  deoxidat- 
ing processes.  It  derives  its  nature  from  acetic 
acid,  which,  with  a  series  of  other  compounds, 
it  pervades.  Aldehyd  is  its  hydrated  oxide. 
Its  formula  is  C,H3. 

Acet/ylene.  A  series  of  hydrocarbons  hav- 
ing the  structure  CnH2u-2.  A  name  also  applied 
to  ethinr,  a  gaseous  substance  formed  during 
the  imperfect  combustion  of  hydrocarbon  fuels. 

Acet/ylide.  A  compound  of  acetylene  with 
an  element  or  radical. 

Ache  (from  a%og}  affliction).  A  continuous 
throbbing  pain. 

Achei'lia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  xE'^°C,  lip).  A 
malformation  consisting  in  a  deficiency  of  one 
or  both  lips. 

Achei'rous  (from  a,  priv.,  and  XElP,  hand). 
Without  hands. 

AchilPes  Tendon.  The  strong,  round  ten- 
don of  the  gastrocnemius  and  soleus  muscles  of 
the  heel. 

Ach/lys.  Dimness  of  sight.  Cloudiness 
of  the  cornea. 

AchoTia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  x°^V,  bile). 
Non-secretion  or  non-excretion  of  bile.  Defi- 
ciency of  bile. 


A'chor.  A  pointed  pustule,  containing  a 
light,  straw-colored  matter,  changing  into  a 
brown  scab.     Crusta  lactea. 

A/choristus  (from  a,  priv.,  and  xuPl$u,  to 
separate).  A  sign  or  symptom  which  invari- 
ably accompanies  a  particular  state  of  health  or 
disease. 

Ach/roma  (from  «,  priv.,  and  xp°Pa>  color). 
A  colorless  state  of  the  skin. 

Achromatic  (from  a,  priv.,  and  xpu,ua, 
color).  A  lens  constructed  so  as  to  correct  the 
refrangibility  of  the  common  lenses. 

Achro'matin.  The  matrix  of  the  nucleus 
of  a  cell  ;  so  called  because  it  is  not  readily 
colored  by  staining  agents. 

Achromatopsia  (from  a,  priv.,  xPuPa, 
color,  and  o-ropai,  to  see).  Inability  to  distin- 
guish different  colors  from  one  another. 

AchyTosis  (from  a,  priv.,  and  xv/oc,  juice). 
Deficient  formation  of  chyle. 

Achymo'sis  (from  a,  priv.,  and  xvP°C, 
chyme).     Deficient  formation   of  chyme. 

Acic'ular  (from  acicnla,  a  little  needle). 
In  Crystallography,  needle-shaped  crystals,  and 
in  Botany,  leaves  that  are  long,  stiff,  and 
pointed. 

Ac/id.  In  common  language,  any  liquid, 
solid,  or  gaseous  body  imparting  to  the  organs 
of  taste  a  sour  sensation.  In  Chemistry,  a  com- 
pound capable  of  neutralizing  an  alkali  ;  the 
electro-negative  compound  of  a  salt  consisting 
of  more  than  two  elements.  The  acids  constitute 
a  very  numerous  class  of  chemical  substances. 
They  are  called  mineral  or  organic  as  they 
are  derived  from  inorganic  or  organic  bodies. 
The  names  of  those  formed  from  the  same  base 
change  in  their  terminations  according  to  the 
quantity  of  oxygen  they  are  presumed  to  con- 
tain. Those  which  terminate  in  ic  contain  the 
largest  proportion  of  oxygen  ;  those  in  ous,  a 
less  amount.  Those  which  begin  with  hyper, 
denote  an  excess  of  oxidation  ;  those  with  hypo, 
the  lowest  proportion.  When  combined  with 
the  alkaline  and  other  bases  they  form  a  class 
of  bodies  called  salts  Acids  are  generally  re- 
frigerant and  antiseptic. 

Acid  Phenyl  Sulphate.  A  solution  of  3 
grammes  of  phenol  in  20  c.c.  of  strong  sul- 
phuric acid.  Employed  for  the  detection  of 
nitrates  in  water. 

Ac'id=al/bumen.  Derived  albumen.  A 
proteid  dissolved  in  stronger  acids,  and  yield- 
ing an  acid  reaction. 

Acidi/ferous  (from  acidum,  an  acid,  and 
fero,  to  bear).     Bearing  or  containing  acid. 

Acidifi  able.     Capable  of  being  converted 


ACI 


26 


ACO 


into  an    acid    by  uniting  with  an  acidifying 

principle. 

Acidification.     The  act  of  being  changed 

into  an  acid. 

Acid'ify   (from   acidus,   sour,   and  facio,  to 

make).     To  make  sour  or  acid  ;  to  convert  into 

an  acid. 

Acidifying  Principle.     That  which  forms 

an  acid. 

Acidim'eter    (from    acidum,  an    acid,  and 

/isrpov,  a  measure).     An  instrument  for  meas- 
uring the  strength  of  acids   or  the  amount  of 

free  acid. 

Acid/ity.     Sourness. 
Acid'ulate.     To  render  slightly  acid. 
Acidulous.     Slightly  acid. 
Ac'idum  (from  acer,  sour).     An  acid. 

Acidum  Aceticum.     See  Acetic  Acid. 

Acidum  Aceticum  Camphoratum.  Camphor- 
ated acetic  acid. 

Acidum  Aceticum  Concentratum.  Concen- 
trated acid  of  vinegar  ;  vinegar  deprived  of  its 
water. 

Acidum  Acetosum.     Acetum. 

Acidum  Arseniosum.     See  Absenious  Acid. 

Acidum  Azoticum.     Nitric  acid. 

Acidum  Benzoicum.     See  Benzoic  Acid. 

Acidum  Boricum,  Boracicum.  See  BOBACIC 
Acid. 

Acidum  Borussicum.     Hydrocyanic  acid. 

Acidum  Carbolicum.     See  Caebolic  Acid. 

Acidum  Carbonicum.     See  Caebonic  Acid. 

Acidum  Chromicum.     See  Cheomic  Acid. 

Acidum  Citricum.     See  ClTEIC  ACID. 

Acidum  Gallicum.     See  Gallic  Acid. 

Acidum  Hydrobromicum  Dilutum.  See  Hy- 
deobeomic  Acid,  Diluted. 

Acidum  Hydrochloricum.  Hydrochloric 
acid  ;  Muriatic  acid. 

Acidum  Hydrocyanicum.  See  Hydbocy- 
anic  Acid. 

Acidum  Hydrocyanicum  Dilutum.  See  Hy- 
deocyanic  Acid,  Diluted. 

Acidum  Iodhydricum.     Hydriodic  acid. 

Acidum  Lacticum.     See  LACTIC  Acid. 

Acidum  Muriaticum.     See  MUEIATIC  ACID. 

Acidum  Nitricum.     See  NiTEic  Acid. 

Acidum  Nitricum  Purum.    Pure  nitric  acid. 

Acidum  Nitro-muriaticum.  See  Niteo- 
mueiatic  Acid. 

Acidum  Nitrosum.     See  Niteous  Acid. 

Acidum  Oxalicum.     See  OXALIC  ACID. 

Acidum  Phenylicum.     Carbolic  acid. 

Acidum  Phosphoricum.  See  PIIOSPHOEIC 
Acid. 


Acidum    Pyroligneum.     See   Pyeoligneous 
Acid. 
Acidum  Salicylicum.     Salicylic  acid. 
Acidum  Santonicum.     Santonin. 
Acidum  Succinicum.     See  Succinic  Acid. 
Acidum     Sulphuretum.      See     SULPHUROUS 
Acid. 
Acidum  Sulphuricum.    SeeSuLPHUElC  ACID. 
Acidum    Sulphuricum    Aromaticum.      Aro- 
matic sulphuric  acid. 
Acidum     Sulphuricum    Purum.      Pure    sul- 
phuric acid. 
Acidum  Tannicum.     See  TANNIC  Acid. 
Acidum  Tartaricum.      See  Taetaeic  Acid. 
Acidum     Trichloraceticum.       Trichloracetic 
acid. 
Acidum    Valerianicum.       See    Valeeianic 
Acid. 
Acidum  Vitriolicum.     See  SULPHUEIC  ACID. 

Acies.  Sharpness,  keenness  ;  a  sharp  cut- 
ting instrument.     Iron  or  steel  as  a  medicine. 

Ac'iform  (from  acus,  a  needle,  and  forma, 
form).     Needle-shaped. 

Acine/sia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  iuvtioiq,  immo- 
bility).    Loss  of  motion. 

Ac/inus.  A  grape  stone.  In  Anatomy,  the 
ultimate  secreting  follicles  of  glands.  The 
granulations  of  conglomerate  glands,  as  in  the 
liver,  etc.,  are  called  acini. 

Ac/me  (from  aicfiTj,  the  top).  In  Pathology, 
the  height  of  a  disease. 

Ac/ne.  A  term  designating  lesions  from 
pustular  inflammation  about  the  sebaceous 
glands  and  hair  follicles.  Among  the  forms 
commonly  recognized  are  Rosacea,  Varioliformis, 
and  Vulgaris. 

Acne  Rosa/cea.  Pimples  on  the  face  ;  the 
conspicuous  eruption,  of  a  bright  rosy  hue,  on 
the  nose  and  face  of  drunkards.  Called  rosy- 
drop. 

Acol/ogy  (acologia ;  from  aicog,  a  remedy, 
and  ^oyog,  a  discourse).  The  doctrine  of  thera- 
peutical agents  or  remedies. 

Ac/onite  (aconitum).  The  tuberous  root 
of  the  Aconitum  napellns,  or  common  monk's- 
hood,  or  wolf's-bane.  It  is  an  active  narcotic 
poison.  It  is  obtained  in  Europe  and  Asia. 
A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Ranunculacese. 
Dose  of  powdered  root,  gr.  j  to  gr.  v.  It  acts  as  a 
powerful  sedative  to  the  nervous  system,  and 
reduces  the  force  of  the  circulation.  In  Dental 
Practice,  the  tincture,  combined  with  an  equal 
quantity  of  tincture  of  iodine,  is  employed 
successfully  in  the  early  stages  of  periodontitis 
and   alveolar   abscess.     It  is   also   useful  em- 


ACO 


27 


ACT 


ployed  alone  as  an  application  to  an  inflamed 
dental  pulp  ;  also  in  pulp  cavities  to  prevent 
peridental  inflammation.  For  dental  uses,  see 
Gorgas'  "Dental  Medicine." 

Aconi'tia.  An  alkaloid  constituting  the 
active  principle  of  aconite.    A  powerful  poison. 

Aconit/ic  Acid.     A  white  crystalline  acid, 
obtained  from  the  Aconitum  napellus. 
Aconitic  Ether.     Aconitate  of  oxide  of  ethyl. 
A  colorless  oily  liquid,  with  an  odor  like  cal- 
amus. 

Acon/itine  (aconitina  ;  from  aconitum,  the 
name  of  a  plant).  A  very  poisonous  alkaloid 
extracted  from  several  species  of  aconitum. 

A/cor  (from  aceo,  to  be  sour).  Acidity, 
acrimony. 

Aco'ria  (from  a,  priv.,  and  nopeo,  to  satisfy). 
Insatiable  hunger  ;  canine  appetite. 

Aco/rus  Calamus.  Sweet  flag ;  calamus 
aromaticus. 

Acou'meter  (from  amvu,  to  hear,  and  fier- 
pov,  a  measure).  An  instrument  invented  by 
Itard  for  measuring  the  degrees  of  the  sense 
of  hearing. 

Acoustics.  The  science  of  the  cause, 
nature,  and  phenomena  of  sounds. 

Acra/nia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  upavtov,  cra- 
nium). Deficiency  of  a  part  or  the  whole  of 
the  cranium. 

Acrat/ia  (from a,  priv.,  and  Kparoc,  strength). 
Imbecility  ;  weakness. 

Ac'rid  (from  acer,  sharp).  Having  a  hot, 
pungent  taste. 

Ac'rimony  (acrimonia ;  from  acer,  sharp). 
A  quality  in  substances  which  irritates,  cor- 
rodes, or  dissolves  others. 

Acri'sia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  i<pivu,  to  jndge). 
A  state  of  disease  with  regard  to  which  no 
correct  judgment  can  be  formed. 

Ac'rodont  (from  anpov,  extremity  or  sum- 
mit, and  oSovc,  'odovoc,  a  tooth).  Applied  by 
Owen  to  scaly  saurii  having  teeth  ankylosed  to 
the  summit  of  alveolar  ridge. 

Acrodyn/ia  (from  anpoc,  extremity,  and 
odvvq,  pain).  An  affection  attended  with  great 
pain  in  the  tendons  of  the  ankles  and  wrists. 

Acro'leine.  In  Chemistry,  a  volatile,  oily, 
pungent  liquid,  obtained  by  boiling  fats,,  but 
especially  by  the  destructive  distillation  of 
glycerine. 

Acroma'nia  (from  a/cpoc,  extreme,  and 
fiavia,  madness).     Incurable  madness. 

Acromegalia  (from  anpoc,  an  extremity, 
and  fieya^oc,  large).  Abnormal  development  of 
the  extremities. 


Acro'mial  Artery.  An  artery  arising  from 
the  anterior  part  of  the  axillary  artery,  oppo- 
site the  upper  edge  of  the  pectoralis  minor. 
It  divides  into  two  branches— the  superior  and 
the  inferior. 

Acromial  Nerves.  Branches  of  the  fourth  cer- 
vical nerve, distributed  to  the  acromial  region. 

Acro/mion  (from  aafmr,  extreme,  and  upoc;, 
the  shoulder).  A  process  terminating  the  spine 
of  the  scapula. 

A/cropis  (from  anpov,  the  extremity,  and 
oijj,  the  voice).  Faulty  articulation  from  a 
defect  in  the  tongue. 

Ac/roteria.     The  extremities  of  the  body. 

Acrot/ic  (from  anpoc,  summit).  Diseases 
affecting  the  external  surface  of  the  body. 

Ac/rotism  (from  a,  priv.,  and  Kporoc,  pulse). 
Defect  of  pulse  ;  asphyxia. 

Acti'no  Chemistry  (from  annv,  a  ray  of 
light).  That  department  of  chemistry  which 
treats  of  the  action  of  the  sun's  rays. 

Actinom/eter  (from  annv,  and  ps-pov,  a 
measure).  An  instrument  to  measure  the  in- 
tensity of  the  sun's  light. 

Actinomycosis  (from  aurig,  a  ray,  and 
pvKrjQ,  a  fungus).  A  parasitical,  infectious  dis- 
ease, due  to  the  presence,  in  abscesses  and  sin- 
uses, of  the  leptothrix-streptothrix.  The  most 
frequent  form  is  when  abscesses  form  about 
the  jaws  and  teeth.  The  prophylactic  treat- 
ment is  a  due  observance  in  the  choice  of  meat, 
and  its  proper  cooking  so  as  to  prevent  the 
transference  of  the  parasite.  The  curative 
treatment  consists  in  the  evacuation  and  anti- 
septic treatment  of  abscesses,  sinuses,  carious 
teeth,  etc. 

Ac'tion  [actio;   from  agere,   to  act1.      The 
exertion  of  power  or  force  ;  the  operation  of  an 
active  power.     In  Physiology,  the  performance 
of  a  function.     The  functions  of  the  body  may 
be   divided    into    voluntary,    involuntary,    and 
mixed.     The  voluntary  are  produced  by  acts  of 
the   will;  the  involuntary  are  either   mediate, 
through   the  nerves   and   spinal    marrow,    or 
immediate,  as  those  of  irritability  ;  and  to  the 
mixed  belong  the  acts  of  respiration. 
Action,  Morbid.     A    derangement  of  the  or- 
dinary fuuctious  of  the  body. 
Action,  Reflex.     A  movement  of  an  organ  or 
part  of  the  body  produced   by  an  impression 
carried   by  a  sensory  or  afferent  nerve  to  a 
subordinate  centre,  and   then  returned  by  an 
efferent  nerve  to  some  point  at  or  near  the 
source  of  irritation. 

Ac'tual  Cautery  is  a  red-hot  iron  or  a  fire, 


ACU 


28 


ADD 


while  a  potential  cautery  is  only  a  chemical 
caustic.  The  former  was  once  much  used  by 
surgeons  for  the  extirpation  and  cure  of  tumors 
and  other  diseases.  The  actual  cautery  for 
destroying  the  dental  pulp  consists  in  heating  a 
wire  to  a  white  heat  and  thrusting  it  into  the 
pulp  canal  to  the  apex  ;  also  the  galvanic 
cautery  ;  also  by  cataphoresis  or  electrolysis. 

Ac/upression  (acupressure;  from  acus,  a 
needle,  and  premo,  pressum,  to  press).  Dr.  J. 
Y.  Simpson's  plan  of  securing  against  hemor- 
rhage in  wounds  or  operations  by  inserting  a 
needle  through  the  skin  below  the  divided 
vessel,  and  returning  its  point  to  the  cutaneous 
surface  again,  the  ends  being  left  out  to  a  suffi- 
cient extent. 

Acupuncture  (acupunctura  ;  from  acus,  a 
needle,  and  punctiira,  a  puncture).  The  punc- 
turing of  parts  with  a  small  needle.  It  is 
effected  by  passing  slender  needles  into  the 
part  and  allowing  them  to  remain  from  a  few 
minutes  to  several  hours,  for  the  purpose  of 
producing  counter-irritation. 

Acus  Cannula/ta.  A  trocar  ;  a  cannulated 
needle  used  in  surgery. 

Acus    Interpurcto'ria.      A   couching  needle, 
used  in  operating  on  the  eye. 
Acus  OphthaFmica.     A  couching  or  ophthal- 
mic needle. 

Acus  Triquetra.     A  trocar  ;  a  three  cornered 
needle. 

Acute/.  Sharp.  In  Pathology,  a  sharp 
pain  ;  a  disease  characterized  by  a  certain 
degree  of  severity,  or  which  is  attended  by  vio- 
lent symptoms,  and  runs  its  course  in  a  few  days. 

Acutenac/ulum  (porte-aiguille).  A  needle- 
holder.  An  instrument  for  accurately  laying 
hold  of  a  needle  and  giving  it  greater  length 
when  it  is  so  fine  and  small  that  it  can  not  be 
held  by  the  fingers.  It  is  of  steel  or  silver, 
about  two  inches  long,  and  throughout  the 
whole,  almost,  of  its  length,  divided  into  two 
branches,  so  as  to  form  a  kind  of  forceps  cap- 
able of  being  closed  by  means  of  a  sliding 
ring.  Dr.  Physick's  modification  of  this  in- 
strument consists  of  a  forceps  so  constructed  as 
to  hold  in  its  extremity  a  needle  armed  with  a 
ligature.  The  handles  of  the  forceps  are 
fastened  together,  temporarily,  by  a  spring  or 
catch,  and  when  the  needle  is  fairly  placed 
beneath  the  deep  seated  artery,  it  is  disengaged 
from  the  forceps  and  drawn  out,  leaving  the 
ligature  behind,  which  can  be  tied  without 
difficulty.  Dr.  Hullihen  invented  an  instru- 
ment of  this  kind  for  passing  the  needle  through 


the  cleft  edges  of  the  soft  palate  in  the  opera- 
tion of  staphylorraphy. 

Acutenaculum,  Dr.  Hullihen's.  An  instru- 
ment invented  by  Dr.  S.  P.  Hullihen,  to  be 
used  in  passing  the  needle  through  the  cleft 
edges  of  the  soft  palate  iu  the  operation  of 
staphylorraphy. 

Acyanoblep'sia  (from  a,  priv.,  nvavoc,  blue, 
and  (57-e-o,  to  see).  Inability  to  distinguish 
blue,  from  defective  vision. 

Acye/sis.  Inability  to  conceive;  barren- 
ness. 

Ad'amant  (from  a,  priv.,  fia/uau,  to  sub- 
due). Diamond  was  formerly  so  named  from 
its  hardness. 

Adamantine  Cement.     A  nostrum  used 
for  filling  teeth,  consisting  of  finely  pulverized 
silex  or  pumice-stone  mixed  with  an  amalgam 
of  mercury  and  silver.     See  Amalgam. 
Adamantine    Spar.      The   crystals   of  corun- 
dum are  so  named  from  their  hardness.     See 
Corundum. 
Adam's  Apple.     See  Pomum  Adami. 
Addepha/gia  (from  addrjv,  much,  and  <j>ayu, 
to  eat).     A  voracious  appetite;  insatiable  crav- 
ing for  food. 

Addita'mentum.  A  small  suture  some- 
times found  added  to  the  lambdoid  and  squam- 
ous sutures. 

Addu/cent  (adducens  ;  from  ad,  and  ducere, 
to  draw).  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to 
muscles  which  perform  the  function  of  adduc- 
tion. 

Adduction.  The  action  by  which  a  part 
is  drawn  toward  the  axis  of  the  body  or  of  a 
limb. 

Adduc/tor  (from  ad,  and  ducere,  to  draw). 
In  Anatomy,  a  muscle  whose  office  consists  in 
drawing  the  limb,  or  part  moved  by  it,  toward 
the  axis  of  the  body  or  of  the  member  to 
which  it  belongs. 

Adductor  Brevis  Femoris.     The  short  adduc- 
tor of  the  thigh. 
Adductor    Indicis    Pedis.     The    adductor   of 
the  first  toe. 
Adductor  Longus  Femoris.    The  long  adduc- 
tor of  the  thigh. 
Adductor  Magnus   Femoris.     The  great  ad- 
ductor of  the  thigh. 
Adductor  Minimi  Digiti  Pedis.     The  adduc- 
tor of  the  little  toe. 

Adductor  Pollicis  Manus.     The  adductor  of 
the  thumb. 
Adductor  Pollicis    Pedis.     The   adductor   of 
the  great  toe. 


ADD 


29 


ADN 


Adductor  Tertii  Digiti  Pedis.     The  adductor 
of  the  third  toe. 

Adec'ta.     Sedatives. 

Adel/phia  (from  adeAcfroc,  a  brother).  A 
monstrosity. 

Ademo'nia  (from  ade/ioveu,  I  am  grievously 
tormented).     Restlessness;  anxiety  of  mind. 

A/den  {Adrjv).     A  gland,  a  bubo. 

Adenal'gia  (from  adrjv,  and  a/.yoc,  pain). 
Pain  in  a  gland. 

A'denemphrax'is  (from  adr/v,  a  gland,  and 
e/uppaijig,  obstruction).     Glandular  obstruction. 

Aden/iform  (from  adqv,  a  gland,  and/or»i«, 
resemblance).    Adenoid.    Resembling  a  gland. 

AdenPtis.     Glandular  inflammation. 

Ad'enodyn'ia.     See  Adenalgia. 

Adenography  (from  ad-qv,  a  gland,  and 
ypa<po>,  I  describe).  A  description  of  the 
glands. 

Ad'enoid  {aden,  gland).  Resembling  a 
gland. 

Adenoid  Tissue.     Retiform  tissue.     See  ANI- 
MAL Tissue. 

Adenol'ogy  (adenologia ;  from  adr/v,  a 
gland,  and  Aoyoc,  a  discourse) .  A  treatise  on 
the  glands. 

Adeno/ma  (from  a<fyv,  a  gland,  and  oma). 
An  adenoid  tumor;  a  glandular  growth. 

Adenomala'cia  (from  acfyv,  a  gland,  and 
jialaKta,  softening).  Softening  of  a  gland,  or 
mollescence. 

Adeno=mesenteri/tis  (from  adrjv,  a  gland, 
[iegoc,  midst,  and  evrepov,  intestine).  Inflam- 
mation of  the  mesenteric  glands.  Tabes  me- 
senterica. 

Adenon'cosis  (from  adr/v,  a  gland,  and 
oynou,  to  swell).     Swelling  of  a  gland. 

Adeno=pharyngi/tis  (from  ach/v,  a  gland, 
and  <j>apvy$,  the  pharynx).  Inflammation  of 
the  tonsils  and  pharynx. 

Adenophtharmia  (from  adrjv,  a  gland,  and 
o(p&a?,fiog,  the  eye).  Inflammation  of  the  Mei- 
bomian glands. 

Adeno=scIero/sis  (from  a6?/v,  a  gland,  and 
Gnhjpoc,  hard).  A  name  given  by  Swediaur 
to  tumefaction  and  induration  of  the  glands 
which  do  not  terminate  in  scirrhus. 

Ad'enose  (from  adrjv,  a  gland).  Having 
many  glands;  glandulous. 

Adeno'sus  (from  adrjv,  a  gland).  Gland- 
like. 

Adenot/omy  (adenotomia;  from  adrjv,  a 
gland,  and  re/ivu,  I  cut).  Dissection  of  the 
glands. 

Adeps.     Lard;  the  fat  of  the  hog. 


Adeps  Anserinus.     Goose  grease. 
Adeps  Ovillus.     Mutton  suet. 
Adeps  Praeparata.     Prepared  hog's  lard. 
Adeps  Suillus.     Hog's  lard. 

Adhe'sion  (adhsesio  ;  from  adhserco,  to  stick 
to).  In  Pathology,  the  morbid  union  of  parts 
naturally  contiguous,  but  not  adherent,  by 
adhesive  inflammation.  In  Surgery,  the  re- 
union of  parts  which  have  been  separated  by 
accident  or  design. 

Adhesive.  Sticking  fast  to  ;  sticky. 
Adhesive  Inflammation.  Inflammation  which 
terminates  by  an  adhesion  of  the  inflamed  and 
separated  surfaces. 
Adhesive  Plaster.  A  plaster  possessed  of 
adhesive  qualities,  used  by  surgeons.  Com- 
mon name  for  the  Emplastrum  resinse. 

Adiaphore'sis  [adiaphoresis ;  from  a,  priv., 
and  Siaoopeu,  to  dissipate).  Defect  of  cutane- 
ous perspiration. 

Adiaph'orous  (from  a,  priv.,  and  dtaoepei, 
it  differs).  A  volatile  and  inodorous  principle 
obtained  from  tartar  by  distillation.  Neutral: 
applied  to  medicines  which  have  no  effect 
either  for  good  or  ill.  Also  used  to  express 
neutral  salts. 

Adip'ic  Acid.  A  volatile  and  fusible  acid, 
obtained  by  treating  oleic  with  nitric  acid. 

Ad/ipocere  (adipocera;  from  adeps,  fat, 
and  cera,  wax).  A  fat-like  substance  into 
which  the  human  body  is  converted  by  long 
immersion  in  water  or  spirit  or  by  burial  in 
moist  earth.  Chevreul  showed  it  to  be  an 
imperfectly  saponified  human  fat. 

Ad'ipose  (from  adeps,  fat).     Fatty. 
Adipose    Arteries.        Branches    of    the    dia- 
phragmatic,   capsular,    and    renal    arteries, 
which  supply  the  fat  around  the  kidneys. 
Adipose  Membrane  (menibrana  adiposa).    The 
membrane  which  encloses  the  adeps  or  fat. 
Adipose  Tissue.     See  Animal  Tissue. 

Adipo'sis.    Excessive  fatness. 

Adip'sia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  dnpa,  thirst). 
Absence  of  thirst,  usually  symptomatic  of 
cerebral  disease. 

Adip'sous.  Allaying  thirst.  Applied  to 
medicines  and  fruits  so  acting. 

Adj'uvant  (from  adjuvo,  to  aid).  A  medi- 
cine added  to  a  prescription  to  assist  the  opera- 
tion of  the  principal  ingredient. 

Adna'ta.  In  Botany  this  term  is  applied 
to  parts  which  are  closely  united  to  one  an- 
other. In  Anatomy,  the  tunica  adnata  is  that 
portion  of  the  conjunctiva  which  covers  the 
sclerotic  coat  of  the  eye. 


ADO 


30 


AFF 


Adolescence  (from  adolescere,  to  grow). 
Growing ;  applied  to  the  human  race ;  the 
period  hetween  puberty  and  the  full  develop- 
ment of  the  body. 

Ad  Pondus  Omnium.  To  the  weight  of 
the  whole.  Used  in  prescriptions  to  indicate 
the  proportion  of  some  particular  ingredient. 

Adula'ria.  A  miueral  ;  the  most  perfect 
variety  of  feldspar. 

Adultera'tion.  The  admixture  of  noxious 
or  inert  ingredients  with  that  which  is  pure. 

Adus'tion  (adustio ;  from  adurere,  to  burn). 
Cauterization;  the  action  of  heat  applied  to 
the  body. 

Adventitious  (advent itius ;  from  advenio, 
I  come  to).  Accidental;  not  inherent.  In 
Medicine,  acquired  diseases. 

Adyna'mia  (from  a,  priv.,  Swa/iic,  power). 
A  defect  of  vital  power;  debility;  asthenic. 

/Edoi'a.     The  pudenda. 

/Edoi'tis  (from  aiSoia,  pudenda,  and  itis, 
inflammation).    Inflammation  of  the  pudenda. 

/Edopsoph'ia.  A  name  given  by  Sauvages 
to  a  fetid  air  issuing  from  the  vagina  or 
urethra. 

/E'gides.     Small  white  spots  on  the  pupil. 

/Egid'ion.     A  collyrium. 

/E'gilops  (from  aiij,  aiyuc,  a  goat,  and  wip, 
the  eye).  A  sore  under  the  inner  angle  of  the 
eye,  so  called  because  goats  were  supposed  to 
be  subject  to  it. 

/Egoph'ony  (JEgoplionia  ;  from  ai^,  aiyog,  a 
goat,  and  (puvrj,  voice).  A  peculiar  sound  of 
the  voice  resembling  the  bleating  of  a  goat.  It 
is  diagnostic  of  pus  in  the  pleural  sac. 

/Eolipile.  A  hollow  metallic  ball  with  a 
small  pipe,  for  the  conversion  of  water  into 
steam.     Also  an  alcohol  blowpipe. 

Aer  (Ar/p).  Air,  gas  ;  often  used  as  a  prefix 
denoting  the  presence  of  air  or  gas. 

A'er  Aixus.    Fixed  air,  or  carbonic  acid  gas. 

A'erated.  Impregnated  with  air.  Also 
liquids  impregnated  with  carbonic  acid  gas. 

Ae'rial  Acid.     Carbonic  acid  gas. 

Aerif/erous  (aer,  and  ferre,  to  carry).  An 
epithet  for  tubes  which  convey  air,  as  the 
larynx,  trachea,  etc. 

Aeriflux'us  (aer  and  fiuere,  fluxum,  to 
flow).  The  discharge  of  gas  and  the  fetid  em- 
anations from  the  sick.     Flatulence. 

Ae'riform.  Air-like  ;  a  term  applied  to 
gaseous  fluids. 

Aerology  (aerologia;  from  ar/p,  air,  and 
Aoyof,  a  discourse).  The  doctrine  of  the  nature 
and  properties  of  air. 


Aerom'eter.  An  instrument  for  ascertain- 
ing the  weight  of  ai  r  or  bulk  of  gases. 

^Erose  (from  aes,  aeris,  copper  or  brass). 
Of  the  nature  of  copper  ;  coppery. 

A'erotonom'eter.  An  instrument  for  deter- 
mining the  tension  of  gases  in  the  blood. 

/Eru'go.  Verdigris  ;  properly  the  rust  of 
metal,  but  especially  of  copper. 

fizs,  Es.     Copper  ;  brass. 

/Es'chos  (aLoxog).  Deformity  of  the  body 
generally,  or  of  some  part. 

/Esecavum  (from  aes).     Brass. 

/Esthe'sia  (from  aiotiavojuai,  to  feel).  Per- 
ceptive sensation  ;  feeling. 

/Esthesiom  'eter  (JSsthesis,  and  uerpoy, 
measure).     A  measurer  of  sensation. 

/Es'thetical.  Diseases  or  agents  affecting 
the  sensation. 

i^Estua'tio.  Ardor  ;  ebullition  ;  fermenta- 
tion. 

/Es'tus  Volat'icus  (from  vastus,  heat,  and 
volo,  to  fly).  Transient  heat  or  flushing  of  the 
face. 

/Etas.     Age. 

/Ethal.     See  Cetyl. 

/Ether  (from  ai-Srip,  air).     A  highly  volatile 
and  inflammable  fluid  ;  oxide  of  ethyl. 
iEther  Acet'icus.     Acetic  ether. 
/Ether  Hoffmanni    (Spiritus  eetheris  sulphur  ici 
compositus)      Hoffmann's  anodyne  solution. 
./Ether  Hydrocyan/icus.     Cyanuret  of  ethyl. 
Hydrocyanic  ether. 
./Ether  Muriat/icus.     Chloride  of  ethyl.     Mu- 
riatic ether. 

./Ether  Nitro'sus.     Nitrous  ether. 
/Ether   Rectifica/tus.     Eectified  ether. 
./Ether  Sulphu/ricus.     Sulphuric  ether. 

/Ether'ea.     The  ethers. 

/Ethe'real  Oil.     Oleum  setherium. 

etherization.     Stupefying  with  ether. 

^Eth/moid.     Ethmoid. 

/Eth'ogen  (from  ai duv,  brilliant,  yeivojuai,  to 
become).  A  compound  of  boron  and  nitrogen, 
so  called  from  the  brilliant  phosphorescent 
light  it  gives  when  heated  before  a  blowpipe. 

/Eti'oi  Phlebes  ( Asnol  tylEJieg,  eagle  veins). 
Temporal  veins. 

/Etiol'ogy  (setiologia;  from  aina,  a  cause, 
and  Aoyof,  a  discourse).  The  doctrine  of  the 
causes  of  disease. 

Aff  'aires.     Menses. 

Affec/tion  (affectio).  In  Medicine,  a  disease  ; 
in  common  language,  an  emotion  or  modifica- 
tion of  the  mind. 

Afferent  (affero,  I  bring).      Conveying  in- 


AFF 


31 


AGE 


ward.  The  vessels  which  convey  the  lymph 
or  chyle  to  the  lymphatic  glands  are  called 
afferent ;  also  nerves  which  convey  impressions 
to  the  brain. 

Affinity  (affinitas).  In  Chemistry,  attrac- 
tion, or  that  tendency  which  different  sub- 
stances have  to  unite  and  form  another  body. 
Chemical  attraction. 

Affinity,  Compound.  Affinity  is  called  com- 
pound when  three  or  more  bodies,  by  their 
mutual  attraction,  unite  and  form  one  homo- 
geneous body. 

Affinity,  Double.      Double   elective   attraction. 
"When  two  bodies,  each  consisting  of   two 
elementary  parts,  come   in  contact  and    are 
decomposed,   so  that  their  elements  become 
reciprocally  united  and  produce  two  new  com- 
pound   bodies,    the    decomposition    is    then 
termed  decomposition  by  double  affinity." 
Affinity,    Elective.        The    preference    mani- 
fested by  one  body  to  combine  with  another, 
rather  than  with  a  third,  a  fourth,  etc. 
Affinity,   Single.     The  power   by  which  two 
elementary  bodies  combine. 
Affla'tus  (from  afflare,   to  blow  upon).     A 
term  applied,  in  Pathology,  to  a  species  of  ery- 
sipelas which  attacks  persons  suddeuly. 
.  Afflux  (from  affluere,  to  flow  in).     The  de- 
termination of  fluids  to  a  part. 

Afflux'ion.     Accumulation  of  fluids. 
Affu'sion  (affusio ;  from  affundere,  to  pour 
upon).     The  pouring  of  any  liquid  upon  the 
body. 

After=birth.     The  placenta  and  membranes 
of  the  ovum  are  so  called   from   their  being 
expelled  after  the  delivery  of  the  foetus. 
After-pains.      The    pains    succeeding    child- 
birth. 

Agace'ment  des  Dents.  Teeth  set  on 
edge,  caused  by  contact  of  acids. 

Agaricus  Mineralis.     One  of  the  purest 
of  the  native  carbonates  of  lime. 
Agaricus  Quercus.  Boletus  iguiarius     Agaric 
of  the  oak  ;  a  fungus  formerly  used  for  arrest- 
ing external  hemorrhage. 

Age.  In  Human  Physiology,  the  duration  of 
the  life  of  man  ;  also  a  certain  period  of  life 
marked  by  a  difference  of  state.  The  ancients 
divided  life  into  six  stages:  (1)  Infant  ia  vel 
pueritia,  reckoned  from  birth  to  the  fifth  year 
of  age.  (2)  Adolescentia,  ,rtas  bona,  youth 
reckoned  to  the  eighteenth,  and  youth,  properly 
so  called,  to  the  twenty-fifth  year.  (3)  Juvenilis, 
from  the  twenty-fifth  to  the  thirty-fifth  year. 
(4)  Virilis  setas,  setas  firmata,  thirty  years  ;  setas 


const ans,  forty  years  ;  setas  matura,  fifty  years  : 
manhood,  from  the  thirty-fifth  to  the  fifty  fifth 
year.  (5)  Senectus,  setas  provecta,  setas  mala, 
old  age,  from  fifty  to  sixty.  (6)  Crepita  setas, 
setas  ingravescens,  setas  discrepita,  setas  affecta, 
setas  exacta,  setas  extrcma,  decrepit  age,  ending 
in  death. 

The  most  common  division  of  life  is  into 
four  stages  or  ages  ;  namely,  infancy,  youth, 
manhood,  and  old  age.  But  the  division  of 
Halle  seems  to  be  more  distinctly  marked  by 
changes  in  the  economy  than  any  other.  He 
divides  life  into  : 

Infancy,  extending  from  birth  to  the  seventh 
year  of  age.  To  this,  three  subdivisions  have 
been  proposed  :  (1)  The  period  of  the  com- 
mencement of  the  eruption  of  the  temporary 
teeth,  which  is  usually  about  the  seventh 
month  from  birth.  (2)  The  period  of  the  com- 
pletion of  first  dentition,  which  is  ordinarily 
about  two  and  a  half  years  after  birth.  (3) 
When  the  temporary  teeth  begin  to  be  replaced 
by  the  permanent  teeth. 

Childhood,  from  the  seventh  to  the  fifteenth 
year,  during  which  period  the  whole  contour 
of  the  face  and  expression  of  the  countenance 
is  changed  by  the  elongation  of  the  jaws,  de- 
velopment of  the  alveolar  borders,  and  den- 
tition of  all  the  permanent  teeth,  except  the 
dentes  sapientise,  or  last  molars. 

Adolescence,  or  adolescentia,  extending  from 
the  fifteenth  to  the  twenty-fifth  year  of  age, 
during  which  period  the  jaws  elongate  suffi- 
ciently to  admit  the  last  molars,  the  eruption 
of  which  completes  the  dentition  of  the  perma- 
nent teeth. 

Adult  age,  or  virilitas,  a  period  of  life  extend- 
ing in  man  from  the  twenty-fifth  to  the  sixtieth 
year  of  age,  and  in  women  from  the  twenty- 
first  to  the  fiftieth.  This  period  is  divided, 
again,  into  increasing,  established,  and  decreas- 
ing virility,  during  which  the  teeth  undergo  no 
change  except  that  which  they  experience 
from  disease. 

Old  age,  or  senectus,  embracing  that  period 
when  the  powers  of  the  body  are  declining, 
ending  in  death.  During  this  time  the  alveolar 
processes  often  waste  away,  causing  the  teeth 
to  loosen  and  drop  out. 

Agenesia  (agennesia;  from  a,  priv.,  yewau, 
to  beget.)  (1)  Impotence;  male  sterility:  in- 
ability to  beget  offspring.  (2)  Atrophy  and 
imperfect  development  of  the  brain. 

Agent  (from  ago,  to  act).  Anything  which 
produces  an  effect.     In  Pathology,  the  extrane- 


AGE 


32 


AIR 


ous  causes  of  disease  are  termed  morbific  agents. 
In  Therapeutics,  anything  used  in  the  treatment 
of  disease  is  termed  a  therapeutic  agent.  In 
Chemistry,  any  substance  capable  of  producing 
chemical  action  is  termed  a  chemical  agent,  etc. 

Ageu'sia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  yevopai,  gusto, 
to  taste).     Loss  or  diminution  of  taste. 

Agglomerate  (from  agglomerate,  to  wind 
up,  to  collect  together).  Applied  to  tumors  or 
glands  in  aggregation. 

Agglutination  (from  agglutinate,  to  glue 
together).  The  act  of  being  united  by  means 
of  some  tenacious  substance.  In  Surgery,  the 
adhesion  of  divided  parts,  as  the  lips  of  a 
wound. 

Aggregate  (aggregatus ;  from  aggrego,  to 
assemble  together).  Bodies  of  the  same  kind, 
when  united  together,  are  called  an  aggregate. 
Glands  which  are  in  clusters  are  called  gland- 
ulas  aggregates. 

Aggregation.  A  form  of  attraction  usu- 
ally termed  cohesion,  by  which  particles  are 
aggregated  or  retained  in  the  state  of  a  solid. 

Agita'tion  [agitatio;  from  agito,  freq.  of 
ago,  to  act).  Eestlessness  ;  constant  movement 
of  a  patient  ;  inquietude.  It  often  arises  from 
the  irritation  attending  dentition.  See  Den- 
tition, Moebid. 

Ag/lium.  A  glossy  tubercle  on  the  face  ; 
also,  a  white  speck  on  the  eye. 

Aglo/buIia.  A  deficiency  of  red  blood-cor- 
puscles. 

AgIos/sia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  yluaaa,  the 
tongue) .     Absence  of  the  tongue. 

Ag'ma  (agme;  Aypa,  gen.  ayuaroc).  Frac- 
ture. 

AgmatoIog/ia  (Ayp,a  and  7.oyoc,  a  descrip- 
tion).    The  doctrine  of  fractures. 

Agmin'ated  Glands.     Peyer's  glands. 

Ag'nail.     Hangnail. 

Agna'thia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  yvadog,  jaw). 
A  malformation  consisting  in  the  want  of  the 
jaw,  especially  of  the  lower. 

Agnoi'a  (agncea;  from  «,  priv.,  and  yivuano, 
I  know).     Want  of  memory  ;  forgetful ness. 

Agomphi/asis  [agomphosis ;  from  a,  priv., 
and  yo/ufoti,  I  nail).  Looseness  of  the  teeth, 
usually  caused  by  disease  in  the  gums  and  the 
gradual  destruction  of  the  alveoli.  See  Gums, 
Diseases  of  ;  also,  Alveolae  Processes, 
Destruction  of  the. 

Ag'one.     Henbane. 

Agon/ia.     Impotence,  sterility. 

Agonis'tica  (Ayuv,  a  combat).  Very  cold 
water,  given  internally  to  calm  febrile  heat. 


Agon'os.     Barren. 

Agos'tus  (Ayooroc,  from  ayu,  I  lead).  The 
forearm  from  the  elbow  to  the  fingers.  Also, 
the  palm  of  the  hand. 

A'gra  (Aypeu,  I  seize  hold  of).  A  seizure ;  as 
odontagra,  a  tooth  seizure,  toothache. 

Ag/ria.  Holly.  Also,  a  malignant  pus- 
tule. 

Agryp'nia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  vnvoc,  sleep). 
Sleeplessness  ;  watchfulness. 

Agrypnoco'ma  (from  aypvirvia,  sleepless- 
ness, and  nufia,  drowsiness).  Lethargic  watch- 
fulness. 

A'gue.  Trembling ;  shuddering  ;  inter- 
mittent fever. 

Ague  and  Fever.     Intermittent  fever. 
Ague,  Brass-founders'.     A  series  of  morbid 
phenomena,  resembling   ague,  in  those  who 
are   exposed  to  the  fumes  of  zinc   in   brass 
foundries. 

Ague,  Brow.     Neuralgia  frontalis. 
Ague-cake.      A  hard  tumor  on  the  left  side 
below  the  false  ribs,  caused  by  a  visceral  ob- 
struction, generally  of  the  spleen,  which  may 
be  felt  externally.     It  is  the  effect  of  inter- 
mittent fever. 
Ague,  Dead.     Ague,  Dumb.      An  irregular  or 
masked  intermittent. 
Ague-drops.      A  solution  of  arseniate  of  po- 
tassa  in  water.     Fowler's  solution. 
Agu'ios    (from   a,   priv.,  and   yvcov,  limb). 
Mutilated  or  wanting  limbs  ;  weak,  feeble. 

Agyr'ias  (Ayvpic,  a  collection).  Opacity  of 
the  crystalline  lens. 

Aiguille  (from  dim.  of  acus).     A  needle. 
Ail.     Disease. 

Ail'ment.     See  Ail.     Disease. 
Air  (Atjp ;  A'er ;  from  au,  I  breathe).     At- 
mospheric air  ;  an  elastic,  invisible  fluid,  sur- 
rounding the  earth  to  the  height,  it  is  said,  of 
fifteen  or  sixteen  leagues. 
Air-cells  of  the  Lungs.     Bronchial  cells. 
Air,  Fixed.     Carbonic  acid  ;  mephitic  air. 
Air,  Inflammable.     Hydrogen. 
Air   Injector,  Hickman's.     An  appliance  de- 
signed for  use  with  a  dental  engine.  A  rubber 
bulb  or  bellows  is  compressed  automatically 
by  a  simple  mechanism,  which  is  connected 
with  and  driven  by  the  engine  pulley.     The 
air  is  forced  from  the  bulb  through  the  con- 
necting rubber  tube  to  a  fixed  nozzle  at  the 
hand-piece,  whence  it  is  thrown  into  the  cavity 
of  the  tooth.     The  air  thus  driven  out  of  the 
bulb  leaves  a  vacuum,  which  is  instantly  filled 
again  with  air,  so  that  a  continuous  stream  is 


AIR 


33 


ALB 


kept  up.     This  appliance  is  intended  to  keep 

the  cavity  clear  of  bur-dust  and  cuttings,  and 
also  to  keep  the  bur  cool  while  in  use. 
Air-passages.       The  larynx,    trachea,    bron- 
chia, etc. 
Air-pump.     A  machine  by  which  air  in  a  ves- 
sel may  be  withdrawn. 
Air,  Vital.     Oxygen. 

Aisthete'rion  (aestheterium).  The  senso- 
rium  commune. 

Aitch.     Pain. 

Aithomo/ma  (atdoc,  black).  A  black  con- 
dition of  all  the  humors  of  the  eye. 

A'la  Auris.     The  wing  of  the  ear.     This  is 
the  upper  part  of  the  external  ear. 
Ala   Nasi.      The   cartilage  which   forms  the 
outer  part  of  the  nostril. 

Alabas'ter.  A  variety  of  compact  gypsum ; 
it  has  a  white  or  grayish  color.  It  was  at  one 
time  much  used  in  dentifrices,  but  at  present 
it  is  seldom  employed  for  this  purpose.  When 
used  upon  the  teeth,  no  matter  how  finely  pul- 
verized, it  gets  between  the  free  edges  of  the 
gum  and  necks  of  these  organs,  where  its  me- 
chanical action  is  often  productive  of  much 
injury.  There  are  two  kinds  of  alabaster  :  (1) 
Gypseous  alabaster,  a  natural  semi-crystalline 
sulphate  of  lime,  forming  a  compact  gypsum  of 
various  colors,  employed  in  making  statuary, 
vases,  etc.  (2)  Calcareous  alabaster,  a  mixed 
carbonate  and  sulphate  of  lime,  deposited  by 
the  dripping  of  water  in  stalactitic  caves. 

Al'aeform  (ahxformis ;  from  aJa,  awing,  and 
forma,  a  resemblance).  Resembling  a  wing  ; 
wing-shaped. 

A'la?  Majores.  Labia  externa  of  the  pu- 
denda. 

Alae  Minores.     The  nymphse. 
Alae   Nasi.     Wings  of  the  nose.     The  lateral 

or  movable  cartilaginous  parts  of  the  nose. 
Alae  Vespertilionis.     Bat  wings.     The  broad 
ligaments  between  the  uterus  and  the  Fallo- 
pian tubes. 

Alan'in.  A  alkaloid  obtained  by  acting  on 
aldehyd  ammonia  with  hydrocyanic  acid. 

Alarms  Vena?.  The  superficial  veins  at  the 
bend  of  the  arm. 

Alalia  Ossa.  The  lateral  processes  of  the 
sphenoid  bone. 

Ala'ris  {alar;  from  ala,  a  wing).  Winglike  ; 
belonging  to  a  wing. 

Albamen  turn.  The  white  of  an  egg. 
Albumen. 

Alba  tion  (albatio).     The  act  of  becoming 
white. 
3 


Albican'tia  Cor'pora  (from  albico,  to  be- 
come white).     See  Corpora  Albicaxtia. 

Albi'no  (from  albus,  white).  .A  Spanish 
word  applied  to  the  white  progeny  of  negro 
parents.  The  skin  has  a  pallid  hue  ;  the  hair 
on  every  part  of  the  body  resembles  bleached 
flax  ;  the  iris  has  a  pale  reddish  color,  and  is 
so  sensitive  that  it  can  scarcely  bear  the  light 
of  day.  The  term  is  also  applied  to  all  persons 
who  have  these  characteristics. 

Al'bite.  Soda  feldspar  ;  a  silicate  of  alum- 
ina, possessing  properties  similar  to  common 
feldspar,  with  the  substitution  of  soda  for 
potash. 

Al'bolene.  Obtained  from  petroleum,  with 
a  specific  gravity  of  .865  at  60°  F.  The  liquid 
form  is  colorless,  tasteless,  and  odorless.  It  is 
soluble  in  absolute  ether,  chloroform,  oil  of 
turpentine,  oleic  acid,  benzole,  toluol,  and  car- 
bon bisulphide.  It  may  be  used  in  the  form  of 
spray. 

Al'botim.     Turpentine. 

Albugin'ea    Oculi.        The    white    fibrous 
membrane  of  the   eye,   situated   immediately 
under  the  conjunctiva.     The  white  of  the  eye. 
Albuginea   Testis.     The  thick,  white  mem- 
brane which  immediately  invests  the  testicle. 

Albugin'eous  (from  albus,  white).  A  term 
applied  by  anatomists  to  textures  and  humors 
which  are  white. 

Albu'gO  (from  albus,  white).  A  white 
opacity  of  the  cornea  of  the  eye. 

Albu'men.  A  protein  compound,  the  chief 
constituent  of  the  body,  or  rather  the  material 
from  which  the  tissues  are  mainly  formed.  It 
is  found  in  great  abundance  in  the  serum  of  the 
blood,  and  constitutes  the  white  of  the  egg, 
whence  its  name.  Heat,  creasote,  and  the 
acids  (excepting  the  acetic)  coagulate  it. 

J'er/etable  albumen,  found  in    most  vegetable 
juices,  is  identical   with,  and   is  probably  the 
source  of,  animal  albumen. 
Albumen  Ovi.     The  white  of  an  egg. 

Albuminate  of  Soda.  When  albumen  is 
treated  with  soda,  it  loses  some  of  its  properties. 
Heat  does  not  coagulate  it,  but  changes  it  to  a 
jelly.  When  the  solution  is  boiled,  a  film  forms 
on  the  surface  resembling  that  of  casein  under 
similar  circumstances. 

Albu'minose.     See  Peptonic 

Albu'minous.  Of  the  nature  of,  or  con- 
taining, albumen. 

Albuminous  Group.  A  term  of  Trout's  classi- 
fication, signifying  that  class  of  animal  aud 
alimentary    substances     the     composition    of 


ALB 


34 


ALI 


which  is  analogous  to  albumen.  It  includes 
albumen  fibrin,  gluten,  legumin,  globulin,  casein, 
and  the  substances  called  oxides  of  protein. 

Albuminuria.  A  disease  in  which  the 
urine  contains  albumen.  It  is  commonly 
applied  to  Bright's  disease. 

AFbumose.  A  proteid  formed  as  the  first 
stage  of  the  pancreatic  or  gastric  digestion  of 
other  proteids,  and  by  further  digestion  con- 
verted into  peptone. 

Albumosuria.  The  discharge  of  albumose 
in  the  urine. 

Albur/num.  The  soft  white  substance 
found  between  the  inner  bark  and  wood  of 
trees  ;  in  time  it  becomes  wood. 

Alcales'cent.     Becoming  alkaline. 

AFcali.     Alkali. 

Alcana  or  Alkana.  The  name  of  the  root 
and  leaves  of  the  Lausonia  inermis,  a  plant 
employed  in  the  East  for  dyeing  the  nails, 
teeth,  and  hair,  etc.  Used  in  Mechanical  Den- 
tistry to  color  wax. 

AFchemy.  The  mysterious  art  which  pre- 
tends to  transmute  the  baser  metals  into  gold, 
and  to  find  a  panacea  for  all  diseases. 

AFcohol.  Pure  or  highly  rectified  spirits 
of  wine.  It  is  a  powerful,  diffusible  stimulant, 
and  is  used  both  as  a  medicinal  and  pharma- 
ceutical agent.  Chemically  pure  alcohol  is 
styled  absolute  alcohol.  See  Absolute  Alco- 
hol. It  is  an  oxyhydrate  of  ethyl,  and  is 
represented  by  the  formula  C2H5HO.  The 
common  alcohol  of  the  shops,  however,  con- 
tains a  variable  quantity  of  water.  When  di- 
luted with  an  equal  weight  of  water,  it  is 
termed  proof  spirit,  or  Spiritus  tenuior  of  the 
Pharmacopoeia.  The  first  product  of  the  dis- 
tillation is  technically  called  loiv  wine,  and  is 
again  subjected  to  distillation.  The  latter  por- 
tions of  what  comes  over  are  called  feints,  and 
are  reserved  for  a  further  process  in  the  wash- 
still.  The  second  product  is  termed  raw  spirit, 
and  when  again  distilled  is  called  rectified 
spirit.  The  strongest  alcohol  is  called  absolute  • 
alcohol  or  anhydrous  alcohol,  to  denote  its 
entire  freedom  from  water.  Alcohol  is  employed 
in  Dental  Practice  as  a  styptic  and  antiseptic, 
and  the  absolute  alcohol  as  an  obtundent  of 
sensitive  dentine.  As  a  solvent  it  enters  into  a 
number  of  dental  formula1. 
Alcohol,  Absolute.  See  ALCOHOL. 
Alcohol    Ammoniatum.     A    combination    of 

alcohol  and  ammonia. 
Alcohol  Amylicum.     See  Fusel  Oil. 
Alcohol  of  Sulphur.     Sulphuret  of  carbon. 


Al'coholates.  Officinal  medicines  in  which 
alcohol  is  first  impregnated  with  medicinal 
principles  by  maceration,  and  then  by  distilla- 
tion, so  that  it  only  retains  the  volatile  por- 
tions. Also,  compounds  of  alcohol  with  salt, 
called  alcoates. 

Alcoholism.  The  alcohol  habit,  which 
undermines  the  constitution  and  transmits  a 
variety  of  evils,  such  as  congenital  lunacy, 
epilepsy,  and  nervous  lesions.  Physically,  it 
causes  only  deterioration,  disease,  impairment 
of  strength,  etc.,  which  are  reflected  in  the 
teeth.  It  is  supposed  to  thicken  or  thin  the 
membranes  and  tissues  of  the  developing  tooth 
by  alcoholic  saturation,  resulting  in  the  rapid 
loss  of  the  pabulum  or  the  retention  of  effete 
matters.  The  teeth  are  thus  directly  injured 
and  the  blood  rendered  impure  and  poisonous 
and  unfit  for  the  development  of  normal 
organs. 

AlcohoIonVeter  (from  alcohol,  and  fierpov, 
a  measure).  An  instrument  for  ascertaining 
the  quantity  of  alcohol  in  any  fluid. 

AFdehyd.  The  hydrated  protoxide  of 
acetyl,  an  ethereal  fluid.  Abridged  from  alco- 
hol dchydrogenatus,  alcohol  deprived  of  hydro- 
gen.     See  FOKMALDEHYD. 

Ale  (alia).  A  fermented  infusion  of  malt, 
usually  combined  with  hops. 

AIei/pha  (from  a'XeKpu,  to  anoint).  Medi- 
cated oil. 

AIe/ma  (from  a,  priv.,  and  Ai/xoc,  hunger). 
Anything  which  satisfies  hunger.  Boiled  meat. 
Farina. 

Alem/bic  (alembicus).  A  vessel  made  of 
glass,  metal,  or  earthenware  for  the  reception 
of  volatile  products  from  a  retort. 

Alexiphar'mac  (from  aA^eiv,  to  repel, 
(pap/iaKov,  a  poison).     An  antidote  to  poison. 

AFeze  or  AFese  (from  ale^u,  to  prevent). 
A  cloth  folded  several  times  in  order  to  protect 
the  bed  from  discharges  of  blood,  etc. 

Alge/do  (from  a'hyoc,  pain).  Pain  in  the 
region  of  the  neck  of  the  bladder  and  anus, 
caused  by  sudden  suppression  of  gonorrhoea. 

AlgFda  Fe/bris.  A  malignant  fever  char- 
acterized by  icy  coldness  on  the  surface. 

AFgor.     Chilliness,  rigor. 

AFible  (from  alo,  to  nourish).      Nutritious. 

AFices  (from  a^u,  to  sprinkle;  or  alica,  a 
kind  of  grain,  from  their  size).  The  reddish 
spots  which  appear  on  the  skin  previous  to 
the  eruption  of  small-pox. 

Alienation  (alienatio ;  from  alieno,  to 
estrange).     Applied    to    a   wandering  of  the 


ALI 


35 


ALL 


mind  ;  insanity  ;  mental   derangement ;  delir- 
ium. 

AFiform  (aliformis ;  from  ala,  a  wing,  and 
forma,  likeness).     Pterygoid;  wing-like. 

Aliment  (alimmtum;  from  alo,  to  nourish). 
Food.  Any  substance  which,  when  introduced 
into  the  alimentary  canal,  may,  after  being 
subjected  to  the  action  of  the  digestive  organs, 
afford  nourishment  to  the  body. 

Alimentary.  Pertaining  to  food  or  ali- 
ment. 

Alimentary  Canal.     A  musculo-membranous 
tube,  through  which  the  food  passes.     It  ex- 
tends from  the  mouth  to  the  anus. 
Alimentary  Duct.     Alimentary  canal. 

Alimentation.  The  act  of  nourishing; 
the  assimilation  of  food. 

Alitu'ra  (from  alo,  nourishment).  The 
process  of  assimilation  or  nutrition;  food  or 
nourishment. 

Alkales'cent.  Any  substance  containing 
manifest  alkaline  properties,  or  in  which  these 
properties  are  becoming  developed  or  predomi- 
nant. 

Al  kali.  A  term  applied  to  certain  oxides 
soluble  in  water,  possessing  the  power  of  neu- 
tralizing acids,  so  as  to  form  a  saline  compound, 
and  of  changing  some  vegetable  blues  to  green 
and  some  vegetable  j'ellows  to  brown.  There 
used  to  be  reckoned  three  kinds  of  alkalies  : 
(1)  The  vegetable,  or  potash ;  (2)  the  mineral,  or 
soda;  (3)  the  animal,  or  ammonia,  also  called 
the  volatile  alkali.  Modern  chemistry  has 
added  to  these,  lithia.  Soda  and  potassa  are 
fixed  alkalies,  while  ammonia  is  a  volatile 
alkali. 

Alkali  Causticum.     Caustic  alkali. 
Alkali  Fixum.    Fixed  alkali.    Applied  to  pot- 
ash and  soda,  because  they  are  permanently 
in  a  solid  state. 
Alkali,  Vegetable.     Another  term  for  potash. 
Alkali,  Volatile.     Another  name  for  ammonia 
on  account  of  its  volatile  nature. 

Alkalig'enous  (alkali,  and  yevvau,  to  gene- 
rate).    Producing  alkaline  qualities. 

Alkalim/eter.  An  instrument  for  deter- 
mining the  purity  of  the  alkalies  of  commerce. 

Al'kaline.     Substances   which    contain    or 
partake  of  the  nature  of  an  alkali. 
Alkaline  Earths.     Earths  which  possess  alka- 
line properties,  as  magnesia,  lime,  baryta,  and 
strontia. 

Alkaliza'tion.  The  impregnation  of  any- 
thing with  an  alkaline  salt. 

AFkaloid.     A  salifiable  base  existing  as  a 


proximate  principle  in  some  vegetables,  and 
possessing  the  properties  of  an  alkali  in  a 
greater  or  less  degree. 

Al  kanet  Root.  See  AnchusaTinctoria. 

Alker'mes.  A  celebrated  electuary,  in 
which  kermes  is  the  basis. 

AlPanite.  A  mineral  of  a  brownish  black 
color,  having  associated  with  it  mica  and  feld- 
spar. 

Allantoic  Fluid.  The  fluid  filling  up  the 
space  between  the  allantois  and  the  amnion. 
In  the  cow  it  contains  allantina,  albumen,  lac- 
tates, phosphates,  and  chlorides. 

AHan'toine.  A  crystalline  substance  ob- 
tained from  the  allantoic  fluid  of  the  cow.  Its 
formula  is  C8H4N305  +  HO. 

Allan'tois  (membrana  allantoides ;  from 
a?Jiac,  a  sausage,  and  eitiog,  likeness).  A  mem- 
brane of  the  foetus,  found  in  most  of  the  mam- 
malia, situated  between  the  chorion  and  am- 
nion. 

Allen's  Fusible  Silicious  Cement.  A 
composition  for  uniting  single  porcelain  teeth 
to  a  plate  and  to  one  another,  the  use  of  which 
was  secured  by  Dr.  John  Allen  by  letters 
patent.  Employed  in  the  construction  of  con- 
tinuous-gum work. 

Alliaceous  (alliaceus;  from  allium,  garlic). 
Pertaining  to  garlic;  similar  to  garlic. 

Alliga'tion  (from  alligo,  to  bend).  An 
arithmetical  formula  for  ascertaining  the  pro- 
portion of  the  constituents  of  a  mixture  when 
they  have  undergone  no  change  of  volume  by 
chemical  action. 

Al'liuni.  Garlic.  A  genus  of  plants  of 
the  order  Asphodelea?.  Allium  is  stimulant, 
diuretic,  expectorant,  emmenagogue,  diapho- 
retic, and  anthelmintic.  Externally  it  is  rube- 
facient and  repell ant.     Dose,  ^ssto  3j. 

Alloeo'sis  (alloiosis ;  from  avJ.oiu,  to  change). 
Alteration  in  the  character  of  a  disease  or  in 
the  constitution. 

Alloeot'ica  (from  alloc,  another).  Altera- 
tive medicines. 

Allogno'sis  (from  a'/'/oc,  another,  and  yiv- 
uGiM,  to  know).  Perversion  of  mind ;  incapa- 
bility of  distinguishing  persons. 

Allopathic.     Pertaining  to  allopathy. 

Allo'pathist.  One  who  practises  or  advo- 
cates allopathy. 

Allop'athy  (allopathia;  from  <;//<><;,  an- 
other, and  Ka&og,  disease).  An  empirical  des- 
ignation applied  to  the  practice  of  medicine  in 
contradistinction  to  homoeopathy,  or  that  sys- 
tem  of  medical    practice  which   proposes   the 


ALL 


36 


ALO 


cure  of  disease  by  establishing  in  the  system 
a  condition  opposite  to,  or  different  from,  the 
disease  to  be  cured. 

Al'Iophane.  The  name  of  a  mineral  of  a 
blue,  and  sometimes  of  a  green  or  brown,  color. 

Allotriodon'tia  (from  a?./.orpiog,  foreign, 
and  odovg,  a  tooth).  The  transplantation  of 
teeth.     See  Traksplaktation. 

AlIotriopha/gia  (from  allorpiog,  strange, 
and  oa; «,  I  devour).  A  desire  or  morbid  long- 
ing to  eat  inedible  substances,  as  chalk,  leather, 
coal,  etc. ;  depraved  appetite. 

Allot'ropism.  Allotropy.  Tbe  property 
witnessed  in  elementary  bodies,  as  carbon,  sul- 
phur, etc.,  existing  in  different  modifications. 

Alloxan.  Erythric  acid;  purpuric  acid. 
Its  formula  is  C8H4N2O10.  It  is  formed  by  the 
action  of  nitric  upon  uric  acid. 

AU'oxanic  Acid.  An  acid  discovered  by 
Wohler  and  Liebig  in  decomposing  alloxan 
with  alkalies.  Its  formula  is  C8H2N208  + 
2HO. 

AlIoxan/tin.  A  crystalline  substance 
formed  by  the  deoxidation  of  alloxan.  For- 
mula, C8H3N2O10. 

Alloy7  (from  the  French  word  aloi,  a  con- 
traction of  a  la  loi).  A  compound  of  two  or 
more  metals  by  fusion.  Alloys  partake  of  the 
nature  of  a  solution  of  one  metal  in  another, 
and  are  not  true  chemical  compounds,  because 
they  do  not  unite  in  true  chemical  proportions. 
When  one  of  the  constituents  of  an  alloy  is 
mercury,  the  combination  is  known  as  an 
amalgam,  the  constituents  of  which,  as  in  all 
chemical  compounds,  are  united  in  exact  pro- 
portions by  weight.  Amalgams  are  alloys  in 
the  nature  of  solutions  in  which  one  of  the 
metals  is  mercury.  Such  properties  of  metals 
as  malleability,  ductility,  and  tenacity,  de- 
pendent upon  molecular  cohesion,  are  greatly 
modified  by  alloying,  and  these  properties  are 
inferior,  in  a  great  degree,  to  that  of  the  pure 
metals  possessing  them  in  a  high  degree.  Gold 
is  impaired  to  such  a  degree  by  a  small  ad- 
mixture of  lead  or  tin  that  its  malleability 
and  otlur  properties  are  destroyed.  See  Gold 
Plate  ;  also  Gold  Solder. 

Allspice.  Jamaica  pepper.  Sec  Myrtus 
I'l  MENTA. 

All'yI.  Oil  of  garlic,  obtained  by  distilla- 
tion of  garlic  with  water,  and  purified  by  re- 
distillation.    Formula,  C8Ff5. 

Al'mond.  The  nut  of  the  Amygdalus  com- 
munis.    Amygdala. 

AI'monds.     A    term    applied    in    popular 


language  to  the  exterior  glands  of  the  neck  and 
to  the  tonsils,  as  the  almonds  of  the  ear,  etc.  ; 
the  almonds  of  the  throat. 

Almonds,   Bitter,    Oil  of.     Volatile  oil  of  al- 
monds.   A  golden-yellow  oil,  obtained  by  dis- 
tillation with  water,  or  with  water  and  salt, 
of  the  cake  of  bitter  almonds  from  which  the 
oil  has  been  expressed.     It  is  a  deadly  poison. 
Almonds,  Oil  of.     Fixed  oil  of  almonds.     A 
bland  fixed  oil,  usually  obtained  from  either 
sweet  or  bitter  almonds,  but  chiefly  the  former, 
by   compression.     It  has  a  mild,  oily  taste. 
See  Oil  of  Almonds. 
Al/oe.     A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order  As- 
phodeleye. 

AFoes.     The  inspissated  juice  of  the  sev- 
eral species  of  aloe.     The  three  principal  com- 
mercial varieties   are   cape,  socotrine,  and  the 
hepatic,    or   Barhadoes.      Cathartic,    emmena- 
gogue,  anthelmintic,  and  stomachic.    Aloes  act 
chiefly  on  the  large  intestines,  and   produce 
catharsis  by  increasing  the  peristaltic  or  mus- 
cular action,   and  not  by  increasing  the  secre- 
tions.    Dose  to  act  as  a  cathartic,  gr.  ij  to  gr. 
x  ;  as  an  emmenagogue,  gr.  j  to  gr.  ij . 
Aloes,  Cape.     The   aloes  obtained   from   the 
Aloe  spicata  and  other  species,  which  grow  in 
great  abundance  in  Southern  Africa,  near  the 
Cape   of  Good   Hope.     This   variety   is   used 
almost  exclusively  in  the  United  States. 
Aloes,  Hepatic  (Barbadoes  aloes).     The  name 
was  originally  applied  to  a  product  from  the 
East  Indies,  but  from  a  supposed  resemblance 
between  this  and  the  aloes  from  the  West  In- 
dies the  name  is  now  very  generally  applied 
to  the  latter. 
Aloes,  Socotrine.     The  aloes  produced  on  the 
Island  of  Socotra.     The  species  of  aloe  which 
yields  this  variety  is  supposed  to  be  the  same 
as  that  which  produces  the  cape  aloes. 
Aloes,    Wood    {lignum     aloes).        A    fragrant 
resinous  substance,  consisting  of  the  interior 
of  the  trunk  ;  the  Aquilaria  ovata. 

AIoes/in.     The  peculiar  bitter  principle  of 
aloe. 

Aloet/ic.    A  medicinal  preparation  contain- 
ing aloes. 

Aloetic  Acid  (aloetinic  acid).  The  precipitate 
obtained  by  heating  nitric  acid  on  aloes. 
Alogotroph'ia  (from  aTwyog,  disproportion- 
ate, and  Tf>E(j)o>,  to  nourish).  Disproportionate 
nutrition,  as  of  the  bones  in  rickets.  Hyper- 
trophy of  a  part  or  organ. 

AloVn.     The  bitter  principle  of  aloes  after 
the  resin  is  removed. 


ALO 


37 


ALU 


Alope'cia  (from  aXurrr^,  a  fox).  Falling  out 
of  the  hair  ;  haldness. 

Al'phoid  (from  alphos,  a  skin  disease). 
Like  Alphos,  as  Lepra  alphoides. 

Alteran'tia  NervFna.  Nervous  altera- 
tives, such  as  spirituous  liquors  and  nar- 
cotics. 

Alteration  (alleratio  ;  from  alter,  other). 
In  General  Pathology,  a  change  in  the  structure 
of  an  organ,  or  iu  the  nature  of  excreted  fluids. 
In  Dental  Pathology,  applied  to  the  changes 
which  occur  iu  the  structure  of  the  enamel  of 
the  teeth,  or  the  dentinal  tissue  of  these  organs, 
from  the  action  of  morbific  agents.  Also,  to 
changes  which  take  place  in  the  gums. 

Alterative  [alterans  ;  from  altcro,  to 
change).  A  medicine  given  for  the  purpose  of 
restoring  the  healthy  functions  of  the  body  by 
acting  on  morbid  structures  and  conditions 
without  causing  any  sensible  evacuation  ;  act- 
ing in  an  insensible  manner. 

Althae'a.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Malvaceae.     Marshniallow. 

Althion'ic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
the  residue  of  the  preparation  of  defiant  gas. 

Al'um  [alumen).  A  sulphate  of  ammonia 
and  alumina,  crystallized  from  solution  in 
water.  A  white,  slightly  efflorescent  salt,  which 
is  astringent  and  styptic,  and  is  employed  both 
externally  and  internally.  Dose,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xx. 
In  large  doses  it  is  emetic.  Dried  alum  is 
alone  used  externally.  In  Denial  Practice 
dried  alum  is  employed  as  a  styptic,  also  in 
stomatitis,  diseases  of  gums,  cancrum  oris, 
ulcers,  and  fungous  granulations.  Alum  should 
never  form  an  ingredient  of  dentifrices,  as  it 
causes  erosion  of  the  enamel  and  dentine. 
Alum  Curd.     A   coagulum   made   by  briskly 

agitating  a  drachm  of  alum  with  the  white  of 

an  egg. 
Alum  Earth.     A  massive  mineral  of  a  black- 
ish-brown color. 
Alum  Ointment.     Common  turpentine,  lard, 

and  powdered  alum. 
Alum,  Potassa.     See  Potassa  At.tm. 
Alum  Root.     Heuchera  americaua. 
Alum  Stone.     A  silicious  subsulphate  of  alu- 
mina. 
Alum  Whey.     A  whey  made  by  boiling  two 

drachms  of  alum  in  a  pint  of  milk,  and  then 

straining. 

Alu'men.     Alum. 
Alumen  Catinum.     Potash  of  commerce. 
Alumen  Commu'ne.     Common  alum. 
Alumen    Exsicca'tum.     Dried    alum  ;  burnt 


alum  ;  alum  melted    until   ebullition  ceases. 
Used  as  an  escharotic.     See  Alum. 
Alumen  Fixum.     Potash. 

Alumen    Roma'num.      Roman    alum.       Red 
alum.     The  purest  variety,  containing  no  am- 
monia. 
Alumen  Rupeum.    Native  alum.     Rock  alum. 

Alu'mina.  (Aluminum  oxide,  ALO:{,  the 
crystalline  form  of  which  is  the  ruby,  sapphire, 
and  corundum.)  A  substance  which  occurs  very 
abundantly  in  nature  in  the  state  of  silicate,  as 
in  feldspar  and  its  associated  minerals,  and  in 
the  various  modifications  of  clay  thence  derived. 
The  earth  of  pure  clay. 

Alumina;  Sulphas  Fusus.  Alumen  exMo- 
catum. 

Alu'minite.  An  opaque,  dull-white  min- 
eral ;  the  hydrated  subsulphate  of  alumina. 

Aluminum  or  Aluminium.  Symbol.  Al. 
Atomic  weight,  27.  This  metal  was  first 
obtained  by  Wohler,  and  is  a  metallic  element 
occurring  in  various  minerals,  and  forming  an 
essential  constituent  of  clay.  It  is  a  whitish, 
lustrous  metal,  not  readily  tarnished,  is 
light,  malleable,  and  ductile.  Its  melting- 
point  is  450°  C,  or  840°  F.  It  is  the  metallic 
base  of  alumina,  and  was  formerly  known  to 
chemists  as  a  gray  powder  resembling  spongy 
platinum,  but  it  is  now  produced  in  large 
quantities  as  a  perfect  metal,  having  a  lustre 
and  whiteness  almost  equal  to  silver.  When 
cast  into  ingots  it  is  soft  like  silver,  and  has  a 
density  of  2.56,  but  after  hammering  or  rolling 
it  is  almost  as  hard  as  wrought  iron,  and  has  a 
density  of  2.67.  Bunsen  obtained  this  metal 
by  electrolysis,  as  did  also  Deville,  who  has 
prepared  it  in  large  ingots  from  the  chloride  of 
aluminum  by  sodium.  It  is  obtained  on  a 
large  scale  by  heating,  for  some  thirty  minutes, 
equal  parts  of  chloride  of  potassium  and  cryo- 
lite with  two  parts  of  sodium  and  five  of  cryo- 
lite. The  chloride  of  potassium  fuses  the 
fluoride  of  sodium  which  is  formed.  When 
cold,  the  melted  mass  is  immersed  iu  water,  and 
alter  twelve  hours  it  is  crushed,  and  the  glob- 
ules of  aluminum  separated.  To  obtain  a  mass, 
the  globules  of  aluminum  are  melted  with 
chloride  of  potassium.  The  properties  of  this 
metal  render  it  peculiarly  adapted  for  use  as  a 
base  for  artificial  teeth,  but  the  soldering  and 
casting  of  it  have  been  attended  with  much 
difficulty.  Some  French  artists,  however,  suc- 
ceeded in  soldering  the  metal  in  an  atmos- 
phere of  pure  hydrogen.  The  late  Dr.  J.  B. 
Bean,  of  Baltimore,  perfected,  with  .meat  labor 


ALU 


38 


ALV 


and  original  research,  a  method  of  casting 
aluminum  plates,  but  it  proved  a  failure. 
Swaged  aluminum  plates  are,  however,  still 
used  successfully  in  combination  with  vulcan- 
ite, to  Avhich  material  it  adheres  with  great 
tenacity.  Dr.  C.  C.  Carroll  has  suggested  a 
process  for  casting  alloyed  aluminum  bases  for 
artificial  teeth  by  pneumatic  pressure.  The 
metal,  which  is  an  alloy  of  aluminum,  is  melted 
in  a  plumbago  crucible  and  forced  into  a  mould 
containing  the  artificial  teeth  by  air  pressure. 
See  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Prac.  of  Dentistry." 

Alu'sia  (from  a7ivu:  to  become  insane). 
Illusion  ;  hallucination. 

Alvea'rium  (from  alveare,  a  bee-hive).  The 
bottom  of  the  concha  or  hollow  of  the  ear, 
terminating  in  the  meatus  audi  tori  us  externus, 
or  external  auditory  canal. 

Alveo=Iabialis.     The  buccinator  muscle. 
AIve/olar  (aloeolaris ;  from  alveus,  a  cavity). 
Pertaining   to   the   alveoli,    or  sockets  of  the 
teeth. 

Alveolar  Abscess.  A  collection  of  pus  in  a 
sac  formed  in  or  near  the  alveolus  of  a  tooth. 
An  abscess  having  its  seat  in  the  apical  space, 
and  resulting  from  apical  periodonditis  or 
pericementitis  consequent  upon  the  death  of 
the  pulp. 

Alveolar  abscess  is  the  result  of  inflammation 
of  the  peridental  membrane  more  frequently 
in  the  apical  space,  and  terminating  in  the 
formation  of  pus.  The  term  ''traumatic 
alveolar  abscess"  designates  a  form  of  this 
disease  which  occurs  on  the  side  of  the  root 
of  the  tooth  as  the  result  of  injury,  while 
that  of  "alveolar  abscess"  is  confined  to 
the  collection  of  pus  resulting  from  inflam- 
mation consequent  upon  the  death  of  the 
pulp,  such  as  apical  periodontitis  or  peri- 
cementitis which  has  terminated  in  the  for- 
mation of  pus.  The  gums  about  the  affected 
tooth  become  greatly  congested  and  inflamed, 
and  the  pain  is  very  severe  and  may  be  ac- 
companied with  rigor,  followed  by  fever  in 
severe  cases  of  the  acute  form. 
The  pus  generated  is  confined  in  the  apical 
space  between  bony  walls,  which  results  in 
great  tension,  causing  the  rapid  absorption  of 
the  surrounding  bone,  which  is  softer  in  the 
neighborhood  of  the  apical  space,  than  that  of 
the  external  lamina,  and,  as  a  consequence,  is 
readily  destroyed  before  the  pus  finds  its  way 
to  the  surface.  During  the  time  the  pus  is 
penetrating  the  bone  the  pain  is  not  only  very 
seven;,    but    assumes    a    throbbing   character, 


which  indicates  the  formation  of  pus,  and  the 
gums  become  greatly  congested  and  frequently 
much  thickened  by  engorgement  with  blood. 
The  lymphatics  about  the  angle  of  the  jaw 
become  very  painful  and  swollen.  With  the 
escape  of  the  pus  through  the  bone,  in  which 
a  large  cavity  is  often  formed,  the  intense  pain 
abates  but  does  not  cease,  and  the  features  be- 
come swollen,  and  in  some  cases  greatly  cede- 
matous  and  disfigured. 
The  eye  on  the  affected  side  may  close  and  the 
jaws  become  so  stiff  that  the  mouth  can  not  be 
opened  to  any  considerable  width.  A  large 
tumor  of  the  gum  is  apparent  over  the  affected 
root,  either  on  the  outside  or  inside  of  the 
alveolar  ridge  ;  this  will  fluctuate,  and  if  not 
opened  will  discharge,  generally  on  the  gum 
over  the  root  of  the  tooth.  P»ut  this  result 
should  be  prevented  by  an  incision,  for  the 
pus  is  liable  in  some  cases  to  collect  between 
the  tissues  of  the  gum  and  the  bone,  and  finally 
escape  at  the  gingival  margin,  which  compli- 
cates the  successful  treatment  of  the  abscess. 
After  the  escape  of  the  pus  the  inflammatory 
symptoms  subside,  the  pain  within  a  short 
time  and  the  swelling  within  one  or  two 
days. 
Chronic  alveolar  abscess  is  caused  by  a  con- 
tinuation of  the  conditions  which  originally 
brought  about  the  acute  form.  Septic  gases, 
generated  by  the  decomposition  of  organic 
matter  in  the  root  canal  and  tubuli  of  the 
dentine,  escape  through  the  foramen  into  the 
apical  space,  causing  periodontitis  and  the 
formation  of  pus.  Chronic  alveolar  abscess 
exists  in  the  following  forms:  Abscess  with  a 
fistulous  opening  in  the  gum,  and  which  is 
reached  through  the  root  canals  and  foramen 
of  the  root;  abscess  with  a  fistulous  opening 
which  is  not  reached  through  the  apical  fora- 
men; and  an  abscess  from  which  the  pus  makes 
its  way  through  the  apical  foramen  and  root 
canal,  with  no  external  opening  through  the 
gum.  For  the  treatment  of  alveolar  abscess 
see  Harris'  ''Prin.  and  Prac.  of  Dentistry." 
Abscess  is  one  of  the  most  common  affections 
to  which  the  alveolar  cavities  are  liable.  Its 
effects  are  always  exceedingly  pernicious,  not 
only  to  the  alveolus  in  which  it  is  seated  and 
the  gums  covering  it,  but  also  very  often  to 
the  general  health. 
Whenever  severe  inflammation  of  the  peri- 
dental membrane  of  the  tooth  is  excited,  an 
effusion  of  coagulable  lymph  takes  place, 
which,  becoming  organized,  attaches  itself  to 


ALV 


39 


ALV 


the  root,  around  its  apex,  and  ultimately  a  sac 
is  formed.  This,  as  suppuration  takes  place, 
distends  and  presses  against  the  surrounding 
wall  of  the  alveolus,  causing  an  opening  to  be 
formed  through  the  socket  and  gum  for  the 
escape  of  the  matter. 

A  direct  lateral  passage,  however,  is  not  al- 
ways effected  through  the  alveolus  and  gum. 
The  confined  matter  sometimes  makes  for  it- 
self a  passage  through  the  roof  of  the  mouth, 
the  cheek,  or  lower  part  of  the  face;  at  other 
times  it  traverses  the  jaw  for  a  considerable 
distance,  divesting  it  of  its  periosteum,  causing 
necrosis  and  exfoliation;  at  other  times,  again, 
it  is  discharged  into  the  maxillary  sinus. 

The  formation  of  an  abscess  in  the  alveolus 
of  a  dens  sapiential  of  the  lower  jaw  is  some- 
times attended  with  severe  inflammation  and 
swelling  of  the  tonsils,  so  as  not  infrequently 
to  render  deglutition  exceedingly  difficult  At 
other  times  it  induces  inflammation  and  rig- 
idity of  the  muscles  of  the  cheek.  The  pus 
of  an  acute  alveolar  abscess  may  separate  the 
periosteum  from  the  bone  and  form  a  cavity 
between  the  two  tissues,  often  inducing  necro- 
sis of  the  bone,  or  the  pus  may  follow  the 
peridental  membrane  along  the  side  of  the 
root,  or  it  may  be  discharged  at  the  margin  of 
the  gum.  The  pus  may  also  open  on  the  face 
or  under  the  jaw,  and  a  disfiguring  scar  is  the 
result. 

The  immediate  cause  of  alveolar  abscess  is 
inflammation  of  the  peridental  membrane  of 
the  tooth,  and  whatever  tends  to  produce  this 
may  be  regarded  as  its  exciting  cause.  It 
often  happens  that  a  filling  in  a  tooth  in  which 
the  pulp  has  been  destroyed  gives  rise  to  the 
formation  of  abscess  by  preventing  the  escape 
of  the  matter  forming  at  the  apex  of  its  root. 
Its  egress  being  thus  prevented,  it  accumu- 
lates and  becomes  a  source  of  irritation  to 
the  peridental  membrane  in  its  immediate 
vicinity,  which,  in  consequence,  thickens, 
forms  a  tubercle,  aud  ultimately  suppurates. 
The  roots  of  teeth,  too,  on  which  artificial 
crowns  are  placed,  for  the  same  reason  often 
give  rise  to  abscess.  Chronic  alveolar  abscess 
generally  follows  the  acute  form  if  the  latter 
is  not  checked,  and  is  due  to  the  irritation 
caused  by  a  dead  pulp  remaining  in  the  pulp 
chamber  of  the  affected  tooth.  In  other 
words,  the  cause  which  induced  the  acute 
form  remains  to  keep  up  the  chronic  form, 
such  as  the  discharge  of  septic  matter  from 
the  pulp  chamber  into  the  apical  space,  and 


it  is  generally  recognized  by  the  presence  of  a 
fistulous  opening  over  the  root  or  in  its  neigh- 
borhood. 

Chronic  alveolar  abscess  may  also  result 
directly  from  chronic  periodontitis,  without 
acute  inflammation  being  present  at  any 
stage  of  its  progress.  When  the  pus  of  an 
acute  alveolar  abscess  is  discharged,  the  parts 
appear  to  resume  their  natural  appearance, 
except  that  a  fistulous  opening  remains,  and 
in  some  rare  cases  this  may  close  and  a 
spontaneous  cure  result.  As  a  general  rule, 
however,  the  fistulous  opening  continues,  a 
flow  of  pus  is  maintained  which  is  gradually 
reduced  in  quantity,  and  the  orifice  may  close 
over  and  open  again  every  few  days.  In  some 
cases  it  closes  permanently,  but  a  mass  of 
tissue,  intermingled  with  more  or  less  pus, 
remains  in  the  enlarged  apical  space.  This 
latter  form  is  known  as  blind  abscess,  and  a 
tooth  thus  affected  is  liable  to  periodical 
attacks  of  soreness  with  symptoms  of  chronic 
periodontitis.  Cases  of  alveolar  abscess  also 
occur  which  assume  a  septic  condition,  the 
pus  becoming  sanious  or  thin  and  watery, 
followed  by  considerable  destruction  of  tissue, 
with  several  openings  for  the  discharge  of 
pus. 

In  cases  of  chronic  alveolar  abscess,  the  pulp 
is  not  only  dead,  but  the  tooth  is  discolored 
by  the  absorption  of  coloring  matter  from  the 
decomposing  pulp  or  the  subsequent  formation 
of  the  dark  sulphurets. 

In  acute  forms  of  alveolar  abscess  the  pus 
should  be  evacuated  as  early  as  possible. 
Constitutional  treatment  is  often  requisite  in 
connection  with  the  local  treatment,  such  as 
an  active  saline  cathartic,  followed  by  a  stim- 
ulant tonic.  All  fomentations  or  poultices 
applied  to  the  face  or  jaw  should  be  strictly 
condemned,  as  they  favor  the  escape  of  the 
pus  on  the  surface  of  the  face  or  jaw.  The 
root  canals  of  the  tooth  should  be  thoroughly 
disinfected  and  antiseptic  treatment  resorted 
to,  especially  in  the  chronic  form  of  alveolar 
abscess,  and  all  irritants,  such  as  calculi,  re- 
moved from  the  roots.  See  Harris'  "Prin. 
and  Prac.  of  Dentistry." 

Alveolar  Arches.  The  margins  of  the  two 
jaws  in  which  the  teeth  an-  implanted. 
They  are  more  or  less  elliptical  in  their  shape, 
the  lower  more  so  than  the  upper.  The  num- 
ber of  cavities  which  they  contain  corresponds 
with  the  number  and  shape  of  the  roots  of 
the  teeth.     They  consist  of  two  bony  plates, 


ALV 


40 


ALV 


an  external  and  an  internal,  with  transverse 
septa,  Ys-Meh  form  the  alveoli. 

At  first,  the  growth  of  the  alveolar  arches 
keeps  pace  with,  and  for  a  time  outstrips, 
that  of  the  teeth,  enclosing  them  in  cells,  by 
which  admirable  provision  of  nature  a  firm 
support  is  given  to  the  gums  previous  to  the 
eruption  of  the  teeth. 

The  structure  of  the  outer  and  inner  plates 
of  these  arches  is  compact,  while  interiorly  it 
is  cellular.  Each  alveolus  is  pierced  at  the 
bottom  with  one  or  more  minute  foramina 
for  the  transmission  of  the  vessels  and  nerves 
which  go  to  the  lining  membrane  of  the  tooth. 
See  Dental  Arches. 

Alveolar  Artery.  This  artery  arises  from  the 
internal  maxillary,  and  winds  around  the 
maxillary  tuberosity  from  behind  forward, 
sending  off  twigs  through  the  posterior  dental 
canals  which  supply  the  molar  teeth  and  go 
to  the  maxillary  sinus,  while  the  main  branch 
passes  forward,  furnishing  the  gums  and 
alveolo-dental  periosteum. 

Alveolar  Border  (limbus  alveolaris).  The  parts 
of  the  jaws  in  which  the  alveolar  cavities  are 
situated. 

Alveolar  Exostosis.  See  Exostosis  of  the 
Alveoli. 

Alveolar  Necro'sis.  See  NECROSIS  OF  THE 
Alveoli. 

Alveolar  Processes.  The  alveoli,  or  sockets 
of  the  teeth.  The  alveolar  processes  are  first 
formed  as  crypts  with  overhanging  edges  en- 
closing the  deciduous  teeth  ;  then  they  are  re- 
moved in  great  part  to  allow  of  the  eruption  of 
the  deciduous  teeth,  after  which  they  are  re- 
constructed about  the  necks  to  form  the  sockets 
of  the  deciduous  teeth  ;  after  the  loss  of  the 
deciduous  teeth  the  alveoli  are  again  removed, 
the  crypts  of  the  permanent  teeth  are  widely 
opened,  and  the  permanent  teeth  make  their 
way  through  the  orifices,  when  the  bone  is  re- 
formed so  as  to  closely  embrace  their  necks. 
This  occurs  at  a  period  when  but  a  small  por- 
tion of  the  root  has  been  completed. 

Alveolar  Processes,  Destruction  of  the.  A 
gradual  wasting  of  the  alveoli,  causing  the 
teeth  to  loosen  and  sometimes  to  drop  out.  It 
is  an  affection  of  frequent  occurrence,  and  in 
the  majority  of  cases  results  from  a  diseased 
condition  of  the  gums.  See  Harris'  "  I'rin. 
and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 

Alveolar  Pyorrhoea.  A  morbid  action  which 
is  characterized,  according  to  Prof.  C.  N. 
1'eiree,  as  a   molecular   necrosis  of  the  reten- 


tive structures  of  the  teeth  (their  ligament,  the 
pericementum),  au  atrophy  of  the  alveolar 
walls,  together  with  a  chronic  hyperemia  of 
the  gum-tissue  which  leads  to  limited  hyper- 
trophy. After  a  variable  period  the  teeth 
drop  out,  and  the  morbid  action  ceases  with 
their  loss.  The  disease  is  generally,  though 
not  always,  attended  by  a  flow  of  pus  from 
the  alveoli.  The  treatment  consists  in  first 
removing  every  source  of  irritation  ;  rest ;  the 
use  of  pyrozone,  three  per  cent.  ;  the  chloride 
of  zinc,  twenty  per  cent.  ;  solution  of  iodide 
of  zinc,  twenty  per  cent.,  or  equal  parts  of 
tincture  of  iodine  and  alcohol ;  trichloracetic 
acid  has  also  given  much  satisfaction,  followed 
by  hydronaphthol,  31J  ;  alcohol,  3W. 

Alveolar  Structure.  A  name  given  by  Hewson 
to  the  minute  superficial  cavities  observed 
in  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach, 
oesophagus,  and  small  intestines. 

Alveolar  Vein.  The  distribution  of  this  is 
similar  to  that  of  the  artery. 

Alve'oli.     The  cavities  in  which  the  roots 
of  the  teeth  are  implanted. 

Alveoli,  Inflammation  of  the  (odontobothri- 
tis). The  immediate  cause  of  this  affection  is 
inflammation  of  the  alveolo-dental  periosteum, 
and  when  continued  for  a  considerable  length 
of  time,  and  especially  in  bad  habits  of  body, 
it  is  apt  to  terminate  in  necrosis. 
Alve'oliform      (alveolus).        Formed     like 

alveoli. 

Alve/olo=dental  Periosteum    (peridental 

membrane;    pericementum).      The    membrane 

which  lines  the  alveoli  and  invests  the  roots  of 

the  teeth.     See  Peridental  Membrane. 
Alve/oIus    (odontobothrium)    (a    diminutive 

of  alveus,    a   cavity).     The  bony  socket  of  a 

tooth. 

Al/veus.     A  cavity. 

Alveus  Ampullas/cens.  The  enlarged  part  of 
the  thoracic  duct. 

Alveus  Communis.     The  common  duct  of  the 
ampullar  of  the  semi-circular  canals  of  the  in- 
ternal ear. 
Alviflux/us  (from  alvus,  the  belly,  and  fluo, 

to  flow).     A  diarrhoea. 

Al/vine  (from  alvus,  the  belly).    Relating  to 

the  belly  or  bowels. 

Alvine  Concretion  (enter olithus).  A  calculus 
in  the  stomach  or  bowels. 

AI'vus.    The  abdomen,  stomach,  and  intes- 
tines ;  the  belly. 

Alvus  Astricta.     Constipation  ;  costiveness. 

Alvus  Coac/ta.     Costiveness. 


ALY 


41 


AMA 


Alvus  Renum.     The  pelvis  of  the  kidney. 

Alys'mus  (from  a/ivo/xog,  a  wandering). 
Anxiety  ;  restlessness  arising  from  disease. 

Amadou.  Literally,  touchwood,  a  kind  of 
fungus.  A  substance  used  iu  graduated  com- 
presses ;  also  to  support  varicose  veins  and 
protect  abraded  surfaces. 

AmaFgam  (amalgama ;  from  apa,  together, 
and  Ao//.£7i',  to  marry  ;  or  a/ua  and  /laAarru,  to 
soften).  A  combination  of  mercury  with  some 
other  metal  or  metals.  Amalgams,  therefore, 
are  alloys  in  which  one  of  the  metals  is  mer- 
cury. One  form  of  amalgam  is  composed  of 
pure  silver,  five  ounces  ;  pure  tin,  four  ounces. 
Some  preparations  contain  gold  filings  in  com- 
bination with  the  silver  and  tin,  others  con- 
tain platinum,  and  some,  gold  and  platinum 
and  copper.  Perhaps  the  majority  of  amalgams 
consist  of  silver  and  tin.  If  the  silver  is  not 
in  excess  there  should  be  requisite  quantities  of 
gold  and  platinum  or  copper  and  zinc.  Where 
tin  is  the  chief  constituent,  discoloration  is 
lessened,  and  Dr.  Flagg  regards  tin  as  the 
second  in  importance  as  a  constituent  of  amal- 
gams, but  an  alloy  that  contains  more  than 
forty-five  per  cent,  of  tin  is  slow  in  setting  and 
wanting  in  edge-strength  ;  gold  and  copper  in 
such  an  amalgam  impart  hardness,  hasten  the 
setting,  and  control  the  shrinkage.  Copper,  as 
a  constituent  of  amalgams,  gives  a  white  alloy 
if  gold,  tin,  and  silver  are  in  the  proper  pro- 
portions. Copper  is  regarded  as  giving  an 
alloy  tonic  or  therapeutic  properties,  dimin- 
ishes shrinkage,  hastens  the  setting,  is  con- 
genial to  tooth  structure,  and  favors  the  toler- 
ance of  a  metallic  filling  near  to  the  tooth  pulp, 
and  is,  therefore,  regarded  by  many  as  a  valu- 
able constituent  of  amalgams.  The  importance 
of  gold  in  amalgams  is  a  disputed  question 
with  many.  According  to  Dr.  Bonwill,  a 
mixture  of  seven  per  cent,  of  gold  with  the 
mercury  used  in  an  amalgam  gives  smoothness, 
renders  the  mass  more  plastic,  reduces  oxida- 
tion, and  hastens  the  setting.  Mr.  C.  S.  Tomes 
contends  that  gold  prevents  the  shrinkage,  but 
is  does  not  make  a  white  amalgam,  although  it 
resists  corrosion  and  discoloration  and  imparts 
edge-strength.  Zinc  is  regarded  by  many  as 
having  a  marked  influence  on  an  amalgam  in 
maintaining  a  good  color,  controlling  shrink- 
age, and  counteracting  the  effects  of  silver  and 
tin  in  causing  softness  and  discoloration.  An 
amalgam  containing  silver  in  excess  should 
also  contain  gold  and  zinc.  Zinc  with  silver 
and  copper  and   platinum  gives  hardness,   and 


controls  change  of  shape  or  shrinkage.  Tin 
and  gold  give  to  an  amalgam  easy-setting  and 
quick-setting  properties.  The  merits  of  plati- 
num in  an  amalgam  are  also  disputed.  Dr. 
Flagg  regards  platinum  as  being  detrimental  to 
an  amalgam,  while  others  claim  that  this  metal 
gives  hardness  and  controls  shrinkage  when 
combined  with  silver,  copper,  and  zinc. 

Amalgams  containing  gold  and  platinum 
require  more  mercury  than  those  composed  of 
tin  and  silver.  Dr.  Bonwill  employs  bibulous 
paper  to  absorb  the  mercury  as  it  is  forced  to 
the  surface  in  packing  amalgam  into  a  cavity  ; 
others  use  tin  foil,  spunk,  cotton,  or  linen  for 
the  same  purpose.  It  is  also  claimed  that  a 
cavity  for  amalgam  should  be  ball-shaped, 
that  it  may  conform  to  the  spheroidal  tendency 
of  the  material  as  controlled  by  the  mercury. 
Amalgam  is  also  employed  for  filling  the  roots 
of  teeth  as  well  as  crown  cavities,  and  for  such 
a  purpose  has  its  advocates  and  opponents. 

The  following  directions  are  given  for  pre- 
paring amalgam :  Put  into  a  small  Wedg- 
wood or  glass  mortar  a  small  quantity  of 
mercury  and  so  much  of  the  filings  as  may  be 
required  for  the  time  being,  and  with  the 
pestle  rub  the  contents  into  a  stiff  paste  ;  add 
a  drachm  of  alcohol,  and  continue  the  rubbing 
until  the  liquid  becomes  quite  dark  ;  then  pour 
it  off,  after  which  it  is  again  washed  in  diluted 
sulphuric  acid,  and  when  freed  from  the  acid 
by  again  washing  it  in  alcohol,  it  is  dried  by 
removing  the  amalgam  to  a  dry  cloth,  wdth 
which  the  moisture  is  completely  absorbed. 
Press  out  the  superabundant  mercury  by  means 
of  chamois  skin  or  flat  pliers,  and  it  is  ready 
for  use.  In  one  form  of  the  preparation  of 
amalgam  a  solution  of  the  bicarbonate  of  soda 
is  used  for  washing  it,  instead  of  alcohol.  Some, 
however,  omit  the  washing  as  unimportant,  if 
not  injurious.  Recent  researches  seem  to  show 
that  the  ideas  formerly  prevalent  of  the  injuri- 
ous effects  of  amalgam  on  the  health  were 
mainly  unfounded.  The  composition  of  these 
alloys  has,  of  late,  been  much  improved,  and 
their  value  as  a  material  for  fillings  greatly  in- 
creased. The  teeth  best  adapted  lor  amalgam 
fillings  are  those  belonging  to  Class  First.  See 
Copper  Amalgam.  See  Harris'  "Prin.  and 
Pract.  of  Dentistry." 

Amalgam    Carrier  and  Plugger.     An  instru- 
ment designed  for  carrying  and  introducing 
amalgam  into  the  cavity  of  a  tooth. 
Amalgam  Manipulator.     An  instrument  used 
by  dentists  for  preparing  amalgam  fillings. 


AMA 


42 


AMI 


Amalgamate.  To  convert  into  an  amal- 
gam ;  to  combine  or  coat  with  mercury. 

Amalgamation.  In  Metallurgy,  the  pro- 
cess of  combining  mercury  with  some  other 
metal,  as  practised  in  separating  silver  and 
gold  from  some  other  ores. 

Ama'ra  MedicamerTta.      Bitters  ;  tonics. 

AnParin.  The  bitter  principle  of  vege- 
tables. 

Ama'rus.  Bitter.  The  principal  bitters 
used  for  medicinal  purposes  are  gentian,  quas- 
sia, calumba,  cinchona,  etc. 

Amase'sis  (amasesis;  from  a,  priv.,  and 
fiaoT/ijic,  mastication).  Impaired  or  imperfect 
mastication. 

Amauro'sis  (from  a/uavpou,  to  darken  or 
obscure).  Gutta  serena.  Partial  or  total  loss 
of  sight,  without  any  apparent  alteration  in 
the  eye,  arising  from  paralysis  of  the  optic 
nerve,  and  generally  characterized  by  dilata- 
tion of  the  pupil,  immobility  of  the  iris,  and 
want  of  natural  expression.  Dental  h'ritation 
may  prove  an  exciting  cause  of  this  affection 
of  the  eye. 

Amaurotic.     Affected  with  amaurosis. 
Amaurotic  Cat's  Eye  {amblyopia  senilis).    An 
amaurotic  affection,  occurring  chiefly  in  very 
old  persons,  and  accompanied  by  remarkable 
paleness  of  the  iris. 

Am'ber  (succinnm).  A  hard,  brittle,  taste- 
less, bituminous  substance,  sometimes  trans- 
parent, but  often  semi-transparent  or  opaque. 
Various  colors  are  met  with,  but  yellow  or 
orange  is  most  frequent.     See  Succinic  Acid. 

Am'bergris  (ambragrisea).  A  concrete 
substance,  exhaling  a  pleasant  aromatic  odor, 
found  in  irregular  masses  floating  on  the  sea, 
near  the  Molucca  Islands,  Madagascar,  Suma- 
tra, on  the  coast  of  Coromandel,  Brazil,  Amer- 
ica, China,  and  Japan.  It  is  thought  by  some 
to  be  produced  in  the  intestines  of  the  whale. 

Ambidexter  (from  ambo ;  both,  and  dex- 
ter, right).  One  who  uses  both  hands  with 
equal  facility. 

Amblo'sis.     Miscarriage  ;  abortion. 

Amblyaph/ia  (from  a/i(llvc,  dull,  and  «</»/, 
touch j.  Loss  of  the  sense  of  touch  or  general 
feeling. 

Amblyg/onite.  A  phosphate  of  alumina 
and  lithia,  n  rare  mineral. 

Amblyo/pia(l'roiu  a/i^lvg,  dull,  and  «i/>,  the 
eye).     Dimness  of  sight;    partial   amaurosis. 
Dental  irritation  may  prove,  an  exciting  cause 
of  this  affection  of  the  eye. 
Amblyopia  Dissitorum.     Short-sightedness. 


Amblyopia  Proximorum.     Long-sightedness. 

AnPbon.  The  margins  of  the  sockets  in 
which  large  bones  are  lodged. 

Am/breas  (ambreate).  A  salt  formed  from 
ambreic  acid  with  a  salifiable  base. 

Am/breine  (ambreina).  The  fatty  sub- 
stance which  forms  the  greater  part  of  amber 
gris  ;  it  is  somewhat  analogous  to  cholesterine. 

Am'bulance  (from  ambulare,  to  move 
about).  A  light  wagon,  furnished  with 
everything  necessary  for  attending  upon  the 
wounded  on  the  field  of  battle  ;  also  used  for 
conveying  wounded  soldiers. 

Ambus'tion  (ambustio ;  from  amburo,  to 
burn).     A  burn  or  scald. 

AmePification.  The  formation  of  the 
enamel  of  the  teeth  by  means  of  the  enamel 
cells — ameloblasts. 

AnPelin.  A  new  base,  precipitated  in  the 
alkaline  solution,  from  which  melamin  has 
been  deposited  on  being  super-saturated  with 
acetic  acid. 

Amelin'ic  Acid.  An  acid  generated  by  the 
action  of  chlorine  upon  caffeiu. 

AmePoblasts.  The  cells  forming  the 
enamel  of  the  teeth.  They  are  columnar  in 
form,  with  the  nucleus  of  each  situated  at  its 
outer  end. 

Amenoma/nia  (amcenus,  pleasant).  A  gay 
or  cheerful  form  of  mania. 

Amenorrhoe'a  (from  a,  priv.,  /ajv,  a  month, 
and  peu,  to  flow).  A  partially  or  totally  ob- 
structed menstruation. 

Amen'tia  (from  «,  priv.,  and  mens,  the 
mind).     Imbecility  of  the  mind. 

American  Hellebore.     Veratrum  album. 
American   Ipecacuanha.      Euphorbia  ipecac- 
uanha and  Gillenia  trifoliata. 
American  Spikenard.     Aralia  racemosa. 

Am'ethyst  (from  a,  priv.,  and  /J.e-&vu,  to  be 
intoxicated).  Purple  rock  crystal,  a  variety  of 
quartz. 

Ame/tria.     Intemperance. 

Amian'thus  (from  a,  priv.,  and  /uaivu,  to 
pollute).  Mountain  flax  ;  asbestos,  an  incom- 
bustible mineral  consisting  of  fine,  silky  fibres. 

AnPides.  Saline  compounds  containing  a 
base  composed  of  one  atom  of  nitrogen  and  two 
of  hydrogen. 

AmPdin.  The  soluble  part  of  starch,  ob- 
tained by  solution  of  the  latter  in  hot  water. 

Amid/ogen.  A  compound  of  nitrogen  and 
hydrogen,  N1I2,  existing  in  combination  with  a 
few  metals  and  organic  substances.  Kane  re- 
yards  it  as  the  basis  of  all  the  ammoniacal  com- 


AMI 


43 


AMCE 


pounds.  According  to  him,  ammonia  is  an 
amide  (AdH)  and  ammonium  a  subamide 
(AdH2)  of  hydrogen.     Its  symbol  is  Ad. 

Am'iline  (ami/Jen).  A  liquid  hydrocarbon, 
obtained  by  distilling  hyd  rated  oxide  of  amyl 
•with  anhydrous  phosphoric  acid. 

Amine.  A  base  derived  from  ammonia  by 
the  substitution  of  a  basic  radicle  for  hydrogen. 
Ammo'nia  (ammonium).  Formula  NH3  ; 
often  called  ammonia  gas.  A  transparent,  col- 
orless, elastic,  alkaline  gas,  of  a  penetrating 
odor  and  acrid  taste,  obtained  by  the  destruc- 
tive distillation  of  animal  matters.  It  is  com- 
posed of  three  parts  hydrogen  and  one  nitrogen, 
and  is  supposed  to  contain  a  metallic  base,  am- 
monium. By  Priestly  it  was  called  alkaline  air. 
It  is  called  the  volatile  alkali  to  distinguish  it 
from  the  fixed  alkalies — soda  and  potash.  Its 
present  name  is  derived  from  sal  ammoniac,  of 
which  it  constitutes  a  basis.  In  Denial  Prac- 
tice, ammonia  and  ammonium  carbonate  are 
used  as  stimulants  in  the  narcosis  of  anaesthetic 
agents.  The  chloride  of  ammonium  is  em- 
ployed in  facial  neuralgia,  and  the  acetate  of 
ammonium  in  periodontitis  as  a  diaimoretic 
and  refrigerant,  when  it  is  often  combined 
with  aconite  or  opium. 

Ammo'niac.     Muriate  of  ammonia. 
Ammoni'acal  ALum.     A  double  salt,  con- 
sisting of  sulphate  of  ammonia  and  alumina. 

Ammo'niaco.  A  term  prefixed  to  salts  in 
which  ammonia  has  been  added  in  sufficient 
quantity  to  combine  with  both  the  acid  and 
the  base. 

Ammoni'acum.  Gum  ammoniac.  The 
inspissated  juice  of  the  Dorema  ammoniacum, 
an  umbelliferous  plant  which  grows  in  Persia. 
It  is  brought  to  this  country  in  small  white 
globules,  clustered  together,  or  in  lumps  of  a 
brownish  color.     Dose,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xxx. 

Ammo'niae  Acetatis  Liquor  {aqua  am- 
monia acetaire).  A  solution  of  acetate  of  am- 
monia. 

Ammoniac  Carbonas.  Subcarbonate  of  am- 
monia. It  is  stimulant,  antacid,  diaphoretic, 
and  antispasmodic.  Dose,  gr.  v  to  gr.  xv. 
Ammoniae  Liquor.  Liquor  of  ammonia. 
Spirits  of  hartsborn.  A  concentrated  solu- 
tion of  ammonia. 

Ammoniae  Murias.  Muriate  of  ammonia.  It  is 
aperient  and  diuretic,  but  seldom  used  intern- 
ally. Externally  it  is  employed — producing 
cold  during  its  solution — in  inflammations,  etc. 
Ammoniae  Nitras.  Nitrate  of  ammonia. 
Composed  of  nitric  acid  and   ammonia.      It 


is  diuretic  and  deobstruent.     Externally  it  is 
discutient  and  sialagogue.     Nitrous  oxide  gas 
is  generated    by   decomposing  this   salt    by 
means  of  heat.     See  Nitras  Ammostue. 
Ammoniae  Phos'phas.     Phosphate  of  ammo- 
nia ;  excitant,  diaphoretic,  and  discutient.    It 
is  recommended  in  gout  and  rheumatism,  as  a 
solvent  for  uric  acid  calculus,  and  for  diseases 
of  the  lithic  acid  diathesis. 
Ammoniae    Subcarbonas.       Subcarbonate   of 
ammonia.     See  Carbonate  of  Ammonia. 
Ammonias  Subcarbonatis  Liquor.    A  solution 
of  subcarbonate  of  ammonia. 
Ammoniae  Sulphas.      Sulphate  of  ammonia. 
Formed  by  adding  sulphuric  acid  to  sal  am- 
moniae or  to  ammoniacal  liquor.   Its  properties 
are  similar  to  those  of  muriate  of  ammonia. 
Ammoniae  Tartras.     A  salt  composed  of  tar- 
taric acid  and  ammonia. 
Ammoniae  Valerianas.    Valerianate  of  ammo- 
nia.   Used  in  neuropathic  affections,  like  val- 
erian, etc.    See  Valerianate  of  Ammonia. 
Ammo'nium.     A  name  given   to  a  hypo- 
thetical compound  of  hydrogen  and  nitrogen, 
NH4,  the  supposed  metallic  base  of  ammonia. 

Ammoni'uret.  A  compound  of  ammonia 
and  a  metallic  oxide. 

Amne'sia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  /noetic,  mem- 
ory).    Loss  of  memory  ;  forgetfulness. 

Am'nii  Liquor.  The  fluid  contained  in  the 
amnion.     See  Amnios,  Liquor  of. 

Am'nion  (amnios).  The  innermost  mem- 
brane which  surrounds  the  foetus  in  utero.  In 
Botany,  the  innermost  membrane  which  sur- 
rounds the  seeds. 

Am'nios,  Liquor  of  (liquor  amnii).  The 
fluid  exhaled  \>y  the  amnios,  and  which  envel- 
ops the  foetus  during  the  whole  period  of  utero- 
gestation.  The  false  liquor  amnii  is  the  fluid 
contained  between  the  amnion  and  chorion  in 
the  early  periods  of  foetal  existence. 

Am/niotate.  Amniotic  acid  combined  with 
a  base. 

Amniot/ic  Acid.  Same  as  allantoic. 
Amoeba.  A  genus  of  microscopic  organisms 
belonging  to  the  Protozoa.  An  amoeba  consists 
of  a  single  nucleated  cell  composed  of  granular 
protoplasm,  which  continues  changing  its  shape 
by  sending  off  irregular  processes  from  various 
parts  of  its  circumference. 

Amoeboid  Cells.     Cells,  such  as  the  white 
blood  corpuscles,  which    move   from   place  to 
place  by  a  change  of  shape,  and  envelop  parti- 
cles of  foreign  matter. 
Amoeboid     Movements.       The      movements 


AMO 


44 


AMY 


of  the  motile,  nucleated  masses  of  protoplasm 
known  as  amoebae. 
Amo'mum   Cardamo'mum  [cardamomum 
minus).       Lesser  cardamomum,  an  East  India 
plant,  the  seeds  of  which,  when  chewed,  impart 
to  the  mouth  a  grateful  aromatic  warmth. 
Amomum    Granum     Paradisi     {cardamomum 
majus).    The  plant  which  affords  the  grains  of 
paradise,  or  the  greater  cardamomum  seeds. 
Amomum  Zingiber.    The  plant  which  affords 
ginger. 
Amor'pha.    The  name  of  a  genus  of  plants 
of  the   order   Decandria,   of  which   only   one 
species  is  known.     The  bruised  root  of  this  is 
said  to  possess  anti-odontalgic  virtues. 

Amorphous.  Of  an  irregular  shape  ;  with- 
out a  determinate  form. 

Amorphous  Quinine.      The  substance  Quin- 
oidine  ;  so  named  because  its  salts  can  not  be 
crystallized. 
Ampel'ic  Acid.    An  acid  obtained  from  oils 
of  bituminous  schist. 

Am'perage.  The  electrical  strength  or  force 
of  a  current  measured  by  amperes. 

Amp'ere.  The  electro-motive  force  of  one 
volt  produced  in  a  circuit  with  one  ohm  of  re- 
sistance; equal  to  ^  centimetre-gramme-second. 
It  is  sufficient  to  deposit  3  grains  of  copper  on 
the  plate  of  a  copper  voltameter.  The  unit  of 
strength. 

Ampere   Hour.     A    unit    of  electric  quantity 
equal  to  one  ampere  flowing  for  one  hour. 
Ampharis'teros     (from    a/j.<pi,    both,    and 
apiorepoc,    left-handed).      Awkward   with   the 
I  lands  ;  opposed  to  ambidexter. 

Amphiarthro'sis  (from  afi<j>c,  both,  and 
ap&puaig,  an  articulation).  A  mixed  articula- 
tion in  which  the  articular  surfaces  of  bones  are 
united  by  an  intermediate  substance  which  ad- 
mits of  but  little  motion,  as  the  vertebras  by 
the  intervertebral  cartilages. 

Amphibious.  Capable  of  living  in  two 
elements — air  and  water  ;  as  the  crocodile,  bea- 
ver, frog,  etc. 

Amphiblestroi'des  (from  afifi^eapov,  anet, 
and  mS'ir.  a  resemblance).  Reticular  ;  like  a  net. 
Amphidiarthro'sis  (from  ap.fi,  both,  and 
dcap&pocng,  a  movable  articulation).  The  tem- 
poro-maxillary  articulation  is  so  designated  by 
Winslow,  because  Lt partakes  both  of  ginglymus 
and  arthrodia. 

Ampulla.  A  term  applied  in  Chemistry  to 
a  large-bellied  bottle  ;  in  Anatomy  to  the  dilated 
part  of  the  membranaceous  semi-circular  canal 
in  the  ear  ;  and  in  Pathology  to  a  water-bladder 


on  the  skin  ;   hence,  pemphigus  is  sometimes 
called  Febris  ampullosa. 
Ampullas'cens.     See  Alveus  Ampullas- 

CENS. 

Ampul'lula  (dim.  of  ampulla,  a  bottle).  A 
term  sometimes  applied  in  Anatomy  to  a  sac 
slightly  enlarged  in  the  centre. 

Amputa'tion  [amputatio ;  from  amputare, 
to  cut  off).  The  removal  of  a  limb,  or  any  pro- 
jecting part  of  the  body,  by  means  of  a  cutting 
instrument. 

Amputation,    Circular.       Where    the  integu- 
ments and  muscles  are  divided  circularly. 
Amputation,    Flap.      When  one  or  two  flaps 
are  left  so  as  to  cover  the  stump  when  the 
limb  has  been  removed. 
Amputation,     Joint       (exarticulatio) .      Wheu 
the  limb  is  removed  at  an  articulation. 
Amputation  of  Roots  of  Teeth.     The  cutting 
away  of  oue  of  the  roots  of  a  tooth,  such  as  a 
molar,  which   has   lost  its  socket  from   any 
cause — alveolar  abscess,  for  example,  or  phage- 
denic pericementitis.     The  amputation  is  per- 
formed by  means  of  a  fissure-burr  operated 
by  the  dental  engine,  or  a  common  drill,  by 
which   a   number  of  holes  are  drilled  close 
together  through  the  root  and  the  interspaces 
cut  out  with  the  fissure-burr.   The  root  should 
be  cut  off  close  to  the  bifurcation   and  the 
entire  surface  made  very  smooth. 
Amputation    of  the  Apex  of  a    Root.      An 
operation  performed  in  cases  where  a  neglected 
alveolar   abscess   has  produced  a  pus  cavity 
which  involves  the  alveolus  to  such  a  degree 
as   to   destroy  a  considerable  portion  of  the 
peridental  membrane  of  the  end  of  the  root, 
the  cementum  losing  its  vitality  and  the  af- 
fected portion  of  the  root  becoming  the  seat  of 
septic  matter   and  proving  a  constant  source 
of  irritation.     The  affected  portion  of  the  root 
is   exposed   by   means   of  an   opening  made 
through  the   soft   tissues   with    a    lancet  or 
trephine,  and   gradually  enlarged  with  a  tent 
of  cotton  or  lint,  when  the  necrosed  end  of 
the  root  is  removed  by  a  fissure-drill  and  the 
end  smoothed. 
Amyg/dala    (from   apv^u,   to   strain   milk, 
from  the  resemblance  of  the  blanched  almond 
to  curd,  or  milk  strained  and  separated  from 
its  serum).      The  almond,  of  which  there  are 
two  kinds  —  the  amygdala  amara  and  amygdala 
dulcis.     The  tonsils  are  also  called  amygdala?. 
Amygdala  Amara.     The  bitter  almond. 
Amygdala   Dulcis.     The  sweet  almond.     See 
On,  of  Almonds. 


AMY 


45 


ANiE 


Amyg'dalae  Oleum.  Oil  of  almonds,  which 
see. 

Amyg'dale.     The  tonsil. 
Amyg'daline.      The    bitter  principle     of 
almonds. 

Amygdalitis  (amygdalae,  the  tonsils).  In- 
flammation of  the  tonsils. 

Amygdaloid  [amygdala,  an  almond,  and 
eidoc,  form).  Having  the  form  of  an  almond  ; 
as  the  amygdaloid  glands. 

Amyg'dalus.     The  common  almond  tree. 
Am'yl.     The  alcohol  radical  of  a  class  of 
bodies  resembling  the  ethyl  series.     It  is,  as 
now  obtained,  a  colorless,  transparent  fluid,  of 
slightly  etheric  odor  and   varying  taste.     It  is 
found  as  an  oxyhydrate  in  fusel  oil  from  potato 
whiskey.     Its  formula  is  C5Hn. 
Amyl    Hydrate   (amylic  alcohol).      Fusel  oil. 
Potato  starch  alcohol.     Composition,  C5H120. 
Obtained    by  the    continued   distillation    of 
fermented  grain.     A  valuable  hypnotic.     Em- 
ployed in  mental  disorders.     Dose,  Ub  15-75. 
Amyl     Nitris    (nitrite   of  amyl).        Formula, 
C5HnN0.2.      A  clear,  yellowish    liquid,  ether- 
eal, aromatic,  volatile.    It  belongs  to  the  class 
of  compound  ethers,  and  powerfully  paralyzes 
the  action  of  the  smaller  arteries  and  relaxes 
the  inhibition  of  the  heart.     Employed  as  a 
remedy  for  spasmodic  affections  of  the  respi- 
ratory  tract,  and   in   threatened   chloroform 
narcosis,    in    which    it    antagonizes    cerebral 
anaemia  by  causing  capillary  dilatation   and 
thus  favoring  the  influx  of  blood  to  the  brain. 
Also  used  in  angina  pectoris  and  in  tetanus. 
Amyla'ceous.     Having   the  properties   of 
starch. 

Amy'Iene.  Formula,  C5H]0.  A  compound 
of  equal  parts  of  carbon  and  hydrogen.  Ob- 
tained by  distilling  fusel  oil  with  chloride  of 
zinc.  It  is  a  transparent,  liquid  hydrocarbon, 
causing  anaesthesia,  but  is  dangerous  to  use. 
See  Anaesthetics. 

Amylene  Hydrate.  A  tertiary  alcohol,  caus- 
ing hypnotic  effects.  Dose,  n\xxx-3j. 
Am'yloid  (from  amylum,  starch,  and  £«5o,,-, 
form).  Starch-like.  Amyloid  bodies  are  patho- 
logical products  found  in  the  membranes  of  the 
brain.     They  resemble  starch  grains. 

A/mylum.     Starch.     C6H10O5. 
Amylum  Marantae.     Arrow-root. 
Am'yos.     Weak  in  muscle. 
Amyo'sis.     Imperforate  iris. 
Am'yous   (Mi>oc,   muscle).     Without  mus- 
cle, fleshless.     Weak  ;    deficient   in   muscular 
strength. 


Amy  rida'ceae.  An  order  of  dicotyledom  ins 
plants,  abounding  in  fragrant  resin. 

Amyx/ia  (from  «,  priv.,  and  fivi-a,  a  mum-  . 
Deficiency  of  mucus. 

A'na.  A  word,  in  Medical  Prescriptions, 
signifying,  of  each.  Its  abbreviations,  R  and 
aii,  are  more  frequently  employed.  It  is  also 
used  as  a  prefix,  denoting  through,  above,  up- 
ward, etc. 

Anab'asis  (from  avafiauvu,  I  ascend).  Aug- 
mentation or  paroxysm  of  disease. 

Anabex'is  (from  ava[3//-Tu,  to  cough  up). 
Expectoration. 

Anablep'sis  (from  ava,  again,  and  /?/t-<„>, 
to  see) .     Eecovery  of  sight. 

Anab/ole  (from  ava,  up,  and  fiaXXu,  I  cast). 
Vomiting  ;  expectoration. 

Anabroche/sis  (froniava,  again,  and  jipoxeu, 
to  absorb).     Eeabsorption  of  matter. 

Anacathar/sis  (from  ava,  upward,  and 
na-daipetv,  to  purge).  Purgation  upward  ;  ex- 
pectoration. 

Anacathar'ticus.     Expectorant  or  emetic. 

Anachremp'sis.     Exspuition. 

Anacla/sis  (from  ava/cAaw,  to  bend  back). 
Peeurvature  of  any  part. 

Anacrotic.  Of  a  pulse  marked  by  anac 
rotism  or  the  presence  of  two  or  more  distinct 
expansions  of  the  artery  in  the  same  beat,  the 
lesser  expansion  occurring  before  the  principal 
one.  If  there  is  one  minor  expansion  the  pulse 
is  anadicrotic ;  if  two,  anatricrotic. 

Anacte/sis  (from  avanraoiiai,  to  recover). 
Eecovery  of  strength  ;  recovery  from  sickness. 

Anadiplo'sis  (from  ava,  again,  and  fWAow, 
I  double).  A  redoubling  or  frequent  return  of 
paroxysms  or  disease. 

Anad/ora.     Excoriation. 

Anaemia  (from  n,  priv.,  and  aiua,  blood). 
Without  blood  ;  deficiency  of  blood,  arising 
either  from  repeated  hemorrhages  or  disease, 
characterized  by  paleness  of  the  face,  lips,  and 
general  surface  of  the  body,  by  quick,  feeble 
pulse,  impaired  appetite,  etc.  Spontaneous 
anaemia  denotes  a  deficiency  of  the  red  cor- 
puscles occurring  without  any  direct  loss  of 
blood.  Essential  or  pernicious  anaemia  denotes 
a  marked  reduction  in  the  number  of  Ted  blood 
corpuscles.  Chlorosis,  a  form  of  anaemia  com- 
mon to  females,  is  due  to  a  deficiency  in  the 
formation  of  the  red  blood  corpuscles.  Local 
anaemia  is  due  to  diminution  of  blood  in  a  part. 

Anajmot'rophy  (anssmotrophia ;  from  «, 
priv.,  aiua.  blood,  and  rpoipr/,  nourishment). 
Deficiency  of  sanguineous  nourishment. 


ANJE 


46 


AN.dE 


Anaesthe'sia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  aia^avofiai, 
I  feel).  Want  of  feeling  ;  loss  of  the  sense  of 
touch  ;  insensibility. 

Anaesthesim'eter.  An  instrument  for 
nieas-uring  the  amount  of  an  anesthetic 
administered. 

Anaesthe'tic.  Pertaining  to  want  of  feel- 
ing ;  as,  anaesthetic  agents — those  which  prevent 
feeling.  They  are  divided  into  general  and 
local  anaesthetics  :  general  anaesthetics  being 
capable  of  producing  complete  insensibility 
throughout  the  entire  system  ;  local  anaesthetics 
possessing  the  power  of  paralyzing  a  certain 
part  only. 

Anaesthetic  Agents.  The  agents  employed 
to  prevent  pain  during  surgical  operations  and 
parturition.  The  inhalation  of  the  vapor  of 
ether,  chloroform,  or  of  nitrous  oxide  gas  will 
have  this  effect.  The  practicability  of  produc- 
ing it  by  the  inhalation  of  a  gaseous  substance 
originated  with  Dr.  H.  Wells,  a  dentist  of 
Hartford,  Conn. ;  but  the  credit  of  fully 
demonstrating  that  the  inhalation  of  the  vapor 
of  sulphuric  ether  will  anaesthetize  has  been 
very  generally  awarded  to  Dr.  W.  T.  G.  Mor- 
ton, a  dentist  of  Boston,  though  the  idea  of 
employing  this  particular  agent  in  this  way  is 
said  to  have  been  suggested  to  him  by  Dr.  C. 
T.  Jackson,  an  eminent  chemist  of  that  city. 
More  recently  Professor  Simpson,  of  Edin- 
burgh, discovered  that  the  vapor  of  chloroform 
would  produce  the  same  effect,  and  more 
promptly  than  that  of  ether.  A  recently  pub- 
lished article  by  Dr.  J.  Marion  Sims  presents 
a  strong  array  of  evidence  to  prove  the  claims 
of  Dr.  Crawford  W.  Long,  of  Georgia,  as  the 
discoverer  of  the  anaesthetic  properties  of  ether. 
A  mixture  of  chloroform  and  ether,  known  as 
chloric  ether,  is  also  used  to  produce  anaesthesia. 
Its  advocates  claim  for  it  the  prompt  action  of 
chloroform  and  the  safety  of  ether.  Another 
mixture  lor  inhalation,  known  as  strong  chloric 
ether,  or  as  alcoholic  solution  of  chloroform, 
has  been  recommended  by  Dr.  Warren.  Other 
agents  have  also  been  used,  such  aschloro- 
hydric  and  nitric  ethers,  bisulphuret  of  car- 
bon, chloride  of  olefiantgas,  amylene,  benzine, 
alrtehyd,  light  coal-tar  naphtha,  etc. 
The  following  are  the  agents  most  commonly 
used  :  Chloral  Hydrate,  indirect  and  incom- 
plete in  its  action  ;  Carbon  Tetrachloride,  more 
dangerous  than  chloroform,  but  not  so  irri- 
tating :  Chloroform,  largely  employed — death 
results  from  cardiac  paralysis  ;  Cocaine,  em- 
ployed as  a  local  anaesthetic  on  mucous  tissues, 


eye,   and  throat  ;    Ether,    largely   employed, 

and  considered  to  be  safer  than  chloroform  ; 
Ethylene  Chloride, closely  resembles  chloroform, 
but  less  of  a  cardiac  depressant  ;  Ethylene 
Dichloride,  chloride  ether — rapid  and  power- 
ful, paralyzing  respiratory  centres  ;  Nitrous 
Oxide,  used  principally  for  the  extraction  of 
teeth,  its  effects  resembling  those  of  asphyxia; 
Methylene  Bichloride,  not  much  employed,  as 
death  from  cardiac  paralysis  has  followed  its 
use.  Anaesthetic  Mixtures — Nussbawri1  s  :  ether 
3,  chloroform  1,  alcohol  1  ;  Vienna  Mixture : 
ether  3,  chloroform  1  ;  Vienna  Gen.  Hospital : 
ether  9,  chloroform  30,  alcohol  9  ;  Medico- 
Chirurgical  Soc.  of  London ;  ether  3,  chloro- 
form 2,  alcohol  1.  See  Ether,  Chloro- 
form, Nitrous  Oxide  Gas,  etc.,  etc. 

Much  judgment  and  care  are  required  in  the 
employment  of  these  agents,  as  loss  of  life 
has  resulted  from  their  use  in  a  number  of  in- 
stances. In  general  surgery  and  during  par- 
turition they  may  often  be  used,  no  doubt 
with  great  advantage,  but  they  should  seldom 
be  resorted  to  in  so  simple  an  operation  as  the 
extraction  of  a  tooth.     See  Resuscitation. 

A  variety  of  instruments  have  been  invented 
from  which  to  inhale  the  vapor  of  these  agents, 
but  the  usual  method  of  administration  con- 
sists in  pouring  three  or  four  teaspoon fuls  of 
ether,  or  from  fifty  to  one  hundred  and  twenty 
drops  of  chloroform,  into  the  interior  of  a 
hollow  sponge,  or  on  a  pocket  handkerchief 
or  napkin,  and  holding  it  to  the  mouth  and 
nose.  In  this  way  the  vapor  may  be  freely 
inhaled,  and  the  desired  effect  will  generally 
be  produced  in  from  seven  to  ten  minutes 
with  the  former,  and  in  from  thirty  seconds  to 
two  minutes  with  the  latter.  Rapid  and  deep 
respiration  of  the  ordinary  air  is  claimed  by 
Dr.  W.  A.  Bonwill  as  a  partial  anaesthetic. 

Anaesthetics,  Local.  The  fatality  attending 
the  inhalation  of  the  vapors  of  anaesthetic 
agents  led  to  the  introduction  of  what  are 
known  as  local  anaesthetics.  Among  the  earliest 
of  these  is  the  method  of  producing  insensi- 
bility of  a  part  by  applying  a  mixture  com- 
posed of  two  parts  of  ice  and  one  of  salt.  An 
instrument  for  applying  this  mixture  to  the 
tooth  to  be  extracted,  and  the  gum  surround- 
ing it,  is  known  as  Branch's  apparatus.  See 
Branch's  Apparatus.  The  danger  from 
this  mixture  is  in  reducing  the  temperature  of 
the  parts  so  low  that  reaction  will  not  follow, 
the  result  of  which  is  loss  of  vitality  and 
sioughing. 


AUJE 


ANA 


Another  apparatus,  known  as  Richardson's 
spray  apparatus,  invented  by  Dr.  Benj.  W. 
Richardson,  of  London,  acts  upon  the  princi- 
ple of  directing  on  a  part  of  the  body,  such 
as  a  tooth  and  the  surrounding  gum,  a  volatile 
liquid,  ahsolute  ether,  having  a  boiling-point 
at  or  below  blood  heat,  in  a  state  of  fine  sub- 
division or  spray,  such  a  subdivision  being 
produced  by  the  action  of  air  or  other  gaseous 
substance  on  the  volatile  liquid  to  be  dis- 
persed. Dr.  Richardson  prefers  absolute 
ether  for  use  in  this  way,  to  any  other  fluid. 
Some  prefer  rhigolene  to  produce  the  freezing, 
as  being  surer,  more  convenient,  and  more 
easily  controlled.  See  Richaedson's  Speay 
Apparatus.  See  Rhigolene. 
Another  method  of  producing  local  anaesthesia 
is  by  the  application  of  the  electro  galvanic 
current.  One  pole  of  the  battery,  either  the 
positive  or  negative,  is  attached  to  the  handle 
of  the  forceps,  and  the  other  to  a  metal 
cylinder,  which  is  held  by  the  patient.  The 
handles  of  the  forceps  are  either  wrapped  with 
silk  or  coated  with  some  non-conducting  sub- 
stance, as  gum-shellac,  to  prevent  the  shock 
from  being  communicated  to  the  operator. 
This  method  was  brought  to  the  notice  of  the 
dental  profession  by  Mr.  Francis,  in  1858,  but 
is  very  uncertain  in  its  results.  Many  other 
methods  for  producing  local  anaesthesia  have 
been  tried,  such  as  compression  and  the  use  of 
benumbing  or  obtunding  mixtures  composed 
of  cocaine  and  other  agents.  See  Pain  Ob- 
tundees. 

Anaesthetiza'tion.  The  condition  of  the 
nervous  system  induced  by  anaesthetics. 

A/nal.     Pertaining  to  the  anus. 

Anal  dia.     Defective  nutrition. 

Analep'sis  (from  avaAfiTrriKog,  restorative). 
Recovery  of  strength  after  disease.  In  Surgery, 
the  support  of  a  fractured  limb  by  means  of  a 
suitable  apparatus. 

Analeptic.  Restorative  ;  applied  to  medi- 
cines and  food  which  restore  health  and  accel- 
erate the  progress  of  convalescence. 

Analge'sia  (from  av,  without,  and  <//;<», 
pain).     Insensibility  to  or  absence  of  pain. 

Analge'sic.  An  agent  which  relieves  pain 
either  by  a  depressant  action  on  the  nerve- 
centres  or  by  impairing  the  conductivity  of 
nerve-fibres. 

Analogous   (from  avaXoyog,  conformable). 

Answering  to,  conformable  with,  proportionate. 

Analogous  Tissues.     Morbid  tissues  similar  to 

the  elementary  and  normal  tissues  of  the  body. 


Anal'osis  (from  ava'/.ioKu,  to  consume). 
Atrophy  ;  wasting. 

Analysis  (from  avaAvu,  to  resolve).  The 
separation  or  resolution  of  any  compound  sub- 
stance into  its  primary  and  constituent  parts  or 
elements. 

An'andria.     Want  of  manhood. 

Ana'phia.     Loss  of  sense  of  touch. 

Anaphoryx'is  (from  ava<popiaau,  to  grind 
down).  The  reduction  of  anything  to  a  fine 
powder. 

Anaphrodis'ia  (from  «,  priv.,  and  cuppadtTq, 
the  Grecian  name  of  Venus).  Impotence  ; 
from  organic,  functional,  or  other  causes. 

Ana/phrodis/iac  (from  avf  priv.,  and  appo- 
6iti],  Venus).  A  medicine  which  reduces  the 
venereal  appetite.  The  opposite  of  aphro- 
disiac. 

Anaplastic.  Surgical  art  of  transplanting 
flaps  of  skin  or  integument ;  also  an  agent 
which  increases  the  amount  of  fibrin  in  the 
blood. 

An/aplasty  (Avo,  again  ;  and  -'/.ciggcj,  to 
form).  Surgical  operations  for  restoration  of 
lost  parts,  or  for  reparation  of  certain  deformi- 
ties or  natural  defects  in  the  structure  of  the 
body. 

Anaplero'sis  (from  «m-///pow,  to  fill  again). 
The  restitution  of  wasted  parts. 

Anapler'otic  [ana,  up ;  irArjpoEiv,  to  fill). 
Promotive  of  repair  ;  favoring  granulation. 

Anapleu'sis  (from  ava-n/.Eo,  to  float).  Loose- 
ness of  an  exfoliated  bone,  or  of  a  tooth.  For 
the  latter,  see  Gomphiasis. 

Anapneu'sis  (from  avairveu,  to  respire). 
Respiration. 

Anap'noe.     Respiration. 

Anapto'sis  (from  ava-t-ru,  to  tail  back). 
A  relapse. 

Anarrhoe'a  (from  ava,  up,  and  pew,  to  flow). 
An  afflux  of  fluid  to  the  head  or  toward  the 
upper  part  of  the  body. 

Anar'thrus.     Without  a  joint. 

Anasar'ca   (from   am,  through,  and   a 
flesh1).     General  dropsy,  or  an  accumulation  of 
serum  in  the  cellular  membrane. 

Anastal'tic  (from  avaareAAu,  to  contract). 
Styptic  medicines. 

Anastomo'sis  (from  ova,  through,  and 
aroua}  a  mouth).  The  communication  of 
branches  of  vessels  with  one  another. 

Anastomotic.  Medicines  which  were 
thought  to  open  the  pores  and  mouths  of 
vessels. 

An'atase.     Pyramidal  titanium  ore.     It  is 


ANA 


48 


AND 


pure  titanic  acid.  It  occurs  in  octahedral  or 
tubular  crystals.  Its  color  is  brown  of  various 
shades,  passing  into  indigo  blue  or  greenish- 
yellow  by  transmitted  light.  It  is  said  to  ac- 
company native  titanium  in  the  slags  from  the 
iron  furnaces  in  Orange  County,  New  York. 

Anat'omy  (from  ava,  and  te/llveiv,  to  cut). 
The  dissection  of  organized  bodies  so  as  to  ex- 
pose the  structure,  situation,  and  use  of  the 
various  parts.  The  word,  as  at  present  used, 
has  reference  also  to  the  study  of  the  parts  of 
organized  bodies  and  their  uses.  In  a  word, 
it  may  be  properly  called  the  science  of  organ- 
ization, though  it  is  commonly  limited  to  the 
study  of  the  human  body. 

Anatomy,  Comparative.    Zootomy.    The  com- 
parative study  of  the  organs  of  animals  gen- 
erally. 
Anatomy,  Descriptive.     The  anatomy  of  the 
various  organs  of  the  human  body,  including 
their  shape,  mutual  relations,  etc. 
Anatomy,  General.     This  treats  of  the  struc- 
ture  and   properties  of  the   different  tissues 
common  to  several  organs,  embracing  an  ex- 
amination of  the  general  characters  of  all  the 
organs  and  humors. 
Anatomy,    Morbid,    or    Pathological.      This 
treats   of   diseased    states    or    alterations   of 
structure. 
Anatomy,  Special.     This  treats  of  the  healthy 
state  of  the  organs  of  a  single  species. 
Anatomy,  Surgical.     An  examination  of  the 
various  organs,  with  special  reference  to  sur- 
gery. 
Anatomy,  Transcendental.   The  investigation 
of  the  plan  or  model  upon  which  the  living 
frame  and  its  organs  are  formed. 
Anatre'sis    (from   ava}  and   rirpau,  to  per- 
forate).    A  perforation  like  that  made  by  tre- 
panning. 

Anat'ribe   {anatripsis ;    from    ava-ptpu,    to 
tu\>).     Friction  upon  the  body. 
ArPatron.     Soda. 
An/atrope.     Turning. 

Anau/dia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  avfiri,  the 
speech).     Privation  of  speech.     Catalepsy. 

Anazotu/ria  (from  av,  and  azotum,  azote, 
and  ovpov,  urine).  A  variety  of  chronic  diu- 
resis in  which  there  is  a  deficiency  of  urea. 

An/chilops  (from  ayx'-,  near  to,  and  onj>,  the 
eye).  An  inflammatory  tumor  in  the  inner 
angle  of  the  eye. 

Anchora'lis.  A  name  applied  to  the  cora- 
COid  process. 

AnchiPsa  Tincto'ria.     The  alkana  of  bhe 


pharmacopoeias  ;  the  alkanet  plant,  used  in  me- 
chanical dentistry  to  color  wax  for  taking  im- 
pressions, etc. 

AnchiPsin.  A  resinous  coloring  matter 
extracted  from  alkanet. 

Anchylo'sis     (ancylosis;     ankylosis;    from 
ayicvAoc,  crooked).     A  stiff  joint.     True  anchy- 
losis is  a  joint  permanently  rigid.     False  anchy- 
losis is  a  stiff  joint  deemed  curable. 
Anchylosis  of  Lower  Jaw.     Inability  to  com- 
pletely separate  the  jaws.     Stiffness  and  im- 
mobility of  the  temporo-maxillary  articulation. 
.  The  causes  are  tumors,  spastic  or  reflex  spasm 
of  muscles,  disease  of  the  temporo-maxillary 
articulation,  adhesions,  and  cicatrices.    It  also 
results  from  chronic  rheumatism  or  gout,  or 
old  age.     Some  disease  of  the  synovial  mem- 
brane, cartilage  of  the  joint,  or  articular  sur- 
face or  extremity  of  the  bone  may  interfere 
with  the  movements  of  the  jaw.    The  general 
treatment  consists  in  the  gradual  stretching  of 
the  cicatricial  bands,  combined  with  small  in- 
cisions into  resisting  structures.    The  pressure 
should  not  be  made  directly  upon  the  teeth, 
as  they  are  forced  out  of  position  ;  but  plates 
should  be  adapted  to  the  crowns  of  the  poste- 
rior teeth,  and  the  pressure  be  thus  distributed . 
Very  thin  plates  may  be  used  first,  covering  a 
few  of  the  teeth,  wedges  of  rubber  inserted, 
and,  as  space  is  gained,  thicker  plates,  covering 
more  of  the  teeth,  may  be  employed.     When 
there  is  great  injury  of  the  articulation,  ex- 
cision of  the  condyle  is  necessary. 
An/con   (from  ayictov,  elbow).     The  elbow; 
the  olecranon  process  of  the  ulna. 

Anconse'us  (from  ayicuv,  the  elbow).  The 
name  of  a  muscle  situated  on  the  back  of  the 
elbow. 

Anconaeus  Externus.    Triceps  extensor  cubiti. 
AncorPoid.     Resembling  the  elbow. 
Anc/ter.     A  fibula  or  clasp  to  connect  the 
edges  of  a  wound. 

AncunnuerPta.     A  menstruating  woman. 
ArPcus   (from   ayicuv,  the   elbow).     A   dis- 
torted or  stiff  elbow. 

AncylobleprParon  (from  ayKvkr],  contrac- 
tion, and  fi'Acfapov,  an  eyelid).  A  disease  of 
the  eye,  by  which  the  eyelids  are  closed. 

Ancyloglos'sum  (from  ayicvXr/,  contraction, 
and  y'Auaaa,  the  tongue).     Tongue-tied. 
Ancylo'sis.     Anchylosis. 
Andranat'omy  (avr/p,  man,  and  avare/xvu, 
to  cut  up).     Dissection   of  the  human  body, 
particularly  the  male. 

Androjpynus  (from  awjp,  a  man,   ywi],  a 


AND 


49 


ANG 


woman).      A  hermaphrodite.     An   effeminate 
man. 

Androma/nia  (from  avrjp,  a  man,  and  uavia, 
fury).     Nymphomania. 

Androtom'ia  (androtome ;  from  aw/p,  a 
man,  and  re/ivu,  to  cut).  The  dissection  of 
the  human  body. 

Anecpye'tus.  That  which  is  not  likely  to 
suppurate. 

Ane'mia.     Anaemia. 

Anemo'nia.  A  camphor  obtained  by  dis- 
tillation from  Anemone  nemorosa,  Pulsatilla 
and  praetensis.  Its  formula  is  015H606.  Boiled 
with  baryta  water,  it  is  converted  into  ane- 
monic  acid,  C15H707. 

Anenerg'ia.     Debility. 

Ane/sis  (from  avijj/ii,  to  remit).  Remission 
of  a  disease  or  symptom. 

Anet'ica  (from  aviripu,  to  remit).  Medicines 
that  ease  pain.     Anodynes. 

An/etus  (aveotc,  a  remission).  A  generic 
name  for  intermittent  fever. 

An/eurism  (aneurisma ;  from  avevpweiv,  to 
dilate  or  distend).  A  tumor  formed,  by  the 
dilatation  of  an  artery  or  of  the  heart.  There 
are  three  varieties  of  aneurism:  (1)  When  the 
blood  in  the  dilated  artery  does  not  escape,  but 
is  covered  by  the  arterial  coats,  it  is  called 
true  aneurism;  (2)  when  there  is  an  opening 
in  the  artery  and  the  blood  escapes  into  the 
cellular  tissue,  which  forms  a  sac  around  it, 
it  is  called  false,  or  spurious,  aneurism;  (3) 
when,  in  opening  a  vein,  an  artery  is  wounded 
and  blood  escapes  into  the  vein  and  causes  it  to 
become  varicose,  it  is  called  varicose  aneurism. 
Aneurism   by   Anastomosis.     A  purple  spot 

in    children   caused   by   anastomosis  of   the 

minute  arteries. 
Aneurism  of  Heart.     Enlargement  or  dilata- 
tion of  the  heart. 

Aneuris'mal.  Pertaining  to  an  aneurism. 
Aneurismal   Needle.     A   slender  instrument 

for  passing  a  ligature  under  an  artery  in  order 

to  tie  it.     Used  in  operations  for  aneurism. 
Aneurismal  Sac  or  Cyst.     The  sac  or  pouch 

of  an  aneurism. 
Aneurismal  Varix.     The  dilatation  and  pul- 
sation of   a  vein   from  the   passing  of  blood 

into  it  from  an  artery. 
Anfractuos'ity  (anfractus ;  from  am, 
around,  and  fractus,  broken).  A  winding  or 
curvature;  applied  in  Anatomy  to  a  winding 
depression  or  groove.  The  furrows  which  sep- 
arate the  convolutions  of  the  brain  are  called 
cerebral  anfractuosities. 
4 


Ange'ial  (from  ayyeiov,  a  vessel).    Vascular; 
abounding  with,  or  full  of,  minute  vessels. 
Angeiol'ogy.     See  Angiology. 
Angeio'ma.     See  Angioma. 
Angeiopathi'a.     See  Angiopathy. 
Angeiosteo'sis  (from  ayyeiov,  a  vessel,  and 
oareuacc,  ossification).     Ossification  of  vesseLs. 
Angeiot'omy.     See  Angiotomy. 
Angel'ic  Acid.     An  acid  found  with  vale- 
rianic acid  in  the  roots  of  Angelica.     Formula, 
C5H802. 

Angiec/tasis  (ayyeiov,  a  vessel,  and  enraaic, 
extension).  Dilatation  of  a  vessel,  as  aneu- 
rism, etc. 

Angi/na    (from   angere,    to    strangle).     In- 
flammation of  the  throat  and  air-passages. 
Angina  Maligna.     Malignant  sore  throat. 
Angina  Parotidea.     The  mumps. 
Angina    Pectoris.      A    disease   characterized 
by  severe  pain  about  the  lower  part  of  the 
sternum,    accompanied   by  difficult    breath- 
ing, palpitation  of  the  heart,  and  great  anx- 
iety.    Neuralgia  of  the  heart.     Disease  of  the 
nerves  of  the  heart. 
Angina     Tonsillaris.     Cynanche     tonsillaris. 
Quinsy. 
Angina     Trachealis.      Cynanche     trachealis. 
Croup. 
Angiography  (angiographia;  from,  ayyeiov, 
a  vessel,  and  ypa<pu,  I  describe).     A  description 
of  the  vessels  of  the  body. 

Angiol'ogy  (angiologia;  from  ayyeiov,  a 
vessel,  and  /-o^oc,  a  discourse).  The  doctrine 
of  the  vessels. 

Angioma.  A  tumor  composed  of  blood- 
vessels. 

Angiop'athy  [angwpathia ;  from  ayyeiov,  a 
vessel,  and  Tratfoc,  disease).  A  term  applied 
in  Pathology  to  vascular  disease,  or  a  morbid 
affection  of  the  vessels. 

Angioplero'sis  (from  ayyeiov,  and  -h/puatg, 
repletion).  Engorgement  of  the  vessels;  vas 
cular  congestion. 

Angiot'omy  (angiotomia ;  from  a-\-)eiov,  a 
vessel,  and  re/uvu,  to  cut).  Dissection  of  the 
vessels. 

An'gle  {angulus).  The  incidence  of  two 
lines,  straight  or  curved;  the  point  where  two 
lines  or  surfaces  meet.  In  Anatomy  the  term 
is  applied  to  parts  which  have  an  angular 
shape,  as  the  external  and  internal  angle  of 
the  eyes,  the  angle  of  the  lower  jaw,  etc. 
Angle,  Facial.  The  facial  angle,  according 
to  Camper,  is  formed  by  the  union  of  two 
lines  ;   one  drawn  from   the   most  prominent 


ANG 


50 


ANI 


part  of  the  forehead  to  the  edge  of  the  alveo- 
lar border  of  the  upper  jaw,  opposite  the  in- 
cisors; the  other,  from  the  meatus  auditorius 
exteruus  to  the  same  point.  By  the  size  of 
this  angle,  it  is  said,  the  relative  proportions 
of  the  cranium  and  face  may  be  ascertained  ; 
and  to  a  certain  extent,  it  is  thought  by  some, 
but  •with  how  much  probability  of  truth  the 
author  is  unable  to  say,  — the  amount  of  intel- 
ligence possessed  by  individuals  and  animals. 
These  lines  form  an  angle,  in  the  white  varie- 
ties of  the  human  species,  of  about  80°;  in 
the  negro,  of  from  65°  to  70°.  In  descending 
the  scale  of  animals  the  angle  grows  less  and 
less  until  it  almost  entirely  disappears. 
Angle,  Optic.  Visual  angle  ;  the  angle  formed 
by  two  rays  of  light  proceeding  from  differ- 
ent points  and  meeting  in  the  pupil  of  the 
eye. 
Angle's  Appliance  for  Fractures  of  the 
Jaws.  A  bone-wiring  apparatus  for  retaining 
the  fractured  parts  in  opposition  ;  it  consists 
of  wires,  bands,  and  screws. 
Angle's  Appliance  for  Protruding  Lower 
Jaw.  Consists  of  a  large  traction  screw  at- 
tached to  clamp-bands  which  encircle  the  first 
lower  molars,  and  the  angles  of  which  are 
hooked  into  small  staples  soldered  to  bands 
upon  the  distal  angles  of  the  cuspids,  while  a 
piece  of  gold  wire  attached  by  solder  connects 
these  bands  and  passes  in  front  of  the  incisors. 
Angle's  Appliance  for  Retracting  the  Upper 
Front  Teeth.  Consists  of  a  metallic  bow 
held  in  position  by  bands  on  the  central  in- 
cisors, having  notches  formed  in  the  united 
ends  on  the  labial  surfaces  ;  the  ends  slide 
through  tubes  on  molar  bands  ;  from  the  front 
of  the  bow  projects  a  short  wire  ending  in  a 
ball,  on  which  is  adjusted  the  socket  of  the 
traction  bar ;  from  the  ends  of  this  traction 
bar  rubber  bands  extend  to  a  cap  on  the  back 
part  of  head  ;  rubber  bands  retain  the  teeth 
during  the  day  while  the  cap  is  not  worn. 
Angle's  Chin  Retractor.  Consists  of  a  swaged 
metal  cup  to  fit  the  chin,  and  connected  by 
rubber  bands  with  a  cap  on  the  back  of  the 
head. 

An/gone  (from  ayXu,  to  strangle).  A  ner- 
vous constriction  of  the  fauces  in  hysterical 
women,  attended  with  a  feeling  of  suffocation. 
Nervous  quinsy. 

An/gor.  Intense  pain  about  the  epigastrium, 
attended  with  great  anxiety,  and  often  with 
palpitation. 

An/gular   (angularis;   anrjulus,    an  angle). 


Pertaining  to  an  angle  ;  containing  one  or  more 
sharp  bends. 

Angular  Artery.  The  end  of  the  facial  artery, 
which  inosculates  at  the  inner  side  of  the 
orbit  with  the  ophthalmic  artery. 
Angular  Processes.  The  orbitary  processes 
of  the  os  frontis. 
Angular  Vein.  The  vein  which  accompanies 
the  angular  artery. 

Angula'ris  Scap'ulae.  The  levator  anguli 
scapulae. 

Anhela'tion  (anhelatio ;  from  anhelo,  I 
pant).  Shortness  of  breath  ;  panting,  sympto- 
matic of  lesion  of  the  pulmonary  functions. 
Short  and  rapid  breathing. 

Anhel'itus.     Panting. 

Anhist/ous.     Without  organic  texture. 

Anhy'drite.     Anhydrous  gypsum. 

Anhy/drous  (anhydride ;  from  a,  priv.,  and 
vdup,  water).  A  term  applied  in  Chemistry  to  a 
salt  which  contains  no  water  of  crystallization  ; 
also,  to  any  substance  deprived  of  water. 

Anidrot'ic.  Arresting  perspiration  ;  also, 
an  agent  so  acting. 

Anil'ic  or  Indigot'ic  Acid.  An  acid  formed 
by  the  action  of  nitric  acid  on  indigo. 

An/ilide.  A  compound  formed  from  aniline 
by  the  substitution  of  a  radicle  for  the  hydro- 
gen of  the  same  amine  radicle,  NH2  ;  e.  g., 
acetanilide. 

An/iline.  An  alkaloid  obtained  by  the  de- 
struction of  various  organic  substances.  It  is 
a  volatile,  colorless,  pungent  liquid  alkaloid. 
Formula,  C6H7N.  It  is  derived  from  coal  tar. 
Dose,  gr.  j. 

Aniline  Colors.  Dyes.  Various  pigments  ob- 
tained from  coal  tar,  and  of  such  colors  as  vio- 
let, blue,  red,  yellow,  green,  and  black. 

An/ima  Aloes.     Refined  aloes. 
Anima  Hepatis.    Sal  martis  ;  sulphate  of  iron. 
Anima  Saturni.     Sugar  of  lead. 
Anima  Veneris.     A  preparation  of  copper. 

An/imal.  An  organized  animated  being, 
endowed  with  the  power  of  locomotion.  The 
term,  according  to  its  common  acceptation,  is 
restricted  to  irrational  creatures.  Animals  are 
divided  by  Cuvier  into  four  classes — viz.  :  (1) 
vcrtebrata;  (2)  mollusca ;  (3)  articulata;  and 
(4)  radiata.  The  vertebrated  animals  are  those 
which  have  a  spinal  column  composed  of  ver- 
tebra} ;  the  mollusca  are  those  which  have  soft 
bodies,  with  no  osseous  framework,  as  the  shell- 
fish ;  the  articulated  are  those  whose  bodies  are 
supported  by  a  hard  external  envelope,  divided 
into  numerous  pieces,  articulated  together  by  a 


ANI 


51 


ANN 


membrane  in  such  a  manner  as  to  admit  of  free 
motion,  and  which  are  moved  by  means  of 
muscles  attached  to  them  interiorly  ;  the  radi- 
ated have  all  their  parts  attached  in  a  circular 
manner,  with  their  mouths  in  the  centre. 
Animal.     [Adjective.]     That  which  belongs  to 

or  concerns  animals. 
Animal    Acid.     An   acid   existing  in   animal 
bodies,  or  which  can  be  obtained  from  them. 
Animal  Alkali.     Ammonia  or  volatile  alkali. 
Animal  Charcoal.     See  CHARCOAL,  ANIMAL. 
Animal  Economy.     The  conduct  of  nature  in 
the  preservation  of  the  organism.     The  organ- 
ism itself. 
Animal  Heat.    The  heat  or  caloric  of  the  body 
of  a  living  animal,  resulting  from,  and  neces- 
sary to,  its  vitality,  and  which  enables  it  to 
preserve  nearly  a  uniform  temperature,  what- 
ever may  be  the  external  changes. 
Animal  Jelly.     See  Gelatin. 
Animal  Kingdom.     The  whole  series  of  ani- 
mated beings,  from   man  to   the  lowest   zo- 
ophyte. 

Animal  Magnetism  {mesmerism).  A  theory 
of  F.  Mesmer,  of  the  year  1776,  referring  all 
phenomena  of  life  to  a  magnetic  fluid,  univer- 
sally diffused,  which  fluid,  it  is  alleged,  is  in- 
fluenced by  external  agents,  especially  by  cer- 
tain individuals  peculiarly  endowed  with 
magnetic  power. 

Animal  Tissue.     A  common  name  for  any  of 
the  textures  which  form  the  elementary  struc- 
tures of  the  body — for  example:  Adenoid  or 
retiform  tissue  is  a  variety  of  tissue  found  in 
the  lymphatic  glands.     Adipose  tissue  is   a 
variety  of  areolar  tissue  forming  a  reservoir 
for  fatty  substances.     Areolar,  cellular,  or  con- 
nective tissue  is  composed  of  easily  distended 
fibres  used  to  bind  the  various  parts  of  the 
body  together.     Connective  tissues  are  divided 
into  three  great  classes  :  fibrous  connective 
tissue,   cartilage,  and  bone.     Dentine   is  in- 
cluded.    Connective  tissue  is  developed  from 
the  mesoblast,  while  the  epithelium  originates 
from  the  epiblast. 
Animal  cule.     A   very   small   animal,    in- 
visible to  the  naked  eye.     A  microscopic  or- 
ganism.    Those  best  known  are  :  (1)  Infusoria 
animalcules.       Observed   in    nearly   all   fluids 
impregnated  with  any  animal  or  vegetable  sub- 
stance.     (2)  Spermatic  animalcules.     Supposed 
to  have  been  discovered  in  the  semen. 

Animaliza'tion.  The  transformation  of 
the  nutritive  parts  of  food  into  the  living  struc- 
tures of  the  body. 


An'ion  (from  ava,  up,  ami  eifii,  to  go).  A 
term  applied  by  Faraday  to  the  body  which 
passes  to  the  positive  pole — to  the  anode  of  the 
decomposing  body — as  it  is  separated  by  elec- 
tricity. A  word  used  in  electrolysis  to  desig- 
nate an  electro-negative  element. 
An'kle.  The  malleolus. 
Ankyloblepharon  (from  ay/wlt),  a  clasp, 
and  f3/Le<l>apov,  the  eyelid).  Adhesion  of  the  eye- 
lids to  each  other. 

AnkyIoglos/sia  (from  aynv/.oc,  crooked  or 
contracted,  and  yAuooa,  the  tongue).  Re- 
stricted or  impaired  motion  of  the  tongue,  due 
to  abnormal  shortness  of  the  fraenum  lingua;. 
For  shortness  of  franuni,  it  may  be  carefully 
clipped  through  with  a  curved  pair  of  scissors, 
the  points  being  directed  downwards,  and  the 
tongue  held  upwards  and  backwards  with  the 
left  handle  of  a  director,  as  in  the  operation 
for  ranula. 

Ankylomeris/mus  (from  aynvh],  a  con- 
traction, and//e/wf,a  part).  Morbid  adhesion 
between  parts. 

Ankylosed.     Made  rigid  by  anchylosis. 
Ankylosis.     See  Anchylosis. 
Ankylot/omus  (from  aynv?.oc,  crooked,  and 
teuvelv,  to  cut).     A  curved  knife. 

Anneal  (from  the  Saxon,  annelan,  to  heat). 
To  heat  and  cool  slowly,  as  glass,  gold,  or  other 
metals. 

Anneal'ing.  The  process  of  applying  heat 
to  a  metal  for  the  purpose  of  removing  brittle- 
ness  and  increasing  its  ductility  and  mallea- 
bility. Glass  is  rendered  less  frangible  by  the 
same  process.  Without  annealing,  glass  flies 
to  pieces  very  readily,  as  may  he  seen  in  Prince 
Rupert's  drops.  In  many  of  the  arts  the 
process  of  annealing  is  a  matter  of  great  im- 
portance, and  in  none  more  so  than  that  of  the 
dentist.  Certain  forms  of  gold  emploj^ed  for 
filling  teeth,  unless  thoroughly  aud  uniformly 
annealed,  can  not  be  introduced  in  a  suffi- 
ciently thorough  and  substantial  manner  to 
prevent  its  liability  of  coming  out,  and  at  the 
same  time  to  secure  the  perfect  preservation  of 
the  organ.  Recently  prepared  gold  foil  does 
not  require  annealing,  but  after  it  has  been 
exposed  for  some  time  to  the  influence  of  the 
atmosphere  this  process  is  necessary. 

During  the  process  of  manufacturing  gold 
into  foil  it  is  necessary  frequently  to  subject 
it  to  the  process  of  annealing,  which  consists, 
after  it  is  reduced  to  leaves,  in  heating  each 
leaf  separately  to  a  cherry-red  heat,  either 
over  the  flame  of  a  spirit-lamp  or  on  a  plate 


ANN 


52 


ANO 


of  stone  or  metal  over  a  furnace.  But  in 
annealing  gold  foil  different  methods  are 
adopted  by  different  manufacturers.  See  Gold 
Foil.  In  annealing  gold  during  its  prepara- 
tion for  plate,  less  nicety  is  required.  It  simply 
consists  in  bringing  the  metal,  after  it  has 
been  cast  into  ingots,  before  it  be  planished, 
and  also  frequently  during  its  lamination,  to  a 
cherry -red  by  putting  the  gold  upon  charcoal — 
or  rather  peats,  which  have  a  more  equal  and 
lively  flame — and  covering  it  quite  up,  tak- 
ing care  that  the  thin  parts  of  the  gold  do  not 
become  hotter  than  the  thick.  When  the  gold 
has  by  this  process  acquired  its  proper  heat, 
it  should  be  removed  to  hot  ashes  to  cool, 
without  coming  in  contact,  more  than  possible, 
with  the  cold  air,  by  which  its  temperature 
would  be  too  suddenly  changed.  But  gold, 
and  even  silver,  are  not  so  much  affected  by  a 
sudden  transition  from  heat  to  cold  as  are 
many  of  the  other  metals  ;  yet  it  does,  to  some 
extent,  increase  their  brittleness.  See  Gold, 
Annealing  of. 

Annealing  Tray.  A  device  heated  by  elec- 
tricity for  annealing  gold  uniformly. 

Annel'ides  (annelidie,  annellati ;  from  an- 
nulus, a  little  ring).  The  lowest  order  of 
Cuvier's  class  Articulata.  Their  bodies  consist 
of  a  number  of  segments,  each  of  which  is  a 
ring.  The  leech  and  earth-worm  belong  to 
this  order. 

An/nular  (annularis;  from  annulus,  a  ring). 
Shaped  like  a  ring. 

Annular  Bone  (circulus  osseus).  A  circular 
bone,  situated  before  the  cavity  of  the  tym- 
panum in  the  foetus. 

Annular  Cartilage.     The  cricoid   cartilage  of 
the  larynx  is  so  called  from  its  resemblance  to 
a  ring. 
Annular  Ligaments.    A  name  given  to  certain 
ligamentous  bands,  as  the  annular  ligament  of 
the  radius,  which  is  of  a   fibro-cartilaginous 
structure,  and  which,  with  the  lesser  sigmoid 
cavity  of  the  cubitus,  forms  a  ring  around  the 
head  of  the  radius  ;  and  the  annular  ligaments 
of  the  carpus  and  tarsus,  to   each   of  which 
there  are  two. 
Annular  Vein.     The  name  of  a  vein  situated 
between  the  annular,  or  ring,  finger,  and  little 
finger. 
Annularis.     The  finger  between  the  little 
and  middle  lingers  is  so  called  because  this  is 
the  one  on  which  the  wedding-ring  is  worn. 

An'nulate      {annulatus).      Furnished    with 
rings  or  belts  ;  surrounded  by  rings. 


An  nulus.  A  ring.  In  Anatomy,  a  cir- 
cular orifice  traversed  by  a  tube,  vessel,  or 
other  organs.  In  Botany,  the  name  of  the 
membrane  which  surrounds  the  stem  of  the 
fungi. 

Annulus  Abdominis.     The  abdominal  ring. 
Annulus  Albidus.      The  ciliary  ligament  or 
circle. 
Annulus  Ovalis.     The  rounded  border  on  the 
septum,  occupying  the  place  of  the  foramen 
ovale  in  the  foetus. 
A/no.     A  prefix  denoting  above. 
Ano/daI.     Taking  place  at  the  anode. 
An'ode  (from  ava,  upward,  and  oSoc,  away). 
The  positive  pole  or  electrode   of  a  galvanic 
battery.     That  part  of  the  surface  of  a  body 
decomposing  under  the  influence  of  electricity 
at  which  the  current  enters. 

An/odon  (from  a,  priv.,  and  odovq,  a  tooth). 
In  Zoology,  the  name  of  a  genus  of  lamelli- 
branchiate  bivalves,  the  shell  of  which  has  no 
articular  processes  or  teeth  at  the  hinge. 

An'odous  (from  a,  priv.,  and  o8ovq,  a  tooth). 
Edentulous.     Without  teeth  ;  toothless. 

Anodyne  (anodynus  ;  from  up,  priv.,  and 
oSvv?/,  pain).  A  medicine  which  relieves  pain  ; 
as  opium  and  belladonna. 

Anodyne,  Hoffmann's.     Spirilus  setheris   sul- 
phurici  compositus;   which  see. 

An'odynia.  Absence  of  pain  ;  insensibil- 
ity. 

Anod'ynum      riar/tiale.      Ammonio- 
chloride   of  iron,  precipitated  from  water  by 
potassa. 
Anodynum  Minerale.     Nitrate  of  potassa. 

Anomalot/rophy  (from  a,  priv.,  o/iaXog, 
regular,  and  rpofr/,  nourishment).  Irregular 
nutrition  of  organs. 

Anomalous  (from«,  priv.,  and  o/m'aoc,  regu- 
lar). Irregular  ;  deviation  from  that  which  is 
natural  or  from  the  normal  order.  In  Medicine, 
something  unusual  in  the  symptoms  which 
properly  belong  to  a  disease.  In  Odontology, 
something  unnatural  in  the  conformation  or 
growth  of  a  tooth  or  of  the  alveolar  arches  ; 
and  in  Denial  Pathology,  in  the  phenomena  of 
the  diseases  to  which  the  teeth  are  liable. 

Anomalies  of  the  Teeth  and  Maxillae. 
These  may  consist  of  deviations  of  structure 
and  development  in  the  character  of  the  teeth 
and  jaws.  They  may  consist  of  an  excess  or 
deficiency  in  numbers,  a  lack  of  individual 
teeth  being  of  frequent  occurrence,  while  an 
excess  of  such  teeth,  commonly  known  as 
"supernumerary   teeth,"   is    also    often    met 


ANO 


53 


ANT 


with.  Multiple  or  third  dentition  is  another 
anomaly,  some  very  interesting  cases  being  re- 
corded. The  total  absence  of  teeth  is  another, 
though  a  very  rare  anomaly.  Deviations  from 
the  normal  manner  of  arrangement  of  the  teeth 
are  very  common,  and  may  consist  of  malfor- 
mation of  the  whole  or  part  of  the  arch,  or  in 
the  malposition  of  certain  teeth  in  the  arch. 
Other  anomalies  are  imbedded  or  imprisoned 
teeth,  migrated  or  misplaced  teeth,  abnormal 
size,  form,  and  structure  of  both  the  roots  and 
crowns  of  teeth,  the  union  of  two  or  more 
teeth,  nodulated  teeth,  connate  teeth,  and  ex- 
cess and  deficiency  of  the  roots  of  teeth. 

Anomaly.  Deviation  from  ordinary  laws, 
as  sometimes  seen  in  the  development  of  certain 
organs  or  parts  of  the  body. 

Anorexia  (from  av,  priv.,  and  op^iq,  appe- 
tite). Want  of  appetite  without  loathing  of 
food. 

Anor/maI  (from  anormis,  without  rule) . 
Abnormal.  Irregular  ;  not  in  accordance  with 
ordinary  laws. 

Anorthop'ia  (from  opdog,  upright,  and  oipig, 
vision).  Vision  in  which  persons  are  unable 
to  determine  when  objects  are  not  parallel  or 
not  symmetrical. 

Anos'ia.     Health. 

Anos/mia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  off////,  odor). 
Loss  of  the  sense  of  smelling. 

Anos'tomous  (ano,  upward,  stoma,  mouth). 
Having  the  mouth  above  the  nose. 

Anoxasm'ia  (an,  oxus,  acid).  Deficiency  of 
oxygen  in  the  blood. 

Ant,  Anti  (from  avn,  against).  Prefixes  to 
compound  words  which  signify  against,  opposed 
to,  counteracting,  etc. 

Antacids  (from  anti,  against,  and  acida, 
acids).  Agents  which  neutralize  acidity  by 
combining  with  the  acid  and  counteracting  it, 
as  prepared  chalk  and  lime-water  ;  also  medi- 
cines which  remove  acidity  in  the  stomach,  as 
the  carbonates  of  soda,  magnesia,  etc. 

Antagonist  (antar/onistes,  counteracting). 
A  term  applied,  in  Anatomy,  to  muscles  which 
act  in  opposition  to  each  other,  as  the  flexors 
and  extensors  of  a  limb.  It  is  also  a  term  ap- 
plied to  drugs  that  neutralize  the  therapeutic 
effects  of  one  another. 

AntaFgic  (from  avrif  against,  and  alyog, 
pain).  Medicines  or  remedies  which  relieve 
pain. 

Antal'kaline  (from  am,  against,  and  alkali, 
an  alkali).     That  which  neutralizes  alkalies. 

Antaphrodis'iac  (antaphroditie ;  from  am. 


against,  and  acppodiaianog,  aphrodisiacal).  A 
term  applied  to  medicines  which  repress  the 
genital  appetite. 

Antapodo'sis  (from  avraTvoch^u/u,  I  return 
in  exchange).  Succession  and  return  of  febrile 
paroxysms. 

Antarthrit'ic  (antarthriticus  ;  from  nvn, 
against,  and  ap&ping,  gout).  Remedies  against 
gout. 

Antebrachial.     Relating  to  the  forearm. 
Antecenden/tia.     The  premonitory  symp- 
toms of  disease. 

Antela'bia  (from  ante,  before,  and  labia, 
the  lips).     The  extremity  of  the  lips. 

Antem'basis  (from  avn,  against,  and 
£ju/3aivu,  I  enter).  The  mutual  reception  of 
bones. 

Anterior  Aur'is.  The  name  of  a  muscle 
of  the  ear. 

Anterior    Intercostal    Nerve.      A    branch    of 
the  great  intercostal  nerve,   given  off  in  the 
thorax. 
Anterior    Splint.      A   suspended    splint   con- 
structed of  iron  wire,  the  invention  of  Prof. 
N.  R.  Smith,  of  the  University  of  Maryland, 
for  the  treatment  of  fractures  of  the  leg.     By 
the  use  of  this  splint  the  patient  with  a  frac- 
tured limb  is  placed  in  a  position  of  ease  and 
rest,  instead  of  being  in  one  immovable  and 
constrained. 
Antever'sion  (from  ante,  before,  and  verto, 
to  turn).    Displacement  of  the  uterus  in  which 
there  is  a   morbid  inclination  of  the  fundus 
forward . 

Ant'helix.     See  Antihelix. 
Anthelmintic  (anthelminticus ;    from  am, 
against,  and  eX/uvct  a  worm).      A  remedy  for 
the  destruction  or  expulsion  of  worms. 

An/themis  (from  avtieu,  to  blossom).  A 
genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Composita\  The 
chamomile. 

Anthemis    Cotula.      The  systematic  name  of 
the  plant  called   Cotula  foetida.      Mayweed, 
dog-feunel,  or  wild  chamomile. 
Anthemis   Nob'ilis.     The  systematic  Dame  of 
the  common  chamomile. 
Anthemis  Py'rethrum.    The  plant  from  which 
the   pyrethrum   is   obtained.       The   Spanish 
chamomile  or  pellitory  of  Spain. 
An'thracene.      A   volatile    substance    ob- 
tained from  the  distillation  of  coal  in  company 
with  naphthalin.     Formula,  C:!0Hn. 

Anthra'cia  (from  av&pai;,  coal).  Carbumu- 
lar  exanthem.  An  eruption  of  imperfectly 
suppurating  tumors  with  indurated  edges. 


ANT 


54 


ANT 


An  'thracine.  A  poisonous  substance  or  pto- 
maine obtained  from  pure  cultures  of  the  bacil- 
lus anthracis. 

Anthracite  (from  av&paij,  a  burning  coal). 
A  species  of  stone  coal  containing  no  bitumi- 
nous substance  and  yielding  no  inflammable 
gases  by  distillation. 

Anthraco'sis  {anthracia  carbopalpebrarum ; 
from  av&paij,  coal).  A  disease  of  tbe  lungs  pro- 
duced by  tbe  inhalation  of  coal-dust  or  otber 
solid  particles. 

Anthraro/bin.  Pheuol  derivative.  A  yel- 
lowish powder  used  for  parasitic  skin  diseases. 
Anthrax'  (from  av&paij,  coal).  A  bard,  cir- 
cumscribed, inflammatory  tumor,  resembling  a 
boil,  seated  in  a  cellular  membrane  and  skin  on 
the  back,  which  soon  becomes  gangrenous  and 
discharges  an  exceedingly  fetid  sanies.  A  car- 
buncle. 

Anthrop'olite  (from  av&pu-rrog,  a  man,  and 
/udog,  a  stone).  A  petrifaction  of  human 
bones. 

Anthropology  (anthropologia ;  from  avdpu- 
nog,  a  man,  and  ?-oyog,  a  discourse).  The  doc- 
trine of  the  structure  and  functions  of  the 
human  body. 

Anthropometry  (from  av&pwrrog,  a  man, 
and  fierpov,  measure).  The  admeasurement  of 
the  proportions  of  the  different  parts  of  the 
human  body. 

Anthropot'omy  (anthropotomia  ;  from  av- 
dpuivog,  a  man,  and  reuvu,  I  cut).  The  dissec- 
tion of  the  human  body. 

An'ti  (avn).     A  Greek  preposition  signify- 
ing against,  opposed  to. 
Anti'ades.     The  tonsils. 
Antiadi'tis.     Inflammation  of  the  tonsils. 
Antia'gri  (from  avnag,  a  tonsil,  and  aypa,  a 
prey).     Swelling  of  the  tonsils. 

Antebrachial  Aponeurosis.  A  portion 
of  the  aponeurotic  sheath  which  envelops  the 
whole  of  the  upper  limb  is  so  termed. 

Antibro'mic  (from  avn  and  fipu/wg,  fetor). 
A  deodorizer  or  deodorant.  An  agent  that  de- 
stroys offensive  odors — as  chloride  of  soda,  etc. 
Anticar'dium  (from  avn,  against,  and 
KapSia,  the  heart).  The  scrobiculns  cordis,  or 
pit  of  the  stomach. 

Anti'cheir.     The  thumb. 
Anticne'mium.     The  shin. 
Antidote    (ardidolum;   from  avn,    against, 
and  6l6ujil,  I  give).     A  remedy  for  combating 
or  counteracting    the   effects  of  poison.      See 
Poisons. 
Antifebrile  (antifebrilis ;  from  avn,  against, 


and  febris,  a  fever).    A  febrifuge,  or  that  which 
opposes  fever. 

Antifeb'rin.  Formula,  C2H3NO.  A  white, 
crystalline  powder,  soluble  in  alcohol,  but  in- 
soluble in  water.  It  is  one  of  tbe  antipyretics. 
Dose,  gr.  iv  to  gr.  xv. 

Antihe'lix  (from  avn,  against,  and  eXit-,  the 
helix).  The  inner  circle  of  the  ear  is  so  named 
from  its  opposition  to  the  outer,  which  is  called 
the  helix. 

Antilith'ics  (antilithica ;  from  nun,  against, 
liOog,  a  stone).  Remedies  to  prevent  the  for- 
mation of  urinary  calculi. 

Antilo'bium  (from  avn,  against,  and  Twfiog, 
the  bottom  of  the  ear).  That  part  of  the  ear 
which  is  opposite  the  lobe. 

Antimo'nial  (antimonialis ;  from  antimo- 
nium,  antimony).  A  preparation  in  which  an- 
timony is  an  ingredient. 

Antimonial  Powder.    A  peroxide  of  antimony 
combined  with  phosphate  of  lime. 

Antimonia'le  Caust'icum.  Chloride  of 
antimony. 

Antimo'nic  Acid  (acidum  stibicum).  A 
combination  of  one  part  of  antimony  with  five 
of  oxygen  (Sb05).  Its  salts  are  called  antimo- 
niates.  The  best  known  of  these  is  antimoniate 
of  lead — the  Naples  yellow  of  the  painters. 

Antimo'nii  et  Potas'sae  Tar'tras.     Tar- 
trate of  antimony  and  potash.     Tartar  emetic. 
Antimonii  Oxydum.     Oxide  of  antimony. 
Antimonii       Sulphure'tum       Prsecipitatum. 

Precipitated  sulphuret  of  antimony. 
Antimonii  Sulphuretum  Rubrum.     Eed  sul- 
phuret of  antimony. 
Antimonii  Tartarizati  Vinum.     Wine  of  tar- 
tarized  antimony. 
Antimonii  Vitrum.     Glass  of  antimony. 

Antimo'nious  Acid.  Acidum  slibiosum. 
A  white  powder  formed  by  oxidating  antimony 
with  nitric  acid.  Its  salts  are  called  antimo- 
niates.     It  colors  glass  and  porcelain  yellow. 

Antimo'nium  Diaphoret'icum.  White 
oxide  of  antimony. 

Antimo'ny  (antimonium;  from  avn,  against, 
and  fiovog,  alone,  because  it  is  not  found  alone  ; 
or,  according. to  others,  from  avn,  against,  and 
moine,  a  monk,  because,  as  some  affirm,  Valen- 
tine, by  a  careless  administration  of  it,  poisoned 
his  brother  monks).  Antimony  is  a  heavy,  solid, 
brittle  metallic  substance,  seldom  found  in  its 
native  state.  It  has  a  slight  inclination  to  a 
metallic  lustre  and  a  steel-gray  color.  Its  sym- 
bol is  Sb  ;  its  combining  number  129.24.  Sp. 
gr.,  (5.8. 


ANT 


55 


ANT 


AntiodontaPgic  (antiodontalgieus ;  from 
avn,  against,  and  o(hvra?<yta,  toothache).  Reme- 
dies against  toothache.     See  Odontalgia. 

An'tiparasta'tis.  Inflammation  of  Cow- 
per's  glands. 

Antip/athy  (antipatJiia  ;  from  avn,  against, 
and  7r«#of,  passion,  affection).  Aversion  to 
particular  objects  or  things. 

Antipep'tone.  A  variety  of  peptone  which 
resists  digestion  by  trypsin. 

Antiperistaltic  (antiperistalticus ;  from 
avri,  and  7cepiaTe2.faj,  I  compress  or  contract). 
Anything  which  obstructs  the  peristaltic  mo- 
tion of  the  intestinal  tube. 

Antiphar/mic  (from  avn,  against,  and  <pap- 
panov,  a  poison).  Preservatives  against,  or 
remedies  for,  poison.      A  counter-poison. 

Antiphlogistic  ( antiphlogisticus ;  from 
avrij  against,  and  <pleyu,  I  burn).  That  which 
opposes  inflammation. 

Antiplas'tic  (from  avn,  against,  and  Tr/.aacru, 
to  form).  Unfavorable  to  healing  or  granula- 
tion ;  disorganizing. 

Antipy/ic  (from  avn,  and  itvuv,  pus).  Pre- 
venting suppuration. 

Antipyre'sis  (from  avn,  against,  and 
TTuperof,  fever).  The  employment  of  antipy- 
retics in  fever. 

Antipyretic  (antipyreticus ;  from  avn, 
against,  and  ■nvperoc,  fever).  Opposed  to  fever  ; 
a  febrifuge.  Agents  which  have  a  special 
power  of  depressing  or  reducing  the  tempera- 
ture of  fever.     Any  antifebrile  medicine. 

Antipy'rine  (antipyrin,  dimethyl  oxychhii- 
cine).  Formula,  C,0Hi8N4O2.  An  alkaloid 
obtained  by  the  destructive  distillation  of  coal 
tar.  It  is  in  the  form  of  a  grayish  crystalline 
powder,  of  a  slightly  bitter  taste  and  soluble 
in  water.  Dose,  gr.  v-x  every  hour  for  two  or 
three  hours.  It  reduces  the  temperature  in 
fevers,  causes  perspiration,  and  sometimes 
vomiting,  but  no  serious  effect. 

Antipyrot/ic  (from  avrc,  and  nvp}  fire). 
Curative  of  burns. 

Antiscorbu'tic  (antiscorbuticus ;  from  awi, 
against,  and  scorbutus,  the  scurvy).  Remedies 
for,  or  preventive  of,  the  scurvy. 

Antisep'sine.  A  substance  used  as  a  seda- 
tive.    Dose,  gr.  vij. 

Antisep'sis.  Absence  of  putrefaction.  An 
antiseptic  condition. 

Antisep'tic  ( antisepticus ;  from  am, 
against,  and  o>/~co,  to  putrefy).  That  which 
is  opposed  to  putrefaction.  Applied  to  sub- 
stances which  possess  the  power  of  arresting 


the  process  of  putrefaction  ;  germ-destroying. 
Important  antiseptics  are  corrosive  sublimate, 
iodoform,  iodol,  carbolic  acid,  thymol,  salicylic 
acid,  boric  acid,  eucalyptol,  etc. 
Antiseptic    Gauze.      Open    cotton    cloth   im- 
pregnated with  carbolic  acid,  resin,  and  par- 
affin. 
Antiseptic  Ligature.    Catgut  or  other  material 
made  aseptic  by  immersion  in  antiseptic  solu- 
tions. 
Antiseptic  Treatment.     Consists,  first,  by  ex- 
cluding all  organisms  from  the  wound  ;  second, 
by  removing  the  organisms  which  may  already 
have   gained   entrance  ;   third,  by  destroying 
the  organisms  which  remain  ;  fourth,  by  re- 
moving dead  and  dying  tissues  and  establish- 
ing free  drainage  for  the  escape  of  the  dis- 
charges. 
Antispasmodic    (antispastnodicus;     from 
avn,  against,  and  cxaopoc,  a  spasm).     A  class 
of  medicines  which  possess  the  power  of  allay- 
ing or  removing  spasms  and  composing  nervous 
irritation  without  any  special  or  decided  ten- 
dency to  the  brain . 

Antispas/tic  (from  avn,  and  a-au,  to  draw). 
Counteracting  spasm. 

Antithe/nar.  Abductor  pollicis  pedis,  a 
muscle  of  the  foot. 

Antither'mic.     Antipyretic. 
Antitrag/icus  ((tntitragus).  A  small  muscle 
of  the  ear. 

Antitrag/US  (from  avn,  against,  and  rpayoc, 
the  tragus).  An  eminence  opposite  the  tragus 
of  the  outer  ear. 

Antizymot'ic  (from  avn,  and  ^vpoc,  yeast). 
That  which  prevents  or  arrests  fermentation. 

Ant'lia.     A  syringe. 
Antlia  Gastrica.     Stomach  pump. 
Antod'ynus.     Anodyne. 
AntrPtis  (from  antrum,  a  cave,  and  itis,  a 
terminal  signifying  inflammation).    Inflamma- 
tion of  any  cavity  of  the  body,  especially  of 
the  maxillary  sinus. 

Antrum    (avrpov,   a   cave   or   cavern).     A 
cavity  which  has  a  small  opening  into  it. 
Antrum  Auris.     The  cochlea  of  the  ear. 
Antrum  Dentale.    The  pulp  cavity  of  a  tooth. 
See  Dental  Cavity. 
Antrum  Highmorianum.     Antrum  of  High- 
more,  called  so  after  the  name  of  the  anato- 
mist who  gave  the  first  correct  description  of 
it.    See  Maxillary  Sinus. 
Antrum  Maxillare.     Maxillary  sinus. 
Antrum  Pylori.    A  cavity  of  the  stomach  near 
the  pylorus. 


ANU 


56 


APH 


Anu'ria  (from  a,  priv.,  and  ovpov,  urine). 
Literally,  without  urine,  but  the  term  is  usu- 
ally used  synonymously  with  ischuria,  retention 
of  urine. 

A/nus  (a  contraction  of  annulus,  a  ring). 
The  opening  at  the  inferior  extremity  of  the 
rectum.  The  term  anus  is  also  applied  to  an 
opening  of  the  third  ventricle  of  the  brain, 
which  communicates  with  the  fourth. 
Anus,  Artificial.  An  accidental  opening  giving 
passage  to  the  faeces. 
Anus,  Imperforate.  A  malformation  in  which 
the  anus  is  wanting.      Imperforation  of  anus. 

An'vil.  A  mass  of  iron  with  one  smooth 
surface,  on  which  metals  are  hammered  and 
shaped.  It  is  used  by  smiths,  jewelers,  and 
mechanical  dentists. 

Aor'ta  (from  aopr//,  a  vessel).  The  great 
trunk  of  the  arterial  system.  It  arises  from 
the  left  ventricle  of  the  heart,  passes  upward, 
forms  a  curve,  and  descends  in  front,  rather  on 
the  left  side  of  the  spine,  into  the  abdomen. 
When  it  reaches  the  middle  of  the  fourth  or 
fifth  lumbar  vertebra  it  bifurcates  to  give 
origin  to  the  common  iliacs. 

Aorteurys/ma,  or  Aorteuris/ma  {aoprtj, 
and  avEvpwu,  to  dilate).  Aneurism  of  the 
aorta. 

Aortitis  (from  aorta,  and  itis).     Inflamma- 

Apasr'esis.    The  amputation  or  extirpation 
of  a  superfluous  or  injured  part, 
tion  of  the  aorta. 

Apalol/ica  (from  mvalorr/c,  softness,  ten- 
derness). Accidental  lesions  or  deformities  of 
soft  parts. 

Aparthro/sis  (from  a/ro,  and  ap&poc,  a 
joint).     Diarthrosis. 

Apatite.     Native  phosphate  of  lime. 

Apep/sia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  ■ketttu,  to  con- 
coct).    Dyspepsia. 

Ape/rient  (  aperiens;  from  aperire,  to 
open).  A  mild  purgative,  or  medicine  which 
operates  gently  upon  the  bowels. 

Aperistat/um.  Aperistation  ;  a  small  ulcer 
not  surrounded  by  inflammation. 

Aper'tor  Oculi.  The  lavator  palpebral 
superioris. 

A/pex.  The  point  or  extremity  of  a  part, 
as  the  apex  of  the  tongue,  nose,  root  of  a  tooth, 
etc. 

Apha'gia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  <f>ayu,  I  eat). 
Inability  to  take  food. 

Aphakia  (from  ",  and  *>//-",  to  say).  A 
form  of  speechlessness  which  is  of  cerebral 
origin. 


Aphelx'ia  (from  mpeA/cw,  I  separate  or  ab- 
stract). A  disease  which  induces  absence  or 
abstraction  of  the  mind. 

Aph/esis  (from  a(pi?//u,  I  relax).  The  remis- 
sion or  cessation  of  a  disease. 

Ap'hodus.     Excrement. 

Apho/nia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  <povr],  the 
voice).  The  loss  or  privation  of  voice.  Apho- 
nia has  resulted  from  an  attack  of  toothache. 

Aphrodis/ia  (from  afpodiTTj,  Venus).  Sexual 
desire  ;  immoderate  sexual  congress. 

Aphrodisiac  (from  a<ppo6ioia,  venery).  A 
term  applied  to  food  or  medicine  which  excites 
the  venereal  appetite. 

Aphrodis/ius  Morbus.     Syphilis. 

Aph'thae  (from  avrrw,  I  inflame).  Aphthae 
consists  of  small  white  ulcers,  spots,  or  vesicles 
of  the  mouth,  chiefly  occurring  in  children 
under  three  years  of  age,  and  generally  asso- 
ciated with  some  febrile  affection.  It  must  not 
be  confounded  with  thrush,  in  which  disease 
the  spots  are  smaller,  and  are  due  to  the  pres- 
ence of  the  parasitic  fungus  characteristic  of 
that  disease. 

Aphthous  ulcers  are  supposed  by  Professor 
AVbod  to  be  the  result  of  vesicular  eruption  of 
the  mouth,  and  in  treating  of  the  disease  he 
says  :  "The  vesicle  is  small,  oval,  or  roundish, 
white  or  pearl-colored,  and  consists  of  a  trans- 
parent serous  fluid  under  the  elevated  epithe- 
lium. In  a  few  days  the  epithelium  breaks, 
the  serum  escapes,  and  a  small  ulcer  forms, 
more  or  less  painful,  with  a  whitish  bottom, 
and  usually  a  red  circle  of  inflammation  around 
it.  The  vesicles  are  sometimes  distinct  and 
scattered,  sometimes  numerous  and  confluent. 
The  distinct  variety,  though  painful,  is  a  light 
affection,  continuing  in  general  only  a  few 
days  or  a  week,  and  is  usually  confined  to  the 
mouth.  It  produces  little  constitutional  dis- 
order, though  it  is  often  associated  with  fever 
and  gastric  irritation  as  an  effect.  It  attacks 
equally  children  and  adults,  but  it  is  said  not 
to  be  very  common  in  early  infancy.  In  adults 
it  is  frequently  occasioned  by  the  irritation  of 
decayed  teeth.  The  confluent  variety  is  much 
more  severe  and  obstinate.  This  frequently 
extends  to  the  fauces  and  pharynx,  and  is  even 
said  to  reach  the  intestinal  canal,  though  it 
may  be  doubted  whether  the  affection  of  the 
stomach  and  bowels  is  identical  with  that  of 
the  mouth.  When  it  occupies  the  fauces,  it 
renders  deglutition  painful.  It  is  sometimes 
attended  with  gastric  uneasiness,  vomiting,  and 
intestinal  pains,  and  diarrhoea.      Fever  occa- 


APH 


57 


APO 


sionally  precedes  it,  and  it  moderates,  without 
entirely  ceasing,  upon  the  appearance  of  the 
eruption.  The  fever  sometimes  assumes  a 
typhoid  character."  The  cause  of  the  disease 
is  obscure,  though  it  is  probably  dependent 
upon  a  vitiated  state  of  the  humors  of  the 
body  and  acidity  of  the  gastric  juices. 

In  the  treatment  of  the  disease,  Professor 
Wood  says:  "Magnesia  may  be  given  to  cor- 
rect acidity  and  the  diet  regulated  by  the  state 
of  the  stomach.  In  the  severer  cases  fever 
should  be  obviated  by  refrigerant  cathartics 
and  diaphoretics  and  by  a  liquid,  farinaceous, 
or  demulcent  diet.  When  the  disease  attacks 
the  fauces  or  pharynx  it  occasions  painful 
swallowing,  and  is  attended  with  much  fever 
and  strong  pulse  ;  general  bleeding  may  become 
necessary,  and,  subsequently,  the  application 
of  leeches  to  the  throat.  Diarrhoea  must  be 
counteracted  by  the  usual  remedies  calculated 
to  relieve  intestinal  irritation,  among  which 
may  be  mentioned,  as  especially  useful,  emol- 
lient applications  to  the  abdomen  and  the 
warm  bath.  When  the  fever  assumes  a  ty- 
phoid form  a  tonic  and  supporting  treatment 
may  be  required. 

"  In  the  early  stages  the  local  treatment 
should  consist  of  demulcent  applications,  as 
flaxseed  tea,  mucilage  of  gum  arabic,  or  almond 
emulsion,  with  or  without  a  little  laudanum 
or  some  preparation  of  morphia.  But  after 
the  inflammation  has  somewhat  subsided,  and 
ulcers  are  left  indisposed  to  heal,  astringent 
washes  may  be  resorted  to.  Solutions  of  ace- 
tate of  lead,  sulphate  of  zinc  and  alum,  water 
acidulated  with  sulphuric  or  muriatic  acid  and 
sweetened  with  the  honey  of  roses,  and  various 
vegetable  astringent  and  tonic  infusions  have 
been  recommended.  The  author  usually  em- 
ploys a  strong  solution  of  sulphate  of  zinc,  in 
the  proportion  of  fifteen  to  twenty  grains  to 
the  ounce  of  water,  which  he  applies,  by  means 
of  a  camel's-hair  pencil,  exclusively  to  the 
ulcers,  with  the  almost  uniform  effect  of  dis- 
posing them  to  heal  ;  and  even  in  the  eruptive 
stage  this  application  will  often  be  found  to 
effect  an  almost  immediate  cure." 

Dr.  Berg,  physician  to  the  Children's  Hos- 
pital at  Stockholm,  recommends  the  use  of 
alkalies  and  their  carbonates,  giving  the  pre- 
ference to  soda,  for  correcting  the  disordered 
condition  of  digestive  functions  arising  from 
superabundant  formation  of  lactic,  butyric, 
acetic,  and  carbonic  acids  ;  and  when  excessive 
development   of   gas  ensues,    lime-water  and 


magnesia  ;  when  attended  with  colicky  pains, 
he  advises  the  use  of  antispasmodics. 

With  regard  to  the  local  treatment,  the  last- 
named  writer  says:  "  After  the  aphthous  crusts 
fall  off,  little  more  is  necessary  than  to  wash 
the  affected  parts  with  soft  and  tepid  water." 
He  also  advises  the  use  of  a  solution  of  sub- 
carbonate  of  soda  and  borax,  varying  the 
strength  according  to  the  necessity  of  the  case. 
Nitrate  of  silver  has  been  used  in  some  cases 
with  advantage. 

When  it  occurs  in  females  during  lactation, 
weaning  the  child  is  sometimes  found  neces- 
sary. 

Aphthous.     Affected  with  aphthae. 

Apic'al.  Pertaining  to  or  situated  at  the 
apex. 

Apical  Foramen.  The  opening  at  the  apex 
of  the  root  of  a  tooth  of  the  pulp  canal. 
Apical  Space.  A  space  at  the  end  of  the 
root  of  a  tooth  where  the  peridental  mem- 
brane is  thicker  than  on  the  sides  of  the  root, 
thus  forming  a  greater  space  in  the  alveolus 
or  socket  at  this  point  than  elsewhere. 
Periodontitis,  with  its  resultant  alveolar  ab- 
scess, more  frequently  begins  in  the  apical 
space.  The  death  of  the  pulp  usually  pre- 
cedes the  inflammation  in  the  apical  space. 

A/pin.     An  alkaloid  found  in  parsley. 

Apla'sia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  Tc7.acau,  to 
form).  A  form  of  incomplete  structure,  on 
account  of  the  non-formation  of  a  necessary 
cell-group  during  the  developmental  stage. 

Aplastic    (from   a,    priv.,    and    -~Aacou,  to 
form).     Not  plastic  ;  structureless;  formless. 
Aplastic  Lymph.      A  non-fibrinous  material 
incapable  of  coagulation  or  organization.     A 
product  of  inflammation  or  disease. 

Ap'lome.  The  name  of  a  very  rare  min- 
eral; a  variety  of  ci-ystallized  garnet. 

Aplot'omy.     A  simple  incision. 

Apneu/ria  (a,  and  irvsvfiuv,  the  lung). 
Absence  of  lungs. 

Apneus/tia.     Apnoea. 

Apnoe'a  (from  a,  priv.,  and  irveo,  I  respire). 
Difficult  respiration ;  suffocation  ;  breathlcss- 
ness.     Synonymous  with  asphyxia. 

A'po  (a-o).  A  Greek  preposition,  signifying 
from,  off,  out,  and  used  as  a  common  prefix. 

Apoceno'sis  (from  aivo,  out,  and  nevou,  to 
evacuate).  A  morbid  flux  of  blood  or  other 
fluids. 

Apoc'ope  (from  oto,  and  koittu,  to  cut). 
Abscission,  amputation,  extirpation.  Fracture 
with  loss  of  a  part  of  a  bone. 


APO 


58 


APP 


Apoc'ynine.  A  bitter  principle  from  Apocy- 
num  eannabinum,  Indian  hemp,  or  dog's-bane. 

Apoc'ynum  Cannabi  num.  Indian  hemp. 
This  species  is  powerfully  emetic  and  cathar- 
tic and  sometimes  produces  diuretic  and  dia- 
phoretic effects. 

Apogeu'sis  (from  ano,  and  yevo/uai,  to  taste). 
Impaired  sense  of  taste  ;  ageusia. 

A/poIar.  Devoid  of  a  pole  or  of  polarity; 
of  a  nerve  cell,  destitute  of  processes  continu- 
ous with  nerve  fibres. 

Apolep/sis  (from  ano  and  Tiaufiavco,  to  take 
from).  A  suppression  or  retention  of  any  of 
the  natural  evacuations. 

Apom'eli  (from  ano,  from,  and  pe^t,  honey). 
An  oxymel  or  decoction  made  of  honey. 

Apomyle/nas  (from  anofivXkaivu,  I  make  a 
wry  mouth).  Projection  of  the  lips  by  press- 
ing them  against  each  other.  It  is  sometimes 
a  symptom  of  disease. 

Apomyx/ia.     Nasal  mucus. 

Aponeurosis  (from  ano  and  vevpov,  a 
nerve).  A  fibrous  or  tendinous  expansion, 
supposed  by  the  ancients  to  be  nervous  ;  hence 
its  name. 

Aponeurotic.     Relating  to  aponeurosis. 

Apo/nia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  novoc  pain). 
Without  pain. 

Apophlegma'sia  (from  ano  and  fyleyfia, 
phlegm).     A  discbarge  of  mucus. 

Apophlegmat/ic  (apophlegmaticus ;  apo- 
phlegmatizantia  ;  froma7ro,  and  (p^eypa,  phlegm). 
Medicines  which  excite  mucous  secretions  from 
the  mucous  membrane  of  the  mouth  and  nose, 
etc. 

Apophysis  (from  ano<pvu,  to  proceed  from). 
In  Anatomy,  a  projection  or  process  of  a  bone. 
In  Botany,  the  enlarged  base  of  the  capsule 
adhering  to  the  frondose  mosses. 

Apoplec'tic  (from  anon?^^ia,  apoplexy). 
Pertaining  to  apoplexy. 

Ap'oplexy  (apoplexia ;  from  ano,  and 
n'Avaao,  to  strike  or  knock  down  ;  because, 
when  a  person  is  attacked  by  this  disease  he 
suddenly  falls  down).  A  disease  characterized 
by  a  sudden  loss  of  sense  and  motion  and  by 
stertorous  breathing.  The  term  is  used  by 
some  to  denote  a  sudden  effusion  of  blood  into 
the  substance  of  organs  or  tissues  ;  but  it  is 
usually  restricted  to  the  brain,  and  the  above 
are  among  the  phenomena  which  characterize 
cerebral  apoplexy. 

Apoplexy,  Cutaneous.  Sudden  determina- 
tion of  blood  to  (he  skin  and  subjacent  cellu- 
lar tissue. 


Apoplexy,  Pulmonary.  A  violent  determi- 
nation of  blood  to  the  lungs  and  effusion  into 
the  bronchial  cells,  followed  by  suffocation. 

Apopnix'is  (from  anonviyu,  I  strangle). 
Suffocation. 

Apo'ria  (from  a,  priv.,  and  nopoc,  a  duct). 
Restlessness  caused  by  the  stoppage  of  any  of 
the  natural  secretions. 

Apo/sia.     Absence  of  thirst. 

Aposi/tia  (from  ano,  from,  and  airoe,  food). 
Loathing  of  food. 

Apospas'ma  (from  anoanau,  to  tear  off). 
A  violent  severance  of  a  ligament  or  tendon. 

Aposphaceli'sis.  Mortification,  usually 
resulting  from  bandaging  wounds  and  fractures 
too  tightly. 

Apo'staxis.     Distillation. 

Aposte'ma  (from  a^iarrifu,  to  depart  from). 
An  abscess. 

Apot/oma.     Amputation. 

Apparatus  (from  apparo,  to  prepare).  A 
collection  of  instruments  or  means  for  any 
business  or  operation  whatever.  In  Anatomy, 
an  assemblage  of  organs  which  work  for  the 
accomplishment  of  the  same  end,  or  a  system 
of  organs  formed  of  a  similar  texture  or  having 
analogous  functions.  In  General  and  Dental 
Surgery,  a  collection  of  the  various  instru- 
ments and  appliances  necessary  for  an  opera- 
tion or  dressing  ;  also  certain  methods  of  oper- 
ating for  stone.  In  Chemistry,  the  instruments 
required  for  chemical  experiments  and  investi- 
gations. 
Apparatus,  Dental.  See  DENTAL  APPARATUS. 

Appendic/ula.     A  small  appendage. 
Appendicula  Caeci  Vermiformis.     A  vermic- 
ular process,  about  four  inches  long,  of  the 
size  of  a  goose-quill,   which  hangs  from  the 
intestinum  csecum  of  the  human  body. 
Appendicula  Cerebri.     The  pituitary  gland. 

Appendicular  Epiploicae.  The  adipose 
appendices  of  the  colon  and  rectum,  which 
are  filled  with  adipose  matter. 

Appen/dix  (from  appendere,  to  hang  to). 
An  appendage;  something  added  to  a  principal 
or  greater  thing,  though  not  necessary  to  it. 
In  Anatomy,  a  part  attached  to,  or  continuous 
with,  an  organ. 

Appendix  Auricularis.  A  process  of  the  ante- 
rior and  tipper  part  of  the  auricles  of  the  heart. 

Appetency  (from  appetere,  to  desire).  The 
disposition  of  organized  beings  to  imbibe  and 
appropriate  such  substances  as  serve  to  support 
and  nourish  them;  also,  ardent  desire  for  an 
object. 


APP 


59 


AQU 


Ap'petite  (from  appetere,  ad,  and  petere,  to 
desire).  An  internal  desire,  which  warns  us 
of  the  necessity  of  exerting  our  digestive  or 
generative  functions;  a  relish  for  food;  a  desire 
for  sensual  pleasures. 

Ap/ple,  Acid  of.     Malic  acid. 
Apple,  Adam's.     See  PoMUM  ADAMi. 
Apple  of  the  Eye.     The  pupil. 

Application  (applicatio ;  from  applicare,  to 
apply).  In  Therapeutics,  external  remedies,  as 
opposed  to  medicines  designed  to  be  given  in- 
ternally. 

Apposi'tion.  Adding  to  ;  sitting  to  ;  addi- 
tion ;  accretion.  In  Dental  Prosthesis  it  is 
sometimes  employed  synonymously  with  coap- 
tation. 

Aptys'tos  (from  a,  priv.,  and  nrvu,  I  spit). 
Without  expectoration. 

Apyret/ic  (apyreticus;  from  a,  priv.,  and 
nvp,  fire).  Without  fever.  A  word  applied  to 
those  days  in  which  there  is  no  paroxysm  of 
disease. 

Apyrex/ia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  Trvpe^ig,  fever). 
Absence  of  fever.  Intermission  between  the 
febrile  paroxysms. 

Apyrous  (from  a,  priv.,  and  irvp,  fire).  A 
term  applied  to  substances  which  contain  a 
strong  heat  without  change  of  shape  or  other 
properties  ;  refractory. 

A  'qua.     U.  S.     Any  natural  water  of  good 
quality.    This  substance,  when  in  a  pure  state, 
is  a  transparent  liquid,  without  color,  taste,  or 
smell,  and  is  composed  of  one  part  hydrogen 
and  eight  of  oxygen,  by  weight,  and  of  two  of 
hydrogen  and  one  of  oxygen  by  volume. 
Aqua  Acidi  Carbonici.     Carbonic  acid  water. 
Artificial  seltzer  water. 
Aqua  Ammoniae.     Water  of  ammonia. 
Aqua  Amygdala/rum  Concentra'ta.     Water 
of  bitter  almonds. 
Aqua  Calcis.     Lime  water. 
Aqua    Calcis    Composita.       Compound   lime 
water. 
Aqua  Camphorae.     Camphor  water. 
Aqua  Carbonatis   Sodas  Acidula.     Acidulous 

water  of  carbonate  of  soda. 
Aqua  Carui.     Caraway  water. 
Aqua  Cassiae.     Water  of  cassia. 
Aqua    Chalybea'ta.      An    artificial    mineral 

water,    consisting  of   citrate  of  iron   highly 
charged  with  carbonic  acid  gas  and  flavored 
by  a  little  aromatic  syrup. 
Aqua  Chlorinii.     Chlorine  water. 
Aqua  Cinnamomi.     Cinnamon  water. 
Aqua  Destillata.     Distilled  water. 


Aqua  Ex  Nive.     Snow  water. 

Aqua  Florum  Aurantii.    Orange  flower  water. 

Aqua  Fluvialis.     Eiver  water. 

Aqua  Foeniculi.     Fennel  water. 

Aqua  Fontana.     Spring  water. 

Aqua  Fortis.     Weak  and  impure  nitric  acid. 

Aqua  Glacies.     Ice  water. 

Aqua  Lauro-cerasi.     Cherry -laurel  water. 

Aqua  Marina.     Sea  water.     Salt  water. 

Aqua  Menthae  Piperitae.      Peppermint  water. 

Aqua  Menthae  Pulegii.     PennjTroyal  water. 

Aqua  Menthae  Viridis.     Spearmint  water. 

Aqua  Picis  Liquidae.     Tar  water. 

Aqua  Pimentae.     Pimento  water. 

Aqua  Pluvialis.      Rain  water. 

Aqua  Regia.  A  mixture  of  nitric  and  muri- 
atic acids. 

Aqua  Rosse.     Rose  water. 

Aqua  Sambuci.     Elder  water. 

Aqua  Styp/tica.  A  powerful  astringent,  com- 
posed of  sulphate  of  copper,  sulphate  of  alu- 
mina, and  sulphuric  acid. 

Aqua  Tepida.     Lukewarm  water. 

Aqua  Vitae.     Brandy. 

Aqua  Vulneraria  (from  milnus,  a  wound).     A 
remedy  applied  to  wounds  ;  arquebusade. 
A/qua?  Destilla'tae.  Distilled  waters,  made 

by  distillation  ;  also  by  putting  mint,  penny- 
royal, etc.,  into  a  still  with  water,  and  drawing 

off  as  much  as  is  impregnated  with  the  proper- 
ties of  the  plants. 

Aquae  Ferro'sae.     Chalybeate  waters. 

Aquae  Minera'les.     Mineral  waters. 

Aquae  Stillati'tiae  Simplices.  Simple  dis- 
tilled waters. 

Aquae     Stillati/tiae    Spirituosae.       Spirituous 
distilled  water. 
Aq'uaeduct  {aquseduetus ;     aqueduct;  from 

aqua,  water,  and  ducere,  to  convey).  In  Anat- 
omy a  term  applied  to  certain  canals  occurring 

in  different  parts  of  the  body,  because  they  were 

supposed  to  carry  water. 

Aquaeduct  of  Fallo'pius.  A  canal  in  the  pet- 
rous portion  of  the  temporal  bone,  first  accu- 
rately described  by  Fallopius. 

Aquaeduct  of  Sylvius.  A  canal  communicating 
between  the  third  and  fourth  ventricles  of  the 
brain. 
Aqua^duc'tus  Cer'ebri.      See  Ixi-rxnin- 

ULTJM  OF  THE  BRAIN. 

Aquaeductus  Coch'leae.  A  narrow  canal  pro- 
ceeding from  the  scala  tympani  of  the  coch- 
lea to  the  posterior  edge  of  thenars  petrosa. 

Aquaeductus  Vestib/uli.  A  canal  proceeding 
from  the  vestibule  near  the  common  orifice  of 


AQU 


60 


ARE 


the  two  semicircular  canals   and  opening  at 
the  posterior  surface  of  the  pars  petrosa. 

Aquapunc'ture.  The  introduction  of  water 
beneath  the  skin. 

A'queous.       Watery  ;    composed  of  water 
or  resembling  it  in  color  and  consistence. 
Aqueous   Humor  of   the  Eye.      The  limpid 
fluid  which  rills  both  chambers  of  the  eye. 

A/quiIae  Ve'nae.     The  temporal  veins. 

Aquu'la     (diminutive     of    aqua,     water). 
Hydatid.      A  small  aqueous  tumor. 
Aquula  Acous/tica.     The  fluid  in  the  cavity 
of  the  vestibule  of  the  internal  ear. 

Ar'abic  Gum.     See  Acacia  Gum. 

Ar/abin.  The  chief  constituent  of  gum 
Arabic.     Formula,  C12Hi0O]0. 

Arach/noid  (arachnoides ;  from  apaxvri,  a, 
spider,  or  spider's  web,  and  ecdog,  likeness). 
Cobweb-like. 

Arachnoid  Membrane  (membrana  arachnoides) . 
A  thin  membrane,  without  vessels  and  nerves, 
between  the  dura  and  pia  mater,  and  surround- 
ing the  cerebrum,  cerebellum,  medulla  oblong- 
ata, and  medulla  spinalis.  Its  use  is  to  pro- 
tect the  brain,  and  to  secrete  a  fluid  for  the 
purpose  of  keeping  it  in  a  proper  condition. 

Arach'noiditis,  or  Arachnitis.  Inflam- 
mation of  the  arachnoid  membrane. 

AraeorrFeter  (areometer ;  from  apaiog,  thin, 
and  fierpov,  a  measure).  Hydrometer.  An  in- 
strument for  ascertaining  the  specific  gravity  or 
strength  of  liquids. 

Araeot/ica  (from  apaioa,  to  rarefy).  Medi- 
cines supposed  to  possess  the  quality  of  rarefy- 
ing the  fluids  of  the  body. 

Ara'lia  Spinosa.  Angelica  tree  ;  toothache 
tree  ;  prickly  ash.  An  indigenous  arborescent 
shrub,  possessing  stimulant  and  diaphoretic 
properties.  An  infusion  of  the  recent  bark  is 
emetic  and  cathartic. 

Aranea/rum  Tela.  Cobwebs.  The  web  of 
the  common  house  spider.  It  is  often  used  as 
a  domestic  remedy  for  ague  ;  also  for  arresting 
the  flow  of  blood  from  a  slight  wound. 

Aran'tii  Corpora.  The  tubercles  on  the 
semilunar  valves  of  the  great  arteries  at  their 
origin.  So  called  from  Julius  Csesar  Arautius, 
an  anatomist  of  Bologna,  bom  in  1571,  who 
first  described  them. 

Araro'ba.     See  Cheysaeobikt. 

Arc  (from  arcus,  an  arch).  Arch  ;  a  term 
applied  in  Anatomy  to  any  part  which  lias  the 
shape  of  an  arch. 

Ar'ca  Cor'dis.     The  pericardium. 

Arca'num  Tartar'i.     A cetate  of  potassa. 


Arch,  Alve/oIar.   See  Alveolar  Arches. 
Arch,  Anastomotic.     The  union  of  two  ves- 
sels, which  anastomose  by  describing  a  curved 
line. 
Arch,  Dental.     See  DENTAL  ARCHES. 
Arch,  Fem'oral.      An  arch  formed  over  the 
concave  border  of  the  pelvis. 
Arch  of  the  Aorta.    The  curved  parts  between 
the  ascending  and  descending  portions. 

Arches  of  the  PaFate.  Two  in  number  on 
each  side  of  the  throat,  one  called  the  anterior, 
the  other,  the  posterior.  See  Palate,  Arches 
of. 

Ar'chil.  A  violet-red  dye  or  paste,  pre- 
pared from  Lichen  roccella  and  other  species  of 
Lichen,  called  Boccella  tinctoria  and  fuciformis. 
The  plant  Lichen  roccella,  reduced  to  a  pulp  and 
treated  with  impure  ammoniacal  liquor,  yields 
a  rich  purple  tincture,  called  litmus  or  turnsole, 
used  in  chemistry  as  a  test  for  acids. 

Ar/ciform  (from  arcus,  a  bow,  and  forma, 
likeness).  A  term  applied  by  Solly  to  a  set  of 
curved  fibres  proceeding  from  the  corpus  pyr- 
amidale,  beneath  the  corpus  olivare,  to  the 
cerebellum. 

Arcta'tio  (from  arcto,  I  make  narrow).  Con- 
traction of  a  natural  opening,  as  of  a  canal. 
A  constipation  of  the  intestines  from  inflam- 
mation. 

Arctu'ra  (from  arcto,  I  straighten).  Inflam- 
mation of  the  finger  caused  by  a  nail  grown 
into  the  flesh. 

ArcuaFis  (arcuo,  to  bend  like  a  bow). 
Applied  to  the  coronal  suture  and  to  the 
temporal  bones. 

Arcua'tio  (from  arcus,  a  bow).  An  anterior 
gibbosity  of  the  sternum,  dorsal  vertebrae,  or 
tibia. 

Ar/cula  Cor/dis.     The  pericardium. 

Ar'cula?  (a  diminutive  of  area,  a  chest). 
The  sockets  of  the  eyes. 

Ar'cus  SenFlis.  Opacity  around  the  cor- 
nea, occurring  in  advanced  life. 

Ar/dent  (ardens;  from  ardere,  to  burn). 
Burning  or  ardent ;  applied  to  fevers  ;  also  to 
alcoholic  spirits. 

Ar'dor  (from  ardere,  to  burn).  Burning  or 
intense  heat. 

Ardor  FebrFlis.     Feverish  heat. 
Ardor  UrFnse     A  scalding  sensation  produced 

by  the  urine  in  the  urethra. 
Ardor  Ventric/uli.     Heartburn. 

A'rea.  A  vacant  space  ;  a  term  applied  by 
Celsus  to  two  kinds  of  baldness  :  CI)  Area 
diffl.uens,  consisting  of  bald  plots  on  the  scalp, 


ARE 


61 


ARI 


of  an  indeterminate  figure  ;  and  (2)  Area  serpens, 
baldness  commencing  at  the  occiput  and  wind- 
ing to  each  ear,  and  sometimes  to  the  forehead. 
Area  Pellu/cida.     The  areated  space  formed, 
after  a  few  hours,  around  the  first  trace  of  the 
embryo  in  the  incubated  egg  by  the  middle 
portion  of  the  germinal  membrane. 
Area  Vasculo'sa.     The  second  space  around 
the  area  pellucida,  in  which  blood-vessels  are 
formed. 
Area  Vitelli'na.     A  third  space,  surrounding 
the  area  vasculosa,  which  ultimately  encloses 
the  whole  yolk. 
Are/ca  Cat/echu  (Areca  indica).     From  the 
nut  of  this  plant  two  kinds  of  catechu  are  ex- 
tracted, the  cuttacamboo  and  cashcutti. 

Arefac'tion.  The  process  of  drying  sub- 
stances previous  to  pulverizing  them. 

Arena'tio  (from  arena,  sand).  A  sand-bath, 
or  the  application  of  hot  sand  to  the  body.  In 
Anatomy,  a  term  applied  to  the  small  interstices 
of  the  cellular  or  other  tissues  ;  and  in  Path- 
ology, to  an  inflamed  ring  around  the  pustules. 
Are'ola  (a  diminutive  of  area,  a  void  space). 
The  circle  which  surrounds  the  nipples  of  fe- 
males. In  Pathology,  the  disc  which  surrounds 
pustular  inflammations  of  the  skin  ;  also  inter- 
stices between  fibres.     See  AREOLiE. 

Are'olae  (the  plural  of  areola).  Used  by 
anatomists  to  denote  the  interstices  between  the 
fibres  of  an  organ  or  between  vessels  interlac- 
ing with  one  another. 

Are'olar.     Appertaining  to  an  areola. 
Areolar  Tissue.     Cellular  tissue.      It  is  the 
third  variety  of  connective  tissue,  the  other 
two  being  bone  and  cartilage.     It  is  a  soft,  fil- 
amentous substance,   possessing  considerable 
elasticity  and  tenacity.     It  is  situated  imme- 
diately below  the  skin,  and  extends  between 
and    forms     the    sheaths    of    the    muscles. 
Divided  into  areolae  or  small  spaces. 
Areom'eter.     See  Areometer. 
Ar'gema  (from  apyog,  white).   A  small  white 
ulcer  of  the  eye. 

Ar'gentan.  German  silver ;  an  alloy  of 
copper,  nickel,  and  zinc. 

Ar'gentate  of  Ammonia.  Fulminating 
silver. 

Ar'genti  Ni'tras  (argentum  nitratum; 
causticum  lunare).  Nitrate  of  silver.  Lunar 
caustic  ;  a  white  salt,  in  the  form  of  hard,  brit- 
tle sticks,  having  an  intensely  bitter  taste  ;  is 
deemed  tonic,  alterative,  and  antispasmodic,  as 
an  internal  remedy  ;  aud  externally  it  is  em- 
ployed as  a  vesicant,  stimulant,  alterative,  and 


escharotic.    For  dental  uses,  see  Gorgas'  "  Den- 
tal Medicine-" 

Argentiferous  {argentum,  silver,  and  fero, 
to  bear).  Accidentally  containing  silver.  Ap- 
plied to  minerals  or  ores. 

Argen'tum  [argyrus;  from  «/->}0f,  white  ; 
because  it  is  of  a  white  color).  Silver  ;  Ag.  = 
108.  A  malleable,  ductile  metal  of  a  brilliant 
white  lustre. 

Argentum  Folia/tum.  Silver  leaf.  This,  when 
not  too  thin,  is  sometimes  used  for  fillingteeth, 
but  in  consequence  of  its  hardness  and  great 
liability  to  be  acted  upon  by  the  secretions  of 
the  mouth  it  is  seldom  employed  for  this  pur- 
pose.    Tin  is  by  far  preferable. 
Argentum  Musi/vum.     Mosaic  silver  ;  a  pre- 
paration of  tin  and  bismuth  melted  together, 
with  the  addition  of  quicksilver. 
Argentum  Nitras  Fusum.     Stick  caustic  con- 
taining four  per  cent,  of  silver  chloride.     For 
local  use. 
Argentum  Nitra'tum.    Nitrate  of  silver.    Lu- 
nar caustic.  Argentic  nitrate.  A  powerful  as- 
tringent ;  also  escharotic.     It  stains  the  skin 
and  other  tissues  black.     In  small  doses   it 
stimulates  the  heart  and  nerve  centres.     Used 
as  a  styptic  in  alveolar  hemorrhage  ;  also  to 
obtund  dentine.     Dose,  \  to  £  of  a  grain. 
Argentum  Wrum.     Quicksilver  ;  mercury. 

Argil'la  (from  apyog,  white).     Argil ;  white 
clay.     See  Alumina. 
Argilla  Pu/ra.     Pure  argil,  or  alumina. 

Argillaceous.  Of,  or  belonging  to,  clay 
or  aluminous  earth. 

Argillaceous    Tooth-polisher.       See   Tooth- 
polisher,  Argillaceous. 
Ar/gilloid  (argilla,  clay,  and  emJoc,  a  form). 
Kesembling  argil. 

Arici'na.  An  alkaloid,  analogous  in  its- 
properties  to  cinchona  and  quinia,  found  in 
cusco  bark. 

Aridity  (ariditas).  A  term  employed  in 
Pathology  to  express  dryness  of  any  part,  espe- 
cially of  the  chin  and  tongue. 

Arid'ium.  A  metal  discovered  by  M.  Ul- 
gren,  of  Stockholm.  It  is  found  in  the  mineral 
chromate  of  iron  of  Keoras.  Its  oxides  are 
analogous  to  those  of  iron,  but  exhibit  distinct 
reactions. 

Ar'istol.  Dithymol-diiodide,  C26H.26^OI)2.  A 
brownish-red  powder,  used  as  a  deodorizing  an- 
tiseptic and  drying  agent  in  wounds,  abscesses, 
etc.     Used  as  a  substitute  for  iodoform. 

Aristolochia  Serpenta/ria.  Virginia 
snakeroot.     This  species  of  Aristolochia  is  an 


ARK 


62 


ARS 


herbaceous  plant  with  a  perennial  root,  consist- 
ing of  numerous  slender  fibres,  proceeding  from 
a  short,  horizontal  caudex.  It  is  a  stimulant, 
tonic,  diaphoretic,  and  diuretic,  and  when 
taken  in  large  doses  occasions  nausea,  griping 
pains  in  the  bowels,  sometimes  vomiting, 
dysentery,  and  tenesmus. 

Arkan'sas  Stone.  A  stone  used  by  dentists 
for  removing  file-marks  from  the  surface  of  a 
filling  and  smoothing  the  abraded  surface  of 
tooth-tissue,  also  used  for  removing  file-marks, 
etc.,  from  metal  plates  of  dentures. 

Arm   (brachium).     That   part  of  the  upper 

extremity  between  the  shoulder  and  elbow. 

Armenian  Bole.     See  Bole,  Armenian. 

ArmiFla  (armilla,  a  bracelet).     The  name 

of  the   membranous   ligaments   confining  the 

tendons  of  the  carpus. 

Armora'cia?  Radix.  The  root  of  the  Coch- 
learia  armoracia.  Horseradish  root.  See  Horse- 
radish. 

Ar/nica.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Composite. 

Arnica  Monta'na.  The  systematic  name  for 
the  arnica  of  the  pharmacopoeias,  leopard's- 
bane.  The  plant,  flowers,  and  root  are  nar- 
cotic, stimulant,  emmenagogue,  and  diuretic, 
and  have  been  used  in  amaurosis,  paralysis, 
all  nervous  affections,  rheumatism,  gout,  etc. 
The  plant  applied  to  bruises  is  also  efficacious  ; 
also  the  tincture.  Large  doses  are  dangerous, 
acting  as  an  acro-narcotic  poison.  The  antidote 
is  vinegar.  Dose,  gr.  v  to  gr.  x  of  the  powder  ; 
of  the  tincture,  gtt.  xx  to  f  3  j.  In  Dental  Prac- 
tice the  tincture  of  arnica  is  employed  for  irri- 
table pulps  of  teeth  ;  also  in  periodontitis  to 
prevent  suppuration,  and  for  wounds  of  mu- 
cous membrane.  Largely  diluted,  it  forms  an 
efficient  mouth-wash  during  operations  on  the 
teeth.  It  also  prevents  ecchymosis. 
Ar/nicin  (arnicina).  A  bitter  resin,  the 
active  principle  of  Arnica  montana. 

Aro'ma  apo/na,  perl'ume  ;  from  apt,  intensely, 
and  ofw,  to  smell).  Spiritus  rector.  The  odorous 
principle  of  plants  and  other  substances. 

Aromat/ic    (aromalicus;    from    apo/ia,    an 
odor).     Anything  which  has  a  grateful,  spicy 
scent  and  an  agreeable,  pungent  taste,  as  cin- 
namon, ginger,  cardamom,  mint,  etc. 
Aromatic  Sulphuric  Acid.      See  Sulphuric 
Acid,  Aromatic. 
Aromatic  Vinegar.    An  acetic  solution  of  cam- 
phor, oil  of  cloves,  rosemary,  and  lavender. 
Aro/mine.     A   peculiar  alkaloid   obtained 
from  urine. 


Arrache'ment  (from  arracher,  to  tear  out). 
The  separation  of  a  part  of  the  body,  tearing  it 
from  the  part  with  which  it  was  connected. 
The  term  is  sometimes  applied  to  the  extrac- 
tion of  a  tooth. 

Ar'raphon  (from  a,  priv.,  and  pa<j>7/t  a  su- 
ture). Without  suture.  A  term  applied  to  the 
cranium  when  it  has  no  sutures. 

Arrhoe'a  (from  a,  priv.,  and  peu,  I  flow). 
The  suppression  of  any  natural  flux.  Amen- 
orrhcea. 

Arriere/  Dent  (dens  serotinus).  A  wisdom 
tooth. 

Ar'row  Root.  The  fecula  of  the  root  of 
the  Marauta  arundinacea,  a  plant  which  grows 
in  the  West  Indies.     See  Maranta. 

Arse/niate  (from  arsenicum,  arsenic).  A  salt 
formed  by  a  combination  of  arsenic  acid  with 
salifiable  bases. 

Arseniate  of  Ammonia  (ammonise  arsenias). 
A  crystallized  salt,  formed  by  a  combination 
of  arsenic  acid  and  ammonia  or  carbonate  of 
ammonia. 
Arseniate   of  Iron    (ferri  arsenias).     A    salt 
formed  by  double  decomposition  by  adding  a 
solution  of  sulphate  of  iron  to  one  of  arseniate 
of  soda.     It  precipitates  in  the  form  of  a  dirty 
green  powder. 
Arsenic  (arsenicum).     The  name  of  a  metal 
of  a  blackish  or  steel-gray  color.     It  is  found 
native  as  an  oxide  and  a  sulphuret.     Its  symbol 
is  As  ;    its  combining  number  753.     Arsenic 
and  its  various  preparations  are  among  the  most 
active  of  all  poisons.     The  only  known  anti- 
dote is  the  hydrated  sesquioxide  or  peroxide 
of  iron.     It  should  be  preceded  by  the  use  of 
emetics  or  the  stomach-pump.     See  Arsenious 
Acid. 

Arsenic  Acid  (acidurn  arsenicum).  See  Arsen- 
ious  Acid. 
Arsenic,  Iodide  of  (arsenici  iodidum).  A  com- 
bination of  arsenic  and  iodine.  Used  in  cu- 
taneous diseases  ;  also  in  form  of  an  ointment 
in  the  proportion  of  three  grains  to  the  ounce 
of  lard.  Internally,  the  dose  is  a  tenth  of  a 
grain. 

Arsenic,  Oxide  of.     White  arsenic.     Arsenious 
acid. 
Arsenic,  White.    Oxide  of  arsenic,  or  arsenious 
acid. 
Arsen'ical  Caustic.     A  preparation  com- 
posed of  two  parts  of  levigated  antimony  and 
one  of  white  arsenic. 

Arsenical  Paste  (pate  arsenicale).     A  French 
composition,  used  as  an  application  to  malig- 


ARS 


63 


ART 


nant  ulcers,  composed  of  seventy  parts  of  cin- 
nabar, twenty-two  parts  of  dragon's  blood,  and 
eight  parts  arsenious  acid,  made  into  a  paste 
with  saliva. 

Arsenica'Iis  Liquor.  Fowler's  solution  ; 
arsenical  solution. 

Arsenicum  Album.     White  arsenic. 

Arse'nious  Acid.  White  arsenic.  Oxide 
of  arsenic.  This  compound  is  prepared  by  di- 
gesting the  metal  in  dilute  nitric  acid.  It  com- 
bines with  the  earthy  and  alkaline  bases,  form- 
ing arsenites.  In  small  doses  of  ^  to  TV  of  a 
grain  it  is  tonic,  alterative,  and  antiperiodic, 
while  in  large  doses  it  is  a  virulent,  irritant 
poison . 

This  powerful  agent  has  been  extensively 
employed,  both  in  America  and  Europe,  for 
destroying  the  pulps  of  decayed  teeth  ;  but  in 
consequence  of  the  great  liability  of  a  tooth, 
after  the  destruction  of  its  lining  membrane, 
to  give  rise  to  abscesses  and  inflammation  of 
the  peridental  membrane,  its  indiscriminate 
use  is  rapidly  falling  into  disrepute. 

Dr.  Spooner,  of  Montreal,  was  the  first  to 
use  arsenious  acid  for  the  destruction  of  an 
exposed  dental  pulp,  but  the  discovery  was 
first  made  known  to  the  dental  profession  by 
his  brother,  Dr.  S.  Spooner,  of  New  York, 
through  the  medium  of  a  popular  treatise  on 
the  teeth,  published  in  1836. 

The  application  of  a  fortieth  or  fiftieth  part 
of  a  grain,  with  an  equal  quantity  of  the  ace- 
tate of  morphia,  to  an  exposed  dental  pulp, 
will  destroy  its  vitality  in  from  three  to  seven 
hours,  and  often  without  causing  any  unpleas- 
ant sensation,  but  in  most  instances  it  is  pro- 
ductive of  more  or  less  pain.  It  should  always 
be  used  with  great  care  to  prevent  it  from 
coming  in  contact  with  the  mucous  membrane 
of  the  mouth,  or  from  becoming  displaced  and 
being  swallowed.  To  prevent  any  accident  of 
this  sort,  the  cavity  in  the  tooth  should  be 
tightly  and  securely  sealed  up  with  wax  or  cot- 
ton saturated  with  sandarach  varnish,  or  with  a 
concave  cap  of  metal  over  arsenical  application 
and  a  temporary  filling  in  the  crown  cavity. 
The  following  preparations,  known  as  nerve 
paste,  are  in  use  :  r£ .  :  Arsenious  acid,  gr.  xxx  ; 
Sulphate  of  morphia,  gr.  xx  ;  Creasote,  q.  s.  M. 
To  form  a  thick  paste.  J& .  :  Arsenious  acid, 
gr.  x  ;  Acetate  of  morphia,  gr.  xx  ;  Creasote, 
q.  s.  M.  To  form  a  thick  paste.  Dr.  Kirk's 
formula  is  :  Arsenious  acid,  in  fine  powder,  gr. 
xx  ;  Cocaine  hydrochlorate,  gr.  xx  ;  Menthol, 
cryst.,  gr.  v  ;  Glycerine,  enough  to  form  a  stiff 


paste.     M.     Arsenious  acid  is  also  employed 
to  obtund  sensibility  of  dentine,  but  is  a  dan- 
gerous agent,  as  its  effects  often  extend  to  the 
pulp  of  the  tooth.     The  opinion  so  generally 
entertained    that    danger    to    the     peridental 
membrane    and   socket  of   the    tooth    might 
result    from   allowing  the   arsenious   acid    to 
remain  longer  in  the  pulp  cavity  than  is  neces- 
sary  for  the  devitalization   of  that  organ   is 
combated  by  Dr.  Flagg.     The  theory  so  long 
held  that  arsenic  is  soluble  iu  creasote  is  also 
disproved;  nor  is  it  probable  that  the  addition 
of  morphia  is  useful  in  allaying  the  pain  inci- 
dent to  the  action  of  the  arsenic.     See  Gorgas' 
"  Dental  Medicine." 
Ar'senis  Potas'sae.     Arsenite  of  potash. 
Ar/senite.     A  salt  formed  by  the  union  of 
arsenious  acid  with  a  base. 
Arsenite  of  Copper.     Scheele's  green. 
Arsenite  of  Potash.     Liquor  arsenicalis. 

ArsenovLnic  Acid.  An  acid  produced  by 
the  action  of  arsenic  upon  alcohol. 

Art.     The  application  of  a  system  of  rules 
to  the  performance  of  certain  actions. 
Art,  Dental.     The  application  of  the  rules  of 
dental  surgery  to  the  treatment  of  the  diseases 
of  the  teeth  and  the  replacement  of  the  loss 
of  these  organs. 
Arte/ria  (from  cu/p,  air,  and  r?/p«i>,  to  keep, 
because  it  was  supposed  by  the  ancients  that 
they  contained  air).     An  artery. 

Arte/ria2  Adipo'sae.  The  arteries  which 
secrete  the  fat  about  the  kidneys. 

Arte/rial  (arteriosus).  Belonging  to  the 
arteries. 

Arterial  Blood.     The  red  blood  is  so  called  be- 
cause it  is  contained  in  the  arteries.    The  pul- 
monary veins  also  contain  red  blood,  on  which 
account  they  have  been  called  arterial  veins. 
Arterial  System.    All  the  arteries  of  the  body. 
Arterializa'tion.     The  conversion   of  the 
venous  into  arterial  blood  ;  a  term  applied  to 
the  change  which  the  blood   undergoes  as   it 
passes   through    the   lungs,   produced    by    the 
evolution  of  carbonic  acid  and  the  absorption 
of  oxygen. 

Arteri'ola.     A  small  artery. 
ArterioLogy    (arteriologia ;     from   aprr/pta, 
artery,  and  /"}y<;,  a  discourse).     A  treatise  on 
the  arteries. 

Arteriosteo'sis  (from  apTiipta^  artery,  aud 
offreoi',  a  bone).  The  early  ossification  of  an 
artery. 

Arteriosus  Duc'tus.  See  Ductus  Arte- 
riosus. 


ART 


64 


ART 


Arteriot/omy  (arteriotomia ;  from  apTTjpia, 
an  artery,  and  teiivu,  I  cut).  The  opening  of 
an  artery  to  draw  blood. 

Arteritis  (from  apr?jpia,  an  artery,  and  trig, 
inflammation).     Inflammation  of  an  artery. 

Ar'tery  {arteria).  A  firm  and  elastic 
cylindrical  tube,  composed  of  three  mem- 
branes,— a  common  or  external,  a  muscular, 
and  an  internal, — for  conveying  the  blood  from 
the  heart.  There  are  but  two  main  arteries, 
the  pulmonary  artery  and  the  aorta  ;  all  the 
rest  are  branches.  The  first  originates  from 
the  right  ventricle  of  the  heart,  and  the  second 
from  the  left.  It  is  by  means  of  the  arteries 
that  the  blood  is  conveyed  to  every  part  of 
the  body.  The  pulsation  of  the  arteries  cor- 
responds with  that  of  the  heart. 

The  principal  arteries  of  the  body  are  men- 
tioned in. the  following  table: 

Table  of  the  Arteries. 

I.  The  pulmonary  artery. 

The  pulmonary  artery,  soon  after  emerging 
from  the  right  ventricle  of  the  heart,  divides 
into  two  branches,  a  right  and  a  left,  which 
are  distributed  to  the  lungs. 

II.  The  aorta. 

The  aorta  arises  from  the  left  ventricle  of 
the  heart,  and  is  the  great  trunk  from  which 
the  other  arteries  of  the  body  are  derived. 
These  are  given  off  in  the  following  order.  At 
its  origin  it  gives  off" : 

1.  The  anterior  cardiac,  or  right  coronary 
artery. 

2.  The  posterior  cardiac,  or  left  coronary 
artery.  At  the  arch  it  gives  off  three 
branches: 

(a)  The  arteria  innominata,  which  divides 
into  the  right  carotid  and  right  subclavian. 

(b)  The  left  carotid. 

(c)  The  left  subclavian. 

The  carotids  are  divided  into  external  and 
internal. 

The  external  gives  off  : 

1.  The  superior  thyroid. 

2.  The  lingual. 

3.  The  labial  or  facial. 

4.  The  inferior  pharyngeal. 

5.  The  occipital. 

6.  The  posterior  auris. 

7.  The  internal  maxillary,  which  gives  off  the 
spinous  artery  of  the  dura  mater,  the  maxillary, 
and  several  branches  which  go  to  the  palate 
and  orbit. 

8.  The  temporal. 


The  following  branches  are  given  off  from 
the  internal  carotids  : 

1.  The  ophthalmic. 

2.  The  middle  cerebral. 

3.  The  communicans. 

The  following  are  the  branches  given  off  by 
the  subclavian  arteries: 

1.  The  internal  mammary,  which  sends  off 
the  thymic,  comes  phrenici,  pericardiac,  and 
phrenieo-pericardiac  arteries. 

2.  The  inferior  thyroid,  from  which  the 
tracheal,  ascending  thyroid,  and  transversalis 
humeri  are  derived. 

3.  The  vertebral,  which  forms  within  the 
cranium  the  basilar  artery,  which  gives  off  the 
anterior  cerebelli,  the  posterior  cerebri,  and  many 
other  branches. 

4.  The  cervicalis  profunda. 

5.  The  cervicalis  superficialis. 

6.  The  superior  intercostal. 

7.  The  supra-scapular. 

When  the  subclavian  arrives  at  the  axilla 
it  receives  the  name  of  the  axillary  artery,  and 
the  latter,  when  it  reaches  the  arm,  is  called 
brachial. 

The  following  are  the  branches  given  off  by 
the  axillary  artery  : 

1.  Four  mammary  arteries. 

2.  The  sub-scapular. 

3.  The  posterior  circumflex. 

4.  The  anterior  circumflex. 

The  following  branches  are  given  off  by  the 
brachial  artery  : 

1.  Many  lateral  branches. 

2.  The  profunda,  humeri  superior. 

3.  The  profunda  humeri  inferior. 

4.  The  great  anastomosing  artery. 

At  the  bend  of  the  arm  the  brachial  artery 
divides  into  the  ulnar  and  radial  arteries. 
The  ulnar  gives  off : 

1.  Several  recurrent  branches. 

2.  The  common  intei~osseal. 

3.  The  palmaris  superficialis,  the  palmar  arch, 
and  the  digital. 

The  radial  artery  gives  off  the  following 
branches  : 

1.  The  radial  recurrent. 

2.  The  superficialis  volss,  after  which  it  divides 
into  the  palmaris  profunda  and  the  digitals. 

The  arteries  given  off  by  the  descending 
aorta  in  the  thorax  are  : 

1.  The  bronchial. 

2.  The  oesophageal. 

3.  The  inferior  inlercostah. 

4.  The  inferior  diaphragmatic. 


ART 


65 


ART 


In  the  abdomen  the  aorta  gives  off : 

1.  The  cceliac,  which,  at  the  distance  of  half 
an  inch  from  its  origin,  divides  into  three 
branches:    (a)  The  gastric  or  coronary  artery ; 

(b)  the  hepatic  ;  and  (c)  the  splenic.  The  hepatic 
artery,  before  it  reaches  the  liver,  gives  off: 
(1)  The  right  gastro-epiploie  and  (2)  the  cystic 
artery.  The  splenic  artery  gives  off  the  pan- 
creatica  magna,  the  left  gastro-epiploic,  and  the 
vasa  brevia. 

2.  The  superior  mesenteric,  which  gives  off: 
(a)  the  colica  media;  (b)  the  coliea  dextra;  and 

(c)  the  ileo-colica. 

3.  The  inferior  mesenteric. 

4.  The  emulgent  or  renal  arteries. 

5.  The  spermatic*. 

6.  The  lumbar  arteries. 

7.  The  middle  sacral. 

After  giving  off  the  foregoing,  the  aorta 
divides  into  two  branches,  called  the  internal 
and  external  iliac  arteries. 

The  internal  iliac  or  hypogastric  artery  gives 
off: 

1.  The  ilio-lumbar. 

2.  The  lateral  sacrals. 

3.  The  obturator. 

4.  The  middle  hemorrhoidal. 

5.  The  gluteal  or  posterior  iliac. 

6.  The  ischiaiic. 

7.  The  pudica  interna,  from  which  the  in- 
ferior  hemorrhoidals,  the  transverse  perineal, 
and  the  dorsalis  penis  arise. 

The  external  iliac  or  great  artery  of  the 
lower  extremity  gives  off : 

1.  The  epigastric. 

2.  The  circumflexa  ifii. 

After  passing  under  Poupart's  ligament,  the 
artery  of  the  lower  extremity  takes  the  name 
of  femoral  artery,  and  gives  off  : 

1.  The  profunda. 

2.  The  anastomotica. 

When  it  reaches  the  ham  it  is  called  the 
popliteal  artery.  It  here  gives  off  articular 
branches,  and  below  the  joint  divides  into  the 
anterior  and  posterior  tibial. 

The  anterior  tibial  gives  off : 

1.  The  recurrent. 

2.  The  internal  malleolar. 

3.  The  external  malleolar. 

4.  The  tarsal. 

5.  The  metatarsal. 

6.  The  dorsalis  hallucis. 

The  posterior  tibial  gives  off  the  following  : 

1.  The  peroneal  or  fibular. 

2.  The  nulrilia  tibise. 


3.  The  internal  plantar. 

4.  The  external  plantar,  which  passes  ob- 
liquely outward  and  forward  to  the  base  of 
the  fifth  metatarsal  bone.  It  then  turns 
obliquely  inward  to  the  interval  between 
the  bases  of  the  first  and  second  metatarsal 
bones,  where  it  inosculates  with  the  communi- 
cating branch  from  the  dorsalis  pedis,  thus 
completing  the  plantar  arch.  The  digital 
branches  are  four  in  number,  and  supply  the 
three  outer  toes  and  half  the  second  toe. 
Artery,  Angular.     See  Facial  Artery. 

Arthralgia  (arthronalgia ;  from  ap&pov,  a 
joint,  and  a/.yoc,  pain).     Pain  in  the  joints. 

Arthrit/ic  (arthrilicus ;  from  ap-8ptnc,  the 
gout).  Pertaining  to  the  gout. 
Arthritic  Teeth.  Gouty  teeth  are  character- 
ized by  short  and  thick  crowns,  heavy  shoul- 
ders on  the  lingual  surfaces,  very  dark  color, 
square,  dense,  and  hard,  with  markings  which 
consist  of  transverse  or  encircling  grooves. 

Arthritis  (from  ap-dpov,  a  joint).  The 
gout.     See  Podagra. 

Arthroc/ace  (from  apftpov,  a  joint,  and 
naiaa,  defect).  Disease  of  the  joints,  and  espe- 
cially caries  of  the  articular  surfaces.  The 
term  is  also  applied  to  spina  ventosa. 

Arthro'dia  (from  apfipov,  a  joint).  A  mov- 
able articulation  or  connection  of  bones  in 
which  the  head  of  one  is  applied  to  a  super- 
ficial cavity  of  another  so  that  it  can  be  moved 
in  every  direction. 

Arthrodyn/ia  (from  apdpov,  a  joint,  and 
otiwy,  pain).  Pain  in  a  joint;  chronic  rheuma- 
tism.    See  Rheumatism. 

Arthrol'ogy  (arthrologia ;  from  apdpov,  a 
joint,  and  /o;of,  a  description).  A  description 
of  the  joints. 

Ar'thron  (aptfpov).     A  joint. 

Arthron/cus  (ap&pov,  a  joint,  and  oyKoc,  a 
mass,  a  swelling).  A  distinct  cartilaginous 
body  (one  or  more)  which  sometimes  forms 
within  the  knee-joint.  Sometimes  applied  to 
tumefaction  of  a  joint. 

Arthropathia  {ap-dpov,  a  joint,  and  -adoc, 
disease).  An  affection  of  the  shoulder-joint 
with  violent  pain  and  swelling  of  the  brachial 
portion. 

Arthrophlogo'sis  [ap&pov,  and  u/o;. <>w,  to 
inflame).     Inflammation  of  a  joint. 

Arthropuo'sis  (from  «/"''/""',  a  joint,  and 
■nvov,  pus).  Suppuration,  or  a  collection  of 
pus  in  a  joint. 

Arthro'sia  (from  ap&pou,  to  articulate). 
Arthritis:  inflammation  of  the  joints.    A  genus 


ART 


66 


ART 


of  diseases  in  Good's  "Nosology,"  embracing 
rheumatism,  gout,  and  white  swelling. 

Arthro'sis  (from  aptipou,  to  articulate). 
An  articulation.     A  joint. 

Arthrospon'gus  (from  ap&pov,  a  joint,  and 
cr-o;  }oc,  a  sponge).  A  white  fungous  tumor  of 
the  joints. 

Artic'ular   {ariicularis  ;    from   articulus,    a 
joint).     Pertaining  to  a  joint. 
Articular    Arteries    of    the    Knee.      Several 
small  branches  are  given  off  from  the  popli- 
teal artery,  which  surround  the  tibio-femoral 
articulation,  and,  from  their  situation,  are  des- 
ignated by  this  name.     They  are  divided  into 
superior  and  inferior,  and  there  are  generally 
three  of  the  former  and  two  of  the  latter. 
Articular  Veins  of  the  Knee.     These   gener- 
ally follow  the  course  of  the  arteries. 
Articula/ta.     A   term   applied   in   Zoology 
to  a  primary  division  of  the  animal  kingdom, 
characterized  by  an  external  articulated  cover- 
ing, consisting  of  a  series  of  rings,  correspond- 
ing to   the   internal   skeleton   of  verteb rated 
animals. 

Articulation  (artieulatio ;    from    articulus, 
a  joint).     The  connection   of  bones  with,  one 
another.    Articulations  are  generally  divided  by 
anatomists  into  three  kinds — namely,  diarthro- 
sis,  synarthrosis,  and  amphiarthrosis.    Synarthro- 
ses, immovable,    subdivided   into   schindyleses, 
or   grooved  joints  ;   gomphoses,  in    sockets,  as 
the   teeth  ;   and   sutura,    as  the  bones  of  the 
skull.     Diariliroses,  or  movable  joints  ;  gingly- 
mus,    or   hinge-like  ;   enarthroses,    or  ball-and- 
socket  joints,  and  amphiarthroses,  or  joints  of  a 
mixed  type.   In  Physiology,  the  formation  of  dis- 
tinct syllables  or  words  by  the  organs  of  speech. 
Articulation,     Confluent.     The     clipping     of 
words  or  the  running  of  syllables  together — 
a  symptom  of  cerebral  disease. 
Articulation,    False.     A    false    joint   formed 
between  the  united  extremities  of  a  fractured 
bone  or  between  the  articular  extremity  of  a 
luxated  bone  and  the  parts  with  which  it  is 
in  contact. 
Articulation  of  Artificial  Teeth.     The  adjust- 
ment and  arrangement  of  one  or  more  artifi- 
cial  teetli,  so  Ilia!  it  or  they,  if  there  he  more 
than   one,    when   placed    in  the  mouth,  shall 
sustain   the  same  relationship  to  the  organs 
with   which  they  antagonize,  when  the  jaws 
are  closed,  as  the  natural  teeth  do  previous  to 
their  loss. 
Articulation    of   Models.     See    MODEL,    AN- 
TAGONIZING, FOE  ASTIEICIAL  TEETH. 


Articulation    of    the     Teeth.      See    Teeth, 
Articulation  of. 
Articulation,  Temporo-maxillary.    See  Tem- 
PORO-MAX1LLARY  ARTICULATION. 
Articulator.      An     instrument     used    in 
Mechanical  Dentistry  for   holding  the   models 
in  position  while  the  artificial  teeth  are  being 
arranged    and   antagonized    upon  the    plates. 
An  articulator  devised  by  Dr.  Bonwill  consists 
of  brass  wire  one-eighth  of  an  inch  in  diame- 
ter and  of  such  shape  and  movements  as  to 
correspond  with  the  mechanism  of  the  human 
jaws. 

Articulat'us.     Articulate  ;  jointed. 
Artificial     (artificialis).     That     which     is 
formed  by  art. 

Artificial  Crowns.  Porcelain  crowns  of  teeth 
designed  to  be  united  to  the  roots  of  natural 
teeth  :  what  is  commonty  called  by  the  mis- 
nomer "  pivot  tooth." 
Artificial  Dentine.  A  preparation  composed 
of  pure  gutta-percha,  while  in  a  softened  state, 
mixed  with  mineral  substances,  and  used  for 
temporary  fillings.  See  Hill's  Stopping. 
Artificial  Eye.  A  sort  of  hollow  hemisphere, 
painted  so  as  to  represent  the  anterior  part  of 
the  globe  of  the  eye,  and  enameled,  applied 
beneath  the  eyelid.  The  manufacture  of  arti- 
ficial eyes  has  been  brought  to  such  perfection 
in  Paris  that  it  is  difficult  lor  a  common  ob- 
server to  distinguish  the  difference  between 
them  and  the  natural  organs. 
Artificial  Joint.  A  fracture  united  by  the 
broken  ends  of  the  bone  becoming  rounded 
and  smooth,  and  connected  by  a  fibrous,  liga- 
mentous substance  ;  a  false  joint. 
Artificial  Lower  Lip  and  Chin.  It  sometimes 
happens  that  persons  are  deprived  of  the  lower 
lip  and  chin  by  wounds  or  other  causes,  so 
as  greatly  to  interfere  with  the  utterance  of 
speech  and  the  retention  of  the  saliva.  To 
remedy  such  loss,  various  contrivances  have 
been  invented,  varied  in  their  construction  to 
suit  the  peculiarity  of  the  cases  to  which  they 
have  been  applied. 

In  the  construction  of  an  appliance  of  this  sort 
the  first  thing  to  be  done  is  to  take  an  im- 
pression of  the  lip  and  chin  of  a  person,  re- 
sembling, as  near  as  possible,  in  these  parts  of 
the  face,  the  individual  requiring  such  substi- 
tute. From  this  impression  suitable  plaster 
or  metallic  models,  dies,  or  casts  are  obtained, 
upon  which  are  constructed  vulcanite  or  cel- 
luloid substitutes.  An  old  method  was  to  ob- 
tain dies  and  counter-dies  from  plaster  models 


ART 


67 


ART 


obtained  from  impressions.  Between  these  a 
platina  plate  may  be  stamped,  which,  after  be- 
ing fitted  to  the  parts  to  which  it  is  to  be  ap- 
plied,  should  be  enameled  and  properly  col- 
ored. 

Artificial  Nose.  As  in  the  case  of  artificial 
lips,  it  is  impossible  to  construct  a  substitute 
for  the  nose  that  can  be  worn  without  some 
inconvenience,  yet  the  latter  is  by  far  more 
frequently  called  for,  and  happily  can  be  made 
to  subserve  a  much  better  purpose,  as  it  can  be 
more  permanently  and  securely  applied. 

The  methods  of  attachment  are  various.  The 
simplest  is  by  means  of  a  slip  of  leather, 
painted  flesh  color,  passing  up  over  the  middle 
of  the  forehead  and  made  fast  under  the  hair. 
But  this  method  is  objectionable.  The  leather 
is  visible,  and  it  does  not  afford  a  firm  and 
secure  support  to  the  artificial  appliance. 
Another  method  consists  in  attaching  to  the 
interior  of  the  nose  a  superior  and  two  lateral 
wings,  which  are  made  to  act  above  and  on 
each  side  in  such  a  way  as  to  retain  the  piece 
in  its  place  ;  but  it  has  been  found  that  these 
cause  not  only  a  loss  of  the  soft  tissues  against 
which  they  are  made  to  act,  but  that  they 
are  liable  to  give  rise  to  disease.  Mr.  Ballif, 
however,  reports  the  case  of  a  woman  who 
had  lost  her  nose  in  consequence  of  a  syph- 
ilitic disease,  for  whom  he  constructed  an 
artificial  substitute  with  three  wings,  which 
he  moved  by  means  of  a  spring  made  to  work 
by  means  of  a  button  fixed  in  one  of  the 
nostrils.  Although  it  caused  a  little  pain  at 
first,  he  states  that  this  did  not  last  long,  and 
that  she  did  not  ultimately  suffer  any  serious 
inconvenience  from  it.  Celluloid  (which 
see),  from  its  plasticity  and  natural  flesh 
color,  produces  the  best  results ;  the  lost 
feature  may  thus  be  restored  in  a  most  life- 
like manner. 

When  the  loss  of  the  organ  is  the  result  of 
disease,  as  is  almost  always  the  case,  it  is 
generally  complicated  with  the  loss  of  other 
parts,  generally  of  the  hard  and  soft  palate, 
which  also,  as  far  as  practicable,  require 
replacement ;  aud  in  this  case  the  two  may 
be  connected  together  in  such  a  way  as  to 
serve  as  a  mutual  support  for  each  other. 

Artificial  Palate.  A  mechanical  contrivance 
for  supplying  the  loss  of  the  whole  or  a  por- 
tion of  the  hard  or  soft  palate,  or  both.  The 
simplest  description  of  substitute  of  this  sort 
consists  in  a  thin  plate  of  gold  titted  to  the 
gums   covering   the   palatine  portion   of  the 


alveolar  border,  behind  the  dental  arch  ;  con- 
cave inferiorly  and  convex  superiorly,  and 
confined  by  means  of  clasps  fitted  to  one  or 
more  teeth  on  each  side  of  the  mouth.  But 
this,  while  it  prevents,  to  some  extent,  the 
passage  of  fluids  and  food  from  the  mouth 
into  the  nose,  remedies  but  very  partially  the 
defective  utterance  of  speech,  while  the  sharp 
edge  of  the  plate  posteriorly,  if  it  be  extended 
sufficiently  far  back  to  separate  the  buccal 
from  the  nasal  cavities,  is  apt  to  interfere  with 
aud  irritate  the  tongue.  But  whatever  may 
be  the  description  of  substitute  employed, 
the  advantages  derived  from  it  will  greatly 
depend  upon  the  accuracy  of  its  adaptation 
and  the  extent  of  its  surface.  Vulcanite  is 
now  employed  as  a  substitute  for  metal. 

In  the  application  of  an  artificial  palate  it 
often  becomes  necessary  to  connect  with  it 
one  or  more  artificial  teeth,  which  can  easily 
be  done  by  extending  the  plate  over  so  much 
of  the  alveolar  ridge  as  may  be  required  for 
the  last-named  substitute. 

Delabarre,  Desirabode,  Stearns,  Hullihen, 
Blandy,  and  Kingsley  have  invented  substi- 
tutes of  this  sort,  some  of  which,  especially 
Kingsley's,  answer  a  most  excellent  purpose. 
For  a  full  description  of  the  various  appli- 
ances which  have  been  employed  for  remedy- 
ing defects  of  the  palatine  organs  the  reader 
is  referred  to  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Prac.  of 
Dentistry." 

Artificial  Respiration.  See  RESPIRATION, 
Artificial. 

Artificial  Teeth.  Contributing,  as  the  teeth 
do,  to  the  beauty  and  pleasing  expression  of 
the  countenance, — to  correct  enunciation,  to 
the  function,  of  mastication,  which  they  are 
the  chief  agents  in  performing,  and  to  the 
health  of  the  whole  organism, — it  is  not  sur- 
prising that  their  loss  should  be  considered 
a  serious  affliction,  and  that  art  should  be 
invoked  to  replace  such  loss  with  artificial 
substitutes.  So  great,  indeed,  is  the  liability 
of  the  human  teeth  to  decay,  and  so  much 
neglected  are  means  of  their  preservation, 
that  few  persons  reach  even  adult  age  without 
losing  one  or  more  of  these  invaluable  organs. 
But,  happily  for  suffering  humanity,  they 
can  now  be  replaced  with  artificial  substi- 
tutes so  closely  resembling  those  planted  in 
the, jaws  by  the  hand  of  nature  as  almost  to 
elude  detection,  even  by  t lie  most  critical 
and  practiced  observers.  Though  there  is  a 
perfection   in  the  works  of  nature   that   can 


ART 


68 


ART 


never  be  equaled  by  art,  artificial  teeth  can, 
nevertheless,  be  so  constructed  and  applied  as 
to  subserve,  to  a  considerable  extent,  in  the 
majority  of  cases,  the  purposes  of  the  natural 
organs,  though  not  so  perfectly  nor  with  the 
same  convenience  to  the  person  wearing  them. 

There  are  difficulties  connected  with  the  inser- 
tion of  artificial  teeth  which  none  but  an 
experienced  practitioner  has  any  idea  of. 
Besides  those  of  properly  constructing  and 
applying  them  in  such  a  manner  as  that  they 
may  be  easily  removed  and  replaced  by  the 
patient,  and  at  the  same  time  be  securely 
fixed  in  the  mouth,  and  in  such  a  way  as  not 
to  produce  injury  to  the  parts  with  which 
they  are  connected  or  associated,  there  are 
sometimes  others  equally  difficult  to  over- 
come. For  example:  the  loss  of  a  tooth  in 
one  jaw  is  generally  followed  by  the  gradual 
protrusion  from  its  socket  of  the  one  with 
which  it  antagonized  in  the  other,  so  that  if 
that  be  replaced  with  an  artificial  tooth  of 
equal  size  it  will  strike  against  this  at  each 
occlusion  of  the  mouth,  and  prevent  the 
other  teeth  from  coming  together.  This  ten- 
dency of  the  teeth  in  one  jaw  to  protrude  is 
always  in  proportion  to  the  number  lost  in 
the  other,  and  if  not  soon  counteracted  by 
the  replacement  of  the  latter  with  artificial 
substitutes,  it  often  gives  rise  to  an  obstacle 
to  their  proper  application  which  will  require 
no  little  ingenuity  and  tact  to  overcome.  If 
it  were  necessary,  the  author  could  mention 
other  difficulties  connected  with  this  branch 
of  practice  equally  great,  but  will  let  it  suf- 
fice to  state  that  there  are  few,  formidable  as 
they  oftentimes  are,  which  the  well-informed 
and  skillful  dentist  can  not  overcome. 

Substances  Employed  for  Artificial  Teeth. — 
Among  the  substances  which  have  been  em- 
ployed for  replacing  the  loss  of  teeth  are:  (1) 
The  crowns  of  human  teeth ;  (2)  the  teeth  of 
neat  cattle,  sheep,  etc.  ;  (3)  the  ivory  of  the 
elephant's  and  hippopotamus'  tusk  ;  and,  lastly, 
mineral  or  porcelain  teeth. 

Human  Teeth. — The  crowns  of  human  teeth 
are  preferable  to  any  other  osseous  substance, 
and  when  used  for  this  purpose  they  should 
be  of  the  same  class  as  those  whose  place  they 
are  designed  to  supply.  If  well  selected  and 
properly  inserted,  the  artificial  connection 
with  the  alveolar  ridge  can  not  easily  be 
detected. 

The  durability  of  these  teeth,  when  thus  em- 
ployed,   depends    on    the    density    of   their 


structure,  the  soundness  of  their  enamel,  and 
the  condition  of  the  mouth  in  which  they 
are  placed.  If  they  are  of  a  close  texture, 
and  have  sound  and  perfect  enamel,  and  are 
inserted  in  a  healthy  mouth,  they  will  last 
from  six  to  twelve,  or  a  greater  number  of 
years. 

Teeth  of  Cattle. — Of  the  various  kinds  of  osse- 
ous substances  employed  for  dental  substi- 
tutes, the  teeth  of  neat  cattle  are,  perhaps, 
after  human  teeth,  the  best.  By  slightly 
altering  their  shape  they  may  be  made  to 
resemble  very  closely  the  incisors  of  some 
persons  ;  but  a  configuration  similar  to  the 
cuspidati  can  not  be  given  to  them,  and  in 
the  majority  of  cases  they  are  too  white  and 
glossy  to  match  any  of  the  human  teeth. 

There  are  other  objections  to  the  use  of  these 
teeth.  In  the  first  place,  they  are  only  cov- 
ered anteriorly  with  enamel,  and,  in  the 
second,  their  structure  is  less  dense  than  that 
of  human  teeth,  and  consequently  they  are 
more  easily  acted  on  by  chemical  agents. 
They  are,  therefore,  less  durable,  seldom  last- 
ing more  than  from  two  to  four  years. 

Ivory  of  the  Tusk  of  the  Elephant  and  Hippo- 
potamus.— -The  employment  of  ivory  for  arti- 
ficial teeth  has  been  sanctioned  by  usage  from 
the  earliest  periods  of  the  existence  of  this 
branch  of  dentistry,  but  we  must  not  hence 
conclude  that  it  has  been  approved  by  expe- 
rience. On  the  contrary,  of  all  the  substances 
that  have  been  used  for  this  purpose,  this  is 
certainly  the  most  objectionable. 

The  ivory  of  the  elephant's  tusk  is  more  per- 
meable than  that  obtained  from  the  tooth  of 
the  hippopotamus.  So  readily  does  it  absorb 
the  fluids  of  the  mouth  that,  in  three  or  four 
hours  after  being  placed  there,  it  becomes 
completely  penetrated  with  them.  Conse- 
quently, it  is  liable  to  chemical  changes  ;  and 
when  several  teeth  formed  from  it  are  worn, 
they  affect  the  breath  to  such  a  degree  as  to 
render  it  exceedingly  offensive. 

The  ivory  of  the  tusk  of  the  hippopotamus  is 
much  firmer  in  its  texture,  and,  as  it  is  cov- 
ered with  a  hard,  thick  enamel,  teeth  may  be 
cut  from  it  which  will,  at  first,  very  much 
resemble  those  given  us  by  nature. 

There  is,  however,  a  peculiar  animation  about 
the  natural  teeth  which  those  made  from  this 
substance  do  not  possess.  They,  moreover, 
soon  change  their  color,  assuming  first  a 
yellow,  and  then  a  dingy  or  dark  bluish  hue. 
They  are  also,  like  those  just  mentioned,  very 


ART 


69 


ART 


liable  to  decay  and  to  give  to  the  air  return- 
ing from  the  lungs  an  insufferably' offensive 
odor,  which  can  not  be  corrected  or  prevented. 
They  may  be  washed  half  a  dozen  times  a 
day,  and  taken  out  and  cleansed  again  at 
night,  and  it  will  still  be  grossly  perceptible. 

But  objectionable  as  this  substance  is,  it  is  still 
employed  by  a  few  practitioners,  and  sixty 
years  ago  it  was  used  by  one-half  of  the 
dentists  in  the  country. 

Mineral  or  Porcelain  Teeth. — The  manufacture 
of  porcelain  teeth  did  not,  for  a  long  time, 
promise  to  be  of  much  advantage  to  dentistry. 
But,  by  the  ingenuity  and  indefatigable  exer- 
tions of  a  few,  they  have  almost  entirely 
superseded  every  other  kind  of  artificial 
teeth. 

The  French,  with  whom  the  invention  of  these 
teeth  originated,  encouraged  their  manufac- 
ture by  favorable  notices,  and  the  rewards 
offered  by  some  of  the  learned  and  scientific 
societies  of  Paris  contributed  much  to  their 
improvement.  They  were  still,  however, 
deficient  in  so  many  qualities  that  they  re- 
ceived the  approbation  of  very  few  of  the 
profession,  and  then  only  in  some  few  cases. 

It  is  principally  to  American  dentists  that  we 
are  indebted  for  that  which  the  French  so 
long  labored  in  vain  to  accomplish. 

A  want  of  resemblance  to  natural  teeth  in 
color,  translucency,  and  animation  was  the 
great  objection  urged  against  the  porcelain, 
and  had  not  these  objections  been  obviated 
they  would  have  prevented  them  ever  being 
extensively  employed.  Formerly,  all  that 
were  manufactured  had  a  dead,  opaque  ap- 
pearance, which  rendered  them  easy  of  detec- 
tion when  placed  alongside  of  the  natural 
teeth,  and  gave  to  the  mouth  an  unhealthy 
and  sickly  aspect.  But  so  great  have  been 
the  improvements  in  their  manufacture  that 
few  can  now  distinguish  any  difference  be- 
tween them  and  the  natural  organs. 

The  advantages  which  these  teeth  possess  over 
every  sort  of  animal  substance  are  numerous. 
They  can  be  more  nicely  fitted  to  the  mouth, 
and  be  worn  with  greater  convenience.  They 
do  not  absorb  its  secretions,  and,  consequently, 
when  proper  attention  is  paid  to  their  clean- 
ness, they  do  not  contaminate  the  breath  or 
become  in  any  way  offensive.  They  never 
change  their  color.  They  are  not  acted  on  by 
the  chemical  agents  found  in  the  mouth,  and 
hence  the  name  "incorruptible,"  which  has 
been  given  to  them. 


Artificial  Teeth,  Different  Methods  of  Applying. 
— The  methods  of  applying  artificial  teeth  are  : 
(1)  On  the  roots  of  the  natural  teeth;  (2)  on  a 
plate  with  clasps;  (3)  with  spiral  springs;  (4) 
by  atmospheric  pressure.  The  peculiar  advan- 
tages of  each  of  these  methods  we  shall  point 
out  briefly,  as  well  as  the  cases  in  which  they 
are  particularly  applicable. 

Artificial  Teeth  Placed  on  Natural  Boots. — This 
method  of  inserting  artificial  teeth,  on  account 
of  its  simplicity  was  formerly  more  exten- 
sively practised  than  any  other.  If  the  roots 
on  which  they  are  placed  be  sound  and 
healthy,  and  the  back  part  of  the  jaws  sup- 
plied with  natural  teeth,  so  as  to  prevent 
those  with  which  the  artificial  antagonize 
from  striking  them  too  directly,  they  will 
subserve  the  purposes  of  the  natural  organs 
very  perfectly.  When  thus  placed  they  rest 
on  firm  bases,  and  if  they  are  properly  fitted 
and  secured  their  connection  with  the  natural 
roots  can  not  easily  be  detected.  But,  unfor- 
tunately, the  incisors  and  cuspidati  of  the 
upper  jaw  are  the  only  teeth  which  it  is  proper 
to  replace  in  this  way. 

The  insertion  of  an  artificial  tooth  on  a  diseased 
root,  or  on  a  root  having  a  diseased  socket,  is 
always  followed  by  injurious  effects.  The 
morbid  action  already  existing  in  the  root  or 
its  socket  is  aggravated  by  the  operation,  and 
often  caused  to  extend  to  the  contiguous  parts, 
and  sometimes  even  to  the  whole  mouth. 
Nor  is  it  always  proper  to  apply  a  tooth  im- 
mediately after  having  prepared  the  root.  If 
any  irritation  is  produced  by  this  preparatory 
process,  the  tooth  should  not  be  inserted  until 
it  has  wholly  subsided.  The  neglect  of  this 
precaution  not  infrequently  gives  rise  to  in- 
flammation of  the  alveolo-dental  periosteum 
and  alveolar  abscess.     See  Bridge-work. 

For  the  manner  of  preparing  a  root  and  apply- 
ing a  tooth  to  it,  see  Harris'  "Prin.  and 
Pract.  of  Dentistry." 

Artificial  Teeth  Mounted  on  a  Plate  with  Clasps. 
— This  method  of  applying  artificial  teeth,  on 
account  of  its  more  extensive  applicability, 
may  be  considered  as  more  valuable  even  than 
that  of  placing  them  on  natural  roots.  By 
this  means  the  loss  of  a  single  tooth,  or  of 
several  teeth,  in  either  or  both  jaws,  may  be 
supplied.  A  plate  may  be  so  fitted  to  an  aper- 
ture in  the  dental  circle,  and  secured  with 
clasps  to  the  other  teeth,  as  to  afford  a  firm 
support  to  six,  eight,  ten,  or  twelve  artificial 
teeth. 


ART 


70 


ART 


Teeth  applied  in  this  way,  when  properly  con- 
structed, may  last  for  many  years.  But  it  is 
necessary  to  their  durahility  that  they  should 
be  correctly  arranged,  accurately  fitted,  and 
substantially  secured  to  the  plate,  and  that 
the  plate  itself  be  properly  adapted  to  the 
gums,  and  attached  to  the  teeth  that  are 
firmly  fixed  in  their  sockets. 

Gold  was,  for  a  long  time,  almost  the  only 
metal  employed  for  making  the  plate  and 
clasps.  This,  for  the  former,  should  be  from 
twenty  to  twenty-one  carats  fine,  and  from 
eighteen  to  nineteen  for  the  latter.  If  gold  of 
an  inferior  quality  be  used,  it  will  be  liable  to 
be  acted  on  by  the  secretions  of  the  mouth. 
Platina,  when  the  teeth  are  to  be  united  to 
the  plate  by  means  of  a  fusible  silicious 
cement,  answers  a  good  purpose  ;  but  there  are 
few  dental  practitioners  who  have  the  facili- 
ties for  melting  and  reconverting  the  scraps 
into  plate,  and  when  this  can  not  be  done, 
the  use  of  it  is  attended  with  some  loss. 

Artificial  Teeth  with  Spiral  Springs. — When  at- 
tached to  plates,  the  only  difference  between 
the  method  last  noticed  of  applying  artificial 
teeth,  and  the  one  now  to  be  considered  con- 
sists in  the  manner  of  confining  them  in  the 
mouth.  The  former  is  applicable  in  cases 
where  there  are  other  teeth  in  the  month  to 
which  clasps  may  be  applied  ;  the  latter  is 
designed  for  confining  whole  sets  and  parts  of 
sets,  where  clasps  or  other  means  of  attach- 
ment can  not  be  conveniently  employed  for 
their  retention. 

When  plates  are  employed,  the  teeth  are  at- 
tached to  them  in  the  same  manner  as  when 
clasps  are  used,  but  instead  of  being  fastened 
in  the  month  to  the  other  teeth,  they  are  kept 
in  place  by  means  of  spiral  springs,  one  on 
either  side  of  the  artificial  denture,  between 
it  and  the  cheeks,  passing  from  one  piece  to 
the  other. 

.  I  l.iiiosplicric  or  Suction  Method  of  Applying  Arti- 
ficial  'firth. — The  method  last  described  of 
confining  artificial  teeth  in  the  mouth  is  often 
inapplicable,  inefficient,  and  troublesome,  es- 
pecially I'm  the  upper  jaw  ;  and  it  is  in  such 
case-;,  more  particularly,  that  the  atmospheric 
or  suction  method  is  valuable.  It  was,  for  a 
long  time,  thought  to  he  applicable  only  for 
an  cut  ire  upper  set,  because  it  was  supposed 
that  a  plate  sufficiently  large  to  afford  the 
necessary  amount  of  surface,  for  the  atmos- 
phere to  act  upon  could  not,  be  furnished  by  a 
piece  containing  a  smaller  number  of  teeth. 


Experience,  however,  has  proven  this  opinion 
to  be  incorrect.  A  single  tooth  may  be 
mounted  upon  a  plate  presenting  a  surface 
large  enough  for  the  atmosphere  to  act  upon 
it  sufficiently  for  its  retention  in  the  mouth. 
For  a  like  reason  it  was  thought  that  the  nar- 
rowness of  the  inferior  alveolar  ridge  would 
preclude  the  application  of  a  plate  to  it  upon 
this  principle,  and  in  this  opinion  many  den- 
tists participated  ;  but  they  have  succeeded  so 
perfectly  in  confining  lower  pieces  by  perfect 
adaptation  that  they  rarely  find  it  necessary 
to  employ  spiral  springs  for  double  sets. 

Spiral  springs  are  now  but  seldom  used,  and 
only  in  cases  where  malformation  exists  to 
such  a  degree  as  to  render  the  use  of  the  at- 
mospheric method  or  retention  by  means  of 
clasps  impossible. 

The  firmness  of  the  adhesion  to  the  gums  of 
the  plate  or  base,  to  which  the  teeth  are  at- 
tached, depends  upon  the  extent  of  the  surface 
which  the  plate  presents  and  the  accuracy  of 
its  adaptation.  It  is  also  important  that  the 
teeth  should  be  so  arranged  and  antagonized 
that  they  shall  strike  those  in  the  other  jaw 
all  the  way  around  at  the  same  instant.  This 
is  a  matter  that  should  never  be  overlooked  ; 
for  if  they  meet  on  one  side  before  they  come 
together  on  the  other,  the  part  of  the  plate  or 
base  not  pressed  on  will  be  detached,  and  the. 
admission  of  air  between  it  and  the  gums  will 
cause  it  to  drop. 

The  application  of  artificial  teeth  on  this  prin- 
ciple has  been  practised  for  a  long  time  ;  but 
the  plates  formerly  used  were  ivory  instead  of 
gold,  and  could  seldom  be  fitted  with  suffi- 
cient accuracy  to  the  mouth  to  exclude  the 
air  ;  so  that,  in  fact,  it  could  hardly  be  said 
that  they  were  retained  by  its  pressure.  Un- 
less fitted  in  the  most  perfect  manner,  the 
piece  is  constantly  liable  to  drop,  and  the 
amount  of  substance  necessary  for  such  a  base 
renders  it  awkward  and  clumsy  ;  and,  besides, 
ivory  absorbs  the  fluids  of  the  mouth  so  read- 
ily that,  after  being  worn  for  a  few  weeks,  it 
becomes  exceedingly  offensive.  Gold,  platina. 
vulcanized  rubber,  aluminum,  and  celluloid 
are  the  bases  upon  which  artificial  teeth  are 
now  placed,  and  all  of  these  materials  answer 
an  excellent  purpose  for  plates  constructed 
on  the  atmospheric  or  suction  method.  See 
Aluminum,  Vulcanite,  Celluloid. 

The  application  of  artificial  teeth  upon  this 
principle  originated  with  the  late  Dr.  Gar- 
dette,  of  Philadelphia  ;   and  we  believe  that 


ART 


71 


ARY 


soon  after  he  made  his  first  successful  experi- 
ment, Mr.  John  Woffendale,  of  New  York, 
constructed  a  dental  substitute  for  the  upper 
jaw  which  was  retained  in  the  mouth  in  the 
same  way  ;  and  at  the  time  he  did  it  he  was 
not  aware  that  it  had  ever  been  done  before. 

The  adhesion  may  be  greatly  increased  by  the 
formation  of  an  air  chamber  in  the  plate  open- 
ing upon  the  gum  or  roof  of  the  mouth. 

Artificial  Teeth,  Arrangement  of.  The  prin- 
cipal points  to  be  observed  are  :  The  centre— as 
the  median  line  of  the  face  should  exactly 
divide  the  space  between  the  upper  and  lower 
central  incisors.  The  inclination:  the  central 
and  lateral  incisors  should  lean  slightly  toward 
the  median  line;  the  cuspids  also,  but  less  than 
the  incisors,  and  the  bicuspids  and  molars  al- 
most straight  or  perpendicular.  The  lap  :  the 
anterior  teeth  should  lap  slightly,  the  cutting- 
edges  passing  each  other  enough  to  prevent 
lisping.  The  length  :  the  relative  length  of  the 
teeth  is  shown  by  the  articulator,  especially  of 
the  anterior  ones.  In  a  full  upper  and  lower 
denture  the  length  of  the  posterior  teeth  is  us- 
ually left  to  the  judgment  of  the  constructor. 
The  expression  :  the  upper  lip  should  project 
slightly  beyond  the  lower  one  when  the  mouth 
is  closed,  and  the  lower  lip  should  be  more 
prominent  at  its  upper  edge  than  where  it 
joins  the  chin.  Fullness  of  the  gum  immedi- 
ately under  the  nose  should  always  be  avoided, 
to  prevent  giviugthelip  a  swollen  appearance. 
The  lower  posterior  teeth  should  rest  upon  the 
ridge  and  occupy  a  perpendicular  position,  and 
sufficient  room  should  be  given  to  the  tongue. 
The  first  bicuspids  of  the  upper  set  should 
articulate  between  the  first  and  second  lower 
bicuspids,  and  the  natural  rule  for  each  tooth 
to  articulate  with  two  of  the  opposing  teeth 
should  be  followed  as  much  as  possible.  The 
anterior  teeth  should  form  a  somewhat  flat- 
tened arch  and  All  the  full  width  of  the  jaw, 
and  the  first  bicuspids  should  be  placed 
slightly  iuside  the  cuspids,  so  as  to  bring  the 
anterior  teeth  well  in  view.  The  posterior 
teeth  should  form  straight  lines  and  diverge  as 
they  extend  backwards.  The  articulation  :  the 
anterior  teeth  of  both  jaws  should  be  so  ar- 
ranged that  the  point  of  the  upper  cuspid  will 
come  directly  between  the  lower  cuspid  and 
first  bicuspid,  and  the  teeth  so  placed  that  no 
spaces  are  left  through  which  the  air  will  pass 
in  the  act  of  speaking  and  produce  a  whistling 
or  hissing  sound. 

Artificial  Teeth,  Selection  of.     The  principal 


points  to  be  observed  in  selecting  the  teeth  for 
artificial  dentures  are  :  The  shape — whether 
the  sides  of  the  tooth  are  to  be  nearly  parallel 
or  divergent ;  the  size — the  width  and  length, 
especially  of  the  incisors  and  cuspids  ;  the 
character — whether  flat,  or  curved  transversely 
or  from  gum  to  edge,  or  both,  whether  thin, 
translucent,  and  delicate,  or  thick,  dense,  and 
massive  ;  peculiarities— the  presence  or  absence 
of  transverse  or  longitudinal  grooves  or  lines, 
cutting  edges  straight  or  round,  especially  at 
the  angles;  the  shade— color  to  match  the 
natural  teeth  and  to  correspond  with  the 
complexion  ;  position  of  the  pins — transverse  or 
perpendicular  and  their  nearness  to  the  edge 
of  the  crown  of  the  tooth.  The  width  of  the 
front  teeth  is  usually  determined  by  the  posi- 
tion of  the  cuspid  teeth. 

Artificial  Upper  Lip.  In  the  construction  of 
an  upper  lip  the  method  of  procedure  is  very 
similar  to  that  for  supplying  the  loss  of  the 
lower ;  the  only  difference  consists  in  the 
method  of  attachment.  Besides  the  straps  cov- 
ered with  beard,  two  plates  are  fastened  to  it, 
which  pass  up  along  the  nose,  and  are  secured 
to  a  pair  of  preservers,  whose  branches  serve  as 
a  means  of  attachment.  We  should  think  the 
best  method  of  retainingan  artificial  upper  lip 
in  its  place  would  be  to  fix  means  of  attach- 
ment on  the  inner  side,  which  might  be  se- 
cured to  the  teeth. 

But  a  substitute  for  either  the  upper  or  lower  lip 
can  not  be  so  constructed  as  to  be  worn  with- 
out inconvenience,  and  it  is  fortunate  that  they 
are  seldom  required. 

The  method  of  procedure  consists,  first,  in  tak- 
ing an  accurate  impression  of  the  void  occa- 
sioned by  the  destruction  of  the  natural  organ  ; 
then  making  a  model  to  fit  the  inequalities  of 
the  parts  ;  and  afterward  obtaining  a  metallic 
model  aud  counter-model,  between  which  a 
thin  plate  of  gold  or  platina  is  swaged.  A  fter 
fitting  this  accurately  to  the  parts,  it  should  be 
enameled  and  painted  to  correspond  witli  the 
rest  of  the  face.  Celluloid  maybe  employed 
instead  of  metal. 

Artocar'pus  Integrifolia.     The  jackfrnit 
tree.     Caoutchouc. 
Arvi'na.     Old  name  for  hog's-lard. 
Ar'vum.     Vulva. 
Arytae'no.      Pertaining  to   the   arytenoid 

cartilages. 

Arytaeno-epiglottidae'us,  or  Arytaeno-epi- 
glotticus.  That  which  pertains  to  the  aryta> 
noid  cartilages  and  epiglottis. 


ARY 


72 


ASH 


Aryt/aenoid  {aryisenoides ;  from  apvraiva.,  a 

funnel,  and  eidoc,  shape).     A  term  applied  in 

Anatomy  to  two  cartilages  of  the  larynx,  and 

the    muscles,    glands,    etc.,    connected    "with 

them. 

Arytenoid     Cartilages.      The   name   of  two 
cartilages  of  the  larynx. 

Arytaenoid  Glands.    Small  glandular,  whitish 
bodies,  anterior  to  the  arytaenoid  cartilages. 
Arytaenoide'us.     The  name   of  a   muscle 

which  passes  from  one  arytenoid  cartilage  to 

the  other.     It  is  divided  by  some  anatomists 

into  three  portions. 

Arytaenoideus    Major.      See  ARYTiENOiDEUS 
Teansversus. 

Arytaenoideus  Minor.      See  ARYTAENOIDEUS 
OBLIQUUS. 

Arytaenoideus    Obliquus.       The   name  of   a 
muscle  of  the  glottis. 

Arytaenoideus    Transversus.     An   azygos  or 
single  muscle  of  the  glottis. 
Aryth/mus    {apvdfiog;  from   a,   priv.,  and 

pv$poc,  rhythm,  measure).     A  term  sometimes 

applied  to  an  irregular  pulse. 

Asafce'tida  or  Assafce'tida  (from  the  He- 
brew word  asa,  to  heal).  A  gum-resin  ;  the 
concrete  juice  of  the  Ferula  asafcetida.  An  um- 
belliferous plant.  It  is  antispasmodic,  expec- 
torant, emmenagogue,  and  anthelmintic  when 
injected  into  the  rectum.  Dose  in  pill,  gr.  x  to 
3ss. 
As'agin.  Dragon's  blood. 
Asapha/tum  (from  a,  priv.,  and  aa<j>qc, 
clear).  A  cutaneous  affection,  consistiug  of  col- 
lections in  the  sebaceous  follicles  of  the  skin, 
which,  when  pressed  out,  look  like  small  black- 
headed  worms. 

Asa/phia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  ffa<Sj?c,  clear). 
Defective  utterance  or  articulation  resulting 
from  disease  of  the  palate. 

Asarum  Canaden'se  (Asarum  carolinia- 
num).     Canada  snakeroot  ;  wild  ginger. 

Asbes'tos  (asbestus).  A  mineral  more  or 
leas  flexible  and  fibrous.  The  ancients  manu- 
factured cloth  from  it  for  wrapping  up  dead 
bodies  when  exposed  on  the  funeral  pile.  In 
consequence  of  its  being  a  non-conductor  of 
caloric,  the  application  of  it  to  the  bottom  of 
•  avitics  of  very  sensitive  teeth  was  first  recom- 
mended by  Dr.  S.  Brown,  in  the  "American 
Journal  of  Dental  Science,"  to  prevent  the 
painful  sensation  sometimes  produced  in  cases 
of  this  sort  by  cold  or  hot  fluids  or  air  when 
taken  into  the  mouth.  As  a  non-conductor 
of  caloric  it  possesses  every  desirable  property, 


and  it  is  as  indestructible  in  a  tooth  as  gold. 
It  is  also  used  in  Mechanical  Dentistry,  mixed 
with  plaster,  as  a  substitute  for  sand,  to  form 
the  investment  preparatory  to  soldering. 

Ascar'ides.     See  Ascaris. 

As'caris  (plural  ascarides ;  from  acr/co/j^w, 
to  leap).  A  genus  of  intestinal  worms  compre- 
hending a  great  number  of  species. 
Ascaris  Lumbricoi/des.  The  long  round- 
worm. 
Ascaris  Vermicula/ris.  The  thread  or  maw- 
worm,  found  in  the  rectum. 

Ascen/dens  (from  ascendere,  to  ascend). 
Ascending.  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to 
parts  which  have  their  origins  lower  than  their 
terminations. 

Ascen/sus  Morbi.  •  The  ascent  or  increase 
of  a  disease. 

Ascites  (from  aaiwc,  a  sack  or  bottle  ;  so 
called  because  of  its  bottle-like  protuberance). 
Dropsy  of  the  abdomen,  or  rather  of  the  peri- 
toneum, characterized  by  fluctuation,  increased 
size  of  the  abdomen,  etc. 

Ascle/pias.  Milkweed.  A  genus  of  plants 
of  the  order  Asclepiadacese.  The  juice  of  this 
plant,  when  compounded  with  sulphur,  is  vul- 
canizable,  and  has  been  successfully  used  as  a 
substitute  for  caoutchouc. 

Asco/ma  (from  aoiwc,  a  bottle).  The  emi- 
nence of  the  pubes  of  females  at  the  age  of 
puberty  is  so  called  from  its  shape. 

Asep/sis  (from  a,  priv.,  and  or/nto,  to  pu- 
trefy). The  condition  of  non-putrefaction  ; 
absence  of  septic  matter  or  the  micro-organisms 
concerned  in  its  formation. 

Asep/ta  (from  a,  priv.,  and  o?/ttu,  to  putrefy). 
A  term  applied  to  substances  not  subject  to 
putrefaction. 

Aseptic.      Free  from  septic  matter.     The 
antiseptic  treatment  of  wounds. 
Aseptic  Dressing.      One  made  germ-free  by 

sterilizing  with  heat. 

Aseptic  Wound.     A   wound  free  from  patho- 
genic or  septic  micro-organisms ;    a   wound 

rendered  germ-free  by  antiseptic  treatment. 
Asep'tol  or  Asceptol.  Fhenolsulfonic 
acid  ;  crude  sulphophenol.  Formula,  C6H6SO:i. 
A  sulphocarbol  of  a  reddish  color,  resembling 
carbolic  and  salicylic  acids.  Used  in  Dental 
Practice  as  a  disinfectant  and  antiseptic,  and 
having  the  odor  of  carbolic  acid.  Used  as  a 
disinfectant  and  antiseptic.  For  external  use, 
1  :  1000.     Internally  the  dose  is  gr.  ] . 

Ash'es.  The  remains  of  the  combustion  of 
organic  substances. 


ASI 


73 


AST 


Asit/ia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  airog,  food). 
Abstinence  from  food  ;  want  of  appetite. 

Aso'des  (from  aar/,  disgust,  satiety).  A  fever 
attended  with  a  sense  of  nausea  and  anxiety. 

Aspar'mic  Acid.  Aspartic  acid,  malaminic 
acid.  An  acid  obtained  from  asparamide,  a 
principle  of  asparagus. 

Aspartate  (aspartas).  A  combination  of 
aspartic  acid  with  a  base. 

As/pect.  Appearance  ;  the  way  in  which 
anything  looks. 

As'pera  Arte/ria.  The  trachea  ;  so  called 
from  the  inequalities  of  its  cartilages. 

Asperity.  Roughness.  A  term  applied 
iu  Anatomy  to  the  inequalities  on  the  surface 
of  bones,  usually  serving  for  the  insertion  of 
tendons  of  muscles  ;  and  sometimes,  in  Pathol- 
ogy, to  inflammation  of  the  eyelids,  on  account 
of  the  sensation  of  roughness  which  attends  the 
movements  of  these  organs  upon  the  eyeballs. 

Asperma/sia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  crrep/ia, 
seed).     Deficiency  or  want  of  semen. 

Asper'matous  (aspermatus,  or  aspermus ; 
from  «,  priv.,  and  atrepfia,  seed).  Without 
seed. 

Asphal'tum.  A  bituminous  substance 
found  in  a  soft  liquid  state  or  which  melts 
readily  by  heat,  and  from  age  becomes  hard  and 
dry.  A  brown  coloring  matter  is  formed  from 
it,  which,  when  dissolved  in  oil  of  turpentine, 
is  semitransparent,  and  is  used  as  a  glaze. 

Asphyx/ia  (from  a,  priv.,  and  c<j>v^ig,  pulse). 
This  term  was  originally  employed  to  signify 
privation  of  pulse,  but  it  is  now  applied  to 
suspension  of  all  the  vital  phenomena  produced 
by  causes  operating  on  the  respiratory  organs, 
but  in  which  life  is  not  actually  extinct.  This 
term  is  now  generally  employed  to  denote  the 
effect  upon  the  body  of  the  non  oxygenation 
of  the  blood  ;  the  suspension  of  vital  phenomena 
when  the  lungs  are  deprived  of  air.  The  ex- 
cess of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  blood  first  stimu- 
lates, then  paralyzes,  the  respiratory  centre  of 
the  medulla.  The  remedy  in  cases  of  sudden 
asphyxia  is  artificial  respiration.  Dr.  John 
Mason  Good  divides  asphyxia  into  four  varie- 
ties :  (1)  Asphyxia  suffocationis,  asphyxia  pro- 
duced by  hanging  or  drowning.  (2)  Asphyxia 
mephitica,  chokedamp,  or  asphyxia  produced 
by  inhaling  carbonic  acid  or  some  other  irre- 
spirable  exhalation.  (3)  Asphyxia  electrica,  elec- 
trical asphyxia,  produced  by  a  stroke  of  light- 
ning or  electricity.  (4)  Asphyxia  algida,  frost- 
bitten asphyxia,  produced  by  intense  cold. 

The  effects  of  asphyxia  upon  the  teeth  are 


peculiar.  It  causes  their  bony  or  osseous  tissue 
to  be  slightly  injected  with  red  blood,  giving 
to  them  a  faint  red  or  purplish  tinge.  This  is 
particularly  observable  in  the  teeth  of  persons 
who  have  been  drowned  or  hung,  or  who  have 
died  of  the  Asiatic  cholera,  and  was  formerly 
supposed  to  demonstrate  the  vascularity  of  the 
hard  tissues  of  these  organs.  See  Resuscita- 
tion. 

Asphyxia  Idiopath'ica.  Fatal  syncope,  caused 
by  relaxation  of  the  heart. 
Asphyxia,  Local.      Gangrene. 
Asphyxia  Neonatorum.     A   term   applied  to 
asphyxia  of  new-born  infants. 

Aspid/ium  Fi'lix  Mas.  Male  fern  ;  poly- 
pody. The  root  has  acquired  great  celebrity 
for  its  effects  upon  tape-worm. 

Aspiration.     Inspiration,  imbibition. 

Aspre'do  (Gr.  syn.,  rpaxufia ;  asper,  rough). 
A  hardness  and  unequal  roughness  between 
the  eyelids. 

Assafoe'tida.     See  Asafcetida. 

Assay"  (from  the  French  essay er,  to  try). 
A  chemical  process,  the  object  of  which  is  to 
determine  the  quanta  of  metal  contained  in 
any  mineral  or  metallic  mixture  by  analyzing 
a  small  part  of  it. 

There  are  two  processes,  the  dry  and  the 
humid  or  wet.  By  the  first  the  metal  is  ex- 
tracted by  the  agency  of  fire  and  fluxes,  and  it 
is  by  this  assay  that  ores  are  bought  and  sold. 
The  second  is  more  accurate,  and  is  accom- 
plished by  dissolving  the  ore  or  other  substances 
in  acids  and  precipitating  the  metals  from  the 
solution. 

When  the  term  assay  is  used  alone,  without 
the  qualifying  name  of  any  metals,  it  usually 
alludes  to  the  analysis  of  an  alloy  of  gold  or 
silver,  or  both,  and  is  sometimes  equivalent 
to  parting. 

Assimilation  (assimilaiio ;  from  assimilare, 
to  make  like  to).  The  conversion  of  food  into 
nutriment,  a  function  common  to  all  organized 
things,  animal  and  vegetable.     Nutrition. 

Asso'des  (asodes ;  from  op//,  loathing).  A 
fever  attended  with  internal  fever,  anxiety, 
and  loathing  of  food. 

Astat/ic  (from  a,  priv.,  and  crau,  to  stand). 
A  term  applied  to  the  magnetic  direction  of 
one  needle  neutralized  by  another,  the  two 
standing  in  any  position,  but  not  constantly 
north  and  south. 

Asthenic  (asthenia;  from  a,  priv.,  and 
o&evog,  strength).  Debility  ;  want  of  strength  ; 
adynamia. 


AST 


74 


ATH 


Asthenol'ogy.  The  science  of  diseases 
arising  from  debility. 

Asthenopia.     Weakness  of  the  eye. 

Asth'ma  (from  a<r&fta£u,  to  breathe  with 
difficulty).  Difficult  respiration,  recurring  at 
intervals,  attended  with  a  sense  of  stricture 
across  the  breast  and  in  the  lungs,  with  a 
wheezing  cough.  It  is  placed  by  Dr.  Cullen 
in  the  class  Neuroses  and  order  Spasmi. 

Asthmat/ic.  Affected  with,  or  relating  to, 
asthma. 

Astig/matism  (from  «,  priv.,  and  any/ua,  a 
mark,  spot,  or  sign  of  anything  ;  terminal, 
ta/uog).  A  structural  error  or  malformation  of 
the  crystalline  lens,  causing  dimness  of  vision. 

Asto/mus  (aoTOjiog ;  from  a,  priv.,  and 
aroixa,  a  mouth).     Without  a  mouth. 

Astrag'alus   (from   aarpayakog,  a  die ;    so 
called  because  of  its  supposed  resemblance  to 
the  die  used  in  the  ancient  games).     In  Anat- 
omy, a  short  bone  of  the  tarsus — ankle  bone. 
In  Botany,  a  genus  of  leguminous  plants. 
Astragalus    Tragacan/tha.      See   ASTRAGA- 
LUS VERUS. 
Astragalus     Ve'rus.        Goat's-thorn  ;     milk- 
vetch.     The  gum  tragacanth  of  commerce  is 
said    to    be    principally   derived   from     this 
species. 

Astric/tion  (astrictio).  The  action  of  an 
astringent. 

Astringent  (astringens ;  from  astringo, 
to  bind).  That  which  has  the  property  of  con- 
tracting and  rendering  more  solid  the  organic 
textures.  Astringents  applied  to  the  human 
body  produce  contraction  and  condensation, 
and  increase  the  density  and  force  of  cohesion. 
Astringents  are  either  vegetable  or  mineral. 
The  vegetable  astringents  consist  of  gallic  or 
tannic  acid,  or  bodies  containing  them,  or 
similar  substances.  The  mineral  astringents 
comprise  the  soluble  salts  of  most  of  the 
heavier  metals,  such  as  iron,  copper,  zinc,  alu- 
minum, mercury,  lead,  antimony,  particularly 
the  sulphates,  acetates,  and  chlorides  of  such 
metals. 
Astringent  Principle.     A  vegetable  principle 

found    in  the  bark  of  trees  and  plants,  called 
tannin  or  tannic  acid  ;  which  see. 

Asu/oIi.     Soot. 

Atavism  (from  atavus,  mm  old  grandsire,  or 
an  ancestor  indefinitely).  The  reappearance 
of  an  anomaly  or  disease  alter  it  had  been  lost 
in  one  or  more  generations. 

Ataxia  (from  ",  priv.,  and  taxis,  arrange- 
ment).      In     Physiology,    irregularity     in    the 


functions  of  the  body,  and  in  Pathology,  in  the 
symptoms  of  a  disease. 

Ataxia,  Locomotor.  Failure  of  muscular  co- 
ordination in  muscular  movements  in  stand- 
ing or  walking. 

Atax'ic  (from  ara^ta,  want  of  order).  An 
excess  or  deficiency  in  the  contraction  of  mus- 
cles. 

Ate.  A  terminal  syllable,  which,  added  to 
the  name  of  an  acid  ending  in  ic,  expresses 
a  combination  of  that  acid  with  a  base  ;  as, 
nitrate  of  silver,  or  a  combination  of  nitric 
acid  with  the  oxide  of  silver. 

Atech'nia.     Anaphrodisia. 

Atelectasis  Pulmo'num.  Pneumonate- 
lectasis.  Imperfect  dilatation  of  the  lungs  at 
birth,  or  coming  on  occasionally  during  the 
first  weeks  of  life. 

At/eles  (arsAr/g).  In  Anatomy,  imperfect, 
defective. 

AteFia  (from  areAeia,  imperfection).  Im- 
perfection or  failure  of  development  of  some 
part  of  the  foetus,  such  as  the  face,  lip,  heart, 
brain,  spinal  cord,  etc. 

AteIochei/Iia  (from  arefo/g,  imperfect,  and 
X^iAog,  lip)-  Imperfect  development  of  the 
lip. 

Ateloencepha'Ha  (from  areAng,  imperfect, 
and  ejKE(j>alov,  the  encephalon).  Imperfect  de- 
velopment of  the  brain. 

Ateloglos/sia  (from  areAr/g,  imperfect,  and 
yXuaaa,  tongue).  Imperfect  development  of  the 
tongue. 

Atelogna'thia  (from  arelrig,  imperfect,  and 
yva&og,  the  jaw).  Imperfect  development  of 
the  jaw. 

Atelomyel'ia  (from  nrfAijg,  imperfect,  and 
fivehtg,  marrow).  Imperfect  development  of  the 
spinal  marrow. 

Ateloproso/pia  (from  areh/g,  imperfect, 
and  irpoGUTrov,  the  face).  Imperfect  develop- 
ment of  the  face. 

AteIostom/ia  (from  areh/g,  imperfect,  and 
orofia,  mouth).  Imperfect  development  of  the 
mouth. 

Athaman'ta  OreoseIi/num.  The  system- 
atic name  for  the  officinal  Oreoselinum.  Black 
mountain  parsley.  An  oil  obtained  from  the 
seed  by  distillation  ;  was  esteemed  a  valuable 
odontalgic  remedy. 

Athaman'tin.  An  alkaloid  obtained  from 
the  last-named  plant. 

Athelas/mus  (from  a,  priv.,  and  ■$>//>/,  a 
nipple).  Inability  to  give  suck,  either  from 
want  of  a  nipple  or  some  other  cause. 


ATH 


75 


ATR 


Athero'ma  (from  a-&qpa,  pap  or  pulp).  A 
soft,  encysted  tumor,  containing  a  substance  of 
the  consistence  of  a  poultice. 

Atheromatous.     Pertaining  to  atheroma, 
as  an  atheromatous  tumor. 
Atheromatous  Disease.     Fatty  degeneration. 
Athlet'ic  {atkleticus).  Possessing  great  mus- 
cular strength  ;  vigorous. 

At/las  (from  a-'/au,  I  sustain,  because  it 
sustains  the  head).  The  name  of  the  first 
vertebra. 

Atmiatri/a  (from  ar/zog,  vapor,  gas,  and 
carpeta,  treatment).  Atmiatry.  Atmidiatrice. 
The  treatment  of  disease  of  the  lungs  or  mucous 
membrane  by  the  action  of  vapors  or  gases. 

AtmorrTeter  or  Atmidom/eter  (from 
(iTfioq,  vapor,  and  /xerpov,  a  measure).  An  in- 
strument invented  by  Professor  Leslie  for  meas- 
uring the  quantity  of  vapor  exhaled  from  a 
moist  surface  in  a  given  time. 

Af/mosphere  (from  a-ryzoc,  vapor,  and 
atyaipa,  a  globe).  The  elastic,  invisible  fluid 
which  surrounds  the  earth. 

Atmospheric  Pressure,  or  weight  of  the 
atmosphere,  is  measured  by  the   length  of  a 
column  of   mercury.      A   mercurial   column, 
thirty  inches  in  length,  presses  on  a  given  sur- 
face with  the  same  force  as  the  atmosphere  at 
its  ordinary  state  ;  hence  the  force  of  a  sixty- 
inch  column  is  equal  to  the  pressure  of  two 
atmospheres  :  that  of  fifteen  inches  to  half  an 
atmosphere  ;  that  of  one  inch  to  one-thirtieth 
of  the  atmospheric  pressure. 
Atmospheric-pressure      Cavity.       A     cavity 
formed    on    the    palatine    surface   of   a    set 
of   artificial    teeth,    to   retain    them  in   the 
mouth. 

Atmospheric  Tension.     The  pressure  of  the 
air  per  square  inch  on  the  surface  of  a  body. 
At  the  sea-level  it  is  computed  to  be  about 
14.7  lbs.     It  decreases  TV  in.,  or  ^  lb.,  per 
square   inch   for   every   90   feet  of   altitude. 
Above    10,000  feet  the  rarity  of  the  atmos- 
phere is  apparent  in  quickened  breathing  and 
a  higher  pulse  rate. 
Ato'cia  (from  utokoc,  a  root,   which,   with 
the   ancients,   signified    barrenness,    not   from 
physical   causes,  but    from   avoidance   of  the 
man).     Barrenness;  sterility. 

At'om  (from  <i,  priv.,  and  reuvu,  to  cut).  A 
particle  of  matter  incapable  of  further  division. 
The  ultimate  unit  of  an  element  :  the  smallesl 
part  capable  of  entering  into  a  chemical  com- 
pound or  uniting  with  another  to  form  a  mole- 
cule— the  smallest  quantity  of  a  substance  that 


can   exist.     In    Chemistry,    it    is   synonymous 
with  equivalent. 

Atom,  Compo'nent.     That  which  unites  with 
another  of  different  nature  to  form  a  third  or 
compound  atom. 
Atom,  Elemen'tary.     That  of  a  substance  not 
decomposed. 
Atom,  Organic.     That  of  a  substance  found 
only  in  organic  bodies. 
Atom'ic  Equivalence.     Valence,  or  atom- 
icity, is   the  saturating  power   of  the  atoms 
of  an  element   as  compared  with  that  of  hy- 
drogen. 

Atomic  Heat.     The  specific  heat  of  an  atom 
multiplied  by  its  atomic  weight. 
Atomic  Theory.     A  theory  lor  explaining  the 
laws  of  definite  proportions  in  chemical  com- 
binations, founded  on  the  belief  that  matter 
consists    of    ultimate,    indivisible    particles, 
called  atoms,  in  the  same  body,  but  differing 
in  weight  in  different  bodies,  and  that  bodies 
combine  in  different  proportions  with  refer- 
ence to  those  weights. 
Atomic  Weight.     The  weight  of  an  atom  of 
an  element  as  compared  with   the  weight  of 
an  atom  of  hydrogen. 
At'omized  Fluids.    In  Hedicine,  medicinal 
agents  reduced  to  a  fluid  state,  and  applicable 
not  only  to  external  parts  of  the   body,  but 
also,  by  means  of  ingenious  instruments,  to  the 
interior  of  the  larynx,  posterior  nares,  uterus, 
and  bladder. 

Atomizer.  An  instrument  by  means  of 
which  medicinal  atomized  fluids  are  applied. 
See  Atomized  Fluids. 

Aton'ic  (atonicus).  Diminished  as  to  mus- 
cular power  or  tone. 

At'ony  (from  a,  priv.,  and  -ovoc.  tone). 
Atonia.     Debility  ;  want  of  tone  ;  weakness. 

Atrabil'iary  (from  ater,  black,  and  bilis, 
bile).  Atrabilious.  Black  bile.  An  epithet  ap- 
plied by  the  ancients  to  melancholic  and  hypo- 
chondriac dispositions,  because  it  was  believed 
that  the  atrabilis  predominated  in  them.  Also 
applied  to  the  renal  or  suprarenal  capsules  "i 
glands,  and  to  the  arteries  and  veins  by  which 
they  are  supplied,  because  they  were  formerly 
thought  to  produce  black  bile.  See  RENAL 
Gland. 

Atrache'Ius  (from  <i,  priv.,  and  -».')/,/or, 
the  neck).     Short  necked. 

Atramen'tum.  Ink.  It  has  been  ased  as 
an  astringent  and  an  external  application  in 
herpetic  eruptions. 

Atre'sia  (from  o,  priv.,  and   7,«u,>,   to  per- 


ATR 


76 


ATR 


forate).      Imperforation,    usually    applied    to 
deficiency  of  a  natural  opening. 

Atre'tus  (from  a,  priv.,  and  rpau,  to  per- 
forate). Imperforate  in  the  anus  or  parts  of 
generation. 

At/rici.  Small  sinuses  about  the  anus,  but 
which  do  not  perforate  the  rectum. 

A/trium.  A  name  applied  to  certain  cavi- 
ties of  the  body  ;  as  atrium  vaginae,  the  vestibu- 
lum  vaginae  ;  atrium  cordis,  an  auricle. 

At'ropa   (from  arpcnrog,  the  goddess  of  dis- 
tiny,  so  called  from  its  fatal  effects).     A  genus 
of  plants  of  the  order  Solanacese. 
Atropa    Belladonna.      Belladonna.      Deadly 
nightshade  or  dwale  ;   a  powerful  narcotico- 
acrid  poison.     It  is  powerfully  narcotic,  dia- 
phoretic, diuretic,  and  repellent.     It  is  applied 
to   the   eye  to  dilate  the  pupil   previous  to 
operations.     Dose,  gr.  i,  gradually  increased 
to  gr.  j,  daily. 
Atrophia    (from    a,    without,    and  Tpo<j>?/, 
nourishment).     Such  diseases  as  are  character- 
ized by  wasting  or  innutrition. 

At/rophy  (atrophia;  from  a,  priv.,  and 
rpetiu,  to  nourish).  Marasmus.  Atrophy.  A 
gradual  wasting  of  the  body,  usually  attended 
by  fever,  loss  of  appetite,  and  impaired  diges- 
tion. Any  organ  of  the  body  thus  affected  is 
said  to  be  atrophied. 

Atrophy  of  the  Teeth.  Odontatrophia.  A 
name  formerly  used  to  designate  erosion  of 
the  teeth  ;  an  affection  characterized  either  by 
perforations  in,  or  discolored  spots  on,  the 
enamel,  of  a  shrivelled,  yellowish  or  brownish 
aspect,  of  two,  four,  or  more  teeth  in  each 
jaw.  The  applicability  of  the  term  "atrophy," 
as  the  two  principal  varieties  of  the  affection 
consist  rather  in  a  congenital  defect — and  most 
frequently  of  some  portion  of  the  enamel  of 
two  or  more  teeth — than  in  wasting,  from  want 
of  nourishment,  of  any  of  the  dental  tissues, 
may.  perhaps,  be  considered  as  somewhat 
questionable  ;  and  this  would  seem  to  be  ren- 
dered still  more  so  by  the  fact  that  neither  of 
the  two  principal  varieties  occurs  subsequently 
to  the  formation  of  the  enamel.  But  as  the 
congenital  form  of  the  disease  is  evidently 
tin-  result  of  altered  functions  in  a  portion  of 
one  or  more  of  the  formative  organs,  if  not 
of  absolute  degeneration  from  vicious  nutri- 
tion, the  term  was  formerly  regarded  as  the 
most  applicable  of  any  that  could  be  applied 
to  it. 

ICrosion  of  the  teeth  may  very  properly  be 
divided  into  three  varieties,  each  having  dis- 


tinctive peculiarities   which    characterize    it 
from  either  of  the  others. 

The  first  variety  is  characterized  by  white,  light, 
or  dark- brown  irregular-shaped  spots  on  the 
labial  or  buccal  surface  of  the  affected  tooth. 
This  variety  occurs  oftener  than  the  third, 
and  less  frequently  than  the  second,  rarely 
appearing  on  more  than  one  or  two  teeth  in 
the  same  mouth.  The  temporary  teeth  are 
rarely  affected  by  it.  The  size  and  shape  of 
the  spots  are  exceedingly  variable. 

The  second  variety,  which  may  very  properly 
be  termed  perforating  or  pitting,  is  character- 
ized by  irregular  depressions  or  holes  in  the 
enamel,  extending  transversely  across  and 
around  the  tooth.  These  holes  or  pits  are 
sometimes  separated  one  from  another ;  at 
other  times  they  are  confluent,  forming  an 
irregular  horizontal  groove.  They  sometimes 
penetrate  but  a  short  distance  into  the 
enamel ;  at  other  times  they  extend  entirely 
through  it,  the  surface  of  the  walls  presenting 
an  irregular,  but  usually  a  glossy  and  pol- 
ished appearance,  a  peculiarity  which  always 
distinguishes  this  variety  from  other  forms  of 
erosion.  Teeth  are  sometimes  marked  with 
two  or  three  rows  of  these  pits. 

Two,  four,  six,  or  more  corresponding  teeth  of 
each  jaw  are  always  affected  at  the  same 
time,  the  disease  never  being  confined  to  a 
single  tooth. 

In  the  third  variety  the  whole  or  only  a  part  of 
the  crown  of  the  tooth  may  be  affected,  the 
dentine  often  being  implicated  as  well  as  the 
enamel,  and  in  this  variety  the  affected  organ 
has  a  pale  yellow  or  brownish  and  shrivelled 
appearance ;  it  is  also  partially  or  wholly 
divested  of  enamel,  and  its  sensibility  and 
susceptibility  to  external  impressions  are 
greatly  increased.  The  disease  is  often  con- 
fined to  a  single  tooth,  but  more  frequently 
it  shows  itself  on  two  corresponding  teeth  in 
the  same  jaw,  and  the  bicuspids  are  oftener 
attacked  than  the  incisors,  cuspids,  or  molars. 

The  first  variety  seems  to  be  the  result  of  the 
action  of  some  cause  capable  of  destroying 
the  bond  of  union  between  the  enamel  and 
the  subjacent  dentine  subsequently  to  the 
formation  of  the  crown  of  the  tooth.  When 
the  affection  occurs  previously  to  the  eruption 
of  the  tooth,  the  intermediary  membrane, 
which  constitutes  this  bond  of  union,  may, 
at  the  affected  place,  have  perished,  as  a  con- 
sequence either  of  local  or  constitutional  dis- 
ease.;   but   when   the   erosion    occurs  subse- 


ATR 


77 


ATT 


quently  to  this  period,  the  destruction  of 
this  membrane  at  the  eroded  spot  is,  doubt- 
less, the  result  of  mechanical  violence. 

The  second  variety  of  dental  erosion — which 
is  always  congenital,  we  have  every  reason  to 
believe — results  from  constitutional  disease, 
whereby  the  secretion  of  earthy  salts  depos- 
ited in  the  enamel  cells  or  secretory  ducts  of 
the  enamel  membrane  is  interrupted,  and, 
by  occurring  at  the  time  this  process  is 
going  on,  prevents  them  from  being  filled, 
causing  them  to  wither  and  perish,  and  hence 
the  pitted  appearance  which  characterizes  this 
variety  of  the  affection.  In  other  words,  the 
secretion  of  the  inorganic  constituents  of  the 
enamel  being  interrupted  for  a  short  time, 
the  horizontal  row  of  cells  in  the  enamel 
membrane,  into  which  it  should  be  deposited, 
will  not  be  filled,  and,  as  a  consequence,  as 
might  naturally  be  supposed,  they  waste 
away,  leaving  a  circular  row  of  pits  around 
the  crown  of  the  tooth  ;  but  as  soon  as  the 
constitutional  disease  has  run  its  course  the 
secretion  of  earthy  matter  for  the  enamel 
fibres  will  be  resumed,  and,  unless  the  child 
experiences  a  relapse,  or  has  a  second  attack 
of  disease  capable  of  interrupting  the  secretory 
functions  of  the  cells  of  the  enamel  membrane, 
the  other  parts  of  the  enamel  will  be  well 
formed. 

It  is  to  the  occurrence  of  eruptive  diseases 
that  the  interruption  of  this  peculiar  function 
seems  to  be  principally  attributable. 

Erosion,  characterized  by  an  imperfect  devel- 
opment of  the  osseous  part  of  the  crown  of  a 
tooth,  discoloration,  etc.,  of  the  enamel,  is 
doubtless  the  result  of  diseased  action  in  the 
pulp  at  the  time  of  ossification. 

The  nature  of  this  affection  under  considera- 
tion is  such  as  not  to  admit  of  cure.  The 
treatment,  therefore,  must  be  preventive 
rather  than  curative.  All  that  can  be  done  is 
to  mitigate  the  severity  of  such  diseases  as  are 
supposed  to  produce  it,  by  the  administration 
of  proper  remedies.  By  this  means  the  effects 
may,  perhaps,  be  partially  or  wholly  counter- 
acted . 

It  seldom  happens  that  eroded  teeth,  when  the 
enamel  alone  is  implicated,  decay  more  readily 
than  others,  so  that  the  only  evil  resulting 
from  the  affection  is  disfiguration  of  the 
organs.  In  the  pitting  form,  when  the  dentine 
is  implicated,  the  opposite  may  be  the  case  ; 
hence  the  proper  treatment  is  to  form  the  pits 
into  properly  shaped  cavities  and  to  fill  them. 


When  the  cutting  edges  of  the  incisors  only 
are  affected,  the  diseased  part  may  sometimes 
be  removed  without  inflicting  injury  to  the 
teeth,  or  the  lost  portion  maybe  restored  with 
gold  if  necessary. 
Atro'pias  Sulphas.     Sulphate  of  atropine. 
Prepared    by   dissolving    atropine    in    strong 
ether,  to  which  solution  a  mixture  of  sulphuric- 
acid  and  strong  alcohol  is  added,  drop  by  drop, 
until    a    precipitate   is    formed.     Like    bella- 
donna, it  is  anodyne  and  anti-spasmodic,  but 
more  energetic  in  its  action.     Dose,  rt^  ij  =  T-i  a 
of  a  grain,  to  ff\,  iv,  ■£$  of  a  grain.     Poisonous 
effects  follow  larger   doses.     The  antidote  is 
infusion  of  galls  and  lime-water,  first  evacuat- 
ing the  stomach.     In  Dental  Practice,  sulphate 
of  atropine  is  employed  in  acute  inflammation 
depending    upon    periodontitis    and    alveolar 
abscess  and  to  allay  the  sensitiveness  of  in- 
flamed dental  pulps  ;  in  facial  neuralgia,  in  the 
form  of  an  ointment,  consisting  of  gr.  j  to  lard 
3J.     It  is  also  employed  as  a  substitute  for 
morphia  in  a  form  of  nerve  paste. 

At/ropine  (atropin,  atropia).  A  highly 
poisonous  organic  base  found  in  all  parts  of 
Atropa  belladonna,  and  possessing  the  property, 
in  the  minutest  proportion,  of  dilating  the 
pupil  of  the  eye.  One- fiftieth  of  a  grain  is 
dangerous.  It  is  a  narcotic  and  a  powerful  seda- 
tive. v 

At/tar  Qui  (attar,  essence,  and  gut,  a  rose). 
Attar  or  otto  of  roses. 

Attar  of  Rose   or  Oil   of  Rose.     An  essence 

prepared  from  the  petals  of  the  damask  rose  by 

distillation  with  water.     The  oil  collects  and 

floats  on  the  surface  of  the  water  when  it  cools. 

Used  as  a  perfume  in  dentifrices. 

Attendants   (attenuans;    from  attenuo,  to 

make  thin).      Medicines   which   increase   the 

fluidity  of  the  blood. 

At'tenuation.  Emaciation.  Applied  to  a 
process  by  which  a  fluid  becomes  of  less  specific 
gravity,  as  when  it  undergoes  fermentation  and 
parts  with  carbonic  acid. 

Attoriens  (from  attollo,  to  lift  up).     A  term 
applied   in  Anatomy  to  certain   muscles,    the 
peculiar  function  of  which  is  to  lift  up  the  parts 
to  which  they  are  attached. 
Attollens   Aurem.      A   lifting  muscle  of  the 

ear. 

Attollens  Oculi.     A  lifting  muscle  of  the  eye. 

The  rectus  superior. 

Attoni'tus.     Thunderstruck.      Apoplectic. 

Attraction     (attractio ;    from    attraho,    to 

attract).    Affinity  :  tendency  of  bodies  or  parti- 


ATT 


78 


AUR 


cles  of  matter  to  approach  one  another  and  ad- 
here together.     See  Affinity. 
Attraction,  Capillary.     The  power  by  which 
a  liquid  rises  in  a  fine  tube  or  between  two 
plates  higher  than  the  liquid  which  surrounds 
it. 
Attraction,     Elective.      Chemical    attraction. 
The  tendency  of  those  substances  in  a  mixture 
which   have   the    strongest  affinity    for  one 
another  to  unite.     Thus,  if  sulphuric  acid  be 
poured   into    a   solution    containing   baryta, 
magnesia,  and  soda,  it  elects  the  baryta,  and 
forms,    by  its  union   with    it,    sulphate    of 
baryta. 
Attraction,  Electrical.     The  approach  of  bod- 
ies dissimilarly  electrified. 
Attraction,    Magnetic.       The    traction   of    a 
magnet  upon  certain  metallic  substances,  gen- 
erally iron. 
Attraction  of  Affinity.     The  tendency  of  the 
atoms  of  different  bodies  to  combine  to  form 
chemical  compounds. 
Attraction  of  Cohesion.     Cohesion  ;  the  force 
which  unites  similar  particles  into  masses. 
Attraction  of  Gravitation.     The  mutual  ten- 
dency of  bodies  to  one  another. 
At/trahens    (attrahent ;    from   ad,   to,    and 
traJw,  I  draw).     Remedies  which  attract  fluids 
to  the  parts  to  which  they  are  applied.    Stimu- 
lants. 

Attrahens  Auris.  Anterior  auris.  The  ante- 
rior auris  muscle,  which  draws  the  ear  forward 
and  upward. 

Attrition  (from  ad,  to,  and  terere,  to  bruise). 
Friction  ;  bruising.     An  abrasion  or  chafing  of 
the  skin  or  teeth,  which  wears  or  breaks  the 
surface. 
Attry/tus.     Chafing. 

A'typic  (alypus  ;  from  a,  priv.,  and  TVKog,  a 
type).     Literally,    without  type.     Abnormally 
constituted.     A  term  applied  to  periodical  dis- 
eases which  have  no  regular  type. 
All.      Symbol  lor  gold. 

Audito'rius  Mea'tus.     External  opening 
of  i  he  ear. 

Au/ditory  (auditorius;  fromaudire,  to  hear). 
Belonging  to  the  organ  of  hearing. 
Auditory  Arteries   and  Veins.      The  vessels 
which  enter  l  be  auditory  canals. 
Auditory  Canals.     See  Meatus  A.UDITOEIUS 
EXTEENUS,    and     MEATUS   AUDITOEIUS    In- 
TEBNUS. 
Auditory    Nerve.     The    portio    mollis  of   the 
seventh  pair. 
Au'ra  Elec'trica.     A  cold  sensation,  that 


of  wind  blowing  on  a  part,  occasioned  by  the 
reception  of  electricity  from  a  sharp  point. 
Aura     Epilep/tica.      The   peculiar    sensation 
experienced  before  an   attack  of  epilepsy,  as 
of  cold  water  rising  toward  the  head. 
Aura    Sanguinis.      The   odor   exhaled   from 
blood  immediately  after  being  drawn.     The 
halitus. 
Aura    Semina'lis.      The    subtile    emanation 
from  the  semen,  supposed  by  some  physiolo- 
gists to  impregnate  the  ovum  ;  but  the  exist- 
ence of  this  aura  is  not  established. 
Aura  Vita/lis.     The  vital  principle. 

Auran/tii    A'qua   (aqua    florum   aurantii). 
Orange  flower  water. 
Aurantii  Cor/tex.     Orange  peel. 

Auran'tine.  Aurantin.  The  bitter  prin- 
ciple of  the  orange  rind. 

Au'rate  of  Ammo'nia.  Fulminating  gold. 

Au'ri  Chlori'dum.    Chloride  of  gold.    Em- 
ployed in  kidney  diseases,  impotence,  etc. 
Auri  et   Sodii   Chloridum.     Chloride  of  gold 
and  sodium.    Employed  in  nervous  dyspepsia, 
amenorrhcea,  etc. 

Au/ric  Acid.  The  peroxide  of  gold,  so 
called  from  its  property  of  forming  salts  with 
alkaline  bases. 

Aurichalcum.     Brass. 

Au/ricle.     The  external  ear. 

Au/ricles  of  the  Heart.  The  two  cavities 
of  the  heart  which  receive  the  blood  from 
every  part  of  the  body  ;  the  right  from  the 
two  venae  cava?  and  coronary  vein,  and  the  left 
from  the  four  pulmonary  veins. 

Auric/ula  (diminutive  of  auris,  the  ear). 
An  auricle  ;  the  prominent  part  of  the  ear  ; 
also  a  name  applied  to  two  cavities  of  the 
heart. 

Auric/ular  (auricula via ;  from  auris,  the 
ear).     Pertaining  to  the  ear. 

Auricula'ris  Abduct'or.  A  muscle  of  the 
little  finger. 

Auric/ulo=ventric'ular  Openings.  The 
openings  between  the  auricles  and  ventricles  of 
the  heart. 

Auric'ulum  Retrahentes.  Three  muscles 
of  the  ear. 

Aurif'erous  (aurum,  gold,  am]  faro,  to  bear). 
Bearing  or  containing  gold. 

Au/riform  (auriforrnis ;  from  auris,  ear). 
Formed  like  the  ear. 

Auri'gO.      Jaundice. 

Auripigmen/tum  (from  aurum,  gold,  and 
pigmentum,  paint).  Yellow  orpiinent.  Sesqui- 
sulphuret  of  arsenic. 


AUR 


79 


AUT 


Au/ris.     The  ear. 

Auriscalp/ium  (from  amis,  the  ear,  and 
acaipo,  to  scrape).  An  ear  scraper  or  cleanser. 
Au/riscope.  An  instrument  for  exploring 
the  ear  to  ascertain  the  condition  of  the  Eusta- 
chian tube.  It  resembles  a  flexible  stetho- 
scope. 

Au'rist  (from  auris,  the  ear).  An  otologist. 
One  who  occupies  himself  with  the  treatment 
of  the  diseases  of  the  ear. 

Aur'ium  Tinnitus.  Buzzing  or  ringing 
in  the  ear. 

Alarum.  Gold.  Symbol,  Au.  Atomic- 
weight,  197.  A  noble  metal  of  a  brilliant  yel- 
low color,  which  does  not  tarnish.  It  is  the 
metallic  base  for  artificial  teeth,  and  the  mate- 
rial of  which  the  best  fillings  in  teeth  are 
composed. 

Aurum  Foliatum.     See  Gold  Foil. 
Aurum     FuFminans.     Aurate    of    ammonia. 
The  precipitate  formed  by  putting  ammonia 
into  a  solution  of  gold. 
Aurum  Graph/icum.     A  gold  ore. 
Aurum  Musi/vum.     Mosaic  gold  ;  a  prepara- 
tion used  as  a  pigment  for  giving  to  plaster 
figures  a  golden  color.     It  is  a  bisulphuret  of 
tin. 
Auscultation  (auscidtatio  ;  from  miseulto,  to 
listen).  Auricular  exploration  ;  used  as  a  means 
of  diagnosis   in   diseases  of  the   lungs,  heart, 
etc.     Auscultation  is  either  mediate  or  imme- 
diate.    In  the  latter  the  ear  is  applied  directly 
over  the  walls  of  the  chest  ;  in  the  former  a 
stethoscope  is  interposed  between  the  ear  and 
the  chest. 

Auscultation,    Immediate.      That    practised 
directly  by  the  ear  of  the  practitioner,  with- 
out aid  of  an  instrument. 
Auscultation,    Mediate.     That  performed  by 
employing  a  stethoscope  or  some  similar  in- 
strument. 
Autog'enus    {autogenus ;   avrog,  itself,  and 
yevUj    to   be   born).     Applied   in     Comparative 
Anatomy,  by  Owen,  to   parts   developed  from 
distinct  and  independent  centres. 

Automat'ic  (from  avro/zari^u,  to  act  spon- 
taneously). A  term  applied  in  Phyxiolof/i/  to 
those  functions  which  are  performed  indepen- 
dently of  the  will. 

Automatic  Mallet.  An  instrument  for  con- 
densing gold  and  tin  foil  in  filling  teeth,  which 
is  operated  by  pressing  the  point  upon  the 
metal  in  the  cavity,  in  the  manner  of  an  or- 
dinary hand-plugger  ;  the  socket  holding  the 
point  recedes  into  the  handle  a  short  distance, 


and  a  blow  is  given  which  can  be  varied  in 
intensity  at  the  will  of  the  operator. 

Automatic  Mallet,  Redman's.  An  instru- 
ment in  which  the  blow  is  communicated  by 
au  outside  spring,  of  such  an  arrangement  as 
to  give  an  elastic  stroke. 

Automatic  Mallet,  Salmon's.  In  this  form 
of  instrument  the  hammer  is  centred  by  the 
spindle  to  prevent  friction,  and,  instead  of  a 
steel  spring,  a  catch-plate  is  attached  to  the  end 
of  the  hammer,  which  engages  with  the  spindle, 
and  is  operated  by  a  fine  wire  spring.  The 
hammer  can  be  loaded  with  lead,  so  as  to  give 
a  blow  like  that  produced  by  the  lead  hand- 
mallet. 

Automatic  Mallet,  Snow  and  Lewis's.  This 
instrument  has  a  series  of  distinct  grades  of 
blows,  regulated  by  a  tension  knob  on  the  top 
of  the  handle,  and  by  the  extension  of  the 
socket  piece  the  hammer  is  allowed  to  descend 
through  considerable  space.  The  different 
degrees  of  blows  are  obtained  by  means  of  the 
milled  head  upon  the  top  of  the  handle  or 
case,  which,  being  turned,  carries  a  screw- 
follower  down  upon  the  spiral  spring,  thus 
compressing  the  spring  and  regulating  the 
blow. 

Automatic  Plugger,  Buckingham's.  An  in- 
strument adapted  to  the  S.  S.  White  form  of 
the  dental  engine,  in  which  the  force  of  the 
blow  is  claimed  to  be  entirely  under  control, 
being  determined  by  a  set  screw,  to  be  turned 
either  right  or  left  to  increase  or  lessen  the 
force.  A  collar  on  the  hand-piece  keeps  the 
force  under  control,  it  being  moved  up  or 
down  by  the  thumb  according  to  the  force  de- 
sired in  the  blow.  In  the  same  manner  the 
blow  can  be  suspended  altogether  at  any  in- 
stant without  interfering  with  the  rhythmical 
movement  of  the  foot  propelling  the  engine. 
The  bit-holder  has  a  small  spiral  spring  at  its 
inner  end,  which,  after  each  blow,  draws  it 
back  instantly  to  receive  the  next  blow  of  the 
plunger.  Eighteen  hundred  blows  a  minute 
can  be  given  by  this  instrument  when  the 
engine  is  run  at  moderate  speed,  or,  if  desired, 
no  more  than  seventy-five  or  one  hundred  a 
minute. 
Autonom'ia   (from   auto,  and    vo/ioc,  law). 

The    peculiar     mechanism    of    an    organized 

body. 

Autopho'nia    (from    arr<:r,   self,   and   ou>vijt 

voice).     An  auscultatory  process  of  noting  one's 

own  voice  when  speaking  with  the  head  close 

to  the  patient's  chest,  which,  it  is  said,  will  be 


AUT 


80 


AZZ 


modified   by   the   condition    of  the   subjacent 
organs. 

Autoplas'ty.  The  restoration  of  lost 
parts. 

Autop'sy  (from  avrog,  himself,  and  oi/«f, 
vision).  Ocular  examination.  Dissection  of  a 
dead  body. 

A/va=ka/va.     See  Kava-kava. 

Ave'nae  FarFna.  Oatmeal ;  used  as  an 
article  of  diet  for  the  sick. 

Avoirdupois  Weight  (from  avoir,  to 
have,  and  dupoids,  weight).  The  English  weight 
for  all  commodities  except  the  precious  metals, 
gems,  and  medicines.  a  See  Weights  and 
Measures. 

AvuFsion  (avulsio  ;  from  avello,  to  tear 
asunder).  Pulling  or  tearing  from  ;  a  rending 
or  forcible  separation. 

Axilla.  The  arm-pit,  or  cavity  under  the 
arm. 

Ax/iliary  (axillaris;  from  axilla,  the  arm- 
pit). Belonging  to  the  axilla  or  to  the  arm- 
pit. 

Axillary  Artery  (arteria  axillaris).     The  axil- 
lary artery  is  a  continuation  of  the  subclavian, 
extending  from  the  clavicle  to  the  insertion  of 
the  pectoralis  major. 
Axillary    Nerve  {nervus  axillaris).     Articular 
nerve.     A  branch  of  the  brachial  plexus  and 
sometimes  of  the  radial  nerve. 
Axillary  Plexus.     The  brachial  plexus  formed 
by  the  last  three  cervical  and  the  first  dorsal 
nerves. 
Axillary  Vein.      Vena  axillaris.     A  continua- 
tion of  the  brachial  veins  which  terminates  in 
the  subclavian. 

Ax/inite  (from  at-wri,  an  axe).  A  mineral 
so  called  from  its  axe-shaped  crystals  ;  an 
alumina-silicate  of  lime  and  iron. 

Ax'is  (from  ago,  to  act).  A  right  line  pass- 
ing through  the  centre  of  a  body.  In  Anatomy, 
the  second  vertebra  of  the  neck  ;  dentatus.  In 
Botany,  the  part  around  which  particular 
organs  are  arranged. 

Axun/gia  (from  axis,  an  axletree,  and  unguo, 
to  anoint).     Hog*s  lard. 

Azela'ic  Acid.  An  acid  closely  resembling 
the  suberic  ;  a  product  of  the  nitric  or  oleic 
acid. 

Azoben/zide.     A    substance  obtained    by 


heating  a  mixture  of  nitro-benzide  with   an 
alcoholic  solution  of  potassa. 

Azocar'byls.  A  name  applied  by  Lcewig 
to  organic  radicals  composed  of  nitrogen  and 
carbon,  as  cyanogen,  paraban,  etc. 

Azoeryth'rine.  A  coloring  principle  ob- 
tained from  archil. 

Azolit/mane.  A  deep  red  coloring  matter 
obtained  from  litmus. 

Azoodyna/mia  (from  a,  priv.,  Cw?/,  life, 
and  fiwa/ug,  strength).  Privation  or  diminu- 
tion of  the  vital  powers. 

Azo'tane.  A  compound  of  chlorine  and 
azote. 

Azote7  (from  «,  priv.,  Co»/,  life).  One  of 
the  constituents  of  atmospheric  air.  See 
Nitrogen. 

Azote,    Protox/ide    of.     A    gaseous    oxide    of 
nitrogen.     Synonym  of  nitrogen. 
Azo'tic  Acid.     Nitric  acid. 
Az'otized.      Impregnated    with    azote    or 
nitrogen  ;  nitrogenized. 

AzotlFria.  The  condition  in  which  an 
excess  of  urea  is  discharged  in  the  urine. 

AzotiFric.  A  class  of  diseases  characterized 
by  a  great  increase  of  urea  in  the  urine. 

AzuFmic  Acid.  A  black  substance  de- 
posited during  the  spontaneous  decomposition 
of  hydrocyanic  acid. 

A/zure.     Ultramarine,  a  bluish-green  color. 

Azure    Stone.     An   azure   blue  mineral,    the 

Dapis   lazuli,  from  which   the  unchangeable 

blue  color,  ultramarine,  is  prepared. 

Az/urite.       Prismatic    azure    spar.       See 

Lazulite. 

Az/ygos  (from  a,  priv.,  and  C^yof,  a  yoke, 
because  it  has  no  fellow).     Applied  to  single 
muscles,  veins,  bones,  etc. 
Azygos  Muscle.     A  muscle  of  the  uvula. 
Azygos    Process.     A  process  of  the  sphenoid 
bone. 
Azygos    U/vulse.     A    small    muscle    of   the 
uvula. 
Azygos  Vein  (vena  sine  pari).     A  vein  situ- 
ated in  the  right  cavity  of  the  thorax  receiving, 
its  blood  from  the  vertebral,  intercostal,  bron- 
chial, pericardiac,  and   diaphragmatic  veins, 
and  discharging  it  into  the  vena  cava  superior 
Az/ymus.     Unfermented  bread. 
Az'zle  Teeth.     Molar  teeth. 


81 


BAC 


B. 


B,  in  the  chemical  alphabet,  is  mercury.  It 
is  also  the  chemical  symbol  of  boron. 

B.  A.  Bal'neum  Aquse.  A  water  bath. 
Bal'neum  Are'naz.  A  sand  bath  (which  see). 
Ba.  The  chemical  symbol  of  barium. 
Bab/bitt  Metal.  A  non-friction  metal, 
named  after  Isaac  Babbitt,  of  Massachusetts. 
In  Prosthetic  Dentistry,  this  metal,  according  to 
a  formula  recommended  by  Dr.  L.  P.  Haskell, 
but  first  suggested  by  Dr.  D.  H.  Goodno,  is 
employed  for  dies  in  swaging  plates.  This 
formula  is  as  follows  :  Copper,  1  pound  ;  anti- 
mony, 2  pounds  ;  and  tin,  8  pounds.  As  a 
counter-die  for  such  a  die,  Dr.  Haskell's  form- 
ula is  lead  with  about  one-eighth  tin.  A 
formula  by  Dr.  Haskell  consists  of  tin,  72.72  ; 
copper,  9.09;  antimony,  18.18.  Fletcher's 
formula  is  Banca  tin,  96  pounds  ;  regulus  anti- 
mony, 8  pounds  ;  copper,  4  pounds. 

Bac/chi/a  (from  bacchus,  wine).  A  red  or 
pimpled  face  resulting  from  intemperance. 
Gutta  rosacea.     Acne. 

Bacillus  (from  baciltiim,  a  little  rod). 
Micro  organism  of  a  cylindrical  or  club-shaped, 
straight,  mobile  or  immobile  form,  and  consid- 
ered to  be  directly  or  indirectly  the  cause  of 
many  diseases  ;  cylindrical  or  oval  cells  which 
connect  and  form  rods  or  cells  ;  they  always 
develop  from  a  rod  shaped  organism  ;  many  of 
them  are  pathogenic. 

Bacteraem'ia.  A  condition  in  which  the 
blood  contains  bacteria. 

Bacteria  (from  fiaicTT/piov,  a  little  staff). 
Micro-organisms  or  microbes  now  regarded  as 
belonging  to  the  vegetable  kingdom.  Accord- 
ing to  Cohn,  their  characters  are  cells,  cylindri- 
cal or  elliptical,  free  or  united  in  pairs,  never 
in  chains,  sometimes  in  zoiigloea  ;  but  the  rod 
forms  are  now  generally  included  under 
bacillus. 

Bacteria  Pertaining  to  the  Mouth.  Defini- 
tions of:  Parasites  are  defined  as  plants  or 
animals  living  upon  other  plants  or  animals  ; 
and,  being  in  most  instances  microscopical  in 
size,  in  the  animal  organism  they  are  classi- 
fied as  Micro-organisms,  Microbes,  or  Bacteria. 
Bacteria  are  generally  considered  as  belonging 
to  the  vegetable  kingdom,  the  Micrococci  be- 
ing the  smallest  of  all  the  bacterial  forms. 
Bacteria  comprise  the  members  of  the  genus 
6 


Bacterium — such  of  the  genera  as  are  desig- 
nated Bacillus,  Bacterium,  Spirillum,  Micro- 
coccus, Diplococcus,  Streptococcus,  and  Staphy- 
lococcus. 

Bacteria  are  classed  as  non-pathogenic — those 
which  do  not  directly  cause  disease  ;  and  as 
pathogenic — those  which  are  the  direct  cause 
of  disease.  The  non-pathogenic  bacteria  have 
no  power  to  penetrate  the  tissues  ;  the  patho- 
genic have  such  a  power,  and  flourish  in  dead 
and  dying  matter.  The  non-pathogenic,  on 
entering  discharges  and  dying  tissues,  increase 
rapidly  and  produce  certain  poisonous  sub- 
stances of  an  irritating  character,  called 
ptomaines,  and  their  absorption  by  the  system 
induces  septic  intoxication,  ptomaine  fever, 
or  septicaemia.  The  pathogenic  not  only  in- 
vade the  living  tissues  and  destroy  them,  but 
also  enter  the  circulation  through  wounds 
and  abrasions,  and  are  carried  to  all  parts  of 
the  body,  increase  very  rapidly,  and  produce 
poisonous  and  irritating  substances.  Patho- 
genic micro-organisms  are  divided  into  micro- 
cocci and  bacilli. 

Micrococci  are  tiny  globe-like  masses,  in  some 
cases  separate,  and  in  others  united  in  two  or 
more,  or  disposed  in  chains  or  chaplets. 

When  two  micrococci  are  united,  they  are 
called  Diplococci ;  when  many  are  united  in 
a  cluster,  they  are  called  Staphylococci ;  when 
in  chains  or  chaplets,  they  are  called  Strepto- 
cocci. The  Bacterium  lactis  is  a  short, 
straight,  rod-like  bacillus,  which  forms  lactic 
acid  and  causes  the  souring  of  milk.  It  is 
an  active  agent  in  producing  decay  of  the 
teeth  (dental  caries).  The  Oidium  lactis 
(milk  mold)  is  another  micro-organism 
which  is  found  in  the  mouth.  The  LeptotJirix 
buccalis  is  another  bacterium  common  to  the 
mouth,  and  closely  associated  with  dental 
caries  ;  it  is  in  the  form  of  a  long,  unbranched, 
slender,  thread-like  bacillus,  and  is  usually 
grouped  in  masses  and  multiplies  with  great 
rapidity.  The  slender  threads  (the  common 
forms  of  this  micro-organism)  arc  delicate, 
structureless  fibres  of  various  lengths,  and  are 
either  straight  or  curved,  as  the  fibre  is  long 
or  short.  Scarcely  any  part  of  the  mouth  is 
free  from  this  fungus,  and  where  particles  of 
carious  matter  are  removed  from  the  teeth,  or 


BAC 


82 


BAC 


matter  taken  from  the  interstices  of  the  teeth 
or  from  about  their  necks  or  from  the  sur- 
face of  the  tongue,  straight  rods  project  like 
the  bristles  from  a  brush.  On  matter  re- 
moved from  the  surface  of  inflamed  or  ulcer- 
ated mucous  membrane  or  gums,  the  fibres  of 
the  leptothrix  are  long  and  curved,  and 
spread  out  like  diverging  rays,  resembling  in 
form  and  appearance  twisted  masses  of  fine 
hair.  In  some  cases  these  thread-like  projec- 
tions are  intertwined  like  the  meshes  of  a  net. 
The  free  ends  of  the  fibres  have  a  slight  vibra- 
tory motion,  and  small  particles  are  constantly 
being  detached.  The  bacillus  is  an  indi- 
vidual bacterium  of  rod-like  form,  aud  in- 
cludes all  the  elongated  forms  of  bacteria 
except  such  as  are  spiral  and  have  a  vibratory 
motion,  which  are  classed  as  belonging  to  the 
genus  Spirillum,  which  is  also  an  individual 
bacterium  whose  elements  are  curved  and 
spiral  or  screw- like.  Bacilli  are  rigid  or 
flexible,  motile  or  non-motile,  and  are  repro- 
duced either  by  direct  fission  or  division  or 
by  the  formation  of  a  cell  within  the  body  of 
the  parent  cell — endogenous  spore-formation, 
which  is  very  rapid.  Cohn  has  calculated 
that  if  it  should  take  one  hour  to  complete 
the  process  of  segmentation  and  for  the  new 
cell  to  attain  the  size  of  the  parent  cell,  one 
coccus  multiplying  by  this  process  would  in 
one  day  produce  16,000,000  cocci ;  at  the  end 
of  two  days,  281,000,000,000  ;  while  at  the 
end  of  the  third  day  it  would  have  reached 
the  enormous  number  of  46,000,000,000,000. 
The  cells  of  the  bacillus  form  straight  or 
bent  rods,  whose  length  is  two  or  more  times 
as  great  as  the  width.  Bacillus  dentalis  viri- 
dans  is  found  in  the  superficial  layers  of  carious 
teeth  in  the  form  of  slightly  curved  rods  with 
rounded  ends,  single  or  paired.  The  Bacillus 
of  Miller,  found  in  carious  teeth,  is  a  non- 
motile,  delicate,  straight  or  crooked  rod,  often 
found  in  pairs  forming  S-  or  O-shapes  ;  it  pro- 
duces caries  of  the  teeth.  The  Bacillus  pulpse 
pyogenes  is  found  in  putrescent  tooth-pulps 
in  the  form  of  somewhat  accumulated  rods, 
in  pairs  or  in  chains.  Bacillus  ulna  is  found 
in  the  buccal  cavity  in  the  form  of  long 
straight  rods,  often  in  pairs.  Bacillus  Icrmo  is 
found  in  the  buccal  cavity  in  the,  form  of  very 
motile,  broad,  cylindrical,  flagellate  rods. 
The  Micrococcus  foetid us  of  Rosenbach  is  found 
in  carious  teeth  in  the  form  of  very  small 
cocci,  and  produces  a  fetid  odor.  The  Micro- 
coceus  I'asleuri  is   found  in  saliva  in  the  form 


of  immovable  oval  cocci,  usually  in  pairs  and 
often  capsulated.  Spirillum  rugula  is  found 
in  the  buccal  cavity  in  the  form  of  rotating, 
motile,  flagellate  rods,  thick,  bent,  or  spiral. 
Streptococcus  :  cocci  arranged  in  wreath  forms. 
Streptococcus  acidi  lactici  is  found  in  curdled 
milk  in  the  form  of  non-motile  cells,  thick, 
and  arranged  in  long  rows.  Streptococcus 
flexuosus  is  found  in  the  mouth  in  the  form  of 
circular  or  oval  cells  forming  serpentine  chains. 
Streptococcus  nomse  is  found  in  gangrenous 
stomatitis  (cancrum  oris)  in  the  form  of  broad 
cocci.  Streptococcus  putrefaciens  is  found  in 
putrefying  substances  in  the  form  of  broad 
spherical  cells  forming  short  filaments. 
Vibrio  is  like  spirillum,  but  more  elongated, 
and  the  screw  form  less  pronounced.  Vibrio 
nasalis  is  found  in  the  buccal  cavity  and  also 
in  nasal  mucus  in  the  form  of  non-motile 
curved  rods,  undulate  filaments,  and  screw 
forms.  Oidium  is  a  genus  of  parasitic  fungi. 
Oidium  albicans  is  peculiar  to  thrush,  and  is  in 
the  form  of  white,  spherical,  oval,  or  cylindrical 
cells,  or  forming  long  filaments.  Oidium  lactis, 
found  in  sour  milk  and  butter,  bread,  etc.,  is 
in  the  form  of  white,  dense,  undulating  fila- 
ments, from  which  ascend  other  filaments  that 
divide  into  rows  of  cylindrical  spores  ;  it  is  not 
pathogenic.  Saccharomyces  are  round  or  oval 
cells  or  in  chains,  increasing  by  budding  or  by 
spores  ;  sometimes  forming  filaments  (myce- 
lium). Saccharomyces  albicans  is  the  same 
form  as  Oidium  albicans  and  similar  to  this 
latter  ;  also  peculiar  to  thrush.  The  term 
Microbe  is  applied  to  minute  forms  of  life  ; 
micro-organisms,  animal  or  vegetable.  The 
term  Microzoa  distinguishes  microscopical  ani- 
mal life  from  microscopical  vegetable  forms. 
A  e'robic  microbes  are  microbes  requiring  oxygen 
for  their  development.  Pyogenic  or  pus  mi- 
crobes have  the  effect  of  converting  the  inflam- 
matory exudates,  leucocytes,  and  cellular 
elements  of  the  tissues,  by  specific  action, 
into  pus-corpuscles,  and  are  therefore  called 
pyogenic  or  pus  microbes.  Micrococcus  pyo- 
genes tenuis  is  found  in  the  pus  of  an  abscess, 
and  is  of  irregular  shape  ;  cocci  without  spe- 
cial arrangement.  Streptococcus  pyogenes  is 
found  under  normal  conditions  in  the  saliva 
and  mucous  secretions  of  the  mouth  and  nasal 
passages,  usually  alone,  but  sometimes  with 
staphylococci.  It  is  in  the  form  of  chains  or 
rows,  usually  from  six  to  ten  being  attached 
together.  Staphylococcus  is  found  in  pus  in 
the  form  of  cocci,  immobile,  and  arranged  in 


BAC 


83 


BAN 


masses.  Amoeba  are  motile,  nucleated  masses 
of  protoplasm,  exhibiting  amoeboid  move- 
ments, and  spontaneously  projecting  part  of 
their  substance  to  form  temporary  processes 
(pseudopodia).     Monas  are  rounded  cells. 

Bacterial.  Of  or  belonging  to  or  derived 
from  bacteria. 

-    Bacte'ricide.  An  agent  destroying  bacteria. 
See  Germicide. 

Bacteriology  (from  (iaK-npiov,  a  little  staff, 
and  A<>yof,  science).  The  science  which  treats 
of  bacteria  or  of  micro-organisms. 

Bacte'rium.  A  genus  of  micro-organisms 
comprising  the  short,  straight  rod  forms,  usu- 
ally without  spores. 

Bacte'roid.  Eesembling  bacteria  or  a  bac- 
terium. 

Bailey's  Flask.  For  making  metal  dies. 
It  consists  of  two  semi-elliptical  rings  of  iron — 
one  nearly  straight,  the  other  a  truncated  cone 
with  four  keys  jointed  so  as  to  fit  together.  The 
straight  ring  is  used  as  a  casting-box  for  the 
sand  as  well  as  a  form  for  the  lead  ;  the  other 
gives  the  proper  shape  to  the  zinc. 

BaFance  (bilanx;  from  bis,  twice,  and 
lanx,  a  dish).  Literally,  the  double  dish.  A 
pair  of  scales  for  weighing  bodies,  consisting  of 
a  beam  suspended  exactly  in  the  middle,  with 
a  scale  or  basin  of  equal  weight  attached  to 
each  extremity. 

Balance  Electrometer.  An  instrument  for 
estimating  the  mutual  attraction  of  oppositely 
electrified  surfaces. 

BaFanios.     A  gem,  a  sort  of  carbuncle. 

BaFanism  (Salavic,  a  pessary).  The  appli- 
cation of  a  pessary. 

Balani  'tis.  Inflammation  of  the  glans  penis 
and  prepuce. 

Balano=posthi'tis.  Inflammation  of  the 
glan  penis  and  prepuce,  attended  by  a  foetid, 
muco-purulent  discharge. 

BaFanus  (/JaAavoc,  an  acorn,  a  gland).  The 
glans  penis,  the  glans  clitoridis. 

BaFbus.     Tongue-tied  ;  a  stammerer. 

Balbu'ties  (from  balbutio,  to  stammer). 
Stammering ;  a  defect  of  articulation,  the 
causes  of  which  are  but  little  understood. 

Ballis  mus  (from  ficrtufa,  to  dance).  Chorea; 
St.  Vitus's  dance. 

BalloFtement  (French).  The  motion  im- 
parted to  the  foetus  in  utero  by  an  impulse  of 
the  fingers  or  baud. 

BaFneum  Animale.  An  animal  bath.  A 
term  used  to  indicate  that  application  of  heat 
which  was   made    by  opening   a   newly-killed 


animal  and  applying  it  to  a  part  or  the  whole 
of  the  body. 

Balneum  Arenae.     The  sand  bath. 
Balneum  Mariae.    Iu  Chemistry,  tte  salt-water 
bath. 
Balneum  Vaporis.     The  steam  bath. 

BaFsam     (bateamum ;    from     baal     samen, 
Hebrew).     The  name  of  any  natural  vegetable 
resin,  concrete  or  liquid,  having  a  strong  odor, 
inflammable,  not  soluble  in  water,  but  readily 
dissolved    in    volatile    oil,    alcohol,  or    ether. 
There  are  five  natural  balsams  :  namely,  those 
of  Peru  and  tolu,  benzoin,  solid   styrax,   and 
liquid  styrax.     Besides  these,  there  are  a  num- 
ber of  pharmaceutical  preparations  and  resin- 
ous substances  which   have   a   balsamic  odor 
that  have  received  the  name  of  balsam.     But 
these  last  are  termed  artificial  balsams. 
Balsam,    Canada.     Canada    turpentine ;    bal- 
sam of  fir  ;  the  product  of  the  Abies  balsamea. 
It  is  transparent  when  fresh,  of  a  slightly  yel- 
lowish color,  of  the  consistence  of  honey;  has 
an  acrid,  bitterish  taste  and  a  strong,  agree- 
able odor. 
Balsam,  Chalybeate.    A  mixture  of  nitrate  of 
iron,  alcohol,  and  oil. 

BaFux.  A  name  applied  to  iron  sands  con- 
taining gold. 

Bamba  Iia.     Stammering. 

Bam'bax.     Cotton. 

Bamboo7.  A  plant  of  the  reed  kind,  grow- 
ing in  India  and  other  warm  climates. 

Banan'a.  A  tropical  tree  ;  a  species  of  the 
Musa,  the  fruit  of  which  is  extensively  used  as 
an  article  of  diet. 

Ban'dage.  A  piece  of  cloth  for  surrounding- 
parts  of  the  body  in  surgical  operations  or  for 
binding  up  a  wound.  A  bandage  may  be  simple 
or  compound.  The  first  consists  of  a  simple 
piece  of  cloth  intended  to  encircle  a  limb  or 
part.  The  second,  of  two  or  more  pieces  united. 
Names  expressive  of  the  manner  of  its  applica- 
tion and  its  shape  have  been  given  to  the  ban- 
dage :  as  the  circular,  the  spiral,  the  spica,  the 
figure-of-eight,  the  T-bandage,  the  recurrent,  the 
four-tailed,  etc. 

In  the  circular  bandage  the  turns  pass  nearly 
horizontally  around  portions  of  the  limb,  of 
equal  diameter,  one  turn  overlapping  the  other 
at  fixed  intervals. 

The  spiral  bandage  ascends  a  more  or  less 
conical  portion  of  the  limb,  each  succeeding 
turn  partially  overlapping  the  other  at  fixed 
intervals. 

The   Spica  bandage   is   named   from    the   re- 


BAN 


84 


BAS 


semblance  of  the  turns  to  the  position  of  the 
grains  on  an  ear  of  wheat. 

The  figure-of-eight  bandage  is  generally  applied 
about  the  joints.  When  applied  only  to  the 
knee,  and  not  a  continuation  of  a  bandage 
down  the  limb,  it  is  commenced  with  two  cir- 
cular folds  or  turns  around  the  leg  j  ust  below 
the  joint,  and  the  cylinder  carried  obliquely 
upward  across  the  ham,  around  the  thigh,  and 
again  downward  as  before  described. 

The  T-bandage  consists  of  a  simple  bandage 
with  one  or  two  pieces  added  at  right  angles. 

The  recurrent  bandage  is  about  five  yards 
long  and  two  inches  wide  ;  it  is  applied  to  the 
head  as  follows  :  The  roller  is  first  passed  two 
or  three  times  around  the  head  in  a  line  run- 
ning just  above  the  eyebrows,  the  ears,  and  be- 
low the  occipital  protuberance  ;  next,  at  the 
centre  of  the  forehead,  the  cylinder  is  reversed 
and  carried  directly  over  the  head  to  the  cir- 
cular turns  behind,  where  it  is  again  reversed, 
and  carried  back  to  the  forehead,  overlapping 
the  former  about  one-third,  as  usual  ;  these  re- 
verses to  be  continued  until  first  one  and  then 
the  other  side  of  the  head  is  covered  ;  and  the 
whole  is  completed  by  two  or  three  firm  circu- 
lar turns,  as  at  the  commencement.  The  re- 
verses are  to  be  held  by  an  assistant. 

The  four-tailed  bandage  consists  of  a  piece  of 
muslin,  six  or  eight  inches  wide  and  a  yard  or 
more  in  length,  torn  at  either  extremity  to 
within  three  or  four  inches  of  the  centre.  It  is 
applied  to  the  lower  jaw  as  follows  :  The  centre 
being  placed  over  the  chin,  the  upper  slips  are 
carried  back  behind  the  neck  and  tied,  or 
crossed  and  passed  around  the  forehead  once 
or  twice  and  secured  by  pins  at  the  side  ;  the 
lower  strip  is  passed  directly  up  to  the  vertex, 
where  it  is  tied,  or  again  brought  clown  and 
tied  under  the  chin. 

Bandage,  Barton's.     A  bandage  for  fracture 
of  the  lower  jaw. 

Bandage,  Esmarch's.  A  broad  rubber  band- 
age wrapped  tightly  from  below  for  removing 
blood  from  a  limb  before  amputation  or  other 
operation. 
Bandage,  Gibson's.  A  bandage  for  fracture 
of  the  lower  jaw. 

Ban'dy  Leg.  A  leg  in  which  the  bones  are 
curved  outward  or  inward. 

Baptorrhce'a  (from  fianTog,  infected,  and 
pea),  to  How  i.  A  generic  term  for  any  infec- 
tious discharge  from  a  mucous  surface. 

Barba'ria.     Rhubarb. 

Bar'bary  Qum.     A  variety  of  gum  Arabic, 


said  to  be  obtained  from  the  Acacia  gummi- 
fera. 

Bar/biers.  A  term  applied  to  a  paralytic 
affection  of  the  tropics,  followed  by  loss  of 
voice,  emaciation,  and  prostration  of  strength. 
A  species  of  paralysis. 

Baril  la.  Impure  soda  obtained  from  the 
ashes  of  different  plants  that  grow  on  the  sea- 
shore. 

Ba'rium  (from  baryta,  from  which  it  is 
obtained).  Symbol,  Ba.  Atomic  weight,  136.8. 
The  metallic  basis  of  the  earth  baryta.  A 
metal  of  a  pale  yellow  color  which  has  a  strong 
affinity  for  oxygen. 

Bark.  A  name  formerly  applied  to  three 
species  of  cinchona. 

Bark,  Caribbean,  or  Saint  Lucia  Bark. 
Sometimes  improperly  called  cinchona  carib- 
bsea.  The  bark  of  the  Exostemma  caribbseum. 
It  is  a  useful  substitute  for  cinchona,  and 
though  it  contains  neither  quinia  nor  cin- 
chona, is  one  of  the  most  valuable  of  the 
spurious  barks. 

Bar'ley.  The  fruit  of  Hordeum  distichon. 
See  Hokdei  Semina. 

Barom'eter  (from  fiapog,  weight,  and  /uerpov, 
measure).  An  instrument  for  ascertaining  the 
weight  of  air. 

Baroscope  (flapog,  weight,  and  okokiu,  to 
observe).  A  barometer  sensible  to  the  slightest 
atmospheric  variations,  and  used  for  determin- 
ing the  loss  of  weight  of  a  body  in  air,  com- 
pared with  its  weight  in  a  vacuum. 

Bar'ras.  The  resin  which  exudes  from  the 
wounds  made  in  the  bark  of  fir-trees. 

Barren.     Unfruitful  ;  sterile. 

Bartholin'ianae  Glandular.  The  sublin- 
gual glands,  named  after  Bartholin. 

Bartholin's  Duct.  One  of  the  excretory 
ducts  of  the  sublingual  gland  opening  into  the 
duct  of  Wharton. 

Baryecoi'a  (from  /Sapvg,  heavy,  and  aiwrj, 
hearing).     Deafness. 

Barypho/ny  (from  fiapvg,  heavy,  (puvrj,  the 
voice).     Difficulty  of  speech. 

Bary'ta  (from  jiapvg,  heavy;   so  called  be- 
cause of  its  ponderosity).    An  oxide  of  barium. 
A  simple  alkaline  earth  of  a  gray  color,  very 
ponderous  and  not  easily  fused. 
Baryta,  Hydriodate  of.     Iodide  of  barium. 
Baryta,  Muriate  of.     Chloride  of  barium. 

Bary/tes.     Baryta. 

Ba/sal.  Pertaining  to  or  located  at  the 
base. 

Basalt7.     Trap-rock  of  a  dark  green,  gray, 


BAS 


85 


BAS 


or  black   color,  consisting  of  silica,  alumina, 
oxide  of  iron,  lime,  and  magnesia. 

Bas'anite.  A  variety  of  silicious  slate, 
sometimes  used  for  testing  the  purity  of  gold 
by  the  color  of  its  streak.  Mortars  for  pulver- 
izing medicines  were  formerly  made  of  it. 

Bascula'tion.  A  word  of  French  deriva- 
tion, applied  to  the  half  see-saw  movement  of 
the  uterus  in  examinations  of  that  organ  in 
retroversion,  the  fundus  being  pressed  upward 
and  the  cervix  drawn  downward. 

Base  (basis ;  from  jialvu,  I  go,  I  rest,  I  sup- 
port myself).  The  foundation  or  support  of 
anything  ;  the  principal  ingredient  of  a  com- 
pound. In  Chemistry,  it  is  applied  to  alkalies, 
earths,  metals,  sulphurets,  organic  and  other 
compounds,  in  their  relations  to  acids,  metal- 
loids, and  salts.  In  Sfedical  Prescriptions  and 
Pharmacy,  the  principal  constituent  of  a  com- 
pound. In  Dental  Surgery,  a  metallic,  ivory, 
vulcanite,  or  celluloid  plate  used  as  a  support 
or  attachment  for  artificial  teeth.  In  Anatomy, 
the  lower  or  broader  portion  of  a  bone  or 
organ. 

Base/ment  Membrane.  A  structureless, 
transparent  membrane  lying  immediately  be- 
neath the  epithelium  and  between  it  and  the 
corium. 

Ba'ses  for  Artificial  Teeth.  In  the  con- 
struction of  a  base  for  artificial  teeth,  a  transfer 
or  model  of  plaster  of  Paris  is  first  obtained. 
Then  a  metallic  die  and  counter-die,  if  the  base 
is  to  be  of  metal,  is  procured,  and  between 
these  a  plate  of  suitable  size  and  thickness  is 
swaged.  In  this  way  it  is  made  to  fit  accur- 
ately the  parts  upon  which  it  is  to  rest.  If 
the  base  is  to  be  constructed  from  the  ivory  of 
the  elephant's  or  hippopotamus'  tusk,  the 
plaster  model  alone  is  sufficient.  The  ivory  is 
cut  to  the  proper  size  and  then  carved  until  it 
fits  the  model.  But  ivory  is  now  seldom  used 
for  this  purpose.  If  the  base  is  to  be  of  vul- 
canized India-rubber  or  celluloid,  the  plaster 
model  is  sufficient,  no  metallic  dies  being 
necessary.  See  Metallic  Base,  Osseous 
Base,  Mineral  Base,  Vulcanite  Base,  and 
Celluloid. 

Basia/tor.     Orbicularis  oris  muscle. 

Ba'sic.  Belonging  to,  or  of  the  nature  of,  a 
base  ;  having  properties  the  opposite  of  those  of 
acids.  An  acid  capable  of  uniting  with  a  single 
monad  atom  or  radicle  is  called  a  monobasic. 

Basihy'al  (from  basis,  base,  and  Jtyoi<I<s. 
hyoid).  A  term  in  Comparative  Anatomy  ap- 
plied to  two  small  subcubical  bones  on  each 


side,  forming  the  body  of  the  inverted  hyoid 
arch. 

Bas/ilad.      Same  as   basilar,  used   adverb- 
ially. 

Basilar  (basilaris).    A  name  given  to  several 
parts   of   the   body  which  serve   as  bases  to 
others  ;  toward  the  base  of  the  skull. 
Basilar    Artery.      An   artery   of    the   brain, 
formed  by  the  union  of  two  vertebral  arteries 
within  the  cranium. 
Basilar  Fossa.     A  fossa  in  the  upper  surface 
of  the  basilar  process  of  the  occipital  bone. 
Basilar   Process.     The  inferior  angle  of  the 
occipital  bone. 
Basilar  Surface.     Inferior  surface  of  the  basi- 
lary  process. 
Basilar  Vertebra.     The  last  lumbar  vertebra. 
Basilic  (oasilicus ;    from   fiaailtnoc,    royal). 
Any  structure  or  medicine  of  importance. 
Basilic  Vein.     A  large  vein  running  along  the 
internal  part  of  the  arm  ;  at  the  fold  of  the 
elbow  it  lies  over  the  humeral  artery.     The 
median  basilic  vein  crosses  this  at  the  bend 
of  the  arm  and  joins  the  great  vein.    Either  of 
these  veins  may  be  opened  in  the  operation  of 
bleeding. 
Basil'icon  Ointment.     An  ointment  com- 
posed  of  pitch,    resin,    wax,    and   oil.        The 
Ceratum  resinse  (U.  S.  and  Lond.  Ph.).     Com- 
posed of  five  parts  of  resin,  eight  of   lard,  and 
two  of  yellow  wax.      Used  as  a  stimulating 
application  to  blistered  surfaces,  indolent  ulcers, 
burns,  etc. 

Basilis'cus.     Syphilis. 
Ba'sio.     Muscles  originating  from  the  bas- 
ilary  process  of  the  occipital  bone  are  so  called; 
a  prefix  denoting  connection  with  the  basilar 
process  of  the  occipital  bone. 
Basio-ce/rato-glossus.     A  name  given  to  the 
hyoglossus  muscle,  from   its  connection  with 
the  base  and  horn  of  the  hyoid  bone  and  the 
tongue. 
Basio-glossus.     That  portion  of  the  hyoglos- 
sus muscle  inserted  into  the  base  of  the  hyoid 
bone. 
Basio-pharyngse'us.     The  constrictor  pharyn- 
gis  medius  muscle. 
Basioccip  ital  (from  basis,  base,  and  occipi- 
taleos,  the  occipital  bone).    Applied  in  Compara- 
tive Anatomy,  by  Owen,  to  a  bone  homologous 
with  the  basilar  process  of  the  occipital   bone. 
Bas'ion.   A  point  situated  in  the  middle  line 
at  the  anterior  border  of  the  foramen  magnum. 
Ba/sis.     A  base.    The  substance  with  which 
an  acid  is  combined  with  a  salt. 


BAS 


86 


BDE 


Basis  Cordis.     The  base  of  the  heart. 

Basisphe'noid.  Applied  in  Anatomy  and 
Comparative  Anatomy,  by  Owen,  to  a  bone 
homologous  with  the  base  of  the  sphenoid  bone. 
The  lower  part  of  the  sphenoid  bone. 

Bassora  Gum.     A  gum  brought  from  the 
neighborhood  of  Bassora,  on  the  Gulf  of  Persia, 
in   irregular  pieces  of  various  sizes,  white  or 
yellow,  intermediate   in   the  degree  of  trans- 
parency between  gum  Arabic  and  tragacanth. 
Basso/rin.     A  constituent  part  of  Bassora 
gum,  as  also  of  gum  tragacanth  and  of  some 
gum-resins.     It  does  not  dissolve  in  water,  but 
swells  and  forms  a  mucilage  with  it. 
Bastard.     False  ;  spurious. 
Bas=ven/tre.     The  abdomeu. 
Bas'yle  (from  (iaoic,  a  base,  and  vfoj,  nature). 
A  term  applied  by  Mr.  Graham  to  the  metallic 
radical  of  a  salt. 

Bath  (f3a?Mveiov ;  balneum,  a  bath).  A  re- 
ceptacle of  water  for  persons  to  wash  or  plunge 
in  ;  a  bathing- place.  Baths  are  either  hot  or 
cold,  natural  or  artificial. 

Bath,    Acid.      Acid,     hydrochloric,    lbs.    ij  ; 
Aquas,  C.  lxvj. 
Bath,  Alkaline.     Haifa  pound  of  pearl-ash  or 
carbonate  of  soda  to  sixty-six  gallons  of  water. 
Bath,  Electric.     An  electric  bath  consists  in 
placing  a  person  upon  an  insulated  stool,  con- 
nected by  a  metallic  wire  with  the  principal 
conductor  of  an  electric  machine  in  action. 
Bath,  Hot  {balneum  calidum).     A  bath  having 
a  temperature  of  98°  to  112°  Fahr. 
Bath,    Medicated    (balneum   medicatum).      A 
bath  consisting  of  decoctions  or  infusions  of 
certain  vegetable  substances  or  any  medicinal 
ingredients. 

Bath,  Sand  (balneum  arense).  A  vessel  filled 
with  sand  and  placed  over  a  fire  ;  into  this 
another  is  placed,  containing  the  substance  to 
be  evaporated. 

Bath,  Steam.     The  introduction  of  steam  into 
a   closed  vessel  or   room,  in    place   of  water, 
100°  to  i:50°Fahr. 
Bath,  Tem'perate.    A  bath  at  from  75°  to  85° 

Fahr. 
Bath,  Tepid.     A  bath  a1   85°  to  92°  Fahr. 
Bath,  Vapor.  A  bath  at  122°  to  144-145°  Fahr. 
Bath,  Warm.     A  bath  a1  92°  or  98°  Fahr. 

Bath/mis  (from  /?an>«,  to  enter).  The  seat 
in-  base;  the  cavity  of  a  bone  which  receives  the 
head  or  protuberance  of  another. 

Bath/ron  (from  fia-d-pov,  bench).  An  instru- 
ment invented  by  Eippocrates  for  reducing 
fractures  and  luxations. 


Bat'rachus.     Ranula. 
Battaris'mus  (from  fiaTTapifa,  to  stammer). 
Battalismus.     Stammering,  with  hesitation. 

Bat'tery .  A  term  applied  to  an  assemblage 
of  two  or  more  jars  or  galvanic  cells  for  collect- 
ing electricity. 

Battery,  Cautery.  A  battery  the  current  of 
which  is  capable  of  heating  coarse  platinum 
wire  to  whiteness,  and  which  is  used  to 
cauterize. 
Battery,  Combined.  An  apparatus  containing 
a  galvanic  and  faradic  battery  in  the  same 
case. 
Battery,  Constant.  A  two-fluid  battery  in 
which  the  intensity  remains  the  same  for  a 
comparatively  long  time. 
Battery,  Farad/ic  or  Farada/ic.  Consists  of  a 
coil  of  wire  through  which  passes  a  galvanic 
current  (primary  current)  generated  by  a 
galvanic  cell,  an  apparatus  for  causing 
automatic  periodical  interruptions  of  this  cur- 
rent, and  a  second  coil,  parallel  to  the  first,  in 
which  there  is  generated,  every  time  the  pri- 
mary current  is  made  and  broken,  a  secondary, 
or  induced,  current. 

Battery,  Galvan/ic  or  Volta/ic.     One  or  more 
jars  or   cells   containing   plates  of  zinc  and 
copper,   or  carbon,   suspended   in  acidulated 
water.     See  Galvanic  Battery. 
Battery,  Storage.     A  storage  battery  is  a  spe- 
cial form  of  galvanic  battery  in  which  elec- 
tricity generated  by  an   ordinary  battery  or 
by  a  dynamo  can  be  stored  for  a  long  time 
and  used  as  required. 
Bat'tley's  Solution  (liquor  opii  sedativus). 
A  narcotic  preparation  of  which  acetate  of  mor- 
phia is  supposed  to  be  the  active  ingredient. 

Bau/hin,  Valve  of.  A  name  given  to 
a  transverse  valve  situated  where  the  ileum 
opens  into  the  ccecum. 

Bau/lac.      An  Arabic  name  for  nitre  or  salt 
in  general.     From  this  word  comes  borax. 
Bave.     Thick,  frothy. 

Bay/=berries.  The  berries  of  the  Laurus 
nobilis. 

Bay-rum.     Spirit  flavored  with  bay-leaves. 
Bay-salt.     Cldoride  of  sodium.   Salt  obtained 
by  evaporating  sea-water  by  the  sun  in  warm 
countries. 
Bdel'la.     A  leech. 

Bdel  lium.  A  gum-resin  resembling  im- 
pure myrrh. 

BdeIlom/eter  (from  ft<h-?Ja,  a  leech,  and 
ut  rpov,  measure).  An  instrument  proposed  as  a 
substitute    for    the    leech,  in    order    that   the 


BDE 


87 


BEN 


quantity  of  blood  drawn  may  be  ascertained. 
It  consists  of  a  cupping-glass,  to  which  a 
scarificator  and  an  exhausting  syringe  are  at- 
tached. 

Bdelyg'mia.  Nausea,  or  dislike  for  food  ; 
also  a  disgusting  fetor.     Bdolus. 

Bead  Proof.  An  epitbet  denoting  tbe 
strength  of  spirituous  liquors  as  shown  by  the 
continuance  of  bead-like  bubbles  on  the  surface. 

Beak.  The  bill  of  a  bird  ;  a  point ;  the 
jaws  of  forceps  employed  for  the  extraction  of 
teeth  are  sometimes  so  called.  In  Chemistry, 
the  tubular  portion  of  a  retort. 

Beat.  The  pulsations  of  the  blood  in  the 
arteries  or  the  impulse  of  the  heart.  See 
Pulse. 

Bebeer/ia.  Bebeerine.  An  alkaloid  ob- 
tained from  the  Bebeeru,  or  greenheart  tree, 
of  British  Guiana.  Its  sulphate  has  been  used 
as  au  anti  periodic. 

Be'chics  (bechica,  beech ica ;  from  /???£,  a 
cough).     Medicines  for  relieving  a  cough. 

Beef,  Essence  of.  This  is  made  by  putting 
finely-cut,  lean  beef  into  a  bottle,  corking  it, 
and  then  immersing  it  in  boiling  water.  The 
juice  of  the  meat,  highly  concentrated,  is  found 
in  the  bottle. 

Beef  Tea  (jus  bovinmn).  An  infusion  of  beef. 
Take  two  pounds  and  a  half  of  beef,  free 
from  fat,  cut  it  in  fine  pieces,  and  put  into 
three  pints  of  water,  in  an  earthen  pipkin  ; 
let  it  simmer,  but  never  boil,  till  it  is  reduced 
to  a  pint  and  a  half;  then  strain  carefully. 
It  should  be  entirely  free  from  fat. 

Beer  (cerevisia).  A  fermented  infusion  of 
malted  barley  and  hops.  The  term  is  also 
applied  to  various  saccharine  beverages  in  a 
partial  state  of  vinous  fermentation,  differently 
flavored,  as  spruce  beer,  etc. 

Bees/wax.     See  Cera. 

Beg/ma  (from  (iricoeiv,  to  cough  up,  to 
expectorate,  to  spit).     Expectorated  matter. 

Bego'nia.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Begoniacea1.  The  roots  of  some  of  the  species 
are  used  in  Peru  in  diseases  of  the  chest  and 
in  scurvy. 

Belch'ing.     Eructation. 

BelemnoPdes  Proces'sus.  The  styloid 
processes. 

Belladonna.     See  Atropa  Belladonna. 

Belladon'nin.  A  volatine  alkaline  prin- 
ciple found  in  belladonna,  said  to  be  distinct 
from  atropia. 

Bell  Met/al.  An  alloy  of  copper,  zinc,  tin, 
and  antimony. 


BePIows.  An  instrument  for  propelling  air 
through  a  tube  or  small  orifice.  It  is  variously 
constructed  according  to  the  purpose  for  which 
it  is  designed  to  be  used.  The  air,  being  per- 
mitted to  escape  only  by  a  small  orifice,  rushes 
out  with  great  velocity. 

Bellows  and  Blow-pipe,  Van  Emen's.  A 
circular  bellows,  nine  or  ten  inches  in  diame- 
ter, wdth  a  small  gum-elastic  tube  three  or 
four  feet  in  length,  terminating  in  a  tapering 
metallic  tube,  to  be  inserted  in  a  blow-pipe 
leading  from  it.  The  bellows  is  worked  by 
the  foot,  while  with  the  blow-pipe  held  in 
the  hand  a  jet  of  flame  from  a  lamp  may  be 
projected  on  the  object  designed  to  be  heated. 
Although  intended  for  the  use  of  the  mechani- 
cal dentist,  it  may  be  employed  advantage- 
ously by  chemists,  mineralogists,  and  jewellers. 
Bellows  Sound.  A  peculiar  sound  resembling 
that  produced  by  a  pair  of  bellows,  some- 
times heard  through  a  stethoscope,  as  a  morbid 
phenomenon  indicating  enlargement  of  the 
heart  or  contraction  of  its  orifices. 

Bell's  Paralysis.  Paralysis  of  the  facial 
nerve. 

BePIy.     The  abdomen. 
BePonoid   (/3e?iov>^   a  bodkin,  and  sidoc,  a 
form).     Applied  to  processes  of  bone  ;  styloid. 
Benedic/ta  Laxat/iva.     Ehubarb  and  the 
lenitive  electuary.     Confectio  senna?. 

Benig/nus.  Benign  ;  not  malignant.  Ap- 
plied to  mild  forms,  of  disease. 

Benjamin,  or  Benzoin.    Belzoim.    A  dry, 
resinous,  brittle  substance,  obtained  from  the 
styrax  benzoin.     See  Benzoin. 
Benjamin  Flowers.     Benzoic  acid. 

Ben'zamide.  A  substance  obtained  by 
saturating  chloride  of  benzole  with  dry  ammo- 
nia and  washing  to  remove  the  muriate  of 
ammonia. 

Ben'zidam.  An  oil  of  a  light  yellow  color, 
obtained  by  passing  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
through  nitro-benzide.  It  is  identical  with 
aniline  and  kyanole. 

Ben/zile.  A  substance  obtained  by  passing 
a  stream  of  chlorine  gas  through  fused  ben- 
zoin. 

BenziPic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
benzile. 

Ben'zin.     See  Benzole. 
Ben'zine,  or  Benzene.     Mineral  turpen- 
tine.   A  substance  obtained  from  coal-oil,  and 
used  as  a  substitute  tor  turpentine. 
Ben'zoate.     A  salt  of  benzoic  acid. 
Benzo'ic  Acid  (acidum  benzoicum).  Flowers 


BEN 


BIB 


of  benjamin.  An  acid  obtained  from  gum 
benzoin  by  sublimation.  It  exists,  however, 
in  nearly  all  the  balsams.  Its  salts  are  benzo- 
ates.  Its  local  action  is  acrid,  and  when 
swallowed  causes  heat  and  acridity  of  mouth, 
fauces,  and  stomach.  It  is  stimulant  and 
errhine  ;  as  an  expectorant,  doubtful.  Dose, 
gr.  x  to  £ss.  In  Dental  Practice  it  has  been 
employed  as  an  antiseptic  in  putrid  pulps  of 
teeth  ;  also  as  a  local  haemostatic  in  connection 
with  powdered  alum. 
Benzoic  Sulphide  of  Sodium.     Compound  of 

benzoic  acid   and   sulphide   of   sodium ;    an 

antiseptic. 
Benzo/in.     A    balsam    or    resin    obtained 
from  incisions  made  in  the  styrax  benzoin. 

Benzole.  Benzin  ;  benzene  ;  phene  ;  hy- 
druret  of  phenyle.  A  constituent  of  coal-gas 
tar,  obtained  by  distilling  coal  naphtha.  It  is 
a  colorless,  oily  liquid,  with  an  agreeable  odor. 
In  the  form  of  an  ointment,  composed  of  one 
part  of  benzole  and  four  parts  of  lard,  it  has 
been  used  with  advantage  in  itch  and  parasites 
of  the  skin  ;  and  in  neuralgia  and  rheumatism 
in  its  pure  state. 
Benzol=pseudo=tropein.      See  Tropaco- 

CAINE. 

Ben/zone.  A  colorless  oily  fluid,  produced 
by  distilling,  in  the  dry  way,  benzoate  of  lime. 

Ben'zonitrile.  A  clear,  colorless  liquid, 
formed  during  the  fusion  of  benzoate  of  am- 
monia. 

Ben/zule.  Benzoyle ;  (from  benzoin,  and 
vkri,  principle).  A  compound  of  carbon,  hy- 
drogen, and  oxygen,  supposed  to  be  the  base 
of  benzoic  acid. 

Ber'berin.  A  yellow,  crystalline  substance 
obtained  from  the  root  of  the  barberry. 

Berbe/ris  Vulgaris.  Barberry.  The  ber- 
ries of  this  shrub  are  refrigerant,  astringent, 
and  antiscorbutic. 

Ber'gamot.  A  species  of  citron  or  small 
orange  of  an  agreeable  taste  and  pleasant  odor. 
An  oil  is  obtained  from  its  bark  that  is  much 
used  as  a  perfume. 

Ber'tin,  Spongy  Bones  of.  Two  small, 
triangular,  turbinated  bones,  often  found 
beneath  the  small  opening  of  the  sphenoidal 
sinus. 

Bert's,  Paul,  Method.  The  administra- 
tion by  inhalation  of  a  mixture  of  eighty-five 
parts  of  nitrous  oxide  ^as  and  fifteen  parts  of 
oxygen,  with  a  pressure  of  twenty-live  to 
twenty-eight  centimetres  ;  or,  for  later  opera- 
tions, eighty-eight  parts  of  nitrous  oxide   to 


twelve  parts  of  oxygen.  This  mixture,  it  is 
claimed,  will  produce  a  more  rapid  and  longer 
anaesthesia,  as  well  as  a  more  rapid  recovery, 
than  NO.  gas  alone. 

Ber'yI.  Aqua-marine.  A  valuable  mineral 
of  a  greenish-yellow  color. 

"  Best  "  Hot  Moist=air  Celluloid  Appa= 
ratus.  A  dry  heat  machine  for  moulding 
celluloid.  The  advantage  of  this  machine  is 
that  in  carrying  the  heat  as  high  as  is  necessary 
to  thoroughly  soften  the  celluloid  the  danger 
of  combustion  is  avoided. 

Beta.     The  second  letter  of  the  Greek  al- 
phabet ;  used  as  a  prefix  denoting  the  second 
of  two  or  more  bodies,  as  beta-naphthol. 
Beta-naphthol.     See  NAPHTHOL. 

Be/tel.  Piper  betel.  An  Indian  plant, 
which,  when  chewed,  blackens  the  teeth.  Its 
properties  are  said  to  be  tonic  and  astringent. 
Beza'han.  Fossil  bezoar. 
Bez/oar  (from  the  Persian,  pa-zahar,  a  de- 
stroyer of  poison).  Lapis  bezoardicus ;  an 
earthy  concretion  found  iu  the  stomach,  in- 
testines, and  bladder  of  animals.  These  bezoars 
were  formerly  supposed  to  possess  wonderful 
alexipharmic  virtues. 

Bezoar/dicum.      Bezoardic    medicine.      A 
name  given  to  numerous  complex  bodies. 
Bezoardicum  Jovia/le.     A  greenish   powder, 
composed   of  tin,    antimony,    mercury,  and 
nitric  acid,  used  as  a  diaphoretic. 
Bezoardicum     Luna're.     A     preparation     of 
silver  and  antimony. 
Bezoardicum    MartiaTe.     A    preparation    of 
iron  and  antimony. 
Bezoardicum  Minera/le.     Deutoxide  of  anti- 
mony. 
Bezoardicum  Satur/ni.     A  preparation  of  an- 
timony and  lead. 
Bezoardicum  Sola/re.     A  preparation  of  gold 
filings,  nitric  acid,  and  butter  of  antimony, 
possessing  diaphoretic  properties. 
Bi    (from   bis,    twice).     Prefixed    to  words 
used    in    anatomy,    chemistry,    and    botany, 
meaning  two,  twice,  double,  a  pair,  etc.     Also, 
when  standing  alone,  the  chemical  symbol  for 
bismuth. 

Biartic'ulate  (from  Ms,  twice,  and  articulus, 
a  joint;  two-jointed).  A  term  applied  to  the 
antennas  of  insects  which  have  but  two  joints. 
Biauric'ulate  (from  Ms,  twice,  and  auricula, 
an  auricle).  A  term  applied  in  Comparative 
Anatomy  to  a  heart  with  two  auricles,  as  in 
most  bivalve  molluscs,  etc. 

Biba/sic.     A   term  applied  in  Chemistry  to 


BIB 


89 


BIF 


acids  which  combine  with  two  atoms  of  base  ; 
also  to  salts  having  two  distinct  bases. 
Bibe.  Drink.  Used  in  prescriptions. 
Bibito/rius  (bibitorious  ;  from  bibo,  to  drink; 
for  the  reason  that  when  the  eye  is  drawn 
inward  toward  the  nose  it  causes  those  who 
drink  to  look  into  the  cup).  A  name  formerly- 
applied  to  the  rectus  intern  us  oculi. 

Bib'ulous.  Having  the  property  of  ab- 
sorbing moisture. 

Bibulous  Paper.  Used  in  Dentistry  for  drying 
cavities  preparatory  to  introducing  the  filling. 
Blotting  paper. 

Bicarbonate  of  Potash  (potassii  bicarbonas). 
Formula  :  KHC03.    Dose,  gr.  v-x.    It  is  one  of 
the  salts   of  potassium   and   is    antacid    and 
diuretic.     It  is  employed  as  a  mouth-wash,  to 
correct  acidity  of  the  oral  secretions  and  pre- 
vent caries  of  the  teeth  ;    also  in   aphtha?,  in 
stomatitis,  in  mercurial  and  gangrenous  ulce- 
rations of  the  mouth  and  inflammation  of  the 
gums,  and  in  excoriations  and  abrasions  from  ar- 
tificial teeth.     Five  to  ten  grains  to  the  ounce 
of  water  may  be  employed. 
Bicarbonate     of    Soda     (sodse     bicarbonas). 
Sesqui-carbonate  of  soda.     Obtained   by  the 
action  of  carbonic  acid  on  the   carbonate   of 
soda.     It   is  antacid,   alterative,    and  lithon- 
triptic,  and  is  extensively  used  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  soda  and  Seidlitz  powders.     Dose  of 
powder,  gr.  x-xl.     It  is  added  to  some  denti- 
frices for  its  antacid  property. 
Bicar'bonates.      Salts    which    contain    a 
double  portion  of  carbonic  acid. 

Bicauda'lis.  Two-tailed.  Sometimes  ap- 
plied to  the  posterior  auris  muscle,  which 
consists  of  two  small  bundles  of  fibres. 

Bicepha/lium.  A  sarcoma  on  the  head  so 
large  as  to  appear  like  a  second  head. 

Biceps  (from  bis,  twice,  and  caput,  head; 
two-headed).  A  term  applied  to  muscles 
which  have  two  heads. 

Biceps  Exter/nus.     The  long  portion  of  the 
triceps  extensor  cubiti. 
Biceps  Flex'or  Cru/ris.     A   muscle  situated 
on  the  back  part  of  the  thigh. 
Biceps     Flexor    Cubiti    (biceps    brachii).      A 
flexor  muscle  of  the  forearm  on  the  fore  part 
of  the  os  humeri. 
Bichat,    Canal    of.     A    small   round   hole 
above  the  pineal  gland  opening  into  the  third 
ventricle  of  the  brain  ;  called  also  the  arach- 
noid canal. 

Bichloride  of  Carbon.  See  Tetrachlo- 
ride of  Carbon. 


Bichloride  of  Mercury.  Corrosive  sublimate, 
which  see. 
Bicipital.  A  term  applied  to  anything 
relating  to  the  biceps,  as  the  bicipital  groove 
between  the  tuberosities  of  the  os  humeri, 
which  lodges  in  the  tendon  of  the  long  head 
of  this  muscle  ;  and  the  bicipital  tuberosity 
near  the  upper  extremity  of  the  radius,  which 
gives  attachment  to  the  biceps  muscle. 

Bicus'pid  (bicuspidaius  ;  from  bis,  twice,  and 
cuspis,  a  spear).     Having  two  points. 
Bicuspid  Teeth  (denies  bicuspidati ;  bicuspidcs 
or  bicuspidati,  the  plural  of  bicuspis,  which  is 
derived  from  bis,  twice,  and  cuspis,  a  point). 
The  two  teeth  on  each  side  of  each  jaw  between 
the  cuspidati  and  the  first  molars.     They  are 
so  called  from  their  having  two  distinct  tuber- 
cles or  cusps  on  their  grinding  surface,  one 
outer  and  one  inner.    Their  crowns  are  slightly 
flattened   from    before   backward,   and   their 
transverse  diameter  is  greater  than  their  an- 
teroposterior.    The  cusps,  upon  their  friction 
or  grinding  surfaces,  are  separated  from  each 
other  by  a  furrow  running  in  the  direction  of 
the  alveolar  arch.     The  external  cusp  is  more 
prominent  than  the  internal.     In  the  lower 
jaw  the  cusps  are  smaller  than  in  the  upper, 
as  are  also  the  teeth  themselves,  and  the  groove 
which  separates  them  is  not  so  deep.  The  inner 
tubercle  of  a  first  bicuspid  in  the  lower  jaw  is 
sometimes  wanting.     The  roots  of  the  bicus- 
pids are  generally  simple,  but  have  a  vertical 
groove  on  their  anterior  and  posterior  surfaces, 
which    frequently    unite   in    the   upper  jaw, 
forming  two  roots,  each  having  an  opening  for 
the  vessels  and  nerves  to  enter. 
The  bicuspid  teeth  belong  to  second  dentition, 
and   replace  the  temporary  or   milk  molars. 
They  are  sometimes  termed  small  molars. 
Biden'tal  (bidentatus).     In  Zoology,  animals 
which  have   only  two  teeth,   as   the  Pkyseter 
bidcns,  two-toothed  catchalot.   In  Botany,  organs 
which  have  the  bidental  character. 
Bien/nial.     Every  two  years. 
Bien/nis.      Biennial.      In   Botany,    a  term 
applied  to  plants  that  are  in  leaf  one  year  and 
in   flower  the  next,  after  which  they  perish. 
Less  strictly,  it  has  been  used  to  denote  the 
fructification   of  perennial   plants,    like   some 
oaks,  which  bear  fruit  only  every  other  year. 

Bifa'rious.  Arranged  in  two  series  or  oppo- 
site rows. 

Bi'fid  (from  hi,  two,  and  lido,  to  cleave). 
Forked  ;  divided  in  two.  Cleft,  as  the  spina 
bifida. 


BIF 


90 


BIS 


Bifur'cate  (from  bi,  two,  and  furca,  a  fork). 
Divided  into  two  like  a  fork. 

Bif  urca'tion  [bifurcatio  ;  from  bi,  two,  and 
furca,  a  fork).  Division  into  two  branches,  as  : 
of  a  tooth  into  two  roots  ;  of  the  trachea  and  of 
the  aorta  into  two  branches.  It  is  sometimes 
applied  to  the  angle  or  space  where  the  division 
occurs. 

Bi'gaster.     A  muscle  having  two  bellies. 

Bil'abe.  An  instrument  for  extracting  for- 
eign bodies  from  the  bladder  through  the 
urethra. 

Bilat'eral.  Having  two  symmetrical  sides. 
In  Surgery,  applied  to  an  operation  in  which 
incisions  are  made  into  both  sides  of  an  organ, 
as  the  bilateral  operation  for  the  stone. 

Bile  (bilis) .  The  substance  normally  secreted 
by  the  liver.  The  gall.  Bile  is  distinguished 
into  hepatic  and  cystic;  the  former  flows  directly 
from  the  liver,  and  the  latter  from  the  gall- 
bladder. Bile  is  golden  brown  in  man,  and 
mucilaginous.  It  is  composed  of  biliary  salts, 
cholesterin,  mucus,  and  certain  pigments.  Its 
principal  acids  are  taurocholic  and  glycocholic, 
both  generally  combined  with  sodium. 

BiFiary  (biliaris ;  from  bilis,  the  bile).    Per- 
taining or  belonging  to  the  bile. 
Biliary  Acids.     See  Bile. 

Biliary  Apparatus.     The   parts  concerned  in 
the  secretion  and  excretion  of  bile. 
Biliary  Concretions.     Concretions   found   in 
some  parts  of  the  biliary  apparatus. 
Biliary  Ducts.     The  hepatic,  cystic,  and  ductus 
communis  choledochus. 

Bil'ious  (biliosus;  from  bilis,  bile).  Pertain- 
ing to,  containing,  or  produced  by  bile.  A 
term  applied  to  certain  constitutions  and '  to 
diseases  supposed  to  be  produced  by  too  great 
a  secretion  of  bile. 

Biliphe'in  [bilis,  bile,  and  <jxuog,  of  a  brown 
color).  The  most  important  coloring  matter  of 
the  bile. 

Biliver'din.  A  name  given  by  Berzelius  to 
the  green  precipitate  produced  by  dropping 
acids  into  the  yellow  coloring  matter  of  the 
bile. 

Biloc'ular  (bilocularis :  from  hi,  two,  and 
lociihis,  a  little  cell).  Saving  two  cells  ;  two- 
celled. 

Bi/manus  (from  hi,  two,  and  maims,  a  hand). 
Two-handed  ;  a  term  applied  solely  to  a  man, 
because  lie  is  theonly  animal  that  has  two  per- 
fect bands. 

Binary  (binarius).  A  term  applied  in 
Chemistry  to  a  compound  of  two  simple  or  ele- 


mentary  substances  ;  in  Anatomy,  separating 
into  two  branches. 

Bi/nate  (binatus).     In  pairs. 

Binoc/uJar.  Kelating  to  or  having  two 
eyes  ;  as  binocular  vision,  seeing  one  object  with 
both  eyes. 

Binocular  Microscope.  A  microscope  con- 
trived to  be  used  by  both  eyes.  It  gives  a 
wonderful  distinctness  and  elevation  to  objects 
examined  through  it. 

Binoc'ulus  (from  binus,  double,  and  oculus, 
the  eye).  Having  two  eyes  ;  also,  a  bandage 
for  both  eyes. 

Binox/alate.  A  combination  of  an  excess 
of  oxalic  acid  with  a  base. 

Biochym/ia.     Vital  chemistry. 

Biodynam'ics  {(it-oc,  life,  Swauig,  power). 
The  doctrine  or  science  of  the  vital  forces. 

Biol'ogy  (biologia  ;  from  (iiog,  life,  and  hoyog, 
a  discourse).  The  doctrine  of  life  ;  the  science 
comprising  the  structure,  function,  and  organi- 
zation of  life  forms. 

Biolycb/nion  (biolychnium).  Animal  heat. 

Biolysis.  Destruction  of  life  ;  the  devi- 
talization of  living  tissue. 

Biolyt/ic.     Destroying  life. 

Biomagnetis'mus  {(iiog,  life,  and  magnetis- 
mus,  magnetism).  Another  name  for  animal 
magnetism. 

Bi'oplasm  (from  (iiog,  life,  and  ■K'kaafxa, 
form).  Any  living  matter  ;  matter  possessing 
reproductive  vitality. 

Bioplast.  A  mass  or  cell  of  bioplasm 
which  is  a  unit  of  living  matter. 

Bios'copy  (from  (iiog,  life,  and  07co7rew,  to  ex- 
amine). An  examination  of  the  body  to  deter- 
mine if  life  is  extinct. 

Bi'ote  (from  frog,  life).  Life  ;  also  that  which 
is  necessary  for  its  preservation. 

Biothan'ati  (from  (iia,  violence,  (iiog,  life, 
and  -SavaTog,  death).  A  violent  or  sudden 
death,  as  if  there  were  no  space  between  life 
and  death. 

Bi/otic  (from  [Iiog,  life).  Pertaining  to  life 
or  to  the  laws  of  animal  and  vegetable  progress 
and  evolution. 

Bi'ped  (bipes ;  from  hi,  two,  and  pes,  pedis, 
a  foot).  Two-footed.  A  term  in  Zoology, 
applied  to  all  two-footed  animals. 

Bird'lime.  A  glutinous  substance  prepared 
from  the  middle  bark  of  the  holly. 

Bis/cuit  (from  bis,  twice,  and  cuit,  baked). 
A  name  applied  to  porcelain  paste,  which, 
after  having  been  moulded  or  carved,  has 
been    subjected   to   a  red  heat  in   the   muffle 


BIS 


91 


BLA 


of  a  furnace  or  a  charcoal  fire,  for  the  purpose 
of  hardening  it  sufficiently  for  trimming,  and 
to  receive  the  enamel.  This  process  is  termed 
biscuiting  or  crucing  porcelain.  See  BLOCK 
Teeth. 

Bis'muth  (Msmuthwm;  wi&muthum;  regu- 
lus  of  bismuth;  marcasita  ;  tin  glass).  Symbol, 
Bi.  Atomic  "weight,  210.  A  metal  of  a 
reddish-white  color  ;  highly  crystalline,  hard, 
and  brittle  ;  it  is  somewhat  different  from  lead, 
possessing  but  little  malleability,  and  fusible 
at  400°  Fahrenheit.  When  combined  in  the 
proper  proportion  with  tin  and  lead,  the  alloy 
is  known  by  the  name  of  D'Arcet's  metal,  fusi- 
ble at  the  temperature  of  boiling  water,  and 
was  at  one  time  used  for  filling  teeth.  See 
Fusible  Alloy,  D'Arcet's  Metal. 

It  possesses  remarkable  power  of  reducing 
the  fusing  point  of  metals.  The  insoluble  salts 
of  bismuth  are  employed  in  dysentery,  gastral- 
gia,  gonorrhoea,  and  gleet.  Locally,  bismuth  is 
employed  in  various  skin  diseases,  and  in 
aphtha?  and  stomatitis. 

Bismuth,  Butter  of.     Chloride  of  bismuth. 
Bismuth,  Flowers  of.     Sublimed  oxide  of  bis- 
muth. 

Bismuth    Subnitrate    (bismuihum   album,    bis- 
muth Irisnitrate).     An    insoluble,    inodorous, 
tasteless,    beautifully  white    powder,    called 
pearl  powder,  Spanish  white,  and  magistery 
of  bismuth.     It  is  tonic  and  antispasmodic. 
Dose,  gr.  j  to  gr.  xv. 
Bismuth,  Valerianate  of.     A  salt  of  bismuth 
and  valerianic  acid.     It  is  a  nervine  medicine. 
Dose,  gr.  h  to  gr.  ij,  in  a  pill. 
Bis'torta't(  polygonumbistorta).     Snakeweed. 
Bis/toury  (from  Pistori,  a  town  once  cele- 
brated  for  the  manufacture   of  these  instru- 
ments).    A   small    knife  with   a    straight  or 
curved  blade,  plain  or  guarded  at  the  point, 
used  in  surgery. 

BisuFphas.  Bisulphate.  A  combination 
of  two  equivalents  of  sulphuric  acid  with  one 
of  the  base. 

BisuFphite.     A  combination  of  two  equiva- 
lents of  sulphurous  acid  with  one  of  the  base. 
Bitar'trate.     A    supersalt  with    twice  as 
much  tartaric  acid  as  the  corresponding  neutral 
salt. 

Bit'ter.  See  Amarus. 
Bitter  Almonds,  Water  of.  A  preparation  of 
sixteen  minims  of  the  oil  of  bitter  almonds  to 
two  pints  of  water,  or  half  a  minim  to  a  fluid 
ounce.  Used  as  a  vehicle  for  other  medicines 
in  nervous  coughs  aud  spasmodic  affections. 


Bitter  Salt.     Sulphate  of  magnesia. 
Bitter  Spar.     A  term  applied  to  camite,  crys- 
tallized varieties  of  dolomite,  or  double  carbon- 
ates of  lime  and  magnesia. 
Bitter  Wood.     Quassia. 

Bit/tern.  The  mother  water  which  remains 
after  the  crystallization  of  the  salt  in  sea  or  salt 
spring  water. 

Bit/ters.     Medicines  of  a  bitter  taste. 
Bitu'men.      Asphaltum,    of    which  there 
are    several  varieties.      Mineral   pitch.      See 
Asphaltum,  Naphtha,  and  Petroleum. 
BitiFminous.     Of  the  nature  of  bitumen. 
BFuret.     A  substance  derived  from  urea. 
Bivalent.      Equivalent   to  two   atoms   of 
hydrogen  ;  capable'of  combining  with  or  replac- 
ing two  atoms  of  hydrogen. 

BFvalve.     Having  two  valves. 
BiverFter  (from  bi,  two,  and  venter,  a  belly). 
A  name  applied  to  muscles  which  have  two 
bellies,  as  the  digastricus  and  biventer  cervicis 
of  the  lower  jaw. 

Blac'ciae.     Rubeola  ;  measles. 
Bla'cid.     Debility. 

Black/berry.       The    fruit  of  the  Rubus 
fruticosus.     Astringent.     Dose,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xx. 
Black  Draught.    An  infusion  of  senna  with 
Epsom  salts. 

Black  Drop.  A  [fermented  aromatic  vinegar 
of  opium.  One  drop  is  equal  to  three  of 
laudanum. 

Black  Flux.   A  mixture  of  carbonate  of  potash 
and  charcoal,  obtained  by  deflagrating  cream 
of  tartar  with  half  its  weight  of  nitre. 
Black  Jack.     A  name  applied   by  miners  to 
sulphuret  of  zinc. 
Black  Lead.     Plumbago. 

Black    Mustard.      The   seed   of    the   Sinapis 
nigra.       It    is    an    emetic,    stimulant,     and 
counter-irritant.    It  relieves  pain  when  topic- 
ally applied.    In  Dental  Practice,  when  placed 
in  a  small  bag,  it  is  applied  to  the  gum  over 
a  tooth  affected  with  acute  periodontitis. 
Black  Naphtha.     Petroleum.     Pock  oil. 
Black  Vomit.     One  of  the  fatal  symptoms  of 
yellow  fever  ;  also,  a  name  by  which  a  disease 
that  sometimes  prevails  during  the  months  of 
August  and  September,  in  some  of  the  west- 
ern and  southern  parts  of  the  United  States, 
is  designated. 
Black  Wadd.     One  of  the  ores  of  manganese. 
Black  Wash.     A  lotion    of  calomel  and  lime 
water. 
Black's  1.  2.  3.  Mixture.     Consists  of  car- 
bolic acid  (melted  crystals  .  l  pari  ;  oil  of  cassia, 


BLA 


92 


BLE 


2  parts ;  oil  of  wintergreen  (gaultheria),  3 
parts.  Antiseptic  and  disinfectant.  Used  for 
the  treatment  of  putrescent  pulp-canals  and 
alveolar  abscesses. 

Blad'der.  See  Ukixary  Bladder  and 
Gall-bladder. 

Bla?'sitas  (from  blsesus,  one  who  stammers). 
Inaccurate  enunciation  of  articulate  sounds. 
A  distortion. 

Blain.  An  elevation  of  the  cuticle  filled 
with  a  watery  fluid  ;  a  blister. 

Blancard's  PHI.  A  pill  of  iodide  of  iron 
made  directly  from  its  elements,  protected  by 
honey,  brought  to  the  pilular  consistence  with 
powder  of  marshmallow,  rolled  in  powder  of 
iron  reduced  from  the  oxide,  and  varnished 
with  a  thin  coating  of  resin  by  dipping  it  once 
or  twice  in  an  ethereal  solution  of  the  balsam 
of  tolu.  It  is  employed  as  a  tonic  for  anaemic 
children. 

Blanc  de  Troyes.  Spanish  white.  Pre- 
pared chalk,  or  the  Creta  praeparata  of  the 
pharmacopoeias. 

Blanch.     To  whiten. 

Blanc=mange.  An  animal  jelly  to  which 
has  been  added  sugar,  milk  of  almonds,  and 
an  aromatic. 

Blaste'ma  (from  /W-acravw,  to  germinate). 
The  formative  lymph  or  pabulum  of  capillary 
exudation  ;  the  rudiment  of  an  organ  in  a  state 
of  development. 

Blast/oderm  (from  (Hacravu,  to  germinate, 
and  Sep/ia,  skin).  The  germinal  membrane 
formed  by  the  cells  of  the  morula,  lying  on 
the  internal  surface  of  the  vitelline  membrane 
of  the  impregnated  ovum.  A  minute  thin 
membrane  on  the   surface  of  the  yolk  of  an 

egg- 

Blastodermic  Vesicle.  A  distinct  granu- 
lar envelope  immediately  surrounding  the  yolk 
of  a  bird's  egg  and  covered  by  the  vitelline 
membrane. 

Blastogen'esis  {fSTworog,  a  sprout,  and 
■yeveaig,  generation).  The  multiplication  of 
plants  by  means  of  buds. 

Blasto'mere.     Sec  Morula. 
Blastopore.     Sec  Blastoderm. 
Bleach'ing.     A  chemical  process  of  whiten- 
ing linen  or  woolen  cloths. 
Bleaching     Liquid.       Oxymuriatic    alkaline 

water. 
Bleaching  Powder.     Chloride  of  lime. 
Bleaching    Teeth.       The    restoration    of    the 
color  in  teeth  which  have  become  discolored 
by  any  of  the  causes  producing  such  an  effect 


is  dependent  on  the  preliminary  measures 
instituted.  Chlorine,  free  or  in  some  of  its 
combinations,  is  the  most  effectual  agent  for 
bleaching  purposes.  Chlorine  is  liberated 
more  or  less  rapidly  from  chlorinated  lime  by 
all  the  acids,  but  rapidity  of  action  is  not 
always  desirable,  and  hence  a  50  per  cent, 
solution  of  acetic  acid  gives  more  satisfactory 
results  than  tartaric  acid,  the  action  of  which 
on  chlorinated  lime  is  more  rapid  unless  it  is 
reduced  to  a  comparatively  weak  sol  ution.  No 
steel  or  iron  instruments  must  be  employed, 
for  the  reason  that  the  salts  of  iron  formed 
will  rapidly  discolor  the  tooth.  Oxychloride 
of  zinc,  oxyphosphate  of  zinc,  oxalic  acid, 
sodium  sulphite  combined  with  boracic  acid 
in  the  form  of  a  powder  and  forming  sodium 
borate,  chlorinated  lime  combined  with  either 
acetic,  tartaric,  or  oxalic  acids,  sulphurous 
acid,  peroxide  of  hydrogen,  peroxide  of 
sodium,  aluminum  chloride,  pyrozone,  com- 
pressed warm  air,  and  the  cataphoric  method 
have  also  given  satisfactory  results  when 
properly  employed. 
Blear  Eye.  A  chronic  catarrhal  inflamma- 
tion of  the  eyelids. 

Bleb.  A  bulla,  or  bladdery  tumor,  or  small 
vesicle  of  the  skin. 

Bleeding.  The  operation  of  blood-letting  ; 
also,  the  discharge  of  blood. 

Blende.  The  native  sulphuret  of  zinc  in 
black  crystals.  The  term  is  sometimes  applied 
to  other  ores. 

Blen'na  {(Htwa  •  blenna).     Mucus. 
Blenna  Narium.     Mucus  from  the  nose. 

Blennadeni'tis.  Inflammation  of  mucous 
follicles. 

Blennelyt/ria    (from   (iXevva,    mucus,    and 
eZwrpov,  a  sheath).     Same  as  leucorrhcea. 
Blenneme'sis.     Mucous  vomiting. 
Blennente'ria.     Dysentery. 
Blen'nogenic  (/IXewo.,  mucus,  and  yevvau, 
to  generate).     Generating  mucus  ;  muciparous. 
Blennophthal'mia.    Purulent  ophthalmia. 
BIennop/tysis    (from   /?Aewa,  and  ittvu,  I 
spit).     Expectoration  of  mucus.     Catarrh. 
Blennorrha'gia.     Gonorrhoea. 
Blennorrhce'a    (from  ft'Aevva,    mucus,  and 
pew,  I  flow).     Discharge  of  mucus  from  any  of 
the  mucous  surfaces,  but  particularly  from  the 
urethra. 

Blenno/sis.     A  generic  term  for  diseases  of 
the  mucous  membrane. 
Blennu/ria.     Cystorrhcea. 
Blenny'men.     A  mucous  membrane. 


BLE 


93 


BLO 


Blennymeni'tis.  Inflammation  of  a  mu- 
cous membrane. 

Blepharadeni'tis.     Ophthalmia  tarsi. 
BlepharFtis  (from  3'/.toapov:  the  eyelid,  and 
His,  a  terminal  signifying  inflammation}.     In- 
flammation of  the  eyelid. 

Blepharoblennorrhce'a.  Purulent  oph- 
thalmia. 

Bleph/aron  (p.e<?apov).  The  eyelid.  From 
this  word  various  others  are  compounded. 

BlepharophthaI'mia  (from  ps^apov,  the 
eyelid,  and  o<pda/.uta,  a  disease  of  the  eye). 
Inflammation  of  the  eyelid. 

Blepharoplas'ty.  Formation  of  an  eyelid 
from  the  neighboring  integument. 

Blepharopto'sis  (from  S/.soapov,  the  eyelid, 
and  k-ugic,  fall).  Prolapse  or  falling  of  the 
upper  eyelid. 

Blepharospas'mus  (from  :3?.e<papoi;  the  eye- 
lid, and  a-aauoc,  spasm).  A  spasmodic  action 
of  the  eyelid. 

Blestris'mus.     Kestlessness  of  the  sick. 
Ble'ta  Al'ba.     Milky  urine. 
Blight.      A    partial    paralysis    of   certain 
facial  nerves  resulting  from  sudden  or  extreme 
cold. 

Blind  ness  (czecitas).  Deprivation  of  the 
power  of  vision. 

Blis'ter  (vesicatorium).  Any  substance 
■which,  when  put  on  the  skin,  raises  the  cuticle 
in  the  form  of  a  vesicle  and  occasions  a  serous 
secretion.  The  cantharides,  or  blistering  flies 
are  most  frequently  employed  for  this  purpose, 
but  there  are  other  substances  which  will  pro- 
duce this  effect  on  the  cuticle.  Also,  elevation 
of  the  cuticle  with  a  deposition  of  serous  fluid 
underneath. 

Blis'tering  Fly.     See  Canthaeis. 
Block.     A  mass  of  gold  foil  for  filling  teeth, 
made  by  folding  a  tape  of  foil  upon  itself  sev- 
eral times  by  means  of  the  pliers. 
Block  Teeth,  Biscuiting  or  Crucing  of.     The 
teeth,    after   being  moulded   or   carved,    are 
placed  on  a  slide  and  put  in  the  muffle  of  a 
furnace  and  subjected  to  a  bright  red  heat,  by 
which  process  the  particles  become  sufficiently 
agglutinated   and    hardened     to    receive    the 
enamel.     This  is  called  biscuiting  or  crucing. 
The  blocks  should  now  be  removed  from  the 
furnace,  and   after   they  have  become  suffi- 
ciently cool  are  ready  for  the  enamel. 
Block  Teeth,  Carved.     Two  or  more  artificial 
teeth  carved  from  a  piece  of  ivory,  or  carved 
or  moulded  from  a  mass  of  porcelain  paste  and 
afterward  baked  and  enamelled.     The  former 


substance  is  seldom  used  at  present  for  this 
purpose.  The  latter  has  been  brought  to  a 
very  high  state  of  perfection.  The  introduc- 
tion of  vulcanite  has  created  the  necessity  of 
making  moulded  teeth  in  sections.  They  are 
made  in  sections  of  two,  three,  or  four,  and 
when  nicely  jointed  present  a  uniform  appear- 
ance, more  closely  resembling  the  natural  gum 
than  can  be  attained  by  the  use  of  single 
teeth.  These  moulds  are  made  and  worked 
as  described  under  Porcelain  Teeth  (which 
see). 

Block  Teeth,  Carving  of.  When  dentists 
carved  the  teeth  they  used  in  making  sets  the 
following  is  a  description  of  the  process  pur- 
sued :  A  plate  of  the  proper  form  is  first  struck 
up,  to  serve  as  a  base  for  the  blocks.  Upon  this 
a  sufficient  quantity  of  the  paste  for  the  body 
is  rudely  modelled,  and  platina  rivets  inserted 
opposite  the  back  of  each  tooth,  or  the  inser- 
tion of  the  rivets  may  be  delayed  until  the 
blocks  are  biscuited.  After  it  has  dried  suffi- 
ciently, it  must  be  carved  with  a  small  knife 
so  as  to  represent  as  nearly  as  possible  the 
shape  of  the  natural  teeth.  This  part  of  the 
process  must  be  conducted  with  great  care  to 
prevent  crumbling  the  body.  The  block  is 
now  removed  froni  the  metallic  base  and 
placed  upon  finely  pulverized  si  lex  on  a  slide 
or  tile,  permitting  only  the  surface  which  is 
to  rest  upon  the  plate  to  come  in  contact  with 
the  silex. 

In  carving  blocks  for  an  entire  dental  circle 
some  are  in  the  habit  of  making  three  pieces, 
one  with  the  incisors  and  cuspidati  and  each 
of  the  others  with  two  bicuspids  and  two 
molars  :  others  divide  the  arch  into  six  pieces 
or  blocks. 

Blocks  are  sometimes  attached  to  a  base  by 
means  of  gold  pins  soldered  or  riveted  to  the 
plate  and  passing  through  each  tooth  ;  at 
other  times  by  means  of  pins  passing  only 
about  two-thirds  through  But  the  last- 
mentioned  method  will  not  hold  the  blocks 
sufficiently  secure  to  prevent  them  from  loosen- 
ing and  coming  off. 

Block  Teeth,  Enamelling  of.  Having  a  quan- 
tity of  the  enamel  paste  prepared,  of  the  con- 
sistence of  cream,  and  in  several  parcels  of 
different  tints  of  color,  it  is  to  be  applied  to 
the  face  of  the  tooth,  previously  well  cleaned, 
with  a  camel's-hair  pencil,  in  a  regular,  uni- 
form coat.  It  should  extend  beyond  the 
cutting  edge  of  the  tooth,  so  as  to  give  that 
part  of  it  its  appropriate  transparency.     Great 


BLO 


94 


BLO 


care  must  be  taken  to  prevent  the  rosy  gum 
enamel  from  getting  on  the  tooth,  a  well- 
shaped  festoon  being  formed  around  each. 
The  tints  on  the  crown  of  the  tooth  must  be 
incorporated  carefully,  so  as  to  blend  or  shade 
off  into  the  other  enamel,  whilst  the  gum  forms 
a  sharp,  well-defined  festoon.  To  do  this  well, 
the  colored  enamels  should  be  placed  on  the 
tooth  and  covered  by  a  thin  layer  of  enamel, 
mixed  with  an  increased  quantity  of  water 
so  as  to  render  it  fluid. 

" '  It  is  usual  to  color  the  part  of  the  crown 
next  to  the  neck  of  the  tooth  yellow,  and  the 
tip  blue.  If  the  predominant  color  of  the 
teeth  to  be  imitated  is  yellow,  the  thin  coat 
may  be  of  yellow  enamel ;  and,  on  the  contrary. 
if  they  are  to  be  blue,  this  layer  may  be  put 
on  with  the  blue  enamel. 

' '  The  body  of  the   tooth   should   always  be 

colored  to  harmonize  with  the  enamel,  or  the 

effect  will  not  be  good." — Goddard. 

After  the  enamel  has  become  dry,  the  blocks 

are  again  placed  on  finely  pulverized  silex  on 

a  slide,  in  the  manner  before  described.     This 

done,  they  are  ready  to  be  put  into  the  furnace. 

See  Porcelain  Teeth. 

Blood  (sanguis).     A  red  homogeneous  fluid, 

formed   chiefly  from   chyle,  of  a  saltish   taste 

and   glutinous   consistence,   circulating  in  the 

cavities  of  the  heart,  arteries,  and  veins,  and 

supplying  nutritive  material  to  all  parts  of  the 

body.     The  average  quantity  of  this  fluid  in 

an  adult  is  estimated  at  twenty-eight  pounds, 

and  the  veins  are  supposed  to  contain  nearly 

four  times  the  quantity  that  the  arteries  do. 

The  blood  in  the  arteries  is  of  a  florid  red  ;  in 

the  veins  it  is  of  a  dark  brownish-red,  except 

in  the  pulmonary  vessels.     Here  the   color  is 

reversed,  the  arteries  containing  the  dark  and 

the  veins  the  red  blood. 

Blood  is  composed  of  water,  albumen,  fibrin, 
an  animal  coloring  matter,  a  little  fat,  and 
several  salts,  forming  a  colorless  plasma  in 
which  are  suspended  white  and  red  corpuscles. 
Blood,  after  being  drawn  and  left  to  itself, 
becomes  solid  and  separates  into  two  distinct 
parts — the  serum,  or  water]/  supernatant  fluid, 
and  the  cruor,  coagulum,  crassamenlum,  or  clot. 
The  serum  is  chiefly  water  holding  albumen  in 
solution  and  the  salts  of  the  blood.  The  clot 
contains  the  fibrin,  coloring  matter,  haemato- 
-in.  a  little  serum,  and  a  small  quantity  of 
salts.  Healthy  blood  consists  of  79  per  cent. 
of  water  and  21  per  cent,  of  solids. 
Blood  Corpuscles.     Small,  circular  biconcave 


dies  floating  in  the  blood.  Eed  corpuscles 
are  circular  and  about  j-^nr  0I"  an  mcn  in 
diameter  and  T^M  of  an  inch  thick.  White 
corpuscles  are  fewer  in  number,  one-third 
larger  in  diameter.  The  coloring  matter  of 
the  blood  exists  in  a  substance  known  as 
haemoglobin,  and  is  due  to  minute  quantities 
of  the  salts  of  iron. 

Blood  Crystals.  Crystals  of  the  substance 
known  as  haematoidin. 

Blood  Heat.  A  temperature  varying  from 
98°  to  100°  F. 
Blood-letting.  Every  artificial  discharge  of 
blood  procured  for  the  prevention  or  cure  of 
disease.  An  operation  which  consists  in  open- 
ing a  vessel  for  the  extraction  of  blood.  It 
is  divided  into  general  and  topical.  Venesection 
and  arteriotomy  are  examples  of  the  first,  and 
the  application  of  leeches  or  cupping  glasses, 
after  scarification,  of  the  latter. 
Blood  Plasma.  The  liquor  sanguinis,  or  fluid 
part  of  the  blood. 

Blood  Plates.  Discs,  pale  and  colorless,  and 
of  a  round  or  lenticular  form  of  variable  size, 
found  in  healthy  blood.  Their  function  is 
unknown. 

Blood  Pressure.  The  force  of  compression 
exerted  by  the  blood  upon  the  walls  of  the 
vessels  under  the  influence  of  the  heart's 
action,  the  elastic  walls,  etc. 
Blood-root.  Sanguinaria  canadensis. 
Blood-stone.  Haematite.  A  dark  green  sili- 
cious  mineral,  variegated  by  red  spots.  It  is 
a  native  oxide  of  iron,  and,  being  susceptible 
of  a  very  high  polish,  it  is  sometimes  used 
by  jewellers  and  mechanical  dentists  as  a  bur- 
nisher. 

Blood-vessel.     A  vessel  containing  and  con- 
veying blood. 
Blood'shot.     Distention   of  the   vessels   of 
the  eyeball  with  red  blood. 
Blood  'y  Flux.     Dysentery. 
Blow/=pipe.    A  cylindrical  tube  from  twelve 
to  eighteen  inches  long,  about  half  an  inch  in 
diameter  at  one  end,  and  gradually  tapering  to 
a  fine  point  or  nozzle,  which  may  be  straight 
or  bent  at  right  angles,  according  to  the  pur- 
poses  for  which   it  is  to   be  used.     With  an 
instrument  of  this  sort  "  a  jet  of  air  may  be 
injected  into  the  flame  of  a  lamp  or  candle  so 
as  to  divert  it  into  a  long  and   slender  cone 
upon  a  piece  of  charcoal  or  other   substance 
placed  to  receive  it."     The  greatest  heat  of  a 
flame  when  thus  urged  is  just  beyond  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  inner  flame,  for  the  reason  that 


BLO 


95 


BLO 


the  greatest  amount  of  combustion  is  at  this 
point.  A  more  useful  form  of  mouth  blow- 
pipe has  a  small  hollow  ball  or  cylinder  to 
receive  the  condensed  moisture  inserted  within 
three  inches  of  the  flame  end.  Other  forms  of 
blow-pipes,  worked  by  artificial  blast,  are  in 
use,  and  are  divided  by  Prof.  Austen  into 
four  classes:  (1)  Alcoholic,  or  self-acting  blow- 
pipes ;  (2)  mechanical,  or  bellows  blow-pipes; 
(3)  hydrostatic  blow-pipes  ;  (4)  oxyhydrogen,  or 
aero-hydrogen  blow-pipes.  The  latter  produce 
intense  heat  by  burning  hydrogen  or  illumi- 
nating gas  at  the  end  of  a  compound  nozzle, 
which  permits  air  and  the  gas  to  mix.  For  a 
description  of  the  different  classes  see  Harris' 
"Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Dentistry,"  twelfth  edi- 
tion. 

Blow-pipe  and  Furnace,  Somerby's.  An 
apparatus  invented  by  Dr.  R.  Somerby,  of 
Louisville,  Ky.,  consisting  of  a  furnace  and 
blow-pipe,  arranged  in  an  iron  frame,  supplied 
with  air  from  a  bellows. 
Blow-pipe,  Automaton.  Especially  designed 
for  crown-  and  bridge-work,  into  which  the 
air  is  admitted  and  conducted  through  a  small 
tube  to  the  upper  end  of  another,  which  admits 
illuminating  gas,  the  supply  of  both  air  and 
gas  being  regulated  by  the  pressure  of  the 
thumb  or  fingers  on  the  rubber  tubes  of  the 
appliance. 

Blow-pipe,  Bishop's.  A  blow-pipe  attached 
to  a  soldering  table  and  provided  with  a  pump 
and  an  air-chamber,  the  blow-pipe  being  at- 
tached to  the  air-chamber  by  a  ball-and-socket 
joint. 

Blow-pipe,  Burgess's.  This  blow-pipe  is 
constructed  on  the  same  general  principles 
as  the  Bishop  blow-pipe,  but  is  not  attached 
to  a  table.  A  pressure  of  from  two  to  twelve 
pounds  is  produced  at  will  by  accelerating  the 
motion  of  the  foot ;  it  measures  twenty-two 
inches  in  height  and  weighs  twelve  pounds. 
Blow-pipe,  Elliott's  Compound  Self-acting. 
A  combination  of  the  common  with  the  self- 
acting  blow-pipe. 
Blow-pipe,  Hook's  Self-acting.  A  brass 
globe  composed  of  two  hemispheres  firmly 
fastened  together,  having  an  orifice  at  the  top 
for  the  purpose  of  introducing  alcohol,  and  a 
tube  leading  from  the  upper  to  the  flame  of  a 
spirit-lamp  placed  underneath  the  brass  globe. 
When  this  is  partly  filled  with  alcohol  and  a 
lamp  placed  underneath  it,  the  alcohol  is  soon 
converted  into  vapor,  which,  finding  no  vent 
excepting  through  a  small  tube,  rushes  directly 


against  the  flame  of  the  lamp,  which  ignites 
it  and  forms  a  jet  of  flame  of  great  intensity. 

Blow-pipe,  Knapp's.  See  KNAPP'S  Com- 
pound Blow-pipe. 

Blow-pipe,  Mellott's,  is  intended  for  crown- 
and  bridge-work.  The  gas  is  supplied  through 
a  valved  tube  by  connecting  it  with  rubber  tub- 
ing to  a  gas  bracket.  A  spring  valve  regulates 
the  supply  of  gas  and  is  set  by  a  thumb-screw 
and  jam-nut  to  a  flame  of  any  desired  size. 

Blow-pipe,  Oxyhydrogen.  See  Oxyhydko- 
gen  Blow-pipe. 

Blow-pipe,  Parmly's  Self-acting.  An  appa- 
ratus invented  by  Dr.  Jahial  Parmly,  of  New 
York,  consisting  of  a  copper  globe,  about  five 
inches  and  a  half  in  diameter,  and  two  alco- 
holic reservoirs,  arranged  in  a  small  portable 
japanned  tin  case.  One  of  the  reservoirs  is 
placed  beneath  the  globe  on  the  floor  of  the 
case,  which  it  completely  covers.  This  is 
about  an  inch  and  a  half  deep,  and  in  its 
centre,  immediately  beneath  the  globe,  a 
burner  is  placed.  The  other  reservoir  is  of 
the  same  size,  and  placed  immediately  above 
the  globe.  In  the  top  of  one  side  of  this  one 
extremity  of  a  curved  tube  or  siphon,  provided 
with  a  stop-cock,  enters,  while  the  other  ex- 
tremity passes  down  through  a  protuberance 
on  the  top  of  the  globe  to  near  the  bottom 
of  the  globe.  Through  this  tube  alcohol  is 
introduced  from  the  upper  reservoir  into  the 
globe,  and  when  a  sufficient  supply  has  been 
let  in,  the  stop-cock  is  closed  and  the  com- 
munication between  the  two  cut  off.  In  the 
top  of  the  other  side  of  the  upper  reservoir  a 
burner  is  fixed.  A  little  above  this  a  tube, 
communicating  with  the  protuberance  in  the 
top  of  the  globe,  terminates.  When  both 
burners  are  lighted,  the  vapor,  generated  in 
the  globe  from  the  alcohol  by  the  heat  from 
the  lower  burner,  rushes  through  the  tube 
last  described  into  the  flame  from  the  upper 
burner,  ignites,  and  throws  off  a  jet  of  flame 
laterally  five  or  six  inches  in  length.  Each 
burner  is  provided  with  au  extinguisher, 
which  can  be  so  managed  as  to  increase  or 
diminish  the  volume  of  flame  projected  later- 
ally by  the  blow-pipe  or  vapor-tube. 

Accompanying  the  blow-pipe  is  a  small  sheet- 
iron  furnace,  for  heating  a  piece  of  work  before 
soldering,  and  also  for  melting  metals  for  cast- 
ing models. 

Blow-pipe,  Snow's  Gas.  This  form  has  a 
connection  for  both  gas  and  air,  made  with 
rubber  tubing,  to  give  facility  in  directing  the 


BLO 


96 


BON 


flame.  The  gas  mixes  with  the  air  in  its  pas- 
sage through  the  blow-pipe  and  burns  without 
smoke.  Motion  is  given  the  air-pipe  by  a 
trigger,  and  a  pointed  flame  obtained  at  pleas- 
ure. A  valve  in  the  gas-pipe  opens  and  closes 
automatically,  so  that  when  the  blow-pipe  is 
hung  up  by  its  ring  it  will  partially  shut  off 
the  gas.  When  the  instrument  is  held  in  the 
proper  position  for  use,  the  passage  of  gas  is 
unobstructed. 
Blow-pipe,  Warm  Air.  Consists  of  a  small 
blow-pipe,  with  a  cylinder  an  inch  long  and 
\  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  made  of  heavy  metal, 
or  filled  with  wire  to  retain  heat  ;  on  the  other 
end  is  an  India-rubber  ball,  with  an  opening 
\  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  Used  for  drying 
cavities  in  teeth,  preparatory  to  filling  them. 
A  number  of  other  excellent  blow-pipes  are  in 
use  for  dental  purposes,  such  as  the  Lee,  Gaso- 
line, Hot  Blast,  Fletcher's  Automatic,  Keith's, 
etc. 

Blue  Disease.     See  Cyanosis. 
Blue  John.     A  name  given  by  miners  to  fluor 
spar. 
Blue    Mass.     Blue    pills.       Mercurial    pills. 
Composed  of  mercury,  confection  of  roses,  and 
liquorice  root.     They  are  much  employed  for 
producing  the  sialagogue  and  alterative  action 
of  mercury,  and  are  among  the  mildest  of  the 
mercurials.     Dose,  gr.  v  to  gr.  x. 
Blue  Ointment  (unguentumhydrargyri).  Strong 
mercurial  oiutment. 
Blue    Stone    (cuprl    sulphas).       Sulphate    of 
copper. 
Blunt  Hook.     An  instrumeut  used  by  ob- 
stetricians to  draw  down  the  foetus. 

Bod'y.  Generally,  every  substance  which 
is  cognizable  by  our  senses. 

It  is  applied  by  the  manufacturers  of  porce- 
lain teeth  to  the  paste  composing  the  principal 
portion  of  the  artificial  organ.  In  Anatomy, 
the  collection  of  organs  which  compose  the 
animal  body,  or  the  main  part  or  the  trunk 
of  such  body,  as  distinguished  from  the  head 
and  limbs ;  also  the  principal  portion  of  a 
bone  or  muscle.  In  Physics,  a  portion  of 
matter  consisting  of  molecules  united  by 
cohesive  attraction,  the  existence  of  which 
can  be  perceived  by  any  of  our  senses.  Bodies 
are  solid,  li'jturf,  or  gaseous,  according  to  the 
forms  in  which  they  exist. 

Boethe'ma  (from  /3oTjdeu,  to  aid).  Medica- 
ment. 

Bofarei'ra.  The  Ricinis  communis,  used  as 
a  galactagogue  or  stimulant  to  the  flow  of  milk. 


Boil.     See  Furunculus. 
Boil  ing.      The   vaporization   of   a    liquid 
when  it  gives  off  vapor  having  the  same  tension 
as  the  surrounding  air.     The  temperature  of 
boiling  water  at  the  level  of  the  sea  is  212°  F. 
(100°  C. )  ;  it  decreases  with  increasing  altitude. 
Bole  (/kiAof,  a  mass).     An  argillaceous  earth, 
used  as  an  absorbent  and  alexipharmic. 
Bole,    Armenian    (bolus    Armenia).     A   red, 
clayey  earth,  supposed  to   possess  astringent 
and   styptic  properties.     It  formerly  consti- 
tuted a  principal  ingredient  in  many  of  the 
tooth-powders  vended  in  the  shops. 
Bolet/ic  Acid  (acidum  boleticum).     An  acid 
obtained  from  the  juice  of  the  Boletus  pseudo- 
igniarius. 

Bole/tus.  A  genus  of  fungi,  characterized 
by  numerous  vertical  tubes  arranged  beneath 
the  pileus  of  the  plant. 

Boletus  Ignia/rius.     The  systematic  name  of 
the  agaricus  of  the  pharmacopoeias.     Agaric 
of  the  oak  ;  touchwood  boletus  ;  female  agaric. 
It  was  formerly  much  used   as  a  styptic  by 
surgeons. 
Boletus    Pur/gans  (boletus    laricis).       Larch 
agaric,  a  drastic  purgative,  in  the  dose  of  from 
one  to  two  drachms. 
Bolog'nian  Stone.     A  native  sulphate  of 
baryta,  found  at  Bologna.     It  becomes  a  pow- 
erful solar  phosphorus  when  heated  with  char- 
coal. 

Bo'lus    (/?6jAof,   a  bole).      A  bolus.      Any 
medicine  having  the  shape  of  a  large  pill. 
Bolus  Armenia.     Armenian  bole. 
Bolus  Gallicus.     French  bole.      Bolar  earth, 
of  a  pale,  red  color,  with  irregular  variegated 
veins  of  white  and  yellow,  possessing  absorb- 
ent and  antacid  qualities. 
Bom'bic  Acid.     An  acid  obtained  from  the 
silkworm  chrysalis. 

BonVbus  ((ioiifioQ).  A  ringing  or  buzzing 
in  the  ears,  sometimes  accompanied  by  a  sensa- 
tion like  what  might  be  supposed  to  be  pro- 
duced by  blows  repeated  at  certain  intervals. 
See  Tinnitus  Auhium. 

Bonanza  Officinalis.  White  mustard. 
Bone  (os,  ooreov).  The  hard  tissue  which 
forms  the  framework  or  skeleton  of  the  body. 
Bones  are  hard,  insensible,  organized  parts  of 
the  body,  of  a  whitish  color  and  a  spongy, 
compact  structure.  They  constitute  the  solid 
framework  of  the  bodies  of  animals  of  the  su- 
perior classes.  They  serve  as  a  support  and  pro- 
tection to  other  organs,  and  give  attachment  to 
muscles.     With  the  exception  of  the  crowns  of 


BON 


97 


BON 


the  teeth,  they  are  covered  with  a  fibrous  and 
vascular  membrane,  called  the  periosteum,  from 
which  they  are  liberally  supplied  with  vessels 
for  their  nutrition.  The  bones  of  an  animal, 
united,  constitute  the  skeleton  ;  artificial,  when 
united  by  artificial  means,  such  as  wires,  etc., 
and  natural,  when  connected  by  their  own  liga- 
ments. 

The  texture  of  bones  varies.  The  middle 
portion  of  long  bones  is  compact,  with  a  cavity 
in  their  centres  :  their  extremities  are  spongy, 
"and  the  central  cavity  is  occupied  by  a  long 
network,  formed  of  thin  plates  and  fibres,  called 
the  reticulated  tissue  of  the  bones."*  "The 
greater  number  of  bones  have  several  processes 
and  cavities,  which  are  distinguished  from 
their  figure,  situation,  use,  etc.  Thus,  processes 
extending  from  the  end  of  a  bone,  if  smooth 
and  round,  are  called  heads  and  condyles  wdien 
flattened  either  above  or  laterally.  That  part 
which  is  beneath  the  head,  and  which  exceeds 
the  rest  of  the  bone  in  smallness  and  levity,  is 
called  the  neck.  Eough,  unequal  processes  are 
called  tuberosities,  or  tubercles  ;  but  the  longer 
and  more  acute,  spinous  or  styloid  processes, 
from  their  resemblance  to  a  thorn.  Their  broad 
processes,  with  sharp  extremities,  are  known  by 
the  name  of  cristas  or  sharp  edges.  Other  pro- 
cesses are  distinguished  by  their  form,  and 
called  alar  or  pterygoid,  maxillary  or  mastoid, den- 
tiform or  odontoid,  etc.  Others,  from  their  situa- 
tion, are  called  superior,  inferior,  exterior,  and 
interior.  Some  have  their  names  from  their 
direction  ;  as  oblique,  straight,  transverse,  etc., 
and  some  from  their  use,  as  trochanters,  rotators, 
etc.  Furrows,  deptressions,  and  cavities  are  des- 
tined either  for  the  reception  of  contiguous 
bones  to  form  an  articulation  with  them,  when 
they  are  called  articular  cavities,  which  are 
sometimes  deeper,  sometimes  shallower ;  or 
they  receive  hard  parts,  but  do  not  constitute 
a  joint  with  them,"  etc.  f 

Bone,  as  shown  by  a  transverse  section,  is 
composed  of  a  number  of  nearly  circular 
zones,  each  having  a  central  tube  called  the 
Haversian  canal,  through  which  the  blood  cir- 
culates. Surrounding  this  canal  are  oblong 
cells  concentrically  arranged,  called  lacunas, 
each  lacuna  being  the  outlet  of  a  number  of 
small  canals  called  canaliculi,  through  which 
the  nutrition  is  conveyed  to  all  parts  of  the 
bone.  The  covering  of  bone  is  called  the  peri- 
osteum, and  the  central  cavity  of  the  long  bones 
contains  the  marrow. 

*  Wistar's  "  Anatomy."  f  Hooper's  Med.  Die. 

7 


According  to  some  anatomists,  there  are  248 
bones  in  the  adult,  namely  : 


2  1 


«     I 


Bones  of  the  cranium  or 
skull, 


Bones  of  the  face,  .   .    .    .    - 


Denies  or  teeth, 


Bone  of  the  tongue,    .   .    . 

Bones  of  the  ear,  within 
the  temporal  bones,  .   . 


i\    | 


«    I 


Vertebrae,  . 

Sacrum,  .    . 
£h    L   Coccygis  os, 

The  thorax,    .   .   . 

The  pelvis,    .   .   . 


Frontal, 
Parietal,     . 
Occipital,   . 
Temporal, 
Ethmoid,   . 
Spheuoid, 
Sup'r  maxill. 
Jugal,  .   . 
Nasal, 
Lachryrna 
Palatine, 
Infe'r  Spongy 
Vomer,    . 
Infe'r  maxill 
Incisors, 
Cuspidati, 
Bicuspids, 
Molars,    .   . 
Hyoides  os, 
Malleus,     . 
Incus,      .   . 
Stapes,    .   . 
Orbiculare  os, 

Cervical, 
Dorsal,  . 
Lumbar, 


The  shoulder, 
The  arm,  .  . 
The  forearm, 


Carpus  or  wrist. 


■{ 


i-,    |     Metacarpus, 
(_    Phalanges, 

The  thigh 

The  leg 


Sternum, 
Ribs,  .  . 
Innom'ata  ossa 


Clavicle,  .  .  . 
Scapula,  .  .  . 
Humeri  os,    .   . 

Ulna, 

Radius,  .... 
Naviculareos,  . 
Ltinare  os,  .  . 
Cuneiforms  os, 
Orbiculare  os,  . 
Trapezium  os,  . 
Trapezoides  os, 
Magnum  os,  .  . 
Unci  forme  os,  . 


,j    f     Tarsus  or  instep, 


Femur,    .   .    . 

Patella,  .   .   . 

Tibia 

Fibula,  .  .  . 
f  Calcaneus,  . 
I     Astragalus,    . 

Cuboidesos,  . 
I  Naviculareos, 
[    Cuneiforme  os, 


Metatarsus,    .   . 
pq    L    ^    I    Phalanges, 28 

Sesamoid  bones  of  the  thumb  and  great  toe,  occa- 
sionally found, 8 

Total "248 

The  teeth  are  included  in  the  above  table. 
Gray,  excluding  the  teeth,  makes  the  number 
204,  as  follows  : 

Vertebral  column  (sacrum  and  coccyx 

included), '  .    .  26 

Cranium,      8 

Ossicula  auditus,  or  bones  of  the  ear,    .    6 

Face, ...  14 

Os  hyoides,  sternum,  and  ribs,    ....  26 

Upper  extremities, 64 

Lower  extremities, 60 

In  this  enumeration  the  patellae  and  other 
sesamoid  bones,  as  well  as  the  Wormian  bones, 
are  also  excluded. 


BON 


98 


BOR 


According  to  Berzelius,  every  one  hundred 
parts  of  bone  in  man  contain  : 

Cartilage  (gelatin)  completely  soluble 

in  water, 32.17 

Vessels, 1.13 

Neutral  phosphate  of  lime,  ....  51.04 

Carbonate  of  lime,      11.30 

Fluate  of  lime, 2.00 

Phosphate  of  magnesia, 1.16 

Soda,  with  a  small   proportion   of 

chloride  of  sodium, 1.20 

100.00 

Bone  Black.     Ivory  black  ;  charred  bones. 
Bone     Earth.       The   inorganic  basis  of   the 
bones  of  animals,  consisting  of  phosphate  of 
lime. 
Bone  Nippers.     Forceps  with  cutting  edges, 
furnished  with  strong  handles,   used  by  sur- 
geons for  cutting  off  splinters  of  bone,  and  by 
dentists  for  the  excision  of  the  decayed  crowns 
of  teeth. 
Bone   Spirit.     Impure  ammonia,  obtained  in 
the  process  of  manufacturing  animal  charcoal 
from  bones. 
Bone'set.     Eupatorium  perfoliatum  ;  thor- 
oughwort. 

Bones,  Softening  of.  Mollifies  ossium. 
Bonwill  Crown.  An  artificial  crown  of  all 
porcelain  to  be  engrafted  on  a  natural  root. 
The  incisor  crowns  are  so  shaped  as  to  form  a 
dovetail,  which  allows  the  strain  outward  to 
come  high  up  near  the  cutting  edge,  and  not 
depend  on  the  palatal  wall  for  support.  The 
molar  and  bicuspid  crowns  have  recessed  bases, 
leaving  a  shell  with  undercuts  for  amalgam  fill- 
ing to  act  as  dovetails.  The  dowels  or  pinions 
are  made  of  alloy,  and  are  thin  and  angular  or 
square,  and  attached  to  both  crown  and  root 
by  amalgam. 

BonwilFs  Method  of  Articulating 
Teeth.  A  method  devised  by  Dr.  Bonwill, 
which  he  claims  is  based  upon  geometrical  and 
mechanical  laws.  See  Harris'  "  Prin.  and 
Pract.  of  Dentistry." 
Bonwill's  Method  of  Transient  Anaesthesia. 

See  Rapid  Breathing, 
Borac/ic  Acid    (acidum  ioracicum).      Now 

called  boric  acid.  The  acid  of  borax.  It  was 
regarded  as  a  sedative  dose,  gr.  v  to  gr.  x.  See 
Boeic  Acid. 

Bo'racite.     Native  borate  of  magnesia. 

Bo'ras.     Borate. 
Boras  Sodae.     Borate  of  soda.     See  Borax. 

Bo'rate.      A   salt  of   boracic   acid   and   a 
salifiable  base. 


Bo'rax  (boras  sodse;  sodse  biboras).  Bi- 
borate  of  soda.  A  saline  compound  of  boracic 
acid  and  soda  found  in  a  native  state  ;  but  can 
be  prepared  artificially  by  boiling  together  in 
proper  proportions  boracic  acid  and  carbonate  of 
soda.  When  purified,  borax  is  white  and  trans- 
parent, presenting  in  its  fracture  a  greasy  ap- 
pearance, and  affecting  the  form  of  six-sided 
prisms,  terminating  in  three-sided  or  six-sided 
pyramids.  Borax  is  a  mild  refrigerant  and 
diuretic,  and  is  much  used  as  a  detergent  in 
aphthae,  stomatitis,  mercurial  salivation,  etc., 
applied  in  sugar,  or  rubbed  up  in  honey, 
called  "mel  boracis, "  honey  of  borax,  com- 
posed of  powd.  borax,  gj  ;  clarified  honey,  3J. 
Combined  with  glycerine  in  the  proportion  of 
borax,  ^j  ;  glycerine,  f^iv,  called  "  glycer- 
iuum  boracis,"  it  forms  a  valuable  lotion. 
Borax  is  also  used  as  a  flux  in  metallurgy.  In 
soldering  or  uniting  pieces  of  gold  or  silver  it 
is  the  principal  one  employed.  Added  to 
plaster,  it  hardens  it.  For  other  dental  uses 
see  Gorgas'  "  Dental  Medicine." 

Bor'der,  Alve/olar.     Alveolar  arch. 

Bor/ic  Acid  (acidum  boricum).  Formula, 
H3B03.  It  was  formerly  known  as  boracic 
acid,  and  occurs  in  white,  shining  crystals, 
soluble  in  water  and  alcohol.  It  has  but  weak 
acid  properties  and  slightly  irritant  effects.  It 
is  antiseptic  and  germicidal.  Internally  it 
is  employed  for  vomiting  and  septicaemia,  and 
as  a  local  application  to  ulcers,  burns,  and  para- 
sitic skin  diseases.  In  Dental  Practice  it  is 
employed  for  aphthous  and  other  ulcerations 
of  the  mouth,  abrasions,  fissured  tongue,  etc. 
See  Gorgas'  "  Dental  Medicine." 

Bor/neen.  The  name  given  to  a  compound 
of  carbon  and  hydrogen  found  in  valeric  acid, 
which  acquires  the  properties  of  Borneo  cam- 
phor on  being  exposed  to  moisture. 

Borneo  Cam'phor.  A  white,  foMiaceous, 
crystalline  solid,  somewhat  translucent,  of  an 
odor  analogous  to  that  of  common  camphor, 
found  in  longitudinal  fissures  of  the  Dryobala- 
nops  trees,  of  the  Islands  of  Sumatra  and 
Borneo.  These  trees  also  yield  a  fragrant 
Liquid,  called  oil  of  camphor. 

BorogIyc/eride.  Composed  of  boric  acid 
and  glycerine.  Antiseptic  and  germicidal. 
Used  externally. 

Borolyp/tol.  Composed  of  acetoboro-gly- 
ceride,  formaldehyd,  pinus  pumilis,  eucalyp- 
tus, storax,  and  benzoin.  Antiseptic  and 
germicidal.  Used  externally  and  internally. 
Dose  for  internal,  .^ij. 


BOR 


99 


BRA 


Bo'ron.  Borium.  A  non-metallic  sub- 
stance of  a  greenish-black  color,  forming  the 
combustible  base  of  boracic  acid  and  of  the 
mineral  borax.  It  occurs  as  a  crystalline  and 
also  as  an  amorphous  solid  ;  symbol,  B  ;  atomic 
weight,  11. 

Bor'uret.     Borium  (which  see). 

Botal'  Fora/men.  The  foramen  ovale  of 
tlie  heart. 

Bot/anist  (botanicus).  One  who  under- 
stands the  nature  and  history  of  plants  ;  one 
skilled  in  everything  pertaining  to  plants. 

Bot/any  (botanica;  (ioTavinT],  from  fioravrj,  an 
herb  or  grass,  which  is  derived  from  /3ow,  or 
floonu,  to  feed,  because  grass  is  the  chief  food 
of  animals  most  useful  to  man).  The  sci- 
ence of  plants  ;  a  knowledge  of  everything 
relating  to  the  natural  history  of  the  vegetable 
kingdom,  embracing  the  terminology,  classifi- 
cation, synonyms,  sensible  qualities,  anatomy, 
physiology,  etc.,  of  plants. 

Both'rion  ((lo&piov).  A  little  pit.  A 
small  cavity  ;  the  socket  of  a  tooth  ;  a  small, 
deep  ulcer  of  the  cornea. 

Bo'tium.     A  bronchocele. 

Bougie'.      Literally,    a    wax    candle.       A 
slender,  flexible  instrument,  designed  to  be  in- 
troduced into  the  bladder  through  the  urethra. 
Bougie,  Armed,  or  Bougie,  Caus'tic.    A  bou- 
gie with  a  piece  of  lunar  caustic  fixed  in  its 
extremity. 
Bougie,  Soluble,  Medicated.    A  bougie  med- 
icated with  different  remedies  for  use  in  gon- 
orrhoea and  gleet.     They  are  introduced  and 
left  to  dissolve,  which  occurs  in  one  or  two 
hours. 

Bow/=driII.  A  drill  turned  by  a  stock 
with  a  bow  and  string  or  cord. 

Box  Plate.  A  metallic  plate  with  an  air- 
tight chamber,  used  as  an  obturator,  or  in  con- 
nection with  artificial  teeth,  for  the  replacement 
of  the  loss  of  natural  structure.  See  Raised 
Base. 

Brache'rium  (from  brachiale,  a  bracelet). 
A  truss  or  bandage  for  hernia. 

Brachiae'us.     Same  as  brachial. 

Brachial  (brachial is).  That  which  be- 
longs to  the  arm. 

Brachial  Aponeurosis.  An  aponeurosis  en- 
veloping the  muscles  of  the  arm. 
Brachial  Artery  (arteria  brachialis).  A  con- 
tinuation of  the  axillary  artery,  running 
down  on  the  side  of  the  arm  to  the  bend  of  the 
elbow,  where  it  divides  into  the  radial  and 
cubital  arteries. 


Brachial  Glands.  The  lymphatic  glands  of 
the  arm. 
Brachial  Muscle,  Anterior.  A  muscle  situ- 
ated on  the  anterior  and  inferior  part  of  the 
arm. 
Brachial  Plexus  (plexvs  brachialis).  A  ner- 
vous plexus,  seated  deeply  in  the  hollow  of 
the  axilla,  extending  to  the  inferior  and  lateral 
part  of  the  neck. 

Brachial  Veins.    Two  veins,  which  frequently 
anastomose  with  each  other,  and  accompany 
the  artery. 
BrachiaFgia  (brachium,  the  arm,  and  alyog} 
pain).     Pain  of  the  arm. 

Brachials  Exter'nus.  See  Triceps  Ex- 
tensor CUBITI. 

Brachialis  Internus.  A  muscle  of  the  fore- 
arm. 
Brachi'ate  (brachiatus;  from  /fya^wr,  an 
arm).  Armed;  brachiated.  A  term  in  Botany 
applied  to  the  branches  of  a  plant  or  tree 
which  go  off  at  nearly  right  angles  from  the 
trunk  or  stem. 

Bra/chio=cu'bital.  Pertaining  to  the  bra- 
chium and  cubitus  or  ulna. 

Brachiocyllo'sis  (from  fipaxtuv,  an  arm, 
and  nv?J.uoic,  curvature).  Paralysis  or  loss  of 
power  from  curvature  of  the  arm. 

Brachion'cus  (from  ffpaxtuv,  the  arm,  and 
oynoc,  a  swelling).     A  tumor  of  the  arm. 

Brachio'poda  (from  (ipaxiuv,  an  arm,  and 
7roi>f,  a  foot).  Arm  Tooted  animals;  an  order 
of  headless  bivalve  molluscous  animals. 

Brachio=radial  (brachio-radialis).  Pertain- 
imr  to  the  brachium  and  radius. 

Bra'chium    (ppax'uv,    an   arm).     The  arm 
from  the  shoulder  to  the  wrist. 
Brachium  Arterius  and  Brachium  Posterius. 
Two  rounded  processes  which  pass  from  the 
tubercula  quadrigemina  into  the  optic  thala- 
mus. 
Brachu'na.     Nymphomania.     Satyriasis. 
Brachyau'chen.     Short-necked. 
Brachygna'thus  (from  ftpaxvg,  short,  and 
p'otfof,  a  jaw).     A  monster  with  too  short  an 
under  jaw. 

Brachyp'noea  (from  (ipaxvg,  short,  and  nreo, 
to  breathe).  Difficulty  of  breathing  ;  short- 
ness of  breath. 

Brachypot'ic.     Persons  who  drink  rarely. 
Bradyaesthe'sia  (from  (ipadvc,  difficult,  and 
««Ti9?/<7/f,  sensation).     Impaired  sensation. 
Bradyecoi'a.     Deafness. 
Bradylog'ia.     Difficulty  of  speech. 
Bradymase'sis  {bradymassesis :  from  ppaSvc, 


BRA 


100 


BRI 


difficult,  and  fj.aat/aic,  mastication).      Difficult 
mastication.     Dysraasesis. 

Bradypep/sia  (from  (ipadvc,  slow,  ttstt-u,  to 
concoct).     Slow  digestion. 

Brady  su'ria  (from  fipadvc,  difficult,  and 
ovpeiv,  to  pass  the  urine).  Painful  evacuation 
of  urine  ;  dysuria. 

Braid/ism.  The  hypnotic  state  caused  by 
fixation  of  the  eyes  upon  a  shining  object. 

Brain.  The  cerebrum  ;  the  highest  and 
largest  portion  of  the  encephalon  ;  but  accord- 
ing to  the  popular  acceptation  of  the  word,  the 
entire  contents  of  the  cranium,  comprising  the 
cerebrum,  cerebellum,  pons  Varolii,  and  me- 
dulla oblongata. 
Brain,  Little.     The  cerebellum. 

Bran  {furfur  tritici).  The  proper  coat  of 
wheat,  rye,  or  otherfarinaceous  grain,  separated 
from  the  flower. 

Branch  (from  (ipaxiuv,  an  arm,  because 
branches  of  a  tree,  etc.,  go  off  like  an  arm). 
Generally  applied  to  the  principal  division  of 
an  artery  or  nerve.  It  is  usually  employed  as 
synonymous  with  ramus. 

Bran/cha3  (from  (ipayxog,  hoarseness). 
Swelling  of  the  tonsils  and  thyroid  gland. 

Bran'chiae  (from  (Ipayxta,  the  gills  of  a  fish). 
Gills.  The  respiratory  organs  of  those  animals 
which  extract  oxygen  from  air  contained  in 
water. 

Branchio/poda  (from  (3payxia}  gills,  and 
ttovc,  a  foot).  An  order  of  crustaceans  in  which 
the  gills  perform  the  functions  of  feet. 

Branch's  Apparatus.  An  instrument  for 
producing  local  anaesthesia  by  means  of  a  mix- 
ture composed  of  two  parts  of  ice  and  one  of 
salt  applied  to  the  gum  and  tooth  to  be  ex- 
tracted, invented  by  Dr.  Branch,  of  Chicago. 
It  consists  of  a  hollow  tube,  about  1£  inches 
in  diameter,  with  about  |  of  an  inch  cut  out  at 
one  end  on  either  side,  that  it  may  readily  be 
placed  over  a  tooth.  To  this  is  attached  a  sack 
of  finely  prepared  membrane,  large  enough  to 
hold  a  tablespoonful  of  the  freezing  mixture. 
The  hollow  of  the  tube  is  occupied  by  a  steel 
wire  spiral  spring.  Just  before  using  it  a 
sufficient  quantity  of  the  freezing  mixture  is  put 
in  the  tube  ;  the  end  of  the  latter  is  placed  over 
the  tooth,  when  the  ice  and  salt  are  forced  up 
gently  around  it  by  pressing  on  the  spring  at 
the  other  extremity  of  the  instrument.  Two 
tubes  are  employed  :  one  straight,  for  teeth  in 
the  front  part  of  the  mouth  ;  the  other  bent  near 
one  end,  for  the  more  convenient  application  of 
the  mixture  to  a  molar  tooth. 


Bran/chus  (from  fipayxoc,  hoarseness).  Sore 
throat ;  overstraining  of  the  voice. 

Bran'dy  (spiritus  gallicus).  A  powerful 
and  diffusible  stimulant,  obtained  by  distilla- 
tion from  wine. 

Branks.     Mumps. 

Bras'ma  (brasmos;  from  fipaocu,  to  boil). 
Fermentation. 

Brasque.  A  French  term  to  denote  the  lin- 
ing of  a  crucible  or  a  furnace  with  charcoal. 

Brass.  A  yellow  metal  ;  an  alloy  of  copper 
and  zinc.  Copper  alloyed  with  twenty-five  to 
forty  per  cent,  of  zinc. 

Brazil-wood.  The  wood  of  the  Csesalpinia 
brasiliensis.     It  is  used  in  dyeing. 

Break/=bone  Fe'ver.  Common  name  for 
dengue. 

Breast.  The  mamma  ;  also  the  forepart  of 
the  thorax. 

Breath.  The  air  exhaled  from  the  lungs, 
which  has  lost  a  portion  of  its  oxygen  and 
gained  a  varying  amount  of  ammonia,  aqueous 
vapor,  and  carbon-dioxide  from  the  oxidation 
of  the  waste  matter  of  the  blood.  The  term  is 
also  applied  to  air  inspired  as  well  as  to  that 
exhaled. 

Breg/ma  (from  /3pexu,  to  moisten).  The 
sinciput  or  upper  part  of  the  head  ;  the  .junc- 
tion of  the  parietal  bones. 

Bre'via  Va/sa.  Short  vessels.  Applied  to 
several  branches  of  the  splenic  arteries  and 
veins. 

Bre/vis  Cu'biti.     The  an  con  eous  muscle. 

Brevis/simus  Oculi.  The  obliquus  inferior. 

Brez'ilin.  The  coloring  matter  of  Brazil 
wood . 

Brick,  Oil  of.     Oil  of  spike. 

Bridge=work.  The  adaptation  of  artificial 
crowns  of  teeth  to  and  over  spaces  made  by  the 
loss  of  natural  teeth  by  connecting  such  crowns 
to  natural  teeth  or  roots  for  anchorage  by 
means  of  a  bridge,  and  thereby  dispensing  with 
plates  covering  more  or  less  of  the  roof  of  the 
mouth  and  the  alveolar  ridge.  See  Bridge- 
work,  Systems  of. 

Bridge-work,  Systems  of.  Bridge-work  den- 
tures of  a  most  primitive  character  were  em- 
ployed at  a  very  early  period,  as  evidences  of 
such  prehistoric  dentistry  constructed  in  the 
Etruscan  age,  five  hundred  years  B.C.,  and  also 
other  specimens  by  the  ancient  Phoenicians 
can  be  found  in  the  museums  of  the  Louvre, 
France,  and  the  Corneto,  Italy.  Bridge-work 
in  France  dates  from  1805,  as  described  by  J. 
B.   Gariot,   and  also  Delabarre  in   1820.     In 


BRI 


101 


BRI 


this  country  bridge-work  was  described  by  Dr. 
S.  S.  Fitch  in  1829,  and  by  Dr.  W.  H.  Dwindle 
in  1856.  In  1871  Dr.  B.  J.  Bing,  formerly 
of  Maryland,  and  Dr.  M.  H.  Webb,  of  Penn- 
sylvania, again  brought  the  system  to  the 
notice  of  the  dental  profession  by  improved 
methods  of  supporting  and  securing  artificial 
crowns,  by  using  adjoining  or  intervening- 
natural  teeth  for  points  of  anchorage,  and  thus 
bridging  vacant  spaces.  Many  improved 
methods  have  since  been  devised  under  the 
term  of  "bridge-work,"  in  the  use  of  which 
are  provided  not  only  the  means  of  mastica- 
tion, but  also  the  cleanliness  of  such  dentures, 
the  want  of  which  was  an  objectionable  feat- 
ure in  the  earlier  devices  of  the  more  improved 
methods.  Dr.  George  W.  Evans,  in  his  ex- 
cellent treatise  on  "  Artificial  Crown-  and 
Bridge- work,"  gives  the  following  rules  which 
govern  the  number  and  position  of  the  teeth 
or  roots  that  are  required  as  foundations  or 
points  of  anchorage  for  this  style  of  dentures  : 

"  One  central  root  will  support  two  centrals, 
and,  if  spurs  or  bars  from  the  sides  of  the 
bridge  rest  upon  or  are  anchored  in  the  adjoin- 
ing teeth,  a  lateral  (incisor)  in  addition." 
"Two  central  roots  will  support  the  four  in- 
cisors ;  spurs  or  bars  resting  on  or  anchored  in 
the  cuspids  to  be  used  additionally,  if  the 
case  requires  them."  "The  cnspid  roots 
alone,  or  with  the  aid  of  a  central  root,  will 
support  the  six  anterior  teeth."  "  One  molar 
or  bicuspid  on  one  side,  and  a  bicuspid  or  molar 
on  the  other,  with  one  or  two  roots  in  an 
intermediate  position,  will  support  a  bridge 
between  them."  "One  right  and  one  left 
molar,  with  the  assistance  of  the  two  cuspids, 
will  support  a  bridge  comprising  the  entire 
arch."  "A  bridge  on  one  side  of  the  mouth 
can  be  supported  by  two  or  three  teeth  or  roots 
on  that  side.  The  cuspids  always  afford  the 
most  reliable  support." 

Ordinary  plate-teeth  are  selected  for  the  incisors 
and  cuspids,  and  sections  of  teeth — known  as 
"porcelain  facings" — for  the  bicuspids  and 
molars  of  a  bridge  denture.  Bridge-work  is 
cemented  on  with  a  slow-setting  oxyphosphate 
of  zinc,  and  the  end  of  a  spur  or  bar  is  attached 
to  slots  cut  in  the  natural  teeth  by  either  a 
gold  or  amalgam  filling.  Shoulders  on  the 
anterior  teeth,  especially  the  cuspids,  are  often 
useful,  and  can  be  made  by  melting  gold 
plate-scraps  into  a  small  mass  or  globule  and 
then  flattening  it  by  the  hammer,  and  solder- 
ing it  to  the  backing  ;    or  gold  can  be  flowed 


by  the  blow-pipe  on  the  backing.  Bridges  are 
either  detachable  and  removable  or  immov- 
able and  permanent,  the  former  in  many  cases 
being  preferable.  Low's  system  of  bridge- 
work  presents  a  denture  with  self-cleaning 
spaces,  and  consists  in  attaching  artificial 
teeth  to  continuous  bands  fitted  and  cemented 
to  the  adjoining  permanent  teeth,  some  of  the 
crowns  being  of  the  "step-plug"  character  for 
attachment  to  the  roots  of  natural  teeth.  A 
peculiar  metallic  socket  or  shell  is  employed, 
into  which  is  fitted  a  porcelain  front  or  facing, 
and  it  is  of  such  a  form  as  admits  of  self- 
cleansing.  Melotte's  method  consists  in  the 
construction  of  bridges  supported  by  gold 
crowns  and  shells,  or  partial  gold  crowns, 
and  the  use  of  "moldine"  in  connection 
with  fusible  metal  in  crown-  and  bridge- 
work.  Litch's  method  consists  of  a  bridge, 
known  as  a  "pin  and  plate  bridge,"  con- 
structed by  using  a  plain  plate-tooth  which  is 
backed  with  pure  gold  or  platinum,  and  con- 
nected to  adjoining  teeth  by  backings  or  lin- 
ings of  gold,  accurately  fitting  the  palato- 
approximal  surfaces  of  such  teeth,  and  secured 
to  them  by  small  platinum  pins,  which  pass 
through  holes  in  the  linings,  and  also  into 
holes  drilled  in  the  natural  teeth,  the  free 
ends  of  the  pins  being  cemented  into  the  open- 
ings or  holes.  Parr's  method  consists  of  a 
bridge  supported  by  two  shoulders  on  the 
abutment  crowns,  which  slide  into  grooves 
formed  in  the  artificial  crowns. 
The  supporting  shoulders  and  slots  are  made  by 
shaping  two  pieces  of  gold  plate  in  such  form 
that  one  shall  telescope  the  other.  Another 
form  of  the  Parr  bridge  is  so  constructed  that 
the  crowns  forming  the  abutments  are  perma- 
nently cemented  in  position,  each  section  of 
the  bridge  between  them  being  removable.  A 
third  form,  by  the  same  inventor,  consists  in 
forming  a  socket  attachment  with  a  section 
composed  of  a  cap  having  a  spring  flange.  The 
flange  enters  the  socket,  which  the  cap  encloses 
on  the  top  and  sides.  The  spring  is  made  by 
bending  open  a  little  a  part  of  the  flange. 
Winder's  method  consists  in  the  construction 
ofcroAvns  forming  the  abutments  in  sections, 
the  bridges  being  attached  to  the  detachable 
section.  The  collar  section  of  the  artificial 
crown  is  capped  and  cemented  on  the  natural 
crown  or  root,  the  gold  forming  the  occluding 
portion  of  the  crown  when  the  bridge  is  ad- 
justed in  position  being  secured  to  it  with  a 
screw.     The  screw  may  he  made  to  enter  the 


BRI 


102 


BRI 


body  of  the  crown,  or  it  may  be  soldered  to 
the  cap  on  the  collar,  passing  through  the 
occluding  section  of  the  crown  and  being  se- 
cured by  nuts  on  the  screws.  Waters'  methods 
consist  of  a  gold  crown  fitted  to  and  sliding 
on  a  cap  attached  permanently  to  the  root  or 
natural  crown  ;  also  a  box  cap  and  split  post, 
the  box  cap  being  fitted  permanently  to  the 
root,  and  the  split  post  being  soldered  to  the 
plate  bearing  the  teeth  ;  still  another  device 
consists  in  soldering  to  the  side  of  the  gold 
crown  covering  the  natural  tooth  a  split  pin 
or  post,  which  is  inserted  into  an  open  tube 
attached  to  the  bridge.  Mellotte's  system 
consists  of  bridge-work  sustained  by  a  shell- 
crown  anchorage,  the  crowns  being  constructed 
on  platinum  forms  burnished  to  the  natural 
roots,  and  upon  these  forms  the  gold  is  flowed. 
See  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 
Starr's  method  consists  of  detachable  bridges 
attached  to  anchorage  natural  teeth  by  gold 
cap-crowns  made  to  fit  over  such  teeth,  and 
gold  crowns  to  telescope  the  cap-crowns,  the 
latter  to  be  firmly  cemented  to  the  teeth  by 
oxyphosphate  cement.  Suitable  plate-teeth 
are  fitted  and  backed,  and  attached  to  the 
telescoping  crowns,  thus  supplying  the  lost 
natural  teeth  on  a  bridge  between  such  teeth 
or  roots.  C.  M.  Richmond's  method  is  the 
construction  of  a  removable  bridge  by  form- 
ing a  collar  of  platinum  faced  with  gold  and 
a  gold  cap  for  the  anchor  tooth  made  by  means 
of  a  zinc  die,  the  collar  being  made  somewhat 
smaller  than  the  tooth-cap.  The  die  is  driven 
into  the  collar  so  far  that  the  extra  sixteenth 
of  an  inch  can  be  hammered  over  and  bur- 
nished down  on  the  die-end  to  form  a  flanged 
collar.  Outside  of  this,  in  the  same  manner, 
another  flanged  collar  is  made,  and  the  two 
collars  soldered  together,  so  that  a  close-fitting, 
stiff  collar  is  formed,  that  will  not  stretch  in 
being  telescoped  on  and  off  the  anchorage, 
and  is  kept  by  the  flange  from  being  forced 
too  far  over  the  tooth-cap.  The  Mandrel  sys- 
tem consists  in  the  shaping  and  adapting  of 
the  collar  fitting  around  one  or  more  anchor- 
age teeth.  The  configuration  of  the  necks  of 
all  the  teeth  is  first  determined,  and  a  set  of 
mandrels  made  for  this  style  of  bridge-den- 
tures are  used  to  shape  seamless  collars  of 
gold  plate,  twenty-two  carats  fine,  which  are 
made  tapering  to  provide  for  all  required  varia- 
tions in  size,  and  are  adapted  to  removable  or 
detachable  bridges.  The  size  and  form  of  the 
collars  are  determined  by  a  piece  of  No.  26 


binding  wire  twisted  by  flat-nose  pliers  closely 
around  the  necks  of  the  natural  teeth,  and 
the  ends  twisted  together.  The  wire  ring  thus 
formed  is  carefully  removed  from  the  tooth, 
laid  on  a  lead  anvil,  and  a  piece  of  flat  metal 
placed  over  it,  when  a  smart  blow  with  a  ham- 
mer will  drive  the  wire  into  the  lead,  and  thus 
give  an  accurate  impression  of  the  ring  in  the 
lead  anvil.  The  wire  is  removed,  cut,  and 
straightened  out,  and  a  collar  of  the  size  and 
form  portrayed  by  the  ring  of  wire  is  selected, 
these  collars  being  on  hand  of  different  sizes 
and  forms.  A  half-round  gold  or  platinum 
wire  is  so  bent  as  to  conform  to  the  alveolar 
ridge  of  the  space  to  be  bridged,  the  two  ex- 
tremities of  which  are  fitted  into  the  roots  of 
the  anchorage  and  collared  teeth  ;  to  this  wire 
the  collars  and  artificial  teeth  are  soldered, 
and  the  bridge  denture,  connected  by  the  col- 
lars attached  to  the  wire  entering  the  roots, 
attached  permanently  by  q  uick -setting  oxy- 
phosphate cement.  Brown's  method  consists 
of  a  porcelain  and  iridio-platinum  bridge  den- 
ture. It  is  formed  entirely  of  porcelain,  with  an 
iridio-platinum  bar  running  through  the  den- 
ture as  a  sustaining  shaft,  and  presents  a  per- 
fect continuity  of  porcelain  surface.  Knapp's 
method  consists  in  the  formation  of  a  gold 
collar  crown  with  a  porcelain  front  or  facing. 
Twenty-two-carat  gold  is  used  for  the  collar, 
which  is  adapted  to  the  root  by  pliers  ;  a  cap 
of  pure  gold  is  made  to  this  collar,  and  a  gold 
pin  is  soldered  in  position  for  the  root- canal  ; 
a  plate-tooth  is  fitted  and  backed  with  pure 
gold  and  fastened  with  wax,  and  the  piece 
removed  from  the  mouth,  when  the  side  and 
incisive  portions  of  the  wax,  including  the 
edges  of  the  backings  and  contiguous  portions 
of  the  cap,  are  enveloped  with  pieces  of  pure 
gold.  The  crown  is  then  invested,  so  that 
when  the  wax  is  removed  the  backing  on  the 
tooth,  with  the  gold  on  the  sides,  form  a  small 
mould.  The  flame  of  the  Knapp  blow-pipe  is 
then  applied,  after  proper  heating  up,  until 
the  solder  melts  and  fills  every  part  of  the 
mould  with  gold,  the  excess  of  which  enables 
contouring  in  the  finishing  process.  The  term 
"extension  bridges"  is  applied  to  such  den- 
tures as  are  chiefly  supported  by  one  abutment 
or  point  of  anchorage.  Shell  anchorage,  or 
crown-bridge-work,  according  to  Williams' 
method,  consists  in  so  forming  a  gold  band 
around  the  crown  of  one  or  more  natural 
teeth  that  it  may  pass  a  little  beneath  the 
margin  of  the  gum  and  show  as  little  of  the 


BRI 


103 


BRO 


gold  as  is  possible  ;  on  the  inner  surface  of  the 
tooth  the  hand  covers  crown,  extending  very 
nearly  its  full  length.     To  such  a  shell  crown 
or  crowns  the  bridge  containing  the  artificial 
teeth  is  soldered.     The  Hollingsworth  system 
supplies,  in  the  first  place,  a  variety  of  forms 
for   the    various  teeth,    there   being   in    the 
set  204  forms  of  cnsps  and  36  of  facings  for 
bicuspids   and  molars — facsimiles  of  nature. 
This  system  permits  cusps  to  be  made  either 
hollow  or  solid.     Scrap  gold  can  be  used  for 
casting  solid  cusps,  and  porcelain  facings  can 
be  quickly  inserted  in  crowns  without  invest- 
ing ;  but  its  most  important  advantage  is  the 
exactness  with  which  the  fit  and  articulation 
of  bridges  are  obtained  and  maintained.    This 
system  also  includes  a  process  for  making  the 
grinding  surface  of  a  bridge  in  one  continuous 
piece. 
Bright's  Disease.     A  granular   degenera- 
tion of  the  kidney,  generally  attended  by  the 
presence  of  albumen  in  the  urine  aud  a  train 
of  other  morbid  phenomena.     The  important 
symptom    is    albuminous    urine.        Nephritis 
albuminosa,  or  album inensis. 

Brim  of  the  Pel'vis.  The  iliopectineal 
line  leading  from  the  tuberosities  of  the  ossa 
pubis  outward  and  backward  to  the  promi- 
nent point  of  the  sacrum,  dividing  the  cavity 
of  the  pelvis  from  the  cavity  of  the  abdomen. 
Brim'stone.  Sulphur.  The  sublimed  sul- 
phur of  the  pharmacopoeia  is  termed  flowers  of 
brimstone  or  of  sulphur. 

British  Gum.     Starch  reduced  to  a  gum- 
like state  by  being  heated  to  700°  Fahr. 
British  Oil.     Common  petroleum  ;  alsoa  rube- 
facient liniment,  for  the  preparation  of  which 
there  are  various  formulae. 

Broach,  Watchmaker's.  A  five-sided 
steel  instrument,  three  or  four  inches  long, 
with  a  flattened  point,  very  gradually  increas- 
ing in  size  toward  the  extremity  intended  for 
the  handle.  It  is  sometimes  used  by  dentists 
for  enlarging  the  canal  in  the  root  and  the 
opening  into  a  decayed  cavity  in  the  crown  of  a 
tooth. 

Bro'chus.  According  to  some,  a  person 
whose  teeth  project,  or  one  who  has  a  promi- 
nent upper  lip. 

Broken  Circuit.     See  Circuit. 
Bro'ma  (/ft/J/owcyctt,  to  eat).    Food  ;  anything 
masticated. 

Bro'mal.     An  oily  liquid  ;  chloral  in  which 
bromine  replaces  chlorine. 
Bromal    Hydrate.       An    oily    fluid    with    a 


structure  like  chloral  hydrate,  but  more   irri- 
tating and  narcotic.     Dose,  gr.  j-v. 
Bro/mate    (bromas).      A    combination     of 
bromic  acid  with  a  base.     A  salt  of  bromic 
acid. 

Bromatog'raphy  {broma1ograj>hia ;  from 
/3po>lua1  food,  and  ypatyr],  to  write).  A  descrip- 
tion of  aliments. 

Bromatol'ogy  (bromafologia ;  siliology; 
from  (ipu/ia,  food,  aud  Zoyog,  a  discourse).  A 
treatise  on  food. 

Bro'mic  Acid.  A  combination  of  bromine 
and  oxygen,  obtained  by  decomposing  bromide 
of  baryta  with  sulphuric  acid. 

Bro'mide.     A   compound   formed    by  the 
union  of  bromine  with  a  base. 
Bromide  of   Ethyl,    or    Hydrobromic   Ether. 
C2H5Br.     It  is  prepared  by  distilling  together 
absolute  alcohol  and  bromide  in  the  presence  of 
amorphous  phosphorus.  It  is  a  colorless,  trans- 
parent liquid,  with  an  ethereal  odor  and  a 
warm,  sweetish  taste.    It  is  used  as  a  general 
anaesthetic,  but,  like  chloroform,  it  greatly  de- 
presses  the  circulation,   and  diminishes   the 
force  and  frequency  of  the  movements  of  the 
heart.     It   destroys  life  by  paralysis  of  the 
respiratory  centres. 
Bromide  of   Potassium.       Potassii  bromidum 
(which  see). 
Bro'midum.     Bromine. 
Bro'mine  (bromum;  from  (3pu/ia,  a  strong 
odor).  A  dark-red,  liquid,  non-metallic  element, 
obtained  from  sea-water  and  saline  springs,  of 
a  very  volatile  nature,    offensive    smell,   and 
suffocating     odor,    resembling    chlorine     and 
iodine.     In  its  pure  state  it  is  a  caustic  irritant, 
but  when  properly  diluted  it  is  touic,  diuretic, 
and  resolvent.     With    oxygen    it    forms    the 
bromic  acid. 

Brom'ism.    The  condition  produced  by  the 
excessive  use  of  the  bromides  or  other  bromine 
compounds.      Symptoms  :    acne   eruptions  on 
face  and  body,  fcetor  of  breath,  sleepiness,  lassi- 
tude, stupor,  loss  of  memory  and  sexual  power, 
muscular  debility,  aud  inertia. 
Bro/mium.     See  Bromine. 
Bro'moform.     A  combination  of  bromine 
and  formic   acid,  somewhat   analogous  in  its 
effects  to  chloroform.     A  powerful  anaesthetic. 
Bromol.      Tri-bromo-phenol.     CGH.Br3OH. 
A  compound  of  bromine  and  carbolic  acid  in 
the  form   of  soft   white  needles  ;   strong  anti- 
septic properties  ;  non-toxic. 

Bron'chia  (bronchise ;  bronchi;  from 
Spoyx'K,   the  throat).       The    two  tubes   which 


BRO 


104 


BUB 


arise  from  the  bifurcations  of  the  trachea,  with 
their  ramifications. 

Bronch'ial  (broncJu'alis).  Belonging  to 
the  bronchia. 

Bronchial  Arteries.  The  arteries  given  off 
by  the  thoracic  aorta  which  go  to  the  lungs 
and  accompany  the  bronchia  in  their  ramifi- 
cations. 

Bronchial  Cells.  The  air-cells  at  the  termi- 
nation of  the  bronchia. 

Bronchial      Glands.       Numerous       blackish 
glands,  seated  in  the  course  of  the  bronchia 
and  trachea. 
Bronchial   Nerves.     The  nerves  of  the  bron- 
chia,    furnished     by     the    two    pulmonary 
plexuses. 
Bronchial  Tubes.     The  minute  ramifications 
of  the  bronchia,  terminating  in  the  bronchial 
or  air-cells  of  the  lungs. 
Bronchial  Veins.     The  veins  wbich  arise  from 
the  left  division  of  the  bronchial  arteries. 

Bronchiectasis.  Dilatation  of  one  or  more 
of  the  bronchial  tubes. 

Bronchostenosis.  Contraction  or  nar- 
rowing of  the  bronchi. 

Bronchitis.  Inflammation  of  the  lining 
membrane  of  the  bronchial  tubes. 

Bronchlemmi'tis.     Croup. 

Bronchoce'le  (from  flpoyxoc,  the  wind- 
pipe, and  hvM,  a  tumor).  The  Derbyshire 
neck  ;  wen  ;  goitre.  A  tumor  on  the  forepart 
of  the  neck,  resulting  from  an  enlargement  of 
the  thyroid  gland. 

Bronchophony.  Bronchial  resonance  of 
the  voice.  The  sound  of  the  voice,  heard  by 
means  of  the  stethoscope,  in  the  bronchia. 

Broncho=pneumo/nia  (from  fipoyxog,  bron- 
chus, and  pneumonia).  Inflammation  of  the 
bronchia  and  lungs. 

Bronchorrhoe'a  (from  [ipoyxoc,  bronchus, 
and  pea,  I  flow).  Increased  secretion  of  mucus 
from  the  air-passages. 

Bronchot'omy  (bronchotomia ;  from  (ipoy- 
%og,  the  windpipe,  and  Tefiva,  to  cut).  Trache 
otomy  ;  an  operation  which  consists  in  making 
an  opening  into  the  larynx  or  trachea  for  the 
removal  of  foreign  bodies  or  the  admission  of 
air  to  the  lungs. 

Bron'chus.  The  trachea  or  windpipe; 
also  its  first  divisions. 

Bronze.     An  alloy  of  copper  and  tin. 

Brown  Crown.  An  artificial,  all-porcelain 
crown,  which  is  attached  to  a  natural  root  by 
means  of  an  Lridio-platinum  pin  baked  in  posi- 
tion.     The  pin  has  the  greatest  strength  at  the 


neck  of  the  tooth,  where  the  strain  is  heaviest, 
and  this  strength  is  further  increased  by  extend- 
ing the  porcelain  up  on  to  the  pin. 
Brown  Spar.  Pearl  Spar.  Siderocalcite.  A 
white,  red,  brown,  or  black  spar,  harder  than 
the  calcareous. 

Bru'cia.  Brucine.  A  vegetable  alkali,  ex- 
tracted from  the  bark  of  the  false  angustura,  or 
Brucea  antidysenterica.     Dose,  gr.  j . 

Bruissement.  A  French  term  for  the  purr- 
ing tremor  ;  same  as  bruit. 

Bruit.  Sound.  A  term  from  the  French, 
applied  in  Pathology  to  the  sounds  heard  on 
auscultation  and  percussion. 

Brun'ner's  Glands  (Brunneri  glandulse). 
The  muciparous  follicles  situated  between  the 
villous  and  cellular  coats  of  the  small  intes- 
tines. 

Bruns'wick  Green.  Friesland  green. 
An  ammonio-chloride  of  copper,  used  as  a 
pigment. 

Brush.  •  An  instrument  for  cleansing  the 
teeth,  for  finishing  metallic  appliances  for  the 
mouth,  and  for  the  application  of  a  solution  of 
borax  to  pieces  of  metal  that  are  to  be  united 
by  soldering.  See  Tooth  brush,  Polishing 
Brush.  Brushes  are  also  used  for  other 
purposes,  as  rubbing  the  surface  of  the  body, 
painting,  etc. 

Bru'ta.  Juniperus  sabina.  The  savin 
plant. 

Bru'tia.  A  resinous  pitch,  obtained  from 
Brutia,  in  Italy,  and  used  to  make  the  Oleum 
picinum. 

Bryan's  Method  of  Regulating  Inter = 
locked  Teeth.  Especially  adapted  to  laterals 
and  cuspids,  and  performed  by  first  injecting 
cocaine  and  then  cutting  away  the  intervening 
alveolar  process  with  drills  and  fissure-burs,  or, 
when  the  process  is  thin,  wedging  the  outer 
alveolar  wall  away  with  a  half-round  wedge- 
shaped  chisel,  and  then  forcing  the  interlocked 
tooth  to  its  place  in  the  arch  by  the  use  of  for- 
ceps specially  made  for  the  purpose. 

Bryg'mus  (ftpvypoc).  Stridor  dentium. 
Grinding  of  the  teeth. 

Bryo/nia  (from  fipvu,  to  abound,  from  its 
abundance).      Bryony  ;  also  a  genus  of  plants 
of  the  order  Cucurbitacea;. 
Bryonia  AFba.     White  bryony.     The  root  is 
purgative,    hydragogue,    emmenagogue,    diu- 
retic, and,  when  fresh,  emetic. 
Bryonia  Mechoacan'na  Nigricans.    Convol- 
vulus jalapa.     The  jalap  plant. 

Bu/bo    (from  (3ovf3ovt  the  groin).     A  tumor 


BUB 


105 


BUC 


of  the  glands  of  the  groin,  and  also  of  the 
axilla,  resulting  from  local  absorption  of  irri- 
tating matter,  such  as  venereal  poison,  or  it 
may  he  symptomatic  of  constitutional  disease. 

Bu'bon.  In  Botany,  a  genus  of  plants  of 
the  order  Umbelli ferae. 

Bubon   Gal'banum.     The  name  of  the  plant 

from  which  the  officinal  galbanum,  at  first  a 

gummy  resinous  juice,  but  which  soon  becomes 

concrete,  is  obtained. 

BubonaFgia  (from  (iovjiuv,  the  groin,  and 

a/yoc,  pain).     Pain  in  the  groin. 

Bubonoce'le  (from  (lovfiuv,  the  groin,  aud 
kv'atj,  a  tumor).  Inguinal  hernia,  or  rupture  of 
the  groin. 

Bubon/nius.  A  painful  swelling  of  the 
lymphatics  of  the  penis  extending  along  the 
dorsum  of  that  organ  to  the  groin.  It  occa- 
sionally accompanies  gonorrhoea. 

Bubonorex/is  (from  /3ok;3wv,  the  groin,  and 
pyijig,  a  rupture).  Bubonocele  accompanied  by 
division  of  the  peritoneum. 

Buc'ca  (gnathos).  The  mouth.  The  hollow 
of  the  cheeks.     Also,  the  vulva. 

Buccal  (buccalis ;  from  bucca,  the  mouth, 
or  rather,  cheek).  Belonging  to  the  mouth,  and 
especially  the  cheeks. 

Buccal  Artery.     The  submaxillary  artery. 
Buccal  Glands  are  small,  round,  racemose  or 
compound  tubular  glands,  smaller  than  the 
labial  glands,  and  situated  between  the  mucous 
membrane  and  the  buccinator  muscle,  their 
ducts  opening  on  the  mucous  membrane. 
Buccal  Membrane.     The  mucous  membrane 
which  lines  the  cavity  of  the  mouth. 
Buccal  Nerve.     Called  also  the  bucco-labialis. 
A  branch  of  the  inferior  maxillary  nerve  going 
to  the  buccinator  muscles. 
Buccal  Teeth.     The  teeth  behind  the  canines 
are  so  called  because  they  are  situated  on  the 
inside  of  the  cheeks.     In  the  human  subject 
they  are  the  bicuspids  and  molars. 
Buc'cea  (from  bucca,  the  cheek).    A  polypus 
of  the  nose,  because  it  was  supposed  to  come 
from  the  mouth  ;  also,  a  morsel,  a  mouthful. 

Buccella'tio.  A  method  of  arresting  hem- 
orrhage, by  the  application  of  small  pieces  of 
lint  to  the  bleeding  vessels. 

Buccina'tor  (from  bitceina,  a  trumpet  ;  so 
named  from  its  agency  in  forcing  the  wind  into 
the  trumpet).  The  buccinator,  or  trumpeter's 
muscle,  which  is  broad  aud  flat,  forms  a  large 
portion  of  the  walls  of  the  cheek. 
Buc/co.  Same  as  Buchu. 
Bucco=facial  Obturator.      An  instrument 


for  closing  an  opening  caused  by  a  wound  or 
disease  through  the  cheek  into  the  cavity  of  the 
mouth.  The  inconvenience  resulting  from  a 
very  considerable  opening  from  the  mouth 
through  the  wall  of  the  cheek  is  a  very  serious 
one,  and  the  closure  or  replacement  of  it  with 
an  artificial  substitute  that  can  be  worn  with 
convenience  becomes  an  object  of  great  im- 
portance. "When  it  can  be  done  with  natural 
integument,  by  means  of  a  plastic  operation,  it 
is  certainly  better  than  any  mere  mechanical 
appliance,  but  inasmuch  as  it  can  not  always 
be  closed  by  means  of  a  surgical  operation,  an 
artificial  obturator  sometimes  becomes  indis- 
pensable, and  in  France  it  has  been  success- 
fully applied. 

In  treating  upon  bucco-facial  obturators,  M. 
Delabarre  says :  "In  order  to  construct  a 
proper  aud  capable  instrument  for  filling  this 
indication,  it  is  only  necessary  to  take  an  im- 
pression of  the  wound  with  soft  wax.  From 
the  model  procured  from  this  a  gold,  platina 
(or  celluloid)  cap  is  formed,  composed  of  two 
parts,  entering  the  one  within  the  other,  cov- 
ered with  a  shield  or  plate.  That  for  the 
mouth  should  be  slightly  concave,  while  that 
for  the  face  should  be  slightly  convex.  If  the 
loss  of  substance  embraces  the  duct  from  the 
gland,  it  will  be  necessary,  for  the  escape  of 
the  saliva  in  the  mouth,  to  form  a  new  chan- 
nel by  making  it  pass  through  a  pipe  formed 
in  the  appliance  and  opening  through  the 
buccal  plate.  Finally,  the  surface  of  the  facial 
plate,  if  of  metal,  may  be  rendered  unequal 
by  cutting  it  with  a  knife,  and  afterward  cov- 
ering it  with  enamel,"  of  a  pale  rose  color, 
slightly  tinged  with  yellow,  so  as  to  make  it 
resemble  the  natural  skin. 

Bucco=labial  (bucco-labialis).  Pertaining  to 
the  cheek  and  lips.  A  name  sometimes  ap- 
plied to  a  nerve  of  variable  origin,  but  gener- 
ally a  branch  of  the  inferior  maxillary.  See 
Buccal  Nerve. 

Bucco=pharyngeal.  Pertaining  to  the 
mouth  and  pharynx. 

Buc'cula  (from  bucca,  the  mouth).  A  small 
mouth  ;  the  fleshy  part  under  the  chin. 

Buch'u.  Diosma  crenata,  a  South  African 
plant.  Leaves  of  the  Barosma  crenata  are 
stimulant  and  diuretic.  Used  in  irritation  of 
the  bladder.  Dose  of  powder,  gr.  xx  to  gr.  xxx  ; 
of  infusion,  5J  to  51J  ;  of  fluid  extract,  .~j. 

Buck'horn.  Used  by  dentists,  either  pow- 
dered or  calcined,  for  polishing  enamel  and  fill- 
ings and  for  removing  light  deposits  of  tartar. 


BUC 


106 


BUT 


Bucne'mia  (from  (iov,  a  Greek  augmenta- 
tion, and  Kwjfirj^  the  leg).  A  diffuse  inflamma- 
tory swelling  of  the  leg. 

Bucnemia  Spargano'sis.    Phlegmasia  dolens. 
Bucnemia  Tropica.     Elephantiasis  Arabuni. 

Buf'fy  Coat  (corium  phlogisticum).  The 
grayish  crust  or  buff  which  appears  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  coagulum  of  blood  drawn  in  certain 
states  of  disease. 

Bugan  tia.     Chilblain. 

Bulb.     Parts  of  the  body  which  have  a  bul- 
bous shape,  as  the  bulb  of  a  tooth  ;  the  bulb  of 
the  urethra  ;  the  bulb  or  root  of  the  hair  ;  the 
bulb  or  globe  of  the  eye,  etc. 
Bulb  of  the  Urethra.      The  bulb-like  com- 
mencement of  the  corpus  spongiosum  penis  ; 
hence  the  included  urethra  is  called  the  bulb- 
ous portion. 

Bulbif'erous  (from  bulbus,  and  fero,  to 
bear).  Bulb-bearing.  Having  one  or  more 
bulbs. 

BuI/bo=cav/ernosus.  So  called  from  its 
origin  and  insertion.  The  accelerator  urinae 
muscle. 

Bul'bous.  A  bulb.  In  Anatomy,  parts  of 
the  body  which  bear  some  resemblance  to  the 
root  of  a  bulbous  plant. 

Bulim'ia.     Boulimus.     Canine  appetite. 

Bulla.  A  clear  vesicle  arising  from  burns, 
scalds,  or  other  causes  ;  a  blister. 

Bun/odonts.  Those  ungulates  in  which 
the  surfaces  of  the  molar  teeth  are  covered  by 
rounded  or  conical  cusps. 

Bun/yon  {bunion;  from  (Iovvoq,  an  emi- 
nence). Inflammation  and  swelling  of  the 
bursa  mucosa  at  the  inside  of  the  ball  of  the 
great  toe. 

BupeLna.     See  Bulimia. 

BuphthaLmus  (from  fiovg,  an  ox,  and  o<i>- 
•tfaA/wr,  an  eye).  Hydrophthalmia.  Dropsy  of 
the  eye. 

Bur  Drills.  Burs.  Dental  instruments  for 
opening  and  forming  cavities,  of  spherical, 
cone-shaped,  cylindrical,  and  wheel  forms 
Flexible  burs  and  drills  having  spring-temp- 
ered stems  are  used  for  opening  and  preparing 
nerve  canals.  These  instruments  are  generally 
used  in  connection  with  a  socket  handle  or  bur 
thimble,  or  in  the  hand-piece  of  the  dental 
engine. 

Bur  ThinVble.  An  open  ring  for  the  middle 
or  index  finger,  with  a  socket  attached,  in 
which  rests  the  end  of  the  handle  of  the  drill 
used  in  excavating  a  cavity  in  a  tooth  pre- 
paratory to  filling  it. 


Bur/gundy  Pitch.  The  prepared  resin  of 
the  Pinus  abies. 

Bu'ris.     A  scirrhous  hernia,  or  hard  abscess. 

Burn  (ambnstio).  An  injury  or  lesion  pro- 
duced by  the  action  or  application  of  too  great 
heat. 

Bur'nea.     Pinus  sylvestris.    Pitch. 

Burnett's  Disinfecting  Liquid.  See  Dis- 
infecting Liquid,  Burnett's. 

Burnisher.  An  instrument  used  in  polish- 
ing different  kinds  of  metals  and,  in  the  labora- 
tory of  the  dentist,  for  finishing  pieces  of  dental 
mechanism.  The  burnishers  used  by  dentists 
are  generally  made  of  steel,  and  have  differently 
shaped,  rounded,  and  highly  polished  points, 
so  that  they  may  be  readily  applied  to  any  part 
of  the  surface  to  be  polished.  Burnishers  are 
also  sometimes  made  of  firm,  fine-grained  wood, 
bone,  agate,  or  other  stone. 

Burnt  ALum.    See  Alumen  Exsiccatum. 

Burnt  Sponge  (spongia  usta).     Sponge  cut  into 

pieces  and  burnt  in  a  close  iron  vessel  until  it 

becomes  black  and  friable,  then  rubbed  into 

very  fine  powder. 

Bur'ring  Engine.  A  dental  appliance  for 
the  use  of  burs,  etc.,  in  forming  cavities,  etc. 
See  Dental  Engine. 

Burring  Engine,  Electro-magnetic.  A  den- 
tal engine  the  motive  power  of  which  is  elec- 
tricity.    See  Dental  Engine. 

Bur/sa  (from  fivpca,  a  leather  bottled  A 
bag  or  purse. 

Bursa  Cordis.     Pericardium. 
Bursa  Test/ium.     The  scrotum. 

Bur/sae    Muco'sae.       Small    membranous 
bags  or  sacks,  situated  about  articular  cavities, 
filled  with  an  pily  mucus  for  lubricating  the 
tendons,  muscles,  and  bones. 
Bursae  Synovia/les.     Bursae  mucosae. 

Bursal.     Relating  to  the  bursa?  mucosas. 

Bur'sula.     Scrotum. 

Bu'tea  Gum.  A  gum  from  natural  fissures 
and  wounds  made  in  the  bark  of  the  Butea 
frondosa,  a  leguminous  plant  of  India. 

Bu/tiga.     Gutta  rosea. 

Butter  of  Ant'imony.  A  sesqui-chloride 
of  antimony. 

Bu'tua.     See  Pareira  Brava. 

Butyl  Chloral.  Formula,  C4H6C180.  It 
is  analogous  to  chloral,  and  forms  a  hydrate, 
but  is  weaker.  It  is  similar  in  its  physiologi- 
cal action  to  chloral. 

Butyl  Chloral  Hydrate.  See  Croton  Chlo- 
ral Eydrate. 

ButyraL.  Oxyhydrate  of  hutyryl.  A  clear, 


BUT 


107 


CAC 


thin  liquid  obtained  by  the  dry  distillation  of 
butyrate  of  lime. 

Butyric  Acid.  A  clear,  thin,  acid  liquid, 
obtained  by  saponifying  butter. 

Butyrin'.  The  fatty  matter  of  butter.  It 
is  a  butyrate  of  oxide  of  lipyl. 

Butyrone7.  A  colorless  fluid,  of  peculiar 
penetrating  odor  and  burning  taste,  obtained 
with  butyral  by  cautiously  heating  butyrate  of 
lime. 

Buty/rum.     Butter. 
Butyrum  Antimonii  (murias  antimonii).     But- 
ter of  antimony. 
Butyrum  Zinci.     Chloride  of  zinc. 

Buty'ryl.  The  base  of  butyric  acid,  etc. 
CgH7. 


By  ne  (pwq).     Malt. 

Byreth/rum.  A  sort  of  cap  filled  with 
cephalic  substances. 

Byr'sa  (from  jivpoa,  a  hide).  A  leather 
skin  to  spread  plasters  upon. 

Bysau'chen  (from  fivu,  to  stop  up,  and 
avxt",  the  neck).  Morbid  stiffness  of  the 
neck. 

Bys'solite  (from  /Jwtctoc,  flax,  and  Aitfoc, 
a  stone).  A  fibrous  mineral  found  on  the 
Alps. 

Bys'sos.  The  vulva.  In  Italy  it  is  woven 
into  clothes,  which  are  worn,  it  is  supposed, 
with  benefit  by  rheumatic  patients. 

By 'thus  (,8in?of,  depth).  The  fundus  of  the 
stomach. 


c. 


C.  Chemical  symbol  for  carbon  ;  also  an 
abbreviation  for  Congius,  a  gallon,  and  for 
Cathode. 

Ca.     Symbol  for  calcium. 

Caape'ba.     Pareifa  brava. 

Cab.     Alchemical  term  for  gold. 

Cab'alline.     A  coarse  kind  of  aloes. 

Cabaret'.     Asarum. 

Cacajmia  (cachssmia;  from  kcikoc,  bad,  and 
aifia,  blood).     A  bad  condition  of  the  blood. 

Cacaesthe/sis  (from  kcikoc,  bad,  and  aia^Tjaig, 
feeling).     Morbid  sensation  ;  indisposition. 

Caca'o.     The   chocolate   nut.      See   Theo 

BROMA. 

Caca'tion.     Defecation. 

Cacephebote'sia  (from  kcikoc:,  bad,  and 
e^efioTijq,  puberty).  Morbid  puberty.  Disease 
occurring  at  the  period  of  puberty. 

Cachec'tic.     Pertaining  to  cachexia. 

CacheIco/ma  (from  /co/coc,  bad,  and  e/koc,  an 
ulcer).     A  malignant  ulcer. 

Cachexia?.  An  important  class  of  diseases 
in  the  "Nosology"  of  Cullen  and  Sauvages 
depending  upon  a  depressed  habit  of  body. 

Cachexia  Sple'nica.     The  cachexy  accom- 
panying enlarged  spleen. 
Cachexia  Vene'rea.     Syphilis. 

Cachex'y  (from  teams,  bad,  and  eftc,  a  habit). 
A  depraved  habit  or  condition  of  the  body,  as 
scorbutic,  cancerous,  etc. 


Cachinna  tion  (from  cachinno,  I  laugh). 
Excessive  laughter  ;  a  symptom  of  hysterical 
and  other  affections. 

Cach'olong.     A  species  of  quartz. 

Ca'chou.     Catechu. 

Cacocho'lia  (from  teams,  bad,  and  xoA?/, 
bile).  A  vitiated  or  depraved  condition  of  the 
bile. 

Cac'ochroia  (from  /ca/coc,  bad,  and  xp°ia, 
color).  Disease  in  which  the  complexion  is 
changed  ;  unnatural  color  of  skin. 

Cacochyl'ia  (from  naiios,  bad,  and  xv%°S, 
chyle).     Depraved  chylification. 

Cacochym/ia  (from,  kukoc;,  bad,  and  Aa'/"°f> 
juice,  humor).  A  morbid  or  depraved  condi- 
tion of  the  humors. 

Cacocne'mos  (from  kukoc,  bad,  and  Kvr//iq, 
the  leg).     A  defect  in  the  legs. 

Cacocol'pia  (from  teams,  bad,  and  koTlttos, 
the  womb  or  vulva).  A  putrid  condition  of 
the  vulva  and  vaginal  entrance. 

Cacocore'ma  (from  Kamg,  bad,  and  Kopeu,  I 
purge  or  cleanse).  A  medicine  which  purges 
off  morbid  or  vitiated  humors. 

Caco'dia  (from  Kamg,  bad,  and  afw,  to  smell). 
Anosmia,  or  defect  in  the  sense  of  smelling. 

Cacodyl'  (from  teams,  bad,  and  oiivs,  odor). 
A  limpid,  ethereal  Liquid  of  a  fetid  odor, 
resembling  arsenical  compounds  derived  from 
acetyl. 


CAC 


108 


CAF 


Cacodyl'ic  Acid.  Alcargen  ;  an  acid  ob- 
tained by  oxidation  of  cacodyl  and  its  oxide. 

Cacoe'thes  (from  /ca/cof,  and  rj&oc,  disposi- 
tion).    A  bad  habit  of  body  or  a  malignant  sore. 

Cacogalac'tia  (from  Game,  and  ydXa,  milk). 
A  bad  or  vitiated  condition  of  the  milk. 

Cacogen'esis  (from  kcikoc,  bad,  and  yeveoic, 
origin).  A  morbid,  monstrous,  or  pathological 
growth  or  product. 

Cacomor'phia  (from  nanoc,  and  fioptprj,  form). 
Deformity. 

Caconych/ia  (from  Kanog,  and  ovv§,  a  nail). 
A  morbid  condition  of  the  nails. 

Cacopathi'a  (from  teams,  bad,  and  iradoc, 
affection).     A  disordered  state  of  mind. 

Cacopho'nia.     Defective  articulation. 

Cacopra'gia  (from  /ca/cof,  bad,  and  Trparru,  I 
perform).  A  morbid  condition  of  the  chylo- 
poietic  organs. 

Cacorrachi'tis  (from  name,  and  paxtc,  the 
spine).     Disease  of  the  vertebral  column. 

Cacorrhyth/mus  (from  mnos,  and  pvd/uoc, 
rhythm).  Irregular  puLse  or  intermittent 
fever. 

Cacosit/ia  (from  Kanog,  bad,  and  cltlov,  ali- 
ment).    Aversion  to  food. 

Cacosphyx'ia  (from  Kanog,  bad,  and  a(j>v^ig, 
pulse).     A  bad  condition  of  the  pulse. 

Cacos'tomus  (from  nanog,  bad,  and  aro/xa, 
mouth).  A  deformity  or  diseased  condition  of 
the  mouth. 

Cacothym/ia  (from  Kanog,  bad,  and  tivuog, 
the  mind).  A  vicious  or  diseased  condition  of 
the  mind. 

Cacotroph/ia  (from  icaicog,  bad,  and  rpofyr), 
nutriment).     Bad  nutrition. 

Cacox/ene  (from  Kanog,  bad,  and  %evog,  for- 
eign). A  mineral  occurring  in  yellowish, 
radiating  crystals,  containing  phosphoric  and 
fluoric  acids.     Peroxide  of  iron  and  silica. 

Cada'ver  (from  cadere,  to  fall).  A  body 
deprived  of  life  ;  a  dead  body. 

Cadav'erine.  A  ptomaine  in  the  form  of  a 
syrupy  liquid  with  a  disagreeable  odor,  pro- 
duced by  the  putrefaction  of  animal  tissues 
and  by  the  action  of  bacilli,  and  occurring  in 
tin-  urine  in  cystinuria. 

Cadaverous.  Having  the  appearance  of  a 
dead  body. 

Cadmi/a.  A  name  applied  to  several  met- 
allic compounds,  as  calamine,  cobalt,  tutly, 
etc. 

Cad  mi  i  Sulphas.  Sulphate  of  cadmium  ; 
a  salt  need  as  a  collyrium  in  diseases  of  the 
eye. 


CadmFum.  Symbol,  Cd.  Atomic  weight, 
111.6  A  bluish-white  metal  found  in  carbon- 
ate of  zinc,  of  a  compact  texture,  and  in  gen- 
eral properties  resembling  zinc.  It  has  been 
combined  with  mercury  and  other  metals  for  the 
formation  of  an  amalgam  for  filling  teeth.  It 
imparts  a  remarkable  property  of  malleability 
to  such  an  amalgam.  The  result  of  the  experi- 
ments, however,  which  have  been  made  with 
the  compound  has  not  been  so  satisfactory  as 
was  at  first  anticipated,  on  account  of  the 
rapidity  with  which  disintegration  of  tooth- 
structure  takes  place,  as  the  yellow  sulphide  of 
cadmium  forms  upon  and  around  a  filling  of 
such  an  amalgam  and  permeates  the  dentine, 
causing  rapid  disintegration. 

Caducous  (from  cadere,  to  fall).  Decidu- 
ous. A  term  in  Botany  applied  to  parts  or 
organs  of  a  plant  which  are  not  permanent, 
but  fall  early  ;  in  Anatomy,  to  the  tunica 
decidua  uteri  and  the  temporary  or  milk  teeth  ; 
in  Pathology,  to  epilepsy,  because  its  attacks  are 
attended  by  the  sudden  falling  of  the  patient ; 
and  in  Zoology,  to  insects,  as  the  caterpillar, 
the  legs  of  which  do  not  appear  in  all  the 
changes  through  which  the  animal  passes. 

Casual.     Belonging  to  the  caecum. 

Cae  citas  Verba' lis  (from  csecus,  blind). 
Word  blindness. 

Cae  cum    (infestinum  csecum  ;    from    caeens, 

blind).     The  caecum  or  blind  gut  is  so  called 

from  its  being  perforated  ouly  at  one  end. 

Caecum     Fora'men.     A    small  cavity  in  the 

frontal  bone  at  the  inferior  extremity  of  the 

external  coronal  crest. 

Cae'cus.  Blind.  A  term  applied  in 
Anatomy  to  cavities  or  holes  which  have  but 
one  opening. 

Cae'rulean.     Blue. 

Caesa'rian  Operation  (from  cssdere,  to 
cut).  Caesarian  section.  In  Obstetric  Surgery, 
an  operation  which  consists  in  making  an 
incision  into  the  uterus  through  the  parietes 
of  the  abdomen  for  the  removal  of  the  foetus. 

Cassi'um.  Symbol,  Ca.  Atomic  weight, 
132.5.  A  metal  that  generally  occurs  with 
rubidium,  and  in  the  mineral  waters  of  Italy, 
etc.  It  has  not  been  obtained  in  the  pure  state. 
It  is  the  most  electro-positive  of  the  metals; 

Caf'fea.  Coffee.  The  dried  and  roasted 
seeds  in  the  form  of  an  infusion  act  as  a  cere- 
bral stimulant  and  stomachic  tonic. 

Caf/feic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
coffee  in  the  form  of  a  white  powder.  When 
heated  it  yields  the  odor  of  roasted  coffee. 


CAF 


109 


CAL 


Caffein.  A  white,  silky,  crystalline  sub- 
stance obtained  from  coffee.  Its  salts  have 
been  used  as  nervines.  Called  also  theine  and 
guaranine.  It  is  a  stimulant  of  the  nerve- 
centres  and  also  of  reflex  activity,  thus  indi- 
rectly stimulating  the  heart  and  elevating 
blood  pressure.     See  Caffea. 

Cain  ca.  Chainca.  Caincse  radix.  The  root 
of  a  species  of  Chiococca,  celebrated  as  an 
antidote  to  the  bite  of  serpents.  It  is  tonic, 
emetic,  and  diuretic. 

Caj/eput  Oil  (oleum  cajuputi).  Oil  of  caj- 
uput.  The  volatile  oil  of  the  leaves  of  Mela- 
leuca cajuputi.  It  is  stimulant  and  aromatic, 
and  is  considered  very  efficacious  in  some  forms 
of  rheumatism.  A  drop  placed  in  a  decayed 
tooth  has  been  used  as  a  remedy  for  odontalgia. 
Dose,  gtt.  ij  to  gtt.  vj. 
Cala'bar  Bean.  See  Physostigma. 
Calame'den.  A  term  applied  to  various 
fractures. 

Calami  na  Praspara'ta.  Calcined  calamine 
reduced  to  an  impalpable  powder. 
Cal'aminaris  Lapis.  Ore  of  zinc. 
Calamine  (cat  a  mi  na).  A  native  carbonate 
of  zinc.  Prepared  calamine,  in  fine  powder,  is 
dusted  or  sprinkled  on  parts  to  prevent  excoria- 
tion. 

Calamin  ta.     Dry  styrax. 
Calamin'tha.     Calamint.     Calaminth.    An 
aromatic  stimulant. 

Cal'amus.      The   pharmacopceial   name   of 

the  Acorus  calamus.     The  acorus  is  a  genus  of 

seed-plants  of  the  order  Aracea?. 

Calamus     Aromat/icus.       Acorns     calamus. 

Sweet  flag.     The  root  is  stimulant,  tonic,  and 

aromatic. 

Calamus   Dra'co.      The   plant   which   yields 
dragon's  blood. 
Calamus    Scripto/rius.      A   small   cavity    or 
furrow  at  the  bottom  of  the  fourth  ventricle 
of  the  brain,  so  called  from  its  resemblance  to 
a  pen. 
Calca/neum  (calx,  the  heel).     The  largest 
bone  of  the  tarsus  ;  the  heel  bone,  or  os  calcis. 
CaLcar  (os  calcis,  the  heel  bone).  Calcaneum. 
Also,  a  spur. 

Calca'reous  (calx,  calcis,  lime).  Belonging 
to  lime  ;  containing  lime  ;  of  the  nature  of 
limestone. 

Calcareous  Earth.     Lime. 
Calcareous    Spar.     Crystallized   carbonate  of 
lime. 

Calcic  Inflammation  of  Gums  and  Peri- 
dental   Membrane.      Inflammation    caused 


and  maintained  by  deposits  of  calculus  on  the 
necks  of  the  teeth  ;  it  is  dependent  upon  such 
deposits. 

Calcific.  Pertaining  to  the  conversion  into 
lime  salts. 

Calcifica'tion.  Conversion  into  lime  salts, 
as  in  the  formation  of  the  teeth  ;  the  hardening 
process. 

Calcification  of  the  Teeth.  Of  the  deciduous 
teeth  :  Seventeenth  week  of  embryonic  life 
the  enamel  and  dentine  of  the  central  and 
lateral  incisors  begin  calcification  ;  eighteenth 
week,  of  the  molars  and  cuspids  ;  twentieth 
week,  of  crypts  which  encase  the  enamel  and 
dentine  germs  ;  fortieth  week,  or  at  birth,  the 
calcification  of  the  incisor  crowns  is  completed 
and  roots  begin  to  calcify  ;  three  months  after- 
birth the  cuspid  and  molar  crowns  are  com- 
pleted and  the  roots  begin  to  calcify.  Of  the 
permanent  teeth  :  At  the  twenty-fifth  week  of 
foetal  life  the  enamel  and  dentine  of  the  first 
molars  begin  to  calcify ;  first  year  after 
birth,  the  central  and  lateral  incisors  begin  to 
calcify  ;  at  four  years  of  age  the  cuspids, 
bicuspids,  and  second  molars  begin  to  calcify  ; 
at  eight  years  the  third  molars  begin  to  cal- 
cify. 
Calcig'enous  (calx,  lime,  and  jswau,  to 
generate).  Applied  to  metals  which,  with 
oxygen,  form  a  calx,  or  earthy-looking  sub- 
stance. 

Calcig'erous  Cells.  The  cells  of  the  bony 
or  dentinal  part  of  a  tooth  are  so  called  by 
Professor  Owen. 

CaLcii  Chlo'ridum.  Chloride  of  calcium. 
Calcination  (from  calx,  lime).  Oxidation. 
The  act  of  submitting  to  a  strong  heat  any 
infusible  mineral  substance  for  the  purpose  of 
depriving  it  either  of  its  water  or  auy  other 
volatile  substance  entering  into  its  composition 
and  reducing  it  to  ashes  or  cinders. 

CaLcine  (calx,  lime).  To  burn  as  lime  ;  to 
reduce  to  a  powder  or  to  an  oxide  by  heat. 
The  separation  of  the  inorganic  elements  of  a 
substance  by  exposing  it  to  intense  heat.  De- 
priving a  substance  of  moisture  and  of  volatile 
and  combustible  substances  by  exposure  to 
heat. 

Cal'cined  Magne'sia.  The  protoxide  of 
magnesium. 

Cal'cis  Liquor.  Lime  water.  Prepared 
by  adding  cold  water  to  freshly  slaked  lime 
and  the  clear  fluid  poured  off  for  use  as  it  is 
needed.  It  is  antacid,  slightly  styptic,  astrin- 
gent,   antiseptic,    and    detergent.       In   Denial 


CAL 


110 


CAL 


Practice,  lime  water  is  a  useful  agent  where  the 
secretions  of  the  mouth  are  viscid  and  fetid, 
and  especially  where  the  teeth  are  soft  in 
structure  and  very  sensitive  owing  to  the  acid 
condition  of  the  oral  fluids.  Also  where  the 
teeth  are  sensitive  from  recession  of  gum  and 
absorption  of  alveolar  process.  When  added  to 
milk  it  increases  its  digestibility  and  allays 
gastric  irritability.  See  Gorgas'  -'Dental 
Medicine." 

Calcis  Mu/rias.     Muriate  of  lime  ;   old   name 
for  the  chloride  of  lime. 

Calcis,  Os.     The   bone  of   the  tarsus  which 
forms  the  heel. 
Calcis  Oxymu'rias.     Chloride  of  lime. 
Calcis    Sulphure/tum.       Hepar   calcis.      Sul- 
phuret  of  lime. 
CaFcium.      Symbol,  Ca.      Atomic  weight, 
40.     A  brilliant,  silver-white  metal  which  has 
a,  strong   affinity   for  oxygen.      The  metallic 
base  of  lime. 

CaFcoglobuIin.  Albumen  changed  into  a 
remarkably  insoluble  and  resistant  substance, 
resembling  chitine  in  its  action  with  reagents. 
A  thin  spherule  of  formed  material — bone — 
which  encloses  the  osteoblast  as  the  process  of 
secretion  proceeds.  Calcoglobulin  is  deposited 
within  the  tissues  of  an  inflamed  pulp,  and 
is  associated  with  the  formation  of  pulp- 
nodules. 

Cal'cospherites.  A  structural  form  made 
by  inducing  the  very  gradual  precipitation  of 
lime  salts  in  solutions  containing  albumen  or 
other  organic  constituents. 

Cal'cospherules.  Bone  is  an  aggregation 
of  calcosphernles,  which  are  at  first  secreted 
as  a  thin  covering  around  the  bone-cells  or 
osteoblasts. 

Calc  Spar.  Crystallized  carbonate  of  lime. 
Calcareous  spar. 

Calculi.  Earthy  concretions. 
Calculi,  Arthrh/ic.  Calculi  articular.  Con- 
cretions formed  in  the  ligaments  and  within 
the  capsules  of  the  joints  of  persons  affected 
with  goat. 
Calculi,  Bil'iary.  Biliary  concretions ;  gall- 
stones. 

Calculi  in  the  Ears.     Hard  concretions  formed 
in  the  meatus  auditorius  externus. 
Calculi,    Intestinal.     Intestinal    concretions. 
Bezoars. 
Calculi  Lach/rymal.      Concretions  formed  in 
the  lachrymal  duels. 

Calculi,  Nephritic.   Concretions  formed  in  the 
kidneys. 


Calculi,  Pancreat'ic.     Concretions  formed  in 
the  pancreas. 

Calculi  of   the   Pine'al   Gland.     Concretions 
formed  in  the  pineal  gland. 
Calculi  of  the   Prostate  Gland.     Concretions 
in  the  prostate    gland,   usually  composed  of 
phosphate  of  lime. 
Calculi  of  the  Stomach  and  Intestines.     Con- 
cretions formed  in  the  stomach  and  intestines. 
Calculi  of  the  Ton'sils.     Concretions  formed 
in  the  tonsils. 
Calculi,  Salivary.     Concretions  of  a  calcare- 
ous kind  formed  in  the  substance  of  the  sali- 
vary glands,   or  in  their  excretory  ducts,  or 
upon    the    teeth.     See    Odontolithus    and 
Salivary  Calculus. 

CaKculi,  Spermatic.     Concretions   found  oc- 
casionally in  the  vesicular  seminales. 
Calculi,  Urina'ry.     Concretions  of  an  earthy 
nature  formed  in  the  bladder. 
Calculif'ragus  (from  calculus,  a  stone,  and 
frango,  to  break).     A  stone-breaker  ;  an  instru- 
ment for  breaking  a  stone  in  the  human  body  ; 
a  lithontriptic  instrument. 

Calculus     (diminutive   of   calx,    a    lime- 
stone).    An  earthy  concretion  formed  in   the 
bladder,  kidneys,  mouth,  or  some  other  part  of 
the  body,  stone-like  in  its  nature. 
Calculus  Denta/lis.     Salivary  calculus. 
Calculus,  Saliva/ry.     See  SALIVARY  CALCU- 
LUS. 
Gaidar'.     The  old  Arabic   chemical    name 
for  tin. 

Calda  rium.  A  caldron  ;  the  hot  bath. 
Calefa/cient  (calefaciens  ;  from  calidus, 
warm,  and  facio,  I  make).  To  excite  warmth. 
Any  substance,  as  mustard,  pepper,  etc.,  capa- 
ble of  exciting  warmth  in  the  part  to  which  it 
is  applied. 

Calen/dula.     A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Composite.     Stimulant  and  resolvent.      Used 
locally  for  wounds,  bruises,  ulcers,  and  purulent 
otitis  ;  internally,  for  vomiting. 
Calendula  Alpina.     Arnica  Montana. 
Calendula  Arvensis.     Wild  marigold.     Used 
in  jaundice  and  cachexia.     Dose  of  the  juice, 
from  f  3  j  to  1*5  iv. 
Calendula  Officinalis.    The  garden  marigold, 
supposed  to  be  antispasmodic,  sudorific,  deob- 
struent,    and   emmenagogue.     The   tincture, 
tinctura  calendulas,  is  used  in  Denial  Practice 
for  an  application  to  a  wounded  pulp,  wounds 
of  mucous  membrane,  especially  after  extract- 
ing teeth,  and  the  soreness  following  the  re- 
moval   of   salivary    calculus.      A    few  drops 


CAL 


111 


CAL 


added  to  an  ounce  of  water  forms  an  efficient 
mouth-wash  in  inflammations.  For  dental 
uses,  see  Gorgas'  "  Dental  Medicine." 

Calen'dulae  Martiales.  Ferrum  ammo- 
niatum. 

Calen  dulin.  A  peculiar  principle,  sup- 
posed by  Berzelius  to  be  analogous  to  bassorin, 
obtained  from  the  marigold. 

Calentu'ras.  Sometimes  applied  to  cin- 
chona. Also  a  tree  of  the  Philippine  Islands 
the  wood  of  which  is  bitter  and  febrifuge. 

Cale'sium.  A  Malabar  tree,  the  bark  of 
which,  made  into  an  ointment,  is  said  to  cure 
convulsions  from  wounds  and  to  heal  ulcers  ; 
and  the  juice  of  the  bark,  aphthae  and  dysen- 
tery. 

Calibre.  The  diameter  of  any  cylindrical 
body. 

Calices.  Calyces.  From  seven  to  thirteen 
funnel-shaped  tubes,  called  the  infundibula, 
into  which  the  points  of  the  papillae  of  the 
kidneys  project. 

Cal'idum  Animate.     Animal  heat. 
Calidum     Inna/tum.      Animal    heat,    or  vis 
vitas. 

Call 'go.  A  mist.  Obscurity  of  vision 
caused  by  a  speck  on  the  cornea  ;  also,  the 
speck  itself.  It  is  divided  into  six  species  :  (1) 
Caligo  palpebrarum,  obstructed  vision  from  dis- 
order in  the  eyelids  ;  (2)  Caligo  comese,  opacity 
of  the  cornea  ;  (3)  Caligo  leniis,  cataract ;  (4) 
Caligo  pupillse,  blindness  from  closure  of  the 
iris  ;  (5)  Caligo  humor um,  blindness  from  loss 
of  transparency  in  the  aqueous  or  vitreous 
humors;  (6)  Caligo  synizesis,  blindness  from 
closed  pupil. 

Calipers.  Compasses  with  curved  legs. 
Used  in  vulcanite  and  celluloid  work  to  measure 
the  thickness  of  the  plate. 

Calisay'a  Bark.     Cinchona  flava. 

Calisthenics  (naXoc,  beautiful,  and  odevoc, 
strength).  An  exercise  for  strengthening  the 
body  and  giving  ease  and  elegance  to  the 
movements  of  the  limbs. 

Ca  lix  (calyx  infundibUlum ;  from  ku?u^,  a 
cup).  Small  membranous  canals  which  sur- 
round the  papillae  of  the  kidneys  and  open 
into  the  pelvis. 

Callidon  tia  (from  mloq,  beautiful,  and 
ooovc,  a  tooth).  The  art  of  preserving  the 
beauty  of  the  teeth.     See  Dental  Hygiene. 

Callosity  (cdllosiias).  Preternatural  hard- 
ness ;  as  in  certain  tumors. 

Callous  (callosus).  Hardened  ;  indurated, 
as  the  edges  of  an  ulcer. 


Cal  lus.    Callous.    The  exudative  deposit  of 
bony  matter  thrown  out  between  and  uniting 
the  fractured  extremities  of  a  bone.     It  is  also 
applied  to  induration  of  a  soft  or  fleshy  part. 
Callus,  Permanent.     The  permanent  bond  of 
union  in  fractured  bone  after  the  re-absorp- 
tion  of   the   provisional   callus  first   thrown 
out. 
Callus,  Provisional.  The  cartilage-like  plastic 
material  first  thrown  out  in  fractured  bone, 
and  which  is  re-absorbed   when   the  perma- 
nent callus  is  formed. 
CaFomel  {calomelas ;  from  ku/mc,  good,  and 
fie'Aag,  black).     Protochloride  of  mercury.    Hy- 
drargyri  chloridum  mite,  mild  chloride  of  mer- 
cury (which  see). 
Ca'lor.     Heat. 
Calor  Anima'lis.     Animal  heat. 
Calor  Fer'vens.     Boiling  heat. 
Calor  Le'nis.     Gentle  heat,  between  90°  and 
100°  Fahr. 
Calor  Mor/dicans.     A  term  applied  in   Path- 
ology to  the  biting  and  pungent  heat  of  the 
skin.     A  dangerous  symptom  in  typhus  fever, 
which  leaves  an  unpleasant  smarting  sensation 
on  the  fingers  for  several  minutes  after  touch- 
ing them. 
Calor 'ic  (calor icum  ;  from  calor).     The  mat- 
ter, cause,  or  agent  by  which  all  the  effects  of 
heat  are  produced. 

Caloric,  Lament.     Insensible  heat.     That  por- 
tion of  heat  existing  in  all  bodies  not  made 
evident   by    approaching    the  thermometer  ; 
also  heat  passing  into  ice  as  it  becomes  water, 
and  into  liquids  to  convert  them  into  vapor. 
Caloric,   Specific.     The  amount  of  heat  re- 
quired to  raise  different  bodies  to   an  equal 
degree  of  temperature. 
Calorifica-'tion  (calorificatio  ;     from  color, 
heat,  and  fieri,  to  become).     The  production  of 
heat ;    especially  the    function    of    generating 
animal  heat. 

Calorimeter  (from  ealor,  heat,  and  fierpov, 
a  measure).  An  instrument  by  which  the 
whole  quantity  of  absolute  heat  existing  in  a 
body  in  chemical  union  can  be  ascertained. 

Calumba.  Calumbo  ;  columba.  A  root 
having  an  aromatic  smell,  a  bitter,  pungent 
taste,  and  tonic  and  antiseptic  properties.  Dose, 
gr.  x  to  ^j  in  powder. 

Calumba,    American.     Indian    lettuce  ;    yel- 
low gentian  ;  golden  seal.     The  root  is  used  in 
the  same  cases  as  the  true  calumba. 
CaPva    (calvaria ;     sometimes     improperly 
called  calvarium;  from  calvus,  bald).    The  scalp 


CAL 


112 


CAM 


or  upper  part  of  the  cranium  is  so  called  be- 
cause it  often  becomes  bald. 

Calx  (from  kalah,  to  burn).     Chalk,  lime. 
Calx  Antimo/nii.  Oxide  of  antimony. 
Calx  Chlorina/ta.     Chloride  of  lime.     Bleach- 
ing powder. 
Calx  cum  Ka/li  Pu'ro.     Potash  with  lime. 
Calx   Hydrar/gyri   Alba.     Ammoniated  mer- 
cury. 
Calx,  Metallic.     A  metal  which  has  under- 
gone calcination,  combustion,  or  some  other 
equivalent  process. 
Calx  Viva.     Quicklime. 

Caly/ces.  Small  membranous  caps  which 
cover  the  points  of  the  papillae  of  the  kidney. 
Their  union  forms  the  infuudibula. 

Calyc'iform.  Shaped  like  a  calyx  or 
flower-cup. 

Cal/ycoid  (from  calyx,  and  e«5of,  a  form). 
Resembling  a  calyx. 

Calyp'tra  (from  nalvnTrip,  a  cover).  A  veil 
or  cover.  In  Botany,  a  membranous  envelope 
placed  over  the  capsule  of  mosses,  enclosing 
their  sporules. 

Cal'yx  (/ca/taf,  the  cups  of  a  flower).  The 
outermost  of  the  enveloping  organs  of  a  flower. 
The  flower-cup.  The  membranous  cup  or  sac 
surrounding  one  or  two  of  the  papilla?  of  the 
kidney.  „ 

Cam/bium.  In  Physiology,  the  nutritious 
humors  supposed  to  be  elaborated  from  the 
blood  to  repair  the  losses  and  accomplish  the 
increase  of  the  various  organs  of  the  body.  In 
Botany,  a  colorless,  viscid  juice,  found  in  the 
spring,  between  the  bark  and  wood  of  trees, 
which,  it  is  supposed,  becomes  gradually  or- 
ganized, assuming  the  vegetable  structure.  In 
Dental  Physiology,  a  layer  of  roundish  cells  with 
processes  internal  to  the  outer  part  of  the  peri- 
osteum about  the  root  of  a  tooth  and  forming 
a  part  of  it. 

Cambo/gia  (from  Cambodia,  in  the  East 
Indies,  where  it  is  obtained).  Gamboge  (which 
see). 

Cambu'ca  (cambucca  memlrrata).  A  bubo 
or  ulcer  in  the  groin  or  near  the  genitals. 

Cam/era.     A  chamber  or  cavity.     Applied 
to  the  chambers  of  the  eye. 
Camera  Luci/da.     An  instrument  making  the 
image  of  any  object  appear  on  the  wall  in  a 
light  room. 

Camera  Obscura.  An  optical  apparatus  for 
throwing  the  image  of  external  objects  on  a 
white  surface  in  a  dark  room,  and  represent- 
ing them  in  their  proper  colors  and  shapes. 


Campa/na.  A  bell.  In  Chemistry,  a  dish 
or  cover  shaped  like  a  bell,  used  in  making 
sulphuric  acid. 

Campan'ulate.     Bell-shaped. 
Camphene',  or  Camphine.     A  substance 
procured  from  common  turpentine  ;   with   an 
equivalent  of  oxygen  it  forms  camphor. 

Campho -phenique.  A  limpid,  volatile 
fluid  with  a  hot,  aromatic  taste  and  the  odor 
of  camphor.  Obtained  from  the  chemical  union 
of  carbolic  acid  and  camphor.  It  is  antiseptic, 
anaesthetic,  and  germicidal. 

Cam/phor    (from   the    Arabian    caphur   or 
Icamphur).       Camphor;    a   concrete   substance 
derived  from  the  Laurus  camphora  and  puri- 
fied by  sublimation  ;  of  a  crystalline  texture, 
strong,  fragrant  odor,  and   possessing  narcotic 
and  diaphoretic  properties.     In  Dental  Practice 
the  tincture,  or  "spirits  of  camphor,"  is  used 
to  allay  pain  arising  from  a  near  exposure  of 
the  dental  pulp  and  of  sensitive  dentine,  and 
for  the  pain  following  the  extraction  of  teeth 
affected  with  periodontitis  ;  also,  in  periosteal 
inflammation,  combined  with  creasote  or  car- 
bolic acid  it  is  thought  to  have  the  power  of 
modifying  the  escharotic  action  of  these  agents. 
The  oil  is  preferred  by  some. 
Camphor,  Borneo.     See  Borneo  Camphor. 
Camphor,   Liquid.      Camphor  oil ;   the   fluid 
obtained  from  the  young  camphor  tree,  Dryo- 
balanops  camphora,  by  incision  into  the  tree. 
Camphor,  Oil  of.    Nitrate  of  camphor.    A  so- 
lution of  camphor  in  dilute  nitric  acid  ;   also 
applied  to  liquid   camphor  and   liniment  of 
camphor. 
Cam'phor  Water.       Aqua   camphora,   U.  S. 
Mistura    camphora}.       Camphor    mixture ;    a 
mixture  of   camphor,    alcohol,  carbonate    oi 
magnesia,  and  distilled  water. 
Cam/phora   Officina/rum.      The  Laurus 
camphora,  or  camphor  tree,  a  native  of  China 
and  Japan. 

Camphorae  Flo'res  Compos'iti.  Camphor 
sublimed  with  benzoin. 

Camphora'ta.     See  Camphorosma. 
Cam/phorate  (camphoras).    A  salt  resulting 
from  the  union  of  camphoric  acid  with  a  salifi- 
able base. 

Camphorated.  Relating  to  or  containing 
camphor. 

Camphorated  Tincture  of  Opium.  See  PARE- 
GORIC. 
Camphoric   Acid    (acidum    camphoricum) . 
An  acid   obtained   by  repeated  distillation  of 
nitric  acid  from  camphor. 


CAM 


113 


CAN 


Cam'phrone.  A  light  oily  substance  ob- 
tained by  dropping  pieces  of  camphor  into  a 
porcelain  tube  containing  cpiicklime,  heated 
to  redness,  and  condensing  the  vapor. 

Campylo/tis  (from  na/i-v/Mc,  bent).  A  pre- 
ternatural incurvation  of  a  part  ;  also  a  distor- 
tion of  the  eyelids. 

Cam 'wood.     A  red  dye-wood,  the  product 
of  the  Baphia  nitida,  a  native  of  Sierra  Leone. 
Canaden'sis.      Canadian  ;   the  name  of  a 
balsam.     See  Canada  Balsam:. 

Can'adol.  A  transparent  liquid,  very  vola- 
tile, and  resembling  benzine  in  odor,  which  is 
used  as  a  local  anaesthetic  in  minor  surgical 
operations. 

Canal  (canalis;  ductus;  meatus).  A  channel 
or  passage  for  fluids  or  solids  ;  a  tube  ;  a  duct ; 
the  prolongation  of  a  foramen  for  some  distance 
in  a  bone. 

Canal,  Alimentary.     The  canal  leading  from 
the  mouth  to  the  anus. 
Canal,  Arachnoi'dian.     A  canal,  supposed  to 
have  been  discovered  by  Bichat,  formed  by 
the  extension  of  the  arachnoid  over  the  trans- 
verse and  longitudinal  fissures  of  the  brain, 
and   which   surrounds  the   vena    magna  ga- 
leui.     Crnveilhier  denies  the  existence  of  this 
canal. 
Canal,  Arte'rial.     Ductus  arteriosus. 
Canal,  Hy'aloid.     A  cylindrical  body  formed 
by  the   reflection  of  the   hyaloid  membrane 
into  the  interior  of  the  vitreous  body. 
Canal,   Intestinal.      That  portion  of  the  ali- 
mentary canal  formed  by  the  intestines. 
Canal,  Medullary.     The  cylindrical  cavity  in 
the  shaft  of  a  long  bone. 
Canal,  Nasal.     Lachrymal  canal. 
Canal    of   Fonta'na.      The   minute   vascular 
canal  situated  within  the  ciliary  ligament.    It 
is  also  termed  the  ciliary  canal. 
Canal  of  Ja'cobson.     Tympanic  canal. 
Canal  of  Nuck.     A  cylindrical  sheath  formed 
around  the  round  ligaments  of  the  uterus  by 
a  prolongation   of   the   peritoneum  into   the 
inguinal  canal. 

Canal  of  Petit.     A  triangular  canal,  situated 
immediately  around  the  circumference  of  the 
crystalline  lens. 
Canal  of  Schlemm.     A  minute  circular  canal 
at  the  junction  of  the  sclerotica  and  conjunc- 
tiva. 
Canal,  Spi'nal.     Vertebral  canal. 
Canal,  Tympa'nic.     A  canal  opening  on  the 
lower  surface  of  the  petrous  portion  of  the 
temporal  bone,  containing  Jacobson's  nerve. 
8 


Canal ic'ulate  (canaliculatua).  Channelled  ; 
furrowed  ;  grooved. 

Canaliculus;  plural,  Canaliculi  (diminu- 
tive of  canalis,  a  canal).  A  small  canal.  Ap- 
plied in  Anatomy  to  some  large  lacuna;  which 
secrete  mucus  in  the  urethra.  In  bone,  the 
small  canals  through  which  nutrition  is  con- 
veyed to  all  parts  of  the  structure.  Each  lacuna 
is  the  outlet  of  a  number  of  canaliculi. 

Cana 'lis  Arteriosus.    Arterial  duct ;  a  ves- 
sel through  which  the  blood  passes  in  the  foetus 
from  the  pulmonary  artery  into  the  aorta,  but 
which  is  obliterated  after  birth. 
Canalis    Semicircula'ris.      The    semicircular 
canal.     There  are  three  in  the  posterior  por- 
tion of  the  labyrinth  of  each  ear,  which  open 
by  five  orifices  into  the  vestibulum. 
Canalis,  Veno'sus.     A  canal  which  conveys 
the  blood  in  the  foetus  from  the  porta  of  the 
liver  to  the  ascending  vena  cava,  but  it  ceases 
to  exist  after  birth. 

Cancella'tus  (cancellus ;  from  cancelU). 
Cancellous.  Having  a  latticed  appearance  ;  can- 
cellated ;  formed  of  cancelli. 

Cancel  li.  Lattice-work.  The  reticular  or 
spongy  texture  of  bones,  consisting  of  numerous 
cells  communicating  with  one  another.  They 
contain  a  fatty  matter  like  marrow. 

Can'cer  {/tapKivoe  •  literally,  a  crab).  In 
Zoology,  a  genus  of  crnstaceous  animals.  In 
Pathology,  a  scirrhous  tumor,  generally  termi- 
nating in  a  fatal  ulcer,  called  by  the  Greeks 
carcinoma,  from  Kapuwog,  a  crab,  from  the 
resemblance  of  the  affected  part  and  the  sur- 
rounding raised  veins  to  that  animal.  The 
disease  is  ordinarily  attended  with  severe  lan- 
cinating pain,  and  the  texture  of  the  affected 
part  is  exceedingly  variable.  The  following 
are  the  species  enumerated  by  Dr.  Bayle  : 

1.  The  chondro'id  (from  jovtfyjoc,  cartilage, 
and  eiSoc,  likeness),  or  eartilaginiform. 

2.  The  hyalo'id  (from  va/.oc,  glass,  and  eidog, 
likeness),  or  vitriform. 

3.  The  larinoid  (from  ?.apivoc,  fat,  and  euhc, 
likeness),  or  lardiform. 

4.  The  bunioid  (from  j9tn/«n>,  a  turnip,  and 
eiAoc,  likeness),  or  napiform. 

5.  The  eneqrfialo'id  (from  e;  neoa/.oc,  the  brain, 
and  eidog,  likeness),  or  cerebriform. 

6.  The  colloid  (from  no'/./.a,  glue,  and  et6oct 
likeness),  or  gelatiniform. 

7.  The  compound  cancerous,  the  mixed  can- 
cerous, and  the  superficial  cancerous. 
Cancer  Cell.     The  cell  which  is  supposed  to 

characterize  cancer. 


CAN 


114 


CAN 


Cancer  Gale'ni.  A  bandage  for  the  head,  or 
a  bandage  with  eight  tails  resembling  crabs' 
claws. 

Cancer  Mundito'rum.     Cancer  scroti.    Chim- 
ney-sweeper's  cancer.     An   irregular,    super- 
ficial,   painful   ulceration,    occurring    in   the 
scrotum  of  chimney-sweepers. 
Can'cerous.     Pertaining  to  cancer. 
Can'croid  (cancroideus ;    from  cancer,    and 

eidoc,    form).      Having   the    appearance   of  a 

cancer. 

Can  crum.      Canker  ;   a  spreadiug  sore,  a 

phagedenic  ulcerative  process.     Water  canker 

is  called  noma. 

Cancrum  O'ris  [pliagedsena  oris).  Gangrenous 
stomatitis.  Canker  of  the  mouth  ;  a  spread- 
ing ulceration  of  the  gums,  inside  of  the  lips 
and  cheeks,  and  it  may  occur  in  any  part  of 
the  buccal  cavity  or  fauces,  attended  with  a 
preternatural  flow  of  saliva,  inflammation  and 
tumefaction  of  the  neighboring  parts,  fetid 
breath,  fever,  and  constipation.  The  disease 
is  usually  confined  to  children  of  from  two  to 
six  years  of  age,  and  is  supposed  to  result 
from  a  debilitated  state  of  the  body,  induced 
by  want  of  cleanliness  and  improper  food. 

The  disease  evidently  has  some  of  the  charac- 
teristics of  gangrenous  inflammation  of  the 
gums,  as  well  as  of  other  affections  which 
consist  of  ulceration  of  the  gums  and  exfolia- 
tion of  the  alveolar  processes  ;  yet  it  differs 
from  both  of  these  in  many  particulars,  and 
therefore  should  not  be  confounded  with 
either.  The  last-named  affection,  we  believe, 
never  occurs  among  the  wealthy,  but  seems 
always  to  be  confined  to  children  of  the  poor, 
and  to  be  dependent  upon  defective  nutrition, 
bad  air,  and  a  cachectic  habit  of  the  body  ; 
whereas  cancrum  oris  is  occasionally  met  with 
among  children  of  the  wealthier  classes  of 
society. 

In  the  treatment  of  the  disease,  as  soon  as  the 
affection  is  recognized  the  ulcer  should  be 
destroyed  with  fuming  nitric  acid  ;  any  delay 
will  insure  fatal  consequences.  Disinfectant 
washes  should  be  constantly  employed,  and 
the  strength  maintained  by  the  free  use  of 
stimulants  and  tonics.,  Hydrochloric  acid  is 
recommended  by  some,  instead  of  nitric  acid, 
for  application  to  the  ulcer.  Astringent 
washes  are  also  serviceable  in  the  after-treat- 
ment. 
CaiPdidum  Ovi.  The  white  of  an  egg. 
Canel'la.     A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 

Meliaceaj. 


Canella  AFba.    The  laurel-leaved  canella,  the 
bark   of  which   is  a  stimulant  and   pungent 
aromatic.     It  is  added  to  bitters  and  cathar- 
tics.    Dose,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xxx. 
Can'icse.     Meal  containing  much  bran. 
Canicida.     Aconite. 
Canine'.     Pertaining  to  or  partaking  of  the 

nature  of  a  dog. 

Canine  Fos'sa.  A  depression  in  the  outer 
surface  of  the  superior  maxillary  bone  above 
the  canine  or  cuspid  tooth. 

Canine    Teeth     [dentes    canini ;     cynodontcs ; 
denies    laniarii;    dentes   angulares  ;  cuspidati  ; 
conoides;  eye-teeth).     See  Cuspid  Teeth. 
Cani  mis   (from   earns,   a   dog).     A   cuspid 

tooth  is  so  called  because  it  resembles  that  of  a 

dog.     See  Cuspid  Teeth.     It  is  also  the  name 

of  a  muscle,  the  levator  anguli  oris,  because  it 

is  situated  near  the  canine  tooth. 
Cani  ram.     Strychnos  nux  vomica. 
Cani 'ties.     Grayness  of  hair. 
Can'ker.     A  corroding  ulcer  in  the  mouth. 

See  Cancrum  Oris. 

Can'na.      A    reed    or    hollow   cane.      The 

fibula  has  been  so  called  from  its  resemblance 

to  a  reed. 

Canna  Fis'tula.    See  Cassia  Fistula. 

Canna  InMica.    Sagittarium  alexipharmicum. 

Canna  Ma'jor.     The  tibia. 

Canna  MPnor  Cru'ris.     The  fibula. 

Can  nabine  (cannabina).     Cannabis  hemp. 

A  resin  extracted  from  the  Cannabis  indica. 
Can'nabis.    A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 

Urticacese.     Hemp. 

Cannabis  In'dica.  India  hemp.  The  hemp 
cultivated  in  the  East  is  thought  to  be  dif- 
ferent from  the  common  hemp,  but  the  two 
plants  are  regarded  by  most  botanists  as  iden- 
tical. It  is  admitted,  however,  that  the 
former  is  more  powerful  in  its  action  upon 
the  system.  An  intoxicating  liquor  is  pre- 
pared from  the  leaves,  under  the  name  of 
bang,  or  ganga,  in  India.  It  is  a  true  cerebral 
stimulant,  and  may  be  employed  when  opium 
can  not  be.  One-half  to  one  grain  will  pro- 
duce sleep.  In  Dental  Practice  it  is  applied 
to  exposed  pulps  to  relieve  the  pain.  Dose  of 
tincture,  gtt.  xx  to  gtt.  xxx. 

Cannabis  SatPva.    Common  hemp.     The  tops 

of  this  plant  have  a  strong  narcotic  smell, 

causing  giddiness,   dimness  of  sight,   and  a 

species  of  intoxication. 

Can'nel   Coal.      A   bituminous    substance 

which   yields   on  combustion   a  bright  flame 

with  little  or  no  smoke. 


CAN 


115 


CAP 


Can  nula  (diminutive  of  canna,  a  reed). 
A  tubular  surgical  instrument,  consisting  of 
a  tube  or  sheatb  obliquely  pointed,  and  a 
stiletto  or  stylet,  introduced  into  a  cavity  or 
tumor  to  drain  or  draw  off  the  fluid. 

Canthar'idal  CoIIo'dion.  Collodium  cum 
cantharide.  Is  composed  of  cantharides,  sul- 
phuric ether,  and  acetic  acid,  in  two  ounces  of 
which  mixture  twenty-five  grains  of  gun 
cotton  are  dissolved.  It  is  an  effectual  vesi- 
cant, and  in  Denial  Practice  is  a  valuable 
application  in  periodontitis,  relieving  the  in- 
flammation by  counter-irritation.  It  is  applied 
by  means  of  a  camel's  hair  brush  to  the  gum 
over  the  root  of  the  affected  tooth,  and  the 
blister  which  results  is  punctured  with  a 
needle.     See  Gorgas'  "  Dental  Medicine.'' 

Canthar'idine  (from  cantharis,  Spanish  fly). 
The  active  priuciple  in  cantharides,  on  which 
their  vesicating  quality  depends. 

Can/tharis  (cantharis  vesicatoria ;  navil-apig,  a 
beetle).  The  blister-beetle  ;  Spanish  fly.  A 
genus  of  coleopterous  insects  containing  many 
species.  Cantharides,  when  taken  internally, 
are  powerfully  stimulant,  producing  a  peculiar 
effect  upon  the  urinary  and  genital  organs  ; 
applied  externally,  they  excite  inflammation  of 
the  skin  and  a  copious  secretion  of  serum 
under  the  cuticle.  Dose,  gr.  ss  to  gr.  j,  in  a 
pill,  with  opium  or  extract  of  henbane  and 
camphor,  twice  a  day.  Dose  of  the  tincture, 
gtt.  x.     See  Cantharidal  Collodion. 

Canthi/tis  (canthus).  Inflammation  of  the 
angle  of  one  or  both  eyes. 

Can'thoplasty  (navdog,  the  angle  of  the  eye, 
and  TTAaoau,  to  form).  The  operation  of  trans- 
planting a  portion  of  the  conjunctiva  of  the 
eyeball  to  the  external  canthus  of  the  eye- 
lids. 

Can  thus  (icav&og).  The  angle  or  corner  of 
the  eye. 

Can  'ula.     See  Cannula. 

Caout/chine.  A  volatile  oil  obtained  by 
the  destructive  distillation  of  caoutchouc. 

Caoutchouc7  (koochook').  India-rubber  ; 
gum-elastic.  The  ruilky,  concrete  juice  ob- 
tained principally  from  the  Siphonia  elastica, 
or  Siphonia  cahuchu,  a  South  American  tree. 
It  is  remarkable  for  its  elasticity,  and,  being 
insoluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  is  applied  to 
various  valuable  purposes.  It  is  used  as  a 
base  for  artificial  teeth,  etc. ;  also  in  the  manu- 
facture of  catheters,  bougies,  pessaries,  and  in 
the  prosthesis  of  the  velum  palati.  It  did 
not,  however,  answer  very  well  at  first  for  this 


latter  purpose,  as  the  secretions  of  the  mouth 
and  nasal  cavities  soon  destroyed  it.  But  this 
objection  has  been  completely  obviated  by  the 
discovery  of  a  peculiar  method  of  preparing 
it,  vulcanizing  the  rubber.  See  INDIA  Rub- 
ber,  and  also  Vulcanite. 

Ca'outchoucin  (caoutchouc ina).  The  prin- 
ciple on  which  the  properties  of  caoutchouc 
depend. 

Caphopic/rite  (from  napsu,  to  inhale,  and 
■n-wpog,  bitter).    The  bitter  principle  of  rhubarb. 

Caph/ora  (caphura).     Camphor. 

Capillaire/.  A  syrup  employed  as  a  demul- 
cent in  coughs. 

Cap'illary  (capillaris;  from  capillus,  the 
hair).  Resembling  a  hair  ;  hair-like  ;  small. 
It  is  applied  to  the  extreme  radicles  of  the 
arteries  and  veins.  A  minute  blood-vessel, 
connecting  the  smallest  ramifications  of  the 
arteries  with  those  of  the  veins.  Also  a  very 
minute  fissure  in  the  skull  ;  also  the  intercel- 
lular biliary  passages. 

Capillary  Attraction.  The  power  by  which 
a  liquid  rises  higher  in  a  fine  tube  than  the 
surface  of  the  liquid  in  which  one  end  of  it  is 
placed. 

Capilliculus  (capillus,  the  hair).  The  ar- 
terial and  venous  radicles  pervading  more 
minutely  than  the  capillaries  the  ultimate 
elements  of  every  organ. 

Capillus.     The  hair. 

Capistrum  (literally,  a  bridle).  The  single 
split-cloth  bandage  used  in  fractures  and  other 
injuries  of  the  lower  jaw. 

Capital  (capitalis).  Belonging  to  the  head. 
Applied  to  surgical  operations,  it  denotes 
those  of  greater  magnitude,  as  amputations, 
excisions,  etc. 

Cap'itate  (from  caput,  the  head).  Headed  ; 
terminated  in  a  head  or  sudden  enlargement. 

Capitilu'vium  (from  caput,  the  head,  and 
lavarre,  to  wash).  A  lotion  or  bath  for  the 
head. 

Capitit/raha.  Instruments  to  draw  down 
the  head  of  the  fcetus. 

Capito'nes.  Foetuses  whose  heads  are  so 
large  as  to  interfere  with  delivery. 

Capit 'uluni  (diminutive  of  caput,  the  head). 
A  small  head  or  knot.  A  term  applied  to  any 
protuberance  of  bone  received  into  a  hollow 
part  of  another  bone.  In  Chemistry,  an 
alembic. 

Capi'vi  Oil.    See  Copaiba. 

Capnis'mos.    Fumigation. 

Capno'mar  (from  nairvog,  smoke,  uotpa,  part). 


CAP 


116 


CAP 


A  volatile,  transparent  liquid,  obtained  from 
tar,  and  having  the  property  of  dissolving 
caoutchouc. 

Capping  the  Pulps  of  Teeth.  An  opera- 
tion first  recommended  by  Dr.  Koecker  for  the 
purpose  of  protecting  an  exposed  dental  pulp 
from  injury  in  filling  a  tooth  and  for  pre- 
serving its  vitality.  This  operation  consists,  in 
the  case  of  small  cavities  or  those  difficult  of 
access,  in  the  use  of  a  dressing  composed  of 
carbolic  acid  and  oil  of  cloves,  equal  parts, 
combined  with  zinc  oxide  in  the  form  of  a 
plastic  paste,  which  is  carefully  flowed  over 
the  exposed  area  of  pulp,  without  producing 
pressure.  When  the  cavity  leading  to  the  ex- 
posure is  large  enough,  it  is  preferable  that  the 
above  dressing  should  be  covered  by  a  concave 
metal  cap.  Platinum  caps  are  the  best ;  caps 
are  also  made  of  pure  tin.  Other  dressings — 
such,  for  example,  as  the  lacto-phosphate  of 
lime — are  also  employed.  In  all  cases  the 
metal  concave  cap  should  be  thick  enough  to 
prevent  any  interference,  by  pressure,  with  the 
pulp  in  the  subsequent  operation  of  filling  the 
crown-cavity,  especially  if  gold  is  used  for  such 
a  filling.  In  every  case  it  is  necessary  that  the 
dressing  should  be  in  contact  with  the  exposed 
surface  of  the  pulp. 

Cap'rate.  A  combination  of  capric  acid 
with  a  base. 

Capreola'ris  [capreolatus ;  from  capreolus,  a 
tendril).  Twisted,  contorted  ;  applied  by  some 
to  the  spermatic  vessels. 

Cap'ric  Acid.  A  volatile  acid  of  a  dis- 
agreeable odor,  obtained  from  butter  on  its 
conversion  into  soap. 

Caprilo'quium.    vEgophony. 

Caprin/ic  Acid.  An  acid  with  a  sweetish 
odor,  obtained  from  butter  in  fine  acicular 
crystals. 

Cap/rinyl.  The  organic  radical  of  the 
foregoing.  Oil  of  rue  is  supposed  to  be  its 
oxyhydiate.     Its  formula  is  C20H19. 

Capro'ic  Acid.    See  Capronic  Acid. 

Capron'ic  Acid.  A  clear,  oily,  unpleas- 
antly smelling  fluid,  obtained  from  cocoanut 
oil,  batter,  and  Limburg  cheese. 

Cap'ronyl.  The  basis  of  the  foregoing. 
Formula,  C,.2Hn. 

Capryl/ic  Acid.  An  acid  combined  with 
glycerine  and  some  animal  fats  ;  forms  capry- 
lates. 

Cap/sicin.  An  acrid  resin  obtained  from 
cayenne  pepper. 

Cap'sicum  (from  /c«7tt<.),  to  bite  ;  because  of 


its  effect  on  the  mouth).     A  genus  of  plants 

of  the  order  Solanacese. 

Capsicum  An/nuum.  Cayenne  pepper  ;  Guinea 
pepper.  It  is  a  powerful  stimulant,  and  pro- 
duces, when  taken  into  the  stomach,  a  sense 
of  heat  and  a  glow  upon  the  skin.  It  is  used 
as  a  condiment,  and  is  valuable  as  a  medicinal 
agent.  Dose,  gr.  v.  In  Dental  Practice,  the 
tincture,  tinctura  capsici,  is  useful  in  acute 
periodontitis  when  it  is  necessary  to  hasten 
suppuration  ;  also,  in  the  chronic  form,  to  re- 
solve the  inflammatory  products.  It  is  also 
useful  to  stimulate  the  gums  in  chronic  in- 
flammation and  ulceration,  and  in  chronic 
alveolar  abscess,  and  in  recession  of  the  gums 
from  the  necks  of  the  teeth.  As  a  local 
stimulant  and  counter-irritant  it  may  be 
placed  in  a  small  bag,  or  be  applied  in  the 
form  of  a  capsicum  plaster  to  the  gum 
over  the  root  of  the  affected  tooth.  For 
other  dental  uses  see  Gorgas'  ' '  Dental  Medi- 
cine." 
Cap/sula  (diminutive  of  capsa,  a  chest  or 

case) .  A  capsule.    A  membranous  bag  enclosing 

a  part  of  the  body,  as  the  capsular  ligament, 

the  capsule  of  the  crystalline  lens,  etc.     The 

matrices  or  sacs  of  the  teeth  are  sometimes  called 

capsules.     In  Botany,  the  membranous  pericar- 
dium or  seed-vessels  of  a  plant. 

Capsula  Atrabilia/ris.  The  supra-renal  cap- 
sules, or  supra-renal  glands  ;  two  flattened  tri- 
angular bodies,  one  on  each  side,  surmounting 
the  corresponding  kidney. 

Capsula  Cordis.  Capsule  of  the  heart.  The 
pericardium. 

Capsula  Lumba/ris.     The  receptaculum  chy- 
li. 
Capsular  (capsularis).      Having  the  form 

or  partaking  of  the  nature  of  a  capsule. 

Capsular  Lig/ament.     A  kind  of  ligamentous 
bag  surrounding  every  movable  articulation 
and  containing  the  synovia. 
Cap/sule  (capsula).     A  tunic  or  bag  which 

encloses  a  part  of  the  body. 

Capsule,  Gelatinous.  An  envelope  of  gelatin 
enclosing  medicinal  agents  to  conceal  their 
taste. 

Capsule  of  Glisson.  A  dense  cellular  mem- 
brane surrounding  the  vena  porta}  in  its  most 
minute  ramifications  in  the  liver  ;  described  by 
Glisson. 

Capsule,  Renal.  Supra-renal  capsule.  See 
Capsula  Atrabiliaris. 

Capsule,  Seminal.  A  name  given  by  Bartho- 
line  to  the  dilatation  of  the  extremity  of  the 


CAP 


117 


CAR 


vas  deferens.    Some  anatomists  give  this  name 
to  the  vesiculse  seminales. 

Capsule,  Syno/vial.     A  membranous  hag  en- 
veloping an  articulation,  and  secreting  a  lubri- 
cating fluid. 
Capsulitis   (cajmda,  a  capsule).      Inflam- 
mation of  the  capsule  of  the  eye. 

Ca'put.     The  head,  cranium,  or  skull  ;  the 
upper  extremity  of  a  bone,  as  the  head  of  the 
femur.      Also,  the  origin  of  a  muscle,  as  the 
long  head  of  the  biceps  ;  and  it  is  sometimes 
applied  to  a  protuberance  resembling  a  head, 
as  also  to  the  beginning  of  a  part. 
Caput  Gallinag/inis  (verumontanum) .     A  pro- 
tuberance in  the  urethra  in  men,  situated  before 
the  neck  of  the  bladder. 
Caput  Ob/stipum.     Wry  neck. 
Caput  Pur'gum.     A  remedy  which  causes  a 
defluxion  from  the  head,  as  an  errhine,  siala- 
gogue,  etc. 
Caput  Scapulae.     Acromion. 
Caput    Succeda/neum.      A   swelling    of   the 
head  of  the  foetus  which  occurs  in  certain  cases 
of  labor. 
Caput  Testis.     The  epididymis. 

Car'abus.  A  genus  of  coleopterous  insects. 
Two  species,  the  Crysocephalus  and  Ferru- 
gineus,  were  at  one  time  much  vaunted  as  a 
remedy  for  toothache,  and  even  quite  recently 
they  were  highly  recommended  in  Germany 
for  this  purpose.  They  were  first  rubbed  be- 
tween the  thumb  and  finger  and  then  applied 
to  the  affected  tooth  and  gum.  See  Coccinella 
Septempunctata. 

Caran/na  (carannse  gummi;  caragna).  A 
concrete  resinous  substance,  having  an  aromatic 
smell  and  bitter  taste. 

Car'at  (from  the  Arab  l-yrat,  a  weight,  or 
from  iiepaTLov,  a  small  weight,  or,  according  to 
some,  from  kuara,  an  African  term  for  the  bean 
used  by  the  natives  of  the  Gold  Coast  for 
weighing  gold  dust).  A  weight  of  four  grains, 
used  in  weighing  diamonds.  It  is  also  used  in 
reference  to  the  fineness  of  gold.  For  example, 
suppose  the  mass  spoken  of  "  to  weigh  twenty- 
four  carats,  of  twelve  grains  each  ;  and  the  pure 
gold  is  called  fine.  Thus,  if  gold  is  said  to  be 
twenty-two  carats  fine,  or  standard,  it  is  im- 
plied that  If  are  pure  gold  and  y2?  alloy.  In 
the  process  of  assaying  gold,  the  real  quantity 
taken  is  very  small,  generally  from  six  to  twelve 
grains;  and  this  is  termed  the  assay  pound.  It 
is  subdivided  into  twenty-four  carats,  and  each 
carat  into  four  assay  grains,  and  each  grain 
into  quarters  ;   so  that  there  are  384  separate 


reports  for  gold.  When  the  gold  assay  pound 
is  only  six  grains,  the  quarter  assay  grain  only 
weighs  ^  of  a  grain.  This  will  give  some  idea 
of  the  accuracy  required  in  the  weights  and 
scales  used  for  such  delicate  operations.  "*  The 
still  further  division  of  the  carat  brings  it  to  fa 
of  the  original  weight.  This  method  of  ex- 
posing the  fineness  of  gold,  however,  is  gradu- 
ally yielding  to  the  more  scientific  decimal 
mode. 

Car 'away.     See  Carum. 

Car/bo  Anima/lis  {carlo  carnis).  Animal 
charcoal.  Ivory-black.  See  Charcoal,  Ani- 
mal. 

Carbo  Fossilis.     Stone  coal. 
Carbo  Ligni.     Charcoal  of  wood. 

Carbohydrates.  Hydrates  of  carbon.  Or- 
ganic substances  composed  of  nearly  equal  parts 
of  carbon,  hydrogen,  and  oxygen.  Cellulose, 
starch,  and  sugar  belong  to  this  class. 

Carbol'ic  Acid,  or  Phenole.  Phenic  acid. 
Obtained  from  coal-tar,  and  when  perfectly 
pure  is  a  colorless  crystallized  solid,  and  of  a 
taste  at  first  pungent  and  then  sweet.  Its  odor 
is  1  ike  that  of  tar.  It  is  very  soluble  in  alcohol, 
ether,  chloroform,  and  benzole.  For  dental  use 
it  is  rendered  fluid  by  diluting  it  with  a  little 
cologne  water.  It  is,  chemically,  an  alcohol 
rather  than  an  acid. 

It  is  used  in  Dentistry  as  an  application  to 
the  exposed  pulp  of  a  tooth,  preparatory  to  fill- 
ing it,  when  without  its  aid  the  general  prac- 
tice would  be  to  destroy  the  pulp  ;  also,  to  sen- 
sitive dentine.  Diluted,  it  is  allowed  to  remain 
in  contact  with  the  pulp  of  a  tooth  for  ten 
minutes  in  the  conservative  treatment  of  the 
organ.  Some  regard  the  superficial  eschar 
caused  by  the  strong  acid  when  applied  to  the 
exposed  surface  of  the  pulp  as  an  important 
factor  in  its  treatment  for  preservation.  When 
applied  to  sensitive  dentine  it  is  allowed  to 
remain  from  five  to  fifteen  minutes.  Combined 
with  glycerine  in  the  proportion  of  one  part  to 
thirty  parts  of  glycerine,  it  is  a  valuable  injection 
for  chronic  forms  of  alveolar  abscess.  Carbolic 
acid  is  also  used  for  putrescent  pulps,  but  has 
given  place  to  agents  possessing  greater  germi- 
cidal power.  It  is  also  employed  in  inflamma- 
tory conditions  of  the  oral  mucous  membrane. 
It  is  also  used  for  the  same  purpose  as  creasote 
(which  see).  For  dental  uses,  etc..  seeGorgas' 
"Dental  Medicine." 

Car'bolize.  To  mix  or  impregnate  with  car- 
bolic acid. 

*  Brand's  "Encyclopedia." 


CAR 


118 


CAR 


Carbomethyl'ic  Acid.  An  acid  resulting 
from  the  action  of  carbonic  acid  upon  pyroxylic 
spirit. 

Car'bon  (from  carbo,  coal).    Charcoal.    Sym- 
bol, C.     Atomic  weight,  12.     A  non-metal  oc- 
curring in  various  forms  of  diamond,  graphite, 
or  black  lead,  and  charcoal.     In  Chemistry  this 
term  is  used  to  signify  a  pure  combustible  base 
of  the  varieties  of  charcoal  and  other  carbon- 
aceous substances.     The  diamond  is  the  purest 
form  of  crystallized  carbon. 
Carbon,  Min'eral.    A  term  applied  to  charcoal 
with  various  proportions  of  earth  and  iron, 
without  bitumen.     It  has  a  silky  lustre  and 
the  fibrous   texture   of  wood.       It  is   found 
stratified  with  various  kinds  of  coal. 
Carbon,  Sesqui-iodide  of.     A  yellow  precipi- 
tate, obtained  by  adding  water  to  an  alcoholic 
solution  of  iodine   deprived  of  its   color  by 
potassa.     It  has  been  used  in  glandular  and 
cutaneous  affections. 

Carbon,  Sulphuret  of.     A  transparent,  color- 
less fluid,  of  an  unpleasant  taste  and  smell. 
It  was  formerly  supposed  to  be  diaphoretic, 
diuretic,  emmenagogue,  and  antispasmodic. 
Carbon  Tetrachloride.     The  formula  is  CC14. 
An  anaesthetic  resembling  chloroform,  but  is 
very  dangerous. 
Carbonaceous   (carlo,  coal,   carbon).     Of 
the  nature  of  carbon. 
Car'bonas.     Carbonate. 
Car'bonate.     A  salt  formed  by  the  union 
of  carbonic  acid  with  a  salifiable  base  ;  a  com- 
bination of  carbonic  acid  in  which  all  the  hy- 
drogen is  replaced. 

Carbonate  of  Ammonia  (ammonii  carbonas). 
Formula,  NH4HCO:jNH4C02.  Dose,  grs.  ij-x. 
One  of  the  preparations  of  ammonia.  See 
Ammonia. 
Carbonate  of  Sodium  (sodiicarbonis).  Na2CO:„ 
lOFf.,0.  Dose,  grs.  v-xxx.  The  physiological 
effects  and  therapeutic  uses  are  analogous  to 
those  of  potassium  — antacid  and  diuretic.  It 
is  employed  as  a  mouth  wash,  and  also  to  re- 
lieve the  pain  of  pulpitis  and  to  obtund  sensi- 
tive dentine.  It  is  also  employed  in  the  treat- 
ment of  devitalized  pulps  as  a  disinfectant  and 
antiseptic. 

Car'bonated  (carbonatus;  aeratus).  That 
which  is  combined  with  carbonic  acid. 

Carbon/ic  Acid  (acidum  carbonicum). 
Fixed  air;  carbonaceous  acid;  mcphitic  acid. 
A  transparent,  colorless,  gaseous  acid,  without 
smell,  irrespirable,  and  incapable  of  supporting 
combustion.     II:  is  a  compound  of  carbon  and 


oxygen,  CO.  In  the  form  of  carbonic  acid  gas 
it  constitutes  a  small  proportion  of  atmospheric 
air.  It  is  often  found  in  mines,  dry  wells,  etc. 
Breathing  it  is  often  fatal  to  animal  life.  See 
Poisons. 

Carbonic  Acid  Water.     Mineral  or  soda  water, 
used  as  a  vehicle  for  saline  cathartics. 
Carbonic  Oxide.      G-aseous  oxide  of  carbon  ; 
the  protoxide  of  carbon,  CO.     It  is  a  colorless 
gas  formed  when  carbon  is  burned  with  an 
imperfect  supply  of  oxygen. 
Carbon'icum  Na/trum.   Carbonate  of  soda. 
Carbo'nis   Sulphure'tum.     Sulphuret  of 
carbon. 

Carbo/nium.     Carbon. 
Carbonization.     The  conversion  of  organic 
substances   into   charcoal  or   carbon   by   heat 
until  the  volatile  products  are  driven  off  and 
the  carbon  only  remains. 

Car/bonize.  To  char;  to  convert  in  part 
into  charcoal. 

Carborundum.     A  combination  of  carbon 
and  silicon,  effected  by  electrical  action. 
Carborundum  Wheels,  Points,  etc.     Used  for 
grinding  artificial  teeth,  finishing  surfaces  of 
fillings,  etc. 
Carbuncle  (carbunculus).     See  Anthrax. 
Car'buret    (carburetum).     A  compound   of 
carbon  with  any  simple  combustible  substance. 
For  example,  carburretted  hydrogen  is  hydro- 
gen  holding  carbon  in   solution.     Steel  is  a 
carburet  of  iron. 

Carburet  of  Sul'phur.  A  liquid  compound  of 
carbon  and  sulphur.  It  was  formerly  called 
alcohol  of  sulphur,  and  is  now  obtained  by 
passing  the  vapor  of  sulphur  over  ignited  char- 
coal. 

Carburet/ted  Hy'drogen.  Carbon  and 
hydrogen  ;  light  inflammable  air  ;  olefiant  gas  ; 
hydroguret  of  carbon.  There  are  two  gaseous 
compounds  of  carbon  and  hydrogen,  olefiant 
gas,  or  oil-making  gas,  so  called  because  it  forms 
an  oily  compound  with  chlorine,  and  light  car- 
burettcd  hydrogen,  found  in  some  coal  mines, 
which  is  known  by  the  name  of  fire  damp,  and 
is  the  cause  of  the  explosions  which  sometimes 
took  place  previously  to  the  invention,  by  Sir 
Humphry  Davy,  of  the  safety  lamp.  It  is  also 
evolved  from  the  mud  of  stagnant  pools  and 
ditches.  Olefiant  gas  is  obtained  by  distilling 
a  mixture  of  one  part  of  alcohol  and  two  in 
bulk  of  sulphuric  acid,  and  collected  over 
water,  which  is  said  to  absorb  more  than  one- 
seventh  of  its  volume  of  the  gas. 

Car/byls.     A  term  used  by  Lowig,  in  his 


CAR 


119 


CAR 


classification  of  animal  substances,  to  denote 
those  radicals  which  consist  of  two  or  more 
atoms  of  carbon. 

Carcino'ma  (from  napnivoc,  a  crab,  a  cancer). 
A  malignant  new  growth  composed  essentially 
of  epithelial  cells  and  developed  from  epithe- 
lial tissues.     See  Cancer. 

Carcinoma  Haemato'des  (Jisematodes  ;  fungus 
hsematodes).  Most  authors  use  the  term  in 
the  same  sense  as  cancer.  Some  apply  it  to 
incipient  cancer,  and  some  to  that  species  of 
cancer  which  resembles  cerebral  substance. 
Carcinomatous  (from  carcinoma).  Belong- 
ing to  carcinoma. 

Car'damom  (cardamomum ;  from  napcha, 
the  heart,  because  it  was  supposed  to  strengthen 
this  organ).  The  fruit  of  Alpina  cardamomum 
is  a  warm  and  grateful  aromatic,  but  chiefly 
employed  as  an  ingredient  in  compound  medi- 
cinal preparations.  Dose,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xxx. 
Cardamo/mum.  See  Cardamom. 
Cardia  (napfiia).  The  heart';  also  the  upper 
orifice  of  the  stomach. 

Cardiac  (cardiacvs,  from  napdia,  the  heart). 
Relating  to  the  heart,  also  to  the  superior 
opening  of  the  stomach.  Also  applied  to  in- 
vigorating medicines. 

Cardiac    Arteries.     Coronary    arteries.     Two 
arteries  given  off  by  the  aorta  above  the  free 
edges  of  the  sigmoid  valves  and  distributed 
to  both  surfaces  of  the  heart. 
Cardiac  Gang/lion.     A  ganglion  situated  be- 
neath the  arch  of  the  aorta. 
Cardiac    Nerves.     The   nerves   of  the  heart. 
They  are  distinguished  into  right  and  left,  and 
arise  from  the  cervical  ganglia. 
Cardiac  Plex'us.     A  network  formed  by  the 
cardiac  nerves  at  the  back  part  of  the  aorta, 
near  the  heart. 

Cardiac    Veins.     The  coronary  veins.     They 
are  four  in  number,  two  anterior  and  two  pos- 
terior, and  open  by  one  orifice  into  the  right 
auricle  of  the  heart. 
Cardia'gra.     Gout  of  the  heart. 
Cardiag'raphy  (cardiagraphia ;  from  Kapdia, 
the  heart,  and  ypa<j»/,  a  description).     A  descrip- 
tion of  the  heart. 

Cardial  gia    (from    icapdia,   the  heart,  and 
a?.-}  of,  pain).    Pain  of  the  stomach.    Heartburn. 
Cardia  log 'ia    (from    icapdia,  the  heart,  and 
/<>;<»•,  a  discourse).     A  treatise  on  the  heart. 

CardiatorrTia  (from   napdia,  the  heart,  and 
TEfiveiv,  to  cut).     Dissection  of  the  heart. 
Cardiatroph'ia.     Atrophy  of  the  heart. 
Cardiec'tasis  (from  napcha,  the  heart,  and 


eKraaic,    extension).      Dilatation  of  the  heart. 

Cardielco'sis  (from  napdia,  the  heart,  and 
e/.Koc,  an  ulcer).     Ulceration  of  the  heart. 

Car'diocele  (from  napdia,  the  heart,  and  nrf/.T), 
a  tumor).  The  protrusion  of  the  heart  through 
a  wound  of  the  diaphragm.  A  hernia  of  the 
heart. 

Car/diodynia  (from  icapdia,  the  heart,  and 
odwrj,  pain).      Pain  in  the  heart.      See   Car- 

D1AGRA. 

Car'diogram.  An  instrument  for  auto- 
matically recording  the  movements  of  the  heart. 

Cardiomala'cia  (from  napdia,  the  heart,  and 
pa/MKia,  softness).     Softening  of  the  heart. 

Cardion'chus  (from  napdia,  the  heart,  and 
oynog,  a  tumor).  An  aneurism  of  the  heart,  or 
of  the  aorta  near  it. 

CardiopaPmus  (from  napdia,  the  heart,  and 
naX/iog,  pulsation).     Palpitation  of  the  heart. 

Cardiopathy  (cardiopathia ;  from  napdia, 
the  heart,  and  iratioc,  disease).  Disease  of  the 
heart. 

Car'diopericardi'tis.  Inflammation  of  the 
heart  and  pericardium. 

Cardio=pneumatic  (from  napdia,  the  heart, 
and  -vevua,  the  breath).  Pertaining  to  the 
heart  and  breath. 

Cardiorrhex/is  (from  napdia,  the  heart,  and 
pniic,  rupture).     Rupture  of  the  heart. 

Cardiosteno'sis.  Contraction  of  the  open- 
ings of  the  heart. 

Cardiot'romus  (from  napdia,  the  heart,  and 
rpofioc,  tremor).  Feeble  palpitation,  or  flutter- 
ing of  the  heart. 

Cardiot'rotus.     One  wounded  in  the  heart. 

Cardi'tis  (from  napdia,  the  heart,  and  trig, 
inflammation).     Inflammation  of  the  heart. 

Car/do.  A  hinge.  The  articulation  called 
ginglymus. 

Careba'ria  (from  naprj,  the  head,  and  i^apoc, 
weight).     Heaviness  of  the  head. 

Care'na.     The  twenty-fourth  part  of  a  drop. 

Car 'cum  (carton).     Caraway  seed. 

Caribbean  Bark.  The  bark  of  Exostemma 
caribb;cum  ;  a  false  cinchona. 

Ca'ries  (from  carlo,  to  rot;  according  to 
some  authors,  from  the  Chaldee  word  Karah.  to 
dig  in)  A  chronic  inflammation  of  bone  with 
absorption  of  bony  tissue,  attended  usually  by 
pus  formation.  Ulceration  of  bone. 
Caries  Dentium.  See  Caries  of  the  Teeth. 
Caries  of  Bone.  A  disease  of  hone  analogous 
to  ulceration  of  soft  parts. 
Caries  of  the  Teeth.  A  chemical  decomposi- 
tion of  the  earthy  part  of  any  portion  of  a 


CAR 


120 


CAR 


tooth,  accompanied  by  a  partial  or  complete 
disorganization  of  the  animal  framework  of  the 
affected  part. 

The  elements  of  the  tooth  chemically  disinte- 
grate, particle  by  particle,  the  disease  always 
beginning  on  the  surface  in  some  depression 
or  irregularity,  and  very  often  at  the  point  of 
contact  of  proximal  surfaces  and  about  the 
necks  of  the  teeth.  The  fermentation  of  par- 
ticles of  food  which  find  lodgment  on  the 
teeth  or  in  the  interspaces  develops  products — 
such  as  acids,  for  example — which  decompose 
the  tooth  structure,  and  the  destructive  pro- 
cess extends  toward  the  interior,  advancing 
more  or  less  rapidly  according  to  the  nature  of 
the  constituents  of  the  enamel  and  dentine. 
The  enamel,  on  account  of  its  greater  resistance 
to  the  disintegrating  process,  is  undermined 
by  the  dissolving  away  of  the  dentine  beneath 
until  it  is  left  unsupported,  and,  breaking 
away,  an  irregular  cavity  is  formed,  which 
increases  until  the  entire  crown  of  the  tooth 
is  destroyed. 

The  occurrence  of  the  disease  is  ordinarily  first 
indicated  by  an  opaque  or  dark  spot  on  the 
enamel ;  and,  if  this  be  removed,  the  sub- 
jacent dentine  will  exhibit  a  black,  dark 
brown,  or  whitish  appearance.  It  usually 
commences  on  the  outer  surface  of  the  dentine 
under  the  enamel  ;  from  thence  it  proceeds 
toward  the  centre,  until  it  reaches  the  pulp- 
cavity. 

If  the  diseased  part  is  of  a  soft  and  humid 
character,  the  enamel,  after  a  time,  usually 
breaks  in,  disclosing  the  ravages  the  disease 
has  made  on  the  subjacent  dentine.  But  this 
does  not  always  happen  ;  the  tooth  sometimes 
remains  nearly  perfect  until  its  whole  interior 
structure  is  destroyed. 

There  is  no  portion  of  the  crown  or  neck  of  a 
tooth  exempt  from  the  disease,  yet  some  parts 
are  more  liable  to  be  first  attacked  than  others  ; 
as,  for  example,  the  depressions  in  the  grind- 
ing surfaces  of  the  molars  and  bicuspids,  the 
proximal  surfaces  of  all  the  teeth,  the  pos- 
terior or  palatine  surfaces  of  the  lower  in- 
cisors— and,  in  short,  wherever  an  imperfection 
in  the  enamel  exists,  it  may  develop  itself. 

In  teeth  that  are  very  hard  the  decayed  part 
is  of  a  much  firmer  consistence  and  of  a 
darker  color  than  in  soft  teeth.  Sometimes  it 
is  black  ;  at  other  times  it  is  of  a  dark  or  light 
brown  ;  and  at  other  times,  again,  it  is  ashy- 
gray  or  nearly  white.  There  are  many  inter- 
mediate shades,  some  of  which  have  a  yellow- 


ish hue.  As  a  general  rule,  the  softer  the 
teeth,  the  lighter,  softer,  and  more  humid  the 
decay.  The  color  of  the  decayed  part,  how- 
ever, may  be,  and  doubtless  is,  in  some  cases, 
influenced  by  other  circumstances — perhaps 
by  some  peculiar  modification  of  the  agents 
upon  the  presence  of  which  the  disease  is 
dependent. 

The  causes  of  dental  caries  are  divided  into 
predisposing  and  exciting.  The  predisposing 
causes  are  such  as  render  the  tooth  more  liable 
to  attack,  but  are  not  capable  of  directly  dis- 
integrating the  tooth  structures.  The  exciting 
causes,  on  the  other  hand,  are  such  as  directly 
inaugurate  the  disease.  Among  the  promi- 
nent predisposing  causes  are  faulty  formation 
of  the  teeth,  the  manner  in  which  the  proxi- 
mal surfaces  come  in  contact,  hereditary  influ- 
ences, diseases  of  various  kinds  which  impair 
or  diminish  the  vitality,  etc.  The  exciting 
causes  of  dental  caries  may  be  ascribed  to  the 
action  of  agents  which  possess  the  power  of 
directly  disintegrating  the  enamel  and  dentine, 
and  which  have  their  source  in  the  vitiated 
secretions  of  the  oral  cavity  due  to  the  pro- 
cesses of  fermentation  and  putrefaction,  as- 
sisted by  micro-organisms,  the  invasion  of 
which  is  always  preceded  by  the  extraction  of 
lime  salts  by  the  more  powerful  disintegrating 
agents,  such  as  acids. 

This  theory  of  the  cause  of  dental  caries  ex- 
plains the  rationale  of  the  treatment  at  pres- 
ent adopted  for  arresting  its  progress.  By  the 
removal  of  the  decomposed  part  and  filling 
the  cavity  with  an  indestructible  material, 
the  presence  of  those  agents  upon  the  chemi- 
cal action  of  which  the  disease  depends  is 
prevented  and  its  further  progress  arrested. 

Dental  caries  is  most  active  from  the  eighth  to 
the  thirtieth  year,  and  again  when  senile 
changes  occur  from  a  diminution  of  vital  force. 
In  middle  life,  owing  to  the  secretions  becom- 
ing acidulated,  the  power  of  resistance  to  this 
disease  is  often  overcome,  and  similar  condi- 
tions to  those  of  senility  occur. 

Caries  occurring  in  the  deciduous  teeth  is  also 
regarded  as  an  indication  of  the  disease  mak- 
ing its  appearance  in  the  permanent  teeth  at 
an  early  period  of  their  existence. 

All  acids  do  not  act  alike  on  the  teeth.  Some 
may  exert  but  little  influence,  while  others 
act  with  great  energy.  Some  may  have  a 
greater  affinity  for  the  earthy  portions,  as 
hydrochloric  acid;  or  for  the  animal  portion, 
as  sulphuric  acid;  while  others,  such  as  nitric 


CAR 


121 


CAR 


acid,  act  readily  on  all  the  constituents  of  the 
tooth. 
All  teeth  are  not  equally  liable  to  decay,  or, 
in  other  words,  not  equally  susceptible  to  the 
action  of  the  causes  that  produce  the  disease. 
Teeth  that  are  well  formed,  well  arranged,  and 
of  a  compact  and  close  texture  seldom  decay, 
and,  even  when  attacked  by  caries,  the  pro- 
gress of  the  disease  is  less  rapid  that  it  is  in 
imperfectly  formed  teeth  or  teeth  which  are 
of  a  soft  texture  or  irregularly  arranged. 
Ca'rious.     Affected  with  or  pertaining  to 
caries. 

Carious  Teeth,  Effects  of.    Carious  teeth  may 
occasion  facial  neuralgia,  facial  paralysis,  sci- 
atica, hemiplegia  and  spinal  irritation,  para- 
plegia, tetanus,  headache,  epilepsy,  hysteria, 
chorea,  insanity,  etc. 
Carminan'tia.     See  Carminative. 
Carmin'ative   (carminativus ;  from  carmen, 
a  verse  or  charm  ;  because  their  operation  was 
ascribed  by  the  ancients  to  a  charm).  Medicines 
which  allay  pain  and  dispel  flatus  from  the  ali- 
mentary canal. 

Car'mine.  A  beautiful  red  pigment  pre- 
pared from  cochineal. 

Car'neas  Colum'nae.  The  fleshy  fasciculi 
in  the  ventricles  of  the  heart. 

Car/neous  (carneus;  carnosus;  from  caro, 
carnis,  flesh).     Fleshy.     .Resembling  flesh. 

Car'nicula  (diminutive  of  caro,  flesh).  The 
gums.     A  small  fleshy  substance. 

Carnifica'tion  (carnifieatio  ;  from  caro, 
flesh,  and  fieri,  to  become).  Becoming  flesh  ; 
conversion  into  a  substance  resembling  flesh  ; 
a  term  applied  in  Pathology  to  a  morbid  altera- 
tion in  which  certain  organs  assume  the  ap- 
pearance of  flesh,  as  in  hepatization  of  the 
lungs. 

Carnifor'mis  (from  caro,  flesh,  and  forma, 
likeness).  Having  the  appearance  of  flesh  ; 
usually  applied  to  an  abscess  having  a  hardened 
orifice. 

Carniv'ora.  An  order  of  animals  which 
subsist  on  flesh. 

Carniv'orous  (from  caro,  flesh,  and  roro,  I 
eat).  Feeding  on  flesh.  Anything  which  eats 
flesh.  Applied  also  to  substances  which  de- 
stroy fleshy  excrescences. 

Car'nose.  Resembling  or  of  the  consistency 
of  flesh. 

Carno'sus.     Carueous  ;  fleshy. 
Ca/ro  (caro  ;  carnis).     Flesh  ;  the  red  part  or 
belly  of  a  muscle  ;  the  pulp  of  fruit. 
Carolina    Pink.      Spigelia    marilandica. 


Anthelmintic.     Dose  of  the  powder,  gr.  x  to 

gr.  xx.     The  fluid  extract  is  best,  the  dose  of 

which,   for  children,   is   ^j  ;  for  adults,    £ss, 

given  with  senna. 

Carot'a.     The  carrot. 

Carot'ic  (napoo,  to  stupefy).    Having  power 

to   stupefy  ;   carotid.     Applied   in  the  plural 

neuter  (carotica)  to  narcotics. 

Carot/id  (from   napou,  to   cause   to  sleep). 

The  carotid  artery  is  so  called  because,  when 

it  is  tied  with  a  ligature,  the  animal  becomes 

comatose. 

Carotid  Artery  (arteria  carotidea).  A  large 
artery  on  each  side  of  the  neck  for  carrying 
the  blood  to  the  head.  The  right  arises  from 
the  arteria  innominata,  and  the  left  from  the 
arch  of  the  aorta.  Each  is  divided  into  an 
external  and  internal.  The  superior  thyroideal, 
the  sublingual,  the  inferior,  external,  and  in- 
ternal maxillary,  the  occipital,  the  external 
auditory,  and  the  temporal,  are  branches  of  the 
external  carotid.  The  'anterior  cerebral,  the 
posterior,  the  central  artery  of  the  optic  nerve, 
and  the  internal  orbital,  are  given  off  within 
the  cavity  of  the  cranium  by  the  internal 
carotid. 

Carotid  Canal.  A  canal  in  the  temporal  bone 
traversed  by  the  carotid  artery  and  several 
nervous  filaments. 

Carotid  Foram'ina.  The  foramina  at  each 
extremity  of  the  carotid  canal.  They  are  dis- 
tinguished into  external  and  internal. 

Carotid  Ganglion.     See  Carotid  Nerve. 

Carotid  Nerve.     A   branch  from  the  superior 
cervical  ganglion  of  the  great  sympathetic, 
ascending  by  the  side  of  the  internal  carotid 
artery,  and  forming,  in  the  carotid  canal,  with 
branches  of  other  nerves,  the  carotid  plexus. 
The  carotid  ganglion   is   a   small   gangliform 
swelling  on  the  under  side  of  the  artery. 
Caro'tin.     A  peculiar,  crystallizable,  ruby- 
red,  neutral  principle,  inodorous  and  tasteless, 
obtained  from  carrots. 

Car'pal.     Belonging  to  the  wrist. 
Carpathian  Balsam.     A  product  of  the 
Finns  cembra. 

Carpholog'ia  (from  KapQog,  the  nap  of  cloth. 
and  Tixyu,  I  pluck).  Delirious  picking  of  the 
bedclothes  :  a  dangerous  symptom  in  disease. 

Car'po=pe'dal  Spasm.  A  spasmodic  affec- 
tion of  the  larynx  and  chest  occurring  in  young 
children,  with  cronpy  cough  and  spasmodic 
contraction  of  the  thumbs  and  toes. 

Carpot'ica.  Diseases  affecting  impregna- 
tion. 


CAR 


122 


CAR 


Car'pus  {nap-oc,  the  -wrist).  The  wrist, 
consisting  of  eight  bones,  viz.  :  The  ncaphoides, 
lunare,  cuneiform,  pisiform,  trapezium,  trape- 
zoides,  magnum,  and  unciform. 

Car'rageen  Moss.  Irish  moss  ;  the  Chon- 
drns  crispus. 

Carragee'nin.  The  mucilaginous  matter 
obtained  by  boiling  carrageen  moss  ;  vegetable 
jelly. 

Car'ron  Oil.  The  Linimentum  aquas  calcis, 
or  Linimentum  calcis  (which  see). 

Car'rot.  An  esculent  root  of  the  genus 
Dancus. 

Car'thamin.  A  brilliant  red  or  rouge  col- 
oring matter,  obtained  from  safflower. 

Car'thamus.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Compositse. 

Carthamus  Tinctorius.     The  systematic  name 

of  the  saffron  flower  or  bastard  saffron.     The 

seeds  are  cathartic,  emetic,  and  diuretic.    The 

flowers  are  used  for  dyeing,  under  the  name 

of  safflower. 

Car'tilage  (cartilago).     A  white,  hard,  and 

elastic  part  of  the  body,  which  in  the  foetus 

serves  as  a  substitute   for  bone,  but   in  the 

adult  is  found  only  in  the  joints  and  at  the 

extremity  of  the  ribs.     It  is  one  of  the  three 

groups  of  connective  tissues  of  the  body,  and 

is  made  up  of  cells  imbedded  in  a  matrix,  which 

yields,    on    boiling,    chondrin,    the    basement 

substance.     The  principal  function  of  cartilage 

in  the  higher  vertebrates  is  its  physical  property 

of  elasticity. 

Cartilages,  Artie  ular.     Cartilages  which 
surround  surfaces  that  are  in  contact  with  one 
another. 
Cartilages,  Interarticular.   Cartilages  situated 

within  the  joints. 
Cartilages    of   Ossification.      The    temporary 
curtilages  of  the  fcetus,  which  are    turned  to 
bone. 
Cartilaginous  (cartilagineus).      Partaking 
of  the  nature  of  or  resembling  cartilage. 

Cartila'go  Annularis.     The  ring-like  or 
cricoid  cartilage. 
Cartilago    Arytaenoidea.     Two   cartilages   of 

the  larynx. 
Cartilago    Cricoidea.     The   cricoid    cartilage. 
A  cartilage  of  the  larynx,  situated  between 
the  thyroid  and  arytenoid  cartilages. 
Cartilago  Ensiformis.    The  ensiform  cartilage, 
attached  to  the  lowest  part  of  the  sternum. 
Caru'en.     Non-oxygenated  oil  of  caraway, 
obtained    by   distilling    the    crude    oil    with 
hydrate  of  potassa. 


Ca'rum  (napoc ;  from  Carta,  a  province  in 
Asia).  Caraway.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Umbelliferse. 

Carum  Carui.     The  caraway  plant.     Theseeds 
have  a  warm,  aromatic,  and  spicy  taste.    They 
are    used   as  a   carminative   and   stomachic. 
Dose,  gr.  xx  to  gr.  xl. 
Car'uncle  (caruncula;  diminutive  of  caro 
flesh).     A  small  fleshy  excrescence  or  abnor- 
mal growth. 

Carun'cula.     Caruncle. 
Caruncula  Lachrymalis.    A  small,  red,  gland- 
ular body  at  the  inner  angle  of  each  eye. 
Carun'cuia?  Cuticula'res.     Nymphse. 
Carunculae  Myrtifor'mes.     Several  small  red- 
dish tubercles  near  the  orifice  of  the  vagina, 
supposed  to  be  the  remains  of  the  hymen. 
Carunculae   Papilla'res.     The  papillae  within 
the  pelvis  of  the  kidneys. 
Car/us  (mpoc  •  from  napa,  the  head,  as  being 
the   part   affected).     Insensibility   and   sleep. 
Coma ;  torpor. 

Carus  Apoplex'ia.  Apoplexy. 
Carus  Asphyx/ia.  Asphyxia. 
Carus  Catalepsia.     Catalepsy. 

Carva'crol.  A  product  of  the  essential  oil 
of  caraway,  obtained  by  treating  this  oil  with 
iodine  and  washing  the  product  with  potash. 
Carvacrol  is  also  found  among  the  products 
of  the  action  of  iodine  on  camphor.  When  pure 
it  is  a  colorless,  viscid  oil,  lighter  than  water, 
in  which  it  is  nearly  insoluble.  The  odor  is 
somewhat  like  that  of  creasote,  and  the  taste  is 
persistent,  strong,  and  acrid.  It  is  a  mild 
antiseptic,  carminative,  sedative,  disinfectant, 
and  escharotic.  In  Dental  Practice  it  is  em- 
ployed as  a  substitute  for  creasote,  carbolic 
acid,  and  glycerole  of  thymol  in  odontalgia, 
sensitive  dentine,  alveolar  abscess,  and  as  an 
antiseptic  in  pulp  canals.  In  the  form  of  a 
gargle  it  is  applied  to  inflamed  mucous  mem- 
brane. It  is  very  effective  in  relieving  the 
pain  arising  from  an  inflamed  and  exposed 
dental  pulp,  and  it  is  thought  to  be  less  irritat- 
ing than  creasote.  It  has  also  been  employed 
successfully  to  lessen  the  pain  produced  by 
friction  in  the  use  of  the  dental  engine.  For 
other  dental  uses,  see  Gorgas'  "Dental  Medi- 
cine." 

Carving  of  Teeth.  See  Block  Teeth, 
Carvinc  of. 

CaryophyFlic  Acid.  Eugenic  acid.  Heavy 
oil  of  cloves. 

CaryophyI/lin.  A  snbresin  extracted  from 
cloves  by  alcohol. 


CAR 


123 


CAS 


Caryophyl'lus.     A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order   Myrtacese.      Also   the   clove,    or  unex- 
panded  flower  huds  of  the  Caryophyllus  aronia- 
ticus.     Dose,  gr.  v  to  gr.  x. 
Caryophyllus  Aromat/icus.     The  clover  tree. 

Caryop'sis.  The  fruit  of  Grarninacea;,  as  of 
•wheat,  oats,  rye,  etc. 

CascariWas  Cortex.  The  hark  of  the  Cro- 
tou  eleutheria  and  some  of  the  other  species. 
It  is  in  quills  ;  has  an  agreeable  smell,  and  a 
slightly  bitter  taste,  with  considerable  aromatic 
warmth.  It  is  aromatic,  tonic,  and  febrifuge. 
Dose,  gr.  xx  to  gr.  xxx. 

Caseation  (from  caseum,  cheese).  The  pre- 
cipitation of  casein  during  the  coagulation  of 
milk.     Also  a  fatty  degeneration  of  pus. 

Ca'seic  Acid.     Acid  extracted  from  cheese. 

Ca/sein  (casseine ;  caseum;  from  caseum, 
cheese).  A  derived  albumen.  A  protean  com- 
pound, the  only  nitrogenous  constituent  of 
milk.  It  is  obtained  by  precipitating  milk 
with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  dissolving  the  pre- 
cipitate in  a  solutiou  of  carbonate  of  soda,  re- 
precipitating  with  acid,  and  washing  out  the 
fat  and  extractive  with  alcohol  and  ether. 
When  dry  it  is  an  amber  yellow  mass,  slightly 
soluble  in  water,  but  very  readily  so  in  an 
alkaline  solution. 

Ca'seous.     Cheesy. 

Case's  (Dr.  C.  S.)  Appliance  for  Overbite. 
A  simple,  black  rubber  plate  that  covers  the 
roof  of  the  mouth,  with  a  thickened  portion  in 
front  to  receive  the  thrusts  of  the  six  lower 
anterior  teeth,  with  outward  clasps  around  the 
cuspids  to  prevent  the  plate  from  moving. 
The  prominence  of  the  upper  incisors  is  reduced 
at  the  same  time  by  a  labial  metallic  bow. 

Cash'ow.     Catechu. 

Cass'a.     Thorax. 

Cassa'va.  A  fecula  separated  from  the 
juice  of  the  root  of  Janipha  manihot  and  ex- 
posed to  heat.  The  same  substance,  differently 
prepared  and  granulated,  constitutes  tapioca. 

Casse'rian  (Gasserian)  Ganglion.  The 
ganglion  of  the  fifth  nerve,  from  which  proceed 
the  ophthalmic,  the  superior  and  inferior  maxil- 
lary nerves. 

Cas'sia.     A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Leguminosse.     Also  the  cassia  bark. 
Cassia  Caryophylla'ta.     The  clove  hark  tree. 
See  Myrtus  Cakyophyllata. 
Cassia    Chamsecris'ta.      A    small    prostrate 
shrub,  common  in  the  United  States,  resem- 
bling   Cassia   marilandica    in   its    medicinal 
properties. 


Cassia  Fistu/la.  The  purging  cassia  ;  the 
fruit  of  the  Cassia  fistula.  The  pulp  of  the 
pods  of  this  tree  is  generally  laxative.     Dose, 

oJ  t0  oU  asa  purge. 
Cassia    Marilandi'ca.      American   senna.     A 
native  cassia,   resembling  the  foreign  in   its 
medicinal  qualities,  but  less  active. 
Cassia    Oil.     The   oil   of  cinnamon  procured 
from  cassia  buds. 
Cassia  Senna.     One  of  the  plants  which  pro- 
duce senna. 

Cassias  Fistulas  Pulpa.  The  pulp  of  purg- 
ing cassia. 

Cass ius'  Precipitate.  A  purple  powder 
used  as  a  coloring  ingredient  in  gum  enamel 
for  porcelain  teeth.  It  is  commonly  called 
purple  powder,  and  the  following  is  Thenard's 
method  of  preparing  it : 

"  Make  an  aqua  regia  of  one  part  of  muriatic 
or  chlorohydric  acid  and  two  parts  of  nitric, 
to  dissolve  the  gold.  When  it  is  dissolved,  di- 
lute it  with  water  and  filter  it,  then  make  it 
very  dilute  by  the  addition  of  a  large  quantity 
of  water  ;  make  also  an  aqua  regia,  to  dissolve 
the  tin,  of  one  part  of  nitric  acid  and  two  parts 
of  pure  water,  to  which  is  to  be  added  130 
grains  of  muriate  of  soda,  or  common  salt,  to 
each  pint  of  the  dilute  acid.  The  tin  should 
be  very  pure,  and  must  be  added  to  the  acid  a 
small  piece  at  a  time.  When  the  first  piece  is 
dissolved  add  a  second,  and  so  on  until  the 
acid  is  saturated.  The  solution  should  be  of  a 
yellow  color,  and  the  operation  carried  on  very 
slowly,  and  in  a  cool  place.  When  it  is  fin- 
ished filter  the  liquid  and  dilute  it  by  the 
addition  of  about  one  hundred  times  its  volume 
of  water. 

"  Xow  place  the  dilute  solution  of  gold  in  a 
glass  vessel,  and  add  the  solution  of  tin,  drop 
by  drop,  stirring  with  a  glass  rod  incessantly, 
until  the  liquid  takes  the  color  of  Port  wine, 
suffer  it  to  stand,  and  large  flocks  of  the  purple 
will  fall  to  the  bottom  of  the  vessel  ;  decant 
the  solution,  wash  and  diy  the  precipitate, 
which  will  be  of  the  most  splendid  purple 
color." 

Cas'sonade.  Raw  sugar  ;  the  crystallized 
and  dried  portion  of  sugar. 

Cassumu'niar.  A  bitter  aromatic  root, 
brought  in  irregular  slices  from  the  East 
Indies. 

Cast  Metal  Dentures.  Methods  by  which 
molten  metal  is  poured  into  a  mould  containing 
the  teeth  and  of  such  a  form  as  to  represent  an 
accurate  impression  of  the  mouth.     Tin  is  the 


CAS 


124 


CAT 


chief  component  of  the  alloys  thus  melted  and 
poured,  and  the  mould  or  investment  is"  of  a 
material  (equal  parts  of  sand  and  plaster,  plas- 
ter and  asbestos,  plaster  and  marble  dust, 
chalk,  or  whiting)  which  will  not  change  shape 
in  drying  or  heating,  and  will  not  crack. 
Several  of  these  alloys  are  proprietary, — such  as 
Watt's,  Weston's,  Wood's,  Moffatt's, — and  their 
composition  is  unknown  to  the  profession  ;  hut 
the  following  formulas  have  been  made  public  : 
Eeese's  alloy  :  tin,  20  parts  ;  gold,  1  part ;  sil- 
ver, 2  parts.  Kingsley's :  tin,  16  ounces ; 
bismuth,  1  ounce.  Bear's  :  tin,  95  parts  ;  sil- 
ver, 5  parts.  Carroll's  is  an  alloy  of  aluminum 
and  other  metals  according  to  the  following 
formula:  Base  No.  1,  aluminum,  98  percent.; 
platinum,  silver,  copper,  2  per  cent.;  specific 
gravity,  2.5;  fusing-point,  1300°  F.  This  is 
for  superior  dentures  and  is  cast  under  pres- 
sure. No.  2  is  for  lower  dentures  and  is  cast 
without  pressure  :  Aluminum,  tin,  copper,  and 
silver  ;  specific  gravity,  7.5  ;  fusing-point,  700° 
F.  Porcelain  teeth  can  also  be  attached  to 
cast  plates  by  vulcanite  or  celluloid. 

Casta'nea.  A  genus  of  trees  and  shrubs  of 
the  order  Cupuliferse.     The  chestnut. 

Castile  Soap.     Hard,  olive-oil  soda  soap. 

Cast/ing.  In  Dental  3Iechanism,  running 
fused  lead,  tin,  zinc,  or  brass  into  a  mould 
made  in  sand  with  a  plaster  transfer  of  any 
portion,  or  the  whole,  of  the  alveolar  border, 
and  as  many  of  the  teeth  as  may  be  remaining 
in  it  and  the  palatine  arch  when  it  becomes 
necessary  to  adapt  a  plate  to  it.  The  castings 
employed  in  mechanical  dentistry  are  some- 
times made  by  pouring  fused  metal  directly 
upon  the  plaster  model,  and  afterward  into 
the  mould  thus  formed.  See  Harris'  "  Prin. 
and  Prac.  of  Dentistry." 

Castor.      A   peculiar    concrete    substance, 
having  a  strong  and  unpleasant  odor. 
Castor   Oil  (oleum  ricini).     The   oil   obtained 
from    the    seeds    of    the  Ricinus  communis. 
Purgative.     Dose,  ^ssto  §jss. 

Castration  (castratio).  The  operation  for 
the  removal  of  the  testicles. 

Castrensis.     Camp  fever. 

Cat  a.     After.     Used  in  reference  to  time. 

CatarVasis  (from  imraftaivu,  to  descend). 
An  expulsion  of  humors  downward.  Also  a 
descent,  as  of  the  testicle. 

Catab/olism.  The  process  by  which  proto- 
plasm is  split  up  into  successively  simpler  and 
more  degenerate  forms,  and  ultimately  into 
waste  products. 


Catacau'ma  (from  Kara/emu t  to  burn).  A 
burn  or  scald. 

Catacau/sis  (from  Karanaiu,  to  burn).  Com- 
bustion. 

Catacausis  Ebrio/sa  (from  naTanaiu  to  burn, 
and  ebriosus,  full  of  strong  liquor).  General 
combustibility  of  the  body. 

Catac  lasis  (from  naTanlau,  to  break  or  dis- 
tort).    Distorted  eyelids. 

Catacleis'  (from  /cara,  beneath,  ic2.eic,  the 
clavicle).  The  first  rib  beneath  the  clavicle. 
Also  applied  to  the  acromion  and  the  connec- 
tion of  the  sternum  with  the  ribs. 

Cataclys/mus  [eataclysma;  from  naTanlv^eiv, 
to  submerge,  inundate).  A  clyster.  Also  ap- 
plied to  a  shower-bath  and  ablution. 

Catag'ma  (from  /cara,  beneath,  and  ayw,  to 
break).     A  1'racture. 

Catagmat/ics  (from  Karay/za,  a  fracture). 
Remedies  supposed  to  promote  the  formation 
of  callus. 

Cat'alepsy  {catalepsia;  from  Karala/upavu, 
to  seize,  to  hold).  A  disease  characterized  by 
sudden  suspension  of  motion  and  sensation,  the 
limbs  and  trunk  remaining  in  any  position  in 
which  they  may  be  placed. 

Catalot/ic.     To  break,  or  grind  down. 

CataPysis  (from  KaraAvu,  to  dissolve).  A 
force  or  power  which  decomposes  a  compound 
body  by  mere  contact ;  decomposition  by  the 
catalytic  force  or  the  action  of  presence. 

Catalytic.     Relating  to  catalysis.     Some- 
times applied  to  medicines  supposed  to  destroy 
a  morbific  agency  in  the  blood. 
Catalytic    Force.     That  modification   of  the 
force   of  chemical  affinity  which  determines 
catalysis. 

Catamasse/sis  (from  nara/uaaaao/uaij  to  mau- 
dueate).  Grinding  of  the  teeth  and  biting  of 
the  tongue,  as  is  often  the  case  in  convulsions 
and  epilepsy. 

Catame  nia.  The  menses,  or  monthly  dis- 
charge from  the  uterus  of  females  between  the 
ages  of  fourteen  and  fifteen  and  forty -five. 

Catapas'ma  (from  narawaaau,  a  sprinkle). 
A  dry  compound  medicine  powdered,  to  be 
sprinkled  on  ulcers. 

Cataphon/ica.     Reflection  of  sound. 

Cataph/ora  (from  Karafepu,  to  make  sleepy). 
A  term  applied  by  some  to  a  disposition  to 
sleep,  and  by  others  to  profound  sleep. 

Cataphore'sis.  The  act  of  inducing  the  ab- 
sorption of  medicines,  such  as  local  anaesthetics, 
through  the  tissues  by  a  process  of  osmosis  set 
up  by  means  of  an  alternating  galvanic  current. 


CAT 


125 


CAT 


Cataphoric  (from  Kara,  and  fopeu,  to  carry). 
Relating  to  the  transference  of  currents  through 
membranous  septa  in  the  direction  of  a  galvanic 
current.  Treatment  by  cataphoresis.  Relating 
to  cataphoresis. 

Cataphrac/ta  (from  mracppaaau,  I  fortify). 
A  bandage  for  the  thorax  and  shoulders. 

Cat'aplasm   (cataplasma;  from  naranlaaGu, 
to  spread  like  a  plaster).     A  poultice  or  plaster. 
Cataplasma  Alu/minis.     An  alum  plaster. 
Cataplasma  Coni'i.     A  hemlock  poultice. 
Cataplasma  Dau/ci.     A  carrot  poultice. 
Cataplasma  Fermen/ti.     A  yeast  poultice. 
Cataplasma  Lini.     A  linseed  poultice. 
Cataplasma  Sinapis.     A  mustard  plaster. 

Cataplex/is  (from  Kara,  and  ttatjggo,  to 
strike).  Sudden  deprivation  of  sensation  or 
power  in  any  of  the  organs  or  members  of  the 
body. 

Catapsyx'is  (from  KaTaijwxw,  I  refrigerate). 
Coldness  of  the  body  without  shivering. 

Catapto'sis  (from  KaraircKTu,  to  fall  down). 
The  action  of  suddenly  falling,  as  in  apoplexy. 

Cat/aract  (cataracta  ;  from  naTapaoou,  to  con- 
found or  disturb).  A  cataract.  Loss  of  sight, 
caused  by  opacity  of  the  crystalline  lens  or  its 
capsules,  which  prevents  the  rays  of  light  from 
passing  to  the  optic  nerve. 

Cataract  is  divided  into  true  and  false — the 
former  when  the  disease  is  seated  in  the  lens  or 
capsule,  and  the  latter  when  consisting  of  a 
deposition  of  matter  between  the  capsule  and 
lens.  It  is  also  distinguished  into  idiopathic 
and  accidental,  and  into  hard,  caseous,  and 
milky,  according  to  its  consistence  ;  also  into 
white,  broion,  gray,  yellow,  black,  pearly,  and 
green,  according  to  its  color.  It  may  also  be 
simple  or  complicated,  with  glaucoma,  amaurosis, 
adhesion,  or  specks  on  the  cornea.  Mr.  J. 
Hutchinson  ascribes  imperfect  teeth  in  connec- 
tion with  the  lamellar  or  zonular  form  of  cat- 
aract occurring  in  childhood. 

Catarrh'  {catarrlms,  from  Karappeu,  I  flow 
down).  Increased  secretion  and  discharge  of 
fluid  from  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  nose, 
fauces,  and  bronchia,  accompanied  with  fever, 
cough,  sneezing,  loss  of  appetite,  and  lassitude. 
It  sometimes  assumes  an  epidemic  form,  pre- 
vailing very  generally  throughout  a  whole 
country.  Coryza  is  catarrh  of  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  nasal  passages  and  adjacent 
sinuses — cold  in  the  head. 
Catarrh,  Nasal.     Coryza. 

Catarrhal.     Relating  to  catarrh. 

Catartis'mus  (from  KarapTiCEiv,   to  repair, 


replace).      Coaptation  of  a  fractured  or  luxated 
bone. 

CatastaFtic  (from  KaraoTE/.'/ u,  to  restrain). 
Medicines  that  check  evacuations,  as  astringents 
and  styptics. 

Catas'tasis  (from  Ka^ia-y/xc,  I  establish). 
The  state,  condition,  or  constitution  of  anything. 

Cat'echu.     The  various  extracts  from  the 

wood  of  the  Acacia  catechu.    It  is  a  powerful 

astringent,  of  a  reddish-brown  color,  inodorous, 

and  possessing  a  bitter,  astringent  taste.     It  is 

readily  soluble  in  water,  and  yields  its  virtues 

to  alcohol  in  the  form  of  tincture.     Its  active 

principles  are  tannic  and  catechuic  acids.   Very 

efficient  as  a  local  styptic,  and  is  indicated  in 

the   treatment  of  diseases  of  the  gums,  etc. 

Dose  as  an  astringent,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xxx. 

Catechu    Tannin.     Catechu   tannic   acid.     A 

tannin  obtained  from  catechu.    It  is  a  yellow, 

amorphous  mass,  soluble  in  water,   alcohol, 

and  ether.  It  gives  a  grayish-green  precipitate 

with  salts  of  the  peroxide  of  iron,  and  none  at 

all  with  tartrate  of  antimony  and  potassa. 

Catechu'ic  Acid  (catechin).  An  acid  ob- 
tained from  catechu.  It  somewhat  resembles 
gallic  acid,  and  gives  a  blackish-blue  color  to 
persalts  of  iron. 

Cateiad'ion  (from  nam,  and  eta,  a  blade  of 
grass) .  A  long  instrument  thrust  into  the  nos- 
trils to  excite  hemorrhage. 

Cathae'resis.     Exhaustion. 

Cathaeret'ic  (calharetica ;  from  natiaLpo,  to 
remove).  Corrosive  or  caustic  substances  used 
for  the  destruction  of  exuberant  granulations, 
warts,  etc. 

Cathar'ma  (from  naftaipu,  to  remove).  Mat- 
ters purged  from  the  body,  whether  caused  by 
purgatives  or  otherwise. 

Cathar'mus  (from  Katiatpu,  to  remove). 
Purgation.  Applied  also  to  the  cure  of  disease 
by  magic. 

Cathar'sis  (from  ica&atpu,  to  take  away,  to 
purge).  Natural  or  artificial  purgation  by  any 
of  the  passages. 

Cathar'tic  (catharticus ;  from  aadatpu,  to 
purge).  A  medicine  which,  when  taken  inter- 
nally, increases  the  number  of  alvine  evacua- 
tions. The  medicines  belonging  to  this  class 
are  numerous. 

Cathar'tine.     The  active  principle  of  senna. 

Catheret'ics.     Mild  caustics  or  escharotics. 

Cath'eter  (Kadsrr/p  ;  from  Ka$i>//ui.,  to  thrust 
into).  A  hollow  tube  to  be  introduced  into  the 
urinary  bladder  to  draw  off  the  water  ;  made  of 
silver  or  elastic  {rum. 


CAT 


126 


CAU 


Catheter,  Eustachian.    A  catheter  for  opening 
obstructions  in  the  Eustachian  tube. 
Catheter,  Na'sal.    An  instrument  for  catheter- 
izing  the  nasal  duct. 

Catheter'ism  (from  Katfen/p,  a  catheter). 
The  introduction  of  a  catheter  into  the  bladder. 

Cath'ode  [cathode;  from  nam,  and  odog,  a 
way;  the  downward  way).  A  term  invented 
by  Faraday,  in  his  galvanic  nomenclature,  to 
indicate  the  negative  pole  of  the  battery  ;  also 
the  electrode  of  a  galvauic  battery. 

Cathod'ic.  An  epithet  applied  by  Dr.  Mar- 
shall Hall  to  the  downward  course  of  nervous 
action. 

CathoPicon  (from  /cara,  and  o/ukoc,  univer- 
sal). A  universal  medicine  or  remedy  supposed 
to  be  capable  of  curing  diseases. 

Catillia.     A  nine-ounce  weight. 

Cat/ion  (from  Kara,  and  iov,  that  which  goes). 
A  term  used  by  Faraday  to  indicate  those 
atoms  of  a  substance  undergoing  galvanic 
decomposition  which  appear  at  the  cathode. 
Those  appearing  at  the  anode  are  called  anions. 
The  electro-positive  element.  In  Electrolysis 
that  one  of  the  two  electrolytes  which  accumu- 
lates at  the  negative  pole  (cathode)  of  the  bat- 
tery. 

Cat'lin.  A  long,  sharp-pointed,  double- 
edged  knife  used  chiefly  for  dividing  the  inter- 
osseous ligaments  in  amputations  of  the  forearm 
and  leg. 

Cat/ochus  (from  kutex^,  to  detain).  A  spas- 
modic disease  in  which  the  body  is  held  in  an 
upright  position  ;  a  species  of  catalepsy. 

Catoptric  Examination  of  the  Eye.  A 
means  of  diagnosis  in  cataract,  founded  on  the 
phenomena  of  reflected  light.  Thus,  when  a 
lighted  candle  is  held  before  the  eye,  if  the 
cornea  and  the  crystalline  lens  and  its  capsules 
are  transparent,  three  images  will  be  seen  ; 
the  first  from  the  cornea,  and  the  other  two 
from  the  anterior  and  posterior  surfaces  of 
the  crystalline  lens,  but  opacity  of  any  of 
these  surfaces  will  destroy  their  reflecting  prop- 
erty. 

Cato'tica  {catoticus;  from  /carw,  below). 
Diseases  which  affect  internal  surfaces  and 
produce  a  morbid  condition  of  the  fluids. 

Cat's  Eye.  A  variety  of  chalcedony  or 
quartz,  so  called  from  the  resemblance  of  the 
opalescent  reflections  from  within  to  those  ob- 
served in  the  eye  of  a  cat. 

Cauda  Equin'a.  The  spinal  marrow,  at 
its  termination  about  the  second  lumbar  ver- 
tebra, gives  off  a  large  number  of  nerves,  which, 


when  unraveled,  resemble  a  horse's  tail,  and 
hence  the  name. 

Caudate  (from  cauda,  a  tail).  Having  or 
resembling  a  tail. 

Caul.     The  omentum. 

Caule/don  (from  aavloc,  a  stock).  A  trans- 
verse fracture. 

Cauliflower  Excrescence  (excrescentia 
syphilitica).  An  excrescence  which  occurs  in 
syphilitic  diseases,  chiefly  about  the  anus  and 
vulva. 

Can  ma  (aav/ua,  heat,  and  naiu,  to  burn). 
The  heat  of  the  body  in  fever  ;  burning  heat. 

Cause.  That  which  produces  an  effect.  An 
act  preceding  another  and  in  which  the  former 
is  necessary  to  the  latter. 

Cau'sis  (from  icaiu,  to  burn).  To  burn. 
Act  of  combustion. 

Causo'ma  (from  naiut  to  burn).  Great  heat. 
Inflammation. 

Caus'tic  (canst  icus ;  from  Kfuw,  to  burn).      A 
substance  which,  when  applied  to  the  body, 
produces  a  burning  sensation,  and  disorganizes 
animal  substances  by  destroying  their  texture. 
Caustic  Alkali.     Pure  alkali. 
Caustic  Holder,  Colburn's.     An  instrument 
intended  to  prevent  fluid  caustic,  such  as  crea- 
sote  or  fluid  nitrate  of  silver,  from  running 
down  and  cauterizing  the  lips  when  being  ap- 
plied to  the  gums.    It  is  constructed  of  apiece 
of  wire  two  inches  long,  inserted  in  a  handle, 
and  over  the  wire  is  a  glass  tube  one  inch  long. 
The  tube  slides  over  part  of  the  handle  to 
keep  it  firm,  and  a  small  cork,  half-way  up 
the  tube,  keeps  the  wire  in  the  centre  of  it. 
When  the  caustic  is  taken  up  on  a  small  piece 
of  cotton,  if  any  should  run  down,  it  is  caught 
in  the  tube  and  prevented  from  touching  the 
lips. 
Caustic,  Lunar.     Nitrate  of  silver. 
Caustic    Soda  (soda    caustica).     Protoxide   of 
sodium.     The  impure   subcarbonate,  treated 
with  quicklime  and  consequently  deprived  of 
its  carbonic  acid.     It  may  be  employed  as  a 
caustic,  and  is  by  some  preferred  to  the  potassa 
fusa,  as  it  does  not  deliquesce  and  run.     It  is 
also  used  for  purifying  nitrous  oxide  gas. 
Caustic  Volatile  Alkali.     Ammonia. 
Caust'icum.     A  caustic. 
Caus'us.     A  name  applied  by  Hippocrates 
to  an  ardent  fever,  from  its  extreme  heat ;  sup- 
posed to  be  a  variety  of  bilious  intermittent. 
Cauteriza'tion.     The  act  of  cauterizing. 
Cau'tery  (cauterium  ;   from  Haiti,  to  burn). 
An  instrument  used  for  burning  or  disorgan- 


CAU 


127 


CEL 


izing  the  part  to  which  it  is  applied.  Formerly, 
cauteries  were  divided  into  actual,  the  hot  iron, 
and  potential,  which  consists  of  some  eschar- 
otic  ;  but  is  now  restricted  to  the  first,  or 
hot  iron.  Potential  was  then  applied  to  kali 
purum,  or  potassa,  but  this  term  is  now  used 
synonymously  with  caustic.  Electricity  fur- 
nishes the  electric  cautery.  The  gas  cautery 
is  produced  by  instruments  heated  by  ordinary 
burning  gas. 

Cautery,    Actual.      The    application    of    the 
white-hot  iron. 
Cautery,  Button.     Iron  heated  in  hot  water. 
Cautery,  Dento-electric.    Consists  of  a  looped 
wire,  held  by  set-screws,  in  contact  with  metal 
conductors  which  pass  through  a  hard  rubber 
handle.     The  battery  wires  are  coupled  to  two 
terminals.      This  appliance    is   held    in  the 
hand  like  a  pencil  in  writing,  and  the  current 
is  closed  by  pressing  a  spring  with  the  fore- 
finger, when  the  resistance  of  the  loop  of  wire 
causes  it  to  become  heated.     It  is  employed 
for  obtuuding  sensitive  dentine. 
Cautery,  Galvanic.     The   use  of  a  platinum 
wire  heated  by  electricity. 
Cautery,  Gas.     The   direction  of  a  stream  of 
burning  gas  on  a  part. 
Cautery,  Potential  or  Virtual.     The  applica- 
tion of  caustic  substances. 
Cautery,  Thermo-.     Pacquelin's  cautery.     A 
hollow  platinum  point  kept  at  a  uniform  tem- 
perature by  a  current  of  benzone  vapor. 
Ca/va,  Ve/na.     A  name  given  to  the  two 
great  veins  of  the  body  which  meet  at  the  right 
auricle  of  the  heart. 

Caver/na  (from  cavus,  hollow).  A  cavern  ; 
an  antrum.  Applied  to  the  female  organs  of 
generation. 

Cav'ernous  (cavernosus).  Filled  with  small 
caverns  or  cavities. 

Cavernous  Sinus.     A  sinus  on  the  base  of  the 
cranium. 
Cav'itas   Pulpae.      The    pulp  cavity  of   a 
tooth.     See  Dental  Cavity. 

Cav'ity  (cavitas  ;  from  cavus,  hollow).  Any 
hollow. 

Cavity  Plate.  A  term  applied  in  Mechanical 
Dentistry  to  a  metallic  base  for  artificial  teeth, 
so  constructed  as  to  have  one  or  more  vacant 
spaces  between  it  and  the  gums,  which,  when 
applied,  and  the  air  exhausted,  contributes 
very  greatly  to  the  firmness  of  its  adhesion. 
See  Harris'  "  Prim  and  Praet.  of  Dentistry." 
Ca'vum  Den'tis.  See  Dental  Cavity. 
Cavum  Nar'ium.     The  nares. 


Cavum  O'ris.     The  mouth. 

Ca'vus.     A  hollow  ;  a  cavity. 

Cawk.  A  name  for  sulphate  of  barytes  or 
heavy  spar. 

Cayenne  Pepper.  The  ground  seeds  of 
Capsicum  annuum.  Guinea  pepper.  See  Cap- 
sicum. 

C.  C.  Abbreviation  for  cathodal  closure  in 
electro-therapeutics. 

C.C.C.  Abbreviation  for  cathodal  closure, 
contraction. 

C.  C'.  Cr/.  Abbreviation  for  various  degrees 
of  contraction  in  electro-therapeutics. 

Ceas/ma  (from  keu,  to  split  or  divide).  A 
fissure. 

Cebadil  la.  The  seeds  of  the  AsagTea  offi- 
cinalis, a  plant  of  the  order  Melanthacese.  See 
Veeatria. 

Ce'cal.  Belonging  to  the  caecum.  See 
Cecal. 

Ce'cum.     See  Caecum. 

Ced  ma.  Aneurism.  Varix  ;  also  chronic 
rheumatism  of  hip-joint. 

Ced'mata  (Ked/ua-a).  Pains  in  the  joints, 
particularly  those  of  the  hips. 

Cedrele'um  (from  aedpoc,  the  cedar,  and 
e'Aaiov,  oil).     The  oil  of  cedar. 

Ce/dren.     The  liquid  portion  of  juniper  oil. 

Cedriret/.  A  substance,  crystallizing  in 
red  needles,  obtained  from  the  empyreumatic 
oil  of  the  tar  of  beech-wood,  by  treating  it  with 
caustic  potassa  and  distilling. 

Ce/drium.     Tar. 

Cedrole'.  The  solid  portion  of  juniper 
oil. 

Cel'andine.     See  Chelidonium. 

Ce'le  («//;/,  a  tumor  ;  a  swelling).  A  tumor 
caused  by  the  protrusion  of  a  soft  part,  and 
hence  the  compound  terms,  hydrocele,  bubono- 
cele, etc. 

Cel'ery.  The  cultivated  species  of  Apium. 
See  Apium  Graveolens. 

Ce'lia.     Cerevisia. 

Cell  (cella).  A  cavity  or  chamber.  A 
minute  cavity  in  the  tissues,  devoted  to  pur- 
poses of  nutrition,  growth,  development,  or 
secretion.  A  mature  cell  consists  of  a  proto- 
plasm and  nucleus.  The  nucleus  is  the  part 
first  formed  from  the  germinal  matter,  and  of 
various  shapes,  as  round,  oval,  rod  like,  or  irre- 
gular. It  encloses  central  points  known  as 
"nucleoli."  The  cell  body  or  protoplasm  is 
the  formed  material  which  surrounds  the 
nucleus.  The  existence  of  a  cell-wall  is  denied, 
as  there  is  no  abrupt  demarcation  between  the 


CEL 


128 


CEL 


cell  body  and  its  outer  edge,  the  one  passing 

gradually  into  the  other. 

Cells  derive  their  nourishment  from  the  pro- 
toplasmic substance  which  circulates  in  the  in- 
tercellular space. 

Cell  Body.  The  mass  of  a  cell  consisting  of 
two  substances,  mitoma  or  cytomitoma,  and 
paramitoma.  The  nucleus  is  composed  of 
karyomitoma,  or  nuclear  network,  called 
chromatin,  the  substance  in  the  meshes  of 
chromatin  called  achromatin  ;  and  the  nuclear 
membrane  of  two  layers.  The  nucleoli  are 
composed  of  more  refractile  matter. 

Cell,  Calcig/erous.     See  Calcigeeous  Cells. 

Cell,  Epidermic  or  Epithelial.  The  cells 
which  cover  the  free  membranous  surfaces  of 
the  body,  and  which  form  the  epidermis  and 
epithelium.  They  are  developed  from  germs 
furnished  by  the  subjacent  membrane. 

Cell  Formation.  Cytogeny.  The  continuous 
development  of  cells  in  tissue  formation  ; 
called  by  Virchow  "proliferation  of  cells." 
See  Cytoblast. 

Cell,  Germinal.     See  Cytoblast. 

Cell  Growth.     Growth  by  the  agency  of  cells. 

Cell  Life.  The  life  which  is  possessed  by  the 
separate  cells  that  form  the  tissues,  and  by 
which  the  nutrition  of  the  tissues  is  thought 
to  be  perfected. 

Cell,  Nucleated.     See  CYTOBLAST. 

Cell,  Pigment.  Cells  in  various  parts  of  the 
body,  secreting  pigment.  Pigment  cells  are 
mingled  with  the  epidermic  cells  and  are 
most  manifest  in  the  colored  races.  They  are 
bast  seen  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  choroid 
of  the  eye,  where  they  form  the  pigmentum 
nigrum. 

Cell  Territory.  According  to  Virchow  the'dis- 
trict  of  intercellular  substance  which  is  ruled 
over  by  the  cell  that  lies  in  the  middle  of  it, 
and  exercises  influence  on  the  neighboring 
parts. 
Cel'le.  Hernia. 
CeHoid    (celloidcs).      Eesembling  a   cell  or 

cellule. 

Cells,    Bronchial.      The    air-cells   of   the 

lungs,  in  which  the  finest  ramifications  of  each 

lobular  bronchial  tube  terminate. 

Cells,  Mastoid.     The  irregular  cavities  in  the 
substance  of  the  mastoid  process  of  the  tem- 
poral bone. 
Cellular  (cellular  in).     Composed  of  cells  or 

cellules. 

Cellular  Membrane  (membrana  cellulosa). 
Cellular  tissue.     It  contains  irregular  areola; 


— not  cells,  and  is  more  properly  called  areo- 
lar tissue — between  the  fibres,  as  well  as 
serum,  fat,  and  the  adipose  tissue.  See 
Animal  Tissue. 

Cellular  System.     The  whole  of  the  cellular 
tissue  of  the  body. 

Cellular    Tissue.      The    areolar    tissue.     See 
Cellular     Membrane,      and     Animal 
Tissue. 
Cellular  Tissue  of  Bones.     See  CANCELLI. 

Cellule  (cellula;  diminutive  of  cella,  a  cell). 
A  small  cell. 

Cellulitis  (diminutive  of  cella,  and  trig,  in- 
flammation). A  diffuse  inflammation  of  the 
cellular  tissue,  caused  by  a  wound  or  the 
presence  of  septic  matter. 

Cel  luloid  (from  cellulose,  the  fundamental 
material  in  the  structure  of  plants,  and  oid, 
like) .  A  plastic  base  for  artificial  teeth,  known 
under  various  names  in  different  stages  of  its 
development  in  use  as  "rose pearl,"  "pyroxy- 
lin," "celluloid,"  etc.  Cellulose  may  be 
obtained  from  any  plant,  but  is  most  conveni- 
ently j>rocured  free  from  lignite  and  other 
associated  substances  by  the  treatment  of 
cotton  fibre,  or  preferably  flax,  with  nitro- 
sulphuric  acid,  converting  the  fibre  into  an  ex- 
plosive substance  known  as  gun-cotton,  which 
is  soluble  in  a  mixture  of  sulphuric  ether  and 
alcohol,  and  also  in  camphor.  The  former 
method  was  the  first  practised,  producing  an 
article  known  as  "collodion,"  the  volatile 
fluids  being  afterward  evaporated,  leaving  the 
celluloid  a  firm  but  somewhat  plastic  substance, 
of  the  color  and  almost  the  consistency  of  horn, 
capable  of  being  moulded  by  pressure  between 
metallic  dies.  The  difficulties  in  the  way  of 
managing  the  material  by  this  method  (to 
which  much  credit  is  due  Dr.  A.  J.  McClel- 
land, for  its  patient  evolvement),  and  the  sub- 
sequent warping  of  the  plates,  in  many  cases, 
by  the  evaporation  of  the  remaining  solvent, 
led  to  its  abandonment  and  the  substitution  of 
camphor,  an  equally  perfect  solvent,  the  bulk 
of  which  remained  in  the  plate  permanently. 
Celluloid  plates  are  prepared  under  patents, 
and  are  manufactured  in  various  shapes  and 
sizes,  and  of  a  very  natural  gum  color,  the  trans- 
lucency  and  beauty  of  which  are  nearly,  if  not 
quite,  equal  to  porcelain,  and  are  made  use  of  by 
the  dental  mechanic  either  in  combination  with 
plain  or  gum  teeth,  though  the  former  are 
mostly  used  as  less  liable  to  fracture,  the  pres- 
sure upon  the  teeth  and  plaster  investment 
being   much  greater  than  in  vulcanite  work. 


CEL 


129 


CEM 


Any  vulcanite  teeth  will  answer  for  celluloid, 
though  many  prefer  teeth  made  especially  for 
this  style  of  work — teeth  resembling  in  shape 
those  employed  for  continuous  gum.  The  case 
is  waxed  up  and  invested  as  for  vulcanite,  a 
larger  and  stronger  flask  being  used  ;  only  the 
best  quality  of  plaster  is  admissible.  Vents 
are  cut  for  the  surplus,  and  the  case  being  thus 
prepared,  it  is  ready  for  the  shaping  of  the 
plate.  Celluloid  is  rendered  sufficiently  plastic 
to  mould  into  shape  by  exposure  to  a  tempera- 
ture of  from  270°  to  300°  F.  ;  above  this  last 
degree  of  heat  it  takes  fire,  and  is  rapidly  con- 
sumed with  copious  flames  and  smoke,  and  the 
evolution  of  camphor.  A  variety  of  apparatus 
is  in  use,  for  which  different  patents  have  been 
obtained,  the  general  preference  being  for  those 
in  which  dry  heat  is  used,  although  oil,  gly- 
cerine, and  water  (super-heated)  are  also 
emploj-ed.  The  advantage  claimed  for  the 
dry  process  is  that  it  allows  the  welding  to- 
gether of  any  imperfections,  celluloid  possess- 
ing this  welding  property  in  a  considerable 
degree.  The  flask  is  closed  slowly,  as  time 
must  be  allowed  for  the  material  to  soften,  as 
it  does  this  slowly,  and  the  temperature 
should  be  watched  very  closely.  The  plate 
will  now  be  found  to  have  perfectly'  conformed 
itself  to  the  varying  inequalities  of  the  plaster 
mould,  copying  the  finest  outlines  with  minute 
fidelity.  The  flask,  being  perfectly  closed, 
its  contents  must  remain  under  pressure  until 
cold  ;  otherwise  the  plate  will  be  warped. 
Celluloid  is  finished  as  is  vulcanite  ;  but  if 
pains  be  taken  in  finishing  the  wax  plate,  and 
in  the  formation  of  the  plaster  or  metallic 
matrix,  the  gum  portion  can  be  moulded  so  as 
to  require  no  finishing,  the  slight  roughness  of 
the  plaster  giving  it  a  finish  which  is  more 
natural  in  appearance  than  a  fine  polish.  Cel- 
luloid can  be  repaired  by  investing  the  broken 
parts,  scraping  the  surface  to  be  united  clean, 
and  coating  it  with  a  tincture  of  camphor,  and 
also  the  pieces  used  in  repairing,  and  heating 
and  pressing  as  usual.  It  does  not  appear  to 
lose  its  plasticity  or  to  be  injured  by  reheating. 
Its  disadvantages  are  :  The  color  fades  in  many 
cases  to  a  dingy  white  ;  there  is  some  liability' 
to  subsequent  change  in  shape  (warpage),  and 
at  least,  in  partial  cases,  the  teeth  are  held 
less  strongly  by  the  material,  though  the  latter 
itself  is  quite  tough,  exceeding,  in  this  respect, 
rubber.  What  appears  to  be  specially  wanted 
to  perfect  this  exceedingly  beautiful  and  desir- 
able base  is  some  solvent  of  cellulose  which  is 
9 


not  volatile,  and  a  more  durable  color.  Pos- 
sessing these  qualities,  it  will  become  a  valu- 
able and  unequaled  base  for  artificial  teeth. 
What  is  termed  "  new-mode  continuous  gum  " 
consists  in  vulcanizing  a  rubber  denture  and 
filling  up  the  gum  portion  on  the  outer  face  of 
the  alveolar  arch  about  the  bases  of  the  teeth, 
and  as  high  as  the  edge  of  the  rim,  with  cellu- 
loid or  zylonite.  Celluloid  is  also  employed 
for  attaching  teeth  to  a  metal  plate.  See 
Zylonite. 

Celluloid  Heater.    A  miniature  oven  for  pack- 
ing while  heating  celluloid  plates. 
Celluloid   Steam    Apparatus.     An  apparatus 
for  moulding  celluloid  plates  in  which  steam, 
instead  of  oil,  is  used  for  the  heating  medium. 
Cel'lulose.     The  fundamental  substance  of 
which  vegetable  tissue  is  composed,  left  after 
all  products  of  secretion  are  dissolved  out.     Its 
formula  is  C12H10O10.     It  is  like  starch.     See 
Celluloid. 

Celotom'ia  (from  mUv,  a  hernia,  and  reuru, 
to  cut).  The  operation  of  ligating  for  the  cure 
of  hernia. 

Celot  omus.     A  hernia  knife. 
Cel'tis.      Nettle  tree  ;  branches  are  astrin- 
gent. 

Cement'.      The   name    of   substances  em- 
ployed by   chemists   for    uniting    substances. 
It  has  also  been  applied  to  amalgam,  an  alloyr 
used  for  filling  teeth.    See  Amalgam. 
Cement,  Guilloi's.     A  preparation  for  filling 
teeth,  similar  to  oxychloride  of  zinc. 
Cement  Organ.      The    dental   sacculus.     See 
Teeth,  Development  of. 
Cement,  Plomb.    A  German  cement  for  filling 
teeth,  similar  to  oxychloride  of  zinc. 
Cementa'tion.     A  chemical  process  which 
consists  in  surrounding  a  solid  body  with  the 
powder  of  other  substances,  and  exposing  the 
whole  to  a  red   heat  in  a  closed   vessel  for  a 
length  of  time.     It  is  in  this  way  that  iron  is 
converted  into    steel.      It    is   also   a    process 
adopted   in    some  of  the   mints   for    refining 
gold.    See  Gold,  Refining  of. 
Cemente'rium.    A  crucible. 
Cement  inifica'tion.   The  formation  of  the 
cementum  covering  the  roots  of  the  teeth.     It 
is  analogous  to  the  subperiosteal  formation  of 
the  cortical  substance  of  long  bones. 

Cemento  blasts.  The  cells  which  form 
tin-  cementum  of  tin-  roots  of  teeth.  They  air 
analogous  to  osteoblasts  or  hone-forming  cells. 

Cement'um.  One  of  the  substances  or 
parts  of  a  tooth.     It    covers   the   root,  and    is 


CEM 


130 


CEP 


thickest  at  the  extremity  of  the  root,  and  he- 
comes  gradually  thinner  as  it  approaches  the 
neck  of  the  tooth.  It  is  confined  to  the  roots, 
and,  resemhling  ordinary  hone,  consists  of  a 
gelatinous  hase  combined  with  calcareous  salts, 
and  transversed  by  vascular  canals.  It  is, 
therefore,  regarded  as  a  modification  of  bone, 
containing  lacunas  and  canaliculi.  See  Teeth, 
Development  of.  Cementum  also  joins  to- 
gether the  plates  of  compound  teeth,  like  those 
of  the  elephant,  and  fills  up  the  cavities  and 
folds  in  the  teeth  of  ruminants.  It  is  of  a 
cellular  and  vascular  texture. 

According  to  Professor  Owen,  cementum 
' '  always  closely  corresponds  in  texture  with 
the  osseous  tissue  of  the  same  animal,  and 
wherever  it  occurs  of  sufficient  thickness,  as 
upon  the  teeth  of  the  horse,  sloth,  or  ruminants, 
it  is  also  traversed,  like  bone,  by  vascular 
canals.  In  reptiles  and  mammals,  in  which 
the  animal  basis  of  the  bones  of  the  skeleton 
is  excavated  by  minute  radiated  cells,  forming 
with  their  contents  the  'corpuscles  of  Pur- 
kin  je,'  these  are  likewise  present,  of  similar 
size  and  form  in  the  '  cement, '  and  are  its  chief 
characteristic  as  a  constituent  of  the  tooth. 
The  hardening  material  of  the  cement  is 
partly  segregated  and  combined  with  the  par- 
ietes  of  the  radiated  cells  and  canals,  and  is 
partly  contained  in  aggregated  grains  in  the 
cells,  which  are  thus  rendered  opaque." 

With  regard  to  the  manner  of  the  formation 
of  the  cementum,  which  is  the  last  to  appear 
of  the  dental  tissues,  it  is  supposed  to  originate 
from  the  periosteum,  which,  if  fully  formed, 
consists  of  an  outer  and  inner  layer,  both 
highly  vascular.  The  outer  wall  becomes  the 
peridental  membrane,  while  the  inner  wall  in 
the  vicinity  of  the  roots  presents  osteoblasts 
which  calcify  into  cementum,  as  in  the  forma- 
tion of  ordinary  bone. 

Ceneangei'a  (from  icevog,  empty,  and 
ayyztov,  a  vessel).  Deficiency  of  blood  in  the 
vessels. 

Cenembate/sis  (from  nevog,  empty,  and 
e/ifiiavw,  to  enter).  Paracentesis  ;  also  the  act 
of  probing  a  cavity. 

Ceneo'nes.     The  flanks. 

Ceno'sis  (from  nevog,  empty).  General 
evacuation  ;  also  sometimes  applied  to  inani- 
tion. 

Cenot'ica  (eenoticua ;  from  icevuotg,  evacua- 
tion).    Morbid  or  excessive  discharges. 

Cen'tigrade  [centum,  a  hundred,  and  gradus, 
a  grade).    Having  a  hundred  grades  or  degrees. 


Centigrade    Thermometer.      A  thermometer 
with  zero  as  the  freezing-point  and  100°  as 
the  boiling-point  of  water.     To  reduce  Centi- 
grade to  Fahrenheit  registration,  the  following 
formula  may  be  employed  :  950  C.  +  32  =  F. 
See  Thermometer. 
Centigramme  (eentigramma ;  from  centum, 
a  hundred,  and  ypauua,  gramme).     The  hun- 
dredth part  of  a  gramme,  which  is  equal  to 
about  the  fifth  part  of  a  French  grain,  or  gr. 
0.1544  troy,  or  £  of  a  grain  troy. 

Centilitre.  The  hundredth  part  of  a  litre, 
equal  to  about  2.7053  fluid  drachms.  Equal 
to  0.6102  of  an  English  cubic  inch. 

Centimetre  (centimetre).  The  hundredth 
part  of  a  metre,  which  is  about  four  lines, 
0.3937  English  inch,  or  about  f. 

Centradiaph  anes.  Cataract  due  to  opacity 
of  the  centre  of  the  crystalline  lens. 

Cent/ral.  Toward  the  centre  or  median 
line. 

Centre  of  Attraction.  Centre  of  gravi- 
tation. The  point  to  which  bodies  tend  as  a 
consequence  of  gravitation. 

Centres,  Ner'vous.  The  organs,  as  the 
brain  and  spinal  marrow,  from  whence  the 
nerves  originate. 

Centrifugal.    Receding  from  the  centre. 
Centrifugal    Nerves.      Mostly    motor    nerves 
conveying  impulses    toward    the   peripheral 
portion  of  the  body. 
Centripetal  (from  centrum,  the  centre,  and 
peto,  to  move  toward).    Approaching  the  centre. 
In  Botany,  an  inflorescence  in  which  the  mar- 
ginal flowers  open  first,  and  the  central  last. 

Centrostal'tic.  The  action  of  the  vis  ner- 
vosa in  the  spinal  centre. 

Centrum  (from  Ksvreu,  to  prick).  The 
centre ;  the  middle  point  or  place  of  any- 
thing. 

Centrum  Commu'ne.     The  solar  plexus. 
Centrum  Ova/le  Ma'jus.      The  large,  white, 
medullary  mass,  surrounded  by  cortical  sub- 
stance, seen  in  each  hemisphere  of  the  brain 
when  divided  to  a  level  with  the  corpus  cal- 
losum. 
Centrum  Ova/le  Mi/nus.     The  white,  central 
mass,  surrounded  by  a  stratum  of  gray,  seen 
in  each  hemisphere  of  the  brain  when  a  hori- 
zontal  section   is   made   about  half  an  inch 
above  the  corpus  callosum. 
Centrum   Tendinosum.     Centre   of   the   dia- 
phragm. 
Ce'pa  (from  lajrrog,  a  wool   card,  from   the 
likeness  of  its  roots).     The  onions. 


CEP 


131 


CER 


Cephalae'a  (from  nEtyaAt],  the  head).     The 
fleshy  covering  of  the  skull  ;  also  headache. 

Cephalasmato'ma.    A  bloody  tumor  under 
the  scalp. 

Cephalae'mia.     Accumulation  of  blood  in 
the  vessels  of  the  brain. 

Cephalago/gus.     An  instrument  for  draw- 
ing down  the  fetal  head. 

Ceph'alagra.     Gout  in  the  head. 
Cephalagra'phia  (from  /ce^a/,^,  the  head, 
and    ypafq,    a    description).     Anatomical   de- 
scription of  the  head. 

Cephalalgia  (cephalsea ;   from  KeQafo;,   the 
head,  and  aAyoc,  pain).     Headache. 
Cephalar/tica.     Cephalic  remedies. 
Cephalato'mia.     Anatomy  ;    dissection  or 
opening  of  the  head. 

Ceph'ale  (KE(j>aA7f).     The  head. 
Cephal'ic  (neipa a?/).     The  head.     Pertaining 
to  the  head. 

Cephalic  Remedies.     Medicines  or   remedies 
used  for  the  cure  of  diseases  of  the  head. 
Cephalic  Veins   (vena  cephaliea).     The  ante- 
rior or  outermost  vein  of  the  arm  is  so  called, 
because  taking  blood  from  this  vein  was  sup- 
posed to  afford  relief  to  affections  of  the  head. 
Cephali'tis.      Phrenitis,  or  inflammation  of 
the  brain. 

Cephalodym/ia.     A  class  of  double  mon- 
strosities, in  which  the  heads  are  united. 
Cephalodyn/ia.     Cephalalgia.      Headache. 
CephaIogen/esis.      The    doctrine    of   the 
formation  of  the  brain. 

CephaIo/gia.  An  anatomical  treatise  on 
the  head. 

Cephalog/raphy.     A  description  of  heads. 
Ceph'aloid.     Resembling  the  head. 
Cephalo'ma.     A  medullary  or  encephaloid 
tumor. 

Cephalom'eter  (cephalometrum  ;  from  k?<j>- 
a/.r/j  the  head,  and  /xerpov,  a  measure).  An 
instrument  for  measuring  the  head. 

Cephalon'osus  ( Febris  hungarica.  From 
KEtyaAr],  the  head,  and  voaoc,  a  disease).  A 
disease  which  principally  affects  the  head. 

Ceph/alo=pharyngae'us  (from  KEQaAq,  the 
head,  and  (papvyl;,  the  pharynx).  Constrictor 
pharyngis  superior,  a  muscle  of  the  head  and 
pharynx'. 

CephaIopo/nia  (from  keoh///,  the  head,  and 
■novoc,  pain).     Headache. 

Cephalosomatodym'ia.  A  class  of  double 
monstrosities  in  which  the  union  is  between 
the  heads  and  the  trunks. 

Ceph'alo-spi'nal.     Belonging  to  the  head 


and  spine,  as  the  cephalospinal  fluid,  a  fluid 
found  beneath  the  arachnoid  in  both  the  head 
and  spine. 

Ceph'alot  (ne<paA7},  the  head).  A  peculiar 
fat  found  in  the  brain,  containing  phosphorus 
aud  sulphur. 

Ceph'alotome  (keog/j^  the  head,  and 
TEfivEiv,  to  cut).  An  instrument  for  cutting  or 
breaking  down  the  head  of  the  foetus. 

Cephalot/omy.  Dissection  of  the  head, 
also  breaking  down  of  foetal  head. 

CephaIotrip/sy.  The  operation  of  crush- 
ing the  foetal  head. 

Cephalotrype'sis  (Kscpa/.r;,  the  head,  and 
rpv-r/cnc,  perforation).     Trepanning. 

Ce'ra.  Wax.  Beeswax.  A  mixture  of 
cerotic  acid,  cerolein,  and  myricin.  A  solid 
concrete  animal  product,  prepared  by  the  bees, 
and  extracted  from  their  combs,  after  the  re- 
moval of  the  honey.  When  first  obtained  from 
the  comb  it  is  called  yellow  wax,  or  cera  flava, 
which  is  of  a  bright  yellow  color  when  fresh 
or  recently  extracted.  When  softened  by  the 
fire,  or  in  warm  weather,  it  is  very  malleable 
and  tough,  but  it  becomes  brittle  with  age,  and 
loses  its  fine  yellow  color.  In  Denial  Pros- 
Uiesis  it  is  used  for  the  procurement  of  impres- 
sions of  the  jaws,  etc.  ;  but  when  used  for  this 
purpose  it  should  always  be  fresh. 

By  softening  and  reducing  yellow  wax  into 
thin  cakes,  and  exposing  it  for  a  long  time  to 
the  sun  and  open  air,  it  becomes  white.     This, 
when  melted  and  formed  into  cakes,  is  termed 
virgin,  or  white,  wax — cera  alba.     But  most  of 
the  white  wax  sold  in  the  shops  is  adulterated 
and  brittle,  and  consequently  not  so  good  for 
taking  impressions  of  the  mouth  as  the  yellow. 
The  commercial  impurities  are  lard  and  corn 
meal,  which  injure  its  properties. 
Cera  Alba.     White  wax. 
Cera   Flava.     Yellow  wax. 
Cera    Vegetabilis.     Vegetable   wax  ;    natural 
wax. 
Cera'ceous   (cera,    wax).     Of  the    appear- 
ance or  consistence  of  wax. 

Ce'rain.     A   fatty    matter    obtained    from 
white  wax,  not  susceptible  of  saponification. 
Cerargy'rite.     Horn  silver  (which  see). 
Ce'ras    (from    nepac,    horn).      Horn.     The 
white  parsnip. 

Cera'sin.  One  of  the  proximate  principles 
of  cherry  gum,  which  is  insoluble  in  cold 
water. 

Ceras'us.  A  genus  of  plants,  instituted  by 
Touruefort,  of  the  order  Drnpacere. 


CER 


132 


CER 


Cerasus,  Lauro-.     Cherry  laurel,  the  leaves  of 
which  possess  properties  similar  to  those  of 
hydrocyanic  acid,  and  are  employed  for  pre- 
paring cherry-laurel  water. 
Cerasus     Serotina.      The    wild-cherry    tree, 
Prunus   virginiana,   the  bark  of  which  is  a 
valuable  medicinal  agent. 
Ce'rate   (ceratum).     A  composition  of  wax 
and  oil,  or  lard,  with  or  without  other  ingre- 
dients, and  of  a  consistence  intermediate  be- 
tween that  of  ointments  and  plasters. 

Cer/ato  (from  nepac,  horn).  A  term  used  as 
a  prefix  in  composition  in  the  names  of  muscles. 
See  Cekato-glossus. 

Ceratoce'Ie  (from  nepag,  and  «/a?/,  tumor). 
Hernia  of  the  cornea,  or  protrusion  of  the 
membrane  of  the  aqueous  humor  through  an 
■opening  in  the  cornea. 

Cerato=glossus.  A  muscle  of  the  tongue. 
.See  Hyoglossus. 

Cerato=hyoideus.  The  stylo-hyoideus 
muscle. 

Ceratoid'  (from  icepag,  a  horn,  and  eldog, 
form).     Eesembling  a  horn. 

Ceratonyx/is.  Depression  of  the  crystal- 
line lens  by  a  needle  introduced  through  the 
cornea. 

Ceratot/ome.  The  name  of  a  knife  in- 
vented by  Wenzel,  for  dividing  the  transparent 
cornea,  in  the  operation  of  cataract. 

Ceratot/omy  (nepag,  a  horn,  and  re/uveiv, 
to  cut).     Cutting  the  cornea. 

Cera'tum     (from    cera,   wax).       A   cerate 
composed  of  white  wax  and  lard. 
Ceratum  Calaminae.     Cerate  of  calamine." 
Ceratum  Canthar/idus  (ceratum  lyttie) .    Cerate 

of  the  blistering  fly. 
Ceratum  Ceta/cei   (ceratum  spermaceti;   cera- 
tum album  i.     Spermaceti  cerate. 
Ceratum  Con'ii.     Hemlock  cerate. 
Ceratum  Plum'bi  Aceta/tis  (unguentam  cerus- 
xze  aeetatse).     Cerate  of  acetate  of  lead. 
Ceratum  Plum/bi  Carbona/tis.  Cerate  of  car- 
bonate of  lead. 
Ceratum  Plum'bi  Compos/itum  (ceratum  lith- 
argyri  aeetati  compositum).     Compound  cerate 
of  lead. 

Ceratum  Resi'nae  {ceratum  resinas  flavve ;  cera- 
tum  citrinum).     Resin  cerate.      See   BASILI- 
CON. 
Ceratum  Sabi'nee.     Savine  cerate. 
Ceratum  Sapo'nis.     Soap  cerate. 
Ceratum    Sim'plex.      Simple    cerate.      It    is 
prepared   by  melting  together  eight  parts  of 
lard  and  four  of  white  wax,  and  Btirring  until 


cool.     Mild   and   emollient  to  inflamed  sur- 
faces. 

Cerau/nion  (from  nspawog,  thunder,  a  thun- 
derbolt) .     A  meteoric  stone. 

Cerca/ria5  (from  nepnog,  a  tail).  A  family 
of  infusorial  animalcules,  having  an  enlarged 
body  with  a  slender,  tail-like  appendage,  one 
of  the  most  curious  of  which  is  found  in  sali- 
vary calculus.  Indeed,  M.  Mandl  asserts  that 
the  tartar  of  the  teeth  consists  of  nothing  more 
than  a  deposit  of  the  skeletons  of  dead  infu- 
soria, agglutinated  together  by  dried  mucus, 
very  similar  to  certain  earths,  which,  accord- 
ing to  M.  Ehrenberg,  are  composed  almost 
wholly  of  fossil  infusoria. 

If  the  theory  of  M.  Mandl  were  correct,  tar- 
tar would  be  deposited  upon  all  teeth  alike. 
But  this  is  not  the  fact.  Some  teeth,  as  the 
lower  incisors  and  the  outer  surfaces  of  the 
molars  of  both  jaws,  and  particularly  the  up- 
per, are,  by  far,  more  liable  to  have  it  deposited 
on  them  than  any  of  the  other  teeth.  The 
infusoria  found  in  salivary  calculus  are  doubt- 
less generated  in  the  mucous  fluid  of  the  mouth, 
which  is  always  mixed  more  or  less  abundantly 
with  this  substance  as  it  is  deposited  upon  the 
teeth.  It  is  in  this  way  that  their  presence  in 
the  tartar  of  the  teeth  is  to  be  accounted  for. 

Cerch'nos  (cerchnus ;  from  nsp^u,  to  be 
hoarse).     Wheezing. 

Cer'cis.  A  sort  of  pestle.  Also  the 
radius. 

Cerco/sis  (from  nepiwc,  a  tail).  A  term 
applied  in  Pathology  to  elongation  of  the  clit- 
oris ;  also  to  polypus  of  the  uterus.  The  clitoris. 

Ce'rea  (from  cera,  wax).  The  cerumen 
anrium,  or  wax  of  the  ear. 

Cerea/lia  (from  Ceres,  the  goddess  of  har- 
vest). Those  species  of  Gramineaj,  as  wheat, 
corn,  barley,  and  rye,  from  the  seeds  of  which 
bread  or  any  nutritious  substance  is  made. 

Cerebelli'tis.  Inflammation  of  the  cere- 
bellum. 

Cerebellum  (diminutive  of  cerebrum).  The 
little  brain,  which  is  that  portion  of  the  medul- 
lary mass  of  the  cavity  of  the  cranium  situated 
in  the  inferior  part  of  the  occipital  fossae,  below 
the  tentorium.  It  is  divided  by  a  septum  into 
a  right  and  left  lobe,  and,  like  the  other  part 
of  the  brain,  is  composed  of  cortical  and 
medullary  matter. 

Cer'ebral   (cerebralia ;    from   cerebrum,  the 
brain).     Pertaining  to  the  brain.     Similar  to 
the  brain. 
Cerebral  Apophysis.     The  pineal  gland. 


CER 


133 


CER 


Cerebral  Arteries.  The  arteries  of  the  brain. 
There  are  three  on  each  side,  namely  :  The 
anterior,  or  artery  of  the  corpus  callosum  ;  the 
middle,  or  arierior  Sylviana,  and  the  posterior, 
or  posterior  and  inferior.  The  first  two  are 
furnished  by  the  internal  carotid,  and  the 
other  by  the  vertebral. 

Cerebral    Nerves.      The   nerves   which   arise 
within  the  cranium. 
Cer/ebric  Acid.   A  phosphorized  acid  found 
in  the  fatty  matters  of  the  brain  and  nervous 
system. 

Cerebrif'orm.     Encephaloid. 
Cere'brin  or  Cere'brine  (cerebrum,  brain). 
A  reddish  fatty  substance  found  in  the  brain. 
Cerebri'tis.     Inflammation  of  the  brain. 
Cere/bro=spinaI.     Pertaining  to  the  whole 
of  the  cerebrum  or  brain  and  spinal  structure. 
Cerebro-spinal   Fluid.      The  fluid  found  be- 
neath the  arachnoid  membrane  of  the  brain 
and  within   the   sheath   of  the   spinal  mar- 
row. 
Cerebro-spinal    Meningitis.       A  very  fatal 
form   of   fever,    attended   with  painful    con- 
tractions of  the  muscles  of  the  neck,  retrac- 
tion of  the  head,  headache,  vertigo,  delirium, 
coma,    pain   in   back,    hyperesthesia  of   the 
skin,  etc. 

Cerebro=spinants.  Narcotics  have  been  so 
called  from  their  effects  upon  the  cerebro-spinal 
system. 

Cere/brum.  The  upper  portion  of  the  con- 
tents of  the  cranium,  the  posterior  and  inferior 
portion  being  called  cerebellum.  The  upper 
surface  is  divided  by  a  deep  median  cleft  into 
two  halves  or  hemispheres  united  at  the  base 
by  the  corpus  callosum.  On  its  surface  are 
numerous  convolutions.  The  inferior  surface 
presents  three  lobes,  distinguished  as  anterior, 
middle,  and  posterior.  The  cerebrum  is  envel- 
oped in  a  triple  covering  consisting  of  the  dura 
mater,  pia  mater,  and  arachnoid.  Two  sub- 
stances are  found  in  it  :  white  and  gray,  the 
white  occupying  all  the  interior  and  base  of 
the  brain  ;  the  gray  is  the  softer  and  is  situated 
at  the  surface.  It  has  three  distinct  cavities, 
called  ventricles;  two  anterior,  or  lateral,  which 
are  divided  from  each  other  by  the  septum 
lucidum,  and  in  each  of  which  is  the  choroid 
plexus,  formed  of  blood-vessels  ;  the  third  ven- 
tricle is  a  space  between  the  thalami  nervorum 
opticorum.  The  principal  prominences  of  the 
brain  are  the  corpus  callosum,  a  medullary  emi- 
nence, conspicuous  upon  laying  aside  the  hemi- 
spheres of  the  brain  ;  the  corpora  striata,  two 


striated  protuberances,  one  in  the  anterior  part 
of  each  lateral  ventricle  ;  the  thalami  n<  rvorum 
opticorum,  two  whitish  eminences  behind  the 
former,  from  which  the  optic  nerves  were 
said  to  originate  ;the  corpora  quadrigemina,  four 
medullary  projections,  called  by  the  ancients 
nates  and  testes ;  a  little  cerebral  tubercle  lying 
upon  the  nates,  called  the  pineal  gland ;  and, 
lastly,  the  crura  cerebri,  two  medullary  col- 
umns, which  proceed  from  the  basis  of  the  brain 
to  the  medulla  oblongata.  The  cerebral  arteries 
are  branches  of  the  carotid  and  vertebral  ar- 
teries. The  veins  terminate  in  sinuses,  which 
return  their  blood  into  the  internal  jugulars. 
There  are  twelve  pairs  of  cranial  nerves,  and 
the  spinal  marrow,  from  which  thirty-one  more 
pairs  proceed,  through  whose  means  the  various 
senses  are  performed  and  muscular  motion  ex- 
cited. The  brain  is  also  considered  as  the 
organ  of  the  intellectual  functions. 

"  Vauquelin's  analysis  of  the  brain  is  in  100 
parts  :  80  water,  4.53  white  fatty  matter,  0.7 
reddish  fatty  matter,  7  albumen,  1.12  osma- 
zome,  1.5  phosphorus,  5.15  acids,  salts,  and  sul- 
phur." The  average  human  brain  weighs  from 
48  to  50  ounces,  and  the  blood  circulating  in  it 
amounts  to  r]-  of  its  volume.  The  average 
weight  of  the  adult  female  brain  is  about  five 
ounces  less  than  that  of  the  adult  male  brain. 
Cerebrum  Elongatum.  Medulla  oblongata 
and  medulla  spinalis. 

Cerelae/um  (from  icifpog,  wax,  and  eAaiov, 
oil).  Cerate  composed  of  wax  and  oil.  Also, 
oil  of  tar. 

Cere/oIus.     A  bougie  made  of  wax. 

Ce'reus  (from  cera,  wax).  Having  a  waxy 
appearance  or  texture. 

Ce'ria  (from  cereus,  soft,  pliant).  The  flat 
worms  found  in  the  intestines. 

Cer'ic  Acid  (cera,  wax).  An  acid  produced 
by  the  fixed  alkalies  on  wax. 

Ce'rin.  Cereotic  acid.  Beeswax  consists  of 
this  acid  united  with  miricin. 

Cer'ion  (from  lajpiov,  a  honeycomb).  A 
species  of  porrigo  ;  also  a  honeycombed  ulcer- 
ated affection  of  the  head. 

Ce'rite.     A  siliekms  oxide  of  cerium. 

Ce'rium.  Symbol,  Ce.  Atomic  weight, 
140.  A  white  brittle  metal,  difficult  of  fusion, 
but  volatile  when  intensely  heated,  found  in  a 
Swedish  mineral  called  cerite.  The  oxalate  is 
the  only  salt  used  medicinally.  Useful  as  a 
gastric  sedative.     Pose.  gr.  iv  to  gr.  v. 

Ce'roma  (/c^poc,  wax).  A  term  applied  in 
Pathology  to  a  fatty,  waxy,  or  Lardaceous  tumor. 


CER 


134 


CHA 


Ceroplas'tic  (from  Kqpoc,  wax,  and  irTLaariKij 
texvt],  the  art  of  the  modeller  or  carver).  The 
art  of  modelling  in  wax.  This  art  is  of  great 
antiquity,  and  to  the  dental  surgeon  who  is 
anxious  to  preserve  a  transfer  of  the  various 
cases  of  irregularity  of  the  teeth  which  may 
come  under  his  notice  is  particularly  valuable. 
Ceros'sic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
sugar-cane  wax. 

Cero'tum.     Cerate. 
Ce'rous.     Waxlike. 

Cer'uline.      Indigo  dissolved  in  sulphuric 
acid.     Coloring  matter  of  indigo. 

Ceru'men   (from  cera,  wax).     See  Ceru- 
men Auritjm. 

Cerumen  Au'rium.     The  unctuous  secretion, 
which  is  of  a  waxy  consistence,  found  in  the 
meatus  auditorius  exteruus. 
Ceru'minous.     Eelating  to   or  having  the 
properties  of  cerumen. 

Ceruminous  Glands.     The  follicular  glands, 
situated  beneath   the   membrane   lining  the 
meatus  which  secrete  the  cerumen. 
Ceruse7.       Cerussa.       Carbonate   of   lead  ; 
white  lead. 
Cerus'sa  Acetata.     Sugar  of  lead. 
Cer'vean.     The  brain  ;  cerebrum. 
Cer'velet.     Cerebellum. 
Cer/vical  (cervicalis ;  from  cervix,  the  neck). 
Pertaining  to  the  neck  ;  also  everything  that 
concerns  it. 

Cervical  Arteries.  The  cervical  arteries  are 
three  in  number,  namely  :  The  ascending  ante- 
rior or  superficial,  derived  from  the  inferior 
thyroid  ;  the  transverse  or  cervico-scapulare,  giv- 
en off  from  the  axillary  artery  ;  and  the  poster- 
ior, which  is  a  branch  of  the  subclavian. 
Cervical  Gan'glions.  The  three  ganglions  of 
the  great  sympathetic  nerve.  The  first  is  situ- 
ated opposite  the  second  cervical  vertebra  ; 
the  second,  or  middle  cervical  ganglion,  is  oppo- 
site to  the  interval  between  the  fifth  and  sixth 
cervical  vertebrce  ;  and  the  third,  which  is 
sometimes  called  the  first  thoracic,  is  situated 
between  the  transverse  process  of  the  last 
cervical  vertebra  and  the  head  of  the  first  rib. 
Cervical  Lig/aments.  The  cervical  ligaments 
are  two  in  number.  The  first  is  called  the 
anterior,  and  extends  from  (lie  basilar  process 
of  the  occipital  bone  to  the  anterior  part  of 
the  first  cervical  vertebra  ;  and  the  second  is 
denominated  the  posterior,  and  extends  from 
the  outer  occipital  protuberance  to  the  spinous 
process  of  the  last  cervical  vertebra. 
Cervical  Nerves.  The  eight  pairs  of  nerves 
first  given  off  from  the  spinal  marrow. 


Cervical  Plex/us.      The   net-work  of  nerves 
formed  by  the  first  three  cervical  nerves. 
Cervical  Veins.     These  veins  have  nearly  the 
same  distribution  as  the  cervical  arteries. 
Cervical  Vertebrae.      The   seven  uppermost 
vertebra?  of  the  spinal  column. 

Cervicalis  Descend/ens.  The  upper  con- 
tinuation of  the  sacro-lumbricalis. 

Cer/vico=fa/cial  Nerve.  A  branch  of  the 
facial  nerve,  distributed  to  the  neck  and  face. 

Cer'vix.  Collum.  The  neck.  Applied  also 
to  organs  or  parts,  as  the  cervix  uteri,  neck  of 
the  uterus,  etc. 

Cer'vus.     A  genus  of  ruminantia. 
Cervus  EPaphus.     The  stag,  from  the  horns 
and  hoofs  of  which  hartshorn  shavings  are 
obtained . 

CestoPdeans  (from  kegtoc,  a  girdle,  and 
eidug,  likeness  ;  ribbon-like).  The  order  of 
Sterelmintha,  or  parenchymatous  entozoa,  to 
which  tape-worms  belong. 

Ceta'ceum  (/cr/roc,  a  whale).  Spermaceti. 
A  white,  insipid,  unctuous  substance,  obtained 
from  the  brain  of  the  spermaceti  and  other 
varieties  of  whale.  It  resembles  paraffine  in 
its  physical  properties.  Employed  as  an 
emollient. 

Cetic  Acid.  The  result  of  the  action  of 
alkalies  upon  cetine. 

Ce'tine.     Pure  spermaceti. 

Cetra'ria  Island  'ica  (Lichen  islandicus). 
Iceland  moss.  It  is  demulcent,  nutritive,  and 
tonic.  The  dose  is  g j  to  3  iv,  being  first 
steeped  in  water  holding  in  solution  some  car- 
bonate of  potassato  extract  the  bitter  principle, 
and  then  boiled  in  milk. 

Ce'trarin.  Bitter  principle  of  Iceland  moss. 

Cet'y  1.  A  hypothetical  radical  of  a  series  of 
compounds  obtained  from  spermaceti.  Its  for- 
mula is  CWH3:). 

Cevad'ic  Acid.  An  acid  resulting  from 
the  action  of  potash  on  the  oil  of  the  Veratrum 
sabadilla. 

Cevadil  'la.     See  Veratrum  Sabadilla. 

Cey'Ianite.  The  name  of  a  mineral  of  an 
indigo-blue  color. 

Ceylon  Moss.  A  cryptogamic  plant  of  the 
order  Alg:e,  which  has  been  introduced  in  Eu- 
rope as  an  article  of  food. 

C.  G.  S.  System.  Centimetre-gramme- 
second  units.  The  system  of  fundamental  units 
in  which  a  centimetre  is  adopted  as  the  unit  of 
length,  a  gramme  as  the  unit  of  mass,  and  a  sec- 
ond as  the  unit  of  time. 

Chabazite'.  A  crystallized  silicate  of  a 
faint  rose  color. 


CHA 


135 


CHA 


Chaffing.  The  red  excoriations  which  occur 
in  consequence  of  the  friction  of  parts,  or  be- 
tween the  folds  of  the  skin.  Washing  in  cold 
water  and  dusting  with  zinc  powder  is  the  best 
preventive. 

Chain  Saw.  A  saw  made  of  a  watch-spring, 
having  serratures  on  one  side.  One  end  is  at- 
tached to  a  handle  aud  the  other  to  a  hook.  It 
is  used  in  the  operation  for  the  removal  of  the 
lower  jaw. 

Chala  sis  (from  xa?MU,  to  relax).  Eelaxa- 
tion. 

Chalas'mus  (xa^-aaixoc).     Relaxation. 

Chalas/ticus  (from  ja/,aw,  I  relax).  A  re- 
laxing medicine. 

Chala  za.  In  Botany,  a  vascular  disc  at  the 
base  of  the  nucleus  of  an  ovule.  The  cica- 
tricula  of  the  egg.  With  the  ovologists,  the 
cMlazse,  or  poles,  are  the  spirally  twisted  bands 
of  the  dense  internal  layer  of  albumen  in  the 
egg,  adhering  to  the  yolk  and  extremities  of 
the  egg. 

Chala  zium  (from  xa/a^«,  a  hailstone).  A 
species  of  hordeolum  or  movable  tumor  on  the 
margin  of  the  eyelid,  commonly  called  a  stye. 

Chalcan/thum  (from  xa/K0S,  brass,  and 
avdoc,  a  flower).  Eed  calcined  vitriol,  or  the 
flowers  of  brass. 

Chalced'ony.  A  mineral,  so  called  from 
having  been  found  by  the  ancients  in  Chalce- 
dou,  in  Asia  Minor,  supposed  to  be  pure  silica 
with  a  little  water. 

Chal  cites.  Colcothar,  or  the  red  oxide  of 
iron. 

Chalcoi'deum  Os.  The  cuneiform  bone  of 
the  foot. 

Chalk.     A  calcareous  earth  of  a  white  color. 
Carbonate  of  lime.     See  Creta. 
Chalk,  Black.     Drawing  slate,  used  in  crayon 
drawing. 
Chalk,  Red.    A  clay  colored  with  oxide  of  iron. 

Chalk=stone.  Earthy  concretions  found  in 
the  hands  and  feet  of  persons  affected  with 
gout. 

Chalyb'eate  {chalybeatus :  from  chahjhs,  iron 
or  steel).  Of  or  belonging  to  iron.  Any 
medicine  into  which  iron  enters,  as  chalybeate 
mixture,  pills,  waters,  etc. 
Chalybeate  Waters.  Any  mineral  water  con- 
taining iron. 

Chal'ybs  (from  Chalybes,  a  people  of  Pontos, 
who  dug  iron  out  of  the  earth).     Acies  steel, 
or  the  protocarburet  of  iron.     In  its  medicinal 
virtues  steel  does  not  differ  from  iron. 
Chalybs  Rubigo.     Subcarbonate  of  iron. 


Chalybs   Tartarizatus    (fcrrum   tartarizatum) . 
Tartrate  of  iron  and  potash. 

Chamaeme'lum.     See  Axthemis  Xobilis. 

Cham 'bar.     Magnesia. 

Cham'ber  {uauapa,  a  vault).  A  term  em- 
ployed in  Anatomy,  in  speaking  of  the  eye,  in 
which  there  are  two  chambers,  anterior  and  pos- 
terior. The  space  before  the  iris  is  termed  the 
anterior  chamber,  that  behind  it  the  posterior. 

Chameleon  Mineral.  A  compound  of 
manganesic  acid  and  potash,  presenting  a  va- 
riety of  tints  when  dissolved  in  water. 

Cham'omile  Drops.     Alcoholic  spirits  im- 
pregnated with  essential  oil  of  chamomile. 
Chamomile   Flowers.      The  flower  heads  of 
the    Anthemis  nobilis.       They   possess  mild 
tonic  properties,  and  in  large  quantities  act  as 
an  emetic.     They  are  valuable  as  a  febrifuge. 
Chamomile,     German.       See    Matricaria 
Chamcoiilla. 
Chamomile,  Wild.     See  Anthemis  COTULA. 

Chamomilia.     Chamomile. 

Chan 'ere  (from  Kapuivog,  cancer).  A  sore 
resulting  from  the  direct  application  of  the 
veuereal  poison  to  any  part  of  the  body.  It  is 
almost  always  seated,  in  men,  on  the  penis. 
The  term  is  never  applied  to  sores  occurring  in 
other  parts  of  the  body  from  absorption  or  gen- 
eral contamination  of  the  system.  The  French 
apply  the  word  chancre  to  cancerous  ulcers  and 
malignant  aphtha;  of  children. 

Chan'croid.  Simple,  soft,  or  non-infecting 
chancre,  propagated  mainly  by  venereal  infec- 
tion, and  characterized  by  the  development  of 
a  virulent  ulcer,  usually  upon  the  genitals,  and 
the  secretion  from  which  is  contagious,  but 
does  not  give  rise  to  constitutional  effects. 

Chan'crous.     Pertaining  to  a  chancre. 

Chapman's  Mixture.  Copaiva  bal.,  Sp. 
retheris  nitrici,  aa  3ss;  Pulv.  acacia,  3  ij  ; 
Saccharum,  gj  ;  Destill.  aqua?,  5  iv  ;  Sp.  lav- 
endulre  compositus,  gij.  Misce.  Dose,  5  ss 
three  times  a  day.  A  remedy  much  used  in 
gonorrhoea. 

Char'acter  1  ^apa/cr^p,  a  mark  of  impression). 
In  General  Medicine,  the  term  is  used  synony- 
mously with  stamp  or  appearance.  Thus,  "a 
disease  is  of  unfavorable  character."  or  "  has  a 
bilious  character,"  etc.  In  Dental  Surgery,  it  is 
applied  to  the  appearances  which  the  teeth 
present  in  their  physiological  and  pathological 
conditions.  It  has,  also,  the  same  signification 
when  applied  to  the  gums. 

Characteristics  of  the  Teeth.  See  Teeth, 
Charactekistk is  of. 


CHA 


136 


CHE 


Charan'tia.  Momordica  elaterium. 
Char 'coal.  Carbon.  An  impure  form  of 
carbon,  obtained  by  burning  wood  with  imper- 
fect access  of  air,  or  exposing  it  to  a  strong  heat 
in  a  distilling  apparatus  composed  of  cylinders 
of  iron,  so  constructed  that  the  volatile  product 
may  be  collected.  Among  this  there  will  be  a 
certain  proportion  of  tar  and  pyroligneous  acid, 
or  impure  vinegar.  This,  when  a  pure  article 
is  desired,  should  be  suffered  to  escape,  while 
the  reabsorption  of  the  crude  vapor  should  be 
prevented,  by  cutting  off  the  communication 
between  the  interior  cylinders  and  the  appara- 
tus used  for  condensing  the  pyroligneous  acid, 
after  the  removal  of  the  fire  from  the  furnace. 

The  charcoal  obtained  for  common  purposes, 
as  fuel,  etc.,  is  made  from  wood,  piled  up  in  the 
shape  of  a  pyramid,  covered  with  earth,  with  a 
few  air-holes,  but  which,  as  the  pile  becomes 
well  lighted,  are  closed.     In  this  way  the  wood 
is  deprived  of  its  volatile  parts  and  converted 
into  a  black,  brittle,  porous  substance,  called 
charcoal,  but  retaining  the  shape  of  the  vege- 
table from  which  it  is  obtained. 
Charcoal,  Animal.     The  carbonaceous  residue 
of  bones  or  of  blood,  usually  the  former.    Ani- 
mal charcoal,  bone  charcoal,  and  ivory  black, 
are  names  applied  to  bones  calcined  or  con- 
verted into  charcoal  in  a  close  vessel.     It  is 
also  prepared  by  calcining  dried  blood,  horns, 
hoofs,  pieces  of  hide,  etc.,  in  contact  with  car- 
bonate of  potash,  and  washing  the  calcined 
mass   with   water.     It  is  used  to  decolorize 
vegetable  principles,  such  as  gallic  acid,  qui- 
nina,  veratria,  etc. 
Char'Iatan.       A     medical     impostor;      a 
quack. 

Chappie.     Scraped  linen  or  lint. 
Chaser.     A  dental  instrument  made  of  steel, 
copper,  or  bone,  for  forming  swaged  vacuum- 
cavities  in  dental  plates. 

Chas'me  (from  xaivu,  to  gape).  Yawning  ; 
gaping. 

Chattering  of  the  Teeth  (dentiwm  crepitus; 
odonto8yneri8inu8 ;  claquement).  A  phenomenon 
resulting  from  tremor  of  the  muscles  of  the  in- 
ferior maxilla,  and  commonly  dependent  on 
rigor  arising  from  cold  or  mental  emotion. 

Cheek.  The  side  of  the  face,  extending 
from  the  lower  eyelid  to  the  base  of  the  jaw, 
and  from  the  nose  and  commissure  of  the  lips 
to  the  ear;  composed  of  fat,  areolar  tissue, 
muscles,  etc. 

Cheek  Bone.     Malar  bone. 
Cheek  Distender.     An  appliance  for  distend- 


ing the  cheeks  of  a  patient  during  operations 
on  the  teeth,  and  to  reflect  light.  It  is  made 
of  spring  wire,  to  which  are  attached  polished 
nickel-plated  cheek  pieces. 

Cheese  (caseus).  The  coagulum  of  milk 
compressed  into  a  solid  mass. 

CheiU.  A  prefix  signifying  pertaining  to 
the  lip. 

Cheilitis  or  Chilitis  (from  jt'^oc,  a  lip). 
Inflammation  of  the  lips. 

Cheiloc'ace  (from  xEl^°S,  a  lip,  and  /ca/coc, 
evil).  Swelling  and  induration  of  the  lip,  but 
without  suppuration. 

Cheilocarcino'ma  (from  xei^°C,  a  lip,  and 
KapuLvuua,  cancer).     Cancer  of  the  lip. 

Cheilon/cus.     A  swelling  of  the  lip. 

Cheiloplas'tice  (chiloplasty ;  from  xElAoC  a 
lip,  and  tt/motikos,  forming).  The  operation  for 
an  artificial  lip. 

CheiFos.     The  lip. 

Cheiria/ter  (from  x£iP,  the  hand,  and  larpog, 
a  physician)      A  surgeon. 

Cheiris'ma  (from  xeiPL%°HaL,  to  labor  with 
the  hand).  Any  manual  operation  ;  the  act  of 
touching  or  handling. 

Cheirix/is  (from  xELP0V0,UEU,  to  labor  with 
the  haud).     Surgery  in  all  its  branches. 

Cheironom'ia  (from  x«povo//ew,  I  exercise 
with  the  hands).  An  exercise  consisting  in 
using  the  hands,  as  in  the  exercise  with  the 
dumb-bells. 

Cheiroptera.  Hand  wing  ;  the  bat  tribe  of 
animals. 

Che  'la  (x>fiJ/,  forceps  ;  from  x£u,  to  take). 
A  bifurcated  probe  used  for  the  extraction  of 
nasal  polypi.  Applied  also  to  a  fissure  in  the 
feet,  and  to  the  claws  of  a  crab. 

Che'lae.     Chaps  or  cracks  in  the  skin. 

Che'loid  (cheloides;  from  x&vc,  a  tortoise, 
and  Eirfoc,  a  form).    Applied  to  a  skin  disease. 

Chelo'ne  (xeAuv7l,  a  tortoise).  A  term  ap- 
plied m  Surgery  to  an  instrument  for  extending 
a  limb,  because  the  slowness  of  its  motion  re- 
sembles that  of  a  tortoise.     A  genus  of  plants. 

Chelo'nion  (from  xe~AuvV,  a  tortoise,  from  its 
resemblance  to  the  shell  of  a  tortoise).  A 
hump  or  gibbosity  of  the  back. 

Che'lys  (jeAvc,  the  chest).     The  thorax. 

Chelys'cion  (from  xeAvi,  the  chest).  A 
dry,  hacking  cough,  attended  with  soreness  of 
the  muscles  of  the  chest. 

Chemi  cal.     Of  or  belonging  to  chemistry. 

Chemical  Affinity  or   Attraction.     The   force 

winch    draws   dissimilar   particles  of  matter 

together,  causing  them  to  combine  and  form 


CHE 


137 


CHI 


new  bodies  endowed  with  new  properties.  It 
acts  only  at  insensible  distances. 
Chemical  Formula.  A  symbolic  expression 
of  a  chemical  compound  ;  but  in  the  composi- 
tion of  chemical  formulae,  algebraic  represen- 
tations are  employed. 

Chemical  Nomenclature.  The  technical  terms 
appropriated  to  chemistry. 

Chemical  Symbols.     The  abbreviations  used 
to  designate  the  elements  and  radicals.     See 
Equivalents,  Chemical. 
Chemico=histol/ogy.      The     doctrine    of 
the  organic  chemistry  and  morphology  of  tissue. 
Chem'ist.     One  versed  in  chemistry.1 
Chemis/try  (a    word    supposed  to   be  de- 
rived from  the  Arabic  chema,  a  secret).     It  is 
defined  by  Brande  to   be  "a   department   of 
science  the  objects  of  which  are  to  investigate 
the  nature  and  properties  of  the  elements  of 
matter,  and  their  mutual  actions  and  combina- 
tions ;    to  ascertain  the  proportions   in  which 
they  unite,  and  the  modes  of  separating  them 
when  united  ;  and  to  inquire  into  the  laws  and 
powers  which  preside    over   and   affect  these 
agents." 

Chemo'sis  (from  xaivu,  to  gape,  or  from 
Xviioc,  a  humor).  Imflanimation  of  the  con- 
junctiva of  the  eye,  characterized  by  distention 
of  its  vessels  and  the  formation  of  an  elevated 
ring  around  the  cornea. 

Chenopo/dium.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Chenopodiacese. 

Chenopodium  Ambrosioi'des.  Mexico  tea  ; 
Spanish  tea.  This  species  of  chenopodium  is 
said  to  have  been  used  with  advantage  in 
chorea. 

Chenopodium  Anthelmin/ticum.  Chenopo- 
dium. Wormseed  ;  Jerusalem  oak  ;  stink- 
weed.  The  fruit  of  this  plant  is  celebrated 
for  its  anthelmintic  properties.  Dose  of  the 
oil  for  children,  gtt.  iij  to  gtt.  vj  ;  for  adults, 
gtt.  vj  to  gtt.  xx. 

Chenopodium  Bonus  Henri'cus.  The  sys- 
tematic name  of  the  English  mercury. 

Che/opIastic  Base.     A  plate  made  of  cheo- 
plastic  metal,  adapted  to  a  portion  of  the  alveo- 
lar ridge  deprived  of  natural  teeth,  and  to  be 
supplied  with  an  artificial  substitute.   Dr.  A.  A. 
Blaudy  is  the  patentee  of  this  method.     See 
Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 
Cheoplastic  Metal.     An    alloy    composed    of 
tin,  silver,  and  bismuth,  with  a  small  trace  of 
antimony  ;  and  first  brought  to  the  notice  of 
the  dental  profession  by  Dr.  A.  A.  Blandy  in 
1857. 


Cheoplastic  Process.  The  manner  of  mount- 
ing artificial  teeth  upon  a  plate  composed  of 
the  alloy  known  as  cheoplastic  metal.  For 
process,  see  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Den- 
tistry." 

Cheoplastic    Teeth.      Artificial    teeth    made 

expressly  for  cheoplastic  work.     They  are  not 

provided  with  platina  pins,  but  have  holes  or 

dovetail  grooves  into  which  the  metal  runs, 

retaining  them  securely  to  the  base. 

Cher/ry.     The  fruit  of  the  Prunus  cerasus. 

Che'sis.     A  frequent  desire  to  evacuate  the 

bowels. 

Chest/nut.     See  iEscuLUS  and  Fagus. 
Chestnut,  Horse.     iEsculus  Hippocastanum. 

Chevauchement.  A  French  word,  signi- 
fying, in  General  Surgery,  the  riding  of  the 
extremities  of  a  fractured  bone  on  each  other  ; 
and  in  Denied  Surgery,  defective  arrangement 
of  the  teeth,  consisting  in  the  gradual  dis- 
placement of  a  cuspid  or  incisor,  which  assumes 
a  position  in  front  of  the  dental  arch  and 
obliquely  across  one  of  the  adjoining  teeth. 
See  Irregularity  of  the  Teeth. 

Chevestre  (chevaslre).  A  double-headed 
roller,  applied  around  the  head,  the  middle  sup- 
porting the  chin,  in  cases  of  fracture  or  luxa- 
tion of  the  lower  jaw.  It  has  received  the 
names  of  simple,  double,  and  oblique,  accord- 
ing to  the  manner  in  which  it  is  applied.  This 
bandage,  however,  has,  to  some  extent,  been 
superseded  by  one  contrived  by  Barton.  See 
Barton's  Bandage. 

ChPa  (ehia    terra;   from  Chios,  the   island 
where  it  was  originally  found).     A  variety  of 
white  earth,  formerly,used  for  burns. 
Chiadus.     Furuncnlus. 
Chias'ma  (from  xta£u,  to  make  the  letter 
X  ;  chiasm).     The  crossing  of  the  fibres  of  the 
optic  nerve  ;  also  the  crucial  union  of  parts. 
Chias'ter.     See  Kiaster. 
Chias'tolite.     A  mineral  having  some  re- 
semblance to  the  steatite. 

Chias'tos.     A   crucial   bandage,   so   called 
because  it  resembles  the  letter  X. 
Chick'en=pox.    See  Varicella. 
Chi'cot.     Stump  of  a  tooth. 
Chicotin.     The  bitter  powder. or  juice  of 
colocynth. 

Chigre  (chiggre,  chegre,  cinque:  from  the 
Spanish  chiquito,  small).  A  small  insect  of  the 
Southern  States  and  the  West  Indies,  which 
penetrates  the  skin,  causing  slight  inflamma- 
tion and  intolerable  itching. 

Chilblain  [pernio;  buganlia;  erythema  per- 


CHI 


138 


CHL 


nio ;  from  chill,  cold,  and  Main,  a  pustule). 
Erythematous  inflammation  of  the  feet,  hands, 
or  other  part  of  the  body,  resulting  from  ex- 
posure to  cold.  Chilblains  are  prevented  by 
accustoming  the  parts  to  exposure  ;  and  are 
treated  by  stimulant,  terebinthinate,  and  bal- 
samic washes,  ointments,  and  liniments. 

Child=bed  Fever.     Puerperal  fever. 

Child 'birth.     Parturition. 

Chi'lo=  (from  xELAoQ,  a  lip).  A  word  used  as 
a  prefix. 

ChFlon  (clieilon ;  cheilitis;  from  je^Aof, 
a  lip).     Inflammation  and  swelling  of  the  lip. 

Chimaphil'a.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Pyrolaceae. 

Chimaphila  UmbeFlata.  Chimaphila,  U.S.  P. 
Pipsissewa  ;  wintergreen  ;  ground-holly.  The 
fresh  leaves  have  a  fragrant  odor,  and  a  bit- 
terish, astringent,  and  aromatic  taste.  They 
are  diuretic,  astringent,  and  tonic.  Dose,  Oj 
of  decoction  in  twenty-four  hours. 

Chi/mia.     Chemistry. 

Chimia'ter  (from  xvfua,  chemistry,  and 
larpoQ,  a  physician).  One  who  applies  the 
science  of  chemistry  to  medical  purposes. 

Chimney=sweepers'  Cancer.  Cancer  of 
the  scrotum. 

ChFmogene.  Cold  generator.  A  liquid 
produced  by  Dr.  Vanderweyde  in  experiment- 
ing with  the  highly  volatile  and  gaseous  pro- 
ducts of  distillation,  which  he  proposes  to 
use  as  an  improved  substitute  for  rhigolene, 
ether,  etc.,  in  producing  local  anaesthesia.  It 
boils  at  any  desired  degree  of  temperature,  say 
at  60°,  50°,  40°,  or  even  at  30°  F.,  causing 
by  its  evaporation  the  most  intense  cold. 

Chi  'na  Glaze.  A  blue  frit  composed  of  ten 
parts  glass,  two  parts  lead,  and  three  of  blue 
calx. 

China    Nova.     A    variety  of    red    bark,    the 
product  of  Cinchona  oblongifolia. 
China  Root.     The  root  of  the  Smilax  china. 
It  has  the  same  properties  as  sarsaparilla. 

Chin'aroth.  A  red  substance,  deposited 
from  cinchona,  on  the  absorption  of  oxygen. 

ChinchFna.     See  Cinchona. 

Chin'cough.     Pertussis. 

Chini  'num.     SeeQuiNINA. 

Chinioid/ine  (chinoidine ;  ehiniodina.  A 
substance  separated  from  cinchona,  supposed  to 
bo  an  alkaloid,  and  to  consist  of  a  mixture  of 
quinina,  cinchona,  and  a  peculiar  resinous 
matter.     It  is  really  impure  quinina. 

Chinovan'tina.  An  alkaloid  of  cinchona 
ovata. 


Chip  Blower.     A  warm-air  blow-pipe. 
Chir=.    The  hand  ;  a  prefix. 
ChironFum.     A  milignant  ulcer,  with  cal- 
lous edges,  difficult  to  cure. 

Chiropodist  (from  xElP,  the  hand,  and 
rrovg,  the  foot).  One  whose  profession  is  to 
remove  corns  and  bunions  from  the  feet. 

Chirothe'ca  (from  x£lP,  the  hand,  and  #77/07, 
a  sheath).     A  bandage  applied  in  spiral  turns, 
so  as  to  envelop  the  hand  and  fingers. 
Chirur'geon.     A  surgeon. 
Chirur'gia  (from  xeiP,  the  hand,  and  spyov, 
a  work).     Surgery. 

Chirur'gical.     Pertaining  to  surgery. 
Chirurgien  Dentiste.     Surgeon  dentist. 
ChlFaros.     Slight  fevers,  in  which  the  heat 
is  not  great. 

Chlias/ma.  A  tepid  and  moist  fermenta- 
tion. 

Chloas/ma  (chloasma  pseudo-porri go).  Liver 
spots.  Blotches  on  the  skin,  of  irregular  shape 
and  yellowish  brown  hue. 

Chlorace'tic  Acid.  A  modification  of  acetic 
acid,  in  which  three  atoms  of  chlorine  take  the 
place  of  three  atoms  of  hydrogen. 

Chlorace'tyl.  A  modification  of  acetyl. 
C4C1,. 

Chlo/ral.  A  dense,  oily,  colorless,  pun- 
gent-smelling liquid,  C2HC130,  obtained  by 
the  action  of  dry  chlorine  gas  on  anhydrous 
alcohol. 

Chloral,  Hydrate  of.  Formula,  C2HC130.H20. 
Chloral,  mixed  with  water,  becomes  the  hy- 
drate of  chloral,  and  then  exists  in  the  form 
of  a  white,  solid  substance,  with  a  pungent, 
peculiar  odor,  resembling  that  of  a  dry  melon. 
It  is  only  in  the  form  of  the  hydrate  that 
chloral  is  employed  in  medicine.  It  is  hyp- 
notic and  anaesthetic.  The  average  dose  for 
an  adult  is  gr.  xxx  to  gr.  lx.  As  a  general  rule, 
gr.  xxx  of  the  hydrate  is  equal  in  effects  to 
gr.  j  of  opium.  For  children,  gr.  vij  will  suf- 
fice, and  for  adults  gr.  xxv  to  gr.  xxx,  where 
short  intervals  of  sleep  are  required.  In  pois- 
oning by  chloral,  strychnia  acts  as  a  speedy 
and  complete  antidote.  See  Hydrate  of 
Chloral. 
Chlo'ralamid. 

Formula,    CC13CH  {  £hCHO. 

A  hypnotic.  It  is  chemically  a  union  of 
chloral  anhydride  with  formamide.  It  occurs 
in  colorless,  odorless,  non-caustic  crystals,  of  a 
somewhat  bitter  taste,  melting  at  239°  F.,  and 
soluble  in  from  9  to  14  parts  of  cold,  and  less 


CHL 


139 


CHL 


of  warm,  water,  and  in  1  part  of  absolute  and 
lj  parts  of  96  per  cent,  alcohol.  It  induces 
an  apparently  natural  sleep,  commencing  iu 
from  one-half  to  three  hours,  and  lasting  from 
six  to  ten  hours.  The  dose  varies  from  15  to 
60  grains.  Thirty-grain  doses  are  generally 
employed. 

Chloral  imide.  A  substance,  CCL..CH.NH, 
formed  from  chloral  by  substituting  the  radicle 
XH  for  oxygen.  Odorless  and  tasteless  ;  used 
as  a  substitute  for  chloral  hydrate. 

Chlo/raIum.  See  Chloride  of  Alumi- 
num. 

Chloran'thus.      A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Chloranthacese  ;  allied  to  Piperaceae.      It 
is  a  most  powerful  stimulating  agent. 
Chloras'ma.     Chlorosis. 
Chlo'rate.      A   compound  of  chloric   acid 
with  a  salifiable  base. 

Chlorate  of  Potassa.     Potassse  chloras  (which 
see). 

Chlo'ric  Ether.  A  compound  obtained  by 
passing  hydrochloric  acid  gas  into  alcohol  to 
saturation,  and  distilling  the  product.  See 
Ethyl  Chloride. 

Chlo  ride.  A  compound  of  chlorine  with 
different  bodies. 

Chloride  of  Aluminum  (aluminii  cMoridum). 
Chloralum.  Prepared  by  passing  chlorine 
over  aluminum  and  charcoal.  Antiseptic  and 
disinfectant.  See  Gorgas'  "Dental  Medi- 
cine. ' ' 
Chloride  of  Ammonia.  Muriate  of  ammonia. 
NH4C1.  Dose,  gr.  j  to  gr.  xx.  See  Ammonia. 
Chloride  of  Gold.  See  Terchloride  of 
Gold. 

Chloride   of    Lime.      See    Lime,    Chloride 
of. 

Chloride  of  Magnesia  [magnesia  chloridum). 
Obtained  from  muriate  of  magnesia.  A  bitter, 
deliquescent  salt.  See  Gorgas'  "Dental  Medi- 
cine." 
Chloride  of  Methyl.  (CH:!C1.)  [It  possesses 
anaesthetic  and  analgesic  properties  ;  has  been 
employed  for  facial  neuralgia,  in  the  form  of 
spray.  It  causes  only  a  temporary  irritation 
of  the  skin. 

Chloride  of    Tin    (stannvm    chloridum).      Ob- 
tained from  tin  and  hydrochloric  acid.     Fsed 
in  form  of  injections  for  affections  of  mucous 
membranes. 
Chloride  of  Zinc.     See  Zinc. 

Chlorinated  Soda  Solution.  Sec  Son  r. 
Chlorixat.e  Liquor. 

Chlo'rine    (from    \'/(.>i>oc,   green).      A  non- 


metallic  element.  At  ordinary  temperature  a 
yellowish-green  colored  gas,  of  a  disagreeable 
taste  and  strong,  suffocating  odor,  exciting 
great  irritation  and  spasm  of  the  glottis  when 
inhaled,  even  in  a  diluted  state  ;  incapable  of 
supporting  combustion,  and  soluble  in  water. 
It  is  obtained  by  the  action  of  hydrochloric 
acid  on  peroxide  of  manganese.  In  Denial 
Practice  it  is  employed  for  bleaching  discolored 
teeth. 

Chlorine  Water  (aqua  chlorinii).  A  solution 
of  chlorine  gas  in  water.  It  forms  a  good  an- 
tiseptic lotion. 

Chlori'odate.  A  combination  of  chloriodic 
acid  with  a  base. 

Chlorio'dic  Acid.  A  compound  of  chlorine 
and  iodine. 

Chlo'rite.  An  earthy  mineral  of  various 
tiuts  of  green. 

ChIo/ro=.  A  prefix  formed  from  the  Greek, 
and  used  to  indicate  a  clear,  lively  green 
color. 

Chiorocar'bon.  See  Tetrachloride  of 
Carbon. 

Chlorocarbon'ic.  An  acid  obtained  from 
chlorine  and  carbon. 

Chio'rodyne.  A  secret  preparation  pro- 
posed in  1848  by  Dr.  Browne,  of  India,  and 
said  by  him  to  consist  of  perchloric  acid  with 
a  new  alkaloid.  Supposed  to  contain  chloro- 
form, ether,  morphine,  cannabis  indica,  hydro- 
cyanic acid  and  capsicum.  It  has  been  given 
as  an  anodyne  chiefly. 

Chloroform.  Formula.  CHC1,.  Terchlo- 
ride of  formyl  ;  so  called  because  it  is  a  com- 
bination of  chlorine  with  formyl,  the  basis  of 
formic  acid.  A  limpid,  colorless,  volatile 
liquid,  possessing  a  fragrant,  fruit-like,  ethe- 
real odor,  and  a  saccharine,  pungent  taste.  It 
is  obtained  by  distilling  a  mixture  of  chloride 
of  lime  and  alcohol.  Taken  internally  it  acts 
as  a  sedative  narcotic.  For  inhalation  the  dose 
is  a  fluid  drachm,  equivalent  to  sixty  minims. 
or  more. 

It  consists  of  two  atoms  of  carbon,  one  of 
hydrogen,  and  three  of  chlorine.  Its  formula 
is.  therefore  (C.,H)CL3.  or  FoCl:!,C,H,  being  the 
expression  for  formyl,  otherwise  written  Fo. 
Its  specific  gravity  is  1.480,  and  the  density  of 
its  vapor  is  4.2.  It  is  uninflammable,  and  boils 
at  141°.  It  is  recommended  in  asthma,  and 
in  diseases  in  which  a  grateful  and  soothing 
agent  is  required. 

Professor  Simpson,  of  Edinburgh,  discovered 
that    the   vapor   of  chloroform,   when    inhaled. 


CHL 


140 


CHO 


acts  as  a  powerful  anaesthetic  agent,  producing 
complete  insensibility  in  from  thirty  seconds  to 
three  or  four  minutes,  and  it  is  extensively  used, 
both  in  Europe  and  America,  not  only  for  the 
purpose  of  producing  insensibility  in  surgical 
operations,  but  also  to  prevent  the  pain  attend- 
ing parturition.  Its  use,  however,  has,  in  a 
number  of  instances,  been  attended  with  fatal 
effects.  For  mode  of  administration  see  Gor- 
gas'  "  Dental  Medicine. " 

Large  doses  act  as  a  violent  irritant-narcotic 
poison.  Hypodermic  medication  with  chloro- 
form is  sometimes  practised  in  the  treatment 
of  neuralgia.  The  local  application  of  this 
agent  to  the  skin  is  not  so  irritant  as  it  is  to 
mucous  membrane.  When  the  vapor  of  chlo- 
roform is  inhaled,  the  effects  are  very  closely 
analogous  to  those  of  the  vapor  of  ether. 
See  Ether,  Sulphuric.  But  it  is  more 
irritant  to  the  pharyngo-laryngeal  tract  than 
ether  vapor. 

Chloroformum  jmrificalum  is  preferably  used 
internally  and  externally,  and  also  for  anses- 
thetization.  Dose,  i\  x  to  ff\,  xxx,  or  more, 
diluted  with  water.  It  has  a  grateful  sooth- 
ing effect  in  asthma  and  other  diseases. 
Dangerous  symptoms  are  treated  with  nitrite 
of  amyl,  artificial  respiration,  faradization  or 
galvanism,  atropia,  stimulant  enemata,  and 
all  the  agencies  connected  with  etherization. 
Nelaton's  method — inversion  of  the  patient — 
has  proven  successful  when  arrest  of  the 
heart's  action  is  the  primary  and  chief  source 
of  danger. 

Chloroform,  Ammoniated.  Equal  parts  of 
ammonia  in  alcohol  and  chloroform  ;  antipy- 
retic and  anodyne. 

Chloroform   Liniment.      Composed  of  chloro- 
form 40,  and  soap  liniment  60  parts. 
Chloroform    Mixture.       Chloroform    8,    cam- 
phor 2,  yolk  of  egg  10,  and  water  80  parts. 
Dose,  3J  to  3j. 
Chloroform  Mortality.     1  :  3000  in  500  cases. 
Chloroform  Spirit.     Chloroform  10,  alcohol  90 
parts.     Dose,  ff\,x  to  ^j. 
Chloroform,  Tincture  of.     Chloric  ether. 

ChIoroformiza/tion.  A  term  applied  to 
the  aggregate  of  the  symptoms  produced  by 
the  administration  of  chloroform. 

Chloro'ma  (from  x'/j-'I1"1:,  green,  and  oma, 
tumor).  A  peculiar  form  of  tumor  contain- 
ing ;i  yellow-green  substance,  which  takes 
the  place,  at  times,  of  muscles  and  perios- 
teum. 
Chlorom/eter.    An  instrument  for  estimat- 


ing the  quantity  of  chlorine  in  combination 
with  water  or  a  base. 

Chloroph£e/ite.  A  mineral  which  when 
recently  broken  is  green,  but  afterward  be- 
comes black. 

Chlo'rophane.  A  species  of  fluor  spar, 
transmitting  a  beautiful  pale-green  light  when 
heated. 

Chlorophyll.  The  green  matter  of  the 
leaves  of  plants. 

Chloro'sis  (from  x?lUP°C,  green).  The  green 
sickness.  A  disease  affecting  young  females, 
particularly  before  menstruation,  or  those  labor- 
ing under  a  suppression  of  menses  ;  character- 
ized by  languor,  palpitation  of  the  heart,  pain 
in  the  loins,  fatigue,  a  pale,  greenish  hue  of  the 
face,  a  small,  quick  pulse,  and  sometimes  with 
cedematous  swellings  of  the  feet. 

Chlorot/ic.  Affected  with  or  pertaining  to 
chlorosis. 

Chlo'rum.     Chlorine. 

Chlo/ruret.     Chloride. 

Choc'olate.  A  paste  prepared  from  the 
cacao-nut,  with  sugar.  It  is  a  nourishing  article 
of  diet. 

Choke=damp.  A  term  applied  by  miners 
to  irrespirable  gas  or  vapors  containing  carbonic 
acid. 

Cholae'mia  (from  x^V,  bile,  and  ai/ia, 
blood).  A  morbid  state  in  which  bile  is  found 
in  the  blood.     Jaundice. 

Cholayus.     Biliary. 

Cho'lagogue  (cholagogus;  from  x°^V,  bile, 
and  aj(J,  I  expel).  Purgative  medicines  which 
excite  biliary  secretions. 

Chole.     Cholos.     Bile. 

Cho'leate.  A  combination  of  choleic  acid 
with  a  base. 

Cholec'chysis.     Effusion  of  bile. 

Chol'ecyst.     Gall-bladder. 

Cholecystitis.  Inflammation  of  the  gall- 
bladder. 

Choled'ochous  (from  x°^V,  bile,  and  doxog, 
containing  or  receiving).  Receiving  or  contain- 
ing bile. 

Choledochus,  Ductus  (ductus  communis 
choJedochus).  The  duct  which  conveys  the  bile 
from  the  liver  to  the  duodenum. 

ChoIedoci/tis.  Inflammation  of  the  chole- 
doch  duct. 

Choledog'raphy  (choledographia;  from 
X°^r/,  bile,  and  ypuMt.v,  to  describe).  A  de- 
scription of  that  which  relates  to  the  bile. 

CholedoVogy  (/■holcdolof/ia ;  from  x°^rl,  bile, 
and  Aoyor,  a  discourse.)     A  treatise  on  the  bile. 


CHO 


141 


CHO 


Chole/ic  Acid.  Taurocholic  acid.  Bilin. 
According  to  Liebig,  that  part  of  bile  soluble 
in  alcohol  and  containing  the  bilin. 

ChoPein  (trom  xoAV,  bile).  A  mixture  of 
.several  principles  of  bile. 

CholePithus  (from  xoArl,  and  /ados,  a  stone). 
Biliary  calculi. 

Choleme'sia.     Vomiting  of  bile. 

Cholepyr'rhine.  The  brownish-yellow  col- 
oring matter  of  the  bile. 

ChoPer.  Bile.  Anger  was  supposed  to 
proceed  from  a  superabundance  of  bile  ; 
hence  the  application  of  the  term  choler  to 
anger. 

Cholera  (from  xnAV,  and  peu,  I  flow).  Chol- 
era morbus.  Purging  and  vomiting,  generally 
of  bile,  with  gripings  and  spasms  of  the  ab- 
dominal muscles,  and  often  in  the  legs  and 
arms.  In  Asiatic  cholera,  or  cholera  as- 
phyxia, the  discharges  resemble  rice-water, 
and  the  disease  is  generally  of  a  more  malig- 
nant and  fatal  character.  Its  pathology  is  but 
little  understood. 
Cholera  Infantum.     Cholera  of  infants. 

ChoPeric  [cliolericus).  Pertaining  to  cholera 
morbus  or  to  the  bile. 

ChoPerine.  A  slight  diarrhoea  during  the 
prevalence  of  cholera  ;  a  premonitory  symptom 
of  the  disease. 

ChoPeroid.     Eesembling  cholera. 

Choleropho'ne.  The  peculiar  voice  of  a 
patient  affected  with  cholera. 

Choleroproso'pon.  The  facial  expression 
of  one  affected  with  cholera. 

Chole'steato  ma  (xoArl,  bile,  and  steatoma). 
A  fatty  tumor,  laminated  and  pearly,  and 
composed  principally  of  crystals  of  cholester- 
ine. 

Choles'teric  Acid.  A  substance  obtained 
by  heating  cholesterine  with  nitric  acid. 

Cholesterine  (cholesterina ;  from  xoA>),  bile, 
and  (jrepEof,  solid,  or  areap,  suet).  An  inodor- 
ous, pearly  white,  insipid,  shining  substance, 
found  in  certain  biliary  calculi,  and  in  nearly 
all  the  animal  fluids. 

ChoPic  Acid.  A  resinous  acid  obtained 
from  bile.  It  has  been  supposed  to  be  oleic 
acid,  conjugated  with  a  radical  C12H606,  though 
other  chemists  regard  it  as  a  nitrogenous  acid, 
and  Lowig  puts  it  among  his  hydroazocarbyls. 
The  truth  is  that  the  same  acid  has  received 
several  different  names,  and  the  eholic  acid  of 
Demarcay,  Lehman,  and  other  organic  chem- 
ists is  the  cholalic  acid  of  the  classification  of 
Lowi<;,  who  has  followed  Strecker. 


ChoIice/le  (from  xoA7J,  bile,  and  icr,'//;,  a 
tumor).  A  swelling  caused  by  an  accumula- 
tion of  bile  in  the  gall-duet. 

ChoPinate.  Cholinic  acid  combining  with 
a  base. 

Cholin'ic  Acid.  A  white  flocculent  acid 
obtained  by  Berzelius  from  eholic  acid.  It 
must  not  be  confounded  with  Lowig's 
choleinic  acid,  which  is  the  taurocholic  acid  of 
Lehman. 

ChoPolith  (cJioloIithus).  Biliary  calculi  or 
gall-stone. 

Cholo/ma  (from  xuAoC,  lame  or  maimed). 
Lameness  or  distortion  of  a  leg. 

Cholo'ses  (from  xoAv,  bile).  Disease  of  the 
liver  and  spleen  generally. 

ChondraPgia.     Pain  of  the  cartilages. 

Chon'drine.  A  gelatinous  substance  ob- 
tained from  the  permanent  cartilages  by  boil- 
ing ;  organic  basis  of  cartilage. 

ChondrPtis  (from  xov^P°Qj  cartilage,  and 
eric,  a  termination  signifying  inflammation). 
Inflammation  of  cartilage. 

Chondrogenes'ia  {chondrogenesis ;  from 
Xov6pog,  cartilage,  and } eveaig ,  formation).  For- 
mation of  cartilage  ;  conversion  of  parts  into 
cartilage. 

Chondroglos'sus  (from  xov^P°i,  a  cartilage, 
and  }  7-uooa,  the  tongue) .  A  fasciculus  of  fleshy 
fibres  extending  from  the  lesser  coruu  of  the  os 
hyoides  to  the  tongue,  forming  part  of  the 
hyoglossus  muscle. 

Chondrog'raphy.  A  description  of  the 
cartilages. 

Chon'droid  (chondroides;  from  xovdpog,  car- 
tilage, and  eidog,  resemblance).  Cartilaginous. 
Resembling  cartilage. 

Chondro'ma.  A  'cartilaginous  growth  in 
bones. 

Chondro=pharynge/us  (from  ^owJpof,  car- 
tilage, and  wipVjS,  the  pharynx).  The  fibres 
of  the  muscular  coat  of  the  pharynx,  arising 
from  the  lesser  cornu  of  the  os  hyoides,  which 
form  part  of  the  constrictor  medius. 

Chon'dros  {xovSpog,  cartilage).    A  cartilage. 

Chondro'ses.  Morbid  .formation  or  condi- 
tion of  cartilages. 

Chrondrosyndes/mus  (from  %ovdpog:  a  car- 
tilage, and  (Tirdow,  to  tie  together).  Union  of 
bones  by  means  of  a  cartilaginous  ligament. 

Chondrot'omy  (xovdpog,  cartilage,  and 
TEfiveiv}  to  cut).  Dissect  inn  or  division  of  carti- 
lage. 

Chon'drus.      A  genus  of  sea-weeds. 
Chondrus    Crispus.     Carrageen  ;    Irish    moss. 


CHO 


142 


CHR 


It  possesses  demulcent  and  nutritive  qualities, 
and  has  been  used  in  pulmonary  diseases  and 
bowel  affections. 
Cho'ra  (xuPa,  a  region).     Any  void  space  ; 
as  the  orbit  of  the  eye,  etc. 

Chor'da  (from  x°P^rh  a  string).  The  word 
has  several  significations  :  An  interstice,  a 
tendon,  an  assemblage  of  fibres  ;  and  it  is 
sometimes  applied  to  a  painful  tension  of  the 
penis. 

Chorda  Dorsa'lis.    The  rudiment  of  the  verte- 
bral column  in  the  foetus. 
Chorda  Mag'na.     The  tendo  Achillis. 
Chorda    Tendin/ea.     A    cord-like   tendinous 
substance  connecting  the  carneae  columnar  of 
the  ventricles  of  the  heart  to  the  auricular 
valves. 
Chorda  Tym'pani.     A  branch  of  the  seventh 
pair  of  nerves  is  so  called  because  it  crosses 
the  tympanum  of  the  ear,  like  a  string  across 
the  bottom  of  a  drum. 

Chorda  Voca'les.     Vocal  cords.     The  thyro- 
arytenoid ligaments  of  the  larynx  or  of  the 
inferior  ligaments  of  the  glottis. 
Chordap'sus.     Constriction  or  twisting  of 
the  intestines. 

Chordee'.  A  French  word  applied  in 
Pathology  to  a  painful,  spasmodic  contraction 
of  the  penis  attending  gonorrhoea. 

Chore'a  (xopeta;  from  x°P°S,  a  chorus,  which 
formerly  accompanied  dancing).  A  disease 
called  St.  Vitus's  dance,  characterized  by  con- 
vulsive motions  of  the  limbs,  resembling  the 
movements  of  a  person  dancing. 

Cho'rion  (x°fH0V,  skin  ;  from  x°>Pa,  a  re- 
ceptacle). The  second  membrane  of  the 
foetus. 

Chorioni'tis.  Induration  of  the  cellular 
tissue. 

Cho'rium  (from  x<>PMV,  skin).  The  cutis 
vera,  or  innermost  layer  of  the  skin. 

Cho'roid  [choroideus;  from  x°Pl0V,  the  chor- 
ion, and  tufor,  resemblance).  A  name  applied 
to  several  parts  because  of  their  resemblance, 
in  the  vascularity  of  their  structure,  to  the 
chorion. 

Choroid  Membrane  (membra  aa  elmroides).   The 
choroid  tunic,  a  dark  vascular  membrane  of 
the  eye,  between  the  sclerotica  and  the  retina. 
Choroid  Muscle.     Ciliary  muscle. 
Choroid     Plexus    (plexus     choroideus).     Two 
membranous  and  vascular  duplicatures  of  the 
pia  rnater,  situated  in  the  lateral  ventricle  of 
the  brain. 
Chrem'ma.     Sputum. 


Chri'sis  (xparte ;  from  xPiu,  I  anoint).  In- 
unction.    The  anointing  of  any  part. 

Christe'rion.     An  ointment  or  liniment. 

Chro'a.  Chroma.  Color  in  general.  The 
surface  of  the  body  ;  the  skin. 

Chro'mas.  A  chromate,  or  salt  formed  by 
the  union  of  chromic  acid  with  salifiable  bases. 

Chromatics  (from  xP",ua,  color).  That 
part  of  optics  which  treats  of  the  colors  of  light 
and  natural  objects. 

Chrome  Steel.  A  variety  of  steel  employed 
for  enamel  chisels,  which  gives  hardness  and 
strength  to  fine  cutting  edges,  and  possesses 
advantages  over  carbon  steel. 

Chro'mic  Acid  (acidum  chromicum).  Form- 
ula, CrO3.  Obtained  by  mixing  bichromate 
of  potash  with  pure  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid,  in  the  form  of  brilliant  prismatic  crystals. 
It  is  a  powerful  escharotic,  and  its  action,  al- 
though slow  and  gradual,  is  deeply  penetrating. 
In  Dented  Practice  it  is  used  as  an  escharotic  for 
allaying  extreme  sensibility  of  dentine,  and  it 
is  said  that  its  application  is  not  attended  with 
pain  like  chloride  of  zinc  and  other  escharotics, 
nor  with  any  risk  to  the  nerve,  and  that  its 
effect  is  almost  instantaneous.  It  is  allowed  to 
remain  in  the  cavity  of  the  tooth  from  two  to 
five  minutes.  Chromic  acid  is  employed  in 
fungous  growth  of  dental  pulp  and  gums,  and 
has  been  recommended  for  bleaching  discolored 
teeth.  It  should  be  used  with  great  care  to 
avoid  injuring  the  healthy  tissues. 

Chromidro'sis.  Abnormal  coloration  of 
the  sweat. 

Chro'mium  (from  xPuP-a,  color,  because  it 
gives  color  to  its  combinations).  Symbol,  Cr. 
Atomic  weight,  52.2.  One  of  the  elements  of 
the  iron  group.  A  whitish,  brittle,  and  very 
infusible  metal,  extracted  from  the  native  chro- 
mate of  lead  or  iron.  By  heating  it  with  nitre 
it  is  converted  into  chromic  acid. 
Chromium,  Sesquichloride  of.  See  Sesqui- 
CHLORIDE   OF   CHROMIUM. 

Chromo'gen.  Vegetable  coloring  matter 
acted  upon  by  acids  or  alkalies,  producing 
yellow  or  green  tints. 

Chromop'sia  (clirupsia;  from  xp°>/m,  color, 
and  oipcg,  vision).     Colored  vision. 

Chron'ic  (chronicus;  from  xpovog,  time).  A 
term  applied  to  diseases  of  long  continuance, 
and  for  the  most  part  without  fever,  as  distin- 
guished from  acute  diseases. 

Chrono=ther/mal.  A  fanciful  notion  that 
medicines  arc  electrical  in  their  action,  erected, 
as  usual,  into  a  "system." 


CHR 


14: 


CIB 


Chrup'sia  (from  xP°!ia,  color,  and  oTfug, 
Bight).  A  disease  of  the  eye,  or  a  state  of  vision 
in  which  a  colored  impression  is  made  on  the 
retina. 

Chrys=.     A  prefix,  meaning  golden-yellow. 

Chrys'alis  (from  xpvaoc,  gold ).  The  second 
or  iuactive  state  of  a  metabolion  or  changeable 
insect,  embracing  the  period  when  it  is  enclosed 
in  a  transparent  covering,  which  sometimes  re- 
flects a  metallic  lustre,  and  hence  the  appella- 
tion. 

Chrysaro/bin.  A  yellow  crystalline  sub- 
stance used  in  skin  diseases. 

Chrysi'tis  (from  xPva°S,  gold).     Litharge. 

Chrysobal'anus  (from  xPva'K,  gold,  and 
fiaTiavog,  a  nut ;  so  called  because  it  is  yellow 
before  it  is  dried).  The  nutmeg.  See  Myris- 
TICA   MOSCHATA. 

Chrysob'eryl.  A  mineral  of  a  green  color 
and  vitreous  lustre. 

ChrysocoI'la  (from  xPvaiK,  gold,  and  KoTCka, 
cement).  Old  name  for  borax,  because  it  was 
employed  in  soldering  gold. 

Chrysogo/nia  (from  XPV(J0<:,  gold,  and 
yivofiai,  to  become).     A  tincture  of  gold. 

Chrys'olite  (from  xpvaoC  gold,  and  /adog, 
a  stone).     Topaz. 

Chrysophan/ic  Acid.  (Ci5HI0O4. )  A  yel- 
low crj'stalline  acid,  occurring  in  senna  and 
rhubarb,  and  produced  by  the  oxidation  of 
cbrysa  robin. 

Chrys/oprase.  A  silicious  mineral  of  a 
pale-green  color. 

Chrysosple'nium.     Golden  saxifrage. 

Chrysul'cus  (from  xPvaoS,  gold,  and  e/mu,  to 
take  away).    Aqua  regia,  or  nitro-muriatic  acid. 

Chur'rus.  Banque.  The  resinous  juice  of 
Indian  hemp.  Cannabis  indica.  It  is  em- 
ployed in  the  East  as  a  narcotic  and  antispas- 
modic. 

Chus  ite.  A  very  fusible,  yellowish-green, 
translucent  mineral. 

Chyaz'ic  (initials  of  carbon,  Androgen,  and 
azote).  Of  or  belonging  to  a  combination  of 
carbon,  hydrogen,  and  nitrogen.  Applied  to 
prussic  acid. 

Chyle  (,|avloc,  juice).  A  nutritive  fluid  of  a 
milky  appearance,  found  in  the  lacteal  vessels 
of  the  mesentery,  and  in  the  thoracic  duct, 
extracted  from  the  food  by  the  absorbents  of 
the  intestines,  after  it  has  been  submitted  to 
the  action  of  digestion. 

Chylif'erous  Vessels.  The  lacteals,  which 
carry  the  chyle  from  the  intestines  to  the 
thoracic  duct. 


Chylifica'tion  (chylificatio ;  from  xvTuog,  and 
facere,  to  make).  The  process  by  which  the 
chyle  is  formed  or  separated  from  the  chyme, 
and  absorbed  by  the  villi  of  the  small  intes- 
tines. 

Chylis'ma  (from  xi~/0C,  juice).  An  extract 
or  expressed  juice. 

Chylog  raphy  (from  A'l'/oc,  chyle,  and 
ypa(j>jf,  a  description).  A  description  of  the 
chyle  and  of  the  parts  which  elaborate  it. 

Chylopoiet/ic  (chylopoietieus ;  from  xv/"C, 
chyle,  and  iroieu,  I  make).  Anything  con- 
nected with  the  formation  of  chyle,  as  the 
chylopoietic  viscera,  vessels,  etc. 

Chylopo  ine.  A  term  used  by  Claude  Ber- 
nard to  express  the  active  principle  of  the 
pancreatic  juice. 

Chylo'sis.  The  process  by  which  food  is 
changed  into  chyle.  Chylification,  or  the 
formation  of  chyle. 

Chylostag'ma.  Distillation  or  expression 
of  juice  from  solids. 

Chylu'ria  (from  xv/°C,  chyle,  and  ovpov, 
urine).  A  discharge  of  milky  urine,  without 
any  apparent  lesion  of  the  urinary  organs. 

Chy'lus  (xvAog).     Chyle. 

Chyme  (chymus;  from  xvf10?,  juice).  A 
homogeneous  mass,  formed  by  the  food  in  the 
stomach,  and  from  which,  after  it  passes  into 
the  intestines,  the  chyle  is  separated.  It  is 
formed  by  the  food  in  its  first  great  change  in 
the  process  of  digestion,  and  consists  of  the 
contents  of  the  small  intestines,  after  having 
been  acted  upon  by  the  salivary,  gastric,  bili- 
ary, pancreatic,  and  intestinal  secretions. 

Chymi'a  (xv/ita).     Chemistry. 

Chymia'ter.     A  chemist-physician. 

Chymiatri'a.  The  art  of  curing  diseases 
by  chemical  remedies. 

Chymifica/tion  (chymificatie ;  from  \>nt>r, 
juice,  and  facere,  to  make).  The  conversion  of 
food  into  chyme  ;  the  first  process  of  digestion. 

Chym'istry.     Chemistry. 

Chyt'len  Radix.  A  cylindrical  root,  of 
a  bitter  taste,  brought  from  China.  The 
Chinese  hold  it  in  high  estimation  for  its 
stomachic  virtues. 

Ci'atome.  An  instrument  for  dividing 
pseudo-membranous  bands  in  the  rectum  or 
bladder. 

Ciba'lis  (from  eibus,  food).  Of  or  belong- 
ing to  food. 

Ciba'tio  (from  cibus,  food).  The  act  of 
taking  food. 

Ci'bus.     Food. 


CIC 


144 


CIN 


Cica'da.  A  genus  of  insects,  celebrated 
for  their  powers  of  song,  or  shrill  chirp, 
embracing  the  tree-hopper,  frog-hopper,  etc. 
The  manna  of  the  shops  is  the  inspissated  j nice 
of  the  Fraxinus  ornus,  exuded  from  the  wounds 
inflicted  by  the  Cicada  orni. 

Cicatricial.     Of  or  pertaining  to  a  cicatrix; 
depending  upon  the  shrinking  pf  a  cicatrix. 
Cicatricial    Deformities.     Contraction  of  tis- 
sues caused  by  cicatrices. 
Cicatric'ula    (diminutive  of    cicatrix).     A 
small  cicatrix  ;  applied  also  to  the  small  white 
speck  seen  on  the  yolk  of  the  fecundated  egg. 
Cicatris'ant  (cicatrisans ;  from  cicatrizo,  to 
skiu  over).      Such    applications    as  are  sup- 
posed to  aid  wounds  and  ulcers  to  dry  up  and 
heal. 

Cicatrix  ( from  cicatrizo,  to  heal  up  or  skin 
over) .  A  scar  or  mark  upon  the  skin  after  the 
healing  of  a  wound  or  ulcer. 

Cicatrization.  The  process  by  which  a 
wound  or  ulcer  cicatrizes.  The  process  of 
healing. 

Ci/cinum  Oleum.  An  oil  obtained  from 
the  braised  seeds  of  Jatropha  curcas,  possessing 
properties  similar  to  castor  oil. 

Cilia  (blepha  rides).  The  eyelashes,  or  hairs 
on  the  eyelids. 

CiPiary  (ciliaris).  Pertaining  to  the  eye- 
lashes. 

Ciliary  Arteries.  The  ciliary  arteries  are  di- 
vided into  short  or  posterior,  and  anterior. 
The  first  are  numerous,  and  penetrate  the 
sclerotic  coat  of  the  eye  near  the  optic  nerve, 
spread  out  upon  the  choroid  membrane, 
and  supply  the  iris  and  ciliary  processes. 
They  originate  from  the  ophthalmic  artery  in 
three  or  four  branches,  but  are  divided  into 
about  twenty  by  the  time  they  arrive  at  the 
sclerotica.  The  anterior  ciliary  arteries  are 
few  in  number,  and  pierce  the  sclerotica  near 
the  cornea,  and  are  principally  distributed 
upon  the  iris. 
Ciliary  Body.  A  ring  of  the  choroid  coat  of 
the  eye,  surrounding  the  crystalline  lens  like 
a  crown  placed  behind  the  iris  and  ciliary 
circle. 
Ciliary  Circle.  Ciliary  ligament. 
Ciliary    Ligament.     A    grayish    ring  situated 

between  the  iris,  cornea,  and  sclerotica. 
Ciliary  Margin.     The  border  of  the  eyelid. 
Ciliary  Muscle.     That  part  of  the  orbicularis 

palpebrarum  in  the  vicinity  of  the  cilia. 
Ciliary   Nerves.     The   nerves   of    the   ciliary 
ligament. 


Ciliary    Processes.      The   radiated   plaits   of 
the  choroid  membrane,  which  resemble   the 
disc  of  a  radiated  flower,  lodged  in  the  de- 
pressions of  the  anterior  part  of  the  vitreous 
humor. 
Ciliary    Striae.      Pale    radiated   stria?   in    the 
posterior  part  of  the  .ciliary  body,  so  covered 
-with  pigment  as  not  to  be  seen  distinctly  until 
that  is  removed. 
Ciliary  Veins  (vasa  voriicosa).  These  follow  the 
same   course   as  the    arteries,   and  discharge 
their  blood  into  the  ophthalmic  vein. 
Ciliary    Zone.     Ciliary  crown  ;    ciliary    disc. 
The  appearance,  like  the    disc  of  a  flower, 
which  the  pigment  between  the  ciliary  pro- 
cesses leaves  on  the  hyaloid  membrane. 
CiPiated  (ciliatus).    Fringed  with  fine  hairs, 
like  the  eyelashes. 

CiPium  (from  cileo,  to  twinkle).  The  eye- 
lash or  eyelid. 

CiPlo  (from  cilium,  the  eyelid).  One  affected 
with  cillosis. 

Cillo'sis.  A  perpetual  spasmodic  trembling 
of  the  eyelids. 

Cimicif'uga  Racemo/sa.  Actsea  race- 
mosa,  black  snakeroot,  a  plant  possessing 
tonic,  antispasmodic,  and  expectorant  proper- 
ties.    Dose  of  powder,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xxx. 

Cimicif/ugine.  Active  principle  of  cimi- 
cifuga. 

Cimo'lia  Purpures'cens.     Fuller's  earth. 
CinPolite.     A  grayish-white  earth,  consist- 
ing of  silex,  alumina,  oxide  of  iron,  and  water. 
Cimolian  earth. 

Cina  Cina.     Cinchona. 

Cinchona.  The  name  of  several  kinds  of 
Peruvian  bark,  the  use  of  which  is  said  to 
have  been  discovered  by  this  circumstance  : 
Some  of  the  trees  from  which  it  is  procured 
having  been  blown  by  the  wind  into  a  pool  of 
water,  they  lay  there  until  they  had  imparted 
to  it  such  a  bitter  taste  that  everybody  refused 
to  drink  it ;  but  a  person  residing  in  the  neigh- 
borhood was  seized  with  a  fever  and,  not  being 
able  to  procure  other  water  to  quench  his  thirst, 
drank  of  this,  and  was  soon  completely  cured. 
This  circumstance  was  related  to  others  ill  of 
fevers,  who  drank  it  and  were  cured.  Its  use, 
however,  as  a  medicinal  agent,  did  not  become 
general  until  about  the  year  1638,  when  the 
Spanish  viceroy's  lady,  the  Countess  de  Cin- 
chon,  was  cured  of  fever  by  it  at  Lima,  and 
hence  the  appellation  of  Cortex  Cinchonx,  and 
pulvis  comitissas,  or  the  Countess's  Powder.  It 
Avas  afterward  introduced  into  Europe  by  the 


CIN 


145 


CIN 


Jesuits,  among  whom  the  Countess,  on  her 
recovery,  had  distributed  it,  and  thence  arose 
the  name  of  Cortex  or  Pulvis  Jesuiticus,  Jesuit's 
Bark.  Called  also  Cardinal  de  Lugo's  Powder, 
because  a  large  quantity  of  it  was  taken  to 
Rome  for  the  use  of  the  religious  poor  by  that 
charitable  prelate. 

Cinchona  is  called,  also  :   Cortex  ;  bark  ;   Pe- 
ruvian bark  ;  cortex  China  ;  China  chinchina  ; 
kiua  ;    kiukina  ;    quina     quina  ;    quinquina. 
These  barks  are  possessed  of  bitter,  astringent, 
tonic,  and  febrifuge  properties,  and  have  con- 
stituted one  of  the  most  valuable  remedies  of 
the  materia  medica  in  the  treatment  of  inter- 
mittent fevers,  as  well  as  other  diseases  ;  but 
since  the  discovery  of  their  active  principle, 
quinina,  they  have  not  been  so  much   used. 
SeeGorgas'  "Dental  Medicine." 
Cinchona  Alkalies.     Cinchona,  quinina,  and 
aricina.     They   are  regarded   as  oxides  of  a 
common  base,  termed  quinogen. 
Cinchona  Barks,  False.    Barks  procured  from 
trees  formerly  ranked  among  the  Cinchonacese, 
and  distinguished  from  the  true  Peruvian  bark 
by  the  absence  of  quinina  and  cinchonia. 
Cinchona  Flava.    Yellow  bark,  called  in  com- 
merce calisaya  bark.     There  are  several  other 
varieties  of  yellow  bark,  but  the  calisaya,  the 
product  of  the   Cinchona   lanceolata,  is   the 
most  valuable. 
Cinchona  Pallida.     Pale  bark,  called  in  com- 
merce loxa  bark.       There  are  several  other 
commercial  varieties,  but   this  is  the   most 
highly  esteemed,  and   is  the  product  of  the 
Cinchona  condaminea. 
Cinchona  Rubra.     Red  bark,  called  in  South 
America  cascarilla  roxa   and  Colorado.     This 
is  from  an  undetermined  species  of  cinchona. 
See  Peruvian  Bark. 

Ciiicho 'nia.  Cinchonia  ;  cinchonine.  The 
active  principle  of  Cinchona  lancifolia.  An 
organic,  crystalline  alkali,  of  a  white  color, 
bitter  taste,  slightly  astringent,  soluble  in  2500 
parts  of  boiling  water,  but  very  soluble  in  boil- 
ing alcohol,  and  slightly  soluble  in  ether  and 
the  fixed  and  volatile  oils.  But  the  sulphate 
of  cinchonia,  which  is  formed  directly  from 
cinchonia.  is  soluble  in  water  as  well  as  alco- 
hol. 

Cinchon'ic  Acid.  Kinic  acid;  an  acid 
found  in  cinchona  barks,  and  in  the  alburnum 
of  Abies  communis. 

Cinchonic   Red.     An  insoluble  red  substance 
found  in  cinchona  barks. 
Cin'chonin   or  Cin'chonine.       Cinchona. 
10 


A  peculiar  vegetable  principle,  or  alkali,  dis- 
covered in  the  Cinchona  condaminea. 

Cincin/nus.     The  hair  on  the  temples. 

Cin/clesis.  Involuntary  winking  or  nicti- 
tation. 

Cinera'rium.     The  ash-pit  of  a  furnace. 

CFneres  (plural  of  tints,  ashes).     Ashes. 
Cineres   Clavellati   (jyotassa  impura).     Pearl- 
ash. 

Cineri'tious  (tineritius;  from  cinis,  ashes). 
Of  the  color  of  ashes.  Pertaining  to  ashes. 
The  cortical  substance  of  the  brain  is  sometimes 
so  called,  from  its  resemblance  to  ashes. 

Cinet'ica  (Kivr/rtKog,  having  the  power  of 
motion).  Diseases  affecting  the  muscles. 
Spasms. 

Cine'tus.     The  diaphragm. 

Cin'gulum  (from  cingo,  I  bind).  A  girdle 
applied  to  the  body  below  the  ribs.    The  waist. 

Cin'gulus  or  Cin/gule.  A  term  applied  to 
the  division  or  valley  which  separates  the  body 
of  the  canine  tooth  from  the  tubercle  on  its 
lingual  surface. 

Ci'nis.     Ashes. 

Cin'nabar  [hydrargyri  sulphuretum  rubrum). 
Mercuric  sulphide.  HgS.  A  sulphuret  of 
mercury.  It  occurs  native,  and  is  made  artifi- 
cially. The  former  appears  in  the  form  of 
brilliant  red  crystals,  and  also  in  amorphous 
masses  of  different  shades  of  red  and  brown  ; 
the  latter  is  the  red  bisulphuret,  the  vermillion 
of  commerce. 

Cinnam  ic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
the  oil  of  cinnamon. 

Cinnamo'mum  (from  Rinnan,  Hebrew).  A 
genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Lauracese.  Cinna- 
mon bark,  cassia  bark.  A  native  of  the  East 
and  West  Indies,  Brazil,  and  Egypt.  It  is  an 
aromatic  stimulant  and  an  astringent ;  but  is 
chiefly  used  as  an  adjunct  to  other  remedies. 
Powdered  cinnamon  bark  forms  an  ingredient 
of  some  dentifrices.  See  Oleum  Cixxamomii. 
Cinnamomum  Cassia  (cinnamomum  aromati- 

cxm).    The  cinnamon  cassia,  which  yields  the 

cassia  lignea,  cassia  buds,  and  cassia  bark  of 

commerce. 
Cinnamomum  Zeylanicum.     The  tree  which 

yields  the  Ceylon  cinnamon,  the  Lauras  cassia 

of  the  gardens. 

Cin'namon.      The  bark  of  Cinnamomum 
Zeylanicum,  and  of  Cinnamomum  aromaticum. 
See  Cinnamomum. 
Cinnamon  Stone.    A  silicate  of  lime,  alumina. 

and  oxide  of  iron  ;  a  rare  mineral  from  Ceylon, 

of  a  hyacinth-red,  or  yellowish-brown  color. 


CIN 


146 


CIR 


Cinnamon  Suet.  An  oily  and  waxy  product 
of  the  cinnamon  tree,  used  in  Ceylon  for  mak- 
ing candles. 

Cin'namyl  (einnamule).  The  hypothetical 
radicle  of  cinnamon  oil,  etc. 

CFon  (/ctwv,  a  column).  The  uvula  was  for- 
merly so  called  from  its  pyramidal  shape. 

Ci/onis  (from  kluv,  a  column).  Swelling  and 
elongation  of  the  uvula. 

Cioni'tis  (from  kiov,  a  column,  and  inc, 
signifying  inflammation).  Inflammation  of 
the  uvula. 

Cionorrha/phia  (kiovlc,  the  uvula,  and  pa<pri, 
a  seam).  The  same  as  staphylorrhaphy  (which 
see). 

Cionot/omy.     Excision  of  the  uvula. 
Cir'cinate.     To  make  a  circle  ;  to  compass. 
Circoce/le.     Cirsocele. 

Circuit.  A  path  returning  upon  itself; 
particularly  such  a  path  consisting  of  conduct- 
ing material  through  which  a  galvanic  current 
is  made  to  pass. 

Circuit,  Open  (or  Broken  or  Interrupted). 
When  there  is  a  break  in  its  continuity  pre- 
venting the  passage  of  the  current.  Closed, 
when  it  is  continuous  and  the  current  passes 
through  it.  Short  circuit,  when  the  direct 
connection  is  by  a  short  line  between  the  ter- 
minal elements  of  a  battery  ;  also  a  circuit 
formed  within  the  battery-cell,  the  current 
passing  from  zinc  to  collecting  plate  and  from 
plate  back  to  zinc. 
Circular  (circularis ;  from  circulus,  a  circle). 
Having  the  form  of  a  circle. 

Circulation  (circulatio;  from  circulus,  a 
circle  ;  or  from  circum,  around,  and  fare  latum, 
to  carry) .  In  Physiology,  the  circulation  of  the 
blood  through  the  different  vessels  of  the  body. 
In  this  vital  action,  the  blood  is  ejected  from 
the  left  ventricle  of  the  heart  into  the  aorta  and 
taken  to  every  part  of  the  body,  passes  into  the 
veins,  and  is  returned  to  the  right  auricle  of 
the  heart,  which,  after  distending  to  receive  it, 
contracts  and  forces  it  into  the  right  ventricle. 
Thence  it  passes  into  the  pulmonary  artery,  is 
conveyed  to  the  lungs,  and  brought  back  to 
the  heart  by  the  pulmonary  veins  ;  entering 
the  left  auricle,  it  is  forced  into  the  left  ventri- 
cle, to  be  again  conveyed  by  the  arteries  to  the 
different  parts  of  the  body. 
Circulation,  Arterial  Systemic,  in  which  the 
blood,  starting  in  the  left  auricle,  passes  suc- 
cessively into  the  left  ventricle,  aorta,  and 
arteries. 
Circulation,  Capillary.      The  passage  of  the 


blood  through  the  minute  vessels  which  lie 
between  the  arteries  and  veins,  and  penetrate 
all  the  tissues.  The  blood,  in  its  passage 
through  these  vessels,  is  changed  from  arte- 
rial to  venous. 

Circulation,  Collateral.  The  passage  of  the 
blood  through  branches  and  secondary  chan- 
nels after  it  is  arrested  through  its  principal 
or  normal  route. 
Circulation,  Fcetal.  See  Fcetal  CIRCULA- 
TION. 

Circulation,  Pulmonary.  In  which  the  blood 
passes  through  the  right  auricle,  right  ventri- 
cle, pulmonary  artery,  pulmonary  capillaries, 
and  pulmonary  vein  to  the  left  auricle. 

Cir/culus.  A  circle  or  ring.  In  Anatomy, 
any  part  of  the  body  which  is  round  like  a 
circle,  as  the  circulus  oculi. 

Circulus  Articuli  Vasculo/sus.  The  narrow 
vascular  border  formed  around  the  articular 
cartilages  by  the  abrupt  termination  of  the 
subsynovial  vessels. 
Circulus  Osseus.  The  bony  ring  of  the  foetus, 
afterward  united  to  the  temporal  bone,  form- 
ing the  meatus  auditorius  externus. 
Circulus  Tonsillaris.  A  plexus  formed  by 
the  lingual  and  glosso-pharyngeal  nerves 
around  the  tonsil. 

Circulus  Willisii.  The  circle  of  Willis  ;  an 
anastomosis  between  the  branches  of  the  ver- 
tebral and  internal  carotid  arteries  within  the 
cranium. 

Circumagent/es.  The  oblique  muscles  of 
the  eye. 

Circumcaula/lis  Membrana.  The  con- 
j  unctiva. 

CircumcFsion  (circumcisio ;  from  circum- 
csedo,  to  cut  about).  An  operation  practised 
among  the  Jews,  consisting  in  the  removal  of 
a  portion  of  the  prepuce  of  the  infant  by  a 
circular  operation. 

Circumduction  {circumductio).  See  Per- 
isphalsis. 

Circumductions  Op'ifex.  The  worker 
of  circumduction  ;  an  epithet  for  the  superior 
oblique  muscle  of  the  eye. 

Circumflex'.  A  name  applied  to  various 
arteries  of  the  extremities. 

Circumflex^  Il'ii.  An  artery  passing 
around  the  crest  of  the  ilium,  springing  from 
the  external  iliac;. 

Circumflexes  (from  circum,  around,  and 
flcxus,  bent).  Bent  circularly.  In  Anatomy,  a 
name  given  to  several  organs  of  the  body.  A 
muscle  of  the  palate. 


CIR 


147 


CLA 


Circumflexus   Pala'ti  {tensor  palati).     A  mus- 
cle of  the  palate,  which  arises  from  the  spi- 
nous process  of  the  sphenoid  bone,  and  is  in- 
serted into  the  velum  pendulum  palati  and 
the  semilunar  edge  of  the  os  palati,  extending 
as  far  as  the   suture  which  unites  the  two 
hones. 
Circumfu'sa.        In     Hygiene,     everything 
which    acts    externally   and    generally   upon 
man. 

Circumgyra'tio  (from  circumgyro,  to  turn 
round).  Turning  a  limb  around  in  its  socket. 
Vertigo. 
Circumossalis  Membra'na.  Periosteum. 
Circumscribed.  In  Medicine,  tumors 
which  are  distinct  at  their  base  from  the  sur- 
rounding parts. 

CircumvaWate.  Walled  about ;  surrounded 
by  a  raised  edge. 

Cirrhosis  (from  mppoc,  yellow).  A  yellow 
coloring  matter,  sometimes  secreted  in  the  tis- 
sues, owing  to  a  morbid  process.  Also  a  dis- 
ease of  the  kidneys. 

Cirrhosis    Hepa'tis.       Granulated,    tubercu- 
lated,  and  hobnailed  liver.     It  is  dependent 
upon  repletion   of  the   terminal   extremities 
of  the  biliary  ducts  with  bile,  together  with 
altered  nutrition  of  the  intervening  paren- 
chyma, by  which  the  liver  becomes  smaller, 
atrophied. 
Cirsoce/le  (from  nipaoq,  a  dilated  vein,  and 
kv^v,  a  tumor).      Morbid  enlargement  of  the 
spermatic  vein. 

Cirsom'phalus  (from  mpooc,  a  dilated  vein, 
or  varix,  and  o/ityaloc,  navel).  Varicose  condi- 
tion of  the  veins  surrounding  the  navel. 

Cirsophthal'mia  (from  Kipaog,  and  o(p^a?./iog, 
the  eye).  A  varicose  condition  of  the  vessels 
of  the  eye. 

Cirsos  (itipoog ;  from  mpoou,  to  dilate).  A 
morbid  distention  of  any  part  of  a  vein.  A 
varix. 

Cirsot/omy  (from  nipaog,  a  varix,  and  ro//7/, 
an  incision).  The  removal,  by  incision,  of 
varices. 

Cis'ta  (from  nei/iai,   to  lie).     A  cyst. 
Cister'na  (from  cista,  a  cyst).     Parts  of  the 
body  which  serve  as  repositories  for  fluids.    The 
fourth  ventricle  of  the  brain  is  also  so  called. 

Cis'tus.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Cistaceoe. 

Cistus    Creticus.       The     plant    from    which 
laudanum    is  obtained  ;   a   gum-resin    which 
exudes  from  the  leaves. 
Cit'rate.     A  salt  of  citric  acid. 


Citrate  of  Ammonia  {ammonia  citras) .     A  salt 
formed    by  neutralizing    sesquicarbonate    of 
ammonia  with  citric  acid. 
Citrate  of  Potash.     A  salt  formed  by  evapor- 
ating to  dryness  a  solution  of  citric  acid,  satu- 
rated by  carbonate  of  potassa. 
Cit/rates.     Salts  of  the  acid  of  lemons. 
Cit/ric.     Of  or  belonging  to  the  lemon. 
Citric     Acid     {acidum    citricum).       Formula, 
H2C6H507.     Acid  of  lemons,  lemon  juice.     It 
resembles  acetic  acid  in  its  effects  and  uses. 
Citrine  Oint/ment.     Ointment  of  nitrate 
of  mercury.     Used  as  a  stimulant  and  alterative 
application  in  cutaneous  affections. 
Cif/rinus.     Lemon  colored. 
Cit'ron.     See  Citeus  Medica. 
CitruFlus.     Cucurbita  citrullus. 
Cit/rus.    The  lemon.    See  Citrus  Medica. 
Citrus  Aurantium.     The  systematic  name  of 
the  orange  tree. 

Citrus  Medica.     The  systematic  name  of  the 
lemon  tree.     The  citron  is  the  same  species  of 
tree  as  the  lemon. 
Citrus  Vulgaris.     The  Citrus  aurantium. 

Cit/ta.  An  inordinate  or  voracious  appe- 
tite. 

CI.  Abbreviation  for  chlorine. 
Clack/ing  Pivot  or  Tenon.  Clack-pivot ; 
a  method  of  attaching  an  artificial  crown  to  the 
root  of  a  natural  tooth  ;  invented  by  Magiola. 
See  Pivot  Teeth,  Harris'  "Prin.  and  Pract. 
of  Dentistry." 

Cladras'tisTincto'ria.  Yellow  ash,  fustic 
tree,  yellow  locust.  An  indigenous  tree  flourish- 
ing in  the  Western  and  Southern  States.  The 
bark  and  root  are  cathartic. 

Clairvoyance.  Clear-seeing.  A  power 
supposed  to  be  communicated  to  persons  by 
animal  magnetism,  by  which  they  are  said  to 
discern  objects  not  present,  to  see  through 
stone  walls,  and  to  have  the  quality  of  vision 
diffused  over  the  whole  body. 

Clam'my.  Glutinous;  adhesive;  sticky. 
Clamp.  In  Surgery,  an  instrument  for  com- 
pressing parts  to  fix  them  iu  position  or  to  pre- 
vent hemorrhage.  In  Mechanical  Dentistry,  a 
piece  of  round  or  flattened  iron  wire,  or  other 
metal  not  easily  fused,  bent  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  hold  two  or  more  pieces  of  gold  or  silver 
in  contact  with  each  other  while  they  are  being 
soldered  together.  Another  form  of  clamp, 
that  of  Dr.  T.  H.  Burras,  is  designed  for  hold- 
ing the  plate  firmly  to  the  die  when  swaging 
it.  Instruments  called  clamps  are  also  used 
for  screwing  together  the  flasks  in   vulcanite 


CLA 


148 


CLI 


work.  Eubber-dam  clamps  are  indispensable 
in  the  use  of  the  rubber  dam  for  retaining  it  in 
proper  position,  and  are  applied  after  the  rubber 
cloth  is  drawn  over  the  teeth.  Some  are  com- 
bined with  a  tongue-holder.  A  suitable  for- 
ceps is  used  to  assist  in  placing  these  clamps  in 
position. 

Clamp  Forceps.  Instruments  for  the  adjust- 
ment of  the  rubber-dam  clamps,  and  so  formed 
that  the  points  pass  into  the  curve  of  the 
clamp,  and  by  pressure  upon  the  handles 
open  it  enough  to  pass  it  over  the  crown  of 
the  tooth,  the  rubber  then  being  drawn  under 
the  Avings  of  the  clamp. 
Clap.     Gonorrhoea. 

Claquement.  A  French  word  signifying 
chattering  of  the  teeth. 

Clar/et  {claretum;  from  clareo,  to  be  clear). 
A  light  French  wine  possessing  tonic  and  anti- 
dyspeptic  properties  ;  used  sometimes  with  ad- 
vantage in  typhoid  fevers. 

Clarification  (cariftcation  ;  depuration ;  clar- 
ify; from  clarus,  clear,  and  facto,  I  make).  The 
process  of  freeing  a  fluid  from  all  insoluble  and 
heterogeneous  matters. 

Cla/sis  (clasma).  Fracture. 
Clasp.  In  Mechanical  Dentistry,  a  hook  fitted 
to  a  tooth  and  designed  for  the  retention  of  a 
dental  substitute  or  other  apparatus  to  be  worn 
in  the  mouth.  See  Gold  Clasps,  Harris' 
"  Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Dentistry. " 

Class  (classis).  In  Natural  History  and 
Medicine,  a  group  or  assemblage  of  a  certain 
number  of  objects  having  one  or  more  common 
characters.  A  scientific  division  or  arrange- 
ment of  objects.  A  class  comprehends  the 
minor  divisions  of  order,  genus,  species,  and 
varieties. 

Classification  (from  classis,  class,  and 
facio,  to  make).  The  orderly  arrangement  of 
diseases,  names,  objects,  etc.,  in  accordance 
with  their  properties,  etc. 

Claudication  (claudicatio ;  from  claudicare, 
to  be  lame).     Halting  or  limping. 

Claus'trum  (from  claudcre,  to  shut).  An 
aperture  capable  of  contracting  itself,  as  the 
throat. 

CIaus/ure  (clausura).     In  Anatomy,  an  im- 
perforation  of  a  canal  or  cavity. 
CIava/ria.     A  genus  0/  fungi. 
Clav/ate.     Club-shaped  ;  larger  at  top  than 
at  bottom. 

Clava'tio  (from  clava,  a  club).  An  articu- 
lation which  docs  not  admit  of  motion,  as  that 
of  the  teeth  in  their  sockets,  called  gomphosis. 


Clav/icle  (clavicula;  diminutive  of  clavis,  a 
key).  The  clavicle  or  collar-bone. 
Cla'vis.  The  clavicle.  A  key. 
CIa/vus.  A  nail.  A  term  applied  in  Pathol- 
ogy to  a  horny,  cutaneous  protuberance  having 
a  central  nucleus  and  sensitive  at  its  base,  as 
corns  on  the  toes,  produced  by  the  pressure  of 
tight  shoes.  Also  a  painful,  pulsating  affection 
of  the  forehead,  giving  a  sensation  like  what 
might  be  supposed  would  be  produced  by 
driving  a  nail  into  this  part  of  the  head. 
When  connected  with  hysteria  it  is  termed 
clavus  hystericus. 

Clavus  Oculorum.     A  staphyloma,  or  tumor 
on  the  eyeball. 
Claw.     In  Botany,  the  taper  base  of  a  petal. 
In  Dental  Surgery,  the  hook  of  the  key-instru- 
ment is  sometimes  so  called. 

Clay  (argilla).  An  argillaceous  earth,  of 
which  there  are  a  number  of  varieties,  consist- 
ing of  silica,  variable  quantities  of  alumina, 
and  generally  of  more  or  less  oxide  of  iron. 
They  are  used  in  the  manufacture  of  pottery, 
and  some  of  them  in  the  manufacture  of  porce- 
lain-ware and  mineral  teeth.  See  Mineral 
Teeth  and  Kaolin. 
Clay,  Pure.  The  earth  called  alumina. 
Clean'sings.     Lochia. 

Cleav/age.  The  natural  line  of  separation 
exhibited  in  crystals  when  their  laminae  are 
separated  by  mechanical  force. 

Cleft.  In  Botany,  split  or  separated  less 
than  halfway. 

Cleft  Palate.  Congenital  malformation  of  the 
palate,  consisting  of  a  separation  or  fissure 
extending  sometimes  through  both  the  hard 
and  soft  palate  in  the  direction  from  before 
backward,  along  the  median  line,  causing  the 
buccal  and  nasal  cavities  to  communicate  with 
each  other.  It  usually  occurs  with  hare-lip. 
See  Palate,  Congenital  Defects  of. 
Cleid/ion.  The  clavicle.  Also  an  astrin- 
gent pastil  or  epithem. 

C!eido=mastoi/deus  (from  /c/letc,  the  clav- 
icle, and  /laoroeidr/c,  the  mastoid  process).  The 
sterno-cleido-mastoideus  muscle . 

Cleis/agra  (from  icle/.c,  the  clavicle,  and 
aypa,  a  seizure) .  Gout  in  the  articulations  of 
the  clavicle. 

Climacteric  (climaciericus ;  from  KXt/iaicTTjp, 
a  step).  By  degrees  ;  but  commonly  applied  to 
certain  critical  periods  of  life,  or  periods  at 
which  certain  great  changes  occur,  as  the 
periods  of  puberty  in  both  sexes,  the  cessation 
of  the  flow  of  the  menses  in  women,  etc. 


CLI 


149 


CLI 


Climacteric    Diseases.      A   term    sometimes 
applied  to  a  general  alteration  of  health,  oc- 
curring at  a  certain  period  of  life  and  charac- 
terized hy  gradual  loss  of  the  powers. 
Climacteric  Teething.      The  development  of 
teeth  at  a  very  late  period  of  life  after  the  loss 
of  those  of  the  second  dentition,  and  usually 
between  the  sixty -third  and  eighty-first  year 
— the  grand  climacteric  years  of  the  Greek 
physiologists. 
Climacteric  Years.      From  remote  antiquity 
a  peculiar  importance  has  been  attached  to 
certain  periods  in  the  life  of  man  ;  periods  at 
which  great  changes  are  supposed  to  occur  in 
his  health  and  fortunes.     It  is  said  that  this 
superstitious  belief  had  its  origin  in  the  doc- 
trines  of  Pythagoras.     Sixty-three    was    re- 
garded by  the  ancients  as  a  climacteric  year  of 
peculiar  danger,  and  it  was  called  by  astrolo- 
gers "  heroicus,"  from  a  prevalent  belief  that 
it  was  particularly  fatal  to  great  men.     This 
year  seems  to  have  derived  its  peculiar  im- 
portance from  its  being  a  multiple  of  the  mys- 
tical years  of  seven  and  nine.     According  to 
most  writers,  the  climacteric  periods  in  the  life 
of  man  are  multiples  of  the  number  seven  ; 
others  have  applied  the  term  to  years  result- 
ing from  the  multiplication  of  seven  by  an  odd 
number.     Almost  all  countries  have  attached 
a  peculiar  importance  to  those  years  indicated 
by  compounds  of  the  number  seven.     Hence, 
fourteen  years  have  been  fixed  for  the  period 
of  puberty,  twenty-one  for  adult  age  ;  and  Ar- 
istotle has  selected  thirty-five  for  the  perfection 
of  bodily  vigor,  forty-nine  for  the  perfection 
of  the  mind,  sixty-three  as  the  grand  climac- 
teric, and  seventy  as  the  ordinary  limit  of  the 
age  of  man.     In  old  age,  or  after  the  vital 
powers   of  the  system  begin  to  decline,    an 
effort  is  sometimes  supposed  to  be  made  at 
these  periods  by  the  economy  to  renew  the 
body. 
Climate  (from  alifia,  a  region).     The  word 
climate  is  differently  defined.     According  to 
some,  it  is  a  space  upon  the  surface  of  the  ter- 
restrial globe,  between  two  circles,  forming  a 
belt  parallel  to    the   equator,    and   measured 
according  to  the  length  of  days.      But   in  a 
hygienic  sense,  it  is  the  prevailing  constitution 
of  the  atmosphere,  relative  to  heat,  cold,  mois- 
ture, and  wind,   peculiar  to  any  region  ;   also 
its  purity  and  mixture  with  miasmatic  and 
gaseous  emanations.     Climate  depends  upon  a 
variety  of  circumstances,  as  its  distance  from 
the   equator,   its   distance   from   and   altitude 


above  the  level  of  the  sea,  the  extent,  con- 
figuration, inclination,  and  local  exposure  of 
the  country,  the  nature  of  the  soil,  the  effects 
resulting  from  cultivation,  the  direction  of  the 
mountains  by  which  it  is  intersected  or  that 
are  in  its  vicinity,  and  the  action  of  the  winds 
by  which  the  temperatures  of  different  lati- 
tudes are  blended. 

The  circumstances  connected  with  climate 
exert  a  powerful  influence  upon  the  animal 
economy  ;  they  modify  the  character  of  disease 
as  well  as  the  action  of  remedies.  They  also 
determine  the  physical  characteristics  of  the 
different  races  of  mankind. 

Climat'ic.  Belonging  to  or  dependent 
upon  climate. 

CIin/ic  (from  k/uvikoq,  pertaining  to  a  bed). 
Medical  or  dental  instruction  given  at  the  bed- 
side or  dental  chair,  where  the  patient  is  pres- 
ent, whose  symptoms  are  described  and  treat- 
ment explained. 

Clin'ical  (clinicus;  from  k/Uvj?,  a  bed).  In 
Pathology,  the  transactions  which  take  place — 
especially  the  instructions  given — at  the  sick- 
bed or  dental  chair. 

Clinical  Lecture.  A  lecture  given  at  the  bed- 
side or  dental  chair  on  a  particular  case  of 
disease. 

Clinical  Medicine.  That  which  is  occupied 
with  the  investigation  of  disease  at  the  bedside, 
or  with  individual  cases  of  disease. 

Clin  ique.  A  school  or  lesson  where  medi- 
cine and  surgery  in  any  of  its  branches  is 
taught  by  direct  examination  and  treatment  of 
patients. 

Clink'er.  The  vitreous  substance  which 
collects  in  furnaces  and  stoves  where  stone  coal 
is  used  ;  also  the  black  oxide  of  iron  of  the 
smith's  forge. 

CIink=stone.  A  dark  greenish-gray,  yel- 
lowish, bluish,  or  ashy-gray  mineral,  of  a  slaty 
structure,  generally  arranged  in  tabular  masses, 
and  usually  translucent  at  its  edges. 

Clin  'oid  (clinoideus  ;  from  k?.iv>/,  a  bed,  and 
eidog,  resemblance).  Resembling  a  bed. 
Clinoid  Processes.  The  four  processes  at  the 
upper  surface  of  the  sphenoid  bone,  which 
surround  the  sella  turcica  ;  are  so  called  from 
their  resemblance  to  the  posts  of  a  bedstead  ; 
two  are  anterior  and  two  posterior. 

Clinom'eter.  An  instrument  for  measur- 
ing the  dip  of  mineral  strata. 

Cliseom'eter.  An  instrument  for  measur- 
ing the  angle  which  the  axis  of  the  pelvis  makes 
with  that  of  the  body. 


CLI 


150 


COA 


Clitor'idis  Mus'culus.  See  Erector 
Clitoridis. 

Clit'oris  (geu.  clitoridis  ;  from  kXecu,  to  en- 
close or  hide  ;  so  called  because  it  is  hid  by  the 
labia  pudendoruni).  A  small  round  organ 
situated  above  the  nymphse  at  the  upper  part 
of  the  vulva,  before  the  orifice  of  the  urethra 
in  females. 

Clitoris  mus.  An  enlargement  of  the 
clitoris  ;  also  sapphism. 

Clitoridis  (clitoris).  Inflammation  of  the 
clitoris. 

Clon'ic  (from  kAovoc,  agitation).  Irregular, 
spasmodic,  or  convulsive  motions  ;  opposed  to 
tonic. 

CIono/des.  A  term  formerly  applied  to  a 
vibrating  pulse. 

Clo'nus  (from  kaoveu,  to  agitate).  Clonic 
spasms. 

Closed  Circuit.     See  Circuit. 

Clot.  Coagulum  ;  the  crassamentum  of  the 
blood. 

Clove.  The  unexpanded  flower-bud  of  the 
clove-tree,  Caryophyllus  aromaticus. 

Club=feet.  A  deformity,  either  congenital 
or  acquired,  but  usually  the  former,  caused  by 
a  contraction  of  the  extensor  muscles  of  thp 
feet.  The  affection  has  been  variously  desig- 
nated according  to  the  nature  of  the  deformity, 
as  tip-foot,  when  the  heel  is  drawn  upward  and 
the  patient  is  compelled  to  walk  on  his  toes  ; 
knot-foot,  when  he  walks  on  the  back  of  his 
foot ;  cross-foot,  when  he  walks  on  the  outer 
edge  ;  out-bow-foot,  when  he  walks  on  the  inner 
edge  ;  and  heel-club-fooi,when  his  toes  are  drawn 
upward  so  that  he  is  compelled  to  walk  on  his 
heels. 

Clune'sia  (from  dunes,  the  nates).  Inflam- 
mation of  the  buttocks. 

CIu/tea  Eleuthe'ria.     Croton  cascarilla. 

Cly'don  (k'/.vSuv).  Flatulence  ;  fluctuation 
of  the  contents  of  the  abdomen. 

Clypea'lis  Cartila'go.  The  thyroid  carti- 
lage. 

Clyp'eate  (from  clypeus,  a  shield).  Shield- 
shaped. 

Clys/ma.     A  clyster. 

Clys/ter  (clysterium ;  from  iO.v'^u,  to  wash). 
An  enema.  A  liquid  thrown  into  the  rectum 
by  means  of  a  syringe  or  bladder  with  a 
pipe,  the  nozzle  of  the  instrument  being  in- 
troduced into  the  anus.  The  enemata  most 
commonly  used  consist  of  warm  water  having 
in  solution  either  soap  or  common  salt  or 
both. 


C.  M.  Abbreviation  for  eras  mane,  to-mor- 
row morning. 

C.  N.  Abbreviation  for  eras  node,  to-morrow 
night. 

Cne'me.     The  tibia. 

Cnemo=dactyla3/us.  Extensor  longus 
digitorum  pedis. 

Cne'sis  (from  nvao,  to  scratch).  Cnesmos. 
Painful  itching. 

Cni'cin.  A  crystalline  substance  obtained 
from  Cnicus  beuedictus. 

Cnido'sis  (from  kvi6tj,  the  nettle).  An  itch- 
ing sensation  like  that  produced  by  the  nettle. 
A  dry  ophthalmia. 

Cny/ma.  A  slight  itching  ;  also  a  puncture 
or  vesication. 

Coag/uIable  Lymph.  Liquor  sanguinis  ; 
plastic  lymph  ;  a  clear,  colorless  fluid  which 
exudes  from  wounds  or  inflamed  vessels,  and 
serves  for  the  reparation  of  injuries  and  to  pro- 
duce adhesions. 

Coag'ulant.  That  which  has  the  power  of 
coagulating  the  blood. 

Coagulation  (coagulatio  ;  from  con  and  ago, 
to  drive  together).  The  act  of  changing  from 
a  fluid  to  a  jelly-like  consistence. 

Coagulum.       Clot.      A  jelly-like  or  soft 
mass  of  fibrin  that  forms  from  the  plasma  of 
the  blood  after  the  latter  has  been  drawn  from 
the  body.     It  is  also  called  crassamentum,  cruor, 
clot,  etc.     It  contains  the  fibrin,  coloring  mat- 
ter, a  little  serum,  and  a  small   quantity  of 
salts.     The  clot  of  blood  ;    the  curd  of  milk, 
and  the  insoluble  form  of  albumen. 
Coagulum  Alu/minis.      A  coagulum  formed 
by  beating  the  white  of  eggs  with  a  little 
alum.    It  is  used  in  cases  of  ophthalmia  where 
an  astringent  is  required. 

Coalescence.  In  Medicine,  the  union  of 
parts  previously  separated,  as  in  the  case  of 
preternatural  adhesions. 

Coaptation  (coaptatio ;  from  con,  together, 
and  aptare,  to  adjust,  adapt).  The  act  of  plac- 
ing the  two  extremities  of  a  fractured  bone  or 
the  ends  of  a  wound  in  contact  with  each 
other,  or  of  restoring  a  luxated  bone  to  its 
proper  place. 

Coarctation  [coarctatio  ;  from  coardare,  to 
straighten).  In  Pathology,  the  contraction  or 
straightening  of  a  canal,  as  of  the  urethra  or 
intestinal  canal. 

Coarticula/tio  (from  con,  and  articnlatio,  an 
articulation).  Articulation  which  admits  of 
manifest  motion.  See  Diartiirosis  and  Syn- 
arthrosis. 


COA 


151 


COC 


Coat'ed.  A  term  applied  to  the  condition 
of  the  tongue  as  indicative  of  visceral  disturb- 
ance. 

Co'balt.  A  brittle,  reddish-gray  metal, 
fused  with  difficulty,  and  generally  combined 
in  its  ores  -with  nickel,  arsenic,  iron,  and  cop- 
per. Arsenic  is  the  active  principle  of  cobalt. 
Its  oxide  is  largely  used  to  color  porcelain  blue. 
It  is  frequently  employed  as  a  coloring  matter 
in  the  manufacture  of  porcelain  teeth,  and  also 
for  destroying  the  pulps  of  teeth,  and  for  appli- 
cation to  sensitive  dentine,  but  is  not  considered 
to  be  as  reliable  as  other  agents  used  for  the 
same  purpose. 

Cob'web.  The  web  of  the  Aranea,  or 
spider.  Sometimes  used  to  arrest  hemorrhage. 
It  acts  mechanically  as  a  styptic. 

Cocaine.  An  alkaloid  obtained  from  the 
leaves  of  the  Erythroxylon  coca  of  South  Amer- 
ica. Formula,  C1TH,1X04.  It  is  in  the  form 
of  colorless,  bitter  crystals,  sparingly  soluble 
in  water.  The  following  salts  of  cocaine  are 
employed  in  Medical  and  Dental  Practice  : 
Hydrochlorate,  citrate,  salicylate,  borate,  oleate, 
and  hydrobromate.  It  is  soluble  in  alcohol 
and  ether,  and  also  in  704  parts  of  water. 
Its  taste  is  bitter,  and  its  reaction  is  strongly 
alkaline.  As  a  local  anaesthetic  it  has  been 
largely  employed  in  dental  practice,  the  most 
common  preparation  for  use  being  a  4  per  cent, 
solution  composed  of  cocaine  hydrochlorate, 
2J  grains  :  distilled  water,  f  ^j.  M.  As  an 
aqueous  solution  soon  deteriorates,  fresh  solu- 
tions should  be  employed  ;  or  distilled  water 
containing  7  grains  to  the  pint  of  either 
thymol  or  salicylic  acid  or  camphor  water 
will  act  as  preservatives.  Cocaine  solution,  of 
4  or  5  per  cent,  strength,  is  employed  in  dental 
practice  as  an  obtunding  agent  for  sensitive 
dentine,  exposed  pulps  of  teeth,  and  hypo- 
dermically  injected  as  a  local  anaesthetic  in  the 
extraction  of  teeth.  It  is  generally  applied 
for  twenty  minutes,  and  re-applied  if  necessary. 
Dose,  gr.  \  to  gr.  ij.  See  Herbst  OBTUNDENT. 
For  dental  uses  see  Gorgas'  "Dental  Medi- 
cine." 

Cocaine     Hydrochlorate.      Used    as   a    local 
anaesthetic  in  2  to  5  per  cent,  solution. 
Cocaine  Oleate.     A  5   per   cent,    solution   of 
cocaine  in  oleic  acid  for  external  use. 

Coccinel'la  (diminutive  of  coccus,  a  berry  ; 
from  its  resemblance  to  a  berry).  The  cochi- 
neal insect.     See  Coccus  Cacti. 

Coccinellin'.  The  coloring  principle  of 
cochineal.     Carmine. 


Coc'colite.  A  mineral  of  a  green  color,  of 
various  shades. 

Coc'culus    Indi    Aromat'icus.      Jamaica 
pepper.     See  Myktus  Pimenta. 
Cocculus  Palmatus.     The  systematic  name  of 
a  plant  which  affords  the  calumba  root. 

Coc'cus.  A  tribe  of  insects. 
Coccus  Cacti.  The  systematic  name  of  the 
cochineal  insect.  Cochineal.  Used  in  Harris' 
gum  wash  as  a  coloring  matter. 
Coccus  Lacca.  The  insect  from  the  sup- 
posed puncture  of  which,  in  the  extreme 
branches  of  certain  East  India  trees,  lac  or 
gum  lac  exudes. 

Coccyge'us  (from  kokkv!-,  because  it  is  in- 
serted into  the  coccyx).  A  muscle  which 
arises  from  the  spinous  process  of  the  ischium, 
covers  the  inside  of  the  sacro-ischiatic  liga- 
ment, and  is  inserted  at  the  extremity  of  the 
sacrum. 

Coc'cygis  Os  (os  coccygis;  cauda;  from 
kokkv!;,  the  cuckoo,  whose  bill  it  is  said  to  re- 
semble). A  bony  appendage  at  the  point  or 
lower  extremity  of  the  sacrum,  terminating  in 
an  acute  point.  Generally,  it  consists  of  four 
bones,  and  behind  its  base  are  two  small 
tubercular  eminences,  called  cornua  of  the  coc- 
cyx. 

Coc'cyx.     The  os  coccygis. 

Cochine'al.  Coccus  cacti — an  insect  found 
on  several  species  of  cactus. 

Coch'lea  (from  Koxafa,  to  turn  round).  The 
anterior  of  the  three  cavities  constituting  the 
labyrinth  of  the  ear  ;  is  so  called  from  its  re- 
semblance to  a  snail. 

Cochlea're  (from  cochlea,  a  cockle,  because 
its    bowl    represents    a   shell).     A   spoon  ;    a 
spoonful. 
Cochleare  Magnum.     A  tablespoonful,  which 

is  about  half  a  fluid  ounce. 
Cochleare  Me'dium.      A  dessertspoonful,    or 
two  teaspoonfuls. 
Cochleare  Minimum.     A  teaspoonful,  or  one 
fluid  dracbm. 

Cochlea'ria  (from   cochleare,  a   spoon).     A 
genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Brassicaceae. 
Cochlearia  Armora'cia.     Horse-radish. 
Cochlearia  Officina'lis.     Cochlearia  hortensis. 
The  common  scurvy-grass,  said  to  be  a  power- 
ful antiscorbutic. 

Cochlea'tus  (cochleate).     Spiral. 

Cocho'ne.  The  junction  of  the  hip  or 
panncb  with  the  seat  or  thigh.  The  breech. 
The  perineum.     The  coccyx. 

Co'cos  Butyra'cea.     The  systematic  name 


coc 


152 


COL 


of  the  plant  from  which  the  palm  oil  is  ob- 
tained. 

Coc'tion  (coctio ;  from  coquere,  to  boil). 
Digestion  of  the  food  in  the  stomach  ;  boiling, 
or  decoction.  A  term  formerly  used  in  Medi- 
cine to  express  the  change  morbific  matters 
were  supposed  to  experience  before  elimina- 
tion. 

CodePa  (codein  ;  from  Kwdsia,  a  poppy-head). 
An  alkaloid  extract  of  opium. 

Code'ic  Acid.  An  acid  formed  from 
codeia. 

Co/dein  («j<fea,  a  poppy-head).  Codeine  or 
codeia.  An  alkaloid  in  opium.  As  a  sopo- 
rific, it  is  of  half  the  strength  of  morphia. 

Cod=Iiver  Oil.  Oleum  morrhuas  (which 
see). 

Codoce'le  (codoscella).     Bubo. 

CcelelmiiPtha  (from  notkog,  hollow,  and 
el/iLvq,  a  worm).  A  class  of  Entozoa,  including 
such  of  the  intestinal  worms  as  have  an  intes- 
tinal canal  continuing  in  a  distinct  abdominal 
cavity. 

Coeles'tine.  A  name  applied  by  mineralo- 
gists to  sulphate  of  strontia,  from  its  blue  tint. 

Coe'lia  (from  noL/.og,  hollow).  A  cavity  in  any 
part  of  the  body,  as  the  abdomen,  uterus,  etc. 

Cce'liac   (cceliacus;  from   koCKm,  the    abdo- 
men).    Pertaining  to  the  abdomen. 
Caeliac    Artery    (arteria    cceliaca).     The    first 
branch  of  the  aorta  given  off  in  the  abdomen. 
Cceliac  Flux  or  Passion  (from  noi?aa,  the  ab- 
domen).    A  chronic  diarrhoea,   in  which  the 
food  is  discharged  in  an  undigested  state. 
Cceliac  Plex'us.     A  plexus  formed  of  numer- 
ous nervous  filaments  from   the    semi-lunar 
ganglia  of  the   great  sympathetic,  and  from 
branches  of  the  right  and  left  pneumogastric 
nerves.     It  is  situated   behind  the  stomach 
around  the  trunk  of  the  cceliac  artery. 

CcelPaca  (cceliacus;  from  noilia,  hollow). 
Diseases  of  the  digestive  functions  ;  the  first 
class  in  Good's  "Nosology,"  containing  two 
orders,  enterica  and  splanchnica. 

CoeliaPgia  (coelia,  belly,  and  alyog,  pain). 
Pain  in  the  belly. 

Co2lo/ma  (from  notiog,  hollow).  An  ulcer 
of  the  cornea  of  the  eye. 

Cce'loscope.  An  instrument  used  for  ex- 
amining the  cavities  of  the  body  by  means  of 
the  electric  light. 

CcelostorrPia  (from  itotlog,  hollow,  and 
oto/m,  mouth).  Defective  enunciation,  charac- 
terized by  hollowness  of  voice. 

Coenaesthe'sis    [cenaesthesis ;     from    noivog, 


common,  and  aia^r/aig,  perception).     Common 
perception  or  general  sensibility  of  the  system . 

Coffer  Dam,  Barnum's.  See  Rubber 
Dam. 

Cohabitation .  The  act  of  living  together. 
In  Legal  Medicine,  intercourse  between  the 
sexes. 

Cohesion  {cohsesio;  from  cohsereo,  I  hold 
together).  Attraction  or  cohesion  is  that 
power  by  which  particles  of  matter  are  con- 
nected and  held  together  in  such  a  way  as  to 
resist  any  attempt  at  separation.  The  force  by 
which  molecules  of  matter  adhere  to  one  an- 
other.    The  attraction  of  aggregation. 

Cohesive  Foil.  Cold  foil  for  filling 
teeth,  of  such  a  property  that  it  manifests  the 
peculiarity  of  one  layer  adhering  to  another 
when  they  are  laid  or  pressed  together,  and 
becoming  inseparably  united.  See  Gold 
Foil. 

Cohoba'tion  (cohobatio).  In  Chemistry,  the 
distillation  of  a  fluid  on  a  substance  of  the 
same  kind  as  that  upon  which  it  was  at  first 
distilled,  and  repeating  it  several  times. 

CoiPima.  Sudden  swelling  of  the  abdomen 
from  flatulence. 

Coindican'tia  (from  con,  and  indico,  to  in- 
dicate). Signs  furnishing  the  same  indications, 
or  which  are  confirmatory  of  the  indications 
furnished  by  other  signs.  Such  signs  are  called 
coindicant. 

Coir'as.     Scrofula. 

CoPtion  (coitus;  from  coeo,  to  go  together). 
Copulation.  Carnal  union,  or  conjunction  of 
the  sexes. 

Coke.  Pit  coal  deprived  of  its  bitumen  or 
other  extraneous  or  volatile  matter  by  fire. 

ColatiPra  (from  colare,  to  strain).  A  liquor 
which  has  been  filtered  or  strained. 

CoPchicin  or  CoPchicine.  The  active 
principle  of  Colchicum  autumnale. 

CoPchicum  (from  Colchis,  the  name  of  the 
place  where  this  plant  is  supposed  to  have 
abounded).  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Mel - 
anthacese  and  family  Colchicacea;.  Meadow- 
saffron. 

Colchicum  AuturrPnale.  Meadow-saffron  ; 
a  bulbous  plant,  found  in  many  parts  of 
Europe,  usually  growing  in  meadows.  It  is 
an  irritant ;  in  over-doses,  an  acro-narcotic 
poison.  In  small  doses  it  is  a  nauseant, 
diuretic,  diaphoretic,  and  cathartic,  and  is 
employed  in  the  treatment  of  gout  and  rheu- 
matism. All  the  species  yield  the  alkaloid 
veralria.     The  seed  and  root  are  used.     Dose, 


COL 


153 


COL 


p;r.  ij  to  gr.  viij.     In  Denial  Practice  it  is  used 

in   the  treatment   of  periodontitis   resulting 

from  gout.     See  Gorgas'  "  Dental  Medicine. " 

CoFcothar.     Colcothar  vitrioli  ;  brown-red 

rouge  ;  crocus  martis  vitriolatus  seu  adstring- 

ens.  A  brown-red  oxide  of  iron,  which  remains 

after  the  distillation  of  the  acid  from  sulphate 

of  iron. 

Cold.  Privation  of  heat,  or  the  sensation 
produced  by  the  abstraction  of  caloric  from 
the  body.  Also,  the  common  name  for  a 
catarrh. 

Cold  Cream.  Unguentum  aqua?  rosse.  U.  S. 
Ph.  Take  of  rose-water,  oil  of  almonds,  each 
two  fluid  ounces  ;  spermaceti,  half  an  ounce  ; 
wliite  wax,  a  drachm.  Melt  together,  by 
means  of  a  water-bath,  the  oil,  spermaceti, 
and  wax  ;  then  add  the  rose-water,  and  mix 
until  cold. 
Coleoce'le  (from  nolzoc,  a  vagina,  or  sheath, 
and/"7?7,  rupture).     Hernia,  vaginal. 

Coleop/tosis  (from    ko'aeoc,    and   tctuoic,    a 
fall).     Prolapsus,  vaginal. 
Cole'wort.     Cabbage. 

Col'ic  (colicus  ;  from  ku'aov,  the  colon).  Per- 
taining to  the  colon.  A  term  applied  in  Pathol- 
ogy to  almost  all  acute  pains  in  the  abdomen. 
So  called  because  the  seat  of  the  pain  is  sup- 
posed to  be  in  the  colon. 

Colic   Arteries.     The«e   are    six   in    number. 
Three  are  given  off  by  the  superior  mesen- 
teric, which  are  called  the  colicse  dextrse.    The 
other  three   are  given    off   by    the   inferior 
mesenteric  artery,  aud  are  called  the  colicse 
sinistrte. 
Co/lica.     The  colic. 
Colica  Flatulenta.     Colic  from  an  accumula- 
tion   of    air    in    the    intestines.      Flatulent 
colic. 
Colica  Haemorrhoida'lis.    A  colic  supposed  to 
precede  hemorrhoids  or  to  supervene  on  their 
suppression. 
Colica  Hysterica.     Colic  attending  hysteria. 
Colica  Inflammato'ria.     Inflammatory  colic  ; 
enteritis. 
Colica  Menstrua'lis.     Colic  which  precedes  or 
follows  menstruation  or  depends  on  the  sup- 
pression of  that  flux. 
Colica  Mesenteri'ca.     Colic  produced  by  dis- 
ease of  the  mesentery. 

Colica  Metal'lica.     Metallic  colic.     Painter's 
colic. 

Colica   Nephret/ica.     Acute  pains    attending 
nephritis  or  calculi  of  the  ureter. 
Colica  Nervo'sa.     Nervous  colic. 


Colica  Picto'num.     Painter's  colic  ;  metallic 
colic.    Also  called  colica  saturnina,  being  pro- 
duced by  the  poison  of  lead. 
Colica,  Vena.     A  branch  of  the  upper  mesen- 
teric vein. 
Colica,  Vena  Recta.     A  vein  of  the  colon. 
Colica   Vermino/sa.      Worm  colic,    or    colic 
from  the  presence  of  worms  in  the  intestines. 

Colicodyn'ia.     Colic. 

Coli'tis  (from  kwTuov,  the  colon,  and  trig,  in- 
flammation). Inflammation  of  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  colon. 

CoI'lagen  (from  Ko/J.a,  glue,  and  yevvau,  to 
produce).  The  chief  constituent  of  bone,  carti- 
lages, ligaments,  tendons,  etc.  By  boiling,  it 
forms  glue  or  gelatine. 

Col 'lapse.  Extreme  and  often  sudden  pros- 
tration of  the  vital  powers,  caused  by  injury  or 
disease.  The  symptoms  are  pallor  and  coldness 
of  the  surface ;  cold  sweats  ;  feeble  and  often 
irregular  pulse  ;  sighing  ;  shallow  respiration  : 
great  muscular  debility  ;  restlessness  or  even 
delirium  ;  sometimes  nausea,  vomiting,  and 
hiccough. 

Collap/sus  (from  collabor,  to  shrink  down). 
Shrinking  of  the  body.    Prostration  of  strength. 

CoIIar=bone.     The  clavicle. 

ColIar=crown.  An  artificial  crown  to  be 
engrafted  on  a  natural  root,  attached  to  which 
is  a  gold  collar  or  band  which  encircles  the  ex- 
posed portion  of  the  root,  and  is  soldered  to 
the  lining  or  backing  which  holds  the  dowel  in 
some  cases,  or  to  the  dowel  by  means  of  a  disc 
between  the  base  of  the  artificial  crown  and  the 
natural  root. 

Collare  Misericor'dia;.  A  bandage  used 
for  securing  a  patient  during  the  operation  of 
lithotomy. 

Collateral  Circulation.  One  carried  on 
through  an  anastomosis  between  the  lateral 
offshoots  of  a  main  vascular  trunk  ;  often 
established  in  case  of  obliteration  or  injury  of 
the  main  trunk  of  an  artery. 

Collec'tion  (collcctio ;  from  collingere,  to  col- 
lect). Used  in  Pathology  to  denote  the  collec- 
tion or  gathering  of  pus  or  some  other  purulent 
or  serous  matter. 

Col'let  (from  collum,  the  neck).  A  neck  or 
collar.  A  term  applied  by  some  French  writers, 
in  Dental  Anatomy,  to  the  neck  of  a  tooth. 

Collic'ulus.  A  little  hill  or  eminence  ;  ap- 
plied, in  Anatomy,  to  various  elevations  in  the 
body. 

Colliculus  Caveae  Posterioris  Ventriculorum 
Lateralium.     Hippocampus  minor. 


COL 


154 


COL 


Colliculus  Nervi  Ethmoidalis.     Corpus  stria- 
tum. 
Colliculus  Nervi  Optici.     Optic  thalamus. 
Colliculus    Seminalis.     Au   eminence  in  the 
prostate  gland. 

Colliga'men  (from  colligo,  to  tie  together). 
A  ligament. 

Colliquamen'tum  (from  colliqueo,  I  melt). 
The  first  rudiment  of  an  embryo. 

Colliqua'tion.  Diminution  of  the  solids, 
with  copious  excretion  of  liquids  by  one  or 
more  outlets.  The  liquefaction  or  breaking 
down  of  an  organ  or  tissue. 

Colliquative  {colliquativus ;  from  colliqueo, 
I  melt).  Applied  to  various  discharges,  as 
colliquative  perspiration,  diarrhoea,  etc.,  which 
occasion  rapid  loss  of  strength. 

CoIIobo'ma  (from  ko/./mu,  to  glue  together). 
Colobroma.     Agglutination  of  the  eyelids. 

Collo/des  (from  ko/jm,  glue).     Glutinous. 

Collo'dion.  Collodium ;  pyroxylin ;  ethereal 
solution  of  gun-cotton.  An  impervious  adhe- 
sive plaster  is  made  of  this  solution,  peculiarly 
adapted  to  the  dressing  of  wounds  which  require 
water  dressing.  In  Denial  Practice,  collodion 
is  useful  to  prevent  alveolar  abscesses  from  dis- 
charging on  the  cheek  or  under  the  jaw,  suc- 
cessive layers  being  painted  over  the  tender 
point,  so  as  to  act  as  a  compress,  induce  resolu- 
tion or  change  the  direction  of  the  secretion. 
It  is  also  used  as  an  application  to  exposed 
pulps.  A  colored  preparation  is  used  in  Me- 
chanical Dentistry  to  prevent  the  rubber,  when 
being  vulcanized,  from  adhering  to  the  surface 
of  the  plaster  model.  See  Celluloid.  For 
dental  uses,  see  Gorgas'  "Dental  Medicine." 
Collodion,  Cantharidal.  A  vesicating  solution 
ofcantharidesin  collodion.  See  Canthakidal 
Collodion. 
Collodion,  Elastic.  A  solution  of  gutta-percha 
in  chloroform. 

Colloid  (from  ko?Jm,  glue).  Resembling 
glue.  In  Pathology,  the  jelly-like  degenera- 
tion of  some  malignant  tumors,  as  a  colloid 
cancer. 

Collo'ma.  A  transparent,  amorphous  mat- 
ter, without  vessels  and  nerves,  found  in  cysts. 

Collone'ma  [koaTm,  glue).  A  very  soft 
tumor  containing  a  clear,  grayish-yellow  sub- 
stance like  gelatine  or  fresh  ^lue. 

Col'lum  (from  kuaov,  a  member,  as  being  one 
of  the  chief ;  or  diminutive  of  columnia,  as  being 
the  pillar  and  support  of  the  head).  The  part 
of  the  body  between  the  head  and  chest.  The 
neck. 


Collusion  (coUulio).  Washing  the  mouth 
or  any  other  part. 

Colluto'rium  (from  colluo,  to  wash).  A 
mouth  wash  ;  gargarism. 

Collu'vies  (from  colluo,  to  cleanse).  Filth  ; 
excrement ;  the  matter  discharged  from  an  old 
ulcer. 

Collyr'ium  (from  ku?ivu,  I  check,  and  ptu,  I 
flow).  A  medicated  wash  or  application  to  the 
eyes  ;  usually  in  the  form  of  a  lotion. 

Colobo'ma  («Mo/3w/m,  anything  truncated 
or  shortened).     A  mutilated  or  maimed  organ. 

CoFocy  nth.  The  fruit  of  the  Cucumis  col- 
ocynthis  deprived  of  its  rind.  It  is  a  powerful 
drastic,  hydragogue  cathartic.  Dose,  gr.  v  to 
gr.  x  ;  of  the  compound  extract,  gr.  v  to 
gr.  xxx. 

Colocynth/in.  The  bitter  principle  of  col- 
ocynth. 

Cologne  (spiritus  odoratus).  Cologne 
water.  Consists  of  alcohol,  800  ;  water,  158  ; 
acetic  ether,  2  ;  oil  of  bergamot,  16  ;  oil  of 
lemon,  8  ;  oil  of  rosemary,  8  ;  oil  of  lavender 
flowers,  4  ;  and  orange  flowers,  4  parts. 

Colom'bo.     See  Calumba. 

Co'lon  [colum  ;  intestinum  majus).  The  por- 
tion of  the  large  intestine  which  extends  from 
the  caecum  to  the  rectum. 

CoIonFtis.  Inflammation  of  the  colon. 
Acute  dysentery. 

CoIopho/nia.  So  called  from  Colophon,  the 
city  from  which  it  was  first  brought.  The  black 
resin  which  remains  in  the  retort  after  distilling 
common  turpentine  with  a  strong  fire. 

Coloquin'tida.     Colocynth. 

Col 'or.  In  Physics,  an  inherent  property  in 
light  which  gives  to  bodies  particular  appear- 
ances to  the  eye.  The  primary  colors,  accord- 
ing to  Sir  Isaac  Newton,  are  red,  orange,  yellow, 
green,  blue,  indigo,  and  violet. 
Color  Blindness.  Blindness  for  one  or  more 
colors.  Inability  to  distinguish  colors. 

Colorecti'tis.     Dysentery. 

CoForing  riat'ter.  A  coloring  principle 
existing  in  vegetable  substances.  The  colors 
which  adhere  to  cloth  without  a  basis  are 
termed  substantive,  and  those  which  require  a 
basis,  adjective. 

Colostra'tion.  A  term  for  diseases  of  new- 
born infants,  caused  by  the  first  milk  they 
suck. 

Colostrum.  The  first  milk  secreted  in  the 
breast  after  parturition. 

Colot'omy.      Cutting  into  the  colon. 

Colpoce'le.     Vaginal  hernia. 


COL 


155 


COM 


Colpoc'ose.  Gangrene  of  the  vagina  and 
labia. 

Colpocystotom'ia.  Lithotomy  through 
the  vagina. 

Colpol'gia.     Pain  in  the  vagina. 

Colpopto'sis.  A  prolapsus  of  the  vagi- 
na. 

Colporrhex'is.     Rupture  of  the  vagina. 

Colpo'sis  (colpitis).  Inflammation  of  the 
vagina  ;  vaginitis. 

Colpot/omy.  Incision  of  the  vagina  in 
parturition. 

Colpotre'sia.     Imperforation  of  the  vagina. 

Colum'ba.     Calumba. 

Colum'bic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
the  ore  of  columbium. 

Colum'bium.  A  metal  discovered  by  Mr. 
Hatchet  in  Massachusetts.  It  is  also  termed 
tantalum. 

Columella  (diminutive  of  columna,  a  col- 
umn). A  column  or  little  pillar  ;  also  the 
uvula  and  clitoris. 

Columella'res  Dentes.  The  cuspid  teeth 
are  so  called  from  their  shape. 

Columna.     A   column.     In   Anatomy,    ap- 
plied to  parts  of  the  body  which  resemble  in 
shape  or  office  a  column,  as  the  columnse  carneie 
of  the  heart ;  columna  nasi,  etc. 
Columna  Nasi.     The  lowest  part  of  the  septum 

of  the  nose. 
Columna  Oris.     The  uvula. 

Colum'na?  Carnea?.  The  small  fleshy  col- 
umns which  project  into  the  auricles  and  ven- 
tricles of  the  heart. 

Coluto'rium.     A  gargle. 

Co'ma  (liu/im).     A  profound  sleep  from  which 
the  individual  can  not  be  roused.     It  occurs  as 
a  symptom  in  many  diseases. 
Coma  Somnolen'tum.     A  deep,  morbid  sleep. 
Lethargy. 
Coma  Vi'gil.     A  term  for  the  lethargic  condi- 
tion of  the  patient  in  bad  cases  of  typhus,  in 
which  he  is  watchful  and  muttering  in  de- 
lirium.    Agrypno-coma. 

Coma'ta  (the  plural  of  coma).  Diseases  char- 
acterized by  a  diminution  of  the  powers  of 
voluntary  motion,  with  sleep  or  the  senses  im- 
paired. 

Com'atose.  Having  a  propensity  to  sleep. 
Affected  with  coma. 

Combina'tion  (from  cum,  with,  and  binus, 
two).  The  union  of  two  or  more  bodies  in 
definite  proportions  by  chemical  attraction, 
from  which  results  a  compound  possessing  new 
properties. 


Combination  Denture.  See  Dextuee.  COM- 
BINATION". 
Combining  Weight.  Atomic  weight.  The 
relative  weight  (compared  with  that  of  hydro- 
gen, which  is  regarded  as  1)  of  that  definite 
quantity  of  an  element  which  can  enter  into 
combination  with  other  elements.  It  is  some 
simple  multiple  or  fraction  of  the  atomic 
weight. 

Combustible.     Capable  of  being  burnt. 
Combus'tion   (combustio :  from  comburo,  to 
burn).     Burning.     The  combination  of  oxygen 
with  a  combustible  body.      Among  the  phe- 
nomena which  attend  combustion  is  the  evolu- 
tion of  heat  and  light ;  but  as  these  are  sup- 
posed to  be  dependent  on  chemical  action  they 
may  also  be  expected  in  other  chemical  pro- 
cesses.     The  presence  of  oxygen,  therefore,  is 
not  absolutely  necessary  to  them. 
Combustion,    Spontaneous.      This    most   re- 
markable  phenomenon  frequently  occurs  in 
accumulations  of  vegetable,  animal,  and  even 
mineral  substances,  under  circumstances  fav- 
orable to  its  development.     It  is  also  said  to 
occur  sometimes  in  the  human  body. 
Comen'ic  Acid.     A  pale  yellow  crystalline 
and  slightly  soluble  substance,  produced  by  the 
decomposition  of  meconic  acid  by  heat. 

Commanduca'tio    (from    commanduco,    to 
eat).     Mastication. 
Com'mi.     Gum. 

Com  minuted  (comminuius :  from  commi- 
nuere, — con  and  minuo, — to  break  to  pieces).  In 
Surgery,  a  comminuted  fracture  is  where  a  bone 
is  broken  into  a  number  of  pieces  ;  applied  also 
to  food  after  it  has  been  masticated  or  ground 
between  the  teeth. 

Comminu'tion.  The  fracture  of  a  bone 
into  a  number  of  pieces  ;  the  trituration,  break- 
ing to  pieces  between  the  teeth,  or  mastication 
of  food. 

Com'missure  (commissura;  from  commiito, 
I  join  together).  A  point  of  union  between 
two  parts.  The  commissures  of  the  lips  and 
eyelids  are  the  angles  where  they  come  to- 
gether. 

Commissure,  Anterior,  of  the  Brain.  A 
small,  medullary-like  substance,  crossing  the 
anterior  part  of  the  third  ventricle  of  the 
brain,  uniting  the  two  hemispheres. 
Commissure.  Posterior,  of  the  Brain.  A 
medullary  substance  uniting  the  two  hemi- 
spheres of  the  brain  across  the  posterior  part 
of  the  third  ventricle,  and  above  the  corpora 
quadrigemina. 


COM 


156 


COM 


Commissure  of  the  Uvea.     The  ciliary  liga- 
ment. 
Commu'nicans  (from  communis,  common). 
That  which    communicates    or    establishes   a 
communication.      Applied   to  two   arteries  of 
the  cranium — one  anterior  and  one  posterior. 
The  first  extends  from  one  anterior  cerebral 
artery  to  the  other  ;  the  second  from  the  inter- 
nal carotid  to  the  posterior  cerebral. 
Commu'nicans  Tibiae.  The  external  saphenal 
branch  of  the  tibial  nerve. 
Co'mose.     In  Botany,  ending  in  a  tuft. 
Com'pact  (compactus;    from  con,  and  pan- 
gere,  to  strike,  to  fix).     Solid  ;  close.     In  Anat- 
omy, applied  to  the  hardest  and  closest  part  of 
a  bony  tissue. 

Compares  (from  compingo,  to  put  together). 
An  articulation  ;   a  commissure. 

Comparative.  In  Anatomy  and  Physi- 
ology, that  which  illustrates  by  comparing  with 
the  human  body  or  any  part  of  it  ;  as,  for  ex- 
ample, the  comparative  anatomy  of  the  teeth 
embraces  a  knowledge  of  the  differences  that 
exist  between  these  organs  in  different  animals. 
Compatible.  Applied  to  medicines  which 
may  be  mixed  in  the  stomach  without  interfer- 
ing with  the  action  of  one  another. 

Complex'  (complexus ;  from  con,  with,  and 
plectere,  to  twist).     Complicated. 

Complexion.  The  color  of  the  face  ;  the 
aggregate  of  physical  characters  presented  by  a 
body,  with  reference  to  constitution,  tempera- 
ment, etc. 

Complex'us.  Complex.  Composed  of  sev- 
eral distinct  things. 

Complexus    Mi'nor.       Mastoideus    lateralis. 
The  name  of  a  muscle  which  arises  from  the 
transverse  processes  of  the  last  four  cervical 
vertebrae  and    is    inserted   into   the   mastoid 
process  of  the  temporal  bone. 
Complexus  Mus'culus.   Complexus  seu  biven- 
ter  cervicis  ;  complexus  major  ;  dorso  ;  trache- 
lonoccipital.     A  muscle  situated  on  the  back 
part  of  the  neck. 
Complicated  Fracture.   A  fracture  where, 
in  addition  to   the  injury  done  to  the  bone, 
there  is   a   lesion  of   some  important  vessel, 
nervous  trunk,  or  joint,  etc. 

Complication  (complicalio) .  In  Pathology, 
the  presence  of  several  diseases,  or  several  cir- 
cumstances, foreign  to  the  primary  disease. 

Composition  (compositio ;  from  componere, 
to  place  together).  The  act  of  composing  or 
compounding,  or  that  which  results  from  such 
act ;  as,  a  chemical  or  pharmaceutical  composi- 


tion or  a  composition  for  the  body  or  enamel 
of  porcelain  teeth. 

Compos'itum.  A  compound  or  composi- 
tion of  different  things. 

Compound'.     To  mix  or  unite  two  or  more 
ingredients  in  one  mass  or  body,  or  a  mass  or 
body  resulting  from  such  a  mixture.    Compound 
medicines  have  been  divided  into  two  classes — 
viz.,    officinal    preparations   and     magistral    or 
extemporaneous.     The  former  are  those  ordered 
in   the    pharmacopoeias ;    the   latter  are   con- 
structed by  the  practitioner  at  the  moment. 
Compound   Cavities.     Cavities  in  teeth  that 
are  produced  by  the  coalescence  of  two  cavi- 
ties or  by  the  extension  of  a  single  cavity  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  include  two  surfaces  of  a 
tooth. 

Compound  Fracture.      A  fracture  where  the 
end  of  the  fractured  bone  is  forced  through 
the  skin  or  lacerates  the  soft  parts. 
Compound   Nerve.      A  nerve  endowed  with 
both   sensation  and   motion    and   possessing 
both  motor  and  sensitive  filaments. 
Compound    Radicals.       Substances     which, 
though   containing   two   or    more    elements, 
have  the  capacity  of  uniting  with  elementary 
bodies  to  form  new  compounds. 
Com'press  (compressa;  from  comprimere,  to 
press  together).      Pieces  of  lint  or  folds  of  a 
rag,  or  of  any  other  substance,  so  contrived  as, 
with  the  aid  of  a  bandage,  to  make  pressure 
upon  any  part.     In  Surgery,  a  compress  is  em- 
ployed to  arrest  hemorrhage,  as  well   as  for 
various  other  purposes. 

Compressed'  (compressus).  A  term  applied, 
in  Surgery,  to  a  blood-vessel,  canal,  or  other 
organ  suffering  compression  ;  in  Botany,  to  the 
various  organs  or  parts  of  plants  ;  and  in 
Mineralogy,  to  crystals  which  have  a  flattened 
figure. 

Compressibil'ity.  The  property  possessed 
by  bodies  of  occupying  a  smaller  space  when 
subjected  to  the  action  of  pressure. 

Compres'sion.  In  Physics,  the  action  ex- 
erted upon  a  body  by  external  force  whereby 
its  constituent  molecules  are  pressed  more 
closely  together.  It  is  employed  in  Surgery 
for  the  repression  of  hemorrhages  and  in  the 
treatment  of  aneurisms,  wounds,  sores,  and 
various  injuries  of  the  animal  organs.  The 
agents  ordinarily  used  in  such  cases  are  the 
tourniquet,  bandages,  laced  stockings,  com- 
presses, etc. 

Compression  of  the    Brain.       This   may    be 
caused    by   extra vasated   blood,   a   depressed 


COM 


157 


CON 


portion  of  bone,  au  accumulation  of  fluid,  or 
a  tumor. 
Compressor.  A  name  applied  to  muscles 
which  draw  together  parts  upon  which  they 
act.  Also  the  name  of  instruments  invented 
for  compressing  au  artery  or  vein  and  for  other 
purposes. 

Compressor  Naris  (renasus  nasalis ;  trans- 
versalis  nasi;  dilatores  alarum  nasi).  A  flat 
triangular  muscle,  arising  externally  at  the 
root  of  the  ala  nasi,  and  inserted  with  its  fel- 
low into  the  extremity  of  the  os  nasi  ;  when 
the  two  contract  they  draw  the  sides  of  the 
nose  toward  the  septum. 
Compressor  Prostatae.  A  name  applied  by 
Albinus  to  the  anterior  fibres  of  the  levator 
ani,  which  embrace  the  prostate  gland. 
Compressor  Urethrae.  A  muscle  arising  from 
the  ramus  of  the  ischium  aud  inserted  into 
the  membranous  urethra,  which  it  embraces. 

Compunc'tio  (from  compuvgo,  to  prick). 
A  puncture. 

Cona'rium  (from  kuvoq,  a  cone,  because  of 
its  conical  shape).    A  cone.    The  pineal  gland. 
Concav/us.       Hollow  ;     depressed  in   the 
centre. 

Concentration  (conceniratio ;  from  con, 
and  centrum,  a  centre).  In  3Iedicine,  an  afflux 
of  fluids  or  a  convergence  of  vital  force  toward 
an  orgau.  Also,  the  evaporation  of  the  water 
of  fluids  for  the  purpose  of  increasing  their 
strength. 

Concentric  (concentricus).  Composed  of 
many  layers  arranged  circularly,  one  within 
the  other. 

Conception  {conceptio ;  from  concipio,  to 
conceive).  The  impregnation  of  the  ovum 
in  the  ovarium  by  the  contact  of  the  aura 
seminis. 

Conception,  False.     Term  for  blighted  ovum 
or  imperfect  impregnation. 
Con'cha  (xoyxv).      In  Anatomy,  applied  to 
several  hollow  parts  of  the  body. 
Concha  Auric'ulae.     The  concha  of  the  ear. 
Concha  Auris.      The  hollow  part  of  the  carti- 
lage of  the  external  ear. 
Con'chae  Na/rium.      The  turbinated  part 
of  the  ethmoid  bones,  and  the  inferior  spongy 
bones,  covered  by  the  pituitary  membrane. 

Con'cho^helix.  The  small  muscle  of  the 
helix. 

Con  choid  (chonchoides).     Shell-like. 
Con/chus    (from   Koyxv,  a  shell ;   so  called 
from  its  resemblance  to  a  shell).    The  cranium  ; 
the  sockets  of  the  eves. 


Conchyl'ia.     The  turbinated  bone. 

Conciden/tia  (from  concido,  to  fall  down). 
In  Pathology,  synonymous  wdth  collapse.  A 
wasting  or  tailing  away. 

Concoc'tion  (concoclio ;  from  concoquo,  to 
digest).     Digestion,  coction,  maturation. 

Concomitant  (eoncomitans ;  from  con,  and 
comifare, — itself  from  comire,  cum,  and  ire, — to 
go  with).  That  which  accompanies  or  goes 
with.  In  Pathology,  a  symptom  which  accom- 
panies other  symptoms. 

Concrema'tion.     Calcination. 

Concrescence  of  Teeth.  A  growing  to- 
gether of  the  roots  of  two  teeth  after  their 
complete  development.  See  Osseous  Union 
of  Teeth  and  Germixous  or  Connate 
Teeth. 

Concrete  (from  concresco,  to  grow  together). 
Condensed  or  solidified. 

Concretion  (concretio ;    from  concresco,  to 
grow  together).     That  which   has  thickened, 
condensed,   and   become   more   solid.     It  was 
formerly  used  to  signify  the  adhesion  of  parts. 
Concretion,  Biliary.     Gall-stones. 
Concretion,    Salivary.     A   deposit   of   phos- 
phate of  lime  and  animal  matter  sometimes 
found  in  the  substance  of  the  salivary  glands, 
or  in  the  ducts,  and  on  the  teeth. 
Concretion,  Urinary.     Calculi  deposited  from 
the  urine  in  the  kidneys,  ureters,  bladder,  or 
urethra. 

Concur/sus  (from  eoncurrcre,  to  meet  to- 
gether). The  .congeries  of  symptoms  which 
constitute  and  distinguish  a  particular  disease. 

Concus'sion  (from  concutio,  I  shake  to- 
gether). In  Surgery,  agitation  communicated 
to  one  organ  by  a  fall  upon  another,  as  the 
brain  from  a  fall  on  the  buttocks.  Concussion 
of  the  brain  often  causes  very  alarming  symp- 
toms. 

Concussion  of  the  Brain.  A  disturbance  of 
the  brain  produced  by  a  fall  or  blow.  It  has 
been  supposed  that  some  of  the  nervous  fibres 

are    broken   under   these  circumstances.     It 

differs   from   compression  in  the    absence  of 
stertorous  breathing. 

Condensation  (condematio;  from  con- 
d(  nso,  to  make  thick).  A  thickening  of  a  fluid. 
In  Anatomy  and  Pathology,  an  increase  in  the 
density  of  the  blood  or  other  fluids  or  in  any  of 
the  tissues  of  the  body.  In  Chemistry,  the 
subjection  of  aeriform  bodies  to  pressure  or 
the  conversion  of  vapors  to  fluids  by  cold.  In 
Dentistry,  the  packing  of  the  gold  or  other 
material  into  the  prepared  cavity  of   a   tooth 


CON 


158 


CON 


in  the  operation  of  filling  by  mechanical  ar- 
rangement of  the  layers  of  foil,  by  their  incor- 
poration, and  by  cohesion  of  the  layers  or  par- 
ticles. 

Conden'ser.  An  alembic.  An  instrument 
for  condensing  vapor. 

Condenser,  Liebig's.    A  contrivance  of  Liebig 
for  condensing  volatile  liquids  during  distilla- 
tion.    It  consists  of  two  tubes,  the  inner  of 
which  contains  the  vapor  and  the   outer    a 
stream  of  cold  water,  constantly  flowing. 
Con'diment   (eondimentum ;    from   condire, 
to  preserve   or    season).      Anything   used   for 
seasoning  food,  as  butter,   salt,  pepper,  spice, 
etc. 

Condi/tum.  A  pharmaceutical  compound 
of  wine,  honey,  and  some  aromatics,  especially 
pepper. 

Conditu/ra.     Embalming  a  dead  body. 
Conduction    (from    conduco,    to   draw  to- 
gether).    The  passage  or  transfer  of  material 
or  force  from  one  part  to  another. 

Conductor  (from  conducere,  to  lead  or 
guide).  That  which  conducts  or  serves  as  a 
guide.  In  Surgery,  an  instrument  used  for 
directing  a  knife  or  bistoury  in  certain  opera- 
tions. In  Physics,  a  body  capable  of  conduct- 
ing heat  and  electricity. 

Conduit.  A  passage  of  small  dimensions. 
A  canal.     A  pipe  for  conveying  water. 

Condylarthro'sis.  Articulation  by  con- 
dyles. 

Con'dyle  [condylus  ;  kovSvIqc,  the  joint  of 
the  finger,  a  tubercle  or  knot).  An  articular 
process  of  a  bone,  flat  in  one  direction  and 
round  in  the  other. 

Con'dyli  Digito/rum  Ma/nus.  The  pha- 
langes. 

Condyloid  (condyloideus ;  from  novdvloc,  a 
condyle,  and  euSoc,  shape).  Shaped  like  a  con- 
dyle. 

Condyloid    Foramina.     Foramina   condyloi- 
dea.     Four  foramina,  two  anterior  and  two 
posterior,  in  the  occipital  bone. 
Condyloid  Process.    A  condyle  ;  the  articulat- 
ing processes  of  the  inferior  maxillary  bone. 
Condylo'ma  [condylus;    from    itovdvhog,     a 
knot,  an  eminence).     A  soft,  wart-like  excres- 
cence,  of  an   indolent  character,  which  appears 
about  the  anus  and  orifice  of  the  genital  organs, 
and  sometimes  on  the  fingers.     Also  syphilitic 
patches  and  ulcerations. 

Condylom'eter  (from  iiovtivloc,  the  knob 
formed  by  a  bent  joint,  a  condyle,  and  /xerpov,  a 
measure).  An  instrument  invented  by  Dr.  J.  B. 


Bean  for  taking  measurements  of  the  position 
of  the  condyles  of  the  inferior  maxillary  or  the 
centre  of  motion  of  that  bone  relative  to  the 
plane  of  the  dental  arch.  See  Fractures  of 
the  Maxillary  Bones. 

Condyl'Opods  (condylopoda ;  from  novdv'koc, 
and  iTovg,  a  foot).  A  subdivision  of  encepha- 
lous  articulate  animals  with  jointed  feet. 

Cone  (conns;  from  kuvoc,  to  bring  to  a 
point).  A  solid  body  having  a  circle  for  its 
base  and  terminating  in  a  point.  Cones  of 
felt,  rubber,  or  walrus  leather  are  employed  in 
Mechanical  Dentistry  for  polishing  plates. 

Conein'.  Cicutin.  The  active  principle  of 
hemlock. 

Confec/tio  (from  confectio,  to  make  up). 
Confection.  In  Pharmacy,  anything  made  into  a 
pulpy  mass  with  sugar  or  honey.  The  term  is 
nearly  synonymous  with  conserve  and  electuary. 

Confirman/tia.     Tonics. 

Conf  la'tion  (conflatio  ;  from  conflo,  to  blow 
together).  In  Metallurgy,  the  blowing  together 
of  fires  in  melting  metals. 

Confluent  (confluens;  from  con,  and  fluere, 
to  flow).  Eunning  together.  In  Pathology, 
applied  to  certain  exanthematous  affections  in 
which  the  eruptions  are  so  thick  that  they  run 
together. 

Confluent  Small-pox.  This  disease  is  divided 
into  distinct  and  confluent.  In  the  latter  divi- 
sion the  pustules  run  into  one  another. 

Conflux'io.  That  sympathy  of  the  differ- 
ent parts  of  the  animal  body  by  which  the 
actions  of  life  are  sustained. 

Conformation  (conformatio) .  In  Anatomy, 
the  natural  disposition  or  arrangement  of  the 
parts  of  the  body. 

Confiscation.  Eeduction  of  a  friable 
substance  to  powder  by  rubbing  it  between  the 
fingers. 

Confu'sa?  Febres.  Intermittent  fevers, 
irregular  in  their  paroxysms. 

Confu/sio  (from  confundo,  to  mix  together). 
A  disease  of  the  eye  in  which  the  membranes 
become  ruptured  and  the  humors  run  together. 

Congelation  (eongelatio ;  from  congelo,  to 
congeal,  to  freeze).  The  act  of  congealing,  or 
passing  from  a  fluid  to  a  solid  state,  as  in  the 
case  of  water  when  it  freezes.  The  word  is 
also  used  synonymously  with  concretion  and 
coagulation.  It  was  formerly  applied  to  dis- 
eases attended  with  stupor  and  numbness,  as 
in  paralysis  and  catalepsy.  Congelation — 
freezing  a  part — is  also  employed  to  produce 
insensibility  under  surgical  operations,  and  to 


CON 


159 


CON 


Dr.  Richardson,  of  Loudon,  is  due  the  credit 
of  its  applicability  to  surgery  in  the  form  of 
the  ether  spray.  See  Spray  Apparatus  and 
Branch's  Apparatus. 

Convener  {congenerous;  from  eon,  with, 
and  genus,  kind).  Of  the  same  kind  or  species. 
In  Anatomy,  muscles  which  concur  in  the  same 
action. 

Congenital  {congenitus) .     That  which  ex- 
isted at  birth.     Thus,  congenital  affections  are 
those  which  exist  at  birth,  as  a  disease  or  de- 
formity.    See  Erosion  of  the  Teeth. 
Congenital  Defectiveness  of  the  Teeth.    Oc- 
casioned by  either  deficient  nutrition,  diseased 
nutritive   fluids,    or    impaired    or    imperfect 
formative  organs. 
Congestion  (congestio ;  from  congerere,  to 
amass,   to  accumulate).     An  accumulation  of 
blood,  bile,  or  other  fluids  in  a  part  or  organ. 

Congestive  Diseases.  Diseases  produced 
by  congestion. 

Congestive   Fever.     A  fever  associated  with 
congestion  of  some  viscus.    It  is  attended  with 
much  oppression,  obscure  symptoms,  and  slow 
reaction. 
Con/gius  (congiarius).     A  gallon. 
Conglo'bate  {conglobatus  ;  from  conglobare, 
to  gather  into  a  small  ball).    Applied  to  glands 
formed  of  a  contortion,  of    lymphatic  vessels 
connected  by  cellular  tissue,  without  a  cavity 
or  excretory  duct. 

Conglomerate  {conglomerates ;  from  con- 
glomerate, to  heap  upon).  Applied  to  glands 
which  consist  of  a  number  of  small  glands. 
Conglutination.  Agglutination. 
Co'nia.  Conine;  conicine.  A  volatile  alka- 
loid of  Conium  maculatum.  obtained  by  distill- 
ing the  concentrated  infusion  with  potash. 
Dose  of  tincture  of  conia,  ^ssto  gj. 

Con'icae  Papillae.  The  lenticular  papillae 
of  the  tongue. 

Con/icus.     Conical. 
Co'nis.     Dust ;  fine  powder  ;  ashes. 
Coni  'urn.     A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Umbel liferas.     All  the  plants  belonging  to  it 
are  poisonous. 

Conium  Macula'tum.  Hemlock  ;  poison 
parsley.  A  plant  possessed  of  narcotic  and 
poisonous  properties.  When  applied  locallj7, 
conium  possesses  anodyne  effects  and  is  em- 
ployed in  neuralgias  and  the  pain  of  can- 
cerous tumors.  It  also  relieves  pain  in  pul- 
pitis. 
Coni  Vasculo'si.  The  conical  convolutions 
of  the  vasa  efferentia  of  the  testicle. 


Conjugated      Acids.      Acids      combined 

with  basic  substances  without  losing  their 
saturating  power.  The  organic  substance, 
combined  with  the  acid,  materially  alters  its 
properties,  while  it  does  not  interfere  with  its 
acidity. 

Conjugation  {conjugatio ;  from  conjugal* , 
to  yoke  together).  An  assemblage  ;  a  union. 
Applied  in  Anatomy  to  the  orifices  on  each  side 
of  the  vertebral  column  which  result  from  the 
conjugation  of  notches  in  each  vertebra  above 
and  below. 

Conjunctiva.  Membrana  conjunctiva  ; 
conjunctiva  tunica.  A  delicate,  transparent, 
mucous  membrane,  covering  the  anterior  sur- 
face of  the  eyeball  and  lining  the  inner  surface 
of  the  eyelids. 

Conjunctivitis.  Inflammation  of  the  con- 
junctive membrane. 

Conjunc/tus.     Conjoined. 

Con'nate  (from  con  and  natus,  born  with). 
Congenital. 

Connective  Tissue.     See  Animal  Tissue. 

Conniv'ent  [connivens;  from  connivere,  to 
close).  A  term  in  Anatomy  applied  to  the 
valvular  folds  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
small  intestines,  called  valvulse  conniventes, 
from  their  approach  to  one  another.  It  is  applied 
in  Botany  to  the  calyx  and  corolla,  the  petals  of 
which  converge  or  bend  inward. 

Co'noid    (from    kuvoc,    a    cone,    and    eio*oc, 
shape).     Of  a  conical  shape. 
Conoid   Ligament.     A   ligament  attached  to 
the  scapular  extremity  of  the  clavicle  and  to 
the  coracoid  process  of  the  scapula. 

Conoi/des  Cor'pus.     The  pineal  gland. 

Conquassa/tion  {conquassatio).  In  Phar- 
macy, the  operation  of  bruising  the  different 
parts  of  a  vegetable  substance  with  a  pestle. 

Consanguinity  (from  con,  together,  and 
sanguinis,  blood).  Relationship  arising  from  a 
common  parentage.  Connected  or  allied  in 
blood  descent. 

Consec'utive  {consecutivus ;  from  con,  with, 
and  sequor,  to  follow).  Following  as  a  conse- 
quence. 

Consecutive  Symptoms.  Phenomena  which 
appear  afteror  during  the  decline  of  a  disease, 
and  as  a  consequence  of  it. 

Consen'sus.     Sympathy;  consent  of  parts. 

Conser'va  (from  conservare,  to  keep).  A 
conserve  ;  a  preparation  composed  of  a  recent 
vegetable  substance  and  sugar,  mixed  together 
in  a  uniform  mass  of  about  the  consistency  of 
honey.     It  is  the  same  as  confection. 


CON 


160 


CON 


Conservatory.  In  Horticulture,  a  glazed 
structure  in  which  exotic  plants  and  shrubs 
are  grown  in  a  bed  or  floor  of  soil. 

Consisten'tia  (from  consisto,  to  stand  still). 
The  acme  of  a  disease. 

Consolidan/tia.  A  name  formerly  applied 
to  substances  supposed  to  be  capable  of  harden- 
ing recently  healed  wounds. 

Constant  Battery,  Element,  or  Cell.  A 
battery  yielding  a  constant  current.  Such 
galvanic  batteries  as  those  of  Bunsen,  Calland, 
Daniel,  Grenet,  Grove,  Leclanche,  and  Smee. 

Constipation  (constipatio  ;  from  constipare, 
con  and  slipare,  to  cram  close).  Costiveness. 
A  state  of  the  bowels  in  which  the  alvine  evacu- 
ations take  place  less  frequently  than  usual. 

Constit'uens.  Constituent.  The  vehicle  ; 
that  which  imparts  an  agreeable  form.  See 
Prescription. 

Constitution  (constiiutio).  In  Physiology, 
the  general  condition  of  the  organs  of  the 
body,  considered  with  reference  to  their  par- 
ticular arrangement  and  the  manner  in  which 
they  perform  their  functions.  Individual  or- 
ganization. 

Constitution  of  the  Atmosphere.     The  state 
of  the  air;   its  temperature,  humidity,  dry- 
ness, heat,  etc.,  with  respect  to  its  influence 
upon  the  human  body  and  during  the  preva- 
lence of  epidemics. 
Constitutional.     Hereditary;  of  acquired 
predisposition  ;  general  diseases  involving  the 
entire  system. 

Constrictive  (constrictivus;  from  con- 
stringo,  to  bind  together).  Styptic.  Astrin- 
gent. 

Constrictor  (from  constring ere,  to 
straighten).  To  bind  in  a  circular  direc- 
tion). Applied  to  a  muscle  which  coutracts 
any  opening  in  the  body. 

Constrictor  Alae  Nasi.      The  depressor  labii 
superioris  alscque  nasi. 
Constrictor  Ani.     The  sphincter  ani. 
Constrictor  Cunni.     The  sphincter  vaginse. 
Constrictor  Isthmi  Faucium.    Glosso-staphy- 
linus  ;  palato-glossus.     A  muscle  at  the  open- 
ing of  tin;  fauces,  occupying  the  anterior  lat- 
eral half  arches  of  the  palate  ;  it  arises  from 
the  side  of  the  tongue  near  its  root  and  is  in- 
serted in  fche  velum  near  the  uvula.    It  draws 
the  velum  down  and  closes  the  opening  into 
tin'  fauces. 
Constrictor  Labiorum.     Constrictor  oris.     Or- 
bicularis mis. 
Constrictor    OZsophagi.       Constrictor  of  the 


oesophagus.  A'  muscle  composed  of  a  number 
of  fibres,  situated  at  the  opening  of  the 
oesophagus. 

Constrictor  Oris.  Orbicularis  oris. 
Constrictor  Palpebrarum.  Orbicularis  pal- 
pebrarum. 
Constrictor  Pharyn/gis  Inferior.  A  muscle 
situated  at  the  posterior  part  of  the  pharynx. 
It  arises  from  the  side  of  the  thyroid  cartilage 
and  its  inferior  cornu,  and  from  the  side  of  the 
cricoid  cartilage,  and  is  inserted  with  its  fellow 
in  the  middle  line  on  the  back  of  the  pharynx. 
It  assists  to  lessen  the  captivity  of  the  pharynx, 
and  thus  compels  the  food  to  take  the  down- 
ward direction  into  the  oesophagus. 
Constrictor  Pharyn/gis  Me/dius.  A  muscle 
at  the  posterior  part  of  the  pharynx  ;  it  arises 
from  the  appendix  and  cornu  of  the  os  hy- 
oides  and  from  the  thyro-hyoid  ligament ;  its 
fibres  ascend,  run  transversely,  and  descend, 
giving  it  a  triangular  appearance  ;  the  upper 
ones  overlap  the  superior  constrictor,  while 
the  lower  are  beneath  the  inferior,  and  the 
whole  pass  back  to  be  inserted  into  the  middle 
tendinous  line  of  the  pharynx. 
Constrictor  Pharyngis  Superior.  A  muscle 
on  the  posterior  part  of  the  pharynx  which 
arises  from  the  cuneiform  process  of  the  occipi- 
tal bone,  from  the  lower  part  of  the  internal 
pterygoid  plate  of  the  sphenoid  bone,  from  the 
pterygo-maxillary  ligament,  and  from  the  pos- 
terior third  of  the  mylo-hyoid  ridge  of  the 
lower  jaw,  near  the  root  of  the  last  molar 
tooth,  and  is  inserted  with  its  fellow  into  the 
middle  tendinous  line  on  the  back  of  the 
pharynx. 
Constrictor  Vesicae  Urinaria^.  Detrusor 
urinse. 

Constrin'gens,  Constringent.  Astrin- 
gent ;  styptic. 

Consultation.  In  Medicine,  a  meeting  of 
two  or  more  physicians  to  deliberate  upon  any 
particular  case  of  disease. 

Consumption  (consmnptio;  from  consu- 
mcre,  to  waste  away).  A  gradual  or  progres- 
sive emaciation  of  the  body,  especially  in 
phthisis  pulmonalis,  and  hence  the  name  con- 
sumption which  this  disease  has  received. 
Consumption,  Pulmonary.  See  PHTHISIS 
PULMOXALIS. 

Contabescen/tia.     Consumption;  atrophy. 

Con 'tact  (contactud ;  from  conlingcre,  to 
touch).  The  state  of  two  bodies  which  touch 
each  other. 

Conta'gion    {contagio;  from   contingere,  to 


CON 


161 


CON 


touch).  The  communication  of  disease  from 
one  person  to  another,  either  by  direct  or  indi- 
rect contact.  This  term  has  been  employed  to 
signify  all  atmospheric  and  morbid  poisons, 
effluvia,  miasmata,  and  infections  which  cause 
fevers  or  diseases  that  give  rise  to  them.  But 
according  to  the  strict  definition  of  the  term, 
it  means  the  communication  of  a  disease  by 
personal  contact  with  the  sick  or  by  the  efflu- 
vium from  the  body  of  the  sick.  It  is  gener- 
ally regarded  as  synonymous  with  infection. 

Contagious.  Capable  of  being  transmitted 
by  direct  or  indirect  contact. 

Conten'sio.     Tension. 

Contiguity.  Contact  of  bodies  ;  a  touch- 
ing ;  applied  to  the  teeth  when  in  contact  with 
one  another. 

Continence  (continentia ;  from  continere,  to 
hold  or  keep).  Abstinence  from  physical  in- 
dulgences, especially  from  sexual  passions. 

Con/tinens.     A  term  applied  in  Pathology 
to  any  disease  which,  in  its  course,  presents  no 
marked    exacerbations    or    remissions    of   its 
symptoms. 
Continens  Febris.     Continued  fever. 

Contin  ued  Fever.  A  fever  which  pro- 
ceeds without  interruption. 

Continuity  (continuitas).  Adherence  of 
two  things.  Connection  ;  cohesion  of  two 
bodies  which  can  not  be  separated  without  frac- 
ture or  laceration. 

Continuity,  Solution  of.  The  division  of  a 
tissue  by  inflammation  or  disease  or  by  acci- 
dent. 

Continuous=gum  Work.  To  Dr.  John 
Allen  is  due  the  credit  of  having  brought  this 
method  of  constructing  artificial  dentures  to 
its  present  state  of  perfection,  and  the  follow- 
ing descriptions  relate  to  his  modes  of  practice  : 
On  a  base  plate  of  platinum,  or  platinum  and 
iridium  combined,  plain  artificial  teeth  with 
long  necks,  and  manufactured  expressly  for 
this  style  of  work,  are  arranged  as  in  ordinary 
plate  work,  and  properly  antagonized.  They 
are  then  covered  with  a  thin  coating  of  plas- 
ter of  the  consistence  of  cream,  which  is  fol- 
lowed by  another  and  thicker  coating  of  plaster 
and  asbestos,  forming  an  investment  which 
will  not  crack  during  the  process  of  solder- 
ing the  teeth  to  the  plate.  After  the  removal 
of  the  wax  employed  for  holding  the  teeth 
in  position  until  the  plaster  investment  secures 
them,  a  rim  of  platinum  is  adapted  to  the 
lingual  side  of  the  teeth  under  the  pins  and 
to  the  plate.  The  platinum  pins  in  the  teeth 
11 


are  then  bent  down  over  the  edge  of  the 
rim  and  soldered  with  pure  gold  or  an  alloy 
of  gold  and  platinum,  and  at  the  same  time 
the  rim,  which  is  usually  of  the  same  thick- 
ness as  the  plate  (from  twenty-eight  to  thirty), 
is  soldered  to  the  plate.  This  soldering  is 
done  by  first  introducing  the  piece  into  the 
heated  muffle  of  the  furnace  used  for  fusing 
and  flowing  the  gum  body  and  enamel  and 
bringing  the  whole  mass  to  a  red  heat,  when 
it  is  withdrawn,  and  the  pure  gold  caused  to 
flow  by  means  of  a  blow-pipe.  After  the  piece 
is  carefully  cooled  the  plaster  and  asbestos  in- 
vestment is  removed  from  the  teeth  alone,  the 
remainder  acting  as  a  base  upon  which  the  set 
is  to  rest  during  the  subsequent  bakings  of  the 
gum  body  and  enamel.  The  teeth  are  then 
carefully  cleansed  of  all  particles  of  the  plaster, 
and  immersed  for  a  short  time  in  sulphuric 
acid,  and  this  removed  with  a  brush  and 
water.  The  material  known  as  the  body, 
which  is  a  colorless  mineral  compound, — for 
the  composition  of  which,  as  well  as  that  of  the 
gum  enamel,  see  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Pract.  of 
Dentistry," — is  then  applied  in  a  plastic  state 
by  means  of  a  small  spatula,  and  carved  to  repre- 
sent the  gum,  and,  when  the  palatine  portion 
of  the  platinum  plate  is  also  covered,  the  roof 
and  rugse  of  the  mouth.  The  piece,  which  is 
now  ready  for  baking,  is  placed  upon  a  slide 
on  the  apron  in  front  of  one  of  the  upper 
muffles  of  the  heated  furnace,  and  every  eight 
or  ten  minutes  is  moved  a  little  further  into 
the  muffle,  until  it  has  reached  the  centre, 
which  should  be  at  a  red  heat.  It  is  then 
withdrawn  and  passed  into  a  lower  muffle, 
where  there  is  a  white  heat,  which  soon  semi- 
vitrifies  the  body— all  that  is  desired  for  this 
first  baking. 

After  removing  it  from  this  muffle  the  piece 
is  then  placed  in  a  cooling  muffle,  the  mouth 
of  which  is  closed  to  prevent  a  too  sudden 
change  of  temperature.  When  cool  enough  to 
handle,  a  second  application  of  the  body  is 
made  to  remedy  any  defects,  such  as  cracks, 
etc.,  and  the  piece  again  subjected  to  a  second 
baking,  which  should  make  it  a  little  harder 
than  the  first  one,  but  not  so  much  so  as  to 
cause  the  surface  to  become  glossy. 

It  is  then  cooled  as  before,  and  a  thin  coat- 
ing of  the  flesh-colored  gum-enamel,  made 
plastic  with  water,  is  applied  by  means  of  a 
camel 's-hair  brush  over  the  body  and  well 
packed  around  the  necks  of  the  teeth,  care 
being  observed  to  keep   it   from    the   crowns. 


CON 


162 


CON 


After  the  application  of  the  gum-enamel,  the 
piece  is  again  placed  in  the  furnace  and  sub- 
jected to  a  little  greater  heat  than  that  for 
baking  the  body,  which  will  produce  a  smooth, 
glossy  surface.  After  this  fusing  of  the  enamel 
is  accomplished,  the  piece  is  removed  and 
placed  in  a  hot  muffle  in  order  to  prolong  the 
cooling  process:  otherwise  it  is  rendered  very 
fragile.  Coke  answers  a  better  purpose  for 
heating  the  furnace  than  bituminous  coal,  on 
account  of  there  being  less  gas  evolved  ;  but 
anthracite  coal,  after  the  fire  becomes  clear  of 
the  blue  flame,  maintains  a  greater  and  longer 
contiuued  heat  thau  coke.  To  repair  continu- 
ous-guni  work,  where  a  tooth  is  broken  off,  for 
example,  the  remaining  portion  is  ground  out 
and  a  new  tooth  fitted  into  its  place.  This  new 
tooth  need  not  be  soldered  to  the  rim,  but  can 
be  securely  attached  by  grinding  a  small  notch 
or  groove  in  the  enamel  which  covers  the 
liugual  side  of  the  rim  for  the  platinum  pin  of 
the  tooth  to  rest  in.  The  pin  is  then  covered 
with  the  body,  which  is  also  applied  around 
the  base  of  the  new  tooth,  and  baked  hard, 
which  will  securely  fasten  it.  The  piece  is 
then  placed  in  the  furnace  and  the  new  por- 
tion of  the  body  semi-vitrified,  after  which 
it  is  carefully  cooled  and  the  gum-enamel 
applied,  and  fused  in  the  furnace  as  before  de- 
scribed. To  prevent  the  old  portion  of  enamel 
from  changing  color  from  the  bakings  neces- 
sary in  repairing  a  piece,  the  entire  surface  of 
the  old  gum  should  be  covered  by  a  thin  coat- 
ing of  the  fresh  gum-enamel  before  the  last 
baking,  so  that  all  may  be  fused  together. 

Dr.  J.  W.  Moffit's   formula  for  continuous- 
gum  body  is  as  follows  : 

Spar, 12    ozs. 

Quartz, 4h  ozs. 

Bohemian  glass, 60    grs. 

French  china, 35    grs. 

German  clay, 2    dwts. 

Ground  coarsely. 

Oontinuous-gum  enamel,  according  to  Dr.  D. 
D.  Smith's  formula,  is  composed  of: 

Gum  frit  (of  S.  S.White),  .  41  dwts. 
Flux  without  titanium,  .  16  dwts. 
Granulated  body,    ....    11     dwts. 

Granulated  body : 

Quartz, 20  grs. 

Spar,       24  grs. 

Caustic  potash,     .   .  1  gr. 

Titanium,      ....  2  grs.  to  1  oz. 


Flux  : 

Quartz  (very  fiue),  -  18  dwts. 

Spar,       10  dwts. 

Glass  of  borax,     .    .  2  dwts. 

Ciyolite, 1  dwt. 

Caustic  potash,     .    .  10  grs. 

Titanium,      ....  H  grs.  to  1  oz. 

The  following  are  Dr.  Ambler  Tee's  formulas 
for  body  and  enamel  which  will  fuse  at  a  lower 
heat  than  the  majority  of  bodies  and  enamels 
used  in  this  work  : 

Finely-powdered  feldspar,  .    40  dwts. 
Kaolin, 3  dwts. 

These  are  mixed  and  ground  dry  for  half  an 
hour,  and  placed  on  a  fire-clay  slide  previously 
coated  with  finely-ground  silex,  and  burned  in 
a  muffle  to  a  state  of  vitrification,  and,  when 
cool,  broken  up  and  ground  until  the  powder 
will  pass  through  a  No.  10  bolting-cloth  sieve. 
The  gum-enamel  is  composed  of: 

Flux, 12  dwts. 

Feldspar,     ........    40  dwts. 

Gum  frit, 2  dwts. 

The  gum  frit  is  formed  by  mixing  8  grains  of 
purple  of  Cassius  with  700  grains  of  feldspar 
and  175  grains  of  a  flux  composed  of  pure 
quartz,  4  ounces,  glass  of  borax,  1  ounce,  potas- 
sium carbonate,  1  ounce,  fused  into  a  glass  and 
ground  fine. 

Contortion  (conlorsis ;  from  contorquere,  to 
twist).  In  Pathology,  violent  movement  and 
twisting  of  the  affected  part  or  member. 

Contour7  (from  tomus,  a  lathe).  Turned  in 
a  lathe.  The  line  that  bounds,  defines,  or  ter- 
minates a  figure.  In  Operative  Dentistry,  the 
restoration  of  lost  parts  of  teeth  by  building 
them  up  with  gold,  etc. 

Contour  Fillings.     Fillings  in  which  the  ma- 
terial is  so  built  out  as  to  restore  the  lost  por- 
tion of  the   crown   of  the   tooth,   as  distin- 
guished from  plane  or  flush  fillings.     Teeth- 
cusps,  etc.,  built  out  to  correspond  with  the 
lost  outlines  of  teeth  structure. 
Contra=apertu/ra.   In  Pathology,  a  counter- 
opening  to  give  exit  to  matter  which  can  not 
escape  from  the  opening  that  already  exists. 

Contractility  {contract  it  it  as).  A  property 
in  living  parts  which  gives  to  them  the  power 
of  contracting  or  shortening. 

Contraction  {contractio ;  from  conirahcre, 
to  draw  together).  Action  of  contraction, 
arising  from  excited  contractility.  The  short- 
ening of  a  muscle  or  fibre. 


CON 


163 


COP 


Contractu'ra.  Contraction  of  a  muscle. 
In  Pathology,  the  state  of  rigidity  -which  the 
flexor  muscles  slowly  and  progressively  assume 
as  a  consequence  of  gouty,  rheumatic,  paralytic, 
or  other  affection . 

Contra=exten/sio.     Counter-extension. 

Contra=fissu/ra  (from  contra,  against,  and 
findo,  to  cleave).  A  fracture  or  injury  in  a 
part  distant  from  that  which  received  the 
blow.  Counter-fissures  occur  most  frequently 
in  the  cranium,  hut  are  not  always  confined 
to  it. 

Contraindication.  Counter-indication.  A 
symptom  which  forbids  the  employment  of 
a  remedy  which,  under  other  circumstances, 
might  be  used  ;  opposed  to. 

Contri'tio  (from  con,  and  tero,  to  bruise  or 
make  small).     Comminution  ;  trituration. 

Contro=stim/ulant.  A  medicine  which 
debilitates  or  diminishes  the  vital  force. 

Contro=stim/ulus.  A  doctrine  of  Rasori, 
founded  on  the  contro-stimulant  property  of 
certain  medicines,  as  tartar  emetic,  etc. 

Contund/ing.  That  which  causes  contu- 
sions. 

Con'tus.     Contused  ;  also,  the  penis. 

Contu'sion  [contusio;  from  contundere,  to 
knock  together).  A  bruise;  an  injury  or 
lesion,  in  which  there  is  extravasation  of 
blood,  caused  by  the  shock  of  a  body  with  a 
large  surface.  When  the  skin  is  divided,  it  is 
called  a  contused  wound. 

Co'nus.     A  cone.     Strobile. 

Convalescence  (convalescentia ;  from  con- 
ralescere,  to  grow  well).  Eecovery  of  health 
after  the  cure  of  disease. 

Convalescent.  Recovering  health  after 
the  cure  or  subsidence  of  disease. 

Convalla'ria  (from  convallis,  a  valley,  from 
its  abounding  in  valleys).  A  genus  of  plauts 
of  the  order  Liliacese. 

Convallaria  Maja'lis.  The  lily  of  the  valley. 
May-lily.  Its  physiological  action  and  thera- 
peutics are  similar  to  those  of  digitalis  (which 
see). 

Con 'vex.  A  swelling  of  a  round  or  spheri- 
cal form  on  the  exterior  surface  ;  gibbous  ; 
opposed  to  concave. 

Con'volute  (convolutus).  Rolled  up  into  a 
cylinder.  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  the 
upper  and  lower  turbinated  bones  of  the  nose, 
and  in  Botany  to  leaves  of  a  plant, 

Convolu'tion  (convolutio ;  from  convolvere, 
to  roll  together).  A  substance  rolled  upon 
itself. 


Convolution,  Internal.  Convolution  of  the 
corpus  callosum.  A  great  convolution  on  the 
inner  side  of  each  hemisphere  of  the  brain, 
surrounding  the  corpus  callosum. 
Convolution,  Supra-orbital.  A  convolution 
on  the  under  side  of  the  anterior  lobe  of  the 
brain,  resting  on  the  orbital  process. 

Convolutions  of  the  Brain.  The  round, 
undulating,  winding  projections  of  the  surface 
of  the  brain. 

Convolutions  of  the   Intestines.     The  wind- 
ings made  by  the  intestines  in  the  abdominal 
cavity. 
Convolvulus.       In    Pathology,    intussus- 
ceptio.      In  Botany,  a  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Convolvulaceae,  such  as  the  jalap,  scarn- 
mony,  and  turbeth  plants. 

Convul'sio.     Convulsion. 
Convulsio  Canina.     Risus  sardonicus. 
Convulsio  Cerea'lis.    Raphania  ;  a  convulsive 
affection  supposed  to  be  brought  on  by  eating 
spoiled  corn. 
Convulsio  Habitua'lis.     Chorea. 

Convul'sion  (convulsio;  from  convellere,  to 
pull  together).  The  manifestation  of  nervous 
irritation  or  disorder.  Violent  agitation  of  the 
whole  body,  attended  by  alternate  violent  in- 
voluntary contractions  and  relaxations  of  the 
muscles,  and,  as  a  consequence,  distortion  of 
the  limbs,  muscles  of  the  face,  etc.  When  the 
alternate  contraction  is  slight,  it  is  called 
tremor,  but  when  violent  and  permanent, 
tetanus,  trismus,  etc.  It  may  be  general  or 
partial.  When  general,  all  the  muscles  of  the 
body  are  more  or  less  affected,  as  in  the  case  of 
epilepsy  and  by steria.  When  partial,  it  affects 
only  several  muscles,  as  in  the  case  of  chorea, 
risus  sardonicus,  etc. 

Convulsions  of  Denti'tion.  Spasms  or 
convulsions  coincident  with  or  incident  to 
dental  evolution.  Causes  :  irritations  of  the 
fifth  and  pneumogastric  nerves  or  of  gastric 
or  intestinal  disturbance.  The  treatment  con- 
sists in  lessening  the  nervous  excitability  by 
controlling  the  nerve  centres. 

Convul'sive.  Tending  to  convulsions. 
Slightly  spasmodic. 

Convul'sives.  Medicines  which  increase 
the  irritability  of  the  muscles  and  induce  con- 
vulsions, as  strychnia,  brucia,  etc. 

Cony'za.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Composite.     Great  fleabane. 

Copai'ba.  Copaiva.  The  resinous  exudation 
of  various  copaiferous  trees.  Balsam  of  copaiva. 
It    has   a   peculiar   odor  and   a   bitter,  pungent 


COP 


164 


COR 


taste,  and  a  syrupy  consistence.  It  is  stimulant 
and  diuretic ;  in  large  doses,  purgative.  It 
acts  on  the  lining  membrane  of  the  urethra 
and  on  mucous  membranes  in  general.  It  is 
used  in  gonorrhoea,  gleet,  leucorrhcea,  etc.,  in 
the  dose  of  gtt.  x  to  3,],  twice  or  thrice  a  day. 
See  Capsule,  Gelatinous. 

Copaif /era.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Fabacese. 

Copaifera   Officinalis.     The  systematic  name 

of  the  plant  from  which  the  copaiba  balsam  is 

obtained. 

Copaiva  Capsules.     The  balsam  placed  in 

capsules  formed  of  a  concentrated  solution  of 

gelatin. 

Copaiv/ic  Acid.  The  yellow,  brittle  resin 
of  copaiba  balsam. 

Copal7.  A  resinous  substance  used  in  mak- 
ing varnishes.     A  gum-resin. 

Copho'sis  (cophoma ;  from  /iw^of,  deaf). 
Deafness. 

Co/pos.  A  state  of  the  body  in  which  the 
functions  are  languidly  performed. 

Cop/per.  Symbol,  Cu.  Atomic  weight, 
63-4.  A  metal  of  a  reddish-brown  color,  in- 
clining to  yellow,  of  a  disagreeable  taste  and 
smell  ;  very  malleable  and  ductile,  but  possess- 
ing the  former  quality  in  a  higher  degree  than 
the  latter.  It  is  possessed  of  greater  tenacity 
than  either  gold,  silver,  or  platinum.  It  is  found 
native  and  in  many  ores,  the  most  important 
of  which  are  the  pyrites,  sulphurets  of  copper 
and  iron.  Its  specific  gravity  is  8.6.  It  fuses 
in  about  2000°  of  Fahrenheit's  scale.  It  read- 
ily tarnishes,  forming  a  red  suboxide.  The 
salts  of  copper  are,  for  the  most  part,  of  a 
green  color,  and  those  which  are  soluble  are 
poisonous.  But  for  its  medicinal  preparations, 
see  Cuprum.  In  Operative  Dentistry  it  is  em- 
ployed as  a  constituent  of  amalgams  for  rilling 
teeth,  being  combined  with  other  metals,  such 
as  silver  and  tin  or  mercury  alone.  In  Mechani- 
cal Dentistry  it  is  used  for  alloying  gold  and  in 
gold  solders.  See  Gold,  Alloying  of,  and 
Gold  Solder. 

Copper  Amalgam.  A  metallic  filling  material 
composed  of  chemically  pure  copper  and  redis- 
tilled mercury.  It  is  prepared  in  the  form  of 
pellets,  in  using  which  tbey  are  held  in  an 
alcohol  or  gas  flame  until  small  particles  of 
mercury  appear  on  the  surface  ;  they  are  then 
crushed  and  ground  in  a  Wedgwood  mortar. 
The  setting  or  hardening  is  regulated  by  the 
amount  of  heat.  Copper  amalgam  can  be  pre- 
pared by  suspending  a  bar  of  iron  in  a  solu- 


tion of  sulphate  of  copper,  which  will  deposit 
in  twenty-four  hours.  The  precipitate  is  col- 
lected in  another  jar,  and  well  washed  by  a 
stream  of  cold  water  running  over  it,  as  is 
shown  by  the  color  of  the  water.  Sufficient  of 
the  precipitate  is  then  ground  up  in  a  mortar 
with  mercury  until  it  begins  to  amalgamate, 
the  amalgamation  being  hastened  by  the  use  of 
hot  water  to  which  a  little  sulphuric  acid  has 
been  added,  which  removes  all  traces  of  the 
iron.  The  acid  is  then  neutralized  by  adding 
to  the  water  a  few  minims  of  liquor  ammonia? 
before  finally  pouring  it  off.  The  amalgam  is 
then  rolled  into  small  pellets,  and  not  used  for 
twenty-four  hours. 

Cop/peras.  Sulphate  of  iron.  A  common 
name  for  the  metallic  sulphate. 

Cop'pernickel.  A  copper-colored  mineral 
of  Westphalia  ;  a  native  arseniuret  of  nickel. 

CoprenVesis  (from  Konpog,  faeces,  and  e/zew, 
I  vomit).     Vomiting  of  faeces. 

Cop'tis.  Coptis  trifolia ;  a  bitter  plant 
sometimes  used  in  aphthous  and  other  ulcera- 
tions of  the  mouth. 

Coptis  Tee/ta.  The  root  is  a  powerful  tonic 
and  stomachic.     Dose,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xxx. 

Cop'ula.     Ligament. 

Copulation.     Coition. 

Copyo/pia.     Weakness  of  sight. 

Cor.     The  heart. 

Cor/aco=bra/chialis.  A  muscle  situated 
at  the  inner  and  upper  part  of  the  arm.  It 
arises  from  the  forepart  of  the  coracoid  process 
of  the  scapula,  and  is  inserted  about  the  middle 
of  the  inner  side  of  the  os  humeri. 

Cor'aco-clavicular  Ligament.  A  ligament 
which  serves  to  unite  the  clavicle  to  the  cora- 
coid process  of  the  scapula. 

Cor/aco=hyoideus.  A  muscle  between  the 
os  hyoides  and  shoulder.     See  Omohyoideus. 

Cor/acoid  (coracoideus ;  from  nopal;,  a  bird, 
a  crow,  and  euhg,  resemblance).  Resembling 
the  beak  of  a  crow.  A  name  applied  to  some 
processes  from  their  fancied  resemblance  to  a 
crowd's  beak.  A  process  situated  at  the  anterior 
part  of  the  upper  margin  of  the  scapula  is 
designated  by  this  name. 

Corral  (from  ko/oem,  I  adorn,  and  «/lc,  the  sea). 
A  beautiful  production  attached  to  submarine 
rocks  in  the  form  of  a  shrub.  It  is  of  a  bright 
red,  black,  or  white  color,  and  is  principally 
composed  of  calcareous  substance  secreted  by 
the  animals  which  form  it. 

Coralli  na.  A  genus  of  marine  productions, 
supposed  to  be  polypifers,  having  the  appear- 


COR 


165 


COR 


ance  of  a  plant,  and  containing  gelatin,  albu- 
men, chloride  of  sodium,  phosphate,  carbonate 
and  sulphate  of  lime,  carbonate  of  magnesia, 
silica,  oxide  of  iron,  and  a  coloring  principle. 

Cord,  Umbil'ical.  The  cord  formed  by  the 
union  of  the  umbilical  vessels  and  integuments, 
which  connects  the  foetus  with  the  placenta. 

Cor/da.     A  cord. 

Cor'date  (from  cordis,  the  heart).  Heart- 
shaped. 

Cor'dial  (cordialis;  from  cor,  gen.  cordis, 
the  heart).  Warm  and  exciting  medicines, 
formerly  supposed  to  be  strengthening  to  the 
heart. 

Cordis.     The  heart. 

Cordo'lium  (from  cor,  the  heart,  and  doler, 
pain).     Cardialgia,  or  heartburn. 

Cords,  Vocal.    The  ligaments  of  the  glottis. 

Core.  In  Anatomy,  the  pupil  of  the  eye. 
In  Pathology,  the  slough  in  the  central  part  of 
boils.  In  Prosthetic  Dentistry,  an  addition  to  a 
model  to  overcome  the  difficulty  of  undercuts 
when  moulding  in  sand,  etc.,  for  making  dies. 
A  good  method  is  to  mix  common  flour  with 
about  ten  per  cent,  of  moulding  sand  or  marble 
dust,  first  mixing  dry  and  then  moistening 
with  water,  and  the  core  thus  made  placed  in 
an  oven  and  exposed  to  a  gentle  heat.  When 
dry,  such  cores  can  be  safely  handled,  and,  on 
withdrawing  the  model  from  the  sand,  can  be 
readily  replaced  in  their  position  in  the  mould. 

Corectom/ia.  Formation  of  artificial  pupil 
by  removal  of  a  part  of  the  iris. 

Corectop'ia  (from  nop?],  the  pupil,  ek,  out, 
and  tottoc,  place).  A  deviation  of  the  pupil  of 
the  eye  from  the  centre,  occasioned  by  one  seg- 
ment of  the  iris  being  larger  than  the  other. 

Coredial'ysis.  Formation  of  artificial  pupil 
by  separating  a  part  of  the  external  margin  of 
the  iris  from  the  Corpus  ciliare,  ciliary  folds,  or 
processes. 

Core/mata  (from  nopeu,  I  cleanse).  Reme- 
dies for  cleansing  the  skin. 

Coremorpho'sis.  The  operation  for  artifi- 
cial pupil. 

Corenclei'sis.  Operation  for  artificial  pupil 
by  drawing  out  a  portion  of  the  iris  through 
an  incision  in  the  cornea  and  cutting  it  off. 

Coreon'cion  (coroncion;  from  Kopn,  the  pu- 
pil, and  o}i<ivoy,  a  hook).  An  instrument  used 
for  the  formation  of  an  artificial  pupil. 

Coreplas'tice.  Term  for  the  operation  for 
artificial  pupil  in  general. 

Coretom'ia  (from  xopn,  the  pupil,  and 
Teurav,  to  cut).     The  operation  for  the  forma- 


tion of  an  artificial  pupil,  consisting  of  a  simple 
cut  through  the  iris  without  the  removal  of 
any  part  of  it. 

Coria'ceous  (coriaceus ;  from  corium, 
leather).     Leathery. 

Corian'drum.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Apiacese. 

Coriandrum  Sati'vum.     The  coriander  plant. 
The  seeds  of  this  plant  have  a  slightly  warm 
and  grateful  pungent  taste,  and   are  moder- 
ately carminative. 
Co'rium  (corion,  leather).     The  cutis  vera 
or  true  skin.      The   proper  layer  of  mucous 
membrane,  situated     beneath    the    basement 
membrane  and  is  analogous  to  the  derma  of 
the  skin.     It  is  composed  of  two  layers — the 
papillary  and  reticulary.     See  Teeth,  Devel- 
opment of. 

Corium  Phlogis'ticum.     The  grayish  crust  or 
buff  which  forms  on  blood  taken  from  a  vein 
during  inflammation,  etc. 
Cork.     The  bark  of  Quercus  suber. 
Corn    (from   cornu,    a   horn  ;    clavus  ;   spina 
jjedis).    In  Pathology,  a  horny  induration  of  the 
skin,  formed  generally  on  the  toes. 

Cor'nea  (membrana  cornea ;  from  cornu, 
horn).  The  anterior  transparent  tnnic  or  scle- 
rotic membrane  of  the  eye  is  so  called  from  its 
horny  consistence. 

Cornea  Opaca.     The  sclerotic  coat  of  the  eye. 
Cornei'tis.     Inflammation  of  the  cornea. 
Cor'neous.     Horn-like ;    of   a  horny  con- 
sistence. 

Cornic'ula  Process'us.  The  coracoid  pro- 
cess of  the  scapula. 

Cornic'ulate.     Having  horn-like  processes. 
Cornifor'mis.     Shaped  like  a  horn. 
Cor'nine.     An  alkaline   substance   discov- 
ered in  the  bark  of  the  Cornus  florida.     It  has 
properties  similar  to  quinine. 

Cor/nu.     A  horn  ;  a  corneous  excrescence, 
as  a  wart  on  the  skin  ;  a  corn.    The  angular 
cavities  formed  by  the  termination  of  the  ven- 
tricles of  the  brain  are  called  cornua,  or  horns. 
Cornu  Acous'ticum.     An  ear-trumpet. 
Cornu  Ammonis  (cornu  arieiis).     The  cortical 
substance  of  the  human  brain,  as  shown  by 
cutting  transversely  through  the  pes  hippo- 
campi, is  so  called  from  its  resemblance  to  the 
horn  of  a  ram.     The  pes  hippocampi  is  also 
sometimes  called  the  cornu  ammonis. 
Cornu   Ante/rius    seu    Anti'cum    Ventriculi 
Lateralis.      Anterior    cornu    of    the    lateral 
ventricle.     The  curved  process  of  the  lateral 
ventricle  advancing  forward. 


COR 


166 


COR 


Cornu  Cervi.  Hartshorn.  The  horns  of  sev- 
eral species  of  the  stag  contain  a  considerable 
quantity  of  gelatin,  which  they  impart  to 
water  when  boiled.  When  burnt,  they  afford 
the  cornu  ustum  ;  and  the  spirits  of  hartshorn 
(liquor  volatilis  cornu  cervi),  at  present  super- 
seded by  ammonia,  is  obtained  from  them  by 
distillation.  Hartshorn  was  once  thought  to 
possess  a  bezoardic  power. 

Cornu  Descen'dens  Ventric'uli  Lateralis. 
The  termination  of  the  lateral  ventricle  of  the 
brain  in  the  middle  lobe,  behind  the  fissure  of 
Sylvius. 

Cornu  Poste/rius  Ventric/uli  Lateralis.  The 
triangular  prolongation  of  the  lateral  ven- 
tricle backward  into  the  occipital  lobe  of 
the  brain. 

Cornu   Ustum  (cornu  cervi  calcinatum) .     Cal- 
cined cornu  cervi,  which  consists  of  phosphate 
of  lime  with  a  very  small  proportion  of  carbo- 
nate of  lime  and  phosphate  of  magnesia. 
Cor'nua.     The  turbinated  bones  ;  also  ap- 
plied to  the  processes  of  the  hyoid  and  other 

bones. 

Cornua  Cartilag'inis  Thyroi'deae.  Eminences 
on  the  thyroid  cartilage,  the  superior  of  which 
are  articulated  with  the  hyoid  bone  and  the 
inferior  with  the  cricoid  cartilage. 

Cornu  Coccy/gis.  Two  tubercular  eminences 
at  the  base  and  outer  side  of  the  coccyx,  artic- 
ulated with  those  of  the  sacrum. 

Cornua  Cutanea.     Horny  excrescences. 

Cornua  Hyoidei  Ossis.  The  cornua  of  the 
hyoid  bone,  situated  above  its  body,  and  des- 
ignated by  small  or  superior,  and  great  or 
lateral. 

Cornua  Lachryma/lia.     The  lachrymal  ducts. 

Cornua  Sacra'lia.     The  cornua  of  the  sacrum. 

Cornua  Sphenoida'lia  (comets  splienoidaux ; 
ossicula  bertini).  Two  small  turbinated  bones 
blocking  up  the  orifices  of  the  sphenoidal  cells. 
They  have  been  very  carefully  described  by 
Wistar. 

Cornua  U/teri.     The  cornua  of  the  uterus  are 
the  angles  where  the  Fallopian  tube  arises. 
Cor/nus.     A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 

Cornaceaj.     Dogwood. 

Cornus  Florida.  Dogwood.  The  bark  is 
tonic,  and  has  been  used  in  the  treatment  of 
intermittents.  Dose,  of  powder,  gr.  xx  to  gr. 
lx  ;  of  the  infusion  or  decoction,  ,^ij. 

Coro'a  (coruova;  cornova).  The  name  of  a 
very  bitter  bark,  possessing  febrifuge  proper- 
ties, obtained  in  the  East  Indies  and  recently 
brought  to  Europe. 


Corollary.      A   consequent  truth,    drawn 

from  a  proposition  already  demonstrated. 
Coro'na.  A  crown.  A  term  used  in  Anatomy 

and  Botany  to  designate  parts  which  are  sup- 
posed to  resemble  a  crown. 

Corona  Cilia/ris.     The  ciliary  ligament. 

Corona  Dentis.     The  crown  of  a  tooth. 

Corona  Glandis.  The  margin  of  the  glans 
penis. 

Corona  Ra/dians.  The  radiating  fibres  of  the 
optic  thalamus. 

Corona  Tubulo'rum.  A  circle  formed  by  the 
minute  mouths  of  the  excretory  ducts  of  the 
glands  of  Peyer. 

Corona  Veneris.     Venereal  blotches   or  pus- 
tules on  the  forehead. 
Coro/nad.     Toward  the  coronal  aspect. 
Coro'nal   (coronalis ;  from  corona,  crown). 

Pertaining  to  a  crown  ;  a  name  formerly  given 

to  the  os  froutis,  because  it  is  the  part  on  which 

the  crown  of  a  king  partly  rests. 

Coronal  Aspect.  An  aspect  toward  the  place 
of  the  corona,  or  crown  of  the  head. 

Coronal  Suture.     The  suture  which  extends 

over  the  head  from  one  temporal  bone  to  the 

other,  uniting   the  parietal   bones   with   the 

frontal. 

Cor/onary     (coronarius ;     from     corona,    a 

crown).     In  Anatomy,  applied  to  parts  which 

are  supposed  to  resemble  a  crown. 

Coronary  Arteries  of  the  Heart.  Cardiac 
arteries.  The  two  arteries  which  supply  the 
heart  with  blood. 

Coronary  Artery  of  the  Stomach  (arteria 
coronaria  ventriculi).  A  branch  of  the  cceliac 
artery  distributed  upon  the  lesser  curvature  of 
the  stomach.  It  is  accompanied  by  a  vein 
called  the  vena  coronaria  ventriculi. 

Coronary  Ligament.  A  reflection  of  the 
peritoneum  which  surrounds  the  posterior 
margin  of  the  liver. 

Coronary   Veins.      Veins  following  the  coro- 
nary arteries 
Coro/ne   [itopuvrj,    a  crow).      The   coronoid 

process  of  the  lower  jaw. 

Cordon oid  (coronoides;  from  Kopuvrj,  a  crow, 

and  etdog,  likeness).     Like  the  beak  of  a  crow  ; 

applied  to  a  process  of  the  inferior  maxillary 

and  to  one  of  the  ulna. 

Corpo'ra.     The  plural  of  corpus,  a  body. 

Corpora  Albican'tia.     Two  white  eminences, 

each  about  the  size  of  a  pea,  at  the  base  of  the 

brain. 

Corpora    Aran'tii.      Small    tubercles   on    the 

semilunar  valves. 


COR 


167 


COR 


Corpora  Cavernosa.  Two  cylindrical,  fibrous, 
distensible  bodies  constituting  the  greater 
part  of  the  penis  and  clitoris.  The  crura 
of  the  penis  ;  also  the  same  part  of  the 
clitoris. 

Corpora  Genicula/ta.  Two  small  eminences 
situated  at  the  lower  and  outer  part  of  the 
optic  thalami. 

Corpora  Malpighia/na  {acini  of  Malpighi).  A 
number  of  small  dark  points  scattered  through 
the  plexus  of  blood-vessels  and  urinary  tubes 
in  the  kidney. 

Corpora  Mammilla'ria.    Corpora  albicantia. 

Corpora  Oliva'ria.  Two  whitish,  oblong  emi- 
nences of  the  medulla  oblongata,  exterior  to 
the  corpora  pyramidalia. 

Corpora  Pyramida'lia.  Two  small  eminences, 
one  on  each  side  of  the  occipital  surface  of  the 
medulla  oblongata,  and  between  the  corpora 
olivaria. 

Corpora  Quadrigem'ina.  Tubercula  quadri- 
gemina. 

Corpora  Restifor'mia.  Two  oblong  medul- 
lary eminences,  one  on  each  side  of  the  upper 
part  of  the  medulla  oblongata. 

Corpora  Stria'ta.  Eminences  of  a  light  brown- 
ish-gray color,  of  a  pyriform  shape,  which 
form  part  of  the  floor  of  the  ventricles  of  the 
brain. 

Corpora    Striata    Superna    Posteriora.     The 
thalami  nervorum  opticorum. 
Corpulency  (from  corpus,  the  body).     Ex- 
cessive increase  of  the  human  body  from  accu- 
mulation of  fat. 

Cor'pus.     A  body.    This  term  is  applied  to 

many  parts  of  the  human  body,  as  the  corpus 

callosum,  etc. 

Corpus  Annula're.     Pons  Varolii. 

Corpus  Callo/sum.  The  white  medullary 
part  of  the  brain  joining  the  hemispheres. 

Corpus  Denta/tum.  An  oval  nucleus  of  cin- 
eritious  matter,  seen  in  the  cerebellum. 

Corpus  Fimbria'tum.  The  flattened  extremity 
of  the  posterior  cms  of  the  fornix  ;  the  tsenia 
hippocampi. 

Corpus  Glandulo/sum.     The  prostate  gland. 

Corpus  Glandulosum  Mulie'rum.  A  vascu- 
lar, spongy  body  surrounding  the  orifice  of 
the  female  urethra. 

Corpus  Highmoria'num.  An  oblong  emi- 
nence running  aloug  the  superior  edge  of  the 
testicle. 

Corpus  Lu'teum.  A  yellow  spot  observed  in 
the  ovarium  from  which  the  ovum  has  pro- 
ceeded. 


Corpus  Muco'sum.     The  second  layer  of  the 
skin,    situated  between   the   cutis   vera  and 
cuticle,  which  gives  color  to  the  body. 
Corpus  Nervo-spongio'sum.     The  cavernous 
substance  of  the  penis. 

Corpus  Nervo'sum.  The  cavernous  body  of 
the  clitoris. 

Corpus  Pampinifor'me  (pampiniforme ;  from 
pampinus,  a  tendril).  The  plexus  of  veins 
which  surrounds  the  spermatic  artery  in  the 
abdomen. 

Corpus  Papilla/re.    The  nervous  and  vascular 
papillae  of  the  rete  mucosum. 
Corpus  Psalloi/des.     See  LYRA. 
Corpus   Pyramida'le.     The  corpora   pyrami- 
dalia. 

Corpus  Reticulum.     The  rete  mucosum. 
Corpus  Rhomboid/eum.     Corpus  dentatum. 
Corpus  Spongiosum  Ure'thrae.    The  spongy 
structure  around  the  urethra. 
Corpus  Stria'tum.     The  corpora  striata. 
Corpus  Varico'sum.      The  spermatic   plexus 
of  vessels. 
Corpus  Vit'reum.     Vitreous  humor. 
Corpus  WolnVanum.     Two  bodies  situated  in 
the  region  of  the  kidneys  in  the  young  fcetus 
which  disappear  about  the  tenth  week. 
Corpus'cle.     A  very  minute  body  ;  a  mere 
atom.     The  freely  moving  cells   usually  sus- 
pended in  a  liquid  ;  such  as  the  red  and  white 
blood  corpuscles,  lymph,  salivary,  mucous,  and 
pus  corpuscles — bodies  resembling,  and  thought 
to  be  identical  with,  the  white  blood  corpuscles 
found  in  the  lymph,  salivary  secretion,  mucus, 
and     pus.      Leucocytes    denote    white    blood 
corpuscles. 

Corpuscles,  Blood.  The  globules  of  the 
blood  ;  blood  cells  ;  blood  discs  ;  blood  vesicles 
are  small  bodies,  observable  when  the  transpar- 
ent parts  of  the  cold-blooded  animalsare  exam- 
ined by  the  microscope.  They  are  flat  in  all 
animals,  and  generally  composed  of  a  central 
nucleus  enclosed  in  a  membranous  sac.  Chemi- 
cally they  consist  of  hsematin,  hsemato-globulin, 
or  cruorin.  Besides  the  red  blood  corpuscles, 
the  blood  contains  white  or  pale  corpuscles  or 
globules  called  leucocytes,  leucocythes.  or 
blood  bioplasts,  which  are  lymph  and  chyle  cor- 
puscles, and  corpuscles  produced  through  the 
action  of  the  spleen,  lymphatic  and  solitary 
glands,  etc.,  in  process  of  development  into  red 
corpuscles.  The  proportion  of  red  to  white  cor- 
puscles is  about  2  to  3  to  1000.  The  average 
thickness  of  a  red  corpuscle  is  about  the  xffTfftf 
of  an  inch.     The  white  corpuscle  is  larger  than 


COR 


168 


COR 


the    red,    measuring,    on   an  average,  2?W   °f 
an  inch. 

Corpuscles,     Exudation.       The     organizable 
nuclei  contained  in  fibrinous  fluids,  which  are 
the  origin  of  the  new  tissues  formed  from  such 
fluids. 
Corpuscles  of  Purkinje.     See  CANALICULUS. 
Corpuscles,    Pacinian.      Small   oval    bodies 
connected  with  the  terminations  of  some  ner- 
vous fibrils. 
Corpus'cular  Action.     Molecular  action. 
Cor'rigent    (corrigens;  correctorius).     That 
which  corrects  ;  in  a  medical  prescription,  the 
addition  of  a  substance  to  modify  or  render  the 
action  of  another  more  mild. 

Corrob'orant  [corroborans  ;  from  corrobo- 
rare,  to  strengthen).  Strengthening  medicines  ; 
medicines  which  impart  tone  and  vigor  to  the 
body,  as  wine,  cinchona,  and  iron.     Tonics. 

Corro'sion  (corrosio;  erosio ;  from  con,  and 
rodere,  rosum,  to  gnaw).  The  action  or  effect  of 
corrosive  substances. 

Corro'sive.     Substances  which  corrode,  or, 
when  placed  in  contact  with  living  parts,  dis- 
organize them.     They  act  either   directly,  by 
chemically  destroying  the  part,  or  indirectly,  by 
causing  inflammation  and  gangrene. 
Corrosive  Sub'limate.     Corrosive  chloride  of 
mercury  ;    bichloride  of   mercury.     Mercurii 
cMoridi.  Hydrargyri  cMoridum  corrosivum,  oxy- 
muriate  of  mercury.     A  substauce  occurring 
in  colorless  crystals  or  in  crystalline  masses 
which  are  soluble  in  water,  alcohol,  and  ether. 
It  is  a  dangerous  poison  taken  internally,  ex- 
cept in  very  minute  doses.     It  is  used  exter- 
nally as  a  stimulant  and  escharotic  to  indolent 
or  malignant  ulcers,  etc.     The  white  of  eggs 
is  the  antidote  ;  if  that  can  not  be  procured, 
copious  draughts  of  milk  or  wheat  flour  mixed 
with  water  may  be  substituted.     Dose,  gr. 
T2  t°  Sr-  i-     The  bichloride  of  mercury  is  one 
of  the  most  powerful  germicides  employed, 
and  is  extensively  used  in  antiseptic  surgery. 
Strong  solutions  may  be  applied  to  the  un- 
broken skin  ;  but  upon  mucous  surfaces  and 
nerve  tissues  the  common  solution  is  1  part  to 
2000  of  water  =  1  grain  to  4  \  ounces  of  water. 
Combined  with  peroxide  of  hydrogen,  f  3  j  to 
bichloride  of  mercury,  gr.  ij,  it  is  used  as  an 
injection  in  alveolar  abscess  and   phagedenic 
pericementitis.     For  dental  uses  see  Gorgas' 
"Dental  Medicine." 
Corrugation   (corrugatio ;    from   con,  and 
ruga,  a  wrinkle).     Wrinkling,  frowning. 
Corruga'tor.      Applied    to     muscles    the 


office  of  which  is  to  corrugate  the  parts  upon 
which  they  act. 

Corrugator  SuperciPii.  A  small  muscle  of 
the  eyebrow. 

Cor'sican  Moss.  A  cryptogamic  plant,  the 
Gigartina  helminthochorton,  native  of  the  Medi- 
terranean, formerly  much  esteemed  as  a  vermi- 
fuge. It  has  also  been  used  as  a  remedy  for 
cancer. 

Cor/tex.     Bark  or  the  common  integuments 
of  plants.     It  is  sometimes  applied  exclusively 
to  the  Peruvian  bark,  or  cortex  cinchona. 
Cortex  Adstring/ens    Brasilien/sis.     An  as- 
tringent bark   from   Brazil,  introduced   into 
Germany  in  1828.     It  is  said  to  be  obtained 
from  the  Mimosa  cochleacarpa.     Dose  of  the 
powder,  9  j  to  3  ss. 
Cortex  Angustu/rae.     Cusparia. 
Cortex  Antiscorbu/ticus.     The  canella  alba. 
Cortex  Canellse  Malabaricae.     Laurus  cassia, 
or  wild  cinnamon  tree. 

Cortex  Cardinalis  del  Lugo.  The  Peruvian 
bark. 

Cortex  Cerebri.  The  gray  portion  of  the 
brain,  seen  at  the  exterior  of  the  cerebrum  and 
cerebellum. 

Cortex  Chinse  Ruber.     Red  cinchona. 
Cortex    Cincho'nse    Cordifo'liae.     Yellow   or 
Calisaya  bark,  obtained   from   the  Cinchona 
lanceolata  in  flat  or  curled  pieces.     The  quina 
is  chiefly  obtained  from  this  species. 
Cortex  Cinchonse  Lancifo'liae.     Lance-leaved 
cinchona.     Pale,  loxa,  or  crown  bark,  the  pro- 
duce of  the  Cinchona  condaminea. 
Cortex  Cinchonae  Oblongifo'liae.     Red  bark. 
See  Cinchona  Rubra. 

Cortex  Jamaicen'sis.  Bark  of  Achrassapota. 
Cortex  Massoy.     Massoy  bark. 

Cor/ticaI  (corticalis ;  from  cortex,  bark  or 
rind).  Pertaining  to  or  resembling  bark.  A 
term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  the  exterior  gray 
portion  of  the  brain  and  kidney. 

Corun/dum.  A  very  hard  crystalline  min- 
eral composed  of  nearly  pure  alumina;  it  is 
almost  opaque  and  of  a  reddish  color.  It  is 
allied  to  the  sapphire. 

Corundum  Wheels,  Slabs,  and  Points. 
Wheels  and  slabs  composed  of  corundum  re- 
duced to  powder  and  gum  shellac  ;  used  for 
grinding  mineral  teeth.  Also  wheels  and 
points  for  preparing  the  roots  of  teeth  for 
crown-  and  bridge-work  and  for  separating 
teeth.  See  EMEBY. 
Coryd'alin.  An  alkaloid  found  in  the  root 
of  the  Corydalis  bulbosa  and  Fumaria. 


COR 


169 


COU 


Cory'za  (nopvCa;  from  Kapa,  the  head,  and 
few,  to  boil).  Inflammation  attended  with  in- 
creased discharge  of  mucus  from  the  nose.  A 
cold  in  the  head  ;  a  catarrh  of  the  nasal  mucous 
membrane. 
Coryza  Maligna.     Malignant  coryza.    Ozreua. 

Coryza  entomica. 

Cosmet/ic  (cosmeiicus ;  from  hog/lieu,  to 
adorn).  An  external  medicine  used  for  beauti- 
fying the  skin. 

Cosmology  [cosmologia ;  from  noa/ioc,  the 
universe,  and  ?-oyoc,  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on 
the  physical  laws  of  the  world. 

Cos/mos  {koo/uoc).  Order  ;  arrangement ;  the 
system  of  the  world — the  universe.  Some- 
times applied,  in  Pathology,  to  the  order  which 
is  supposed  to  preside  over  critical  days. 

Cos'sis.  A  little  pimple  on  the  face,  caused 
by  inflammation  or  an  enlargement  of  a  seba- 
ceous follicle. 

Cos'sum.     A  malignant  ulcer  of  the  nose. 

Cos'ta.     In  Anatomy,  the  rib  of  an  animal. 

Cos'tal  (costalis ;  from  cosia,  a  rib).  Pertain" 
ing  to  a  rib  ;  a  name  applied  to  some  muscles, 
arteries,  nerves,  ligaments,  etc. 

Cos'tiveness.     Constipation. 

Cos/to=  (from  costa,  a  rib).  A  prefix  applied 
to  muscles,  nerves,  etc.,  connected  with  the  ribs. 

Cos'tus  Costico'sus.     The  canella  alba. 

Cot/ton.     A  white,  soft,  downy  substance, 

resembling  fine  wool,  the  produce  of  the  pods 

of  Gossypium  herbaceum.     It  is  employed,  in 

Dental  Surgery,  for  wiping  out  and  drying  the 

prepared  cavity  of  a  carious  tooth  preparatory 

to  filling,  being  rendered  more  absorbent  by  the 

removal  of  the  oil,  in  which  form  it  is  generally 

employed  in  connection  with  bibulous  paper. 

Cotton,  Antiseptic   and   Styptic.     Antiseptic 

cotton  is  prepared   by  steeping  cotton  freed 

from  oil  in  tannin,  carbolic  acid,  and  castor  oil. 

Styptic   cotton   is  prepared   by  steeping  the 

purified  cotton  in  alum  and  chloride  of  iron. 

Cotun'nius,  Aqueduct  of.  Aqureductus 
cochlea;  and  vestibuli. 

Cotun'nius,   Liquor  of.     A  transparent  fluid 
of  the  labyrinth  of  the  internal  ear. 
Cotunnius,  Nerve  of.  The  naso-palatine  nerve. 

Cot'yle  (kotv?,//).  Anything  hollow.  The 
acetabulum. 

Cotyl'edons.  In  Comparatire  Anatomy,  the 
cup-like  processes  of  the  chorion,  which  form 
the  placenta. 

Cot/yloid  Cavity.  The  cavity  in  the  ilium 
which  receives  the  head  of  the  thigh-bone, 
called  the  acetabulum. 


Couch'ing.  A  surgical  operation  for  the 
removal  of  the  opaque  lens  from  the  axis  of 
vision  by  means  of  a  needle  constructed  for  the 
purpose.     See  Cataract. 

Couching  Needle.     The  needle  used  in  couch- 
ing. 

Coude=pied.     Instep. 

Cough.  A  sonorous  and  energetic  expulsion 
of  air  from  the  thorax  and  fauces.  It  occurs 
as  a  symptom  of  asthma,  phthisis,  pneumonia, 
catarrh,  etc.,  and  is  often  attended  with  expec- 
toration. 

Cough,  Hooping.     See  PERTUSSIS. 
Cough,  Winter.     Chronic  bronchitis. 

Coulomb.  The  unit  of  measurement  of 
electric  quantity  ;  the  quantity  of  electricity 
that  passes  during  one  second  through  a  con- 
ductor having  a  resistance  of  one  ohm  with  one 
volt  of  electro-motive  force. 

Coumarin7.  A  concrete  volatile  substance, 
constituting  the  odoriferous  principle  of  the 
tonka  bean,  Dipteryx  odorata. 

Coun/ter=exten/sion.  Contra-extension. 
In  Surgery,  holding  one  end  of  a  dislocated  or 
fractured  limb  firmly,  by  means  of  bandages  or 
otherwise,  while  traction  or  extension  is  made 
upon  the  other  end. 

Counter=indication.  Contra  indication. 
Any  circumstance  which  prohibits  the  employ- 
ment of  such  therapeutical  means  as  appear  to 
be  indicated  by  other  circumstances. 

Counter=irritant.     See  Counter-irrita- 

TIOX. 

Counter=irrita/tion.  Contra  irritation. 

Irritation  excited  in  a  part,  not  the  seat  of  the 
disease,  for  the  purpose  of  inducing  a  deriva- 
tion of  blood  and  changing  the  seat  of  the 
morbid  action  to  a  part  less  important  than  the 
affected  organ. 

Counter=opening.  See  Coxtra  aper- 
tura. 

Coun'ter=sink.  A  steel  stem  fixed  in  a 
handle,  with  a  cone-shaped  burr  at  the  opposite 
extremity,  employed  in  the  laboratory  of  the 
dentist  for  enlarging  the  orifice  of  a  hole  in  a 
metal  plate  for  the  reception  of  the  head  of  a 
rivet.  Also  a  steel-burr  so  constructed  as  to 
be  attached  to  the  extremity  of  the  mandrel  of 
a  lathe,  and  used  for  excavating  ivory  and 
osseous  bases  for  artificial  teeth  and  for  cutting 
solder  from  a  metallic  plate. 

Counter=stroke  {contrafimira).  A  fracture, 
contusion,  or  injury  produced  by  a  blow  in  a 
part  distant  from  that  which  is  struck. 

Counter=sunk  Tooth=crowns.     Artificial 


cou 


170 


CRA 


teeth  without  gums,  for  attachment  to  vulcanite 
and  celluloid  base-plates,  in  which  the  platinum 
pins  occupy  positions  in  the  countersunk  space. 
They  are  more  comfortable  to  the  tongue  than 
teeth  backed  in  the  ordinary  manner,  and 
articulation  is  rendered  easier  and  more  dis- 
tinct by  their  use,  and  they  are  capable  of 
being  better  adapted  to  the  alveolar  ridge. 

Coup.     A  blow,  shot,  stroke,  or  impression. 
Coup  de  Sang.     Sudden  congestion  of  an  organ 
without   hemorrhage  ;    also  loss  of  sensation 
and  motion  caused  by  congestion  or  hemor- 
rhage in  an  important  organ. 
Coup   de   Soleil.     A  stroke  of  the  sun.     An 
affection  produced  by  exposure  to  the  rays  of 
the  sun,  as  phrenitis,  etc.     It  is  generally  the 
result  of  exposure  of  the  naked  head  to  the 
sun's  rays,  and  usually  occurs  in  hot  climates 
or  during  the  hottest  days  of  summer. 
Coup  de  Vent.     An  affection  produced  by  ex- 
posure to  a  keen  wind,  extremely  cold  or  with 
rain  and  sleet. 
Courses.     The  menses. 
Court  Plaster  (emplastrum  adhaesivum  angli- 
cum).      Black,    white,    or    flesh-colored    silk, 
covered  on  one  side  with  some  adhesive  sub- 
stance, most  frequently  with  a  solution  of  isin- 
glass. 

Cow'die  Gum.  Dammar  gum.  Cowdie 
june  resin.  The  resinous  juice  from  the  Dam- 
mara  australis,  a  coniferous  tree  of  New  Zea- 
land. It  is  one  of  the  ingredients  of  copal 
varnishes.  Dammar  gum  is  also  one  of  the 
ingredients  of  the  impression  material  known 
as  "modeling  composition."  Combined  with 
gum-sandarach,  it  is  employed  in  the  form  of 
a  varnish  to  line  cavities  preparatory  to  the 
insertion  of  metallic  fillings,  especially  amal- 
gam, and  is  also  used  for  insulating  gold  fill- 
ings, the  preparation  being  known  as  dammar- 
sandarach  varnish. 

Cowper's  Glands  (glandulee  cowperi).  Two 
small  groups  of  mucous  follicles  situated  be- 
fore the  prostate  gland,  behind  the  bulh  of 
the  urethra,  into  which  their  excretory  ducts 
open. 

Cowper's  Glands  in  the  Female.     Two  small 
glands  on  each   side   of  the   entrance  of  the 
vagina,  beneath  the  skin  at  the  posterior  part 
of  the  labia. 
Cow=pox  {vaccina;  vacciola).    Kine-pox.    A 
pustular  disease  of  the  teats  of  cows,  consist- 
ing of  vesicles   of  a   bluish   and   livid  color, 
elevated  at  their  margins  and  depressed  in  the 
centre,  containing  a  limpid  fluid.     One  of  the 


greatest  blessings  that  has  ever  been  conferred 
upon  mankind  consists  in  the  discovery  by 
Dr.  Jenner  that  the  introduction  of  this  mat- 
ter under  the  skin  of  the  human  subject  pro- 
duces a  similar  disease  and  is  a  preventive 
against  small-pox.     See  Vaccination. 

Cox'a.  The  haunch  or  hip-joint ;  also  the 
ischium  and  os  coccygis. 

Coxag/ra.  A  neuralgic  affection  of  the 
thigh. 

Coxal'gia  (from  coxa,  hip,  and  alyoc,  pain). 
Pain  in  the  hip. 

Coxa'rius  Morbus  (coxarum).    Hip  disease. 

Coxen/dix.  Coxa  or  haunch.  Applied  to 
the  ischium  and  sometimes  to  the  ilium. 

Coxe's  Hive  Syrup.  See  Syrupus  Scill^: 
Compositus. 

Coxitis.     Inflammation  of  the  hip-joint. 

Coxo=femoral  (coxofemoralis).     Belonging 
to  the  coxal  bone  or  ilium  and  os  femoris. 
Coxo-femoral  Articulation.     The  hip-joint. 

Crab  Louse.     See  Padibultjs. 

Crame'ria.     Krameria. 

Cramp.  Sudden  and  involuntary  contrac- 
tion of  one  or  more  muscles.     See  Spasm. 

Craniol'ogy.     Phrenology. 

Craniometry.'   Measurement  of  the  skull. 

Cranios'copy  (from  upaviov,  the  skull,  and 
(j/coTeu,  to  explore).  The  examination  of  the 
skull. 

Craniotomy.  Opening  of  the  foetal  head, 
where  necessary,  to  effect  delivery. 

Cranial  Nerves.  These  nerves  consist  of 
twelve  pairs,  designated  by  numbers,  as  fol- 
lows : 


Number.  Name.  Function. 

1st  Pair,  Olfactory,    ....  Special  sense,  smell. 

2d   Pair,  Optic, Special  sense,  sight. 

3d  Pair,  Motor  oeuli,    .  .   .  Motion  to  5  orbital  mus- 
cles. 

4th  Pair,  Pathetic, Motion  to  1  orbital  muscle. 

oth  Pair,  Trifacial, Sensation  and  motion  and 

probably  special  sense — 
taste. 

6th  Pair,  Abduecns Motion  to  1  orbital  muscle. 

7th  Pair,  Facial, Motion  to  muscles  of  face. 

8th  Pair,  Auditory, Special  sense,  hearing. 

9th  Pair,  Glosso-pharyngeal,  Sensation,  motion,  special 

sense — taste. 
10th  Pair,  Pneumogastric,  .   .  Sensation  and  motion. 
11th  Pair,  Spinal  accessory,   .  Motion. 
12th  Pair,  Hypoglossal,    .   .   .  Motion      to      muscles     of 
tongue. 


Cranium  (from  upaviov,  the  head).  The 
bony  encasement  of  the  brain  and  its  mem- 
branes. It  is  composed  of  eight  bones — namely, 
the  os  fronlis,  the  two  ossa  parietalia,  the  two 
ossa  temporum,  the  os  oceipiiis,  the  os  cthmoiries, 
and  the  os  sphenoides.  The  last  two  are  com- 
mon to  the  cranium  and  face. 


CRA 


171 


CRE 


Cranium  Huma'num.  The  human  skull  or 
cranium. 
Cranium,  Perforation  of.  Craniotomy.  An 
operation  sometimes  performed  by  the  ac- 
coucheur when,  from  deformity  of  the  pelvis, 
the  head  of  the  foetus  can  not  pass  through  it. 
It  consists  in  the  introduction  of  a  perforator, 
invented  by  Smellie,  through  the  fontanelle, 
and  rotating  it  so  as  to  break  up  the 
brain. 

Cran'ter  (from  upaiveiv,  to  finish,  render  per- 
fect). The  dentes  sapientise  are  sometimes  so 
called  because  the  presence  of  these  teeth  is 
necessary  to  a  perfect  denture. 

Cra'sis  (from  nepavvvpi,  I  mix).  A  mixture 
of  the  constituents  of  a  fluid.  The  term  is 
applied  to  the  fluids  of  the  body.  When  their 
constituents  exist  in  the  proper  proportion, 
health  results  ;  but  when  some  predominate,  as 
in  dropsy,  scurvy,  etc.,  the  healthy  mixture  of 
the  principles  of  the  blood  or  crasis  is  de- 
stroyed. 

Crassamen'tum  (from  crassus,  thick).  The 
thick  part  of  any  fluid.  The  coagulum  or  clot 
including  the  fibrine  and  red  globules  of  the 
blood.     See  Coagulum. 

Cras'sum  Intesti'num.     The  colon. 

Cras'sus.     Thick  ;  corpulent. 
Crassus  Pulsus.     A  strong,  full  pulse. 

Crea  (ocrea).  The  anterior  part  of  the  leg. 
The  skin. 

Cream   of   Sulphur.      Purified   flower  of 
sulphur. 
Cream  of  Tartar.     See  Potass^:  Bitartras. 

Cre'asote  (creasotum;  creasoton ;  from  Kpeac} 
flesh,  and  ou£u,  to  preserve).  A  colorless, 
transparent  fluid,  of  a  disagreeable,  penetrating 
odor,  soluble  in  alcohol  and  acetic  acid,  ob- 
tained from  wood  tar  by  distillation.  It  is 
irritant,  narcotic,  styptic,  antiseptic,  and  some- 
what escharotic.  Externally  it  is  applied  to 
eruptions,  ulcers,  and  wounds,  and  is  used  in 
injections  and  gargles.  Internally,  it  has  been 
given  in  epilepsy,  neuralgia,  hysteria,  chronic 
catarrh,  haemoptysis,  and  phthisis.  The  dose 
internally  is  one  or  two  drops.  Externally, 
it  is  sometimes  used  in  its  pure  state  ;  at  other 
times  dilated,  and  commonly  with  water  (f.^ss 
to  fo  vj)  ;  or  in  the  form  of  ointment  (f  3  ss  to 
5j  of  cerate).  Specific  gravity,  1.046.  It 
immediately  coagulates  albumen,  hence  its 
haemostatic  power.  In  Denial  Practice,  crea- 
sote  was  long  considered  to  be  a  very  valuable 
agent  for  obtunding  the  sensibility  of  dentine, 
relieving  odontalgia,  in  the  treatment  of  alve- 


olar abscess,  periodontitis,  devitalized  teeth  ; 
and  as  a  gargle  in  mercurial  stomatitis,  super- 
ficial hemorrhage,  and  as  a  disinfectant  and 
deodorizer  in  dead  and  offensive  pulps,  and  for 
other  purposes.  Although  it  is  yet  much  used, 
other  agents  are  supposed  to  possess  the  same 
properties  to  a  greater  degTee,  and  are  now 
employed  as  substitutes.  See  Carbolic  Acid. 
For  other  dental  uses,  see  Gorgas'  ' '  Dental 
Medicine." 

Creasote  Water  (aqua  creasoti).     Of  creasote, 
a  fluid  drachm  :  of  distilled  water,  one  pint. 

Creatine7.  A  neutral,  colorless,  transpar- 
ent, crystalline  body,  obtained  by  Liebig  from 
the  juice  of  muscles.  It  is  one  of  the  first  steps 
in  the  metamorphosis  of  the  products  of  decay 
to  urea. 

Creatinine'.  A  base  formed  from  creatine 
by  heating  it  in  hydrochloric  or  nitric  acid. 

Creep'ing  Sickness.  The  gangrenous  form 
of  ergotism. 

Cremas'ter  (from  Kpefiau,  I  suspend^.  The 
muscle  by  which  the  testicle  is  suspended, 
drawn  up.  and  compressed  during  the  action  of 
coition.  It  is  a  thin  muscular  fascia  which 
detaches  itself  from  the  internal  oblique  muscle 
and  passes  through  the  abdominal  ring  to  the 
tunica  vaginalis. 

Cremnon'cus  (from  Kpr/uvoc,  the  labia 
pudendi,  and  o;aoc,  a  tumor).  A  swelling  of 
the  labia  pudendi. 

Cre'mor.    Cream.     Any  substance  floating 
on  the  top  of  a  liquid  and  skimmed  off*. 
Cremor  Tartari.     Cream  of  tartar. 

Cre'na.  Creuatura.  The  irregular  projec- 
tion or  serratures  by  which  an  accurate  junc- 
tion of  the  bones  of  the  cranium  is  formed  by 
the  sutures.  The  term  "crenated"  denotes 
notched  or  scalloped. 

Crenic  Acid.  A  sulphur-yellow  acid,  the 
product  of  vegetable  decomposition,  found  in 
soils  and  springs. 

Cre'olin.  A  product  of  coal  tar  derived  from 
carbolic  acid.  Greatly  antiseptic  and  haemo- 
static. More  active  than  carbolic  acid  on  mi- 
crobes but  less  powerful  in  putrefying  masses. 
It  is  also  a  good  non-poisonous  odorizer. 

Cre'osote.     Creasote  (which  see). 

Crepitant  (crepitans  :  from  crepitare,  to 
Crackle).  Crackling.  A  term  applied  in 
Pathology  to  the  peculiar  rattling  sound  heard 
during  respiration  in  the  first  stages  of  pneu- 
monia and  in  oedema  of  the  lungs.  In  Zoology, 
the  name  of  an  insect  of  the  Brachinus  genus 
which  emits  a  crackling  sound  when  assailed. 


CRE 


172 


CRI 


Crepitation  (from  crepitare,  to  crackle). 
In  Surgery,  the  noise  made  by  the  friction  of 
the  extremities  of  fractured  bones  against  each 
other  when  moved  in  certain  directions.  Crepi- 
tus, or  crackling,  is  likewise  met  with  in 
cases  of  gangrene,  when  air  is  effused  into 
areolar  membrane.  The  term  is  also  used  for 
the  crackling  of  joints  when  there  is  a  defi- 
ciency of  the  synovial  fluid.  In  Chemistry,  the 
crackling  noise  made  by  certain  salts  during 
calcination.  The  term  is  also  applied  to  the 
crackling  noise  made  by  effused  air  into  the 
cellular  membrane  when  pressed  between  the 
fingers. 

Crepitus  (from  crepo,  to  make  a  noise). 
Crepitation  (which  see). 

Crescen'tia.  Increase  ;  augmentation"; 
growth. 

Crescentia?.  Enlargement  of  the  lymphatics 
in  the  groins.     Waxing  kernels. 

Cresol.  Cresylic  acid.  A  substance  found 
in  coal  tar.  Three  isomeric  varieties  exist  : 
ortho-cresol  and  para  cresol,  which  are  crystal- 
line solids,  and  rneta- cresol,  which  is  a  liquid. 

Cress.  The  name  of  several  species  of 
plants  ;  a  number  of  them  have  a  pungent 
taste  and  are  used  as  salads,  and  are  esteemed 
in  medicine  for  their  antiscorbutic  qualities. 

Crest.  An  elevation  extending  some  dis- 
tance along  the  surface  of  a  bone  ;  a  prominent 
border.     See  Crista. 

Crest  of  the  Ilium.  Superior  margin  of  the 
pelvis. 

Cresy/lic  Acid.  Acidum  cresylicum.  A 
colorless  liquid  having  the  odor  of  creosote. 
Antiseptic  and  germicide. 

Creta  (from  Greta,  the  island  where  it  was 
first  found).  Chalk.  Native  friable  carbonate 
of  lime.     See  Calcium. 

Creta  Praepara/ta.  Prepared  chalk.  Precipi- 
tated chalk.  Used  externally  as  an  absorbent, 
internally  as  an  antacid.  Dose,  gr.  x  to  %  j  or 
more.  In  Dental  Practice,  prepared  chalk  is 
valuable  as  an  ingredient  of  dentifrices,  as  an 
antacid  in  acidity  of  oral  fluids,  for  obtund- 
ing  sensitiveness  of  dentine,  and  as  a  polishing 
powder  for  gold  and  vulcanite  plates. 

Cretaceous.  Chalky.  Containing  or  relat- 
ing to  chalk. 

Cretinism  (cretinismm ;  supposed  to  be 
derived  from  cretira,  old  Italian  for  a  poor 
creature).  A  peculiar  endemic  affection  com- 
mon in  some  parts  of  Valois,  Tyrol,  Switzer- 
land, and  the  Pyrenees,  characterized  by  an 
idiotic  expression  of  countenance,  enfeeblement 


of  the  mental  faculties,  obtuse  sensibility,  and 
goitre. 

Cribra/tus  (cribrosus).  Like  a  sieve  perfor- 
ated with  holes. 

Crib'rif  orm  Bone  ( cribriformis ;  from 
cribrum,  a  sieve,  and  forma,  likeness,  because 
it  is  perforated  like  a  sieve).  The  ethmoid 
bone. 

Cricoarytenoid  (  crico-aryienoideus). 
Pertaining  to  the  cricoid  and  arytenoid  carti- 
lages. 

Crico-arytenoid,  Lateral.  A  muscle  which 
arises  from  the  cricoid  cartilages  and  is  in- 
serted into  the  anterior  part  of  the  base  of  the 
arytenoid  cartilage. 
Crico-arytenoid,  Posterior.  A  triangular 
muscle,  situated  at  the  back  part  of  the 
larynx,  arising  from  the  middle  of  the  pos- 
terior surface  of  the  cricoid  cartilage  and 
inserted  into  the  base  of  the  arytenoid  carti- 
lage. 

Crico=pharyngaeus.  See  Constrictor 
Pharyngis  Inferior. 

Crico=thyroideus.  Cricothyroid.  A  mus- 
cle of  a  triangular  shape  at  the  anterior  and 
inferior  part  of  the  larynx.  It  arises  from  the 
side  and  anterior  part  of  the  cricoid  cartilage 
and  is  inserted  into  the  inferior  margin  of  the 
thyroid  cartilage. 

Crico=thyro=pharyngaeus.  The  con- 
strictor pharyngis. 

Cricoid  (crieoides,  cricoideus ;  from  up/nog, 
a  ring,  and  eidog,  resemblance).  The  name  of 
one  of  the  cartilages  of  the  larynx.  It  is  round 
like  a  ring. 

Cri'cos  (icpiKog).     A  ring. 

Cri  de  Cuir.    Friction  sound  of  pericarditis. 

Crimno'des  ( crimnoides ;  from  Kpi/ivov, 
coarse  meal,  and  euhg,  resemblance).  Ee- 
sembling  meal.  A  term  applied  to  urine 
when  it  deposits  a  sediment  like  coarse  meal 
or  bran. 

Cri'nis.     The  hair. 

Crino'nes.  An  infantile  disease  consisting 
in  the  eruption  of  black  hairs  from  the  skin  of 
the  back,  arms,  and  legs,  with  febrile  emacia- 
tion and  irritation. 

Cri/sis  (diacrisis,  decision  ;  from  i<pivu,  I 
decide ;  icpioig,  the  final  issue).  A  sudden 
change  in  diseases,  especially  fevers,  for  the 
better  or  worse.  Its  meaning  is  restricted  by 
some  to  favorable  changes. 

Crispa/tion  (crispatura;  from  crispare,  to 
wrinkle).  Contraction  of  any  part,  whether 
natural  or  the  result  of  morbific  causes. 


CRI 


173 


CRO 


Crist/a.  The  comb  of  a  cock  ;  a  crest.  A 
term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  several  processes 
and  parts  of  bones,  and  also  to  the  clitoris.  In 
Surgery,  excrescences  about  the  anus  and  near 
the  genital  organs  produced  by  syphilitic  dis- 
eases are  so  called  from  their  resemblance  to 
the  comb  of  a  cock. 

Crista  GaFli.     A  triangular  process   or  emi- 
nence of  the  ethmoid  bone  above  the  cribri- 
form  plate   which  gives   attachment   to  the 
anterior  part  of  the  falx  cerebri ;  so  called  from 
its  resemblance  to  the  comb  of  a  cock. 
Crista  Interna.      Frontal  spine.     Sphenoidal 
spine. 
Crista  of  the  IFium.     The  superior  margin  of 
the  ilium. 
Crista  Urethrals.     The  caput  gallinaginis. 
Crista  Vestib/uli.      A  crest  which  divides  the 
vestibule  of  the  ear  into  two  fossa? — the  fovea 
hemispherical  and  the  fovea  elli  plica. 
Cris/tate  (cristatus).     Crested.     Having  an 
appendage  like  the  comb  of  a  cock. 

Critical  (criticus;  from  crisis,  and  uptvu,  to 
judge).  Pertaining  to  a  crisis,  or  determining 
the  result  of  a  disease  from  certain  symptoms. 
Croci'num  (from  icpoKog,  saffron).  Made 
with  saffron  ;  colored  with  saffron.  A  mixture 
of  oil  and  saffron. 

Crocon'ic  Acid.  Rhodizonic  acid. 
Cro'cus.  A  genus  of  bulbous-rooted  plants. 
Saffron  ;  the  pharmacopoeial  name  of  the  pre- 
pared stigmata  of  saffron.  Also  the  name  of 
several  preparations  of  metallic  substances,  as 
Crocus  martis  and  Crocus  veneris. 
Crocus  Antimo'nii.  A  sulphuretted  oxide  of 
antimony. 

Crocus    Mantis.      Calcined   sulphate  of  iron. 
See  Polishing  Rouge. 

Crocus  Sati'vus.  The  saffron  plant,  which 
has  a  sweetish,  fragrant  odor,  a  warm,  pun- 
gent, bitter  taste,  and  is  of  a  deep,  orange-red 
color.  It  is  sometimes  used  in  exanthematous 
diseases  and  nervous  affections,  but  more  fre- 
quently as  a  coloring  ingredient  in  compound 
preparations.  Dose,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xx. 
Crocus  Veneris.  Oxide  of  copper,  formed  by 
calcining  the  metal. 

Crommyoxyreg'mia.  Sour,  foetid,  onion- 
like eructations. 

Cross=eye.     Strabismus. 
Cross=wort.       Eupatorium     perfoliatum. 
Boneset ;  thorough  wort. 

Crotaphi'tes  (from  npora<poq,  the  temple). 
Pertaining  to  the  temples.  A  term  applied  to 
the  temporal  artery,  vein,  or  nerve. 


Crot'aphos  [crotaphium;  from  Kporeu,  to 
pulsate).  Pulsating  pain  in  the  temples  ;  also 
temple,  temporal  bone. 

Crotch'et.  A  small  hook.  Applied  by 
the  French  in  Dental  Prosthesis  to  clasps  em- 
ployed for  the  retention  of  a  dental  substitute 
in  the  mouth.  In  Obstetric  Surgery,  a  curved 
instrument  with  a  sharp  hook  for  the  extrac 
tion  of  the  foetus  in  the  operation  of  embry- 
otomy. 

Cro'ton.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Euphorbiacese. 

Croton  Benzoe.     See  Styrax  Benzoin. 
Croton    CascariPla.      See    Ceoton  Eleute- 

EIA. 
Croton  Chloral.     See  Butyl  Chloral. 
Croton     Chloral     Hydrate.      C+H5C130,H.J0. 
Obtained  by  the  action  of  chlorine  upon  alde- 
hyd.     In  the  form  of  small,  brilliant,  silvery 
crystals;  a  sedative,  hypnotic,  and  anaesthetic. 
Dose,  gr.  j  to  gr.  x. 
Croton    Eleute/ria.     The  plant  which  affords 
the  cascarilla  bark. 

Croton  Lacciferum.  The  name  of  an  East 
Indian  tree,  the  resinous  juice  of  which  affords 
gum  lac. 

Croton  Oil.  Oleum  tiglii.  The  expressed  oil  of 
the  seeds  of  the  Croton  tiglium,  which,  when 
pure,  is  a  drastic  purge,  operating  with  great 
rapidity  ;  but  its  use  is  dangerous,  from  the 
irritation  it  sometimes  produces.  Dose,  gtt. 
i  to  \  or  h. 

Croton  Tig/lium.  A  Ceylonese  plant,  every 
part  of  which  is  said  to  possess  medicinal 
properties.  The  root  acts  as  a  drastic  cathar- 
tic. From  the  seeds  the  croton  oil,  Oleum 
tiglii,  is  expressed. 
Croton  Tinctorium.     The  lac  plant. 

Cro'tonate.  A  salt  formed  from  crotonic 
acid  with  a  base. 

Croto'ne.  A  fungus  found  on  trees,  pro- 
duced by  an  insect  like  a  tick.  Also  by  exten- 
sion, applied  to  small  fungous  tumors  of  the 
periosteum. 

Croton'ic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
the  seeds  of  Croton  tiglium. 

Croup  (cynanche  tracheal  is).  Suffocating 
breathing,  accompanied  by  a  stridulous  noise, 
dry  cough,  and  expectoration  of  tough,  mem- 
branous sputa.  See  CYNANCHE  TEACHE- 
ALIS. 

Croup,    Hysteric.     A   spasmodic   affection    of 
the  larynx  attacking  hysterical  females. 
Crown    (corona).      In   Anatomy,   applied  to 
parts  of   a    circular   form    surmounting   other 


CRO 


174 


CRU 


portions  of  the  same  body,  as  the  crown  of  a 
tooth,  corona  dent  is,  etc. 
Crown,  Collar.     See  COLLAR  CROWN. 
Crown,  Logan.     See  Logan  CROWN. 
Crown  of  a  Tooth.     The  exposed  part  of  the 
tooth  above  the  gums,  covered  with  enamel. 
See  Teeth. 
Crown,    Post   and    Collar.      See   Richmond 
Crown. 
Crown,  Post  and   Plate.     A  porcelain  facing 
with  a  backing  of  gold,  and  a  post  fitting  the 
enlarged  pulp  canal,  and  a  disc  coveriug  the 
exposed  surface  of  the  tooth-root. 
Crown  Setting.     The  operation  of  uniting  an 
artificial  crown  to  the  root  of  a  natural  tooth, 
the  operation  being  commonly  known  by  the 
misnomer  "pivoting." 
Crown  Work.     The  adaptation  of  an  artificial 
crown  of  porcelain  or  gold  on  the  cervical 
portion  of  the  natural  root  of  a  tooth  or  to  a 
remaining  portion  of  the  natural  crown.  Two 
general  systems  are  employed — the  porcelain 
crowns  with  metallic   attachments,  with  or 
without  collars,  and   the   gold   crowns    with 
porcelain  fronts. 
Crow's  Bill.     In  Surgery,  a  kind  of  forceps 
for  extracting  balls  and  other  foreign  bodies 
from  wounds. 

Crucial    (crucialis;    from    crux,    a    cross). 
Having  the  shape  of  a  cross. 
Crucial  Bandage.     A   bandage  shaped  like  a 
capital  T. 
Crucial  Incision.     An  incision  made  in  the 
shape  of  a  cross. 

Crucial  Ligaments.  Two  ligaments  of  the 
knee-joint. 
Cru'ciate  (erueiatus).  Cruciform. 
Cru'cible  (from  crucio,  I  torment,  because 
metals  were  tortured  by  fire  to  yield  up  their 
various  virtues).  A  vessel  of  a  conical  shape  in 
which  substances  are  exposed  to  the  heat  of  a 
fire  or  furnace  ;  formed  of  clay  or  earthenware, 
porcelain,  iron,  black  lead  or  plumbago  or 
graphite,  silver,  gold,  or  platinum.  They  are 
used  by  dentists,  goldsmiths,  and  jewelers  for 
refining  and  alloying  gold  and  silver,  and  for- 
tius purpose  they  should  be  formed  of  sub- 
stances capable  of  bearing  considerable  altera- 
tions of  temperature  without  breaking  or 
cracking.  The  good  crucibles  are  formed  from 
pure  clay  mixed  with  pulverized  old  crucibles, 
black  lead,  and  pounded  coke.  The  Hessian 
or  sand  crucible  is  composed  of  what  is  known 
as  refractory  clay,  which  consists  of  silica,  alu- 
mina, and  ferric  oxide.     When  such  crucibles 


are  used  for  melting  gold  or  silver,  they  should 
be  lined  with  powdered  borax,  to  prevent  the 
absorption  of  a  quantity  of  the  metal  on  ac- 
count of  their  porous  nature.  All  new  cruci- 
bles should  be  tested  before  use  in  melting  the 
precious  metals  by  slowly  heating  them  to 
redness  and  then  allowing  them  to  cool. 

Cru'ciform  (from  crux,  cruets,  a  cross,  and 
forma,  shape).  Cruciformis;  cross-shaped.  Ap- 
plied in  Anatomy  to  the  ligaments  which  close 
the  articulations  of  the  phalanges  and  to  the 
crucial  ligaments. 

Crude.  Unprepared  ;  raw.  Applied  to 
natural  or  artificial  products  which  require 
purification. 

Cru/dity  (cruditas;  crudus,  crude,  unpre- 
pared). Rawness,  crudeness.  Applied  to  ali- 
ments in  a  raw  state  ;  also  to  undigested  sub- 
stances in  the  stomach. 

Cru/or.  One  of  the  solid  parts  of  coagu- 
lated blood  ;  coagulum,  crassamentum,  the  red 
part  of  the  blood. 

Cru/ra  (the  plural  of  cms,  a  leg).  Applied 
to  some  parts  of  the  body  from  their  resem- 
blance to  a  leg,  as  crura  cerebri,  crura  cerebe/li, 
crura  of  the  diaphragm,  etc. 

Crura?/us  (cruralis;  from  crus,  a  leg).  A 
muscle  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  thigh. 

Cru/ral  (cruralis).  Belonging  to  the  leg  or 
lower  extremity. 

Crural  Arch.     The  inguinal  arch. 
Crural  Artery.     The  femoral  artery. 
Crural  Canal.     The  femoral  ring. 
Crural  Hernia.     Femoral  hernia. 
Crural  Nerve.     A  nerve  situated  on  the  out- 
side of  the  psoas  muscle  and  femoral  artery, 
proceeding  from  the  lumbar  plexus. 
Crural  Plexus.    A  plexus  formed  by  the  union 
of  the  last  four  pairs  of  lumbar  nerves. 
Crural  Ring.    See  Crural  Canal. 
Crural  Vein.     Temporal  vein  ;  has  the  same 
arrangement  as  the  artery.     It  receives  but 
one  branch,  the  saphsena. 
Crura/lis.     Crurasus. 
Cruras  Radius.     Fibula. 
Crus.     The  leg  ;  also  the  thigh. 
Crus'ta.     A  scab  ;  a  shell  ;  the  scum  of  a 
fluid. 

Crusta  Adamantina  Dentium.      The  enamel 
of  the  teeth. 

Crusta   Carno/sa.     The  middle  tunic  of  the 
intestines. 
Crusta    Inflammato/ria.      The  buffy  coat  of 

inflamed  blood. 
Crusta  Lac'tea.     Porri<ro  larvalis. 


CRU 


CRY 


Crusta  Petro'sa.   The  cernentum  of  the  teeth. 

Crusta  Phlogisti'ca.     The  yellowish  layer  of 

the  upper  stratum  of  a  blood-clot  coagulating 

slowly. 

Crusta  Villo/sa.     The  inner  or  mucous  coat 

of  the  stomach  and  intestines. 

Crusta'cea.  A  class  of  articulated  auimals 
protected  by  a  hard  shell. 

Crus  tula.  A  small  shell  or  scab  ;  also  an 
effusion  of  blood  under  the  conjunctive  mem- 
brane of  the  eye. 

Crymo'des  ( upv/uudeg ;  from  Kpv/xog,  cold). 
A  fever  in  which  the  internal  parts  are  hot 
and  the  exterual  cold. 

Crymodyn'ia  (from  Kpvfiog,  cold,  and  odvvt], 
pain).     Chronic  rheumatism. 

Crymo/ses  (from  Kpvfiog,  cold).  Diseases 
caused  by  the  action  of  cold. 

Cryo'lite  (from  upvog,  ice,  and  M&og,  stone). 
A  rare  mineral,  fusible  in  the  flame  of  a 
candle  ;  a  double  fluoride  of  sodium  and  alu- 
minum. 

Cryoph'orus  (upvog,  cold,  and  <bepu,  to  bear). 
An  instrument  in  which  water  is  made  to  freeze 
by  the  cold  produced  by  its  own  evaporation, 
and  indicating  the  degree. 

Crypt  (crypta ;  from  Kpv-rog,  concealed).  In 
Anatomy,  a  small,  oval,  hollow  body  ;  a  follicle 
or  small  pit  ;  a  follicular  gland. 

Cryp'tffi.  The  rounded  excrescences  at  the 
ends  of  the  small  arteries  of  the  cortical  sub- 
stance of  the  kidneys.  Sebaceous  glands. 
Concealed  mucous  follicles. 

Cryptor'chis  (cryj)sorchis ;  Kpv-rog,  con- 
cealed, and  opxig,  testicle).  One  whose  testi- 
cles have  not  descended  into  the  scrotum. 

Cryp'tous  (cryptus ;  upvrru,  to  hide).  Hid- 
den or  concealed. 

Crypts,  Synovial.     The  bursas  mucosas. 

Crys'tal  (crystallus;  Kpvara/Jiog).  When 
fluids  become  solid  their  particles  unite,  and 
frequently  assume  regular  determinate  forms, 
which  are  termed  crystals.  Crystallized  quartz 
was  supposed  by  the  ancients  to  be  water  con- 
gealed by  intense  cold,  and  hence,  says  Cleave 
land,  the  term  upvaraA/og,  which  signifies 
ice ;  and  as  regularity  of  form  is  nowhere 
more  beautifully  exhibited  than  in  "crystal- 
lized quartz,  the  name  has  been  extended  to 
all  mineral  and  inorganic  substances  which 
exhibit  themselves  under  the  form  of  regular 
geometrical  solids." 

Crystal,  or  Sponge,  Gold.  An  adhesive  form 
of  gold  used  for  filling  teeth,  especially  where 
lost  portions  of  the  crown  are  to  be  built  up. 


This  preparation  of  gold  was  patented  by  Dr. 
A.  J.  Watts,  of  Utica,  New  York,  in  1853. 
There  are  numerous  formulas  for  preparing 
crystal  gold,  but  they  may  all  be  embraced  in 
two  general  methods:  the  one,  to  obtain  simply 
a  precipitate  of  the  metal,  adaptable  to  filling 
teeth  ;  and  the  other  to  combine  this  precipi- 
tate with  mercury,  and  obtain  a  definite  crys- 
tallization. The  preparation  of  A.  J.  Watts 
is  made  by  introducing  the  precipitant  grad- 
ually, and  then  carefully  washing  the  pre- 
cipitate, and  heating  almost  to  redness.  For 
perfect  crystallization  of  this  gold,  combine 
the  precipitate  with  from  six  to  twelve  times 
its  weight  of  pure  mercury  ;  let  it  stand  a 
short  time,  subject  to  a  gentle  heat,  and  then 
remove  the  mercury  with  dilute  nitric  acid. 
Afterward  wash  the  nitrate  of  mercury  from 
the  gold  ;  place  the  latter  upon  a  slide,  and 
bring  it  up  to  a  full  red  heat  in  a  muffle,  and 
the  gold  is  then  in  a  condition  to  be  used  for 
filling.  A  very  fine  article  of  this  form  of  gold 
has  also  been  prepared  by  Dr.  G.  W.  Watts, 
of  Ohio.  For  method  of  working  crystal  gold, 
see  Harris'  "Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 
CrystaHi.  Vesicles  filled  with  a  watery 
fluid  ;  also  called  crystalline. 
Crystalli  Tartari.     Cream  of  tartar. 

Crys/tallin.  The  protein  compound  of  the 
fluid  of  the  crystalline  lens.  See  Globulijt. 
The  name  has  also  been  given  to  one  of  the 
products  of  the  distillation  of  indigo  ;  also  the 
name  of  a  collodion,  in  which  methyl  alcohol 
takes  the  place  of  ethyl  alcohol ;  this  latter 
forms  a  part  of  flexile  collodion,  and  also  of  an 
impervious  varnish. 

Crystalli'na.    A  vesicle  or  phlyctsena  on  the 
prepuce,  surrounded  by  a  red  areola. 
Crystallina  Membrana.    The  arachnoid  mem- 
brane. 
Crystalline      (crystal!  in  us).     Crystal-like; 
having  the  form  or  appearance  of  crystal. 
Crystalline     Lens.       A     clear,     transparent, 
spherical  body,  situated  in  a  depression  of  the 
anterior  part  of  the  vitreous  humor  of  the  eye 
and  enclosed  in  a  membrauous   capsule.     It 
transmits  and  refracts  the  rays  of  light. 

Crystalliza'tion  (crystallizatio  :  from  crystal- 
1ns,  a  crystal  I.  The  act  of  crystallizing,  or  that 
process  by  which  the  particles  of  crystallizable 
bodies  unite  and  assume  a  regular  and  deter- 
minate solid  form.  This  property  is  possessed 
by  most  minerals,  but  in  a  more  eminent  degree 
by  saline  substances. 
Crystallization,  Water  of.     The  water  which 


CRY 


176 


CUP 


combines  with  certain  salts  to  give  them  the 
form  of  crystals. 

Crys'talloid  (from  Kpuora/J.oc,  a  crystal,  and 
elSoq,  form,  resemblance).  Eesembling  crystal 
or  the  crystalline  lens.  The  capsule  or  mem- 
brane of  the  crystalline  ;  also  the  crystalline 
lens  itself. 

C.  S.  Abbreviation  for  current  strength  in 
electro-therapeutics. 

Ctenes  (icreveg).     Incisor  teeth. 

Cu.     Symbol  for  copper. 

Cube  (cuius).  A  solid,  bounded  by  six 
equal  squares  at  right  angles  with  one  another. 

Cu'beb.  The  berries  of  the  Piper  cubeba. 
Cubebs  ;  Java  pepper.  Stimulant,  carminative, 
and  stomachic,  and  acts  specially  on  the  genito- 
urinary organs,  and  sometimes  employed  in 
gonorrhoea.  Dose,  ,^ss  to  giij  ;  of  the  oil, 
gtt.  xtogtt.  xij  ;  of  the  tincture,  ^j. 

Cube'bin.  A  peculiar  neutral  principle 
contained  in  cubebs. 

Cu'bebs.     See  Cubeb. 
Cubebs,  Oil  of.     Oleum  cubebae. 

Cubifor'me  Os.     Os  cuboides. 

Cubitae'us  Exter/nus.  An  extensor  muscle 
of  the  fingers. 

Cubitaeus  Internus.     A  flexor  muscle  of  the 
fingers. 

Cub  ital  (cubitalis;  from  cubitus,  the  fore- 
arm). Connected  with  or  relating  to  the  fore- 
arm. 

Cubital  Artery  (arteria  cubitalis;  arteria 
ulnaris).  A  branch  of  the  humeral  artery, 
given  off  a  little  below  the  bend  of  the  elbow, 
which  passes  down  along  the  inner  part  of  the 
forearm. 
Cubital  Nerve.     The  ulnar  nerve. 

Cu'bitus  (from  cubo,  to  lie  down).  The 
forearm  ;  also  the  larger  of  the  two  bones  of  the 
forearm,  08  cubitus. 

Cuboi  des  Os  (from  nvfloc,  a  cube  or  die, 
and  e«Jof,  a  likeness).  A  tarsal  bone  of  the 
foot, 

Cuculla'ris  (from  cucullus,  a  hood).  The 
trapezius  muscle  has  been  so  called  from  its 
broad,  hood-like  appearance. 

Cucullus.  A  hood  ;  an  odoriferous  cap  or 
bandage  for  the  head. 

Cucurbit'ula.     A  cupping  glass. 

Cul=de-sac.  A  tube  or  cavity  closed  at  one 
end. 

Culm.  In  Mineralogy,  a  provincial  synonym 
of  anthracite. 

Culture.  State  of  being  cultivated  ;  as  the 
culture  of  micro-organisrns. 


Cultures.  The  products  of  cultivation  ;  as 
collections  of  micro-organisms  thus  obtained. 

Cu'Ius.     The  anus. 

Cunea  lis  Sutu'ra.  The  suture  between 
the  great  and  little  ala;  of  the  sphenoid  bone 
and  the  os  frontis. 

Cu'neate  (from  cuneatus).     Wedge-shaped. 

Cu'neiform  (cuneiformis ;  from  cuneus,  a 
wedge,  and  forma,  shape).  Shaped  like  a 
wedge ;  cuneate.  A  name  applied  to  several 
bones,  leaves,  etc.  It  is  applied  to  one  of  the 
bones  of  the  carpus  and  to  three  of  the  tarsus  ; 
also  to  the  basilary  process  of  the  occipital 
bone. 

Cunningham's  (Dr.  Geo.)  Immediate 
Method.  A  method  of  correcting  the  irregular 
position  of  a  tooth  by  forcing  with  the  forceps 
such  a  tooth  into  the  position  of  one  just 
extracted  ;  while  this  is  a  possible  operation,  it 
is  attended  with  danger  to  the  pulp. 

Cupel7.  A  shallow  earthen  vessel  somewhat 
like  a  cup,  generally  made  of  bone-earth,  and 
used  in  assaying  and  refining  gold  and  silver. 

Cupella'tion.  A  process  of  purifying  or 
refining  gold  or  silver  by  means  of  an  addition 
of  lead,  which,  at  a  sufficiently  high  tempera- 
ture, vitrifies  and  promotes  the  vitrification 
and  calcination  of  such  base  metals  as  may  be 
in  the  mixture,  which  are  carried  off  in  the 
fusible  glass  thus  formed,  while  the  precious 
metals  are  left  in  nearly  a  pure  state. 

Cup'ping.  The  abstraction  of  blood  by 
means  of  a  scarificator  and  a  cupping  glass. 
The  scarificator  is  an  instrument  containing 
eight  or  twelve  blades,  moved  by  a  single 
spring,  and  so  arranged  as  to  be  readily  gradu- 
ated as  to  the  depth  which  they  shall  pene- 
trate. They  cover  a  small  space  of  an  inch 
and  a  half  or  two  inches  square,  and  make 
eight,  twelve,  or  more  parallel  cuts.  The 
cupping  glass  may  be  a  simple  tin  or  glass, 
of  the  proper  size  and  shape,  and  applied  by 
exhausting  the  air  within  by  burning  a  few 
drops  of  alcohol,  or  it  may  have  an  exhaustive 
pump  attached  to  the  top  ;  or  it  may  have  an 
India-rubber  top,  which  requires  only  to  be 
squeezed  to  produce  a  vacuum.  These  latter 
are  preferable  to  any  other. 
Cupping  Glass.    Cucurbitula.    See  CUPPING. 

Cu/pri  Ammo/niati  Liquor.     See  Liquor 
Cupei  Ammonio-sulphatis. 
Cupri    Ammoniure'tum.     See   CUPRUM   Am- 

MONIATUM. 

Cupri    Rubi/go     (cupri     acetas).      Verdigris. 
Impure  subacetate  of  copper. 


CUP 


177 


CUT 


Cupri  Subace/tas.     Subacetate  of  copper. 
Cupri    Sulphas.     Sulphate  of   copper.     Blue 
vitriol. 
Cupriferous  {cuprum,  copper,  and  fero,  to 
bear).     Bearing  or  containing  copper. 

Cu/prum  (from  nvnpoc,  the  Greek  name  of 
the  island  Cyprus,  where  it  was  first  found). 
Copper. 

Cuprum  Ammonia'tum.      Ammouiated  cop- 
per.    Ammoniacal  sulphate  of  copper. 
Cupulif'erae.     The  oak  and  chestnut  tribe 
of  dicotyledonous  plants. 

Cura'tio.  The  treatment  or  cure  of  a  dis- 
ease or  injury. 

Cu'rative.  Relating  to  a  cure  ;  susceptible 
of  cure. 

Curcu'Iis.     The  throat. 
Curcuma  Paper.     Paper  dyed  in  a  decoc- 
tion of  turmeric,  and  employed  as  a  test  of  free 
alkali,  which  gives  to  it  a  brown  stain. 

Curcumin/.  The  coloring  matter  of  tur- 
meric. 

Curd.     Coagulum  of  milk. 
Curette7.      An  instrument  shaped   like  a 
spoon,     for    detaching    substances    from    one 
another. 

Current  (from  curro,  to  run).  In  Elec- 
tricity applied  to  the  transference  of  force,  like 
the  flow  of  a  liquid  in  a  confined  passage.  Elec 
tricity  in  the  act  of  transmission  along  a  con- 
ductor. 

Current  Action.     The  action  produced  when 
a  muscle  contracts  from  an  injury. 
Current,  Alternating.     A  current  which  is  al- 
ternately direct  and  reverse,  through  the  effect 
of  an  interrupter.    Such  a  current  is  employed 
at  the  execution  of  criminals. 
Current,  Battery.     A  galvanic  current. 
Current,   Continuous.      A    constant  uninter- 
rupted current  in  one  direction. 
Current,  Galvanic.     A  current  generated  by 
the   decomposition   of   acidulated    water    by 
metallic  plates. 
Current,  Induced  or  Secondary.     A  momen- 
tary current  produced  by  a  coil  of  insulated 
wire  is  introduced  within  the  field  of  another 
coil  through  which  a  continuous   current  is 
passing. 
Cur'vate  (eurvatus).     Bent. 
Curva'tor   Coccy/gis.      A  muscle  of  the 
coccyx. 

Cur'vature  (from  curvare,  to  bend).  Curved 
or  bent;  a  departure  from  an  erect  or  straight 
line,  as  in  the  case  of  the  spine,  duodenum, 
etc. 

12 


Curvature  of  the  Spine.     A  deviation  of  the 
spinal  column  from  its  regular  figure. 

Cusp  (Latin  cuspis,  a  point).  One  of  the 
projections  on  the  crown  of  a  tooth.  A  trian- 
gular or  pointed  prominence  ;  one  of  the  pointed 
segments  forming  a  valve  of  the  heart. 

Cus/pidate.  A  term  applied  in  Botany  to  a 
part  terminating  in  a  stiff  joint. 

Cuspidati  (the  plural  of  cuspidatus).  The 
cuspid  teeth. 

Cuspida  t us  (from  cuspis,  a  point).  A  cus- 
pid tooth. 

Cus'pid  Teeth  (denies  cuspidati;  denies 
canini ;  angulares ;  dentes  laniarii ;  and  the 
conoides  of  Chaussier).  The  four  teeth  which 
have  conical  crowns.  They  are  situated,  one 
on  each  side,  in  each  jaw  between  the  lateral 
incisor  and  first  bicuspid.  Their  crowns  are 
convex  externally,  and  slightly  concave  and 
unequal  posteriorly,  and  pointed  at  the  extrem- 
ity. Their  crowns,  when  not  worn,  are  longer 
than  those  of  any  of  the  other  teeth.  Their 
roots  are  larger  and  also  the  longest  of  all  the 
teeth,  and,  like  the  incisors,  are  single,  but  have 
a  vertical  groove  on  each  side,  laterally,  extend- 
ing from  the  neck  to  the  extremity,  showing  a 
step  toward  the  formation  of  two  roots. 

The  upper  cuspidati,  sometimes  called  the 
eye-teeth,  are  larger  than  the  lower,  which  have 
been  called  the  stomach-teeth.  The  enamel  upon 
these  teeth  is  thicker  than  on  the  incisors. 
Both  anteriorly  and  posteriorly  a  slight  curve  is 
seen  in  the  neck,  and  the  crown  projects  a  little 
from  the  parabolical  curve  of  the  dental  arch. 

The  cuspidati  of  second  dentition  are  larger 
and  longer  than  those  of  first  dentition,  and  as 
the  teeth  are  situated  nearer  the  attachments 
of  the  muscles  which  move  the  lower  jaw  than 
the  incisors,  which  are  at  the  extremit}'  of  the 
lever,  they  are  enabled  to  overcome  greater  re- 
sistance. Being  pointed  at  their  extremities, 
they  are  intended  for  tearing  the  food,  and  in 
some  of  the  carnivorous  animals,  where  they 
are  very  large,  they  not  only  serve  to  rend,  but 
also  to  hold  prey. 

Cus'SO  (kooso).  Anthelmintic.  Dose  for 
adult,  5J  to  5ss. 

Cutaneous  (from  cutis,  the  skin).  Per- 
taining to  the  skin. 

Cutaneous  Absorption.     Absorption  by  the 
skin. 

Cutaneous  Diseases.    Diseases  attended  with 
eruption  on  the  skin. 
Cutaneous  Exhalation.     Exhalation  from  the 
skin. 


CUT 


173 


CYE 


Cutaneous  Nerves.  Two  nerves  given  oft' by 
the  brachial  plexus,  an  internal  and  an  external, 
to  supply  the  arm  and  hand.  Also  four 
nerves  given  off  by  the  lumbar  plexus,  or  an- 
terior crural  nerve,  which  go  to  the  leg. 

Cutch.  Catechu.  Also  the  name  of  the  tool 
or  book  of  parchment  leaves  between  which 
gold  was  beaten  into  foil. 

Cu'ticle.  In  Anatomy,  the  epidermis  or 
scarf-skin.  In  Botany,  the  thin  vascular  mem- 
brane covering  the  external  surface  of  vege- 
tables. 

Cutic'ula  Dentis.  Enamel  cuticle.  Nas- 
myth's  membrane.  A  membrane  which  may 
be  raised  from  the  surface  of  an  unworn  tooth 
by  the  action  of  acids. 

Cu'tis  (dermis;  pellis).  The  skin,  which  is 
said  to  consist  of  three  parts  :  the  cutis  vera,  or 
true  skin  ;  the  rete  mucosum,  or  mucous  net  ; 
and  the  epidermis,  or  scarf-skin.  Others  con- 
sider it  as  consisting  of  only  two  layers,  the  cutis 
vera  and  epidermis,  the  rete  mucosum  being  the 
vascular  network  of  the  former.  The  outer 
surface  of  the  skin  is  covered  by  conical  emi- 
nences called  papillse,  which  are  very  nervous 
and  vascular.  The  skin  serves  as  a  medium  of 
communication  with  external  objects,  while  it 
protects  the  subjacent  parts,  and  is  the  seat  of 
touch.  Its  color,  which  is  determined  by  the 
rete  mucosum,  varies  according  to  age,  sex, 
race,  etc. 

Cu'tis  Anseri'na  (horrida  cutis).  Gooseskin. 
That  contracted  state  of  the  skin  which  accom- 
panies the  cold  stage  of  an  intermittent  fever, 
in  which  the  papillae  become  prominent  and 
rigid. 

Cutis  Externa.     The  epidermis. 
Cutis  Vera.     The  true  skin. 

Cuti'tis.     Erysipelatous  inflammation. 

Cut/tie  Fish.  A  genus  of  molluscous  ani- 
mals of  the  order  Cephalopoda  and  genus 
Sepia.  The  powdered  bones  form  an  ingredi- 
ent of  some  dentifrices. 

Cyanhy'dric  Acid.     Hydrocyanic  acid. 

Cya'nic  Acid.  A  compound  of  cyanogen 
and  oxygen. 

Cyanides.  Cyanurets.  Compounds  of  cyan- 
ogen which  are  not  acids. 

Cy'anite  (from  nvavor,  blue).  A  massive 
crystallized  mineral,  of  pearly  lustre,  translu- 
cent, and  of  various  shades  of  blue. 

Cyan'ogen  (from  nvavog,  blue,  and  yiyvo/xa/, 
I  am  produced, because  it  is  an  essential  ingredi- 
ent of  Prussian  blue).  Bicarburet  of  nitrogen  ; 
a  colorless  gas,  of  a  strong  pungent  odor.     It  is 


condensedinto  a  limpid  liquid  at  a  temperature 
of  45°  and  under  a  pressure  of  3.6  atmospheres. 
It  extinguishes  burning  bodies,  but  burns  with 
a  light  purple  flame,  and  supports  a  strong 
heat  without  decomposition.  It  is  composed 
of  nitrogen  and  carbon. 

Cyanop'athy  (cyanopathia ;  from  nvavo,  and 
Tratfof,  disease).     Cyanosis. 

Cyano'sis  (from  Kvavuaig,  the  giving  a  blue 
color).  The  blue  disease.  A  disease  in  which 
the  skin  of  the  whole  body  assumes  a  blue 
color,  arising  generally  from  congenital  mal- 
formation of  the  heart,  consisting  of  a  direct 
communication  of  the  right  and  left  cavities, 
thus  preventing  the  whole  of  the  blood  from 
being  oxygenated  in  the  lungs. 

Cyan'uret.  Cyanide.  A  compound  of 
cyanogen  with  a  base. 

Cyanuret  of   Mercury.     Cyanide  or  bicyanide 
of  mercury.  See  Hydkargyri  Cyantjretum. 
Cyanuret  of  Potassium  (potasii  cyanuretum). 
Cyanide  of  potassium  is   iu   white,   opaque, 
amorphous    masses,    with     a     bitter-almond 
taste.      It  is   poisonous,   acting  like  hydro- 
cyanic acid.     Dose,  gr.  \. 
Cyanuret  of  Silver.     Cyanide  of  silver. 
Cyanuret  of  Zinc.     Cyanide  of  zinc. 

Cyanu'ric  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  by  de- 
composing urea  by  heat. 

Cyan'urin.  A  very  rare  substance  deposited 
from  urine  as  a  blue  powder. 

Cy'ar.     The  meatus  auditorius  internus. 

Cy'athus  (nva&oc,  a  cup).  A  measure,  both 
of  the  liquid  and  dry  kind,  equal  to  about  an 
ounce  and  a  half.     A  wineglass. 

Cycla'men.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Primulacea?. 

Cyclamen  Europse'um.  The  sowbread. 
The  root  is  bitter,  and  is  a  drastic  purgative 
and  anthelmintic. 

Cyc'Iamine.  A  crystalline  principle  ob- 
tained from  the  root  of  Cyclamen  europseum, 
possessing  acrid,  purgative,  and  emetic  proper- 
ties. 

Cy'cle  (cyclus ;  from  kvk/.os,  a  circle).  A 
determinate  period  of  a  certain  number  of  days 
or  years,  which  finishes  and  commences  per- 
petually  ;  as  cardiac  cycle. 

Cyclopho'ria.     Circulation. 

Cyclo'pion.     The  white  of  the  eye. 

Cye'ma  (mnj/ia;  from  nva,  to  bring  forth). 
The  product  of  conception. 

CyesioPogy  (cyesiologia ;  from  nvr/cnc,  preg- 
nancy, and  ?-oyoc,  a  description).  The  doctrine 
of  generation. 


CYE 


179 


CYS 


Cye/sis.     Conception. 

Cylinder  (from  KvXtvSa,  I  roll).  A  long, 
circular  body  of  uniform  diameter.  A  round 
tube  is  a  hollow  cylinder.  The  long  bones  are 
called  cylindrical. 

Cylinder   Filling.     A  filling,   the  material  of 
which  is  composed  of  gold  or  tin  foil  cylinders. 
Sometimes  called  block  filling. 
Cylinder  of  Gold  Foil.     A  form  of  gold  foil 
for  filling  teeth,  made  by  rolling  a  tape  of  non- 
cohesive  gold  upon  a  fine  broach,  commencing 
at  one  end  of  the  tape  and  continuing  the 
movement  until  the  desired  size  of  the  cylinder 
is  reached. 
Cylindrical.     Cylindroid.      Resembling    a 
cylinder. 

Cyllo'sis  (Kv?iAaaic,  distortion).  Lameness, 
mutilation,  malconformation. 

Cymato'des  (uvuciTudi/g).  An  undulating, 
unequal  pulse. 

Cynan'che  (from  uvuv,  a  dog,  and  ayxu,  I 
suffocate).     So  called  from  dogs  being  said  to 
be  subject  to  it.     Sore  throat ;  inflammation  of 
the  upper  part  of  the  air-passages  and  the  supra- 
diaphragmatic  portion  of  the  alimentary  canal. 
Cynanche  Epidemica  (cynanche  maligna;  cy- 
nanche faucium  ;  cynanche  gangrenosa).     Ton- 
sillitis.    Epidemic  sore  throat. 
Cynanche    Malig/na    [cynanche    gangrenosa; 
angina  ulcerosa).    Putrid  ulcerated  sore  throat. 
Gangrenous  inflammation  of  the  pharynx,  as 
in  scarlatina. 
Cynanche   Parotidae/a    (cynanche    maxillaris ; 
inflammatio parotid ion).     The  mumps. 
Cynanche  Pharynge/a.     Inflammation  of  the 

pharynx. 
Cynanche    Tonsillaris.      Inflammatory  sore 
throat,  characterized  by  redness  and  swelling 
of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  fauces  and 
tonsils,  accompanied  by  pain,  fever,  and  diffi- 
cult deglutition. 
Cynanche    Trachea/lis    (cynanche    laryngea; 
suffocatio  stridula).      Croup.      A   disease   for 
the  most  part  peculiar  to  children,  and  char- 
acterized   by    inflammatory    fever,    sonorous 
suffocative  breathing,   and   the  formation  of 
false  membrane  in  the  trachea  beneath   the 
glottis,   which  is  sometimes  coughed   up   or 
expectorated,    and    at    other     times    causes 
dyspnoea  and  suffocation. 
Cyn/icus  (from  kvuv,  a  dog).     Relating  to 
or  resembling  a  dog.     A  cynic  spasm  is  char- 
acterized by  a  contortion  of  one  side  of  the  face, 
in  which  the  eye,  cheek,  and  mouth  are  dragged 
downward. 


Cynodes/mion.  The  frsenum  of  the  pre- 
puce. 

Cynodon/tes  (from  kvuv}  a  dog,  and  odovg, 
odovToc,  a  tooth).  The  canine  teeth  are  so 
called  from  their  resemblance  to  the  teeth  of  a 
dog.     See  Cuspid  Teeth. 

Cynolis/sa.     Hydrophobia. 

Cynolopho'i.  The  spinous  processes  of  the 
vertebrae. 

Cynophor'ia.     Pregnancy. 

Cynorex/ia.      Canine    appetite.     Bulimia. 

Cypho'sis  (from  Kv<pogt  gibbosity).  Gib 
bosity  of  the  spine. 

Cyrtosis  Cretinis/mus.     Cretinism. 

Cyrtosis  Rachia.     Rachitis. 

Cys/sarus.     The  rectum. 

Cys/sotis.  Inflammation  of  the  anus. 
Tenesmus. 

Cyst  (sisl ;  from  kugtyc,  a  bladder).  A 
membranous  sac  or  cavity  in  which  morbid 
matters  are  collected  ;  a  pouch  without  an 
opening,  and  generally  of  a  membranous 
nature,  which  is  abnormally  developed  in  the 
substance  of  an  organ  or  in  one  of  the  natural 
cavities.  Cysts  are  either  simple  or  compound, 
the  first  containing  fluid  or  an  organized  mat- 
ter, the  second,  various  organized  bodies. 
Some  have  but  one  cavity,  others  have  several 
separated  by  incomplete  septa.  The  matter 
contained  in  the  simple  variety  is  sometimes 
limpid,  serous,  reddish,  yellowish-white,  or 
more  or  less  thick,  albuminous,  adipose,  or 
caseous.  The  tumor  formed  by  them  is  called 
encysted.  They  are  named  according  to  the 
nature  of  their  contents,  as  serous,  synovial, 
mucous,  sebaceous,  sanguineous,  colloid,  sali- 
vary, seminal,  dermoid,  dentigerous.  See 
Dentigekous  Cysts. 

CystaPgia  (from  Kvone,  a  bladder,  and 
alyoc,  pain).  A  painful  spasmodic  affection  of 
the  bladder. 

Cystaux'el     Hypertrophy  of  the  bladder. 

CysteoPithus.  A  stone  in  the  urinary  or 
gall-bladder. 

Cystic  (cysticus;  from  tcvarig,  a  bag).  Per 
taining  to  a  cyst.  Belonging  to  the  urinary  or 
gall-bladder. 

Cystic  Artery.    The  artery  of  the  gall-bladder. 

Cystic  Duct.     The  duct  proceeding  from  the 

gall-bladder,  and  which,  after  uniting  with 

the  hepatic,  forms  the   ductus  communis  cho- 

ledochus. 

Cystic  Oxide.     See  CYSTIN. 

Cys'tica.  Remedies  used  for  diseases  of 
the  bladder. 


CYS 


180 


DAC 


Cys'tin.  Cystic  oxide.  A  peculiar  animal 
matter  found  in  certain  conditions  of  the  urine 
and  in  some  urinary  calculi. 

Cystirrhag'ia.     Hemorrhage  from  bladder. 

Cystirrhoe/a  (from  kvotiq,  a  bag,  and  peu,  to 
flow).  A  copious  discharge  of  mucus  from  the 
bladder,  passing  out  with  the  urine.  Vesical 
catarrh. 

Cys'tis    (from   Kvang,    a   bag).      A  cyst,   a 
bladder,  or  a  small  membranous  bag.    The  uri- 
nary bladder  or  a  membranous  bag  enclosing 
any  morbid  matter. 
Cystis  Urinaria.     The  urinary  bladder. 

Cysti'tis.     Inflammation  of  the  bladder. 

Cys/titome  (twang,  bladder,  and  Te/uveiv,  to 
cut).  An  instrument  for  opening  the  capsule 
or  sac  of  the  crystalline  lens. 

Cys'toblast.     See  Cytoblast. 

Cysto=bubonoce/le  (from  kvo-lq,  the  blad- 
der, and  jiov{iov,  the  groin).  A  species  of  hernia 
in  which  the  urinary  bladder  is  protruded 
through  the  abdominal  ring. 

Cystoce'Ie  (from  Kvarig,  the  bladder,  and 
Krfkri,  a  tumor).     Hernia  of  the  bladder. 

Cystody/nia.     Pain  in  the  bladder. 

Cys'toid  (from  nvrog,  cell,  and  eidog,  resem- 
blance).    Resembling  a  cyst  or  bladder. 

CystolithFasis  (nvarig,  and  2.it)og,  a  stone). 
Urinary  calculous  disease. 

CystoFithus.     A  urinary  calculus. 

Cysto=meroce/le.  Protrusion  of  the  blad- 
der through  the  crural  arch. 

Cystoplas'ty.  An  operation  for  the  cure 
of  fistulous  openings  into  the  bladder,  consist- 
ing in  the  dissection  of  skin  from  a  neighboring 
part  and  uniting  it  by  suture  to  the  edges. 

CystopIe/gia  (from  Kvarig,  the  bladder,  and 
nfajaoa,  I  strike).     Paralysis  of  the  bladder. 

Cystopto/sis  (from  ttvarig,  the  bladder,  and 
7i77rrw,  to  fall).  Protrusion  of  the  internal  coat 
of  the  bladder  into  the  canal  of  the  urethra. 


Cystospas'tic  (nvoTig,  the  bladder,  and 
cnau,  to  draw).  Pertaining  to  spasm  of  the 
bladder. 

Cystot/ome.  An  instrument  or  knife 
used  in  cystotomy. 

Cystot/omy  (cystotomia ;  from  nvcrig,  the 
bladder,  and  rsfivsiv,  to  cut).  Cutting  or  punc- 
turing the  bladder. 

Cyto/=  (sey'-toh;  from  Kvrog,  cell).  A  prefix 
meaning  cell. 

Cy/toblast  (from  avrog,  a  cell,  and  (llaoTog, 
a  germ).  A  cell-germ,  nucleus,  or  areola.  A 
primary  granule  or  minute  spot  on  the  growing 
cell,  from  which  all  animals  and  vegetables  are 
supposed  to  be  developed.  The  rudiment  of 
every  new  cell.  In  the  cell  nomenclature  of 
Prof.  Agassiz  the  cell  wall  is  termed  an  ecto- 
blast ;  the  nucleus,  mesoblast ;  the  nucleolus, 
entoblast ;  and  when  a  smaller  body  exists  in 
this,  entosthroblast.  The  existence  of  a  cell  wall 
is  now  denied. 

Cytoblaste'ma  (blastema).  The  fluid  which 
nourishes  the  cytoblast.  The  dextrine  in 
plants  and  liquor  sanguinis  in  animals. 

Cytode/  (siSog,  likeness).  A  non-nucleated 
cell. 

Cytodier'esis  (from  kvtoq,  a  cell,  and  diat.p- 
sacg,  division).     Cell  segmentation  or  division. 

Cytogen/esis  (cystogenous ;  avrog,  a  cell  or 
cavity,  and  yivofiai,  to  be  produced).  The 
generation  of  cavities  or  cells  ;  cell-develop- 
ment. 

Cytoglo'bin.  A  proteid  substance  resem- 
bling neuclein,  found  in  white  blood-corpuscles. 
It  prevents  coagulation. 

Cytomito'ma.  One  of  the  two  substances 
of  which  the  mass  of  a  cell  is  composed. 

Cy  to'plasma.  The  mass  of  a  cell  exclusive 
of  its  granular  contents.     See  Protoplasm. 

Cy/tozoon.     Protoplasmic  cell  masses. 


D. 


D  (dosis).  A  dose.  Also  abbreviation  for  Du- 
ration ;  in  Electro-therapeutics,  also  for  Den- 
sity ;  also  for  Dexter,  right. 

Dac'ry-  (from  fiaupvov,  a  tear).  A  prefix  de- 
noting connection  with  the  lachrymal  appa- 
ratus. 


Dacryafloeo'sis.  A  morbid  condition  of 
the  tears. 

Dacrygelo'sis.  A  species  of  insanity  in 
which  the  patient  laughs  and  weeps  at  the 
same  time. 

Dacryoadeni/tis  (from  daicpv,  a  tear,  aityv, 


DAC 


181 


DEA 


a  gland,  and  the  terminal  mc).     Inflammation 
of  the  lachrymal  gland. 

Dacryoblennorrhoe'a.  A  flow  of  tears 
mixed  with  mucus. 

Dacryocyst/.     The  lachrymal  sac 

Dacryocystoblennorrhoe'a.  Discharge  of 
mucus  from  the  lachrymal  cyst. 

Dacryohoemorrhoe'a.  A  flow  of  tears 
mixed  with  blood. 

Dac'ryolite.  A  concretion  in  the  lachrymal 
passages. 

Dacryo/ma  (from  fiaapvo,  to  weep).  See 
Epiphora. 

Dacryopoe'us.  That  which  causes  the  tears 
to  flow. 

Dac/ryops  (from  daupvov,  to  weep,  and  ut/', 
eye).  A  weeping  eye.  A  swelling  of  the 
lachrymal  ducts  or  cyst. 

Dacryops    Fistulo'sa.     Fistula  of  the  lachry- 
mal gland. 

Dacry  opy  orrhoe'a.  Flow  of  tears  mingled 
with  pus. 

Dactyle'thra.  Substances  introduced  into 
the  throat  to  excite  vomiting. 

Dactyl'ion  (dactyllium ;  from  6aK-v/,oc,  a 
finger).  Adhesion  of  the  fingers  to  one  another. 
It  may  he  a  congenital  deformity  or  be  caused 
by  a  burn. 

Dactylitis  (from  SciktvImq,  a  finger,  and  i-riq, 
a  terminal  signifying  inflammation).  Inflam- 
mation of  the  finger  ;  a  whitlow.  See  Par- 
onychia. 

Dactylitis.    A  ring  ;  anything  ring-shaped. 

Dac/tylus  (6anTv?.oq) .  A  finger  ;  also  the 
shortest  Greek  measure  of  length,  a  finger's 
breadth,  which  is  about  seven-tenths  of  an  inch. 

Da;'dion.     A  bougie. 

Dah/lin.  The  fecula  obtained  from  elecam- 
pane.    A  kind  of  starch. 

Dammar  Gum.  Cowdie  gum,  one  of  the 
ingredients  of  the  modeling  composition  em- 
ployed for  obtaining  impressions  of  the  mouth, 
etc.     See  Cowdie  Gum. 

Dam 'marie  Acid.  A  resinous  acid  of 
cowdie  gum. 

Damp.  A  term  applied  to  noxious  gases 
found  in  mines. 

Dan'druff,  Dan'driff.  A  scurf  which  forms 
on  the  head  and  comes  off  in  small  scales.  See 
Pityriasis. 

D' Arcet's  Metal.  An  alloy  fusible  at  212° 
F.,  composed  of  eight  parts  bismuth,  five  parts 
lead,  and  three  parts  tin.  It  was  at  one  time 
much  used  for  filling  teeth,  especially  of  the 
lower  jaw,  into  the  cavities  of  which,  while  in 


a  fused  state,  it  can  be  easily  introduced.  The 
use  of  it,  however,  for  this  purpose,  was  soon 
abandoned,  for  the  reason  that  the  temperature 
at  which  it  had  to  be  applied  could  not,  in  all 
cases,  be  borne,  and  it  frequently  caused  in- 
flammation of  the  pulp.  Besides,  it  was  found 
that  it  shrank  from  the  walls  of  the  cavity  in 
cooling,  so  as  to  admit  the  secretions  of  the 
mouth,  consequently  it  did  not  prevent  a  recur- 
rence of  disease.  A  formula  for  D'Arcet's 
metal,  composed  of  sulphur,  bismuth,  anti- 
mom7,  etc.,  is  used  for  counter-dies  in  swaging 
plates  on  Spence  metal  dies,  by  means  of  a 
screw  or  hydraulic  press.  It  fuses  at  201.2° 
F.,  and,  it  is  claimed,  neither  expands  nor  con- 
tracts.    See  Spence's  Metal. 

In  preparing  the  alloy,  the  lead  is  first  melted, 
the  tin  is  then  added,  and  afterward  the  bis- 
muth. It  may  be  rendered  still  more  fusible 
by  adding  a  small  quantity  of  mercury. 

Dar'sis  (from  depu,  I  excoriate).  A  con- 
densed cellular  structure  under  the  skin  of  the 
scrotum,  which  the  ancients  supposed  to  be 
muscular,  and  by  means  of  which  the  outer 
covering  is  corrugated. 

Dar'ta.    See  Impetigo. 

Dar'tos  (from  depu,  I  excoriate,  I  skin). 
Excoriation. 

Dar'tre.  Herpes.  Impetigo.  A  general 
name  for  cutaneous  eruptions. 

Das'yma  (from  cWt>f,  rough,  hairy).  A  dis- 
ease of  the  eye.     See  Trachoma. 

Das'ytes.  Roughness,  particularly  of  the 
tongue  and  voice.     Hairiness. 

Dath'olite,  Dat'olite.  A  mineral  composed 
of  silica,  lime,  and  boracic  acid.  A  borosilicate 
of  lime. 

Davenport's  Appliance  for  Raising  the 
Bite.  A  bridge  appliance  fastened  by  gold 
caps  to  the  second  inferior  molars  and  brought 
forward  a  few  lines  above  the  molars  and  bi- 
cuspids, resting  with  a  gold  saddle  on  the  six 
front  teeth.  In  two  weeks  the  arch  maybe 
spread  and  the  teeth  drawn  up  to  a  normal 
position  by  the  use  of  ligatures,  which  are  to 
be  looped  around  the  bicuspids  and  molars,  and 
fastened  at  the  lingual  surface,  then  tied  to  the 
masticating  surface  of  the  bridge  above. 

Davier.  A  French  word  signifying  tooth- 
forceps. 

Dead'Iy  Night'shade.  A  plant  of  the  genus 
Atropa.     See  Atropa  Belladonna. 

Deafness.  Diminution  or  complete  loss  of 
hearing.  This  affection  has  sometimes  been 
ascribed  to  diseased  teeth.     See  Dyseccea. 


DEA 


182 


DEC 


Death.  The  final  cessation  of  all  the  vital 
functions,  the  aggregate  of  which  constitutes 
life. 

Death,  Apparent.  Asphyxia,  or  merely  a 
suspension  of  the  vital  functions. 

Death,   Partial.     Gangrene ;    mortification. 

Deaura'tio.  Tincture  of  metals,  etc.,  of  a 
golden  color  ;  also  the  operation  of  gilding  pills. 

Debil'itants.  Remedies  which,  when  ex- 
hihited,  reduce  excitement.     Antiphlogistics. 

Debility   (debilitas).    Asthenia.    Weakness. 

Debris'.  A  French  word  signifying,  liter- 
ally, remains,  wreck,  ruins.  Applied  in  Dental 
Surgery  to  the  remains  of  decayed  teeth  ;  also 
the  fragments  and  small  particles  removed  from 
a  carious  tooth  in  the  preparation  of  a  cavity 
for  filling. 

Dec'agon.  A  figure  having  ten  equal  angles 
and  sides. 

Dec'agramme.  Ten  French  grammes, 
equal  to  5.65  drachms  avoirdupois,  or  154.34 
grains  troy. 

Decalcified.  Deprived  of  calcium  or  of  its 
salts,  as  decalcified  enamel  or  dentine. 

Dec'alitre.  A  French  metrical  measure  of 
10  litres,  equivalent  to  610.28  English  cubic 
inches. 

Dec'ametre.  A  French  measure  of  10  me- 
tres, or  393.71  English  inches,  about  32.75  feet. 

Decanta'tion  (decantatio).  A  pharmaceu- 
tical operation  consisting  in  pouring  off  a  liquor 
clear  from  the  sediment,  by  decanting  the 
vessel  which  contains  it. 

Decapita'tio  Articulo'rum.     Resection. 

Decarboniza'tion.  In  Physiology,  the 
transformation  of  venous  into  arterial  blood  by 
respiration.     Hsematosis. 

Dechaussement.  A  French  word  applied, 
in  Dental  Surgery,  to  the  separation  of  the  gum 
from  the  neck  of  a  tooth  previous  to  extrac- 
tion. 

Dechaussoir.  A  French  word  signifying 
gum-lancet. 

Deciden'tia.     Cataptosis.     Epilepsy. 

Decid'ua  Membra'na.  The  lining  mem- 
brane of  the  uterus  during  pregnancy. 

Decid  uous  (deeiduns;  from  decidcre,  to  fall 
off  or  down).  Falling  off;  dying.  In  Botany, 
applied  to  trees  and  shrubs  which  lose  their 
leaves  on  the  approach  of  winter  ;  in  Dental 
Anatomy,  to  the  milk,  or  temporary,  teeth. 
Also  the  membranes  which  form  the  sacs  that 
enclose  the  teeth  of  both  dentitions  previous  to 
their  eruption.  In  Physiology,  the  outermost 
membrane  of  the  ftetus  in  utero. 


Deciduous    Membranes    of    the    Teeth.      A 
name  applied  by  Mr.  Thomas  Bell  to  the  two 
lamella?  which  form  the  sacs  that  envelope  the 
rudiments   of  the  teeth,  and  which,  on  the 
eruption  of  these  organs,  disappear,  being,  as 
he  supposed,  wholly  absorbed. 
Deciduous  Teeth.     The  temporary,  or  milk, 
teeth  are  so  called  because,  after  subserving 
the  purposes  of  early  childhood,  they  are  re- 
moved by  an  operation  of  the  economy,  to  give 
place  to  others  of  a  larger  size  and  of  a  more 
solid  texture.     See  Teeth,  Temporary. 
Decigramme.       The    tenth    part    of     a 
gramme,  equal  to  1.543  grains  troy. 

Decilitre.  The  tenth  part  of  a  litre  ; 
6.1028  English  cubic  inches. 

Decima'na  Febris.  A  fever  appearing  on 
every  tenth  day. 

Decimetre.  A  French  measure,  the  tenth 
part  of  a  metre,  equivalent  to  3.937  English 
inches. 

Decline7  (declinatio).  The  abatement  of  a 
disease  or  paroxysm.  Enfeeblement  of  the 
vital  powers  of  the  body  from  age.  Wasting  of 
the  powers  of  the  body,  accompanied  by  fever 
and  emaciation,  as  in  the  case  of  tabes.  It  is 
also  applied  to  persons  affected  with  phthisis 
pulmonalis. 

Decoc'tion.  The  process  of  boiling  certain 
ingredients  in  a  fluid  for  the  purpose  of  extract- 
ing the  parts  soluble  at  that  temperature. 
Also  the  product  of  this  operation. 

Decoc'tum  (from  decoquere,  to  boil).  A 
decoction. 

Decoctum  Quercus  Albas.    Decoction  of  white 
oak  bark.     Take  of  the  inner  bark  of  young 
green,    white    oak,   3  ij,    water,    Oiss.      Boil 
down  to  a  pint  and  strain.     It  is  astringent, 
and  in  the  treatment  of  inflamed,  spongy,  and 
ulcerated  gums  may  be  employed  with  advan- 
tage as  a  gargle. 
Decollation   (de,   and  collum,  the    neck). 
Applied  to  the  removal  of  the  head  of  the  child 
in  cases  of  difficult  parturition. 

Decoloration  (decolor  at  in).  Loss  of  the 
natural  color  ;  the  removal  of  coloring  matters 
from  any  object. 

Decomposition  (decompositio).  Decay, 
putrefaction.  In  Chemistry,  the  separation  of 
the  component  parts  or  principles  of  compound 
bodies  from  one  another. 

Decomposltus.  A  term  applied  in  Botany 
to  the  stem  of  plants  when  divided  into  numer- 
ous ramifications  at  its  base,  and  to  leaves  when 
split  into  many  irregular  divisions. 


DEC 


183 


DEH 


Decorticating  Process.  A  term  sometimes 
applied  in  Dental  Pathology  to  a  species  of  caries 
of  the  teeth,  designated  by  Duval  peeling 
decay,  which  consists  in  the  detachment  from 
the  osseous  tissue  of  the  tooth  of  small  portions 
of  the  enamel.     See  Caries  of  the  Teeth. 

Decortication  (deeorticatio).  The  removal 
of  the  bark,  husk,  or  shell  from  anything. 

Decos'tis.     Without  ribs. 

Decremen'tum.     Decrease,  decline. 

Decrepita'tion  (dewepitatio).  A  crackling 
noise,  as  made  by  salts  when  exposed  to  a  cer- 
tain degree  of  heat. 

Decrep'itude  (decrepiludo).  Old  age  ;  the 
last  period  of  life  ;  last  stage  of  decay. 

Decubitus  (from  decumbere,  to  lie  down). 
Act  of  lying  down  or  assuming  a  horizontal 
posture.     Also  manner  of  lying. 

Decurta'tus.  Running  to  a  point.  Some- 
times applied  to  a  declining  pulse. 

Decus/sate  (decussatio;  from  decusso,  to 
cross  each  other).  Decussation.  In  Anatomy, 
applied  to  nerves,  muscles,  and  fibres,  which 
cross  each  other,  as  a  decussation  of  the  optic 
nerves. 

Decusso'rium.  An  instrument  used  for 
depressing  the  dura  mater  after  trepanning. 

Dedenti'tion  (from  de,  and  dens,  tooth). 
The  shedding  of  the  milk,  or  deciduous, 
teeth. 

DedoIa/tion.  The  infliction  of  a  wound 
with  loss  of  substance. 

Defecation  (from  de,  and  fseces,  excre- 
ments). Expulsion  of  the  faeces  from  the  body. 
In  Pharmacy,  the  separation  of  any  substance 
from  a  liquid  in  which  it  may  be  suspended. 

Defec'tio  Animi.     Syncope  ;  fainting. 

Deferens.     The  excretory  canal  of  the  tes- 
ticle.   See  Vas  Deferens. 
Deferens  Vas.     See  Vas  Deferens. 

Defibrination  (from  de,  and  fibrin).  The 
removal  of  fibrin  from  blood  or  lymph. 

Defix/us.     Impotent. 

Deflagration  (deflagratio).  Rapid  com- 
bustion, as  that  which  occurs  when  a  mixture 
of  sulphur  and  nitre  is  inflamed. 

Deflec'tio.     Derivative  ;  revulsive. 

Deflex'us.  Deflex.  Bending  slightly  out- 
ward. 

Deflora'tion.  A  term  applied  in  Forensic 
Medicine  to  the  extinction  of  the  marks  of  vir- 
ginity by  connection  with  the  male. 

Deflu'vium  Capillo'rum.  Baldness.  Loss 
of  the  hair. 

Deflux'ion  (defluxio ;   from   defluo,    to   run 


off").    A  catarrh,  or  cold.     A  descent  of  humors 
from  a  superior  to  an  inferior  part. 

Deformation.  A  deformity.  Abnormal 
shape  or  structure. 

Degeneration.  Degeneracy.  Deteriora- 
tion. In  Pathology,  a  morbid  change  in  the 
structure  of  an  organ.  Deterioration,  degrada- 
tion, or  retrogression  of  the  molecular  or  cellu- 
lar structure  of  a  tissue,  organ,  or  cell,  so 
that  it  can  no  longer  maintain  its  function. 

Deglutition  (deglulitio ;  from  de,  and 
glulire,  to  swallow).  The  act  of  swallowing. 
The  various  muscles  of  the  soft  palate  and 
tongue  are  all  concerned  in  conducting  the  food 
into  the  pharyngeal  cavity.  The  elevators 
raise  the  palate,  and  at  the  same  time  protect 
the  posterior  nares  from  regurgitation  of  the 
food,  while  the  tensor  puts  it  on  the  stretch, 
and  after  having,  by  the  approximation  of  the 
tongue  and  palate,  been  conveyed  behind  the 
velum,  the  constrictor  isthmi  faucium  and 
palato-pharyngeus  draw  the  palate  down, 
which,  by  the  aid  of  the  tongue,  cuts  off  the 
communication  between  the  fauces  and  mouth, 
while  at  the  same  time  the  passage  into  the 
posterior  nares  is  nearly  closed  by  the  contrac- 
tion of  the  muscles  of  the  posterior  palatine 
arch.  The  food  is  now  conveyed  by  the  action 
of  the  constrictor  muscles  of  the  pharynx  into 
the  oesophagus,  through  which  it  is  forced  by 
the  contraction  of  the  muscular  coat  into  the 
stomach. 

The  passage  of  the  food  from  the  mouth  to 
the  oesophagus  is  mostly  the  result  of  voluntary 
action,  but  the  propulsion  of  it  do^n  this  duct 
is  involuntary. 

The  deglutition  of  liquids  is  always  more 
difficult  than  solids,  because  the  particles  of  a 
fluid  have  a  greater  tendency  to  separate  ;  to 
prevent  which  it  is  necessary  that  it  should  be 
more  accurately  embraced  by  the  parts  which 
convey  it  from  the  mouth  into  the  oesophagus. 
Deglutition,  Difficult.     Difficult  swallowing. 

Deg/mos  [degimus).  A  gnawing  sensation  ; 
a  biting  pain  about  the  upper  orifice  of  the 
stomach. 

Degree'  (from  gradus,  a  step).  A  step  or 
stage.  The  360th  part  of  a  circle.  Also  the 
rank  or  title  conferred  by  the  faculty  of  a  col- 
lege. An  arbitrary  measure  on  a  scale  of  tem- 
perature, etc.  The  French  use  it  to  signify  the 
intensity  or  particular  stage  of  an  incurable 
disease,  as  phthisis,  cancer,  etc. 

Degusta'tion.     The  act  of  tasting. 

Dehis'cent  (dchiscens;  fromddu'sco,  to  gape 


DEH 


184 


DEN 


or  open).  A  term  applied  in  Botany  to  the 
opening  of  the  capsules  for  the  discharge  of  the 
seed. 

Dehydration  (from  de,  and  vSup,  water). 
The  removal  of  the  constitutional  water  of  an 
organic  substance  or  the  water  of  crystallization 
of  a  chemical  salt. 

Dejec  tio  Alvi.     The  discharge  of  the  fajces. 

Dejec'tion  (dejectio ;  from  dejecio,  to  go  to 
stool).     The  expulsion  of  the  faeces. 

Dejecto  rium.     Cathartic. 

Delap/sus  (delapsio).     Prolapsus. 

Delete  rious  (from  dr/lea,  I  injure).  Pois- 
onous ;  destructive  ;  hurtful ;  injurious. 

Deliga'tio  (from  deligare,  to  hind  up).  The 
act  of  applying  a  bandage. 

Deliga'tion.     Deligatio. 

Deliquescence  (deliquescentia ;  from  de- 
liquescere,  to  melt  down).  The  assumption  of 
a  fluid  state  by  the  absorption  of  moisture  from 
the  atmosphere.  There  are  certain  salts  which 
do  this,  as  the  chloride  of  lime,  acetate  of 
potassa,  and  carbonate  of  potassa,  and  hence 
they  are  called  deliquescent  salts.  Deliques- 
cent indicates  liquefying  spontaneously  through 
the  absorption  of  moisture  from  the  air. 

DelPquium  (from  delinquo,  to  leave).  In 
Chemistry,  the  spontaneous  solution  of  a  deli- 
quescent salt.  In  Pathology,  fainting ;  syn- 
cope. 

Deliquium  Animi.     Fainting;  syncope. 
Deliquium  Vitae.     Death. 

Delirious.     One  affected  with  delirium. 

Delirium  (from  deliro,  to  rave).     Wander- 
ing of  the  mind,  as  in  cases  of  disease,  from 
disturbed  functions  of  brain.     It  may  be  vio- 
lent, as  in  the  case  of  acute  inflammation  of 
the  membranes  of  the  brain,  or  low  and  mut- 
tering, as  in  typhoid  fevers. 
Delirium  Furio/sum.     Mania. 
Delirium,  Senile.    Senile  insanity  ;  imbecility 
and  moral  insanity  resulting  from  old  age. 
Delirium    Tre'mens    (mania  a  potu,  delirium 
ebriosiiatis ;    delirium  potatorum).       Delirium 
peculiar  to  drunkards,  attended   with   great 
agitation  and  sleeplessness. 

Delitescence  (from  delitescere,  to  hide). 
Sudden  termination  or  complete  disappear- 
ance of  symptoms  of  inflammation  by  resolu- 
tion or  before  structural  lesion. 

Delivery.     Parturition. 

Del'phinate.  A  salt  resulting  from  the 
combination  of  delphinic  acid  with  a  base. 

Delphin/ia.  Delphine.  A  nitrogenous  base, 
found  in  the  seeds  of  Delphinium  staphisagria. 


It  has  been  used  like  veratria,  as  a  local  oint- 
ment in  various  forms  of  nervous  disorder. 

Delphinic  Acid.  An  acid  extracted  from 
the  oil  of  the  dolphin. 

Delphinium  (from  detynv,  the  dolphin.     So 
called  from  the  resemblance  of  its  flower  to  the 
head  of  the  dolphin).     The  larkspur.     Also  a 
genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Ranunculacese. 
Delphinium     ConsoPida.       The     systematic 
name  of  the  Consolida  regalis,  or  the  branch- 
ing larkspur.    The  root  and  seeds  are  bitter, 
and  in  large  doses  purgative  and  emetic. 
Delphinium    Staphisagria.     The  systematic 
name  of  the  stavesacre.    The  seeds  are  bitter, 
acrid,  and  nauseous,  and  sometimes  used  in 
decoction  as  an  anthelmintic.     They  contain 
delphinia. 

DePta.     Vulva. 

DePtiform.     Deltoid. 

DePtoid  (deltoides ;  deltoideus  ;  from  the 
Greek  letter  A  [delta],  and  eidoq,  a  likeness). 
A  triangular  muscle  of  the  shoulder,  extending 
from  the  outer  third  of  the  clavicle,  and  from 
the  acromion  and  spine  of  the  scapula  to  the 
middle  of  the  os  humeri. 

De'manus.     Without  a  hand. 

Demen/tia  (from  de,  and  mens,  without 
mind).     Insanity  ;  absence  of  thought. 

DemPbain.  A  French  term  applied  in 
Hygiene  and  Therapeutics  to  a  bath  in  which 
the  lower  half  only  of  the  body  is  immersed. 
A  hip  bath. 

DenPodex  Foliiculo'rum.  A  minute 
acarus  found  in  the  sebaceous  follicles  of  per- 
sons living  in  large  cities,  whose  skin  is  not 
sufficiently  excited  by  pure  air. 

Dem/onstrator  (from  demonstrate,  to  ex- 
hibit). In  Anatomy,  one  who  exhibits  the 
various  parts  of  the  body  ;  an  instructor.  In 
Dental  Surgery,  one  who  demonstrates  and 
teaches  the  method  of  performing  the  various 
operations  connected  with  this  branch  of  medi- 
cine. 

DemotPvus  Lapsus.     Sudden  death. 

DemuFcent  (demulcens;  from  demulccre,  to 
soothe).  A  medicine  capable  of  obviating  and 
preventing  the  action  of  acrid  and  irritating 
humors,  and  which  forms  with  water  a  viscid 
solution,  as  gum  Arabic,  cassia,  gum  traga- 
cantha,  etc. 

Demuscula/tus  (from  de,  and  musculus,  a 
muscle).     Without  flesh  ;  emaciated. 

Den/gue.  Dandy.  A  fever  which  first  pre- 
vailed in  the  West  Indies  and  in  the  Southern 
States  in  1827  and  1828,  attended  with  violent 


DEN 


185 


DEN 


pains  in  the  joints  and  eruptions  on  the  skin, 

and  soreness  of  flesh  and  bones. 

Denigration  (denigratio ;   from  denigrare, 

to   blacken).     Act  of   becoming  black,  as  in 

cases  of  a  bruise  and  sphacelus. 

Dens  (plural,  dentes).  A  tooth.    See  Teeth. 

Dens   Exsertus   (from  dens,  a  tooth,  and  ex, 

and  sers,  to  thrust  out).     A  gag- tooth,  a  tooth 

which  projects  or  stands  out  from  the  dental 

arch. 

Dent.     A  tooth. 

Den/tagra   (from    dens,  a  tooth,  and  aypa, 

a  seizure).      Denticeps.      An  instrument  for 

extracting  teeth  ;  tooth-forceps.     The  term  is 

also  applied  to  toothache. 

Den'tal    (dentalis;    dentarius;   from   dens). 

Pertaining  to  the  teeth. 

Dental  Apparatus.  The  teeth,  together  with 
the  alveoli  in  which  they  are  implanted,  and 
jaws.  Also  a  set  of  artificial  teeth.  The  in- 
struments and  appliances  employed  in  dental 
operations  are  likewise  so  termed. 

Dental  Arches  [arcades  dentaires).  The  arches 
formed  by  the  teeth  when  arranged  in  their 
cavities  around  the  margins  of  the  jaws  or 
alveolar  ridges. 

Dental  Arch,  Round.  A  circular  or  horseshoe 
arch,  the  cuspids  on  a  level  with  the  arch, 
with  no  prominence,  the  bicuspids  and 
molars  following  the  line  of  the  curve  ;  pecu- 
liar to  Germans. 

Dental  Arch,  Round-square.  The  medium 
arch,  peculiar  to  well-developed,  robust  Am- 
ericans. The  cuspids  are  prominent  enough 
to  give  the  squareness,  the  incisors  vertical, 
the  line  curving  slightly  from  one  cuspid  to 
the  other. 

Dental  Arch,  Round  V-shaped.  The  round 
arch  is  constricted  in  front,  the  incisors  mark- 
ing a  small  curve,  the  apex  of  which  is  the 
centre.  This  is  the  most  beautiful  arch,  and 
is  peculiar  to  women  of  the  Latin  races. 

Dental  Arch,  Square.  Peculiar  to  strong, 
osseous  organizations  of  Gaelic  extraction, 
the  squareness  depending  upon  the  promi- 
nence of  large  cuspids. 

Dental  Arteries.  The  arteries  which  supply 
the  teeth  with  blood.  The  teeth  of  the  upper 
jaw  are  supplied  from  the  superior  denial, 
which  winds  around  the  maxillary  tuberosity 
from  behind  forward,  sending  off  twigs 
through  the  posterior  dental  canals  to  the 
molars  and  bicuspids,  and  from  a  twig  of  the 
infra  orbitar,  sent  off  just  before  it  emerges 
from  the  infra  orbitar  foramen,  which   passes 


down  the  anterior  canal  to  the  incisors  and 
cuspidati.  The  teeth  of  the  lower  jaw  are 
supplied  from  the  inferior  dental  artery,  given 
off  by  the  internal  maxillaiy.  It  enters  the 
posterior  dental  foramen,  and  as  it  passes 
along  beneath  the  roots  of  the  teeth,  sends  up 
a  twig  to  each,  until  it  arrives  at  the  mental 
foramen,  from  which,  after  sending  a  small 
branch  to  the  incisors,  it  emerges. 

Dental  At/rophy  (atrophia  dentalis).  See 
Atrophy  of  the  Teeth. 

Dental  Bone.  Dentine.  The  osseous  part  of  a 
tooth. 

Dental  Canals.  The  canals  which  perforate 
the  alveoli  and  give  passage  to  the  blood 
vessels  and  nerves  that  enter  the  teeth  at  the 
extremities  of  their  roots. 

Dental  Caries.     See  Caries  of  the  Teeth. 

Dental  CartiPage.  The  cartilaginous  ridge 
along  the  margins  of  the  gums  which  serves 
as  a  substitute  for  the  teeth  during  the  first 
months  of  infancy. 

Dental  Cav/ity  (cavitas  pulpse  ;  cavum  dentis  ; 
antrtnn  dentate) .  The  pulp-cavity.  The  cavity 
occupied  hy  the  dental  pulp  in  the  interior  of 
a  tooth.  Its  shape  resembles  that  of  the  tooth; 
it  is  larger  in  young  persons  than  in  old,  and 
when  the  teeth  suffer  great  loss  of  substance, 
either  from  mechanical  or  spontaneous  abra- 
sion, it  sometimes  becomes  completely  oblit- 
erated.    See  Abrasion  of  the  Teeth. 

Dental  Engine.  A  machine  first  introduced 
in  1870,  but  since  greatly  improved,  and  which 
has  almost  wholly  superseded  the  use  of  hand- 
burrs  and  drills.  It  is  operated  like  a  dental 
lathe,  and  possesses  a  flexible  cable  or  an  ad- 
justable arm  and  hand -piece  which  afford 
great  facility  of  movement  and  adaptation. 
By  means  of  attachments  to  the  hand-piece, 
drills  can  be  operated  at  a  right  angle  with 
the  shaft,  at  an  acute  angle,  or  with  a  back- 
ward inclination  of  nearly  forty-five  degrees. 
Burnishers,  disks,  etc.,  are  also  adapted  to 
these  dental  engines.     See  Engine,  Dental. 

Dental  Engine,  Suspension.  In  this  form  of 
engine — constructed  on  the  plan  of  suspension 
from  the  ceiling — the  driving-power  is  belted 
directly  to  the  shaft  of  the  hand-piece,  with- 
out the  intervention  of  a  flexible  joint  or  a 
flexible  cable.  The  hand-piece  is  balanced 
and  tension  given  to  the  driving  belt  by  a 
small  pulley  on  the  hand-piece  spindle,  and, 
being  suspended  by  a  cord,  can  be  moved  in 
every  direction,  hence  the  burr  can  be  readily 
applied  to  all  cavities. 


DEN 


186 


DEN 


Dental  Ex'cavator.  An  instrument  employed 
for  the  removal  of  the  decayed  part  of  a  tooth, 
preparatory  to  the  operation  of  filling.  A 
number  of  instruments  varying  in  size  and 
shape  are  required  for  this  purpose  by  every 
practitioner  of  dental  surgery,  to  enable  him 
to  remove  with  facility  caries  from  any  part 
of  a  tooth  and  to  give  to  the  cavity  such  shape 
as  may  be  required  for  the  permanent  reten- 
tion of  a  filling.  Instruments  of  this  descrip- 
tion should  be  made  from  the  very  best  steel, 
and  so  tempered  as  neither  to  break  nor  bend 
at  their  points.     See  Tempering. 

Dental  Exostosis.  See  EXOSTOSIS  OP  THE 
Teeth. 

Dental  File.  A  file  manufactured  for  opera- 
tions on  the  teeth.     See  File,  Dental. 

Dental  FoFlicle  (folliculis  dentis ;  follicule  den- 
taire).  A  follicle  formed  of  the  enamel  organ, 
dentinal  papilla,  and  dental  sacculus.  See 
Teeth,  Development  of. 

Dental  Forceps.  See  Forceps  foe  Extract- 
ing Teeth. 

Dental  Formula.  A  notation  used  to  desig- 
nate the  number  and  class  of  teeth  in  mammi- 
ferous  animals,  forming  an  important  generic 
character.  In  the  cats,  or  genus  fells,  for  ex- 
ample, the  formula  is:  Incisors,  f ;  canini,  ^,  {; 
premolars,  or  bicuspids,  f,  |;  molar,  f,  f,  =30, 
signifying  that  they  have  six  incisors  in  each 
jaw,  one  canine  tooth  on  each  side  of  each 
jaw,  two  premolars,  or  bicuspids,  on  each  side 
in  each  jaw,  and  two  true  molars.  In  man, 
the  dental  formula  is  :  Incisors,  f  ;  canines,  or 
cuspidati,  {,  \  ;  premolars,  or  bicuspids,  §,  §  ; 
molars,  |,  |.  The  upper  figures  refer  to  the 
upper  and  the  lower  figures  to  the  lower 
jaw. 

Dental  Instruments.  Instruments  employed 
in  operations  on  the  teeth,  such  as  excavators, 
filling  instruments,  files,  forceps,  etc.  There 
is  no  class  of  surgical  instruments  in  which 
more  care  and  mechanical  skill  are  required 
in  their  manufacture  than  those  used  by 
dental  surgeons. 

Dental  Lab/oratory.  A  room  or  place  where 
the  operations  connected  with  mechanical 
dentistry  are  performed.  The  principal  fix- 
tures and  instruments  for  a  dental  laboratory 
are  :  A  work-bench,  a  large  vise,  a  small  anvil 
set  in  lead,  a  large  swaging  block  of  metal  or 
stone,  a  swaging  hammer,  grinding  lathe  and 
appliances,  moulding-bench,  moulding  appa- 
ratus, rollers,  furnace  mouth, blow-pipe, solder- 
ing   support,    automatic    blow-pipe,    plaster- 


table  and  can,  burnishers,  bench,  brush,  saw, 
chisels,  clasp-bender,  files,  saw-frame  and 
saw,  plate  gauge,  gravers,  a  two-ounce  ham- 
mer mallet,  plate-shears,  plate-punch,  plate- 
bender,  plate-nippers,  pliers,  round  and  flat, 
callipers,  scrapers,  wax -spatula,  plaster- spat- 
ula, plaster-knife,  tweezers,  borax-glass, 
sharpening  stone,  Bunsen-bnrner,  solder-pan, 
brush- wheels,  vulcanizer  and  flasks,  ladles  for 
melting,  reamer,  pointed  excavators,  crucibles, 
chasers,  long  solder  pliers,  sieve  and  rammer, 
ingot-mould,  crucible  tongs,  metal  articulator, 
lead  or  copper  acid  dish,  burrs,  drills,  and 
circular  saw,  plaster-bowl,  varnish- bottle,  oil- 
bottle,  Scotch-stone. 

Dental  Necrc/sis.  Odontonecrosis.  See  NEC- 
ROSIS of  the  Teeth. 

Dental  Nerves.  The  nerves  which  go  to  the 
teeth.  The  teeth  of  the  upper  jaw  are  supplied 
from  the  superior  maxillary.  Three  or  four 
branches  descend  on  the  tuberosity  of  the 
superior  maxillary,  and,  entering  the  posterior 
dental  canals,  are  conveyed  to  the  molar  teeth. 
The  incisors,  cuspidati,  and  bicuspids  are 
supplied  by  a  branch  from  the  infra-orbital, 
which  passes  along  the  front  of  the  maxillary 
sinus  in  the  anterior  dental  canal,  sending  off 
twigs  to  each  of  these  teeth. 

The  teeth  of  the  lower  jaw  are  supplied  from 
the  third  branch  of  the  inferior  maxillary, 
which,  in  its  course,  passes  beneath  the  ptery- 
goid muscles,  then  along  the  ramus  of  the 
lower  jaw  under  the  pterygoideus  internus  to 
the  posterior  dental  foramen,  which  it  enters 
along  with  the  artery  and  vein,  sending  off 
twigs  to  the  roots  of  the  molar  and  bicuspid 
teeth,  until  it  arrives  at  the  mental  foramen  ; 
here  it  divides  into  two  branches  ;  the  smaller 
is  continued  in  the  substance  of  the  jaw,  sup- 
plying the  cuspid  and  incisor  teeth  ;  the  larger 
passes  out  through  the  mental  foramen  to 
be  distributed  to  the  muscles  and  integuments 
of  the  lower  lip,  and  finally  communicates 
with  the  facial  nerve. 

Dental  NeuraFgia.  A  form  of  neuralgia  the 
immediate  exciting  cause  of  which  is  owing  to 
some  disease  of  the  dental  pulp.  See  Odon- 
talgia. 

Dental  Operation.  An  operation  upon  the 
teeth. 

Dental  Organism.  The  organism  of  the 
teeth  ;  the  organical  structure  of  these  organs  ; 
the  vital  forces  which  govern  them. 

Dental  OrthopcedFa.  The  art  of  correcting 
deformity,  occasioned  by  irregularity  or  other 


DEN 


187 


DEN 


cause,  of  the  teeth.  See  Irregularity  of 
the  Teeth. 

Dental  Pathol'ogy.  The  pathology  of  the 
diseases  of  the  teeth. 

Dental  Periosteum  (periosteum  dentium). 
Peridental  membrane.  A  white  fibrous  mem- 
brane which  invests  the  roots  of  the  teeth  and 
to  which  it  is  intimately  united  by  fibrous 
prolongations  and  numerous  minute  blood 
vessels.  It  is  through  the  medium  of  this 
and  their  lining  membrane  that  these  organs 
receive  their  nutritive  fluids. 

The  dental  periosteum  is  supposed  to  be  a  re- 
flection of  the  alveolar  ;  it  covers  the  root  of 
each  tooth,  is  attached  to  the  gums  at  the 
neck,  and  to  the  blood-vessels  and  nerves 
where  they  enter  the  extremity,  and  enters 
the  cavity  and,  in  a  modified  form,  becomes 
the  lining  membrane.  This  membrane  con- 
stitutes the  bond  of  union  between  the  roots 
of  the  teeth  and  alveolar  cavities. 

Dental  Periostitis  (periostitis  dentium).  In- 
flammation of  the  dental  periosteum  or  peri- 
dental membrane.  See  Odontalgia  and 
Periodontitis. 

Dental  Pulp.  A  soft,  vascular,  and  highly 
sensitive  substance,  of  a  reddish-gray  color, 
occupying  the  cavity  of  a  living  tooth.  It 
also  constitutes  the  rudiment  of  a  tooth.  The 
dental  pulp  is  the  principal  blood-  and  nerve- 
supply  to  the  dentine.  It  presents  its  largest 
volume  at  the  time  calcification  begins  in  the 
dentine,  and  is  the  medium  through  which 
this  substance  is  formed.  At  adult  age  the 
dental  pulp  consists  of  indistinct,  finely 
fibrous  connective  tissue  containing  numerous 
cells,  the  outer  layer  of  the  organ  being 
composed  of  dark  granular  cells,  known  as 
odontoblasts  and  the  layer  of  such  cells 
is  known  as  the  membrana  eboris.  The 
odontoblasts  contain  large  oval  nuclei,  and 
are  provided  with  three  sets  of  processes — the 
dentinal,  lateral,  and  pulp  processes.  Three  or 
more  arteries  enter  the  pulp  at  the  apical  fora- 
men, and  form  a  rich  capillary  plexus  a  short 
distance  beneath  the  membrana  eboris.  The 
nerves  enter  the  substance  of  the  pulp  with 
the  arteries,  and  divide  into  a  fine  network  in 
the  organ.  The  dental  pulp  is  divided  into 
two  portions — the  coronal  portion,  or  bulb, 
which  occupies  the  crown-cavity,  and  the 
canal  portion,  which  occupies  the  root-canals. 
See  Teeth,  Development  of. 

Dental  Pulp,  Degeneration  of.  A  condition 
of  the  organ  due  to  long  continued  irritation 


of  a  low  grade.  The  original  cells  of  the  pulp 
disappear  and  lose  their  identity,  and  are  con- 
verted into  fine  fibres.  Alveola?  develop  in  the 
matrix,  and  all  the  characters  common  to  nor- 
mal pulp- tissue  are  completely  changed. 

Dental  Pulp,  Destruction  of.  There  are  two 
methods  of  destroying  the  pulp  :  one  by  an 
operation,  such  as  the  use  of  a  barbed  brooch  ; 
the  other  by  the  application  of  some  devitaliz- 
ing agent,  as  arsenious  acid. 

Dental  Pulp,  Development  of.  This  organ 
first  appears  in  the  form  of  the  dentinal  papilla, 
or  germ,  as  a  slightly  condensed  area  of  tissue 
in  close  relation  to  the  most  dependent  portion 
of  the  enamel  organ.  In  its  embryonic  stage 
it  is  composed  of  connective-tissue  cells,  and 
does  not  differ  from  the  surrounding  tissue. 
Blood  vessels  soon  appear  and  form  numerous 
anastomosing  loops,  which  give  the  papilla  a 
highly  vascular  nature.  It  becomes  the  forma- 
tive organ  of  the  dentine  of  the  human  tooth 
in  the  foetus  of  four  months.  A  layer  of  cells 
is  developed  upon  the  apical  surface  of  the 
papilla,  these  cells  being  known  as  odonto- 
blasts. 

They  are  at  first  oval  in  form,  and  then  gradu- 
ally become  elongated,  sending  out  processes 
which  connect  them  with  one  another  and  with 
the  cells  of  the  pulp,  and  also  extend  outward 
toward  the  inner  tunic  of  the  enamel  organ. 
These  latter  become  the  dentinal  fibrils.  The 
odontoblasts,- — the  layer  of  which  is  known  as 
the  membrana  eboris, — when  completed  and 
about  to  assume  the  function  of  dentine  for- 
mation, become  columnar  in  shape,  and,  as 
calcification  progresses,  are  joined  by  new 
odontoblasts  developed  on  the  sides  of  the 
papilla,  until  the  membrana  eboris  forms  an 
outer  covering  to  this  organ  and  also  to  the 
fully  formed  pulp.  When  the  dentine  is  com- 
pletely calcified,  the  odontoblasts  again  change 
form  into  oval  cells,  and  continue  as  such 
throughout  the  existence  of  the  pulp.  The 
odontoblasts  may  again  resume  their  former 
functional  activity,  and  develop  what  is  known 
as  "secondary  dentine,"  under  the  influence 
of  irritation  resulting  from  caries,  thermal 
changes  due  to  attrition,  abrasion,  or  loss  of 
tooth  structure. 

The  coronal  portion  of  the  pulp  has  a  pro- 
cess of  its  tissue  under  each  of  the  cusps 
of  the  larger  teeth,  known  as  the  horns 
of  the  pulp,  which  are  long  and  slender 
in  young  teeth  with  prominent  cusps.  The 
form     of     the     pulp     generally     corresponds 


DEN 


188 


DEN 


to  that  of  the  tooth  it  occupies,  but  is  more 
slender. 
Dental  Pulp,  Exposed.      A  condition  of  this 
organ  where  it  is  exposed  owing  to  decay  or  to 
mechanical  or  chemical  abrasion.    To  preserve 
the  vitality  of  the  pulp  after  exposure,  a  num- 
ber of  expedients  have  been  resorted  to,  such 
as  capping  with  disks  of  gold,  lead,  platinum, 
and  pure  tin,  forming  an  arch  over  it  by  the 
filling,  first  applying  to  the  exposed  surface  a 
thick  solution  of  gutta-percha  and  chloroform 
or  a  paste  composed  of  carbolic  acid,  oil  of 
cloves,  and  oxide  of  zinc,  in  order  to  prevent 
any  vacuum  between  the  pulp  and  the  cap, 
and  also  to  act  as  a  non-conductor.     Asbestos, 
oiled   silk,  Hill's   stopping,  oxychloride  and 
oxyphosphate   of   zinc,  and    other    materials 
have  also  been  employed  to  shield  the  pulp, 
but  have  not  given  satisfactory  results.     It  is 
necessary  that  the  dressing  should  be  in  con- 
tact with  the  exposed  surface  of  the  pulp.    In- 
flamed   pulps    are    treated    by    leeching    or 
counter-irritation  of  the  gums,  by  depletion 
of  the  pulp  itself,  by  excision  of  a  portion, 
and   by  topical   treatment  with   astringents, 
tonics,   stimulants,   escharotics,  and   antisep- 
tics ;  among  the  latter  agents  is  pepsin,  either 
liquid   or  formed  into  a  paste  with  diluted 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  employed  where  there 
is  offensive  matter  in  contact  with  the  pulp 
or  a  portion  of  the  organ  is  devitalized.     A 
paste  of  oxide  of  zinc  and  creasote,  applied 
after  all  irritants    have   been   removed,   has 
proved  useful  in  restoring  an  exposed  pulp  to 
a   normal   condition ;   also   lactophosphate  of 
lime,  prepared  by  adding  lactic  acid  to  phos- 
phate of  lime  so   as   to  form  a  paste.      See 
Capping  the  Pulps  of  Teeth. 
Dental  Pulp,  Sensory  Functions  of.    Besides 
the  physical  function  of  the  pulp, — that  of 
forming    the    dentine    and    maintaining    its 
vitality, — it  has  also  a  special  sensory  function, 
which   consists   in   a  resentment  to  thermal 
changes.    Both  the  pulp  and  peridental  mem- 
brane  supply   the  sensory   functions   of  the 
tooth.     While  the  pulp  has  not  the  sense  of 
touch,  this  sense  resides  wholly  in  the  peri- 
dental  membrane,    so    far  as  relates  to  the 
slightest  touch  on  any  part  of  the  surface  of 
the  tooth. 

Dental  Sac.      Dental   sacculns.      Cement  or- 
gan.     The  sac   enclosing   the   enamel   organ 
and  dentinal  papilla.     See  Teeth,  DEVELOP- 
MENT OF. 
Dental  Science.     The  principles  which  under- 


lie the  practice  of  dentistry.  The  abstract 
knowledge  as  distinguished  from  the  art. 
Dental  Substitute.  Any  mechanical  contriv- 
ance used  for  the  replacement  of  one  or  more 
of  the  natural  teeth.  See  Artificial  Teeth. 
Dental  Sur/geon  (chirurgien  dentiste).  Surgeon 
dentist.  One  who  devotes  himself  to  the 
study  and  treatment  of  the  diseases  of  the 
teeth  and  their  connections,  and  the  adoption 
of  substitutes  for  them  when,  by  age,  accident, 
or  disease,  they  are  lost. 

Dental  Surgery  (chirurgia  dentium).  That 
branch  of  medicine  which  has  reference  to  the 
treatment  of  the  diseases  of  the  teeth  and  their 
connections,  and  which,  at  the  same  time,  em- 
braces the  prosthesis,  or  replacement  of  the 
loss,  of  these  organs  with  artificial  substitutes, 
though  the  latter  definition  is  usually  em- 
braced in  the  term  "  dental  mechanism." 
So  remote  is  the  origin  of  dental  surgery,  and 
so  imperfect  the  records  of  ancient  medicine, 
that  it  can  not  at  the  present  time  be  traced 
with  any  degree  of  accuracy.  We  learn,  how- 
ever, from  Herodotus,  the  Grecian  historian, 
that  when  he  went  to  Egypt  from  his  then 
comparatively  barbarous  home  to  learn  the 
sacred  mysteries  and  the  sciences  in  the 
world's  earliest  nursery  of  learning  and  civili- 
zation on  the  banks  of  the  Nile,  he  found 
surgery  and  medicine  divided  into  distinct 
professions.  There  were  surgico-physicians 
for  the  eye,  others  for  the  ear,  and  so  on — for 
the  different  classes  of  disease  the  appropriate 
professor  was  found. 

It  is  evident  from  the  writings  of  Hippoc- 
rates, who  flourished  about  three  hundred 
and  sixty  years  before  the  Christian  era,  that 
little  was  known  concerning  the  anatomy, 
physiology,  and  pathology  of  the  teeth. 
The  teeth  were  not  entirely  overlooked  by 
Aristotle,  Aret;eus,  and  Celsus  ;  but  the 
best  writings  of  ancient  times  on  these  organs 
now  extant  are  those  of  Galen,  who  wrote  in 
the  second  century  after  Christ,  after  having 
enjoyed  the  medical  advantages  offered  by  that 
eldest  and  most  splendid  of  libraries  which 
was  so  soon  afterward  doomed  to  the  flames 
by  the  hand  of  barbarian  power. 
From  the  time  of  Galen  until  the  sixteenth 
century  few  traces  of  the  art  are  to  be  found 
among  the  records  of  medicine.  In  connection 
with  the  anatomy  of  the  teeth,  Aetius  men- 
tions the  fact  that  they  have  an  opening  in 
their  roots  for  the  admission  of  small  nerves, 
which  he  regards   as  the  reason  that   these 


DEN 


189 


DEN 


organs  are  the  only  bones  which  are  liable  to 
become  painful,  and  Rhazes  has  described, 
though  very  imperfectly,  the  process  of  den- 
tition, but  with  regard  to  the  replacement  of 
the  loss  of  the  natural  teeth,  Aebucasis  is 
said  to  have  been  the  first  to  teach  that  it 
might  be  done,  either  with  other  human  teeth, 
or  with  substitutes  made  from  bone. 

Vesalitjs,  the  author  of  "  De  Corporis  Human i 
Fabrica, "  published  at  Basle  in  1543,  and  who 
has  been  styled  the  restorer  of  human  anatomy, 
describes  the  temporary  teeth  as  constituting 
the  germs  of  the  permanent  teeth,  an  error 
into  which  some  other  of  the  older  writers 
have  fallen.  Eusta cuius,  however,  may  be 
regarded  as  the  first  to  have  given  anything 
like  a  correct  description  of  the  number, 
growth,  and  different  forms  and  varieties  of 
the  teeth.  Ukbain  Hemaed,  also  a  writer 
of  the  sixteenth  century,  gave  a  very  good 
description  of  the  teeth  of  both  dentitions, 
both  before  and  after  their  eruption,  and 
describes  some  of  their  diseases.  About 
this  time  the  subject  began  to  attract  some 
attention  in  Germauy,  Spain,  and  Switzer- 
land . 

But  it  was  not  until  nearly  three  hundred  years 
ago,  about  the  time  of  the  revival  of  letters, 
that  Ambrose  Pare,  in  his  celebrated  work 
on  surgery,  gave  evidence  of  the  vitality  of 
dentistry  amidst  the  awakening  chaos  of  an- 
cient science  and  erudition.  From  this  time 
the  treatment  of  the  diseases  of  the  teeth 
began  to  attract  much  attention. 

But  it  is  to  Pierre  Fauchard  that  we  are 
indebted  for  the  first  systematic  "  Treatise  on 
Dental  Surgery."  This  was  published  in 
France  in  1728 — a  work  making  two  12mo 
volumes,  and,  altogether,  about  900  closely- 
printed  pages. 

Although  a  number  of  works  were  contributed 
to  the  literature  of  dental  surgery, — among 
which  we  should  not  omit  to  mention  those 
of  Bunon,  Lecxuse,  Jourdain,  Bourdet, 
Herissant,  and  Berdmore, — yet,  with  the 
exception  of  the  original  suggestions  of  these 
authors,  but  few  improvements  were  made  in 
practice  until  toward  the  close  of  the  eigh- 
teenth century.  Pare  wrote  in  1579,  and  in 
1771  John  Hunter  wrote  the  first,  and  in 
1778  the  second,  part  of  his  "  Treatise  on  the 
Teeth,"  on  which  the  broad  and  firm  founda- 
tion of  the  English  school  of  dentistry  was  laid. 
This  has  subsequently  been  improved  and 
beautified  by  Blake,  Fox,  Koecker,  Bele, 


Nasmyth,  Robinson,  Tomes,  and  other  dis- 
tinguished men  of  the  dental  profession. 

What  that  eminent  anatomist  and  surgeon, 
John  Hunter,  was  to  the  English  school  of 
dental  surgery,  Bichat  was  to  the  French 
modern  school,  as  he,  with  others  equally 
philosophic,  taught  that  no  theory  should  be 
received,  however  plausible,  which  could  not 
be  proven  by  demonstration.  Neither  Hunter 
nor  Bichat  were  practical  dentists  ;  but  the 
mighty  energy  of  their  minds  embraced  the 
dental  with  the  other  branches  of  surgery7  ; 
and  the  principles  of  physiology  and  pathol- 
ogy at  large  included  this  important  branch, 
and  revealed  the  connection  and  sympathies  of 
the  teeth  with  the  entire  framework  of  man. 
Beandin,  Bichat's  editor,  although  not  a 
practical  dentist,  was  much  better  acquainted 
with  the  science  of  the  teeth  than  Bichat  him- 
self ;  and  Cuvier's  extensive  researches  into 
osteology,  as  well  as  the  arcana  of  nature  at 
large,  all  came  in  to  aid  the  French  dental 
surgeons.  Serres,  Delabarre,  F.  Cuyier, 
Rousseau,  Maury,  Lefoulon,  and  Desira- 
bode  have  illustrated  the  modern  improve- 
ments of  the  art  and  science,  building,  as  they 
have,  on  the  foundation  laid  years  before  by 
Fauchard,  Bunon,  Bourdet,  Lecluse, 
Jourdain,  Herissant,  Baume,  Laforgue, 
and  others. 

It  would,  doubtless,  be  interesting  to  the 
dental  student  if  we  were  to  trace  more  in 
detail  the  progress  of  this  branch  of  surgery 
through  the  eighteenth  century  ;  but  the 
limits  to  which  we  have  restricted  this  article 
will  not  permit  us  to  do  so.  Among  the 
writers  who  have  contributed  most  largely 
to  the  advancement  of  dental  science  in 
France  since  the  commencement  of  the  pres- 
ent century  are  Laforgue,  Gariot,  Baume, 
Jourdain  and  Maggiolo,  Duval],  Delabarre, 
Lemair,  Serres,  Audibran,  F.  Cuvier,  Meil, 
Rousseau,  Maury, Blandin,  Lefoulon,  Schange, 
and  Desirabode  and  Sons. 

To  the  foregoing  we  might  add  the  names  of 
many  more,  but  those  we  have  already  men- 
tioned will  suffice  to  show  the  progress  which 
the  science  of  dental  surgery  has  made  in 
France  since  the  commencement  of  the  present 
century. 

Leaving  the  French  school,  we  shall  proceed 
to  examine  very  briefly  the  progress  which 
dental  surgery  has  made  in  Great  Britain 
during  the  same  period.  The  publication  of 
Dr.  Robert  Blake's   "Inaugural  Dissertation 


DEN 


190 


DEN 


on  the  Structure  of  the  Teeth  in  Man  and 
Various  Animals, "  at  Edinburgh,  in  1798,  was 
followed  in  1803  by  the  first  part  of  Fox's 
celebrated  ' '  Treatise  on  the  Natural  History 
and  Diseases  of  the  Human  Teeth,"  and  in 
1806  by  the  second  part.  Both  of  the  above 
works  hold  a  deservedly  high  place  in  the 
literature  of  this  department  of  medicine.  The 
publication  of  this  work  at  once  gave  to  the 
subject,  as  a  branch  of  the  healing  art,  an 
importance  which  it  had  never  before  had, 
and  awakened  a  spirit  of  inquiry  which  soon 
led  to  the  adoption  of  a  more  correct  system 
of  practice  than  had  hitherto  been  pursued. 

Among  the  authors  who  have  contributed  to 
the  advancement  of  dental  science  in  Great 
Britain  are  Fuller,  Murphy,  Bew,  Koecker, 
Bell,  Waite,  Snell,  Jobson,  Robertson,  J.  P. 
Clark,  Nasmyth,  Jno.  Tomes,  Goodsir,  Lintot, 
Sauders,  Robinson,  Clendon,  Chas.  Tomes, 
and  Professors  Owen,  Richardson,  Beale,  Sal- 
ter, etc. 

The  names  of  many  other  writers  might  be 
added  to  the  above  list,  but  as  most  of  their 
contributions  were  intended  for  the  general 
rather  than  the  professional  reader,  we  have 
not  thought  it  necessary  to  mention  them. 

In  Germany  dental  surgery,  though  its  pro- 
gress has  been  less  rapid  there  than  in  France 
and  Great  Britain,  has  attracted  considerable 
attention.  Few  works,  however,  of  much 
merit  have  emanated  from  that  country  since 
the  commencement  of  the  present  century. 
There  are  two,  however,  published  at  Berlin, 
particularly  worthy  of  notice — one  in  1803 
and  the  other  in  1842.  The  first  of  these 
works,  written  by  Serre,  treats  of  dental 
operations  and  instruments,  and  forms  an 
octavo  volume  of  nearly  six  hundred  pages, 
illustrated  with  upward  of  thirty  plates. 
The  last  is  by  C.  J.  and  J.  Linderer,  and 
treats  of  Dental  Anatomy,  Physiology,  Ma- 
teria Medica,  and  Surgery,  forming  an  octavo 
volume  of  about  five  hundred  pages,  illus- 
trated with  several  plates.  Mr.  J.  Linderer 
is  the  author  of  two  ably  written  works  on  the 
teeth,  one  published  in  1848  and  the  other  in 
1851.  The  work  of  Prof.  Wedl,  of  Vienna, 
on  dental  pathology,  has  also  attracted  great 
attention,  as  have  also  the  researches  of  Prof. 
Miller,  of  Berlin. 

The  researches  of  Professor  Retzius,  of  Swe- 
den, are  also  interesting,  and,  though  they 
do  not  go  to  confirm  previous  opinions  with 
regard  to  the  minute  structure  of  the  teeth, 


have  nevertheless  thrown  much  valuable  light 
upon  the  subject.  These  researches  consist  of 
microscopic  examinations  of  the  teeth  of  man 
and  other  animals,  conducted  upon  an  exten- 
sive scale,  and  would  seem  to  prove  the  struc- 
ture of  these  organs  to  be  tubular. 

Having  now  glanced  very  briefly  at  the  progress 
of  the  science  and  art  of  dental  surgery  in  most 
of  the  principal  countries  of  Europe,  we  shall 
proceed  to  notice  their  introduction  and 
growth  in  the  United  States. 

The  first  dentist  in  the  United  States  of  whom 
we  have  any  account  was  Mr.  R.  Wooffendale, 
who  came  over  from  England  to  New  York  in 
1796,  and  remained  in  this  country  about  two 
years,  practising  in  New  York  and  Philadel- 
phia ;  but,  not  meeting  with  much  encourage- 
ment, he  returned  to  England  in  1768.  It  is 
believed,  however,  that  Mr.  James  Gar- 
dette,  a  surgeon  from  the  French  navy,  was 
the  first  medically  educated  dentist  in  the 
United  States.  He  came  to  New  York  in 
1783,  and  the  following  year  went  to  Phila- 
delphia. 

Mr.  John  Greenwood,  however,  it  is  believed, 
was  the  first  regular  native  American  dentist. 
He  commenced  practice  in  New  York  about 
the  year  1778,  and  is  said  to  have  been  the 
only  dentist  in  that  city  in  the  year  1790. 
But  Mr.  Greenwood  did  not  remain  long  alone 
in  the  profession  in  New  York.  About  the 
year  1796  Mr.  Wooffendale,  of  London,  came 
to  the  United  States,  and  commenced  practice 
in  that  city.  About  the  year  1805  Dr.  Hud- 
son, of  Dublin,  commenced  the  practice  of 
dental  surgery  in  Philadelphia.  But  about 
five  years  previous  to  the  last-mentioned 
period,  Dr.  H.  H.  Hay  den  established  himself 
in  practice  in  Baltimore,  where,  in  1807,  he 
was  joined  by  Dr.  Koecker  ;  but  in  a  short 
time  the  last-named  gentleman  moved  to 
Philadelphia,  where  he  remained  until  1822, 
when  he  went  to  London. 

But  until  1820  dental  surgery  had  made  but 
little  jjrogress  in  the  United  States.  Since 
that  period  its  advance  has  been  more  rapid. 
In  1839  a  periodical  devoted  to  the  interests 
of  the  profession,  entitled,  "The  American 
Journal  of  Dental  Science,"  was  established. 
In  February,  1840,  the  Legislature  of  Maryland 
chartered  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Sur- 
gery, and  in  July  following  the  American 
Society  of  Dental  Surgeons  was  organized. 
The  combined  influence  of  the  "  Journal,"  the 
College,  and  the  American  Society  gave  an 


DEN 


191 


DEN 


impetus  to  the  science  which  it  had  never 
before  had,  and  contributed  in  an  eminent 
degree  to  the  dignity  and  respectability  of  the 
profession. 
Since  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 
and  the  American  Society  was  organized, 
a  large  number  of  colleges,  journals,  and  asso- 
ciations of  dentists  have  been  established. 
The  United  States  has  contributed  quite  as 
much  to  the  literature  of  this  branch  of  medi- 
cine as  Europe,  and  dental  surgery  has  pro- 
gressed much  more  rapidly  here  than  there, 
and  the  works  of  American  authors  upon  this 
subject  will  not  suffer  by  comparison  with 
similar  publications  of  other  countries.  But 
comparatively  few  elementary  treatises  on  the 
subject  have  ever  been  published  anywhere, 
and  of  those  purporting  to  be  such  which 
have  appeared  during  the  last  fifteen  or 
twenty  years  American  dentists  have  con- 
tributed the  greatest  number. 
In  thus  briefly  glancing  at  the  rise  and  progress 
of  dental  surgery,  the  author  has  necessarily 
been  compelled  to  avoid  entering  into  details 
of  particular  modes  of  practice  and  of  im- 
provements and  inventions  which  have  from 
time  to  time  been  made,  as  well  as  from  an 
analysis  of  the  works  which  have  been  men- 
tioned ;  for  if  he  had  done  so  it  would  have 
swelled  this  article  to  a  size  wholly  incompati- 
ble with  the  design  of  a  work  like  the  present. 
Dental  Therapeutics  (odonloiherapia  ;  from 
dens,  a  tooth,  and  ■QepcnrEvw,  to  heal).  The 
branch  of  medicine  which  relates  to  the  treat- 
ment of  diseases  of  the  teeth. 
Dental  Tubuli.  The  microscopic  canals  occur- 
ring in  the  dentine.  See  Dentinal,  Tubuli. 
Dental'gia  (from  dens,  dentis,  a  tooth,  and 
aTiyoc,  pain).     Toothache. 

Denta'lis  Lapis.  Salivary  calculus ;  tartar 
of  the  teeth. 

Denta  lium  (from  dens,  a  tooth).  The  dog- 
like tooth  shell.  A  genus  of  shell  resembling 
in  shape  a  tooth. 

Dentar'paga  (from  dens,  a  tooth,  and  ap-a^u, 
to  force  away).  An  instrument  for  the  extrac- 
tion of  teeth.  Anciently  this  operation  was 
performed  with  rude  and  clumsily  constructed 
forceps,  and  hence  the  operation  was  regarded 
as  formidable  and  difficult  to  perform.  See 
Extraction  of  Teeth. 

Denta'ta  Vertebra.  The  axis.  The 
second  vertebra  of  the  neck  is  so  called  from  its 
having  a  tooth- like  process  at  the  upper  part  of 
its  body. 


Den/tate   (dentatus;    from  dens,   a  tooth). 

Having  points  like  teeth  ;    applied  to  roots, 

leaves,  etc. 

Denta'tus.      The   second   of   the  cervical 

vertebrae. 

Denies  (the  plural  of  dens).     Teeth.    See 

Teeth. 

Dentes  Acuti.     The  incisor  teeth. 

Dentes  Adulti.   The  teeth  of  second  dentition. 

Dentes  Adversi.     The  incisor  teeth. 

Dentes  Angulares.  The  canine  or  cuspid 
teeth  ;  so  called,  probably,  because  they  are 
situated  at  the  angles  of  the  alveolar  arch  at 
the  corners  of  the  mouth,  or  from  the  angular 
shape  of  their  crowns. 

Dentes  Bicuspidati.     Bicuspid  teeth. 

Dentes  Canini.  The  cuspid,  or  canine  teeth  ; 
so  called  from  their  resemblance  to  the  teeth 
of  a  dog. 

Dentes  Cariosi.     Carious  teeth. 

Dentes  Columellares.     The  molar  teeth. 

Dentes  Cuspidati  (kvvo6ovtes).     Cuspid  teeth. 

Dentes  Exserti  (from  dens,  a  tooth,  and  exser- 
tere,  to  thrust  out).  Teeth  which  project  or 
are  in  front  of  the  dental  arch,  but  applied 
more  particularly  to  the  cuspidati. 

Dentes  Incisores.     Incisor  teeth. 

Dentes  Lactei.  The  milk,  temporary,  or  de- 
ciduous teeth.     See  Deciduous  Teeth. 

Dentes  Molares.     Molar  teeth. 

Dentes  Primores.  The  incisor  teeth ;  so 
called  because  they  occupy  the  front  or  ante- 
rior part' of  the  dental  arch. 

Dentes  Sapientiae.  The  wisdom  or  third 
molar  teeth.  So  named  because  they  are 
erupted  in  mature  years. 

Dentes  Tomici  (from  dens,  a  tooth,  and  totni- 
cits,  cutting).     The  incisor  teeth. 
Den'ticeps.     See  Dentagea. 
Denticulate       (denticuMus).       Furnished 

with  small  teeth  ;  finely  dentate  or  notched. 
Dentic'ulus.     A  little  tooth. 
Dentid  ucum.     Dentagra.     Tooth  forceps. 
Den 'tier.     A  French  word  signifying  a  base 

of  metal,  ivory,  or  any  other  substance,  em- 
ployed as  a  support  or  attachment  for  artificial 

teeth.     The  term  is  also  sometimes  applied  to 

a  set  of  artificial  teeth. 

Den'tifica'tion  (from  dens,  tooth,  and  facio, 

to  make).     The  formation  of  teeth. 

Den'tiform  (dent (for mis;  from  dens,  a  tooth, 

aud  forma,  form).  Having  the  shape  of  a  tooth. 
Den'tifrice     (deniifrieium  ;    from    dens,    a 

tooth,  and  frieare,  to  rub).     A  topical  remedy 

for  the  teeth  ;  a  local  application  for  the  pre- 


DEN 


192 


DEN 


servation  of  the  teeth,  which  is  generally  in  the 
form  of  a  fine,  insoluble  powder  or  paste  for 
cleaning  the  teeth.  On  account  of  the  relation- 
ship existing  between  microscopic  organisms 
and  dental  caries,  dentifrices  should  be  com- 
posed of  germicide  ingredients  in  addition  to 
those  of  a  detersive  character.  Although  the 
teeth  can  in  most  cases  be  kept  clean  by  the  use 
of  a  suitable  brush  and  waxed  floss  silk,  a 
powder  or  paste  may  often  be  advantageously 
employed  for  the  removal  of  discolorations, 
stains,  or  clammy  mucus,  calculi,  etc. 

The  following  are  the  formulae  of  a  few  of  the 
many  dentifrices  at  present  employed  : 

R . — Cretse  prep.,  ^  iv 

Pul.  orris  root,  5  iss 

Cortex  cinchona,  jfiij 

Saccharum  album,  ^ss 

Carb.  sodse,  5j 

Oleum  cinnamomi,  gtt.  xv. 
Mix  and  reduce  to  an  impalpable  powder. 

R . — Pul.  orris  root,  lb  ij 

Pul.  cinnamon,  £iv 

Cretae  prep. ,  lb  j 

Sup.  carb.  sodse,  5  iss 

Sac.  album,  3vij 

Olei  rosse,  gtt.  xij. 
Mix  and  reduce  to  an  impalpable  powder. 

Astringent  and  Aromatic  Dentifrice. 

R.— Pul.  gallse,  5 iss 

Pul.  orris  root,  ^ij 

Cretse  prep. ,  3  ij 

Corticus  cinchonae,  ^j. 

Mix  and  reduce  to  an  impalpable  powder. 

Antiseptic  and  Germicide  Mouth-wash. 

R . — Thymol,  4  grains 

Benzoic  acid,  45  grains 

Eucalyptol,  3^  drachms 

Alcohol,  25  drachms 

Oil  of  wintergreen,  25  drops. 

Mix. 

— Dr.  Miller,  of  Berlin. 

Paste  for  Cleaning  the  Teeth. 

R . — Pul.  orris  root,  ^  v 

Pul.  cinnamon,  £ss 

Cretae  prep. ,  &  iv 

Corticis  cinchonae,  jfiij. 

Mix,  pulverize  to  a  fine  powder,  and  add  a 
sufficient  quantity  of  honey  to  form  a  stiff 
paste. 

Other  formulae  might  be  given,  but  the  fore- 
going will  suffice. 


Dentig'erous  (from  dens,  a  tooth,  and  goer, 
to  carry).     Producing  or  containing  teeth. 
Dentigerous  Cyst.     A  cyst  containing  a  tooth 
which  arises  in  connection  with  a  developing 
or  a  retained  tooth. 
Dentinal.     Of  or  pertaining  to  dentine  ; 
as  dentinal  tubes,  fibrillae,  etc. 
Dentinal    Fibrils.     Contents   of  the   dentinal 
tubuli.     See  Dentinal  Tubuli. 
Dentinal   Papilla.     The  germ  of  the  dentine 
and  pulp  of  the  tooth,  which  arises  from  the 
corium.     See  Teeth,  Development  of. 
Dentinal  Tubuli.     A  multitude  of  fine  canals 
in  the  structure  of  the  dentine.      They  are 
described  by  microscopists  as  having  distinct 
parietes,  of  a  harder  material  than  the  inter- 
tubular  tissue.     These  tubuli  commence  on 
the  walls  of  the  pulp-cavity  and  radiate  in  a 
wavy  course  through  every  part  of  the  den- 
tine to  its  periphery  ;   near  the  masticating 
surface  of  the  crown  of  a  tooth  they  have  a 
nearly  vertical  direction,  and  toward  the  ap- 
proximal  surfaces  a  horizontal  direction.  They 
contain  soft,  homogeneous  fibrils,  which  are 
either  continuous  with  the  odontoblast  cells 
on  the  surface  of  the  pulp  or  with  the  lining 
membrane  of  the  pulp-canal.     See  Dentine. 
Dentinal  Tumors.    Rare  deposits  of  secondary 
dentine   attached   to   the  wall  of  the  pulp- 
chamber  by  a  pedicle. 
Dentinal'gia  (from  dens,  dentis,  a  tooth,  and 
ahyoq,  pain).     Pain  in  dentine. 

Den'tine  (dentinum).  Tooth-bone  ;  ivory. 
The  name  given  by  Professor  Owen  to  the  tissue 
which  forms  the  chief  part  of  a  tooth,  termed 
by  German  anatomists,  Knochensubstanz,  Zahn- 
bein,  and  Zahnsubstanz,  and  situated  between 
the  enamel  of  the  crown,  cementum  of  the 
root,  and  the  pulp-cavity.  The  structure  of 
dentine,  according  to  Professor  Retzius,  of 
Stockholm,  is  tubular.  The  tubes  radiating 
from  the  pulp  are  "directed  perpendicularly 
to  the  surface  of  the  tooth,"  and  pursue  a 
waving,  more  or  less  parallel,  course.  Besides 
these  primary  curves,  the  tubes,  when  exam- 
ined with  a  high  magnifying  power,  are  seen 
to  present  smaller  secondary  undulations, 
which  are  less  perceptible  in  the  deciduous 
than  in  the  permanent  teeth,  and  less  marked 
at  the  external  extremity  of  the  tubes  than  in 
the  middle  of  their  course.  The  undulations 
are  nearly  parallel  in  the  different  tubes,  and 
thus  give  rise  to  the  appearance  of  concentric 
lines  around  the  cavity  of  the  pulp  in  a  section 
of  ivory. 


DEN 


193 


DEN 


The  dentine  is  the  body  of  the  tooth,  with  a 
central  cavity  occupied  hy  the  pulp,  and  is 
completely  encased  by  the  enamel  forming  the 
surfaces  of  the  crown  and  by  the  cementum 
covering  the  root.  Dentine  is  a  hard,  elastic, 
and  translucent  substance  possessing  a  yellow- 
ish-white tinge  and  a  silky  lustre  when  frac- 
tured. 

It  consists  of  an  organic  matrix,  which  is 
greatly  impregnated  with  lime  salts,  and 
throughout  its  substance  parallel  tubes  radiate 
from  the  pulp-cavity  toward  the  periphery  in 
a  direction  at  right  angles  to  the  surface  of  the 
tooth.  The  analysis  of  dry  dentine,  according 
to  von  Bibra,  consists  of  organic  matter  (tooth- 
cartilage),  fat,  phosphate,  carbonate  and  flu- 
oride of  lime,  phosphate  of  magnesia,  and 
other  salts.  Enclosed  and  passing  through 
each  tube  of  the  dentine  is  a  soft  fibril,  which, 
together,  are  known  as  dentinal  fibrillse,  origi- 
nating from  the  cells  of  the  odontoblastic  layer 
of  the  pulp,  of  which  they  are  supposed  to  be 
processes  or  elongations.  The  substance  be- 
tween the  tubes,  and  forming  their  walls,  is 
known  as  "  intertubular  substance."  In  the 
outermost  layer  of  the  dentine,  which  under- 
lies the  cementum,  globular  spaces  are  found, 
in  which  many  of  the  tubes  end,  these  spaces 
being  filled  with  a  soft,  living  plasma  ;  and  the 
layer  of  dentine,  to  which  these  spaces  give  a 
granular  appearance,  is  called  by  Mr.  Tomes 
the  "granular  layer."  Another  structure, 
composed  of  what  are  known  as  "interglobular 
spaces,"  is  often  seen  in  dried  dentine,  and 
presents  a  ragged  outline  and  short-pointed 
processes.  These  interglobular  spaces  are  re- 
garded as  being  due  to  a  pathological  condition 
of  the  dentine,  and  are  most  abundant  a  little 
distance  below  the  surface.  Each  tube  of  the 
dentine  is  also  furnished  with  a  structure 
known  as  the  "dental  sheath,"  which  accom- 
panies the  fibril  throughout  its  radiations 
within  the  tube  and  is  distinguished  for  its 
great  resistance  to  the  action  of  strong  acids 
and  caustic  alkalies.  The  following  is  the  com- 
position of  dry  dentine  : 

Organic  matter  (tooth  cartilage),  .    .  27.61 

Fat, 0.40 

Calcium  phosphate  and  fluoride,  .    .  66.72 

Calcium  carbonate, 3.36 

Magnesium  phosphate, 1.18 

Other  salts, 0.83 

Organic  matter,  28.01  ;  inorganic  matter, 
71.99. 

13 


Dentine,  Hypersensitiveness  of.  An  exalta- 
tion of  the  normal  sensitiveness  of  the  dentine 
of  a  tooth,  occasioned  by  irritation  of  the 
dentinal  fibrils,  and  often  necessitating  the 
use  of  obtundents  for  its  relief,  especially 
during  the  operation  of  preparing  carious 
cavities  for  the  filling  material.  Such  reme- 
dies as  chloride  of  zinc,  tannin,  chromic  acid, 
carbolic  acid,  creasote,  camphorated  spirits  of 
wine,  terchloride  of  gold,  cocaine,  alkaline 
caustics,  cataphoresis,  etc.,  are  recommended 
for  its  treatment.  See  Hypersensitive 
Dentine. 

Den/tini/fica/tion.  The  formation  of  the 
dentine  of  the  teeth — a  more  modified  form  of 
bone  than  cementum — by  means  of  the  odonto- 
blasts, which  are  a  modified  form  of  connective- 
tissue  cells. 

Dentin'itis  (from  dens,  dentis,  a  tooth,  and 
itis,  inflammation).  Irritation  of  the  dentinal 
fibrils. 

Dentiscal'pium  (from  dens,  a  tooth,  and 
scalpere,  to  scrape).  An  instrument  employed 
for  the  removal  of  salivary  calculus  and  for 
scraping  the  teeth.  A  number  of  instruments 
are  often  required  for  these  purposes,  so  shaped 
that  they  may  be  readily  applied  to  any  part 
of  a  tooth.  The  name  has  also  been  applied 
to  a  gum-lancet  and  toothpick. 

Den/tist  {dentista ;  odontiater ;  dentarius). 
A  dental  surgeon.     See  Dental  Surgeon. 

Den/tistry  (odontotechny ;  odontiatria ;  odon- 
totherapia) .  Dental  surgery,  embracing  every- 
thing pertaining  to  the  treatment  and  re- 
placement of  the  loss  of  the  natural  teeth  and 
oral  surgery. 

Denti'tion  (dentitio ;  from  dentire,  dentitum, 
to  breed  teeth).  Teething.  The  emergence  of 
the  teeth  from  the  alveoli  and  gum.  Also  the 
arrangement  and  evolution  of  the  teeth. 

With  regard  to  the  manner  in  which  this 
operation  of  the  economy  is  effected,  it  is 
thought  that  there  is  a  gradual  elongation  of 
the  teeth,  the  crown  being  first  formed.  As 
the  tooth  lengthens,  it  presses  against  its  bony 
socket,  which  gradually  absorbs  or  dissolves 
away  to  provide  for  its  elongation  or  protru- 
sion. The  approximal  edges  of  the  alveolar 
borders  of  the  maxillary  bones  disappear  by 
an  absorptive  process,  the  teeth  rise  in  their 
cavities,  and  their  roots  lengthen  to  such  a  de- 
gree that  the  crowns  press  upon  the  opposing 
gums,  which,  under  such  pressure,  become 
thinner  and  thinner,  until  finally  the  crowns 
escape.     The  growth  of  the  teeth  keeps  pace 


DEN 


194 


DEN 


with  this  absorption,  and  the  advancing  crowns 
find    a    passage  through  the  attenuated  and 
transparent  membranous  coverings.     See  Har- 
ris'  "  Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 
Dentition,  First.     The  eruption  or  "cutting" 
of  the  deciduous,   milk,  or  temporary  teeth. 
The  following  may  be  regarded  as  a  very  near 
approximation  to  the  periods  when  they  are 
most  frequently  erupted  : 
The  central  incisors  from  five  to  eight  months 
after  birth  ;  the  lateral  incisors  from  seven  to 
ten  ;  the  first  molars  from  twelve  to  sixteen  ; 
the  cuspidati  from  fourteen  to  twenty,  and  the 
second  molars  from  twenty  to  thirty  months. 
The  teeth   of  the   lower  jaw   are   frequently 
erupted  before  those  of  the  upper  jaw. 
No  general  rule,  however,  can  be   laid  down 
from  which  there  will  not  be  frequent  varia- 
tions.    The  indications  of  first  dentition  are 
as  follows:  An  increased  flow  of  saliva,  red 
and  swollen  gums,  a  disposition  to  keep  the 
fingers  in  the  mouth,  and  to  bite  upon  them 
or  upon  some  foreign  substance,  skin  hotter 
than  normal,  and  some  slight  fever  and  rest- 
lessness. 

Dentition,  Morbid.  Although  dentition  may 
be  regarded  as  a  healthy  operation  of  the 
economy,  it  is  sometimes  performed  with 
difficulty  and  attended  with  serious  and 
occasionally  alarming  effects.  There  are  few 
children  who  do  not  suffer  more  or  less  during 
the  progress  of  dentition,  and  when  we  con- 
sider the  early  age  at  which  this  operation 
commences,  and  the  irritable  state  of  the  body 
while  it  is  going  on,  it  will  not  appear  strange 
that  it  should  often  be  attended  with  painful 
effects.  Even  in  later  life,  during  the  denti- 
tion of  the  wisdom  teeth,  it  is  sometimes 
productive  of  very  alarming  symptoms.  The 
symptoms  of  morbid  or  difficult  dentition  are 
as  follows  :  Skin  hot,  gums  red  and  swollen, 
considerable  fever,  frequent  diarrhoea,  erup- 
tions on  face  and  head,  ulcerations  on  lips, 
inside  of  cheeks,  gums,  and  tongue,  itching 
of  nose,  twitching  of  muscles,  disturbed  sleep, 
general  wakefulness,  dilation  of  pupils  of 
eyes,  loss  of  appetite,  great  thirst,  irritability 
of  temper,  violent  convulsions,  and  some- 
times death.  See  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Pract. 
of  Dentistry." 
Dentition,  Second.  There  is  no  operation  of 
the  animal  economy  more  curious  or  interest- 
ing than  that  which  is  exhibited  in  the  gradual 
destruction  of  the  roots  of  the  temporary,  and 
in  the  growth  and  dentition  of  the  permanent 


teeth.  The  time  of  life  when  this  occurs  con- 
stitutes an  important  epoch  in  the  history  of 
every  individual. 

During  childhood  each  of  the  alveolar  arches 
forms  only  about  the  half  of  a  circle,  but  by 
the  gradual  elongation  of  the  jaws  each  ulti- 
mately forms  nearly  the  half  of  an  ellipsis,  so 
that  the  number  of  teeth  required  at  the  one 
period  is  but  little  more  than  half  the  num- 
ber required  at  the  other. 

The  rudiments  of  the  permanent  incisors  and 
cuspidati  have  attained  their  full  size  at  birth, 
and  each  is  situated  immediately  behind  its 
corresponding  temporary  tooth.  The  process 
of  eruption  of  the  permanent  teeth  is  as  fol- 
lows :  The  roots  of  the  temporary  teeth  dis- 
solve away  before  the  advancing  permanent 
teeth  by  a  process  of  absorption  until  nothing 
remains  but  the  crowns,  which  become  so 
loose  that  they  are  pushed  aside  and  easily 
removed  from  their  slight  adhesion  to  the 
gums,  and  no  symptoms  of  irritation  are  mani- 
fested except  in  the  eruption  of  the  third  mo- 
lars or  wisdom  teeth,  which  frequently  cause 
considerable  pain,  resulting  in  the  formation 
of  pus,  violent  swelling  which  may  interfere 
with  deglutition,  neuralgia,  hysteria,  St. 
Vitus'  dance,  earache,  deafness,  disordered 
vision,  spasms,  etc. 

Shedding  of  the  Temporary  Teeth. — With  regard 
to  the  manner  of  the  destruction  of  the  roots 
of  the  temporary  teeth,  there  exists  some 
diversity  of  opinion.  Most  writers  believe 
they  are  removed  by  the  absorbents,  while 
some  are  of  the  opinion  that  it  is  a  chemical 
operation.  Laforgue,  observing  a  fleshy  body 
behind  the  root  of  the  temporary  tooth, — 
which,  in  fact,  had  been  noticed  by  Bon  relet, 
and  supposed  by  him  to  exhale  a  fluid  which 
possessed  solvent  qualities, — gave  it  the  name 
of  absorbing  apparel,  and  assigned  to  it  the 
office  of  removing  the  root  of  the  primary 
tooth. 

Delabarre,  who  has  treated  this  subject  at 
greater  length,  and  apparently  investigated  it 
more  closely,  corroborates  the  views  of  La- 
forgue, and  gives  the  following  description  of 
the  manner  of  the  formation  and  function  of 
the  carneous  substance  spoken  of  by  this 
author  as  the  absorbing  apparel  :  "  While  the 
crown  of  the  tooth  of  replacement,"  says  De- 
labarre, "is  only  in  formation,  the  exterior 
membrane  of  the  matrix  is  simply  crossed  by 
some  blood  vessels  ;  but  as  soon  as  it  is  com- 
pleted, the  capillaries  arc  then  developed  in  a 


DEN 


195 


DEN 


very  peculiar  manner,  and  form  a  tissue  as  fine 
as  cobweb  ;  from  this  tissue  the  internal 
membrane,  instead  of  continuing  to  be  very 
delicate,  and  of  a  pale  red  color,  increases  in 
tbickness  and  assumes  a  redder  hue.  As  was 
before  said,  it  is  at  the  instant  in  which  com- 
mences the  reaction  of  the  coats  of  the  matrix 
that  are  conveyed  from  the  gum  to  the  neck 
of  the  tooth  that  the  plaiting  of  the  vessels 
that  enter  into  their  tissue  compose  a  body  of 
a  carneous  appearance,  whose  absorbents  ex- 
tend their  empire  over  all  the  surrounding 
parts.  It  is,  therefore,  the  dental  matrix 
itself  which,  after  being  dilated  to  serve  as  a 
protecting  euvelope  to  the  tooth,  is  contracted 
to  form  not  only  this  bud-like  body  which  Ave 
find  immediately  belowr  the  milk  tooth  at  the 
instant  in  which  it  naturally  falls  out,  and 
whose  volume  is  necessarily  augmented  as 
odontocia  gradually  goes  on,  but  also  a  carne- 
ous mass  by  which  the  whole  is  surrounded, 
and  whose  thickness  is  the  more  remarkable  as 
the  organ  that  it  envelops  is  nearer  its  orifice. ' ' 

After  giving  this  description  he  asks,  "Is 
there  a  dissolving  fluid  that  acts  chemically 
on  the  surrounding  parts,  or  do  the  absorbents, 
without  any  intermediary,  destroy  everything 
that  would  obstruct  the  shooting  up  of  the 
tooth?"  In  reply  to  this  he  says,  "Not 
possessing  positive  proof  suitable  to  guide  me 
in  the  decision  of  this  question,  and  finding 
those  of  others  of  little  importance,  I  shall 
not  attempt  to  answer  them." 

It  oftentimes  happens  that  the  root  of  a  tempo- 
rary tooth  fails  to  be  destroyed,  and  that  the 
crown  of  the  replacing  organ  comes  through 
the  gum  in  a  wrong  place.  Whenever  this 
happens,  the  carneous  body  is  developed  only 
beneath  the  parts  through  the  opening  of 
which  the  new  tooth  has  emerged,  and  is  not 
brought  in  contact  wTith  the  bony  partition  be- 
tween it  and  the  root  of  the  temporary  tooth. 

The  manner  of  the  destruction  of  the  roots  of 
the  temporary  teeth  has  been  a  subject  of 
close  and  critical  inquiry  with  the  writer  for 
several  years,  and  the  more  he  has  examined 
the  subject,  the  more  fully  has  he  become  con- 
vinced that  it  is  the  result  of  the  action  of 
these  fleshy  tubercles  upon  thjcm.  And  while 
its  formation  seems  to  be  the  result  of  the  con- 
traction of  the  sacs  of  the  permanent  teeth 
and  their  appendages,  for  the  purpose  of 
effecting  their  eruption,  they  are  especially 
charged  with  the  removal  of  everything  that 
would  obstruct  their  passage. 


In  conclusion,  it  is  only  necessary  to  observe 
that  the  temporary  teeth  are  shed  in  the  order 
in  which  they  at  first  appear.  After  one  pair 
has  been  shed,  a  sufficient  time  usually  elapses 
before  the  shedding  of  another  for  those  of 
the  same  class  of  the  permanent  set  to  come 
forward  and  take  their  place.  Thus,  the  jaws 
are  never  deprived,  unless  from  some  other 
cause  than  the  destruction  of  the  roots  of  the 
temporary,  of  more  than  two  teeth  in  each 
jaw  at  any  one  time.  See  Teeth,  Develop- 
ment of. 

Eruption  of  the  Permanent  Teeth. — Second  den- 
tition usually  commences  at  about  six  or 
seven  years  after  birth,  and  is  generally  com- 
pleted, as  far  back  as  the  second  molars,  by 
the  twelfth  or  fourteenth  year.  The  dentes 
sapientise  seldom  appear  before  the  eighteenth 
or  twentieth  year.  The  periods  of  the  erup- 
tion of  the  adult  teeth  are,  however,  so  varia- 
ble that  it  is  impossible  to  state  them  with 
perfect  accuracy.  Sometimes  the  first  perma- 
nent molars  appear  at  four  years,  and  the 
central  incisors  at  five  ;  at  other  times  they 
are  several  years  later. 

But  as  it  is  of  some  importance  that  the  periods 
of  the  eruption  of  the  several  classes  of  the 
permanent  teeth  should  be  known,  the  author 
will  state  them  with  as  much  accuracy  as 
possible. 

First  molars,  from  5  to  6  years  ;  central  in- 
cisors, from  6  to  8  years  ;  lateral  incisors,  from 
7  to  9  years  ;  first  bicuspids,  from  9  to  10 
years  ;  second  bicuspids,  from  10  to  11',  years  ; 
cuspidati,  from  11  to  12  years  ;  second  molars, 
from  12  to  14  jrears  ;  third  molars  (dentes 
sapientise),  from  17  to  21  years. 

But,  as  before  stated,  the  periods  of  the  erup- 
tion of  the  permanent  teeth,  like  those  of  the 
temporary,  are  very  variable.  The  cuspidati 
often  appear  before  the  second  bicuspids,  and, 
in  some  cases,  the  dentes  sapientia?  not  until 
the  thirtieth,  or  even  fortieth,  year,  and  some- 
times they  never  show  themselves.  See 
Harris'  "  Prim  and  Pract.  of  Dentistry"  : 
also  Dentition,  Second. 

Dentition,  Third.  That  nature  does  some- 
times make  an  effort  to  produce  a  third  set  of 
teeth  is  a  fact  which,  however  much  it  may 
have  hitherto  been  disputed,  is  now  so  well 
established  that  no  room  is  Kit  lor  cavil  or 
doubt. 

No  attempt  that  the  writer  is  aware  of  has 
ever  been  made  to  explain  the  manner  of  the 
formation   of    these   anomalous    productions. 


DEN 


196 


DEN 


The  rudiments  of  the  teeth  of  first  and  second 
dentition  are  the  product  of  mucous  mem- 
hrane,  while  those  of  third  dentition  would 
seem  to  have  their  origin  in  the  periosteal 
tissue. 

In  obedience  to  what  law  of  developmental 
anatomy  are  they  formed  ?  If  the  establish- 
ment of  the  law  which  governs  the  develop- 
ment of  a  part  depends  upon  a  certain  condition 
of  other  contiguous  parts,  it  is  possible  that 
the  following  may  furnish  a  correct  explana- 
tion of  the  phenomenon.  Certain  parts,  in 
certain  states  or  conditions,  and  in  particular 
locations,  perform  functions  peculiar  to  the 
latter.  In  other  words,  the  condition  and 
location  of  a  part  determine  the  functions 
which  it  performs.  Hence,  it  would  seem 
that  this  particular  state  or  condition  of  this 
tissue,  and  in  these  particular  locations,  is 
necessary  to  determine  the  development  of 
teeth  germs.  This  arrangement  or  condition 
of  mucous  membrane  in  these  particular  loca- 
tions, which  always  results  from  the  develop- 
ment of  the  foetus,  may  be  sometimes  produced 
by  accidental  causes  after  all  the  organs  of 
the  body  have  obtained  their  full  size,  or  at 
any  time  during  life  ;  and  when  it  does  occur, 
it  is  not  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  a  new 
tooth  papilla  should  be  formed.  Proceeding 
still  further,  the  development  of  a  dental 
papilla  is  the  signal  for  the  production  of  an 
enamel  organ  which  ultimately  supplies  the 
tooth,  now  considerably  advanced  in  the  pro- 
cess of  formation,  with  a  covering  of  enamel. 
But  as  the  maxillary  bone  has  previously 
attained  its  full  size,  it  rarely,  if  ever,  happens 
that  alveoli  are  formed  for  these  accidental 
productions,  and,  consequently,  they  seldom 
have  roots,  or,  if  they  do,  they  are  very  short 
and  blunt.  They  are  usually  connected  to 
the  periosteum  of  the  alveolar  border,  and 
this  union  is  sometimes  so  close  and  intimate 
that  very  considerable  force  is  necessary  for 
their  removal.  As  a  general  rule,  however, 
they  loosen  in  the  course  of  a  few  years  and 
drop  out,  never  becoming  serviceable. 

Den'tium  Cavernae.     The  sockets  of  the 
teeth. 

Dentium  Cortex.     The  enamel  of  the  teeth. 

Dentium  Do/lor.  Pain  in  the  teeth  ;  tooth- 
ache. 

Dentium  Nit/or.     Enamel  of  the  teeth. 

Dentium  Scalptu/ra.     Lancing  the  gums. 

Dentium  Vacillant/ia.  Looseness  of  the 
teeth. 


Den'to  (from  dens,  a  tooth).  One  who  has 
prominent  teeth  ;  one  whose  teeth  project. 

Dento=alveolar  Abscess.  Alveolar  abscess. 
Septic  inflammation  affecting  the  tissues  of  the 
apical  space,  resulting  in  cellular  necrosis  and 
pus  formation. 

Dentog/raphy  (dentographia ;  from  dens,  a 
tooth,  and  ypa<p?/,  a  description).  A  description 
of  teeth. 

Dentoide/us.     Odontoid  ;  tooth-like. 

Dentol'ogy  (dentologia;  from  dens,  a  tooth, 
and  ?<-oyoc,  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on  the 
teeth. 

Denton/omy  (dentonomia ;  from  dens,  a 
tooth,  and  vojioc,  a  law).  The  arrangement  of 
the  teeth  into  classes.  Also  the  classification 
of  the  teeth  according  to  their  physiognomical 
characters  and  their  pathological  and  physio- 
logical indications.  See  Teeth,  Character- 
istics of. 

Den/tos  (from  dens,  tooth,  and  os,  bone). 
Tooth  bone  ;  tooth  substance. 

Dents  Barrees.     See  Barked  Teeth. 
Dents  Bicuspidees.     The  bicuspid  teeth. 
Dents,  Col  des.     Neck  of  the  teeth. 
Dents  Columella/ris.     The  canine  tooth. 
Dents  de  Lait.  The  milk,  or  temporary,  teeth. 
Dents  Machelieres.     The  molar  teeth. 
Dents  Molares.     The  molar  teeth. 
Dents     Multicuspidees.       The    large    molar 
teeth. 
Dents  CEilleres.     Canine  teeth. 

Den/ture.  A  complete  set  of  teeth  ;  the 
whole  assemblage  of  teeth  in  both  jaws. 
Denture,  Combination.  Under  this  designa- 
tion are  included  metal  plates  with  vulcanite 
attachments  for  the  teeth  ;  vulcanite  plates 
with  metal  linings  ;  cast-metal  plates  with 
vulcanite  attachments  ;  vulcanite  dentures 
strengthened  with  perforated  metal  plates  ; 
vulcanite  in  combination  with  the  continuous- 
gum  method. 

Denudation  (dcnudalio ;  from  denudare,  to 
make  bare).  The  laying  bare,  or  deprivation 
of  a  part  of  its  covering  or  envelope.  In  Sur- 
gical Pathology  it  is  usually  applied  to  bones 
deprived  of  their  periosteum  ;  in  Dental  Path- 
ology, to  the  teeth  when  deprived  of  their 
enamel  or  whei*  the  roots  are  exposed  by  the 
recession  of  the  gums  and  the  destruction  of 
their  sockets. 

Denuding  of  the  Teeth.  Erosion.  An 
affection  which  consists  in  the  gradual  destruc- 
tion of  the  enamel  of  the  anterior  or  labial  sur- 
faces of  the  incisors,  cuspidati,  and  sometimes 


DEN 


197 


DEP 


of  the  bicuspids  ;  the  molars  are  rarely  affected 
by  it.  It  generally  forms  a  continuous  horizon- 
tal groove,  as  smooth  and  regular  as  if  it  had 
been  made  with  an  oval  file,  though  sometimes 
it  spreads  over  nearly  the  whole  of  the  anterior 
surface,  completely  denuding  this  part  of  the 
organs  of  enamel.  Commencing  on  the  central 
incisors,  it  extends  to  the  laterals,  the  cuspi- 
dati,  and  bicuspids.  After  having  removed 
the  enamel,  it  attacks  the  subjacent  dentine, 
the  groove  becoming  gradually  deeper  and 
deeper  until  the  pulp-cavities  of  the  teeth  are 
exposed.  The  color  of  the  enamel  is  rarely 
changed,  but  the  bone,  as  soon  as  it  becomes 
exposed,  assumes  first  a  light,  and  afterward 
a  dark-brown  appearance — the  surface  of  the 
groove  the  whole  time  remaining  perfectly  hard 
and  smooth.  This  most  curious  and  singular 
affection  usually  commences  at  a  single  point 
upon  each  of  the  central  incisors  and  pro- 
ceeds horizontally  backward  ;  at  other  times  it 
attacks  several  points  almost  simultaneously, 
but  gradually  the  affected  parts  approach  and 
unite,  giving  to  the  enamel  the  appearance  of 
having  been  scooped  out  with  a  broad,  round, 
or  square  pointed  instrument. 

The  cause  of  this  affection  appears  to  be  in- 
volved in  some  obscurity.  We  are  decidedly  of 
the  opinion  that  it  is  the  result  of  the  action  of 
an  acid  contained  in  the  mucus  of  the  mouth. 
The  other  teeth  being  more  constantly  bathed 
in  the  saliva  than  the  anterior  surfaces  of  the 
incisors,  cuspidati,  and  bicuspids,  the  mucous 
fluids  of  the  mouth  are  either  washed  from 
them  or  so  diluted  as  to  render  them  harmless, 
but  upon  the  parts  of  the  teeth  last  mentioned 
it  is  often  permitted  to  remain  for  days.  That 
this  is  the  true  cause  would  seem  to  be  rendered 
certain  by  a  case  which  fell  under  the  observa- 
tion of  Dr.  E.  Parmly  a  number  of  years  ago, 
in  which  the  crowns  of  human  teeth,  used  as  a 
dental  substitute,  were  attacked  by  this  curious 
affection,  thus  proving  most  conclusively  that 
the  loss  of  substance  was  caused  by  the  action 
of  chemical  agents  ;  and  if  such  cause  is  capable 
of  producing  it  in  one  case,  it  is  in  all  others. 

In  the  treatment  of  this  affection  the  most 
that  can  be  done  is  to  widen  the  groove  at  the 
bottom,  afteT  it  has  gone  far  enough  to  require 
it,  and  fill  it  with  gold.  This  will  arrest  its 
further  progress. 

DenutrPtion  (from  de,  and  nutrio,  to  nour- 
ish). The  atrophy  or  breaking  down  of  tissue 
caused  by  want  of  nutrition. 

Deob'struent   (deobstruens;   from   de,   and 


obstruere,  to  obstruct).  Medicines  which  re- 
move obstructions,  as  aperients.  The  word  has 
an  indefinite  meaning  and  is  now  seldom  used. 

Deodo'rants.  Agents  or  bodies  which 
absorb  or  destroy  the  odors  of  putrefaction  or 
fermentation. 

Deodoriza'tion.  The  correction  of  any 
foul  or  offensive  odors  through  the  action  of 
chemical  agents  capable  of  absorbing  the  odor- 
iferous matter. 

Deop'pilans  (deoppilatius).     Deobstrueut. 

Deoxida'tion  (from  de,  from,  and  oxide,  a 
compound  of  oxygen).  The  separation  of  oxy- 
gen from  any  compound.     Reduction. 

Deoxidize  (de  +  oxidize).  To  deprive  of 
chemically  combined  oxygen. 

Depart/.  In  Metallurgy,  an  old  name  for 
parting  (which  see). 

Depas/cus.     Phagedenic. 

Depend/ens.  Dependent.  In  Botany, 
hanging  down. 

DeperdPtio.     Abortion. 

Dephlegma  tion  (dephlegmatio ;  from  de, 
from,  and phlegma,  a  watery  distilled  liquor,  as 
distinguished  from  a  spirituous  liquor).  In 
Chemistry,  the  separation,  by  distillation  or 
other  means,  of  the  water  existing  in  admixture 
with  another  liquid. 

Dephlogis  ticated  (from  de,  from,  and 
phlogiston,  the  inflammable  principle).  "With- 
out phlogiston. 

Dephlogisticated  Air.     Oxygen  gas. 
Dephlogisticated  Marine  Acid.     Chlorine. 

Depila'tion  (depiledio  ;  from  de,  and  pilus, 
hair).     Loss  of  hair. 

DepiPatory.  That  which  causes  the  loss 
of  the  hair,  as  caustic  lime,  etc. 

DepPHs.     Hairless. 

Depletion  (deplete,  deplelio ;  from  depleo, 
I  unload).  The  act  of  diminishing;  the  fulness 
of  the  vascular  system  by  the  abstraction  of 
blood  or  by  any  other  system  of  evacuation. 

Deple'tory.  That  which  tends  to  deplete, 
as  blood-letting,  emetics,  and  cathartics. 

Depluma'tion  (deplumalio ;  from  deplumis, 
without  feathers).  A  disease  of  the  eyelids 
which  causes  the  loss  of  the  eyelashes. 

Depolariza'tion.  Destruction  of  polarity. 
The  neutralization  of  the  opposite  poles  of  a 
magnet. 

Deposit  (from  depono,  to  lay  down).  In 
!>i  ii/nl  Pathology,  the  precipitation  of  an  earthy 
substance  (commonly  called  tartar)  upon  the 
teeth.  In  General  Pathology,  the  accumulation 
ul"    l-it   in   an    abnormal    position,    or    morbid 


DEP 


198 


DER 


growths.     The   sediment  of  the  urine  is  also 
called  a  deposit. 

Deprava'tion  (depravatio;  from  de,  and 
pravus,  to  corrupt).  A  depraved  condition  or 
morbid  change  in  the  solids  or  fluids  of  the 
body  :  also  depravation  of  taste  or  sight. 

Depress'ants.  That  which  reduces  the  vital 
energy  by  diminishing  the  frequency  of  the 
pulse  or  the  action  of  the  heart  and  arteries. 

Depressed  (depressus).  Flattened  from 
above  downward.  Applied  in  Zoology  to  the 
whole  or  part  of  the  animal  body  when  its  ver- 
tical section  is  shorter  than  the  transverse. 

Depres'sion  (depressio ;  from  dep>rimcre,  to 
press  down).  In  Anatomy,  a  fossa,  hollow,  or 
excavation.  Applied  in  Pathology  to  the  pulse 
when  its  strokes  are  feeble  and  slow  ;  in  Sur- 
gery, to  fractures  of  the  cranium  in  which  por- 
tions of  the  bone  are  depressed  ;  also  to  an 
operation  for  cataract,  which  consists  in  the  de- 
pression of  the  opaque  lens  from  the  axis  of 
vision  into  the  vitreous  humor.  In  Dental 
Anatomy,  the  indentations  on  the  grinding  sur- 
faces of  the  molar  and  bicuspid  teeth. 

Depress'or.       In     Anatomy,     any     muscle 
which  depresses  the  part  on  which  it  acts.     In 
Dental  Surgery,  an   instrument  employed   for 
confining  the  tongue  to  the  floor  of  the  mouth 
while  introducing  a  filling  into  a  tooth  of  the 
lower  jaw.    See  Tongue  Holder. 
Depressor  Alae  Nasi.     A  muscle  which  arises 
from  the  canine  fossa  of  the  superior  maxilla. 
Depressor  An'guli  Oris.     A  muscle  of  a  tri- 
angular form,  situated  beneath  the  lower  lip. 
It  arises  broad  and  fleshy  from  the  base  of  the 
lower  jaw  at  the  side  of  the  chin  and  is  in- 
serted into  the  angle  of  the  mouth. 
Depressor  La/bii   Inferio'ris.     A  small  thin 
muscle  which  arises  from  the  side  and  front  of 
the  lower  jaw  at  its  base  and  is  inserted  into 
the  greater  part  of  the  lower  lip. 
Depressor  Labii  Superiors.     A  muscle  situ- 
ated  above   the   mouth  ;   it  arises  from   the 
alveolar  processes  of  the  incisor  and   cuspid 
teeth,  and  is  inserted  into  the  upper  lip  and 
side  of  the  ala  of  the  nose. 
Depresso'rium.     An   instrument   used   to 
guard  the  dura  mater  when  the  skull  is  cut  or 
sawed  through. 

Depri'mens  Auriculae.  See  Retrahkxs 
A.TJBIS. 

Depu'rant.  A  term  applied  in  Therapeutic* 
to  medicines  which  are  supposed  to  purify  the 
fluids  of  the  body.     Also  to  clarify. 

Depura'tion  (from  depurare,  to  purify).    In 


Pathology,  a  process  for  purifying  the  animal 
economy  ;  also  the  clarification  of  anything. 

Depura'tory  (depumtore).  That  which 
purifies  the  body  or  removes  from  it  morbid 
humors,  whether  it  be  by  disease  or  medicines 
and  diet. 

De  R.  Abbreviation  for  reaction  of  degen- 
eration in  Electro-therapeutics. 

Deradeni'tis  (from  Sep??,  neck,  a^rjv,  a 
gland,  and  trie,  signifying  inflammation).  In- 
flammation of  the  glands  of  the  neck. 

Deradenon'cus.  Tumors  of  the  glands  of 
the  neck. 

Derbyshire  Neck.  Bronchocele. 
Derbyshire  Spar.  Fluor  spar.  Spar  of  vari- 
ous colors,  the  large  nodules  of  which  are 
peculiar  to  Derbyshire  and  are  beautifully 
veined.  It  is  found  in  some  places  in  cubic 
crystals  of  a  pale  sea-green  color.  It  consists 
of  fluorine  and  calcium. 

Derivation  (derivatio;  from  derivo,  to  drain 
off).  The  drawing  away  of  any  morbid  vital 
action  from  its  original  seat  to  a  less  important 
part,  by  exciting  irritation  or  inflammation  in 
it  by  the  application  of  some  local  stimulant. 

Derivative.  That  which  procures  a  deri- 
vation.    A  revulsive  medicinal  agent. 

Der/ma  (dermatis).  The  true  skin,  or 
corium. 

Dermad'.  Dermal  aspect  ;  aspect  toward 
the  skin. 

Der/mal.     Relating  to  the  skin. 
Dermal  Aspect.     An  aspect  toward  the  skin 
or  external  surface. 

Dermata'gra  (from  Sepua,  and  aypa,  a 
seizure).     Pellagra. 

Dermatal'gia  (dermatodynia ;  from  depua, 
the  skin,  and  ahyog,  pain).  Pain  in  the  skin. 
Cutaneous  neuralgia. 

Dermatitis  (dermatis).  Inflammation  of 
the  skin.     Erysipelatous  inflammation. 

Dermatocholo'sis.     Icterus. 

Der'matoid  (dermatoides ;  from  Seppa,  the 
skin,  and  eidor,  form).  Resembling  the  skin. 
Applied  to  tissues  which  resemble  the  skin. 

Der'matol.  Basic  gallate  of  bismuth,  which 
resembles  iodoform  in  appearance,  but  is  non- 
odorous  and  non-irritant ;  used  externally  in 
wounds,  ulcers,  and  inflammations  of  mucous 
membranes,  and  internally  in  diarrhoea. 

Dermatology  (dermatologia ;  from  deppa, 
the  skin,  and  AoyarJ  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on 
the  skin. 

DermatoPysis  (cutis  pendula.  From  dsp/ia, 
and  >vw,  to  loosen).     Hypertrophy  of  the  skin 


DER 


199 


DET 


characterized  by  great  extension  of  this  organ, 
whereby  it  hangs  in  large  loose  folds  or  in 
pendulous  masses. 

Dermatophy'ma.  A  tumefaction  of  the 
skin. 

Dermatorrha'gia.  A  discharge  of  blood 
from  the  skin. 

Dermatomes  (from  6epp.a,  skin).  Diseases 
of  the  skin. 

Dermatozo'a.  Animals  parasitic  upon  the 
skin. 

Dermog'raphy  (dermographia ;  from  dep/xa, 
the  skiu,  and  ypo^w,  I  describe).  A  description 
of  the  skin. 

Dermoha^mia  (from  depfia,  and  ai/ia, 
blood).  Hyperemia,  or  excessive  vascularity 
of  the  skin. 

Dermoid.     Dermatoid. 

Dermol'ogy.     Dermatology. 

Dermot/omy  (dermotomia;  from  deppa,  the 
skin,  and  -ep-vctv,  to  cut).  The  dissection  of 
the  skin. 

Derosne's  Salt.  A  crystalline  substance 
obtained  by  treating  opium  with  ether. 

Derraunce's  Alloy.  Used  to  alloy  gold 
and  silver  plate  and  for  making  solders.  It  is 
composed  of  silver,  1  part ;  copper,  3  parts  ; 
zinc,  2  parts. 

Der/tron.  The  omentum,  peritoneum,  or 
small  intestines. 

Descen'dens  Noni.  The  descending  cer- 
vical branch  of  the  ninth  pair,  or  hypoglossal 
nerves. 

Descenso'rium.  A  furnace  in  which  the 
distillation  is  performed  by  descent. 

Descen'sus.  A  term  sometimes  applied  in 
Pharmacy  to  distillation  when  the  fire  is  applied 
at  the  top  and  sides  of  the  vessel  while  the 
orifice  is  at  the  bottom. 

Desiccation  [desiccatio ;  from  desicco,  to 
dry  up).  The  drying  up  of  anything  moist  ; 
the  act  of  making  dry. 

Desic'cative  (desiceativus ;  from  desicco,  to 
dry  up).  Medicines  possessed  of  drying  prop- 
erties, used  for  drying  up  ulcers. 

Desipien'tia.     Delirium. 

Des'ma  (from  Aeouoc,  a  ligament).  A  liga- 
ment or  bandage. 

Desmatur'gia.     Bandaging. 

Desmi'tis.     Inflammation  of  ligaments. 

Desmochauno'sis  (from  decpoc,  a  ligament, 
and  xawuaic,  relaxation).  Relaxation  of  an 
articular  ligament. 

Desmodyn'ia.     Pain  in  the  ligaments. 

Desmog'raphy  (desmographia  ;  from  fcr/wf, 


a  ligament,  and  ypa<f>V,  a  description).     A  de- 
scription of  the  ligaments. 

Desmoid'  Tissue.  Ligamentous  tissue. 
This  tissue  has  a  close  resemblance  to  the  cellu- 
lar, and  in  some  places  is  continuous  with  it. 
It  constitutes  aponeuroses  and  ligamentous 
membranes,  and  consists  of  condensed  cellular 
tissue. 

Desmol'ogy  (desmologia  :  from  deo/wc,  a 
ligament,  and  ^oyog,  a  discourse).  A  treatise 
on  the  ligaments. 

Desmoph'Iogy  (desmophlogia  ;  from  Seapoc, 
a  ligament,  and  yloyeoe,  inflamed).  Inflamma- 
tion of  the  ligaments. 

Desmorrhex'is  (from  dea/nog,  a  ligament, 
and  p>?i'c,  rupture).     Rupture  of  a  ligament. 

Des'mos.     A  ligament. 

Desmot'omy  (desmotomia  ;  from  deajioc,  a 
ligament,  and  te/iveiv,  to  cut).  Dissection  of 
the  ligaments. 

Despuma'tion  [despumatio  ;  from  despumo, 
to  clarify).  Applied  in  Pharmacy  to  the  clari- 
fication of  a  fluid  by  separating  from  it  the 
scum  and  other  impurities. 

Desquamation  (desquamatio  ;  from  desqua- 
mare,  to  scale  off).  The  separation  of  scales 
of  a  greater  or  less  size  from  the  skin. 

Destructive  Distillation.  Distillation 
of  organic  bodies  at  a  red  heat,  whereby  they 
are  disorganized  and  yield  their  volatile  empy- 
reumatic  products. 

Desuda'tio  (from  desudo,  to  sweat  much). 
Profuse  and  excessive  sweating.  Applied  also 
to  a  miliary  eruption  with  which  children  are 
sometimes  affected. 

Detent'ia  (detentio).     Catalepsy. 

Deter'gent  (from  deter gere,  to  cleause). 
Cleansing  medicines  which  cleanse  ulcers, 
wounds,  etc. 

Determina'tion.  In  Pathology,  the  afflux 
of  blood  or  other  humors  in  a  part,  causing 
congestion. 

Deter'sive.     Detergent. 

Detonat'ing  Powder.  Fulminating  mer- 
cury and  silver,  and  other  compounds  which 
explode  suddenly  on  being  struck  or  heated. 
They  are  used  for  igniting  powder  in  percus- 
sion locks. 

Detona'tion  (detonatio).  Explosion  ;  the 
report  which  accompanies  the  chemical  combi- 
nations or  decomposition  of  certain  bodies. 
Sudden  explosion. 

Detractor  (from  detrdlio,  to  draw).  Applied 
to  muscles  which  draw  the  parts  to  which  they 
arc  attached  to  some  other  part. 


DET 


200 


DIA 


De'trahens.     Detractor. 
Detrahens  Quadra'tus.     Platysma  myoides. 

Detri'tion  (from  detero,  to  wear  off).  The 
act  of  wearing  or  wasting  of  an  organ  or  part. 
Sometimes  applied  to  the  wearing  of  the  teeth. 
See  Erosion  of  the  Teeth. 

Detri'tus  (from  deterere,  to  bruise  or  wear 
out).  The  inorganic  remains  of  a  disorganized 
organic  texture.  The  waste  matter  from  ulcer- 
ative processes. 

Detrunca/tion  (detruncatio ;  from  de,  from, 
and  truncus,  the  body  or  trunk).  In  Obstetric 
Surgery,  the  separation  of  the  head  from  the 
trunk  or  body  of  the  foetus. 

Detrusor  Uri/na?  (from  detrudere,  to  thrust 
out).  The  muscular  coat  of  the  bladder, 
which,  by  contracting,  causes  the  expulsion  of 
the  urine. 

Deu'rens  Febris.     Ardent  fever. 

Deuteri'a.  Detention  of  the  secundines. 
Also  old  name  for  a  weak  or  inferior  wine. 

Deute'rion.     The  secundines. 

Deuteropathi'a  (morbus  secondarius ;  from 
devrepog,  the  second,  and  ira&og,  disease).  A 
sympathetic  affection,  or  secondary  disease, 
arising  from  sympathetic  influence  of  a  first 
affection. 

Deu/to=  (from  SevTepog,  second).  A  prefix 
denoting  two,  twice,  or  double  ;  as  deutoxide, 
having  two  equivalents  of  oxygen,  the  second 
oxide. 

Deutox'ide.     See  Deuto-. 

Devalga'tus.     Bow-legged. 

Development.  In  Physiology,  increase, 
growth. 

Development  of  the  Teeth,  Influences  Modi- 
fying the.  These  are  :  Heredity  ;  miscegena- 
tion ;  civilization  ;  food  ;  nervous  disturb- 
ances ;  disease  ;  drugs  and  artificial  diseases. 

Deviation  (deviatio;  from  de,  from,  and 
via,  the  way).  A  departure  from  normal. 
Vicious  curvature  of  the  spine'or  other  bones  ; 
a  faulty  direction  or  position  of  one  or  more 
teeth,  etc. 

Devitalize  (from  de  and  vilalis).     To  de- 
stroy the  life  of  an  organ  or  of  living  tissue. 
Devitalization  of  Dental  Pulp.     See  Dental 

Pulp,  Devitalization  of. 
Devonshire  Colic.    Painters'  colic;  a  spe- 
cies of  colic  occasioned  by  the  introduction  of 
lead  into  the  system. 

Dew.     The  deposition   of   water   from  the 
atmosphere  on  the  surface  of  the  earth  from 
(•old. 
Dew  Point.     The  temperature  of  the  atmos- 


phere at  which  its  moisture  begins  to  be  de- 
posited. 

Dew/berry .  The  fruit  of  a  species  of  brier 
belonging  to  the  genus  Rubus.  Astringent. 
Dose  of  the  bark  of  the  root,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xx. 

Dex/ocard/ia  (from  (h^iog,  right,  and  aapfiia, 
the  heart).  The  beating  of  the  heart  on  the 
right  side,  as  in  pleurisy  and  pneumothorax. 

Dex'ter  (Latin).  Right ;  upon  the  right  side. 

Dex/trad.     Towrard  the  right  side. 

Dex/tral.  Pertaining  to  the  right  side  ; 
right-handed. 

Dex/trine  (from  dexter,  right-handed).  So 
called  from  its  possessing  the  power  of  reflect- 
ing the  rays  in  the  polarization  of  light  toward 
the  right  hand.  A  mucilaginous  substance 
obtained  from  starch.  It  also  exists  abundantly 
in  plants. 

Dex/trose.     See  Glucose. 

Di=.  A  prefix  from  tug,  twice,  used  in  anat- 
omy, chemistry,  etc.  Hence  digastricus,  diox- 
ide, dichloride,  etc. 

Dia=.  A  prefix  from  d~ia,  through.  In  Com- 
position, extension,  perversion,  separation.  It 
was  anciently  used  to  signify  the  presence  of 
an  ingredient  before  which  it  was  written,  as 
diacydonium,  a  medicine  containing  the  quince, 
etc. 

Diabe/tes  (from  dia,  through,  and  flaivo,  I 
pass).  A  disease  attended  by  immoderate  se- 
cretion of  urine,  excessive  thirst,  and  gradual 
emaciation.  It  is  divided  into  three  species  : 
(1)  Diabetes  insipidus,  characterized  by  a  super- 
abundant discharge  of  limpid  urine  having  the 
usual  urinary  taste.  (2)  Diabetes  mellitus,  in 
which  there  is  an  excessive  secretion  of  urine, 
of  a  sweetish  taste  and  containing  a  consider- 
able quantity  of  saccharine  matter.  (3)  Diabetes 
ehylosus,  in  which  there  is  a  copious  secretion 
of  urine  of  a  whitish  color. 

Diabetic  Sugar.  The  sweet  principle  of 
diabetic  urine. 

Diabro/sis.  Corrosion  ;  the  action  of  sub- 
stances which  occupy  an  intermediate  rank 
between  escharotics  and  caustics. 

Diacau/sis  (from  iuai<avcd,  I  burn).  Exces- 
sive heat. 

Diacaus'tic  (diaeauslicus).  Caustic  by  re- 
fraction, as  a  double  convex  lens,  or,  as  it  is 
sometimes  called,  a  burning-glass. 

Diac/etate  of  Cop/per.     Verdigris. 

Diachala'sis.  Fracture  of  the  skull  or 
opening  of  its  sutures. 

Diachore'ma  (diachoresis).  Excrements, 
especially  faeces. 


DIA 


201 


DIA 


Diachri'sis.     Inunction. 

Diach/ylon  (diachylum;  from  6ia,  and  kvAoc, 
juice:  i.  e.,  composed  of  juices).  Formerly  an 
emollient  plaster  made  of  certain  juices,  but  at 
present  the  term  is  only  applied  to  the  emplas- 
trum plumbi,  or  lead  plaster. 
Diachylon  cum  Gummi.     Yellow  diachylon. 

Gum  diachylon. 
Diachylon  Simplex.  The  emplastrum  plumbi. 

Diachyt/ica.     Discutients. 

Diacine'ma  (from  6ia,  and  (aw,  I  move).  A 
subluxation. 

Diaclys'ma  (from  dian/.v^u,  to  wash  out).  A 
gargle,  a  mouth-wash. 

Dia'cope  (diacomma ;  from  Sia,  through,  and 
kottv,  a  stroke).  In  Surgery,  a  fracture  or  fis- 
sure of  a  cranial  bone,  a  deep  wound  or  cut. 

Diacra'nian  (from  6ia}  separation,  and 
upaviav,  the  skull).  A  term  sometimes  applied 
in  Anatomy  to  the  lower  jaw,  because  it  is 
merely  connected  with  the  skull  by  a  loose 
articulation. 

Dia/crises  (from  (ha,  and  npivu,  I  separate). 
A  class  of  diseases  characterized  by  a  vitiated 
state  of  the  secretions. 

Diacri'sis  (from  (ha,  and  apiaic,  judgment). 
Diagnosis. 

Diadermiatri'a  (from  6ia,  depua,  the  skin, 
and  /arpeta,  healing).  The  endermic  method  of 
treating  diseases.     See  Endekmic. 

Diadex'is  (from  dtadexouai,  I  transfer,  I 
succeed  to).  The  transformation  of  one  dis- 
ease into  another  of  a  different  character  and 
seat. 

Diado'sis  (Siadiduiiat,  to  distribute).  Dis- 
tribution of  nutritive  matter  throughout  the 
whole  body  ;  nutrition  ;  the  cessation  of  dis- 
ease. 

Diaere'sis  (from  Siaipeu,  I  divide  or  sepa- 
rate). A  solution  of  continuity,  as  a  wound  or 
ulcer,  or,  as  in  the  case  of  a  surgical  operation, 
consisting  in  the  division  of  some  part  of  the 
body. 

Diaeret  icus  (from  diaipea,  I  divide).  Caus- 
tic ;  escharotic. 

Diae'ta  (disetema;  from  (hairau,  I  nourish1!. 
Diet ;  aliment. 

Diagno'sis  (from  '5/",  and  ;nwu,  I  know). 
The  art  of  discriminating  a  disease  by  its  symp- 
toms, and  one  disease  from  another. 
Diagnosis,     Differential.      Determining     the 
distinguishing    features    of   a   disease   when 
nearly  the  same  symptoms  belong  to  two  dif- 
ferent classes  of  disease,  as  rheumatism,  gout, 
etc. 


Diagnos'tic.  A  pathognomonic  sign  or 
symptom  which  is  characteristic  of  a  disease. 

Diagonal  ((ha,  through,  and  yuvia,  an 
angle).  A  right  line  drawn  between  any  two 
opposite  angles  of  a  four-sided  figure. 

Diahy'dric.  A  term  invented  by  Dr.  C.  J. 
B.  Williams  to  express  the  peculiar  sign  of 
percussing  through  a  liquid,  as  when,  in  exami- 
nation of  the  liver,  an  effusion  separates  that 
organ  from  the  walls  of  the  abdomen. 

Dialem/ma.     Intermission  of  fever. 

Dial'Iage.  A  mineral  of  a  foliated  structure 
easily  separated  in  one  direction. 

Dialuric  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  by  the 
action  of  hydrosulphuric  acid  on  alloxantin  in 
solution. 

DiaPysis  (from  diahiu,  to  dissolve).  Weak- 
ness of  the  limbs  ;  loss  of  strength.  In  Chemis- 
try, the  operation  of  separating  crystalline  from 
colloid  substances  by  means  of  a  porous  dia- 
phragm. 

Diamagnet'ic.  A  term  invented  by  Fara- 
day to  express  those  bodies  which  are  repelled 
by  both  poles  of  the  magnet,  so  that,  when  sus- 
pended over  a  horseshoe  magnet,  they  take  a 
position  at  right  angles  to  the  line  joining  the 
poles. 

Diamaste/ma.     Masticatory. 

Diameter  ((ha,  through,  and  uerpov,  a 
measure).  A  right  line  drawn  through  the 
center  of  a  circle.  The  central  and  shortest 
dimension  of  a  sphere  or  cylinder. 

Diamine.     See  Amines. 

Di'amond  (adamas;  from  a,  priv.,  and 
(hip.au,  I  conquer,  from  its  extreme  hardness). 
Pure  or  crystallized  carbon  ;  the  most  valuable 
of  precious  stones  and  the  hardest  known  sub- 
stance. It  was  formerly  supposed  to  possess 
valuable  medicinal  virtues. 

Dian'a.     Old  name  for  silver. 

Diapas/ma  (from  (hairaooetv,  to  sprinkle). 
A  medicine  reduced  to  powder  and  sprinkled 
over  the  whole  or  some  part  of  the  body. 

Diapede'sis  (from  6ia-//6au,  I  leap  through). 
Transudation  or  escape  of  elements  of  the 
blood,  especially  the  white  corpuscles  through 
the  coats  of  the  vessels,  skin,  or  any  membrane, 
and  due  to  stagnation. 

Diaphanos'copy.  The  examination  of  the 
cavities  of  the  body  by  means  of  an  incandes- 
cent electric  light. 

Diaph'anous  (diaphanosus ;  from  (ha, 
through,  and  oaivu,  to  shine).  Transparent. 
In  Anatomy,  applied  to  delicate  serous  mem- 
branes, as  the  arachnoid. 


DIA 


202 


DIA 


Diaphore'sis  (from  (haoopeu,  I  convey,  I 
dissipate).  A  perspiration  more  profuse  than 
natural. 

Diaphoret'ics.  Medicines  which  excite 
perspiration. 

Diaphragm  (from  Siatipaoou,  to  separate  hy 
a  partition).  The  midriff.  A  thin,  almost 
circular  muscle,  tendinous  in  the  center,  which 
separates  the  thorax  from  the  abdomen. 

Diaphrag'ma.     Diaphragm. 
Diaphragma  Cerebri.     The  tentorium. 
Diaphragma  Narium.     The  septum  narium. 

Diaphragmal'gia.    Pain  in  the  diaphragm. 

Diaphragmaf/ic      (diaphragmaticiis).      Be- 
longing to  the  diaphragm  ;  applied  to  several 
vessels  and  nerves. 
Diaphragmatic    Arteries.      Phrenic   arteries. 

The  arteries  of  the  diaphragm. 
Diaphragmatic  Hernia.     Protrusion  of  some 
of  the  abdominal  viscera  through  a  rupture  of 
the  diaphragm. 
Diaphragmatic       Nerves.        See      PHRENIC 
Nkrve. 
Diaphragmatic  Plex'uses.     These  are  two  in 
number — one  situated  on  the  right  and   the 
other  on  the  left  side  of  the  diaphragm. 
Diaphragmatic    Ring.     An  aperture  through 
the  diaphragm  giving  passage  to  the  vena  cava 
ascendens. 

Diaphragmati'tis.  Inflammation  of  the 
diaphragm. 

Diaphragmat/ocele  (diaphragma,  and  kt/It/, 
a  tumor).  Hernia  or  tumor  from  some  por- 
tion of  the  viscera  escaping  through  the 
diaphragm. 

Diaphtherin.    See  Oxyquinaseptol. 

Diaph'thora  (from  dia,  and  ty-Setpeiv,  to 
corrupt).     Corruption  of  any  part. 

Diaph'ysis  (from  (hatyvu,  I  rise  between). 
An  interspace.  Anything  which  separates  two 
bodies.  It  is  sometimes  applied  to  the  middle 
part  of  a  long  bone  and  to  the  crucial  ligaments. 

Diaplas'ma  (from  (hanXaaaoj,  to  anoint). 
The  application  of  an  unction  to  the  whole  or 
any  part  of  the  body. 

Diap/noe(from  fairvfu,  to  breathe  through). 
Gentle  perspiration. 

Diap'noic.  That  which  promotes  gentle 
perspiration. 

Diapoph'ysis.  A  name  given  by  Owen  to 
the  homologue  of  the  upper  transverse  process 
of  a  vertebra. 

Diapye'ma  (diapyesis :  from  Sla,  and  ttvov, 
pus).     Suppuration. 

Diapyet'ic     (diapyelicus ;    from     6iat     and 


rrv/jua,  a  suppuration).     Medicines  which  pro- 
mote suppuration. 

Diarhae'mia  (from  (ha,  through,  peu,  I 
flow,  and  acp,a,  blood).  Thinness  of  the  blood 
from  deficiency  of  the  globules,  and,  as  a 
consequence,  transudation  of  it  through  the 
coats  of  the  vessels. 

Dia'rius.  Lasting  one  day ;  ephemeral. 
Applied  to  fevers. 

Di'arrhage.     A  fracture. 

Diarrhoe'a  (from  6ta,  through,  and  pew,  I 
flow).     Purging;  looseness  of  the  bowels  ;  fre- 
quent liquid   alvine   evacuations,  usually  at- 
tended with  slight  griping  pains,  but  ordinarily 
without  any  fever.     There  are  several  varieties 
of  diarrhoea,  as  the  bilious,  serous,  mucous,  etc. 
Diarrhoea  Alba  (diarrhoea  cceliaca).     Diarrhoea 
with  white,  milky  evacuations. 
Diarrhoea  Carnc/sa.     Dysentery  in  which  the 
discharges  resemble  pieces  of  flesh. 
Diarrhoea  Choler'ica.     A  diarrhoea  in  which 
the  alvine  evacuations  are  loose,  copious,  and 
of  a  yellow  color. 

Diarrhoea  Chylo'sa.     Cceliac  passion ;  cceliac 
flux.     Chylous  diarrhoea. 

Diarrhoea   Hepat'ica.      A  diarrhoea  attended 
with  copious  bilious  evacuations. 
Diarrhoea  Sero'sa.     A  diarrhoea  in  which  the 
alvine  evacuations  are  of  a  watery  or  serous 
character. 

Diarrhoea  Urino/sa.     Diabetes. 
Diarrhoea  Vermino'sa.     A    diarrhoea   caused 
by  the  presence  of  worms  in  the  intestines, 
especially  in  the  rectum. 

Diarthrodial.     Relating  to  diarthrosis. 

Diarthro/sis  (from  diap&pou,  I  articulate). 
A  movable  articulation  of  bones,  in  which 
there  are  five  species — namely,  enarthrosis, 
arthrodia,  ginglymus,  trochoides,  and  amphiar- 
throftis. 

Diascor/dium  (from  (ha,  and  anopihov,  the 
water  germander).  So  called  because  scordium 
enters  into  its  composition.     An  electuary. 

Diasos/tic.     Prophylactic. 

Diasphyx'is.     The  pulse. 

Diastalt/ic.  A  term  applied  by  Dr.  Mar- 
shall Hall  to  the  reflex  action  of  the  excito- 
niotory  system  of  nerves. 

Diastasae'mia  (from  fnaaraatc,  separation, 
and  ai/ia,  blood).  Disorganization  of  the  glob- 
ules of  the  blood  and  separation  of  the  fibrin 
and  albumen  from  the  coloring  matter. 

Diastase7.  A  vegetable  principle  having 
the  property  of  converting  starch  into  dextrine 
and  grape  sugar.     It  is  the  principal  agent  in 


DIA 


203 


DIE 


the  germination  of  seeds,  and  is  produced  when 
they  sprout. 

Diastasis  (from  d~ta,  and  iottjul,  to  place  ; 
separation,  distance).  Separation  of  bones  and 
cartilages  from  each  other,  as  of  those  of  the 
cranium  in  some  cases  of  hydrocephalus,  etc. 

Diaste'ma.  A  term  applied  in  Zoology,  hy 
Illiger,  to  the  interspace  which  exists  in  most 
mammiferous  animals  between  the  canine  and 
premolar  teeth. 

Diastematelyt'ria.  A  congenital  defect 
consisting  in  a  longitudinal  division  of  the 
vagina. 

Diastematochei'Iia  (from  diastema,  and 
%sihjoq,  the  lip).  Congenital  deviation  consist- 
ing in  longitudinal  division  of  the  lip. 

Diastematoglos'sia  (from  diastema,  and 
yfaocjoa,  tongue).  A  congenital  longitudinal 
division  of  the  tongue. 

Diastematogna'thia  (from  diastema,  and 
yvadog,  jaw).  An  organic  longitudinal  division 
of  the  jaw. 

Diastematorhi'nia.  A  congenital  longitu- 
dinal division  of  the  nose. 

DiastematostaphyWa.  A  congenital  lon- 
gitudinal division  of  the  uvula. 

Diastole  (from  Siaa-e/Jxo,  I  send,  I  dilate, 
I  open).  Dilatation  of  the  heart  and  arteries 
when  the  blood  enters  them.  It  is  immedi- 
ately followed  by  contraction,  which  sends 
forth  the  blood,  and  this  latter  movement  is 
called  systole. 

Diastolic.  Relating  to  diastole,  as  the 
diastolic  action  of  the  heart. 

Diastomo'tris  (from  Siaarouou,  I  dilate 
an  aperture).  Any  dilating  instrument,  as  a 
speculum  for  the  mouth,  etc. 

Diastrem'ma.     Distortion  or  sprain. 

Dias'trophe.     Diastremma. 

Diat/asis  (from  6iareivu,  I  distend).  The 
reduction  of  a  fractured  limb  by  extension  and 
counter-extension. 

Diather'mal  (from  6ia}  through,  and  ^fp,"o, 
heat).  Substances  that  are  transparent  to 
waves  of  radiant  heat. 

Diather'manous.  Free  permeability  to 
heat. 

Diatherman'sis.  The  transit  of  the  rays  of 
heat. 

Diath'esis  (from  Suiru&rifu,  I  dispose).  Dis- 
position, constitution:  predisposition  to  certain 
diseases.  The  most  common  diatheses  are  the 
scrofulous,  scorbutic,  rheumatic,  gouty,  cancerous, 
calculous,  and  nervous. 

Diathetic.     Belonging  to  diathesis. 


Diat/ritos  (from  dia,  and  rpe/ri  three).  Diet 
of  three  days.  The  plan  pursued  by  the  me- 
thodic physicians  in  the  treatment  of  disease. 

Diazo'ma.     The  diaphragm. 

Diazos'ter  (from  Sia^ovwut,  I  surround). 
The  twelfth  vertebra  of  the  back,  because  it 
corresponds  to  the  girdle. 

Di'basic.  Doubly  basic  ;  of  a  salt  contain- 
ing two  molecules  or  equivalents  of  a  base. 

Diblast'ic  (from  die,  and  ji/aaroc,  sprout). 
A  disease  ascribed  to  a  double  agency. 

Diceph/alus  (from  6t,  double,  and  netyaAT), 
head).     Having  two  heads. 

Dichaste'res  (from  dixaCu,  to  divide).  Old 
name  for  incisors. 

Dichophy'ia  (from  d'xa,  double,  and  ovu,  I 
grow).  The  condition  of  the  hairs  in  which 
they  split  and  grow  forked. 

Dichot/omous  (from  die,  twice,  and  -e^iveiv, 
to  cut).     Forked  ;  bifurcate. 

Dichro'ism  {die,  twice,  and  xPoa,  color). 
The  property  by  which  some  minerals  exhibit 
different  colors,  according  to  the  direction  in 
which  the  rays  of  light  pass  through  them. 

Diclidosto/sis  (from  SikAic,  a  double  door, 
and  ogtugic,  ossification).  Ossification  of  valves, 
as  of  the  heart. 

Di'clis  (ihkaic).     Valve. 

Dicrae'us  [die,  twice,  and  Kpaac,  a  head). 
Having  two  heads  ;  bifid  ;  cloven. 

Di/crotus  (dicrotic:  from  die,  twice,  and 
Kporeu,  I  strike).  A  pulse  which  seems  to  beat 
double,  or  twice  as  fast  as  usual  ;  a  rebounding 
like  a  double  pulsation. 

Dictamnus    Cre'ticus.      See    Origanum 

DlCTAMXUS. 

Did'ym.     A  metal. 

Did 'y  mi  (from  SiSvjuoc,  double).  The  tes- 
ticles. 

Didymi'tis.     Hernia  bumoralis. 

Didym'ium.  A  metal  united  with  cerium 
ores. 

Dielec'tric  (from  dia  -j-  electric).  Of  a  body 
allowing  electric  action  to  take  place  across  it 
by  induction,  but  not  conducting  electricity  ; 
insulating. 

Dies  and  Counter=dies.  Metallic  casts 
obtained  by  moulding  in  sand  or  dipping  in 
molten  zinc  and  lead  or  other  alloys,  such  as 
Babbitt  metal,  the  plaster  model,  and  which 
are  used  for  stamping  ap  dental  plates  :  gener- 
ally described  as  a  male  and  female  casting  be- 
tween which  the  plate  is  swaged. 

Diet  (di&ta).  Food  such  as  is  most  conduc- 
ive to  health  and  its  preservation.     The  term 


DIE 


204 


DIG 


was  formerly  used  to  designate  the  general 
manner  of  living,  comprehending  everything 
necessary  for  the  sustenance  of  life. 

Dietet/ic  (dieteticus ;  from  dtairau,  I  nour- 
ish).    Pertaining  to  diet. 

Dietet/ics  {dietetica).  Dieting  according  to 
medical  rules. 

Dietet/ists.  Physicians  who  treat  disease 
only  hy  the  application  of  dietetic  rules. 

Differencial  Diagnosis.  See  Diagno- 
sis, Differential. 

Differential  Thermometer.  A  thermometer 
showing  the  difference  of  the  temperature  of 
its  two  bulbs. 

Differentiation.  Specialization  of  tissues, 
organs,  etc.,  or  their  functions.  Also  the 
gradual  change  of  homogeneous  material  into 
special  organs  or  tissues. 

Diffla'tio.     Transpiration. 

Diffraction.  The  inflection  which  the  rays 
of  light  undergo  in  passing  near  any  opaque 
body. 

Diffuse7  (diffusus).  Spreading  ;  applied  in 
Pathology  to  diseases  which  spread,  in  contra- 
distinction to  those  which  are  circumscribed. 

Diffusible.  A  term  applied  in  Materia 
Medica  to  stimulants  which  augment  the  action 
of  the  vascular  and  nervous  systems,  but  which 
are  transitory  in  their  effects,  as  ammonia,  alco- 
hol, and  sulphuric  ether. 

Diffusion  of   Gases.     The  intermingling 
of  the  particles  of  two  or  more  gaseous  bodies, 
without  chemical   action,  so  that  ultimately, 
whatever  may  have   been   their  relative  den- 
sities, they  become  thoroughly  blended.     The 
exact  proportions  with  which  the  components 
of  the  atmosphere  are   mixed  furnish   a  fine 
example   of  the  diffusion  of  gases.     The  rate 
of  diffusion  of  gases  is  inversely  as  the  square 
roots  of  their  densities  (Law  of  Graham). 
Diffusion  Tube.     A  graduated  tube,  closed  at 
one  end  with  plaster  of  Paris,  for  determining 
the  rate  of  diffusion  for  different  gases. 
Diffusion  Volume.     The  different  tendencies 
of  gases  to  interchange  particles.    See  Diffu- 
sion of  Gasks. 

Diflu'an.  An  indifferent  body  produced  by 
the  evaporation  of  alloxanic  acid. 

Digas'tric  Groove.  A  depression  in  the 
mastoid  process  from  which  the  digastric  mus- 
cle arises. 

Digas'tricus  (from  fog,  and  yaar^p,  a  belly). 
A  muscle  with  two  bellies,  united  in  the  middle 
by  a  tendon  which  passes  through  the  stylo- 
hyoid  muscle  and   is   attached    to    the  hyoid 


bone.  Of  the  two  bellies,  the  one  is  posterior 
and  occupies  the  fossa  at  the  end  of  the  mastoid 
process  of  the  temporal  bone  ;  the  other  is  an- 
terior, extending  from  the  os  hyoides  to  the 
base  of  the  lower  jaw  by  the  side  of  the  sym- 
physis. Its  use  is  to  depress  the  lower  jaw,  to 
raise  the  os  hyoides,  or  to  move  it  forward  or 
backward,  as  in  deglutition. 

Dig/erents  (from  digero,  to  digest).  Diges- 
tives ;  medicines  which  promote  the  secretion 
of  laudable  pus  in  wounds  and  tilcers. 

Digest/er.  A  strong  and  tight  iron  or 
copper  vessel  with  a  tightly  adjusted  lid,  pro- 
vided with  a  safety-valve,  in  which  bodies  may 
be  subjected  to  the  action  of  high-pressure 
steam. 

Digest'ible.     Capable  of  being  digested. 
Digestion    {digestio;  from   digere,    to  dis- 
solve).    In  Physiology,  the  change  which  food 
undergoes  on  being   taken  into  the  body.     A 
function  by  means  of  which  alimentary  sub- 
stances,   when  introduced   into  the  digestive 
canal,  undergo  different  alterations.    The  object 
of  it  is  to  convert  them  into  two  parts  ;  the  one, 
a  reparatory  juice,  destined  to  renew  the  per- 
petual  waste  occurring  in   the  economy  ;  the 
other,  deprived  of  its  nutritious  properties,  to 
be  rejected  from  the  body.     Digestion  may  be 
divided  into  six  stages  :  Prehension,  mastica- 
tion,   insalivation,    deglutition,    gastric  diges- 
tion,  intestinal  digestion.     In    Chemistry  and 
Pharmacy,  an  operation  which  consists  in  sub- 
jecting substances  to  the  action  of  one  another  at 
a  slightly  elevated  temperature,  as  a  solid  to 
water,  alcohol,  or  other  menstruum. 
Digestion,  Gastric.     The  changes  which  occur 
in  the  food  induced  in  its  physical  and  chemi- 
cal composition,  during  the  time  it  is  retained 
in  the  stomach,  by  the  solvent  action  of  the 
gastric  juices  or  acid  fluid. 
Digestion,   Intestinal.       The   changes  which 
occur  in  the   food   or  alimentary   principles, 
during  its  retention  or  passage  through   the 
small  intestine,  where  it  is  subjected  to  the 
solvent  action  of  the  intestinal  and  pancreatic 
juices   and   the   bile,   each   one  exercising  a 
transforming  influence  upon  one  or  more  sub- 
stances, and   preparing   them  for  absorption 
into  the  blood. 
Digest/ives.     In  Surgery,  substances  which, 
when  applied  to  a  wound   or  ulcer,   promote 
suppuration. 

Digestive  Tube.     The  alimentary  canal. 
Digital  (from  digitus,  a  finger).    Pertaining 
to  or  resembling  a  finger. 


DIG 


205 


DIP 


Digita'Iin  or  Digitaline'.  The  active  prin- 
ciple of  digitalis.     Dose,  gr.  T\. 

Digital'is  (from  digitus,  a  finger,  because  its 
flowers  resemble  a  finger).     A  genus  of  plants 
of  the  order  Scrophulariacese. 
Digitalis  Purpu'rea.     Foxglove.     The  leaves 
of  this  plant  are  powerfully  sedative  and  diu- 
retic, and   require  to   be   administered   with 
great  caution.     Dose  of  powdered  leaves,  gr. 
j  to  gr.  v.     Causing  arterial  contraction,  it  is 
usefully   employed   as   a  haemostatic  in  the 
hemorrhagic  diathesis  or  in  traumatic  haemor- 
rhages. 

Digita'tion.  Divided  into  finger-like  pro- 
cesses. Applied  to  muscles,  as  the  serralus 
ma  gnus,  which  exhibit  digitations. 

Digita/tus.     Digitate  ;  fingered. 

Digit'iform.     Finger-like. 

Digi'tium.  Contraction  or  atrophy  of  the 
fingers.     Paronychia. 

Digitus.     A  finger. 
Digitus    Annularis.     The    annular   or    ring 
finger. 

Digitus  Indicato/rius.     The  index  finger. 
Digitus  Pedis.     A  toe. 

Dig/nathus.      A   monster   with   a  double 
Jaw. 

Digno/tio.     Diagnosis. 

Dihyste'ria.  The  condition  in  which  there 
is  a  double  uterus. 

Dilacera/tion  (from  di,  and  lacerare,  to 
tear).  Laceration.  Applied  to  teeth,  it  signi- 
fies a  condition  resulting  from  displacement  of 
the  calcified  portion  from  the  tissues  which 
were  instrumental  in  its  production,  the  devel- 
opment being  continued  after  the  normal  posi- 
tion of  the  calcified  part  had  been  lost. 

Dilata ' t ion  (dilatatio ;  from  dilatare,  to  en- 
large). Increase  of  bulk  of  a  body  by  separa- 
tion of  some  of  its  molecules.  Increase  of  the 
size  of  a  canal  or  opening. 

DiIa/tor  (dilatatorius).  In  Analomy,  applied 
to  muscles  the  office  of  which  is  to  dilate  cer- 
tain parts.  In  Surgery,  an  instrument  for 
dilating  a  natural  or  artificial  opening. 

Dilato'rium.  A  speculum  ;  also  a  piece  of 
sponge  or  any  other  mechanical  contrivance  for 
dilating  a  wound. 

Dill.  The  common  name  of  the  Anethum 
graveolens.  The  seeds  are  warming,  purgative, 
and  aromatic. 

Dil'uents.  Medicines  which  increase  the 
fluidity  of  the  blood. 

Dilut/ed.     Mixed  ;  weakened. 

Dime  diate.     Half-round. 


Dimethyloxyquinizine.       Antipyrine 

(which  see). 

Dimorphism  (from  &?,  twice,  and  /" 
form).      The   property    of    crystallizing    into 
two    distinct  forms  not  derivable  from   each 
other. 

Dimorph/ous.  Dissimilarity  of  structure  ; 
two  forms  of  crystallization. 

Di/nus.     Vertigo  ;  giddiness. 

Diodonceph'alous  (from  dig,  double,  odovc, 
tooth,  and  icefafa/,  head).  A  monstrosity  with 
two  rows  of  teeth . 

Dionco'sis  (from  Sea,  and  oyKoc,  a  tumor). 
Tumefaction  or  plethora. 

Dionysis/cus.  One  who  has  a  bony  or 
horn-like  excrescence  near  the  temporal  or 
frontal  region. 

Diop'tra  (from  diorrTouai,  to  see  through). 
Dioptron.     A  speculum  ;  a  dilator. 

Diop'trics  (from  (ha,  through,  and  oTrrofiai, 
I  see).  That  branch  of  optics  which  treats  of 
refraction. 

Dioptris/mus.  The  dilatation  of  a  part  or 
opening  with  a  speculum. 

Diorrho'sis (diorrhesis ;  from  (ha,  and  oppac, 
the  serum).  The  conversion  of  any  part  into 
serum. 

Diorthro'sis  (from  (hopdpou,  to  direct). 
The  reduction  of  a  fracture  or  dislocation. 

Diox'ide.  A  compound  of  oxygen  with  a 
base  in  which  there  is  one  atom  of  the  former 
and  two  of  the  latter. 

Diphthe'ria  (from  dup&epa,  a  skin  or  mem- 
brane). An  epidemic,  infectious  disease,  of  con- 
tagious origin,  attacking  the  mucous  membranes 
of  the  air  passages  and  causing  great  depression 
of  the  vital  forces.  It  is  characterized  by  the 
formation  of  layers  of  whitish  or  yellowish 
membranes,  apparently  of  the  zoiigloeic  or 
mycodermic  form  of  a  microbic  organism. 

Diphtheri'tis  (from  (hdtiepa,  a  skin  or  mem- 
brane). Diphtheria.  Angina  pellicularis.  A 
name  given  by  M.  Bretonneau  to  a  form  of 
pharyngitis  attended  by  the  formation  of  false 
membranes,  and  which  affects  the  dermoid  tis- 
sue, as  the  mucous  membranes,  and  even  the 
skin. 

Diphtheritis     of     the     Throat.     Diphtheritic 
pharyngitis  ;  cynanche  trachealis. 
Diphtheritis  Trachealis.     Croup. 

Diplasias'mus.  Duplicated.  Ke-exacer- 
bation  of  a  disease. 

Dip'locar'diac  (th-'/onc,  double,  aud  Kaptia, 
heart).     Having  a  double  heart. 

Dip'loe  (from  &-?iow,  I  double).     The  can- 


DIP 


206 


DIS 


cellated    structure   which    separates  the    two 
tables  of  the  skull. 

Diplogen'esis  (from  diwhooc,  double,  and 
yeveuig,  generation).  Organic  defect  caused  by 
the  union  of  two  germs. 

Diplo'ma.  An  instrument  of  writing  con" 
ferring  some  privilege.  In  medical  and  dental 
affairs,  a  licence  to  practise  physic  or  dentistry  ; 
usually  applied  to  a  document  issued  by  a  char- 
tered college,  certifying  that  the  title  of  Doctor 
has  been  conferred  upon  the  person  who  has 
received  it.  In  Pharmacy,  a  vessel  with  double 
walls,  as  a  water-bath. 

Diplomye'Iia  (din/Mog,  double,  and  /weaoq, 
marrow).  Congenital  division  of  the  spinal 
marrow  lengthwise. 

Diplo'pia  (from  dnrXoog,  double,  and  OTrrojuai, 
I  see).  An  affection  of  the  sight  in  which  an 
object  makes  a  double  impression  upon  the 
retina.     Double  vision. 

Diplo/sis.     Diploe. 

Diploso'ma  (from  dnr2.ooc,  double,  and  oo/ia, 
body).  The  Diplosoma  crenata  is  an  entozoon, 
having  the  appearance  of  two  worms  united, 
which  has  sometimes  been  known  to  pass  the 
urinary  bladder. 

Diproso'pus  (from  6l,  double,  and  TTpoaunov^ 
countenance).     A  monster  with  two  faces. 

Dipset/icus  (from  diipa,  thirst).  Productive 
of  thirst. 

Dipsomania  (from  rfn/<«,  thirst,  jiavia,  mad- 
ness). The  thirst  of  drunkards.  Also  delirium 
tremens. 

Dipso'sis.     Morbid  thirst. 

Dip'terous.  Having  two  wing-like  appen- 
dages. 

Dirc'a  Paulus'tris.  Leather-wood  ;  a  small 
indigenous  shrub  which  grows  in  wet,  boggy 
places  in  many  parts  of  the  United  States. 

Director  (from  dirigere,  to  direct).  A 
grooved  sound  for  guiding  a  knife  in  some  sur- 
gical operations. 

Dirig'ent  (dirigens).  That  constituent  is  a 
prescription  which  directs  the  action  of  the 
associated  substances. 

Dis=.  A  prefix  denoting  two  or  double,  or 
apart  from, 

Disc  (from  discus,  a  round  plate).  A  circu- 
lar organ  or  body. 

Discharged  h>  Pathology,  increased  flow 
from  any  secreting  organ  or  part. 

Discoloration.  Alteration  of  color,  espe- 
cially for  a  darker  line. 

Discoloration  of  the  Teeth.     The  teeth  often 
lose  their  natural  whiteness  and  peculiar  bril- 


liancy, assuming  a  yellowish,  brownish, 
greenish,  or  blackish  appearance.  Any  of 
these  changes  may  take  place  at  any  period  of 
life  by  the  exposure  of  the  teeth  to  the  action 
of  the  causes  that  produce  them  and  from 
want  of  proper  attention  to  their  cleanliness. 
Discolorations  of  the  teeth  may  result  from 
devitalization,  from  the  action  of  caries,  from 
depositions  on  the  surface,  from  increase  of 
density,  and  from  a  change  of  color  on  or  in 
the  enamel. 
When  it  occurs  from  devitalization  of  the  pulp 
and  its  subsequent  decomposition,  the  dis- 
coloration is  produced  through  a  slow  disinte- 
gration of  the  organic  material  and  the  deposit 
of  carbonaceous  matter.  "When  it  occurs  from 
the  action  of  caries,  the  discoloration  may  ex- 
tend considerably  beyond  the  limit  of  the 
decayed  tissue,  the  color  extending  deepest 
immediately  over  the  pulp,  where  its  removal 
must  be  governed  by  a  due  regard  for  this 
organ.  When  it  occurs  from  depositions  on 
the  surface,  such  as  stains  from  fruits,  berries, 
tobacco,  etc.,  or  from  chemical  agents,  such 
as  nitrate  of  silver,  the  stains  from  the  former 
may  not  leave  any  permanent  discoloration  if 
the  enamel  of  the  tooth  remains  perfect,  owing 
to  the  conformation  of  the  enamel  prisms  and 
the  want  of  vascularity  in  the  tissue.  If  the 
dentine,  however,  is  exposed,  the  vascularity 
of  this  tissue  or  that  of  the  cementum  at  the 
necks  of  the  teeth  will  permit  permanent  dis- 
coloration by  any  of  the  agents  referred  to. 
When  it  results  from  increase  of  density,  the 
degree  of  discoloration  depends  mainly  on  the 
density,  the  varying  shades  being  white, 
yellow,  blue,  and  modifications  of  such  shades. 
Certain  shades  indicate  strong,  compact  teeth, 
— the  yellow,  for  example, — while  others  indi- 
cate the  opposite,  such  as  the  white  or  pearly- 
blue.  When  the  discoloration  results  from 
change  of  color  on  or  in  the  enamel,  such 
stains  are  not  superficial,  but  are  pigmentary 
deposits  in  the  tissue,  due,  it  is  supposed, 
to    malnutrition    or    maldevelopment.       See 

Bleaching  Teeth. 

Discrete7  {discretus).  Distinct,  separate. 
Applied  to  exanthemata  in  which  the  erup- 
tions or  pustules  are  not  confluent  but  are  dis- 
tinct and  separate  from  one  another. 

Discreto/rium.     The  diaphragm. 

Discri/men.  A  bandage  used  in  bleeding 
from  the  frontal  vein  ;  so  called  because  it 
passed  over  the  sagittal  suture,  dividing  the 
head  into  two  equal  parts. 


DIS 


2cn 


DIS 


Discrimen  Calva'riae  Me'dium.     Diploe. 
Discrimen    Na'si.       Au    X-baudage   for   the 
nose. 
Discrimen  Thoracis  et  Ventris.    Diaphragm. 

Discus 'sion  (discussio).  In  Surgery,  reso- 
lution :  the  suhduction  or  subsidence  of  the 
inflammatory  action  of  a  tumor. 

Discus'sives.     Discutients. 

Discu'tients  (discutientia;  discussoria  :  from 
efts<  a. fere,  to  shake  apart).  Applied  to  sub- 
stances which  have  the  power  of  repelling  or 
resolving  tumors. 

Disease'.  According  to  Chomel,  a  percep- 
tible disorder  occurriug  either  in  the  material 
disposition  of  the  parts  composing  the  living 
body  or  in  the  exercise  of  its  functions.  It  is 
termed  local  when  affecting  only  some  particu- 
lar part ;  constitutional,  when  affecting  the 
whole  system  ;  sj)ccifie,  when  characterized  by 
some  disordered  vital  action  not  common  to 
diseases  generally  ;  idiopathic,  when  not  de- 
pendent on  any  other  disease :  symjrtomatic, 
when  the  result  of  some  other  disease  :  periodi- 
cal, when  recurring  at  fixed  periods  ;  acute, 
when  severe  and  not  of  long  duration  ;  chronic, 
when  not  severe  and  of  long  continuance  :  epi- 
demic, when  arising  from  a  general  cause;  en- 
demic, when  prevailing  in  a  certain  region  ; 
intercurrent,  when  arising  from  adventitious 
causes  and  occurring  in  the  midst  of  epidemic 
or  endemic  disease  ;  contagious  or  infectious, 
when  it  can  be  communicated  from  one  per- 
son to  another  by  contact  or  effluvia  diffused 
through  the  air ;  congenital,  when  existing 
from  birth  ;  hereditary,  when  descended  from 
parent  to  offspring  ;  acquired,  when  dependent 
on  some  cause  operating  after  birth  ;  sthenic, 
when  attended  by  strong  activity  of  the  vital 
energies  ;  asthenic,  when  attended  with  sinking 
of  the  vital  powers  ;  and  sporadic,  when  arising 
from  occasional  causes,  as  cold,  etc.,  affecting 
the  individual. 

Diseases,  Infantile  or  Acquired.     Those 
which  are  accidental  and  acquired  after  birth. 
The  most  important   are    the   exanthematous 
diseases,  which  affect  the  enamel  of  the  teeth, 
on  account  of  their  relation  to  the  skin  aud 
epithelium  and  their  tendency  to   attack   the 
parenchyma  of  organs.     Such  diseases  modify 
the  growth  of  the  teeth,  impairing  their  nutri- 
tion, and  occasion  erosions,   pittings,  and  loss 
of  substance.     See  Exanthemata. 
Disecoi'a.     Deafness. 
Disfigura'tion.     Deformation. 
Disgorge'ment.     The  opposite  of  engorge- 


ment. Act  of  disgorging  or  discharging  any 
fluid  previously  collected  in  a  part  or  viscus, 
as  the  disgorgement  of  bile  or  a  portion  of  the 
contents  of  the  stomach,  as  in  vomiting. 

Disinfect  (dis  +  infect).  To  free  from  putre- 
factive and  other  infectious  products  by  de- 
stroying them  or  rendering  them  inert. 

Disinfect/ants.  Agents  which  destroy  or 
neutralize  morbid  effluvia  or  infective  matter. 

Disinfect'ing  I. i  quid,  Burnett's.  A 
solution  of  chloride  of  zinc,  first  used  to  pre- 
serve timber,  etc.,  and  afterward  as  an  anti- 
bromic  and  antiseptic,  especially  in  the  case  of 
dead  bodies. 

Disinfecting  Liquid,  Condy's.  Supposed  to 
be  a  concentrated  solution  of  the  permanga- 
nate of  potassa.  It  is  a  good  antibromic. 
Disinfecting  Liquid,  Labarraque's  (liquor 
sodee  chlorinatse.  U.  S.  Dis.).  A  solution  of 
chlorinated  soda.  Used  in  the  same  cases  as 
chloride  of  lime.  Internally,  ten  drops  to  a 
fluid  drachm  for  a  dose.  Diluted  with  water, 
it  is  an  excitant  and  disinfectant  in  various 
external  diseases.  Used  in  Operatire  Dentistry 
for  bleaching  discolored  teeth,  and  is  con- 
sidered less  objectionable  than  the  chloride 
of  lime,  which  is  used  for  the  same  purpose. 
This  solution  of  chlorinated  soda  is  allowed  to 
remain  in  the  tooth  for  thirty  minutes.  It  is 
introduced  on  a  pellet  of  cotton,  and,  when 
the  discoloration  is  slight,  a  single  application 
will  often  answer.  Repeated  applications  are 
necessary  where  the  discoloration  is  great  or 
has  existed  for  a  long  time. 

Disinfection  (disinfect io).  The  act  of  neu- 
tralizing or  destroying  the  contagious  mias- 
mata with  which  the  air  or  clothing  may  be 
affected. 

Disinfek'tol.  A  new  disinfectant  dis- 
covered by  Dr.  Bruno  Loewenstein,  the  prin- 
cipal constituents  of  wThich  are  resin  soaps,  the 
combinations  of  sodium,  and  phenols.  It  is 
employed  in  2  to  7]  per  cent,  solutions. 

Disintegrate  (from  dis,  apart,  and  integer, 
whole).  The  process  of  breaking  up  or  decom- 
posing. 

Disk.  An  instrument  in  the  form  of  a 
wheel,  made  of  emery,  cuttle-fish  bone,  or  sand- 
paper, for  finishing  fillings  on  surfaces  between 
teeth. 

Disk,  Carrier.     An  instrument  applied  to  the 

dental   engine   for   the   better   application  of 

corundum  disks  to  the  teeth. 

Disk,     Corundum.      Devised   by  Dr.    Robert 

Arthur  tor  separating  teeth  by  cutting  away 


DIS 


208 


DIS 


a  portion,  and  used  with  the  dental  engine. 
It  is  applied  by   means   of   carriers,    which 
admit  of  ready  adjustment    and    change  of 
the  disk  to  any  desired  angle  with  the  shaft 
containing  it. 
Dislocation   (dislocatio).     Luxation.     Dis- 
placement of  the  articular  extremity  of  bone  ; 
a  solution  of  contiguity.     Complete  dislocation 
is  when  the  bones  are  entirely  separated  ;  com- 
pound, when  the  coverings  of  the  joint  are  rup- 
tured ;  consecutive,  when  the  displaced  bone  is 
not  in  the  position  it  occupied  when  originally 
misplaced ;   old,    when  inflammatory   changes 
have  occurred  ;  partial  or  incomplete,  when  the 
articulating  surfaces  remain  in  partial  contact 
— called  also  subluxation ;  primitive,  when  the 
bones  remain  as  originally  misplaced  ;  recent, 
when    no    inflammatory   changes  have  taken 
place  ;  simple,  when  there  is  no  laceration  of  the 
surrounding  parts. 

Dislocation  of  Lower  Jaw.  From  the  pecu- 
liar manner  in  which  the  inferior  maxilla  is 
articulated  to  the  temporal  bones  it  is  not 
very  liable  to  be  dislocated,  and  when  one  or 
both  of  its  condyles  are  displaced,  the  luxation 
is  always  forward. 

Dislocation  of  the  lower  jaw  is  rarely  caused 
by  a  blow,  except  it  be  given  when  the  mouth 
is  open  ;  it  is  more  frequently  occasioned  by 
yawning  or  laughing.  It  has  been  known  to 
occur  in  the  extraction  of  teeth  and  in  at- 
tempting to  bite  a  very  large  substance. 
After  the  jaw  has  been  dislocated  once  it  will 
ever  after  be  more  liable  to  this  accident, 
in  consequence  of  which  Mr.  Fox  very  prop- 
erly recommends  to  those  to  whom  it  has 
once  happened  the  precaution  of  supporting 
the  jaw  whenever  the  mouth  is  opened  widely 
in  gaping  or  for  the  purpose  of  having  a 
tooth  extracted. 
In  the  reduction  of  a  dislocation  of  the  lower 
jaw  the  ancients  employed  two  pieces  of 
wood,  which  were  introduced  on  each  side  of 
the  mouth  between  the  molar  teeth,  and 
while  they  were  made  to  act  as  levers  for 
depressing  the  back  part  of  the  bone,  the  chin 
was  raised  by  means  of  a  bandage. 
The  method  usually  adopted  by  surgeons  at 
the  present  day  for  reducing  a  dislocation  of 
this  bone  consists  in  introducing  the  thumbs, 
wrapped  with  a  napkin  or  cloth,  as  far  hack 
upon  the  molar  teeth  as  possible  ;  then  de- 
pressing the  hack  part  of  the  jaw,  and,  at  the 
same  time,  raising  the  chin  with  the  fingers. 
In  this  way  the  condyles  are  disengaged  from 


under    the    zygomatic  arches  and   made  to 
glide  back  into  their  articular  cavities.     But 
the  moment  the  condyles  are  disengaged  the 
thumbs  of  the  operator  should  be  slipped  out- 
ward between  the  teeth  and  cheeks,  as  the 
action  of  the  muscles  at  this  instant  in  draw- 
ing the  jaw  back  causes  it  to  close  very  sud- 
denly and  with  considerable  force,  rendering 
this  precaution   necessary   to  prevent  being 
hurt,  unless  a  piece  of  cork  or  soft  wood  has 
been  previously  placed  between  the  teeth — a 
precaution  which  should  never  be  neglected. 
By  the  foregoing  simple  method  of  procedure 
the  dislocation  may,  in  almost  every  case,  be 
readily  reduced. 
The   method  proposed  by  Sir  Astley  Cooper 
consists,  when  both  condyles  are  displaced,  in 
introducing  two  corks  behind  the  molars  and 
then  elevating  the  chin.     He,  however,  first 
placed  his  patient  in  a  recumbent  posture. 
Disorganization.      A   morbid   change  in 
the  structure  of  an  organ,  or  even  total  destruc- 
tion of  its  texture,  as  in  the  case  of  sphacelus 
and  some  kinds  of  ulcers. 

Dispensary  (dispensarium ;  from  dispendere, 
to  distribute).     A  place  where  medicines  are 
prepared  ;  also  a  place  where  the  poor  are  fur- 
nished with  advice  and  the  necessary  medicines. 
Dispensation,  or  Dispensing.     In  Medi- 
cine, the  putting  up  of  prescriptions. 
Dispensa/tor.     Apothecary. 
Dispen'satory    (dispensatorium).      A  book 
which  treats  of  the  properties  and  composition 
of  medicines. 

Dispersion.  The  scattering  of  inflamma- 
tion or  other  morbid  condition.  In  Optics,  the 
angular  separation  of  the  rays  of  light  when 
decomposed  by  the  prism. 

Displacement.  A  process  in  Pharmacy  by 
which  any  quantity  of  liquid  with  which  a 
powder  may  be  saturated  may,  when  put  into 
a  proper  apparatus,  be  displaced  by  an  addi- 
tional quantity  of  that  or  any  other  liquid. 
See  Percolation. 

Disposition  (dispositio;  from  dis,  and 
ponere,  to  put  or  set).  In  Anatomy,  a  particu- 
lar arrangement  or  mutual  relations  of  different 
parts.  In  Pathology,  it  is  synonymous  with 
diathesis,  but  has  a  more  extensive  significa- 
tion. 

Dissecting  Abscess.  An  abscess  which 
insinuates  itself  between  muscles,  separating 
them  from  one  another. 

Dissecting  Aneurism.     An  aneurism  in  which 
the  inner  and  middle  coats  of  the  artery  are 


DIS 


209 


DOB 


ruptured  and  the  blood  passes  between  them 
and  the  outer  coat. 

Dissection  (dissectio ;  from  dissecare,  to  cut 
asunder).  The  cutting  to  pieces  of  a  dead 
body  for  the  purpose  of  exposing  the  different 
parts  and  examining  their  structure,  or  cutting 
to  pieces  any  part  of  an  animal  or  vegetable  for 
this  purpose. 

Dissector.  Prosector.  A  practical  anato- 
mist. One  who  cuts  to  pieces  a  dead  body  for 
the  purpose  of  examining  the  structure  and 
arrangement  of  its  different  parts  or  for  ana- 
tomical lectures. 

Dissipation  (from  dissipatus,  scattered). 
A  dispersion  of  morbid  conditions  or  matter. 

Dissolution  (dissolutio;  from  dissolvere,  to 
loosen,  to  melt).  In  Humoral  Pathology,  a 
diminution  of  the  consistence  of  the  blood. 
Also  decomposition  arising  from  death. 

DissoI'vent  (clissoJvens ;  from  dissolvere,  to 
loosen).  Medicines  which  are  supposed  to  be 
capable  of  dissolving  morbid  concretions,  swell- 
ings, etc.  Also  a  menstruum. 
-  Dis/tad.  Away  from  a  centre  ;  toward  the 
distal  aspect. 

Dis'tal.  The  side  farthest  from  the  heart ; 
opposed  to  proximal.  The  surface  of  a  tooth 
farthest  from  the  median  line.  The  surface 
or  end  of  a  bone  farthest  away  from  the 
centre.  | 

Distal    Aspect.      An  aspect  of  an  extremity 
farthest  from  the  trunk. 

Distem'per.  A  disease  occurring  among 
dogs,  consisting  of  irritation  of  the  brain  and 
spinal  marrow,  and  attended  by  a  sort  of 
catarrh.  It  is  vulgarly  termed  the  snuffles. 
Also  disease  in  general. 

Distention  {distentio;  from  distendere,  to 
stretch  out).  Dilatation  of  a  viscus  by  inordi- 
nate accumulation  of  its  contents. 

Distichi'asis  (from  dig,  double,  anxog,  a 
row).  Increased  number  of  eyelashes,  with 
some  turning  in,  irritating  the  eye,  while  the 
others  retain  their  proper  places,  forming,  with 
the  first,  two  rows. 

Distilla  tion  (distillatio  ;  from  distillare,  to 
drop  little  by  little).  The  separation,  by  the 
aid  of  heat,  of  the  volatile  from  the  fixed  parts 
of  bodies.  The  operation  is  effected  in  a  retort 
or  still. 

Distillation,   Destructive.     See  DESTRUCTIVE 
Distillation. 
Distillation,  Dry.     Sublimation. 
Distillation  in  Vacuo.    Distillation  in  a  vessel 
in  which  there  is  little  or  no  air. 
14 


Disto'ma  (from  o~ir,  and  arofia,  a  mouth). 
Having  two  mouths.     A  genus  of  worms. 
Distoma  Hepat/icum  (fasciolahcpalica).    The 
liver  fluke  ;  a  small  flat  worm,  about  an  inch 
in  length,  and  nearly  an  inch  in  width,  some- 
times found  in  the  gall  ducts  of  man. 

Distortion  [dislorsio;  from  dislorquere,  to 
wrest  aside).  Deformity  of  parts,  as  a  preter- 
natural curvature  of  a  bone,  curved  spine,  etc. 
Also  contraction  of  the  muscles,  as  in  strabis- 
mus. 

Distor'tor  Oris.     The  zygomaticus  minor. 

Dis'trix  (from  dig,  double,  ify'f,  the  hair). 
A  morbid  condition  of  the  hair,  characterized 
by  splitting  at  the  extremities. 

DithymoUbiniodide.    Aristol  (which  see). 

Dithymol=diiodide.     Aristol  (which  see). 

Diure'sis  (from  (ha,  through  or  by,  and 
ovpsto,  I  pass  the  urine).  Abundant  excretion 
of  urine. 

Diuretic  (diureticus).  A  medicine  whicli 
increases  the  secretion  of  urine. 

Divaricate.  Standing  wide  apart  ;  to  di- 
verge at  an  obtuse  angle,  as  do  sometimes  the 
roots  of  a  molar  tooth. 

Divarication.  The  separation  of  two 
things  previously  united. 

Divel'lent  (dis,  apart,  and  vello,  to  pluck). 
Separating  or  pulling  asunder. 

Diver'gent.  Diverging  ;  receding  from  each 
other. 

Diverso'rium  Chyli.  The  receptaculum 
chyli. 

Diverticulum     (from     divertere,    to    turn 
aside).     A   small  pouch   or  cul-de-sac.     Any 
receptacle  capable   of  holding   more  than   an 
ordinary    quantity   of  blood,    for    temporary 
purposes,  when  the  circulation  is  obstructed, 
serves    as     a     diverticulum.       Malformation. 
Variation  from  a  normal  structure. 
Diverticulum      Chyli.       The     receptaculum 
chyli. 
Diverticulum   Nuc'kii.     An  opening  on  each 
side  through  which  the  round  ligament  of  the 
uterus  passes. 
Diverticulum   Pharyn'gis.     Pharyngocele. 

Divisibility.  The  properties  which  all 
bodies  possess  of  being  separated  into  parts. 

DivuTsio.     In  Surgery,  a  rupture  or  lacera- 
tion caused  by  external  violence. 
Divulsio  Uri'nae.     Urine  which  has  a  cloudy 
appearance. 

Diz'ziness.     Vertigo. 

Dobereiner's  Lamp.  A  means  of  obtain- 
ing an  instantaneous  light  by  turning  a  stream 


DOC 


210 


DOU 


of  hydrogen  gas  from  a  reservoir  upon  spongy 
platina,  by  which  the  metal  instantly  becomes 
red  hot  and  sets  fire  to  the  gas. 

Docima'sia  (from  6oKiiua^u,  to  examine). 
Applied  in  Mineralogy  to  the  art  of  examining 
minerals  for  the  purpose  of  discovering  what 
metals,  etc.,  they  contain. 

Docimasia  Pulmo'nium.  The  examination 
of  the  respiratory  organs  of  a  new-born  child 
for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  whether  it  had 
breathed  after  birth. 

Docimas'tic  Art  (from  doKi/ia(u,  I  prove). 
The  art  of  assaying  minerals  or  ores  with  a 
view  of  ascertaining  the  quantity  of  metal 
they  contain. 

Doc'tor  (from  doetus,  learned).  A  title 
commonly  applied  to  practitioners  of  medicine 
and  dentistry,  but  properly  confined  to  one 
who  has  received  from  a  regularly  chartered 
institution  or  college  the  degree  of  doctor  of 
medicine  or  dental  surgery.  The  power  for 
conferring  the  latter  degree  was  first  invested 
in  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  by 
the  Legislature  of  the  State  of  Maryland  in 
an  act  of  incorporation  granted  in  1840,  and 
conferred  for  the  first  time  at  the  first  annual 
commencement  of  that  institution  on  the  9th 
of  March.  1841. 

Doc'trine.  In  Medicine,  the  theory  or 
principles  of  any  medicinal  sect,  teacher,  or 
writer. 

Dodecadac'tylon.     Duodenum. 

Dodecahedron.  A  solid  of  twelve  sides  ; 
a  form  frequently  met  with  in  crystals. 

Dog'matists  (from  doyfia,  a  doctrine).  A 
set  of  ancient  physicians  who  founded  their 
practice  upon  conclusions  drawn  from  certain 
theoretical  inferences. 

Dol'erite.  A  trap  rock  composed  of  augite 
and  feldspar. 

Dolomite.     A  magnesian  limestone. 

Do'lor.      Pain. 
Dolor    Den'tium.      Pain   in   the   teeth.     See 
Odontalgia. 

Dombe'ya  Turpentine.  A  strong-scented 
whitish  turpentine,  obtained  from  the  Dombeya 
excelsa  of  Chili. 

Donovan's  Solu'tion  (liquor  arsenici  el 
hydrargyri  iodidi).  Composed  of  iodide  of 
arsenic,  red  iodide  of  mercury,  and  water. 
Used  as  an  alterative  in  skin  diseases.  Dose 
is  from  gtt.  v  to  gtt.  xx,  three  times  a  day,  in 
water. 

Doron'icum.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Composite. 


Doronicum  Germanicum  (arnica  montana). 
Leopard's  bane. 

Dor'sad.     Toward  the  back. 

Dor'sal  (dorsalis;  from  dorsum,  the  back). 
Relating  to  the  back  or  to  the  back  of  any  organ. 

Dorse.  A  fish  which  yields  some  portion  of 
the  cod-liver  oil.     The  Gad  us  callarias. 

Dor'so=costa  lis.  The  serratus  posticus 
superior  muscle. 

Dorso=supra  Acromia'nus.  The  trape- 
zius muscle. 

Dorso=trachealia/nus.  The  splenius  colli 
muscle. 

Dor'sum  (from  deorsum,  downward,  because 
it  may  be  bent  downward).  The  back.  The 
posterior  part  of  the  trunk.  The  vertebral 
column.  The  back  of  any  part,  as  the  dorsum 
pedis,  back  of  the  foot ;  dorsum  mantis,  back  of 
the  hand,  etc. 

Do'sage.  A  term  applied  in  Chemistry  to 
a  plan  of  analysis  in  which  the  reagent  is 
added  in  measured  quantities  from  a  gradu- 
ated tube  to  a  measured  aud  weighed  solution 
of  the  assay. 

Dose  (dosis ;  from  didufii,  to  give).  The 
amount  of  medicine  to  be  given  at  one  time 
producing  a  desired  effect.  The  dose  for  an 
infant  one  year  old  should  not  be  more  than 
one-twelfth  part  of  a  dose  for  a  grown  person  ; 
for  a  child  three  years  of  age,  one-sixth  ;  for 
one  seven  years  old,  one-third  ;  and  for  one  of 
twelve  years,  one-half  as  much  as  for  an  adult. 
Women  usually  require  smaller  doses  than 
men. 

Do/sis.     A  dose. 

Dos/sil.  In  Surgery,  a  pledget  of  lint  made 
up  in  a  cylindrical  form,  to  be  applied  to  a 
wound  or  bleeding  surface. 

Dothinenteri'tis  (from  dodnjv,  a  boil,  and 
evrepov,  an  intestine).  Inflammation  and  en- 
largement of  the  glands  of  Peyer  and  Brunner, 
and  supposed  by  Bretonneau  to  be  the  cause  of 
the  symptoms  which  constitute  a  large  class  of 
fevers. 

Double  Wedge.  An  instrument  invented 
by  Dr.  Elliott,  of  Montreal,  for  removing  an 
artificial  crown  from  the  root  of  a  tooth  upon 
which  it  has  been  set. 

Douche.  A  French  word  applied  in  Thera- 
peutics to  a  dash  of  water  or  other  fluids  upon 
any  part  of  the  body.  A  stream  or  jet  of  water 
poured  on  the  body  or  falling  from  a  height 
upon  a  part.  Douches  of  air  are  sometimes  used 
in  cases  of  obstruction  of  the  Eustachian  tube 
by  mucus.     They  are  forced  by  an  air-press. 


DOU 


211 


DRI 


Douleur.     Pain. 
Douleur  des  Dents.     Pain  in  the  teeth.     See 
Odontalgia. 

Dover's  Powder  (jnrfvis  ipecacuanha  com- 
positus,  or  et  opii).  Powder  of  ipecacuanha, 
opium,  and  sulphate  of  potassa.  Take  of  ipe- 
cacuanha, in  fine  powder,  and  of  opium,  dried 
and  in  fine  powder,  each  sixty  grains  ;  sulphate 
of  potassa,  a  troy  ounce.  Rub  them  together 
into  a  very  fine  powder.  Diaphoretic.  Dose, 
gr.  v  to  gr.  xij.  Ten  grains  at  bedtime  is  a 
useful  remedy  in  inflammation  of  the  peri- 
dental membrane. 

Dow'el.  The  piece  of  wood  or  metal  unit- 
ing an  artificial  crown  to  the  root  of  a  natural 
tooth. 

Dracae'na.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Sniilacese. 

Dracaena  Dra'co.  The  dragon  tree.  The  in- 
spissated juice  constitutes  the  purest  variety  of 
dragon's  blood. 

Drachm  (drachma).  An  eighth  of  an  apothe- 
caries' ounce,  or  60  grains,  or  3.8  grammes  ; 
also  the  ^  part  of  the  avoirdupois  ounce, 
equal  to  27.34  grains. 

Drachm,  Fluid.  The  eighth  part  of  a  fluid 
ounce,  equal  to  60  minims. 

Dra/cine.  A  precipitate  obtained  from 
a  concentrated  alcoholic  solution  of  dragon's 
blood. 

Draco  Mitigatus.  Calomel  ;  protochloride 
of  mercury. 

Draco'nis  Sanguis.     Dragon's  blood. 

Dragacan/tha.  Dragant  gum.  Dragantin. 
Tragacanth  gum. 

Dragan'tin.  A  mucilage  obtained  from 
gum  tragacanth. 

Drag'on.  The  popular  name  of  a  genus  of 
saurian  reptiles  ;  also  of  certain  plants  of  the 
genus  Dracoutium.  Also  applied  to  cataract  or 
to  opaque  spots  on  the  cornea. 

Dragon's  Blood  (sanguis  draconis).  A  con- 
crete, resinous  substance,  of  a  blood- red  color, 
used  in  varnishes  and  sometimes  in  denti- 
frices. 

Dras'tic  (draslicus ;  cenotic;  from  rfpaw,  I 
operate  strongly).  Generally  applied  to  pur- 
gatives which  operate  powerfully. 

Draught.  In  Therapeutics,  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  fluid  medicines  for  a  dose. 

Draw  Bench.  A  bench  for  drawing  wire, 
so  constructed  as  to  confine  a  wire  plate  at  one 
end,  with  a  roller  and  windlass  at  the  other  for 
drawing  the  wire  through  the  plate.  It  is  used 
iu  the  mechanical  laboratory  of  the  dentist. 


Drawer,  Gold.  For  use  in  the  dental 
laboratory  to  collect  gold  scraps  and  filings. 
Two  feet  long,  18  inches  wide,  6  inches  deep, 
with  the  front  cut  out  in  a  half-circle.  In  it  a 
gold-pan,  14  x  10  and  1\  inches  deep,  with  top 
depressed  in  the  centre,  and  perforated  with 
small  holes  for  the  filings  to  pass  through. — 
Haskell. 

Dream  (somnium).     Imaginary  transactions 
which  occupy  the  mind  during  sleep. 
Dregs.     Feculence. 

Dressing.  The  proper  application  of  ban- 
dages, plasters,  and  apparatus  to  a  diseased 
part. 

Dressings.  The  bandages,  plasters,  and 
apparatus  used  in  dressing  a  diseased  part. 

Drill.    A  small  steel  instrument,  either  with 
a  flat  point  or  a  burr  at  the  end,  sometimes  used 
by  dentists  in  the  removal  of  caries  from  a  tooth 
preparatory  to  filling,  and  for  other  purposes. 
Drill  Bow.     A  bow  and  string  for  rotating  a 
drill  stock,  which  it  does  bypassing  the  string 
around  it  and  moving  it  backward  and  for- 
ward.     An   obsolete    instrument    in   dental 
practice. 
Drill,   Burr.      An  instrument  used  in  Denial 
Surgery  for  removal  of  caries  of  the  teeth  and 
for  enlarging  the  canal  in  the  root  of  a  tooth 
preparatory  to  the  application  of  an  artificial 
crown.     It  consists  of  a  small  steel  stem  at- 
tached to  a  handle,  or  so  constructed  as  to  be 
introduced  into  a  socket-handle  or  socket  of  a 
drill  stock,  or  the  "  hand-piece  "  of  the  dental 
engine,  with  a  bulb  at  the  other  extremitjs 
having  a  surface  like  that  of  a  coarse  single- 
cut  file. 

Drill,   Flat.     A  small  steel   stem,  fitted  to  a 
socket  in  a  handle  or  drill  stock,  with  the 
other  extremity  flattened   and   presenting  a 
sharp,  triangular-shaped  point. 
Drill,  Retaining-pit  and  Fissure.    An  instru- 
ment for  making  retaining-pits  in  both  cavities 
for  the  retention  of  the  filling  material  and  for 
opening  enamel  fissures  in  molar  teeth. 
Drill  Stock.     An  instrument  for  holding  and 
turning  a  drill,  moved  either  with  the  thumb 
and  finger  or  with  a  handle. 
Drink.      Every  liquid  introduced  into  the 
stomach   for  the   purpose  of  allaying   thirst, 
diluting  the   alimentary  mass,  and  repairing 
the  losses  which    the   fluids  of  the  body  arc 
constantly  experiencing. 

Driv'elling.  An  involuntary  flow  of  saliva 
from  the  mouth,  as  in  infancy,  old  age,  and  in 
idiots. 


DRO 


212 


DUC 


Drop    (gutta).     A  minute  spherical  portion 
of    a   liquid    separated    from   a    quantity    of 
liquid.       It   A'aries,   however,   in    volume   and 
weight,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  liquid 
and  the  size  of  the  orifice  or  mouth  of  the  ves- 
sel from  which  it  is  poured.     In  Pharmacy  it  is 
generally  estimated  at  one  grain. 
Drop  Tube.     An  appliauce  designed  to  accom- 
pany the  dental   engine   for    the   purpose  of 
keeping  the  disk  or  burr-drill  wet ;  a  sponge  is 
also  attached  to  it  for  the  purpose  of  cleansing 
the  disk. 
Drop   Tube,  Dentists'.     A  glass  tube  in  the 
form  of  a  dental  syringe,  with  a  rubber  bulb 
at  the  end  for  the  convenient  application  of 
liquid  preparations  to  the  teeth,  or  in  mixing- 
plastic  filling  material. 

Drops.     Certain  liquid  medicines. 
Drops,   Anodyne.      A  solution  of   acetate  of 
morphia. 
Drop'sical.     Affected  with  dropsy. 
Drop/sy    (from  v6up,   water,   and   «V,   the 
look  or  aspect).     An  effusion  of  serum  into  the 
cellular  tissue  or  into  any  of  the  natural  cavi- 
ties of  the  body.     It  is  designated  according  to 
the  part  affected  by  it.     See  Hydrops. 
Dropsy,  Cardiac  {hydrops  cardiacus).     Dropsy 
from  diseases  of  the  heart. 

Dropsy,    Fibrinous.      Dropsy  in  which  the 
effused  blood  contains  fibrin. 
Dropsy,  General.     Anasarca. 
Dropsy,  Hepat/ic  [hydrops  hepaticus) .    Dropsy 
from  diseases  of  the  liver. 
Dropsy  of  the  Belly.     See  Ascites. 
Dropsy  of  the  Cellular  Membrane.   See  ANA- 
SARCA, Hydrothorax,  etc. 
Dropsy  of  the  Chest.     Hydrothorax. 
Dropsy  of  the  Eye.     Hydrophthalmia. 
Dropsy  of  the  Pericardium.     Hydropericar- 
dium. 
Dropsy  of  the  Skin.     Anasarca. 
Dropsy  of  the  Spine.     Hydrorachitis. 
Dropsy  of  the  Testicles.     Hydrocele. 
Dropsy  of  the  Uterus.     Hydrometra. 
Dropsy,  Renal  (hydrops  renalis).    Dropsy  from 
disease  of  the  kidney. 
Drug.     A  simple  medicine. 
Drug'gist.     One  who  sells  drugs. 
Drum  of  the  Ear.     The  tympanum. 
Drumine.     An  alkaloid  obtained  from  the 
plant  Euphorbia  drummondi.      A  tincture  is 
made   with    rectified    spirit,    acidulated   with 
hydrochloric  acid.     Drumine    is  said  to  have 
properties  similar  to  cocaine  as  a  local  anaes- 
thetic. 


It  is  insoluble  in  ether,  but  freely  soluble  in 
chloroform  and  water.  It  is  a  narcotic  poison, 
but  three  grains  injected  subcutaneously  only 
produced  local  anaesthesia. 

Drunk/enness.  Intoxication  ;  inebriety. 
The  habitual  use  of  intoxicating  liquors  is  at- 
tended by  loss  of  appetite,  restlessness,  tremu- 
lous motion,  delirium  tremens,  etc. 

Dry  Cupping.     The  application  of  the  cup- 
ping-glass without  previous  scarification. 
Dry  Pile.     A  galvanic  apparatus  with  pairs  of 
metallic  plates  separated  by  layers  of  farin- 
aceous paste  mixed  with  common  salt. 
DuaFity.      The  quality  of  being  double. 
Applied  in  Physiology  to  a  theory  that  the  two 
hemispheres  of  the  brain  are  distinct  and  inde- 
pendent  organs.     This  is   spoken    of  as  .the 
"duality  of  the  mind,"  as  if  each  individual 
actually  possessed  two  distinct  minds. 

DuctiFity  (irom  duco,  I  draw).  A  property 
possessed  by  certain  bodies  which  enables 
them  to  be  drawn  out  or  elongated  without 
causing  any  interruption  in  their  constituent 
particles.  A  quality  somewhat  allied  to  but 
distinct  from  malleability.  According  to 
Makins,  seven  grains  of  platinum  have  been 
drawn  into  a  mile's  length  of  wire. 
Duc/tor.     Director. 

Ducts,    BiFiary.     The    ductus  communis 
choledochus.  The  cystic  and  the  hepatic  ducts. 
Ducts  of  Bellini.     The  urinary  canals  of  the 
kidneys. 
Ductus.     A  duct.    A  canal.     A  tube  for  the 
conveyance  of  certain  fluids  of  the  body. 
Ductus  Aquosi.     The  lymphatics. 
Ductus  Arteriosus  (canalis  arteriosus) .     The 
arterial  tube  which  forms  a  direct  communica- 
tion between  the  pulmonary  artery  and  the 
aorta  of  the  foetus.     It    becomes   obliterated 
alter  birth. 
Ductus    Au/ris  Palati/nus.     The  Eustachian 
tube. 
Ductus  Bartholinian/us.     Duct  of  Bartholin. 
From  Bartholin,  its  discoverer.     The  duct  of 
the  sublingual  gland. 
Ductus  Bellin/iani.     Uriniferous  tubes. 
Ductus  BiFiaris.     Biliary  duct. 
Ductus  Commu'nis  Choled'ochus.    The  com- 
mon  excretory   duct  of  the   liver  and  gall- 
bladder. 
Ductus  Cys'ticus.     The  cystic  duct. 
Ductus    Ejaculato/rius.     A    duct  within  the 
prostate  gland  opening  into  the  urethra. 
Ductus  Excreto/rius.     An  excretory  duct. 
Ductus  Hepat/icus.     The  hepatic  duct. 


DU! 


213 


DYS 


Duc'tus  Hygroblepb/ari  (ductus  hygrophthal- 
mici).     The  Meibomian  glands. 

Ductus  Incisi'vus.  A  small  canal  leading 
from  the  foramen  incisivum  into  the  cavity  of 
the  nares. 

Ductus  Lachryma'lis.     The  lachrymal  duct. 

Ductus  LactiFeri.  The  excretory  ducts  of 
the  glandular  substance  of  the  female  breasts. 

Ductus  Nasa/lis.  The  ducts  which  convey 
the  tears  from  the  lachrymal  sac  to  the 
nose. 

Ductus  Omphalomesenter'icus.  Duct  lead- 
ing from  the  umbilical  vesicle  to  the  intestine 
in  the  human  ovum,  and  becoming  afterward 
a  constituent  of  the  umbilical  cord. 

Ductus  Pancreat'icus.     The  pancreatic  duct. 

Ductus  RoriFer.     Thoracic  duct. 

Ductus  Saliva/lis  Inferior  (ductus  Wharton- 
ianus).  The  excretory  duct  of  the  submaxil- 
lary gland. 

Ductus  Saliva'lis  Superior  (ductus  Stenon- 
ianus).  The  excretory  duct  of  the  parotid 
gland,  which  opens  into  the  mouth  opposite 
the  upper  second  molar  tooth. 

Ductus  Steno'nianus.  The  Stenonian  or 
parotid  duct. 

Ductus  Thorac/icus.     Thoracic  duct. 

Ductus  Umbilica'lis.     Umbilical  cord. 

Ductus  Urinae.     The  ureter. 

Ductus  Veno/sus  (canalisvenosus).  A  venous 
canal,  forming  in  the  foetus  a  communication 
between  the  umbilical  and  left  hepatic  veins. 
It  becomes  obliterated  after  birth. 

Ductus  Whartonian/us.  Called  so  after  the 
name  of  its  discoverer.  The  excretory  duct 
of  the  submaxillary  gland. 

Ductus  Wirsungianus.    The  pancreatic  duct. 
Dulcedo  Saturni.     White  lead. 

Dulcedo    Sputatorum.     A    term    applied   by 
Frank  to  that  form  of  ptyalism  in  which  the 
saliva  has  a  sweetish  or  mawkish  taste. 
Dulcifica'tion     (dutcijicatio ;     from    dulcis, 

sweet,  and  facio,  to  make).     A  term  applied  to 

the  act  of  mixing  mineral  acids  with  alcohol 

for  the  purpose  of  diminishing  their  caustic  and 

corrosive  properties. 

Dumasine'.     An  empyreumatic  oil  obtained 

by  rectifying  acetone  derived  from  the  acetates. 
Dumb'ness.     Aphonia.     Inability  to  utter 

articulate  sounds. 
Du'mose.     Bushy. 

Duodeni'tis.      Inflammation   of  the   duo- 
denum. 

Duode'num  (from  duodeni,twelve  ;  so  called 
because  it  was  supposed  it  did  not  exceed  the 


breadth  of  twelve  fingers).     The  first  part  of 
the  intestinal  canal. 

Duo-ster'nal.  A  name  given  by  Beclard 
to  the  second  bone  of  the  sternum. 

Du'plicature  (dnplicatura ;  from  duplex, 
double,  twofold).  In  Anatomy,  a  reflexion  of 
a  membrane  upon  itself. 

Du'ra  Ma'ter  (dura  meninx ;  from  durus, 
hard).  A  thick,  semi-transparent,  sero-fibrous 
membrane,  of  a  pearly-white  color,  which  in- 
vests the  brain,  lines  the  cranium,  and  con- 
tinues on  the  spinal  marrow. 

Dutch  Gold.     An  alloy  of  copper  and  zinc. 
Dutch  Mineral.     Copper  beaten  out  into  very 
thin  leaves. 

Dwale.  The  deadly  nightshade.  See 
Atropa  Belladonna. 

Dwarf  [nanus).  An  animal  or  plant  whose 
average  height  is  greatly  inferior  to  the  species 
to  which  it  belongs. 

Dyes.  Coloring  matter  obtained  from  vege- 
table substance. 

Dynam'ic  (dynamicus ;  from  Swa/iic, 
strength,  power).  In  Biology,  that  which 
relates  to  the  vital  forces,  increased  action  or 
force,  and  used  in  contradistinction  to  adynamic. 
In  Pathology,  synonymous  with  sthenic. 

Dynamics.  The  science  of  motion  ;  or  a 
treatise  on  the  laws  and  results  of  motion. 

Dy'namis.     A  power  or  faculty. 

Dynamo.  A  machine  consisting  of  a  coil 
of  wire  containing  wrought-iron  cores  which  is 
placed  before  a  permanent  magnet.  The  rapid 
rotation  of  the  coil  generates  powerful  currents 
of  electricity.  Such  machines  are  used  for 
electric  lighting  and  heating.  By  reversing 
the  arrangement  and  leading  a  current  into  the 
coils  of  wire  a  rotation  is  caused,  establishing 
a  principle  upon  which  is  based  the  dental 
electric  motors  for  rotatiug  drills,  burs,  and 
giving  motion  to  pluggers. 

Dynamo=electricity.  The  electricity  gen- 
erated by  the.  use  of  dynamos. 

Dynamo'graph.  An  instrument  to  record 
muscular  strength. 

Dynamom'eter.  An  instrument  for  measur- 
ing the  comparative  muscular  power  of  man  and 
animals,  or  of  man  or  animals  at  different 
periods  and  in  different  conditions. 

Dyne.     In  Electricity,  the  unit  of  force. 

Dys=  (from  Jvc,  difficult,  faulty).  Used  as  a 
prefix,  and  often  signifying  painful.  In  ordin- 
ary cases  it  implies  negation,  as  dysecoea,  want 
of  bearing. 

Dysassthe'sia   (from    6vg,    with   difficulty, 


DYS 


214 


DYS 


and  aiadavoitat,  I  feel).  Diminished  sensibility 
or  abolition  of  the  senses. 

Dysaesthe'siae.  A  term  used  to  designate 
an  order  of  diseases  characterized  by  an  impair- 
ment or  extension  of  one  or  all  of  the  senses. 

Dysanago'gos.  Difficulty  of  expectoration 
on  account  of  viscidity  of  the  sputa. 

DysannarrhopheSis.  Diminished  absorp- 
tion. 

Dyscatabro'sis.     Difficult  deglutition. 

Dyscatapo'sis.  Difficulty  of  swallowing 
liquids. 

Dysche'zia.  Difficult  and  painful  defeca- 
tion. 

Dyschroe'a  (from  Svg,  and  XP01(1,  color). 
Morbid  change  in  the  color  of  the  skin. 

Dyscine/sia  (from  Svg,  with  difficulty,  and 
kiveu,  I  move).  Loss  or  difficulty  of  motion,  as 
in  the  case  of  rheumatism  or  paralysis. 

Dyscopho'sis  (from  Svg,  with  difficulty, 
notiou,  I  am  deaf).  Impairment  of  the  sense  of 
hearing. 

Dysco'ria  (from  Svg,  and  nop??,  the  pupil). 
Irregularity  of  the  pupil. 

Dyscra/sia  (from  t5uc,  and  apaaig,  tempera- 
ment).    A  bad  temperament  or  habit  of  body. 

Dysecoe'a  (from  Svg,  and  anoy,  hearing). 
Deafness  ;  hard  of  hearing. 

Dyseme'sia.  Painful  and  ineffectual 
efforts  at  vomiting. 

Dys'entery  (dysenteria;  from  6vg,  with  dif- 
ficulty, and  evrepov,  intestine).  Bloody  flux  ; 
diarrhoea  attended  by  excretion  of  blood.  In- 
flammation of  the  large  intestines,  fever,  and 
painful  tenesmus.  The  stools  are  mostly 
mucous,  sometimes  streaked  with  blood,  and 
mixed  with  hard  substances  called  scybala. 

Dysepulot/ic  (dysepuloius ;  from  6vg,  and 
ettv/mu,  to  cicatrize).  Applied  in  Pathology  to 
ulcers  difficult  to  be  healed. 

Dysgenesia  (from  Svg  and  jeveaig,  genera- 
tion). Lesion  of  the  functions  or  organs  of 
generation. 

Dysgeu'sia  (from  Svg,  and  yevacg,  taste).  A 
morbid  condition  or  impairment  of  the  sense  of 
taste. 

Dyshae'mia  (from  Svg,  and  aipa,  blood). 
Depraved  condition  of  the  blood. 

Dyshaemorrhce'a  (from  Svg,  with  difficulty, 
aifia,  blood,  and  /->«->,  to  flow).  Difficulty  in 
the  flow  of  blood.  Difficulty  in  the  hemor- 
rhoidal flux.  Also  symptoms  caused  by  its 
diminution  or  suppression. 

Dyshaph'ia  (from  6vg,  and  a<pij,  touch). 
impairment  of  the  sense  of  touch. 


Dyshi'dria  (from  Svg,  and  cSpug,  sweat). 
Morbid  condition  of  the  perspiration. 

Dysla'Iia  (from  due,  and  ?a7lui,  speech). 
Difficult  or  indistinct  articulation  of  words. 

Dysly/sin.  A  resin  obtained  by  decompos- 
ing choloidic  acid  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid 
and  alcohol. 

Dysmase'sis  (from  Svg,  and  pao?]oig,  masti- 
cation).    Difficult  mastication. 

Dysmenorrhea  (from  Svg,  and  jirjvoppoia, 
the  menses).  Difficult  or  retarded  menstrua- 
tion. Catameuia  passed  with  great  local 
pain  and  sometimes  with  a  membranous  dis- 
charge. 

Dysmne'sia  (from  Svg,  bad,  and  p.vr)aig, 
memory).     Impaired  or  defective  memory. 

Dyso'dia  (SvouSia,  fetor).  Diseases  at- 
tended with  fetid  emanations. 

Dysodonti'asis  (from  Svg,  with  difficulty, 
and  oSovTiaaig,  dentition).     Difficult  dentition. 

Dyso'pia  (from  Svg,  with  difficulty,  and 
onrofiai,  I  see).  Defective  vision.  Inability  to 
see  except  in  an  oblique  direction. 

Dysorex/ia  (from  <5i>c,  with  difficulty,  and 
opetjtg,  appetite).     Depraved  appetite. 

Dysos/mia  (from  Svg,  with  difficulty,  and 
oo/it],  smell).  Diminished  sense  of  smell. 
Unpleasant  fetid  odor. 

Dysosphre'sia  (from  Svg,  with  difficulty, 
and  cocppycrig,  the  sense  of  smell).  An  impaired 
condition  of  the  sense  of  smell. 

Dysostosis  (from  Svg,  and  oareov,  a  bone). 
A  faulty  conformation  or  diseased  condition  of 
bone. 

Dyspepsia  (from  Svg,  with  difficulty,  and 
■ketvtu,  I  concoct).  Indigestion.  Weak  or  im- 
paired digestion  ;  a  disease  consisting,  usually, 
of  a  want  of  appetite,  eructations,  pyrosis,  a 
painful  burning  sensation,  and  transient  dis- 
tention in  the  region  of  the  stomach  ;  some- 
times accompanied  by  flatulence  and  frequently 
by  constipation  of  the  bowels  or  diarrhoea, 
together  with  a  long  train  of  nervous  symp- 
toms and  other  disagreeable  concomitants. 

Dysphagia  (from  Svg,  with  difficulty,  and 

<f>ayu,  I  eat).     Difficult  or  impeded  deglutition. 

Dysphagia  Constric/ta  {dysphagia pharyngea ; 

dysphagia  a'sopliagca).     Stricture  of  the  ceso- 

phagus  or  pharynx. 

Dyspho'nia  (from  Svg,  and  <j>uv7/,  the  voice). 
Alteration  in  the  state  of  the  voice  ;  difficulty 
in  the  production  and  articulation  of  sounds. 

Dyspho'ria  (from  Svg,  and  <j>opeu}  to  bear). 
The  restlessness  and  anxiety  which  accompany 
many  diseases. 


DYS 


215 


ECC 


Dyspnoe'a  (from  Svg,   -with   difficulty,   and 
irveu,  I  breathe).     Difficult  respiration  ;  short- 
ness of  breath. 
Dyspncea  Convuls/iva.     Asthma. 

Dysthef/ica  (from  dvcfteriKa,  a  bad  state  of 
body).     A  bad  habit  of  body. 

Dysthym/ia  (from  Svg,  with  difficulty,  and 
tivfiog,  mind).  Despondency  of  mind.  Mel- 
ancholy. 

Dysto'chia  (from  Svg,  and  tokoc,  accouche- 
ment).    Difficult  parturition. 


Dystcechia/sis(from  Svg,  and  arotxog,  order). 
A  vicious  disposition  of  the  eyelashes. 

Dystonia  (from  dog,  and  rovog,  tone). 
Morbid  condition  of  the  tone  of  a  tissue  or 
organ. 

Dystrophia  (from  Svg,  difficult,  and  t/m^ti, 
nourishment).  Imperfect  or  faulty  nourish- 
ment. 

Dysu/ria  (from  Svg,  with  difficulty,  and 
ovpov,  urine).     Difficulty  of  voiding  the  urine. 

Dys'ury.     The  same  as  Dysuria. 


K. 


E=,  or  Ex=.  Latin  prefix  signifying  out 
or  out  of. 

Ear  (cruris).  The  organ  of  hearing,  which 
is  divided  into  external,  comprehending  the 
auricle  and  meatusauditoriusexternns  ;  middle, 
which  includes  the  tympanum  aud  its  connec- 
tions ;  and  the  internal,  which  includes  the 
semicircular  canals,  cochlea,  vestibule,  and 
whole  labyrinth. 
Ear,  Inflammation  of.     Otitis. 

Earache.     Otalgia. 

Earth.     In  Chemistry,  the  earths  are  certain 
metallic  oxides,   of    which  there  are  nine — 
namely,    baryta,     strontia,     lime,     magnesia, 
alumina,  glucina,  zirconia,  yttria,  and  thorina. 
Earth,  Aluminous.     Alumina  or  clay. 
Earth,  Bolar.      Argillaceous  earth  of  a  pale 
but  bright-red  color.     See  Bole,  Armenian. 
Earth  Closet.     An  arrangement  by  which  the 
deodorizing  properties  of  dry  earth  are  made 
use  of  in  destroying  the  odor  of  fseees.    Used  in 
the  sickroom  more  especially. 
Earth,  Fuller's.     Cimolia  purpurescens. 
Earth,  Heavy.     Baryta. 
Earth,  Japan.     See  ACACIA  Catechu. 
Earth  of  Bones.     Phosphate  of  lime. 

Earths,  Absorbent.  Earths  with  the 
property  of  neutralizing  acids,  as  magnesia, 
chalk,  etc. 

Ear=trumpet.  An  instrument  used  by 
persons  partially  deaf  for  collecting  and  in- 
creasing the  intensity  of  sound. 

Ear=wax.     Cerumen  aurium. 

Eau.     The  French  name  for  water. 
Eau  de  Cologne.     Cologne  water  ;  a  perfume 
made  of  alcohol  and  essential  oils,  originally 


prepared  at  Cologne.    Often  used  in  headache, 
fever,  as  an  evaporating  lotion,  etc. 
Eau  de  Luce.     Succinated  spirit  of  ammonia. 
Eau  de  Vie.     Brandy. 

Ebe'num  (ebenus).     Ebony. 

Eb'Ianin,  or  Eb/lanine.  Pyroxanthin,  a 
substance  obtained  from  rawpyroxylic  spirit. 

Ebri/ety  (ebrietas ;  from  ebrius,  intoxicated). 
Intoxication  by  spirituous  liquors. 

Ebulli'tion  (ebullitio;  from  ebuUire,  to  boil). 
The  motion  of  a  liquid  by  which  it  gives  off 
bubbles  of  vapor  produced  by  heat  or  fermen- 
tation.    Boiling. 

Ebur.     Ivory. 
Ebur  Ustum  Nigrum.     Ivory  black. 

Ebur'nated  (from  ebur,  ivory).  A  term 
applied  to  dentine  in  which  the  dentinal  tubuli 
have  been  obliterated  by  calcareous  deposit 
within  their  walls. 

Eburna'tion  (from  ebur,  ivory).  The  in- 
crease of  the  earthy  constituents  of  bone,  re- 
sulting in  greater  size  and  density  ;  the  conver- 
sion of  bone  into  a  hard,  ivory-like  mass. 

Eburnifica'tion  (eburnatio;  from  ebur, 
ivory,  and  fio,  to  be  made).  An  incrustation 
of  the  articular  surfaces  of  bones  with  phos- 
phate of  lime,  which  gives  them  the  hardness 
and  whiteness  of  ivory.  It  attends  the  latter 
stage  of  rachitis. 

Ecbo'Hc  (from  £K.3a/.?u,  to  expel).  In  Ma- 
teria Medica,  medicines  calculated  to  facilitate 
the  expulsion  of  the  foetus  in  difficult  parturi- 
tion or  to  cause  abortion. 

Eccathar'ticus.     Cathartic. 

Eccen'tric.  Away  from  the  centre  ;  irreg- 
ular ;  odd. 


ECC 


216 


ECP 


Eccephalo'sis.     Cephalotorny. 

Ecchely/sis.     Expectoration. 

Ecchlo  'ma.     An  extract. 

Ecthyma.     Eczema. 

Ecchymo'ma  (from  en,  out  of,  and  x^0?, 
juice).     Ecchymosis. 
Ecchymoma  Arterio'sum.     False  aneurism. 

Ecchymo'sis  (from  ek-xvu,  to  pour  out).  A 
black  or  blue  spot  occasioned  by  an  extravasa- 
tion of  blood  into  the  areolar  tissue  from  a 
contusion.  A  bruise.  Spontaneous  effusions 
occurring  from  disease  or  after  death  are  called 
suggillations. 

Ecchy'sis.     Effusion. 

EcclFsis.     A  luxation. 

Eccondro'ma  (from  e/c,  and  xovfipog,  car- 
tilage). Eccondrosis.  A  tumor  originating  in 
cartilage. 

Ec/cope.  Excision  of  any  part ;  also  a 
perpendicular  division  of  the  cranium  by  a 
cutting  instrument. 

Eccopro'sis  (from  en,  and  nonpoc,  excre- 
ment).   Defecation. 

Eccoprot/ic  (eccoproticus ;  from  e/e,  and 
no~poc,  excrement).  Laxatives  which  simply 
remove  the  contents  of  the  alimentary  canal. 

EccrinoPogy  {eccrinologia ;  from  eiacpipu,  I 
separate,  and  Aoyoc,  a  discourse).  A  treatise 
on  the  secretions. 

Ec'crisis.     Excretion  of  any  kind. 

Eccrit/ica.  Diseases  of  the  excernent  func- 
tion. Also  medicines  that  act  on  the  secre- 
tions. 

Eccye'sis  (from  e/c,  and  nvrjaig,  gravidity). 
Extra-uterine  foetation. 

Eccylio'sis  (from  e/c,  and  kvaie/v,  to  turn 
round).  A  disease  of  evolution  or  develop- 
ment. 

Ecdemic  (from  endr/fiog,  away  from  home). 
Disease  originating  in  a  distant  locality. 

Ec'dora  (from  e/c,  and  depu,  I  flay).  Ex- 
coriation, especially  of  the  urethra. 

Ecdo/rius.     That  which  excoriates. 

Ec'dysis.     Moulting.     Desquamation. 

Echetro'sis.     White  bryony. 

Echinococ'cus  (from  e%ivogf  a  hedge-hog, 
and  icoicnog,  a  cyst).  A  genus  of  hydatids  or 
cystic  entozoons  ;  one  of  the  species  is  said  by 
Rudolphi  to  infest  the  human  subject. 

EchinophthaPmia  (from  e%ivog,  a  hedge- 
hog, and  <»>ihi'/iiiat  an  inflammation  of  the 
eye).  Inflammation  of  the  eyelids,  character- 
ized by  projection  of  the  eyelashes. 

EchinorhyrPchus  (from  exj-vog,  a  hedge-hog, 
and  pv/X"C,   a  beak).     A   genus  of   intestinal 


worms  of  the  order  Acauthocephalige.  One 
species,  the  echinorhynchus  bicornis,  has  been 
found  in  the  human  subject. 

Eclamp'sia  (from  EKAa/xijug,  vivid  light).  A 
term  applied  in  Pathology  to  the  appearance  of 
flashes  of  light  before  the  eyes  occurring  in 
some  diseases  ;  also  to  the  epileptic  convul- 
sions of  children  and  to  puerperal  convulsions. 
Eclampsia  is  considered  to  be  one  of  the  most 
active  and  prolific  of  the  nervous  diseases 
affecting  the  development  of  the  teeth,  owing 
to  the  close  connection  of  the  nervous  system 
and  nervous  tissue  with  the  teeth. 

Eclectic  {eclecticus ;  from  e/cAeyw,  I  select). 
A  class  of  physicians  who  select  from  all  sects 
in  medicine. 

Ecleg'ma  (from  ekaelxu,  to  lick).  A  phar- 
maceutical preparation  of  a  soft  consistence 
and  a  sweet  flavor  ;  a  linctus. 

Ec'lysis  (exsolutio ;  from  enAvu,  I  loosen). 
Faintness  ;  prostration  of  strength. 

Econ/omy  (from  omia,  a  house,  and  ve/io,  I 
rule).  In  Animal  Physiology  the  assemblage  of 
laws  which  govern  the  organization  of  animals. 

Ecphly/sis.  Vesicular  eruption.  A  generic 
term,  including  herpes,  eczema,  pompholyx, 
and  rupia. 

Ecphrac/tic  (ecph r adieus ;  from  £n<j>paoau, 
to  remove  obstructions).     Deobstruent. 

Ecphro/nia.     Insanity  ;  melancholy. 

Ecphy/ma.  A  cutaneous  excrescence,  as  a 
wart,  corn,  physconia,  etc. 

Ecphyse/sis  (from  entyvaau,  to  blow). 
Hurried  respiration,  as  of  a  person  out  of 
breath. 

Ec/physis.     Apophysis. 

Ecpies/ma  (from  e/c7rte£«,  I  press  out).  In 
Surgery,  a  fracture  of  the  skull,  with  depression 
of  the  bone. 

Ecpies'mos  (from  ennie^u,  I  press  out). 
Protrusion  of  the  eye  from  an  afflux  of  humors 
without  increase  of  its  volume. 

Ec/plixis.     A  stupor  from  fright. 

Ecpto'ma.  Ecptosis.  A  falling  down  of 
any  part ;  applied  to  luxations,  expulsion  of 
the  secundines,  falling  off  of  gangrenous  parts, 
scrotal  hernia,  and  prolapsus  uteri. 

Ecpyc'tica.     See  Incrassantia. 

Ecpye/ma  (from  e/c,  out  of,  and  irvov,  pus). 
Suppuration  ;  an  abscess  ;  a  collection  of  pus. 

Ecpye/sis  (from  ekttveu,  to  suppurate).  Ec- 
pyema.  A  generic  term  for  suppurative  diseases 
of  the  skin. 

Ecpye/tic.  Suppurative  ;  promoting  sup- 
puration. 


ECR 


2V, 


EDI 


Ecraseur  (French.  From  ecraser,  to  crush). 
A  loop  of  steel  chain  tightened  hy  a  screw, 
used  for  removing  piles,  polypi,  or  malignant 
growths. 

Ecreg'ma.  In  Pathology,  a  segment  or 
rough  fragment.  Also  an  eruption  or  pus- 
tule. 

Ecrex/is.  Rupture  ;  laceration,  especially 
of  the  vulva  or  womb. 

Ecrhyth'mos  (from  ek,  out  of,  and  pv&fior, 
rhythm,  irregular).  In  Pathology,  irregular 
pulse. 

Ec/rysis  (from  Enpsu,  I  run  from).  A  dis- 
charge. 

Ecsarco'ma  (from  e/c,  out  of,  and  oap!-, 
flesh).     A  fleshy  excrescence,  or  sarcoma. 

Ec/Stasis  (from  e^tarnuai,  I  am  beside  my- 
self). An  ecstasy.  A  total  suspension  of  sensi- 
bility and  voluntary  movements,  with  retarded 
vital  action. 

Ecstasy.     Ecstasis. 

Ecstat/ic  Trance.     Catalepsy. 

Ec'tasis.      Extension  ;   expansion  ;   disten- 
tion or  dilatation  of  a  part. 
Ectasis   Fridis.      That  expansion  of  the  iris 
which  occasions  diminution  of  the  pupil. 

Ectex'is.     Emaciation.     Colliquation. 

Ecthlim/ma.  Chafing  or  excoriation  pro- 
duced by  external  violence. 

Ec'thyma  (from  ek-&vu,  I  break  out,  as  heat, 
etc.).  A  cutaneous  eruption  of  large,  round, 
and  distinct  pustules,  inflamed  at  their  bases. 
They  are  seldom  numerous,  and  appear  most 
frequently  upon  the  extremities,  neck,  and 
shoulders.  Three  species  are  noticed — namely, 
ecthyma  vulgare,  ecthyma  infantile,  and  ecthyma 
luridum. 

Ectillot/icus.  Having  power  to  pull  out. 
Applied  to  that  which  eradicates  corns  or  hairs, 
as  a  depilatory. 

Ec/toblast(from  ektoc, without,  and  j3?iharo(;, 
a  germ).     The  envelope  of  a  cell. 

Entoderm.     See  Blastoderm. 

Ecto'mia.  Excision  ;  amputation  of  any 
part. 

Ectopia  (from  ektokoc,  out  of  place).     Mor- 
bid displacement  of  any  part ;  luxation. 
Ectopia  A'ni.     Prolapsus  ani. 
Ectopia  Cor'dis.     Displacement  or  unnatural 
position  of  the  heart. 

Ectozo'on  (e/croc,  without,  and  Cwor,  an 
animal).  Ectozoa.  Parasite  insects,  as  lice, 
that  infest  the  surface  of  the  body,  differing 
from  entozoa,  found  within  the  body. 

Ectrim'ma.    In  Pathology,  ulceration  of  the 


skin,  especially  of  those  parts  of  the  body  in 
contact  with  the  bed  after  long  confinement. 

Ectro'pium  (from  ekt/,e-o,  to  avert).  Ec- 
tropion. Eversion  of  the  eyelids  so  that  the 
inner  surface  is  turned  out. 

Ectro'sis.  Ectroma.  Miscarriage  ;  abortion. 

Ectrot/ic.  That  which  is  calculated  to 
cause  abortion.  Applied,  also,  to  the  treatment 
of  disease,  or  to  that  line  of  treatment. which 
destroys  at  once  the  morbid  action  without 
giving  it  a  chance  to  involve  the  economy. 

Ec/zema  (from  ek^eu,  I  boil  out).  Heat ; 
eruption.  An  eruption  of  small  vesicles, thickly 
crowded  together,  on  the  skin  or  mucous  sur- 
faces, and  usually  attended  with  the  discharge 
of  serum. 

Eczema  Mercuria'le.  Eczema  rubrum.  Ec- 
zema caused  by  the  irritation  of  mercury. 
Eczema  of  the  Face.  This  sometimes  occurs 
in  advanced  age  and  in  young  children  ; 
called  crusfa.  lactea  and  porrigo  larvalis. 
Eczema  of  the  Scalp.  Eczema  capitis.  Scald 
head.  It  occurs  during  dentition,  and  also 
afterward,  and  the  discharge  is  very  profuse. 
After  a  time  the  secretion  dries  into  crusts 
and  mats  the  hair  into  small  separate  tufts. 
The  scalp  shows  signs  of  inflammatory  excite- 
ment, and  the  lymphatic  ganglions  of  the  neck 
are  liable  to  become  inflamed  and  to  suppu- 
rate. 

Edenta'ta.  Edentals.  The  name  of  an 
order  of  mammals  characterized  by  the  ab- 
sence of  the  incisor,  and,  generally,  of  the 
cuspid  teeth. 

Edenta'tion  (from  e,  without,  and  dens, 
tooth).     A  deprivation  of  teeth. 

Eden'tuious  {anodontos ;  anodous;  edenta- 
lus ;  from  e,  and  dens,  dentis,  a  tooth).  With- 
out teeth  ;  one  who  never  had  teeth  or  one 
who  has  lost  his  teeth.  The  causes  which 
most  frequently  give  rise  to  the  loss  of  the 
teeth  are  caries  and  chronic  inflammation  of 
the  gums  and  peridental  membranes.  See 
Caries  of  the  Teeth,  and  Gums,  Diseases 
of. 

Although  it  is  impossible  completely  to 
remedy  this  defect,  yet  to  such  a  high  state 
nl'  perfection  has  the  prosthesis  of  these  organs 
been  brought  that  their  loss  is  now  replaced 
with  artificial  substitutes  which  subserve  a 
most  valuable  purpose.  See  ARTIFICIAL 
Teeth. 

Edes.      Amber. 

Ed'ible  (from  edibilis,  eatable).  Good  and 
nourishing  food. 


EDI 


218 


RLJE 


E'dic.     Iron. 

Education,  Physical.  The  training  of 
the  body  in  such  exercises  as  are  calculated  to 
give  strength,  vigor,  and  health  to  all  of  its 
organs. 

Edul'corant  (edulcorans).  Medicines  which 
are  supposed  to  deprive  fluids  of  their  acri- 
mony. 

EduIcora/tion  (edulcoratio).  The  act  of 
rendering  substances  mild,  either  by  the  affu- 
sion of  water  for  the  removal  of  their  saline 
and  other  disagreeable  qualities,  or  by  the 
addition  of  saccharine  matter. 

Efferent  (efferens ;  from  effero,  I  carry,  I 
transport).  Applied  to  vessels  which  convey 
fluids  from  glands,  as  the  vasa  efferentia,  which 
carry  lymph  from  the  lymphatic  glands  to  the 
thoracic  duct,  and  to  nerves  which  convey  the 
nervous  influence  from  the  nervous  centres  to 
the  circumference. 

Effervescence  (effervescentia ;  from  effer- 
vescere,  to  boil  over,  to  ferment).  In  Chemistry, 
the  commotion  produced  by  the  escape  of  gas 
from  a  liquid  at  the  ordinary  temperature  of 
the  atmosphere.  In  Humoral  Pathology,  a  sup- 
posed ebullition  of  the  blood  or  other  fluids, 
produced  either  by  elevation  of  temperature  or 
the  action  of  the  principles  contained  in  them 
on  one  another. 

Efferves'cing  Draught.  A  carbonated 
beverage,  used  sometimes  as  a  vehicle  for  saline 
medicines.  Dissolve  a  scruple  of  carbonate  of 
soda  or  potassa  in  an  ounce  of  water ;  mix 
two  drachms  of  cinnamon  water  with  a  drachm 
and  a  half  of  syrup  of  orange  peel  ;  add  to 
these  a  tablespoonful  of  fresh  lemon  juice,  and 
drink  the  mixture  immediately. 

Effete/  (rffwlus).  Impoverished  ;  worn 
out ;  useless. 

Ef  fila.     Freckles. 

Efflorescence  (effloratio;  from  efflorescere, 
to  blow,  as  a  flower).  In  Chemistry,  the  spon- 
taneous conversion  of  a  solid  into  a  pulverulent 
substance  ;  or  the  formation  of  small  crystals 
on  the  surface  of  certain  crystalline  bodies, 
occasioned  by  the  loss  of  a  part  or  the  whole  of 
their  water  of  crystallization.  In  Botany,  act  of 
flowering.      In  Pathology,  acute  exanthemata. 

Efflu'via  (effluvium;  from  (jjtuo,  to  flow 
out).  An  exhalation,  generally  noxious  or  dis- 
agreeable ;  impalpable  emanation. 

Effluxion.  Abortion  during  the  first  three 
months  of  pregnancy. 

Effractu'ra.  Fracture  of  the  cranium  with 
much  depression. 


Effu'sion  (from  effundo,  to  pour  out).  In 
Pathology,  extravasation  of  a  fluid  into  a  vis- 
ceral cavity  or  into  the  cellular  tissue. 

Egeries.     An  excretion. 

Eges'ta  (from  egero,  to  carry  out).  The 
expulsion  of  faeces  from  the  healthy  body. 
The  excretions  ;  waste  materials  from  the  body. 

Egg.  The  ovum  of  birds  and  oviparous 
animals. 

Egoph/onic.     Pertaining  to  egophony. 

Egoph'ony  (ssgophonia ;  from  ail;,  a  goat, 
and  (puvii,  the  voice).  Goat's  voice.  Applied 
by  Laennec  to  the  human  voice  where  it  gives 
through  the  stethoscope  a  clear  and  acute 
sound,  resembling  the  voice  of  the  goat,  and 
which  is  regarded  as  indicative  of  moderate 
effusion  into  one  of  the  pleura. 

Egregor/sis.     Morbid  watchfulness. 

Eighth   Pair  of  Nerves.     See  Pneumo- 

GASTRIC. 

Eilami/des.  The  meninges  or  membranes 
of  the  brain. 

Eile/ma.  A  painful  convolution  of  the  in- 
testines or  tormina  produced  by  flatulence. 
Also  used  by  Vogel  to  express  a  fixed  pain  in 
the  intestines,  as  if  a  nail  were  driven  into  the 
part. 

Eile/on.     The  ileum. 

Eile'os.     Ileus. 

Eiloides.  A  dermoid  tumor  :  coils  of  skin 
like  folds  of  intestine  ;  convoluted. 

Eisanthe'ma.  Eruption  on  a  mucous 
membrane,  such  as  aphthae. 

Eis'bole.  The  access  of  a  disease  or  of  a 
particular  paroxysm.     Also  injection. 

Eisp'noe.     Inspiration  of  air. 

Ejaculation  (ejaculatio;  from  ejaculare,  to 
cast  out).  The  act  by  which  the  semen  is 
darted  through  the  urethra. 

Ejac'ulatory  (ejaculans).  Concerned  in  the 
ejaculation  of  the  semen. 

Ejaculatory  Ducts.     The  vessels  which  con- 
vey the  semen  to  the  urethra. 

Ejec'tion  (ejectio;  from  ejicere,  to  throw  out). 
Excretion  of  the  faeces,  urine,  etc. 

Elaboration  (elaboratio;  from  e,  and  laho- 
rare,  to  work).  In  Physiology,  the  various 
changes  which  assimilative  substances  undergo, 
through  the  action  of  living  organs,  before  they 
become  subservient  to  nutrition. 

Elaeom'eter.  A  delicate  glass  hydrometer 
for  estimating  the  purity  of  oils. 

Elaj'on.     Oil. 

Elaeoph'anes  (from  eXaiov,  oil,  and  fouvo/xat 7 
I  appear).     Having  the  appearance  of  oil. 


ELA 


219 


ELE 


Elaid  ine.  A  substance  resulting  from  the 
action  of  nitrous  acid  upon  olive,  almond,  and 
some  other  oils.     It  resembles  stearine. 

Ela  in  (from  e^aiuv,  oil).  Oleine.  The  oily 
principle  of  solid  fats  and  oils. 

Elaiod  io  Acid.  One  of  the  compounds  re- 
sulting from  the  saponification  of  castor  oil. 
Oleoricinic  acid. 

Elaiom'eter.  An  instrument  for  detecting 
the  adulteration  of  olive  oil.  In  pure  olive  oil 
it  floats  at  50°,  and  the  space  between  0,  or 
zero,  and  50°  is  divided  into  fifty  equal  parts 
and  numbered  accordingly. 

El'aolite  (from  e?mov,  oil,  and  7utioc,  stone). 
A  mineral  of  a  brittle,  crystalline  texture, 
greasy  lustre,  grayish,  greenish,  or  reddish 
shade,  composed  of  silica,  alumina,  and  potassa. 

Elas'tic  (elasticus;  from  e/.aen-;?c,  impulsion, 
itself  from  elavveiv,  to  impel,  to  push).     En- 
dowed with  elasticity.     Returning  to  the  orig- 
inal form  when  bent  from  the  same  by  force. 
Elastic  Bandage.     An  India-rubber  bandage 
exerting   compression  on  a    part  or   forcing 
parts  into  new  positions,  as  in  regulating  the 
arrangement  of  teeth. 
Elastic  Fluid.     A  gas. 
Elastic  Gum.     Caoutchouc. 
Elastic  Tissue.  A  variety  of  connective  tissue, 
some  of  the  ligaments  of  which  have  elastic 
properties. 

Elas'ticin  [elasticus,  elastic).  The  peculiar 
solid  material  of  the  elastic  tissue. 

Elasticity.  A  property  in  bodies  which 
restores  them  to  their  original  form  after  hav- 
ing been  made  to  deviate  from  it  by  external 
force. 

Elast'in.  An  albuminoid  substance  which 
is  the  fundamental  element  in  elastic  tissue. 
It  yields  tyrosin  and  leucin. 

Elate'rin  (elaferina).  A  crystallizable  sub- 
stance found  in  the  juice  of  elaterium.  It  is 
distinct  from  elatin. 

Elate'rium.  A  substance  deposited  from 
the  juice  of  the  wild  cucumber.  See  Momor- 
dica  Elaterium. 

Ela'tin.     The  active  principle  of  elaterium. 

EEbow  (from  ell  and  bote).  Applied  to  the 
articulation  of  the  arm  with  the  forearm,  and 
especially  to  the  projection  formed  by  the 
ulna. 

Elco'sis  (from  e^kof,  an  ulcer).  Ulceration. 
Applied  by  Sauvages  to  cachectic  diseases 
atteuded  with  fetid,  carious,  and  chronic  ulcers. 

Eld'er.     Sambucus.     An  undershrub. 
Elder,  Dwarf.     Sambucus  ebulus. 


Elecam'pane.     The   popular  name  of  the 

Inula  helenium  (which  see). 

Elective      Affinity.       See      Affinity, 

Elective. 

Elec'tric.     Relating  to  or  containing  elec- 
tricity. 

Electric  Attraction.  The  attraction  which 
exists  between  certain  electrified  substances, 
as  glass,  amber,  sealing-wax,  sulphur,  and 
other  light  bodies. 

Electric  Aura.  The  current  or  breeze  pro- 
duced by  the  discharge  of  electricity  from  a 
highly-charged  conductor.  It  has  sometimes 
been  employed  as  a  mild  stimulant  to  delicate 
parts,  as  the  eye. 

Electric  Fishes.  A  term  applied  to  certain 
fish,  the  species  of  the  class  Pisces,  which 
have  the  power  of  discharging  the  electric 
shock. 

Electric  Friction.  The  irritating  action  pro- 
duced by  the  reception  of  sparks  from  a  person 
in  the  electrical  bath  through  flannel. 

Electric  RepuFsion.  The  repulsion  of  light 
bodies  from  certain  electrified  substances  after 
having  come  in  contact  with  them. 

Electric  Shocks.  The  partial  and  rapid  con- 
vulsions produced  by  the  sudden  administra- 
tion of  a  large  amount  of  electricity  from  the 
Leyden  jar  or  other  apparatus. 

Electric  Units.  See  Ampere,  Coulomb,  Ohm, 
Volt,  Watt,  Dyne,  Farad,  Erg,  Volt- 
ampere,  Unit  of  Current,  Volt-coulomb, 
Weber,  Joule,  Milliampere,  C.  G.  S.  Sys- 
tem, Unit  Magnet  Pole,  Megalerg, 
Megavolt,  Micro-coulomb,  Micro- 
farad, Microvolt,  Unit  of  Work. 
Elec'trical.      Pertaining   to   or   containing 

electricity. 

Electrical  Battery.  A  number  of  Leyden  jars 
placed  in  a  box  lined  with  tin  foil  and  com- 
municating with  one  another  by  means  of 
metallic  rods. 

Electrical  Column.  A  species  of  electrical 
pile  consisting  of  thin  plates  of  different 
metals,  arranged  in  pairs,  with  paper  between 
them. 

Electrical  Diffusion.     See  Cataphoresis. 

Electrical  Machine.  A  mechanical  contriv- 
ance, consisting  of  a  round  plate  or  cylinder 
of  glass,  made  to  revolve  upon  its  axis,  and 
pressed  during  each  rotation  by  a  cushion  of 
leather  covered  with  silk  and  smeared  witli 
an  amalgam  of  tin  and  zinc.  There  is  also 
attached  to  the  machine  the  prime  conductor, 
usually  made  of  brass  and  sustained  by  one  or 


ELE 


220 


ELE 


more  glass  legs.  The  end  nearest  the  glass 
plate  or  cylinder  is  furnished  with  a  number 
of  small  wires,  which  come  in  such  immediate 
proximity  with  it  that  the  electric  condition  of 
the  one  is  immediately  transferred  to  the  other. 
Electrical  Mouth-lamp.  An  incandescent 
electrical  lamp,  the  current  supplied  by  two 
or  three  cells  of  a  Bunsen  or  a  small  bichro- 
mate battery,  and  regulated  by  a  resistance 
coil  in  the  handle,  which  facilitate  ready  ad- 
justment of  the  current.  It  is  employed  to 
determine  the  condition  of  the  teeth.  By 
placing  the  bulb  of  the  lamp  within  the 
mouth  and  against  any  part  of  the  surface  of 
the  cheeks  or  lips,  and  the  patient  being  in  a 
dark  room,  the  presence  of  pus  or  other  de- 
posits and  the  existence  of  decay  in  the  teeth 
can  be  detected  by  the  opacity  produced  as 
contrasted  with  the  translucency  of  the 
healthy  tissue. 
Electrical  Osmosis.    See  CATAPHORESIS. 

Electricity  (electricitas;  from  rftiEKTpov, 
amber,  the  substance  in  which  it  was  first 
discovered).  A  subtile  fluid  or  principle  which 
certain  bodies  exhibit,  either  naturally  or  when 
subjected  to  the  action  of  various  excitants,  or 
by  friction,  causing  them  to  attract  or  repel 
light  bodies,  emit  sparks  or  streams  of  light, 
and  to  produce  involuntary  muscular  contrac- 
tion in  the  bodies  of  animals  when  it  is  made 
to  pass  through  them.  Also  the  science  which 
treats  of  the  phenomena  of  electricity.  There 
are  three  kinds  of  electricity  :  Frictional  elec- 
tricity, galvanism,  and  magnetism. 

Medicinally,  electricity  is  used  as  an  excit- 
ant, and  has  been  employed  with  success  in 
paralysis,    rheumatism,    deafness,    amaurosis, 
etc.     It  may  be  communicated  by  means  of  the 
electric  bath,  by  points,  sparks,  or  by  shocks, 
according  to  the  intensity  required. 
Electricity,  Animal.     See  GALVANISM. 
Electricity,  Static.     Electricity  produced   by 
friction. 
Electricity,  Voltaic.     Galvanism. 

Electrify.     To  charge  with  electricity. 
Electrization.     The   medical    application 
of  electricity. 

Electriz/ers,  Harrington's.  Plates  of 
copper  and  zinc,  or  silver  and  zinc,  employed 
for  medicinal  purposes. 

Electro-biology.  The  science  of  the  elec- 
trical relations  and  laws  of  organic  beings. 

Electro-cautery.  Cautery  by  moans  of 
electricity  ;  galvano-cautery. 

Electro-chem'ical     Ac'tion.       Chemical 


action  or  changes  induced  by  electrical  arrange- 
ment. 

EIectro=chemis/try.  That  branch  of  sci- 
ence which  treats  on  the  application  of  electri- 
city as  a  chemical  agent.  The  science  of  the 
inter-relations  and  laws  of  electricity  and 
chemistry. 

Electro=contractility.  The  contractile  re- 
sponse of  a  muscle  to  the  electric  current. 

Elec'trode.  In  electro-chemical  action  the 
electrodes  are  the  surfaces  by  which  electricity 
passes  into  or  out  of  other  media  ;  in  other 
words,  the  ways  or  roads  along  which  the  elec- 
tric current  or  fluid  passes.  A  device  by  means 
of  which  electricity  is  made  to  pass  into  or  out 
of  the  body.  The  terminal  pieces  attached  to 
the  conducting  cords  of  an  electric  battery. 

Electro=deposit  Plates.  See  Ward's 
Electro-metallic  Denture. 

Electro-dynanVics.  The  science  treating 
of  the  effects  or  phenomena  of  electricity  in 
motion. 

Electro=force.  The  potential,  or  tension  of 
a  current. 

Electrogen'esis  (?;Ae/crpov,  amber,  and 
yevu,  to  be  born).  The  production  of  elec- 
tricity. The  results,  after  withdrawal,  of  the 
application  of  a  current  of  electricity  to  the 
spinal  cord,  a  nerve,  or  a  part. 

Electrogen/ic  (electrogenicits).  Pertaining 
to  electrogenesis. 

ElectroPogy  (electrologia ;  from  7]?,enTpovt 
amber,  and  ?.nyoc,  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on 
the  science  of  electricity. 

Electrolysis.  Chemical  decomposition  of 
bodies  by  electricity.  The  change  that  is 
effected  by  the  passage  of  an  electric  current  to 
such  a  degree  as  the  electricity  exhibits  itself. 

Electrolyte.  A  substance  undergoing 
direct  decomposition  by  the  action  of  the  elec- 
tric current. 

Electrolytic.  Of  or  pertaining  to  decom- 
position effected  by  electricity. 

Electro=magnet.  A  temporary  magnet 
made  out  of  a  piece  of  soft  iron  by  passing  an 
electric  current  through  it. 

Electro-magnet'ic  Apparatus.  An  ap- 
paratus by  which  a  current  of  electro-magnet- 
ism is  excited.  A  convenient  form  consists  of 
a  battery  of  six  curved  permanent  magnets  and 
an  intensity  armature  around  whose  cylinders 
1500  yards  of  fine  insulated  copper  wire  are 
coiled.  The  ends  of  the  wire  communicate  re- 
spectively with  a  pair  of  directors,  each  of  which 
holds  a  piece  of  sponge  dipped  in  vinegar  or  a 


ELE 


2:21 


ELE 


solution  of  common  salt.  When  the  armature 
is  rotated  and  a  portion  of  the  body  is  inter- 
posed between  the  directors,  a  succession  of 
shocks  is  received.  It  has  been  used  in  par- 
alysis, etc.  ;  also  as  a  local  anaesthetic.  See 
Battery. 

Electro-magnetic    Battery.       See    BATTERY, 
Galvanic. 

Electro=mag/netism.  Magnetism  pro- 
duced by  an  electric  current. 

EIectro=massage.  Massage  combined  with 
electricity. 

Electro=metalIic  Dentures.  See  Ward's 
Electro-metallic  Denture. 

EIectro=metallurgy.  The  electro-deposi- 
tion of  metals,  various  forms  of  batteries  being 
used,  such  as  Bunsen's,  Smee's,  and  Wollas- 
ton's. 

Electrometer.  An  instrument  for  measur- 
ing the  force  of  electricity,  especially  static 
electricity. ' 

Eleetro=motive.     Pertaining   to   the  me- 
chanical or  motor  effects  of  electricity. 
Electro-motive  Force.     The  force  bjT  which 
electricity  overcomes  the  resistance  of  a  con- 
ductor and   transfers  its  manifestations  from 
one  part  of  the  latter  to  another. 

Electro=muscular.  Pertaining  to  the  ac- 
tion of  electricity  upon  muscles. 

Electro=negative.     Electric  and  negative. 

EIectro=pathoIogy.  The  diagnosis  of  a 
disease  by  the  aid  of  electric  irritation. 

Electroph'orus.  An  instrument  invented 
bjr  Volta  for  collecting  weak  electricity,  con- 
sisting of  a  flat  cake  of  resin  and  a  disk  of 
metal  of  rather  smaller  diameter,  supplied 
with  a  glass  handle  ;  used  in  electrical  experi- 
ments to  show  the  generation  of  electricity  by 
induction. 

Electro=physiology.  The  physiology  of 
the  phenomena  which  have  for  either  cause  or 
result  the  production  of  electricity  in  the 
body.  The  study  of  electric  reactions,  proper- 
ties, and  relations  of  organs  and  organic  tissues. 

Electro=pIating.  The  art  of  coating  arti- 
cles of  cheap  metals  with  a  thin  covering  of 
gold,  silver,  etc.,  by  the  action  of  the  electric 
current. 

Electropo  lar.  A  term  applied  to  a  con- 
ductor in  which  one  end  or  surface  is  positive 
while  the  other  is  negative. 

Electro=positive.     Electric  and  positive. 

Electro-puncture.  Electrization  by  needles 
passed  in  the  tissues. 

Elec'troscope.     An  instrument  for  deter- 


mining the  presence  and   character  of  static 
electricity. 

Electro=sensibility.  The  impression  ln- 
electric  irritation  upon  a  sensory  nerve. 

Electrostatics  (from  electricity,  and  <n 
koc,    stationary).     The   science   of    static   elec- 
tricity, or  that  developed  by  friction  and  induc- 
tion. 

Electro=surgery.  The  application  of  elec- 
tricity for  surgical  operations. 

Electro=thanasis.     Death  by  electricity. 

Electrotherapeutics.  The  employment 
of  electricity  as  a  therapeutical  agent ;  the  in- 
duction and  galvanic  currents  are  employed. 

Elec'trotint.  A  process  by  which  an  en- 
graving may  be  made  by  the  electrotype  from 
an  original  painting  in  thick  colors. 

Electrot'onus  (from  nwoc,  tension).  The 
change  of  condition  in  a  nerve  during  the  ap- 
plication of  a  current  of  electricity. 

Electrotype.  The  precipitation,  by  means 
of  a  galvanic  current,  of  a  metal  from  a  solu- 
tion upon  any  metallic  object  immersed  in  it. 
Electrical  production  of  facsimile  medals,  etc., 
on  copper. 

Elec/tro=vi/tal.     Pertaining  to   both  elec- 
tricity and  the  phenomena  of  life. 
Electro-vital     or    Neuro-electric     Currents. 
Two   electric  currents  supposed   to   exist  in 
animals — the  one  external,  the  other  internal. 

Electro=voItaic.  Same  as  galvanic  or  chem- 
ical electricity. 

Electrozone.  A  fluid  resulting  from  sea 
or  salt  water  subjected  to  an  electrolytic  cur- 
rent ;  an  antiseptic  and  disinfectant. 

Elec'trum.  Amber  ;  also  the  name  for  a 
mixture  of  four  parts  of  gold  and  one  of  silver. 

Electua'rium.  An  electuary  ;  a  confection. 
Electuarium  Cassiae.     A  confection  of  cassia. 

Elei'din.  The  granules  of  the  superficial 
cells  of  the  stratum  granulosum  of  the  epi- 
dermis. 

El'ement.  A  substance  which  can  not  be 
divided  or  decomposed  by  chemical  analysis  ; 
chiefly  metallic. 

Elementary  Body.  A  body,  matter,  or 
element  which  physical  or  chemical  processes 
fail  to  decompose  or  separate  into  more  than 
one  kind  of  matter.  There  are  sixty-six  ele- 
mentary bodies,  of  which  fifty  two  are  me- 
tallic. 

El'emi.  Amyris  elemifera.  A  fragrant  resi- 
nous exudation  from  several  species  of  Amyris. 

Eleopt'ene.  Tlie  permanent  liquid  prin- 
ciple of  the  volatile  oils. 


ELE 


ELO 


EleoseFinum.     Apium  graveolens. 

Elephanti'asis  (from  e/.efiac,  an  elephant). 
A  chronic  inflammation  of  the  skin,  occurring 
in  warm  climates, — as  in  Africa,  the  West  In- 
dies, Madeira,  and  the  Isle  of  France, — in  which 
the  integument  becomes  rough,  indurated, 
wrinkled,  and  scaly,  like  the  skin  of  an  ele- 
phant, attended  by  a  diminution  and  some- 
times a  total  loss  of  sensibility,  the  formation 
of  fissures  iu  the  skin,  ulcerations,  etc.  This 
variety  is  nearly  allied  to  leprosy,  if  it  is  not 
the  same  disease,  and  is  called  Elephantiasis 
Grsecorum  ;  also  Lepra  Arabum.  Another  va- 
riety is  characterized  by  the  leg  being  much 
swollen  and  misshapen,  and  thus  supposed  to 
resemble  that  of  an  elephant.  This  form  is 
known  as  the  Elephantiasis  Arabum,  Bucnemia, 
Barbadoes  Leg,  etc. 

El'ephas.     The  elephant  ;  ivory. 

Eletta'ria.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Zingiberaeeae. 

Elettaria  Cardamomum.  The  officinal  car- 
damom, the  seeds  of  which  are  aromatic  and 
gently  pungent  when  chewed. 

Eleuthe/ria.     Cascarilla  bark. 

Elevating  Teeth  in  their  Sockets.  It 
may  be  necessary  to  elevate  a  tooth  on  account 
of  its  not  being  fully  erupted  or  on  account 
of  the  fracture  of  its  cutting  edge.  Dr.  C.  L. 
Goddard's  appliance  is  described  as  follows  : 
On  the  adjacent  teeth  cement  bands  or  caps  of 
metal,  which  are  connected  by  a  wire  at  or 
near  the  cutting  edge.  On  the  short  tooth,  as 
near  the  gum  as  possible,  cement  a  wide  band 
which  has  a  hook  or  pin  on  both  labial  and 
lingual  surfaces.  From  one  hook  stretch  a  very 
slender  rubber  band  or  twisted  ligature  over 
the  wire  to  the  other  hook. 

Eleva'tor  (from  elevare,  to  lift  up).  In 
Anatomy,  a  muscle  whose  function  consists  in 
raising  the  part  into  which  it  is  inserted.  See 
Levator.  In  General  Surgery,  an  instrument 
used  to  raise  depressed  portions  of  bone,  espe- 
cially of  the  cranium,  or  for  the  removal  of  the 
circle  detached  by  the  trephine.  In  Denial 
Surgery,  an  instrument  sometimes  employed  in 
the  extraction  of  roots  of  teeth.  The  elevator 
used  in  the  last-mentioned  operation  is  of  a 
pointed  shape,  bearing  some  resemblance  to  the 
tongue  of  a  carp,  and  is  hence  called  by  the 
French  dentists  langue  He  carpe.  It  is  flat  or 
slightly  concave  on  one  side  and  convex  on  the 
other,  attached  to  a  straight  or  curved  shank, 
according  to  the  fancy  of  the  operator  or  the 
part  of  the  jaw  on  which  it  is  designed  to  be 


employed,    and    inserted    in    a  large,    strong 
ivory,  wood,  or  pearl  handle. 
Elevator  Ani.     Levator  ani. 
Elevator  La'bii  Inferio/ris  Pro/prius.    Leva- 
tor labii  inferioris. 
Elevator  La'bii  Superio'ris  Pro'prius.     Le- 
vator labii  superioris  alaeque  nasi. 
Elevator  Labio/rum.     Levator  anguli  oris. 
Elevator  Na/si  Ala/rum.     See  LEVATOR  La- 
bii Superioris  Ai^eque  Nasi. 
Elevator  Oc'uli.     Rectus  superioris. 
Elevator    Pal'pebrae     Superio'ris.      Levator 
palpebral  superioris. 
Elevator  Scap'ulse.     Levator  scapulae. 
Elevator  Testic/uli.     The  cremaster  muscle. 
Elevator  Ureth'rae.     The  transversus  perinaji 
muscle. 
Elevato'rium.     The  elevator  ;    a  surgical 
instrument. 

Eliminate.  To  set  free,  to  expel,  to  throw 
off. 

Elimination  (from  e,  out,  and  limen,  house- 
hold). Excretion  ;  putting  forth  or  out  ;  ex- 
pelling. 

Eliqua/tion.  Liquation.  In  Metallurgy,  a 
process  of  separating  two  metals  of  different 
fusion  points  by  heating  the  mixture  suffi- 
ciently to  melt  that  metal  which  fuses  at  the 
lower  temperature,  when  it  runs  out,  leaving 
a  porous  cake  of  the  more  infusible  metal. 
The  same  process  is  applied  to  the  separation 
of  fusible  sulphurets,  as  that  of  antimony, 
from  their  ores.  This  operation  is  sometimes 
called  levating.     In  Pathology,  colliquation. 

Elixa'tion  (elixatio ;  from  elixus,  boiled, 
sodden).     The  act  of  boiling  or  seething. 

Elix/ir     (generally    supposed    to    be    from 
elekser,  quintessence).     A   solution  of  various 
medicinal  substances,  or  their  active  principle, 
in  alcohol.     It  is  analogous  to  tincture  ;  also  a 
sweetened,  aromatic,  spirituous  syrup. 
Elixir  of  Vit'riol  and  Tan/nin.    A  saturated 
solution  which  is  a  powerful  astringent  and 
haemostatic  ;  applied  to  bleeding  surfaces,  fun- 
gous growths,  etc. 

Elixir  Vit/rioli.     Aromatic  sulphuric  acid. 
Elixivia/tion.     Lixiviation. 
Ella'gic  Acid.     An  acid  obtained  from  nut- 
galls  ;  distinct  from  gallic  and  tannic  acids. 

Elo/des  (from  elog,  a  marsh,  and  eufoc,  re- 
semblance).    Marsh  fever. 

Elongated  or  Extruded  Teeth.  Teeth 
sometimes  elongate  in  regulating.  A  simple 
method  of  reduction  is  to  tie  a  ligature  around 
the  necks  of  the  adjacent  teeth  with  the  knots 


ELO 


223 


EMB 


between  each  and  the  elongated  tooth  ;  then 
extend  one  end  of  each  ligature  lingually  and 
one  labial ly,  and  tie  the  lingual  ends  together 
behind  the  elongated  tooth,  and  in  the  same 
knot  tie  a  slender  rubber  band  ;  tie  the  labial 
ends  together  in  front  of  the  elongated  tooth  ; 
next  stretch  the  rubber  band  from  the  lingual 
surface  of  the  neck  over  the  cutting  edge,  and 
tie  it  to  the  knot  on  the  labial  surface.  An- 
other method  is  that  of  Dr.  William  Herbst, 
which  consists  in  cutting  a  short  and  narrow 
strip  from  a  piece  of  rubber  dam  and  perforat- 
ing it  in  such  a  manner  tbat  when  it  is  in  posi- 
tion the  crowns  of  two  teeth  on  either  side  of 
the  elongated  one  will  protrude  through  the 
openings,  while  the  elongated  tooth  will  be 
partly  covered  and  pressed  upon  by  the  inter- 
vening portion  of  the  rubber  which  covers  the 
cutting  edge.  Another  method  consists  in 
banding  the  adjoining  teeth  with  a  wire  pass- 
ing from  one  band  to  the  other  across  the  labial 
surface  of  the  elongated  tooth  and  another  wire 
passing  over  the  lingual  surface ;  the  labial 
wire  is  either  soldered  at  one  end  to  a  band, 
the  other  end  resting  in  a  hook  on  the  other 
band,  or  both  ends  of  the  wire  resting  in  tubes 
soldered  on  the  labial  surfaces  of  the  two  bands  ; 
a  twisted  ligature  or  a  slender  rubber  band  is 
then  stretched  from  the  lingual  to  the  labial 
wire  over  the  cutting  edge  of  the  elongated 
tooth,  so  as  to  force  it  up  in  its  cavity. 

Elongation  {elongaiio;  from  elongare,  to 
lengthen).  In  Surgery,  an  imperfect  luxation, 
in  which  the  ligaments  are  stretched  and  the 
limb  lengthened.  Also  the  extension  re- 
quired in  the  reduction  of  a  dislocation  or 
fracture. 

Elutria'tion  (clulriatio ;  from  elulrio,  to 
cleanse).  In  Chemistry  and  Pharmacy  the 
separation  of  the  light  from  the  heavy  particles 
of  a  powder  by  suspending  both  in  water, 
allowing  the  coarser  grains  to  fall  and  decant- 
ing the  tine  powder. 

EIu/vies  (from  ehto,  to  wash  out).  A  pre- 
ternatural discharge  of  any  fluid  ;  also  the  fluid 
itself.     Applied  sometimes  to  leucorrhoea. 

Elytratre/sia.  Imperforation  of  the  vagina. 

Elytri/tis  (from  eTiv-pov,  the  vagina,  and 
trig,  inflammation).  Inflammation  of  the 
vagina. 

Elytroce'Ie  (from  rtvrpov,  the  vagina,  and 
K£?i£,  a  tumor).     Vaginal  hernia. 

EIy/troide  (from  eXvrpov,  and  si6og,  resem- 
blance).    The  tunica  vaginalis. 

El'ytron  (from  s'Avu,  I  involve).     A  sheath  ; 


the  vagina.  In  Anatomy,  the  membranes  en- 
veloping the  spinal  marrow  are  called  e/.vrpa. 
In  Zoology,  the  coriaceous  envelope  which 
sheaths  the  inferior  or  membranous  wing  of 
coleopterous  and  orthopterous  insects. 

Elytroncus  (from  elvrpov,  and  oynor,  a 
tumor).     A  swelling  or  tumor  of  the  vagina. 

Elytroplas'ty.  Operation  for  the  cure  of 
vesico-vaginal  fistula,  consisting  of  transplant- 
ing skin  from  the  labia  or  nates. 

Elytropto'sis  (from  elvrpov,  a  sheath,  and 
TTTuoig,  fall).  Applied  to  inversion  and  pro- 
lapsus vagina. 

Elytrorrha/gia  (from  elv-pov,  and  p7;yw/ii1 
to  burst  forth).     Vaginal  hemorrhage. 

Elytror/rhaphy  (from  e?MTpov,  and  paipij,  a 
suture).  The  restoration  of  the  vagina  by 
suture  in  cases  of  fissure  and  prolapsus. 

Elytrorrhce'a  (from  elvrpov,  and  peu,  to 
flow).  Passive  hemorrhage  from  the  vagina; 
also  a  mucus  discharged  from  the  vagina. 

Emacia  tion  (emaciatio;  from  emaciare,  to 
grow  lean).  Wasting  of  the  flesh.  The  con- 
dition of  a  person  who  is  losing  flesh.  Becom- 
ing lean. 

I -man a  tion  (cmanatio ;  from  emanare,  to 
issue  from).  A  term  applied  to  fluid  or  gaseous 
bodies  which  proceed  or  originate  from  other 
bodies,  as  light  from  the  sun,  odors  from 
plants,  and  miasmata  from  the  decomposition 
of  animal  and  vegetable  substances. 

Eman'sio  Men'sium.  Amenorrhcea  ;  usu- 
ally applied  to  that  form  of  the  disease  in 
which  the  patient  has  never  menstruated. 

Emas'culate  (emasculaius).  A  male  de- 
prived of  the  generative  power. 

Emasculation  (emasculatio ;  from  emascu- 
lare,  to  render  impotent).  The  act  of  destroy- 
ing or  removing  the  male  generative  organs  or 
testicles. 

Embalming.  The  preservation  of  the 
dead  body  by  impregnating  it  with  substances 
capable  of  preventing  it  from  becoming  putrid, 
and  thus  preserviug  it.  Among  the  Egyptians 
it  was  usually  done  by  saturating  every  part 
with  asphaltum. 

Embam'ma  (from  epfianTu,  to  immerse  in). 
A  medical  condiment  or  sauce  in  which  the 
food  is  dipped. 

Em'bole.     Reducing  a  dislocation. 

Embo'lia  («/,  in,  and  ftu/'/.u,  to  throw). 
Obstruction  of  an  artery  or  vein  from  coagulated 
blood. 

Em'bolism.  The  obstruction  of  an  artery 
and  the  stoppage  of  the  flow  of  blood  through 


EMB 


224 


EMM 


it  by  a  part  or  the  whole  of  a  thrombus  be- 
coming detached  from  its  point  of  formation 
and  floating  away  with  the  bloodstream  to  a 
part  where  the  calibre  of  the  vessel  is  too  small 
to  allow  it  to  pass.  The  term  "embolism," 
however,  is  applied  to  such  a  condition 
brought  about  by  anything,  whether  a  throm- 
bus or  not.  If  from  an  embolus,  the  clot  may 
become  organized  or  partially  absorbed  as  a 
result  of  the  organization,  and  the  part  of  the 
artery  about  which  it  lodges  may  be  reduced 
to  a  solid  cord.  If  the  embolus  contains 
septic  matter,  an  abscess  may  form. 

Em'bolus.  A  wedge  or  stopper.  Applied 
to  a  clot  of  blood  (coagulum)  formed  in  large 
vessels  in  certain  morbid  conditions  and  after- 
ward forced  into  a  small  artery  so  as  to 
obstruct  the  circulation. 

Embonpoint.  A  French  word  signifying 
in  good  condition  or  in  full  flesh. 

Embrocation  (embrocatio ;  from  epfipexu,  I 
sprinkle).  A  fluid  application,  especially  a 
liniment,  to  be  rubbed  on  any  part  of  the  body. 

Embroche.     Embrocation. 

Em'bryO  [embryon;  from  efifipvu,  I  grow). 
The  foetus  in  utero  up  to  the  fourth  month  of 
its  development.  Also  the  germ  of  a  tooth  or 
of  a  plant. 

Embryog'raphy  (embryographia ;  from 
tjifipvov,  the  embryo,  and  ypntyv,  a  description). 
An  anatomical  description  of  the  embryo. 

EmbryoFogy  (embryologiee ;  from  e/ufipvov, 
and  '/-oyor,  an  account).  A  description  of  or 
a  treatise  on  the  embryo. 

Embryonic.     Pertaining  to  the  embryo. 

Embryotomy  (cmbryotomia ;  from  e/ufipvov, 
the  embryo,  and  re/xvecv,  to  cut).  In  Obstetric 
Surgery,  the  dismembering  of  the  foetus  in 
utero  in  order  to  effect  its  removal. 

EmbryuFcia  (from  ejifipvov,  and  eA/cw,  to 
draw).  The  removal  of  the  dead  foetus  with  a 
blunt  hook. 

Embryul/cus  (from  ep,(ipvov,  and  e/ncu,  to 
draw).  The  blunt  hook  forceps  for  the  extrac- 
tion of  the  foetus  from  the  uterus. 

Em/ery.  A  variety  of  corundum  character- 
ized by  extreme  hardness.  The  powder  is  used 
for  cutting  and  polishing  glass  and  in  the  com- 
position of  wheels  for  grinding  porcelain  teeth. 
Emery  Strips.  Strips  made  of  line  emery  cloth 
and  employed  for  cutting  down  the  excess  of 
gold  on  proximate  fillings  to  the  correct  shape. 
Emery  Wheels.  Wheels  varying  in  thickness 
from  an  eighth  to  three-quarters  of  an  inch, 
and  in  diameter  from  one  to  nineorten  inches, 


composed   of  shellac  and   emery.     They  are 
employed  in  the  mechanical  laboratory  of  the 
dentist  for    grinding    porcelain    or    mineral 
teeth.     When  well  made  they  are  preferable 
to  any  other  grinding  wheel,  except  the  corun- 
dum, used  for  this  purpose. 
Em/esis  (emesia).     The  act  of  vomiting. 
EmetatroprFia.        Atrophy    induced     by 
vomiting. 

Emet/ic  (emeticum;  from  sp.ee>,  I  vomit).  A 
substance  capable  of  exciting  emesis  or  vomit- 
ing. 

Emetic,  Tartar.     Tartarized  antimony. 
Emetic  Weed.     Lobelia  inflata. 

Em'etine  (emetina).  A  vegetable  alkali  dis- 
covered by  Pelletier  in  ipecacuanha,  to  which 
it  owes  its  emetic  power. 

Em/eto=cathar/tic  (emeto  catharsis).  A 
medicine  which  excites  vomiting  and  purging 
at  the  same  time. 

E.  M.  F.  Abbreviation  for  electro-motive 
force  in  electro-therapeutics. 

Eminence  (eminentia).  A  projection  or 
protuberance  on  the  surface  of  an  organ. 

Eminen'tia  Annularis.  The  pons 
varolii. 

Eminen'tiae  Candican'tes.  The  corpora 
albicantia  of  the  brain. 

Eminentiae      Lenticula/res.        The      corpora 
striata. 

Eminentiae   Magnae   Cereb/ri.     The  thalami 
nervorum  opticornm. 

Eminentiae  Quadrigem/inae.     The  tubercula 
quadrigemina. 
Emissa/ria  (from  emittere,  to  send  or  let 
out).     A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  excretory 
ducts. 

Emissaria   Durae   Mat/ris.     The  processes  of 
dura   mater  which   accompany  the   cerebral 
nerves  through  the  cranial  foramina. 
Emissaria     Santori/ni.     The     minute    veins 
which  communicate  with  the  sinuses  of  the 
dura    mater    through    the    foramina   of   the 
cranium,  and  may  sometimes  convey  to  the 
exterior  the  blood  circulating  within. 
Emis'sion  [emissio;  from  emittere,  to  send 
out,  drive  out).     The  act  by  which  matter  of 
any  kind  is  thrown  from  the  body. 

Emisso'rius.  Emissory  ;  that  which  con- 
veys any  fluid  out  of  the  body. 

Emmen'agogues  (emmenagoga ;  from 
Ejijirivm,  the  menses,  and  ayo,  I  drive  or  expel). 
Medicines  which  promote  or  favor  the  discharge 
of  the  menses. 

Emme'nia.     The  menses. 


EMM 


22c 


EMP 


Emmenolog/ia  (from  e/z/^wa,  the  menses, 
and  ^oyoc,  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on  men- 
struation. 

EmoPIients  (emollientia;  from  emollire,  to 
soften  or  relax).  Substances  which  soften  or 
relax  inflamed  parts,  as  bland  oils,  fomenta- 
tions, cataplasms,  etc. 

Emo/tion  (emotio).  Affection  of  the  mind. 
Delirium. 

Empathe/ma  (ep.T>a&7/c •  from  nadr/fia,  suf- 
fering).    Ungovernable  passion. 

Empei'ria.  Empiricism  ;  medicine  founded 
exclusively  upon  observation. 

Em'phlysis  (from  ev,  in,  and  fovcic,  a 
vesicular  tumor  or  eruption).  Vesicular  erup- 
tion, with  a  discharge  of  an  acrid  fluid,  as  in 
aptha,  erysipelas,  pemphigus,  etc. 

Emphrac/ticus  (emphractie ;  from  E/MppaTru, 
I  close,  I  obstruct).  A  medicine  which  closes 
the  pores  of  the  skin  when  applied  to  it. 

Emphrag'ma.     That  which  obstructs. 
Emphragma    Lachryma'le.     Fistula   lachry- 
malis. 
Emphragma  Saliva/re.     Ranula. 

Emphrax/is.  Obstruction  of  any  cavity  or 
canal. 

Emphy/ma.     A  tumor  or  morbid  growth. 

Emphyse/ma  (from  E/u<pvoau,  to  inflate).  An 
elastic,  crepitant  swelling,  caused  by  the  intro- 
duction of  air  or  other  aeriform  fluid  into  the 
cellular  tissue. 

Emphysema  Abdominis.   See  Tympanites. 
Emphysema  of  the  Lungs.      Infiltration  of 
the  intercellular  tissue  of  the  lungs  with  air. 
Emphysema    Pectoris.        See    PNEUMO- 
THORAX. 

Empir'ic  (empiricus ;  from  Efineipia,  expe- 
rience). Formerly  applied  to  one  who,  in  the 
practice  of  physic,  followed  experience  alone, 
but  at  present  to  one  who  deviates  from  the 
course  pursued  by  regular  practitioners  and 
vends  nostrums.  The  term  is  used  in  nearly 
the  same  sense  as  that  of  charlatan  or  quack. 

Empiricism.  The  practice  of  empirics. 
Quackery. 

Emplasticus.     An  emphractie. 

Emplas  (rum  (from  e/x^aaau,  I  spread 
upon).  A  plaster.  A  solid,  glutinous  com- 
pound which,  at  the  ordinary  temperature  of 
the  body,  adheres  to  the  part  on  which  it  is 
placed. 

Emplastrum    Adhae'sivum    (emplastrum  res- 
inse).     Resin  plaster  ;  adhesive  plaster. 
Emplastrum  Adhaesivum  An'glicum.    Court 
plaster. 
15 


Emplastrum  Belladon'nae  (U.  S.).    A  plaster 
of  belladonna. 

Emplastrum  Calefa/ciens  (Dub.).     A  calefa- 
cient  plaster. 

Emplastrum  Canthar'idis  (Lond.).     A  plas- 
ter of  Spanish  flies. 

Emplastrum       Cantharidis        Compos'itum 
(Ed.).     Compound  plaster  of  Spanish  flies. 

Emplastrum  Ce'rae  (Lond.).     A  wax  plaster. 

Emplastrum  Diach/ylon  (emplastrum  plumbi). 
Litharge  plaster. 

Emplastrum  Epispas/ticum  (emplastrum  can- 
tharidis) .     Blistering  plaster. 

Emplastrum  Opii  (TJ.  S.).     An  opium  plaster. 

Emplastrum   Pi/cis  (Lond.,  Ed.,  emplastrum 
picis  composiium).     Compound  pitch  plaster. 

Emplastrum   Plumb/i  (TJ.  S.,  Lond.).      Lead 
plaster. 

Emplastrum  Plumbi  Carbona/tis.    Plaster  of 
carbonate  of  lead. 

Emplastrum  Resi'nae  (TJ.  S.,  Lond.).     Resin 
plaster. 

Emplastrum  Sapo/nis  (TJ.  S.).     Soap  plaster. 

Emplastrum   Saponis  Compos'itum.     Adhe- 
sive plaster. 

Emplastrum  Sim'plex  (Ed.,  emplastrum  cerse). 
Wax  plaster. 

Emplastrum  Vesicato/rium  (emplastrum  can- 
tharidis).    Plaster  of  Spanish  flies. 
Emporium.       A   mart.      The  brain   was 

formerly  so   called   because   all   the  affairs  of 

the  mind  are  transacted  there. 

Empres/ma  (from  e/nrprjdu,  I  burn  within). 

Visceral  inflammation  ;  inflammation  of  any  of 

the  viscera. 

Emprosthot'onos    (from     E//7rpocx#«',    for- 
ward, and  r«v6),  I  stretch,  I  extend).     A  form 

of  tetanus  in  which  the  body  is  drawn  forward. 
Empsycho'sis  (from  e^i'A'o",  I  animate,  I 

vivify).     The  act  of  animating.     The  union  of 

soul  and  body. 

Empto/sis.     Imbibition.     Endosmosis. 
Empty 'sis    (from    ejlitttvu  ;    to    spit    out). 

Haemoptysis  ;   spitting  of  blood. 

Empye'ma  (from  ev,  within,  and  ttwov,  pus). 

A  collection  of  pus  in  the  chest,  antrum,  or 

other  cavity  of  the  body. 

Empye'sis.    Suppuration.     A  phlegmonous 

eruption  in  which  the  pimples  gradually  fill 

with  purulent  fluid,  and,  after  a  while,  dry  up, 

leaving  thick  scabs. 

Empyoce'le  (from   ev,   in,   Trror,   pus,  and 

!<'//■>/,    a    tumor).       A    tumor  of   the    scrotum 

formed  by  a  collection  of  pus. 

Empyom'phalus   (from   ev,  in,   -vov,  pus, 


EMP 


226 


ENA 


and  ouoa'/.oc,  the  navel).    A  suppurating  tumor 
under  the  navel  ;  umbilical  hernia. 

Em'pyos.     Purulent. 

Empyr'eal  Air.     Oxygen  gas. 

Empyreu'ma  (from  eiiirvpevu,  I  kindle). 
A  peculiar,  offensive  odor  which  animal  and 
other  substances  contract  when  decomposed  by 
being  exposed  to  heat  in  a  closed  vessel. 

Empyreumat/ic  (empyreumalieus).  Pos- 
sessing the  qualities  of  empyreuma,  as  an  eni- 
pyreumatic  smell  or  taste. 

Empyreumatic    Oil.      Oil    derived   from   the 
destructive  distillation  of  animal  matters. 

Emul'gent  (emulgens ;  from  emulgere,  to 
milk  out,  to  draw  out).  The  renal  artery  and 
vein  are  so  called  because  the  ancients  imagined 
they  strained  or  milked  the  urine  through  the 
kidneys. 

Emul  sin.     Albumen  of  almonds. 

Emul'sio.     An  emulsion. 
Emulsio  Aca/cise.     Gum  Arabic  emulsion. 
Emulsio    Amyg'dalae.       Almond    emulsion  ; 
almond  milk. 
Emulsio     Camphorae.       An    emulsion     com- 
posed of  camphor,  blanched   sweet  almonds, 
refined  sugar,  and  water. 

EmuI/sion  (emulsio).  A  medicine  of  a 
milky- white  appearance,  composed  of  oil  and 
mucilage. 

Emulsion,    Almond.        Mistura    amygdala? ; 
almond  mixture. 
Emulsion,    Cam'phorated.        See     Emulsio 
Camphorae. 
Emulsion  of  Gum  Arabic.     Mucilage  of  gum 
Arabic. 

Emulsive.  Applied  to  seeds  and  to 
the  kernels  of  nuts  which  yield  oil  when 
pressed. 

Emunc'tory  (emicnctorium ;  from  emungere, 
to  drain  off).  Any  excretory  organ  of  the 
body  or  cavity  containing  fluids  to  be  ex- 
creted. 

Emun'dans.  Cleansing  or  purifying  ; 
applied  to  washes  for  ulcers. 

Emundan  tia.     Detergents. 

Ens'mos.  A  topical  application  for  arrest- 
ing hemorrhage  by  agglutinating  the  parts. 

Enaeore'ma  (from  ei>,  in,  and  atupeu,  I  lift 
up  ;  that  which  hangs  or  floats  in).  A  deposit 
floating  in  the  urine. 

Enam'el.  A  vitreous  substance  used  for 
painting  on  porcelain  and  glass  and  for  covering 
metals  with  various  kinds  of  ornamental  work. 
It  is  composed  of  coloring  matters  which  con- 
sist of  metallic  oxides,  fluxes  of  vitrifiable  sub- 


stances, as  silicates,  borates,  or  boro-silicates. 

See  Porcelain  Teeth. 

Enamel  Chisel.  A  dental  instrument  of  a 
chisel  shape,  with  a  straight  or  oblique  edge, 
used  for  cutting  away  the  enamel  and  den- 
tine of  the  teeth. 

Enamel,  Cuticle  of  the.  Nasmyth's  mem- 
brane. According  to  Mr.  Nasmyth,  a  delicate 
membrane  which  covers  the  enamel,  but  so 
closely  united  with  it  that  it  can  be  demon- 
strated only  by  the  use  of  hydrochloric  acid. 

Enamel  Organ.  An  organ  formed  in  the  epi- 
thelium of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  gums 
of  the  infant  by  a  dome-shaped  involution  or 
projection  of  the  epithelium  which  dips  down 
into  the  corium.  See  Teeth,  Development 
of. 

Enamel  of  Porcelain  Teeth.  See  PORCELAIN 
Teeth. 

Enamel  of  the  Teeth  (cortex  striata ;  adaman- 
iina  dentium ;  crusta  dentium  adamantina ;  sub- 
stantia vitrea).  A  seemingly  semi- vitreous 
substance  which  covers  the  crown  and  extends 
to  the  neck  of  a  tooth.  It  is  the  hardest  of 
all  animal  substances,  is  usually  of  a  pearly, 
milk-white  color,  and  is  extremely  smooth  and 
glossy  on  its  surface.  Like  dentine,  it  varies  in 
density,  being  much  harder  on  some  teeth  than 
on  others ;  it  is  thickest  on  those  parts  most 
exposed  to  friction,  as  on  the  protuberances  of 
the  molars,  the  cutting  edges  of  the  incisors, 
and  the  cusps  of  the  bicuspids  and  cuspidati, 
and  is  thinnest  toward  the  neck.  The  struc- 
ture of  the  enamel  is  fibrous,  its  fibres  radiat- 
ing from  the  dentine  to  the  surface  of  the 
tooth,  an  arrangement  by  which  immense 
strength  and  power  of  sustaining  great  pres- 
sure are  given  to  it. 

In  describing  the  microscopic  structure  of  the 
enamel  of  the  human  tooth,  Professor  Owen 
says  :  "It  consists  of  long  and  slender,  solid, 
prismatic,  for  the  most  part  hexagonal,  fibres 
of  phosphate,  carbonate,  and  fluate  of  lime," 
which  "are  essentially  the  contents  of  ex- 
tremely delicate,  membranous  tubes,  origi- 
nally subdivided  into  minute,  depressed  com- 
partments or  cells,  of  which  membranes 
scarcely  a  trace  can  be  detected  in  full -formed 
teeth.  The  fibres  are  arranged  closely  to- 
gether, side  by  side,  with  occasional  narrow, 
angular  fissures  or  interspaces,  which  are 
most  common  between  the  ends  nearest  the 
dentine  ;  their  general  direction  is  perpendicu- 
lar to  the  surface  of  the  dentine,  where  the 
ends  of  the  prisms  are  fixed  in  shallow  de- 


ENA 


ENC 


pressions  ;  the  opposite  and  larger  ends  form 
the  exposed  surface  of  the  enamel  ;  the  fibres 
proceeding  to  the  horizontal  masticating  sur- 
face are,  therefore,  vertical ;  the  greater  num- 
ber, which  are  directed  to  the  surface  of  the 
crown,   are   horizontal,   or  nearly  so  ;   every 
fibre,  as  a  general  rule,  having,  like  the  tubes 
of  the  dentine,  that  direction  which  is  best 
adapted  for  resisting  either  the  external  force 
of  mastication  or  the  effects  of  lateral  pressure. 
Besides  the  minute  pits  corresponding  with 
the  inner  ends  of  the  enamel  fibres,  the  outer 
surface  of   the   dentine    sometimes  presents 
larger  depressions.    .    .    .    The  enamel  fibres 
describe  a  flexuous  course,  the  curves  being 
much  stronger  aud  shorter  than  the  primary 
curves  of  the  dentinal  tubes.    The  parallelism 
of  the  fibres  continues  over  a  much  smaller 
extent  of  any  part  of  the  enamel  than  that  of 
the  calcigerous  tubes  in  the  dentine  :  in  some 
parts  of  the  enamel  they  curve  in  opposite  di- 
rections to  one  another,  like  the  vane  of  a 
feather.     Sometimes  the  fibres  may  be  traced 
through  the  entire  thickness  of  the  enamel  ; 
where  they  fall  short,  and  Avhere  the  larger 
fibres  diverge  from  one  another,  shorter  com- 
plemental  ones  fill  up  the  interspaces.     Each 
fibre  is  -5^7  0I*  an  iQcn  ^u  thickness,  and  is 
marked  throughout  its  entire  course  by  faint, 
close-set,  transverse  striae.     When  a  section  of 
enamel  includes  several  fibres  in  its  thickness, 
certain  of  the  overlapping  curves  intercept  a 
portion  of  light  and  occasion  the  appearance 
of  dusky,  brownish  waves.     Another  appear- 
ance, more  immediately  related  to  the  forma- 
tion of  enamel,  is  produced  by  lines  crossing 
the  enamel  fibres,  parallel  with  the  outer  mar- 
gin of  the  enamel,  but  not  always  parallel  with 
that  attached  to  the  dentine.     These  lines  are 
not  of  equal  clearness,  but  are  very  nearly 
equidistant,    being    about   ^^^   of   an   inch 
apart ;  they  are  more  plainly  seen  in  trans- 
verse sections  of  the  crown  than  in  longitudinal 
sections,  and  they  have  the  same  relation  to 
the  fibres  of  the  enamel  which  the  contour- 
lines  of  the  dentine  bear  to  the  calcigerous 
tubes.     Without  doubt  they  indicate,  in  like 
manner,  strata  of  segments  of  the  fibres  and 
stages  in   the    formation   of   the    substance. 
Where  these  strata,  which  are  arranged  very 
obliquely  to  the  vertical  surface  of  the  den- 
tine, cross  out  upon  that  surface,  they  occasion 
those     waves — transverse,    annular    delicate 
markings — which  Leeuwenhoek  noticed  upon 
the  exterior  of  the  enamel,  and  which  he  sup- 


posed to  indicate  successive  stages  in  the  pro- 
trusion of  the  tooth  through  the  gum  in  tak- 
ing its  place  in  the  dental  series." 
The  chemical  composition  of  enamel  in  an 
adult  human  tooth,  according  to  von  Bibra, 
consists  of : 

Calcium  phosphate  and  fluoride,  89.82 

Calcium  carbonate, 4.37 

Magnesium  phosphate,    .    .    .    .    1.34 

Other  salts, 88 

Cartilage, 3.39 

Fat, 20 

Organic     matter,     3.59  ;     inorganic     matter, 

96.41. 
The   proportions   vary   in  the   enamel   of  the 
teeth  of  different  individuals. 

Enante'sis.  The  confluence  or  near  ap- 
proach of  ascending  and  descending  blood- 
vessels. 

Enanthe'ma  (from  av&eu,  to  bloom).  A 
name  for  certain  eruptions  of  the  mucous  mem- 
brane. 

Enanthe/sis  (from  ev,  in,  and  av&eu,  to 
bloom).  An  eruption  on  the  skin  ;  rash  exari- 
them,  including  scarlet  fever,  measles,  and 
urticaria. 

Enarthro/sis  (from  ev,  in,  and  ap$p<w,  a 
joint).  A  species  of  diarthrosis  in  which  the 
round  head  of  one  bone  is  received  into  the 
cavity  of  another,  so  as  to  admit  of  motion  in 
all  directions. 

Enar'thrum.     A  foreign  body  in  a  joint. 
Encan'this  (from  ev,  and  «av0oc,  the  angle 
of  the  eye).      A  tumor  or  excrescence  in  the 
internal  angle  of  the  eye. 

Encanthis  Benig/na.  A  soft,  red,  and  some- 
times rather  livid  excrescence  of  the  caruncula 
lachrymalis,  which  generally  yields  to  astrin- 
gent collyria. 

Encanthis    Malig'na.     A    malignant    excres- 
cence of  the  caruncula  lachrymalis. 
Encar'pos.     Pregnant. 
Encatalep'sis.     Catalepsy. 
Encathis'ma.     Semicupium. 
Encau'ma  (from  ev,  in,  and  kcivu,  to  burn). 
The  scar  of  a  burn  or  the  vesicle  caused  by  a 
burn  ;  also  an  ulcer  of  the  cornea,  followed  by 
escape  of  humor  ;  also  the  old  name  for  nitrate 
of  silver. 

Encau'sis.     A  burn  :  encauma  :   moxibus- 
tion. 

Encephalal'gia.     Headache. 
Encephalalgia  Hydrop'ica.      Hydrocephalus, 
or  dropsy  of  the  brain. 


ENC 


228 


END 


Encephala'ta.  The  great  sub-kingdom  of 
vertebrata  in  which  the  brain  is  protected  by 
a  bony  case. 

Encephalic  (encephalicus;  from  ev,  in, 
and  Ksoa/.!/,  the  head).  Kelating  to  the  enceph- 
alon. 

Encephali'tis.     Inflammation  of  the  brain. 
Encephalitis   Exsudato'ria.      Hydrocephalus 
internus. 

Encephaloce'le  (from  eyKEtya'koq,  the  brain, 
and  K>/'/.r/y  hernia).  Hernia  cerebri.  Fungus 
cerebri. 

Enceph'aloid  (from  eyneipa'AoQ,  and  eidoq,  re- 
semblance). Cerebriform.  This  term  is  ap- 
plied by  Laennec  to  a  species  of  morbid  sub- 
stauce  which  frequently  constitutes  the  mass 
of  scirrhous  or  cancerous  tumors,  because  of 
its  resemblance  to  the  medullary  substance  of 
the  brain. 

Encephalo'ma.     Fungus  cerebri. 

Encephalomala/cia.  Mollifies  cerebri,  or 
softening  of  the  brain. 

Enceph'alon  (enceplialum ;  from  evf  in,  and 
Keda/^,  the  head).  The  contents  of  the  cranium, 
including  the  cerebrum,  cerebellum,  and  me- 
dulla oblongata,  with  their  vessels,  nerves,  and 
investing  membranes. 

Encephalophy'mata.  Tubercles  of  the 
brain. 

Encephalopyo/sis  (from  eynevakoq,  the 
brain,  and  ttvov,  pus).    Ulceration  of  the  brain. 

Encephalo'sis.  A  tumor  of  a  brain-like 
appearance. 

Encephalosis'mus.  Concussion  of  the 
brain. 

Encharax'is.     Scarification. 

Enchon'dral,  or  Inter'cartilagFnous  Os- 
sification. When  the  bone  is  preceded  by 
cartilage,  which,  first  of  all,  becomes  calcified, 
and  this  is  invaded  and,  for  the  most  part,  re- 
moved by  an  embryonic  tissue,  which  deposits 
bony  matter  in  the  interior  of  the  cartilage, 
while  at  the  same  time  layers  of  bone  are 
being  formed  outside,  underneath  the  perios- 
teum. 

Enchondro'ma  (from  ev,  in,  and  xov^P°C, 
a  cartilage).     A  cartilaginous  tumor. 

Enchon/drus  (ev,  in,  and  %ovApog,  a  carti- 
lage). Cartilaginous  ;  also  granular,  having 
grains. 

Encho/rios.     Endemic. 

Enchymo'ma  (enchymosis ;  from  ev,  in,  and 
Xvo),  I  pourj.  Infusion  or  pouring  in  of  blood 
into  the  cutaneous  vessels,  caused  by  joy,  anger, 
or  shame  ;  blushing. 


Enclys'ma  (from  ev,  in,  and  /cAvfu,  to  cleanse 
out).     A  clyster. 

Encoe'lia  (from  ev,  in,  and  noilta,  the  belly). 
The  abdominal  viscera. 

Encoeli'tis.  Inflammation  of  the  abdominal 
viscera. 

EncoIpis/mus.  Introduction  of  any  me- 
dicament into  the  vagina. 

Encyst/ed  (from  ev,  in,  and  kvotiq,  a  blad- 
der). Applied  to  a  tumor  or  other  matter  en- 
closed in  a  cyst  or  sac. 

Encys'tis.     An  encysted  tumor. 

End  Organ.  The  terminal  organ  or  part 
of  a  sensory  nerve-fibre  of  any  kind. 

Endan/gium  [endangion).  The  lining  mem- 
brane of  vessels. 

Endarteritis.  Inflammation  of  the  inner 
coat  of  an  artery. 

Endem/ic  (endemicus;  from  ev,  in,  and 
fi'ipoq,  the  people).  Prevalent  disease  in  a  par- 
ticular or  circumscribed  region  or  district  of 
country. 

Endento/sis  (from  ev,  in,  and  dens,  dentis,  a 
tooth,  and  ooteov,  bone).     Dental  exostosis. 

Ender'mic  (endermatic ;  from  ev,  in,  and 
(hp/jar/Koc;,  cutaneous).  The  treatment  of  dis- 
ease by  the  application  of  remedies  to  the  skin, 
especially  after  the  removal  of  the  cuticle  by 
puncturing  a  blister.  Morphia  and  strychnia 
are  often  administered  in  this  way. 

En/do=  (from  eviiov,  within).  A  common 
prefix. 

Endoaorti/tis  (from  evdov,  within,  and 
aortitis,  inflammation  of  the  aorta).  Inflam- 
mation of  the  inner  membrane  of  the  aorta. 

Endo'blast  (from  evrfov,  within,  and  P^aarog, 
a  germ).     The  cell  nucleus. 

Endocar/diac.  Within  the  heart;  applied 
to  sounds  produced  within  that  organ. 

Endocardial  (evSov,  within,  and  mpdi.a,  the 
heart).     Within  the  heart. 

Endocarditis.  Inflammation  of  the  lining 
membrane  of  the  heart. 

Endocoli'tis.     Dysentery. 

Endo/derm  (from  derma,  skin).  The  inner 
of  the  two  layers  of  a  two-layered  embryo  ; 
the  hypoblast.     See  Blastoderm. 

Endodontics  (from  evdov,  within,  odovg,  a 
tooth,  and  mg,  signifying  inflammation).  In- 
flammation of  the  lining  membrane  of  a  tooth. 
This  may  arise  from  exposure  of  the  pulp- 
cavity  and  the  presence  or  contact  of  acrid  and 
irritating  agents,  or  from  exposure  to  sudden 
transitions  of  temperature,  or  from  mechanical 
violence,  as  in  the  case  of  a  blow  or  improperly 


END 


229 


ENG 


performed  dental  operations.  It  may  also 
occur  as  the  result  of  constitutional  disease. 
But  from  whatever  cause  produced,  it  is 
always  attended  with  the  severest  and  most 
agonizing  pain,  and  is  seldom  relieved,  when 
acute,  by  any  other  means  than  the  extraction 
of  the  tooth  or  the  destruction  of  the  pulp. 

Endoenteri'tis.     Enteritis. 

Endogastri/tis.  Inflammation  of  the  lining 
membrane  of  the  stomach. 

Endogen/esis.  Cell-formation  within  a 
cell. 

Endogenous.  Increasing  by  internal 
growth. 

En'dolymphia.  The  liquid  contained  in 
the  membranous  canals  of  the  ear. 

Endometritis.  Inflammation  of  the  lining 
membrane  of  the  womb. 

Endomys'ium.  The  extension  of  the  peri- 
mysium, or  connective-tissue  laminae,  separat- 
ing the  muscular  fibres  in  the  same  fasciculus. 

Endoneu/rium.  The  delicate  connective 
tissue  holding  together  the  fibrils  of  a  bundle 
of  nerves. 

Endopath'ic.  The  rise  of  disease  not  from 
externa]  causes. 

En'doscope.  An  instrument  for  examining 
a  cavity  of  the  body  through  its  natural  outlet. 

Endo/sis.     Remission. 

EndosmonVeter.  An  instrument  for 
measuring  the  force  of  the  endosmotic  action. 

En'dosmose  (endosmosis ;  from  evdov, 
within,  and  w<t,mo?,  impulse).  Imbibition.  The 
transmission  of  a  fluid  through  a  membrane 
from  the  interior,  or  the  passage  of  a  thin  fluid 
from  without  by  a  dense  one  within.  The 
property  depends  mainly  upon  the  capillary 
attraction  of  the  walls  of  the  cavity.  Eudos- 
mose  is  also  sometimes  used  to  signify  the  pas- 
sage of  a  more  transmissible  fluid,  while 
exosmosis  signifies  that  of  the  least  transmis- 
sible. (See  Osmose.)  M.  Lintot,  an  English 
dentist,  and  author  of  a  small  treatise  on  the 
teeth,  is  of  the  opinion  that  dental  caries  is  the 
result  of  the  chemical  action  of  an  acidulated 
fluid  of  the  mouth  upon  the  dentinal  tissue 
while  undergoing  an  endosmotic  action  on  it. 
That  such  action  might,  under  certain  circum- 
stances, take  place  through  the  cells  of  the 
dentine  is  not  improbable,  and  in  the  event  of 
its  occurrence  would,  it  is  fair  to  presume, 
hasten  the  decomposition  of  the  part  of  the 
tooth  in  which  it  was  taking  place. 

Endosmosis.  The  passage  of  liquids  or 
gases  through  dividing  membranes. 


Endosmot'ic.     Relating  to  endosmosis. 

En'dosperm  (ewW,  within,  and  oTvepfia,  a 
seed).  The  albumen  between  the  integuments 
and  the  embryo. 

Endosteitis.  Inflammation  of  the  lining 
membrane  or  endosteum  of  a  bone. 

Endoste'um.  The  vascular  membranous 
layer^of  connective  tissue  lining  the  cavity  of  a 
bone. 

En'dostome  (evdov,  and  arofia,  a  mouth). 
The  inner  opening  of  the  uvula.  Also  a  chronic 
tumor  within  a  bone. 

Endothelioma.  A  tumor  of  the  endothe- 
lium. 

Endothelium  (from  evdov,  within,  and  6>//.n7 
nipple).  The  internal  lining  membrane  of 
serous,  synovial,  and  other  internal  surfaces. 

En'ema  (plural,  enemata  ;  from  evitjui,  to 
inject).  An  injection  ;  a  clyster.  The  ene- 
mata commonly  used  consist  of  warm  water 
having  in  solution  either  soap  or  common  salt, 
or  both.  For  an  adult,  from  a  pint  to  a  quart 
may  be  injected  ;  for  infants  and  children, 
from  half  an  ounce  to  six  ounces,  according  to 
age. 

Enepider/mic  (enepidermicus  ;  from  «',  in, 
etu,  upon,  and  6epfia:  the  skin).  The  treatment 
of  disease  by  the  application  of  remedies,  such 
as  plasters,  blisters,  etc.,  upon  the  skin. 

En'ergy  (energia;  from  evepyeu,  to  act).  In 
Physiology,  the  active  operation  of  the  various 
organs  of  the  body.  Thus  we  say,  the  vital 
energy,  the  muscular  energy,  the  nervous  energy, 
etc. 

Enervation  (enerratio ;  from  e,  out  of,  and 
nervus,  strength).  The  act  of  debilitating  ;  a 
state  of  weakness. 

Engeiso'ma  (engizoma;  from  eyyt£a,  I  ap- 
proximate). A  fracture  of  the  skull  in  which 
a  broken  portion  of  bone  passes  beneath  a 
sound  portion  and  compresses  the  brain.  Also 
an  instrument  used  in  fractures  of  the  cla- 
vicle. 

Engine,  Dental.  A  foot-power  machine 
embracing  the  following  devices  and  combina- 
tions :  The  use  of  a  flexible  wire  shaft  with  a 
flexible  sheath  over  it.  The  combination  of  a 
base  or  stand  with  the  upper  works  ;  a  device 
for  operating  the  power  from  either  side  of  the 
dental  chair ;  a  hand-piece,  with  hardened 
steel  bearings  and  tool  mutually  locking,  the 
latter  readily  placed  or  removed  and  remaining 
undisturbed  by  the  pulling-out  or  by  the 
swiftest  revolution  without  pressure.  The 
driving-wheel  is  operated  by  a  pedal  and  flat 


ENG 


230 


ENT 


or  spiral  steel  spriug  pitman,  which  gives  to 
the  crank  when  on  the  clown  center  an  upward 
motion,  allowing  the  foot  of  the  operator  to  run 
the  engine  with  ease.     See  Dental  Engine. 
Engine,    Suspension.     A    machine    modeled 
on  the  plan  of  suspension  from  the  ceiling,  and 
in  which  the  driving  power  is  belted  directly  to 
the  shaft  of  the  hand-piece  without  the  inter- 
vention of  an  adjustable  arm  or  flexible  cable. 
The  hand-piece  is  balanced  and  tension  given 
to  the  driving-belt  by  a  small  pulley  attached 
to  the  hand-piece  spindle,  and, being  suspended 
on  a  cord,  it  is  free  to  move  in  any  and  every 
direction,  and  causes  the  burr-drill  or  other  in- 
strument used  by  means  of  the  engine,  and 
which  is  carried  by  a  fly-wheel  on  the  shaft,  to 
be  readily  applied  to  any  cavity  in  the  mouth. 
See  Dental  Engine. 
Engine=bits.      Burrs — such  as  the  round, 
rose-head,    oval,    wheel,    inserted    core,    and 
fissure-burr — for  use  with  the  dental  engine. 

English  Teeth.  Artificial  teeth  manufac- 
tured by  Ash  &  Sons  which  possess  beautiful 
coloring  and  soft  translucency,  rendering  them 
well  adapted  for  matching  the  natural  teeth. 
Engompho'sis.  Gomphosis. 
Engorge'ment  (from  ev,  in,  and  gorge,  the 
throat ).  Inordinate  flow  of  blood  to  the  vessels 
of  a  part  or  organ  and  consequent  obstruction 
and  increase  of  volume. 

En'nui.     Mental  languor  ;  weariness. 
Enosto/sis   (from  ev,  and  oareov,  a  bone). 
A  tumor  formed  in  the  medullary  part  of  a 
bone. 

Enrhyth/mus  (from  ev,  and  pv&pog,  num- 
ber).   Irregularity  in  the  beating  of  the  pulse. 
Ens.     Being  ;  entity  ;  existence.     In  Chem- 
istry, a  substance   supposed   to   contain,  in  a 
small  compass,  all  the  virtues  of  the  ingredients 
from  which  it  is  drawn. 
Ens  Mantis.     Ammoniated  iron. 
Ens  Pri'mum  Sola/re.     Antimony. 
Ens  Ven/eris.     Chloride  of  copper. 

En'siform  (from  cnstis,  a  sword,  and  forma, 
form).  Sword-like.  In  Anatomy,  applied  to 
some  parts  from  their  resemblance  to  a  sword, 
as  the  en  si  form  cartilage. 

Enstalax/is.     Instillation,  or  drop  by  drop. 

En/strophe.     Inversion  of  a  part. 

Enta/sis  (entasia;  from  evreivu,  to  stretch). 

A  term   applied    by  Or.  Good  to   constrictive 

spasm,    embracing    wry-neck,    cramp,    locked 

jaw,  etc. 

Entelmintha  (from  evrog,  within,  and 
>  /  »T(;,  ;t  worm  I.     Synonymous  with  entozoa. 


En/tera  [evrepa,  the  bowels,  from  evroq, 
within).     The  intestines. 

Enterad'enes  (from  evrepov,  an  intestine, 
and  adev,  a  gland).  The  mucous  intestinal 
glands. 

Enteral'gia  (from  evrepov,  intestine,  and 
aXyoc,  pain).     Colic  ;  pain  in  the  intestines. 

Enterangiemphrax/is.  Obstruction  of  the 
vessels  of  the  intestine. 

Enteratroph'ia  (from  evrepov,  intestine,  and 
atrophia,  want  of  nutrition).  Atrophy  of  the 
intestines. 

Enterauxe.  Hypertrophy  of  the  muscular 
coat  of  the  intestines. 

Enteremphrax/is  (from  evrepov,  intestine, 
and  efiQpagtg,  obstruction).  Obstruction  of  the 
intestines. 

Enter/ic  (entericus;  from  evrepov,  an  intes- 
tine).    Pertaining  to  the  intestines. 

Enter/ica.  Disease  affecting  the  intestinal 
canal. 

Enteritis  (from  evrepov,  an  intestine,  and 
trig,   signifying  inflammation).     Inflammation 
of  the  intestines.     Dental  erosions  have  been 
ascribed  to  chronic  enteritis. 
Enteritis,  Follicular.     Typhoid  fever. 

Entero=.  A  prefix  ;  from  evrepov,  an 
intestine. 

Enterobro/sis  (from  evrepov,  an  intestine, 
and  fipuoig,  the  act  of  gnawing).  Perforation  of 
the  intestines. 

Enteroc'ace.  Adynamic  dysentery  accom- 
panied by  diphtheritis  and  gangrene  of  the 
colon  and  rectum. 

Enteroce/le  (from  evrepov,  an  intestine,  and 
K.7]7n],  hernia,  tumor).     Intestinal  hernia. 

Enterocystoce/le  (from  evrepov,  intestine, 
kvotiq,  a  bladder,  and  K-rf^V,  a  tumor).  Intes- 
tinal hernia  in  which  a  portion  of  the  bladder 
is  included. 

Enterode'Ia  (from  evrepov,  and  (kXog ,  mani- 
fest). A  section  of  a  class  of  Polygastrica,  in 
which  the  alimentary  canal  is  terminated  by  a 
mouth  and  anus. 

Enteroepiploce'Ie  (from  evrepov,  an  intes- 
tine, erwr'Aoov,  the  omentum,  and  nr/lif,  a  tumor). 
Hernia  containing  both  intestineand  omentum. 

Enteroepiplom'phalus  (from  evrepov,  intes- 
tine, emn?Mov,  the  omentum,  and  o/i<j>afa)g,  the 
navel).  Umbilical  hernia  containing  both  in- 
testine  and  omentum. 

EnterogastroceFe  (from  evrepov,  intestine, 
yaarrjp,  the  belly,  and  ki/M,  a  tumor).  Abdom- 
inal hernia. 

Enterog'raphy    (enterographia ;    Iron,    ev- 


ENT 


231 


ENT 


rspov,  intestine,  and  ypafa/,  description).  An 
anatomical  description  of  the  intestines. 

Enterohydroce'le  (from  evrepov,  intestine, 
vSup,  water,  and  ki/At],  tumor).  Scrotal  hernia 
complicated  with  hydrocele. 

Enteroischioce'Ie  (from  evrepov,  intestine, 
(ff^im',  the  ischium,  and  kt/2.7?,  a  tumor).  Intes- 
tinal hernia  at  the  ischiatic  foramen. 

Entero/Hthus  (from  evrepov,  intestine,  and 
Aitfof,  a  stone).  Intestinal  calculous  concre- 
tion. 

EnteroFogy  (enterologia ;  from  evrepov, 
intestine,  and  /oyoc,  a  discourse).  Anatomical 
treatise  on  the  intestines. 

Enteromesenter'ic  Fever.  Typhus  fever 
attended  by  ulceration  of  the  small  intestines 
and  enlargement  of  the  mesenteric  glands. 

Enterom'phalus  (from  evrspov,  intestine, 
and  oiKbaz-og,  umbilicus).  Umbilical  intestinal 
hernia. 

En/teron  (evrepov).     Intestine. 

Enteropathy  ( enter opathia ;  from  evrepov, 
intestine,  and  rratfof,  a  disease).  A  generic 
term  for  intestinal  disease. 

Enterophlo'gia.     Enteritis. 

Enterorrhag'ia  (from  evrepov,  and  pnyvvjii, 
to  burst  forth).    Haemorrhage  of  the  intestines. 

Enterorrha'phia,  or  Enterorrhaphy 
(from  evrepov,  intestine,  and  pacj>r/,  a  suture).  A 
suture  of  the  intestines. 

Enterorrhoe'a.     Diarrhcea. 

Enterosarcoce'le  (from  evrepov,  intestine, 
caps,  flesh,  and  k-V^-V,  a  tumor).  Intestinal 
hernia  complicated  with  sarcocele. 

Entero/ses.  A  class  of  diseases  embracing 
all  that  affect  the  intestines. 

Enterofomy  (enterotomia) .  In  Anatomy, 
dissection  of  the  intestines.  In  Surgery,  an 
operation  for  an  artificial  anus  or  for  the  evac- 
uation  of  accumulated  faeces. 

Enterozo'a.     Worms.     See  Entozoa. 

EnthaFsis.  Fracture  of  the  cranium  with 
depression  of  the  fragments. 

EnthelmirFthes.     Worms. 

Enthet'ic  (ev,  and  r<%«,  to  place).  Dis- 
eases arising  from  a  morbific  virus  placed  or  im- 
planted in  the  system,  as  syphilis,  leprosy,  etc. 

En'toblast.  The  nucleolus,  or  germinal 
spot  ;  the  inner  of  the  two  primitive  embryonic 
layers  :  the  hypoblast. 

Ento'cyte.  The  entire  contents  of  a  cell, 
including  the  nucleolus,  granulations,  etc. 

Entoderm.     See  Blastoderm. 

EntomoFogy  (from  evro/ia,  insects,  and 
'/o^oc,  a  discourse).     A  treatise  on  insects. 


Ento'nia.     Tension.     Tonic  spasm. 

Enton'ic  (cntonicus;  from  er,  denoting  ex- 
cess, and  rovoc,  tone) .  Having  great  tension  or 
increased  action. 

ErFtophyte.     A  vegetable  parasite. 

Entozo'a  (entozoaria;  from  evrog,  within, 
and  Cuov,  an  animal).  Lowly  organized  inver- 
tebrate, and  generally  vermiform,  animals,  the 
most  of  which  are  parasitic  on  the  internal 
organs  of  other  animals. 

There  are  five  species  of  worms  which  infest 
the  human  intestines — viz.  :  (1)  Ascaris  lum- 
bricoides,  the  long  round- worm ;  (2)  Ascaris 
vermicularis,  the  maw,  or  thread-worm  ;  (3) 
Taenia  lata,  or  vulgaris,  the  broad  tape-worm  ; 
(4)  Tsenia  solium,  the  long  tape-worm  ;  (5) 
Tricoeephalus,  the  long  thread-worm. 

There  is  another  class  of  entozoa  which, 
though  of  rare  occurrence,  have  been  found 
in  different  parts  of  the  body  :  (1)  The  Fasciola 
hepatica,  called  the  Distoma  hepaticum,  or  fluke, 
sometimes  found  in  the  gall-bladder  ;  (2)  the 
Scardbseus,  or  beetle  grubs,  several  species  of 
which  have  been  found  in  the  ear,  intestines, 
and  vagina  ;  (3)  the  (Estrus,  a  fly,  the  larvae  of 
which  are  deposited  in  wounds  or  foetid  ulcers ; 

(4)  the  Gordius,  or  horse-hair  worm,  found  in 
stagnant  water,  and  sometimes  taken  into 
the  stomach  ;  (5)  the  3fuse«,  several  of  which 
genus — as  the  Musca  carnaria,  or  flesh-fly,  the 
Musea  vomitoria,  or  blow-fly,  the  JIusca  cibaria, 
or  pantry-fly,  and  the  dlusca  putris,  or  hopper- 
fly  maggot — deposit  their  eggs  in  the  nose,  max- 
illary antra,  and  rectum. 

There  is  still  another  class  of  entozoa  which 
infest  different  parts  of  the  body,  as  :  (1)  Ace- 
phaJocystis,  or  hydatid  ;  (2)  the  Cysticercus,  or 
bladder-tail  hydatid  ;  (3)  the  Polycephalus,  or 
many-headed  worm  ;  (4)  Echinococcus,  the 
small  granular  bodies  found  in  Accphalocysts ; 

(5)  the  Filaria  medinensis,  or  guinea-worm  ;  (6) 
the  Acarus  of  the  itch  ;  (7)  the  Trichina  spiralis 
( which  see) . 

Entozo'on  Folliculo'rum  (Acarus  folli- 
culorum).  An  articulated  animalcule  found  in 
the  cutaneous  follicles. 

En'trails.  The  abdominal  viscera  :  the  in- 
testines. 

Entricho'ma  (from  ev,  in,  and  rptxupa, 
hair).     The  ciliary  edge  of  the  eyelids. 

Entrop'ium  (from  ev,  in,  and  rpe~u,  I 
turn).  Entropion.  Inversion  of  the  eyelids  so 
that  the  eyelashes  are  brought  in  contact 
with  and  irritate  and  inflame  the  globe  of 
the  eve. 


ENU 


232 


EPI 


Enu/cleate  (nucleus,  a  kernel).  Tumors 
taken  from  the  substance  in  which  they  were 
imbedded,  like  a  kernel  from  a  shell. 

Enucleation  (from  e,  out  of,  and  nucleus, 
a  kernel).  Exsecting  from  its  seat  or  capsule  a 
tumor,  etc. 

Enure'sis  (from  evovpeu,  to  void  urine  in 
bed).  Involuntary  flow  of  urine  from  par- 
alysis or  relaxation  of  the  sphincter  of  the 
bladder. 

Enzyme  (ev,  in,  and  Ciy«7,  leaven).  A  non- 
organized ferment  formed  within  the  body. 

Eocene'  (from  7<yf,  aurora,  and  mivoc, 
recent).  A  term  applied  in  Geology  to  the 
earlier  tertiary  deposits,  in  which  there  are 
only  a  few  organic  remains  of  existing  species 
of  animals. 

Ep=,  Eph=,  Epi=  (sir,  e0,  em,  upon,  above). 
Used  as  prefixes,  and  meaning  above,  exterior, 
augmentation,  addition,  increase,  reciprocal 
action,  repetition,  etc. 

Epacmas'ticos  (from  em,  and  an/mCu,  to 
increase).  Fevers  which  increase  in  violence 
from  the  commencement  to  the  crisis. 

Epane'tus  (from  ETravuj/ui,  to  remit).  A 
generic  term  applied  by  Dr.  Good  to  remittent 
fevers. 

Epanetus  Hec'ticus.     Hectic  fever. 
Epanetus  Malig'nus  Fla'vus.    Yellow  fever. 
Epanetus  Mi'tis.     Remittent  fever. 

Epaphae'resis  ( from  enatyatpeu,  I  take 
away).  Repeated  obstruction,  particularly  of 
blood. 

Epar'ma  (eparsis).     A  tumor. 

Ependyn'ia  Ventriculo'rum.  The  lining 
membrane  of  the  cavities  of  the  brain. 

Ephe'bus  (from  em,  toward,  and  nfir), 
puberty).  A  term  applied  in  Physiology  to 
one  who  has  attained  the  age  of  puberty. 

Ephel'cis  (from  em,  upon,  and  eakoc,  an 
ulcer).     The  crust  of  an  ulcer. 

Ephe'lides  (from  em,  upon,  and  tj/uoc,  the 
sun).  Freckles  ;  sun-burn.  A  cutaneous 
affection  characterized  by  small  and  large 
brown  spots  upon  the  skin,  caused,  as  the 
name  imports,  by  the  direct  action  of  the  rays 
of  the  sun. 

Ephe'Iis.     Ephelides. 

Ephem'era  (from  em,  during,  and  vpepa,  a 
day).  In  Pathology,  an  epithet  applied  to  dis- 
ease, especially  a  fever,  which  lasts  but  a  day, 
and  also,  by  the  French,  to  a  poison  which 
proves  fatal  within  a  day. 

Ephial'tes  (from  e^allofim,  to  leap  upon). 
Nightmare  ;     a    distressing    sensation    which 


occurs  during  sleep,  in  which  the  individual 
fancies  himself  threatened  by  the  approach  of 
an  enemy  or  of  imminent  danger  from  which 
he  can  not  escape. 

Ephidro'sis  (from  efiSpou,  to  perspire).  A 
copious,  morbid  perspiration.  A  colliquative 
sweat. 

Ep'iblast  (from  em,  upon,  and  fHaorog,  a 
sprout).  The  external  or  upper  layer  of  the 
blastoderm,  called  also  the  ectoderm  or  neuro- 
epidermal  layer,  from  which  is  developed  the 
central  nervous  system  and  epidermal  tissues 
(such  as  the  epiderm,  hair,  nails,  cutaneous 
glands),  including  the  epithelium  of  the  organs 
of  sense  and  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
mouth,  pharynx,  and  anus. 

Epican'thus  (from  em,  upon,  and  «avi?of, 
the  angle  of  the  eye).  A  fold  of  skin  extend- 
ing from  the  exterior  of  the  nose  over  the  inner 
angle  of  the  eye. 

Epicar'pium  (from  £71-*,  upon,  and  napnoc, 
the  wrist).     Application  to  the  wrist. 

Epichro'sis  (from  em,  upon,  and  xPulJ-a, 
color).  Discoloration  of  the  surface.  Ephelides. 

EpicoHc  (from  em,  upon,  and  nolov,  the 
colon).  The  part  of  the  abdomen  over  the 
colon. 

Epicon'dyle  (from  em,  upon,  and  novdvTioc, 
a  condyle).  A  protuberance  at  the  lower  ex- 
tremity of  the  os  humerus  which  gives  attach- 
ment to  the  outer  lateral  ligament  of  the  elbow 
joint  and  to  a  very  strong  tendon  to  which 
several  muscles  of  the  posterior  part  of  the 
forearm  are  attached  ;  so  called  because  it 
is  above  the  condyle. 

EpicondyIo=cubita/Iis.  The  anconeus 
muscle. 

EpicondyIo=radia/Iis.  The  supinator  radii 
brevis. 

Epicondylo=supra=metacarpia/nus.  The 
extensor  carpi  radialis  brevior. 

Epicondylo  =  supra  =  phalangettia'n  u  s 
Communis.  The  extensor  digitorum  com- 
munis. 

Epicondylo  -  supra  -  phalangettia'n  us 
Minimi  Digiti.  The  extensor  proprius  min- 
imi digiti. 

Epicopho'sis.     Cophosis  ;  deafness. 

Epicra'nium  (from  tm,  upon,  and  upaviov, 
the  cranium).  Applied  to  various  parts  of  the 
cranium,  as  the  tendinous  expansion  of  the 
occi  pi  to- frontal  is  muscle,  and  even  to  the 
whole  scalp. 

Epicra'sis  (from  em,  upon,  and  nepavvv/u,  I 
temper).     The  treatment  of  disease  by  sooth- 


EPI 


233 


EPI 


ing  and  demulcent  remedies,  which  the  humor- 
ists supposed  possessed  the  power  of  correcting 
the  vitiated  humors. 

Epicri/sis.  The  judgment  of  the  natural 
causes,  treatment,  and  probable  termination  of 
a  disease,  founded  on  scientific  principles. 

Epicte/nium.  The  parts  upon  and  above 
the  pubes. 

Ep'icyte  (from  e-m,  and  Kvrog,  cell).  The 
hyaline  cuticle  of  cells  ;  the  membrane  invest- 
ing a  cell. 

Epidemic  (epidemicus;  from  eiu,  upon,  and 
d^of,  the  people).  A  disease  which  simulta- 
neously attacks  multitudes  of  persons  at  the 
same  time  and  in  the  same  district,  or  extend- 
ing over  an  extensive  district,  and  which  is 
dependent  on  a  noxious  condition  of  the 
atmosphere. 

Epidem/y.     An  epidemic  disease. 

Epid/eris.  The  clitoris  ;  the  nymphse  or 
the  prepuce  of  the  clitoris. 

Epider'mic  ( epidermicus ;  from  ETridspfiig, 
the  scarf  skin).     Pertaining  to  the  epidermis. 

Epider/mis  (from  em,  upon,  and  (kp/na,  the 
skin).  The  outer  layer  of  the  skin.  The  cuticle, 
or  scarf  skin  ;  a  thin,  dry,  transparent  mem- 
brane, devoid  of  nerves  and  vessels,  which 
covers  all  the  surface  of  the  body  except  the 
parts  that  correspond  to  the  nails.  It  consists 
of  minute  scales,  placed  one  above  the  other. 

Epidermoid  (from  enidepfiic,  and  ei6og,  re- 
semblance). Eesembling  the  epidermis  or 
cuticle. 

Epide'sis.  In  Surgery,  the  act  of  binding 
up  a  wound  ;  also  the  application  of  a  ligature 
to  a  wounded  vessel. 

Epides/mos.     A  bandage  or  ligature. 

Epididymis  (from  em,  upon,  and  (hdv/ioc,  a 
testicle).  A  hard,  grayish,  oblong  substance 
upon  the  superior  margin  of  the  testicle,  formed 
by  the  convolutions  of  the  vas  deferens.  It  is  a 
canal  formed  by  the  union  of  all  the  seminif- 
erous vessels  folded  several  times  upon  them- 
selves after  having  traversed  the  corpus  High- 
morianum. 

Epid'osis  (from  wi,  and  Sida/ii,  to  give). 
Increase,  as  of  a  disease  or  in  the  growth  of  the 
body. 

Epid'rome  (from  e-uSpE/uu,  I  run  upon). 
An  afflux  of  humors. 

Epigastric  {epigastricus ;  from  etti,  upon, 
and  yaarijp,  the  stomach).  Relating  to  the 
epigastrium. 

Epigastric   Ar/tery.     An  artery  given  off  by 
the  external  iliac  when  it  passes  under  Pou- 


part's  ligament,  ascends  between  the  rectus 
muscle  and  the  peritoneum,  and  anastomoses 
about  the  umbilicus  with  the  internal  mam- 
mary artery. 
Epigastric  Region.  The  region  on  each  side 
below  the  short  ribs,  extending  from  the 
diaphragm  to  within  two  fingers  of  the  um- 
bilicus. 

Epigastrium.  The  epigastric  region  or 
part  situated  immediately  over  the  stomach. 

Epigastroce'le  (from  cth,  upon,  and  yoc-r/p, 
the  stomach,  and  «;//?;,  a  tumor).  Hernia  at  or 
near  the  epigastric  region,  whether  of  the 
stomach  or  not. 

Epigen'esis  (from  em,  upon,  and  yevecic,  a 
generation).  A  theory  of  generation  which 
regards  the  foetus  as  receiving  at  once  from  each 
parent  the  materials  necessary  for  its  forma- 
tion. 

Epiginom'ena  (from  em,  and  yevopai,  to 
succeed  or  supervene).  A  term  applied  in 
Pathology  to  symptoms  which  occur  in  the 
course  of  a  disease,  but  not  necessarily  belong- 
ing to  it. 

Epiglottic  (epiglotticus).  Pertaining  to  the 
epiglottis. 

Epiglottic  Gland.    A  collection  of  small  glands 
situated  at  the  base  of  the  anterior  surface  of 
the  epiglottis. 
Epiglottis  (from  em,  upon,  and  ylurrig,  the 
tongue).    An  oval  cartilage,  concave  posteriorly 
and  convex  anteriorly,  situated  at  the  root  of 
the  tongue  upon  the  superior  opening  of  the 
larynx.     It  is  loose  at  its  superior  extremity 
and  attached  at  its  inferior  to  the  thyroid  car- 
tilage.    Its  use  is  to  ease  the  glottis,  or  superior 
opening  of  the  larynx,  and  prevent  the  intro- 
duction of  alimentary  substances  into  the  air- 
passages  during  deglutition. 

Epiglottitis.      Inflammation   of   the   epi 
glottis. 

Epiglottis  (from  em,  upon,  and  yXovrig,  the 
buttocks).  The  superior  region  of  the  but- 
tocks. 

Epigna/thus.  A  parasitic  monstrosity 
where  the  parasite  is  attached  to  the  superior 
maxillary  bone. 

Ep'ilepsy  (eirifappia,  from  Epifaififiavu,  I 
seize  upon).  A  disease  of  the  cerebrospinal 
organs,  attended  with  violent  convulsions, 
coma,  and,  generally,  foaming  at  the  mouth. 
The  disease  may  be  idiopathic  or  sympto- 
matic. In  the  former  case  it  results  from 
a  morbid  affection  of  the  encephalon  ;  in 
the  latter,    from  worms,   intestinal  irritation. 


EPI 


234 


EPI 


external  violence,  or  from  some  other  accidental 
cause. 

Epilep'tic  (epilepticus).  Affected  with  or  re- 
lating to  epilepsy. 

Epilep'toid.     Resembling  epilepsy. 

Epimor/ios.     An  unequal  pulse. 

Epimysium  (etu,  upon,  and  /^f,  muscle). 
The  sheath  surrounding  an  entire  muscle. 

Epineph/elos.     Cloudy  ;  applied  to  urine. 

Epineu'rium.  The  connective-tissue  nerve- 
sheath. 

Epinyc'tides  (from  eki,  upon,  and  vvg, 
night).  Eruptions  which  appear  during  the 
night  and  disappear  in  the  morning.  A  kind 
■of  nettle  rash. 

Epiparoxys/mus.  The  too  frequent  occur- 
rence of  the  febrile  paroxysm. 

Epipas/tic.  Plasters  sprinkled  with  some 
vesicant  agent,  such  as  cantharides. 

Epiphlogis/ma  (from £7r<,  upon,  and  fXoyc^u, 
to  inflame).  Inflammation  or  burning  heat  in 
any  part. 

Epiph/ora  (from  Em<j>epu,  to  carry  to). 
Weeping.  Continued  involuntary  flow  of  tears, 
■caused  by  disease  or  irritation  of  the  lachrymal 
passages. 

Epiphyma'ta.     Diseases  of  the  skin. 

Epiphysis  (from  ettj,  upon,  and  fvu,  I 
arise).  Any  portion  of  bone  separated  from 
the  body  of  the  bone  by  intervening  cartilage, 
which  ultimately  becomes  converted  into  bone. 
The  epiphysis  then  becomes  a  process. 

Epiple/gia.  Paralysis  of  the  upper  extremi- 
ties. 

Epiplero'sis.     Repletion,  distention. 

Epiploce'Ie  (from  ettittXoov,  omentum,  and 
'//>//,  hernia).    Hernia  formed  by  the  omentum. 

Epiploic.  Pertaining  to  the  epiploon  or 
omentum. 

Epiploic  Appendages.  Numerous  small  pro- 
longations of  the  peritoneum  extending  be- 
yond the  surface  of  the  colon  and  rectum 
and  filled  with  adipose  matter. 
Epiploic  Arteries.  The  branches  from  the 
gastro-epiploic  artery  which  are  distributed  to 
the  epiploon. 

Epiploischioce'le  (from  eirmloov,  the  epip- 
loon, inx'-ov,  the  ischium,  and  mfkri,  a  tumor). 
Protrusion  of  the  omentum  through  the  ischia- 
tic  notch. 

Epiploi'tis  (from  siwrXoov,  the  omentum, 
;unl  i.Tic,  denoting  inflammation).  Inflamma- 
tion of  the  omentum. 

EpipIomeroce/le  (from  eirtnhoov,  the  omen- 
tum, /"/f>"r,  fli<:  thigh,  and  «•'////,  a  tumor).     A 


femoral    hernia    formed    by   a    protrusion   of 
omentum. 

Epiplom/phalon  (from  ennrtoov,  the  omen- 
tum, and  o//0aAoc,  the  navel).  An  omental 
umbilical  hernia. 

Epiplon'phrasis  (from  etu-kaoov,  the  omen- 
tum, and  e/iQpaoou,  I  obstruct).  Obstruction 
of  the  omentum. 

Epip/loon  (from  em,  above,  and  7rA£w,  I 
swim  or  float).  The  omentum,  or  caul,  which 
consists  of  a  duplicature  of  the  peritoneum, 
and  is  so  called  because  it  floats,  as  it  were, 
above  a  portion  of  the  intestines. 

Epiploscheoce'Ie  (from  e-ki-kIoov,  the  omen- 
tum, ooxeoi),  the  scrotum,  and  Krfkri,  a  tumor). 
Omental  hernia  in  the  scrotum. 

Epiporo'ma  (emiripw/Lia).  A  hard  tumor 
about  the  joints  ;  the  callus  of  a  fracture. 

Epis/chesis  (from  ettioxeu,  I  restrain).  A 
suppression  of  excretions. 

Episcopates  Val'vula;.  The  mitral  valves 
of  the  heart. 

Episema/sia.     A  sign.     A  symptom. 

Epision'cus.  A  swelling  or  tumor  of  the 
labia  pudendi. 

Epispadias  (from  em,  above,  and  anau),  I 
draw).  A  malformation  of  the  urethra,  consist- 
ing iu  its  opening  on  the  upper  side  of  the  penis. 

Epispas/tic  (epispasticus ;  from  eiu,  above, 
and  oirau,  to  draw).  Any  substance  which, 
when  applied  to  the  skin,  excites  inflammation 
and  causes  an  effusion  of  serum  under  the  epi- 
dermis. Among  the  substances  which  produce 
these  effects  are  cantharides  and  mustard. 

Epispas/ticum.     A  blister. 

Epis/tasis  (from  etti,  upon,  and  erraw,  to 
rest).  A  substance  which  floats  on  the  surface 
of  urine. 

Epistax'is  (from  em,  upon,  and  cra£w,  to 
flow,  drop  by  drop).     Nasal  hajmorrhage. 

Epister/nal  (from  Em,  upon,  and  arspvov, 
the  sternum).  The  first  or  anterior  portion  of 
the  sternum,  which,  in  birds,  sustains  the 
forked  clavicle. 

Episthot/onos  (from  etclo-&ev,  forward,  and 
telvu,  to  extend).  A  variety  of  tetanus  in 
which  the  body  is  drawn  forward. 

Episynan/che.     Spasm  of  the  pharynx. 

Epit'asis  (from  em,  and  telvelv,  to  extend). 
The  period  of  violence  of  a  fever,  paroxysm,  or 
disease. 

Epithelial  (Latin,  epitJielialis).     Of,  pertain- 
ing to,  or  consisting  of  epithelium. 
Epithelial  Cells.     The  several  layers  of  cells 
composing  the  epithelium  of  the  mouth,  which 


EPI 


235 


EPI 


are  held  together  by  an  intercellular  cement 
substance.  There  are  three  kinds  of  these  cells 
— the  infant,  older,  and  oldest.  See  Epithe- 
lium. 

Epithelioid  {epithelium  +  oid).  Resembling 
epithelium. 

Epithelio'ma.  Carcinomatous  formation 
of  the  skin  or  mucous  membrane  composed  of 
epithelial  cells.  It  often  arises  from  the  irrita- 
tion of  a  diseased  tooth,  and  first  presents  the 
appearance  of  an  indurated  plane,  somewhat 
raised,  with  an  eroded  or  ulcerated  surface 
about  the  centre.  Pain  is  a  prominent  symp- 
tom. The  base  and  edges  are  of  a  pink  color, 
and  it  extends  along  the  jaw.  The  lymphatics 
are  early  involved.  The  treatment  consists  in 
the  early  removal  of  the  epithelioma,  or  affected 
gum,  and  the  adjacent  bone,  and  in  the  applica- 
tion of  chloride  of  zinc  paste,  etc. 

Epithe'lium  (from  em,  upon,  and  ■&?//-%,  a 
nipple).  This  is  a  very  delicate  membrane, 
forming  the  outer  covering  of  the  corium  or  true 
mucous  membrane,  and  enters  into  the  struc- 
ture of  glandular  organs.  It  is  cellular  in  its 
structure  and  presents  itself  under  different 
forms,  each  differing  somewhat  from  the  others. 
The  tesselated  epithelium  is  composed  of  oval 
nucleated  cells,  and  is  found  on  the  conjunctiva, 
in  the  mouth,  pharynx,  oesophagus,  on  the 
vulva,  in  the  vagina,  and  some  distance  into  the 
uterus,  and  in  the  entrance  of  the  urethra. 
The  columnar  or  conical  epithelium  consists  of 
elongated  cells.  This  variety  extends  from 
the  cardiac  orifice  of  the  stomach  to  the  anus  ; 
it  also  lines  the  principal  gland  dncts  opening 
upon  the  mucous  surface  of  this  tract  and  the 
greater  part  of  the  male  genito  urinary  organs. 
The  ciliated  epithelium,  consisting  of  columnar 
particles,  with  pellucid,  hair-like  processes  at 
their  extremities,  which  are  constantly  under- 
going a  vibratory  motion.  The  nucleated,  con- 
sisting of  circular  or  hexagonal  cells  with  a 
nucleus.  The  squamous,  where  the  cells  are 
reduced  to  flattened  scales.  The  stratified, 
where  the  cells  are  arranged  in  distinct  layers. 

There  is  also  another  variety  of  epithelium, 
called  the  spheroidal,  found  in  the  urinary  pas- 
sages, succeeding  the  columuar,  near  the  inner 
on  rice  of  the  urethra,  in  the  bladder,  ureters, 
pelvis  of  the  kidneys,  and  some  mucous  glands. 

The  epithelium  of  the  mouth  is  composed 
of  several  layers  of  cells,  designated  infant, 
older,  and  oldest,  which  are  held  together  by 
an  intercellular  cement-substance.  The  oldest 
layer  of  cells  is  made  up  of  flattened  discs  con- 


taining nuclei.  The  middle  or  older  layer  of 
cells  are  more  or  less  polyhedral  in  shape,  with 
an  imbricated  border  ;  they  extend  beyond 
the  oral  cavity  into  the  pharynx.  The  deepest 
or  infant  layer  of  cells  are  spheroidal  or  slightly 
cylindrical,  and  are  placed  vertically  on  the 
dividing  line  between  the  epithelium  and  der- 
mal or  corium  layers. 

Epithelium  of  the  Mouth.  On  the  structure 
of  that  portion  of  the  epithelium  which  lines 
the  cavity  of  the  mouth,  Mr.  Nasmyth  ob- 
serves :  "In  the  foetal  subject,  previous  to  the 
extrusion  of  the  teeth,  it  forms  on  the  alveo- 
lar arch  a  dense  projecting  layer,  distinguish- 
able from  the  surrounding  membrane  by  its 
whiteness  and  by  the  existence  on  its  surface 
of  ridges  and  sulci  having  a  waving  course 
and  a  variable  direction.  The  alveolar  epi- 
thelium is  thicker  in  proportion  to  the  youth 
of  the  subject  examined.  It  is  most  promi- 
nent where  it  corresponds  with  the  molar 
teeth  ;  its  internal  surface  is  concave,  receiv- 
ing the  projecting  mucous  membrane  or 
corium.  This  portion  presents  various  objects 
for  investigation. 

"First,  as  regards  its  composition  :  It  is  made 
up  of  a  mass  of  scales,  lying  one  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  other.  As  in  other  portions  of  the 
epithelium,  the  external  scales  here  are  larger, 
and  this  holds  good  generally  until  we  come 
1  he  surface  of  the  vascular  mucous  mem- 
brane, which  presents  simple  cells  with  their 
corpuscles. 

"In  the  interior  of  this  alveolar  epithelium, 
where  it  corresponds  to  the  molar  teeth,  small 
vesicles  may  be  frequently  observed,  varying 
in  size  from  one-quarter  to  one-eighth  of  a 
line  in  diameter.  They  appear  to  the  naked 
eye  to  be  transparent ;  under  the  microscope, 
their  parietes  are  found  to  consist  of  attenu- 
ated scales,  and  their  cavity  to  contain  a  fluid 
abounding  in  minute  granules  and  cells.*  The 
internal  surface  of  the  epithelium,  covering 
the  alveolar  arch,  frequently  presents  concavi- 
ties or  indentations,  which  are  from  a  line 
and  a  half  to  three  or  four  lines  in  circumfer- 
ence ;  they  correspond  to  projections  from  the 
mucous  membrane  formed  by  a  larger  species 
of  vesicle.     The  latter  is  deeply   implanted  in 

*  The  vesicles  here  alluded  to  are  most  probably 
those  which  Serres  describes  as  gland.-  for  the  secre- 
tion of  tartar ;  they  are  very  numerous,  even  after 
the  extrusion  of  the  incisor  teeth  of  the  calf,  and  ate 
seen  with  great  facility  internally. 


EPI 


236 


EPU 


the  vascular  mucous  membraue.  The  parietes 
of  these  vesicles  are  composed  of  a  very  deli- 
cate membrane  ;  they  contain  a  transparent 
fluid,  which  coagulates  on  the  application  of 
heat  or  acid  or  on  immersion  in  spirit,  and 
in  this  fluid  float  numerous  globules  and  scales 
similar  to  those  of  the  epithelium  generally. 
The  internal  or  attached  surface  of  the  alveo- 
lar epithelium  also  presents  numerous  fringed 
processes  measuring  from  one  line  to  one  and 
a  half  lines  in  length  and  half  a  line  in 
breadth,  -which  sink  into  the  substance  of  the 
subjacent  mucous  membrane.  Under  the  mi- 
croscope, these  fringes  are  found  to  be  com- 
posed of  elongated  scales  connected  together, 
forming  masses  which  divide  and  subdivide 
until  they  attain  such  an  extreme  tenuity  that 
the  most  minute  terminations  consist  but  of 
two  scales  in  marginal  apposition.  If  the  epi- 
thelium be  carefully  separated  from  the  sur- 
face of  the  mucous  membrane  corresponding 
to  the  uuextruded  molar  teeth,  and  placed  in 
water  or  in  diluted  spirit  of  wine  for  some 
little  time,  its  internal  or  attached  surface 
presents  these  fringes  much  enlarged,  and 
forming  a  mass  more  considerable  in  size  than 
the  dense  epithelium  itself. 

"The  epithelium  covering  the  mucous  mem- 
brane of  the  palate  presents  transverse  ruga?, 
corresponding  to  those  of  the  mucous  mem- 
brane. If  these  palatal  rugae  of  the  epithelium 
of  the  calf  be  carefully  examined  from  the 
internal  surface  with  a  magnifying  power  of 
one  inch  focal  distance,  each  will  be  found  to 
consist  or  to  be  composed  of  numerous  depres- 
sions or  cul-de-sacs,  which  receive  prolonga- 
tions or  pointed  processes  of  the  subjacent 
mucous  membrane. 

"They  are  of  extreme  tenuity,  and,  when 
viewed  by  the  aid  of  high  magnifying  powers, 
are  observed  to  consist  of  distinct  scales." 

The  epithelium  of  the  mouth  is  of  the  squamous 
stratified  variety,  and  the  general  arrange- 
ment of  its  cells  is  similar  to  that  of  the 
tpiderm.  There  is  little  pigment  in  its  deep 
or  Malpighian  layer,  which  is  columnar  in 
form,  except  in  embryonal  life.  It  is  anal- 
ogous with  the  skin,  and  is  developed  from  the 
same  layer  of  the  blastoderm.  The  corium 
of  the  mucous  membrane  is  situated  imme- 
diately below  the  basement  membrane,  and, 
like  the  corresponding  layer  of  the  skin,  is 
made  up  of  areolar  connective  tissue,  contain- 
ing at  times  a  large  amount  of  lymphoid  tis- 
sue.    It  also  contains  white  and  yellow  fibrous 


connective  tissue,  vessels,  lymphatics,  and 
nerves.  It  varies  in  thickness  in  different 
parts.  On  the  alveolar  processes  the  corium 
is  composed  of  dense  connective  tissue,  and  is 
firmly  attached  to  the  muco-periosteum  or 
gum-tissue.  Upon  the  hard  palate  this  gum- 
tissue  is  united  to  the  ridges  of  the  bony  sur- 
face. 
The  blood-vessels  of  the  mucous  membrane  are 
very  numerous,  and  the  lymphatics  are  in  the 
form  of  a  network,  communicating  with  larger 
vessels  in  the  submucous  layer.  The  nerves 
are  chiefly  distributed  to  the  muscular  fibres, 
when  such  exist  in  mucous  membrane. 
Papilla?  and  villi  are  present  upon  some  parts 
of  mucous  membrane,  especially  upon  the 
tongue.  The  epithelium  consists  of  two  lay- 
ers— the  corneous  and  Malpighian. 
The  outer  layer,  the  corneous,  known  as  the 
stratum  comeum,  is  formed  of  old  epithelial 
scales,  which,  during  their  migration  from  the 
internal  to  the  external  surface,  have  become 
thin,  devitalized,  and  devoid  of  function.  The 
internal,  or  Malpighian,  layer  is  formed  of  liv- 
ing cells,  or  scales,  of  various  forms  and  sizes, 
placed  vertically  on  the  basement  membrane 
which  separates  the  epithelium  from  the 
corium  or  true  mucous  membrane. 

Ep/ithem  (epithema;  from  cm,  upon,  and 
Tf&rj/it,  I  put).  A  term  which  comprehends 
all  topical  remedies  with  the  exception  of 
plasters  and  ointments. 

Epith'esis.  The  straightening  of  crooked 
limbs  by  means  of  instruments. 

Epithym'iae.  Morbid  desires  or  longings. 
Epizo6/tia  (epizooty;  from  env,  upon,  and 
(uov,  an  animal).  The  simultaneous  occur- 
rence of  a  disease  among  a  great  number  of  the 
lower  animals.  In  the  Veterinary  Art  it  has  the 
same  meaning  that  epidemic  has  in  medicine. 

Epizo/6n  (from  et™,  upon,  and  £«ov,  animal). 

An  animal  existing  as  parasitic  upon  another. 

Epizoot/ic.     Relating  to  epizootia. 

Epo/mis    (from   em,    upon,    and   w//of,    the 

shoulder).     The  acromion  ;  the  upper  part  of 

the  shoulder. 

Eposto'ma  (epostosis).     An  exostosis. 
Epse'ma.     Decoction. 

Epsom  Salts.  Sulphate  of  magnesia  (which 
see). 

Epu/lis  (from  eni,  upon,  and  ovlov,  the 
gum).  A  hard,  fibrous  tumor  of  the  alveolar 
processes  of  the  gums.  It  is  sometimes  soft,  at 
other  times  hard,  and  makes  its  appearance 
upon  the  gum  between  two  teeth  or  from  the 


EPU 


237 


ERO 


sockets  of  decayed  teeth.  It  is  sometimes  of  a 
simple  and  at  other  times  of  a  malignant 
character.  The  term  epulis  is  often  employed 
to  indicate  a  tumor  of  any  kind  growing  from 
or  in  connection  with  the  gum.  As  it  has  no 
anatomical  significance,  it  is  rather  indefinite. 
See  Jaws,  Morbid  Growths  of. 

Epulo/sis.     Cicatrization. 

Epulot/ic  (epuloticus;  from  e-ovaou,  to  cica- 
trize or  heal  up  a  wound).  Applied  to  remedies 
which  promote  cicatrization. 

Equilibrium  (from  sequus,  equal,  and 
librare,  to  weigh).  In  3Iedicine,  harmony  in 
the  reciprocal  actions  of  the  organs  of  the  body. 

Equi  nia  (from  equinus,  belonging  to  a 
horse).  Glanders.  A  contagious  and  some- 
times a  dangerous  disease,  produced  by  inocu- 
lation with  certain  diseased  fluids  generated 
in  the  horse,  mule,  etc.  Two  species  are  met 
with — equinia  mitts,  caused  by  inoculation  with 
the  fluid  of  grease,  and  equinia  glandulosa,  a 
malignant  and  usually  fatal  disease. 

Equinus.  A  variety  of  talipes,  or  club- 
foot, 

Equivalents,  Chem/ical.  In  Chemistry,  a 
term  introduced  by  Dr.  Wollaston  to  express 
the  proportional  weight  in  which  elementary 
and  compound  bodies  reciprocally  unite ;  a 
law  of  proportions  in  chemical  combinations. 

Erasion  (from  e,  and  rado,  to  scrape).  The 
act  of  scraping. 

Er/bium.     A  metal  occurring  with  yttria. 

Erec'tileTis'sue.  A  peculiar  tissue  of  the 
animal  economy,  described  by  some  writers  but 
not  recognized  by  others,  consisting  of  a  vascu- 
lar network,  liberally  supplied  with  nerves, 
and  susceptible  of  erection  by  an  increased  flow 
of  blood.  It  enters  into  the  composition  of  the 
corpora  cavernosa  of  the  penis  and  clitoris,  of  the 
inferior  part  of  the  vagina  and  corpus  spongi- 
osum urethras,  of  the  lips,  iris,  nipples,  nerv- 
ous papillce,  etc.  The  same  tissue  is  sometimes 
developed  as  a  morbid  structure,  as  exemplified 
in  nsevus  maternus,  many  hemorrhoidal,  vari- 
cose, polypous,  and  other  tumors. 

Erec/tion  (erectio).  The  action  or  enlarge- 
ment which  takes  place  in  erectile  tissues. 

Erec'tor  Clitor  idis.  A  name  applied  to 
certain  muscles,  the  functions  of  which  are  to 
raise  the  part  into  which  they  are  inserted. 
The  ischio-cavernosus.  A  muscle  which,  by 
drawing  the  clitoris  downward  and  backward, 
forces  the  blood  into  it  from  its  crus  and  serves 
to  make  the  body  of  it  more  tense. 
Erector    Penis.      The   ischio-cavernosus.       A 


muscle  of  the  penis  which,  by  its  contraction, 
forces  the  urine  and  semen  forward  and  causes 
the  blood  to  flow  into  the  corpus  cavernosum 
and  the  glans,  and  thus  to  distend  them. 

Eremacau'sis    (from    epTifiog,    waste,    and 
navcig,    combustion).      The   slow   combustion, 
oxidation,  or  decay  which  takes  place  in  organic 
bodies  when  freely  exposed  to  air  and  moisture. 
Erethism  {erethismus ;  from  epediCu,  I  irri- 
tate).     Exaltation  or  increase   of  Aital  phe- 
nomena in   any  organ   or  tissue.     Irritation. 
Excessive  nervous  irritability. 
Erethis/ma.     Eubefacient. 
Erethis'mus.     Irritation. 
Erethismus  Ebrio/sorum.    Delirium  tremens. 
Erethismus  Hydrophobia.     Hydrophobia. 
Erethismus  Mercurials.     A  state  of  the  con- 
stitution produced  by  mercury,  characterized 
by  depression  of  strength,  anxiety  about  the 
prsecordia,  frequent  sighing,  irregular  action 
of  the  heart,  small,  quick,  sometimes  inter- 
mitting   pulse ;   tremors,    shrivelled    counte- 
nance, a  sense  of  coldness,  etc. 
Erethit'ic.     Appertaining  to  erethism. 
Ereug/mos.     Eructation. 
Erg.     The  unit  of  electric  work. 
Ergot/.     Spurred  rye.     See   Secale   Cor- 
NUTUM. 

Ergo/ta.     Ergot. 

Ergo'tine  (ergotin).  A  peculiar  principle 
discovered  in  ergot  consisting  of  an  unctuous, 
reddish,  neutral  powder. 

Er'gotism.     The  effects  produced  by  ergot. 

Er/gotole.  A  preparation  of  ergot  of  rye, 
which,  it  is  claimed,  possesses  all  the  therapeu- 
tic properties  of  ergot  and  is  bland  and  uni  ro- 
tating. Locally,  it  is  employed  in  all  affections 
of  the  mucous  membranes.  Dose,  n^v  to  tt\,xx 
hypodermically  ;  Vf^v  to  f.^ss  by  the  mouth. 

Erige'ron.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Composite. 

Erigeron  Canaden'se.  Canada  fleabane  ;  a  bit- 
ter, acrid,  and  somewhat  astringent  plant. 
Erigeron  Philadel'phicum.  Philadelphia  flea- 
bane  ;  a  biennial  herb  used  in  nephritic  and 
dropsical  diseases. 

Eroded.     Gnawed  ;  loss  of  substance. 

Ero/dium  Moscha'tum.  Geranium  mos- 
chatum. 

Ero/sion  [erosio;  from  erodere,  to  eat  away). 
The  gradual  destruction  of  a  part  by  the  action 
of  a  corrosive  substance. 

Erosion  of  the  Teeth.  Denudation.  An 
affection  of  the  teeth  characterized  by  a  loss 
of  substance  occurring  without  any  apparent 


ERO 


238 


ERY 


cause.  It  begins  on  the  surface  of  a  tooth 
over  a  limited  space  and  gradually  forms  a 
groove  or  pit,  which  gradually  widens  and 
deepens.  It  appears  most  frequently  on  the 
labial  surfaces  of  the  anterior  teeth.  In  the 
canine  and  bicuspid  teeth  it  often  forms  a  cup 
or  dish-shaped  pit  or  excavation  on  the  labial 
surfaces  about  the  free  margin  of  the  gum. 
The  surface  of  the  exposed  dentine  is  generally 
firm  and  hard,  with  a  perfect  polish  over  its 
entire  area.  It  sometimes  exists  in  connection 
with  mechanical  abrasion.  The  more  gener- 
ally accepted  theory  as  to  the  cause  of  this 
obscure  affection  is  that  it  is  in  some  way 
effected  by  acids  under  some  peculiar  modify- 
ing influences.  Some  writers  ascribe  it  to  the 
influence  of  electrolysis.  See  Atrophy. 
Erosive.  Producing  or  accompanied  by 
erosion. 

Erot/ic  (erotictts ;  from  epo>c,  love).  Relat- 
ing to  the  passion  of  love,  as  erotic  melancholy, 
erotic  delirium,  etc. 

Erotomania  (eromania ;  from  ep«f,  love, 
and  piavia,  madness).  Melancholy  or  aliena- 
tion of  mind  produced  by  love. 

Errat/ic  (erraticus ;  from  errare,  to  wander). 
Wandering  ;  irregular.  In  Pathology,  applied 
to  fevers  which  observe  no  regular  type  and  to 
pains  and  cutaneous  diseases  which  shift  from 
place  to  place. 

Er'rhine  (errhinum;  from  ev,  in,  and  /w, 
the  nose).  A  substance  which,  when  applied 
to  the  nose,  excites  sneezing  and  increased 
secretion  ;  also  applied  to  medicines  which  pro- 
mote the  secretion  from  the  mucous  membrane 
of  the  nostrils. 

Er'rhysis  (from  ev,  in,  and  peu,  to  flow).  A 
slight  haemorrhage. 

Er'ror  Lo'ci.  An  epithet  employed  by 
Boerhaave  to  express  deviation  of  fluids  when 
they  enter  vessels  not  destined  to  receive  them  ; 
as,  for  example,  when  red  blood  enters  vessels 
which  circulate  only  the  serous  part  of  this 
fluid  they  become  obstructed  by  error  of  place. 
Eruca'ic  Acid.  A  crystalline  acid  obtained 
from  oil  of  mustard-seed. 

Eructa'tion  {eructatio;  from  eructare,  to 
belch).  The  act  of  bringing  up  gas  from  the 
stomach  through  the  mouth. 

Erup'tion  (eruptio ;  from  erumpere,  to  break 
or  burst  out).  In  Pathology,  according  to  the 
usual  acceptation  of  this  term,  the  development 
of  an  exanthematous  affection  on  the  surface 
ami  the  exanthema  itself.  It  is,  however, 
sometimes  applied  to  a  copious  evacuation  of  a 


fluid — blood,  serum,  pus — or  of  gas  from  a  canal 
or  cavity.     Also  the  emergence  of  the  teeth 
from  the  gums. 
Eruption  of  the  Teeth.     See  Dentition. 

Erup'tive  (eruptivus).  Applied  to  diseases, 
especially  fevers,  which  are  accompanied  by  an 
eruption  on  the  skin. 

Erysipelas  (from  epvdpoc,  red,  and  tteIoq, 
or  we?Jmc,  a  skin).  A  cutaneous  phlegmasia, 
vulgarly  termed  St.  Anthony's  fire,  accom- 
panied with  swelling,  diffused,  but  more  or 
less  circumscribed  redness,  pain  and  heat,  and 
vesication.  It  is  an  acute  affection,  its  medium 
duration  being  from  ten  to  fourteen  days.  It 
yields,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  to  general  re- 
frigerant remedies.  Topical  applications  are 
seldom  of  any  use.  In  the  majority  of  cases  it 
is  necessary  to  give  tonics.  Several  species  are 
described  by  medical  writers. 

Erysipelatous.     Pertaining  to  erysipelas. 
Erysos  (epv&poc,  red).     Erythema. 
Erythe/ma  (from  epvdpoc,  red).     Redness. 
A  diffused  redness,  or  blush,  of  the  skin  pro- 
duced by  capillary  congestion. 
Erythema  Anthrax.     A  carbuncle. 
Erythema  Centrif'ugum.      Erythema  of  the 
face,  characterized  by  a  small  red  spot,  which 
sometimes  spreads  over  the  entire  face. 
Erythema  Epidem'icum.    See  PELLAGRA. 
Erythema  Fu/gax.    An  erythema  of  an  irregu- 
lar  shape,    and   which   sometimes  occurs  in 
febrile  diseases  and  during  dentition. 
Erythema  Lseve.     A  slight  shining  redness  of 
the   skin   of  persons  affected  with   anasarca, 
especially  on  the  lower  extremities. 
Erythema  Marginatum.     Erythema  bounded 
by  a  hard,  irregular  red  border,  and  in  which 
the  patches  are  distinctly  separated  from  each 
other. 
Erythema    Mercuriale.      See  Eczema   Mer- 

CURIALE. 
Erythema  Nodo'sum.     A  form  of  erythema 
peculiar  to  females,  consisting  of  oval  patches 
on   the  legs  which  soon  rise  into   hard  oval 
protuberances. 
Erythema     Papula/tum.      Erythema    which 
appears  in   irregular    patches  on   the   neck, 
arms,  and   breast,  and  which,  in  about  two 
weeks,  disappears,  leaving  a  bluish  hue  upon 
the  skin. 
Erythematous.      Associated     with      ery- 
thema ;  having  the  characteristics  of  erythema. 
Eryth'ric    Acid.      Purpuric   acid  ;    a   red 
substance  obtained  by  the  action  of  nitric  on 
uric  acid.     Alloxan. 


ERY 


239 


ETH 


Er/ythrine.  A  red  coloring  matter  obtained 
from  Roccella  tinctoria. 

Eryth'roblast  (from  blastos,  sprout).  A 
rudimentary  red  blood  corpuscle. 

Erythroei'des.  The  tunica  vaginalis 
testis. 

Er'ythroid  Ves'icle.  A  pyriform  vesicle 
of  the  foetus,  longer  than,  but  of  the  same 
diameter  as,  the  umbilical  vesicle. 

Erythro'nium.  A  metal  called  vanadium. 
Also  a  genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Liliaceae. 

Erythro'sis  (from  epv&poc,  red).  Florid 
plethora. 

Erythrox/ylon.  Coca.  The  leaves  of  a 
South  American  shrub.  Its  alkaloid  is  co- 
coaine  (which  see). 

Es'aphe.  Examination  of  the  uterus  by 
touch. 

Es/char  (eschara ;  from  eaxapou,  to  scab 
over).  The  crust  or  scab,  or  disorganized  por- 
tion of  animal  substance  produced  by  the  appli- 
cation of  caustic,  by  burns,  etc. 

Escharot'ic  (escharoticus ;  from  eaxapa, 
eschar).  Any  substance  which,  when  applied  to 
living  tissues,  is  capable  of  producing  an  eschar 
or  which  destroys  the  life  of  the  part  to  which 
it  is  applied  and  produces  a  slough.  Among 
the  substances  which  produce  this  effect  are  the 
caustic  potassa,  concentrated  mineral  acids,  sul- 
phate of  copper,  etc. 

Es/culent  (esculentus ;  from  esca,  food).  Such 
plants  and  animals  as  may  be  used  for  food. 

Esmarch's  Bandage.  A  rubber  bandage 
applied  to  a  limb,  with  continuous  pressure 
from  below  upward,  in  order  to  expel  blood 
from  a  part  that  is  to  be  operated  on. 

Eso=  (etrw,  within).  A  prefix  signifying,  in 
Pathology,  an  internal  disease. 

Esocoli'tis.     Dysentery. 

Eso/dic  (from  ecu,  within,  and  odoc,  way). 
Relating  to  afferent  or  centripetal  nerves,  or 
those  conveying  impressions  toward  the  cen- 
tral nervous  system. 

Esoenteri/tis  (eau,  within,  and  enteritis). 
Inflammation  of  the  lining  membrane  of  the 
intestines. 

Esogastri'tis.  Inflammation  of  the  inner 
membrane  of  the  stomach. 

Esoteric.  The  changes  resulting  from  in- 
ternal causes  proper  to  the  organism.  Arising 
within  the  organism. 

Esphla/sis  (from  <p?iau,  to  break).  A  frac- 
ture of  the  skull  in  which  the  fragments  are 
depressed. 

Es'sence     (essentia).     A    volatile    oil     ob- 


tained from  plants  by  distillation  and  diluted 

with  alcohol. 

Essentia.     An  essence  ;  also  a  tincture. 
Essen/tial.     Pertaining  to  an  essence. 

Essential  Oils.  Any  volatile  oils.  The  essen- 
tial oils  are  compounds  of  carbon  and  hydro- 
gen, and  comprise,  among  others,  oils  of  per- 
permint,  cloves,  caraway,  cajeput,  mustard, 
and  turpentine. 

Essential  Salt  of  Bark.  A  watery  extract  of 
Peruvian  bark. 

Essential   Salt  of   Lemons.      A  mixture  of 
cream  of  tartar  and  binoxalate  of  potash. 
Es'sera  (sora;  save).      A  species  of  cuta- 
neous  eruption,  consisting  of  broad,  shining, 

red  spots.     Nettle-rash. 

Esthiom'enus   (from   nodiu,  to  eat).     An 

eroding  disease,  as  some  forms  of  herpes  and 

ulcers. 

Es/tival  (asstivus).     Pertaining  to  summer, 

as  summer  diseases. 

E'thal.     A  peculiar  oily  substance  obtained 

from  spermaceti  ;   also  termed  the  hydrate  of 

oxide  of  cetyl. 

E/ther  (sether  ;  from  ai&?/p,  the  upper  air). 

In   Chemistry,  a  very  light,  volatile,  and   in- 
flammable fluid,  produced  by  the  distillation 

of  alcohol  with  a  concentrated  acid,  especially 

the  sulphuric. 

Ether,  Absolute.  Sulphuric  ether  freed  from 
the  small  portion  of  alcohol  and  sulphurous 
acid  it  contains  by  the  process  of  rectification. 
Used  in  Richardson's  spray  apparatus  as  a 
local  ansesthetic. 

Ether,  Acetic.  An  acetate  of  the  oxide  of 
ethyl.     Acetic  naphtha. 

Ether,  Camphorized.  Sulphuric  ether  and 
camphor.  Employed  in  Dental  Practice  for 
obtuuding  sensitive  dentine. 

Ether,  Chloric.     See  CHLOROFORM. 

Ether,  Hydric.     Sulphuric  ether. 

Ether,  Hydrochloric.  The  extrernehy  volatile 
chloride  of  ethyl. 

Ether,  Hyponitrous.  Nitrous  ether.  Nitric- 
ether. 

Ether  Mortality.  Twenty  cases  (1  :  16,000)  of 
death  from  its  use. 

Ether,  Muriatic  (getJter  hydrochloricus).  Hy- 
drochloric ether. 

Ether,  Nitric.     Nitrous  ether. 

Ether,  QEnanthic.  The  aromatic  liquid  which 
imparts  to  wines  their  peculiar  odor. 

Ether,  Sulphuric  {sether  stUphuricus).  Com- 
mon ether,  prepared  by  distilling  alcohol  with 
sulphuric  acid.       It  is  a  powerful  diffusible 


ETH 


240 


ETI 


stimulant,  possessed  also  of  expectorant,  anti- 
spasmodic, and  narcotic  properties.  It  is  em- 
ployed as  a  general  anaesthetic.  For  adminis- 
tration, see  Gorgas'  "Dental  Medicine." 
Dose,  3j  for  internal  use.  Dose  for  inhala- 
tion, about  two  fluid  ounces,  the  quantity 
being  very  variable  in  different  cases.  The 
effects  of  ether,  when  internally  administered, 
are  analogous  to  those  of  alcohol,  and  the  de- 
gree of  irritation  will  depend  upon  the  purity 
of  the  agent.  When  inhaled  there  is  a 
momentary  stimulation  of  the  intellectual 
functions,  due  to  an  increased  supply  of  blood 
to  the  brain.  Ideas  are  developed  with  greater 
rapidity  than  in  the  natural  state,  are  uot 
always  coherent,  and  are  dominated  by  ex- 
hilaration. These  effects  are  followed  by  gid- 
diness, a  rush  of  undefined  impressions,  and 
unconsciousness.  The  action  of  general  anaes- 
thetics, according  to  Brunton,  is  divided  into 
four  stages  :  The  stimulant ;  the  narcotic,  or 
anodyne  ;  the  anaesthetic ;  the  paralytic. 
Ether  is  contraindicated  in  cases  of  cerebral 
congestion,  existence  of  tumors  or  abscesses 
in  the  brain,  disease  of  the  cardiac  valves, 
disease  of  lungs  or  air-passages,  oedema  of  the 
glottis,  enlargement  of  the  tonsils,  cancerous 
diathesis,  in  shock  following  severe  injuries, 
in  very  painful  operations  ou  the  teeth  in  cer- 
tain conditions,  in  consequence  of  reflex  im- 
pressions through  the  fifth  pair  of  nerves  upon 
vital  ganglia. 
The  methods  of  resuscitation  for  dangerous 
symptoms  consist  in  the  use  of  means,  manipu- 
lative and  postural,  for  producing  artificial 
respiration,  such  as  Hall's,  Sylvester's,  and 
Howard's  methods  ;  also  faradization,  electro- 
puncture,  stimulation  by  nitrite  of  amyl,  es- 
pecially for  chloroform  narcosis,  heat,  and 
friction.  Etherization  is  also  produced  by  the 
introduction  of  ether  vapor  into  the  rectum. 
E/the/reaI.  Pertaining  to  or  of  the  nature 
of  ether. 

Ethereal    Oil  (oleum   asthereum).      The   oleum 
vini,  found  in  the  residuum  of  sulphuric  ether. 
Etherifica'tion.     The  conversion  of  fluids 
into  ethers. 

E'therine.  A  solid  body  deposited  from 
etherole  in  the  cold.  It  contains  the  same  ele- 
ments in  the  same  ratio  with  etherole. 

Etherism.  The  symptoms  or  effects  of 
etherization. 

Etheriza'tion,  E'therize.  The  inhaling 
of  the  vapor  of  ether  to  produce  insensibility 
to  pain. 


E/therole.  An  oily  product  of  the  decom- 
position of  the  sweet  oil  of  wine  when  heated 
with  water.  It  is  insoluble,  and  isomeric  with 
olefiant  gas.     Known  as  light  oil  of  wine. 

Ethine.  A  gaseous  substance  formed  dur- 
ing the  incomplete  combustion  of  hydrocarbon 
fuels. 

E'thionic  Acid.  A  product  obtained  by 
the  action  of  anhydrous  sulphuric  acid  ou 
alcohol. 

Eth/moid  (ethmoides;  from  eduoc,  a  sieve, 
and  ettfof,  form).     Sieve-like. 
Ethmoid    Bone    (os   ethmoides).     One   of   the 
eight  bones  of  the  cranium,  situated  between 
the  eyes  aud  ethmoidal  notch  of  the  os  frontis, 
of  a  light  cellular  texture  and  cubical  form. 
It  is  articulated  with  the  frontal,  lachrymal, 
sphenoid,    superior   maxillary,    palatine,   the 
vomer,  and  inferior  spongy  bones. 
Ethmoid'al.     Applied  to  parts  which  per- 
tain to,  or  are  connected  with,  the  ethmoid 
bone,  as  the  ethmoidal  cells,  ethmoidal  arteries, 
etc. 

Ethnography  (from  e&vog,  nation,  and 
ypa.fi],  description).  A  description  of  the  differ- 
ent natural  races  and  families  of  men. 

Ethnology  (from  e-Q-vog,  nation,  and  ^oyoc, 
discourse).  A  treatise  on  the  different  natural 
races  and  families  of  men. 

Eth/yl.    A  term  applied  by  Berzelius  to  the 
elementary  carbo-hydrogen  of   ether.      C2H5  ; 
the  second  of  a  series  of  alcohol  radicles. 
Ethyl  Brom/ide.     See  Bromide  OF  Ethyl. 
Ethyl    Chlo/ride.      Chloric  ether.      Obtained 
from  an  alcoholic   solution  of  zinc  chloride 
and   hydrochloric  acid  gas.      An  anaesthetic 
resembling    chloroform   in   its   properties  or 
action. 
Eth/ylate.     A  compound  of  ethyl  alcohol 
in  which  the  hydrogen  of  the  hydroxyl  of  the 
latter  is  replaced  by  the  base. 
Ethylate  of  Sodium  (sodium  ethylas).     Caustic 
alcohol  ;  employed  in  Dental  Practice  to  obtund 
sensitive  dentine. 
Ethylene.       Ethylene    dichloride  ;   ethene 
chloride.     The  formula  is  C2H4.     Olefiant  gas. 
Said  to  be  safer  than  chloroform,  when  used  as 
a  general  anaesthetic,  as  it  affects  the  respiration 
before  depressing  the  heart,  and  hence  its  effects 
are  more  readily  observed. 

Ethylidene  Chloride.  C2H4C12.  A  chlori- 
nated hydrochloric  ether,  colorless,  and  em- 
ployed as  an  anaesthetic. 

Etiol'ogy.  The  causation  or  theory  of 
causation  of  a  disease. 


EUiE 


241 


EUR 


Euae'mia  (from  ev,  well,  and  atua,  blood). 
A  healthy  state  of  the  blood. 

Euaesthe'sia  (from  en,  well,  and  aKr&ijaig, 
perception).     Good  perception. 

Eucaine'.  C,9H27N04HC1H20.  An  artifi- 
cial alkaloid  produced  by  the  reaction  between 
acetone  and  ammonia.  The  hydrochloride  is 
employed  as  a  local  anesthetic. 

Eucalyp'tus.  The  leaves  of  the  tree  Euca- 
lyptus globulus,  which  contain  tannic  acid  and 
a  volatile  oil  similar  to  camphor,  among  the 
constituents  of  which  is  eucalyptol,  C12H20O, 
oil  of  eucalyptus.  It  is  antiseptic  and  germi- 
cidal. The  oil  of  eucalyptus  is  employed  in 
Dental  Practice  in  chronic  alveolar  abscess, 
pyorrhoea  alveolaris,  putrescent  pulps,  etc. 
It  is  frequently  combined  with  carbolic  acid, 
wintergreen,  and  iodoform.  For  dental  uses, 
see  Gorgas'  "Dental  Medicine." 
Eucalyptus  Resinif'era.  An  astringent  gum 
resembling  kino. 

Euchlorhy'dria.  The  state  in  which  the 
normal  amount  of  free  hydrochloric  acid  is 
present  in  the  gastric  juice. 

Euchlo'rine  (from  ev,  brilliant,  and  x~AuP0C, 
green).  The  protoxide  of  chlorine;  so  called 
from  its  deep  yellow-green  color. 

Euchro'nic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  by 
the  decomposition  of  the  neutral  mellitate  of 
ammonia  by  heat. 

Euchym'ia  (from  en,  well,  and  x1'^0?,  juice). 
A  good  condition  of  the  humors. 

Eu  clase.  A  rare  mineral,  consisting  of 
small  greenish  crystals,  a  silicate  of  glucina, 
and  alumina. 

Eucra'sia  (from  ev,  well,  and  upaatc,  tem- 
perament).    An  excellent  temperament. 

Eudiom'eter  (from  evdia,  purity  of  air,  and 
fierpov,  a  measure).  An  instrument  for  ascer- 
taining the  quantity  of  oxygen  or  any  other 
gas  in  a  given  mixture  of  gases. 

Eudiom'etry.  The  art  of  ascertaining  the 
quantity  of  any  gas  contained  in  a  given  bulk 
of  atmospheric  air. 

Euex'ia  (from  en,  well,  and  e£'f,  constitu- 
tion).    An  excellent  constitution. 

Euge'nic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
cloves  and  Jamaica  pimento.     Antiseptic. 

Euge'nol.  The  oxygenated  derivative  and 
active  principle  of  oil  of  cloves,  having  no 
poisonous  qualities,  and,  in  a  concentrated  form, 
coagulating  albumen.  Sometimes  called  euge- 
nic acid.  It  is  used  in  Dental  Practice  for  odon- 
talgia from  exposed  and  inflamed  pulp,  dressing 
for  root  canals,  and  in  pyorrhoea  alveolaris  for 
Hi 


cleansing  out  pus  cavities  and  alveolar  ab- 
scesses. For  other  dental  uses  see  Gorgas' 
"Dental  Medicine." 

Eupathi'a  (from  eu,  well,  and  -<7#of,  suffer- 
ing).    Easily  affected  by  pain  ;  also  health. 

Eupato'rium.     Agrimony.     Also    a  genus 
of  plants  of  the  order  Composite. 
Eupatorium  Cannab'inum.    Hemp  agrimony. 
The  juice  is  emetic  and  purgative. 
Eupatorium     Perfolia'tum.      Thoroughwort  ; 
boneset.     It  is  esteemed  a  tonic  and  diapho- 
retic.    Dose,  of  powder,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xxx  ;  of 
the  infusion,  3J. 

Eupep/sia  (from  en,  well,  and  ttetttu,  I  di- 
gest).    Good  digestion. 

Euphlo'gia  (from  eu,  well,  and  o/.fjw,  to 
burn).     Mild  inflammation. 

Eu/phony  (from  ev,  well,  and  ^ww?,  voice). 
An  excellent  voice. 

Euphor'bia.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Euphorbiacese. 

Euphorbia  Capita'ta.  An  astringent  Brazilian 
plant. 

Euphorbia  Hypericifo'lia.  A  species  of  eu- 
phorbia indigenous  in  the  United  States,  used 
as  an  astringent  and  tonic. 

Euphorbia  Officina'rum.  The  systematic 
name  of  the  plant  which  affords  the  euphor- 
bium,  an  inodorous  gum-resin. 

Euphor'bium  (euphorbia  gum  resina).  The 
concrete  juice  of  several  species  of  euphorbia. 
It  is  emetic  and  cathartic,  often  acting  with 
great  violence. 

Eu'pion.  A  limpid,  colorless  liquid,  ob- 
tained by  distillation  from  fattj-oils,  especially 
that  of  rape  seed. 

Euplas'tic  (from  ft',  and  iz'/.aotc,  formation). 
Becoming  organized  readily  ;  adapted  for  form- 
ing new  tissue.  The  elaborated  matter  out  of 
which  animal  tissues  are  formed. 

Eupnce'a  (from  en,  well,  and  -raj,  to 
breathe).     Normal  and  easy  respiration. 

Eupyr'ion  (from  en,  easily,  and  myj,  fire). 
Any  contrivance  for  obtaining  instantaneous 
light,  as  the  phosphorus  bottle. 

Eurhyth'mia  (from  en,  well,  and  pi'dftoc, 
rhythm).     A  regular  pulse. 

Eurodon'tia  (from  etywc,  caries,  and  odovc} 
a  tooth).     Caries  of  the  teeth. 

Eurodon'ticus.  One  suffering  from  caries 
of  the  teeth. 

Eu'rophene.  Isolmtyl-orthocresol  iodide. 
An  amorphous  yellow  precipitate  in  the  form  of 
powder.     Used  as  a  substitute  for  iodoform. 

Eu'rus.     Corruption  of  the  humors. 


EUS 


242 


EXA 


Eusar'cus.     Fleshy  and  robust. 

Euse'mia  (from  ew,  well,  and  a///usior,  a 
sign).     A  favorable  sign. 

Eusplanch'nia.  A  healthy  state  of  the 
viscera . 

Eustachian  Tube.     The  tube/which  forms 
a  communication  between  the  upper  part  of  the 
pharynx  and  the  ear.     It  is  bony  and  carti- 
laginous,  and  lined  by  a  continuation  of  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  pharynx.      The  en- 
trance from  the  pharynx  is  indicated  by  a  de- 
pression in  the  mucous  membrane. 
Eustachian  Valve  {yalvula  Eustachii).  A  mem- 
branous,   semilunar  fold,  which   corresponds 
to  the  opening  of  the  vena  cava  inferior  into 
the  right  auricle  of  the  heart. 

Eustheni'a.     Exuberant  health. 

Eutax'ia.  A  constitution  in  which  every 
part  lias  its  proper  relation. 

Euthana'sia  (from  ev,  well,  and  davaroc, 
<leath).     An  easy  death. 

Euthym'ia.  Mental  sanity  or  tranquil- 
lity. 

Euthymol.  Composed  of  eucalyptus,  wild 
indigo,  menthol,  oil  of  gaultheria,  boric  acid, 
and  thymol.     Antiseptic  and  germicidal. 

Euto'cia.     An  easy  labor. 

Eutropb/ia  (from  en,  well,  and  rpo^,  nour- 
ishment).    Healthy  nutrition. 

Eutroph/ic  (eutrophicum) .  A  term  intro- 
duced in  medical  terminology  by  Professor 
Dunglison  "for  an  agent  whose  action  is  ex- 
erted on  the  system  of  nutrition,  without  nec- 
essarily occasioning  manifest  increase  of  any  of 
the  secretions." 

Evac'uants  (jzvacuantia ;  from  e,  and  vacu- 
■are,  to  empty).  Medicines  which  occasion  a 
discharge  from  some  emunctory,  as  emetics, 
cathartics,  etc. 

Evacuation  (evacuatio).  Any  discharge 
from  the  animal  body,  whether  from  the  natu- 
ral passages  or  by  an  artificial  opening,  or 
whether  spontaneous  or  provoked  by  artificial 
means. 

Evans'  (W.  W.)  Celluloid  Heater.  A 
very  desirable  oven  for  moulding  celluloid, 
which  lias  a  dry  oven  surrounded  by  steam. 
A  thermometer  is  attached  to  it,  and  it  has 
•capacity  for  two  large  flasks.  It  is  10  inches 
high  )>y  7\  in  diameter,  and  will  withstand 
from  250  to  300  pounds  pressure. 

Evaporation  (evaporatio ;  from  c,  and 
mpontre,  to  emit  a  vapor).  The  conversion  of 
a  fluid  or  any  other  substance  into  a  vapor  for 
the  purpose  of  obtaining  the  fixed  matters  in 


a   separate  state   while  the  volatile  parts  are 
dissipated  and  lost. 

Eventration  (eventratio ;  from  e,  out  of, 
and  venter,  the  belly).  A  tumor  from  general 
relaxation  of  the  walls  of  the  abdomen  and 
protrusion  of  the  viscera  ;  also  hernia  which 
takes  place  through  any  other  than  the  natural 
openings  of  the  abdominal  walls  ;  and,  lastly, 
the  protrusion  of  the  viscera  through  a  wound 
of  the  walls  of  the  abdomen. 

Everric'ulum.  An  instrument  used  for 
the  removal  of  fragments  of  calculus  or  co- 
agula  of  blood  from  the  bladder  after  the  opera- 
tion of  lithotomy. 

Eversion.  A  turning  outward  or  inside 
out. 

Evolution  (evolutio ;    from  evolvere,  to  un- 
roll).   In  Physiology,  increase,  growth,  or  devel- 
opment.   Also  that  theory  of  generation  which 
supposes  the  germ  of  the  new  being  to  exist 
previous  to  fecundation,  and  to  be  only  devel- 
oped by  the  process  of  generation. 
Evolution,    Spontaneous.      In    Obstetrics,    a 
term  applied  by  Dr.  Denman  to  spontaneous 
turning  and  natural  delivery   after  the  pro- 
trusion of  the  arm  and  shoulder  of  the  child 
from  the  vagina. 

Evulsion  (erulsio ;  from  evellere,  to  pluck 
out).  The  forcible  extraction  of  any  part,  as  a 
tooth  ;  a  plucking  out. 

Exacerba'tion  [exacerbatio ;  from  exacer- 
hare,  to  provoke).  An  increase  of  intensity  in 
the  symptoms  of  a  disease  which  recurs  at  in- 
tervals.    It  is  synonymous  with  paroxysm. 

Exa?/resis  (from  eijaipeu,  to  remove).  The 
removal  of  whatever  is  obnoxious  to  the 
human  body  ;  as  the  extraction  of  a  carious  or 
dead  tooth,  the  amputation  of  a  limb,  the  re- 
moval of  foreign  bodies,  tumors,  etc. 

Exal'cine.  One  of  the  derivatives  of  the 
aromatic  series  of  synthetic  compounds.  An 
analgesic  and  antineuralgic. 

Exal'gine  (from  ex,  and  a'Ayog,  pain).  One 
of  the  four  isomeric  methyl  derivatives  of  ace- 
tanilide,  occurring  in  long,  needle  like  crystals, 
colorless  and  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water, 
but  quite  soluble  iu  hot  water  and  also  in 
water  to  which  a  little  alcohol  is  added.  Its 
formula  is  C9II,,NO.  Dose,  gr.  ivtogr.  vj,  two 
to  three  times  a  day.  All  forms  of  neuralgia 
are  said  to  be  benefited  by  it.  It  causes  no 
gastro-intestinal  irritation,  but  occasionally 
may  produce  slight  vertigo  and  tinnitus. 

Exal'ma.     Displacement  of  the  vertebrae. 

Exaltation    of    the    Vital     Forces.     A 


EXA 


243 


EXC 


morbid  increase  of  action,  as  that  which  takes 
place  in  an  inflamed  part.  It  is  used  by  some 
authors  as  synonymous  with  inflammation. 

Examblo'ma.     Abortion. 

Exangei'a  (from  el-ayyiea,  to  evacuate  from 
a  vessel).  An  enlargement  or  perforation  of  a 
blood-vessel  without  external  opening. 

Exan/guious  {exsanguis;  from  ex,  out  of, 
and  sanguis,  blood).  Deficient  in  blood,  as  in 
those  who  have  suffered  from  haemorrhages. 
See  Ax. emi c. 

Exa'nia  (from  ex,  out  of,  and  anus).  Pro- 
lapsus of  the  rectum. 

Exanima'tion.     Death,  real  or  apparent. 

Exan/them  (from  efartffw,  to  flourish).  Ex- 
anthema. A  cutaneous  eruption  or  rash.  The 
term  is  employed  by  some  writers  to  designate 
every  sort  of  eruption  that  appears  on  the  skin, 
but  Dr.  Willan  uses  it  as  synonymous  with 
rash. 

Exanthem,  Carbun/cular.    Anthrax. 
Exanthem  Mercuriale.     Eczema  mercuriale. 

Exanthem 'ata.  An  order  of  diseases  of 
the  class  Pyrexiae,  of  Dr.  Cullen's  "  Nosology." 
Under  this  term  is  comprehended  every  kind  of 
eruption  of  the  skin  which  is  accompanied  by 
fever  and  which  attacks  a  person  usually  but 
once  in  his  life,  as  small-pox,  measles,  chicken- 
pox,  scarlatina,  all  of  which  modify  the  nutri- 
tion of  the  teeth  or  their  formative  organs,  and 
may  also  cause  necrosis  and  exfoliation  of  the 
maxillary  bones  in  childhood,  together  with 
the  contained  teeth. 

Exanthemat'ic.     Eruptive. 

Exanthemat'ica.  Eruptive  fevers  ;  the 
third  order  in  the  class  Hsematica  of  Dr. 
Good. 

Exanthematis'chesis.  Suppression  of  an 
eruption  of  the  skin. 

Exanthematous.  Of,  or  pertaining  to,  or 
characterized  by,  an  exanthem. 

Exanthe'sis  (from  e^avdeu,  to  effloresce). 
The  breaking  out  of  an  efflorescence  on  the 
skin  ;  also  the  efflorescence  itself. 

Exanthrop'ia  (from  e^av&i>u-or,  misan- 
thropic).    A  misanthrope. 

Exarchia'ter    (exarchiatros ;   from  ejjapxog, 
a  leader,  and  tarpog,  a  physician).     The  first  or 
principal  physician. 
Exar'ma.     Swelling. 
Exar'sio.     A  burning  heat. 
Exarter'itis.      Inflammation  of  the  outer 
coat  of  an  artery. 

Exarticula'tion  (from  ex,  out  of.  and  ariic- 
ulus,  a  joint).     A  dislocation. 


Excarna'tion.  Making  anatomical  prepa- 
rations by  corrosion. 

Excava'tors.  Dental  instruments  for  open- 
ing and  forming  cavities  and  removing  decay 
from  them.  Although  a  great  variety  of  these 
are  in  use,  a  few  general  forms  will  comprise 
the  whole,  such  as  the  hatchet,  hoe,  and  chisel. 
Excement'osis  (from  ef,  from,  and  eemen- 
tum).  Exostosis  of  the  roots  of  teeth  by  exces- 
sive development  of  the  cementum. 

Excer'nent.  Functions  of  secretion  and 
absorption. 

Excip'ient.  A  substance  used  for  receiving 
or  hiding  the  nauseous  taste  of  medicines  ;  a 
vehicle  or  medium. 

Excising  Forceps.  An  instrument  for  ex- 
cising the  crowns  of  teeth,  having  narrow 
transverse  edges  closing  squarely  together,  and 
which  is  so  constructed  that  a  tooth  is  in  no 
danger  of  being  moved  in  its  socket  by  the 
operation. 

Excising  Forceps,  Elliott's  Improved.  This 
improvement  consists  in  placing  between  the 
handles  of  a  common  excising  instrument  a 
joint  operated  by  a  key  handle,  capable  of 
closing  the  instrument  with  a  force  five  or  six 
times  greater  than  can  be  produced  by  the 
hand  alone. 

Excision  (excisio  ;  from  excidere,  to  cutoff). 
The  removal  of  a  tumor  or  other  part  with  a 
cutting  instrument ;  also  amputation  at  a  joint. 
Excitability  (excilabilitas).     The  capability 
of  living  bodies  being  brought  into  action  under 
the  influence  of  exciting  agents   or  stimuli. 
Irritability. 
Excitant.     A  stimulant. 
Excita'tion.     Excitement.     The   action   of 
excitants  upon  the  living  body. 

Exci'to-mo'tory  System.  A  term  applied 
by  Dr.  Marshall  Hall  to  the  fibres  of  the  ante- 
rior and  posterior  roots  of  the  spinal  nerves, 
which  are  supposed  to  derive  their  origin  and 
power  of  action  from  the  cineritious  matter  of 
the  spine,  in  which  they  arise,  and  to  be 
brought  into  action  by  exterior  agency,  inde- 
pendently of  the  direct  power  of  the  will. 

Excoria'tion  (excoriatio  ;  from  excoriare,  to 
remove  the  skin).  Abrasion  of  the  skin. 
Excrea'tion.  The  act  of  spitting. 
Ex'crement  (excrementum ;  from  excernere, 
to  separate).  All  matters  evacuated  from  the 
animal  body  by  the  natural  emunctories  as 
superfluous,  as  the  faeces,  urine,  perspiration, 
etc.,  but  generally  applied  to  the  litces. 

Excremen'to=recrementit'ious.     A  term 


EXC 


244 


EXO 


applied  to  secretions  which  are  partly  absorbed 
and  partly  rejected. 

Excres'cence  (excrescent ia ;  from  excrescere, 
to  grow  out).  Any  preternatural  growth,  as  a 
tumor,  corn,  or  wart,  from  an  organ  or  tissue, 
especially  from  the  skin,  the  mucous  mem- 
brane, or  an  ulcerated  surface. 

Excre'tion  (excretio;  from  excernere,  to 
separate).  The  expulsion,  by  the  various  out- 
lets of  the  body,  of  such  matters  as  are  useless, 
as  the  urine,  faeces,  perspiration,  etc.  The 
fluids  excreted  as  waste  products  out  of  the 
blood. 

Ex/cretory.     Pertaining  to  excretion. 
Excretory  Duct.     A  vessel  or  duct  which  con- 
veys a  secreted  fluid   from  the  gland  which 
has  secreted  it. 

Excretory  Organ.     An  organ  destined  for  ex- 
cretion. 
Ex'edens.     Eating,  consuming. 
ExeIco/sis.     Ulceration. 
Exelcys'mos  (from  ef,  from,  and  elavu,  to 
draw).     Extraction. 

Exera'ma  (from  e^epau,  to  throw  out).  The 
act  of  vomiting,  or  the  matter  vomited. 

Ex'ercise  (exercitatio ;  from  exercere,  to 
work).  Movements  of  the  body  produced  by 
the  contraction  of  muscles  in  obedience  to  the 
will. 

Exercita'tion  (exercitatio ;  from  exercere,  to 
work).     Exercise  ;  gymnastics. 

Exerrho/sis  (from  ef,  out  of,  and  /jew,  to 
flow).  The  discharge  from  insensible  perspi- 
ration. 

Exfceta'tion.  Extra  uterine  feetation,  or 
the  development  of  the  ovum  in  some  organ 
exterior  to  the  uterus. 

Exfoliation  (exfoliatio ;  from  ex,  from,  and 
folium,  a  leaf).  Desquamation.  The  separa- 
tion or  detachment  of  dead  portions  of  bone, 
cartilage,  fascia,  or  tendon.  The  definition, 
however,  is  generally  restricted  to  the  separa- 
tion of  portions  of  bone. 

Exfoliative.  Medicines  that  promote 
exfoliation.  Also  instruments  for  effecting  or 
accelerating  exfoliation. 

Exfoliative  Marginal  Glossitis.  A  peculiar 
and  rare  inflammation  of  the  tongue,  found 
most  frequently  in  children,  but  is  liable  to 
occur  in  advanced  age.  The  characteristic 
symptoms  are  an  irregular  and  sinuous  patch 
of  superficial  inflammation  and  desquama- 
tion ;  a  raised  margin  of  whitish  or  grayish 
color  surrounding  the  affected  part;  a  tend- 
ency  to    migration,    causing    the    lesion    to 


change  its  form  and  seat  rapidly.     It  is  never 
accompanied  by  pain  and  may  remain  for  a 
long  time  undetected.     The  cause  is  obscure. 
The  treatment  consists   in  the  avoidance  of 
irritating    food    and  "  drink   and   the  use   of 
soothing  applications. 
Exha/Iant  (exhalent;  from   exhalare,  to  ex- 
hale, to   throw  out).     A   small   vessel   which 
performs  the  function  of  exhalation. 
Exhalant  Vessels.     A  distinct  system  of  ves- 
sels,   which,    according  to   Bichat,    originate 
from  the  capillary  arterial  system  and  are  dis- 
tributed to  all  the  tissues  of  the  body,  pour- 
ing out  on  the  surfaces  of  the  mucous  and 
serous  membranes  and  skin  a  peculiar  fluid. 
They  are  purely  imaginary. 
Exhalation    (exhalalio).      The    emanation 
which    arises   from   organized    and   inorganic 
bodies  in  the  form  of  vapor.     The  subtile  par- 
ticles, etc.,  given  off  by  the  body  through  the 
skin,  lungs,  etc. 

Exhaust/ion.  That  state  of  body  which 
results  from  great  fatigue,  privation  of  food, 
excessive  evacuations,  great  mental  effort, 
anxiety,  or  from  disease.  Also  the  effect  re- 
sulting from  the  removal  of  air  from  a  vessel 
with  an  air-pump  or  from  a  vacuum  cavity. 

Exhibit.  To  administer  to  a  patient  some 
medicinal  substance. 

Exhilarants.  Agents  which  enliven  and 
gently  stimulate. 

Exhumation  (exhumatio ;  from  ex,  and 
humus,  the  ground).  The  disinterment  of  a 
corpse. 

Exis'chios  (from  ef,  out  of,  and  loxiov,  the 
ischium).     Luxation  of  the  thigh  bone. 

Ex/itus.  The  outer  opening  of  a  canal. 
The  termination  of  a  disease. 

Exo=  (efw,  outward).  Used  as  a  prefix  to 
other  words. 

Exo'chas  (from  efw,  without,  and  ejw,  to 
have).     A  tumor  at  the  anus. 

Exocula/tio.     Absence  of  eyes.     Blindness. 
Exocys'te  (exocystis;  from  ef,  out  of,  and 
iwotic,  the  bladder).     Prolapsus  of  the  urinary 
bladder. 

Exod/ic  (efw,  without,  and  othc,  a  way). 
Proceeding  out  of  the  spinal  marrow.  Also 
applied  to  nerves  transmitting  impulses  out- 
ward from  the  central  nervous  system  ;  efferent. 
Exodonto'sis.  Exostosis  of  the  teeth 
(which  see). 

Exolu'tion.     Syncope.     Trance. 
ExonVphalus  (from  ef,  out  of,  and  <>n<f>aloc, 
the  navel).     An  umbilical  hernia. 


EXO 


245 


EXP 


Exonco/ma  (from  ef,  and  oynoc,  a  tumor). 
A  large  tumor  or  protuberance. 
ExophthaI'mia    (from     ef,    out    of,    and 

of&aX/uoc,  the  eye).     A  protrusion  of  the  bulb 
of  the  eye. 

Exosmo/sis  (from  ef,  out  of,  and  uaiioc,  im- 
pulse). Transudation.  The  property  of  exu- 
dation or  transpiration  by  which  rarer  fluids 
pass  out  of  a  cavity,  through  membranes,  into 
denser  fluids.     The  opposite  of  endosmosis. 

Exosto'ma  (from  ef,  out  of,  and  aro/ua, 
mouth).  The  foramen  through  the  outer  in- 
tegument of  an  ovule.     Also  exostosis. 

Exostosis    (from    ef,  out    of,  and   oareov, 
bone).  Hyperostosis.   An  osseous  tumor  formed 
on  the  surface  or  in  the  cavity  of  a  bone.  Three 
varieties  are  enumerated — namely,  ivory  exos- 
tosis, from  its  resemblance  iu  structure  to  ivory  ; 
lamellated  exostosis,  from  its  being  developed  in 
laminae  ;  and  spongy  exostosis,  from  its  resem- 
blance in  structure  to  the  tissue  of  bones. 
Exostosis  of  the  Alveoli.     The  alveoli,  as  well 
as  the  teeth  aud  other  osseous  structures  of 
the  body,  are  sometimes  attacked  by  exostosis, 
which   may  develop  itself  in  the  form  of  a 
bony  tumor  or  in   the   thickening   of  their 
walls  and  a  consequent  displacement  of  the 
teeth. 
Exostosis  of  the  Teeth  (exostosis  dentium;  exo- 
dontosis).     The  only  part  of  a  tooth  subject  to 
exostosis  is  the  root,  and  the  development  of 
the  affection  usually  commences  at  or  near  the 
extremity  ;  extending  from  thence  upward,  it 
sometimes  covers  a  greater  or  less  portion  of 
the  exterual  surface.     Occasionally,  however, 
it  commences  on  the  side,  and  so  great  a  depo- 
sition of  osseous  matter  takes  place   that  a 
large,  irregular  tubercle  is  formed  ;  at  other 
times  the  bony  deposit  is  diffused  regularly 
over  nearly  the  whole  of  the  root,  but  more 
frequently  it  is  irregular.     The  bony  matter 
thus  deposited  is  generally  of  the  nature  of 
cementum,  of  a  slightly  yellowish  hue  and 
of  a  semi-translucent  appearance. 
Although   sound  as  well  as  carious  teeth  are 
liable  to  be  attacked  by  exostosis,  the  occur- 
rence of  the  affection  is  evidently  the  result  of 
increased  action  of  the  vessels  of  the  perios- 
teum, arising  sometimes  from  caries,  sometimes 
from  the   loss  of  one  or  more  antagonizing 
teeth  ;  and  at  other  times  from  pressure  of  the 
adjoining  teeth,  or  from  malposition  of  a  tooth, 
or  from  some  operation  that  has  been   per- 
formed upon   it.     But  none  of  these  causes 
would  be  sufficient  to  produce  the  disease  if  it 


were  not  favored  by  some  peculiar  constitu- 
tional idiosyncrasy.  As  the  cementum  of  the 
affected  part  of  the  root  increases  in  size,  the 
alveolus  enlarges,  so  that  the  pressure  of  the 
former  upon  the  latter  is  rarely  very  great, 
and  hence  the  deposition  often  goes  on  for 
years  without  being  attended  with  much  pain, 
but  at  other  times  it  causes  the  tooth  to  ache 
and  become  sore  to  the  touch,  and  in  some 
instances  it  gives  rise  to  neuralgia  of  the  face. 
In  the  museums  of  the  colleges  of  dental  sur- 
gery are  many  very  remarkable  examples  of 
dental  exostosis.  In  one  specimen — a  present 
from  Dr.  E.  G.  Hawes,  of  New  York — the 
three  superior  molar  teeth  of  one  side  are 
united  by  a  deposit  of  bony  matter.  In  an- 
other— a  present  from  Dr.  Blandin,  of  Colum- 
bia, S.  C. — two  upper  molars  are  united.  In 
the  third — a  present  from  Dr.  Ware,  of  Wil- 
mington, N.  C. — there  is  a  deposition  of  bone 
on  the  roots  of  a  first  superior  molar  as  large 
as  a  hickory  nut ;  and  on  the  root  of  a  cuspi- 
datus,  placed  there  by  the  author,  the  deposi- 
tion of  osseous  matter  forms  a  bulb  at  its 
apex  the  size  of  a  large  pea.  But  besides  the 
above  there  are  many  other  very  remarkable 
examples  of  the  disease.  See  Harris'  "  Prin. 
and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 
The  disease,  having  once  established  itself, 
does  not  admit  of  cure,  and  when  it  has  pro- 
gressed so  far  as  to  be  productive  of  pain  the 
loss  of  the  affected  tooth  becomes  necessary. 
But  as  the  prognosis  is  exceedingly  obscure, 
its  existence  can  only  be  inferred  from  the 
unpleasant  symptoms  to  which  it  gives  rise. 
When  the  enlargement  is  very  considerable 
and  confined  to  the  extremity  of  the  root,  and 
has  not  been  followed  by  a  corresponding 
enlargement  of  the  alveolus  around  the  neck 
of  the  tooth,  its  removal  is  often  attended 
with  difficulty,  aud  can  only  be  effected  by 
cutting  away  a  greater  or  less  portion  of  the 
socket. 

Exostosis  Steatomatodes.  See  Osteostea- 
toma. 
Exot/ic  (exoticns ;  from  efu,  without).  That 
which  comes  from  a  foreign  country.  In 
Natural  History  and  Medicine,  animals,  plants, 
and  medicinal  agents  which  are  procured  from 
abroad. 

Exot'ico  Sym'physis.  A  union  of  for- 
eign bodies  or  of  a  foreign  body  with  the 
human  body. 

ExparTsion  (expansio;  from  expandere,  to 
spread  out).     The  dilatatiou  of  an  expandable 


EXP 


246 


EXT 


body  ;  the  increase  of  bulk  or  size  which  it 
undergoes  by  recession  of  its  particles  from  one 
another.  In  Anatomy,  the  prolongation  or 
spreading  out  of  an  organ  or  structure,  as  of 
aponeuroses. 

Expectant  Medicine.  A  theory  which 
restricts  practitioners  of  medicine  to  the  ob- 
servation of  disease  without  any  effort  to  con- 
trol or  arrest  its  progress,  leaving  the  cure 
to  the  efforts  of  nature  unless  very' alarming 
symptoms  occur. 

Expec'torant  {expectorans ;  from  ex,  out  of, 
and  pectus,  the  breast).  A  medicine  which 
promotes  expectoration . 

Expectoration  {expectoratio).  The  act  by 
which  mucus  and  other  fluids  are  expelled 
from  the  respiratory  passages. 

Expectora'tio  Sanguinis.  See  Hemop- 
tysis. 

ExpePlant.     Expulsive  ;  driving  out. 
Expedience  {experientia) .     The  knowledge 
of  things  acquired  by  long  practice. 

Experiment  (experimentum).  In  Medical 
Science,  a  trial  made  upon  man  or  other  ani- 
mals with  a  view  of  making  discoveries  in  the 
structure  or  functions  of  organs  or  for  the 
purpose  of  testing  the  effects  of  a  new  medici- 
nal agent  or  of  an  unknown  alimentary  sub- 
stance. 

Ex'pers  Nuptia'rum.     Virgin. 
Expiration   {expiratio;    from    expirare,    to 
breathe  out) .     The  act  of  breathing  forth,  or 
the  expulsion  of  the  air  from  the  lungs. 

Expiratory  (expirationi).  An  epithet  ap- 
plied to  those  muscles  which,  by  their  con- 
traction, diminish  the  cavity  of  the  chest  and 
thus  effect  the  expulsion  of  air  from  the  lungs. 
Exploration  {exploraiio ;  from  explorare, 
to  search  into).  The  act  of  investigating  the 
physical  signs  of  disease  with  the  eye,  hand,  or 
instrument. 

ExpIora/tor.  Exploring  needle.  A  long 
needle,  enclosed  in  a  cannula  or  grooved  on  the 
surface,  for  introduction  into  tumors  or  cavities 
In  determine  the  nature  of  the  fluids  with 
which  they  are  filled. 
Explorato/rium.  A  sound. 
Explorers.  Fine-pointed,  flexible  steel  in- 
struments employed  to  detect  minute  defects 
and  fissures  in  the  teeth  and  capable  of  being 
applied  to  all  points  where  caries  is  likely  to 
occur. 

Expressed  Oil.     An  oil  obtained  by  press- 
ing. 

Expression  {expression    from  exprimcrc,  to 


press  out).  The  separation,  by  pressure,  of  the 
fluids  which  a  substance  contains  ;  compression, 
as  for  extracting  oil  from  plants  or  seeds.  Also 
the  manner  in  which  impressions  are  depicted 
upon  the  countenance. 

Expui/tion  (from  ex,  out  of,  and  spuo,  to 
spit).     The  act  of  spitting. 

Expulsive  (expellens ;  from  expellere,  to 
drive  out).  In  Surgery,  a  bandage  used  for 
the  expulsion  of  pus  or  other  fluid  from  a  part. 
Also  applied  to  medicines  which  are  supposed 
to  have  the  power  of  driving  the  humors  toward 
the  skin. 

Exsanguine  (from  ex,  out  of,  and  sanguis, 
blood).  Exsanguinity ;  exsanguinous.  Blood- 
lessuess.  Applied  to  persons  who  have  little 
blood. 

Exsec/tion  {ex,  and  secare,  to  cut).  The 
cutting  out  of  anything,  as  of  a  nerve. 

Exser/tus.  Protruding ;  sometimes  ap- 
plied to  teeth  which  protrude.     See  Dens  Ex- 

SERTUS. 

Exsiccation.  Drying.  Depriving  a  solid 
of  its  water  of  crystallization,  or  moisture, 
by  moderate  heat. 

Exstipula'tus.     Without  stipulse. 
Exstroph'ia  (from  e£,  out  of,   and  orpofri, 
turning).      Exstrophy.     The  displacement  of 
an  organ,  especially  the  urinary  bladder. 
Ext.     Abbreviation  for  extractum. 
Extemporaneous  (from    ex,  out  of,  and 
tempore,  time).     Medicines  compounded  from 
written  prescriptions  made  on  the  spot  or  at 
the  bedside  of  the  patient  and  not  by  formula}. 
Extension    {extensio ;     from    extendere,   to 
stretch  out).     In   Surgery,    the    pulling  of  a 
limb  for  the  reduction  of  a  fracture  or  disloca- 
tion. 

Extension     Thim/ble.      An    instrument   in- 
vented by  Professor  Taft  to  be  used  by  den- 
tists to  aid  in  holding  the  napkin  or  whatever 
may  be  used  to  prevent  the  encroachment  of 
saliva  when  filling  teeth.     The  point  of  this 
instrument  can  extend  into  the   mouth  to  a 
part  where  the  finger  can  not  go.  It  is  also  used 
for  holding  down  a   piece  of   gold  till  it  is 
secured  in  the  proper  position    when  filling 
teeth. 
Exten'sor.     In  Anatomy,  an  epithet  applied 
to  a  muscle  whose  function  it  is  to  extend  or 
strengthen  certain  parts. 

Extensor    Bre/vis    Digito'rum     Pe/dis.      A 
muscleof  the  toes. 

Extensor  Car/pi  Radia/lis  Bre/vior.     An  ex- 
tensor muscle  of  the  wrist. 


EXT 


247 


EXT 


Extensor   Carpi    Radialis  Lon'gus.     An  ex- 
tensor muscle  of  the  carpus. 
Extensor   Carpi    Ulna/ris.     A  muscle  which 
arises  from  the  condyle  of  the  os  humeri  and 
from  the  edge  of  the  ulna  and  is  inserted  in 
the  metacarpal  bone  of  the  little  finger. 
Extensor   Digito/rum   Commu'nis.     A  large 
flat  muscle  of  the  forearm  which  extends  to 
the  fingers. 
Extensor    Digitorum    Communis    Lon'gus. 
See  Extensor  Longus  Digitorum  Pedis. 
Extensor  Longus  Digitorum  Pedis.     A  mus- 
cle of  the  leg  extending  to  the  joints  of  the 
four  small  toes. 

Extensor      Magnus.       The       gastrocnemius 
muscle. 

Extensor  Ossis  Metacar/pi  Pol'licis  Ma'nus. 
A  muscle  .of  the  wrist. 

Extensor   Pri/mi    Interno'dii.     A   muscle  of 
the  thumb. 
Extensor  Pro'prius  Pollicis  Pedis.     An  ex- 
tensor muscle  of  the  great  toe. 
Extensor  Secun'di  InternoMii  In'dicis  Pro- 
prius.     See  INDICATOR. 

Extensor  Tar/si  Magnus.  The  gastrocnemius 
and  soleus  muscles  combined. 
Extenua'tio.     Emaciation. 
Extergen'tia.     Detergents. 
External  Diseases.      Diseases  occupying 
the  surface  of  the  body. 

Exter'nus  Au'ris.  The  laxator  tympani 
muscle. 

Extinc'tio.     Death. 
Extinctio  Vo'cis.     Incomplete  aphonia. 

Extinction  of  Mer/cury.  The  trituration 
of  mercury  with  other  substances,  as  lard, 
until  its  metallic  globules  disappear. 

Extirpa'tion  (extirpatio;  from  extirpare,  to 
root  out).  The  complete  removal  of  a  part 
(applied  generally  to  a  morbid  structure)  by 
excision  or  with  caustic. 

Extirpa'tor.  A  name  applied  to  an  instru- 
ment invented  by  Mr.  C.  T.  Goodwin,  of  Phila- 
delphia, for  the  extraction  of  the  roots  of  cuspid 
teeth.  It  is  shaped  something  like  the  com- 
mon straight  punch  which  is  sometimes  em- 
ployed for  the  removal  of  roots  of  teeth. 

Extract'  (extractum ;  from  extrahere,  to 
draw  out).  In  Pharmacy,  a  tenacious  substance 
obtained  by  the  evaporation  of  a  vegetable 
solution.  Also  a  substance  held  in  solution  by 
the  juice  of  a  fresh  plant,  as  well  as  that  to 
which  some  menstruum  has  been  added  at  the 
time  of  its  preparation. 

Extraction   (extractio;   from    extrahere,    to 


draw  out).     In   Chemistry,  the  separation  of  a 
simple  or  compound  substance  from  a  body  of 
which  it  forms  a  part.     In  Surgery,  the  act  of 
removing  foreign  or  diseased  bodies  or  organs 
from  any  part  of  the  body :  as  a  urinary  calcu- 
lus from  the  bladder,  a  bullet  or  splinter  from 
a  wound,  or  a  tooth  from  a  jaw. 
Extraction  of  Teeth.    "  Of  all  the  remedies," 
says   Desirabode,   "for  diseases  of  the  teeth, 
there  is  none  which  has  been  used  so  long  as 
their  extraction  ;  for  not  only  is  it  spoken  of 
in  formal  terms  by  Hippocrates,  who  also  at- 
tempts to  correct  the  abuses  to  which  it  might 
lead,  but  a  passage  in  Cicero  designates  Escu- 
lapius,  the  third  of  that  name,  as  the  person 
by  whom  it  was  first  proposed." 
Indications  for  the  Operation. — Beginning  with 
the  teeth  of  first  dentition,  it  will  be  sufficient 
to  state  that  when  a  tooth  of  replacement  is 
about  to  emerge  from  the  gums,  or  has  actu- 
ally made  its  appearance  either  before  or  be- 
hind the  corresponding  temporary,  the  latter 
should  at  once  be  removed  ;   and  when  the 
aperture  formed  by  the  loss  of  this  is  so  nar- 
row as  to  prevent  the  former  from  acquiring 
its  proper  position,  it  may  sometimes  be  neces- 
sary to  extract  even  an  adjoining  temporary 
tooth.     Alveolar  abscess,  necrosis  of  the  walls 
of  an  alveolus,  and  pain  in  a  temporary  tooth 
which  can  not  be  assuaged  by  any  of  the  usual 
remedies  may  also  be  regarded  as  indications 
which  call  for  the  operation. 
With  regard  to  the  indications  which  should 
determine  the  extraction  of  a  permanent  tooth, 
the  following  may  be  mentioned  as  constitut- 
ing the  priucipal : 

First. — When  a  molar,  from  the  loss  of  its  an- 
tagonizing teeth  or  other  causes,  has  become 
partially  displaced  or  is  a  source  of  constant 
irritation  to  the  surrounding  parts  it  should 
be  removed. 
Second. — A  constant  discharge  of  foetid  matter 
from  the  pulp-cavity  and  the  canal  of  the  root 
through  a  carious  opening  in  the  crown  may 
also  be  regarded  as  an  indication  for  the  opera- 
tion. 

Third. — A  tooth  which  is  the  cause  of  alveolar 
abscess  should  not,  as  a  general  rule,  be  per- 
mitted to  remain  in  the  mouth,  but,  if  it  he  an 
incisor  or  cuspidatus,  and  the  discharge  of 
matter  through  the  gums  is  small,  occurring 
only  at  long  intervals,  and  especially  if  the 
organ  can  not  be  securely  replaced  with  an 
artificial  substitute,  it  may  be  advisable  to 
permit  it  to  remain. 


EXT 


248 


EXT 


Fourth. — Irregularity  in  the  arrangement  of 
the  teeth,  resulting  from  a  disproportion  be- 
tween the  size  of  these  organs  and  the  alveolar 
arch,  is  another  indication  which  calls  for  the 
operation. 

Fifth. — All  dead  teeth  and  roots  of  teeth,  and 
teeth  which  have  become  so  much  loosened 
from  the  destruction  of  their  sockets  as  to  be 
a  constant  source  of  disease  to  the  adjaceut 
parts,  or  teeth  which  are  otherwise  diseased 
and  are  a  cause  of  neuralgia  of  the  face,  a  mor- 
bid condition  of  the  maxillary  sinus,  dyspep- 
sia, or  any  other  local  or  constitutional  dis- 
turbance, should,  as  a  general  rule,  be  ex- 
tracted. 

There  are  other  indications  which  call  for  the 
extraction  of  teeth,  but  the  foregoing  are 
amoug  the  most  common,  and  will  be  found 
sufficient  in  most  cases  to  determine  the  pro- 
priety or  impropriety  of  the  operation.  The 
general  conditions  unfavorable  to  or  contra- 
indicating  the  extraction  of  teeth  are  debility, 
irritability,  hemorrhagic  diathesis,  epilepsy  ; 
but  preliminary  measures  will  often  enable 
the  patient  presenting  one  among  such  condi- 
tions to  undergo  such  an  operation  with 
safety.  For  debility,  a  tonic  of  iron,  quinine, 
and  strychnia,  preceded  by  a  blue  pill  ;  local 
irritability  may  be  remedied  by  the  use  of 
astringent  washes  or  the  application  of 
escharotics,  and  general  irritability  may  be 
treated  by  the  internal  use  of  bromides  ; 
hemorrhagic  tendency  may  be  guarded  against 
by  opium  and  gallic  acid ;  and  in  cases  sub- 
ject to  epilepsy  preliminary  measures  should 
be  taken  to  prevent  the  patient  doing  injury 
to  himself  during  the  paroxysm. 

Conditions  to  be  Observed  in  this  Operation. — 
There  are  certain  conditions  of  the  system 
which  contra-indicate,  or  at  least  require, 
careful  consideration  before  the  performance 
of  this  operation  ;  as  debility,  nervous  irrita- 
bility, affections  of  the  heart,  the  presence  in 
the  mouth  or  parts  adjacent  of  erysipelatous 
or  other  malignant  inflammations,  pregnancy, 
epilepsy,  and  a  hemorrhagic  diathesis. 

Accidents  Which  Sometimes  Result  from  the  Opera- 
tion.— The  extraction  of  a  tooth,  though  in 
the  majority  of  cases  a  simple  operation,  is, 
nevertheless,  sometimes  attended  by  trifling 
accidents  which  the  most  skillful  and  pru- 
dent can  not  always  avoid.  The  conformation 
or  condition  of  a  tooth  is  sometimes  such  as  to 
render  its  removal  without  fracturing  it  or 
the  alveolus  impossible,  but  no  accident  of  a 


serious  nature  need  ever  occur  if  the  operation 
be  performed  with  a  suitable  instrument  and 
by  a  skillful  hand,  except  such,  perhaps,  as 
may  result  irom  a  hemorrhagic  diathesis  of  the 
general  system  or  from  peculiar  states  of  the 
constitutional  health. 
The  removal  of  a  wrong  tooth  or  of  two,  or 
even  three,  instead  of  one  are  such  common 
occurrences  that  it  were  well  if  the  precautions 
given  by  the  illustrious  Ambrose  Pare  were 
more  frequently  observed.     So  fearful  was  he 
of  injuring  the  adjacent  teeth  that  he  always 
isolated  the  tooth  to  be  extracted  with  a  file 
before  he  attempted  its  removal.     For  instru- 
ments employed  in  the  operation   and  man- 
ner of  using  them   see   Harris'   "  Prin.  and 
Pract.  of  Dentistry." 
Extractive.     In  Chemistry,  a  peculiar,  im- 
mediate principle  in  extracts,  supposed  to  con- 
sist of  combinations  of  acid,  coloring  matter, 
and  an  azoted  body. 

Extrac'tum.       An  extract.      The  term   is 
applied    to    a    variety   of   organic    principles 
which  have  not  beeu  studied,  their  only  re- 
semblance to  one  another  being  the  fact  that 
they  are  soluble  in  the  same  mixture.     They 
are  divided  into  aqueous,  alcoholic,  and  ethereal 
extractives  or  extracts. 
Extractum  Fluidum.     A  fluid  extract. 
Extraneous.     Foreign  to  the  body. 
Extraneous    Bodies    (corpora   externa;    from 
extra,  without).     In  Hygiene,  all  substances, 
whether  solid,  liquid,  or  gaseous,  animate  or 
inanimate,  introduced  from  without  or  formed 
in  the  body  without  constituting  any  part  of 
the  organism. 
Extrapo/lar.     Outside   the  poles  ;    not  oc- 
curring in  the  space  between  the  poles  or  elec- 
trodes, as  in  an  electric  current. 
Extra-polar  Region.     That  lying  outside  the 
electrodes. 
Extrauterine  Pregnancy.     The  devel- 
opment of  the  ovum  outside  of  the  uterus. 

Extravasa'tion  ( extra casatio ;  from  extra, 
out  of,  and  vas,  a  vessel).  Escape  of  fluids, 
especially  blood  and  serum,  from  their  proper 
vessels,  and  infiltration  or  effusion  of  the 
same  into  the  meshes  of  the  surrounding 
textures. 

Extremity  (extremitas).  A  term  applied 
in  Anatomy  to  the  limbs,  as  the  upper  and 
lower  extremities  ;  but,  in  common  language, 
the  end  or  point  of  anything.  Also  applied  to 
the  last  moments  of  life. 

Extrin'sic  (extrinseevs).  External,  outward. 


EXT 


249 


FAC 


In  Anatomy,  applied  to  the  external  muscles  of 
certain  organs,  as  the  ear,  tongue,  etc. 

Extror'sal  (from  ex,  and  torsio,  turning). 
Turned  outward. 

Extroversion.  Turned  inside  out ;  applied 
to  hollow  organs,  especially  to  the  bladder, 
when  turned  inside  out. 

Exu/ber  (from  ex,  from,  and  ubera,  a  teat). 
Weaned  from  the  breast. 

Exuda/tion  (exudatio ;  from  exudo,  to  sweat 
out).  A  sweating  or  discharge  of  a  fluid  or 
moisture  from  the  skin,  the  surface  of  a  mem- 
brane, an  ulcer,  etc.  Also  the  filtration  or  ooz- 
ing of  the  serum  of  the  blood  through  the  walls 
of  the  vessels. 

ExuIcera/tion  {exulceratio ;  from  exulcero,  to 
■cause  to  ulcerate).     Incipient  ulceration. 

Exu'via?  (from  exuo,  to  put  off).  Any  mat- 
ter cast  off. 

Exuviation  (from  exuo,  to  put  off).  The 
shedding  of  the  deciduous  teeth. 


Eye.  The  globular  organ  which  occupies 
the  cavity  of  the  orbit,  constituting  the  espe- 
cial apparatus  of  vision.  Its  appendages  are 
the  eyelids,  cilia,  lachrymal  apparatus,  etc. 
The  globe  of  the  eye  is  composed  of  mem- 
branes arranged  one  within  the  other,  and 
humors  enclosed  by  them.  It  is  moved  by 
four  straight  and  two  oblique  muscles.  With 
the  exception  of  the  optic,  it  is  principally 
supplied  with  nerves  from  the  ophthalmic 
ganglion. 

Eyebright.  A  plant  of  the  genus  Eu- 
phrasia. 

Eyebrow.     See  Supekcilium. 

Eyeglass.  An  optical  instrument  used  to 
assist  vision. 

Eyelid.     See  Palpebra. 

Eye=teeth.  The  cuspidati  of  the  upper 
jaw  are  so  called  because  their  roots  extend 
nearer  to  the  orbit  than  those  of  any  of  the 
teeth. 


K. 


F.  In  Chemistry,  the  symbol  of  fluorine. 
In  Medical  Prescriptions  it  is  used  as  an  abbre- 
viation of  fiat  or  fiant,  let  it  or  them  be  made. 
A  Iso  of  Fahrenheit. 

Face    (fades).      The    lower    and    anterior 
part  of  the  head,  consisting  of  the  forehead, 
eyes    and   eyebrows,   nose,    cheeks,    lips,    and 
chin.     In  an  anatomical  point  of  view  it  con- 
sists of  that  portion  of  the  head  situated  below 
and  in  front  of  the  cranium. 
Face  Ague.     Neuralgia  iu  the  nerves  of  the 
face. 
Face,  Bones  of.     The  face  is  formed  of  four- 
teen  bones— namely,  the  two  superior  maxil- 
lary, the   two   malar,   the   two   nasal,  the  two 
lachrymal,  the  vomer,  the  two  palate,  the  tvo 
inferior  turbinated,  and  the  inferior  maxillary. 
To  these  may  be   added  the   os  frontis  and 
thirty-two  teeth. 
Face  Grippee.    The  piuched-in  face,  as  seen  in 
persons  affected  with  peritonitis. 
Fa'cet    (facettc).     A   small,  circumscribed, 
smooth  plane  or  surface  of  bone  which  is  distin- 
guished from  adjacent  portions  of  same  surface 
by  difference  of  its  curvature. 


Fa'cial  (facialis).     Pertaining  to  the  face,  as 

the  facial  nerve,  facial  neuralgia,  etc. 

Facial  Angle.     See  ANGLE,  FACIAL. 

Facial  Ar/tery.  The  third  branch  of  the  ex- 
ternal carotid.  It  ascends  to  the  submaxillary 
gland,  behind  which  it  passes  on  to  the  bone 
of  the  lower  jaw — thence  it  goes  in  front  of 
the  masseter  muscle  to  the  angles  of  the 
mouth,  and  finally  terminates  at  the  side  of 
the  nose  by  anastomosing  with  the  ophthalmic 
arteries. 

In  its  course  it  gives  off  the  submental,  inferior 
labial,  superior  and  inferior  coronary  arteries, 
which  mainly  supply  the  elevators,  depressors, 
and  circular  muscles  of  the  mouth,  or  those 
agents  concerned  in  the  first  steps  of  digestion 
— the  prehension  of  food. 

Facial  Nerve  (portio  dura).  Seventh  pair. 
The  facial  nerve  arises  from  the  medulla  ob- 
longata, between  the  corpus  olivare  and  resti- 
forme,  close  by  the  lower  margin  of  the  pons 
Varolii  ;  it  then  passes  forward  and  outward 
with  the  portio  mollis  to  the  foramen  audito- 
rium internus,  which  it  enters  and  passes  on 
to  the  base  of  this  opening;  here  these  two 


FAC 


250 


FAL 


nerves  separate,  the  latter  going  to  the  laby- 
rinth ot"  the  ear,  while  the  facial  enters  the 
aqneduct  of  Fallopius,  where  it  is  joined  by 
the  Vidian  ;  it  then  goes  on  in  a  curved  direc- 
tion outward  and  backward  behind  the  tym- 
panum where  it  parts  with  the  Vidian,  and 
proceeds  thence  to  the  stylomastoid  foramen, 
from  which  it  emerges. 

At  this  point  it  sends  off  three  branches  :  (1) 
The  posterior  auricular;  (2)  the  stylo-hyoid; 
(3)  the  digastric.  The  posterior  auricular 
ascends  behind  the  ear,  crosses  the  mastoid 
process  to  the  occipito-frontalis  muscle.  The 
stylo-hyoid  is  distributed  to  the  stylo-hyoid 
muscle  and  the  digastric  to  the  posterior  belly 
of  the  digastric  muscle. 

The  facial  nerve,  being  deeply  imbedded  in  the 
substance  of  the  parotid  gland,  divides  into  two 
branches — a  superior  and  an  inferior  ;  these 
have  frequent  unions  called  the  pes  anserinus, 
or  parotidean  plexus,  and  send  branches  to 
the  whole  of  the  side  of  the  face. 

The  upper  branch,  called  the  temporo-facial, 
ascends  in  front  of  the  ear  upon  the  zygoma, 
supplying  the  sides  of  the  head,  ear,  and  fore- 
head, and  anastomosing  with  the  occipital  and 
supra-orbital  nerves  ;  a  set  of  branches  pass 
transversely  to  the  cheek,  rami  malares,  fur- 
nishing the  lower  eyelids,  lips,  side  of  the  nose, 
and  uniting  with  the  infra-orbital  nerve. 

The  inferior  or  cervico-facial  branch  descends, 
supplying  the  lower  jaw  and  upper  part  of  the 
neck,  giving  off  the  following  branches  :  (1) 
The  maxillary,  which  passes  the  ramus  of  the 
jaw  and  masseter  muscles  to  the  lower  lip 
and  its  muscles  ;  (2)  the  submaxillary,  which 
passes  along  the  base  of  the  lower  jaw,  supply- 
ing the  muscles  which  arise  from  this  part ; 
(3)  the  cervical,  which  go  to  the  platysma  and 
superficial  muscles  of  the  neck. 

Facial  Neuralgia.  See  NEURALGIA,  Fac- 
ia t.. 

Facial  Spasm.  Spasmodic  contraction  of  the 
superficial  muscles  of  the  face  due  to  irritation 
of  the  facial  or  portio  dura  nerve.  Dental 
irritation  has  been  ascribed  as  a  cause  of  this 
affection. 

Facial    Vein.     The   vein    which    returns   the 
blood  of  the  facial  artery.     It  generally  de- 
scends obliquely  on  the  face  to  the  external  or 
internal  jugular. 
Fa'cies.     The  face  ;  also  any  given  portion 

of  an  animal  or  vegetable  body  or  organ. 

Facies  Hippocrat/ica.  That  peculiar  altera- 
tion of  the  human  face  which    immediately 


precedes  death  ;  so  called   from  having  been 
first  described  by  Hippocrates. 
Facies  Rubra.     Gutta  rosacea,  or  red  face. 

Facio=lingual.  Of  or  pertaining  to  or  in- 
volving the  face  and  tongue. 

Factitious  (factitius ;  from  facere,  to  make). 
That  which  is  made  by  art.  Artificial,  as  fac- 
titious teeth,  etc. 

Fac'ulty  {facultas).  The  power  by  which 
any  function  is  executed.  In  medical  and 
dental  colleges,  the  professors. 

Faeces.  The  plural  of  fsex.  Alvine  excre- 
tions.    Also  dregs  or  sediment. 

Faecula.     See  Fecula. 

Faex.     An  excretion.     Also  a  sediment. 

Fagine.  A  narcotic  extract  obtained  from 
beech-nuts. 

Fagop'yrum.      See    Polygonum    Fago- 

PYRUM. 

Fahrenheit's     Thermometer.      A    ther- 
mometer so  graduated  that  the  freezing  point 
is  at  32°  and  the  boiling  point  at  212°. 
Fainting.     See  Syncope. 
FaFciform  (falciformis  ;  from  falx,  a  scythe, 
and  forma,  shape).    Scythe-shaped.    Applied  to 
parts  of  the  body  which  resemble  a  scythe. 
Falciform  Process.     The  falx.     A  process  of 
the  dura  mater  which   separates   the  hemi- 
spheres of  the  brain. 
Falling  Sickness.     Epilepsy. 
Fallo'pian  Ligament.    Poupart's  ligament. 
Fallopian  Tube.     See  Tube,  FALLOPIAN. 

Fallopius,  Aqueduct  of.  See  Aqueduct 
of  Fallopius. 

False  (falsus).  Pseudo  ;  spurious.  That 
which  is  not  pure.  Adulterated.  Deviating 
from  nature. 

False  Aneurism.     See  ANEURISM. 
False  Conception.   Conception  and  gestation 
in   which    the   product,    instead   of   a   well- 
organized   infant,   is   a  mole   or  some  other 
abnormal  body. 
False  Joint.     See  ARTIFICIAL  Joint. 
False  Membrane.     A  morbid  product  resem- 
bling a  membrane  formed  from  an  exudation 
of  coagulable  lymph.     It  is  produced  in  croup, 
pleurisy,  etc. 

False  Passage.  An  accidental  passage  some- 
times made  in  carelessly  performed  operations, 
as  in  the  introduction  of  a  catheter  when 
armed  with  caustic. 

False  Ribs  {costte  spurine).  The  five  inferior 
ribs,  except  the  last  two,  or  floating  ribs, 
joined  anteriorly  to  each  other  and  to  the  car- 
tilage of  the  last  true  lib. 


FAL 


251 


FAS 


False  Waters.  An  accumulation  of  serous 
fluid  between  the  chorion  and  the  amnios,  dis- 
charged at  different  periods  of  pregnancy. 

Falsification  (from  falsus,  false,  andfacere, 
to  make).     Adulteration. 

Falx.    A  scythe.   See  Falciform  Process. 
Falx  Cerebelli.     A  triangular  process  of  the 
dura  mater  between  the  lobes  of  the  cere- 
bellum. 

Falx  Cerebri.     The  falciform  process. 
Falx  Major.     The  falx  cerebri. 
Falx  Minor.     The  falx  cerebelli. 
Falx  Peritonei.     The  great  falx  of  the  perito- 
neum.    A  process  of  the  peritoneum  extend- 
ing from  the  umbilicus. 

Fames  (from  <payu,  to  eat).  Famine; 
hunger. 

Fames  Bovi/na.     Insatiable  hunger. 
Fames  Cani'na.     Canine  appetite. 
Fames    Lup/ina.     A   species    of  bulimia    in 
which  the  patient  eats  ravenously  and  passes 
his  undigested   food  very  soon   through  the 
anus. 

Fam/ily.  In  Natural  History,  a  collection 
of  a  number  of  genera  allied  to  one  another  by 
common  characters  and  having  a  close  affinity 
in  organization. 

Farley  Mark.     Nsevus. 

Fang  (Ger.  fangen,  to  take,  or  seize,  or  bite). 
The  sharp,  perforated  tooth  of  venomous  ser- 
pents ;  also  the  root  of  a  tooth. 

Fanon.  A  peculiar  splint  employed  in 
fractures  of  the  lower  extremities. 

Farad.  The  unit  of  electric  capacity.  The 
amount  of  electrical  capacity  equal  to  that 
of  a  condenser  which  contains  one  coulomb 
with  a  potential  of  one  volt. 

Faradism.  Electricity  produced  in  the 
form  of  a  constantly  reversed  secondary  cur- 
rent by  the  inducing  action  of  a  primary  gal- 
vanic current  which  is  constantly  made  and 
broken. 

Faradization.     Galvanism. 

Farci'men.  The  equine  species  of  scrofula 
called  farcy. 

Farc'tus  (fareio,  to  stuff).  Stuffed,  filled, 
crammed. 

Far'ina  (from  far,  corn,  of  which  it  is  made). 
Meal  or  flour. 

Farina  Amygdala/rum.     Almond  powder. 
Farina  Fos'silis.     The  agariens  mineralis  ;  a 
pure  carbonate  of  lime  or  mountain  milk. 

Farina'ceous.  Resembling  flour.  All  ali- 
mentary substances  which  contain  farina. 
Mealy. 


Farino'sus.  Farinaceous. 
Farrar's  Cantilever  Crown.  An  arti- 
ficial thimble-crown  of  gold  so  constructed  on 
one  of  the  roots  of  a  posterior  tooth  as  to  pro- 
ject in  the  form  of  a  cantilever  bridge  over  a 
space  left  by  the  amputation  of  one  of  the  roots 
or  by  the  loss  of  a  tooth — a  bicuspid,  for  exam- 
ple— so  as  to  connect  the  broken  line  of  masti- 
cating surfaces. 

Farrar's  Method  of  Moving  the  Roots  of 
Teeth.  Consists  in  changing  the  position  of 
the  roots  as  well  as  of  the  crowns  of  irregular 
teeth  by  skillfully  devised  apparatus  which 
exerts  traction  over  the  entire  tooth  :  espe- 
cially applicable  to  incisors  tilting  toward 
one  another. 

Farrar's  Transpalatal  Screw-jack.    An  appa- 
ratus for  moving  forward  the  roots  of  incisors 
by  working  on  the  lingual  side  of  the  arch. 
Farsightedness.     An  affection  resulting 
from  a  natural  malformation  of  the  eye.     See 
Presbyopia. 

Fas'cia  (from  fastis,  a  bundle).  A  band- 
age, fillet,  or  roller.  Also  an  aponeurosis,  or 
tendinous  expansion  which  binds  parts  to- 
gether. It  is  one  of  the  divisions  of  areolar 
tissue,  and  is  composed  of  a  multitude  of  soft, 
fine,  and  somewhat  elastic  fibres,  which,  with 
the  lamina  form  net-like  meshes  of  different 
sizes.  Fascise  are  divided  into  two  varieties, 
deep  and  superficial,  the  former  being  immedi- 
ately beneath  the  latter,  and  extending,  like 
the  superficial,  over  nearly  the  entire  surface 
of  the  bod}7,  and  holding  the  muscles  to  their 
shape  and  in  their  proper  position.  The  super- 
ficial or  subcutaneous  fascia  connects  the 
skin  with  the  deeper  and  firmer  parts  beneath. 
It  varies  in  thickness  and  density  in  different 
parts. 

Fascia  Aponeurot'ica  Femoris.  See  Fascia 
Lata. 

Fascia  Cribriform 'is.  A  fibrous  substance, 
pierced  with  numerous  openings,  extending 
from  Poupart's  ligament  over  the  inguinal 
glands. 

Fascia  Dividens.     A  dividing  bandage,   used 
to  keep  parts  separated  from  one  auother. 
Fascia    Ili'aca.     An   aponeurotic   covering  of 
the  psoas  and  iliacus  muscles. 
Fascia  Inguina'lis.     The  spica  bandage. 
Fascia  Lata.     The  fascia  of  the  thigh,  which 
is  attached  superiorly  to  Poupart's  ligament, 
the  crest  of  the  ilium,  sacrum,  coccyx,  tuberos- 
ity of  the  ischium,  ramus  of  the  ischium,  and 
pubes,  and  is  inserted  into  the  linea  aspera  of 


FAS 


FEC 


the  thigh  and  to  the  prominent  points  of  the 
knee-joint. 
Fascia  Lata  Muscle.  The  tensor  vaginae 
femoris,  a  muscle  of  the  upper  and  outer  part 
of  the  thigh. 
Fascia  Pro'pria.  The  proper  cellular  envelope 
of  a  hernial  sac. 

Fascia    Sculte'ti.       A    bandage    of   separate 
strips. 

Fascia  Spiralis.     A  spiral  bandage. 
Fascia  Superficia/lis.    The  aponeurotic  cover- 
ing of  the  abdominal  muscles. 
Fascia  T-formis.     The  T-bandage. 
Fascia  Tortilis.     A  tourniquet. 
Fascia     Transversals.       A     cellulo-flbrous 
membrane  which  lines  the  inner  surface  of  the 
transversalis  muscle. 
Fas'cial  (fasciaiis).     Of  or  belonging  to  a 
fascia. 

Fascia'tio.  The  binding  up  with  bandages 
a  diseased  or  wounded  part. 

Fasciculate.  Clustered  :  bundled.  In 
Anatomy,  applied  to  nerves. 

Fascic'uli  Teretes  Cordis.  The  carnese 
columnas. 

Fascic'ulus    (from  fascis,    a   bundle).     In 
Anatomy,  an  assemblage   or  bundle   of  fibres, 
either     muscular,     nervous,     or     aponeurotic. 
Fasciculi  are  the  bundles  of  the  fibres  compos- 
ing muscles,  these  fibres  varying  in   length, 
running  parallel  with  one  another,  never  inter- 
lacing, but  extending  from  one  terminal  to  the 
other,  except  when  interrupted  by  the  inter- 
position of  tendinous  tissue. 
Fasciculus    Cunea'tus.      A    baud    of    fibres 
which  ascend  from  the  corpus  innominatum 
of  the  brain  over  the  upper  part  of  the  pons 
Varolii  into  the  optic  thalami,  forming  in  its 
course  the  anterior  side  of  the  fourth  ventricle. 
Fasciola  Cine'rea.     The  tuberculum  cine- 
rium. 

Fastid  ium  Ci  bi.  Disgust.  Aversion  to 
food. 

Fast'ing.  Abstaining  from  food.  Loss  or 
want  of  appetite  without  any  other  apparent 
affection. 

Fat.     A  solid  or  semi-solid  oily  substance 

contained  in  the  cellular  membrane  of  animals 

or  obtained  from  animal  liquids,  such  as  milk. 

Fat'ty.     Adipose  ;  adiposus.    Kelatingtoor 

of  the  nature  of  fat. 

Fatty  Ligament.  A  reflection  of  the  synovial 
membrane  of  the  knee-joint,  which  passes 
from  the  ligamentum  patelhe  to  the  cavity 
that  separates  the  condyles  of  the  femur. 


Fatty  Liver  {adiposis  hepatica).  A  diseased 
state  of  the  liver,  characterized  by  increase  of 
bulk  and  accumulation  of  fat. 

Fatuity  (fatuitas  ;  from  fatuus,  foolish). 
Idiotism. 

Fauces  (the  plural  of  faux).  The  gullet 
or  windpipe.  The  space  surrounded  by  the 
palate,  tonsils,  and  uvula.  The  communica- 
tion between  the  throat  and  pharynx. 

Faucial.  Pertaining  to  the  fauces  or  situ- 
ated therein. 

Fau/na.  The  group  of  animals  peculiar  to 
a  country  or  section  of  country. 

Faux  (in  the  plural,  fauces).  In  Anatomy, 
the  opening  of  the  throat. 

Favo'sus  (from  favus,  a  honeycomb). 
Resembling  a  honeycomb. 

Fa/vus.  A  honeycomb.  Applied  in  Path- 
ology to  a  state  of  ulceration  resembling  the 
honeycomb.  Also  a  contagious  parasitic  affec- 
tion of  the  skin. 

Fe.     The  symbol  of  iron. 

Febres  (febris).  An  order  in  the  class 
Pyrexias  of  Dr.  Cullen,  characterized  by  fever 
without  primary  local  affection. 

Febrico'sus.     Feverish. 

Febric'ula  (diminutive  of  febris).  A  slight 
degree  of  fever. 

Febrif'erous  (from  febris,  a  fever,  and /era, 
I  carry).     Fever-bearing.     Engendering  fever. 

Feb/rif uge  (from  febris,  a  fever,  and  fugare, 
to  drive  away).  A  medicine  that  possesses 
the  property  of  curing  or  abating  fever. 

Feb/rile  (febrilis).  Caused  by  or  connected 
with  fever,  as  a  febrile  pulse,  etc. 

Feb/ris  (from  ferveo,  to  be  hot).  Pyrexia  ; 
fever.  A  term  which  has  been  applied  to 
every  case  of  disease  in  which  there  is  an 
acceleration  of  pulse,  increased  heat,  thirst,  etc. 

Feces.     See  FiECKS. 

Fec/ula.     An  immediate  principle  of  vege- 
tables, obtained  by  grinding  or  bruising  them 
in  water  and  composed  of  hydrogen,  carbon, 
and  oxygen.     An  impure  starch. 
Fecula  Amylacea.     Starch. 
Fecula  Marantae.     Arrow-root  starch. 

Fec'ulence  (feeculentia).  The  deposit  from 
tnrbid  fluids.     Dregs. 

Fec/ulent.  Excrementitious.  Of  the  nature 
of  ficces  or  dregs. 

Fecundation  (fecundatio  ;  from fecundo,  to 
make  fruitful).  Impregnation.  The  act  by 
which  the  germ  contained  in  the  organs  of  the 
female  receives  from  those  of  the  male  the  vivi- 
fying principle  necessary  for  its  development. 


FEC 


253 


FER 


Fecun/dity.  The  faculty  of  reproduction 
possessed  by  organized  bodies. 

Feet,  Distortion  of  the.     See  Club-feet. 

Feigned  Diseases.  Pretended  diseases. 
Diseases  simulated  by  impostors  to  answer 
some  particular  end  ;  as  by  beggars  to  excite 
sympathy,  criminals  to  escape  punishment,  and 
soldiers  to  avoid  service. 

Fel.     Bile. 
Fel  Bovi/num.     The  bile  of  an  ox. 
Fel  Natu'rae.     Aloes. 

Feldspar.  A  mineral  of  various  shades  of 
white  and  red,  composed  of  silica,  alumina, 
and  potash,  with  traces  of  lime  and  some- 
times of  oxide  of  iron.  It  is  the  chief  ingre- 
dient in  fine  porcelain  ware  and  in  the  trans- 
lucent porcelain  teeth,  forming  the  greater 
portion  of  the  body  of  such  teeth.  It  gives 
translucency  and  acts  in  the  nature  of  a  flux, 
and,  by  its  heat-conducting  property,  it  pre- 
vents porcelain  teeth  from  cracking  during 
the  soldering  process.  But  for  the  last-named 
purpose  the  only  kind  suitable  for  use  is  the 
pure  white  or  that  which  is  nearly  so.  Pre- 
viously to  being  used,  it  is  pnt  into  a  fire  and 
heated  to  a  red  heat,  then  thrown  into  cold 
water.  It  is  then  broken  into  small  pieces 
and,  after  removing  the  impurities,  reduced  in 
a  mortar  to  a  fine  powder.  This  is  easily  fused, 
and,  when  united  with  silexand  kaolin,  diffuses 
itself,  in  baking,  throughout  the  mass,  giving 
to  it  a  beautiful  semi-transparent  appearance. 
Delaware  and  Pennsylvania  spars  are  consid- 
ered to  be  the  best  by  American  manufacturers. 
See  Artificial  Teeth. 

Fellif'lua  Pass'io.  Gall-flux  diseases  ; 
cholera. 

FeIIin/ic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
bilin  by  digesting  it  with  dilute  hydrochloric 
acid. 

Fellis  Obstruc/tio.     Jaundice. 

Felon.     See  Paronychia. 

Female  (from  femina,  a  •woman).  In  ani- 
mals, the  one  which  bears  the  foetus. 

Fe'men.     Inner  part  of  the  thigh. 

Femin'eus.     Female. 

Femora^us.  Another  name  for  the  ent- 
rants muscle,  an  extensor  of  the  leg. 

Fem'oral  (femoral  is  ;  from  femur,  the  thigh 
hone).     Pertaining  to  the  thigh. 
Femoral  Artery.     The  artery  of  the  thigh,   a 
continuation  of  the  external  iliac  artery  from 
Poupart's  ligament  to  the  bend  of  the  knee. 
Femoral   Bone.     The  os   femoris  ;   the  thigh 
bone. 


Femoral  Hernia.     Hernia  cruralis. 

Femora'lis.     The  triceps  cruris  muscle. 

Fem'orocele  (femur,  thigh,  and  kijaij,  a 
tumor).      The  disorder  termed  hernia  cruralis. 

Fem/oro=tib/ial  (femoro-libialis).  Pertain- 
ing to  the  femur  and  tibia. 

Femur.     The  os  femoris,  or  thigh  bone. 

Fenestra.     A   window.     A   term   applied 
hy  anatomists  to  two  orifices  in  the  ear. 
Fenestra  Oc'uli.     The  pupil  of  the  eye. 
Fenestra    Ova'lis.     An    oval-shaped    orifice, 
covered  by  the  base  of  the  stapes,   between 
the  tympanum  and  vestibule  of  the  ear. 
Fenestra  Rotun'da.     A  round  foramen   com- 
municating  with  the   internal  spire  of  the 
cochlea  and  closed  by  a  delicate  membrane. 

Fenes'tral  Ban'dage.  A  bandage  perfor- 
ated for  the  escape  of  pus  or  other  matters. 

Fenestrate.  Having  the  appearance  of  a 
window  ;  applied  to  plants  in  which  the  leaves 
are  perforated  between  the  woody  fibres. 

Fera  lis  Pedic'ulus.     See  Pediculus. 

Fer'gusonite.  A  crystallized  compound 
of  columbic  acid  and  yttria,  with  a  small 
quantity  of  zirconia,  oxides  of  tin,  cerium, 
iron,  and  uranium. 

Fergusson's  Incision.  An  incision  for  re 
moving  the  upper  jaw.  It  is  made  along  the 
junction  of  the  nose  and  cheek,  and  passing 
round  the  wing  of  the  nose  to  the  median  line, 
where  it  descends  to  bisect  the  lip. 

Ferine  (ferinus).  Savage,  brutal.  Applied 
to  a  malignant  or  acute  disease. 

Ferment'.  In  Chemistry,  an  insoluble  pre- 
cipitate, composed  of  oxygen,  hydrogen,  car- 
bon, and  azote,  capable  of  exciting  fermenta- 
tion in  certain  solutions,  as  sugar,  etc.  Fer- 
ments are  bodies  exciting  chemical  changes  in 
other  bodies.  Ptyalin,  in  the  saliva,  con veris 
starch  into  maltose.  Pepsin,  in  the  gastric 
juice,  converts  proteids  into  peptones  in  an 
acid  medium.  Yeast  causes  fermentation  by 
changing  sugar  into  C02  and  alcohol.  A  fer- 
ment, when  present  in  a  very  small  quantity, 
is  capable  of  affecting  fermentation  in  a  large 
amount  of  another  suhstauce.  An  unorganiztd 
or  soluble  fermeut  is  a  chemical  suhstauce. 
such  as  may  be  extracted  from  the  different 
digestive  fluids  capable  of  producing  fermenta- 
tion by  purely  chemical  processes.  An  orr/nn- 
ized  ferment  is  a  living  micro-organism  causing 
fermentation  directly  or  by  the  agency  of  some 
suhstauce  that  it  produces.  A  fibrin-forming 
ferment  is  also  found  in  the  hlood. 

Fermenta'tion    ( fermentatio).      An   into- 


FER 


254 


FER 


tinal  movement  developed  spontaneously  or 
by  the  agency  of  a  ferment  in  a  liquid, 
from  which  result  substances  not  previously 
existing.  The  molecular  decomposition  of 
an  organic  structure  by  means  of  an  organ- 
ized or  unorganized  ferment.  There  are  three 
kiuds  of  fermentation — namely,  the  alcoholic  or 
vinous,  the  acid  or  acetous,  and  the  putrid  or 
putrefactive. 

Fermen/tum.   The  substance  which  excites 
fermentation.     Yeast. 

Fermentum  CerevPsiae.  Yeast ;  barm  ;  the 
scum  formed  on  beer  during  the  process  of 
fermentation. 

Ferra'ria  (scrofularia  aquaiica).     The  water 
fig  wort. 

Fer/ri  (genitive  of ferrum,  iron).    See  Iron. 
Ferri  Acetas.    (Ph.D.)    Acetate  of  iron.    Iron 
water.      Carbonate  of  iron  and  acetic  acid. 
Dose,  as  a  tonic  and  astringent,  five  to  twenty 
drops  in  water. 
Ferri  Acetatis  Tinctura.  (Ph.  D.)  Tincture  of 
acetate  of  iron. 
Ferri  Alkalini   Liquor.     Alkaline  solution  of 
iron. 
Ferri  Alu'minae  Sul'phas.     Sulphate  of  iron 
and  alumina.     A  valuable  astringent.     Dose, 
from  five  to  ten  grains. 

Ferri  Ammo'niae  Sul'phas.  Sulphate  of  iron 
and  ammonia. 

Ferri  Ammo'niae  Tar'tras.     Tartrate  of  am- 
monia and  iron.     Dose,  four  to  ten  grains. 
Ferri  Ammo'nio-chlori'dum.    (Ph.  L.)    Am- 
monio-chloride  of  iron. 

Ferri  Ammonio-citras.     Citrate  of  ammonia 
and  iron.     Dose,  gr.  v  to  gr.  viij. 
Ferri  Arse'nias.     Arseniate  of  iron. 
Ferri  Carbonas.     Common  iron  rust. 
Ferri  Carbonas  Sacchara/tum.   (Ph.  E.)  Sac- 
charine carbonate  of  iron. 

Ferri  ChlorPdum.  Chloride  of  iron.  Sesqui- 
chloride,  perchloride,  or  muriate  of  iron  is  ob- 
tained by  dissolving  sesquichloride  of  iron  in 
muriatic  acid  or  by  the  action  of  muriatic 
and  nitric  acids  on  iron.  It  is  generally  used 
in  the  form  of  tinctura  ferri  chloridi.  It  is 
a  powerful  styptic. 
Ferri  Citras.  Citrate  of  iron.  Dose,  five  grai us 
or  more. 
Ferri  Cyanure'tum.  Fcrrocyaniduiu.  Prus- 
sian blue. 

Ferri  Ferro-sesquicyan'idum.  (U.S.)   Ferro- 
sesquicyanide  of  iron. 
Ferri  Filium.     Iron  win;. 
Ferri    Iodium.       (Ph.  L.,  E.,  D.,  and    U.  S.) 


Iodide  of  iron.    Iodine  and  iron.     Dose,  three 
grains  to  ten  or  more.      See  Blanchard's 
Pills  of  Iodide  of  Iron. 
Ferri  Lactas.     Lactate  of  iron.     Lactic  acid 
and  iron.    Twelve  grains  may  be  given  in  the 
twenty -four  hours,  in  the  form  of  lozenges. 
Ferri   Limatu/ra   Purifica/ta.      Purified  iron 
filings.      The   iron  purified   by  the  magnet. 
They  possess  the   general  properties  of  iron, 
the  iron  becoming  oxidized. 
Ferri  et  Magne'siae  Citras.  Citrate  of  iron  and 
magnesia.    Made  by  dissolving  hydrated  oxide 
of  iron  in  a  solution  of  citric  acid  saturated 
with  carbonate  of  magnesia  and  evaporated  to 
dryness.     It  does  not  constipate.     Dose,  four 
grains  to  fifteen,  in  solution. 
Ferri  Muria/tis,  Tinctu/ra.     Tiucture  of  the 
muriate  of  iron.     See  Tinctura  Ferri  Mu- 
riatis. 
Ferri  Oxidi  Squamae.    (Ph.  D.)    The  scales  of 
iron  from  a  smith's  forge. 

Ferri  Oxidum  Nigrum.  (Ph.  D.  andE.)  Black 
oxide  of  iron.     Iron  scales. 
Ferri  Oxidum  Rubrum.   (Ph.  E.  and  D.)  Red 
oxide  of  iron.     Iron  rust. 
Ferri  Pernit'ras.     Pernitrate  of  iron. 
Ferri    PersuPphas.        Persulphate    of    iron. 
Monsel's  salt.     Made  of  sulphate  of  iron,  sul- 
phuric and  nitric  acids,  and  distilled  water. 
See  Iron,  Persulphate  of. 
Ferri  Phos/phas.    (U.  S.)    Phosphate  of  iron. 
Phosphate  of  iron   and   phosphate  of   soda. 
Dose,    five   to   ten   grains,   as    a  chalybeate. 
Rarely  used. 
Ferri  Pila.     Iron  filings. 

Ferri  Potas/sio  Tar/tras.    (Ph.  L.)    Potassio- 
tartrate  of  iron. 

Ferri     Protocar'bonas.        Protocarbonate     of 
iron.    Dose,  ten  or  fifteen  grains  in  the  course 
of  twenty-four  hours. 
Ferri  ProtosuFphas.     Protosulphate  of  iron. 

Prussian  blue. 
Ferri  Pulvis.     Powder  of  iron  ;  reduced  iron, 
prepared  by  passing  a  stream  of  hydrogen  gas 
over  the  sesquioxide  of  iron.     Dose,  gr.  iij  to 
gr.  vj,  in  a  pill. 

Ferri  et  Quin'inae  Citras.  Citrate  of  iron  and 
quinia.  Prepared  from  four  parts  of  citrate 
of  iron  and  one  part  of  citrate  of  quinia. 
Used  where  a  combination  of  these  tomes  is 
indicated. 
Ferri  Ramen'ta.     Raspings  of  iron.     A  name 

for  iron  filings. 
Ferri  Rubigo.     Rust  of  iron. 
Ferri  Sesquiox'idum.     (Ph.  L.)     Sesquioxide 


FER 


FEV 


of  iron.     Subcarbonate  of  iron.      Dose,  gr.  v 
to  3  ss  and  more. 

Ferri  Sesquioxidum  Hydra'tum.  (U.S.)  Hy- 
drated  sesquioxide  of  iron.  See  Sesquioxide 
of Irox. 

Ferri  Subcar'bonas.  Subcarbonate  of  iron. 
See  Ferri  Sesquioxidum. 

Ferri  Subsulphas.  In  tbe  form  of  Monsel's 
powder,  a  powerful  styptic ;  very  useful  in 
alveolar  haemorrhage. 

Ferri  Sulphas.  (Ph.  U.  S.,  L.,  E.,  and  D.) 
Sulphate  of  iron.  Green  vitriol,  or  copperas, 
made  by  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid  on  iron 
wire.  It  is  tonic  and  anthelmintic.  Dose,  one 
grain  to  six  and  more. 

Ferri  Sulphas  Calcina/tum.  Peroxide  of  iron. 
Colcothar. 

Ferri  Sulphas  Exsic/catum.  (Ph.  E.)  Dried 
or  exsiccated  sulphate  of  iron.  Sulphate  of 
iron  exposed  to  a  moderate  heat  until  it  is 
capable  of  being  reduced  to  a  fine  powder.  In 
this  form  it  can  be  made  into  pills.  Three 
grains  are  equal  to  five  grains  of  the  sul- 
phate. 

Ferri  Sulphure'tum.  (Ph.  U.  S.,  D.,  and  L.) 
Sulphuret  of  iron. 

Ferri  Tan'nas  (ferrum  tannicum).  Tannate 
of  iron.  Obtained  by  adding  a  solution  of  a 
salt  of  sesquioxide  of  irou,  as  the  persulphate, 
to  a  decoction  of  nutgalls.  It  is  tonic  and  as- 
tringent, and  is  especially  useful  in  chlorosis. 

Ferri    Valeria/nas.      Valerianate      of     iron. 
Formed   by  the  action  of  valerianic  acid  on 
oxide  of  iron.     Dose,  two  to  four  grains. 
Ferridcyan'ogen.      A  hypothetical    com- 
pound radical  of  iron  and  cyanogen. 

Ferriferous    (ferrum,  iron,    and   fero,  to 

bear).     Containing  iron. 

Fer/ro=   (from   ferrum,  iron).     A  prefix  in 

Chemistry,  attached   to   compounds  in   which 

this  element  unites  with  cyanogen  and  other 

radicals. 

Ferro-cy/anate.     Ferro-cyanide. 

Ferro-cyanate  of  Potash.  The  old  name  for 
ferro-cyanide  of  potassium.  Yellow  prussiate 
of  potash. 

Ferro-cyanates.  Salts  formerly  called  triple 
prussiates. 

Ferro-cyanic  Acid.  A  yellow,  acid,  crystal- 
line body  ;  a  compound  of  ferro-cyauogen  and 
hydrogen. 

Ferro-cyanide  of  Iron.     Prussian  blue. 

Ferro-cyanide  of  Potas'sium.  Yellow  prus- 
siate of  potash. 

Ferro-cya'nogen.      A    hypothetical    radical, 


supposed    to    form    the    basis    of    the   ferro- 
cyanides. 

Ferro-prussic  Acid.     Ferro-cyanic  acid. 
Ferro-tartrate  of  Ammo'nia.     A  salt  of  tar- 
trate of  iron  and  ammonia. 
Ferro/so=fer/ric   Ox'ide.     Magnetic    iron 
ore.     Scales  from  the  smith's  anvil. 
Fer'rous  Oxide.     Protoxide  of  iron. 
Ferruginous  or  Ferrugin'eous.    Pertain- 
ing to  iron  rust.     Chalybeate. 

Ferru'go.  (Ph.  E.)  Ferri  sesquioxidum 
hydratum. 

Fer'rum.  Iron.  Symbol,  Fe.  Atomic 
weight,  56.  It  has  a  silver-white  or  gray 
lustre. 

Ferrum    Ammonia'tum.     Ammoniated   iron. 
Ammonio-chloride  of  iron. 
Ferrum    Oxid/atum    Hydra/tum.     Hydrated 
sesquioxide  of  iron. 
Ferrum  Salitum.     Chloride  of  iron. 
Ferrum   Subsulph.   Liq.     Monsel's   solution. 
An  aqueous  solution  of  basic  sulphate  of  iron, 
greatly  astringent,  styptic,  and  haemostatic  ; 
rarely  used  internally. 
Ferrum  Sulphas.     Copperas.     Proto-sulphate 
of  iron.     Ferrous  sulphate.     Astringent  and 
styptic. 

Ferrum    Tartariza'tum   (ferri  sesquioxidum). 

Tartanzed   iron.     It  is  one  of  the  mildest  of 

the  preparations  of  iron.     Dose,  gr.  x  to  £ss. 

Ferrum    Vitriola/tum.      See    Sulphate    of 

Iron. 

Fertile  (fertilis).      Fruitful.     Applied    in 

Physiology  to  women  and  the  female  of  brute 

animals  which  are  prolific. 

Fervor  (from  fcrreo,  to  boil).  A  violent 
and  scorching  heat. 

Fes'tering.  Applied  to  a  sore,  signifying 
the  discharge  either  of  pus  or  of  a  morbid, 
watery  fluid. 

Fet/icide.     See  Foeticide. 
Fet/id.     See  Foetid. 

Fe'tor.  A  bad  smell,  or  odor.  See  Fcetor. 
Fet'us  (foetus).  See  Foetus. 
Fever  (febris;  from  fervor,  heat).  A  dis- 
ease characterized  by  rigors,  increased  heat  of 
the  skin,  quick  pulse,  disturbed  circulation, 
languor,  and  prostration.  Fevers  are  divided 
into  idiopathic  and  symptomatic.  The  former 
occur  independently  of  or  without  any  appar- 
ent or  local  cause  ;  the  latter  are  dependent 
upon  local  irritation.  But  these  divisions  ad- 
mit of  many  subdivisions.  Pinel  makes  the 
following:  (1)  Angeioienie,  or  inflammatory 
fevers  situated  in  the  organs  of  circulation ;  (2) 


FEV 


256 


FIB 


the    meningo-gastric,    or  bilious,    which    have 

their  origin  in  the  mucous  membraue  of  the 

intestines ;      (3)    adeno-meningeal,    or    gastric 

lever,  resulting  from  disease  of  the  mucous  fol- 
licles ;    (4)  ataxic,  or  irregular  fever,  affecting 

principally  the  brain  and  nervous  system  ;  (5) 

adynamic,  or  fever  attended  by  great  prostration 

of  the  vital  powers. 

Fever,  Adynam'ic.     Typhoid  fever. 

Fever,  Asthenic.  Typhus  fever,  or  fever 
attended  by  debility. 

Fever,  Asthmatic.  An  intermittent,  accom- 
panied with  symptoms  of  asthma. 

Fever,  Ataxo-adynamic.  A  fever  character- 
ized by  prostration  and  by  disturbance  of  the 
uervous  system. 

Fever,  BiPious.  Summer  and  autumnal  re- 
mittent fever. 

Fever,  Bilious  Remittent,  of  Infants.  In- 
fantile remittent  fever. 

Fever,  Bilious  Remitting.     Bilious  fever. 

Fever,  Blad/dery.     Pemphigus. 

Fever,  Brain.     Phrenitis. 

Fever,  Camp.     Typhus  gravior. 

Fever,  Catar'rhal.     Adeno-meningeal  fever. 

Fever,  Cer/ebral.     Phrenitis. 

Fever,  Childbed.     Puerperal  peritonitis. 

Fever,  Congestive.  A  fever  attended  with 
great  oppression,  obscure  symptoms,  and  con- 
gestion of  some  viscus. 

Fever,  Continued.  Fever,  at  first  inflamma- 
tory, but  in  its  latter  stages  typhoid. 

Fever,  ConvuFsive.  An  intermittent  fever 
attended  with  convulsions. 

Fever,  Digestive.  The  chilliness  and  fever 
which  sometimes  accompany  digestion. 

Fever,  Double.  A  complex  intermittent,  in 
which  two  paroxysms  occur  in  a  given  time 
instead  of  one. 

Fever,  Endemic.     Remittent  fever. 

Fever,   Entero-mesenter'ic.     Typhoid  fever. 

Fever,  Ephemeral.  A  simple  fever  of  short 
duration. 

Fever,  Epilep'tic.  An  intermittent,  accom- 
panied with  attacks  of  epilepsy. 

Fever,  Erup'tive.     Exanthematica. 

Fever,  Exacerbating.     Remittent  fever. 

Fever,  Gas'tric.     Bilious  fever. 

Fever,  Hospital.     Typhus  gravior. 

Fever,  Ic/teric.  Fever  followed  by  jaun- 
dice. 

Fever,  Infantile  Remittent.  A  low  fever  oc- 
curring in  childhood,  supposed  to  originate 
from  gastro-intestinal  disturbance. 

Fever,  Infiam'matory.     Synocha. 


Fever,  Intermittent.     Ague  and  fever. 

Fever,  Jail.     Typhus  gravior. 

Fever,  Lung.     Catarrh.     Pneumonia. 

Fever,  Mala/rious,  or  Miasmatic  Fever.  In- 
termittent and  remittent  fever. 

Fever,  Malig'nant.  Typhus  gravior.  A  fever 
which  is  insidious  in  its  attacks  and  of  a  for- 
midable and  dangerous  character. 

Fever,  Masked.  An  intermittent  fever  in 
which  the  stages  of  the  paroxysms  are  irregu- 
lar. 

Fever,  Milk.  The  slight  febrile  disturbance 
which  precedes  or  accompanies  the  secretion 
of  milk. 

Fever,  Mixed.     Synocha. 

Fever,  Palu'dal.     Ague. 

Fever,  Paroxys/mal.     Remittent  fever. 

Fever,  Pestilential.  The  plague  ;  also  typhus 
gravior. 

Fever,  Putrid.     Typhus  gravior. 

Fever,  Ship.     Typhus  gravior. 

Fever,  Spotted.  Typhus  gravior,  attended  by 
vomiting,  haemorrhages,  or  purple  or  black 
petechise. 

Fever,  Syphilitic.  The  fever  which  accom- 
panies syphilis. 

Fever,  Ter/tian.  An  intermittent  in  which 
the  paroxysms  return  every  third  day. 

Fever,  Typhoid.     Entero-mesenteric  fever. 

Fever,  Verminous.  Fever  caused  by  the 
irritation  of  worms  in  the  intestinal  canal. 

Fever,  Ver/nal.  An  intermittent  or  other 
fever  occurring  in  the  spring. 

Fever,  Vesic/ular.     Pemphigus. 

Fever,  Yellow.     An  endemic  malignant  fever, 
supposed  to  be  caused  by  miasm,  of  a  more  or 
less  adynamic  character,  attended  by  yellow- 
ness of  the  skin  and  vomiting  of  black  matter. 
Fe/verish.     A  state  of  fever  or  that  caus- 
ing fever. 

Fibra  Sanguinis.     Fibrin. 

Fibre  (fibra).     In    Anatomy  and  Botany,  a 

simple  organic  filament  which  enters  into  the 

tissues  of  animal   and   vegetable   bodies  ;   an 

elongated,  thread-like  structure. 

FPbres  of   Tomes.     The    elongated    and 

branched  processes  of  the  odontoblast  cells  of 

the  dental  pulp,  which  occupy  the  tubules  of 

the  dentine  and  are   known    as    the    dentinal 
fibril  lie. 

FPbril.     A  small,  thread-like  fibre  ;    espe- 
cially one  of  a  number  of  minute  filaments 

composing  a  larger  fibre. 

Fibril,  Dentinal.  The  soft  fibril  which  occu- 
pies each  canal  or  tube  in  the  dentine,  and 


FIB 


257 


FIL 


which,  according  to  Tomes,  is  continuous  with 
the  odontoblast  cells  upon  the  surface  of  the 
pulp. 

FibriFIa  (dim.  of  fibra,  a  thread).  A  small 
fibre  or  filament  of  a  fibre.  Minute  nerve 
filament. 

FibriFlae.  The  dentinal  fibrils,  which  are 
prolongations  of  the  odontoblasts  and  occupy 
the  tubes  of  the  dentine. 

Fibrillar.     Pertaining  to  fibrillar 
Fibrillar     Contractions.     Short    contractions 
occurring  alternately  in  different  bundles  of 
muscular  fibres. 

Fibrilla'tus  (fibrilla,  a  little  fibre).  Dis- 
posed in  very  delicate  filaments. 

FFbrin.  Fibrine.  A  native  albumen  or 
proteid,  an  immediate  principle  of  animal 
bodies,  composed  of  azote,  hydrogen,  oxygen, 
and  carbon,  existing  in  chyle,  coagulum  of  the 
blood,  and  once  thought  to  constitute  the 
chief  part  of  the  muscles  of  red-blooded  ani- 
mals. It  is  solid,  white,  and  inodorous  ;  heavier 
than  water  ;  elastic  when  moist ;  hard  and 
brittle  when  dry.  See  Liquor  Sanguinis. 
It  is  also  a  proximate  principle  of  vegetables, 
and  is  very  nutritious. 

Fibrinoplast/in.     See  Pabaglobulin. 

Fibrinous  (fibrinosus).  That  which  is 
composed  of  or  has  the  nature  of  fibrin. 

Fibroblasts.  Cellular  elements  for  the 
augmentation  or  renewal  of  the  fibrous  tissues. 

Fibro=cartiFage  (fibro-cartilago).  A  tissue 
composed  of  an  admixture  of  fibrous  and  carti- 
laginous tissues. 

Fibro=mucous  {fibro-mucosus).  Fibrous 
membranes  intimately  united  with  others  of  a 
mucous  structure  ;  also  membranes  of  a  fibrous 
and  mucous  structure,  as  the  inner  membrane 
of  the  sac  of  a  tooth. 

Fibro=plas/tic.  Forming  fibres.  Applied 
to  an  organized  tissue,  from  the  corpuscles 
exuded  on  sores. 

Fibro=serous  (fibro-serosus).  Membranes 
which  are  of  a  fibrous  and  serous  texture. 

Fibroid  (i'rom  fib  ra,  and  £t<hc,  resemblance). 
Such  structures  as  possess  a  fibrous  appearance. 
Also  a  fibroid  tumor. 

Fibro'ma.  A  benign  tumor  composed  of 
fibrous  or  fully  formed  connective  tissue. 

Fi'brous  (fibrosils).     Composed  of  fibres. 
Fibrous  Membranes.     Membranes  composed 
of  fibres. 

Fib'ula.  The  outer  or  splint-bone  of  the 
leg. 

Fi/cus     (Jicatio).      In    Pathology,     a     soft, 
17 


though  sometimes  scirrhous,  reddish,  fleshy 
excrescence,  attached  by  a  small  peduncle  to 
the  tongue,  chin,  eyelids,  anus,  or  organs  of 
generation. 

Ficus  Elas'tica.     A   plant    which    furnishes 
caoutchouc  in  India. 
Fidg/ets.     General   restlessness,  with  con- 
stant inclination  to  change  position. 

Fidicina/Ies.  The  lumbricales  muscles  of 
the  hand,  so  called  from  their  usefulness  in 
moving  the  fingers. 

Fifth  Pair  of    Nerves.     See  Tbigemini. 
FiFament     (Jilamentum ;      from     Jilum,    a 
thread).     In  Anatomy,  a  small  fibre  or  thread- 
like substance  adhering  to  any  part.     A  minute 
cellular  or  nervous  fibre. 

File.  Iu  Dental  Surgery,  a  steel  instrument 
cut  in  fine  serrations  and  used  in  operations  on 
the  teeth. 

File  Car'rier.  A  file-holder.  An  instrument 
employed  by  dentists  for  holding  a  file  while 
separating  the  molar  teeth.  File  carriers  have 
also  been  employed  for  holding  the  thin  files 
used  for  separating  the  front  teeth,  but  these 
last  are  little  used.  Those  employed  in  sepa- 
rating the  molar  teeth  are  sometimes  so  con- 
structed as  to  require  two,  one  for  the  right 
and  one  for  the  left  side  of  the  mouth  ;  but  the 
necessity  for  two  has  been  obviated  by  having 
the  part  of  the  instrument  which  holds  the  file 
so  connected  with  the  other  part  as  to  admit  of 
being  turned  from  side  to  side  or  to  revolve 
upon  a  screw  when  loosened. 
File,  Den'tal  [odontorine  ;  scalprum  den&arivm; 
lima  dentaria).  A  tooth-file  ;  an  instrument 
for  the  removal  of  a  portion  of  one  or  more 
teeth.  See  Files  fob  Separating  Fbont, 
Bicuspid,  and  Molab  Teeth,  etc. 
Files  for  Jinishing  metallic  and  vulcanite  plates, 
etc.,  are  of  various  forms, — flat,  half  round, 
etc.,  with  double  and  single  ends, — and  used 
for  removing  an  excess  of  material  and  secur- 
ing a  smooth  surface. 
Files  for  preparing  the  root  of  the  tooth  for  an 
artificial  crown  are  oval  or  half  round,  having 
a  diameter  as  nearly  equal  to  that  of  the  neck 
of  the  tooth  as  possible.  With  a  view  of 
obviating  the  difficulty  sometimes  experienced 
in  making  a  perfect  joint  between  the  root  and 
crown,  Dr.  E.  Townseud,  of  Philadelphia, 
had  two  files  constructed,  one  oval  and  the 
other  grooved,  the  former  exactly  fitting  into 
the  latter.  But  the  grooved  file  is  only  useful 
in  those  cases  where  the  crown  of  a  natural 
tooth  is  employed. 


FIL 


258 


FIM 


Files  for  finishing  fillings  are  of  various  forms 
for  dressing  down  fillings,  some  having  single 
and  others  double  ends. 
Files  for  separating  bicuspid  teeth  maybe  oval 
on  one  side  and  flat  on  the  other,  or  they  may 
be  shaped  like  the  pinion  file  of  a  clock,  their 
two  sides  coming  nearly  together  at  one  edge 
while  at  the  other  they  are  an  eighth  or  a 
twelfth  of  an  inch  apart.  The  length  of  files 
used  for  separating  the  bicuspid  teeth,  includ- 
ing the  handle,  is  from  six  and  a  half  to  seven 
and  a  half  inches. 

Files  for  separating  front  teeth  are  from  three 
and  a  half  to  five  inches  in  length,  from  a  third 
to  a  half  of  an  inch  in  width,  and  from  a  twen- 
tieth to  a  thirtieth  part  of  an  inch  in  thick- 
ness. Some  are  cut  only  on  one  side,  others 
on  both,  and  all  are  cut  on  both  edges.  Those 
which  are  cut  only  on  one  side  are  termed 
safe-sided,  and  are  intended  to  act  but  upon 
one  tooth  at  a  time.  Those  which  are  cut  on 
both  sides  are  designed  for  separating  two 
teeth  preparatory  to  using  the  safe-sided. 
Files  for  separating  molar  teeth  should  be  bent 
in  such  a  manner  as  not  to  interfere  with  the 
corner  of  the  mouth,  with  a  file  either  flat  or 
shaped  like  the  pinion  file  of  a  clock,  and  from 
an  inch  and  a  quarter  to  an  inch  and  a  half  in 
length.  They  are  made  in  pairs,  one  for  the 
right  and  one  for  the  left  side  of  the  mouth, 
and  their  construction  is  such  that  they  may 
be  used  with  the  greatest  facility  on  the  molar 
teeth  of  either  jaw. 
The  molar  teeth  can  be  separated  with  much 
greater  ease  with  files  of  this  description  than 
with  files  held  in  a  file  carrier. 

FiFiform  (filiformis ;  from  filum,  a  thread, 
and  forma,  form).  Thread-like.  In  Anatomy 
and  Botany,  parts  which  resemble  the  form  or 
have  the  shape  of  a  thread,  as  the  filiform  papil- 
Ix  of  the  tongue,  formed  by  the  termination  of 
the  filaments  of  the  lingual  nerves,  etc. 
Filiform  Papillae.  The  small  and  numerous 
papilhe  over  the  surface  of  the  tongue. 

Filing  Teeth.  An  operation  for  the  re- 
moval of  superficial  caries  in  the  approximal 
surfaces  of  the  teeth,  and  in  cases  of  deep-seated 
caries  occupying  the  same  locality,  preparatory 
to  removing  the  diseased  part  and  filling.  It 
is  also  sometimes  performed  for  other  purposes, 
such  as  separating  the  teeth  to  obtain  the 
necessary  space  for  excavating  and  for  intro- 
ducing the  filling.  Separation  by  pressure  or 
by  rapid  wedging  with  wood,  is,  however, 
preferable  where   it   can   be   accomplished  by 


these  methods.     See  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Pract. 
of  Dentistry." 

Fillet  (from  filum,  a  thread).  A  little  band. 
Filling,  Combination.  A  filling  composed 
of  more  than  one  material  ;  as  zinc  phosphate 
and  amalgam,  cement  and  gold,  amalgam  and 
gold,  gutta-percha  and  cement,  gutta-percha 
and  gold,  gutta-percha  and  amalgam,  tin  and 
gold,  tin-gold,  the  latter  consisting  of  a  combi- 
nation of  sheets  of  tin  and  gold,  rolled,  folded, 
or  crimped  together. 

Filling  Teeth  (odontoplerosis).  An  operation 
for  arresting  the  progress  and  preventing  a 
recurrence  of  caries  in  the  teeth,  consisting, 
after  the  removal  of  the  carious  tooth  sub- 
stance in  filling  the  cavity  with  some  inde- 
structible substance,  either  malleable  or  plas- 
tic, simple  or  compound, — as  gold,  amalgam, 
Hill's  stopping,  oxychloride  of  zinc,  etc., — 
and  resulting,  in  some  cases,  in  a  more  or  less 
perfect  restoration  of  the  original  shape  of  the 
tooth.  This  is  the  most  frequent  and  often  the 
most  difficult  of  dental  operations,  and,  when 
skillfully  performed,  the  most  effective  remedy 
for  dental  caries.  The  return  of  decay,  if  the 
tooth  structure  be  of  good  quality  and  the 
surface  of  the  tooth  adjacent  to  the  filling  be 
kept  scrupulously  clean,  is  unlikely.  Many 
causes  operate  to  make  this  operation  some 
what  uncertain,  as  frail  teeth  are  often  difficult 
to  preserve  from  a  return  of  the  affection. 
The  operation  should  be  performed,  if  possible, 
before  the  caries  has  reached  the  pulp-cavity, 
for  after  this  the  chances  of  securing  the  per- 
manent preservation  of  the  tooth  are  some- 
what diminished.  For  manner  of  filling  teeth 
see  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Dentistry. " 

Film.  Common  name  for  opacity  of  the 
cornea. 

FiFter.  Device  for  straining  a  liquid.  A 
chemical  instrument,  generally  consisting  of 
paper,  linen,  sponge,  sand,  pulverized  charcoal, 
or  glass,  properly  arranged  in  a  funnel  for  the 
purposes  of  filtration. 

Filtration  (filtralio;  from  filtrum,  a 
strainer).  A  pharmaceutical  operation  which 
consists  in  freeing  a  fluid  from  any  feculent, 
earthy,  or  other  insoluble  matters,  too  light  for 
precipitation. 

FiFtrum.     A  filter. 
FFIum.     A  fibre  or  thread. 
Fim/bria.      A   fringe.      In   Anatomy,   any 
fringe-like  body,  as  the  fimbriated  extremity 
of  the  Fallopian  tube. 
Fimbriated.     Fringed. 


FIN 


259 


FLA 


Fin'ger  (digitus).  A  small  member  taper- 
ing to  a  point. 

Fir.     The  name   of  several  species   of  the 
genus  Abies,  allied  to  the  pines.     See  PlNTJS. 
Fir,    Balsam.     Canada    balsam.     See   Pintjs 
Balsamea. 
Fir,    Canada.      The   popular  name   of  Pinus 
balsamea. 

Fire  (ignis).     According  to  Prof.  Silliman, 
heat  and  light  emanating  visibly,  perceptibly, 
and  simultaneously  from  any  body  ;  caloric. 
Fire  Damp.     The   explosive   carburetted   hy- 
drogen gas  of  coal  mines. 
Fire,  Saint  Anthony's.     Erysipelas. 

First  Intention,  Union  by.  Adhesive  in- 
flammation without  suppuration,  as  when  the 
lips  of  a  punctured  wound  are  brought  into 
immediate  contact  and  quickly  healed  without 
much  inflammation. 

Fish  Glue.     Isinglass  ;  a  glue  obtained  from 
different  fish.     See  Ichthyocolla. 
Fish  Tongue.     A  name  given  by  some  dentists 
to  an  elevator  used  for  the  extraction  of  teeth, 
more  especially  their  roots  after  the  crowns 
have  decayed  and  broken  off.     It  is  more  fre- 
quently called  carp's  tongue,  langue  de  carpe, 
by  the  French,  as  it  is  the  tongue  of  this  fish 
which  the  instrument  in  question  is  supposed 
most  to  resemble.     See  Elevator. 
Fis/si!e    (findo,     to    cleave).      Cleavable ; 
easily  cleft  or  cloven. 

Fissipara/tion.  See  Cell. 
Fissu'ra  (from  findere,  to  cleave).  A  fis- 
sure, crack,  or  cleft.  A  fracture  in  which  the 
bone  is  not  completely  separated.  Also  a 
lesion  of  the  skin  or  mucous  membrane,  as  a 
chap  on  the  hand  or  a  deep  depression  in  a  part. 
Fis'sure.  A  groove  or  cleft.  In  dental 
phraseology,  a  term  applied  to  imperfections 
left  by  the  imperfect  fusion  of  the  enamel  of  the 
cusps  of  the  molar  and  bicuspid  teeth.  The 
most  frequent  location  is  on  the  grinding  sur- 
faces. 

Fissure,  Capillary.  See  PiLATIO. 
Fissure,  Cen'tral.  The  aggregate  of  the  cavi- 
ties or  ventricles  of  the  brain.  Regarded  by 
Meckel  as  but  one,  in  the  form  of  a  cross. 
Fissure,  Glenoid.  A  fissure  situated  in  the 
deepest  part  of  the  glenoid  cavity  of  the  tem- 
poral bone. 

Fissure  of  Rolan'do.   A  fissure  passing  trans- 
versely between  the  two  superior  convolutions 
of  the  brain. 
Fissure,  Semilu'nar.     A  notch  at  the  anterior 
edge  of  the  cerebellum. 


Fissure  of  Sylvius.  A  deep,  narrow  sulcus 
on  each  side,  parting  the  middle  and  anterior 
lobes  of  the  cerebrum,  ascending  obliquely 
backward  from  the  temporal  ala  of  the  sphe- 
noid bone  to  near  the  middle  of  the  parietal. 
Fissure  of  the  Palate.  Cleft  palate.  A  divi- 
sion of  the  soft  and  sometimes  of  the  hard 
palate. 

Fissure   of  the    Tra/gus.     A   fissure  on   the 
anterior  surface  of  the  tragus  of  the  ear. 
Fissure,  Transverse,  of  the  Brain.    Fissure  of 
Bichat.    A  fissure  which  passes  beneath  and 
behind  the  edge  of  the  middle   lobe  of  the 
brain  and  extends  beneath  the  hemisphere  of 
one  side  to  the  same  point  of  the  opposite 
side. 
Fis'sus  (from  findo,  to  cleave).     Divided  ; 
cleft ;  cloven. 

Fis'tula.  A  deep,  sinuous  ulcer  kept  up  by 
an  altered  texture  of  the  parts  and  communicat- 
ing with  a  natural  cavity,  excretory  duct,  or 
secretory  gland.  A  fistula  is  said  to  be  com- 
plete when  it  has  an  external  and  internal 
opening,  and  incomplete  when  it  has  but  one 
opening. 

Fistula  Cibalis.     The  oesophagus. 
Fistula  in  Ano.     A  sinuous  ulcer  by  the  side 
of  the  rectum. 
Fistula    Lachrymals.     An   ulcerative  open- 
ing into  the  lachrymal  sac,  giving  egress  to  a 
puriform  fluid. 

Fistula,   SaPivary.     An  ulcerous  opening  in 
the  cheek  communicating  with   the   parotid 
duct. 
Fistulous.     Of  the  nature  of  fistula.    Also 
plants  having  many  tubes. 

Fixed  (Jixus ;    from  figere,   to  fasten).     In 
Chemistry,    a   substance  not  capable  of  being 
volatilized  by  fire. 
Fixed  Air.     Carbonic  acid  gas. 
Fixed    Bodies.      Substances    which    do    not 
evaporate  by  heat,  especially  those  that   can 
not  be  fused  or  volatilized,  as  carbon,  etc. 
Fixed  Oils.     Such  as  remain  in  a  permanent 
state  and  are  not  easily  volatilized. 

Fix'i  Den'tes.  The  teeth  of  second  denti- 
tion. 

Fix'ity.  A  property  by  which  bodies  with- 
stand heat. 

Fl.  or  Fid.     Abbreviation  of  fluid. 
Flabella'tion  (fldbellatio;    from   flabellare, 
to  agitate  the  air).     Agitation  of  the  air  with  a 
fan. 

Flaccid'ity  (flaccid  Has :  from  flaccidus, 
flabby,  soft).     Softness  of  a  part. 


FLA 


260 


FLI 


Flagg's  Drill  Stock.  An  instrument  in- 
vented by  Dr.  J.  F.  Flagg  for  drilling  into  the 
pulp-cavity  of  a  tooth  for  the  purpose  of  giving 
egress  to  matter  formed  there  by  the  suppura- 
tion of  the  pulp — an  operation  proposed  by 
Mr.  Fox. 

Flake=white.  The  oxide  of  bismuth  is  so 
called  from  its  occurring  in  small  flakes. 

Flame.  A  light,  glowing,  luminous  fluid, 
proceeding  from  the  surface  of  a  burning  body 
and  resulting  from  the  combustion  of  its  vola- 
tile particles.  The  flame  of  a  spirit  or  oil 
lamp  is  used  in  mechanical  dentistry  for  unit- 
ing or  soldering  the  different  parts  of  a  piece  of 
dental  mechanism. 

Flank.     The  iliac  region. 

Flask=clamp.  An  instrument  in  the  form 
of  a  press,  employed  in  vulcanite  work  for 
closing  flasks  after  packing. 

Flask,  Moulding.  See  Moulding  Flask. 
Flask,  VuFcanite.  An  iron,  brass,  or  bronze 
box  for  holding  the  model  and  teeth  in  the 
vulcanized  rubber  process.  It  is  divided  into 
two  sections  generally,  one  of  which  is  closed 
by  an  adj  ustable  lid ,  the  other  having  a  bot- 
tom, and  is  locked  by  pins  or  bolts. 

FIask=press.  A  screw  flask  for  closing  the 
sections  of  a  vulcanite  flask  after  packing. 

Flatulence.  An  accumulation  of  gas  or 
wind  in  the  stomach  or  intestines. 

Flat'ulent.     Windy. 

Fla/tus.  Wind  or  gas  in  the  stomach  and 
bowels. 

Fla'vor.  The  quality  of  a  sapid  substance 
which  affects  the  taste  or  smell. 

Fla'vus.     Yellow. 

Flaxseed.  The  seeds  of  Linum  usitatissi- 
mum. 

Fleam.  A  surgical  instrument  for  the 
operation  of  phlebotomy. 

Fleck.     Abrasion. 

Fleg'men.     See  Flemen. 

Fle'men.     Swelling  of  the  ankles. 

Fler'ecin.     Gout. 

Flesh.  The  soft  part  of  animals,  especially 
the  muscles. 

Flesh  Brush.    A  brush  for  rubbing  the  surface 
of  the  body. 
Flesh,  Proud.     Fungous  granulations. 

Flexibility.  A  property  possessed  by 
certain  bodies  of  bending  or  yielding  without 
rupture. 

Flexible  (from  flexus,  bent).     That  capable 
of  being  bent. 
Flexible  Collodion.     Flexile  collodium.     Con- 


tains collodion  92,  Canada  turpentine  5,  castor 
oil  3  parts. 
Flexile.     Easily  bent. 
Flex'ion  (flexio  ;  from  flectere,  to  bend).  In 

Physiology,  the  action  of  the  flexor  muscles  and 

the  state  of  a  joint  bent  by  them. 

Flex/or.     A  muscle,  the  function  of  which 

is  to  bend  a  certain  part  or  organ. 

Flexor  Brevis  Digito/rum  Pedis  Perfora/tus. 
A  flexor  muscle  of  the  toes,  situated  at  the 
middle  part  of  the  foot. 

Flexor  Brevis  Minimi  Digiti  Pedis.  A  flexor 
muscle  of  the  little  toe,  situated  at  the  inferior 
and  outer  edge  of  the  metatarsal  bone  of  the 
same. 

Flexor  Brevis  Pol'licis  Manus.  A  flexor 
muscle  of  the  second  joint  of  the  thumb,  situ- 
ated at  the  outer  part  of  the  palm  of  the 
hand. 

Flexor  Brevis  Pollicis  Pedis.  A  flexor  muscle 
of  the  first  joint  of  the  great  toe,  situated  at 
the  anterior  and  middle  part  of  the  sole  of  the 
foot. 

Flexor  Carpi  Radia/lis.  A  long  thin  muscle 
of  the  forearm,  which  serves  to  bend  the 
hand. 

Flexor  Longus  Digito/rum  Pedis  Profun/dus 
Per'forans.  A  flexor  muscle  of  the  toes,  sit- 
uated at  the  posterior  and  inner  part  of  the 
leg. 

Flexor  Longus  Pollicis  Manus.  A  flexor 
muscle  of  the  thumb,  situated  at  the  anterior 
part  of  the  forearm. 

Flexor  Longus  Pollicis  Pedis.  A  flexor 
muscle  of  the  great  toe,  situated  at  the  poste- 
rior part  of  the  leg. 

Flexor  Ossis  Metacarpi  Pollicis.  A  muscle 
of  the  thumb  which  serves  to  turn  the  first 
bone  of  it  upon  its  axis. 

Flexor  Parvus  Min/imi  Dig/iti.  A  muscle 
situated  along  the  inner  side  of  the  metacarpal 
bone  of  the  little  finger.  It  assists  the  abduc- 
tor muscle  in  bending  the  little  finger. 

Flexor  Profundus  Per'forans.  A  long,  thick, 
flat  muscle  of  the  fingers,  situated  under  the 
perforatus. 

Flexor  Subli/mis  Perforatus.     A  thick,  flat 
muscle  of  the  forearm,  which  serves  to  bend 
the  second  joint  of  the  fingers. 
Flexuo'sus.     Full  of  windings. 
Flint.     A  mineral  consisting  of  nearly  pure 

silicious  earth  ;  silex. 

Flint  Glass.  A  species  of  glass  so  called  be- 
cause flint  was  formerly  employed  in  its  manu- 
facture.    It  contains  from   twenty  to  thirty 


FLO 


261 


FLU 


per  cent,  of  lead.  It  is  extensively  used  for 
domestic  purposes ;  also  in  optical  instru- 
ments and  sometimes  in  the  enamel  of  porce- 
lain teeth. 

Float/ing  Ribs  (costse  fluctuantes).  The 
last  two  false  ribs,  whose  anterior  extremities 
are  not  connected  with  the  rest  or  with  each 
other. 

Floc'ci.    The  fine  down  or  villi  which  forms 
the  nap  of  mucous  membranes. 
Flocci  Volitantes.     Imaginary  vision  of  ob- 
jects.    See  Pseudoblepsis. 

Floccita'tion  (floccitalio ;  from  floccus,  the 
nap  of  cloths).  Picking  the  bed-clothes  ;  a 
dangerous  symptom  in  disease. 

Floc'culi.     See  Flocci. 

Floc'culus.  A  laminated  lobule  on  the 
front  part  of  the  pueumogastric  lobule  of  the 
cerebellum. 

Flooding.     Uterine  haemorrhage. 

Flores  (the  plural  of  flos).  Flowers ;  a 
term  applied  in  Chemistry  to  several  crystalline 
bodies. 

Flores    Antimo'nii.      Flowers   of    antimony. 
Small,  elongated,  and  very  brilliant  crystals  of 
the  sesquioxide  of  antimony. 
Flores  Benzoes.     Flowers  of  Benjamin.    Ben- 
zoic acid. 
Flores   Bismu'thi.     A  yellowish  oxide  of  bis- 
muth. 
Flores  Boracis.     Boracic  acid. 
Flores  Martiales.     Ammonio-chloride  of  iron. 
Flores  Sulphu'ris.     Sublimated  sulphur. 
Flores  Zinci.     Oxide  of  zinc. 

Flow/ers.     The  menses. 
Flowers  of  Benjamin.     Benzoic  acid. 
Flowers  of  Sulphur.     Sublimated  sulphur. 

Fluate.     A  fluoride. 

Fluctuation  (fluctuation  from  fluctus,  a 
wave).  The  movement  or  undulation  of  a 
fluid  accumulated  in  a  natural  or  artificial 
cavity,  distinguishable  by  pressure  with  the 
finger. 

Fluid  (fl  nidus;  from  fluere,  to  flow).  A 
body  the  inherent  particles  of  which  yield  to 
the  slightest  pressure  and  move  with  the  great- 
est facility  in  all  directions.  Fluids  are  divided 
into  liquids  or  incompressible  fluids,  and  gases 
or  aeriform  fluids.  The  greater  part  of  the 
human  body  consists  of  fluids. 
Fluid  Drachm.  Sixty  minims. 
Fluid  Ounce  (uncia).     Eight  fluid  drachms. 

Fluidity.  A  liquid  or  gaseous  state  ;  the 
state  of  a  fluid. 

Fluids  of  the  Body.     The  fluids  of  the 


body  consist  of  blood,  lymph,  the  perspiratory, 

follicular,  and  glandular  fluids. 

Fluids  of  the  Mouth.  The  saliva  furnished 
by  the  parotid,  submaxillary,  and  sublingual 
glands  and  by  the  secretions  of  the  mucous 
membrane  which  lines  it. 

The  saliva,  in  healthy  persons  having  good 
constitutions,  has  a  light,  frothy  appearance, 
and  but  very  little  viscidity.  Inflammation 
of  the  gums,  from  whatever  cause  produced, 
increases  its  viscidity  and  causes  it  to  be  less 
frothy.  In  a  healthy  state  it  is  inodorous, 
floats  upon  and  mixes  readily  with  water,  but 
when  in  a  viscid  or  diseased  condition  it 
sinks  and  mixes  with  it  with  difficulty. 

Irritation  in  the  mouth,  from  diseased  gums, 
aphthous  ulcers,  inflammation  of  the  mucous 
membrane,  the  introduction  of  mercury  into 
the  system,  or  taking  anything  pungent  into 
the  mouth,  increases  the  flow  of  this  fluid  and 
causes  it  to  be  more  viscid  than  it  is  in  its 
natural  and  healthy  state. 

M.  Delabarre  says  :  "When  this  fluid  "  (the 
saliva)  "has  remained  in  the  mouth  some 
moments,  it  there  obtains  new  properties, 
according  to  each  individual's  constitution 
and  the  integrity  of  the  mucous  membrane  or 
some  of  the  parts  which  it  covers. 
"In  subjects  who  enjoy  the  best  health,  whose 
stomach  and  lungs  are  unimpaired,  the  saliva 
appears  very  scarce,  but  this  is  because  it 
passes  into  the  stomach  almost  as  soon  as  it  is 
furnished  by  the  glands  that  secrete  it.  It 
only  remains  long  enough  in  the  mouth  to  mix 
with  a  small  quantity  of  mucus  and  absorb  a 
certain  portion  of  atmospheric  air  to  render 
it  frothy. 

"On  the  other  hand,  the  saliva  of  an  indivi- 
dual whose  mucous  system  furnishes  a  large 
quantity  of  mucus  is  stringy  and  heavy,  is 
but  slightly  charged  with  oxygen,  contains  a 
great  proportion  of  azote  and  sulphur,  and 
stains  silver."  * 

Increased  redness  and  irritability  of  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  mouth  is  an  almost  invaria- 
ble accompaniment  of  general  acidity  of  these 
fluids.  Excoriation  and  aphthous  ulcers  of 
the  mouth  and  bleeding  of  the  gums  also 
frequently  result  from  this  condition  of  the 
salivary  and  mucous  fluids  of  this  cavity. 
Anorexia,  languor,  general  depression  of  spirits, 
headache,  diarrhoea,  and  rapid  decay  of  the 
teeth  are  very  common  among  persons  habitu- 

«  Vide  "  Traite  dc  la  Seconde  Dentition." 


FLU 


262 


FCE 


ally  subject  to  great  viscidity  of  the  buccal 
fluids.  It  is  likewise  among  subjects  of  this 
kind,  aud  particularly  when  the  viscidity  is 
so  great  as  to  cause  clamminess  of  these  fluids, 
that  the  green  discoloration  of  the  enamel  of 
the  teeth  is  most  frequently  met  with. 
The  saliva  in  good  constitutions  and  during 
health  is  slightly  alkaline,  and  the  mucous 
secretion  of  the  mouth,  slightly  acid,  but  the 
alkalinity  of  the  one,  in  this  case,  is  sufficient 
to  neutralize  the  acidity  of  the  other. 
Flu'idum.     A  fluid. 

Fluke.  Distoma  hepaticum.  A  small,  flat 
worm,  found  in  the  bile  ducts  of  sheep  and 
oxen  and  sometimes  in  the  human  subject. 

Fluobor'ic  Acid.  A  gaseous  acid  produced 
by  the  decomposition  of  fluoride  of  calcium 
by  vitrified  boracic  acid. 

Fluor.     To  flow  ;  an  increased  discharge. 
Fluor  Albus.     Leucorrhoea. 
Fluor  Albus  Malig/nus.     Gonorrhoea. 

Fluoric  Acid.  The  hydrofluoric  or  fluo- 
hydric  acid,  obtained  by  treating  fluo-spar 
with  sulphuric  acid. 

FIu/oride.     A  compound  of  fluorine. 
Fiu'orine  {fluorinum).     A  halogen,  known 
only  in  combination,  the  radicle  of  hydrofluoric 
acid,     It  is  powerfully   corrosive,    dissolving 
silex  and  all  the  metals  but  lead  and  platinum. 
FIuor=spar.     Native  fluoride  of  calcium. 
Flux   (fluxus;    from  fluere,  to   flow).       In 
Chemistry,    any    highly    fusible    substance    or 
mixture,  as  the  sub-borate  of  soda,  emploj'ed 
in  the  fusion  of  metals.     In  Physiology,  a  natu- 
ral discharge,  as  the  menstrual  flux.     In  Path- 
ology, a  morbid  evacuation,  as  in  the  cases  of 
dysentery,  diarrhoea,  etc. 
Flux,  Bilious.     A  discharge  of  bile  either  by 

vomiting  or  purging. 
Flux,  Black.     A  mixture  of  charcoal  and  car- 
bonate of  potash,  obtained  by  the  deflagration 
of  cream  of  tartar  with  about  half  its  weight 
of  nitre.      It  is   used   in   the  separation  of 
metals  from  their  ores. 
Flux,  Bloody.     Dysentery. 
Flux,    Chemical.      A    mixture"  employed  to 
assist  the  fusion  of  minerals.     Alkaline  fluxes 
are  the  ones  most  frequently  used. 
Flux,  Crude.     A  mixture  of  nitre  and  cream 
of  tartar,  used  to  assist  in  the  fusion  of  metals. 
Flux,    White.     Subcarhonate    of  potash   ob- 
tained   by  the  deflagration  of  equal  parts  of 
cream  of  tartar  and  nitre. 
Fiux'ion  ( fluxio ;  from  fluere,  to  flow).     In 
Chemistry,  fusion.     In  Pathology,  an  afflux  or 


determination  of    blood  toward  any  organ  or 

part  of  the  body  as  a  consequence  of  irritation 

or  inflammation. 

Flux'us.     A  flux  ;  a  discharge. 

Fly,  Spanish.     See  Canthaeis. 

Focal  Distance.     A  term  applied  in  Optics 

to  the  distance  between  the  centre  of  a  lens 

and  the  point  at  which  the  rays  meet. 
Focile.     A  bone  of  the  forearm  or  leg. 
Fo'cus.     The   point  at  which    converging 

rays  of  light  and  heat  come  together. 

Fce/tal  (fcetalis).     Pertaining  to  the  foetus. 

Foetal  Circulation.  There  being  no  pulmo- 
nic circulation  in  the  foetus,  the  blood  seems 
to  undergo  in  the  placenta  a  change  similar 
to  that  which  it  experiences  in  the  lungs  after 
birth,  and  is  conveyed  from  here  through  the 
umbilical  vein  to  the  liver  and  vena  cava  by 
the  ductus  venosus.  Thence  it  is  conveyed 
into  the  right  auricle  of  the  heart.  From 
thence  a  small  portion  is  sent  into  the  right 
ventricle,  then  into  the  pulmonary  artery,  and 
is  returned  by  the  ductus  arteriosus  into  the 
aorta  ;  but  larger  portions  pass  directly 
through  the  foramen  ovale  into  the  left  auri- 
cle ;  from  thence  it  is  thrown  into  the  left 
ventricle  and  passes  into  the  aorta,  to  be  con- 
veyed through  the  arterial  system.  The  um- 
bilical arteries  then  return  it  to  the  centre. 

Foetal  Head.  The  measurements  of  the  foetal 
head  are  the  transverse,  or  biparietal,  between 
the  parietal  protuberances,  3-J-  inches  ;  the 
temporal,  across  the  temples,  3  inches  ;  the 
occipito-mental,  from  the  occiput  to  the  chin, 
5  inches  ;  the  antero-posterior,  or  occipito- 
frontal, 4J-  or  4o  inches  ;  the  fronto-mental,  31 
inches  ;  the  cervico-bregmatic,  from  the  nape 
of  the  neck  to  the  centre  of  the  anterior 
fontanel  ;  the  trachelo-bregmat  ic,  from  the 
front  of  the  neck  to  the  anterior  fontanel,  3£ 
inches  ;  and  the  vertical  diameter,  from  the 
vertex  to  the  base  of  the  cranium,  3  inches. 
Foeta'tion.  Pregnancy. 
Foeticide  (from  foetus,  and  cxdo,   to  kill). 

The  destruction  of  the  foetus  in  utero  ;  criminal 

abortion. 

Foetid  (fceleo,  to  become  putrid).     Having  a 

bad  odor. 
Foe'tor  (from  fmleo,  to  stink).     An  offensive 

smell. 

Fcetor  Oris.  An  offensive  breath.  This  may 
result  from  disease  "of  the  lungs  or  stomach  ; 
but  the  most  frequent  cause  of  foetor  of  the 
breath  is  a  morbid  condition  of  the  gums  or 
caries  of,  or  accumulations  of  salivary  calcu- 


FCE 


263 


FOR 


lus  on,  the  teeth.     Inflammation,  sponginess, 
and  ulceration  of  the  gums  and  large  accu- 
mulations of  light   brown  or  yellow  salivary 
calculus,   however,    impart  to  the  breath   a 
much  more  offensive  odor  than  caries  of  the 
teeth.     See  Gums,   Diseases  of,  and  Sali- 
vary Calculus. 
Foe'tus.      A   young    animal    before    birth. 
The  product  of   conception   from   the  fourth 
month  of  intra-uterine  life  to  delivery  or  birth. 
Often   applied  to   the  whole  period  of  intra- 
uterine life. 

Foil.  A  thin  plate  of  metal  used  in  dentis- 
try for  filling  teeth,  etc. 

Foil  Carrier  and  Plugger.  A  form  of  twee- 
zers with  long  and  serrated  points  used  for 
carrying  the  gold,  etc.,  to  the  cavity  and  par- 
tially condensing  it. 

Foil  Crimp/ers.    An  instrument  made  of  thick 
tin,  four  inches  wide  and   five  inches  long, 
used  in  Dental  Surgery  for  folding  gold  foil. 
Folia'ceous.     Leafy  ;  leaf-like. 
Foliate,  (foliatus).     Leafy. 
Fo/lium.     A  leaf. 

FoFIicIe.  A  sack  or  bag.  In  Anatomy,  a 
very  small  secretory  cavity  or  sac.     See  Fol- 

LICULE. 

FoFlicIes,     Ciliary.       See     Meibomian 
Glands. 
Follicles,  Dental.     See  Dental  Follicles. 

Follicular  Stomatitis.     See  Aphthae. 

FoFlicule  (folliculus;  diminutive  of  follis, 
a  bag).  A  little  bag.  In  Anatomy,  a  simple 
gland  or  involution  consisting  of  a  roundish 
hollow  and  an  excretory  duct,  like  the  mucous 
and  sebaceous  follicles.  In  Botany,  a  seed- 
vessel. 
Follicule,  Ciliary.     See  Meibomian  Glands. 

Follic/uIose.  Full  of  follicles.  Having 
the  appearance  of  follicles. 

Follic/ulus  Dentis.     See  Dental  Folli- 
cles. 
Folliculus  Felleus.     The  gall-bladder. 

Fomenta'tion  (fomentaiio).  A  partial 
bathing  with  simple  or  medicated  warm  water, 
effected  with  cloths  previously  dipped  in  it 
and  then  applied  to  the  part. 

Fomen'tum.     Fomentation. 

Fomes.  In  medical  language,  substances 
imbued  with  contagious  effluvia,  as  woolen 
goods,  cloths,  etc. 

Fomes  Morbi.  In  Pathology,  the  exciting 
cause  of  a  disease. 

Fom'ites.     Plural  of  fomes. 

Fons  Pulsans.     A  fontanel. 


Fonta'na,  Canal  of.  A  triangular  canal 
at  the  inner  side  of  the  ciliary  circle  of  the  eye. 
Fontanel'la  (diminutive  of  fons,  a  foun- 
tain). A  fontanel.  The  opening  between  the 
frontal  and  parietal  bones,  which  is  not  closed 
until  about  the  third  year  after  birth.  There 
is  sometimes  a  second  opening  between  the 
occipital  and  parietal  bones  ;  the  first  is  called 
the  anterior  fontanel  and  the  other  the  posterior 
fontanel. 

Fontic'ulus.  An  abscess.  A  small  ulcer 
or  issue  produced  by  art. 

Food.  Nutrient,  digestible  substances  con- 
taining no  poisonous  ingredients. 

Foot  ( pes).     The  lower  extremity  of  the  leg, 
or  that  part  on  which  an  animal  stands  or  walks. 
Foot  Bath.     Pediluvium. 
Foot,  Flat.     See  Kyllosis. 

Fora'men  (plural,  foramina;  from  foro, 
to  pierce).  A  little  opening.  An  aperture  in 
a  bone  or  between  several  bones.  A  passage 
or  opening. 

Foramen,  Apical.  The  natural  opening  lead- 
ing to  the  root  canal  of  a  tooth. 
Foramen  Cae'cum.  An  opening  in  the  base 
of  the  cranium  between  the  ethmoid  and 
frontal  bones.  A  depression  near  the  root  of 
the  tongue  has  also  received  the  appellation 
of  foramen  caecum,  as  well  as  a  little  sulcus 
between  the  corpora  pyramidalia  and  the  pons 
Varolii. 
Foramen  Centra/le.  See  Foramen  OF  Soem- 
mering. 

Foramen  Incisi'vum.  A  foramen  behind  the 
incisor  teeth  of  the  upper  jaw,  common  to  the 
two  bones  below  but  proper  to  each  above. 
Foramen  Lac'erum  Ante'rius.  The  opening 
between  the  greater  and  lesser  wings  of  the 
sphenoid  bone,  through  which  the  third, 
fourth,  first  branch  of  the  fifth,  and  the  sixth 
pair  of  nerves  and  the  ophthalmic  artery  pass. 
Foramen  Lacerum  in  Basi  Cranii.  A  foramen 
in  the  base  of  the  cranium  which  gives  passage 
to  the  internal  jugular  vein  and  the  eighth 
pair  of  accessory  nerves. 
Foramen  Mag'num  Occip'itis.  The  great 
opening  at  the  base  and  anterior  part  of  the 
occipital  bone  which  transmits  the  spinal 
cord  and  its  membrane,  the  spinal  accessory 
nerves,  and  the  vertebral  arteries. 
Foramen  Monroia'num.  The  aperture  be- 
neath the  anterior  part  of  the  body  of  the 
fornix  through  which  the  lateral  ventricles  of 
the  brain  communicate  :  called  so  after  Monro, 
its  discoverer. 


FOR 


264 


FOR 


Foramen  of  Soemmering.     The  central  fora- 
men or  depression  in  the  retina. 
Foramen    of  Winslow.     An  opening   in   the 
omentum    situated    behind     the    capsule   of 
Glisson. 
Foramen    Opticum.      The   opening    through 
which  the  optic  nerve  passes. 
Foramen  Ovale.     The  opening   between   the 
two  auricles  in  the  heart  of  the  foetus.     Also 
a  foramen  of  the  sphenoid  bone. 
Foramen  RotunMum.      See  Fenestra   RO- 
TUNDA. 
Foramen      Supra-orbitarium.      The     supra- 
orbital hole  or  notch  on  the  ridge  over  which 
the  eyebrow  is   placed.     It  gives   passage  to 
the  superciliary  artery. 
Foramen  Vesalii.     A  scarcely  perceptible  hole 
between  the  foramen  rotnndum  and  foramen 
ovale  of  the  sphenoid  bone. 
Foram'ina.     The  plural  of  foramen  (which 
see). 

Foramina  Thebe'sii.     Openings  in  the  right 
auricle  of  the  heart  through  which  the  blood 
from  the  substance  of  the  auricle  enters  that 
cavity. 
Forbes's  Gouge.  A  dental  instrument  con- 
sisting  of  a   socket-handle   which   receives  a 
screw-clamp,  and  this  receives  a  number  of  bits 
of  various  forms  which  fit  into  the  clamp,  and 
are   grasped   by  it  as  it  is  screwed   into  the 
handle.     The  bits   are  gouge,  chisel,  and  V- 
shaped  for  opening  and  enlarging  crown  cavi- 
ties of  molar  teeth. 

Force    (from   fortis,  strong).     Any    power 
which    determines    an   action.      By   muscular 
forces  is  meant  the  power  of  the  muscles  ;  vital 
forces,  the  powers  inherent  to  organization,  etc. 
For'ceps  (from  ferrum,  iron,  and  capio,  to 
take).     An  instrument  for  taking  hold  of  and 
extracting  bodies  or  parts  which  it  would   be 
difficult  to  seize  or  remove  with  the  fingers. 
Forceps,  Clasp  and  Plate  Bending.     An  in- 
strument for  bending  clasps  and  metal  plates 
to  facilitate  the  swaging. 
Forceps,  Compound  Screw,  Dubbs'.       Simi- 
lar to  llullihen's,  except  that  the  screw  works 
with  a  rachet  instead  of  a  spring. 
Forceps,  Compound  Screw,  Hullihen's.     An 
instrument  combining  the  advantages  of  the 
conical  screw  and   upper  incisor  forceps   in- 
vented by  Dr.  S.  P.  Ilullihen  for  the  extrac- 
tion of  the  roots  of  the  upper  incisors  and 
cuspidati.     It  is  thus  described  by  the  author : 
"Lengthwise,  within  and  between  the  blades 
of  the  beak,  is  a  steel  tube,  one  end  of  which 


is  open,  the  other  solid  and  flat,  and  joined  in 
a  mortice  in  the  male  part  of  the  joint  of  the 
forceps.     When  the  forceps  are  opened  this 

joint  permits  the  tube  to  fall  backward  and 
forward  from  one  blade  of  the  beak  to  the 
other  without  any  lateral  motion.  Within 
this  tube  is  a  spiral  spring  which  forces  up  a 
shaft  two-thirds  of  the  tube  ;  the  other  part  is 
a  well-tapered  or  conical  screw.  .  .  .  The 
shaft  and  tube  are  so  fitted  together,  and  to 
the  beak  of  the  forceps,  that  one -half  of  the 
rounded  part  of  the  shaft  projects  beyond  the 
end  of  the  tube,  so  that  the  shaft  may  play 
up  and  down  upon  the  spring  "  about  half  an 
inch,  and  the  screw  or  shaft  be  embraced 
between  the  blades  of  the  beak  of  the  instru- 
ment. 

' '  The  forceps, ' '  says  Dr.  H. ,  "  are  used  by  first 
embracing  the  shaft  between  the  blades. 
Then,  screwing  it  as  gently  and  deeply  as 
possible,  the  blades  are  opened,  pushed  up  on 
the  root,  which  is  then  seized,"  and  extracted. 

"The  screw  thus  combined  with  the  forceps," 
as  is  justly  remarked  by  Dr.  H.,  "prevents 
the  root  from  being  crushed.  It  acts  as  a  pow- 
erful lever  when  a  lateral  motion  is  given  ;  it 
is  likewise  of  advantage  when  a  rotary  motion 
is  made  ;  it  prevents  the  forceps  from  slipping 
or  of  their  action  being  lost  should  even  one 
side  of  the  root  give  way  in  the  act  of  extract- 
ing it ;  and  is  used  with  equal  advantage 
where  one  side  of  the  root  is  entirely  gone." 

Forceps,  Duck-bill.  A  form  of  forceps  having 
gouge  or  duck-bill  shaped  beaks.  Root  for- 
ceps with  beaks  of  this  shape  were  first  intro- 
duced by  Dr.  Parmly.  These  beaks  are  now 
applied  to  incisor,  bicuspid,  and  canine  for- 
ceps, and  are  found  to  be  very  serviceable. 

Forceps,  Excising.  A  form  of  forceps  with 
cutting  edges  about  an  eighth  of  an  inch 
wide,  used  for  clipping  off  a  portion  of  the 
crown  of  a  tooth  in  preparing  the  root  for  an 
artificial  crown. 

Forceps  for  Extracting  Teeth.  Tooth  forceps. 
This  was  probably  among  the  first,  and,  per- 
haps, almost  the  only  instrument  employed 
for  the  extraction  of  teeth  until  the  invention 
of  Garengeot's  instrument  in  the  early  part  of 
the  eighteenth  century.  But  from  the  time  of 
Celsus,  who  wrote  in  the  first  century  of  the 
Christian  era,  down  to  this  period,  the  forceps 
used  for  the  extraction  of  teeth  were  so  rude 
in  their  construction  and  so  illy  adapted  for 
the  purpose  that  for  the  removal  of  the  molar 
teeth  the  employment  of  the  key-instrument 


FOR 


26? 


FOR 


became  general,  both  among  dental  and 
medical  practitioners.  At  the  present  time, 
however,  forceps  have  been  so  greatly  im- 
proved by  the  beaks  being  made  thin  enough 
to  penetrate  between  the  root  and  alveolus, 
and  the  adaptation  is  so  perfect,  together 
with  the  form  of  both  beaks  and  handles,  that 
the  key  is  but  little  used. 

Forceps  for  the  Extraction  of  Bicuspids  of  Both 
Jaws  and  the  Lower  Cuspidati. — Forceps  for  the 
extraction  of  the  above-mentioned  teeth  should 
be  bent  so  as  to  be  easily  and  readily  applied 
to  them  ;  their  jaws  should  be  narrow,  thin, 
and  slightly  grooved.  If  but  one  pair  be  em- 
ployed, both  handles  must  be  straight.  But 
the  form  known  as  the  "Foster  pattern"  is 
better  adapted  for  the  removal  of  inferior  cus- 
pids and  bicuspids  than  any  other  form  of 
forceps. 

Forceps  for  the  Extraction  of  the  Denies  Sapien- 
tise.— Forceps  for  the  removal  of  the  superior 
dentes  sapientise  have  two  single-concave 
beaks,  the  instrument  having  two  curves 
above  the  joint,  so  as  to  form  nearly  two  right 
angles,  which  facilitates  their  application  to 
these  posterior  teeth.  Koot  forceps  of  the 
same  general  form,  with  narrow  beaks,  are 
also  very  serviceable.  Forceps  for  the  removal 
of  the  inferior  dentes  sapientise  have  two  sin- 
gle concave  beaks  with  but  one  curve  above 
the  joint  and  a  straight  handle.  The  Harris 
pattern  of  inferior  molar  forceps  is  also  a  very 
useful  instrument  for  the  removal  of  the  in- 
ferior dentes  sapientise.  An  elevating  forceps, 
with  beaks  somewhat  resembling' the  separat- 
ing forceps,  is  employed  for  the  removal  of 
partly  erupted  dentes  sapientise,  and  is  ad- 
justed by  applyiug  the  points  of  the  beaks 
between  the  one  to  be  removed  and  the  second 
molar,  using  this  last  as  a  fulcrum. 

A  variety  of  root  forceps  are  also  used,  some  of 
which  have  long,  narrow,  and  slightly  curved 
beaks,  and  may  be  used  in  the  removal  of  roots 
from  both  jaws. 

Forceps  for  the  Extraction  of  the  Lower  Incisors. 
— The  lower  incisors,  being  narrower  than  any 
of  the  other  teeth,  require  very  narrow-beaked 
forceps  for  their  removal,  to  prevent  interfering 
with  the  teeth  adjoining  the  one  upon  which 
the  instrument  is  applied.  The  width  of  the 
beaks,  with  crescent-shaped  edges,  should  not 
exceed  the  twelfth  part  of  an  inch.  They 
may  have  either  a  lateral  or  a  transverse 
curve. 

Forceps  for  the  Extraction  of  the  Lower  Molars. — 


Each  jaw  of  the  beak  of  the  lower  molar  for- 
ceps should  have  two  grooves,  with  a  point  in 
the  centre  which,  in  grasping  the  tooth,  comes 
between  the  two  roots  j  ust  at  their  bifurcation. 
Some  employ  two  pairs  for  the  extraction  of 
the  lower  as  well  as  the  upper  molars,  that 
for  the  right  side  being  curved  outward  and 
forward,  and  that  for  the  left  forward  and 
upward,  the  beak  forming  almost  a  right  angle 
with  the  joint  of  the  instrument  and  the 
inner  beak  being  longer  than  the  outer  one. 
An  improvement  was  made  by  the  author  in 
1833,  which  consists  in  having  the  handles  of 
the  instrument  so  bent  that  it  may  be  as  read- 
ily applied  to  one  side  of  the  mouth  as  to  the 
other,  while  the  operator  occupies  a  position 
at  the  right  and  a  little  behind  the  patient. 
By  this  improvement  the  necessity  for  two 
pairs  is  wholly  superseded. 

Forceps  for  the  Extraction  of  the  Upper  Incisors 
and  Cuspidati. — For  the  extraction  of  the 
upper  incisors  and  cuspidati  one  pair  of  forceps 
only  is  necessary.  These  should  be  straight, 
with  grooved  or  crescent-shaped  jaws,  accu- 
rately fitted  to  the  necks  of  the  teeth,  and  thin, 
so  that  when  it  becomes  necessary,  from  the 
decay  of  the  tooth,  they  may  be  easily  intro- 
duced under  the  gum  up  to  and  between  the 
alveolus  and  root.  Their  handles  should  be 
large  enough  to  prevent  them  from  springing 
in  the  hand  of  the  operator  ;  one  of  them 
should  be  bent  at  the  extremity  so  as  to  form 
a  hook  to  pass  around  the  little  finger  to  pre- 
vent the  hand  of  the  operator  from  slipping. 

Forceps  for  the  Extraction  of  the  Upper  Molars. — 
For  the  extraction  of  the  upper  molars  two 
pairs,  one  for  each  side,  are  required.  They 
should  be  curved  just  below  the  joint  so  that 
the  jaws  of  the  beak  form  an  angle  with  the 
handles  of  about  twenty  or  thirty  degrees,  or 
just  enough  to  clear  the  lower  teeth.  The 
inner  jaw  of  each  is  grooved  to  fit  the  palatine 
root  or  side  of  the  neck  of  a  superior  molar, 
while  the  outer  jaw  has  two  grooves  in  it  with 
a  point  in  the  centre  to  fit  the  depression  just 
below  the  bifurcation  of  the  two  outer  roots. 
One  of  the  handles  is  bent,  forming  a  hook. 
This  passes  around  the  little  finger  of  the 
hand  of  the  operator  and  prevents  it  from  slip- 
ping. The  handles  should  be  curved  and 
large  enough  to  prevent  them  from  springing 
under  the  grasp  of  the  hand  wide  ;  and  accur- 
ately fitted  to  it,  and  their  length  should  not 
exceed  five  or  five  and  a  half  inches.  The 
beak  should  not  be  bent  any  more  than  is  ab- 


FOR 


266 


FOS 


solutely  necessary  to  prevent  the  handles  from 
coming  in  contact  with  the  lower  teeth,  for  in 
proportion  to  the  greatness  of  the  curvature 
will  the  force  applied  to  the  instrument  he 
disadvantageously  exerted. 
Forceps,  Maynard's.  Two  instruments,  a 
right  and  a  left,  invented  by  Dr.  E.  Maynard 
for  the  extraction  of  the  roots  of  the  upper 
molars  before  they  have  become  separated 
from  one  another.  The  outer  jaw  of  each  in- 
strument is  brought  to  a  sharp  point  for  per- 
forating the  alveolus  between  the  buccal  roots, 
aud  for  securing  between  them  a  firm  hold, 
while  the  inner  nib  is  intended  to  rest  upon 
the  edge  of  the  alveolus  aud  embrace  the  pala" 
tine  root.  A  form  of  superior  molar  forceps 
has  also  been  devised,  somewhat  after  the 
principle  of  the  Maynard  forceps,  which  substi- 
tutes two  sharp-pointed  beaks  for  the  concave 
beak  of  the  Maynard  pattern.  Many  other 
forms  of  forceps  are  now  made,  many  of  which 
have  proved  to  be  serviceable  instruments. 
Forceps,  Punching.  An  instrument  for 
punching  holes  in  gold  backing  for  the  plat- 
inum pins. 
Forceps,  Separating.  A  form  of  forceps  with 
curved  cutting  edges,  but  at  almost  a  right 
angle  with  the  handles.  Used  for  the  separa- 
tion of  roots  of  teeth  where  they  diverge 
greatly.  A  form  resembling  these,  but  with 
blunt  edges  to  the  beaks,  are  used  as  elevators, 
the  tooth  in  front  of  the  one  to  be  extracted 
acting  as  a  fulcrum. 

Fore'arm  (cubitus;  pars  inferior  brachii). 
The  portion  of  the  upper  extremity  extending 
from  the  elbow  to  the  hand. 

Forehead.  The  part  of  the  face  between 
the  orbits  of  the  eyes,  the  hair  above,  and  the 
temples  at  the  sides. 

Foren'sic  Medicine.  The  application  of 
medical  science  to  the  solution  of  judicial  ques- 
tions. 

Fore'skin.     The  prepuce. 

Forfex'.  A  pair  of  scissors  ;  also  an  iron 
hook. 

Forfic'uia  Auricula'ris.  The  earwig ; 
an  insect  of  the  order  Orthoptera  which  enters 
the  external  auditory  meatus  and  causes  severe 
pain  by  its  presence  in  that  canal.  It  is  killed 
by  blowing  tobacco  smoke  or  dropping  oil  into 
the  ear. 

Forge.     See  Fuknace,  Fobge. 

For'mal.  Basic  formate  of  methyl  ;  obtained 
by  distilling  equal  parts  of  wood-spirit,  perox- 
ide of  manganese,  sulphuric  acid,  and  water. 
It  is  a  colorless,  aromatic  fluid. 


Formaldehyd.  Formic  aldehyd.  Alcohol 
deprived  of  two  atoms  of  hydrogen,  or  acetic 
aldehyd.  It  is  a  colorless,  limpid  liquid  with 
a  characteristic  odor.  When  exposed  to  the  air 
or  to  oxygen  it  is  converted  into  acetic  acid. 
Internally  it  is  used  in  the  form  of  vapor  in 
catarrhal  congestions  and  ozena. 

Formaline.  A  forty  per  cent,  solution  of 
formaldehyd  gas  (CH20).  An  efficient  and 
convenient  disinfectant,  germicide,  deodorant, 
and  preservative. 

Formamide  (formic  -f-  amide).  The  amide 
CH.O(NH2)of  formic  acid.  Compounded  with 
chloral  it  forms  chloralamid. 

Formic  Acid  (acidum  formicum) .  An  acid 
found  in  the  ant,  or  Formica  rufa,  and  ob- 
tained by  distillation.  It  is  also  prepared 
artificially. 

Formi/ca.  The  ant ;  a  genus  of  insects. 
Also  the  name  of  a  black  wart  with  a  broad 
base  and  cleft  surface.  The  epithet  is  applied, 
too,  to  a  varicose  tumor  which  appears  on  the 
anus  and  glans  penis. 

Formication.  A  slight  tingling  sensation 
such  as  one  might  suppose  would  be  produced 
by  a  number  of  ants  creeping  on  a  part. 

For/mula  (from  forma,  a  form).     A  medical 
prescription.  In  Chemistry,  the  algebraic  expres- 
sion of  the  constitution  of  a  body. 
Formula,    Dental.     A   collection   of  symbols 
representing  the  arrangement  of  teeth  in  the 
upper  and  lower  jaws  ;  also  a  collection  of  den- 
tal recipes. 

Formulary.  A  collection  of  medical  pre- 
scriptions or  formulae. 

For'myl.     The  radicle,  CH,  of  formic  acid. 

For'myle,  Perchloride  of.  The  fluid 
substance  of  chloroform. 

Fornicate.     Arched  ;  vaulted. 

Fornix.  An  arch  or  vault.  A  medullary 
body  beneath  the  corpus  callosum  is  so  called, 
because,  in  one  direction,  it  presents  an  arched 
appearance. 

Fos'sa  (plural,  fossse;  from  fodio,  to  dig). 
A  cavity  with  an  orifice  wider  than  the  base. 
A  broad,  shallow  depression,  furrow,  or  sinus. 
Fossa,     Amygdaloid.      The     depression     in 

which  the  tonsil  is  lodged. 
Fossa  Amyn/tae.     A  double-headed  bandage 
used  in  fractures  of  the  nose. 
Fossa,  Canine.       The   depression  above    the 
superior  canine  teeth. 
Fossa  CerebeFli.     The  inferior  occipital  fossa. 
Fossa  Corona'lis.     A  depression  in  the  orbital 

plate  of  the  frontal  bone. 
Fossa    Coronoi'dea.     The   depression   in  the 


FOS 


267 


FRA 


humerus  for  receiving  the  coronoid  process  of 
the  ulna. 
Fossa  Hyaloide/a.  A  depression  in  the  vitre- 
ous humor  for  the  reception  of  the  crystalline 
lens. 
Fossa  Incisi/va.  The  depression  above  the 
superior  incisor  teeth. 

Fossa  Innomina/ta.     The  space  between  the 
helix  and  antihelix  of  the  ear. 
Fossa    Lachryma'lis.     A   depression    in    the 
frontal  bone  for  the  reception  of  the  lachrymal 
gland. 

Fossa  Magna.     The  great  groove  of  the  ear. 
Also  the  pudendum  muliebre  or  vulva. 
Fossa  Menta'lis.     The  depression  on  the  side 
of  the  symphysis  of  the  lower  jaw. 
Fossa  Naviculars.     The   dilatation   toward 
the  extremity  of  the  spongy  portion  of  the 
urethra.     Also  the  name  of  a  small  cavity 
within  the  fourchette. 
Fossa  Ovalis.     A  depression  in  the  right  auri- 
cle of  the  heart  occupying  the  place  of  the 
foramen  ovale  in  the  foetus. 
Fossa  Pituita'ria.     The  sella  turcica  or  cavity 
in  the  sphenoid  bone  for  receiving  the  pitui- 
tary body. 

Fossa  Syl'via.  The  fifth  ventricle  of  the 
brain. 
Fos'sil  (from  fodio,  to  dig).  Literally,  any- 
thing dug  out  of  the  earth,  but  usually  applied 
to  the  organic  remains  of  animals  and  vege- 
tables. 

Foster  Crown.  An  artificial,  all-porcelain 
crown  resembling  the  Bonwill  crown  but 
having  less  concavity  at  the  base.  It  is 
attached  to  the  natural  root  by  a  headed  screw 
or  by  a  screw  with  a  nut  instead  of  a  pin. 

Fothergill's  Pills.  Pillscomposed  of  aloes, 
colocynth,  scammouy,  and  oxide  of  antimony. 

Fo'tus.  A  fomentation. 
Fotus  Commu'nis,  A  decoction  of  poppies. 
Fourchette  (fureula).  A  fork.  In  Surf/cry, 
a  forked  instrument  used  for  raising  the  tongue 
in  the  operation  of  dividing  the  framum.  In 
Anatomy,  the  posterior  commissure  of  the  labia 
magna,  the  cartilage  ensiformis,  and  the  semi- 
lunar notch  of  the  sternum. 

Fou'sil  Oil.  Fusel  oil.  Oil  of  grain  or 
potato  spirits. 

Fo'vea  (from  fodio,  I  dig).  A  slight  depres- 
sion :  the  pudendum  muliebre.  Also  a  vapor 
bath. 

Fow/lerite.     Manganese  spar. 
Fowler's  Solution  {liquor  arscnicalis).   An 
arsenical    solution,  colored  and   flavored  with 


compound  spirit  of  lavender.  It  is  similar  to 
the  arsenical  solution  of  the  pharmacopoeias. 
One  drachm  of  this  solution  is  equal  to  one-half 
a  grain  of  arsenic.  Dose,  gtt.  x  to  gtt.  xv. 
Fox'glove.  Digitalis  purpurea. 
Fractu'ra  Dennis.  Fracture  of  a  tooth 
(which  see). 

Frac'ture  (fractura;  from  frangere,  to 
break).  In  Mineralogy,  the  surface  of  a  broken 
mineral,  a  character  which  is  important  in  the 
diagnosis  of  different  species.  In  Surgery,  the 
breaking  of  a  bone  in  two  or  more  pieces  ;  the 
solution  of  continuity.  See  Feactttee,  Com- 
minuted, etc. 

Fracture,  Com'minuted.  Where  the  bone  is 
broken  or  crushed  into  several  pieces. 
Fracture,  Compound7.  Where  the  fracture  is 
accompanied  with  laceration  of  integuments, 
causing  an  external  wound. 
Fracture  of  a  Tooth  (odontoclasis ;  fractura 
dent  is).  This  is  an  accident  of  daily  occur- 
rence. The  molars,  and  even  bicuspids,  are 
sometimes  so  securely  articulated  as  to  render 
extraction  difficult,  and  occasionally  impossi- 
ble, without  fracturing  one  or  more  of  their 
roots,  especially  when  the  alveolar  processes 
are  firm  and  unyielding.  In  this  case  if  the 
fractured  portion  is  not  deep  it  should  always 
be  removed,  though  in  so  doing  it  may  be 
necessary  to  cut  away  a  small  portion  of  the 
edge  of  the  alveolus.  But  when  it  is  deep  and 
not  productive  of  pain  or  inconvenience  to  the 
patient,  it  may  be  suffered  to  remain  until,  by 
the  gradual  destruction  and  filling  tip  of  the 
alveolus,  it  can  be  reached  with  a  pair  of  for- 
ceps or  elevator,  when  it  may  be  readily 
removed. 

Fracture  of  the  Alveolar  Processes.  An  ac- 
cident which  more  frequently  results  from  the 
extraction  of  teeth  by  unskillful  hands  than 
from  any  other  description  of  mechanical  vio- 
lence. "  The  danger  of  the  occurrence  of  this 
accident,'-  as  Maury  very  properly  observes, 
"also  depends  upon  several  circumstances,  as 
the  adhesion  of  the  tooth  to  the  socket  by  its 
periosteum,  the  thickness  of  the  alveolar  walls, 
the  length,  number,  curvature,  and  divergence 
of  the  roots,"  etc.;  and,  as  Mr.  Thomas  Bell 
correctly  remarks,  "as  many  of  the  molars 
occupy  a  considerably  smaller  space  at  the 
neck,  where  the  edge  of  the  alveolus  surrounds 
them,  than  at  the  extremities  of  the  diverging 
roots,  it  is  obvious  that  no  tooth  of  such  form 
can  be  extracted  without  more  or  less  yielding 
of  the  alveolar  process.     This  should,  if  pos- 


FRA 


268 


FR2E 


sible,  be  confined  to  a  simple  fissure  in  that 
part  toward  which  the  tooth  is  moved  ;  hut 
even  should  a  small  portion  of  bone  be  attached 
to  the  side  of  the  tooth  and  be  removed  with 
it,  not  the  slightest  injury  is  inflicted  by  such 
a  circumstance,  unless  it  should  extend  to  the 
next  tooth  and  partially  denude  it  of  its  sup- 
port.    If  the  portion  of  alveolar  process  which 
is  broken  should  still  remain  in  the  socket, 
attached  to  the  inner  part  of  the  gum,  it  is 
better  at  once  to  remove  it,  which  may  be 
easily  done  with  a  pair  of  common  dressing 
forceps. ' ' 
Very  serious  accidents  of  this  nature  sometimes 
occur  in  the  extraction  of  teeth  when  the  requi- 
site care  and  skill  are  not  exercised  in  the 
operation.      Cases    are  on   record  in   which 
nearly  half  of  the  jaw  has  been  brought  away 
in  an  attempt  to  extract  a  tooth. 
Fracture,    Simple.     Where  the   bone  only  is 
divided  without  an  external  wound. 
Frac'tures  of  the  Maxillary  Bones.  Frac- 
tures of  these  bones  may  be  produced  by  vio- 
lent blows  or  falls  on  the  face  or  by  gunshot 
injuries.     A  fracture  of  the  upper  jaw  implies 
the  application  of  direct  mechanical  injury  in 
a  concentrated  and  severe  form.     It  is  always 
accompanied  by  severe  injury  of  the  soft  and 
hard  parts,  and  is  usually  easy  of  recognition. 
Violent  inflammation  generally  follows,  requir- 
ing prompt  measures  for  its  relief.     Fractures 
of  the  lower  jaw  may  occur  near  the  symphysis 
or  between  this  point  and  the  coronoid  process 
of  the  ramus,  and  at  one  or  two  places.     The 
condyloid  or  coronoid  process  may  be  fractured 
or  the  alveolar  border,  and  the  solution  of  con- 
tinuity may  be  perpendicular  with  the  base, 
oblique,  or  longitudinal,  and,  as  the  accident  is 
the  result  of  great  mechanical   violence,  the 
soft  parts  are  generally  more  or  less  injured. 
The  symptoms  of  fracture  of  the  lower  jaw  are 
pain,  swelling,  and  inability  to  move  the  jaw, 
and  irregularity  of  the  teeth,  because  the  ante- 
rior fragment  is  generally  drawn  downward  by 
the  muscles  arising  from  the  hyoid  bone,  while 
the  posterior  fragment  is  fixed  by  the  temporal. 
On  moving  the  chin,  while  the  hand  is  placed 
on  the  posterior  fragment,  crepitus  will  be  felt ; 
and  the  gums  are  lacerated  and  bleeding.     The 
symptoms  of  the  fracture  of  the  ascending  ra- 
mus are  often  obscure,  but  the  chief  signs  are 
great  pain,  difficulty  of  motion,  and  obscure 
crepitus. 

The  treatment  varies  according  to  the  indi- 
cations to  be  met  with.     For  a  simple  fracture 


of  the  inferior  maxillary  the  four-tailed  baud- 
age  or  pasteboard  or  gutta-purcha  splints  will 
be  found  sufficient.  Interdental  splints  of  vul- 
canized rubber  have,  however,  given  more 
satisfaction  in  all  forms  of  fractures  of  the 
maxillary  bones  than  other  appliances.  An 
impression  of  the  jaw  in  wax  or  plaster  is 
taken,  -  and  this  may  be  done  without  any 
attempt  being  made  to  place  the  fragments  in 
position, — a  cast  of  plaster  made,  and  the  dis- 
placement remedied  by  making  sections  of  the 
cast  and  again  uniting  them.  On  this  cast  the 
vulcanite  interdental  splint,  which  fits  the 
crowns  of  the  teeth,  is  formed  and  vulcan- 
ized, and  on  adjusting  it  to  the  mouth  the 
fractured  parts  are  reduced  to  their  proper 
positions.  Free  escape  for  the  pus  is  neces- 
sary, and  care  should  be  observed  that  no 
great  pressure  is  brought  to  bear  on  the  integu- 
ment beneath  the  chin  ;  otherwise  abscesses 
may  form. 

A  method  of  treating  fractures  of  either  or 
both   of  the  maxillary  bones  by  means  of  a 
very  ingenious  apparatus  devised  by  Dr.  J.  B. 
Bean,  of  Baltimore,  has  received  the  highest 
encomiums  of  some  of  the  most  eminent  sur- 
geons of  America  and  Europe,  and  was  used 
by  the  inventor  during  the  late  war  in  over 
fifty  cases  of  gunshot  wounds  and  fractures  of 
these  bones  with  the  most  perfect  success,  and 
in  many  cases  that  were  unmanageable  by  the 
ordinary  course  of  treatment.     The  apparatus 
consists  of  an  improvement  on  the  gutta-percha 
interdental  splint  of  Prof.  Frank  Hamilton,  of 
New  York,  together  with  a  mental   compress 
and  an  occipito-frontal  bandage.     See  Harris' 
"  Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 
Fraen'ulum.     A  little  fraenum. 
Fraenulum  Labic/rum.     Fourchette. 
Fraenulum  Ve/li  Medullars  Anteric/ris.     A 
slip  of  nervous  matter  at  the  upper  edge  of  the 
valve  of  Vieussens. 
Frae'num.     A  bridle.     In  Anatomy,  a  term 
applied   to  a  fold   of  membrane  which   binds 
down  or  restrains  the  movement  of  a  part. 
Fraenum  Clitor/idis.     The  union  of  the  nym- 
phic  over  the  clitoris. 
Fraenum  Glandis  (fr.xnum  penis).     See  FR;E- 

NUM  PRTEPUTII. 
Fraenum  Labio'rum.  Forms  of  mucous  mem- 
brane which  bind  down  the  lips  to  the  max- 
illary bone  at  the  medial  line.  Also  the 
fourchette. 
Fraenum  Linguae.  A  triangular  fold  of  mu- 
cous membrane  from  the  floor  of  the  mouth, 


FRJE 


269 


FRO 


which  binds  down,  or,  rather,  restrains,  the 
motion  of  the  tongue. 
Frsenum  of  Under  Lip  (frsenum  labii  infe- 
rioris).  A  fold  of  the  mucous  membrane  of 
the  mouth  opposite  to  the  symphysis  of  the 
chin. 

Fraenum  Praepu'tii.  A  membranous  fold  con- 
necting the  prepuce  with  the  lower  part  of  the 
glans  penis. 

Fraga/ria  (from  fragro,  I  smell  sweetly).    A 
genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Rosacea?. 
Fragaria  Sterilis.     The  barren  strawberry. 
Fragaria  Vesca.     The  strawberry  plant. 
Fragaria  Virginia'na.     The  wild  strawberry 
of  the  United  States.  Its  leaves  are  astringent. 
FragiPitas    Ossium.      Brittleness  of   the 
bones. 

Frag'ment  {frogmen,  fragmentum;  from 
f ranger  e,  to  break).  In  Surgical  Pathology,  a 
splinter  of  bone. 

Fran/gipan.  An  extract  of  milk,  used  for 
the  preparation  of  artificial  milk. 

Frankincense.  At  present  the  resin  of 
spruce  fir,  but  formerly  olibanum. 
Freck'les.  See  Ephelides. 
Freezing  Mixture.  A  preparation  capa- 
ble of  suddenly  producing  cold.  The  two  fol- 
lowing are  selected  from  Mr.  Walker's  table  of 
frigorific  mixtures  : 

Mixture  with  Snow.        Parts.    Therm.  Falls 
Snow  or  pounded  ice,  by        ~| 

weight, 5   [         tQ  _  10<j 

Muriate  of  soda, 2   ( 

Muriate  of  ammonia,  ...    1  J 


Mixture  without  Snow. 
Muriate  of  ammonia,  ...    5 
Nitrate  of  potash,     ....    5 
Water, 16 


Therm.  Falls 

from  +  -50° 
to       —10° 


Freezing   Point.     For  water,  thirty-two  de- 
grees of  Fahrenheit. 

Fremitus.      Shuddering ;    vibration.      In 
Pathology,  a  peculiar  tremulous  sensation  com- 
municated to  the  hand  under  certain  circum- 
stances when  applied  to  the  chest,  as  in  lesions 
of  the  left  auriculo-ventricular  orifice  of  the 
heart  or  ossification  of  the  mitral  valve. 
Fremitus,  Vocal.     The  vibration  of  the  chest 
during  the  exercise  of  the  voice. 
Frena.     The  socket  of  a  tooth. 
French    Polish.      Gum   lac  dissolved    in 
alcohol. 

French  Red.     Carmine  mixed  with  fine  sifted 
starch  according  to  the  shade  required. 
French  White.     Finely  pulverized  talc. 


FriabiFity  (friabilitaa  ;  from  frio,  to  break 
or  crumble).  The  property  of  being  easily 
broken  into  small  fragments  or  coarse  powder. 

FrFable.     Easily  crumbled. 

Friar's  Balsam.  The  tinctura  benzoini 
composita. 

Fric'tion  (frictio ;  from  frico,  fricare,  to 
rub).  The  act  of  rubbing  any  part  of  the  body 
with  the  hand,  a  piece  of  flannel,  or  a  brush, 
or  with  medicinal  substances. 

Fries'land  Green.  An  ammonio-chloride 
of  copper. 

Frigida'rium.     Cold  bath. 

Frigidity  (frigiditas ;  from  frigidum,  cold). 
A  sensation  of  cold.  Also  impotence.  Fri- 
gidity of  the  stomach,  anorexia  exhaustorum, 
consists  of  loss  of  appetite  occasioned  by  ex- 
cessive venery. 

Frigorific.     Possessed  of  the  power  of  pro- 
ducing extreme  cold.      See  Freezing  Mix- 
ture. 
Frigorific  Mixture.   See  Freezing  Mixture. 

Frigus.     Cold  ;  trembling  with  cold. 
Frigus  Tenue.     A  rigor. 

Frit.  The  mass  produced  by  the  materials 
of  glass  on  calcination.  See  Porcelain 
Teeth. 

Frog  Tongue.  Ranula  ;  salivary  tumor 
under  the  tongue. 

Frons.     The  forehead. 

Front.     Anterior  part  of  a  body  or  organ. 

Frontal  (frontalis).     Belonging  or  relating 
to  the  forehead. 
Frontal  Ar'tery.    A  branch  of  the  ophthalmic, 

the  supra-orbital,  distributed  to  the  muscles  of 

the  forehead. 

Frontal  Bone.     The  os  frontis. 
Frontal   Furrow.     The  groove  in  the  middle 

of  the  cerebral  surface   of  the  frontal  bone 

which  lodges  the  superior  longitudinal  sinus. 
Frontal  Nerve.     A  branch  of  the  ophthalmic, 

which  divides  into  two  branches — one  passing 

up  through  the  supra-orbital  foramen,  and  the 

other  beneath  the  pulley  of  the  superior  ob- 
lique muscle. 
Frontal    Protu'berance.       The   protuberance 

above  the  superciliary  ridge. 
Frontal  Sinuses.     Two  deep  cavities  in  the  os 

frontis,  separated  from  each  other  by  a  median 

septum  aud  communicating  with  the  anterior 

cells  of  the  ethmoid  bone. 
Frontal  Spine.    A  vertical  ridge  on  the  middle 

of  the  inner  side  of  the  os  frontis  which  gives 

attachment  to  the  falx  cerebri. 
Frontalis.     Frontal. 


FRO 


270 


FUM 


Frost'bite.  Numbness  and  imperfect  or 
arrested  circulation  in  a  part,  arising  from  the 
action  of  severe  cold. 

Fructification  (fructificatio;  from  fructus, 
fruit,  and  faeio,  to  make).  The  collection  of 
phenomena  which  attend  the  formation  of  fruit. 
Fecundation. 

Fruc/tus.     The  fruit  of  a  plant. 

Frugiv'orous  (from  fruges,  fruits,  and  voro, 
to  eat).  An  animal  that  feeds  on  fruits,  grains, 
or  seeds. 

Fruit=sugar.  Glucose.  An  uncrystalliz- 
able  sugar  found  in  fruits  in  connection  with 
grape-sugar. 

Frumen'tum.  Wheat ;  also  the  cerealia 
from  the  grain  of  which  bread  is  made. 

Frus'tum.  That  part  of  a  pyramid  or 
cone  which  remains  when  any  part  next  the 
vertex  is  cut  off  by  a  plane  parallel  to  the 
base.  • 

Ft.  or  Fiat.     Make  ;  let  it  be  made. 

Fuga'cious  (fugax;  from  fugere,  to  fly). 
Fading  quickly.  In  Botany,  applied  to  organs 
which  speedily  fade  away.  In  Pathology,  symp- 
toms which  appear  and  almost  immediately 
afterward  disappear. 

Fu/gile.  A  name  with  various  significa- 
tions. It  has  been  used  to  denote  cerumen, 
nebulosity  of  the  urine,  abscess  in  the  region 
of  the  ear,  and  abscess  in  general. 

FuFcra  (from  fulcrum,  a  prop).  In  Botany, 
tendrils,  prickles,  hooks,  spines,  or  any  other 
processes  by  which  plants  support  themselves 
upon  other  plants. 

FuFcrum.  A  prop  or  support ;  the  fixed 
point  about  which  a  lever  moves.  The  fulcrum 
of  the  key  instrument  used  for  the  extraction 
of  teeth  is  the  bulb  around  which  the  hook 
moves,  and  is  placed  on  the  opposite  side  of 
the  tooth.  In  Botany  the  term— in  its  plural 
sense,  fulcra — signifies  the  appendages  of  the 
axis  of  the  plant,  except  the  leaves. 

Fulgo/ra  (from  fulgor,  an  effulgence).  The 
generic  name  of  certain  hemopterous  insects 
of  the  family  Ciadcaria;.  The  lantern  fly  is 
one  of  the  larger  species. 

Fulgura'tion.  The  sudden  brilliancy 
emitted  by  gold  and  silver  in  the  cupel  of 
the  assayer  immediately  the  last  film  of 
vitreous  lead  and  copper  leaves  the  surface. 

Fulig'inous  (fuliginosus;  from  fuligo,  soot). 
Having  a  smoky  or  dark  brown  color.  Applied 
to  the  lips,  tongue,  and  teeth  when  they 
assume  this  appearance. 

Fuli/go   (fuligo  ligni).     Soot.     "Wood  soot. 


Fuligo  kali  (from  fuligo,  soot,  and  kali, 
potash).  An  alkaline  medicine  prepared  by 
boiling  soot  and  potassa  in  certain  proportions 
in  water,  and  afterward  evaporating  and  filter- 
ing the  solution. 

FuHer's  Earth.  An  argillaceous  earth. 
Like  other  soft  aluminous  minerals,  it  has  the 
property  of  absorbing  grease. 

FuFminan.  A  hypothetical  radicle  as- 
sumed as  the  basis  of  fulminic  acid,  which  is 
the  acid  of  the  fulminates.  Its  formula  is 
N2C4  and  its  symbol  Fu. 

FuFminate  (from  fulmen,  lightning).  A 
compound  of  fulminic  acid  with  a  base,  usually 
silver,  gold,  or  mercury  ;  very  explosive. 

Fulminating   Gold.      A  detonating  com- 
pound powder  prepared  by  keeping  recently 
prepared  peroxide  of  gold  in  strong  ammonia 
for  about  twenty-four  hours. 
Fulminating  Mercury.     A  detonating  powder 
employed  in  making  percussion  caps,  and  ob- 
tained by  dissolving  mercury  in  nitric  acid 
and  pouring  the  solution  into  alcohol. 
Fulminating  Mixture.    A  term  applied  to  cer- 
tain mixtures  which  detonate  by  heat  or  fric- 
tion. 

Fulminating  Platina.  A  substance  obtained 
by  the  action  of  ammonia  on  a  solution  of 
sulphate  of  platinum. 

Fulminating  Powder.     A  compound  of  three 
parts  nitre,  three  of  chlorate  of  potassa,  one 
of  sulphur,  and  two  of  carbonate  of  potassa. 
Fulminating    Silver.      A  black   powder  pre- 
pared  by  leaving  oxide  of  silver  for  ten  or 
twelve  hours  in  contact  with  a  strong  solution 
of  ammonia. 
Fulmin'ic   Acid.       An  acid  composed  of 
cyanogen  and  oxygen.     It  corresponds  in  ulti- 
mate composition  with  cyanic  acid. 
Ful/ness  (repletio).     Plethora. 
Fuma/ric  Acid.      An  acid   obtained  from 
fumaria  and  Iceland  moss,  and  also  from  malic 
acid. 

Fumiga'tion  (fumigalio;  from  fumus, 
smoke).  The  application  of  vapor,  as  fumes, 
to  purify  the  atmosphere  from  some  obnoxious 
emanation  or  miasma.  Chloride  of  lime  is 
supposed  to  be  a  powerful  disinfecting  agent, 
and,  consequently,  is  frequently  employed  for 
this  purpose. 

Fu/mus.     Smoke. 
Fumus  Albus.     Mercury. 
Fumus  Citrinus.     Sulphur. 
Fumus  Duplex.     Sulphur  and  mercury. 
Fumus  Terrse.     Fumaria. 


FUN 


271 


FUR 


Function  (functio:  from  fungor,  to  exe- 
cute an  office).  In  Physiology,  the  action  of  an 
organ  or  system  of  organs  in  the  animal  econ- 
omy. A  power  or  faculty  by  the  exercise  of 
which  the  vital  phenomena  are  produced. 
The  functions  of  the  living  body  may  be 
divided  into:  (1)  Those  which  relate  to  the 
preservation  of  the  individual,  as  nutrition, — 
embracing  digestion, — absorption,  secretion, cir- 
culation, assimilation,  respiration,  exhalation, 
and  the  evolution  of  heat  ;  (2)  those  which 
relate  to  the  maintenance  of  the  species,  as 
coition,  gestation,  parturition,  and  lactation  ; 
(3)  those  of  relation,  embracing  sensation,  the 
intellectual  and  moral  faculties,  locomotion, 
and  voice. 

Functional.  Relating  to  the  special  action 
or  function  of  an  organ. 

Functional  Disease.  A  disease  in  which  the 
function  or  secretion  of  an  organ  is  vitiated, 
with  its  structure  but  little  if  at  all  changed. 

Functions,  Vi'tal.  Functions  immedi- 
ately necessary  to  life — viz.,  those  of  the  brain, 
heart,  lungs,  etc. 

Fun/da.  A  bandage  split  at  each  end  to 
within  two  inches  of  the  middle,  employed  in 
diseases  of  the  nose,  and  especially  in  cases  of 
fracture  or  dislocation  of  the  lower  jaw. 

Fun'dament  (fundamentum).  The  founda- 
tion or  base  of  auj'thing  ;  also  the  anus. 

Fun'dus.  The  base  of  an  organ  which  has 
an  external  opening  or  ends  in  a  neck. 

Fun'gate.  A  combination  of  fungic  acid 
with  a  base. 

Fun'gi  (the  plural  of  fungus).  In  Botany, 
the  mushroom  tribe  of  acotyledonous  plants  ; 
toad-stools. 

Fun/gic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
several  species  of  fungi. 

Fun'giform  {fungiformis).  Resembling  a 
fungus  or  mushroom. 

Fungiform  PapiFlae.  A  term  applied  to  the 
papillaj  near  the  middle  and  front  of  the 
tongue. 

Fun'gin.  The  whitish  substance  which 
forms  the  base  of  mushrooms. 

Fungoid'  [fungoides;  from  fungus,  a  mush- 
room, and  utiog,  resemblance).  That  which 
has  the  shape  of  or  resembles  fungus. 

Fungos'ity  (fungositas).  A  fungous  ex- 
crescence.    Proud  flesh. 

Fun'gus.     In  Surgery,  a  soft,  spongy,  luxu- 
riant growth  or  tumor  developed  on  the  mem- 
branes or  other  textures  of  the  body. 
Fungus  Artic'uli.     Spina  ventosa. 


Fungus,  Bleed'ing.     Fungus  hsematodes. 
Fungus   Cerebra'lis.      An  encephaloid  tumor. 
Fungus  Cer'ebri.     Hernia  cerebri. 
Fungus    Hsematodes.      Medullary  sarcoma  ; 
soft  cancer  ;   spongoid  inflammation  ;  a  mor- 
bid excrescence  of  a  malignant  character,  and. 
somewhat  similar  to  the  brain.     Three  vari- 
eties are  enumerated  by  Laennec  :    (1)  The 
encysted;  (2)  the  unencysted ;  and  (3)  the  infil- 
trated or  diffused. 
The  first  rarely  attains  a  very  great  size,  the 
second  sometimes  grows  to  the  size  of  a  child's 
head,    and   the    third   consists   of  uncircum- 
scribed  masses. 

Fungus  Medullars.  Fungus  nematodes. 
Also  an  encephaloid  tumor. 

Funic'uli    Grac'iles.        Posterior   median 
columns  of  the  medulla  oblongata. 
Funiculi    SiFiquse.      Longitudinal   fibres  en- 
closing the  base  of  the  corpus  olivare. 

Funiculus  (dim.  of  funis,  a  cord).  A 
little  cord. 

Funiculus  Spermat/icus.   The  spermatic  cord. 
Funiculus  Umbilica'lis.    The  umbilical  cord. 
Funiculus   Varico'sus.      A  A'aricose  enlarge- 
ment of  the  spermatic  veins  ;  cirsocele. 

Fu'nis.     A  cord. 
Funis  Umbilica'lis.     The  umbilical  cord. 
Fur'cate  (furcatus).     Forked. 
Fur'cula.     The  clavicle. 
Fur'fur.      Bran  ;    a   desquamation   of  the 
cuticle. 

Furfu'ra.     A  genus  of  scaly  diseases. 
Furfura'ceous.     Resembing  bran  ;  applied 
to  the  bran-like  sediment  sometimes  deposited 
in  the  urine. 

Fur'nace  (fornax).  An  apparatus  in  which 
a  vehement  fire  and  heat  may  be  made  for  melt- 
ing ores  or  metals,  baking  clay  or  porcelain 
ware,  or  teeth,  supplied  with  air  by  various 
means,  for  the  purpose  of  facilitating  the  com- 
bustion of  the  matter  employed  for  heat- 
ing it. 

Furnace,  Blast.  A  furnace  the  heat  of  which 
is  produced  by  a  current  of  air  forced  through 
the  burning  fuel  by  artificial  means,  as  by  a 
bellows. 

Furnace,  Cupelling.  A  dome  furnace  contain- 
ing a  muffle  for  cupellation. 
Furnace,  Downie's  Gas.  For  baking  crowns, 
porcelain  inlays,  and  sections,  and  for  solder- 
ing, heating  up,  etc.  The  muffle  is  made  of 
porcelain,  J  of  an  inch  wide  by  :|  of  an  inch 
high  :  it  can  also  be  used  for  baking  continu- 
ous-guru work,  and  is  used  in  brazing. 


FUR 


•272 


FUS 


Furnace,  Evaporatory.  A  furnace  used  for  the 
purpose  of  reducing  substances  into  vapor  by 
means  of  heat,  in  order  to  separate  the  fixed 
from  the  volatile  principles. 

Furnace  for  Baking  Porcelain  Teeth.  A 
muffle  furnace  which  is  made  of  fire-clay, 
cased  or  hooped  with  iron  bands  to  prevent  it 
from  cracking  when  heated,  with  a  muffle  or 
an  arched  clay  vessel  with  a  flat  bottom  in  the 
side  for  the  reception  of  a  slide  or  tile,  on 
which  the  teeth  are  placed.  Some  furnaces 
used  for  this  purpose  are  in  two  pieces,  the  top 
one  being  shaped  like  a  dome  ;  others  con- 
structed on  a  more  extensive  scale  are  cased 
with  brick.     See  Poecelaix  Teeth. 

Furnace,  Forge.  A  furnace  in  which  the 
current  of  air  is  supplied  by  a  bellows.  It  is 
sometimes  used  in  the  laboratory  of  the  den- 
tist. 

Furnace,  Goldsmith's  Ceylonese.  A  small, 
low  earthen  pot,  filled  with  chaff"  or  sawdust, 
on  which  a  charcoal  fire  is  placed.  This  is 
excited  with  a  small  bamboo  blow-pipe  in- 
serted in  a  nozzle  placed  at  the  bottom  of  the 
fire.  It  is  sometimes  used  by  dentists  for 
refining  and  alloying  gold. 

Furnace,  Injector  Gas.  A  furnace  invented 
by  Mr.  Fletcher,  with  a  power  and  speed  of 
working  in  melting  metals  in  the  dental  lab- 
oratory practically  without  limit,  depending 
only  on  the  gas-  and  air-supply. 

Furnace,  Laud's  Bi-mufne  Gas.  A  furnace 
operated  by  gas  in  combination  with  the  air- 
blast  ;  for  fusing  porcelain  in  dental  laboratory 
work. 

Furnace,  Mayer's  Oil.  This  furnace  is  pro- 
vided with  a  preparatory  muffle  and  annealing 
ovens  to  be  used  with  the  furnace  for  con- 
tinuous-gum and  other  porcelain  work.  The 
heat  distributed  around  the  muffle  reaches  a 
temperature  of  about  1800°  F.  The  prepara- 
tory muffle  is  large  enough  to  receive  five 
cases,  which  number,  by  means  of  this  fur- 
nace, can  be  fused  in  rapid  succession. 

Furnace,  Oxycarbon.  A  gasolene  furnace 
for  melting  metals.  By  means  of  a  rubber 
bulb  a  continuous  pressure  i>  made  upon  the 
contents  of  the  reservoir,  and  a ,s1  rong,  steady, 
and  continuous  heal  is  maintained,  the  flame 
being  smokeless  and  nearly  odorless. 

Furnace,  Reverberatory.  A  furnace  in  which 
the  flame  is  made  to  diffuse  itself  over  an 
arched  surface,  as  in  distillation. 

Furnace,  Tees'  Lilliput.  Made  of  fire-clay 
bound  around  with  strap  iron,  and   in    three 


sections,  the  entire  furnace  being  but  15£ 
inches  high,  12  inches  wide,  and  8  inches 
deep,  with  walls  1  inch  thick  :  for  making 
continuous-gum  work. 

Furnace,  Verrier's  Gas.  A  furnace  operated 
by  coal  gas  or  benzoline  vapor  in  conjunction 
with  the  blast  from  the  foot  bellows  ;  itsdimen- 
sions  are  6  cubic  inches  ;  for  fusing  porcelain 
in  the  dental  laboratory. 

Furnace,  Wind.     Air    furnace.       A    furnace 
depending  for  its  supply   of    air   upon  the 
natural  current. 
Fu'ror.     Violent  delirium  without  fever. 

Furor  Uteri/nus.     Nymphomania. 
Furun'culus    (from   furere,   to    rage).     A 

species  of   phlegmon,    or  boil,  seated  in  the 

dermoid  texture,  which,  after  some  days,  sup- 
purates   and   discharges  a  bloody  pus.     It  is 

vulgarly  called  a  boil. 

Furunculus  Gangraeno'sus.     Anthrax. 

Fusel  Oil.     Oil  of  grain  ;   corn-spirit   oil  ; 

potato-spirit  oil. 

Fusibil'ity.     Capability  of  being  fused. 
Fusible  (from  fusus,  melted).     Possessed  of 

fusibility.     That  which  can  be  easily  fused  or 

melted. 

Fusible  Alloy,  Rose's.  An  alloy  composed  of 
two  parts  bismuth,  one  of  lead,  and  one  of 
tin. 

Fusible  Metals.  Fusible  alloys.  Prof.  Aus- 
ten's table  of  fusible  alloys,  in  which  zinc  is 
introduced  for  the  purpose  of  comparison,  is 
as  follows  : 

...  Melting  Hard- 

Metais.  Point,      ness. 

Zinc, 773°  .018 

Lead,  2  ;  tin,  1, 440°  .050 

Lead,  1  ;  tin,  2, 340°  .040 

Lead,  2  ;  tin,  3  ;  antimony,  1,  .  420°  .026 

Lead,  5  ;  tin,  6  ;  antimony,  1,  .  320°  .035 
Lead,  5  ;  tin,  6  ;  antimony,   1  ; 

bismuth,  3, 300°  .030 

Lead,  1  ;  tin,  1  ;  bismuth,  1,     .  250°  .042 

Lead,  5  ;  tin,  3  ;  bismuth,  8,     .  200°  .045 

Lead,  2  ;  tin,  1  ;  bismuth,  3,    .  200°  .048 

Melotte's  fnsible  metal — used  in  his  system  of 
bridge- work — consists  of  tin,  5  parts  ;  lead,  3 
parts  ;  bismuth,  8  parts.  Dr.  C.  M.  Richmond's 
fusible  alloy,  for  use  in  crown-  and  bridge- 
work,  consists  of  tin,  20  parts  (by  weight)  ; 
lead,  19  parts  ;  cadmium,  13  parts  ;  and  bis- 
m  ut  h.  48  parts.  It  fuses  at  150°  F.,  and  is 
hard.     See  D'Arcet's  Metal. 

Fusiform.     Spindle-shaped. 

Fu/sion  (fuaio;  from  fundcre,  to  melt). 
The   transformation  of  solids  into  liquids  by 


FUS 


273 


GAL 


exposure  to  the  action  of  heat.    The  liquefying 
a  solid  by  the  employment  of  heat. 
Fusion,    Aqueous.     Deliquescence  ;    sponta- 
neous fusion  of  crystalline  salts. 
Fusion   of   Teeth.     See    CONCRESCENCE    OF 
Teeth  and  Geminotjs  Teeth. 
Fus/tic.     A   yellow    dye-wood,    of   which 
there  are  two  kinds  ;   one   is  the  wood  of  the 
.Morns  tinctoria,  called  old  fustic,  and  the  other 


is  the  wood  of  Rhus  cotinus,  which  is  called 
young  fustic. 

Fustiga'tion,  Electric.  An  application  of 
electricity  in  which  the  surface  of  the  body  is 
rapidly  tapped  with  the  electrodes  of  an  induced 
current. 

Fu'sus.  In  the  plural,  the  papilla;  through 
which  in  the  arachnoides  the  delicate  threads 
pass. 

Futu'tio.     Coition. 


Q. 


G.  With  the  ancient  Greeks,  uncia,  or  an 
ounce  ;  also  symbol  for  glucinum.  Abbrevia- 
tion of  gramme. 

Gabir/ea.     A  fatty  kind  of  myrrh. 

Gad'olinite.  A  mineral,  so  called  from  its 
discoverer,  Gadolin,  a  Swedish  chemist. 

Gad'uin  [gadus  morrhua,  the  codfish).  A 
peculiar  substance  found  in  cod-liver  oil. 

Ga/dus.      A    genua     of   fishes    containing 
many  species  highly  valued  as  articles  of  diet, 
among  which  are  the  codfish,  haddock,  etc. 
Gadus  Morrhua.     The  codfish,  the  liver  oil  of 
which  is  a  highly  valuable  medicinal  agent. 

Gag  (from  gaggen,  to  suffocate).  An  instru- 
ment, generally  made  of  flexible  rubber,  placed 
between  the  teeth  to  prevent  the  closing  of  the 
jaws  during  the  administration  of  nitrous  oxide 
gas. 

Gal.     Abbreviation  of  gallon. 

Galac'tagogue  (from  ya/.a,  milk,  and  ayu, 
to  lead  or  bring  away).  Substances  which 
promote  or  suppress  the  flow  of  milk.  To  the 
former  class  belong  fennel  seeds,  extract  of 
vanilla,  soups,  malt  liquors,  tea,  etc.  To  the 
latter  belong  diaphoretics,  castor  oil,  tartar 
emetic,  belladonna,  camphor,  peppermint,  etc. 

Galac'tia  (from  yaXa,  milk).  A  morbid  flow 
or  deficiency  of  milk  ;  mislactation.  In  Good's 
"  Nosology,"  a  genus  of  disease. 

Galac'tic  Acid.    Acid  of  milk.    Lactic  acid. 

Galac'tin.  An  alkaloid  obtained  from  the 
juice  of  the  Galectodendron  utile,  or  cow  tree 
of  South  America,  and  used  in  place  of  cream  : 
also  the  coagulating  principle  of  milk. 

Galacti'tes.  A  calcareous  mineral  sup- 
posed by  the  ancients  to  possess  the  property  of 
promoting  the  secretion  of  milk. 

Galac'tocele  (from  ;a/«,  milk,  and  «;///,  a 
18 


tumor).  A  tumor  or  swelling  containing  a 
milky  fluid. 

Galactom'eter  (from  )a'/a,  and  /uerpov, 
measure).  An  instrument  to  determine  the 
quality  of  milk  by  the  proportion  of  butter  it 
contains. 

Galactopb/orus  (from  yala,  milk,  and 
oepu,  to  bring).  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to 
the  lacteal  absorbents,  on  account  of  the  color 
of  the  fluid  which  they  convey  ;  also  to  the  ex- 
cretory ducts  of  the  glands  of  the  breast,  which 
convey  the  milk  to  the  nipples. 

Galactoplero'sis  (from  yaXa,  milk,  and 
K'kr/puaic,  the  act  of  filling  up).  Redundant 
secretion  of  milk. 

Galactopoie'sis.  The  function  possessed 
by  the  glauds  of  the  female  breast  of  secreting 
milk. 

Galactopoiet'ica.  A  term  applied  in  Ma- 
teria Jlcdica  to  substances  which  possess  the 
property  of  increasing  the  secretion  of  milk. 

Galactopo'sia.  A  term  employed  in 
Hygiene  and  Therapeutics  to  designate  a  milk 
diet. 

Galactopy'ra  (from  yafai,  milk,  and  -vp, 
fever).     Milk  fever. 

Galactorrhea  (from  3  a/a,  milk,  and  peu, 
to  flow).     An  excessive  secretion  of  milk. 

Galact'ose  (from  ya'/.a,  milk).  A  carbo- 
hydrate formed  by  boiling  lactose  with  dilute 
mineral  acids.  It  ferments  and  crystallizes, 
and  has  the  reaction  of  glucose. 

Gal'banum.  A  foetid,  aromatic  gum-resin, 
the  product  of  Bubou  galbanum,  possessing 
properties  similar  to  those  of  asal'u'tida. 

Gal'bulus  (from  galbus,  yellow).  A  natural 
yellowness  of  the  skin  with  which  some  persons 
are  affected. 


GAL 


274 


GAL 


Ga'lea.  A  helmet.  In  Pathology,  head- 
ache involving  the  whole  head.  In  Surgery, 
a  bandage  for  the  head,  called  Galen's  bandage. 
In  Botany,  the  upper  petal  of  the  lobate  corolla. 
Gale'na.  Native  sulphuret  of  lead. 
Galipot/.  White  turpentine.  Also  an 
earthen  pot  for  ointments,  etc. 

Gall.     Bile. 
Gall-bladder    (vesicula     fellis).      An     oblong 
membranous  receptacle  serving  as  a  reservoir 
for  the  bile,  and  attached  to  the  interior  sur- 
face of  the  right  lobe  of  the  liver. 
Gall-ducts.     The  ductus  communis   choledo- 
chus  and  the  cystic  and  hepatic  ducts. 
Gall-nuts.     Excrescences  produced  on  the  ten- 
der shoots  of  the  Quercus  infectoria,  a  species 
of  oak,  by  the  deposition  of  the  eggs  of  a  small 
insect,  called  the  cynips.     The  best  galls  are 
obtained   from   Aleppo   and  Smyrna.     Their 
principal  ingredients  being  tannin  and  gallic 
acid,    they  are    powerfully  astringent.     See 
GALL.E. 
Gall-stone.     Biliary  calculus,  found   in  gall- 
bladder and  ducts. 
Gal'lse.     Gall-nuts.     Powerfully  astringent 
and  tonic.      Dose,  internally,  gr.    x    to    £)j  ; 
much   used  as  an  ointment  for  piles   in  the 
proportion   of  3  ij  to  lard  ^  ij    and  powdered 
opium  3j. 

Gal'late.  A  salt  of  gallic  acid. 
GaFlic  Acid  (acidum  gallicum).  A  silky, 
crystalline  substance,  obtained  by'the  oxida- 
tion of  tannic  acid.  Astringent.  Dose,  grs.  v  to 
gr.  x.  Gallic  acid  is  employed  as  a  styptic  in 
alveolar  haemorrhage. 

Galls  {galla).  Nut  galls.  Gall-nuts.  The 
excrescences  of  plants  produced  by  the  punc- 
ture of  insects,  and  characterized  by  excessive 
deposits  of  cellular  tissue.  They  are  obtained 
in  Asia  and  Persia.  Galls  are  powerfully  as- 
tringent, containing  35  per  cent,  of  tannic  acid 
and  5  per  cent,  of  gallic  acid.  The  dose  of  the 
powder  is  gr.  x  to  gr.  xx.  Locally,  the  pow- 
der is  employed  in  haemorrhage,  chronic  diar- 
rhoea and  dysentery,  relaxed  uvula,  uterine 
diseases,  etc. 

Galvanic.  Pertaining  to  galvanism  ;  elec- 
tric, and  produced  by  chemical  action. 
Galvanic  Battery.  An  apparatus  by  which 
a  current,  of  galvanism  is  produced.  A  simple 
form  of  battery  consists  of  a  zinc  plate,  con- 
nected with  one  of  copper  or  silver,  immersed 
in  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  A  galvanic  or  vol- 
taic battery,  as  now  constructed,  consists  of 
one    or    more   galvanic   cells  so    united    as    to 


furnish  a  galvanic  current.     Grove's  battery 
consists  of  a  hollow  cylinder  of  amalgamated 
zinc,  immersed  in  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and 
having  within  it  a  porous  earthenware  cup 
containing  strong  nitric  acid,  in  which  is  im- 
mersed  a  thin  plate  of  platinum  ;   metallic 
connection  being  made  between  the  zinc  and 
platinum,  a  bright  spark  is  produced  and  a 
strong  current  set  up.     The  galvanic  current 
has  been  used  as  a  local  anaesthetic  during  the 
extraction  of  teeth,   as  has  also  the  electro- 
magnetic apparatus  (which  see).     See  Bat- 
tery.    See  Local  Anaesthetics. 
Galvanic  Cautery.     A  term  applied  in  Thera- 
peutics to  the  employment  of  voltaic  electricity 
for  producing  cauterizing  effects  by  means  of 
a  platinum  wire  heated  by  electricity. 
Galvanism    {galvanismus  ;    from    Galvani, 
the  discoverer).     The  electricity  produced  by 
chemical   action.     A   series  of  electrical  phe- 
nomena manifested   by   animal  parts  capable 
of  being  irritated  when  placed  in   connection 
with  two   metallic  plates  of  different  nature 
joined  together  by  means  of  a  metallic  wire. 
These  phenomena  consist  of   sensible   move- 
ments when  the  parts  are  placed   in  contact 
with  the  plates.     The  additional  discoveries  of 
Volta  led  to  the  term  Voltaism,  or  Voltaic  elec- 
tricity, and  its  effect  on  the  muscles  of  recently 
killed  animals  is  known  by  the  term  animal 
electricity.  Galvanism  is  employed  medicinally 
in  neuralgic  affections,  and  in  the  same  cases 
as  electricity.     See  Electricity. 

Galvanization.  The  medical  application 
of  the  current  of  galvanic  electricity.  The  act 
of  exciting  with  galvanism. 

Galvano=cautery.  A  current  of  electricity 
passed  through  a  fine  wire,  generally  platinum 
wire  in  the  form  of  a  loop,  and  used,  not  very 
highly  heated,  to  cut  through  tissues  without 
causing  much  bleeding. 

Galvano=magnetism.  Electro-magnetism. 
An  assemblage  of  phenomena  produced  by  the 
passage  of  a  magnetic  current  through  a  wire 
wound  around  a  centre  of  soft  iron. 

Galvanom'eter  (from  galvanism, and  /xerpov, 
a  measure).  An  instrument  for  measuring  the 
force  of  galvanic  electricity. 

Galvano=puncture.  The  introduction  into 
the  skin  or  other  tissue  of  fine  needles  that 
complete  an  electric  circuit. 

Galvan'oscope  (from  galvanism,  and  gkotteu, 
to  examine).  An  instrument  for  ascertaining 
the  direction  of  an  electric  current  ;  a  magnetic 
needle. 


GAM 


275 


GAN 


Qam/bir.  Au  astringent  extract  obtained 
from  the  Uncaria  gambir,  called  square  cate- 
chu, and,  by  tanners,  terra  japonica. 

Gamboge.  Gambogia.  Cambogia.  The 
concrete  juice  of  an  uncertain  tree,  probably  a 
species  of  Hebradendron.  It  is  an  active  hydra- 
gogue  and  drastic  cathartic.  In  a  full  dose  it 
is  apt  to  produce  nausea  aud  vomiting.  Full 
dose,  gr.  ij  to  gr.  vj . 

Qambog/ic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
the  ethereal  tincture  of  gamboge. 

Gamphe'le.  The  cheeks  ;  the  jaw.  Max- 
illary bone. 

Ganglia,  Abdom'inal.  The  semilunar 
ganglia  and  solar  plexus. 

Ganglia  Cerebri  Postica.     The  thalami  ner- 
vorum opticorum. 

Ganglia,  Cervical.    The  superior,  middle,  and 
inferior  cervical  ganglions. 
Gang/Iiform.     Having  the  form  of  a  gang- 
lion. 

Gang'Iion  (yay}vUov,  a  knot).  In  Anatomy, 
a  tubercle  or  knot-like  enlargement,  vary- 
ing in  form,  texture,  color,  size,  and  con- 
sistence, composed  of  a  network  of  nervous 
filaments  or  blood-vessels  united  by  cellular 
substance  and  enveloped  in  a  capsular  mem- 
brane. In  Surgical  Pathology,  a  hard,  colorless 
tumor  of  variable  size,  situated  in  the  course 
of  an  extensor  tendon  and  formed  of  a  viscid 
albuminous  fluid  contained  in  a  cyst,  com- 
municating either  with  the  sheath  of  the  ten- 
don or  the  synovial  capsule  of  a  contiguous 
joint. 

Ganglion,  Abdominal.      See  Ganglia,  Ab- 
dominal. 
Ganglion    Az'ygos,    vel    Impar.      A    small 
ganglion   situated   on  the   first  bone  of   the 
coccyx  which  serves  to  connect  the  inferior 
extremities  of  the  sympathetic  system. 
Ganglion,  Car/diac.  A  ganglion  situated  upon 
the  concavity  of  the  arch  of  the  aorta. 
Ganglion,  Cil'iary.  A  small  ganglion  situated 
within  the  orbit  between  the  external  rectus 
muscle  and  the  optic  nerve. 
Ganglion,  Ehrenrit'ter's.     A  ganglion  ou  the 
pueumogastric  nerve  above  the  ganglion  of 
Audersch. 
Ganglion,  Gasserian  or  Casserian.     Ganglion 
of  Gasser.     A  large  semilunar  ganglion  on  the 
posterior   cord  of    the   fifth  pair  of     nerves 
before  its  division  into  three  branches,  and 
situated  near  the  extremity  of    the    petrous 
portion  of  temporal  bone. 
Ganglion  Ju'gulare.      The  superior  ganglion 


in  the  jugular  fossa  of  the  glosso-pbaryngea' 
nerve. 

Ganglion,  Meckel's.  See  Meckel,  Gan- 
glion OF. 

Ganglion,  Optic.  A  small,  flattened,  oval- 
shaped  ganglion,  situated  immediately  below 
the  foramen  ovale. 

Ganglion  Petro/sum.  Ganglion  of  Andersch. 
The  inferior  ganglion  of  the  glossopharyngeal 
nerve,  situated  in  the  jugular  fossa. 
Ganglion  PlexifornVe.  A  gaugliform  swelling 
of  the  pueumogastric  nerve,  situated  between 
the  internal  carotid  artery  and  internal  jug- 
ular vein. 

Ganglion,  Sphe'no-pal'atine.     The  largest  of 
the  cranial  ganglia  of  the  sympathetic  nerve, 
and  situated  in  the  spheno-maxillary  fossa. 
Ganglion,  Submaxillary.    A  round  ganglion, 
situated  above  the  submaxillary  gland. 

GangHoneu/ra  (from  yayyXiov,  and  vevpov,  a 
nerve).  A  term  applied  in  Zoology  to  the  mol- 
luscous and  articulate  division  of  the  animal 
kingdom,  characterized  by  a  ganglionic  type 
of  the  nervous  sj'stem. 

Ganglionic  (ganglionicus).  A  term  applied 
in  Anatomy  to  nerves  which  have  ganglions 
in  their  course. 

Ganglionic    System,    or    Ganglionic    Nerve. 
The  trisplanchnic  or  great  sympathetic  nerve, 
with  its  system  of  ganglia,  constituting  the 
system  of  organic  life. 
Ganglion'ica  (yayy?aov,  a  nerve  knot).     A 
class  of  medicinal  agents  which  affect  the  sen- 
sibility or  muscular  motion  of  parts  supplied 
by  the  ganglionic  or  sympathetic  system   of 
nerves. 

Gangrae'na  Oris  (gangrienopsis ;  necrosis 
infantilis ;  cancrum  oris;  stomacace ;  noma;  phag- 
edena oris).  Gangrene  of  the  mouth.  Slough- 
ing phagedena  of  the  mouth.  An  affection 
which  seems  to  be  peculiar  to  children,  occur- 
ring more  frequently  during  the  shedding  of 
the  temporary  and  the  dentition  of  the  per- 
manent teeth  than  at  any  other  period  of  life. 
Although  regarded  as  a  result  of  inflammation, 
Dr.  "Wood,  in  treating  of  it  as  it  occurs  in  the 
mouth,  says,  "  It  is  an  unsettled  point  whether 
it  has  in  general  any  dependence  upon  it."  lie 
further  states  that  it  is  thought  "by  many  to 
be  an  original  affection,  and  the  inflammation 
which  sometimes  attends  it"  is  regarded 
"  rather  as  an  effect  than  a  cause." 

Among  the  symptoms  which  characterize 
the  afiectiou  are  itching,  ulceration,  and  sepa- 
ration of  the  sums  from  the  necks  of  the  teeth 


GAN 


276 


GAN 


and  alveolar  processes,  and  the  discharge,  at 
first  of  niuco-purulent,  but  ultimately  of  foetid, 
ichorous  matter.  The  gums  and  lips  assume  a 
deep  red  or  purple  color,  and  ulcers  are  formed 
in  various  parts  of  the  mouth  ;  the  gums  ulti- 
mately slough  and  the  alveolar  procesess  ex- 
foliate, bringing  with  them  the  temporary 
and  sometimes  the  crowns  of  the  permanent 
teeth.  To  these  symptoms  may  be  added  loss 
of  appetite,  dryness  of  the  skin,  small,  quick 
pulse,  and  constipation  of  the  bowels,  though 
sometimes  there  are  diarrhoea,  lassitude,  and 
frequently  a  disposition  to  sleep. 

With  the  exfoliation  of  the  alveolar  pro- 
cesses the  disease  usually  abates,  and  some- 
times entirely  disappears.  Delabarre  says 
among  the  great  number  of  children  brought 
to  the  Orphan  Asylum,  he  has  had  frequent 
occasion  to  notice  singular  complications  of  the 
affection,  which  are  modified  according  to  the 
strength,  ' '  sex,  and  idiosyncrasies  of  the  differ- 
ent subjects."  The  gums  and  lips,  in  some, 
he  describes  as  being  of  a  beautiful  red  color  ; 
in  others  the  lips  are  rosy  and  the  gums  pale, 
and  sometimes  much  swollen.  He  also  enu- 
merates among  the  symptoms  burning  pain  in 
the  mucous  membrane  of  the  cheeks,  ulceration, 
pain,  and  swelling  in  the  submaxillary  glands. 

In  the  majority  of  cases  the  disease  is  con- 
fined to  one  jaw  and  to  one  side,  though  some- 
times both  are  affected  with  it.  Delabarre 
says  if  children  reach  the  seventh  or  eighth 
year  the  permanent  teeth  are  not  injured,  ex- 
cept that  it  causes  them  to  be  badly  arranged, 
owing  to  the  want  of  proper  development  of 
the  jaw  ;  but  the  author  has  never  met  with 
a  case  in  which  they  had  not  suffered  more  or 
less  seriously  from  it. 

The  author  j  ust  referred  to  enumerates  among 
the  symptoms  of  the  disease  in  its  most  aggra- 
vated form  inordinate  appetite,  burning  thirst, 
a  small  spot  on  the  cheek  or  about  the  lips, 
resembling  anthrax,  which  rapidly  increases  in 
size,  turns  black,  separates,  discharges  an 
ichorous  fluid,  and  its  edges  "roll  themselves 
up  like  flesh  exposed  to  the  action  of  a  brisk 
fire."  The  flesh  separates  from  the  face  ;  the 
bones  become  exposed  ;  hectic  fever  ensues, 
and  in  the  course  of  fifteen  or  twenty  days 
death  puts  an  end  to  the  sufferings  of  the  child. 
We  are  also  informed  by  Delabarre  that  this 
affection  is  more  common  among  females  than 
males,  and  that  the  bones  of  the  jaws  are  so 
much  softened  as  to  be  easily  cut  with  a  knife. 

The  disease  seems  to  be  dependent  upon  a 


cachectic  habit  of  body  and  defective  nutrition 
or  un wholesom e  food.  "  It  is  most  prevalent, ' ' 
says  Dr.  Wood,  "in  miasmatic  districts,  and 
in  public  establishments  where  children  are 
crowded  together.  It  is  a  frequent  sequel  of 
other  diseases,  especially  of  intermittent  and 
remittent  fever  and  the  exanthemata.  Mer- 
cury has  sometimes  beeu  accused  of  producing 
it,  though  upon  insufficient  grounds.  It  is 
possible  that  mercurial  sore  mouth  may  some- 
times have  degenerated  into  this  complaint  in 
persons  predisposed  to  it.  The  opinion  is 
highly  probable  which  ascribes  constitutional 
predisposition  to  the  disease  to  a  depraved  con- 
dition of  the  blood."  This  opinion  is  also 
maintained  by  Delabarre,  who  says  its  "seat  is 
in  the  organs  of  nutrition  and  in  the  fluids  con- 
veyed to  them."  The  bad  disposition  which 
gives  rise  to  it,  the  last-mentioned  writer 
thinks,  is  sometimes  innate  and  at  other  times 
the  result  of  unwholesome  diet. 

In  the  treatment  of  the  disease  such  consti- 
tutional remedies  should  be  prescribed  as  are 
best  calculated  to  sustain  and  strengthen  the 
enfeebled  energies  of  the  system.  Sulphate  of 
quinine,  mineral  acids,  and  a  nutritious  diet 
are  recommended. 

The  local  treatment  should  consist,  in  the 
early  stages  of  the  disease, — that  is,  before 
sloughing  has  commenced, — in  acidulated  and 
astringent  gargles,  and  a  solution  of  chloride  of 
lime  or  soda  may  also  be  advantageously  used. 
The  ulcerated  and  discolored  parts  should  be 
occasionally  touched  with  a  strong  solution  of 
nitrate  of  silver,  and  Delabarre  says  he  has 
derived  great  advantage  from  touching  them 
with  the  actual  cautery.  A  strong  solution  of 
sulphate  of  copper  is  recommended  by  Dr.  B. 
H.  Coats,  to  be  applied  to  every  part  of  the  dis- 
eased surface.  Dr.  Wood  says  :  "  Solid  nitrate 
of  silver  or  a  strong  solution  of  the  salt  if 
sloughs  are  already  formed.  The  mineral  acids 
and  undiluted  tincture  of  chloride  of  iron  have 
also  been  recommended  as  topical  applications, 
and  will,  in  most  cases,  be  found  effectual." 
As  soon  as  exfoliation  of  the  alveolar  processes 
takes  place,  the  detached  portions  of  bone 
should  be  removed.  See  Cancrum  Oris. 
Gangrae/na  Senilis.  The  dry  gangrene 
which  sometimes  occurs  in  old  age,  commenc- 
ing, generally,  in  a  purple  or  black  spot  under 
one  of  the  small  toes,  and  thence  gradually 
extending  up  the  leg. 

Gangraenop'sis.  Gangrenous  sore  mouth  ; 
also  gangrene  of  the  eyelids. 


GAN 


277 


GAS 


Gangraeno'sis.  Gangrenous  ;  also  the  state 
of  becoming  gangrenous. 

Gan'grene  (gangraena;  from  ypact,  to  feed 
upon).  Incipient  mortification.  That  condi- 
tion of  a  part  which  immediately  precedes 
mortification  :  moist  gangrene  when  the  parts 
contain  much  fluid,  in  which  case  they  putrefy, 
evolve  offensive  gases,  and  become  emphysema- 
tous and  covered  with  blebs  ;  dry  gaugrene 
when  the  parts  are  hard  and  dry,  shrivelled, 
and  devoid  of  odor.  The  slough,  or  dead  mass, 
is  at  last  separated  from  the  living  parts  by 
ulceration  of  the  latter  and  is  cast  off.  See 
Mortification. 

Gangrenous.  Eelating  to  or  of  the  nature 
of  gangrene. 

Gangrenous    Stoma'titis.       See  GAXGEJ.XA 
Oris. 

Gar'galus.  Titillation  ;  irritation  ;  itching. 
Masturbation.     Animal  magnetism. 

Garga'reon.     The  uvula. 

Gar'garism  (gargarisma;  gargarismus;  from 
yapyapuu,  to  wash  the  mouth  and  throat). 
A  gargle  or  wash  for  the  mouth  and  throat. 
Gargles  are  employed  in  cases  of  inflammation 
and  ulceration  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
mouth  and  fauces,  tonsils  and  gums  ;  they  are 
made  of  astringents,  stimulants,  sedatives, 
refrigerants,  etc.,  according  to  the  indica- 
tions of  the  case  which  calls  for  their  employ- 
ment. 

Gar/gle.  A  liquid  to  be  held  in  the  fauces 
and  to  be  agitated  so  that  it  is  carried  to  the 
naso-pharynx  by  rhythmical  movements  of  the 
pharyngeal  and  palatal  muscles. 

Garnet=blende.     A  sulphate  of  zinc. 

Gas.  An  aeriform,  elastic  fluid.  Any  per- 
manently elastic  fluid,  whether  simple  or  com- 
pound, except  the  atmosphere ;  known  as 
vapor  when  a  liquid  or  solid  substance  is 
changed  to  an  aeriform  condition. 
Gas,  Ammoni'acal.  See  AMMONIA. 
Gas,  Azotic.     Nitrogen. 

Gas,  Carbon'ic  A/cid.     Formed  in  the  burn- 
ing of  charcoal  and  very  abundant  in  nature. 
Gas,  Carbonic  Oxide.     A  colorless  gas  gener- 
ated when  carbon  is  burned  with  an  imperfect 
supply  of  oxygen. 

Gas,   Heavy  Carburet'ted  Hy'drogen.     Car- 
buretted  hydrogen.     Olefiant  gas. 
Gas,  Hepat/ic.     Sulphuretted  hydrogen  gas. 
Gas,   Light   Carburetted    Hydrogen.     Marsh 
gas. 
Gas,  Nitrous  Oxide.     See  NITROUS  OXIDE. 
Gas  Regulator.     A  device  for  regulating  den- 


tal vulcanizers,  the  timing  being  operated  by 
the  minute  arbor  of  a  clock.  It  is  capable  of 
very  delicate  adjustment  as  to  time.  The 
regulator  turns  down  the  gas  when  the  ther- 
mometer registers  the  highest  steam  degree 
required  in  vulcanizing,  and  will  cut  off  the 
gas  after  the  degree  of  vulcanization — time  for 
hardening  the  rubber — is  reached. 
Gaseous.     Of  the  nature  of  gas. 

Gaseous  Oxide  of  Carbon.     Carbonic  oxide. 

Gaseous    Pulse.      One   in  which   the   artery 
seems  full  and  very  soft,  as  if  it  were  filled  with 
air. 
Gasiform.     Having  the  nature  or  form  of 

gas. 

Gasoline.     A   substance   produced   in  the 

distillation  of  petroleum.     One  of  the  lightest 

and  most  volatile  liquids  known.     Its  specific 

gravity  is  less  than  that  of  ether.     It  is  highly 

inflammable,  burning  on  the  surface  of  water. 

It  has  been  used  for  illuminating  purposes. 
Gasom'eter.     A  reservoir  or  measurer  for 

gas. 

Gasometer,  Liquid  Nitrous  Oxide.  An  appa- 
ratus designed  for  the  use  of  large  quantities 
of  the  gas.  It  is  nickel  plated,  mounted  on  a 
stand,  and  is  designed  to  contain  ten  gallons 
of  the  gas,  which  is  supplied  by  a  1000-gallon 
cylinder  in  position  under  the  gasometer.  On 
the  bell  of  the  gasometer  is  a  scale,  graduated 
in  gallons  and  fractions  of  a  gallon,  so  that  the 
operator  can  determine  the  quantity  of  gas 
he  has  administered.  The  bell  gives  warning 
of  any  leakage  and  a  peculiar  water-check  or 
valve  automatically  shuts  off  the  gas  when  the 
patient  stops  breathing  it.  In  this  appai-atus, 
as  well  as  in  the  surgeon's  case  (which  see), 
the  gas  can  be  kept  for  any  length  of  time, 
and  is  constantly  on  hand  and  of  the  best 
quality. 

Gasometer,  Nitrous  Oxide.  A  reservoir  for 
the  nitrous  oxide  gas  so  constructed  that  the 
patient  can  breathe  the  gas  through  a  rubber 
tube  directly  from  the  gasometer  without  the 
use  of  a  bag.  The  valves  of  the  inhaler 
(which  see)  prevent  the  gas  retained  in  the 
gasometer  from  becoming  impure  by  the  ex- 
halations passing  into  it,  as  is  the  case  where 
a  bag  is  used  from  which  the  patient  receives 
the  gas. 
Gasp  (from  gaispa,  to  yawn).     To  catch  for 

breath.     Spasmodic  breathing  with  the  mouth 

open. 

Gasse'rian    Gan'glion.      The    semilunar 

ganglion  of  the  tilth  pair,  discovered  by  Gasser, 


GAS 


278 


GAS 


situated  on  this  nerve  at  the  point  it  divides 
into  three  branches,  near  the  extremity  of 
the  petrous  portion  of  temporal  hones. 

Gas'ter  [yaorqp).  The  abdomen.  Also  the 
stomach. 

Gaste'ric.     Same  as  gastric  (which  see). 
Gastras'mia   [yaarrjp,    stomach,    and    aifia, 
blood).     Congestion  of  the  veins  of  the  stomach. 
Gas'tral.    Eelating  to  the  stomach  or  abdo- 
men. 

GastraPgia  (from  yaarrjp,  and  alyog,  pain). 
Pain  in  the  stomach.     See  Cardialgia. 

Gastrencephalo'ma  (yaar^p,  stomach,  and 
encephaloma).  A  brain-like  fungus  of  the 
stomach. 

Gastren'chyta  {yaarrjp,  and  evx^u,  to  pour 
in).     A  stomach  syringe  or  stomach  pump. 

Gas/tric  (gastricus;  from  yaarr/p,  the  stom- 
ach).    Pertaining  to  the  stomach. 
Gastric  Acids.    See  Gastric  Juice. 
Gastric  Arteries.     The  gastro-epiploica  dextra, 
gastro-epiploica    sinistra,    and     the    coronaria 
ventriculi.    The  first  is  a  branch  of  the  hepatic 
artery,  the  second  a  branch  of  the  splenic,  and 
the  third  of  the  coeliac. 
Gastric  Fever.     See  Febris  Gastrica. 
Gastric  Juice.     The  fluid  secreted  by  the  lin- 
ing or  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach.     It 
contains,    in    man,    chlorohydric  and    acetic 
acids,  associated  with  a  ferment,  pepsin. 
Gastric  Nerves.     The  two  cords  or  terminal 
branches  of  the   pneumogastric  and   sympa- 
thetic nerves,  which  descend  on  the  two  sur- 
faces of  the  stomach. 
Gastric   Plexus.     A  nervous  network  formed 
by  the  solar  plexus. 
Gastric  Veins.     Distributed  the  same  as  the 
gastric  arteries.      They   open   into  the  vena 
porta  abdominis. 
Gas/tricism  (from  yacrrip,  the  stomach)-     A 
term  applied  in  Pathology  to  gastric  affections 
in  general,  and  especially  to  the  theory  which 
refers  nearly  all  diseases  to  the  accumulation 
of  impurities  in  the  stomach  and  intestines. 
Gastris/mus.     Gluttony. 
GastrPtis  (from  yaarr/p,  the  stomach,  and 
mg,  .signifying   inflammation).     Inflammation 
of  the  stomach. 
GastroarthrPtis.     (Unit. 
GastrobronchPtis.     Catarrhal  fever. 
Gastrobro/sis  (from  yaarrjp,  the  stomach, 
and  fipuaig,  the  act  of  gnawing).     Perforation 
of  the  stomach. 

Gastroce'Ie  (from  yaarr/p,  the  stomach,  and 
/.//>7,  a  tumor).    Hernia  formed  by  a  protrusion 


of  the  stomach  through  the  superior  part  of  the 
linea  alba. 

Gastrocho'Iia  {yaarr/p,  and  xoty,  bile). 
Bilious  disease  of  the  stomach. 

Gastrocholo/sis.     Gastric  bilious  fever. 

Gastrocnemius  (from  yaarr/p,  the  belly, 
and  nvrjfiT],  the  leg).  The  name  of  a  large  mus- 
cle on  the  posterior  part  of  the  leg.  It  consti- 
tutes the  chief  part  of  the  calf  of  the  leg. 

Gastrodid'ymus  (from  yaarr/p,  the  belly, 
and  didvjiog,  a  twin).  A  monstrosity,  consisting 
of  twins  united.by  the  abdomen. 

Gastrodyn/ia  (from  yaarr/p,  and  odvvr/,  pain). 
Pain  in  the  stomach  ;  gastralgia. 

Gas/tro=enteri/tis  (from  yaarr/p,  the  stom- 
ach, evrr/pov,  an  intestine,  and  trig,  signifying 
inflammation).  Inflammation  of  the  stomach 
and  intestines. 

Gastro=epiplo/ic   (from   yaarr/p,  the  stom- 
ach, and  ewcttIoov,  the  epiploon).     Relating  to 
the  stomach  and  epiploon  or  omentum. 
Gastro-epiploic  Ar/teries.      The  gastroepip- 
loic dextra  and   the  gastro-epiploic  sinistra, 
derived  from  the  hepatic  and  splenic  arteries. 
Gastro-epiploic  Gan/glions.     The  lymphatic 
glands  situated  between  the  anterior  laminae 
of  the  great  omentum. 

Gastro=hepat/ic  (from  yaarr/p,  the  stomach, 
and  r/ifap,  the  liver).  Pertaining  to  the  stom- 
ach and  liver. 

Gastro=hysterot/omy  (from  yacrnp,  va- 
rr/pa,  the  womb,  and  ro/ir/,  incision).  In  Ob- 
stetric  Surgery,  the  abdominal  Csesarean  opera- 
tion. 

Gas/troid  {-yaarr/p,  stomach,  and  eiSog,  form). 
Resembling  belly  or  stomach. 

Gastrointestinal.  Pertaining  to  the 
stomach  and  bowels  ;  applied  in  Pathology  to 
diseases  in  which  both  are  implicated. 

GastroPithus  {yaarr/p,  and  'AiOog,  a  stone). 
A  calculus  in  the  stomach  ;  a  gastrolith. 

GastroPogy.  A  dissertation  on  the  stom- 
ach.    Also  the  science  of  the  stomach. 

Gastro=mala/cia  (gaatro-malaxia  ;  from  yaa- 
rr/p, the  stomach,  and  /laXaiwg,  soft).  Softening 
of  the  stomach. 

Gastro=metrPtis  (from  yaarr/p,  fir/rpa,  the 
womb,  and  trig,  inflammation).  Inflammation 
of  the  stomach  and  womb. 

Gastro-mucous.  A  term  applied  in  Path- 
ology to  fevers  attended  with  gastric  irritation 
and  inordinate  secretion  of  mucus. 

Gastro=nephrPtis  (from  yaarr/p,  and  ve- 
(j>pt.ri,r,  inflammation  of  the  kidney).  Inflamma- 
tion of  the  stomach  and  kidneys. 


GAS 


279 


GEL 


Qastron/osos   or   Gastron/osus    (yaarr/p, 

and  voaoc,  a  disease).     Disorder  of  the  stom- 
ach. 

Gastro'pathy  (gastropqthia ;  from  yaorrip, 
the  stomach,  and  ttci$oc,  disease).  A  morbid 
condition  of  the  stomach. 

Gastro=phren/ic  (from  yaarr/p,  the  stomach, 
and  (/>pcveg,  the  diaphragm).  Pertaining  to  the 
stomach  and  diaphragm,  as  the  gastro-phrenic 
ligament.  A  process  of  the  peritoneum  which 
descends  from  the  inferior  surface  of  the  dia- 
phragm to  the  stomach. 

Gastrorrha'gia.  Discharge  of  blood  from 
the  stomach.     Hsematemesis. 

Gastrorrha/phy  {gastrorrhaphia  ;  from  yaa- 
T?/p,  the  stomach,  and  patyn,  a  suture).  The 
union,  by  suture,  of  wounds  of  the  abdomen. 

Gastrorrhce'a  (from  yaornp,  the  stomach, 
and  peu,  to  flow).  Excessive  secretion  of  mucus 
from  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach  ;  or 
a  regurgitant  flow  of  gastric  mucus  or  liquid 
from  the  mouth. 

Gastroscop'ia  (from  yaarijp,  and  gkotteu,  to 
survey).  Examination  of  the  abdomen  as  a 
means  of  diagnosis. 

Gastro/ses.  A  generic  name  for  diseases  of 
the  stomach. 

Gastrosple'nic  (from  yaarijp,  and  anlr/v,  the 
spleen).  Pertaining  to  or  connected  with  the 
stomach  and  spleen. 

Gastrof/omy  (from  yaarrip,  the  stomach, 
and  Tr//ivEiv,  to  cut).  The  operation  of  opening 
the  stomach  or  abdomen. 

GastrypaPgia  (yaarrip,  and  v~o,  under,  in  a 
slight  degree,  and  aAyoc,  pain).  Slight  or  mild 
pains  in  the  stomach. 

Gates  Crown.  An  artificial  crown,  all 
porcelain,  for  engrafting  on  the  natural  roots  of 
the  teeth.  It  is  similar  to  the  Bonwill  crown, 
but  is  usually  attached  to  the  root  by  a  metallic 
screw,  and  amalgam  packed  around  it. 

Gath'ering.  Same  as  abscess  and  suppura- 
tion. 

Gauchir.  A  word  applied  by  French  den- 
tists to  artificial  pieces  or  dental  substitutes 
which  have  been  awkwardly  constructed,  or 
which  have  shrunk  or  warped  and  lost  their 
proper  adaptation. 

Gauge  for  Rubber.  An  apparatus  used  iu 
Mechanical  Dentistry  for  ascertaining  the  quan- 
tity of  rubber  required  for  any  given  case. 

Gauge=plate.  In  Mechanical  Dentistry,  an 
instrument  for  measuring  the  thickness  of  plate 
employed  for  bases  for  artificial  teeth,  clasps, 
backings,  etc.    See  manner  of  making  gold  into 


plate,  in  Harris'   "  Prin.    and   Prac.    of  Den- 
tistry." 

GauJthe/ria.  A  genus  of  the  order  Eri- 
caceae. 

Gaultheria   Procum/bens.      Partridge-berry ; 
mountain-tea  ;    chicken-berry  ;    wintergreen. 
It  is  stimulant,  aromatic,  and  slightly  astrin- 
gent.   See  Oleum  Gaultheria. 
Gay'acyne.     A  resinous  substance  obtained 
from  the  bark  guaiacum. 
Gaz.     Gas. 

Ge'ic  Acid.     Aero-acid  of  vegetable  mould. 

GeIatig/enous  (from  gelatin,  and  yewaa,  I 

engender).       That    which     forms     gelatinous 

structure.     According   to   Carpenter,    yielding 

gelatin. 

GePatin.      Gelatine ;  gelatina.      Jelly.     A 
peculiar  animal  substance,  obtained  by  boiling 
the  skins,  cellular  tissues,  bones,  etc.,  of  ani- 
mals in  water.      Glue  is  an  impure  form   of 
gelatin.     According   to   Liebig,   gelatin  is  not 
capable  of  sustaining  life,  but  serves  to  repair 
the  waste  of  the  cellular  and  other  tissues. 
GePatin   Cap/sules.     Capsules  made  from  a 
concentrated   solution   of   gelatin   and   filled 
with  medicines  ;  used  to  avoid  the  nauseous 
taste. 

Gelatin  of  Wharton.  Jelly  of  the  cord.  A 
soft,  dense,  fluid,  gelatinous  substance  which 
envelops  the  umbilical  cord  and  is  thought 
to  be  conducive  to  the  nutrition  of  the 
fcetus. 
Gelatin,  Sugar  of.     See  Glycocoll. 

Gelat/inous.     Of  the  nature  of  gelatin. 
Gelatinous  Tis/sues.     Tissues  which  have  for 
their  basis  gelatin,  as  mucous  membrane,  the 
epidermis,  etc. 
GeIa/tio  (from   gelo,  to  freeze).     Freezing, 
congelation.    In  Pathology,  rigidity  of  the  body, 
as  in  catalepsy. 

Gelly,  or  Jelly.  A  soft,  tremulous,  trans- 
parent substance  obtained  from  animal  and 
vegetable  matters. 

GePose.  A  culture  medium  for  bacterio- 
logical investigation,  the  base  being  a  muci- 
lage. 

GelsenPinum  SempervPrens  (gelsemi- 
num  nifidum  ;  gelsemium).  Yellow  jessamine. 
This  plant  is  narcotic,  antispasmodic,  and  seda- 
tive. It  is  largely  used  in  the  South  as  a  febri- 
fuge. In  moderate  doses  its  effects  are  chiefly 
confined  to  the  nerves  of  the  jaws.  The  tinc- 
ture is  the  form  generally  used.  It  rarely  fails 
to  give  relief  in  neuralgic  pains  of  face  and 
jaws  associated  with   carious  teeth,  the  dose 


GEL 


280 


GEN 


being  fifteen  minims  of  the  tincture  every  six 
hours. 

Gel  u.     Gelly. 

Gemellus.     Double ;  twin.      One   of  two 
children  produced  at  a  birth.    In  Anatomy,  mus- 
cles disposed  in  pairs.     See  Gemini  Mtjscuxi. 
Gem'inate  (from  geminiis,  twin).     In  pairs. 
Gemina'tion  (from  geminare,  to  double).   A 
doubling  ;  duplication  ;  repetition. 

Gem/ini.  Twins.  In  Anatomy,  applied  to 
muscles  disposed  in  pairs. 

Gemini  Mus/culi  (gemelli).  A  muscle  of  the 
thigh  consisting  of  two  portions  united  by  a 
tendinous  and  fleshy  membrane. 

Gem'inous.     Same  as  Geminate. 
Geminous  or  Connate   Teeth.     Twin  forma- 
tion of  teeth  from  the  occurrence  of  a  double 
dental  germ  in  a  single  sac,  from  which  are 
developed  two  teeth  of  the  same  class  where 
normally  there  should  be  but  one.     The  two 
teeth  are  generally  united,  although  they  may 
be  separate.     One  is  usually  larger  than  the 
other.     See  Teeth,  Osseous  Union  of. 
Qem'ma.     A  gem.     In  Surgery,  a  granula- 
tion.    In  Botany,  a  bud  on  the  stem  of  a  plant. 
Gemma  Oculi.     The  crystalline  lens. 

Gemmation.  Budding.  See  Genera- 
tion. 

Gemmip'arous  (from  gemma,  a  bud,  and 
pario,  to  produce).  Plants  which  produce 
buds  and  zoophytes  which  propagate  by  a  like 
process. 

Gemmula'tion  (gemmula,  a  little  bud).     A 
kind   of  reproduction  of  simple  growth   and 
development  without  the  agency  of  sexes. 
Ge'na.     The  cheek. 
Gencives.     The  gums.    See  Gingivae. 
Gen'eral  Anat/omy.     The  anatomy  of  the 
textures — or,  more  properly,  of  the  tissues — of 
which  the  body  is  composed,  as  distinguished 
from  descriptive  anatomy,  which  consists  of  a 
description  of  the   various   organs  formed  by 
these  tissues. 

Generate  (from  genero,  to  beget).  To 
beget,  to  produce  of  the  same  kind. 

Generation  (generatio ;  from  yeivofiai,  to 
beget).  The  aggregate  vital  functions  con- 
cerned in  the  production  of  organized  beings, 
comprehending  conception,  pregnancy,  and 
parturition. 

Generation,  Equiv'ocal.  Spontaneous  genera- 
tion ;  a  theory  that  indicates  an  existing 
plastic  energy  in  the  universe,  by  means  of 
which,  under  certain  circumstances,  new  liv- 
ing beings   are   spontaneously   produced,  as 


minute  animals  are  apparently  formed  from 
putrefaction. 

Generation,  Fissip/arous.    The  production  of 
an  organism  from  a  part  separated  from  the 
parent,  as  in  certain  infusoria  and  polypi  or 
as  from  shoots  of  certain  plants. 
Generation,  Organs  of.     In  women  they  are 
divided  into  external  and  internal.     The  ex- 
ternal   are   the   tnons  veneris,  the   labia,  the 
clitoris,  the  nymphse,  and  the  perinseiim;  the 
internal  consist  of  the  vagina,  the  uterus,  the 
Fallopian  lubes,  and  the  ovaria.     In  men  they 
consist  of  the  penis,  testicles,  vesiculse  seminal es, 
vasa  deferentia,  and  prostate  gland. 
Generic   (genericus).       Pertaining    to  the 
same  genus  or  kind. 

Gene'sial.     Pertaining  to  generation. 
Gen'esis  (yevu,  to  be  born).     Birth,  origin, 
or  generation.     The  act  of  begetting. 

Genet/ic  (from  yeveoic,  generation).  Per- 
taining to  generation.  Also  anything  in- 
herited. 

Genet/ica  (from  yeveaig,  origin).  Diseases 
of  the  sexual  functions. 

Generics.      Substances  which  act  on  the 
sexual   organs.      Of  two    kinds — aphrodisiacs, 
which  increase  sexual    desire,    and    anaphro- 
disiacs,  which  allay  such  a  desire. 
Geni'al.     Relating  to  the  chin. 
Genial  Tubercles.     Four  prominences  on  the 
inner  surface  of  the  inferior  maxillary  bone 
for  the  attachment  of  the  genio-hyoglossi  and 
genio-hyoidei  muscles. 
Geniculate    (genieulatus ;    from   genu,    the 
knee).     Abruptly  bent ;  knee-jointed. 

Geni/o=.     A  prefix  from  yeveiov,  the  chin. 
Genio-glossus    (from   yeveiov,   the    chin,    and 
ylucaa,  the  tongue).      Genio-hyoglossus.      A 
muscle  extending  from  the  genial  tubercles  to 
the  base  of  the  os  hyoides  and  to  the  root, 
middle,  and  extremity  of  the  tongue. 
Genio-hyoide/us  (from  yeveiov,  the  chin,  and 
voeidrjc,  the  os  hyoides).     A  long,   thin,   and 
fleshy  muscle  extending  from  the  genial  tuber- 
cles to  the  base  of  the  os  hyoides. 
Genio-pharynge'us   (from    yeveiov,   the  chin, 
and     (papvytj,    the     pharynx).        Constrictor 
pharyngis  superior. 

Genital  {genitalis).  Relating  to  generation. 
Genital  Organs.     The  organs  of  generation. 

Genito=cru/ral.  A  name  applied  by  Bichat 
to  a  branch  of  the  second  lumbar  nerve  distrib- 
uted to  the  genital  organs  and  thigh. 

Genito=urinary.  Of  or  pertaining  to  gen- 
eration and  the  excretion  of  urine. 


GEN 


281 


GIL 


Qenitu/ra.  The  male  seed.  Also  the  geni- 
tal organs  of  the  male  or  female. 

Qenonu/si  (from  yevog,  sex,  and  voaoc,  dis- 
ease).    Sexual  diseases. 

Genos.     Sex. 

Gensang'.     See  Ginseng. 

Gen'tian.     The  root  of  the  Gentiana  lutea. 

Gentia'na.     A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Gentianaceaj.     Gentian. 
Gentiana  Alba.     White  gentian. 
Gentiana  Catesbaei.     Blue  gentian. 
Gentiana  Lutea.     Gentiana  rubra.     The  offi- 
cinal gentian.     The  root  is  tonic,  stomachic, 
and  febrifuge. 
Gentiana  Major.     Gentiana  lutea. 

Gentiana'ceae.  The  gentian  tribe  of 
dicotyledonous  plants. 

Gen'tianine.  A  neutral  substance  obtained 
from  gentian. 

Genti  Hi  Morbi.     Hereditary  diseases. 

Ge/nu.  The  knee-joint.  The  articulation 
of  leg  with  thigh. 

Gen'ua  VaPga  (valgus,  crooked).  Knock- 
kneed. 

Genu'gra.     Gout  in  the  knee. 

Ge/nus.  An  assemblage  of  objects  possess- 
ing common  characters  ;  a  kind  or  family  ;  a 
group  of  species. 

Genyantral/gia  (yewg,  jaw,  avrpov,  cave, 
uAyof,  pain).     Pain  in  the  maxillary  sinus. 

GenyantrPtis.  Inflammation  of  the  max- 
illary sinus. 

Genyan/trum.     Maxillary  sinus. 

Genyplasf/y  (from  yevvg,  and  -rclaaau,  to 
form).  The  operation  for  restoring  the  cheek, 
impaired  by  an  injury  or  from  congenital  mal- 
formation. 

GeoPogy  (from  }?;,  the  earth,  and  Aoyog,  a 
discourse).  The  science  of  the  structure  and 
mineral  constitution  of  the  earth,  and  the 
mode  in  which  the  different  materials  that 
compose  it  have  been  formed  and  deposited. 

Geopha'gism  (from  yv,  the  earth,  and  <payu, 
to  eat).     The  practice  of  dirt-eating. 

Georgia  Bark.  The  bark  of  the  Pinckneya 
pubens,  an  American  plant.  It  has  been  used 
as  a  substitute  for  cinchona. 

Germ.  The  germen  ;  the  rudiment  of  a 
being;  the  rudiment  principle.  Blastema. 
The  ovum,  spore,  or  zoospore,  which,  by  fec- 
undation, possesses  the  power  of  developing 
into  an  organism  like  that  wheuce  it  was  de- 
rived. 

Germ  Cell.     The  cell  or  spore  out  of  which  an 
animal  or  vegetable  organism  is  evolved  ;  es- 


pecially a  cell  which  ultimately  develops  into 
either  an  ovum  or  a  spermatozoon. 
Germ,  Dentinal.     A  tooth  papilla  or  pulp. 
Germ  Plasma.     A  portion  of  the  protoplasm 
of  a  germ  cell  which  is  reserved  for  a  new  in- 
dividual ;  opposed  to  histogenetic  plasma. 

German  Silver.  An  alloy  consisting  of  one 
hundred  parts  of  copper,  sixty  parts  of  zinc, 
and  forty  of  nickel. 

Germen.     A  germ. 

Germicide.  An  agent  which  has  the  power 
of  destroying  parasitic  or  microscopic  growths 
or  organisms.  This  term  includes  all  sub- 
stances which  destroy  any  form  of  microbe  or 
diseased  germ. 

Germinal  Cell.     A  cytoblast. 
Germinal  Membrane.     See  Blastoderm. 

Germination  (germinatio).  In  Botany,  the 
act  of  sprouting.  The  first  development  of  a 
seed.     Sprouting  of  a  seed  or  spore. 

Germ=theory.  The  theory  that  all  living 
things  are  produced  solely  by  development  from 
organized  living  matter ;  also  that  infectious 
diseases  are  produced  by  the  development  of 
bacteria  in  the  body. 

Geroco'mia  (from  yepag}  old  age,  and  ko/ieu, 
to  be  concerned  about).  That  part  of  hygiene 
which  relates  to  the  health  of  the  aged. 

Geronto/pia.  Weakness  of  sight  of  the 
aged. 

Gerontox/on.  A  bow-shaped  opacity 
around  the  cornea  occurring  in  aged  persons. 

Gersa.     Plumbi  subcarbonas.     White  lead. 

Gesta/tion  (gestatio ;  from  gesture,  to  carry). 
The  period  during  which  the  pregnant  female 
carries  the  foetus  in  her  womb.  Also  passive 
exercise — such  as  swinging,  riding  in  a  car- 
riage, etc. 

Gesticulation.  The  act  of  making  many 
movements  or  gestures,  a  symptom  exhibited 
in  many  diseases. 

Qeu'ma.     Taste. 

Geusion'osi  (from  yevoig,  taste,  and  voaog, 
disease).  Diseases  of  the  function  or  organ  of 
taste. 

Geu'sis.     Taste. 

Giantoblast/.  A  giant  nucleated  red  blood- 
corpuscle. 

Gibbosity  (gibbositas;  from  gibbus,  a  hunch 
or  swelling  on  the  back).  Gibberosity.  A 
curvature  and  protuberance  of  the  spine. 

Gib'bus.    A  hunch  or  swelling  on  the  back. 

Gid'diness.     Vertigo. 

GiPead,  Balm  of.  The  resinous  juice  of 
the  Amvris  jrileadensis. 


GIL 


282 


GLA 


Gills.  The  respiratory  organs  of  fishes, 
frogs  in  their  tadpole  state,  lobsters,  etc. 

Gimbernat's  Ligament.  The  lower  border 
of  the  aponeurosis,  stretched  from  the  anterior 
and  superior  spinous  process  of  the  ilium  and 
crest  of  the  os  pubis. 

Gin  (geneva).  A  spirit  distilled  from  corn 
and  juniper  berries. 

Gin  'ger.  The  rhizome  of  Zingiber  officinale. 
It  has  a  spicy,  pungent,  hot,  and  biting  taste, 
and  an  aromatic  and  penetrating  odor.  It  is  a 
grateful  stimulant  and  carminative. 

Gingibra'chium  (from  gingivae,  the  gums, 
and  brachium,  the  arm).  Scurvy  is  so  called 
because  the  gums  and  arms  are  the  parts 
affected  by  it. 

Gingivae  (sing,  gingiva).  The  gums.  The 
fibrous  tissue  covered  with  mucous  membrane 
on  the  summit  of  each  alveolar  ridge  and  em- 
bracing the  necks  of  the  teeth. 

Gingival  (gingivalis).  Eelating  to  the 
gums. 

Gingival  Line.  The  blue  or.  purplish  line 
along  the  margin  of  the  gums,  indicative  of 
chronic  lead  poisoning. 
Gingival  Margin.  The  line  or  edge  of  the- 
gums  where  they  meet  the  teeth  ;  the  free 
edge  of  the  gums. 

GingivFtis  (gingiva,  the  gum).  Inflamma- 
tion of  the  gums,  generally  of  the  gum-border 
and  marginal  portion  of  the  peridental  mem- 
brane, occurring  mostly  from  constitutional 
causes,  including  salivation  from  mercury  or 
other  agents. 

Ging/lymoid  (gingly mo 'ulcus ;  from  yiyylv- 
fwg,  a  ginglymus,  and  e«5of,  resemblance).  A 
hinge-joint  ;  a  species  of  diarthrodial  articula- 
tion. 

Gin/glymus.     A  hinge-joint. 

Gir.     Quicklime. 

Gir'asol  (from  gyro,  I  turn,  and  Sol,  the  sun). 
A  milk-white  or  bluish  opal,  which  reflects  a 
reddish  hue  when  turned  to  the  sun. 

Gir'mir.     Tartar. 

Glabella.  The  triangular  space  between 
the  eyebrows. 

Gla'ber.     Glabrous  (which  see). 

Gla'brous  (glaber,  smooth).  Smooth,  with- 
out hairs  or  pubescence. 

Gla/cial  Acet/ic  Acid.  The  strongest  acetic 
acid.     See  Agetum. 

Glacial  Phosphoric  Acid.  A  colorless,  glass- 
like substance,  sometimes  used  as  a  tonic  and 
refrigerant. 

Gla/cies.     Ice. 


Gla/diate.  Ensiform.  Shaped  like  a 
sword. 

Glaire,  or  Glair.     The  white  of  an  egg. 

Glair'ine.  A  gelatinous  vegetable  sub- 
stance found  in  some  thermal  waters. 

Gla/ma.     The  sordes  of  the  eye. 

Glance  (from  glanz,  splendor).  A  term  ap- 
plied in  Mineralogy  to  the  pseudo-metallic  lus- 
tre of  certain  minerals,  as  glance  coral,  etc. 

Gland  (glandula  ;  from  glans,  an  acorn).  In 
Anatomy,  an  organ  destined  for  the  secretion  or 
alteration  of  some  peculiar  fluid.  It  is  com- 
posed of  blood-vessels,  nerves,  and  absorbents, 
and  may  consist  of  a  folliculus,  or  small  bag, 
at  the  termination  of  a  duct ;  lacuna,  or  sac, 
opening  into  the  passage  ;  crypta,  as  in  the 
large  intestines  and  kidneys,  or  acinus,  which 
is  a  round  body  not  regularly  invested  with  a 
membrane,  as  is  seen  in  the  structure  of  the 
liver,  which  is  principally  made  up  of  acini. 
Glands  are  divided  into  simple,  compound,  con- 
globate, and  conglomerate.  A  simple  gland  is  a 
small  hollow  follicle,  with  an  excretory  duct. 
The  mucous  glands  of  the  tongue,  fauces,  nose, 
intestines,  urinary  bladder,  and  the  sebaceous 
glands  of  the  ear,  etc.,  belong  to  this  class. 
A  compound  gland  is  made  up  of  a  number 
of  simple  glands,  the  excretory  ducts  of  which 
unite  in  one  common  duct.  A  conglobate  is  an 
absorbent  or  lymphatic  gland.  The  mesenteric 
and  lumbar  glands  are  of  this  description.  A 
conglomerated  gland  is  formed  of  many  simple 
glands,  the  excretory  ducts  of  which  open  into 
one  common  duct,  as  the  salivary  and  pan- 
creatic glands. 
Gland,  Salivary.     See  SALIVARY  Glands. 

Gland/ers.     See  Equina. 

Glandiform.  Having  the  form  or  texture 
of  a  gland. 

Gland'ium.     A  kernel  in  the  flesh. 

Gland/ula.     A  little  gland. 
Glandula    Bartholinia/na.      The    sublingual 
gland. 

Glandula  Basilars.     The  pituitary  gland. 
Glandula  Innomina/ta  Gale'ni.     The  lachry- 
mal gland. 
Glandula  Pinea/lis.     The  pineal  gland. 
Glandula  Rivinia/na.     The  sublingual  gland. 
Glandula    Saliva/lis  Abdominis.     The  pan- 
creas. 
Glandula  Thyreoide/a.     The   thyroid    gland. 

Glandula;  Articulates.  The  synovial 
glands. 

Glandulae  Brunneri.     Brunner's  glands. 
Glandulse  Cervi'cis  U/teri.     Naboth's  glands. 


GLA 


283 


GLO 


Glandulae  Du'rae   Maoris.     See   GLANDULE 

PACCHIONII. 
Glandulae  Intestina'les.     Peyer's  glands. 
Glandulae    Myrtifor/mes.     Carunculse  myrti- 

formes. 
Glandulae    Odorif'erae.     A   number    of    very 
small  glands  around  the  corona  of  the  penis 
and  clitoris.     They  are  also   called   Tyson's 
glands. 
Glandulae  Pacchio'nii.     A  number  of  small, 
round,  whitish  granulations,  clustered  along 
the  margin  of  the  longitudinal  fissure  of  the 
hemispheres    between    the  dura   mater.     In 
infancy  they  do  not  exist. 
Glandulae  Plexifor'mes.     Peyer's  glands. 
Glandulae     Sebaceae    Ciliares.     The   Meibo- 
mian glands. 
Glandulae  Vasculo/sae.   Conglomerate  glands. 
Gland  ular       (glandulosus).       Glandulous. 
Having    the    form,    structure,     function,     or 
appearance  of  glands. 

Glans.     A  gland.     Also  an  acorn. 
Glans     Clitor'idis.      The    extremity    of   the 

clitoris. 
Glans  Pe'nis.     The  extremity  of  the  penis. 
GIare/a.     Gravel. 

Glass  (vitrum).  A  compound  of  silica  and 
potassa,  soda  or  lime.  In  Chemistry,  a  sub- 
stance or  mixture,  earthy,  saline,  or  metallic, 
brought  by  fusion  into  the  state  of  a  hard, 
brittle,  transparent  mass,  as  the  glass  of  anti- 
mony, etc. 

Glass  of  Antimony  {antimonii  vitrum).    Vitri- 
fied antimony. 
Glass,  SoPuble.    Liquid  silex.    This  is  formed 
by  combining  potash  or  soda  with  silicic  acid 
or  silica.  It  presents  the  usual  vitreous  aspect, 
but  is  easily  dissolved  in  water.     It  is   used 
as  a  paint  for  paper,  cloth,  wood,  etc.,  to  pre- 
vent or  retard    their  inflammability.     Also 
used   to  prevent  the  adhesion  of  the  rubber 
during  vulcanization  and    to    repair   broken 
plaster  casts.     There  are  four  kinds  of  soluble 
glass  :  (1)  The  silicate  of  soda  ;  (2)  silicate  of 
potassa  ;  (3)  silicate  of  soda  and  potassa  ;  (4) 
soluble  glass  ibr  fixing  colors,  a  combination 
mainly  with  silicate — saturated  double  sili- 
cate. 
Glass/wort.     The  popular   name   of  some 
species  of  Salicornia,  a  plant  that  yields  a  large 
quantity  of  soda  ;  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
glass. 

Glau'ber's  Salt.     Sulphate  of  soda  (which 
see). 
Glauce'do.     See  Glaucoma. 


Glauci  na.  A  term  applied  in  Pathology 
to  cow-pox,  from  the  grayish-blue  tint  of  the 
vesicles. 

Glau'colite  (from  yfaivicoc,  sea-green).  A 
mineral  of  a  bluish-green  color  ;  a  silicate  of 
alumina  and  lime. 

Glaucoma  (from  y'Aavnoq,  sea-green).  Dim- 
ness of  vision  from  opacity  of  the  vitreous 
humor  ;  also  cataract.  Odontalgia  has  given 
rise  to  this  affection  of  the  eye. 

Glauco/sis.     Glaucoma. 

Glaucous  (glaucos).  Of  a  bluish -green  or 
light-gray  color. 

Gle/chon  (mentha  pulegium).     Pennyroyal. 

GlechonPtis.  Wine  impregnated  with 
pennyroyal. 

Gledit/schine.     See  Stenocakpixe. 

Gleet.  A  mucous  discharge  from  the  ure- 
thra, sometimes  the  sequela  of  gonorrhoea. 

Gle'ne  (ytyvr?,  the  pupil  of  the  eye).  Also 
a  shallow  cavity  in  a  bone  for  receiving  the 
articular  extremity  of  another  bone. 

Glenoid'  (glene;  from  yAijvii,  pupil,  and 
eidog,  resemblance).  A  shallow  articular  cavity 
in  a  bone,  as  the  glenoid  cavity  of  the  scapula 
and  of  the  temporal  bone. 

Glenoid  Ligament.  A  fibro-cartilaginous  ring 
which  surrounds  and  increases  the  depth  of 
the  glenoid  cavity  of  the  scapula,  formed,  ap- 
parently, by  the  expansion  of  the  long  head  of 
the  biceps  flexor  cubiti  muscle. 

Gli  adine  (from  y/ua,  glue).  Vegetable 
albumen.     One  of  the  constituents  of  gluten. 

Glischroch'olos  (from  y?aaxP°S,  viscid,  and 
xo^n,  bile).     Bilious,  viscid  excrement. 

Glisomar'go.     Chalk. 

Glisson's  Capsule.  The  fibrous  envelope 
of  the  liver.     See  Capsule  of  Glisson. 

Glo'bate  (globatus).  Spherical,  spheroidal, 
globe-like. 

Globe.  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  the 
eyeball,  from  its  globular  shape. 

Glo'bin  (from  globus,  a  globe).  A  native 
proteid  substance  which,  combined  with  hsem- 
atin,  forms  haemoglobin. 

Globose'  (globosus).     Round  ;   globular. 

Glob'ular  (globus,  a  globe).  Like  a  globe. 
Globular  Dentine.  Dentine  first  deposited  in 
the  matrix  in  the  form  of  isolated  globules, 
which  increase  in  size  and  ultimately  coal- 
esce, their  outlines  becoming  obliterated  by 
the  deposition  of  calcareous  salts  in  their  in- 
terstices. 

Glob'ule  (globulus).  A  minute  sphere  or 
globe. 


GLO 


284 


GLU 


Globules  in  Pulp.  Globular  masses  of 
dentine  within  the  substance  of  the  dental 
pulp. 

Globules,  Red,  of  the  Blood.     Blood  corpus- 
cles.    Blood   disks.     Small    globular    bodies 
observed  iu  the  blood  when  examined  with  a 
microscope.      Chemically,    they     consist    of 
hseniatin  and  globulin.     Their  average  long 
diameter  is  about  ^^  part  of  an  inch.     The 
blood   also  contains  white  or  pale   globules, 
thought  to  be  lymph  and  chyle  corpuscles  in 
process  of  development  into  red  corpuscles 
They  are  circular  in  mammalia  and  elliptical 
in  birds  and  reptiles. 
Glob/uIin.    A  peculiar  albuminous  principle 
mixed  with  hseniatin  in  the  red  corpuscles  of 
the  blood.     It  is  found  pure  only  in  the  crys- 
talline lens. 

Glo'bus.     A  globe  or  ball. 
Globus    Hystericus.      A   sensation    experi- 
enced by  hysterical   persons,  as  if  a   round 
body  were  rising  from   the  abdomen  to  the 
larynx. 
Globus  Major  Epididymis.     The  upper  end 
of  the  epididymis,  which  is  much  larger  than 
the  lower. 
Globus  Martia'lis.     Potassio-tartrate  of  iron. 
Globus  Minor  Epididymis.     The  lower  por- 
tion of  the  epididymis. 

Globus  Uteri'nus.      The  round   ball   of  the 
uterus  after  delivery  is  so  termed,  as  it  may 
be  felt  through  the  parietes  of  the  abdomen. 
GIo/mer.     A  conglomerated  gland. 
Glom'erate   (glomeratus).     In  Anatomy,   a 
gland  having  no  cavity  but  furnished  with  an 
excretory  duct,  as  the  lachrymal  and  mammary 
glands  ;    descriptive  of  a  gland   consisting  of 
vessels  so   congregated  together  as  to  form  a 
great  surface  of  tissue  in  a  small  space. 
Glo'noin.     Nitroglycerin  (which  see). 
Glos'sa    (from    yluaaa,   the   tongue).     The 
tongue. 

Glos/sagra  (from  yluaoa,  the  tongue,  and 
aypa,  a  seizure).     Severe  pain  of  the  tongue. 

Glossal  (from  y^aooa,  tongue).  Pertaining 
to  the  tongue. 

Glossal'gia.     Glossagra. 
Glossan'thrax  (from  yTuxxaa,  the  tongue, 
and  av&pat-,  a  carbuncle).     A  carbuncle  of  the 
tongue. 
Glossian'us.     The  lingual  muscle. 
Glossitis  (from   yhuaoa,  the   tongue,   and 
trig,   a  termination    .signifying    inflammation). 
[nflammal  ion  of  I  he  tongue. 
Glossocat'ochos  (from  yhuaaa,  the  tongue, 


and  kcitexu,  I  arrest).     An  instrument  for  de 
pressing  the  tongue. 

Glossoce'Ie  (from  yluaaa,  the  tongue,  and 
KyZy,  a  tumor).     Protrusion  of  the  tongue. 

Glossoc'oma.     Eetraction  of  the  tongue. 

Glossoepiglot'tic.  Pertaining  to  the  tongue 
and  epiglottis. 

Glossog'raphy  (glossographia  ;  from  7/ woon, 
the  tongue,  and  ypa<f>n,  a  description).  A  de- 
scription of  the  tongue. 

Glossoi'des  (y?iuaaa!  and  eidog,  a  form). 
Resembling  the  tongue. 

GIossol.     Of  or  pertaining  to  the  tongue. 

Glossology  (glossologia ;  from  y"kuoua,  the 
tongue,  and  A070C,  a  treatise).  A  treatise  on 
the  tongue.  The  term,  however,  is  usually 
used  to  designate  a  vocabulary  or  dictionary 
explanatory  of  obscure,  antiquated,  or  local 
words. 

Glossol'ysis  (from  yluaoa,  the  tongue,  and 
Awf,  solution).     Paralysis  of  the  tongue. 

Glossomanti'a  (from  yluoca,  the  tongue, 
and  jj.avTti.ia,  divination).  Prognosis  from  the 
appearance  and  condition  of  the  tongue. 

Glosson/cus  (from  y?Mooa,  the  tongue,  and 
oy/wf,  a  tumor).  A  swelling  of  or  tumor  on 
the  tongue. 

Glossopharyngeal  Nerves.  The  eighth 
pair  of  cranial  nerves. 

Glossopharynge'us.  Pertaining  to  the 
tongue  and  pharynx,  as  the  glossopharyngeal 
nerves  and  mnscles. 

Glossople'gia.     See  Glossolysis. 

GIossorrha/phy  (y?.uooa,  and  pa<j»j,  a 
suture).  The  suture  or  sewing  up  of  a 
wound   of   the   tongue. 

Glossosco'pia  (yluaaa,  and  caoireio,  to  ex- 
amine). Examination  of  the  tongue  as  a  prin- 
cipal means  of  diagnosis  ;  glossoscopy. 

Glossostere/sis  (y?iuaaa,  and  arepeu,  to 
deprive).  Excision  or  extirpation  of  the 
tongue. 

Glossot'omy  (glossotomia ;  from  yAuaaa,  the 
tongue,  and  repvetv,  to  cut).  Excision  or  dis- 
section of  the  tongue. 

Glot'ta  (glosm).     Tongue. 

Glot/tis  (from  ylurra,  the  tongue).  A  tri- 
angular opening  at  the  upper  part  of  the 
larynx,  bounded  on  the  sides  by  the  chordae 
vocales  and  arytenoid  cartilages  and  behind  by 
the  arytenoideus  muscle. 

Glu'cic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  by  the 
action  of  alkalies  on  sugar. 

Gluci/na  (from  yhvicvg,  sweet).  An  earth 
found  in  the  emerald,  beryl,  and  enclase. 


GLU 


285 


GLY 


Glucinium.  The  metallic  base  of  the 
earth  glucina. 

Glu/cose  (from  yXvKvg,  sweet).  Grape 
sugar.  Diabetic  or  starch  sugar.  The  sugar 
found  in  acid  fruits  and  plants  ;  grape  sugar  ; 
dextrose  ;  a  form  of  sugar  occurring  in  the 
blood,  lymph,  and  other  animal  fluids  and 
tissues. 

Glycoside  (from  glucose,  sweet,  and  eidog, 
resemblance).  A  number  of  compounds  that 
may  be  resolved  by  the  presence  of  acids  into 
glucose  and  another  principle. 

Glu'cosine.  Ptomaine  bases  formed  by  the 
action  of  ammonia  on  glucose. 

Glucosu/ria.     See  Diabetes. 

Glue.  Inspissated  jelly  from  the  parings  of 
hides,  hoofs,  etc.     Impure  gelatin. 

Glu'tasus.     See  Gluteus. 

Glutamic  Acid.  A  crystalline  acid,  C5H9- 
N04,  occurring  as  a  product  of  proteid  decom- 
position. 

Glutaric  Acid.  A  crystalline  acid,  C5H804, 
found  in  decomposed  pus. 

Glute'al.     Pertaining  to  the  buttocks. 
Gluteal  Artery.     A  continuation  of  the  pos- 
terior internal  iliac  artery. 
Gluteal  Nerve.    A  branch  of  the  lumbo-sacral 
nerve. 

Glu/ten.  A  peculiar  viscid  substance  found 
in  wheat  and  other  grains  possessing  glutinous 
and  nutritive  properties.  It  resembles  albu- 
men. 

Glute'us  (from  y/Wrof,  the  buttocks).  A 
name  given  to  muscles,  arteries,  etc.,  of  the 
buttocks. 

Gluteus  Max'imus.  A  thick,  fleshy  muscle 
of  a  quadrangular  shape,  forming  the  con- 
vexity of  the  buttocks. 

Gluteus  Me'dius.  A  thick,  dense  muscle  sit- 
uated in  front  and  partly  beneath  the  gluteus 
maximus. 

Gluteus  Minimus.  A  radiated  muscle  situ- 
ated beneath  the  gluteus  medius. 

Glu'tia.  The  buttocks,  or  nates.  Also  the 
corpora  quadrigemini. 

Glu'tin.  A  variety  of  gelatin  obtained 
from  bone  and  skin  ;  contains  sulphur  and 
eighteen  per  cent,  of  nitrogen. 

Glu'tinous  (c/lulinosos).  Adhesive  ;  sticky  ; 
tenacious. 

Gluti/tis  (y/lovrof,  the  buttock).  Inflamma- 
tion of  the  buttocks  or  of  the  glutei  muscles. 

Glut'ton.     One  who  eats  to  excess. 

Glut/tony.     Bulimia.     Excessive  appetite. 

Glu'tus.     The  buttock. 


Glycas'ma  (from  y/.wcuc,  sweet).  A  sweet 
medicated  wine. 

Glyceratum.     See  Glycerite. 

Glyceride.  A  compound  of  glycerin  with 
an  acid  ;  a  salt  of  glyceryl. 

Glycerin,  or  Gly/cerine.  A  sweet  sub- 
stance obtained  from  fats  and  fixed  oils,  re- 
sulting from  a  modification  of  oxide  of  gly- 
ceryl. Alterative,  demulcent,  nutrient,  and 
emollient. 

In  Dental  Practice  glycerin  is  used  as  a 
solvent  of  other  remedies  and  as  an  emollient 
in  alveolar  abscess,  diseases  of  mucous  mem- 
brane, etc.  Combined  with  iodine,  carbolic 
acid,  etc.,  very  valuable  preparations  are  em- 
ployed in  the  treatment  of  chronic  affections 
of  the  mouth  and  teeth.  For  dental  applica- 
tion see  Gorgas'  "  Dental  Medicine." 

Gly/cerite,  or  Glyceri'tum.  A  glycerite, 
or  mixture  of  medicinal  substances  with  gly- 
cerin. 

Glycer'oborate  of  Calcium.  A  powerful 
antiseptic  obtained  from  borate  of  calcium  and 
glycerin. 

Glyceroborate  of  Sodium.  A  powerful  anti- 
septic obtained  from  borate  of  sodium  and 
glycerin. 

Glyc/erole  of  Thy/mol.  Glycerin  com- 
bined Avith  thymol  ;  employed  in  Dental 
Practice  in  the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the 
dental  pulp  and  alveolar  abscess,  and  as  an 
antiseptic  generally.  See  Thymol.  For  den- 
tal uses  see  Gorgas'  "  Dental  Medicine." 

Glyceryl.  Glycerule.  A  hypothetical 
radicle  of  glycerin  ;  the  trivalent  radicle,  C3H5, 
of  glycerin. 

Gly'cine.  Glycocol.  Sugar  of  gelatin. 
A  sweet  substance  obtained  from  gelatin  by 
boiling  it  with  sulphuric  acid  or  with  caustic 
potash. 

Glycocho'Iic  Acid.  Cholic  acid  conjugated 
with  glycine. 

Glycocine.  Glycocol.  A  crystalline  sub- 
stance, C2H5N02=  C2H2(N— H2)O.OH,  or  ami- 
do-acetic  acid,  having  the  properties  of  both 
an  acid  and  a  base  ;  produced  by  the  decompo- 
sition of  gelatin  and  of  hippuric  and  glyco- 
cholic  acids. 

Glycogen.  A  carbohydrate.  A  white 
amorphous  powder  known  as  animal  starch. 
Occurs  in  the  blood,  liver,  growing  cartilage, 
and  leucocytes.  Changed  by  ferments  into 
glucose. 

Glycol.     A  diatomic  alcohol. 
Glyconin.     Glycerite  of  yolk  of  egg. 


GLY 


286 


GOL 


Glycose.     See  GLrcosE.     See  Glucoside. 

Qlyco=thymoline.  A  combination  of 
thymoline,  sodium,  boracic  acid,  benzoin,  sali- 
cylic acid,  eucalyptol,  betula-senta,  menthol, 
and  pini  pumillionis.  It  is  alkaline,  antiseptic, 
and  deodorizing. 

Glycyrrhi'za  (from  y?.vavg,  sweet,  and  pita, 
a  root).  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Fabacese. 
Liquorice. 

Glycyrrhiza  Glab/ra.  The  officinal  liquorice. 
The  root  and  extract  are  demulcent,  emol- 
lient, and  nutritive,  and  are  used  in  inflam- 
matory affections  of  the  mucous  membranes, 
especially  of  the  respiratory  organs. 

Glycyrrhi'zine.     The  sugar  of  liquorice. 

Glys'ter.     An  enema. 

Gnathi'dia  (from  yva&og,  a  jaw).  A  term 
in  Ornithology,  applied  to  the  rami  of  the  lower 
jaw,  which  are  joined  to  the  cranium  behind 
and  meet  in  front  at  a  greater  or  less  angle. 

Qnathi/tis  (from  yvadog,  the  cheek,  the 
jaw).    Inflammation  of  the  cheek  or  upper  jaw. 

Qnathoplas/ty.  Operation  for  repairing 
any  deficiency  of  the  cheek  by  appropriating  a 
sufficient  portion  of  the  soft  parts  contiguous. 

Gnathople'gia  (from  yva&og,  and  n^r/yv,  a 
stroke).     Paralysis  of  the  cheek. 

Gnathorrhag'ia  (from  yvadog,  and  pvywfii, 
to  burst  forth).  Haemorrhage  from  the  internal 
surface  of  the  cheek. 

Gnathospas'mus  (from  yvadog,  and  atraa/iog, 
a  spasm).  A  spasmodic  contraction  of  the 
muscles  of  the  lower  jaw. 

Gnathothe'ca  (from  yva&og,  and  dr/io/,  a 
sheath).  In  Ornithology,  the  horny  integument 
of  the  beak. 

Goa  Powder.  The  powder  furnishing 
chrysarobin. 

Goad/by's  Solution.  A  preparation  for 
preserving  animal  substances,  made  of  bay 
salt,  corrosive  sublimate  or  arsenious  acid,  and 
water. 

Goitre.     Bronchocele  (which  see). 

Gold  (aurum).  Atomic  weight,  196.2. 
Symbol,  Au.  The  most  valuable  of  metals, 
found  either  in  its  native  state  or  combined 
with  silver,  copper,  or  iron.  It  is  of  a  yellow 
color,  very  brilliant,  and  possessed  of  great 
density,  ductility,  and  malleability. 

In  Therapeutics  various  preparations  of  it 
are  used,  and  in  Dental  Surgery  it  is  very  ex- 
tensively employed,  both  for  filling  teeth  and 
in  the  construction  of  dental  substitutes  and 
artificial  palates  and  obturators.  With  the 
exception  of  platina  and  aluminum,  it  is  the 


only  metal  that  can  be  placed  in  the  mouth 
without  change  of  color.  When  used  for  till- 
ing teeth  it  should  be  pure,  but  for  other 
dental  purposes  it  should  contain  a  small 
quantity  of  alloy. 

Gold,  Alloying  of.  Gold  plate.  Gold  in  an 
unalloyed  or  pure  state  is  too  soft  to  serve 
as  a  basis  or  support  for  artificial  teeth,  and, 
consequently,  it  has  been  found  necessary  to 
combine  with  it  some  other  metal  or  metals 
to  increase  its  hardness  and  elasticity.  Silver 
and  copper  are  the  alloys  most  frequently 
employed.  The  following  standards  of  fine- 
ness may  be  regarded  as  the  best  that  can  be 
adopted  for  gold  to  be  used  in  connection  with 
artificial  teeth  : 

Plate  for  the  upper  jaw,  twenty  carats  ;  for 
the  lower,  twenty-one  ;  and  for  clasps  and 
wire  for  spiral  springs,  eighteen.  In  reducing 
perfectly  pure,  or  twenty-four  carat,  gold  to 
these  standards  the  following  are  the  proper 
proportions  of  alloy  to  be  employed  : 

1.  For  twenty-two  carat  gold  take  22  dwts. 
pure  gold,  1  dwt.  pure  copper,  18  grs.  pure 
silver,  and  6  grs.  pure  platinum. 

2.  For  twenty  carat  gold  take  20  dwts. 
pure  gold,  2  dwts.  fine  copper,  and  2  dwts. 
si  lver. 

3.  For  twenty-one  carat  gold  take  21  dwts. 
pure  gold,  2  dwts.  pure  copper,  and  1  dwt. 
pure  silver.  Or,  gold  coin,  20  dwts  ;  pure 
silver,  13  +  grs. 

4.  For  eighteen  carat  gold  take  18  dwts.  pure 
gold,  4  dwts.  pure  copper,  and  2  dwts.  pure 
silver.  Or,  gold  coin,  20  dwts.  ;  pure  copper, 
2  dwts.  ;  pure  silver,  2  dwts. 

Gold  twenty  or  twenty-two-carats  fine,  in  which 
the  reducing  constituents  are  copper  and  plat- 
inum, has  greater  strength  and  greater  power 
of  resisting  the  chemical  action  of  the  fluids 
of  the  mouth  :  for  example,  plate  composed 
of  gold  coin,  20  dwts.,  and  pure  platinum, 
10  grs. 

The  gold  should  be  first  melted  in  a  clean  cru- 
cible, in  the  manner  to  be  hereafter  described, 
and  as  soon  as  it  has  become  thoroughly  fused 
the  silver  and  then  the  copper  should  be 
thrown  in,  with  two  or  three  small  lumps  of 
borax.  After  keeping  the  whole  in  a  fused 
state  for  some  five  or  ten  minutes  it  may  be 
poured  into  an  ingot  mould  of  the  proper  size, 
previously  warmed  and  thoroughly  oiled.  If 
the  gold  cracks  during  the  process  of  ham- 
mering or  rolling  it  should  be  again  melted 
and  a  few  small  pieces  of  borax,  with  a  little 


GOL 


287 


GOL 


muriate  of  ammonia,  thrown  in.  In 'five  or 
ten  minutes  it  may  be  again  cast  into  an  ingot. 

When  scraps  and  filings  are  to  be  converted 
into  plate  they  should  first  be  refined  and 
afterward  properly  alloyed.  This  may  also 
be  necessary  with  all  gold  the  quality  or  fine- 
ness of  which  is  not  known  ;  but  with  na- 
tional coins  having  a  known  fixed  standard 
this  will  not  be  necessary,  unless  they  are 
below  twenty -one  or  twenty  carats.  See 
Gold  Solders. 

Gold  and  Porcelain  Crowns.  An  artificial 
crown  attached  to  the  natural  root  of  a  tooth, 
the  exposed  portion  of  which  consists  of  a  por- 
celain facing,  backed  with  gold,  and  to  which 
is  attached  the  pivot,  inserted  into  the  root- 
canal  by  means  of  oxyphosphate  or  other 
cement. 

Gold  and  Porcelain  Partial  Crowns.  One 
form  consists  of  a  cross-pin  plate  tooth  ground 
down  to  a  size  and  shape  that  will  properly 
restore  the  lost  part  of  the  crown  of  a  natural 
tooth  and  form  an  accurate  joint  with  the 
labial  edge,  the  cap  being  backed  with  gold 
and  soldered  to  a  post  or  pivot  of  platinum 
connected  with  a  thin  platinum  cap,  which,  in 
the  form  of  a  disk,  covers  the  exposed  surface 
of  the  root.  The  partial  crown  is  secured  in 
position  with  oxyphosphate  of  zinc. 

Gold,  Annealing  of.  The  softening  of  gold  by 
means  of  heat  to  reduce  the  hardness  caused 
by  the  mechanical  forces  to  which  it  has  been 
subjected  in  its  manufacture.  When  swag- 
ing a  gold  plate  it  is  necessary  to  frequently 
anneal  or  soften  the  gold,  as  the  hammering 
renders  it  hard  and  unyielding.  In  the  case 
of  a  gold  plate  this  is  readily  done  by  means 
of  the  blow-pipe,  the  plate  being  held  on  a 
piece  of  charcoal  in  contact  with  the  alcohol 
flame  until  it  is  heated  to  a  cherry-red  color, 
when  it  can  be  plunged  in  water  to  cool  it. 
The  annealing  of  gold  for  filling  teeth  can  be 
performed  by  rapidly  passing  it  through  the 
flame  of  a  spirit-lamp  until  all  foreign  matters 
are  driven  from  it,  or  by  placing  a  sheet  upon 
a  wire  grating  and  holding  it  over  the  flame 
of  a  spirit-lamp.  Some  use  a  thin  plate  of 
platina  or  mica,  upon  which  the  gold  is  placed, 
and  the  plate  heated  ;  others  place  the  gold 
sheet  directly  upon  a  charcoal  fire.  Another 
process  is  to  boil  the  sheet  of  foil  in  dilute 
sulphuric  or  muriatic  acid,  and,  after  carefully 
washing  off  the  acid,  to  dry  it  by  means  of 
heat.     See  Annealing. 

Gold,  Chloride  of.     Terchloride.     This  form 


of  gold  is  obtained  by  dissolving  pure  gold  in 
three  times  its  weight  of  muriatic  acid  with 
the  aid  of  moderate  heat.  The  solution  is 
evaporated  by  a  gentle  heat  nearly  to  dryness, 
being  at  the  same  time  well  stirred  with  a 
glass  rod.  It  is  in  the  form  of  a  crystalline 
mass  of  a  deep  red  color.  Its  solution  has  a 
fine  yellow  tint.  Being  deliquescent,  it  must 
be  kept  in  ground-stoppered  bottles.  It  is  a 
virulent  poison,  even  more  active  than  corro- 
sive sublimate.  It  has  been  used  as  a  caustic. 
In  dentistry  it  has  been  employed  in  the  form 
of  an  ethereal  solution  for  the  treatment  of 
sensitive  dentine. 

Gold  Clasps.  The  following  formula?  will 
prove  suitable  for  clasps,  backings,  spring 
wire,  and  hard  wire  for  crown-posts,  and 
wherever  elasticity  and  great  strength  are 
required  : 

Pure  gold, 20  dwts. 

Pure  copper, 2  dwts. 

Pure  silver,      1  dwt. 

Pure  platinum, 1  dwt. 

Or 

Coin  gold, 20  dwts. 

Pure  copper, 8  grs. 

Pure  silver, 10  grs. 

Pure  platinum, 20  grs. 

Gold,  Cohesive  Shred.  A  preparation  of  gold 
for  filling  teeth  invented  by  E.  Lamm.  This 
form  of  gold  is  similar  in  some  respects  to 
crystal  or  sponge  gold.  The  following  direc- 
tions are  given  for  using  shred  gold  :  "  Sepa- 
rate the  gold  with  a  small  excavator,  or,  more 
properly,  a  fork  and  hook  made  for  the  pur- 
pose into  pieces  suitable  to  the  size  of  the 
cavity  to  be  filled — half  or  two-thirds  the  size 
of  the  cavity.  Should  there  be  any  tendency 
to  crumble,  pass  it  through  a  spirit-flame  and 
bring  it  to  a  moderate  red  heat  or  anneal  in  a 
metallic  or  porcelain  vessel  over  a  spirit-lamp, 
as  may  be  preferred.  The  observance  of  this 
rule  will  insure  perfect  cohesion  and  freedom 
from  crumbling.  Ordinarily,  the  heating 
process  is  not  requisite.  Either  hand  pressure 
or  mallet  pluggers  may  be  successfully  used, 
provided  the  points  are  not  too  small  or  deeply 
serrated.  Instruments  best  suited  to  this 
preparation  should  be  tolerably  blunt,  with 
shallow  serrations  resembling  somewhat  i In- 
ordinary hand -pressure  condensers.  Care 
should  be  observed  in  handling  the  gold  not 
to  compress  the  fibre." 


GOL 


288 


GOL 


Gold  Crowns.  Portions  of  the  natural  crowns 
of  teeth  capped  with  gold,  thereby  restoring 
the  contour.  Gold  crowns  are  also  constructed 
on  the  roots  of  teeth  by  building  up  cohesive 
gold  or  caps  fitting  the  uecks  of  such  roots 
and  secured  by  oxyphosphate  cement,  a  pin  or 
pivot  or  screw  fixed  in  the  root-canal  giving 
additional  stability. 

Gold  Crowns,  Partial.  Caps  of  gold  plate 
employed  for  the  protection  of  plastic  fillings 
in  large  cavities  and  for  the  restoration  of  con- 
tour when,  for  any  cause,  a  solid  metallic 
filling  can  not  be  inserted.  Such  caps  are 
secured  by  the  oxyphosphate  filling. 

Gold,  Crystal  or  Sponge.  See  Crystal 
Gold. 

Gold,  Crystallized  and  Sponge.  Preparations 
of  gold  bearing  these  titles  have  been  intro- 
duced to  the  notice  of  the  dental  profession 
and  have  been  pretty  extensively  used.  They 
weld  well  and  are  especially  adapted  to  fill- 
ings in  crown  cavities  in  the  lower  jaw. 

The  crystallized  gold  is  usually  obtained  in  flat 
masses  of  a  porous  texture,  of  a  reddish-brown 
or  yellow  tint,  with  here  and  there  a  golden 
lustre.  Some  of  the  specimens  have  a  brilliant 
golden  hue.  All  of  these  when  examined 
with  a  lens  will  be  found  to  be  made  up  of  a 
mass  of  confused  crystals  of  the  precious 
metal.     See  Crystal  Gold. 

Sponge  gold  is  commonly  found  in  small,  red- 
dish-brown masses,  destitute  of  the  lustre 
which  we  occasionally  see  in  the  crystallized 
variety.  It  is  prepared  very  much  in  the 
same  manner  as  the  other.  Some  have  made 
it  from  an  alloy  of  gold  and  silver  by  dissolv- 
ing out  the  latter  metal  with  nitric  acid  and 
heating  the  sponge  to  redness.  This  method 
is  objectionable,  because  some  silver  is  always 
retained.  It  is  better  procured  by  igniting 
the  tercbloride. 

Gold  Foil,  Cohesive.  That  condition  of  gold 
foil  in  which  the  leaves  unite  readily  and 
firmly  together — a  property  of  cohesion.  To 
Dr.  Robert  Arthur,  of  Baltimore,  is  due  the 
credit  of  having  first  directed  the  attention  of 
the  dental  profession  to  this  form  of  gold  foil 
and  to  the  manner  of  working  it.  It  is  neces- 
sary that  the  first  gold  introduced  into  the 
cavity  should  be  (irmly  fixed,  in  order  that  it 
should  act  as  a  base  for  the  bulk  to  be  built 
upon  it.  See  Gold  Foil,  Dentist's;  also 
Cohesive  Foil. 

Gold  Foil,  Dentist's  (aurum  foliatum).  Cold 
leaf.    Gold  foil,  as  used  by  dentists  for  filling 


teeth,  is  gold  hammered  into  a  thin  leaf,  but 
finer  in  quality  and  of  much  greater  thickness 
than  the  article  ordinarily  known  as  gold  leaf. 

The  art  of  preparing  gold  foil  is  an  exceedingly 
nice  and  difficult  one,  and  has  attained  greater 
perfection  in  the  United  States  than  in  any 
other  country,  as  one  evidence  of  which  we 
may  mention  that  many  of  the  most  eminent 
European  practitioners  procure  their  supplies 
from  this  country. 

Gold,  as  at  present  supplied  to  the  dentist,  is 
divided  into  soft  or  plain  gold  foil  and  adhe- 
sive gold  foil,  the  appreciable  difference  be- 
tween them  being  that  the  latter  possesses 
the  quality  of  adhering  or  welding  together 
with  much  less  pressure  when  freshly  pre- 
pared than  the  former. 

The  thickness  of  the  individual  sheet  or  leaf  is, 
or  should  be,  indicated  by  the  expression  of 
the  weight  in  grains  of  each  sheet.  Thus,  a 
sheet  of  No.  4  should  weigh  four  grains ;  No. 

5,  five  grains,  and  so  on.  Consequently,  a 
troy  ounce  of  No.  4  contains  120  sheets,  while 
the  same  weight  of  No.  6  will  contain  only  80 
sheets.     The  numbers  most  in  use  are  2,  4,  5, 

6,  10,  20,  30,  60, 120,  and  240,  the  latter  num- 
bers being  seldom  employed  and  mostly  for 
completing  the  surfaces  of  fillings. 

When  properly  prepared,  gold  foil  is  made 
from  absolutely  pure  gold,  and  particular 
attention  given  to  the  annealing  process  by 
the  manufacturer ;  this  latter  is  of  as  much 
vital  importance  as  the  former.  There  are 
various  methods  of  freeing  gold  from  foreign 
matter  or  alloy,  for  a  general  account  of  which 
see  Refining  of  Gold,  but  the  most  effectual 
and  certain  method  by  which  gold  can  be 
made  absolutely  pure  is  by  dissolving  in  aqua 
regia  (royal  water)  a  mixture  of  nitric  and 
muriatic  acids  in  proportion  of  one  part  of  the 
former  to  four  of  the  latter. 

The  bullion  to  be  refined  (composed,  say,  of 
gold,  silver,  and  copper),  previously  prepared 
by  graining  or  passing  through  the  rolls,  is 
put  into  a  glass  matrass  and  a  suitable  quan- 
tity of  the  aqua  regia  poured  on  it  and  then 
submitted  to  heat  in  a  water  or  sand-bath. 
The  gold  and  the  copper  are  dissolved  and 
remain  in  solution,  while  the  silver  is  precipi- 
tated to  the  bottom  of  the  matrass  as  a  chlo- 
ride in  a  grayish-white  powder. 

The  solution  must  be  carefully  decanted  from 
the  chloride  into  a  solution  of  protosulphate 
of  iron,  at  the  bottom  of  which,  after  a  short 
interval,  the  gold  will  be  found  precipitated  in 


GOL 


289 


GOL 


the  form  of  a  reddish-brown  powder.  This 
precipitate  must  be  well  digested  in  muriatic 
acid,  then  in  boiling  water,  and,  after  drying, 
maybe  melted  with  a  little  borax.  The  whole 
operation  is  a  very  delicate  one,  requiring  con- 
siderable experience  and  the  exercise  of  great 
patience,  care,  and  attention  to  insure  success. 
The  gold  is  cast  into  ingots  about  one  inch 
wide,  and  portions  of  it  (varying  in  weight 
according  to  the  number  intended  to  be  made) 
are  cut  off  and  pressed  between  fine  steel  rolls 
until  the  proper  thickness  is  reached,  which 
for  No.  4  is  when  a  piece  of  the  ribbon  one  inch 
square  will  weigh  about  five  grains.  Two 
hundred  of  these  inch-square  pieces  of  gold 
are  filled  into  the  centre  of  a  four-inch  square 
packet,  composed  of  pieces  of  vellum  or  of  a 
peculiar  paper,  a  square  of  the  gold  and  a 
piece  of  the  vellum  or  paper  alternating  all 
the  way  through.  The  packet,  which  is  tech- 
nically called  a  "cutch,"  is  then  tightly  in- 
cased on  all  sides  by  strongparchment  casings, 
and  is  ready  for  beating.  The  hammers  used 
weigh  from  twelve  to  sixteen  pounds,  and  are 
wielded  with  one  hand,  the  other  being  em- 
ployed in  regularly  turning  the  cutch  around 
and  over,  so  as  to  bring  every  part  of  it  equally 
under  the  hammer. 
The  beating  is  commenced  upon  the  centre  of 
the  cutch,  where  the  squares  of  gold  are  piled, 
but  as  the  squares  enlarge  by  the  force  of  the 
blows,  the  direction  of  the  hammering  is 
moved  outward  apace,  the  skill  of  the  work- 
man being  proved  by  his  ability  to  keep  the 
enlarging  gold  in  the  cutch  as  nearly  square  as 
when  started.  The  beating  is  continued  until 
the  edges  of  the  gold  are  driven  out  beyond 
the  edges  of  the  cutch,  when  it  is  carefully 
scraped  off  and  weighed  from  time  to  time, 
until  the  proper  quantity  has  been  taken  off. 
The  sheets  of  foil  are  then  laid  out  from  the 
cutch,  the  rough  edges  trimmed  smooth  and 
even,  and  they  are  ready  for  the  process  of 
softening  or  annealing.  This  is  an  important 
process,  and  each  manufacturer  has  his  own 
method  of  doing  it,  the  details  of  which  are 
seldom  made  known.  The  general  principle 
is  that  by  exposure  to  heat ;  the  soft,  kid-like 
quality  of  absolutely  pure  gold  may  be  re- 
stored to  sheets  of  foil  that  have  been  rendered 
hard,  harsh,  and  unyielding  by  the  hammer- 
ing they  have  been  subjected  to.  After  an- 
nealing, the  foil  is  placed  in  books,  preparatory 
to  exposure  for  sale.  See  Gold,  Annealing 
of. 

19 


The  vellum  books  formerly  made  use  of  for 
tools  were  the  relics  of  centuries  gone  by, 
many  of  them  beautifully  illuminated,  the 
different  colors  remaining  as  bright  as  when 
first  put  on.  Some  of  them  must  have 
required  the  greater  part  of  an  ordinary  life- 
time for  their  completion,  and,  after  having 
performed  their  part  in  the  world  as  literary 
productions,  were  made  to  perform  a  very 
different  part,  one  never  contemplated  by 
their  authors — namely,  that  of  forming  an 
indispensable  tool  for  the  manufacture  of  den- 
tist's gold  foil. 

Gold  Leaf  Electrometer.  An  instrument  for 
detecting  the  presence  of  electricity  by  the 
divergence  of  two  slips  of  gold  leaf. 

Gold,  Peroxide  of.  Dissolve  gold  foil  or  pure 
gold  in  aqua  regia  composed  of  one  part  muri- 
atic acid  and  two  parts  of  nitric  acid  ;  precipi- 
tate the  solution  with  ammonia,  being  careful 
not  to  add  too  much  ammonia  ;  then  pour  off 
the  acid  and  wash  the  precipitate  with  warm 
water  several  times,  or  until  there  is  no  acid 
left ;  then  dry  it  over  a  gentle  fire. 

A  decidedly  better  method  is  to  precipitate 
with  oxide  of  zinc  or  magnesia,  and  then  to 
wash  the  precipitate  with  water  and  to  digest 
it  with  nitric  acid.  This  oxide  is  yellow  when 
hydrated  and  black  when  anhydrous.  It  is 
easily  reduced  by  heat  and  even  by  light. 

Gold  Plate  for  Dental  Uses.  See  Gold,  Al- 
loying of. 

Gold  Plate,  Manner  of  Making.  This  being 
an  article  used  in  the  construction  of  dental 
substitutes,  the  author  will  here  describe  the 
manner  of  making  it  : 

The  gold,  after  being  melted  in  a  clean  cruci- 
ble, rubbed  on  the  inside  with  borax  (subbo- 
rate  of  soda),  is  poured  into  an  ingot-mould 
of  the  proper  length,  width,  and  thickness, 
and,  after  it  is  cooled,  is  reduced  by  hammer- 
ing on  an  anvil  to  the  thickness  of  about  an 
eighth  of  an  inch.  It  is  now  annealed  by 
placing  it  in  a  charcoal  fire  or  in  a  furnace,  and 
heated  until  every  part  becomes  red.  It  may 
be  necessary,  during  the  operation  of  hammer- 
ing, to  subject  it  several  times  to  this  process 
to  prevent  the  gold  from  cracking,  and  if,  not- 
withstanding this  precaution,  it  still  cracks,  it 
should  be  remelted,  and  a  little  muriate  of 
ammonia  thrown  on  it  in  the  crucible  while  in 
a  fused  state.  It  may  then  be  recast  into  an 
ingot  and  the  hammering  proceeded  with  as 
before. 

When  it  is  reduced   to   the   thickness    above 


GOL 


290 


GOL 


mentioned,  it  should  he  annealed,  and  then 
placed  hetween  the  rollers  of  a  rolling  mill,  so 
adjusted  as  to  be  the  same  distance  apart  at 
both  ends,  and  not  so  near  to  each  other  as  to 
require  a  very  great  effort  to  force  the  gold 
between  them.  The  rollers  should  be  brought 
a  little  nearer  to  each  other  every  time  the 
plate  is  passed  between  them,  until  the  gold 

'  is  made  sufficiently  thin. 

Gold  Plate,  Michaels'  Method.  A  method  of 
Dr.  Michaels,  of  Paris,  France,  which  consists 
in  burnishing  a  very  thin  and  pliable  gold 
plate  to  the  plaster  model  obtained  from  an 
impression  of  the  mouth.  The  sheet  of  gold 
forming  the  plate  is  smooth  on  the  surface  to  be 
adjusted  to  the  plaster  model  and  roughened 
or  quadrilated  on  the  outer  surface.  This  gold 
plate  is  burnished  into  form  and  position  on 
the  plaster  surface  of  the  model,  and  retained 
in  place  by  little  nails,  half  an  inch  in  length, 
driven  into  the  plaster  by  the  side  of  the  plate, 
and  the  free  ends  so  bent  over  with  pliers  as 
to  secure  the  plate  in  position.  The  teeth  are 
then  adjusted  to  the  plate  and  secured  with 
adhesive  wax,  and  the  whole  invested  in  a 
mixture  of  sand  and  plaster,  leaving  the  entire 
roughened  surface  of  the  plate  exposed.  After 
proper  heating  up,  solder  is  run  all  over  the 
plate  to  obtain  the  desired  thickness.  After 
the  whole  surface  and  backings  have  been  well 
covered  with  borax,  the  soldering  of  the  teeth 
to  the  plate  is  accomplished.  See  Electro- 
metallic  Plate. 

Gold  Plated  with  Platinum.  A  form  of  gold 
employed  for  filling  surfaces  of  teeth  exposed 
to  view,  and  made  by  soldering  a  bar  of  pure 
gold  upon  a  bar  of  platinum  and  rolling  the 
two  down  to  any  desired  thickness.  To  be 
used  as  heavy  gold. 

Gold,  Refining  of.  There  are  several  processes 
for  refining  gold,  one  of  which  is  known  by 
the  name  of  "parting."  By  this  process  a 
■quantity  of  silver  equal  to  three  times  the 
weight  of  the  gold  to  be  refined  must  be 
melted  with  it,  and  well  mixed  by  being 
stirred  up  in  the  crucible,  and  then  poured 
into  an  ingot,  rolled  very  thin,  and  cut  into 
small  pieces;  or,  instead  of  this,  the  melted 
mixture  may  be  poured  into  a  vessel  contain- 
ing water  which  is  rapidly  revolving;  this 
latter  procedure  is  called  granulating,  and  will 
serve  equally  as  well  as  the  other.  The  whole 
mass  is  now  put  into  a  glass  matrass,  and  a 
quantity  of  nitric  acid  poured  on  it.  The 
matrass  is  now  placed  in  a  sand  hath,  moder- 


ately heated  at  first.  The  action  of  the  acid 
commences  immediately,  and  when  it  becomes 
completely  saturated  with  the  silver  it  must 
be  carefully  poured  off  into  a  vessel  contain- 
ing water  and  a  fresh  supply  of  acid  poured 
into  the  matrass,  and  the  action  continued 
until  the  whole  of  the  silver  is  decomposed  or 
dissolved,  which  may  be  known  by  the  color- 
less appearance  of  the  fumes.  The  pure  gold 
remaining  in  the  matrass  has  a  brown  appear- 
ance, is  easily  broken  with  the  fingers,  but  its 
metallic  qualities  have  not  been  affected,  and  it 
only  requires  to  be  melted  to  be  ready  for  use. 

Another  process  employed  in  some  of  the  mints 
is  termed  "cementation."  This  consists  in 
first  rolling  the  gold  out  into  exceedingly  thin 
plates,  then  placing  it  with  a  mixture  of  four 
parts  of  brick-dust,  one  of  sulphate  of  iron, 
calcined  to  redness,  and  one  of  muriate  of 
soda,  in  a  crucible.  A  bed  of  this  mixture,  or 
cementing  powder,  is  first  placed  in  the  bottom 
of  the  crucible  ;  the  gold  is  then  put  in  and 
covered  with  it.  The  crucible  is  covered  with 
another  crucible,  the  joints  well  luted  with 
clay,  and  exposed  to  a  heat  gradually  raised  to 
a  red  heat,  at  which  elevation  of  temperature 
it  is  kept  for  from  twenty  to  twenty-four  hours. 
The  crucible  is  now  removed  from  the  fire,  the 
top  broken  off,  and,  after  the  latter  has  cooled, 
the  gold  is  separated  from  the  cement  and 
washed  with  hot  water,  or,  what  is  still  better, 
boiled  in  water.* 

For  separating  copper,  tin,  lead,  or  zinc  from 
gold  the  following  simple  method  may  be 
adopted  :  Put  the  gold  in  a  crucible  covered 
with  another  crucible,  having  a  small  opening 
or  hole  through  the  top  ;  lute  the  two  together 
with  clay,  place  them  in  a  bed  of  charcoal  in 
the  furnace,  ignite  the  coal  gradually,  after- 
ward increase  the  combustion  by  means  of  a 
current  of  air  from  a  pair  of  bellows,  such  as 
are  usually  used  in  connection  with  small  fur- 
naces; after  the  gold  has  melted,  throw  in  sev- 
eral small  lumps  of  nitrate  of  potassa  and 
borax,  and  keep  in  a  fused  state  for  thirty  or 
forty  minutes;  then  separate  the  two  crucibles 
and  pour  the  metal  into  an  ingot-mould  of  the 
proper  size,  previously  warmed  and  well  oiled. 
Most  of  the  base  metals  will  be  dissipated 
during  the  process  of  fusion  in  the  form  of 
vapor,  the  lead  escaping  into  the  pores  of  the 
crucible.  The  chloride  of  mercury  (corrosive 
sublimate)  is  sometimes  used  instead  of  the 

*"  Chemistry  of  the  Arts,"  vol.  II,  p.  Ml. 


GOL 


291 


GOL 


nitrate  of  potassa  for  the  purpose  of  dissipating 
the  base  metals,  and  often  with  more  certain 
and  better  results.  If  the  gold  cracks  on  being 
hammered  or  rolled,  it  should  be  melted  again, 
and  more  nitrate  of  potassa  and  borax  thrown 
into  it,  and  the  inside  of  the  crucible  well 
rubbed  with  the  latter  before  the  metal  is  put 
in.  It  is  sometimes  necessary  to  repeat  this 
process  several  times,  and  if  the  gold  continues 
brittle  a  little  muriate  of  ammonia  should  be 
thrown  into  the  crucible  when  the  gold  is  in  a 
fused  state,  and  after  the  vapor  ceases  to  escape 
the  metal  may  be  poured  into  an  ingot-mould, 
warmed  and  oiled  as  before  directed.  This  last 
method  of  treatment  will  make  the  gold  tough, 
and  prevent  it  from  cracking  under  the  ham- 
mer or  while  being  rolled  if  it  is  properly 
annealed. 

To  separate  platinum  from  gold  it  is  necessary 
to  dissolve  the  alloy  in  a  mixture  of  ammonia 
and  nitric  acid,  which  will  cause  the  former 
metal  to  be  precipitated.  The  acid  should 
then  be  poured  into  another  vessel,  and  the 
gold  precipitated  by  pouring  a  solution  of  sul- 
phate of  iron  into  it. 

Gold,  Rolled.  A  form  of  heavy  gold  for  filling 
teeth,  prepared  by  rolling  pure  gold  to  give  it 
softness  and  toughness,  and,  when  pure,  a 
great  degree  of  cohesiveness. 

Gold  Solders.  Gold  alloyed  with  one  or  more 
metals  :  but  the  metals  used  for  this  purpose 
should  be  pure.  The  gold  should  be  placed 
in  a  clean  crucible  with  a  little  borax,  and  as 
soon  as  it  has  become  completely  fused,  the 
silver,  and  afterward  the  copper, — those  being 
the  proper  alloys  for  gold  solder, — may  be 
added.  When  the  whole  is  melted,  the  alloy 
may  be  immediately  poured  into  an  ingot- 
mould,  previously  warmed  and  oiled. 

The  ingot  should  uow  be  hammered  on  an 
anvil,  and  afterward  passed  through  a  roll- 
ing-mill until  it  is  reduced  to  a  very  thin 
plate,  when  it  is  ready  for  use. 

The  solder  employed  in  mechanical  dentistry 
should  be  sufficiently  fine  to  prevent  it  being 
easily  acted  on  by  the  secretions  of  the  mouth. 

The  following  formulae  show  the  relative  pro- 
portions of  the  metals  most  frequently  employ- 
ed for  three  different  qualities  of  gold  solder  : 

Fine  Flowing  Gold  Solder. 
No.  1. — Twenty-two 

carat  gold,  .    .    2  dwts. 
Fine  silver,     .    .  16  grs. 
Eoset  copper,      .  12  grs. 


No.  2. — T wenty-two 

carat  gold,  .    .    1  dwt.,  15  grs. 
Fine  silver,     .    .  16  grs. 
Eoset  copper,      .  12  grs. 

The  following  makes  a  finer  solder  than  either 
of  the  former,  and  although  it  requires  a  little 
stronger  blast  to  fuse  it,  it  flows  very  freely  : 

No.  3.—  Pure  gold,  .  .  .  6  dwts. 
Eoset  copper,  .  2  dwts. 
Fine  silver,     .    .    1  dwt. 

Gold  Solder,  14  carats  fine. 

Pure  silver, 2}  dwts. 

Pure  copper,      20    grs. 

Pure  zinc, 35    grs. 

Eighteen-caratgold plate,  20    dwts. 

Gold  Solder,  15  carats  fiiie. 

Gold  coin,      6  dwts. 

Pure  silver, 30  grs. 

Pure  copper,      20  grs. 

Brass,      10  grs. 

Gold  Solder,  16  carats  fine. 

Pure  gold,      11  dwts.,  12  grs. 

Pure  silver, 3  dwts. 

Pure  copper, 1  dwt.,  12  grs. 

Pure  zinc, 12  grs. 

Gold  Solder,  20  carats  fine.     For  Grown-  and 
Bridge-work. 

Am.  gold  coin  (21.6  carats 

fine),  §10  piece,     .    .    .  258.00  grs. 

Spelter  solder, 20.64  grs. 

Spelter  solder  is  composed  of  equal  parts  of 
copper  and  zinc. 

Gold  Solder,  20  carats  fine  ;  also  for  Crown-  and 
Bridge-work. 

Pure  gold,      5  dwts. 

Pure  copper,      6  grs. 

Pure  silver, 12  grs. 

Spelter  solder, 6  grs. 

Gold  Solder,  20  carats  fine ;  also  for  Crown-  and 
Bridge-work. 

Pure  gold,      20    grs. 

Zinc,       1\  grs. 

Silver  solder, 3    grs. 

Dr.  C.   31.  Richmond's  Solder  for  Bridge-work. 

Gold  coin,      5  dwts. 

Fine  brass  wire,    ....    1  dwt. 


GOL 


292 


GOU 


Dr.  Low's  Formula  for  19-carat  Gold  Solder  for 
Crown-  and  Bridge-work. 

Coin  gold,      1  dwt. 

Copper,       2  grs. 

Silver, .4  grs. 

See  Silver  Solders. 

In  making  gold  solder,  if  the  proper  relative 
proportions  of  the  different  metals  are  varied 
even  half  a  grain,  it  will  affect  the  flowing  of 
it,  a  quality  which  it  is  very  desirable  for  it 
to  possess.  See  Solders,  Gold  and  Silver. 
Gold  Terchloride.  See  Terchloride  of 
Gold. 

Goldbeat/ers'  Skin.  The  fine  outer  mem- 
brane of  the  caecum  of  the  ox,  which  has  been 
beaten  quite  smooth  for  the  manufacture  of 
gold  leaf.  Used  as  a  defensive  dressing  for 
slight  cuts,  etc. 

Golden  SuFphuret.  A  sulphuret  of  anti- 
mony prepared  by  precipitating  antimonic  acid 
by  sulphuretted  hydrogen. 

GomphFasis  (gomphiasmus  ;  from  yo/u<poc,  a 
nail).  Pain  in  the  molar  teeth  ;  the  pain  of 
teeth  in  teething.     Loosening  of  the  teeth. 

(iomphias  mus.     Gomphiasis. 

GonPphioi.  Dentes  molares ;  grinding 
teeth. 

Gom'phosis  (yo/Mpuaic,  from  yo/u<poc,  a  nail). 
Goraphoma.  An  immovable  articulation  in 
bones,  in  which  one  bone  is  received  into  the 
cavity  of  another,  like  a  nail  in  a  board.  The 
articulation  of  the  teeth  with  the  alveoli  fur- 
nishes the  only  example  of  this  species  of  artic- 
ulation. 

Gonag'ra  (from  yow,  the  knee,  and  aypa, 
a  seizure).     Gonyagra.     Gout  in  the  knee. 

Gonal  gia.     Pain  in  the  knee. 

GonarthrPtis  (from  yovv,  the  knee,  ap&pov, 
the  joint,  and  itic,  inflammation).  Inflamma- 
tion of  the  knee. 

Gonarthroc'ace  (from  yow,  knee,  apdpov, 
joint,  and  /ca/cr/,  evil).  A  cancerous  or  ulcer- 
ated condition  of  the  knee-joint. 

Go'ne.    The  semen.    The  uterus.   Offspring. 

GonecystFtis.  Inflammation  of  the  ves- 
icula;  seminales. 

Gon'flement.     Swelling. 

Gong  Metal.  An  alloy  of  eighty  parts  of 
copper  and  twenty  of  tin. 

Gongro'na.     Broncliocele. 

Gonion  (from  yuvta,  an  angle,  and  fierpov,  a 
measure).    The  angle  of  the  inferior  maxilla. 

Gonoc'ace  (from  yovv,  knee,  and  it<n<//,  evil). 
White  swelling  of  the  knee. 


Gon/ocele  (from  yovrj,  semen,  and  ktjIti,  a 
tumor).  Effusion  of  semen  out  of  ruptured 
seminal  vesicles  into  the  cellular  tissues.  Also 
a  swelling  of  the  testicle  and  spermatic  cord, 
from  supposed  retention  of  semen. 

Gonorrhoea  (from  yovrjy  the  semen,  and  peu, 
I  flow).     Literalty,  an   involuntary  discharge 
of  semen,  but  used  to  designate  a  discharge  of 
mucus  from   the  urethra,  which   may   result 
either  from  the  direct  application  of  irritants  to 
the  lining  membrane  of  this  passage  or  from 
impure    sexual    connection.      The    former  is 
termed  gonorrhoea  benigna  and  the  latter  gonor- 
rhoea virulenta,  maligna,  or  venerea. 
Gonorrhoea    BaPani.      A  purulent  discharge 
from  the  surface  of  the  entire  glans  penis, 
which  is  in  a  highly  inflamed  state. 
Gonorrhoea  Dormien/tum.     Seminal  emission 
during  sleep. 

Gonorrhoea  Laxo'rum.  A  pellucid  urethral 
discharge  without  erection. 

Gonorrhce'al.  Relating  to  gonorrhoea  viru- 
lenta. 

Gonyag/ra.     Gout  in  the  knee. 

GonyaPgia.     Gonalgia. 

Go'nyocele.  White  swelling  or  hernia  of 
the  knee. 

Gonyon/cus  (from  yovv,  the  knee,  and  oy/cof, 
a  tumor).     A  swelling  of  the  knee. 

Gor/get.  An  instrument  used  in  the  opera- 
tion of  lithotomy  and  fistula  in  ano.  It  repre- 
sents a  long  gutter  in  the  shape  of  a  throat, 
which  is  especially  employed  in  the  above 
operations. 

Gosier.     Pharynx.     Throat. 

Gossyp/ium.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Malvaceae  ;  also  cotton.  Applied  to  burns 
and  to  blisters.  A  fluid  extract  is  used  as  an 
emmenagogue  and  abortive  ;  also  in  form  of 
decoction.  Dose  of  the  decoction,  one  wine- 
glassful. 

Go'tium.     Goitre. 

Goulard's  Cerate.  Compound  cerate  of 
subacetate  of  lead,  used  on  burns,  excoriations, 
etc. 

Goulard's  Extract.  A  subacetate  of  lead,  pre- 
pared by  boiling  powdered  litharge  in  vinegar. 
Liquor  plumbi  diacetatis  dilutus. 

Gout  (podagra ;  chiragra;  morbus  articular  is). 
Arthritis.  Pain,  redness,  and  swelling  in  the 
joints,  especially  that  of  the  great  toe  and  those 
of  the  feet  and  hands. 
Gout,  Diaphragmatic.  Angina  pectoris. 
Gout  Paper.  Paper  spread  with  a  mixture  of 
extract  of  mezereon,  wax,  spermaceti,  and  oil. 


GOU 


293 


GRA 


Gout,  Rheumat/ic.     Acute  rheumatism. 
Gout  Stone.     A  stony  concretion  deposited  in 
parts  affected  with  gout. 

Gouty  Concre'tions.     Earthy  concretions, 
resembling  chalk-stones,  formed  in  the  joints  of 
gouty  persons. 
Gouty  Teeth.    See  Akthkitic  Teeth. 

Gr.     Abbreviation  of  grain. 

Graafian  FoI'licles.  Small  spherical 
bodies  found  in  the  stroma  of  the  ovary. 

Gracilis.  Slender.  The  rectus  interior 
femoris,  a  long,  slender  muscle  of  the  thigh. 

Graduated  Compress.  A  compress  formed 
of  a  number  of  pieces  of  cotton  cloth  or  other 
substances  progressively  decreasing  in  size,  the 
whole  forming  a  sort  of  pyramid,  the  apex  of 
which  can  be  applied  on  the  precise  point 
desired  in  cases  of  wounded  arteries. 

Graft.  A  fragment  of  tissue  inserted  upon 
or  into  a  raw  surface,  to  which  it  afterward 
grows. 

Grain  (granum).  The  sixtieth  part  of  a  troy 
drachm. 

Gram/ma.     A  scruple. 

Gramme.  A  French  weight,  equal  to  15.434 
grains  troy,  or  jWtt  drachm  avoirdupois.  The 
twenty-fourth  part  of  an  ounce.  Also  the 
iris. 

Grana  Moschata.    Musk -seed.    See  Hibis- 
cus Abelmoschus. 
Grana   Paradisi  (amomum   granum   paradisi). 

The  greater  cardamom  seeds. 
Grana    Tiglii.     The  seeds  of  the   Croton  tig- 
lium. 

(jrandidenta'tus  (grandis,  large,  and  dens, 
a  tooth).     Having  large  teeth. 

Gran'dines  (the  plural  of  grando,  a  hail- 
stone). A  term  applied  by  Wesser  to  large 
tubercles. 

Granif/erous  (from  granum,  grain,  and 
fero,  to  bear).     Bearing  grain. 

Gran/ite.  In  Geology,  an  aggregate  rock 
composed  of  quartz,  feldspar,  and  mica,  irregu- 
larly crystallized  together. 

Graniv'orous  (from  granum,  a  grain,  and 
voro,  to  eat).  Subsisting  on  grain  ;  grain- 
eating,  as  birds. 

Gran'ular  {granulum,  little  grains).  In  the 
form  of  grains,  granules,  or  rounded  promi- 
nences ;  of  the  nature  of  granulations. 
Granular  Disease  of  the  Kidney.  Bright's 
disease  of  the  kidney,  consisting  of  granular 
degeneration  with  albuminous  urine. 
Granular  Liver.     Cirrhosis. 

Granula'tion  (from  granum,  a  grain).     The 


reduction  of  coarsely  crystalline  substances  to 
particles  of  uniform  size  by  solution  and  rapid 
evaporation. 

Granulations  (granulatio ;  from  granum,  a 
grain).  Red,  conical,  flesh-like  bodies  which 
form  on  the  surfaces  of  ulcers  and  suppurating 
wounds.  They  serve  to  fill  up  cavities  thus 
made  and  to  unite  their  sides.  Also  organic 
lesions,  consisting  in  the  formation  of  small, 
semitransparent,  oval  tumors,  resembling  millet 
seed.  They  are  most  frequently  met  with  in 
the  lungs.  In  Chemistry,  metal  reduced  to 
grains  or  small  particles. 

Gran/ule  (granulum;  a  small  grain,  or 
minute  rounded  body).  In  Pharmacy,  a  small 
pill. 

Granulo'ma.  A  tumor  made  up  of  granula- 
tion tissue. 

Gran/uIose.  The  starch  granules,  or  starch 
enclosed  by  coats  of  cellulose. 

Gran'um.     A  grain  or  kernel. 

Graph'ite.  Plumbago.  Black  lead  ;  a 
varietj7  of  carbon  combined  with  more  or  less 
mineral  matter  ;  occurring  in  dark  gray  plates. 

Grass  Oil  of  Nemaur.  A  volatile  oil  ob- 
tained from  Indian  nard  or  Spica  nardi. 

Gras'sa.     Subborate  of  soda. 

Grave'do  (from  gravis,  heavy).  Catarrh, 
with  a  sense  of  heaviness  in  the  head. 

Grav/el    (lilhia  renalis).      Small   calculous 
concretions  which  aie  formed  in  the  kidneys, 
and,    passing  into   the  bladder,    are   expelled 
with  the  urine.     See  Calculus. 
Gravel,  Pileous  or  Hairy.     Gravel  containing 
hairs,  ammoniaco-magnesian  phosphate,  and 
uric  acid. 
Gravel  Root.     The  root   of  the   Eupatorium 
purpureum. 

Gra/ver.  An  engraving  instrument.  An 
instrument  consisting  of  a  steel  stem  fixed  in 
handle,  with  a  sharp  point  shaped  to  suit  the 
particular  purpose  for  which  it  is  intended. 
It  was  formerly  much  used  by  dentists  in  the 
manufacture  of  artificial  teeth  from  ivory  and 
the  tooth  of  the  hippopotamus,  but  as  the  use 
of  these  substances  for  dental  substitutes  has 
been  almost  altogether  superseded,  it  is  now 
employed  in  finishing  such  substitutes  as  are 
fixed  on  metallic  and  plastic  bases. 

Grav'id.     Pregnant. 

Grav'idine.  A  sedimeut  in  the  urine  of 
pregnant  women  which,  by  its  decomposition, 
gives  rise  to  kyestein. 

Gravim'etre.  An  instrument  for  ascertain- 
ing the  specific  gravity  of  bodies. 


GRA 


294 


GUB 


Gravita'tion.     The  act  of  moving  toward 
a  centre,  as  when  a  body  falls  to  the  earth. 

Grav'ity  (from  gravis,  heavy,  weight).  The 
tendency  of  a  body  towards  the  centre  or  of 
bodies  toward  one  another. 
Gravity,  Specific  [gravitas  specified).  The 
density  or  weight  of  a  body  compared  with 
the  density  or  weight  of  another  of  the  same 
bnlk  assumed  as  the  standard.  For  solids 
and  liquids  water  is  the  standard,  and  com- 
mon air  for  gases.  The  weight  of  a  solid  of 
any  given  dimensions  compared  with  the 
weight  of  the  same  bulk  of  water  is  its 
specific  gravity.  Thus,  if  a  solid  be  first 
weighed  in  air  and  then  in  water,  it  will  be 
found  in  the  latter  case  to  have  lost  of  its 
weight  a  quantity  equal  to  the  weight  of 
its  own  bulk  of  water.  Now,  by  dividing 
the  total  weight  by  the  loss  of  weight  in 
water,  the  quotient  will  show  the  specific 
gravity. 

Green  Mineral.     An  arsenite  of  copper. 
Green  Sickness.     Chlorosis. 
Green  Stain.     A  deposit  which  collects  on  the 
teeth  of  children,  from  uncleanliness,  about  the 
tenth  to  thirteenth  year,  and  sometimes  earlier, 
and  which  is  very  corrosive  in  its  action.    This 
deposit  has   been  erroneously  called  "green 
tartar, ' '  but,  unlike  salivary  and  seminal  cal- 
culi, it  is  generally  considered  to  be  a  deposit 
for    the    mucus,  in  the    form,  according  to 
Wedl,  of  a  uniformly  granular  mass  which  is 
morphologically  identical  with  the  matrix  of 
the  micro-organism  known  as  "  leptothrix." 
Green  Vitriol.     Sulphate  of  iron. 

Greenstone.  A  variety  of  trap  rock,  com- 
posed of  feldspar  and  hornblende. 

Gripes.     The  colic. 

Grippe,  Grip  (from  gripper,  to  gripe,  to 
catch  hold  of).    The  influenza. 

Groin.  The  lower  and  lateral  part  of  the 
abdomen  just  above  the  thigh. 

Gros.     Drachm. 

Gros'suline  (from  groseille,  a  gooseberry). 
A  peculiar  principle  forming  the  basis  of  vege- 
table jelly  ;  pectin. 

Ground/berry.     Gaultheria. 

Grouse'berry.    See  G-aulthebia. 

Growth.  The  gradual  increase  of  animal 
and  vegetable  bodies,  especially  in  height. 
Also  the  development  of  a  morbid  tissue. 

Gru'ma.     Tartar. 

Gru/mus.     A  coagulum  ;  a  clot  of  blood. 

Gru'tum.  A  hard,  while  pimple  or  tubercle 
of  the  skin,  resembling  a  millet  seed. 


Grypho/sis  (from  ypvivou,  I  incurvate).  In- 
curvation of  the  nails. 

Gry/phus  La'pis.  The  philosopher's 
stone. 

Gtt.  Abbreviation  of  gutta,  a  drop. 
Gua'co.  The  Eupatorium  guaco,  a  tree  of 
South  America,  the  juice  of  which  is  used  by 
the  negroes  as  a  cure  for  the  bites  of  poisonous 
reptiles,  and  it  has  recently  been  employed  in 
cholera. 

( iuai'acol.  An  active  constituent  and  one 
of  the  active  principles  of  creasote,  from  which 
it  is  derived.  It  is  a  light-colored,  pungent 
liquid,  and  less  objectionable  to  smell  than 
creasote.  Used  in  Dental  Practice  as  a  disin- 
fectant and  antiseptic,  for  which  purpose  it 
may  be  combined  with  oil  of  cassia.  Used  also 
internally.     Dose,  rr\J  to  Tr^ii). 

Guai/acum.  The  concrete  juice  of  Guai- 
acum  officinale  ;  also  a  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Zygophyllaceae. 

Guaiacum  Officinale.  A  tree,  a  native  of 
South  America  and  several  of  the  West  Indian 
islands.  The  wood  is  called  lignum  vitse, 
from  its  supposed  efficacy  in  syphilis.  The 
shavings  or  raspings  are  prepared  by  the 
turner  for  the  druggists.  The  resin  is  a 
stimulant  and  alterative,  and  has  been  found 
beneficial  in  rheumatism,  gout,  secondary 
syphilis,  scrofulous  diseases,  and  cutaneous 
eruptions  ;  the  wood  is  more  frequently  used 
in  the  latter  affections.  Dose,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xxx  ; 
of  the  tincture,  ^j. 

Gua/nine.  A  yellowish-white  crystalline 
powder,  obtained  from  guano  by  digestion 
in  milk  of  lime  and  precipitation  with  hy- 
drochloric acid.  It  is  found  in  human 
urine. 

Gua/no.  The  excrement  of  sea-birds.  It 
is  a  most  valuable  manure,  and  has  of  late 
years  been  very  largely  used  by  farmers.  It 
has  been  recommended  by  M.  Desmartis,  of 
Bordeaux,  as  a  remedy  in  chronic  skin  dis- 
eases. 

Guar'ana.  Paullinia.  Prepared  from  the, 
seeds  of  the  Paullinia  sorbilis.  It  is  a  tonic, 
and  is  useful  in  sick-headache,  diarrhoea  of 
phthisis,  paralysis,  etc.  Dose  of  the  extract, 
o;r.  viij  or  gr.  x  during  the  day  ;  of  the  pow- 
der, ,^j  or  ^ij. 

Gubernac'ulum  Den/tis.  A  name  given 
by  M.  Serres,  a  French  anatomist,  to  the  small 
cord  which  was  supposed  to  connect  the  sac 
of  a  tooth  with  the  gum.  This  appendage  was 
described  by  I >elabarre  as  being  hollow,  and  as 


GUB 


295 


GUM 


playing  an  important  part  in  dentition.  See 
Dentition,  and  Teeth,  Origin  and  Forma- 
tion of. 

Gubernaculum  Tes/tis  (ligamentum  testis).  A 
name  given  by  Hunter  to  a  fibro-cellular 
cord  which,  in  the  foetus,  extends  from  the 
scrotum  to  the  testis. 

Guilford's  (Dr.  S.  H.)  Appliance  for 
Increasing  Space  Between  Teeth.  For 
moving  four  incisors  forward  and  bicuspids 
back,  to  make  room  for  cuspids  :  Magill  bands 
are  made  to  fit  the  laterals,  -with  gold  spurs 
extending  along  the  palatal  surface  of  the 
centrals  to  iusure  uniform  movement  of  the 
four  incisors  ;  palatal  bands  are  also  attached 
to  the  first  bicuspids  ;  all  of  the  bands  are 
reinforced  by  an  additional  piece  of  platinum 
soldered  to  the  portion  next  to  the  space. 
Through  these  pieces  of  platinum,  at  or  about 
the  centre  of  the  tooth,  holes  are  drilled  entirely 
through  the  bands.  Piano  wire  is  next  bent 
into  the  form  of  small  U-shaped  springs  with 
the  ends  at  right  angles  ;  the  springs  are  placed 
in  position  by  means  of  narrow-beaked,  right- 
angled  forceps  transversely  grooved  near  the 
points  to  seize  the  wire,  the  ends  of  the  springs 
resting  in  the  holes  in  the  bands. 

Quin/ea  Pepper.  A  plant  of  the  genus 
Capsicum. 

Qui  Attar.     Attar  of  roses. 
Qu/la.     The  upper  part  of  the  oesophagus 
and  pharynx. 

Gullet.     The  oesophagus. 
Gum  (gummi).     A  concrete  vegetable  juice 
which    exudes   from   certain   trees ;  generally 
transparent,  more  or  less  brittle  when  dry,  and 
soluble  in  water.     Also  the  fleshy  substance 
which  surrounds  the  necks  of  the  teeth  and 
invests  the  alveolar  border.     See  Gums. 
Gum  Acaciae.  Gum  arabic.  The  concrete  juice 
of  the  Acacia  vera  and  other  species  of  acacia. 
In  Denial  Practice  it  is  useful  as  a  demulcent 
and  emollient  in  all  forms  of  inflammation  of 
the  mouth  and  gums,  ulceration,  etc.,  aph- 
thous  ulceration  of    children,   and   cancrum 
oris.     See  Gorgas'  "  Dental  Medicine." 
Gum  Boil.     Alveolar  abscess. 
Gum  Cutter.     An  instrument  designed  for  the 
removal  of  the  overlying  gum  which  covers 
the' masticating  surface  of  molar  teeth — gen- 
erally third  molars — after  the  cusps  only  have 
erupted. 
Gum    Dammar.      A    resin    obtained    from    a 
species  of  pine — Dammara  orientalis.   It  forms 
one  of  the  ingredients  of  modeling  composi- 


tion, which  is  employed  for  obtaining  impres- 
sions of  the  mouth.     An  ethereal  solution  is 
used  by  microscopists  as  a  mounting  fluid. 
Gum  Elastic.     Caoutchouc. 
Gum  Lancet.  Dentiscalpium;  odontoglyphon. 
A  curved  instrument  or  knife  for  separating 
the  gums  from  the  neck  of  a  tooth  previous  to 
extraction.      The   gum   lancets  usually   em- 
ployed are  shaped  like  a  fleam,  but  different 
dentists  have   them  constructed   differently. 
Two,  however,  are  useful:   one  with  a  thin, 
narrow,  curved  blade,  oval  at  the  point,  and 
another  with   a   sharp-pointed   narrow  blade 
with  only  one  edge. 
Gum,  Red.    Gum  rash.   A  red  cutaneous  erup- 
tion which  occurs  in  infancy,  and  generally 
during  first  dentition. 
Gum,  Wasting  of.     See  ULATROPHIA. 

Gum'raa.  An  elastic  tumor  on  the  peri- 
osteum, especially  of  the  cranium  and  sternum, 
usually  resulting  from  a  syphilitic  taint,  and 
so  called  because  it  contains  a  matter  like 
gum. 

Gum'mi.     See  Gums. 
Gummi  Aca'ciae.     Gum  arabic. 
Gummi  Caran'nae.    A  resinous  substance  said 
to  be  derived  from  Amyris  caranna,  a  tree  of 
Mexico  and  South  America. 
Gum'mi   Cerasc/rum.     The   gum  which  ex- 
udes from  the  bark  of  cherry  trees. 
Gummi  Euphorbias.    A  concrete  resinous  juice 
from  one  or  more  species  of  Euphorbia. 
Gummi  Ki/no.     See  Kino. 
Gummi    Lu'tea.     A  gum-resin   produced   by 
the  grass-tree  of  New  South  Wales. 
Gummi  Myr/rhae.     Myrrh,  a  resinous  exuda- 
dation  from  the  Balsamodendron  myrrha. 
Gummi  Rubrum  Gambiense.     Kino. 

Gummy  Tumor.  Tertiary  syphilis.  In 
the  form  of  a  small  nodule  adjacent  to  a  tooth, 
which  rapidly  breaks  down,  leaving  an  ulcer 
of  irregular  oval  shape,  with  ragged  edges 
somewhat  raised  and  a  yellow  base  somewhat 
below  the  surface  of  the  healthy  gum,  with 
red  granulations. 

Gum-resin  {gummi  resina).  The  concrete 
juices  of  plants,  consisting  of  gum  and  resin, 
frequently  associated  with  essential  oil  and 
other  substances. 

Gums  (Latin,  gingivae,  Greek,  ov/.a).  A 
thick,  dense,  highly  vascular,  and  fleshy  sub- 
stance adapted  to  the  necks  of  the  teeth,  its 
fibrous  nature  enabling  it  to  sustain  without 
injury  the  contact  of  hard  substances  and  to  act 
as  a  protecting  cushion  to  the  alveolar  border. 


GUM 


296 


GUM 


The  texture  of  the  gums,  however,  differs  from 
that  of  the  membrane  of  which  they  seem  to  be 
composed.  They  are  thicker  aud  deuser  and 
possess  less  sensibility.  In  a  healthy  condition 
the  gums  are  remarkable  for  their  insensibility  ; 
the  mucous  membrane,  of  which  they  are 
largely  composed,  is  remarkably  thick,  and  is 
reflected  around  the  teeth  and  continuous  with 
the  periosteum  of  the  alveoli.  They  have  a  free 
margin,  about  half  a  line  in  width,  which  sur- 
rounds the  base  of  the  crowu  of  each  tooth,  and, 
instead  of  forming  a  horizontal  line,  they  pre- 
sent a  scalloped  or  festooned  appearance,  caused 
by  elongations  in  the  interdental  spaces.  From 
the  edge  of  the  free  margin  the  gums  are 
reflected  back  upon  themselves  and  unite  with 
the  true  peridental  membrane.  The  portion 
which  adheres  to  the  necks  of  the  teeth  is  of  a 
very  fibrous  structure.  When  in  a  healthy 
state,  the  free  border  is  very  thin.  The  mucous 
membrane  lines  the  cavities  of  the  mouth  and 
nose,  the  maxillary  and  frontal  sinuses,  the 
whole  alimentary  canal,  and  is  a  continuation 
of  the  skin  covering  the  outer  surface  of  the 
body.  From  the  change  of  structure,  however, 
which  it  undergoes  after  entering  the  mouth  it 
may  be  regarded  as  an  entirely  different  mem- 
brane. 

The  gingivae,  or  gingival  margins  of  the 
gums,  are  the  parts  which  are  immediately 
connected  with  the  necks  of  the  teeth — the  free 
margin. 

This  free  margin  is  covered  with  a  dense, 
squamous  epithelium,  which  enables  it  to  with- 
stand abrasion. 

It  rests  upon  a  layer  of  softer  epithelial  cells, 
and  is  placed  upon  the  margin  of  the  alveolus 
and  closely  connected  with  the  neck  of  the  tooth 
and  periosteum  of  the  wall  of  the  alveolus  by 
radiating  bundles  of  fibrous  tissue,  which  con- 
stitute what  has  been  designated  the  dental 
ligament. 

The  gums  of  the  upper  jaw  are  supplied 
with  blood-vessels  from  the  superior  coronary 
artery,  and  those  of  the  lower  from  the  sub- 
mental and  sublingual  arteries  ;  they  derive 
their  nerves  from  the  superior  dental  branches 
of  the  fifth  pair. 

The  gums  are  remarkable  for  their  insensi- 
bility and  hardness  when  healthy,  but  exhibit 
great  tenderness  upon  the  slightest  touch  when 
diseased. 

in  the  infant  state  of  the  gums  the  central 
line  of  both  dental  arches  presents  a  white, 
firm,   apparently   cartilaginous    ridge,    which 


gradually  becomes  thinner  as  the  teeth  ad- 
vance ;  and  in  old  age,  after  the  teeth  drop  out, 
the  gums  again  resume  somewhat  their  former 
infantile  coudition,  showing  "second  child- 
hood." 

The  gums  may  be  regarded  as  that  portion 
of  the  mucous  membraue  from  which  the  teeth 
papillae  and  dental  sacs  originate,  and  these 
contribute  in  an  eminent  degree  to  the  stability 
of  the  teeth  after  their  eruption.  For  physical 
characteristics  of  the  gums,  see  Harris'  "  Prin. 
aud  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 

Gums,  Diseases  of  the.  The  gums  and  alve- 
olar processes,  from  apparently  the  same 
causes,  assume  various  morbid  conditions.  An 
unhealthy  action  in  one  is  almost  certain  to 
be  followed  by  disease  in  the  other.  The 
most  common  form  of  disease  to  which  the 
gums  are  subject  is  usually,  though  very  im- 
properly, denominated  scurvy,  from  its  sup- 
posed resemblance  to  scorbutus,  "a  genus  of 
disease  in  the  class  cachexias  and  the  order 
impetigines  of  Cullen."  To  this  disease,  how- 
ever, it  bears  no  resemblance. 
The  susceptibility  of  the  gums  to  the  action  of 
morbid  irritants  is  always  increased  by  en- 
feeblement  of  the  vital  powers  of  the  body. 
Hence,  persons  laboring  under  excessive  grief, 
melancholy,  or  any  other  affection  of  the 
mind,  or  any  constitutional  disease  teudiug  to 
enervate  the  physical  energies  of  the  system, 
are  exceedingly  subject  to  inflammation, 
sponginess,  and  ulceration  of  their  gums.  But 
notwithstanding  the  increase  of  susceptibility 
which  the  gums  derive  from  certain  constitu- 
tional causes  and  states  of  the  general  health, 
these  influences,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  may 
all  be  counteracted  by  a  strict  observance  of 
the  rules  of  dental  hygiene;  or,  in  other  words, 
by  regular  attention  to  the  cleanliness  of  the 
teeth. 

Gums,  Effects  of  Lead  on  the.  It  would 
seem,  from  the  observation  of  Dr.  Burton, 
that  the  introduction  of  lead  into  the  system, 
whether  by  persons  who  have  been  exposed  to 
the  action  of  it  in  the  usual  course  of  their 
avocations  or  who  have  taken  acetate  of  lead 
medicinally,  imparts  to  the  edges  of  the  gums 
a  leaden  blue  line.  Dr.  Falcot  is  of  the  opinion 
that  the  blue  line  is  the  result  of  an  elimina- 
tion of  the  lead,  and  indicates  by  its  presence 
that  the  lead,  carried  along  by  the  circulation, 
is  deposited  in  the  tissue  of  the  gums,  where 
it  forms  a  combination,  which  reveals  its  pres- 
ence by  a  more  or  less  blue    discoloration. 


GUM 


297 


GUM 


Copper  poisoning  will  also  cause  a  distinctive 
blue  line,  resembling  tbat  of  lead. 

Gums,  Fibrous  Tumors  of.  Sessile  tumors, 
which  grow  from  the  periosteum  of  the  alveolar 
border,  aud  commence  usually  just  within  the 
tooth-socket.  Their  growth  is  slow  and  pain- 
less, and,  unless  removed,  continued  growth 
is  the  result.  The  tumor  is  smooth,  rounded, 
sometimes  lobulated,  firm,  somewhat  elastic, 
and  of  the  normal  color  of  the  mucous  mem- 
brane. It  may  displace  the  teeth  by  its  pres- 
sure. Excision  is  the  only  remedy,  and  as  the 
periosteum  and  subjacent  bone  are  involved, 
they  should  be  removed.  Such  tumors  are 
benign,  and,  when  completely  removed,  do 
not  return. 

Gums,  Hypertrophy  of.  A  rare  affection  char- 
acterized by  extra  growth  which  may  conceal 
the  teeth  and  almost  fill  the  mouth.  The 
gums  present  a  pink,  smooth,  or  warty  appear- 
ance, covering  all  of  the  crowns  of  the  teeth  in 
some  cases,  while  in  others  the  points  of  the 
cusps  alone  may  be  visible.  The  hypertro- 
phied  tissue  sometimes  protrudes  from  the 
mouth,  and  to  the  touch  the  gums  are  elastic 
and  firm,  and  do  not  bleed  readily  ;  they  are 
also  devoid  of  sensibility.  The  microscope 
shows  the  fibrous  stroma  of  the  gum  to  be 
present  in  excessive  amount,  but  no  new 
glandular  or  epithelial  elements.  There  is 
always  more  or  less  expansion  of  the  alveolar 
border  of  the  jaw  and  an  exuberant  growth 
of  the  papillary  surface.  It  has  been  asso- 
ciated with  molluscum  fibrosum,  and  is  com- 
mon to  early  life  and  to  subjects  of  moderate 
intellect  only.  Removal  of  the  hypertrophied 
gum  and  alveolar  border  of  the  jaw  is  the 
proper  treatment,  as  no  medication  will  effect 
a  cure.  This  affection  must  not  be  mistaken 
for  prurient  growth  of  gum — papilloma  (which 
see). 

Gums,  Inflammation,  Turgescence,  Ulcera- 
tion, and  Recession  of.  A  complication  of 
disease  to  which  the  gums  are  very  liable, 
causing  the  teeth  to  loosen,  and  when  not 
arrested,  ultimately  to  drop  out.  The  gums 
when  thus  affected  present  a  deep  florid  or 
purple  appearance  ;  their  edges  are  thick  aud 
round,  and,  on  being  pressed,  purulent  matter 
is  discharged  from  between  them  and  the 
necks  of  the  teeth.  They  are  usually  very 
sensitive,  sometimes  slightly  painful,  or  bleed- 
ing from  the  most  trifling  injury. 

The  disease  generally  first  makes  its  appear- 
ance  around  the  lower  front  teeth  and  the 


upper  molars,  opposite  the  mouths  of  the  sali- 
vary ducts,  aud  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of 
aching,  decayed,  dead,  loose,  or  irregularly 
arranged  teeth,  or  in  the  neighborhood  of 
roots  of  teeth,  and  thence  it  extends  to  the 
other  teeth.  The  rapidity  of  its  progress  de- 
pends on  the  age,  health,  and  constitutional 
temperament  or  habit  of  body  of  the  individ- 
ual and  the  nature  of  the  local  irritants 
which  have  given  rise  to  it.  In  some  cases  it 
exists  for  years  without  causing  any  percepti- 
ble recession  of  the  gums  or  destruction  of 
the  alveolar  processes,  the  only  unpleasant  con- 
sequences attending  it  being  a  vitiated  state 
of  the  secretions  of  the  mouth  and  an  offensive 
breath.  In  other  instances  it  progresses  so 
rapidly  that  in  a  few  weeks  or  months  both 
the  gums  and  the  alveoli  become  involved  in 
the  diseased  action. 

When  the  inflammation  of  the  gums  is  favored 
by  a  constitutional  tendency,  it  soon  extends 
to  the  alveolar  aud  dental  periosteum,  often 
causing  a  deposition  of  bony  matter  at  the 
bottom  of  the  alveoli. 

Nor  do  the  pernicious  effects  of  the  disease 
always  stop  here.  Constitutional  symptoms 
often  supervene,  more  vital  organs  become 
implicated,  and  the  health  of  the  general 
system  is  sometimes  seriously  impaired. 
Hence  the  improvement  in  the  constitutional 
health  often  observed  after  the  loss  of  the  teeth 
of  persons  who  have  for  a  long  time  been 
affected  with  the  disease.  No  conditiou  of  the 
mouth  has  a  greater  tendency  to  deteriorate  its 
secretions  and  impair  the  function  of  mastica- 
tion than  the  one  now  under  consideration. 

The  diseased  action  often  extends  to  the 
peridental  tissues.  They  become  the  seat  of 
subacute  inflammation,  are  thickened,  and 
pour  out  a  purulent  fluid,  which  gradually 
breaks  down  and  destroys  the  walls  of  the 
alveoli,  so  that  the  extremities  of  the  roots  of 
the  teeth  of  the  upper  jaw  protrude  so  far 
through  them  and  the  gums  as  to  be  a  source 
of  annojTance  to  the  lips  and  [inner  walls  of 
the  cheeks.  The  teeth  of  first  dentition  are 
more  liable  to  be  thus  affected  than  those  of 
second,  and  in  this  case  they  should  always 
be  immediately  extracted.  It  is  not  necessary 
that  there  should  be  aching,  decayed,  dead, 
irregularly  arranged  teeth,  or  tartar  to  irri- 
tate the  gums  and  peridental  membrane.  The 
arrangemeut  of  the  teeth  is  often  such,  even 
when  regular,  as  to  produce  inflammation  in 
certain  parts  of  the  mouth,  which  sooner  or 


GUM 


298 


GUN 


later,  according  to  the  constitutional  ten- 
dency, results  in  disease.  Hence  it  is  that, 
even  when  all  the  teeth  are  sound,  we  occasion- 
ally see  a  gradual  wasting  of  such  parts  of  the 
gums  as  are  most  prominent,  especially  those 
which  surround  the  cuspidati  and  the  palatine 
tangs  of  the  upper  molar  teeth. 

Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  local  agents  may 
exert  a  considerable  influence  in  the  produc- 
tion of  the  disease  without  being  easily  de- 
tected. It  should  also  be  recollected  that  a 
person  of  sixty,  seventy,  or  even  eighty  years 
of  age  is  exposed  to  the  same,  and  perhaps  to 
more  powerful,  local  causes  of  irritation  than 
one  of  twenty  ;  and  the  reason  the  effects  are 
not  always  developed  in  earlier  life  is  that 
there  are  greater  tendencies  to  this  disease  in 
some  constitutions  than  in  others. 

Dr.  Koecker,  who  had  the  most  ample  op- 
portunities of  observing  the  affection  in  all  its 
various  forms,  says  he  has  never  seen  a  case 
of  it  in  which  tartar  was  not  present. 

It  attacks  persons  of  all  ages,  ranks,  and 
conditions,  and  in  every  country,  climate, 
and  nation.  "I  have  observed,"  says  Dr. 
Koecker,  "the  inhabitants  of  the  most  op- 
posite countries,  the  Eussians,  the  French, 
the  Italians,  the  Spaniards,  the  Portuguese 
and  English,  the  Africans,  the  East  and  West 
Indians,  and  those  of  the  United  States,  to  be 
more  or  less  liable  to  it." 

It  is,  however,  more  frequently  met'with  in  the 
lower  than  in  the  higher  classes  of  society. 
Persons  who  pay  no  attention  to  the  cleanli- 
ness and  health  of  their  teeth  are  particularly 
subject  to  it.  "With  sailors  and  those  who 
live  principally  on  salt  provisions  it  is  very 
prevalent.  ' '  Persons  of  robust  constitutions, ' ' 
says  the  author  just  quoted,  "are  much  more 
liable  to  this  affection  of  the  gums  than  those 
of  delicate  habits,  and  it  shows  itself  in  its 
worst  forms  oftener  after  the  age  of  thirty 
than  at  any  earlier  period." 

livery  thing  that  tends  to  produce  inflamma- 
tion in  the  gums  and  alveolar  processes  may 
be  regarded  as  an  exciting  cause  of  the 
disease.  To  those  that  have  already  been 
enumerated  may  be  added  accumulations  of 
extraneous  matter  on  the  teeth  and  along  the 
edges  of  the  gums,  exostoses  of  the  roots  of 
the  teeth,  artificial  teeth  badly  inserted  or 
the  use  of  improper  materials,  and  dental 
operations  injudiciously  performed.  The  use 
of  tooth  brushes  wrongly  constructed  and 
of  improper   tooth    powders,    especially    char- 


coal,  may  be   reckoned   among  its   exciting 
causes. 
Strumous     individuals    sometimes    have    an 
affection  of  the  gums  which  differs  from  the- 
one  just   described   in   mauy  respects.     The 
gums,  instead  of  being  purple  and  swollen, 
are  paler  and  harder  than  ordinarily,  and  on 
being    pressed    discharge    a    muco-purulent 
matter  of  a  dingy  white  color.     They  often 
remain  in  this  condition  for  years   without 
appearing  to  undergo  any  physical  alteration 
or  to  affect  the  alveolar  processes. 
Its  effects  are  the  most  simple  and  innocent 
of  any  form  of  disease  to  which  the  gums  are 
liable  ;  but  its  cure  is  often  very  difficult,  and 
sometimes  exceedingly  tedious. 
Spongoid  inflammation  of  the  gums  is  gener- 
ally regarded  by  dentists  as  being  capable  of 
cure,  and,  so  far  as  regards  the  restoration  of 
this  structure  to  health,  it  most  assuredly  is  ; 
but  when  the  gums  have  lost  their  connection 
with  the  teeth  a  reunion  can  never  be  estab- 
lished.     For  treatment  see   Harris'    "  Prin. 
and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 
Gums,  Prurient  Growth  of.     Localized  hyper- 
trophy of  gum.      Papilloma  of  gum.      This 
affection  is  characterized  by  swelling  and  in- 
flammation of  the  gums  and  morbid  growth 
of  their  substance,  so  that  in  some  instances 
the  crowns  of  the  teeth  are  entirely  covered  and 
mastication  is  rendered  exceedingly  difficult 
and  painful.    The  gums  when  affected  with  it 
are  of  a  dark  purple  color,  with  thick,  smooth, 
rounded  edges,  and  discharge  a  very  foetid  mat- 
ter.    They  hang  loosely  around  the  teeth,  and 
are  attended  with  a  peculiar  itching  sensation, 
which,  at  times,  is  very  annoying  ;  they  are 
also  so  very  sensitive  that  even  the  pressure 
of  the  lips  produces  pain.     Their  vessels  are 
turgid   and   often   bleed   profusely  from   the 
slightest  touch. 
The  breath   of  a  person  thus   affected  is   ex- 
ceedingly offensive,  the  saliva  is  vitiated,  and 
so  viscid  that  it  is  even  difficult  to  spit. 
This  peculiar  affection,  though  caused  by  local 
irritants,  appears,  nevertheless,  to  be  depen- 
dent on  a  cachectic  tendency  of  the  general  sys- 
tem.     Treatment  consists   in    free    erasion ;: 
bleeding  being  overcome  with  powdered  tan- 
nin or  subsulphate  of  iron.    For  further  treat- 
ment see  Harris'  "Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Dent. " 
Gun-cotton.     An  explosive  substance  pre- 
pared by  steeping  clean  cotton  in  a  mixture  of 
sulphuric  and  nitric  acids  and  then  washing  it 
carefully  and  drying  it.     Used  principally  in 


GUN 


299 


GYP 


the  manufacture  of  collodion.    See  Celluloid 

and  Pyroxylin. 

Gunne'ra   Perpen'sa.      A  South  African 

plant  of  the  order  Urticacese.     It  is  tonic  and 

demulcent. 

Gurgling.     The  mucous  rale,  as  heard  on 

auscultation,  when   there  is   a  cavity  in  the 

lungs. 

Gurgu/lio.     Penis.     Uvula. 

Gustation.     Taste. 

Gustatory  (gustativus;  from  gustus,  taste). 

Pertaining  to  taste. 

Gustato'ry  Nerves.     The  nerves  of  taste.    See 
Lingual  Nerve. 
Gus/tus.     Taste. 
Gut.     Intestine. 
Gut/ta.      A   drop  ;  the  sixtieth   part  of  a 

fluid  drachm  ;  also  gum. 

Gutta  Anodyna.     Anodyne  drop.     A  solution 
of  acetate  of  opium. 

Gutta  Gamba.     Cambogia. 

Gutta  Nigra.     The  black  drop — a  preparation 
of  morphia. 

Gutta  Opaca.     Cataract. 

Gutta  Percha.  The  concrete  juice  of  a  tree 
belonging  to  the  natural  order  Sapotacese — Iso- 
nandra  gutta,  a  native  of  Singapore.  It  is  of  a 
grayish-white  color,  and  below  the  tempera- 
ture of  fifty  degrees  is  of  the  hardness  of 
wood,  but  when  put  in  boiling  water  it  becomes 
very  soft  and  pliable.  In  this  state  it  may  be 
moulded  into  any  form,  which  it  will  retain 
on  cooling.  It  is  used  in  making  bougies, 
catheters,  enema-pipes,  splints,  and  for  taking 
impressions  of  the  mouth.  It  has  also  been 
used  in  combination  with  other  substances — 
such  as  oxide  of  zinc — which  have  properties 
of  non-conduction  and  non-irritation,  as  a 
temporary  filling  for  teeth.  It  has  also  been 
employed  as  a  base  for  artificial  teeth,  and  for 
temporary  plates  in  the  vulcanite  process.  A 
solution  of  gutta  percha  in  chloroform — trau- 
maticine — has  been  used  with  advantage  topi- 
cally in  cutaneous  affections,  ulcers,  as  an 
ectrotic  in  small-pox,  and  for  the  temporary 
relief  of  odontalgia.  Cones  of  gutta  percha 
are  employed  in  filling  the  root-canals  of 
teeth  ;  it  is  also  used  in  solution  for  the  same 
purpose.  As  a  filling  material,  gutta  percha  is 
graded  according  to  the  degree  of  heat  required 
to  soften  it,  the  low  heat  variety  softening  be- 
tween 140°  and  200°  F.  aud  the  medium  be- 
tween 200°  and  210°  F.  The  softening  process 
should  be  conducted  over  warm  water.  For 
dental  uses  see  Gonras'  "  Dental  Medicine." 


Gutta  Percha,  Liquid.  Gutta  percha  dis- 
solved in  chloroform.  Used  in  Denial  Prac- 
tice for  the  relief  of  odontalgia,  as  a  protective 
covering  for  partially  exposed  pulps  of  teeth, 
and  as  a  root-filling  material. 
Gutta  Rosea.  Gutta  rosacese.  A  cutaneous 
eruption  of  the  face,  of  red,  shining,  suppura- 
tive tubercles,  having  an  irregular  granular 
appearance  ;  frequently  caused  by  excessive 
drinking. 
Gutta  Serena.     Amaurosis. 

Gutte'ria  (from  guttur).     Bronchocele. 

Gut/tur.     The  throat,  larynx,  or  trachea. 

Gut/tural.     Pertaining  to  the  throat. 
Guttural  Artery.     The  superior  thyroideal  ar- 
tery. 

Guttur/nia.     The  arytenoid  cartilages. 

Gymnasium.     A  place  for  bodily  exercise. 

Gymnas/tics  {gymnadicus ;  from  yv/ivoc, 
naked,  because  the  athletes  were  stripped). 
That  part  of  hygiene  which  consists  in  bodily 
exercise,  such  as  wrestling,  running,  using 
dumb-bells,  etc. 

Gymno/sis.     Denudation. 

Gynascei'a  (from  yvwi,  woman).  Relating 
to  women. 

Gynaecology,  Gynecology  (ywq,  woman, 
4-  logy).  The  branch  of  medicine  treating  of 
diseases  peculiar  to  women,  particularly  diseases 
of  the  female  genitals. 

Gynaecoma'nia  (from  ywn,  woman,  and 
fiavia:  madness).  Insanity  from  love  for 
woman. 

Gynaecomas'tus.  A  man  whose  breasts 
are  as  large  as  a  woman's. 

Gynascomys'tax  (from  ywq,  woman,  and 
/nvara^  beard).  The  hair  on  the  female  pu- 
dendum. 

Gynanthro'pus.  A  hermaphrodite  partak- 
ing more  of  the  male  than  of  the  female  sex. 

Gynatresia  (from  ywq,  a  woman,  and 
arpr/roc,  imperforate).  Imperforatiou  of  the 
female  external  parts  of  generation. 

Gy'ne.     A  woman  ;  a  female. 

Gyni'da.     A  hermaphrodite. 

Gynoplas/tic  (from  yvw/,  and  irXaaau,  I 
form).  An  operation  employed  for  opening  or 
dilating  the  contracted  genital  openings  of  the 
female. 

Gyp/sum.  Sulphate  of  lime.  Plaster  of 
Paris.  A  native  sulphate  of  lime,  consisting  of 
28  parts  of  lime,  40  of  sulphuric  acid,  and  18of 
water.  When  exposed  to  a  heat  of  400°  F., 
the  water  of  the  gypsum  escapes.  After  being 
properly  calcined  and  pulverized,  if  mixed  with 


GYR 


300 


HJE 


water  to  the  consistence  of  thin  batter  it  har- 
dens in  a  few  minutes  by  a  species  of  crystal- 
lization and  acquires  great  solidity.  During 
the  first  part  of  the  process  of  consolidation  it 
expands  by  the  absorption  of  the  water,  tilling 
the  small  depressions  in  any  mould  into  which 
it  may  be  poured.  The  setting  of  plaster  is 
regarded  as  a  chemical  process,  the  water  being 
absorbed  in  the  proportion  of  two  molecules  to 
one  of  the  plaster,  the  result  of  which  is  that 
CaSo4  becomes  CaSo4  +  2H20. 

Upon  the  preparation  of  the  calcined  plaster 
depends  the  readiness  with  which  the  combi- 
nation takes  place,  for  if  it  has  been  too  greatly 
heated  the  power  of  absorbing  the  water  is 
diminished  or  altogether  lost.  The  hardening 
of  the  plaster  is  accompanied  with  the  genera- 
tion of  heat  and  expansion,  and  the  best  re- 
sults are  dependent  upon  the  thoroughness  of 
the  mixing,  so  that  every  particle  of  the 
plaster  can  absorb  the  proper  amount  of 
water. 

The  setting  of  plaster  is  hastened  by  either 
common  salt  or  sulphate  of  potash  in  solution, 


the  use  of  which  agents  is  admissible  only  in 
the  plaster  batter  employed  for  obtaining  im- 
pressions of  the  mouth. 

In  3Iechanical  Dentistry  plaster  of  Paris,  or 
gypsum,  is  used  for  obtaining  casts  or  models 
of  the  jaws  and  for  taking  impressions  of  the 
mouth  and  teeth.  It  is  also  used  by  artists 
and  anatomists  for  taking  casts. 

There  is  a  great  difference  in  the  quality  of 
plaster  of  Paris.  For  taking  impressions  and 
models  of  the  month  it  should  be  of  the  best 
description,  well  calcined,  finely  pulverized,  and 
passed  through  a  fine  sieve  previous  to  being 
used. 

Qyra/tion.     Dizziness  ;  giddiness. 
Gy'ri  Cerebri.     The  cerebral  convolutions. 
Gyri  Operti.  The  small  and  short  convolutions 
within  the  Sylvian  fissure  of  the  cerebrum  ; 
called  by  Cruveilhier  lobule  of  the  fissure  of 
Sylvius. 
Gy'rus.  Anfractuosity  ;  a  turning  ;  a  circle 
described  by  a  moving  body. 
Gyrus  Fornica/tus.     A  large  cerebral  convo- 
lution encircling  the  corpus  callosum. 


Fi 


H.  Abbreviation  of  horn, hour,  and  havslus, 
draught  ;  also  symbol  for  hydrogen. 

Haar'kies.  A  term  applied  in  Mineralogy 
to  capillary  pyrites  in  very  delicate  acicular 
crystals  ;  also  to  a  native  sulphuret  of  nickel. 

Hab/it  (from  habere,  to  have  or  to  hold).  A 
disposition  of  body  or  mind  ;  a  tendency  re- 
sulting  from  frequent  repetition  to  perform 
certain  actions.  A  predisposition  to  or  protec- 
tion against  certain  diseases. 
Habit  of  Body.  Constitution  and  tempera- 
ment. 

Hab'itus.     Habit  of  body. 

Habroma'nia  (from  afipog,  light).  A  cheer- 
ful or  merry  insanity. 

Ha^'ma  {hxmatos;  from  a</y«,  gen.,  a/uaroc, 
blood).  Blood.  A  term  used  as  a  prefix  in 
medicine. 

Haemacelino'sis  (from  "'/'",  blood,  and 
//,/",  :i  spot).     Purpura  or  blood  spot  disease. 

Hajmachro'ine.     Haematine. 

Haemac'tus.     Bloody. 


Hasmacy'anin  (from  aifia,  blood,  and 
nvavog,  blue).  A  blue  coloring  matter  in  the 
blood,  owing  to  the  presence  of  copper,  and  in 
bile. 

Ha^madon'osus  (from  ai/m}  blood,  and 
vocog,  a  disease).     Disease  of  the  blood-vessels. 

Haemadosto'sis  (from  ai/ja,  blood,  and 
oo-uaic,  a  bony  tumor).  Ossification  of  the 
blood-vessels. 

HgemadynanVics  (from  aifia,  and  dwafiig, 
power).  The  mechanism  of  the  circulation  of 
the  blood. 

lia^madynamom'eter  (from  acfia,  blood, 
(hva/jjc,  power,  and  fierpov,  a  measure).  An 
instrument  to  determine  the  force  with  which 
the  blood  is  driven  through  the  principal  ves- 
sels by  the  action  of  the  heart. 

Haemagogues  (from  ai/ia,  blood,  and  ayu}  to 
drive  off).  Medicines  which  promote  the 
hemorrhoidal  and  menstrual  discharges. 

Haemal  (from  aqm,  blood).  Relating  to 
blood  in  blood-vessels. 


HJE, 


301 


HJE 


Haemal    Arch.     In    Transcendental    Anatomy, 
the  arch  in  front  of  the  body  of  a  vertebra, 
holding  the  blood-vessels.     In  man  it  is  repre- 
sented by  the  ribs  and  sternum. 
Haemal  Axis.     The  central  organ  and  large 
trunks  of  the  vascular  system. 
Haemal   Glands.     Glands  accompanying    the 
renal  artery  in  herbivora. 
Haemal   Spine.     The  spine  in    front    of   the 
hamial  arch. 

Haemaleuci'na  (from  aifia,  and  /.evkoc, 
white).  The  buffy  coat  or  fibrin  of  the  blood  ; 
haemaleucin. 

Haemalo'pia  (from  aifia,  and  uip,  owag,  the 
eye).  A  disease  of  the  eye  in  which  everything 
appears  of  a  blood  color  ;  hsemalopy. 

Haem'alops  (from  ai/ja,  blood,  and  wi/;,  the 
eye).  Effusion  of  blood  into  the  eyeball  or 
eyelids. 

Haemaphae'in  (from  ai/xa,  and  tpaiog,  of  a 
dusky  color).  The  brown  coloring  matter  of 
the  blood. 

Haemapoph'yses.     Costal  cartilages. 
Haemapor'ia  (from  ai/ua,  blood,  and  arropog, 
poor).     Bad  blood  ;  paucity  of  blood. 

Haemasta'sis.  Checking  the  current  of 
venous  blood  by  dry  cupping  or  ligatures. 

Haemastat'ica  (from  aifia,  blood,  and 
ararcKr/,  statics).  The  doctrine  of  the  laws 
which  regulate  the  action  of  blood-vessels  or 
the  circulation  of  the  blood.  Also  remedies  for 
stopping  haemorrhage. 

Haemastheno'sis  (from  aiua,  blood,  aaOevia, 
weakness).  A  deterioration  or  weakening  of 
the  blood. 

Haematangio'sis.  Disease  of  the  blood- 
vessels. 

Haemataul  ica  (from  ai/xa,  and  av'Aog,  a 
tube).     Vascular  system. 

Haematec'lysis  (from  aifia,  and  etc/.vcig, 
loosening).     Dissolution  of  the  blood. 

Haemateme'sis  (from  aifia,  blood,  and^ew, 
to  vomit).  A  vomiting  of  blood.  A  discharge 
of  blood  from  the  stomach. 

Haematho'rax.  See  Hjematothorax. 
Haemat'ic  (from  aifia,  blood).  Relating  to, 
full  of,  or  of  the  color  of  blood.  Also  a  remedy 
which  affects  the  system  at  large  by  acting  in 
or  on  the  blood.  Haematics  act  as  restoratives 
when  they  enrich  the  blood,  or  as  spansemics 
when  they  impoverish  it. 

Haemat'ica  (from  ai/ia,  blood).  Diseases  of 
the  sanguineous  function. 

Hae'matine.     See  H.ematosixe. 
Haematinic.     See  H.ematic. 


Haematinu'ria.  The  discharge  of  hsematin 
in  the  urine  ;  hsemoglobinuria. 

Haematis'chesis.  Arrest  or  suppression  of 
a  flow  of  blood. 

Haematites  (from  ai/ia,  blood).  Blood- 
stone. A  term  applied  to  a  native  oxide  of 
iron,  from  its  red  color  or  from  its  supposed 
power  of  arresting  haemorrhage. 

Haemato="  (from  ai/ia,  blood).  A  Greek  pre- 
fix denoting  blood. 

Haematoblast  ((3?.acTog,  sprout).  A  cell 
which  develops  into  a  red  blood-corpuscle 
either  by  division  or  by  accretion  ;  a  name  ap- 
plied to  various  cells  in  the  blood-making  tis- 
sues and  to  certain  small  cells  circulating  in 
the  blood  itself. 

Haematocathar'tica.  Remedies  for  purify- 
ing the  blood. 

Haematoce'Ie  (from  ai/ia,  blood,  and  mp.j],  a 
swelling).  A  swelling  or  tumor  caused  by  an 
extravasation  of  blood  either  in  the  cellular 
tissue  of  the  scrotum,  in  the  cavity  of  the 
tunica  vaginalis,  or  in  the  testicle  itself. 

Haematoche'zia    (from    at/ua,    blood,    and 
XECU,  to  go  to  stool).     Bloody  stools. 
Haematochy'sis.     Haemorrhage. 
Haematocce'lia  (from  aiua,  and  Koi?.ta,  the 
cavity  of  the  abdomen).     Effusion  of  blood  into 
the  abdomen. 

Haematocol'pus.  Effusion  of  blood  into 
the  vagina.  Accumulation  of  blood  in  the 
vagina  from  occlusion  of  the  external  organ. 

Hae'matocyst  (from  attia,  and  kvgte,  a  blad- 
der). Relating  to  the  formation  of  blood.  An 
effusion  of  blood  into  the  bladder  ;  a  c3Tst  con- 
taining blood. 

Haemato'des  (from  aiua,  blood,  and  wW, 
a  likeness).  Having  the  nature  or  appearance 
of  blood.     See  Fuxgus  H.ematodes. 

Haem'atoid.  Like  blood  ;  bloody  ;  full  of 
blood. 

Haematoi'din.  Heemin,  or  blood  crystals. 
Hsematine  separated  from  the  globules  of  the 
blood,  and  passed  from  the  state  of  a  non- 
crystallizable  organic  substance  to  one  of  a 
crystalline  chemical  compound.  A  derivative 
of  haemoglobin. 

Haematol  'ogy  (from  aifia,  blood,  and 
/.o-)og}  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on  the 
blood. 

Haematol 'yses.  Diseases  in  which  there  is 
a  diminished  coagulability  of  the  blood. 

Haemato'ma.  A  tumor  resembling  or  con- 
taining blood. 

Haem'atometer  (from  aiua,  blood,  and  fjer- 


±UE 


302 


HJE 


pov,  a  measure).    An  instrument  for  measuring 
the  force  of  the  blood. 

Haematomphaloce'le  (from  aifia,  blood, 
ouoaAoc,  the  navel,  and  /a?/-'/,  a  tumor).  An 
umbilical  tumor  caused  by  an  extravasation 
of  blood. 

Haematon'cus  (from  aifia,  blood,  and  oynog, 
a  tumor).  A  name  given  by  Alberti  to  nsevi 
maierni,  or  varicose  tumors. 

Haematon'osus  (from  aifia,  and  voaoc,  dis- 
ease).    Disease  of  the  blood. 

Haematophob'ia  (from  aifia,  blood,  and 
<po  doc,  dread).  That  dread  at  the  sight  of  blood 
which  produces  syncope. 

Haematopla'nia.      Vicarious  haemorrhage. 
Haem'atosine.    Hsernatine.    The  red  color- 
ing matter  of  the  blood. 

Haemato'sis  (from  ai/ia,  blood).  The  arte- 
rialization  of  the  blood,  or  the  transformation 
of  the  venous  blood  and  chyle  into  the  arterial 
blood.     Also  general  formation  of  blood. 

Haematotho'rax  (from  aifia,  blood,  and 
dupai',  the  chest).  Effusion  of  blood  into  the 
pleura. 

Haematox'ic  (from  aifia,  and  to^ikov,  a  poi- 
son). Relating  to  a  poisoned  or  impure  state 
of  the  blood. 

Haematox'yline.  The  coloring  principle 
of  logwood. 

Haematozo'on.     Animalculae  discovered  in 
the  blood  ;  animal  parasite  of  the  blood. 
Haemature'sis.     Hematuria. 
Haematu'ria  (from  ai/ia,  blood,  and  ovpeu, 
to  make  urine).     Bloody  urine. 

Hae'min.  Chloride  of  haematine.  A  crys- 
tallized substance  obtained  from  dried  blood. 

Haemi'tis  (from  aifia,  blood,  and  inc,  denot- 
ing inflammation).  Literally,  inflammation  of 
the  blood.  That  alteration  of  the  blood  which 
occurs  in  inflammation. 

Haemocyte  (from  aifia,  and  kqtoc,  a  cell). 
The  corpuscles  of  the  blood  ;  a  blood  corpuscle. 
Haemo'des.     Sanguine. 
Haemo'dia  (from  aifiudeu,  to  have  pain  in 
the  teeth).     Aching  of  the  teeth  ;  the  teeth  set 
on  edge  from  the  use  of  acerb  or  acid  aliments. 
Haemoglobin  (from  aifia,  and  globus,  around 
body).     Hsemocrystalline ;  haematoglobin.     A 
colloid  or  crystalline  matter  existing  in  the 
corpuscles  of  the  blood.     The  coloring  matter 
of  the  Mood  contained  in  the  red  blood  corpus- 
cles ;  a  complex,  reddish,  crystalline  substance. 
Haemoid.     Resembling  blood. 
HaemophiPia.     A   condition  in  which  the 
hemorrhagic  diathesis  prevails. 


Haemophthal'mia  (from  aifia,  blood,  and 
oy-dalfioc,  eye).  Effusion  of  blood  into  the  eye. 
A  bloodshot  eye. 

Haemoplan'ia  (from  aifia,  blood,  and  n-?Mvn, 
wandering).     Vicarious  haemorrhages. 

Haemop'toe.  Spitting  of  blood.  See  He- 
moptysis. 

Haemoptysis  (from  aifia,  blood,  and  tttvu, 
to  spit).  Spitting  of  blood.  An  expectoration 
of  frothy  blood  from  the  mucoiis  membrane  of 
the  lungs,  preceded  by  cough,  heat,  and  pain 
in  the  chest. 

Haemoptysis  Interna.  Hsematothorax. 
Haemoptysis  Phthisis.  Phthisis  pulmonalis. 
Haemorrhage  (from  aifia,  blood,  and 
prjyvvfu,  to  break  forth).  The  escape  of 
blood  from  any  of  the  vessels  destined  to 
contain  it,  whether  from  rupture  or  otherwise. 
Haemorrhages  are  divided  into  active  and  pas- 
sive ;  the  former  resulting  from  increased  action, 
the  latter  from  debility.  They  are  also  classi- 
fied into  external  and  internal,  general  and  local, 
spontaneous  and  traumatic. 

Haemorrhage,  Accidental.  From  the  prema- 
ture detachment  of  the  placenta. 
Haemorrhage  after  the  Extraction  of  Teeth. 
The  haemorrhage  occasioned  by  the  extraction 
of  a  tooth  is  seldom  considerable,  except  in 
those  cases  where  there  is  a  hsemorrhagic  dia- 
thesis of  body,  and  then  it  is  sometimes  exces- 
sive and  even,  alarming.  Several  cases  have 
been  recordedin  which  it  baffled  every  attempt 
to  arrest  its  progress,  and  terminated  fatally. 
Whenever  a  tendency  to  excessive  haemorrhage 
from  the  rupture  of  oue  or  more  small  vessels 
manifests  itself  in  one  member  of  a  family 
composed  of  several  individuals,  it  will  gener- 
ally be  found  to  exist  in  several. 
Among  the  means  which  have  been  employed 
for  arresting  haemorrhage  from  the  socket  of  a 
recently  extracted  tooth  are  astringents,  styp- 
tics, caustics,  the  actual  cautery,  and  com- 
presses. But  the  preparations  of  iron — such 
as  the  persulphate,  powdered  subsulphate, 
and  tannic  acid — are  those  in  general  use  as 
styptics.  See  Iron. 
When  the  haemorrhage  is  from  the  dental  artery 
it  may  always  be  arrested  by  plugging  the 
socket  tightly  with  raw  cotton,  lint,  sponge, 
or  a  piece  of  cork,  previously  saturated  in  the 
solutions  of  iron,  tanicacid,  or  nutgalls,  or  by 
the  replacement  of  the  tooth.  When  the  bleed- 
ing is  from  a  number  of  vessels,  and  especially 
from  the  gums  around  the  alveolus,  it  is  some- 
times necessary  to  apply  the  actual  cautery. 


HM 


•sot 


¥UE 


Haemorrhage,  Capillary.  Oozing  of  blood 
from  a  wound  where  the  large  vessels  are  not 
ruptured. 

Haemorrhage,  Collateral.  The  haemorrhage 
of  acute  inflammations. 

Haemorrhage,  Complementary.  That  suc- 
ceeding another  haemorrhage  that  has  beeu  cut 
short. 

Haemorrhage,  Consecutive.  That  ensuing 
some  time  after  injury. 

Haemorrhage  from  the  Gums,  Spontaneous. 
In  depraved  or  cachectic  habits  of  body  it 
sometimes  happens  that  passive  haemorrhage 
occurs  from  the  gums,  and  especially  from 
those  portions  which  occupy  the  interdental 
spaces,  baffling  every  effort  that  can  be  made 
to  arrest  it.  It  may,  however,  in  the  majority 
of  cases,  be  stopped  by  the  application  of  the 
actual  cautery  or  compresses.  The  author 
succeeded  iu  one  case  with  the  latter.  The 
best  method  of  applying  a  compress  is  to  fill  a 
mouth-cup,  such  as  is  employed  for  taking 
impressions  for  the  mouth,  with  wax  pre- 
viously softened  in  warm  water,  and  then 
applying  it  in  such  a  manner  as  completely 
to  imbed  the  teeth  and  gums  in  it.  This 
method  of  compressing  the  gums  was  sug- 
gested to  the  author  b}r  Dr.  O.  Holmes,  of 
Baltimore.  Gutta  percha  softened  in  warm 
water  is,  however,  superior  to  wax,  being- 
more  tenacious  and  firm  ;  also  modeling  com- 
position. 

Haemorrhage  from  the  Gums, "Vicarious.  In 
females  suffering  from  amenorrhoea,  periodi- 
cal haemorrhages  from  the  gums  have  occa- 
sionally been  known  to  occur,  the  periods  of 
their  occurrence  corresponding  with  the  time 
when  menstruation  should  take  place  and  con- 
tinuing from  three  to  five  or  six  days.  The 
discharge  from  the  gums,  being  vicarious,  can 
only  be  prevented  by  restoring  the  obstructed 
uterine  function,  unless,  as  is  sometimes, 
though  very  rarely,  the  case,  it  arises  from 
the  suppression  of  some  other  discharge,  as, 
for  example,  the  hemorrhoidal.  In  this  case 
the  appropriate  treatment  should  be  insti- 
tuted. 

Haemorrhage  from  the  Lungs.     Haemoptysis. 

Haemorrhage  from  the  Nose.     Epistaxis. 

Haemorrhage  from  the  Stomach.  Haematem- 
esis. 

Haemorrhage  from  the  Urinary  Organs. 
Haematuria. 

Haemorrhage  from  the  Uterus.  Menor- 
rhagia. 


Haemorrhage,  Post-partum.     Primary,  occur- 
ring within   twenty-four   hours  after   labor  ; 
secondary,  after  twentj'-four  hours. 
Haemorrhage,    Primary.        The   haemorrhage 
immediately  following  an  injury  or  operation. 
Haemorrhage,    Secondary.     Haemorrhage 
which   occurs    some    time    after  wounds  or 
operations. 
Hamorrha'giae.      Haemorrhages.      A  dis- 
tinct order  in  the  class  Pyrexia;  of  Dr.  Cullen's 
nosological  arrangement. 

Hemorrhagic  Diathesis.  A  tendency  to 
haemorrhage  owing  to  a  state  of  the  system  of 
a  permanent  character  peculiar  to  the  indi- 
vidual, there  being  a  want  of  coagulability  in 
the  blood  and  a  want  of  contractility  in  the 
vessels. 

Haemorrhagip'arous.  That  which  gives 
rise  to  haemorrhage. 

Haemorrhin'ia.     Epistaxis. 
Haemorrhoe/a.     Passive  haemorrhage. 
Haemorrhcea    Petechia/lis.      The   occurrence 
of  haemorrhage  from  the  mouth,  etc.,  in  land 
scurvy.      See  PURPURA  HEMORRHAGICA. 

Hemorrhoidal  (Jisemmorrhoidalis).  Relat- 
ing to  haemorrhoids,  as  a  haemorrhoidal  tumor, 
or  flux. 

Haemorrhoidal  Ar/teries.     The  arteries  of  the 
rectum.    Three  are  enumerated— the  superior, 
middle,  and  inferior. 
Haemorrhoidal   Nerves.      Filaments   sent  to 
the  rectum  from  the  sciatic  and  hypogastric 
plexuses. 
Haemorrhoidal   Veins.      They   are   two — the 
external  and  internal,  which  empty  into  the 
lesser  mesenteric. 
Haemor'rhoides   (from  aifia,   and  peu,   to 
flow).     Literally,  haemorrhage,   but  restricted 
to  a  varicose  enlargement  of  the  veins  about 
the  anus  and  rectum,  called  the  piles.     They 
are  termed  open  when   they  discharge  blood, 
and  blind  when  there  is  no  discharge. 
Haemorrhoides  Oris.     Haemorrhage  from  the 
veins  of  the  palate,  uvula,  fauces,  aud  some- 
times from  the  gums,  resulting   from  a  sup- 
pression of  the  haemorrhoidal  discharge. 
Haemorrhoides  Uteri.     Varicose  enlargement 
of   the   veins  about    the    genital    organs  of 
women. 

Haemorrhoides    Vesicae.       Varicose    enlarge- 
ment of   the   veins   about  the   neck   of   the 
bladder. 
Hemor'rhois.     Haemorrhoides. 
Hemorrhois'chesis.      Suppression  of  the 
haemorrhoidal  flux. 


HjE 


30-1 


HAN 


Hasmorrhophe'sis.      Absorption  of  blood. 

Hasmospas'tic  (from  aipa,  and  a-au,  to 
draw).  A  cupping-glass,  or  any  agent  which 
draws  or  attracts  blood  to  a  part.  Hsemo- 
spasia. 

Haemosta/sia  (from  aipa,  blood,  and  gtcloiq, 
a  standing).  Stagnation  of  blood  ;  any  opera- 
tion tbat  stops  the  flow  of  blood. 

Hasmostat'ic  (hiemostaticus ;  from  aipa, 
blood,  and  craTinoc,  static  or  standing).  That 
which  is  calculated  to  arrest  a  hsernorrhage. 
A  styptic. 

Hasmotelangio'sis.     Telangiectasia. 

Hasmot'rophy  (htemotrophia  ;  from  aipa, 
blood,  and  rpupn,  nourishment).  Excess  of 
nourishment  of  the  blood. 

Haemydor'.     Serum  of  the  blood. 

Hage'nia  Abyssin/ica  (brayera  anthel- 
mintica).  An  Abyssinian  tree  of  the  order 
Rosacese.  Its  flowers  have  recently  been 
brought  into  notice  as  a  remedy  for  tape- 
worm. 

Hag'gard.  Hollow-eyed ;  wasted  as  by 
want ;  often  a  symptom  of  cerebral  disease. 

Hair  (2)ilus).  Corneous  filaments  which 
issue  from  the  skin,  and  to  which  they  adhere 
by  means  of  a  bulb.  They  include  the  hairs 
of  the  head,  eyebrows,  eyelashes,  beard,  those 
of  the  trunk  and  of  the  axillary  and  pubic 
regions. 

Hair,  Falling  off  of.  Alopecia. 
Hair  Lichen  (lichen  pilaris).  An  eruption 
confined  to  the  roots  of  the  hair,  followed, 
after  ten  days,  by  desquamation. 
Hair  Salt.  Native  sulphate  of  magnesia,  so 
called  from  the  capillary  form  of  the  crys- 
tals. 

HalchemPa  (from  ale,  salt,  and  x£U,  to  pour 
out).     The  art  of  fusing  salts. 

HaPitus  (from  halo,  to  breathe  out).  Vapor. 
Also  the  breath. 

Halitus    Oris    Fcetidus.        Foul    or   tainted 
breath. 
Halitus    Sanguinis.      The  vapor  exhaled  by 
fresh  blood. 

Hall's  Ready  Method.  See  RESPIRATION, 
A  BTIFICIAL. 

Hallucination  (Jiallucinatio ;  from  lialluci- 
nari,  to  be  deceived),  Depraved  imagination, 
an  error  of  an  individual  who  believes  he  sees 
or  distinguishes  by  hearing,  touching,  smell- 
ing, or  tasting  objects  not  present. 

HaPlus  (hallux).     The  great  toe. 

Halmyro'des.  Any  disease  accompanied 
by  calor  mordax. 


Ha/Io  (from  aluc,  an  area).  Areola.  In 
Anatomy,  the  pale-red  circle  which  surrounds 
the  nipple  in  woman.  In  Meteorology,  a  lumi- 
nous circle  seen  around  the  sun  or  moon  under 
certain  conditions  of  the  atmosphere. 
Halo  Signa/tus.  The  impression  formed  by 
the  ciliary  processes  on  the  anterior  surface  of 
the  vitreous  humor. 

Haloderae'um  (from  a?.e,  salt,  and  dspatov, 
a  collar).  A  collar  of  salt  applied  to  the  neck, 
as  in  croup. 

Halogens  (from  ale,  salt,  and  yevvau,  to 
produce).  A  term  applied  in  Chemistry  to 
substances  which  form  salts  with  metals,  as 
chlorine,  iodine,  fluorine,  and  cyanogen.  Salts 
thus  formed  are  termed  haloids. 

Ha/loids  (from  a'Ag,  sea-salt,  and  etdog,  re- 
semblance). Resembling  salt.  Salts  which 
are  compounds  of  chlorine,  iodine,  bromine, 
fluorine,  cyanogen,  and  other  compound  radi- 
cles, with  metals. 

HalonPeter  (alg,  salt,  and  fierpov,  a  meas- 
ure). An  instrument  for  measuring  the  form, 
angles,  etc.,  of  salts. 

Halonii/tis.  Induration  of  the  cellular 
tissue. 

Halope'gas.     Salt  springs. 

HaPurgy.  The  process  of  forming  or  ex- 
tracting]salts. 

Ham.     See  Poples. 

Hamame'Iis  Virgin/ica.  Witch-hazel. 
Winter  witch  hazel  ;  a  shrub  of  the  family 
BerberideaB,  the  bark  of  which  is  astringent. 
In  Dental  Practice,  this  agent,  in  the  form  of 
an  extract,  is  used  externally  in  incipient  peri- 
odontitis and  irritated  pulps  of  teeth. 

Hamarthri/tis  (from  apa,  at  once,  and 
ap&ptrig,  gout).     Gout  in  all  the  joints. 

Ham'ma  (from  hammah,  knot).  Knot  or 
tie  for  retaining  a  bandage.     A  truss  for  hernia. 

HanPosus  (from  hamus,  a  hook).     Hooked. 

Ham 'strings.     The  tendons  of  the  ham. 

HanPular  Process.     See  Hamulus. 

HanPulus.      A  little  hook.      In  Anatomy, 

a  hook-like   process,  as   the   hamulus   of    the 

pterygoid  process  of  the  sphenoid  bone. 

Hamulus  Cochlea.     Literally,  a  small  hook 

of  the  cochlea  ;  a  process  by  which  the  lamina 

spiralis  terminates  upon  the  axis. 

HanPus.    A  hook.    See  Hamulus. 

Hand  (mantis).  The  extremity  of  the 
arm,  composed  of  the  carpus,  metacarpus,  aud 
fingers. 

Hands,  Dropped.  Paralysis  of  the  hands 
caused  by  the  action  of  lead. 


HAN 


305 


HAR 


Hang=nail.  A  detached  portion  of  epider- 
mis near  the  finger-nail. 

Hapantis/mus.  Growing  together  of  or- 
ganic parts. 

Haphe.     Feeling.     Touch. 
Haphon'usi  (from  a©;/,  the  sense  of  touch). 
Diseases  of  the  sense  of  touch. 

HapIococ/cus.    A  form  of  micro-organisms. 
Haplotom'ia  (from  a-'/.og,  simple,  and  toutj, 
incision).     A  simple  incision. 

Haptodysphor/ia  (from  a<p?i,  touch,  and 
dvo<j>opoc,  difficult  to  he  borne).  Painful  to  the 
touch. 

Haptot/ica  {a-rouai,  to  touch).  The  science 
of  the  phenomena  of  touch  or  sensation. 

Hard.  A  term  applied  in  popular  language 
to  a  substance  which  resists  the  action  of  ex- 
ternal force  ;  in  Anatomy,  to  the  osseous  frame- 
work of  the  body,  and  in  Pathology  to  the 
pulse  when  the  finger  seems  to  yield  to  the 
stroke  of  the  artery. 

Hare=Iip  (labium  leporinum;  lagocheilus ;  la- 
ffosioma).  A  vertical  fissure  or  division  of  one  or 
both  lips,  from  a  failure  of  the  lateral  portions 
of  the  lip  to  unite.  It  is  almost  always  con- 
genital, though  it  may  be  produced  by  a  wound. 
Sometimes  the  cleft  is  double.  The  fissure  fre- 
quently extends  to  the  alveolar  arch  and  palate. 
When  there  is  but  one  division,  it  is  called 
simjrfe;  double  when  there  are  two,  and  com- 
plicated when  the  maxillary  bone  and  palate 
are  implicated,  or  when  one  or  more  of  the 
teeth  project  and  accupy  the  separation  in  the 
lip.  Mr.  Fox  gives  a  drawing  of  a  very  re- 
markable example  of  distortion,  in  which  a 
portion  of  the  jaw-bone,  with  three  teeth,  pro- 
jected beneath  the  nose  more  than  an  inch  and 
a  quarter.  Dr.  Simms  describes,  in  the 
"American  Journal  of  Dental  Science,"  vol. 
v,  page  51,  a  similar  example  of  compli- 
cated hare-lip  ;  and  numerous  others  are  on 
record. 

The  manner  of  remedying  hare-lip  consists 
(1)  in  removing  the  rounded  edges  of  the  cleft 
and  (2)  in  bringing  them  accurately  together 
and  retaining  them  in  contact  until  a  union 
takes  place.  But  with  regard  to  the  most 
eligible  period  of  life  for  the  performance  of 
the  operation  there  exists  a  difference  of  opin- 
ion. Some  think  the  sooner  it  is  performed 
the  better  ;  others  believe  that  the  best  time  is 
immediately  after  the  child  has  ceased  to  suck  ; 
while  others  again  think  it  better  to  defer  it 
until  even  a  later  period. 

For  simple   hare-lip   the  operation  may  be 
20 


performed  in  the  following  manner  :  The  head 
of  the  child  being  slightly  elevated  and  firmly 
secured  by  means  of  an  assistant,  a  narrow, 
flat  piece  of  wood   or   pasteboard   should    be 
introduced  between  the  lip  and  gums  and  held 
\>y  another  assistant ;  a  narrow,  sharp-pointed 
scalpel,  or,  what  is  preferable,  a  straight  bis- 
toury, is  then  passed   through  the   margin  of 
the  lip,  immediately  below  the  nose,  and  by  a 
single  cut,  in  a  straight  line  downward,  the 
rounded   edge  is  removed.     This  operation  is 
next  repeated  on  the  opposite  side,  leaving  an 
aperture  between  the  two  margins  resembling 
the  letter  V  inverted.     The  margins  are  next 
brought  accurately   together  and  secured  by 
passing  two  or  three  gold,  steel-pointed,  or  steel 
pins    horizontally   through    them   at    regular 
intervals,  and  rather  nearer  the  internal  than 
the  external  surface.     The  edges  of  the  wound 
are  now  held   in   close   contact  by  passing   a 
separate  ligature  around  each  pin  in  the  form 
of  the  figure  8.     Some  surgeons,  however,  seem 
to  think  that  additional  security  is  obtained  by 
passing   the  ligature   from  one  needle   to  the 
other.     The  suture   having  been  applied,  the 
points  of  the  needles,  if  steel  ones  have  been 
used,  should  be  clipped  off  with  a  pair  of  cut- 
ting nippers.     When  the  needles  are  properly 
applied,  Mr.  Fergusson  is  of  opinion  that  there 
is  no  necessity  for  straps  or  bandages  to  keep 
the  cheeks  forward,  though  it  may  be  advisable 
to  protect  the  tender  adhesion   of  the  wound 
for  a  few  days,  after  their  removal,  by  means  of 
a  strap.     The  needles  maybe  withdrawn  at  the 
expiration  of  three  or  four  days. 

If  there  be  any  adhesion  between  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  lip  and  gums,  it 
should  be  separated  before  the  operation  is  per- 
formed, and  if  any  of  the  teeth  project  through 
the  fissure,  and  can  not  be  carried  back  to  their 
proper  place  in  the  dental  arch,  they  should 
also  be  previously  removed. 

For  cutting  the  edges  of  the  fissures,  some 
surgeons  prefer  scissors  to  the  scalpel  or  bis- 
toury. 

In  double  hare-lip  both  fissures  should  be 
closed  at  the  same  time,  by  passing  the  needles 
entirely  across  and  securing  them  in  the  man- 
ner above  described . 

Hare-lip,  Complicated.  Hare-lip  complicated 
with  cleft  or  malformation  of  the  maxillary 
or  palate  bones. 

Hare-lip,  Double.     Two  clefts   or  fissures  of 
the  lip,  or  one  of  each  lip. 
Hare-lip,  or  Twisted   Suture.     A  figure-of-8 


HAR 


306 


HEA 


suture  around  a  pin  thrust  through  the  lips  of 
the  pared  edges  of  the  cleft. 

Harmony  (hemitonia ;  from  apu,  to  fit  to- 
gether). In  Anatomy,  an  imrnovahle  articula- 
tion, as  in  the  case  of  the  superior  maxillary 
bones  -with  each  other. 

Har'motone  (from  apuoc,  a  joint,  and  T£fivu} 
to  divide).  Cross-stone  ;  staurolite  ;  a  mineral 
the  crystals  of  which  intersect  one  another. 

Harts 'horn  (cornu  cerri).  The  horn  of  the 
Cervus  elaphus,  or  stag. 

Hartshorn,   Spirit   of.     A  "watery   solution  of 
ammonia.     Liquor  or  aqua  ammonige. 

Hash'ish,  or  Has'chisch.  A  preparation 
of  Canuabis  indica,  or  hemp,  used  as  an  intoxi- 
cating drug.  It  is  made  by  boiling  the  leaves 
and  flowers  of  the  plant  with  water  and  fresh 
butter. 

Has'ta.  A  spear.  An  epithet  applied  to  parts 
of  animals  and  vegetables  which  are  supposed 
to  resemble  a  spear. 

Has'tate.     Spear-shaped. 

Haste!  'la.     A  spear-shaped  splint. 

Hatch'etine.  A  fusible  wax-like  substance, 
of  a  yellowish-white  or  greenish-yellow  color, 
found  sometimes  in  nodules  of  iron  stone  in 
South  Wales. 

Haunch.  That  portion  of  the  trunk  formed 
by  the  lateral  parts  of  the  pelvis  and  hip-joint. 

Haus'mannite.  One  of  the  ores  of  man- 
ganese, having  a  brownish  black  color. 

Haus'tus    (from    haurio,    to    swallow).     A 
draught.     A  single  dose  of  liquid  medicine. 
Haustus  Niger.     Infusion  of  senna. 

Hauyne.  A  mineral  of  a  blue  color  found  in 
small,  granular  masses  in  basalt  or  lava. 

Havers'  Glands.  Haversian  glands.  The 
fringed  vascular  folds  of  the  synovial  membrane 
of  joints  called,  by  Dr.  Havers,  mucilaginous 
glands. 

Haversian  Canals.  The  minute  canals 
found  in  the  com  pact  substance  of  bone,  contain- 
ing blood-vessels  and  medullary  matter. 

Hawes'  Moulding  Flask.  A  sectional 
moulding  flask  consisting  of  two  parts,  one  of 
which  is  in  jointed  sections  and  the  other  a 
simple  iron  ring.  This  flask  gives  an  accurate 
sand-mould  of  plaster  models  which,  owing  to 
undercuts,  etc.,  it  would  be  impossible  to  mould 
in  the  ordinary  flask,  owing  to  what  is  termed 
"  dragging." 

Hay  Asth'ma.     Hay  fever. 

Hay/denite.  A  mineral  occurring  in  pale, 
yellowish-brown  crystals  ;  so  called  from  its 
discoverer,  Dr.  Eayden. 


Head  (caput).     The  upper  extremity  of  the 
body  ;     the    crauium    and    face.     The    single 
rounded   prominence   of   the   extremity   of   a 
bone. 
Head,  Water  in  the.     Hydrocephalus. 

Head'ache.  Cephalalgia.  Pain  in  the 
head . 

Heal'ing.  Union  and  cicatrization  of  a 
wound.     The  cure  of  disease. 

Health.  That  state  of  the  living  body 
in  which  all  its  functions  are  properly  per- 
formed. 

Healthy  Pus.  Pus  discharged  from  ab- 
scesses the  result  of  phlegmonous  inflamma- 
tion or  from  wounds  and  ulcers  in  the  healing 
state  ;  laudable  pus. 

Hearing.  The  faculty  by  which  sound  is 
received. 

Heart  {cor;  napcha).  A  muscular  organ 
forming  the  centre  of  the  circulating  system 
in  the  higher  order  of  animals  and  having  four 
distinct  cavities  :  two  auricles — the  right  receiv- 
ing the  blood  from  all  parts  of  the  body,  the 
left  from  the  lungs  ;  and  two  ventricles — the 
right  sending  the  blood  to  the  lungs  by  the  pul- 
monary artery  and  the  left  to  every  part  of 
the  body  by  the  aorta.  It  is  of  an  irregular 
pyramidal  shape,  enclosed  in  a  membrane  called 
pericardium,  and  situated  obliquely  and  a  little 
to  the  left  side  in  the  chest. 
Heart,  Atrophy  of  the.     A  diminution  in  the 

thickness  of  the  walls  of  this  organ. 
Heart,  Displacement  of  the  (ectopia  cordis). 

It  is  generally  the  result  of  malformation. 
Heart,  Hypertrophy  of  the.    A  morbid  increase 

in  the  muscular  substance  of  the  walls  of  this 

organ. 

Heart'burn.     Cardialgia ;    a    sensation    of 
heat  and  uneasiness  in  the  stomach  and  lower 
part  of  the  chest,  due  to  the  presence  of  acetic 
or  putrefactive  fermentation  of  food. 
Heart-shaped.     Cordate. 
Heat.     The  sensation  produced  in  the  ani- 
mal body  by  the  transmission  of  caloric. 
Heat,  Absolute.    The  whole  quantity  of  caloric 

existing  in  chemical  union  in  a  body. 
Heat,  Animal.  Animal  temperature. 
Heat,  Free.     The  heat  which  is  sensible  to  the 

touch  or  to  the  thermometer. 
Heat,  Latent.     Insensible  heat,  or  heat  which 

does  not  pass  from  one  substance  to  another  so 

as  to  affect  the  sense  or  the  thermometer. 
Heat,  Prickly.     See  LICHEN  TROPICUS. 
Heat,  Sensible.     Free  heat. 
Heat,  Specific.     The  amount  of  heat  necessary 


HEA 


307 


HEL 


to  bring  a  given  body  to  a  certain  temperature, 
compared   witb   tbe   number  of   degrees  re- 
quired to  melt  ice  or  to  boil  a  given  weight  of 
water. 
Heat,  Vital.     Animal  heat. 

Heavy    Inflammable     Air.      Carburetted 
hydrogen. 
Heavy  Spar.     Sulphate  of  barytes. 

He'be.     The  hair  of  the  pubes  or  the  pubic 
region.     Also  puberty.     Goddess  of  puberty. 

Hec'tic  (hecticus;   ektikoc,  from  e$ig,  habit). 
Pertaining  to  the  habit  or  constitution. 
Hectic  Fever  (fcbris  hectica).     A  disease  char- 
acterized by  emaciation  and  fever  of  a  peculiar 
type  and  character  ;  frequent  pulse,  hot  skin, 
particularly  of  the  palms  of  the  hands  and 
soles  of  the  feet,  loss  of  appetite,  and  toward 
the   last  by  colliquative  sweat  when  in  bed 
and  diarrhoea.     It  is  generally  a  symptomatic 
disease. 
Hec/tica.     Hectic  fever. 
Hec/togramme.     One   hundred   grammes, 
or  three  ounces,  one   drachm,  and  thirty-four 
grains,  troy. 

Hectolitre.  A  measure  of  100  French  litres, 
or  211.35  pints. 

Hedeo'ma.     A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Lamiacese.     American  pennyroyal. 
Hedeoma    Pulegioides.     Pennyroyal  ;     tick- 
weed  ;  squaw-mint.     It  is  stimulant  and  aro- 
matic, and  used  to  ally  nausea. 
Hed'ra.     A   fracture  of  the   bones   of  the 
cranium  in  which  the  impression  of  the  instru- 
ment   inflicting    tbe    blow    is   visible.      The 
ancients  used  it  in  the  same  general  way  in 
which  we  use  the  word  "seat,"  and  for  the 
bottom  of  an  abscess. 

He'dyphane  (from  v^vc,  sweet,  and  <paiw, 
to  appear).     A  grayish-white  mineral   of  an 
adamantine  lustre,  composed  of  oxide  of  lead, 
lime,  arsenic,  phosphoric  acid,  and  chlorine. 
Hedys/ma.     Condiment. 
Helcoc'ace  (e/Uoc,  an  ulcer,  and  /ia/07,  cor- 
ruption).    Malignant  ulcer. 
Helco'des.     Ulcerous. 
Helcoede/ma  (sXkoc,  and  okty«fl,  a  tumor). 
CEdematous  ulceration. 

HePcoid    (e/acoc,  and    etdoc,    a    form).     Ke- 
sernbling  an  ulcer. 

Helco'ma.     An  ulcer. 
Helcome'nia   (e/.Koc,  au  ulcer,    and  jjojv^  a 
month).     Metastasis  of  the   catamenia   to  an 
ulcer  ;  a  sort  of  vicarious  menstruation. 

Helco'sis    (e/ao?,  an  ulcer).     The  progress 
of  ulceration. 


HeIcyd/rion.  A  little  ulcer.  Superficial 
ulceration  of  the  cornea. 

Hele/nin.  A  concrete  volatile  oil  obtained 
from  Inula  helenium. 

Helica/lis.  Pertaining  to  the  helix  of  the 
ear. 

HePicine  Arteries.  The  short  arteries 
and  vessels  of  the  penis,  given  off  from  the 
larger  vessels  and  smaller  twigs  of  the  artery 
of  that  organ. 

HePicis  Major.     A  muscle  of  the  ear,  situ- 
ated upon  the  upper  point  of  the  helix. 
Helicis   Minor.     A    muscle  of  the  ear  which 
contracts  the  fissure  of  this  organ. 

HePicoid  (e/uf,  a  coil,  and  eidoc,  a  form). 
Spiral. 

Helicotre/ma.  The  foramen  by  which  the 
scalse  of  the  cochlea  communicate. 

HePiotrope  (heliotropiwn ;  from  tjThoq,  the 
sun,  and  rperru,  to  turn).  The  bloodstone  ;  a 
deep  green  silicious  mineral,  often  variegated 
with  dark  brown  or  blood-red  spots. 

Heliotro/pium  Europium.  Verrucaria  ; 
turnsole ;  garden  marigold  ;  a  plant  which, 
on  account  of  its  supposed  efficacy  in  destroying 
cutaneous  excrescences,  has  been  called  by  the 
French  herbe  aux  vermes.  See  Calendula 
Officinalis. 

He'lix  (from  e7.t^  a  coil).  In  Anatomy, 
the  outer  circumference  or  ring  of  the  outer 
ear. 

Helleboras'ter  (helleborus  feetidus).  Ameri- 
can hellebore. 

HePlebore,    Amer'ican  (veratrum  viride). 
Indian  poke  ;  swamp  hellebore. 
Hellebore,  Black    (helleborus   niger).     Christ- 
mas rose.     Cathartic,  emmenagogue.    Dose  as 
a  purge,  gr.  x  to  ^ij. 
Hellebore,     White    (veratrum    album,    white 
hellebore).     Emetic  and  purgative.    Dose,  gr. 
j  to  gr.  ij. 

HelmirPthagogues  (from  ea/uvq,  a  worm, 
and  «}«,  I  expel).  Kemediesused  for  expelling 
worms.     Anthelmintics. 

HelmiiPthia.    See  Helminthiasis. 

HelminthPasis.  A  condition  of  body 
favoring  the  generation  of  worms. 

Helmin'thoid.     Worm  shaped. 

Helminthrop'yra  (eauux,  worm,  and  nvp, 
a  fever).     Worm-fever. 

Helo'des.  A  fever  accompanied  by  profuse 
perspiration  ;  the  sweatiug  sickness. 

Helo'pyra.     Marsh  fever. 

Helo'sis  (from  eiAu,  I  turn).  Eversion  ot 
the  evelids. 


HEM 


308 


HEP 


Hemat'ic.     See  Haematic. 

Hem'atite.  Bloodstone  ;  a  mineral  of  a 
dark  red  color. 

Hem'atosine.     See  Hjematosine. 

Hematu'ria.    See  Hematuria. 

Hemeralo'pia  (from  yp-epa,  the  day,  uV> 
the  eye).  A  defect  of  vision  by  which  a 
person  is  able  to  see  by  daylight  but  not  at 
night. 

Hem'eralops.  One  affected  with  herner- 
alopia. 

Hemerod'romus  (from  qp-epa,  a  day,  and 
6pop.oc,  a  course).  A  fever  which  runs  its  course 
in  a  day.     Same  as  Ephemerus. 

Hem'i=  (from  riiiiovc,  a  half).  The  same  as 
semi,  and  used  as  a  prefix. 

liemicra/nia  (from  vpiavg,  half,  and  upaviov, 
the  skull).  Pain  affecting  only  one  side  or  one 
half  of  tbe  head. 

Hemidiaphore'sis.  Perspiration  of  one- 
half  of  the  body. 

Hemihe'dral,  Hemied/ric  {rifitavq,  half, 
and  e6pa}  a  base).  Having  half  faces,  or 
facets. 

Hemim'eles.  Monsters  with  defective 
extremities. 

Hemio/pia  (from  rpiiavc,  half,  and  onrouai, 
I  see).  A  defect  of  sight  in  which  a  person 
affected  with  it  can  see  only  one-half  of  an  ob- 
ject. 

Hemiop/sis.     Hemiopia. 

Hemipa'ges.  A  monstrosity  in  which 
twins  are  united  from  the  navel  to  the  vertex. 

Hemipa'gia.     Hemicrania. 

Hemipath/ia.     Hemicrania. 

Hemipho/nia.  Great  weakness  of  voice. 
The  husky  voice  of  those  affected  with  cholera. 

Hemiplegia  (from  vf-^vc,  half,  and  nXr/aco, 
I  strike).  Paralysis  of  one-half  or  one  side  of 
the  body. 

Hemisphere  (hemisphera  ;  from  rjfuavc,  half, 
and  ofaipa,  a  sphere).  One  half  of  a  sphere 
or  of  a  body  of  spheroidal  shape.  The  upper 
portion  of  the  brain  is  divided  into  hemi- 
spheres. 

Hemispheres  of  the  Brain.  Hemispheri- 
cal ganglia.  The  upper  spheroidal  portions  of 
the  brain,  separated  from  each  other  by  the 
falx  cerebri. 

Hemitritae'us.     A  semitertian  agne. 

HemTock.  A  poisonous  narcotic  plant  of 
the  genus  Conium.  See  CONIUM  Macuea- 
Tt;M.  Dose  of  powdered  leaves,  gr.  iv  ;  of 
seeds,  gr.   ij. 

Hemorrhage.    See  Hemorrhagic. 


Hemorrhagic  Diathesis.  See  Hemor- 
rhagic Diathesis. 

Hemospas'tic.  Any  agent  which  attracts 
blood  to  a  part  ;  a  cupping-glass. 

Hemostasia.  Stagnation  or  suppression 
of  blood. 

Hemp.     A  plant  of  the  genus  Cannabis. 
Hemp,  Indian.    A  variety  of  hemp  much  used 
in  the  East  as  a  stimulating  and  intoxicating 
drug.     See  Cannabis  Indica. 
Hemp  Seed  Calculus.     The  small  varieties  of 
the  mulberry  calculus  are  so  called  from  their 
resemblance  to  hemp  seed. 
Hen/bane.      Poison  tobacco.      See  Hyos- 
cyamus  Niger. 

Hendecagon.  A  figure  having  eleven 
equal  angles  and  sides. 

Hepar  {irnap).     The  liver. 
Hepar   Antimc/niatum.     A    compound  of  a 
sulphuret  of  antimony  and  an  alkali. 
Hepar  Martia'le.     A  compound  sulphuret  of 
potassa  and  oxide  of  iron. 
Hepar    SuPphuris   SalPnum.      Sulphide    of 
potassium. 

Hepar  Sulphuris  Volat'ilis.     The  hydro-sul- 
phuret  of  ammonia. 

HepataPgia   (from    rjirap,    the    liver,    and 
alyoc,  pain).     Pain  in  the  liver. 
Hepatalgia  Calculo'sa.     Pain  caused  by  bili- 
ary calculi. 

Hepatalgia    PhlegmonoPdes.     See   HEPATI- 
TIS. 

Hepataposte/ma  (from  wrap,  the  liver,  and 
anooT7}pa,  an  abscess).     Abscess  of  the  liver. 
Hepatatro/phia.     Atrophy  of  the  liver. 
Hepataux'e.     Hypertrophy  of  the  liver. 
Hepateche/ma.     Sounds    emitted   by  the 
liver  on  percussion. 

Hepatemphrax'is  (from  nrrap,  the  liver, 
and  E/Kppaaau,  I  obstruct).  Hepatic  obstruc- 
tion. 

Hepatencephalo'ma.  Encephaloid  of  the 
liver. 

Hepate'rus.     Fluxus  hepaticus. 
Hepathelco'sis  {qnap,  the  liver,  and  ehiuarc , 
ulceration).     Ulceration  of  the  liver. 

Hepat/ic  (hepatoicus;  from  r/wap,  the  liver). 
Relating  to  the  liver. 

Hepatic  Ar'tery  {arteria  hepatica).  The  artery 
of  the  liver  ;  a  branch  of  the  cceliac. 
Hepatic  Duct  (ductus  hepaticus).  A  duct 
which  conveys  the  bile  from  the  liver  toward 
the  duodenum,  and,  being  joined  by  the  cystic 
duct,  the  two  form  the  ductus  communis  cho- 
ledochus. 


HEP 


309 


HER 


Hepatic  Flux.  A  form  of  diarrhoea  in  which 
there  is  a  copious  discharge  of  biliary 
matter. 
Hepatic  Plex'us  [plexus  Tiepaticus).  The 
nervous  filaments  of  the  cceliac  plexus  which 
accompany  the  hepatic  artery. 
Hepatic  Veins  (vense  hepaticse).  The  veins 
which  return  the  blood  conveyed  to  the  liver 
by  the  hepatic  artery  and  vena  porta  to  the 
vena  cava  inferior. 

Hepat'ica.     American  liverwort.     A  genus 
of  plants  of  the  order  Ranunculaceae. 
Hepatica     TriFoba.       Hepatica     americana. 
Liverwort. 

Hepatic'ula.     Chronic  hepatitis. 

Hepatirrhce'a  (from  v^aP,  the  liver,  and 
pew,  I  flow).  An  intestinal  flux  with  bilious 
evacuations. 

Hepatisa'tion.     Hepatization  (which  see). 

Hepatitis  (from  waP,  the  liver,  and  trig, 
denoting  inflammation).  Inflammation  of  the 
liver. 

Hepatitis,  Chronic.     Chronic  inflammation  of 
the  liver. 

Hepatization  (Jiepatisatio).  The  conver- 
sion of  any  texture  into  a  liver-like  substance. 
Applied  to  a  morbid  condition  of  the  lungs. 

Hepatoc'ace.     Gangrene  of  the  liver. 

Hepatoce'le  (from  w^P,  the  liver,  and  K-rfkri, 
a  tumor).  Hernia  of  the  liver  or  a  protru- 
sion of  this  organ  through  the  abdominal 
pa-ietes. 

HepatocoFic.  Pertaining  to  the  liver  and 
colon. 

Hepatocystic.  Pertaining  to  the  liver 
and  gall-bladder. 

Hepatodyn/ia(?/7rap,  liver,  ando<5w?/,  pain). 
Chronic  pain  in  the  liver. 

Hepatogastric.  The  smaller  omentum, 
which  passes  from  the  liver  to  the  stomach. 
Pertaining  to  the  liver  and  stomach. 

Hepatography  (from  ?/7rap,  the  liver,  and 
ypatyr),  a  description).  An  anatomical  descrip- 
tion of  the  liver. 

Hepatohas'mia  (from  v^aP,  the  liver,  and 
at/ia,  blood).  Sanguineous  engorgement  or 
congestion  of  the  liver. 

HepatolithFasis.  Formation  of  concre- 
tions in  the  liver. 

HepatoFogy  (from  wrap,  the  liver,  and 
TiOyog,  a  discourse).     A  treatise  on  the  liver. 

Hepatomala'cia.     Softening  of  the  liver. 

Hepatom/phalocele.  Umbilical  hernia 
containing  a  portion  of  the  liver. 

Hepatomyelo'ma.     Hepatencephaloma. 


Hepaton'cus.     Tumefaction  of  the  liver. 

Hepatoparec/tama.  Excessive  enlarge- 
ment of  the  liver. 

Hepatophthi/sis.  Consumption  from  sup- 
puration of  the  liver.  Exhaustion  from  sup- 
puration of  the  liver.  "Wasting.  Hepato- 
phyma. 

Hepatophy'ma.     Abscess  of  the  liver. 

Hepatorrha'gia.     Bleeding  from  the  liver. 

Hepatorrhex/is.     Rupture  of  the  liver. 

Hepatot'omy.     Dissection  of  the  liver. 

Hep/tagon.  A  plane  figure  with  seven 
equal  angles  and  sides. 

Heptaphyllum  (hepfa,  seven,  jrfiullon,  leaf). 
Tormentilla. 

Her/ba.  Herb  ;  a  plant  with  a  succulent 
stalk  or  stem  which  dies  down  to  the  ground 
every  year. 

Herbaceous.     Not  woody  ;   like  an  herb. 

Herba/rium.  A  collection  of  dried  speci- 
mens of  plants. 

Herbivorous  (herba,  grass,  and  voro,  I 
eat).     Animals  that  feed  on  herbs. 

Herbst  Method.     A  method  of  filling  teeth 
by  introducing  gold,    tin,  and  amalgam   into 
the  cavities  by  means  of  smooth  engine  burn- 
ishers.    The  gold  is  prepared  in  the  rope  form 
and  cut  into  pellets  of  required  length,  or  it 
may  be  in  the  form  of  squares  or  cylinders. 
The  first  layer  of  gold  must  be  large  enough  to 
lie  securely   in  the   cavity   without    support. 
After  the  gold  has  been  condensed  with  hand 
instruments,    perfect   adaptation    is    obtained 
by  the  smooth  burnishers  rotated  by  the  dental 
engine — these    burnishers  being   cleansed   by 
passing    them    over    sand-paper    before    they 
are  applied  to  the  gold  in   the  cavity  ;   they 
should  not  be  held  upon  one  spot,  but  moved 
around,  especially  along  the  edges  of  the  cavity. 
The  hand  instruments  are  also  rotated,  special 
forms  being  employed  for  this  method. 
Herbst    Obtundent.      Used  as  a  local   anaes- 
thetic.    It  consists  of  a  saturated  solution  of 
hydrochlorate  of  cocaine  in  chemically  pure 
sulphuric  acid,  to  which  is  added  sulphuric 
ether  to   the  point  of  saturation.      Seventy 
grains  of  hydrochlorate  of  cocaine  are  required 
to  saturate  two  drachms  of  the  sulphuric  acid, 
several   applications  being  necessary  to  pro- 
duce the   anaesthesia.     Dr.    Harlan   employs 
ten  grains  of  hydrochlorate  of  cocaine  in  ninety 
minims  of  sulphuric  acid  for  the  painless  ex- 
tirpation of  an  exposed  pulp. 

Her'derite.  A  crystallized  mineral  imbed- 
ded in  fluor-spar  at  Ehrenfriedensdorf,  Saxony, 


HER 


310 


HER 


and    discovered   by  Herder  ;   it  has  a   vitreo- 
resinous  lustre. 

tiered 'itary  (hereditarius ;  from  heeres,  an 
heir).  An  epithet  applied  to  diseases  propa- 
gated from  parents  to  their  offspring,  as  phthisis 
pulmonalis,  syphilis,  etc. 

Heredity  (from  hseres,  an  heir).  The  law 
by  which  natural  form,  structure,  and  condi- 
tions, both  of  mind  and  body,  are  reproduced 
or  repeated  in  offspring  or  descendants. 

Hermaph'rodite  (hermaphroditus ;  from 
E/3,w?f,  Mercury,  and  A<j>podiT?/,  Venus — that  is, 
partaking  of  both  sexes).  One  who  has  the 
organs  of  the  two  sexes  so  developed  as  to  re- 
semble those  of  both  male  and  female.  In 
Botany,  a  flower  which  contains  both  stamens 
and  pistils. 

Hermet'ic  (  hermeticus  ;   from   'Sip/iyc,  Her- 
mes, Mercury,  the  fabled  inventor  of  chem- 
istry).    Pertaining  to  chemistry.    That  part  of 
chemistry  which   had  for  its   object  the  pre- 
tended transmutation  of  the  metals. 
Hermetic  Seal.     The  closing  of  a  glass  vessel 
in  such  a  way  as  to  prevent  the  most  volatile 
substances  from   escaping.      It  is  generally 
done  by  fusing  the  orifice  with  a  lamp  and 
blow-pipe. 

Hermodac'tylus.  A  bulbous  root  brought 
from  the  East,  supposed  to  be  the  product  of 
the  Iris  tuberosa. 

Her/nia  {epvoc,  a  sprout,  a  shoot,  a  branch). 
A  tumor  formed  by  the  displacement  and 
protrusion  of  the  whole  or  a  part  of  a  viscus. 
Hernia  is  distinguished  according  to  the  region 
in  which  it  occurs.  It  is  termed  reducible  when 
it  can  be  readily  restored  to  its  natural  cavity  ; 
irreducible,  when  adhesion,  bulk,  etc.,  oppose 
its  return ;  and  strangulated,  or  incarcerated, 
when  its  reduction  is  prevented  by  constric- 
tion. Hernia  may  exist  from  birth  or  occur 
from  accident  or  injury  at  any  subsequent 
period  of  life.  In  the  former  case  it  is  termed 
congenital  and  in  the  latter  accidental.  The 
term  hernia  is  applied  to  various  lesions  which 
have  none  of  the  distinguishing  characteristics 
of  rupture  and  protrusion  of  an  organ  or 
viscus. 
Hernia  Cerebri.     Enceplialocele.     Hernia  of 

the  brain. 

Hernia  Congenita.     The  adhesion  of  a  pro- 
trusion of  intestine  or  omentum  to  the  testi- 
cle after  its  descent  into  the  scrotum. 
Hernia,    External.      A    hernia   appearing  on 
the  external  surface  of  the  body. 
Hernia,    Femoral.      The    protrusion   of   the 


intestine   through   the  femoral  ring  beneath 
Poupart's  ligament. 

Hernia,  Humoral.     Swelled  testicle. 

Hernia,  Incarcerated.  A  strangulated,  ob- 
structed, or  irreducible  hernia. 

Hernia,  Incomplete.  One  not  completely 
passing  through  the  opening. 

Hernia,  Inguinal.  One  passing  above  Pou- 
part's ligament. 

Hernia,  Irreducible.  One  that  can  not  be 
pressed  back,  but  that  is  not  strangulated. 

Hernia  Lachrymals.  Swelling  from  disten- 
tion of  the  lachrymal  sac. 

Hernia,  Strangulated.  One  where  there 
exists  such  constriction  as  to  prevent  the  pas- 
sage of  blood  and  fseces. 

Hernia,  Umbilical.  One  appearing  at  the 
navel. 

Hernia,  Ventral.  One  through  the  abdominal 
wall  in  front  rather  than  at  the  abdomiual 
ring. 

Hernia   Vesicals.      Cystic    hernia.      Cysto- 
cele.     Hernia  of  the  urinary  bladder. 
Hernial.     Pertaining  to  hernia. 
Herniotomy    (from  hernia,  and   ropi,  in- 
cision).    The  operation  for  hernia. 

Hero/ic.     An  epithet  applied  to  medicines 

or  practice  of  a  bold  or  vital  character. 

Her/pes   (from  epnu,  to  creep,  because  it 

creeps  and  spreads  about  on  the  skin).     Tetter. 

A    cutaneous    eruption  appearing  in   patches 

upon  an  inflamed  base,  attended  with  more  or 

less  heat,  itching,  and  sometimes  considerable 

local  uneasiness,  but  terminating  in  from  eight 

to  fifteen  or  twenty  days  in  furfuraceous  scales. 

Herpes  Ambulati/vus.  Thought  by  some  to 
be  an  erratic  erysipelas. 

Herpes  Circina/tus.  King-worm  ;  a  variety 
of  herpes  which  appears  in  circular  patches 
upon  the  neck,  face,  forehead,  scalp,  or  back 
of  the  hands. 

Herpes  Depas/cens.  A  corroding  form  of 
herpes. 

Herpes  Esthiom/enus.  Herpes  attended  by 
ulceration  and  great  destruction  of  skin. 

Herpes  Ex/edens.  Herpes  which  spreads 
rapidly. 

Herpes  Farino'sus.  Herpes  having  furfura- 
ceous exfoliations. 

Herpes  Fe/rus.     Erysipelas. 

Herpes  I'ris.  A  cutaneous  eruption  occurring 
in  small  circular  patches  on  the  palms  of  the 
hands,  fingers,  and  instep,  each  consisting  of 
concentric  rings  of  different  colors. 

Herpes  Labia'lis.     A  cutaneous  eruption  on 


HER 


311 


HIC 


the  edges  of  the  lips  and  about  the  corners  of 
the  month. 
Herpes  Milia/ris.     Herpes  beginning  with  an 
eruption  like  millet  seeds. 

Herpes     Peris/celis.      Herpes    zoster.       The 
shingles. 

Herpes  Phlyctaeno/ides.  A  vesicular  erup- 
tion, usually  preceded  by  slight  fever,  oc- 
curring in  irregular  clusters,  most  frequently 
on  the  cheeks,  neck,  arms,  breast,  and  some- 
times on  other  parts  of  the  body.  The  vesi- 
cles, which  contain  a  colorless  and  sometimes 
a  brownish  fluid,  break  about  the  fourth  day 
or  begin  to  dry  up,  forming  a  dark  or  yellow- 
ish scab,  which  about  the  eighth  or  tenth  day 
falls  off,  when  the  subjacent  skin  gradually 
assumes  a  healthy  appearance. 
Herpes  Praeputia'lis.  A  vesicular  eruption 
either  upon  the  outer  or  inner  surface  of  the 
prepuce. 
Herpes  Pustulo'sus.  A  name  applied  to 
different  forms  of  acne. 

Herpes  Serpigo.     Herpes  circinatus.     King- 
worm. 

Herpes  Sic/cus.     The  dry,  mealy  tetter. 
Herpes  Zoster.      A  variety  of  herpes  which 
spreads  around  the  body  like  a  girdle  or  belt, 
commonly  called  shingles. 
Herpetic  (kerpetieus ;  from  herpes,  a  disease 
of  the  skin).     Pertaining  to  herpes. 

Herpe/ton  (Jierpeticon ;  from  epireiv,  to 
creep).  In  Pathology,  a  creeping  ulcer  ;  in 
Zoology,  a  genus  of  serpents. 

Hesper'idine.  A  peculiar,  crystallizable 
substance  detected  in  the  rind  of  the  unripe 
bitter  orange. 

Hes/sian  Cru/cible.  A  crucible  made  of 
fine  clay  and  sand,  and  used  for  melting  gold, 
silver,  and  their  alloys  in  the  manufacture  of 
gold  and  silver  plates  and  solders. 

Het/eradel/phia  (erepog,  other,  and  ade?4oq, 
a  brother).  Union  of  the  body  of  two  foetuses — 
one  of  perfect  growth,  the  other  undeveloped. 
Heterade'nia  (erepog,  and  aS?/v,  a  gland). 
A  heterologous  formation  of  glandular  sub- 
stance. 

Het/ero=.  A  prefix,  from  erepog,  different, 
used  in  medicine. 

Heterochymeu'sis.  A  depraved  chymifi- 
cation  and  sanguification  ;  also  a  class  of  dis- 
eases in  which  this  occurs. 

Het/eroclite.  See  Heterologous  Tis- 
sues. 

Heteroge'neous.  Unlike  in  kind  ;  differ- 
ent.    Opposed  to  homogeneous. 


Heterola'lia  (enpoc,  different,  and  ?.a?.ia, 
speech).     A  defect  in  speech. 

Heterologous  Tissues.  Morbid  tissues. 
See  Heteroplasis. 

Heteromor'phism  (heteromorphismus ;  from 
E-epog,  other,  and  p-op^r/,  shape).  Malforma- 
tion or  deviation  from  natural  shape  of  parts. 

Heterop'athy  (from  erepog,  different,  and 
7ra#of,  affection).  The  removal  of  a  morbid 
condition  of  body  by  exciting  a  different  morbid 
condition.     Allopathy. 

Heteropho'nia  (from  erepog,  different,  and 
(j>o)vr/,  voice).  An  impaired,  cracked,  or  broken 
voice. 

Heteropla'sis  (from  erepog,  different,  and 
ir?Macg,  formation).  Formations  which  do  not 
belong  to  the  healthy  body,  as  cancer,  etc. 

Heteroplasty  {-?Maoetv,  to  fashion).  The 
artificial  repair  of  deformities  or  deficiencies 
by  material  taken  from  other  individuals. 

Heterosarco'ses  (from  erepoc,  different, 
and  capi;,  flesh).  Diseases  which  consist  in  the 
production  of  false  tissues. 

Heterotax/ia  (from  erepog,  different,  and 
ratjig,  order).     Transposition  of  organs. 

Heterotopia  (from  ETEpoc,  and  ro-og,  place). 
Deviation  of  parts  from  their  natural  place. 
Abnormal  position,  or  the  misplacement  of  a 
part  or  organ. 

He/vea  Guianens'is  (hevea  elasiica).  One 
of  the  trees  which  yield  caoutchouc. 

Hex/agon.  A  plane  figure  having  six  equal 
angles  and  sides. 

Hexahe'dron.  A  regular  solid  figure 
bounded  by  six  equal  sides  ;  a  cube. 

Hexan'gular.     Having  six  angles. 

Hexapet'alous.     Having  six  petals. 

HexaphyHous.     Having  six  leaves. 

Hex/is  (efif,  habit).  Habit  of  body.  Con- 
stitution. 

Hg.     Symbol  for  mercury. 

Hia/tus  (from  Mare,  to  gape).  Literally,  a 
gap.  In  Anatomy,  an  orifice,  aperture,  or  pas- 
sage.    Also  yawning. 

Hiatus  Fallo'pii.    See  Aqueduct  of  Fallo- 
pius. 
Hiatus  of  Winslow.     The  foramen  of  "Wins- 
low. 

Hiberna'tion.  The  state  of  some  animals 
during  winter  in  which  the  vital  functions 
seem  nearly  suspended,  as  the  bat,  hedgehog. 
dormouse,  etc. 

Hic'cough.  Singultus.  Sudden  and  in- 
voluntary contraction  of  the  diaphragm,  and 
simultaneous   closing  of  the  glottis   arresting 


HID 


312 


HIS 


the  air  in  the  trachea,  repeated  at  short  inter- 
vals, with  sonorous  inspiration. 

Hidro'a  (from  i6puc,  sweat).  A  term  ap- 
plied in  Pathology  by  Sauvages  and  Vogel  to 
eczema,  or  heat  eruption. 

Hidron'osos  (sudor  anglicus).  Sweating 
sickness. 

Hidroph'orous.     Sudoriferous. 

Hidropy'retus.     A  sweating  fever. 

Hid'ros  (from  tdpug,  sweat).  Sweat  ;  a  term 
used  in  the  composition  of  many  words  ;  as 
Hidrotica,  sudorifics. 

Hidrot'ica  (from  cdpuq,  sweat).  Sudorifics  ; 
mediciues  that  cause  perspiration. 

Highmore,  Antrum  of.  See  Maxillary 
Sixus. 

Hill's  Stop'ping.  A  preparation — consist- 
ing principally  of  bleached  gutta  percha,  car- 
bonate of  lime,  and  quartz — for  filling  teeth. 
The  following  formula  is  given  for  its  prepara- 
tion :  Mix  pure  gutta  percha,  while  in  a  soft- 
ened condition,  with  one  part  of  quartz,  one 
part  of  feldspar,  and  two  parts  of  quicklime.  It 
does  not  possess  the  requisite  density  for  a 
permanent  filling,  especially  on  the  surface  of 
a  tooth  exposed  to  friction  ;  but  as  the  secre- 
tions of  the  mouth  do  not  produce  any  effect 
upon  it,  it  may  be  used  in  many  cases  with 
decided  advantage.  In  extremely  sensitive 
teeth,  where  impressions  of  heat  and  cold  would 
be  conducted  through  a  metallic  filling,  caus- 
ing inflammation  of  the  pulp  and  a  loss  of 
vitality,  this  material  will  be  found  to  answer 
a  good  purpose  as  a  temporary  filling  until  the 
condition  of  the  tooth  has  become  so  changed 
that  a  metallic  filling  can  be  introduced  with 
impunity.  Placed  in  the  bottom  of  a  cavity, 
beneath  a  metallic  filling,  it  will  act  the  part 
of  a  non-conductor. 

Hi'lus  Liena'lis.  The  fissure  on  the 
internal  and  concave  surface  of  the  spleen 
through  which  the  vessels  enter  and  leave  the 
organ. 

Himanto'sis  (hhnas).  Eelaxation  and  elon- 
gation of  the  uvula. 

Hip.      Haunch.     The    articulation    of   the 
thigh  with  the  pelvis.    In  Botany,  the  ripe  fruit 
of  the  Rosa  canina. 
Hip  Bone.     The  ischium. 

Hip=joint  Disease.     Sec  Coxalgia. 

Hippanthro'pia  (from  wra-of,  a  horse,  and 
av&poirog,  a  man).  A  diseased  state  of  the 
imagination  in  which  the  individual  fancies 
himself  changed  into  a  horse. 

Hippa/sia.     Equitation. 


Hippeu'sis.     Equitation. 
Hip/po=  (from  inirog,  a  horse).    A  prefix  sig- 
nifying a  large  size.     Also  ipecacuanha. 

Hippocam/pUS  (from   nnrog,  and  Ka/nvru,  to 

bend).     The  sea-horse,  a  small  marine  animal. 

In  Anatomy,  two  convolutions  of  the  brain. 

Hippocampus   Major.     The  cornu  ammonis. 

The  internal   surface   of  the  convolution  of 

the  lateral  edge   of  the   hemisphere   of  the 

brain. 

Hippocampus  Minor.    A  medullary  eminence 
situated  in  the  posterior  cornu  of  the  lateral 
ventricle  of  the  brain. 
Hippocrat'ic.     Relating  to  Hippocrates  or 
to  his  doctrine. 
Hippocratic  Face.     See  Facies. 

Hip'popus  (from  innog,  and  novg,  a  foot). 
A  genus  of  acephalous  mollusks,  so  called  from 
the  resemblance  of  their  shell  to  the  foot  of  a 
horse. 

Hip'pus  (from  mnoq,  a  horse).  A  disease  of 
the  eyes  characterized  by  perpetual  twinkling 
or  repeated  alternate  dilatation  and  contraction 
of  the  iris. 

Hir'quus.     The  inner  canthus  of  the  eye. 
Hirsute   (hirsutus).      Clothed  with    hair ; 
rough,  shaggy. 

Hirsu'ties.  Hairiness.  The  growth  of 
hair  in  unusual  situations  or  in  greater  abun- 
dance than  usual. 

Hiru'do.     The  leech. 
Hirudo   Medicina/lis.     The  medicinal  leech. 
European  leech.     It  will  draw  nearly  half  an 
ounce  of  blood.     The  American  leech,  or  Hi- 
rudo decora,  does  not  make  so  deep  an  incision 
as    the    European,    and    draws    less    blood. 
Leeches  are  used  to  produce  local  blood-letting. 
In  applying  them  the  part  must  be  wiped  dry, 
and  if  they  do  not  take  hold,  a  little  milk  or 
'    cream  may  be  applied.     When  satiated,  they 
will  drop  off,  and  can  be  made  to  disgorge  the 
blood  by  applying  a  little  salt  or  vinegar  to 
their  heads. 
Hirundina/ria.     See    Lysimachia  Num- 

MULARIA. 

His/pid  (from  hispidus,  bristly).  In  Botany, 
bristly  ;  beset  with  stiff  hairs. 

Histodial/ysis  (ioroc}  web  or  tissue,  and 
fiia'/jiouj,  a  dissolution).  A  resolution  of  organic 
texture. 

Histogenesis  (genesis).  The  development 
of  t  issues. 

Histogenet'ic.  Producing  organic  texture  ; 
tissue  producing. 

Histogen'ia  (from   larog,  a  web  or  tissue, 


HIS 


313 


HOO 


and  yeveaig,  generation).     Histogeny.    The  for- 
mation and  development  of  organic  tissues. 

Histoid.  Formed  out  of  a  single  tissue,  as 
a  histoid  tumor. 

Histology  (histologic! ;  from  ta-og,  a  tissue, 
and  TioyoQj  a  discourse).  The  anatomy  of  the 
tissues  which  enter  into  the  formation  of  the 
different  organs  of  the  body  ;  general  anatomy. 
The  study  of  the  intimate  structure  of  tissues. 

Histolysis.  The  disintegration  of  tissues  ; 
especially  as  a  result  of  retrograde  metamorpho- 
sis in  the  living  body. 

Histon'omy  (hisionomia ;  from  larog,  web 
or  tissue,  and  vo/iog,  law).  The  laws  which 
govern  the  development  and  arrangement  of 
organic  tissues. 

His/tory,  Medical.  A  description  of  the 
principal  events  and  the  persons  connected 
therewith  in  the  progress  of  the  several  branches 
of  medicine. 

History,  Natural.  That  department  of  phys- 
ical science  which  treats  of  the  properties  of 
natural  bodies  and  their  methodical  arrange- 
ment. 

Histot'omy  (from  icrog,  a  tissue,  and  to/utj, 
incision).     The  dissection  of  organic  tissues. 

Hive  Syrup.     See  Syrupus  Scill^;  Com- 

POSITUS. 

Hives.  The  popular  name  for  croup  ;  also 
for  chicken-pox,  the  varicella  globularis  in  this 
country,  but  chiefly  for  urticaria. 

Hoarse'ness  (raucedo).  Preternatural 
roughness  or  asperity  of  voice,  arising  gener- 
ally from  disease  in  the  larynx  and  trachea. 

Hoary.     Of  a  gray,  bluish-green  color. 

Hob=nail  Liver.     Cirrhosis  of  the  liver. 

Hoffmann's     Anodyne    Solution.      See 

SPIRITUS  iETHERIS  SULPHURIC!  COMPOSITUS. 

Hogs'lard.  Adeps  prseparata  ;  adeps  suil- 
lus  ;  axungia  porcina. 

Hol'ce  (o?dii]).    A  drachm. 

Holder,  Cheek  and  Tongue.  See 
Thomas'  Cheek  and  Tongue  Holder  ; 
also  Hawes'  Duct  Compressor. 

Hollands.     Gin. 

Holiingsworth  System  of  Crown=  and 
Bridge=work.  See  Bridge-work,  Systems 
of. 

Holohed'ral  (from  o/.og,  whole,  and  edpa, 
face).  In  Mineralogy,  a  crystal  with  all  the 
similar  edges  replaced. 

Holoton'icus  (from  o?,og,  whole,  and  reivo, 
to  stretch).  In  Pathology,  that  form  of  tetanus 
in  which  the  muscles  of  the  body  generally  are 
affected. 


Ho'ma.     An  anasarcous  swelling. 

Homo.  Man.  A  mammiferous  animal  of 
the  order  Bimana,  or  two-handed,  of  which  he 
is  the  only  genus.  Also  a  prefix  denoting 
equality,  etc. 

Homoeopath.     A  homceopathist. 

Homoeopathy  (homceopathia ;  from  ouoioc, 
similar,  and  Tradog,  affection).  A  doctrine 
which  maintains  that  all  diseases  of  the  body 
are  to  be  cured  by  inducing  other  diseased 
actions  of  the  same  kind,  and  that  is  to  be 
effected  by  exceedingly  minute  doses  of  medi- 
cine. 

Homogang'liate  (from  o/xoiog,  like,  and 
yayy/uov,  a  ganglion).  A  term  applied  in  Com- 
parative Anatomy  to  animals  with  the  gan- 
glionic nervous  system  and  symmetrical  ar- 
rangement of  the  ganglions. 

Homogeneous.  Having  the  same  struc- 
ture throughout.  Having  elements  of  like 
nature  and  properties. 

Homoio'sis  (from  o/joiou,  to  assimilate). 
The  elaboration  of  the  chyle,  by  which  it  is 
assimilated  to  the  blood. 

Homologous  (pfiog,  equal,  same,  and  /o-^og, 
a  relation).  Things  of  the  same  essential  na- 
ture in  different  animal  bodies,  however  differ- 
ent in  form  or  name. 

Homology  (from  o/iog,  the  same,  and 
Zoyog,  a  discourse).  The  doctrine  of  similar 
parts. 

Homomor'phous.    Having  the  same  form. 

Homonymous.  In  Anatomy,  a  correlation 
of  parts. 

Homoph'agus  (from  u/uog,  raw,  and  90; «, 
to  eat).     One  who  eats  raw  flesh. 

Homoplas'ty  (from  o/uog,  same,  and  ~laaau, 
to  form).    The  formation  of  homologous  tissues. 

Homopla/ta.     Scapula. 

Homot'onos  (aemasticos).  Having  the  same 
tone. 

Hom/otype  (oftog,  equal,  and  rv-og,  form). 
Applied  by  Owen  to  a  repeated  part  in  the  seg- 
ments of  the  same  skeleton. 

Hon'ey  (met ;  mellis).  A  mucoso-saccha- 
rine  substance  of  a  yellowish  color  and  aromatic 
smell,  elaborated  by  the  Apis  mellifica,  or  honey- 
bee, from  the  nectaries  of  flowers  and  deposited 
in  the  cells  of  the  comb. 

Honey  of  Squill.     See  SYRUPUS  Scill.e  Com- 
POSITUS. 

Hon 'ey  suckle.  A  plant  of  the  genus  Loni- 
cera. 

Hood'ed.  Cucullate  or  cowled.  See  Cu- 
cullate. 


HOO 


314 


HUM 


Hook.     A  curved  steel  instrument  used  by 
anatomists,  surgeons,  and  dentists.    The  tenac- 
ulum  is  a  variety  of  hook  used  by  the  two  for- 
mer, and   the  hook   belonging  to  the  key  of 
Garengeot,  and   the   one  with   the  forked   or 
crescent-shaped     extremity,    with    a    straight 
shaft  attached  to  a  handle,  used  for  the  ex- 
traction of  the  roots  of  molar  teeth,   are  the 
kinds  employed  by  the  latter. 
Hook,    Blunt.     In  Obstetrics,  a   hook  with    a 
long,  straight  handle,  for  bringing  down  the 
limbs  of  the  foetus  during  delivery. 
Hooked.     Curved  suddenly  at  the  point. 
Hoop'ing=cough.     Pertussis. 
Hops.     The  strobiles  of  Humulus  lupulus. 
Hor'dei     Sem/ina.     Hordeum    perlatum  ; 
pearl  barley. 

Hor'dein.  A  peculiar  substance  found  in 
barley,  allied  to  starch,  but  a  distinct  sub- 
stance. 

Hordeolum.  A  diminutive  of  hordeum, 
barley.  A  stye,  or  small  tumor  of  the  eyelids, 
which  is  somewhat  of  the  nature  of  a  little 
boil. 

Hor'deum.    Barley.    Also  a  genus  of  plants 
of  the  order  Graminese. 
Hordeum  Perla/tum.     Pearl  barley. 
Hordeum  Vulga/re.     The  common  barley. 

Horehound'.     A  plant  of  the  genus  Marru- 
bium. 
Horehound,     Black.        Stinking    horehound. 

Ballota  nigra.     Ballota  fcetida. 
Horehound  Tea.     Infuse  an  ounce  of  white 
horehound,  Marrubium  vulgare,  in  a  pint  of 
boiling  water. 
Horehound,    Wild.      A   plant   of  the   genus 
Eupatorium. 
Horizontal.     Parallel  to  the  horizon  ;  on  a 
level. 

Horn  (cornu).  An  animal  substance  con- 
sisting  chiefly  of  a  modification  of  protein. 
The  gelatin  of  horny  tissues  comes  from  their 
fibrous  basis. 

Horn  Lead.     Chloride  of  lead. 
Horn  Pock.     A  form  of  variola  in  which  the 
pimples,  imperfectly  suppurating,  are  ichorous 
or  horny  and  semi  transparent. 
Horn    Quicksilver.      Native  protochloride  of 

mercury. 
Horn    Silver.      Native  chloride  of  silver  ;   a 
com  pon  i  K I  of  silver  and  chlorine.     Its  formula 
is  AgCl.     It  is  quite  soft  and  of  a  pearl  gray 
or  greenish  color. 

Horn'blende.  A  common  mineral,  occur- 
ring massive  or  in  prismatic  crystals  of  vari- 


ous colors,  from  white  through  green  shades 
to  black.  It  is  a  silicate  of  lime,  magnesia,  or 
iron.  It  is  sometimes  used  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  porcelain  teeth  for  shading  the  body  or 
enamel. 

Hor/rida  Cutis  (cutis  anserina).  Goose-skin. 

Hor'ridus.  Horror  ;  a  quaking,  shivering 
with  cold.     Applied  to  a  fever,  etc. 

Horripilation  [horripilatio ;  from  horrere, 
to  bristle  up,  and  pit  us,  a  hair).  A  shuddering, 
chilling,  or  creeping  sensation  preceding  fever, 
with  bristling  of  the  hairs  over  the  body, 

Horseradish.  Armoracia.  A  plant  of  the 
genus  Cochlearia,  having  a  root  of  a  pungent 
taste.  It  is  stimulant,  diuretic,  and  diapho- 
retic.    Dose,  Qj  to  3j. 

Horse=tail.     See  Hippuris  Vulgaris. 

Hor'tus.     Vulva  ;  the  female  genitals. 

Hos'pital  (from  hosjyes,  a  guest).  An  estab- 
lishment for  the  reception  and  medical  treat- 
ment of  the  sick. 

Hospital  Fever  (febris  nosocomial  is).  A  fever 
peculiar  to  the  inmates  of  a  hospital,  from 
their  condition  and  circumstances. 
Hospital  Gangrene.  A  peculiar  form  of  gan- 
grene occurring  in  hospitals  in  which  the  air 
has  become  vitiated  by  the  accumulation  of 
patients  or  want  of  proper  ventilation. 

Hot=air  Syringe,  Warm=air  Syringe. 
See  Syringe. 

Hour=glass  Contraction.  An  irregular 
contraction  of  the  transverse  fibres  of  the  uterus, 
causing  it  to  assume  the  shape  of  an  hour-glass. 
When  it  occurs  previous  to  the  removal  of  the 
placenta,  this  is  often  retained  for  some  time 
in  the  upper  portion  of  the  organ. 

Howe  Crown.  An  artificial  crown  secured 
to  the  root  of  a  natural  tooth  by  a  threaded 
screw  post  or  dowel,  assisted  by  an  amalgam 
filling  forming  the  lingual  surface  and  dove- 
tailed into  the  crown  and  root.  Also  an  all- 
porcelain  dovetail  crown  for  bicuspid  and 
molur  roots,  united  by  means  of  two  screw- 
posts,  the  ends  of  which  are  pinched  toward 
each  other  by  pliers  so  as  to  pass  through  the 
opening  in  the  crown.  Two  styles  in  use  are 
the  four-pin  crowns  and  the  porcelain  dovetail 
crowns. 

Howland  Crown.  An  artificial,  all-porce- 
lain crown,  similar  to  the  Mack  crown,  and 
attached  to  the  natural  root  with  screws  that 
are  first  inserted  in  the  root. 

H.  S.     Horn  somni,  at  bedtime. 

Human  Teeth,  Customs  Concerning. 
Apart   from   the   importance  attached  to  the 


HUM 


315 


HUN 


teeth,  some  very  curious  and  singular  customs 
connected  with  these  organs  have  obtained 
among  many  of  the  nations  of  the  earth.  The 
Brahmins  of  Hindoostan  rub  their  teeth  for 
more  than  an  hour  with  a  twig  from  the  race- 
miferous  fig-tree  immediately  after  rising 
every  morning,  addressing  their  prayers  at  the 
same  time  to  the  sun,  invoking  blessings  upon 
themselves  and  families.  They  also  separate 
their  teeth  as  soon  as  the  second  set  is  formed. 

The  inhabitants  of  Tonquin  and  Siam  dye 
their  teeth  black,  as  do  also  the  females  of  the 
Marian  Islands  and  the  unmarried  ladies  of 
Java.  Many  of  the  women  of  Sumatra  have 
their  teeth  filed  off  to  the  gums  ;  others  have 
them  filed  to  points  or  the  enamel  filed  off  in 
order  to  dye  them  black,  which  is  regarded  as 
very  ornamental.  The  great  men  of  these 
islands  color  their  upper  teeth  black  and  in- 
case their  lower  ones  with  gold,  creating  a  con- 
trast which  is  regarded  as  particularly  beauti- 
ful by  candle-light.  The  inhabitants  of  some 
of  the  other  East  Indian  islands  gild  their  two 
front  teeth  and  dye  the  others  black. 

The  natives  of  Malacca  cut  horizontal  grooves 
across  their  upper  incisors,  and  the  Abyssinian 
negroes  file  their  teeth  to  points,  giving  them 
a  notched  or  serrated  appearance.  The  inhabi- 
tants of  Prince  William's  Sound,  says  Mr. 
Murphy,  make  an  incision  in  the  upper  lip 
parallel  with  the  mouth,  and  when  the  sides 
of  the  wound  have  healed  they  insert  a  shell, 
carved  in  such  a  manner  as  to  resemble  teeth. 
The  natives  of  the  Sandwich  Islands,  in  order 
to  propitiate  their  god  Eatooa,  offer  up  to  him 
their  front  teeth.  The  late  Dr.  Livingstone, 
in  his  travels  in  Central  Africa,  also  noticed 
the  mutilation,  etc.,  of  the  teeth  by  the  natives, 
and  mentions  some  interesting  facts  concern- 
ing the  customs  of  the  different  tribes  in  this 
respect. 

Hum  boldtine.  A  native  oxalate  of  the 
protoxide  of  iron. 

Hum'boldtite.     Oxalate  of  lime  calculus. 

Humec'tant  (humectans).  Aterm  applied  in 
Therapeutics  to  remedies  which  are  supposed  to 
increase  the  fluidity  of  the  blood  and  to  remove 
the  acrid  condition  of  an  organ.  In  Surgery, 
the  substance  for  retaining  moisture  in  a  water- 
dressing.  The  best  humectant  is  spunk,  Ama- 
dou, prepared  without  saltpetre  or  gunpowder. 
See  Water  Dressing. 

Humecta'tion  (from  humectare,  to  moisten). 
An  operation  by  which  parts  are  kept  moist. 
Act  of  moistening. 


Hu/meral  (humeralis).      Pertaining   to  the 
humerus  or  arm. 
Humeral  Artery.     The  brachial  artery. 

Hu/merus  (from  upac,  the  shoulder).  The 
upper  part  of  the  arm  and  shoulder.  Also  the 
bone  of  the  arm,  os  humeri,  which  is  of  a  cylin- 
drical shape  and  situated  between  the  scapula 
and  forearm. 

Hume's  Test.  A  test  for  arsenious  acid, 
consisting  of  the  ammonia  nitrate  of  silver. 
If  solutions  of  these  substances  be  mixed,  a 
yellow  arsenite  of  silver  is  precipitated  and 
nitrate  of  ammonia  remains  in  the  solution. 

Hu'mic  Acid.  An  acid  formed  from  humus 
by  alkalies. 

Hu'milis.     The  rectus  inferior  oculi. 

Hu'min.  A  dark  substance,  insoluble  in 
alkalies,  obtained  from  the  soil. 

Hu'mite.  A  red  Yesuvian  mineral  occur- 
ring in  complex  crystals  ;  named  in  honor  of  Sir 
David  Hume,  in  whose  collection  it  was  found. 

Hu/mor  (from  humeo,  to  be  moist).  Any 
fluid  of  the  body. 

Humor,  Aqueous.     A  thin,  transparent  fluid 
which  fills  the  two  chambers  of  the  eye. 
Humor,  Vitreous.     A  gelatinous,  transparent 
mass  of  the  eye  in  cells  behind  the  crystalline 
lens. 

Hu'moral  Pathology.  An  old  theory 
which  attributed  all  diseases  to  disordered 
states  of  the  fluids. 

Hu'moric.  A  sound  produced  by  percussion 
of  the  stomach  when  distended  by  fluid  or  air. 

Hu'morists.  In  Medicine,  those  who 
attribute  all  diseases  to  a  disordered  condi- 
tion of  the  fluids  of  the  body. 

Hu'mour.     See  Humor. 

Hump=back.  Protuberance  of  the  back, 
occasioned  by  curvature  of  the  spine. 

Mu  mulin.  The  narcotic  principle  of  the 
Humulus  lupulus. 

Hu/mulus  Lu'pulus.    The  hop  plant. 

Hu'mus.  Vegetable  mould  ;  decayed  woody 
fibre. 

Hunch.     Hump. 

Hunter's  Silicious  Cement.  A  fusible 
silicious  cement— introduced  to  the  notice  of  the 
dental  profession  by  Dr.  W.  M.  Hunter — for 
uniting  single  porcelain  teeth  to  a  gold  or 
platina  base  and  to  one  another.  It  consists  of 
a  base  and  gum  enamel.  The  former  is  com- 
posed of  flux,*  1  oz.  ;  pure,  finely-ground  as- 

*  The  flux  is  composed  of  silex.  S  ozs. ;  calcined 
borax,  4  ozs.  :   caustic  potash,  1  oz.     The  caustic  pot- 


HUS 


316 


HYD 


bestos,  2  ozs.  ;  to  these,  after  being  ground  to- 
gether until  very  fine,  is  added  granulated 
body,  1J  ozs.*  The  -whole  is  then  mixed  with 
a  spatula  to  prevent  breaking  the  granules. 

Three  formula?  are  given  by  Dr.  Hunter 
for  gum  enamel,  prepared  as  follows  :  No.  1, 
fl  ux,  1  oz.  ;  fused  spar  of  the  clearest  quality, 
1  oz.  ;  English  rose,  40  grs.  Grind  the  rose 
in  a  Wedgwood  mortar  very  fine,  add  the  flux 
gradually,  and  then  the  spar ;  continue  to 
grind  until  the  ingredients  are  thoroughly  in- 
corporated. Cut  down  a  Hessian  crucible  until 
it  can  be  put  in  the  muffle  of  a  furnace  ;  line 
with  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  silver  and 
kaoline  ;  put  in  the  materials,  and  raise  the 
heat  on  it  until  vitrification,  not  fusion,  takes 
place  ;  then  withdraw  the  muffle.  A  red  cake 
of  enamel,  easily  removed  from  the  crucible, 
will  be  the  result.  This,  after  removing  any 
adhering  portions  of  the  silex  and  kaolin,  is 
broken  and  ground  tolerably  fine.  If,  on 
testing,  the  color  is  found  to  be  too  deep,  it 
may  be  reduced  by  the  addition  of  a  little 
covering,  t  The  gum  enamel  from  this  formula 
flows  at  the  lowest  heat.  For  gum  enamel 
No.  2,  take  flux,  1  oz.  ;  fused  spar,  2  oz.  ;  Eng- 
lish rose,  60  grs.  For  No.  3,  take  flux,  1  oz.  ; 
fused  spar,  3  ozs.  ;  English  rose,  80  grs.  Treat 
as  above.  See  Continuous  Gum.  For  man- 
ner of  using  this  cement  see  Harris'  "  Prin. 
and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 

Husk.     Glume  ;  calyx. 

Hutchinson's  Teeth.  Notched  and  stunted 

ash  is  ground  very  fine  in  a  Wedgwood  mortar,  and 
the  two  former  gradually  added  until  they  are 
thoroughly  incorporated.  The  mass  is  then  placed 
in  a  Hessian  crucible,  as  white  as  can  be  obtained, 
previously  lined  with  kaolin,  and  with  which  a  cover 
of  fine  clay  slab  should  be  luted  on.  The  crucible  is 
now  exposed  to  a  clear,  strong  fire  in  a  furnace  until 
the  mixture  is  fused  into  a  transparent  glass,  which 
should  be  free  from  stain  or  discoloration.  This, 
when  cold,  is  broken  down  and  ground  until  it  will 
pass  through  a  bolting  cloth  sieve,  when  it  is  ready 
for  use. 

*  For  granulated  body,  break  and  grind  fine  china 
or  Wedgwood  ware  until  it  will  pass  through  a  wire 
sieve  No.  .00 ;  then  sift  the  fine  particles  with  a  No. 10 
lolling  sieve.  This  will  leave  the  grains  about  the 
-i/.<-  of  the  finest  gunpowder.  Any  hard  porcelain, 
with  body,  will  answer  as  well. 

f  This  is  made  by  mixing  two  parts  white  quartz 
■:iinl  with  one  part  plaster  of  Paris,  with  sufficient 
water  to  make  the  mass  plastic,  and  must  be  used 
before  the  plaster  .j<-t,.-i. 


permanent  teeth  found  in  children  suffering 
from  hereditary  syphilis  ;  so  called  from  Jona- 
than Hutchinson's  description  of  the  effects  of 
syphilis  on  the  dental  structures. 

Hyacinth.  A  mineral  of  various  colors 
occurring  in  crystals  ;  found  in  Zircon. 

Hyacinth'ine.  A  transparent  and  doubly 
refractive  brown  or  greenish  mineral  occur- 
ring in  eight-sided  prisms. 

Hyale'us.     Hyaline. 

Hyaline  (from  valoc,  glass).  The  pellucid 
or  albuminoid  substance  which,  combined  with 
chitine,  is  said  to  form  the  amyloid  substance. 
Eesembling  glass. 

Hyali/tis.  Inflammation  of  the  hyaloid 
membrane  of  the  eye. 

Hy'alo.     Vitreous,  in  composition. 

Hyalodec/crysis.  Escape  of  part  of  the 
vitreous  body  or  humor. 

Hy/aIoid  (hyaloides;  from  valoc,  glass,  and 
eidoc,    likeness).      Resembling  glass.      Trans- 
parent ;  pertaining  to  the  vitreous  humor. 
Hyaloid  Canal.    See  Hyaloid  Membrane. 
Hyaloid  Fossa.     The  depression  in  the  vitre- 
ous humor  in  which  the  crystalline  lens  or 
humor  is  partially  imbedded. 
Hyaloid  Membrane.     The  membrane  which 
forms  the  covering  of  the  vitreous  hnmor  and 
transmits  within   it  prolongations  which  di- 
vide it  into  cells.  On  a  level  with  the  entrance 
of  the  optic  nerve  into  the  eye  the  hyaloid 
membrane  forms,  by  reflection,  a  cylindrical 
canal,  which  pierces  the  vitreous  humor  as  far 
as  the  posterior  part  of  the  crystalline  lens. 

Hyaloplasm.  The  outer  hyaline  layer  of 
a  cell ;  the  structureless  portion  of  a  cell- body  ; 
the  fluid  portion  of  the  protoplasm  of  cells. 

Hyber'nacle.     See  Hibernacle. 

Hybernation.     See  Hibernation. 

Hybo/ma.     Gibbosity  of  the  spine. 

Hy/brid  (hybrida;  from  vfipic,  an  injury, 
because  its  nature  is  tainted).  In  Physiology, 
the  offspring  of  two  different  animals,  as  the 
mule,  or  of  plants  of  different  species.  In 
Philology,  words  compounded  of  different 
languages. 

Hydar/thrus  (hydarthrosis ;  from  v6up, 
water,  and  ap&pov,  a  joint ;  properly,  hydrar- 
thrns).  Hydrops  articulorum.  Dropsy  of  a 
joint.     White  swelling. 

Hy'datid  (hydatis ;  from  vfiup,  water).  An 
encysted  tumor  containing  a  transparent, 
watery  fluid,  found  in  various  parts  of  the 
body  ;  also  transparent  vesicles,  soft,  and  devel- 
oped within  organs.     (1)  Hydatis  acephalocyilis, 


HYD 


31', 


HYD 


the  headless  hydatid,  or  bladder- worm;  (2) 
Hydatis  ccenurus,  containing  several  animals 
grouped  together  and  terminating  in  one  tail  ; 
(3)  Hydatis  cysticercus,  the  bladder-tailed  hy- 
datid ;  (4)  Hydatis  dilrachyceros,  furnished  with 
a  rough,  bifurcated  horn  ;  (5)  Hydatis  echino- 
coccus,  the  round,  rough  hydatid  ;  (6)  Hydatis 
polycephalus,  the  many -headed  hydatid  ;  (7)  a 
white  encysted  body,  named  by  Raspail  the 
ovuliger  of  the  joint  of  the  wrist,  is  also  added 
to  the  foregoing,  though  considered  by  the  dis- 
coverer as  belonging  to  a  genus  intermediate 
between  the  cysticercus  and  the  ccenurus. 

Hydatidoce'le  (hydatocele;  from  vSartg,  a 
hydatid,  and  k//'A//,  a  tumor).  A  tumor  formed 
of  or  containing  hydatids. 

Hy'datoid  (hydatoides ;  from  vdup,  water, 
and  eidoc,  resemblance).  Watery  ;  resembling 
water. 

Hy/derus.     Anasarca.     Dropsy. 

Hydr=,  Hydro=  (from  vSup,  water).  A 
prefix  denoting  the  presence  of  water  or  hy- 
drogen. 

Hydra/cetine.  The  active  principle  of 
pyrodine.  An  antipyretic  and  analgesic,  and 
with  properties  similar  to  pyrodine  (which 
see). 

Hydrac'ids.  In  Chemistry,  acids  contain- 
ing hydrogen  in  combination  with  a  radicle. 
Even  the  oxacids  have  been  classified  under 
this  head  by  assuming  that  their  basis  is  a 
compound  radicle  united  with  hydrogen. 

Hy'dragogues  {hydragoga ;  from  v6up, 
water,  and  ayu,  I  expel).  Medicines  which 
increase  the  secretions  or  excretions  so  as  to 
cause  the  removal  of  effused  serum  or  water 
from  any  part  of  the  body. 

Hydram/nios.  A  morbid  accumulation  of 
the  liquor  amnii. 

Hydrargo=chIo/rids.  Haloid  salts  in 
which  the  part  of  the  halogen  is  taken  by 
corrosive  sublimate. 

H  yd  rar 'gyrate.  Of  or  belonging  to  mer- 
cury.    Any  preparation  of  mercury. 

Hydrar'gyri  Acetas.   Acetate  of  mercury. 
Hydrargyri  Ammo/nio-chlo/ridum.   (Ph.  L.) 
Ammonio-chloride  of  mercury. 
Hydrargyri  Bichlo'ridi  Liq/uor.     (Ph.  L.)    A 
solution  of  corrosive  sublimate. 
Hydrargyri     BichloriMum.        Bichloride     of 
mercury. 
Hydrargyri  Bicyani'dum.     Bicyanide  of  mer- 
cury. 
Hydrargyri  Biniodi'dum.     Biniodide  of  mer- 
cury. 


Hydrargyri  Binoxi'dum.  (Ph.  L.)  Oxide  of 
mercury. 

Hydrargyri  Bisulphure'tum.  Bisulphuret  of 
mercury.     Cinnabar. 

Hydrargyri  Borus'sias.  Hydrargyri  cyanu- 
retum.     Bicyanide  of  mercury. 

Hydrargyri  Bromidum.  Bromide  of  mer- 
cury. 

Hydrargyri  Calx  APba.  See  HYDRARGYRIA 
AmMOXIATUM. 

Hydrargyri  Chlo'ridum  Corro'sivum.  (U.  S.) 
Corrosive  chloride  of  mercury.  Bichloride  of 
mercury.  Corrosive  sublimate.  Stimulant, 
antisyphilitic,  alterative,  and  antiseptic. 
Dose,  gr.  j1^  to  gr.  \,  made  into  a  pill.  Al«o 
used  externally  for  venereal  and  skin  diseases. 
Antidote,  white  of  egg.  See  Gorgas'  ' '  Den- 
tal Medicine." 

Hydrargyri  Chloridum  MPte.  (Ph.  L.) 
Chloride  of  mercury.  Protochloride  or  sub- 
chloride  of  mercury.  Calomel.  Formula  : 
Hg,Cl2.  Antisyphilitic,  alterative,  and  pur- 
gative. Dose,  gr.  j  to  gr.  ij,  night  and  morn- 
ing in  a  pill ;  as  a  purge,  gr.  v  to  gr.  xx. 

Hydrargyri  Cyanure/tum.  (TJ.  S.)  Bicy- 
anide, cyanuret,  or  prussiate  of  mercury. 

Hydrargyri  Deuto-iodidum.  Iodide  of  mer- 
cury. 

Hydrargyri  Hyperox/idum.  See  HYDRAR- 
GYRI OXIDUM  EUBRUM. 

Hydrargyri  Iodidum.  (Ph.  U.  S.  and  L.) 
Subiodide  of  mercurj^.  Protoiodide  of  mer- 
cury. Excitant  and  alterative.  Dose,  gr.  h 
to  gr.  ij,  in  pill  or  dissolved  in  alcohol. 

Hydrargyri  Iodidum  Ru/brum.  (TJ.  S.)  Red 
iodide  of  mercury. 

Hydrargyri  Mu'rias  Corro'sivus.  Corrosive 
sublimate. 

Hydrargyri  Murias  Dul'cis.     Calomel. 

Hydrargyri  Ni'tras.  Nitrate  of  mercury.  A 
powerful  escharotic. 

Hydrargyri  Ni/trico-ox/idum.  Nitric  oxide 
of  mercury. 

Hydrargyri  Oxidum  Nigrum.  (TJ.  S.)  Black 
oxide  of  mercury.     Dose,  gr.  }  to  gr.  h 

Hydrargyri  Oxidum  Rubrum.  (TJ.  S.)  Red 
precipitate  of  mercury.  Nitric  oxide  of  mer- 
cury. 

Hydrargyri  Oxidum  Sulphuricum.  See  HY- 
DRARGYRI Sulphas  Flavus. 

Hydrargyri  Oxymu/rias.  Corrosive  subli- 
mate. 

Hydrargyri  Prussias.  See  Hydkargyri 
Cyanuretum. 

Hydrargyri  Submu'rias.     Calomel. 


HYD 


318 


HYD 


Hydrargyri  Submurias  Ammoniatum.  See 
Hydrargyrum  Ammoniatum. 

Hydrargyri  SuFphas  Flatus.  (U.  S.)  Yel- 
low sulphate  of  mercury.  Subsulphate  of 
mercury.  Sulphate  of  mercury.  Turpe.th 
mineral. 

Hydrargyri  Sulphure'tum  Nigrum.  (TJ.  S.) 
Black  sulphuret  of  mercury.  iEthiop's  min- 
eral.    Dose,  gr.  v  to  5  ss. 

Hydrargyri  Sulphuretum  Ru/brum.  (U.  S.) 
Eed  sulphuret  of  mercury.  Bisulphuret  of 
mercury.     Cinnabar. 

Hydrargyri  Supermu/rias.  See  HYDRAR- 
GYRI Chloridum  Corrosivum. 

Hydrargyri  Unguen/tum.     See  TJNGUENTUM 
Hydrargyri. 
Hydrargyria    [eczema  mercuriale).      Mer- 
curial eczema,  or  eczema   resulting  from  the 

use  of  mercury. 

Hydrargyri 'asis.     Poisoning  by  mercury. 
Hydrar/gyro=iodides.       Compounds      of 

iodide  or  cyanide  of  mercury  with  correspond- 
ing salts  of  potassium,  sodium,  etc. 

Hydrargyro=stomati/tis.     Mercurial  sore 

mouth. 

Hydrar'gyrum    (from    v6up,    water,    and 

a/>yvf}oc:    silver).     Quicksilver.      Mercury.     A 

liquid  metal  of  a  brilliant,  bluish- white  color. 

Hydrargyrum  Aceta/tum.  See  HYDRARGYRI 
At'ETAS. 

Hydrargyrum  Ammonia'tum.  Ainmoniated 
mercury. 

Hydrargyrum  Boruss/icum.  See  HYDRAR- 
GYRI Cyanuretum. 

Hydrargyrum  Calcina/tum.  See  HYDRAR- 
GYEI  BlXOXIDUM. 

Hydrargyrum  cum  Cre'ta.  (Ph.  TJ.  S.,  L., 
E.,  and  D.)  Mercury  with  chalk.  Dose,  gr. 
iij  to  gr.  x. 

Hydrargyrum  cum  Magne/sia.  (Ph.  D.) 
Mercury  with  carbonate  of  magnesia. 

Hydrargyrum  Hydrocyanicum.  See  HY- 
DRARGYRI Cyanuretum. 

Hydrargyrum  Muriat/icum.  Chloride  of  mer- 
cury.    Protochloride  of  mercury.     Calomel. 

Hydrargyrum  Phosphora/tum.  Phosphur- 
etted  mercury. 

Hydrargyrum  Praecipita'tum.  See  Hydrar- 
gyrum Ammoniatum. 

Hydrargyrum  Prsecipitatum  Cine'reum.  See 
Hydrargyrum  Oxiimm  Nigrum. 

Hydrargyrum  Purifica'tum.  Purified  mer- 
cury. 

Hydrargyrum  Sacchara/tum.  Mercury  tri- 
turated  with  lamp  sugar. 


Hydrargyrum    Vitriola'tum.     See   HYDRAR- 
gyri  Sulphas  Flayus. 
Hydrar/gyrus.     Hydrargyrum.    Mercury. 
Hydrarthrosis.      The    morbid    diathesis 
indicated  by  the  occurrence  of  hydrarthrus. 

Hydrar'thrus.  The  disease  "  white  swell- 
ing "  ;  sometimes  called  spiua  ventosa. 

Hydras/tine.  The  bitter  principle  of  Hy- 
drastis canadensis. 

Hydrastis  Canadensis.  Golden  seal. 
Yellow  root.  Turmeric  root.  A  perennial 
herb,  having  an  acrid,  hitter  taste,  and  em- 
ployed by  the  Indians  as  an  application  to  old 
ulcers.  The  root,  in  the  form  of  an  infusion, 
is  used  as  a  tonic  and  mouth-wash,  and  as  an 
outward  application  in  wounds  and  for  local 
inflammation.  It  is  also  used  as  a  local  an- 
aesthetic in  the  form  of  the  tincture,  fgj  ; 
aqua,  f^j.  Also  in  ptyalism  and  all  indo- 
lent and  offensive  ulcerations  of  the  mouth  and 
throat. 

Hy'drate  (from  vSup,  water).  A  compound 
containing  water  in  a  fixed  and  definite  propor- 
tion ;  a  substance  which  has  formed  so  intimate 
a  union  with  water  as  to  solidify  it;  substances 
chemically  combined  with  water.  A  hydrate  is 
practically  a  molecule  of  water  with  its  basic 
atom  of  hydrogen  replaced  by  another  electro- 
positive atom. 

Hydrate  of  Chlo/ral.  An  anaesthetic  and 
hypnotic.  It  is  obtained  by  the  action  of 
chlorine  on  alcohol.  Mixed  with  water,  it 
becomes  the  hydrate  of  chloral.  The  alcohol 
(C4H602),  by  the  loss  of  the  two  eqs.  of  hydro- 
gen, becomes  aldehyd  (C4H402),  of  which  the 
radicle  acetyl  (C4H3),  gives  up  its  three  eqs.  of 
hydrogen  and  takes  three  eqs.  of  chlorine, 
forming  a  new  radicle  (C4C13)  ;  and  this,  com- 
bining with  one  eq.  of  the  oxygen,  and  the 
remaining  eq.  each  of  hydrogen  and  oxygen, 
form  chloral  (C2HC1:,0H20),  or  a  variety  of 
aldehyd,  in  which  the  three  eqs.  of  hydrogen 
of  the  radicle  are  replaced  by  three  eqs.  of 
chlorine.  Anhydrous  chloral  is  an  oily,  pun- 
gent fluid,  the  vapor  of  which  is  very  irritat- 
ing to  the  eyes.  It  combines  with  water  to 
form  a  crystalline  hydrate,  which  is  very 
soluble  in  water.  Dr.  Leibreich  is  of  the 
opinion  that  when  taken  into  the  circulation 
it  meets  with  soda  and  undergoes  decomposi- 
tion, one  of  the  results  of  which  is  the  forma- 
tion of  chloroform.  Taken  internally,  the 
average  dose  for  an  adult  is  gr.  xxx,  which 
is  equal  in  its  effects  to  gr.  j  of  opium.  It  is 
also  employed  hypodermi cully,  and  locally  for 


HYD 


319 


HYD 


odontalgia.  As  a[local  anaesthetic  it  has  heen 
superseded  by  cocaine.  Chloral  is  also  em- 
ployed for  the  treatment  of  putrescent  pulps 
of  teeth  and  as  a  stimulant  and  antiseptic 
injection  in  chronic  alveolar  abscess.  See 
Chloral  Hydbate. 
Hydrate  of  Potassa.     Caustic  potash. 

Hy'drated.  Chemically  combined  with 
water. 

Hydraulics  (from  vdup,  water,  and  av?.oc, 
a  pipe).  The  science  of  the  motions  of  liquids, 
the  laws  which  regulate  them,  and  the  effects 
which  they  produce. 

Hydrencephaloce'le  (from  vdup,  and  eyneip- 
aloc,  the  brain,  and  KW,  a  tumor).  A  watery 
tumor  of  the  brain. 

Hydrenceph'aloid  (from  i'dwp,  water,  eyKE<p- 
«/of,  the  brain,  and  eidog,  resemblance). 
Resembling  hydrocephalus.  Spurious  hydro- 
cephalus, resulting  from  diseases  of  the  bowels 
and  the  irritation  of  teething. 

Hydrenceph'alus.     Acute  hydrocephalus. 

Hydrenteroce'le  (from  v6upt  water,  evre- 
pov,  intestine,  and  icr/^v,  a  tumor).  Intestinal 
hernia  with  an  enclosure  of  water  in  the  sac. 

HydrenteromphaIoce/le.  Umbilical  her- 
nia in  which  the  tumor  contains  intestine  and 
water. 

Hy/dride.  A  compound  of  hydrogen  with 
another  simple  body,  especially  metal ;  a  com- 
pound formed  by  the  direct  union  of  an  ele- 
ment or  a  radicle  with  hydrogen. 

Hydri'odate.  The  old  name  for  iodide. 
Hydriodate  of  Morphine.  Prepared  by  dis- 
solving morphine  in  hydriodic  acid  and  by 
the  action  of  acetate  of  morphia  on  iodide  of 
potassium,  and  in  the  form  of  long  needles 
of  a  silky  lustre.  Formula,  C1TH10No3HI 
+  2H20. 

Hydriod'ic  Acid.  A  colorless,  gaseous 
acid,  HI,  consisting  of  one  atom  of  iodine  and 
one  of  hydrogen  ;  a  monobasic  acid  ;  a  colorless 
gas  of  irritating  odor. 

Hydro'a  (from  vdup,  water).  A  pustule 
containing  a  serous  or  watery  fluid. 

Hydrose'mia  (from  vdup,  water,  and  ai/ia: 
blood).  Hydrsemia.  A  state  of  the  blood  in 
which  there  is  an  excess  of  its  watery  constit- 
uents. 

Hydroa'rion  (from  vdup,  water,  and  aapiovt 
ovarium).     Dropsy  of  the  ovarium. 

Hydroazocar'byls.  A  class  of  Lowig's 
system  comprising  those  organic  radicles 
which  contain  carbon,  hydrogen,  and  nitrogen. 

Hydrobleph'aron   (from  vtiop,  water,  and 


[i7<.E<j>apov,    eyelid).     Watery    swelling    of   the 
eyelids. 

Hydrobro'mate.  A  combination  of  hydro- 
bromic  acid  with  a  base. 

Hydrobrom'ic.     A  combination  of  hydro- 
gen and  bromine.     Applied  to  an  acid  or  to  a 
colorless  gas  of  irritating  odor. 
Hydrobromic    Acid,  Diluted.     Composed    of 
ten    per     cent,     of     absolute    hydrobromic 
acid  and  ninety  per   cent,  of  water.     Dose, 
rt^xx  to  3  ij. 
Hydrocarbons.     Organic  compounds  con- 
sisting solely  of  hj'drogen  and  carbon.     The 
meaning  of  this  term  is  often  extended  so  as  to 
embrace  the  combinations   of  these  elements 
(carbon  and  hydrogen)  with  oxygen. 

Hydrocar'buret.  A  combination  of  hydro- 
gen and  carbon  with  another  body. 

Hydrocar'dia.    Dropsy  of  the  pericardium. 
Hydrocele  (from  vtiwp,  water,  and  x-rf/'U  a 
tumor).     A  collection  of  serous  fluid  either  in 
the  membrane  of  the  scrotum  or  in  the  coats 
of  the  testicle  and  its  vessels. 
Hydrocele    Cystica.     Encysted  hydrocele  of 
the  spermatic  cord. 
Hydrocele  of  the  Neck.     A  tumor  filled  with 
a  watery  fluid,  occupying  some  portion  of  the 
neck. 

Hydrocele  Peritonaea.     Dropsy  of  the  abdo- 
men. 
Hydrocele  Spinalis.     Hydrorachis. 

Hydroceno/sis.  Evacuation  of  morbid 
accumulations  of  water. 

Hydrocephalus  (from  vSop,  water,  and 
KE<pa?.r?:  the  head).  Dropsy  of  the  brain.  Dropsy 
of  the  head.  It  is  divided  into  acute  and 
chronic;  external  and  internal.  When  acute,  it 
is  attended  by  symptoms  of  inflammation  of 
the  brain.  Chronic  hydrocephalus  generally 
commences  at  an  early  period  of  life,  causes  a 
distention  of  the  brain  and  bones  of  the  cra- 
nium, and  generally  proves  fatal.  When  ex- 
ternal, it  consists  in  a  mere  infiltration  of  the 
subcutaneous  cellular  tissue.  The  internal 
variety  is  said  to  be  seated  in  the  meninges 
and  surface  of  the  encephalon,  and  is  termed 
tubercular  men  ingitis. 

Hydrocephalus,  Spu'rious.    Hydrencephalous 
disease. 
Hydrochlo/rates.       The     old     name    for 
chlorides. 

Hydrochlo'ric  Acid.  Muriatic  acid.  An 
acid  composed  of  one  atom  of  chlorine  and  one 
of  hydrogen.  The  diluted  form  of  hydrochloric 
acid  is  prepared  by  adding  distilled  water  to 


HYD 


320 


HYD 


the  strong  acid.  It  is  stimulant,  tonic,  altera- 
tive, and  laxative.  Dose,  gtt.  x  to  gtt.  xx.  In 
Dental  Practice  its  uses  are  the  same  as  sulphuric 
acid  (which  see).  In  the  use  of  the  undiluted 
hydrochloric  acid  for  malignant  ulcerations  of 
mouth  and  throat, — as  cancrum  oris,  gangren- 
ous stomatitis,  etc., — the  careful  application  of 
this  acid  is  necessary,  owing  to  its  corrosive 
action. 

Hydrochloric  Ether.  See  Ether,  Hydro- 
chloric. 

Hydrochlo'rine.  A  compound  of  hydrogen 
and  chlorine. 

Hydroch'yses.  A  class  of  diseases  in 
Fuchs'  classification  characterized  by  sudden 
effusion  of  water,  as  serous  apoplexy. 

Hydrocirsoce/le.  A  tumor  caused  by  vari- 
cose veins  and  oedema  of  the  scrotum. 

Hydrocoe'Iias.     Ascites. 

Hydrocyanic  Acid  (acidum  hydrocyani- 
cum).  Prussic  acid  ;  one  of  the  most  rapid  and 
deadly  poisons.  It  exists  in  a  variety  of  native 
combinations  in  the  vegetable  kingdom,  as  in 
the  bitter  almond,  cherry-laurel,  leaves  of  the 
peach  tree,  kernels  of  fruit,  pips  of  apples,  etc. 
Great  caution  is  necessary  in  its  use.  One  drop 
may  instantly  destroy  life.  Dose  of  the  medi- 
cinal prussic  acid  is  a  quarter  of  a  drop,  which 
may  in  some  cases  be  increased  to  one  or  even 
two  drops. 

Hydrocyanic  Acid,  Diluted.  Composed  of 
two  per  cent,  of  anhydrous  acid  and  ninety- 
eight  per  cent,  of  alcohol  and  water.  Dose, 
try  to  rriv. 

Iiydrocys/tis  (from  vdup,  water,  and  kvotic, 
a  bladder).     A  cyst  filled  with  a  serous  fluid. 

Hydroder/ma  (from  w5«/),  water,  and  6ep[ia, 
the  skin).     Dropsy  of  the  skin.     Anasarca. 

Hydrodynamics  (from  v6op,  and  Svva/iig^ 
power,  force).  That  branch  of  Physical  Science 
which  treats  of  the  properties  and  relations  of 
water  and  other  fluids,  whether  in  motion  or 
at  rest. 

Hydro^entero'epiploce'le.  An  entero- 
epiplocele  complicated  with  effusion  of  serous 
fluid  in  the  hernial  sac. 

Hydro=epiploceIe.  Omental  hernia,  with 
effusion  of  serous  fluid  in  the  hernial  sac. 

Hydro=epipIomph/alum.  Umbilical  her- 
nia, with  effusion  of  .serous  fluid  in  the  sac. 

Hydroflu'oric  Acid.  A  caustic,  gaseous 
acid,  obtained  by  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid 
on  fluoride  of  calcium. 

HydrofluosiPicic  Acid.  Formula,  3HF.r 
SiF3  -f-  »SiOa.     Acid  formed  of  hydrogen,  fluo- 


rine, and  silicon.  It  is  soluble  in  water  and  is- 
used  in  analytical  chemistry,  chiefly  to  deter- 
mine the  presence  of  baryta. 

Hy/drogen  (hydrogenium ;  from  vdap,  water, 
and  yevvau,  produce).  So  called  because  it 
forms  water  in  combination  with  oxygen.  In- 
flammable air ;  an  elementary  body,  known 
only  in  a  gaseous  state,  without  odor  or  color. 
It  is  slightly  basic,  and  occurs  in  nature 
combined  with  oxygen  in  the  form  of  water, 
H20. 

Hydrogen,  Carbureted.     Inflammable   air  ; 
fire  damp  ;  marsh  gas. 

Hydrogen  Dioxide.  Peroxide  of  hydrogen. 
Formula,  H202.  It  is  obtained  by  oxidizing 
water  by  means  of  freshly  liberated  or  nascent 
oxygen.  It  is  employed  in  Dental  Practice  in 
the  treatment  of  alveolar  pyorrhoea  and  local 
inflammations  of  the  mouth.  See  Peroxide 
OF  Hydrogen.  For  dental  uses  see  Gorgas' 
"Dental  Medicine." 
Hydrogen,  Oxide  of.  Protoxide  of  hydrogen. 
Water. 

Hydrogen,  Phosphuret/ted.     A  compound  of 
hydrogen    and    phosphorus ;    a    transparent, 
colorless  gas  of  an  offensive  odor  and  bitter 
taste. 
Hydrogen,    Sulphuretted.      Hydrosulphuric 
acid. 
Hydroglos'sa.     Ranula. 
Hydrog/uret.     Hydride. 
Hydroha3/mia     (vdu>p,     water,    and    ai/ia, 
blood).     A   watery  or  impoverished  state   of 
the  blood. 

Hydrohymeni'tis.  Inflammation  of  a 
serous  membrane. 

Hydrola'ta.  Distilled  water. 
Hy/drolite  (from  vdop,  and  /Utfof,  a  stone). 
A  mineral  the  crystals  of  which  are  six  sided 
prisms,  terminated  by  low,  six-sided  pyramids 
with  truncated  summits  ;  also  decoction,  muci- 
lage, potion. 

Hydrol'ogy  (hydrologia  ;  from  vSup,  water, 
and  ?>oyor,  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on  the 
properties  and  nature  of  water. 

Hydro/ma.  A  sac  or  cyst  filled  with  water 
or  serous  fluid. 

Hydroman'cy  (from  vdup,  and  /xavreta, 
prophecy).  Divination  by  water — a  method 
of  predicting  events  practised  by  the  ancient 
Persians  and  Romans. 

Hy/dromel  (hydromeli;  from  vdup,  water, 
and  fieTu,  honey).  Water  sweetened  with 
honey. 

Hydrom'eter    (hydrometrum ;    from    w?w/j, 


HYD 


321 


HYD 


water,  and  fierpov,  a  measure).     An  instrument 
to  determine  the  specific  gravity  of  fluids. 

Hydrome'tra  (from  vdup,  water,  and  pnrpa, 
the  womb ).     Dropsy  of  the  uterus. 

Hydrom/phalum  (from  vdup,  water,  and 
o/Kpa/.oc,  the  navel).  A  tumor  at  the  navel 
containing  a  serous  fluid. 

Hydromyrin'ga  (from  vdup,  water,  and 
myringa  or  myrinx,  the  membraua  tympani). 
Dropsy  of  the  tympanum. 

Hydronaph'thol.  It  is  regarded  as  a  form 
of  /3-naphthol,  and  occurs  in  light,  fawn- 
colored,  crystalline  flakes,  having  a  feeble  taste 
and  odor.  It  is  antiseptic,  stimulant,  and 
counter-irritant,  resembling  capsicum  in  some 
respects.  It  is  employed  in  Dental  Practice 
to  disinfect  pulp  canals,  and  in  the  early 
stages  of  periodontitis  before  pus  has  formed. 
For  dental  uses  see  Gorgas'  "Dental  Medi- 
cine." 

Hydronephrosis  (from  vdup,  water,  and 
ve(f>pog,  kidney).  An  accumulation  of  urine  in 
the  kidney,  caused  by  obstruction  of  the  urinif- 
erous  tubes. 

Hydron/osos  (from  idpuc,  sweat,  and  voaoc, 
a  disease).  Sudor  anglicanus.  Sweating  sick- 
ness. 

Hydrop'athy  (hydropathia ;  from,  vdup, 
water,  and  ira&os,  disease).  The  treatment  of 
disease  by  the  external  and  internal  use  of 
water. 

Hydropericar'dium  (hydropericardia;  from 
vdup,  and  ~epiKapdiov,  the  pericardium).  Dropsy 
of  the  pericardium. 

Hydrophal'lus.     Dropsy  of  the  penis. 

Hy'drophane  (from  vdup,  and  <paivu,  to 
shine).  A  species  of  opal,  opaque  when  dry 
and  transparent  in  water. 

Hydrophimo'sis.      (Edematous  phimosis. 

Hydrophobia  (from  vdup,  water,  and  <?o(3eu, 
to  terrify).  Literally,  dread  of  water.  Canine 
madness.  That  peculiar  and  horrible  disease 
consequent  upon  the  bite  of  a  rabid  animal. 

HydrophthaI'mia  (from  vdup,  and  oyda'/.nos, 
the  eye).     Dropsy  of  the  eyeball. 

Hydrophysome'tra  (from  vdup,  water, 
<pvar/,  wind,  and  perpa,  the  womb).  Distention 
of  the  uterus  by  an  accumulation  of  serous  and 
gaseous  matter. 

Hydrop'ic  (hydropicus ;  from  vdpuf,  the 
dropsy).  One  affected  with  dropsy.  Eelatiug 
to  dropsy. 

Hydrop'ica.     Hydragogues. 

Hydropleuri'tis.     Pleurisy  attended  with 
serous  effusion.     Acute  hydrothorax. 
21 


Hydropneumo'nia  (from  vdup,  water,  and 
■xvzvpuv,  the  lung).  Serous  infiltration  of  the 
cellular  tissue  of  the  lungs. 

Hydropneumosar'ca  (from  vdup,  Mater, 
xvevp,a,  wind,  and  capf,  flesh).  An  abscess 
containing  air,  liquid,  and  flesh,  or,  generally, 
extravasated  blood. 

Hydropneumotho/rax  (from  vdup,  water, 
■nvcvpuv,  the  lung,  and  dupa!;,  the  chest). 
Pneumothorax  complicated  with  serous  effu- 
sion into  the  chest. 

Hy'drops  (from  vdup,  water).     Dropsy. 
Hydrops  Abdominis.     Ascites. 
Hydrops  Articulo'rum.     Hydrarthrus. 
Hydrops  Capitis.     Hydrocephalus. 
Hydrops  Cer'ebri.     Acute  hydrocephalus. 
Hydrops  Cyst/icus.       A  collection  of  serous 
fluid  in  a  cyst  or  sac. 
Hydrops  Genu.     Dropsy  of  the  knee. 
Hydrops  Glotti'dis.     CEdenia  of  the  glottis. 
Hydrops  Oc/uli.     Hydrophthalmia. 
Hydrops  Ovarii.     Dropsy  of  the  ovarium. 
Hydrops  Pal'pebrae.     Hydroblepharon. 
Hydrops  Pectoris.     Hydrothorax. 
Hydrops  Pericardii.     Hydropericardium. 
Hydrops  PuFmonum.     Hydropneumonia. 
Hydrops  Sacci  Lachryma'lis.     Fistula  lach- 
rymalis. 

Hydrops  Sacco'rum  Pleurae.     Hydrothorax. 
Hydrops  Tuba/lis.      Serous  accumulation  in 
the  Fallopian  tube. 

Hydropyr'etos.     Sweating  fever. 

Hydrora'chis  (from  vdup}  water,  and  pa.%iqy 
the  spine).     Dropsy  of  the  spine. 

Hydror'chis.     Hydrocele. 

Hydro=rheostat.     See  Rheostat. 

Hydrorrhoe'a  (from  vdup,  water,  and  peu,  I 
flow).  Any  chronic  discharge  of  serous  fluid. 
Also  Egyptian  ophthalmia,  with  a  profuse  flow 
of  tears. 

Hydrosalpinx.  Dropsy  of  the  Fallopian 
tube. 

Hydrosar/ca  (from  vdup,  water,  and  cap!-, 
flesh).     A  tumor  containing  water  and  flesh. 

Hydrosarcoce/le  (from  vdup,  water,  aap^, 
flesh,  and  Kif/.i],  a  tumor).  Sarcocele  com- 
plicated with  serous  effusion  of  the  tunica 
vaginalis. 

Hydroscheoce'le.     Hydrocele. 

Hydrostat'ic  (from  vdup,  water,  and  aracic, 
standing).  The  science  relating  to  the  con- 
ditions and  properties  of  liquids  in  a  state  of 
equilibrium. 

Hydrostatic  Bed.     A  bed  or  trough  capable 
of  holding  water,  and  covered   with    water- 


HYD 


322 


HYM 


proof  cloth.      Such  a  hed  presses  equally  on 
every  part  of  the  lower  surface  of  the  hody, 
and  is  always  ready  for  use  without  beiug 
shaken  up. 
Hydrostatic  Test.     Placing    the   lungs   of  a 
dead  child  in  water,   to   ascertain,  by  their 
floating  or  sinking,  whether  it  has  been  born 
alive. 
Hydrostatics    (hydrostatica  ;    from    vdup, 
water,  and  gtcltikoq,  standing).      That  part  of 
physics  which  treats  of  the  weight  and  equi- 
librium of  fluids. 

Hydrosul'phate.  A  salt  from  a  combina- 
tion of  hydrosulphuric  acid  with  a  salifiable 
base. 

Hydrosul'phuric  Acid.  Sulphhydric 
acid.  A  colorless  gas  containing  one  atom  of 
sulphur  and  one  of  hydrogen.  It  precipitates 
most  of  the  metals  from  their  saline  combina- 
tions. 

Hydrotherapeu'tics.  Treatment  by  means 
of  water  ;  water  treatment. 

Hydrotho'rax  (from  vdup,  water,  and  -&upa^ 
the  chest).  Dropsy  of  the  chest.  Effusion 
of  serum  in  one  or  both  of  the  cavities  of  the 
pleura. 

Hydrot/ica.     Hydragogues. 
Hydro'tis.     Dropsy  of  the  ear. 
Hydroxide.     See  Hydkate. 
Hydrox/yl.     A  univalent  radicle,  OH. 
Hy'druret.     See  Hydride. 
Hy'dryls.      Organic  radicles   composed  of 
several  atoms  of  hydrogen. 

Hy'giene  (from  vyieia,  health).  That  part 
of  medicine  which  has  for  its  object  the  preser- 
vation of  health. 

Hygiene,  Dental.  That  part  of  the  dental 
branch  of  medicine  which  has  for  its  object 
the  preservation  of  the  health  of  the  teeth 
and  the  parts  with  which  they  are  imme- 
diately connected  ;  and  as  the  organism  gen- 
erally, from  the  period  of  birth,  is  subject  to 
hygienic  influences,  so,  also,  are  the  teeth, 
gums,  and  alveolar  processes.  But,  as  the 
health  of  one  organ  is  dependent  upon  the 
manner  in  which  all  the  rest  perform  their 
functions,  it  is  impossible  to  lay  down  exact 
hygienic  rules  for  the  one  irrespective  of  the 
condition  of  the  others.  A  system  of  hygiene, 
therefore,  for  one  set  or  class  of  organs,  to  be 
complete,  must,  of  necessity,  have  reference 
to  the  health  of  all  the  other  organs  of  the 
body.  For  example,  the  state  of  the  general 
health  during  the  ossification  of  the  teeth  de- 
termines the  physical  condition  of  these  or- 


gans, and,  as  a  consequence,  their  suscepti- 
bility to  morbid  impressions  ;  so  also  does  it 
affect  their  condition  after  they  are  formed, 
as  well  as  that  of  the  parts  with  which  they 
are  connected.  Still,  experience  has  estab- 
lished certain  enlightened  rules  for  the  care  of 
the  teeth  which  have  been  found  efficacious 
in  counteracting  many  of  the  morbid  influ- 
ences to  which  they  are  exposed. 
The  particular  care  which  they,  when  well 
arranged  and  free  from  disease,  require  to  se- 
cure their  preservation  is  none  other,  to  use 
the  language  of  Desirabode,  than  that  which 
should  "form  the  daily  'toilette'  of  the 
mouth,"  and  this  should  consist  in  thoroughly 
cleaning  the  teeth  three  or  four  times  every 
day  with  a  suitable  brush  and  waxed  floss 
silk,  as  recommended  by  Dr.  L.  S.  Parmly. 
The  brush  alone  is  not  sufficient.  The  outer 
and  inner  surfaces  of  the  teeth  only  can  be 
kept  clean  by  the  brush,  and  lor  the  removal 
of  lodgments  of  alimentary  substances  from 
between  them,  where  they  are  most  likely  to 
be  productive  of  pernicious  effects,  floss-silk, 
hemp,  or  flax  is  absolutely  necessary. 
If  stains  or  discolorations  appear  on  the  enamel 
they  should  at  once  be  removed  by  the  use  of 
some  suitable  tooth-powder,  or,  what  in  many 
cases  will.be  found  more  efficient  and  prefer- 
able, an  argillaceous  tooth  polisher,  as  advised 
by  Dr.  L.  S.  Parmly,  or  some  other  similar 
mechanical  agent. 

Hygien'ic.     Relating  to  hygiene. 

Hygreche/ma  (from  vypog,  moist,  and  vxv, 
a  sound).  The  sound  of  fluid  heard  by  meaus 
of  the  stethoscope  or  by  percussion. 

Hy'grine.  A  volatile  liquid  alkaloid  ob- 
tained from  cocoa. 

Hy/gro=  (from  vypog,  humid).  A  prefix  de- 
noting the  presence  of  humidity. 

Hygroblephar'ici.  The  excretory  ducts  of 
the  lachrymal  glands. 

Hygrocataract/a.     Soft  cataract. 

Hygrol'ogy  [liygrologia ;  from  vypoc,  humid, 
and  Aoyof,  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on  the  fluids 
of  the  body. 

Hygro/ma  (from  vypor,  humid).  A  tumor 
containing  serous  or  some  other  humid  matter, 
but  not  pus.     Dropsy  of  the  bursse  mucosa?. 

H  ygropho'bia.     I  [ydrophobia. 

Hy'grus.     Humid. 

Hy'men  (from  vpyv,  a  membrane  or  pellicle). 
Also  the  god  of  marriages.  In  Anatomy,  a  cir- 
cular fold  of  mucous  membrane  which  partly 
or  wholly  closes  the  entrance  of  the  vagina  in 


HYM 


323 


HYP 


■virgins,  and  especially  before  menstruation, 
though  it  is  said  to  be  sometimes  wanting.  In 
Botany,  the  fine  pellicle  which  encloses  a  flower 
in  the  bud. 

Hymeno'des.  Membranous.  Urine  filled 
with  pellicles. 

Hymenol'ogy  (Jiymenologia ;  from  v/ir/v,  a 
membrane,  and  Ao;  or,  a  discourse).  A  treatise 
on  the  structure  and  functions  of  membranes. 

Hymenomala'cia  {v/17/v,  a  membrane,  and 
fiahaicog,  soft).  Morbid  softening  of  the  serous 
membranes. 

Hymenot/omy  (hymenolomia ;  from  vprjv,  a 
membrane,  and  teiivu,  to  cut).  The  dissection 
of  membranes.  Also  the  incision  of  the  hy- 
men. 

Hyobasioglos'sus.  The  basioglossus 
muscle. 

Hyochondroglos'sus.  The  hyoglossus 
muscle. 

Hyoepiglot/ticus.  Pertaining  to  the  hy- 
oides  and  epiglottis.  Also  applied  to  the  hyo- 
epiglottic  ligament. 

Hyoglos'SUS.  A  thin,  broad,  quadrilateral 
muscle,  which  has  its  origin  from  the  body, 
cornu,  and  appendix  of  the  os  hyoides,  and  is 
inserted  into  the  side  of  the  tongue,  forming 
the  greater  part  of  its  bulk. 

Hyoi'des  (from  the  Greek  letter  v,  and  sidog, 
likeness,  because  it  resembles  the  letter  upsi- 
lon).     The  os  hyoides. 

Hyoides,  Os.  A  movable  bone,  convex  ante- 
riorly, situated  in  the  soft  parts  of  the  neck, 
between  the  root  of  the  tongue  and  larynx. 

Hyoscya'mia.  Hyoscyamin.  An  alkaloid 
obtained  from  Hyoscyamus  niger. 

Hyoscya/mus  (from  vc,  a  swine,  and  nvapoc, 
a  bean).  So  called  because  hogs  eat  it  or  be- 
cause the  plant  is  hairy  and  bristly,  like  a  hog. 
A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Solanacese. 
Also  henbane. 

Hyoscyamus  Albus.     White  henbane. 
Hyoscyamus  Luteus.      See  NICOTIANA  Eus- 

TICA. 
Hyoscyamus  Niger.  Black  henbane.  Hyos- 
cyamus ;  a  valuable  sedative  and  narcotic. 
Also  anodyne,  antispasmodic,  and  slightly 
stimulant.  Dose  of  powder,  gr.  iij  to  gr.  x  ; 
but  the  extract  is  generally  used,  the  dose  of 
which  is  gr.  ij. 

Hyothyroide  us.   The  thyro-hyoid  muscle. 

Hypae/mia.  Deficiency  or  extravasation  of 
blood. 

Hypal'gia  (hyp,  and  dkyog,  pain).  Slight 
pain. 


Hypatmis'mus  {hypatmus).      Fumigation. 

Hy/per=  (from  vrcep,  above).  A  Greek  prep- 
osition, used  as  a  prefix  to  denote  excess. 

Hyperacid.     Excessively  acid. 

Hyperactapino/sis.  Excessive  activity  of 
the  absorbents. 

Hyperacu'sis  (from  virep,  above,  and  aicovaig, 
hearing).  Morbid  sensibility  of  the  organ  of 
hearing. 

Hyperadeno/sis.    Hypertrophy  of  a  gland. 

Hyperemia,  Hyperemia  (from  vrztp, 
above,  and  aiua,  blood).  Sanguineous  conges- 
tion ;  local  plethora  ;  injection  of  blood-vessels. 
The  term  hyperemia  denotes  the  overfilling  of 
the  vessels  with  blood.  General  hypersemia 
(plethora)  denotes  a  condition  in  which  thequan- 
tity  of  the  blood  is  too  great,  and  which  occurs 
when  the  blood-forming  organs  are  unduly 
active.  It  is  indicated  by  habitual  overfullness 
of  the  capillaries,  as  shown  in  undue  redness 
of  the  skin  and  turgescence  of  the  venous  cir- 
culation. A  tendency  to  plethora  may  be  in- 
herited or  may  be  acquired  by  the  undue  use 
of  rich  foods,  stimulants,  etc.,  connected  with 
diminished  expenditure  of  blood-forming  ma- 
terials in  the  nutrition  of  the  body.  Local 
hypersemia  is  due  to  the  presence  of  an  undue 
amount  of  blood  in  a  particular  part,  and  is 
divided  into  active  and  passive,  or  arterial  and 
venous. 

Hyperaemia  of  the  Dental  Pulp.  A  condi- 
tion due  to  the  overfilling  of  the  vessels  of 
the  pulp  with  blood,  the  pain  resulting  being 
sharp  and  lancinating  and  paroxysmal  in 
character,  especially  in  its  earlier  stages. 

Hyperesthesia  (from  vaep,  above,  and 
aiodavojuai,  to  feel).  Preternatural  or  morbid 
increase  of  sensibility  of  the  skin. 

Hyperalge'sia  (from  v-ep,  above,  and 
aAyrjcic,  sense  of  pain).  Excessive  sensibility 
to  pain. 

Hyperal'gia.  Diminished  sensibility  to 
pain. 

Hyperaph'ia  (from  iwrep,  in  excess,  and 
a<pq,  touch).     Morbid  acuteuess  of  touch. 

Hyperaphrodis'ia.  Excessive  venereal  de- 
sire. 

Hypercathar'sis  (from  xmep,  above,  and 
nadaipu,  to  purge).     Excessive  purging. 

Hypercementosis  (from  vnep,  above  or 
excess,  and  cementum).  The  excessive  develop- 
ment of  the  cementum  of  roots  of  teeth, 
commonly  known  as  dental  exostosis,  hyper- 
ostosis, excementosis,  dental  osteoma,  etc. 
See  Exostosis  of  the  Teeth. 


HYP 


3:24 


HYP 


Hyperchlo'ric  Acid.  Perchloric  acid.  An 
acid  containing  a  greater  pi'oportion  of  oxygen 
than  chloric  acid. 

Hypercine'sis.  Increased  irritability  of 
the  muscles,  causing  spasm. 

Hypercrin'ia  (from  vrcep]  and  npivo,  I  sepa- 
rate).    Morbid  increase  of  the  secretions. 

Hypercri'sis.  A  crisis  of  unusual  severity 
or  excessive  critical  evacuation. 

Hyperdynamia.  Excessive  exertion  of 
power. 

Hyperem'esis  (from  virep,  in  excess,  and 
e(«£w,  to  vomit).     Excessive  vomiting. 

Hyperephidro'sis  (from  vnep,  above,  and 
EQidpuaig,  excessive  sweating).  Morbidly  pro- 
fuse sweating. 

Hypererethis/ia  (from  vnep,  in  excess,  and 
e/3£i?/^w,  to  excite).  Excessive  irritability.  Mor- 
bid sensibility  ;  excessive  sensibility. 

Hypergen/esis  (from  vnep,  in  excess,  and 
yeveoig,  generation).  That  excess  of  formative 
power  in  any  organ  or  tissue  which  occasions 
excessive  development. 

Hypergeus'tia  (hypergeusis ;  from  vnep, 
above,  and  yevcrig,  taste).  Excessive  sensibil- 
ity of  the  organ  of  taste. 

Hyperglobu/lia.  Abnormal  increase  of  the 
red  blood-corpuscles. 

Hyperhaemato'sis.    Inflammation. 

Hyperhidro'sis  (from  virep,  above,  and 
itipug,  sweat).     Morbidly  profuse  perspiration. 

Hyperino'sis  (from  virep,  above,  and  ig, 
fibre).  That  condition  of  the  blood  in  which 
there  is  an  excess  of  fibrin,  as  in  inflammation. 

Hypero/a  (from  virtp,  upon,  and  «<n',  a  high 
place j.     The  palate. 

Hyperoi'tis  (from  hyperoa,  the  palate,  and 
mg,  inflammation).  Inflammation  of  the  pal- 
ate. 

Hyperopharyn'geus.  The  palato-pharyn- 
geus  muscle. 

Hyperosphre/sia  (from  vnep,  above,  and 
oo<j>pTjaig,  smell).     Excessive  acuteness  of  smell. 

Hyperostosis  (from  wnyj,  upon,  and  ooteov, 
a  bone).     Exostosis. 

Hyperphlebo'sis.  Unusual  development 
of  the  venous  system. 

Hyperplasia.     Excessive  formation. 

Hypersarco'ma  (from  virep,  above,  and 
oaf>^  flesh).  Eypersarcosis.  An  exuberant 
growth  of  flesh.     A  fleshy  excrescence. 

Hypersarco'sis.     I  lypersarcoma. 

Hypersensitive  Dentine.  An  exaltation 
Of  tin-  normal  sensitiveness  of  the  dentine  ;  a 
disturbance  caused  by  changed  relations  of  the 


dentinal  tissue,  which  is  naturally  protected  by 
the  enamel  from  irritating  influences.  For 
treatment  see  Sensitive  Dentine. 

Hypersthenic  (from  U7rep,  above,  and 
adevog,  strength).     Excess  of  vital  power. 

Hypersthenic  (hyper sthenicus).  Active  in 
an  unusual  degree. 

Hypertonia  (from  virep,  above,  and  rovog, 
tone).  Excess  of  tone  in  the  tissues  of  the 
body. 

Hypertrophae'mia.  Increase  of  the  nutri- 
tive power  of  the  blood. 

Hypertrophic.  Of  or  pertaining  to  hyper- 
trophy. 

Hypertrophy  (from  vnep,  in  excess,  and 
Tpofyr],  nourishment).  Excess  of  nourishment 
and  consequent  increase  in  bulk  of  an  organ 
or  part  without  changing  the  nature  of  its  sub- 
stance. 

Hypertrophy  of  Gums.     See  GUMS,  DISEASES 
OF. 
Hypertrophy  of   the    Heart.     A  morbid   in- 
crease   of    the    muscular    substance   of   the 
heart. 

Hyperure/sis.  Superabundant  secretion 
of  urine. 

Hypex/odos.     An  alvine  discharge  or  flux. 

Hypino'sis  (from  vwo}  under,  and  ig,  fibre). 
A  deficiency  of  fibrin  in  the  blood,  as  in  chlo- 
rosis, scorbutus,  etc. 

Hypinot'ic.     Pertaining  to  hypinosis. 

Hypnaesthe/sis  (ywvog,  sleep,  and  atadrjaig, 
sense  or  feeling).  Dulled  sensibility  ;  drowsi- 
ness. 

Hyp/nicus.  Applied  in  the  neuter  plural 
to  medicines  or  agents  affecting  sleep,  either  by 
inducing  it  or  preventing  it. 

Hypnobata/sis.  The  act  of  walking  in 
one's  sleep.     Somnambulism. 

Hypnol'ogy  (hypnologia;  from  vnvog,  sleep, 
and  hoyog,  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on 
sleep.  Also  that  part  of  hygiene  which  re- 
lates to  the  proper  regulation  of  sleeping  and 
waking. 

Hypnotic  (hypnoticus;  from  vnvog,  sleep). 
Medicines  that  indu  ce  sleep.  Somniferous  ; 
narcotic. 

Hypnotism.  A  peculiar  state  of  artifi- 
cially induced  sleep,  in  which  the  mind  is 
remarkably  open  to  external  influences.  Also 
a  state  of  insensibility  to  pain,  said  to  be 
induced  by  gazing  continuously  at  a  bright 
object  or  by  passes  before  the  eyes,  etc. 

Hyp'notize.  To  induce  a  state  of  hyp- 
notism. 


HYP 


325 


HYP 


Hypo=.  A  prefix,  from  v-no,  under,  signify- 
ing deficiency. 

HypO£E/mia  (from  vno,  beneath,  and  ai/xa, 
blood).     Anaemia,  deficiency  of  blood. 

Hypoblast  (from  viro,  under,  and  jUaorog, 
a  sprout).  The  internal  layer  of  the  blasto- 
derm,— called  also  the  endoderm,  entoderm, 
epithelio-glandnlar  layer, — from  which  is  devel- 
oped the  epithelium  of  the  air  passages,  the 
intestinal  epithelium  (except  that  of  the  mouth 
and  anus),  and  that  of  the  glands  opening  into 
the  intestines ;  the  inner  layer  of  which  the 
embryo  is  composed. 

Hypocathar/sis  (from  vtto,  under,  and 
nadatpu,  purgation).  Gentle  purgation  ;  insuffi- 
cient operation  of  a  cathartic. 

Hypochlo'rous  Acid.  A  compound  of 
chlorine  and  oxygen. 

Hypochon'driac  [hypochondriasis ;  from  vivo, 
under,  and  xov&P°Z-,  a  cartilage).  Pertain- 
ing to  the  hypochondrium.  Also  one  affected 
with  hypochondriasis. 

Hypochondriac  Region.  In  Anatomy  the 
space  situated  on  each  side  below  the  short 
ribs. 

Hypochondriasis  (morbus  hypochondria- 
cus).  Lowness  of  spirits  ;  a  species  of  neurosis 
or  melancholy  combined  with  dyspepsia,  flatu- 
lence, and  illusion  of  the  senses. 

Hypochon'drium.  The  lateral  and  supe- 
rior regions  of  the  abdomen  under  the  cartilages 
of  the  false  ribs. 

Hypocohy/ma  (from  vtto,  and  xvu,  to  pour 
out).    Cataract. 

Hypocoi'lon.  The  cavity  under  the  eye. 
Also  the  under  eyelid. 

Hypocopho'sis  (from  vtto,  and  nutyocic, 
deafness).     A  slight  degree  of  deafness. 

Hypocra'nium  (from  v-o,  under,  and  Kpa- 
viov,  the  skull).  A  collection  of  pus  between 
the  cranium  and  dura  mater. 

Hypodermat/omy  (hypodermatomia ;  from 
vtvo,  under,  fiep/ia,  the  skin,  and  to//;;,  incision). 
The  section  of  subcutaneous  parts,  as  of  ten- 
dons, muscles,  etc. 

Hypoder'mic  (vko,  under,  and  tiepua,  the 
skin).  A  term  for  the  application  of  medi- 
cines under  the  skin  ;  that  is,  to  the  denuded 
surface  after  the  skin  has  been  removed  by  a 
blister  or  under  the  skin  by  means  of  a  fine 
syringe. 

Hypodermic  Syr'inge.  An  instrument  for 
injecting  medicines  in  a  liquid  state  under  the 
skin  ;  morphia,  for  example. 

Hypoga/la   (from    v-o,    under,    and    ya?M, 


milk).     A  collection  of  white  humor  in   the 
chambers  of  the  eye. 

Hypogastric  (hypogastricus).  Pertaining 
to  the  hypogastrium. 

Hypogastric   Artery.     The  internal   iliac   ar- 
tery. 

Hypogastric  Plexus.  A  plexus  of  nerves 
formed  by  the  termination  of  the  aortic 
plexus  and  by  the  union  of  branches  from 
the  lower  lumbar  ganglia.  It  is  situated  at 
the  lateral  and  posterior  parts  of  the  rectum 
and  the  lower  and  back  part  of  the  bladder. 
Hypogastric  Region.     See  HYPOGASTRIUM. 

Hypogastrium  (from  vko,  under,  and 
yaoTrip,  the  stomach).  The  lower  part  of  the 
abdomen,  extending  from  above  the  pubes  to 
within  three  fingers'  breadth  of  the  navel.  It 
is  divided  into  three  secondary  regions,  the 
pubic,  or  central,  and  two  lateral,  or  inguinal. 

Hypogastroce'le.  A  hernia  in  the  hypo- 
gastrium, formed  by  the  protrusion  of  intestine 
or  omentum  through  the  lower  part  of  the 
linea  alba. 

HypogIossiadeni/tis.  Inflammation  of  the 
sublingual  gland. 

Hypoglos/sus  (from  v~o,  under. 'and  y7.wooa, 
the  tongue) .  That  which  is  under  the  tongue — 
the  lingual  or  ninth  pair  of  nerves. 

Hypoglof/tis  (from  vtto,  under,  and  ylarra, 
the  tongue).  The  under  part  of  the  tongue. 
Ranula. 

Hypo'mema.  An  effusion  of  red  blood 
into  the  chambers  of  the  eye. 

Hypo'mia  (from  vtto,  and  uuoq,  the  shoul- 
der).    The  part  subjacent  to  the  shoulder. 

Hyponeu'ria.  Slight  or  diminished  nerve 
power. 

Hyponi'trite.  A  combination  of  hyponi- 
trous  acid  with  a  base. 

Hyponi'trous  Acid.     Nitrous  acid. 

Hypon/omus.     A  deep  fistula  or  ulcer. 

Hypon/ychon.     Ecchymosis  under  a  nail. 

Hypopathi/a.     A  trivial  disease. 

Hypope'dium.  A  cataplasm  for  the  sole 
of  the  foot. 

Hypophos'phite.  A  salt  of  hypophos- 
phorous  acid,  the  official  hypophosphites  being 
those  of  sodium,  potassium,  calcium,  andiron. 

Hypophos'phorous  Acid.  A  monobasic 
acid,  H3PO,. 

Hypophthal'mia.  A  term  applied  in  Pa- 
thology  to  the  pain  preceding  suppuration  or 
similar  affections  in  the  anterior  chamber  of 
the  eye. 

Hypop'ion  (from  wro,  under,  and  rrvov,  pus, 


HYP 


326 


HYS 


because  the  pus  is  under  the  cornea) .  Hypopyon. 
Applied  to  a  small  abscess  between  the  laminae 
of  the  cornea  and  to  collections  of  coagulable 
lymph,  like  pus,  in  the  chambers  of  the  eye. 

Hyporin'ion  (from  ioto,  under,  and  piv,  the 
nose).  The  upper  lip  beneath  the  nose  ;  also 
the  beard  which  grows  upon  it. 

HyposiagonarthrPtis  (from  vno,  aiayuv, 
the  jaw  bone,  ap&pov,  a  joint,  and  trie,  in- 
flammation). Inflammation  of  the  joint  of  the 
jaw-bone. 

Hypospadias  {hypospadia ;  from  vno,  un- 
der, and  <7-««,  I  draw).  A  malformation  of 
the  penis  in  which  the  urethra  opens  at  the 
base  instead  of  the  apex. 

Hyposta'phyle.  Relaxation  and  elonga- 
tion of  the  uvula. 

Hypostasis.     Sediment. 
Hyposthe'nic.      Contra-stimulant.      That 
which  reduces  strength. 

Hypos'trophe.     Turning  over. 
HyposuPphate.     A  combination  of  hypo- 
sulphuric  acid  with  a  base. 

Hypot/enuse.  Hypothenuse.  That  side 
of  a  right-angled  triangle  which  subtends  the 
right  angle. 

Hypoth'enar  (from  vrro,  under,  and  devap, 
the  palm  of  the  hand).  A  muscle  on  the 
inside  of  the  hand.  Also  the  part  of  the  hand 
opposite  to  the  palm. 

Hypothenar  Eminence.  The  fleshy  projection 
of   the  palm  or  surface  of  the   hand  corre- 
sponding to  the  little  finger. 
Hypothenar    Min/imi    Dig'iti.      The   flexor 
parvus  minimi  digiti  muscle. 
Hypothenar  Mi/nor   Metacarpus.     The  ab- 
ductor minimi  digiti  muscle. 
Hypothenar     Riola/ni.      The    flexor    parvus 
minimi  digiti  muscle. 
Hypother'mal.      Tepid.      A   temperature 
between  HO0  and  68°  F.,  or  15°  and  25°  C. 

Hypothesis.  A  supposition  invented  to 
explain  a  phenomenon. 

Hypothe'ton.     Suppository. 
Hypotrophy.     Scanty  nourishment. 
Hypozo'ma  (from  vno)  under,  and  (uviw/u, 
to  bind  round).    A  membrane  or  septum.    The 
diaphrag  m. 

Hys'tera  [vote pa).  The  uterus  ;  also  the 
vulva. 

HysteraPgia  (from  varepa,  the  uterus,  and 
"//",  pain).     Pain  in  the  uterus. 

Hysteratre/sia.  Im perforation  of  the  os 
uteri. 

Hysterelco'sis.     Ulceration  of  the  uterus. 


Hysteremphyse/ma  (vcrepa,  womb,  and 
emphysema,  a  windy  swelling).  Presence  of  air 
in  the  womb.     Physometra. 

Hyste/ria  (from  varepa,  the  uterus,  from 
which  the  disease  was  supposed  to  originate). 
Hysterics.  A  morbid  affection  peculiar  to  the 
human  female,  occurring  in  paroxysms  and 
characterized  by  anxiety  of  mind,  effusion  of 
tears,  palpitation  of  the  heart,  difficult  breath- 
ing, a  sense  of  suffocation,  stupor,  insensibility, 
agitation  of  limbs  and  whole  body,  spasm,  alter- 
nate fits  of  laughter  and  crying,  with  discharge 
of  frothy  saliva,  and  sometimes  delirium. 
Hysteria  Catalep/tica.     Catalepsy. 

Hysterics.     Hysteria. 

Hysteri/tis.  Metritis.  Inflammation  of 
the  uterus. 

Hysterocarcino'ma  {varepa,  womb,  and 
carcinoma,  cancer).     Cancer  of  the  womb. 

Hysteroce'le.     Hernia  of  the  uterus. 

Hysterocystoce/le.  Hernia  of  the  uterus 
with  displacement  of  the  bladder. 

Hysterodyn/ia.     Pain  of  the  womb. 

Hystercede'ma.  Enlargement  of  the  sub- 
stance of  the  womb. 

Hysterolithi/asis.  The  formation  of  a  cal- 
culus in  the  womb. 

Hysteromalaco'ma  (hysteromalacosis ;  from 
vorepa,  the  uterus,  and  pa/Miua,  softness).  Soft- 
ening of  the  uterus. 

Hysteroman/ia  (from  varepar  the  uterus, 
and  /j.avia,  madness).     See  Nymphomania. 

Hysterom/eter.  An  instrument  or  means 
of  ascertaining  the  size  of  the  uterus,  or  womb. 

Hysteron'cus  (from  vorepa,  and  oyicoc, 
tumor).     A  tumor  of  the  uterus. 

Hysteropto'sis  (from  vorepa,  and  tttuoic,  a 
falling  down).     Prolapsus  uteri. 

Hysterorrhoe'a  (from  vorepa,  and  pcu,  to 
flow).  A  discharge  of  blood  or  mucus  from  the 
uterus. 

Hysteroscir'rhus.  Scirrhus,  or  incipient 
cancer  of  the  womb. 

Hys'teroscope  (hysteroscopium ;  from  va- 
re/jffl,  and  aicone.u,  to  examine).  An  instrument 
for  examining  the  uterus  ;  a  speculum  uteri. 

Hysterospas'mus  (ycrepa,  womb,  and 
<T7ra<7/zof,  a  convulsion).  Spasm  of  the  uterus, 
or  womb. 

Hys/terotome  (from  varepa,  oro/ia,  the 
mouth,  and  re/iveiv,  to  cut).  A  term  applied 
in  Obstetrics  to  an  instrument  for  dividing  the 
neck  of  the  uterus  when  immediate  delivery, 
as  in  cases  of  convulsion,  becomes  necessary. 

Hysterotomy  (hysterotomia ;  from  vertpa, 


HYS 


327 


ICT 


and   TSfiveiv,  to  cut).      The  Cesarean  section; 
also  the  dissection  of  the  uterus. 
Hysterotomy,  Vaginal.  Incision  in  the  os  tincse 
or  wall  of  the  uterus,  made  through  the  vagina. 


Hystrici'asis  (from  varspi^  a  porcu- 
pine). A  disease  of  the  hairs  in  which 
they  stand  erect  ;  an  affection  of  rare  occur- 
rence. 


I.     The  symbol  of  iodine. 

la  ma  (ia/m).  A  means  of  healing  ;  a  rem- 
edy; a  medicine. 

IamatoFogy.     Materia  medica. 

Iatralep/tes  (from  tarpog,  a  physician, 
and  aAEicpu,  I  anoint).  One  who  treats  disease 
by  the  use  of  friction  and  other  external 
remedies. 

Iatralep'tic  Method  (from  a/«oo,  to 
anoint).  The  application  of  medicines  to  the 
skin,  aided  by  friction. 

Iatreusolo/gia  (larpevu,  to  cure,  and  /loyoc, 
a  discourse).     General  therapeutics. 

Iatri'a.     The  healing  art. 

Iat/ricos.     Pertaining  to  medicine. 

Iatri/ne.  A  female  practitioner  of  medi- 
cine ;  a  midwife. 

Iatri'on.  The  office  or  shop  of  a  physician 
or  surgeon  ;  also  a  physician's  fee,  or  the  ex- 
pense of  a  cure. 

Ia/tro=.  A  prefix  signifying  a  connection 
with  the  art  of  healing. 

Iatrochy /micus.  A  physician  of  the  chem- 
ical school,  one  who  treats  disease  with  chemical 
remedies. 

Iatrognom'ica  (from  <arpoc,  a  physician, 
and  yivuoKu^  I  know).  Medical  knowledge. 
A  knowledge  of  medicine. 

Iat/rol.  Obtained  by  a  synthetical  process 
from  certain  coal-tar  derivatives.  It  possesses 
the  combined  properties  of  iodine,  phenol,  and 
methyl  salicylic  acid.  It  is  in  the  form  of  a 
white  powder  and  without  odor.  It  is  antisep- 
tic, aseptic,  astringent,  and  germicidal. 

Iat/ros  (mrpog).     A  physician. 

Iatrotech'na  (from  /arpuc,  a  physician,  and 
rf\r//,  art).  A  practitioner  of  medicine  or 
surgery. 

lce=cap.  A  bladder  filled  with  pulverized 
ice  and  applied  to  the  head. 

Iceland  Moss.  A  kind  of  lichen  common 
in  the  mountainous  districts  of  Europe ;  the 
Cetraria  islaudica.     It  is  demulcent,  nutritive, 


and  tonic.     Dose  of  powder,  gr.  xxx  ;  of  the 

decoction,  Oj. 

Iceland  Spar.     Crystallized  carbonate  of  lime. 

lce=poultice.  A  bladder  of  pounded  ice 
applied  to  hernial  tumors. 

Ich'or  (txuP)-  Sanies.  A  thin,  watery,  and 
acrid  discharge. 

Ichoras'mia  ('xuP,  pus,  and  ai/ua,  blood). 
Poisoning  of  the  blood  from  the  absorption  of 
sanious  matter. 

Ich'orous.  Of  the  nature  of  or  resembling 
ichor. 

Ichthyosis  (from  ix&vS,  a  fish,  from  the 
resemblance  of  the  scales  to  those  of  a  fish). 
A  disease  characterized  by  a  rough,  hard, 
thickened,  and  almost  horny  texture  of  the 
integuments  of  the  body.  It  is  called  the  fish 
skin-disease. 

Ichthyosis  Seba'cea.  Sebaceous  ichthyosis. 
A  morbid  incrustation  of  sebaceous  substance 
upon  the  surface  of  the  skin. 

Fcon  (from  emuv,  image).  An  image  or 
a  model. 

Icosigo'nus.     Having  twenty  angles. 

Icosihe'dron.  A  solid  figure  bounded  by 
twenty  equilateral  and  equal  triangles. 

Icterit'ia  Alba.     Chlorosis. 

Icter'odes  (icteroid;  from  iKrepog,  a  yellow 
thrush).  A  state  of  the  complexion  resembling 
jaundice. 

Ic'terus  (from  mrepog,  a  yellow  thrush).    A 
disease  characterized  by  yellowness  of  the  skin 
and    eyes,  with   white  ficces,    highly-colored 
urine,     languor,   inactivity,  loathing   of  food, 
acidity  of  the  stomach,  nausea,  and  disturbed 
sleep.    Jaundice. 
Icterus  APbus.     Chlorosis. 
Icterus  Bilio'sus.     This  species  is  said  to  be 
occasioned  by  the  inspissation  of  bile  in  the 
mouth  of  the  ductus  communis  choledochus. 
Icterus  Calculo/sis.     Gallstone  jaundice. 
Icterus  Gravidarum.     The  jaundice  of  preg- 
nant females. 


ICT 


328 


ILI 


Icterus  Hepat/icus.     Hepatic  jaundice. 
Icterus  Infan'tum.     The  jaundice  of  infants. 
Yellow  gum.     Congenital  jaundice. 
Icterus  Ni'gra.     Black  jaundice. 
Icterus  Spasmod'icus.     Spasmodic  jaundice. 
Icterus  Vir/idis.     Green  jaundice. 

Ic'tus   (from  ico,   to  strike).     A    stroke  or 
blow ;  effect  of  the  sun,  coup  de  soleil.    Also 
the  pulsation  of  an  artery  and  the  sting  of  a 
bee. 
Ictus  So'lis.     A  stroke  of  the  sun. 

Ide'a  (from  ecdu,  to  see) .  The  image  of  an 
object  in  the  mind. 

Idioelec'tric.  Containing  electricity,  or, 
rather,  possessing  the  power  of  accumulating  it 
upon  the  surface  ;  applied  to  bodies  like  glass, 
amber,  etc.,  which  exhibit  electric  properties 
when  rubbed. 

Idiopathic  (idiopathia;  from  1610c,  pecu- 
liar, and  77a#of,  an  affection).  A  primary  or 
original  disease  ;  one  not  dependent  on  any 
other. 

Idioplasm  (from  etdog,  and  ir?MC[ia,  any- 
thing formed).  A  solid  part  of  a  proto- 
plasm. 

Idiosyncrasy  (idiosyncrasia ;  from  t.6tog, 
peculiar,  aw,  with,  and  Kpaaic,  a  temperament). 
A  constitution  peculiarly  susceptible  to  morbid 
impressions  from  certain  agents  which  would 
produce  no  effect  on  others  of  a  different  con- 
stitution. 

Idiot.     One  who  is  destitute  of  reason. 

Id'iotism.  Idiocy;  amentia.  A  species  of 
mental  alienation. 

Idiotro'phia.     Idiosyncrasy. 

Id/ocrase.  The  volcanic  garnet,  which  is 
of  various  colors,  and  sometimes  called  volcanic 
crysolite  or  hyacinth. 

Idria  lin.  An  organic  oxide,  C42H140,  found 
in  the  roasted  mercurial  ore  at  Idria.  It  crys- 
tallizes in  small  sooty  scales. 

Idryl.  The  basis  of  idrialin,  obtained  in 
minute  colorless  leaflets. 

Igasu'ric  Acid.  The  acid  combined  with 
strychnia  in  nux  vomica. 

Igna'via.     Impotence. 

Ignipunct'ure  (from  ignus,  fire,  and  punc- 
lura,  puncture).  Cauterization  by  means  of 
platinnm  needles  heated  to  whiteness  by  the 
electric  current. 

Ig'nis.     Fire.     The  evolution  of  light  and 
heat  which    results    from   combustion.     Also 
universal  solvents,  and  tbe  heat,  redness,  and 
acrimony  of  disease. 
Ignis  Actua/lis.     Actual  cautery. 


Ignis  CaFidus.  A  hot  fire.  In  Pathology, 
violent  inflammation  about  terminating  in 
gangrene. 

Ignis  ColumeFlae.     Erysipelas. 
Ignis  Fat'uus.    A  luminous  appearance  some- 
times  seen   at  night  over    marshy  grounds, 
produced  by  inflammable  gases,  especially  the 
phosphuretted  hydrogen. 
Ignis  Frig/idus.     Gangrene. 
Ignis  Natura/lis.     Animal  heat. 
Ignis  Persicus.     Erysipelas.    Also  anthrax. 
Ignis  Rotae.     Fire  for  fusion. 
Ignis  Sylvat/icus.     Crusta  lactea.     Also  tran- 
sient redness  on  the  face  and  ueckof  hysterical 
or  chlorotic  females. 
IgnFtion   (from   ignis,    fire).     The    act    of 
catching  fire  or  of  being  heated  to  redness. 

Ueac  Pas/sion  (passio  iliaca).  Colic  seated 
in  the  ileum,  and  characterized  by  severe 
griping  pain,  vomiting  of  fascal  matter,  costive- 
ness,  and  spasms  of  the  abdominal  muscles. 
See  Ileus. 

Ileitis.     Inflammation  of  the  ileum. 
II/eo=   (from   ileum,    the  small   intestines). 
Used  as  a  prefix. 

Ileo-caecal  Valve.  A  valve  at  the  junction  of 
the  ileum  and  csecum. 
Ileo-cholosis.  Bilious  diarrhoea. 
Ileo-colic  Artery.  The  last  branch  from  the 
concavity  of  the  superior  mesenteric  artery, 
distributed  to  the  ileum,  csecum,  and  com- 
mencement of  the  colon. 

Ileo-colFtis.  Enteritis.  Inflammation  of  the 
ileum  and  colon. 

Ileo-lumbar  Artery.    A  branch  of  the  internal 
iliac  artery,   distributed    to    the    psoas   and 
iliacus  muscles. 
Ileo'sis.     Ileus. 

H/eum  (ileon;  from  elIeu,  to  turn  about). 
The  last  portion  of  the  small  intestines  which 
terminate  at  the  valve  of  the  caecum. 

IFeus.  A  disease  characterized  by  deep- 
seated  pain  in  the  abdomen,  stercoraceous  vom- 
iting, and  obstinate  constipation.  It  is  occa- 
sioned by  hernia  or  other  obstruction  through 
a  part  of  the  intestinal  canal.  The  term  is  also 
applied  to  nervous  colic,  intussusception,  etc. 
Ileac  passion. 

IFia.  The  flanks ;  also  the  small  intes- 
tines. 

IFiac  {iliacus;    from  ilia,  the  flanks).     Per- 
taining to  or  connected  with  the  flanks. 
Iliac  Ar/teries.     Arteries    formed   by  the  bi- 
furcation of  the  aorta,  and  divided  into  exter- 
nal and  internal.     The  external,  after  passing 


ILI 


329 


IMP 


Poupart's    ligament,   is   called    the    femoral 
artery. 
Iliac  Crest.     The  superior  margin  of  the  ilium. 
Iliac  Fos'sae.  There  are  two — the  internal  and 
external.     The  internal  is   a   broad,  shallow 
cavity  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  os  iliacum; 
the  external  is  on  the  external  surface. 
Iliac  Mesocolon.     A  fold  of  the  peritoneum 
embracing  the  sigmoid  flexure  of  the  colon. 
Iliac  Pas/sion.     See  Ileac  PASSION. 
Iliac    Re'gion.     The   sides   of   the    abdomen 
between  the  hips  and  the  ribs. 
Iliac  Spines.     The  four   spinous  processes  of 
the  ilium. 

Hi acus.     Iliac. 
Iliacus    Inter'nus.     A   broad,   triangular,  ra- 
diated muscle  situated  on  the  inner  surface 
of  the  ilium. 

Ili'cine.  A  peculiarly  bitter  principle  ob- 
tained from  Ilex  aquifolium. 

Ilin'gos.     Vertigo. 

Il'io=.  Words  compounded  with  this  term 
pertain  to  parts  connected  with  the  ilium,  as 
ilio-abdominal,  ilio-coslal,  ilio-sacral,  Mo-lumbar, 
etc. 

IPion.     Ilium. 

I!  ium  (ilion).  The  hauuch-bone.  The 
largest  of  the  three  bones  which  form  the  os 
innomiuatum. 

HlPtio.     Anointing. 

Illo'sis  (from  iTOiog,  the  eye).     Strabismus. 

Illuta'tio  (from  in,  upon,  and  lutiim,  mud). 
Illutation.  The  act  of  besmearing  any  part  of 
the  body  with  mud. 

Ilmen  ium.  A  new  metal  contained  in  a 
mineral  called  tantalite,  from  which  the  metal 
tantalum  is  obtained.  Neptunium  is  also  anew 
metal  obtained  from  the  same  mineral. 

Im'becile.  Weakness,  especially  of  intel- 
lect. 

Imber'bis.     Without  beard. 

Imbibi'tion  (imbibitio ;  from  imbibere,  to 
drink,  to  imbibe).  Endosmosis.  The  absorp- 
tion of  a  liquid  by  a  solid.  The  action  by 
which  a  body  becomes  penetrated  by  a  liquid. 
Capillary  absorption. 
Imbibition,  Double.     Endosmose. 

Imbrex  Na'rium.     Septum  narium. 

Im'bricate  [imbricafus).  Imbricated  ;  ar- 
ranged like  tiles  on  the  roof  of  a  house. 

Immediate  Ausculta'tion.  Applying  the 
ear  directly  to  the  chest  without  using  the 
stethoscope. 

Immediate  Percussion.     Striking  the  walls 
of  the  chest  without  using  the  pleximeter. 


Immediate  Wedging  of  Teeth.  The  separa- 
tion of  teeth  by  wedges  of  hard,  close-grained 
wood,  driven  into  place  between  two  teeth  by 
light,  sharp  taps  of  a  mallet  or  by  "separa- 
tors. ' ' 

Immer'sus.  Immersed  ;  plunged  under 
water.  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  the  sub- 
scapularis  muscle. 

Immis/cible.  Incapable  of  being  mixed,  as 
oil  and  water. 

Immobility  (immobilitas ;  from  immobilis, 
immovable,  fixed).  A  term  applied  in 
Pathology  to  parts  which  naturally  admit  of 
motion,  but  which  are,  from  disease  or  other 
causes,  rendered  immovable.  See  Jaw, 
Lower,  Immobility  of. 

Immovable  Apparatus.  An  apparatus 
used  in  fractures  and  dislocations,  consisting 
of  bandages  or  supporters  covered  with  starch 
or  gum,  which,  after  being  applied,  becomes 
solid. 

Immunity  (from  immunitas,  exemption). 
The  condition  whereby  the  body  or  an  organ 
resists  the  development  of  infectious  or  morbid 
processes. 

Impact/ed  (impingo,  impacfum,  to  drive 
in).  Retained  as  a  wedge,  as  impacted  or  re- 
tained teeth,  which  are  thus  prevented  from 
erupting.  Used  in  Obstetrics  with  reference 
to  the  head  of  the  child  when  fixed  in  the 
pelvic  cavity  ;  also  applied  to  an  unerupted, 
fixed  tooth. 

Impac'tion  (impactio).  A  fracture  with  pro- 
jections and  depressions  of  fragments  of  bone. 

ImpaPpable  (from  in,  and  palpo,  to  feel). 
A  term  generally  applied  to  hard  substances 
reduced  to  so  fine  a  powder  that  their  particles 
can  not  be  distinguished  by  the  sense  of  touch. 
Powders  for  the  teeth  should  usually  be  of  this 
character. 

Impenetrability.  A  property  possessed 
by  bodies  of  excluding  all  other  bodies  from 
the  space  which  they  occupy. 

Imperforate  (imperforation ;  imperforatio). 
In  Anatomy,  a  malformation  consisting  in  the 
absence  of  the  natural  opening  or  orifice  of  an 
organ,  as  of  the  mouth,  anus,  etc. 

Impermeable  (impermeabilis).  Capable  of 
resisting  the  passage  of  fluids  and  gases. 

Imper'vious.  Impassable,  as  the  closure 
of  any  vessel  or  natural  canal. 

Impetig'ines.     The  plural  of  impetigo. 

Impeti'go  (from  impetire,  to  infest).  A 
word  which  has  received  several  significations, 
but  at  present  is  principally  used  to  designate  a 


IMP 


330 


IMP 


genus  of  cutaneous  diseases  belonging  to  the 
order  Posiulse,  of  Batemau.  In  Cullen  it 
fornxs  a  genus  in  the  class  Cachexias,  and  Sau- 
vages  employs  it  as  a  generic  term,  comprising 
under  it  syphilis,  scorbutus,  rachitis,  elephan- 
tiasis, lepra,  scabies,  tinea,  scrofula,  etc.  The 
humid  or  runniug  tetter,  of  which  five  species 
are  enumerated  :  (1)  Impetigo  figurata ;  (2)  im- 
petigo sparsa ;  (3)  impetigo  erysipelatodes  ;  (4) 
impetigo  scabida ;  (5)  impetigo  rodens. 

Im'petum  Fa/ciens.     Vital  energy. 

Im'petus.  Force.  The  momentum  of  a 
moving  body.  In  Pathology,  the  paroxysm  of 
a  disease. 

Implantation.  The  act  of  planting,  set- 
ting, or  fixing  for  the  purpose  of  growth.  It  is 
also  a  name  given  to  a  process  devised  by  Dr. 
W.  L.  Younger,  which  consists  in  drilling  arti- 
ficial sockets  into  the  maxillary  bones  and  in- 
serting therein  natural  teeth  of  suitable  size, 
shape,  and  shade.  His  theory  is  that  the  natural 
alveolar  socket  has  no  periosteum,  and  that  the 
filling  out  of  the  socket  comes  from  the  endos- 
teum,  the  delicate  membrane  lining  the  cells 
and  interstices  of  the  bony  structure.  The 
peridental  membrane,  according  to  his  theory, 
has  no  "  callous  generative  energy  except  upon 
its  dental  aspect,  the  other  side  having  simply 
the  power  of  forming  attachment."  He  is  of 
the  opinion  that  the  vitality  of  this  membrane 
is  maintained  for  many  months  after  extrac- 
tion, and  he  claims  to  have  successfully  im- 
planted teeth  which  had  been  out  of  the  mouth 
for  months. 

Implicated  (implicatus) .  A  term  applied 
by  Celsus,  Scribouius,  and  others  to  those  parts 
of  physic  which  have  a  necessary  dependence 
on  one  another  ;  and  by  Bellini  to  fevers  when 
two  attack  a  person  at  a  time,  whether  of  the 
same  kind,  as  a  double  tertian,  or  of  different 
kinds,  as  a  tertian  and  quotidian,  called  a  semi- 
tertian. 

Implu'vium.  An  embrocation.  Also  a 
shower-bath. 

Impon'derable  ("from  in,  not,  and  pondus, 
weight).  Substances  which  produce  no  effect 
on  the  most  delicate  balance,  as  light,  heat, 
and  the  electric  fluid. 

Impost'hume  (imposthuma).    An  abscess. 

Im'potence.  Weakness;  loss  of  energy, 
but  generally  applied  to  a  want  of  sexual 
vigor  ;  also  used  synonymously  with  sterility. 

Impoverished.  Having  become  poor.  In 
Humoral  Pathology,  thinnessof  the  blood  or  any 
secretion  from  loss  of  some  of  its  constituents. 


The  blood,  when  pale  and  thin,  is  said  to  be 
impoverished. 

Impregnate.  To  render  pregnant. 
Impregnation.  The  act  of  fecundation. 
Impression  (impressio).  A  term  applied 
in  Anatomy  and  Zoology  to  the  indentation 
made  in  one  organ  by  the  contact  or  attach- 
ment of  another  ;  in  Dental  Mechanism,  to  the 
process  by  which  an  accurate  copy  of  parts  of 
the  mouth,  etc.,  is  obtained,  with  a  view  to 
the  application  of  artificial  teeth  or  some  other 
mechanical  contrivance. 

Impression  Cup  or  Tray.  A  cup  or  tray  of 
metal,  porcelain,  gutta  percha,  or  other  sub- 
stance, used  for  conveying  to  the  mouth  and 
holding  in  position  the  material  for  impres- 
sions. Those  of  Brittania  ware  are  commonly 
used,  and  are  of  various  and  convenient  sizes 
and  shapes  to  suit  the  conditions  required. 
Full  and  partial  impression  cups  are  required, 
some  of  which  are  adjustable  to  the  size  and 
shape  of  different  mouths  ;  others  have  poste- 
rior wings  or  raised  palatine  edges.  Some 
have  a  movable  palate-plate  for  deep  arches, 
and  another  form  consists  of  a  metallic  por- 
tion with  a  canvas  lining  to  adapt  the  impres- 
sion-plaster to  the  roof  of  the  mouth.  Another 
form  of  tray  has  a  flexible,  perforated  rubber 
rim,  and  is  designed  for  taking  impressions 
which  suffer  fractures  of  their  outer  walls  in 
withdrawing  from  the  mouth,  the  rim  yield- 
ing and  holding  the  broken  sections  firmly, 
so  that  they  can  afterward  be  returned  to 
their  proper  places.  Partial  upper  and  lower 
cups  are  also  used  for  obtaining  impressions 
of  one  or  more  natural  teeth  for  crown-  and 
bridge- work. 
Impression  Materials.  The  materials  em- 
ployed for  obtaining  impressions  of  the  mouth 
are  beeswax,  gutta  percha,  modeling  composi- 
tion, and  plaster  of  Paris.  Perhaps  no  one  of 
these  can  be  wholly  dispensed  with,  but  some 
have  more  essential  qualities  than  others. 
Modeling  composition  and  plaster  have  the 
greatest  number  of  desirable  qualities.  See 
Modeling  Composition  and  Plaster  of 
Pakis. 
Impression  of  the  Mouth  in  Plasterof  Paris. 
In  Dental  Mechanism,  a  process  by  which  an 
accurate  copy,  in  reverse,  of  the  alveolar  ridge, 
teeth,  hard  and  soft  palates  is  obtained,  to  be 
used  in  I  lie  ('(instruction  of  an  artificial  den- 
ture, a  regulating  plate,  obturator,  etc.  Bees- 
wax, plaster  of  Paris,  gutta  percha,  and  various 
compounds  of  these  and  other  substances  are 


IMP 


331 


INA 


used  for  this  purpose.  Plaster  is  used  more 
commonly,  perhaps,  than  any  other  substance. 
Drs.  Westcott  and  Dunning  were  the  first  to 
employ  it.  For  impressions  only  the  finest 
plaster  should  be  used,  mixing  it  with  tepid 
water,  rather  thinly  than  thickly.  Its  setting 
may  be  hastened  by  the  addition  in  solution 
to  the  water  of  common  salt  or  sulphate  of 
potash  ;  and  its  insertion  in  the  mouth  should 
be  delayed  until  the  mixed  plaster  is  set  suffi- 
ciently to  remain  heaped  up  in  the  cup.  The 
latter,  with  its  contents,  is  then  placed  in  posi- 
tion in  the  mouth  and  sufficient  pressure 
made  upon  the  plastic  material  to  force  it  in 
close  contact  with  the  surface  to  be  copied. 
When  set  sufficiently  to  crumble  stiffly  in  the 
bowl  it  may  usually  be  removed,  though  for  a 
partial  piece  it  may  remain  longer.  Fracture 
of  the  impression  in  withdrawing  it  is  imma- 
terial, as  the  broken  parts  can  be  readily  and 
accurately  readjusted.  In  some  cases  it  is  well 
to  detach  the  cup  from  the  plaster,  remove  the 
latter  in  sections,  and  replace  in  the  cup.  It 
is  thought  that  the  expansion  of  plaster  inci- 
dent to  its  setting  may  be  in  part  prevented 
by  immersing  the  impression  in  water  imme- 
diately after  its  removal  from  the  mouth  ;  this 
prevents  the  heating  incident  to  the  last  stage 
of  the  setting  of  this  substance. 

Accurate  impressions  of  plaster  can  also  be 
taken  by  means  of  an  impression  cup  made 
expressly  for  each  case  and  struck  up  with 
dies  prepared  from  a  wax  impression. 

By  a  method  proposed  by  Professor  Austen  very 
accurate  impressions  of  special  full  cases  and 
for  all  partial  cases  can  be  obtained.  His 
method  is  as  follows  :  Take  a  wax  impression 
and  make  a  model  ;  in  partial  cases  brush 
over  the  teeth  of  the  model  one  or  two  layers 
of  thin  plaster,  to  fill  up  all  undercuts  and 
to  make  the  plate  fit  loosely.  Saturate  the 
model  with  water  and  mould  over  it  a  gutta 
percha  cup  ;  it  should  be,  on  the  inside,  from 
\  to  \  of  an  inch  thick,  so  as  to  be  stiff  and 
unyielding.  The  whole  inside  of  the  cup 
must  be  roughened  up  with  a  scaler  or  exca- 
vator in  such  a  way  that  the  plaster  can  take 
firm  hold.  In  most  partial  cases  the  impres- 
sion must  be  removed  in  sections,  the  inside 
remaining  entire  but  the  outside  and  the 
parts  between  the  teeth  coming  away  sepa- 
rately. In  very  difficult  cases  it  is  necessary 
to  partially  cut  through  the  cup  so  as  to  permit 
of  the  removal  in  sections  of  the  plaster  impres- 
sion.    These  cups  have  no  handle,  but  are  re- 


moved by  inserting  a  pi  ugjiing  instrument  into 
a  small  hole  previously  made  in  the  back  part 
of  the  cup,  where  it  is  thickest. 
Impression  of  the  Mouth  in  Wax.  The  man- 
ner of  procuring  a  wax  impression  is  as  fol- 
lows :  Fill  an  impression  cup  with  white  or 
yellow  wax,  previously  softened  in  warm 
water  or  by  a  fire  until  it  is  of  the  consist- 
ency of  dough  or  soft  putty  ;  then  put  it  in  the 
mouth  with  the  wax,  facing  the  jaw  from 
which  a  transfer  is  to  be  obtained,  and  press 
it  carefully  against  it  until  a  sufficiently  deep 
indentation  is  made  or  until  the  entire  alveolar 
ridge  and  remaining  teeth  are  imbedded  in  it. 
The  impression  cup  is  held  steadily  in  one 
hand  and  the  pressure  applied  equally  with 
the  other  to  every  part  of  it.  This  done,  the 
wax  around  the  edges  should  be  carefully 
pressed  against  the  gum,  and,  when  applied 
to  the  upper  jaw,  to  the  roof  of  the  mouth. 
The  whole  should  now  be  removed,  and  in 
doing  this  considerable  care  is  necessary  to 
prevent  the  shape  of  the  impression  from 
being  altered  by  the  corners  of  the  mouth  and 
the  teeth.  Care  should  be  taken  that  a  tbin 
layer  of  wax  is  used — a  thick  layer  will  not 
copy  accurately  ;  that  the  impression  is  cooled 
while  held  firmly  in  contact  with  the  parts  to 
be  copied  ;  and  that  the  material  is  not  over- 
heated in  softening. 
Impu'ber  (impubis;  from  in,  not,  andjw^r- 
tas,  puberty).     Not  of  the  age  of  puberty. 

Im'pulse   (from  impello,   to  drive  against). 
Any  communicated  force  or  sudden  spontaneous 
emotion  of  the  mind  or  influence  acting  upon  it. 
Impulse,  Diastolic.    Back  stroke  of  the  heart. 
The   short  stroke  felt  at  the    end    of   each 
pulsation. 
Impulsion.     Onward  flow  of  fluids. 
I'mus  Venter.    The  lowest  part  of  the  abdo- 
men, between  the  umbilicus  and  pudenda. 

Inanagen'esis  (from  ig,  ivoc,  a  fibre,  and 
anagenesis,  regeneration).  Muscular  regenera- 
tion or  reproduction  of  muscular  fibre. 

Inanimate  (from  in,  not,  and  animus,  life. 
Dead  ;  without  life. 

Inanit  ion  [inanitio;  from  inanire,  toempty). 
Exhaustion  from  want  of  food.  Emptiness. 
Wasting  of  the  body  from  want  of  food.  Starva- 
tion. 

Inap'petence.  Anorexia.  Dysorexia.  Lack 
of  appetite. 

Inarticulate.  Having  no  articulation. 
Also  not  having  distinct  utterauce.  Not  jointed 
or  articulated. 


INC 


332 


INC 


Incandescence.  The  bright  light  emitted 
by  heated  bodies. 

Incandescent  Electric  Light.  An  electric 
light  consisting  of  a  film  of  carbon  of  high  re- 
sistance enclosed  in  a  vacuous  glass  globe,  a 
white  light  being  emitted  "when  the  current 
passes  through  it. 

Incarceration  (incarceratio ;  from  in,  and 
career,  prison).  A  term  applied  to  hernia  when 
the  neck  of  the  sac  is  so  constricted  as  to  pre- 
vent its  easy  reduction. 

Incar/nan.  A  medicine  which  was  sup- 
posed to  promote  the  formation  of  flesh. 

Incarna'tion  (from  in,  and  caro,  flesh). 
Granulating  ;  filling  up  with  flesh. 

Incen/dium  (from  incendere,  to  burn).  A 
burning  fever  or  any  burning  heat  or  inflam- 
mation. 

Incernic/ulum  (from  incernere,  to  sift).  A 
strainer  or  sieve.  Also  the  pelvis  of  the 
kidney. 

Inciden  'tia  (from  incendere,  to  cut).  A  term 
formerly  applied  to  medicines  which  were  sup- 
posed to  cut  the  phlegm  and  thus  promote  its 
discharge. 

Incin'erate  (incineratio  ;  from  icinero,  to 
reduce  to  ashes).  To  reduce  any  substance  to 
ashes  by  combustion. 

Incis'ed.      Cut.      Applied  in  Surgery  to  a 
wound  made  with  a  sharp-edged  instrument. 
Incised   Wound.     A  clean  cut  made  in  soft 
parts  by  a  sharp  instrument. 

Inci'sion  (incisio).  The  methodical  divi- 
sion of  soft  parts  made  with  a  sharp-edged 
instrument. 

Incision,  Simple.     In  Surgery,  a  single  inci- 
sion, whether  straight  or  curved. 

Incisions,  Compound.  In  Surgery,  inci- 
sions of  various  kinds,  consisting  of  the  inter- 
section of  one  or  more  single  incisions. 

Incisive.  Pertaining  to  the  incisor  teeth. 
Having  the  quality  of  cutting. 

Incisi'vum  Fora/men.  A  canal,  single 
below  and  double  above,  opening  on  the  median 
line  a  little  distance  behind  the  incisor 
teeth. 

Incisivus   Inferior.      Levator  labii  infe- 
rioris  muscle. 
Incisivus    Lateralis.      Levator    labii    supe- 

rioris  alseque  nasi  muscle. 
Incisivus  Me/dius.    Depressor  labii  superioris 
alseque  nasi  muscle. 

Inci'sor  Teeth  (denies  incisores;  dentes 
acuti;  denies  adversi ;  dentes  tomici).  The  four 
front  teeth  in  each  jaw  are  called  incisors — from 


incido,  to  cut — because  they  cut  the  food.  They 
occupy  the  central  part  of  each  maxillary  arch. 
The  crown  or  body  of  each  is  wedge-shaped  ; 
the  anterior  surface  is  convex  and  smooth  ;  the 
posterior  is  concave  and  presents  a  tubercle 
near  the  neck  ;  the  two  surfaces  come  together, 
forming  a  cutting  edge.  In  a  front  view  the 
edge  is  generally  the  widest  part  ;  diminishing 
toward  the  neck,  it  continues  narrowing  to  the 
extremity  of  the  root. 

The  root  is  single  and  of  a  conical  shape  ; 
laterally,  slightly  flattened.  The  enamel  is 
thicker  before  than  behind  and  behind  than 
at  the  sides. 

The  incisors  of  the  upper  jaw  are  larger  than 
those  of  the  lower.  The  centrals  are  about 
one-third  wider  than  the  laterals.  The  lateral 
incisors  of  the  lower  jaw  are  generally  a  little 
wider  than  the  centrals,  though  the  difference 
in  width  is  never  so  considerable  as  to  be  very 
perceptibl  e. 

Inciso'rium.  A  table  on  which  a  patient 
is  placed  for  an  operation.     Also  a  scalpel. 

Incisu'ra.  Incision  ;  gash  or  notch.  Ap- 
plied in  Anatomy  to  the  various  notches  in 
bones — e.  g.,  the  notches  of  the  posterior  edge 
of  the  crest  of  the  ilium. 

Inclined  Plane.  An  appliance  employed 
for  regulating  teeth  which  gives  variable  pres- 
sure. It  is  constructed  of  either  metal  or  vul- 
canized rubber. 

Incombustible.  Incapable  of  being  burned. 
Incombustible  Cloth.  Cloth  manufactured 
from  the  fibres  of  asbestos. 

Incompatible.  Substances  which  can  not 
be  prescribed  together  on  account  of  having  a 
chemical  action  on  one  another. 

Incompressibil'ity.  A  term  applied  in 
Physics  to  the  property  which  some  bodies  pos- 
sess of  resisting  pressure  without  diminishing 
in  volume  under  its  influence. 

Incontinence  (incontinentia ;  from  in,  and 
contineo,  to  contain).  Inability  to  retain  the 
natural  evacuations.  Abuse  of  the  sexual  appe- 
tite. 

Incorporation  (incorporation  from  in,  and 
corpus,  a  body).  The  thorough  admixture  of 
various  substances  so  as  to  give  them  a  uniform 
consistence. 

Incrass'ans  (incrassantia ;  from  incrasso,  to 
make  thick).  Medicines  which  were  formerly 
believed  to  have  the  property  of  thickening  the 
fluids  when  too  thin. 

Increment'um.  Augmentation;  increase; 
growth. 


INC 


333 


INE 


Incrustation  (incrugtatio ;  from  in,  and 
crusta,  a  crust).  The  formation  of  a  crust  on 
the  surface  of  a  body  or  over  any  substance. 
Also  the  crust  itself. 

Incuba'tion  (incubatio;  from  incubare,  to  lie 
upon).  In  Natural  History,  the  period  a  bird 
sits  upon  her  eggs  before  the  young  are  pro- 
duced. In  Medicine,  the  period  that  elapses 
from  the  time  of  the  introduction  of  a  morbific 
agent  into  the  body  before  the  invasion  of  dis- 
ease. 

In'cubus  (from  incubare,  to  lie  upon).  The 
nightmare ;  an  oppressive  sensation  of  the 
chest  during  sleep,  accompanied  by  unpleasant 
dreams. 

Incum/bent  (incumbens ;  from  incumbo,  to 
lie  down).  A  term  applied  in  Botany  to  anthers 
of  plants  when  the  lower  part  is  in  contact 
with  the  filament,  and  in  Zoology  to  wings  of 
insects  when  one  lies  over  the  other. 

Incuneation.     See  Impaction. 

Incu/rable.  A  term  applied  in  Pathology  to 
diseases  not  susceptible  of  cure. 

Incur/ved.     Bent  inward. 

Incus.  An  anvil.  The  name  of  one  of  the 
bones  of  the  ear. 

Indentation   {in,  and   dens,   a  tooth).     A 

condition  of  being  notched  or  serrated. 

Indentation  of  the  Tongue.     The  notches  on 

the  border  of  the  tongue  caused  by  the  teeth 

and   apparent    during    inflammation   of   the 

tongue. 

In/dex  (gen.  indicts ;  from  indicare,  to  point 
out).     The  forefinger. 

India=rubber.  Caoutchouc.  The  milky 
concrete  juice  of  several  tropical  plants,  but 
obtained  chiefly  from  the  Siphonia  cahuchu, 
growing  in  South  America  and  Java.  It  is 
obtained  by  tapping  the  trees,  and  is  at  first  of 
a  yellowish-white  color,  but  darkens  rapidly 
on  exposure.  It  derives  its  name,  rubber,  from 
having  been  used  for  more  than  fifty  years 
only  to  erase  pencil-marks.  It  is  insoluble  in 
water  or  alcohol.  It  melts  at  248°  F.,  and 
remains  fluid  without  change  up  to  500°  F. 
Combined  with  sulphur  and  colored  with  ver- 
milion, it  admits  of  being  hardened  by  means 
of  steam,  and  is  used  in  Mechanical  Dentistry  as 
a  base  for  artificial  teeth,  etc.  See  Vulcan- 
ite and  Caoutchouc. 

Indicant  (indicans;  from  indicare,  to  point 
out).     Pertaining  to  an  indication. 

Indicating  Days.     Critical  days. 

Indication  (indicatio).  The  manifestation 
afforded  by  disease  of  what  ought  to  be  done. 


Indicator  (extensor  proprius  indicis).  An 
extensor  muscle  of  the  forefinger. 

In'dicus  Mor'bus.     Venereal  disease. 

Indigenous  (indigena).  That  which  is 
peculiar  to  any  country,  in  opposition  to  exotic. 

Indigestion .     Dyspepsia. 

Indigita'tion.  In  Anatomy,  a  slip  of  mus- 
cle which  is  introduced  iu  a  cleft  between  two 
corresponding  slips  of  another  muscle. 

Indignabun  'Jus.  A  term  applied  in  Anat- 
omy to  the  rectus  iuternus  oculi  muscle,  from 
the  expression  of  anger  or  scorn  imparted  by 
its  action. 

Indigot'ic  Acid.  The  nitranilic  acid  of 
Berzelius  ;  a  product  of  the  action  of  diluted 
nitric  acid  on  indigo. 

Indisposition.  Slight  disturbance  of  the 
healthy  fuuctions  of  the  body,  without  mani- 
fest disease. 

In  do!.  A  product  of  intestinal  putrefac- 
tion. Also  formed  when  proteids  are  heated 
with  alkalies  or  by  superheating  with  water. 

In'dolent  (indolens;  from  in,  privative,  and 
dolere,  to  be  in  pain).  Without  pain.  Applied 
to  tumors  which  are  attended  with  but  little 
pain. 

ln/doIes.  A  natural  disposition  or  char- 
acter. 

Induction  (induetio ;  from  in,  and  ducere, 
to  lead).  In  Philosophy,  the  process  of  bring- 
ing forward  individual  facts  for  the  purpose  of 
establishing  some  general  conclusion  ;  in  Elec- 
tricity, an  influence  exerted  by  an  electrified 
body  through  a  non-conducting  medium  with- 
out any  apparent  communication  of  a  spark. 

Iiulu  plicate.  In  Botany,  a  form  of  verna- 
tion in  which  the  margins  of  the  leaves  are 
folded  abruptly  inward,  while  their  external 
faces  are  applied  to  one  another  without  any 
twisting. 

Indur'antia  (from  induro,  to  harden).  Medi- 
cines which  are  supposed  to  harden  the  parts 
to  which  they  are  applied. 

Induration  (indurated;  induraiio).  A  har- 
dened and  thickened  condition  of  a  part,  usu- 
ally resulting  from  inflammation. 

Ine'briants.     Intoxicating  substances. 

Inelastic.     Not  elastic. 

Inequa'lis.  Unequal  ;  applied  in  Pathology 
to  the  pulsation  of  an  artery  or  to  respiratory 
efforts  when  differing  from  another,  and  in 
Botany  to  the  parts  or  organs  of  plants  which 
are  not  of  equal  size. 

Inequality.  Vnevenness  ;  alternate  rising 
and  falling  of  a  surface  ;  applied  in  Dental  Sur- 


INE 


334 


INF 


gery  to  malformed  teeth  and  to  decayed  teeth 
which  present  an  asperated  surface. 

Iner'mis  (from  in,  privative,  and  arma, 
weapons).     Unarmed. 

Iner'tia  (from  iners,'  slothful).  A  passive 
condition  of  parts.     Also  inactivity. 

lnevap'orant  Tis'sue.  A  substance  used 
to  prevent  the  evaporation  of  the  liquid  in 
water  dressing.  Oiled  silk,  caoutchouc,  etc., 
will  answer  the  indication.  See  Water 
Dressing. 

Infancy  (infantia;  from  in,  negative,  and 
fari,  to  speak).  Early  childhood,  generally 
including  the  age  from  birth  to  the  seventh 
year. 

Infanticide  (from  infans,  a  child,  and  cse- 
dere,  to  kill).     The  murder  of  a  young  child. 

Infantile  Teeth.  The  temporary,  or  milk, 
teeth. 

Infarc'tion.  Emphraxis.  Engorgement  of 
any  of  the  tubes  of  the  body.  Stuffing  ;  con- 
stipation. 

Infec  tion.  The  introduction  of  a  dele- 
terious agent — as  marsh  miasm  or  effluvia  from 
patients  crowded  together — into  the  animal 
economy  or  the  propagation  of  disease  by  such 
agencies. 

Infec'tious.  Communicating  itself  or  com- 
municable by  infection. 

Infecund'ity.     Sterility. 

Inferior  Longitudinal  Sinus.  A  vein  of 
the  dura  mater  running  along  the  lower  mar- 
gin of  the  falx  cerebri. 

Inferior  Strait.  In  Obstetrics,  the  lower  strait 
of  the  pelvis,  formed  by  the  rami  of  the  os 
pubis,  the  tuberosities  of  the  ischium,  and  the 
os  coccygis. 

Infero=branchia/ta.  An  order  of  gastro- 
pods in  which  the  gills  are  situated  below  the 
mouth. 

Infibula  tio.  An  affection  in  which  the  re- 
traction of  the  prepuce  is  prevented. 

Infiltration  {infiltrate;  infiltratio ;  from  fil- 
irare,  to  filter).  Effusion.  The  accumulation 
of  a  fluid  in  the  cells  of  an  organ  or  texture. 

Infinitesimal  (in,  negative,  and  finis,  a 
boundary).     Infinitely  small. 

Infir'mary  {infirmarium).  A  hospital.  A 
charitable  institution  for  the  relief  of  the  sick 
and  for  their  accommodation  during  treatment. 

Inflammable     {inflammdbilis ;     from     in- 
flammo,  to  burn).     Such  bodies  as  inflame  with 
facility;  easily  enkindled  ;  susceptible  of  com- 
bustion. 
Inflammable  Air.     Hydrogen  gas. 


Inflammable   Air,   Heavy.     Carburetted   hy- 
drogen. 
Inflammation  (inflammatio  ;  from  inflam- 
mare,  to  set  on  fire).     A  state  characterized  by 
redness,  heat,  tension,  swelling,  and  pain,  and 
terminating  by  resolution,  by  formation  of  new 
tissue,  by  gangrene,  or  local  death — necrosis.    The 
terminal,  -Ms,  added  to  the  name  of  the  organ 
or  part  affected,  expresses  this  state  ;  as  stomat- 
itis, inflammation  of  the  mouth. 
Inflammation  of  the  Blad'der.     Cystitis. 
Inflammation  of  the  Brain.     Encephalitis. 
Inflammation  of  the  Breast.     Mastitis. 
Inflammation   of    the    Choroid    Membrane. 
Iritis. 

Inflammation  of  the  Eye.     Ophthalmitis. 
Inflammation  of  the  Intes/tine.     Enteritis. 
Inflammation  of  the  Iris.     Iritis. 
Inflammation  of  the  Kid/ney.     Nephritis. 
Inflammation  of  the  Lining  Membrane  of  a 
Tooth.    See  Endodontics. 
Inflammation  of  the  Liver.     Hepatitis. 
Inflammation  of  the   Lungs.     Pneumonitis. 
Inflammation  of  the  Mouth.    Stomatitis.    See 
Inflammation  of  the  Mouth,   Common 
Diffused. 
Inflammation  of  the  Mouth,  Common  Dif- 
fused.    This  is  so  fully  and  accurately  de- 
scribed by  Dr.  Wood,  in  his  treatise  on  the 
"  Practice  of  Medicine,"  that  we  shall  quote 
his  remarks  upon  the  subject.     He  says  :  "It 
appears    in    reddened,     somewhat     elevated 
patches  or  occupies  large  portions  of  the  sur- 
face,   sometimes  extending    apparently  over 
the  whole  mouth.     In  some  cases  it  is  super- 
ficial, with  little  or  no  swelling,  and  may  be 
designated  as  erythematous ;  in  others  it  occu- 
pies the  whole  thickness  of  the  membrane, 
extending  sometimes  to  the  submucous  tissue 
and  even  to  the  neighboring  structures,  as  the 
sublingual  and  submaxillary  glands  and  the 
absorbent  glands  of  the  neck,  and  occasions 
considerable  tumefaction  in  all  these  parts. 
In  the  erythematous  form  it  is  characterized 
by  redness,  a  sense  of  heat,  and  sometimes 
considerable  tenderness,   but  is   not   usually 
attended  with  acute  pain  ;  when  deeper  in  the 
tissue  it  is  often  very  painful.    Portions  of  the 
epithelium  sometimes  become  opaque,  giving 
an    appearance   of    whiteness    in    streaks   or 
patches.    Occasionally  this  coating  is  elevated 
in  blisters,  or  even  detached  like  the  cuticle 
from  the  skin  in  scalds.     Superficial  ulcera- 
tions   not    infrequently    occur,    which    may 
spread  over  considerable  portions  of  the  mem- 


INF 


335 


INF 


brane.  In  certain  states  of  the  constitution 
the  ulcerative  tendency  is  very  strong,  and 
deep  and  extensive  sores  occur,  which  are 
sometimes  attended  with  gangrene.  There  is 
often  a  copious  flow  of  saliva,  though  in  some 
instances  this  secretion,  as  well  as  that  of  the 
mucous  follicles,  is  checked,  and  the  mouth  is 
clammy  or  dry.  The  sense  of  taste  is  usually 
more  or  less  impaired,  and  speech  and  masti- 
cation are  often  difficult  and  painful.  When 
the  tongue  is  affected  its  surface  is,  in  general, 
first  covered  with  a  whitish  fur,  through  which 
the  red  and  swollen  follicles  may  often  be  seen 
projecting.  This  fur  sometimes  breaks  off, 
leaving  the  surface  red,  smooth,  and  glossy, 
with  here  and  there  prominent  follicles,  and 
very  sensitive  to  the  contact  of  even  mild 
substances  ;  or  the  surface  may  be  dry,  hard, 
and  gashed  with  painful  fissures.  When  the 
gums  are  involved  they  swell  and  rise  up 
between  the  teeth,  around  the  necks  of  which 
they  not  infrequently  ulcerate.  In  some  rare 
instances  this  ulceration  is  very  obstinate  and 
does  not  cease  until  it  has  extended  into  the 
sockets  and  destroyed  altogether  the  connec- 
tions of  the  teeth,  which  become  loosened  and 
fall  out,  after  which  the  gums  will  heal.  Or- 
dinary stomatitis  is  seldom  so  violent  as  to 
induce  symptomatic  fever."  For  causes  and 
treatment  see  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Pract.  of 
Dentistry." 

Inflammation  of  the  Periosteum  of  a  Tooth. 
Periodontitis.    Dental  Periostitis.    See  Odon- 
talgia and  Periostitis,  Dental. 
Inflammation  of  the  Peritoneum.      Perito- 
nitis. 

Inflammation  of  the  Pleu/ra.     Pleuritis. 
Inflammation  of  the  Pulp  of  a  Tooth.     Endo- 
dontitis.     See  Odontalgia  ;  also  Pulpitis. 
Inflammation  of  the  Ret'ina.     Retinitis. 
Inflammation  of  the  Stom/ach.     Gastritis. 
Inflammation  of  the  Tes'ticles.     Orchitis. 
Inflammation  of  the  Ure'thra.     Urethritis. 
Inflammation  of  the  U'terus.     Hysteritis. 
Inflammation  of  a  Vein.     Phlebitis. 

Inflammatiun  cula.  An  insignificant  in- 
flammation, commonly  superficial. 

Inflam'matory  (inflammatorius).  Of  the 
nature  of  inflammation  ;  tending  to  excite  heat 
and  inflammation. 

Inflammatory  Crust.    Buffy  coat  on  the  blood 
during  pregnancy,  inflammation,  etc. 
Inflammatory  Fever.     Synocha. 

Inflation  (from  inflo,  to  blow  into).  Dis- 
tention with  air.     In  Pathology,  a  windy  swell- 


ing, but  usually  applied  to  the  stomach  and 
bowels. 

Infla'tus.  Inflated. 
Inflex'us.  Bent  inward. 
Influen  za  (the  Italian  word  for  influence). 
Epidemic  catarrh  is  so  termed  because  it  was 
supposed  to  be  the  result  of  a  peculiar  atmos- 
pherical influence,  characterized  by  the  sud- 
denness of  its  attack,  general  depression,  great 
heaviness  over  the  eyes,  and  a  very  distressing 
fever.     Called  by  its  French  name,  la  grippe. 

Infraction  (from  in,  and  f radio,  breaking). 
The  incomplete  fracture  of  a  bone.  Also  an 
indentation  or  driving  forward. 

Infra=maxiIIa/ris.     Submaxillary. 
Infra=max/illary   (from   infra,  below,  and 
maxiUum,  the.  jaw).     Below  or  under  the  jaw. 
Infra=or/bitar.      Suborbitar  ;   beneath  the 
orbit. 

Infra-orbitar    Fora'men.     A  foramen  imme- 
diately below  the  orbit. 
Infra  =  pu'bian    Lig'ament.      Triangular 
ligament. 

Infra=scapula/ris.  The  subscapularis  mus- 
cle. 

Infra=spinatus  (from  infra,  beneath,  and 
sjiina,  a  spine).     A  muscle  of  the  humerus. 

Infundib'uliform  (infundibuliformis;  from 
infundibulum,  funnel,  and  forma,  likeness).  A 
term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  the  circular  liga- 
ment of  the  atlas,  and  in  Botany  to  organs  of 
plants,  funnel-shaped. 

Infimdib  ulum    (from  in,  and  fundere,  to 
pour  out).     A  funnel.     In  Anatomy,  a  name 
given  to  parts  which  resemble  a  funnel.     In 
Surgery,  infundibula,  or  funnels,  are  used  to 
direct   steam   or  vapors   and   to    conduct   the 
actual  cautery  to  certain  morbid  parts. 
Infundibulum  of  the   Brain.       A  depression 
or  canal  leading  from  the  third  ventricle  to 
the  pituitary  gland. 
Infundibulum  of  the  Kidney.     The  small  cup- 
like membranous  canals  which  surround  the 
papilla?  of  the  kidney  and  open  into  its  pel- 
vis, whither  they  convey  the  urine. 
Infu'sible.    Not  fusible  ;  incapable  of  being 
reduced  to  the  fluid  state  by  heat. 

Infusion  (infusio ;  from  infundere,  to  pour 
in).  In  Pharmacy,  the  act  of  pouring  a  hot  or 
cold  fluid  upon  vegetable  substances  for  the 
purpose  of  extracting  their  medicinal  proper- 
ties. Also  the  product  itself.  In  Surgery,  the 
introduction  of  medicinal  substances  into  the 
veius. 

Infuso'ria.    Animalculse   developed   in  in- 


INF 


336 


INL 


fusions  of  animal  or  vegetable  substances  and 
in  stagnant  waters. 

Infu'sum.    An  infusion. 
Inges'ta   (from   ingero,  to  carry  in).     Tbe 
aliments  introduced  into  the  body. 

Inglu'vies.  Gluttony.  Also  the  crop  of 
birds. 

In'gluvin.  A  preparation  obtained  from 
the  gizzard  of  the  fowl,  used  as  a  substitute 
for  pepsin  and  pancreatin.  Efficient  in  indi- 
gestion and  the  sickness  of  pregnancy.  Dose, 
gr.  xx. 

Ingot/.  A  bar  of  gold,  silver,  or  other 
metal  cast  in  a  mould. 

Ingot  Mould.  A  mould  in  which  ingots  are 
cast,  usually  made  of  iron  and  composed  of 
two  pieces,  or  of  soapstone,  charcoal,  or  com- 
pressed carbon. 

Ingras/sias,  Wings  of.  Two  portions  of 
the  symmetrical  halves  of  the  sphenoid  bone, 
termed  the  large  and  small  wings. 

Ingravida'tion.    Pregnancy.    Fecundation. 

Ingre'dient  (from  ingrediens,  entering  into). 

That  which  enters  into  or  is  a  component  part 

of  a  compound  or  mixture  ;    constituents  of  a 

compound.     Applied  to  medicinal  compounds. 

In/guen.     The  groin. 

In'guinal    [inguinalis;    from    inguen,    the 
groin).     Pertaining  to  the  groin. 
Inguinal  Ar'tery.     The  external  iliac  imme- 
diately beDeath  the  crural  arch. 
Inguinal  Canal.      The  canal  for  the  spermatic 
cord,  formed  by  the  folding  of  the  lower  edge 
of  the  external  oblique  muscle. 
Inguinal  Glands.     The  lymphatic  glands  in 
the  groin. 
Inguinal  Her/nia.     A  form  of  hernia  in  which 
a  part  of  the  bowels  protrude  at  the  abdominal 
ring. 
Inguinal  Lig/ament.     Poupart's  ligament. 

Ingula'tio  (in,  and  gula,  the  throat).  In- 
troducing anything  into  the  throat.  Ingula- 
tion. 

Inhalation.     The  act  of  drawing  in  vapors 
with  the  breath. 
Inhalation  of  Chloroform.    See  ANiESTHETic 

Agents. 

Inhalation     of      Ether.       See     ANESTHETIC 

Agents. 
Inhale'  (from  inhalo,  to  draw  in).     To  in- 
spire air  or  the  vapor  of  anaesthetic  or  other 
agents  into  the  Lungs. 

Inha'Ier.    An  instrument  used  for  the  inha- 
lation of  ether,  chloroform,  and  other  vapors. 
Inhaler,  Allis.     This  consists  of  an  oval  frame 


composed  of  a  series  of  wires  through  which 
passes  back  and  forth  a  continuous  band  of 
muslin.  The  layers  of  muslin,  though  near 
each  other,  are  still  so  far  apart  as  to  permit 
the  free  passage  of  atmospheric  air.  The  ether 
is  continuously  dropped  in  small  quantity 
upon  the  muslin  to  maintain  it  at  an  even  de- 
gree of  saturation. 

Inhaler,  Nitrous  Oxide.  A  breathing-tube 
for  the  inhalation  of  nitrous  oxide  gas  ;  con- 
structed of  vulcanized  rubber  or  metal.  It 
consists  of  a  tube  aud  mouth-piece,  the  tube 
containing  two  valves — one  valve  upon  the 
inside  of  the  tube,  allowing  the  gas  to  pass 
through  to  the  mouth  of  the  patient ;  the  other 
upon  the  outside,  which  allows  the  exhalation 
to  pass  off  and  not  be  again  inhaled. 
Attached  to  the  tube  is  a  stop-cock  to  arrest 
the  flow  of  gas  when  desired.  A  number  of 
inhalers  are  in  use,  known  by  the  names  of 
their  inventors.  See  Nitrous  Oxide  Appa- 
ratus. 
Inhe'rent.  That  which  belongs,  adheres, 
or  is  united  to  a  thing. 

Inherited    (from   inharreo,   to  cleave    to). 
Derived  from  an  ancestor. 
Inherited  Disease.     A  disease  transmitted  to 
a  child  by  its  parents. 
Inhibit    (from   inhibeo,    to   check).     To  re- 
strain, suppress,  or  check. 

Inhibition  (from  inhibeo).  The  act  of  sup- 
pressing or  checking. 

Inhumation  [inhumatio ;  from  inJiumo,  I  put 
into  the  ground).     The  burying  of  the  dead. 

Iniad.  Toward  the  plane  of  the  ridge  of 
the  occiput. 

In'ial.     The  posterior  aspect  of  the  head. 
In'ion.     Nape  of  the  neck.    External  protu- 
berance of  the  occipital  bone. 

Ini'tis.  Inflammation  of  fibrous  mem- 
brane. 

Injacula'tio.  Acute  pain  of  the  stomach 
with  rigidity  and  immobility  of  the  body. 

Injection  (injeclio;  from  injicere,  to  throw 
into).  The  introduction,  by  means  of  a  syringe 
or  other  instrument,  of  a  medicated  liquor  into 
a  natural  or  preternatural  cavity  of  the  body. 
When  introduced  into  the  rectum  injections 
are  called  enemata.  In  Anatomy,  filling  of  the 
vessels  of  the  dead  body  with  some  bright 
substance  to  exhibit  their  form  or  number  to 
better  advantage. 

Inlaying  Porcelain  or  Enamel  and  Gold. 
A  method  of  filling  cavities  in  teeth  by  the 
insertion  of  a  disc  of  tooth-enamel  or  of  por- 


INL 


337 


INS 


celain,  fitted  to  the  form  of  the  margins  but 
somewhat  smaller  to  permit  a  fine  line  of  gold 
or  cement  to  surround  the  disk  and  to  con- 
nect it  with  the  tooth.  Its  purpose  is  to  avoid 
the  unsightliness  of  large  fillings  on  exposed 
surfaces. 

Inlays.  Substitutes  of  lost  tooth  structure 
which  are  inserted  into  a  prepared  cavity  in 
solid  pieces  ;  inlays  of  porcelain  corresponding 
in  shade  and  contour  to  the  surrounding  struc. 
ture.  Gold  has  also  been  used  for  inlays  in 
front  teeth  and  amalgam  for  large  inlays  in  pos- 
terior teeth  :  also  Venetian  enamel,  composed  of 
Venetian  glass  beads  in  the  form  of  powder  and 
of  different  shades,  and  fused  at  a  lower  tem- 
perature than  porcelain. 

In'nate  (innatus;  from  in,  and  naseor,  to  be 
horn).  Inborn  ;  not  acquired. 
Innate  Diseases.  Diseases  with  which  the 
infant  is  born.  Congenital. 
Innervation  (innervatio ;  from  in,  and 
nervus,  a  nerve).  The  vital  operation  by  which 
a  part  or  organ  is  supplied  with  nervous  influ- 
ence. 

Innominata  Arte'ria.     The   first  branch 
given  off  by  the  arch  of  the  aorta. 
Innominata  Car/tilago.     Cricoid. 
Innominata   Cav'itas.    A  cavity  in  the  outer 
ear,  between  the  helix  and  authelix. 
Innominata  Mino'ra  Ossa.    The  three  cunei- 
form bones  of  the  tarsus. 

Innomina'ti  Nervi.  The  nerves  of  the  fifth 
pair. 

Innomina'tum  For'amen.    A  foramen  in 
the  petrous    portion   of   the    temporal   bone, 
through  which  the  Vidian  nerve  passes. 
Innominatum   Os.     A  large,   irregular   bone, 
which  forms  the  anterior  and  lateral  walls  of 
the  pelvis.     It  is  divided  in  the  young  subject 
into  three  portions, — the  ilium,  ischium,  and 
pubis, — which  join  one  another  in  the  ace- 
tabulum. 

Innomina'tus  (from  in,  privative,  and 
nomen,  a  name).  Innominatum.  Without  a 
name.  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  the  bone 
which,  in  early  life,  is  divided  into  three  parts — 
viz.,  the  ilium,  pubis,  and  ischium.  An  artery, 
the  filth  pair  of  nerves,  and  a  foramen  have 
also  heen  thus  desiguated.  See  ARTERIES  ; 
Nerves. 

In'oblast.     A  connective-tissue  cell. 
Inochondri'tis  (ig,   ivog,  a  fibre,  and  xov- 
o*pog,  a  cartilage).   Inflammation  of  tendons  and 
cartilages. 

Inoculation    {inoculatio).      The     artificial 


introduction  of  a  poison  into  any  part  of  the 

body,  especially  the  variolous  or  vaccine  virus. 

Variolation. 

Inoculation,  Cow-pox.     Vaccination. 

Inohymeni'tis.     Initis. 

Ino'ma  (>c,  ivog,  a  fibre).  Scirrhus  ;  a  fibrous 
tumor. 

Inorgan'ic  (from  in,  without,  and  organum, 
an  organ).  Having  no  organs.  No  possibili- 
ties of  development,  growth,  or  life.  In  Chem- 
istry, the  mineral  kingdom,  with  its  variety  of 
objects,  is  thus  distinguished  ;  minerals  and 
other  bodies  which  are  not  derived  from  or- 
ganic products. 

Inosclero'ma.  Induration  of  fibrous  tis- 
sue. 

Inosculation  (inosculatio ;  from  in,  and 
osculum,  a  little  mouth).  The  union  of  the 
extremities  of  vessels.     Anastomosis. 

Ino/sic  Acid.  A  syrupy  fluid  obtained 
from  j  uice  of  flesh  after  the  separation  of  crea- 
tine. 

Inosite.     Muscle  sugar. 

Inosto'sis.  An  alternation  of  absorption 
and  deposition  of  cementum  in  the  case  of  roots 
of  teeth  which  have  for  a  long  time  been  a 
source  of  slight  irritation  ;  the  absorption 
being  effected  by  the  agency  of  polynucleated 
cells,  which  are  derived  from  the  formative 
bone  cells. 

Insalifi'able  {in,  and  salifiabilis  :  capable  of 
being  formed  into  a  salt).  Applied  to  oxides 
which  are  not  acids  nor  capable  of  neutralizing 
them. 

Insaliva'tion  (insalivatio).  The  admixture 
of  saliva  with  food  during  mastication.  The 
process  of  mastication  and  the  presence  of  food 
in  the  mouth  increases  the  secretion  of  this 
fluid,  as  does  also  a  desire  for  or  the  odor  of 
savory  alimentary  substances.  The  salivary 
glands,  being  liberally  furnished  with  nerves 
and  blood-vessels,  are  easily  excited  and  readily 
provided  with  an  abundant  supply  of  viscous 
fluid,  which  flows  in  greater  quantity  when 
the  food  is  acrid  and  stimulating  than  when  it 
is  of  a  less  exciting  nature.  It  is  estimated  that 
from  five  to  six  ounces  are  secreted  at  a  meal. 
This,  together  with  the  fluid  secreted  by  the 
labial,  palatine,  and  sublingual  mucous  glands, 
as  well  as  the  moisture  from  the  exhalant 
arteries  of  the  mouth,  not  only  contribute  to 
lubricate  the  buccal  cavity,  but  mix  with,  dis- 
solve, and  bring  together  the  divided  alimen- 
tary particles,  assist  in  forming  them  into  a 
pultaceous  mass,  and  produce  on  them  the  first 


INS 


338 


INS 


change  which  they  undergo  in  the  process  of 
digestion. 

Insalu'brious.     Unhealthy. 

Insanity  (insanitas).  Madness ;  mental 
alienation.  Insanity  may  result  from  the  irrita- 
tion occasioned  by  carious  teeth,  pulp-nodules, 
overcrowding  of  the  teeth,  and  exostosed  roots 
of  teeth. 

Inscriptions  Tendineae  Musculorum. 
Tendinous  fibres  crossing  muscles,  especially 
on  the  abdomen. 

Insensibility.  Anaesthesia.  Loss  or  ab- 
sence of  sensation. 

Insertion  (insertio).  In  Anatomy  and  Bot- 
any, the  intimate  connection  of  one  part  or  or- 
gan to  another,  as  the  insertion  of  a  ligament 
or  muscle  into  a  bone  ;  of  a  corolla,  stamen, 
pistil,  leaf,  or  ovary  into  any  part  of  a  plant. 
In  Dental  Surgery,  the  engrafting  of  an  artificial 
tooth  on  the  root  of  a  natural  one. 
Insertion  of  an  Artificial  Tooth.  See  PIVOT 
Tooth,  Manner  of  Insertion,  in  Harris' 
"  Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 

Insiden'tia.  That  which  arises  on  the 
surface  of  urine. 

Insidious.  In  Pathology,  diseases  which  do 
not  appear  at  first  as  formidable  as  they  are, 
and  which  are  apt  to  escape  attention. 

Insi'tio.     Inoculation. 
Insitio  Dentis.     Implantation  of  a  tooth. 

In  si'tu  (from  in,  and  situ,  position).  A 
Latin  term  denoting  in  a  given  or  natural  posi- 
tion. 

Insola'tion  (insolatio;  from  in,  and  Sol,  the 
sun).  Exposure  to  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun, 
employed  for  drying  pharmaceutical  substances 
and  chemical  preparations,  and  sometimes,  in 
Therapeutics,  to  excite  cutaneous  irritation  or  to 
rouse  the  vital  powers  when  a  patient  becomes 
languid. 

Insoluble  (insolubility  ;  insolubililas) .  The 
property  of  a  solid  which  prevents  it  from  dis- 
solving when  immersed  in  a  fluid. 

Insom'nia  (from  in,  and  somnus,  sleep). 
Sleeplessness,  usually  a  sign  of  disease. 

Inspiration  [inspiratio ;  from  in,  in,  and 
spiro,  I  breathe).  The  act  by  which  the  air  is 
■drawn  into  the  lungs. 

Inspiratory.  A  name  given  to  certain 
muscles  which,  by  their  contraction,  enlarge 
the  chest  and  produce  inspiration. 

Inspis'sation  (from  in,  and  spissatus,  thick- 
ened). The  evaporation  of  a  juice  or  decoction 
to  a  thick  consistence. 


Instep'.  The  most  elevated  part  of  the  top 
of  the  foot. 

Instilla/tion  (hist  Mat  io).  The  act  of  pour- 
ing out  a  liquid  drop  by  drop. 

Instinct'  (instinctus).  Inwardly  moved. 
That  power  of  the  mind  by  which  animals  are 
spontaneously  led  or  directed  to  do  whatever  is 
necessary  for  the  preservation  of  the  individual 
or  the  continuation  of  the  species. 

Instinctive.  Spontaneous ;  caused  by 
instinct.  Applied  in  Physiology  to  those  invol- 
untary actions  which  are  excited  immediately 
through  the  nerves — a  part  of  the  reflex  function. 
Among  these  are  the  closure  of  the  eyelids, 
the  act  of  sucking,  the  act  of  swallowing,  the 
closure  of  the  glottis,  the  action  of  the  sphinc- 
ters, inspiration,  sneezing,  vomiting,  etc. 

Institutes  of  Med'icine.  The  theory  and 
practice  of  medicine. 

Instrument  (instrumentum).  Any  mechan- 
ical agent  employed  in  the  operations  of  any  of 
the  branches  of  manual  medicine. 

Instruments,  Exploring.    For  examining 
teeth  to  ascertain  the  work  necessary  to  be 
done ;    more   especially   for   determining   the 
presence  of  caries  of  the  teeth. 
Instruments  for    Cleaning   Teeth.     The    in- 
struments   employed    for    this    purpose    are 
constructed  with  variously  shaped  points,  and 
are  called  "  scalers,"  as  they  are  used  for  the 
removal  of  salivary  calculus.     They  consist 
essentially  of  steel  blades,  attached  at  various 
angles  to  shafts  of  steel,  wood,  ivory,  etc. ,  and 
are  so  constructed  as  to  admit  of  easy  applica- 
tion to  the  teeth  upon  which  the  deposit  is 
found.     Scalers  are  usually  made  in  sets  com- 
prising from   six  to  twelve  instruments,  and 
are  known  by  the  name  of  the  designer,  as 
"Abbott's  scalers,"  etc. 
Instruments  for  Enlarging  the  Canal  in  the 
Root  of  a  Tooth.     The  burr  drill,  flat  drill, 
and  broach,  or  modifications  of  these,  are  the 
instruments  usually  employed  for  this  pur- 
pose. 

Instruments  for  Filling  Teeth.  Such  as  in- 
troducers, condensers,  etc. 

Instruments  for  Removing  Dental  Caries. 
Such  as  excavators,  burr  and  flat  drills, 
enamel  chisels,  etc. 

Instruments  for    the    Extraction   of    Teeth. 
Those  most  commonly  employed  in  this  op- 
eration are  forceps,  the  key  of  Garengeot,  the 
punch,  elevator,  hook,  and  conical  screw. 
Instruments,  Nerve   Cavity.     For  extracting 


INS 


339 


INT 


pulps  of  teeth,  excavating,  and.  cleaning  and 
filling  pulp  canals. 

Insuffla'tion  (insufflatio;  from  in,  and 
sufflo,  to  blow).  The  injection  of  a  gaseous  fluid 
into  a  cavity  of  the  body. 

Insula  Cerebri.  The  intermediate  lobe  of 
the  brain. 

Insulation  (from  insula,  an  island).  In 
Electricity,  the  state  of  a  body  when  cut  off 
from  communication  with  surrounding  objects 
by  non-conductors. 

Integer.     Integrant.     Entire. 

Inte'gral  Parotides  (from  integer,  entire). 
The  smallest  particles  into  which  a  body  can 
be  divided  by  mechanical  means. 

Integrity  (integrilas ;  from  integer,  entire). 
A  term  employed  by  the  French  to  express  a 
perfectly  healthy  state  of  the  organic  tissues  or 
of  the  entire  animal  body. 

Integ/ument.  A  covering  ;  the  covering 
of  the  body  ;  the  skin. 

Intellect  (inlellectus ;  from  intelligere,  to 
understand).  The  aggregate  of  the  faculties  of 
the  mind.     Understanding. 

Intem'perance  (from  in,  negation,  and  lem- 
perare,  to  temper).  Immoderate  indulgence 
of  the  appetite,  especially  for  alcoholic  drinks. 

Intemper'ies.  Derangement  or  disorder, 
either  in  the  atmosphere  or  in  the  body. 

Intensity.  Activity,  violence  ;  applied  in 
Pathology  to  disease. 

Intension  (intenlio ;  from  in,  and  tendere, 
to  stretch).  In  Surgery,  union  by  the  first 
intention  is  the  cicatrization  of  a  wound  without 
suppuration  ;  union  by  second  intention  is  that 
which  does  not  occur  until  the  surfaces  have 
suppurated. 

Inter-.  A  prefix  signifying  between,  inter- 
mediate. 

Intera'nea.     Entrails. 

Interartic'ular.  Between  articular  sur- 
faces. 

Interca/dence.  In  Pathology,  a  supernu- 
merary beat  of  the  pulse. 

Inter'calary  Days.  The  days  which  occur 
between  those  that  are  critical.  Also  the  days 
which  intervene  between  the  paroxysms  of 
intermittent  fever. 

Intercellular.     Between  the  cells. 

Intercentral.  Between  or  connecting 
nerve  centres. 

Interclavicular.  Applied  to  a  ligament 
which  passes  from  one  clavicle  to  the  other. 

Intercos'tal.  Between  or  connecting  the 
ribs. 


Intercostal  Arteries.  The  arteries  which  run 
between  the  ribs. 

Intercostal  Muscles.  The  muscles  which 
extend  from  the  inferior  edge  of  each  rib 
above  to  the  superior  edge  of  each  rib  below. 
They  constitute  eleven  pairs  of  double  mus- 
cles, and  are  distinguished  into  external  and 
internal. 

Intercostal  Nerve.     Trisplanchnic  nerve. 

Intercostal  Nerves.  The  great  sympathetic 
and  twelve  branches  from  the  anterior 
branches  of  the  dorsal  nerves,  which  are  dis- 
tributed to  the  muscles  of  the  walls  of  the 
thorax  and  abdomen. 

Intercostal  Spaces.  The  intervals  between 
the  ribs. 

Intercostal  Veins.  The  veins  which  accom- 
pany the  intercostal  arteries.  The  right 
superior  intercostal  vein  is  often  wanting. 
When  it  exists,  it  opens  into  the  posterior  part 
of  the  subclavian. 
Intercosto=hu/meral.     A  term  applied  to 

the  cutaneous  branches  of  the  second  and  third 

intercostal  nerves. 

Intercurrent.     Breaking  into  and  modify- 
ing the  course  of  a  disease. 

Intercuta/neous.    Subcutaneous.    Beneath 

the  skin. 

Interden'tal.     Between  the  teeth. 

Interdental  Splint.  An  appliance  used  in  the 
treatment  of  fractures  of  the  maxillary  bones, 
by  which  the  fractured  extremities  are  re- 
tained in  close  and  perfect  apposition,  and  the 
exact  antagonism  of  the  teeth  maintained 
until  provisional  callus  is  thrown  out  and 
union  is  effected.  Corne,  a  French  surgeon, 
iu  1855  invented  a  gutta  percha  splint,  which 
proved  successful  in  a  number  of  cases.  Ham- 
ilton, in  his  work  on  "Fractures,"  recom- 
mends a  gutta  percha  splint  in  connection 
with  his  bandage.  The  late  Professor  N.  E. 
Smith  was  the  inventor  of  a  metallic  splint, 
with  impressions  for  the  teeth,  adjusted  with 
a  counter-splint  and  screws  under  the  jaw. 
But  it  is  only  since  vulcanized  rubber  has 
come  into  general  use  that  interdental  splints, 
constructed  of  this  material,  have  fulfilled  all 
the  required  indications  in  the  treatment  of 
fractures  of  the  maxillary  bones.  Appliances 
of  this  kind,  constructed  of  vulcanized  india- 
rubber,  are  the  inventions  of  the  late  Drs.  T. 
B.  Gunning  and  J.  B.  Bean,  and  have  proved 
successful  in  the  treatment  of  the  most  com- 
plicated cases  of  fracture  of  the  maxillary 
hones. 


INT 


340 


INT 


Interdig'ital.  Between  the  fingers  ;  applied 
to  the  spaces  in  that  situation. 

Interganglionic.  Nervous  cords  connect- 
ing the  ganglia. 

Interglobular  Spaces.  [Certain  cavities 
or  spaces  in  the  dentine  which  are  said  hy 
Kolliker  to  he  filled  with  a  soft  substance  re- 
sembling tooth  cartilage.  In  the  sections  for 
microscopical  observation  this  soft  substance 
has  dried  up,  and  cavities  are  formed  which  are 
called  interglobular  spaces.  Their  presence  is 
supposed  to  be  owing  to  a  diseased  condition  of 
the  dentine.     See  Intertubular  Tissue. 

Interlobular.  Between  the  lobules,  as  of 
the  lungs  or  liver. 

Intermaxillary.     Between  the  maxillae. 
Intermaxillary    Bone.       A    portion    of    bone 
wedged   in   between  the   superior  maxillary 
boues  of  the  human  foetus  ;  found  in  the  mam- 
malia. 
Intermediary   (from  inter,  between,  and 
medius,  middle).     Lying  between  two  bodies  ; 
in  the  middle  ;  interposed. 

Intermis'sion  (intermissio  ;  from  inter,  be- 
tween, and  miltere,  to  put  or  send).  The  inter- 
vals which  occur  between  two  paroxysms  of  an 
intermittent  fever  or  other  disease  or  between 
two  pains. 

Intermittent.     A  disease  in  which  there 
are  intermissions  or  one  which  ceases  and  re- 
turns after  stated  or  uncertain  intervals. 
Intermittent    Fever.      A   fever   consisting   of 
paroxysms  which  subside  and  return  at  regu- 
lar   periods.      Called    quotidian,    where    the 
paroxysms  return  every  day  ;   tertian,  where 
they  return  every  third  day — that  is,  on  alter- 
nate days  ;  quartan,  where  they  return  every 
fourth  day,  thus  leaving  two  days  between 
the  paroxysms. 

Intermuscular.  That  which  intervenes 
between  two  muscles. 

In'terne.     A  house  surgeon  or  physician. 
Interno/dium.     That  which  is  between  the 
knuckles.     A  phalanx.  • 

Inter'nus  Auris.  The  tensor  tympani 
muscles  of  the  ear. 

Interos'seal.     Between  bones. 
Interos'sei   Ma/nus.     The  small  muscles 
situated  between  the  metacarpal  bones,  extend- 
ing from  the  hones  of  the,  carpus  to  the  lingers. 
Interossei  Pe/dis.   The  small  muscles  situated 
between  the  metatarsal  hones. 
Interosseous  (from  inter,  between,  and  os, 
a  hone).     Situated  between  bones. 
Interosseous  Arteries.     Small   branches  from 


the  dorsal  is  carpi  arteries,  distributed  to  the 
interosseous  ligament  of  the  forearm  and  be- 
tween the  interosseous  muscles. 
Interosseous  Nerve.  A  branch  from  the  me- 
dian nerve  which  passes  over  the  interosseous 
ligament  of  the  forearm. 

Interparietal  Bone.  A  bone  lying  in  the 
situation  of  the  upper  angle  of  the  os  occipitis. 
It  is  supposed  by  von  Tschudi  to  be  charac- 
teristic of  the  Peruvian  race,  but  it  has  no 
ethnological  importance  whatever,  as  the  same 
thing  is  occasionally  found  in  the  adult  skulls 
of  all  races. 

Interrupted.     Broken  in  its  regular  form  ; 
disturbed  in  its  normal  arrangement. 
Interrupted  Circuit.    See  Circuit. 
Interrupted  Suture.    A  suture  formed  by  pass- 
ing a  needle  armed  with  a  ligature  through 
the  lips  of  the  wound,  previously  brought  iu 
contact,  and  then  tying  the  extremities  of  the 
thread.     The  other  stitches  are  made  in  the 
same   manner.      They  are  separate  or  inter- 
rupted. 
Interscapular  {interscapular  is).  That  which 
is  between  the  shoulders. 

Interscapu/lium.   The  spine  of  the  scapula. 
Intersep'tum    (from    inter,   between,    and 
septum,  a  partition).      The   septum   narium  ; 
also  the  uvula. 
Interseptum  Virginale.     The  hymen. 

Interspinal  (interspinal  is ;  from  inter,  be- 
tween, and  spina,  the  spine).  Applied  to  mus- 
cles, nerves,  etc.,  situated  between  the  spinous 
processes. 

Interspina/les.  The  portions  of  muscles 
situated  between  the  spinous  processes  of  the 
cervical,  dorsal,  and  lumbar  vertebrae.  They  are 
distinguished  by  the  names  interspinales  colli 
and  interspinales  dorsi  ct  lumborum. 

Interstice  (from  inter,  between,  and  sto,  to 
stand).  An  interval ;  a  space  between  two 
organs. 

Interstitial.  Relating  to  or  containing  in- 
terstices, as  interstitial  matter,  interstitial  ab- 
sorption, etc.  Applied  to  a  substance  occupying 
the  interstices  of  contiguous  cells.  See  Ab- 
sorption. 

Intertransversa/les.  The  small  quadri- 
lateral muscles  situated  between  the  transverse 
processes  of  the  vertebras  of  the  neck  and  loins. 
Intertrigo  (from  inter,  between,  and  lero, 
to  rub).  Excoriation  or  chafing  of  the  skin 
about  the  anus,  groins,  and  other  parts  of  the 
body. 

Intertub/ular.     Between  tubes. 


INT 


341 


IOD 


Intertubular  Substance,  or  Tissue.  The  in- 
tervening substance  in  the  structure  of  den- 
tine, situated  between  the  dentinal  tubuli  ; 
the  connecting  matrix.  It  contains  the  greater 
part  of  the  earthy  constituents  of  dentine. 
See  Dentinal  Tubuli  ;  also  Interglob- 
ular Spaces. 

Intervertebral      (intervertebral  in).       That 
"which  is  situated  between  the  vertebra?. 
Intervertebral  Cartilages.     The  cartilages  be- 
tween the  vertebrae. 

Intestab'ilis  (intestatus).     Castrated. 

Intestinal.  Implicating  or  belonging  to 
the  intestines. 

Intestinaiia.     Intestinal  worms. 

Intes'tine  (intestinum;  from  intus,  within). 
The  convoluted  membranous  and  muscular 
tube  extending  from  the  stomach  to  the  anus. 
It  is  distinguished  into  small  and  large.  The 
former  includes  the  duodenum,  jejunum,  and 
ileum ;  and  the  latter  the  caecum,  colon,  and 
rectum. 

In'timum  Un'guis.     Root  of  the  nail. 

Intolerance.  Tbat  condition  of  the  body 
which  indicates  the  impropriety  of  using  cer- 
tain remedies,  as  iutolerauce  of  blood-letting, 
etc. 

Intoxication  (inloxicatio ;  from  in,  and  tox- 
i rit hi,  a  poison).  Ebriety  ;  the  effect  of  alco- 
holic liquor  taken  in  excess. 

Intralobular.  Within  a  lobule.  In  Hep- 
atic Anatomy,  applied  to  the  veins  of  the  lob- 
ules, the  radicles  of  the  hepatic  veins. 

Intraver'tebrated.  Animals  having  their 
osseous  system  within  the  body.  Same  as  verte- 
bra ted. 

Intrin'sic  (intrinsecus ;  from  intra,  within, 
and  secus,  toward).  Inherent,  not  adventitious. 
In  Anatomy  and  Pathology,  organs  and  diseases 
situated  internally. 

Intro'itus.  An  entrance.  The  act  of 
entering. 

Intromission  (intromissio ;  from  intro, 
within,  and  miito,  I  send).  The  introduction 
of  one  body  or  organ  into  another. 

Introrse.     Turned  inward. 

Introsuscep  tion  {introsusceptio).  See  In- 
tussusception. 

Intumes'cence  (intumescentia  ;  from  intu- 
mesccre,  to  swell).  Increase  of  size  in  a  part. 
Swelling. 

Intussusception  {intussusceptio ;  from  in- 
tus, within,  and  suseipio,  I  receive).  In  Physi- 
ology, nutrition  ;  the  mode  of  increase  peculiar 
to  organized  bodies.     In  Pathology,  the  intro- 


duction of  a  portion  of  intestine  into  that  which 
precedes  or  follows  it. 

Inunc'tion  (inunctio).  A  liniment  or  oint- 
ment. Also  the  act  of  anointing  ;  rubbing  of 
an  ointment  into  the  skin. 

Inus'tion.     Cauterization. 

Invag'inated  (invaginatus ;  from  in,  and 
vagina,  a  sheath).  Applied  to  a  part  received 
into  auother.     Intussusception. 

Invagination.     Intussusception. 

In  'valid.  Applied  to  those  affected  by  sick- 
ness. 

Invasion  (inrasio).  The  period  when  a  dis- 
ease first  makes  its  attack  or  is  developed. 

Invermina'tion.  Helminthiasis.  Vermin- 
ous disease  ;  that  condition  which  gives  rise  to 
the  presence  of  worms. 

Inver'sio  Palpebrarum.  See  Entro- 
pion. 

Inversio  U/teri..  Partial  or  complete  inversion 
of  the  uterus. 

Inver'sion  (inversio).     Turned  inside  out. 

Invertebra'ta.  Invertebrates.  Animals 
that  have  no  vertebral  column  or  internal 
bony  structure  ;  a  subdivision  of  the  animal 
kingdom  comprising  mollusca,  articulata,  and 
zoophyta,  each  of  which  is  made  up  of  several 
classes. 

Investing.  Imbedding  a  denture  in  what 
is  known  as  investing  material  for  the  purpose 
of  soldering  the  linings  or  backings  of  the  teeth 
to  the  plate. 

Investing  Material.  Five  parts  of  white 
beach  sand,  four  parts  of  plaster,  and  one  tea- 
spoonful  of  pulverized  asbestos. 

Invisca'tio  Oc'uli.  Adhesion  of  the  eye- 
lids to  each  other  or  to  the  globe  of  the  eye. 

InvoIucePIum.     A  partial  iuvolucrum. 

lnvoIu/crum  (from  in,  and  rolvo.  to  wrap 
up).  A  wrapper.  In  Anatomy,  a  membrane 
which  surrounds  a  part.  In  Botany,  the  bractse 
which  surround  the  flowers  of  the  umbelliferce. 
Involucrum  Cordis.     The  pericardium. 

Involu'te  (involutus).     Rolled  inward. 

Fodate  (iodas).  A  variety  of  salts  formed  by 
the  union  of  iodic  acid  with  a  salifiable  base. 

Iodic  Acid  (acid urn  iodicum).  A  white, 
semi-transparent  solid  ;  a  compound  of  iodine 
and  oxygen,  of  an  astringent  and  sour  taste 
and  destitute  of  odor.  HIO:!.  It  forms  salts 
called  iodates. 

lOdidc.     A   compound    of    iodine    with   a 
simple  body — metal  or  other  radicle. 
Iodide  of  Potassium.  Potassii  iodidum  (which 
see). 


IOD 


342 


IRI 


Io'dina.     Iodine. 

Podine,  Iodum,  lo'dinum  (from  iuSijc, 
violet  colored).  Iodine  is  a  non-metallic  ele- 
ment obtained  principally  from  the  ashes  of 
seaweed,  and  evolved  in  the  form  of  vapor 
which  is  condensed.  It  is  a  soft,  friable, 
opaqne  solid,  of  a  bluish-black  color  and 
metallic  lustre.  Iodine  and  the  iodides 
are  used  vrith  great  success  in  solution  and 
tincture  in  goitre  and  some  scrofulous  affec- 
tions. Dose,  I  to  i  of  a  grain.  See  Tinctura 
IODI. 

Iodine  Trichloride.  Obtained  by  passing 
chlorine  gas  over  iodine  ;  in  the  form  of  reddish 
crystals,  antiseptic  and  disinfectant. 

Iodin'ium.     Iodine. 

Io/dinum  (ionutn).     Iodine. 

lo'dism.     The  morbid  effects  of  iodine. 

Iodoform  (iodoformum).  Teriodide  of  for- 
myl ;  tri-iodo- methane.  CHI3.  A  crystalline 
substance  of  a  saffron  color,  obtained  by  the 
action  of  chlorinated  lime  upon  an  alcoholic 
solution  of  iodide  of  potassium.  It  contains 
ninety-one  per  cent,  of  iodine.  It  is  volatile, 
soft  to  the  touch,  of  a  sweet  taste,  and  soluble 
in  alcohol  and  ether,  but  insoluble  in  water. 
It  is  antiseptic  and  slightly  anaesthetic  when 
applied  locally.  It  is  frequently  employed 
with  great  benefit  as  an  application  to  wounds, 
abrasions,  and  indolent  sores  and  ulcers.  In 
small  doses  it  is  tonic,  stimulant,  and  altera- 
tive ;  in  large  doses  it  is  poisonous,  causing 
convulsions.  Dose,  gr.  j  to  gr.  v.  As  a  remedy 
in  Dental  Practice  it  is  said  to  possess  the  same 
alterative  properties  as  iodine,  but  without  its 
caustic  effect,  and  proves  a  soothing  applica- 
tion to  inflamed  parts  ;  also  useful  in  alveolar 
abscesses  of  long  standing,  neuralgic  pain,  and 
diseases  of  antrum.  For  dental  application, 
etc.,  see  Gorgas'  "Dental  Medicine." 

lodo=hydrar/gyrate  of  Potas'sium.  A 
double  salt  of  iodide  of  potassium  and  bin- 
iodide  of  mercury. 

I'odol.  Tetraiodopyrrol.  C4LNH.  Ob- 
tained by  the  action  of  iodine  on  certain  con- 
stituents of  animal  oil,  the  proportion  of  iodine 
being  about  85  to  90  parts  by  weight.  The 
disagreeable,  penetrating,  and  diffusive  odor  of 
iodoform  is  not  apparent  in  iodol.  Iodol  is 
employed  in  all  the  conditions  for  which  iodo- 
form is  employed.  Iodol  is  in  the  form  of  an 
amorphous  grayish-white  powder,  which  be- 
comes brown  on  exposure.  It  is  soluble  in 
ether  and  oil.  For  dental  uses  see  Gorgas' 
"  Dental  Medicine." 


lodom'ethe  (iodium,  iodine,  fj-edy,  drunken- 
ness). The  nervous  state  induced  by  too  free 
use  of  iodine. 

lodophenacetin.  A  new  derivation  of 
phenacetin,  in  the  form  of  either  a  chocolate- 
brown  powder  or  steel-blue  crystals.  It  is 
antiseptic,  and  also  possesses  marked  powers  as 
a  bactericide. 

lodophenin.  Obtained  by  dissolving  phen- 
acetin in  glacial  acetic  acid  and  afterward 
diluting  with  water. 

Iodoph/thisis  (iodium,  and  phthisis,  a  wast- 
ing). Tabes,  or  wasting,  caused  by  the  abuse 
or  the  excessive  use  of  iodine. 

Iodc/sis.    Iodism.  Morbid  effects  of  iodine. 

Podum.     See  Iodine. 

Iod'urets.     Iodides. 

Pon  (from  iuv,  going).  An  element  lib- 
erated by  electrolysis  and  designated  as  an 
anion  or  kation,  according  as  it  is  set  free  from 
the  positive  or  negative  pole.  Ion  migration 
signifies  the  transference  of  an  ion  from  one 
pole  to  another. 

Ion  'thus  (from  iov,  the  violet,  and  av&oc,  a 
flower).  A  small  unsuppurative  pimple  on 
the  face  ;  a  variety  of  acne.  Also  the  down  on 
the  face  which  precedes  the  beard. 

Iotacis'mus.  Defective  articulation  in 
which  the  patient  is  unable  to  pronounce  the 
palatals  j  and  g  soft. 

Ipecacuan'ha.  The  pharmacopceial  name 
of  the  Cephaelis  ipecacuanha,  a  South  Ameri- 
can plant.  In  large  doses  it  is  emetic ;  in 
smaller,  diaphoretic  and  expectorant.  In  Dental 
Practice  ipecacuanha,  combined  with  opium, 
is  employed  in  the  treatment  of  periodontitis. 
Dose,  as  an  emetic,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xx  ;  as  an  expec- 
torant, gr.  j  to  gr.  ij.  Dose  of  the  syrup, 
3  j  =  15  grains  of  ipecac. 
Ipecacuanha,  American.     See  Euphorbia 

Ipecacuanha. 
Ipecacuanha,   An/nulated.     The  root  of  the 
Cephaelis  ipecacuanha. 
Ipecacuanha,  Black.    The  root  of  the  Psycho- 

tria  emetica  of  Peru. 
Ipecacuanha,  False  Brazilian.     The  root  of 
the  Ionidium  ipecacuanha. 
Ipecacuanha,  Un'dulated.       White  ipecacu- 
anha. 

Iracun/dus.     The  rectus  externus  oculi. 

IraPgia  (iris,  and  aXyoc,  pain).  Pain  of  the 
iris. 

Iridae'mia.     Haemorrhage  from  the  iris. 

Iridauxe'sis.  Exudation  of  fibrin  in  the 
tissue  of  the  iris. 


IRI 


343 


IRO 


IridectomediaFysis  (from  ipic,  iris,  ekto/it/, 
excision,  and  (ha/.vaic,  separation).  The  for- 
mation of  an  artificial  pupil  by  excision  and 
separation. 

Iridec'tomus.  An  instrument  or  kind  of 
knife  used  for  the  operation  of  iridectomy. 

Iridec/tomy  (iris,  and  enTEfivu,  to  cut  out). 
The  operation  of  removing  or  cutting  out  a 
portion  of  the  iris. 

Iridenclei/sis.  The  strangulation  of  a  de- 
tached portion  of  the  iris. 

Iridescent.  The  property  of  shining  with 
many  colors. 

Iridine/.  Cathartic  principle  of  Iris  ver- 
sicolor. 

Irid'ium.  Symbol,  Ir.  Atomic  weight, 
192.7.  A  gray,  brittle,  and  very  fusible  metal, 
found  with  the  ore  of  platinum.  It  is  in  the 
form  of  flattened  metallic  grains  and  scales, 
nearly  white  in  color,  exceedingly  hard,  brittle, 
and  fusible  only  by  the  oxyhydrogen  blow- 
pipe. ^ 

Ir'idocele  (iris,  and  tofkri,  a  tumor).  Her- 
nia in  which  a  portion  of  the  iris  is  pro- 
truded. 

Irido=dial/ysis.  Operation  for  artificial 
pupil  by  separation. 

Iridomala  cia.     Softening  of  the  iris. 

Iridonco'sis.  Tumefaction  or  thickening 
of  the  iris. 

Iridople'gia  (from  ipig,  and  Tv/^eye,  a  stroke). 
Paralysis  of  the  sphincter  of  the  iris  of  the  eye. 
Diseased  conditions  of  the  teeth  may  be  an 
exciting  cause  of  this  affection. 

Iridot/omy.  The  operation  for  artificial 
pupil  by  incision. 

Irin.  A  camphor  obtained  from  Iris  floren- 
tina. 

Iris.  In  Anatomy,  a  flat  and  circular  parti- 
tion between  the  anterior  and  posterior  cham- 
bers of  the  eye,  perforated  in  the  centre  by  a 
round  orifice  called  the  pupil.  In  Botany,  a 
genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Iridaceae. 
Iris  Florentina.  Florentine  orris  ;  orris  root. 
The  fresh  root  is  acrid,  but  when  dry  has  an 
agreeable  odor  and  is  used  in  dentifrices. 

Irish  Moss.     The  Chondrus  crispus. 

Iri/tis.     Inflammation  of  the  iris. 

Iron  (ferrum).  Symbol,  Fe.  Atomic 
weight,  56.  A  metal  of  a  bluish-gray  color, 
fibrous  or  granular  texture,  and  brilliant  frac- 
ture. Cast  iron  contains  the  greatest  amount 
of  carbon,  is  the  most  fusible,  hard,  and  brittle, 
its  fractured  surface  presenting  a  whitish  or 
grayish  color  and  a  texture  which  is  granular 


or  crystalline.  It  fuses  at  about  2786°  F.  and 
does  not  soften  when  passing  from  the  solid  to 
the  liquid  state,  and  therefore  can  not  be 
welded  or  forged.  "Wrought  iron  is  the  purest 
form  of  iron  used  in  commerce  and  contains 
the  least  amount  of  carbon.  It  is  manufactured 
from  cast  iron  by  eliminating  nearly  all  of  its 
carbon  and  other  impurities.  Intermediate 
between  cast  and  wrought  iron  in  its  chemical 
composition  is  steel,  which  possesses  the  prop- 
erty of  becoming  very  hard  and  brittle  when 
suddenly  cooled  after  it  is  heated  to  red- 
ness. 

Iron,  Dialized.  A  solution  of  the  peroxide  of 
iron  freed  of  its  acid  by  the  separating  process, 
which  consists  in  placing  certain  salts  of  iron 
in  solution  in  a  dialyzing  apparatus,  and  float- 
ing the  latter  upon  distilled  water,  when  the 
most  of  the  acid  passes  through  the  membrane 
which  covers  the  lower  end  and  escapes  into 
the  water  ;  there  remains  in  the  apparatus  the 
dialized  iron  (peroxide).  This  dialized  iron 
is  free  from  any  styptic  taste  and  tendency  to 
produce  disturbance  of  digestion  or  of  the 
nervous  system.  It  is,  moreover,  almost 
tasteless,  and  will  not  blacken  the  teeth,  as 
most  other  ferruginous  preparations  do.  It  is 
also  an^antidote  to  arsenic. 
Iron,  Hydrated  Perox'ide  of.  Hydrated 
sesquioxide  of  iron.  See  Sesquioxide  of 
Iron. 
Iron,  Perchlo'ride  of.  A  valuable  styptic  ; 
applied  to  bleeding  surfaces,  clear  or  diluted 
with  an  equal  quantity  of  water. 
Iron,  PersuFphate  of.  Monsel's  solution  of 
persulphate  of  iron  acts  topically  as  a  power- 
ful astringent  and  mild  caustic.  It  is  prepared 
by  rubbing  nitric  acid  with  the  sulphate  of 
iron  and  gradually  adding  water.  For  the 
arrest  of  haemorrhage  it  may  be  applied  clear 
or  diluted  with  an  equal  quantity  of  water. 
It  combines  with  albumen  to  form  a  pale 
yellow  compound,  and  on  this  property  de- 
pends its  chemical  action  on  the  tissues  of  the 
body. 

Iron,  Preparations  of.  See  Ferri  ACETAS, 
etc. 
Iron,  Sesquichlor'ide.  Chloride  of  iron  ;  per- 
chloride  of  iron.  Crystallized,  possesses  the 
same  properties  as  the  persulphate  and  is  used 
in  the  same  maimer. 
Iron,  SubsuFphate.  Monsel's  powder.  Pos- 
sesses the  same  properties  as  the  persulphate. 
Many  prefer  this  solid  preparation  as  being 
more  convenient  for  use.     A  pellet  of  cotton 


IRR 


344 


IRR 


may  be  saturated  with  sandarac  varnish,  the 
powder  taken  up  on  this  and  applied  to  the 
bleeding  cavity  in  cases  of  haemorrhage  after 
the  extraction  of  teeth. 

Irra'diating.  To  emit  rays  of  light  in 
every  direction.  Radiating  from  a  centre,  as  a 
pain  from  a  definite  focus  of  irritation. 

Irredu'cible.  Applied  to  fractures,  disloca- 
tions, hernia,  etc.,  which  are  not  capable  of 
being  restored  to  their  natural  position. 

Irreg'ular  {irregularis).  Applied  to  the 
symptoms  of  diseases  not  regular,  and  to  the 
pulse  when  its  beats  are  separated  by  unequal 
intervals.  Also  to  the  teeth  when  one  or  more 
is  uneven  in  natural  arrangement. 

Irregularity.  Deviation  from  an  estab- 
lished rule  or  straight  line. 
Irregularity  of  the  Teeth.  Deviation  of  the 
teeth  from  their  natural  arrangement  is  of 
frequent  occurrence  and  is  dependent  upon  a 
variety  of  causes.  The  following  are  among 
the  most  frequent :  (1)  Want  of  simultaneous 
action  between  the  destruction  of  the  roots  of 
the  temporary  teeth  and  the  growth  of  the  per- 
manent ;  (2)  the  premature  removal  of  one  or 
more  of  the  temporary  ;  (3  )  disproportion  be- 
tween the  size  of  the  alveolar  arch  and  the 
teeth  ;  (4)  supernumerary  teeth  ;  and,  lastly, 
malformation  of  the  jaws. 
The  deviations  of  the  teeth  from  the  natural 
arrangement  are  exceedingly  variable.  Mr. 
Fox  enumerated  four  varieties  of  irregularity 
in  the  front  teeth  :  (1)  The  appearance  of  one 
of  the  permanent  central  incisors  of  the  upper 
jaw  behind  the  corresponding  temporary  tooth, 
so  that  at  each  occlusion  of  jaws  the  lower  in- 
cisors come  before  it,  causing  great  deformity 
and  preventing  the  deviating  tooth  from  ac- 
quiring its  proper  position  ;  (2)  the  appear- 
ance of  both  of  the  upper  permanent  central 
incisors  behind  the  corresponding  temporary 
teeth,  while  the  laterals  occupy  their  proper 
position  ;  (3)  the  appearance  of  the  upper 
lateral  incisors  behind  the  temporary,  while 
the  centrals  are  in  their  proper  place  ;  (4)  the 
appearance  of  all  the  upper  permanent  incisors 
behind  the  temporary  teeth,  the  lower  incisors 
shutting  in  front  of  them.  The  cuspid  teeth 
sometimes  present  a  .similar  variety  of  devia- 
tion from  the  natural  position. 
Various  other  varieties  of  deviation  are  met 
with  in  the  upper  incisors.  One  sometimes 
overlaps  another  or  is  turned  upon  its  axis, 
giving  the  crown  an  oblique  or  transverse 
direction  across  the  alveolar  ridge.     At  other 


times  one  or  more  come  out  in  front  of  the 
circle  of  the  other  teeth. 

Irregularity  in  the  arrangement  of  the  lower 
incisors,  though  less  frequent  in  its  occur- 
rence, is  also  met  with,  and  their  deviations 
from  their  proper  positions  are  similar  to  those 
of  the  upper.  When  the  upper  cuspidati  take 
a  wrong  position  it  is  generally  in  front  of  the 
circle  of  the  other  teeth,  projecting  sometimes 
so  as  to  raise  and  very  seriously  annoy  the 
upper  lip,  causing  great  deformity.  They  do, 
however,  occasionally  come  out  behind  the 
arch,  and  at  other  times,  though  in  their 
proper  position,  they  are  turned  upon  their 
axis. 

The  temporary  molars  being  larger  than  the 
bicuspids,  it  rarelyihappens  that  the  latter  are 
prevented  from  acquiring  their  proper  posi- 
tion. Examples,  however,  of  irregularity  of 
arrangement,  even  of  these  teeth,  are  occa- 
sionally met  with. 

The  molar  teeth,  with  the  exception  of  the  den- 
tes  sapientise,  which  frequently  take  a  wrong 
direction  in  their  growth,  deviate  still  less 
frequently  from  their  proper  position.  God- 
dard  has  classified  the  aberrations  from  the 
normal  arch  as  follows  :  (1)  Lingual  displace- 
ment— a  tooth  inside  the  normal  arch  ;  (2) 
labial  displacement — a  tooth  outside  the  nor- 
mal arch  ;  (3)  a  tooth  rotated  ;  (4)  a  tooth 
extruded  ;  (5)  a  tooth  partially  erupted  ;  (6) 
several  teeth  in  any  or  all  of  these  positions  ; 

(7)  prominent  cuspids  and  depressed  laterals  ; 

(8)  pointed  arch  (V-shaped)  ;  (9)  upper  pro- 
trusion ;  (10)  double  protrusion  ;  (11)  con- 
stricted arch  (saddle-shaped)  ;  (12)  lower  pro- 
trusion, or  prognathism  ;  (13)  lack  of  anterior 
occlusion  ;  (14)  excessive  overbite  ;  (15)  sepa- 
ration in  the  median  line. 

With  regard  to  the  means  for  the  prevention  of 
irregularity,  and  the  appliances  necessary  to 
correct  it.  the  reader  is  referred  to  Harris' 
"  Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 

Irrigation.  In  Pathology,  the  application 
of  water  to  the  affected  part  so  as  to  keep  it 
constantly  wet ;  the  uniform  flow  of  liquids 
over  tissues. 

Irritability  (irritdbiliias ;  from  irrito,  I  pro- 
voke). The  susceptibility,  possessed  by  all 
living  organic  tissues,  of  being  acted  upon  by 
certain  stimuli. 

Ir'ritant  (irrilans).  That  which  causes  irri- 
tation or  inflammation. 

Irritation  (irritatio).  The  condition  of  an 
or^an  or  tissue  in  which  there  exists  an  excess 


IRR 


345 


ISO 


of  vital  action.      A  disordered   state  or  that 
•which  induces  it. 

Irritative  Fever.  That  violent  derange- 
ment of  the  system  excited  by  great  irritation, 
as  from  wounds,  ulcers,  etc. 

Ischae'mia,  Ischemia  (from  ioxa,  I  retain, 
and  at/na,  blood).  A  morbid  suppression  of  a 
customary  discharge  of  blood.  Diminution  in 
the  blood -supply. 

Ischae'mon.  Any  medicine  which  arrests 
or  restrains  bleeding. 

Ischiag/ra  (from  lgxiov,  the  hip,  and  a/pa,  a 
seizure).  Ischiatic  gout.  Also  femoro-popli- 
teal  neuralgia. 

Ischialgia  (from  urxiov,  arid  tikyoe,  pain). 
Pain  in  the  hip. 

Is'chias.  Hip-gout,  or  rheumatism  of  the 
hip-joint. 

Ischiadic,  Ischiadic.  A  term  applied  in 
Anatomy  to  parts  belonging  to  or  connected 
with  the  ischium,  as  the  ischiatic  foramen  or 
notch  and  the  ischiatic  artery,  which  escapes 
from  the  pelvis  through  it. 

Is/chio=caverno/sus.  A  muscle  attached 
to  the  ischium  and  to  the  corpus  cavernosum, 
called  from  its  office  the  erector  penis. 

Ischioce'le  (from  igxiov,  the  ischium,  and 
M]'Ar],  a  tumor).     Ischiatic  hernia. 

Ischio=clito'rian  Artery.  A  branch  of  the 
internal  pudic  artery  which  supplies  the  two 
arteries  of  the  clitoris. 

Ischio-clitorian  Nerve.  A  branch  of  the 
pudic  nerve  distributed  to  the  clitoris. 

Ischio=clitoria/nus.  Belonging  to  the  is- 
chium and  clitoris. 

Ischio=cIitoride'us.    The  erector  clitoridis. 

Ischio=coccyge/us.  The  coccygeus  muscle. 

Ischio=femora/lis.  The  adductor  maguus 
femoris. 

Ischio=fem/oro=perone/us.  The  biceps 
femoris  muscle. 

Ischio=perinea/lis.  The  transversus  peri- 
nsei. 

Ischioph/thisis  (from  ischium,  hip,  and  <pdi- 
oiq,  a  wasting).  A  wasting  of  the  hip-joint. 
Hip-joint  disease. 

Ischio=prostati/cus.  The  transversus  pros- 
tata?. 

Ischio'sis.  Sciatica.  Femoro-popliteal  neu- 
ralgia. 

Ischio=trochanteria'ni.    Gemelli  muscles. 

Is'chium  (ischion  :  from  iff^tc,  the  loin).  The 
lower  part  of  the  os  innominatum.  In  the  foe- 
tus, one  of  the  three  bones  of  the  os  innomi- 
natum. 


Ischnopho/nia  (from  iaxv°S,  slender,  and 
<pav7j,  voice).  Shrillness  of  voice  ;  also  impeded 
utterance. 

Ischno'tes  (ioxvor?/p,  thinness,  leanness). 
Emaciation. 

Ischoceno'sis  (from  toxu,  to  restrain,  and 
Kevuaic,  evacuation).  A  term  applied  in  Path- 
ology to  a  suppression  of  a  natural  evacuation. 

Ischocho'lia  (from  ioxu,  and  x°'/Ji,  bile). 
Suppression  of  the  biliary  secretion. 

Ischolo'chia  (from  taxu,  and  /oxeia,  the 
lochial  discharge).     Suppression  of  the  lochia. 

lschome/nia  (from  ioxu,  and  (irjvec,  the  men- 
ses).    Suppression  of  the  menses. 

Ischuret'ic.  Remedies  which  relieve  a  sup- 
pression of  the  urine. 

Ischuria  (from  i<?xu,  to  restrain,  and  ovpov, 
the  urine).     Retention  of  the  urine. 
Ischuria    Spasmod/ica.     Retention   of    urine 
from  spasmodic  contraction  of  the  sphincter 
of  the  bladder. 

Ischuria  Spu/ria.  A  retention  of  urine  occa- 
sioned by  some  disease  of  the  kidney  or  uterus 
which  [prevents  the  urine  from  reaching  the 
bladder. 

Is/inglass.  Ichthyocolla.  A  very  pure  form 
of  gelatin. 

Isinglass  Plaster.  A  neat  and  unirritatiug 
substitute  for  adhesive  plaster. 

I'sis  Nob'ilis.     Red  coral. 

Iso=  (from  loos,  equal).  A  prefix  denoting 
equality  or  similarity. 

Isobutylortho'cresol  Iodide.  Eucophene 
(which  see). 

Isochromat/ic  (from  tooc,  and  A'Pw,"a>  color). 
Having  the  same  color. 

Isochronous  (from  caoc,  equal,  and  XPUV°C, 
time).  Applied  to  two  or  more  actions  per- 
formed in  an  equal  length  of  time,  as  the  pul- 
sations of  the  arteries  in  different  parts  of  the 
body. 

Isodynam'ic.  Having  equal  power  ;  capa- 
ble of  generating  equal  amounts  of  force. 

Isolated.     Insulated  :  standing  by  itself. 

Isol'ogous  (from  tooe,  equal,  and  /<>;<"', 
word).  Identical  with  a  series  of  the  essential 
oils,  all  of  which  have  the  composition  C,0H,6. 

Isomeric  (from  ioog,  equal,  and  fiepog,  a 
part).  In  Chemistry,  compounds  which  agree 
in  composition  but  differ  in  properties.  The 
cyanic  and  fulminic  acids  .are  isomeric  com- 
pounds of  nitrogen,  oxygen,  and  carbon. 

Isom'erism.  The  state  of  an  isomeric  com- 
pound. 

Isomet'ric.     Having  equal  dimensions. 


ISO 


346 


IXY 


Isomorphism.  State  of  being  isomor- 
phous. 

Isomor'phous.  A  term  applied  in  Chem- 
istry to  different  bodies  which  have  the  same 
crystalline  forms,  though  composed  of  different 
elements. 

Isop'athy  ( «tc>c,  equal,  like,  and  va-frog,  an 
affection).  A  branch  of  homoeopathy  that 
recommends  the  administration  of  virus  as  a 
remedy  in  the  same  disease  by  which  it  is 
produced. 

I'sopyre  (from  100c,  and  nvp,  fire).  A  black, 
amorphous  mineral,  sometimes  variegated  with 
gray  or  red  spots ;  a  silicate  of  alumina,  lime, 
and  peroxide  of  iron. 

Isothermal  (from  icrog,  equal,  and  dep,utj, 
heat).  Applied  to  different  bodies  and  places 
which  have  the  same  average  temperature  ; 
corresponding  in  temperature. 

Is/sue.  An  artificial  ulcer  or  sore,  kept 
open  by  inserting  a  pea  or  other  small  body, 
with  a  view  to  relieve  irritation  or  morbid 
action  in  a  neighboring  part. 

Isth'mion.     Isthmus.     The  fauces. 
Isthmi'tis.     Inflammation  of  the  fauces. 
Isthmodyn'ia.     Pain  in  the  fauces. 
Isth/mus  (icd/uog).     Geographically  a  nar- 
row neck  of  land,  but  in  Anatomy  the  narrow 
strait  which  divides  the  cavity  of  the  mouth 
from  the  pharynx  ;  the  fauces. 
Isthmus    Hep'atis.     The    anterior    point    of 
the   right   lobe   of  the    liver,   called    lobulus 
anonymus. 
Isthmus  of  the  Thyroid  Gland.     A  band  of 
fibres  uniting  the  two  divisions  of  the  thyroid 
gland. 
Isthmus  Vieusse'nii.     The  ridge  surrounding 
the  remains  of  the  foramen  ovale  in  the  right 
auricle  of  the  heart. 
Itch.     The  vulgar  name  for  a  disease  of  the 
skin  consisting  of  an  eruption  of  small  itching 
vesicles.     See  Psora. 
Itch,  Baker's.     A  variety  of  psoriasis  consist- 


ing of  rough,  fissured,  reddish  patches  on  the 
back  of  the  forearm,  hand,  and  fingers. 
Itch,  Barber's.     See  Sycosis. 
Itch,  Grocer's.     Arising  from  the  irritation  of 
sugar  upon  the  skin. 

Itch,  Insect.  The  acarus  scabiei,  or  wheal 
worm  ;  a  minute  animalcule,  said  to  be  found 
in  or  near  the  pustules  of  the  itch. 

I'ter.     A  passage. 
Iter  ad  InfundnVulum.     The   foramen   com- 
mune anterius  of  the  brain. 
Iter  a  Pa'lato  ad  Au'rem.     The   Eustachian 
tube. 

Iter  a  Ter/tio  ad  Quantum  Ventric/ulum.  A 
passage  from  the  third  to  the  fourth  ventricle 
of  the  brain. 

Iter  Den'tis.  A  name  given  by  Delabarre  to 
the  alveo-dental  canal,  a  small  foramen  imme- 
diately behind  each  of  the  six  front  temporary 
teeth  communicating  with  the  cells  of  the 
corresponding  permanent  teeth. 
Itinera  'num.  A  conductor  ;  a  director  ; 
also  a  catheter. 

Itis  (from  lttiq,  bold,  rash).  A  suffix  denot- 
ing inflammation,  as  odontitis,  periostitis, 
stomatitis,  etc. 

Ivory.  The  tusk  of  the  male  elephant.  It 
is  of  a  uniform,  close  texture,  and  under  the 
microscope  exhibits  a  structural  arrangement 
similar  to  that  of  dentine.  According  to  Ret- 
zius,  it  is  of  a  tubular  structure,  but  it  has  also 
been  shown  to  be  cellular.  It  contains  about 
sixty-six  per  cent,  of  phosphate  of  lime,  with  a 
small  trace  of  carbonate  of  lime,  and  thirty-four 
per  cent,  of  animal  matter.  It  was  at  one 
time  much  used  for  artificial  teeth,  but  at 
present  is  seldom  employed  for  that  purpose. 
Ivory,  Black.     Animal  charcoal. 

Ix'ia.  Avarix.  Also  viscum  album  (which 
see). 

Ixyomyeli'tis.  Inflammation  of  the  spinal 
cord  in  the  lumbar  region. 

Ix/ys.  The  Jregion  of  the  ilia,  flanks,  or 
loins. 


JAB 


347 


JAW 


J. 


Jaborandi.    See  Pilocarpus. 

Ja'ca  In  dica  {thymus  mastichina).  The 
common  herb  mastich. 

Jack=screw.  An  instrument  of  a  diminu- 
tive form,  employed  for  regulating  teeth.  They 
are  either  single  or  double,  made  of  steel  plated 
with  silver  or  nickel.  They  are  also  employed, 
in  connection  with  slotted  vulcanite  plates,  to 
expand  the  arch  of  the  jaw. 

Jacob's  Mem/brane  (jacobi  mcmbrana). 
A  thin  membrane  covering  the  retina. 

Jacobson's  Nerve.  The  tympanic  branch 
of  the  petrous  ganglion. 

Jactitation  (jactitatio ;  jactation).  In- 
quietude ;  restlessness. 

Jal'ap  (jalapa ;  co7ivolvulus  jalapa).  The 
root  of  the  Ipomsea  jalapa,  a  valuable  purga- 
tive.    Dose,  gr.  x,  with  calomel,  gr.  x. 

Jala  pa  Alba.     White  jalap. 

Jal  apin.  A  substance  which  composes 
about  nine-tenths  of  jalap  resin.  The  other 
tenth  is  jalapic  acid. 

Jama  ica  Bark.  Caribbean  bark  ;  one  of 
the  false  cinchona  barks. 

Jamaica      Kino.         An     astringent      extract 
prepared    from    the   bark  of   the   Coccoloba 
uvifera. 
Jamaica  Pepper.     The  fruit  of  the  Eugenia 

pimenta  ;  allspice. 
Jamaica  Spirit.     Rum. 

Ja/mesonite.  A  steel-gray  ore  of  anti- 
mony and  lead,  named  after  Professor  Jame- 
son. 

James's  Powder.  A  fever  powder,  sup- 
posed to  be  the  same  as  the  antimonial  pow- 
der. 

Jamestown  Weed.  A  plant  of  the  genus 
Datura  ;  the  Datura  stramonium. 

Janitrix.     The  vena  portse. 

Japan  Earth.  Catechu,  an  extract  from 
the  Acacia  catechu,  a  tree  of  India  ;  also  called 
Terra  japonica,  from  its  being  supposed  to  be  a 
mineral  production. 

Japanese  Camphor.     See  Menthol. 

Japonic  Acid.  An  acid  resulting  from 
the  absorption  of  oxygen  from  the  air  by 
catechu  when  alkalies  or  alkaline  carbonates 
are  present. 

Jargon.  Confused,  unintelligible  talk  ; 
gibberish. 


Jas'minum.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Jasminese. 

Jaspacha/tes.     Agate  jasper. 
Jas/per.     A   silicious    mineral   of    various 
colors ;  a  species  of  quartz. 
Ja'tropha  Elas'tic.     Caoutchouc. 
Jaun  dice.     A  disease  arising  from  hepatic- 
obstruction.     See  Icterus. 
Jaundice,  Black.    See  Helena. 

Jaw.     Maxilla. 
Jaw,  Lower,  Anchylosis  of.  See  ANCHYLOSIS 

of  Lower  Jaw. 
Jaw,  Lower,   Dislocation    of.     See  DISLOCA- 
TION of  Lower  Jaw7. 
Jaw,  Lower,  Fractures  of.     See  FRACTURES 

of  Maxillary  Bones. 
Jaw,  Lower,  Immobility  of.     This  may  result 
from   anchylosis,  or  from    inflammation   and 
adhesion  of  the  gums  and  cheeks,  or  from  con- 
traction of  the  muscles.     It   is  particularly 
liable   to     occur    after    mercurial    salivation 
which  has  resulted  in  necrosis  and  exfoliation 
of  the  alveolar  processes. 
Jaw-jerk.  A  tendon  reflex  obtained  by  sud- 
denly depressing  the  lower  jaw. 

Jaws.  The  maxillary  bones  (which  see)  ; 
the  two  portions  of  the  face  concerned  in 
mastication. 

Jaws,  Morbid  Growths  of.  Both  the  upper 
and  lower  jaws  are  subject  to  a  variety  of 
morbid  growths,  depending,  says  Mr.  Linton, 
for  their  differences  of  structure  "somewhat  " 
upon  the  tissue  in  which  they  originate,  "as 
the  gum,  the  membranes  of  the  teeth,  the 
periosteum  of  the  alveoli,  the  surface  or  the 
internal  structure  of  the  bones,  or  the  mem- 
branes lining  their  cavities."  All  these  differ- 
ent parts,  from  external  injury,  or,  according 
to  Dr.  Koecker,  from  some  "accidental  ex- 
citement or  peculiar  irritation,"  may  become 
the  seat  of  tumors  of  eveiy  size  and  consist- 
ency, both  small  and  large,  hard,  soft,  benign, 
and  malignant,  and  many  of  them  have  their 
origin  traceable  to  dental  irritation  arising 
either  from  disease,  irregularity  of  or  badly 
performed  operations  on  the  teeth. 
The  most  common  of  these  morbid  growths 
are  the  epulis,  fibrous,  jibro-caviilwjinous, 
sarcomatous,  osteosarcomatous,  and  the  fungmis 
tumors. 


JEC 


348 


JUN 


Jectiga'tio.  A  species  of  epilepsy  or  con- 
vulsion. 

Je'cur.     The  liver. 

Jef  'fersonite.  A  species  of  pyroxene  found 
in  New  Jersey. 

Jeju'nitas.     Hunger. 

Jejuni'tis.     Inflammation  of  the  jejunum. 

Jeju  num  (from  jejunus,  empty).  Jejunum 
intestinum.  That  portion  of  the  small  intes- 
tine situated  between  the  duodenum  and 
ileum.  So  called  because  it  is  found  empty, 
or  nearly  so,  in  the  dead  body. 

Jel'ly.     A  solution  of  gelatin  when  cold. 
Also  various  compounds  resembling  this. 
Jelly,    Vegetable.      The     recently    expressed 
juice  of  certain  fruits,  as  the  currant,  boiled 
with  sugar. 

Jer'vin.  A  base  discovered  in  the  rhizoma 
of  Veratrum  album. 

Jessamine.  The  popular  name  of  certain 
species  of  Jessaminum,  a  genus  of  plants. 

Jesuit's  Bark.  Cinchona  bark.  Peruvian 
bark. 

Jet.  A,  mineral ;  a  variety  of  lignite  of  a 
jet-black  color. 

Jew/elers'  Putty.  A  polishing  composi- 
tion consisting  of  ignited  and  finely-powdered 
oxide  of  tin. 

Jewell's  Calomel.  Calomel  washed  from 
corrosive  sublimate  by  causing  it,  in  a  state  of 
vapor,  to  come  in  contact  with  steam  in  a  large 
receiver. 

Jig  ger.     Chique. 

Johan'nite.  Called  so  in  honor  of  the 
Archduke  John  of  Austria.  A  green  mineral 
occurring  in  minute  crystals  ;  an  anhydrous 
sulphate  of  uranium  mixed  with  sulphur  and 
copper. 

Joint.  Articulation  ;  formed  by  the  con- 
tiguous or  articular  extremities  of  the  bones. 
There  are  three  forms  :  Movable  (diarthroses), 
mixed  (amphiarthroses),  and  immovable 
(synarthroses). 

Joint,  Contraction  of;  Joint,  Stiffened.     An- 
chylosis. 

Jointed.     Articulated. 

Joule.     The  unit  of  electric  energy. 

Jo'vis  Flos.     Crocus. 
Jovis  Glans.     Juglans. 

Judicato'rii  Dies.     Critical  days. 

Ju  gal    Process.     The  zygomatic   process. 

Juga'le  Os.     The  cheek-bone 

Juga'lis    (from    jugum,    a    yoke).      Jugal. 
belonging  to  or  relating  to  the  cheek. 
Jugalis    Sutu/ra.     The    suture    which     unites 


the  malar  bone  with  the  maxillary.     Also  the 
sagittal  suture. 
Jug/ular,   pronounced  joog'-yu-lur   {jugu- 
lar is ;  from  jugulum,  the  throat).     Relating  to 
the  throat. 

Jugular  Fossa.     A  depression  in  the  petrous 
portion   of  the   temporal   bone    lodging  the 
origin  of  the  jugular  vein. 
Jugular  Notch.     A  smooth,  semi-circular  con- 
cavity in  the  occipital  bone,  and  forming,  by 
its  articulation  with  the  temporal  bone,  the 
posterior  lacerated  foramen. 
Jugular  Veins.     Two  veins,   an   external  and 
an  internal,  situated  on  the  lateral  part  of  the 
neck.     The  two  unite   and   form,   with    the 
subclavian  vein,  the  superior  vena  cava. 
Ju'gulum.     The  throat. 
Juice.    The  sap  of  vegetables  ;  also  the  fluid 
part  of  animal  substances. 

Ju/Iep.  A  name  formerly  applied  in  Phar- 
macy to  medicinal  mixtures,  as  the  camphor 
julep,  mistura  camphorse,  etc. 

Ju  lus  (iov'aoc).  The  down  upon  the  chin  of 
youths,  preceding  the  beard. 

Jun'gle  Fever.  A  malignant  remittent 
fever  occurring  in  the  jungle  districts  of  India. 

Ju/niper.     See  Junipeetjs  Communis. 
Juniper   Berries.     The  fruit  of  the  Jnniperus 
communis.      The  berries    have    a   sweetish, 
terebinthinate  taste   and  aromatic  odor,  and 
possess  diuretic  properties.     They  are    used 
in  the  manufacture  of  gin. 
Juniper  Resin.     A  resinous  substance  which 
exudes  from  the  Juniperus  communis.    It  was 
supposed  to  be  identical  with  sandarach. 
Junipe'rum  Vi/num.     Wine  impregnated 
with  juniper  berries. 

Junip'erus.  Juniper.  The  berries  of  Ju- 
niperus communis.  Also  a  genus  of  plants  of 
the  order  Pinacese. 

Juniperus  Commu/nis.  The  Juniper  tree. 
Juniper  fruits  and  tops.  Diuretic,  carmina- 
tive, and  diaphoretic.  Dose,  J}j  to  ,^ss.  Dose 
of  the  oil,  gtt.  v  to  gtt.  xv. 
Juniperus  Oxyced/rus.  A  European  tree  from 
which  is  obtained  by  destructive  distillation 
a  liquid  tar,  the  empyreumatic  juniper  oil, 
which  is  used  extensively  in  various  chronic 
diseases  of  the  skin. 
Junip/erus  Sabina.  The  savin  tree  ;  an  ever- 
green shrub,  indigenous  in  the  south  of  Europe 
and  Asiatic  Russia.  A  volatile  oil  is  obtained 
from  the  tips  of  the  branches  and  investing 
leaves  by  distillation  ;  powerfully  stimulant, 
and  supposed  to  act  especially  upon  the  uterus. 


JUP 


349 


KAO 


Dose,  gr.  v  to  gr.  x  of  the  powder  ;  of  the  infu- 
sion, f  5J  ;  of  the  oil,  two  to  five  drops. 

Ju/piter.     Tin. 

Jurisprudence,   Medical    (jurisprudentia 

medicalis  ;  from  jus,  juris,  law,  and  prudentia, 
knowledge).  Sometimes  erroneously  used  as 
synonymous  with  forensic  medicine  ;  but  at 
present  generally  restricted  to  a  knowledge  of 
the  laws  which  regulate  medical  education  and 
practice. 

Jus.     Animal  broth.     Soup. 
Jus  Bovi'num.     Beef  tea. 
Jus  Coagula/tum.     Jelly. 

Juvans  (juvantia;    from  juvo,   to    assist). 


Means,  medicinal  or  otherwise,  which  contrib- 
ute to  the  relief  or  cure  of  a  disease.  An  aux- 
iliary remedy. 

Juvenescent  (from  juvenis,  young).  Be- 
coming young. 

Juven/tus  (from  juvenis,  young).  Adoles- 
cence. 

Juxtaposition  (from  juxta,  near  to,  and 
ponere,  positum,  to  place).  Placed  near  to  or  in 
contiguity,  as  the  parts  of  a  substance  ;  appli- 
cation to  the  exterior  ;  accretion,  a  mode  of  in- 
crease peculiar  to  minerals,  which  consists  in  the 
successive  application  of  new  molecules  upon 
those  that  constitute  the  primitive  nucleus. 


K. 


K.     Symbol  for  potassium  ;  also  for  kathode 
and  kalium. 

K.  or  Ka.     The  abbreviation  of  kathode  or  of 
kathodic. 
Kair'ine.     An  artificial  alkaloid   obtained 
from  chinoline  or  quinoline.     It  is  a  powerful 
antipyretic.     Dose,  gr.  iij  to  gr.  xxx. 

Kairoli'na.    An  antipyretic  resembling  kair- 
ine,  but  less  efficient. 

Kajeput.  Cajeput ;  a  vegetable  oil. 
Kako'dyle  (kakodule;  from  kukoc,  bad,  and 
ofivAi],  smell).  In  Chemistry,  a  compound  radi- 
cal body.  It  is  a  clear  liquid,  but  when  cooled 
it  crystallizes  into  large  square  prisms,  having 
the  appearance  of  ice.  It  has  an  insupportably 
offensive  smell  and  emits  a  highly  poisonous 
vapor.     C,H6As2-Kd. 

Kakodyle,  Chloride  of.     A  volatile   and    ex- 
ceedingly foetid    liquid,    emitting    a    strong 
irritating  vapor,  obtained  by  heating  a  com- 
pound of  oxide  of  kakodyle  and  bichloride  of 
mercury   with    hydrochloric   acid.      Kd   Cl- 
C<H6As2,  Cl4-Kd  CI. 
Kakodyle,  Protoxide  of.     When  pure,  it  is  a 
limpid  ethereal  liquid,  crystallizing  in  white 
scales  of  a  satin  lustre.     It  has  a  nauseous 
taste    and    an    offensive    smell.        C4H6As2, 
O  KdO. 
Kakodyl'ic    Acid.     An  inodorous,  brittle, 
crystalline  substance  of  a  glossy  lustre,  formed 
by  the  gradual   oxidation  of  the  protoxide  of 
kakodyle.     Kd  03-C4  H6  As2,  03. 


Kakos'mia  (from  kclkoc,  foul,  and  oa/xt;, 
smell).     Having  a  foul  smell. 

Kakox/ene.     See  Cacoxene. 

Ka'li  or  Kalium.     Potash. 
Kali  Aceta/tum.     Acetate  of  potash. 
Kali  Aera/tum.     Carbonate  of  potash. 
Kali  Arsenica/tum.     Arseniate  of  potash. 
Kali  Citra'tum.     Citrate  of  potash. 
Kali  Praepara'tum.     Subcarbonate  of  potash. 
Kali  Pu'rum.     Potassa  fusa. 
Kali  Sulphura'tum.     Sulphuretum  potassii. 
Kali  Tartariza'tum.     Tartrate  of  potash. 
Kali  Vitriola'tum.     Sulphate  of  potassa. 

Kalium.     Potassium. 
Kalium  Hydras.     Caustic  potash. 
Kalium  Ioda/tum.     Iodide  of  potassium. 

Kalium=natrium.  A  compound  or  alloy  of 
potassium  and  sodium  in  the  form  of  a  soft, 
almost  semi-tluid,  mass.  '  Antiseptic  and  ger- 
micide. Used  in  the  treatment  of  putrescent 
pulp-canals. 

Kan'dol.  A  volatile  constituent  of  tar.  Its 
rapid  evaporation,  like  that  of  rhigolene  and 
absolute  ether,  produces  congelation  of  the 
surface  tissue  ;  hence  it  is  recommended  as  a 
local  anaesthetic.  For  dental  uses  see  Gorgas' 
"Dental  Medicine." 

Kaolin.  The  Chinese  name  for  porcelain 
clay.  It  is  disintegrated  and  decomposed  feld- 
spar, and  consists  of  nearly  equal  proportions 
of  alumina  and  silica.  It  is  of  a  yellowish  or 
reddish-white  color,  infusible  in  the  porcelain 


KAP 


350 


KET 


kiln,  and  found  in  the  United  States  at  Fair- 
monnt,  Philadelphia,  near  Wilmington,  Del., 
at  Montonk,  V t. ,  and  at  Washington,  D.  C.  It 
gives  a  plastic  quality  to  the  body  of  a  porce- 
lain tooth,  which  enables  the  manufacturer  to 
work  and  mould  the  mass  to  any  required 
shape.     See  Pokcelaix  Teeth. 

Kap'nomar.  Capnomor.  A  transparent, 
colorless,  oily  liquid  with  the  odor  of  rum, 
obtained  from  the  heavy  oil  of  tar  resulting 
from  the  destructive  distillation  of  wood. 

Kar'pholite  (from  napooq,  straw,  and  ?.i&oc, 
a  stone).  A  mineral  of  a  yellowish  color 
occurring  in  stellated  crystals  and  consisting 
of  silica,  alumina,  and  oxide  of  magnesia. 

Karphosi/derite.  A  term  applied  in  Min- 
eralogy to  hydrated  phosphate  of  iron  of  Lab- 
rador. 

Karyoly'sis.  The  segmentation  of  the 
nucleus  of  tbe  cell. 

Kas'su.  A  black,  astringent  extract  pre- 
pared from  the  seeds  of  the  Areca  catechu. 

Katab'olism  (from  «zra,  and  ^a/./.w,  to 
thrust  down).  The  change  in  cells  whereby 
their  molecule  is  rendered  less  complex  and 
contains  less  force. 

Kat/aplasm.     See  Poultice. 

Kath'ode  (from  nava,  and  oSog,  path).  The 
negative  pole  of  a  galvanic  battery. 

Kathod'ic.     Pertaining  to  the  kathode. 
Kathodic  Closure  Contraction.     The  muscu- 
lar contraction  resulting  when  the  circuit  is 
closed  with  the  rheophore  on  the  motor  point. 
Kathodic    Opening    Contraction.     The  same 
when  the  circuit  is  opened. 

Kau'ri   Resin.     Cowdie  gum. 

Ka'va=ka/va  (ava-kava).  The  root  of  the 
Piper  methysticum,  a  South  American  and 
South  Sea  Island  shrub.  It  is  diuretic  and 
motor  depressant  ;  it  is  also  a  local  anaesthetic. 

K.  C.  Abbreviation  for  kathodal  closing  in 
electro-therapeutics. ' 

K.  C.  C.  Abbreviation  for  kathodal  closing 
contraction  in  electro-therapeutics. 

K.  D.     Abbreviation  for  kathodal  duration. 

Keel.  A  term  applied  in  Botany  to  the 
petals  of  a  papilionaceous  corolla  from  their 
resemblance  to  the  keel  of  a  ship  ;  in  Concholr 
ogy,  to  the  longitudinal  prominence  in  the  shell 
of  the  Argonauta  ;  and  in  Entomology,  a  sharp 
longitudinal  elevation  upon  the  inferior  surface 
of  an  insect. 

Ke'loid.  A  connective-tissue  neoplasm, 
characterized  by  irregular,  smooth,  elastic  cic- 
atrice-like lesions  ;  a  neoplasm  of  the  skin. 


Keloide  (w/?,^  a  tumor,  and  eidog,  a  form). 
French  name  for  a  disease  resembling  cancer 
or  scirrhus ;  also  termed  cancroide  or  scir- 
rhoide. 

Kelp.     Impure  soda  obtained  from  wood. 

Ker'ates  (from  Kepag,  horn).  A  term  applied 
in  Jlineralogy  to  an  order  of  earthy  minerals 
which  have  a  horny  appearance. 

Kerati'asis  (from  /cepac,  horn).  A  term 
applied  in  Pathology  to  a  horn-like  excrescence 
sometimes  developed  on  the  forehead  or 
temples. 

Kerati'tis.     Inflammation  of  the  cornea. 

Kerat/onyxis  (Kepag,  a  horn,  and  wuu, 
to  puncture).  An  operation  by  which  the 
crystalline  is  depressed  by  a  needle  passed 
through   the   cornea.      See   Ceratoxyxis. 

Kerat/ophy  te  (from  nepag ,  a  horn,  and  ipvrov, 
a  plant).     A  horny  zoophyte. 

Keratoplasty  (Kfpac,  cornea,  and  ■nlaoao, 
to  form).  An  operation  by  which  the  cornea 
has  been  excised  and  reapplied  or  a  new  one 
from  another  animal  put  in  its  place.  Also 
written  ceratoplasty  or  ceratoplastica. 

Keratosis.  Skin  diseases  characterized  by 
thickened  epidermis,  scales,  and  warts  ;  a  horny 
growth. 

Keratot/ome  (from  nepag,  a  horn,  and  reuvu, 
I  cut).  An  iustrument  for  dividing  the  cornea 
in  the  operation  for  the  extraction  of  cataract. 
See  Ceeatotome. 

Kerec/tomy  (*fpac,  and  Exre/tvu,  to 
cut  off).  Excising  the  outward  layers  of  the 
cornea,  by  which  a  clear  aperture  in  the 
middle  of  an  opaque  cornea  may  be  ob- 
tained. 

Ker'mes.  A  red  dye-stuff  obtained  from 
an  insect  found  in  many  parts  of  Asia  and  the 
south  of  Europe,  the  Coccus  ilicis.  It  re- 
sembles cochineal,  found  on  oak  trees  in  the 
Orient. 

Kermes    Mineral.     Precipitated  sulphuret  of 
antimony. 

Ker'nel.  In  Botany,  the  edible  substance 
contained  in  the  shell  of  a  nut ;  also  the  end  of 
a  pulpy  fruit  or  anything  contained  in  the  husk 
or  integument,  as  a  grain  of  corn  or  wheat.  In 
Pathology,  a  hard  concretion  in  the  flesh. 

Ker/osene.  An  oil  obtained  from  bitu- 
minous coal. 

Ker'osolene.  A  liquid  product  of  the  de- 
structive distillation  of  oil,  of  very  low  specific 
gravity,  0.6346.  It  has  anaesthetic  properties, 
but  is  difficult  to  manage. 

Ke'tone.      A  compound  consisting  of  the 


KEU 


351 


KIO 


radicle  CO,  united  with  two  univalent  hydro- 
carbons. 

Keup'er.  In  Geology,  the  upper  portion  of 
the  new  red  sandstone. 

Key  Forceps,  Elliot's.     Two  instruments 
invented   by  Dr.  W.  H.  Elliot,  of  Montreal, 
one  having  beaks  of  forceps  and  the  handle  of 
a  key  for  the  extraction  of  teeth  ;  the  other  is 
designed  for  the  extraction  of  roots  of  teeth 
that  present  but  one  side  above  the  alveolus. 
This  resembles  a  pair  of  forceps,  one  beak  serv- 
ing as  a  hook  while  the  other  is  represented  by 
a  movable  fulcrum.     It  is  now  but  little  used. 
Key  of  Garengeot.     An  instrument  invented 
by  Garengeot  in  the  early  part  of  the  eigh- 
teenth century  for  the  extraction  of  teeth,  an 
improvement  on  the  ancient  pelican.     It  is 
composed  of  a  movable  hook  attached  trans- 
versely to  a  fulcrum  or  bolster,  situated  at  the 
extremity  of  a  steel  shaft.     To  the  other  ex- 
tremity of  this  shaft  a  handle  is  fixed  trans- 
versely.   "This  instrument,"  says  Dr.  Arnott, 
"may  be  regarded  in  the  light  of  a  wheel  and 
axle,  the  hand  of  the  operator  acting  on  two 
spokes  of  the  wheel  to  move  it,  while  the  tooth 
is  fixed  to  the  axle  by  the  claw  and  is  drawn 
out  as  the  axle  turns.    The  gums  and  alveolar 
process  of  the  jaw  form  the  support  on  which 
the  axle  rolls."     It  also  forms  a  lever  of  the 
best  kind,  as  the  tooth,  which  is  the  resist- 
ance, is  situated  between  the  fulcrum  and  the 
point  of  the  hook,  while  the  hand  grasping 
the  handle  is  the  power. 
Since  the  time  of  Garengeot  the  key  has  under- 
gone a  number  of  improvements.      In  fact, 
almost  every  dentist  in  former  times  felt  the 
necessity  of  modifying  the  instrument  in  order 
to  obviate  the  objections  to  which  it  is  liable, 
but,  notwithstanding  the  ingenuity  which  has 
been  displayed  in  the  various  improvements 
which  have  been  made  on  it,  they  still  exist, 
and  it  is  considered  au  unreliable  instrument. 
Kias'ter.    Chiaster.    A  bandage  having  the 
form  of  the  letter  X,  used  by  the  ancients  iu 
fractures  of  the  patella. 
Kibes.     Chilblains. 

Kid'ney.  The  organ  which  secretes  the 
urine.  There  are  two,  situated  in  the  upper 
and  back  part  of  the  abdomen  in  the  lumbar 
region. 

Kidney,     Bright's     Disease     of    the.        See 
Bright's  Disease. 
Kidney,  Inflammation  of  the.     Nephritis. 

Kidney=shaped.  Hollowed  at  one  side  and 
rounded  at  the  ends  ;  reniform. 


Ki'ka.     The  castor-oil  plant. 

Kil'linite.  A  mineral  ;  a  variety  of  spo- 
dumene  found  at  Killiney,  near  Dublin,  and 
consisting  of  silica,  alumina,  potash,  and  oxide 
of  iron. 

Kilogramme  (from  xL~At0L,  a  thousand,  and 
ypa/u/ua,  a  gramme).  The  weight  of  one  thou- 
sand grammes,  or  two  pounds,  eight  ounces, 
one  drachm,  and  twenty-four  grains,  troy. 

Kilolitre  (from  xdaoi,  a  thousand,  and  /urpa, 
a  litre).  A  measure  containing  one  thousand 
litres. 

Kilome/tre  (x1^101,  a  thousand,  and  metre). 
A  French  measure  of  a  thousand  metres,  or  4 
furlongs,  213  yards,  1  foot,  and  10.2  inches. 

Kina  Kina.     Cinchona. 

Ki/nate.  A  salt  formed  by  the  union  of 
kinic  acid  with  a  base. 

Kinesip'athy  or  Kinesopathy.  A  system 
of  athletic  feats  adopted  as  a  means  of  curing 
disease. 

Kinesod'ic.  Relating  to  nerve-fibres  con- 
veying motor  influences  ;  also  the  motor  tracts 
of  the  nerve  system. 

King'dom.  In  Natural  History,  a  division,  as 
the  animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral  kingdoms. 

King's  Evil.     Scrofula. 

Kingsley's  Appliance.     For  forcing  elon- 
gated or   protruding  upper  molars  into   their 
sockets,  and  consists  of  a  frame  covering  the 
superior    bicuspids    and     molars,    with    arms 
coming  out  of  the  corners  of  the  mouth  and 
extending  along  the  cheeks  to  a  point  exactly 
opposite   the  centre    of  the  pressure  required 
within   the    mouth  ;    a   small  wire   passes  in 
front    of    the    incisors    to   keep    them    from 
springing  forward,  and  two  elastic  straps  con- 
nect this  frame  with  a  skull  cap. 
Kingsley's  Appliance  for  Correcting  Exces- 
sive Overbite.   Consists  of  a  gold  frame  cover- 
ing the  cutting  edges  of  the  incisors  and  cus- 
pids ;  from  this  frame  a  post  projects  from  each 
corner  of  the  mouth,  and  from  these  strips  of 
brass  (detachable)  extend  upward  and  back- 
ward and  are  connected  by  elastic  ligatures  to 
a  cap  on  the  back  part  of  the  head. 

Ki'nic  Acid  [acidum  kinicum).  Cinchonic 
acid. 

Kinki'na.     Cinchona. 

Ki'no.  A  gum-resin  obtained  from  differ- 
ent African  and  Indian  plants,  of  a  reddish- 
brown  or  blackish  color,  and  of  a  bitterish  taste, 
but  without  odor  and  powerfully  astringent. 
Dose,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xxx. 

Ki'otome  {Motomus;  from  kiov,  a  pillar,  and 


KIR 


352 


KRI 


TEfivetVj  to  cut).  An  instrument  invented  by 
Dessault  for  dividing  pseudo-membranous 
bands  in  the  rectum  and  bladder,  and  after- 
ward employed  for  the  removal  of  the  tonsils. 
Ki'rate.  A  weight  of  four  grains. 
Kirk's  Crown.  An  artificial  crown  of  all 
porcelain  engrafted  upon  roots  of  frail  single- 
rooted  teeth  by  means  of  a  screw,  as  a  dowel ; 
to  the  crown  a  collar  of  gold  is  attached,  which 
encircles  the  root,  and  the  attachment  is  made 
by  a  cement. 

Kirron'ese.     Discolored,  as  if  by  jaundice. 
Kist.     A  weight  of  fourteen  grains. 
Klopema'nia  (from  k^ettto,  I  steal,  and  fiavia, 
mania).     Kleptomania.     Monomania  with  an 
irresistible  desire  to  steal. 

Knapp's  Compound  Blow=pipe.  An  ap- 
pliance in  which  the  ordinary  illuminating  gas 
flame  is  combined  with  a  current  of  nitrous 
oxide  gas  furnished  from  a  cylinder  of  the 
condensed  gas,  giving  a  carbo-oxyhydrogen 
flame. 

Knapp's     Method     of     Bridge-work.        See 
Bridge-work,  Systems  op. 
Knead'ing.    Pettisage.   Shampooing,  work- 
ing one  substance  with  another. 

Kneb'elite.  A  grayish  mineral,  spotted 
with  green,  brown,  red,  and  dirty  white,  com- 
posed of  silica,  protoxide  of  iron,  and  protoxide 
of  manganese. 

Knee.  The  articulation  of  the  femur  with 
the  tibia. 

Knee,  Housemaid's.  Inflammation  and  swell- 
ing of  the  knee,  occasioned  by  kneeling;  a 
form  of  capsular  rheumatism. 
Knee  Joint.  The  articulation  of  the  condyle 
of  the  femur  with  the  upper  extremity  of  the 
tibia  and  posterior  surface  of  the  patella.  A 
hinge-joint. 
Knee  Pan.     The  patella. 

Knife.  A  cutting  instrument  employed  in 
Surf/cry,  usually  larger  than  the  bistoury  or 
scalpel. 

Knife,  Amputating.     A  large,  straight  knife 
used  for  the  division  of  the  soft  parts  in  the 
amputation  of  a  limb. 
Knife,  Cataract.     A  knife  used  for  making  the 
section  of  the  transparent  cornea  in  the  opera- 
tion for  cataract.      Various  knives  have  been 
invented  for  this  purpose. 
Knife,  Cheselden's.     A  knife  with  a  concave 
edge  and  convex  back,  employed  by  Cheselden 
in  i he  operation  of  lithotomy. 
Knife,  Double-edged.     A  catling  ;  a  straight, 
double-edged  knife. 


Knit'ted.  Knit/ting.  The  union  of  a 
fracture.  That  stage  in  the  union  of  fractured 
bones  in  which  a  certain  degree  of  firmness  is 
attained  by  the  progress  of  repair. 

Knop'pern.  The  German  name  for  gall- 
nut,  an  excrescence  formed  by  the  puncture  of 
an  insect  in  several  species  of  oak. 

Knot.     In  Botany,  a  node  or  swelling-joint. 

Knot  Grass.  A  plant  of  the  genus  Polygonum. 

Knot  Root.     See  COLLINSONIA  CANADENSIS. 

Knot,   Surgeon's.     A  double  knot  made  by 

passing  the  ends  of  the  ligature  twice  through 

the  same  noose. 

Koino  Miasmata.   Malaria; marsh  effluvia. 

KoI'lyrete.     A  variety  of  pure  white  clay. 

Kom/enates.  Salts  formed  by  the  union  of 
komenic  acid  with  a  salifiable  base. 

Komen/ic  Acid.  A  bibasic  acid  produced 
by  the  decomposition  of  meconic  acid. 

Kore  {x°l'V).     The  pupil  of  the  eye. 

Koreto'mia.  Operation  by  incision  for  arti- 
ficial pupil. 

Kou'miss.  Kamiss.  A.  vinous  liquid,  made 
in  Tartary  by  fomenting  the  whey  of  milk, 
principally  that  of  mares. 

Kouph/olite  (from  novtyog,  light,  and  A<#of, 
a  stone).  A  species  of  zoolite  of  a  pearly  lus- 
tre and  of  a  yellowish  or  green  color  found  in 
the  Pyrenees. 

Kous/so,  Koos/so,  or  Cus'so.  The  flowers 
of  the  Brayera  anthelmintics. ;  used  as  a  remedy 
against  taenia,  or  tapeworm. 

Krame/ria.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Polygalaceoo.  Rhatany  ;  used  locally  as  an  as- 
tringent and  internally  for  diarrhoea  and  pas- 
sive haemorrhages. 

Krameria  Ix/ina.  A  species  found  in  the 
West  Indies  and  Brazil,  said  to  possess  the 
same  properties  as  rhatany. 
Krameria  Trian'dra.  Rhatany,  a  powerful 
astringent  tonic  ;  also  diuretic  and  detergent. 
Dose,  ^ss  to  £j,  in  powder. 

Krame/ric  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
the  root  of  the  rhatany. 

Kre'asote.     Creasote. 

Kre'atin.  An  extract  or  constituent  of 
muscular  and  other  tissues. 

Krea'tive.     See  Creative. 

Kresolum  (Jcresolum  purum  liquefaction). 
C6H4.CH8.OH+ H20.  An  antiseptic  intro- 
duced as  a  substitute  for trik resole.  A  one  per 
per  cent,  solution  is  claimed  to  be  equal  to  a 
three  per  cent,  solution  of  carbolic  acid  as  an 
antiseptic. 

Krin/osin.     A  nitrogenized  fatty  substance 


KRY 


LAB 


found  in  the  brain  in  the  form  of  long  fila- 
mentary crystals. 

Kry'olite.     See  Cryolite. 

Ku'myss.  A  food  for  phthisical  patients, 
composed  of  fermenting  cow's  milk,  5  xxix, 
•with  yeast,  £ss,  and  grape  sugar,  3  ij.  An 
excellent  food  for  general  debility,  etc. 

Kun'dah  Oil.  Tallicoonah  oil.  An  oil 
procured  from  the  seeds  of  the  Carapa  toulou- 
couna. 

Kup'fernickel.  A  German  name  for  an 
ore  of  nickel  of  a  copper  color  ;  sulphuret  of 
nickel. 

Ky'anite  (from  avavoc,  blue).  A  mineral 
occurring  in  long  radiating  crystals  of  a  clear 
blue  or  bluish-white  color,  and  consisting  of 
silica  and  alumina. 


Kyes/tein,  Kies'teine  (kveu,  to  be  preg- 
nant, and  eaO'K,  a  covering).  An  albuminoid 
substance  floating  as  a  pellicle  on  the  urine  of 
pregnant  women  ;  connected  also  with  the 
lacteal  secretion.  With  other  symptoms,  it  is 
considered  a  valuable  aid  in  the  diagnosis  of 
pregnancy. 

KylIo/sis  (from  kv/.aoc,  crooked).  Club- 
feet. 

Kymograph/ion.  An  instrument  which 
shows  the  relation  between  the  pulse-wave  and 
the  undulations  produced  by  respiration. 

Kynanche.    See  Cynanche. 

Kyst.     See  Cyst. 

KysthPtis.     Inflammation  of  the  vagina. 

Kys/thos.     The  vagina. 

Kystot/ome.     See  Cystotomy. 


L. 


L.  The  symbol  for  lithium  ;  also  abbrevia- 
tion of  left  and  of  libra,  a  pound. 

Labarraque's  Solution.  Liquor  soda? 
chlorinate.  A  disinfecting  liquid,  consisting 
chiefly  of  a  solution  of  chloride  of  soda,  as  it  is 
commonly  called.  It  consists  of  chloride  of  lime, 
1  pound  ;  carbonate  of  soda,  2  pounds  ;  water, 
lj  gallons.  Used  in  the  same  cases  as  chloride 
of  soda  as  a  disinfectant,  and  also  as  chloride 
of  lime  for  same  purpose  and  as  a  bleaching 
agent.  Internally,  ten  drops  to  a  fluid  drachm 
for  a  dose.  Diluted  with  water,  it  is  an  ex- 
citant and  a  disinfectant.  In  Dental  Surgery  it 
is  used  to  bleach  discolored  teeth. 

Label'lum.     A  little  lip. 

La  bia  (the  plural  of  labium,  a  lip).  In 
Anatomy,  the  lips ;  also  applied  to  lip- 
like structure  and  to  the  edges  of  incised 
wounds. 

Labia  Leporina.     Hare  lips. 
Labia    Puden'di    Majora.      The   lips   of  the 
vulva. 
Labia  Pudendi  Mino'ra.     The  nymphse. 

La'bial  (labialis).      Pertaining  to  the  lips. 
Labial  Ar'teries.     The   coronary   arteries    of 
the  lips. 

Labial  Glands.     The  muciparous  follicles  on 
the  inner  surfaces  of  the  lips  beneath   the 
mucous  membrane.     These  glands  are  of  two 
23 


kinds — mucous  and  sebaceous.     The  mucous 
glands  are  small,  round,  or  compound  tubular 
glands,  about  the  size  of  small  peas,  and  are 
located  between  the  mucous  membrane  and 
the  orbicularis  oris  muscle,  with  ducts  opening 
on   the   mucous  membrane.     The   sebaceous 
glands  are  small,  and  located  on  the  outer 
part  of  the  red  margin  of  the  lip. 
Labia  lis.     The  orbicularis  oris. 
Labials  (from  labium,  lip).     The  consonant 
sounds  which  are  mainly  formed  by  the  lips. 

Labia'ta;.  A  natural  order  of  plants,  char- 
acterized by  a  two-lipped  monopetalous  corolla. 
The  species  of  nearly  all  the  genera  are  herbs 
or  shrubs,  generally  fragrant  and  aromatic,  as 
mint,  thyme,  lavender,  sage,  etc. 
La'biate  (labiaius).  Having  lips. 
Labidom'eter  [lafiiq,  a  forceps,  and  /uerpov, 
a  measure).  An  instrument  for  ascertaining 
the  dimensions  of  the  child's  head  in  the  pel- 
vis, etc. 

La  bile  (from  labor,  to  glide).  Easily  fall- 
ing off.  In  Electro-therapeutics,  the  passing  of 
the  negative  electrode  along  and  in  contact 
with  the  skiu  over  the  track  of  a  nerve. 

La/bio=den/taI.  Pertaining  to  the  lips  and 
teeth. 

Labio=gIos/so=larynge/al  Paral  y  si  s. 
Paralysis  of  the  facial  muscles  about  the  month, 


LAB 


354 


LAC 


and  also  those  of  pharynx,  tongue,  and  larynx, 
called  also  bulbar. 

Labio=glosso=pharyngeal.  Pertaining 
conjointly  to  the  lips,  tongue,  and  gullet. 

Labio=nasal.  Of  or  pertaining  to  the  lips 
and  nose. 

Labioplasty.  The  restoration  or  repair  of 
the  lips  by  a  plastic  operation. 

La'bis.     Forceps. 

La'bium.  In  Anatomy,  the  lip  of  animals. 
In  Entomology,  applied  only  to  the  lower  lip. 
The  lip. 

Labium  Lepori'num.     Hare-lip. 
Labium  Puden/di.     The  side  of  the  orifice  of 
the  yagina,  exterior  to  the  nymphae. 

La/bor.     Parturition. 

Laboratory     (laboratorium ;     laborare,    to 
■work).     A  room  or  place  for  performing  chem- 
ical, pharmaceutical,  or  dental  operations. 
Laboratory,  Dental.     See  DENTAL  LABOEA- 
toey. 

Labo'rious  Labor.  An  obstetrical  term 
denoting  a  parturition  attended  with  more  than 
usual  difficulty  and  pain. 

Lab'rador  Feld'spar.  A  beautiful  variety 
of  richly  iridescent  feldspar  found  on  the  coast 
of  Africa. 

La/brum.  The  extremities  of  the  lip,  but 
applied  only  in  Entomology  to  the  upper  lip. 

Lab'yrinth  {labyrinthus).  In  Anatomy,  an 
assemblage  of  parts,  consisting  of  several  cavi- 
ties, which  constitute  the  internal  ear  ;  second 
cavity  of  the  ear. 

Lac.      Milk.      Also    a    resinous    substance 
which   exudes    from    the    twigs    or    extreme 
branches  of  several  trees  in  the  East  Indies  in 
the  form   of  a  milky  fluid,  in  consequence  of 
the  punctures  made  by  an  insect  of  the  genus 
Coccus.     The  varieties  known  in  commerce  are 
stick  lac,  seed  lac,  and  shell  lac. 
Lac  Ammoni/aci.     Ammoniac  mixture. 
Lac  Amyg'dalae.     Almond  emulsion. 
Lac  Asafcet'idae.     Asafoetida  mixture. 
Lac  A/vis.     See  Albumen  Ovi. 
Lac  Dye.   Lac  lake  ;  cake  lac.    The   coloring 
matter  extracted  from  stick  lac. 
Lac  Guaiaci.     Guaiac  mixture. 
Lac    Lunae.     A    white   substance   resembling 

chalk,  consisting  almost   wholly  of  alumina 

saturated  with  carbonic  acid. 
Lac,    Seed.      The    small    irregular    particles 

broken   from    the  twigs  of  the  East  Indian 

trees,  the  Croton  lacciferum,  Ficus  indica,  and 

Ficus  religiosa,  which  afford  gum  lac. 
Lac,  Shell.      Seed   or   stick   lac,    deprived  of 


its  soluble  coloring  matter,  melted,  strained, 
and  poured  upon  a  smooth,  flat  surface  to 
harden.  It  is  of  a  slight  or  dark-brown  color, 
inclining  slightly  to  red  or  yellow  ;  hard, 
brittle,  inodorous  ;  insoluble  in  alcohol,  but 
soluble  in  water. 

Lac,  Stick.  The  resin  in  its  natural  state  as 
taken  from  the  tree,  incrusting  the  small 
twigs  around  which  it  was  concreted. 

Lac  Sul'phuris.  Sulphur  praecipitaturn  ;  milk 
of  sulphur. 

Lac  Vacci'num.  Cow's  milk. 
Lac'ca.  See  Coccus  Lacca. 
Lac/cic  Acid.     A  peculiar  acid  obtained  by 

Dr.  John  from  stick  lac. 

Lac/cine.     A   substance    intermediate    be- 
tween wax  and   resin,  recently  discovered  in 

shell  lac. 

Lacera/ted.     Torn  or  ripped. 
Laceration  (laceratio).     The  act  of  being 

lacerated  or  torn  ;  also  the  appearance  of  being 

lacerated. 

Lacer'ti  Cordis.     Columnae  carnese. 
Lacer'tim.     Like  a  lizard. 
Lac/erum.     Foramina  in  the  skull. 

Lacerum  Fora/men.     One  of   two   irregular 
openings  between  the  occipital  and  temporal 
bones. 
Lachnan/thes.     A  genus  of  plants  of  the 

order  Hsemodoraceae. 

Lachnanthes  Tincto'ria.     Gyrotheca   tincto- 
ria.  This  plant  has  a  red  root  possessing  mild, 
astringent,  and  tonic  properties. 
Lach/ryma.     A  tear. 
Lachry/mal  (lachrymalis ;  from  lacliryma,  a 

tear).     Pertaining  to  tears. 

Lachrymal  Apparatus.  The  organs  which 
secrete  and  conduct  the  tears,  as  the  lachry- 
mal gland,  the  puncta  lachrymalia,  ducts,  etc. 

Lachrymal  Ar/tery.  A  branch  of  the  oph- 
thalmic artery  distributed  to  the  lachrymal 
gland. 

Lachrymal  Bone.     The  os  unguis. 

Lachrymal  Canal.  A  canal  in  the  outer  wall 
of  the  nasal  fossae,  lined  by  a  continuation  of 
mucous  membrane  from  the  lachrymal  sac, 
and  serving  to  convey  the  tears  into  the  nasal 
fossae. 

Lachrymal  Carun'cle.  Caruncula  lachry- 
malis. 
Lachrymal  Duct.  The  excretory  duct  of  the 
lachrymal  gland. 
Lachrymal  Fos/sa.  A  depression  at  the  upper 
part  of  the  organ  which  serves  to  lodge  the 
lachrymal  gland. 


LAC 


355 


LAC 


Lachrymal  Gland.  A  glomerate  gland  situ- 
ated in  the  lachrymal  fossa,  which  secretes 
the  tears. 

Lachrymal  Groove.    A  hony  channel  situated 
at  the  anterior  part  of  the  orbit  and  serving 
as  a  lodgment  for  the  lachrymal  sac. 
Lachrymal    Her'nia.      A  tumor  of  the  sac, 
•which  prevents  the  tears  from  entering  the 
canal. 
Lachrymal  Nerve.     A  branch  of  the  ophthal- 
mic nerve  distributed  to  the  lachrymal  gland 
and  upper  eyelid. 
Lachrymal  Puncta.     Two  small  orifices  situ- 
ated just  within  the  ciliary  margin  of  the  eye- 
lids and  continuous  with  the  lachrymal  ducts. 
Lachryma'tion     (laclirymatio).       Involun- 
tary discharge  of  tears.     Also  profuse  weeping. 
Laciniated  (laciniatus).     Jagged  ;  fringed. 
Lac/mus.     Litmus. 

Lacon/icum.  A  sweating  room  ;  a  vapor 
bath. 

Lac'quer.  A  yellow  varnish,  used  on  brass 
and  other  metals,  consisting  of  a  solution  of  lac 
iu  alcohol,  colored  with  gamboge,  saffron,  and 
other  coloring  matters. 

Lac'tate.  A  salt  formed  by  the  union  of 
lactic  acid  with  a  salifiable  base. 

Lacta'tion  (from  lacteo,  to  suckle,  to  give 
milk).  The  suckling  of  a  young  child  or  ani- 
mal ;  also  the  period  of  suckling. 

Lac'teal  (lacteus;  from  lac,  milk).     A  chy- 
liferous  vessel ;  absorbent  vessels  of  the  lym- 
phatic system.     Pertaining  to  milk. 
Lac'teine.     Same  as  Lactoline. 
Lac'ten.     Solidified  milk. 
Lactes'cence.     Milkiness  ;  applied  in  Bot- 
any to  the  white  or  yellowish  juice  which  flows 
from  a  plant  when  wounded. 

Lac'teus.  Milky  ;  appertaining  to  milk. 
Milk-white. 

Lac/tic  (lacteus).  Applied  to  an  acid  ob- 
tained from  milk. 

Lactic  Acid.  An  organic  acid  of  great  physio- 
logical importance.  It  is  found  in  the  mus- 
cles, the  blood,  the  intestines,  and  the  gastric 
juice.  Bjr  many  chemists  it  is  regarded  as  the 
active  portion  of  this  last-named  secretion, 
and  has  been  recommended  as  a  therapeutical 
agent  in  atonic  dyspepsia  on  this  ground.  It 
plays  an  important  part  in  organic  metamor- 
phoses. It  is  a  syrupy,  nearly  transparent 
liquid,  of  a  pale  wine-color,  and  a  very  sour 
taste.  Its  specific  gravity  is  1.212.  It  is 
usually  obtained  by  decomposing  the  lactate 
of  iron  by  alcohol. 


Lactide.  A  crystalline  substance  obtained 
by  heating  lactic  acid. 

Lactiferous  (from  lac,  milk,  and  fero,  to 
carry).     That  which  conveys  milk,  as  the  lac- 
tiferous vessels  of  the  mammse. 
Lactiferous    Swelling.     Tumefaction   of    the 
breast  from  obstruction  of  one  or  more  of  the 
lactiferous  vessels. 

Lactif'uga.  Medicines  which  dry  up  the 
secretion  of  milk. 

Lactig/enous  (from  lac,  milk,  and  -/ei-au,  to 
produce).     Milk-producing. 

Lactin,  Lactine.     Sugar  of  milk. 

Lac'tinated.     Containing  sugar  of  milk. 

Lac'tis.     Pertaining  to  milk. 

Lac'tocele  (lac,  milk,  and  mf/.r],  a  tumor). 
A  collection  of  a  milk-like  fluid,  also  termed 
galactocele. 

Lac'toline.     Condensed  milk. 

Lactom'eter  (from  lac,  milk,  and  fierpov,  a 
measure).  An  instrument  for  ascertaining  the 
proportion  which  the  cream  bears  to  the  milk. 
It  is  a  graduated  glass  tube  filled  with  milk. 
See  Galactometee. 

Lac'tone.  An  aromatic,  colorless  fluid,  pro- 
duced by  distilling  lactic  acid. 

Lacto=pepsin.  A  mixture  containing  pep- 
sin, diastase,  and  pancreatin,  acidulated  with 
lactic  and  hydrochloric  acids. 

Lacto=phosphate  of  Lime.  Lactic  acid 
and  the  magma  of  phosphate  of  lime.  Claimed 
to  be  an  efficient  pulp-capping  material. 

Lac'tose.  Sugar  of  milk,  a  variety  of  sugar 
found  in  milk,  forming  hard,  sweetish  crystals. 

Lac/tuca  (from  lac,  milk).     Called  so  from 
its   milky   juice.      Lettuce ;    garden    lettuce. 
Also  a  genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Asteracese. 
Lactuca  Sat'iva.     Garden  lettuce.    It  is  used 
as  an  article  of  food  and  is  aperient  and  ano- 
dyne.    See  Lactucakium. 
Lactuca  Viro/sa.     Lactuca  graveolens.     The 
strong-scented  lettuce. 

Lactuca  rium.  The  inspissated  juice  of 
Lactuca  sativa,  or  garden  lettuce.  It  resembles 
opium  in  its  action,  but  is  milder.  Dose,  gr.  j 
to  gr.  x,  or  more,  in  pill  or  syrup. 

Lactucel'la.    A  plant  of  the  genus  Sonchus. 

Lactu  cic  Acid.  A  peculiar  acid  discovered 
in  the  milky  juice  of  the  Lactuca  virosa. 

Lactu'men  (lactumina,  laclueimina  ;  from 
lac,  milk).  Infantile  thrush  has  been  so 
termed  from  the  supposition  that  it  was  caused 
by  a  vitiated  condition  of  the  milk. 

Lac'tyl.  The  hypothetical  radicle  of  lactic 
acid.      Its  formula  is  C6H502.      The  addition 


LAC 


356 


LAM 


of  three  parts  of  oxygen  converts  it  into  lactic 
acid. 

Lacu'na  (from  lacus,  a  channel).  In  Anat- 
omy, the  mouth  of  the  excretory  duct  of  a  mu- 
cous gland  ;  in  Botany,  an  air-cell  in  the  vege- 
table tissue. 

Lacuna  Mag'na.  A  small  opening  or  hollow, 
larger  than  the  rest,  situated  near  the  fossa 
naviculars  of  the  male  urethra. 

Lacu'nas.  Ducts  from  small  glands.  A 
small  hollow  space.  A  mucous  or  lymphatic  fol- 
licle. The  irregular  cavities  in  bones  arranged 
concentrically  around  the  Haversian  canals. 

Lacu/nar.     Pertaining  to  lacuna?. 
Lacunar  Orbitae.     Eoof  of  the  orbit  of  the  eye. 
Lacunar  Spaces.     Irregular  fissures  between 
the  fasciculi  of  connective  tissue.     The  begin- 
nings of  the  lymphatic  vessels. 

Lacuno'sus.     Dotted  ;  pitted. 

Lacunule.     A  small  lacuna. 

La'cus.     A  small  hollow  cavity  in  a  tissue. 
Lacus  Lachrymals.     The  lachrymal  sac. 
Lacus    Lachryma'rum.     The  small  space  in 
the  inner  angle  of  the  eye  toward  which  the 
tears  flow. 

La'dle.  In  Mechanical  Dentistry,  a  large 
iron  spoon  or  cup,  with  a  long  handle,  used  in 
melting  zinc,  tin,  lead,  etc.,  for  casting  metallic 
dies  and  counter-dies,  used  in  striking  up  or 
swaging  bases  of  gold,  silver,  or  platina  for 
artificial  teeth. 

Lady -bird.  Lady-bug.  Coccinella  sep- 
tempunctata.  This  insect  was  at  one  time  sup- 
posed, in  Germany,  to  possess  powerful  anti- 
odontalgic  virtues  ;  it  was  highly  recommended 
for  this  purpose  by  Dr.  Frederick  Hirsch,  den- 
tist to  several  German  courts.  His  method  of 
applying  them  consisted  in  crushing  them  be- 
tween the  thumb  and  forefinger,  rubbing  them 
until  a  warmth  was  felt ;  then  with  the  finger 
and  thumb,  when  thus  prepared,  rubbing  the 
tooth  and  gum  around  it. 

LaemoparaPysis.  Paralysis  of  the  organs 
of  deglutition. 

Lse'mos.     Pharynx. 

Laemoscir'rhus.  Cancer  of  the  pharynx 
or  (esophagus. 

Laemosteno'sis.  Constriction  of  the  oesoph- 
agus. 

Lae'sis.     See  Lksion. 

Lae'vis.     Smooth  ;  even  ;  level. 

Laga'rous  (from  layapoc,  lax).  Lax,  loose, 
or  soft. 

Lagne'sis  (from  Aayvvr,  lustful).  Nympho- 
mania and  satyriasis. 


LagochePlus.     Hare-lip. 

LagophthaPmia  (lagophthalmus  ;  from  la- 
yuc,  a  hare,  and  ofd-atyog,  an  eye).  The  hare's 
eye.  An  affection  of  the  upper  eyelid  which 
prevents  it  from  covering  the  globe  of  the  eye 
during  sleep.  This  affection  has  been  relieved 
by  the  removal  of  diseased  teeth. 

Lagos  'toma  (from  layuq,  a  hare,  and  aro/ia, 
mouth).     Hare-lip. 

Lake.  A  term  applied  to  certain  insoluble 
compounds,  formed  by  precipitating  the  color- 
ing matter  of  certain  vegetable  and  animal  sub- 
stances with  aluminous  earth. 

Lalla  tion  (lallatio).  Imperfect  pronuncia- 
tion of  the  letter  I,  in  which  it  is  rendered  un- 
duly liquid  or  substituted  for  r. 

LaIoneuro/ses  (from  Aa?,og,  babbling,  and 
vevpov,  nerve).  An  impairment  of  speech  from 
spasmodic  action  of  the  nerves,  such  as  stam- 
mering. 

Lalop/athy  (from  Aa/Mc,  and  ■xafyoc,  suffer- 
ing). Any  disorder  of  the  speech.  Also 
aphasia. 

Lamb  'da.  The  junction  of  the  sagittal  and 
lambdoidal  sutures  of  the  skull. 

Lambdacis/mus.  The  Greek  name  for  that 
affection  of  speech  which  consists  in  the  imper- 
fect pronunciation  of  the  letter  I.     Lallation. 

Lamb'doid  or  LambdoFdal  (from  lambda, 
and  eidog,  a  form).  Eesembling  the  Greek  A, 
or  lambda. 

LambdoPdal  Suture  (sutura  lambdoidalis). 
The  suture  formed  by  the  parietal  and  the 
occipital  bones  is  so-called  from  its  resem- 
blance to  the  Greek  letter  A.  The  occipito- 
parietal suture. 

LambdoPdes  (from  the  Greek  letter  A,  and 
eidoc,  a  form).     The  same  as  Lambdoid. 
Lambdoides  Os.     The  os  hyoides,  so  called 
from  its  resembling  the  Greek  letter  A. 

LamePla.  Diminutive  of  lamina.  A  thin 
plate. 

Lamella  of  Bone.     The  concentric  rings  sur- 
rounding the  Haversian  canals. 

LanPellar  or  Lamellate  (from  lamella,  a 
thin  plate).  Composed  of  flat  plates  ;  having 
lamellae.  Any  thin,  osseous,  or  membranous 
tissue. 

LamePliform.  Having  the  form  of  a  thin 
plate  or  scale. 

Lain 'ina    (plural,  laminx ;    from    eam>,    to 
beat  off).    A  thin  flat  plate,  as  a  lamina  or  flat- 
tened portion  of  bone  or  membrane. 
Lamina  Ciliaris.     The  ciliary  zone. 
Lamina    Cinerea.     The   thin    layer    of   gray 


LAM 


357 


LAP 


substance  which  forms  the  anterior  part  of  the 
inferior  boundary  of  the  third  ventricle  of  the 
brain. 

Lamina  Cribro'sa.  That  portion  of  the  scle- 
rotic coat  of  the  eye  through  which  the 
branches  of  the  ophthalmic  nerve  and  artery 
pass. 
Lamina  Spiralis.  The  spiral  plate  of  bone 
which  winds  round  the  modiolus  of  the  coch- 
lea. 

Laminar.     Composed  of  lamina?. 

Lamina/ted.  Lamellar  ;  applied  to  parts 
that  consist  of  thin  layers  ;  composed  of  lam- 
inae ;  foliated  structure,  as  of  bones. 

Lamp  for  Soldering.  The  lamp  most 
commonly  employed  for  this  purpose  consists 
of  a  tin  or  copper  vessel,  about  four  inches  in 
diameter  and  five  or  six  in  length,  with  an 
opening  in  the  top  large  enough  to  receive  the 
oil  or  alcohol,  according  as  the  one  or  the  other 
is  used,  closed  with  a  cap  with  a  spout  at  the 
side  three  or  four  inches  long  and  about  three- 
fourths  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  fitted  with  a 
cotton  wick.  See  Blow-pipe,  Self-acting  ; 
also  Blow-pipe,  Compound  Self-acting. 

Lampblack.  The  soot  obtained  from  the 
imperfect  combustion  of  resin  of  turpentine. 

Lampropho'nia.  A  clear  and  sonorous 
state  of  the  voice. 

La'na.     Wool.     A  hairy    pubescence    like 
wool  ;  flannel. 
Lana  Philosopho'rum.     Oxide  of  zinc. 

La/nate.     See  Lanatus. 

Lana'tus.  Lanate.  "Woolly ;  having  a 
pubescence  like  wool. 

Lanceolate7  (lanceolatus).  Lance-shaped ; 
spear-shaped. 

Lan'cet    (lancetia,  a  lancet).    A  two-edged 
surgical  instrument  used  for  bleeding  and  other 
purposes. 
Lancet,  Gum.     See  GUM  LANCET. 

Lan/ciform  (lancea,  a  lance).  Having  the 
form  of  a  lance  ;  applied  to  teeth,  etc. 

Lan'cinating  (lancinans  ;  from  lantinare,  to 
strike  or  thrust  through).  A  sharp,  darting 
pain,  similar  to  that  which  would  be  produced 
by  thrusting  a  lance  into  the  part. 

Lanci'si,  Nerves  of.  Some  filaments  ou 
the  anterior  portion  of  the  corpus  callosum  are 
so  termed. 

Land    Scurvy.      See    Purpura  ILemor- 

RHAGK'A. 

Land's  Method.  A  method  of  construct- 
ing partial  porcelain  crowns,  to  restore  the  lost 
part  of  the  natural  crown  of  a  tooth.     A  dove- 


tail cavity  is  first  formed  in  the  central  portion 
of  the  section  to  be  restored  and  contoured, 
and  a  thin  piece  of  platinum  plate  or  platinum 
foil  is  adapted  to  the  cavity  and  surface  of  the 
part  by  means  of  a  burnisher  and  a  pellet  of 
cotton  on  the  end  of  an  instrument.  The 
platinum  is  then  removed  from  the  cavity, 
and  on  its  surface  porcelain  body  of  the  proper 
size  and  form  is  baked  in  the  muffle  of  a  fur- 
nace, when  it  is  trimmed  and  formed  with  a 
corundum-wheel.  The  platinum  is  then  re- 
moved from  the  porcelain  section,  and  the 
latter  secured  in  the  cavity  with  oxyphosphate 
cement. 

Lan/guor.  Depression  or  debility  ;  a  species 
of  atony. 

Lania'res  (denies  laniarii;  from  lanio,  to 
rend).  The  cuspid  teeth,  but  applied  more 
particularly  to  those  of  carnivorous  animals. 

Laniar/iform.  Shaped  like  the  canine  teeth 
of  carnivora. 

Lan'olin.  A  preparation  of  the  natural  fat 
of  wool.  It  is  employed  as  a  vehicle  for  rem- 
edies which  are  to  be  absorbed  through  the 
skin. 

Lantha/nium.  Lanthanum.  A  metal  dis- 
covered by  Mosander  in  cerite.  It  also  exists 
in  some  other  minerals.  Its  chemical  symbol  is 
La. 

Lanu/go.  Soft  wool ;  down  ;  fine  hair  of 
skin. 

Lapa/ra.     The  flank. 

Laparoce/Ie  (from  7i.aira.pa,  the  lumbar 
region,  and  kv'-V,  a  tumor).  A  rupture  through 
the  side  of  the  abdomen.     Lumbar  hernia. 

Laparosco'pia  (?,a-apat  the  loins,  and 
cr/cn-ew,  to  examine).  Examination  of  the  side 
or  loins  by  a  stethoscope,  pleximeter,  etc. 

Laparotomy  (from  /.cnrapa,  the  lumbar 
region,  the  abdomen,  and  re/uvu,  to  cut). 
The  operation  of  opening  the  abdomen  and 
intestinal  canal. 

Laparot'omus.  An  instrument  for  per- 
forming laparotomy. 

Lapid'eus  {lapis,  a  stone).     Stony. 

Lapidirium.  A  scoop  formerly  used  for 
the  removal  of  stones  from  the  bladder. 

Lapil'lus  (diminutive  of  lapis,  a  stone).  A 
little  stone.  Applied  to  the  earthy  concretions 
found  in  the  cray-fish. 

La'pis.  A  stone  ;  also  a  calculus.  An 
alchemic  name  applied  to  any  non-volatile 
substance. 

Lapis  Caeru'leus.     See  LAPIS  LAZULI. 
Lapis  Calca'reus.     Carbonate  of  lime. 


LAP 


358 


LAR 


Lapis  Calamina'ris.     Calainina. 
Lapis  Den'tium.     Tartar  of  the  teeth  ;    sali- 
vary calculus. 

Lapis  Hiber'nicus.     Irish  slate. 
Lapis  Hys'tricis.     Bezoar  hystricis. 
Lapis  Inferna/lis.     An  old  name  for  caustic 
potash. 

Lapis  La'zuli.     Azure  stone. 
Lapis  Lunaris.     Silver  nitrate. 
Lapis  Lyd/ius.     Lydian  stone. 
Lapis    Philosopho'rum.      The    philosopher's 
stone. 

Lapis  Sim/ise.     The  bezoar  from  the  monkey. 
Lapis  Specula'ris.     Selenite. 
Lapis  Syderi'tis.     The  magnet. 

Lappa.     Burdock.     See  Arctium  Lappa. 

Lap'pula  Hepat/ica.     Agrimony. 

Laque'ar  Vaginas.     Fundus  vagina?. 

La/queus.  Literally,  a  noosed  cord.  Ap- 
plied to  any  looped  bandage.  Also  to  a 
band  of  nervous  matter  in  the  brain,  be- 
hind the  brachium  posterius,  marking  the 
course  of  the  superior  division  of  the  fasciculus 
olivaris. 

Laqueus  Gutturis.     Inflammation  of  the  ton- 
sils, with  a  sense  of  suffocation. 

Larch.     See  Pixus  Laeix. 

Lard  [adeps  suillus).  The  fat  of  the  Sus 
scrofa,  or  hog. 

Larda/ceine.  An  animal  proteid,  an  indi- 
gestible amyloid  substance,  chiefly  occurring 
as  a  pathological  infiltration  into  the  spleen, 
liver,  etc. 

Larda'ceus.  Of  the  nature  or  consistence 
of  lard.  Applied  to  morbid  alterations  in 
textures  of  parts  which  resemble  or  are  of  the 
consistence  of  lard. 

Larme.     See  Lacheyma. 

Lar/va.  A  mask.  Also  a  metabolian  in- 
sect in  its  first  stage  after  extrusion  from  the 
egg,  and  certain  reptiles  which  undergo  a  simi- 
lar change  when  at  a  corresponding  state  of 
existence. 

Lar/val.  Diseases  in  which  the  skin  of  the 
J';t<<-  is  disfigured,  as  if  covered  by  a  mask. 

Larva/lis.  Belonging  or  pertaining  to 
larvse. 

Larvip'ara.  Insects  which  bring  forth 
larvae  instead  of  eggs. 

Laryngeal.     Pertaining  to  the  larynx. 

Laryngeal   Arteries.     The    branches    of    the 

thyroid  arteries  distributed  to  the  larynx. 

Laryngeal  Nerves.    These  are  two  in  number, 

a  superior  and  an  inferior.    The  former  is  given 

off  from  the  pneumogaslrie  in  the  upper  part 


of  the  neck,  and  the  latter  from  the  pneumo- 
gastric  within  the  thorax. 

Larynge'che.  The  laryngeal  sound  heard 
by  applying  the  stethoscope  over  the  larynx. 
It  is  used  alike  for  the  sounds  of  breathing 
and  speaking. 

Laryngectomy.  Excision  or  removal  of 
the  larynx. 

Laryngismus.  Laryngic  suffocation  ;  a 
genus  of  disease  in  the  class  Pneumatica,  of 
Dr.  Good,  often  confounded  with  spasmodic 
croup.  Spasm  of  the  muscles  closing  the 
larynx. 

Laryngismus  Stridulus.  Spasmodic  laryn- 
gismus or  stridulous  constriction  of  the  larynx, 
a  species  treated  of  by  some  writers  under  the 
name  of  spasmodic  asthma,  but  more  nearly 
approaching  croup. 

Laryngitis.     Inflammation  of  the  larynx. 

Laryngocatar/rhus.  Catarrh  affecting 
chiefly  the  larynx  and  trachea. 

Laryngog'raphy  (laryngographia ;  from 
lapvy^  the  larynx,  and  ypcxp?],  a  description). 
A  description  of  the  larynx. 

LaryngoFogy  (from  hapvy%,  the  larynx, 
and  Aoyof,  a  treatise).  A  treatise  on  the 
larynx. 

Laryngoph/ony  (laryngophonia ;  from  Aap- 
wyf,  the  larynx,  and  <puv?/)  the  voice).  The 
sound  of  the  voice  in  health,  as  heard 
through  the  stethoscope  when  placed  over 
the   larynx. 

Laryngoph/thisis  (?.apvy$,  the  larynx,  and 
<j>diaie,  a  wasting).  A  disease  of  the  larynx  con- 
nected with  pulmonary  consumption  ;  laryn- 
geal phthisis. 

Laryngorrhoe/a  (lapvy%,  the  larynx,  and 
pew,  to  flow).  A  pituitous  or  serous  flow  from 
the  larynx. 

Laryn'goscope.  An  instrument  on  the 
same  principle  as  the  ophthalmoscope,  which, 
by  means  of  a  mirror,  enables  the  larynx  to  be 
inspected. 

Laryngoscopy  (from  laryngo,  and  oKonea, 
to  view).     Inspection  of  the  larynx. 

Laryngot'omus.  An  instrument  for  per- 
forming laryngotomy. 

Laryngot'omy  (laryngotomia ;  from  Xapvyi- , 
the  larynx,  and  Ttfivziv,  to  cut).  Bronchot- 
omy.  Tracheotomy.  An  operation  which 
consists  in  opening  the  larynx  for  the  removal 
of  a  foreign  body  or  of  an  obstruction  of  the 
glottis. 

Laryn/go=trachei/tis.  Cynanche  trache- 
al is. 


LAR 


359 


LAU 


Lar'ynx.  A  short  tube  of  an  hour-glass 
shape  situated  at  the  fore  part  of  the  neck 
between  the  base  of  the  tongue  and  trachea. 
It  is  composed  of  cartilages,  ligaments,  muscles, 
nerves,  blood-vessels,  and  mucous  membrane, 
and  constitutes  the  apparatus  of  voice  in  the 
higher  vertebrata.  The  cartilages  of  the  lar- 
ynx are  the  thyroid,  the  cricoid,  two  arytenoid, 
and  the  epiglottis. 

The  ligaments  of  the  larynx  are  numerous 
and  serve  as  bonds  of  union  to  the  cartilages. 

The  muscles  are  the  crico-thyroid,  the  crico 
arytenoideus  posticus,  the  thyro-arytenoideus,  and 
the  arytenoideus. 

The  opening  into  the  larynx  is  triangular 
and  bounded  in  front  by  the  epiglottis,  behind 
by  the  arytenoideus  muscle,  and  on  each  side 
by  a  fold  of  mucous  membrane,  extending  from 
the  side  of  the  epiglottis  to  the  point  of  the 
arytenoid  cartilage.  The  larynx  is  divided 
into  two  parts.  The  upper  portion  is  broad 
above  and  narrow  below  ;  the  lower  portion  is 
narrow  above  and  broad  below. 

The  larynx  is  lined  by  mucous  membrane, 
which  forms  in  its  ventricles  a  caecal  pouch, 
called  the  sacculus  laryngis. 

The  larynx  is  supplied  with  arteries  from 
the  superior  and  inferior  thyroids,  and  the 
nerves  which  go  to  it  are  derived  from  the 
superior  laryngeal  and  recurrent  laryngeal 
branches  of  the  pneumogastric. 

Las'er.  A  gum  resin,  supposed  to  be  asa- 
fcetida,  held  in  high  esteem  by  the  ancients.  It 
is  believed,  and  upon  what  seems  to  be  good 
authority,  to  be  the  product  of  the  Thapsia  sil- 
phium,  an  umbelliferous  plant  of  Cyrene. 

Laserpit'ium.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Uuibelliferse. 

Laserpitium    Latifo'lium.      White     gentian, 
the  root  of  which  is  bitter  and  tonic. 
Laserpitium    Siler.      Heart-wort,  the    seeds 
and  roots  of  which  are  aromatic. 

Las'situde  (lassitude-).  Languor ;  weari- 
ness ;  debility. 

La'tent   (Mens ;    from   latere,    to  lie   hid). 

Not  manifest ;   concealed  ;   not  appreciable  to 

the  touch,  as  latent  heat,  latent  period,  etc. 

Latent  Heat.    Heat  that  apparently  disappears 

when  a  liquid  is  vaporized,  or  a  solid  is  melted. 

Latent  Period.     The  period  before  a  disease 

which  is  lurking  in  the  system  manifests  itself 

by  any  morbid  phenomena. 

Lat/eral.     Toward  the  lateral  aspect ;   be- 
longing to  the  side. 
Lateral  Operation.     The  lateral   division  of 


the  prostate  gland  and  neck  of  the  bladder 
in  the  operation  of  lithotomy. 
Lateral    Sinuses.      Two   veins    of   the   dura 
mater — the  right  and  left  lateral  sinuses — run- 
ning along  the  crucial  spine  of  the  occipital 
bone. 
Lateri'tious  (Merit ius ;  from  later,  a  brick). 
A  name  applied  to  a  red  sediment  resembling 
brick-dust  which   is  sometimes  deposited    in 
the  urine. 

La/tex.  In  Botany,  the  proper  or  hidden 
jnice  of  a  plant,  which  circulates  in  anastomos- 
ing vessels  called  the  laticiferous  tissue,  or 
cinenchyma.  It  is  supposed  to  be  analogous  to 
the  blood  in  cold-blooded  animals. 

Lathe.  A  machine  by  which  instruments 
of  wood,  ivory,  or  metal  are  turned  and  cut 
smooth  and  round  ;  used  in  Mechanical  Dentistry 
for  rotating  grinding-wheels  and  polishing- 
brushes. 

Lathes,  Dental.  Portable  dental  foot 
lathes  are  made  of  iron,  about  three  feet 
eight  inches  in  height,  having  a  chuck  for 
grindstones  and  brush-wheels,  which  ship  or 
unship  at  each  end  of  the  mandril,  and  to 
which  burrs  of  various  sizes  for  filing  off 
superfluous  solder  and  circular  saws  for  cutting 
oft"  linings  can  be  fitted. 

Latib'ulum  (from  Meo,  to  lie  hid).  The 
hidden  matter  of  infectious  diseases. 

Lat'ica.  A  quotidian  remittent  with  long 
paroxysms. 

Latis'simus  CoI'Ii.  The  platysma  my- 
oides. 

Latissimus    Dor'si.     A   broad,    flat    muscle 
covering  the  lower  part  of  the  back  and  loins. 
It  arises  from  the  spinous  process  of  the  seven 
inferior  dorsal  vertebra?,  from  all  the  lumbar 
and  sacral  spinous  processes,  a  portion  of  the 
crest  of  the  ilium,  and  the  three  lower  ribs, 
and,  ascending,   is  inserted   in   the   bicipital 
groove  of  the  os  humeri. 
Latro'bite.      A   translucent   mineral  of  a 
rose-red   or    pink   color,    consisting  of   silica, 
alumina,   lime,   potash,    and  oxide  of  manga- 
nese. 

Lat/ten.     Brass  or  bronze. 
Lat/tice=work.     Cancellated  tissue. 
La/tus.     Broad. 
Latus  Ani.     The  levator  ani. 
Laud  able  Pus.     See  Healthy  Pus. 
Laud'anin.     An  alkaloid  of  opium. 
Laudanum    (thought    to     be    from    lavs, 
gen.  laudis,  praise,  from  its  valuable  properties). 
Tincture  of  opium.     Composed  of  opii  pulv., 


LAU 


360 


LEA 


Sijss  :  alcohol  dilut.,  Oij.  Macerate  for  four- 
teen days,  express  and  filter.  Prepared  also  by 
displacement.  (Ph.  U.  S.)  Properties  those 
of  opium.  Nineteen  minims  equal  to  about  one 
grain  of  opium.  Dose,  gtt.  xx  to  gtt.  lx.  It  has 
the  same  dental  uses  asvinurn  opii  (which  see), 
but  is  not  so  pleasant  to  the  mouth  as  this 
latter. 

Laudanum  Liq'uidum  Sydenhami.     Wine  of 
opium.     Sydenham's  laudanum. 
Laudanum  Opia'tum.     Extract  of  opium. 

Laughing  Gas.  Nitrous  oxide  or  protoxide 
of  nitrogen.     See  Niteous  Oxide. 

Lau'monite.  A  variety  of  zeolite,  consist- 
ing of  silica,  alumina,  and  lime,  with  sixteen 
per  cent,  of  water. 

Laura'ceae.  The  cinnamon  tribe  of  dicoty- 
ledonous plants. 

Lau/rel.     See  Lauetjs. 

Lau'rine.  An  acrid,  fatty  matter  con- 
tained in  the  berries  of  the  laurel. 

Laurocera'sus.  See  Pbuxus  Lauboce- 
easus. 

Lau'rus.  The  Laurus  nobilis.  Also  a 
genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Lauracese.  Bay 
berries.  The  leaves,  berries,  and  oil  possess 
exciting  and  narcotic  properties.  It  is  some- 
times employed  as  a  fomentation  and  in  clys- 
ters. 
Laurus    Cam/phora.     See  CAMPHOEA   Offi- 

CINABTJM. 
Laurus  Cas'sia.     The  wild  cinnamon  tree. 
Laurus  Cinnamo'mum.     Cinnamomum  zey- 
lanicum,  the  tree  from  which  the  cinnamon 
bark  is  obtained. 

Lautis'sima  Vina.  Wines  strongly  im- 
pregnated with  myrrh. 

Lavage.     Tbe  act  of  washing  out. 

Lav'ament  (law,  to  wash).  A  clyster  or 
injection. 

Lavandula.     Lavender.     Also  a  genus  of 
plants  of  the  order  Lamiacese. 
Lavandula    Spi'ca.      Lavandula  vera.      The 
common  lavender. 
Lavandula  Stce/chas.     French  lavender. 

Lava'tion.   Washing  or  sponging  the  body. 

Lav/ender.  A  small  shrub  of  two  or  three 
feet  in  height,  the  flowers  of  which  have  a 
strong  fragrant  odor  and  an  aromatic,  pungent, 
bitterish  taste. 

La'ver.  The  brook  lime.  Also  a  seaweed, 
the  Ulva  Iactna,  which  is  used  as  an  article  of 
food. 

Lavipe'dium  (from  lavo,  to  wash,  ;m<l  pes, 
the  foot).     A  foot  bath. 


Lavoisium.     A  new  metal   found   in  iron 
pyrites  and  many  other  minerals. 
Lawrence's    Portable    Blow=pipe.     An 

apparatus  consisting  of  a  double  bellows,  with 
a  treadle  for  the  foot  fixed  horizontally  over 
it,  with  a  hinge  attached  to  one  end,  while  the 
other  is  rendered  stationary  by  a  small  hasp 
and  staple.  The  bellows  is  made  to  rise  and 
fall  by  the  application  of  the  foot  to  the  treadle 
and  by  means  of  two  spiral  brass  springs  at- 
tached to  the  machine.  The  air  escapes  through 
a  long  flexible  tube,  with  a  brass  jet  attach- 
ment, by  means  of  which  the  flame  may  be 
managed  with  great  facility. 
Lax.  Loose  ;  not  tense. 
Lax/ative  (laxalivus;  from  laxare,  to  loosen). 
A  mild  purgative. 

Lax'ator  Tym/pani.     Laxator  auris  inter- 
nus,  a  muscle  of  the  internal  ear. 
Laxator  Tympani  Minor.    A  very  small  mus- 
cle extending   from   the   upper   part  of  the 
meatus  auditorius  externus  to  the  handle  of 
the  malleus. 
Laxity  (laxitas).     Atony.     A  relaxed  con- 
dition. 

Lax/us.  Loose  ;  diffused.  Applied  to  a 
condition  of  animal  fibre. 

Lazaret/to  (from  lazzaro,  a  leper).  A  soli- 
tary building  in  most  large  seaports  used  for 
the  disinfection  of  men  and  goods. 

Laz/ulite.  A  mineral  of  a  pale  indigo 
blue  color,  occurring  in  small  masses  or 
crystallized  in  oblique,  four-sided  prisms,  con- 
sisting of  phosphoric  acid,  alumina,  and  mag- 
nesia. 

Lead.      Plumbum.     Symbol,   Pb.     Atomic 
weight,  206.4.     A  metal  of  a  bluish-gray  color, 
very  soft,  flexible,  and  inelastic,  slightly  mal- 
leable and  ductile,  but  possessed  of  little  tena- 
city. Fuses  at  617°  F.     In  Mechanical  Dentistry 
it  is  employed  for  counter-dies,   patterns   for 
plates,  and  as  an  ingredient  of  fusible  alloys. 
Lead,  Black.     Plumbago. 
Lead    Pois/oning.      Morbid   phenomena  con- 
sequent upon  the  introduction  of  lead  into  the 
system.     The  symptoms  of  lead  poisoning  are 
anaemia,  disturbed  nutrition,  the  dark  gingival 
line,    lead   colic,    constipation,  pains   in   the 
limbs,  local  muscular  paralysis,  wasting,  etc. 
Lead,  Red.     See  Minium. 
Lead,  Sugar  of.     See  Plumbi  Acetas. 
Lead,  White.     See  PLTJMBI  CAEBOXAS. 

Lead'wort.  A  plant  of  the  genus  Plum- 
bago. 

Leaf.     Folium. 


LEA 


361 


LEN 


Leafstalk.     The  petiole. 
Lean/ness.     Emaciation. 
Leaping  Ague.    A  disease  said  to  be  pecu- 
liar to  Scotland  and  characterized   by  preter- 
natural activity  of  both  mind  and  body. 

Leather.  Tanno-gelatin.  The  tanned  skins 
of  animals. 

Leav/en.  Yeast.  A  substance  possessing 
the  power  of  causing  fermentation  in  other 
substances. 

Lecano'ra.  A  genus  of  lichens  of  the  order 
Parmeliacese. 

Lecanora  Tartare/a.  Litmus  and  cudbear, 
used  as  tests  for  acids  and  alkalies  and 
employed  as  a  dye,  are  prepared  from  this 
and  the  Lecanora  parellus. 

Lecano/rin.     A  white  crystalline  substance 
obtained  from  Lecanora  tartarea. 
Lec'tus.     A  bed  or  couch. 
Ledoy'en's    Disinfect/ing    Liq'uid.      A 
solution  of  nitrate  of  lead  in  water  in  the  pro- 
portion of  a  drachm  to  an  ounce. 

Leech.  A  red-blooded  aquatic  anellidan  of 
the  genus  Hirudo,  used  for  topical  bleeding. 
They  are  best  applied  to  the  gums  by  placing 
the  leech  in  a  small  glass  vessel,  open  at  both 
ends,  one  of  the  ends  being  so  contracted  that 
the  head  of  the  leech  alone  protrudes,  its  body 
being  confined  in  the  larger  part  of  the  vessel. 
As  a  general  rule,  six  American  leeches  draw  a 
fluid  ounce  of  blood.  A  single  foreign  leech 
will  draw  from  a  half  to  one  ounce.  They 
should  not  be  applied  to  parts  liable  to  infiltra- 
tion of  blood  and  discoloration,  as  the  eyelids, 
scrotum,  prepuce,  or  where  a  wound  would  dis- 
figure, as  their  bites  sometimes  leave  scars,  nor 
over  the  track  of  a  superficial  vein.  To  make 
them  adhere  to  a  part,  a  little  milk  or  blood 
rubbed  on  will  answer.  When  removed,  the 
parts  may  be  fomented  to  increase  the  flow  ;  if 
it  is  desired  to  stop  the  blood  the  parts  may 
be  sprinkled  with  flour,  starch,  or  other  absorb- 
ing material ;  if  the  flow  continues,  astringents 
are  used,  such  as  tannic  acid  or  the  persulphate 
of  iron. 

Leech  Crown.  An  artificial  crown  inserted 
on  the  natural  root  of  a  tooth,  and  which  con- 
sists of  a  plate  tooth,  gold-backed,  with  a  hol- 
low pivot  which  fits  into  the  enlarged  canal 
of  the  root,  the  root  end  of  the  pivot  being- 
slit  perpendicularly  in  three  or  four  places 
for  about  two-thirds  of  its  length.  A  thin 
sheet  of  softened  gutta  percha  is  placed  on 
the  base  of  the  crown  around  the  tube  and 
the  whole  pressed  into  place.     Gold  or  tin  is 


then  packed  into  the  hollow  pivot  and  so  con- 
densed that  the  slit  end  will  spread  and 
tightly  fill  the  end  of  the  hole  in  the  root, 
which  is  flared  in  its  preparation. 

Leel'ite.  A  variety  of  feldspar  tinged  with 
oxide  of  manganese. 

Leg.  Crus.  The  portion  of  the  lower  ex- 
tremity extending  from  the  knee  to  the  foot. 

Le'gal  Medicine.  Medical  jurisprudence. 
The  applicatiou  of  medical  knowledge  to  the 
preservation  of  the  human  species  and  the  ad- 
ministration of  justice. 

Leg'na  (from  /.eyvov,  a  fringed  edge).  The 
orifice  of  the  pudendum  muliebre. 

Leg'umen  (legune;  from  lego,  to  gather). 
In  Botany,  a  pericarp  or  seed-vessel  with  two 
valves,  by  which  the  seeds  are  fixed  to  one 
suture  only.  In  popular  language,  a  legumen 
is  a  pod.  In  the  plural,  pulse,  pease,  beans, 
etc. 

Legu'min.  A  protein  substance  found  in 
plants  of  the  bean  kind,  commonly  called  vege- 
table casein. 

Leguminous.  Pertaining  to  a  legume  ; 
applied  to  plants  which  have  a  legume  for 
pericarp. 

Leim/ma  {/.et-u,  to  leave).  The  residue,  or 
what  is  left  of  a  substance. 

Leiphae'ma.     Deficiency  of  blood. 

Leipoder'mos.  One  who  is  deficient  in  a 
part  of  his  skin,  especially  the  prepuce. 

LeipothynVia  {'/m-u,  to  fail,  and  Ovjuog,  the 
mind).  Syncope.  The  sensation  of  sinking  or 
fainting. 

Leipyr'ias  (from  /ei-u,  I  want,  and  -■ 
fire  or  heat).     A  malignant  fever  with   great 
internal  heat  and  coldness  of  the  extremities. 

Lem'on.  The  fruit  of  the  Citrus  medica. 
Lemon  Acid.     Citric  acid. 

Lem/onade.  Lemon  juice  diluted  with 
water  and  sweetened  with  sugar.  It  forms  a 
pleasant,  refrigerant,  and  acidulated  beverage. 
Lemonade,  Magne/sian.  Citrate  of  magnesia. 

Lemons,  Salts  of.  Oxalic  acid  with  a 
small  quantity  of  potash. 

Lenien'tia  (lenio,  to  allay).  Medicines 
allaying  irritation. 

Len'itive  (lenitinis ;  from  lew's,  gentle). 
An  assuaging  medicine  or  one  that  operates 
mildly. 

Lens.  In  Physics,  a  piece  of  glass  or  other 
transparent  substance  so  shaped  as  to  be  capa- 
ble of  converging  or  diverging  the  rays  of  light. 
In  Anatomy,  the  crystalline  humor  of  the  eye. 
transparent  in  health. 


LEN 


362 


LES 


Lentic'ula  (dim.  of  lens,  a  lentil).  A 
freckle  ;  an  ephelis.  Also  a  surgical  instru- 
ment for  removing  sharp  points  of  bone  from 
the  edge  of  a  perforation  made  with  a  trephine 
in  the  cranium. 
Lenticula  Marina.     See  Lentil. 

Lentic'ular  (lenticular is).  Shaped  like  a 
lens. 

Lenticular  Bone.     Os  orbiculare  of  the  ear. 
Lenticular  Cat'aract.     A  cataract  of  the  lens. 
Lenticular  Gan'glion.     The  ophthalmic  gan- 
glion. 

Lenticular    PapiFlae.      The    papilla?   on   the 
posterior  part  of  the  tongue. 

Len'tiform.     Lenticular. 

Lentigo.     A  freckle  ;  an  ephelis. 

Len'til.     A  plant  of  the  genus  Ervum. 

Len/tor  (from  lentus,  clammy).  Viscidity 
of  any  fluid. 

Len'zinite  (from  Lenzius.  a  German  miner- 
alogist).    A  hydrated  silicate  of  alumina. 

Leono'tis  Leonu/rus.  A  South  African 
plant,  said  to  he  narcotic,  cathartic,  alterative, 
and  emmenagogue. 

Leonti'asis.     A  lepra  of  the  face. 

Leontodin.  Precipitate  of  tincture  of  dan- 
delion root  ;   tonic,  diuretic,  and  aperient. 

Leop'ard's  Bane.  See  Arnic a  Montana. 

Lep'idolite  (from  ?>,etuc,  a  scale,  and 
A<#of,  a  stone).  A  mineral  of  a  foliated 
texture,  of  a  lilac  or  rose-violet  color,  con- 
taining  lithia. 

Lepidoplas'tus  (Tiemg,  a  scale,  and  nlaoau, 
to  form).     Forming  scales. 

Lepidosar/coma  (from  Xemg,  a  scale,  and 
aapnu/ia,  a  fleshy  tumor).  A  fleshy  tumor  cov- 
ered with  scales. 

Lepido'sis.     Scaly  skin.     Scaly  diseases. 

Lep'idote.     Covered  with  scales. 

Lep'ocyte.     A  nucleated  cell. 

Lepori'num  La'bium.     Hare-lip. 

Lep'ra  (from  \enpog,  scaly).  Leprosy ;  a 
term  often  applied  to  two  distinct  diseases — the 
scaly  or  proper  leprosy  and  the  tuberculated, 
or  elephantiasis  ;  the  former  characterized  by 
scaly  patches  on  the  skin  of  different  sizes,  and 
the  latter  by  shining  tubercles  of  a  dusky  red 
or  livid  color  and  a  thickened,  rugous  condi- 
tion of  the  skin. 

Lepra  Arabum.     Tubercular  elephantiasis. 
Lepra  Juda/ica.     Leprosy  of  Jews. 
Lepra  Mercuria'le.      See  Eczema  Mercur- 

f.M.K. 

Lepra    Nigricans.      A  disease  differing  but 
little  from  lepra  vulgaris. 


Lepra  Vulgaris.     A  disease  characterized  by 
red,  shining  elevations  upon  the  skin,  covered 
with  a  prominent  scaly  crust,  which  continue 
to   enlarge  until  they   attain   the   size  of  a 
dollar. 
Lepria/sis.     Leprosy. 
Lep/rosy.     Lepra. 
Lep'rous.     Affected  with  leprosy. 
Leptochro'a.     Fineness  or  delicacy  of  skin. 
Leptothrix  (from  Tienrog,  thin,  and  fywf,  a 

hair).      A   genus  of  the  family  Bacteriacese, 

whose  elements  form  straight  filaments,  often 

of  great  length. 

Lepto'thrix  Buc/calis.  A  fungoid  growth — 
supposed  by  Leber  and  Rottenstein  to  be  an 
active  agent  in  dental  caries — whose  presence 
may  be  detected  in  the  mouth  and  the  den- 
tinal tubuli  some  distance  beyond  the  zone  of 
softened  dentine. 

These  authors  describe  the  leptothrix,  as  seen 
under  the  microscope,  to  be  "a  gray,  finely- 
granular  mass,  whose  elements  form  straight, 
thin  filaments,  delicate  and  stiff,  of  various 
lengths,  which  erect  themselves  above  the 
surface  of  this  granular  substance  so  as  to  re- 
semble an  uneven  turf. ' '  This  fungus  attains 
its  greatest  size  in  the  interstices  of  the  teeth 
when  nothing  is  done  to  check  its  develop- 
ment. Leber  and  Rottenstein,  while  they  do 
not  altogether  reject  the  agency  of  acids  in 
producing  dental  caries,  consider  that  when 
once  a  surface  of  enamel  or  dentine  has  been 
softened  by  acids,  the  fungoid  growth,  lepto- 
thrix buccalis,  thrives  upon  it,  and  effects  the 
destruction  of  tooth  substance  far  more  rapidly 
than  the  mere  solvent  action  of  the  acid  could 
alone  have  done.  They  conclude,  therefore, 
that  there  are  two  principal  agencies  at  work 
in  dental  caries— the  one  the  action  of  acids, 
the  other  the  rapid  development  of  the  para- 
site leptothrix. 
Leptys/mus.  Emaciation. 
Le/pus.  A  hare. 
Lere/ma.  Dotage. 
Le/sion   (from  lassus,  hurt,   injured).     An 

injury.     Any  alteration    in   the    structure  or 

functions   of  an  organ.     Any  injury,  hurt,  or 

wound  in  any  part  of  the  body. 

Lesion  of  Continuity.  A  division  or  break  in 
any  part  that  is  normally  continuous. 

Lesion  of  Nutrition.  A  term  for  those  path- 
ological alterations  which  originate  in  the 
capillary  system,  consisting  of  any  excess  or 
deficiency  of  the  particles  of  blood  in  the 
process  of  assimilation  and  absorption,  etc. 


LES 


'A(Y, 


LEV 


Lesso'nia.     A  genus  of  maritime  plants  or 

sea-weeds  of  the  order  Fucacese. 

Lessonia  Fusces/cens.     A  sea-weed  growing 

from  twenty-five  to  thirty  feet.     It  furnishes, 

in  common  with  other  sea  weeds,  kelp  or  soda. 

Le/thal  (lethalis).  Mortal.  Pertaining  to 
death  ;   deadly. 

Lethality.     Deathliness. 

Lethargic  (lethargicus).  Pertaining  to 
lethargy. 

Lethargy  (lethargus;  from  "hrftri,  forgetful- 
ness).  Excessive  drowsiness  ;  a  constant  sleep 
from  which  it  is  almost  impossible  to  arouse 
the  individual. 

Lethe'a  (from  7->i^'l,  oblivion).     Papaver. 

Le'theon.  Ether  or  chloroform  when  in- 
haled. 

Le/thum.     Death. 

Let'tuce.     See  Lactuca. 
Lettuce  Opium.     See  Lactucaeiubi. 

Leu/ce  (from  Aevkoc,  white).  A  variety  of 
leprosy. 

Leuce/niia  (aevkoc,  white,  and  ai/xa,  the 
blood).  A  morbid  condition  of  the  blood  in 
which  there  is  a  continued  increase  in  the 
colorless  corpuscles,  so  that  their  number  in 
some  cases  is  almost  equal  to  the  red  ones. 

Leuchemia.     See  Leucemia. 

Leu/cic  Acid.  An  acid  formed  by  the  ox- 
idation of  leuciu. 

Leu/cin.  A  crystalline  substance  formed 
by  the  decomposition  of  nitrogenous  bodies  by 
acids,  alkalies,  putrefaction,  or  tryptic  diges- 
tion, and  found  in  the  pancreas,  spleen, 
thymus  gland,  and  other  organs,  and  produced 
by  metabolism  of  proteids  in  the  body,  and  the 
direct  antecedent  of  urea,  into  which  it  is  con- 
verted in  the  liver.  It  is  a  product  of  pan- 
creatic digestion.  When  pure,  it  forms 
white,  glistening,  flat  crystals,  soluble  in 
hot  water. 

Leu'coblast.  An  undeveloped  leucocyte 
or  a  cell  which  gives  rise  to  blood-cor- 
puscles. 

Leu/cocyte.  A  variety  of  cells  of  which 
the  white  blood-corpuscle  is  the  type  ;  a  color- 
less, granular,  globular  mass  of  protoplasm 
which  exhibits  amoeboid  movements  and 
varies  in  size  from  0.005  to  0.015  mm.  The 
leucocj'tes  include  the  white  blood-corpuscles, 
lymph-corpuscles,  pus-corpuscles,  and  wander- 
ing connective-tissue  cells. 

Leucocythe'mia.  A  peculiar  condition  of 
the  blood  characterized  by  excess  of  the  white 
corpuscles. 


Leucocytogen'esis  (from  /lewcoc,  white, 
and  j'etou,  to  beget).  The  formation  of  white 
corpuscles  in  the  blood. 

Leucocytoma.  A  tumor  composed  of  leu- 
cocytes. 

Leucocyto'sis  (from  7ievkoq,  and  kvtoq,  a 
hollow).  A  transient  increase  in  the  number 
of  white  corpuscles  in  the  blood,  not  accom- 
panied by  glandular  or  splenic  enlargement  or 
disease  of  bone-marrow. 

Leu'col.  A  basic  substance  found  in  the 
naphtha  of  coal  gas. 

Leuco/ma  (from  Aevkoc,  white).  A  white 
speck  on  the  eye,  caused  by  the  healing  of  a 
wound  in  the  cornea. 

Leu'comaines.  Basic  substances  in  the 
living  tissues,  the  result  of  products  of  fer- 
mentation changes  or  of  retrograde  metamor- 
phosis. 

Leuconecro'sis  (from  /lewcoc,  white,  and 
vekp<ogic,  death).  A  dry  gangrene  of  a  light  or 
almost  natural  color. 

Leucopath/ia.  The  condition  of  an  albino. 
A  disease  affecting  negroes,  by  which  they  be- 
come white. 

Leucophlegma'sia  (from  ?>evkoc,  white,  and 
<j>?>ey[ia,  phlegm).  A  tendency  to  dropsy,  char- 
acterized by  paleness  of  the  skin  and  a  flabby 
state  of  the  solids,  resulting  from  a  redundancy 
of  the  serum  of  the  blood. 

LeucophIegmat/ic.  Having  a  tendency  to 
or  affected  with  leucophlegmasia. 

Leucopi/per.  The  piper  album,  or  white 
pepper.     See  Piper. 

Leucopy/ria.     Hectic  fever. 

Leucorrhce'a  (from  Aevkoc,  white,  and  peu, 
to  flow).  Fluor  albus.  The  discharge  of  a 
whitish  mucus  from  the  vagina,  arising  from 
debility  or  inflammatory  action.     The  whites. 

Leucoses  (from  aevkoc,  white).  Diseases  of 
the  lymphatic  system. 

Leuco/sis  (from  Aevkoc,  white).  Develop- 
ment and  progress  of  leucoma ;  also  abnormal 
whiteness  of  the  skin. 

Leucothe/mia.  Predominance  of  white 
corpuscles  in  the  blood. 

Leucotu'ric  Acid.  An  acid  produced  by 
the  metamorphosis  of  alloxan. 

Leu'sin.  A  crystalline  body  in  brain- 
tissue. 

Levator  (from  Icro,  to  lift  up).  Applied 
to  muscles  which  will  lift  the  parts  to  which 
they  are  attached. 

Levator    An'guli    O'ris.      A    muscle    which 
arises  from  the  canine  fossa  of  the  superior 


LEV 


364 


LIE 


maxillary  bone,  below  the  infra-orbital  fora- 
men, and  is  inserted  into  the  angle  of  the 
mouth. 
Levator  A/ni.    A  muscle  of  the  rectum. 
Levator  Ani  Par'vus.     The  transversus  peri- 
naei  muscle. 

Levator  Coc/cygis.  The  coccygeus  muscle. 
Levator  Lab'ii  Inferiors.  A  muscle  of  the 
lower  lip.  It  arises  from  the  alveolar  pro- 
cesses of  the  incisor  teeth  of  the  lower  jaw 
and  is  inserted  into  the  lower  lip  and  chin. 
Levator  Labii  Superiors  Alseque  Nasi.  This 
muscle  arises  by  two  heads  :  First,  from  the 
nasal  process  of  the  superior  maxillary  bone  ; 
second,  from  the  edge  of  the  orbit  above  the 
infra-orbital  foramen,  and  is  inserted  into  the 
angle  of  the  mouth. 

Levator  Labii  Superiors  Pro/prius.    A  thin 

quadrilateral  muscle   which  arises  from  the 

lower  edge  of  the  orbit  and  is  inserted  into 

the  upper  lip. 

Levator     Men'ti.      Levator     labii     inferioris 

(which  see). 
Levator  Oc/uli.  Rectus  superior  oculi ;  a 
muscle  of  the  eye. 
Levator  Pala'ti.  A  muscle  of  the  soft  palate. 
It  arises  from  the  point  of  the  petrous  bone 
and  adjoining  portion  of  the  Eustachian  tube, 
and  is  spread  out  in  the  structure  of  the  soft 
palate. 

Levator  PaFpebrae  Superio/ris.  A  muscle 
of  the  upper  eyelid,  which  it  opens  by  draw- 
ing it  upward. 

Levator   Scapulae.     Levator  proprius   scapu- 
lae, a  muscle  situated  on  the  posterior  part  of 
the  neck. 
Le'ver  (from  levare,  to  lift  up).     One  of  the 
simplest  of  the  mechanical  powers,  consisting 
of  an  inflexible  rod  or  bar,  supported  on  and 
movable  round  a  fixed  point,  called  a  fulcrum. 
The  fulcrum  is  the  support  of  the  lever,  and 
constitutes   the   axis    round   which    it  turns. 
The  force  which  moves  the  lever  is  called  the 
power,  and  the  weight  to  be  raised  the  resist- 
ance.   When  the  fulcrum  is  placed  between  the 
power  and  the  resistance  it  is  called  a  lever  of  the 
first  kind  ;  when  the  resistance  is  between  the 
fulcrum  and  the  power  it  is  called  a  lever  of 
the  second  kind  ;  a  lever  of  the  third  kind  has 
the  power  between  the  fulcrum  and  resistance. 
Leviga'tion    (levigatio ;    from    levigare,   to 
polish).     The   reduction  of  a  hard   substance 
lo  a  very  fine  powder. 
Lexiphar'maca.     See  Alexiphabmic. 
Ley.     See  Lye. 


Ley/den  Jar.  Leyden  phial.  A  glass  jar 
or  bottle,  coated  inside,  and  outside  with  tin- 
foil nearly  to  the  top,  used  for  collecting  elec- 
tricity. 

Libano'tis.     Rosemary. 
Lib'anus.     Juniperus  lycia.     The  cedar  of 
Lebanon  ;   frankincense. 

Li'ber.     In  Botany,  the  inner  bark  of  a  tree 
or  plant,  next  the  alburnum. 
Libi'do.     Desire.     Necessity. 
Li'bra.     A  pound  weight  of  twelve  ounces. 
Li  'charms.     The  index  or  forefinger. 
Li'chen    (Xeixqv,    or    ?ux?jv,    lichen).      In 
Pathology,  a  cutaneous  affection  or  eruption  of 
papuke,  terminating  in  scurf   and  giving  to 
the   skin   the   aspect   of  a   vegetable   lichen. 
There  are  several  varieties  of  the  disease. 
Lichen  A/grius.     A  disease  characterized  by 
clusters  of  papulae  of  a  red  color,  which  ap- 
pear on  the  arms,  neck,  back,  face,  upper  part 
of  the  breast,  and  sides  of  the  abdomen,  at- 
tended  with   inflammation,    itching,    and    a 
painful  tingling  sensation. 
Lichen   Circumscrip'tus.     An  eruption  char- 
acterized by  patches  of  papulae  with  a  well- 
defined    margin   and   an    irregular    circular 
form  ;     sometimes     continuing    for    several 
weeks. 

Lichen  Haemorrhagicus.     A  petechical  pap- 
ular eruption. 

Lichen  Islandi'cus.     Cetraria  islaudica.    Ice- 
land moss. 

Lichen  Liv/idus.     An  eruption  of  a  dark-red 
color,  or  livid  papulae. 

Lichen  Pilaris.  A  papular  eruption  which 
makes  its  appearance  about  the  roots  of  the 
hair. 
Lichen  Simplex.  An  eruption  of  red  papulae 
on  the  face  or  arms,  and  sometimes  extending 
over  the  body,  accompanied  by  an  unpleasant 
sensation. 
Lichen  Tropicus.     Prickly  heat. 

Lichen'ic  Ac'id.  An  acid  discovered  in 
the  Cetraria  islandica. 

Lichenoid  of  the  Tongue.  A  chronic 
spreading  rash  of  the  tongue  in  the  form  of 
light  crescentic  bands. 

Lieberkuhn's  Follicles  or  Glands.  Fol- 
licles abundant  in  the  small  intestine,  sup- 
posed to  secrete  the  intestinal  juice. 

Lie/big's  Beef  Tea.  A  soluble  extract  of 
lean  meat.  Produced  by  macerating  a  pound 
of  lean  meat,  cut  into  small  pieces,  in  a  pint  of 
cold  water  in  which  thirty  ounces  of  hydro- 
chloric  acid  and  forty  grains  of  sodium  chloride 


LIE 


365 


LIG 


have  been  dissolved.     The  liquid  is  expressed 
and  strained. 

Li'en  (from  TiEiog,  soft  or  smooth).  In  Anat- 
omy, the  spleen. 

Lien/culus  (diminutive  of  lien).  A  super- 
numerary spleen. 

Lieni'tis.     Splenitis. 

Lienomala/cia  (/Uev,  the  spleen,  and  fia?.a- 
Kia,  a  softening).  Morbid  softening  of  the  spleen. 
Lieno'sus.     Splenic. 

LFentery  (from  aeloq,  smooth,  and  evrepov, 
intestine).  A  diarrhoea  ;  frequent  evacuations 
of  half-digested  food. 

Life  (0iog ;  vita).  The  exhibition  of  those 
phenomena  which  characterize  organized  be- 
ings from  inanimate  or  inorganic  bodies. 

Lig'ament  {ligamentum ;  from  ligare,  to 
bind).  A  fibrous  cord  or  elastic  and  strong 
membrane  which  serves  to  connect  bones  and 
to  form  articulations.  Ligaments  are  of  a  dense 
white  structure,  and  they  are  divided  into  cap- 
sular and  connecting.  The  former  surround 
joints  like  a  bag  and  prevent  the  escape  of  the 
synovial  fluid  ;  the  latter  strengthen  the  union 
of  movable  bones. 

Ligament,    Capsular.      Attached   to   glenoid 
cavity  and  inferior  maxillary  bone. 
Ligament,  External    Lateral.      Attached   to 
the  zygoma  and  neck  of  inferior  maxillary. 
Ligament,    Internal    Lateral.      Attached   to 
sphenoid  and  inferior  maxillary  bones. 
Ligament,    Poupart's.     The   crural   arch,    or 
lower  border  of  the  aponeurosis  of  the  exter- 
nal oblique  muscle. 
Ligament,     Stylo-maxillary.       Attached    to 
temporal  and  inferior  maxillary  bones. 
Ligamen'ta  Alalia.  Alar  ligaments.  Two 
short  and  thick  ligaments  of  the  knee-joint. 
Ligamenta  Interspina/lia.     The  iuterspinous 
ligaments  of  the  vertebra?. 

Ligamenta  Intertransversa/lia.  Intertrans- 
verse ligaments  of  the  vertebrae. 
Ligamenta  Radia/ta.  The  ligaments  which 
pass  between  the  inner  extremity  of  the  clavi- 
cle and  the  sternum  and  those  which  pass 
from  the  extremities  of  the  cartilages  of  the 
ribs  over  the  sternum. 

Ligamenta  Subfla'va.  Yellow  ligaments 
which  occupy  the  intervals  between  the  ver- 
tebrae. 

Lig'aments,  An'nular.    Ring-shaped  liga- 
meuts  of  the  ankle  and  wrist. 
Ligaments,  Cru'cial.     Two  ligaments  of  the 
knee-joint — the  anterior  or  external   and  the 
posterior  or  internal. 


Ligaments,  Lateral.     The  ligaments  at  the 
side  of  a  joint. 
Ligamentum  Arterio'sum.     The  ductus 

arteriosus,  which  assumes  the  nature  of  a  liga- 
ment after  birth. 

Ligamentum  Brachio-cubita'le.  The  bra- 
chio-cubital  ligament. 

Ligamentum  Brachio-radia/le.  The  brachio- 
radial  ligament. 

Ligamentum  Capsula're.  A  ligament  which 
surrounds  a  joint  like  a  bag. 

Ligamentum  Cilia/re.  The  boud  of  union 
between  the  external  and  internal  tunics  of 
the  eyeball.     See  Ciliary  Ligament. 

Ligamentum  Concedes.  The  coraco-clavicu- 
lar  ligament. 

Ligamentum  Coracoi/deum.  Coracoid  liga- 
ment, extending  from  the  coracoid  process 
across  the  notch  of  the  scapula. 

Ligamentum  Deltoi/des.  The  internal  liga- 
ment of  the  ankle. 

Ligamentum  Denticula'tum.  A  ligament  ex- 
tending the  whole  length  of  the  spinal  marrow. 

Ligamentum  Den/tis.  A  name  given  by  Mr. 
Caldwell  to  that  portion  of  the  gum  which  is 
attached  to  the  neck  of  a  tooth.     See  Gums. 

Ligamentum  Interclavicular.  A  cord-like 
band  extending  from  the  extremity  of  one 
clavicle  to  the  other. 

Ligamentum  Interosse/um.  The  ligaments 
which  unite  the  radius  and  ulna  and  the  tibia 
and  fibula. 

Ligamentum  La'tum.  The  suspensory  liga- 
ment of  the  liver  and  that  of  the  uterus. 

Ligamentum  Nu/chae.   The  cervical  ligament. 

Ligamentum  Orbicula/re.  The  ligament 
which  connects  the  neck  of  the  radius  to  the 
ulna. 

Ligamentum  Ovarii.  A  round  cord  of  mus- 
cular fibres  derived  from  the  uterus. 

Ligamentum  Pos/ticum  Winslow'ii.  A  broad 
expansion  of  ligamentous  covering  of  the  knee- 
joint. 

Ligamentum  Poupar'tii.  Poupart's  ligament. 
See  Ligament,  Poupart's. 

Ligamentum  Rhomboi'des.  The  ligament 
which  binds  the  clavicle  to  the  first  rib. 

Ligamentum  Rotun'dum.  The  round  liga- 
ment of  the  uterus. 

Ligamentum  Te'res.  The  round  ligament  of 
the  hip-joint. 

Ligamentum  Trapezoi'des.  The  coraco-clav- 
icular  ligament. 

Ligamentum  Triangula're.  A  ligament  of 
the  scapula. 


LIG 


366 


LIM 


Liga'tion.  Securing  an  artery  by  ligature  ; 
tying  an  artery. 

Lig'ature  (ligatura;  from  ligo,  to  bind).     A 
tbread  of  silk  used  for  tying  arteries,  removing 
tumors,  uniting  tbe  edges  of  a  wound,  etc.    For 
some  purposes  fine  gold  or  silver  wire  is  used 
as  a  substitute  for  silk  ;  also  catgut,  tendon, 
pieces  of  ox-aorta,  and  rubber.    Ligatures  have 
also  been  employed  for  tbe  retention  of  artifi- 
cial teeth  in  tbe  mouth  ;  at  present,  however, 
they  are  not  used  for  this  purpose. 
Ligature,  Animal.    One  made  from  the  sinews 
of  various  animals.     Sheep-  or  cat-gut. 
Ligature,   Antiseptic.      A  ligature   rendered 
free  from  infection  by  soaking  and  cleansing 
in  a  germicidal  solution. 

Ligature,  Metallic.  A  ligature  made  of  silver 
or  other  metal . 
Light  (lux;  lumen).  The  agent  which  pro- 
duces vision,  or  a  perception  of  other  bodies, 
by  depicting  their  images  on  the  retina  of  the 
eye. 

Light,  Carbureted  Hy/drogen.    Carburetted 
hydrogen  gas. 
Lig'neous  (ligneus).     Woody. 
Lig/nin  (from   lignum,    wood).     The  fibres 
of  wood  divested  of  all  impurities. 

Lig/nite  (from  lignum,  wood).  Mineral 
coal  retaining  the  appearance  of  the  wood  from 
which  it  was  formed  and  giving  out  an  empy- 
reumatic  odor  while  burning. 

Lignum.     Wood. 
Lignum  AFoes.     Aloes  wood. 
Lignum  Brazilien/se.     Csesalpina.     The  Bra- 
zil woods  used  in  dyeing. 
Lignum  Calam/bac.     Lignum  aloes. 
Lignum  Campe'chianum.  The  log-wood  tree. 
Hsematoxylon. 
Lignum  Colub/rinum.     The  wood  of  a  tree  of 
India,  the  Strycbnos  colubrina.     Aristolochia 
serpentaria. 

Lignum  In'dicum.     The  wood  of  the  Hsema- 
toxylon campechianum. 
Lignum  Moluccen'se.     Croton  tiglium. 
Lignum  Nephrit'icum.     Guilandina. 
Lignum  San'tali  Rubri.     Pterocarpus. 
Lignum  Serpenti/num.     Ophioxylum. 
Lignum  Wtae.     The  wood  of  the  Guaiacum 
officinale. 
Lig/ula.     In  Anatomy,  the  clavicle  ;  also  the 
glottis.     In  Botany,  the  membranous  append- 
age at  the  top  of  the  sheath  of  the  leaves  of 
grasses  and  the  long  and  narrow  band  at  the 
termination  of  the  tube  of  the  corolla  of  certain 
plants.      In  Zoology,  tbe  labium  of  insects. 


Lig'ulate.     Strap-shaped. 
Lig'ulite.     A  mineral  occurring  in  yellow- 
green  crystals,  resembling  chrysolite. 

Ligus'trum.      A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Alcacese. 

Ligustrum  Vulga/re.     Privet,  the  leaves  of 

which  are  astringent  and  have  been  used  for 

ulcers  of  the  mouth  and  throat. 

Lilia'ceae.     A  family  of  endogenous  plants, 

including  the  lilies,  hyacinths,  aloes,  squills, 

etc. 

Lilia  cine.     The  bitter,  crystallizable  prin- 
ciple of  the  lilac. 

Lim  (limones).     Lemons. 
Li/ma  Denta'ria  (scalprum  dentarium).     A 
dental  file.     See  Files,  Dental. 

Lima'tio  (from  lima,  a  file).     Filing.     See 
Filing  Teeth. 

Limatu/ra  (from  lima,  a  file).     File  dust; 
filings  of  a  metal. 
Limatura  Ferri.     Iron  filings. 
Limatura  Stanni.     Tin  filings. 

Li 'max  (from   limus,  slime).     The  slug  or 
snail. 

Limb.     A  member. 

Limbus  AIveola/ris.   The  alveolar  border. 
Limbus  Lu/teus.     The  yellow  halo  surround- 
the  foramen  of  Soemmering,  as  observed  in 
animals  having  the  axis  of  the  eyeballs  par- 
allel with  each  other. 
Lime.     Citrus  limetta  ;  a  fruit  like  a  small 
lemon. 

Lime.  Calx.  The  oxide  of  calcium,  CaO 
(quicklime),  and  calcium  hydrate,  Ca(HO). 
Lime,  Car/bonate  of.  Creta. 
Lime,  Chlo/ride  of.  A  compound  of  lime  and 
chlorine.  Used  as  a  disinfectant ;  for  such 
purpose  one  pound  may  be  dissolved  in  six 
gallons  of  water.  In  Dental  Practice,  chloride 
of  lime  is  used  in  the  dry  form  in  cancrum  oris 
and  in  scorbutic  and  other  ulcerations  of  the 
mouth,  and  in  ptyalism  in  tbe  form  of  a  gar- 
gle. It  has  also  been  employed  in  cases  of 
suppurating  dental  pulps  as  a  disinfectant. 
Also  used  as  a  bleaching  preparation  for  teeth 
which  have  lost  their  vitality  and  become  de- 
colorized. Chloride  of  lime  is  also  one  of  the 
best  antidotes  for  poisoning  by  hydrocyanic 
acid.  For  other  dental  uses  see  Gorgas' 
"Dental  Medicine." 

Lime  Water.     Liquor  calcis  (which  see). 
Limestone.     Carbonate  of  lime. 
Limifor'mis.     Having  the  appearance  of  a 
file. 

Limnomephi'tis.     Marsh  miasm. 


LIM 


367 


LIN 


Limocton/ia  (from  /.ipoc,  hunger,  and 
ktovoc,  death).  Starvation.  Death  or  suicide 
from  hunger. 

Lim'on.     Lemon. 

IJmona'da.     Lemonade. 

Limo/nia.     The  bitter  principle  of  lemon 
and  orange  seeds. 
Limonia  Malus.     The  lemon. 

Limo'nis  Cortex.    Lemon  peel,  or  the  rind 
of  lemon. 
Limonis  Suc'cus.     Juice  of  lemon. 

Limo'sis  (from   %ipoc,  hunger).     A  morbid 
appetite.      Also  a  genus  of  disease  in  the  class 
Cadiaca,  order  Enterica,  of  Dr.   Good,  charac- 
terized by  excessive  or  depraved  appetite. 
Limosis  A/vens.     Insatiable  appetite. 
Limosis  Ex/pers.     Anorexia. 
Limosis  Hellu/onum.     Gluttony. 
Limosis  Pi/ca.     See  Malacia. 

Limotherapei'a  (from  Mfiog,  hunger,  and 
-depaTT-eia,  treatment).  The  cure  of  disease  by 
fasting,  or  abstinence  from  food. 

Lim/pid  (limjridus  ;  from  /.afitru,  to  shine). 
Clear  ;  pure  ;   transparent. 

Li/mus  (from  hifiog,  hunger).     Hunger. 

Linamen'tum  (from  linum,  linen).  Lint. 
A  tent  for  a  wound. 

Linc'tus  (from  lingo,  to  lick).  In  Phar- 
macy, applied  to  a  soft  substance  like  honey, 
which  may  be  licked  from  a  spoon. 

Linden  Tree.     A  tree  of  the  genus  Tilia. 

Line  (linea).  That  which  has  length  with- 
out breadth  or  thickness.  Also  the  twelfth 
part  of  an  inch.  An  elevation  extending  some 
distance  along  the  surface  of  a  bone  ;  a  promi- 
nent border. 

Line,  Facial.  The  line  joining  the  most 
prominent  part  of  the  forehead  with  the  al- 
veolar process  of  the  upper  jaw. 
Line,  Me/dian,  of  the  Body.  An  imaginary 
line,  beginning  at  the  top  of  the  head  and 
falling  between  the  feet,  dividing  the  body 
vertically  into  two  equal  parts. 
Line,  Thompson's.  A  red  line  of  vascular 
tissue  along  the  margin  of  the  gums,  common 
in  phthisis. 

Lin/ea  (from  linum,  a  thread).  A  line.  In 
Anatomy,  applied  to  parts  which  have  a  line- 
like appearance. 

Linea  Al'ba.  A  tendinous  cord  or  line  ex- 
tending from  the  ensiform  cartilage  of  the 
sternum  to  the  navel,  and  thence  to  the 
symphysis  pubis. 
Linea  As'pera.  The  rough  projection  along 
the  posterior  surface  of  the  femur. 


Linea  Ilio-pectine/a.  A  sharp  ridge  on  the 
lateral  edge  of  the  brim  of  the  pelvis  ;  called 
also  linea  innominaia. 

Linea  Innom/inata.     See  Linea  Ilio-PECTI- 
NEA. 
Lin'eae    Albicantes.        Certain,    shining, 
reddish  and  whitish   lines  on  the  abdomen, 
extending  from  the  groin  and   pubes  to   the 
navel;  sometimes  occurring  in  women  during 
the  first  three  or  four  days  after  delivery. 
Linese  Semiluna'res.     The  lines  on  the  outer 
margins  of  the  recti  muscles  of  the  abdomen. 
Lineae  Transver'sse  or  Transversales.     The 
lines  that  cross  the  recti  muscles  of  the  abdo- 
men. 
Lin/eament  (lineamenium ;    from    linea,  a 
line).     A  feature;  the  form  or  outline   which 
marks  the  particular  character  of  the  counte- 
nance  and  distinguishes  the  features   of  one 
face  from  another. 

Lin'ear  (linearis).  A  line.  In  Surgery, 
fractures  which  exhibit  the  appearance  of  a 
line. 

Linear  Fractures.     Those  in  which  the  frag- 
ments are  scarcely  separated. 
Linea/tus.  Lineated ;  streaked ;  having  lines. 
Line'ola   (diminutive  of  linea,  a  line).     A 
small  line. 

Lin/gua  (from  lingo,  to  lick  up).  The 
tongue. 

Lingua=dental.  Pertaining  to  the  tongue 
and  teeth  ;  as  articulate  sounds  formed  or 
uttered  by  them. 

Lin'gual  (lingualis).  Pertaining  or  belong- 
ing to  the  tongue. 

Lingual  Artery.  A  branch  of  the  external 
carotid  artery. 

Lingual  Glands.     Small  salivary  glands  situ- 
ated underneath  the  tongue,  on  the  posterior 
portion   of  the  upper  surface  of  the   tongue 
near  the   circumvallate  papilla?  and  foramen 
caecum,   several  of  their  ducts  opening  into 
the  foramen.     Those  which  open  near  the  cir- 
cumvallate papillae  secrete,  instead  of  mucus, 
a  watery  fluid.     The  lingual  glands  are  also 
found  on  the  borders  of  the  tongue. 
Lingual  Nerve.     The  hyoglossus  nerve.    Also 
a  branch  of  the  inferior  maxillary. 
Lingua/lis.     Basio-glossus  muscle.    A  long, 
thin  muscle,  passing  from  the  root  to  the  tip 
of  the  tongue. 

Linguet'ta  Lamino'sa.  A  thin  process  of 
gray  substance  extending  from  the  gray  sub- 
stance of  the  cerebellum  upon  the  valve  of 
Yieussens. 


LIN 


368 


LIP 


Lin'gula.     See  Ligula. 
Lingula  Fistulae.     Epiglottis. 
Lingula  Mandibularis.     The  prominent,  thin 
scale  of  bone  partly  surrounding  the  large 
foramen  of  the  lower  jaws,  and  which  serves 
for  attachment  of  the  spheno-mandibular  liga- 
ment. 
Lin'gulate       (lingulatus ;      from       lingua, 
tongue).     Tongue-shaped. 

Li'ni  Fari'na.     Flaxseed  meal. 
Liniment.     See  Linimentum. 
Liniment,     An'odyne.       See      LINIMENTUM 
Opii. 

Liniment   of    Mercury.      See    Linimentum 
Hydeakgyki  Compositum. 
Liniment,  Volatile.     See  LINIMENTUM  Am- 
MONIiE. 

Linimen'tum  (from   linire,  to  anoint).     A 
liniment ;  an  unctuous  medicine,  to  be  applied 
externally  by  means  of  friction. 
Linimentum  Ammo/niae.     (Ui  S.  P.  liniment 

of  ammonia. )     Volatile  liniment. 
Linimentum  Ammoniae  Compos'itum.    (Ph. 

E.)     Compound  liniment  of  ammonia. 
Linimentum    Ammoniae    Sesquicarbona/tis. 

(Ph.    L.)      Liniment    of  sesquicarbonate  of 

ammonia. 
Linimentum   Calcis.      (U.   S.)     Liniment  of 

lime. 
Linimentum  Cam'phorae.  (Ph.  U.  S.  and  L.) 

Camphor  liniment. 
Linimentum  Camphorae  Compos/itum.   (Ph. 

L.)     Compound  camphor  liniment. 
Linimentum  Canthar'idis.  (U.  S.)  Liniment 

of  Spanish  flies. 
Linimentum  Chlorofor/mi.     Chloroform  lini- 
ment. 
Linimentum       Hydrar'gyri       Compos/itum. 

(Ph.  L.)     Compound  liniment  of  mercury. 
Linimentum    O'pii.     (Ph.    L. )     Liniment  of 

opium.     Anodyne  liniment. 
Linimentum  Sapo/nis  Camphora/tum.    (Ph. 

U.  S.)     Camphorated  soap  liniment. 
Linimentum     Simplex.       (Ph.    E.)      Simple 

liniment. 
Linimentum  Terebin/thinae.     (U.  S.)     Lini- 
ment of  turpentine. 
Linnae'an  System.     The  sexual  system  of 
plants  :  so  called  from  the  name  of  the  founder, 
Linnaius.     Classification  of  plants  by  the  num- 
ber and  position  of  their  stamens  and  rfistils. 
Linseed/.     Flaxseed  ;  the  seeds  of  Linum 
usitatissimum. 

Lint.     Linteum  ;    charpie.     A  soft,  floccu- 
lent  substance    made   by  scraping  old   linen 


cloth  or  rags.  It  is  used  for  dressing  wounds. 
It  is  now  found  in  the  shops  as  "patent  "  lint, 
having  one  surface  fleecy.  Lint  is  arranged 
into  different  forms  for  special  purposes,  such 
as  the  compress,  pledget,  and  tent  (which  see). 
Linum.  Linseed.  Also  a  genus  of  plants 
of  the  order  Linacese. 

Linum  Usitatis/simum.     Common  flax.    The 
seeds  contain  a  large  quantity  of  oil,  and  by 
infusion  yield  a  large  proportion  of  mucilage  ; 
used  as  an  emollient  and  demulcent. 
Lip.     See  Labium  ;  also  Lips. 
Lipa/ra.     Plasters  containing  much  oil  or 
fat. 

Lipa'ria.     Obesity. 

Liparocele'  (from  linapog,  fat,  and  n-rfkr],  a 
tumor).  A  fatty  tumor,  especially  in  the  scro- 
tum. 

Lipar'odes.     Full  of  fat  ;  obese. 
Liparotrich'ia.     Too  great  oiliness  of  the 
hair. 

Lip'arous.     Obese.     Fat. 
Lipas/ma.     A  fattening  medicine. 
Lipoids.     The  non-saponifiable  fats. 
Lipo/ma  (from   Ilttuq,  fat).      An  encysted 
fatty  tumor  ;  indolent,  painless,  benign. 

Liposphyx'ia.  Absence  or  cessation  of  the 
pulse. 

Lipoth/ymy  (lipolhymia ;  from  ?ienuo,  to 
fail,  and  ■&iifioc,  mind).     Syncope. 

Lippitude'  (lippitudo ;  from  lippus,  blear- 
eyed).  Bleared  eyes.  A  chronic  inflammation 
of  the  tarsal  edges  of  the  eyelids  and  a  dis- 
charge of  puriform  matter. 

Lips  (labia).  The  fleshy  folds  surround- 
ing the  orifices  of  the  mouth,  which  consist  of 
the  two  muscular  veils  which  circumscribe  the 
anterior  opening,  distinguished  into  upper  and 
lower  lips.  In  Surgery,  the  edges  of  an  in- 
cised wound. 

Lips,  Characteristics  of.  "The  lips,"  says 
Delabarre,  "present  marked  differences  in 
different  constitutions.  They  are  thick,  red, 
rosy,  or  pale,  according  to  the  qualities  of  the 
arterial  blood  that  circulates  through  their 
arteries." 
Firmness  of  the  lips  and  a  pale  rose  color  of 
the  mucous  membrane  that  covers  them  are, 
according  to  Laforgue,  indicative  of  pure 
blood,  and,  as  a  consequence,  of  a  good  con- 
stitution. Redness  of  the  lips  deeper  than 
that  of  the  pale  rose  is  mentioned  by  him  as 
one  of  the  signs  of  sanguino-serous  blood. 
Soft,  pale  lips  are  indicative  of  lymphatico- 
serous  dispositions.     In  these  subjects  the  lips 


LIP 


369 


LIQ 


are  almost  entirely  without  color.  When 
there  is  a  sufficiency  of  blood  the  lips  are 
firm,  though  variable  in  color,  according  to 
the  predominance  of  the  red  or  serous  parts 
of  this  fluid. 
Anaemia  is  indicated  by  want  of  color  and 
softness  of  the  lips  and  general  paleness 
of  the  entire  mucous  membrane  of  the 
mouth. 

"The  fluids   contained   in  the  vessels,"  says 

Laforgue,   "in   the   three  foregoing  forms  of 

anaemia   yield  to  the  slightest  pressure,  and 

leave  nothing  between  the  fingers  but  the  skin 

and  cellular  tissue." 

In  remarking  upon  the  signs  of  the  different 
qualities  of  the  blood,  the  above-mentioned 
author  asserts  that  the  constitution  of  children 
about  the  age  of  six  years  can  not,  by  a  uni- 
versal characteristic,  be  distinguished,  but 
that  the  lips,  as  well  as  all  other  parts  of  the 
niouth,  constantly  betoken  the  "quality  of 
the  blood  and  that  of  the  flesh  "  ;  and  "con- 
sequently they  proclaim  health  or  disease,  or 
the  approach  of  asthenic  and  adynamic  dis- 
orders, which  the  blood  either  causes  or  aggra- 
vates. ' '  * 

"The  secretion  of  the  lips,"  says  Professor 
Schill,  "has  a  similar  diagnostic  and  prog- 
nostic import  to  that  of  the  tongue  and  gums. 
They  become  dry  in  all  fevers  and  in  spas- 
modic paroxysms.  A  mucous  white  coating 
is  a  sign  of  irritation  or  inflammation  of  the 
intestinal  canal  ;  accordingly,  this  coating  is 
found  in  mucous  obstructions,  in  gastric  inter- 
mittent fever,  and  before  the  gouty  paroxysms. 
A  dry  brown  coating  of  the  lips  is  a  sign  of 
colliquation  in  consequence  of  typhus  affec- 
tion ;  it  is,  accordingly,  observed  in  typhus,  in 
putrid  fever,  in  acute  inflammations  which 
have  become  nervous."  f 
The  appearance  of  the  lips,  however,  does 
not  present  so  great  a  variety  as  those  of  other 
parts  of  the  mouth,  for  the  reason  that  they 
are  not  as  subject  to  local  diseases,  but  their 
general  pathognomonic  indications  are,  per- 
haps, quite  as  decided. 
Li/pyl.  The  supposed  radicle  of  glycer- 
ine ;  also  a  former  name  for  glyceryl,  C,,H5. 

Lipyr/ria  (leipyria  ;  from  Ieittu,  to  fail,  and 
nvp,  heat).  A  fever  with  great  coldness  of  the 
surface,  particularly  of  the  extremities,  and 
heat  in  the  interior  of  the  body. 

*  Vide  "  Semeiologie  Buccale  ct  Buecamancie." 
■f  Vide  "  Pathological  Semeiology,"  p.  135. 
24 


Liquamu  mia.     Human  fat. 

Liqua  'tion.  In  Metallurgy,  the  separation 
of  tin,  lead,  etc.,  by  melting. 

Liquefa'cient  (liquefaciens ;  from  liquidus, 
a  liquid,  and  facere,  to  make).  That  which 
has  the  property  of  liquefying  solids,  as  mer- 
cury, iodine,  etc. 

Liquefac'tion  (liquatio;  liqueficatio) .  The 
conversion  of  a  solid  into  a  liquid  by  the  agency 
of  heat ;  applied  particularly  to  metals,  resin, 
wax,  and  fatty  substances. 

Liqueur'.  A  strong,  aromatic  preparation 
of  distilled  spirits. 

Liq'uid   (liquidum).     A  flowing  substance  ; 
a  feebly  elastic  fluid. 
Liquid  Silex.     See  SlLEX. 

Liquidam/bar.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Altingiacese.  Also  a  resinous  juice  which 
flows  from  the  Liquidambar  styraciflua  and 
some  other  species  when  wounded.  It  is  of  a 
yellow  color  and  about  the  consistence  of  tur- 
pentine, but  hardens  with  age  and  becomes 
brittle.  It  is  sometimes  called  copaline  bal- 
sam. Liquid  styrax  is  obtained  from  this 
plant  by  boiling. 

Liquidambar   StyraciFlua.      The  tree  which 
affords  liquidambar  and  liquid  styrax. 

Liq'uor  (from  liqueo,  to  become  liquid).  A 
name  given  to  many  compouud  fluid  medicinal 
preparations. 

Liquor  .^Ethere'us  01eo/sus.     Ethereal  oil  ; 
heavy  oil  of  wine  ;    sulphate   of  ether  and 
etherine. 
Liquor  ^Ethereus    Sulphu/ricus.     Sulphuric 
ethereal  liquor.     TJnrectified  sulphuric  ether. 
Liquor   Alu/minis    Compos'itus.       (Ph.    L. ) 
Compound   solution   of  alum.       A    powerful 
astringent  used  on  foul  ulcers,  etc. 
Liquor    Ammo'niae.       Water    of    ammonia. 
Stimulant,   antacid,  and  rubefacient.     Dose, 
gtt.    v  to  gtt.   xxx,   diluted   with   water  or 
milk. 
Liquor    Ammonias    Aceta'tis.       Solution   of 
acetate  of  ammonia.      Sudorific  ;   externally 
it   is   cooling  and   astringent.     Dose,  3  ij  to 
nxij. 
Liquor  Ammoniae  Sesquicarbona'tis.    Water 
of  carbonate  of  ammonia. 

Liquor  Am'nii.     The  liquor  of  amnios.     See 
Amnios,  Liquor  of. 
Liquor  Argenti  Nitra'tis.    (Ph.  L.)    Solution 
of  nitrate  of  silver. 

Liquor  Arsenica'lis.  See  LlQUOE  POTASS^: 
Aesenitis.  Fowler's  solution.  Dose,  \\iv 
to  n\,x. 


LIQ 


370 


LIT 


Liquor  Arsenici  et  Hydrargyri  Iodidi.  Dono- 
van's solution  (which  see). 

Liquor  Barii  Chlo'ridi.  (U.  S. )  Solution  of 
chloride  of  barium.  Solution  of  muriate  of 
baryta.     Dose,  gtt.  v. 

Liquor  Cal'cii  Chloridi.  Solution  of  chloride 
of  calcium.  Solution  of  muriate  of  lime. 
Dose,  n\xl  to  3  ij. 

Liquor  Cal'cis.  Lime  water.  Take  of  lime, 
four  ounces,  of  distilled  water,  one  gallon. 
Pour  the  water  on  the  lime  and  stir.  Let  it 
stand  in  a  covered  vessel  three  hours,  boil  the 
lime  and  water,  and  use  the  clear  solution.  It 
is  astringent,  tonic,  and  antacid,  and  is  used 
in  diarrhoea,  diabetes,  heartburn,  etc.,  and  as 
a  lotion  to  foul  ulcers.  Dose,  f  3  ij  to  Oss  in 
milk. 

Liquor  Cu'pri  Ammonio-sulpha/tis.  (Ph.L.) 
Solution  of  ammoniated  copper. 

Liquor  Ferri  Io/didi.  (U.  S.)  Solution  of 
iodide  of  iron.     Syrup  of  iodide  of  iron. 

Liquor  Ferri  Persulpha'tis.  Solution  of  per- 
sulphate of  iron.  See  Iron,  Persulphate 
of. 

Liquor  Ferri  Ternitra/tis.  Solution  of  terni- 
trate  of  iron. 

Liquor  Gutta  Perchae.  Solution  of  gutta 
percha  in  chloroform.  It  consists  of  gutta 
percha,  ^jss,  and  chloroform,  §xvij.  An  ex- 
cellent application  for  the  temporary  relief  of 
odontalgia. 

Liquor  Hydrargyri  Bichlo/ridi.  Solution  of 
bichloride  of  mercury. 

Liquor  Iodini  Composi/tus.  Compound  solu- 
tion of  iodine.     Dose,  ttT,ij  to  tt\,vj. 

Liquor  Magnesias  Citratis.  Solution  of  citrate 
of  magnesia,  a  cooling  cathartic.  Dose,  as  a 
full  purge,  is  about  f^xij. 

Liquor  Morphias  Sulpha'tis.  Solution  of  sul- 
phate of  morphia.     Dose,  3J  to  gij. 

Liquor  Opii  Sedati'vus.  Battley's  solution. 
An  aqueous  solution  of  opium. 

Liquor  Plumbi  Diaceta'tis.  See  Liquor 
Plumbi  Subacetatis. 

Liquor  Plumbi  Subacetatis.  Solution  of 
subacetate  of  lead.  It  is  used  externally  as  a 
cooling  astringent  and  discutient,when  diluted 
witli  distilled  water. 

Liquor  Plumbi  Subacetatis  Dilutus.  Prop- 
<■]  ties  same  as  the  last,  but  feebler. 

Liquor  Potas/sae.  Solution  of  potassa.  Made 
by  boiling  potash  in  lime.     Dose,  H\,x  to  3J. 

Liquor  Potassae  Arseni/tis.  (U.S.)  Solution 
of  arsenite  of  potassa.  Arsenical  solution. 
Fowler's  solution  (which  see). 


Liquor  Potassae  Carbona/tis.     (U.S.)     Solu- 
tion of  carbonate  of  potassa.      Antacid  and 
diuretic.     Dose,  gtt.  x  to  gj. 
Liquor    Potassae    Chlorina/tae.      Solution   of 
chlorate  of  potassa. 
Liquor  Potassae  Citra'tis.     (U.  S.)     Solution 
of  citrate  of  potassa.     Neutral  mixture. 
Liquor  Potassae  Effervescens.    (Ph.  L.)    Ef- 
fervescing solution  of  potassa. 
Liquor  Potassii  Iodidi  Composi/tus.    (Ph.L.) 
Compound  solution  of  iodine. 
Liquor    San/guinis.       Plasma  ;    intercellular 
fluid.      Coagulable  lymph  ;  plastic  lymph,  a 
clear,  colorless  fluid  ;  one  of  the  constituents 
of  the  blood — the  one  in  which  the  red  glob- 
ules are  suspended  during  life.     On  coagu- 
lation it  separates  into  two  parts — the  serum 
and  fibrin — previously  held  in  solution.     The 
fibrin,  coagulating,  encloses  within  it  the  red 
particles,  while  the  serum  retains  the  albumen 
in  solution. 

Liquor  Sodas  Chlorina/tae.     (U.S.)     Solution 
of  chlorinated  soda.     Labarraque's  disinfect- 
ing soda  liquid  (which  see). 
Liquor    Sodas    Efferves/cens.       Effervescing 
solution  of  soda. 

Liquor  Tartari  Emet'ici.      Antimouial  wine. 
Liquorice.      The  root  of  the  Glycyrrhiza 
glabra. 

Liquorice  Sugar.     Glycyrrhizin.     The  sweet 
principle  of  liquorice. 
Lisp/ing.      A  form  of  defective  utterance 
commonly  called  speaking  through  the  teeth. 

Lister'ian  Method  of  Dressing  Wounds. 
The  best  is  an  antiseptic  dressing  which  con- 
sists in  the  application  of  gauze  impregnated 
with  a  solution  of  a  double  cyanide  of  zinc  and 
mercury.  Said  to  be  non-volatile,  unirritat- 
ing,  and  insoluble  in  water. 

Lister'ine.  A  valuable  antiseptic,  disin- 
fectant, and  deodorizer.  It  is  composed  of 
benzo-boracic  acid,  thyme,  eucalyptus, baptisia, 
gaultheria,  and  mentha  avensis.  Each  fluid 
drachm  contains  two  grains  of  benzo-boracic 
acid.  For  dental  uses  see  Gorgas'  "Dental 
Medicine." 

List/erism.  A  general  name  for  the  anti- 
septic and  aseptic  treatment  of  wounds  as  first 
suggested  by  Lister. 

Litch's  Method  of  Bridge=work.  See 
1Jrii)(;jo-vvork,  Systems  of. 

I  .it  ha. -niia.  The  state  in  which  the  blood 
contains  an  excess  of  lithic  or  uric  acid. 

Lithago'gue  [lithagogus ;  from  Xc&og,  a 
stone,   and    ayu,  to   bring   away).     Medicines 


LIT 


371 


LIT 


supposed  to  have  the  power  of  expelling  uri- 
nary calculi. 

Litharge.     See  Lithargyrum. 
Litharge    Plaster.      Lead    plaster    made     of 
semivitrified   oxide   of   lead,    olive   oil,    and 
water. 

Lithar'gyrum  (from  7.i.$oc,  a  stone,  and 
apyvpoc,  silver).  Litharge.  Plumhi  oxidum 
semivitreum.  Semivitrified  protoxide  of  lead. 
When  white,  it  is  called  litharge  of  silver,  and 
when  red,  litharge  of  gold. 

Lith'ate.     Urate.    Composed  of  lithic  acid. 

Lithec'tasy  (from  Av&og,  a  stone,  and 
EKraaig,  dilatation).  An  operation  for  the  re- 
moval of  stone  from  the  bladder  by  dilating 
the  neck  of  the  organ  after  having  made  an 
incision  in  the  perineum  and  opened  the  mem- 
branous portion  of  the  urethra. 

Lith/ia  (litha).  A  rare  alkaline  substance 
differing  from  potash  and  soda  by  the  difficult 
solubility  of  its  carbonate.  It  is  the  oxide  of 
lithium. 

Lith'iae  Carbo'nas.  Carbonate  of  lithia. 
A  white  powder,  sparingly  soluble  in  water, 
with  a  feeble  alkaline  taste.  Used  in  calculous 
diseases. 

Lithi'asis  (from  /.ii9oc,  a  stone).  A  term 
applied  in  Pathology  to  the  formation  of  stone 
in  the  bladder  ;  also  to  a  disease  of  the  eyelids 
in  which  their  margins  are  .beset  with  stone- 
like concretions. 

Lith'ic  (lithicus).     Relating  to  lithic  or  uric 
acid  or  to  stone. 
Lithic  Acid.    Uric  acid. 

Lith'ium.  A  white  metal  obtained  from 
lithia  by  means  of  galvanism.  The  principal 
salts  of  lithium  are  the  carbonate  and  citras, 
and  they  produce  effects  analogous  to  those  of 
potassium  and  sodium.  The  lithium  treat- 
ment is  employed  in  Dental  Practice  to  counter- 
act the  effects  of  the  gouty  diathesis  upon  the 
teeth  and  the  peridental  membrane,  the  car- 
bonate of  lithium  being  the  agent  employed. 

Lithoceno'sis  (Zttfof,  a  stone,  kevugic,  an 
evacuation).  The  removal  of  fragments  of  a 
calculus  in  the  operation  of  lithotrity. 

Lith/ocIast.  An  instrument  used  for  re- 
ducing calculi  in  the  bladder  to  small  frag- 
ments ;  introduced  through  the  urethra. 

Lithoden/dron  (from  /.t$oc,  a  stone,  and 
devdpoVj  tree).  Coral  has  been  so  termed  from 
its  resemblance  to  a  petrified  branch  of  a  tree. 

Litho'deon  (from  %r&og,  stone,  and  ei6o$, 
likeness).  A  name  given  to  an  amalgam  with 
which  finely  pulverized  pumice,  glass,  or  some 


vitreous  substance  is  incorporated  ;  used  as 
a  substitute  for  gold  by  some  dentists  in  filling 
teeth.     See  Amalgam. 

Litho'des.  Full  of  calculi  or  of  the  nature 
of  calculi. 

Lithodia'Iia.  A  dissolving  of  stone  or  cal- 
culus in  the  bladder. 

Lithofell'ic  Acid.  An  acid  forming  the 
chief  ingredient  in  bezoars. 

Lith/oid.  Lithoides  ;  lithous.  Of  the  na- 
ture of  or  resembling  stone  or  calculi. 

Lithol'abum  (from  /u&og,  a  stone,  and 
?.au3avu,  I  seize).  An  instrument  for  grasping 
and  extracting  the  stone  from  the  bladder. 

Lithol'ein  (from  '/u$oc,  stone,  and  oleum, 
oil).  A  substance  like  vaseline,  and  also  anti- 
septic and  antiparasitic.  It  has  no  smell  or 
taste  and  is  oily. 

Lithol'ogy  (Utholofjia ;  from  /u#of,  a  stone, 
and  /o-}og,  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on  calculous 
concretions. 

Lithome'tra.  Bony  or  other  concretions  of 
the  uterus. 

Lithontrip'tic  (lithontripticus  ;  from  udoc, 
a  stone,  and  rpifiu,  to  wear  away).  A  remedy 
supposed  to  be  capable  of  dissolving  urinary 
calculi. 

Lithontrip'tor.  An  instrument  for  break- 
ing calculi  in  the  bladder  into  small  pieces  so 
that  they  may  be  washed  away  by  the  urine. 
Instruments  of  different  forms  have  been  in- 
vented for  this  purpose. 

Lithosco'pium  (/t$oc,  a  stone,  and  cr/coTrew, 
to  examine).  An  instrument  for  ascertaining 
the  size  and  form  of  a  calculus  ;   a  lithoscope. 

Lithotereth'rum.     Lithotrite. 

Lithot'omist.  One  who  devotes  himself  to 
the  operation  of  lithotomy. 

Lithot/omy  (lithotomia ;  from  /.idoc,  a 
stone,  and  "«,"?;,  to  cut).  Cutting  into  the 
bladder  for  the  extraction  of  stone. 

Lithotripsy.  Operation  of  rubbing  down 
calculi  in  the  bladder  by  means  of  a  lithotrip- 
tor. 

Lithotrip'tic.  A  medicine  which  counter- 
acts the  formation  of  calculi  or  has  the  power 
of  dissolving  calculous  concretions  by  acting  on 
the  substance  which  serves  as  a  bond  of  union 
to  the  saline  or  acid  particles  composing  the 
stone. 

Lithotrip'tor.  An  instrument  for  break- 
ing or  bruising  stone  in  the  bladder.  See 
Lithotrity. 

Lithotrite'.  An  instrument  for  crushing 
the  calculus  in  the  bladder. 


LIT 


372 


LOB 


Lithot/rity  (Uthoiritia ;  from  hedog,  a 
stone,  and  rpt/Ju,  to  break).  The  operation  of 
breaking  or  bruising  the  stone  into  small 
pieces  so  that  it  may  be  discharged  with  the 
mine. 

Lithoxidu/ria.  The  discharge  of  urine 
containing  xanthic  oxide. 

Lithu'ria  (from  M$og,  a  stone,  and  ovpov, 
urine).  Urine  containing  uric  acid  and  urates. 
The  lithic  or  lithic  acid  diathesis. 

Lit'mus.  Turnsole.  A  blue  coloring- 
matter  obtained  from  archil,  a  lichen  (the  Roc- 
cella  tinctoria),  and  employed,  either  in  infu- 
sion or  in  the  form  of  litmus  paper,  as  a  test 
for  acids  and  alkalies.  Blue  litmus  paper  is 
unsized  paper  steeped  in  a  solution  of  litmus  ; 
red  litmus  paper  is  unsized  paper  steeped  in  a 
solution    of  litmus  and  colored  red  with  acid. 

It  is  useful  for  testing  the  nature  of  the 
oral  fluids  to  detect  the  presence  of  acids, 
which  turn  it  red.  Blue  litmus  paper  turns 
red  in  contact  with  acid  solutions  ;  red  litmus 
paper  turns  blue  in  contact  with  alkaline  solu- 
tions. 

Li'tra  (Turpa).     A  pound  weight. 

Li'tre.  A  French  measure  of  one  cubic 
decimetre,  or  61.027  cubic  inches. 

Littig's  Method.  A  method  of  restoring 
the  lost  part  of  the  crown  of  a  natural  tooth  by 
means  of  a  porcelain  cap  made  from  a  plate 
tooth,  the  inns  of  which  are  bent  outward  and 
the  plate  tooth  ground  down  to  the  proper  size 
aud  shape,  and  secured  to  the  crown  of  the 
natural  tooth  by  holes  drilled  to  accommodate 
the  pins  of  the  porcelain  cap,  which  are  se- 
cured by  zinc  phosphate.  Another  method  is 
to  first  cap  the  lost  part  of  the  natural  crown 
with  platinum,  allowing  the  pins,  which  are 
soldered  with  pure  gold,  to  project  below  the 
cap.  Porcelain  body  of  the  desired  form  for 
the  tip  is  baked  in  a  furnace  on  the  cap,  the 
porcelain  partial  crown  or  tip  being  secured  to 
the  platinum  forming  the  cap  by  the  platinum 
pins  embodied  in  it  when  it  is  made. 

Liv/er  (hcpar).  The  largest  gland  in  the 
body,  weighing  from  three  to  four  pounds,  and 
measuring,  in  its  transverse  diameter,  from  ten 
to  twelve  inches  ;  from  six  to  seven  in  its 
antero-posterior  ;  and  is  about  three  inches 
thick  at  the  back  part  of  the  right  lobe.  It  is 
of  a  brownish-red  color  and  is  situated  under  the 
diaphragm,  occupying  the  whole  hypochon- 
driac region  and  part  of  the  epigastric.  It  is 
the  organ  of  the  biliary  secretion. 
Liver,  Gran'ulated.     A    disease   of    the  liver 


in  which  this  organ  becomes  tuberculated  and 
assumes  a  rusty  yellow  color,  on  which  account 
it  is  termed  cirrhosis.  The  disease  is  variously 
designated  by  different  authors. 
Liver,  Hob/nail.     Granulated  liver. 
Liver,  Inflammation  of.     Hepatitis. 
Liver,  Nutmeg.     Granulated  liver. 
Liver  of   SuFphur.     Sulphuret  of  potassium. 
Liver  Spot.     Chloasma  pityriasis  versicolor. 
An   affection   of   the   skin   characterized   by 
irregularly  shaped  yellowish-brown  patches. 
Liverwort/.       A  genus  of  ranunculaceous 
plants. 

Liverwort,  Iceland.     See   Cetraria  Islan- 
dica. 
Liv/id.     Purplish  discoloration  of  the  skin. 
Livid/ity.     Darkness  of  color. 
Li/vor  (from  liveo,  to   be  black  and  blue). 
Lividity  ;  suggillation  ;  mark  of  a  blow. 
Lix.     Ashes.    Wood  ashes.     Also  lye. 
Lixivia/tion  (lixiviatio).     The  act  of  treat- 
ing permeable  bodies  with  water  for  the  pur- 
pose of  dissolving  the  alkaline  salts  which  they 
contain. 

Lixivium.  Any  solution  containing  soda 
or  potassa  in  excess.     Lye. 

Loadstone.  The  native  magnet,  an  ore 
of  iron  of  an  intermediate  state  of  oxidation, 
possessing  the  peculiar  property  of  attraction 
and  of  turning  toward  the  north  pole  when 
freely  suspended. 

Loam.  A  mixture  of  sand  and  clay  with 
oxide  of  iron. 

Loathing.     Disgust. 
Lo/bate  (lobatus).     Lobed.     Having  lobes. 
Lobe  (lobus).     In  Anatomy,    a    round  pro- 
jecting part  of  an  organ. 

Lobe'lia.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Lobeliacese. 

Lobelia  Cardina/lis.     Cardinal  flower.     Car- 
dinal plant.     The  root  is  said  to  possess  ver- 
mifuge properties. 
Lobelia    Infla/ta.      Indian    tobacco ;     emetic 
weed  ;  bladder-podded  lobelia.     A  plant  pos- 
sessing properties  similar  to  those  of  tobacco, 
acting  in  small  doses  as  a  diaphoretic  and  in 
large  doses  as  a  dangerous  emetic.    Dose  as  an 
emetic,  gr.  iv  to  gr.  xx. 
Lobe'lin,  Lobeline.     A  peculiar  substance 
obtained  from  Lobelia  inflata  resembling  nar- 
cotine. 

Lob/uIar  (lobulus  or  lobule).  Pertaining  to 
a  lobule.     Shaped  like  a  lobe  or  lobule. 

lobule  (diminutive  of  lobirfus,  a  tube).  A 
small  lobe  ;  a  small  rounded  prominence. 


LOB 


373 


LOT 


Lobulus  Accesso'rius,  or  Lobulus  Quadra- 
tus.     The  square  lobe  upon  the  inferior  sur- 
face of  the  right  lobe  of  the  liver. 
Lob/ulus  Au'ris.     The  lobe  or  lower  part  of 
the  ear. 

Lobulus  Cauda'tus.  A  tail-like  process  of 
the  liver,  stretching  downward  from  the  mid- 
dle of  the  great  right  lobe  to  the  lobulus 
Spigelii. 

Lobulus  Pneumogas/tricus.  A  small  lobe  of 
the  cerebellum  near  the  origin  of  the  eighth 
pair  of  nerves. 

Lobulus  Spige'lii.  The  inferior  or  smallest 
lobe  of  the  liver. 

Lo/bus.  A  lobe.  Any  round,  well-defined 
part. 

Lo/cal  (localis).  In  Pathology,  applied  to  a 
disease  affecting  a  part  without  implicating  the 
whole  system  ;  confined  to  a  part. 

Locates  (plural  of  localis).  In  Cullen's 
"Nosology,"  the  fourth  class,  comprising  local 
diseases  or  morbid  affections  that  are  partial. 

Lo'chia  (from  loxevu,  to  bring  forth).  The 
discharge  from  the  uterus  which  takes  place 
and  continues  some  days  after  parturition. 

Lochiorrhoe'a.     Profuse  flow  of  the  lochia. 

Lochopy/ra  (Ao^of,  confinement,  and  nvp,  a 
fever).     Puerperal  fever. 

Locked  Jaw.  A  spasmodic  contraction  of 
the  muscles  of  the  jaw  by  which  motion  is 
prevented.     See  Trismus  and  Tetanus. 

Locomo'tion  (locomotio ;  from  locus,  a  place, 
and  movere,  to  move).  The  process  by  which 
animals  of  the  higher  classes  move  from  place 
to  place. 

Locomotor  Ataxia.  A  chronic  disease  of 
the  nervous  system  characterized  by  atrophy  of 
nerve  substance,  paroxysms  of  pain,  and  func- 
tional disturbances. 

Loc'ulament  (loculus,  a  cell).  A  cell  of  an 
ovary. 

Lo'cus   Ni'ger.     The  dark   matter  in  the 
centre  of  the  peduncle  of  the  brain. 
Locus  Perfora'tus.     See  PONS  TARINI. 

Logan  Crown.  An  artificial  crown  the 
base  of  which  is  deeply  recessed,  leaving  a  thin 
border  to  be  fitted  to  the  natural  root.  One 
end  of  the  dowel  is  baked  into  the  crown  dur- 
ing its  manufacture.  The  concavity  of  the 
base  facilitates  the  adjustment  of  the  crown  to 
the  end  of  the  root  and  gives  the  cement  hold 
ing  the  dowel  or  post  a  more  reliable  form. 

Log'wood.  Campeachy  wood.  The  popu- 
lar name  of  Hamiatoxylon  campechianum. 
Astringent.     Dose  of  powder,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xxx. 


Loi'mia  (?.o/./iog,  the  plague).  The  plague 
or  other  epidemic  disease. 

Loi'mic  ((loimicus ;  from  /0770c,  a  pesti- 
lence).    Pertaining  to  a  pestilence. 

Loins.     The  lumbar  region  of  the  back. 

Longan'on.     The  rectum. 

Longevity  (longevitas).  The  prolongation 
of  life  to  an  advanced  age. 

Long/ing.  A  common  phrase  for  the  crav- 
ing or  preternatural  appetites  of  women  during 
uterine  gestation. 

Longis'simus  Dorsi.  A  long  muscle  of 
the  back. 

Longissimus  Fem'oris.  The  sartorius  muscle. 
Longissimus  Ma'nus.     The  flexor  tertii  in- 
ternodii  pollicis. 

Longissimus  Oc'uli.  The  obliquus  superior 
oculi. 

Longitudinal  (longitudinalis).  In  Anat- 
omy, lengthwise,  or  in  a  direction  the  opposite 
of  transverse. 

Longitudinal  Sinus.  A  triangular  canal  of  the 
dura  mater,  proceeding  from  the  crista  galli 
to  the  tentorium. 

Long=sighted'ness.     See  Presbyopia. 

Lon'gus  Colli.  A  muscle  situated  on  the 
anterior  face  of  the  vertebrae  of  the  neck. 

Loose/ness.     Popular  name  of  diarrhoea. 
Looseness  of  the  Teeth.     Odontoseisis ;  odon- 
toseismus.     This  results  from   disease  in  the 
gums  and  the  gradual  destruction  of  the  alve- 
olar processes. 

Loquac'ity  (gamditas ;  from  loquor,  to 
speak).  Volubility  ;  sometimes  a  symptom  of 
disease. 

Loque'la.     Articulate  speech. 
Loquela  Abolita.     See  Aphonia. 

Lordosis  (from  Zopdoc,  curved,  bent).  A 
term  applied  in  Pathology  to  curvature  of  spine 
anteriorly. 

Loretin.  Meta  -  iodo  -  ortho  -  oxyquinoline 
and  sulphonic  acid.  A  new  snccedaneum  for 
iodoform  in  the  form  of  a  yellow  crystalline 
powder  which  resembles  iodoform.  Antiseptic 
and  germicide  ;  non-poisonous. 

Lor'ica.  A  kind  of  lute  with  which 
vessels  are  coated  before  they  are  put  into 
the  fire. 

Lo'rus.     Hydrargyrum. 

Lotio.     A  lotion. 
Lotio  Acidi  Pyrolig'nei.     Lotion  of  pyrolig- 
neous  acid. 
Lotio  Alu'minis.     Alum  lotion. 
Lotio  Ammo/niae   Aceta'tis.     Lotion  of  ace- 
tate of  ammonia. 


LOT 


574 


LUM 


Lotio  Ammoniae  Hydrochlora'tis.     Lotion  of 
muriate  of  ammonia. 

Lotio  Ammoniae  Muriatus  cum  Aceto.     Lo- 
tion of  muriate  of  ammonia  and  vinegar. 

Lotio  Ammoniae  Opi'ata.    Lotion  of  ammonia 
and  opium. 

Lotio  Bora'cis.     Lotion  of  borax. 

Lotio  Calcis  Compos'ita.     Black  wash. 

Lotio  Fla'va.     Yellow  wash. 

Lotio  Gal'lae.     Lotion  of  gallic  acid   or   nut- 
galls. 

Lotio  Hellebo'ri  AFba.     Lotion  of  veratrum 
album. 

Lotio    Hydrar'gyri  Amygdali'na.     Amygda- 
line  lotion  of  corrosive  sublimate. 

Lotio    Hydrargyri  Oxymuria/tis.     Lotion  of 
corrosive  sublimate. 

Lotio  Hydrargyri  Oxymuriatis   Compos/ita. 
Compound  lotion  of  corrosive  sublimate. 

Lotio  Ni'gra.     Black  wash. 

Lotio  Opii.     Opium  lotion. 

Lotio  Picis.     Compound  lotion  of  tar. 

Lotio  Plumbi  Aceta'tis.     Lotion  of  acetate  of 
lead. 

Lotio   Potas'sii  Sulphure/ti.     Lotion  of  sul- 
phuret  of  potassium. 

Lotio  Zin'ci  Sulpha'tis.     Lotion   of  sulphate 
of  zinc. 
Lo'tion  (lotio ;  from  lavere,  lotum,  to  wash). 

A  liquid  preparation  or  wash  to  be  applied  to 

the  body  externally.     Any  medicinal  solution 

used  externally. 
Lot/ium.     Urine. 
Louse.     The  popular  name  of  a  genus  of 

parasitical  insects  termed  Pediculus. 

Low  Crown.     An  artificial  crown  inserted 

into  the  natural  root  of  a  tooth,  which  consists 

of  a  gold-backed  porcelain  facing,  to  which  is 

attached  a  combined  post  and  cap,  which  is 

called  a  "step-plug,"   from  its  peculiar  form, 

and  which  fits  into  an  enlarged  root-canal  of  a 

similar  form. 

Low  Spirits.     Hypochondriasis. 

Lower,  Tubercle  of  (tuberulumloweri).     A 

muscular  thickening  causing  a  projection  be- 
tween the  two  venaj  cava}. 

Low's  System   of  Bridge-work.      See 
Beidge-woek,  Systems  of. 

Loxar'thros     (from     fofo?,    oblique,    and 

ap&pov,  a  joint).     Obliquity  or  wrong  position 

of  parts  forming  a  joint. 

Lox'ia  (from  '/o^or^  twisted).     Wry  neck. 
Loxocye'sia.     An  oblique  position  of  the 

gravid  uterus. 

Loxot/ome  O'^v,  oblique,  and  re/zvw,    to 


cut).     An  oblique  section  or  cutting  ;  a  pecu- 
liar method  of  amputation  ;  loxotomy. 
Lozenge.    See  Teochisccjs. 
Lu/bricate.     To  oil  a  part. 
Lucid  (lucidus).    Clear  ;  transparent  ;  quiet ; 

shining  ;   bright.      In   Medicine,    intervals    of 

reason  in  mental  affections. 

Lucu'ma.     A  genus  of  tropical  American 

sapotaceous  trees,  tonic,  antiperiodic  ;   useful 

in  diarrhoea. 

Lucumoria/nus.      Continuing  for  several 

days. 

Lu'es  (from  /tow,  to  dissolve).     Pestilence. 

Poison.     Also  syphilis. 

Lues  Gut/turis  Epidem'ica.  Cynanche  ma- 
ligna. 

Lues  Neuro/des.     A  typhus  fever. 

Lues  Venerea.     Syphilis. 

Lugol's  Solution.    A  preparation  of  iodine 

5,  iodide  of  potassium  10,  and  water  85  parts. 

Dose,    rt\J    to    rt^x,    diluted;   employed   as   a 

caustic,  rubefacient,  and  stimulant. 

Lumba/go  (from  lumbi,  the  loins).     Rheu- 
matism affecting  the  muscles  about  the  loins. 
Lum/bar  (lumbalis).     Belonging  or  relating 

to  the  loins. 

Lumbar  Abscess.  Psoas  abscess  ;  a  collection 
of  pus  in  the  cellular  substance  of  the  loins  in 
the  course  of  the  psoas  muscle. 

Lumbar  Arteries.  Four  or  five  arteries  on 
each  side  which  curve  around  the  lumbar 
vertebrae  beneath  the  psoas  muscle,  giving  off 
the  spinal,  anterior,  posterior,  and  external 
muscular  branches. 

Lumbar  Nerves.  Five  pairs  of  nerves  which 
issue  from  the  vertebral  column  by  the  spinal 
foramina  of  the  loins. 

Lumbar  Plexus.  A  plexus  situated  between 
the  transverse  processes  of  the  lumbar  verte- 
brae and  the  quadratus  lumborum  behind,  and 
the  psoas  magnus  muscle  before,  and  formed 
by  the  anterior  branches  of  the  first  four 
lumbar  nerves. 

Lumbar  Region.     The  loins. 

Lumba/ris   Exter/nus.      The    quadratus 

lumborum  muscle. 

Lumbaris  Internus.     The  psoas  magnus  mus- 
cle. 
Lum/bi.     The  loins  ;  the  lumbar  region. 
Lumbo=sa/cral.     Pertaining  to  the  lumbar 

and  sacral  regions. 

Lumbrica'les  Ma/nus.     The  small  flexor 

muscles  of  the  fingers. 

Lumbricales  Pedis.  Four  muscles  of  the  foot 
similar  to  those  of  the  hand. 


LUM 


375 


LUX 


Lumbrical  is  (from  lumhricus,  the  earth- 
worm). A  name  given  to  certain  muscles  from 
their  resemblance  to  the  earth-worm. 

Lum'bricus.  The  common  earth-worm. 
Also  the  long,  round  worm  found  in  the  intes- 
tines of  man  and  other  animals. 

Lu/na.  The  moon.  Also  silver. 
Luna  Cor'nea.  Chloride  of  silver. 
Luna  Fixa'ta.     Oxide  of  zinc. 

Lu'nar  Caus'tic.  Nitrate  of  silver  (which 
see). 

Luna're  Os.  One  of  the  bones  of  the  car- 
pus. 

Luna'ria.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Cruciferse. 

Lunaria  Redivi/va.    Bulbonach  ;  satin  flower  ; 
a  plant  formerly  valued  as  a  diuretic. 

Lu'nate  (from  luna,  the  moon).  Crescenti- 
form  ;  half  mooulike. 

Lu'natic  (lunaticus;  from  luna,  the  moon). 
Moon-struck.  Affected  with  lunacy  or  in- 
sanity. General^  restricted  to  mental  aliena- 
tion. 

Lung  (pulvio).  The  right  lung  is  divided 
into  three  lobes  and  the  left  into  two.  The 
lungs,  in  man  and  many  other  animals,  are  the 
organs  of  respiration. 

Lu'nula  Scap'ulae.  The  notch  of  the 
scapula. 

Lunula    Un'guium.      The    white    semilunar 
space  at  the  base  of  the  nails. 

Lu'pia.  Encysted  tumors  with  contents  of 
a  pultaceous  consistence. 

Lupoid.     Having  the  nature  of  lupus. 

Lu'pulin,  Lupuline.  The  yellow  aromatic 
matter  of  hops.  Lupulin  is  the  powder  ob- 
tained by  rubbing  up  and  sifting  the  strobiles. 
Dose,  gr.  vj  to  gr.  xij  in  tincture  or  infusion. 
It  is  narcotic,  anodyne,  and  diuretic. 

Lu  pulus.     The  hop  plant. 

Lu'pus  {lupia;  from  lupus,  wolf).  Noli  me 
tangere;  a  malignant  disease  of  the  face,  con- 
sisting of  ragged  tubercular  excrescences  and 
spreading  ulcerations,  particularly  about  the 
lips  and  nose. 

Lupus  Cancro'sus.     Cancer. 
Lupus  Vo'rax.    See  Herpes  Exedens. 

Lu/rid  (luridus).  Ghastly.  Also  a  pale- 
yellowish  purple  color. 

Lu'sus  Nat/urae.  A  freak  of  nature  ;  a 
deformed  or  unnatural  production. 

Lute.     See  Lutum. 

Lu'teus.     Yellow. 

Lu'tum.  In  Chemistry,  a  composition  for 
covering  chemical  vessels  and  for  closing  their 


joinings.  Lutes  are  divided  into  classes  accord- 
ing to  the  temperature  to  which  they  are  to  be 
exposed.  Fire-lutes  are  various  plastic  sub- 
stances, becoming  hard  when  heated,  used  to 
close  the  joints  of  apparatus  designed  to  resist 
high  furnace  heats. 
Lux.  Light. 
Luxa/tio.     Luxation. 

Luxa/tion  [luxatio;  from  luxare,  to  put  out 
of  place).  Displacement  of  the  articular  ex- 
tremity of  a  bone  from  its  proper  place  or 
cavity.     Dislocation. 

Luxation  of  Teeth.  The  displacement  of  one 
or  more  teeth  from  their  sockets.  This  may 
be  partial  or  complete,  simple  or  complicated. 
When  partial,  the  tooth  is  only  slightly  raised 
in  its  socket  and  the  connection  between  the 
two  not  entirely  destroyed.  When  complete, 
the  tooth  has  entirely  left  the  socket.  The 
luxation  may  be  said  to  be  simple  when  the 
alveolus  'sustains  no  other  injury  than  that 
which  is  inflicted  by  the  mere  evulsion  of  the 
organ,  and  complicated  when  the  gum  is 
bruised  and  lacerated  or  the  alveolus  frac- 
tured. 
The  cause  of  the  luxation  of  a  tooth  is  gener- 
ally external  violence,  as  that  of  a  blow  or  a 
fall,  though  it  sometimes  results  from  care- 
less or  awkward  attempts  at  extraction,  in  not 
using  the  precautions  necessary  in  the  per- 
formance of  this  operation.  See  Extraction 
of  Teeth.  Partial  luxation  is  sometimes  pro- 
duced from  improper  methods  of  procedure 
in  the  treatment  of  irregularity  of  the  teeth, 
sometimes  by  the  action  of  an  antagoniz- 
ing tooth,  and  occasionally  by  the  filling  up 
of  the  socket  with  a  deposition  of  bony 
matter. 
When  the  luxation  is  only  partial  and  pro- 
duced by  external  violence,  as  a  blow  or  fall, 
or  by  the  extraction  of  an  adjoining  tooth,  the 
partially  displaced  organ  should  be  at  once 
forced  back  into  its  socket,  and  if  violent  in- 
flammation supervene,  two  or  three  leeches 
majT  be  applied  to  the  gum  and  the  mouth 
gargled  several  times  a  day  with  some  cool- 
ing and  astringent  lotion.  The  patient,  in  the 
meantime,  should  be  restricted  to  a  light  and 
soft  diet. 
Although  under  certain  circumstances  it  may 
be  advisable  to  replace  a  tooth  after  it  has 
been  forced  entirely  from  the  socket,  it  seldom 
happens  that  a  sufficiently  perfect  connection 
is  re-established  to  prevent  a  tooth  thus  re- 
placed  from   exercising   a   morbid   influence 


LYC 


376 


LYS 


upon  the  parts  which  immediately  surround 
it.     But  when  the  replacement  of  a  lnxated 
tooth  is  determined  on,  it  should  be  done  im- 
mediately.    The  coagulated  blood,  however, 
should  be  first  removed  from  the  socket,  and 
if  the  tooth  has  become  cold  or  there  be  any 
dirt  adhering  to  it,  it  should  be  washed  in 
warm  water  (some   prefer  cold   water),  and 
then  immediately  replaced   and  attached  to 
the  adjoining  teeth  with  a  ligature  of  silk. 
If  union  takes  place,  it  is  by  an  effusion  of 
coagulable  lymph  and  the  formation  of  an  im- 
perfectly organized  membranous  investment 
for  the  root,  an  operation  of  the  economy  to 
shield  the  surrounding  living  parts  from  the 
noxious  effects  which  the  root  would  other- 
wise exert.     But,  even  in  the  most  favorable 
cases,  teeth  thus  replaced  are  apt  to  become 
sensitive  to  the  touch  and  occasionally  to  give 
rise  to  more  or  less  tumefaction  or  turgidity  of 
the  surrounding  gums.     When   complicated 
with  fracture  of  the  alveolus,  the  replacement 
of  a  luxated  tooth  should  never  be  attempted. 
See  Eeplaxtatiox. 
Lycan/che  {lycanchis;  from  /«of,  a  wolf, 
and  cyju,  to  strangle).     Hydrophobia. 
Lycoi'des.     A  species  of  cynanche. 
Lycopo'dium.     Spores    of    L.    clavatum. 
Common  club  moss.     The  powder  is  employed 
to    prevent    adhesion    in    sand    moulding  of 
dies. 

Lycorex'ia.     Morbid  appetite. 
Lye  or  Ley.     A  solution  of  alkaline  salts 
obtained  from  the  ashes  of  wood. 
Lyg'mus.     Singultus.     Hiccough. 
Ly/ma.     Lochia.     Also  filth  or  sordes. 
Lymph  (lympha).     The  colorless  or  yellow- 
ish fluid  which  circulates  in  the  lymphatics. 
It  is  tinged  with  red   when  blood-corpuscles 
happen  to  be  mixed  with  it.     It  is  sometimes 
transparent,    at  other  times  slightly  turbid ; 
has  a  spermatic  odor,  a  faintly  saline  taste,  and 
usually  an  alkaline   reaction.      It  coagulates 
soon  after  its  discharge,  forming  a  colorless, 
trembling,  gelatinous  clot. 
Lymph,   Coag'ulable.     Fibrin.     Liquor   san- 
guinis. 

Lymph  Globules.    The  globules  of  the  lymph. 
Lymph,    Plastic.      Fibrinous   lymph.      The 
lymph  forming  embryonic  tissue. 
Lympha'den    (from   lympha,   and  ath/v,   a 
gland).     A  lymphatic  gland. 

Lymphadenitis  (from  lympha,  lymph,  and 
adenitis,  inflammation  of  a  gland).  Inflamma- 
tion of  a  lymphatic  gland. 


Lymphan'gia  (from  lympha,  and  ayyeiov,  a 
vessel).     Lymphatic  vessels. 

Lymphangon/cus  (lymphoncus;  from 
lymph,  ay^etov,  a  vessel,  and  oyKog,  a  tumor). 
Swelling  of  the  lymphatics. 

Lymphat'ic  (plural,  lymphatics.     Lymphati- 
cus ;    from    lympha,   lymph).      Pertaining    to 
lymph  ;  containing  or  characterized  by  lymph. 
Lymphatic  Gland.     A  gland  into  which  lym- 
phatics enter  and  from  which  they  go  out,  as 
the  mesenteric,  lumbar,  etc. 
Lymphatic    Veins.      The    absorbents.      See 
Lymphatic  Vessels. 
Lymphatic  Vessels  (vense  lymphaticse).  Ductus 
serosi.     These  are  very  numerous  and  arise  at 
the  surface  of  membranes  and  in  the  tissue  of 
organs,  and  carry  into  the  veins  the  lymph 
from  those  parts.     They  are  found  in  almost 
every  part,  and  are  of  two  orders— superficial 
and  deep-seated. 

Lymphiza'tion.  The  effusion  of  coagul- 
able lymph. 

Lymphoche'zia  (from  lympha,  lymph,  and 
X^C,u,  to  go  to  stool).     Serous  diarrhoea. 

Lymphocyte.  A  variety  of  leucocyte  de- 
rived from  the  lymphatic  glands. 

Lymphoid  (from  lympha,  and  sidoc,  form). 
Possessing  the  character  or  appearance  of 
lymph. 

Lympho/sis.     The  elaboration  of  lymph. 

Lymphot/omy  (from  lympha,  lymph,  and 
tejivu,  to  cut).  The  dissection  of  the  lym- 
phatics. 

Lypema'nia.     Melancholy. 

Ly/ra  (from  Ivpa,  a  lyre).  Psallerium  corpus 
psalloides.  The  transverse  lines  upon  the  poste- 
rior part  of  the  under  surface  of  the  fornix, 
between  the  diverging  corpora  fimbriata,  are  so 
called  from  their  fancied  resemblance  to  the 
strings  of  a  harp. 

Lyrate.     Lyre-shaped. 

Lys'ol.  An  antiseptic  brought  into  notice 
by  Dr.  Gerlach.  It  is  obtained  by  boiling  coal- 
tar,  alkali  fat,  resinous  acid,  and  resin,  and 
contains  no  phenol,  but  principally  cresol.  It 
is  easily  soluble  in  water  and,  it  is  claimed,  is 
superior  to  carbolic  acid  and  creolin  as  a  bacte- 
ricide. For  the  treatment  of  wounds  a  one 
per  cent,  solution  is  employed.  For  in- 
ternal washing  £  per  cent,  solutions  are 
recommended. 

Lys'sa  Cani'na.     Hydrophobia. 

Lyssodec/tus  (from  'Avoaa,  canine  madness, 
and  Sativu,  to  bite).  One  affected  with  hydro- 
phobia. 


LYT 


377 


MAC 


Lyt/ta.     The  former  name  of  a  genus  of 
vesicating  insects,  the  Cantharis  (which  see). 
Lytta  Vesicato'ria.    Cantharis.    Spanish  flies. 
Lytta  Vitta/ta.    Cantharis  vittata.    Potato  fly, 


of  which  there  are  several  species  in  the  United 
States.  They  are  employed  as  substitutes 
for  the  Cantharis,  being  equall}7  powerful  in 
vesicating  action. 


M. 


M.  In  3Iedical  Prescriptions  this  letter 
signifies  manipulus,  a  handful.  Also  misce, 
mix.  Also  an  abbreviation  for  myopia  and 
minim. 

Ma.     Abbreviation  for  milliampere. 

Mac.  An  abbreviation  for  macera.  Macerate. 

Mace.  The  arillus  or  covering  which  en- 
velops the  nutmeg.  It  has  a  pleasant  aromatic 
odor  and  a  warm,  moderately  pungent  taste. 
It  is  of  an  oleaginous  nature  and  yellowish 
color. 

Maceration  (maceratio ;  from  macero,  to 
soften  by  water).  The  infusion,  either  with  or 
without  heat,  of  a  solid  substance  in  a  liquid, 
with  a  view  to  extracting  its  virtues  ;  softening 
in  water. 

Macies.     Atrophy  ;  emaciation,  leanness. 

Mack  Crown.  An  artificial  crown  united 
to  the  root  of  a  natural  tooth  by  two  gold 
screws  firmly  inserted  into  the  dentine  of  the 
root  on  either  side  of  the  pulp-canal,  or  into 
the  pulp-canal  with  zinc  filling  material,  fusi- 
ble metal,  or  amalgam,  the  hole  in  the  artificial 
crown  being  oblong,  the  long  diameter  antero- 
posteriorly. 

Mac/le.  A  variety  of  chiastolite  occurring 
in  prismatic  crystals,  composed  principally  of 
silica,  alumina,  and  oxide  of  iron. 

Maclu'rite.  A  mineral,  so  called  from  Dr. 
Maclure  of  New  Jersey.  It  is  a  silicate  of 
magnesia  with  traces  of  potash,  oxide  of  iron, 
and  fluorine. 

Macrobio'sis.     Longevity. 

Macrobiotic  (from  fianpog,  great,  long,  and 
(3tog,  life).     Long-lived. 

Macroceph'alus  (from  ftaicpog,  great,  and 
KE(pah/J  head).  Microcephalia.  Large-headed. 
Excessive  development  of  the  head. 

Macrococ'cus.  A  large  coccus  ;  a  unicel- 
lular micro-organism  of  large  size  and  gener- 
ally spherical. 


Macroco'Iia.  Great  length  of  limb,  espe- 
cially of  the  lower  extremities. 

Mac'rocosm.  The  world,  or  cosmos,  in 
contradistinction  to  man,  or  little  universe. 

Mac/rocyte.  A  very  large  red  blood- 
corpuscle. 

Mac'rodont.  Large-toothed.  "Used  to 
denote  the  comparative  size  of  the  teeth  of  dif- 
ferent races.  When  the  dental  length  multi- 
plied by  100,  divided  by  the  basinasal  length, 
exceeds  44,  the  skull  is  considered  macrodont .-. 
if  under  42,  a  microdont ;  if  intermediate,  a 
mcsodont.'n     (Gould.) 

Macroglossia.  A  large  prolapsed  tongue. 
Hypertrophy  of  the  tongue. 

MacronVelus  (from  itanpoc,  great,  and  ,us/-oc, 
a  member).  Excessive  development  of  any 
organ  or  member. 

Macrono'siae.     Chronic  diseases. 

Macropho/nus(from,«a^/3oc,  great,  and  <j>ovt], 
voice).  A  term  applied  in  Physiology  to  one 
who  has  a  strong  voice. 

Macrophysoceph'alus  (from  fiaicpog,  great, 
(pvaa,  air,  and  Ketyiihri,  the  head).  Emphysema- 
tous enlargement  of  the  head  of  the  foetus  and, 
as  a  consequence,  obstructed  delivery. 

Macropne'a  (from  fianpog,  long,  and  irwu, 
I  breathe).  A  long  or  deep  inspiration.  Deep 
breathing. 

Macrop'nus.     One  who  breathes  slowly. 

Macropo'dia  (from  paKpo^ovg,  long-footed). 
A  form  of  organic  deviations  characterized  by 
unusual  development  of  the  feet. 

Macroprosop'ia  (from  panpog,  great,  and 
-poauTvor,  the  face).  Extraordinary  develop- 
ment of  the  face.     Large-faced. 

Macrosce'lia  (from  panpoq,  long,  and  cwecAo?, 
the  legs).     Long-legged. 

Macroscop'ic.  Anything  large  enough  to 
be  seen  by  the  naked  eye  without  the  aid  of  a 
microscope. 


MAC 


378 


MAG 


Macroscopic  Anatomy.  A  minute  descrip- 
tion of  the  structure  of  an  organism  or  any 
part  of  it  as  seen  by  the  naked  eye  and  with- 
out the  aid  of  the  microscope. 

Mac'rosia  (fiaicpog,  long  or  great).  Increase 
in  volume  ;  elongation. 

Macro'sis  (from  fiaicpog,  great).  Increase  of 
volume. 

Macroso'matous  (from  paapog,  and  ouua,  a 
body).     Having  a  large  body. 

Macrosto/ma  (from  paapog,  and  oro/ia, 
month).  Congenital  fissure  of  the  angle  of  the 
mouth,  making  a  large  opening  ;  the  result  of 
defective  development. 

Macrotrache'Iia  (from  panpog,  long,  great, 
and  Tpaj^/iOf,  the  neck).  Long-necked;  large- 
necked. 

Mac/ula,  Macule.     A  spot.     A  permanent 
discoloration  of  some  portion  of  the  skin,  as  in 
the  case  of  nasvus,  ephelis,  etc. 
Macula   Germinati'va.     See  Nucleus  Ger- 

MIXATIVUS. 
Macula  Mat'ricis.     Nsevus  maternus. 

Mac'ulae.    Cutaneous  diseases,  comprehend- 
ing ephelis,  nsevus,  and  moles. 
Maculae    Mater'nae.       Mother's    spots,    nsevi 
materni. 

Maculate  (maculatus).     Spotted. 

Madaro'sis  (from  p.adepog}  bald).  Loss  of 
hair,  especially  of  the  eyelashes. 

Mad'der.  The  root  of  the  Rubia  tincto- 
rum  ;  used  as  a  red  dye. 

Madefac'tion  (madefacio,  to  make  wet). 
The  act  of  wetting. 

Madiste'rion  (maditerium ;  iricholabium ; 
volcella).  An  instrument  for  the  extraction  of 
hairs.     Tweezers. 

Mad/ness.     Insanity. 
Madness,  Canine.     Hydrophobia. 

Mad'or.     Moisture. 

Magendie's  Solution.  Contains  gr.  xvj 
of  sulphate  of  morphine  to  each  fluidounce. 
Dose,  TTlx  to  rr\,xv. 

Magen'ta.  A  beautiful  crimson  dye  from 
aniline. 

Mag'got  Pim'ple.     Acne  punctata. 

Magiste'rium  Plumbi.    Carbonate  of  lead. 

Mag/ma  (jiay/xa,  any  kneaded  mass).  Dregs  ; 
sediment.     Pulpy  mass. 

Mag'nes.     A  magnet. 
Magnes  Arsenica/lis.      A  corrosive  prepara- 
tion of  equal  parts  of  sulphur,  white  arsenic, 
and  common  antimony,  mixed  by  fusion. 

Magne'sia  (magnesium;  from  magnes,  the 
magnet,  because   it,  was  supposed   to   have  the 


power  of  attracting  some  principle  from  the 
air).     The  name  of  one  of  the  alkaline  earths, 
having  a  metallic  basis  ;  an  oxide  of  magne- 
sium.    Magnesia,  from   its   antacid  qualities, 
forms  an  excellent  basis  for  a  dentifrice. 
Magnesia    Calcina/ta.       Calcined    magnesia. 
Oxide  of  magnesium.     It  is  antacid  and  laxa- 
tive when  it  meets  with  acid  in  the  stomach. 
Dose,  gr.  x  to  gj,  in  water  or  milk. 
Magnesia,    Henry's.      A  preparation  of  cal- 
cined magnesia. 
Magnesia,    Solution    of ;       Citrate    of.     See 
Liquor  Magnesia  Citratis. 
Magnesia   Usta.     Magnesia  calcinata.      Cal- 
cined magnesia. 
Magnesia  Vitriola'ta.     Sulphate  of  magnesia. 
Magnesia  Water.     Fluid  magnesia. 

Magne'siae  Ace/tas.  Acetate  of  magnesia. 
Prepared  by  saturating  the  carbonate  with 
acetic  acid.  It  is  of  syrupy  consistence.  Dose, 
about  four  ounces.  It  acts  like  citrate  of  mag- 
nesia. 

Magnesiae  Car'bonas.  (Mg.  C03)4  Mg.  (HO)2. 
5H20  ;  magnesia  alba.  Carbonate  of  magnesia. 
Prepared  from  sulphate  of  magnesia  by  subcar- 
bonate  of  potassa.  It  is  inodorous,  insipid, 
light,  white ;  effervescing  with  acids  and  in- 
soluble in  water.  It  is  antacid,  and,  by  com- 
bining with  acid  in  the  stomach,  becomes 
cathartic.  Dose,  sjss  to  gij,  in  water  or  milk. 
Magnesiae  Ci/tras.  Citrate  of  magnesia.  A 
saline  preparation  formed  by  saturating  a 
solution  of  citric  acid  with  either  magnesia 
or  its  carbonates.  It  is  a  cooling  cathartic 
and  operates  mildly.  Dose,  from  one  ounce  to 
twelve  ounces. 

Magnesiae  Sulphas  [sulphas  mdgnesise  purifi- 
cata;     salcathartieum     amarum).        Magnesia 
vitriolata.      Sulphate  of  magnesia.      Epsom 
salts  ;    a  well-known   saline  purge.     A  mild 
and  safe  cathartic.     It  is  also  refrigerant  and 
diuretic.     Medium  dose,  an  ounce,  but  gener- 
ally given   in   divided   doses   frequently   re- 
peated. 
Mag'nesite.      A  silicate  of  magnesia  con- 
taining a   large  quantity  of  water  and  occur- 
ring in  amorphous  or  in  tuberous  and  spongi- 
form masses  ;  also  a  carbonate  of  magnesia. 

Magne/sium.  Symbol,  Mg.  Atomic  weight, 
24.4.  A  silvery-white  alkaline  metal  which 
forms  the  base  of  magnesia  ;  related  to  calcium. 
Magnesium,  Chloride  of.  Magnesii  chlori- 
diini. 
Magnesium,  Oxide  of.  Magnesia.  The  oxide 
of  the  metal. 


MAG 


379 


MAL 


Mag/net  {tiayvric,  from  Magnesia,  in  Asia 
Minor,  whence  it  was  obtained).  The  load- 
stone ;  an  amorphous  ore  or  magnetic  oxide  ore 
of  iron,  having  the  property  of  attracting  iron 
and  some  of  its  ores  and  of  pointing  by  one  of 
its  extremities  to  the  north  pole. 
Magnet  Operation.  The  removal  of  foreign 
bodies  of  steel  by  a  magnet. 
Magnef/ic  (magneticus).  Pertaining  or  relat- 
ing to  the  magnet. 

Magnetic   Fluid.     The  imponderable  fluid  to 
which  the  magnet  owes  its  virtues. 
Magnetic   Induction.     The  force  by  virtue  of 
which  a  magnet  causes  neighboring  but  not 
contiguous   bodies   to   become   magnets    and 
produces  an  electric  current  in  an  adjacent 
metal  coil. 
Magnetic    Needle.     A    magnetized  needle  or 
a  small  rod  of  iron   suspended  at  its  centre 
which  shows  the  resultant  of  the  magnetic 
force  at  the  point  of  observation. 
Magnetic  Plas/ter.     A  mixture  of  equal  parts 
of  antimony,  sulphur,  and  arsenic  melted  to- 
gether in  a  glass  cucurbit. 
Magnetic  Pyrites.     Native  black  sulphuret  of 

iron. 
Magnetic   Telegraph.     The  electro-magnetic 
telegraph  ;  an  apparatus  which,  by  means  of 
iron  wires  conducting  the  electric  fluid,  con- 
veys intelligence  with  the  velocity  of  light- 
ning to  any  given  point. 
Magnetism.     The  property  of  attraction 
and  repulsion  of  masses  of  similar  elements, 
manifested   especially  by  iron  and  certain  of 
its  ores  and  by  nickel,  cobalt,     and  other  ele- 
ments in  a  less  degree  ;  the  static  charge  which 
such   bodies   are   capable   of  assuming   either 
under  the  influence  of  an  electric  current  or  by 
contact.     That  department   of  science    which 
investigates  the  properties  of  the  magnet. 
Magnetism,    Animal.     Mesmerism.     Hypno- 
tism.    A  condition  resembling  trance  or  som- 
nambulism    into   which    a    person    may  be 
thrown  by  causing  him  to  gaze  fixedly  at  a 
bright  light,  by  making  passes  before  his  eyes, 
and  in  other  ways.     In  the  cataleptic  stage 
the  limbs  are  rigidly  fixed  in  any  position  in 
which  they  may  be  placed,  there  is  complete 
anaesthesia  of  the  skin,  but  not  of  the  special 
senses,  and  he  may  be  made  to  execute  auto- 
matic actions  at  the  will  of  the  operator. 
Magnetiza'tion.    The  process  of  rendering 
a  substance  magnetic. 

Magnetized.     Mesmerized  ;    charged  with 
magnetism  ;  converted  into  a  magnet. 


Magneto=electric.  Pertaining  to  magne- 
tism and  electricity  or  to  the  generation  of 
electricity  by  the  induction  of  a  magnet,  as  the 
magneto-electric  machine. 

Magneto-electric  Machine.  A  machine  for 
producing  electro-magnetism  ( which  see). 
Some  of  these  machines  are  used  with  acid, 
others  without  acid  ;  the  latter  are  always 
ready  for  use,  it  being  simply  necessary  to 
turn  a  crank  to  put  them  in  action. 

Magneto=induction.  The  production  of  an 
induced  current  by  the  insertion  of  a  magnet 
into  a  coil  of  wire. 

Magnetometer  (from  magnet,  and  /ierpov, 
a  measure).  A  series  of  magnets  suspended  so 
as  to  record  variations  in  direction  and  inten- 
sity of  magnetic  force. 

MagnifFer,  Dental.  A  mouth  mirror  em- 
ployed in  examining  teeth  and  sometimes 
adjusted  to  the  finger  of  the  operator. 

Magnifying  Lenses,  Dental.  Mouth - 
mirrors  of  different  diameters  and  forms  for  the 
examination  of  the  mouth  and  teeth. 

Magni'tis.    Magnet, 

Magnum  Os.  The  third  bone  of  the 
lower  row  of  the  carpus,  counting  from  the 
thumb. 

Maidenhead.  Maidenhood  ;  virginity  ; 
the  hymen. 

Maize.     Indian  corn.     Zea  mays. 

Ma'jor.     Greater. 

Majora'na.  Sweet  marjoram.  See  Ori- 
ganum Majorana. 

Mai.     A  French  term  for  malady  or  disease  ; 
bad  ;  ill. 
Mai  de  Den.     Odontalgia. 

Ma'la.     The  cheek  ;  also  the  cheek-bone. 

Malachite  (from  fia/Mnoc,  soft).  Green 
carbonate  of  copper. 

Mala'cia  (from  fialanog,  soft,  effeminacy). 
A  morbid  softening  of  tissue.  Also  a  longing 
for  some  particular  aliment,  with  disgust  for 
common  articles  of  diet,  as  in  persons  affected 
with  chronic  gastritis  and  in  chlorotic  and  preg- 
nant females.     A  depraved  appetite. 

Mala'colite.  A  variety  of  angite  of  a  dark- 
green  color. 

Malaco'ma  (from  [ta?.aKog,  soft).  Softening 
of  a  tissue  or  organ,  as  in  the  case  of  mollifies 
ossium,  mollifies  cerebri,  etc. 

Malaco'sis  (from  /la/.anog,  softening).  Any 
condition  characterized  by  an  abnormal  soften- 
ing of  the  tissues  of  the  body. 

Malacos'teon  (from  ita/.aKog,  soft,  and 
offrfor,  a  bone).     Softening  of  bones. 


MAL 


380 


MAL 


Malac'tica.     Emollients. 

Mala'dy.     Disease. 

Malag'ma  (from  fia'/.aaau,  to  soften).  An 
emollient  application. 

Malaise.  [French.]  A  general  feeling  of 
illness  accompanied  by  restlessness  and  dis- 
comfort. 

Ma'Iar   {malaris;    from    mala,  the   cheek). 
Eelating  or  pertaining  to  the  cheek  or  to  the 
malar  bone. 
Malar  Bones.     The  two  cheek-bones. 

Mala'ria.  Marsh  miasm.  Malaria  is  a 
term  applied  to  the  genus  of  noxious,  micro- 
scopic organisms — a  species  of  bacillus — which 
cause  or  are  related  to  the  forms  of  fever  com- 
mon to  wet  and  marshy  regions.  The  effects 
of  malarial  poison  have  a  deleterious  influence 
upon  the  teeth,  the  characteristics  of  which  are 
coarse,  soft,  roughly-formed  teeth  with  spongy 
gums. 

Mala'rious.  Resulting  from  or  connected 
with  malaria. 

Mala'rum  Ossa.     The  cheek-bones. 

Malassimilation.  Imperfect  assimilation 
or  nutrition. 

MaPate.  A  combination  of  malic  acid  with 
a  base. 

Malformation  (malformalio).  Wrong 
formation  or  structure  of  a  part  or  an  organ.  A 
deviation  from  natural  development  or  struc- 
ture ;  anomaly  of  development. 

Ma'lic  Acid  (acidum  malicum).  The  acid 
of  apples,  pears,  etc.  ;  a  crystalline  acid. 
C4H605- 

Malig'nant  (malignus).  Applied  to  dis- 
eases of  an  aggravated  or  dangerous  character, 
as  pestilential  fevers,  cancers,  etc. 

Malingerer.     One  who  feigns  disease. 

Ma'Iis  (maliasmus).     A  cutaneous  affection 
produced  by  parasitical  insects. 
Malis   Pedic/uli.     Lousiness. 

Malleability  {mallealnlitas ;  from  malleus,  a 
hammer).  Malleable.  Susceptibility  of  ex- 
tension under  the  blows  of  a  hammer,  a  prop- 
erty possessed  by  several  of  the  metals  and  by 
gold  iu  a  higher  degree  than  any  of  the  others. 
This  property  is  peculiar  to  some  metals,  as 
gold,  silver,  lead,  etc.,  under  all  temperatures. 
Gold  may  he  drawn  into  wire  of  only  the 
one  four-thousandth  part  of  an  inch  in  diame- 
ter, and  it  may  be  reduced,  by  passing  through 
rollers,  to  the  one  eight-thousandth  part  of  an 
inch  in  thickness. 

Mallea/tion  {malleatio;  from  malleus,  a 
mallet).      A  variety  of  chorea  in  which  one  or 


both  hands  are  made,  by  a  convulsive  action, 
to  strike  the  knee. 

MalPei  Anterior.  The  laxator  tympani 
muscle  of  the  ear. 

Mallei  Inter'nus.  The  tensor  tympani  muscle. 
Malleolar  {malleolar is).  Pertaining  to  the 
ankles  or  malleolus ;  also  applied  to  two 
branches  of  the  anterior  tibial  artery. 
Malleolar  Arteries.  Two  arteries  of  the  ankle. 
Malleolus  (diminutive  of  malleus,  a  mal- 
let). The  two  projections  formed  by  the  tibia 
and  fibula  at  the  ankle  ;  the  internal  is  called 
the  malleolus  internus,  and  the  external,  malleo- 
lus extemus. 

Mal'let,  Automatic.  An  instrument  op- 
erated by  the  action  of  a  spiral  steel  spring  and 
used  for  condensing  gold  in  filling  teeth.  See 
Automatic  Mallet. 

Mallet,  Buckingham's  and  Bonwtll's  den- 
tal mallets  designed  to  be  attached  to  and 
operated  by  the  dental  engine.  See  Auto- 
matic Plugger. 
Mallet,  Den'tal.  A  hand  instrument  made  of 
lead,  tin,  steel,  wood,  or  metal  compound  and 
used  for  condensing  gold  in  filling  teeth. 
Mallet,  Electro-magnetic.  A  dental  instru- 
ment for  condensing  gold  in  filling  teeth  and 
operated  by  electro-magnetism  as  a  motive 
power. 

Mallet,  Hyde's  Pneumatic.  A  dental  mallet 
with  an  air-pump  attached  which  is  operated 
by  the  foot  revolving  fly  and  drive  wheels. 
Mallet  Plug/gers.  Instruments  with  points 
more  or  less  deeply  serrated  for  introducing 
and  condensing  gold  in  filling  teeth,  upon 
which  blows  are  struck  Avith  a  small  hand 
mallet.  Different  forms  are  manufactured, 
known  by  the  names  of  the  inventors. 
Mallet,  Pneumatic.  A  dental  mallet  having 
air  as  a  motor,  devised  by  Dr.  W.  H.  Jackson. 
See  Pneumatic  Mallet. 
Mallet,  Russell's.  An  electro-magnetic  mallet 
invented  by  Dr.  Percy  Russell  which  contains 
several  notable  improvements.  It  is  simple  in 
construction  and  resembles  the  ordinary  "  au- 
tomatic "  in  size  and  shape.  All  the  moving 
parts  being  enclosed  within  its  vulcanite  case, 
the  noise  of  operation  is  reduced  to  a  mini- 
mum. It  balances  in  the  hand  and  may  be 
grasped  in  any  manner,  from  the  fact  that  it  is 
devoid  of  switches,  etc.,  requiring  to  be  op- 
erated by  the  fingers.  Very  perfect  control  of 
its  action  is  had  by  means  of  a  specially  de- 
signed foot-switch,  enabling  the  operator  to 
start,  stop,  or  instantly  change  the  force  of  the 


MAL 


381 


MAM 


blows  or  to  use  the  mallet  as  a  simple  hand- 
pressure  instrument  at  any  time  during  an 
operation.  The  weight  of  the  hammer  itself 
may  be  changed  to  suit  the  work,  and  its  speed 
of  vibration  can  be  regulated.  A  construc- 
tion peculiar  to  this  instrument  causes  each 
impact  of  the  hammer  upon  the  tool  holder  to 
take  place  before  the  electric  circuit  is  broken, 
and  consequently  under  the  full  magnetic 
force.  This  renders  the  blows  positive  and 
economizes  energy.  The  street  current  or  any 
form  of  battery  may  be  used,  but  from  the 
small  amount  of  electric  energy  required  a 
cheap  battery  of  dry  cells  may  be  used,  which 
are  clean  and  require  no  care,  thus  removing 
the  chief  objection  to  the  use  of  these  appli- 
ances. This  mallet  is  adapted  equally  well 
for  all  forms  of  cohesive  and  non-cohesive  gold 
and  for  chiseling. 
MaFIeus.  A  hammer  or  mallet.  The  outer- 
most of  the  four  bones  of  the  ear  is  so  named 
from  its  shape. 

MaPlow,  Marsh.     A  plant  of  the  genus 
Althaea. 
Mallow,  Vervain.     Malva  alcea. 

Malpig'hi,  Acini  of.  A  number  of  small, 
dark  spots  scattered  through  the  plexus  formed 
by  the  blood-vessels  and  uriniferous  tubes  in 
the  kidney. 

Malpig'hian  Bodies.  Corpora  Malpighi- 
ana.  Small  bodies  or  corpuscles  found  in  the 
kidney  ;  also  certain  white  corpuscles  found  in 
the  spleen. 

Malpighian  Vessels.  A  term  applied  in 
Entomology  to  the  biliary  pouches  or  caeca  of 
some  insects,  described  by  Malpighi,  which 
serve  as  a  substitute  for  the  liver. 

Malt.  Barley  or  other  grain  made  to  ger- 
minate by  steeping  it  in  water  and  then  drying 
in  a  kiln,  for  the  purpose  of  making  beer. 

Mal'tha  (from  fia/iarru,  to  soften).  Mineral 
pitch  or  tallow. 

Malt'ine.  Preparations  and  foods  for  in- 
valids of  malted  wheat  or  barley  ;  sometimes 
combined  with  cod-liver  oil  and  other  nutritive 
agents. 

Malting.  The  act  of  making  malt. 
Maltese.  A  crystalline  carbohydrate, 
C12H22On  -f-  H20.  It  is  produced  by  the  action 
of  diastase,  ptyalin,  and  amylopin  on  starch. 
It  is  the  chief  sugar  formed  in  the  digestion  of 
starch  ;  it  is  capable  of  direct  fermentation. 

Ma/lum.     Disease.     Also  an  apple. 
Malum    Canum.      Malum    cotoneum.      The 
quince. 


Malum   Cit/reum.     The  citron. 
Malum  MecPicum.     The  lemon. 
Malum  Mor'tuum,     A  cutaneous  affection  in 
which  the  affected  parts  appear  to  be  struck 
with  death. 
Malum   Pilare.     See  Trichosis. 

Ma'lus  ( pirus  mains).  The  apple. 
Malus  Indica.  Eiliumbi  biting-bing,  of  Bon- 
tius.  A  tree  of  the  East  Indies,  the  root  of 
which  yields  a  cooling  juice,  which  is  drunk 
in  fevers,  and  the  leaves,  boiled  with  rice,  are 
used  as  a  cataplasm.  The  ripe  fruit  is  eaten 
and  the  unripe  made  into  a  pickle  for  the 
table. 

MaFva.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Malvaceae. 

Malva    Sylves'tris.     The     common    mallow. 
High  mallow.      The   leaves   and  flowers  are 
sometimes  used  in  fomentations,  cataplasms 
and  enematas. 
Mamelle'.     See  Mamma. 
Mam/elon.     See  Nipple. 
Mam/ma.     The  glandular  organ  peculiar  to 
mammiferous  animals,  imperfectly  developed 
in  the  male  and  destined  in  the  female  for  the 
secretion  of  milk  ;  the  female  breast. 

Mammalia  (from  mamma,  the  breast).  A 
class  of  animals  comprising  all  those  which 
suckle  their  young. 

Mammal'ogy  (from  mamma,  and  Myoc,  a 
discourse).  A  treatise  on  the  organization, 
habits,  properties,  and  classification  of  mam- 
mals. 

Mam/mary  (mam  mar  ins;  from  mamma,  the 
breast).     Relating  to  the  breast. 
Mammary  Abscess.     Abscess  of  the  breast. 
Mammary  Arteries.    They  are  three  in  num- 
ber, one  internal  and  two  external.     The  inter- 
nal is  a  branch  of  the  subclavian  and  gives  off 
the  mediastinal,  thymal,  and  pericardial  arte- 
ries.    The  external  are  given  off  by  the  axil- 
lary artery. 
Mam'mary  Gland.     The  organ  which  secretes 
the  milk. 

Mammary  Sarco'ma.    A  tumor  of  the  texture 
and  color  of  the  mammary  gland,  occurring  in 
various  parts  of  the  body. 
Mammary    Veins.      These   veins  follow   the 
course  of  the  mammary  arteries. 
Mammif'era.     Mammalia. 
Mam'miform.      Like   a   nipple  ;    mastoid 
process  of  the  temporal  bone. 
Mam  mi  I  la.     The  nipple. 
Mam'millary.    Nipple-shaped.    Pertaining 
to  the  nipple  or  breast.      Also  resembling  a 


MAM 


382 


MAR 


nipple,  a  term  used  in  many  of  the  sciences,  as 
mammillated  mucous  membrane. 
Mammillary  Eminences.  Corpora  albicantia. 
Two  white  bodies  of  the  size  of  a  pea  behind 
the  tuber  cinereum  and  between   the  crura 
cerebri. 
MarrTmillated.      Mammiform.      Mastoid  ; 
resembling  a  nipple. 

Man'dible  (mandibula;  from  mandero,  to 
chew).  A  jaw.  In  Zoology,  the  lower  jaw  of 
mammals,  both  jaws  of  birds,  and  in  insects 
the  upper  or  anterior  pair  of  jaws. 

Mandib'ulum  (mandibula;   from   mandero, 
to  chew).     The  inferior  maxillary  bone. 
Mandra'gora.     The  mandrake. 
Man/drake.     A  plant  of  the  genus  Atropa, 
formerly  used  as  a  narcotic. 

Man'drel.  A  revolving  shank  for  confin- 
ing in  a  lathe  a  substance  to  be  turned  ;  used 
in  Mechanical  Dentistry  for  rotating  grinding- 
wheels  and  polishing-brushes,  and  in  Operative 
Dentistry,  in  connection  with  the  dental  engine, 
for  revolving  discs,  corundum  and  wood  points, 
etc. 

Man/ducate.     To  chew  ;  to  eat. 
Manduca/tion  (manducatio).     Mastication. 
Man'ganate.     A  combination  of  manganic 
acid  and  a  base. 

Man'ganese.  A  grayish- white,  hard,  brit- 
tle metal  of  a  granular  texture ;  resembles 
iron. 

Manganese,    Black    Oxide    of.      Manganese, 
oxide   of.      Manganese,   binoxide   of.      Man- 
ganese, peroxide  of.     This  oxide  is  much  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  porcelain  teeth  for  giv- 
ing a  purplish  hue  to  the  enamel.    It  is  never, 
however,  used  by  itself  for  this  purpose,  but 
in  combination  with  some  other  oxides. 
Manganese,    Sulphate    of.     A   very   soluble, 
rose-colored  salt. 
Mangane'sic  Acid.     Manganic  acid.     An 
acid  existing  in  the  chameleon  mineral,  termed 
niiin^anate  of  potash. 

Mangane'sii  Sulphas.  Sulphate  of  man- 
ganese. This  substance  is  in  the  form  of  color- 
less or  pale  rose-colored  crystals.  It  acts 
as  a  cholagogue,  purgative,  and  also  as  an 
alterative. 

Manga'nium.  See  Manganese. 
Manganum.  Symbol,  Mn.  Atomic  weight, 
54.  A  silver-white  metal  with  the  properties 
of  iron.  Used  in  medicine  in  the  form  of 
oxides,  sulphates,  and  iodide.  In  small  doses 
a  tonic. 

Man'ganous.     An  oxide  of  manganese. 


Ma/nia  (from  /aivofiai,  to  rage).  Raving 
madness. 

Mania=a=potu.     Delirium  tremens. 

Ma'niac.     One  affected  with  mania. 

Man/icure  (from  manus,  the  hand,  and  cura, 
care).  The  processes  of  beautifying  the  hand. 
Also  one  who  professionally  attends  to  the  care 
of  the  hands  and  nails. 

Man'ikin.  A  model  of  plaster  or  papier 
mache',  etc.,  showing  the  anatomy  of  the  body 
or  of  an  organ. 

Manipulation  (from  manus,  a  hand).  The 
art  of  using  or  handling  instruments.  In 
Chemistry,  the  preparation  of  substances  for 
experiment,  and  in  Pharmacy,  the  preparation 
of  medicines. 

Manipulator.     One  who  manipulates. 
Manipulator,   Amalgam.      A    dental   instru- 
ment for  introducing  amalgam  fillings. 

Manip'ulus.     A  handful. 

Man'na.    A  saccharine  matter  which  exudes 
from  plants,   especially   the   Fraxinus   ornus. 
It  is  used  as  a  laxative.     Dose,  gj  to  ^ij. 
Manna  Metallo'rum.     Calomel. 

Man'nite.  Manna-sugar  ;  the  sweet  prin- 
ciple of  manna,  on  which  its  laxative  virtues 
depend. 

Manubrium  (from  manus,  a  hand).     The 
handle  of  anything  or  the  hilt. 
Manubrium  Ma'nus.     The  radius. 
Manubrium  Ster'ni.     The  uppermost  part  of 
the  sternum. 

Manulu'vium.     A  hand-bath. 

Man/us.     The  hand. 

Manustupra'tio.     See  Mastuiibation. 

Ma'ple  Su'gar.  Sugar  made  from  the 
juice  of  the  Acer  saccharinum. 

Maran'ta.     A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Marantacese. 
Maranta  Arundina/cea.     Arrow  root. 

Marasmop'yra.  Marasmus,  a  wasting 
away.     Hectic  fever. 

Maras'mus  (from  fiapaiva,  to  grow  lean). 
Atrophy.     Emaciation. 

Mar'ble.  The  several  varieties  of  carbon- 
ate of  lime  which  have  a  granular  crystalline 
texture. 

Marcasi'ta.     Marcasite.     Pyrites. 
Marcasita  Alba.     Bismuth. 
Marcasita  PlunVbea.     Antimony. 

Marces' cent  (marcescens).  Withering;  de- 
caying. Applied  in  Botany  to  flowers  which 
wither  some  time  before  they  fall  off. 

Marcet's  Blow-pipe.  A  spirit-lamp  fed 
by  a  jet  of  oxygen. 


MAR 


383 


MAS 


Mar'cor.     Emaciation.     Atrophy. 

Marco'res.  Such  diseases  as  are  character- 
ized by  general  emaciation. 

Margar'ic  Acid  (from  papyapirr/,  a  pearl). 
An  acid  obtained  from  margarine  in  the  form 
of  pearly  scales. 

Mar'garine  (margarin).  A  peculiar  pearl- 
like substance  found  pure  in  the  solid  part  of 
human  fat  or  olive  oil.  An  artificial  substi- 
tute for  butter. 

Margarita.  Pearl.  Also  a  tumor  of  the 
eye  resembling  pearl. 

Mar/garite.  A  mineral  of  a  grayish-white 
color,  found  in  Tyrol. 

Margarit'ic  Acid.  One  of  the  fatty  acids 
which  result  from  the  saponification  of  castor- 
oil. 

Mar/garone.  A  peculiar  fatty  substance 
crystallizing  in  pearly  scales,  obtained  by  dis- 
tilling margaric  acid  with  quicklime. 

Mar'garyl.  Consisting  of  stearin  and  mar- 
garin. 

Marigold.  A  plant  of  the  genus  Calen- 
dula, bearing  a  yellow  flower. 

Marine  Acid.  Muriatic  or  hydrochloric 
acid. 

Marine    Salt.      Common    salt.      Chloride   of 
sodium. 

Marjoram.    Sweet  marjoram.    Origanum. 

Marking  Ink.     See  Indelible  Ink. 

Marl.  An  earth  or  clay  containing  more  or 
less  potash  and  carbonate  of  lime. 

Marmalade.  A  confection  of  quinces  or 
other  fruit  and  sugar,  reduced  to  a  pultaceous 
consistence. 

Marma'ryga  (from  uappaipu,  to  shine). 
Flashings  or  coruscations  before  the  eye. 

Mar'mor.     Marble. 

Mar/row.    The  fatty  substance  contained  in 
the  medullary  cavities  in  the  long  cylindrical 
bones. 
Marrow,  Spinal.     The  medulla  spinalis. 

Marrubium  Vulgare.  Common  hore- 
houud  ;  white  horehound.  It  is  tonic,  slightly 
stimulant,  and  in  large  doses,  laxative. 

Mars.     Martis.      The  alchemical   name  of 
iron. 
Mars  Solu/bilis.     Ferrum  tartarizatum. 

Marshall  Hall's  Method.  See  Resusci- 
tation. 

Marshall's  Cerate.  A  cerate  composed  of 
palm  oil,  calomel,  acetate  of  lead,  and  citrine 
ointment. 

Marsh's  Test  Apparatus.  An  instrument 
for  detecting  the  presence  of  arsenious  acid  in 


solution,  consisting  of  a  curved  tube  in  which 
the  suspected  fluid  is  enclosed  with  pieces  of 
zinc  and  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  The  hydrogen 
thus  produced  combines  with  any  arsenic  pres- 
ent, forming  gaseous  arseniuretted  hydrogen, 
which,  on  being  permitted  to  escape  by  a  small 
jet,  is  easily  ignited,  and  if  a  plate  or  tube  be 
held  over  the  flame  a  film  of  metallic  arsenic 
will  be  seen. 

Marsu'pial  [marsmpialis ;  from  marsupium, 
a  purse).  The  obturator  internus  muscle. 
Also  the  abdominal  cavity  of  the  opossum, 
kangaroo,  etc.,  into  which  their  young  are  re- 
ceived and  nourished  for  some  time  after  they 
are  born. 

Marsu'pium  (/uipavpoc,  a  little  sack).  A 
pouch  ;  the  large  cavity  of  the  peritoneum. 
Also  the  scrotum. 

Mar'tial  [martialis;  from  mars,  iron).     An 
old  designation  for  several  preparations  of  iron. 
Martial  ^Ethiops.     Protoxide  of  iron. 
Martial  Salts.     Salts  of  iron. 

Mar'tis  Limatu'ra.     Iron  filings. 

Mas.     Male. 

Mas'chale.     The  axilla. 

Mas'culine  (mas,  a  male).  Male,  or  be- 
longing to  the  male  sex  ;  resembling  a  man. 

Mass.     An  aggregation  of  matter. 
Mass,  Blue.    See  Hydrargyrum. 

Mas'sa    (from   fiaoou,   to   mix).      A   mass. 
Generally  applied  to  the  compound  from  which 
pills  are  to  be  formed. 
Massa  de  Hydrar'gyro.     See  Blue  Mass. 

Massage7  (from  fiaoou,  to  knead).  A  method 
of  effecting  changes  in  the  nutrition  of  the 
body  and  increasing  the  circulation  by  rubbing, 
kneading,  etc.,  done  by  a  masseur. 

Masse'sis.     Mastication. 

Masse'ter  (from  fiaaaao/iai,  to  chew).  A 
muscle  of  the  lower  jaw  situated  at  the  side 
and  back  part  of  the  face  in  front  of  the  mea- 
tus externus.  It  arises  by  two  portions, — the 
one  anterior  and  tendinous  from  the  superior 
maxilla,  where  it  joins  the  malar  bone,  the 
other  from  the  inferior  edge  of  the  malar 
bone  and  the  zygomatic  arch  as  far  back  as  the 
glenoid  cavity, — and  is  inserted,  tendinous  and 
fleshy,  into  the  external  side  of  the  ramus  of 
the  jaw  and  its  angles  as  far  up  as  the  coro- 
noid  process.  The  use  of  this  muscle,  when 
both  portions  act  together,  is  to  close  the  jaws  ; 
if  the  anterior  acts  alone,  the  jaw  is  brought 
forward  ;  if  the  posterior,  it  is  drawn  backward. 

Masseteric.  Relating  or  belonging  to  the 
masseter  muscle. 


MAS 


384 


MAS 


MassFcot.     The  yellow  oxide  of  lead. 

Mas'taden  (fiaarog:  the  breast,  and  arf^v,  a 
gland).  The  mammary  gland,  or  female 
breast. 

Mastadeni/tis.  Mastaden.  Inflammation 
of  the  mammary  gland. 

MastaFgia  (.uaoTog,  and  aljog,  pain).  Pain 
of  the  mammary  gland,  or  breast. 

Mastaux'e  (uaGTog,  and  avi-y,  increase). 
Swollen  or  enlarged  female  breast. 

Masthelco'sis  (jiaorog,  and  eKKuaTig,  ulcera- 
tion).    Ulceration  of  mamma. 

Mas'tic.  Mastich.  A  resinous  substance, 
stimulant  and  tonic.  Dissolved  in  alcohol  or 
oil  of  turpentine,  it  is  used  as  varnish.  It  has 
been  used  as  a  temporary  filling  material  in 
decayed  teeth. 

Mastica'tion  (masticatio ;  from  masfico,  to 
chew).  The  act  of  chewing  food  or  the  pro- 
cess by  which  it  is  comminuted  and  mixed 
with  saliva  preparatory  to  being  introduced 
into  the  stomach.  The  organs  of  mastication 
are  the  superior  and  inferior  maxillary,  the 
palate  bones,  the  teeth,  and  the  temporal,  mas- 
seter,  and  external  and  internal  pterygoid 
muscles.  To  these  might  also  be  added  the 
lips,  the  various  movements  of  which  depend 
upon  the  single  and  combined  action  of  their 
muscles,  which  extend  over  the  greater  portion 
of  the  face. 

The  upper  jaw,  being  rendered  immovable 
by  its  connection  with  the  bones  of  the  head, 
is  aptly  compared  by  Kicherand  to  an  anvil, 
on  which  the  lower  jaw,  in  the  act  of  mastica- 
tion, "strikes  as  a  movable  hammer,"  but  the 
motions  of  the  latter  and  the  pressure  which  it 
exerts  in  these  efforts  upon  the  former  would 
have  the  effect,  continues  this  learned  physi- 
ologist, of  displacing  the  different  bones  of  the 
face  were  they  merely  placed  in  juxtaposition 
or  only  held  together  by  sutures,  if  not  so  sup- 
ported as  "to  transmit  to  the  skull  the  double 
effort  which  presses  on  it  from  below  upward 
and  pushes  out  laterally."  Hence  we  find  the 
fabric  of  the  face  supported  in  an  upward 
direction  by  the  ascending  apophyses  of  the 
superior  maxilla,  the  orbitar  processes  of  the 
malar,  and  the  vertical  processes  of  the  palate 
bones  ;  and  laterally  by  the  zygomatic  pro- 
cesses of  the  temporal,  which  articulates  with 
the  malar  bones. 

Two  distinct  actions  are  concerned  in  masti- 
cation. The  first  consists  in  separating  a  por 
tion  of  food  by  means  of  the  incisors,  and  the 
second,  its  manducation  by  the  molars.     The 


lower  jaw  being  depressed,  the  food  is  placed 
between  the  lower  and  upper  incisors,  when, 
by  the  action  of  the  elevator  muscles,  their 
edges  are  brought  together  ;  the  condyles  and 
interarticular  cartilages  retaining  the  position 
on  the  articular  eminences  which  they  were 
made  to  assume  in  the  first  movement  of  the 
jaw,  the  grinding  surfaces  of  the  molars  do  not 
meet.  But  as  soon  as  the  incisors  come  to- 
gether, the  lower  jaw  is  drawn  slightly  back- 
ward by  the  contraction  of  the  temporal  and 
masseter  muscles.  By  this  movement  the 
lower  incisors  pass  backward  and  slightly  up- 
ward, separating  the  food  by  an  action  which 
has  been  compared  to  the  cutting  of  a  pair  of 
shears.  The  lower  jaw  is  now  depressed  suffi- 
ciently to  admit  the  separated  portion  of  food 
between  the  superior  and  inferior  molars,  which 
is  conveyed  there  by  the  action  of  the  tongue, 
lips,  and  cheeks.  It  is  then  successively  ele- 
vated and  depressed,  while  at  the  same  time  a 
degree  of  lateral  motion  is  given  to  it  by  the 
alternate  action  of  the  external  and  internal 
pterygoid  muscles.  By  this  complicated  move- 
ment of  elevation  and  partial  rotation  the 
process  of  mastication  is  effected. 

The  amount  of  lateral  and  rotary  motion, 
however,  is  greatly  influenced  by  the  relation- 
ship which  the  teeth  sustain  to  each  other 
when  the  mouth  is  closed.  It  is  much  greater 
when  the  incisors  of  the  upper  jaw  strike 
plumb  upon  the  lower  than  when  the  former 
shut  over  the  latter.  The  process  of  mastica- 
tion, however,  is  very  much  aided  by  the  adap- 
tation of  the  tubercles  of  the  molars  of  one 
jaw  to  the  depressions  of  those  of  the  other, 
into  which  they  constantly  glide  as  the  teeth 
come  together. 

During  the  process  of  mastication  the  food 
is  penetrated  by  the  saliva,  which  facilitates 
its  reduction  into  a  pultaceous  mass.  When 
reduced  to  this  state  it  is  ready  for  deglu- 
tition. 

Mastication  is  justly  regarded  as  the  first 
step  in  the  process  of  digestion,  and  viewed  in 
this  light  it  assumes  an  importance  in  the  func- 
tions of  the  animal  economy  which  would  not 
otherwise  attach  to  it.  Upon  the  complete  dis- 
integration of  alimentary  substances  healthy 
digestion  greatly  depends  ;  and  it  is,  doubtless, 
owing  in  a  great  degree  to  the  imperfect  man- 
ner in  which  this  is  effected  that  many  of  the 
numerous  cases  of  dyspepsia,  continually  oc- 
curring, are  measurably  attributable. 

Mas'ticatory.     The  instruments  and  pro- 


MAS 


385 


MAT 


cess  of  mastication.  Also  a  substance  intended 
to  be  chewed  for  the  purpose  of  exciting  sali- 
vary secretion. 

Mastich    Herb.      Common  herb  mastich  ; 
the  popular  name  of  Thymus  mastichina. 
Mastich  Tree.     The  popular  name  of  Pistacia 

lentiscus. 
Mas/tiche.      Mastic.     A  concrete  resinous 
exudation   from   the  Pistacia  lentiscus.      See 
Mastic. 

Mas'ticin,  or  Mas'ticine.  A  peculiar 
principle  obtained  by  the  action  of  alcohol  on 
mastich. 

Mas/ticus.  Mastic.  Pertaining  to  the 
mammae. 

Mastitis  (from  fiaaroc,  the  breast,  and  trig, 
signifying  inflammation).  Inflammation  of  the 
breast. 

Mas/tix.     Mastich. 

Mastocarcino/ma  (from  /aaarog,  the  breast, 
and  KapKivufia,  cancer).     Cancer  of  the  breast. 
Mas'todes.     Having  large  breasts. 
Mastodyn/ia  (from  ftaarog,  the  breast,  and 
odvvt],  pain).     Pain  in  the  breast,  generally  of 
a  neuralgic  character. 
Mastodynia  Apostemato/sa.      Inflammation 

and  abscess  of  the  breast. 
Mas'toid  (mastoideus ;   from  naoroc,  breast, 
and  etdog,  like).    Having  the  shape  of  the  breast. 
A  term  applied  to  a  process  and  to  a  foramen 
of  the  temporal  bone,  and  to  other  parts. 
Mastoid    Aperture.       The    opening  between 

the  cavity  of  the  tympanum  and  the  mastoid 

cells. 
Mastoid  Ar'tery  (nrteria  mastoidea).     A  pos 

terior  branch  of  the  external  carotid. 
Mastoid    Can/cer.       A    firm     carcinomatous 

growth  resembling  the  boiled  udder  of  the 

cow. 
Mastoid  Cells.    Mastoid  sinuses.    Cells  in  the 

mastoid    process    which    communicate   with 

one  another  and  open  into  the  cavity  of  the 

tympanum.     They  increase  the  intensity  ef 

sound. 
Mastoid   or  Digas'tric  Groove.     A  groove  at 

the  inner  side  of  the  mastoid  process  which 

affords  attachment  to  the  posterior  belly  of  the 

digastric  muscle. 
Mastoid   Fora'men.     A  hole    by  the  side  of 

the  mastoid  process. 
Mastoid   Fos'sa.     A  depression  at  the  inner 

surface  of  the  mastoid  portion  of  the  temporal 

bone.     It  forms  part  of  the  lateral  sinus. 
Mastoid,     Mam'miform,     or     Mam'millary 

Proc/ess.     A   large,  round   protuberance   at 


the  inferior  and  posterior  part  of  the  temporal 
bone. 
Mastoid  Muscle,  Posterior.     Splenius. 

Mastoideocente'sis  (from  mastoid,  and 
KevTT/oig,  a  puncture).  Perforation  of  the  mas- 
toid process. 

Mastoide'us.  The  sterno-cleido-mastoideus 
muscle.  A  muscle  attached  to  the  mastoid 
process. 

Maston/cus.     A  tumor  of  the  breast. 
Mastorrhag'ia   (from    fiacrog,  and    pr/yvv/u, 
to  break  forth).     An  unusual  flow  of  milk. 
Mas'tos  (from  fiaarog,  breast).     Mamma. 
Mastothe'ca  (from  /uaarog,  the  breast,  and 
■&rjnj],  pouch  or  purse).     A   term   applied    in 
Zoology,  by  Illiger,  to  the  abdominal  pouch  in 
the  marsupial  mammifera. 

Masturbation.  Excitation  of  the  genital 
organs  with  the  hand. 

Mat.  Small  portions  of  gold  or  tin  foil  cut 
from  the  tape  form  into  different  sizes  for  filling 
teeth. 

Ma'ter.     A  mother  ;  applied  in  Anatomy  to 
two  membranes  of  the  brain. 
Mater  Aceti.     Mother  of  vinegar  ;    a   mould 
plant  developed  in  vinegar. 
Mater  Metallo/rum.     Quicksilver. 
Mater  Perta/rum.     Mother  of  pearl. 

Materia.     Matter. 
Materia    Medica.     That  branch    of    medical 
science    which   embraces  the  knowledge    of 
medicines,  their  action  on  the  animal  econ- 
omy, and   mode  of  administration.     Also   a 
collective  term,  comprising  all  medicines  or 
all  substances,  natural  or  artificial,  which  are 
used  in  Medical  Practice  as  remedies  in  dis- 
sease. 
Mati/co.      A   Peruvian    plant,    the    Piper 
angustifolium.     A  valuable  styptic,  aromatic, 
stimulant,  and  tonic.     As  a  styptic,  the  pow- 
dered leaves  are  used. 

Mat'rass  (matricium).  A  retort ;  a  glass 
vessel  with  a  long  neck,  used  in  chemistry  and 
pharmacy. 

Matres  Cer'ebri.  The  meninges  of  the 
brain. 

Matricaria.     German  chamomile.     Tonic, 
emetic,  and  antispasmodic. 
Matricaria   ChamomiPla.     Wild  corn.     Ger- 
man chamomile.     The  flower  possesses  mild 
tonic  properties. 

Matricaria  Parthe'nium.  Feverfew.  Mother's- 
wort.     The  flowers  are  stomachic,  tonic,  and 
emmenagogue. 
Matric'ulate  (from  matricula,  a  roll  or  regis- 


MAT 


386 


MAX 


ter  ;  diminutive  of  matrix).  To  receive  admis- 
sion and  to  enroll  among  the  members 
of  a  college  or  university.  Also  one  thus 
admitted. 

Matrix  (the  plural,  matrices).  A  mould  ; 
the  cavity  in  which  anything  is  formed. 
In  Anatomy,  the  uterus  ;  applied  by  French 
writers  to  the  sac  of  a  tooth.  In  Miner- 
alogy, the  earthy  matter  which  accompanies 
ore.  In  Dentistry,  a  piece  of  steel  or 
other  metal  of  suitable  form  used  in  filling 
proximal  cavities.  It  is  placed  between  the 
tooth  to  be  filled  and  the  adjoining  one,  and 
held  in  position  by  wooden  wedges,  thus  form- 
ing a  temporary  wall  against  which  the  filling 
of  gold  may  be  consolidated.  See  Matrix, 
Dental.  In  Dental  Mechanism,  a  mould  of 
sand  or  other  substance  in  which  dies  for  swag- 
ing are  cast. 

Matrix,  Dental.     A  small  instrument  devised 
by  Dr.  Lewis  Jack  to  facilitate  the  filling  of 
a  cavity  where  the  lateral  wall  is  wanting. 
They  are  formed  of    slightly  wedge-shaped 
pieces  of  steel,  hollowed  out  at  their  thicker 
edge,  the  depression  terminating  at  the  thinner 
edge.     The  plain  part  of  the  face  is  file-cut, 
and  at  each  end  a  square  cut  is  made  to  ac- 
commodate the  points  of  the  pliers  used  for 
adjusting  the  matrix.    A  number  of  pairs  are 
necessary  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  dif- 
ferent cases.  There  are  also  band  matrices  and 
screw  matrices. 
Mat/ter.     In  popular  language,  every  sub- 
stance which  enters  into  the  composition  of  a 
body   or  which   has   sensible  properties.      In 
Physiology,  all  substances  evacuated  from  the 
intestinal  canal  and  eliminated  from  the  sur- 
face of  the  body.     In  Pathology,  pus  and  other 
morbid  evacuations. 

Matura'tion  (maluratio).  Progress  of  an 
abscess  to  maturity. 

Matu/rative  (malurans).  Eemedies  which 
promote  the  suppuration  of  an  inflammatory 
tumor. 

Maturity.  Perfect  development.  Ripe- 
ness. 

Maw.  In  popular  language,  the  stomach  of 
brutes. 

Maxil/Ia  (from  //naaau,  to  chew).     The  jaw, 
either  upper  or  lower. 
Maxilla,  Inferior.     The  lower  jaw. 
Maxilla,  Superior.     The  upper  jaw. 

MaxiFlare  Inferius  Os.  Inferior  maxilla  ; 
mandibula.  The  lower  jaw  is  the  largest  bone 
of  the  face,  and,  though  but  one  bone  in  the 


adult,  it  consists  of  two  symmetrical  pieces  in 
the  foetus. 

It  occupies  the  lower  part  of  the  face,  has  a 
semicircular  form,  and  extends  back  to  the  base 
of  the  skull. 

It  is  divided  into  the  body  and  extremities. 

The  body  is  the  middle  and  horizontal  por- 
tion ;  this  is  divided  along  its  centre  by  a  ridge 
called  the  symphysis,  which  is  the  place  of  sepa- 
ration in  the  infant  state  ;  the  middle  portion 
projects  at  its  inferior  part  into  an  eminence 
called  the  mental  process  or  chin,  on  each  side 
of  which  is  a  depression  for  the  muscles  of  the 
lower  lip,  and  externally  to  these  depressions 
are  two  foramina,  called  anterior  mental,  for 
transmitting  an  artery  and  nerve  of  the  same 
name. 

The  horizontal  portion  or  sides  extend  back- 
ward and  outward,  and  on  the  other  surface 
have  an  oblique  line  for  the  attachment  of 
muscles. 

On  the  inner  surface  of  the  middle  part 
behind  the  chin,  along  the  line  of  the  symphy- 
sis, there  is  a  chain  of  eminences  called  genial 
processes,  to  the  superior  of  which  the  fraenum 
linguse  is  attached,  to  the  middle  the  genio- 
hyoglossi,  and  to  the  inferior  the  genio-hyoid 
muscles  ;  on  each  side  of  these  eminences  are 
depressions  for  the  sublingual  glands,  and  on 
each  side  of  these  depressions  there  runs  an 
oblique  ridge  upward  and  outward,  to  the 
interior  part  of  which  is  attached  the  mylo- 
hyoid muscle,  and  to  the  posterior  part  the 
superior  constrictor  of  the  pharynx  ;  this  latter 
muscle  is  consequently  involved,  more  or  less, 
in  the  extraction  of  the  last  molar  teeth.  Below 
this  line  there  is  a  groove  for  the  mylo-hyoid 
nerve. 

The  upper  edge  of  the  body  is  surmounted 
by  the  alveolar  process  and  cavities  correspond- 
ing in  number  and  size  to  the  roots  of  the 
teeth. 

The  lower  edge,  called  the  base,  is  rounded, 
obtuse,  and  receives  the  superficial  fascia  and 
platysma  muscle. 

The  extremities  of  the  body  have  two  large 
processes  rising  up  at  an  obtuse  angle,  named 
the  rami  of  the  lower  jaw.  These  processes 
are  flat  and  broad  on  their  surfaces  ;  the  outer 
is  covered  with  the  masseter  muscle,  the  inner 
has  a  deep  groove  which  leads  to  a  large  hole, 
the  posterior  dental  or  maxillary  foramen,  for 
transmitting  the  inferior  dental  nerves  and 
vessels  to  the  dental  canal  running  along  the 
roots  of  the  teeth.     This  foramen  is  protected 


MAX 


387 


MAX 


by  a  spine,  to  which  the  internal  lateral  liga- 
ment is  attached. 

The  ramus  has  a  projection  at  its  lower  part, 
which  is  the  angle  of  the  lower  jaw  ;  its  upper 
ridge  is  curved,  having  a  process  at  each  end  ; 
the  anterior  one  is  the  coronoid  process  ;  this  is 
triangular,  and  has  the  temporal  muscle  in- 
serted into  it ;  the  posterior  is  the  condyloid, 
and  articulates  with  the  temporal  bone.  This 
process  has  a  neck  for  the  insertion  of  the 
pterygoid  muscle. 

The  structure  of  the  lower  jaw  is  compact 
externally,  cellular  within,  and  traversed  in 
the  greater  part  of  its  extent  by  the  inferior 
dental  canal. 

The  lower  jaw  is  developed  from  two  cen- 
tres of  ossification,  which  meet  at  the  symphy- 
sis. It  is  articulated  to  the  temporal  bones  by 
the  condyles  and  several  ligaments — namely,  an 
external  and  internal  lateral,  the  capsular, 
intermaxillary,  stylo-maxillary,  and  two  syno- 
vial membranes.  It  is  also  articulated  with 
the  teeth. 

Maxil'lare  Superius  Os.  Superior  maxilla. 
The  upper  jaw  is  composed  of  two  bones, 
which  are  united  on  the  median  line  of  the 
face.  They  occupy  the  anterior  upper  part  of 
the  face,  are  of  very  irregular  form,  and  each 
consists  of  a  body,  processes,  and  foramina. 
The  body  is  the  central  part  of  the  bone  and  has 
four  surfaces — namely,  the  anterior  or  facial 
surface,  the  posterior  or  zygomatic,  the  supe- 
rior or  orbital,  and  the  inferior  or  palatine 
surface. 
The  anterior  surface  is  irregularly  convex  and 
has  a  depression  about  its  centre  just  above 
the  canine  fossa,  immediately  above  which  is 
the  infra-orbital  foramen  for  transmitting  an 
artery  and  nerve  of  the  same  name  ;  its 
upper  and  inner  edge  forms  part  of  the  lower 
margin  of  the  orbit,  from  the  inner  extremity 
of  which  proceeds  upward  toward  the  nasal 
and  frontal  bones  a  long  and  rather  flat  pro- 
cess— the  nasal  process  of  the  superior  max- 
illa ;  it  is  of  a  pyramidal  form,  its  posterior 
edge  forming  the  internal  margin  of  the  orbit 
and  helping  to  make  the  lachrymal  groove  ; 
its  anterior  edge  receives  the  cartilages  of  the 
nose  ;  its  upper  corresponds  to  the  nasal 
bones  and  its  summit  to  the  frontal,  while  its 
outer  surface  gives  attachment  to  the  muscles 
and  its  inner  enters  into  the  formation  of  the 
nose. 
From  the  lower  edge  of  its  anterior  surface  the 
alveolar  processes   and  cavities  are  formed  ; 


these  consist  in  depressions  of  a  more  or  less 
conical  form,  and  correspond  to  the  number  of 
teeth  or  roots  of  teeth  they  are  intended  to 
receive . 

The  posterior  or  zygomatic  surface  is  convex, 
directed  backward  and  outward,  and  forms 
part  of  the  zygomatic  fossa.  About  its  centre 
it  is  perforated  by  three  or  four  small  holes, 
the  posterior  dental  canals,  which  go  to  the 
alveoli  of  the  molar  teeth. 

The  lower  surface  extends  from  the  alveolar 
processes  in  front  to  the  horizontal  plate  of 
the  palate  bones  behind,  called  the  palatine 
processes,  which  are  rough  below,  forming  the 
roof  of  the  mouth,  and  smooth  above,  making 
the  floor  of  the  nostrils.  They  are  united 
along  the  median  line,  at  the  anterior  part  of 
which  is  the  foramen  incisivum,  having  two 
openings  in  the  jnares  above,  while  there  is 
but  one  in  the  mouth  below. 

The  upper  or  orbital  surface  is  triangular  in 
shape,  with  its  base  in  front,  forming  the  an- 
terior, lower,  and  internal  edge  of  the  orbit, 
while  its  apex  extends  back  to  the  bottom  ;  it 
forms  the  floor  of  the  orbit  and  roof  of  the 
antrum  ;  its  internal  edge  is  united  to  the 
lachrymal,  ethmoid,  and  palate  bones  ;  its  ex- 
ternal edge  assists  in  forming  the  spheno- 
maxillary fissure,  and  along  its  central  surface 
is  seen  a  canal  running  from  behind  forward 
and  inward — the  infra-orbital  canal.  This 
canal  divides  into  two  ;  the  smaller  is  the 
anterior  dental,  which  descends  to  the  anterior 
alveoli  along  the  front  wall  of  the  antrum  ; 
the  other  is  the  proper  continuation  of  the 
canal  and  ends  at  the  infra-orbital  hole  ;  along 
the  upper  part  of  the  line  uniting  the  palatine 
processes  there  is  a  ridge,  the  nasal  crest,  for 
receiving  the  vomer,  and  at  the  anterior  part 
of  this  crest  there  is  a  projection  forward,  the 
nasal  spine;  at  the  external  and  upper  part  of 
the  body  is  the  malar  process. 

The  body  of  the  superior  maxilla  is  occupied 
by  a  large  and  verjr  important  cavity  called 
the  antrum  Highmorianum,  or  maxillary  sinus. 
This  cavity  is  somewhat  triangular  in  shape, 
with  its  base  looking  to  the  nose  and  its  apex 
to  the  malar  process.  Its  upper  wall  is  formed 
by  the  floor  of  the  orbit,  its  lower  by  the  alveoli 
of  the  molar  teeth,  which  sometimes  perforate 
this  cavity.  The  canine  fossa  bounds  it  in 
front,  while  the  tuberosity  closes  it  behind. 

The  opening  of  this  cavity  is  on  its  nasal  por- 
tion or  base  into  the  middle  meatus  of  the 
nose,  and  in  the  skeleton  is  large,  while  in 


MAX 


388 


MAX 


the  natural  state  it  is  much  contracted  by 
the  ethmoid  hone  above,  tbe  inferior  spongy 
below,  the  palate  boue  behind,  the  lachrymal 
bone  in  front,  and  by  the  mucous  membrane 
which  passes  through  the  opening  and  lines 
the  antrum. 

This  cavity  communicates  with  the  anterior 
ethmoidal  cells  and  frontal  sinus. 

The  structure  of  the  upper  jaw  is  thick  and 
cellular  in  its  alveolar  and  otber  processes. 

It  is  articulated  with  two  bones  of  the  cranium, 
the  frontal  and  ethmoid,  and  seven  of  the  face 
— namely,  the  nasal,  malar,  lachrymal,  palate, 
inferior  turbinated,  vomer,  to  its  fellow,  and 
also  to  the  teeth.  Sometimes  it  articulates 
with  the  orbital  plate  of  the  sphenoid. 

Its  development  is  very  complicated,  and  is 
stated  to  be  by  as  many  osseous  points  as  that 
of  the  body  and  its  various  processes. 
Max'illary   (maxillaris ;  from  maxilla,   the 

jaw).     Pertaining  to  the  jaws. 

Maxillary  Artery,  External.  See  FACIAL 
Artery. 

Maxillary  Artery,  Internal.  One  of  the  ter- 
minal branches  of  the  external  carotid.  It 
commences  in  the  substance  of  the  parotid 
gland,  opposite  the  meatus  auditorius  exter- 
nus,  then  goes  horizontally  behind  the  neck 
of  the  condyle  of  the  lower  jaw  to  the  ptery- 
goids muscles,  between  which  it  passes,  and 
then  proceeds  forward  to  the  tuberosity  of  the 
superior  maxillary  bone,  whence  it  takes  a 
vertical  direction  upward,  between  the  tem- 
poral and  external  pterygoid  muscles  to  the 
zygomatic  fossa,  where  it  again  becomes  hori- 
zontal, and  finally  ends  in  the  spheno- 
maxillary fossa  by  dividing  into  several 
branches. 

Those  branches  of  the  internal  maxillary  sup- 
plying the  passive  organs  of  mastication,  or 
the  superior  and  inferior  maxillary  bones  and 
the  teeth,  are  the  inferior  maxillary  or  dental 
artery,  the  alveolar  or  superior  dental,  the 
infra-orbital,  the  superior  palatine,  and  the 
spheno-palatine. 

Maxillary  Articulator,  Bean's.  An  articu- 
lator, or  skeleton  model  of  the  jaws,  which, 
in  connection  with  his  condylometer,  can  be 
adjusted  so  as  to  correspond  in  its  mechanical 
movements  to  the  jaw  of  any  particular  pa- 
tient. It  is  used  in  the  construction  of  inter- 
dental splints  and  in  articulating  sets  of  arti- 
ficial teeth.  When  used  as  an  antagonizing 
model,  if  properly  adjusted  the  "bite"  can  be 
lengthened  or  shortened,  when  once  obtained, 


without  destroying  the  correct  antagonism  of 
the  teeth.  See  Fractures  of  the  Maxil- 
lary Bones. 

Maxillary  Bone,  Inferior.  Maxillare  infe- 
rius  os. 

Maxillary  Bone,  Superior.  Maxillare  supe- 
rius  os. 

Maxillary  Gland  {glandula  maxillaris).  Sub- 
maxillary gland.  One  of  the  three  salivary 
glands,  situated  under  the  base  of  the  lower 
jaw,  resting  upon  the  hyo-glossus  and  mylo- 
hyoideus  muscles,  and  separated  from  the  par- 
otid gland  by  a  process  of  fascia  and  from  the 
sublingual  by  the  mylo-hyoideus  muscle. 

It  is  of  an  oval  form,  pale  color,  and,  like  the 
parotid,  consists  in  its  structure  of  small 
granulations,  held  together  by  cellular  tissue, 
and  each  having  a  small  excretory  duct, 
which,  successfully  uniting  with  one  another, 
finally  form  one  common  duct,  the  duct  of 
Wharton,  which  passes  above  the  mylo-hyoid 
muscle,  and,  running  forward  and  inward, 
enters  the  mouth  below  the  tip  of  the  tongue, 
at  a  papilla  seen  on  either  side  of  the  frsenum 
linguae. 

The  use  of  this  gland  is  the  same  as  the  paro- 
tid— to  secrete  the  saliva  ;  and  its  duct  is  the 
route  by  which  its  secretion  is  conducted  into 
the  mouth. 

Maxillary  Nerve,  Inferior.  This  nerve  forms 
the  third  great  division  of  the  fifth  pair.  It 
is  the  largest  branch  and  passes  from  the  gan- 
glion of  Gasser  through  the  foramen  ovale  of 
the  sphenoid  bone  to  the  zygomatic  fossa. 

This  nerve,  as  stated,  is  united  to  the  anterior 
or  motor  roots,  which  come  together  on  the  out- 
side of  the  foramen  ovale  ;  then,  in  the  zygo- 
matic fossa,  the  inferior  maxillaiy  nerve  divides 
into  two  branches  :  (1)  An  external  or  superior  ; 
(2)  an  internal  or  inferior.  The  external  is 
the  motor  branch  and  gives  off  the  masseteric, 
the  temporal,  buccal,  and  pterygoid  branches. 

The  internal  division  of  this  nerve  consists  of 
three  brandies,  all  of  which  give  sensation, 
and  are  the  anterior  auricular,  the  gustatory, 
and  the  inferior  dental. 

Maxillary  Nerve,  Superior.  This  nerve  pro- 
ceeds from  the  middle  of  the  Gasserian  gan- 
glion and  passes  through  the  foramen  rotun- 
dura  of  the  sphenoid  bone  into  the  pterygo- 
maxillary  fossa  ;  here  it  enters  the  canal  of 
the  floor  of  the  orbit,  the  infra-orbital  canal, 
traverses  its  whole  extent,  and  emerges  on 
the  face  at  the  infra-orbital  foramen,  where  it 
terminates  in  numerous  filaments  in  the  mus- 


MAX 


389 


MEC 


cles  and  integuments  of  the  upper  lip  and 
cheek. 

The  superior  maxillary  nerve  supplies  the 
upper  jaw  and  gives  off  many  important 
branches,  which  are  as  follows  : 

In  the  pterygo-maxillary  fossa  two  branches 
descend  to  a  small  reddish  body,  called  the 
ganglion  of  Meckel,  or  the  spheno-palatine 
ganglion,  which  is  situated  on  the  outer  side 
of  the  nasal  or  vertical  plate  of  the  palate 
bone. 

Three  branches  proceed  from  this  ganglion  : 

(1)  An  inferior  descending,  or  palatine  nerve  ; 

(2)  an  internal,  lateral,  nasal,  or  spheno-pala- 
tine;  (3)  a  posterior  pterygoid  or  Vidian.  The 
superior  maxillary  nerve  also  gives  off  the 
orbital  and  the  posterior  denial  nerves. 

Maxillary  Sinus.  Antrum  Highmorianum. 
Antrum  maxillse  superioris.  See  Maxil- 
LARE  SUPERIUS  OS. 

Maxillary  Sinus,  Diseases  of.  The  diseases 
of  this  cavity,  though  often  of  a  dangerous 
and  formidable  nature,  have  received  less  at- 
tention from  the  surgical  and  medical  prac- 
titioner than  almost  any  to  which  the  body  is 
liable.  Among  the  different  forms  of  morbid 
action  set  up  here  are  :  (1)  Inflammation  of 
the  lining  membrane  ;  (2)  a  purulent  condi- 
tion of  its  secretions  ;  (3)  abscess  ;  (4)  ulcera- 
tion of  the  lining  membrane ;  (5)  caries, 
necrosis,  and  softening  of  its  osseous  parietes  ; 
(6)  tumors  of  the  lining  membrane  and  peri- 
osteum ;  (7)  exostosis  of  its  osseous  parietes. 
Besides  the  above  it  sometimes  becomes  the 
seat  of  injuries  produced  by  mechanical  vio- 
lence. 
The  form  which  the  disease  puts  on  is  deter- 
mined by  the  state  of  the  constitutional 
health  or  some  specific  tendency  of  the  gen- 
eral S3rstem,  and  we  can,  therefore,  readily 
imagine  that  a  cause  which,  in  one  person, 
would  give  rise  only  to  simple  inflammation 
of  the  lining  membrane  or  mucous  engorge- 
ment, might,  in  another,  produce  an  ill-con- 
ditioned ulcer,  fungus  hamiatodes,  or  osteo- 
sarcoma. Simple  inflammation  and  mucous 
engorgement  not  infrequently  cause  caries  and 
exfoliation  of  the  surrounding  osseous  tissues, 
and,  as  a  consequence,  in  some  instances  even 
the  destruction  of  the  life  of  the  patient. 
For  diseases  and  wounds  of  the  maxillary 
sinus  see  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Den- 
tistry." 
Maximum.  The  greatest  amount  or  quan- 
tity ;  opposed  to  minimum. 


Mead.  A  fermented  liquor  made  from 
honey  and  water. 

Mea'sles.  Eubeola.  A  cutaneous  disease 
characterized  by  a  crimson  rash  in  stigmatized 
dots,  appearing  about  the  third  or  fourth  day, 
and  ending  in  about  three  days  in  mealy  des- 
quamation. The  eruption  is  usually  preceded 
by  hoarseness,  a  dry  cough,  and  sneezing,  and 
is  attended  by  febrile  symptoms.  Measles 
cause  defective  teeth  of  a  narrowed  width, 
compressed,  eroded  edges,  and  vertical  grooves 
on  the  crowns  ;  also  exfoliation  of  the  tooth- 
germs  as  well  as  of  the  jaws. 

Mea'tus.     A  passage  or  canal. 
Meatus  Audito'rius   Exter'nus.     The  exter- 
nal auditory  passage. 

Meatus  Auditorius  Inter/nus.     The  internal 
auditory  passage. 

Meatus  Cse'cus.  The  Eustachian  tube. 
Meatus  Nari'um.  Nasal  fossae. 
Meatus  Urina'rius.  The  orifice  of  the  urethra. 
Mechanical  (mechanicus ;  from  fivxaVTl,  a 
machine).  Pertaining  to  a  machine  ;  the  art 
of  constructing  machines.  Also  acting  by  phy- 
sical power.  It  relates,  too,  to  the  seusible 
properties  of  masses  of  matter.  In  3Iedicine, 
remedies  which  act  by  irritation.  Also  phy- 
sicians who  refer  every  function  of  the  body, 
whether  healthy  or  morbid,  to  a  certain  condi- 
tion of  the  mechanical  properties  of  the  blood 
and  other  parts  of  the  body.  For  the  applica- 
tion of  the  term  in  Dental  Surgery  see  Me- 
chanical Dentistry. 

Mechanical    Dentistry.      The    art    of    con- 
structing and  applying  artificial  teeth,  artifi- 
cial palates,  obturators,  and  appliances  for  the 
correction  of  irregularity  in  the  arrangement 
of  the  natural  teeth.     See  Harris'  "Prin.  and 
Pract.  of  Dentistry  "  ;  Impressions  of  the 
Mouth  in  Wax  ;  Metallic  Base  for  Ar- 
tificial   Teeth  ;  Model,    Plaster  and 
Metallic,   of    the    Alveolar    Boeder  ; 
Model,   Antagonizing,   for    Artificial 
Teeth  ;   Mounting  Mineral  Teeth  upon 
a  Metallic  Base,  etc. 
Mechanics.     The  science  which  treats  of 
the  laws  of  motion  of  material  bodies. 
Mechanics,  Animal.     That  part  of  physiology 
which  treats  of  the  laws  which  govern  the 
movements  of  the  animal  body. 
Mech'anism.     The  structure  of  the  body; 
the  assemblage   of   the   parts  of  a   machine  ; 
any  part  or  structure  having  the  nature  of  a 
machine. 

Mech'anist.     One  who  is  skilled  in  mech- 


MEC 


390 


MED 


anism.  In  Dentistry,  one  who  gives  attention  to 
the  details  of  the  manufacture  and  insertion  of 
artificial  teeth.     See  Dental  Prosthesis. 

Meck'ePs  Gan'glion.  The  spheno-palatine 
ganglion. 

Mec'onate.  A  salt  resulting  from  the 
combination  of  meconic  acid  with  a  salifiable 
base. 

Meconic  Acid  (from  ^t/kuv,  a  poppy).  A 
peculiar  acid  contained  in  opium  ;  its  salts  are 
called  meco nates. 

Mec'onin.  Meconine;  a  peculiar  crystal- 
line substance  extracted  from  opium. 

Meco'nium  (from  fiv^l,  the  poppy).  The 
inspissated  juice  of  the  Pa  paver  somniferum. 
Also  the  excrement  in  the  large  intestines  of 
the  fcetus. 

Me'dian  [median us ;  from  medium,  the  mid- 
dle). That  which  occupies  the  middle  ;  the 
central  or  middle  portion. 

Median  Line.  The  imaginary  vertical  line 
supposed  to  divide  a  body  into  two  equal 
parts. 

Median   Nerve.     A  nerve  occupying  an  inter- 
mediate position  between  the  radial  and  ulnar 
nerves  and  passing  down  tbe  middle  of  the 
forearm  to  the  palm  of  the  hand. 
Median    Veins.     Three  of  the  veins   of  the 
forearm  are  so  called — the  median  cepJialic,  the 
median  basilic,  and  the  common  median. 
MediastPnum.      The  membranous    parti- 
tion which  divides  the  thorax  into  two  lateral 
halves. 
Mediastinum  Cer'ebri.     The  falx  cerebri. 

Me'diate  (mediatus).  Middle;  between  two 
extremes.     Indirect. 

Mediate  Auscultation.  The  use  of  the  steth- 
oscope in  examining  the  sounds  of  the  lungs, 
heart,  etc. 

Mediate  Percus'sion.     The  using  of  a  plex- 
imeter  on  walls  of  chest. 
Med'ical  (medicalis).     Relating  to  the  sci- 
ence or  profession  of  medicine. 
Medical  Jurisprudence.     Legal  medicine. 

Medicament  (medicamentum ;  from  medi- 
care, to  heal).  A  medicine ;  a  healing  appli- 
cation. 

Medicated.  Having  medicine  in  it;  treated 
with  medicine  ;  purified  and  fitted  for  medical 
use. 

Medication  [medicatio).  The  change  pro- 
duced in  the  animal  economy  by  the  operation 
of  medicine. 

Medic'atrix.     Healing  or  curing. 
MedicPna.     The  healing    art.      A  science 


which  has  for  its  object  the  cure  of  disease  and 

the  recovery  of  health. 

Medicina  ConservatPva.     Hygiene. 

Medicina  DiaetePica.  Dietetic  medicine  ;  that 
part  of  medicine  which  relates  to  diet. 

Medicina  Gymnas/tica.  That  part  of  medi- 
cine which  relates  to  exercise. 

Medicina  HermePica.  The  employment  of 
chemical  remedies  in  the  treatment  of  disease. 

Medicina    Prophylac'tica.      Hygiene.       Pre- 
ventive medicine. 
Medic/inal     (medicinalis ;     from    medicina, 

medicine).    Having  remedial  powers  ;  adapted 

to  the  mitigation  and  cure  of  disease. 

Medicinal   Days.     Critical  days. 

Medicinal  Hours.  The  hours  when  it  is  sup- 
posed medicine  may  be  given  with  greatest 
advantage.  Those  most  commonly  fixed  upon 
are  in  the  morning  fasting,  about  an  hour 
before  dinner  and  some  hours  after  it,  and 
before  going  to  bed.  But  as  a  general  rule 
the  times  should  be  governed  by  the  symp- 
toms. 
Medicine.     Medicina.     The    healing  art ; 

the  science  and  art  of  preserving  health,   and 

preventing  and  curing  disease. 

Medicine,  Clinical.  See  Clinical  Medi- 
cine. 

Medicine,  Legal.    Medical  jurisprudence.  See 
Legal  Medicine. 
Medico=chirurgicaI.      Pertaining  or  relat- 
ing both  to  medicine  and  surgery. 

Medicolegal.     Relating  to  legal  medicine, 

as  a  medico-legal  inquiry. 
Med'icus.     A  physician. 
MedituPlium.     A  term  synonymous  with 

diploe ;  also  the  medullary  juice  in  the  spongy 

tissue  of  the  short  bones  and  extremities  of  the 

long  bones. 

Me/dium.     The  middle  place  or  degree. 
MeduPla.      Marrow.      Also     the    pith    of 

vegetables  and   the  white   substance    of   the 

brain. 

Medulla  Oblongata.  The  upper  enlarged 
portion  of  the  spinal  cord  resting  upon  the 
basilary  process  of  the  occipital  bone. 

Medulla  Spinalis.     The  spinal  cord. 

Med/ullary    (mcdullaris ;      from     medulla, 

marrow).     Relating  to  or  resembling  marrow. 

Medullary  Ar/teries.  The  arteries  which  go 
to  the  marrow  of  the  bones. 

Medullary  MenPbrane.     The  periosteal  mem- 
brane which  lines  the  cavities  of  hollow  bones. 
Medullary  Sarco/ma.     Fungus  lucmatodes. 
Medullary  Sub/stance.     The    white   part    of 


MED 


391 


MEL 


the  brain.     Also  the  internal  substance  of  the 
kidney. 

Medullary  Tumors.     Resembling  the  brain  in 
structure. 

MeduIHza/tion.  Softening  of  bone  tissue 
in  the  disease  known  as  osteitis. 

Medullo'sus.  Medulla  ;  marrow.  Resem- 
bling marrow  ;  full  of  marrow  or  pith. 

Meer'schaum.  Sea  foam  or  sea  froth.  A 
silicate  of  magnesia ;  a  greasy,  soapy  sub- 
stance found  in  Asia  Minor,  and  also  in  Corn- 
wall and  other  places  in  Europe. 
Megalerg.  One  million  ergs. 
Meg'aloblasts.  Corpuscles  of  the  blood 
which  are  of  excessive  size  ;  large  red  blood- 
corpuscles. 

Megalocyte.  A  large-sized  red  blood- 
corpuscle. 

Megalosplanch'nia  (from  fieyag,  great,  and 
o-Anyxvoi;  a  viscus).  A  tumor  formed  by  one 
of  the  viscera. 

Megalosplanch'nus.  One  with  enlarged 
viscera. 

Megavolt.  An  electric  unit  equal  to 
1,000,000  volts. 

Megohm.  An  electric  unit  equal  to 
1,000,000  ohms. 

Me'grim.  Hemicrania.  Neuralgia  of  one 
side  of  the  head. 

Meibo'mian  Glands.  The  small  seba- 
ceous follicles  situated  between  the  conjunctive 
membrane  of  the  eye  and  the  cartilage  of  the 
eyelid. 

Mel  (mellis).    Honey. 
Mel  Aceta'tum.     Oxymel-honey  and  vinegar. 
Mel  iEgyptia'cum.     Oxymel  of  sub-acetate  of 
copper. 
Mel  Ae'rium  (mel  roscidum).     Aerial  honey  ; 
honey  dew  ;  manna. 
Mel  Bora/cis.     Honey  of  borax. 
Mel  Despuma'tum.     Clarified  honey. 
Mel  Praepara'tum.     Prepared  honey. 
Mel  Rosse.     Honey  of  roses. 
Mel  Scillae  Compos'itum.     Compound  honey 
of  squill. 
Me 'la  (from  uau,  to  search).     A  probe. 
Melee'na  (from  fieXac,  black).    Vomiting  of 
concrete  blood  of  a  blackish-red  color. 
Melaena   Cholae'a.     Icterus    niger    or    black 
jaundice. 
Melaena  Fungo'sa.     Fungus  ha?matodes. 

Melaleu'ca.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Myrtacese. 

Melaleuca  Cajuputi.     The  name   of  a  plant 
which  affords  cajeput  oil. 


Melaleuca   Leucaden'dron.     Same  as   Mela- 
leuca cajuputi. 

Melaleuca  MPnor.     Another  name  for  Mela- 
leuca cajuputi. 
Me'lam.    A  white  insoluble  powder  formed 
by  fusing  sulphocyanide  of  ammonia  and  sul- 
phocyauide  of  potassium. 

MePampodium.     Black  hellebore. 
Melampyr'in.     A  substance  somewhat  an- 
alogous to  gum  and  sugar  obtained  from  the 
Melampyrum  nemorosum. 

Melanae'mia  (,ue?iac,  black,  and  atua,  blood). 
A  state  of  suffocation  by  which  all  the  blood 
in  the  body  appears  black,  due  to  insufficient 
aeration.  Also  a  condition  resulting  from 
chronic  disease  in  which  the  blood  contains  a 
black  pigment  matter  floating  in  it. 

Melanchlo'rus.  Literally,  of  a  dark-yellow 
color.     Applied   in    Pathology    to    individuals 
suffering  from  black  jaundice. 
Melancho'lia.     Melancholy. 
Merancholy  (from  (ufoiQ,  black,  and  xo/i, 
bile).     Melancholia.     A  mental  affection  char- 
acterized by  depression  of  spirits  and  occupa- 
tion of  the  mind  on  one  train  of  thoughts.     It 
was  supposed  by  the  ancients  to  be  caused  by 
black  bile,  and  hence  the  appellation. 
Melanis'mus.     Black  jaundice. 
MePanite.     A  black  variety  of  garnet. 
MePanoid    (from   /ue/.ac,   black,    and   eiSoc, 
likeness).     Resembling  dark  pigmentary  spots. 
Melanosis  (from  fis/.a vou,  to  become  black). 
Melanism.      An   organic  affection    in    which 
the  structure  of  the  parts  assumes  a  black  color 
and  firm  consistence,  exhibiting  an  appearance 
not  unlike  the  bronchial  glands,  when,  by  a 
softening  process,  they  are  converted  into  deep 
ulcers.     The  lungs,  cellular  and  adipose  tex- 
tures are  very  subject  to  this  species  of  degen- 
eration.    It  is  called  by  Dupuytren  black  can- 
cer, and  by  Carswell,  melanoma. 

Melanotic.     Of  or  belonging  to  melanosis. 
Melanu'rin  (u&ac,  black,  and  ovpov,  urine). 
A  substance  in  the  form  of  a  black  pigment, 
sometimes  found  in  urine. 

Me'las    (,«£/«?,   black).      Black   leprosy,  or 
lepra  nigricans. 

Melas'ma  (from  fietoc,  black).      A  black 
spot,  usually  occurring  upon  the  tibia  of  old 
persons,  which  soon  degenerates  into  an  ulcer. 
Melas'sic  Acid.     An  acid  obtained  by  boil- 
ing sugar  with  alkaline  solutions. 

Melatroph'ia    (from     m'/ar,    a    limb,    and 
arpnqia,  wasting).     Wasting  of  the  limbs. 
Melege'ta.     Grains  of  paradise. 


MEL 


392 


MEM 


Meli  (me?;  mellis).     Honey. 

Melian'thus.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Zygopbyllacese. 

Melianthus  Major.  Great  honeyflower.  A 
South  African  plant  the  leaves  of  which  have 
been  used  in  decoction  for  diseases  of  the 
gums  and  sore  throat ;  also  as  a  remedy  for 
tinea  capitis. 

Meli'ceris  (from  //£//,  honey,  and  nepag, 
wax).  An  encysted  tumor  the  contents  of 
which  resemble  wax. 

MeIigei/on  (from  /ism,  honey).  A  foetid 
humor  of  the  consistency  of  honey  discharged 
from  an  ulcer  attended  with  caries  of  the 
bone. 

Meliss/ic  Acid  (jieliooa,  bee).  A  mono- 
basic crystalline  acid,  C30H60O2,  of  the  fatty 
series  ;  obtained  from  beeswax. 

Melit/agra.  Impetigo  ;  also  pain  of  limbs, 
arthritic  or  rheumatic. 

Melithae'mia.     Sugar  in  the  blood. 

Melitu'ria.     See  Diabetes. 

Mella'go  (from  mel,  honey).  Any  medicine 
of  the  consistence  of  honey. 

Mediate.  A  salt  formed  by  the  union  of 
mellitic  acid  with  a  base. 

Melliferous.     Producing  honey. 

Mel'lone.  A  lemon-yellow  powder  com- 
posed of  carbon  and  nitrogen. 

MePlote's  System  of  Bridge=work.  See 
Bridge-work,  Systems  of. 

Melo.     The  melon  ;  also  staphyloma. 

Mel'oe.     A  genus  of  coleopterous  insects  in 
the  system  of  Latreille.     See  Cantharis. 
Meloe'   Niger.     The  cantharis  atrata,  or  blis- 
tering fly  of  the  United  States. 
Meloe  Vesicato/rius.     Cantharis. 

Melon'cus  {firjT^ov,  cheek,  and  oyiwg,  tumor). 
A  tumor  of  the  cheek. 

•  MeIoplas/tic  (from  /itj/Xov,  the  cheek,  and 
tzAciggu,  to  form).  The  operation  for  the  restor- 
ation of  any  part  of  the  cheek  when  lost  by 
wounds  or  ulcers. 

Melo'sis  {iiri?.ua ig  •  from  /u/Ar/,  a  probe).  A 
term  applied  in  Suryery  to  the  exploration  of  a 
wound  or  ulcer  with  a  probe. 

Melo'tis.     A  small  probe. 

Melting  Metals.  The  melting  or  fusion  of 
metals  which  become  fluid  at  a  temperature 
below  redness,  such  as  zinc,  lead,  tin,  and  fusi- 
ble alloys;  iron  ladles  are  employed  in  the 
dental  laboratory,  the  (juantity  of  the  metal 
being  necessarily  small,  as  for  dies  and  coun- 
ter-dies. The  charcoal,  anthracite,  coke,  and 
gas  furnaces  employed  in  the  dental  laboratory 


are  of  various  designs,  the  latter  being  so  con- 
structed that  the  gas  is  mixed  with  the  proper 
proportion  of  air  and  ignited  above  a  gauze 
cover  or  top,  thus  yielding  a  blue  flame,  very 
hot,  solid,  and  uniform.  The  gasoline  furnace 
used  by  plumbers  for  melting  solder  is  also  a 
satisfactory  appliance  for  the  dental  laboratory. 
The  melting  of  metals  which  require  a  higher 
temperature  than  those  above  named,  as  in  the 
formation  of  amalgams  for  filling  teeth,  re- 
quire coal  or  coke  furnaces  with  a  strong  draft. 
The  Fletcher  injector  furnace  affords  a  con- 
venient means  for  the  metals  which  fuse  af  a 
high  temperature.  Platinum  can  only  be 
fused  by  means  of  a  furnace  constructed  of 
quicklime  and  heated  by  the  oxyhydrogen 
blowpipe.  Small  quantities  of  gold,  silver,  etc. , 
can  be  melted  by  the  blowpipe  on  a  support 
made  of  charcoal,  carbon,  or  clay. 

Melt/ing=point.  The  degree  of  tempera- 
ture at  which  solids  pass  into  the  liquid  state. 
Ice  melts  at  32°  F.,  and  gold  at  2016°  F. 

Membra/na.    See  Membrane. 
Membrana  Adipo/sa.     Adipose  membrane. 
Membrana  Arachnoi/dea.     Arachnoid  mem- 
brane. 

Membrana  Cellulo/sa.     Cellular  membrane. 
Membrana  Conjunctiva.   See  CONJUNCTIVA. 
Membrana  Denta/ta.     A  process  between  the 
tunica  arachnoidea  and  the  pia  mater. 
Membrana  Ebo/ris.     A  membrane  connected 
with  the  development  of  the  teeth,  which  is 
formed  of   a  number  of  cells,  odontoblasts, 
arranged  perpendicularly  on  the  surface,  im- 
mediately over  the  plexus  of  vessels  in  the 
central  portion  of  the  dentinal  papillae. 
Membrana  Hyaloi/dea.     The  delicate  trans- 
parent membrane  which  encloses  the  vitreous 
humor  of  the  eye. 

Membrana  Jaco/bi.  An  extremely  thin  and 
delicate  membrane  wdiich  invests  the  external 
surface  of  the  retina. 

Membrana  Pigmen'ti.  The  internal  layer  of 
the  choroid  membrane. 

Membrana  Pituita/ria.  The  membrane  which 
lines  the  nasal  fossa}. 

Membrana  Preformati/va.  A  membrane  situ- 
ated between  the  enamel  pulp  and  the  en- 
amel, and  by  some  supposed  to  be  the  most 
external  part  of  the  matrix,  projecting  beyond 
the  odontoblast. 

Membrana   Pupilla/ris.     A  delicate  vascular 
membrane  which  covers  the  pupil  of  the  eye 
until  about  the  seventh  month. 
Membrana  Reticularis.    Cellular  membrane. 


MEM 


393 


MEN 


Membrana  Sacciform/is.     A  synovial  mem- 
brane between  the  lateral  articulation  of  the 
ulna  with  the  radius. 
Membrana    Schneideria/na.       The   pituitary 
membrane  of  the  nose. 
Membrana  Tym'pani.     The  thin  semi-trans- 
parent membrane  which  covers  the  cavity  of 
the  drum  of  the  ear. 
Mem'brane   (membrana).      In  Anatomy,  a 
thin  enveloping  or  lining  substance,  of  a  cellu- 
lar texture,  intended  to  envelop,  separate,  or 
form  other  organs,  and  to  exhale,  absorb,  or 
secrete  certain  fluids. 

Membrane,  Basement.  A  thin,  transparent, 
structureless  membrane  between  the  epithe- 
lium and  the  corium  of  alveolar  mucous  mem- 
brane. 

Membran/iform  (membraniformis).  Applied 
to  laminated  parts  which  resemble  a  mem- 
brane. 

Membrano'sus.  The  tensor  vaginae  femoris 
muscle. 

Mem'branous.  Having  the  nature  of  a 
membrane  or  formed  of  membraues. 

Membranu'Ia.     A  small,  thin  membrane. 
MerrTbrum.     A  member  ;  the  penis. 
Membrum  Virile.     The  penis. 

Menach/anite.     A  black  metallic  mineral, 
consisting  of  oxide  of  titanium,  iron,  and  mag- 
nesia. 
Men'agogue.     Emmenagogue. 
Men'akan  Ore.  An  ore  of  titanium.  Titan- 
iferous  iron. 

Men'ilite.  A  brown,  impure  opal,  found  at 
Menil  Montant,  near  Paris. 

Meninge'al  (meningeus).  Relating  to  the 
meninges,  or  dura  mater. 

Meningeal  Arteries.  The  arteries  distributed 
to  the  external  surface  of  the  dura  mater. 
They  are  classified  as  middle,  anterior,  and 
posterior. 

Menin'ges  (from  jJ-yvLy^,  a  membrane).  The 
membranes  which  envelop  the  brain. 

Menin'gion,  or  Menin'gium.  The  arach- 
noid membrane. 

Meningitis.  Inflammation  of  the  mem- 
branes of  the  brain. 

Meningo=cephali/tis  (from  fifjviy^,  a  mem- 
brane, KEtpafar},  head,  and  ltic,  signifying  inflam- 
mation). Inflammation  of  the  brain  and  its 
membranes. 

Meningo=gastraFgia.  Neuralgia  of  the 
stomach. 

Meningo=gastricus.  /Yn  epithet  applied 
by  Finel  to  bilious  fever,  because  he  believed 


the  disease  to  be  seated  in  the  internal  mem- 
brane of  the  stomach. 

Meningoph'ylax.  An  instrument  for  de- 
pressing the  dura  mater  and  shielding  it  from 
injury  while  the  bone  is  cut  or  rasped  after  the 
operation  of  trepanning. 

Meningorrhoe'a  (from  pnviy!;,  and  pew,  I 
flow).  Extravasation  of  blood  on  or  between 
the  cerebral  membranes. 

Meningo'sis.  The  union  of  bones  by 
means  of  membrane. 

Meningu/ria  {jvrp)Ly^,  a  membrane,  and 
ovpov,  urine).  The  passing  of  urine  containing 
membranous  shreds. 

Me/ninx.  A  term  given  by  the  ancients  to 
all  membranes,  but  now  restricted  to  those  of 
the  brain. 

Menis'cus.  A  crescent-shaped  cartilage 
between  the  joints. 

Menisperm'ates.  Salts  resulting  from  the 
combination  of  menispermic  acid  and  salifiable 
bases. 

Menispermic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained 
from  the  fruit  of  Menispermum  cocculus. 

Menisper/mine.  A  white,  opaque  crystal- 
line alkaloid  obtained  from  the  Cocculus 
indicus.     C18H12N02. 

Menolip'sis.     Cessation  of  the  menses. 

Menopau'sis.     Cessation  of  the  menses. 

MenopIa/nia.  An  aberration  of  the  men- 
strual flow. 

Menorrhagia  (from  nwv,  a  month,  and 
pTiyvv/ii,  I  flow  fiercely).  Profuse  menstrua- 
tion ;  immoderate  flow  of  the  menses  or  blood 
from  the  uterus. 

Menorrhagia   Alba.     Same  as  Leucokehcea. 
Menorrhagia   Lochia/lis.     Excessive   flow  of 
the  lochia. 

Menos/tasis  (from  fj-ijvec.,  menses,  and  a-aaic, 
stagnation).     Suppression  of  the  menses. 

Menoxe'nia  (u>jvec,  menses,  and  $£voc, 
strange).     Irregular  menstruation. 

Mens.     The  mind. 

Menses  (from  mensis,  a  month).  The 
uterine  sanguineous  discharge  at  the  period  of 
menstruation. 

Menses,  Interruption  of.    Amenorrhea. 
Menses,  Reten'tion  of.     Amenorrhcea. 

Men'strual  Flux.     The  menses. 

Menstruation  (menstruatio).     The  flowing 
of  the  menses,  which,  from  the  age  of  puberty, 
in  healthy  women,  not  pregnant  and  who  do 
not  suckle,  occurs  monthly. 
Menstruation,  Painful.     Dysmenorrhoea. 
Menstruation,  Profuse.     Menorrhagia. 


MEN 


394 


MER 


Menstruation,  Vicarious.  The  occurrence  of 
hemorrhage  from  other  parts  than  the  uterus, 
as  from  the  nose,  gums,  lungs,  etc.,  at  the 
regular  menstrual  periods,  in  consequence  of 
the  suppression  of  the  menses. 

Men'struum.  A  solvent.  Any  substance 
which  has  the  property  of  effecting  solu- 
tion. 

Mensuration  (mensuratio ;  from  mensura, 
measure).  Act  of  measuring.  In  disease 
this  means  of  exploring  the  chest  is  sometimes 
adopted  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  its  ex- 
act dimensions. 

Men'tagra  (from  mentum,  the  chin,  and 
ay  pa,  a  prey).  A  herpetic  eruption  about  the 
chin. 

Mentagra    Infantum.      See   Poeeigo   LuPI- 
XOSA. 
Men'tal  (from  mens,  the  mind).    Pertaining 
or  relating  to  the  mind.     In  Anatomy  it  relates 
to  the  chin  (from  mentum,  the  chin). 
Mental  Ar/tery.     A  branch  given  off  by  the 
dental  artery  which  issues  from  the  anterior 
mental  foramen  and  is  distributed  upon  the 
lower  lip. 

Mental  Fora'men.  Tbe  outer  orifice  of  the  in- 
ferior dental  canal,  situated  on  the  outer  sur- 
face of  the  inferior  maxilla  beneath  the  cuspid 
tooth. 

Mental    Nerve.     A   branch    of   the    inferior 

dental  which  escapes  from  the  anterior  mental 

foramen  to  be  distributed  upon  the  lower  lip. 

Men/tha.     A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 

Lamiacese. 

Mentha  Aquat/ica.  Mentha  rotundifolia  pal- 
ustris.  Water-mint.  It  has  a  bitter,  pungent 
taste. 

Mentha  CervPna.  Hart's  pennyroyal.  This 
species  has  properties  similar  to  the  Mentha 
pulegium,  but  is  less  agreeable. 
Mentha  Piperita.  Peppermint.  This  species 
is  aromatic,  carminative,  and  stimulant,  and 
is  often  used  to  allay  nausea  and  to  relieve 
pain  in  the  bowels. 

Mentha  Pule'gium.  Pennyroyal.  This  spe- 
cies is  carminative,  antispasmodic,  and  slightly 
emmenagogue. 

Mentha  SatPva.  Mentha  spicata ;  Mentha 
viridis;  Mentha  vulgaris.  Spearmint;  aspecies 
having  properties  similar  to  peppermint. 
Dose  of  the  spirit,  gtt.  x  to  gtt.  xx  ;  of  the 
water,  3  ss. 

Menthene/.  A  liquid  hydrocarbon  ob- 
tained from  the  stearopten  of  oil  of  pepper- 
mint. 


Men'thol.  Japanese  camphor.  A  pepper- 
mint camphor  obtained  in  a  crystalline  form 
by  the  exposure  of  Chinese  oil  of  peppermint  to 
cold.  Effectively  employed  as  an  attendant  in 
pulpitis  and  sensitive  dentine  and  locally 
applied  for  headache.  It  is  more  volatile  than 
the  officinal  camphor.  It  is  sometimes  com- 
bined with  oil  of  cloves,  and  also  with  oil  of 
cajeput.  For  dental  uses  see  Gorgas'  "  Dental 
Medicine. ' ' 

MentPgo.     Same  as  Mentagea. 

Mento=la/bial.  Mento-labialis.  Pertaining 
to  the  chin  and  lip.  Also  the  depressor  labii 
inferioris  muscle. 

Mentu'la.     The  penis  or  clitoris. 

Men'tulagra.  Convulsive  erection  of  the 
penis. 

Men'tum.  The  chin.  Applied  to  the  lower 
part  of  the  labium. 

Mephit/ic  (mephiticus).  Anything  hav- 
ing an  unwholesome  property.  Applied  to 
foul  or  noxious  exhalations,  as  a  vapor  or 
stench. 

Mephitic  Acid.     Carbonic  acid. 
Mephitic  Air.     A  foul  air  or  gas. 

Meph'itis.  A  poisonous  exhalation ;  all 
gases  unfit  for  respiration. 

Mera'cus.     See  Meeus. 

Mercap'tan.  A  peculiar  liquid  belonging 
to  the  ethyl  group,  the  oxygen  being  replaced 
by  sulphur.  Formula,  C4H6S2.  It  is  an 
alcohol  radicle  in  which  the  oxygen  is  replaced 
by  sulphur. 

Mercu'rial  (mercurialis).  Relating  to  or 
containing  mercury.  Also  active  ;  sprightly  ; 
full  of  vigor. 

Mercurial  BaPsam.  Citrine  ointment. 
Mercurial  Ointment.  See  UNGUENTUM 
Hydeaegyei. 
Mercurial  Teeth.  Teeth  affected  by  the  mer- 
curial diathesis  and  presenting  such  charac- 
teristics as  deficiency  of  enamel,  irregularity 
of  form,  smallness,  yellow  in  color,  with  wide 
spaces  between  them. 

Mercurial  TrenVor.  A  disorder  affecting 
those  exposed  to  mercurial  vapors,  consist- 
ing of  a  convulsive  agitation  of  the  voluntary 
muscles  when  in  exercise. 

Mercurialism.     Poisoning  by  mercury. 

Mercuric  Chloride.  Bichloride  of  mercury 
(wliich  see). 

Mercu'rius.     Mercury. 
Mercurius  Aceta/tus.     Acetate  of  mercury. 
Mercurius  Alkalisa/tus.     Hydrargyrum  cum 
creta. 


MER 


395 


MES 


Mercurius  Calcina/tus.      See  HYDRARGYRI 

OXIDUM  RUBRUM. 

Mercurius  Chemico/rum.     Quicksilver. 
Mercurius  Cine'reus.     Black  oxide    of  mer- 
cury. 

Mercurius  Cinnabari'nus.  Red  sulphuret  of 
mercury. 

Mercurius  Corrosi/vus.  Corrosive  sublim- 
ate. 

Mercurius  Corrosivus  Ru'ber.  Red  precipi- 
tate. 

Mercurius   Cosmet/icus.     Ammoniated  mer- 
cury.    White  precipitate. 
Mercurius  Dulcis  Sublima'tus.     Calomel. 
Mercurius  Emeticus   Fla/vus.     Yellow  sul- 
phate of  mercury.     Turpeth  mineral. 
Mer'cury.      Hydrargyrum  ;    hydrargyrus  ; 
mercurius.  Quicksilver.    Symbol,  Hg.    Atomic 
weight,  200.     It  is  found  native  and  in  combi- 
nation with  silver,   as  a  native  amalgam,  and 
with  chlorine   as  a  native  calomel  known  as 
horn  quicksilver.     Its  most  important  ore  is 
its    sulphide,   or  cinnabar,    HgL.     The  com- 
pounds of  this  metal  form  an  extensive  and 
important  class  of  medicines.     For  the  names 
of  its  various  preparations  see  Hydrargyri 

ACETAS,  ETC. 

Mercury,  Acid  Nitrate  of  (liquor  hydrargyri 
nitratis).  Solution  of  nitrate  of  mercury. 
Mercury  dissolved  in  nitric  acid.  A  transpar- 
ent, nearly  colorless,  acid  liquid.  It  is  a 
powerful  caustic  and  one  of  the  most  active 
agents  for  application  to  indolent,  indurated 
ulcers,  especially  those  of  a  syphilitic  charac- 
ter. It  is  employed  in  ulcerative  stomatitis, 
cancrum  oris,  etc. 

Mercury,   Oxymuriate   of.      See    CORROSIVE 
Sublimate. 
Mer'da  (merdus).     Excrement. 
Meremphrax'is.    Obstruction  or  infraction 
of  an  organ. 

Meriam  Crown.  An  artificial  crown  for  a 
natural  root,  which  may  be  ground  on  its  sides 
as  well  as  on  the  base,  with  a  straight  hole 
through  it  which  is  capable  of  being  enlarged, 
countersunk,  or  beveled  at  either  end  as  may 
be  most  convenient  ;  or  the  hole  may  be  omitted 
when  the  crown  is  made,  and,  after  it  is  fitted 
to  the  root,  drilled  in  the  desired  position.  It 
is  also  supplied  with  a  gold  baud,  which  en- 
circles the  root. 
Mer'icus.     Local. 

MeridiaFysis  {pepoc,  a  part,  and  dialysis, 
dissolving).  A  partial  or  incomplete  solution 
of  a  substance. 


Meridro/sis  (from  fiepog,  a  part,  and  itipu- 
cic,  sweating).  A  partial  perspiration,  or 
perspiration  occurring  in  a  particular  part. 

MerobaFneum  (from  /-iep»c,  a  part,  and 
(iavMveiov,  a  bath).     A  partial  bath. 

Meroce'Ie  (from  fivpoc,  the  thigh,  and  '<>//>/, 
a  tumor).     Femoral  or  crural  hernia. 

Mero'pia  (uepoc,  a  part,  and  uf,  vision). 
Partial  obscuration  of  sight. 

Me'ros.     The  thigh  ;  the  femur. 

Me/rus.  Genuine  ;  pure  ;  witbout  mixture  ; 
unadulterated. 

Merycis/mus.     Rumination. 

Mesa.     Genital  organs. 

Mesamoeboids.  Wandering  cells  budded 
off  from  the  epiblast  or  hypoblast  and  forming 
part  of  the  mesoblast. 

Mesarae'um.     Mesentery. 

Mesara/ic.     Mesenteric. 

Mesenchyme.  That  portion  of  the  meso- 
blast formed  by  budding  from  the  epiblast  or 
hypoblast. 

Mesenteric  [inesentericus) .  Belonging  or 
relating  to  the  mesentery. 

Mesenteric  Arteries.  The  second  and  fifth 
branches  of  the  aorta  are  called  the  superior 
and  inferior  mesenteric  arteries. 
Mesenteric  Glands.  The  lymphatic  glands  ot 
the  mesentery. 
Mesenteric  Nerves.  Nerves  forming  mesen- 
teric plexuses. 

Mesenteric  Plex'uses.  These  plexuses — dis- 
tinguished into  superior,  middle,  and  inferior — 
are  formed  by  the  branches  of  the  great  inter- 
costal nerves. 

Mesenteric  Veins.  These  are  divided  into  supe- 
rior and  inferior,  and  terminate  in  the  splenic. 

MesenterFtis.  Inflammation  of  the  mes- 
entery. 

Mes'entery  (mesenterium ;  from  wfcrof,  the 
middle,  and  evrepoc,  intestine).  A  duplicature 
of  the  peritoneum  which  maintains  the  intes- 
tines in  their  respective  situations. 

Mes'ial  (ueaoc,  middle).     Synonymous  with 
median.     A  term  applied  to  the  surface  of  a 
tooth  nearest  to  the  median  line.     The  surface 
or  end  of  a  bone  nearest  to  the  centre. 
Mesial   Line,  Median   Line.     An  imaginary 

line  dividing  the  body  perpendicularly  into 

two  symmetrical  portions  ;  middle  line. 

Me'site.  An  ethereal  substance  existing  in 
pyroxylic  spirit  and  obtained  in  the  distilla- 
tion of  wood. 

Mesit'ic  Alcohol.     Acetone. 

Mesity'lene.     An   oily  fluid   obtained   by 


MES 


396 


MET 


the  distillation  of  acetone  with  fuming   sul- 
phuric acid. 

Mes'merism.     See  Animal  Magnetism. 

Meso=  (,uEuog,  the  middle).  Used  as  a  prefix 
to  certain  words. 

Me'soblast  (from  psaog,  middle,  and  fikaa- 
roc,  sprout).  The  middle  layer  of  the  blasto- 
derm, thought  to  be  derived  from  the  hypo- 
blast, and  from  which  are  developed  the  vas- 
cular, muscular,  and  skeletal  systems,  the 
generative  glands  and  excretory  organs.  It  is 
also  called  mesoderm. 

Mesocaj'cum.  A  duplicature  of  the  peri- 
toneum at  the  posterior  part  of  the  csecum. 

Meso/carp.  The  central  portion  of  the 
pericarp  of  seeds. 

Mesoceph'ale.  The  medulla  oblongata ; 
pons  Varolii. 

Mesocolon  (from  //e<ro?,  the  middle,  and 
Ku'/f)\\  the  colon).  A  duplicature  of  the  peri- 
toneum, to  which  the  colon  is  attached.  It  is 
designated  according  to  its  situation. 

Mesocran/ium.  The  top  of  the  head  or 
vertex. 

Mesoderm  (from  pzaoq,  middle,  and  dep/ia, 
skin).     The  mesoblast. 

Mesoder'mum  {/j-euoc,  the  middle,  and 
6ep/M,  the  skin).     The  rete  Malpighii. 

Mesod/me.     The  mediastinum. 

MesodmFtis.  Inflammation  of  the  medias- 
tinum. 

Mes'odont.     See  Macrodont. 

Mesogas'trium.  The  umbilical  region  of 
the  abdomen. 

Mesoglos'sus.     The  genio-glossus  muscle. 

Mes/olite.  A  mineral  consisting  of  a  hy- 
drated  silicate  of  alumina,  lime,  and  soda. 

Mesolo'bus.     The  corpus  callosum. 

Mesomer/ia.  The  parts  situated  between 
the  thighs. 

Mesome'trium  (pEcrog,  middle,  and  prirpa, 
womb).  Cellular  vascular  membrane  between 
the  body  of  the  uterus  and  adjacent  parts. 

Mesompha'lum.    The  middle  of  the  navel. 

Mesoph'ryon.  The  space  above  the  nose 
between  the  eyebrows. 

Mesorec'tum.  The  transverse  fold  of  the 
peritoneum  which  connects  the  rectum  with 
the  sacrum. 

Mesos'celocele.     Hernia  of  the  perineum. 

Mesos'celum.     The  perineum. 

Mesostate.     A  product  of  cell  activity. 

Mesoth'enar.  The  abductor  and  deep- 
seated  portion  of  the  flexor  brevis  of  the 
thumb. 


Mesotho/rax  (from  psoog,  middle,  and 
thorax,  the  chest).  The  intermediate  of  the 
three  segments  which  compose  the  thorax  in 
insects. 

Mesot'ica.  Diseases  affecting  the  inter- 
mediate or  connecting  substance  of  organs 
without  derangement  of  the  general  health. 
Diseases  affecting  the  parenchyma. 

Mes/otype.  A  zeolitic  mineral ;  a  hydrated 
silicate  of  alumina  and  soda. 

Mesox/alate.  A  combination  of  mesoxalic 
acid  with  a  base. 

Mesox'alic  Acid.  A  new  substance  formed 
on  heating  to  the  boiling-point  a  concentrated 
solution  of  alloxanate  of  barytes. 

Meta=  (from  psra,  after,  with).  Common 
prefix  to  terms,  signifying  change,  alteration. 

Metab'asis  (from  p£Ta/3aivu,  to  digress).  A 
change  of  medicine  or  treatment  in  disease. 

MetabolePogy  (metabolelogia ;  from  pera- 
(lo2.7),  change,  and  Aoyoc,  a  discourse).  A  treat- 
ise on  the  changes  which  occur  in  the  course 
of  a  disease. 

Metabo'lians.  Insects  which  undergo  a 
metamorphosis. 

Metabolic.     Pertaining  to  metabolism. 

Metabolism.  A  change  in  the  intimate 
condition  of  cells  whereby  their  molecule  is 
more  complex  or  contains  more  force. 

Metacarpal.  Pertaining  to  the  metacar- 
pus. 

Metacarpal  Ar/tery.  A  branch  of  the  radial 
artery  which  descends  obliquely  upon  the 
back  of  the  hand. 

Metacarpal  Articulations.  The  articulations 
of  the  last  four  metacarpal  bones  at  their 
upper  extremity. 

Metacarpal  Bones.    See  METACARPUS. 
Metacarpal     Lig'aments.        The     ligaments 
which  connect  the  metacarpal  bones. 

Metacarpus  (from  psra,  after,  and  icapirog, 
the  wrist).  The  bones  of  that  part  of  the 
hand  which  are  situated  between  the  wrist 
and  fingers. 

Metac/etone.  Propion.  A  colorless,  fra- 
grant, oily  fluid  obtained  by  distilling  sugar 
with  quicklime. 

Metaceton/ic  Acid.  Bntyro-acetic  acid. 
Propionic  acid.  An  acid  formed  by  the  de- 
composition of  various  organic  bodies.  Chemi- 
cally speaking,  it  is  a  teroxide  of  metacetyl. 

Metac/etyl.  Propionyl.  A  carbo-hydro- 
gen  (CBH8)  formed  by  various  organic  meta- 
morphoses. It  is  the  basis  of  the  last-named 
acid. 


MET 


397 


MET 


Metachore/sis.     Metastasis. 

Metach/ysis  (//era,  beyond,  and  xvaiS,  effu- 
sion).    The  process  of  transfusion. 

Metacye/sis  (fiera,  and  nvqcng,  uterine  ges- 
tation).    Extra-uterine  gestation. 

Metagenesis.     Alternation  of  generation. 

Me'tal  (meiallum;  [tera/Jiov,  a  metal).  A 
class  of  simple,  combustible  bodies,  distin- 
guished by  their  peculiar  lustre,  considerable 
specific  gravity,  almost  total  opacity,  insolu- 
bility in  water,  and  as  being  conductors  of 
electricity  and  heat.  Any  elementary  sub- 
stance characterized  by  malleability,  ductility, 
and  fusibility. 

The  existence  of  fifty-three  metals  is  admit- 
ted by  chemists.  The  following  table  contains 
their  names,  specific  gravity,  melting-points, 
and  symbolic  abbreviations  : 


Names  of  Metals.      Specific     Melting- 


Grav. 


Names  of  Metals. 


Specific 
Grai\ 


9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
IS. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 
24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 
31. 
32. 
33. 
34. 
35. 


Gold 19.25 

Silver 10.47 

Iron 7.78 

Copper 8.89 

Mercury 13.56 

Lead 11.35 

Tin 7.29 

Antimony  ....      6.70 

Bismuth 9.80 

Zinc 7.00 

Arsenic 5.80 

Cobalt 8.53 

Platinum 21.05 

Nickel 8.27 

Manganese  . . .      6. So 

Tungsten 17.60 

Tellurium 6.11 

Molybdenum . .     7.40 

Uranium 9.00 

Titanium 3.30 

Chromium  ....    .... 

Columbium 

Palladium 11.50 

Rhodium 

Iridium 

Osmium 

Cerium 

Potassium  ....      0.S6 

Sodium 0.97 

Barium 

Strontium 

Calcium 

Cadmium 

Lithium 

Silicium 


Melting- 
points. 
Fahr. 
2016° 
1873 
2786 
1996 
—39 

617 

442 

497 
773 

2810 
oh.  bp.':i: 
2810 
2800 

610 
oh.  bp. 
oh.  bp. 
oh.  bp. 
oh.  bp. 
oh.  bp. 

oh.  bp. 
oh.  bp. 
oh.  bp. 

144.5 
207.7 


442 
356 


Symbolic 
Abbreviations. 

Au. 

Ag. 

Fe. 

Cu. 

Hg. 

Pb. 

Sn. 

Sb. 

Bi. 

Zn. 

As. 

Co. 

Pt. 

Ni. 

Mn. 

W. 

Te. 

Mo. 

U. 

Ti. 

Cr. 

Ta. 

Pd. 

R. 

Ir. 

Os. 

Ce. 

K. 

Na. 

Ba. 

Sr. 

Ca. 

Cd. 

L. 

Si. 


36. 
37. 
38. 
39. 
40. 
41. 
42. 
43. 
44. 
45. 
46. 
47. 
48. 
49. 
50. 
51. 
52. 
53. 


Zirconium  .  . . 
Aluminum  .  . 
Glucinium  .  .  . 

Yttrium 

Thorium 

Magnesium.. . 
Vanadium.. . . 
Didymium  . . . 

Erbium 

Ilmenium. . . . 
Lanthanium  . 

Niobium 

Pelopium 
Ruthenium  . . 
Tantalum  .... 

Terbium 

Davyum 

Rubidium 


points. 
Fahr. 


561 


854       +101.3 


Symbolic 
Abbreviations. 

Zr. 

Al. 

G. 

Y. 

Th. 

Mg. 

Y. 

D. 

E. 

II. 

La. 

Nb. 

Pe. 

Ru. 

Ta. 

Te. 

Da. 

Rb. 


Oxyhydrogen  blowpipe. 


Metal,  Noble  and  Base.  Metals  are  known 
as  noble  which  are  capable  of  being  separated 
from  combinations  with  oxygen  by  merely 
heating  to  redness.  Base  metals  are  those 
whose  compounds  are  not  decomposable  by 
heat  alone. 

Metal  Tape.     Used  for  finishing  fillings  be- 
tween teeth  in  spaces  too  small  for  the  use  of 
silk.      They  carry  powders  such  as  oxide  of 
tin,  and  give  the  surface  a  fine  finish. 
Metallic.     Of  the  nature  of  metal. 

Metallic  Base  for  Artificial  Teeth.  A  metal- 
lic plate  adapted  to  such  portion  of  the  alveo- 
lar arch  as  is  deprived  of  natural  teeth,  and 
to  be  supplied  with  an  artificial  substitute. 
Gold  and  platinum  are  the  most  suitable 
metals  for  this  purpose,  and  those  usually 
employed  by  American  dentists,  but  silver 
is  frequently  used.  Platinum  is  objection- 
able on  account  of  its  weight,  it  being  much 
heavier  than  gold  ;  besides,  the  heat  required 
to  fuse  it  is  so  great  that  it  can  not  be  melted 
in  a  furnace.  Silver  is  objectionable  chiefly 
for  the  reason  that  the  secretions  of  the  mouth 
oxidize  it.  Many  experiments  have  been 
made  with  aluminum,  the  metallic  base  of 
alumina,  and  from  the  success  which  has 
attended  the  efforts  of  some  practitioners 
there  is  reason  to  believe  that  this  metal  will 
prove  useful  as  a  metallic  base  for  artificial 
teeth.  See  Aluminum.  For  manner  of  pre- 
paring a  metallic  base  see  Harris'  "  Prin.  and 
Pract.  of  Dentistry." 

Metallic  Base,  Cast.  See  Cast  Metal  Den- 
tures. 


MET 


398 


MET 


Metallic  Base,  Cleaveland's.  This  consists 
of  a  plate  incasing  the  entire  alveolar  horder, 
or  so  much  of  it  as  is  to  be  supplied  with  arti- 
ficial teeth,  and  the  palatine  arch,  and  another 
covering  only  the  inner  part  of  the  alveolar 
arch  and  the  roof  of  the  mouth.  A  hole  is 
made  in  the  centre  of  the  first  plate  about 
the  size  of  a  twenty-five  cent  piece,  around 
which,  on  the  lower  part  of  the  plate,  a  half 
round  wire  is  soldered.  The  second  plate  is 
applied  to  the  first  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
leave  a  space  in  the  central  part,  between  it 
and  the  first  plate,  of  about  T\y  of  an  inch, 
while  the  edges  of  the  former  are  accurately 
fitted  and  soldered  to  the  latter. 
For  the  manner  of  attaching  artificial  teeth  to 
a  base  see  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Den- 
tistry. ' ' 

Metallic  Facings.  Facings  of  gold  or  plati- 
num for  the  protection  from  attrition  or  chemi- 
cal abrasion  of  gutta  percha,  oxychloride,  or 
oxyphosphate  fillings  in  carious  cavities,  and 
rendering  them  durable  in  the  mouth. 
Metallic  Tinkling.  Metallic  voice.  A  pecu- 
liar noise  heard  by  means  of  the  stethoscope 
when  there  exists  in  the  chest  a  preternatural 
cavity  containing  air  or  when  there  is  air  in 
the  cavity  of  the  pleura.  It  is  said  to  resemble 
that  caused  by  striking  glass  or  a  metallic  or 
porcelain  cup. 

Metallic  Tractors.    See  Tractors,  Metal- 
lic. 

Metalliza'tion.     A  conversion  into  metal. 
Metal  log'raphy     {usTallov,     metal,     and 
ypmpV,  description).      A  treatise  on  metals. 

Met'alloid.  A  term  sometimes  applied  to 
the  metals  obtained  from  the  fixed  alkalies  and 
some  of  the  earths.  Also  resembling  metal  in 
lustre  and  color. 

Metallo=plastic  Dentures.  See  Cast 
Metal  Dentures. 

MetaIlother/apy  (from  pera'AAov,  metal, 
and  depa-tia,  therapy).  The  cutaneous  applica- 
tion of  certain  metals  in  the  form  of  plates  of 
gold,  zinc,  copper,  iron,  etc.,  to  cause  a  return 
of  sensibility  in  certain  affections  of  general 
and  special  sensation. 

Metallurgy  (from  peraAMv,  a  metal,  and 
epyov,  work).  The  art  of  treating  metals  or 
of  separating  them  from  their  ores. 

Metals,  Properties  of.  By  fusibility  is 
meant  the  temperature  at  which  a  metal  fuses 
or  melts  ;  specific  heat,  the  capacity  of  different 
metals  for  absorbing  heat ;  expansion,  the  rela- 
tive increase  in  length  or  bulk  in  direct  propor- 


tion to  the  increase  in  temperature  ;  conduc- 
tivity, the  conducting  power  of  metals  for  both 
heat  and  electricity  ;  malleability,  susceptibility 
to  expansion  under  the  blows  of  a  hammer ; 
ductility,  the  property  of  being  drawn  out  into 
wire  or  elongated  without  interrupting  their 
constituent  particles ;  tenacity,  the  property 
which  enables  a  metal  to  resist  tensile  strain  ; 
elasticity,  the  quality  of  returning  to  the  origi- 
nal form  after  being  bent ;  sonorousness,  the 
quality  of  emitting  a  musical  sound  when 
struck  ;  odor  and  taste  are  properties  which 
are  more  pronounced  in  some  metals  than  in 
others  ;  for  example,  copper,  iron,  and  tin. 

Metamer/ic.     Isomeric. 

Metamorphop'sia  (from  nerauopyou,  to 
transform,  and  ui[>,  the  eye).  A  species  of 
depraved  vision  supposed  to  be  produced  by 
changes  in  the  relative  position  of  the  retinal 
end  organs. 

Metamorphosis  (from  uera,  change,  and 
uopcj>7}}  form).  Transformation.  In  Physiology, 
the  change  through  which  any  texture  or  organ 
of  the  body  passes  in  the  progress  of  its  devel- 
opment. 

Metaphosphoric  Acid.  Glacial  phosphoric 
acid  ;  forms  salts  called  metaphosphates. 

Metaplasia.  The  transformation  of  one 
kind  of  tissue  into  another,  as  of  cartilage  into 
bone. 

Metapto'sis  (from  fiETinunTu,  to  digress). 
The  conversion  of  one  disease  into  another. 

Metas'tasis  (from  fiedicrr/ai,  to  change 
place).  A  change  in  the  seat  of  a  disease  ;  the 
shifting  of  a  disease  from  one  part  of  the  body 
to  another  or  to  some  internal  organ. 

Metastatic.     Pertaining  to  metastasis. 

Metatarsal.  Pertaining  or  relating  to  the 
metatarsus. 

Metatarsal  Artery.  An  artery  which  forms 
an  arch  across  the  base 'of  the  metatarsal 
bones,  supplying  the  outer  side  of  the  foot 
and  giving  off  three  interosseal  branches. 
Metatarsal  Articulations.  The  articulation 
of  the  metatarsal  bones  with  one  another. 
Metatarsal  Bones.     See  METATARSUS. 

Metatarso=phalan/gian.       Pertaining   to 
the  metatarsus  and  phalanges. 
Metatarso-phalangian    Articulations.       The 
articulation  of  the  metatarsal  bones  with  the 
corresponding  phalanges  of  the  toes. 

Metatarsus  (from  fiera,  after,  and  rapaoc, 
tarsus).  That  portion  of  the  foot  which  is  sit- 
uated between  the  tarsus  and  toes,  consisting 
of  five  small  cylindrical  bones — one  to  each  toe. 


MET 


399 


MET 


Metathesis  (from  fterarcihi/u,  to  change 
place).  Transposition.  Also  the  act  of  re- 
moving the  consequence  or  cause  of  a  disease 
from  one  place  to  another,  where  its  presence 
will  be  less  hurtful,  as  depressing  a  cataract, 
etc. 

Metatoc'ia  (meta,  and  roiwg,  birth).  Pre- 
ternatural labor. 

Me'teorism  (meteorismus ;  from  fiEreupi^u, 
to  elevate).  Distention  of  the  abdomen  by 
gas. 

Meteor/oIite.  A  meteoric  stone. 
MeteoroFogy  (meteorologia ;  from  fisrEupog, 
aerial,  and  hoyor,  a  discourse).  That  depart- 
ment of  science  which  treats  of  atmospheric 
phenomena,  as  the  formation  of  dew,  the 
progress  of  winds,  etc. 

Methae'mata  (fie-a,  after  or  between,  and 
aifia,  blood).  Blood  changing.  The  capillary 
or  intermediate  system  of  blood-vessels. 

Methaemoglo'bin.  A  mixture  of  albumen, 
haemoglobin,  and  haematin. 

Methoma/nia  (from  ,«£#>/,  drunkenness, 
and  pws,  mania).  An  irresistible  desire  for 
intoxicating  liquor. 

Methyal.  Obtained  by  distilling  methyl 
alcohol  with  sulphuric  acid.  Hypnotic  and 
antispasmodic.  Used  in  convulsive  diseases, 
neuralgia  of  the  superficial  nerves,  epilepsy, 
etc. 

Meth'yl.  A  hypothetical  radicle  or  base  of 
a  numerous  series  of  compounds  analogous  to 
those  of  ethyl  or  of  pyroxylic  spirit.  In 
Chemistry,  a  radical  molecule  having  the  com- 
position CH3  ;  it  combines  with  hydrogen  to 
form  methyl  hydride  or  methane. 
Methyl  Chloride.  See  Chloride  of  Methyl. 
Methyl-ethylic  Ether.  See  METHYLIC 
Ether. 

Methyl  Iodide.  A  powerful  anaesthetic,  the 
formula  of  which  is  CH3I.  Although  it  is  re- 
garded as  producing  effects  similar  to  those 
of  chloroform,  yet  its  irritant  action  on  the 
broucho-pulmonary  mucous  membrane  is  more 
intense,  rendering  it  a  dangerous  anaesthetic 
agent. 
Methylate.  A  compound  of  methyl  alcohol 
w7ith  a  base. 

Methylated.     Containing  methyl  alcohol. 
Methylene.    A  highly  volatile  and  inflam- 
mable liquid  obtained  by  destructive  distilla- 
tion of  wood  ;  anaesthetic. 

Methylene,  Bichloride  of.  A  colorless  liquid 
with  an  odor  like  chloroform,  obtained  from 
chlorine  and  chloride  of  methyl  and  employed 


as  an  anaesthetic,  the  quantity  used  averaging 
a  drachm  every  five  minutes.  Discovered  by 
Dr.  B.  W.  Richardson. 

Methylic  Ether.  (CrI3V,0.  Obtained  by 
digesting  methylic  alcohol  with  strong  sul- 
phuric acid.  Anaesthetic  ;  by  some  claimed  to 
be  superior  to  nitrous  oxide  gas. 

Meth'ysis.     Intoxication. 

Methys'tica.  Substances  employed  for 
exhilaration  and  inebriation. 

Metodonti'asis  (from  p->/ra,  change,  and 
odovrinaic,  dentition).  Abnormal  development 
of  the  teeth. 

Metopantral'gia  (from  /ietuttov,  forehead, 
avrpov,  a  cavern,  and  a/.yog,  pain).  Pain  in 
the  frontal  sinus. 

Metopantri/tis.  Inflammation  of  the  frontal 
sinus. 

Meto'pon,  or  Meto'pum.  The  front,  or 
forehead. 

Metopos/copy  {mdoposcopia  ;  from  juetuttov, 
forehead,  and  gkotteiv,  to  view).  The  art  of 
distinguishing  the  temperament  of  an  indi- 
vidual by  inspecting  the  forehead. 

Me'tra.     The  uterus. 

Metrae'mia  (/«/rpa,  womb,  and  ai/ia,  blood). 
Swelling  of  blood,  or  turgescence,  in  the 
womb. 

Metral'gia  (from  nvrpa,  the  womb,  and 
a/.yoc,  pain).     Pain  in  the  uterus. 

Metranas'mia  (//?/rpa,and  ansemia, deficiency 
of  blood).     Want  of  blood  in  the  uterus. 

Metratre'sia  (from  p-mPa,  the  womb,  and 
arpi/aia,  imperforation).  Morbid  closure  of 
the  uterus. 

Metraux'e.     Hypertrophy  of  the  uterus. 

Me'tre.  A  French  measure  equal  to  39.33 
English  inches. 

Metrectopia.    Displacement  of  the  womb. 

MetreIco/sis.     Ulceration  of  the  womb. 

Metrenchy/tes  (from  u>npa,  the  womb, 
and  Eyxva'i,  injection).  An  instrument  for  or 
the  act  of  injecting  the  uterus. 

Metreurys'ma  (from  «>/rp«,  the  womb,  and 
evpvg,  far  extended).  Morbid  dilatation  of  the 
womb. 

Me'tria.     See  Puerperal  Fever. 

Metric  System.  A  decimal  system  of 
weights  and  measures  used  in  France  and  Ger- 
many in  chemistry  and  physics. 

The  following  divisions  are  most  commonly 
used  : 

10  millimetres  =         1  centimetre. 

100  centimetres  =        1  metre. 

1000  metres  =        1  kilometre. 


MET 


400 


MIC 


1000  cubic  centimetres  = 
1000  milligrammes  = 
1000  o-rammes  = 


1  litre. 
1  gramme. 
1  kilogramme. 


The  equivalent  values  are  as  follows 


1  metre 
1  litre 
1  gramme 
1  minim 


=  39.37  inches. 

=  2.11  pints. 

=  15.43  grains. 

=  0.016  centimetre. 


Metri'tis.     Inflammation  of  the  uterus. 

Metrocarcino'ma  (from  p-iFpa,  the  womb, 
and  KapKLvuua,  cancer).     Cancer  of  the  uterus. 

Metrocele'.     Hernia  vaginalis. 

Metrohae'mia  (from  p-mpa,  the  womb,  and 
aiua!  blood).  Sanguineous  congestion  of  the 
uterus. 

Metroma'nia.     Nymphomania. 

Metrom'eter.  Same  as  Hysterojieter 
(which  see). 

Metro=peritoni'tis.  Inflammation  of  the 
uterus  and  peritoneum. 

Metropol'ypus.     Polypus  of  the  uterus. 

Metroptosis  (from  pr/rpa,  the  womb,  and 
Tr-uaig,  falling  down).     Prolapsus  uteri. 

Metrorrhagia.  Hemorrhage  from  the 
uterus. 

Metroscope.  An  instrument  for  examin- 
ing the  uterus. 

Met'rotome.  Hysterotome.  An  instru- 
ment for  dividing  the  neck  of  the  womb. 

Mg.     Symbol  of  magnesium. 

Miasm'.  Exhalation  arising  from  marshy 
grounds. 

Mias'ma  (ptaofia,  a  stain  or  pollution  ; 
from  ficaivu,  to  contaminate).  In  Pathology, 
the  effluvia  arising  from  sick  persons  and  from 
the  decomposition  of  animal  or  vegetable  sub- 
stances. 

Miasmat'ic.  Relating  to  or  produced  by 
miasmata. 

Mi'ca.  A  mineral  of  various  degrees  of 
transparency  and  of  various  colors  usually 
found  in  thin,  elastic  laminaj.  It  is  composed 
of  silica,  alumina,  potash,  and  oxide  of  iron. 

Micranato'mia  (pmpog,  small,  and  anato- 
mia,  anatomy).     Microscopic  anatomy. 

Micristol'ogy  (/iinpog,  and  histologia,  histol- 
ogy). The  science  which  treats  of  the  minutest 
organic  fibres. 

Mic'ro=  (from  funpog,  small).  A  Greek  prefix 
signifying  minute. 

Microbacteria.  A  form  of  bacteria  small 
in  size. 

Mic'robe  (from  fwcpog,  small,  and  j3iog,  life). 


The  general  name  for  micro-organisms  of  ani- 
mal or  vegetable  organic  structure  that  are 
microscopical  in  size.  Microbes  require  oxygen 
for  their  development. 

Micro'bian.  Microbic,  Pertaining  to  mi- 
crobes or  germ  action. 

Microbicidal.     Destroying  microbes. 

Microbiohae'mia  (from  piKpoc,  small,  fiiog, 
life,  and  ai/ia,  blood).  Diseased  conditions 
resulting  from  micro-organisms  in  the  blood. 

Mic'roblast.  An  undersized  nucleated  red 
blood-corpuscles.     See  Corpuscle. 

Microcidin.  A  combination  of  naphthol 
and  soda.     Antiseptic  and  disinfectant. 

Micrococcus  (from  pmpog,  small,  and 
kokko<:,  blood).  A  micro-organism  having 
spherical  elements,  which  may  he  isolated, 
united  by  numbers,  or  disposed  in  chaplets  or 
masses. 

Microcos'mic  Salt.  The  phosphate  of 
soda  and  ammonia  ;  it  is  used  as  a  flux  in  ex- 
periments with  the  blow-pipe. 

Microcoulomb.  The  millionth  part  of  a 
coulomb. 

Microcous'tic  (from  [wepog,  small,  and 
anovu,  I  hear).  An  instrument  to  augment  the 
intensity  of  sound  and  to  assist  in  hearing. 

Microcyte.  An  undersized  non-nucleated 
red  blood-corpuscle. 

Mic'rodont  (/uicpag,  small,  and  odovc,  a 
tooth).  Having  unusually  short  or  small  teeth. 

Microfarad.  One-millionth  of  the  theoretic 
farad. 

Microglossia  (from  p-inpog,  small,  and 
y'/.ucoa,  tongue).  Congenital  smallness  of  the 
tongue. 

Micrognathia.     Undue  smallness  of  jaws. 

Microgramme.  The  millionth  part  of  a 
gramme. 

Microg'raphy  (from  pmpog,  small,  and 
ypa<pu,  to  describe).  A  description  of  objects 
too  small  to  be  seen  without  the  assistance  of  a 
microscope. 

Microhm.     The  millionth  part  of  an  ohm. 

Microlitre.     The  millionth  part  of  a  litre. 

Microl'ogy  (micrologia ;  from  pucpog ,  small, 
and  hoyog,  a  discourse).  In  Science,  a  treatise 
on  minute  objects,  as  microscopical  animals 
and  plants. 

Microm'eter  (from  /uicpog,  small,  and  p.tr- 
pov,  a  measure).  An  instrument  for  measuring 
small  objects  attached  to  a  microscope  or  tele- 

SCOpe. 

Micro-organisms.  See  Bacteria,  Surgi- 
cal. 


MIC 


401 


MIL 


Microphonia  (from  /uiipoc,  small,  and 
(puvia,  sound).     A  very  weak  voice. 

Microphyte.     A  vegetable  microbe. 

Micropi'per  Methys'ticum.  Piper  me- 
thysticum.  The  ava  plant  of  the  South  Sea 
Islands.  The  root  is  narcotic,  and  when 
bruised  and  macerated  in  water  forms  an  in- 
toxicating drink,  much  used  by  the  natives,  who 
consider  it  a  cure  for  syphilis.  The  tincture 
has  been  used  in  chronic  rheumatism  and  gout. 

Microscope  (from  funpog,  small,  and  gkotteu, 
I  view).  An  instrument  for  the  examination 
of  objects  too  minute  to  be  seen  with  the  naked 
eye.  A  microscope  may  be  single  or  com- 
pound ;  it  is  single  when  an  object  may  be 
viewed  through  it  directly,  whether  it  consists 
of  one  or  more  lenses  ;  and  compound  when 
two  or  more  lenses  are  so  arranged  that  the 
enlarged  image  of  the  object  formed  by  one  is 
again  magnified  by  others  and  seen  as  if  it 
were  the  object  itself.  The  microscope  has  been 
much  used  in  the  examination  of  the  minute 
structural  arrangement  of  the  various  tissues  of 
the  body.  It  is  to  the  aid  of  this  instrument 
that  we  are  indebted  for  the  valuable  and  highly 
interesting  researches  of  Betzius,  Nasmyth, 
Owen,  Beale,  and  others  into  the  minute  struc- 
ture of  the  teeth. 

Microscopy  (microscopia).  Observation  by 
aid  of  the  microscope  ;  an  important  agency  in 
examining  the  structure  of  healthy  and  diseased 
tissues. 

Microso'mia  (from  /unpog,  small,  and  au/ia, 
body).  Arrest  of  growth  from  a  dwarfing  of 
the  entire  body. 

Microsphyx'ia(from  /impog,  small,  and  o<j)vy- 
uoq,  pulse).     Smallness  or  weakness  of  pulse. 

Microsporon.  Bacteria  in  the  form  of 
small  spores. 

Microstoma  (from  (xucpog,  and  aroua, 
mouth).     Abnormal  smallness  of  the  mouth. 

Microstomia.  Congenital  smallness  of  the 
mouth. 

Mi/crotine  (from  funpog,  small).  Having  or 
consisting  of  small  crystals. 

Microtome.  An  instrument  for  making 
thin  sections  for  microscopic  examination. 

Microvolt.     The  millionth  part  of  a  volt. 

Microzyme  (from  fitupog,  small,  and  sl'/'°f, 
leaven).  Microorganisms,  or  particles  of  living 
matter,  which,  according  to  Bechamp,  are  the 
principal  agents  of  the  functions  of  the  organ- 
isms. 

Mic'tion  (mingo,  to  pass  water).     The  act 
of  passing  water. 
26 


Micturit'ion   {micturitio;    from  micturio,  to 

make   water).      The    act    of   passing  water ; 
morbid  frequency  of  passing  urine. 
Mid'riff.    The  diaphragm. 
Mid'wife.    A  woman  who  assists  women  in 
childbirth. 

Mi'emite.  A  variety  of  magnesian  lime- 
stone. 

Migraine7.    Megrim.    Neuralgia,  or  pain  in 
one  side  of  the  head.     Hemicrania. 
Migration.    Change  of  place. 
Mika/nia.    A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Asteracese. 

Mikania  Officinalis.     This  species,  called  by 
the  natives  Coracoa  de  Jesu,  is  said  to  be  bene- 
ficial as  a  febrifuge. 
Mikania     OpiFera.      Evra    de    cobra.      This 
species   is   a  powerful  diuretic,  and  is  used 
internally  and   externally   as   an   alexiphar- 
mic. 
Mil/dew.     A  thin,  whitish  coating,  consist- 
ing of  innumerable  fungi,  with  which  the  leaves 
of  vegetables,  linen,  meats,  and  other  substances 
are  sometimes  assailed. 

Mildew  Mortification  (gangrenx  ustilaginea). 
A  dry  gangrene,  supposed  to  arise  from  the 
use  of  mildewed  grain. 
Mil  foil.     Yarrow. 

Milia'ria  (from  milium,  millet).  Miliary 
fever.  An  exanthematous  eruption,  so  called 
because  the  vesicles  resemble  millet-seed. 

Milio'lum  (diminutive  of  milium,  millet). 
A  small  tumor  of  the  eyelids,  in  size  resembling 
a  millet-seed. 

Milium.  Millet.  Also  a  hard,  white 
tubercle  of  the  size  of  a  millet-seed,  which 
seemingly  is  of  a  sebaceous  nature,  seated  im- 
mediately under  the  cuticle,  and  when  pressed 
discharging  its  contents. 

Milk  (lac).  A  sweetish,  opaque  fluid,  se- 
creted in  the  mammary  glands  of  the  females 
of  the  mammalia  for  the  nourishment  of  their 
young. 

Milk  Abscess.  Tumors  in  the  mammae  from 
redundant  lactation. 

Milk  Crust.  The  crust  forming  on  the  scalp  of 
nursing  infants  ;  due  to  eczema  or  to  sebor- 
rhoea. 

Milk  Fever  (febris  ladea).  A  fever  accom- 
panying or  preceding  the  secretion  of  milk  in 
women  soon  after  delivery. 
Milk  Sickness.  Sick  stomach.  Puking  fever. 
A  disease  quite  common  in  the  Western  and 
Southwestern  States  ;  it  affects  both  man  and 
cattle. 


MIL 


402 


MIS 


Milk,  Substitute  for.  Prof.  Leeds  suggests 
the  following  formula  as  the  best  substitute 
for  woman's  milk  :  1  gill  of  cow's  milk,  fresh 
and  unskimmed  ;  1  gill  of  water  ;  2  table- 
spoonfuls  of  rich  cream  ;  200  grains  of  milk 
sugar  ;  1}  grains  of  extractum  pancreatis  ;  4 
grains  of  sodium  bicarbonate.  This  combina- 
tion is  to  be  prepared  and  warmed  just  before 
using. 
Milk,  Sugar  of.     Lactin. 

Milk  of  Sulphur.   Lac  sulphuris.  Precipitated 
sulphur. 

Milk  Teeth.      The  teeth  of    first    dentition. 
Deciduous,  or  temporary,  teeth. 
MiPlet.     See  Panicum  Milaceum. 
Millet=seed  Rash.     Miliaria. 
Milliampere.     One-thousaudth  of  an  am- 
pere. 

Milligramme'.  A  French  measure,  the 
thousandth  part  of  a  gramme,  or  0.0154  of  a 
grain  avoirdupois,  or  fa  of  a  grain  troy. 

Millili/tre.  A  French  measure,  the  one- 
thousandth  part  of  a  litre,  or  0.061  of  an 
English  cubic  inch. 

Millimetre.  A  French  measure,  the  one- 
thousandth  part  of  a  metre,  or  0.039,  or  fa 
of  an  English  inch. 

MiloPum.     A  small  tumor  on  the  eyelid. 
Milpho'sis.     Baldness  of  the  eyebrows. 
Mind.     The  intellectual,  thinking,  or  intel- 
ligent faculty  of  man.     The  term  is  also  used 
as  signifying  the  phenomena  resulting  from  the 
exercise  of  this  faculty. 

Minderer/us's  Spirit.  Liquid  acetate  of 
ammonia.  It  is  a  valuable  diaphoretic,  and  is 
much  used  in  fevers  and  inflammatory  diseases. 
Dose,  f'sss  to  f^iss. 

Min'eral  (mineralis).  Any  inorganic  body 
or  chemical  combination  containing  an  organic 
base  fouud  in  the  earth. 

Mineral  Adipocere'.    A  greasy  bitumen  found 
in  the  argillaceous  ores  of  iron. 
Mineral  Alkali.     Native  carbonate  of  soda. 
Mineral  Caoutchouc.     A  variety  of  bitumen 
resembling  caoutchouc  found  in  Castleton,  in 
Derbyshire. 
Mineral  Green.     A  hydrated  subcarbonate  of 
copper. 
Mineral   King'dom.     The  division  of  nature 
which  includes  minerals. 
Mineral  Oil.     Petroleum. 
Mineral  Pitch.     Bitumen. 
Mineral  Solution.     Arsenicalis  liquor. 
Mineral  Tar.     The  petroleum  harhadense. 
Mineral  Teeth.     See  Porcelain  Teeth. 


Mineral  Turpentine.     Same  as  rectified  ben- 
zine, and  is  obtained  from  coal-oil. 
Mineral  Water.     Springs   impregnated    with 
substances  foreign  to  the  common  composition 
of  water  and  which  exercise  a  sensible  action 
on  the  animal  economy.     Mineral  waters  are 
divided  into  five  classes — namely,  acidulous, 
alkaline,    chalybeate,    sulphureous,    and   saline. 
These  may  be  thermal    or  cold,  natural  or 
artificial. 
Mineral  YePlow.     Patent  yellow.    A  pigment 
consisting  of  oxide  and  chloride  of  lead. 
Minerals.     Mineral. 

MineraFogy  (miner alogia).  That  depart- 
ment of  science  which  treats  of  minerals. 

MPner's  Elbow.  An  enlargement  of  the 
bursa  over  the  olecranon,  occurring  in  miners 
who  are  forced  to  lean  much  upon  the  elbow. 
Milium.  Symbol,  tti,.  A  minim  is  the  six- 
tieth part  of  a  fluid  drachm,  nearly  equivalent 
to  a  drop  ;  a  small  drop. 

MirPium.     Red  oxide  of  lead. 
Mint.     An   aromatic  plant    of   the    genus 
Mentha,  of  which  there  are  several  species. 

MPocene  (from  /neiuv,  less,  and  mivoc, 
recent).  A  term  applied  in  Geology  to  the 
middle  division  of  the  tertiary  stratum,  con- 
taining fewer  fossil  shells  of  recent  species  than 
the  Pliocene,  or  most  modern  tertiary  deposits. 
Mirage7.  An  optical  illusion  arising  from 
unequal  refraction  of  the  lower  strata  of  the 
atmosphere,  and  causing  distant  objects  to  be 
seen  double,  as  if  reflected  in  a  mirror,  or  to 
appear  as  if  suspended  in  the  air. 

Mir'ror.  A  speculum  ;  any  polished  sub- 
stance that  forms  images  by  the  reflection  of 
the  rays  of  light. 

Mirror,  Dentists'.     A  large  speculum  for  the 
examination  of  the  teeth  ;  a  mouth-glass. 
Miscarriage.      The  expulsion  of  the  fetus 
between  the  fourth  and   the  sixth   month  of 
pregnancy. 

Miscee.  The  name  of  an  Indian  dentifrice, 
said  to  color  the  teeth  jet  black  without  affect- 
ing the  enamel,  while  it  removes  the  tartar  and 
hardens  the  gums.  It  is  scarcely  necessary  to 
say  that  any  chemical  agent  capable  of  decom- 
posing salivary  calculus  will  act  upon  the 
enamel  of  the  teeth. 

Miscegenation.  The  mixture  of  races  ; 
often  supposed  to  be  a  cause  of  degeneracy 
and  of  imperfections  of  the  dental  organs. 

Mis/tIetoe.  A  parasitical  plant  growing  on 
trees  ;  the  Viscum  album.  The  powder  of  the 
leaves  has  been  used  in  epilepsy. 


MIS 


403 


MOD 


Mistu'ra.    A  mixture.    A  fluid  compound 

containing  several  ingredients. 

Mistu/ra  Aca'ciae.  Gum  Arabic  mixture. 
Gum  Arabic  emulsion. 

Mistura  Ammonia'ci.  (Ph.  U.  S.,  L. )  Am- 
moniac mixture.  Composed  of  ammonia,  120 
grains  ;  water,  \  of  a  pint. 

Mistura  Amyg'dalae.  (U.  S.)  Almond 
mixture.  Almond  emulsion.  Composed  of 
sweet  almond,  •}  of  an  ounce  ;  powdered  gum 
Arabic,  60  grains  ;  sugar,  120  grains  ;  water,  8 
fluid  ounces. 

Mistura  Asafcet'ida.  (Ph.  U.  S.,  L.)  Asa- 
fcetida  mixture,  120  grains ;  to  water,  \  of  a 
pint. 

Mistura  Cam/phorae.     Camphor  water. 

Mistura  Camphorae  cum  Magne'sia.  Cam- 
phor with  magnesia. 

Mistura  CascariPlse  Compos/ita.  (Ph.  L.) 
Compound  mixture  of  cascarilla. 

Mistura  Chlorofor'mi.  Chloroform  mixture. 
Composed  of  chloroform,  half  an  ounce  ;  cam- 
phor, sixty  grains  ;  yolk  of  one  egg  ;  water, 
six  fluid  ounces. 

Mistura  Creaso'ti.  (Ph.  E. )  Creasote  mix- 
ture. 

Mistura  Cre/tae.  Chalk  mixture.  Composed 
of  prepared  chalk,  \  of  an  ounce  ;  sugar, 
powdered  gum  Arabic,  each  120  grains ; 
cinnamon  water  and  water,  of  each  four 
ounces. 

Mistura  Ferri  Aromat/ica.  (Ph.  D. )  Aro- 
matic mixture  of  iron. 

Mistura  Ferri  Compos'ita.  (U.  S. )  Com- 
pound mixture  of  iron. 

Mistura  Gentia'nae  Composita.  (Ph.  L.) 
Compound  mixture  of  gentian. 

Mistura  Glycyrrhi/zae  Composita.  Compound 
mixture  of  liquorice.     Brown  mixture. 

Mistura  GuaPaci.  (Ph.  L.)  Guaiacum  mix- 
ture. 

Mistura  Hor'dei.  (Ph.  E.)  Compound  de- 
coction of  barley. 

Mistura  Mos'chi.     (Ph.  L.)     Musk  mixture. 

Mistura  Potas'sae  Citra/tis.  Mixture  of 
citrate  of  potash.     Neutral'mixture. 

Mistura  Scammo/nii.  (Ph.  E.)  Scammony 
mixture. 

Mistura    Spir'itus    Wni  GallPci.     (Ph.  L.) 
Brandy  mixture. 
Mite.      A  very  small  insect  of  the  genus 

Acarus. 
Mito'ma.     See  Cell-body. 
MPtra.     In  Surgery,  a  bandage  applied  on 

the  head. 


MPtral  Valve  (valvula  mitralis).  A  valve 
at  the  opening  of  the  left  ventricle  of  the 
heart. 

Mixed  Fever.  Synochus.  A  mixture  of 
the  symptoms  of  inflammatory  and  typhus 
fevers. 

Mixture.     Mistura. 
Mm.     Abbreviation  for  millimetre. 
Mmm.     Abbreviation  for  micromillimetre. 
Mn.     Symbol  for  manganese. 
Mneme  (jwrmri).    Memory. 
MobiPity  {mob i I Has  ;  from  moveo,  to  move). 
Capability  of  being  moved  ;    susceptibility  of 
motion.      In    Physiology,    great    nervous    sus- 
ceptibility   complicated    with     a     convulsive 
tendency. 

Mocb/lia  (from  fxoxMq,  a  lever).  The  re- 
duction of  a  luxated  bone. 

Mod'el  (modulus;    from  modus,  a  measure, 
rule,    size,    or   bigness).      A    pattern    of   any 
form  ;   anything  of  a  particular  form,   shape, 
or  construction.     A  mould  ;  a  form  intended 
to  give  shape  to  castings.     A  form   made  in 
imitation  of  real  life.     An  artificial  form. 
Model,    Antagonizing,   for   Artificial    Teeth. 
A  contrivance  for  obtaining  an  exact  repre- 
sentation  of  the  manner  in  which  the  jaws 
meet,  by  which  the  dentist  selects,  arranges, 
and   antagonizes    artificial   teeth.       For  the 
method  of  obtaining  this  see  Harris'  "  Prin. 
and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 
Model   Contour.     The   base-plates  of  sets  of 
artificial  teeth,  so  built  up  with  wax  as   to 
outline  the  facial  expression  for  arranging  and 
antagonizing  the  teeth. 

Model,    Plaster.     In  Mechanical   Dentistry,   a 
plaster  cast  obtained  by  pouring  plaster  batter 
into  an  impression  of  the  mouth,  either  full  or 
partial,  and  used  in  metallic  work  to  mould  in 
sand  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  a  metallic 
die  ;  in  plastic  work  as  a  base  on  which  to 
vulcanize  or  mould  the  base-plate.     The  ex- 
pansion of  the  plaster  can   be   overcome   by 
mixing  it  with  marble   dust,  and   a  smooth 
surface  of  the  plaster  cast  be  secured  by  first 
pouring  into  the  impression  sufficient  plaster, 
unmixed  with  the  marble  dust,  to  cover  the 
surface  only.     For  modes  of  making  models 
see  Harris'  "Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 
Mod'eling  Composition  or  Compound. 
An    impression    material    composed    of   gum 
dammar,  steariue,  French  chalk,  with  carmine 
as  a  coloring  material  and  a  perfume  to  render 
it  pleasant. 

Modi'olus.     A  hollow  cone  in  the  cochlea 


MOD 


404 


MOL 


of  the  ear,    forming  a   central   pillar,   round 

which  the  gyri  of  the  cochlea  pass. 

Modo    Praescrip'to.     In   the   manner   di- 
rected. 

Modus   Operan'di.      Mode  of   operating. 

Mode  of  curing.     The  general  principles  upon 

-which  medicines  act  in  morhid  conditions  of 

the  body. 

Mogilalia  (from  fioyig,  with  difficulty,  and 

'/.a/.str,  to  speak).     Impediment  of  speech   or 

difficult  articulation. 

Mola.     A  molar  tooth.     The  patella.     Also 

a  shapeless,  fleshy  mass  in  the  uterus. 

Mo'lar  (molar is ;    from  mola,  a   millstone). 

That  which  bruises  or  grinds. 

Molar  Glands.  The  molar  glands  are  small, 
round,  racemose,  or  compound  tubular  glands, 
larger  than  the  buccal  glands,  and  are  located 
between  the  buccinator  and  masseter  muscles. 
They  have  separate  ducts  with  orifices  near 
the  third  molar  or  wisdom  teeth. 

Molar  Teeth  (denies  molares).  Molares  per- 
manentes  dentes  ;  mylodontes  ;  mylacri ; 
gomphioi  ;  grinders.  The  molar  teeth  occupy 
the  posterior  part  of  the  alveolar  arch,  and  are 
six  to  each  jaw — three  on  either  side.  They 
are  distinguished  by  their  great  size,  the  first 
and  second  being  the  largest ;  the  grinding 
surfaces  have  the  enamel  thicker  and  are  sur- 
mounted by  four  or  five  tubercles  or  cusps, 
with  as  many  corresponding  depressions,  ar- 
ranged in  such  a  manner  that  the  tubercles  of 
the  teeth  of  the  upper  jaw  are  adapted  to  the 
depressions  of  the  lower,  and  vice  versd. 

The  upper  molars  have  three  roots,  sometimes 
four,  and  as  many  as  five  are  occasionally 
seen  ;  of  these  roots  two  are  situated  exte- 
riorly, almost  parallel  with  each  other,  and 
perpendicular ;  the  third  root  forms  an  acute 
angle,  and  looks  toward  the  roof  of  the 
mouth. 

The  lower  molars  have  but  two  roots — the  one 
anterior,  the  other  posterior  ;  they  are  nearly 
vertical  and  are  parallel  with  each  other 
and  much  flattened  laterally.  The  roots  of 
the  first  two  superior  molars  correspond  with 
the  floor  of  the  maxillary  sinus,  and  some- 
times protrude  into  this  cavity,  and  their 
divergence  secures  them  more  firmly  in  their 
sockets. 

The  last  molar,  called  the  dens  sapiential,  or 
wisdom  tooth,  is  both  shorter  and  smaller 
than  the  others  ;  the  roots  of  the  upper  wis- 
dom tooth  are  occasionally  united  so  as  to 
form  but  one,  while   the  last   molar  of  the 


lower  jaw  is  generally  single  aud  of  a  conical 
form. 
The  use  of  the  molars,  as  their  name  signifies, 
is  to  triturate  or  grind  the  food. 
Mola7 res  Derates.     Molar  teeth. 
Molas'ses.     Melasses.     The  uncrystalliza- 
ble  saccharine  and   other  extractive   matters 
which  drain  from  unrefined  sugar  when  cool- 
ing.    Also  called  treacle. 

Mold/ine.  A  compound  used  by  Dr.  Mel- 
lotte  in  his  bridge-system  for  moulding  and 
impression  purposes,  and  which  consists  of 
potter's  clay  mixed  with  glycerin. 

Mole  (mola).  A  small  brown  spot  or  per- 
manent protuberance  on  the  surface  of  the 
body  ;  also  a  fleshy  substance  of  variable  size 
and  consistence,  possessing  a  low  degree  of 
vitality,  which  forms  in  the  uterus. 

Molecular.  Composed  of  or  relating  to 
molecules. 

Molecular  Attraction.     The  power  inherent 
in  molecules  of  matter,  which  exerts  itself  at 
distances  inappreciable  or  at  the  point  of  con- 
tact and  inclines  them  to  combine  one  with 
the  other. 
Molecule  (molecula).     A  minute  particle  of 
any  body.    Molecules  are  the  smallest  particles 
of  which  bodies  are  supposed  to  be  composed 
or  into  which  they  can  be  divided.    Microscopic 
particles. 

Molecule,  Purkinjean.     The  germinal  vesicle 
in  the  cicatricula  of  the  egg. 

Molecules,  Constituent.  Those  of  each 
element  comprised  in  an  integrant  molecule  of 
a  compound. 

Molecules,  Integrant.  The  smallest  particles 
into  which  it  is  conceivable  to  divide  a  simple 
or  a  compound  body  without  resolving  it  into 
its  elements. 
Moli'men.      An  effort,  a  struggle,  or  an  en- 
deavor. 

Mol'isite.  A  term  applied  in  Mineralogy 
to  the  crystallized  titanate  of  iron  of  Dauph- 
iny. 

Molli'ties  (from  mollis,  soft).  Preternatu- 
ral softness  of  a  part  ;  softness. 
Mollities  Cerebri.  Softening  of  the  brain. 
Mollities  Os/sium.  Softening  of  the  bones. 
Mollities  Un'guium.  Softening  of  the  nails. 
MolIus/ca.  Soft-bodied  animals,  destitute 
of  articulations,  but  furnished  with  respira- 
tory and  circulating  organs  and  a  nervous 
system. 

Mollus'cum.  A  disease  of  the  skin,  so 
called  from  its  resemblance  to  certain  mollus- 


MOL 


405 


MOR 


cous  animals,  and  consisting  of  numerous 
tubercles  of  various  sizes  and  forms,  containing 
sebaceous  matter. 

Molyb'date.  A  genus  of  salts  resulting 
from  a  combination  of  the  rnolybdic  acid  with 
salifiable  bases. 

Molybdenum.  Molybdena.  A  silvery- 
white,  brittle,  and  very  fusible  metal. 

Molyb'dic.  An  acid  obtained  from  molyb- 
denum. 

Molyb/do  (motybdos).  Lead.  Reference 
to  or  connection  with  lead. 

Momen'tum.  In  Physics,  impetus.  The 
quantity  of  force  of  a  moving  body,  which  is 
proportioned  to  its  velocity,  multiplied  into  its 
weight  or  quantity  of  matter. 

Mon  (mono;  from  fiovog,  one).  A  Greek 
prefix  denoting  one  or  single. 

Monacid.  Of  a  salt  or  an  alcohol,  contain- 
ing one  atom  of  hydrogen  replaceable  by  a 
base. 

Mon'ad  (monas ;  from  fiovog,  unity).  The 
simplest  kind  of  minute  animalcule  or  rudi- 
mentary infusorial  animals.  Also  an  ultimate 
atom  ;  an  invisible  thing.  Also  a  univalent 
element  or  radicle ;  one  which  is  capable  of 
combining  with  or  replacing  a  single  atom  of 
hydrogen. 

Monas.     A  monad. 

Monkshood.  A  plant  of  the  genus  Aco- 
nitum. 

Monoba'sic  (fiovog,  single,  and  basis,  base). 
Having  a  single  base.  An  acid  capable  of 
uniting  with  a  single  monad  atom  or  radicle. 
Applied  to  certain  chemical  substances. 

Monoblep/sis  (from  fiovog,  one,  and  (Heipiq, 
sight).  An  affection  in  which  vision  is  imper- 
fect and  confused  when  both  eyes  are  used  and 
good  when  only  one  is  used. 

Mono=chlor=ethane.  See  Ethyl  Chlo- 
ride. 

Monochromat/ic  (from  fiovog,  and  xp°H-a, 
color).     Having  but  one  color. 

Monochron'ic.  Existing  at  one  and  the 
same  time.     Applied  to  organic  remains. 

Monococ/cus.  A  micrococcus ;  a  coccus 
not  double  nor  united  in  groups. 

Monocular  (from  fiovog,  one,  and  loculus, 
cell).  Having  one  cell.  A  one-celled  cystic 
tumor. 

Monogas'tric  (mtmogastricus ;  from  fiovog, 
one,  and  yaanip,  stomach).  Having  but  one 
stomach. 

Monohydrated.  Combined  with  one  mole- 
cule of  water. 


Monohydric.  Containing  one  atom  of  re- 
placeable hydrogen. 

Monoma/nia  (from  fiovog,  one,  and  fiavia, 
madness).     Insanity  upon  one  subject. 

Monom/yus  {fiovog,  single,  and  fivg,  a 
muscle).     Having  but  one  muscle. 

Monopa'gia.     See  Hemickaxia. 

Monop'athy  (from  fiovog,  one,  and  ira-&og, 
disorder).  An  affection  in  which  but  one 
organ  or  function  is  disordered.  Monomania 
is  a  monopathic  affection. 

Monoplasmatic.  Having  protoplasm  com- 
posed of  one  substance  only. 

Monoplast.  One  of  the  cells  constituting  a 
tissue. 

Monoplas'tic  (monoplasticus ;  from  fiovog, 
one,  and  ivXaaou,  to  form).  That  which  has 
one  form  or  which  does  not  change  its  form. 

Monot/omous  (uovog,  single,  and  TEfivu, 
to  cut).  Minerals  having  a  single  cleavage 
face. 

Monro's  Foremen.  Foramen  commune 
anterius.  An  opening  under  the  arch  of  the 
fornix  of  the  cerebrum,  by  which  the  lateral 
ventricles  communicate  with  each  other,  with 
the  third  ventricle,  and  with  the  infundi- 
bulum. 

Mons  Ven'eris.  The  projecting  eminence 
covered  with  hair  immediately  over  the  os 
pubis  in  women. 

Mon'sel's  Solution  (ferrum  subsufph. 
liq.).  An  aqueous  solution  of  basic  sulphate 
of  iron,  powerfully  astringent,  styptic,  and 
haemostatic.  Used  for  the  arrest  of  alveolar 
haemorrhage.  Rarely  used  internally.  Dose, 
gr.  iij  to  gr.  x.  For  dental  uses  see  Gorgas' 
"Dental  Medicine." 

Mon/ster.  Monstrum.  Any  unnatural 
production ;  any  organized  being  with  parts 
unnaturally  developed  or  having  an  extraordi- 
nary vice  of  conformation. 

Montic'ulus.  A  little  mountain.  The  term 
monticuli  has  been  applied  in  Anatomy  to  two 
small  eminences  on  the  anterior  part  of  the 
thalami  nervorum  opticorum. 

Mor'bid  (from  morbus,  a  disease).  Diseased 
or  relating  to  disease. 

Morbid  Anatomy.  The  anatomy  of  diseased 
organs. 

Morbid  Tem'perature.  The  difference  either 
above  or  below  the  natural  temperature  of  the 
body,  as  ascertained  by  the  thermometer 
placed  in  the  axilla  or  under  the  tongue  of  a 
patient.  The  natural  temperature  is  from 
96°  to  98°  F. 


MOR 


406 


MOR 


Morbific  (from  morbus,  a  disease,  and 
facer  e,  to  make).     Causing  disease. 

MorbiMi.     Measles. 

Morbo'sum  Augmen'tum.  A  morbid  or 
diseased  growth. 

Morbo'sus.     Morbose.     Diseased. 

Mor'bus.     A  disease. 

Morda'cious.     Biting;  pungent. 

Mor'dant.  A  substance  employed  to  fix 
colors  in  dyeing. 

Mor/dicant  (mordicans).  A  disagreeable, 
pungent  beat. 

Mordi'ces.     Teeth  or  fangs. 

Morgag'ni,  Humor  of.  A  transparent 
humor  between  the  crystalline  lens  and  its 
capsule. 

Morgag'ni,  Si'nuses  of.     Three  small  dilata- 
tious  at  the  beginning  of  the  aorta. 

Moribun'dus  (morior,  to  die).  Moribund. 
Dying  ;  ready  to  die.     Dead. 

Morioplas'ty  (morioplastice ;  from  fiopiov,  a 
part,  and  ttImctlkoc,  forming).  The  restoration 
of  lost  parts. 

Moro  (from  morum,  a  mulberry).  A  small 
abscess  resembling  a  mulberry. 

Moroxyl'ic  Acid.  An  acid  combined  with 
lime  found  in  the  bark  of  the  white  mulberry 
tree. 

Mor'phia  (from  Morpheus,  the  god  of  sleep). 
Morphine.  The  narcotic  principle  of  opium  ; 
a  vegetable  alkaloid.  It  is  in  many  cases 
preferable  as  an  anodyne  to  opium,  because  it 
is  not  so  liable  to  constipate  the  bowels,  pro- 
duce headache,  or  other  unpleasant  effects.  It 
is  also  less  likely  to  be  rejected  by  an  irritable 
stomach.  Dose,  gr.  £  =  gr.  j  of  opium.  The 
acetate,  sulphate,  and  muriate  are  the  prepara- 
tions of  morphia  in  use,  the  salts  being  prefer- 
able to  the  alkaloid  on  account  of  their  greater 
solubility.  The  acetate  is  the  best  form  for 
use  hypodermically.  In  Dental  Practice  the 
salts  of  morphia  are  used  in  the  arsenical  com- 
binations to  destroy  dental  pulps,  but  the 
acetate  is  preferred  for  this  purpose  to  either 
the  sulphate  or  muriate  on  account  of  its 
greater  solubility,  and  also  being  more  effectual 
in  relieving  the  pain  caused  by  the  arsenic  even 
when  it  is  combined  with  creasote  ;  the  acetate 
is  also  used  for  obtunding  the  sensibility  of 
dentine  and  for  odontalgia  and  the  pain  of  pul- 
pitis of  any  character.  Morphine  combined 
with  oil  of  cajeput  is  effective  for  the  pain 
following  tooth-extraction. 

Mor'phiae  Ac'etas.  Acetate  of  morphia. 
Dose,  gr.  \  to  gr.  \  ;  endermically,  gr.  ss  to  gr. 


iij    to  the   skin   where   the   cuticle  has   been 
removed  by  a  blister. 
Morphiae  Ci'tras.     Citrate  of  morphia. 
Morphiae  Hydrochlc/ras.      Hydrochlorate   or 
muriate  of  morphia.    See  Morphine  Mueias. 
Morphias  Murias.     Muriate  of  morphia.     As 
a   narcotic  it   is    preferable   to   the   acetate. 
Dose,  gr.  \. 
Morphiae    Sul'phas.      Sulphate   of    morphia. 
Powerfully  narcotic  and  sedative.    Dose,  gr.  \ 
to  gr.  \. 

Morphine7  {morphina).  Same  as  Morphia 
(which  see). 

Morphinism.  A  diseased  state  caused  by 
the  excessive  and  habitual  use  of  morphine. 

Morphol'ogy  (from  fiopfyr/,  form,  and  hoyog, 
a  discourse).  Science  of  the  form  of  organ- 
isms. In  Botany,  a  treatise  on  the  metamor- 
phosis of  organs.  In  Zoology,  a  treatise  on  the 
modifications  of  form  which  the  same  organ 
undergoes  in  different  animals. 

Morphon.  An  organism  having  a  form 
that  distinguishes  it  from  its  surroundings  ; 
cells,  organs,  individuals,  assemblages  of  indi- 
viduals united  into  one  body. 

Morpho/sis  (/xop<j>ou,  to  form).  A  morbid 
formation  ;  organic  disease. 

Morphotic.  Contributing  to  form  or  build 
up  the  substance  of  the  tissues. 

Morrhuae  Oleum.   See  Oleum  Morkhile. 

Mors,  Mortis.  Death  ;  the  cessation  of 
life. 

Mor'sulus.  A  little  mouthful.  Also  a 
lozenge. 

Mor'sus  (from  mordeo,  to  bite  or  gnaw). 
A  bite,  sting,  or  grasp. 

Mor'tal  (mortalis;  from  mors,  mortis,  death). 
Subject  to  death. 

Mortality.  The  quality  of  being  mortal. 
The  death-rate. 

Mortality,  Bills  of.     A  register  exhibiting  the 
number  of  deaths  in  a  given  time. 

Mor'tar.  A  hollow  vessel  of  iron,  glass, 
marble,  or  Wedgwood  ware,  for  reducing  solid 
substances  to  powder  or  for  making  certain 
mixtures. 

Mortari'olum.  A  small  mortar.  Also  the 
socket  of  a  tooth. 

Mortification  (morlificatio ;  from  mors, 
death,  and  fio,  to  become).  The  loss  of  vitality 
in  any  part  of  the  body,  but  generally  applied 
to  soft  tissues. 

Mor'ula.  In  Embryology,  the  mass  of  cells 
derived  from  the  cleavage  and  multiplication 
of  the  nucleus  of  the  impregnated  ovum. 


MOS 


407 


MOU 


Mosa'ic  Gold.     Bisulphuret  of  tin. 
Mosaic  Silver.     Bismuth  and  tin  melted  to- 
gether, with  additions  of  quicksilver. 
Mosch.     Musk. 
Moscha/ta  Nux.      See  Myristica   Mos- 

CHATA. 

Moscha/tus.     Musky. 

Mos'chus.      Musk.      It  is  stimulant  and 
antispasmodic.     Dose,  gr.  x. 
Moschus    MoschiFerus.      The  animal   from 
which  musk  is  obtained. 

Moss.     The  species  of  Musci  which  grows 
on  old  wood,  trees,  damp  ground,  walls,  etc. 
Moss,  Carrageen7.     Chondrus  crispus.     Irish 
moss. 

Moss,  Pec/toral.     See  Lichen  PuLMONARIS. 
Moss,  Sea.    See  Fucus  Helminthocorton. 

Moth/er.     Mater.     Also  a  term  applied  to 
mai)3r  chemical  preparations  and  plants. 
Mother  of  Pearl.     The  silvery,  brilliant  inter- 
nal layer  of  shells,  particularly  those  which 
produce  the  pearl. 

Mother  of  Thyme.  The  common  name  of 
Thymus  serpyllum. 

Mother's  Mark.     Nsevus  maternus. 

Mother=water.  Saline  solutions  from 
which  crystals  have  been  deposited. 

Mo'tor  (from  moveo,  to  move).     A  mover ; 
applied  to  muscles  and  nerves. 
Motor  Nerves.     Nerves   upon  which    volun- 
tary motion  depends. 

Motor  Oculo'rum.  The  third  pair  of  nerves 
are  so  called  because  they  influence  or  move 
the  muscles  of  the  eye. 

Mot'ory.  Motor.  That  which  induces 
movement.  Applied  to  nerves  which  convey 
the  peculiar  stimulus  which  excites  motion  to 
the  muscles. 

Motos.     Lint. 

Mo'tus.     Motion. 

Mould'ering.  A  process  of  fermentation 
going  on  in  the  organic  matter  of  clays  which 
renders  them  more  suitable  for  the  purposes  of 
the  manufacturer  of  porcelain.  Sometimes 
extraneous  organic  matter  is  mingled  with  the 
clay  to  produce  this  effect. 

Moulding  Flask.  A  square  or  round  box, 
open  above  and  below,  for  holding  the  sand  in 
which  impressions  are  made  for  metallic  cast- 
ings ;  used  in  Mechanical  Dentistry  for  obtain- 
ing castings  or  dies  for  swaging  plates  for  the 
mouth. 
Moulding     Flask,     Hawes',     Clark's,     etc. 

Flasks  invented  by  Drs.  E.  G.  Hawes,  of  New 
York,  F.   Y.   Clark,   of  Georgia,  and   E.  N. 


Bailey,  for  obtaining  castings  from  plaster 
models,  which,  on  account  of  irregularity  of 
the  teeth  or  projection  of  the  alveolar  border, 
can  not  be  drawn  from  a  simple  impression  in 
sand. 
Moun'tain  Cork.  An  elastic  variety  of 
asbestos. 

Mounting.  The  act  of  preparing  anything 
for  use. 

Mounting  Artificial  Teeth  on  Metallic  and 
other  Bases.  The  attachment  of  artificial 
teeth  to  a  metallic,  rubber,  or  osseous  base. 
See  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 
See  Celluloid. 
Mouth.  Os  ;  cavum  oris ;  stoma.  The 
superior  terminus  of  the  alimentary  canal,  in 
which  mastication  takes  place.  An  oval  aper- 
ture, situated  in  the  lower  and  anterior  part  of 
the  face  between  the  jaws,  bounded  above  by 
the  palatine  processes  of  the  superior  maxillary 
and  palate  bones,  below  by  the  tongue  and 
mylo-hyoid  muscles,  laterally  by  the  cheeks, 
anteriorly  by  the  lips,  and  posteriorly  by  the 
soft  palate  and  fauces.  When  the  jaws  are 
closed  the  mouth  is  paraboloid  in  shape,  open- 
ing behind  and  below,  the  inferior  opening 
being  closed  by  the  tongue  and  mylohyoid 
muscle.  It  contains  the  dental  apparatus  and 
is  a  complicated  piece  of  mechanism  ;  forms  an 
essential  part  of  the  human  frame  ;  has  the 
widest  possible  range  of  sympathy  ;  contains 
a  great  variety  of  organs,  and  performs  an 
equally  great  variety  of  functions.  It  also 
contains  the  organ  of  taste  and  is  concerned 
in  the  four  primary  stages  of  digestion,— pre- 
hension, mastication,  insalivation,  and  degluti- 
tion,—besides  being  engaged  in  the  intellectual 
acts  of  speech  and  expression.  The  roof  of 
the  mouth  is  formed  by  the  hard  palate.  It  is 
composed  of  two  superior  maxillary  and  palate 
bones,  and  its  surface  is  perforated  by  a  large 
number  of  small  foramina  for  the  transmission 
of  nutrient  vessels  to  the  body  of  the  bone,  and 
also  pitted  for  the  reception  of  the  mucous 
glands,  and  contains  grooves,  runniug  longi- 
tudinally, for  the  accommodation  of  vessels. 
The  circumference  of  the  floor  of  the  mouth  is 
formed  by  the  mylo-hyoid  ridge,  which  gives 
attachment  to  the  muscles  of  the  same  name, 
and  which,  with  the  base  of  the  tongue,  forms 
the  floor  of  the  mouth  proper. 

The  alveolar  processes  and  teeth  of  both 
jaws  form  the  anterior  and  two  lateral  walls  of 
the  mouth.  The  mouth,  known  as  the  "oral 
cavity,"  opens  posteriorly  into  the  pharyngeal 


MOU 


408 


MUC 


space.     The  terra  mouth  is  also  applied  to  the 
open  extremities  of  vessels. 
Mouth  Protector.     An  appliance  used  to  pro- 
tect the  lips  and  cheeks  in  using  the  disks 
with  the  dental  engine. 
Mouth,  Sore.     Aphthae. 

Mouth  Wash.     A  gargle  ;  any  liquid  prepara- 
tion for  the  mouth  and  fauces.    The  following 
is  valuable  for  its  astringent  and  agreeable 
aromatic  properties  :     R .     Pulverized  extract 
rhataniae,  pulverized  catechu,  aa  5  ss  ;  pulver- 
ized orris  root,  pulverized  cinnamon,  aa  £j  ; 
subborate  soda,  3  ss ;  alcohol,  5  viij  ;  water, 
^  xij  ;  oil  of  gaultheria,  3  iss  ;  honey  or  white 
sugar,  3  iv.     Mix,  digest  for  eight  days,  and 
filter. 
Another   preparation  of  the  late   Prof.  C.  A. 
Harris,  and  known  as  Harris'  gum  wash,  is 
composed    of:    South   American  soap  bark, 
o  vnJ  j   pyrethrum,  orris  root,  benzoic  acid, 
cinnamon,  aa  5J  ;  tannic  acid,  giv;  borax, 
9  iv  ;   oil  of  gaultheria,  %  ij  ;   oil  of  pepper- 
mint, 5  iv  ;  cochineal,  3  iij  ;  white  sugar,  Ibj  ; 
alcohol,  pints  iij  ;  pure  water,  pints  v.     Mix, 
digest  for  six  days,  and  filter. 
Mouth=breathing,   Cause   of.     Enlarged 
tonsils,  and  in  connection  with  these,  in  con- 
genital cases,  a  deep,  narrow  arch  with  promi- 
nent incisors. 

Mouth=gIass.  Mouth-mirror.  A  small, 
oval  or  round  mirror,  fixed  in  a  wood,  ivory, 
pearl,  or  metallic  frame,  with  a  handle  from 
three  to  six  inches  in  length,  employed  by  den- 
tists in  the  examination  of  the  teeth.  The 
diameter  of  a  mouth-glass  or  mirror  should  not 
exceed  f  of  an  inch.  Mouth-mirrors  with 
magnifying  glasses  to  enlarge  the  image  re- 
flected are  extensively  used,  and  advantage  is 
derived  from  the  concave  glass,  owing  to  the 
greater  condensation  of  the  rays  of  light,  for 
illuminating  purposes,  although  the  plane 
mirror  more  clearly  defines  the  image  than  the 
concave  one. 

Mox'a.  A  Chinese  term  employed  to  desig- 
nate a  cone  or  cylinder  of  prepared  cotton  or 
other  combustible  substance  employed  in  a 
state  of  combustion  to  cauterize  the  skin  to 
produce  an  eschar,  with  a  view  to  causing  revul- 
sion. 

Moxibus'tion.  The  cauterization  of  the 
skin  by  means  of  moxa. 

Moxosphy/ra.  An  iron  hammer  plunged 
into  boiling  water  for  one  or  two  minutes  and 
the  face  of  it  now  and  then  applied  to  the  skin 
as  counter-irritant  or  rubefacient. 


Mucedin.  An  amorphous,  nitrogenous  sub- 
stance, insoluble  in  water,  forming  one  of  the 
constituents  of  gluten. 

Mu'cic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from  the 
sugar  of  milk  or  gum  by  the  action  of  nitric 
acid.     It  is  the  same  as  saccholactic  acid. 

Mucigen.  A  substance  generating  mucus  ; 
the  substance  contained  in  the  epithelial  cells, 
which  is  transformed  into  mucus. 

Mu'cilage  (mucilago).  A  watery  solution 
of  gum  or  a  substance  closely  allied  to  it. 

Mucilaginous.  Of  the  nature  of  or 
abounding  in   mucilage. 

Mucilaginous  Extracts.  Extracts  which  read- 
ily dissolve  in  water,  but  scarcely  at  all  in 
alcohol,  and  undergo  spirituous  fermentation. 

Mucila/go.     Mucilage. 
Mucilago  Aca/ciae.    Mucilage  of  gum  Arabic. 
Mucilago  Am'yli.     Mucilage  of  starch. 
Mucilago    Gum'mi    Arab/ici.      Mucilage    of 
gum  Arabic. 
Mucilago  Tragacan/thae.    Mucilage  of  traga- 
canth. 
Mucilago  Ul'mi.     Mucilage  of  slippery  elm. 

Mu/cin,  Mucine.  An  albuminoid  tissue. 
The  characteristic  principle  of  mucus,  obtained 
as  a  finely  granular  precipitate  by  adding 
water  to  any  clear  mucous  secretion.  Found 
also  in  saliva,  bile,  mucous  tissue,  synovia, 
etc.  When  decomposed  it  yields  leucin  and 
tyrosin. 

Mucinogen.     See  Mxtcigen. 

Muciparous.  An  epithet  applied  in  Anat- 
omy to  the  follicles  of  mucous  membrane  ; 
mucus  producing. 

Muci'tis.  Inflammation  of  mucous  mem- 
branes. 

Mucocele.     Fistula  lachrymalis. 

Muco=enteri'tis.     Enteritis. 

Mucoid  (  mucus,  and  etfiog,  a  form).  Re- 
sembling mucus. 

Mucopurulent.     Mingled  mucus  and  pus. 

Mu'cosin.  An  albuminoid  substance  de- 
rived from  mucus ;  the  tenacious  kind  of 
mucin. 

Mucos/ity  (mucositas).  Fluids  containing 
or  of  the  nature  of  mucus. 

Mu'cous.  A  name  applied  to  parts  which 
contain  or  secrete  mucus,  as  mucous  glands, 
mucous  membrane,  etc.  Also  of  the  nature  of 
mucus  ;  also  one  of  the  tissues  of  the  body. 
Mucous  Glands.  Glauds  that  secrete  mucus. 
Mucous  Membrane.  The  membranes  that 
line  the  canals,  cavities,  and  hollow  organs 
which  communicate  externally;  so  called  from 


MUC 


409 


MUC 


the  mucous  fluid  which  they  secrete  and  with 
which  they  are  lubricated.  The  mucous 
membrane  of  the  body  is  divided  into  two 
great  systems — the  genito-urinary  and  thegas- 
tropneumonic.  The  genito-urinary  commences 
at  the  kidneys,  lines  the  urinary  passages, 
passes  through  the  ureters,  bladder,  and 
urethra,  and  also  the  sexual  organs.  The 
gastro-pneumonic  lines  the  alimentary  canal 
and  all  ducts  and  glands  connected  with  it, 
invests  the  air  passages,  and  passes  from  the 
nasal  chamber  through  the  Eustachian  tube 
to  the  ear,  through  the  lachrymal  ducts  to 
the  eyes  and  lachrymal  glands.  Its  con- 
struction is  similar  to  that  of  the  skin,  and 
it  is  divided  into  two  layers,  epithelium  and 
corium,  separated  by  a  basement  membrane. 
See  Epithelium. 

Mucous  Membrane  of  the  Mouth.  The  whole 
interior  cavity  of  the  mouth,  palate,  pharynx, 
and  lips  is  covered  by  mucous  membrane, 
forming  folds  or  duplicatures  at  different 
points,  called  frsena  or  bridles.  Beginning  at 
the  margin  of  the  lower  lip,  this  membrane 
can  be  traced  lining  its  posterior  surface, 
and  thence  it  is  reflected  on  the  anterior 
surface  of  the  lower  jaw,  where  it  forms  a 
fold  opposite  the  symphysis  of  the  chin  and 
the  frsenum  of  the  lower  lip  ;  it  is  now  traced 
to  the  alveolar  ridge,  covering  it  in  front  and 
passing  over  its  posterior  surface,  where  it 
enters  the  mouth.  Here  it  is  reflected  from 
the  posterior  symphysis  of  the  lower  jaw  to 
the  under  surface  of  the  tongue,  where  it 
forms  a  fold  or  bridle,  called  the  frsenum 
line/use.  It  now  spreads  over  the  tongue, 
covering  its  dorsum  and  sides  to  the  root, 
whence  it  is  reflected  to  the  epiglottis,  form- 
ing another  fold  ;  from  this  point  it  can 
be  followed,  entering  the  glottis  and  lining 
the  larynx,  trachea,  etc. 

In  the  same  way.  commencing  at  the  upper 
lip,  it  is  reflected  to  the  upper  jaw,  and  at 
the  upper  central  incisors  forming  a  fold  — the 
frsenum  of  the  upper  lip  ;  from  this  it  passes 
over  the  alveolar  ridge  to  the  roof  of  the 
mouth,  which  it  completely  covers,  and  ex- 
tends as  far  back  as  the  posterior  edge  of  the 
palate  bones  ;  from  this  it  is  reflected  down- 
ward over  the  soft  palate,  or,  more  strictly 
speaking,  the  soft  palate  is  formed  by  the 
duplicature  of  this  membrane  at  this  point, 
between  the  folds  of  which  are  placed  the 
muscles  of  the  palate,  described  in  another 
place. 


From  the  palate  it  is  traced  upward  and 
continuous  with  the  membrane  lining  the 
pharynx,  oesophagus,  stomach,  and  intestinal 
canal. 

The  mucous  membrane,  after  entering  the  nos- 
trils and  lining  the  roof,  floor,  septum  nasi, 
and  turbinated  bones,  enters  the  maxillary 
sinus  between  the  middle  and  lower  spongy 
bones,  and  lines  the  whole  of  this  great  and 
important  cavity  of  the  superior  maxilla. 

Many  mucous  glands  or  follicles,  elsewhere 
enumerated,  are  scattered  over  the  whole  of 
this  membrane,  and  furnish  the  mouth  with 
its  mucus. 

The  surface  of  mucous  membrane  is  soft  and 
yielding,  and  is  covered  by  a  thick,  tenacious, 
transparent  fluid, — the  mucus, — which  is  se- 
creted by  numerous  small  glands,  and  protects 
the  membrane  from  injury  by  any  deleterious 
matter  in  the  foods.  The  oral  mucous  mem- 
brane and  the  skin  are  similar  products  of  the 
external  layer  of  the  blastoderm. 

As  this  membrane  passes  over  the  superior  sur- 
face of  the  alveolar  ridge  of  both  jaws  its 
texture  becomes  changed,  and  it  receives  the 
name  of  gums. 

Mucous  Membrane,  Oral,  Affections  of. 
There  are  several  forms  of  inflammation  affect- 
ing the  oral  mucous  membrane — viz.,  catar- 
rhal, croupous  or  diphtheritic,  ulcerative,  and 
gangrenous,  which  are  subdivided  into  stom- 
atitis from  aphthae  and  thrush,  acute  and 
chronic  catarrhal  stomatitis,  syphilitic  stoma- 
titis in  the  form  of  ulcers  resulting  from 
secondary  or  constitutional  syphilis,  and 
gangrenous  stomatitis,   or  cancrum   oris. 

Mucous  Patch.  Mucous  papule.  A  syphilitic 
condyloma  ;  a  large,  flat,  moist  papule,  located 
on  the  mucous  surface,  especially  near  its 
junction  with  the  skin,  and  on  the  skin  itself 
where  there  is  much  moisture. 

Mucous  Polypus.  Any  soft,  gelatinous  poly- 
poid growth. 

Mucous  Tissue.     Connective  tissue  consisting 

of  stellate,  oval,  or  spindle-shaped  cells  which 

are   often  connected    by  elongated  processes 

imbedded  in  a  matrix  containing  mucin. 

Mucrona'ta    Cartila'go.       The    ensiform 

cartilage  of  the  sternum. 

Mu'cronate.     Sharp-pointed. 
Mucu'na    Pruriens.      Cowhage.     Vermi- 
fuge.    Dose,  mixed  with  molasses,  a  teaspoon- 

ful  to  a  tablespoonful  every  morning  for  three 

days,  followed  by  a  cathartic. 

Mu'cus     (from    (ivi-a,     the    mucus    of    the 


MUD 


410 


MUS 


nose).  A  clear,  colorless,  exceedingly  viscid 
fluid  secreted  by  the  follicles,  and  lubricating 
the  surface  of  the  lining  niembraues  of  the 
mouth,  nose,  trachea,  etc.  Its  composition  is 
water,  955.52  ;  animal  matter,  33.57  ;  with  a 
small  proportion  of  fat,  chlorides,  phosphates, 
sulphates,  and  carbonates  of  soda  and  potassa. 
Its  function  is  a  physical  one — the  lubrication 
of  the  membranes  on  which  it  is  found.  The 
late  Prof.  H.  E.  Noel  thought  that  the  viscid 
mucus  above  referred  to  is  an  abnormal  secre- 
tion— a  step  short  of  pus  in  the  degradation  of 
white  blood-corpuscles;  and  deemed  it  probable 
that  the  mucous  membrane  in  its  normal  con- 
dition is  lubricated  simply  by  water. 
Mucous,  Vegetable.     Gum. 

Mud'arin  or  Mad'arin.  Active  principle 
of  the  mudar.  It  coagulates  by  heat  and 
becomes  fluid  again  on  exposure  to  cold. 

Muf'fle.  An  arched  vessel  of  earthenware, 
with  a  flat  bottom,  in  which  substances  may 
be  exposed  to  an  intense  heat  in  a  furnace 
without  coming  in  contact  with  the  fuel.  See 
Porcelain  Teeth. 

Muguet.     Aphthae  or  thrush. 

Mug/=wort.  A  plant  of  the  genus  Arte- 
missia. 

Mu'lae.  Pustules  contracted  by  heat  or 
cold. 

Mul'berry  Cal  cuius.  A  species  of  urin- 
ary calculus  consisting  almost  entirely  of 
oxalate  of  lime  ;  so  named  from  its  tubercu- 
lated  surface. 

Mul'sum.  A  drink  made  of  water,  wine, 
and  honey. 

Multangular  (multangularis).  Having 
many  angles  or  corners. 

Mul'ti-.     A  Latin  prefix  signifying  many. 

Multicellular.  Composed  of  or  contain- 
ing many  cells. 

Multicuspida/ti.  The  molar  teeth  are  so 
called  from  the  number  of  cusps  or  protuber- 
ances they  have  upon  their  grinding  sur- 
faces. 

Multiden/tate  (from  mullus,  and  dens,  a 
tooth).  A  term  applied  in  Zoology  to  parts 
armed  with  many  teeth  or  to  tooth-like  pro- 
cesses. 

Multif'idus.      Many    cleft;    divided    into 
many  parts. 
Multifidus  Spi'nse.     The  transversalis  dorsi. 

Multilobular  (muliilocularis ;  from  mul- 
tus,  many,  and  loculus,  a  cell).  Having  many 
cells  or  small  cavities. 

Multi'nuclear.     Containing   many  nuclei. 


Multip/arous.  One  that  brings  forth  many 
young  at  a  time. 

Multiple  Neuri'tis.  A  disease  where  many 
nerves  are  inflamed  at  the  same  time. 

Multipolar.  Containing  many  poles  or 
processes. 

Multipolar      Nerve-cell.      A   nerve-cell   con- 
taining many  processes. 

Mummification.  Conversion  into  a  dead, 
dry  mass  ;  dry  gangrene. 

Mum'mified  Pulp.  A  condition  of  the 
dental  pulp  when  it  is  affected  by  dry  gan- 
grene. Such  pulps  require  no  attention  on  the 
part  of  the  dentist,  as  they  are  never  a  source 
of  irritation. 

Mumps.     Cynanche  parotidea. 

Mundica/tivus  (mundificans ;  from  mundo, 
to  cleanse).  Having  the  power  to  cleanse  or 
purify. 

Mu'ral  (muralis;  from  murus,  a  wall).  Be- 
longing or  appertaining  to  a  wall. 

Murax'ane.  A  product  of  decomposed  uric 
acid. 

Mur'chisonite.  A  variety  of  feldspar  com- 
posed of  silica,  alumina,  and  potash. 

Murex/ia.     Purpurate  of  ammonia. 

Mu/ria.     Brine  ;  salt  water. 

Mu/rias.     A  muriate  or  chloride. 
Murias  Ammo'niae.     Muriate  of  ammonia. 
Murias  Fer'ri.     Muriate  of  iron. 
Murias  Potassae.     Muriate  of  potash. 
Murias  Sodae.     Muriate  of  soda,  or  common 
salt. 

Mu/riate.  A  term  formerly  applied  to 
chlorides. 

Muriat'ic  {muriaticus ;  from  muria,  brine). 
Pertaining  to  sea  salt. 

Muriatic    Acid.      Hydrochloric   acid.       It    is 
nearly  colorless  when  pure,  but  usually  of  a 
pale  yellow.  The  odor  is  suffocating.  A  tonic, 
refrigerant,  and  an  antiseptic.    Dose,  gtt.  x  to 
gtt.  xx,  diluted. 
Muriatic  Acid,  Diluted.     (Ph.  U.  S.)  Acidum 
muriaticum     dilutum.       Four    troy    ounces 
of    muriatic    acid     to    a    pint    of    distilled 
water. 
Muriatic  Acid,  Oxygena'ted.     Chlorine. 
Muriatic  Ether..    Hydrochloric  ether. 

Muriatif'erous.  Bodies  containing  chlor- 
ine or  a  compound  of  chlorine. 

Mu/ride  (from  muria,  brine).  A  term  for- 
merly applied  to  bromine. 

Murmur,  Respiratory.  The  noise  occa- 
sioned by  inspiration  and  expiration. 

Mus'cae  Volitan'tes.      A  defect  of  sight 


MUS 


411 


MUT 


characterized  by  the  appearance  of  motes  or 
small  bodies  floating  before  the  eyes. 

Muscle  (musculus ;  diminutive  of  mus,  a 
mouse,  from  its  supposed  resemblance  to  a 
flayed  mouse).  A  reddish,  vascular,  and 
highly  contractile  organ.  It  is  through  the 
agency  of  the  muscles  that  the  various  move- 
ments of  the  body  are  performed.  Muscles  are 
called  voluntary  or  involuntary,  according  as 
they  are  or  are  not  under  the  influence  of  the 
will.  The  origin,  insertion,  and  use  of  all  the 
muscles  of  the  body  are  generally  given  under 
their  respective  names. 

Muscles  of  Mastication.  The  masseter, 
temporal,  internal  pterygoid,  and  external 
pterygoid  are  the  principal  ones. 

Mus/coid  (muscus,  moss).   Eesembling  moss. 
Mus/cular  ( muscular  is ;    from   musculus,  a 
muscle).     Pertaining  or  relating  to  the  mus- 
cles. 

Muscular    Arteries.     Arteries   that    are    dis- 
tributed to  the  muscles. 

Muscular  Fibres.  The  fleshy  fibres  which 
form  the  body  of  a  muscle. 
Muscular  Mo'tion  [motio  muscularis).  The 
motion  caused  by  the  contraction  of  muscles  ; 
of  three  kinds — voluntary,  involuntary,  and 
mixed. 

Muscular    Nerve.      The    fourth    pair    is    so 
called. 
Muscular  System.     A  term    applied    to   the 
aggregate  of  the  muscles  of  the  body. 
Muscular  Texture  or  Tissue.     The  substance 
of  muscle,  composed  of  fibres  collected  into 
distinct  and  separate  masses.     All  the  active 
movements  of  the  body  are  produced  by  means 
of  this  tissue,  which  is  commonly  known  as 
"flesh,"  and  is  distributed  over   the   entire 
framework  of  the  body  and  in  the  coats  of 
the  blood-vessels  and  the  viscera. 
Muscular  Veins.     These  veins  bring  back  the 
blood  carried  to  the  muscles  by  the  muscular 
arteries. 
Musculation.    The  muscular  system  ;  mus- 
cular working  or  contraction. 

Mus'culi  Pectina'ti.  Pectinated  muscles. 
The  muscular  fasciculi  within  the  auricles  of 
the  heart,  resembling  the  teeth  of  a  comb. 

Mus'culine.  The  semi-solid  albuminoid  of 
which  is  made  up  the  principal  part  of  the 
contractile  fibres  of  muscle. 

Mus/culo=cuta/neous.  Appertaining  to 
the  muscles  and  skin. 

Musculo-cutaneous    Nerve.      The    external 
cutaneous   nerve  given   off  by  the  brachial 


plexus  and  a  branch  furnished  by  the  poplit- 
eal nerve  are  each  so  called. 

Musculo=rachidian.  Relating  to  a  muscle 
and  the  spine.  Applied  also  to  the  posterior 
branches  of  the  intercostal,  lumbar,  and  sacral 
arteries. 

MuscuIo=spiraI.     The  radial  nerve. 

Mus'culus.     A  muscle. 
Musculus  Accli'vis.     Obliquus  internus   ab- 
dominis. 

Musculus  Auxilia'rius.     Pyramidalis  abdom- 
inis. 

Musculus    Cuta'neous.     Platysma   myoides. 
Musculus  Eustach'ii.     Tensor  tympani. 
Musculus    Fas'ciae   La'tae.      Tensor   vaginae 
femoris. 
Musculus  Patien/tiae.     Levator  scapula?. 
Musculus    Penicillatus.     Levator  labii  infe- 
rioris. 
Musculus  Stapedius.    The  stapedius  muscle. 
Musculus    Testicon'dus.      Musculus    testis. 
Cremaster. 
Musculus  Tu/bae  Novas.    Circumflexus  palati. 

Mus/cus  (from  fioaxoq,  tender).  A  moss  ;  a 
cryptogamic  plant,  particularly  of  the  lichen 
species  ;  a  fungus. 

Musicoma'nia  {musomania ;  from  music 
and  mania).  Passion  for  music  carried  to  such 
an  excess  as  to  derange  the  faculties  of  the 
mind  upon  that  subject. 

Musk.  Moscbus.  A  peculiar  concrete  sub- 
stance, having  a  strong,  penetrating,  and  power- 
fully diffusive  odor,  obtained  from  the  Moscbus 
moschiferus,  or  musk-deer.  Stimulant,  anti- 
spasmodic, and  diaphoretic.  Dose,  gr.  v  to  JJj, 
in  bolus. 

Mussita'tion  {mussitatio).  A  movement  of 
the  lips  and  tongue  without  producing  aud- 
ible sounds  ;  an  unfavorable  sign  in  disease. 

Mus'tard.  A  plant  of  the  genus  Sinapis. 
The  seeds  of  white  and  black  mustard.  It 
contains  a  ferment,  myrosin,  and  a  crystalline 
substance  that  forms  a  volatile  oil  of  allyl  sul- 
phocyanide.  Locally  mustard  is  a  powerful 
rubefacient ;  internally,  a  stomachic  stimulant. 
Used  locally  in  the  form  of  "mustard  plaster," 
and  internally  as  an  emetic  and  stomachic 
stimulant. 

Mutilation  (mutilatio;  from  mutilus, 
broken).  Loss  of  a  limb  or  other  exterior 
organ  or  portion  of  the  body. 

Mu'titas  (from  mutus,  dumb).    Dumbness  ; 
inability  to  articulate  sounds. 
Mutitas    Surdo'rum.      The   speechlessness  of 

deaf  persons. 


MYA 


412 


MYO 


Myal'gia  (fivg,  muscle,  and  alyog,  pain). 
Pain  in  a  muscle. 

Myasthenia  (from  fivg,  a  muscle,  and 
aadsveia,  debility).     Muscular  debility. 

My'ces.     Fungus.  * 

Mycoder/ma  (mycodermatis  ;  fivmg,  mucus, 
and  6spua,  skin).  The  mucous  membrane  ; 
also  a  genus  of  fungi. 

Mycodermitis.  Inflammation  of  a  mucous 
membrane. 

Mycoha?mia.  The  condition  in  which 
fungi  or  other  low  organisms  are  present  in  the 
blood. 

Mycoides  (fiviajg,  fungus).  Resembling  a 
fungus  ;  fungoid. 

Mycoprotein.  A  proteid  substance  ob- 
tained from  the  bacteria  of  putrefaction. 

Myco'sis.  A  mucous  polypus.  Also  a 
fungous  fleshy  tumor. 

Mycte'res.     The  nares. 

Mycteropho'nia  (from  /ivhtt/p,  the  nose, 
and  <buvr],  the  voice).    Nasal  voice. 

Mydaleine.  A  ptomaine  derived  from  pu- 
trefying viscera. 

My'don.  Fungous  flesh  in  a  fistulous 
ulcer. 

Mydriasis.  Morbid  dilatation  of  the  pupil 
of  the  eye.  Diseased  conditions  of  the  teeth 
may  be  an  exciting  cause  of  this  affection. 

Myelaux/e.  Morbid  increase  of  spinal 
marrow. 

My/eline  (/iVE/of,  marrow).  The  medullary 
matter  in  the  space  between  the  axis-cylinder 
and  sheath  of  the  nerve-fibres. 

Myeli'tis  (from  /ivs?Mgi  marrow,  and  trig, 
signifying  inflammation).  Inflammation  of 
the  spinal  marrow  or  its  membranes. 

My/eloid  (/xveAog,  marrow).  Resembling 
marrow. 

Myeloma  (myehmatis).  Medullary  tumor  ; 
a  tumor  of  a  brain-like  substance. 

Myelomalacia.  Softening  of  the  spinal 
marrow. 

Myelou.     The  spinal  cord. 

Myi'tis  (myositis).  Inflammation  of  a  mus- 
cle ;  acute  rheumatism. 

Myla'cri.     The  molar  teeth. 

Myla'cris.     The  patella. 

Myle.  The  patella.  Also  a  mole  in  the 
uterus.     The  knee-pan. 

Myl'icus.     Molar. 

Mylo-  (from  //">//,  a  mill).  Terms  com- 
pounded with  this  word  are  applied  to  muscles 
attached  near  the  molar  teeth. 

Mylo'dus  (mylodontis).     A  molar  tooth. 


Mylo=glossus  (from  fiv2.ii,  the  jaw,  and 
■yXuoca,  the  tongue).  Some  fibres  of  the  con- 
strictor pharyngis  superior  have  been  so 
called. 

Mylo=hyoide/us.  A  thin,  flat  muscle,  form- 
ing the  floor  of  the  mouth.  It  arises  from  the 
mylo-hyoid  ridge  on  the  posterior  surface  of 
the  lower  jaw  and  is  inserted  into  the  body  of 
the  os  hyoides. 

Mylo=pharyn/geus.  The  constrictor  phar- 
yngis superior. 

My'oblast  (from  fivg,  muscle,  and  fSXaorog, 
a  cell).  Embryonic  cells  which  develop  into 
muscular  tissue. 

Myoceph'alon  (from  fivta,  a  fly,  and  icE^alr/, 
the  head).  A  small  prolapsus  of  the  iris  ;  in- 
cipient staphyloma. 

Myocoeli'tis  (from  fivg,  muscle,  noilta, 
lower  belly,  and  trig,  signifying  inflamma- 
tion). Inflammation  of  the  muscles  of  the 
abdomen. 

Myodesop'sia  (from  fivia,  a  fly,  eitiog, 
likeness,  and  otpig,  sight).  The  imaginary  ap- 
pearance of  motes  seeming  to  float  before 
the  eyes,  technically  termed  muscse  voli- 
tantes. 

Myodyna'mia  (fivg,  muscle,  and  dvvafug, 
power).     The  force  or  power  of  a  muscle. 

Myodynia  (from  fivg,  muscle,  and  odwij, 
pain).     Pain  in  the  muscles. 

Myogas'tric.  Pertaining  to  the  belly  of  a 
muscle. 

Myograph'ion.  An  instrument  invented 
by  Bois  Reynold  to  register  the  contraction  of 
a  muscle  and  the  time  intervening  between 
that  and  the  primary  excitation  of  the  nerve 
upon  which  the  contraction  depends. 

Myography  (myographia ;  from  fivg,  mus- 
cle, and  ypa<l>£iv,  to  describe).  A  description 
of  the  muscles. 

My/oid  (myoides ;  from  fivg,  a  muscle, 
and  Euhg,  likeness).  Like  a  muscle  ;  a  term 
applied  in  Anatomy  to  the  platysma  myoides 
muscle. 

Myolem'ma  (mylema;  from  fivwv,  muscle, 
and  Tiefi/ia,  a  coat).  The  membranous  covering 
of  each  muscular  fibre  ;  the  sarcolemma. 

My/oline  (fivg,  muscle).  Substance  or  tis- 
sue composing  the  muscles. 

Myology  (myologia;  from  fivov,  muscle, 
and  Aoyog,  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on  the 
muscles. 

Myo/ma  (from  fivg,  muscle).  A  muscular 
tumor  ;  also  small  reddish  tumors  on  the  skin. 

My  on  (fivuv).     Muscle. 


MYO 


413 


MYZ 


Myopathia.  Severe  muscular  pains  about 
the  womb. 

Myo'pia  (from  /uvu,  to  contract,  and  wi/',  the 
eye).     Near-sightedness. 

Myops.     One  affected  with  myopia. 

Myosarcoma.  A  tumor  having  the  char- 
acters of  a  myoma  and  a  sarcoma. 

Myosin.  A  proteid  of  the  globulin  class, 
the  chief  proteid  of  muscle. 

Myo/sis.  A  permanent  contraction  of  the 
pupil  of  the  eye. 

Myositis.     Inflammation  of  a  muscle. 

Myot'omy  (myotomia;  from  uvuv,  a  mus- 
cle, and  TEfivetv,  to  cut).  The  anatomy  of  the 
muscles. 

Myot/onus  (from  fivg,  and  rovoc,  stretch- 
ing).    Muscular  tone,  quality,  or  tension. 

Myri/ca.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Amentacese. 

Myrica  Cerif'era.  The  wax-myrtle,  or  bay- 
berry,  the  berries  of  which  yield  a  green 
wax. 

Myricin.  A  precipitate  from  a  tincture  of 
the  rootbark  of  Myrica  cerifera.  It  is  astrin- 
gent, stimulant,  and  antispasmodic. 

Myrioli'tre.  A  French  measure  equal  to 
2200  gallons,  7  pints,  13  ounces,  4  drachms,  and 
48  minims. 

Myriome/tre.  A  French  measure  equal 
to  6  miles,  1  furlong,  156  yards,  and  6  inches. 

Myris'tic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
the  solid  portion  of  the  butter  of  nutmegs. 

My  ris'tica.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Myristicaceae. 

Myristica  Moscha'ta.  Myristica  aromatica  ; 
Myristica  officinalis.  The  tree  which  pro- 
duces the  nutmeg  and  mace. 

Myrme'cium.  A  very  painful,  deeply 
rooted,  soft  wart  with  a  broad  base,  seated  on 
the  palms  of  the  hands  and  soles  of  the  feet. 

My/ron.     An  ointment. 

Myron'ic  Acid.  A  bitter  acid  of  black 
mustard. 

Myrosper'mum.     Myroxylon. 

Myrrh.     See  Myreha. 

Myr'rha.  Myrrh.  The  concrete  resinous 
juice  of  Ealsamodendron  myrrha.  It  is  of  a 
reddish-yellow  or  reddish-brown  color,  of  a 
peculiar  odor,  and  bitter  taste.  It  is  anti- 
septic, expectorant,  stimulant,  tonic,  and  em- 
meuagogue.     Dose,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xx. 

The  tincture  of  myrrh  is  a  valuable  applica- 
tion hi  the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  mucous 


membrane  of  the  mouth  and  gums.  It  is  em- 
ployed in  Dental  Practice  in  treating  inflamed 
spongy  gums,  ulceration  of  mouth  and  throat, 
mercurial  stomatitis,  foul  and  indolent  ulcers, 
aphthous  sore  mouth  of  children,  and  after  the 
extraction  of  teeth.  In  its  preparation  only 
the  rounded  semi-transparent  tears,  that  have 
a  reddish-yellow  color  and  a  decided  fragrant 
odor,  should  be  selected.  To  prepare  the  tinc- 
ture two  ounces  of  myrrh  may  be  added  to 
one  pint  of  pure  alcohol,  and  allowed  to  stand 
for  two  weeks,  frequently  agitating  it  during 
this  time.     See  Gorgas'  "Dental  Medicine." 

Myrsinelse'um.     The  oil  of  myrtle. 

Myrta'ceae.  The  myrtle  tribe  of  dicoty- 
ledonous plants. 

Myr'tiform   {myriiformis ;   from   myrtus,   a 
myrtle,  and  forma,  shape).     Having  the  figure 
of  a  leaf  of  myrtle.     Carunculoe  which  remain 
after  the  laceration  of  the  hymen. 
Myrtiform  Fossa.      A  shallow  depression  or 
pit  between  the  edges  of  the  pyril'orm  aper- 
ture above  and  the  cavities  of  the  front  teeth 
below. 

Myrtol.  Eectified  myrtle  oil.  Disinfect- 
ant and  antiseptic. 

My r  ton.     The  clitoris. 

Myr'tus.  Myrtle.  Also  a  genus  of  plants 
of  the  order  Myrtacese. 

Myrtus    Caryophylla'ta.      The    tree    which 
affords  the  clove  bark. 
Myrtus  Commu'nis.     The  common  myrtle. 
Myrtus  Pimen'ta.     The  tree  which  bears  the 
Jamaica  pepper,  or  allspice. 

Mystax.     Mustache.     Also  the  upper  lip. 

Myx'a.     Mucus. 

Myxocol'ica.     A  mucous  or  pituitous  colic. 

Myxo=f  ibroma.  A  tumor  having  the  char- 
acteristics of  a  myxoma  and  a  fibroma. 

Myxolipoma.  A  tumor  having  the  char- 
acteristics of  a  myxoma  and  a  lipoma. 

Myxo'ma.  Tumors  which  contain  mucus 
in  their  intercellular  substance  and  which  are 
composed  of  oval  or  stellate  connective-tissue 
cells  and  numerous  capillaries  imbedded  in 
a  soft,  gelatinous  matrix  containing  much 
mucin. 

Myxosarcoma.  A  tumor  of  a  fleshy  and 
mucous  consistence,  composed  of  myxoma  and 
sarcoma. 

Myx'ter.     Myxoter.     The  nose. 

Myydrocys'tis.     A  hydatid  in  the  flesh. 

Myze'sis.     Sucking. 


NAB 


414 


NAR 


N. 


N.  Symbol  for  nitrogen.  In  prescriptions, 
a  contraction  of  numero,  in  number ;  also  of 
node,  at  night. 

Na.     Symbol  for  sodium  (natrium). 

Naboth's  Glands.  Nabothi  glandulae; 
Nabothi  ovula  ;  Nabothi  vesiculse.  The  small 
mucous  follicles  situated  in  the  inner  surface 
of  the  cervix  uteri. 

Nac'reus.  Resembling  nacre  or  mother  of 
pearl.     Pertaining  to  mother  of  pearl. 

Na/crite.  A  mineral  of  a  pearly  lustre, 
found  in  crystallized  granite.  It  is  a  silicate 
of  alumina  and  potassa. 

Nac'ta.     An  abscess  of  the  breast. 

Nae'vus.  Ntevus  maternus  ;  mother's  mark. 
A  mark  or  spot  on  the  skin  of  children  when 
born,  presenting  a  variety  of  appearances.  It 
is  due  to  the  dilatation  of  the  blood-vessels 
near  the  surface  of  the  skin  or  within  its 
texture. 

Nail  (unguis).  The  thin,  whitish,  transpa- 
rent, horny  laminae,  situated  at  the  extremi- 
ties of  the  fingers  and  toes  ;  they  are  divided 
into  a  root,  body,  and  free  extremities. 

Nanus.     A  dwarf. 

Nape  of  the  Neck.  Nucha.  The  back 
part  of  the  neck. 

Naphae  Flores.     Orange  flowers. 

Naph'tha.  Acetone.  A  bituminous,  lim- 
pid, oily  liquid  of  a  yellowish  color  and  a  smell 
somewhat  resembling  that  of  oil  of  turpentine. 
It  is  said  to  possess  sedative  and  anthelmintic 
properties.  It  resembles  petroleum  and  has 
been  used  chiefly  as  an  external  application 
and  in  inhalation  in  phthisis  pulmonalis. 
Naph'tha  Vitrioli.     yEther  sulphuricus. 

NaphthaFamide.  A  compound  produced 
by  the  distillation  of  naphthalate  of  am- 
monia. 

Naphthalene.  Naphthalin  ;  naphthalina. 
Formula,  C10H8.  When  coal  tar  is  subjected 
to  distillation,  naphthalene  passes  over  after 
coal  naphtha.  It  is  a  white,  shining,  concrete, 
crystalline  substance,  fusible  at  17o'°  and  boil- 
ing at  423°.  It  has  been  used  as  an  excitant 
expectorant  in  doses  of  8  to  'AO  grains  in  emul- 
sion or  syrup,  and  repeated.  It  is  also  used 
as  an  anthelmintic  and  in  the  form  of  an  oint- 
ment for  skin  diseases.  It  is  a  germicide  and 
antiseptic,  and    internally  a  stimulant.     It  is 


applied  to  indolent  ulcers,  pus  cavities,  and 
open  wounds. 

NaphthaFic  Acid.  A  crystalline  substance 
obtained  from  naphthaline. 

NaphthaFidin.  A  new  base  produced  by 
the  action  of  reducing  agents  on  naphtha- 
lene. 

Naph/thalol.     See  Betol. 

Naphthol,  Naphtol.  Formula,  C10H7HO. 
An  alcohol  derived  from  naphthalene.  Two 
forms  exist,  known  as  a-  and  /3-naphthol,  the 
latter  being  the  one  now  employed,  as  it  is  less 
irritating  and  less  inj  urious  than  the  a  form.  /?- 
naphthol  is  in  the  form  of  light  brownish  crys- 
tals, soluble  in  hot  water,  and  possesses  anti- 
septic properties  tor  general  local  use.  In 
Denial  Practice  it  is  employed  as  an  antiseptic 
and  germicide. 

Naphtho/lum  or  Naph'thol.  /5-naph- 
thol.  A  product  of  coal  tar.  C10H8SO3.  It  is 
a  strong  disinfectant  and  is  prepared  by  treat- 
ing naphthalene  with  sulphuric  acid. 

Nap/iform  (napus,  a  turnip).  One  of  the 
textures  of  cancer. 

Na'pium.     Dock-cresses. 

Napkin=hoIder.  An  instrument  used  by 
dentists  for  holding  a  napkin  in  position  within 
the  mouth  while  a  filling  is  being  inserted  in  a 
tooth. 

Naples  Yellow.  A  yellow  pigment  pre- 
pared by  calcining  lead  with  antimony  and 
potash.  It  is  used  in  oil  painting  and  as  an 
enamel  color. 

Nap/olite.  A  blue  mineral  found  at  Vesu- 
vius. 

Nar'ceine  (narcina;  from  vapurj,  stupor). 
An  alkaloid  obtained  from  opium  in  the  form 
of  a  white  crystalline  solid.  Dose  of  the  hydro- 
chlorate  of  narceine,  gr.  \  to  £. 

Nar'codes  (vapicri,  stupor).  Having  or  caus- 
ing stupor  ;  narcose  or  narcous. 

Nar'coma.  Stupor,  or  the  state  of  being 
under  the  influence  of  narcotic  medicine. 
,  Narcose  (from  vapiwu,  to  benumb).  The 
stupor  and  depression  produced  by  the  sedative 
effects  of  a  narcotic  ;  also  the  state  of  insensi- 
bility to  pain  following  the  inhalation  of  an 
anaesthetic  agent. 

Narcot/ic  (narcolicus ;  from  vapnou,  to  stu- 
pefy).    A  medicine  which  has  the  property  of 


NAR 


415 


NAT 


stupefying  or  diminishiug  the  energy  of  the 
nervous  system,  as  opium,  stramonium,  etc. 

Narcot/ico=acrid.  Acronareotic.  A  term 
applied  in  Materia  Medica  to  substances  which 
possess  a  combination  of  acrid  and  narcotic 
properties,  as  aconite,  belladonna,  strychnia, 
etc. 

Narco'tine.  Narcotina.  A  vegetable  alkali, 
discovered  by  Derosne  in  opium,  and  com- 
bined with  morphia.  It  possesses  the  stupe- 
fying properties  of  opium,  and  is  an  active 
principle  of  opium. 

Narcotism.     Narcosis  (which  see). 
Narcotized.     In  a  state  of  narcotism. 
Na'res  (singular,  naris).     The  nostrils. 
Nares,  Posterior.     Two  large  openings  at  the 
upper  and  anterior  part  of  the  pharynx,  and 
terminations   of   the   nasal   cavities   posteri- 
orly. 
Narthex  Asafcet/ida.      Ferula  asafoetida. 
See  Asafcetida. 

Na'sal  (nasalis;  from  nasus,  the  nose).  Ee- 
lating  to  the  nose. 

Nasal  Artery.  A  branch  of  the  ophthalmic 
artery  which  passes  by  the  root  of  the  nose 
and  anastomoses  with  the  last  branch  of  the 
facial  artery.  The  spheno-palatine  artery  has 
also  received  this  name. 

Nasal  Bones  (ossa  nasi).  The  two  bones  of 
the  nose. 

Nasal  Catarrh.  Coryza.  A  cold  in  the  head. 
A  catarrh  of  the  nasal  mucous  membrane 
and  of  adjacent  sinuses.  Chronic  catarr- 
hal conditions  in  childhood  are  invariably 
associated  with  malnutrition  of  the  teeth, 
a  lack  of  development  being  apparent  in  the 
bone,  tooth,  lymphatic,  and  nerve  tissues. 
Nasal  Duct.  A  duct  extending  from  the 
lachrymal  sac  and  opening  into  the  inferior 
meatus  of  the  nose. 

Nasal  Fos/sae.  The  two  cavities  of  the 
nose. 
Nasal  Nerve.  A  branch  of  the  ophthalmic 
nerve,  which  passes  forward,  crosses  the  optic 
nerve,  and  enters  the  anterior  ethmoidal  fora- 
men, traversing  the  ethmoid  bone  to  the 
cribriform  plate ;  then  passing  down  by  the 
side  of  the  crista  galli  into  the  nose,  where  it 
divides  into  two  branches — an  internal  and 
an  external. 

Nasal  Spines.  The  superior  occupies  the 
centre  of  the  nasal  notch  of  the  os  frontis, 
the  inferior  is  situated  at  the  inferior  park  of 
the  nasal  fossa;,  and  the  posterior  is  formed 
by  the  union  of  the  two  palate  bones,  and  is 


situated  at  the  posterior  part  of  the  palatine 
arch. 
Nasa/lis  La'bii  Superio'ris.    The  orbicu- 
laris oris. 

Nasar'ium.     Mucus  of  the  nose. 
Nas/cent  (from  nascor,  to  be  born).  The  act 
of  being  developed.     In  Chemistry,  the  act  of 
being  produced  or  evolved,  as  a  gas. 

Na'si  Os'sa.     The  two  bones  of  the  nose. 
Nasmyth's  Membrane.      See  Cuticula 
Dentis  and  Enamel,  Cuticle  of  the. 

Naso=paI/atine.  Pertaining  to  the  nose 
and  velum  palati. 

Naso-palatine   Ganglion.     A  small  ganglion 
situated  in  the  anterior  palatine  foramen. 
Naso-palatine  Nerve.    A  small  branch  of  the 
spheno-palatine  proceeding  from  the  ganglion 
of  Meckel. 
Naso-pharyngeal.      Of  or  pertaining  to  the 
nose  and  pharynx. 
Nasum  Dil'atans.     The  pyramidalis  nasi. 
Nasus.     The  nose. 

Na'tes.  The  buttocks  ;  formed  by  the  three 
glntsei  muscles,  the  skin,  aud  the  thick  areolar 
tissue. 

Nates  Cerebri.     Two  of  the  tubercular  quad- 
rigemina. 
Na'trolite.     A   prismatic  zoblite  of  a  yel- 
lowish color,  consisting  of  silica,  alumina,  and 
soda. 

Na/tron.     Native  carbonate  of  soda. 
Natron  Muria'tum.     Muriate  of  soda. 
Natron  Praepara'tum.     Subcarbonate  of  soda. 
Natron    Tartariza'tum.      Potassio-tartrate  of 
soda. 

Natron     Vitriola/tum.        Sulphate    of    soda. 
Glauber's  salt. 
Na/trum.  Natron.  Sodium  carbonate;  soda. 
Nat'ural.     Pertaining  to  nature. 
Natural  History.      See  History,  Natural. 
Natural  Orders.     In  Botany,  groups  of  genera 
resembling  one  another. 

Natural  Philos'ophy.     The  science  which  in- 
vestigates the  phenomena  and  laws  of  natural 
bodies  and  their  actions  on  one  another. 
Natura'lia.     The  genital  organs. 
Na'ture  (natura).     In  a  general  sense,  the 
assemblage  of  objects,  both  animate  and  inani- 
mate, which  constitute  the  universe  ;  also  the 
essential  or  original  properties  or  attributes  of 
a   thing.     The   term   is   applied,    too,    to   the 
Creator  or  Author  of  things. 

Na'turist.  In  Medicine,  a  physician  who, 
in  the  treatment  of  disease,  follows  the  indica- 
tions of  nature. 


NAU 


416 


NEC 


Nau'sea.  Sickness  at  the  stomach,  with  an 
inclination  to  vomit. 

Nau'seant.  An  agent  which  causes  nau- 
sea ;  nauseating. 

Na'vel.     Umbilicus. 

Navicular  (navicular is).  Scaphoid;  boat- 
like. 

Navicula're  Os.  A  bone  of  the  tarsus  is 
so  named  from  its  fancied  resemblance  to  a 
boat. 

Naviform'is.     Navicular. 

Nearsightedness.     Myopia. 

Neb'ula.  A  speck  on  or  superficial  opacity 
of  the  cornea.  Also  a  mist  or  cloud-like  ap- 
pearance in  the  urine. 

Neck.  The  part  between  the  head  and 
thorax.  Of  a  bone,  that  part  which  is  con- 
stricted below  a  head,  condyle,  or  other  articu- 
lar eminence. 

Neck,  Derbyshire.     Bronchocele. 
Neck,  Stiff.     Torticollis. 

Necraymia  (from  veicpog,  death,  and  aipa, 
blood).  Death  beginning  with  the  blood  or  by 
the  destruction  of  its  vitality. 

Necrobiosis  (from  venpog,  and  (itog,  life). 
Molecular  dissolution.     Death  of  a  part. 

Necro'des.      Cadaverous. 

Nec'rolite  (from  veitpog,  and  ?nftoc,  a  stone). 
A  variety  of  trachyte  found  in  round  nodules 
in  the  limestone  of  Baltimore,  and  which, 
when  struck,  exhales  a  foetid  odor. 

Necrology  (from  ve/cpow,  dead,  and  hoyog, 
a  discourse).  A  register  of  deaths  ;  a  discourse 
on  death. 

Necrophobia.      Morbid  dread  of  death. 

Necropneumo/nia.     Gangrene  of  the  lung. 

Nec'ros.     Death. 

Necroscop'ic  (from  venpog,  and  gkokeo, 
to  examine).  Relating  to  autopsy  or  to  post- 
mortem  examination. 

Necroscopy  (necroncopia ;  from  venpog,  and 
gko-eu,  to  examine).  Autopsia  ;  post-mortem 
examination. 

Necro'sis     (from  veicpou,    to   kill).     Morti- 
fication  or  death  of  a  bone  or  portion  of  a 
bone  ;  corresponding  to  gangrene  of  soft  parts. 
Necrosis  of  the  Alveoli.     When  any  portion 
of  the  alveoli   is  deprived  of  vitality  it  be- 
comes a  source  of  irritation  to  the  living  parts 
with  which  it  is  connected,  and  an  effort  is 
immediately  made  by  the  economy  to  remove 
it ;  the  necrosed  part  is  separated   from   the 
living  and  is  thrown  off  by  exfoliation.     Al- 
though the  alveolar  processes,  like  other  bone, 
are  endowed  with  blood-vessels  and  nerves, 


their  recuperative  powers  are  weaker,  and 
hence,  when  deprived  of  a  portion  of.  sub- 
stance by  necrosis  and  exfoliation  or  other 
cause,  the  injury  is  not,  as  is  often  the  case  in 
other  parts  of  the  osseous  system,  repaired  by 
the  restorative  efforts  of  nature. 

The  cause  of  necrosis  of  the  alveolar  processes 
is  inflammation  and  death  of  the  periosteum, 
occasioned  in  many  cases  by  dental  irritation, 
though  it  more  frequently  results  from  the 
immoderate  and  protracted  use  of  mercurial 
medicines,  and  sometimes  it  is  induced  by 
ulceration  of  the  gums. 

Necrosis  of  the  Teeth.  Odontonecrosis.  By 
the  term  necrosis,  when  applied  to  the  teeth, 
is  meant  the  entire  death  of  the  pulp  and  the 
loss  of  vitality  of  the  peridental  membrane. 
It  is  a  disease  common  to  all  bones,  and  is 
similar  to  mortification  in  a  soft  part. 

When  it  affects  other  bones  than  the  teeth,  the 
dead  part  is  thrown  off  and  the  loss  repaired 
by  the  formation  of  new  bone.  But  a  tooth 
is  not  endowed  with  recuperative  powers,  and 
when  affected  with  necrosis  the  loss  of 
vitality  extends  to  every  part  of  the  crown 
and  every  portion  of  the  root.  When  the  pulp 
alone  dies  the  organ  may  remain  for  years,  the 
cementum  retaining  a  sufficient  amount  of 
life  to  prevent,  in  a  great  degree,  the  morbid 
effects  which  would  otherwise  be  produced  in 
the  surrounding  parts. 

Necrosis  of  the  teeth  sometimes  occurs  spon- 
taneously or  as  an  effect  of  impaired  nutri- 
tion, but  in  the  majority  of  cases,  except  when 
produced  by  the  sudden  destruction  of  the 
vascular  connection  of  the  organ  with  the 
rest  of  the  system,  as  from  mechanical  vio- 
lence, it  results  from  inflammation  and  sup- 
puration of  the  pulp  and  peridental  mem- 
brane. 

When  a  tooth  is  wholly  deprived  of  its  vitality, 
and  is  found  to  be  productive  of  injury  to  the 
gums  and  to  the  adjacent  teeth,  it  should  be 
immediately  removed  ;  for,  however  impor- 
tant or  valuable  it  may  be,  the  health  and 
durability  of  the  other  teeth  should  not  be 
jeopardized  by  its  retention. 

Necrosis  Ustilagine/a.    Necrosis  arising  from 

the  use  of  grain  infected  by  ustilago,  or  blight. 

Necrotic.     Pertaining  to  or  characterized 

by  necrosis,  as  necrosed  bone. 

Necrot'omy.      The  act  of   cutting  up  a 

dead  body  for  diagnostic  purposes. 

Nec/tar.     A  name  given  to  many  drinks, 

and  particularly  to  wine  sweetened  with  honey. 


NEC 


417 


NEP 


Necu'sia  (ve/cef,  a  dead  body).  A  poisoned 
wound. 

Nedy'ia.     The  intestines. 
Ned/ys.    The  abdomen,  stomach,  or  uterus. 
Nee/dle.     In  Surgery,  a  round,  flat,  or  tri- 
angular, straight  or  curved,  sharp  pointed   in- 
strument, most  commonly  with  an  eye  at  or 
near  one  extremity. 

Needle,  Acupuncture.  A  gold  or  silver, 
sharp-pointed,  inflexible  instrument,  four 
inches  long,  of  a  conical  shape,  furnished  with 
a  handle  and  sometimes  with  a  cannula. 
Needle,  Cat'aract.  A  delicate  knife  attached 
to  a  handle  ;  used  for  the  purpose  of  depress- 
ing or  cutting  up  the  lens  in  cataract. 
Needle,  Hare-lip.  A  gold  or  silver  pin  with 
a  movable  steel  point. 

Needle,    Hypodermatic.      The   fine   needle- 
pointed  metallic  tube  attached  to  the  barrel 
of  the  hypodermatic  syringe. 
Needle  Ore.     A  native  sulphuret  of  bismuth, 
copper,  and  lead  ;  so  named  from  the  acicular 
form  of  its  crystals. 
Needle,  Se'ton.     A  long,  narrow,  steel  instru- 
ment, pointed    and  sharp   at  one  extremity 
and  pierced  at  the  other. 
Needle,    Suture.     A  curved   and   nearly  flat 
needle,  with  two  cutting  edges,  pointed  and 
sharp  at  one   extremity  aud  pierced  at  the 
other. 
Needle=car'rier.      A  pair  of  small  forceps, 
called  porte-aiguille. 

Nefren'des  (odontia  edentula).  Persons 
without  teeth. 

Negative  Pole.  The  pole  of  a  galvanic 
battery  connected  with  the  carbon  or  least 
oxidizable  plate  ;  also  that  pole  of  an  electric 
generator  toward  which  the  assumed  electric 
current  flows. 

Nem/alite  (from  v^/ia,  thread,  and  /U#of, 
stone).  A  fibrous  hydrate  of  magnesia. 
Nematoblast.  A  spermoblast. 
Nematoi'dea  (nematoideaus ;  from  vq/ia,  a 
filament,  and  s/Aoc,  form).  The  name  of  an 
order  of  Ccelelmintha,  or  intestinal  worms, 
characterized  by  a  long,  slender,  filiform 
body. 

Neog'ala  (neogdlaclis ;  from  veog,  new,  and 
;  "/«,  milk).  The  colostrum,  or  first  milk  of  the 
mother  after  childbirth. 

Ne'oplasm  (from  veog:  and  ir/lao/to,  growth). 
The  abnormal  and  exaggerated  growth  of  tissue 
either  normally  or  abnormally  located. 

Neoplastic.  Of  or  pertaining  to  a  new 
growth. 


Neoplasty.  The  fashioning  of  new  parts 
by  plastic  operation. 

Nep.     See  Nepeta  Catakia. 

Nepen'thes  (from  w?,  privative,  and  n-evtfof, 
grief).  A  remedy  of  unknown  composition 
held  in  high  esteem  by  the  ancients  for  its 
effects  in  the  relief  of  sadness  or  grief.  It  is 
supposed  by  some  to  have  been  a  preparation 
of  opium  and  by  others  to  have  been  the 
Cannabis  indica,  or  Indian  hemp.  Also  a 
genus  of  Asiatic  plants  with  curiously  con- 
structed leaves,  which  are  called  Pitcher- 
plants. 

Nep'eta.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Labiatse. 

Nepeta  Cata'ria.  The  nep  or  catnep  ;  an 
infusion  of  which  is  recommended  in  uterine 
disorders,  infantile  colic,  etc. 

Nephe'lium  {yetpeTi^,  a  cloud).  A  spot  on 
the  cornea. 

Neph/eloid.  An  epithet  applied  to  urine 
when  it  exhibits  a  cloudy  appearance  ;  nube- 
cula urinse. 

Nephrgemorrha'gia  (fecJpof,  kidney,  and 
aiuoppayia,  haemorrhage).  Haemorrhage  of  the 
kidney. 

Nephralgia  (from  ifopof,  the  kidney,  and 
a/.yoc,  pain).     Pain  in  the  kidney. 

Nephranu'ria.  Eenal  anuria  or  non-secre- 
tion of  urine. 

Nephrelco'sis  (from  vefpog,  the  kidney, 
and  e'/nuoig,  ulceration).  Ulceration  of  the 
kidney. 

Nephrel'mintic  (nephrelminiicus ;  from 
vefipog,  a  kidney,  and  e/./uivg,  a  worm).  A  term 
applied  to  diseases  which  result  from  the  pres- 
ence of  worms  in  the  kidney. 

Ne'phria.  Bright's  disease  or  granulated 
kidney. 

Nepb/rite.  A  hard  mineral,  composed 
chiefly  of  silica,  lime,  soda,  and  potash. 

Nephrit'ic  (nephrilieus ;  from  rtopog,  a 
kidney).     Relating  to  the  kidneys. 

Nephrit'ica.  Medicines  employed  in  the 
treatment  of  diseases  of  the  kidneys. 

Nephri'tis  (from  veopoc,  a  kidney,  and  rrigy 
signifying  inflammation).  Inflammation  of 
the  kidneys. 

Nephritis  Albumino'sa.  Bright's  disease  of 
the  kidney. 

Nephro=  (nepJiros,    the  kidney).      A  prefix. 

Nephrocele  (from  veQpog,  a  kidney,  and 
«//;/,  hernia).     Hernia  of  the  kidney. 

Nephro'dium.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Polypodiaceae. 


NEP 


418 


NER 


Nephrodium  Filix  Mas.  Male  fern.  It  pos- 
sesses anthelmintic  properties. 

Nephrography  [nephrographia ;  from  ve<p- 
pog,  the  kidney,  and  ypacpu,  to  describe).  A 
description  of  the  kidney. 

Nephrohae'mia  (from  veapog,  a  kidney,  and 
aiua,  blood).     Congestion  of  the  kidney. 

Nephroi'deus.    Eeniform  ;  kidney-shaped. 

Nephrolithiasis  (from  vecppog,  a  kidney, 
and  ~Aidog,  a  stone).  A  calculous  disease  of  the 
kidneys. 

Nephroliths.  Relating  to  calculi  in  the 
kidneys. 

Nephrolithotomy  (nephrolithotomia  ;  from 
ve<ppog,  the  kidney,  M&og,  a  stone,  rofiv,  inci- 
sion).    Nephrotomy  (which  see). 

Nephron'cus  (from  veopog,  a  kidney,  and 
oynog,  a  swelling).    Tumefaction  of  the  kidney. 

Nephrophleg'ia  (from  vecppog,  the  kidney, 
and  -/.rjaau,  to  strike).  Paralysis  of  the  kid- 
ney. 

NephrophIegmat/ic  (nephrophlcgmaticus ; 
from  vecppog,  the  kidney,  and  facy/ia,  phlegm). 
Ischuria  produced  by  an  inordinate  accumula- 
tion of  mucus  in  the  urine. 

Nephropys'sis  (from  vefpog,  and  ttvov,  pus) . 
Suppuration  of  the  kidney. 

Nephrorrhag'ia  (from  vecppog,  the  kidney, 
and  pnywfu,  to  burst  forth).  Haemorrhage  from 
the  kidney. 

Ne'phros.     The  kidney. 

Nephrospas'tic  (nephrospasticus).  That 
which  depends  upon  spasm  of  the  kidney  ; 
applied  to  a  variety  of  ischuria. 

Nephrothrom/boid  (nephrothromboideus ; 
from  vetypog,  the  kidney,  and  d-po/j,/3og,  a  coagu- 
Iunij.  Ischuria  produced  by  a  collection  of 
coagulated  blood  in  the  kidney  or  ureter. 

Nephrotomy  (nephrotomia ;  from  vecppog,  a 
kidney,  and  re/iveiv,  to  cut).  In  Surgery,  the 
operation  of  cutting  for  the  removal  of  a  stone 
from  the  kidney.  Also  the  dissection  of  the 
kidney. 

Neroli  Oleum.  The  essential  oil  of  orange 
flowers. 

Nerva'li.     Nervous.     Pertaining  to  nerves. 

Nervau'ra.  The  nervous  fluid,  an  impon- 
derable agent. 

Nerve  (nervus ;  vevpov).  A  white  cord, 
composed  of  substances  similar  to  that  of  the 
brain  and  spina]  marrow,  enveloped  in  a 
sheath,  originating  from  the  ganglia,  the 
spinal  cord,  and  the  brain.  They  are  divided 
into  ganglionic  or  sympathetic  and  cerebro- 
spinal.    The  cerebro-spinal  are  divided   into 


sensitive  and  motor.  The  nerves  are  the  organs 
which  transmit  sensation  and  motive  power  to 
and  from  the  brain,  or  nervous  centre  or 
centres,  to  every  part  of  the  body. 

Table  of  Nerves. 
The  nerves  of  the  body  are  divided  into  the 
cranial,  spinal,  and  sympathetic. 
The  following  is  the  classification  : 

I.  Cranial  Nerves. 

These,  counting  from  before  backward,  are  : 

1.  The  olfactory. 

2.  The  optic. 

3.  Motor  oculi. 

4.  Pathetic  (trochleares). 

5.  Trifacial  (trigemini). 

6.  Abducens  (motores  externi). 

7.  Facial  (portio  dura). 

8.  Auditory  (portio  mollis). 

9.  Glossopharyngeal  (spinal  accessory). 

10.  Pneumogastric. 

11.  Spinal  accessory. 

12.  Hypoglossal. 

See  Cranial  Nerves. 

II.  Spinal  Nerves. 
These  are  divided  into — 

1.  The  cervical,  8  pairs. 

2.  The  dorsal,  12      ' ' 

3.  The  lumbar,  5      " 

4.  The  sacral,     6     " 

Making  in  all  thirty-one  pairs,  each  of  which 
arises  by  two  roots — an  anterior  or  motor  root, 
and  a  posterior  or  sensitive  root.  The  anterior 
roots  arise  from  the  anterior  columns  of  the 
spinal  cord  and  the  posterior  from  the  poste- 
rior columns  of  the  same  cord.  These  latter 
are  larger  and  their  filaments  of  origin  more 
numerous  than  the  anterior. 

In  the  intervertebral  foramina  a  ganglion  is 
found  on  each  of  the  posterior  roots.  The  first 
cervical  nerve  seems  to  be  an  exception,  as  its 
posterior  root  is  smaller  than  the  anterior,  is 
frequently  without  a  ganglion,  and  often  joins 
the  spinal  accessory.  The  anterior  branches, 
excepting  the  first  two  cervical,  are  larger  than 
the  posterior,  and  supply  the  front  half  of  the 
body,  while  the  posterior  supply  the  posterior 
half. 

III.  Sympathetic  Nerves. 

This  system  of  nerves  is  called  sympathetic, 
from  its  communicating  with  all  the  nerves  of 
the  body  and  supplying  all  the  various  organs 


NER 


419 


NER 


and  viscera  ;  and  ganglionic,  from  possessing 
numerous  ganglia.  It  has  also  been  styled 
automatic,  or  the  original  and  self-moving  sys- 
tem of  nerves.  This  system  is  situated  on  each 
side  of  the  vertebral  column,  extending  from 
the  head  to  the  coccyx,  and  is  seen  to  consist 
of  a  series  of  ganglia  or  knots,  giving  off  an 
immense  number  of  branches,  forming  various 
plexuses,  which  pursue  the  course  of  the  ar- 
teries and  have  the  same  name. 

The  head  has  six  ganglia  ;  the  neck,  three  ; 
the  back,  twelve  ;  the  lumbar  region,  four  ; 
and  the  sacral,  four  or  five. 

Cranial  Ganglia  : 

1.  The  ganglion  of  Ribes  is  small,  and  sit- 
uated on  the  anterior  communicating  artery  of 
the  brain. 

2.  The  ciliary  or  lenticular  ganglion  is  also 
small,  and  situated  within  the  orbit,  between 
the  optic  nerve  and  the  external  rectus  muscle, 
surrounded  by  a  quantity  of  fat. 

3.  The  naso-palatine  or  ganglion  of  Cloquet, 
is  situated  in  the  naso-palatine  canal,  and  is  a 
small  though  lengthened  body. 

4.  The  spheno-palatine  or  ganglion  of  Meckel 
is  situated  in  the  spheno-maxillary  fossa,  and 
is  the  largest  of  the  cranial  ganglia. 

The  sub-maxillary  ganglion  is  small  and  sit- 
uated in  the  sub-maxillary  gland. 

6.  The  optic  ganglion  or  ganglion  of  Arnold 
is  situated  directly  below  the  foramen  ovale, 
and  rests  against  the  inferior  maxillary  nerve. 
It  is  described  as  a  small,  red  body.  All  these 
ganglia  give  off  branches  supplying  the  eye, 
the  ear,  the  nose,  the  palate,  and  communica- 
ting with  the  other  nerves.  A  plexus  is 
formed  in  the  carotid  canal,  called  the  carotid 
plexus,  which  is  regarded  as  the  centre  of  com- 
munication between  all  the  cranial  ganglia. 

Cervical  Ganglia  : 

1.  The  superior  cervical  ganglion  is  situated 
at  the  superior  part  of  the  neck,  in  front  of  the 
rectus  anticus  major  muscle,  as  low  down  as 
the  third  cervical  vertebra,  and  is  long,  of  a 
grayish  color,  and  smooth. 

2.  The  middle  cervical  ganglion  is  situated 
opposite  the  fifth  cervical  vertebra,  and  is  some- 
times wanting. 

3.  The  inferior  cervical  ganglion  is  situated 
as  low  down  as  the  seventh  cervical  vertebra, 
and  is  called  the  vertebral  ganglion.  It  is  large 
in  size  compared  with  the  middle. 

From  these  cervical  ganglia  the  cardiac 
nerves  proceed,  and  constitute  the  cardiac 
plexus,  which  is  situated  behind  the  arch  of 


the  aorta,  at  the  bifurcation  of  the  trachea, 
and  goes  to  supply  the  heart. 

Thoracic  Ganglia  : 

The  thoracic  ganglia  are  situated  upon  the 
heads  of  the  ribs,  covered  by  the  pleura  cos- 
talis,  are  twelve  in  number  on  each  side,  and 
are  irregular  in  their  form. 

The  inferior  of  these  ganglia,  beginning 
at  the  sixth,  sends  off  the  great  and  less 
splanchnic  nerves,  which  descend  below  the 
diaphragm,  the  former  to  terminate  in  the 
semilunar  ganglion,  the  latter  in  the  renal 
plexus. 

The  semilunar  ganglion  is  situated  at  the  side 
of  the  cceliac  axis  and  consists  of  a  number  of 
small  ganglia,  presenting  a  semilunar  form,  and, 
sending  off  numerous  branches,  like  the  radii 
of  a  circle,  receives  the  name  of  solar  plexus. 
This  plexus  receives  the  splanchnic  nerves 
and  branches  from  the  phrenic  ;  and  the  pneu- 
mogastric  sends  off  a  multitude  of  filaments, 
called  plexuses,  upon  all  the  branches  of  the 
abdominal  aorta,  having  the  same  names  as 
the  arteries  : 

The  plexuses  are  as  follows  : 

1.  Phrenic  plexus. 

2.  Gastric. 

3.  Hepatic. 

4.  Splenic. 

5.  Supra-renal. 

6.  Renal. 

7.  Superior  mesenteric. 

8.  Spermatic. 

9.  Inferior  mesenteric. 
Lumbar  Ganglia  : 

These  ganglia  are  four  in  number,  and  are 
situated  upon  the  anterior  portion  of  the  lum- 
bar vertebrae. 

They  send  off  branches  upon  the  aorta, 
called  the  aortic  plexus,  which  also  receives 
filaments  from  the  solar  and  superior  mesen- 
teric plexuses. 

The  hypogastric  plexus  is  situated  between 
the  two  common  iliac  arteries,  over  the  prom- 
ontory of  the  sacrum,  and  is  formed  from  the 
aortic  plexus  and  branches  from  the  inferior 
lumbar  ganglia. 

Sacral  Ganglia  : 

The  sacral  ganglia  are  smaller  than  the  last, 
and  situated  upon  the  sacrum  on  each  side, 
close  to  the  anterior  sacral  foramina.  The  last 
of  these  gauglia  is  called  ganglion  impur,  or 
azygos.  The  branches  communicate  freely 
witli  the  hypogastric  plexus. 
Nerve  Bristles.     Fine  broaches  barbed  on  one 


NER 


420 


NEU 


side  or  with  the  end  bent  at  right  angles, 
employed  for  removing  devitalized  pulps 
from  the  canals  of  the  teeth. 
Nerve  Canal  Reamer.  An  instrument  for 
enlarging  the  pulp-canal  of  a  tooth  prior  to 
the  filling  of  the  canal. 

Nerve  Cell.  A  variety  of  cell  found  in  the 
nervous  system,  pear-shaped,  polygonal, 
branching,  and  composed  of  a  finely  granular 
protoplasm,  enclosing  a  large,  clear  nucleus, 
which  in  turn  encloses  a  large,  brilliant 
nucleolus. 

Nerve  Center.  A  portion  of  the  gray  matter 
which  originates,  maintains,  or  regulates  a 
motor  impulse. 
Nerve,  Division  of.  An  operation  for  the 
relief  of  intense  pain  in  certain  areas  sup- 
plied by  branches  of  the  fifth  pair  of  cranial 
nerves. 

Nerve,  Excision  of.  The  removal  of  a  portion 
of  the  branch  of  a  nerve  to  relieve  the  intense 
pain  of  neuralgia,  and  employed  where  mere 
division  fails  to  give  permanent  relief. 
Nerve  Instruments.  Instruments  for  exca- 
vating and  filling  the  pulp  cavities  of  the 
teeth.  They  should  be  made  of  the  best 
quality  of  steel,  and  finished  and  tempered  in 
the  best  manner.  Others,  finely  barbed,  are 
used  for  extracting  pulps  of  teeth. 
Nerve  Paste.  A  preparation  for  destroying 
nerves  of  teeth,  for  the  composition  of  which 
different  formulae  are  given.  Some  are  com- 
posed of  arsenious  acid  and  creasote  ;  others  of 
arsenious  acid,  creasote,  and  sulphate  of 
morphia  ;  others  have  combined  with  the 
arsenious  acid  cocaine,  iodoform,  etc.  See 
Arsenious  Acid. 

Nerve=grafting.  The  artificial  replacement 
of  a  deficiency  in  a  nerve  by  a  segment  taken 
from  another  nerve. 
Nerveless.  Enervis. 
Nerves  of  the  Dental  Pulp.  These  nerves 
are  many  in  number,  and  are  composed  of 
medullated  and  non-medullated  fibres,  which 
enter  the  organ  through  the  apical  foramen  in 
various  sized  bundles.  They  terminate  in 
smaller  branches,  and  form  a  rich  plexus  under- 
neath tlie  membrana  eboris,  and  may  pass  be- 
tween the  odontoblasts,  and  either  unite  with 
the  dentinal  fibrils  or  pass  with  them  into  the 
dentinal  tubuli.  The  non-medullated  fibres 
are  said  by  some  writers  to  become  united  with 
the  stellate  layer  of  cells  which  lie  underneath 
and  are  connected  with  the  odontoblastic  layers. 
Nerve=stretching.       The     operation     of 


stretching  a  nerve  so  as  to  release  it  from 
adhesions  or  to  effect  some  change  in  its  con- 
nections or  in  the  conditions  affecting  its  nu- 
trition. 

Ner/vine  (nervinus;  from  nervus,  a  nerve). 
Neurotic.  A  medicine  which  relieves  or  soothes 
nervous  excitement. 

Ner'vous  (nervosus).  Belonging  or  relating 
to  the  nerves. 

Nervous  Attack.  An  affection  attended  with 
pain,  spasms,  rheumatism,  and  other  nervous 
symptoms. 

Nervous  Centres.  The  brain,  spinal  mar- 
row, and  ganglia. 

Nervous  Diath'esis.  That  disposition  of  body 
which  predisposes  to  nervous   diseases.     Un- 
usual impressibility  of  the  nervous  system. 
Nervous    Diseases.       Diseases    which    have 
their  seat  in  the  nervous  system. 
Nervous  Fever.     Typhus  mitior. 
Nervous  Fluid.    A  fluid  supposed  to  circulate 
through  the    nerves,    and    which    has    been 
thought  to   be   the   agent  of  sensation  and 
motive  power. 
Nervous    Matter.      The   matter   which   com- 
poses  the  nerves  ;  it  resembles  that  of  the 
brain  and  spinal  marrow. 
Nervous  Principle.     Nervous  fluid. 
Nervous  System.    The  nerves,  collectively,  of 
the  body. 

Nervus.     A  nerve. 
Nervus    Impar.     A  prolongation  of  the  neu- 
rilemma below  the   lower  extremity   of  the 
spinal  cord    as  a  fibrous  filament  which  is 
inserted  into  the  base  of  the  coccyx. 
Nervus    Sympatheticus   Medius.     The   fifth 
pair  of  nerves. 
Nes'tis  (nestia).     The  jejunum. 
Nettle,  Dwarf.     The  common  name  of  the 
Urtica  urens  (which  see). 

Nettle=rash.     An  eruptive  disease  resem- 
bling the  sting  of  a  nettle.     See  Urticaria. 
Neu/rad.     Toward  the  neural  axis. 
Neura^'mia     (from    vevpoi^    a   nerve,    and 
ai/M}  blood).  Purely  functional  diseases  of  the 
nerves. 

Neu/ral  (vevpov,  nerve).  Pertaining  to  the 
nerves. 

Neural  Arch.     The  arch  formed  by  the  pos- 
terior projections  connected  with  the  body  of 
the  vertebrae,  which  protect  the  medulla. 
Neural  Axis.     See  ENCEPHALON. 

Neural 'gia  (from  vevpov,  a  nerve,  and 
alyoQ,  pain).  Literally,  pain  in  a  nerve  ;  nerve 
pain.     A  painful  affection  of  the  nerves.     The 


NEU 


421 


NEU 


chief  symptom  of  this  disease  is  a  very  acute 
pain,  exacerbating  or  intermitting,  which  fol- 
lows the  course  of  a  nervous  branch,  extends 
to  its  ramifications,  and  appears  to  be  seated 
in  the  nerve.  The  particular  designation  of 
neuralgia  is  determined  by  the  situation  of  the 
affection,  as  facial  neuralgia,  or  tic  douloureux, 
when  it  affects  the  branches  of  the  fifth  pair  of 
nerves,  etc.  See  Neuralgia,  Facial. 
Neuralgia  Cu'bito-digita'lis.  Pain  extend- 
ing from  the  inner  condyle  to  the  back  of  the 
hand. 

Neuralgia  Denta/lis.  See  Odontalgia. 
Neuralgia,  Facial  [neuralgia  faciei).  Neu- 
ralgia of  the  face  ;  tic  douloureux.  An  affec- 
tion characterized  by  acute  lancinating  pains 
in  certain  parts  of  the  face,  occurring  at  more 
or  less  irregular  intervals.  It  may  be  seated 
in  the  frontal  nerve,  in  the  infra-orbital,  or  in 
the  maxillary  branches  of  the  fifth  pair. 
Dental  irritation  may  give  rise  to  neuralgia  in 
many  nerves,  and  especially  in  the  branches 
of  the  fifth  pair.  A  tooth  may  be  the  seat  of 
the  pain,  and  when  the  patient  specifies  it 
there  is  little  doubt  but  that  it  is  the  cause  of 
neuralgia.  A  tooth  affected  with  periodon- 
titis, when  exhibiting  the  characteristic  symp- 
toms of  such  an  affection,  whether  it  be 
carious  or  not,  may  also  cause  facial  neu- 
ralgia ;  for  if  the  pain  is  diffused  and  is  felt 
over  the  side  of  the  face,  with  distinct  exac- 
erbations, it  may  eventually  localize  itself  in 
proximity  to  the  dental  arch,  and  result  in 
extreme  sensibility,  redness  and  swelling,  and 
alveolar  abscess,  thus  presenting  a  dental 
origin.  When  the  facial  neuralgia  is  constant, 
and  there  are  no  periods  of  rest,  such  as 
characterize  other  forms  of  neuralgia,  it 
indicates  a  dental  origin.  The  general  ten- 
dency is  for  facial  neuralgia  to  manifest  its 
symptoms  from  the  dental  irritation  caused 
by  carious  teeth,  exostosed  teeth,  ulceration 
of  the  gums,  alveolar  periostitis,  dead  roots 
of  teeth,  the  presence  of  osteo-dentine  in  the 
form  of  nodules  in  the  substance  of  the  pulp, 
undue  pressure  of  artificial  teeth,  pulpitis, 
impacted  teeth,  unerupted  as  well  as  carious 
wisdom  teeth.  It  is  sometimes  dependent 
upon  constitutional  causes,  but  more  fre- 
quently upon  local  dental  irritation.  In  the 
former  case  the  treatment  should  lie  constitu- 
tional and  in  the  latter  local,  and  consist  in 
the  removal  of  such  irritants  as  may  have 
been  concerned  in  its  production.  See  ODON- 
TALGIA. 


Neuralgia,  False.    Nerve  pains  occasioned  by 
mechanical  compression  of  a  nerve. 
Neuralgia  Fem/oro-poplite/al.     Sciatica. 

Neuralgic.  Of,  due  to,  or  resembling  neu- 
ralgia. 

Neurangene/sis.  Regeneration  or  renewal 
of  nerve  tissue. 

Neurarte/ria  (vevpov,  a  nerve,  and  ap-ripia, 
an  artery).  Intimate  association  of  minute 
nerves  with  minute  arteries,  distributed  over 
the  whole  body. 

Neurasthenia  (from  vevpov,  a  nerve,  and 
aotieveia,  debility).  Debility  of  the  nerves. 
Irritability  ;  nervous  weakness. 

Neuraxis.  The  cerebro-spinal  axis ;  the 
axis-cylinder. 

Neurectasis.     Nerve-stretching. 

Neurectomy  {neurectomia ;  vevpov,  nerve, 
and  enro/uT/,  a  cutting  out).  Excision  of  a 
nerve. 

Neu/ria.  Fine  nervous  tissues  or  mem- 
brane, as  the  retina. 

Neu/ricus.     Pertaining  to  a  nerve  ;  neuric. 

Neuridine.  A  ptomaine  produced  by  putre- 
faction of  flesh,  etc.,  of  a  repulsive  odor  and 
gelatinous  consistence. 

Neurilemma  (from  vevpov,  a  nerve,  and 
Tieufia,  the  bark  or  covering).  The  transparent 
membranous  sheath  which  covers  the  nerves. 

Neurilemmi/tis  (neurilemmaiitis  ;  from 
vevpov,  a  nerve,  Ae/u/ja,  the  coat,  and  itic,  sig- 
nifying inflammation).  Inflammation  of  the 
neurilemma. 

Neurility.  The  power  of  a  nerve  fibre  to 
contract  a  muscle. 

Neu'rine.  The  substance  of  which  nerves 
are  composed,  consisting  chiefly  of  albuminous 
and  tatty  matter. 

Neurit/ic.  Nervine.  Pertaining  to  neu- 
ritis. 

Neuri'tis.  Inflammation  of  a  nerve,  es- 
pecially of  a  nerve- trunk. 

Neu'ro-  (from  vevpov,  nerve).  A  Greek  pre- 
fix deuoting  connection  with  a  nerve. 

Neuroblaci'a  (from  vsvpov,  a  nerve,  and 
(i?MKEia,  stupor).     Insensibility  in  a  nerve. 

Neuroblast.  An  embryonic  cell  which 
develops  into  nervous  tissue  ;  a  granulation 
cell  producing  primary  union  in  divided  nerve 
fibres. 

Neu'rocyte  (from  vevpov,  and  kvtos,  cell). 
A  nerve  cell  ;  the  essential  element  of  nervous 
structures. 

Neurodeal'gia.     Pain  of  the  retina. 

Neuro'des.     Abounding  in  nerves. 


NEU 


422 


NIC 


Neurodynam'ic.  Pertaining  to  the  power 
of  a  nerve-current  or  of  the  systemic  nervous 
structures. 

Neurodynia.     See  Neuralgia . 

Neuroga'mia.     Animal  magnetism. 

Neuroglia.  The  tissue  which  invests  the 
brain,  forming  the  dura  mater  arachnoid  mem- 
brane and  the  investment  or  matrix  for  its 
functioning  cells.  The  consecutive  tissues  of 
the  substance  of  nerve,  brain,  and  spinal  cord  ; 
the  supporting  tissue  of  the  central  nervous 
system. 

Neurography  (neurographia ;  from  vsvpov, 
a  nerve,  and  ypa&rj,  a  description) .  Neurology. 
A  treatise  on  the  nerves. 

Neu/roid.     Eesembling  a  nerve. 

NeuroPogy  {neurologic/,;  from  vevpov,  a 
nerve,  and  ?-oyog,  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on 
the  nerves. 

Neuro/ma  (from  vtupov,  a  nerve).  Amor- 
bid  enlargement  or  swelling  of  or  painful 
tumor  on  a  nerve ;  a  new  growth  from  a 
nerve. 

NeuromaFacia  (from  vevpov,  and  fialaKog,  a 
softening).    A  softening  of  nerve  tissue. 

Neur'omatoid.     Resembling  neuroma. 

Neuromatous.  Pertaining  to  the  nature 
of  a  nerve  tumor. 

Neuromuscular.  Relating  to  nerves  and 
muscles  conjointly. 

Neuromyelitis  {vevpov,  nerve  ;  pive'Xog, 
marrow  ;  trig,  inflammation).  Inflammation 
of  nerve-tissue  or  medullary  substance. 

Neu'ron.     A  nerve. 

Neuron/osos  (neuronosus;  vevpov,  nerve, 
and  voGog,  a  disease).  Nervous  disease  or  dis- 
ease of  a  nerve. 

Neuropathic  (from  vevpov,  and  na-&og, 
suffering).     Pertaining  to  nervous  diseases. 

Neuropathy.  Any  disease  of  the  nervous 
system.     See  Neueonosos. 

Neurorrhaphy.  The  operation  of  joining 
a  divided  nerve  by  sutures. 

Neuro/sis.  Nervous  disease ;  disease 
supposed  to  have  its  seat  in  the  nervous 
system. 

NeurosthenFa  (from  vevpov,  a  nerve,  and 
o&Fvog,  force).  Excess  of  nervous  excitation. 
Nervous  irritation. 

Neurothe'le  {vevpov,  a  nerve,  and  Orfy, 
nipple).     A  nervous  papilla. 

Neuronic  {vevpov,  nerve).  Of  or  belonging 
to  the  nerves;  nervous.  Also  nervine  medi- 
cines. 

Neurot'omy  (neurotoma;  neurotomia  ;  from 


vevpov,  a  nerve,  and  reitru,  to  cut).     Dissection 
of  the  nerves  or  division  of  a  nerve. 

Neurotro'sis.  Neurotrosmus.  Wound  or 
wounding  of  a  nerve. 

Neury/men.  Neurymenis.  Same  as  Neu- 
rilemma. 

NeurypnoFogy  (from  vevpov,  v-nvog,  sleep, 
and  ^oyog,  a  discourse).  The  science  or  study  of 
the  nervous  sleep  produced  by  fatiguing  the 
muscles  of  the  eye,  called  hypnotism. 

Neu/tral  {neutral is  ;    from  neuter,  neither). 
In  Chemistry,  saline  compounds  which  possess 
the  character  of  neither  an  acid  nor  alkali. 
Neutral  Mixture.     Solution  of  citrate  of  po- 
tassa,    prepared    by  saturating    fresh   lemon 
juice  with  bicarbonate  of  potassa  and  filtering. 
Dose,  a  tablespoonful  every  three  hours. 
Neutral    Salts.     Salts  in  which  the   base  is 
perfectly  saturated  with  alkali,  and  not  pos- 
sessing the  characters  of  an  acid  or  alkaline 
base. 

Neutralization.  In  Chemistry,  the  com- 
bination of  acid  and  alkaline  matter  in  such 
proportion  that  the  compound  will  not  change 
the  color  of  litmus  or  violets. 

New  Growth.    See  Neoplasm. 

Ni.     Symbol  for  nickel. 

Nic/colate.  Compounds  of  which  niccolic 
oxide  is  a  base  or  an  acid. 

NiccoFicus.  Pertaining  to  niccolum,  or 
nickel. 

Nick/el.  Symbol,  Ni.  Atomic  weight,  59. 
A  whitish,  malleable,  and  ductile  metal.  Con- 
stitutes one-fifth  part  of  German  silver. 
Specific  gravity  is  about  9.  The  chief  use  for 
nickel,  developed  within  a  few  years  past,  is 
for  nickel  plating  or  the  electro-deposition  of 
nickel  upon  other  metals  and  to  combine  with 
steel.  Dr.  Adams  developed  this  process  oi 
nickel-plating,  which  is  a  very  valuable  one 
on  account  of  the  hardness,  beauty,  polish,  and 
lustre  which  nickel  takes.  Dental  and  surgi- 
cal instruments  are  among  the  many  articles 
to  which  a  coating  of  nickel  is  given  ;  especially 
is  it  useful  for  extracting-forceps,  although 
some  are  of  the  opinion  that  its  action  on  the 
steel  forming  the  beaks  is  such  as  to  cause  it  to 
become  brittle.  In  all  electro-plating,  or  giving 
one  metal  a  coating  of  another,  the  essentials  of 
the  process  are  a  battery,  a  proper  solution,  a 
cathode,  the  object  to  be  plated,  and  an  anode, 
or  plate  of  metal  forming  the  positive  pole  of 
l  he  lottery. 
Nickel   Plat/ing.     See  Nickel. 

Nicotia/na.     So    called    from    Nicot,  who 


NIC 


423 


NIT 


carried   it  to  Europe.     Tobacco.     A  genus  of 
plants  of  the  order  Solauaceae. 
Nicotiana  America/na.      Nicotiaua  tabacum. 
Virginia  tobacco. 
Nicotiana     Rustica.      The    leaves    of      this 
species  are  milder  than   those  of  Nicotiana 
tabacum. 

Nicotiana   Tab/acum.     Tobacco  has  a  strong 
narcotic,  penetrating  odor,  a  bitter,  nauseous, 
and  acrid  taste,  and,  when  distilled,  affords  an 
enipyreumatic  oil,  which  is  a  virulent  poison. 
It  is  a  violent  acro-narcotic,  an  emetic,  and  a 
diuretic,  and  when  a  decoction  is  injected  into 
the  rectum  it  sometimes  operates  as  a  cathar- 
tic.   In  large  doses   it   induces   giddiness,  a 
small,  weak  pulse,  impeded  respiration,  con- 
vulsive action  of  the  muscles,  and  in  overdoses 
these  symptoms  are  sometimes  followed   by 
paralysis  and  death. 
Nicotia'nin.     A  concrete  oil  obtained  from 
tobacco,  called  tobacco-camphor,  and  one  of  its 
active  principles. 

Nic'otine.  Nicotina.  An  alkaloid  ob- 
tained from  tobacco,  and  one  of  its  active  prin- 
ciples. 

Nicotinism.  The  constitutional  effects  of 
the  excessive  use  of  tobacco  ;  poisoning  by 
tobacco. 

Nicta'tion,  or  Nictita'tion  (nictitatio; 
from  nictare,  to  wink).  Eapid  winking  of  the 
eyelids. 

Ni'dor.     Scent  of  burning  animal  matter. 
Niger.     Black. 

Night  BHnd/ness.     Hemeralopia. 
Night'mare.     Incubus. 
Night'shade,  American.     A  plant  of  the 
genus  Phytolacca. 
Nightshade,  Deadly.     Atropa  belladonna. 

Ni/grine  (from  niger,  black).  Silico-calca- 
reous  oxide  of  titanium. 

Nigrit'ies  Os'sium.  Literally,  a  black- 
ness of  the  bones.     Caries. 

Ni/hil  Album.  Flowers  of  the  white  oxide 
of  zinc. 

Nio'bium.  A  metal  discovered  in  1S46  by 
H.  Rose. 

Nippers,  Plate.    An  instrument  for  remov- 
ing' redundant  portions  of  a  metal  plate. 
Nippers,   Side-cutting.      An  instrument  for 
removing  that  portion  of  the  platinum  pins 
of  teeth  which  projects  beyond  the  backing. 
Nip'ple.     A  small  conical  protuberance  at 
the  centre  of  the  breast. 

Ni'sus.  Effort,  straining  ;  a  voluntary  re- 
tention of  the  breath. 


Nisus  Formati/vus.     Formative  effort ;  vital 
activity  :  plastic  force. 
Ni'tras.     A  nitrate  :  a  salt  resulting  from 

the  combination  of  nitric  acid  with  a  salifiable 

base. 

Nitras  Ammoniae.  Nitrate  of  ammonia.  This 
salt,  NH3HON05  is  formed  by  saturating 
pure  nitric  acid  with  the  carbonate  of  am- 
monia, then  evaporating  and  crystallizing  it. 
Two  forms  of  it  are  prepared,  the  crystallized 
and  fused.  When  pure  nitrate  of  ammonia  is 
heated,  the  salt  first  melts  and  boils,  nitrous 
oxide  gas  being  liberated  at  about  400°.  See 
Nitrous  Oxide. 

Nitras  Argenti.     Nitrate  of  silver. 

Nitras  Calcis.     Nitrate  of  lime. 

Nitras  Potassae.     Nitrate  of  potash. 

Nitras  Potassas  Fusus.  Nitrate  of  potash 
containing  a  little  sulphuric  acid. 

Nitras  Sodae.     Nitrate  of  soda. 
Ni/trate.    Nitrite.   Compounds  of  nitric  and 

nitrous  acids  with  alkalies.     A  salt  of  nitric 

acid. 

Nitrate  of  Potash.     Nitras  potassse. 

Nitrate  of  Silver.  Argenti  nitras,  or  lunar 
caustic.  It  is  prepared  as  follows  :  Take  of 
silver  in  small  pieces,  ^j  ;  nitric  acid,  f  gvij  ; 
distilled  water,  f^  ij.  Mix  the  acid  with  the 
water  and  dissolve  the  silver  in  the  mixture 
in  a  sand-bath  ;  then  crystallize,  or  gradually 
increase  the  heat,  so  that  the  resulting  salt 
may  be  dried.  Melt  this  in  a  crucible  over  a 
gentle  fire  and  continue  the  heat  until  ebul- 
lition ceases,  and  immediately  pour  it  into 
moulds.  Nitrate  of  silver  is  tonic,  antispas- 
modic, sedative,  escharotic,  and  astringent, 
and  in  large  doses  is  an  irritant  poison.  In 
Denial  Practice  it  is  employed  as  a  styptic  and 
for  obtundiug  the  sensibility  of  dentine,  espe- 
cially when  it  results  from  mechanical  abra- 
sion ;  also,  in  diseases  of  mucous  membrane, 
in  the  form  of  an  aqueous  or  ethereal  solu- 
tion ;  also,  in  aphtha?  and  ulcers,  for  its  deter- 
gent property,  and  as  a  caustic  application 
generally.  From  one  grain  to  twenty  or  thirty 
to  the  ounce  of  water  are  employed.  Com- 
mon salt  neutralizes  its  action.  It  is  given  in 
chorea,  epilepsy,  etc.:  locally,  it  is  used  as  an 
escharotic.  Dose,  gr.  |  to  gr.  {  in  pill,  three 
times  a  day.  See  Gorgas'  "Dental  Medi- 
cine." 
Ni'trated.     A  base  converted  into  a  salt  by 

combination  with  nitric  acid. 

Ni'tre.      Nitrate  of  potash.      Saltpetre. 
Ni'tric.     Of  or  belonging  to  nitre. 


NIT 


424 


NIT 


Nitric  Acid.  Acidum  nitricum.  Aquafortis. 
A  colorless  fluid,  of  a  suffocating,  pungent 
odor,  acid  taste,  and  extremely  caustic.  It  is 
obtained  by  tbe  action  of  sulphuric  acid  and 
heat  on  nitrate  of  potash  or  soda.  Astringent. 
Dose  of  the  diluted,  gtt.  x  to  gtt.  xx.  Dilute 
nitric  acid  is  alterative,  tonic,  and  refriger- 
ant. In  Dental  Practice  it  is  employed  in 
cancrum  oris,  malignant  ulcers,  and  tumors 
of  the  mouth,  and  for  devitalizing  pulps  when 
almost  exposed  from  mechanical  abrasion.  It 
has  also  been  employed  as  an  obtundent  to 
sensitive  dentine  and  for  the  removal  of  fun- 
gous granulations  of  the  pulp  and  gums. 
Nitric  Oxide.  A  gas  obtained  during  the 
action  of  nitric  acid  diluted  with  about  two 
parts  of  water  upon  metallic  copper  ;  a  deu- 
toxide  of  nitrogen. 
Nitril.  A  tertiary  amide  ;  a  compound  of 
ammonia  and  hydrogen. 

Ni/trite.      A   combination  of  nitrous  acid 
with  a  base.     A  salt  of  nitrous  acid,  HNO,  ; 
also  applied  to  nitro-glycerine,  etc. 
Nitrite  of  Amyl.     See  AMYL  Nitris. 

Nitrobenzin'ic  Acid.  Acidum  nitroben- 
zinicus.  A  new  nitrogenous  acid  into  which 
benzoic  acid  is  transformed  when  acted  upon 
by  strong  nitric  acid.  Also  called  benzoi- 
nitric. 

Nitroben/zole.  Nitrobenzide.  A  substance 
produced  by  the  action  of  concentrated  nitric 
acid  on  benzole. 
Nitrocellulose.  See  Pyroxylin. 
Nitrogen  (from  virpov,  nitre,  and  yewaw, 
to  produce).  Azote.  An  elementary,  irrespir- 
able,  colorless  gas,  incapable  of  supporting  com- 
bustion, and  forming  four-fifths  of  the  atmos- 
phere— 79  per  cent. 

Nitrogen,  Gaseous  Oxide  of.  See  Nitrous 
Oxiih:. 
Nitroglycerin.  Glonoin.  A  substance 
prepared  by  adding  glycerin  to  a  mixture  of 
sulphuric  acid  and  fuming  nitric  acid,  pouring 
it  into  water  and  washing  upon  a  filter.  It  is  an 
oleaginous  substance,  of  a  sweet  taste,  slightly 
soluble  in  water,  but  readily  in  alcohol  and 
ether.  A  drop  brought  in  contact  with  the 
lips,  or  even  the  vapor,  is  said  to  cause  the 
most  distressing  headache.  It  is  a  very  dan 
serous  explosive  compound. 

Nitroleu'cic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  by 
treating  leucine  with  nitric  acid. 

Nitromuriat'ic  Acid.  Acidum  nitiomuri- 
aticum  ;  nitrohydrochloric  acid  ;  aqua  rcgia. 
A  mixture  of  nitric  and  muriatic  acids.    Chlor- 


ine is  evolved  by  this  mixture,  and  it  is  proba- 
bly owing  to  this  that  gold  is  readily  dissolved 
by  it.  Astringent.  Dose  of  the  diluted  acid, 
gtt.  x  to  gtt.  xv. 

Nitronapb/thalase.  A  compound  produced 
by  the  action  of  nitric  acid  on  naphthalin. 

Nitrosac/charic  Acid.  A  peculiar  saccha- 
rine matter,  in  the  form  of  a  crystallized  acid, 
produced  by  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid  on 
gelatin. 

Nitrose.  A  collective  name  for  nitric  and 
nitrous  acids. 

Nitrosulphu'ric  Acid.  An  acid  resulting 
from  a  mixture  of  one  part  of  nitre  with  eight 
or  ten  parts  of  sulphuric  acid. 

Nitrosyl.  Nitrogen  dioxide  when  acting 
in  composition  as  a  univalent  radicle. 

Ni/trous  (nitrosus).  Of  or  belonging  to 
nitre  or  its  combinations. 

Nitrous  Acid.  Acidum  nitrosum.  The  red 
fumes  emitted  by  exposing  binoxide  of  nitro- 
gen and  oxygen,  which,  when  condensed,  is  a 
colorless  fluid. 

Nitrous  Air.     Nitric  oxide  gas. 
Nitrous    Ether.      iEther    nitrous ;    sulphuric 
ether  ;  hyponitrous  ether.    A  highly  volatile, 
yellowish  liquid,  having  properties  similar  to 
sulphuric  ether. 

Nitrous  Oxide.  Protoxide  of  nitrogen.  Laugh- 
ing gas.  N202.  It  is  obtained  by  decomposing 
the  salt  nitrate  of  ammonia  by  heat.  It  may 
also  be  obtained  by  dissolving  zinc  in  dilute 
nitric  acid.  It  is  a  colorless  gas,  of  a  sweetish 
taste  and  a  pleasant  smell.  At  a  pressure  of 
thirty  atmospheres  at  zero  or  of  fifty  atmos- 
pheres at  45°  F.  it  condenses  into  a  clear,  trans- 
parent liquid.  At  a  temperature  from  between 
100°  to  150°  below  zero  it  crystallizes  into  a 
clear,  transparent  body.  Its  symbol  is  NO,  as 
it  contains  equivalent  proportions  of  nitrogen 
and  oxygen.  Its  specific  gravity  is  1.527.  Sir 
Humphrey  Davy,  in  1799,  first  discovered  its 
anaesthetic  property  upon  inhalation,  and,  in 
1844,  Dr.  Horace  Wells,  of  Connecticut,  ap- 
plied it  to  dental  purposes.  Used  as  an  anaes- 
thetic agent  it  is  thought  to  act  as  a  stimulant 
to  the  system,  and  in  moderate  quantity  as  an 
exhilarant,  producing  intoxication.  When 
taken  in  large  doses  it  induces  narcotism  and 
insensibility.  Its  influence  upon  the  system 
usually  passes  off  in  about  three  or  four  min- 
utes after  the  removal  of  the  inhaler  from  the 
mouth,  and  insensibility  to  pain  lasts  from  a 
minute  to  a  minute  and  a  half. 
In  certain  conditions  it  may  produce  dangerous 


NIT 


425 


NIT 


and  fatal  results,  but  is  generally  considered 
safer  than  ether  or  chloroform.  In  diseases  of 
the  heart,  in  active  congestion  or  acute  inflam- 
mation of  the  brain,  lungs,  or  kidneys,  or  in  a 
general  plethoric  condition,  or  where  there  is 
a  tendency  to  a  hemorrhagic  diathesis,  its  use 
as  an  anaesthetic  agent  is  contraindicated. 
This  gas  is  now  manufactured  in  liquid  form, 
which  possesses  the  advantages  of  greater 
purity,  for  by  condensation  all  extraneous 
gases  are  expelled,  and  it  is  more  portable. 
See  Nitrous  Oxide  Gas  Apparatus.  See 
Nitras  Ammonia. 

Nitrous  Oxide  Gas,  Administration  of.  In 
using  this  gas  for  dental  operations  the  patient 
is  seated  in  a  suitable  chair,  which  will  admit 
of  the  back  being  lowered  in  cases  of  necessity, 
and  a  cork  or  other  gag,  with  a  string  attached 
to  it,  is  placed  between  the  jaws  to  prevent  the 
closure  of  the  mouth. 

Previous  to  the  application  of  the  inhaler  (see 
Inhaler)  the  patient  is  directed  to  take  a 
full  inhalation,  followed  by  an  exhalation, 
for  the  purpose  of  emptying  the  lungs  as  per- 
fectly as  possible  of  atmospheric  air.  This 
being  done,  the  mouth  piece  of  the  inhaler  is 
placed  between  the  lips,  the  nostrils  held 
tightly  by  an  assistant  to  exclude  air,  and  the 
patient  directed  to  take  full  inspirations.  The 
first  evidence  of  anaesthesia  with  the  majority 
of  patients  is  snoring,  like  that  of  deep  sleep. 

To  determine  the  proper  time  for  operating,  the 
patient,  previous  to  the  inhalation,  should  be 
directed  to  raise  the  hand  at  every  order  of 
the  operator,  and  inability  to  make  this  mo- 
tion is  an  evidence  of  the  loss  of  voluntary 
power,  which  is  soon  succeeded  by  that  of  in- 
sensibility to  pain. 

As  soon  as  the  operation  of  extraction  is  per- 
formed, especially  if  the  back  teeth  have  been 
removed,  the  head  of  the  patient  should  be 
inclined  to  one  side  or  held  over  the  spittoon 
to  prevent  the  blood  from  running  down  the 
throat,  and  fresh  air  admitted  into  the  room. 

For  the  production  of  anaesthesia  the  inhala- 
tion of  from  four  to  eight  gallons  of  the  gas 
will,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  be  sufficient. 
The  patient  can  inhale  the  gas  from  an  india- 
rubber  bag  or  from  a  tube  leading  directly 
from  the  gasometer.  See  Gorgas'  "Dental 
Medicine." 

Nitrous  Oxide  Gas  Apparatus.  An  arrange- 
ment for  the  manufacture  and  administration 
of  nitrous  oxide  gas  for  the  production  of 
anaesthesia,  and  generally  known  by  the  name 


of  the  inventor.  Improvements  in  nitrous 
oxide  gas  apparatus  have  greatly  facilitated 
the  employment  of  this  agent  as  an  anaesthetic 
in  dental  operations.  Among  many  others  of 
merit  and  ingenuity  the  late  Dr.  James  B. 
Bean  claimed  to  have  given  the  profession 
some  valuable  improvements,  which  consist  of 
the  moist-lime  purifier,  a  gasometer  of  pecu- 
liar construction,  and  a  valved  inhaler,  by 
which  the  manufacture  and  storage  of  pure 
gas  is  much  facilitated.  The  purifier  is  a  cylin- 
drical copper  vessel,  twelve  inches  high  and 
five  inches  in  diameter,  open  at  both  ends  and 
having  a  partition  of  the  same  material  about 
four  inches  from  the  lower  end,  with  a  series 
of  holes  around  the  circumference  of  the  cylin- 
der just  below  this  partition.  The  upper  por- 
tion of  the  cylinder  contains  several  layers  of 
moist  lime  separated  by  intervals  and  sup- 
ported by  disks  of  wire  gauze.  The  whole  rests 
in  a  vessel  of  water  six  inches  deep  and  is 
covered  with  a  bell-glass.  The  pipes  are  so 
arranged  that  the  gas  passes  into  the  lower 
portion,  bubbling  through  the  holes  into  the 
bell-glass,  returning  downward  through  the 
layers  of  lime,  thence  through  the  partition 
by  a  pipe  leading  into  the  gasometer.  The 
gasometer  is  so  arranged  as  to  receive  and 
measure  the  gas  and  keep  it  safely  stored. 
The  inhaling  apparatus  is  so  attached  to  the 
gasometer  that  the  patient  breathes  fresh  gas 
at  every  inhalation.  The  inhaler  is  furnished 
with  a  simple  valve  of  thin  sheet  rubber, 
which  is  very  easily  opened  or  closed  by  the 
breath.  J  The  mouth-piece  is  of  metal,  cush- 
ioned with  soft  rubber,  and  is  surrounded  by 
a  disk  of  thin  sheet  rubber  five  inches  in 
diameter.  With  this  disk  of  rubber  the 
operator  can  exclude  all  atmospheric  air  with- 
out disagreeably  compressing  the  lips  or  nos- 
trils. The  inhaler  is  attached  to  a  rubber 
hose  f  of  an  inch  in  diameter  leading 
to  the  gasometer,  and  having  within  it 
a  valve  similar  to  that  in  the  inhaler,  so 
arranged  that  the  inhalations  are  from  the 
gasometer  and  the  exhalations  into  the  open 
air.  The  improvements  in  the  methods  of 
making  and  preserving  this  anaesthetic,  con- 
sisting essentially  of  condensing  the  gas  under 
strong  pressure  in  wrought-iron  cylinders, 
whereby  100  gallons  are  confined  in  a  receiver 
or  bottle  12  by  4  inches,  and  so  arranged  that 
as  small  a  quantity  as  is  desired  may  be 
drawn  off  into  an  inhaling  bag  or  gasometer, 
mark  an  era  in  the  administration  of  this  an- 


NIT 


426 


NON 


{esthetic  ;  obviating  the  necessity,  on  the  part 
of  the  dentist,  of  generating  gas  for  his  own 
use  and  dispensing  with  the  former  cumbrous 
and  unsightly  apparatus.  With  such  appli- 
ances purchasable,  the  dentist  is  enabled  to 
use  a  pure  and  reliable  form  of  this  gas  which 
is  not  subject  to  the  uncertainties  and  dete- 
rioration so  common  to  the  ordinary  form. 
See  Surgeon's  Case  foe  Liquid  Nitrous 
Oxide. 
Nitrous  Oxide  Gas  Inhaler.  See  INHALER, 
Xitrous  Oxide. 
Nitrous  Oxide,  Liquefied.  A  convenient  form 
for  use  in  dental  operations.  The  nitrous 
oxide,  after  being  subjected  to  intense  cold,  is 
condensed  in  the  form  of  a  liquid  in  a  strong 
iron  cylinder,  from  which  it  is  drawn  in  the 
form  of  gas  when  about  to  be  administered  by 
inhalation.  One  hundred  gallons  of  the  gas 
weighs  about  ten  pounds  and  is  capable  of 
being  condensed  into  a  small  iron  cylinder. 
For  method  of  administration  see  Gorgas' 
"Dental  Medicine." 
Nitrous  Oxide  Purifier.  An  apparatus  con- 
sisting of  two  glass  jars  similar  in  arrange- 
ment to  what  are  known  as  Wolf's  bottles, 
except  that  they  have  no  central  or  safety  tube. 
One  of  these  jars  contains  a  solution  of  the 
sulphate  of  iron,  the  other  a  solution  of  caustic 
soda,  and  they  are  so  connected  by  means  of 
rubber  tubing  with  the  retort  in  which  the  gas 
is  generated  and  the  receiver  or  gasometer  that 
the  gas  is  compelled  to  pass  through  these  so- 
lutions before  it  can  reach  the  gasometer  in 
which  it  is  stored.  For  another  form  of  puri- 
fier see  Nitrous  Oxide  Gas  Apparatus. 
Nitrous  Powders.  Refrigerant,  diaphoretic, 
and  alterative.  Composed  of  potassse  nitratis, 
3j  ;  antimonii  et  potassse  tartratis,  gr.  j  ; 
hydrarg.  chlorid.  mitis,  gr.  iv.  It  is  powdered 
and  divided  into  six  parts,  one  to  be  taken 
every  two  hours  in  syrup  or  molasses. 

Ni'trum.     Nitre. 
Nitrum  Flammans.     Nitrate  of  ammonia. 
Nitrum  Purifica/tum.     Purified  nitre. 
Nitrum  Vitriola/tum.     Sulphate  of  potash. 

No'bilis.  Noble ;  principal  ;  essential  ; 
applied  to  some  objects  of  natural  history  by 
way  of  eminence. 

Noctambula/tion  (noctambulaiio ;  from  Jioa;, 
night,  and  ambulo,  to  walk).  Somnambulism. 
Sleep-walking. 

Noctam'bulus.  Noctambulist ;  somnam- 
bulist.    A  night-walker. 

Noctur'nal    (nycterinos;    nocturnus).      Re- 


lating to  night.  A  term  applied  in  Pathology 
to  diseases  or  the  phenomena  of  diseases 
which  occur  at  night,  as  a  night  fever,  night- 
sweats,  etc.,  and  in  Zoology  to  a  tribe  of  rap- 
torial birds,  including  those  which  fly  at 
night ;  also  to  a  family  of  lepidopterous  in- 
sects, which,  in  like  manner,  are  chiefly  active 
at  night. 

Nocturnal  Blindness.      See   Hemekalopia. 

Nod'ding.     Nutans  (which  see). 

Node.     Nodus.     A  hard  tumor  proceeding 

from  a  bone   and  caused  by  a  thickening  of 

the  periosteum.     Also  a  calcareous  concretion 

formed  around  articulations  which  have  been 

the  seat  of  rheumatism  or  gout.     See  Nodule. 

Nodi  Nervorum.     Knots  of  nerves.  Same 

as  Ganglia  (which  see). 

Nodose.     Having  or  forming  nodes. 
Nodo/sus.     Knotty. 

Nod/ular.  Characterized  by  nodes  or  nod- 
ules. 

Nodular  Dentine.     Secondary  calcific  deposits 
found  in  dental  pulps,  which  may  be  purely 
physiological  and  not  necessarily  pathological. 
This  form  of  dentine  is  found  at  all  ages  and  in 
both  the  deciduous  and  permanent  teeth.     It 
is  common  to  teeth  of  a  strong,  dense  character 
and  of  a  yellowish  color.     The  causes  of  such 
a  formation  may  be  classified  as  increase  of 
density  and  irritation. 
Nod'ule  (from  nodus,  a  knot).    A  little  knot- 
like eminence   or   excrescence.     The  nodular 
masses  seen  at  times  on  teeth  are  the  result  of 
abnormal   arrangements    or   displacements  of 
normal  tooth  tissue,  generally  of  the  enamel. 
Nod'ulus.     A  little  node. 
No/dus  Cerebri.     The  pons  Varolii. 
No'H  Me  Tan'gere.     In  Surgery,  a  species 
of  malignant  herpes  affecting  the  skin    and 
sometimes  the  cartilage  of  the  nose.     The  dis- 
ease is  often  of  a  very  malignant  character  ; 
the  nose  is  sometimes  destroyed  by  it. 

No/ma.  Water-canker ;  gangrenous  sore 
mouth,  occurring  usually  in  children  ;  a  specific 
ulcer.     See  Cancrum  Oris. 

Nom/ad  (nomade ;  nomas;  from  vouij,  pas- 
turage).    In  Surgery,  a  spreading  sore. 

Nomenclature  {nomenclatura ;  from  ovo/ia, 
name,  and  i<a?u:c,),  I  call).  The  words  peculiar 
to  a  science  or  art ;  the  technical  terms  of  any 
particular  art  or  science. 

Non=cohesive  Foil.  A  term  applied  to 
gold  foil  which  does  not  possess  the  cohesive 
propertyto  any  high  degree,  such  as  is  required 
in  the  cohesive  foils,  or  which  is  incapable  of 


NON 


427 


NOT 


perfect  cohesion  even  after  being  highly  heated  ; 
also  called  "soft  foil." 

Non=conduct'or.  A  term  applied  to  sub- 
stances which  do  not  transmit  heat  and  elec- 
tricity or  which  do  it  with  difficulty.  In 
filling  teeth  in  which  the  liniug  membrane  is 
nearly  exposed  it  sometimes  becomes  necessary 
to  interpose  a  substance  of  this  sort  between  the 
bottom  of  the  cavity  and  the  gold  to  prevent 
the  irritation  which  would  otherwise  arise  from 
the  transmission  of  impressions  of  heat  and 
cold  to  the  pulp.  Such  substances  as  Hill's 
stopping,  gutta  percha,  asbestos,  etc.,  are  used 
for  this  purpose. 

Non=metal.  Au  element  which  is  not  me- 
tallic. 

Non=nat'urals  (non-naturalia) .  The  an- 
cient physicians  comprehended  under  this  term 
air,  meat  and  drink,  sleep  and  watching,  mo- 
tion and  rest,  the  retentions  and  excretions,  and 
the  affections  of  the  mind. 

Nonus.  Ninth  nerve.  The  hypoglossal 
nerve. 

Nooth's  Apparatus.  An  apparatus  con- 
sisting of  three  glass  vessels,  placed  vertically. 
for  impregnating  water  with  carbonic  acid 
gas. 

No'rium.     A  metal  discovered  in  zircon. 

Nor'mal  (from  norma,  rale).  That  which 
is  in  accordance  with  or  conforms  to  the 
natural  order  or  law.  Eegular ;  natural  : 
healthy. 

Normoblast.  A  nucleated  red  blood- 
corpuscle  of  normal  size. 

Normo'blasts.     See  Corpuscle. 

Normocyte.  A  non-nucleated  red  blood- 
corpuscle  of  normal  size. 

Nose.  Nasus.  The  organ  of  smell  :  in  man, 
an  eminence  of  a  pyramidal  shape,  situated  on 
the  middle  and  upper  part  of  the  face,  between 
the  upper  lip  and  forehead,  the  eyes  and  the 
cheeks.  The  external  part  is  composed  of  the 
dorsum  or  bridge,  the  lobe  or  tip,  the  alx  or 
sides,  and  the  columua  or  termination  of 
the  septum.  The  cavities  of  the  nose  are 
called  nares  (which  see).  The  nose  serves  to 
modulate  the  voice  in  speaking.  The  tears 
from  the  lachrymal  ducts  are  discharged 
into  the  nose  :  the  air  usually  passes  through 
it. 

Nose,  Artificial.     See  ARTIFICIAL  NoSE. 
Nose,  Bleeding  of  the.     Epistaxis. 
Nose,  Running  at  the.     Coryza. 

Noseros.     Insalubrious. 

Nosocomi'um   (from   vocroc,  a   disease,  and 


KOfieu,  to  take  care  of).     An  infirmary  or  hos- 
pital. 

Nosog'eny  (nosogenia  :  from  rococ,  a  dis- 
ease, and  ;*!or,  origin).  The  origin  of  dis- 
ease. 

Nosog'raphy  (nosographia ;  from  voaoc,  a 
disease,  and^puow,  to  describe).  A  description 
of  diseases. 

Nosol'ogy  (nosologia ;  from  vococ,  a  disease, 
and  '/o-/oc}  a  discourse).  That  department  of 
medical  science  which  treats  of  the  classifica- 
tion of  diseases. 

Noson/omy  (nosonomia;  from  roaoc,  a  dis- 
ease, and  oroua,  name).  The  nomenclature  of 
diseases. 

No'sophite.  Any  pathogenic  microbe  or 
minute  parasitic  organism  which  causes  dis- 
ease. 

Nosos/.     Disease. 

Nostalgia  (from  roaroc.  a  return,  and  a'/.yoc, 
pain).  Melancholy,  loss  of  appetite,  etc.,  occa- 
sioned by  the  desire  of  returning  to  one's  coun- 
try ;  home-sickness. 

Nostoma'nia.     Nostalgia. 

Nos'trils.     Nares. 

Nostrum  (from  noster,  ours).  A  medicine 
the  ingredients  of  which  are  kept  secret  for 
the  purpose  of  securing  to  the  proprietor  the 
profits  arising  from  the  same  ;  a  private  or 
quack  medicine. 

No'tal  (from  vutoq.  the  back).  Belonging  to 
the  back. 

Notal'gia.     Pain  in  the  back. 

Notch.     In  Anatomy,  a  depression  or  inden- 
tation observed  on  the  margin  of  a  bone. 
Notch,  Ethmoidal.     The   depression   in   the 
frontal  bone  which  receives  the  superior  part 
of  the  ethmoid  bone. 
Notch,  Parot/id.  The  triangular  space  between 
the   parotid  edge  of  the  lower  jaw  and  the 
mastoid  process  in  which  the  parotid  gland  is 
lodged. 

Notches,  Ischiadic.  These  are  two  in 
number.  The  first,  which  is  the  largest,  is 
situated  at  the  inferior  part  of  the  pelvis,  gives 
passage  to  the  sciatic  nerve,  pyramidalis  mus- 
cle, and  to  the  superior  gluteal  vessels  and 
nerves.  The  other  gives  passage  to  the  tendon 
of  the  obturator  internus  and  to  the  internal 
pudic  vessels  and  nerves. 

Notha?  Costas.     The  false  ribs. 

No'thus.     False  ;  spurious. 

No'tochord.  The  embryonic  spinal  mar- 
row. The  cellular  cord  enclosed  in  a  struc- 
tureless  sheath,  which    in    the   embryo  alter- 


NOU 


428 


NYC 


ward  develops  into  the  vertebral  column.    The 
spinal  cord  is  also  known  by  this  name. 

Noue.  A  French  word  applied,  in  Surgery, 
to  a  bandage  having  a  number  of  knots  placed 
one  above  the  other,  employed  for  the  com- 
pression of  the  parotid  region  after  the  re- 
moval of  the  parotid  gland,  and,  in  Pathology, 
to  children  affected  with  rickets. 

Nouffer's  Vermifuge.  A  decoction  of  male 
fern,  followed  by  a  drastic  purge  of  calomel, 
scammony,  and  gamboge. 

Nubec'ula.  Little  cloud-like  appearances 
suspended  in  the  urine  in  certain  disordered 
conditions. 

Nu'cha.  The  nape  of  the  neck,  the  part 
where  the  medulla  spinalis  begins. 

Nu/clear  (from  nucleus,  a  cell).  Pertain- 
ing to  a  cell  nucleus. 

Nucleate.     Having  nuclei. 

Nucleated     (nucleatus ;    from     nucleus,    a 
kernel).     Provided  with  a  nucleus. 
Nucleated  Cell.  The  cell  formed  in  a  primary 
granule  (cytoblast  or   nucleus).      See  Cyto- 
blast. 

NucleFform.     Formed  like  a  kernel. 

Nu'clein.  A  colored  amorphous  substance 
of  acid  properties  present  in  the  nuclei  of  pus 
corpuscles  and,  it  is  probable,  of  all  cells  ;  it 
is  also  thought  to  be  the  constituent  upon 
which  the  functional  properties  of  the  cell 
depend. 

Nucle'olus.  A  little  nucleus,  a  nucleole. 
A  small  glandular  vesicle  within  the  cell  nu- 
cleus. 

Nucleus  (from  nux,  a  nut).  Literally,  a 
kernel  or  nut.  The  center  of  any  body  ;  the 
part  about  which  matter  collects ;  central 
point  around  which  a  calculus  is  formed.  In 
Animal  and  Vegetable  Physiology,  a  primary 
granule  or  cytoblast.  See  Cytoblast. 
Nucleus  Germinati'vus.  The  nucleus  re- 
sulting from  the  union  of  the  male  and  female 
pronuclei. 

Nu'cula.     A  little  nut. 

Nuculan'ium.  In  Botany,  a  fleshy  fruit 
containing  two  or  more  cells  and  several 
seeds,  as  the  grape. 

Nu'dus.     Naked. 

Numb'ness.  Insensibility  of  touch  or 
general  feeling. 

Num'mular  (from  nummulus,  coin).  The 
sputa  in  phthisis  are  so  termed  when  they 
flatten  at  the  bottom  of  a  vessel  like  a  piece 
of  money. 

Nu'tans  ''from  nulo.  fo  bend).      Nodding. 


Nuta'tion.  Constant  involuntary  move- 
ment of  the  head. 

Nut'gall  (galla).  An  excrescence  of  the 
Quercus  infectoria  or  gall-oak,  caused  by  the 
puncture  of  an  insect.  It  is  powerfully  astrin- 
gent and  tonic,  and  is  used  in  diarrhoea,  in- 
ternal haemorrhage,  and  intermittents.  The 
powder,  mixed  with  lard,  is  used  as  an  oint- 
ment for  piles. 

Nut'meg.  The  kernel  of  the  fruit  of  Myris- 
tica  moschata. 

Nu'triant.  A  medicine  that  modifies  the 
nutritive  process. 

Nutrility.  The  power  of  a  cell  or  organ- 
ism to  perform  the  function  of  nutrition. 

Nu/triment.  Anything  that  nourishes  or 
forms  living  tissue. 

Nutrition  {nutritio ;  from  nutrire,  to 
nourish).  The  reparation  of  the  molecular 
changes  and  decomposition  of  the  body  ;  the 
function  by  which  the  elaborated  nutritive 
matter  loses  its  own  nature  and  assumes  that 
of  the  different  living  tissues  ;  nourishment, 
growth. 
Nutrition,  Force  of.     Plastic  force. 

Nutritious  {nutriclus).  Nutritive ;  nour- 
ishing ;  capable  of  sustaining  life. 

Nu/tritive  (from  nutrio,  to  nourish).       Pos- 
sessing the  quality  of  affording  nutrition. 
Nutritive  Centre.      A  cell  from  which  a  suc- 
cession of  cellules  originates. 

Nu'tritus.     Aliment. 

Nux.     A  nut ;  a  fruit  with  a  hard  shell. 
Nux  Aquat/ica.     The  fruit  of  a  plant  of  the 
genus  Trapa. 
Nux  Aromat/ica.     Nutmeg. 
Nux  Barbaden/sis.     The  physic  nut,  or  seeds 
of  the  Jatropha  curcas. 
Nux  Cathar'tica.     The  physic  nut. 
Nux  MetePla.  See  Strychnos  Nux  Vomica. 
Nux  Pistaci'a.     The  fruit  of  a  plant  of  the 
genus  Pistacia. 
Nux  Serapio'nis.      St.  Ignatius'    bean.     The 
fruit  of  Ignatia  amara. 

Nux  Vom/ica.     The   seeds  of  Strychnos  nux 
vomica  (which  see). 

Nyctalopia  (from  wf,  night,  and  oirrouai, 
I  see).  A  defect  of  vision  which  renders  a 
person  incapable  of  seeing  by  day  and  of  dis- 
cerning objects  distinctly  by  night. 

Nyc'talops.     One  affected  with  nyctalopia. 

Nycthem/erum  (from  vug,  night,  and  qfiepa, 
a  day).  Twenty-four  hours,  or  a  day  and  a 
night. 

Nyctoba/sis.     Somnambulism. 


NYC 


429 


OBL 


Nyctophobia  (wf,  night,  and  fury,  voice). 
Loss  of  voice  during  the  day. 

Nym/pha  (from  wfiQa,  a  water-nymph).  A 
membranous  fold  arising  from  the  lateral  part 
of  the  prepuce  of  the  clitoris,  within  the  ex- 
ternal labia  of  the  female  parts  of  generation 
on  each  side. 

Nymphae'a.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Nymplmeaceae. 

Nymphsea  Al'ba.     The  white  water-lily,  for- 
merly used   as  an  antaphrodisiac  and  demul- 
cent. 
Nymphaea  GlandiPera.     See  NYMPHiEA  Ne- 

LUMBO. 
Nymphaea  Lu'tea.      The  yellow  water-lily,  a 
demulcent  and  emollient. 
Nymphaea  Nelum/bo.     The  Pontic  or  Egyp- 
tian  beau.      The   fruit  is  tonic  and   astrin- 
gent. 


Nymphaea  Odora'ta.  The  sweet-scented 
water-lily.     The  root  is  astringent  and  bitter. 

Nymphi'tis.     Inflammation  of  the  clitoris. 

Nymphomania  (from  rv/iot/,  a  bride,  and 
fiavia,  madness).  Furor  uterinus.  An  irresist- 
ible desire  for  coition  in  females,  particularly 
those  of  a  nervous  temperament,  and  is  sup- 
posed to  be  caused  by  preternatural  iritability 
of  the  uterus,  nymphse,  and  clitoris,  or  un- 
usual acrimony  of  the  secretions  in  these  parts. 

Nymphon/cus.  Tumefaction  of  the  nym- 
phse. 

Nymphot/omy  (nymphotomia  ;  from  w/jo>/, 
and  TE/iveiv,  to  cut).  The  operation  for  the 
removal  of  the  nymphse  when  attacked  by 
scirrhus,  cancer,  or  fungus. 

Nystag'mus.  Involuntary  movement  of 
the  eyelids. 

Nyx'is  (from  vvaceiv,  to  pierce).     Puncture. 


o. 


O.  Symbol  for  oxygen  ;  also  octarium,  a 
pint;  also  abbreviation  for  "opening  of  cir- 
cuit" in  Electro-therapeutics. 

Oak.     The  popular  name  of  a  forest  tree  of 
the  genus  Quercus,  of  which  there  are  upward 
of  a  hundred  species. 
Oak  Bark.     See  Queectjs  Alba. 
Oak  Gall.     See  Gall-nuts. 
Oak  Poison.    An  acrid  juice  of  the  Rhus,  of 
which  toxicodendric  acid  produces  violent  in- 
flammation of  the  skin  and  internal  poisoning 
with  symptoms  of  depression. 

Oarial'gia.     See  Ovarialgia. 

Oar'ic  (oaricus).     Relating  to  the  ovary. 

Oarioce'le  (oapiov,  an  ovule,  small  egg,  the 
ovary,  and  /»A?7,  a  tumor).  A  tumor  or  hernia 
of  the  ovary. 

Oariocye'sis.     Ovarian  pregnancy. 

Oarion'cus.     Ovarian  tumor. 

Oari'tis.     Inflammation  of  the  ovarium. 

Oa'rium.     Ovary. 

Oat'meal.  Farina  obtained  by  grinding  the 
grains  of  the  Avena  sativa,  or  common  oat. 

Ob.  A  Latin  preposition,  used  as  a  prefix 
in  some  botanical  terms,  and  denoting  inver- 
sion. 

Obela'a.     The  sagittal  suture. 


Obese/  (obesitas ;  from  obesus,  fat).  Obesity  ; 
corpulency  ;  fatness. 

Object=gIass.  The  glass  or  system  of  glasses 
next  to  the  object  of  examination  in  a  telescope 
or  microscope.  The  lens,  being  placed  at  the 
end  of  the  tube  next  to  the  object,  collects  the 
rays  of  light  into  a  focus,  forming  the  image  of 
the  object  viewed  through  the  eye-glass. 

Obliqus7.  That  which  deviates  from  the 
vertical  line  ;  anything  inclined. 

Obli'quus.     Oblique.     In  Anatomy,  applied 
to   certain   muscles  from  their  oblique   direc- 
tion. 
Obliquus  Exter/nus  Abdominis.     A  broad. 

thin  muscle  of  the  abdomen. 
Obliquus  Inferior  Capitis.     A  muscle  of  the 

head. 
Obliquus  Inferior  Oc'uli.     A  muscle  of  the 

eye. 
Obliquus  Inter'nus  Abdominis.     A  muscle 

of  the  abdomen,  situated  under  the  obliquus 

externus  abdominis. 
Obliquus  Superior  Cap'itis.     A  small  muscle 

of  the  head,  situated  between  the  occiput  and 

first  vertebra  of  the  Deck. 
Obliquus    Superior   Oc'uli.     Trochlears.      A 

muscle  of  the  eye. 


OBL 


430 


OBT 


Obliteration.  In  Anatomy,  the  disappear- 
ance of  a  part  that  has  ceased  to  be  useful,  as 
the  ductus  venosus  after  birth.  In  Dented 
Surgery,  filling  the  cavity  of  a  carious  tooth. 

Oblivion  {oblivio).  Forgetfulness  ;  loss  of 
memory. 

Oblonga'tus.     Prolonged  ;  somewhat  long. 

Obo'vate.  In  Botany,  inversely  ovate ; 
having  the  narrow  end  down,  as  an  obovate 
leaf. 

Obo'void.  Like  an  egg  of  which  the  small 
end  is  turned  downward. 

Observation  (observatio).  Act  of  examin- 
ing a  thing  and  also  the  knowledge  gained. 
In  French  it  means  case,  or  the  history  of  the 
phenomena  of  a  disease. 

Obsid'ian  (obsidianum).  Volcanic  glass  ;  so 
named  from  Obsidius,  who  first  discovered  it 
in  Ethiopia. 

Obstetrics.     The  art  of  midwifery. 

Obstipation  (obstipalio).  Constipation  ; 
costiveness. 

Obstip'itas  {obstipus).     Wry  neck. 

Obstruc'tio  Alvi.     Constipation. 

Obstruction  (obstructio).  In  Pathology,  the 
arrest  of  a  function  or  secretion  by  the  closure 
of  the  parietes  of  a  duct  or  by  the  accumula- 
tion of  foreign  or  morbid  matter  in  it. 

Ob'struent  (obstruens ;  from  obstruo,  to  shut 
up).  A  medicine  supposed  to  have  the  power 
of  closing  the  orifices  of  ducts  or  vessels. 

Obtun'dent  (from  obtundo,  to  make  blunt). 
A  medicine  which  has  the  power  of  relieving 
irritation  and  pain  or  of  diminishing  or  blunt- 
ing sensibility. 

Obtunders.  Obtunding  mixtures.  Agents 
locally  applied  to  a  part  for  the  purpose  of 
temporarily  depriving  it  of  sensibility.  See 
Pain  Obtunders. 

Obtura'tor  (obturator  i us ;  from  oMurare,  to 
close,   to  stop  up  the  entrance).     That  which 
closes  or  stops  up  the  entrance  of  anything. 
Obturator  Ar/tery.     A    branch   of  the  hypo- 
gastric or  epigastric  artery,  which  passes  for- 
ward and  a  little  below  the  brim  of  the  pelvis 
and  escapes  through  the  obturator  foramen. 
Obturator  Exter/nus.     A  small,  flat  muscle, 
situated  at  the  anterior  and  upper  part  of  the 
thigh. 
Obturator    For'amen.     An    opening    beneath 
the  horizontal   ramus  of  the  os  pubis  in  the 
anterior  part  of  the  os  innominatum. 
Obturator     Inter'nus.      A    muscle     situated 
almost,  entirely  within  the  pelvis. 
Obturator  Lig'ament.     Obturator  membrane. 


A  tendino-fibrous  membrane  stretched  across 
the  obturator  foramen. 

Obturator  Mus/cles.  Two  in  number — the 
obturator  externus  and  the  obturator  interims. 

Obturator  Nerve.  A  nerve  formed  by  a  branch 
of  the  third  and  another  from  the  fourth  lum- 
bar nerve  and  distributed  to  the  muscles  on 
the  inside  of  the  thigh. 

Obturator  and  Palate  Plates,  with  Artificial 
Teeth.  When  an  imperfection  of  the  palate, 
whether  the  result  of  malformation  or  acci- 
dent, is  accompanied  by  the  loss  of  one  or 
more  of  the  teeth,  and  especially  from  the 
anterior  part  of  the  mouth,  the  plate  em- 
ployed for  remedying  the  former  should  be  so 
constructed  as  to  serve  as  a  base  for  a  substi- 
tute for  the  latter.  The  idea  of  complicating 
a  palate  plate  with  artificial  teeth  originated 
with  Fauchard.  When  a  palatine  obturator 
and  artificial  teeth  are  to  be  applied  at  the 
same  time,  they  may  be  connected,  and  the 
piece  made  to  answer  an  excellent  purpose, 
provided  there  be  healthy  natural  teeth  in  the 
upper  jaw  to  sustain  it. 

In  the  construction  of  an  artificial  plate  or  ob- 
turator a  gold,  vulcanite,  or  celluloid  plate  of 
the  proper  size  should  be  fitted  to  all  that  por- 
tion of  the  vault  of  the  palate  and  alveolar 
ridge  which  is  to  be  covered  by  it,  with  a  lat- 
eral branch  on  each  side,  extending  to  the 
first  molar  or  to  the  tooth  to  which  it  is  to  be 
clasped.  To  these  clasps  should  be  attached, 
and  afterward  artificial  teeth  fitted  and  se- 
cured. If,  however,  the  upper  surface  of  the 
palate  is  to  be  surrounded  with  a  drum  or  air- 
chamber,  this  should  be  put  on  before  the 
teeth  are  attached.  The  drum  is  sometimes 
so  constructed  as  to  retain  the  obturator  in 
place  without  any  other  means  of  support. 

It  sometimes  happens  that  an  imperfection  of 
the  palate  is  accompanied  by  an  opening  into 
the  maxillary  sinus.  In  this  case  the  palatine 
plate  should  be  large  enough  to  cover  both 
openings,  and  the  loss  of  the  alveolar  border 
replaced  by  means  of  a  raised  plate  soldered 
to  the  lower  surface  of  the  palate  plate,  to 
which  artificial  teeth  may  be  applied  or  the 
deficiency  supplied  with  long  porcelain  gum 
or  block  teeth.  Vulcanite  and  celluloid  are 
good  substitutes  for  metal. 

Obturator,  Palatine.  An  instrument  for 
*  closing  an  opening  through  the  palatine 
arch.  This  is  an  ancient  invention.  Ac- 
cording to  Guillemean,  obturators  were  ap- 
plied by  the  Creek  physicians  ;  but  it  is  to 


OBT 


431 


OCC 


that  celebrated  surgeon,  Ambrose  Pare,  that 
we  are  indebted  for  the  first  description  of  an 
appliance  of  this  sort.  He  has  also  furnished 
an  engraving  of  an  obturator  which  he  had 
constructed  in  1585.  The  instrument  con- 
sisted of  a  metallic  plate,  probably  of  silver 
or  gold,  fitted  to  an  opening  in  the  vault  of 
the  palate,  and  maintained  in  place  by  means 
of  a  piece  of  sponge  fastened  to  a  screw  in  an 
upright  attached  to  the  upper  surface  of  the 
plate. 
A  palatine  obturator,  as  usually  constructed  at 
the  present  time,  consists  of  a  plate  of  gold  or 
vulcanite,  adapted  to  the  inner  surface  of  the 
alveolar  arch  and  to  the  parts  surrounding  the 
opening  in  the  palate,  with  or  without  a  drum, 
as  the  case  may  require,  and  maintained  in 
place  by  means  of  a  clasp  attached  to  a  tooth 
on  each  side  of  the  mouth. 
To  Dr.  Stearns  is  due  the  credit  of  having 
demonstrated,  by  his  experiments,  that  an 
artificial  velum  and  palate  can  be  constructed 
which  may  be  worn  in  the  fissure  without  dis- 
comfort, and  be  made  available  for  accom- 
plishing perfect  speech.  But  to  Dr.  Norman 
W.  Kingsley  is  certainly  due  the  credit  of  hav- 
ing taken  up  the  matter  where  Dr.  Stearns 
left  off,  to  have  made  such  improvements  in 
the  perfection  and  simplicity  of  the  instru- 
ment, and  to  have  reduced  the  manner  of  ac- 
complishing it  to  such  system  as  to  leave  suc- 
cess no  longer  problematical  and  dependent 
upon  chance,  but  a  certainty,  dependent  only 
upon  the  skill  of  the  operator.  For  a  descrip- 
tion of  Dr.  Kingsley's  artificial  palate  and 
velum  see  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Den- 
tistry." 
For  a  description  of  the  manner  of  constructing 
an  obturator  or  palatine  plate  with  an  artifi- 
cial velum  see  Artificial  Palate. 

Obtuse7  (obiusus).     Blunt. 

Obtu'sion  (from  obtundo,  to  blunt).  The 
weakening  or  blunting  of  the  normal  strength 
of  sensation. 

Occip'ital    (occipitalis).      Pertaining  to    or 
connected  with  the  occiput. 
Occipital  Ar'tery.     A  branch  of  the  external 
carotid  artery  distributed  to  the  muscles,  etc., 
of  the  occiput. 

Occipital  Bone  (os  oceipiiis).  One  of  the 
bones  of  the  cranium,  situated  at  its  posterior 
and  inferior  part ;  convex  externally  and  con- 
cave internally. 
Occipital  Nerve.  A  nerve  which  arises  by 
eight  or  ten  filaments  from  the  upper  part  of 


the  spinal  marrow  and  passes  between  the 
foramen  magnum  and  posterior  arch  of  the 
atlas,  dividing  into  an  anterior  and  a  posterior 
branch.  The  former  anastomoses  with  a 
branch  of  the  second  cervical  nerve  and  the 
latter  is  distributed  to  the  muscles  of  the  upper 
and  back  part  of  the  head. 

Occip/ito=at/Ioid.  That  which  is  connected 
with  the  occiput  and  atlas. 

Occipito=ax/oid.  That  which  is  connected 
with  the  occiput  and  the  axis,  or  second  ver- 
tebra. 

Occipito=fronta/Iis.  A  broad,  flat  muscle 
covering  the  cranium  from  the  occiput  to  the 
eyebrows. 

Occipito=meninge/al.      Belonging  to    the 
occipital  bone  and  the  meninx,  or  dura  mater. 
Occipito-meningeal  Artery.     A  name   given 
by  Chaussier  to  a  branch   of  the  vertebral 
artery  given  off  to  the  dura  mater  immediately 
after  it  enters  the  cranium. 
Occiput.     The  back  part  of  the  head. 
Occlu'sion  (occlusio  ;  from  occludere,  to  shut 
up).      Closure.     Applied   in   Pathology  to  the 
partial  or  total  closure  of  a  duct,  blood-vessel, 
cavity,  or  hollow  organ. 

Occlusion  of  the  Teeth.  The  upper  teeth 
form  the  segment  of  a  circle  larger  than  that 
of  the  lower  teeth,  so  that  the  edges  of  the 
upper  anterior  teeth  close  over  the  lower 
anterior  teeth  and  the  outer  cusps  of  the 
upper  masticating  teeth  close  outside  the  same 
(buccal)  cusps  of  the  lower  masticating  teeth. 
By  such  an  arrangement  the  buccal  cusps  of 
the  lower  masticating  teeth  are  received  into 
the  depressions  between  the  cusps  of  the  supe- 
rior molars  and  bicuspids,  and  the  palatal  cusps 
of  the  upper  masticating  teeth  are  received 
into  the  depressions  of  the  lower  molars  and 
bicuspids.  The  superior  incisors  naturally 
close  over  the  lower  incisors  for  one-third  of 
their  length,  which  allows  for  the  incisive 
i'unction  of  these  front  teeth. 
Occlusion  of  the  Teeth,  Line  of  the  Horizon 
of.  A  decided  curve  of  the  tooth  from  front 
to  rear,  of  greater  or  less  degree,  according  to 
the  form  of  each  arch  ;  being  high  at  the  in- 
cisors, curving  downward  at  the  bicuspids 
and  further  down  at  the  first  molars,  then 
upward  at  the  second  molars,  and  still  higher 
at  the  third  molars. 
Oc/cuIt  (oeeiiltus  :  from  ob,  and  celo,  to 
conceal).  Hidden  :  invisible  ;  secret  ;  unde- 
tected. 
Occult  Sciences.     The  imaginary  sciences  of 


OCE 


432 


ODO 


the     middle    ages — magic,    alchemy,     necro- 
mancy, and  astrology. 

Ocel'late  (ocellus,  a  little  eye).  Marked  by 
spots  resembling  the  pupil  of  the  eye. 

Ochle'sis.  A  general  condition  of  disease 
produced  by  a  great  number  of  sick  under  one 
roof. 

O'chra.     Ochre. 

Ochra'ceous.     Ochre-like. 

O'chre.     An  argillaceous  earth. 

O'crea.     The  shin. 

Oc'tagon  (okto,  eight,  and  yovia,  an 
angle).  A  plane  figure  having  eight  angles 
and  sides. 

Octahed'ron  (from  o/crw,  eight,  and  eSpa,  a 
base).  A  solid  with  eight  surfaces,  the  most 
common  form  of  a  crystal. 

Octa'nus.  Applied  to  an  intermittent  fever 
whose  paroxysms  are  said  to  return  every 
eighth  clay. 

Octa'rius.  The  eighth  part  of  a  gallon,  or 
sixteen  fluid  ounces  ;  a  pint. 

Octofi'dus.     Eight-cleft. 

Oc'ular  (oculus,  the  eye).  Pertaining  to  the 
eye. 

Ocular    Spec/tres.      Imaginary   bodies,    like 
flies,  spots,  etc.,  floating  before  the  eyes. 

Ocula'res  Commu/nes.  The  motores  ocu- 
lorum. 

Oc'ulist.  One  who  devotes  himself  par- 
ticularly to  the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the 
eye. 

Oculo=muscula/res.      A   name    given    by 

Vicq  d'Azyr  to  the  third  pair  of  nerves. 

Oculo-musculares     Communes.       A     name 

given  by  Chaussier  to  the  third  pair  of  nerves. 

Oculo-musculares  Exter'ni.     A  name  given 

by  Chaussier  to  the  sixth  pair  of  nerves. 

Oc'ulus  (from  ohoc  or  okkoc,  the  eye).  The 
eye. 

Oculus  Bovi'nus.     Hydrophthalmia. 
Oculus  Bo/vis.     A  plant  of  the  genus  Chrys- 
anthemum. 

Oculus  Cse'sius.     Glaucoma. 
Oculus  Ge'nu.     The  patella. 
Oculus  Lach'rymans.     Epiphora. 
Oculus  Purulen'tus.     Jfypopion. 

Ocytoc'ic  (from  ol-og,  quick,  and  ronog, 
Labor).  That  which  quickens  parturition,  as 
ergot. 

Odaxesmus.  The  bitten  tongue  or  lip 
during  an  epileptic  lit. 

Odaxis'mus  (oilu.rrsm.os;  ulacnesis;  from 
ofiovg,  a  tooth).  The  pungent  itching  of„the 
gams  which  sometimes  precedes  the  eruption 


of  the  teeth.  Lancing  in  cases  of  this  sort 
generally  affords  immediate  relief.  See  Dex- 
titiox,  Morbid. 

Odom/eter  (from  ofiog,  a  road,  and  /ierpovt 
a  measure).  An  instrument  fixed  to  the 
wheel  of  a  carriage  to  measure  distance  in 
traveling. 

Odonen'chytes  (from  ochvg,  a  tooth,  ev, 
into,  and  xvu,  to  pour).  A  tooth  syringe  used 
for  injecting  the  cavity  of  a  tooth. 

Odont=  (odonto ;  from  odovg,  a  tooth,  and 
gen.,  odovrog).  A  Greek  prefix  denoting  con- 
nection with  or  relation  to  a  tooth. 

Odontago'gon.  An  instrument  for  the 
extraction  of  teeth.     See  Dextagra. 

Odon'tagra  (from  odovg,  a  tooth,  and  aypa, 
a  seizure).  According  to  French  lexicogra- 
phers, toothache  from  retrocedent  gout  or  rheu- 
matism. A  rheumatic,  gouty,  or  neuralgic 
pain  in  the  teeth. 

Odontalgia  (from  oSovg,  a  tooth,  and  ahyog, 
pain).  Odontia  ;  dentium  dolor.  Toothache. 
Pain,  more  or  less  severe,  in  one  or  more  teeth, 
resulting  most  frequently  from  caries  and  in- 
flammation of  the  pulp, — pulpitis, — but  often 
dependent  upon  inflammation  of  the  peridental 
membrane,  and  sometimes  upon  the  transfer  of 
nervous  irritation.  The  pain  varies  in  degree 
and  duration.  Sometimes  it  amounts  to  a 
slight  uneasiness  ;  at  other  times,  to  the  severest 
agony.  It  may  be  dull,  deep-seated,  throb- 
bing, acute,  or  lancinating.  It  may  be  con- 
fined to  a  single  tooth  or  several  may  be  affected 
at  the  same  time.  Commencing  in  one,  it 
sometimes  passes  to  another  and  another,  until 
all  in  one  and  occasi anally  in  both  jaws  are 
affected.  The  pain  is  sometimes  continuous,  at 
other  times  paroxysmal,  and  it  may  announce 
itself  gradually  or  suddenly  and  iu  its  most 
intense  form. 

After  caries  has  penetrated  to  the  pulp- 
cavity  the  organ  is  exposed  to  the  action  of 
acrid  humors  and  other  exciting  and  irritating 
agents,  causing  inflammation,  which  in  this 
exquisitely  sensitive  tissue  is  often  attended 
with  the  most  insupportable  agony,  because, 
surrounded  as  it  is  by  the  hard  and  unyielding 
parietes  of  the  tooth,  it  is  prevented  from  ex- 
panding, and  is  consequently  subjected  to 
severe  pressure,  an  additional  cause  of  irrita- 
tion. Toothache  arising  from  inflammation  of 
the  pulp  is  usually  of  the  agonizing  kind, 
equaling,  not  infrequently,  in  lancinating  in- 
tensity the  excruciating  severity  of  the  worst 
forms  of  facial  neuralgia. 


ODO 


433 


ODO 


Odontalgia  has  been  divided  into  reflex,  de- 
pending upon  peripheral  origin,  either  dental, 
nasal  and  ocular,  or  visceral  ;  or  cerebral,  de- 
pending upon  thrombi,  tumors,  and  inflamma- 
tory conditions  ;  or  systemic,  depending  upon 
gout,  malaria,  syphilis,  and  constitutional  con- 
ditions. By  local  odontalgia  is  meant  pain 
in  a  tooth  excited  by  local  causes,  such  as 
superficial  and  deep  caries,  exposed  pulp,  in- 
flamed, dead,  or  putrescent  pulp,  nodules  of 
dentine  in  the  substance  of  the  pulp,  inflamma- 
tion of  the  peridental  membrane  and  fracture 
of  the  tooth. 

The  term  "odontalgia"  is  literally  defined 
as  pain  in  a  tooth,  but  it  embraces  all  painful 
conditions  of  the  teeth  from  local  or  general 
causes.  Keflex  odontalgia  implies  pain  in 
teeth  which  are  not  the  seat  of  the  original 
pathological  condition  giving  rise  to  it.  It 
may  also  be  occasioned  by  affections  of  distant 
organs,  such  as  an  inflamed  eye,  disorders  of 
the  viscera  of  the  abdominal  cavity,  affections 
of  the  uterus,  pregnancy,  thrombi,  tumors 
and  inflammatory  processes  at  the  base  of  the 
brain  and  abscesses  at  the  origin  of  the  fifth 
pair  of  nerves.  Such  affections  as  hysteria,  rheu- 
matism, malaria,  syphilis,  gout,  epilepsy, chorea, 
insanity,  headache,  etc.,  occasion  odontalgia. 

"It  not  infrequently  happens,"  says  Mr. 
Thomas  Bell,  "that  parts  the  most  remote  be- 
come the  apparent  seat  of  pain,  from  the  ex- 
posure of  the  nerve  of  a  tooth.  I  have  seen 
this  occur  not  only  in  the  face,  over  the  scalp, 
in  the  ear,  or  underneath  the  lower  jaw,  but 
down  the  neck,  over  the  shoulder,  and  along 
the  whole  length  of  the  arm." 

When  the  inflammation  is  confined  to  the 
parts  within  the  pulp-cavity,  pressure  upon 
the  tooth  does  not  sensibly  augment  the  pain, 
but  a  slight  blow  upon  it  with  any  hard  sub- 
stance increases  it,  as  do  also  hot  and  cold 
liquids.  Although  of  rare  occurrence,  it 
sometimes  happens  that  the  inflammation  ex- 
tends no  further  than  the  pulp-cavity.  But 
whether  it  remains  confined  to  the  pulp  or 
extends,  as  it  most  frequently  does,  to  the 
investing  soft  tissues,  suppuration  generally 
takes  place  in  six  or  eight  days.  It  rarely, 
except  prompt  and  active  means  be  employed 
to  arrest  its  progress,  terminates  in  resolution. 
Suppuration  of  the  pulp  having  taken  place, 
the  pressure  of  the  accumulating  matter  upon 
the  parts  at  the  extremity  of  the  root,  in  the 
apical  space,  generally  soon  gives  rise  to  the 
formation  of  a  sac  and  true  alveolar  abscess. 
28 


When  the  peridental  membrane  is  the  part 
first  attacked  by  the  inflammation,  the  pain  is 
less  severe  and  more  easily  controlled.  It  is, 
however,  equally  constant  and  deep-seated,  and 
generally  soon  extends  to  the  pulp,  causing,  in 
the  meantime,  a  thickening  of  the  investing 
tunic  or  peridental  membrane,  swelling  of  the 
gums  and  often  of  the  salivary  and  tonsil 
glands  and  face.  A  painful  throbbing  sensa- 
tion is  now  experienced,  a  sac  soon  forms  at 
the  extremity  of  the  root,  suppuration  of  the 
peridental  membrane  supervenes,  and  an  alveo- 
lar abscess  is  formed.  See  Periodontitis, 
Dental. 

But  toothache  sometimes  results  from  the 
transfer  of  nervous  irritation.  Individuals  of 
a  nervous  temperament  and  pregnant  females 
are  particularly  liable  to  this  variety  of  odon- 
talgia, and  it  is  sometimes  a  symptom  of  a 
disordered  state  of  the  stomach.  When  it 
results  from  these  causes  its  attacks  are  period- 
ical, seldom  lasting  more  than  two  or  three 
hours  at  a  time,  and  recurring  at  stated,  but 
more  frequently  at  uncertain,  intervals.  Sound 
as  well  as  carious  teeth  are  subject  to  this 
variety  of  toothache,  and  it  is  often  difficult 
to  locate  the  pain  in  any  particular  tooth. 
Sometimes  it  seems  at  one  minute  to  be  seated 
in  one  tooth,  and  at  the  next  in  another,  fre- 
quently passing  round  the  whole  jaw.  Some- 
time it  is  acute  and  lancinating,  but  more  fre- 
quently dull  and  tantalizing.  Gouty  and 
rheumatic  persons  are  occasionally  affected 
with  it. 

Toothache  is  frequently  occasioned  by  exos- 
tosis of  the  roots  of  one  or  more  teeth,  but  for 
a  description  of  this  variety  and  the  treatment 
of  odontalgia  the  reader  is  referred  to  the 
article  upon  that  subject  in  Harris'  "  Prin.  and 
Pract.  of  Dentistry." 

Odontalgia  Haemo'dia.     See  H.EMODIA. 
Odontalgia  Nervosa.      Neuralgic  toothache. 
See  Odontalgia. 

Odontalgic  (odontalgicus).  Anti-odon- 
talgic.  Kelating  to  toothache.  A  remedy  for 
toothache. 

Odon'talite  (from  odovg,  a  tooth,  and  h.&og, 
a  stone).     A  petrified  tooth. 

Odontatrophy  {odontalrophia  :  from  otiovc, 
and  arpocpta,  want  of  nourishment).  Atrophy 
of  the  teeth  (which  see). 

Odon'tia.     Odontalgia. 
Odontia  Defor'mis.     Deformity  of  the  teeth, 
arising  either  from  error  of  shape,  position, 
or  malformation  of  the  jaws  or  alveolar  border. 


ODO 


434 


ODO 


Odontia  Incrus'tans.     Tartar  of  the  teeth. 

Odontia'sis.  Dentition.  The  cutting  of 
teeth. 

Odontia'ter  (from  odovg,  and  larpog,  a  phy- 
sician).    A  dentist. 

OdontiatrPa  (from  odovg,  and  larpEia,  a 
healing).     Dental  surgery. 

Odon/ticus.     Appertaining  to  the  teeth. 

Odontit'icus.     Pertaining  to  odontitis. 

Odontitis.  Dentium  inflammatio.  Inflam- 
mation of  the  teeth,  and  formerly  applied  to 
dental  caries  when  this  affection  was  supposed 
to  he  an  inflammatory  disease  of  the  den- 
tine. 

Odon'to*  (from  odovg,  tooth).  A  prefix. 
Of  or  pertaining  to  a  tooth. 

Odontoblasts  (from  odovg,  and  (3Aaarog,  a 
budj.  The  cells  which  form  the  dentine  of 
teeth.  They  consist  of  a  modified  form  of 
connective-tissue  cells,  which  are  situated  upon 
the  periphery  of  the  pulp,  and  send  out  rod- 
like processes  or  fibrils  to  the  inner  side  of  the 
enamel  organ  of  the  crown.  By  means  of  the 
odontoblasts  lime  salts  are  deposited  around 
the  rod-like  fibrils  which  are  to  occupy  the 
tubuli,  and  thus  form  tubular  dentine. 

Odontobothrion.     The  socket  of  a  tooth. 

Odontobothritis  (from  odovg,  podpiov,  the 
socket  of  a  tooth,  and  trig,  inflammation).  In- 
flammation of  the  sockets  of  the  teeth. 

OdontoceranPic  (from  odovg,  a  tooth,  and 
nepauog,  anything  made  of  potters'  clay). 
Pertaining  to  porcelain  teeth,  as  the  odonto- 
ceramic  art. 

Odontoceramic  Art.  Odontoceramotechny. 
The  art  of  manufacturing  porcelain  teeth. 
See  Porcelain  Teeth. 

OdontocIa/sis  (from  odovg,  and  nAaoig, 
fracture).     Fracture  of  a  tooth  (which  see). 

Odontocne'sis  (from  odovg,  and  nv-qoLg,  itch- 
ing). The  itching  of  the  gums  caused  by  den- 
tition.    See  Ulacnesis  and  Odaxismus. 

Odontoses  (odovg,  a  tooth).  Resembling 
teeth  or  full  of  teeth. 

Odontogeny  (from  odovg,  odovrog,  a  tooth, 
and  yEvtaig,  generation).  Odontogenia  ;  odonto- 
sis. The  generation  or  origin  and  development 
of  the  teeth.  See  Teeth,  Development  of 
Pulps  and  Sacs  of. 

Odontography  [odontographia ;  from  odovg, 
;i  tooth,  and  ypa<l"/,  a  description).  A  descrip- 
tion of  teetb. 

Odon/toid  (odontoidcs ;  from  odovg,  a  tooth, 
and  etdog,  resemblance,  shape).  Toothlrke.  In 
Anatomy,  a  name  applied   to  a  process  of  the 


second  cervical  vertebra  ;  also  to  a  ligament 
attached  to  it. 

Odontolith  (odontolithos ;  from  odovg ,  a 
tooth,  and  Ai#og,  a  stone).  Salivary  calculus 
(which  see). 

OdontoPogy  (odontologia ;  from  odovg,  a 
tooth,  and  hoyog,  a  discourse).  The  doctrine 
or  science  of  the  teeth  ;  a  treatise  on  the 
teeth. 

Odontoloxia  (odontoloxy;  odovg,  a  tooth, 
and  Aoi-og,  slanting  or  oblique).  Irregularity 
or  obliquity  of  the  teeth. 

Odonto/ma  (from  odovg,  and  oma).  A 
tumor  arising  in  connection  with  the  teeth. 

Odontomas.  A  term  applied  to  masses  of 
dental  tissues  which  result  from  morbid  con- 
ditions of  the  formative  pulp  ;  they  may  con- 
sist of  hypertrophies,  local  or  general,  or 
of  various  degenerations.  Enamel  nodules  are 
sometimes  so  called. 

Odontonecro'sis  (from  odovg,  and  vsicpou, 
I  kill).     Necrosis  of  the  teeth. 

Odontonomy  (odontonomia ;  from  odovg, 
a  tooth,  and  ovofia,  a  name).     See   Denton- 

OMY. 

OdontonosoPogy  (odovg,  a  tooth,  voaog,  a 
disease,  and  Aoyog,  a  discourse).  A  treatise 
on  diseases  of  the  teeth ;  also  that  branch 
of  medicine  which  treats  of  diseases  of  the 
teeth. 

Odontoparallaxis  (from  odovg,  and  rrap- 
a'Ala^Lg,  deviation).  Irregularity  of  the  teeth  ; 
deviation  from  the  natural  position  of  one  or 
more  of  the  teeth.  See  Irregularity  of  the 
Teeth. 

Odontopathy  (from  odovg,  tooth,  and 
iradog,  suffering).  Abnormal  or  pathological 
conditions  of  the  teeth  or  of  the  organs  con- 
nected with  them. 

Odontophy/ia.     Dentition. 

Odontoplero/sis  (from  odovg,  a  tooth,  and 
-rr'Ar/puoig,  filling).     Filling  teeth. 

Odontoprisis  (odovg,  a  tooth,  and  irpiotg,  a 
sawing).  Stridor  dentiurn,  or  grinding  of  the 
teeth. 

Odonto'rine  (from  odovg,  a  tooth,  and  pn»/, 
a  file).     A  tooth-file.     See  File,  Dental. 

Odontorrhagia  (from  odovg,  a  tooth,  and 
pr/yvv/mi,  I  break  forth).  Haemorrhage  from 
the  socket  of  a  tooth. 

Odontorthro'sis  (opdnnig,  straightening). 
The  operation  of  straightening  the  teeth. 

OdontosePsis  (from  odovg,  odovrog,  a  tooth, 
and  oeioig,  a  shaking,  agitation).  Odontoseis- 
mus.      Looseness  of   the   teeth,    arising  from 


ODO 


435 


CEN 


partial  or  total  destruction  of  the  alveolar  pro- 
cesses, caused,  most  frequently,  by  diseases  of 
the  gums. 

Odontoseis/mus  (odontoseismos).  Odonto- 
seisis. 

Odonto'sis.     Dentition. 

Odontosmeg'ma  (from  odovg,  and  cpexuv, 
to  cleanse).  Anything  employed  for  cleaning 
teeth  ;  a  tooth-powder  or  tooth-brush. 

Odontostere'sis  (from  odovg,  and  arepi/cng, 
privation).     Loss  of  the  teeth. 

Odontosyneris/mus  (from  odovg,  and  owe- 
pi&iv,  to  strike  together).  Chattering  of  the 
teeth. 

Odontotech/ny  (odontotechnia  ;  from  odovg, 
a  tooth,  and  rejw/,  art).     Dental  surgery. 

Odontotherapi'a  (from  odovg,  and  ■depa-Kevu, 
to  heal).  Odontotherapy.  Dental  therapeutics; 
the  treatment  or  care  of  the  teeth. 

Odon/totribe.     Odontotripsis. 

Odontotrim'ma  (from  odovg,  tooth,  and 
rptfi/ua,  a  pulverized  substance).  A  tooth- 
powder. 

Odontotripsis  (from  odovg,  and  rpnpig, 
wearing  away) .  The  gradual  loss  of  substance 
of  the  coronal  extremities  of  the  teeth  from 
attrition.  See  Abrasion  of  the  Teeth,  Me- 
chanical. 

Odon/trypy  (from  odovg,  a  tooth,  and  rpv- 
irau,  to  perforate).  Odontotrypy  ;  odonto- 
trypia.  The  perforation  of  a  tooth  (an  operation 
usually  performed  with  a  drill)  for  the  purpose 
of  affording  egress  to  purulent  matter  confined 
in  the  pulp-cavity.  The  performance  of  this 
operation  was  recommended  by  Dr.  Hullihen 
and  Dr.  Miller,  preparatory  to  filling  a  tooth 
in  which  the  pulp  is  exposed,  for  the  purpose 
of  preventing  congestiou  of  the  sanguineous 
capillaries  and  for  the  escape  of  lymph,  should 
any  be  effused.  The  operation,  when  per- 
formed for  the  latter  purpose,  is  made  through 
the  gum,  alveolus,  and  root  of  the  tooth,  and 
has  been  termed  rhizodontrypy.  This  operation 
is  also  employed  to  afford  an  escape  for  gases 
confined  in  the  nerve  canal,  instead  of  filling 
these  canals  ;  the  opening  being  made  under 
the  free  edge  of  the  gum,  the  gum  acting  as  a 
valve  at  the  orifice  and  preventing  foreign 
matter  from  entering  ;  but  such  practice  is  un- 
reliable. 

Odor.  Smell,  scent ;  a  sweet  or  an  offensive 
smell.  The  subtile  emanation  of  an  odoriferous 
body. 

Odoramen'tum.  Odoraments  ;  substances 
employed  in  medicine  on  account  of  their  odor. 


O'dorate.  Odor,  smell,  fragrance,  scent  ; 
having  a  strong  odor. 

Odoriferous  (from  odor,  smell,  and  fero, 
to  bear) .  Exhaling  an  agreeable  or  an  offensive 
odor  :  fragrant. 

Odoriferous  Glands  (glandulie  odoriferse). 
The  small  glands  around  the  corona  glandis 
of  the  male  and  under  the  skin  of  the  labia 
majora  and  nymphse  of  the  female  which 
secrete  a  sebaceous  matter  that  gives  out  a 
peculiar  odor. 

0/dorin.     A  highly  concentrated  empyreu- 
matic  odor,  made  by  the  redistillation  of  the 
volatile  oil  obtained  by  distilling  bones. 
Odous  {odovg).     A  tooth. 
Od'yne  (edvv?/).     Pain  ;  used  as  a  common 
suffix. 

Odynophagia.     Painful  deglutition. 
QE/coid.     Red  corpuscles  of  the  blood  de- 
prived of  their  haemoglobin. 

OScon'omy  (ceeonomia).     See  Economy. 
02de/ma  (from  oidecj,  to  be  swollen).    Swell- 
ing occasioned   by  the  infiltration    of   serous 
fluid    into    the    cellular  tissue.  .     See  Ana- 
sarca. 

(Edema  Arsenica/lis.  The  swelling  of  the 
eyelids  and  face  produced  by  the  use  of  ar- 
senical medicines. 

(Edema  Cerebri.     Infiltration  of  the   brain 
with  a  watery  fluid. 
(Edema,  Compact.     Induration  of  the  cellu- 
lar tissue. 

(Edema  Lac/teum.     Phlegmasia  dolens. 
(Edema  of  the  Glot/tis.     CEdematous  swell- 
ing of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  glottis  ;  a 
very  dangerous  and  almost  always  fatal  affec- 
tion. 

(Edema  of  the   Lungs.      Serous  infiltration 
into  the  tissue  of  the  lungs,  carried  to  such 
an  extent  as  to  impede  respiration. 
(Edema  Uvulae.     See  Staphyledema. 

QEdem/atous.     Pertaining   to   oedema  ;   of 
the  nature  of  oedema. 

GEdemosar'coma.     A  tumor  having  cede- 
matous  and  sarcomatous  characteristics. 

03nan/thic  Acid.     An  acid  obtained  from 
cenanthic  ether. 

(Enanthic  Ether.     An  oily  liquid  which  gives 
to  wine  its  characteristic  flavor. 
OHnanthyl'ic  Acid.     A  colorless,  oily,  in- 
flammable, faintly  aromatic  liquid,  produced 
during  the  decomposition  of  fats. 

QEnelee'iim  (from   oirog,  wine,  and   s/.cnor, 
oil).     A  beverage  composed  of  wiue  and  oil. 
CEnom'eli    (from    oirog,    wine,    and    ftrtt, 


CEN 


436 


OIL 


honey).    Honeyed  wine  ;  wine  sweetened  with 
honey. 

GEnostag'ma.     Eectified  spirits  of  wine. 

(Esophage'al.     Relating  to  the  oesophagus. 
(Esophageal    Cords.      Two   elongated    cords 
formed   of  the  pneumogastric  nerves,  which 
descend  along  the  oesophagus. 

(Esophagis'mus.  A  name  given  by  some 
writers  to  spasmodic  contraction  of  the  oesoph- 
agus, and  by  others  to  inflammation  of  the 
oesophagus. 

QSsophagPtis.  Inflammation  of  oesoph- 
agus. 

GEsophagorrhag'ia  (from  oesophagus,  and 
pjf)  i-vut,  to  burst  forth).  Haemorrhage  from  the 
oesophagus. 

(Esophagot/omy.  The  operation  of  cut- 
ting into  the  oesophagus  for  the  removal  of  a 
foreign  body. 

(Esoph'agus  (from  (ptpetv,  o'iaeiv,  to  carry 
and  (j>ayu,  to  eat).  The  gullet.  A  musculo- 
membranous  tube,  extending  from  the  pharynx 
to  the  superior  orifice  of  the  stomach.  Com- 
mencing opposite  the  lower  border  of  the 
cricoid  cartilage  and  the  fifth  vertebra  of  the 
neck,  behind  and  a  little  to  the  left  of  the 
trachea,  it  passes  in  its  descent  behind  the  arch 
of  the  aorta,  along  the  posterior  mediastinum, 
enters  the  abdomen  through  an  opening  in  the 
diaphragm,  and  terminates  in  the  cardiac  ori- 
fice of  the  stomach,  situated  nearly  opposite 
the  tenth  dorsal  vertebra. 

GEstroma'nia  (from  oiarpog,  vehement  amor- 
ous desire,  and  fiavia^  madness) .  Nympho- 
mania ;  applied  by  some  French  writers  to  the 
periodical  sexual  orgasm  exhibited  by  certain 
animals.     See  Rut. 

CEs'trum  (from  oiarpoc,  venereal  orgasm). 
A   term   signifying,  with   some,    the   clitoris. 
Also  intense  desire  or  passionate  impulse. 
CEstrum  Veneris.     A  strong  desire  for  sex- 
ual intercourse  ;  the  excitement  of  coition. 

Official.  A  medicine  emanating  from  and 
directed  by  the  Pharmacopoeia. 

Officinal  (officinalis).  A  term  applied  to 
medicines  directed  by  the  Pharmacopoeia,  with 
the  assent  of  physicians  ;  those  authorized  in 
pharmacy. 

Ohm.  In  Electricity,  the  unit  of  resistance. 
Practically,  it  is  the  resistance  of  a  pure  silver 
wire  one  metre  in  length  and  one  millimetre 
in  diameter. 

Ohmmetre.  An  apparatus  for  measuring 
the  resistance.-  in  ohms. 

Ohm's  Law.    A  law  discovered  by  Professor 


Ohm,  which  declares  that  the  current  produced 
in  a  galvanic  circuit  is  directly  proportional  to 
the  electro-motive  force  or  difference  of  poten- 
tial between  the  elements,  and  inversely  pro- 
portional to  the  resistance. 

Oid  or  Pdes  (eidoc,  a  form).  A  terminal 
denoting  resemblance  to  an  object  indicated 
by  the  word  to  which  it  is  joined,  as  alkaloid 
or  alkaloides,  resembling  an  alkali. 

Oid'ium  (from  uov,  egg,  and  eidoc,  like).  A 
parasitic  fungus. 

Oidium  Albicans.     A  parasitic  fungus  found 
in  thrush  upon  the  tongue. 
Oil    (oleum).      An   unctuous   substance  ob- 
tained from   various   animals   and  vegetables 
which  gives  a  greasy  stain  to  paper.     Oils  are 
either  solid  or  fluid,  and  are  insoluble  in  water 
and  combustible  with  flame.     They  are  distin- 
guished into  fixed  and  essential  oils.     The  for- 
mer are  common  fats  and  those  oils  which  re- 
quire a  high  temperature  for  their  volatiliza- 
tion, and  are  obtained  by  the  action  of  fire  or 
by  expression.     The  latter,  called  also  volatile 
oils,  from  their  evaporating  when  exposed  to 
the  air,  are  obtained  principally  by  distillation 
from  plants,  and  exhale  a  strong  aromatic  odor. 
Oil   of    APmonds     (oleum    amygdalse).      The 
fixed  oil  of  the  kernels  of  Amygdalus  com- 
munis.    It  is  clear  and  colorless,  or  slightly 
tinged  of  a  greenish-yellow,  nearly  inodorous, 
and  has  a  bland,  sweetish  taste.     It  is  ob- 
tained from  either  sweet  or  bitter  almonds. 
When   inflammation   of   the   mucous    mem- 
brane of  the  mouth  results  from  the  action  of 
some  corrosive  substance,  almond  oil  spread 
over  the  surface  will  prove  useful.     In  Den- 
tal Practice,  the  oil  of  sweet  almonds,  Oleum 
amygdala  dulcis,  forms  a  pleasant  and  sooth- 
ing application  for  excoriations  of  lips  and  in- 
flamed mucous  membrane  ;  also  for  the  small 
but  painful  ulcers  which  sometimes  form  on 
the  gums,  tongue,  and  mucous  membrane  of 
lips  and  cheeks. 

Oil  of  Am'ber  (oleum  succini).  A  thick,  dark- 
colored  liquid  of  a  peculiar,  strong,  empyreu- 
matic  odor,  obtained  by  distillation  of  amber 
with  its  weight  of  fine  sand  in  a  glass  retort 
over  a  sand  bath.  Dose,  gtt.  x  to  gtt.  xv. 
Oil  of  Amber,  Rectified.  A  limpid  and  nearly 
colorless  liquid,  of  a  strong  odor  and  bitter 
taste. 

Oil  of  An'ise.     A  colorless  or  yellowish  fluid 
with  the  peculiar  odor  and  taste  of  the  seed. 
Oil  of  Benne.    A  colorless  bland  oil  expressed 
from  the  seeds  of  the  Sesamum  orientale. 


OIL 


437 


OIL 


Oil  of  Ber'gamot.  The  volatile  oil  of  the  rind 
of  the  fruit  of  the  Citrus  limetta. 

Oil  of  Cajeput.  The  essential  oil  of  the  leaves 
of  Melaleuca  cajuputi.  It  is  used  as  a  stimu- 
lant, antispasmodic,  and  diaphoretic. 

Oil  of  Cartway.  A  somewhat  viscid  essen- 
tial oil,  of  a  pale  yellow  color,  obtained  by 
distillation  from  the  seeds  of  Carum  carui. 

Oil  of  Cassia.  An  oil  obtained  from  cinna- 
mon buds  ;  stimulant,  astringent,  antiseptic, 
and  aromatic. 

Oil,  Castor.    See  Castor  Oil. 

Oil  of  Cedar.  Obtained  from  cedar,  a  species 
of  pines,  or  Juuiperus.  Employed  in  Dental 
Practice  for  obtunding  sensitive  dentine. 

Oil  of  Chamomile.  An  aromatic  oil  obtained 
by  distillation  from  the  flowers  of  the  Anthe- 
mis  nobilis. 

Oil  of  Cinnamon.  The  volatile  oil  of  the  bark 
of  the  Cinnamomum  zeylonicum  and  Cinna- 
momum  aromaticum  ;  a  warm,  stimulating, 
and  pleasant  stomachic. 

Oil  of  Cloves  (oleum  caryophyUi).  The  vola- 
tile oil  of  the  unexpanded  flowers  of  the  Caryo- 
phyllus  aromaticus.  It  is  prepared  by  distill- 
ing cloves  with  water,  to  which  common  salt 
is  added  in  order  to  raise  the  temperature  to 
the  boiling-point.  It  is  an  aromatic  stimu- 
lant and  a  powerful  irritant.  Dose,  gtt.  ij  to 
gtt.  vj.  In  Dental  Practice  oil  of  cloves  is  used 
to  relieve  odontalgia,  its  action  being  due  to 
over-stimulation.  It  is  also  effective  as  a 
dressing  to  canals  of  recently  exposed  pulps, 
although  eugenol,  its  active  principle,  is  more 
effective  for  such  purposes.  It  has  been  em- 
ployed as  a  substitute  for  creasote.  For  den- 
tal application  see Gorgas'  "Dental  Medicine." 

Oil,  Cod-liver.  A  fixed  oil  obtained  from  the 
liver  of  the  Gadus  morrhua  and  other  allied 
species.  It  is  of  a  white,  yellow,  red,  or 
brown  color,  and  contains  variable  propor- 
tions of  iodine,  bromine,  sulphur,  and  phos- 
phorus. Within  the  last  few  years  it  has 
attracted  considerable  attention  as  a  medi- 
cinal agent.  It  has  been  recommended  in 
chronic  gout,  rheumatic  affections,  scrofula 
and  rickets,  chronic  pectoral  complaints,  tabes 
mesenterica,  and  various  other  diseases.  Dose 
for  an  adult  is  from  f  3  ij  to  f  5  jss. 

Oil  of  Copai/ba.  A  colorless  essential  oil  of 
an  aromatic  and  acrid  taste,  separated  from 
copaiba  by  distillation  with  water.  Dose, 
gtt.  x  to  gtt.  xxx. 

Oil,  Cro'ton.     See  Croton  Oil. 

Oil  of  Cu'bebs.     A  volatile  oil  obtained  by 


distillation  from  the  berries  of  the  Piper  cu- 
beba.  It  is  colorless  when  pure,  has  a  warm, 
aromatic,  camphorous  taste,  and  has  all  the 
medicinal  properties  of  cubebs. 

Oil  of  Dill.  A  volatile  oil  obtained  from  the 
seed  of  the  Anethum  graveolens  by  distilla- 
tion. It  is  of  a  pale  yellow  color,  has  the 
odor  of  the  fruit  and  a  hot,  sweetish  taste. 

Oil  of  Eucalyptus.  Eucalyptol.  See  EUCA- 
LYPTUS. 

Oil  of  Fen'nel.  A  colorless  or  yellowish  vola- 
tile oil,  obtained  by  distillation  from  the  seed 
of  the  Foeniculum  vulgare,  and  having  the 
odor  and  taste  of  the  seed. 

Oil,  Fu'sel.  Aniylic  alcohol.  Potato  oil.  An 
acrid,  volatile  oil,  of  a  pungent,  suffocating 
odor,  obtained  during  the  distillation  of  potato 
whiskey.  It  is  said  to  be  an  irritant  narcotic. 
It  was  thought  at  one  time  to  be  the  cause  of 
the  occasional  fatal  action  of  chloroform,  but 
that  theory  is  now  exploded. 

Oil,  Haer'lem.  Supposed  to  consist  chiefly  of 
petroleum,  turpentine,  and  balsam  of  sulphur. 
Used  internally  in  renal  and  rheumatic  affec- 
tions. 

Oil  of  Horse'mint.  A  reddish,  amber-colored, 
volatile  oil,  of  a  fragrant  odor  and  warm,  pun- 
gent taste,  obtained  from  the  fresh  herb  of 
Monarda  punctata  by  distillation. 

Oil  of  Ju/niper.  A  volatile  oil,  colorless  or 
of  a  light  greenish-yellow,  with  a  terebinthi- 
nate  odor  and  hot,  acrid  taste,  obtained  from 
the  berries  of  Juuiperus  communis  by  distil- 
lation. It  is  stimulant,  carminative,  and 
diuretic. 

Oil  of  Lavender.  An  essential  oil,  used 
chiefly  as  a  perfume,  though  possessed  of  car- 
minative and  stimulant  properties,  obtained 
from  the  flowers  of  Lavandula  spica  by  distil- 
lation. 

Oil  of  Lem'ons.  A  yellow  or  colorless  vola- 
tile fluid,  having  the  odor  of  the  fruit  and  a 
warm,  pungent,  aromatic  taste,  obtained  from 
the  rind  of  the  fruit  of  Citrus  limonum.  either 
by  expression  or  distillation,  but  the  former 
method  is  generally  preferred. 

Oil  of  Nut'meg.  A  limpid,  colorless,  volatile 
oil,  obtained  from  the  kernels  of  Myristica 
moschata  by  distillation  and  used  for  the  same 
purposes  as  the  nutmeg. 

Oil,  Olive.  A  fixed  oil  obtained  from  the 
fruit  of  Olea  europrca  by  expression.  It  is  an 
unctuous  liquid  of  a  pale  yellow  or  yellowish- 
green  color,  having  very  little  odor  and  a 
bland,  sweetish  taste. 


OIL 


438 


OLE 


Oil  of  Orig'anum.  A  very  acrid  and  stimu- 
lating essential  oil,  frequently  called  oil  of 
marjoram,  obtained  from  Origanum  vulgare 
by  distillation. 

Oil  of  Partridge-berry.  An  essential  oil  of  an 
agreeable  odor  and  pungent,  aromatic  taste, 
obtained  from  tbe  berries  of  Gaultheria  pro- 
cumbens  by  distillation. 

Oil  of  Pennyroyal.  A  volatile  oil  obtained 
from  Hedeoma  pulegioides  by  distillation.  It 
has  a  light  yellow  color,  a  pleasant  aromatic 
smell,  and  a  warm,  pungent,  mint-like  taste. 

Oil  of  Peppermint.  A  volatile  oil  possessing 
the  active  principles  of  the  plant  from  wbich 
it  is  obtained. 

Oil,  Phosphorated.  Phosphorated  almond 
oil  ;  used  as  a  nervous  stimulant  in  cases  of 
great  prostration  from  typhoid  fever. 

Oil  of  Pimen/ta.  A  volatile  oil  of  a  brownish- 
red  color,  obtained  by  distillation  from  the 
berries  of  the  Myrtus  pimenta,  and  having 
the  odor  and  taste  of  tbe  berries. 

Oil,  Rock.     Petroleum. 

Oil  of  Rose/mary.  An  essential  oil,  obtained 
by  distillation  from  the  flowering  summits  of 
the  Rosmarinus  officinalis.  It  has  stimulant 
properties  and  is  chiefly  used  in  rubefacient 
liniments. 

Oil  of  Roses.  This  is  a  volatile  oil  of  the 
petals  of  Rosa  centifolia,  commonly  called 
attar,  otto,  or  essence  of  roses.  It  is  nearly 
colorless  and  has  a  grateful  and  powerfully 
diffusive  odor. 

Oil  of  Sanitas.     See  Oleum  Sanitas. 

Oil  of  Sas'safras.  A  volatile  oil  obtained 
from  the  root  of  the  Sassafras  officinalis,  or 
Laurus  sassafras.  It  is  of  a  yellowish  or  red- 
dish color,  is  stimulant,  carminative,  and 
supposed  to  be  diaphoretic. 

Oil  of  Sav/ine.  This  oil  is  obtained  by  distil- 
lation from  the  tops  and  leaves  of  Juniperus 
sabina.  It  is  slimulant,  emmenagogue,  and 
rubefacient. 

Oil  of  Spearmint.  A  volatile  oil  possessing 
similar  properties  to  the  oil  of  peppermint. 

Oil  of  Tar.  An  impure,  red-colored  volatile 
oil,  obtained  from  tar  by  distillation  with 
water. 

Oil  of  Thyme.  A  volatile  oil  obtained  from 
the  garden  herb,  thyme.     See  Thymol. 

Oil  of  Turpentine.  The  volatile  oil  of  the 
resinous  juice  of  the  Pinus  palustris  and  other 
species  of  Pinus  ;  commonly  called  spirits  of 
turpentine. 

Oil  of  Vit/riol.     Sulphuric  acid. 


Oil  of  Worm'seed.     A  volatile  oil  obtained 
from  the  fruit  of  Chenopodium  anthelminti- 
cum  by  distillation.     It  is   of    light  yellow 
color  when  recently  distilled,  has  the  peculiar 
odor  of  the  plant,  and  is  used  as  an  anthel- 
mintic. 
Oils,    Essential    or    Volatile.      Oils    ob- 
tained by  distillation  and  of  a  pungent,  aro- 
matic odor.     See  Oil. 
Oils,  Expressed.     Fixed  oils. 
Oils,    Fixed.     Fatty  acids,  usually  mixtures 
of  olein,  stearin,  and  palmitis. 
Ointment.    See  Unguentum. 
O'lea  (the  plural  of  oleum).     Oils.     Also  a 
genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Oleacese,  of  which 
there  are  about  twenty-five  species.     See  Olea 
EUROP^EA. 

Olea  Distilla/ta.     Distilled  or  essential  oils. 
Olea  Empyreumat/ica.     Empyreumatic  oils, 
or  oils  which  have  a  burnt  smell. 
Olea  Europsea.     The  olive.     Olivse  and  Olea 
sativa.  The  olive  tree,  from  the  fruit  of  which 
olive  oil  is  obtained. 

Olea  Expres/sa.  Fixed  oils  ;  expressed  oils. 
See  Olea  Fixa  vel  Plnguia. 
Olea  Fix'a  vel  Pin/guia.  Expressed  oils. 
Fixed  oils.  Fatty  oils.  The  oils  obtained 
from  the  seeds  of  vegetables  without  distilla- 
tion. 

Olea  Fuga/cia.  Oils  which  are  of  so  volatile 
a  nature  as  to  require  a  different  process  for 
obtaining  them  than  that  employed  for  other 
volatile  oils,  as  the  oils  of  jessamine,  lily,  vio- 
lets, etc. 

Olea   Medicina/lia.      Medicinal   oils   or   oily 
solutions  of  certain  medicinal  substances. 
Olea  VolatiFia.     Distilled    or  essential    oils. 
Oils  obtained  from  aromatic  vegetables,  and 
generally  by  distillation. 
Olea'ceae.     The  olive  tribe  of  dicotyledo- 
nous plants. 

Oleaginous.  Unctuous;  oily;  having  the 
qualities  of  oils. 

01ea/men.  A  soft  ointment  prepared  of 
oil. 

O'leate.  A  combination  of  oleic  acid  with 
a  base.     A  medicinal  ointment. 

Oleates,  Medicinal.  Definite  chemical 
compounds  or  sails  having  no  excess  of  either 
their  acid  or  basic  radicles.  The  best  method 
of  preparing  oleates  is  by  the  double  decom- 
position of  sodium  oleates  with  solutions  of 
neutral  salts.  See  Gorgas'  "  Dental  Medi- 
cine." 

Olecranarthri'tis  (from  uleicpavov,  olecra- 


OLE 


439 


OLE 


non,  afy&poVj   a  joint,  and  cnc,  inflammation). 
Inflammation  of  the  elbow-joint. 

01ecranarthroc/ace  (from  ulsupavov,  olec- 
ranon, ap&pov,  a  joint,  and  kcikov,  injury). 
Caries  of  the  articular  surfaces  of  the  elbow- 
joint. 

Olecranon  (from  uAevq,  the  ulna,  and 
jcpavov,  the  head).  A  large  process  at  the  upper 
extremity  of  the  ulna  forming  the  projection  of 
the  elbow. 

Oiefi/ant  Gas.  Heavy  carburetted  hydro- 
gen or  oil  of  carbon  ;  ethylene. 

O'leic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  by  the 
saponification  of  oleine  or  a  compound  of  gly- 
ceryl as  a  base. 

0/leine.  That  portion  of  a  fat  which  is  left 
after  the  separation  of  margarine  and  stearine. 
It  is  an  oleate  of  oxide  of  lipyl,  and  is  a  thin, 
transparent  liquid. 

Oleomargarine.  An  artificial  butter  made 
by  removing  the  excess  of  stearine  from  tallow, 
suet,  or  lard,  and  flavoring  with  the  natural 
flavoring  principle  of  butter. 

Oleo-res'ins.  Native  combinations  of  vol- 
atile oil  and  resin,  the  proper  juices  of  conifer- 
ous and  other  plants.  In  Pharmacy,  a  mixture 
of  natural  oils  and  resins  extracted  from  veg- 
etable substances  by  percolation  with  stronger 
ether. 

01eoricin/ic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  by 
the  saponification  of  castor-oil. 

Oleosaccharum  (from  oleum,  oil,  and  sac- 
■charum,  sugar).  A  mixture  of  an  essential  oil 
and  sugar. 

Olera/ceous  (from  olus,  any  garden  herb 
for  food).  Of  the  nature  of  an  herb  grown  for 
food. 

Oleum.  Oil. 
Oleum  ^the'rium.  Ethereal  oil  ;  heavy  oil 
of  wine  ;  sulphate  of  ether  and  etherine.  A 
yellowish  liquid  of  an  oleaginous  consistency, 
acrid  odor,  and  sharp,  bitter  taste,  formed  in 
the  distillation  of  ether. 

Oleum  Amyg'dalae.    Amarae.    Oil  of  almonds. 
Dose,  gtt.  £. 

Oleum  Ane'thi.     Oil  of  dill. 
Oleum  An/isi.     Oil   of  anise.       Dose,  gtt.    ij 
to  gtt.  v. 
Oleum  Anthem/idis.     Oil  of  chamomile. 
Oleum  Benzo'ini.     Oil  of  benzoin. 
Oleum  Berga'mii.     Oil  of  bergamot. 
Oleum  Bu/bulum.     Neat's-foot  oil. 
Oleum  Cajupu'ti.     Oil  of  cajuput.     Dose,  gtt. 

ij  to  gtt.  v. 
Oleum  Camphora'tum.     Camphor   liniment. 


Oleum   Cari,  or  Ca/rui.     Oil  of  caraway. 

Oleum  Caryophyl'li.  Oil  of  cloves  (which 
see). 

Oleum  ChenopoMii.     Oil  of  wormseed. 

Oleum  Cinnamo'mi.  Oil  of  cinnamon  is  ob- 
tained by  distillation,  which  is  employed  to 
correct  or  conceal  the  taste  of  other  medicines  ; 
it  is  a  powerful  local  stimulant.     Dose,  gtt. 

j  to  gtt.  ij.  A  drop  applied  to  an  exposed  nerve 
will  relieve  odontalgia. 

Oleum  Copai'bae.     Oil  of  copaiba. 

Oleum   Cor'nu  Cer'vi.     Oil  of  hartshorn. 

Oleum  Cubebae.     Oil  of  cubebs. 

Oleum  Fcenic/uli.     Oil  of  fennel. 

Oleum  Gaulthe/rise.  Oil  of  partridge-berry. 
It  is  nearly  colorless  when  first  distilled,  but 
changes  to  a  brownish-yellow  or  red.  It  has 
a  sweetish,  slightly  pungent  taste  and  an 
agreeable  odor.  Large  doses  are  poisonous. 
It  is  used  chiefly  on  account  of  its  pleasant 
flavor  to  cover  the  taste  of  other  medicines. 
It  is  a  stimulant,  astringent,  and  an  emmena- 
gogue. 

Oleum  Hedeo/mae.     Oil  of  pennyroyal. 

Oleum  Junip/eri.     Oil  of  juniper. 

Oleum  Lavandulae.     Oil  of  lavender. 

Oleum  Limo'nis.  Oil  of  lemons.  Dose,  gtt. 
ij  to  gtt.  iv. 

Oleum  Li/ni.     Oil  of  flaxseed. 

Oleum  Lini  Sine  Igne  (abb.,  oh  lints,  i.).  Lin- 
seed oil  without  fire.    Cold-drawn  linseed  oil. 

Oleum  Menar'dae.     Oil  of  horsemint. 

Oleum  Men'thae  Piper/itae.  Oil  of  pepper- 
mint. 

Oleum  Menthae  Pule/gii.  Oil  of  European 
pennyroyal. 

Oleum    Menthae  Viri/dis.     Oil  of  spearmint. 

Oleum  Mor'rhuae.  Cod-liver  oil.  It  is  spe- 
cially useful  in  chronic  rheumatism  and  gout, 
in  scrofulous  affections,  phthisis,  etc.  Dose, 
from  a  teaspoonful  to  a  tablespoonful. 

Oleum    Myris/ticae.     Oil  of  nutmeg. 

Oleum  Ol'ivae.     Olive  oil.     Dose,  5J. 

Oleum  Olivae  Optimum.     Best  olive  oil. 

Oleum  Orig'ani.     Oil  of  origanum. 

Oleum  Phosphora/tum.     Phosphorated  oil. 

Oleum  Pimentae.  Oil  of  pimenta.  Dose,  gtt. 
ij  to  gtt.  v. 

Oleum  Pulegii.     Oil  of  European  pennyroyal. 

Oleum  Rici'ni.     Castor  oil.     Dose,  51 . 

Oleum  Ro'sae.     Oil  of  roses. 

Oleum  Rosmari'ni.  Oil  of  rosemary.  Dose, 
gtt.  ij  to  gtt.  iij. 

Oleum  Ru/tse.  Oil  of  rue.  Dose,  gtt.  ij  to 
gtt,  iij. 


OLE 


440 


OLI 


Oleum  Sabi'nae.  Oil  of  savine.  Dose,  gtt. 
ij  to  gtt.  iij. 

Oleum  Sambu'ci.     Oil  of  elder  flowers. 

Oleum  Sani'tas.  Oil  of  sanitas.  Obtained 
by  the  oxidation  of  oil  of  turpentine.  It  is 
antiseptic  and  disinfectant.  Employed  in 
Dental  Practice  for  the  treatment  of  alveolar 
pyorrhoea,  alveolar  abscess,  exposed  pulps, 
diseases  of  mucous  membrane,  ulcers,  abscess 
of  antrum,  etc.  See  Gorgas'  "Dental  Medi- 
cine." 

Oleum  Sas'safras.  Oil  of  sassafras.  Dose, 
gtt.  ivtogtt.  vj. 

Oleum  Ses/ami.     Benne  oil. 

Oleum  Suc'cini.  Oil  of  amber.  Dose,  gtt. 
v  to  gtt.  x. 

Oleum  Succini  Rectifica'tum.  Rectified  oil 
of  amber. 

Oleum  Sulphura'tum.     Balsam  of  sulphur. 

Oleum  Tar'tari  per  Deliq'uium.  Solution  of 
carbonate  of  potash. 

Oleum  Tere/binthinae.  Oil  of  turpentine. 
Dose,  Tt^v  to  ^  ss. 

Oleum  Terebin'thinae  Purifica'tum.  Purified 
oil  of  turpentine. 

Oleum  Ter/rae.     Oil  of  earth.     Petroleum. 

Oleum  Theobro'mae.  Oil  of  theobroma,  or 
butter  of  cacao. 

Oleum  Thy/mi.     Oil  of  thyme. 

Oleum  Tig/lii.  Croton  oil.   Dose,  gtt.  J  to  gtt.  ij. 

Oleum   Vitri/oli.     Sulphuric  acid. 

Oleum  Wvum.     Bitumen. 

O'leyl.     The  hypothetical   radicle  of  oleic 

acid. 

Olfaction  (olf actus).     The  faculty  of  smell- 
ing.    The  sense  of  smell. 

Olfac'tory  (olfactorius  ;    from   olf  actus,  the 

smell).     Belonging  or  relating  to  the  apparatus 

of  smelling. 

Olfactory  Foramina.  The  holes  or  foramina 
in  the  cribriform  plate  of  the  ethmoid  bone. 

Olfactory  Gan'glion.  The  olfactory  nerves 
reaching  the  ethmoid  fossa  expand  and  form 
a  triangular  ganglion,  called  the  olfactory 
gimglion. 

Olfactory  Nerves  (ncrvi  olfactorii).     The  first 
pair  of  encephalic  nerves,  distributed  on  the 
pituitary  or  Schneiderian  membrane  of  the 
nose. 
Olfactory  Tu'bercle.     Olfactory  ganglion. 
Olfac'tus.     The  sense  of  smell. 
Oliba'num.     A   gum-resin    of   a    bitterish 
flavor,   agreeable   odor,    and    of   a    yellowish- 
white  color,  the  product  of  the  Boswellia  ser- 

rata  or  of  the  J uniperus  lycia. 


OIig=,  01igo=  (from  o/uyog,  little,  few).  A 
prefix  denoting  paucity,  or  that  the  number  of 
a  thing  is  small. 

Oligemia  (from  oAtyog,  little,  and  at/ia, 
blood).     Deficiency  of  blood  ;  anaemia. 

Oligaesthe'sia  (from  oliyog,  little,  and 
aiadricia,  feeling).  A  dulness  of  sensibility, 
not  an  absolute  annihilation  of  it,  like  anaes- 
thesia. 

Oligoblen'nia  (from  o?ayoc,  few,  and  jiAevva, 
mucus).     Deficiency  of  mucus. 

Oligocholia  (from  o/uyog,  few,  and  x°?-V, 
bile).     Deficiency  of  bile. 

Oligochromaemia.  The  state  in  which 
the  haemoglobin  of  the  blood  is  below  the  nor- 
mal amount. 

Oligocholia  (from  oXiyog,  few,  and  %v?u>g, 
juice,  chyle).     A  deficiency  of  chyle. 

Oligocop'ria  (from  oliyoc,  little,  and  Korrpoc, 
excrement).  Deficiency  of  the  alvine  evacua- 
tion. 

Oligocythemia  (from  v/nyoc,  want  of, 
and  Kvrog,  a  cell).  A  deficiency  of  red  corpus- 
cles in  the  blood. 

Oligodac'rya  (from  oltyog,  little,  and  Saapv, 
a  tear).  Deficiency  of  the  lachrymal  secre- 
tion. 

Oligogalactia  (oligogalia  ;  agalactia  ;  from 
o7,iyoc,  little,  and  ya?,a,  milk).  Deficiency  of 
the  mammary  secretion. 

Oligohae'mia  (from  o7.iyog,  little,  and  ai/xat 
blood).  Anaemia.  Deficiency  or  poverty  of 
the  blood. 

Oligosialia  (from  o/uync,  little,  and  cia/ov, 
saliva).     Deficiency  of  salivary  secretions. 

Oligospermia  (from  o7ayoc,  little,  and 
oTrepfia,  seed).  Deficiency  of  the  seminal  secre- 
tion. 

01igospond/ylus  (from  oliyog,  small,  and 
orrovdvTioc,  a  vertebra).  A  term  applied  by 
Gault  to  a  monster  with  defective  vertebrae. 

Oligotrichia  (from  oliyog,  little,  and  ify*f, 
hair).     Deficiency  of  hair. 

Oligotrophia  (from  o/Uyoc,  few,  and  rpe^u, 
to  nourish).     Deficiency  of  nourishment. 

Oligure'sia  (oliguria;  from  ofayog,  little, 
and  ovpijoig,  act  of  discharging  urine).  Morbid 
deficiency  of  urine. 

Olisthe'ma.     A  luxation. 

Ol'iva.     The  olive.     See  Olka  Eukopjea. 

Oliva'ceous.  Olive-colored  ;  olive  green  ; 
green  mixed  with  brown. 

Olivzefor'mis.     Olive-shaped. 

Oliva'ris  (from  oliva,  the  olive).  Olivary. 
Resembling  an  olive.     Olive-shaped. 


OLI 


441 


ONI 


Olivary  Bodies.  The  oval-shaped  bodies 
behind  the  anterior  pyramids  of  the  medulla 
oblongata. 

Ol'ive.     See  Olea  EuROPiEA. 
Olive  Oil.     Olivse  oleum  or  salad  oil.    A  fixed 
oil  expressed  from  the  ripe  fruit  of  the  Olea 
europsea.      It  is  demulcent,    emollient,    and 
laxative. 

01/ivile.  A  substance  crystallizing  in  white 
needles,  obtained  from  the  resin  of  the  olive 
tree.  Also  a  substance  obtained  from  the 
leaves  of  the  olive  tree.  It  occurs  in  colorless, 
bitter  crystals,  which  emit  aromatic  vapors 
when  burning. 

Olivine.  A  mineral  of  an  olive-green  color 
containing  oxide  of  iron. 

Olophlyc'tis.  An  eruption  of  small,  hot 
pustules  over  the  skin. 

Olopho'nia.  Congenital  defect  of  the  organs 
of  voice. 

Omagra  (from  upog,  the  shoulder,  and  aypa,  . 
a  seizure).     Gout  in  the  shoulder. 

Omal'gia  (from  o/iog,  scapula,  and  akyog, 
pain).     Neuralgia  of  the  shoulder. 

Omarthritis  (from  ufiog,  the  shoulder, 
apfipov,  a  joint,  and  irigt  inflammation).  In- 
flammation of  the  scapulo-humeral  articula- 
tion. 

Omenta'lis.  Pertaining  to  the  omentum  ; 
omental. 

Omentitis.  Inflammation  of  the  omentum. 

Omen'tocele.     Same  as  Epiplocele. 

Omen 'tula.  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to 
the  prolongation  of  the  peritoneum  beyond  the 
surface  of  the  large  intestine. 

Omen'tum.  The  caul  or  epiploon.  A 
duplicature  of  the  peritoneum,  with  more  or 
less  fat  interposed. 

Omi/tis  (w,MOf,  shoulder).  Inflammation  of 
or  in  the  shoulder. 

Omniv/orous  (omnivorus ;  from  omnis,  all, 
and  voro,  to  devour).  Animals  which  feed 
indiscriminately  on  vegetable  and  animal  sub- 
stances. 

Omo=  (from  wy«of,  the  shoulder).  A  prefix 
signifying  the  shoulder. 

Omoco'tyle.  The  glenoid  cavity  of  the 
scapula. 

Omohyoide/us.  A  muscle  arising  from  the 
superior  costa  of  the  scapula  and  inserted  into 
the  inferior  margin  of  the  os  hyoides. 

Omophagia  (from  ufiog,  raw,  and  <payu}  to 
eat).     Fondness  for  raw  food. 

Omo'plate  (from  w/zof,  the  shoulder,  and 
nXa-vgt  broad,  flat).     The  scapula. 


Omos  (oung).     The  shoulder. 

Omothroc'ace  (from  owor,  the  shoulder, 
apftpov,  a  joint,  and  nunou,  injury).  Caries  or 
disease  of  the  shoulder-joint. 

Omoto'cia.     A  miscarriage. 

Omot'ribes.     Oil  from  unripe  olives. 

Omphaci'tes.  Wine  prepared  from  unripe 
grapes. 

Ompha'cium.     The  juice  of  unripe  grapes. 

Omphalocele  (from  op,(j>a/.og,  the  navel,  and 
nrjl7j,  hernia).     Umbilical  hernia. 

Om'phaloid  (oiida/iog,  navel,  and  eidog,  a 
form).     Eesembling  the  navel. 

Omphalomanti'a  (from  o/npaMg,  the  navel, 
and  /mi'TEia,  prophecy).  The  divination  prac- 
tised by  credulous  mid  wives,  who  pretend  to 
foretell  the  number  of  children  a  woman  will 
have  by  the  knots  in  the  umbilical  cord. 

Omphalo=mesenter/ic  {omphato-mesenteri- 
cus ;  from  ofiqalog,  the  navel,  and  mesenterium, 
the  mesentery).  Eelating  to  the  navel  and 
mesentery. 

Omphalo-mesenteric  Vessels.  A  name  given 
by  Haller  to  an  artery  and  vein  of  the  um- 
bilical vesicles  of  the  fcetus  which  terminate 
in  the  superior  mesenteric  artery  and  vein. 

Omphalophy'ma  {omphaloncus  ;  from  o/i- 
(palog,  and  <pvfia}  tumor).  Tumefaction  of  the 
navel. 

Omphalorrhagia  (from  ouw'/.og,  the  um- 
bilicus, and  prfivvui,  to  burst  forth).  Hemor- 
rhage from  the  navel,  which  sometimes  occurs 
in  new-born  infants. 

Omphalorrhexis  (from  ou<pa?,og,  the  um- 
bilicus, and  p'/^ig,  rupture).  Eupture  of  the 
umbilical  cord. 

Om'phalos.      The  umbilicus. 

Omphalotom'ia  (from  on<pa?iog,  the  umbil- 
icus, and  To/it},  incision).  Omphalotomy.  A 
term  applied  in  Obstetrics  to  the  division  of  the 
umbilical  cord. 

O'nanism.     Masturbation. 

Oncology.  The  branch  of  surgery  relating 
to  tumors. 

On'cos.     A  tumor  or  boil. 

Oncot'omy  (oncotomia  :  from  05  mg,  a  tumor, 
and  ropy,  incision).  In  Surgery,  the  operation 
of  opening  a  tumor  or  abscess. 

Oneirodynia  (from  o>«poc,  a  dream,  and 
o(5i>i7/,  anxiety).  Morbid,  disturbed,  and 
troubled  dreams. 

Oneirog'mos.  A  lascivious  dream  ;  noc- 
turnal pollution. 

On 'ion.  A  plant  of  the  genus  Allium,  and 
particularly  its  bulbous  root. 


ONI 


442 


OPH 


Onion,  Sea.     See  SciLLA  Maeitima. 

Ono'ma.     A  name. 

Onomatolog'ia.     Nomenclature. 

Onos'ma.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Boraginaceae. 

Onosma  Echioi'des.  A  European  plant,  the 
root  of  which  affords  a  red  dye,  sometimes 
used  as  a  substitute  for  alkanet. 

Ontogen'esis  (from  uv,  existence,  and 
yevao>,  to  beget).  The  development  of  the  indi- 
vidual cell  into  the  mature  being. 

Ontol'ogist.  One  who  treats  of  the  nature 
and  qualities  of  beings  in  general. 

Ontol'Ogy  [ontologia ;  from  uv,  gen.  ov-oc,  a 
being,  and  /.oyog).  That  department  of  science 
which  investigates  the  nature  of  beings. 

Onychia  (froniowf,  the  nail).  Paronychia 
at  the  side  of  the  finger  nail.  An  abscess  near 
the  nail ;  whitlow. 

Onychitis.     Inflammation  of  the  nails. 

Onychogrypho'sis.  Curvature  of  the 
nails  ;  a  phenomenon  of  frequent  occurrence  in 
hectic  fever. 

Onychon'osi  (from  ovv!-,  and  voaoc,  dis- 
ease).    Diseases  of  the  nails. 

Onychoptosis  (from  ovuf,  and  tttuoic,  fall- 
ing).    Falling  off  of  the  nails. 

Onyx  {owz,  a  nail).  In  Surgery,  a  collection 
of  purulent  matter  between  the  lamellse  of  the 
cornea,  so  called  from  its  resemblance  to  a 
nail.  In  Mineralogy,  a  species  of  agate  consist- 
ing of  parallel  layers  of  different  shades  of 
color,  used  in  making  cameos. 

Onyx'is.  A  sinking  or  immersion  of  the 
nails  into  the  flesh. 

Ooblast.  A  cell  of  the  germinal  epithelium 
which  develops  into  an  ovum. 

Oocyesis.     Ovarian  pregnancy. 

Ooei'des.     The  aqueous  humor  of  the  eye. 

O'olite  (from  uov,  an  egg,  and  7u-Qoq,  a 
stone).  A  granular  variety  of  carbonate  of 
lime,  like  the  roe  or  eggs  of  a  fish. 

06Iog/ia  (ovology ;  from  uov1  an  egg,  and 
/0'/"C,  a  discourse).  In  Ornithology,  a  treatise 
on  the  eggs  of  birds. 

06  n.     An  ovum,  egg. 

Oophoritis  (from  uo<j>opog,  that  which  bears 
or  produces  eggs,  and  inr,  inflammation).  In- 
flammation of  the  ovary. 

Oosperm.  A  fertilized  ovum;  the  cell 
formed  by  the  combination  of  an  ovum  and 
spermatozoon. 

Opacity  (opacilas).  Incapability  of  trans 
mitting  light.  The  quality  of  an  opaque 
body  which  obstructs  the  rays  of  light. 


Opacity  of  the  Cornea.  Defect  in  the  trans- 
parency of  the  cornea,  from  a  slight  film  to 
an  intense  whiteness. 

Opake.  Opaque.  Impermeable  to  the  rays 
of  light ;  not  transparent. 

0/pal.  A  beautiful  and  rare  mineral,  con- 
sisting of  silex  and  about  ten  per  cent,  of 
water. 

Opalescence.  A  reflected  milky  light 
exhibited  by  some  minerals. 

0/paline.  Having  a  milky  or  bluish  tint, 
with  the  reflection  of  light,  of  the  opal. 

Open  Circuit.     See  Circuit. 

Operation  (operatio ;  from  opus,  work).  In 
Surgery,  the  application  of  instruments  to  the 
human  body  for  the  cure  of  disease.  In 
Therapeutics,  the  action  of  medicine,  as  that  of 
a  purgative,  etc. 

Opera'tive.  Active  ;  efficacious  ;  practical ; 
effective. 

Operative  Den'tistry.  That  department  of 
dentistry  which  pertains  to  the  surgical  treat- 
ment of  diseases  of  the  teeth  and  surrounding 
parts. 

Operator.  One  who  performs  a  manual 
process.  In  Surgery,  a  surgeon.  In  Dentistry, 
a  dentist. 

Oper'cula  Ocu/li.    The  eyelids. 

Opercular.  That  which  closes  a  cavity 
similar  to  a  lid. 

Oper'culate  (operculatus).  Having  a  lid- 
like cover.     Operculated. 

Operculars.  Operculated  ;  closed  by 
opercula. 

Operculifor/mis.  Operculiform  ;  resem- 
bling  an  operculum  or  lid. 

Operculum.  A  lid  or  cover.  Applied  in 
Denial  Physiology  to  the  lips  of  the  follicle  of  a 
tooth-germ,  which,  coming  together,  close 
the  mouth  of  it  and  form  a  tooth-sac.  In 
Mastozoology,  to  the  tragus  of  the  ear  when  suf- 
ficiently elongated  to  close  the  auricular  cavity. 
In  Ichthyology,  to  the  gill-cover  which  protects 
the  branchiae  of  many  fishes.  In  Botany,  to 
the  epiphragma  (which  see). 

Ophia'sis.  A  species  of  porrigo  decalvans, 
or  partial  baldness,  which  progresses  in  a  ser- 
pentine form. 

Ophios'toma.  A  genus  of  intestinal  worms 
which  have  two  lips. 

Ophi/tes  (from  otpig,  a  serpent).  The  ser- 
pentine or  black  porphyry  ;  a  rock  formerly 
worn  as  an  amulet  for  the  cure  of  diseases  of 
the  head. 

Oph/rys.     The  eyebrow. 


OPH 


443 


OPH 


Ophthalmalgia  (from  o(pda/,[iog:  the  eye, 
<i"kyoc,  pain).     Pain  in  the  eye. 

Ophthalmia  (from  oQ&aA/wc,  the  eye).  Oph- 
thalmitis. A  term  used  to  designate  inflam- 
mation of  the  investing  membranes  of  the  eye 
and  of  the  inner  surfaces  of  the  eyelids  or 
of  the  whole  bulb  of  the  eye.  There  are 
several  varieties  of  ophthalmia,  each  of  which 
has  received  a  specific  designation,  as  acute, 
chronic,  conjunctival,  Egyptian,  gonorrhceal, 
purulent,  etc. 

Ophthalmia,  Catarrhal  {ophthalmia  catarrh- 
alis).  This  variety  arises  from  atmospheric 
causes,  and  is  known  by  the  terms  "cold  "  or 
"  blight." 
Ophthalmia,  Gonorrhceal  [ophthalmia  gonor- 
rhoea). A  severe  form,  produced  by  the  intro- 
duction of  gonorrhceal  matter  into  the  eye 
through  a  want  of  cleanliness. 
Ophthalmia,  Mu/cous  (ophthalmia  mucosa). 
The  increased  mucous  discharge  accompany- 
ing catarrhal  ophthalmia. 

Ophthalmia  Neonatorum.  Ophthalmia  of 
new-born  children.  A  variety  of  purulent 
ophthalmia  which  sometimes  attacks  infants 
soon  after  birth. 

Ophthalmia,  Purulent  (ophthalmia  purulenta). 
Also   called   Egyptian  ophthalmia,    it  being 
common   in   Egypt.     A   severe  form  of  oph- 
thalmia, attended  with  a  puriform  secretion. 
It  is  generally  contagious. 
Ophthalmia'ter   (from  o<p&ahpoc,  the  eye, 
and  iaTpo$t  a  physician).     An  oculist ;  a  prac- 
titioner of  ophthalmic  surgery. 

Ophthalmiatri'a.  The  art  of  the  oculist. 
Also  an  eye  infirmary. 

Ophthalmic  (ophthalmicus;   from  ofdal/noc, 
the  eye).     Belonging  ot  relating  to  the  eyes. 
Ophthalmic  Artery.    A  branch  of  the  internal 
carotid  artery  which  passes  to  the  eye  through 
the  optic  foramen. 
Ophthalmic  Gan'glion.     Lenticular  ganglion. 
A  ganglion  situated  on   the  external  part  of 
the  optic  nerve  in  the  orbit. 
Ophthalmic  Nerve.  Orbi to-frontal.   A  branch 
given  off  from  the  Gasserian   ganglion  ;  the 
first  and  smallest  of  the  fifth  pair.     It  enters 
the    orbit    by    the  sphenoidal    fissure,    and 
divides  into  the  lachrymal,  frontal,  and  nasal 
nerves. 
Ophthalmic  Vein.    A  vein  which  accompanies 
the  ophthalmic  artery. 
Ophthal'mici  Exter'ni.    The  motores  ocu- 
lorum,  or  third  pair  of  nerves. 

Ophthalmitis.     Ophthalmia.     A  term  re- 


stricted by  some  writers  to  inflammation  of  the 
bulb  of  the  eye,  but  usually  applied  syuony- 
mously  with  ophthalmia. 

Ophthalmoblennorrhea.  Purulent  oph- 
thalmia. 

Ophthalmo=carcino/ma.  Cancer  of  the 
eye. 

Ophthalmoce'le.  Hernia  or  protrusion  of 
the  bulb  of  the  eye. 

Ophthalmodynia  (from  ootW^oc,  the  eye, 
and  odvvr],  pain).  Pain  in  the  bulb  of  the 
eye.  According  to  Plenck,  orbito-frontal  neu- 
ralgia. 

Ophthalmography  (from  oepda/./uos,  the 
eye,  and  ypacj>?},  a  description).  A  description 
of  the  eye. 

Ophthalmology  (from  o^-&a7.fioc,  the  eye, 
and  Aoyoc,  a  discourse).     A  treatise  on  the  eye. 

Ophthalmometer  (from  oty&a/Moc,  the  eye, 
and  /uerpov,  a  measure).  An  instrument  for 
measuring  the  capacity  of  the  chambers  of  the 
eye. 

Ophthalmon/cus.   Tumefaction  of  the  eye. 

Ophthalmoplegia  (from  op&aA/uog,  the  eye, 
and  TrAecffw,  to  strike).  Paralysis  of  one  or 
more  of  the  muscles  of  the  globe  of  the  eye. 

Ophthalmopto'sis  (from  oq-Qalfioc,  the  eye, 
and  iTTuaic,  a  falling  down).  Protrusion  and 
prolapsus  of  the  globe  of  the  eye. 

Ophthalmorrha'gia.  Haemorrhage  from 
the  conjunctiva. 

OphthaI'mos.     The  eye. 

Ophthalmoscope  (o(j)&a?^oc,  eye,  and  ano- 
7rfw)  to  examine).  An  instrument  used  in  ex- 
amining the  eye. 

Ophthalmoscopy  (from  o0#a//ioc,  the  eye, 
and  (tmo-£w,  to  examine).  Ophthalmoscopy. 
The  art  of  distinguishing  the  temperament 
of  an  individual  by  examination  of  his  eyes. 
Used  also  as  a  means  of  diagnosis  in  diseases 
of  the  eyes. 

Ophthalmosta'tum  (from  o<p-9a?.iJoc,  the 
eye,  and  araaig,  station).  An  instrument  for 
confining  the  eye  ;  a  speculum  oculi. 

Ophthalmotherapi'a.  Ophthalmiatria. 
Ophthalmic  therapeutics  ;  treatment  of  the 
diseases  of  the  eye. 

Ophthalmotomy.  Ophthalmotomia.  In 
Anatomy,  the  dissection  of  the  eye.  In  Sur- 
gery, incision  of  the  cornea  or  extirpation  of 
the  eye. 

Ophthalmox'ysis  (from  oc»?a7//<>c,  the  eye, 
and  fuw,  to  scratch).  Scarification  of  the  eye, 
or  rather  of  the  conjunctiva,  practised  in  cases 
of  inflammation  of  this  membrane. 


OPH 


444 


ORA 


Ophthalmoxys'trum.  An  instrument  for 
scarifying  the  eye. 

Opiace'.     Opiate. 

OpiarrPmon.  A  yellow  powder  obtained 
by  treating  opianic  acid  with  ammonia  and 
evaporating  the  alkali. 

O'piane.  Xarcotine.  An  active  nitrogen- 
ous principle  derived  from  opium. 

Opian/ic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  by  the 
decomposition  of  narcotine. 

O'pianine.  Opiania.  An  alkaloid  discov- 
ered in  opium,  which  resembles  morphia  both 
in  properties  and  doses. 

O'piate  (opiatum).  A  medicine  containing 
opium  ;  an  anodyne  ;  any  preparation  which 
causes  sleep. 

0/pii.     The  genitive  of  opium. 

O'pion.     Opium. 

Opis/thenar.     The  back  of  the  hand. 

Opisthot/onous  (from  oiuofisv,  backward, 
and  teivu,  to  bend).  A  variety  of  tetanus  in 
which  the  body  is  bent  backward. 

O'pium  [ottlov).  The  inspissated  juice  of 
the  Papaver  somniferum,  or  poppy.  A  stim- 
ulant narcotic.  As  an  antispasmodic  it  is 
used  in  tetanus,  colic,  violent  cough,  and  con- 
vulsive affections.  Its  power  of  checking 
secretions  renders  it  a  valuable  remedy  in 
diarrhoea,  catarrh,  diabetes,  etc.  It  allays 
restlessness,  assuages  pain,  and  produces  sleep. 
The  Smyrna  variety  is  the  best.  Dose,  gr.  j. 
The  effects  of  opium  upon  the  teeth  when  it  is 
recklessly  administered  to  infants  or  its  em- 
ployment upon  the  nipples  of  indolent  nurses 
when  nursing  children  may  be  such  as  to  cause 
a  degenerate  organization,  the  type  of  which 
has  not  yet  been  determined.  The  habitual 
use  of  opium  produces  physical  degeneracy, 
which  is  transmitted  to  the  offspring. 
Opium,  Camphorated  Tincture  of.  Opii 
camphorata  tinctura.  Dose,  3.j  to  £iv. 
Opium,  Extract  of.     Opii  extractum.     Dose, 

gr.  2- 

Opium,  Tinc/ture  of.  Laudanum.  Dose,  gtt. 
xx  to  gtt.  xxv.  The  tincture  of  opium  in  hot 
water  is  useful  in  inflammation  of  the  peri- 
dental membrane.  Combined  with  lead-water 
it  is  a  useful  application  to  inflamed  gums 
and  after  tooth  extraction. 

Opium,  Vinegar  of.  Opii  acetum.  Dose, 
gtt.  x. 

Opium,  Wine  of.    Opii  vinum.    Dose,  gtt.  xx 
to  gtt.  xxv. 
Opodeldoc.      Opodeldoch.      Camphorated 

soap  liniment. 


Opop'anax.  The  fetid  gum-resin  of  Opop- 
anax  chironum.  Also  a  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Apiacse. 

OppiIa/tion  (from  oppilo,  to  close  up). 
Obstruction,  as  the  closing  of  a  cavity  by  the 
adhesion  of  its  walls. 

Oppila'tivus.  In  Pharmacy,  a  medicine 
which  closes  the  pores  of  the  skin. 

Oppo'nens.      Opposing.      An   epithet  ap- 
plied to  two  muscles  of  the  hand. 
Opponens  Min'imi  Dig'iti.     A  small  muscle  of 
the  hand  situated  on  the  hypotbenar  eminence. 
Opponens  PoPlicis.     The  flexor  ossis  meta- 
carpi  pollicis  muscle.     It  brings  the  thumb 
inward,  thus  opposing  it  to  the  fingers. 

Oppres'sio  Cerebri.     Catalepsy. 

Oppression  (o})pressio).  A  sense  of  weight, 
especially  about  the  chest,  which  seems  to 
impede  respiration. 

Opsigo/nus  (from  oips,  late,  and  yivo/uai,  to 
be  born).  A  term  sometimes  applied  in  Den- 
tal Anatomy  to  a  wisdom  tooth  or  a  tooth 
erupted  late  in  life. 

Opsiom'eter  (from  oipic,  sight,  and  fierpov, 
a  measure).  An  instrument  for  measuring  the 
limits  of  distinct  vision  in  different  individ- 
uals and  for  determining  the  refraction  of  the 
eye,  and  the  lenses  necessary  for  the  correction 
of  imperfections  of  the  eye. 

Opsionu'si  (from  o-i/xc,  vision,  and  vovoiq,  a 
disease).     Diseases  of  vision. 

Op'sis.     Pupil.     Vision. 

Op'tic  {opticus;  from  oirrofiai,,  to  see).  Re- 
lating to  vision. 

Optic  Fora/men.     A  foramen  in  the  sphenoid 
bone  through  which  the  optic  nerve  passes. 
Optic  Gan'glia.     Quadrigemina  tubercula. 
Optic  Lobes.     Quadrigemina  tubercula. 
Optic  Nerve  (nervus  opticus).    The  second  pair 
of  cerebral  nerves,  forming  the  communica- 
tion between  the  brain  and  the  eye. 
Optic  ThaPamus  (thalamus  opticus).     Each  of 
two  eminences  in  the  anterior  and  internal 
part  of  the  lateral  ventricles  of  the  brain. 

Op/tics.  That  branch  of  physics  which 
relates  to  vision  and  the  phenomena  of  light. 

Ora.     Plural  of  os,  a  mouth. 
Ora  Ser'rata.     The  posterior  serrated  margin 
of  the  ciliary  processes. 

0/raI   (o.s,  oris,  a  mouth).     Relating  to  the 
mouth  or  uttered  by  the  mouth  ;  verbal. 
Oral  Sur/gery.     Surgery  of  the  mouth. 
Oral  Teeth.     The  incisors  and   cuspid  at  i  are 
so  called  because  they  are  situated  behind  the 

lips  at  the  entrance  of  the  mouth. 


ORA 


445 


ORG 


Oral  Whiff.     A  peculiar,  intermittent,  expir- 
atory noise  of  the  breath,  supposed  to  be  an 
indication  of  intrathoracic  aneurism. 
Or/angeade.      Orange  sherbet.      A   drink 
made    of   orange-juice   and   water   sweetened 
with  sugar,  often  used  as  an  antiphlogistic  in 
acute  diseases. 

Orbic'ular  (orbicularis;  from  orbis,  a  circle). 
Eound  ;  a  circle. 

Orbicular    Bone.     The  smallest   of  the   four 
bones  of  the  ear. 
Orbicularis  Oculi.     Same  as  Orbicula- 
ris Palpebrarum. 

Orbicularis  O'ris.    The  circular  muscle  which 
surrounds  the  mouth.    It  has  no  bony  attach- 
ment and  consists  of  two  planes  of  fibres, —  one 
for  the  upper,  the  other  for  the  lower  lip, — 
which  meet  at  the  angles  of  the  mouth.     Its 
use  is  to  draw  the  lips  together  and  shut  the 
mouth. 
Orbicularis   Palpebrarum.     A   muscle   com- 
mon to  both  eyelids,  in  the  substance  of  which 
it  is  seated.     Its  use  is  to  shut  the  eye  by 
drawing  both  lids  together. 
Orbic'ulate  (orbiculatus).     Round  and  flat. 
Orbic'ulus.     A  little  circle. 
Orbiculus  Cilia'ris.    The  ciliary  ring  or  circle. 
Or/bit    (orbit um).      The   name   of  the   two 
cavities  which  lodge  the  organs  of  sight. 

Or'bital.     Pertaining   to  the  orbit    of  the 
eye. 

Orbital  Arch.     The  superior  edge  of  the  orbit 
of  the  eye. 
Orbital  Fis'sures.  The  sphenoidal  and  spheno- 
maxillary  fissures  situated  in  the  orbit.     The 
first  is  called  the  superior,  and  the  other  the 
inferior. 
Orbital    Nerve.      A   branch   of  the   superior 
maxillary  which    enters    the    orbit    by   the 
spheno-maxillary  fissure. 
Or'bitar.     Relating  to  the  orbit  of  the  eye. 
Orbitar  Foramina.     The  foramina   entering 
the  orbit,  which  are  the  anterior  and  poste- 
rior ethmoid  orbitar,  the  optic,  the  foramen 
lacerum  superius,  and  the  supra-  and  infra- 
orbital' foramina. 
Orchei'tis  (opxea,  from  ooxeov,  the  scrotum). 
Inflammation  of  the  scrotum. 
Orcheot/omy.     Castration. 
Orchialgia   {orchidalgia ;   from  op%ig,   the 
testicle,  and  a/.yog,  pain).    Pain  in  the  testicles. 
Orchidatroph'ia.     Atrophy  of  the  testicles. 
Orchidoctab'asis    (from   op%ig,   a  testicle, 
and  naTafiaatc,  descent).     The  descent  of  the 
testicles  into  the  scrotum. 


Orchioce/le  (from  opxic,  a  testicle,  and  «////, 
a  swelling).  Hernia  of  the  scrotum  ;  also  swell- 
ing of  the  testicles. 

Or'chis  (opx<c)-     A  testicle. 
Orchitis  (from  opXig,  a  testicle,   and  irtg, 
signifying  inflammation).    Inflammation  of  the 
testicle. 

Or'chos.  The  tarsal  extremities  of  the  eye- 
lids. 

Orchot'omy  (orcJinlomia ;    from    op%tc,  the 
testicle,  and  refivu,  to  cut).     Castration  ;   the 
removal  by  surgical  operation  of  one  or  both  ' 
testicles. 

Or'der.  Systematic  arrangement  ;  a  com- 
mand ;  method.  To  bid  ;  to  command.  In 
Natural  History,  a  number  of  allied  objects 
which  include  one  or  more  genera;  and  a  col- 
lection of  orders,  which  constitutes  a  class. 

Ore.  A  mineral  body  from  which  metal  is 
extracted.  Ores,  when  combined  with  sulphur, 
are  termed  sulphurets ;  when  combined  with 
oxygen,  oxides  ;  and  when  combined  with  acids, 
salts. 

Oreodaph/ne.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Lauracese. 

Oreodaphne  Cupula'ris.  The  bark  of  this 
species  possesses  properties  similar  to  cinna- 
mon, and  has  been  called  the  Isle  of  France 
cinnamon. 
Oreodaphne  Opifera.  This  species  yields  a 
large  quantity  of  volatile  oil,  obtained  by 
incision,  which  is  said  to  possess  discutient 
qualities.  An  oil  is  also  obtained  from  its 
fruit,  said  to  be  efficacious  in  pains  of  the 
limbs  and  contraction  of  the  joints. 
Orex'is.     Appetite. 

Or'gan  (organwm).  A  part  of  an  organized 
body,  animal  or  vegetable,  which  has  a  deter- 
mined function  or  office  to  execute. 

Organic  (organicus).     Relating  to  or  char- 
acterized by   an  organ  or  organs  ;   exhibiting 
animal  or  vegetable  characteristics. 
Organic   Chemistry.     The  chemistry  of  mat- 
ters derived  from  animals  or  plants. 
Organic   Defects  of  Teeth.     The   variety  of 
anomaly    formerly   denominated   atrophy   of 
teeth,  and  characterized  by  a  series  of  irregu- 
lar pits  or  depressions  in  the  enamel,  extend- 
ing transversely  across  the  crown  or  entirely 
around  it.     Sometimes  two  or  three  rows  of 
pits  are  present,  and  the  depressions  may  be 
separate  or  confluent  or  the  crown  may  be  de- 
ficient in  enamel  on  the  cutting  edge. 
Another  anomaly  consists  in  fully  developed 
roots,    but   the   crowns    are    rudimentary  in 


ORG 


446 


ORR 


character  and  amount  to  but  small,  irregular 
masses  of  dentine  without  any  enamel. 
Others  consist  of  compressed  or  flattened 
crowns,  flexions  of  the  roots  of  either  single 
or  double-rooted  teeth,  or  flexions  of  the  crowns 
— which  are  exceedingly  rare — resembling  a 
reunited  fracture ;  or  another  anomalous  struc- 
ture may  consist  in  the  fusion  of  two  teeth. 
See  Concrescence  of  Teeth  and  Geminotjs 
Teeth. 
Organic  Diseases.  Diseases  which  cause  a 
change  in  the  structure  of  an  organ  or  organs 
or  in  which  the  organ  is  directly  impli- 
cated. 

Organic  Force.     See  Plastic  Force. 
Organic    Functions.        Those    possessed    by 
both  animals  and  vegetables. 
Organic   Life.     That  life  which  belongs  prop- 
erly to  the  organs  necessary  to  vital  existence. 
Organic  Molecules.     Certain  floating  bodies 
supposed  to  exist  in  the  male  semen. 
Organ'icism  (organicismus).     A  term  some- 
times applied  in  Pathology  to  the  doctrine  of 
the  localization  of  disease. 

Or/ganism.  The  aggregate  of  the  organs 
and  powers  which  govern  an  organized  being. 
Whatever  is  organized  or  composed  of  organs. 
Organism,  Den'tal.  See  DENTAL  ORGANISM. 
Organization  (organizatio ;  from  opyavov, 
an  organ).  The  condition  or  arrangement  of 
the  parts  of  an  organized  body  or  of  the  laws 
which  regulate  its  action. 

Organized.  In  Physiology,  composed  of 
organs  ;  endowed  with  life. 

Organogenesis.  The  process  of  develop- 
ment and  growth  of  an  organ. 

Organogeny  [organogenia ;  from  opyavov, 
an  organ,  and  yeveatg,  generation).  The  forma- 
tion of  the  organs. 

Organography  (organographia  ;  from  op- 
yavov, an  organ,  and  ypatyi,  a  description).  A 
description  of  the  organs  of  a  living  body. 

Organology  {organologia ;  from  opyavov,  an 
organ,  and  toyog,  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on 
the  organs  of  the  living  body.     Anatomy. 

Organonom/ia  (organonoiny ;  from  opyavov, 
an  organ,  and  vo/iog,  a  law).  The  doctrine  of 
tin-  laws  of  organic  life. 

Organot/omy.     Anatomy. 
Or/gasm   (orgasmus ;  from  opyau,  to  desire 
ardently).      Excitement,    especially  venereal, 
and  vital  turgescenceof  an  organ,  but  generally 
applied  to  the  organs  of  generation. 

Orgas'tica.  Diseases  which  affect  the  or- 
gasm. 


Ori'fice  {orificium ;  from  os,  oris,  mouth, 
and  facio,  to  make).  A  term  applied  in  Anat- 
omy to  the  mouth  or  entrance  of  any  cavity  or 
canal,  and  in  Dental  Surgery  to  the  aperture  or 
entrance  of  a  cavity  in  a  carious  tooth. 

Orig'anum.     The  origanum  vulgare  ;   also 
a  genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Lamiacese. 
Origanum  Cre'ticum.     Origanum  dictamnus. 
Dittany  of  Crete.     The  leaves  are  said  to  be 
emmenagogue  and  alexipharmic. 
Origanum  VuFgare.     Wild  marjoram.     It  is 
stimulant  and  carminative,  and  was  formerly 
used  as  an  emmenagogue.     It  yields  an  essen- 
tial oil,  which  has  been  used  for  the  relief  of 
toothache. 

Or/igin.  In  Anatomy,  the  commencement 
of  a  muscle. 

0/ris.     Genitive  of  os,  a  month. 
Oris  Constrictor.     The  orbicularis  oris. 

Orismol'ogy  (from  opiofioc,  a  term,  and 
/loyoc,  a  discourse).  Terminology  ;  glossology  ; 
the  explanation  of  the  technical  terms  of  any 
science. 

Or'nithoid  (opvic,  a  bird,  and  euhc,  form). 
Resembling  a  bird. 

OrnithoFogy  (from  opv/c,  a  bird,  and  hoyoc, 
a  discourse).  A  treatise  on  birds,  embracing 
their  arrangement  and  natural  history. 

OroboFdes  (orobodes;  from  opofioc,  orobus, 
and  ecdoc,  form).  A  term  applied  in  Pathology 
to  urine  (urina  orobodes  or  oroboides)  when  it 
deposits  a  fawn-colored  sediment  like  the 
meal  of  the  orobus. 

OrophaFIus  (from  oppoc,  the  end  of  the  os 
sacrum).  A  term  applied  by  Gurlt  to  a  mon- 
ster having  a  second  male  organ  originating 
from  the  rump. 

Or/piment.  Native  yellow  sulphuret  of 
arsenic  or  king's  yellow.  Arsenic  tersulphide, 
As2S3. 

Orrhopyg'ion  (from  oppoc,  the  end  of  the 
os  sacrum,  or  the  space  between  the  anus  and 
pudenda,  and  ttvTi.?/,  the  rump).  A  term  ap- 
plied in  Anatomy  to  the  inferior  extremity  of 
the  vertebral  column.  Also  the  raphe  or  line 
extending  from  the  penis  to  the  anus,  dividing 
the  scrotum  into  two  parts. 

Orrhorrha/gia  (orrhos,  serum,  and  pnyvv\iL, 
to  burst  forth).  Orrhorrhoea.  A  sudden  dis- 
charge of  serum.     A  watery  discharge. 

Or/rhos.  Serum.  Also  the  perineum  and 
the  extremity  of  the  sacrum. 

Orrhoso'Ien.     A  lymphatic  vessel. 

Orrhy'men,  or  Orrhohy/men.  A  serous 
membrane. 


ORR 


447 


OSM 


Or/ris  Root.  The  root  of  the  Iris  floren- 
tina.  It  has  a  pleasant  odor,  like  that  of  vio- 
lets, and  a  bitterish,  acrid  taste.  Internally  it 
is  cathartic  ;  in  large  doses  emetic,  and  thought 
to  be  diuretic.  It  forms  one  of  the  ingredients 
of  nearly  every  tooth-powder  in  use,  and  is 
useful  to  correct  an  offensive  breath.  See 
Gorgas'  "Dental  Medicine." 

Orthar/thragra  (op&oc,  straight  or  right, 
true,  ap&pov,  a  joint,  aud  aypa,  a  seizure). 
True  or  regular  gout. 

Ortho=  (from  op&oc,  straight).  A  prefix  de- 
noting straightness  or  erectness  of  position. 

Orthoco'lon  (from  op&og,  straight,  and 
iwXou,  limb).  A  term  applied  in  Pathology  to 
a  stiff  limb.  Anchylosis  with  the  limb  ex- 
tended. 

Orthodontia  (from  op&og,  straight,  right, 
and  odovg,  a  tooth).  Dental  orthopsedia.  That 
part  of  dental  surgery  which  has  for  its  object 
the  treatment  of  irregularity  of  the  teeth. 
See  Irregularity  of  the  Teeth,  Treat- 
ment of. 

Orthodontic.  Relating  to  the  treatment 
of  irregularity  of  the  teeth. 

Orthopa?di/a  (from  op$og,  straight,  right, 
and  naig,  gen.  iraidog,  a  child).  The  correc- 
tion of  deformities  of  children,  such  as  club- 
foot, etc. 

Orthopnea  (from  op&og,  straight,  and  nveu, 
to  respire).  Inability  to  breathe  in  a  recum- 
bent posture. 

Orthopncea  Cardi'aca.     Angina  pectoris. 
Orthopncea  Convul'siva.     Asthma. 
Orthopncea  Cynan/chica.      Cynanche  trache- 
al is. 
Orthoprax'y  (from  op&og,  right,  and  npaaau, 
to  work).     The  mechanical  treatment  of  de- 
formities of  the  body. 

Os  (gen.  ossis).  A  bone.  Symbol  of  os- 
mium. 

Os  (gen.  oris).  A  mouth  or  entrance  into  any 
place,  as  the  os  externum,  os  internum,  os  tincw, 
etc. 

Os  Artificiel  (from  os,  bone,  and  artificialis) . 
A  compound  of  the  oxide  and  chloride  of  zinc, 
mixed  so  as  to  form  a  paste,  and  in  this  form 
introduced  into  the  cavity  in  a  tooth,  where, 
if  protected  from  moisture,  it  hardens  in  from 
twenty  minutes  to  half  an  hour.  Several 
preparations  are  in  use,  known  by  the  names 
of  bone  filling,  oxychloride  of  zinc,  etc.  See 
Oxychloride  of  Zinc. 

Os  Exter'num.  The  entrance  into  the  va- 
gina. 


Os  Internum.     The  mouth  of  the  uterus. 
Os   Sepiae.      The   cuttle-fish   bone,   which   is 
sometimes  used  in  a  pulverized  state  as  a  den- 
tifrice or  as  one  of  the  ingredients  of  a  denti- 
frice. 
Os  Tin'cae.     Os  internum  ;    the  mouth  of  the 

uterus. 
Os  Uteri.     Mouth  of  the  uterus. 

Os'anore  Teeth.  A  name  given  by  Mr. 
William  Rogers  to  artificial  teeth  constructed 
from  the  ivory  of  the  tooth  of  the  hippopota- 
mus, and,  as  he  says,  submitted  to  the  action 
of  some  peculiar  chemical  agent  by  which  the- 
pores  of  the  ivory  become  filled  with  a  sili-- 
cious  substance. 

Osce'do.     Aphtha;  ;   also  yawning. 

Os'cheal.    Relating  to  the  scrotum. 

Oschei'tis.  Inflammation  of  the  scrotum.. 
Same  as  Orcheitis. 

Oscheocarcino'ma.  Chimney-sweeper's 
cancer. 

Oscheocele  (from  o<rx£ov,  the  scrotum,  and 
k?/1^,  atumor).  A  tumor  of  the  scrotum.  Also, 
scrotal  hernia. 

Oscheochala'sis  (from  oax^ov,  the  scrotum, 
and  xa^aai?i  relaxing).  A  term  applied  in 
Pathology  to  hypertrophy  of  the  cellular  tissue 
of  the  scrotum  with  enormous  distention  of 
the  integument  of  the  part. 

Os'cheon  (offjcoy).     The  scrotum. 

Oscheon/cus  (from  oaxeov,  the  scrotum, 
and  o?Moc,  a  tumor).  Tumefaction  of  the  scro- 
tum.    Oscheophyma.     Oschoncus. 

Oscheophy/ma.     Oscheoncus. 

OscheopIas/tic  [oscheojilasticus ;  from  ou- 
Xeov,  the  scrotum,  and  irXaoou,  to  form).  A 
term  applied  in  Surgery  to  the  operation  for  the 
restoration  of  the  scrotum  when  lost. 

Oschon'cus.     Oscheoncus. 

Oscilla'tio.     Muscular  irritability. 

Oscillation.  Vibration;  swing-like;  the 
motion  of  a  pendulum. 

OsciIlato/ria.  A  term  applied  to  plants  of 
the  lowest  organization.  They  are  found  in 
wet  and  damp  places,  and  consist  of  threads, 
which  apparently  sometimes  have  movement. 

Os/citant  (from  oscitare,  to  yawn).  Oscita- 
tion.     Yawning,  gaping. 

Osculation  (diminutive  of  os,  a  mouth). 
The  union  or  anastomosis  of  vessels  or  canals 
by  their  mouths. 

Oscula'tor.     The  orbicularis  oris. 

Os'culum  (diminutive  of  os).  A  little 
mouth. 

Os'mazome  (from  oautj,  smell,  and  ^pog, 


OSM 


448 


OST 


soup).  An  extractive  matter  in  the  muscular 
fibres  of  a  brownish-yellow  color  and  of  the 
odor  of  cooked  meats. 

Os'me.     Odor. 

Osmidrosis.     See  Bromidrosis. 

Os'mium.  Symbol,  Os.  Atomic  weight, 
198.6.  A  metal  discovered  by  Tennant,  and  so 
called  from  the  peculiar  smell  of  its  oxide.  Its 
crystals  have  a  bluish-white  color  with  violet 
lustre,  and  are  harder  than  glass  ;  resembles 
platinum. 

Osmom'etry.  The  estimating  of  the  quali- 
ties of  odoriferous  substances. 

Osmon'osi.     Diseases  of  the  sense  of  smell. 

Osmonosol'ogy  (from  ooutj,  odor,  voaog, 
disease,  and  '/<>yog,  a  discourse).  The  doc- 
trine of  the  diseases  of  the  sense  of  smell. 

Osmose  (oouog,  impulse).  Osmosis.  The 
force  by  which  fluids  are  impelled  through 
moist  membrane  and  other  porous  septa  in 
endosmotic  and  exosmotic  actions.  The  diffu- 
sion of  a  dissolved  substance  in  a  solvent 
to  equalize  the  concentration  ;  the  passage  of 
solutions  or  liquids  through  a  porous  parti- 
tion. 

Osmosis,  Electrical.     See  Cataphoresis. 

Osmot'ic.  Osmoticus.  Kelating  or  be- 
longing to  osmose  ;  as  osmotic  force,  the  force 
which  induces  osmose. 

OsphaPgia  (from  oo(f>vc,  the  loins  or  hips, 
and  a/} «f,  pain).  A  synonym  of  coxalgia 
(which  see). 

Osphre/sis.     Olfaction  ;  the  sense  of  smell. 

Os'phys.     The  loins,  haunch,  lumbi. 

Osphy'tis  (from  oatyvq,  the  hips  or  loins, 
and  irir^  inflammation).  Inflammation  of 
the  parts  in  and  about  the  coxo-femoral  ar- 
ticulation or  of  the  cellular  membrane  of  the 
loins. 

Os'sa  (gen.   088ium).     Plural  of  os,  a  bone. 
Ossa  Alba.     Tartar. 
Ossa  Breg/matis.     The  parietal  bones. 
Ossa  Inciso'ria.     Ossa  intermaxillaria. 
Ossa   Intermaxilla'ria.     Ossa   labialia.     Two 
bones  situated  between  the  superior  maxillary 
in  quadrupeds,  but  not  in  man,  which  receive 
tin-  roots  of  the  incisor  teeth  of  animals  that 
have  these  teeth. 

Ossa  Labia'lia.     Ossa  intermaxillaria. 
Ossa    Us/ta    Al'ba.     Ossa   calcinata.     Bones 
calcined  into  white  powder. 

Os'sein  (from  os,  a  bone).  A  combination 
proteid,  chiefly  collagen  and  an  albuminoid 
composing  the  organic  structure  of  bone. 

Os'seous.     Bony  ;  formed  of  or  resembling 


bone.    A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  the  whole 
assemblage  of  the  bones  of  the  body,   as  the 
osseous  system  ;    in  Pathology  to  morbid  affec- 
tions or  alterations  of  bones. 
Osseous    Bases   for  Artificial    Teeth.      Pre- 
viously to  the  employment  of  metallic  bases, 
osseous  attachments  for  artificial  teeth  were 
much  used.     They  were  generally  carved  from 
the  ivory  of  the  tusk  of  the  elephant  or  the 
tooth  of  the  hippopotamus,  and,  indeed,  the 
entire  substitute — the  teeth  as  well  as  the  base 
' — was  formerly  wholly  constructed  of  it ;  but 
since  the  introduction  of  the  metallic  bases 
it  has  been  less  frequently  employed  for  this 
purpose.     See  Harris'  "  Prin.   and  Pract.  of 
Dentistry." 

Osseous  Union  of  Teeth.     See  Teeth,  OSSE- 
OUS Union  of  ;  also  Geminous  Teeth. 
Os'sicle.     A  small  bone. 
Ossic/ula.     The  plural  of  ossiculum. 
Ossicula  Audi/tus.     Ossicula  auris.    The  four 
small  bones  of  the  internal  ear — viz.,  the  mal- 
leus, incus,  stapes,  and  os  orbiculare. 
Ossicula  Bertini.    Cornua  sphenoidalia.     The 
triangular  process  of  the  sphenoid  bone,  ossa 
triangularia. 
Ossic'ulum  (diminutive  of  os,  a  bone).     A 
small  bone. 

Ossiferous  (from  os,  bone,  and  fero,  to 
bear).     Producing  or  forming  bone  tissue. 

Ossif/ic  (os,  a  bone,  and  facio,  to  make). 
Forming  bone. 

Ossification  (ossificatio ;  from  os,  a  bone, 
and  facere,  to  make).  The  formation  of  bone. 
Ossification,  Points  of  or  Centres  of.  The 
points  where  the  formation  of  bone  com- 
mences. In  the  teeth,  the  edges  of  the  in- 
cisors, the  points  of  the  cuspidati,  cusps  of 
the  bicuspids,  and  protuberances  upon  the 
grinding  surfaces  of  the  molars  are  the  points 
where  ossification  commences  on  these  or- 
gans. 

Os'sium  Fragil'itas.  Brittleness  of  the 
bones. 

Ossiv'orus  (from  os,  a  bone,  and  voro,  to 
devour).  A  particular  kind  of  tumor  men- 
tioned by  Ruysch,  occurring  in  the  thigh,  which 
causes  the  destruction  of  the  bone. 

Ostae'mia  (ooteov,  a  bone,  and  ai./xa,  blood). 
Morbid  fullness  of  blood  in  a  bone. 

Os'tagra  (from  ooteov,  a  bone,  and  ay  pa, 
seizure).  In  Surf/cry,  an  instrument  for  remov- 
ing portions  of  bone  ;  bone  forceps. 

OstaFgia  (from  ooteov,  a  bone,  and  akyog, 
pain).     Pain  in  a  bone. 


OST 


449 


OST 


OstalgPtis  (from  ooreov,  a  bone,  and  trig, 
inflammation).  Ostitis.  Inflammation  of 
bone,  accompanied  by  sharp,  lancinating 
pains. 

Osteal  Cells.     Bone  cells. 

Osteanaph'ysis  (ooreov,  and  avafvu,  to  pro- 
duce).    Reproduction  of  bone. 

Osteectomy.     Excision  of  bone. 

Os/tein  (from  ooreov,  bone).  Ossein.  The 
animal  matter  or  organic  constituents  of  bone. 

Ostei'tis,  or  Ostitis.  Inflammation  of  the 
substance  of  a  bone. 

Ostempye/sis  (from  ooreov,  a  bone,  and 
EftTrw/oig,  effusion  of  pus).  The  occurrence  of 
suppuration  in  the  interior  of  a  bone. 

Os/teo=.  A  Greek  Avoid  derived  from  oo- 
reov, bone,  and  which  denotes  connection  with 
or  relation  to  bone. 

Osteoagene'sis.  The  regeneration  or  re- 
production of  bone. 

Osteoblast  (from  ooreov,  and  [iAaoravu,  to 
bud).  Young  cells  in  the  development  of  bone 
which  assist  in  the  formation  of  the  osseous 
tissue  ;   bone  cells. 

Osteocarcinoma.  A  carcinoma  of  bone  ; 
an  ossified  carcinoma  ;  a  combined  carcinoma 
and  an  osteoma. 

Osteoce/le  (from  ooreov,  a  bone,  and  ktiItj, 
a  tumor).  A  term  applied  in  Pathology  to  the 
cartilaginous  or  bony  induration  which  some- 
times occurs  in  a  hernial  sac. 

Osteoclasts  (from  ooreov,  bone,  and  K/,aw, 
to  break).     Cells  that  absorb  bone. 

OsteocoHa  (from  ooreov,  a  bone,  and  Ko/.?,a, 
glue).  Glue-bone;  bone-binder.  Petrified 
carbonate  of  lime  ;  so  called  from  the  sup- 
position that  it  promoted  the  formation  of  a 
callus  between  the  extremities  of  a  fractured 
bone. 

Osteoc/ope.     Osteocopus. 

Osteoc'opus  (from  ooreov,  a  bone,  and 
norrru,  to  strike).  Osteocopic  ;  osteodynia  ; 
dolor  osteocosus.  A  severe  lancinating  or 
tearing  pain  in  the  bones.  Ostealgia.  It  or- 
dinarily occurs  in  syphilitic  constitutions. 

Osteocystoma.  A  cyst  springing  from 
bone. 

Osteodentine.  A  term  applied  in  Denial 
Anatomy,  by  Professor  Owen,  to  a  hard  sub- 
stance partaking  both  of  the  nature  of  bone 
and  dentine,  but  more  analogous  to  the  former 
than  the  latter,  deposited  within  the  pulp- 
chamber,  usually  after  the  age  of  twenty,  and 
designated  by  Mr.  Tomes  by  the  name  of  sec- 
ondary dentine.  The  entire  pulp  is  sometimes 
•29 


converted  into  this  substance,  especially  when 
it  becomes  the  seat  of  slight  irritation.  This 
substance  is  very  analogous  in  structure  to 
cementum,  and  is  termed  by  Blumenbach 
horny  substance.  Later  writers  separate 
osteodentine  from  secondary  dentine  by  de- 
scribing the  former  as  an  osseous  formation 
within  the  pulp-chamber.  These  formations 
are  rare  in  human  teeth,  but  common  in  those 
of  animals. 

Osteodynia.     Osteocopus.    Pain  in  bone. 

Osteofibroma.  A  tumor  consisting  of 
bony  and  fibrous  tissue. 

Osteogen.  The  soft  substance  from  which 
bone  is  developed  in  the  process  of  ossification. 

Osteogenesis.     The  development  of  bone. 

Osteogen  'ia  (osteogeny:  from  ooreov,  a 
bone,  and  yevvau,  to  generate).  Ossification  ; 
formation  of  bone. 

Osteography  (osteographia ;  from  ooreov,  a 
bone,  and  ypa<peiv,  to  describe).  A  description 
of  the  osseous  system. 

Os'teoid.    Resembling  bone. 

Osteology  (osteologia  ;  from  ooreov,  a  bone, 
and  /o; oc,  a  discourse).     A  treatise  on  bones. 

Osteolysis  (from  ooreov,  and  /vote,  disso- 
lution). Absorption  and  disappearance  of 
bone. 

Osteo'ma.  An  osseous  tumor.  Exostosis. 
Osteoma,  Dental.  Dental  exostosis  or  hyper- 
cementosis. 

Osteomalacia  (from  ooreov,  a  bone,  and 
lialcuioc,  soft).  Mollifies  ossium  ;  softness  of 
bones. 

Os'teon  (ooreov).     A  bone. 

Osteonabro'sis,  or  Osteoanabro'sis. 
Simple  absorption  of  bone,  such  as  occurs  iu 
the  removal  of  the  temporary  teeth. 

Osteonco'sis  (from  ooreov,  bone,  and  oyicoc, 
a  tumor).     See  Exostosis. 

Osteon 'cus  (from  ooreov,  a  bone,  and  oynog, 
a  tumor).     Osteoma  ;  exostosis. 

Osteon 'osi  (from  ooreov,  a  bone,  and  voooc, 
a  disease).     Diseases  of  the  bones. 

Osteopathy.     Any  affection  of  bone. 

Osteoph'thoride  (from  ooreov,  a  bone,  and 
ddopa,  destruction,  decay).  Spina  ventosa 
(which  see). 

Osteoph'yma.  Osteoncus.  Any  outgrowth 
of  bone. 

Osteophyte.     A  bony  tumor  or  node. 

Osteoplast.  A  form  of  cell  in  the  produc- 
tion of  bone  ;  osteoblast. 

Osteoblastic  (from  ooreov,  a  bone,  and 
Tt?.aooetv,  to  form).     Pertaining  to  plastic  op- 


OST 


450 


OTO 


erations  on  bone.  Also  an  oxychloride  of  zinc 
preparation  for  filling  teeth.  See  Oxychlo- 
ride of  Zrxc  Preparation. 

Osteopleu'ra  (from  oareov,  a  bone,  and 
-/.svpov,  a  rib).  Ossification  of  the  cartilages 
of  the  ribs. 

Osteoporosis  (from  oareov,  bone,  and 
■xopog,  canal).  An  affection  of  the  bones  pro- 
duced by  dilatation  of  the  Haversian  canals, 
lacuna?,  and  canaliculi  ;  and  sometimes  ac- 
companied by  softening  of  the  tissue  of  the 
bone. 

Osteopsathyrosis  (from  oareov,  a  bone, 
and  ipa&vpog,  fragile).  Ossium  fragilitas.  Fra- 
gility or  brittleness  of  the  bones. 

Osteosarcoma  (from  oareov,  a  bone,  and 
aapKuua,  a  fleshy  tumor).  A  tumor  containing 
a  mixture  of  bony  and  soft  matter.  Also 
spina  ventosa.  See  Jaws,  Morbid  Growths 
of. 

Osteosarco'sis.     Osteosarcoma. 

Osteo'sis.     Ossification. 

Osteosteatoma  (from  oareov,  a  bone,  and 
areap,  fat).  A  tumor  composed  of  bony  and 
fatty  matter. 

Osteot/omy  (from  oareov,  a  bone,  and 
reuveiv,  to  cut) .     The  cutting  of  bone. 

Osteozo/a  (the  plural  of  osleozoon,  a  verte- 
brated  animal).  A  term  applied  in  Zoology, 
by  Blainville,  to  vertebrata,  animals  having  a 
vertebral  column. 

Osthex/ia  (oareov,  a  bone,  and  et;ig,  a  habit). 
Ossific  diathesis  ;  ossification. 

OstFtis,  Osteitis.  Ostalgitis  ;  inflamma- 
tion of  bone. 

Os'tium.     A  mouth,  foramen,  or  opening. 
Ostium  Abdomina'le.     The  orifice  of  the  fim- 
briated extremity  of  the  Fallopian  tube. 
Ostium  Uterinum.     The  opening  of  the  Fal- 
lopian tube  into  the  uterus. 
Ostium  Ventric/uli  Arterio/sum.     The  open- 
ing at  the  origin  of  the  pulmonary  artery  and 
aorta. 

OstoPdea  Substantia.  Tooth-bone.  A 
name  given  by  Purkinje  and  Frankel  to 
eementum,  crusta  petrosa,  or  cortical  substance 
of  a  tooth. 

Ostoi/des.     Osseous ;  bony. 

Osto'ma.     Osseous  ;  exostosis. 

Os'tracite.     A  fossil  oyster  shell. 

OstracoSis.  The  desiccation  and  conver- 
sion of  parts  of  bone,  especially  of  the  cra- 
nium, into  a  substance  like  oyster  shell. 

Ostrea?  Tes'tae.     Oyster  shells. 

Otacous'tic    (otacousticus ;    from   ovg,   urog, 


the  ear).  A  name  given  to  instruments  which 
improve  the  sense  of  hearing,  as  the  different 
kinds  of  ear-trumpets. 

OtaPgia  (from  ovg,  the  ear,  and  a^yog,  pain). 
Pain  in  the  ear.  Carious  teeth,  impacted  teeth, 
and  dying  pulps  of  teeth  have  occasioned  this 
affection  of  the  ear. 

OtaPgic.  A  term  applied  to  remedies  for 
diseases  of  the  ear. 

Oten'chytes  (from  ovg,  the  ear,  ev,  into, 
and  kvu,  to  pour).     An  ear  syringe. 

Otha'ri.  Old  name  for  mercury  of  the  phil- 
osophers. 

Othelco'sis.     Ulceration  of  the  ear. 

Otiat'rus.     An  aurist. 

0/tic.     Oticus.     Pertaining  to  the  ear.  ' 
Otic   Gan/glion.      A   small   ganglion   of  the 
inferior  maxillary  nerve  at  the  inner  margin 
of  the  foramen  ovale  of  the  sphenoid  bone. 

0/ticus.     Pertaining  to  the  ear. 

Otirrhoe'a.  Otorrhcea.  Discharge  from 
the  ear. 

OtPtis  (from  ovg,  the  ear,  and  trig,  inflam- 
mation).    Inflammation  of  the  ear. 

Otoblennorrhea  (ovg,  ear,  and  (3Xewa, 
mucus,  and  peu,  to  flow).  Mucous  discharge 
from  the  ear. 

Otoc'onite.  A  calcareous  deposit  found  in 
the  sac  of  the  vestibule  of  the  ear. 

Ot'ocrane.  Otocrania.  Cavity  in  the 
petrous  bone  for  the  reception  of  the  osseous  or 
cartilaginous  capsule  of  the  labyrinth  of  the 
ear. 

Otodynia.     Chronic  pain  in  the  ear. 

Otoganglion.     The  auricular  ganglion. 

Otog/emy.  The  history  and  development 
of  single  beings,  or  of  the  individual  from  the 
ovum  to  death. 

Otogly/phum.     Otoglyphis.     An  ear-pick. 

Otog/raphy  (otographia;  from  ovg,  the  ear, 
and  ypatyo,  to  describe).  A  description  of  the 
ear. 

Otolites  (from  ovg,  the  ear,  and  htiog,  a 
stone).  The  calcareous  substances  found  in 
the  vestibule  of  the  ear  of  the  mammalia. 

OtoPogy  (otologia;  from  ovg,  the  ear,  and 
Aoyof,  a  discourse).  An  anatomical  treatise  on 
the  ear. 

Otophone.     Ear  trumpet. 

Otoplasty  (otoplastice  ;  from  ovg,  the  ear, 
and  n'Aaaau,  to  form).  An  operation  for  the 
restoration  of  a  lost  ear. 

Otopla'tos.  Otoplados.  An  ill-conditioned 
ulcer  behind  the  ear. 

OtopyoSis  (from   ovg,  the  ear,  and  nvov, 


OTO 


451 


OVU 


pns).     A  discharge  of  purulent  matter  from 
the  ear. 

Otorrhagia  (from  ovg,  oTog,  the  ear,  and 
pqyvv/u,  to  hurst  out).  Hemorrhage  from  the 
ear. 

Otorrhea  (from  ovg,  the  ear,  and  peu,  to 
flow).  A  discharge  of  serous,  mucous,  or  puru- 
lent fluid  from  the  ear. 

Ot'oscope  (ovg,  ear,  and  anoitea,  to  exam- 
ine). An  instrument  for  listening  to  the  sound 
of  air  as  it  passes  through  the  tympanic  cavity 
in  certain  morbid  conditions  of  the  ear. 

Otot/omy  (ototomia  ;  from  ovg,  the  ear,  and 
rtureiv,  to  cut).     The  dissection  of  the  ear. 

Otto  of  Roses.  Attar  of  roses.  Oil  of 
roses. 

Ottolengui  Gold  Crown.  A  gold  band  is 
formed  around  the  root  of  the  tooth  of  the  length 
the  crown  is  to  be  ;  a  piece  of  platinum  plate  is 
fitted  into  the  other  open  end  and  gold  flowed 
over  the  top.  The  piece  is  then  tried  in  the 
mouth  and  ground  to  occlusion  and  the  cusps 
modeled  or  carved  in  the  gold.  No  dies  are 
used. 

Oula.     The  gums. 

Oule  (oda//).     A  cicatrix. 

Ou/loid  (from  ovlov,  a  scar,  and  eidog,  re- 
semblance). Eesembling  a  scar.  Also  a  scar 
of  syphilis,  lupus,  etc. 

Oulorrhag'ia  (from  ov/iov,  the  gums,  and 
pqyvvfu,  to  burst  forth).  Hemorrhage  from  the 
gums. 

Ounce  (uncia).  Eight  drachms,  or  the  six- 
teenth part  of  a  pound  avoirdupois,  or  437.5 
grains.  A  twelfth  part  of  the  Troy  pound,  or 
480  grains. 

Ourar'i.     Wourari.     See  Curare. 

Ou'ron.    Urine. 

OuronoPogy  (ouroriologia  ;  from  ovpov, 
urine,  and  Myog,  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on 
urine. 

Ous  (ovg).     The  ear. 
Ous.     A  terminal  used  in  chemistry,  and  de- 
noting a  smaller  quantity  of  oxygen  in  a  com- 
pound than   in   the   corresponding  one,  the 
name  of  which  ends  in  ic  ;  as  nitric,  nitrous. 

Out're.     Strange  ;  unusual. 

Oval  (ovalis ;  from  ovum,  an  egg).  Hound 
and  oblong. 

Ovalbumin.     Egg  albumin. 

O'varia.     Female  testes.     See  Ovarium. 

Ovarialgia  (ovarium,  ovary,  and  alyog, 
pain).     Pain  in  the  ovary. 

Ova'rian.     Pertaining  to  the  ovarium. 
Ovarian  Ar'tery.     The  spermatic  artery. 


Ovarian  Dropsy.     Encysted   tumors    in   the 
ovaria. 
Ovarian  Pregnancy.    Extra-uterine  pregnancy 
in  which  the  ovum  resides  in  the  ovary. 

Ovarists.  Those  who  believe  that  the 
phenomena  of  generation  in  the  human  species, 
as  well  as  in  all  animals,  result  from  the  devel- 
opment of  the  ova  or  ovula  in  the  female  as  a 
consequence  of  the  mere  excitement  of  the 
male — a  doctrine  almost  wholly  discarded  by 
physiologists  of  the  present  day. 

Ova/rium  (from  ovum,  an  egg).  The  ovary. 
In  the  female  mammalia  the  ovaria  are  the 
secretory  organs  of  the  embryo.  They  are  two 
oval  bodies,  situated  one  on  each  side  of  the 
uterus,  behind  and  a  little  below  the  Fallopian 
tubes,  and  connected  with  the  uterus  by  the 
broad  ligament. 

O'vary.    The  ovarium. 

0'vate.    Oval  or  egg-shaped. 

Oven,  Enam/eling.  A  small  oven  made 
of  brick,  sometimes  used  in  enameling  porce- 
lain teeth. 

Ovi  Vitellus.     The  yolk  of  an  egg. 

0/viduct  (oviductus;  from  ovum,  an  egg, 
and  ductus,  a  canal).  The  duct  through  which 
the  ovum  or  egg  passes. 

Oviductus  Mulie'bris.  The  Fallopian 
tube. 

OViform.    Of  the  shape  of  an  egg  ;  egg-like. 

Ovigerm.  An  embryonic  cell  -which  de- 
velops into  an  ovum. 

Ovig/erous  (from  ovum,  an  egg,  and  ffero, 
to  bear).  A  term  applied  in  Zoology  to  parts 
containing  or  supporting  an  egg. 

Ovip'arous  (oviparus ;  from  ovum,  an  egg, 
and  parere,  to  bring  forth).  Producing  or  lay- 
ing eggs  ;  producing  young  from  eggs,  outside 
of  the  body  of  the  animal. 

Ovisac.  A  Graafian  vesicle  or  the  inner 
layer  of  its  wall. 

Ovoid.     Egg-shaped.     Applied  to  solids. 

Ovo=vivip/arous(from  ovum,  an  egg,  virus, 
living,  and  parere,  to  bring  forth).  Oviparous 
animals  in  which  the  process  of  incubation  is 
commenced  in  the  body  of  the  mother. 

0/vula  Qraafia'na.  The  Graafian  vesicles  ; 
small  serous  vesicles  found  in  the  structure  of 
the  ovary ;  the  ova  in  which  the  future  em- 
bryo is  developed. 

Ovula    Nabo'thi.      Naboth's    glands    (which 
see). 

O'vule  (diminutive  of  ovum,  a  little  egg). 
Ovulum.  The  term  ovule  is  also  applied  to 
the  uuimpregnated  ovum. 


ovu 


452 


OXY 


Ovu'lum.     A  small  egg. 

Ovum  (from  cjoi,  egg).  An  egg.  In  Physi- 
ology, the  capsule  enclosing  the  prolific  germ  of 
animals.  In  Pharmacy,  the  white  of  the  fowl's 
egg,  album  ovi,  is  used  for  clarifying  syrups, 
and  the  yolk,  vitellus  ovi,  for  suspending  cam- 
phor and  resins  in  emulsions.  The  shell,  testa 
ovi,  is  sometimes  used,  when  calcined,  as  an 
absorbent.  The  oil,  oleum  ovi,  is  emollient  and 
used  as  an  application  to  burns. 

()\=acid .  Acids  that  contain  oxygen,  as  dis- 
tinguished from  those  formed  from  chlorine,  etc. 

Oxalate.  A  salt  resulting  from  the  com- 
bination of  oxalic  acid  with  a  salifiable  base. 

OxaPic  Acid  [aeidum  oxalicum).  Acid  of 
sorrel.  An  acid  occurring  in  the  form  of  an 
acid  oxalate  of  potash  in  certain  vegetable 
juices,  as  that  of  sorrel.  It  is  also  obtained  by 
the  action  of  nitric  acid  on  sugar  and  starch. 
Formula,  C,H204. 

Oxalic    Ether.     Oxalate  of  ethyle.     A  color- 
less, aromatic  liquid. 

OxaPme  (from  oS-vg,  acid,  and  alg,  salt).  A 
mixture  of  vinegar  and  salt. 

OxaliPria.  Urine  in  which  calcium  oxalate 
is  formed  to  an  excessive  amount. 

Oxalu/ric  Acid.  A  crystalline  white  pow- 
der formed  by  the  action  of  bases  on  parabanic 
acid.     Formula,  C6N2H307  +  HO. 

Ox'amid.  Oxalamid.  A  white  crystalline 
powder  formed  by  the  action  of  ammonia  in 
solution  on  oxalic  ether  or  on  oxalate  or  oxide 
of  ether.     Formula,  C202  +  NH,. 

Ox'atyl.  The  hypothetical  radicle  of  oxalic 
acid.     It  is  one  of  Lowig's  carbyls,  C2. 

Oxichlo'rate.  Oxychloras.  A  combination 
of  oxichloric  acid  with  a  base. 

Oxichlo'ride.  Phosgene  gas  ;  termed  car- 
bonic oxichloride. 

Oxida/tion.  The  combining  of  a  certain 
quantity  of  oxygen  with  metals  or  other  sub- 
stances ;  change  of  metals  into  oxides  ;  being 
oxidized. 

Ox/ide  (from  o^vr,  acid,  and  euhc,  form). 
Oxydum  ;  oxyd.  A  compound  of  oxygen  with 
an  element  or  other  body.  Any  binary  com- 
bination of  oxygen. 

Oxide,  Cystic.     Cystine.     A  very  rare  species 
of  urinary  calculus,    consisting  of  yellowish, 
semi-transparent,  hard  crystals. 
Oxide  of  Carbon,  Gaseous.     Carbonic  acid. 

Oxidize.  To  con  vert  into  an  oxide  ;  to 
cause  to  combine  with  oxygen. 

Oxid'ulum.  A  body  in  an  inferior  degree 
of  oxidation. 


Ox'idum.     Oxide. 
Oxidum    Fer'ri    Ni/grum.      Black    oxide    of 
iron. 

Oxidum  Fer/ri  Ru'brum.     Red  oxide  of  iron. 
Oxidum  Sub^i   Semivit/reum.     Glass  of  an- 
timony. 

Oxidum  Stibii  Sulphura/tum.     Crocus  of  an- 
timony. 

Oxim/eter.     A  measure  of  oxygen. 

OxPodine.  Iodic  acid.  A  white,  trans- 
parent solid,  obtained  by  boiling  iodine  with 
nitric  acid. 

Oxyesthesia.  Excessively  acute  sensation  ; 
hypersesthesia. 

OxyaPcohol  Blow=pipe.  See  Blow-pipe, 
Dr.  Elliot's  Compound  Self-acting. 

Oxychlo'ric  Acid.     Perchloric  acid. 

Oxy/chloride  of  Zinc  Preparation.  A 
semi-metallic  plastic  filling  for  temporary  pur- 
poses, such  as  protecting  sensitive  dentine  and 
exposed  pulps  ;  it  consists  of  oxide  of  zinc  and 
chloride  of  zinc  in  combination.  Combined 
with  borax,  this  preparation  is  known  by  the 
names  of  os  artificiel,  osteodentine,  osteo- 
plastic, etc. 

Borax  and  powdered  glass  or  silica  are  some- 
time added  to  confer  greater  hardness  when 
the  plastic  mass  has  set.  See  Zinc  Oxychlo- 
kide. 

Ox'y crate  {pxycratum;  from  o^vc,  acid,  and 
Kpau,  to  mix).  A  mixture  of  honey  and  diluted 
vinegar. 

Oxycro'ceum  Emplas'trum.  An  ano- 
dyne plaster  composed  of  saffron,  pitch,  colo- 
phony, yellow  wax,  turpentine,  gum  ammo- 
niac, myrrh,  galbanum,  mastic,  and  olibanum. 

Oxyder/cia  (from  o^vg,  acid,  sharp,  and 
SepKu,  to  see).     Acuteuess  of  vision. 

OxyecoPa  (from  o^vrf  acid,  and  amy,  sense 
of  hearing).  Preternatural  acuteness  of  the 
sense  of  hearing,  as  sometimes  manifested  in 
cerebral  irritation. 

Oxyg'ala  (from  o£?;f,  sour,  and  yaka,  milk). 
Sour  milk. 

Oxyg'arum.  A  composition  of  garum  and 
vinegar. 

Ox'ygen  (oxygenium ;  from  o^vr,  acid,  and 
ye vvau,  to  generate).  One  of  the  elements.  A 
tasteless,  inodorous,  colorless  element,  always 
existing  in  a  gaseous  state  when  not  combined 
with  other  ponderable  matter;  a  supporter  of 
combustion,  combining  with  every  combusti- 
ble body,  with  all  the  metals,  and  with  most 
vegetable  and  animal  substances  ;  it  is  indispens- 
able to  respiration,  and  is  a  component  part  of 


OXY 


453 


OZO 


air  and  water.  It  is  inhaled  as  a  therapeutic 
remedy  in  diseases  of  the  respiratory  organs 
and  blood,  acting  as  a  stimulant  and  tonic  to 
the  respiration  and  circulation. 

Oxygena'ted  Muriatic  Ac'id.    Chlorine. 

Oxygenation.  Oxidation.  The  satura- 
tion of  a  substance  with  oxygen,  either  by 
chemical  combination  or  by  mixture. 

Oxyg'Iicus.     An  oxymel. 

Oxyhy'drogen  Blow=pipe.  An  instru- 
ment for  burning  one  volume  of  oxygen  and 
one  of  hydrogen,  which  issues  from  a  small 
tube  or  aperture.  It  produces  a  most  intense 
heat. 

Ox'ymel  (from  of/c,  acid,  and  fielt,  honey). 
A  syrup  composed  of  honey,  vinegar,  and 
water  ;    an  excipient. 

Oxymel  Col'chici.     Oxymel  of  colchicum.    It 
is    expectorant   and  diuretic.     Dose,  f 3 j,  in 
gruel. 
Oxymel  Cu'pri  Subaceta'tis.    Oxymel  of  sub- 
acetate  of  copper. 

Oxymel  SciPlae.  Oxymel  of  squill.  Expec- 
,  torant  and  diuretic.     Dose,  fgj  to  f.^ij. 

Ox'ymurias      Hydrar'gyri.         Corrosive 
chloride  of  mercury.     Bichloride  of  mercury  ; 
corrosive  sublimate. 
Oxymurias  Potass 'ae.     Chlorate  of  potash. 

Oxymu'riate  of  Lime.    Chlorinated  lime. 
Oxymuriate    of   Mercury.      See    Corrosive 
Sublimate. 

Oxy muriatic  Acid.     Chlorine. 

Oxymyr'rhine.     See  Myrtcjs  Communis. 

Oxynos'ema.     Acute  disease. 

Oxyod'ic.     Iodic. 

Oxyo'pia.  Preternatural  acuteness  of 
vision. 

Oxyosthre/sia.  Acuteness  of  the  sense  of 
smell. 

Oxy  phlegmasia.    Violent  inflammation. 

Oxypho'nia.     Shrillness  of  voice. 

Oxyphosphate  of  Zinc.  Also  a  semi- 
metallic  plastic  rilling  material,  which  is  a 
basic  compound  of  calcined  oxide  of  zinc  with 
glacial  phosphoric  acid.  See  Zixc,  Oxyphos- 
phate. 

Oxypro'tein.  The  substance  which  forms 
the  huffy  coat  of  inflamed  blood. 

Oxyquinaseptol.  Diaphtherin.  Obtained 
by  a  union  of  two  molecules  of  oxyquinolin 
and  one  molecule  of  aseptol.  An  antiseptic 
with  no  caustic  action. 


Oxyreg'mia.     Acid  eructations. 

Oxyr'ia.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Polygonaceae. 

Oxyria  Reniform'is.  Mountain  sorrel,  a  plant 
possessing  refrigerant,  anti-scorbutic,  and 
diuretic  properties. 

Oxyrrhod'inon.  A  composition  of  vinegar 
and  oil  of  roses. 

Oxys  (o;i'c).     Acid  :  sharp  ;  acute. 

Oxysac'charum.     Sugar  and  vinegar. 

Ox'ysalts.  Combinations  in  which  oxygen 
is  found,  both  in  the  acid  and  base. 

Oxysul'phuret.  The  sulphuret  of  a  me- 
tallic oxide. 

Oxytar'tarus.     Acetate  of  potash. 

Oxytoc'ia  (from  o^vs,  quick,  and  tokos, 
bringing  forth).     Quickness  of  birth. 

Oxytocic.  Oxytocus.  That  which  expe- 
dites delivery. 

Oxyu'ris.     The  ascaris  or  thread  worm. 

Oys'ter.    A  bivalve,  testaceous  animal  ;  the 
Ostrea  edulis. 
Oyster  Shells.         The  shell  of  the  Ostrea. 

Oz.  Abbreviation  for  ounce  (avoirdu- 
pois). 

Ozas'na  (from  <v/,  a  stench).  Ulceration  of 
the  pituitary  membrane  of  the  nose  and  dis- 
charge of  purulent  and  exceedingly  fcetid  mat- 
ter. It  is  sometimes  accompanied  by  caries  of 
the  bones.  It  is  usually  depeudent  on  a  syph- 
ilitic or  scrofulous  disease.  The  author  once 
met  with  a  case  which  had  resulted  from  a  dis- 
eased condition  of  the  lining  membrane  of  the 
maxillary  sinus. 

O'ze.     A  bad  smell  from  the  mouth. 

Ozene.     See  Oz.p.xa. 

Ozocerite.  Ozokerit  ;  vegetable  wax  ;  fos- 
sil wax.  A  hydrocarbon  found  in  a  layer  of 
bituminous  slate,  and  which,  when  refined,  acts 
like  tar  ;  mixed  with  linseed  oil  it  is  used  in 
skin  diseases. 

Ozone.  03.  A  gas  of  a  pungent  odor  dis- 
covered by  Schoubein.  It  is  formed  by  the 
action  of  phosphorus  upon  moist  air  by  the 
electric  fluid  passing  through  damp  oxygen. 
It  was  thought  at  one  time  to  be  a  tnoditica- 
tion  of  oxygen,  but  it  is  now  generally  believed 
to  be  a  teroxide  of  hydrogen.  It  is  an  active 
oxidizing  agent,  possessing  antiseptic  proper- 
ties. 

Ozosto'mia  (o»;/,  a  stench,  and  trro/ia, 
mouths.     Same  as  Oze. 


454 


PAL 


F\ 


P.  Symbol  for  phosphorus.  Also  an  abbre- 
viation of  pugillus,  a  handful;  and  of  pars  or 
partes,  a  part  or  parts  ;  also  for  pulvis,  powder  ; 
pondere,  by  weight ;  pilula,  pill. 

Pab'ulum.  Food  ;  aliment ;  anything  nu- 
tritive. 

Pacchionian  Glands  or  Bodies.  Minute 
whitish  or  yellowish  bodies,  isolated  or  dis- 
posed in  clusters  on  several  points  of  the  dura 
and  pia  mater,  and  particularly  iu  the  longitu- 
dinal sinus.     Their  use  is  not  known. 

Pachulo'sis.     See  Pachylosis. 

Pachy=  (-a^t'C,  thick).  Prefix  meaning 
thick. 

Pachyae'mia  ( pacheemia ;  from  Tra^uf,  thick, 
and  aiua,  blood).     Thickness  of  the  blood. 

Pachyblepharo'sis  (from  Ttaxvc,  thick,  and 
i'f/eoapor,  the  eyelid).  Pacheablepharosis.  A 
morbid  thickening  of  the  eyelid. 

Pachyceph/alic  (from  naxvg,  thick,  and 
KEoa'/j),  head).    Unusual  thickness  of  the  skull. 

Pachyder'ma.  An  order  of  mammifers 
with  thick  skins,  as  the  elephant,  etc. 

Pachylo'sis  (from  rraxvc,  thick).  Pre- 
ternatural thickness  of  the  epidermis,  occa- 
sioned by  hypertrophy  of  the  papillae  of  the 
skin. 

Pachyme/nia  (~axvc,  thick,  and  v/iqv,  a 
membrane).     A  thickening  of  the  skin. 

Pachyn'tica.  Medicines  formerly  sup- 
posed to  have  the  property  of  thickening  the 
humors. 

Pacinian  Corpuscles.  Pacinian  bodies. 
The  small  tubercles  found  on  the  peripheral 
extremities  of  the  nerves. 

Pad.  A  small  cushion  used  to  compress 
certain  parts,  and  sometimes  placed  on  splints 
or  between  them  and  the  fractured  limb. 

Paedan'chone  (from  nair:  u  child,  and  ayxu, 
to  strangle).  A  fatal  angina  peculiar  to  chil- 
(licn.  described  by  some  old  writers. 

Paedarthroc'ace  (from  -wr,  a  child,  ap&pov, 
a  joint,  and  i<ai<r/}  bad,  evil).  Pedarthrocace. 
A  aecrotic  ulceration  or  caries  of  the  joints  of 
children. 

Pa;datroph/ia  (from  iraig,  a  child,  a,  priv., 
and  r/iooi,,,  to  nourish).  Kmaciation  of  chil- 
dren ;  tabes  mesenteries  ;  infantile  atrophy. 

Paederasty.  Sodomy.  An  unnatural  pas- 
sion for  boys. 


Paediatri'a.  Paediatrics.  The  treatment  of 
diseases  of  children. 

PaedonosoPogy  (psedonosologia ;  from  ncug, 
a  child,  vococ,  a  disease,  and  hoyog,  a  discourse). 
A  treatise  on  the  diseases  of  children. 

Paedotrophi'a    (from    7raict    a    child,    and 
Tjoo^u,  to  nourish).     The  nourishment  of  chil- 
dren in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  hygiene. 
PaPdicus  (muf,  child).     Pertaining  to  chil- 
dren. 

Pain  (dolor).  Suffering  of  different  de- 
grees of  intensity. 

Pain  Obtun'ders.  Preparations  capable  of 
producing  local  anaesthesia.  One  for  dental 
use  has  been  prepared  by  Dr.  C.  von  Bonhorst, 
which  is  applied  to  the  gums  by  means  of  an 
"applicator,"  which  consists  of  two  small 
metallic  cups  attached  to  an  elliptical  handle 
seven  inches  long.  Sponges  in  sections  of 
rubber  tubing  are  placed  in  the  cups,  and, 
when  saturated  with  the  anaesthetic  fluid,  are 
pressed  against  the  gum  on  each  side  of  the 
tooth  to  be  extracted  and  retained  from  one  to 
two  minutes.  The  agents  commonly  employed 
to  obtund  the  sensibility  of  the  dental  pulp 
are  creasote,  carbolic  acid,  oil  of  cloves,  oil  of 
cajeput,  and  cocaine,  either  alone  or  in  combi- 
nation with  such  narcotics  as  morphine.  An 
effective  remedy  for  the  pain  of  pulpitis  is 
acetate  of  morphine  combined  with  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  oil  of  cloves  to  form  a  thin  paste. 
Other  obtunding  agents  and  mixtures  are  oil 
of  eucalyptus  ;  camphor  combined  with  ether 
or  chloroform  ;  aconite,  either  alone  or  com- 
bined with  iodine  or  chloroform  ;  iodoform  ; 
iodol  ;  iodoform  and  carbolic  acid  ;  menthol, 
alone  or  combined  with  oil  of  cloves  or  oil  of 
cajeput;  pyrethrum,  etc.  See  Anaesthetics, 
Local. 
Pains,  After.  The  pains  experienced  after 
parturition  by  lying-in  women  ;  also  the  pain 
following  the  extraction  of  teeth. 
Pains,  Labor.  The  pains  that  accompany 
parturition. 

Paint,  Indian.  Blood-root,  the  common 
name  of  Sanguinaria  canadensis. 

Paint'er's  Colic.  Colica  pictonum.  A 
species  of  colic  peculiar  to  painters  and  others 
exposed  to  lead  poisons. 

PalaeontoPogy   (palfeontologia;  from  va%- 


PAL 


455 


PAL 


aiog,  ancient,  and  ontology,  the  science  of  being). 

The  science  of  ancient  beings    or   creatures  ; 

applied  to  the  fossil  remains  of  extinct  auimals 

and  plants. 

Palaeozo'ic.      Pertaining    to    the    age    in 

which  the  first  life-forms  appeared. 

Pal'atal.     Palatine.     Of   or  pertaining  to 

the  palate  ;  uttered  with  the  aid  of  the  palate. 

Palatal  Glands.     See  PALATINE    GLANDS. 
Pal'ate.    Palatum.     The  roof  of  the  mouth. 

See  Palate,  Hard. 

Palate,  Arches  of.  The  anterior  arch  arises 
from  the  middle  of  the  velum  palati,  at  the 
side  of  the  uvula,  and  is  attached  to  the  edge 
of  the  base  of  the  tongue. 

The  posterior  arch  also  arises  from  the  side  of 
the  uvula,  and  passes  downward  to  be  in- 
serted into  the  side  of  the  pharynx. 

Palate,  Artificial.  See  OBTURATORS  and 
Artificial  Palates  ;  also  see  Velum,  Ar- 
tificial. 

Palate  Bones.  Two  bones  situated  at  the 
back  part  of  the  superior  maxillary  bone,  be- 
tween its  tuberosities  and  the  pterygoid  pro- 
cesses of  the  sphenoid  bone.  They  are  shaped 
precisely  alike. 

The  palate  bone  is  divided  into  three  plates — 
the  horizontal  or  palate,  the  vertical  or  nasal, 
and  the  orbital. 

The  palate  plate  is  broad,  and  on  the  same  line 
with  the  palate  processes  of  the  superior  max- 
illary bone  ;  its  upper  surface  is  smooth,  and 
forms  the  posterior  floor  of  the  nostrils  ;  the 
lower  surface  is  rough  and  forms  the  posterior 
part  of  the  roof  of  the  mouth  ;  its  anterior 
edge  is  connected  to  the  palate  process  of  the 
upper  jaw,  and  its  posterior  is  thin  and  cres- 
centic,  to  which  is  attached  the  velum  pendu- 
lum palati,  or  soft  palate  ;  at  the  posterior 
point  of  the  suture  uniting  the  two  palate 
bones  there  projects  backward  a  process  called 
the  posterior  nasal  spine,  which  gives  origin  to 
the  azygos  uvula?  muscle  The  vertical  plate 
ascends,  helps  to  form  the  nose,  diminishes 
the  opening  into  the  antrum  by  projecting 
forward,  and  by  its  external  posterior  part, 
in  conjunction  with  the  pterygoid  processes 
of  the  sphenoid  bone,  forms  the  posterior 
palatine  canal,  the  lower  orifice  of  which 
is  seen  on  the  margin  of  the  palate  plate, 
called  the  posterior  palatine  foramen,  which 
transmits  the  palatine  nerve  and  artery  to 
the  soft  palate  ;  behind  this  foramen  is  often 
seen  a  smaller  one,  passing  through  the  base 
of  the   pterygoid    process   of  this   bone    and 


sending  a  filament  of  the  same  nerve  to  the 
palate. 

The  upper  end  of  the  vertical  or  nasal  plate 
has  two  processes  :  the  one  is  seen  at  the  back 
of  the  orbit  and  is  called  the  orbital  process  ; 
the  other  is  posterior  and  fits  to  the  under  sur- 
face of  the  body  of  the  sphenoid  bone.  Be- 
tween these  two  processes  there  is  a  foramen, 
the  spheno-palaline,  which  transmits  to  the 
nose  a  nerve  and  artery  of  the  same  name. 

The  palate  bone  articulates  with  six  others — 
namely,  the  superior  maxillary,  inferior  tur- 
binated, vomer,  sphenoid,  and  ethmoid. 

The  structure  of  this  bone  is  very  thin  and 
consists  almost  entirely  of  compact  tissue.  Its 
development,  it  is  said,  takes  place  by  a  single 
point  of  ossification  at  the  place  of  the  union 
of  the  vertical,  horizontal,  and  pyramidal 
portions. 

These  bones  are  all  more  or  less  related  to 
the  bones  of  the  head,  of  which  eight  com- 
pose the  cranium  and  fourteen  the  face.  Those 
of  the  cranium  are  one  frontal,  two  parietal, 
two  temporal,  one  occipital,  one  sphenoid,  and 
one  ethmoid.  Those  of  the  face  are  six  pairs 
and  two  single  bones  ;  the  pairs  are,  to  wit,  the 
two  malar,  two  superior  maxillary,  two  lach- 
rymal, two  nasal,  two  palatine,  and  two  infe- 
rior spongy.  The  vomer  and  inferior  maxillary 
are  the  two  single  bones. 

Palate,  Hard.  A  bony  palate,  covered  by 
mucous  membrane,  forming  the  floor  of  the 
nose  and  the  roof  of  the  mouth.  The  palatal 
processes  of  the  superior  maxillary  bones  form 
the  anterior  three-fourths  of  the  hard  palate, 
the  remaining  fourth  being  composed  of  the 
horizontal  plates  of  the  palate  bones. 

Palate,  Soft.  The  velum  pendulum  palati. 
The  soft  palate  is  a  movable  curtain  or  septum 
which  is  attached  to  the  posterior  border  of 
the  palatine  arch,  and  is  continuous  with  the 
hard  palate.  It  is  membranous  and  is  con- 
trolled by  five  pairs  of  muscles,  which,  in  con- 
junction with  the  muscles  of  the  tongue, 
pharynx,  and  hyoid  bone,  assist  in  deglutition. 
Pal'atine   (palatinus;    from   palatum,    the 

palate).     Belonging  or  relating  to  the  palate. 

Palatine  Arteries.  These  are  two— the  supe- 
rior palatine  and  the  spheno-palaline.  The 
superior  descends  from  behind  the  superior 
maxillary  bone,  passes  through  the  posterior 
palatine  canal  to  the  roof  of  the  mouth,  and 
supplies  the  palate,  gums,  and  velum  pendu- 
lum palati.  It  also  sends  off  a  small  branch 
through  the  foramen   incisivum  to  the  nose. 


PAL 


456 


PAL 


The  sphenopalatine  enters  the  back  part  of  the 
nose  through  the  spheno-palatine  foramen 
and  is  distributed  upon  the  pituitary  mem- 
brane. 

Palatine  Foram'ina.  Two  foramina — anterior 
and  posterior.     See  Palate  Boxes. 

Palatine  Glands.  These  glands  are  located 
in  the  deep  portion  of  the  muco-periosteum 
of  the  hard  palate  and  under  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  oral  and  nasal  surfaces  of 
the  soft  palate  and  uvula.  They  are  small, 
round,  or  compound  tubular  glands,  and  form 
a  continuous  layer  upon  each  side  of  the  roof 
of  the  mouth,  but  are  -wanting  in  the  median 
line. 

Palatine  Nerves.  Three  nerves — the  anterior, 
middle,  and  posterior.  The  an terior  descends 
through  the  posterior  palatine  canal,  passes 
forward  through  the  hard  palate,  to  which  it 
is  distributed,  communicating  with  the  naso- 
palatine ganglion  and  its  branches.  It  also 
sends  off  several  branches  to  the  antrum  aud 
spongy  bone.  The  middle  palatine  nerve,  de- 
scending through  the  same  canal  as  the  pos- 
terior, supplies  the  soft  palate,  uvula,  and 
tonsils.  The  posterior  emerges  from  an  open- 
ing behind  the  posterior  palatine  foramen  and 
is  distributed  to  the  hard  and  soft  palates, 
gums,  and  tonsils. 

Palatine  Organs.  The  organs  which  enter 
into  the  formation  of  the  hard  and  soft  pal- 
ates. 

Palatine  Organs,  Defects  of.  The  nature 
and  extent  of  the  defects  of  the  palatine  or- 
gans are  exceedingly  various.  They  some- 
times consist  of  a  simple  perforation  of  the 
vault  of  the  palate,  either  in  the  centre  or  on 
one  side  of  the  median  line  ;  at  other  times 
the  loss  of  substance  extends  to  the  entire 
vault  and  velum.  Nor  is  the  loss  of  structure 
always  confined  to  these  parts  ;  it  sometimes 
extends  to  an  anterior  part  of  the  alveolar 
border  and  upper  lip,  constituting  what  is 
termed  hare-lip. 

The  defects  of  the  palatine  organs  may  be 
divided  into  accidental  and  congenital.  The 
first  are  caused  by  a  pathological  change  of 
structure.  The  second  are  the  result  of  mal- 
formation or  imperfect  development  of  the 
parts.  But  from  whatever  cause  they  may 
be  produced,  their  effects  upon  the  voice, 
speech,  mastication,  and  deglutition  are  the 
same.  These  functions  are  all  impaired  in 
proportion  to  their  nature  and  extent.  When 
they  extend   so    far   as   to   cause  a   complete 


division  of  the  hard  and  soft  structures,  dis- 
tinct utterance  is  wholly  destroyed,  and  the 
acts  of  mastication  and  deglutition  are  greatly 
impaired,  and  always  performed  with  diffi- 
culty. 

When  the  loss  of  substance  is  the  result  of 
disease,  and  extends  so  far  as  to  establish  a 
communication  between  the  mouth  and  nasal 
fossae,  the  defect  can  seldom  be  remedied  in 
any  other  way  than  by  means  of  an  artificial 
obturator  ;  and  even  when  it  is  congenital, 
though  the  aid  of  surgery  may  very  frequently 
be  successfully  invoked,  the  resources  of  art 
will  often  be  required.  When  the  defect  is 
confined  to  the  vault  of  the  palate,  and  consists 
of  an  opening  between  the  mouth  and  nasal 
cavities,  these  resources  may  always  be  suc- 
cessfully applied,  and  even  when  the  loss  of 
substance  extends  to  the  soft  palate  and  ante- 
rior part  of  the  alveolar  ridge,  a  mechanical 
appliance  may  be  so  constructed  as  to  restore, 
in  a  great  degree,  the  functions  dependent 
upon  the  presence  and  integrity  of  the  natural 
parts. 

Accidental  Defects. — Lesions  of  the  palate  not 
congenital  may  be  caused  either  by  accident 
or  disease,  and  are  known  as  accidental  cleft 
pedate.  They  may  be  remedied  by  more  sim- 
ple appliances  than  are  cases  of  congenital 
cleft  palate.  Accidental  lesions  of  the  pala- 
tine organs  are  divided  by  M.  Delabarre  into 
three  species.  The  first  consists  in  perfora- 
tions of  the  vault  of  the  palate  ;  the  second,  in 
perforations  of  the  velum  ;  and  the  third,  in 
the  destruction  of  the  entire  vault  of  the  pal- 
ate or  of  a  great  portion  of  it.  To  this  last 
might  also  be  added  the  destruction  of  the 
whole  or  a  large  portion  of  the  velum,  as  well 
as  of  the  vomer,  part  of  the  alveolar  border, 
and  turbinated  bones. 

Congenital  Defects. — Congenital  cleft  palate  is 
caused  by  a  want  of  development  of  the  max- 
illary bones,  such  as  hereditary  disease,  mal- 
formation during  embryonal  life,  impaired 
trophic  nerve  supply  resulting  from  a  want  of 
nourishment  of  the  maxillary  and  palate 
bones.  It  was  formerly  treated  by  staphylor- 
rhaphy alone  ;  now  artificial  palates  and  obtu- 
rators answer  better  purposes.  Congenital 
defects  of  the  palate  occupy  the  median  line 
or  palatine  raphe,  and  consist  of  a  division  of 
the  osseous  and  soft  textures  of  greater  or  less 
extent.  This  division  is  sometimes  confined 
to  the  vault  of  the  palate  ;  at  other  times  the 
velum,  anterior  part  of  the  alveolar  arch,  and 


PAL 


457 


PAL 


upper  lip  are  implicated.  It  forms  a  commu- 
nication with  both  nostrils,  aud  when  the 
malformation  extends  to  the  alveolar  border 
and  upper  lip,  which  is  divided  vertically  in 
one  and  sometimes  in  two  places,  it  gives  to 
the  mouth  a  most  disagreeable  aspect.  But 
hare-lip  is  sometimes  met  with  when  there  is 
no  imperfection  of  the  osseous  structures,  and 
imperfections  are  often  met  with  here  when 
the  lip  is  perfect.  In  some  cases  the  cleft  or 
fissure  is  more  than  three-fourths  of  an  inch 
wide  throughout  the  whole  extent  of  the  pal- 
ate and  velum,  extending  through  the  whole 
of  that  portion  of  the  alveolar  border  which 
should  be  occupied  by  the  four  incisors  ;  at 
other  times  the  alveolar  arch  is  divided  in  two 
places,  leaving  a  portion  between  the  lateral 
and  central  incisors,  or  one  lateral  and  one 
central,  which,  projecting  more  or  less,  very 
greatly  increases  the  deformity.  Although  a 
double  hare-lip  with  two  divisions  of  the 
alveolar  border  is  seldom  met  with  without 
some  defect  of  the  palatine  organs,  cases  do 
occasionally  occur. 

Cleft  palate  is  a  congenital  defect  consisting  of 
a  fissure  extending  through  the  middle  of  the 
soft  palate,  through  the  hard  palate,  or  both. 
It  prevents  the  shutting  off  of  the  cavity  of 
the  mouth  from  that  of  the  nose,  and  thus 
causes  difficulty  in  the  sucking  of  the  infant 
and  in  mastication  and  deglutition  (the  food 
passing  up  into  the  nostrils)  and  articulation. 
Treatment  consists  of  refreshing  the  edges  of 
the  cleft  and  uniting  them  (staphylorrhaphy, 
uranoplasty)  or  closure  by  an  artificial  palate 
or  obturator. 

Congenital  defects  of  the  palate  are  sometimes 
accompanied  by  more  or  less  deformity  of  the 
sides  of  the  alveolar  arch  and  of  the  teeth. 
Sometimes  the  sides  of  the  alveolar  ridge  are 
forced  too  far  apart,  and  at  other  times  they 
are  too  near  to  each  other,  while  the  teeth  are 
too  large  or  too  small,  with  imperfectly  devel- 
oped roots  and  generally  of  a  soft  texture. 

Thus  it  is  seen  that  defects  of  the  palate  arising 
from  malformation  are  as  diversified  asdefects 
produced  by  disease. 

Functional  Disturbances  resulting  from  Defects 
of  the  Palatine  Organs. — The  principal  effects 
resulting  from  the  absence  of  a  portion  of  the 
palatine  organs  are  impairment  of  the  func- 
tions of  mastication,  deglutition,  and  speech. 
Distinct  utterance  is  sometimes  wholly  de- 
stroyed by  it,  and  mastication  and  deglutition 
are  often  so  much  embarrassed  as  to  be  per- 


formed only  with  difficulty.  These  effects  are 
always  in  proportion  to  the  extent  of  the  sepa- 
ration or  deficiency  of  the  parts.  See  Sta- 
phylorrhaphy ;  Staphyloplasty;  Obtu- 
rator, Palatine  ;  Artificial  Palate 
and  Obturator,  and  Palate  Plates. 

Palatine  Organs,  Diseases  of.  In  common 
with  other  parts  of  the  body,  the  palate  some- 
times becomes  the  seat  of  various  morbid  phe- 
nomena ;  but  the  occurrence  of  disease  here 
is  generally  the  result  of  constitutional  causes, 
such  as  certain  depraved  habits  of  the  body. 
It  is,  perhaps,  more  frequently  induced  by 
secondary  syphilis  than  any  other  cause,  and 
when  it  is  its  ravages  are  often  very  deplora- 
ble. It  may,  however,  result  from  the  im- 
moderate and  protracted  use  of  mercurial 
medicine  or  a  scorbutic,  cancerous,  scrofulous, 
or  rickety  diathesis  of  the  general  system. 
Among  the  diseases  liable  to  attack  the  palate 
are  tumors,  caries  and  necrosis  of  the  bones, 
ulceration  of  the  mucous  membrane,  and  in- 
flammation, elongation,  and  ulceration  of  the 
uvula. 

Tumors  of  the  Palate. — Morbid  growths  of  the 
palate  are  analogous  to  those  of  other  parts  of 
the  mouth.  A  description  of  their  various 
peculiarities,  therefore,  is  not  deemed  neces- 
sary. See  Jaws,  Morbid  Growths  of.  But 
with  regard  to  the  causes  which  are  concerned 
in  their  production  there  exists  some  diversity 
of  opinion.  They  are  supposed  by  some  to  be 
dependent  upon  a  peculiar  specific  constitu- 
tional vice,  as  venereal,  scorbutic,  cancerous, 
scrofulous,  etc.,  while  others  think  they  may 
occur  in  individuals  in  whom  no  such  habit 
or  vice  exists.  Local  irritation,  no  doubt,  is 
the  immediate  or  exciting  cause  of  the  various 
morbid  productions  of  the  palate;  but  this, 
unless  favored  by  some  specific  or  peculiar 
constitutional  tendency  or  cachectic  habit  of 
the  body,  would  not  be  likely  to  give  rise  to 
them.  Thus,  while  the  former  would  seem  to 
be  the  exciting  cause,  the  character  assumed 
by  the  disease  is  evidently  determined  by  the 
latter. 

Although  tumors  of  the  palate  may  sometimes 
disappear  spontaneously  on  the  removal  of 
the  exciting  cause,  the  proper  curative  indi- 
cation consists  in  their  entire  extirpation. 
When  they  are  attached  by  a  small  base  this 
may  be  easily  effected  with  a  pair  of  scissors 
properly  curved  at  their  points  or  by  means 
of  a  ligature.  But  when  they  are  attached  by 
a  broad   base,  a  curved  bistoury  is  the  most 


PAL 


458 


PAL 


convenient  instrument  that  can  be  employed, 
and  sometimes  it  may  be  necessary  to  have 
two — a  right  and  a  left,  or  one  for  each  side. 

In  the  removal  of  tumors  from  the  palate,  as 
well  as  from  other  parts  of  the  body,  no  por- 
tion should  be  left ;  as,  in  this  event,  a  repro- 
duction of  the  disease  would  be  likely  to 
occur,  and  more  especially  if  it  be  of  a  malig- 
nant character.  The  operation  should  be  per- 
formed, too,  before  the  tumor  has  acquired 
great  size  or  implicated  in  the  diseased  action 
the  neighboring  structures. 

Both  before  and  after  the  operation  such  gen- 
eral or  constitutional  treatment  as  may  be 
indicated  by  the  habit  of  body  or  vice  under 
which  the  patient  may  be  laboring  should  be 
adopted.  If  of  a  scorbutic  or  scrofulous  habit 
or  affected  with  a  syphilitic  disease,  suitable 
remedies  should  be  prescribed,  and,  when 
practicable,  such  local  irritants  as  may  have 
acted  as  an  exciting  cause  should  be  removed. 

Caries  and  Necrosis  of  the  Bones  of  the  Palate 
and  Ulceration  of  the  Mucous  Membrane. — The 
bones  of  the  palate  sometimes  become  the  seat 
of  caries  and  necrosis,  causing  ulceration  of 
the  subjacent  soft  parts  and  the  destruction  of 
a  greater  or  less  portion  of  the  structures 
which  separate  the  cavities  of  the  mouth  and 
nose.  Although  these  effects  are  of  more  fre- 
quent occurrence  than  tumors,  they  are  less 
dangerous  in  their  consequences.  Commenc- 
ing with  inflammation  and  suppuration  of  the 
periosteal  tissues,  caries  and  necrosis  of  the 
bones,  accompanied  by  ulceration  of  the  sub- 
jacent mucous  membrane,  soon  supervenes, 
and  ultimately  exfoliation  takes  place,  when 
an  opening  of  greater  or  less  size  between  the 
buccal  and  nasal  cavities  is  established. 

During  the  progress  of  the  disease  foetid  sanies 
is  constantly  discharged  from  one  or  more 
fistulous  openings  into  the  mouth  and  some- 
times the  cavities  of  the  nose,  rendering  the 
condition  of  the  unhappy  sufferer  exceedingly 
loathsome  and  distressing.  The  progress  of 
the  disease  is  often  slow,  continuing,  not  in- 
frequently, for  weeks,  months,  ami,  in  some 
cases,  even  years,  destroying  all  the  pleasures 
of  life  and  rendering  existence  itself  a  burden. 

But  ulceration  of  the  mucous  membrane  often 
occurs  while  the  superjacent  bones  are  in  a 
healthy  condition,  caused  by  inflammation 
and  ulceration  of  the  velum  and  uvula.  But 
from  whatever  cause  the  ulceration  may  be 
produced,  it  may  ultimately  give  rise  to  caries 
and   necrosis  of  the    hones.     It  is,  however, 


more  frequently  an  effect  than  a  cause  of  carie 
of  the  osseous  structures  of  these  parts. 

In  the  treatment  of  caries  of  the  bones  of  the 
palate  it  is  important  to  ascertain  if  the  pa- 
tient be  laboring  under  any  constitutional 
vices  which  may  have  contributed  to  the  dis- 
ease and  the  local  irritants  concerned  in  giving 
rise  to  it.  If  the  inflammation  from  which  it 
resulted  was  caused  by  mechanical  irritation, 
the  irritants  should  at  once  be  removed.  If 
decayed,  dead,  or  loose  teeth  be  suspected  as 
having  had  any  agency  in  its  production  they 
should  be  immediately  extracted  ;  but  so  long 
as  any  portions  of  decayed  or  necrosed  bone 
remain,  it  is  needless  to  say  the  ulcerations  or 
fistulous  openings  iu  the  soft  parts  can  not  be 
healed.  The  dead  bone,  as  soon  as  it  has 
become  sufficiently  exfoliated,  should  be  de- 
tached and  removed,  but  in  doing  this  it  may 
be  necessary  to  increase  the  size  of  the  exter- 
nal opening.  During  the  process  of  exfoliation 
the  affected  parts  should  be  syringed  with 
diluted  aromatic  sulphuric  acid  or  a  solution 
of  permanganate  of  potash  and  the  mouth 
frequently  gargled  with  astringent  and  deter- 
gent lotions  for  the  purpose  of  correcting  the 
odor  of  the  offensive  matter  which  is  contin- 
ually discharging. 

Suitable  constitutional  remedies  should,  at  the 
same  time,  be  prescribed.  As  in  the  case  of 
tumors,  if  the  patient  be  laboring  under  a 
scorbutic,  scrofulous,  or  venereal  diathesis  of 
the  general  system,  the  constitutional  indica- 
tions should  be  properly  fulfilled.  But  before 
instituting  any  general  treatment,  the  physi- 
cian should  be  well  assured  that  his  diagnosis 
is  correct.  A  venereal  vice  is  sometimes  sus- 
pected when  none  exists. 

Inflammation  and  Ulceration  of  the  Velum  and 
Uvula. — The  velum  palati  and  uvula  some- 
times become  the  seat  of  inflammation,  accom- 
panied by  pain,  increased  redness,  difficult 
deglutition  and  articulation  of  speech.  Most 
frequently  it  terminates  in  resolution,  but 
sometimes  in  ulceration  and  at  other  times  in 
gangrene.  Where  resolution  is  the  termina- 
tion, it  gradually  subsides,  after  having  con- 
tinued for  a  greater  or  less  length  of  time  ; 
when  by  ulceration,  one  or  more  white  or  ash- 
colored  spots  appear  upon  the  velum  and  uvula 
after  it  has  continued  for  a  certain  period;  and 
when  by  gangrene,  the  part,  after  having  as- 
sumed a  dark  purple  or  almost  black  color, 
sloughs  off.  The  last  termination,  fortunately, 
rarely  happens. 


PAL 


459 


PAL 


As  a  consequence  of  the  inflammation  the  uvula 
sometimes  becomes  tumefied  and  elongated  : 
at  other  times  it  becomes  elongated  when 
there  is  no  apparent  tumefaction.  In  the  latter 
case  it  is  vulgarly  termed  "  a  falling  of  the 
palate."  Most  frequently,  when  it  is  elon- 
gated, its  thickness  is  at  the  same  time  in- 
creased ;  there  is  then  an  increase  of  redness. 
But  when  there  is  elongation  without  an  in- 
crease of  size,  resulting  simply  from  relaxation 
of  the  part,  its  color,  instead  of  being  height- 
ened, is  often  diminished,  presenting  a  whitish 
or  semi-transparent  appearance.  This  descrip- 
tion of  elongation  is  termed  serous  tumefaction 
of  the  uvula.  It  is  seldom  accompanied  by 
pain.  When  the  uvula  becomes  so  much  elon- 
gated as  to  rest  upon  the  tongue,  it  causes  irri- 
tation, difficult  deglutition,  oftentimes  a  sense 
of  suffocation,  the  frequent  expulsion  of  mucus 
from  the  throat,  and  sometimes  a  disagreeable 
cough. 

Ulcers  of  various  kinds  sometimes  attack  these 
parts,  though  they  are  less  subject  to  them 
than  are  other  parts  of  the  mouth,  the  fauces, 
or  tonsils.  Sometimes  the  ulcers  are  of  a  sim- 
ple nature  ;  at  other  times  they  are  aphthous, 
scrofulous,  scorbutic,  venereal,  or  cancerous, 
according  to  the  specific  poison  or  diathesis 
which  has  given  rise  to  them.  When  the  ulcer 
is  not  dependent  upon  constitutional  causes  it 
is  termed  a  simple  ulcer,  and  is  nothing  more 
than  a  granulating  sore  which  secretes  healthy 
purulent  matter. 

Aphthous  ulcers  at  first  appear  in  the  form  of 
small  white  spots  or  vesicles,  which  break 
and  are  ultimately  transformed  into  ulcers, 
which  are  surrounded  by  a  slightly  elevated 
edge  of  a  reddish  color  :  the  ulcers  may  spread 
and  unite  with  each  other.  The  former  are 
termed  discrete,  and  the  latter  confluent  aphtha;. 
But  ulcers  of  this  kind  generally  appear  in 
other  parts  of  the  mouth  and  fauces  before 
they  attack  the  velum  and  uvula  of  the  palate. 

The  velum  and  uvula  are,  perhaps,  more  sub- 
ject to  venereal  than  to  any  other  kind  of 
ulcers.  The  characteristics  of  these  are  some- 
times very  similar  to  ulcers  which  result  from 
some  other  specific  constitutional  vice,  and 
their  character  can  only  be  positively  deter- 
mined by  ascertaining  all  the  circumstances 
connected  with  the  history  of  the  case.  They 
are  usually  preceded  by  ulceration  of  the 
throat,  dull  heavy  pain,  especially  at  night, 
increased  redness  of  the  parts,  swelling  of  the 
uvula,  and    difficult  deglutition.     They  gen- 


erally have  a  whitish,  dirty  gray,  or  ash- 
colored  appearance,  with  slightly  elevated  and 
irregular  margins,  and  secrete  thin,  ichorous 
matter  having  a  very  foetid  odor.  The  sur- 
rounding parts  are  preternaturally  red,  and 
sometimes  present  an  almost  purple  appear- 
ance. At  other  times  the  ulcers  appear  in  the 
form  of  aphthous  specks,  followed  by  slough- 
ing of  the  surrounding  parts.  Sometimes  the 
ulcers  attack  the  posterior  side  of  the  velum 
and  uvula  first,  where  they  commit  extensive 
ravages  before  they  appear  anteriorly.  From 
these  parts  they  often  extend  to  the  vault  of 
the  palate,  but  more  frequently  when  they 
appear  here  the  periosteal  tissue  and  bones  are 
diseased  before  ulceration  shows  itself  in  the 
mucous  membrane. 

Ulcers  of  the  velum  and  uvula  are  sometimes 
developed  as  a  consequence  of  the  protracted 
and  immoderate  use  of  mercury.  When  from 
this  cause,  they  are  preceded  by  a  copperish 
taste  in  the  mouth,  increased  flow  and  viscid- 
ity of  the  saliva,  tumefaction  and  increased 
sensibility  of  the  gums,  looseness  of  the  teeth, 
a  peculiarly  disagreeable  odor  of  the  breath, 
general  debility  and  emaciation,  and  some- 
times diarrhoea.  The  gums,  edges  of  the 
tongue,  mucous  membrane  about  the  angles 
of  the  jaws,  and  inner  surface  of  the  cheeks  and 
throat  ulcerate  before  the  velum  and  uvula 
are  attacked. 

The  velum  and  uvula  are  sometimes  the  seat 
of  other  bad-conditioned  ulcers,  such  as  the 
cancerous,  scrofulous,  etc.,  not  necessary  to 
describe. 

Inflammation  of  the  velum  and  uvula  most 
frequently  results  from  irregular  exposure  to 
cold  and  moisture,  though  it  may  sometimes 
be  produced  by  local  irritation,  as  mechanical 
injury  or  acidity  of  the  gastric  and  buccal 
fluids.  Ulceration  of  the  parts  may  result  from 
the  same  causes,  but  the  character  which  the 
ulcer  assumes  is  determined  by  the  habit  of 
body  or  peculiar  diathesis  of  the  general  sys- 
tem. Elongation  of  the  uvula  is  caused  either 
bjT  inflammation  and  general  enlargement,  a 
relaxation  of  the  parts,  or  serous  infiltration 
of  its  apex. 

For  simple  inflammation  of  the  velum  and 
uvula,  unaccompanied  by  fever  or  other  gen- 
eral constitutional  effects,  little  more  will  be 
required  than  gargling  the  throat  with  an  in- 
fusion of  capsicum,  sweetened  with  honey. 
When  the  inflammation  is  severe  and  the  ves- 
sels have  the  appearance  of  being  distended, 


PAL 


460 


PAL 


advantage  may  be  derived  from  scarifying  the 
parts  or  the  application  of  leeches. 

But  when  the  uvula  is  so  much  elongated  as  to 
rest  upon  the  tongue  and  cause  a  seusation  of 
suffocation  or  a  troublesome  cough  it  does  not 
yield  to  exciting  and  astringent  gargles ;  in 
this  case  it  may  be  advisable  to  remove  a  por- 
tion of  it. 

For  a  simple  ulcer  of  the  velum  or  uvula  no 
other  treatment  will  be  required  than  to 
gargle  the  throat  occasionally  with  some 
gently  stimulating  and  astringent  lotion  ;  the 
one  recommended  for  inflammation  of  these 
parts  may  generally  be  employed  with  ad- 
vantage. 

In  the  treatment  of  venereal  or  syphilitic  ul- 
cers of  the  velum  and  uvula  little  advantage 
will  be  obtained  from  local  remedies.  They 
can  only  be  cured  by  appropriate  constitu- 
tional antisyphilitic  treatment,  such  as  is  pre- 
scribed in  works  on  general  medicine  and 
surgery. 

In  cases  of  mercurial  ulcers  it  is  desirable  that 
two  or  three  liquid  evacuations  from  the 
bowels  should  be  procured  daily.  For  this 
purpose  sulphate  of  magnesia  or  sublimed 
sulphur  should  be  administered  night  and 
morning.  The  mouth  should,  at  the  same 
time,  be  gargled  six  or  eight  times  a  day  with 
some  gently  astringent  lotion.  A  weak  solu- 
tion of  the  sulphate  of  zinc  or  alumina, 
sweetened  with  honey,  may  sometimes  be 
advantageously  employed,  but  more  benefit, 
perhaps,  will  be  derived  from  the  use  of  a 
solution  of  the  chloride  of  lime.  When  the 
pain  is  so  severe  as  to  prevent  rest  opium 
should  be  prescribed.  The  diet  of  the  patient, 
for  the  most  part,  should  consist  of  farinaceous 
substances,  and  after  the  ulcers  have  begun  to 
heal  milk,  light  soups,  etc.,  may  be  recom- 
mended. 

In  the  treatment  of  scirrhous  and  other  ill- 
conditioned  ulcers  of  the  velum  and  uvula, 
dependent  upon  a  cachectic  habit  of  body,  itis 
necessary  that  the  constitutional  indications 
should  he  properly  fulfilled,  and  that  the  viti- 
ated action  of  the  disease  should  be  changed 
by  the  application  of  local  irritants,  such  as 
caustics.  Tin'  actual  cautery  has  been  found 
to  hi'  more  efficient  in  changing  the  condition 
of  ulcers  of  this  sort  and  exciting  a  healthy 
action  than  any  other  means  which  have  been 

employed. 

For  cancerous  ulcers  it  has  been  found  neces- 
sary  to  remove  a  portion   of   the   velum  and 


uvula,  and  even  this  operation  has  seldom 
proved  successful,  for  the  disease  may  reap- 
pear in  some  of  the  neighboring  parts. 

Palati'tis.     Inflammation  of  the  palate. 

Palatoglossus.  Pertaining  to  the  palate 
and  tongue. 

Pala/to=pharynge/us.  A  muscle  occupy- 
ing the  posterior  lateral  half  arches  of  the  pal- 
ate, extending  from  the  soft  palate  behind, 
near  the  uvula,  at  its  origin,  and  inserted  into 
the  pharynx,  between  the  middle  and  lower 
constrictors,  and  into  the  thyroid  cartilage.  Its 
use  is  to  draw  down  the  velum  and  raise  the 
pharynx. 

Palatorrhaphy  {palatum,  palate,  and/>«0/;, 
suture).  The  operation  of  uniting  by  suture 
the  cleft  palate  ;  synonymous  with  staphylor- 
rhaphy (which  see). 

Palatoschisis  (from  palatum,  and  o^s", 
to  split).     Cleft  or  split  palate. 

Palatostaphyli'ni.     The  azygos  muscle. 

Palatum.     The  palate  or  roof  of  the  mouth 
or  forepart  of  the  roof  of  the  mouth. 
Palatum  Du'rum,     The  hard  palate. 
Palatum  Fis/sum.     Fissure  of  the  palate. 
Palatum    MoFle,    or   Ve'lum    Pala'ti.     The 
soft  palate.     The  soft,  movable,  fleshy  mem- 
brane attached  to  the  posterior  part  of  the 
palate,  between  the  mouth  and  the  pharynx. 
Palatum  Pen'dulum.     Velum  pendulum  pal- 
ati. 

Pale.  Deficient  in  color  ;  white  or  whitish  ; 
not  of  a  ruddy  color. 

Paleaceous  (from  palea,  straw,  chaff). 
Chaffy  ;  covered  with  or  consisting  of  or  re- 
sembling chaff. 

Pale/ness.  Pallor.  Want  of  freshness  or 
ruddiness  of  color.  Whiteness  of  complexion 
arising  from  diminution  or  alteration  of  the 
blood  in  the  capillary  vessels.  It  is  sometimes 
a  sign  of  disease. 

Palindrom'ia  (from  izaliv,  again,  and 
dpofiog,  a  course).  In  Pathology,  a  reflux  of 
fluids  from  the  exterior  to  the  interior;  also  the 
return  or  growing  worse  of  a  disease. 

Palladium.  Symbol,  Pd.  Atomic  weight, 
l()f). 5.  A  metal  resembling  platinum  in  color 
and  lustre,  but  harder.  It  occurs  as  a  natural 
congener  of  platinum  in  its  ores,  and  is  also 
found  in  some  specimens  of  gold  and  in  some 
selenium  ores.  Its  melting-point  is  1600°  C, 
the  same  as  that  of  pure  iron.  Before  it  ar- 
rives at  the  melting-point  it  softens  and  may 
be  welded.  It  is  ductile  and  malleable,  and 
has  been  used  by  some  dentists  as  a  base  for 


PAL 


461 


PAN 


artificial  teeth  and  also  as  an  ingredient  of  an 
amalgam  filling. 

Palliative  (palliativus ;  from  pallio,  to  dis- 
semble). In  Medicine,  anything  which  relieves 
a  disease  without  curing  it. 

PaPlor  (from  jxtlleo,  to  be  pale).  Paleness. 
Pallor  Vir/ginum.     Chlorosis. 

Palm.     Palma.     The  inside  of  the  hand. 
Palm  Oil.     The  produce  of  the  palm    called 
Elaisguineensis  and  several  other  species.    It 
is  of  a  solid  consistence  and  fragrant  odor. 

Palma.     The  palm  of  the   hand.     Also  a 
palm  tree. 
Palma  Christi.     The  castor-oil  plant. 

PaPmar  (palmaris;  from  palma,  the  palm 
of  the  hand).  Pertaining  or  relating  to  the 
palm  of  the  hand. 

Palmar  Aponeurosis.     A  strong   expansion 
formed     by    the    tendon    of    the     palmaris 
brevis  and  the  anterior  annular  ligament  of 
the  carpus,    and   covering  the  palm   of  the 
hand. 
Palmar  Arches.     Two  arches  formed  in   the 
palm  of  the  hand,  one  by  the  radial  artery, 
which  is  called  the  deep-seated,  and  the  other 
by  the  ulnar  artery,  called  the  superficial  pal- 
mar arch. 
Palma/ris  Bre/vis.     A  small  flexor  muscle 
of  the  hand   situated  between  the  wrist  and 
little  finger. 

Palmaris  Lon'gus.  A  small  muscle  of  the 
forearm  which  arises  from  the  inner  condyle 
of  the  os  humeri  and  is  inserted  into  the  an- 
nular ligament  of  the  carpus  and  palmar 
fascia. 

Palmaris    Mag/nus.     A  muscle  arising  from 
the  internal  condyle  of  the  humerus  and  in- 
serted into  the  second  metacarpal  bone.     It 
bends  the  hand  and  forearm. 
PaPmate     (palmatus).       Shaped     like    a 
hand. 

PaPmistry  (from  palma,  the  palm  of  the 
band).  The  pretended  art  of  foretelling  future 
events  by  the  lines  on  the  palms  of  the 
hands. 

Palmos.  Palmus.  Palpitation  of  the 
heart. 

Palmos'copy.  Investigation  of  the  beat- 
ing of  the  heart.  Prognosis  from  the  beating 
of  the  heart. 

PaPmula.  A  date  ;  also  the  flat,  broad  end 
of  a  rib. 

Palpa'tion  (from  palper,  to  feel).  The 
sense  of  touch.  Also  manual  exploration  of 
disease  1>3T  slight  pressure  with  the  fingers. 


PaPpebra  (from  palpitate,  to  palpitate  : 
from  its  frequent  motion).     The  eyelid. 

Palpebral.  Pertaining  or  relating  to  the 
palpebrse. 

Palpebral  Ar'teries.     The  arteries  distributed 
to  the  eyelids. 

Palpebral  Nerves.     The  nerves,  of    the  eye- 
lids. 

Palpebrals.  The  orbicularis  palpebra- 
rum. 

Palpebrarum  Ape'riens  Rec'tus,  Lev- 
ator palpebral  superioris. 

Palpitation  (palpitatio ;  from  palpito,  to 
beat,  leap,  or  throb).  Preteruaturally  strong 
or  frequent  pulsations  of  the  heart. 

PaPpus.     Palpitation  of  the  heart. 

PaPsy.     Paralysis  (which  see). 
Palsy,  Lead.     Paralysis  of  the  hands  caused 
by  lead  poison. 
Palsy,  Mercu/rial.     Mercurial  erethism. 

Pampiniform  (pampiniformis  ;  from  pam- 
pinus,  a  tendril,  and  forma,  a  likeness).  In 
Anatomy,  applied  to  the  spermatic  cord. 

Pample'gia  (from  -ai>,  all,  and  KAyyu,  to 
strike).  Panplegia.  Paralysis  of  the  whole 
body. 

Pan  (from  ~av,  neuter  of  -ac,  all).  A  prefix 
denoting  all,  every  one,  everything. 

Panace'a  (from  -xar,  all,  and  aKeouai,  to 
cure).     A  pretended  universal  remedy. 

Pana'da.  Bread  boiled  in  water  to  the 
consistence  of  pap.     A  bread  poultice. 

Panaris.     Paronychia.     Whitlow. 

Pan'ary.     Pertaining  to  bread. 

Panax  Quinquefo'lium.  Ginseng,  a  mild 
and  agreeable  stimulant. 

Pan'creas  (from  irav,  all,  and  Kpeac,  flesh). 
A  glandular  organ  situated  in  the  epigastric 
region  of  the  abdomen  under  the  stomach. 

Pancreatalgia.  Neuralgia  of  the  pan- 
creas. 

Pancreatemphrax'is.  Obstruction  of  the 
pancreas. 

Pancreathelco  sis.  Ulceration  of  the  pan- 
creas. 

Pancreat'ic  (pancrcalicus).  Pertaining  or 
relating  to  the  pancreas. 

Pancreatic  Duct.  A  small,  white  duct  pass- 
ing through  the  pancreas  to  the  duodenum, 
into  which  it  discharges  its  contents. 
Pancreatic  Juice.  A  fluid  secreted  by  the 
pancreas,  resembling  the  saliva  and  conveyed 
by  the  pancreatic  duct  to  the  duodenum,  to 
be  mixed  with  the  chyle.  It  converts  starch 
into  sugar,  and  has   been   supposed  by  Ber- 


PAN 


462 


PAP 


nard  to  be  the  chief  agent  in  the  digestion  of 
fats. 
Pancreatic  Sarco'ma.     A  tumor  occurring  in 
the  lymphatic  glands  and  in  the  cellular  sub- 
stance of  the  pancreas. 

Pancreatico=duode/nal.  A  name  applied 
to  an  artery  and  a  vein  distributed  to  both 
pancreas  and  duodenum. 

Pancre'atin.  The  ferment  of  the  juice  of 
the  pancreas. 

Pancreatitis.  Inflammation  of  the  pan- 
creas. 

Pancreaton/cus  (from  iravnpeas,  and  oyuog, 
a  tumor).  A  tumor  or  swelling  of  the  pan- 
creas. 

Pancreatorrha'gia.  Haemorrhage  from  the 
pancreas. 

Pan'crene.     The  pancreas. 

Pandali'tium.     A  whitlow. 

Pandemic  (from  nav,  all,  and  Se/nog,  peo- 
ple). An  epidemic  which  attacks  the  entire 
population  of  a  place. 

Pandiculation  ( pandiculatio ;  from  pan- 
dere,  to  stretch  out).  Stretching,  such  as  occurs 
at  the  commencement  of  certain  paroxysms  of 
fever. 

Panhidrosis  (from  nav,  all,  and  idpuaig, 
sweating).     Sweating  of  the  entire  body. 

Paniv'orous  (from  pants,  bread,  and  voro, 
to  devour).  Panivorus.  Bread-eating.  Sub- 
sisting on  bread. 

Panneuritis.  A  synonym  of  multiple  neu- 
ritis. 

Pan'nicle  (diminutive  of  pannus,  a  web). 
Membrane. 

Pannic'ulus  (from  pannus,  cloth).  A  term 
in  A natomy  applied  to  adipose  membrane  ;  also 
applied  to  a  disease  of  the  eye. 

Pannus.     A  piece  of  cloth.     In  Surgery,  a 
tent  for  a  wound.     In   Pathology,  pterygium. 
The  term  is  sometimes  also  applied  to  an  irreg- 
ular najvus  or  mark  upon  the  skin  ;   or  to  a 
membrane  over  the  cornea. 
Pannus    Hepat/icus.      Diffused   ephelis    fol- 
lowed by  desquamation  of  the  skin. 
Pannus  Lenticula'ris.     Ephelis. 
Pannus  Vesicatorius.     Blistering  cloth. 

Pano'chia.     Bubo. 

Panophthalmitis  (from  rtav,  all,  and  oph- 
thalmitis, inflammation  of  the  eye).  Inflam- 
mation of  the  whole  eye. 

Pan'sy.  The  Viola  tricolor,  or  garden  vio- 
let. 

Pan'tagogue.  That  which  expels  all  mor- 
bid humors. 


Pantamorphic  (from  ttov,  and  a/mp<pia, 
shapeless).     Completely  deformed. 

Pantanencepha'lia  (from  wav,  all,  and 
anencephalia,  absence  of  brain).  Entire  ab- 
sence of  brain. 

Pantatrophia.     General  atrophy. 
Panthod'ic  (from  nav,  all,  and  oJof,  a  way). 
A  term  applied  in  Pathology,  by  Dr.  Marshall 
Hall,  to  nervous  action  proceeding  in  all  direc- 
tions from  a  single  point. 

Panting.  Dyspnoea  ;  difficulty  of  breath- 
ing. 

Pantoph'agus  (from  nav,  all,  and  0«;w, 
to  eat).  Pantophagous.  Omnivorous  (which 
see). 

Pap.  A  nipple  ;  also  soft  food  prepared  for 
infants,  with  bread  softened  or  boiled  with 
water. 

Papa/ver.     A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Papayeracese.     The  poppy. 
Papaver  APbum.     Papaver  somniferum.  The 
white  poppy. 
Papaver   Nigrum.     The   white    poppy  with 
black  seeds. 

Papaver    Officinalis.     Papaver  somniferum. 
Papaver    Rhce/as.     Papaver  erraticum.     The 
red  corn-poppy. 

Papaver    SomniFerum.      The     poppy    from 
which  opium  is  obtained. 
Papav/erin.     A  crystalline  resin  obtained 
from  opium. 

Papilla  (from  pappus,  down).  Any  small 
conical  eminence.  The  nipple  of  the  breast. 
The  word  is  used  alone  to  designate  the 
optic  disc  or  nerve-head  as  seen  by  the  oph- 
thalmoscope. In  Pathology,  a  pustule  or 
pimple. 

Papillae  Calycifor'mes.  The  lenticular 
papillae  of  the  tongue.  See  Tongue. 
Papillae,  Dentinal.  The  small  conical  emi- 
nences which  arise  from  the  corium,  and 
which  constitute  the  germs  of  the  teeth  in 
the  earliest  perceptible  [stage  of  their  forma- 
tion. See  Teeth,  Development  of  Pulps 
and  Sacs  of. 

Papillae  Medulla/res.  Small  eminences  on 
the  medulla  oblongata. 
Papillae  of  the  Kidney.  The  small  projections 
of  the  apices  of  the  cones  of  the  tubular  sub- 
stance of  the  kidney  into  the  pelvis  of  this 
organ.  • 

Papillae  of  the  Tongue.     See  Tongue. 

Papillary  {papillaris;  papillosus).  Of 
or  pertaining  to  the  papillae  or  to  the 
nipple. 


PAP 


463 


PAR 


Papillitis  (from  papilla,  and  His).  Inflam- 
mation of  the  papilla  of  the  eye. 

Papillo'ma.  A  tumor  arising  on  the  skin 
from  a  morbid  transformation  of  the  papillae — 
a  wart,  for  example  ;  also  a  corn  and  certain 
polypi. 

Papilloma   of  Gum.     Prurient  growth  of  the 
gum.     See  Gum,  Prurient  Growth  of. 

Papillo'sus.     Papillary. 

Pap'pus.  The  hair  on  the  middle  of  the 
chin. 

Pap'ulae.  Pimples ;  the  first  order  of 
cutaneous  diseases  in  Dr.  "Wilkin's  arrange- 
ment. 

Pap'ule.  Papula.  A  pimple ;  a  small 
circumscribed,  solid  elevation  of  the  skin,  but 
containing  no  fluid  nor  tending  to  suppuration. 

Pap/ulous.     Pimpled. 

Papyraceous  (from  rrairvpog,  paper).  Of 
the  consistency  of  paper. 

Par.     A  pair. 
Par  Vagum.     The  eighth  pair  of  nerves. 

Para=.  A  prefix  denoting  alongside  of, 
near,  beside. 

Paraban'ic  Acid.  A  crystalline  acid  ob- 
tained by  the  action  of  nitric  upon  uric  acid. 
Its  salts  are  readily  converted  into  oxalates  by 
the  conjoint  influence  of  heat  and  moisture. 
Oxalurea. 

Par'ablast.  That  portion  of  the  mesoblast 
from  which  the  blood  and  primitive  vessels  are 
developed. 

Parabulia.  Abnormal  act  of  the  volition  ; 
disorder  of  the  will. 

Parabys'ma  (irapa,pvu,  to  stuff).  Tumes- 
cence of  a  part. 

Paracentesis  (from  TrapanevTeu,  to  pierce 
through).  The  operation  of  tapping  in  ascites 
and  ovarian  dropsy  for  the  evacuation  of  the 
water. 

Paracine'sis.  Disease  of  the  motor  nerve 
causing  morbid  movements  of  the  voluntary 
muscles. 

Paracmas'tic  [paracmasticus ;  from  napan- 
/ua£«,  to  decrease).  A  term  applied  in  Path- 
ology to  a  fever  the  symptoms  of  which  grad- 
ually decrease. 

Parac'me.    Decline. 

Par'acoe.     Dullness  of  hearing. 

Parac'ope.  A  slight  delirium,  such  as 
sometimes  occurs  in  febrile  diseases. 

Paracresol.     See  Cresol. 

Paracu'sis  (from  irapa,  wrong,  and  n/corw, 
to  hear).  Confused  or  imperfect  audition  ; 
depraved  hearing. 


Paracusis  Ac'ris.     Painfully  acute  hearing. 
Paracusis    Imagina'ria.     Hearing  imaginary 
sounds. 
Paracusis  Imperfecta.     Deafness. 

Paracyan  ogen.  A  brown,  amorphous, 
infusible,  coal-like  body,  remaining  after  the 
preparation  of  cyanogen  from  cyanide  of  sil- 
ver. 

Paracye/sis.  Extra-uterine  fcetation  or 
morbid  pregnancy. 

Paracynan'che.  Inflammation  of  the  ex- 
ternal muscles  of  the  larynx.  Also  slight 
cynanche. 

Paraesthe'sia  (from  irapa,  and  aiad/jag, 
sensation).     Morbid  or  deranged  sensation. 

Par/affin  or  Par/affine.  A  white,  fusible, 
wax-like  substance,  crystallizing  in  scales,  ob- 
tained from  petroleum  and. from  the  distilla- 
tion of  coal,  wood,  and  wax.  A  compound  of 
wax  and  paraffin  is  used  in  Dental  Mechanism 
for  taking  impressions  of  the  mouth,  etc. 

Parageu'sia  (from  rrapa,  badly,  and  yevutg, 
taste).     Gustum  prsebo.     Depraved  taste. 

Paraglob'ulin.  A  native  proteid  of  the 
globulin  series  obtained  from  blood-serum  and 
the  other  fluids  of  the  body.  Called,  also, 
serumglobulin,  fibroplastin,  and  fibrinoplastin. 

Paraglos/sa.  A  swelling  or  prolapsus  of 
the  tongue. 

Paragompho/sis  (from  napa,  by,  near,  and 
yofMpuaic,  a  nailing).  In  Obstetrics,  wedging 
of  the  head  of  the  child  in  the  pelvis  during 
parturition. 

Paralamp'sis  (from  Tzapa,  by,  near,  and 
/.a/z-w,  to  shine).  A  shining  spot  on  the  cornea, 
a  variety  of  albugo. 

ParaI'dehyd.  A  modified  form  of  alde- 
hjd.  A  clear,  colorless  liquid,  of  a  peculiar 
unpleasant  odor  and  burning  taste,  soluble  in 
water,  alcohol,  and  ether.  Hypnotic  and  di- 
uretic.    Dose,  n\xx  to  ^iiss. 

Paralgesia  (from  ~apa,  and  ahyog,  pain). 
Absence  of  sensation  or  of  pain.     Anaesthesia. 

ParaPgia.  Disagreeable  cutaneous  sensa- 
tions, such  as  cold,  burning,  formication,  etc. 

Par'allel.  Having  the  same  direction,  and 
equally  distant  from  one  another  throughout 
their  course. 

Parallelogram.  Any  quadrilateral  figure 
whose  opposite  sides  are  parallel. 

Paral'ysis  (from  Kapa\vu,  to  relax).  Palsy. 
A  loss  or  diminution  of  the  power  of  volun- 
tary motion  in  one  or  more  parts  of  the  body. 
Four  species  of  paralysis  are  enumerated  by 
Dr.  Cullen  :    (1)  Paralysis  partialis,  or  partial 


PAR 


464 


PAR 


palsy  ;  (2)  paralysis  hemiplegia,  or  palsy  affect- 
ing one  side  of  the  body  longitudinally  ;  (3) 
paralysis  paraplegia,  or  palsy  of  one-half  of 
the  body  taken  transversely  ;  (4)  paralysis  ven- 
enata, when  produced  by  the  sedative  effects  of 
poison. 

Paralysis  Ag'itans.     Shaking  palsy. 
Paralysis,   Bell's.     Palsy  of  the  face   arising 
from  a  lesion  of  the  portio  dura  of  the  seventh 
pair  of  nerves. 
Paralysis  RachiaPgica.     Colica  pictonum. 
Paralysis  Spina'lis.     Paraplegia. 

Paralyt'ic.  Tending  to  or  affected  with 
paralysis. 

Paralytic   Stroke.     A  sudden  attack  of  par- 
alysis. 

Paramagnetic.  A  term  denoting  the  or- 
dinary form  of  magnetism. 

Parame'nia  (from  napa,  badly,  and  p.rjv,  the 
menses).     Disordered  menstruation. 

Paramenia.     The  inner  part  of  the  thigh. 

Parametritis.     See  Metritis. 

Paramitome.  A  fluid  substance  of  a  cell 
filling  the  interstices  between  the  mitomes. 

Paramor/phia  (from  napa,  wrong,  and 
popcpr/,  form).  Abnormality  of  form.  In  Path- 
ology, a  morbid  structure  ;  also  organic  disease  ; 
and  applied  in  Materia  Medica  to  thebaine,  a 
crystalline  base  existing  in  opium. 

Paramor'phine.     See  Thebaine. 

Paramyosinogen.  One  of  the  proteidsof 
muscle-plasma. 

Paramyotone.  A  disease  characterized  by 
tonic  spasms  of  the  muscles. 

Paranesthesia.  Anaesthesia  limited  to  the 
lower  half  of  the  body. 

Paranephritis  (from  irapa,  by,  near,  and 
ve<pptrcg,  inflammation  of  the  kidney).  Inflam- 
mation of  the  renal  capsules. 

Parapeptone.  A  proteid,  closely  resem- 
bling acid-albumin,  formed  in  the  peptic  diges- 
tion of  proteids  and  convertible  into  peptone 
only  by  tryptic,  and  not  by  peptic,  digestion  ; 
anti-albumate. 

Paraph'ia.     Abnormal  tactile  sense. 

Paraphimosis  (from  napa,  about,  and 
(p/u',1,,,  to  bridle).  Contraction  of  the  prepuce 
behind  the  corona  in  such  a  way  as  to  prevent 
its  return  over  fcheglans  penis. 

Parapho'nia  (from  irapa,  wrong,  and  <j>(.>v>i, 
sound).  Change  of  voice  ;  impaired  articula- 
tion of  sounds. 

Parapho'ra.     Slight  delirium. 

Paraphrene'sis.  Delirium  ;  also  para- 
phrenitis. 


Paraphrenias  (from  napa,  near,  and  (bpe- 
rsc,  the  diaphragm).     Diaphragmatitis. 

Paraphro'nia.     Delirium. 

Paraph'thaline.  A  substance  which  ac- 
companies naphthaline  in  coal-tar. 

Paraplasm.     An  abnormal  formation. 

Paraplas'ma.  In  Biology,  Kupffer's  term 
for  the  more  fluid  matrix  of  cell  protoplasm. 

Paraplegia.  Paralysis  of  the  half  of  the 
body,  either  upper  or  lower,  usually  the  lower. 

Parapleuritis.     Pleurodynia. 

Parap'oplexy  (from  irapa,  diminution,  and 
anonle^ta,  apoplexy).  Parapoplexia.  False 
or  slight  apoplexy. 

Parap/sis  (from  napa,  defective,  and  anro- 
pai,  to  touch).  A  vitiated  or  impaired  sense 
of  touch. 

Pararrhyth'mus  (from  napa,  wrong,  and 
pv&poc,  rhythm).  An  epithet  applied  in 
Pathology  to  the  pulse  when  the  rhythm  is  not 
suited  to  the  age  and  constitution  of  the  indi- 
vidual . 

Parasceu/e.  In  Surgery,  apparatus  ;  pre- 
paration. 

Paras/chides.  In  Pathological  Surgery, 
fragments  or  splinters  of  a  fractured  bone. 

Par/asite  (parasitus ;  from  napa,  near,  and 
airog,  corn,  food).  A  vegetable  or  animal  that 
lives  upon  or  infests  the  body. 

Parasit'ic  (parasiticus ;  from  napaoiroc,  a 
parasite).  A  term  applied  to  animals  which 
live  in  or  on  the  bodies  of  other  animals,  as 
worms,  polypi,  etc.  ;  also  to  vegetables  that 
derive  their  nourishment  from  the  body  ;  hav- 
ing the  characteristics  of  a  parasite. 

Parasiticide.  An  agent  for  destroying  all 
parasites. 

Paraspa/dia  (from  napa,  near,  and  anau, 
to  draw).  An  opening  of  the  urethra  at  the 
side  of  the  penis. 

Paras/phagis  (from  napa,  near,  and  aij>ayrj, 
the  throat).  The  part  of  the  neck  contiguous 
to  the  clavicles. 

Paras/tates  (from  napiar^pi,  to  stand 
near).  Situated  near  together.  Formerly  ap- 
plied to  the  epididymis,  to  the  prostate 
gland,  and  to  the  commencement  of  the  vas 
deferens. 

Parastati'tis.  Inflammation  of  the  epi- 
didymis. 

Parastrem/ma  (from  napa,  arpec/xo,  to  dis- 
tort or  pervert).  Convulsive  distortion  of  the 
lace  or  mouth. 

Parasynan'che.  Cynanche  parotidsea,  or 
mumps. 


PAR 


465 


PAR 


Parasystole  {irapa,  amiss,  and  gvgtoai/,  a 
contracting).  An  unusual  interval  between  the 
pulsations  or  between  the  systole  and  diastole 
of  the  heart  and  arteries. 

Parath/enar  (from  Trapa,  near,  and  tievap, 
the  sole  of  the  foot).  Applied  by  Winslow  to 
a  portion  of  the  abductor  of  the  little  toe  and 
to  the  flexor  brevis  of  the  same.  The  first  he 
called  parathenar  major  and  the  other  parathe- 
n ar  minor. 

Parathrem/a.     A  partial  luxation. 

Paratroph/ia  (from  napa,  and  rpopri,  nour- 
ishment). Paratrophy.  Malnutrition  ;  imper- 
fect nutrition. 

Parecta/ma  (from  irapa,  beyond,  ek,  out  of, 
and  reifUj  to  stretch).  Parectasis.  Preternatu- 
ral dilatation  or  extension  of  a  part. 

Paregoric  (  paregoricus ;  from  Tvapajopeu, 
to  mitigate).  Opii  tinct.  camphorata.  An 
anodyne. 

Paregoric  Elix/ir.  A  camphorated  aromatic 
tincture  of  opium.  See  Tinctura  Opii  Cam- 
phorata. 

PareFa  (irapei.a).     The  cheek. 

Pareira  Brava.  A  plant,  native  of  South 
America  and  the  West  Indies,  having  a  sweet- 
ish, slightly  rough  and  bitter  taste.  It  is 
recommended  in  nephritic  and  calculous  affec- 
tions. Dose,  gr.  xx  to  3j.  See  Cissabipelos 
Pareira. 

Parenceph/alis.     The  cerebellum. 

Paren'chyma  (from  napeyxvu,  to  suffuse). 
The  texture  of  glandular  organs,  as  that  of  the 
liver,  kidney,  etc.,  and  the  spongy  tissue  which 
connects  parts  ;  the  essential  part  of  an  organ 
as  distinguished  from  the  supporting  structures 
or  stroma. 

Parenchymatous.  Inflammation  of  the 
substance  of  an  organ. 

Pare/sis.  A  slight  paralysis  ;  incomplete 
motor  paralysis.  This  affection  has  been  re- 
lieved by  the  extraction  of  diseased  teeth. 

Paretic.     Of  or  pertaining  to  paresis. 

Par'ia  Nervo'rum.  Pairs  of  nerves.  A 
term  applied  to  the  cranial  or  encephalic 
nerves. 

Paridrosis.     Abnormal  secretion  of  sweat. 

Pa'ries  (plural,  parietes).  The  sides  or 
walls  of  any  cavity  or  organ  are  called  its 
parietes. 

Pari'etal  (parietalis;  from  paries,  a  wall). 
A  name  given  to  two  of  the  bones  of  the  cra- 
nium. 

Parietal      Bones.      Two     flat     quadrangular 
bones,    concave    below    and    convex    above, 
30 


forming  the  sides  and  upper  part  of  the  cra- 
nium. 

Pari/etes  (the  plural  of  ixtries,  a  wall). 
Applied  to  parts  which  form  enclosures.  See 
Paries. 

Paris  White.     Prepared  chalk. 

Paristhe/mia  (from  napa,  and  icdjioc,  the 
throat).  The  parts  forming  the  fauces;  also 
inflammation  of  the  fauces. 

Paristhmiot'omus.  Name  of  an  instru- 
ment formerly  used  for  scarifying  the  tonsils. 

ParisthmFtis.  Inflammation  of  the  fauces  ; 
cynanche  or  angina. 

Parodon 'tides  (from  Tnzpa,  near,  and  oSovg, 
a  tooth).  Parulis  ;  tumors  of  the  gums.  See 
Jaws,  Morbid  Growths  of. 

Parodyn'ia.  Morbid  parturition  ;  difficult 
labor. 

Parodynia    Perversa.     Unnatural    presenta- 
tion. 

Paromphaloce'Ie  (from  frapa,  near,  opfa/.oc, 
the  umbilicus,  and  ktjItj^  rupture).  Hernia 
near  the  navel. 

Paronir'ia  (from,  n-apa,  near,  and  oveipov,  a 
dream).     Depraved  or  morbid  dreaming. 

Paronychia  (from  napa,  near,  and  ovvij, 
the  nail).  A  whitlow  or  felon  of  the  finger. 
An  abscess  in  the  fingers. 

Parop'sis  (from  irapa,  badly,  and  otpic, 
sight).  A  generic  term  employed  by  Dr.  Good 
for  disorders  of  the  vision. 

Paropsis   Illuso/ria.     False  sight ;    perverted 
vision. 

Paropsis  Lateralis.     Lateral  vision  ;    skew- 
sightedness. 

Parora'sis  (from  -apa,  and  opau}  to  see). 
Weak  or  depraved  vision. 

Parorchid'ium  (from  -apa,  near,  and  op  \ic7 
gen.  opxuhc,  a  testicle).  Malposition  of  one 
or  both  testicles. 

Paror/chido=enteroce/Ie.  Sauvages  has 
given  this  name  to  intestinal  hernia  with  dis- 
placement of  the  testicle. 

Paros'mia.     Perverted  smell. 

Paros'tia.  Defective  or  imperfect  ossifica- 
tion. 

Parostia  Flex'ilis.     Softening  of  the   bones. 
Parostia  Frag'ilis.     Brittleness  of  the  bones. 

Parosto'sis  (from  napa,  and  oareor,  bone). 
The  abnormal  production  of  bone  outside  of 
the  periosteum  or  in  the  surrounding  connective 
tissue. 

Parot'id  Fascia.  A  portion  of  the  deep 
cervical  fascia  which  closely  encases  the  parotid 
gland. 


PAR 


466 


PAR 


Parotid  Gland.  Glaudula  parotides  ;  parotis. 
The  largest  of  the  salivary  glands,  situated 
near  the  ear.  It  is  of  an  irregular  form  and 
fills  all  that  space  between  the  ramus  of  the 
inferior  maxilla  and  the  mastoid  process  of  the 
temporal  bone,  and  as  deep  back  as,  and  even 
behind,  the  styloid  process  of  the  same  bone. 
Its  extent  of  surface  is  from  the  zygoma 
above,  the  angle  of  the  lower  jaw  below,  and 
from  the  mastoid  process  and  meatus  extern  us 
behind  to  the  masseter  muscle  in  front,  over- 
lapping its  posterior  portion. 

This  gland  is  one  of  the  conglomerate  order, 
and  consists  of  numerous  small  granular 
bodies  connected  by  cellular  tissue,  each  of 
which  may  be  considered  a  small  gland  in 
miniature,  as  each  is  supplied  with  an  artery, 
veins,  and  secretory  duct. 

The  gland  thus  formed  presents  on  its  external 
surface  a  pale,  flat,  and  somewhat  convex 
appearance. 

It  is  covered  by  a  dense  strong  fascia  extend- 
ing from  the  neck,  attached  to  the  meatus 
externus  of  the  ear,  and  sends  countless  pro- 
cesses into  every  part  of  the  gland,  separating 
its  lobules  and  conducting  the  vessels  through 
its  substance. 

The  use  of  this  gland  is  to  secrete  or  separate 
from  the  blood  the  greater  part  of  the  saliva 
furnished  to  the  mouth.  As  the  parotid  is, 
however,  on  the  outside,  and  at  some  little 
distance  from  the  mouth,  it  is  furnished  with 
a  duct  to  convey  its  fluid  into  this  cavity. 
The  duct  is  called  the  duct  of  Steno,  or  the 
parotid  duct. 

It  is  formed  of  the  excretory  ducts  of  all  the 
granules  composing  this  gland,  which,  suc- 
cessively uniting  together,  at  last  form  one 
common  duct. 

The  duct  of  Steno  commences  at  the  anterior 
part  of  the  gland  and  passes  over  the  masseter 
muscle,  on  a  line  drawn  from  the  lobe  of  the 
ear  to  the  middle  part  of  the  upper  lip,  then 
passes  through  a  quantity  of  soft  adipose  mat- 
ter, and  finally  enters  the  mouth  by  passing 
through  the   buccinator  muscle  and  mucous 
membrane  opposite  the  second  molar  of  the 
upper  jaw. 
Parotide'us.     The  parotid  gland. 
Parotidon'cus  (from  itapung,  the  parotid, 
and   oyKog,    a   tumor) .      Tumefaction   of   the 
parotid  gland. 

Parentis    (napwrig).     The    parotid    gland  ; 

also  inflammatory  swelling  of  the  parenchyma 

of  the  parotid  gland  or  of  the  parts  which  sur- 


round it.  Two  varieties  of  parotis  are  recog- 
nized by  French  pathologists,  viz.,  idiopathic, 
as  in  cynanche  parotidrea,  and  symptomatic, 
which  is  frequently  developed  in  the  progress 
of  tj^phus  and  other  acute  diseases. 

Parotitis  (from  parotis,  the  parotid  gland, 
andfY/s,  inflammation;.  Cynanche  parotidsea, 
or  mumps.  Inflammation  of  the  parotid 
gland. 

Parovarium  (from  napa,  near,  and  uapi.ov, 
the  ovary).  Kobelt  has  given  this  name  to  a 
body  very  analogous  in  structure  to  the  epidid- 
ymis, situated  in  the  broad  ligament,  between 
the  ovary  and  Fallopian  tube. 

Par'oxysm  (paroxysmus;  from  napo^wu, 
to  irritate).  The  occurrence  at  regular  inter- 
vals of  au  obvious  increase  in  the  symptoms  of 
a  disease.  Also  a  periodical  attack  or  fit  of  a 
disease,  as  in  intermittent  fevers,  neuralgia, 
etc. 

Paroxys'mal.  Applied  in  Pathology  to 
diseases  attended  with  paroxysms. 

Parr  Crown.  An  artificial  crown  of  por- 
celain for  which  a  plain  plate  tooth  may  be 
used,  in  the  insertion  of  which  the  natural  root 
is  prepared,  capped,  and  banded  without  a  post 
or  pin,  the  same  as  for  a  gold  collar  crown. 
The  root  is  capped  independently  of  the  crown, 
which  can  be  removed  without  disturbing  the 
cap  on  the  root.  The  cap  on  the  root  is  se- 
cured with  oxyphosphate  and  the  post  of  the 
canal  and  the  cap  on  the  crown  with  gutta 
percha. 

Parr's  Flux.  A  finely  pulverized  vitrified 
preparation  of  borax,  which  can  be  conve- 
niently kept  in  the  form  of  a  saturated  solu- 
tion which  is  applied  with  a  brush  or  stick  or 
is  combined  with  wax  ;  in  the  melting  out  of 
which,  when  the  heat  is  applied,  the  flux  is 
carried  into  the  interstices.  Used  in  fine 
soldering,  such  as  for  crown-  or  bridge-work. 
Parr's  System  of  Bridge-work.  See  BRIDGE- 
work,  Systems  of. 

Par/ticle  (diminutive  of  pars,  a  part).  An 
atom  ;  a  corpuscle ;  the  minutest  part  into 
which  a  body  can  be  divided. 

Part/ing.  In  Chemistry,  the  separating  of 
gold  and  silver  from  each  other.  There  are 
two  methods  of  parting,  the  dry  and  thehumid. 
The  former  is  accomplished  by  fusing  the  alloy 
of  the  two  metals  with  sulphur  or  a  sulphide, 
which  forms  sulphide  of  silver  but  does  not 
act  upon  gold.  The  latter  is  accomplished  by 
dissolving  out  the  silver  with  nitric  or  sul- 
phuric acid  or,  when   that  metal  is  in   small 


PAR 


467 


PEA 


quantity,  as  in  gold  coin,  by  dissolving  the 
gold  in  aqua  regia,  the  silver  being  left  behind 
as  chloride. 

Parturient.  Bringing  forth  or  about  to 
bring  forth  ;  pertaining  to  the  lying-in  state. 

Parturifacient.  In  Obstetrics,  that  which 
promotes  or  causes  parturition. 

Parturition.  The  expulsion  of  the  foetus 
and  its  appendages  from  the  uterus. 

Par'tus  (from  j)ario,  to  bring  forth).  Par- 
turition. 

Paru'lis  (from  napa,  near,  and  ov7,ov,  the 
gum).  Inflammation,  swelling,  or  abscess  in 
the  gum.     See  Alveolar  Abscess. 

Paru'ria  (from  irapa,  defectively,  and  ovpeu, 
to  pass  urine).  A  morbid  secretion  or  dis- 
charge of  urine. 

Pas'sa.     A  whitlow.     See  Paronychia. 

Pas'sio.  In  Medicine,  a  disease  or  affec- 
tion. 

Passio  Hysterica.     Hysteria. 
Passio  Ili/aca.     Ileac  passion. 

Pas'sion  (passio;  from  patior,  to  suffer). 
In  Pathology,  an  emotion  of  the  mind,  as  de- 
sire, hope,  fear,  joy,  grief,  anger,  love,  hatred, 
etc. 

Pas/sive.  Passivus.  A  term  applied  to 
disease  in  which  there  is  no  apparent  reac- 
tion, or  which  seems  to  be  dependent  on  a 
diminution  of  the  vital  energy  ;  the  opposite 
of  active. 

Passive  Motion.     Motion  of  the  limbs  made 
by  the  surgeon  and  not  by  the  patient. 

Pas/ta.     A  lozenge. 

Paste.     A   soft    compound    medicine.      In 
Dental  Surgery,  a  term  applied  to  a  number  of 
preparations  employed  in  a  soft  state  for  filling 
teeth. 
Paste,  Mineral.     See  AMALGAM. 

Pastil'lum  (pasfillus;  from  pasta,  a  loz- 
enge). A  pastil  or  compound  medicine  com- 
posed of  sugar  and  mucilage,  with  essential  oil 
or  some  other  ingredient. 

Patchouli.   See  Pogostemon  Patchouli. 

Patel/la  (diminutive  of  patina,  a  dish). 
The  knee-pan.  A  small,  flat  bone  situated  at 
the  forepart  of  the  knee-joint. 

Pathe/ma.  Emotion  ;  morbid  affection  ; 
disease. 

Pathetic  ( pathcticus ;  from  wa&og,  an  affec- 
tion).    Pertaining  to  the  passions  ;    expressive 
of  suffering. 
Pathetic  Nerves.     The  fourth  pair  of  nerves. 

Pathic.  Diseased  ;  pertaining  to  a  morbid 
condition. 


Pathoge'nic.  Pathogenetic.  Disease-pro- 
ducing. 

Pathogeny  (from  7ra&og,  a  disease,  and 
yevecug,  generation).  Pathogenia.  That  part 
of  pathology  which  relates  to  the  origin  and 
development  of  disease. 

Pathognomonic  (paihognomonicus ;  from 
iraftog,  a  disease,  and  yivuonu,  to  know). 
Applied  to  the  signs  which  characterize  a  dis- 
ease. 

Pathograph'ic  (pathographicus).  Pertain- 
ing to  pathography. 

Pathog/raphy  (from  Kadog,  disease,  and 
ypa<pu,  to  describe) .  Pathographia.  A  descrip- 
tion of  disease. 

Pathological     (pathologicus).      Pertaining 
to  pathology,  as  Pathological  Anatomy. 
Pathological  Anatomy.     The  anatomy  of  dis- 
eased structures. 

Pathologist.  A  writer  on  pathology  or 
one  versed  in  the  science  of  disease. 

Pathology  (from  iradog,  a  disease,  and 
hoyog,  a  discourse).  Pathologia.  That  branch 
of  medical  science  which  treats  of  the  essential 
nature  of  disease.  It  is  divided  into  general  and 
special ;  the  former  regards  diseases  in  general 
and  the  latter  individual  diseases.  Also  into 
Immoral,  on  the  theory  that  disease  is  due  to 
changes  in  the  composition  of  the  liquids  of  the 
body  ;  into  cellular,  where  such  changes  are 
due  to  the  condition  of  the  cells  ;  and  external 
(surgical)  and  internal  (medical)  according  as  it 
relates  to  morbid  processes  which  are  or  are  not 
accessible  to  operative  interference. 

Pathol'ysis  (from  -rratiog,  and  Tivu,  to  dis- 
solve). The  dissolution  of  tissues  by  the  influ- 
ences of  disease. 

Pathoma/nia.  A  morbid  perversion  of  the 
natural  feelings,  habits,  disposition,  and  affec- 
tions. 

Pa'thos.     An  affection  ;  a  disease. 

Pa'tient.  A  sick  person  under  the  care  of 
a  physician.  The  term  is  sometimes  applied 
to  a  sick  person  abstractly.  Also  a  person 
receiving  the  professional  services  of  a  dentist. 

Pa'tor  Na'rium.  The  cavities  of  the 
nose. 

Patulous  (from  pateo,  to  be  open).  Open 
or  expanded. 

Pavement  Epithelium.  See  Epithe- 
lium. 

Pa'vor.     Anxiety  ;  fear  ;  dread  ;  alarm. 

Pb.     Symbol  for  lead. 

Pd.     Symbol  for  palladium. 

Pearl.     A  small  calcareous  concretion,  of  a 


PEA 


468 


PEL 


bright  silvery-white  color,  found  in  the  shell 
of  the  Avicula  rnargaritifera. 
Pearl  Ash.     The  potash  of  commerce. 
Pearl  Barley.     Common  barley  divested  of  its 
cuticle. 
Pearl  White.     A  white    powder  precipitated 
from  the  nitrate  of  bismuth  by  a  solution  of 
muriate  of  soda  ;  flake  white. 

Peched'ion.     The  perineum. 

Pech'yagra  (from  ffe^uc,  the  elbow,  and 
aypa,  a  seizure).     Gout  in  the  elbow. 

Pe'chys.     The  elbow. 

Pec 'ten  (from  pecto,  to  comb).  A  comb  or 
crest.  The  vascular  membrane,  duplicated 
with  parallel  folds  like  the  teeth  of  a  comb, 
situated  in  the  posterior  and  external  part  of 
the  cavity  of  the  eye  of  birds,  termed  marsup- 
ium.     Also  the  pubes. 

Pectin.  Pectose.  Vegetable  jelly  ;  one  of 
a  group  of  carbohydrates  found  in  ripe  fruits 
and  other  vegetable  substances,  and  forming  a 
jelly  when  heated  and  cooled. 

Pectina/Iis  (from  pecten,  the  pubes).  A 
long,  flat  muscle  extending  from  the  pubes  to 
a  little  below  the  lesser  trochanter  of  the  os 
femoris. 

Pec'tinate  (pectinatus;  from  pecten,  a 
comb).  Comb-like  ;  applied  to  the  fascicular 
texture  observed  in  the  right  auricle  of  the 
heart. 

Pectineal,  or  Pectin'eus.  Of  or  pertain- 
ing to  the  pubes. 

Pec'toral    (pectoralis;      from    pectus,    the 
breast).     Pertaining  or  relating  to  the  breast. 
Pectoral    Moss.     Common   name   of   Lichen 
pulmonarius. 

Pectoralis  Major.     A  broad,  thick  muscle 
situated  on  the  anterior  part  of  the  thorax  and 
in  front  of  the  axilla.    It  arises  from  the  sternal 
part  of  the  clavicle,  all  the  edge  of  the  ster- 
num, extending  as  far  down  as  the  cartilage  of 
the  sixth  rib,  except  the  first  and  last,  and  is 
inserted  into  the  anterior  margin  of  the  bicipi- 
tal groove  of  the  humerus. 
Pectoralis   Mi'nor.     A  small  muscle   occupy- 
ing the  anterior  and  upper  part  of  the  chest. 
It  arises  from  the  upper  margin  and  external 
surface   of  fche   third,  fourth,   and  fifth  ribs, 
near  their  cartilages,  and  is  inserted    into  the 
inner  and  upper  border  of  thecoracoid  process 
of  the  scapula  near  its  extremity. 

Pectoriloquy  (from  pectus,  fche  breast,  and 
loquor,  to  speak).  Pecfcoriloquism.  Speech 
coming,  as  it  were,  from  the  chest.  A  morbid 
phenomenon,  consisting  in  the  direct  issue  of 


the  voice,  distinctly  articulated,  from  the  point 
of  the  chest  on  which  the  ear  or  stethoscope  is 
placed,  indicating  the  existence  of  ulcerated 
cavities  in  the  surface  of  the  lungs. 

Pec/tus.     The  breast. 

Pede'sis.     Pulsation. 

PediaFgia.     Neuralgic  affection  in  the  foot. 

Pedicula'tion.  A  term  applied  in  Path- 
ology to  a  morbid  condition  of  the  body  in 
which  lice  are  bred  on  the  skin. 

Pedic'ulus.  Pediculosis.  The  louse.  A 
genus  of  parasitic  insects.  Three  species  infest 
the  human  body — namely,  the  body  louse,  the 
head  louse,  and  the  pubic  or  crab  louse. 

Ped/icus.  The  extensor  brevis  digitorum 
pedis. 

Ped/iform  (from  pes,  a  foot,  and  forma, 
form).     Shaped  like  a  foot. 

Pedilu/vium  (from  pedes,  the  feet,  and  lavo, 
to  wash).     A  foot-bath. 

Pe'dion.     The  sole  of  the  foot. 

Pe'dora.  The  sordes  of  the  eyes,  ears,  and 
feet. 

Pedun/cle  (pedunculus;  from  pes,  the  foot). 

In  Anatomy,  a  slender  process  or  prolongation 

of  medullary  substance  which  connects  parts. 

Peduncle  of  a  Dental  Sac.    See  GUBERNACU- 

LTJM   DENTIS. 

Pedun'cles  of  the  Brain.  The  crura 
cerebri. 

Peduncles   of  the   Cerebellum.     Crura  pos- 
teriora  medulla?  oblongata?. 
Peduncles  of  the  MeduFla  Oblongata.  The 
corpora  restiformia. 

PeFican.  In  Dental  Surgery,  an  instrument 
employed  by  the  older  dentists  for  the  extrac- 
tion of  teeth,  and  although  ill  calculated  for 
the  purpose,  it  is  still  used  in  the  north  of 
Europe.  It  consists  of  a  handle,  made  of 
wood,  ivory,  iron,  or  steel,  flattened  on  two 
sides,  with  a  blunt,  rounded,  and  serrated  ex- 
tremity, to  serve  as  a  fulcrum.  The  other  end, 
intended  to  be  received  in  the  hand,  is  round 
or  oval.  To  the  middle  a  long  hook  is  screwed 
bearing  some  resemblance  to  the  beak  of  a 
pelican,  and  hence  the  name  which  the  instru- 
ment has  received.  This  hook  passes  in  front 
of  the  fulcrum  extremity  of  the  handle  suffi- 
ciently to  admit  the  tooth  to  be  extracted  be- 
tween them.  As  with  the  key  instrument, 
several  hooks,  varying  in  size,  are  required. 
An  engraving  of  this  instrument  is  given  by 
Pauchard  and  several  other  French  authors. 

Pelio'ma  (from  tteXoc,  livid,  black).  An 
ecchymosis  of  a  livid  color. 


PEL 


469 


PEP 


Pelio'sis.  Purpura  hemorrhagica.  See 
Purpura. 

Pel/Iagra  (from  pellis,  skin,  and  aypa,  a 
seizure).  Pelagra  ;  elephantiasis  italica.  A 
species  of  scaly  erysipelas  in  the  hands, 
which  sometimes  extends  to  the  feet  and  face. 
A  disease  beginning  by  a  shining  red  spot  on 
the  head  or  body. 

Pel'Iet.  A  globule  made  by  rolling  pieces 
of  gold  or  tin  foil  between  thumb  and  lingers, 
and  used  for  filling  teeth. 

Pel'licle  (pellicula;  from  pellis,  the  skin). 
The  delicate  membrane  which  lines  the  shell  of 
an  egg  or  invests  the  seed  of  plants.  In  Medi- 
cine, a  delicate  membranous  production  ;  a 
thin  skin.  Also  the  film  which  sometimes 
forms  on  the  surface  of  urine. 

Pel'lis.     The  cutis  or  skin. 
Pellis  Summa.     The  epidermis. 

PeHitory.     The  name  of  several  plants  of 
different  genera  ;  pyrethrum. 
Pellitory,    Bas/tard.      Achillea  ptarmica.     A 
plant  said  to  possess   sialagogue   properties. 
The  powder  of  the  root  and  leaves  is  sternu- 
tatory. 
Pellitory    of    Spain.     Anthemis    pyrethrum. 
French  chamomile.     See  PYRETHRUM. 

Pellu'cid  (per,  through,  and  luceo,  to  shine). 
Translucent  or  semi-transparent. 

PeIo/pium.  One  of  the  metals  discovered 
in  the  minerals  called  tantalites. 

Peltate  (from  pelta,  a  shield).  Shield- 
shaped. 

Pel'tiform  (from  pelta,  a  shield).  Like  a 
shield. 

PeFvic  (pelvicus).  Pertaining  to  the  pel- 
vis. 

Pelvic  Aponeurosis.    A  tendinous  expansion 
attached  to  the  brim  of  the  pelvis. 

Pelvimeter.  An  instrument  for  measuring 
the  dimensions  of  the  female  pelvis. 

Pelviot/omy  (pelvis,  a  basin,  and  te/ivu,  to 
cut).     Section  of  the  bones  of  the  pelvis. 

Pel 'vis  (from  irawf,  a  basin).     An  irregu- 
lar bony  cavity  of  the  conoidal  shape,  formed 
by  the  two   ossa  innominata,  the  os  sacrum, 
and  os  coccygis,  open  above  and   below,  and 
containing  the  rectum  and  urinary  bladder  and 
the  internal  organs  of  generation. 
Pelvis  Au'ris.     The  cochlea  of  the  ear. 
Pelvis    Cer'ebri.     The   infuudibulum   of  the 
brain. 
Pelvis  of  the  Kidney.     A  membranous  cavity 
situated  in  the  posterior  part  of  the  fissure  of 
the  kidney,  between  the  principal  branches  of 


the  renal  artery  and  vein  and  at  the  superior 
part  of  the  ureter,  with  which  it  is  continu- 
ous. 

PeIvi=trochante/ric.  That  which  relates 
to  the  pelvis  and  greater  trochanter. 

Pem'phigus  (from  Keu<bi%,  a  bubble).  A 
cutaneous  disease,  consisting  of  vesicles  scat- 
tered over  the  body  filled  with  a  transparent, 
pellucid  fluid.  The  vesicles,  after  some  days' 
duration,  break  and  terminate  in  a  scab,  though 
frequently  they  ulcerate. 

Pem/phix.     A  bubble  or  vesicle. 

PenciPliform.  Having  the  form  or  shape 
of  a  pencil. 

Pen'dulous.     Pendant ;  hanging  down. 

Penetrating  (penetrans;  from  penetrate,  to 
pierce  or  enter  into).  Applied  to  medicines 
which  are  supposed  to  pass  through  the  pores 
of  the  skin  and  stimulate.  Also  to  Avounds 
which  penetrate  any  of  the  large  cavities. 

PeniciFIus  (penicillium ;  diminutive  of 
peniculum,  a  brush).  In  Surgery,  a  tent  or 
pledget.  In  Anatomy,  the  secreting  extremities 
of  the  vena  portse  are  called  peuicilli. 

Pe/nis  (from  pendere,  to  hang  down).  A 
tail.  Membrum  virile.  An  erectile  cylindrical 
organ  belonging  exclusively  to  the  male  sex, 
situated  before  and  beneath  the  symphysis 
pubis.  It  consists  of  two  principal  parts,  the 
corpus  cavemosum,  or  corpora  cavernosa,  and 
the  corpus  spongiosum,  also  called  the  spongy 
body  of  the  urethra,  because  it  surrounds  the 
urethra. 

Penis  Cerebri.     The  pineal  gland. 
Penis  Mulie/bris.     The  clitoris. 

Pen'niform  (pcnniformis ;  from  penna,  a 
pen,  and  forma,  form).  Having  the  form  of  a 
pen  or  feather  ;  applied  in  Anatomy  to  muscles 
having  fleshy  fibres  inserted  on  each  side  of  a 
middle  tendon,  like  the  feathers  of  a  pen. 

Pennyroy'al.  The  popular  name  of  the 
Mentha  pulegium  ;  also  Hedeoma  pulegioides. 
Pennyroyal,  Hart's.     Mentha  cervina. 

Pennyweight.  A  weight  of  twenty-four 
grains. 

Pentad.     A  pentavalent  element. 

Pen'tagon  (from  ttevte,  five,  and  yavta, 
angle).  A  plane  figure  having  five  angles  and 
five  sides. 

Pentaphar'macon  (from  -evre,  five,  and 
(papuaKov,  remedy).  Any  medicine  consisting 
of  five  ingredients. 

Pentene.     See  Amylexk. 

Peoto/mia.     Amputation  of  the  penis. 

Pepan'sis.     Concoction. 


PEP 


470 


PER 


Pep 'per.     A  plant  of  the  geuus  Piper  and 
its  fruit. 
Pepper,    Black.     The   berries   of   the    Piper 

nigrum. 
Pepper,  Cayenne.     The  fruit  of  the  Capsicum 

annuum. 
Pepper,  Jamaica.      Allspice  ;    pimento  ;    the 

fruit  of  the  Myrtus  pimento. 
Pep 'per mint.  The  popular  name  of  Men- 
tha piperita.  It  is  a  grateful,  aromatic  stimu- 
lant, allays  nausea,  relieves  spasmodic  pains  of 
stomach  and  bowels,  expels  flatus,  and  covers 
the  taste  and  prevents  the  nauseating  or  griping 
effects  of  other  medicines.  The  oil  is  more 
frequently  used  in  the  form  of  essence  of  pep- 
permint, which  is  prepared  by  dissolving 
two  fluid  ounces  of  the  oil  in  a  pint  of 
alcohol. 

Pep'sin  (from  tte-tu,  to  digest).  Pepsine  ; 
pepsina.  The  active,  digestive  principle  of 
the  gastric  juice,  and  is  prepared  in  a  variety 
of  ways  from  the  stomachs  of  calves,  sheep,  and 
pigs.  The  medicinal  preparation  is  a  nitro- 
geuized,  light,  amorphous,  grayish-white  or 
fawn-colored  powder,  soluble  in  water  and  al- 
cohol, and  of  a  peculiar,  faint  odor  and  a  bit- 
ter, nauseous  taste.  When  quite  pure  it  should 
be  both  tasteless  and  inodorous.  Taken  inter- 
nally it  increases  the  appetite  and  allays  irrit- 
ability of  the  stomach.  It  is  administered  in 
dyspepsia,  gastralgia,  obstinate  vomiting,  and 
infantile  diarrhoea.  In  Dental  Practice,  it  is 
employed  in  the  treatment  of  putrid  pulps  of 
teeth  as  an  antiseptic  and  deodorizer.  It  is 
also  recommended  for  an  application  to  par- 
tially decomposed  dentine  which  is  allowed  to 
remain  immediately  over  a  pulp,  and  which  it 
is  not  advisable  to  remove.  It  is  made  into  a 
paste  with  two  per  cent,  of  hydrochloric  acid 
and  distilled  water.  This  dressing  has  also 
been  employed  to  devitalize  dental  pulps  by  a 
slow  action. 

Pepsinogen.  A  zymogen  of  the  glands  of 
the  stomach,  which  becomes  transformed  into 
pepsin  and  a  proteid  during  the  process  of 
secretion  of  the  gastric  juice. 

Peptic.     Of  or  pertaining  to  digestion. 
Peptogenous.     Producing  or  favoring  the 
formation  of  pepsin. 

Peptone.  A  proteid  formed  from  other 
proteids  by  gastric  or  pancreatic  digestion  ; 
also  by  the  action  of  water  at  high  tempera- 
tures. 

Pep'tones.  Compounds  formed  by  the 
gastric  juice  out  of  the  protein  elements  of  the 


food  in  the  stomach.     They  are  more  soluble 
than  the  original  protein  compounds. 
Peptones,    Beef.     A  nitrogenous    food   com- 
pound composed  of  beef,   milk,   and   gluten 
from  wheat. 

Peptonize.  To  convert  into  peptone  ;  to 
digest. 

Peptonized.  Ingested  with  or  containing 
pepsin,  either  naturally  or  artificially,  to  pro- 
mote digestion. 

Per=  A  Latin  preposition  used  as  a  prefix 
to  denote  excess. 

Peracute'  (peracutus).  Very  sharp,  very 
severe.  Applied  in  Pathology  to  diseases  which 
are  very  severe  or  attended  with  much  inflam- 
mation. 

Perception  (perceptio).  The  act  of  receiv- 
ing the  knowledge  of  external  impressions  made 
on  the  organs  of  sense. 

Per/chIorate.  A  combination  of  perchloric 
acid  and  a  base. 

Perchlorat'ed  E/ther.  Obtained  either 
by  combining  directly  chlorine  with  olefiant 
gas  or  by  causing  certain  chlorides  to  react 
upon  that  gas. 

Perchloric  Acid.  A  monobasic  acid,  HC10t, 
containing  more  chlorine  than  chloric  acid  ; 
a  volatile  irritant  liquid. 

Perchlo'ride,     Peroxide,     Persulphide. 
Compounds  containing  repectively  more  chlo- 
rine, oxygen,  and  sulphur  than  the  ordinary 
chlorides,  oxides,  and  sulphides. 
Perchloride  of  For'myle.     Chloroform. 
Perchloride  of  Iron.     See  Iron. 

Perclu/sion  (from  per,  and  claudo,  to  shut 
up).  A  condition  resulting  from  peripheral 
lesion  of  an  organ. 

Percolate  ( from  ptercolare,  to  strain  through). 
Percolation.  In  Pharmacy,  the  act  of  straining 
or  filtering. 

Percolator.  A  pharmaceutical  instrument 
used  for  filtering  or  straining. 

Percussion  (from  percuiere,  to  strike).  The 
act  of  striking  one  body  against  another.  In 
disease  of  the  chest  it  is  used  as  a  means  of 
diagnosis,  and  also  sometimes  in  diseases  of 
the  teeth. 

Peren'nial  (percnnis ;  from  per,  and  annus, 
a  year).     Lasting  from  year  to  year. 

Per/forans  (from  perforarc,  to  bore 
through).  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  or- 
gans which  pass  through  openings  in  other 
organs. 

Perforans    Casse/rii   Ner/vus.     The  external 
cutaneous  nerve. 


PER 


471 


PER 


Perforans    Profun'dus.     Flexor   longus  digi- 
torum  pedis  profundus  perforans. 
Perforans  Vul'go  Profundus.     Flexor  or  pro- 
fundus perforans. 

Perforation  (perforatio ;  from  perforare, 
to  pierce).  An  opening  in  the  continuity  of 
the  parietes  of  a  hollow  organ. 

Perforator.  In  Obstetrics,  an  instrument 
used  for  perforating  the  skull. 

Perfora'tus.  Applied  to  muscles  or  ten- 
dons which  have  an  opening  through  their 
fibres  through  which  other  parts  may  pass 
through  them. 

Perfrica'tion.  Inunction  or  rubbing  in 
through  pores  of  the  skin  any  unctuous  or  oily 
substance. 

Per/fume.  The  volatile  effluvium  from 
any  substance  which  affects  agreeably  the  or- 
gans of  smelling. 

Pergameneous  (from  pergamena,  parch- 
ment).    Having  the  texture  of  parchment. 

Peri=  (from  irspi,  around,  on  all  sides).  A 
prefix  signifying  enveloping,  round  about,  as 
the  dental  periosteum,  etc. 

Peria^'resis  (from  ^spi,  about,  and  aipeu, 
to  take  away).  A  circular  incision  about  a 
tumor. 

Periblast  (from  rrepi,  and  /3/a<7Toc,  a  germ). 
The  envelope  surrounding  the  cell  nucleus. 

Peribro/sis  (from  tt£/«,  around,  and  (ipucnu, 
to  eat).  Ulceration  of  the  corners  of  the  eye- 
lids. 

Pericardiac.  Relating  to  the  pericar- 
dium. 

Pericarditis  (from  -epiKapchov,  the  peri- 
cardium, and  irtc,  inflammation).  Inflamma- 
tion of  the  pericardium. 

Pericardium  (from  rre/ji,  about,  and  KapSia, 
the  heart).  The  membranous  sac  which  envel- 
ops the  heart. 

PericementaFgia  (from  irepc,  around,  ce- 
mentum,  and  aAyoc,  pain).  Pain  in  the  alve- 
olodental  periosteum  or  peridental  mem- 
brane. 

Pericementitis  (from  irept,  around,  cemen- 
tum,  and  t~(c,  inflammation).  Inflammation  of 
the  peridental  membrane  in  the  apical  space  ; 
periodontitis  following  the  death  of  the  pulp. 
It  is  classified  as  acute  marginal,  acute  circum- 
scribed, acute  apical,  and  acute  diffuse  ;  also 
as  chronic  hyperplastic,  partial  and  chronic 
hyperplastic  diffuse  pericementitis. 

The  symptoms  of  the  acute  form  of  peri- 
odontitis, or  pericementitis  which  has  its  origin 
in  the  apical  space,  usually  begin  with  a  dull 


paiu,  which  is  referred  to  the  affected  tooth. 
Pressure  at  first  affords  some  relief,  but  as  the 
inflammation  increases  pressure  soon  causes 
extreme  pain.  The  swelling  of  the  tissues  in  the 
apical  space  causes  a  slight  elevation  of  the 
tooth  in  its  cavity  and  brings  the  force  of  oc- 
clusion on  the  affected  tooth,  the  result  of 
which  is  extreme  suffering.  The  mucous  mem- 
brane over  the  affected  root  then  presents  signs 
of  inflammation  by  becoming  a  deeper  red,  and 
pressure  on  it  causes  pain.  The  gum  is  liable 
to  present  a  purplish  hue,  and  the  pain  becomes 
continuous  and  throbbing.  Within  twenty- 
four  hours,  or  in  some  cases  after  several  days, 
pus  forms  in  the  apical  space  and  a  case  of 
acute  alveolar  abscess  is  developed. 

Chronic  periodontitis  presents  all  the  char- 
acteristics of  the  acute  variety,  but  in  a  modified 
form.  The  affected  tooth  is  sore,  but  the 
degree  of  soreness  varies,  sometimes  being 
considerable  and  at  other  times  occasioning 
annoyance  only.  In  some  cases  there  is  con- 
siderable congestion  of  the  gum.  and  other 
cases  may  show  no  visible  signs.  There  is 
generally,  however,  sensitiveness  to  pressure 
over  the  affected  root,  but  in  such  cases  there 
may  be  no  sensitiveness  to  thermal  changes. 
The  cause  of  both  forms  of  pericementitis  is 
some  irritation  of  the  tissues  of  the  apical 
space. 

Pericementitis,  Phagedenic.  A  specific  in- 
fections inflammation,  having  its  beginning  at 
the  gingival  or  gum  margin,  and  accompanied 
by  destruction  of  the  peridental  membrane 
and  alveolar  walls. 
Pericementitis,  Septic.  Inflammation  of  the 
peridental  membrane  due  to  decomposition  of 
the  dental  pulp,  the  septic  invasion  passing 
beyond  the  apical  foramen  ;  also  where  the 
peridental  membrane  (pericementum)  has  be- 
come the  seat  of  septic  invasion. 
Pericementitis,  Traumatic.  Inflammation  of 
the  peridental  membrane  resulting  from  in- 
juries. 

Pericemen'tum  (from  -apt,  about,  and 
cementum).  The  dental  periosteum  or  peri- 
dental membrane. 

Perichondrium  (from  -ept,  about,  and 
Xovdpoc,  a  cartilage).  The  fibrous  membrane 
which  covers  the  non-articular  cartilages. 

Pericla'sis  (from  ~ep«,  around,  and  n?.au,  to 
break).     A  compound  fracture. 

Pericne'mia  (from  ~sp/,  around,  and  kw///>?, 
the  leg).  The  parts  surrounding  the  tibia  ; 
the  tibia  itself. 


PER 


472 


PER 


Pericra'nium  (from  Kepi,  around,  and  upa- 
vtov,  the  cranium).  The  external  periosteum 
of  the  cranium. 

Periden'tal  (from  irepi,  around,  and  dens,  a 
tooth).  Periosteum  dentium.  A  term  applied 
in  Denial  Anatomy  to  the  peridental  membrane 
— the  investing  membrane  of  the  roots  of  the 
teeth,  a  thin  membrane  which  serves  to  unite 
them  with  their  alveolar  cavities. 
Peridental  Membrane.  The  membranous 
covering  of  the  roots  of  the  teeth,  which 
unites  them  to  their  alveolar  cavities.  It 
differs  in  both  structure  and  functions  from 
the  periosteum  of  bone,  although  it  has  com- 
monly been  designated  the  dental  periosteum. 
The  fibres  of  the  peridental  membrane  radiate 
from  above  downward  to  the  end  of  the  root, 
and  outward  toward  the  walls  of  the  alveolar 
cavity,  and  permit  of  a  slight  motion.  On 
the  apex  of  the  root  and  near  to  the  neck  of 
the  tooth  the  course  of  the  fibres  is  different. 
In  the  apical  space  the  fibres  radiate  from  the 
apex  to  the  root  of  the  alveolar  wall  in 
various  directions,  but  approaching  a  fan-like 
radiation.  At  the  neck  of  the  tooth  the  fibres 
form  a  thick  mass  immediately  over  the  rim 
of  the  alveolar  cavity,  where  they  merge  into 
the  periosteum  covering  the  outer  surface  of 
the  alveolar  process,  which  forms  what  has 
been  called  the  dental  ligament. 
The  vessels  supplying  this  membrane  with 
blood  enter  the  apical  space,  and  there  divide 
into  a  number  of  branches,  one  of  which 
enters  the  apical  foramen  of  the  root  of  the 
tooth  while  the  others  are  distributed  to  the 
structure  of  the  peridental  membrane.  At  the 
rim  or  margin  of  the  alveolus  the  union  of 
the  arteries  of  the  peridental  membrane  and 
gum  form  a  rich  plexus,  known  as  the  gingival 
plexus,  so  that  this  membrane  receives  its  sup- 
ply of  blood  from  two  sources  ;  and  in  the  con- 
dition known  as  alveolar  abscess,  when  the 
vessels  in  the  apical  space  are  destroyed,  a 
supply  of  blood  is  still  furnished  to  the  mem- 
brane by  the  vessels  from  the  gums.  The 
nerve  supply  is  also  furnished  from  two 
sources,  which  correspond  with  those  of  the 
blood  supply.  The  peridental  membrane  is 
the  organ  of  touch  of  the  tooth,  while  the 
pulp  of  tin- tool  li  conveys  painful  sensations 
alone,  such  as  are,  under  normal  conditions, 
caused  by  thermal  changes.  The  peridental 
membrane  is  subject  to  various  diseases,  such 
as  periodontitis  or  pericementitis  (inflamma- 
tion),   alveolar    abscess    (suppuration),   and 


which  follow  the  death  of  the  dental  pulp 
and  begin  in  the  apical  space.  Its  physical 
function  is  to  give  stability  to  the  teeth  in 
their  alveolar  cavities  and  to  protect  them 
from  shock  or  sudden  and  forcible  occlusion. 

Periden/teum  (from  tte/ji:  around,  and 
dens,  a  tooth).  The  periosteum  ;  this  term  has 
also  been  applied  to  Nasmyth's  membrane, 
cuticula  dentis,  and  external  layer  of  cementum 
on  the  roots. 

Perides/mium  (from  Kepi,  around,  and 
deafiog,  ligament) .  The  delicate  areolar  invest- 
ment of  a  ligament. 

Peridias/toIe.  The  almost  imperceptible 
period  or  interval  that  succeeds  the  diastole 
of  the  heart. 

Peridid/ymus  (from  irepi,  around,  and 
diSv/wg,  twins).     The  serous  coat  of  the  testes. 

Periglot/tis.     The  epiglottic  gland. 

Perig/raphe.  The  linese  transversse  of  the 
rectus  abdominis  muscle. 

Perim'eter.  The  line  which  bounds  any 
plane  figure. 

Perimysium.  The  cellular  membrane  that 
covers  a  muscle  or  its  fasciculi. 

Perineocele.     Hernia  in  the  perineum. 

Perinae'us  Transver'sus.  The  trausversus 
perimei  muscle. 

Perineal.  Pertaining  or  relating  to  the 
perineum. 

Perineal  Artery.  A  branch  of  the  internal 
pudic  distributed  to  the  perineum. 
Perineal  Nerve.  A  branch  of  the  internal 
pudic  nerve  distributed  upon  the  perineum 
and  scrotum  in  the  male  and  upon  the  peri- 
neum and  vulva  in  the  female. 

Perineum,  or  Perineum.  The  space 
between  the  anus  and  genital  organs. 

Perineu/rum  (from  nepi,  around,  and 
vevpov,  a  nerve).     The  neurilemma. 

Perinyc'tides  (from  irepi,  and  wt;,  night). 
An  epithet  applied  in  Pathology  to  a  cutaneous 
eruption  which  appears  at  night  and  disap- 
pears during  the  day. 

Pe/riod  (periodus;  from  mpi,  about,  and 
orSoc,  way).  A  stated  time  ;  the  time  of  the 
exacerbation  and  remission  or  of  the  paroxysm 
and  intermission  of  a  disease.  The  different 
phases  of  a  disease  are  called  periods,  as  the 
invasion,  augmentation,  height,  decline,  and 
termination. 

Periodic  Acid.  An  acid  consisting  of 
iodine  and  oxygen. 

Periodical  Diseases.  Diseases  the  parox- 
ysms of  which,  as  those  of  intermittent  fever 


PER 


473 


PER 


and  certain  cerebral  and  neuralgic  affections, 
occur  at  stated  intervals. 

Periodicity.  The  tendency  of  certain 
physiological  and  pathological  phenomena  to 
occur  after  longer  or  shorter  intervals. 

Periodol'ogy  (from  irepiofioc,  a  course  or 
circuit,  or  the  act  of  going  round,  and  Aoyof,  a 
discourse).  The  doctrine  of  periodicity  in 
health  and  disease. 

Periodontitis  (from  irspc,  about,  odovg,  a 
tooth,  and  nig,  inflammation).  Inflammation 
of  the  peridental  membrane,  the  lining  mem- 
brane of  the  cavity  of  a  tooth.  See  Peri- 
cementitis. 

Periods,  Monthly.  The  menstrual  periods. 

Periodyn/ia  (from  nepi,  around,  and  odvvjj, 
pain).     An  acute,  circumscribed  pain. 

Periorbita  (from  tte/m,  around,  and  orbita, 
the  orbit).     The  periosteum  of  the  orbit. 

Periorbi/tis.  Inflammation  of  the  perios- 
teum of  the  orbit. 

Periosteal.  Of  or  pertaining  to  the  perios- 
teum. 

Periosteophyte.  A  morbid  osseous  for- 
mation upon  or  from  the  periosteum. 

Periosteum  (from  wept,  around,  and 
ooreov,  a  bone  I.  Peristeon.  A  white  fibrous 
membrane  which  surrounds  all  the  bones  of 
the  body  except  the  crowns  of  the  teeth.  The 
external  surface  is  united  to  the  neighboring 
parts  by  areolar  tissue.  Its  internal  surface 
covers  the  bone  and  accurately  follows  its  de- 
pressions. It  is  joined  to  the  bones  by  small 
fibrous  prolongations  and  by  a  great  number 
of  vessels  which  penetrate  their  substance. 
At  the  attachment  of  the  tendons  the  perios- 
teum blends  with  the  fibers  of  the  tendons.  The 
periosteum  consists  of  two  layers,  an  outer  one 
composed  of  one  or  more  lamelke  of  dense 
white  fibrous  tissues,  the  direction  of  the  fibres 
being  parallel  to  the  surface  of  the  bone,  and 
among  which  is  a  number  of  fine  yellow  elastic 
fibres,  and  also  cellular  elements  in  the  lymph 
spaces  formed  by  the  apposition  of  the  bundles 
of  white  fibrous  structure. 

In  the  external  or  fibrous  layer  the  blood- 
vessels and  lymph-vessels  ramify  and  form  net- 
works. The  inner  layer  of  the  periosteum  con- 
sists of  very  loose  fibrous  tissue,  in  the  meshes 
of  which  are  many  cells  similar  to  osteoblasts 
existing  upon  the  trabeculse  of  spongy  bone  ; 
among  these  are  many  elements  which  possess 
characters  similar  to  those  of  lymph-corpuscles. 
This  inner  layer  is  very  vascular,  the  blood- 
vessels passing  among  the  cells  occupying  the 


meshes.  Beneath  the  periosteum  there  is  a 
bony  network  covering  the  surface  of  the  bone, 
in  the  meshes  of  which  are  numerous  cells, 
which  are  contiguous  with  those  which  fill  the 
interfibrillar  spaces  of  the  inner  layer.  At 
different  points  sharp  curved  spiculse  of  bone 
penetrate  the  inner  layer  of  the  periosteum. 
The  periosteum  is  found  under  mucous  mem- 
branes (submucous  tissue),  under  serous  mem- 
branes, and  about  the  blood-vessels  it  forms  a 
continuous  sheath  or  investment,  and  thus  fur- 
nishes support  and  protection.  It  also  invests 
nerves  (neurilemma),  gives  to  each  muscle  a 
distinct  sheath  (myolemma),  and,  passing  in 
between  the  muscular  fibres,  surrounds  each  one 
(sarcolemma)  and  connects  them  with  their 
tendons  or  with  the  periosteum.  It  also  in- 
vests the  glands,  holdiug  their  lobes  in  position, 
and,  following  the  ducts  into  the  substance  of 
the  gland,  invests  each  lobule,  and  within  this 
substance  the  blood-vessels  of  the  gland  ramify. 
It  supports  the  peritoneum  and  pleura,  invests 
the  brain  (dura  mater,  arachnoid  membrane), 
and  becomes  the  investment  for  its  function- 
ing cells  (neuroglia). 

In  the  form  of  fascia  it  binds  down  the  mus- 
cles and  holds  them  in  position  ;  it  invests  the 
bones  (periosteum)  and  attaches  the  teeth  to 
their  alveolar  cavities  (peridental  membrane). 
It  also  forms  the  tendons  which  connect  the 
muscles  with  the  bones  and  the  ligaments 
which  hold  the  bones  together.  It  also  invests 
the  eye  (sclerotica). 

Periosteum    Den'tium.     The   periosteum    or 
peridental  membrane  of  the  teeth.    See  PERI- 
DENTAL Membrane. 
Periostitis.     Inflammation  of  the  perios- 
teum. 

Periostitis,  Den'tal,  or  Periodontitis.  Inflam- 
mation of  the  investing  membrane  of  the  roots 
of  the  teeth.  Systemic  and  local  treatment  are 
necessary — the  first  to  remove  or  counteract  the 
predisposition  and  abate  the  determination  of 
blood  to  the  part  by  allaying  the  excitement 
and  inducing  an  equal  circulation  ;  and  the 
second  to  relieve  the  congestion  by  counter- 
irritation  or  by  depletion  from  the  gum  oppo- 
site the  seat  of  the  affection.  Cantharidal 
collodion  ;  tincture  of  iodine  and  tincture  of 
aconite  root,  equal  parts  ;  creasote  ;  creasote 
and  iodine  ;  continual  application  of  cold,  etc., 
are  some  of  the  agents  employed  in  the  local 
treatment. 
Perios'toma.  Any  morbid  osseous  growth 
on  or  about  a  bone. 


PER 


474 


PER 


Periosto'sis.     A  tumor  of  the  periosteum. 

Periph'eral.  Relating  to  the  periphery  or 
cirenmfereuce. 

Peripheric.     See  Peripheral. 

Periphery  (from  irept,  around,  and  <pepuf  to 
bear).  The  circumference  of  a  circle,  the  out" 
side  of  the  body  or  any  other  object. 

Periphimo'sis.     Paraphimosis. 

Periphlebitis.  Inflammation  of  the  tissues 
of  a  vein. 

Periplast.  That  part  of  the  cell-protoplasm 
outside  of  the  nucleus. 

Peripleumo'nia.     Peripneumonia. 

Perip'lysis.  Profluvium.  An  excessive 
discharge. 

Peripneumonia  (from  irepi,  around,  and 
TTvevfiaV)  the  lung).  Inflanmiation  of  the  lungs. 
Acute  variety  of  bronchitis. 

Peripolar.  About  a  pole,  as  the  polar 
regiou  of  an  electrified  body. 

Peripye'ma  (from  ^rep',  about,  and  nvov, 
pus).  Suppuration  around  an  organ.  This 
frequently  occurs  around  a  tooth. 

Perirrhoe'a  (from  irepi,  about,  and  pew,  to 
flow).  An  afflux  or  determination  of  fluids 
toward  an  organ.     Also  enuresis. 

Per'isperm  (from  nepi,  and  cneppa,  seed). 
The  albumen  between  the  investing  membrane 
and  the  embryos  of  some  seeds. 

PerisphaFsis  (from  irepL,  about,  and  c<pa?^ 
'/u,  to  move).  Circumduction;  a  motion 
giveu  to  a  luxated  bone  for  the  purpose  of  re- 
ducing it. 

PeristaPtic  (peristalticus ;  from  TTEpioreMu, 
to  contract).  The  vermicular  motion  of  the 
intestines,  by  which  they  contract  and  force 
the  chyle  downward  to  the  mouths  of  the  lac- 
teals  and  the  faeces  to  the  anus. 

Peristaph/yline.     Pertaining  to  the  uvula. 

Peristaphylo=pharynge/us.  The  upper 
part  of  the  palato-pharyngeus  muscle. 

Periste'rium.  Verbena  officinalis  (which 
see). 

Perister'na  (from  ~ep/.,  about,  and  orepvov, 
tin'  sternum).  The  lateral  portions  of  the 
thorax. 

Peristole  (from  wepc,  around,  and  crre/M,w, 
to  contract,  to  close).  The  peristaltic  motion 
of  the  intestines. 

Peristoma  (  peristomatis  ;  nepi,  around,  and 
orofia^  a  mouth).  The  margin  or  circumfer- 
ence of  a  mouth  or  a  tnouth-like  opening. 

Peristro'ma  (from  ~'i",  around,  and  arpuv- 
Wfii,  to  spread).  The  inner  or  mucous  coat  of 
the  intestines. 


Perisys'tole  (from  Trept}  about,  and  ova- 
ro'hj,  a  contraction).  The  pause  or  interval 
between  the  contraction  and  dilatation  of  the 
heart. 

Perito'ine.     See  Peritoneum. 

Perit  ome.     Circumcision. 

Peritone'um  (from  Trepi,  around,  and 
reivu,  to  stretch).  Peritonaeum.  The  serous 
membrane  which  surrounds  all  the  abdom- 
inal viscera  and  lines  the  cavity  of  the  ab- 
domen. 

PeritonPtis.     Inflammation  of  the  perito- 
neum. 
Peritonitis    Typhohae/mic.     Puerperal  fever. 

Perityphlitis  (from  nepi,  around,  and 
typhlitis,  inflammation  of  the  caecum.  Inflam- 
mation of  the  cellular  tissue  which  surrounds 
the  caecum. 

Perlate  Acid.  The  acidulous  phosphate  of 
soda. 

Permanent  Teeth.  The  teeth  of  second 
dentition.     See  Teeth. 

Permanent  White.  Sulphate  of  baryta  fused 
into  an  opaque  white  enamel.  This  is  used  as 
a  pigment  and  in  the  manufacture  of  porce- 
lain ware. 

Permangan'ate.  Permanganas.  A  salt  of 
the  monobasic  permanganic  acid.  The  per- 
manganates are  unstable  bodies,  readily  part- 
ing with  their  oxygen,  and  so  acting  as  oxid- 
izing and  disinfectant  agents. 
Permanganate  of  Potash.  See  PotasSjE 
Permanganas. 

Permanganic  Acid.     Manganesic  acid. 

Perme'able  (from  permeo,  to  pass  through). 
Applied  to  membranous  and  cellular  tissues 
which  permit  gases  and  fluids  to  pass  through 
them.    Pervious  ;  possessing  permeability. 

Pernicious  Fever.  A  congestive  intermit- 
tent. 

Pernio.     A  chilblain. 
Pernio    Exulcera/tus.      A   chilblain    accom- 
panied with  ulceration. 

Pernio  Simplex.  A  chilblain  in  which  the 
skin  is  unbroken. 

PeromeFia  (from  Trepo?,  wanting,  and 
pe'Aoc,  a  limb).  Congenital  absence  of  a 
limb. 

Perone  (from  ntpov-q,  a  brooch).  Peronenm. 
The  fibula  ;  so  called  because  it  resembles  the 
pin  of  a  brooch. 

Peroneal    (peromelia;     from    mpovri,    the 
fibula).     Belonging  or  relating  to  the  fibula. 
Peroneal  Artery.     The  fibular  artery. 
Peroneal  Muscles.     These  are  three  in  num- 


PER 


475 


PER 


ber  :  (1)  The  peroneus  brevis  ;  (2)  the  peroneus 
longus ;  (3)  the  peroneus  terhus. 
Peroneal    Nerve.      The     external     popliteal 
nerve. 
Perone/us.     A   term   applied   in  Anatomy 
to  organs  attached  to  or  that  occupy  the  region 
of  the  fibula. 

Peroneus    Bre/vis.     A    muscle    situated    be- 
neath the  peroneus  longus. 
Peroneus    Lon'gus.     A   long,   thick    muscle 
situated  at  the  outer  part  of  the  leg. 
Peroneus  Ter'tius.     A  muscle  situated  at  the 
anterior,  outer,  and  inferior  part  of  the  leg. 
Pero'sis  (from  nqpoc,  wanting).     Abnormal 
or  defective  formation. 

Perosplancb/nica  (from  irrjpog,  wanting, 
and  OTTAa-yxvov,  a  viscus).  Congenital  miscon- 
struction or  want  of  a  portion  of  the  viscera. 
Peroxide.  Peroxydum.  In  Chemistry,  the 
combination  of  a  simple  body  with  the  largest 
portion  of  oxygen  it  is  capable  of  absorbing  ; 
the  highest  degree  of  oxidation  or  the  greatest 
proportion  in  which  oxygen  can  saturate  any 
tetrad  base. 

Peroxide  of  Hydrogen.  Hydrogen  peroxide. 
Hydrogen  dioxide.  Formula,  H202.  It  is 
obtained  by  rubbing  up  peroxide  of  barium 
with  distilled  water,  to  which  is  added  dis- 
tilled water  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid 
in  a  freezing  mixture.  Topically  it  acts 
by  imparting  oxygen  to  diseased  tissues,  and 
thus  destroying  them.  In  Dental  Practice  it 
is  employed  for  alveolar  abscesses,  alveolar 
pyorrhoea,  ulcerations  of  mucous  membrane, 
cancrum  oris,  fungous  growths,  bleaching  dis- 
colored teeth,  etc.  It  is  a  powerful  antiseptic 
and  germicide.  Dose,  %  ss  to  gij,  when  in- 
ternally administered  in  diphtheria,  etc. 
Peroxide  of  Sodium.  Sodium  peroxide.  Ob- 
tained by  adding  peroxide  of  hydrogen  to  an 
excess  of  caustic  soda  solution  of  twenty  per 
cent,  and  then  pouring  into  alcohol.  An  alka- 
line and  caustic  white  solid,  soluble  in  water. 
It  closely  resembles  peroxide  of  hydrogen.  It 
is  employed  as  an  antiseptic,  disinfectant, 
sterilizer,  and  bleaching  agent. 

Perperacu/tus.  A  term  applied  in  Path- 
ology to  extremely  acute  or  to  very  violent  and 
rapid  diseases. 

Perplication  {perplicatio;  from  per, 
through,  and plico,  to  fold).  A  term  applied  in 
Surgery  to  a  method  of  tying  an  artery  which 
consists  of  making  a  small  incision  through 
the  side  of  it  near  the  bleeding  orifice  and 
drawing  the   open  extremity,   with   a  pair  of 


suitable  forceps,  backward  through  the  open- 
ing made  in  the  side  of  the  vessel,  thus  form- 
ing a  sort  of  knob. 

Perry  Crown.  An  artificial  crown  at- 
tached to  the  natural  root  of  a  tooth,  and  to 
which  is  soldered  a  collar  with  a  cap  fitted  on  it. 
The  porcelain  crown  is  similar  to  the  Howland 
crown,  and  the  pin  or  pivot  is  secured  in  the 
root-canal,  its  end  projecting  into  the  concavity 
in  the  base  of  the  crown,  which  is  cemented  to 
the  cap  through  which  the  pin  passes  with 
oxyphosphate  cement. 

Persis'tens  Fe'bris.  An  intermittent 
fever,  the  paroxysms  of  which  recur  at  con- 
stant and  stated  periods. 

Persistant.  Persistens.  Permanent,  last- 
ing. Mr.  Thomas  Bell  applies  this  term  to 
three  of  the  membranes  of  the  teeth  :  (1)  The 
internal  periosteum  ;  (2)  the  investing  peri- 
osteum of  the  root  ;  and  (3)  the  periosteum  of 
the  alveolus.  The  other  membranes  of  the 
teeth,  which  are  the  two  lamellae  of  the  sac,  he 
regards  as  deciduous. 

Persistent  Dental  Capsule.  Nasmyth's  mem- 
brane, the  enamel  cuticle  (which  see). 
Perspira'tion  (perspiratio  ;  from  per, 
through,  and  spirare,  to  breath,  exhale).  The 
insensible  transpiration  of  the  fluids  of  the 
body  continually  carried  on  at  the  surface  of 
the  skin.  When  this  fluid  is  condensed  into 
sensible  moisture,  it  is  called  sweat.  Also  the 
matter  perspired. 

PersuPphate.     Persulphas.     The  sulphate 
of  a  peroxide. 
Persulphate  of  Iron.     See  Irox. 

Perturbation  (from  perturbo,  to  disturb). 
Disturbance  of  the  natural  course  of  a  disease 
by  the  employment  of  very  active  therapeutic 
agents. 

Pertus'sis  (from  per,  much,  and  tussis, 
cough).     The  whooping-cough  (which  see). 

Peruvian  Balsam.  A  resinous  substance 
of  a  fragrant  odor,  obtained  from  the  Myroxy- 
lon  peruiferum. 

Peruvian  Bark.  The  bark  of  several  species 
of  Cinchona,  trees  of  Peru.  Tonic,  anti- 
periodic,  stomachic,  and  astringent.  Dose  of 
powder,  £j  to  3  i ij  ;  of  extract,  gr.  iij  to  gr.  x. 
Different  alkaloids  are  contained  in  this  bark, 
the  most  important  being  Quinina,  which  is  a 
well-known  tonic  and  antiperiodic.  Powdered 
Peruvian  bark  forms  one  of  the  ingredients  of 
a  number  of  dentifrices. 

Perversion  [perversio  ;  from  per,  ami  ver- 
tere,  to  turn).     A  term  applied  in  Pathology  to 


PER 


476 


PET 


a  morbid  change.     Also  to  a  diseased  state  of 
the  humors. 

Pervigilium  (from  per,  much,  and  vigilo, 
to  watch).  Want  of  sleep ;  watching  :  sleepiness. 

Pes  (~oi'f).  The  foot.  In  Comparative 
Anatomy,  the  inferior  extremity  of  the  pelvic 
limb  of  man  and  birds,  and  of  the  thoracic 
and  pelvic  limbs  of  four-footed  mammifera, 
reptiles,  and  amphibia,  consisting,  in  the  hu- 
man subject,  of  the  tarsus,  metatarsus,  and 
toes.  In  Botany,  the  portion  of  stem  by  which 
certain  fungi  are  attached  to  the  earth. 
Pes  Alexandri'nus.  The  Spanish  chamomile 
or  pellitory  of  Spain. 

Pes   Anseri'nus.     The   radiated   branches  of 
the  portio  dura  on  the  side  of  the  face. 
Pes  Columbi/nus.     Geranium  rotundifolium. 
Pes  Equi/nus.     Club-foot. 
Pes  Hippocampi.     The  tnberculated  extrem- 
ity of  the  hippocampus  major,  so  called  from 
its  fancied  resemblance  to  the  foot  of  some 
animal. 

Pes' sary  (pessarium  ;  from  ireacog,  a  small 
stone).  An  instrument  made  of  wood,  ivory, 
or  caoutchouc  and  introduced  into  the  vagina 
to  sustain  the  uterus  in  cases  of  prolapsus  of 
this  organ. 

Pes/sulus.     A  pessary. 

Pest'ilence  (from  pestis,  plague).  Pesti- 
lentia.  The  plague  ;  any  epidemic,  conta- 
gions, or  infectious  disease  of  a  fatal  character. 

Pes'tis  (from  perdo,  to  destroy).  The 
plague  ;  a  malignant  and  contagious  typhoid 
fever. 

Pes'tle  (pisliHum;  pilum).  An  instrument 
made  of  wood,  glass,  iron,  or  porcelain,  for 
beating  and  pulverizing  substances  in  a  mor- 
tar. 

Petaloi'des.  Petaloid.  Resembling  a  petal. 
Applied  to  urine  which  has  a  flaky  substance 
resembling  leaves  floating  in  it. 

Pete'chia.  Peticula.  A  term  applied  in 
Pathology  to  a  small  spot  upon  the  skin,  of  a 
reddish-purple  color,  resembling  a  flea-bite, 
and  occurring  in  the  progress  of  malignant 
fevers. 

Pete'chiEe  Sine  Febre.  Purpura  simplex 
or  petechial  scurvy. 

Pete'chial.  Affected  with  or  resembling 
petechia?. 

Petechial    Scurvy.     Scorbutus. 

Peti'na.     The  sole  of  the  foot. 

Pet'inine.  A  highly  refracting,  pungent 
Liqnid,  obtained  during  tin;  destructive  distilla- 
tion of  animal  substance. 


Petrifac'tion.  Petrifying  or  converting 
into  stone. 

Petrolatum.  Petroleum  ointment.  Vase- 
lin.  A  basis  for  ointments  and  a  valuable 
emollient. 

Petroleum  (from  -srpa,  a  rock,  and  oleum, 
oil).  Petrolatum.  Literally,  rock  oil.  A  red- 
dish-brown, liquid,  inflammable,  bituminous 
substance,  exuding  from  the  earth,  of  a  foetid 
odor  and  acrid,  bitter  taste  ;  insoluble  in  water 
and  alcohol ;  combines  with  fixed  and  essential 
oils  and  sulphur  and  is  partly  soluble  iu  ether. 
It  is  also  obtained -by  boring  wells.  Petro- 
leum is  a  hydro-carbon.  Paraffin,  kerosene, 
and  the  numerous  naphthaline  hydro-carbons 
are  the  products  of  the  distillation  of  petro- 
leum. 

Petroleum    Barbaden/se.     Barbadoes  tar  ;   a 
black,  opaque,  inflammable  liquid,   of  about 
the  consistence  of  molasses,  having  a  strong 
odor  and  bituminous  taste. 
Petroleum,    New   York.     Seneca    oil.     Used 
externally  in  the  same  cases  as  the  petroleum 
rubrum. 
Petroleum    Ru'brum.     A  species  of  naphtha 
found  at  Gabian,  France.    It  has  been  used  as 
an   excitant    expectorant,  and  for   tapeworm 
combined  with  asafcetida.     It  is  used  exter- 
nally in  chronic  rheumatism,  affections  of  the 
skin  and  joints,  paralysis,   as  a  disinfectant, 
etc.     Dose,  ^ssto  5Jj. 
Pet'roline.       The    commercial    name    for 
hydro-carbons  derived  from  petroleum. 

Petro=occip/ital.  Belonging  to  the  petrous 
portion  of  the  temporal  and  to  the  occipital 
bone. 

Petro=pharynga;/us.  The  constrictor 
pharyngis  superior. 

Petro=saipin/go=pharyngae/us.  The  leva- 
tor palati  mollis. 

Petro=salpingo=staphyli/nus.  The  leva- 
tor palati. 

Petro=sphenoi/dal  Suture.  A  small  suture 
between  the  anterior  edge  of  the  petrous  por- 
tion of  the  temporal  bone  and  the  posterior 
ed«;e  of  the  sphenoid. 

Petro/sum,  Os  (from  irerpa,  a  rock). 
The  petrous,  one  of  the  portions  of  the  tem- 
poral bone,  is  so  called  from  its  great  hard- 
ness. 

Pe'trous  (pelrosus;  from  Trerpng,  stone). 
Resembling  stone ;  having  the  hardness  of 
stone. 

Petrous    Ganglion.     The   petrosal    ganglion. 
A  ganglion  of  the  glosso-pharyngeal   nerve, 


PET 


477 


PHA 


formed  soon  after  it  escapes  from  the  jugular 
fossa. 
Petrous  Si/nuses.  Petrosal  sinuses.  Two 
of  the  venous  sinuses  of  the  dura  mater  con- 
nected with  the  petrous  portion  of  the  tem- 
poral hone. 

Pe'tum.     Nicotiana  tahacum. 

Petuntze'.  A  Chinese  name  for  finely 
ground,  undecomposed  feldspar,  used  with 
kaolin  in  the  manufacture  of  porcelain. 

Pew/ter.  An  alloy  of  lead  and  tin, 
sometimes  containing  a  little  copper  and  anti- 
mony. 

Peyer's  Glands  (peyeri  gland  ul  as).  The 
small  clusters  of  glands  or  follicles  beneath 
the  villous  coat  of  the  intestines.  They  are 
clustered  together  and  have  a  honeycomb  ap- 
pearance. They  are  most  numerous  in  the 
lower  portion  of  the  ileum,  and  are  concerned 
in  the  function  of  lymphosia. 

Pe'za  (from  -rve^a,  the  foot).  The  foot,  also 
the  astragalus  ;  the  ankle. 

Pha/cia  ((paicia).  A  lentil  seed.  Lentigo,  or 
freckles. 

Phaci'tis  (from  (panog,  a  lens,  and  trig,  in- 
flammation). Inflammation  of  the  crystalline 
lens. 

Phacocys'ta  (onuog,  a  lentil,  kvotic,  a  bag). 
The  capsule  of  the  crystalline  lens. 

Phacohymeni/tis  (from  <panog,  a  lens,  v/ir/v, 
a  membrane,  and  trig,  inflammation).  Inflam- 
mation of  the  capsule  of  the  crystalline  lens. 

Phacomala/cia.  Softening  of  the  crystal- 
line lens. 

Phac'opis  (from  6aKog}  lens,  and  Ko-ig,  a 
knife).     A  lenticular-shaped  knife. 

Phacoplas/ma.  A  cataplasm  or  poultice  of 
lentils  ;  also  of  linseed-oil. 

Phacop'sis.     Freckled. 

Phagedena  (from  yayu,  to  eat).  An  ob- 
stinate, rapidly- spreading  ulcer.  Eroding  ; 
gangrenous.  The  extension  of  an  ulcer,  with 
the  formation  of  sloughs  ;  ulceration  which 
spreads  rapidly  and  shows  no  tendency  to 
spontaneous  limitation. 

Phagedaena  Gangreno'sa.  Hospital  gan- 
grene. 

Phagedenic.  In  Surgical  Pathology,  a  cor- 
roding and  rapidly-spnading  ulcer  ;  in  Matt  ria 
Mediea,  an  escharotic  ;  pertaining  to  phage- 
dena. 

Phagedenic  Peri'cemen'titis.  Destructive 
iullammation  of  the  peridental  membrane, 
followed  by  absorption  of  the  walls  of  the 
alveolus. 


Phag/ocyte.  Cells  of  the  organism  hav- 
ing the  property  of  absorbing  and  digesting 
microbes. 

Phalacro'sis.     Baldness. 

Phalanges.  The  plural  of  phalanx  (which 
see). 

Phalango'sis.  An  affection  of  the  eye- 
lids in  which  the  lashes  are  arranged  in  two 
rows. 

Phal'anx  (from  o«/.«;c.  a  row  of  soldiers). 
In  Anatomy,  the  small  bones  of  the  fingers 
and  toes  are  called  phalanges,  because  they  are 
arranged  alongside  of  one  another  like  a  pha- 
lanx. 

Phallal'gia  (from  <pa/./.oc,  membrum  virile, 
and  aTiryog,  pain).     Pain  in  the  penis. 

Phalli'tis.     Inflammation  of  the  penis. 

Phallocarcino'ma  (from  oa/./.of,  the  male 
organ,  and  napmvuiia,  cancer).  Cancer  of  the 
penis. 

Phallon/CUS  (from  pa/.Zor,  and  oynog,  a 
tumor).     A  morbid  swelling  of  the  penis. 

PhaFlus.     The  penis. 

Phantas'ma  (from  oarra'tj,  to  make  ap- 
pear). Phantasm.  In  Pathology,  a  morbid  phe- 
nomenon, resulting  from  lesiou  of  the  brain  or 
optic  nerve,  consisting  of  the  perception  of 
imaginary  objects. 

Phar/macal.     Pertaining  to  pharmacy. 

Pharmaceutic  ( pharmaceutic's;  from 
oapuanov,  a  medicine).  Pertaining  to  phar- 
macy. 

Pharmacochym'ia(froni  oappaicov,  a  medi- 
cine, and  xi,u£ia,  chemistry).  Pharmaceutical 
chemistry. 

Pharmacodynamics  (from  <pap/j.aicov,  a 
medicine,  and  Svrvafiig,  power).  That  branch  of 
pharmacology  which  treats  of  the  effects  and 
uses  of  medicines,  and  also  of  poisons. 

Pharmacognosy  (from  (pap/uamr,  a  medi- 
cine, jivooku,  to  know).  Pharmacognosia. 
That  part  of  pharmacy  which  treats  of  simple 
medicines. 

Pharmac'olite.  A  term  applied  in  Min- 
eralogy to  the  uative  arseniate  of  lime. 

Pharmacology  (from  pap/ianov,  a  medicine, 
and  /oyoc,  a  discourse).  Pharmacologia.  A 
treatise  on  or  the  doctrine  of  medicinal  agents. 
Materia  mediea. 

Phar'macon.  A  medicine  ;  a  drug  ;  a 
poison. 

Pharmacopoeia  (from  ucauaion',  a  medi- 
cine, and  -o«u,  to  make).  Literally  the  art  of 
preparing  medicines.  A  code  or  book  contain- 
ing a  collection  of  medicinal  formulae,  with  a 


PHA 


478 


PHE 


description  of  the  process  for  the  preparation 
of  each.     A  dispensatory. 

Phar'macy  (from   oapfianov,    a    medicine). 
Pharmacia.     The  art  of  selecting,  preserving, 
and  preparing  therapeutical  agents. 
Pharmax'is.     Pharmacy. 
Pharna'ceum.     A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Carophyllacea?. 

Pharnaceum    Linea're.       A    South     African 
plant,  supposed    to   be   useful  in  pulmonary 
affections. 
Pharyngeal    (from  <papvy§,  the  pharynx). 
Pertaining  to  or  implicating  the  pharynx. 
Pharyngeal  Arteries.    These  are  two  in  num- 
ber, the  superior  and  inferior.     The  superior  is 
a  branch  of  the  internal  maxillary  and  sends  a 
branch  through  the  pterygo-palatine  foramen 
to  supply  the  arch  of  the  palate  and  contigu- 
ous parts.     The  inferior  is  a  branch  of  the  ex- 
ternal carotid  and  sends  off  several  branches, 
in  its  course  upward  toward  the  basis  of  the 
cranium,  to  the  pharynx  and  contiguous  deep- 
seated  parts. 

Pharyngeal  Nerve.  This  nerve  is  a  branch 
of  thepneumogastric  aud  is  distributed  to  the 
pharynx.  It  communicates  with  the  glosso- 
pharyngeal, divides  into  a  number  of 
branches,  which  unite  with  branches  of  other 
nerves,  forming  a  network  of  filaments  which 
constitute  the  pharyngeal  plexus. 

Pharyngeth'ron.  The  pharynx  or  the 
fauces. 

Pharyngis'mus.  Spasm  of  the  muscles  of 
the  pharynx. 

Pharyngitis.  Inflammation  of  the  phar- 
ynx. 

Pharyngitis,  Catarrhal.  Catarrhal  inflamma- 
tion of  the  pharynx,  which  may  be  either 
acute  or  chronic. 

Pharyngi'tis,  Diphtheritic.     Diphtheritic  in- 
flammation  of  the  pharynx,  or  inflammation 
accompanied  by  the  formation  of  false  mem- 
branes. 
Pharyngitis,    Follicular.     Inflammation  and 
enlargement  of  the  follicles  of  the  pharynx, 
extending  sometimes  to  the  larynx. 
Pharyngoce/le  (from  tpapvyt;,  the  pharynx, 
and  ''//'/,  a  tumor).     A  morbid  enlargement  of 
the  upper  part  of  the  gullet. 

Pharyngo-glos'sal.  Pertaining  to  the 
pharynx  and  tongue. 

Pharyngog'raphy  (from  (/>apvy^,  the  phar- 
ynx, and  ypafyti,  a  description).  Pharyngogra- 
phia.  An  anatomical  description  of  the  phar- 
ynx. 


Pharyngopal'atine.  Pertaining  to  the 
pharynx  and  velum  palati. 

Pharyngople'gia  (from  Qapvy!;,  the  phar- 
ynx, and  -n/.rjoou,  to  strike).  Paralysis  of  the 
pharynx. 

Pharyngorrhag'ia.  Hemorrhage  from  the 
pharynx. 

Pharyngospas'mus.  Spasm  of  the  phar- 
ynx. 

Pharyngostaphyli/nus.  The  palato- 
pharyngeus  muscle. 

Pharyngoto'me  (pharyngotomus ;  from 
oapvyi,  the  pharynx,  and  reuvu,  to  cut).  An 
instrument  for  scarifying  the  tonsils. 

Pharyngot'omy.  Pharyngotomia.  The 
operation  of  cutting  into  the  pharynx.  Also  of 
scarifying  the  tonsils. 

Phar'ynx.  The  musculo-membranous  sac 
at  the  back  part  of  the  mouth,  which  termi- 
nates in  the  oesophagus.  It  is  invested  with  a 
strong  fascia,  which  serves  to  connect  it  to  the 
basilar  process  of  the  occipital  and  the  petrous 
portions  of  the  temporal  bones.  There  are 
seven  foramina  which  open  into  it — namely, 
the  two  posterior  nares,  the  two  Eustachian 
tubes,  the  mouth,  larynx,  and  oesophagus. 

Phat/nion  {(parviov).  Phatnium.  The 
socket  of  a  tooth. 

Phatnorrha'gia  (from  (parviov,  an  alveolus, 
and  pr/ywfu,  to  break  forth).  Hemorrhage 
from  the  socket  of  a  tooth.     See  Hemorrhage 

AFTER  THE   EXTRACTIOX  OF   TEETH. 

Phena'cetine.  An  antipyretic  analgesic, 
C10HI3NO2  =  C6H4(OC2H5)NH(C2H30).  Its 
great  insolubility  renders  it  non-toxic.  Given 
in  capsules,  gr.  vij  or  gr.  viiiss,  once  or  twice  a 
day  as  a  remedy  for  neuralgia.  It  is  devoid  of 
odor  or  taste. 

Phenig'mus  (from  foivit;,  red).  A  cuta- 
neous disease  characterized  by  redness  of  the 
skin  without  fever. 

Phe'nol.     Carbolic  acid. 
Phenol  Sodique.     Phenate  of  soda.     An  anti- 
septic, haemostatic,  aud  disinfectant.    Used  as 
an  astringent  and  styptic  application  to  check 
excessive  bleeding  after  extraction  of  teeth, 
and   to   prevent  subsequent  soreness  of   the 
gums.     It  is  made  by  neutralizing  phenic  acid 
with  soda,  and  is  manufactured  directly  from 
wood,  peat,  aud  coal-tars. 
Phenomenon  (from  <j>ai.vo/mi ,   to  appear). 
A  remarkable  and    unusual  appearance.     In 
Medicine,  any  appreciable  change  in  au  organ 
or  function.     The  phenomena  of  a  disease  are 
its  symptoms. 


PHE 


479 


PHL 


Pheno=resor/cin.  A  mixture  containing 
carbolic  acid,  sixty-seven,  resorcin,  thirty-three 
per  cent. 

Phe'nyl.       The     hypothetical     radicle     of 
phenol,  or  carbolic  acid.     Formula,  C6H5. 
Phenyl  Salicyl.     See  Salol. 

Phi'ala,  or  Vi'al.     A  small  bottle  or  phial. 

Phil'ter,  or  Philtre  (from  oikeu,  to  love). 
In  A  natomy,  the  vertical  depression  between 
the  nose  and  upper  lip. 

Phimo'sicus.     Relating  to  phimosis. 

Phimosis  (from  <pifioot  to  bind  up).  A 
constriction  of  the  extremity  of  the  prepuce, 
which  prevents  it  from  being  carried  back  be- 
hind the  corona  glandis. 

Phlas'ma.     A  contusion. 

Phlebarteriodial'ysis  (from  9/eV,  a  vein, 
aprepui,  artery,  and  diakuaig,  separation).  Vario- 
cose  aneurism. 

Phlebecta/sia  (from  foeip,  a  vein,  and 
ekteivg),  to  dilate).  The  dilation  of  a  vein  or  a 
portion  of  a  vein.     Varix. 

Phlebecto'pia  (faef,  and  e/c-077-oc,  out  of 
place).  Abnormal  situation  of  a  vein  from 
malformation  or  the  pressure  of  a  tumor. 

PhlebPon.     A  vein. 

Phlebi'tis  (from  ^/.eii',  a  vein,  and  trig,  a 
terminal  denoting  inflammation).  Inflamma- 
tion of  a  vein. 

Phlebitis,  Cru'ral.     Phlegmasia  dolens. 
Phlebitis,  Uterine.     Puerperal  fever. 

Phlebo'des.  Resembling  a  vein.  Also  hav- 
ing veins. 

Phlebography  (from  0/tei/',  a  vein,  and 
ypcKpu,  to  describe).  Phlebographia.  An  ana- 
tomical description  of  the  veins. 

Phleb'olite  (phlebolithus ;  from  <j>teij>,  a 
vein,  and  /*i9oc,  a  stone).  A  calculous  concre- 
tion in  a  vein. 

Phlebophthalmotom'ia  (from  o/ei/>,  a 
vein,  ootfa/.^of,  the  eye,  rep'w,  to  cut).  The 
abstraction  of  blood  from  the  eye. 

Phleborrhagia  (from  pAt'V,  a  vein,  and 
p?/yrvlui,  to  break  out) .  Hemorrhage  from  a 
vein  or  veins. 

Phleborrhex'is  (from  6/.<n/',  a  vein,  and 
pe^ig,  rupture).     Rupture  of  a  vein  or  veins. 

Phleb'otomum.  An  instrument  employed 
in  phlebotomy  ;  a  thumb  or  spring  lancet. 

Phlebot'omy  (from  o/fi/',  a  vein,  and 
Tsiino,  to  cut).  Phlebotomia.  The  operation 
of  opening  a  vein.     Venesection. 

Phlegm.  Phlegma.  One  of  the  four  pri- 
mary humors  of  the  ancients.  Also  the  viscid 
mucus  expectorated  or  expelled   by  vomiting. 


Phleg'magOgue  ( phlegmagogus;  from  <fAey- 
fj.a:  phlegm,  and  aya}  to  expel).  An  expec- 
torant medicine. 

Phlegmapy'ra  (from  o/.t;««,  phlegm,  and 
irvperog,  fever).  Phlegmatopyra.  Adeno-men- 
ingeal  or  mucous  fever  ;  a  fever  accompanied 
with  considerable  mucous  secretion  from  the 
digestive  passage. 

Phlegmasia  (from  <p/.eycj,  to  burn).  In- 
flammation. 

Phlegmasia  Dolens.  Phlegmasia  lactea  ; 
phlegmasia  alba  ;  crural  phlebitis  ;  milk- leg. 
A  disease  occurring  in  women  soon  after  de- 
livery, attended  by  fever,  pain,  swelling  of 
the  thigh,  and  other  symptoms  of  a  more  or 
less  severe  character. 

Phlegmasia?.     Inflammations. 

Phlegmasia.  According  to  French  path- 
ologists, oedema,  anasarca  ;  and  to  the  German, 
extravasation  of  serum  or  mucus.  Dropsical 
swelling. 

Phlegmatic.  Abounding  in  phlegm  ; 
dull  ;  sluggish. 

Phlegmatopyr'a.  Phlegmapyra.  Adeno- 
meningeal  fever. 

Phlegmatorrha'gia  (from  fyleyna,  phlegm, 
and  psu,  to  flow).  A  discharge  of  a  thin, 
limpid  mucus  from  the  nose,  unaccompanied 
by  inflammation. 

Phleg'mon  (from  f/.syu,  to  burn).  Inflam- 
mation of  the  cellular  tissue,  accompanied 
by  increased  heat,  pain,  and  circumscribed 
swelling,  usually  terminating  in  suppuration 
or  abscess. 

Phlegmono'des.  Phlegmonoid .  Phleg- 
monous. 

Phlegmonous  (from  o/quor;/,  a  phleg- 
mon, and  eufog,  resemblance).  Phlegmonodes. 
Belonging  or  relating  to  phlegmon. 
Phlegmonous  Erysipelas.  Diffused  cellular 
inflammation,  with  tendency  to  suppuration. 
Phlegmonous  Infiam'mation.  Inflammation 
of  the  cellular  tissues  tending  to  suppuration. 

Phlegmymeni'tis  (from  o'/eyua,  phlegm, 
viiijv,  a  membrane,  and  (rig,  inflammation). 
Phlegmhymenitis.  Inflammation  of  a  mucous 
membrane. 

Phleps.     A  vein. 

Phlogis'tic  (jrfilogislicits ;  from  o/<r uu,  to 
burn).  In  Cheniisti'y,  inflammatory.  See 
Phlogiston.  In  Medicine,  preternatural  vital 
energy.  Increased  action  of  the  heart  and 
arteries. 

Phlogis'ticated  Air  or  Gas.     Nitrogen. 

Phlogo'des   (from   o/.ocr,    flame,  and    sitiog, 


PHL 


4S0 


PHO 


resemblance).  An  epithet  employed  in  Path- 
ology to  express  particularly  the  redness  of  the 
face. 

Phlogo'sis.  Literally,  inflammation  ;  but 
some  authors  use  the  term  to  designate 
exclusively  external  inflammation,  and  others 
superficial  or  erysipelatous  inflammation.  The 
Germans  employ  it  to  designate  a  fugacious 
heat  or  simple  redness  of  the  face. 

Phlogot'ic.     Inflammatory. 

Phlyctae'na  (from  tpTiv^u,  to  boil).  A  vesi- 
cle containing  a  limpid,  serous  fluid. 

Phlyctaen'ula  (diminutive  of  pJilyctssna). 
A  vesicle  containing  a  limpid,  serous  fluid  of 
the  ciliary  margin. 

Phlyctenular  Conjunctivitis.  The  ap- 
pearance of  small  vesicles  upon  the  conjunctiva 
of  the  eye,  which  soon  rupture  and  form  small 
ulcers.  It  is  supposed  that  there  is  a  direct 
causal  relationship  between  this  disease  and 
the  disorders  incident  to  dentition. 

Phlyctid/ium.  A  pustule  encircled  by  an 
inflamed  ring  or  zone,  as  the  small-pox  pus- 
tule. 

Phly/sis.  A  subcutaneous,  ulcerative  tu- 
mor.    Also  phlyctsena.     Whitlow. 

Phlyza/cium.  A  small  pustule  containing 
pus,  raised  on  a  round,  hard,  inflamed  base, 
and  terminating  in  a  dark-colored  scab. 

Phoce'nic  Acid.  A  volatile  odoriferous 
acid  contained  in  the  oil  of  the  porpoise. 

Phoce/nine.  A  peculiar  fatty  matter  mixed 
with  elaine,  found  in  the  oil  of  the  Delphinium 
phocsena. 

Phododip'son.     Hydrophobia. 

Phoeni'cius  Morbus.  Tubercular  ele- 
phantiasis. 

Phoenig/mus.  A  red  cutaneous  eruption 
without  fever.     Also  a  rubefacient. 

Phcenodi'na,  or  Phcen'odine  (from  plm- 
nodes,  of  a  blood  color).  Cruor  sanguinis,  or 
blood  clot.     Also  hsematina. 

Phona/tion  (from  <l>uv?/,  the  voice).  The 
production  of  the  voice. 

Phone.     The  voice. 

Phonet'ic.  Pertaining  to  the  voice  or 
representing  articulate  sounds. 

Pho'nica.  Diseases  affecting  the  organs  of 
tin-  voice. 

Pho'nics.  Acoustics  ;  the  doctrine  of 
sounds. 

Pho'nicus  (from  <j>tmj,  the  voice).  Relating 
to  the  voice. 

Phonochor'dai.  The  chordae  vocales,  or 
vocal  chords. 


Phonon'osi  (from  our;/,  the  voice,  and 
vogoq,  disease).     Diseases  of  the  voice. 

Pho'ra.     Gestation. 

Phoronom/ia  (from  (popa,  motion,  and  voftog, 
law).  In  Physiology,  the  laws  of  muscular 
action . 

Phos.     Light. 

Phos'gene  Gas.     Chloro-carbonic  acid  gas. 

Phos/phas.     Phosphate. 

Phosphate.  Phosphas.  A  salt  resulting 
from  the  combination  of  phosphoric  acid  with 
a  salifiable  base. 

Phosphate  of  Lime  (calcis  phosphas).  A 
combination  of  phosphoric  acid  and  lime, 
forming  the  solid  or  earthy  portion  of 
bones. 

Phosphate  of  Soda  {sodse  phosphas).    A  mild, 

saline   cathartic,   in    the    form    of  colorless, 

transparent  crystals,  with  a  taste  like  common 

salt. 

Phosphate  of  Zinc.     See  Zinc    PHOSPHATE. 

Phos/phated.  A  base  converted  into  a 
phosphate  by  combinatiou  with  phosphoric 
acid. 

Phosphat/ic.  Relating  to  the  phosphates  ; 
containing  a  phosphate. 

Phosphatic  Diath/esis.  A  habit  of  body 
favoring  the  formation  of  calculi  or  phos- 
phates. 

Phosphine.     Phosphuretted  hydrogen. 

Phosphite.  A  salt  formed  by  the  union 
of  phosphorous  acid  and  a  salifiable  base. 

Phospho=caffein.  A  compound  of  caffein, 
acid  phosphorici,  aa  gr.  ss  ;  antipyriu,  ext.  opii 
grav.  dulc.  (celery),  aa  gr.  j  ;  and  sodium  bro- 
mide, gr.  v.  Dose,  one  or  two  teaspoonfnls  in 
water.  Used 'for  headache,  neuralgia,  insom- 
nia, and  general  nervous  debility. 

Phospho=mesit/ic  Acid.  An  acid  ob- 
tained by  the  action  of  chloride  of  phosphorus 
upon  acetone. 

Phosphorat'ed.  Combined  with  or  con- 
taining phosphorus. 

Phosphorescence.  The  luminous  appear- 
ance exhibited  by  phosphorescent  bodies. 

Phosphoric  Acid  {acidvm  phosphorieum) . 
An  acid  composed  of  one  part  phosphorus  and 
five  of  oxygen.  It  has  been  used  in  medicine, 
in  the  form  of  lemonade,  in  passive  haemor- 
rhage, typhus,  phthisis,  and  as  an  injection  in 
cancer  of  the  uterus.  Dose,  diluted,  n\  x  to 
t\  xx.  It  is  a  serviceable  application  in 
caries  of  the  bones  of  the  jaws  and  in  abscess 
of  antrum,  1  part  of  the  dilute  acid  to  20  of 
water. 


PHO 


481 


PHT 


Phos'phorous  Acid  (acidumphosphorosum). 
(H3P03).  A  very  sour,  volatile,  white  powder, 
obtained  by  the  slow  combustion  of  phospho- 
rus. It  reddens  vegetable  blues  and  neutral- 
izes bases. 

Phosphoru'ria.     Phosphorus  in  the  urine. 

Phos'phorus  (from  our,  light,  and  qepu,  to 
carry).  An'undecomposed  substance,  of  a  yel- 
lowish color,  semi-transparent,  and  burning 
in  common  air  with  great  rapidity.  In  the 
dark  it  exhibits  a  luminous  or  phosphorescent 
appearance,  and  emits  a  white  smoke  in  the 
air.  It  should  be  kept  under  water  and  pro- 
tected from  light.  In  small  doses  it  acts  as  a 
powerful  general  stimulant,  and  in  large  doses 
is  an  irritant  poison.  It  is  also  indicated  in 
all  diseases  in  which  there  exists  defective  de- 
velopment of  the  boues  and  teeth.  Dose,  gr. 
i  to  gr.  TV 

Phos/phorus=necro'sis.  Necrosis  of  the 
jawbone  from  exposure  to  the  fumes  of  phos- 
phorus. 

Phos'phuret  {phosphurelum).  A  combi- 
nation of  phosphorus  with  a  metal. 

Phosphuret'ted  Hy'drogen.  A  gaseous 
body  formed  by  the  combination  of  phosphorus 
with  hydrogen,  inflammable  in  the  air  and 
soluble  in  ether. 

Photal'gia  (owe,  owroc,  light,  and  alyogt 
pain).     Pain  from  too  much  light;    photalgy. 

Pho'togene  Gas.     See  Phosgexe. 

Photogenic  (from  owe,  light,  and  yewaa, 
to  generate).  Producing  light.  Applied  to 
drawings  made  by  the  action  of  light  on  a 
chemically  prepared  ground. 

Photoma'nia.  Delirium  produced  by  the 
action  of  intense  light. 

Photom'eter  (from  owe,  light,  and  uerpor, 
measure).  An  instrument  for  ascertaining  the 
intensity  of  light. 

Photon 'osos  (owe,  light,  and  voaoc,  disease). 
Disease  from  exposure  to  a  glare  of  light,  as 
snow-blindness,  etc. 

Photopho'bia  (from  owe,  light,  and  ouSeu. 
to  dread).     Intolerance  of  light. 

Pho'tophore.  Au  instrument  for  examin- 
ing cavities  of  the  body  by  means  of  the  elec- 
tric light. 

Photop'sia    (from    owe,    light,    and    o 
vision).     Lucid  vision,  or  perception  of  sparks, 
flashes  of  tire,  etc. 

Photox'ylin.  Derived  from  wood-pulp  and 
employed  as  a  substitute  for  collodion. 

Photu'ria    (from     owe,    light,    and     ovpov, 
urine).     Luminous  urine. 
31 


Phrag'mos  (from  ->  ".;  «w,  to  enclose).  A 
row  of  teeth. 

Phra'sis.     Articulated  voice. 

Phre'nes.  The  fore  part  of  the  thorax. 
Also  the  diaphragm. 

Phrene'sis.     Phrenitis. 

Phrenetic  (phreneticus).  Connected  with 
or  suffering  from  phrenitis. 

Phrenic  ( phrenicus).    Diaphragmatic.    Ee- 
lating  or  belonging  to  the  diaphragm. 
Phrenic    Arteries.      The    diaphragmatic    ar- 
teries. 
Phrenic  Nerve.     The  diaphragmatic  nerve. 

Phre'nica  (from  <ppqy,  the  mind).  Diseases 
of  the  mind  :  an  order  in  the  class  Neurotica 
of  Dr.  Good. 

Phreni'tis  (from  opr/i-,  the  mind,  and  inr^ 
inflammation).     Inflammation  of  the  brain. 

PhrenoPogy  (from  opw,  the  mind,  and 
/";»;.  a  discourse).  Phrenologia.  A  treatise 
on  the  mind  as  deduced  from  the  external  con- 
figuration and  volume  of  the  brain. 

Phreno=mag/netism.  The  pretended 
power  of  exciting  the  organs  of  the  brain  of  a 
mesmerized  person,  whereby  the  functions  of 
the  organs  are  manifested.  That  no  such 
power  exists  is  evident  from  the  fact  that 
such  phenomena  can  not  be  elicited  in  chil- 
dren. 

Phren'sy.     Phrenitis. 

Phthar'ma  Caligo.     Caligo. 
Phtharma  Catarac'ta.     Cataract. 
Phtharma  Glauco'ma.     Glaucoma. 

Phthiri'asis  (from  odsio,  a  louse).  Morbus 
pediculosus.  A  disease  favoring  the  genera- 
tion of  lice. 

Phthisical.  Pertaining  to  phthisis  :  con- 
sumptive. 

PhthisioPogy  (from  o-&icic.  consumption, 
and  Tioyog,  a  discourse).    A  treatise  on  phthisis. 

Phthisi=pneumo'nia.  Phthisis  pulmon- 
alis. 

Phthi'sis  (pronounced  ti'-sis;  from  oi}/w,  to 
waste  away).  Consumption  :  progressive 
emaciation  of  the  body  from  whatever  cause 
produced,  but  usually  restricted  to  phthisis 
pulmonalis. 

Phthisis,  Can'cerous.     Cancer   of  the   lungs. 
Phthisis  Dorsa'lis.     Tabes  dorsalis. 
Phthisis    Larynge'a.     Chronic    laryngitis,    a 
species  of  consumption  resulting  from  ulcera- 
tion of  the  larynx. 
Phthisis    Mesenter'ica.     Tabes   mesenterica. 
Phthisis   Pulmona'lis.    Phthisis  tuberculosa. 
Pulmonary  consumption. 


PHT 


482 


PHY 


Phthisis,  Teeth  of.  Characterized  by  especial 
clearness  and  transparency,  but  of  frail  struc- 
ture, caries  being  favored  by  a  constitutional 
weakness  of  structure.  Blue- white  and  pearly 
teeth,  but  prone  to  caries  ;  often  of  surpassing 
beauty. 

Phthisis  Trachea 'lis.     Chronic  inflammation 
of  the  trachea,  accompanied  by  ulceration  and 
emaciation. 
Phthisu'ria.     Diabetes. 
Phthoe.     Ulceration  of  the  lungs. 
Phth'ore.     Fluorine. 

Phtho'rius  (from  odopa,  an  abortion).  Fa- 
voring abortion. 

Phygeth'lon    (from    <j>vyu,    to   broil).     In- 
flammation of  the  superficial  lymphatic  glands. 
Phylaxin.     A  defensive   proteid  occurring 
in  animals  which  have  received  artificial  im- 
munity against  disease. 

Phy'ma  (from  <j>vu}  to  produce).  A  tubercle 
or  phlegmon. 

Phymatoid'.     Eesembling  a  tumor. 
Phymato'ses.     Tuberculous  diseases. 
Phymato'sis.     An  excrescence  ;  the  forma- 
tion or  progress  of  tubercular  disease. 
Phymo'sis.     Phimosis.  » 
Physco'nia  (from  fyvonji,  a  bladder).     Any 
tumor    developed   in   the   abdomen  which   is 
neither  sonorous  nor  fluctuating.    Eight  species 
are  enumerated  :    (1)  Physconia  hepatica,   en- 
larged liver  ;    (2)  physconia  peritonei,  tumefied 
peritoneum  ;    (3)  physconia  splenica,  enlarged 
spleen  ;  (4)  physconia  omenialis,  enlarged  omen- 
tum ;  (5)  physconia  renalis,  enlarged  kidney ;  (6) 
physconia  uterina,  enlargement  of  the  uterus  and 
its  appendages  ;  (7)  physconia  mesenterica ,  en- 
largement of  the  mesentery  ;    and  (8)  physconia 
intestinalis,  laxity  of  the  intestinal  canal,  pro- 
ducing enlargement  of  the  abdomen. 

Physe'ma  (from  fvaau,  to  inflate).  Phy- 
sesis.  A  tumor  caused  by  an  accumulation  of 
air  in  the  cellular  texture.     Also  tympanites. 

Phys'ic.  The  art  of  healing  diseases ; 
medicine. 

Physical.  Pertaining  to  the  tangible 
properties  or  effects  of  material  things. 

Physician.  One  who  has  received  the 
degree  of  doctor  of  medicine  from  a  regularly 
incorporated  institution.  In  France,  a  profes- 
sor or  student  of  natural  philosophy. 

Phys'ics  (from  <j>vcng,  nature).  The  science 
of  nature  ;  but  in  the  usual  and  more  restricted 
acceptation  of  the  term,  the  movements,  press- 
ure, and  sensible  properties  of  things.  Natural 
philosophy. 


Physics,  Medical  (physica  medicalis).     Phys- 
ics applied  directly  to  medicine,  whether  for 
the  explanation  of  the  vital  phenomena  of  the 
functions  of  the  body,  the  preservation  of  in- 
dividuals, or  the  treatment  of  disease. 
Physiog'nomy    (from   yvoic,    nature,    and 
yLvuoau,  to  know).     Physiognomia.    The  art  of 
judging  of  the  character   and   dispositions  of 
men  by  their  countenances,  gestures,  and  ex- 
ternal appearance,  as  taught  by  Lavater. 

Physiological.  Of  or  pertaining  to  physi- 
ology. 

PhysioPogy  (from  (f>vcic,  nature,  and  aojoq, 
a  discourse).  Physiologia.  By  the  ancients 
this  term  was  used  in  the  same  sense  as  that  of 
physics,  but  at  present  it  is  limited  to  the 
science  which  treats  of  the  laws  of  life  and  the 
functions  of  living  beings.  Physiology  is  di- 
vided into  human  and  comparative.  The  former 
relates  to  man  and  the  latter  to  animals  and 
vegetables.  It  is  also  divided  into  general  and 
special,  the  one  relating  to  the  general  laws  of 
life,  and  the  other  to  the  functions  of  individ- 
ual organs. 

Phy'sis.     Nature  ;  life. 
Physobleph'aron  (from   yvaau,  to  inflate, 
and  pAetpapov,  eyelid).     Emphysematous  swell- 
ing of  the  eyelids. 

Physoce'le.  Pneumatocele.  An  emphy- 
sematous tumor  of  the  scrotum. 

Physoceph'alus  (from  <pvoau,  to  inflate, 
and  i<E<pa?ir/,  the  head).  Emphysematous  swell- 
ing of  the  head. 

Physocoe'Ha  (from  tyvoau,  to  inflate,  and 
Koihia,  the  belly).     Tympanites. 

Physo'des  (from  (pvaau,  to  inflate,  and 
eidoc,  resemblance).  A  term  applied  in  Pathol- 
ogy to  tumors  apparently  filled  with  air. 

Physome'tra  (from   (pvaau,  to  inflate,   and 
fJ-Vrpa,    the    womb).       Inflatio    uteri.     Windy 
swelling  of  the  uterus. 
Phy'son.     Flatulence. 
Physon'cus.     A  windy  tumor. 
Physospas'mus.     Wiudy  colic,  with  spas- 
modic contraction  of  some  portion  of  the  ali- 
mentary canal. 

Physostig'ma.  Calabar  bean.  Properties 
due  to  two  alkaloids,  eserine  and  physostigmin. 
It  paralyzes  the  spinal  motor  centres,  and 
arrests  reflex  action  without  affecting  muscular 
irritability.  It  produces  nausea,  vomiting, 
and  myosis.  Used  in  tetanus  and  torpor  of 
bowels.  Dose  of  the  alcoholic  extract,  gr. 
}  to  gr.    h 

Physotho'rax.     Pneumothorax. 


PHY 


483 


PIM 


Phytochem/ia  (from  <j>vtov,  a  plant,  and 
XV/Mia,  chemistry).     Vegetable  chemistry. 

Phy/topIasm.  The  vegetable  analogue  of 
protoplasm. 

Pia  Mater.  The  highly  vascular  membrane 
which  immediately  invests  the  convolutions  of 
the  cerebrum,  cerebellum,  medulla  oblongata, 
and  medulla  spinalis. 

Pian.     Frambcesia,  or  yaws. 

Piar.     Fat. 

Piarha3/mia  (from  map,  fat,  and  at/ia, 
blood).    Fat  in  the  blood. 

Pi'ca.     Depraved  appetite. 

Pic'amar.     The  bitter  principle  of  tar. 

Pickling  Pan.  A  copper  or  Wedgwood 
vessel  for  dissolving,  by  the  action  of  sulphuric 
acid,  the  fused  borax  and  oxide  of  copper  which 
darkens  the  surface  of  gold  or  silver  during  the 
soldering  process. 

Pic'olin.  A  volatile,  acid,  oily  liquid  ob- 
tained by  the  distillation  of  animal  substances. 

Pi'cria.     Bitterness. 

Picric  Acid.  Carbazotic  acid  ;  a  yellow 
crystalline  substance  with  an  extremely  bitter 
taste. 

PPcrin,  Pic'rine.  A  bitter  substance 
obtained  from  Digitalis  purpurea  ;  said  to  be 
identical  with  digitaliu. 

Picrocarmine.  A  preparation  for  staining 
microscopical  specimens. 

Pic/romel.  A  mixture  of  salts  of  soda  and 
different  biliary  products.  A  peculiar  sub- 
stance, of  a  sweetish-bitter  taste,  which  exists 
in  bile. 

Picrotox'in,  or  Picrotox'ic  Acid  (from 
TitKpoq,  bitter,  and  rot-iicov,  poison).  Picrotox- 
ina  ;  picrotoxine.  A  vegetable  alkali,  wrhich 
crystallizes  in  wrhite,  brilliant,  four-sided 
transparent  prisms.  It  is  this  principle  which 
gives  to  the  Cocculus  indicus  its  poisonous 
properties. 

Pig'ment  (from  pingo,  to  paint).  Any 
color  used  by  painters. 

Pigment  Cells.  Cells  for  the  secretion  of  a 
black  or  dark-brown  matter  which  gives  color 
to  the  parts  over  which  they  are  spread.  They 
are  found  in  the  epidermis  of  the  negro  and 
other  dark  races  of  mankind  and  on  the  inner 
surface  of  the  choroid  membrane  of  the  eye. 

Pigmen  turn  (from  pingo,  to  paint).  A 
pigment  or  paint.  An  epithet  applied  in  Anat- 
omy to  a  black  mucous  substance  found  in  the 
eye — namely,  the  pigment  of  the  iris,  called  the 
uvea;  and  the  pigment  of  the  choroid  membrane, 
called  the pigmentum  nit/rum. 


Pigmentum  In'dicum.     Indigo. 
Pigmentum  Nigrum.     The  dark-brown  sub- 
stance lining  the  choroid  membrane  of  the  eye 
and  covering  the  posterior  surface  of  the  iris. 

Pila're  Ma'lum.    Trichiasis.   Hair  disease. 

Pila'tio  (from  pilus,  a  hair).  A  hair-like 
fracture  of  the  skull. 

Pile,  Galvanic.  A  galvanic  apparatus  con- 
sisting of  a  pile  or  column  of  zinc  or  copper 
plates  and  discs  of  wet  card,  placed  in  succes- 
sion to  one  another  in  the  same  regular  oi'der 
throughout  the  series. 

PiPeous.     Eelating  to  the  hair. 

Piles.     Hemorrhoids  (which  see). 

PPline.  A  kind  of  cloth  of  sponge  and 
wool,  used  as  a  substitute  for  poultices  and 
fomentation  cloths. 

Pill.     See  Pilula. 

Pilocarpus.  Jaborandi.  The  leaves  of 
the  Pilocarpus  pennatifolius.  It  increases  the 
action  of  the  heart,  but  lowers  arterial  tension. 
It  is  a  powerful  diaphoretic  and  very  much 
augments  the  secretion  of  the  salivary  glands. 
Efficacious  in  colds.  Dose  of  the  fluid  extract, 
ttlxtofsj. 

Pilo'rum  Arrecto'res.  The  minute  mus- 
cles of  the  skin,  which  cause  the  appearance 
called  cutis  anserina,  or  goose-skin.  They  are 
thought  to  raise  the  hairs  when  one  is  fright- 
ened. 

Pilo/sus.     Hairy. 

Pilu'Ia  (diminutive  of  pila,  a  ball).  A 
simple  or  compound  medicine  of  a  firm  consist- 
ence, spherical  in  shape,  and  rarely  exceeding 
five  or  six  grains  in  weight. 

PFIum.  An  instrument  for  breaking  sub- 
stances in  a  mortar  ;  a  pestle. 

PPIus.  The  short  hair  on  the  surface  of 
the  body. 

Pimel'aden  (irifieh/,  fat,  and  adrjv,  gland). 
A  sebaceous  gland. 

Pirn  ele.     Fat. 

Pim'elite  (from  Ki/xeXn,  fatness).  A  green 
mineral  of  a  greasy  feel,  containing  silica. 
alumina,  and  nickel. 

PimelPtis  (from  Ki/ieXij,  fat,  and  trig,  de- 
noting inflammation).  Inflammation  of  the 
adipose  tissue. 

Pimelo'des.     Full  of  fat,  or  fatty. 

Pimelo'sis   (from    -ate/.//,    fat).     The   con- 
version of  any  texture  into  fat. 
Pimelosis   Hepat'ica.     The   degeneration    of 
the  liver  into  fat. 

Pimen'ta.  Pimento.  Jamaica  pepper; 
allspice  ;  the  fruit  of  the  Myrtns  pimenta. 


PIM 


484 


PIV 


PimpineFla  Saxif  raga.  Burnet  saxifrage. 
The  root  is  astringent,  and  has  been  employed 
as  a  masticatory  in  toothache. 

Pim'ple  (papula).  A  small,  acuminated 
elevation  of  the  cuticle  with  an  inflamed  base, 
hut  not  tending  to  suppuration. 

Pin.  A  small  instrument,  pointed  at  one 
extremity,  made  of  brass,  iron,  silver,  or  gold, 
and  used  in  Surgery  to  fix  dressings,  and  some- 
times in  sutures. 

Pin'cers.     Forceps  ;  volsella. 

Pinch 'beck.  Dutch  gold  ;  an  alloy  of  cop- 
per, brass,  and  zinc. 

Pine'al     (pinealis;     from    pinus,    a    pine). 
Resembling  the  pineapple. 
Pineal    Gland    (gland ula  pinealis).     A    small 
gland  about  the  size  of  a  pea,  of  a  conical 
shape,  situated  between  the  fornix  and  tuber- 
cola  quadrigemina  in  the  brain. 

Pinguecula  (from  pinguis,  fat).  A  form 
of  pterygium,  consisting  of  a  small,  whitish- 
yellow  granule  between  the  margin  of  the 
cornea  and  the  outer  or  inner  angle  of  the  eye 
under  the  conjunctiva. 

Pingue'do.     Fat. 

PFnic  Acid.     An  acid  obtained  from  rosin. 

Pin'na.  In  Anatomy,  a  portion  of  the 
external  ear,  representing  a  kind  of  funnel, 
and  called  the  pinna  auricula?.  Also  the  ala, 
or  lower  cartilage  of  either  side  of  the  nose. 

Pinnac'ulum.     A  summit  or  pinnacle. 

Pint.  The  eighth  of  a  gallon,  or  sixteen 
fluid  ounces. 

Pinus  Canadensis.  Abies  canadensis.  Hem- 
lock. Pix  canadensis.  Canada  pitch,  a  yel- 
lowish-green, transparent,  viscid  liquid  when 
fresh.  A  topical  astringent.  It  is  also  em- 
ployed to  make  rubefacient  plasters. 

Pi'per.  Pepper.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Piperacese. 

Piper   Album.     White   pepper,   or   the  black 
freed  from  its  cuticle. 

Piper  Angustifo'lium.     The  matico  plant. 
Piper  Aromat'icum.     The  piper  nigrum. 
Piper   Cubeb'a.     Cubeb    pepper.     The   plant 
which  yields  cuhehs. 
Piper  Nigrum.     Black  pepper. 

Piperi'na.  Piperin.  A  white,  fatty, 
resinoid  substance,  obtained  from  black  pep- 
per, containing  the  active  principle  of  pepper. 

Piscid'ia  Erythri'na.  Jamaica  dogwood, 
a  small  tree,  native  of  the  West  Indies.  It  has 
.■in  acrid,  narcotic  fruit,  which  is  used  to  poison 
fish.  \  tincture  of  the  bark  and  roothasbeen 
used  as  a  remedy  for  toothache. 


Pisiform'e,  Os.     The  fourth  bone  of  the 
first  row  of  the  carpus. 
Piso.     A  mortar. 

Pissasphal'tum.  Mineral  pitch  ;  an  indu- 
rated bitumen. 

Pisselas'um.     Petroleum. 
Pistacia  Vera.     The  tree  which  affords  the 
pistachio  nut,  which  yields  a  large  quantity  of 
fixed  oil,  used  as  an  emulsion  in  irritation  of 
the  urethra. 

Pit  of    the   Stomach.     The   epigastrium. 
Pitch.     Inspissated  tar. 
Pitch,  Burgundy.    A  concrete  resinous  exuda- 
tion from  the  Pinus  abies. 
Pitch=blend.     A   mineral   of   a    brownish 
color  and  semi-metallic  lustre,  consisting  of  the 
oxides  of  uranium  and  iron. 

Pitui'ta.     Phlegm  ;  viscid  mucus. 
Pitu'itary     (pituitarius ;       from     pituita, 
phlegm).     A  name  applied  to  parts  which  are 
supposed  to  be  connected  with  the  secretion  of 
phlegm  or  mucus. 

Pituitary  Body.  See  Pituitary  Gland. 
Pituitary  Fossa.  The  depression  in  the  sphe- 
noid bone  (sella  turcica)  which  gives  '  lodg- 
ment to  the  pituitary  gland. 
Pituitary  Gland  (glandula  pituitaria).  A  small 
body  situated  in  the  sella  turcica.  It  is  com- 
posed of  two  lobes — an  anterior  and  a  poste- 
rior. The  anterior  is  of  a  yellowish-gray 
color,  and  the  posterior  grayish-white.  Its 
functions  are  unknown. 

Pituitary  Mem'brane   (membrana  pituitaria). 

The  mucous  membrane  that  lines  the  nostrils 

and   the   sinuses   which    communicate   with 

them. 

Pitu'itous  (pituitosus;  from  pituita,  phlegm 

or   mucus).      Consisting    of,    filled    with,    or 

resembling  mucus  or  phlegm. 

Pityriasis  (from  wirvpov,  bran).  A  genus 
of  scaly  diseases,  characterized  by  irregular 
patches  of  small  scales,  which  repeatedly  ex- 
foliate and  recur,  but  never  form  crusts.  It 
occurs  under  several  different  forms  :  (1) 
Pityriasis  capitis,  dandruff;  (2)  pityriasis  rubra, 
which  consists  in  the  cuticle  becoming  first 
red,  then  scurfy,  and  exfoliating,  which  pro- 
cess is  frequently  repeated  ;  (3)  pityriasis  ver- 
sicolor, which  is  principally  confined  to  the 
anus,  chest,  and  abdomen,  and  consists  of  ex- 
foliations of  scurfy  cuticle,  irregularly  diffused 
and  of  a  brown  color. 

Pityris'ma.     Pityriasis. 

Pit'yron.     Furfur  or  bran. 

Pivot  Bur.     An  instrument  used  for  coun- 


PIV 


485 


PLA 


tersinking  the  root,  in  preparing  it  for  a  pivot 
or  cap-crown,  having  a  centre-point  to  fit  into 
the  hole  in  the  root,  and  thus  guide  the  instru- 
ment. 

Pivot  Extractor,  Elliot's.  An  instrument 
invented  by  Dr.  Elliot  for  removing  a  pivot 
from  the  root  of  a  tooth  after  the  crown  has 
been  displaced. 

Pivot  Gauge.  An  instrument  constructed  by 
Dr.  G.  F.  J.  Colburn,  for  determining  the 
proper  size  and  length  of  the  projecting  por- 
tion of  a  pivot  in  an  artificial  tooth  previous 
to  the  introduction  of  the  pivot  into  the  canal 
of  the  root. 
Pivot,  Perforated.  A  pivot,  tenon,  or  dowel, 
perforated  through  the  centre,  and  extending 
through  the  artificial  tooth,  to  give  egress  to 
any  matter  which  may  be  secreted  at  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  root  and  accumulate  in  the 
canal.  This  method  of  affording  egress  to 
purulent  matter  was  first  employed  in  the 
United  States  by  Dr.  Elliot ;  but  it  had  been 
previously  resorted  to  in  France,  a  fact  of 
which  Dr.  Elliot  was  iguorant  at  the  time  he 
adopted  it. 

Pivot  Tooth.     An  artificial   crown,  designed 
to  be  applied  to  the  root  of  a  natural  tooth, 
by  means  of  what  is  usually  termed  a  pivot, 
but  more  properly  a  dowel  or  tenon.     Also  a 
tooth  thus  applied.      For  the  manner  of  in- 
serting,   see    Harris'    "  Prin.    and    Pract.   of 
Dentistry." 
Pivot/ihg.    Crown  setting.    A  term  applied 
in  Dental  Surgery   to  the  operation  of  fitting 
aud  securing  an  artificial  crown  to  the  root  of 
a  natural  tooth  by  means  of  a  wood,  gold,  or 
some  other  pivot  or  tenon.     See  Pivot  Tooth, 
Manner  of  Inserting,  in  Harris'   "Prin. 
and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 

Pix  (gen.,  }>icis).     Pitch. 
Pix  Abietis.     Burgundy  pitch. 
Pix  Arida.    Pitch  from  various  species  of  Pinus 
abies. 

Pix  Burgun'dica.     Burgundy  pitch.     A  con- 
crete resinous  exudation  from  the  Abies  ex- 
,   celsa. 

Pix   Canadensis.      Canada  pitch.      Concrete 
juice  of  the  Abies  canadensis. 
Pix  Liq'uida.     Tar.     Dose,  %  ss  to  ^j. 
Pix  Ni'gra.     Black  pitch  ;  inspissated  tar. 

Place'bo  (placeo,  to  please  or  soothe).  A 
term  applied  to  a  medicine  intended  rather  to 
please  than  benefit  the  patient. 

Placen'ta  (from  -/.aKovs,  a  cake).  The 
after-birth  ;   a  spongy,  semicircular,  and  lobu- 


lated  organ  in  the  pregnant  female  formed  of 
the  capillary  extremities  of  the  hypogastric 
arteries  and  umbilical  vein  and  the  decidua 
and  chorion. 

Placenta  Febri'lis.     The  ague  cake. 
Placenta  Prae'via.      Presentation  of  the  pla- 
centa, a  condition  which  always  gives  rise  to 
uterine  hemorrhage. 
Placenta  Sanguinis.      The  coagulum  of  the 
blood. 

Placenta,  Veg'etable.    The  cellular  substance 
in  the  carpels  of  plants  from  which  the  ovules 
originate. 
Placentitis.       Inflammation   of    the   pla- 
centa. 

Placentu'Ia.  A  little  cake.  A  rudimen- 
tary placenta. 

PIadoro/sis  (pladarotes;  from  Tv/,adapoc, 
soft).     A  soft  tumor  within  the  eyelid. 

Pla'ga.  In  Surgical  Pathology,  a  wound  in- 
flicted by  a  mechanical  agent. 

Plague  (from  -/->/} '/,  plaga,  a  stroke).  Pestis. 
An  exceedingly  malignant  febrile  disease,  en- 
demic   and    sometimes    epidemic    in    Egypt, 
Syria,  and  Turkey.     It  has  prevailed  several 
times  in    the    larger    cities  of   Europe   with 
frightful  mortality. 
Plague,  Black.     Pestis  nigra. 
Plague,  Cold.     A  severe  form  of  congestive 
fever,  occurring  in   the  Southern   States,  in 
which  there  is  little  or  no  reaction.     Bilious 
pneumonia. 
Plagu'Ia.     A  compress,  pledget,  or  splint. 
Plane  (from  planus,  smooth  or  plane).     A 
surface  without  elevation  or  depression. 

Plane'tes.  An  epithet  applied  in  Pathology 
to  diseases  which  return  at  irregular  periods, 
as  is  sometimes  the  case  in  intermittent 
fever. 

Plano=.     A  Latin  prefix  signifying  flat. 
Plano-con'cave.     Flat  on  one  side  and  con- 
cave on  the  other.     Applied  to  leaves. 
Plano-convex.     Flat  on  one  side  and  convex 
on  the  other. 
Plano'dia  {-'/.avouai,  to  wander,  aud  odoc,  a 
way).    A  false  passage,  as   is  sometimes  made 
iu  stricture  of  the  urethra  by  a  bougie,  sound, 
or  catheter. 

Plant.  An  organized  body  belonging  to  the 
vegetable  kingdom. 

Planta.     In  Anatomy,  the  sole  of  the  foot. 
Plan'tar  (jylantaris;   from  planta,  the  sole 
of  the   foot).     Pertaining   to  the  sole  of  the 
foot. 
Plantar    Aponeurosis.       The     thick,    dense 


PLA 


486 


PLA 


aponeurosis  situated  under   the   integuments 
of  the  sole  of  the  foot. 

Plantar  Arteries.  Two  arteries,  an  external 
and  an  internal,  arising  from  the  extremity  of 
the  posterior  tibial. 

Plantar  Ligaments.  The  inferior  ligaments 
of  the  tarsus  and  metatarsus. 

Plantar  Mus/cle.  The  extensor  tarsi  minor. 
The  plantaris. 

Plantar  Nerves.  Two  nerves,  an  internal  and 
an  external,  proceeding  from  the  posterior  tib- 
ial ;  the  internal  to  the  first  three  toes,  and  the 
external  to  the  outer  side  of  the  fourth  and 
fifth  and  to  the  muscles  situated  on  the  outer 
side  of  the  foot. 
Planta  ris.  The  plantar  muscle. 
Pla'num,  Os.     A  name  formerly  given  to 

the  orbital  plate  of  the  ethmoid  bone. 

Planu'ria  (from  ttJmvoc,  wanderiug,  false). 

A  term  applied  in  Pathology  to  the  discharge 

of  urine  through  some  other  passage  than  the 

urethra. 

Planus.     Soft ;  smooth  ;  flat. 

PIas/ma  (from  ^aaau,  to  form).    The  liquor 

sanguinis.    The  fluid  part  of  the  blood  in  which 

the  corpuscles  float  ;  it  is  a  tenacious,  plastic 

liquid,  forming  the  coagulating  portion  of  the 

blood. 

Plasmodium     (from    nAaoau,    to    form). 

Tissue  formed  by  the  coalescing  of  amoeboid 

cells. 

Plas/ter.     In  Pharmacy,  a  solid  and  glutin- 
ous compound  for  external  application.      See 

Emplastrum. 

Plaster  of  Paris.  Gypsum  or  sulphate  of 
lime.  A  white  powder  obtained  by  the  cal- 
cination of  gypsum,  and  so  named  from  its 
abounding  at  Mont  Martre,  near  Paris.  See 
Gypsum. 
Plas'tic   {plaaticus;   from  TrAaaau,  to  form). 

That    which    forms  ;    also    capable  of   being 

formed  or  moulded,  as  clay. 

Plastic  Element.  That  from  which  growth 
takes  place  ;  elements  of  food  which  go  to  the 
formation  of  organized  tissue. 

Plastic  Force.  The  formative  power  of  or- 
ganized bodies. 

Plastic  Lymph.  Liquor  sanguinis  (which  see). 

Plastic  Operations  of  the  Mouth.  These  con- 
sist of  measures  for  the  restoration  of  parts  con- 
genially at  fault  through  excess  or  deficiency  ; 
for  those  deficient  through  accident  or  disease  ; 
for  those  deformed  by  cicatricial  contraction. 
The  treatment  consists  of  obtaining  a  piece  of 
tissue   to   lill    the  vacancy  and    preparing   the 


place  of  reception  ;  putting  it  in  position  and 
keeping  up  its  nourishment ;  filling  the  va- 
cancy resulting  from  the  transfer,  and  the 
ultimate  result  as  regards  usefulness  and 
appearance. 

Plastic  Sur/gery.    Morioplastice.  The  restora- 
tion of  a  lost  part    by   means  of  a  surgical 
operation,  as  of  the  nose  by  the  transfer  of 
integument  from  the  forehead  or  arm. 
Plasticity.     The  quality  of  being  plastic. 
Pla'ta.     The  scapula. 

Plate.     A  dental  term  applied  to  the  metal 
or  other  base  of  artificial  dentures. 
Plate  Forceps.   Forceps  employed  in  Mechani- 
cal Dentistry  for  the  partial  adaptation  of  a 
metallic  base  to  a  model  previous   to   being 
struck  up  between  metallic  dies.     They  are 
usually  constructed  with  an  oval  bulb  at  the 
extremity  of  the  jaw. 
Plate  Line.     The  outline  of  the  dental  plate 
or  base  of  artificial  sets  of  teeth  as  marked 
upon  the  niodel  or  die. 

Plate     Metal     with     Rubber     or     Celluloid 
Attachment.      A    gold,    silver,    aluminium, 
or  fusible  alloy  base-plate  to  which  the  teeth 
are  attached  by  rubber  or   celluloid,  which 
forms  the  artificial  alveolar  ridge. 
Platias/mus  (from  irlarve,  broad).     Defec- 
tive articulation  from  excessive  development  of 
the  lips. 

Platina,  Black.    Black  platinum.    A  black 
powder  obtained  by  decomposing  a  weak  solu- 
tion of  the  chloride  of  platinum  by  galvanism. 
Platina  Foil.     Platina  foil  coated  with  pure 
gold  has  been  successfully  used  as  a  substitute 
for  gold  in  filling  teeth. 

Platina  Sponge.  Spongy  platinum.  Porous 
platina,  obtained  by  dissolving  the  metal  in 
filings  in  a  mixture  of  one  part  nitric  and 
two  parts  muriatic  acid  ;  then  dilute  with  an 
equal  quantity  of  water  ;  by  adding  to  this 
liquor  ammonias,  a  yellow  precipitate  will 
be  formed,  which,  on  being  separated  by 
filtering  through  paper,  and  exposed  to  a  red 
heat  in  a  crucible,  will  leave  fine  platinum  in 
the  form  of  a  dark,  lead-colored,  spongy  mass. 
It  has  the  remarkable  property  of  being 
ignited  by  contact  with  hydrogen  gas.  Good 
fillings  can  be  made  of  properly  prepared 
platinum  sponge,  and  when  used  in  connec- 
tion with  gold  it  serves  in  some  respects  a 
good  purpose. 
PIat/inate.  A  combination  in  which  pla- 
tinic  oxide  acts  the  part  of  an  acid. 
PIatin/ic.     Pertaining  to  platinum. 


PLA 


487 


PLE 


Platinum  (from  plata,  silver).  Platina ; 
aurum  album,  or  white  gold.  Symbol,  Pt. 
Atomic  weight,  197.6.  A  metal  nearly  of  the 
color  of  silver,  very  malleable  and  ductile, 
harder  than  iron,  resisting  the  action  of  acids 
and  alkalies,  and  fusible  only  at  a  very  high 
temperature.  In  France  it  has  been  exten- 
sively used  as  a  base  for  artificial  teeth  and 
also  for  filling  teeth,  but  its  employment  for 
the  latter  purpose  in  the  United  States  is  very 
limited,  on  account  of  its  stiffness  and  harsh- 
ness. It  is,  however,  used  extensively,  both 
pure  and  alloyed  with  iridium,  as  a  base  for 
continuous-gum  work  (which  see). 

It  is  not  soluble  in  any  of  the  pure  acids.  It 
may  be  dissolved  by  nitromuriatic  acid.  Its 
specific  gravity  is  21.5.  It  is  the  heaviest  sub- 
stance known,  and  its  preparations  resemble  in 
their  therapeutical  properties  those  of  gold. 
They  are  not  frequently  prescribed. 

PIatyceph/alus  (from  irTiarvg,  broad,  and 
Ktfalq,  the  head).     Broad-headed. 

Platycor'ia.  Platycoriasis  mydriasis.  Mor- 
bid enlargement  of  the  pupil. 

Platyglos'sus  (from  izlarvg,  broad,  and 
yluooa,  the  tongue).     Broad-tongued. 

Platypros/opus  (from  irharvg,  broad,  and 
■xpocumoc,  a  face).     Broad-faced. 

Platyr'ris  (from  irlarvg,  broad,  and  pig,  the 
nose).     Broad-nosed. 

Platys'ma  (from  irlarvg,  broad).  Anything 
widened  or  spread  out ;  a  flat  piece. 
Platysma  Myoi'des.  A  broad,  thin  muscle, 
situated  on  the  side  of  the  neck.  Its  fibres 
arise  from  the  areolar  tissue  of  the  anterior 
and  superior  part  of  the  chest,  pass  before  the 
clavicle,  and  attach  themselves  at  the  interior 
part  of  the  symphysis  menti,  at  the  external 
oblique  line  of  the  jaw  and  the  commissure 
of  the  lips. 

Platysto'mus  (from  ir^arvg,  and  aro/ia,  the 
mouth).     Broad-mouthed. 

Plec'trum.  The  styloid  process  of  the  tem- 
poral bone  ;  also  the  uvula. 

Pledg'et.  A  small  compress  of  lint,  to  be 
applied  to  wounds,  ulcers,  etc.  As  now  used, 
a  pledget  consists  of  a  piece  of  patent  lint, 
shaped  to  the  wound,  and  on  which  ointments 
are  applied. 

Pleg'ma  (from  nvle/cw,  to  wind).  Anything 
twined,  as  the.  tendril  of  a  vine,  or  interlaced, 
as  a  plexus  of  blood-vessels. 

Plero'sis.     Plethora. 

Plesiomorph'ism  (from  -'/tjaiog,  near,  and 
"<>/W,  form).     The   state  of  crystallized   sub- 


stances which  nearly  resemble  one  another  in 
their  angles,  but  are  not  absolutely  identical. 

Plesiomorph'ous.     Nearly  alike  in  form. 

Pleth'ora.  A  condition  in  which  the  entire 
quantity  of  the  blood  is  too  great.  The  same 
condition  has  also  been  designated  "general 
hypersemia."     See  HypeR/EMIA. 

Plethoric  (plethoricus).  Full  of  blood. 
Relating  to  or  affected  with  plethora. 

Pleumo'nia.     Pneumonia. 

Pleu/ra  (rr'Asvpa,  the  side,  or  a  rib).  The 
serous  membrane  which  lines  the  right  and 
left  cavities  of  the  chest  and  is  reflected  upon 
each  lung.  It  is  divided  into  two  portions  by 
the  mediastinum. 

Pleura  Costa/lis.  Pleura  parietalis.  That 
portion  of  the  pleura  which  lines  the  ribs  or 
parietes  of  the  thorax. 

Pleura  Pulmona/lis.  Pleura  of  the  lungs. 
That  portion  of  the  pleura  which  invests  the 
lungs. 

Pleuralgia  (from  rfievpa,  the  side,  and 
alyog,  pain).     Pleurodynia. 

Pleuraposte'ma.     Abscess  in  the  pleura. 

Pleurarthroc'ace  (from  n?,evpa,  a  rib, 
np-dpov,  a  joint,  and  nanog,  bad).  Caries  of  the 
ribs. 

Pleurar'thron  (n/ievpa,  rib,  and  apdpov,  a 
joint).     The  articulation  of  a  rib. 

Pleu'risy.     Pleuritis  (which  see). 
Pleurisy,  False.     Pleurodynia. 
Pleurisy,  Rheumatic.     Pleurodynia. 
Pleurisy,   Root.     Common  name  of  Asclepias 
tuberosa. 

Pleurit'ic.  Relating  or  appertaining  to 
pleurisy. 

Pleuri'tis    (from   Trlevpa,    the   pleura,   and 
ing,  a  terminal  denoting  inflammation).     In- 
flammation of  the  pleura.     Pleurisy. 
Pleuritis  Bronchia'lis.     Bronchitis. 
Pleuritis  Spu'ria.     False  pleurisy. 

Pleuroce'le.     Hernia  of  the  pleura. 

PleurocoIIe'sis  (from  ir?.evpa,  the  pleura, 
and  Ko?.?.au,  to  glue).     Adhesion  of  the  pleura. 

Pleurodynia  (from  nvleupa,  the  pleura, 
and  odvvijj  pain).  Rheumatic  pain  over  the 
intercostal  muscles  ;  a  stitch  in  the  side. 

Pleuropathi/a  (from  irlevpa,  the  pleura, 
and  -at?of,  a  disease).  A  disease  of  the 
pleura. 

Pleuropneumonia.  Inflammation  of  the 
pleura  and  lungs  at  the  same  time. 

Pleurorrhoe'a.  An  accumulation  of  fluid 
in  the  sacs  of  the  pleura. 

Pleurorthopnoe'a  (from  n-Aei/pa,  the  pleura, 


PLE 


488 


PLU 


opdoc,  upright,  and  -re«,  to  respire).  A 
pleurisy  in  -which  the  patient  can  not  breathe 
except  in  an  upright  position. 

Pleurosto/sis  (from  irhevpa,  the  pleura,  and 
ogtsov,  a  bone).     Ossification  of  the  pleura. 
Pleurotet'anus.     Pleurothotonos. 
Pleurothol/onos  (from  -fcvpodev,  laterally, 
and   rovoc,   tension).     A   form    of   tetanus  in 
■which  the  body  is  drawn  to  one  side. 

Plexim'eter  (from  -/j/^tg,  percussion,  and 
jitrpov,  a  measure).  Plexometer.  An  ivory 
plate  used  in  percussion. 

Plex'us  (from  plecto,  to  intertwine,  to  inter- 
lace). Plegma.  A  network  of  blood-vessels 
or  nerves. 

Plexus  Axillaris.     See  Axillary  Plexus. 
Plexus    Cardia/cus.     A  plexus  formed  by  a 
union  of  the  eighth  pair  of  nerves  with  the 
great  sympathetic. 

Plexus  Choroi/des.  The  choroid  plexus  ;  a 
plexus  of  blood-vessels  found  in  the  fourth 
ventricle  of  the  brain. 

Plexus  Glandulo'si    Peyeri.     Peyer's  glands. 
Plexus,  Median.     The  cceliac  or  solar  plexus. 
Plexus   Pampinifor'mis.     A  plexus  of  blood- 
vessels about  the  spermatic  cord. 
Plexus   Pulmoni/cus.     The  pulmonic  plexus, 
formed  by  the  union  of  the   eighth  pair   of 
nerves  with  the  great  sympathetic. 
Plexus  Reticularis.     The  network  of  vessels 
under  the  fornix. 
Plexus  Retifor'mis.     The  corpus  cavernosum 
vaginae. 

Plexus  Solaris.  A  plexus  formed  by  numer- 
ous nervous  filaments  from  the  semi-lunar 
ganglia  of  the  great  sympathetic  nerve. 

Pli/ca  (from  plicari,  to  be  knit  together). 
A  disease  characterized  by  a  matting,  inter- 
lacing, and  agglutination  of  the  hair. 
Plica  Polon'ica.  Plaited  hair. 
Plica  Semilunaris.  A  slight  folding  of  the 
conjunctive  membrane  on  the  outer  side  of 
the  caruncle. 

Pli'cae  (from  plica,  a  fold).  Applied  in 
Anatomy  to  folds  of  mucous  membrane. 

Plica'ria.  The  club  moss,  a  plant  of  the 
genus  Lycopodium. 

Pli'cate    (plicatus;    from    plico,   to   fold). 
Plicated  ;  folded  like  a  fan. 
Plica'tio.     Plica. 

Pliciden'tine  {plica,  a  fold,  and  dens,  a 
tooth).  A  modification  of  the  fundamental 
tissue  of  teeth,  in  which,  on  a  transverse  sec- 
tion, the  dentine  exhibits  sinuous  wavings 
diverging  from  the  central  pulp-cavity. 


PIFers.  A  kind  of  pincers  for  seizing, 
holding,  or  binding  any  small  body.  Those 
used  in  the  laboratory  of  the  dentist  and  by 
jewelers  have  long  slim  jaws,  the  inner  sur- 
faces of  which  are  rough  like  a  file  and  will 
meet  each  other  wheu  closed.  See  Plugging 
Pliers. 

Plin'thium  {nJuvdiov).  An  instrument  for- 
merly used  iu  the  reduction  of  fractures  and 
dislocations. 

Ploca'ria  Candida.  Ceylon  moss.  This 
species  and  the  Plocaria  tenax  are  supposed  to 
be  the  materials  of  which  the  edible  nests, 
so  much  esteemed  in  China,  are  composed. 
The  Ceylon  moss  is  a  light  and  nutritive  arti- 
cle of  diet.  It  is  much  used  in  England  and 
France. 

Plocaria  Helmintho/chorton.   Corsican  moss,' 
formerly   supposed    to    possess  anthelmintic 
properties,  and  said  to  be  a  remedy  for  cancer. 
Plomb.     The  French  designation  of  a  nox- 
ious gas,    the    sulphuretted   hydrogen   disen- 
gaged   from    privies    during    the    process    of 
emptying,  which  sometimes  induces  dangerous 
and  fatal  asphyxia  in  the  workmen  exposed  to 
its  influence. 

Plug  ger,  Automatic.  See  Automatic 
Plugger. 

Plugger,   Electro-magnetic.     An  instrument 
for  condensing  gold,  etc.,  in  filling  teeth,  in 
which  the  motive  power  is  electricity. 
Plug'ging.     In  Surgery,  the  introduction  of 
lint  or  pieces  of  rag  into  a  wound,  the  socket 
of  a  recently  extracted  tooth,  the  vagina,  etc., 
to  arrest  hemorrhage  and   sustain   the  parts. 
In  Dental  Surgery,  an  operation  to  arrest  the 
progress  of  caries  in  a  tooth. 
Plugging  Forceps.     A  form  of  forceps  used 
for  consolidating  fillings  upon  the  approximal 
surfaces  of  teeth.     See   Harris'    "Prin.  and 
Pract.  of  Dentistry." 
Plugging  Instruments.     Dental  instruments 
for  introducing  and  consolidating  fillings. 
Plugging  Pliers.     Introducing  pliers.    A  den- 
tal instrument  used  for  picking  up  pieces  of 
gold  in  some  of  the  forms  in  which  it  is  em- 
ployed and  placing  them  in  the  proper  posi- 
tion in  the  cavity.     The  points  of  some  forms 
are  so   shaped    as   to   answer   as   condensing 
points.    Other  forms  of  pliers  are  employed  in 
operative  dentistry,  such  as  annealing  pliers, 
college  pliers,  and  dressing  pliers,  for  apply- 
ing drying  materials,  medicinal  applications, 
withdrawing  ligatures  and  wedges,  and  cut- 
ting wedges,  etc. 


PLU 


489 


PNE 


Plugging  Teeth.     See  Filling  Teeth. 

Plum.     The  fruit  of  a  tree  belonging  to  the 
genus  Primus. 
Plum,  Malabar.     The   fruit   of  the   Eugenia 

jambas,  used  as  a  mild  astringent  ;   also  the 

tree. 
Plumba'gO.  Graphite.  Black  lead.  One 
of  the  purest  native  forms  of  carbon,  with 
the  exception  of  the  diamond.  In  popular 
language,  black  lead.  Also  a  genus  of  plants 
of  the  order  Plumbaginacese. 
Plumbago  Europae/a.      Toothwort,   the  root 

of  which  was  formerly  used  as  a  remedy  for 

toothache. 
Plum'bate  (plumias,  atis).     A  combination 
of  plumbic  oxide  with  another  oxide,  acting 
the  part  of  an  acid. 

PIurrTbi  Ac'etas.  Acetate  of  lead.  Sugar 
of  lead.  It  is  prepared  by  dissolving,  with 
the  assistance  of  heat,  protoxide  of  lead  ob- 
tained by  calcination  in  an  excess  of  distilled 
vinegar  contained  in  leaden  boilers.  It  is  a 
white  salt,  crystallized  in  brilliant  needles, 
which  have  the  shape  of  long  prisms,  and  hav- 
ing a  taste  at  first  sweet  and  afterward  astrin- 
gent. Acetate  of  lead  is  astringent  and  seda- 
tive, and  is  one  of  the  few  astringents  admissi- 
ble during  the  presence  of  inflammation.  Dose, 
gr.  j  to  gr.  iij,  in  the  form  of  pill.  Lead  water, 
liquor  plumbi,  subacetatis  dilutus,  is  a  very 
useful  lotion  in  many  cases  of  superficial  in- 
flammation. In  Dental  Practice,  lead  water 
is  applied  to  inflamed  gums  and  mucous  mem- 
brane, indolent  and  foul  ulcers,  and  is  a  sooth- 
ing application  where  there  is  a  tendency  to 
periodontitis  and  in  the  treatment  of  the  pain 
and  inflammation  following  tooth  extraction. 
See  Gorgas'  "  Dental  Medicine." 
Plumbi  Carbo'nas.  Carbonate  of  lead. 
Plumbi  Chlo'ridum.  Chloride  of  lead. 
Plumbi    Diaceta/tis    Solu'tio.      Solution    of 

subacetate  of  lead. 
Plumbi    Iod/idum.     Iodide  of  lead. 
Plumbi  Ni'tras.     Nitrate  of  lead. 
Plumbi  Oxidum  Hydrat'um.     Hydrated  ox- 
ide of  lead. 
Plumbi    Ox/idum    Ru'brum.     Red   oxide  of 

lead. 
Plumbi  Oxidum  Semivit/reum.  Semivitrified 

oxide  of  lead. 
Plumbi    Subaceta'tis    Liq'uor   Compos'itus. 

Diluted  solution  of  subacetate  of  lead.     Lead 

water. 

Plum'bic.     Pertaining  to  lead. 
Plumbic  Acid.     Peroxide  of  lead. 


Plum'bum.     Lead. 

Plumbum  Candi'dum.      Tin. 
Plumbum  Cine'reum.     Bismuth. 
Plumbum  Nigrum.     Plumbago. 
Plumbum  Us'tura.     Burnt  lead. 

Plu'mose.     Plumosus.     Feathered. 

Pneu'ma  {-vevua,  KVEV/iaroc).  "Wind,  air, 
life. 

Pneumaposte/ma  (from  nvevfiav^  the  lung, 
and  a-oan/ua,  abscess).  Pneumonapostema. 
Abscess  of  the  lungs. 

Pneumarthro'sis  (from  -nvua,  air,  and 
ap&pov,  a  joint).  A  collection  of  air  in  the 
joints. 

Pneumat'ic    (pneumaiicus ;     from    -rev/ja, 
air).     Of  or  belonging  to  air  or  gas. 
Pneumatic  Mallet.     An  instrument  for  con- 
densing   fillings,    the    motive    power    being 
compressed  air. 
Pneumatic  Trough.     A  vessel  made  of  wood 
or   metal,   used   for   the  purpose  of  making 
experiments  with  gases. 

Pneumat'ica.  A  term  applied  in  Pathology 
to  diseases  of  the  air-passages. 

Pneumat/ics  (from  irvevjia,  air).  The 
science  which  treats  of  the  physical  properties  of 
elastic  fluids,  and  especially  of  atmospheric  air. 

Pneumatocele  (from  nvevua,  air,  and  tof/jj, 
a  tumor).  Physcocele ;  hernia  ventosa  ;  a 
tumor  distended  with  air. 

Pneumatoses  (from  nvevfia,  wind,  and 
eahc,  resemblance).  A  term  applied  in  Path- 
ology to  one  distended  with  air,  or  who  respires 
with  difficulty  owing  to  an  accumulation  of 
gas  in  the  digestive  canal,  or,  according  to 
others,  owing  to  emphysema. 

Pneumatom'eter.  An  instrument  by 
which  the  quantity  of  inspired  air  can  be  as- 
certained. 

Pneumatosis  (from  TrvEvftarou,  to  isflate). 
Distention  of  the  abdomen  with  flatus. 
Emphysema.  Four  varieties  are  mentioned  : 
(1)  Pneumatosis  spontanea,  without  any  obvious 
or  apparent  cause  ;  (2)  pneumatosis  traumatica, 
from  a  wound  ;  (3)  pni  umatosis  vt  i><  nata,  from 
■poison  ;  (4)  })ncumafosis  hysterica,  from  hys- 
teria. 

Pneumatosis  Abdom'inis.     Tympanites. 
Pneumatosis  Enter'ica.     Flatulence. 

Pneumatotho'rax.  Pneumothorax  which 
see). 

Pneumogas'tric  (pneumoffastricus ;  from 
-)'(iin„i\  the  lung,  and  jac-rijp,  the  stomach). 
Pertaining  to  the  pneumogastric  nerve,  or 
lungs  and  stomach. 


PNE 


490 


POI 


Pneumogastric  Nerve  (from  vrvevfuov,  the 
lung,  and  yaaTijp,  the  stomach).  The  eighth 
pair  of  nerves,  parvagum,  have  been  so  named 
because  they  are  distributed  to  the  organs  con- 
tained in  the  thorax  and  abdomen,  especially 
to  the  lungs  and  stomach. 

Pneumography  (from  kvev/iuv,  the  lung, 
and  ypaoy,  a  description).  Pueumographia. 
A  description  of  the  lungs. 

Pneumo=haemorrhag'ica.  Haemorrhage 
from  the  lungs. 

Pneumolithia'sis  (from  nvevfiuv,  the  lungs, 
and  ?u.&iaatc,  formation  of  stone).  A  disease 
characterized  by  the  formation  of  coucretions 
in  the  lungs. 

Pneu'mon.     The  lungs. 

Pneumonae'mia  (wvuviiuv,  lungs,  and  ai/ua, 
blood).     Congestion  of  blood  in  the  lungs. 

Pneumonal'gy  (from  nvev/iuv,  the  lungs, 
and  alyog,  pain).  Pneumonalgia.  Literally, 
pain  in  the  lungs. 

Pneumonemphrax'is.  Obstruction  of  the 
lungs,  as  by  an  accumulation  of  mucus. 

Pneumo'nia  (inflammatio  pneumonica ; 
pulmonis  inflammatio).  Pneumonitis.  Inflam- 
mation of  the  lungs,  characterized  by  difficult 
respiration,  cough,  fever,  pain,  more  or  less 
acute  in  the  thorax,  and  usually  a  quick,  hard 
pulse.  The  disease  is  sometimes  chronic,  and 
this  may  occur  accidentally. 
Pneumonia,  Typhoid.  Inflammation  of  the 
lungs  accompanied  by  gastric  fever  and 
typhoid  symptoms  ;   bilious  pneumonia. 

Pneumon'ic.  Pulmonic.  A  medicine  for 
diseases  of  the  lungs. 

Pneumon'ica.  Diseases  affecting  the 
lungs. 

Pneumonit/ic.  Belonging  or  relating  to 
pneumonitis. 

Pneumonitis  (from  irvevfj.ov,  the  lungs, 
and  trig,  a  terminal,  denoting  inflammation). 
Pneumonia. 

Pneumonoscir'rhus.  Scirrhus  or  indura- 
tion of  the  lungs. 

Pneumono'ses.     Diseases  of  the  lungs. 

Pneumo-pericard'ium  ( pneumopericardi- 
um ;  from  nvevfia,  air,  and  irepucapdiov,  peri- 
cardium). Effusion  of  air  into  the  cavity  of 
the  pericardium. 

Pneumo=pleuri/tis.    Pleuro-pneumonia. 

Pneumorrhag'ia.     Haemoptysis. 

Pneumothorax  (from  7rvev/ia,  air,  and 
■<><.,ini _-',  the  thorax).  Effusion  of  air  in  the 
cavity  of  the  pleura. 

Pneumot'omy   (from   Trvevfiuv,  the  lungs, 


and  re/iuu,  to  cut).    Pneumotomia.    Dissection 
of  the  lungs. 

Pneu'sis.     Respiration. 

Pnix.  Strangulation ;  a  sense  of  suffoca- 
tion. 

Pock.  A  small-pox  or  vaccine  pustule  of 
the  skin. 

Pod'agra  (from  -novc,  the  foot,  and  ay  pa, 
seizure).     Pain  in  the  feet.     Gout  in  the  feet. 

Podarthri/tis  (ttouc,  foot,  and  arthritis, 
inflammation  of  joints).  Inflammation  of  the 
joints  of  the  foot. 

Podarthroc'ace.  Disease  or  caries  in  the 
articulations  of  the  feet. 

Podeci'um.  In  Botany,  the  foot-stalk  of 
the  lobed  frond  of  lichens. 

Podol'ogy  (from  ttovc,  the  foot,  and  ^oyoc, 
a  discourse).  Podologia.  A  treatise  on  the 
feet. 

PodophyPlin.  A  resinous  principle  of  a 
yellow  color  found  in  the  root  of  the  Podo- 
phyllum peltatum.  Used  as  a  drastic  purga- 
tive in  doses  of  from  two  to  five  grains.  In 
smaller  doses  it  is  an  alterative  and  chola- 
gogue. 

Podophyllum.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the 
order  Ranunculaceae. 

Podophyllum  Pelta/tum.  Mandrake.  May- 
apple.  The  root  is  purgative  and  acts 
like  jalap.  Dose  of  powder,  gr.  xx  ;  of 
extract,  gr.  v  to  gr.  xv  ;  of  the  resin  (podo- 
phyllin),  gr.  \  to  gr.  j. 

Podothe'ca  (from  ttovc,  the  foot,  and  ■Qtjutj, 
a  sheath,  a  receptacle).  An  anatomical  pre- 
paration of  the  cuticle  of  the  foot. 

Pogoni'asis  (pogonia;  from  iruyuv,  the 
beard).     Female  beard. 

Poikilo'blasts.  Corpuscles  of  the  blood 
which  are  of  irregular  shape  and  size.  See 
Corpuscle. 

PoikiFocyte.  An  irregular  red  blood-cor- 
puscle. 

Point.  Punctum.  In  Electricity,  the  acute 
termination  of  a  body,  which  facilitates  the 
passage  of  the  electric  fluid  to  or  from  the 
body. 

Point,  Blistering.  Dr.  Rush  has  given  this 
name  to  the  intermediate  period  between  the 
stages  of  high  excitement  and  collapse  in  the 
course  of  continued  fever,  when  he  believes 
blisters  are  productive  of  good  effects. 

Poi/son.  [ME.,  poisoun,  poison.]  Any 
agent  which,  when  introduced  into  the  body  or 
applied  externally,  uniformly  exerts  a  noxious 
or  dangerous  effect.     Such  agents  exist  in  the 


POI 


491 


POI 


animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral  kingdoms. 
Orfila  arranges  them  into  four  classes:  (1) 
Irritant;  (2)  narcotic;  (3)  narcotico-acrid ;  (4) 
septic.  Christison  reduces  them  into  three 
classes  :  (1)  Irritant;  (2)  narcotic;  (3)  narcotico- 
acrid,  which  are  thus  arranged  : 

1.  Irritant  Poisons. — The  mineral  acids,  phos- 
phorus, sulphur,  chlorine,  iodine,  hydriodate 
of  potash,  bromine,  oxalic  acid,  the  fixed  alka- 
lies, nitre,  alkaline  and  earthy  chlorides, 
lime,  ammonia  and  its  salts,  alkaline  sulphur- 
ets,  the  compounds  of  arsenic,  the  compounds 
of  mercury,  the  compounds  of  copper,  trollius, 
mezereon,  arum,  gamboge,  daffodil,  jalap, 
savin  ;  the  compounds  of  antimony  ;  the  com- 
pounds of  tin,  silver,  gold,  platinum,  bismuth, 
chrome,  and  zinc  ;  the  compounds  of  lead  and 
baryta  ;  euphorbia,  castor-oil  seeds,  physic-nut, 
bitter  cassada,  manchineel,  croton  oil,  bryony, 
colocynth,  elaterium,  ranunculus,  anemone, 
caltha,  clematis,  cantharides,  poisonous  fish, 
venomous  serpents  and  insects,  diseased  and 
decayed  animal  matter,  mechanical  irritants. 

2.  Narcotic  Poisons. — Opium,  hyoscyamus, 
lactuca,  solanum,  hydrocyanic  acid. 

The  vegetable  substances  which  contain  hy- 
drocyanic acid  are  bitter  almonds,  cherry- 
laurel,  peach,  cluster  cherry,  mountain-ash. 

Nitric  oxide  gas,  chlorine  gas,  ammoniacal 
gas,  muriatic  acid  gas,  sulphuretted  hydrogen, 
carbnretted  hydrogen,  carbonic  acid,  carbonic 
oxide,  nitrous  oxide,  cyanogen,  oxygen. 

3.  Narcotico-acrid  Poisons. — Night -shade, 
thorn-apple,  tobacco,  lobelia,  hemlock,  water 
hemlock,  hemlock  dropwort,  fool's  parsley, 
monk's-hood,  black  hellebore,  ipecacuanha, 
squill,  white  hellebore,  meadow  saffron,  fox- 
glove, strychnia,  nux  vomica,  St.  Ignatius' 
bean,  false  angustura,  camphor,  cocculus  in- 
dicus,  upas  antiar,  coriaria  myrtifolia,  poison- 
ous fungi,  poisonous  mosses,  secale  coruutum, 
mouldy  bread,  darnel  grass,  seeds  of  lathyrus 
cicera,  seeds  of  the  bitter  vetch,  seeds  of  the 
common  laburnum,  alcohol,  ether,  some  empy- 
reumatic  oils. 

Viewed,  however,  with  reference  to  their 
effect  on  the  animal  system,  Dr.  J.  Thomas 
arranges  them  under  the  four  following  heads  : 

1.  Irritant  poisons,  or  those  which  produce 
Irritation  or  inflammation,  as  the  mineral 
acids,  oxalic  acid,  the  caustic  alkalies,  anti- 
mony, arsenic,  baryta,  the  salts  of  copper, 
some  of  the  compounds  of  lead,  nitrate  of  sil- 
ver, the  salts  of  zinc,  cantharides,  iodine,  phos- 
phorus, etc. 


A  distinction  is  sometimes  drawn  between 
irritant  and  corrosive  poisons  ;  but  the  differ- 
ence appears  to  be,  at  least  in  some  cases,  one 
of  degree  rather  than  of  kind. 

Thus,  one  of  the  more  powerful  mineral  acids 
in  a  concentrated  form  would  be  a  corrosive 
poison,  but  in  a  diluted  form  only  an  irritant 
poison. 

2.  Narcotic  poisons,  or  such  as  produce  stupor 
or  delirium,  as  opium,  hyoscyamus,  etc. 

3.  Sedaiire  poisons,  or  those  which  directly 
reduce  the  vital  powers,  as  hydrocyanic  acid, 
cyanide  of  potassium,  sulphuretted  hydrogen, 
and  other  of  the  poisonous  gases. 

4.  Acro-narcotic  and  acro-sedative  poisons,  in- 
cluding those  which  produce  sometimes  irri- 
tation, sometimes  narcotism  or  sedation,  or 
both  together.  They  are  chiefly  derived  from 
the  vegetable  kingdom.  Stramonium  or  bella- 
donna will  furnish  an  example  of  the  acro- 
narcotic,  and  aconite  of  the  acro-sedative 
poisons. 

Treatment. — It  is  not  deemed  necessary  to 
enter  here  into  a  minute  consideration  of  the 
symptoms  caused  by  the  various  kinds  of 
poisons.  In  fact,  the  symptoms  produced  by 
many  different  substances  so  nearly  resemble 
one  another  that,  without  other  data,  they 
would  be  wholly  insufficient  for  determining 
the  character  of  the  poison. 

But  some  assistance  toward  forming  a  cor- 
rect diagnosis  will  undoubtedly  be  furnished 
by  a  knowledge  even  of  the  general  properties 
of  the  various  poisons.  With  respect,  however, 
to  the  more  important  articles  of  this  class, 
such  as  the  mineral  acids,  the  caustic  alkalies, 
arsenic,  and  several  of  the  other  metals,  it  has 
been  deemed  important  to  describe  the  most 
usual  and  characteristic  symptoms. 

Acids. — Most  of  the  mineral  acids,  as  well  as 
oxalic  acid,  are  corrosive  poisons  ;  if  taken 
into  the  stomach  they  cause  an  extremely 
sour,  acrid  taste,  with  a  sense  of  burning  pain 
in  the  throat  and  an  excruciating  burning 
pain  in  the  stomach.  The  matter  vomited 
causes  effervescence  with  chalk  or  other  forms 
of  carbonate  of  lime.  The  proper  treatment 
in  such  cases  is  to  administer  chalk  or  magne- 
sia, made  into  a  thin  paste  with  water. 

In  case  these  substances  are  not  at  hand,  the 
plaster  of  the  apartment  may  be  beaten  to 
powder  and  made  into  paste. 

As  antidotes  for  nitric  and  oxalic  acids,  lime 
and  magnesia  only  are  admissible  ;  for  acetic, 
citric,  muriatic,  sulphuric,  and   tartaric  arid-. 


POI 


492 


POI 


the  carbonates  of  potash  arid  soda  may  also  be 
used. 

The  effects  of  hydrocyanic  or  prussic  acid 
are  usually  so  rapid  as  to  render  medical  treat- 
ment of  no  avail.  When  death  does  not  follow 
instantaneously,  cold  affusions  or  a  cold  douche 
on  the  head  will  often  prove  extremely  bene- 
ficial. Ammonia  may  also  be  administered 
with  advantage. 

Alkalies. — In  cases  of  poisoning  with  the 
caustic  alkalies  there  is  an  extremely  harsh, 
acrid  taste,  with  intense  burning  or  smarting 
in  the  throat,  caused  by  the  destruction  of  its 
lining  membrane,  accompanied  with  great 
difficulty  or  pain  in  swallowing.  The  matter 
vomited  will  turn  vegetable  blues  to  green  or 
turmeric  to  brown.  The  proper  antidotes  are 
the  fluid  fixed  oils,  as  sweet-oil,  linseed-oil, 
castor-oil,  etc.,  or  the  mild  vegetable  acids,  as 
vinegar,  lemon  juice,  etc. 

Antimony. — In  cases  of  poisoning  with  the 
preparations  of  antimony  there  is  usually 
vomiting,  which  should  be  facilitated  and 
rendered  as  free  as  possible  by  copious  draughts 
of  warm  or  tepid  water  or  by  tickling  the 
fauces  with  one's  finger  or  with  a  feather,  etc. 
This  is  to  be  followed  by  astringent  drinks, 
such  as  the  infusions  of  galls,  oak  bark,  Peru- 
vian bark,  dogwood  (Cornus  florida),  etc. 

Arsenic. — When  any  of  the  soluble  com- 
pounds of  arsenic  have  been  taken,  there  is  an 
intense  burning  pain  in  the  stomach  and 
bowels,  accompanied  by  violent  vomiting,  a 
sense  of  dryness  and  tightness  in  the  throat, 
with  an  incessant  desire  for  drink.  The  eyes 
are  red  and  sparkling  and  the  countenance 
expresses  extreme  suffering  and  anxiety.  Fre- 
quently there  are  nervous  tremors,  and  other 
symptoms  showing  that  the  nervous  system  is 
powerfully  affected. 

In  rare  instances  arsenic  has  been  known  to 
produce  coma  and  other  symptoms  closely  re- 
sembling narcotic  poisoning.  For  treatment 
of  <:iscs  of  poisoning  with  arsenious  acid,  the 
bydrated  sesquioxide  or  peroxide  of  iron, 
made  into  a  paste  with  water,  is  the  best,  if 
Dot  the  only  efficient,  antidote.  But  even  this 
remedy  has  been  found  to  be  of  little  avail 
when    fche   arsenic   has   been   swallowed  in  a 

SOlid  state. 

Hydrate  of  magnesia  has  also  been  found 
useful,  it  is  said,  when  the  poison  has  been 
taken  in  solution. 

For  Fowler's  solution  (liquor  arseniealis), 
lime-water  is  a  good    antidote.      In  case   the 


other  preparations  of  arsenic  have  been  taken, 
an  emetic  of  sulphate  of  zinc  should  be  admin- 
istered, followed  by  a  copious  use  of  demulcent 
drinks,  such  as  flaxseed  or  slippery-elm  tea, 
milk,  farinaceous  decoctions,  etc. 

Baryta. — The  symptoms  are  similar  to  those 
produced  by  the  corrosive  metals. 

The  sulphates  of  soda  and  magnesia  are  effi- 
cacious antidotes  for  the  salts  of  baryta. 

Copper. — In  cases  of  poisoning  with  the  salts 
of  copper,  which  are  corrosive  poisons,  the 
best  antidotes  are  the  whites  of  eggs  and  metal- 
lic iron  (in  the  form  of  filings  or  raspings). 

Vinegar  should  be  carefully  avoided,  as 
likely  to  dissolve  the  solid  or  insoluble  com- 
pounds that  may  have  been  formed  by  the  salts 
of  copper  with  animal  or  vegetable  substances. 

Iron. — For  poisoning  with  the  sulphate  of 
iron  or  copperas,  carbonate  of  soda  and  muci- 
laginous drinks  are  the  proper  remedies. 

Lead. — For  the  soluble  salts  of  lead,  such  as 
the  acetate  (sugar  of  lead),  the  best  antidotes 
are  sulphate  of  magnesia  (Epsom  salts)  and 
phosphate  of  soda. 

For  lead  in  any  form  insoluble  in  water, — 
white  lead,  for  example, — very  dilute  sulphuric 
acid  should  be  administered. 

Strychnia  has  been  recommended  for  par- 
alysis resulting  from  lead. 

Mercury. — For  the  poisonous  compounds  of 
mercury,  such  as  corrosive  sublimate,  the 
cyanide  and  nitrate  of  mercury,  red  and  white 
precipitates,  etc.,  the  whites  of  eggs  beaten  up 
with  water  or  milk,  should  be  promptly  and 
freely  given  ;  or  if  these  articles  should  not  be 
at  hand,  flour  made  into  a  paste  may  be  used 
as  a  substitute. 

Silver.  —  For  nitrate  of  silver  or  lunar  caus- 
tic, common  salt  is  an  excellent  antidote. 

Tin  and  Zinc. — For  the  poisonous  compounds 
of  tin  and  zinc,  milk  and  the  whites  of  eggs 
will  serve  as  antidotes.  When  the  sulphate 
or  acetate  of  zinc  has  been  taken,  vomiting 
should  be  promoted  by  plentiful  draughts  of 
warm  water. 

(Jases. — Among  the  other  most  important 
inorganic  poisons  may  be  numbered  the  pois- 
onous gases,  including  carbonic  acid  gas,  car- 
bonic oxide,  carburetted  and  sulphuretted 
hydrogen,  the  vapor  of  ether,  and  chlorine. 

In  cases  of  poisoning  with  these,  the  best 
remedy  is  fresh  air  ;  if  there  should  be  stupor, 
cold  affusions  may  be  applied  to  the  head  and 
the  vital  powers  quickened  by  artificial  respira- 
tion and  by  the  use  of  a  galvanic  apparatus. 


POI 


493 


POI 


For  the  poisonous  effects  of  carbonic  acid  gas, 
the  inhalation  of  oxygen  is  the  best  antidote. 
A  cautious  inhalation  of  ammonia  may  prove 
useful  in  cases  of  poisoning  with  chlorine. 
For  iodine,  the  best  antidote  is  starch  ;  when 
this  is  not  at  hand,  flour,  which  contains  starch, 
may  be  substituted. 

The  poisonous  effects  of  creasote  may  be 
counteracted  or  mitigated  by  the  prompt  ad- 
ministration of  albumen  in  some  form.  In 
cases  of  poisoning  with  phosphorus,  the  chief  re- 
liance must  be  placed  on  some  prompt  emetic, 
which  should  be  followed  by  mucilaginous 
drinks. 

If  the  phosphorus  should  have  been  taken 
in  a  solid  form,  the  fluid  oils  should  be  care- 
fully avoided,  on  accouut  of  their  solvent 
property. 

Organic  Poisons. — Those  found  in  the  vege- 
table kingdom  are  to  be  treated  according  to 
their  character.  If  vomiting  has  been  pro- 
duced by  their  action,  this  may  be  facilitated 
or  rendered  more  free  by  plentiful  draughts  of 
warm  water.  But  if  the  taking  of  the  poison 
has  been  followed  by  insensibility,  some  active 
emetic,  such  as  sulphate  of  zinc,  should  be 
administered,  or,  in  extreme  cases,  recourse 
must  be  had  to  the  stomach-pump.  In  the 
case  of  opium  and  similar  narcotics,  copious 
affusions  of  cold  water  to  the  head  have  some- 
times proved  of  great  advantage. 

A  strong  infusion  of  coffee  has  been  found 
beneficial  in  counteracting  the  subsequent 
effects  of  an  overdose  of  opium. 

The  remarkable  antagonism  existing  between 
belladonna  and  opium  has  sometimes,  it  is 
stated,  beeu  used  with  the  greatest  advantage, 
each  having,  in  its  turn,  been  made  to  act  as 
an  antidote  to  the  other.  In  like  manner,  it 
is  said,  opium  and  stramonium  may  be  used 
mutually  to  counteract  each  other. 

Tannin  is  the  proper  antidote  for  strychnia, 
but,  to  be  successful,  it  should  be  greatly  in 
excess,  in  the  proportion  of  not  less  than  25  or 
30  of  the  antidote  to  1  of  the  poison. 

Animal  poisons  may  be  properly  ranked 
under  two  heads : 

1.  Those  taken  into  the  stomach  by  mis- 
take as  food  ;  such  are  the  various  kinds  of 
poisonous  fish,  which  should  be  treated  on  the 
same  principle  as  the  vegetable  poisons  ;  that 
is,  by  emetics,  copious  draughts  of  warm  water, 
etc.,  followed,  perhaps,  by  an  active  purgative, 
in  order  to  remove  any  deleterious  matter 
which  may  have  lodged  in  the  intestines.     If 


cantharides  should  have  been  taken,  vomiting 
should  be  excited  by  copious  draughts  of 
sweet-oil,  linseed-tea,  milk,  etc. 

2.  The  poisonous  secretions  of  the  various 
venomous  animals,  used  by  them  as  a  weapon 
of  defense. 

As  such  poisons  are  not  taken  into  the  stom- 
ach, but  introduced  into  the  system  through 
a  wound,  an  altogether  different  plan  of  treat- 
ment is  l-equired.  A  cupping-glass  should  be 
promptly  placed  over  the  wound,  and  the 
air  exhausted,  for  the  purpose  of  extracting  the 
venom.  At  the  same  time,  if  practicable,  a 
moderately  tight  ligature  should  be  applied 
above  the  bite  or  sting,  in  order  to  prevent  the 
virus  from  diffusing  itself  through  the  system. 
If  a  cupping-glass  can  not  be  procured,  the 
poison  may  be  extracted  by  sucking,  in  which 
case,  it  is  scarcely  necessary  to  remark,  care 
should  be  taken  not  to  swallow  the  saliva.  In 
cases  of  poisoning  from  venomous  serpents,  the 
alkalies,  especially  ammonia,  applied  to  the 
wound  and  taken  internally,  are  said,  in  some 
instances,  to  have  proved  extremely  beneficial. 
The  application  of  clay  or  mud  to  the  part,  by 
excluding  the  air,  tends  to  obstruct  the  activ- 
ity of  the  poison.  From  several  cases  recently 
reported  it  would  appear  that  by  far  the  most 
efficient  antidote  for  the  venom  of  serpents  is 
the  compound  known  as  Bibron's  antidote.  A 
common  formula  for  its  preparation  is  the  fol- 
lowing :  Take  of  bromine  two  drachms  and  a 
half;  iodide  of  potassium,  two  grains  ;  corro- 
sive sublimate,  one  grain ;  dilute  alcohol, 
thirty  fluid  drachms.  Mix.  Dose,  one  fluid 
drachm,  diluted  with  a  tablespoonful  of  wine 
or  brandy,  to  be  repeated  pro  re  natd.  See 
Poison  of  Serpents. 

For  hj'drophobia,  after  the  poison  has  once 
been  received  into  the  system,  there  is  no  anti- 
dote known.  As  soon  as  possible  after  the 
wound  has  been  inflicted  the  bitten  part 
should  be  completely  cut  out,  and  free  bleeding 
promoted  by  immersing  the  wround  in  warm 
water;  the  surface  should  afterward  be  burned 
with  the  actual  cautery  or  with  some  efficient 
caustic. 

Pois'oned.  Infected  with  or  destroyed  by 
poison. 

Pois'oning.  Infecting  with  poison  ;  the 
administration  or  the  application  of  poison- 
ous substances  to  any  of  the  textures  in  a 
sufficiently  large  quantit}-  to  produce  serious 
effects. 

Pois'onous.  Having  the  qualities  of  poison. 


POL 


494 


POL 


Po'lar.     Relating  to  poles  or  polarity. 
Polar'ity.     That  property  of  bodies  which 
causes  them,  when  free,  to  tend  or  point  to 
certain  determinate  directions,  as  the  magnetic 
needle. 

Polariza'tion.  The  state  of  a  body  which 
causes  it  to.  exhibit  polarity;  act  of  polariz- 
ing or  of  giving  polarity  to  a  body  ;  thus, 
light,  when  changed  by  the  action  of  certain 
media,  by  which  it  is  caused  to  exhibit  the 
appearance  of  having  polarity,  or  poles  pos- 
sessing different  properties,  is  said  to  be  polar- 
ized. 

Poles.  In  Astronomy,  the  extremities  of 
the  axis  on  which  a  sphere  revolves.  In 
Electricity  and  Galvanism,  the  poles. or  parts 
of  a  magnet  which  exhibit  the  phenomena  of 
attraction. 

Polioplas'ma.  The  grayish,  granular  part 
of  a  cell.     See  Protoplasm. 

Polishing    Brush.     An    instrument   em- 
ployed in  the  laboratory  of  the  dentist  for  pol- 
ishing the  metallic  portions  of  any  appliance  or 
piece  of  mechanism  intended  to  be  placed  in 
the  mouth.     It  sometimes  consists  of  a  simple 
brush,  like  that  used  for  cleaning  the  teeth, 
except  that  it  is  longer  and  a  little  wider,  and 
at  other  times  of  a  brush-wheel. 
Polishing  Rouge.     Jewelers'   rouge.     A  pol- 
ishing powder   made  by  dissolving  copperas 
in  water,  filtering  the  solution,  aud  adding  a 
filtered  solution  of  pearlash  or  subcarbouate 
of  soda  as  long  as  any  sediment  falls.     The 
liquor  is  then  filtered  again,  and  the  sediment 
left   on  the  filter,  washed  by  running  clean 
water  through  it,  and  then  calcined  until  it  is 
of  a  scarlet  color. 

Polishing   Wheel.     A  small  wheel   with  the 
peripheral  surface  covered  with  buckskin  or 
other  soft  leather  and  made  to  revolve  on  the 
mandrel  of  a  lathe. 
Pol 'lex.     The  thumb.     Also  the  great  toe. 
Pollinctu'ra.     Embalming. 
Pollod'ic   (pollodicus ;    from   noAvg,  many, 
and  odog,  a  way).     A  term  applied  by  Dr.  .Mar- 
shall   Hall  to  a  course  of  nervous  action  pro- 
ceeding   from    one  point  to  another  in  many 
directions. 

Poly=  (from  no'Avg).  A  prefix  signifying 
many. 

Polyai'mia  (from  noAvg^  many,  and  m/ia, 
blood).  Plethora.  Abnormal  increase  of 
blood. 

Polycho'lia  (from  noAvg,  much,  and  X'^'i, 
bile).     Excess  of  bile. 


Polychromatic  (from  -o'/vc,  many,  and 
Xpoua,  color).  A  term  applied  to  minerals 
which  exhibit  a  play  of  colors  ;  also  of  various 
colors  ;  many-colored. 

Polychrom  ic  Acid.  Aloetic  acid.  Arti- 
ficial bitter  principle  of  aloes.  With  different 
ingredients  it  dyes  silk  a  great  variety  of 
colors  ;  hence  its  name. 

Polychy'lia.     Excess  of  chyle. 

Polycrot'ic.  A  pulse  that  appears  to  have 
more  than  two  rhythms  for  each  cardiac  im- 
pulse. 

Polycythemia.  Excess  of  red  blood- 
corpuscles. 

Polydac'ria  (from  no/.vc,  many,  and  daupva, 
tears).     Excessive  secretion  of  tears. 

Polydac'tylus  (from  nolvg,  many,  and 
6aK.-vA.og,  a  finger).  One  who  has  one  or  more 
supernumerary  fingers  or  toes. 

Polydipsia  (from  tto/.vc,  much,  and  dn/07, 
thirst).     Excessive  thirst. 

Polygala  Sen'ega.  Rattlesnake  milk- 
wort. Seneca  suakeroot,  a  plant  found  in  all 
parts  of  the  United  States.  The  bark  of  the 
root  is  the  active  part  of  the  plant.  It  is 
stimulant,  expectorant,  and  diuretic.  In 
large  doses  it  is  emetic  and  cathartic. 
It  is  sometimes  diaphoretic  and  emmena- 
gogue. 
Polygala  Virginia'na.     Polygala  senega. 

PoFygon.  A  plane  figure  having  more 
than  four  angles,  and,  consequently,  more  than 
four  sides.  If  the  sides  are  equal,  it  is  called 
a  regular  polygon. 

Polygu'ria.     Polyuria. 

Poly'halite.  A  mineral  or  salt  of  a  bright 
red  color,  containing  sulphates  of  lime,  mag- 
nesia, soda,  aud  potash. 

Polyhe'dron  (from  irolvg,  many,  and  e6pa, 
side).  A  solid  bounded  by  many  sides  or 
planes. 

Polyid'ria  (from  wolvg,  many,  and  idpog, 
sweat).     Excessive  sweating. 

Polylymph'ia.     Anasarca. 

Polymeric  (from  -o'/vc,  many,  and  uepng,  a 
part).  A  term  applied  in  Chemistry  to  com- 
pounds in  which  the  ratio  of  the  elements  is 
the  same  with  other  compounds,  but  the  total 
number  of  atoms  is  greater  in  one  than  in  the 
others. 

Polymeris'mus  (from  txo'/mc,  much,  and 
uepog,  a  part).  A  monstrosity  in  which  there 
is  an  excess  or  multiplicity  of  organs  or  parts 
of  the  body. 

Polymorphous.     Having  many  forms. 


POL 


495 


POP 


Poly  nucleate.  Having  more  than  one 
nucleus. 

Polyopia  (from  iroXvg,  much,  and  ottto/ici, 
to  see).  Vision  in  which  a  person  sees  more 
objects  than  are  present. 

Polyorex'ia  (from  iroAvg,  much,  and  opeijig, 
appetite).     Excessive  hunger. 

Polype'ria  (from  nolvg,  much,  and  rrr/pog, 
mutilated).     Congenital  misconstruction. 

Polyphagia  (from  tto/U/c,  much,  and  <j>ay<o, 
to  eat).  Voracity  of  appetite;  devouring  all 
sorts  of  food. 

Polypharmacy  (from  no7.vg,  much,  and 
dappanor,  a  medicine).  PoJypharmacia.  The 
prescription  of  many  medicines  in  one  com- 
pound. 

Polyplast.     Composed  of  many  cells. 
Polyplas'tic  (from  koavq,  much,  and  K^aaau, 
to  form).     Passing  through  many  changes  of 
form . 

Polypoid.  Shaped  like  or  resembling  a 
polypus. 

Polypodia  (from  noXvg,  much,  and  iroatg, 
drink).     Excessive  thirst. 

Pol'ypus  (from  rro/.vc,  many,  and  ~ovg,  foot). 
In  Zoology,  a  class  of  zoophytes.  In  Surgery, 
a  morbid  excrescence  developed  from  mu- 
cous membrane,  as  in  the  nasal  fossa,  uterus, 
etc. 

Polypus  Bronchia'lis.  A  membranous  secre- 
tion of  a  diphtheritic  character  in  the  bron- 
chial tubes. 

Polypus  of  the  Pulp.  A  hypertrophied  con- 
dition of  the  deutal  pulp  that  becomes  so 
great  as  to  fill  the  cavity  of  decay  in  the  tooth. 
The  growth  is  of  a  dark  red  color  and  of  a 
fleshy  consistence.  On  being  cut  away  the 
polypus  returns,  and  resists  the  action  of  ar- 
senious  acid.  The  treatment  consists  of  exci- 
sion and  the  application  of  strong  nitric  acid, 
chromic  acid,  or  iodine. 

Polysar/cia  (from  -o/.vg,  much,  and  capf, 
flesh).     Excessive  corpulency  ;  fatness. 

Polysia'lia  (from  -o/.vg,  much,  and  aiaXo/i, 
saliva).     Excessive  secretion  of  saliva. 

Polytroph'ia  (from  -o/vr,  much,  and  rpoou, 
to  nourish).     Excessive  nutrition. 

Polyu'ria.  Excessive  secretion  of  urine  ; 
diabetes. 

Poma.     Drink. 

Poma'ceae  (from  pomum,  an  apple).  That 
division  of  the  natural  order  of  Eosace;e  to 
which  the  apple,  pear,  quince,  and  medlar 
belong. 

Poma'ceum.     Cider. 


Poma'tum.     A  fragrant  ointment. 
Pom 'made.     The  French  name  for  poma- 
tum. 

Pom'pholyx  (from  nofKpog,  a  bladder).     A 

small  vesicle.  An  eruption  of  bulla-  or  blebs, 
without  fever  and  without  inflammation  around 
them.  Three  varieties  are  enumerated:  (1) 
Pompholyx  benignus,  consisting  of  a  succession 
of  bullae,  varying  from  the  size  of  a  pea  to  that 
of  a  hazel-nut,  usually  appearing  on  the  face, 
neck,  and  extremities.  They  break  about  the 
third  or  fourth  day,  and  soon  after  heal.  (2) 
Pompholyx  diutinus  consists  of  a  succession  of 
uumerous  red  pimples  attended  with  a  ting- 
ling sensation,  and  which  soon  become  filled 
with  a  transparent  fluid,  rising  up  to  the  size 
of  a  pea,  and,  when  not  broken,  to  the  size  of 
a  walnut.  This  variety  usually  occurs  in  aged 
and  debilitated  persons,  and  is  generally  pre- 
ceded by  languor,  headache,  and  pain  in  the 
limbs.  (3)  Pompholyx  solitarius  occurs  only  in 
women,  and  but  one  vesication  appears  at  a 
time.  This  is  preceded  by  a  tingling  sensation 
in  the  skin,  and  develops  itself  in  the  night, 
and  sometimes  contains  a  teacupful  of  lymph, 
but  at  the  expiration  of  forty-eight  hours  it 
breaks,  and  in  a  day  or  two  another  is  de- 
veloped. 

Pom'phos.     A  blister  ;  a  bubble. 
Po'mum.     An  apple.     Also  a  fleshy,  pulpy 
pericarp,    containing    a    membranous   capsule 
with  several  seeds. 

Pomum  Ad'ami.  Adam's  apple  ;  the  projec- 
tion formed  on  the  anterior  part  of  the  neck 
by  the  thyroid  cartilage. 

Pon'derable  (from  ponclus,  weight).  That 
which  has  weight. 

Pondo.     A  pound  weight. 
Pons.     A  bridge. 
Pons   Hepa/tis.     A  portion  of  the  substance 
of  the  liver  crossing  the  passage  for  the  round 
ligament  from  the  lobulus  anonymus. 
Pons  Tar'ini.    The  layer  of  grayish  substance 
between  the  corpora  albicantia,  forming  the 
locus  perforatus  of  the  floor  of  the  third  ven- 
tricle of  the  brain. 

Pons   Varo'lii.      An    eminence  at  the  upper 

part  of  the  medulla  oblongata,  formed  by  the 

union  of  the  crura  cerebri  and  crura  cerebelli. 

Varolius's  bridge. 

Po'ples.      The   ham,  or   back   part  of  the 

knee-joint. 

Poplitasus.  The  popliteal  muscle — a  long, 
flat,  triangular  muscle,  situated  in  the  popliteal 
region. 


POP 


496 


POR 


Poplite'al   (from  poples,  the  ham).     Popli- 

teus.     Belonging  or  relating  to  the  ham. 

Popliteal  Aneu'rism.  An  aneurism  of  the 
popliteal  artery. 

Popliteal  Artery.  The  continuation  of  the 
femoral  artery  in  the  hollow  of  the  ham. 

Popliteal  Nerves.  The  two  branches  formed 
by  the  bifurcation  of  the  sciatic  in  the  popli- 
teal space. 

Popliteal  Space.     A  somewhat  oval  space  be- 
hind the  knee-joint. 
Por'celain.     The  finest  species  of  earthen- 
ware,   composed    principally    of    decomposed 

feldspar  and  kaolin. 

Porcelain  Base  Dentures.  Full  dentures 
made  entirely  of  porcelain  in  one  continuous 
piece.  They  are  also  known  as  "mineral 
plate  teeth. ' ' 

Porcelain  Crowns.  Dr.  W.  R.  Hall's  formula 
for  counter-sunk  porcelain  crowns  is  as  fol- 
lows :  Feldspar,  13  ozs.  ;  quartz,  3  ozs.  ;  Ger- 
man clay,  5  oz. 

Porcelain  Filling.  See  Inlaying  Porce- 
lain and  Porcelain  Inlay. 

Porcelain  Inlay.  Sections  of  porcelain  teeth 
generally  inserted  as  substitutes  for  gold  fill- 
ings on  exposed  surfaces  of  the  teeth  and 
ground  to  fit  the  prepared  cavity.  Also  sec- 
tions of  porcelain  made  from  impressions  of 
the  prepared  cavities  and  baked  in  a  furnace 
on  thin  platinum  plate,  which  is  used  as  a 
cup  to  contain  the  porcelain  paste  during  its 
manipulation.  Cement,  gold,  etc.,  are  used 
to  retain  the  porcelain  sections  in  the  teeth. 

Porcelain  Teeth.  Mineral  teeth  ;  incorrupti- 
ble teeth  ;  siliciousterro-metallic  teeth  ;  vitres- 
cent  teeth.  Dental  substitutes,  resembling, 
more  or  less  closely,  the  shape  and  color  of 
the  natural  teeth,  so  constructed  that  they 
may  be  securely  fixed  to  the  various  attach- 
ments employed  for  their  adjustment  and  re- 
tention in  the  mouth.  They  are  composed  of 
feldspar,  silex,  and  other  mineral  substances. 

Porcelain,  like  human  teeth,  consists  of  two 
portions — an  internal  and  au  external.  The  in- 
ternal, called  the  body  or  base,  is  more  or  less 
opaque  ;  the  external,  called  the  enamel,  is 
semi  transparent,  and  has  a  smooth,  glassy 
surface.  The  base  or  body  is  composed  prin- 
cipally of  feldspar,  silex,  and  kaolin,  and  the 
enamel  or  covering  of  feldspar  and  silex. 
There  are  also  various  fluxes,  characterized  :is 
glasses,  used  to  determine  the  point  of  fusion 
desired  of  different  parts  of  the  tooth.  Be- 
sides these,  various  metallic  oxides,  or  metals 


reduced  to  a  state  of  minute  division,  are  em- 
ployed for  imparting  to  the  teeth  the  neces- 
sary color. 
The  chief  metals  and  [oxides  relied  upon  for 
coloring  teeth  are  the  following  : 


Minerals  Used. 

Gold  in  filings  and  its  oxides, 
Purple  powder  of  Cassius, 
Platina  sponge  or  filings, 
Oxide  of  titanium, 
Oxide  of  uranium, 
Oxide  of  cobalt, 


Colors  Given 

Bright  rose  red. 
Rose  purple. 
Grayish  blue. 
Bright  yellow. 
Greenish., 
Bright  blue. 


These,  with  others  in  varying  combinations, 
are  used  to  color  the  body,  point,  and  outside 
enamels.  More  than  forty  kinds  of  colors  are 
used  in  the  bodies  and  an  equal  number  of 
point  and  outside  enamels.  Commencing 
with  the  lightest  shade  of  body,  forty  differ- 
ent grades  may  be  produced  by  using  a  differ- 
ent point  enamel,  and  on  each  of  these  a  dif- 
ferent effect  by  the  use  of  the  various  outside 
enamels. 

The  following  are  the  formulas  for  the  body 
and  enamel  of  porcelain  teeth,  single  or  in 
sections : 

Body  for  Moulded  Block  Teeth. 

Feldspar,      18  ozs. 

Quartz  or  silica,      3  ozs. 

Kaolin, 1  oz. 

Titanium  oxide,      65  grs. 

Starch,       10  grs.  to  each  ounce. 

Or— 

Feldspar, 18    ozs. 

Silica, 3    ozs. 

German  clay, 2  oz. 

Titanium  oxide, 65    grs. 

Starch, 10  grs.  to  each  ounce. 

Bodies  for  Carved  Block  Teeth. 
(Dr.  William  R.  Hall.) 

Feldspar, 14    ozs. 

Silica  (quartz), 'i\  ozs. 

Kaolin, 1    oz. 

Titanium  oxide, 40    grs. 

Or— 

Feldspar, 14    ozs. 

Silica, 3.1  ozs. 

German  clay, 2  oz. 

Titanium  oxide, 40    grs. 


POR 


497 


POR 


Bodies  of  Carved  Blocks. 
(Formulas  of  Prof.  Wildman.) 

(1) 

Feldspar, 4  ozs. 

Silica, 320  grs. 

Kaolin  (Massey's), 120  grs. 

Titanium  oxide, 4  to  8  grs. 

(2) 

Feldspar  (Delaware),      3  ozs. 

Feldspar  (Wissahickon),    ....       1  oz. 

Kaolin  (Hoopes), 40  grs. 

Kaolin  (Massey's), 80  grs. 

Silica, 360  grs. 

Titanium, 4  to  8  grs. 

Enamel. 
Gold-yellow  Enamel. 

Feldspar, 1  oz. 

Titanium,          1  gr. 

Gold  frit, 2  grs. 

Starch, 15  grs. 

Brown-yellow  Enamel. 

Feldspar,   . 1  oz. 

Titanium, 2  grs. 

Gold  frit, 4  grs. 

Starch, 15  grs. 

The  enamel  flux  is  made  of  : 

Enamel  Flux. 

Carbonate  of  potassium,     ....  1  oz. 

Powdered  glass  of  borax,  ....  1  oz. 

Powdered  quartz  (silica),  ....  4  ozs. 

Color  frits    are  composed    of    the    followini 
materials  : 

Blue  and  Gkay  Frits. 
Platinum  Frit,  Blue. 

Platinum    (aqua   regia  as  a  sol- 
vent),            1  dwt. 

Feldspar, 1  oz. 

Plate  glass, 20  grs. 

Cobalt  Frit,  Azure  Blue. 

Feldspar, 1  oz. 

Titanium  oxide, 6  grs. 

Gold  frit,  ...........  60  grs. 

Smalt, 60  grs. 

Platinum  Frit,  Gray. 

Platinum  frit, 30  grs. 

Titanium  oxide, 10  grs. 

Gold  frit, 100  grs. 

32 


Iron  Frit,  Gray. 

Iron  scale, 4  grs. 

Titanium  oxide, .       1  gr. 

Gold  frit, 60  grs. 

Feldspar, 1  oz. 

Gold  Frit,  Beddish-bromi. 

Pure  gold-foil, 12  grs. 

Plate  glass, 20  grs. 

Feldspar, 1  oz. 

The  gum  enamel  is  composed  of : 

Gum  Frit. 
Oxide  of  gold  (purple  of  Cassius),    16  grs. 

Feldspar, 700  grs. 

Flux, 175  grs. 

Gum  Enamel. 

Gum  frit, 1  oz. 

Feldspar, 3  ozs. 

Or— 

Gum  frit, 1  dwt. 

Feldspar, 4dwts. 

Or— 

Gum  frit, 1  dwt. 

Feldspar,       5  dwts. 

Purple  of  Cassius  gives  the  red  color  to  the 
gums  of  artificial  teeth,  and  is  composed  of: 
Pure  silver,  432  grs.  ;  pure  gold,  48  grs.  ; 
pure  tiu,  36  grs.  Gum  frit  is  composed  of 
purple  of  Cassius,  16  grs.  ;  feldspar,  700  grs.  ; 
flux,  175  grs. 

In  preparing  the  material  composing  the  teeth, 
large  masses  of  the  feldspar  are  thrown  into 
a  furnace  until  they  become  red  hot,  when 
they  are  plunged  into  water,  which  renders 
the  feldspar  brittle  and  easily  broken  by  the 
hammer  into  small  pieces.  By  this  means  all 
foreign  matters,  such  as  mica  or  iron,  with 
which  the  feldspar  may  be  mixed  can  be  sep- 
arated. It  is  then  washed  leaving  a  coarse  pow- 
der, ami  subsequent] y  ground  uuder  water  in  a 
mill.  The  silex  is  subjected  to  the  same 
process.  The  colors  are  ground  in  a  mortar. 
The  materials  are  then  dried,  sieved,  and 
properly  proportioned,  and  again  ground  in 
combination  into  the  various  mixtures  de- 
sired. At  this  stage  the  body  assumes  the 
consistence  and  appearance  of  putty,  the 
point  enamel  of  a  thick  batter,  and  the  outside 
and  gum  enamels  of  cream. 

The   body  is   now  ready  for  the  moulds,  which 


POR 


498 


POR 


are  of  brass,  in  two  or  more  pieces,  one-half 
of  the  tooth  being  represented  on  either  side. 

As  the  shape  and  style  of  the  teeth  depend 
upon  these  moulds,  great  care  is  necessary  in 
their  construction.  In  each  tooth-matrix  are 
two  small  holes,  into  which  are  placed  the 
platina  pins  for  securing  the  teeth  to  the  gold, 
platina,  or  rubber  base.  These  platina  pins 
are  made  from  small  round  platina  wire,  and 
those  designed  for  the  vulcanite  teeth  are 
headed. 

The  pins  being  in  their  proper  position,  the 
requisite  amount  of  point  enamel  is  taken  up 
with  a  small  steel  spatula  and  introduced  into 
the  matrix,  which  is  then  filled  with  the  body 
and  closed,  after  which  it  is  pressed  by  ma- 
chinery and  deposited  in  a  drying-oven. 

Carefully  watched,  it  is  taken  out  at  the  proper 
moment  and  emptied  of  its  contents,  which, 
being  soft  and  brittle,  are  laid  on  clay  slides 
and  subsequently  subjected  to  the  process 
called  biscuiting,  which  is  done  by  bringing 
them  to  a  cherry-red  heat.  They  are  now  like 
chalk  and  can  be  shaped  as  desired  by  the 
knife  and  file. 

After  being  assorted  and  smoothed,  they  are 
ready  for  enameling.  The  enamels  are  laid  on 
with  a  brush,  an  operation  requiring  delicacy 
and  care.  Having  received  the  coats  of  enamel, 
— first  the  crown,  and  afterward  the  gum 
enamel, — and  all  imperfections  being  removed, 
they  are  carefully  laid  on  beds  of  quartz-sand 
in  trays  of  fire-clay  ready  for  the  furnace. 

After  being  subjected  to  a  white  heat  in  the 
furnace  for  from  fifteen  to  thirty  minutes, 
they  are  removed  and  gradually  cooled,  when 
it  is  found  that  the  dull  enamel  has  become 
as  glass  and  the  lustreless  oxides  have  be- 
come bright  and  life-like.  See  Block  Teeth  ; 
also  Artificial  Teeth  ;  also  Chapter  on 
Teeth  in  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Den- 
tistry." 

Porcelain  Teeth,  English  Tube.  These  differ 
from  the  ordinary  porcelain  teeth  in  that  their 
attachment  to  the  plate  is  effected  by  a  cen- 
tral tube  of  platinum  running  through  the 
body  of  the  tooth,  into  which  a  pin  or  post  is 
introduced. 

Porcelain  Teeth,  Pinless.  Both  gum  and 
plain,  in  which  there  are  no  platinum  pins, 
but  holes  so  constructed  that  the  rubber  vul- 
canizes well  in  the  teeth  and  unites  them 
firmly  to  the  plate. 

Porcelain  Teeth  with  Countersunk  Pins.  It 
is  claimed  by  the  designers  (S.  S.  White  Co.) 


that  crowns  or  blocks  with  such  pins  allow  of 
greater  facility  of  adaptation  to  the  maxillary 
ridge,  and  that  they  are  more  acceptable  to 
the  tongue. 

Pore  {jwrus,  interstice).  In  Anatomy,  the 
orifices  of  the  absorbing  and  exhaling  vessels. 
In  Physics,  the  minute  intervals  which  separate 
the  integral  molecules  of  solid  bodies.  In  Bot- 
any, the  minute  orifices  of  plants,  as  those 
which  contain  the  sporules  of  the  Boleti. 

Pores  of  the  Skin.  The  efferent  ducts  of 
the  sebaceous  and  sudoriferous  glands. 

Pori    Biliarii.     The   ducts   which   receive 
the  bile  from  the  penicilli  of  the  liver. 
Pori  Cuta'nei.     The  pores  of  the  skin. 

Poroce'le.  A  scirrhous  tumor  of  the  testi- 
cle or  scrotum. 

Poro'ma.  Induration  ;  the  process  of  har- 
dening, or  rendering  callus. 

Porom'phalon  (from  -aupoc,  hard,  and 
o/Kpaloc,  the  navel).  Poromphalus ;  porom- 
phalocele.     A  hard  tumor  of  the  navel. 

Poro/sis.  The  formation  of  poroma  or 
the  process  by  which  the  extremities  of  frac- 
tured bones  are  re-united  by  a  callus.  In- 
duration or  hardness  resulting  from  inflamma- 
tion. 

Poros'ity  (from  porus,  a  passage).  The 
state  of  having  pores  or  interspaces,  a  quality 
of  bodies  by  which  they  transmit  fluids  through 
their  pores  ;  or  when  gases  can  not  escape,  as  in 
vulcanizing  rubber.  The  condition  of  being 
porous. 

Porot/ic  (poroticus ;  from  iropog,  callus). 
A  medicine  supposed  to  be  capable  of  assisting 
the  formation  of  callus. 

Porous.     Perforate. 

Por'phyra  Haemorrhag'ica.  Land- 
scurvy. 

Porphyry.  A  species  of  hard  granitic 
stone  or  rock. 

Porra/ceous  (from  porrum,  a  leek).  A 
term  applied  to  excretions  of  the  body  when 
they  exhibit  a  green  color. 

Porri'go.  Scurf  on  the  head  ;  scald-head. 
An  obsolete  term  used  to  designate  several 
diseases  of  the  scalp. 

Porrigo  DecaPvans.  A  disease  characterized 
by  patches  of  baldness  of  a  more  or  less  cir- 
cular form  without  change  of  color  in  the 
surrounding  hair. 

Porrigo  Favo/sa.  An  eruption  of  large,  soft, 
flat,  straw-colored  pustules,  called  favi,  with 
an  irregular  edge,  surrounded  by  slight  in- 
flammation and   occurring  on  all  parts  of  the 


POR 


499 


POS 


body,  though  sometimes  confined  to  the  scalp, 
face,  trunk,  or  extremities. 
Porrigo  Fur'furans.  An  eruption  of  small 
achores,  the  fluid  of  which  soon  dries  up  and 
separates  in  numerous  scale-like  exfoliations, 
reappearing  and  disappearing  at  irregular 
periods  and  with  more  or  less  itching  and 
soreness. 

Porrigo  Larva/lis.     Crusta  lactea.     A  disease 
almost  exclusively  confined  to   infancy  and 
characterized  by  the  appearance  of  an  erup- 
tion of  uumerous  small  achores  on  the  fore- 
head and  cheeks,  which,  after  a  while,  break, 
discharge  a  viscid  fluid,  and  become  incrusted 
in  thin  yellowish  or  grayish  scabs.      These 
spread  until  the  face  sometimes  becomes,  as  it 
were,  enveloped  in  a  scab. 
Porrigo   Scutulata.     Ringworm  of  the  scalp. 
Scald-head.     An  eruption  of  an  irregular,  cir- 
cular form  upon  the  scalp,  forehead,  and  neck. 
Por'ta.     A  door  or  gate.     In  Anatomy,  the 
part  of  the  liver  where  the  vessels  enter.    Also 
the  vulva. 

Porta   Hepatis.      Porta  jecoris.      The  trans- 
verse fissure  of  the  liver,  through  which  the 
vessels  pass. 
Por'tal   (from  porta,  a  gate).     Relating  to 
the  porta  of  the  liver. 

Portal  Blood.     The  blood  of  the  portal  veins. 
Portal   Circulation.      The  circulation  of  the 
venous  blood   from   the   chylopoietic  viscera 
into  the  liver. 
Portal  Vein.    Vena  portse.    A  vein  originating 
from  all  the  organs  within  the  abdomen,  ex- 
cept the  kidneys  and  bladder  and  the  uterus 
in  females.     Its  two  principal  trunks  are  the 
splenic  and  superior  mesenteric  veins. 
Portcaus/tic  (porto,   to   carry).      A  small 
cylindrical  instrument  for  carrying  some  caus- 
tic substance  in  the  pocket. 

Porte,  Port.     A  carrier  or  holder. 
Porte=aiguille  (from  porter,  to  carry,  and 
aiguille,  a  needle).     Acutenaculum.     A  needle- 
holder  ;   a  needle-carrier.      See  Acutenacu- 
lum. 

Porte=bougie.  A  cannula  for  conducting 
bougies  into  the  urethra. 

Porte=meche.  An  instrument  for  carrying 
a  tent  to  the  bottom  of  an  ulcer  through  a 
deep  fistulous  opening. 

Porte=pierre.  A  case  for  carrying  fused 
nitrate  of  silver  intended  for  the  cauterization 
of  wounds  or  ulcers. 

Porte=polisher.  A  steel  instrument  used 
in  Dental  Surgery  to  hold  the  material,  such  as 


wood,  Arkansas  stone,  or  corundum  points,  tor 
cutting  down  fillings,  removing  superficial  de- 
cay, and  dressing  filed  or  fractured  surfaces  of 
the  teeth. 

Porte=sonde.  An  instrument  for  holding 
the  style  and  facilitating  its  introduction  into 
the  duct  in  the  operation  for  fistula  lachry- 
malis. 

Por'tio.      A  term   signifying  a  portion  or 
branch  ;  applied  in  Anatomy  to  two  nerves. 
Portio  Dura.      The  facial  nerve,  a  branch  of 
the  seventh  pair  ;  so  called  from  its  firm  con- 
sistence.    See  Facial  Nerve. 
Portio  Mollis.      The  soft  branch  of  the  sev- 
enth pair  of  nerves,  the  auditory  nerve. 
Portona'rium.     The  pyloric  orifice  of  the 
stomach. 

Porus.     A  pore,  duct,  or  passage. 
Porus   Opticus.     The  opening  in  the  cribri- 
form lamella  which  gives  passage  to  the  cen- 
tral artery  of  the  retina. 
Pose.     Catarrh. 

Positive  Elements.  The  plates  of  zinc  in 
the  galvanic  pile. 

Positive  System.      One  of  three   systems  or 
methods  of  regulating  teeth,  and  which  was 
iutroduced  by  Dr.  J.  N.  Farrar.     It  is  based 
upon  the  principle  that  when  teeth  are  moved 
they  should  always  be  moved  by  a  force  that 
is  positive  in  character  and  not  variable  ;  that 
the   only  available   means  of  obtaining  this 
kind  of  force  is  the  screw  in  some  of  its  differ- 
ent forms  ;  and  that  by  its  use  the  amount  of 
force  can  be  accurately  known,  and  that  it  can 
be  regulated  to  suit  the  conditions  of  the  case  ; 
that  by  exerting  a  fixed  and  definite  amount 
of  force  in  a  given  time  we  can  keep  within 
physiological  limits,  and  that  the  moment  we 
go  beyond  this  we  bring  about  a  pathological 
condition  of  the  parts. 
A   second  system   is   that   of    Patrick,   where 
the  force  employed  is  derived  entirely  from 
the  elasticity  of  the  metal  of  his  appliance. 
A   third  system  is   that  of   Coffin,    of   Lon- 
don, and  known  as  the  "expansion  system," 
in  which  the  arch  is  expanded  by  the  elasticity 
of  a  steel  spring  attached  to  a  vulcanite  plate  : 
also  by  the  Talbott  spring. 
Posol'Ogy  (from  -nunc,  quantity,  and  >o; oc, 
a  discourse).     Posologia.     That  part  of  thera- 
peutics which  treats  of  the  indications  of  the 
doses  in  which  different  medicines  should  be 
prescribed. 

Pos'set  (jmsctum).  Milk  curdled  with 
wine,  treacle,  or  any  acid. 


POS 


500 


POT 


Poste'rior  Annula'ris.  An  external  in- 
terosseal muscle  of  the  hand. 
Posterior  Auris.  The  retrahens  auris  muscle. 
Posterior  In'dicis  Manus.  An  internal  in- 
terosseal  muscle  of  the  hand. 
Posterior  Indicis  Pedis.  An  external  inter- 
osseal  muscle  of  the  foot. 

Posterior  Medii  Dig'iti  Manus.     An  external 
interosseal  muscle,  of  the  hand. 
Posterior   Medii   Digiti   Pedis.     An  external 
interosseal  muscle  of  the  foot. 
Posterior  Ter'tii  Digiti.     The  adductor  tertii 
digiti  muscle. 
Posthe.     The  prepuce. 
Posthet/omist  (posthetomus ;   from  noa-dr/, 
the   foreskin,  and  tou?j,  incision).      One    who 
performs  the  operation  of  circumcision. 

Posthi'a  (noctiia).  A  sty  on  the  eyelid  ; 
hordeolum. 

Posthioplas'tic  (from  nood-iov,  the  prepuce, 
and  nXaaou,  to  form).  Posthioplasticus.  A 
plastic  operation  for  the  restoration  of  the  pre- 
puce. 

Posthitis.     Inflammation  of  the  prepuce. 

Posthon'cus.     Swelliug  of  the  prepuce. 

Post/humous  (from  post,  after,  and  humus, 

the  ground).      Occurring  after   death,  as  the 

publication  of  a  work  after  the  death  of  the 

author. 

Posticus.     Situated  behind. 
Post=mortem.    After  death  ;  applied  to  an 
examination  of  the  body  after  death  for  the  de- 
tection of  the  changes  of  structure  produced 
by  disease. 

Post=par'tum.  After  childbirth  ;  also  hem- 
orrhage or  any  other  occurrence  ensuing  after 
parturition. 

Postposition  {poslpositio).  State  of  being 
put  back  or  out  of  the  regular  place.  In  Path- 
ology, delay  in  the  return  of  a  paroxysm. 

Po/tabIe  (potabilis).  Drinkable.  Fit  to 
be  drunk. 

Potash.     Vegetable  alkali  ;   potassa  ;   gas- 
trinum  ;  a  hyd rated  protoxide  of  potassium. 
Potash  of  Commerce.     Potassae  carbonas  im- 
purus.     Impure  carbonate  of  potassa  ;  pearl- 
ash. 

Potas'sa.     Potash.     Potassa  caustica. 
Potassa  Caustica.     Caustic  potassa.     See  Po- 
tassa Fusa. 
Potassa  cum  Calce.     Potassa  with  lime,  me- 
chanically  mixed. 
Potassa  Fu'sa.     Fused   potash.     Caustic  pot- 
ash.      The    hydrate   of  potash,  prepared    by 
evaporating  a  solution  of  potash  to  dryness. 


It  is  a  powerful  caustic  and  is  used  for  forming 

issues,  etc. 
Potassa  Impura.     Potash  of  commerce. 

Potassa=aIum.  See  Potassium  Sulphate 
OF  Alum.  Potassa-alum  is  employed  in 
prosthetic  dentistry  for  hardening  plaster  casts 
or  models,  to  prevent  the  plaster  from  adhering 
to  the  rubber  during  the  vulcanizing  process, 
and  also  to  prevent  the  plaster  from  shrinking. 
It  may  be  prepared  for  such  use  by  adding  two 
or  three  teaspoonfuls  of  the  potassa-alum  to  six 
ounces  of  fresh  water. 

Potassa?  Ace'tas.  Acetate  of  potassa. 
Mildly  cathartic  and  diuretic.  Dose  as  a 
diuretic,  |T)j    to    3j  ;    as   a  cathaitic,   3 i j    to 

Potassse  Aqua  Effervescens.  Effervescing 
solution  of  potassa. 

Potassae  Bicar'bonas.  Bicarbonate  of  potash. 
Its  use  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  carbonate, 
but  it  is  less  acrid. 

Potassae  Bichro/mas.  Bichromate  of  potash. 
In  small  doses  it  is  an  alterative  ;  in  large 
doses,  an  irritant  poison.  Externally  it  is  used 
as  a  caustic. 

Potassae  BisuPphas.     Bisulphate  of  potassa. 

Potassae  Bitar'tras.  Bitartrate  of  potassa,  or 
cream  of  tartar.  It  is  cathartic,  diuretic,  and 
refrigerant.     Dose,  £ss  to  3.]  as  a  purge. 

Potassae  Car/bonas.  Carbonate  of  potash, 
formerly  called  salt  of  tartar. 

Potassae  Carbonas  Impu'rus.  Impure  car- 
bonate of  potassa.  Potash  of  commerce. 
Known  in  commerce  by  the  name  of  pearl- 
ash. 

Potassae  Carbonas  Purus.  Pure  carbonate 
of  potassa.  Carbonate  of  potassa  from  crystals 
of  tartar.  Salt  of  tartar.  Diuretic,  antacid, 
auddeobstruent.  Dose,  gr.  xto  gss,  properly 
diluted. 

Potassae  Chloras.  Chlorate  of  potash.  Pre- 
pared by  passing  an  excess  of  chlorine  through 
a  solution  of  carbonate  of  potassa.  It  is  a 
white  salt  of  a  cooling  and  slightly  astringent 
taste.  A  refrigerant  and  diuretic,  resolvent 
and  detergent.  Dose  of  chlorate  of  potash,  gr. 
x  to  gr.  xxx.  In  Dental  Practice  it  is  used  in 
the  treatment  of  mercurial  and  gangrenous 
stomatitis,  and  in  erysipelatous  inflammation 
of  the  mouth  and  fauces,  especially  in  cancrum 
oris,  inflammation  of  the  gums,  aphtha?,  ulcers 
of  tongue,  both  externally  and  internally.  It 
is  also  very  effectual  in  foetor  of  the  breath.  A 
mouth-wash  of  it  is  made  by  dissolving  a  tea- 
spoonful  of  the  salt  in  four  ounces  of  water. 


POT 


50 1 


POT 


For  other  dental  uses   see  Gorgas'   "Dental 
Medicine." 
Potassae  et   Sodae   Tartras.     Tartrate  of  po- 
tassa  and  soda.      Tartarized  soda.     Rochelle 
salt. 

Potassae  Hydras.    Hydrate  of  potassa.     Caus- 
tic potash. 

Potassse  Hydri'odas.      Iodide  of  potassium. 
Hydriodate  of  potassa.      See  Iodide  of  Po- 
tassium. 
Potassae,    Liq/uor    of.      Solution   of   potash. 
Made  by  boiling  potash  in  lime.     Dose,  gtt.  x 
to  gtt.  xxx. 
Potassae   Nitras.      Nitrate  of  potassa  ;  nitre. 
Saltpetre.    It  is  refrigerant,  diuretic,  and  dia- 
phoretic.   Dose,  gr.  x  to  g  ss.   It  is  employed  in 
febrile  and  inflammatory  affections, acute  rheu- 
matism, scurvy,  purpura,  haemoptysis,  dropsy, 
and  inflammatory  sore  throat ;  and,  in  Den- 
ial Practice,  in  threatened  alveolar  abscess  is 
introduced  into  the  pulp-cavity  in  the  form  of 
powder,  and  is  used  in  the  form  of  a  gargle 
for  inflammatory  conditions  of  mucous  mem- 
brane. 
Potassae  Nitras   Purifica'tum.      Purified  ni- 
trate of  potassa. 
Potassae    Perman'ganas.      Permanganate  of 
potash.    The  metal  manganese  combined  with 
potassa.  A  substance  in  needle-shaped  crystals 
of  a  deep  purple  color.     It  is  used  as  an  es- 
charotic,  and  is  a  powerful  disinfectant  for  de- 
stroying foetid  odors  from  organic  sources,  and 
hence  is  useful  in  the  treatment  of  diseases  of 
the  antrum,  gangrenous  ulcers,  abscesses,  car- 
ious bone,  ulceration  of  mucous  membrane,  for 
correcting  foetor  of  the  breath,  abscess  of  an- 
trum, putrescent  pulps,  and  pyorrhoea  -alveo- 
laris. 
Potas'sae    SuFphas.      Sulphate    of    potassa. 
Purgative  and  deobstruent.     Dose  as  a  purge, 
5ss  to  3  vj  ;  as  a  deobstruent,  gr.  x  to  3J. 
Potassae  Tar'tras.    Tartrate  of  potassa.     Pur- 
gative.    Dose,  gj  to  5J,  in  solution. 
Potas'sii  Bro'midum.    Bromide  of  potas- 
sium.    Formula,   KBr.      It    occurs   in  white 
crystals  freely  soluble  in  water  and  slightly 
soluble  in  alcohol.     Is  composed  of  bromine, 
iron    filings,  carbonate  of  potash,  and  water. 
Same  use  as  iodide  of  potassium,  but  slower  in 
effect.     Dose,  T)j  to  gij.     It  is  alterative  and 
resolvent,   stimulant   and   antispasmodic.     In 
Denial  Practice,  bromide  of  potassium  is  inter- 
nally used  in  convulsions  from  teething,  neu- 
ralgia where  there  is  a  syphilitic  taint,    and 
locally  applied  for  diseases  of  dental  pulp  and 


periosteum.     It   is   also   employed    to    lessen 
irritability  of  the  fauces  in  obtaining  impres- 
sions  of  the  parts  for  the  construction  of  an 
artificial  velum   in  cleft  palate.     It   has   also 
been  used  for  bleaching  discolored  teeth,  but  is 
not  so  effective  as  chlorine. 
Potassii   Cyanure'tum.     See    Cyanuket   of 
Potassium. 
Potassii    Ferrocyanure'tum.     Ferrocyanuret 
of  potassium.     It  is  chiefly  used  in  the  pre- 
paration of  hydrocyanic  acid,  Prussian  blue, 
etc. 
Potassii    Iodi/dum.      Iodide    of    potassium. 
Hydriodate  of  potassa.    Formed  by  decompos- 
ing the  iodide  of  iron  by  carbonate  of  potassa. 
Its  use  is  the  same  as  that  of  iodine  in  goitre, 
scrofulous  affections,  etc.,  but  the  iodide  of  po- 
tassium is  considered  a  valuable  remedy  in  sec- 
ondary syphilis,  rheumatism,  and  lepra.    Dose 
of  the  saturated  solution,  from  tt\yj  to  vtlxx  ; 
of  the  dry  salt,  from  gr.  ij  to  gr.  x.     Being 
less  irritant,   it  possesses    many   advantages 
over  iodine  for  internal  use.     It  is  also  more 
soluble  than  iodine  and  is  absorbed  more  rap- 
idly.    In  Dental  Practice,  iodide  of  potassium 
is  employed  in   mercurial  stomatitis,  dental 
exostosis,    facial    neuralgia,    convulsions    of 
teething,  caries  and  necrosis  of  bones  of  the 
jaws,   diseases  of  the  periosteum,  etc.     For 
dental  application  see  Gorgas'  "  Dental  Medi- 
cine." 
Potassii  Sulphuret'um.    Snlphuret   of  potas- 
sium. 
Potassium.     Symbol.  K.    Atomic  weight, 
39.     The  metallic  base  of  potassa.     It  has  the 
low  specific  gravity  of  0.865,  it  being  the  light- 
est known  solid.     It  has  a  remarkable  affinity 
for  oxygen,  igniting  when  thrown  into  water. 
Potassium   Sulphate  of  Alum.     K._,A1.,(S04)4. 
The  alum  of  commerce,  a  valuable  astringent 
used  as  a  five  per  cent,  solution  for  a  lotion. 
Po'telot.     Sulphuret  of  molybdenum. 
Po'tency     (potcntia).       Force;      physical 
power. 

Po'tent  {potent.  Powerful  ;  physically 
strong. 

Potential  (from  pot  ens,  able).  Potentialis. 
Opposed  to  actual.  Potential  cautery  is  a 
term  applied  to  those  therapeutic  agents  which 
are  capable  of  destroying  vital  tissue  by  estab- 
lishing a  condition  incompatible  with  vitality. 
See  Cautery. 

Po'tio.     A  potion. 
Potio   Cal'cis   Carbona'tis.     Chalk  mixture. 
Po'tion   (potio;    from   poto,    to  drink).     A 


POT 


502 


PRE 


liquid   compound  ;   the  same   as   mixture  ;   a 
medicated  drink. 

Potion,  Pectoral.  Fifteen  drops  of  dilute 
hydrocyanic  acid,  mixed  with  two  fluid  ounces 
of  infusion  of  ground  ivy  and  one  of  syrup  of 
althsea. 

Potion,  Rive/rius'.  Potio  effervescens  anti- 
emetica  dicta  riverii  of  the  Parisian  codex. 
A  mixture  of  lemon  juice  and  subcarbonate  of 
potassa  ;  an  effervescing  beverage. 

Pott's  Disease.  Caries  of  the  bodies  of 
the  vertebra?,  causing  an  angular  curvature  of 
the  spine  forward. 

Po/tuS.     Drink. 

Pouch.  A  small  bag.  In  Pathology,  a 
morbid  dilatation  of  any  part  of  a  canal. 

PouLtice.     A  cataplasm  (which  see). 

Pounce.     Pulverized  gum  sandarach. 

Pound.  A  weight  consisting  of  twelve 
ounces  troy,  or  sixteen  avoirdupois.  See 
Weights  and  Measures. 

Poupart's  Ligament  (ligamentum  Pou- 
partii).  The  lower  border  of  the  aponeurosis 
of  the  external  oblique  muscle  of  the  abdomen, 
extending  from  the  anterior  spinous  process  of 
the  ilium  to  the  spine  of  the  pubis. 

Pow/der.      In   Pharmacy,  a  substance   re- 
duced to  minute  particles  by  pulverization. 
Powder,  Compound,  of  Chalk  with  Opium. 
Cretse  opiatus.     An  anodyne  astringent  com- 
posed of  a  mixture  of  compound  powder  of 
chalk,  ^  viss,  and  opium,  £)iv. 

Pox.     Syphilis. 
Pox,  Chicken.     Varicella. 
Pox,  Small.     Variola. 

Prsecor'dia  (from  prse,  before,  and  cor, 
gen.  cordis,  the  heart).  The  forepart  of  the 
thoracic  region. 

Praecor'dial.     Pertaining  to  the  prsecordia. 

Praedor'sal  ( prsedorsalis ;  from  prte,  be- 
fore, and  dorsum,  the  back).  Pertaining  to  the 
anterior  surface  of  the  dorsal  region. 

Prae'morse.     Truncated. 

Prae'via.     See  Placenta  Previa. 

Prax/is  (from  wpaaaw,  to  perform).  Prac- 
tice. Action,  the  practice  of  anything,  as  of 
medicine  or  any  of  its  branches. 

Pre=.     A  prefix  meaning  before. 

Precipitant.  A  reagent  causing  precipita- 
tion. 

Precipitate.  A  solid  substance  which, 
after  having  been  dissolved,  is  separated  from 
its  solvent  and  thrown  to  the  bottom  of  the 
vessel  by  adding  a  reagent;  separation  of  a 
solid  from  a  fluid. 


Precipitate  of  Cassius,  Purple.    See  CASSIUS' 
Precipitate. 
Precipitate,  Red.  Hydrargyri  nitrico-oxidum. 
The  red  oxide  or  protoxide  of  mercurj'. 
Precipitate,  White.     Hydrargyrum  precipita- 
tum  album.     Ammoniated  mercury. 

Precipitation  (prsecipitatio ;  from  prse- 
cipito,  to  cast  down) .  The  act  by  which  any 
body  separates  from  a  liquid  in  which  it  is 
held  in  solution  and  falls  to  the  bottom  of  the 
vessel. 

Precocity .  Premature  development  of  any 
faculty. 

Precordial.     Precordial. 

Precursory  Symp'toms.  The  symptoms 
which  indicate  the  approach  of  disease. 

Predisposing.  Acting  under  a  slight 
exciting  cause. 

Predisposing  Cause.     That  which  creates  a 
susceptibility  to  disease. 

Predisposition  (prsedispositio ;  from  prse, 
before,  and  disponere,  to  dispose).  That  con- 
stitution or  condition  of  body  which  disposes 
it  to  take  on  a  certain  form  or  kind  of  diseased 
action. 

Preforma/tive  Membrane.  Membrana 
preformativa.  A  membrane  covering  develop- 
ing enamel,  and  which  can  be  raised  from  the 
surface  of  the  enamel  by  means  of  an  acid 
capable  of  dissolving  calcium  carbonate  and 
phosphate.     See  Membrana  Preformativa. 

Preg'nancy.  Utero-gestation.  The  state 
of  a  female  from  the  moment  of  fecundation  to 
parturition. 

Preg/nant.     With  young  or  with  child. 

Prehensile.  Adapted  to  seize  or  grasp,  as 
the  hand  or  teeth. 

Prehen/sio.     Catalepsy ;  epilepsy. 

Prehension  (from  prehendere,  to  lay  hold 
of).  The  act  of  seizing  or  taking  hold.  The 
prehension  of  food  is  accomplished  by  the 
mouth  and  its  appendages,  the  teeth,  lips,  and 
tongue.  It  is  chiefly  confined  to  the  infant  in 
the  act  of  sucking,  as  this  stage  of  the  diges- 
tive process  is  but  slightly  employed  in  the 
adult. 

Premature  Labor.  Labor  occurring  dur- 
ing the  last  three  months  of  the  natural  term, 
but  before  its  completion. 

Premax'illary.     Intermaxillary. 
Premaxillary    Bones.     The   small    bones  be- 
tween  the   superior  maxillary  bones  of  the 
foetus  containing  the  incisor  teeth. 

Premolar  ( prie,  before,  and molaris,  molar). 
A  term  sometimes  applied  to  the  bicuspid  teeth. 


PRE 


503 


PRI 


Premon'itory.  The  initial  symptoms 
which  indicate  an  on-corning  disease. 

Preparation  (prseparatio).  That  which  is 
prepared  by  some  process,  as  a  pharmaceutical 
or  anatomical  preparation. 

Prepared  Chalk  (creta  praeparata).  Chalk 
reduced  to  an  impalpable  powder  bylevigatiou 
and  elutriation.  It  possesses  antacid  and 
absorbent  properties,  and  is  given  in  cases  of 
acidity  of  the  stomach,  and  sometimes  in  diar- 
rhoea. See  Creta  Praeparata. 
Prepared  Sponge.  Spongia  prreparata  (which 
see). 

Prep/uce  (prseputium).  The  integuments 
that  cover  the  glans  penis. 

Presbyon'osi  (from  -peapvr,  old,  and  vococ, 
disease).  The  diseases  of  advanced  life  or  old 
age. 

Presbyo'pia  (from  ^peajivQ,  old,  and  uib, 
the  eye).  Long-sightedness.  A  defect  of 
vision,  common  in  old  persons,  by  which  ob- 
jects near  by  are  seen  confusedly,  whilst  at 
remoter  distances  they  are  seen  distinctly. 

Presbyt/ia.     Presbyopia. 

Prescription  (prseseriptio  ;  from  prss,  be- 
fore, and  scribere,  to  write).  The  formula  of 
a  physician  for  the  composition  of  medicine. 
A  compound  prescription  is  divided  into:  (1) 
The  basis,  or  active  ingredient  ;  (2)  the  adju- 
vants, which  assists  the  operation  of  the  former  ; 
(3)  the  corrigens,  which  is  to  correct  anything 
injurious  in  the  operation  of  the  active  ingre- 
dient ;  and  (4)  the  constituens,  or  mixture 
which  is  intended  to  give  to  the  whole  a  con- 
venient and  agreeable  form.  But,  ordinarily, 
prescriptions  are  more  simple. 

The  following  is  the  usual  mode  of  making 
a  prescription  :  R  . — Potassse  nitratis,  %  ij  ; 
mellis  rosa-,  f^iv  ;  infusi  rosse,  f^vss.    Misce. 

Presentation.  In  Obstetrics,  the  part  of 
the  foetus  over  the  os  uteri  which  is  felt  on 
examination  per  vaginam  during  the  first  stage 
of  parturition.  It  is  called  natural  when  the 
vertex  of  the  head,  the  feet,  knees,  or  breech 
presents,  and  preternatural  when  any  other 
part  presents.  In  the  latter  case  the  operation 
of  turning  is  necessary. 

Prespi'nal  ( prxspinalis ;  from  prse,  before, 
and  spina,  the  spine).  The  anterior  surface  of 
the  spine. 

Pressure  (pressura).  The  act  of  pressing  ; 
state  of  beiug  pressed. 

Pressure,  Abdom'inal.  A  means  of  diagnosis 
in  some  diseases  of  the  abdominal  and  thora- 
cic organs. 


Pretib'ial  [prsetibialis;  from  prse,  before, 
and  tibia,  the  tibia).  Before  or  in  front  of  the 
tibia. 

Priapis'cus  (from  npianoc,  the  penis).  A 
tent  or  bougie  shaped  like  the  penis. 

Priapism.  Priapismus.  Constant  and 
painful  erection  of  the  penis,  occasioned  by 
morbific  causes. 

Pria/pus.     The  penis. 

Prickly  Ash.  Xanthoxylum.  A  shrub  in- 
digenous to  the  Northern,  Middle,  and  West- 
ern States.  The  bark,  root,  and  berries  possess 
medicinal  properties.  The  bark  has  an  aro- 
matic odor  and  an  acrid,  bitter,  pungent  taste. 
An  infusion  of  the  recent  root  is  said  to  be 
emetic  and  cathartic.  In  Dental  Practice,  the 
powder  is  often  efficacious  for  the  relief  of 
odontalgia,  and  a  tincture  relieves  soreness 
after  the  extirpation  of  the  dental  pulp.  A 
decoction  of  the  bark  is  useful  as  a  wash  for 
foul  ulcers.  Another  species  of  prickly  ash — 
Aralia  spinosa,  angelica  tree — is  found  in  the 
Southern  States,  and  sometimes  called  "  tooth- 
ache tree,"  as  a  tincture  of  the  bark  affords 
relief  in  odontalgia. 

Prickly  Heat.     Lichen  tropicus.    A  cutaneous 
affection,  consisting  of  an  eruption  of  numer- 
ous elevated  papula?,  about  the  size  of  a  pin's 
head,  of  a  bright  red  color  and  of  an  irregu- 
lar shape,  attended  by  an  itching,  stinging 
sensation.     It  is  produced  by  the  high  tem- 
perature of  summer,  and  occurs  on  the  neck, 
various  parts  of  the  body,  arms,  and  some- 
times on  the  backs  of  the  hands. 
Pri'mae  Vi'as.  The  first  passages.  The  stom- 
ach and  intestinal  canal,  as  distinguished  from 
the  lacteals,  which  are  called  the  secundre  viae. 
Prima/lia  (primus,  first).     A  term  applied 
to  a  division  or  kingdom  of  organized  bodies, 
including  those  of  which  the  structure  is  alto- 
gether cellular  without  vascularity,  and  which 
simply  possess  the  power  of  reproduction  with- 
out organs  appropriated  to  respiration  or  circu- 
lation. 

Primary  (primarius).       First  in  order  of 

time.     A  term  applied  in  Pathology  to  the  first 

symptoms,  causes,  etc.,  of  disease. 

Primary    Cell.       Elementary,    primordial,  or 

parent  cell.     The  first  cell  developed  in  the 

formation  of  an  organism,  organ,  or  tissue  ; 

the  cell  developed  from  a  germ  or  germinal 

granule. 

Primary  Teeth.     The  teeth  of  first  dentition. 
Pri'mine.     In  Botany,  the  outermost  cover- 
ing <>f  the  ovule  of  plants. 


PRI 


504 


PRO 


Primip'ara  (from  primus,  first,  and  parere, 
to  bring  forth).  A  female  who  brings  forth  for 
the  first  time. 

Primit'iae.  The  part  of  the  liquor  amnii 
discharged  in  parturition,  which  occurs  pre- 
vious to  the  extrusion  of  the  foetus. 

Primitive     Earths.       Ten    in    number : 

Baryta,  strontia,  lime,  magnesia,  alumina  or 

clay,  silica,  glucina,  zirconia,  yttria,  and  florina. 

Prince's    Metal    or    Prince    Ru/pert's 

Metal.      An  alloy  of  copper  and  zinc. 

Prin'ciple  {principium).  In  a  general  sense, 
that  from  which  a  thing  proceeds  ;  the  begin- 
ning. In  Medicine,  that  which  serves  as  a  basis 
for  a  system  of  practice.  In  Chemistry,  a  com- 
ponent part ;  also  a  substance  on  the  presence 
of  which  certain  qualities,  common  to  a  num- 
ber of  bodies,  depend.  Thus,  oxygen  is  an 
acidifying  principle.  In  Physiology,  the  proxi- 
mate principles  of  animal  and  vegetable  bodies 
are  the  peculiar  substances  which  result  from 
particular  modes  of  combination  of  ordinary 
matter,  called  organic  elements  or  compounds 
of  organization. 

Principle,  Coloring,  of  the  Blood.     A  solid, 
insipid,  inodorous  substance  of  a  red   color  ; 
a  constituent  of  definite  composition  which 
imparts  to  the  blood  its  red  color.    It  has  been 
found,  on  analysis,  to  contain  iron,  and  it  is 
to  the  presence  of  this  agent  that  the  red  color 
of  the  blood  is  ascribed. 
Principle,  Digest'ive.     Pepsin. 
Principle,    Imme'diate.       A   name   given   in 
Chemistry  to   substances    obtained,    in   some 
measure,  immediately  from  animals  and  veg- 
etables by  simple  processes,  composed  of  three 
or   more   elements,   as  the   fatty   principles, 
which  are  stearin,  elain,  cholesterin,  etc. 
Principle,  Vital.    See  Vital  Principle. 

Principles,  Prox'imate.  Immediate  prin- 
ciples; organic  elements  ;  compounds  of  organi- 
zation. 

Priono'des  (from  npiuv,  a  saw,  and  euhc, 
shape).  Serrated.  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy 
to  the  sutures  of  the  cranium. 

Pri'or.  The  first;  anterior;  applied  in 
Anatomy  to  certain  muscles  and  parts,  from 
their  situation. 

Prior  Annularis.  An  internal  interosseous 
muscle  of  the  hand. 
Prior  In'dicis.  A  muscle  of  the  hand  which 
diaws  tin-  forefinger  outward. 
Prior  Indicis  Pe'dis.  The  adductor  indicia 
pedis,  an  external  interosseous  muscle  of  the 
foot. 


Prior  Me/dii.  An  external  interosseous  mus- 
cle of  the  hand. 

Prior  Medii  Dig/iti.     The  prior  medii. 
Prior  Medii  Digiti  Pedis.  The  adductor  medii 
digiti  pedis,  an  internal  interosseous  muscle  of 
the  foot. 

Prior  Min/imi  Digiti.  The  adductor  minimi 
digiti,  an  internal  interosseous  muscle  of  the 
foot. 

Prior  Ter'tii  Digiti  Pedis.  The  adductor 
tertii  digiti  pedis ;  also  an  interosseous  mus- 
cle of  the  foot. 

Pri/sis.  Grinding  of  the  teeth,  a  symptom 
of  disease  ;  also  trepanning. 

Prism.  A  solid  whose  bases  or  ends  are 
any  similar,  equal,  and  parallel  plane  poly- 
gons, and  whose  sides  are  parallelograms. 

Prismatic.       Prism-shaped  ;   applied   also 
to  the  colors  resulting   from  the  action  of  a 
transparent  prism  on  the  solar  beams. 
Prismatic  Spectrum.     See  Spectrum. 

Prisma/toid.     Resembling  a  prism. 

Pris'mos.     Stridor  dentium. 

Private  Parts.     The  genital  organs. 

Pro=.  Before  ;  a  prefix  signifying  in  front 
or  in  advance  of. 

Pro  re  nata.  A  term  employed  .in  Prescrip- 
tions, signifying  occasionally,  as  circumstances 
may  demand. 

Pro'bang.  A  small  rod  of  whalebone,  with 
a  piece  of  sponge  or  ivory  at  one  of  its  ex- 
tremities, used  to  push  extraneous  bodies  which 
have  lodged  in  the  oesophagus  down  into  the 
stomach. 

Probe  (from  probo,  to  try).  A  long,  slender 
instrument  employed  by  surgeons  to  explore 
and  ascertain  the  depth  of  wounds. 

Procar'dium.     The  pit  of  the  stomach. 

Procatarc'tic  {procatarcticus ;  from  irpoKa- 
rapxo>,  to  go  before).  A  term  applied  in  Path- 
ology to  the  remote  or  predisposing  causes  of 
disease. 

Proc/ess  (from  proccdo,  to  go  before).  Pro- 
cessus. Applied  in  Anatomy  to  parts  which  are 
prolonged  beyond  others  with  which  they  are 
connected;  an  elevation,  projection,  or  promi- 
nence on  a  bone  ;  in  Chemistry,  the  series  of 
operations  necessary  for  the  attainment  of  any 
given  result. 

Processus.     A  process. 

Prochei'lon  (from  trpo,  before,  and  xeihog, 
a  lip).  Prolabium  antilabium.  The  project- 
ing margin  of  the  lips. 

Procidentia  (from  proeido,  to  fall). 
A  prolapsus,  or  falling  of  any  part. 


PRO 


so.: 


PRO 


Procon/dylus  (from  -rrpo,  before,  and  kov- 
"  aoq,  a  condyle).  The  first  joint  of  the  finger 
next  the  metacarpus. 

Procreation  (procreniio).  The  act  of  be- 
getting  ;  fecundation  ;  generation. 

Proctalgia  (from  rrpoKroc,  anus,  and  a/yo£, 
pain).     Pain  in  the  anus. 

Proctatre'sia  (from  irpaicroQ,  auus,  and 
arpijata,  imperforation).      Imperforated  anus. 

Proc'tica  (from  rrpuKToc,  anus).  Disease  of 
the  anus  without  primary  inflammation. 

Proctitis.     Inflammation  of  the  anus. 

Proctoc'ace  (from  rrpw/crof,  anus,  and  /ca«of, 
had).  A  name  given  by  Fuchs  to  an  adynamic, 
inflammatory  coudition  of  the  Tectum,  fre- 
quently terminating  in  gangrene,  and  said  to 
he  common  in  Peru  and  in  many  other  parts 
of  South  America  and  in  some  parts  of  Africa. 
The  Portuguese  call  it  bicho,  and  bicho  de  cula, 
and  the  people  of  Quito,  mal  de  valle.  In 
Africa  it  is  called  bitios  de  kis. 

Proctocele  (from  x-punToc,  anus,  and  Krfa}, 
hernia).  Prolapsus  ani,  or,  more  properly,  a 
hernia-like  protrusion  of  the  rectum  through 
the  anus. 

Proctocystotomy  (from  ~pun-oc,  anus, 
kootic,  a  pouch,  and  refivo,  to  cut).  The  opera- 
tion of  lithotomy  by  cutting  into  the  bladder 
through  the  septum  tying  between  it  and  the 
rectum . 

Proctoleucorrhoe'a.  Proctorrhcea  (which 
see). 

Procton'CUS  (from  Trpw/crof,  anus,  and  oyicoc, 
swelling).     Tumefaction  of  the  anus. 

Proctoparal'ysis.  Paralysis  of  the  mus- 
cular coat  of  the  rectum. 

Proctopto'sis  (from  irpunToq,  auus,  and 
77-ru<7igt  a  falling  down).     Prolapsus  ani. 

Proctorrha'gia  (from  7ipuK-oc,  anus,  and 
pTf)  vvfit,  to  burst  forth).  Hemorrhoidal 
flux. 

Proctorrhoe'a  (from  ttpuktoq,  anus,  and  peu} 
to  flow).  A  discharge  of  mucus  from  the 
anus. 

Proc'tos.     The  anus. 

Procto'sis.     Proctocele. 

Proctotomy  (irpuicros,  the  anus,  and 
repvu,  to  cut).  The  operation  for  fistula  in 
ano,  etc. 

Procum'bent  {procumbens).  Lying  down 
flat  on  the  face. 

Procynodon'tos  (from  -po,  and  KiawWrof, 
a  canine  or  cuspid  tooth).  The  projection  of  a 
cuspid  tooth  in  the  front  of  the  dental  arch — 
a  common  variety  of  irregularity. 


Prod'romus  (from  vpo,  before,  and  Spopoc, 
course).  Prodromic.  The  period  which  im- 
mediately precedes  the  attack  of  disease. 
Precursory. 

Prod'uct  (from  produco,  to  produce).  The 
tangible  result  of  a  chemical  or  pharmaceutical 
operation. 

Produc'tio.     An  apophysis. 

Production.  A  prolongation  ;  a  process  ; 
that  which  is  produced. 

Proe/Hum.     A  press  ;  a  tourniquet. 

Proeo'tia.  Premature  development  of  the 
sexual  organs  :  genital  precocity. 

Proflu'via.  A  term  applied  in  Pathology 
to  all  morbid  discharges  or  fluxes. 

Proflu'vium  (from  profluo,  to  run  down). 
A  discharge  of  flux. 

Profundus.  Deep-seated  ;  also  the  flexor 
profundus  perforaus  muscle. 

Profu'sio.  A  flow  of  fluids,  as  that  of 
blood,  without  fever. 

Proglos'sis  (from  ~po,  before,  and  y/wooa, 
the  tongue).     The  tip  of  the  tongue. 

Prognathism.     Protrusion  of  the  jaw. 

Prog'nathous  (from  77/30,  before,  and  yva- 
#oc,  the  jaw).  Having  a  projecting  jaw,  as  in 
the  case  where  the  teeth  of  the  inferior  maxil- 
lary shut  in  front  of  those  of  the  superior. 

Progno'sis  (from  -po,  before,  and  ynuGKo, 
to  know).  The  art  of  foretelling  the  future 
progress  and  termination  of  a  disease  from  the 
symptoms. 

Prognostic.  The  prediction  of  the  ter- 
mination of  a  disease.  Pertaining  to  progno- 
sis. 

Prola'bium.  Procheilum.  The  extreme 
prominent  part  of  the  lip. 

Prolap'sus  (from  prolabar,  to  slip  down). 
The  falling  down  of  a  part  of  a  viscus  from  its 
natural  position. 

Prolapsus   Ani.     The   inversion    and    falling 
down  of  the  lower  part  of  the  rectum. 
Prolapsus     Ir'idis.       Protrusion   of   the    iris 
through  a  wound  in  the  cornea. 
Prolapsus     U/teri.      A    falling  down   of    the 
uterus  from  relaxation. 
Prolapsus  U'vulse.     Relongation  and  elonga- 
tion of  the  uvula.     Staphyledema. 
Prolapsus  Vagi'nae.     Protrusion  of  the  upper 
part  of  the  vagina  into  the  lower. 

Prolecta'tion  (prolectatio).  The  act  of 
separating  the  finer  parts  of  a  body  from  the 
grosser. 

Prolep'tic  (from  -pn,  before,  and  %ap(5avct, 
to  seize  hold  of).   In  Medicine,  anticipating  the 


PRO 


506 


PRO 


usual  time  ;  applied  to  a  periodical  disease,  the 
paroxysms  of  which  return  at  an  earlier  period 
at  every  repetition. 

Proliferous.  Proliferating  ;  producing  new 
tissue  iu  abundance. 

Prolific  (from  proles,  offspring,  and  facio, 
to  make).  Proliferation ;  fruitful.  A  term 
applied  to  man  and  animals  which  possess  the 
faculty  of  procreating  their  species. 

Prolig'erous  (from  proles,  offspring,  and 
gero,  to  carry).  Bearing  the  off-spring.  A 
germ  of  proliferation. 

Prome'topis  (prometopidium ;  from  npo, 
before,  and  /ietuttov,  the  forehead) .  The  skin 
of  the  forehead. 

Prominent  (prominens).     Projecting. 

Prominentia.     Protuberance. 

Prom'ontory.     Promontorium.     In  Anat- 
omy, a  projection  of  the  inner  ear. 
Promontory  of  the    Sa'crum.     The  superior 
or  projecting  portion  of  the  sacrum  when  in 
situ  in  the  pelvis. 

Pronate,  Pronation  (pronatio ;  from  pro- 
mts, inclined  forward).  The  turning  of  the 
palm  of  the  hand  or  arm  downward  or  back- 
ward. 

Prona'tor.  That  which  produces  prona- 
tion ;  a  name  applied  to  two  muscles  of  the 
forearm  and  hand. 

Pronator  Ra'dii  Quadra'tus.  A  small  fleshy 
muscle  situated  at  the  lower  and  inner  part  of 
the  forearm. 

Pronator  Radii  Teres.  A  muscle  situated  at 
the  upper  and  anterior  part  of  the  forearm. 

Prone.  Having  the  face  down  ;  palm  of 
hand  turned  downward. 

Pronerva/tio.     An  aponeurosis  or  tendon. 

Pronucleus.  The  female  and  male  ele- 
ments which  unite  in  the  process  of  impregna- 
tion to  form  the  oosperm  or  fertilized  ovum. 

Pro'nus.  Inclined  forward  ;  leaning,  hang- 
ing, stooping,  or  bending  downward. 

Proof=spirit.  A  mixture  of  equal  weights 
of  absolute  alcohol  and  water,  the  specific 
gravity  of  which  is  0.93. 

Propeptone.  A  product  of  proteid  diges- 
tion preceding  the  formation  of  peptone. 

Prophylac'tic     f  prophylactieus).       A    pre- 
servative; a  preventive. 
Prophylactic  Medicine.      Hygiene. 

Prophylaxy's.      Preventive  treatment. 

Proportions,  Definite.  The  propor- 
tions in  which  chemical  substances  which  have 
a  strong  affinity  for  one  another  mutually  com- 
bine. 


Pro'prius.  Proper.  Applied  in  Anatomy 
to  a  muscle  of  the  ear. 

Propto'sis  (from  -npo,  and  tttugic,  falling). 
A  falling  or  downward  movement ;  prolapse. 

Pro'ra.     The  occiput. 

Prosec/tor  (from  proseco,  to  cut).  One 
who  dissects  a  subject  for  anatomical  demon- 
stration. 

Prosopalgia  (from  irpoounov,  the  face,  and 
alyoc,  pain).  Facial  neuralgia  ;  neuralgia  of 
the  fifth  pair. 

Prosopan'tra.     The  frontal  sinus. 

Prosopantri'tis.  Inflammation  of  the 
frontal  sinus. 

Pro'sopon  (npoauirov).     The  face. 

ProsoponeuraPgia  (from  ■Kpoaunov,  neu- 
ralgia).    Neuralgia  of  the  face. 

Pros'physis.  Adhesion  ;  applied  in  a 
limited  sense  to  adhesion  of  the  eyelids. 

Pros/tasis.  Abundance  of  excremeutitious 
humors. 

Pros' tate  (prostatus;  from  Trpo,  before, 
and  iOTriy.1.,  to  stand).  Standing  before  ;  jutting 
out. 

Prostate  Gland.  A  glandular,  cordiform 
body,  situated  before  the  neck  of  the  bladder 
and  behind  the  bulb  of  the  urethra. 

Prostatelco'sis  (from  Trpoarara,  prostate, 
and  eA/coc,  an  ulcer).  Ulceration  of  the  pros- 
tate gland. 

Prostatic.  Pertaining  to  the  prostate 
gland. 

Prostatic  Concretions.     Calculi  of  the  pros- 
tate gland. 
Prostatic    Ure'thra.      That    portion    of    the 
urethra  occupied  by  the  prostate  gland. 

Prostat/icus  Supe'rior.  The  compressor 
prostatas ;  a  muscle  embracing  the  prostate 
gland  and  formed  of  the  anterior  fibres  of  the 
levator  ani. 

Prostatitis.  Inflammation  of  the  prostate 
gland. 

Prostatoce'le.    Prostatoncus. 

Prostaton'cus  (from  Tvpoarara,  prostate, 
and  oyicuc,  a  tumor).  Swelling  of  the  prostate 
gland. 

Prosthesis.  In  Surgery,  the  replacement 
of  a  lost  organ  or  part  with  an  artificial  sub- 
stitute. In  Medicine,  an  overlapping,  as  of  one 
febrile  paroxysm  upon  another. 
Prosthesis,  Denial.  The  replacement  of  the 
loss  of  one  or  more  teeth  with  an  artificial 
substitute.     See  Artificial  Teeth. 

Prosthetic.     Pertaining  to  prosthesis. 
Prosthetic  Dentistry.      The   science   and  art, 


PRO 


50' 


PRO 


of  the  replacement  of  natural  teeth  by  artifi- 
cial substitutes,  or  the  replacement  of  other 
parts  pertaining  to  the  mouth  by  such  substi- 
tutes. Commonly  known  as  Mechanical  Den- 
tistry. 
Prostom/ia  (from  npo,  before,  and  aroua, 
mouth).     The  commissure  of  the  lips. 

Prostration  (prostratio).  Depression  of 
strength  and  partial  loss  of  voluntary  power 
over  the  muscles. 

Protagon  (from  npwroc,  first).  A  nitro- 
genous glucoside  containing  phosphorus,  and 
obtained  from  nerve- tissue  ;  a  crystalline  sub- 
stance forming  a  large  part  of  the  brain  sub- 
stance. 

Protective.  In  Medicine,  applied  to  a 
substance  which  protects  the  surface  from  ex- 
traneous irritation  ;  for  example,  lead  plaster 
for  bed  sores. 

Proteid  (from  npu-oc,  first).  A  general 
term  used  to  denote  a  series  of  complex  nitro- 
genous substances  forming  the  important  and 
characteristic  constituent  of  solids  and  circu- 
lating fluids  of  the  animal  body,  and  also  found 
in  seeds  and  other  parts  of  plants.  They 
are  precipitated  from  solutions  by  alcohol 
and  different  metallic  salts,  coagulated  by  heat 
and  mineral  acids. 

Prote/iform.  Having  various  forms. 
Protein  (from  ttputevu,  to  be  first).  Pro- 
teine.  A  nitrogenous  substance  analogous  to 
fibrin,  and  formed  by  the  action  of  an  alkaline 
hydrate  on  albumen,  fibrin,  or  casein.  This 
organic  compound  was  described  by  Mulder 
as  the  basis  of  albumen,  fibrin,  casein,  and 
gluten  ;  it  is  now  identified  with  alkali- 
albumin. 

Proteina/ceous  Principles.  Albuminous 
alimentary  principles  which  yield  protein,  their 
composition  being  identical  with  that  of  the 
constituents  of  the  blood. 

Pro'teinous.  Proteinaceous.  Of  or  be- 
longing to  protein. 

Proteose.  A  generic  term  including  the 
album oses  and  other  substances  formed  in  the 
primary  stage  of  the  digestion  of  proteids. 
Proth/esis.  Prosthesis  (which  see). 
Proto=  (from  npuroc,  first).  A  prefix  de- 
noting, in  Chemistry,  the  lowest  degree  in  which 
one  body  unites  with  another  ;  and  in  Botany 
and  Zoology,  the  lowest  or  earliest  form  of  a 
plant  or  animal. 

Proto-compound.  A  binary  compound  of 
single  equivalents  of  salt-radicle  and 
baryl. 


Pro'toblast  (from  -puroc,  and  fi?iaorog,  a 
cell).     A  cell  without  a  distinct  cell-wall. 

Prot'omus.     A  dissector. 

Protopath'ic  {jirotopnthicus ;  from  irpuToc, 
first,  and  -attoc,  a  disease).  Idiopathic  :  prim- 
ary disease. 

Pro/tophyte  (from  -purac,  first,  and  ipvTov, 
a  plant).  A  vegetable  production  of  the  low- 
est organization,  as  a  cryptogamic  plant  ;  a 
fungus. 

Protoplasm  (tvputoc,  first,  and  Tr'/.aoou,  to 
form).  Sarcode  :  blastema  ;  protoplast  ;  bio- 
plasm ;  germinal  matter.  The  mucilaginous, 
granular  matter  of  the  cell,  which  has  the 
power  of  reproducing  itself  and  forming  new 
cells.  The  physical  basis  of  life.  The  nitro- 
genous substance  from  which  the  cell-nucleus 
is  formed. 

Pro'toplast.  Protoplasm.  A  primary 
formation.     See  Protoplasm. 

Pro/tosaIt.  In  Chemistry,  the  salt  of  a 
protoxide. 

ProtosuFphate.  In  Chemistry,  a  compound 
of  sulphuric  acid  with  a  protoxide. 

Protoxide  (from  -n-purog,  first,  and  oxide). 
The  first  or  lowest  degree  of  oxidation  of  a 
body  capable  of  combining  with  oxygen  in 
several  different  proportions.  The  oxide  which 
has  the  smallest  quantity  of  oxygen  when 
there  are  several  different  oxides  of  the  same 
substance. 

Protozo'a  (from  irpurog,  first,  and  ^uor, 
animal).  The  lowest  class  of  animals,  or 
those  which  have  only  the  first  step  of  organi- 
zation. 

Protractor.  In  Surgery,  an  instrument 
for  the  removal  of  extraneous  bodies  from 
wounds. 

Protu'berance  (protuberantia ;  from  pro, 
before,  and  tuber,  a  puff,  bunch,  or  projection). 
In  Anatomy,  irregularly-rounded  eminences  on 
the  surface  of  the  bones,  as  the  occipital  and 
parietal  protuberances.  In  Pathology,  a  swell- 
ing or  tumor  on  the  body. 

Protuberan'tia.     A  protuberance. 

Proud  Flesh.  Fungus.  Any  redundant 
growth  of  healthy  granulation. 

Proventric'ulus  (from  »rpo,  before,  and 
ventriculus,  the  stomach).  In  Ornithology,  tin' 
bulbous  expansion  at  the  termination  of  the 
oesophagus  above  the  gizzard  of  birds. 

Proximal  Surface.  The  surface  of  a 
tooth  next  to  the  median  line.  The  sur- 
face or  end  of  a  bone  next  to  the  centre  of 
the  bodv. 


PRO 


508 


PSO 


Prox'imate  (prosdmus).  Nearest  ;  next  in 
order.      Immediate. 

Proximate  Analysis.      In  Chemistry,  the  res- 
olution of  a  substance  into  the  secondary  com- 
pounds   of   which  it   is   composed  ;  opposed 
to  ultimate  analysis,  which  consists  of  the  res- 
olution of  a  substance  into  its  absolute  ele- 
ments. 
Proximate  Cause.     That  which  immediately 
precedes  and  produces  the  effect. 
Proximate    Principles.      The   distinct    com- 
pounds which  exist  ready  formed  in  animals 
and  vegetables,  as  albumen,  fat,  etc.    The  ele- 
ments   of   which    proximate   principles    are 
composed  are  called  ultimate  principles.     See 
Principles. 
Pru'na.     An  anthrax. 

Pruri'go  (from  prurio,  to  itch).  Pruritus. 
A  term  employed  by  Willan  and  Bateman  to 
designate  a  genus  of  cutaneous  diseases,  char- 
acterized by  a  troublesome  itching  and  accom- 
panied by  an  eruption  of  papula?  of  nearly  the 
same  color  as  the  adjoining  cuticle,  compre- 
hending three  species  :  (1)  Prurigo  mitis,  which 
affects  young  persons,  and  is  characterized  by 
soft  and  smooth  elevations  of  the  cuticle,  but 
without  redness  or  much  inflammation,  except 
from  violent  friction,  and  attended  with  an 
itching  sensation.  When  neglected  it  termi- 
nates in  the  itch.  (2)  Prurigo  formieans  usu- 
ally affects  adults,  and  the  papulae  are  some- 
times larger  and  sometimes  not  so  distinct  as 
the  first  species,  but  attended  with  incessant 
and  intolerable  itching.  The  eruption  is  dif- 
fused over  the  whole  body,  except  the  face, 
feet,  and  palms  of  the  hands,  and  sometimes 
terminates  in  a  non-contagious  pustular  erup- 
tion. (3)  Prurigo  senilis,  a  disease  somewhat 
similar  to  the  second  species  of  prurigo,  though 
generally  of  a  more  permanent  and  aggravated 
form. 

Pruritus.  Itching  ;  prurigo. 
Prus'sian  Blue.  Ferri  ferrosesquicyani- 
dum.  Ferrocyanide  of  iron  ;  ferroscsquicyanide 
of  iron.  A  beautiful  deep  blue  compound, 
much  used  as  a  pigment.  The  composition  of 
the  pure  anhydrous  Prussian  blue  is  3FeCy  + 
2Fe,,Cy.,.  In  Pliarmacy,  this  salt  is  used  in  the 
preparation  of  hydrocyanic  acid  and  the  cyan- 
nret  of  mercury.  In  Medicine  it  is  sometimes 
used  as  a  ionic  and  febrifuge. 

Prus'siate.  A  combination  of  prussic  acid 
with  a  base. 

Prussiate  of  Iron.     Prussian  blue. 
Prussiate  of  Pot'ash.      Ferrocyanide  or  fer- 


rocyanuret  of  potassium,  in  the  form  of  yellow 
crystals.  It  is  much  used  as  a  test  of  the 
presence  of  metals,  especially  of  iron,  the 
peroxide  of  which  it  throws  down  from  its 
solutions  in  the  state  of  Prussian  blue. 

Prus'sic  Acid.  Hydrocyanic  acid.  It  is 
a  nervous  sedative  and  the  most  deadly  poison 
known.  A  single  drop  may  cause  death. 
Minute  doses  of  the  diluted  acid  are  sometimes 
administered  in  pulmonary  affections. 

Prus'sin.     Cyanogen. 

Psalloi'des.     See  Corpus  Psalloides. 

Psalte/rium.     See  Lyra. 

Psellis/mus  (from  ipe/il^o,  to  stutter). 
Imperfect  articulation  of  speech. 

Pseudaesthe'sia  (from  TpEvdr/c,  false,  and 
aioxavo/iai,  to  feel).  Depraved  feeling  ;  imag- 
inary sense  of  touch  in  parts  which  have  long 
been  removed,  often  experienced  after  the 
amputation  of  a  limb. 

Pseudarthro/sis  (from  i'evdyc,  false,  and 
aptipov,  a  joint).     A  false  joint. 

Pseudo=  (from  \pevdqg,  false).     A  prefix  de- 
noting spuriousness. 
Pseudo-croup.   Laryngismus  stridulus  (which 

see). 
Pseudo-mem'brane.        A     false    membrane, 
consisting  of  an   organized   layer  of  effused 
lymph. 
Pseudo-phthises.    Emaciation  resulting  from 
other  causes  than  tuberclulosis  of  the  lungs. 
Pseudo-pleuri'tis.     Pleurodynia. 
Pseudo-rhon/chus.      A  sound  heard   during 
respiration  like  the  ordinary  rhonchi  in  the 
air-passages,  but  which  is  exterior  to  these,  as 
in  the  case  of  pleural  pseudo-rhonchi. 

Pseudoblep/sis  (from  i}>ev<h/g,  false,  and 
/3/Lei/>£f,  sight).  Perverted  vision  ;  depraved 
sight,  in  which  objects  appear  different  from 
what  they  are. 

Pseudocye'sis.     False  conception. 

Pseudodos'mia.  False  or  perverted  sense 
of  smell. 

Pseu'dopods  (pseudopoda ;  from  ipevSyc, 
false,  and  -kovc,  foot).  A  tribe  of  polygastric 
infusoria  in  which  the  body,  by  various  con- 
tractions and  changes  of  form,  produces  pedi- 
form  processes. 

Pseudorex'ia.  False  or  perverted  appe- 
tite. 

Pseudy'men.     False  membrane. 

Psilo'thra.     Depilatory  application. 

Pso'ae.  The  loins  ;  also  the  name  of  two 
pairs  of  muscles  of  the  loins. 

Pso'as   (from  i/w«,  the  loins).     Pertaining 


PSO 


509 


PTE 


to  the  loins.      Applied  to  two  muscles  of  each 
loin,  the  psoas  magnus  and  psoas  parvus. 
Psoas  Abscess.     Lumbar  abscess. 
Psoas  Mag/nus.     A  long,  thick  muscle,  situ- 
ated on  the  anterior  and  lateral  parts  of  the 
lumbar  vertebra?. 

Psoas  Par'vus.     A  muscle  situated   anterior 
to  the  psoas  magnus. 

Psoitis.  Inflammation  of  the  psoas  muscles. 

Psolon'cus.  Swelling  of  the  penis  or 
glans  penis. 

Pso'ra.     Scabies  ;  itch. 
Psora  Lepro'sa.     Psoriasis. 

Psorelco'ma  (ipupa,  the  itch,  and  e/nu/ia, 
an  ulcer).     A  scabious  ulcer. 

Psorelco'sis.     Scabious  ulceration. 

Psoriasis  (fupa,  the  itch).  A  cutaneous 
eruption,  consisting  of  patches  of  rough  amor- 
phous scales,  sometimes  continuous  and  some- 
times in  separate  patches,  varying  in  size,  of 
an  irregular  figure,  and  attended  with  chaps 
in  the  skin.  It  has,  according  to  Dr.  Willan, 
the  following  varieties  :  (1)  Psoriasis  guttata, 
which  consists  of  irregular  patches  of  lami- 
nated scales,  with  little  or  no  inflammation.  (2) 
Psoriasis  diffusa,  consisting  of  large,  irregularly 
circumscribed,  reddish  patches  upon  the  skin, 
which  are  rough,  fissured,  with  scales  inter- 
spersed, and  wrinkled.  It  appears  most  fre- 
quently on  the  cheeks,  temples,  upper  eyelids, 
corners  of  the  eyes,  neck,  chin,  external  ear, 
the  back  of  the  forearm,  hand,  and  fingers, 
sometimes  causing  the  nails  to  crack  and  ex- 
foliate. It  also  affects  the  fleshy  part  of  the 
lower  extremities.  (3)  Psoriasis  gyrata,  charac- 
terized by  slight  cutaneous  scales,  distributed 
in  narrow  patches  of  a  circular  or  semicircular 
form,  with  vermiform  appendages.  (4)  Psor- 
iasis palmaria,  an  obstinate  species  of  tetter, 
mostly  confined  to  the  palms  of  the  hands.  (5) 
Psoriasis  tabiatis,  characterized  by  scaliness  of 
the  skin,  intermixed  with  fissures  and  chaps, 
and  is  often  wholly  confined  to  the  lip.  (6) 
Psoriasis  scrotalis,  consisting  of  scaliness  of  the 
scrotum,  attended  with  heat,  redness,  tension, 
and  itching.  (7)  Psoriasis  infantilis,  character- 
ized by  scaly  patches  of  various  sizes,  on  the 
cheeks,  chin,  breast,  back,  nates,  and  thighs, 
occurring  between  the  ages  of  two  months  and 
two  years.  (8)  Psoriasis  inveterata,  consisting 
of  scaliness  of  the  skin  generally,  which  be- 
comes harsh,  dry,  thickened,  red,  and  deeply 
furrowed. 

Pso'ricus.     Pertaining  to  psora. 

PsorophthaPmia  (from  ipupa,  the  itch,  and 


oyda'Auog,  the  eye).  Ophthalmia  tarsi.  In- 
flammation of  the  eyelids,  attended  with  itch- 
ing and  ulceration. 

Psycha'gogues  (from  ipvXv,  life,  soul,  and 
ayu,  to  move).  Medicines  which  resuscitate, 
as  in  cases  of  syncope. 

Psy'che.     The  mind  or  soul. 
PsychiatrPa  (from  ipvxv,  mind,  and  iarpnay 
healing).     Treatment  of  mental  disease. 

Psy'chical.  Relating  to  the  mind  or  men- 
tal endowments.  Also  sometimes  applied  to 
analogous  phenomena  in  the  lower  animals. 

Psychology  (from  fvxv,  the  mind,  and 
Zoyog,  a  discourse).  Psychologia.  A  treatise 
on  the  moral  or  intellectual  faculties.  Mental 
philosophy. 

Psydra'cium  (from  ipvdpaKia,  a  pustule). 
A  small,  irregularly  circumscribed  pustule, 
which  terminates  in  a  laminated  scab. 

Ptar/mic  (-raipu,  to  sneeze).  Causing  to 
sneeze  ;  sternutatory. 

Ptar'micus  (from  -raipu,  to  sneeze).  An 
errhine  ;  a  sternutatory. 

Pterygium  (from  Trrepv^  a  wing).  Pteryg- 
ion.  An  excrescence  of  a  triangular  shape 
occurring  in  the  inner  canthus  of  the  eye,  and 
thence  extending  over  the  cornea. 

Pter'ygoid  (from  Trrepvf,  a  wing,  and  «&>fr 
resemblance).        Pterygoidei  ;     pterygoideus. 
Resembling  the  wing  of  a  bird. 
Pterygoid  Artery.      The  superior  pharyngeal 
artery  ;    also  the  branches  furnished  to  the 
pterygoid  muscle. 
Pterygoid  Bone.     The  sphenoid  bone. 
Pterygoid  Canal.     The  narrow  channel  which 
traverses  the  base  of  the  pterygoid  process. 
Pterygoid   Fossa.      The  depression   between 
the  alse  of  the  pterygoid  process. 
Pterygoid    Muscles.      The   pterygoideus   ex- 
ternus  and  the  pterygoideus  internus  (which 
see). 
Pterygoid  Nerves.     The  Vidian  nerves  ;  also 
the  branches  of  the  inferior   maxillary,  dis- 
tributed to  the  pterygoid  muscles. 
Pterygoid  Processes.     The  descending  pro- 
cesses of  the  sphenoid  bone. 

Pterygoide  us.  Pterygoid. 
Pterygoideus  Exter'nus.  A  muscle  arising 
from  the  outward  surface  of  the  external 
plate  of  the  pterygoid  process  of  the  sphenoid 
bone,  from  the  tuberosity  of  the  superior 
maxilla  and  from  the  ridge  on  the  sphenoid 
bone,  separating  the  zygomatic  from  the 
pterygoid  fossa,  and  inserted  into  the  inner 
side  of  the  neck  of  the  lower  jaw. 


PTE 


510 


PUB 


Pterygoideus  Inter'nus.  A  muscle  arising 
tendinous  and  fleshy  from  the  internal  surface 
of  the  pterygoid  plate,  filling  up  the  greater 
part  of  the  pterygoid  fossa,  and  inserted  ten- 
dinous and  fleshy  in  the  inner  face  of  the 
angle  of  the  lower  jaw  and  capsular  ligaments 
of  the  articulation. 
The  pterygoideus  externus  and  interims  are  the 
great  agents  concerned  in  producing  the  grind- 
ing motion  of  the  jaws,  and  this  they  do  hy 
acting  alternately. 
The  external  one  is  triangular,  having  its  base 
at  the  pterygoid  process  and  running  outward 
and  backward  to  the  neck  of  the  condyle. 
When  the  pair  act  together  the  lower  jaw  is 
thrown  forward.  The  internal  is  strong  and 
thick,  placed  on  the  inside  of  the  ramus  of  the 
jaw,  and  running  downward  and  backward  to 
the  angle.  When  it  and  its  fellow  act  to- 
gether, the  jaw  is  drawn  forward  and  closed. 
Dr.  T.  B.  Gunning  believed  these  muscles  to 
be  concerned  in  opening  the  jaws. 
Pterygoideus  Major.  The  pterygoideus  in- 
terims muscle. 

Pterygoideus   Minor.     The  pterygoideus  ex- 
ternus muscle. 
Pterygo'ma.     A  wing  ;  a  pendulous  body. 
Pter/ygo=pal,atine.      Belonging  or  relat- 
ing to  the  pterygoid  process  and  palate. 

Pterygo=pharynge/us.       The   constrictor 
pharyngeus  superior. 
Pter'yx.     A  wing  ;  ala. 
Ptilo'sis   (from  7rr4/loc,  bald).      Madarosis. 
Loss  of  the  eyelashes,  caused  by  chronic  in- 
flammation. 

Pti'san.  Mucilaginous  pectoral  drinks. 
Ptomaines.  Putrefactive  alkaloids,  of  both 
animal  and  vegetable  origin,  which  are  formed 
during  the  putrefaction  of  organic  matter. 
Some  are  poisonous,  but  the  greater  number 
not  so. 

Pto'sis  (from  irtivTu,  to  fall).  Prolapsus  or 
falling  of  the  upper  eyelids.  This  affection 
has  been  relieved  by  the  extraction  of  carious 
teeth. 

Ptosis  Ir'idis.    A  prolapsus  of  the  iris  through 
a  wound   in  the  cornea. 

Ptosis  PaPpebrae.    Inability  to  raise  the  upper 
eyelid. 
Ptyal'agogue.     A  sialagogue. 
Pty'alin.     Ptyaline.     An  albuminous  con- 
stituent of  the  saliva,  but  in  such  a  state  of 
change  as  to  act  the  part  of  an  unorganized 
ferment.       It   has    the   property    of   changing 
starch  into  dextrine   and   a   suyar    known   as 


ptyalose.  Upon  its  presence  the  peculiar 
properties  of  this  liquid  appear  to  depend. 
Without  being  identical  with  albumen  and 
casein,  according  to  Professor  Lehmann,  it 
closely  resembles  both. 

Pty/alism  (from  ivTvaA^o,  to  spit).  Ptyal- 
isrnus.  Salivation  ;  an  increased  secretion  of 
saliva,  arising  either  from  the  use  of  masti- 
catories,  sialagogues,  or  from  constitutional 
causes. 

Ptyalism,  Mercu'rial.      Mercurial  salivation. 
See  Salivation,  Mercurial. 

Ptyaloph/thisis  ( nTvalov,  spittle,  and 
<j>dicrtc,  a  wasting).  Wasting  from  excessive 
salivation. 

Pty'alore.     See  Ptyalin. 

Pty'alum.     Saliva  ;  mucous  spittle. 

Pty'alun  {tctvoImv).     Saliva. 

Ptys/ma  (-rvofia,  spittle).  Sputum  (which 
see). 

Ptys'magogue  (from  Trrva/ua,  saliva,  and 
oj'u,  to  drive).     Expectorant ;  a  sialagogue. 

Puber/tas.     The  age  of  puberty. 

Pu/berty.  The  period  of  life  when  an  in- 
dividual becomes  capable  of  propagation.  The 
stage  of  puberty  occasions  such  a  degree  of 
nervous  change  or  aberration  as  to  affect  the 
quality  of  such  of  the  permanent  teeth — the 
third  molars,  for  example — as  have  not  com- 
pleted their  formation  at  this  age.  The  in- 
ferior quality  of  the  third  molars  has  been 
ascribed  by  some  to  the  disturbances  of  pu- 
berty affecting  the  nervous  centers  concerned 
in  the  development  of  such  teeth. 

Pu'bes.  The  lower  part  of  the  hypogastric 
region,  which,  after  the  age  of  puberty,  is  cov- 
ered with  hair. 

Pubescence.  The  state  of  a  youth  who 
has  arrived  at  puberty,  or  the  state  of  puberty. 
In  Botany,  the  short  hairs  or  down  which  par- 
tially covers  the  cuticle  of  leaves. 

Pubes'cent.  Covered  with  soft  wool  or 
hair. 

Pu'bic  (pubiveus).  Pertaining  to  or  con- 
cerning the  pubis. 

Pubic  Arch.     The  arch  at  the  anterior  part  of 
the  inferior  circumference  of  the  pelvis,  formed 
by  the  union  of  the  two  ossa  pubis. 
Pubic  Articulation.     The  symphysis  pubis. 
Pubic    Lig'aments.        The    two     ligaments, 
called  the  anterior  and    inferior   pubic,    by 
which  the  two  ossa  pubis  are  connected. 
Pubic  Re/gion  (regio pubis).      The  centre  of 
the  hypogastric  region. 

Pu/bis  Os.     The  anterior  portion  of  the  os 


PUD 


,11 


PUL 


innominatum,  but  a  separate  bone  in  the  foetal 
pelvis. 

Puden/da.     The  genital  organs. 
Pudenda  Viro'rum  [yir,  man).     Male  organs 
of  generation. 

Pudend'agra.  Pain  or  any  disease  in  the 
genital  parts. 

Pudendum  (from  pudere,  to  be  ashamed). 
Pudenda.     Tbe  parts  of  generation. 
Pudendum   Muliebre.      Tbe  female  parts  of 
generation  ;  the  vulva. 

PudibiPia  (from  pudere,  to  be  ashamed). 
The  genital  organs  of  the  male. 

Pudic  (pudicus).    That  which  causes  shame. 
Pertaining  to  the  pudenda. 
Pudic  Ar/teries.     The  arteries  distributed  to 
the  parts  of  generation. 
Pudic  Nerve.       A  branch  derived    from   the 
sacral  plexus  and  distributed   to  the  genital 
organs. 

Pu/erile  (puerilis;  from  puer,  a  child).  A 
term  applied  to  loud  respiration  when  heard 
through  the  stethoscope,  as  in  healthy  chil- 
dren. 

Pueril'itas.  Dotage  ;  senile  delirium  or 
imbecility. 

Puer'pera  (from  puer,  a  child,  and  parere, 
to  bring  forth).  A  lying-in  woman  ;  one  re- 
cently delivered. 

Puer'peral.  Pertaining  to  child-birth,  as 
puerperal  convulsions. 

Puerperal  ConvuPsions.  Convulsions  of  par- 
turient women. 
Puerperal  Fever.  Any  fever  occurring  during 
the  puerperal  state,  but  generally  restricted 
to  a  malignant  form  of  peritonitis  occurring 
usually  about  the  third  day  after  child- 
birth. 

Puf/finess.  Inflation  of  the  integuments, 
caused  by  an  effusion  of  air,  extravasation  of 
blood,  or  accumulation  of  serum. 

PugiPlus  (from  pugnus,  the  fist).  The 
eighth  part  of  a  handful. 

Pulica'ris.  A  cutaneous  eruption  resem- 
bling gnat-bites  ;  applied  also  to  diseases 
attended  by  such  eruptions. 

PuPmo.     The  lung  (which  see). 

PulmorrPeter.  An  instrument  for  measur- 
ing the  capacity  of  the  lungs. 

PuPmonary    (pulmonalis).     Belonging    or 
relating  to  the  lungs. 
Pulmonary  Ar'tery.    The  artery  which  carries 

the  blood  from  the  right  ventricle  of  the  heart 

to  the  lungs. 
Pulmonary  Circulation.     See  CIRCULATION. 


Pulmonary  Consumption.     Phthisis  pulnio- 
nalis. 
Pulmonary  Plexus.     The  bronchial  plexus. 
Pulmonary    Transpiration.      The     aqueous 
vapor  thrown  out  in  expiration. 
Pulmonary  Veins.     The  veins  which  receive 
the  blood  from  the  minute  extremities  of  the 
pulmonary  artery,  unite  into  lour  trunks,  and 
empty  themselves  into  the  left  auricle  of  the 
heart. 
Pulmonic.     Belonging  or  relating  to  the 
lungs  ;   applied  to  individuals  suffering  from 
pulmonary  disease. 
PulmonFtis.     See  Pneumonitis. 
Pulp    (pulpa).     In   Anatomy  the   soft    and 
vascular  part  of  a  tooth  situated  in  the  central 
chamber  of  the  organ  ;  also  the  rudiment  of  a 
tooth. 

Pulp    Capping.      See    Capping    Pulps    of 
Teeth. 

Pulp  Cavity.     The  cavity  in  a  tooth  contain- 
ing the  pulp. 

Pulp,  Dental.  See  Dental  Pulp  ;  also 
Teeth,  Development  of. 
Pulp  Nodule.  A  deposit  of  calcareous  mat- 
ter originating  in  the  veins  of  the  dental  pulp 
as  a  result  of  venous  congestion  or  hyperemia. 
These  nodules  are  of  an  irregular  form,  and 
are  made  up  of  an  aggregation  of  smaller 
nodules.  They  are  more  abundant  in  the 
teeth  in  the  middle-aged  and  the  old,  and 
especially  in  teeth  subject  to  abrasion. 
Pulp  of  the  Fingers.  The  fleshy  ends  of  the 
fingers. 

Pulp  of  Tooth.    See  Dental  Pulp. 
PuPpa  Dennis.     A  dental  pulp. 
PulpaPgia    (from  pulpa,  and  aXyog,   pain). 
Pain  in  tooth  pulp. 
Pulp'amen.     A  pulp. 

PulpPtis  (from  pulpa,  and  trig).  Inflamma- 
tion of  dental  pulp.  The  causes  of  pulpitis 
are  exposure' of  the  pulp  by  decay,  abrasions 
of  the  teeth,  mechanical  violence,  carelessness 
in  the  use  of  the  burr  in  the  preparation  of 
cavities  in  teeth  for  filling,  etc.  The  pulp  will 
recover  from  a  restricted  form  of  inflammation 
if  placed  in  a  good  hygienic  condition. 

PuPsatile  (pulso,  to  beat,  to  throb).  Beat- 
ing ;  pulsating. 

Pulsation  (pulsaiio).  The  beating  of  the 
heart  and  arteries  ;  also  the  beating  of  an 
inflamed  part. 

Pulse  (from  pulso,  to  beat).  Pulsus.  The 
pulse  is  produced  by  the  action  of  the  heart, 
this  organ  taking    the   blood   from    the   large 


PUL 


>12 


PUN 


veins  and  forcing  it  into  the  arteries.  The 
pulse  is  generally  felt  at  the  wrist  by  pressing 
the  fingers  upon  the  radial  artery.  A  great 
number  of  characters  of  pulse  have  been  enu- 
merated ;  as  a  strong  pulse,  a  hard  pulse,  a  soft 
pulse,  a  tense  pulse,  a  weak  pulse,  a  quick  pulse, 
a  natural  pulse,  with  numerous  other  varieties. 
By  a  strong  pulse  is  meant  one  which  resists 
compression  by  the  finger — in  inflammatory 
affections,  especially  of  the  parenchyma  of 
solid  viscera,  as  lungs  and  liver,  in  the  active 
haemorrhages.  In  plethoric  and  strong  indi- 
viduals any  derangement  of  the  circulation 
will  cause  it.  By  a  weak  pulse  is  meant  one 
easily  compressible — disease  with  prostration, 
nervous  and  chronic  affections,  diseases  of  old 
men,  children,  and  women.  A  full  or  large 
pulse,  where  the  volume  of  artery  seems  in- 
creased— natural  pulse  of  plethoric  and  tall 
persons,  cerebral  congestion  and  apoplexy, 
cardiac  disease.  A  small  or  low  pulse  is  the 
opposite  of  full — peritonitis,  pericarditis,  in- 
flammation of  stomach,  intestines,  bladder,  etc., 
in  nervous  affections,  in  chlorosis,  etc.  By  a 
slow  pulse,  less  than  the  standard.  By  tense 
or  corded,  a  pulse  which  is  hard,  sharp,  or 
contracted,  giving  a  vibratory  sensation  to  the 
fingers — in  sanguine  congestions,  active  hem- 
orrhages, neurosis,  lead  colic,  etc.  By  a  soft 
pulse  is  meant  one  compressible  or  liquid, 
yielding  readily  to  pressure — in  adynamic 
affections.  By  a  quick  pulse,  one  where  there 
is  rapidity  of  each  stroke.  A  natural  pulse  is 
one  that  is  equal  and  regular  in  strength  and 
frequency. 

The  pulse  is  more  frequent  in  persons  of  an 
excitable  temperament  than  in  those  of  an 
opposite  character,  and  usually  more  frequent 
in  women  than  in  men.  The  pulse  of  an  adult 
at  rest  and  in  perfect  health  is  from  65  to  75 
beats  a  minute.  An  infant  at  birth  has  from 
120  to  140  pulsations  a  minute  ;  a  child  a 
year  old,  from  110  to  120  ;  at  three  years  old, 
from  UO  to  100  ;  at  ten  years,  from  80  to  90  ; 
at  puberty,  about  80. 

There  is  a  frequent  pulse  in  febrile  and  in- 
flammatory disease,  haemorrhages,  etc.;  slow  or 
infrequent  in  apoplexy,  acute  tubercular  men- 
ingitis, some  adynamic  affections,  sometimes 
in  diseases  of  the  heart;  unequal,  double  in 
beat,  or  dicrotous  in  convalescence. 

Pulse'lessness.     Failure  of  the  pulse. 

Pulsile'gium.  Pulsimeter.  An  instrument 
for  measuring  tin-  frequency  and  force  of  the 
pnlse. 


Pulsiman'tia.     Prognosis  by  the  pulse. 
Pulsim'eter.     Pulsilegium. 
PuPsus.     The  pulse. 
Pulsus    Cordis.     The  impulse  of  the  heart. 
Pulsus   Di/crotus.     A  pulse  which    conveys 
to  the  fingers  the  impression  of  a  double  pul- 
sation ;  a  rebounding  pulse. 
Pulsus   Serri/nus.     A  pulse  in  which   some 
of  the  beats  are  strong  and  others  weak. 
Pulsus   Sudora/lis.     A  pulse   indicating  the 
approach  of  perspiration. 
Pulsus  Tar/dus.     A  slow  pulse. 
Pulsus  Vac'uus.     A  pulse  which  conveys  the 
sensation  of  emptiness  of  the  artery. 
Pulsus   Veno/sus.      Pulsus    venarum.     The 
pulsation  sometimes  felt  in  the  jugular  vein, 
occasioned  by  the  regurgitation  of  some  of  the 
blood   from   the   right  ventricle  to  the  right 
auricle,  indicating  obstruction  of  the  pulmon- 
ary arteries. 
PuIta/ceous.      Macerated ;     nearly    fluid  ; 
having  the  consistence  of  porridge. 
PuPtice.     A  poultice. 

Pulver.  A  medicinal  substance  in  a  state 
of  very  fine  division. 

Pulverization   { pulver  izalio).     The  opera- 
tion of  reducing  hard  substances  to  powder. 
Pulver'ulent.     In  the  state  of  a  powder. 
PuIvPnar     (pulvinarium).      A     medicated 
pillow. 

Pulvinar  Hu/muli.     A   pillow  of  hops,  some- 
times employed  in  mania. 
PuPvis.     A  powder  ;    a  substance  reduced 
by  pulverization  into  a  powder. 
Pulvis  APoes  Compos/itus.     (Ph.  L.)    Com- 
pound powder  of  aloes. 
PiPmex.     Pumice. 

PunPice.  A  porous,  volcanic  substance, 
consisting  chiefly  of  silica  and  alumina.  It  is 
sometimes  used  in  a  finely  pulverized  state,  in 
connection  with  other  ingredients,  as  a  denti- 
frice. It  is  also  used  in  the  process  of  finishing 
pieces  of  mechanical  dentistry. 

PumiPio.  Pumilus.  A  dwarf  (which  see). 
Punch  (from  pungere,  to  prick).  Ehizagra. 
An  instrument  sometimes  employed  in  the  ex- 
traction of  teeth.  It  is  called  by  the  French 
pied-de-biche  (hind's  foot),  and  consists  of  a 
steel  shaft  fixed  in  a  bulbous  handle,  parallel 
to  its  length  ;  the  extremity  bent  a  little  down- 
ward, bifurcated,  and  grooved  upon  its  upper 
surface.  Also  a  steel  instrument  with  a  small 
hardened  point  used  for  making  holes  through 
thin  plates  of  softer  metal,  as  the  backings  of 
mineral  teeth,  for  the  platina  rivets.     Also  an 


PUN 


513 


PUR 


alcoholic  drink  composed  of  spirit,  lemon-juice, 
and  sugar. 

Punch  Forceps.  In  Mechanical  Dentistry,  an 
instrument,  resembling  a  pair  of  forceps,  em- 
ployed for  punching  holes  through  the  metal- 
lic backings  lor  the  pins  of  mineral  plate- 
teeth. 

Punc/ta  (plural  of  punctwm,  a  point). 
Points. 

Puncta    Lachryma'lia.      Lachrymal    points. 
Two  small  orifices  at  the  edges  of  the  eyelids 
near  the  inner  angle  of  the  eye. 
Puncta    Ossificatio/nis.      Points   of  ossifica- 
tion. 
Punc'tate.     Dotted  ;  punctured. 
Punctic'ulse.     Petechias 
Punc'tum    (from   pungere,    to    prick).     A 
point ;  a  stitch. 

Punctum   Cse'cum.     A  spot  in  the  centre  of 
the  retina  where  the  central  artery  enters  the 
eye.     Also  called  porus  opticus. 
Punctum  Sapiens.     The  first  point  developed 
after  the  fecundation  of  the  germ. 
Punctu/ra.      A    puncture  ;    also  paracen- 
tesis. 

Punc'ture  (punctura).  A,  wound  or  hole 
made  by  a  small  pointed  instrument.  Also  the 
act  of  perforating  with  a  small  pointed  instru- 
ment. 

Puncture,  Electro-  and  Galvano-.  An  opera- 
tion to  introduce  electricity  and  galvanism  to 
deep  tissues.  Needles  are  used  which  have  a 
small  ring  to  which  the  wire  of  the  pole  of  the 
battery  is  attached.  In  their  application  two 
needles  are  introduced,  one  at  either  extrem- 
ity of  the  organ,  and  the  two  are  then  con- 
nected with  the  poles  of  the  battery. 

Punctured  Wound.  A  wound  made  by 
a  long  pointed  instrument,  penetrating  to  a 
considerable  depth. 

Punc'turing.  Piercing  with  a  small 
pointed  instrument. 

Pun'gent.  Sharp  ;  stinging ;  biting  ;  acrid  ; 
applied  to  odors  and  tastes. 

Punk.  A  species  of  fungus,  the  Boletus 
igniarius,  used  as  a  tinder.  Prepared  punk  is 
also  used  in  Dentistry  for  drying  cavities  pre- 
paratory  to  introducing  the  filling.  See  Bole- 
tus Igniarius. 

Pu'pa.  An  insect  in  the  third  or  last  state 
but  one  of  its  existence. 

Pu'pil  (  papilla).     The  opening  of  the  iris, 
through  which  the  rays  of  light  pass. 
Pupil,  Artificial.    An  opening  formed  through 
the  iris  after  it  is  closed. 
33 


Pupil,  Closure  of  the.     See  Synezizis. 

PupiFIae  Velum.  The  pupillary  mem- 
brane. 

Pupilla'ris.     Pupillary. 
Pupillaris  Membra'na.     The  pupillary  mem- 
brane. 
Pu/pillary     (from     papilla,      the     pupil). 
Pupillaris.     Pertaining  to  the  pupil. 
Pupillary    Mem'brane.        Membraua    pupil- 
laris (which  see). 

Pur'blindness.  Dimness  of  sight.  See 
Myopia. 

Purgamen'tum.     A  purge. 
Purga'tion    (purgatio).       Catharsis  ;    the 
action  of  purgative  medicine. 
Purgatio/nes.     The  menses. 
Purg'ative  (from  purgare,  to  cleanse).      A 
medicine   which   increases   very   considerably 
the  alvine  evacuations  ;    less    active   than   a 
cathartic,  but  more  potent  than  a  laxative. 
Purge.     A  purgative. 

Purging.       A     diarrhoea  ;     preternatural 
evacuation  of  the  intestines. 
Purif'icans.     Purifying. 
Purifican'tia.     A  term   applied  in   Thera- 
peutics to  medicines  that  cleanse  or  purify  the 
blood. 

Pu'riform  (puriformis;  from  pus,  and 
forma,  resemblance).  That  which  resembles 
or  has  the  character  of  pus. 

Purple  Powder  of  Cassius  (aurum  stanno 
puratum).     See  Cassius'  Precipitate. 

Pur/ples.  Purpura  hemorrhagica  (which 
see). 

Purpura.     A   purple  color.      Livid   spots 

upon  the  skin,  occasioned  by  an  extravasation 

of  blood  and  attended  by  debility  and  pains  in 

the  limbs  ;  miliary  or  spotted  fevers. 

Purpura   APba.     A   term    applied    by  some 

writers  to    miliary  fever  when  the  pustules 

are  white.     When  the  pustules  are  red  it  is 

termed  purpura  rubra. 

Purpura  Contagiosa.  The  occurrence  of 
petechia?  in  typhoid  fevers. 
Purpura  Haemorrhag'ica.  Land  scurvy.  In 
this  species  the  spots  are  of  different  sizes, 
irregular  shape,  of  a  livid  color,  and  inter- 
spersed with  marks  resembling  those  left  by 
the  strokes  of  a  whip  ;  appearing  on  the  thighs, 
arms,  and  truuk  of  the  body,  with  a  ten- 
dency to  haemorrhage  from  the  gums,  nostrils, 
throat,  tongue,  and  inside  of  the  cheeks  and 
lips,  and  sometimes  from  the  external  ear, 
inside  of  the  eyelids,  and  from  the  viscera. 
The  disease  is  attended  with  great  debility 


PUR 


514 


PYE 


and  languor,  and  may  continue  for  months  or 
years. 
Purpura    Nau'tica.     Sea   scurvy.     See  SCOR- 
BUTUS. 

Purpura  Senilis.     A  kind  of  purpura  which 
affects  elderly  women,   characterized  hy  the 
appearance   of  purple   spots   of  an  irregular 
form  and  varying  in  size  on  the  outside  of  the 
forearm. 
Purpura  Sim'plex.    This  consists  of  numerous 
petechia?,    without   much  constitutional  dis- 
turbance.      At  times  it  is  accompanied   by 
languor,  pain  in   the  limbs,  and   sallowness 
of  complexion. 
Purpura  Urticans.      This  consists  of  circular 
elevations    of   the  cuticle,    which   gradually 
dilate   and  in  a  short  time  subside,    assum- 
ing a  darker  and  ultimately  a  livid  appear- 
ance. 
Purpu'rate.     A   combination   of  purpuric 
acid  with  a  salifiable  base. 
Purpu'reus.     Purple. 

Purpuric  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
uric  or  lithic  acid,  having  a  remarkable  ten- 
dency to  form  red  or  purple-colored  salts  with 
alkaline  bases. 

Purpu/rin,  Pur'purine.  A  red  pigment  of 
urine. 

Purging  Trem/or.  A  peculiar  vibration 
which  is  compared  to  the  purring  of  the  cat, 
communicated  to  the  hand  in  those  states  of 
the  heart  and  arteries  in  which  the  bellows  or 
rasp  sound  is  detected  by  auscultation, 
Pursiness.     Obesity. 

Pu/rulent  (purulentus  ;  from  pus).  A 
term  applied  to  all  collections  of  matter  which 
consist  of  pus  and  to  diseases  characterized  by 
its  formation  ;  consisting  of  pus  ;  of  the  nature 
of  pus. 

Purulent  Infiltration.     Gray  hepatization  of 
the  lungs. 

Pus.  Matter.  Depraved  white  blood-cor- 
puscles. A  yellowish-white,  opaque,  creamy 
lii|uid  of  morbid  origin,  the  product  of  suppu- 
ration ;  consisting  of  innumerable  nucleated 
cells  floating  in  a  clear  liquid.  Pus  is  classed 
as  healthy  or  laudable,  and  bad  or  offensive, 
the  former  being  inodorous,  non-irritating  to 
the  tissues,  or  at  least  tolerated  by  them  ;  the 
latter  offensive,  ichorous,  sanious,  irritating  ; 
probably  a  more  depraved  condition  of  the 
first,  or  a  condition  in  which  not  only  molecular 
change  has  taken  place,  but  partial  decompo- 
sition set  in. 
Pus,  Diagno'sis  of.     Fluctuation    on  digital 


examination.  In  the  antrum  a  sense  of  weight, 
fullness,  etc.  Pus  from  dead  bone  is  always 
offensive. 

Pus,  Laudable.  Healthy  pus.  That  dis- 
charged from  wounds  and  ulcers  in  the  heal- 
ing state  ;  or  from  abscesses,  the  result  of 
phlegmonous  inflammation. 

Push.     A  pustule. 

Pusilla/tum  (pusulatum;  from  pusillus, 
small).     A  coarse  powder. 

Pus'tula  O'ris.     Aphthae. 

Pustular.  A  condition  characterized 
by  the  formation  and  development  of  pus- 
tules. 

Pus/tule  {pusiula;  from  pus,  matter).  An 
elevation  of  the  cuticle,  sometimes  of  a  glob- 
ate  and  sometimes  of  a  conical  form,  with  an 
inflamed  base,  containing  pus  or  lymph. 

Putre/do.  Hospital  gangrene  ;  putrefac- 
tion. 

Putref action  ( pulref actio  ;  from  pufrefacio, 
to  make  rotten).  The  decomposition  of  organ- 
ized matter,  attended  with  a  foetid  exhalation. 
Putrefactive  fermentation. 

Putrefac'tive  Fermentation.  Decom- 
position evolving  ammonia. 

Putrescent  ( putrescents).  Becoming  pu- 
trid or  pertaining  to  the  process  of  putrefac- 
tion. 

Putrescent  Pulp.  A  putrid  or  gangrenous 
condition  of  the  dental  pulp,  demanding  an- 
tiseptic treatment. 

Putrescen'tia.     Putrefaction. 

Pu/trescine.  A  thin,  watery,  clear  fluid 
which  is  closely  related  to  dead  matter — cadav- 
erine. 

Pu'trid.     An  epithet  applied  to  some  affec- 
tions, as  typhus  fever,  which  exhibit  the  char- 
acteristics of  putridity. 
Putrid  Fever.     See  Typhus. 

Putrid/itas.     Putridity. 

Putridity.     Putrefaction. 

Pu'trilage  (putrilago).  The  pultaceous 
matter  thrown  off  from  certain  gangrenous  and 
other  ulcers. 

Pyae'mia  or  Pyohae'mia  (ttvov,  pus,  and 
ai/ia,  blood).  An  infectious  disease  caused  by 
the  absorption  of  septic  products,  with  the 
formation  of  secondary  or  embolic  abscesses. 
Purulent  blood,  or  a  state  of  the  blood  in 
which  pus  globules  are  found  floating  among 
the  blood  discs. 

Pyaem'ic,  Pyemic.  Eclating  to  py- 
aemia. 

Pyec'chysis.     An  effusion  of  pus. 


PYE 


515 


PYR 


Pyelitis  (from  irveXog,  pelvis,  and  trig, 
signifying  inflammation).  Inflammation  of  the 
pelvis  of  the  kidney. 

Pyemia,  Pyemic.    See  Pyemia,  Pyemic. 

Pye'sis.     Suppuration. 

Pyg'my.     A  dwarf. 

Py/icus.     Belonging  to  pus. 

Py/in.  A  peculiar  substance  derived  from 
pus  and  resembling  mucin. 

Pylemphraxis  (from  wv?L7/,  a  gate,  and 
eftQpai-ic,  obstruction).  Obstruction  of  the 
vena  porta?. 

Pyloric  (pyJoricvs).  Belonging  or  relating 
to  the  pylorus. 

Pyloric  Artery.  A  branch  of  the  hepatic, 
distributed  to  the  pylorus  and  lesser  curva- 
ture of  the  stomach. 

PyIo/rus  (from  irvfaj,  an  entrance,  and  wpew, 
to  guard).  The  lower  orifice  of  the  stomach  is 
so  called  because  it  closes  the  entrance  into  the 
intestinal  canal. 

Pyo=.  A  prefix  meaning  of  or  pertaining 
to  pus. 

Pyoblen'nic.     Same  as  muco-purulent. 

Pyoblennorrhce'a.  A  flow  of  purulent 
mucus. 

Pyochez'ia  (from  nw,  pus,  and  x£iu,  to  go 
to  stool).     Purulent  diarrhoea. 

Pyocoe'lia  (from  irvov,  pus,  and  KoQaa,  the 
belly).  An  accumulation  of  pus  in  the  ab- 
dominal cavity. 

Pyoctanin.  Methyl-violet.  An  aniline 
color  and  dye.     Germicide. 

Pyocys'tis  (from  iruov,  pus,  and  nvong,  a 
cyst).  A  cyst  containing  purulent  matter,  es- 
pecially in  the  lungs.     See  Vomica. 

Pyocyte.     A  pus  corpuscle. 

Pyo'des.     Purulent. 

Pyoem/esis  (from  miov,  pus,  and  epr/ag, 
vomiting).     Vomiting  pus. 

Pyogen/ia  (from  irvov,  pus,  and  yeveaig,  gen- 
eration). Pyogenesis.  The  elaboration  of  pus  ; 
the  theory  of  the  manner  of  its  formation. 

Pyogen'ic    (pyogenicus).      Connected  with 
the  formation  of  or  producing  pus. 
Pyogenic  Cocci.     Pus-producing  micro-organ- 
isms of  the  coccus  form. 

Pyohae'mia  (from  iruov,  pus,  and  ai/ia, 
blood).  Pyaemia.  Alteration  of  the  blood  by 
pus. 

Py'oid  (from  kvov).  Of  the  nature  of 
pus. 

Pyome'tra  (from  -uov,  pus,  and  pv^pa, 
womb).     A  collection  of  pus  in  the  womb. 

Pyon  (iruov).     Pus. 


Pyophthal'mia.  Pyophthalmy.  Purulent 
ophthalmia. 

Pyophylac'tic.  Preventing  the  access  of 
pus. 

Pyophylactic  Membrane.  The  lining  of  an 
abscess  cavity,  which  prevents  the  burrowing 
of  pus  into  adjacent  tissues. 

Pyop/tysis  (from  -vov,  pus,  and  -rvu,  to 
spit).     Spitting  of  pus. 

Pyorrhag/ia  (from  irvov,  pus,  and  pj/yi-vm, 
to  burst  out).  A  sudden  aud  copious  discharge 
of  pus  or  purulent  matter. 

Pyorrhoe/a  (from  aw,  pus,  and  peu,  to 
flow).  A  discharge  of  purulent  matter  or 
pus. 

Pyorrhcea  Alveolaris.  See  Alveolar  Py- 
orrhcea. 

Pyo'sis.  Suppuration  ;  the  formation  of 
pus. 

Pyotu'ria.     Pyuria. 

Pyou'ria.     Pyuria  (which  see). 

PyraPlolite.  A  white  or  greenish  mineral 
consisting  essentially  of  silica.  It  undergoes 
various  changes  of  color  when  exposed  to  heat. 

Pyr/amid  In  Anatomy,  a  small  bony 
protuberance  in  the  cavity  of  the  tympa- 
num. 

Pyramidal  (pyramidalis).  Having  the 
form  of  a  pyramid. 

Pyramida'le  Os.     The  cuneiform  bone. 

Pyramida'lis  Abdominis.  A  small  mus- 
cle of  a  pyramidal  shape,  situated  in  front  of 
the  abdomen. 

Pyramidalis  Faciei.  Levator  labii  superioris 
alaeque  nasi. 

Pyramidalis  Fem'oris.     See  Pyrifokmis. 
Pyramidalis  Na/si.      A  thin  triangular  pro- 
longation  of  the  occipito-frontalis,   situated 
over  the  nose. 

Pyra'mids  of  Malpig'hi.  The  papillae  of 
the  kidney. 

Py'retic  (from  irvperog,  fever).  Pertaining 
to  or  affected  with  fever. 

Pyrec'tica  (from  irvpEtog,  fever).  Fevers. 
The  first  order  in  the  class  Hsematica  of  Dr. 
Good. 

Py'ren,  Py'rene.  A  colorless  crystalline 
substance  obtained  from  pitch. 

Pyrene'ite.  A  mineral  found  in  limestone, 
supposed  to  be  a  variety  of  garnet. 

Pyre/thrin.  A  resinous  substance  found  in 
the  root  of  the  pellitory  of  Spain. 

Pyre'thrum.  Pellitory.  The  pharmaco- 
pceial  name  for  the  root  of  the  Anaeyclus  pyre- 
thrum.      It  is  a  sialagogue  aud  an  energetic 


PYR 


516 


PYR 


local  irritant.  Dose  as  a  masticatory,  gr.  xxx 
to  3J.  Applied  to  the  skin,  it  acts  as  a  rube- 
facient. It  is  used  in  the  form  of  tincture  for 
the  relief  of  toothache,  and  also  chewed  for  the 
relief  of  neuralgic  affections  of  the  face.  Com- 
bined with  other  remedies,  it  has  been  used  as 
a  stimulant  to  the  gums  and  mucous  mem- 
brane. An  alcoholic  extract  has  been  used  as 
a  local  application  to  carious  teeth  before  fill- 
ing, with  a  view  to  its  benumbing  effect.  It 
is  an  ingredient  of  Harris'  gum  wash.  An 
ethereal  oil  of  pyrethrum  is  both  pleasant  and 
efficacious  in  odontalgia. 

Pyrethrum  Parthe/nium.      Feverfew.      It  is 
tonic.     Dose,  gr.  iij  to  gr.  x. 

Pyret'ic  (pyreticus ;  from  nvp,  fire).  Per- 
taining to  or  affected  with  fever. 

Pyretico/sis.     A  febrile  disease. 

Pyre'tine.  An  antipyretic  and  analgesic  ; 
pitch. 

Pyretog'raphy  (from  irvperoc,  fever,  and 
ypaQV,  a  description).  Pyretographia.  A  de- 
scription of  fevers. 

Pyre/tos.     Fever. 

Pyrexia  (from  nvp,  fire).     Fever. 

Pyrexiae.     Febrile  diseases. 

Pyrex'ial  (pyrexialis).     Febrile. 

Pyr/iform  (from,  pyrum,  a  pear,  and  forma, 
resemblance).     Pyriformis.     Pear-shaped. 

Pyrifor'mis.  In  Anatomy,  a  small  muscle 
of  the  pelvis,  situated  under  the  glutaeus  maxi- 
mus. 

Pyrites.  Minerals  presenting  a  whitish  or 
yellowish  metallic  lustre,  and  consisting  of  a 
combination  of  sulphur  with  iron,  copper,  co- 
balt, or  nickel. 

Py/ro=  (from  nvp,  fire).    A  prefix  denoting 
the  presence  of  fire  or  heat. 
Pyro-acetic    Spirit.        Acetone;     pyro-acetic 
ether,  obtained  with  acetic  acid  by  the  de- 
structive distillation  of  the  acetates. 
Pyro-mu'cic  Acid.     An  acid  obtained  by  the 
distillation  of  mucic  acid. 
Pyro-u/ric  Acid.     Cyanuric  acid,  obtained  by 

the  dry  distillation  of  uric  acid. 

Pyrocat/echin.  Catechol.  An  antipyretic 
obtained  from  coal  tar. 

Pyridine.  A  white,  sparingly  soluble 
powder,  an  active  antipyretic.  Dose,  gr.  ss 
to  gr.  iv.  It  is  also  called  phenacethydro- 
zine. 

Pyrogallic  Acid.  While  soluble  product 
obtained  by  action  of  heat  on  gallic  acid  ;  used 
externally  in  some  forms  of  cutaneous  affec- 
tions. 


Pyrogen  (~vp,  fire,  and  jevvau,  to  produce). 
The  electric  fluid. 

Pyrog'enous.     Produced  by  fire  ;  igneous. 

Pyrola  Umbella/ta.  Chimaphila  ;  pipsis- 
sewa.  Wintergreen.  It  has  tonic  and  diuretic 
properties. 

Pyrolig/neous  Acid.    Acetic  acid  obtained 
by  distillation  from  wood,  coal,  etc.    It  is  used 
for  preserving  animal  substances  and   as  an 
antiseptic  in  gangrene  and  foul  ulcers. 
Pyroligneous  Ether.     Methylic  ether. 
Pyroligneous  Spirit.     Pyroxylic  spirit. 

Pyroll.  The  product  of  the  dry  distillation 
of  ammonium  saccharate  and  mucate. 

Pyrolusite.     Black  oxide  of  manganese. 

Pyroma'lic  Acid.     Malic  acid. 

Pyroma'nia  (from  imp,  fire,  and  fiavia, 
mania).  A  form  of  monomania  in  which 
there  is  an  irresistible  desire  to  destroy  by 
fire. 

PyronVeter.  An  instrument  for  ascertain- 
ing higher  degrees  of  temperature  than  the 
mercurial  thermometer  is  capable  of  indicat- 
ing. 

Pyron'omy  (from  nvp,  fire,  and  vo/joc,  a 
rule).  Pyronomia.  The  instruction  for  regu- 
lating the  fire  in  chemical  processes  and  in  the 
laboratory  of  the  dentist. 

Pyr/ope.     A  fire-red  garnet. 

Pyropb/orus  (wp,  fire,  and  (pepu,  to  bear, 
to  produce).  An  artificial  substance  which 
ignites  on  exposure  to  air  ;  also  an  instrument 
for  striking  fire. 

Pyrophosphy'ra.  An  instrument  like  a 
hammer,  heated  and  employed  as  a  cautery  to 
cause  irritation  or  vesication. 

Pyro'sis  (from  nvpou,  to  burn).  Water- 
brash.  Heartburn.  A  burning  sensation  in 
the  stomach,  with  eructations  of  an  acrid,  burn- 
ing liquid. 

Pyr/otechny  (from  nvp,  fire,  and  rexv?/,  art). 
Pyrotechnia.  The  science  of  the  management 
and  application  of  fire  in  its  various  operations, 
particularly  to  the  art  of  making  fireworks, 
etc.  The  term  was  formerly  applied  to  chem- 
istry. In  Surgery,  the  art  of  applying  fire  as  a 
topical  agent. 

Pyroth/onide.    Empyreumaticoil  obtained 
by  the  combustion  of  paper  or  rags. 
Pyrot/ic.      Caustic. 
Pyrot'icus.     Pyrotic. 

PyroxyPic  Spirit.  One  of  the  products  of 
the  destructive  distillation  of  wood. 

Pyrox'ylin.  Gun-cotton  or  a  like  sub- 
stance.   See  Celluloid. 


PYR 


517 


QUA 


Pyrox/ylous  Acid.  Acid  obtained  in  the 
distillation  of  wood,  and  not  so  strong  as  the 
pyroxylic. 

Pyr'ozone.  H.,0._,.  Presented  in  the  form 
•of  solution  only.  Various  percentages  of  its 
solutions  are  as  follows  :  Medicinal,  3  percent., 
an  aqueous  solution,  is  a  harmless  antiseptic 
externally  or  internally  ;  the  ethereal  5  per 
cent,  solution  is  a  powerful  antiseptic  and  acts 
on  pus  with  great  energy  ;  the  ethereal  25  per 
cent,  is  caustic  and  the  most  powerful.  All  of 
these  solutions  are  bleaches  ;  the  25  per  cent, 
acts  more  rapidly  than  the  others.  The  3  per 
cent,  solution  is  effective  as  an  injection  in  ab- 


scess pockets,  and  is  also  employed  as  a  mouth- 
wash in  certain  conditions  ;  the  5  per  cent,  is 
employed  in  abscess  pockets,  alveolar  pyor- 
rhoea, fistulous  roots,  putrescent  pulps,  etc. 

Pythogen.     Causing  putrefaction. 

Pyul'ca.     Medicines  drawing  pus. 

PyuPcon  (from  irvov,  pus,  and  s/nci,  to  ex- 
tract). An  instrument  for  extracting  pus  from 
any  sinuous  ulcer.     A  syringe. 

Pyur/ia  (from  tvvov,  pus,  and  ovpov,  urine). 
The  discharge  of  purulent  urine,  occurring  in 
renal  calculi. 

Pyx'is.  A  box  ;  a  pill-box  ;  also  the  ace- 
tabulum . 


Q. 


Q.  L.  Abbreviation  for  quantum  libet,  as 
much  as  is  desired. 

Q.  P.  An  abbreviation  for  quantum  placet, 
as  much  as  you  please,  or  as  much  as  is  proper 
■or  necessary. 

Q.  S.  Abbreviation  for  quantum  sufficit,  as 
much  as  suffices. 

Quabebe.     Piper  cubeba. 

Quack.  An  empiric  ;  a  charlatan  ;  an  ig- 
norant pretender  to  medical  skill, 

Quack/ery.     Empiricism. 

Quadran'gular.  Quadrangularis.  Four- 
sided.     Having  four  angles. 

Quad'rans.  A  quarter  of  a  pound.  Three 
troy  ounces. 

Quadrant.  The  fourth  part  of  a  circle,  or 
ninety  degrees.  Also  an  instrument  used  in 
practical  geometry. 

Quadra/tus  (from  quadra,  a  square).     Hav- 
ing a  square  shape  ;  square-figured. 
Quadratus  Fem'oris.    A  flat,  thin,  and  fleshy 
muscle  extending   from  the  ischium  to  the 
great  trochanter  of  the  femur. 
Quadratus  Ge/nae.     The  platysma  myoides. 
Quadratus  Lumbo'rum.     A  muscle  situated 
in  the  loins  at  the  side  of  the  lower  part  of 
the  spine. 
Quadratus   Menti.     Depressor  labii  inferioris. 

Quadridenta'tus.  Quadridentate.  Four- 
toothed. 

Quad'rifid.     Cleft  in  four  parts. 

Quadrigem'ina    Tuber'cula.       The   four 


medullary  tubercles  situated  at  the  posterior 
surface  of  the  tuber  annulare,  called  the  cor- 
pora quadrigemina,  or  nates  and  testes  of  the 
brain. 

Quadrigem'inus.     Four-double,  or  consist- 
ing of  four  nearly  equal  parts. 
Quadrigeminus     Primus.      The   pyramidalis 
muscle. 
Quadrilat'eral.     A  plane  figure  bounded 
by  four  straight  lines  ;  having  four  sides. 

Quadrivalent.  Having  a  quantivalence  of 
4  ;  replacing  or  combining  with  four  atoms 
of  hydrogen. 

Quadroon'.  Quateron.  An  offspring  of 
a  mulatto  woman  by  a  white  man  ;  quarter- 
blooded. 

Quad'ruped.  Four-footed.  A  term  ap- 
plied in  Zoology  to  an  animal  that  has  four 
feet. 

Quadru'plici.     Fourfold. 
Qualitative.     Eelating  to  quality. 
Qualitative    Analysis.      In     Chemistry,    that 
kind  of  analysis  which  obtains  the  component 
parts  of  a  compound  without  reference  to  their 
relative  proportions. 
Quantitative.     Relating  to  quantity. 
Quantitative    Analysis.     In    Chemistry,    that 
kind  of  analysis  which   not  only  determines 
the  component  parts  of  a  compound,  hut  also 
their  relative  proportions. 
Quantiv'alence.     The  chemical  strength  of 
an  element  or  radicle  expressed  in  terms  of  the 


QUA 


518 


QUE 


number  of  monad  atoms  with  •which  it  will 
unite. 

Quarantine  (from  Italian  quarantina; 
which  is  from  quaranta,  forty,  because  forty 
days  are  its  usual  duration).  The  period  dur- 
ing which  travelers  or  goods  coming  from 
countries  where  the  plague  or  other  infectious 
disease  prevails  are  required  to  remain  on 
shipboard  or  iu  a  lazaretto.  The  period  of 
restraint  is  not  always  forty  days.  The  length 
of  it  is  determined  by  health  officers  appointed 
for  the  purpose. 

Quarantined.  The  prohibition  of  all  in- 
tercourse between  a  ship  and  its  crew  with  the 
shore  for  a  limited  period. 

Quart  (quart ar ius).  The  fourth  part  of  a 
gallon. 

Quar/tan.  A  term  applied  to  intermittent 
fever,  the  paroxysms  of  which  occur  every 
fourth  day. 

Quartan  Ague.     Intermittent  fever  in  which 
the  paroxysms  occur  every  fourth  day,  leav- 
ing an  intermission  of  two  days.     In  a  double 
quartan  the  paroxysms  of  one  set  occur  in  the 
intermissions  of  the  other,  leaving  only  one 
day  of  intermission  and  two  of  paroxysms  in 
succession.     The  paroxysms  of  one  differ  in 
duration  and  violence  from  those  of  the  other. 
A  triple  quartan  consists  of  a  single  quartan 
with  regularly  returning  paroxysms,  which, 
on  every  third  day  correspond,  the  interven- 
ing ones  being   marked  with   a  slighter  or 
separate    attack.      A  duplicate  or    repeating 
quartan  consists  of  a  single  quartan  with  two 
paroxysms  on  the  regular  day  of  attack.     A 
triplicate  quartan  consists  of  a  single  quartan 
with  three  paroxysms  on  the  regular  day  of 
attack. 
Quarta/rius.     A  quart. 
Quarta/tion.     A   term    applied    in   Metal- 
lurgy to  the  fusiug  of  silver  and  gold  in  the 
proportion   of  3  to  1   prior  to    the  separation 
of  the  former  from    the    latter    by  means  of 
nitric   acid.     Commonly,  though   incorrectly, 
this  term  is  applied  to  the  entire  process  of 
parting. 

Quartister'nal  (quarlisfernalis).  A  name 
given  by  Beclard  to  the  fourth  piece  of  the 
sternum,  corresponding  with  the  fourth  inter- 
costal space. 

Quartz.  Silica.  A  German  name  applied 
in  Mineralogy  to  the  purer  varieties  of  silex 
(silica),  occurring  in  pellucid  glass  crystals  of 
the  form  of  a  six-sided  prism,  each  having  a 
pyramidal  shape,     it  is  also  found  in  masses, 


varying  in  color  from  transparent  to  opaque. 
Silicic  oxide  is  a  compound  of  silicon  and  oxy- 
gen, and  forms  a  large  proportion  of  the  mate- 
rial composing  the  body  of  porcelain  teeth. 
Boze  quartz  is  a  rose-colored  variety  ;  amethyst, 
a  violet ;  smoky  quartz,  a  smoky  brown  ;  chal- 
cedony, an  uncrystallized  variety,  nearly  white, 
with  a  waxy  lustre  ;  cornelian,  a  red  or  flesh- 
colored  chalcedony ;  agate,  a  chalcedony  in 
concentric  or  parallel  layers  of  different  colors  ; 
flint,  a  brown  or  black  variety  ;  jasper,  an 
opaque,  yellow,  brown,  or  red  variety.  Crys- 
tals of  quartz  are  found,  sometimes,  inclosing 
a  larger  or  smaller  quantity  of  water.  One  of 
this  sort  was  presented  to  the  author  by  Dr. 
Andrews,  of  North  Carolina.     See  Silica. 

Quartzif'erous.  A  term  applied  by  Dana 
to  minerals  which  consist  chiefly  of  quartz. 

Quartz'ite.  A  term  applied  by  Dana  to 
granular  quartz. 

Quart/zose.  Resembling  or  containing 
quartz. 

Quas'sia.  The  bitter  wood  of  the  Quassia 
excelsa.  Also  a  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Simarubacese. 

Quassia  Ama/ra.  The  Surinam  quassia  tree. 
It  possesses  tonic,  stomachic,  antiseptic,  and 
febrifuge  properties. 

Quassia  Excel'sa.  The  Jamaica  or  West 
India  quassia.  Bitter  wood  ;  bitter  ash.  The 
wood  possesses  an  intense  and  permanent  bit- 
ter taste,  and  is  much  used  by  brewers  to  give 
additional  bitterness  to  malt  liquors.  In 
moderate  doses  it  acts  as  a  tonic,  and  is  used 
in  dyspepsia  and  other  disorders  of  the  stom- 
ach and  bowels.  It  is  sometimes  given  in 
intermittent  and  malignant  fevers.  Doses  of 
the  extract,   gr.  ij  to  gr.  v  ;    of  the  tincture, 

3J  to  3ij- 
Quas/sin.     The  bitter  principle  of  quassia. 

Quaternary.  Consisting  of  four  elements 
or  compounds  ;  fourth  in  order. 

Quat'rio.     The  astragalus. 

Quea'siness.     Nausea. 

Quea/sy.     Affected  with  nausea. 

Quercit'rin.  Quercitrou.  The  coloring 
principle  of  the  bark  of  Quercus  tinctoria,  some- 
times called  quercitric  acid.     A  dye. 

Quercus.  Oak.  Also  a  genus  of  trees  of 
the  order  Cupuliferaj. 

Quercus  Al'ba.     The  white  oak.     The   bark 

is  powerfully  astringent  and  tonic.  Commonly 

used  in  decoction  of  ,|j  to  Oj  of  water,     See 

White:  Oak  Bark. 

Quercus    Infecto'ria.     The   gall    oak,   called 


QUE 


519 


QUI 


also  dyer's  oak,  is  a  small  shrub  rarely  ex- 
ceeding five  or  six  feet  in  height.  The  morbid 
excrescences  called  galls  (gallae)  originate 
from  punctures  made  in  the  young  boughs 
and  shoots  of  this  species  of  oak  by  a  hymen- 
opterous  insect. 

Quercus    Phel'los.     The   willow-leaved   oak. 
The  bark  of  this  species  has  properties  similar 
to  those  of  white  oak  bark. 
Quercus    Su'ber.     The  cork  tree,  a  native  of 
the  south   of  France,   Spain,   Portugal,  and 
Barbary.     The  bark,  known  under  the  name 
of  cork,  was  formerly  used  as  a  styptic. 
Quercus    Tinctc/ria.     The   black   oak.     The 
bark  is  astringent,  but  is  inferior  to  the  white 
oak  as  a  therapeutic  agent.     There  are  many 
other  species  of  quercus  which  possess  more 
or  less  valuable  medicinal  properties. 
Quickening.      The    period     of    gestation 
when  the  motion  of  the  foetus  first  becomes 
perceptible  to  the  mother. 

Quick/lime  (cplx  viva).  Lime  freshly 
burned  ;  protoxide  of  calcium. 

Quicksilver.  Mercury ;  a  metal  found 
both  native  and  in  the  state  of  ore  in  the 
mines. 

Quiescent.     At  rest ;  silent. 
Quiila  ia.     A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Quillagese. 

Quillaia  Sapona'ria.     Soap-quillaia  ;  a  South 
American  plant  the  bark  of  which  is  used  as 
a  substitute  for  soap.     It  imparts,  when  ap- 
plied in  form  of  a  wash,  a  beautiful  gloss  to 
the  hair,  and  in  mouth- washes  is  excellent  for 
the  teeth   and    mucous   membrane   and   for 
removing  impurities  from  the  mouth.    When 
bruised  and  macerated  in  water  it  imparts  to 
that  liquid  the  property  of  frothing  like  soap 
when  agitated.     This  is  owing  to  the  "  sapo- 
naria  "  in  the  bark. 
Quilled  Suture.     A  suture  in  which   the 
ends  of  the  threads  are  made  into  a  loop  and 
drawn  tight  over  a  quill,  a  piece  of  rubber,  or 
a  roll  of  plaster  ;  used  in  deep  wounds. 
Qui'na.     Quiuine. 

Quin'ae  Disul'phas.    Disulphate  of  quinia. 
The  commercial  sulphate  of  quinine. 
Quinae    Sulphas.     Sulphate   of    quinia.     See 
Quinia. 

Quin  aquina.    See  Cinchona. 
Quindec  agon.     A  plane  figure  having  fif- 
teen sides  and  angles. 

Quin'etine.  A  violet-colored  substance 
obtained  from  the  sulphate  of  quinia. 

Quin  'ia.     Quiniua  ;    quinine  ;    quina.     An 


alkaloid  obtained  from  the  bark  of  the  differ- 
ent species  of  cinchona.  The  principal  salts 
of  quinine  are  the  sulphate,  bisulphate,  vale- 
rianate, hydrobromate,  and  the  double  salt, 
hydrochlorate  of  quinine  and  urea.  See 
Quinia,  Sulphate  of. 

Quinia,  Amorphous.  A  bark-colored  sub- 
stance, having  the  appearance  of  an  extract 
formed  by  the  evaporation  of  the  liquor  left 
after  the  crystallization  of  sulphate  of  quinine, 
called  impure  sulphate  of  quinia.  It  has 
properties  similar  to  the  sulphate,  though 
only  about  half  as  strong. 
Quinia,  Ki/nate  of.  An  opaque  or  semi- 
transparent  mammillated  crystalline  salt 
formed  by  the  mutual  decomposition  of  sul- 
phate of  quinia  and  kinate  of  lime.  It  has 
the  properties  of  the  other  salts  of  quinia. 
Quinia,  Sulphate  of.  Quina?  disulphas.  Com- 
posed of  cinchona  (yellow  bark),  muriatic 
acid,  sulphuric  acid,  lime,  alcohol,  animal 
charcoal,  and  water.  It  is  used  with  great 
success  in  the  treatment  of  intermittents, 
being  available  in  many  cases  where  the  bark 
can  not  be  used.  Dose,  as  a  tonic,  from  3  to 
10  grains  in  twenty-four  hours  ;  as  an  anti- 
periodic  it  may  be  carried  much  further.  In 
large  doses  its  action  is  sedative.  In  Dental 
Practice  quinine  is  employed  for  inflammation 
of  the  peridental  membrane,  especially  in  the 
early  stages  ;  in  neuralgias  of  the  fifth  nerve 
when  malaria  is  the  cause  ;  and  in  hypersen- 
sitiveness  of  tooth-structure.  As  an  internal 
remedy,  three-  or  four-grain  doses  every  four 
hours  until  thirty  grains  have  been  taken. 
See  Quinine. 
Qui'niae  Ace/tas.  Acetate  of  quinine,  a 
salt  formed  by  saturating  quinine  with  diluted 
acetic  acid.  Its  properties  are  similar  to  the 
sulphate  of  quinine. 

Quiniae   Arse/nias.     Arseniate   of  quinia,    or 
quinia  formed  by  the  union  of  arsenic  acid 
and  quinine.     It  is  employed  in  intermittent 
fever. 
Quiniae    Ar'senis.      Arsenite   of    quinia.      A 
salt  resulting  from  the  double  decomposition 
of  arsenite  of  potassa  and  sulphate  of  quinia. 
It  is  used  in  chronic  cutaneous  diseases  ;  and, 
as   an   autiperiodic,    in  ague,  neuralgia,  etc. 
Dose,  one-third  of  a  grain,  three  times  a  day. 
Quiniae    Citras.     Formed   of  citric   acid   and 
quinia.     Same  properties  as  the  sulphate. 
Quiniae  Ferrocy/anas.     Ferrocyanate  of  qui- 
nine, a  salt  formed  by  the  decomposition  of 
sulphate  of  quinine  by  a  solution  of  ferrocy- 


QUI 


520 


QUO 


anide   of  potassium.     Its  properties  are  the 
same  as  those  of  the  other  salts  of  quinia. 
Quiniae    Hydri/odas.      Hydriodate  of  quinia. 
Formed  by  precipitating  sulphate  of  quinia 
by  means  of  iodide  of  potassium.     Used  in 
scrofulous  affections.     Dose,   gr.   ss  to  gr.  j, 
three  times  a  day,  to  a  child. 
Quiniae  Iod/idum.     Quinise  hydriodas. 
Quiniae  Valeria'nas.     A  salt  which  combines 
the  medicinal  properties  of  quinia  ■with  those 
of  valerian. 
Quin/ic.     Salts  that  have  quinine  for  their 
base. 
Quinic  Acid.     See  KlNIC  AciD. 

QuinidFna.  A  derivative  of  quinia,  cor- 
responding with  it  in  therapeutic  effects,  but 
causing  less  unpleasant  symptoms  in  the  head. 
Quinidina  Sulphas.  An  excellent  antipyretic 
and  antiperiodic.  Dose,  gr.  j  to  gr.  xx  or  more. 
Quin/idine.  An  alkaloid  found  in  cin- 
chonas.    See  Quinidina. 

Qui/nine.  Quinia  ;  quinia  ;  quinia?  disul- 
phas  ;  disulphate  of  quinine  ;  sulphate  of  qui- 
nine. An  alkaloid  obtained  from  the  different 
species  of  cinchona.  This  is  the  only  officinal 
preparation  of  quinia.  It  occurs  in  slightly 
flexible,  fine,  silky,  needle-shaped  crystals. 
It  consists  of  two  atoms  of  quinine,  -+-  S03  + 
SHO.  It  has  an  intensely  bitter  taste,  and 
produces  the  same  effects  upon  the  system  as 
the  cinchona  bark,  without  being  so  apt  to 
nauseate  the  stomach.  It  is  given  in  doses  of 
from  three  to  ten  grains,  and  in  intermittent 
fevers  has  been  given  in  much  larger  quan- 
tities. In  very  large  doses  its  action  is 
sedative. 

Quinin/ism.  Cinchonism.  The  aggregate 
cerebral  phenomena  produced  by  an  overdose 
or  prolonged  use  of  quinine. 

Quinoi/dine.  Chinioidine.  Amorphous 
quinia.     See  Quinia,  Amorphous. 

Quinoline.      Chinoline.     Formula,  C6H5N. 


It  is  in  the  form  of  an  oily,  colorless,  volatile 
liquid,  of  a  pungent  odor,  soluble  in  alcohol, 
and  but  sparingly  soluble  in  water  ;  obtained 
by  distilling  quinine  with  caustic  alkali.  It  is 
a  powerful  antipyretic.  Dose,  gr.  vij  to  gr.  x. 
Quinoline  Salicylate.  Used  locally  in  puru- 
lent otitis. 

Quinoline  Tartrate.     An  antiseptic  and  anti- 
pyretic. 
Quinol'ogy.     A  treatise  on  quinia. 
Quinquina.     Cinchona. 
Quin'sy.        Cyanche  tonsillaris.       Inflam- 
mation of  the  throat  or  parts   adjacent  to  it. 
Sore  throat. 

Quin'ta  Essentia.     Quintessence. 
Quint/an.     In   Pathology,  a  fever  in  which 
the  paroxysms  recur  every  fifth  day. 

Quintessence.  In  Pharmacy,  an  extract 
which  contains  all  the  virtues  of  a  substance 
in  a  small  quantity  ;  an  essential  oil  dissolved 
in  alcohol. 

Quintister/nal.  The  fifth  osseous  portion 
of  the  sternum. 

Quintuple.     Five-fold. 
Quiz.     An  informal  recitation  by  which  the 
student  becomes  familiar  with  his  medical  or 
dental  studies. 

Quotidian.  An  intermittent  the  parox- 
ysms of  which  occur  every  day. 
Quotidian  Ague.  An  intermittent  fever  in 
which  the  paroxysms  occur  every  twenty-four 
hours.  It  is  siwip/e,  double,  or  triple,  where 
there  are  two  or  three  paroxysms  every  day  ; 
and,  according  to  Dr.  Good,  partial  when  the 
febrile  attack  is  confined  to  a  particular  organ 
or  part  ;  catenating,  when  there  are  associated 
with  it  symptoms  of  other  diseases  ;  antici- 
pating, when  the  paroxysm  precedes  its  ante- 
cedent by  about  three  hours  ;  protracted,  when 
the  intermission  is  unusually  short  ;  and  re- 
tarding, when  forming  a  direct  counterpart  to 
the  anticipating. 


521 


RAD 


R. 


R .  In  Medical  Prescriptions  this  letter  is 
the  abbreviation  of  recipe,  take. 

R.  Symbol  for  rhodium  ;  also  abbreviation 
for  "resistance,"  in  Electrotherapeutics;  also 
for  "right." 

Rabdoi'des.     The  sagittal  suture. 

Rabies.  Lyssa.  Canine  madness  ;  mad- 
ness occurring  after  the  bite  of  a  rabid  animal  ; 
hydrophobia. 

Race.  A  term  employed  in  Zoology  as 
synonymous  with  family,  genus,  species,  vari- 
ety ;  and  applied  in  the  human  species  to  the 
aggregate  of  individuals  whose  particular  char- 
acteristics differ  perceptibly  from  neighboring 
varieties.  Blumenbach  distinguishes  the  races 
into:  (1)  The  Caucasian;  (2)  the  Mongolian ; 
(3)  the  American ;  (4)  the  Ethiopian;  (5)  the 
Malay.  Each  of  these  varieties  is  distinguished 
by  the  shape  of  the  head,  the  features  of  the 
face,  color  of  the  skin,  and  texture  of  the 
hair,  from  the  others. 

Race'mic  Acid.  Paratartaric  acid.  An 
acid  found  along  with  tartaric  acid  in  the 
grapes  of  certain  vineyards  along  the  Rhine. 
Formula,  C4H205HO. 

Ra'cemose  (from  racemus,  a  bunch  of 
grapes).  Having  a  shape  like  that  of  a  bunch 
of  grapes. 

Rachial'gia.      Acute  pain  in  the  spine. 

Rachidian.       Pertaining     to,     emanating 
from,  or  distributed  on  the  spine. 
Rachidian    Arteries.      The     arteries  of    the 
spine. 
Rachidian  Canal.     The  vertebral  canal. 

Rachiphy/ma  (from  paxic,  the  spine,  and 
fvfia,  a  tumor).  A  term  sometimes  applied  in 
Pathology  to  a  tumor  on  the  spine  or  back. 

Ra'chis.  Rhachis.  In  Anatomy,  the  ver- 
tebral column. 

Rachis'agra  (from  paxig,  the  spine,  and 
aypa,  seizure).  A  gouty  or  rheumatic  pain  in 
the  spine. 

Rachit/ic.  Affected  with  or  pertaining  to 
rachitis. 

Rachi'tis  (from  p<U''C,  the  spine,  and  inc, 
denoting  inflammation).  Literally,  inflam- 
mation of  the  spine.  Rickets ;  a  disease 
characterized  by  a  large,  hard,  crooked  spine, 
protruded  sternum,  tumid  abdomen,  emaciated 
limbs,  short  stature,  and  great  debility.     Its 


attacks  are  usually  confined  to  young  children. 
A  deficiency  of  the  phosphates  is  often  a  prime 
cause  of  rachitis  or  rickets,  which  causes  ill- 
growth  of  the  bones  and  teeth  ;  it  also  re- 
tards dentition. 

Rac'osis.  Rachosis.  A  relaxation  of  the 
scrotum. 

Ra'diad.     Toward  the  radial  aspect. 

Ra  dial  (radialis;  from  radius,  a  bone  of 
the  forearm).  Belonging  or  relating  to  the 
radius. 

Radial    Artery.      A    branch   of   the   brachial 
artery,  descending  by  the  side  of  the  radius. 
Radial  Aspect.     Barclay  thus   designates  an 
aspect  toward  the  side  on  which  the  radius  is 
situated. 
Radial  Nerve.    A  nerve  derived  from  the  four 
inferior  branches  of  the  brachial  plexus.     It 
is  distributed  to  the  muscles  of  the  forearm 
and'hand. 
Radial  Veins.     The  veins  which    follow   the 
course  of  the  radial  artery. 

Radia  lis  Exter'nus  Bre'vior.      The  ex- 
tensor carpi  radialis  brevior. 
Radialis  Externus  Lon/gior.     The  extensor 
carpi  radialis  longior. 
Radialis  Internus.     The  flexor  carpi  radialis. 

Radia  ta  (radiares;  from  radius,  a  ray). 
The  lowest  primary  division  of  the  animal 
kingdom. 

Radia'ted  (radiatus).  Arranged  in  rays 
diverging  from  one  common  centre. 

Radia/tion  (from  radius,  a  ray).  The 
emission  of  the  rays  of  light,  heat,  etc., 
spreading  in  all  directions  from  a  centre. 

Rad  ical  (radical is;  from  radix,  a  root). 
Pertaining  to  the  root  or  origin.  In  Chemistry, 
an  element  or  simple  constituent  incapable 
of  decomposition  ;  also  a  substance  acting  as 
an  acid  or  base  by  its  union  with  oxygen  or 
some  other  acidifying  or  basal  principle. 
When  the  base  is  composed  of  more  than  one 
substance,  it  is  called  a  compound  radical,  as  in 
the  case  when  a  vegetable  acid  has  a  radical 
composed  of  hydrogen  and  carbon. 
Radical  Vessels.  In  Anatomy,  the  small  ves- 
sels which  have  their  origin  in  the  tissues,  aud 
by  uniting  form  larger  vessels. 

Radica'tion  (radical io).  In  Botany,  throw- 
ing out  roots. 


RAD 


522 


RAP 


Radic'iform  (radiciformis).  Having  the 
shape  or  appearance  of  a  root. 

Ra'dio=car/paI.  Belonging  or  relating  to 
the  radius  and  carpus. 

Radi'olus.  A  probe  ;  also  a  sound. 
Ra'dius.  A  spoke,  so  called  from  its  shape. 
In  Anatomy,  the  exterior  bone  of  the  forearm. 
In  Botany,  the  circumference  of  a  radiated 
flower.  In  Geometry,  a  straight  line  extend- 
ing from  the  center  to  the  periphery  of  a 
circle. 

Ra'dix.      A  root.      In   Anatomy,  parts   in- 
serted into  other  parts,  as  the  root  of  a  tooth 
in  the  alveolar  border. 
Radix  Brazilien/sis.     Ipecacuanha. 

Radula.  A  scraper.  In  Pharmacy,  a  spat- 
ula. In  Dental  Surgery,  an  instrument  for  re- 
moving salivary  calculus  from  the  teeth. 

Rain'bow  Worm.  The  Herpes  iris,  a  spe- 
cies of  tetter  occurring  in  small,  circular  patches 
of  different  colors. 

Raised  Base  for  Artificial  Teeth.  A 
term  applied  in  Mechanical  Dentistry  to  a  me- 
tallic base,  surmounted  by  a  box  or  chamber 
soldered  to  it,  and  designed  to  compensate  for 
the  loss  of  substance  which  the  parts  have  sus- 
tained. A  base  thus  constructed  is  usually 
termed  by  dentists  a  raised  plate.  See  Me- 
tallic Base  fok  Artificial  Teeth. 

Raie.  A  French  word  signifying  rhonchus 
or  rattle.  Applied  to  various  kinds  of  sound 
attending  the  circulation  of  air  in  the  bronchia 
and  vesicles  of  the  lungs,  different  from  the 
murmur  produced  in  health.  Called  also 
rhonchus. 

Rale,  Crepitant.  Crepitating  rattle.  A  path- 
ognomonic sign  common  in  pneumonia  when 
this  disease  is  severe,  and  has  been  compared 
to  what  is  produced  by  particles  of  salt  thrown 
on  live  coals. 
Rale  Muquese.  Mucous  rattle.  A  sound 
similar  to  that  produced  by  blowing  through 
a  pipe  into  soapsuds.  When  very  strong  it  is 
termed  gurgling. 

Rale,  Sib'ilant.      Sibilant  or   hissing   rattle. 
A  sound  caused  by  only  a  small  quantity  of 
mucus  in  the  ramifications  of  the  bronchia. 
It  has  been  compared   to  that  produced  by 
suddenly  separating  two  oiled  surfaces. 
Rale  Sonore.     Sonorous  rattle.     A  sound  like 
that  of  snoring. 
Rama'lis  Ve/na.     Vena  porta;. 
Ramen'ta.     Filings,  as  those,  of  iron,  zinc, 
etc. 

Ra'mex.     A  rupture,  or  hernia. 


Ramification  (ramificatio).  In  Anatomy, 
the  division  of  blood-vessels  and  nerves  into 
branches.     Also  the  branches  themselves. 

Ramified.  Having  branches  ;  divided  into 
branches. 

Ra/mose  (rameus,  ramosus).  Branched. 
Divided  into  branches. 

Ram'ulose,  Ram'ulous.  Having  many 
small  branches. 

Ram  ulus  (diminutive  of  ramus).  A  little 
branch ;  a  ramule. 

Ra'mus  (plural,  rami).  In  Anatomy,  the 
division  or  branch  of  an  organ,  especially  of  an 
artery,  vein,  or  nerve.  Also  the  Jower  part  of 
the  os  inuominatum  and  the  ascending  or  per- 
pendicular portion  of  the  inferior  maxillary 
bone. 

Ramus  cuius.  A  division  of  a  branch  or 
ramus. 

Ranee.     Rancid. 

Rances'cent.     Becoming  sour  or  rancid. 

Ran/cid  (rancidus;  from  rancere,  to  be 
stale).  A  term  applied  to  fatty  substances 
which  have  become  acrid  from  age  and  expo- 
sure to  air. 

Ranine7  (ranina;  from  rana,  a  frog).  The 
name  of  an  artery  called  arteria  ranina.  The 
sublingual  artery. 

Ran'ula  (from  rana,  a  frog).  So  called  from 
its  fancied  resemblance.  A  small,  soft,  trans- 
parent cystic  tumor  which  forms  under  the 
tongue,  and  filled  with  a  translucent  gelatinous 
fluid.  It  is  caused  by  occlusion  and  dilatation 
of  the  ducts  of  the  sublingual  and  submaxillary 
glands  or  mucous  glands  of  the  floor  of  the 
mouth. 
Ranula  Lapidea.    See  SALIVARY  CALCULUS. 

Ra'pax  (rapio,  to  seize).  Ravenous  ;  rapa- 
cious. 

Rape.  In  Law,  carnal  connection  with  a 
woman  by  force  and  against  her  will.  In 
Botany,  one  of  the  names  of  Brassica  rapa,  or 
common  turnip. 

Rape  Oil.  An  oil  obtained  from  the  semen 
rapi,  or  rape  seed,  and  sometimes  used  in  oint- 
ments. 

Rapha Hia.  Convulsio  raphania.  A  genus 
of  diseases  in  the  class  Neuroses,  characterized 
by  spasmodic  contraction  of  the  joints,  severe 
pain,  chills,  lassitude,  pain  in  the  head,  and 
anxiety  about  the  pra3cordia. 

Ra/phe.  A  seam  ;  a  suture.  A  term  ap- 
plied in  Anatomy  to  seam-like  lines  or  to 
parts  which  appear  as  if  they  had  been  sewed 
together. 


RAP 


523 


REC 


Raphe  Cerebri.  The  longitudinal  eminence 
of  the  corpus  callosum  of  the  brain. 
Raphe  Corporis  Callo'si.  Suture  of  the 
callous  body.  A  linear  depression  along  the 
middle  of  the  corpus  callosum. 
Raphe  Scro/ti.  Eaphe  perinsei.  The  emi- 
nence which  divides  the  scrotum,  as  it  were, 
into  two  equal  halves. 

Ra/phis  (pa<f>iov,  dim.  of  park?,  a  needle).  A 
pin. 

Rapid  Breathing.  A  method  of  producing 
transient  anaesthesia  or  analgesic  influence 
suggested  by  Dr.  Bon  will.  It  consists  of  rap- 
idly breathing  common  air  at  the  rate  of  one 
hundred  respirations  a  minute,  the  inhalation 
to  be  vigorously  kept  up  during  the  whole 
operation  without  for  an  instant  stopping. 
The  effect  is  unconsciousness  to  pain,  with 
such  symptoms  as  suffused  face,  darkened  vi- 
sion, and  giddiness.  The  heart's  action  is  not 
increased  more  than  from  seventy  to  eighty, 
and  sometimes  ninety  beats,  and  is  much  en- 
feebled, the  quantity  of  blood  being  decreased. 

Rappee/.     A  coarse  kind  of  snuff. 

Rap/tus  (from  rapio,  to  seize  violently).     A 
sudden  and  violent  seizure. 
Raptus  Nervorum.     The  cramp. 
Raptus  Supi/nus.     Opisthotonos. 

Rarefaction  (from  rarus,  rare,  and  factio, 
to  make).  The  decreasing  density  or  tension  of 
a  gaseous  substance,  especially  air. 

Rarefy.   To  make  less  dense  or  more  porous. 

Raricos/tus.  Having  a  small  number  of 
ribs. 

Ra'ritas.  Rarity  ;  fewness  ;  looseness  of 
texture,  distance  apart. 

Raritas  Den'tium.  Fewness  of  teeth  ;  less 
than  the  usual  number  of  teeth,  with  or  with- 
out interspaces  between  them. 

Rash.     An  eruption  or  redness  of  the  skin, 
with  little  or  no  elevation  of  the  cuticle. 
Rash  Fever.     Scarlatina. 
Rash,  Nettle.     Urticaria. 
Rash,  Rose.     Roseola. 
Rash,  Summer.     Lichen  tropicus. 
Rash,  Tooth.     Strophulus. 

Rasp  Sound  (bruit  de  rape).  An  auscul- 
tatory sound  resembling  that  produced  by 
rasping  wood. 

Raspato'rium  (from  radere,  to  scrape). 
Raspatory.  An  instrument  for  rasping 
bones. 

Rasu'ra  (from  radere,  to  scrape).  A  rasure, 
scratch,  or  erosion.  Also  the  raspings  or  shav- 
ings of  any  substance. 


Ratafi'a.  Ardent  spirits  flavored  with 
various  kinds  of  fruit  and  sugar. 

Ra'tio.  Proportion.  Also  reason  or  ex- 
planation. 

Rational  (rationalis).  Conformable  to  rea- 
son. In  Medicine,  the  treatment  of  disease  ac- 
cording to  reason  and  ratiocination,  and  not  by 
routine  or  in  accordance  with  experience, 
which  is  empirical. 

Raf/tle.  In  Pathology,  the  noise  produced 
by  the  air  in  passing  through  the  mucus,  of 
which  the  lungs  and  air-passages  are  unable 
to  free  themselves.  It  is  often  heard  in  dying 
persons. 

Rauce/do    (raucitas;   from    mucus,  hoarse). 
Hoarseness  :  roughness  of  voice. 
Raucedo  Catarrha/lis.    Hoarseness  occasioned 
by  a  cold. 
Raucedo  Paralytica.     Loss  of  voice. 

Ray.  A  line  of  light ;  a  straight  line 
supposed  to  be  described  by  a  particle  of 
light. 

Reaching  (vomituritio).  See  Retch- 
ing. 

Reaction  (react io ;  from  re,  again,  and 
agere,  actum,  to  act).  The  effort  made  in  re- 
sisting other  action  or  power.  In  Medicine, 
the  vital  action  which  follows  depression,  from 
whatever  cause  produced. 

Ready  Method,  Marshall  Hall's.  See 
Resuscitation. 

Rea'gent.  In  Chemistry,  a  test  ;  a  substance 
employed  to  detect  the  presence  of  other  bodies. 
A  test, 

Real'gar.     Protosulphuret  of  arsenic. 

Rea'son.  The  faculty  of  the  mind  which 
distinguishes  truth  from  falsehood,  good  from 
evil,  and  which  deduces  inferences  from  facts. 

Reaumur's  Thermometrical  Scale.  A 
scale  where  zero  is  at  the  freezing-point  of 
water  and  80  degrees  is  the  boiling-point.  To 
reduce  these  degrees  to  those  of  Fahrenheit, 
multiply  by  9,  divide  by  4,  and  add  32. 

Receiv'er.  A  chemical  vessel  for  the  re- 
ception of  the  product  of  distillation. 

Receptac'ulum  (from  rccipio,  to  receive). 
Receptacle.  In  Anatomy,  a  part  of  the  thoracic- 
duct. 

Receptaculum    Chyli.     A    dilatation    of    the 
thoracic  duct  in  front  of  the  lumbar  vertebra. 

Rec'ipe.  R .  Take.  Always  used  in  the 
abbreviated  form  as  the  commencement  of  a 
medical  prescription. 

Reclina'tion  (reclinatio  ;  from  reclinare,  to 
bend   back).     In  Surgery,  a  name  given  to  one 


REC 


524 


RED 


of  the  operations  for  cataract,  which  consists 
of  turning  it  so  as  to  change  its  anterior  and 
posterior  surfaces. 

Rec'rement.  A  term  applied  to  those 
secretions  -which,  after  having  been  separated 
from  the  blood,  are  again  employed  in  the  op- 
erations of  the  economy,  as  the  saliva,  bile, 
and  gastric  juice.  Such  secretions  are  called 
recremental  humors. 

Recrudescence  (recrudescentia).  The  ag- 
gravation of  a  disease  after  a  temporary  remis- 
sion. 

Recrystallization.  The  act  or  process  of 
again  crystallizing. 

Rectan'gle.    A  right-angled  parallelogram. 

Rectangular.     Having  right  angles. 

Rectification.  Redistillation  of  an  oil  or 
liquid  to  purify  it.     Making  straight. 

Rectified.  Made  more  pure  or  stronger. 
Rectified  Spirit.     See  Spirit,  RECTIFIED. 

Rectilin'ear.  Relating  to  or  bounded  by 
straight  lines. 

Rec'tor  Spir/itus.  The  aromatic  principle 
of  plants. 

RectO=urethral  (recto-urethra! is).  An  epi- 
thet desiguative  in  Surgery  of  a  fistula  which 
implicates  both  the  rectum  and  urethra. 

Rec/to=vaginal.  Belonging  or  relating  to 
the  rectum  and  vagina. 

Rectovesical  (recto-vesicalis).  An  epithet 
applied  in  Surgery  to  Sanson's  operation  for 
the  extraction  of  stone  from  the  bladder  through 
the  rectum. 

Rec/tum.  So  called  because  it  was 
thought  to  be  straight.  The  third  and  last 
portion  of  the  large  intestine,  terminating  at 
the  anus. 

Rec/tus.  Straight.  A  term  applied  in 
Anatomy  to  certain  muscles,  from  their  direc- 
tion. 

Rectus  Abdom/inis.     A  long,  flat  muscle  sit- 
uated at  the  anterior  part  of  the     abdomen 
and  separated  from   its  fellow   by  the  linea 
alba. 
Rectus   Abducens    Oc'uli.     See  Rectus  Ex- 

TKIi.N'IS  OCULI. 

Rectus  Adducens  Oculi.  Sec  RECTUS  INTER- 
NUS OCULI. 

Rectus  Anterior  Bre'vis.  See  RECTUS  Cap- 
itis [nterntjs  Minor. 

Rectus  Anterior  Lon'gus.  See  Rectus  Cap- 
itis [nternus  Major. 

Rectus  AttolKens  Oculi.  See  RECTUS  SU- 
PERIOR OCULT, 

Rectus  Capitis  Inter'nus   Major.     A  muscle 


situated  at  the  anterior  and  lateral  part  of  the 

neck. 
Rectus  Capitis   Internus   Minor.     A  muscle 

of  the  neck  situated  deeper  than   the  rectus 

major. 
Rectus  Capitis  Lateralis.    A  muscle  situated 

immediately  behind  the  internal  jugular  vein 

as  it  emerges  from  the  cranium. 
Rectus  Capitis  Posticus   Major.     A  muscle 

situated  between  the  occiput  and  second  cer- 
vical vertebra. 
Rectus  Capitis   Posticus    Minor.     A  muscle 

situated  beneath  the  rectus    capitis  posticus 

major. 
Rectus  Exter'nus  Oc/uli.     The  outer  muscle 

of  the  eye. 
Rectus   Fem'oris.     A  muscle  situated  at  the 

forepart  of  the  thigh. 
Rectus  Inferior  Oculi.     The  inferior  straight 

muscle  of  the  eye. 
Rectus    Inter/nus    Fem/oris.     The   gracilis. 

A  long,  slender  muscle,  situated   under  the 

integuments  of  the  inner  part  of  the  thigh. 
Rectus  Internus  Oculi.     The  internal  muscle 

of  the  eye. 
Rectus    Superior  Oculi.     The  upper  muscle 

of  the  eye. 
Recurrent  (recurrens ;  from  recurrere,  to 
run  back).  Running  back.  A  name  given  to 
branches  of  arteries  and  nerves  which  reascend 
toward  the  origin  of  the  trunk  from  which 
they  emanated. 
Recurrent  Ar/teries.     Several  arteries  of  the 

forearm  and  one  of  the  leg  are  so  called. 
Recurrent  Nerve.     A  branch  given  off  by  the 

par  vagum  on  each  side  of  the  cavity  of  the 

thorax. 
Red  Chalk.     An  argillaceous  iron  ore,  used 
for  marking  or  drawing. 
Red    Fire.      A    pyrotechnical    compound    of 

nitrate   of  strontia,  sulphur,  antimony,  and 

chlorate  of  potash,  which  burns  with  a  red 

flame. 
Red  Gum.     See  STROPHULUS. 
Red  Lead.     Minium,  or  red  oxide  of  lead.     A 

preparation  of  lead  of  a  fine  red  color,  used  in 

painting. 
Red    Precipitate.     The    red    oxide    of  mer- 
cury. 
Red  Silver.     A  variety  of  silver  ore,  so  called 

because    of    its    ruby-red    or    reddish-black 

color. 
Red i integrate  (re,  again,  and   integer,  en- 
tire).     Restored   to  soundness  ;  renovated. 
Redoub'Iement.     A  French  word  applied 


RED 


525 


REG 


in  Pathology  to  augmentation  of  the  intensity 
or  exacerbation  of  the  symptoms  of  a  disease. 
Reducine.  A  leucomain  of  the  urine. 
Reduction.  In  Surgery,  an  operation  for 
the  restoration  of  a  dislocated  or  luxated  bone 
to  its  original  situation. 

Refining.  The  act  of  purifying  ;  separating 
from  alloy  or  any  extraneous  matter  ;  applied 
particularly  to  the  purifying  of  gold  and  silver. 
In  Pharmacy  and  Chemistry,  the  separation  of  a 
substance  from  the  extraneous  matter  with 
which  it  is  mixed.  See  Gold,  Refining  of. 
Reflection  (from  reflecto,  to  bend  back). 
In  Anatomy,  a  duplicature  or  fold  of  membrane. 
In  Optics,  the  bending  back  of  a  ray  of  light 
from  a  surface  that  neither  absorbs,  transmits, 
or  distributes  it.  In  Pathology  the  bending 
back  of  an  organ  or  part  from  its  normal  posi- 
tion. 

Reflection,  An'gle  of.     The  angle   made  by 

the  line  of  direction  of  the  reflected  body  or 

ray  with  a  line  which  is  perpendicular  to  the 

reflecting  surface. 

Reflect'ors,    Dental.     Small    mirrors   for 

throwing   light  upon  dark  points.     Some  are 

adjusted   upon   the   fingers    of   the    operator, 

others  on  rubber-dam  clamps. 

Re'flex  (from  refleclo,  to  bend).  The  bend- 
ing or  bounding  back  or  return  of  an  impulse 
or  body. 

Reflex  Ac/tion  or  Movement.  The  propagation 
of  an  impression  made  on  the  extremity  of 
one  nerve,  to  the  extremity  of  another,  through 
the  intervention  of  the  nervous  centres. 
Reflex  Function.  Certain  functions  of  living 
beings  performed  through  the  medium  of  the 
reflex  nerves. 

Reflex  Spi/nal  Nerves.  Those  of  the  spinal 
system  of  nerves  which  convey  motor  im- 
pulses from  the  spinal  marrow  in  consequence 
of  impressions  made  upon  the  surface  of  the 
body. 

Reflex'ed  (reflexus).  Bent  backward  ;  ap- 
plied in  Botany  to  leaves  and  organs  of  plants 
thus  disposed. 

Re'flux  (from  re,  and  fluo,  to  flow).  The 
return  of  a  current  by  reversal  along  its  former 
course. 

Refrac'tion  (from  refract  us,  broken  back). 
In  Physics,  the  change  of  direction  which  a  ray 
of  light  experiences  in  passing  from  a  dense  to 
a  rare  medium,  or  the  reverse,  or  by  passing 
obliquely  from  one  medium  into  another  of 
different  density. 
Refraction,  Double.     The  refraction  of  light 


in  two  directions  and  the  consequent  produc- 
tion of  two  images — a  property  possessed  by 
Iceland  spar  and  other  minerals. 

Ref  racture.  The  act  of  breaking  over  again 
a  bone  which  has  already  been  broken  and 
united. 

Refrangible.     Susceptible  of  refraction. 

Refresh.  In  Surgery,  to  make  raw  by  re- 
moving the  epithelial  covering  ;  to  denude  ;  as 
in  the  operation  for  cleft-palate  or  in  refresh- 
ing the  edges  of  a  wound. 

Refrigerant  (refrigerans ;  from  refrigero, 
to  cool).  A  term  applied  in  Pharmacy  to  a 
medicine  which  has  the  property  of  reducing 
the  heat  of  the  body  or  blood. 

Refusion.  The  operation  of  returning  to 
the  vessels  blood  which  has  been  taken  from 
them,  as  in  asphyxia. 

Regeneration.  Reproduction  of  a  lost  or 
destroyed  part  or  its  renewal. 

Re'gia  A'qua.  Royal  water.  See  Nitko- 
muriatic  Acid. 

Regime  (from  regere,  to  govern).  Regimen. 
In  Hygiene,  the  systematic  regulation  of  the 
diet  and  habits  of  an  individual,  with  a  view 
to  the  preservation  of  health  and  the  cure  of 
disease. 

Re'gio.     Region.     A   portion   of  the  body 
marked  out  by  definite  outlines. 
Regio  Auricula/ris.     The  region  of  the  ear. 
Regio   Buccals.     The  region  of  the  cheeks. 
Regio    Epigas/trica.     The   epigastric    region 
(which  see). 
Regio  Facia'lis.     The  facial  region. 
Regio  Gas'trica.     The  umbilical  region. 
Regio     Hypochondri'aca.      The     hypochon- 
driuni  (which  see). 
Regio     Hypogas'trica.      The    hypogastrium 

(which  see). 
Regio   Ili/aca.     The  ileac  region  (which  see). 
Regio    Lumba'lis.      The   lumbar   region,    or 
region  of  the  loins. 

Regio   Menta'lis.     The  mental  region,  or  re- 
gion of  the  chin. 
Regio  Nasa/lis.     The  nasal  region. 

Re/gion  (regio).  In  Anatomy,  a  certain 
determinate  space  of  the  surface  of  the  body. 

Re'gional  (from  regio,  a  region).  Pertain- 
ing to  a  region. 

Re'gius  (from  rex,  a  king).  Royal.  Ap- 
plied in  Chemistry  to  the  noble  metals,  espe- 
cially gold,  and  aqua  regia,  which  has  the  power 
of  dissolving  it. 

Regressive.  Retiring,  abating  ;  marked  by 
abatement,  as  the  regressive  stage  of  a  disease. 


REG 


526 


REM 


Reg'ular  (regularis;  from  regula,  a  rule). 
Regular ;  comforniable  to  rule ;  applied  in 
Pathology  to  the  pulse  when  the  intervals 
between  each  two  pulsations  of  the  artery  are 
equal,  aud  to  the  paroxysms  of  a  disease,  as 
those  of  an  intermittent  fever,  when  they 
occur  at  the  proper  or  usual  time.  The  term 
is  also  applied  to  a  practitioner  of  medicine  or 
dentistry  who  practises  according  to  estab- 
lished rules. 

Regelating  Appliances.  "Simple  ma- 
chines," such  as  the  inclined  plane,  wedge, 
and  screw,  with  such  adjuncts  as  ligatures, 
supports,  etc.,  which  are  employed  in  correct- 
ing irregularity  in  the  arrangement  of  the 
teeth. 

Reg/ulus.  A  term  applied  to  several  of 
the  inferior  metals  when  freed  from  their  im- 
purities and  obtained  in  a  metallic  state. 

Regurgitation  (regurgitatio).  The  flowing 
back  of  the  contents  of  a  canal  or  reservoir  of 
the  body  ;  usually  applied  to  the  vomiting  of 
infants.     Vomiting  at  pleasure.     Eructation. 

Reimplantation.  The  act  of  putting 
back  into  its  alveolar  cavity  a  tooth  which  by 
any  means  has  come  out  or  been  extracted. 

Reinsch's  Test.  A  test  for  arsenic  ;  per- 
formed by  acidulating  the  suspected  liquid 
with  hydrochloric  acid,  immersing  in  it  a  slip 
of  copper  or  copper-gauze,  and  boiling.  Ar- 
senic is  deposited  on  the  copper  as  a  grayish 
film,  which,  on  heating  in  a  tube,  sublimes, 
forming  a  ring  of  crystals. 

Relapsed  The  return  of  a  disease  soon 
after  its  cessation. 

Relation  of  the  Upper  to  the  Lower 
Teeth  when  the  Mouth  is  Closed.  The 
crowns  of  the  teeth  of  the  upper  jaw  gener- 
ally describe  a  rather  larger  arch  than  those  of 
the  lower.  The  upper  incisors  and  cuspidati 
usually  shut  over  and  in  front  of  the  lower, 
but  sometimes  they  strike  plumb  upon  them, 
and  at  other  times,  though  rarely,  they  strike 
on  the  inside.  The  outer  tubercles  of  the 
upper  bicuspids  aud  molars  generally  strike 
outside  of  those  of  the  corresponding  lower 
teeth.  Jiy  this  beautiful  adaptation  of  the 
tubercles  of  the  teeth  of  one  jaw  to  the  de- 
pressions of  those  of  the  other,  every  part  of 
the  grinding  surfaces  of  the  organs  is  brought 
in  immediate  contact  in  the  act  of  mastica- 
tion, which  operation  of  the  teeth,  in  conse- 
'j  ii'-m-r-,  is  rendered  more  perfect  than  it  would 
be  if  the  teeth  came  together  in  any  other 
manner. 


The  incisors  and  cuspidati  of  the  upper  jaw 
are  broader  than  the  corresponding  teeth  in 
the  lower  ;  in  consequence  of  this  difference  in 
the  lateral  diameter  of  the  teeth  of  the  two 
jaws,  the  central  incisors  of  the  upper  cover 
the  centrals  and  about  half  of  the  laterals  in 
the  lower,  while  the  superior  laterals  cover  the 
remaining  half  of  the  inferior  and  the  anterior 
half  of  the  adjoining  cuspidati.  Continuing 
this  peculiar  relationship,  the  upper  cuspidati 
close  over  the  remaining  half  of  the  lower 
and  the  anterior  half  of  the  first  inferior  bi- 
cuspids, while  the  first  superior  bicuspids  cover 
the  remaining  half  of  the  first  inferior  and 
the  anterior  half  of  the  second.  In  like  manner 
the  second  bicuspids  of  the  upper  jaw  close 
over  the  posterior  half  of  the  second  in  the 
lower  and  the  anterior  third  of  the  first  molars. 
The  first  superior  molars  cover  the  remaining 
two-thirds  of  the  first  inferior  and  the  an- 
terior third  of  the  second,  while  the  uncovered 
two-thirds  of  this  last  and  anterior  third  of  the 
lower  dentes  sapientise  are  covered  by  the 
second  upper  molars.  The  dentes  sapientise  of 
the  superior  maxillary,  being  usually  about 
one-third  less  in  their  antero-posterior  diam- 
eter, cover  the  remaining  two-thirds  of  the 
corresponding  teeth  in  the  inferior. 

Thus  from  this  arrangement  of  the  teeth  it 
will  be  seen  that  when  the  mouth  is  closed 
each  tooth  is  opposed  to  two,  and  hence,  in 
biting  hard  substances  and  in  mastication,  by 
extending  this  mutual  aid  a  power  of  resist- 
ance is  given  to  these  organs  which  they  would 
not  otherwise  possess.  Moreover,  if  one,  or 
even  two.  adjoining  teeth  should  be  lost,  the 
corresponding  teeth  in  the  other  jaw  would,  to 
some  extent,  still  act  against  the  contiguous 
organs,  and  thus  in  some  degree  counteract  a 
process — first  noticed  by  that  eminent  dentist, 
the  late  Dr.  L.  Koecker — which  nature  some- 
times sets  up  for  the  expulsion  of  such  teeth 
as  have  lost  their  antagonists. 

Relax'ans  (from  re,  and  laxare,  to  loose). 
Relaxants.  Applied  in  "therapeutics  to  medi- 
cines which  diminish  the  tension  or  erethism 
of  organs. 

Relaxation.  In  Pathology,  looseness  or 
diminution  of  the  natural  tone  of  parts. 

Relief  Incision.  A  division  of  over-tense 
parts  to  relieve  tension. 

Remedial.     Medicinal. 

Reme/dium.     Remedy  ;  cure. 
Remedium  Divi'num.     The  roots  of  Impera- 
toria,  or  mastei  wort,  were  formerly  so  called 


REM 


527 


REP 


because  they  were  supposed  to  posses  divine 
virtues. 
Remedy    (remedium).      A    medicine   em- 
ployed for  the  prevention,  alleviation,  or  cure 
of  a  disease. 

Remis'sion  {remissio).  In  Pathology,  the 
temporary  cessation  of  the  paroxysms  or  symp- 
toms of  a  disease. 

Remit/tent  (remittens ;  from  remitto,  to 
assuage  or  lessen).  Any  disease  charac- 
terized by  periods  of  increment  and  ces- 
sation, but  without  periods  of  complete  re- 
covery. 

Remittent    Fever.      A   fever  which  increases 
and  diminishes,  but  without  intermission,  as 
the  bilious  fever  of  the  United  States. 
Rem/ora.    In  Surgery,  the  name  of  a  band- 
age intended  to  retain  displaced  parts  or  organs 
in  their  natural  situation.     In  Pathology,  re- 
tardation, especially  of  the  circulation. 

Remote7.     In  Pathology,   the  more  distant 
causes  of  diseases. 
Ren.     The  kidney. 

Re'nal  {renalis;  from  ren,  the  kidney). 
Pertaining  to  the  kidney. 

Renal  Ap'oplexy.  Another  name  for  ischuria 
renalis. 

Renal  Ar'tery.  An  artery  sent  off  by  the 
abdominal  aorta  to  the  kidney.  See  Emul- 
gent. 

Renal  CaPculus.  A  concretion  of  the  kid- 
ney. 
Renal  Capsule.  Suprarenal  capsule.  The 
ductless  glandular  body  at  the  apex  of  each 
kidney.  See  Renal  Gland. 
Renal  Gland.  Renal  capsule  ;  suprarenal 
gland.  A  hollow  glandular  body  of  a  some- 
what triangular  shape  on  each  kidney,  filled 
with  a  reddish-brown  liquor,  and  smaller  in 
the  adult  than  in  the  foetus.  The  use  of  it  is 
unknown.  The  atrabiliary  capsules  is  an- 
other name  for  these  glands.  See  Atrabili- 
ary. 

Renal  Vein.     A  large  vein  the  root  of  which 
follows  the  same  course  as  the  artery  in  the 
substance  of  the  kidney. 
Ren/chus.     Snoring ;  stertor. 
Ren'culus.      The  name  of   each  distinct 
lobe  of  the  kidney  in  the  embryo  of  the  mam- 
malia. 

Re/nes  Succenturia'ti.  The  renal  cap- 
sules. 

Ren'iform  (reniformis).     Kidney-shaped. 
Ren'net  (from  Ger.  gerinnen,  to  coagulate). 
Runnet.       The    dried,    salted   stomach    of   a 


sucking  calf.     When   soaked  in  water,  it  pos- 
sesses the  property  of  coagulating  milk. 
Rennet  Whey.     Composed  of  milk  two  pints, 
rennet  half  an  ounce,  infused  in  a  little  hot 
water  ;  mix  and  keep  in  gentle  heat  for  a  few 
hours  and  strain. 

Ren'nin.  The  ferment  found  in  the  gastric 
juice,  capable  of  curdling  milk  by  coagulating 
the  casein. 

Reophore,  Reopore  (from  peu,  to  flow, 
and  <j>epu,  to  carry).  Any  conducting  sub- 
stance leading  from  the  poles  of  a  galvanic 
battery  coil  or  dynamo  ;  the  practical  electrodes 
which  the  patient  grasps  in  his  hands  or  that 
are  applied  to  his  body  when  he  is  receiving 
the  current. 

Repan'dus.     Waved  ;  serpentine. 

Reparative.  Reinstating  or  restoring  to 
the  normal  condition. 

Repel/lants  (repellens;  from  re,  and  pellere, 
to  drive).  In  Therapeutics,  medicines  which, 
when  applied  to  an  inflamed  part,  cause  the 
fluids,  as  it  were,  to  recede  from  it. 

Repercolation.  Percolation  performed  a 
second  time  on  the  same  material  with  the 
percolate  from  the  first  percolation. 

Repercussion  (rejyercussio).  The  disap- 
pearance of  a  tumor,  abscess,  or  eruption  in 
consequence  of  the  application  of  a  repellant. 

Repercus/sive.    Repellant. 

Repercu'ticus.     Repercussive. 

Replantation  of  Teeth.  The  replace- 
ment of  teeth  which  have  been  extracted  or 
otherwise  removed  from  their  cavities  ;  wdien 
diseased,  the  thickened  periosteum  is  scraped 
off  before  returning  such  teeth  to  their 
sockets. 

Repletion  {repletio).  Plethora  ;  super- 
abundant fulness. 

Reprimen'tia  (reprimo,  to  repress).  Re- 
pressing medicines.  Remedies  for  fluxes,  as 
astringents,  etc. 

Rep/riments.     Same  as  Reprimenti  \. 

Reproduc'tion  (from  reproducere,  to  pro- 
duce again).  The  function  by  which  living 
bodies  perpetuate  their  species.     Generation. 

Rep'tant  [repto,  to  creep).     Creeping. 

Repta'tion  (reptatio).  The  act  of  creeping 
or  crawling. 

Repul'sion  (repulsio  ;  from  repello,  to  repel  I. 
In  Physics,  the  power  by  which  bodies  or 
particles  of  matter  are  caused  to  recede  from 
one  another.  Also  the  effect  resulting  from  the 
operation  of  this  power. 

Repulso'rium.       In     Dental     Surgery,     a 


REP 


528 


RES 


punch  ;  an  instrument  employed   in   the    ex- 
traction of  roots  of  teeth. 

Repurgan'tia.  Medicines  which  produce 
repurgation. 

Repurga'tion  (repurgatio).  A  term  applied 
by  Cattelli  to  purgation  by  cutaneous  trans- 
piration or  expectoration. 

Res  Natura'les.  The  naturals  ;  the  union 
of  the  elements,  temperaments,  humors,  spirits, 
etc.,  which  were  supposed  to  constitute  the 
nature  of  man. 

Res  Non  Naturales.     See  NoN-NATURALS. 
Res  Vene'rea.     Sexual  intercourse,  coition. 

Resec'tion  (resectio ;  from  resecare,  to  cut 
off).  In  Surgery,  an  operation  for  the  removal 
of  carious  extremities  of  long  bones  or  false 
joints  ;  also  the  excision  of  bones  with  the 
design  of  preserving  limbs  in  more  or  less  in- 
tegrity and  avoiding  amputation. 

Residen/tia.     Sediment. 

Resid'uum.  Residue.  In  Chemistry,  that 
which  remains  after  any  process  of  separation 
or  purification. 

Resilience.  The  act  or  power  of  rebound- 
ing or  recoiling  ;  or  returning  by  elastic  force 
to  the  original  state  after  stretching  or  com- 
pression. 

Res/in  (resina).    A  brittle,  semi-translucent, 
inflammable   vegetable   product,    insoluble  in 
water,  but  soluble  in  alcohol  and  oils,  and  com- 
posed of  oxygen,   hydrogen,   and  carbon.     It 
forms  an  ingredient  in  ointments  and  plasters, 
but  is  never  given  internally. 
Resin  of  Bile.     Biliary  resin. 
Resin  of  Copper.     Protochloride  of  copper. 
Resin,  Elastic.     Caoutchouc. 

ResPna  APba.  The  inspissated  juice  of 
the  Pinus  sylvestris,  etc. 

Resina  Fla/va.  Yellow  resin.  The  resin 
which  remains  in  the  still  after  distilling  oil 
of  turpentine  mixed  with  water. 
Resina  Ni/gra.  The  most  common  resin 
which  remains  in  the  retort  after  distilling  oil 
of  turpentine  from  common  turpentine. 

Res/inoid.     Resembling  resin. 

Resist/ance.  In  Mechanics,  a  force  acting 
in  opposition  to  another  force.  When  it  cor- 
responds to  the  useful  effect  produced  by  the 
machine  it  is  called  active,  and  when  it  be- 
longs to  the  inertia  of  the  machine  it  is  pas- 
sive. 

Resolu'tio  Nervorum.     Paralysis. 

Resolution  (resolutio ;  from  resolvere,  to 
loosen).  A  termination  of  inflammation  with- 
out suppuration  or  mortification. 


ResoPvent  (resolvens).  A  term  applied  to 
substances  which  have  the  power  of  dispersing 
inflammation  and  preventing  suppuration.  A 
discutient ;  an  agent  producing  resolution. 

Res'onance  (from  re,  again,  and  sono,  to 
sound).  A  return  or  reverberation  of  sound. 
A  peculiar  thrilling  of  the  voice,  or  the  exist- 
ence of  it  in  a  part  where  it  is  not  heard  in 
health,  as  discovered  by  auscultation. 
Resor'bens.  Absorbent. 
Resorcin  (resorcinum).  Formula,  C6H60.2 
=  C6Hi(OH)2.  This  agent  differs  from  car- 
bolic acid  or  phenol,  which  it  resembles,  in  the 
substitution  of  one  molecule  of  hydroxyl  (HO) 
for  one  atom  of  hydrogen.  It  is  an  artificial 
product  in  the  form  of  colorless,  odorless  crys- 
tals of  a  sweet  taste,  soluble  in  water  and 
alcohol.  It  is  employed  as  a  substitute  for 
carbolic  acid,  being  less  irritating  and  not  objec- 
tionable on  account  of  odor.  In  doses  of  30  to 
60  grains  it  causes  profuse  perspiration  and 
weakness.  Large  doses  cause  convulsions  and 
tetanic  rigidity.  Its  uses  in  Dental  Practice 
are  the  same  as  those  of  carbolic  acid.  See 
Gorgas'  "Dental  Medicine." 

Resorption.  The  absorption  by  the  vessels 
of  material  which  they  have  once  contained 
but  which  has  been  exuded  into  the  tissue  or 
upon  a  free  surface. 

Res'pirable  (respirdbilis).  Capable  of  being 
respired  without  danger. 

Respiration  (respiratio;  from  respiro,  to 
take  breath).  The  inhalation  and  expiration  of 
air  ;  the  act  of  breathing. 

Respiration,  Artificial.  The  establishment 
of  a  process  resembling  respiration  in  persons 
laboring  under  asphyxia.  Dr.  Marshall  Hall's 
ready  method  consists  of  placing  the  body  in 
a  prone  position,  making  gentle  pressure  on 
the  back,  then  removing  the  pressure  and 
turning  the  body  on  its  side  and  a  little  be- 
yond, executing  these  movements  sixteen 
times  in  a  minute. 
Dr.  Sylvester's  method  consists  of  placing  the 
patient  on  his  back,  pulling  the  tongue  for- 
ward, and  then  drawing  the  arms  slowly  over 
the  head,  by  which  means  the  ribs  are  elevated 
by  the  pectoral  muscles  and  the  chest  is  en- 
larged. The  arms  are  now  to  be  brought 
down  to  the  side  of  the  chest,  which  they 
must  be  made  to  compress  slightly.  These 
movements  must  be  repeated  so  as  to  stimu- 
late respiration. 
Respiration,  Bron'chial.  A  kind  of  respira- 
tion in  which  there  is  a  sound  of  air  passing 


RES 


529 


RET 


through  the  hronchial  tubes  without  entering 
the  minute  air-cells. 
Respiration,  Cav'ernous.  That  in  which 
there  is  a  sound  of  air  passing  from  the 
bronchia  into  large  morbid  cavities  instead  of 
into  the  air-cells. 

Respiration,  Jerk'ing.     The    interruption  of 
the  murmur  of  respiration  so  that,  instead  of 
being  continuous,  it  is,  as  it  were,  by  starts. 
It  occurs  in  spasmodic  asthma,  pleurodynia, 
and  tubercular  affections  of  the  lungs. 
Respiration,  Pu'erile.     That  in  which  there 
is  a  sound  like  the  respiration  of  infants. 
Respirator.      An  instrument    to    be    ad- 
justed before  the  mouth  to  warm  the  inspired 
air,  inteuded  for  persons  subject  to  bronchitis 
and  pulmonary  affections. 

Respiratory.  Pertaining  to  respiration. 
Respiratory  Mur'mur.  A  sound  heard  by 
auscultation  in  a  healthy  adult  during  in- 
spiration and  expiration,  occasioned  by  the 
passage  of  the  air  into  and  from  the  cells  of 
the  lungs. 

Respiratory  Tract.  The  middle  column  of 
the  spinal  marrow. 
Rest/if orm  (restiformis;  from  rest's,  a  cord, 
and  forma,  likeness).  A  term  applied  in 
Anatomy  to  two  cord -like  processes  of  the 
medulla  oblongata,  the  corpora  restiforma. 

Resu/pinate.  Having  the  lower  surface 
turned  upward. 

Resurrec/tionist.  One  who  violates  the 
sanctity  of  the  grave  to  obtain  bodies  for  dis- 
section. 

Resuscitation  (resuscitalio  ;  from  resuscito, 
to  move  up,  to  raise  up  anew).  The  restora- 
tion to  life  of  a  person  apparently  dead. 
When  asphyxia  results  from  the  administra- 
tion of  anaesthetic  agents,  such  efforts  should 
be  made  for  resuscitation  as  the  following. 
The  napkin  or  inhaler  being  removed,  the 
patient's  tongue  should  be  drawn  forward  with 
forceps  or  a  tenaculum,  fresh  air  admitted 
from  the  door  or  windows  or  induced  by  a 
fan,  and  artificial  respiration  instituted.  Stim- 
ulating applications  to  the  surface  and  cold 
water  to  the  face  and  head.  The  main  reli- 
ance, however,  is  on  artificial  respiration,  and 
this  is  best  kept  up  by  Marshall  Hall's  "ready 
method,"  as  follows  :  "  Turn  the  body  gently 
and  completely  on  the  side  and  a  little  beyond, 
and  then  on  the  face,  alternately  ;  repeating 
these  measures  deliberately,  efficiently,  and 
perseveringly,  fifteen  times  in  a  minute." 
When  the  patient  reposes  on  the  thorax  this 
34 


cavity  is  compressed  by  the  weight  of  the  body 
and  expiration  takes  place  ;  when  he  is  turned 
on  the  side  this  pressure  is  removed  and  in- 
spiration occurs.  When  the  prone  position  is 
resumed,  make  equable  but  efficient  pressure 
along  the  spine,  removing  it  immediately 
before  rotation  on  the  side  (the  first  measure 
augments  the  expiration,  the  second  com- 
mences inspiration).  As  soon  as  the  patient 
can  swallow,  give  brandy  and  ammonia. 
Efforts  at  resuscitation  should  not  cease  until 
death  is  evident. 

A  method  of  producing  artificial  respiration 
is  known  as  Sylvester's.  It  consists  of  laying 
the  patient  on  his  back,  drawing  the  tongue 
forward,  then  carrying  the  arms  slowly  up- 
ward over  the  head,  thus  elevating  the  ribs  by 
means  of  the  pectoral  muscles  and  inducing 
respiration  ;  the  arms  are  then  brought  down 
to  the  side  of  the  chest  and  slightly  compressed 
against  it ;  these  movements  are  to  be  repeated 
slowly,  as  by  the  other  method.  If  a  galvanic 
battery  is  at  hand  it  should  be  resorted  to 
among  other  possible  means  of  restoring  ani- 
mation. 

Another  method  is  to  elevate  the  feet  and 
lower  the  head,  which  can  be  accomplished  by 
means  of  a  cask  or  by  grasping  the  lower  ex- 
tremities at  the  ankles  and  elevating  them  with 
the  head  hanging  down. 

Retaining  Appliances.  Appliances  for 
holding  malposed  teeth  after  they  have  been 
moved  into  their  proper  positions  until  they 
have  become  firm  and  preventing  their  tendency 
to  return  to  the  positions  from  which  they  have 
been  moved. 
Retaining  Screws.     See  SCREW. 

Retardation.     A  stopping  or  hindering. 

Retching.     Ineffectual  efforts  to  vomit. 

Re'te.     A  net.     A  term  applied  in  Anatomy 

to  cellular  membrane  and  to  the  interlacing  of 

nerves,  blood-vessels,  etc.,  when  they  form   a 

sort  of  network. 

Rete  Malpighii.     The  rete  mucosum. 
Rete   Mirab'ile.     The  anastomoses  of  the  in- 
ternal carotid  and  vertebral  arteries  at  the 
base  of  the  brain. 

Rete  Muco'sum.  A  term  applied  to  a  sup- 
posed mucous  substance  situated  between  the 
cuticle  and  true  skin.  It  is  really  only  the 
lower  cells  of  the  epidermis  which  have  not 
been  dried  to  scales. 

Rete  Vasculo'sum.     The  plexus  retiformisor 
corpus  cavernosum  vagina?. 
Rete    Vasculosum     Tes'tis.      The    network 


RET 


530 


REV 


formed  by  the  vasa  recta  at  the  upper  part  of 
the  testicle. 

Reten'tion  (retentio;  from  retinere,  to  hold 
back).  The  accumulation  of  a  solid  or  liquid 
substance  in  a  canal  or  cavity  intended  to 
contain  it  only  for  a  short  time. 
Retention  of  the  Menses.  Amenorrhoea. 
Retention  of  Urine.  Accumulation  of  urine 
in  the  bladder  from  inability  to  expel  it. 

Retic/ular  (reticularis;    from  rele,   a  net). 
A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  structures  which 
have  the  appearance  of  a  net  or  web. 
Reticular  Sub/stance.     The  cellular  tissue. 

Reticulum  (diminutive  of  rete,  a  net).     A 
small  net  or  web. 
Reticulum  Cuta'neum.     The  rete  mucosum. 

Ret'iform.     Reticular. 

Ret'ina  (from  rete,  a  net).  Two  almost 
inseparable  layers  of  membrane,  extending 
from  the  optic  nerve  to  the  crystalline  lens, 
embracing  the  vitreous  humor,  and  lining  the 
choroid  coat  without  adhering  to  either.  It  is 
formed  by  an  expansion  of  the  optic  nerve  and 
constitutes  the  true  organ  of  vision. 

Retinaculum.  A  halter,  band,  or  cord 
keeping  anything  in  place. 

Retinaculum  Ten/dinum  Perone'orum.  The 
ligamentous  sheaths  that  retain  in  place  at 
the  outer  ankle  the  tendons  of  the  peroneal 
muscles. 

Retinitis  (from  retina,  the  name  of  the 
part,  and  itis,  a  terminal  denoting  inflamma- 
tion).    Inflammation  of  the  retina. 

Retinol.  A  hydrocarbon  produced  by 
the  dry  distillation  of  resin ;  used  as  a 
solvent. 

Retort/.  A  chemical  vessel  with  a  long 
neck  employed  in  distillation.  For  the  genera- 
tion of  nitrons  oxide  gas  for  dental  purposes 
the  retort  should  be  made  of  glass  ;  one  with- 
out a  stopper  answers  best. 
Retort,  Tabulated.  A  retort  with  a  small 
hole  in  the  top. 

Retraction  (retractio ;  from  retrahere,  to 
draw  back).  The  state  of  a  part  when  drawn 
toward  the  center  of  the  body  or  backward  ; 
also  the  state  of  being  drawn  up. 

Retrac'tor.  In  Anatomy,  a  muscle  the 
function  of  which  is  to  draw  back  the  part 
into  which  it  is  inserted.  In  Surgery,  a  piece 
of  linen  used  in  amputation  for  drawing  the 
divided  muscles  upward,  to  prevent  injury  from 
the  saw.  In  l>< ulal.  Surgrry,  an  instrument  for 
drawing  the  commissure  of  the  lips  back  for 
the  purpose  of  exposing  the  molar  teeth  while 


separating  them  with  a  file  or  disk.    The  file  is 
seldom  used. 

Retractor    An/guli    Or'is.       The   buccinator 
muscle. 

Ret/rahens  (from  retraho,  to  draw  back). 
Drawing  back.  Applied  in  Anatomy  to  a 
muscle  of  the  ear. 

Retrahens    Auris.       Two   small    bundles   of 
muscular  fibers  situated  behind  the  ear. 

Retroce'dent.  A  term  applied  in  Pathology 
to  a  disease  which  moves  from  one  part  of  the 
body  to  another,  as  sometimes  happens  in  cases 
of  gout. 

Retrocession.  The  act  of  going  back. 
The  transfer  of  a  disease  from  the  surface  to 
the  interior. 

Retroclusion.  Compression  of  an  artery 
by  the  passing  of  a  pin  through  the  tissues 
alongside  of  it. 

Re/troflex  (from  retro,  back,  and  flecto,  to 
turn).     Turning  back  abruptly  or  suddenly. 

Retroflexion.  An  abrupt  displacement, 
or  changing  of  the  normal  direction. 

Retrograde  (from  retro,  and  gradus,  a  step). 
Receding,  or  going  backward. 

Retroversion  (retroversio).  Turning  back  ; 
applied  to  the  uterus  and  other  organs. 
Retroversion  of  the  Uterus  {retroversio  uteri). 
A  deviation  of  the  natural  position  of  the 
uterus  wherein  the  fundus  of  the  organ  is 
turned  back  into  the  concavity  of  the  sacrum 
while  the  neck  is  directed  toward  the  sym- 
physis pubis. 

Reu/nion.  In  Surgery,  the  union  of  parts 
separated  by  a  wound.  When  this  takes  place 
without  suppuration  the  reunion  is  said  to  be 
by  the  first  intention,  but  if  not  until  after  sup- 
puration occurs  it  is  said  to  be  by  the  second 
intention. 

Reuss's  Test.  A  test  for  atropine  made 
by  heating  the  suspected  substance  with  sul- 
phuric acid  and  oxidizing  agents,  when,  if 
atropine  is  present,  an  odor  of  blossoms  is 
developed. 

Revel'Ient.  Derivative  ;  applied  to  that 
which  draws  inflammation  or  other  diseased 
action  from  a  part. 

Reverberation  (re,  again  or  back,  and  m'- 
bero,  to  strike).  Reflection  of  light,  heat,  or 
sound. 

Reverb'eratory  Fur/nace.  A  furnace  in 
which  the  flame  is  made  to  play  over  an  arched 
surface. 

Revivification.  Resuscitation  ;  restoration 
of  life.     In  Chemistry,  the  reduction  of  a  metal 


REV 


531 


RHE 


from  a  state  of  composition  to  its  metallic  con- 
dition. 

Revul'sant  (from  revello,  to  push  away). 
A  medicine  that  draws  the  Mood  from  a  dis 
tant  part  of  the  body  by  irritation. 

Revul'sion  (remlsio;  from  revellere,  to 
pluck).  The  act  of  drawing  a  disease  from 
the  organ  in  which  it  appears  to  have  taken  its 
seat. 

Revulsive.  Derivative.  Eevellent  (which 
seel. 

Rhabar'baric  Acid.  Ehabarbarin.  The 
yellow  crystalline  coloring  matter  of  rhubarb, 
supposed  by  Brande  to  be  the  active  principle 
of  the  drug. 

Rhabar/barum.     Ehubarb. 

Rhachia  us  (pa%ig,  the  spine).  Belonging 
to  the  spine. 

Rhachial  gia  (rachialgitis  ;  from  paxic,  the 
spine,  and  alyoc,  pain).  Spinal  irritation  ; 
pain  in  the  spine. 

Rhachias  mus.  The  first  symptoms  of 
epilepsy. 

Rhachiot/ome.  An  instrument  for  open- 
ing the  spinal  canal. 

Rhachiot'omy.     Dissection  of  the  spine. 

Rhachipararysis.     See  Paraplegia. 

Rhachiphy/ma.     A  tumor  of  the  spine. 

Rhachirrheu'ma.     Lumbago. 

Rha'chis.     The  spine  or  vertebral  column. 

Rhachisa'gra  (from  pa^ic,  the  spine,  and 
aypa,  a  seizure).  Suddeu  seizure  of  the  spine 
with  pain.  A  gouty  or  rheumatic  affection  of 
the  spine. 

Rhachi'tas.     The  muscles  of  the  spine. 

Rhaco'des.     Wrinkled. 

Rhaco/ma.  A  rent  or  chapped  portion  of 
the  skin.     Also  a  lax  condition  of  the  scrotum. 

Rha'gades.     A  fissure,  chap,  or  cleft. 

Rhagoi'des.  A  term  employed  in  Anatomy 
to  desiguate  a  membrane  of  the  eye,  the  tunica 
rhagoides,  or  uvea,  from  its  resemblance  in 
color  to  a  grape. 

Rhaphe  (Gr.  =  a  seam).  A  ridge  or  raised 
line,  especially  one  in  the  median  line  of  a 
part. 

Rhat/any.  Ehatania.  Krameria  triandra. 
Astringent,  diuretic,  and  detergent.  Dose,  J}  ss 
to  5J,  in  powder. 

Rheg'ma.     A  laceration  or  fracture. 

Rhe'ic  Acid  (rheum,  rhubarb).  The  yel- 
low, crystalline,  granular  matter  of  rhubarb, 
procured  from  the  plant  by  means  of  ether. 

Rheochord.     See  Eheostat. 

Rheom'eter  (from  peu:  to  flow,  and  pe-rpov, 


a  measure).  An  instrument  for  arresting  and 
reestablishing  the  electric  current  of  an  electro- 
magnetic machine  ;  a  galvanometer.  Also  an 
apparatus  for  measuring  the  rapidity  of  the 
blood-current. 

Rhe/oscope  (from  ptoq,  current,  and  gko-eu, 
to  examine).  An  instrument  for  testing  the 
existence  of  an  electric  current ;  a  galvano- 
scope. 

Rhe'ostat  (from  peoc,  and  tarr/uit  to  stand). 
An  instrument  for  the  measurement  or  com- 
parison of  resistance  of  an  electric  current. 

Rhe'otome  (from  peoc,  current,  and  re/n>w, 
to  cut).  An  instrument  for  breaking  a  gal- 
vanic current  or  circuit. 

Rheotrope.  An  appliance  for  reversing  a 
current. 

Rhe'um.  Ehubarb.  Eheuma.  A  genus  of 
plants  of  the  order  Polygonacea?.  There  are 
numerous  species  of  rheum,  but  the  commer- 
cial varieties  most  esteemed  are  the  Eussian, 
Turkish,  and  Chinese.  The  English,  French, 
and  German  are  of  inferior  quality.  Ehu- 
barb root  is  purgative,  stomachic,  and  astrin- 
gent. Dose,  gr.  x  to  ^ss  of  the  powder  to 
open  the  bowels ;  gr.  vj  to  gr.  x  as  a  stom- 
achic. Dose  of  the  syrup  and  of  the  spiced 
syrup,  for  an  infant,  3  j  ;  of  the  fluid  extract 
the  dose  is  5  ss. 

Rheum,  Salt.      A    common   name  for  several 

cutaneous  affections  of  the   eczematous  and 

herpetic  forms. 

Rheu'ma   (from  peu,  to  flow).      The  dis 

charge  from  the  nostrils  and  air-passages.     It 

is  also  applied  to  any  mucous  discharge. 

Rheumarthrosis  (from  pev/ua,  a  defluxion, 
and  apdpor,  a  joint).     Acute  rheumatism. 
RheumataFgia.     Chronic  rheumatism. 
Rheumat'ic  (rheumaticus).     Pertaining  or 
relating  to  rheumatism. 

Rheu'matism  (from  pevua,  a  defluxion.  a 
catarrh).  A  more  or  less  painful  affection 
occupying  the  muscles  or  parts  surrounding 
the  joints.  It  is  sometimes  acute  and  some- 
times chronic. 

Rheumatism,  Acute  (rheumatismus  acutus). 
A  disease  usually  ushered  in  by  fever.  Excru- 
ciating pain  in  different  parts  of  the  body,  but 
more  particularly  in  the  larger  joints,  which 
soon  become  red  and  swollen.  Several  joints 
are  usually  affected  at  the  same  time,  and  the 
pain  shifts  from  one  to  another. 
Rheumatism,  Arthritic.  Eheumarthrosis. 
Acute  rheumatism,  having  the  appearance  of 
gout. 


RHE 


532 


RHO 


Rheumatism,    Cap'sular.       Rheumatism   af- 
fecting the  lining  membrane  of  the  joints  and 
bursas  of  the  tendons. 
Rheumatism,  Chron'ic.     Pain  in  one  or  more 
of  the  joints,  unaccompanied  by  inflammation, 
redness,  or  fever. 
Rheumatism,  Gouty.      Arthritis  ;   inflamma- 
tion of  the  synovial  membrane. 
Rheumatism,  Preabdom/inal.      Rheumatism 
of  the  muscles  of  the  anterior  and  lateral  parts 
of  the  abdomen. 

Rheumatophy/ra.  Acute  rheumatism. 
Rheumatic  fever. 

Rheumato'sis.     Rheumatism. 

Rheumic  Acid.     Oxalic  acid. 
■   Rhex/is.     A  rupture  of  any  part.     A  spon- 
taneous opening  of  an  abscess. 

Rhigo'Iene  (from  piyoc,  extreme  cold).  A 
petroleum  naphtha  boiling  at  70°  F. ;  one  of  the 
most  volatile  liquids  obtained  by  the  distilla- 
tion of  petroleum,  and  which  has  been  applied 
to  the  production  of  cold  by  evaporation.  Used 
in  Dentistry  and  Surgery  as  a  local  anaesthetic, 
applied  by  means  of  Richardson's  spray  appa- 
ratus. Freezing  by  rhigolene  is  considered  by 
some  far  more  effective  than  by  absolute  ether, 
and  also  more  convenient  and  more  easily  con- 
trolled than  the  freezing  mixtures  previously 
employed. 

Rhi'gos.     Rigor. 

Rhin.     The  nose. 

RhinaPgia  (from  ptv,  the  nose,  and  a?iyog, 
pain).     Pain  in  the  nose. 

Rhinen/chysis  (from  p,  the  nose,  evt  in, 
and  xvu,  to  pour).  An  injection  into  the  nos- 
trils made  with  a  syringe. 

Rhinenchy'tes.     A  nose  syringe. 

Rhini/tis  (ptv,  nose).  Nasitis.  Inflamma- 
tion of  the  nose.     Coryza. 

RhinodyrPia.     Pain  in  the  nose. 

Rhinopho'nia.     Nasal  voice. 

Rhinophyma  (from  ipv/m,  growth).  Nodular 
swelling  of  the  nose  caused  by  hypertrophy 
and  congestion. 

Rhinoplas'tic  (from  pcv,  the  nose,  and 
TrTiaffoa,  to  form).  A  surgical  operation  for 
forming  a  new  nose. 

RhinopoPypus  (from  piv,  nose,  and  poly- 
pus).    Polypus  of  the  nose  or  nostrils. 

Rhinorrha'gia.     Epistaxis. 

Rhinor'rhaphy  (from  piv,  the  nose,  and 
I"""/,  a  suture).  Rhinorrhaphia.  An  opera- 
lion  for  the  removal  of  epicanthus,  or  a  por- 
tion of  the  skin  of  the  nose. 

Rhinorrhce'a  (from  /">',  a  nose,  and  peo>,  to 


flow).  A  discharge  of  limpid  mucus  from  the 
nose  without  inflammation  of  the  Schneiderian 
membrane. 

Rhinoscopy.  Examination  of  the  nasal 
cavity. 

Rhi/za.     A  root. 

Rhi/zagra.  A  punch  ;  an  instrument  much 
used  by  ancient  dentists  in  the  extraction  of 
roots  of  teeth,  and  occasionally  employed  at 
the  present  day. 

Rhizoph'agous  (from  pt£a,  a  root,  and 
(payu,  to  eat) .     Feeding  on  roots. 

Rho/dium.     A  hard,  white  metal  found  in 
crude  platina.     Specific  gravity  is  about  11. 
Rhodium  Lig/num.     Rosewood. 

RhodizoiPic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
carbonic  oxide. 

Rhodo'meli.     Honey  of  roses. 

Rho/donite.     A  variety  of  maguesian  spar. 

Rhoet/izite.     A  variety  of  kyanite. 

Rhomb  (rhombus;  from  pe/^Sw,  to  turn  or 
whirl  round,  to  wander).  Literally,  a  deviat- 
ing square.  An  oblique-angled,  equilateral 
parallelogram  or  a  quadrilateral  figure  the 
planes  of  which  are  equal,  the  opposite  ones 
parallel,  with  unequal  angles,  two  being  obtuse 
and  two  acute. 

Rhombohe'dron.  A  solid  having  six  equal 
rhombic  planes  or  sides. 

Rhomboid.  Rhomboidal.  A  figure  hav- 
ing the  form  of  a  rhomb,  with  sides  and  angles 
equal,  but  which  is  neither  equilateral  nor 
equiangular. 

Rhomboide/us.  A  muscle  of  the  scapula, 
which  is  sometimes  described  as  two  muscles, 
the  rhomboideus  major  and  rhomboideus 
minor. 

Rhomb=spar.  A  crystalline  mineral  re- 
sembling calc  spar,  consisting  of  carbonates  of 
lime  and  magnesia  with  some  traces  of  carbon- 
ate of  iron. 

Rhon/chal.  Relating  or  appertaining  to 
rhonchus. 

Rhon/chus.  Rale.  A  rattling  or  wheezing 
sound  in  the  air-passages,  generally  arising  from 
certain  morbid  states  of  respiration.  Five 
species  of  rhonchus  or  rattle  are  enumerated  by 
writers:  (1)  The  crepitous,  rale  crepitant,  re- 
sembling the  decrepitation  of  salt  over  a  gentle 
fire  or  rubbing  a  lock  of  hair  between  the  fin- 
gers ;  (2)  the  mucous,  rate  muqueux,  consisting 
of  unequal,  irregular  bubbles,  like  the  sound 
heard  in  the  windpipe  of  a  dying  person  ;  (3) 
the  sonorous,  rale  sonore,  resembling  the  sound 
of  snoring,  except  when  slight,  then  somewhat 


RHO 


533 


RIM 


like  that  of  the  cooing  of  a  dove  ;  (4)  the 
sibilant,  rale  sabilant,  a  whistling  or  clicking,  as 
of  a  small  valve  ;  (5)  the  crackling,  consisting 
during  inspiration  of  two,  three,  or  four  dry, 
sharp  sounds. 

Rhopalo/sis.     See  Plica. 

Rhubarb  (rhei  radix).  The  root  of  several 
species  of  rheum,  a  very  valuable  drug.  It  is 
a  mild  purgative,  slightly  astringent  and  tonic. 
See  Rheum. 

Rhy'as.  A  decrease  or  defect  of  the  lachry- 
mal caruncle  of  the  eye. 

Rhythm  (from  pv&fiog,  regular  movement). 
Applied  in  Medicine  to  the  pulsations  of  the 
heart  and  the  arteries,  which,  when  equal  in 
force,  are  said  to  be  in  rhythm. 

Rhyth'mical.  Pertaining  to  or  having  the 
quality  of  rhythm. 

Rhytido'sis  (from  pvnSou,  to  grow  wrin- 
kled). Atrophy  or  collapse  of  the  cornea, 
without  impairing  its  transparency  ;  corruga- 
tion of  any  part. 

Rib.     Costa. 

Ribbon  or  Tape  of  Gold  Foil.  A  form 
of  gold  foil  for  filling  teeth  made  by  foldiug 
any  portion  of  a  sheet  of  foil  over  and  over 
again  uutil  the  desired  width  and  thickness  is 
produced. 

Rice  Water.  The  evacuations  of  persons 
affected  with  cholera  are  so  termed  from  their 
resemblance  to  it. 

Rich'ardson's  Spray  Apparatus.  In- 
vented by  Dr.  Benjamin  W.  Richardson,  of 
London,  consists  of  a  spray  tube  and  bottle 
worked  by  a  hand  bellows.  The  tube  differs 
from  all  other  spray  tubes  in  that  the  volatile 
fluid,  absolute  ether,  or  rhigolene  is  brought 
up  for  dispersion  by  air  pressure,  produced  by 
the  same  motion  as  that  which  causes  the  dis- 
persion. 

Dr.  Richardson  says  that  the  effect  of  his 
apparatus  is  due  entirely  to  the  cold  generated 
by  the  rapid  evaporation  of  the  ether.  In 
effecting  local  anaesthesia  by  this  process  the 
entire  blanching  of  the  surface  to  be  operated 
on  may  be  produced  or,  short  of  this  extreme 
result,  a  superficial  anaesthesia  only  may  be  in- 
duced. To  produce  insensibility  of  a  part  with 
absolute  ether,  the  application  of  the  spray 
from  thirty  to  sixty  seconds  only  is  necessary. 
For  the  extraction  of  a  tooth,  before  applying 
the  spray  the  parts  to  be  acted  upon  should  be 
carefully  dried,  otherwise  a  film  of  ice  will  be 
formed  and  the  anaesthesia  be  obstructed  and 
imperfect.     There  is  little  or  no  difficulty  in 


extracting  the  superior  front  teeth  by  this  pro- 
cess, without  causing  pain,  but  in  the  case  of 
the  back  and  inferior  teeth  there  is  difficulty, 
owing  to  the  saliva  freezing. 

Richmond  Crown.  An  all-porcelain 
crown  having  a  base  V-shaped  from  the  mesial 
to  the  distal  side.  The  pin  or  post  is  first 
pushed  through  a  thin  perforated  disk  of  gutta 
percha  and  the  crown  warmed  and  pressed  into 
place  ;  when  cool  it  is  removed  and  the  gutta 
percha  trimmed  away  close  to  the  crown-neck. 
The  crown  is  then  warmed,  a  little  oxyphos- 
phate  cement  put  on  the  post,  and  the  crown 
pressed  into  its  proper  place. 

Ricin'ic  Acid.  One  of  the  three  acids 
produced  by  the  saponification  of  castor- 
oil. 

Ric'inus.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Euphorbiacese. 

Ricinus  Commu'nis.  The  castor-oil  plant,  or 
Palma  christi.  The  oil  obtained  from  the 
seeds  is  a  mild  cathartic. 

Rick/ets.  An  affection  of  early  childhood 
characterized  by  excessive  deposition  of  carti- 
lage in  and  about  bones,  causing  undue  flexi- 
bility, enlargement,  and  deformity  of  the 
bones.  It  is  a  constitutional  disease  of  child- 
hood, characterized  by  increased  cell-growth 
of  the  bones.  The  bones  are  deficient  in 
earthy  matter,  resulting  in  deformities, 
muscular  pains,  sweating  upon  the  head,  and 
later,  excessive  calcification  occurs  in  the  dis- 
torted bones  and  their  cartilaginous  enlarge- 
ments. There  are  also  abnormal  changes  in 
the  spleen  and  liver.  Treatment :  Nourish- 
ing food,  cod-liver  oil,  the  iodide  of  iron, 
the  hypophosphites  and  phosphates,  bathing, 
and  open-air  exercise. 

Ridge,  Crest,  or  Line.  A  prominent  bor- 
der of  a  bone. 

Riga  BaLsam.  The  resinous  juice  from  the 
young  twigs  of  the  Pinns  cembra. 

Rig'id  (rigidus).     Hard;  stiff;  not  pliant. 

Rigid'itas.     Rigidity. 
Rigiditas  Articulo'rum.     False  anchylosis. 

Rigid'ity  (from  rigere,  to  be  stiff).  Rigid- 
itas.    Stiffness  ;  want  of  pliability. 

Ri/gor  (from  piyeu,  to  shiver).     A  sensation 
of  cold,  with  involuntary  shivering. 
Rigor  Mortis.     The  rigidity  which  takes  place 
after  death. 
Rigor  Nervo'sus.     Tetanus. 

Ri'ma.     A  fissure,  cleft,  or  opening. 
Rima   Cana'lis   Suborbita'rii.     The    suborbi- 
tal fissure. 


RIM 


534 


ROS 


Rima  Glot'tidis.     The  opening  of  the  glottis, 
or,  rather,  of  the  larynx. 
Rima  Mag'na.     The  vulva. 
Rimo'sus.     Full  of  cracks. 
RinVula.     A  small  fissure  or  crack. 
Ring   (annulus).      In   Anatomy,    a   circular 
orifice  which  serves  for  the  passage  of  a  vessel 
or  other  organs,  as  the  inguinal  ring,  the  db- 
dominal  ring,  etc. 

Ring,  Exter'nal  Abdominal.  An  opening 
formed  by  the  separation  of  the  fibres  of  the 
aponeurosis  of  the  obliquus  externus. 
Ring,  Fem'oral.  An  opening  between  Pou- 
part's  ligament  and  the  pubes. 
Ring,  Internal  Abdono/inal.  An  opening  in 
the  fascia  transversalis,  a  little  above  Pou- 
part's  ligament. 

Ring'worm.  Herpes  circinatus.  Any  par- 
asitic affection  of  the  skin  spreading  in  the 
form  of  a  ring,  with  healthy  skin  inside 
of  it. 

Ringworm  of  the   Scalp.     Porrigo  scutulata. 
Ri'sing.     Regurgitation. 
Riso/rius.     A  name  given  by  Santorini  to 
a  portion  of  the  platysma  myoides  muscle. 

Risus  (from  ridere,  risum,  to  laugh).  Laugh- 
ter. 

Riv/et.  A  term  applied  in  Mechanical 
Dentistry  to  the  small  platina  pins  baked  in  the 
backs  of  porcelain  teeth  to  serve  as  a  means 
of  attachment  to  narrow  strips  of  gold,  silver, 
or  platina  plate,  which  are  afterward  soldered 
to  the  base  designed  to  sustain  the  teeth  in  the 
mouth. 

Rivin'ian  Ducts.  The  excretory  ducts  of 
the  sublingual  glands,  first  discovered  by  Ri- 
vinus. 

Roast'ing.  In  Chemistry,  a  process  em- 
ployed  lor  the  separation  of  mineral  sub- 
stances, consisting  in  the  volatilization  of  some 
of  their  principles  and  in  changing  others  so  as 
to  prepare  them  for  other  operations. 

Robertson's  Alloy.  An  amalgam  for  fill- 
ing teeth,  consisting  of  1  part  of  gold,  3  of  sil- 
ver, and  2  of  tin,  the  gold  and  silver  being  first 
melted  and  the  tin  added  at  the  moment  of 
fusion.  When  cold,  the  alloy  is  finely  pulver- 
Lzed,  and  equal  quantities  of  the  powder  and 
mercury  are  kneaded  together, 

Robinson's  Metal.  A  textile  metallic  fill- 
ing material,  introduced  as  a  substitute  for 
amalgam. 

Robinson's  Remedy.  Carbolized  potash,  eon 
sisting  of  equal  parts  of  caustic  potash  and 
carbolic  acid.     Employed  as  an  obtundent  for 


sensitive  dentine   and  as   an    application  in 
alveolar  pyorrhoea. 

Rob/orant.  Corroborant ;  a  strengthening 
medicine. 

Roboran'tia.     Tonics. 

Roche  Alum.     Native  alum. 

Rochelle  Salt.  Tartrate  of  potassa  and 
soda  (which  see). 

Rock  Oil.     Petroleum. 
Rock  Salt.     Common  salt  found  in  masses  or 
beds. 

Rodent  Ulcer.  A  superficial,  sluggish,  but 
spreading  ulcer,  usually  on  the  face  ;  a  form  of 
epithelioma  of  the  skin. 

Roden/tia  (from  rodo,  to  gnaw).  An  order 
of  mammalia  having  two  incisor  teeth  in  each 
jaw  with  an  empty  space  between  them  and 
the  molars  ;  comprehending  the  rat  and  mouse, 
the  squirrel,  rabbit,  musk-rat,  beaver,  and 
other  gnawing  animals. 

Roller.  A  term  applied  in  Surgery  to  a 
long,  narrow  bandage. 

Roll'ing  Mill.  An  apparatus  for  reducing 
metal  to  thin  plates  or  laminae,  consisting  of 
two  iron  rollers,  mounted  in  a  strong  iron  frame, 
so  adjusted  as  to  be  separated  or  brought  near 
together  by  means  of  two  screws,  and  made  to 
revolve  by  means  of  a  crank.  It  is  used  in  the 
laboratories  of  dentists  for  reducing  gold  and 
silver  into  plates  to  serve  as  a  basis  for  artificial 
teeth. 

Roof  of  the  Mouth.     The  palate. 

Root  Fillings.      Fillings  of  different  ma- 
terials inserted   into   the  pulp   canals  of  the 
teeth. 
Root  Trimmer.      An  instrument  for  shaping 

and  reducing  the  roots  of  natural  teeth  in 

crown-  and  bridge-work. 
Rorif'erous   (ros,  dew,  and  fero,  to  bear). 
In  Anatomy,  vessels  which  pour  exhaled  fluids 
on  the  surface  of  organs. 

Rosa  Aqua.      Rose  water.     Pale  rose,  40  ; 
water,  200  parts  ;  mixed  and  distilled. 
Rosa   Aqua  Unguentum.     Cold  cream.     Oil 

of   almond,  50 ;    spermaceti,  white    wax,  aa 

10  ;  rose-water,  30  parts.  A  useful  emollient. 
Rosa   Centifo/lia.      The  damask,  cabbage,  or 

hundred-leaved  rose.     The  petals  of  this  spe- 
cies have  properties  similar  to  those  of  the 

rosa  alba.     The  oil  of  roses  (oleum  rosa;)  and 

rose-water  are  obtained  chiefly  from  them. 
Rosa  Mellis.     Honey  of  roses.     Red  rose,  8; 

honey,  '.r.l  ;  alcohol  ad.,  100  parts. 
Rosa/ceous.     Rose-like. 
Rosa'cic  Acid.     A  peculiar  acid  supposed 


ROS 


53r 


RUB 


to  exist  in  the  lateritious  sediment  of  arine  in 
gout  and  in  inflammatory  and  intermittent 
fevers. 

Rosalia.     Scarlatina, 

Rose,  Cam'phor.     A  solid  oil  of  roses. 
Rose  Pearl.    See  Celluloid. 
Rose  Pink.     Chalk  or  whiting  dyed  in  a  de- 
coction of  Brazil  wood  and  alum. 
Rose  Rash.     Roseola. 

Rose  Red.    A  red  pigment  used  by  the  manu- 
facturers of  porcelain  teeth  in  gum-enamel. 

Rose'ola  (from  rosa,  a  rose).  Rose  rash. 
An  efflorescence  of  a  rose  color,  appearing  in 
patches  of  various  shapes,  without  papulae, 
alternately  deepening  and  fading,  and  usually 
occurring  as  a  symptom  of  dentition,  dyspep- 
sia, and  often  in  connection  with  different 
febrile  affections.  The  following  are  the  prin- 
cipal varieties  :  (1)  Roseola  asstiva,  which  gener- 
ally occurs  in  the  summer,  first  appearing  on 
the  face  and  neck,  but  afterward  distributed 
over  the  body,  accompanied  by  an  itching 
and  tingling  sensation  ;  (2)  roseola  autumnalis 
appears  on  children  in  the  autumn  in 
the  form  of  circular  or  oval  patches,  which 
gradually  increase  in  size  and  assume  the  hue 
of  a  dark  damask  rose  ;  (3)  roseola  annulata 
appears  in  rose-colored  rings  on  almost  every 
part  of  the  body  ;  (4)  roseola  infantilis  occurs 
in  infants  as  a  symptom  of  the  irritation  of 
dentition  in  fevers,  etc.  ;  (5)  roseola  variolosa 
appears  previous  to  the  eruption  of  small- 
pox, whether  occurring  in  the  natural  way  or 
from  inoculation,  though  seldom  before  the 
former  ;  (6)  roseola  vaccina  occurs  generally  in 
small  patches,  about  the  ninth  or  tenth  day 
after  vaccination  ;  (7)  roseola  miliaris  fre- 
quently occurs  during  the  eruption  of  miliary 
vesicles. 

Rose'olae.  Rosellina  ;  false  measles  ;  French 
measles.  A  name  sometimes  given  to  an  acute 
exanthem,  an  eruptive  disease  intermediate 
between  measles  and  scarlatina,  but  affording 
no  protection  against  either. 

Rose's  Fusible  Metal.  Composed  of  lead, 
1  part  ;  tin,  1  part ;  bismuth,  2  parts  ;  and  fuses 
at  94°  C,  or  210.2°  F. 

Ro'seus.     Of  a  rose-red  color. 

Ros'in.  The  residuum  after  the  distillation 
of  the  volatile  oil  from  the  turpentine  of  pines. 
Colophony.     See  RESIN. 

Ros'trate  (rostratus).  Having  a  beak  or 
bill. 

Ros'triform.     Having  the  form  of  a  beak. 

Ros'trum.      A  beak.      A  name   given  to 


several  old  forceps,  from  their  resemblance  to 
the  beaks  of  different  birds. 

Rosy=drop.  The  acne  rosacea?,  or  carbun- 
cled  face. 

Rota'ceous.     Wheel-like. 
Rotacis'mus.      A  faulty  pronunciation  of 
the  letter  r. 

Rot/ate.  Wheel-shaped.  In  Dentistry,  the 
term  rotation  denotes  the  turning  of  a  tooth  on 
its  axis. 

Rotating  Devices.  Appliances,  either  sin- 
gle or  double,  for  correcting  torsion  of  single- 
rooted  teeth. 

Rota'tor  (from  rota,  a  wheel).  A  name  ap- 
plied in  Anatomy  to  several  muscles  the  office 
of  which  is  to  rotate  the  parts  upon  which  they 
act. 

Rot/ten  Stone.  An  earthy  mineral,  con- 
sisting of  alumina,  carbon,  and  silica,  used  for 
polishing  metals,  etc. 

Rot'ula.  The  patella  ;  also  a  lozenge,  called 
a  drop. 

Rotun'dus.     Round. 

Rouge.      A  species  of  lake  prepared  from 
the  dried  flowers  of  the  Carthamus  tinctorius. 
A  cosmetic  or  dye. 
Rouge,  PoFishing.    See  Polishing  Rouge. 

Round  (rotundus).  Applied  in  Anatomy  to 
foramina  and  parts  which  have  this  figure, 
as  the  foramen  rotundum,  and  ligamenta  ro- 
tuuda,  etc. 

Round  Ligaments  {I ig amentum  rotunda).   Two 
cords  composed  of  condensed  cellular  or  fibrous 
tissue,  blood-vessels,  and  nerves.     They  pro- 
ceed, one  from  each  side  of  the  uterus,  through 
the  abdominal  ring,  to  be  lost  in  the  mons 
veneris. 
Routi'nist.     In  Medicine,  a  physician  who 
practises  in  accordance  to  fixed  rules,  without 
regard  to  circumstances. 

Roy'al  Min'eral  Succeda'neum.  A 
name  given  by  the  Crawcours  to  amalgam 
for  filling  teeth  (which  see). 

Rubber,  Indian.  Caoutchouc  (which  see). 
Also  see  Vulcanite  Base. 
Rubber  Sore  Mouth.  A  characteristic  inflam- 
mation of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
mouth,  due  to  vulcanite  plates  being  insuffi- 
ciently hardened,  and  as  a  consequence  porous, 
or  to  the  want  of  a  smoothly  finished  surface  ; 
also  (according  to  Dr.  Black)  to  the  presence 
in  great  numbers  of  a  certain  fungi  (strepto- 
coccus magnus),  which  elaborate  an  irritating 
arid  secretion,  and  which  are  found  in  greater 
numbers  on  vulcanite  plates  ;  also  to  the  non- 


RUB 


536 


RUC 


conducting  quality  of  vulcanite,  which  pro- 
duces inflammatory  action.  Celluloid  den- 
tures are  also  regarded  as  producing  this 
inflammatory  action,  but  to  a  less  degree  if 
moulded  upon  tin  dies  or  on  plaster  casts 
covered  with  tin  foil. 

Rubber=dam,  or  Coffer  Dam,  Barnum's. 
Consists  of  a  small  piece  of  sheet  rubber  or 
rubber  cloth,  about  six  inches  wide  and  from 
six  to  ten  inches  long,  used  for  preventing  the 
saliva  and  breath  from  interfering  with  the 
operation  of  filling  teeth.  If  the  tooth  to  be 
filled  stands  alone,  a  single  hole  may  be  cut 
near  the  centre  of  the  rubber,  in  diameter 
about  one-third  that  of  the  tooth,  and  through 
which  the  crown  of  the  tooth  is  to  pass.  With 
a  small,  flat  burnisher  or  rubber-dam  applier 
the  edge  of  the  rubber  is  worked  around  the 
neck  of  the  tooth  toward  the  alveolus  as  far 
as  is  possible.  If  the  tooth  does  not  stand 
alone,  several  holes  are  cut  in  the  rubber 
sufficient  to  allow  several  to  pass  through, 
the  holes  to  be  from  y1^  to  \  of  an  inch  apart, 
according  to  the  proximity  of  the  teeth,  al- 
lowing sufficient  margin  for  working  it  well 
under  the  gum.  The  shape  of  the  piece  of 
rubber  is  not  material,  some  operators  pre- 
ferring the  square  form,  others  the  parallelo- 
gram or  a  piece  of  a  triangular  form.  It  is 
secured  by  ligatures  and  clamps. 
Rubber-dam  Applier.  An  instrument  of  a 
fork  shape,  across  the  two  ends  of  which  a 
cord  is  stretched  to  force  the  rubber  down  be- 
tween back  teeth,  as  far  as  the  necks,  without 
tearing  it. 

Rubber-dam  Clamps.  Flexible  steel  clamps 
to  prevent  the  rubber-dam  from  being  forced 
off  the  tooth  by  movements  of  the  lips  and 
tongue,  and  also  useful  in  forcing  the  rubber 
higher  up  on  the  tooth  and  in  pressing  it 
aside  to  improve  access  to  the  cavity.  See 
Clamp. 

Rubber-dam,  Depressed.  A  form  of  dam 
which  contains  in  some  part  of  the  sheet  an 
arched  depression,  which  isolates  the  crown  of 
the  tooth  to  be  operated  on,  and  also  admits 
light,  especially  when  used  with  a  mirror  com- 
bination ;  the  small  mirrors  are  |,  f,  and  \ 
of  an  inch,  both  plane  and  concave. 
Rubber-dam  Holder.  This  consists  of  an 
elastic  ribbon  attached  to  two  oval  plates,  upon 
which  spring  catches  are  adjusted  to  hold  the 
rubber.  One  end  of  the  ribbon,  which  passes 
around  the  head,  is  drawn  through  two  rings, 
by  which  it  is  tightened  or  loosened,  and  the 


rubber  is  thus  held  aside  to  open  the  tooth  to 
access  or  light. 

Rubber-dam  Punch.  An  instrument  used  for 
perforating  the  rubber  dam  for  the  reception 
of  the  teeth.  Three  sizes  are  generally  re- 
quired for  the  different  classes  of  teeth,  so  that 
the  holes  made  may  be  half  a  line,  one  line, 
and  one  line  and  a  half  in  diameter. 
Rubber-dam  Weights.  Small  weights  of 
metal  intended  to  be  suspended  from  the  free 
ends  or  borders  of  the  dam  to  keep  it  out  of 
the  way  of  the  operator. 

Rube'do  (from  rubere,  to  be  red).  Redness. 
A  uniformly  diffused  redness  on  any  part  of 
the  skin,  as  that  arising  from  blushing. 

Rubefacient  (?-ubefaciens ;  from  rubens, 
red,  and  facio,  to  make).  A  term  applied  to 
substances  which,  when  placed  upon  the  skin, 
cause  redness  by  exciting  the  action  of  the 
capillaries  and  giving  occasion  to  an  afflux  of 
vascular  and  nervous  power  to  the  part  on 
which  they  are  applied. 

Rube/ola  (from  rubere,  to  be  red).  Measles  ; 
an  exanthematous  disease  consisting  of  crim- 
son stigmata  arranged  in  semi-circles.  See 
Measles. 

Ru'ber.     Red. 

Ru/bidium.  Symbol,  Rb.  Atomic  weight, 
85.2.  An  alkali  metal  prepared  in  the  same 
manner  as  that  used  for  potassium.  It  is  silver- 
white  in  color  and  melts  at  38.5°  C.  It  forms, 
like  potassium,  an  explosive  compound  with 
carbon  monoxide. 

Rubiginous  (rubiginosis;  from rubigo,  rust). 
Of  the  color  of  rust. 

Rubi'go.    Rust. 
Rubigo  Cu'pri.     The  subacetate   of   copper. 
Verdigris. 
Rubigo  Fer'ri.     Sesquioxide  of  iron. 

Rubi/nus  Ve/rus.     Anthrax. 

RubrFca  Fabrics.  Red  chalk  ;  a  heavy 
argillaceous  substance. 

Ru'brin.     Hcematosin. 

k u  'hula.     Framboesia,  or  yaws. 

Ru'by  (from  rubeo,  to  be  red).  A  mineral 
of  a  color  intermediate  between  carmine  and 
hyacinth  red.  It  is  next  in  hardness  and  value 
to  the  diamond. 

Ruby   of    Arsenic.      The   protosulphuret    of 
arsenic. 

Ruby  of  Zinc.     Red  blend,  or  protosulphuret 
of  zinc. 
Ruby,   Rock.     A  beautiful  red  variety  of  gar- 
net. 

Ruc/tus.     Eructation  ;  belching. 


RUD 


537 


SAC 


Rud'dle.     A  kind  of  red  chalk. 

Rudiment  (rudis,  raw).  The  first  princi- 
ple in  science.     The  origin  of  anything. 

Ru'ga  (plural,  rugse).  Folds  or  wrinkles 
in  the  anterior  part  of  the  mucous  membrane 
of  the  hard  palate  in  the  roof  of  the  mouth. 

Ru'gine  (from  ruga,  a  wrinkle).  In  Sur- 
gery, an  instrument  for  removing  the  diseased 
portions  of  bones. 

Rugose  {rugosus).     Wrinkled.     In  folds. 

Rugosity.     Roughness. 

Rum.  Jamaica  spirit.  A  spirituous  liquor 
distilled  from  sugar-cane. 

Ruminan  tia.  Ruminants.  Animals  which 
chew  the  cud,  as  the  ox,  deer,  etc. 

Rumina  tion  (ruminatio).  A  function  pe- 
culiar to  ruminating  animals,  consisting  of 
chewing  a  second  time  the  food  they  have 
swallowed. 

Run/ning.  Applied  to  a  continual  flow  of 
pus  or  mucus. 

Ru'pia  (from  pvnog,  sordes).  A  disease 
characterized  by  an  eruption  of  large,  flat 
vesicles  with  a  slightly  inflamed  base  and 
containing  a  fluid,  at  first  serous,  but  afterward 
puriform,  and  often  bloody,  which  concretes 
into  a  hard  crust.  The  disease  appears  under 
the  following  forms,  viz.  :  (1)  Rupia  simplex, 
which  consists  of  slight  vesications,  leaving  a 
surface  of  a  livid  or  blackish  color  after  they 
pass  away  ;  (2)  rupia  prominens,  which  is  char- 
acterized by  the  formation  of  elevated  conical 
scabs  upon  the  vesicated  bases ;  (3)  rupia 
escharotica,  which  is  confined  to  infants  and 
children  of   a    cachectic   habit ;    the   vesicles 


occur  on  the  loins,  thighs,  and  lower  extremi- 
ties. 

Rup'ture  (ruptura).  Hernia,  or  the  pro- 
trusion of  some  part  of  the  viscera  of  the  ab- 
domen. 

Rup'turing.  In  Botany,  bursting  ;  a  mode 
of  dehiscence  in  which  the  pericarp  is  sponta- 
neously perforated  by  holes. 

Rust.  The  oxides,  hydrates,  and  carbon- 
ates which  form  on  metals  when  exposed  to 
moist  air,  especially  iron. 

Ruthe'nium.  A  metal  resembling  iridium 
and  rhodium,  found  in  the  ores  of  platinum. 
Specific  gravity  about  8.5. 

Rutido  sis  (from  pvridou,  to  wrinkle). 
Rytidosis.  Act  of  wrinkling  :  applied  in  Path- 
ology to  atrophy  of  the  eye  attended  by  subsi- 
dence and  corrugation  of  the  cornea. 

Ru'tilant  (from  rutilo,  to  shine).     Shining. 

Ru'tilite.     Native  oxide  of  titanium. 

Ruyschia'na  Membrana.  Membrane  of 
Ruysch.  The  internal  layer  of  the  choroid 
coat  of  the  eye.  Called  also  ruyschiana  tu- 
nica. 

Ruyschiana  Tu'nica.  The  inner  surface  or 
coat  of  the  choroid  membrane,  supposed  by 
Ruysch,  after  whom  it  is  named,  to  be  a  lam- 
ina distinct  from  the  external  surface. 

Ryac'olite  (from  prof,  a  stream,  and  ^f&og, 
a  tone).     Glassy  feldspar. 

Rye,  Ergot  of.     See  Secale  Cornutum. 
Rye,     Spurred.      Ergot  ;      horned  rye.      See 
Secale  Cornutum. 

Rytido'sis.     Rutidosis  (which  see). 

Ry/tis  (from  pvrig).     Wrinkle. 


s. 


S.  Symbol  for  sulphur  ;  also  for  signa  in 
prescriptions. 

S.  A.  In  Medical  Prescriptions,  the  con- 
traction of  secundum  artem,  prepared  according 
to  art  ;  or  secundum  artisleges,  according  to  the 
rules  of  art.     Sa  is  also  the  symbol  for  salicyL 

Sabadilla.  The  veratrum  sabadilla  (which 
see). 

Sabadill'in.  A  new  principle  obtained  from 
the  veratrum  sabadilla.     See  Veratria. 

Sabi'na.     Savine. 


Sab'ulous  (sdbulosus).  Gritty.  Applied 
in  Pathology  to  the  sandy  deposit  sometimes 
seen  in  urine. 

Sabur'ra.  Sordes  ;  filth  ;  coarse  sand  ;  but 
according  to  the  common  acceptation  of  the 
term,  foulness  of  stomach. 

Sac  (from  saeeus,  a  bag).  In  Anatomy,  a 
small  natural  cavity  :  in  Pathology,  a  morbid 
cavity. 

Sac,    Her'nial.      The  peritoneal  covering  of  a 
hernia  ;  the  sac  of  a  hernia. 


SAC 


538 


SAI 


Sac  of  a  Tooth.    See  Dental  Sac. 

Sac'cate,  Sac'catus.  Saccated  ;  inclosed 
in  a  cyst  or  bag. 

Sac'charate,  Sac/charated  (saccharum, 
sugar).     Having  or  containing  sugar. 

Saccha'ric  Acid  (from  mccharum,  sugar)." 
An  acid  produced  by  the  action  of  nitric  acid 
on  sugar. 

Saccharifica'tion.  Sugar-forming.  The 
conversion  of  starch  into  sugar. 

Sac'charin.  A  benzol-sulphouicimide  de- 
rived from  coal-tar.     It  is  used  in  diabetes. 

Sac'charine.  Belonging  to  or  having  the 
properties  of  sugar. 

Sac'charoid.  Having  the  appearance  of 
sugar.     Applied  to  minerals. 

Sac'charum  or  Saccharose.    Cane  sugar. 
The  soluble,  crystalline  substance,  Cl2H22011, 
occurring  in  the  juice  of  sugar-cane. 
Saccharum  Aceri'num.     Maple  sugar.     It  is 
employed  as  an  aliment  and  a  demulcent. 
Saccharum  Al'bum.     Refined  sugar  ;    white 
sugar  ;  loaf  sugar.     See  Sugar. 
Saccharum  Lac'tis.    Sugar  of  milk.     A  crys- 
talline substance  obtained  from  whey  in  hard 
white  masses   of  a  sweet  taste.     Used  as  a 
bland  and  nutritious  article  of  diet  in  certain 
diseases. 
Saccharum  Satur/ni.    Acetate  of  lead.     Sugar 
of  lead. 
Saccholac'tic  Acid.    An  acid  obtained  by 
digesting  the  sugar  of  milk  in  nitric  acid.     It 
is  identical  with  mucic  acid. 

Sac'ciform.     Formed  like  a  sac. 
Sacculated.     Composed  of  small  sacs. 
Sac/culus,  Sac'cule.   A  little  sac  or  pouch. 
Sacculus    ChyliFerous.       The   receptaculum 
chyli. 
Sacculus  Cor'dis.     The  pericardium. 
Sacculus    Lachrymals.         The     lachrymal 
sac. 
Sac/cus.     A  bag. 

Sachsse's  Test.  A  test  for  sugar  made  by 
heating  with  a  solution  of  potassium  and  mer- 
curic iodide  and  caustic-  potash.  Glucose  de- 
composes this  compound  so  that  it  no  longer 
is  tunieil  black  by  the  addition  of  ammonium 
sulphhydrate. 
Sack.     See  Sac. 

Sa'cral.  Belonging  or  relating  to  the  sa- 
crum. 

Sacral  Arteries.    These  are  distinguished  into 
the  anterior  or  middle  sacral  and  the  lateral 
sacral  arteries. 
Sacral  Nerves.     The  sacral  nerves  arise  from 


the  termination  of  the  spinal  marrow,  and  are 
six  in  number. 

Sacro=coccyg£e/us.  A  muscle  arising 
from  the  sacrum  and  inserted  into  the  coc- 
cygis. 

Sacro=coxaI/gia.  A  rheumatic  affection  of 
the  sacro-iliac  symphysis. 

Sacroiliac.  Relating  to  the  sacrum  and 
ilium. 

Sacro=ischiat/ic.  Relating  to  the  sacrum 
and  ischium. 

Sacro=lumba/lis.  A  long  muscle,  seated  at 
the  posterior  part  of  the  trunk,  arising  from 
the  sacrum  and  extending  to  the  lower  part 
of  the  neck. 

Sacro=sciat/ic.  Pertaining  to  the  sacrum 
and  ischium. 

Sacro-sciatic  Ligaments.  Two  ligaments 
which  assist  in  securing  the  sacro-iliac  articu- 
lation. 

Sacro=ver/tebral.  Pertaining  to  the  sac- 
rum and  vertebra. 

Sa/crum  (from  sacer,  sacred).  Os  sacrum. 
The  bone  forming  the  posterior  part  of  the 
pelvis.  It  is  a  continuation  of,  and  forms  the 
base  of,  the  vertebral  column.  It  is  articulated 
above  with  the  last  lumbar  vertebra,  laterally 
with  the  ossa  innominata,  and  below  with  the 
coccyx. 

Saf/fron.      The  prepared   stigmata  of  the 
Crocus  sativus  (which  see). 
Saffron,  Meadow.     Common  name  of  Colchi- 
cum  autumnale. 
Saffron  of  Steel.     Red  oxide  of  iron. 

Safrene.  An  ingredient  of  the  oil  of  sas- 
safras. 

Saf'rol.  The  liquid  stearoptene  of  oil  of 
sassafras  ;  used  in  headache  and  sciatica. 

Sage.  Common  name  of  Salvia  officin- 
alis. 

Sagit/tal  (sagittalis;  from  sagitta,  an  arrow). 
Arrow-shaped,  applied  to  a  suture  of  the  cra- 
nium. 

Sagittal  Suture.  The  suture  which  unites  the 
two  parietal  bones. 

Sagittate  (from  sagitta,  an  arrow).  Arrow- 
shaped. 

Sa/go.  The  prepared  fecula  of  the  pith  of 
Sagus  rumphii.  When  boiled  in  milk  or  water 
it  forms  a  light  and  nutritious  food  for  invalids. 
It  is  necessary,  however,  to  add  to  it  a  little 
sugar  and  wine  or  lemon  juice  to  render  it 
palatable. 

Saim.     Adeps  suillus,  or  hog's  lard. 

Saint  Anthony's  Fire.     Erysipelas. 


SAI 


539 


SAL 


Saint     Vitus'     Dance.       Common    name    of 

chorea. 
Sal  (salts).    A  salt.    The  following  are  a  few 
of  the  designations  of  this  extensive  class  of 
compounds  : 

Sal  Ammo'niac.     Muriate  of  ammonia. 
Sal   Ammoni'acum,       Volatile    salt   of   am- 
monia. 
Sal  Ammoniacum  Aceto'sum.      Solution  of 

acetate  of  ammonia. 
Sal  Antimo/nii.    Tartarized  antimony  ;  tartar 

emetic. 
Sal  Argen'ti.     Nitrate  of  silver. 
Sal  Ben/zoin.      Benzoic  acid.     Acid  urn  ben- 

zoicum. 

Sal  ChaPybis.     Sulphate  of  iron. 
Sal  Commu'nis.     Common  salt.     Chloride  of 

sodium. 
Sal  Satur'ni.     Acetate  of  lead. 
Sal  Sc/dae.      Subcarbonate  of   soda  ;    salt  of 

soda. 
Sal  Tar'tari.     Tartaric  acid. 
Sal  Vit'rioli.     Sulphate  of  zinc  ;  salt  of  vitriol. 
Sal  Volatile.     Volatile  salt ;  subcarbonate  of 

ammonia. 
Salaam    Convulsion.       Convulsions  at- 
tended with  bowings  of  the  head.    They  some- 
times occur  in  children. 

Salacity  (from  salax,  salacious).  Lust ; 
propensity  for  sexual  indulgence. 
Salera'tus.  See  Sodium. 
Sal'icin,  Sal'icine.  A  bitter  febrifuge 
substance  obtained  from  the  bark  of  most  of 
the  species  of  willow.  Formula,  C42H22016  -f- 
HO.  Dose,  gr.  ij  to  gr.  viij  or  x.  See  Sali- 
cylic Acid. 

Salicor'nia.    A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Chenopodiacese. 
Salicornia  Europae'a.     The  jointed  glass  wort. 

It  is  eaten  as  a  salad  or  pickle  under  the  name 

of  marsh  samphire. 
SaPicyl.     A  hypothetical  radicle  of  a  series 
of  compounds.      Formula,  CuH502.     Symbol, 
Sa.     See  Salol. 

Salicylamide.  A  substance  forming  yellow 
tasteless  crystals.  C7  H7 N02 = H4 ( 0 1 1 )  I  C(  > ,  X  H,  | . 
Germicidal,  and  used  as  a  substitute  for  sali- 
cylic acid  in  smaller  doses. 

Salicylic     Acid.  Formula,    HC7H50:j. 

Salicylic  acid  is  a  derivative  of  salicin,  the 
vegetable  principle  existing  in  various  species 
of  the  willow,  poplar,  etc.  Prof.  Kolbe,  of  the 
University  of  Leipsic,  recognizing  the  tact  that 
phenol  or  carbolic  acid  mighl  he  so  prepared 
as  to  produce,  among  other  substances,  salicylic 


acid,  devised  a  process  for  its  manufacture* 
Phenate  of  sodium  is  first  prepared  by  double 
decomposition  of  phenol  of  soda,  and  dried 
carbonic  anhydride  is  then  passed  through  the 
dry  powder  at  a  temperature  of  110°  to  250° 
0.  The  carbonic  anhydride  combines  di- 
rectly with  the  metallic  derivative  of  phenol, 
and  alkaline  salts  of  acids  of  a  higher  series 
are  formed  ;  among  these,  salicylate  of  sodium 
is  dissolved  in  water  and  treated  with  hydro- 
chloric acid,  which,  by  double  decomposition, 
sets  salicylic  acid  free  in  small  crystals. 
These  crystals  are  washed,  dissolved  in  hot 
water,  and,  by  recrystallization,  obtained  in 
the  form  of  a  crystalline  powder  of  a  light 
brown  color.  The  product  thus  obtained 
is  then  bleached  either  to  light  cream  color 
with  a  reddish  tinge  or  quite  white.  Sali- 
cylic acid  is  odorless  and  nearly  tasteless, 
with  a  sweetish  and  astringent  after-taste, 
with  slight  acridity  in  the  fauces  but  none 
in  the  mouth.  It  has  a  tendency  to  pro- 
duce expectoration.  Salicylic  acid  is  a  pow- 
erful antiseptic,  and  is  said  to  be  far  more  ef- 
fective in  smaller  quantities  than  any  other 
preparation  of  the  same  class,  and  is  devoid  of 
any  irritating,  inflammatory,  or  caustic  action 
on  the  living  tissue.  It  also  has  no  poisonous 
effect  in  any  reasonable  quantity.  In  Dental 
Practice,  salicylic  acid  is  employed  in  the  treat- 
ment of  suppurating,  gangrenous  pulps  of  teeth 
in  the  form  of  an  ethereal  solution,  acting  as  a 
deodorizer ;  it  may  also  be  employed  in  the 
form  of  the  dry  powder.  It  is  also  useful  in 
inflamed  conditions  of  mucous  membrane,  such 
as  stomatitis,  and  in  scorbutic  inflammations, 
and  in  every  form  of  inflammation  caused  by 
dead  teeth  and  roots  of  teeth.  For  a  disinfect- 
ing mouth-wash,  one  part  of  salicylic  acid  is 
added  to  300  parts  of  water  ;  or  a  stronger  so- 
lution may  be  made  by  adding  3  parts  of  phos- 
phate of  soda  and  30  parts  of  distilled  water  to 
one  of  salicylic  acid.  It  is  also  useful  as  an  in- 
gredient of  tooth  powders. 

SalicyPous  Acid.  Hydruret  of  salicyl.  A 
compound  forming  the  chief  ingredient  in  the 
essential  oil  of  Spiraea  ulmaria.  or  meadow- 
sweet. 

Salifiable.  Capable  of  combining  with  an 
acid  to  form  a  salt. 

Salig'enin.  A  substance  which,  together 
with  sugar,  contains  the  elements  of  salicin. 
from  which  it  is  obtained. 

Saline'  (salinus;  from  sa?,  salt).  Contain- 
ing a  salt  or  of  the  nature  of  salt. 


SAL 


540 


SAL 


Salipyrine.  Antipyrine  salicylate.  A 
crystalline  substance  used  as  an  anodyne  anti- 
pyretic in  rheumatism,  hectic  fever,  and  neu- 
ralgia. 

Salire'tin.  A  resinous  substance  obtained 
by  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid  on  salicin. 

Sali'va  (ata/.ov).  Sialon  ;  spittle.  The 
fluid  secreted  by  the  parotid,  submaxillary, 
and  sublingual  glands.  It  is  inodorous,  trans- 
parent, insipid,  and  slightly  •viscid.  Its  use  is 
to  lubricate  the  mouth,  mix  with  the  alimen- 
tary bolus,  and  assist  in  the  process  of  diges- 
tion. From  fourteen  to  twenty  ounces  are 
secreted  every  twenty-four  hours.  Its  chemical 
constituents,  according  to  Berzelius,are  :  Water, 
992.2  ;  a  peculiar  animal  matter,  soluble  in 
water  and  insoluble  in  alcohol,  2.9  ;  mucus, 
1.14  ;  chlorides  of  potassium  and  sodium,  1.7  ; 
lactate  of  soda  and  animal  matter,  0.9  ;  soda, 
0.2.  The  chemical  composition  of  human 
saliva,  according  to  Bidder  and  Schmidt,  is 
as  follows : 

Water 995.16 

Epithelium, 1.62 

Soluble  organic  matter, 1.34 

Potassium  sulphocyanide,     ....  0.06 
Sodium,  calcium,  and  magnesium 

phosphates, 0.98 

Sodium  and  potassium  chloride,      .  0.84 

1000.00 

The  proportion  of  water  is  about  95  per 
eent.,and  results  from  a  transudation  from  the 
blood-vessels  during  the  functional  activity  of 
the  salivary  glands.  It  holds  the  other  con- 
stituents of  the  saliva  in  solution,  and  also  as- 
sists in  the  solution  of  the  different  varieties  of 
food.  The  organic  matter  consists  chiefly  of 
mucin,  globulin,  serum,  albumen,  and  ptyalin. 
The  function  of  the  saliva  is  to  soften  and 
moisten  the  food  during  mastication,  and  to 
exert  a  chemical  influence  upon  its  starchy 
elements,  transforming  them  into  glucose  or 
grape-sugar.  The  secretion  of  saliva  is  a  re- 
flex act.  controlled  largely  by  the  medulla  ob. 
Longata,  from  the  impressions  made  by  the 
food  upon  the  peripheral  terminations  of  the 
nerves  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  mouth, 
and  upward  along  the  afferent  nerves,  such  as 
the  lingual  branch  of  the  fifth  pair  and  the 
glossopharyngeal,  to  the  medulla  oblongata. 
Parotid  saliva  contains  a  diastasic  ferment 
(ptyalin)  and  a  small  quantity  of  urea.  Sub- 
maxillary saliva  contains  a  less  proportion  of 


ptyalin,  mucin,  and  sulpho-cyanide  of  potas- 
sium.    Sublingual  saliva  contains  mucin,  sul- 
pho-cyanide of  potassium,  and  numerous  sali- 
vary corpuscles.     Saliva  has  no  action  on  pro- 
teids  or  fat.     Mixed  saliva  is  more  potent  than 
the  saliva  from   a  single  gland.      In  certain 
states  of  the  general  health,  the  acetic,  lactic, 
oxalic,  muriatic,  and  uric  acids  have  been  de- 
tected in  it,  but  it  is  not  improbable  that  these 
acids  may  have  been  derived  from  the  mucous 
secretions  of   the   mouth,  which   are  always 
more  or  less  abundantly  mixed  with  it.   Donne 
and  others  have  detected  acid  in  the  saliva  of 
persons  affected  with  gastritis. 
Saliva,  Characteristics  of  the.     See   FLUIDS 
of  the  Mouth,  Chaeacteeistics  of. 
Saliva    Ejector.      A   saliva  instrument    em- 
ployed to  evacuate  the  mouth,  and  connected 
with   a  fountain-spittoon  for  the  purpose  of 
disposing  of  the  saliva  during  operations  on 
the  teeth  and  at  the  same  time  maintaining 
the  cleanliness  of  the  cuspidor. 
Saliva  Pump.     A  dental  instrument  used  to 
facilitate  the  filling  of  teeth  in  the  lower  jaw 
by  keeping  the  mouth  free  from  saliva.      A 
number  of  these  instruments  are  in  use,  known 
by  the  names  of  their  inventors.    Some,  besides 
keeping  the  mouth  free  from  saliva,  hold  the 
tongue  away  from  the  teeth  and  support  the 
upper  jaw,  thus  assisting  the  muscles  which 
keep  the  mouth  open. 
Sali'val.     Salivaris ;    salivary.     Of   or  be- 
longing to  the  saliva. 

Salival  Ducts.  The  excretory  ducts  of  the 
salivary  glands.  They  are  the  Stenonian,  the 
Wharionian,  and  the  Bivinian.  The  first 
belongs  to  the  parotid,  the  second  to  the 
submaxillary,  and  the  third  to  the  sublin- 
gual. 

Salival   Glands.     The  salivary  glands  (which 
see). 
Salivaris.     Salivary. 

Salivary.     Salivaris ;   salival.     Of  or   be- 
longing to  the  saliva. 

Salivary  Calculus.  Odontolithos ;  odontia 
incrnstans  ;  tartar  of  the  teeth.  An  earthy 
concretion  found  upon  the  teeth  and  in  the 
mouths  of  the  salivary  ducts.  It  sometimes 
accumulates  upon  the  teeth  in  a  very  large 
quantity,  giving  to  the  mouth  an  exceedingly 
disagreeable  appearance,  and  often  imparting 
to  the  breath  an  almost  insufferably  offensive 
odor.  Salivary  calculus  is  composed  princi- 
pally of  phosphate  of  lime  and  animal  mat- 
ter, differing,  however,  in  their  relative  pro- 


SAL 


541 


SAL 


portions  according  as  it  is  hard  or  soft,  and 
hence  scarcely  any  two  analyses  furnish  the 
same  results.  According  to  Mr.  Pepys,  fifty 
parts  yield  : 

Phosphate  of  lime, 35.00 

Fibrine,  or  cartilage, 9.00 

Animal  fat,  or  oil, 3.00 

Loss,      3.00 

50.00 

In  an  analysis  made  by  Berzelius,  100  parts 
were  found  to  contain  : 

Phosphate  of  lime  and  magnesia,  .  79.00 
Salivary  mucus  and  salivine,  .  .  .  13.50 
Animal  matter, 7.50 


100.00 


The  following  is  the  result  of  an  analysis  made 
by  Dr.  Dwindle,  a  dentist  of  New  York  : 

Phosphate  of  lime, 60.00 

Carbonate  of  lime, 14.00 

Animal  matter  and  mucus,  .    .    .    .16.00 
Water  and  loss, 10.00 

100.00 

Hard,  dry  calculus  contains  more  earthy  and 
less  animal  matter  than  soft  humid  calculus, 
and  hence  the  variations  in  the  results  of  dif- 
ferent analyses. 

M.  Mandl  says  it  is  composed  of  infusoria 
(micro-organisms),  and  that  they  are  thickly 
distributed  throughout  its  substance,  but  it 
is  not  wholly  composed  of  them,  and  such  as 
are  found  in  it  evidently  have  their  origin  in 
the  mucous  secretions  of  the  mouth,  which 
mix  with  it  during  its  deposition.  Hence 
they  are  more  or  less  numerous  as  the  calcu- 
lus is  hard  or  soft  or  in  proportion  to  the 
quantity  of  mucus  mixed  with  it.*  English 
and  American  writers  on  dental  surgerj7  con- 
cur in  the  belief  that  salivary  calculus  is  a 
deposit  from  the  saliva.  Jourdain  believed  it 
to  be  secreted  by  certain  glands  scattered  over 
the  dental  periosteum.  Gariot  contended  that 
it  comes  from  the  gums,  and  Serres  claimed 
to  have  discovered  glands  upon  the  mucous 
membrane   of   this    structure,   the    peculiar 

*  Dr.  YV.  II.  Dwindle  has  given  a  minute  descrip- 
tion of  the  microscopic  appearance  of  the  infusoria 
found  in  salivary  calculus  in  the  fifth  volume  of  the 
"American  Journal  of  Dental  Science." 


function  of  which  is  to  secrete  this  substance  ; 
but  the  absurdity  of  this  theorj'  has  been  fully 
exposed  by  M.  Delabarre.  But  while  this 
author  exposed  one  error  in  regard  to  the 
origin  of  this  substance,  he  fell  into  another 
equally  great.  He  was  of  the  opinion  that  it 
is  an  exhalation  from  the  mucous  membrane 
of  the  gums,  and  that  this  results  as  a  conse- 
quence of  inflammation  or  of  an  increase  of 
vascular  action  in  the  tissue. 

Of  the  existence  of  the  elements  of  its  compo- 
sition in  the  saliva  there  can  be  no  question. 
Chemical  analyses  of  this  fluid,  direct  from 
the  glands  that  secrete  it,  place  all  doubt  upon 
the  subject  at  rest.  Turner,  in  enumerating 
its  chemical  constituents,  mentions  as  one 
bone  earth,*  and  Tiedemaun,  Gmelin,t  and 
Scherer,J  have  detected  phosphate  of  lime,  as 
have  also  Enderlin?  and  other  chemists  who 
have  analyzed  this  fluid.  Thus  it  is  seen  that 
its  chief  earthy  constituent  is  contained  in  the 
saliva.  It  may  also  exist  in  solution  in  the 
mucous -fluid  of  the  mouth. 

It  is  precipitated  from  the  saliva,  as  this  fluid 
enters  the  mouth,  on  the  surfaces  of  the  teeth, 
opposite  the  openings  into  the  ducts  from 
which  it  is  discharged.  To  these  its  particles 
become  agglutinated  by  the  mucus  always 
found,  in  greater  or  less  quantity,  upon  them. 
Particle  after  particle  is  afterward  deposited, 
until  it  sometimes  accumulates  in  such  quan- 
tities that  nearly  all  the  teeth  are  almost 
entirely  enveloped  in  it.  It  is  always,  how- 
ever, found  in  greatest  abundance  on  the  outer 
surfaces  of  the  superior  molars  and  the  inner 
surfaces  of  the  inferior  incisors,  and  it  is  oppo- 
site to  these  that  the  mouths  of  the  salivary 
ducts  open. 

The  presence  of  salivary  calculus  upon  the 
teeth  is  always  productive  of  injury,  though 
sometimes  more  so  than  others.  An  altered 
condition  of  the  fluids  of  the  mouth,  diseased 
gums,  and  not  infrequently  the  gradual  de- 
struction of  the  alveolar  processes,  and  the 
loosening  aud  loss  of  the  teeth,  are  among  the 
local  consequences  that  result  from  it.  But 
besides  these,  other  effects  are  sometimes  pro- 
duced, among  which  may  be  enumerated  : 
Tumors  and  spongy  excrescences  of  the  gums  : 
necrosis  and  exfoliation  of  the  alveolar  pro- 

*  Turner's  "  Chemistry."  p.  757. 

■f  Midler's  "  Physiology,"  vol.  i.  p.  651. 

X  French  "  Lancet,"  April,  1S45. 

jf  Liebig,  "  Auualen,"  1844.  pt.  ■">  :ind  4. 


SAL 


542 


SAL 


cesses  and  of  portions  of  the  maxillary  bones  ; 
hemorrhages  of  the  gums  ;  anorexia  and  de- 
rangement of  the  whole  digestive  apparatus  ; 
foul  breath,  catarrh,  cough,  diarrhoea,  diseases 
of  various  kinds  in  the  maxillary  antra  and 
nose,  pain  in  the  ear,  headache,  melancholy, 
hypochondriasis,  etc. 

When  it  is  permitted  to  accumulate  for  any 
great  length  of  time,  the  gums  become  so 
morbidly  sensitive  that  a  tooth-brush  can  not 
be  used  without  producing  pain  ;  consequently 
the  cleanliness  of  the  mouth  is  not  attempted, 
and  thus,  no  means  being  taken  to  prevent  its 
formation,  it  accumulates  with  increased  rap- 
idity. 

In  the  removal  of  this  substance  injury  to  the 
peridental  membrane  of  the  necks  of  the  teeth 
should  be  carefully  avoided,  and  it  is  impor- 
tant, too,  that  not  a  particle  be  left,  as  it  would 
serve  as  a  nucleus  for  its  redeposition.  When 
it  has  accumulated  in  large  quantities,  several 
sittings  are  sometimes  necessary  for  its  com- 
plete removal. 

It  should  be  taken  first  from  between  the 
edges  of  the  gums  and  the  necks  of  the  teeth, 
affording  opportunity,  between  the  respective 
sittings  of  the  patient,  for  the  gums  to  heal, 
and  for  any  of  the  teeth  that  are  loosened  to 
become  firm.  The  mouth,  in  the  meantime, 
should  be  gargled  four  or  five  times  a  day 
with  some  astringent  or  detergent  lotion, 
such  as  dilute  tincture  of  myrrh  and  nutgalls. 
But  for  more  particular  directions  on  this  sub- 
ject see  Harris'  "  Priu.  and  Pract.  of  Den- 
tistry." 

Salivary  Calculus,  Characteristics  of.  It  has 
already  been  remarked  that  salivary  calculus 
is  very  variable  in  its  density,  and  its  color 
and  quantity  on  the  teeth  of  different  indi- 
viduals are  equally  so,  and  these  differences 
furnish  diagnostics  valuable  both  to  the  gen- 
eral and  dental  practitioner.  They  are  less 
equivocal  than  the  appearances  of  any  of  the 
other  parts  of  the  mouth.  The  relative  pro- 
portions of  the  constituents  of  salivary  calcu- 
lus, as  has  been  before  stated,  vary,  according 
as  it  is  hard  or  soft. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  black  calculus.  The 
first  never  accumulates  in  large  quantities, 
and  is  most  frequently  found  on  the  lingual 
surfaces  of  the  lower  incisors  and  cuspidati. 
It  is  very  hard,  adhering  firmly  to  the  teeth, 
and  is  indicative  of  a  good  innate  constitu- 
tion. The  second  accumulates  in  much  larger 
quantities,  is  often  found  on  all  the  teeth,  has 


an  uneven  surface,  is  covered  with  a  glairy 
mucous  fluid,  is  very  hard,  and  adheres  to  the 
teeth  with  such  great  tenacity  that  it  can  only 
be  removed,  as  it  were,  particle  by  particle. 
This  variety  is  found  on  the  teeth  of  individ- 
uals of  good  innate  constitution,  but  whose 
physical  powers  have  become  enervated  from 
privation  or  disease,  or  intemperance  and  de- 
bauchery, and  particularly  the  last. 

The  teeth  on  which  both  of  these  varieties  of 
calculus  are  found  are,  as  a  general  rule,  of 
the  best  quality,  and  seldom  affected  with 
caries. 

The  dark  brown  calculus  is  not  so  hard  as 
either  of  the  preceding  descriptions.  It  some- 
times collects  in  large  quantities  on  the  lower 
front  teeth  and  on  the  first  and  second  supe- 
rior molars ;  is  often  found  on  all  the  teeth, 
though  not  in  so  great  abundance  as  on  these. 
It  does  not  adhere  to  the  teeth  with  so  much 
tenacity  as  either  of  the  black  varieties.  It 
exhales  a  more  foetid  odor  than  the  first,  but 
is  less  offensive  than  the  second. 

The  persons  most  subject  to  this  kind  of  cal- 
culus are  of  mixed  temperaments— the  san- 
guineous, however,  almost  always  predomina- 
ting. They  may,  perhaps,  be  denominated 
sanguineo-serous  and  bilious.  Their  physical 
organization,  though  not  the  strongest  and 
most  perfect,  may,  nevertheless,  be  considered 
very  good ;  but,  being  more  susceptible  to 
morbid  impressions,  their  general  health  is 
less  uniform. 

Calculus  of  a  light  or  yellow-brown  color  is 
of  a  softer  consistence  than  any  of  the  pre- 
ceding varieties,  and  is  seldom  found  upon  the 
teeth  of  persons  except  those  of  bilious  tem- 
peraments or  those  in  whom  this  disposition 
predominates.  It  has  a  rough  and,  for  the 
most  part,  a  dry  surface  ;  it  is  found  in  large 
quantities  on  the  teeth  opposite  the  mouths  of 
the  salivary  ducts,  and  it  sometimes  happens 
that  every  tooth  in  the  mouth  is  completely 
incrusted  with  it.  It  contains  less  of  the 
earthy  salts  and  more  of  the  fibrine  and  ani- 
mal fat  than  that  of  any  of  the  foregoing  de- 
scriptions, and,  from  the  quantity  of  vitiated 
mucus  mixed  with  and  adhering  to  it,  has  an 
exceedingly  offensive  smell.  It  is  sometimes, 
though  not  always,  so  soft  that  it  can  be 
crumbled  between  the  thumb  and  finger. 

Inflammation,  turgescence,  and  suppuration  of 
the  gums,  inflammation  of  the  alveolo-den- 
tal  periosteum,  the  destruction  of  the  sockets 
and  loss  of  the  teeth,  an  altered  condition  of 


SAL 


543 


SAL 


the  fluids  of  the  mouth,  aud  foetid  breath  are 
among  the  local  effects  produced  by  the  loug- 
continued  presence  of  large  quantities  of  this 
kind  of  calculus  on  the  teeth.     The  constitu- 
tional effects  are  not   much  less  pernicious. 
Indigestion  and   general  derangement  of  all 
the  assimilative  functions  are  among  the  most 
common. 
White  calculus  rarely  accumulates  in  very  large 
quantities,  and  consists  almost  wholly  of  hard 
ened  mucus.     It  resembles  somewhat  cheese 
curd,  aud  seldom  exceeds  it  in  hardness.    This 
variety  is  usually  found  on  the  teeth  of  per- 
sons particularly  subject  to  disease  of  the  mu- 
cous membrane.     It  is  very  irritating  to  the 
gums,  aud  corrodes  the  teeth. 
Another  accumulation  on  the  teeth  is  a  green 
deposit  which  stains  the  teeth,  and  is  usually 
confined  to  the  labial  surfaces  of  the  upper 
incisors,  cuspidati,  and  bicuspids.     It  is  met 
with  more  frequently  iu  children  than  adults, 
generally  about  the  tenth  to  thirteenth  year, 
and  is  exceedingly  acrid,  irritating  the  gums 
and  decomposing   the   enamel  of  the   teeth. 
This  description  of  deposit  is  indicative  of  an 
irritable  condition  of  the  mucous  membrane 
and  of  viscidity  of  the  fluids  of  the  mouth. 
See  Green  Stain.     See  Serumal  or  San- 
guinary Calculus. 
Salivary  Fistulae.     Such  as  are  caused  by  an 
abnormal  opening  into  the  excretory  ducts  of 
the  salivary  glands.     They  are  most  common 
to  the  duct  of  Steno. 
Salivary   Glands.     The  organs  which  secrete 
the  saliva.     They  are  six  in  number,  three  on 
each  side — namely,  the  parotid,  the  submax- 
illary, and  the  sublingual.     Dunglison  makes 
the  number  on  each  side  of  the  face  four,  by 
the  addition  of  a  gland  which  he  designates 
as  the  intralingual  or  lingual,  seated  at  the 
inferior  surface  of  the  tongue,  where  the  mu- 
cous membrane  forms  a  fringed  fold. 
Saliva'tio.     Salivation. 
Saliva'tion  (salivatio;  from  saliva,  the  spit- 
tle).   Ptyalism.    A  superabundant  secretion  of 
saliva,  occasioned  either  by  the  use  of  stimu- 
lating masticatories  or  by  some  cause  which  acts 
upon  the  whole  economy. 

Salivation,  Mercurial.  Salivation  resulting 
from  the  use  of  mercury.  It  is  attended  with 
profuse  salivation,  a  coppery  taste,  and  often 
by  looseness  of  the  teeth  and  inflammation 
and  ulceration  of  the  gums. 
Sa'Iix.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Amentacese. 


Salix  Frag'ilis.     The  common  crack  willow. 
The  bark  is  bitter,  astringent,  and  tonic,  and 
has  been  recommended  as  a  substitute  for  cin- 
chona.    The  other  species  are  said  to  possess 
similar  properties.     Salicin,  or  salicine,  is  the 
active  neutral  principle,  and  acts  like  quinia. 
Dose  of  the  powder,  from  ►)  j  to  gj.     Dose  of 
salicin,  from  gr.  iv  to  gr.  vj.     See  Salicylic 
Acid. 
SaFlow.       Paleness    tinged   with    yellow. 
Also  a  name  of  certain   shrubs  of  the  genus 
Salix. 

Sal'miax.  A  contraction  of  sal  ammoniac. 
Ammonias  murias. 

Sal'ol.  Phenyl  salicylate.  An  antiseptic 
considered  to  be  superior  to  iodoform  for  local 
use  as  a  dressing  for  wounds.  Also  a  decided 
antipyretic.  Dose,  gr.  xx  to^j.  Useful  in  in- 
testinal catarrhs,  cystitis,  and  in  typhoid  fever. 
Salophene.  A  crystalline  substance,  acetyl- 
paramidosalol.  Used  in  acute  articular  rheu- 
matism. 

Salpingitis.  Inflammation  of  the  Eusta- 
chian tube. 

SaIpin/go=  (from  calmy^  a  tube).  A  pre- 
fix applied  in  Anatomy  to  a  muscle  arising 
from  the  Eustachian  tube. 

Salpingo-pharynge/us.      A   bundle  of  mus- 
cular fibres  which  assist  in  dilating  the  mouth 
of  the  Eustachian  tube.    Pertaining  conjointly 
to  the  Eustachian  tube  and  the  pharynx. 
Salpingo-staphyli'nus.       A  term  applied  by 
some  writers  to  the  levator  palati  muscle. 
Sal'pinx  {palmy!;).     A  tube  or  trumpet.    A 
name  also  for   the  Eustachian  and  Fallopian 
tubes. 

Salt  (sal).  A  compound  of  an  acid  with  an 
alkali,  earth,  or  metallic  oxide,  or  of  a  metal 
with  a  halogen,  or  a  substance  formed  by  the 
union  of  a  base  with  an  acid.  A  salt  is  called 
neutral  when  the  acid  and  base  reciprocally 
saturate  each  other.  The  term  super-  is  prefixed 
when  the  acid  is  in  excess  ;  sub-  denotes  excess 
of  the  base  ;  bi-,  two  equivalents  of  acid  to  one 
of  the  base  ;  quadri-,  four  equivalents  of  acid  : 
sesqui-,  one  and  a  half  equivalents  of  acid  ;  and 
oxy-,  a  salt  of  an  oxide.  Deliquescent  salts  are 
those  which  attract  moisture  from  the  air  and 
become  fluid.  Efflorescent  salts  are  those  which 
lose  a  portion  of  their  water  on  crystallization 
by  exposure  to  air,  and  fall  into  powder.  Per- 
manent salts  do  not  undergo  any  change  on  ex- 
posure. Decrepitating  salts,  when  heated,  burst 
into  smaller  pieces  with  a  crackling  noise. 
Double  salts  are  those  which  consist  of  one  acid 


SAL 


544 


SAN 


and  two  bases,  or  two  acids  and  one  base,  or  of 
two  acids  and  two  bases,  tbougb  most  of  tbem 
consist  of  tbe  same  acids  and  two  different 
bases. 

Salt,  Common.  Muriate  of  soda  ;  or,  more  cor- 
rectly, cbloride  of  sodium. 
Salt,  Neu/tral.  A  combination  of  an  acid 
witb  an  alkali,  earth,  or  metallic  oxide,  in 
which  the  salt  has  neither  acid  nor  alkaline 
properties. 

Salt  of  Lem/ons.      A  combination  of  oxalic 

acid  with  a  small  portion  of  potash,  as  found 

in  wood-sorrel.     Also  crystallized  citric  acid. 

Salt  of   Tar'tar.      A  very  pure  carbonate  of 

potassa,  or  cream  of  tartar. 

Salta'tion  (salto,  to  dance).     A  dancing  or 

leaping.     Chorea. 

Saltpe'tre.  Common  name  of  nitrate  of 
potassa  (which  see). 

Salts.  Popular  name  for  Epsom  salts.  See 
Magnesium. 

Salts,  Secondary.     See  SALT,  NEUTRAL. 
Salu'brious  (salubrius).  Salutary  ;  healthy. 
Salu/brity  (from  salus,  health).     Anything 
which  contributes  to  health. 
Salus.     Health.     Safety. 
Sal'utary.     Favorable  to  health. 
Salvatel'la.     A  vein  situated  on  the  back 
of  the  hand  near  its  inner  margin. 

Salve.     An  ointment. 
Salve,  Blistering.     Common  name  for  cerate 
of  Spanish  flies. 
Sal'via.      A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Salviaceae.     Sage. 

Salvia  Horten/sis  Minor.     The  small  sage  or 
sage  of  virtue.     It  is  aromatic,  slightly  tonic 
and  astringent,  and  has  a  bitterish  taste.     It 
is  used  as  a  carminative  in  the  form  of  tea, 
and  as  a  gargle. 
Salvia  Officinalis.    The  common  garden  sage. 
It  is  aromatic,  slightly  astringent,  and  tonic. 
It  is  applied,  in  infusion  with  honey  and  alum 
or  subborate  of  soda,  in  inflammation  of  the 
mouth  and  fauces  and  for  relaxation  of  the 
uvula. 
Sa'mius  La'pis.     Samian  stone.     A  stone 
found  in  the  Island  of  Samos,  used  as  a  polish- 
ing material  by  goldsmiths  and  in  the  labora- 
tory of  the  dentist.     The  ancients  believed  it 
to  be  astringent  and  refrigerant. 
Sanab'ilis.     Sanabile.     Curable. 
Sana'tio.     (Juration. 

San'ative  (from  sano,  to  cure).  Curative  ; 
having  the  power  to  cure.  Promoting  the 
health. 


Sana'tory.  Healing  ;  applied  also  to  that 
which  tends  to  guard  public  health. 

Sand.  Finely  granulated  silicious  matter, 
but  it  often  has  particles  of  other  substances 
mixed  with  it.  It  is  used  in  Mechanical  Den- 
tistry in  making  moulds  for  metallic  castings 
or  dies  for  striking  up  a  base  for  artificial 
teeth. 

Sand  Bath.  In  Pharmacy,  a  bath  in  which 
sand  is  interposed  between  the  fire  and  the 
vessel  to  be  heated. 

San/darach.  Sandarac ;  gum  sandarach. 
An  inodorous  gum-resin  in  white  tears,  sup- 
posed to  be  the  product  of  the  Callitris  quad- 
rivalvis  ;  used  in  the  preparation  of  a  varnish 
employed  in  the  arts,  and  in  Mechanical  Dentis- 
try for  varnishing  plaster  models ;  also,  in 
Operative  Dentistry,  a  temporary  stopping  for 
teeth,  in  which  case  it  is  made  available  by 
saturating  a  pellet  of  cotton  in  a  thick  solution 
of  the  gum  in  alcohol,  and  using  this  as  a  fill- 
ing. Not  soluble  in  saliva.  The  formula  for 
sandarach  varnish  is  as  follows  :  Gum  sanda- 
rach, 5  oz.  avoir.  ;  alcohol,  1  pint. 

Sand/ix.  An  inferior  kind  of  red  lead, 
technically  termed  plumbi  oxidum  rubrum. 

Sanguiferous  (sanguis,  blood,  and  fero,  to 
bear).     Containing  or  conveying  blood. 

Sanguification  (sanguificatio  ;  from  san- 
guis, blood,  and  facio,  to  make).  That  func- 
tion of  the  body  by  which  the  chyle  is  changed 
into  blood.     Blood-making. 

Sanguiflux/us.     Haemorrhage. 

Sanguinary  Calculus.  See  Serumal 
Calculus. 

Sanguine.  Sanguineous.  Eelating  to  or 
containing  blood.     Bloody.     Plethoric. 

Sanguineous.  Pertaining  to  the  blood. 
Bloody.  Sanguine.  In  Physiology,  a  tempera- 
ment. 

Sanguin/olent  (sanguinolentus).  Tinged 
with  or  of  the  color  of  blood  ;  as,  in 
Pathology,  bloody  expectoration,  bloody  urine, 
etc. 

San/guis.     Blood. 

Sanguisu'ga.     The  blood-sucking  leech. 

Sanguisu'gum.  Congestion  of  blood  in 
the  heart. 

Sanido/des  (from  aavitiog,  a  board,  and 
euhg,  resemblance).  Saniodes.  One  with  a 
contracted  or  narrow  flat  chest. 

Sa'nies.  A  thin,  foetid,  greenish,  un- 
healthy, serous  discharge  from  a  fistula  or 
ulcer,  and  most  commonly  mixed  with  blood 
and  pus. 


SAN 


545 


SAR 


Sa'nious  (from  sanies).  Pertaining  to 
sanies. 

Sanitarium  (from  sanitas,  health).  Sana- 
torium. A  health  station  or  institution.  Also 
a  place  selected  on  account  of  its  health-  and 
vigor-pronioting  conditions. 

San'itary.  Pertaining  to  or  designed  to 
secure  health. 

San/itas.  A  highly  ozonized  preparation 
of  turpentine.  The  oil  of  sanitas  is  an  anti- 
septic, disinfectant,  and  oxidizer. 

San/ity  (sanitas ;  from  sanus,  sound, 
whole).  Soundness  of  body  ;  health  ;  or  that 
condition  of  organized  bodies  in  which  all  the 
functions  essential  to  life  are  regularly  per- 
formed. The  term,  however,  is  more  frequently 
used  for  soundness  of  mind. 

SantorFni  Fissu'rae.  The  fissures  at  the 
upper  and  back  part  of  the  cartilaginous  por- 
tion of  the  external  ear. 

Santorini     Tuber'cula.       The     cartilaginous 
projections  on  the  top  of  the  arytenoid  carti- 
lages, which   support   the  ligaments   of  the 
glottis. 
Santori'ni's    Duct.      An    accessory  pan- 
creatic duct. 

Saphe'nous  (from  <7«<?w,  manifest,  evi- 
dent). Saphena.  A  name  given  to  the  two 
large  veins  of  the  leg. 

Sap'id.     Having  taste  ;  not  insipid. 
Sapid'ity.     Tastefulness  ;  capable  of  affect- 
ing the  organs  of  taste. 

Sapien'tiae  Dentes.  The  posterior  or 
third  molar  teeth. 

Sapo.     Soap  (which  see). 
Sapo   Durus.     Hard   soap,   made    with    soda 
and  fatty  and  resinous  substances.     To  this 
class  belong  the  Castile,  the  almond,  and  the 
resin  or  yellow  soap. 

Sapo    Medicina/lis.     Soap  made    with    soda 
and  olive-oil. 

Sapo    MoFlis.     Soft  soap,  made  with  caustic 
potash  and  acrid  oil,  tallow,  or  refuse  fat. 
Sapo   Terebin'thinae.     Starkey's  soap,  made 
of  dried  and  warm  subcarbonate  of  potash 
and  oil  of  turpentine. 

Sapo   Vulgaris.     Common   soap,  made   from 
soda  and  animal  oil. 
Sapona'ceous.     Having  the  properties  of 
or  containing  soap. 

Saponification.     Conversion    into    soap ; 
the  process  by  which  soap  is  made.  . 
Saponify.     To  convert  into  soap. 
Sap'onin.     A  glucoside  possessing  an  irri- 
tant and  anaesthetic  effect.     Used  locally. 
35 


Sap'onule.  Imperfectly  formed  soap,  a 
combination  of  an  alkali  with  an  essential 
oil. 

Saporific  (sapor,  taste,  and  facio,  to  make). 
Causing  or  imparting  taste. 

Sapph'ire.  A  hard  gem  of  various  colors, 
consisting  essentially  of  crystallized  alumina. 

SaprFas.     Old,  high-flavored  wine. 

Saprine.  A  ptomaine  found  in  putrefying 
viscera. 

Saprodon/tia  (from  annpog,  rotten,  carious, 
and  od~ovg,  a  tooth).  Caries  or  rottenness  of 
the  teeth. 

Saprogen'ic  (from  carrpnc,  putrid,  and 
yevvau,  to  beget) .  Pus-forming ;  producing 
putrefaction. 

Saprogenous.  Arising  from  putrid  mat- 
ter ;  also  a  certain  species  of  microbes. 

Sap'rophyte.  Certain  forms  of  bacteria  ; 
bacilli  micrococci  connected  with  putrefactive 
fermentation. 

Sapros.     Foul  ;  rancid  ;  rotten  ;  carious. 

Sapros'tomous  (from  aa-pog,  foul,  of  a 
bad  odor,  and  arofia,  mouth).  One  who  has  a 
foul  or  offensive  breath. 

SarcFtis.  Anasarca.  Muscular  inflamma- 
tion. 

Sar'cium.  Sarcion.  A  caruncle  or  small 
fleshy  excrescence. 

Sarco=.     A  prefix  pertaining  to  flesh. 
Sarco-epiploce'le  (from  caps,  flesh,  etutt/.oov, 
the  epiploon,  and  kij^v,  a  tumor).     Epiplocele 
complicated  with  a  flesh  tumor. 

Sarcoce'Ie  (from  crapf,  flesh,  and  Krfkri,  a 
tumor).     Scirrhus  or  cancer  of  the  testicle. 

Sarcode.     Protoplasm. 

Sarco'des.     Carneous,  like  flesh. 

Sar'coid.  Resembling  or  having  the  nature 
of  flesh. 

SarcolenFma  (from  aap^,  flesh,  and  Atuaa, 
a  coat).  The  sheath  which  envelops  the  mus- 
cular fibrillse  ;  the  myolemma. 

SarcoFogy  (from  oap^,  flesh,  and  z.oyog,  a 
discourse).  Sarcologia.  That  part  of  anatomy 
which  treats  of  the  soft  parts. 

Sarco'ma  (from  ffapf,  flesh).  A  malignant, 
fleshy  tumor  or  excrescence  composed  of  em- 
bryonic connective  tissue,  in  which  the  cells 
so  predominate  in  number  and  often  also  in 
size  that  the  intercellular  substance  is  a 
secondary  element. 
Sarcoma  Scroti.     Sarcocele. 

Sarcom'atous.  Belonging  to  or  exhibiting 
the  characters  of  sarcoma. 

Sarcom'phalus    (from    caps,    flesh,     and 


SAR 


546 


SAW 


ouoa'/.oc,  the  navel).  A  fleshy  tumor  about  the 
navel. 

Sarcoph'agus  (from  capf,  flesh,  and  <payu, 
to  eat).  Flesh-devouring ;  flesh-destroying. 
That  which  eats  flesh  or  destroys  excrescences. 
Applied  by  the  ancient  Greeks  to  a  coffin  or 
receptacle  for  a  dead  body,  made  of  Assian 
stone,  said  to  possess  the  property  of  corroding 
dead  bodies,  so  as  to  consume  them  in  forty 
days. 

Sarcophy/ia.  A  fleshy  tumor  or  excres- 
cence. 

Sarcoplasm.  The  substance  in  which  the 
primitive  ribrillae  (sarcostyles)  of  a  muscle- 
fibre  are  embedded. 

Sar'coplasts.  The  germinal  cells  of  mus- 
cular tissue  lying  between  the  fibres. 

Sarcoptes  Scabie/i.  Sarcoptes  hominis. 
The  itch-tick. 

Sar'cosin.  An  extractive  principle  of  the 
blood.     A  methyl  glycol. 

Sarco'sis.  The  preternatural  formation  of 
flesh.     Also  a  fleshy  tumor. 

Sarcosto'sis.  Osteo-sarcoma.  A  bony  for- 
mation or  tumor  in  muscular  tissue. 

Sarcot/ic  (oapnou,  to  produce  flesh).  Per- 
taining to  sarcoma.  Applied  also  to  medi- 
cine. 

Sar'cous.    Of  or  belonging  to  flesh  ;  fleshy. 

Sarcous     Elements.       A    term    applied     in 

Physiology,  by  Bowman,  to  the  elementary  or 

primitive  particles  which,   by   uniting,  form 

the  mass  of  muscular  fibre. 

Sardonyx.  A  reddish-yellow  gum  or 
stone  ;  orange-colored  agate  with  a  wavy  or 
undulating  surface. 

Sarsaparil'Ia.  The  root  of  several  species 
of  smilax.  It  has  a  slightly  bitter  taste  and 
is  mucilaginous.  Alterative,  demulcent,  and 
diuretic  properties  are  ascribed  to  it.  It  has 
been  most  extensively  used  in  secondary 
syphilis  and  in  shattered  states  of  the  system 
arising  from  the  use  of  mercury  in  these  affec- 
tions. It  has  also  been  employed  in  chronic 
rheumatism,  scrofula,  and  cutaneous  affections. 
There  are  numerous  varieties,  of  which  the 
Jamaica,  the  Brazilian,  the  Lima,  the  Hon- 
duras, and  the  Vera  Cruz  are  the  best  known 
in  commerce.  Dose  of  extract,  gr.  x  to  gr.  xx  ; 
of  the  fluid  extract,  f  3 j  ;  of  the  compound 
syrup,  f.^ss. 

Sarto'rius  (from  sartor,  a  tailor,  because  it 
is  used  in  crossing  the  legs).  A  slender  muscle 
situated  at  the  anterior  part  of  the  thigh. 

Sarx.     Flesh. 


Sassafras.  The  wood  of  the  Laurus  sas- 
safras. The  bark  is  a  mild  stimulant,  su- 
dorific, and  alterative.  The  rqucilage  ob- 
tained by  macerating  the  pith  of  the  stems  is 
used  as  a  collyrium  in  inflammation  of  the  eyes 
and  as  a  drink  in  irritation  of  the  mucous  sur- 
faces. 

Sas'solin.     Native  boracic  acid. 

Satellite  Veins  (vense  satellites).  The 
veins  which  accompany  the  arteries. 

Sathe  (craefy).     Membrum  virile  ;  penis. 

Sati'ety  (satietas).  Loathing  from  excess 
of  gratification. 

Sat/in =spar.  A  fibrous  variety  of  carbon- 
ate of  lime,  presenting  a  silky  appearance 
when  polished. 

Saturan'tia  (saturans).  Absorbents.  Med- 
icines which  neutralize  acid  in  the  stomach. 

Sat/urate.  A  liquid  filled  with  as  much 
salt  or  other  substance  as  it  will  dissolve. 

Saturatio.     Saturation. 

Saturation  (saturatio  ;  from  satis,  enough). 
In  Chemistry  and  Pharmacy,  the  union  or  im- 
pregnation of  one  body  with  another  until  the 
receiving  body  can  contain  no  more  ;  a  fluid 
holding  as  much  of  a  soluble  substance  as  it 
can  dissolve. 

Satu'ritas.    Satiety. 

Satu/rity.  The  state  of  being  saturated  ; 
fulness. 

Sat/urnine.     Containing  or  caused  by  lead. 

Satur'nus.     Saturn.     Old  name  for  lead. 

Saus'surite.  A  variety  of  nephrite,  a 
mineral  of  a  white,  greenish,  or  grayish  color, 
so  called  from  M.  Saussure,  the  discoverer. 

Sav/in.  Savine  ;  savina ;  sabina.  An 
evergreen  tree  or  shrub  of  the  genus  Juni- 
perus.  Savine  leaves  are  stimulant,  diapho- 
retic, emmenagogue,  anthelmintic,  and  es- 
charotic.  Dose,  gr.  v  to  gr.  x  of  the  powder  ;  of 
the  infusion,  f  ^  j  ;  of  the  oil,  gtt.  ij  to  gtt.  v. 
Savin  Ointment.     Ceratum  sabinse. 

Sa'vor.  Taste  or  odor ;  qualities  which 
render  bodies  agreeable  to  the  sense  of  taste  or 
smell. 

Sa/vory.  An  aromatic  plant  of  the  genus 
Satureia.  Applied  also  to  bodies  which  have 
an  agreeable  taste  or  smell. 

Saw.  In  Surgery,  an  instrument  used  for 
dividing  bones  in  amputation  and  for  the  re- 
moval of  exostoses.  In  Mechanical  Dentistry, 
a  useful  instrument  for  removing  extraneous 
parts  of  plates,  etc. 

Saw,  Hey's.     An  instrument  invented  by  Mr. 
Hey  to  be  used  in  fractures  of  the  cranium. 


SAX 


547 


SCA 


Saxif'ragus.     Lithontriptic. 

Scab.  In  Pathology,  an  incrustation  formed 
over  a  sore  by  the  concretion  of  the  fluid,  dis- 
charged from  it. 

Sca/bies  (from  scabo,  to  scratch).  Psora. 
The  itch.  Four  species  are  described  by  Wil 
Ian:  (1)  Scabies  papuliformis,  consisting  of  an 
extensive  eruption  of  slightly  inflamed,  itching 
vesicles,  resembling  papulae,  intermixed  with 
and  containing  a  thick  yellow  pus  ;  (2)  scabies 
lymphalica,  consisting  of  an  eruption  of  in- 
tensely itching  transparent  pustules  on  the 
wrists,  backs  of  the  hands,  between  the  fingers, 
on  the  feet  and  toes,  about  the  fossa  of  the 
nates,  axillae,  hams,  and  at  the  bend  of  the 
elbows;  (3)  scabies  pur identa,  consisting  of  ele- 
vated yellow  pustules,  inflamed  around  their 
bases,  and  which,  in  a  short  time,  suppurate, 
break,  and  then  ulcerate  ;  (4)  scabies  cachectica, 
exhibiting  all  the  appearances,  on  different 
parts  of  the  body,  of  the  three  foregoing  spe- 
cies. Treatment :  Sulphur  (12  to  20  per  cent.), 
preceded  by  emollients  if  eczema  is  severe  ; 
carbolic  acid,  naphthol,  balsam  of  Peru,  sty- 
rax,  staph  isagria. 

Scabri/ties.     Koughness. 

Scabro'sus.  Scabrous.  Eough  ;  covered 
with  short  rigid  points  or  projections. 

Scala  Tym/pani.     The  superior  spiral  cav- 
ity of  the  cochlea  of  the  ear. 
Scala  Vestib'uli.     The  inferior  spiral  cavity 
of  the  cochlea. 

Scald  (Italian  scaldare,  to  heat).  A  lesion 
of  a  part  from  the  application  of  a  hot  fluid. 

Scald=head.     See  Poeeigo  Favosa. 

Scale  (squama).     In  Pathology,   an    opaque 
and  thickened  lamina  of  the  cuticle. 
Scale,  Dry.     Psoriasis. 

Scalene/  (oaafo/vog,  unequal).  A  figure 
having  unequal  sides.  A  triangle  of  which 
all  the  sides  are  uuequal. 

Scale  nus.  Irregular  or  unequal.  A  mus- 
cle situated  at  the  side  of  the  neck,  of  an 
irregular  triangular  shape,  divided  into  three 
portions. 

Scaler,  Barbed.  An  instrument  designed 
to  pass  between  and  around  the  necks  of  teeth 
which  are  loosened  by  old  deposits  of  tartar 
or  salivary  calculus  in  the  removal  of  this 
substance. 

Sca'Iers.  Instruments  for  removing  sali- 
vary calculus  from  the  teeth.  See  INSTRUMENTS 
foe  Cleansing  the  Teeth. 

Scaring  the  Teeth.  An  old  name  for  the 
operation,  in   Dentistry,  which  consists   of  the 


removal  of  salivary  calculus,  commonly  called 
tartar,  from  the  teeth.  See  Salivaey  Cal- 
culus. 

ScaHoped.  Marked  with  even  and 
rounded  notches  on  the  margin.  Same  as 
Ceenate. 

Scalp.    The  integuments  covering  the  head. 

Scal'pel  (scalpellu)ii ;  from  scalpo,  to  rasp  or 
cut).  An  instrument  employed  in  surgical 
operations  and  in  dissections  for  dividing  the 
soft  parts.  It  is  formed  of  a  blade  of  well- 
tempered  steel,  very  sharp,  of  variable  shape 
and  size,  fixed  in  a  handle. 

Scalp'rum.  A  knife  used  in  trepanning. 
In  Blammalogy,  the  cutting  edge  of  the  incisor 
teeth. 

Scalprum    Denta/rium.     Lima   dentaria.     A 
dental  file.     See  File,  Dental. 

Scaly  Disease.  An  order  of  cutaneous 
diseases. 

Sca'pha  (from  ammo,  to  make  hollow). 
The  cavity  of  the  external  ear,  between  the 
helix  and  anti-helix.  Also  the  name  of  a 
double-headed  roller. 

Sca'phium  OcuIa/re.  The  shell  employed 
for  artificial  eyes. 

Scaph'oid  (from  onayr/,  a  boat,  and  eidog, 
resemblance).  Boat-like  ;  in  Anatomy,  applied 
to  several  parts. 

Scaphoid  Bone  of  the  Foot.    A  bone  situated 

at  the  forepart  of  the  foot,  the  os  naviculare. 

Scaphoid  Bone  of  the  Wrist.     The  boat-like 

bone,  the  os  naviculare  of  the  carpus. 

Scaphoid  Fossa.     A  depression  or  cavity  in 

the  internal  ala  of  the  pterygoid  process. 

Scap/olite.  A  crystallized,  grayish-white 
mineral,  of  a  pearly  lustre,  consisting  of  silica, 
alumina,  and  lime. 

Scap'ula.  The  shoulder-blade  ;  an  irregu- 
lar flat  bone,  of  a  triangular  shape,  situated  at 
the  posterior  part  of  the  shoulder. 

Scap'ular  (scapularis ;  from  sca})ula,  the 
shoulder-blade).  Belonging  to  or  relating  to 
the  scapula. 

Scap'ulary.     A  bandage  for  the  shoulder. 

Scap/ulo=hu'meral.  Pertaining  to  the 
scapula  and  humerus. 

Scar.     See  Cicateix. 

Scardamyg/mus  (aKap^n^v-^uoc ,-  from  cuap- 
d~a[ivoo(.>,  to  wink).     Winking;  nictitation. 

Scarf 'skin.     The  epidermis,  or  cuticle. 

Scarification  (scarificatio ;  from  cKapicpa- 
ofiat,  to  make  a  slight  scratch).  Small,  super- 
ficial incisions  made  with  a  lancet  or  scarifica- 
tor for  local  depletion. 


SCA 


548 


SCI 


Scarificator  (scarificatorium).  An  in- 
strument composed  of  a  number  of  lancets, 
operated  by  a  spring,  and  so  contrived  as  to  be 
made  to  inflict  a  number  of  slight  incisions 
synchronously.     See  Cupping. 

Scarlati'na  (from  Italian  scarlatto,  a  deep 
red).  The  scarlet  fever.  There  are  two  vari- 
eties of  this  disease  :  (1)  Scarlatina  simplex,  or 
scarlatina  benigna,  which  is  of  a  mild  charac- 
ter ;  and  (2)  scarlatina  anginosa,  or  scarlatina 
cynanchica,  which  is  attended  with  ulcerated 
sore  throat.  Scarlatina  maligna  is  regarded  as 
a  stage  of  the  last-mentioned  variety.  Scarla- 
tina interferes  with  the  development  of  the 
teeth,  and  the  eruption  characteristic  of  this 
disease  has  its  effect  upon  the  enamel  in  the 
form  of  distinct  markings,  etc.  Osseous,  neural, 
and  epithelial  lesions  follow  as  sequela?,  and 
the  developing  teeth  are  impressed. 

Scar'let  Fever.     Scarlatina. 

Scarred  (cicatrisatus).    Marked  with  a  scar. 

Scelal'gia  (from  cr/ceAof,  the  leg,  and  a'Ayoc, 
pain).     Pain  in  the  leg. 

SceIon/cus  (from  okeIoc,  the  leg,  and  oy/coc, 
a  tumor).     A  tumefied  or  swelled  leg. 

Sce'los  (ffK£?iOf).     The  leg. 

Scelotyr'be  (from  ckeIoc,  the  leg,  and 
rvpft)],  disorder).  Dragging  the  lower  limb. 
Also  chorea. 

Schala' stein.  Table  spar.  It  occurs  in 
laminated  gray  masses. 

Scheele's  Green.  A  green  pigment  ob- 
tained by  mixing  arsenite  of  potassa  with  sul- 
phate of  copper. 

Sche'lium.     A  synonym  of  tungsten. 

Schero'ma.  Dry  inflammation  of  the 
eye. 

Schindylesis.  An  immovable  articulation. 
A  variety  of  synarthrosis  in  which  one  bone 
is  received  into  a  slit  in  another,  as  the  vomer 
into  the  sphenoid. 

Schinelae/on.     Oil  of  mastich. 

Schist.  A  variety  of  slate  ;  also  a  species 
of  rock,  such  as  gneiss. 

Schistocyte.  A  blood-corpuscle  under- 
going division. 

Schistoproso'pia  (from  ax'arvr^  cloven, 
and  Kpooonov,  face).  A  cavity — "cleft-face" — 
instead  of  the  middle  of  the  face ;  a  want  of 
development  of  the  first  branchial  arch  and 
nasal  process  of  the  frontal. 

Schmidt's  Test.  A  test  for  sugar  made 
by  adding  acetate  of  lead  and  precipitating 
with  ammonia  ;  on  heating,  the  white  precipi- 


tate remains  unchanged  with  cane  or  milk 
sugar,  but  turns  an  orange-red  if  glucose  is 
present. 

Schneide/rian  Mem'brane.  The  mucous 
membrane  which  lines  the  cavities  and  secretes 
the  mucus  of  the  nose  ;  so  named  from  Schnei- 
der, who  first  described  it. 

Schorl.  A  black,  brittle  mineral,  usually 
occurring  in  prismatic  crystals,  aud  becoming 
electric  by  heat  and  friction. 

Schorl'ite.  A  mineral  of  a  greenish-white 
and  sometimes  of  a  yellowish  color  ;  a  variety 
of  topaz. 

Schwann,  White  Substance  of.  A  hol- 
low cylinder  of  white  nervous  matter,  differ- 
ing in  composition  from  that  which  occupies 
the  centre,  the  latter  being  of  a  fibrous  char- 
acter. 

Sciafic  (sciaticus  ;  from  ivxiov,  the  haunch). 
Ischiatic.  A  word  contracted  from  and  synon- 
ymous with  ischiatic. 

Sciatic  Artery.  The  ischiatic  artery  ;  a  branch 
of  the  hypogastric,  which  escapes  from  the 
pelvis  through  the  sciatic  notch  ;  then,  divid- 
ing into  a  number  of  branches  to  supply  the 
posterior  pelvic  muscles. 
Sciatic  Nerves.  Two  nerves,  distinguished 
into  greater  and  less.  The  former  is  a  continu- 
ation of  the  sacral  or  sciatic  plexus,  and  es- 
capes from  the  pelvis  between  the  pyramid- 
alis  and  superior  gemellus  muscle.  The  latter 
is  formed  by  the  second  and  third  sacral 
nerves,  and  escapes  from  the  pelvis  below 
the  pyramidalis  muscle. 

Sciatic  Notch.     A  large  notch  at  the  posterior 

edge  of  each  os  innominatum,  converted  into 

a  foramen  by  the   sacrum   and   sacro-sciatic 

ligament. 

Sciatica.      Neuralgia  of   the  sacro-sciatic 

nerve. 

Sciero'pia  (from  muepoc,  shady,  and  utjj,  the 
eye).     A  defect  of  vision  in  which  all  objects 
assume  a  color  darker  than  natural. 
Scilla.     The  squill  or  sea-onion. 
Scilla  Hispan/ica.     Spanish  squills. 
Scilla  Marit/ima.     The  officinal  squill,  or  sea- 
onion.     The  fresh  bulb  is  very  acrid  and  poi- 
sonous.    The  dried  root  is  bitter  and  slightly 
acrid.    It  is  diuretic,  expectorant,  emetic,  and 
cathartic.      Dose,  gr.  j  to  gr.  v  of  the  dried 
root,  with  or  without  mercury. 
Scillitin.      Scillitine.      The  active,  bitter 
principle    of   the    bulb    of  Scilla    maritima. 

Squills. 


SCI 


549 


SCO 


Scintilla'tion  (sciniillo,  to  sparkle).  A 
sparkling,  as  of  fire. 

Scirrhogas'tria  (from  aiuppog,  hard,  and 
yacT7)p,  stomach).     Scirrhus  of  the  stomach. 

Scir/rhoid  (ontppog,  a  hard  tumor,  and  ec6oc, 
form).     See  Keloid. 

Scirrhq'ma.     Scirrhus. 

Scirrhous.      Indurated  ;  hard.     Of  or  be- 
longing to  scirrhus,  as  a  scirrhous  disease. 
Scirrhous  Sarco/ma.     A  hard,  smooth,  vascu- 
lar tumor  of  a  glaudular  structure. 

Scir/rhus  (from  omppog,  hard,  indurated). 
Scirrhoma,  scirrhosis.  A  hard  tumor,  gener- 
ally occurring  in  glandular  structures,  usually 
preceding  carcinoma,  and  of  which  it  may  he 
regarded  as  the  first  stage. 

Scis/sel.  The  clippings  of  metals  ;  applied 
in  Slechanical  Dentistry  to  small  pieces  of  gold, 
platina,  or  silver  clipped  from  a  plate  in  cut- 
ting out  a  base  for  artificial  teeth  or  any  appli- 
ance formed  from  plate  of  any  of  these  metals. 

Scis'sors.  An  instrument  composed  of  two 
cutting  blades  which  move  upon  an  axis  and 
are  variously  shaped  to  suit  the  purposes  for 
which  they  are  designed.  In  Dental  Surgery 
they  are  used  principally  for  cutting  gold. 

Sclerectasia.     See  Staphyloma. 

Sclerecto'mia.  An  operation  which  con- 
sists of  the  removal  of  a  portion  of  the  sclerot- 
ica to  form  an  artificial  pupil. 

Sclerema.  A  disease  of  infants,  usually 
fatal,  in  which  the  skin  turns  cold,  hard,  rigid, 
and  oedematous,  with  great  depression  of  pulse 
and  respiration. 

Sclere'mus.  Sclerema.  Induration  of  the 
cellular  tissue. 

Sclerencepha/Iia  (from  ovc/b/poc,  hard,  and 
eyK£(pa/.oi'y  the  brain).     Induration  of  the  brain. 

Scleri'asis  (from  GKAnpoc,  hard).  Scleroma. 
Act  of  becoming  hard,  or  a  state  of  induration. 
The  term,  however,  is  usually  applied  to  in- 
duration of  the  edges  of  the  palpebral,  and,  in 
females,  of  the  labia  pudendi. 

Sclero=  (from  CK?,t]pogy  hard).  A  prefix  sig- 
nifying hardness. 

Scleroderma  (from  ovcA//poc,  hard,  and 
depua,  cutis).     Induration  of  the  skin. 

Sclerophthal'mia  (from  an^npoq,  hard,  and 
o<j>$a?i/.ioc,  the  eye).  Pain,  swelling,  and  hard- 
ness of  the  eye  and  eyelids. 

Sclerosarco'ma.  A  hard,  fleshy  tumor  or 
excrescence,  resembling  the  comb  of  a  cock, 
attached  to  the  gums. 

Sclerose  (oK/.npoc,  hard).  Affected  with 
sclerosis. 


Sclero'sis.  Thickening  with  condensa- 
tion. 

Sclerotic  Coat.     See  Sclerotic. 

Sclerotica  (from  oidtfipoa,  to  harden). 
Sclerotic.  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  the 
dense,  opaque,  fibrous  membrane,  situated  im- 
mediately under  the  conjunctiva,  investing 
nearly  four-fifths  of  the  posterior  part  of  the 
globe  of  the  e}Te. 

Scleroticonyx'is  (from  dyca^/joc,  hard,  and 
vv£ig,  puncturing).  Scleronyxis.  Perforation 
of  the  sclerotic  coat  of  the  eye  in  the  operation 
for  cataract  by  depression. 

Sclerotitis .  Sclerotic.  In  Materia  Med- 
ica,  medicines  which  are  supposed  to  have  the 
effect  of  increasing  the  density  of  animal 
tissues. 

Sclerosis.     Sclerotic. 

Sclerotitis.  Inflammation  of  the  sclerotic 
coat  of  the  eye.  This  affection  has  been  re- 
lieved by  the  devitalization  of  the  exposed 
pulps  of  teeth. 

Sclerys'ma.     Induration. 

Scobs.  The  filings,  scales,  or  shavings  of 
any  metal  or  wood.  Also  the  scoria  of  any 
metal. 

Scolio'ma  (rmo'/.iou,  to  crook).  A  morbid 
curvature  of  the  spine. 

Scoliosis  (from  ckomoc,  crooked).  A  dis- 
tortion of  the  spine  ;  rickets. 

Scope  (oko-7]  ;  from  gho-eu,  to  examine) . 
A  suffix  denoting  ocular  examination. 

Scoracra/sia  (from  ff/iwp,  excrement,  and 
anpaoia,  want  of  control).  Scoraeratia.  Invol- 
untary evacuation  of  the  faeces. 

Scorbu/tic  (scorbutieus).  Belonging  or  re- 
lating to  scorbutus  or  scurvy.  Affected  with 
scurvy. 

Scorbutic  Teeth.  Characterized  by  the  de- 
fective character  of  the  phosphate  of  lime  de- 
posited in  the  cells  of  the  dentine  and  enamel 
membrane  in  their  development,  rendering 
the  cells  imperfect  in  shape  and  number. 

Scorbu'tus.  Scurvy.  Purpura  nautica. 
A  disease  characterized  by  spongy  gums,  offen- 
sive breath,  livid  spots  on  the  skin,  great  gen- 
eral debility,  and  a  pale,  bloated  countenance. 
Vegetable  acids  are  the  best  antiscorbutics  in 
sea  scurvy,  with  a  change  of  food  and  locality, 
especially  the  use  of  green  vegetables.  There 
are  other  forms  of  scorbutus,  known  as  purpura 
simplex  and  purpura  hemorrhagica,  in  which 
the  use  of  the  miueral  acids  are  indicated. 
Scorbutus  is  aggravated  by  want  of  cleanli- 
ness and  by  a  diet  of  fat,  salt-meat,  etc 


SCO 


550 


SCU 


Sco'riae  (from  onup,  excrement).  The  dross 
of  purified  metals  or  the  refuse  of  any  sub- 
stance.    Volcanic  cinders. 

Scotas'ma  (from  gkotoc,  darkness).  Sco- 
toma. A  term  applied  in  Pathology  to  obscurity 
of  vision.     Also  to  scotodynia. 

Scotch=stone.  A  stone  cut  into  a  proper 
shape,  used  by  dentists  for  removing  file- 
marks  from  gold,  platina,  silver,  or  vulcanized 
rubber. 

Scotodyn'ia   (from   ckotoc,    darkness,    and 
diveu,  to   turn  round).      Scotoma  ;   scotasma  ; 
scotosis.     Giddiness,  with  impaired  vision. 
Scoto'ma.     Scotodynia. 
Scoto'sis.     Scotodynia. 
Scraper.     A  useful  instrument  for  cutting 
down  the  surface  of  vulcanized  rubber  plates, 
preparatory  to  the  use  of  the  Scotch-stone,  in 
the  process  of  polishing. 

Scratch  Brush.  A  brush  of  brass  wire  for 
cleaning  burs,  files,  and  the  serrations  of 
pluggers. 

Screw.      In   3Iec7ianics,   a   spiral   ridge   or 
groove  winding  round  a  cylinder  with  every 
furrow  or  thread  parallel  to  the  axis  at  the 
same  angle.     When  formed  on  the  outside  of 
the  cylinder,  it  is  called  the  male  screw,  and 
on  the  inside,  the  female  screw. 
Screw,    Conical.      An  instrument  sometimes 
employed  in  Dental  Surgery  for  the  extraction 
of  the  roots  of  the  upper  incisors  and  cuspi- 
dati. 
Screw  Elevator,  Elliot's.     An  instrument  in- 
vented  by   Dr.   W.  H.    Elliot   for  removing 
fangs  of  teeth  by  means  of  a  screw  which  is 
inserted  into  a  universal  joint  upon  the  end  of 
the  instrument.      This  instrument  can  be  ap- 
plied with  equal  facility  to  the  roots  of  the 
molar  and  those  of  the  front  teeth. 
Screw  Forceps.      See   FORCEPS,    COMPOUND 
Screw,  Huleihen's. 

Screw  Pivot.      A  pivot  with  a  screw  cut  on  it 
for  the  retention  of  an  artificial  tooth  to  a 
natural  root.     Introduced  by  Bourdet. 
Screw   Plate.     A  plate  of  steel  pierced  with 
two  or  more  rows  of  holes,  gradually  decreas- 
ing in  size  from  the  first  to  the  last,  with  a 
spiral  thread  cut  on  the  inner  wall  of  each. 
Accompanying   this  plate   is   a   tap  or  steel 
screw  for  each  hole.     This  instrument  is  used 
in  the  laboratory  of  the  dentist. 
Screws,  Retaining.      Small  screws  made 
of  twenty- karat  gold,  used  for  securing  fillings 
in    shallow    anil    difficult    cavities.       Different 
forms   are  in   use,  devised   by  Drs.  Dwinelle, 


Mack,  and  Osmond.  Osmond  screws  are  split 
about  half-way  once  or  twice.  These  are 
opened  or  bent  down,  as  may  be  necessary, 
after  the  screw  is  inserted  by  means  of  a  small 
screwdriver.     See  Jacksckews. 

Scrobic'ulate.  Scrobiculated ;  pitted  ; 
having  numerous  small  depressions  or  hol- 
lows. 

Scrobiculus  Cordis.  The  pit  of  the  stom- 
ach ;  the  hollow  part  near  the  region  of  the 
heart. 

Scrofula  (from  scrofa,  a  sow,  because  hogs 
were  supposed  to  be  affected  with  it).  A  dis- 
ease characterized  by  hard,  glandular  tumors 
in  various  parts  of  the  body,  but  occurring 
most  commonly  in  the  neck,  behind  the  ears, 
and  under  the  chin,  suppurating  slowly,  and 
discharging,  instead  of  pus,  a  white  curdled 
matter.  It  is  popularly  termed  king's  evil. 
Dr.  Cullen  mentions  four  species  of  the  dis- 
ease :  (1)  Scrofula  vulgaris,  when  it  is  not  com- 
plicated with  other  disorders,  is  external  and 
permanent ;  (2)  scrofula  mesenterica,  when  in- 
ternal and  accompanied  by  swelling  of  the 
abdomen,  pale  countenance,  loss  of  appetite, 
and  peculiar  foetor  of  the  faeces  ;  (3)  scrofula 
fugax,  when  it  is  seated  in  the  neck,  which  is 
the  simplest  form  of  the  disease  ;  (4)  scrofula 
Americana,  when  complicated  with  the  yaws. 

Scrofulous.  Affected  with  or  relating  to 
scrofula. 

Scrofulous  Teeth.  Teeth  similar  in  some 
respects  to  those  of  syphilis,  but  distinguished 
by  a  muddy-white  color,  large,  rough,  and 
irregular,  lingual  surfaces  indented,  arch 
broad,  and  teeth  regular  in  arrangement. 
Milk-white  or  dark-brown  spots  often  charac- 
terize such  teeth. 

Scrophulo/sis.    Scrophulosus.    Scrofulous. 

Scro'tal  (scrotalis).  Relating  to  the  scro- 
tum. 

Scrotal  Hernia.  A  protrusion  of  any  of  the 
contents  of  the  abdomen  into  the  scrotum. 

Scro'tiform.     Purse-like. 

Scrotoce/le.     Scrotal  hernia. 

Scro/tum  (from  scorteum,  skin  or  leather). 
The  integuments  which  cover  the  testicles. 
Scrotum  Cordis.     The  pericardium. 

Scru/ple.     A  weight  of  twenty  grains. 

Scull.     Skull. 

Scurf.  Furfura.  Small  exfoliations  of  the 
cuticle. 

Scurvy.     Scorbutus  (which  see). 
Scurvy  of  the  Gums.     See   GUMS,  INFLAM- 
MATION,   TUBGESCENCE,   ULCERATION,  AND 


scu 


551 


SEC 


Recession    of  ;     also,     Gums,     Prurient 
Growth  of. 
Scutel'Ia.     A  small  cup. 
Scu/tiform   (scutiformis ;    from    scutum,    a 
shield,  and  forma,  likeness).    Having  the  form 
or  resemblance  of  a  shield. 
Scutiform    Car'tilage.      The    thyroid    carti- 
lage. 
Scyb'ala.     Hard  excrement,  discharged  in 
round  lumps  or  balls. 

Scyph/us  Audito'rius.  The  infundibu- 
lum  of  the  cochlea. 

Scyphus  Cerebri.     The  infundibulum  of  the 
brain. 
Scyth'ica  Ra/dix.     Glycyrrhiza  ;  liquorice 
root. 

Scythropas'mus.  Scythropasmos.  Sad- 
ness of  countenance,  often  a  bad  augury  in 
disease. 

Scytoblaste/ma  (gkotoc,  a  skin,  and 
/3/.aaTT//iia,  a  growth).  The  organic  growth  or 
development  of  the  skin  ;  also  of  the  exanthe- 
mata. 

Scytodep'sic  Acid.  Tannic  acid  (which 
see). 

Scytodep'sium.     Tannin. 
Se.     Symbol  for  selenium. 
Seal,  Golden.     The  Hydrastis  canadensis, 
or  yellow  root. 

Seal  Pivot.     A   method,    practised    by   Fau- 

chard,  of  securing  the  retention  of  a  pivot  or 

tenon  of  an  artificial  tooth  in  the  canal  of  the 

natural  root,  consisting  of  first  filling  it  with 

cement  and  then  introducing  the  pivot. 

Searcb/ing.     Sounding ;   the   introduction 

of  a  metallic  instrument  into  the  bladder  for 

the  purpose  of  ascertaining  whether  there  be  a 

stone  in  it  or  not. 

Seba'ceous  (from  sebum,  suet).  Of  the 
nature  of  suet  or  lard. 

Sebaceous   Glands.     Follicles  or  crypts  of  a 
round  or  pyriform  shape,  situated  in  the  sub- 
stance of  the  skin  and  opening  on  its  surface 
by  small  excretory  dtiets.     Similar  glands  are 
situated  about  the  prepuce  and  labia  majora, 
which  secrete  sebaceous  matter  of  a  mucous  or 
oily  nature. 
Seba'cic   (from    sebum,    suet).     Pertaining 
to   or  obtained    from    suet    or    fat-like    sub- 
stances. 

Sebacic  Acid.     A    crystalline    substance    re- 
sembling benzoic  acid,  obtained  from  oil  or 
fat,  containing  oleiue  or  oleic  acid.    Formula, 
C20H]6Ofi,  2HO. 
Sebadil'la.     See  Yeratrum  Sabadilla. 


Se'bate  (sebas).  In  Chemistry,  a  salt  re- 
sulting from  the  combination  of  sebacic  acid 
with  a  salifiable  base. 

Seca'le.     Rye. 
Secale  Cerea'le.     The  rye  plant. 
Secale  Cornu'tum.     Ergot.     Spurred  rye  ;    a 
black,  morbid  excrescence  occupying  the  place 
of  the  seeds  of  the  Secale   cereale,    which, 
from  its  resemblance  to  the  spur  of  a  cock,  is 
named  ergot.     It  is  given  internally  to  excite 
the  action  of  the  uterus  during  parturition 
and  for  other  purposes.     Dose  of  the  powder, 
gr.  xv  to  gr.  xx  ;    of  the  fluid  extract,  which 
is  the  best,  gssto  ,"j. 
Se/cant.     Literally,   cutting.     A  line  that 
cuts  another ;  especially  a  straight  line  cutting 
a  curve  in  two  or  more  points. 

Secer'nents  (from  secemo,  to  separate). 
Vessels  which  deposit  matters  separated  from 
the  blood  and  nutritious  fluids  for  the  repara- 
tion and  reproduction  of  the  several  parts  of 
the  body. 

Secern'ing  (from  secemo,  to  hide).  Secret- 
ing ;  the  function  of  a  gland  or  follicle. 

Sec'ond  Inten'tion.     The  healing  or  clos- 
ing of  wounds   by  suppuration,    granulation, 
and  cicatrization.     See  First  Intention. 
Second  Pair  of  Nerves.    See  Optic  Nerves. 
Sec'ondary  (from   secundus,    the-  second). 
Something  which  acts  subordinately  to  another, 
not  primary,  as  secondary  symptoms. 
Secondary  Amputation.      Amputation    after 
the  immediate  effects  produced  on  the  system 
by  the  injury  have  subsided  and  suppuration 
has  taken  place. 

Secondary  Dentine.  Dentine  formed  at  a 
later  period  than  the  rest  of  the  dentine, 
where  the  pulp,  for  example,  is  converted  into 
solid  material  and  no  pulp-cavity  remains  ; 
the  material  so  formed  is  called  "secondarv 
dentine."  Secondary  dentine  is  the  result  of 
a  new  growth  of  dentine  produced  by  abra- 
sion, caries,  or  other  injury,  by  which  the 
dentinal  fibrils  are  irritated  at  their  distal 
ends.  Deposited  upon  the  walls  of  the  pulp- 
chamber  it  reduces  its  size,  and  is  different 
from  the  normal  growth  of  the  dentine  ;  and 
there  is  generally  a  marked  difference  in  the 
color  of  the  new  structure,  as  compared  with 
normal  dentine,  in  the  form  of  a  yellowish 
spot  on  teeth  worn  by  abrasion,  which  spot 
designates  the  original  pulp-chamber.  There 
is  also  a  marked  diminution  in  the  number 
of  the  tubules  of  the  dentine  called  "  secon- 
dary."'  and   in   some   cases  a  sharp  curve  or 


SEC 


552 


SEM 


change  in  the  direction  of  the  tubules.  See 
Dextine. 
Secondary  Fever.  The  occurrence  of  fever 
after  the  crisis  of  a  disease,  as  after  the  declen- 
sion of  small-pox  or  measles. 
Secondary  Haemorrhage.  The  occurrence 
of  haemorrhage  from  wounds  or  operations  at 
a  time  when,  if  the  state  of  the  parts  were 
healthy,  it  would  not  have  happened. 

Secre'ting  (secretorius).  Secernent.  A 
term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  organs  which 
secrete. 

Secre'tion  (secretio  ;  from  secemere,  to  sep- 
arate). A  function  of  the  animal  economy, 
consisting  of  the  separation  of  the  materials  of 
the  hlood  at  the  extremities  of  the  arteries,  or 
of  the  vascular  secretory  system,  and  which 
differs  in  each  organ,  and  hence  the  formation 
of  bile,  urine,  saliva,  milk,  etc.  There  are, 
according  to  Magendie,  three  kinds  of  secre- 
tions— exhalent,  follicular,  and  glandular. 

Secretorius.     Secreting. 

Se/cretory.  An  epithet  applied  in  Anatomy 
to  organs  which  perform  the  functions  of  secre- 
tion.    See  Seceknents. 

Sec/tile  (seco,  to  cut).  Capable  of  being 
cut. 

Sec'tio.     A  section  ;  an  incision. 
Sectio  Anatom/ica.     Dissection. 
Sectio  Nympha/rum.     Nymphotomy. 
Sectio  Rena'lis.     Nephrotomy. 

Sec/tion  (sectio).  The  act  of  cutting  or  of 
separating  by  cutting  ;  also  a  part  separated 
from  the  rest,  as  a  thin  piece  of  dentine,  for 
examination  under  the  microscope. 

Sec'undines.  All  that  remains  in  the 
uterus  after  birth,  as  the  placenta,  membranes 
of  the  ovum,  etc. 

Secun'dum  Artem.     According  to  art. 

Seda/tion.  Calming  ;  the  action  of  a  seda- 
tive. 

Sedative  (sedativus ;  from  sedo,  to  settle 
or  assuage).  A  medicine  which  depresses  the 
vital  forces  and  allays  irritability  and  irrita- 
tion. 

Sedative    Salt.     A  name  sometimes  given  to 
boracic  acid. 

Sedenta'ria  Ossa.  The  bones  on  which 
one  sits  ;  the  coccygis  and  ischia. 

Sed/entary  (who,  to  sit).  Habitual  sit- 
ting. 

Se/des.     The  amis  ;  also  the  faeces. 

Sediment  (sedimentmn).  A  deposit  of 
substances  held  in  solution  or  suspension  by  a 
liquid. 


Sed'Iitz  Pow'der.  A  compound  of  Ro- 
chelle  salt,  carbonate  of  soda,  and  tartaric  acid, 
which,  dissolved  in  water,  forms  an  effervescing 
aperient  liquid.  The  Rochelle  salt  and  carbon- 
ate of  soda  are  prepared  in  the  blue  paper  and 
the  tartaric  aciaVin  the  white  paper.  Employed 
as  a  gentle  purgative. 

See/ing.  Vision.  The  perception  of  exter- 
nal objects  by  means  of  the  organs  of  vision. 

Seg'ment  (segmentum ;  from  seco,  to  cut 
off).     A  part  cut  off  or  divided  ;  a  section. 

Seg/moid  Valves.  The  valves  of  the  pul- 
monary artery  have  been  so  called  from  their 
resemblance  to  the  segments  of  a  circle. 

Segni'tia  (segnities ;  from  segnis,  sluggish). 
Sluggishness  ;  applied  in  Pathology  to  torpidity 
of  a  function,  as  that  of  the  bowels. 

Seid/Iitz  Pow/der.  A  cooling,  efferves- 
cent, and  aperient  draught.  See  Sedlitz 
Powdek. 

Sele/niate.  A  salt  resulting  from  the  com- 
bination of  selenic  acid  with  a  salifiable  base. 

Sele'nic  Acid.  A  volatile,  crystallizable 
acid,  consisting  of  one  equivalent  of  selenium 
and  three  of  oxygen. 

Sele/nious  (seleniosus).  Applied  to  an 
acid,  the  second  degree  of  oxidation  of  sele- 
nium. 

Sel'enite.  Transparent  sulphate  of  lime. 
Lapis  specularis. 

Sele'nium.  An  elementary  substance  re- 
sembling sulphur,  found  in  pyrites,  and  the 
basis  of  selenic  acid.  It  is  brittle,  opaque, 
tasteless,  insoluble  in  water,  and  unaltered  by 
air. 

Sel'enodont.  Those  ungulates  in  which 
the  masticating  surfaces  of  the  molar  teeth 
present  crescentic  ridges. 

Seli'bra,  or  Semili/bra.     Half  a  pound. 

Serine.     White  spots  found  on  the  nails. 

Sel'Ia  Turcica.  So  called  from  its  sup- 
posed resemblance  to  a  Turkish  saddle.  A 
cavity  in  the  sphenoid  bone,  bounded  anteri- 
orly and  posteriorly  by  the  clinoid  processes, 
and  containing  the  pituitary  gland. 

Selt/zer  Water,  Artificial.  R.  Hydro- 
chloric acid,  gr.  xxxv;  water,  Oj  ;  white  marble, 
gr.  iij.  Seltzer  is  an  abbreviated  name  for  an 
acid-soda  mineral  water.  The  term  "seltzer  " 
is  also  applied  to  artificial  seltzer  water. 

Sembel'la.     Selibra  (which  see). 

Semeiog/raphy  (from  oqpeiov,  a  symptom, 
and  ypn-fi,  a  description).  Semeiographia. 
A  description  of  the  symptoms  or  signs  ol 
disease. 


SEM 


553 


SEN 


Semeiol'ogy  (from  aqpeiov,  a  symptom, 
and  Aoyog,  a  discourse).  Semeioties  ;  semi- 
ology ;  semeiologia.  The  doctrine  of  the 
symptoms  or  signs  of  disease. 

Semeiot/ic  (scmeioticus,  semeiosis).  Relat- 
ing to  the  signs  of  disease. 

Se/men  (from  sero,  to  sow).  A  seed.  Also 
the  fecundating  fluid  secreted  by  the  testicles, 
and  carried  by  the  epididymis  and  vas  deferens 
to  the  vesiculae  seminales,  to  be  ejected  into  the 
vagina  during  coition. 

Semi=.  A  prefix  from  the  Latin  semis, 
half. 

Semi-orbic'ular    {semi-orbicular is).        Of   the 
shape  of  a  half  globe. 

Semi-orbicula'ris  Oris.     The  orbicularis  oris 
muscle. 
Semi-spina/lis  Colli.     A  muscle  situated  at 
the  posterior  part  of  the  neck. 
Semi-spinalis   Dorsi.     A  muscle  of  the  back. 
Semi-tendino'sus.      A   muscle   situated   ob- 
liquely on  the  back  part  of  the  thigh. 
Semicircular  Canals.      Three  canals  in 
the  petrous  portion  of  the  temporal  bone  which 
open  into  the  vestibule  of  the  ear. 

Semicu/pium,  Semicu'bium.  A  half 
bath,  or  one  that  receives  only  the  lower  ex- 
tremities and  hips. 

Semilunar  (from  semi,  half,  and  luna,'the 

moon).     Half-moon  shaped. 

Semilunar   Cartilages.      The   two  falciform 

fibro-cartilages  between   the  condyles  of  the 

os  femoris  and  the  articular  surfaces  of  the 

tibia. 

Semilunar  Gang'lion.  A  ganglion  of  the 
great  sympathetic  nerve,  situated  in  the  ab- 
domen and  behind  the  suprarenal  capsules. 
Semilunar  Notch.  The  indentation  between 
the  coracoid  process  and  the  upper  border  of 
the  scapula. 

Semilunar  Valves.     The  three  valves  at  the 

beginning  of  the  pulmonary  artery  and  aorta. 

Semimembranosus.      A  muscle  of   the 

thigh,  situated  at  its  posterior  part.     It  bends 

the  legs. 

Sem'inal.     Pertaining  to  seed  or  semen,  or 
the  elements  of  production. 
Seminal  Air  [aura  scminalis).     The  supposed 
vivifying  principle  of  the  semen   virile,  be- 
lieved to  ascend  through  the  Fallopian  tubes, 
thus  impregnating  the  ovum  in  the  ovarium. 
Sem'inale  Mem'brum.     The  penis. 
Scminalis.     Seminal.     Spermatic. 
Semina'tion.      The  emission  of  the  semen 
in  the  uterus. 


Semiog'raphy.     Semeiography. 
Semiology.       Symptomatology.       Semei- 
ology  (which  see). 

Semiple'gia.     Hemiplegia  (which  see). 
Semis,  or  Semis/sis.      The  half  of  any- 
thing. 

Sen/eca  Oil.  A  variety  of  petroleum  found 
near  Seneca  Lake,  New  York. 

Senec/tus  (senecta;  from  senere,  to  be  old). 
Old  age  ;  senility. 
Senectus  Ultima.     Decrepitude. 

Se'nile  (senilis).  Pertaining  or  peculiar  to 
old  age. 

Sen/na.  The  dried  leaves  of  several  plants 
of  the  genus  Cassia.  The  kinds  of  senna 
known  in  commerce  are  designated  by  the 
names  of  the  places  where  they  are  grown  or 
from  which  they  are  imported,  as  the  East 
India  senna,  the  Tripoli  senna,  the  Aleppo  or 
Italian  senna,  etc.  Senna  is  an  active  purga- 
tive, but  does  not  produce  a  violent  impression 
on  the  bowels.  It  has  a  tendency  to  produce 
griping,  in  consequence  of  which  it  is  usually 
combined  with  some  aromatic.  The  purgative 
principle  of  senna  is  called  cathartine.  Dose 
of  senna,  in  powder,  3  ss  to  3  ij  ;  of  the  infu- 
sion, §iv  ;  of  the  confection,  gj  to  ^ij  ;  of  the 
fluid  extract,  f  3  j  to  f^ss. 

Sensa'tion  (sensatio;  from  sentire,  sensum, 
to  feel).  An  impression  caused  by  external 
bodies  on  the  organs  of  the  senses  and  trans- 
mitted to  the  brain. 

Sense  (sensus;  sensio).  The  faculty  whereby 
animals  receive  impressions  of  the  qualities 
of  external  bodies.  Man  is  endowed  with  five 
senses — namely,  sight,  hearing,  smell,  taste, 
and  touch. 

Sensibil'itas.     Sensibility. 
Sensibil'ity    (sensibililas).       Susceptibility 
of  sensation,  or   faculty  of  receiving  impres- 
sions. 

Sensif'erous.     Producing  sense. 
Sensitive.     Endowed  with  feeling  ;  easily 
affected. 

Sensitive  Dentine.  Hypersensitive  dentine. 
A  hypersensitive  condition  of  the  dentinal 
structure  of  the  teeth,  due  to  distal  irritation 
of  the  tubular  fibrils.  The  most  important 
remedies  are  warmed  air,  carbolic  acid, 
chloride  of  zinc,  cocaine,  nitrate  of  silver, 
combinations  of  carbolic  acid  and  acetate  of 
morphine  or  tannic  acid,  tannic  acid  in  com- 
bination with  glycerin  and  veratrin  :  also  an- 
aesthesia by  the  administration  of  sulphuric 
ether  and  the  application  of  the  spray  of  ab- 


SEN 


554 


SEQ 


solute  ether  or  rhigolene  cataphoresis.  See 
Hypersensitive  Dentine. 

Senso'rial.     Pertaining  to  the  sensorium. 

Senso'rium.  The  common  seat  or  centre 
of  sensations  ;  the  brain. 

Sensorium  Commu'ne.  Common  sensorium. 
Applied  to  the  brain. 

Sen'sory.  Sentient.  Pertaining  to  sense 
or  sensation.  Nerves  which  convey  impres- 
sions to  the  neural  axis,  as  distinguished  from 
the  motory  nerves. 

Sentient  (sentiens).  Sensory.  Suscepti- 
bility of  feeling,  as  the  sentient  extremities  of 
the  nerves. 

Separating  Teeth.  The  materials  in  com- 
mon use  for  this  purpose  are  India-rubber, 
cotton,  wood,  tape,  sea-tangle,  and  ligatures, 
by  which  gradual  and  constant  or  rapid  pres- 
sure is  made.  The  object  is  to  gain  space  for 
rilling,  etc.  Upon  the  removal  of  the  material 
used  for  separating,  the  teeth  readily  return  to 
their  former  position. 

When  the  file  or  disk  is  used  to  separate 
teeth,  a  portiou  of  the  crown  of  each  tooth 
operated  on  is  necessarily  sacrificed.  Files, 
chisels,  and  corundum  disks  are  used  for  per- 
manent separations,  in  which  case  a  part  of  the 
proximal  wall  of  the  tooth  is  necessarily  re- 
moved. Temporary  separations  are  made  : 
immediate,  with  wooden  wedges  and  instru- 
ments made  for  the  purpose,  etc.  ;  gradual,  by 
substances,  as  wood,  cotton,  rubber,  etc.  See 
Separators. 

Separato/rium  (from  separo,  to  separate). 
An  instrument  for  separating  the  pericranium 
from  the  skull.  Also  a  pharmaceutical  vessel 
for  separating  fluids  of  different  densities  from 
one  another. 

Separators.  Instruments  employed  for 
making  temporary  spaces  between  teeth  for 
purposes  of  inspection  and  filling,  and  con- 
sisting of  two  wedges  capable  of  being  forced 
apart  by  means  of  a  thumb  screw  when  placed 
between  teeth  ;  or  instruments  called  separa- 
tors. 

Sepedonogen'esis  (from  orjiretiuv,  putres- 
cency,  and  yeveoig,  generation).  Sepedogenesis. 
In  Pathology,  a  septic  tendency,  as  in  typhus 
fever  and  putrid  diseases. 

Se'pia.  A  genus  of  ecphaloporious  mol- 
lusca.  Also  pigment  from  the  black  juice  of 
the  cuttle-fish. 

Sepia  Officinalis.  Cuttle-fish.  The  internal 
shell  of  this  animal  is  sometimes  employed  as 
a  dentifrice. 


Se'pium.  The  internal  shell  or  bone  of 
the  cuttle-fish. 

Sep/sis.     Putrefaction. 
Septae'mia.     A  morbid  state  of  the  blood 
from  putrid  matters. 

Sep'tan.  Septana.  A  term  applied  in 
Pathology  to  a  fever  which  recurs  every  seventh 
day. 

Sep'tic  {septieus ;  from  ff?;7ru,  to  putrefy). 
Eelating  to  or  producing  putrefaction. 

Septicaemia  (from  o>/nu,  to  putrefy,  and 
aijia,  blood).  An  infective  disease  caused  by 
the  absorption  of  septic  matters  or  products. 
Pyaemia  is  septicaemia  with  the  formation  of 
embolic  or  secondary  abscesses. 

Septici'dal.  That  form  of  dehiscence 
which  takes  place  between  the  laminae  of  the 
dissepiment. 

Septicine.  A  mixture  of  hexylamine  and 
amylamine  found  in  putrid  matter. 

Septif 'ragal.  That  form  of  dehiscence  in 
which  the  dissepiments  adhere  to  the  axis  and 
separate  from  the  valves. 

Sep'tine.  A  poisonous  product  of  the 
putrid  formation  of  organic  matter. 

Septivalent.  Able  to  combine  with  or 
replace  seven  atoms  of  hydrogen. 

SeptochynVia  (from  oqrpic,  putrefaction, 
and  xvF°£i  juice).  An  epithet  applied  in  Path- 
ology to  putrescency  of  the  humors. 

Sep'tum    (from    septo,    to     separate).      A 
partition  ;  a  part  separating  two  cavities. 
Septum    Auricula/rum.      The   partition   be- 
tween the  auricles  of  the  heart. 
Septum  CerebePli.     The  falx  cerebelli. 
Septum  Cor/dis.   Septum  ventriculornm.  The 
partition  between  the  ventricles  of  the  heart. 
Septum    Enceph/ali.     The  tentorium  (which 
see). 

Septum  Lu/cidum.   Septum  pellucidum.  The 
thin  portion  of  the  brain  which  separates  the 
lateral  ventricles  from  each  other. 
Septum  Na/rium.    The  partition  between  the 
nares. 

Septum  Pectiniform/e.  The  pectinated  par- 
tition passing  along  the  middle  of  the  corpus 
cavernosum  penis. 

Septum   Scro/ti.     A  partition  formed  by  the 
dartos,  dividing  the  scrotum  into  two  unequal 
parts. 
Septum  Thoracis.     The  mediastinum. 
Septum  Transver'sum.     Diaphragm. 

Seque/Ia  (from  sequor,  to  follow).  In  Path- 
ology, any  secondary  affection  following  upon  a 
disease. 


SEQ 


555 


SES 


Sequestrum  (from  sequeslro,  to  separate). 
A  dead  portion  of  bone  separated  from  the 
living,  and  in  a  cavity,  abscess,  or  wound. 

Sera/pium.     Syrup. 

Sericeous.     Silky. 

Seric/ic  Acid.     Myristic  acid. 

Ser/icin.  A  white,  crystalline  fat,  com- 
posed of  sericic  acid  and  glycerine,  obtained 
from  tbe  butter  of  nutmegs. 

Sericte'ria.  The  glands  which  secrete  the 
silk  in  tbe  silk-worm. 

Ser/icum.     Silk.     It  is  used  by  surgeons 
and  dentists  for  ligatures.   See  Silk,  Dentists' 
Floss.     Also  the  fine  pubescence  of  plants. 
Sericum  An/glicum.     Court-plaster. 

Se'ries  Den'tium.    A  row  of  teeth. 

Ser'olin  (from  serum,  whey).  A  peculiar 
non-saponifiable  fatty  matter  detected  in  the 
blood. 

Seros'ity.  That  liquid  which  remains 
after  the  albumen  of  serum  has  been  coagulated 
by  heat. 

Se/rous  (serosus,  watery).  Of  the  charac- 
ter or  nature  of  serum  ;  relating  to  the  watery 
portion  of  animal  fluids. 

Serous  Membranes.  Thin,  transparent  lam- 
inae, arranged  in  the  form  of  a  closed  sac,  and 
moistened  by  a  thin  serous  fluid.  The  pleura, 
peritoneum,  arachnoid,  etc.,  are  of  this  kind. 

Serpe'do  (from  serpere,  to  creep).  Psoria- 
sis. 

Serpenta/ria.  Virginia  snake-root  ;  a  spe- 
cies of  Aristolochia.  It  is  a  stimulant  tonic, 
sometimes  acting  as  a  diaphoretic  and  diuretic. 
Dose  of  powder,  gr.  xx  to  gr.  xxx  ;  of  infusion, 
f5ss  to  f£  ij  ;  of  tincture,  fgj  to  f 3  ij. 
.  Serpentine.  In  Mineralogy,  a  species  of 
stone  of  various  colors  and  often  speckled  like 
a  serpent. 

Serpiginous  (from  serpere,  to  creep).  A 
term  applied  to  certain  affections  which  creep, 
as  it  were,  from  one  part  to  another,  as  a  tetter 
or  ulceration. 

Serpi'go  (from  serpere,  to  creep).  A  ring- 
worm or  tetter  ;  spreading  herpes. 

Ser'ra.     A  saw. 

Ser'rate  (ser rains).  Serrated.  Having 
teeth  on  the  edge  or  margin  like  those  of  a 
saw. 

Serration.  A  cut  like  that  between  two 
teeth  of  a  saw,  as  the  serrations  on  the  points 
of  certain  deutal  instruments. 

Serra'tus  (from  serra,  a  saw).  Serrated. 
In  Anatomy,  applied  to  muscles  and  other  parts 
from  their  serrated  appearance. 


Serratus  An'ticus.  Pectoralis  minor. 
Serratus  Mag'nus.  Serratus  major  anticus. 
A  broad,  fleshy,  irregular  quadrilateral  mus- 
cle, situated  at  the  side  of  the  thorax. 
Serratus  Posti'cus  Inferior.  A  broad,  thin 
muscle,  situated  at  the  lower  part  of  the 
back. 

Serratus   Posticus  Superior.     A  small,  flat, 
quadrilateral  muscle,   situated   at  the  upper 
part  of  the  back. 
Serre=artere.     French  name  of  au  instru- 
ment invented  by  Deschamps  for  compressing 
an  artery. 

Serre=fine.  [French.]  A  spring  forceps  made 
of  wire,  with  two  branches  curved  like  the 
letter  S,  used  for  uniting  wounds  ;  by  pressure 
on  the  sides  the  teeth  of  the  forceps  separate, 
and  may  be  made  to  fix  themselves  upon  both 
lips  of  the  wound,  and  when  the  pressure  is 
removed  they  close  with  sufficient  firmness  to 
bring  the  edges  of  the  wound  together,  and 
maintain  them  in  apposition. 

Ser'rulate.     Minutely  serrated  or  notched. 
Se'rum.    The  yellowish  watery  fluid  which 
separates  from  the  blood  when  cold  or  after  its 
coagulation. 

Serum  Alumino/sum.     Alum  whey. 
Serum   of  the    Blood.     It    is  of  a    greenish- 
yellow  color,  viscid,  and  slightly  coagnlable  by 
heat,  acids,  and  alcohol.    It  consists  of  water, 
chloride   of  sodium,   certain  phosphates,  and 
albumen,  constantly  united  to  soda  almost  in 
a  saponaceous  combination. 
Serum  Globulin.     Paraglobulin. 
Serum  Lac'tis.     The  serum  of  milk.     Whey. 
Serum  Sina'pinum.     Mustard  whey. 

Se'rumal  Calculus.  Sanguinary  calculus. 
A  variety  of  calculus  found  principally  upon 
the  roots  of  teeth  affected  by  phagedenic  ulcer- 
ation, pericementitis,  alveolar  ulceration,  and 
alveolar  pyorrhcea.  This  form  of  calculus  is 
supposed  to  be  deposited  directly  from  the 
blood  as  a  result  of  inflammation.  It  appeal's 
on  the  surface  of  the  root  in  the  form  of  small 
nodules,  and  is  firmly  adherent  and  very  irri- 
tating in  its  effects.  Such  deposits  are  usually 
dark  colored  or  light  brown  or  greenish,  with 
a  glossy  appearance  ;  sometimes  they  are  gran- 
ular, and  consist  of  aggregations  the  size  of  a 
small  piu"s  head. 

Ses'amoid  (from  o^catu,.  a  grain  of  sesa- 
mnm,  and  eitfoc,  likeness).  Like  the  sesamum 
seed. 

Sesamoid    Bones.     The  small   bones   at   the 
articulations  of  the  great  toes,  sometimes  at 


SES 


556 


SHO 


the  joints  of  the  thumbs,  and  occasionally  at 
the  condyles  of  the  os  fernoris  and  at  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  fibula  under  the  os  cuboides  of 
the  tarsus. 
Sesqui.     One  and   a  half.     This   word  is 
frequently  joined  to  some    number,    weight, 
measure,,  etc.,   as   sesquigranum,  signifying  a 
grain  and  a  half. 

Sesquichloride  of  Chromium.  Obtained 
by  heating  a  mixture  of  chromic  oxide  and 
carbon  in  a  stream  of  dry  chlorine.  Used  in 
Dental  Practice  for  obtuuding  sensitive  dentine. 
Sesquichloride  of  Iron,  Crystallized.  See 
Iron. . 
Sequiox/ide.  A  compound  of  one  and  a 
half  proportions  of  oxygen  with  one  pro- 
portion of  some  other  body,  or  three  equiva- 
lents of  oxygen  and  two  equivalents  of  another 
body. 

Sesquioxide  of  Iron.     Peroxide  of  iron,  made 
by  adding  water  of  ammonia  to  a  solution  of 
sulphate  of  iron.     The  precipitate  deposited 
is  the  hydrated  oxide  or  peroxide  of  iron,  the 
best    antidote    for    poisoning  with    arsenic. 
By  exposure  to  heat  in  a  covered  vessel  it 
becomes  the  simple  sesquioxide  or  peroxide  of 
iron. 
Sesunc  (sesuncia).     An  ounce  and  a  half. 
Seta'ceous.     Set  with  bristles  ;  bristly. 
Seta'ceum.     A  seton. 

Se'ton  (setaceum).  A  strip  of  linen  or 
portion  of  silk  or  thread  passed  through  the 
skin  and  cellular  membrane  to  keep  up  a  con- 
stant irritation  and  suppuration.  Also  the 
issue  itself.  A  seton  is  applied  by  laying  hold 
of  a  fold  of  skin  and  passing  a  seton-needle 
through  it  with  the  thread  attached.  Daily  a 
fresh  portion  of  the  thread  is  drawn  through 
the  wound. 

Seventh  Pair  of  Nerves  {par  seplimum). 
The  encephalic  nerves,  called  the  facial,  or 
portio  dura,  and  also  the  portio  mollis. 

Se'vum.     Suet ;  fat  of  the  omentum. 
Sevum  Ce/ti.     Spermaceti. 
Sevum     Ovi'le.      Sevum    ovillum.       Mutton 
suet. 
Sevum   Prsepara'tum.     Prepared  suet.     Suet 
melted  and  strained  through  linen. 
Sex  (nexus).     The  physical  difference  which 
exists  between  the  male  and  female  of  organ- 
ized beings. 

Sex/tans.  Sextant.  The  sixth  part  of  a 
pound. 

Sexta/rius.  An  ancient  measure  equal  to 
a  pint  and  a  half. 


Sex/tula.     The  sixth  part  of  an  ounce. 

Sex/ual    (sexualis).     Pertaining   to   or  that 
which  characterizes  the  sexes. 
Sexual  Functions.     The  functions  by  which 
the  species  are  propagated. 
Sexual  Intercourse.     Coition. 
Sexual  Or'gans.     The  organs  of  generation. 

Sex/valent.  Able  to  combine  with  or  re- 
place six  atoms  of  hydrogen. 

Shaddock.  The  fruit  of  the  Citrus  decu- 
mana. 

Shaking  PaFsy.  Paralysis  agitans.  A 
disease  occurring  in  advanced  life  and  consist- 
ing of  great  weakness,  trembling,  and  ulti- 
mately constant  vehement  agitation. 

Shale.     A  variety  of  slate  ;  indurated  clay. 

Sharpey's  Fibers.  Calcified  fibers  of  white 
fibrous  tissue  holding  together  the  peripheric 
lamella?  of  bone. 

Shears,  Foil.  For  cutting  the  gold-  and 
tin-foil  used  in  filling  teeth.  They  have  blades 
six  inches  long  and  broad  handles. 

Sheath.  Vagina  ;  theca.  Applied  in  Anat- 
omy to  the  fascia  enveloping  the  limbs,  to  cel- 
lular membranes  enveloping  the  muscles  and 
to  those  which  surround  blood-vessels,  to  syno- 
vial membranes  surrounding  tendons,  etc. 

Shed'ding.   Caducus.    Falling  off  ;  applied 
in  Dental  Physiology  to  the  temporary  teeth. 
Shedding  Teeth.    The  teeth  of  first  dentition. 
The  term  is  also  applied  to  the  loss  of  the  first 
or  temporary  set. 

Shell.  The  external  hard  covering  of  testa- 
ceous and  crustaceous  animals  and  insects. 

Shellac.  A  resinous  substance  which  exudes 
from  punctures  of  several  East  Indian  trees. 
Dissolved  in  alcohol  it  is  used  as  a  varnish  for 
plaster  models  in  Mechanical  Dentistry.  The 
formula  for  shellac  varnish  is  as  follows  :  Gum 
shellac,  5  oz.',  avoir.  ;  alcohol,  1  pint. 

Sherbet.  A  cooling  drink  prepared  with 
the  juice  of  fruits,  water,  and  sugar,  variously 
flavored. 

Sher/ry.  A  deep  amber-colored  wine, 
having  an  aromatic  flavor  and  fragrance  with- 
out acidity. 

Shield,  Coffer=dam.  A  small  rubber  cup 
which  is  drawn  over  the  crown  of  a  tooth  and 
held  in  place  by  means  of  a  clamp. 

Shin.     The  anterior  part  of  the  leg. 

Ship  Fever.    Putrid  fever  ;  typhus  gravior. 

Shiv/ering.     Shaking  with  cold  or  fear. 

Shock.  A  sudden  and  marked  depression 
of  the  vital  powers  resulting  from  an  injury 
more  or  less    severe   or  from   an   impression 


SHO 


557 


SIG 


made  on  the  nervous  system  through  the  me- 
dium of  the  sensorium,  as  by  fright,  etc.  Col- 
lapse is  also  an  overpowering  of  the  nervous 
system.  In  Electricity,  the  effect  on  the  animal 
system  of  a  discharge  of  the  fluid  from  a  charged 
body. 

Short  Circuit  or  Current.     See  Circuit. 

Short=sight/edness.  Myopia.  Near- 
sightedness ;  inability  to  see  distinctly  above 
twenty  inches  or  to  exercise  vision  at  the  usual 
distances. 

Shoul/der=bIade.     The  scapula. 

Show'er  Bath.  The  falling  of  water 
through  apertures,  from  a  greater  or  less  height, 
upon  the  head  and  body. 

Shuddering.  A  peculiar  sensation  accom- 
panied by  an  involuntary  spasmodic  movement, 
and  sometimes  by  a  sensation  of  cold.  It  is 
sometimes  the  precursor  of  shivering  and 
sometimes  the  result  of  mental  operations. 

Si.     Symbol  for  silicon. 

Siagantri/tis  (from  aiaynrv,  the  jaw,  avrpov, 
a  cavity,  and  ctiq,  inflammation).  Inflamma- 
tion of  the  lining  membrane  of  the  maxillary 
sinus. 

Si 'agon  (criayuv).  The  jaw-bone  ;  maxillary 
bone. 

Siago'nagra  (from  ciayuv,  the  jaw,  and 
aypa,  a  seizure).     Gout  in  the  jaw. 

SiaFaden  (aia'/ov,  spittle,  and  ad//v,  gland). 
A  salivary  gland. 

Sial'agogue  {sialagogus;  froni  c^a/lov,  saliva, 
and  ayu,  to  expel).  A  medicine  which  excites 
a  preternatural  flow  of  saliva,  as  pyrethrum, 
mercurial  preparations,  etc. 

Si'alin.     Sialine.     Belonging  to  saliva. 

Siali'na  (oiaAov,  spittle).  A  peculiar  prin- 
ciple contained  in  the  saliva  ;  sialin. 

Sialis'ma  (sialismus).     Salivation. 

Si  aloid.     Resembling  saliva. 

Sialolithiasis.  Formation  or  presence  of 
salivary  calculus. 

Sialol  ithus  (from  ota/.ov,  saliva,  and  ?a&oc} 
a  stone).     Salivary  calculus. 

Si'alon.     The  saliva. 

Sialon'cus.  A  tumor  under  the  tongue, 
caused  by  the  obstruction  of  the  flow  of  the 
saliva  owing  to  the  presence  of  a  salivary  cal- 
culus. 

Sialorrhea.  Salivation.  Excessive  flow 
of  saliva. 

Sialoschesis  (from  Gi.a7.ov,  saliva,  and 
°~XEa<c,  retention).  Suppression  or  retention 
of  saliva. 

Sialoze/mia.     Salivation. 


Sib'Hant  (sibilo,  to  hiss).  A  hissing  or 
whistling  sound. 

Siccan'tia  (from  siccare,  to  dry).  Drying 
medicines. 

Sicca'tion  (siccatio).     Drying. 

Siccha/sia.  Disgust  for  food,  such  as  is 
frequently  experienced  by  pregnant  women. 

Sick.  Laboring  under  disease ;  affected 
with  nausea. 

Sick'ness.      A  disease  of  any  sort.     Also 
nausea,  retching,  or  vomiting. 
Sickness,  Falling.     Epilepsy. 

Sidera'tio  (from  sidus,  a  star,  because  it 
was  thought  to  be  the  result  of  the  influence 
of  the  stars).  Syderation.  Apoplexy.  Also 
paralysis  and  gangrene. 

Sideri/tes.     Magnet,  or  loadstone. 

Sider'um.     Phosphuret  of  iron. 

Si'enite  or  Syenite.  A  granular  rock, 
composed  of  quartz,  hornblende,  and  feldspar. 

Sieve.  An  instrument  used  in  Mechanical 
Dentistry  for  the  separation  of  pulverized  from 
coarse  substances,  as  in  sand-moulding. 

Sif'flement.  Whistling.  A  sound  like 
the  humming  of  certain  insects,  heard  at  times 
on  auscultation. 

Sift/er.  In  Surgery,  a  tissue,  perforated  with 
a  great  number  of  holes  to  allow  the  pus  to 
escape  as  fast  as  it  is  formed,  used  in  water- 
dressing,  and  to  separate  a  wound  from  the 
substance  which  absorbs  the  purulent  matter. 
Common  tulle  or  linen,  perforated,  perfectly 
answers  the  indication. 

Sight.     Vision. 
Sight  by  Day.     Hemeralopia. 
Sight  by  Night.     Nyctalopia. 
Sight,  Dimness  of.     Caligo. 
Sight,  Lateral.     Dysopia. 

Sigilla'tus.  Sealed.  Formerly  applied  to 
certain  earths  formed  into  small  cakes  and 
stamped,  called  tense  sigillatse. 

Sigil'Ium  (diminutive  of  signum,  a  sign). 
A  seal,  image,  or  little  figure. 

Sig'moid  (from  the  Greek  2,  sigma,  and 
eidog,  resemblance).  Iu  Anatomy,  applied  to 
several  parts  from  their  resemblance  to  the 
Greek  letter  sigma. 

Sigmoid    Flexure.       The   fold   of    the   colon 
where  the  rectum  commences. 
Sigmoid  Valves.     The  valvular  folds  of  the 
aorta  and  pulmonary  artery. 

Sign.  In  Pathology,  any  circumstance  or 
phenomenon  indicative  of  the  nature  ami  seat 
of  a  disease. 

Sig'na  (signum).     A  sign,  a  mark.     A  term 


SIL 


558 


SIM 


prefixed  in  prescriptions  to  the  part  called  the 
signature.     Abbreviated  to  S.  or  Sig. 

Si/Iex.  Silica  ;  flint  ;  quartz.  The  oxide 
of  silicon,  SiO.,. 

Silex,  Liquid.      Water   glass.      A  silicate  of 
soda  or  of  potassa,  prepared  by  digesting  it  in 
one  of  these  substances,  in  either  of  which  it  is 
soluble.     Used  in  the  arts  in  making  artificial 
stone.    Used  in  flfechanical  Dentistry  as  a  coat- 
ing for  plaster  models  and  to  repair  broken 
models  ;  also  to  prevent  the  rubber  of  vulcan- 
ite work  from  filling  the  joints  of  the  teeth. 
After  the  wax   is   removed   and  the  case  is 
ready  for  packing,  fill  the  joints  with  com- 
mon  dry   plaster    and    saturate   the   plaster 
with  the  silex.     It  is  also  used  for  mending 
broken  block -teeth  by  placing  a  drop  or  two 
on  the  broken  surface,  then  pressing  together, 
and  subjecting  to  a  dry  heat.      See  Glass, 
Soluble. 
Sil/ica.      Flint ;     quartz.       The    oxide   of 
silicon,    Si02.     Silicic   acid  ;    a   compound   of 
silicon  with  three  atoms  of  oxygen.     It  is  used 
in  the   manufacture  of  porcelain   teeth,  and, 
after  feldspar,  forms  the  largest  proportion  of 
the  material   of  the  body,  and  increases  its 
strength  ;    being   very   infusible,  it  assists   in 
the  preservation  of  the  teeth  in  shape  during 
the  burning  process.      It  occurs  in  nearly  a 
pure  state  in  flint,  quartz,  and  white  sand  ;  but 
for  use  the  crystalline  form  should  be  selected. 
The   rock  crystal,  or  pure  silex,  is  found  in 
various  parts  of  the  United  States.     It  is  pre- 
pared for  use  by  first  heating  it  to  a  red  heat, 
then  plunging  it  in  cold  water,  and  afterward 
reducing  it  to  a  fine  powder  in  a  mortar  or  on 
a  slab. 

Sil'icate.  A  compound  of  silicic  acid  with 
a  base. 

Silic'ic  Acid.     An  acid  derived  from  silica. 
Sili/cious  (from  silex,  flint).     Flinty. 
Sili'cium.     Silicon. 

Silicon.  The  basis  of  silicic  acid.  An 
element,  next  to  oxygen  the  most  abundant, 
forming  about  one-fourth  of  the  crust  of  the 
globe.  In  Medicine,  it  is  employed  in  the  form 
of  an  alkaline  silicate. 

Nil'icum.  Metallic  basis  of  silica. 
Silk,  Dentist's  Floss.  Untwisted  fila- 
ments of  fine  silk,  prepared  expressly  for  the 
purpose  of  cleaning  the  approximal  surfaces 
of  the  teeth,  and  used  by  some  dentists  for 
finishing  the  surfaces  of  fillings  in  the  sides  of 
teeth.     See  Dental  Hygiene. 

Sil  limanite.      A  mineral  of  a  dark  gray 


color,  composed  of  silica  and  alumina,  with  a 
trace  of  oxide  of  iron  ;  so  named  after  Professor 
Silliman. 

Silver.    Argentum.    Symbol,  Ag.    Atomic 
weight,  108.    A  white  metal  of  a  brilliant  lus- 
tre, harder  than  gold,  but  softer  than  platina, 
copper,  or  iron.     It  is  malleable  and  ductile. 
Its  specific  gravity  is  10.5.     It  is  found  native 
and  in  combination  with  various  substances. 
Silver,  Annealing  of.     During  the  process  of 
swaging  silver  plates  it  is  necessary  to  fre- 
quently soften  the  metal,  for  the  same  reasons 
as  in  the  case  of  gold  plate,  and  the  same  pro- 
cess is  performed.     See  Gold,  Annealing 
of.     The  silver,  however,  should  not,  in  the 
light,  present  the  cherry-red  heat  as  in  the 
case  of  gold  ;  for  it  is  then  at  a  white  heat, 
its  light  color  preventing  the  proper  degree 
of  heat  (a  cherry-red  in  the  dark)  from  being 
seen. 
Silver  Foil.     Silver  beat  into  thin  leaves.     It 
was  formerly  employed  for  filling  teeth  ;  but 
as  it  is  liable  to  oxidize  by  the  secretions  of 
the  mouth,  the  use  of  it   has   been  discon- 
tinued. 

Silver  Leaf.  See  Argentum  Foliatum. 
Silver,  Nitrate  of  {argenti  nitras).  Lunar 
caustic,  formed  by  dissolving  pure  silver  in 
dilute  nitric  acid,  evaporating  to  dryness, 
melting,  and  pouring  the  fused  mass  in 
moulds. 
Silver  Solders.  Silver  alloyed  with  copper 
and  zinc  or  copper  and  brass.  To  make  a 
free-flowing  solder,  melt  together  twenty 
dwts.  pure  silver,  five  of  brass,  and  three  of 
copper  ;  or  alloy  fine  silver  with  one-third 
its  weight  of  brass  ;  or  make  according  to 
the  following  formulae : 

Silver, 6   dwts. 

Copper, 2  dwts. 

Brass, 1   dwt. 

Or— 

Silver, 5.}  dwts. 

Brass  wire, 40  grs. 

Or— 

Silver, 66  parts. 

Copper,      30  parts. 

Zinc, 10  parts. 

Simple  Cer/ate  (ceralum  simplex).  Eight 
parts  of  lard  and  four  of  white  wax.  A  mild 
and  emollient  application  to  inflamed  sur- 
faces. 

Sim'ples.     Medicinal  herbs. 


SIN 


559 


SIN 


Sinalbin.     Glucoside  in  white  mustard. 
Sinapelae/on   (from   aivaxi,    mustard,    and 
tkaiov,  oil).     Oil  of  mustard,  a  powerful  stim- 
ulant and  rubefacient. 
Sina'pi.    See  Sinapis  Nigra. 
Sinapine.      An   alkaloid   produced  in   the 
decomposition  of  sinalbin  by  myrosin. 

Sina'pis.     Mustard.     A  genus  of  plants  of 
the  order  Brassicacege.     Also  the  seeds  of  Sina- 
pis nigra  and  Sinapis  alba. 
Sinapis  Al'ba.     The   white    mustard    plant. 
The  seeds  of  this  species  are  less  pungent  than 
those  of  Sinapis  nigra. 
Sinapis  Ni/gra.    The  common  black  mustard, 
the  seeds  of  which,   when  bruised,    have  an 
exceedingly  pungent  odor  and  an  acrid,  bit- 
ter taste ;    they  are  stimulant,    rubefacient, 
diuretic,   and   emetic.      Dose,   as  an  emetic, 

o  ij- 

Sinapis  Sem/ina.  Mustard  seeds,  the  prin- 
cipal use  of  which  is  as  a  condiment.  When 
bruised  or  reduced  to  flour  they  have  an 
acrid,  pungent  taste.  In  small  quantities 
they  promote  the  appetite  and  assist  digestion, 
but  in  large  doses  they  act  as  an  emetic.  Ap- 
plied externally,  they  act  powerfully  as  a 
local  excitant,  producing  redness  of  the  skin, 
burning  pain,  and,  when  long  continued, 
vesication. 
Sinap/isin.  A  peculiar  crystalline  sub- 
stance obtained  from  black  mustard  seed. 

Sin'apism  (sinapismus ;  from  civaiu,  mus- 
tard). A  mustard  plaster.  An  external  stim- 
ulant composed  of  the  farina  of  mustard  seeds 
and  cornmeal,  made  into  a  paste  with  water 
or  vinegar,  in  the  form  of  a  poultice  or  plaster  ; 
used  as  a  rubefacient. 

Sina  pium.     An  infusion  of  mustard  seed. 
Sinciput.     The  top  of  the  head.     Applied 
by  some  to  the  fore  part  of  the  head. 
Sin'ew.     A  tendon. 

Singultus.     A  spasmodic  motion  of  the 
diaphragm  and  adjacent  parts.     The  hiccough. 
Sin'istrad.     Toward  the  left. 
Sinistral  (sinister,  the  left).     Belonging  to 
or  situated  on  the  left. 

Sin/uate.  Indented  ;  having  a  wavy  mar- 
gin. 

Siiuios  itas.     A  sinus. 
Sin'uous  (from  sinus,  a  bay  or  curve).    Tor- 
tuous, wavy.     A  term  applied  to  certain  fistu- 
lous ulcers. 

Si'nus.  A  cavity  or  canal  within  bone,  the 
interior  of  which  is  larger  than  the  entrance 
or  outlet.     In  Anatomy,  certain  cavities  in  the 


bones  of  the  head  and  face  with  small  external 
communications.  Also  certain  venous  canals 
into  which  a  number  of  vessels  empty  them- 
selves. In  Surgery,  a  long,  narrow,  hollow 
tract,  communicating  with  some  abscess,  dis- 
eased bones,  etc. 

Sinus  Acus/ticus.  The  internal  auditory 
canal. 

Sinus  Arteriosus.  The  left  auricle  of  the 
heart. 

Sinus   Cer'ebri.     The  ventricles  of  the  brain. 
Sinus   Corona/rius.     Sinus  circularis.     A  ve- 
nous canal  nearly  surrounding  the  pituitary 
fossa  and  gland. 
Sinus,  Cor/onary    Ve'nous.      The    coronary 
sinus  of  the  heart. 
Sinus  Coxae.     The  acetabulum. 
Sinus   Dex/ter   Cordis.     The  right  auricle  of 
the  heart. 

Sinus   Falcifor'mis.     The  longitudinal  sinus. 
Sinus,    Longitudinal.     See    Longitudinal 
Sinus. 

Sinus,    Max/illary.      The    antrum   of   High- 
more.     See  Maxillary  Sinus. 
Sinus  Mulieb'ris.     The  vagina. 
Sinus    Pocula'ris.    A  small  depression  at  the 
commencement  of  the  caput  gallinaginis  of 
the  urethra. 

Sinus  Re'num.     The  pelvis  of  the  kidney. 
Sinus    Terminals.      A   venous    canal    sur- 
rounding the  area  vasculosa  of  the  incubated 

Acre 

Sinus  Urogenitals.  A  cavity  or  duct,  open- 
ing externally,  in  which  the  excretory  ducts  of 
the  Wolffian  bodies,  the  ureters,  and  the  gen- 
erative apparatus  terminate  internally.  This 
canal  is  prolonged  into  the  urachus,  subse- 
quently dividing  into  a  pars  urinaria  and  a 
pars  genitalis. 

Sinus  Uteri/ni.  The  sinuses  of  the  uterus  are 
the  large  veins  contained  within  its  walls. 

Sinus  Venae  Porta/rum.  The  entrance  of  the 
venae  porta  into  the  liver. 

Sinus   Veno'sus.     The   right   auricle  of  the 
heart. 
Si'nuses,  Frontal.     Two  cavities  in  the  os 

frontis,  one  over  each  orbit. 

Sinuses  of  the  Dura  Mater.  Certain  chan- 
nels or  triangular  cavities  formed  by  reflec- 
tions of  the  internal  lamina  of  the  dura 
mater,  separating  from  the  external,  and  lined 
with  the  same  membrane  as  that  of  the  veins. 
They  all  communicate  with  one  another,  and 
are  designed  for  the  reception  of  the  venous 
blood  of  the  brain.    Anatomists  are  not  agreed 


SIN 


560 


SMA 


with  regard  to  the  number  of  these  sinuses. 
Some  enumerate   as   many  as  fifteen,  while 
Bichat  admits  but  four. 
Sinuses   of   the   Larynx.     The  ventricles   of 
the  larynx. 

Sinuses  of  Morgagni.     Small  openings  in  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  urethra. 
Sinuses   of  Valsalva.     Three   depressions   in 
the  aorta  and  pulmonary  artery  behind  the 
semilunar  valves. 
Sinuses,    Pulmonary.     The    depressions    be- 
hind the  semilunar  valves  of  the  pulmonary 
artery. 
Sinuses,    Vertebral.      The   two   large  veins 
extending  from  the  occipital  foramen  to  the 
end  of  the  sacrum. 
Siph'ilis.     Syphilis. 
Siphi'ta.     Somnambulism. 
Siphita  Parva.     Chorea. 
Si'pho.     A  syringe. 

Si/phon,  Syphon.  A  bent  tube,  usually 
having  one  end  longer  than  the  other,  used 
for  conveying  fluids  from  one  vessel  to  an- 
other. 

Sipho'nia  Cahu'chu.     Caoutchouc. 
Siphonia    Elas'tica.     Caoutchouc.     The   sys- 
tematic name  of  the  tree  which  yields  India- 
rubber.      It    belongs    to   the   natural   order 
Euphorbiacese. 
Siphun 'cuius.     A  syringe. 
Siri'asis    (from    apoc,    the    cavity   of   the 
fontanella).     Disease,  especially   inflammation 
of    the  brain,  produced   by  insulation  or  ex- 
posure to  the  influence  of  the  solar  rays  ;  sun- 
stroke. 

Sir'up.     Syrup. 

Sitiol'ogy   (from  acrtuv,  food,  and  Aoyof,  a 
discourse).     A  treatise  on  diet  or  food. 
Sit/ion  (oitiuv).     Food. 
Si'tis.     Thirst. 
Sitis  Morbo/sa.  Morbid  thirst ;  the  thirst  ex- 
perienced in  febrile  diseases. 
Si/tos  (silion).     Aliment. 
Sixth   Pair   of    Nerves.     A  pair    of   en- 
cephalic nerves   distributed  to  the  rectus  ex- 
ternus  oculi  muscle. 

Size.  In  the  Arts,  impure  hydrated  gela- 
tine. In  Medicine,  the  huffy  coat  of  the  blood. 
Skeletol'ogy  {akelelologia ;  from  oke/ietoc, 
a  skeleton,  and  Aoyoc,  a  discourse).  A  treatise 
on  the  solid  parts  of  the  body,  comprehending 
osteology  and  syndesmology. 

Skeleton  (sceletos).  The  bones  of  the 
body  preserved  in  their  natural  situation,  di- 
vested of  their  soft  parts.     When  connected  by 


their  own  ligaments  the  skeleton  is  called 
natural,  but  when  joined  by  wires  it  is  called 
artificial. 

Skeletopce'ia  (from  gke'aetoc,  a  skeleton, 
and  ttoeiu,  to  make).  An  epithet  applied  to 
that  department  of  anatomy  which  treats  of 
the  preparation  of  bones  and  the  construction 
of  skeletons. 

Skin.  The  organ  of  touch  and  natural  cov- 
ering of  animal  bodies.  It  is  flexible,  elastic, 
and  extensible,  and  is  loosely  attached  to  the 
parts  directly  beneath,  except  where  it  is  con- 
nected with  fascia,  as  in  the  palms  of  the  hands, 
soles  of  the  feet,  and  the  calvarium.  Its  thick- 
ness varies  in  different  parts  of  the  body,  and 
either  long  or  short  hairs,  coarse  or  fine,  pro- 
trude from  it,  being  more  plentiful  in  some 
places  than  in  others.  The  appendages  of  the 
skin  are  the  teeth,  hair,  nails,  and  sebaceous 
glands.  See  Cutis. 
Skin,  Scarf.     The  epidermis. 

Skin=bound  Disease.  Induration  of  the 
subcutaneous  cellular  tissue. 

Skol'ezite  (from  okoaoc,  twisted).  A  mas- 
sive, crystallized,  colorless,  and  translucent 
mineral,  which,  when  heated  with  a  blow- 
pipe, assumes  a  worm-like,  contorted  appear- 
ance. 

Skor/odite.     Native  arseniate  of  iron. 

Skull.     Cranium. 
Skull  Cap.     The  dome  of  the  skull.     Also  a 
name  sometimes  applied    to  a  bandage  in- 
vented by  Mr.  Fox.     See  Fox's  Bandage. 

Slag.  In  Metallurgy,  the  vitrified  cinders 
produced  in  the  reduction  of  metallic  ores  by 
various  fluxes. 

Slav/ering.  Drivelling  ;  involuntary  flow 
of  saliva. 

Sleep  (somrms).  A  suspension  of  the  volun- 
tary exercise  of  the  intellectual  faculties  and 
powers  of  the  body. 

Sleeplessness.     Insomnia. 

Sleep=walk/ing.  Somnambulism  (which 
see). 

Sling.  A  bandage  suspended  around  the 
neck  for  sustaining  the  forearm. 

Slough.  The  dead  part  which  separates 
from  the  living  in  suppurative  and  ulcerative 
processes. 

Slum'ber.  To  sleep  lightly  ;  doze.  Also 
somnolency. 

SmalUpox.  The  common  name  of  variola 
(which  see). 

Smalt.  The  protoxide  of  cobalt.  It  has 
been  employed  as  a  remedial  agent  in  doses  of 


SME 


561 


SOD 


ten  to  twenty  grains  in  rheumatism.    In  larger 
doses  it  excites  nausea  and  vomiting. 

Smec'tica.     Detergents. 

Smeg'ma.     Soap. 
Smegma  Prepu/tii.       The   sebaceous    matter 
secreted  by  the  glandulse  odoriferae  and  pre- 
puce. 

Smell  (olf actus).  The  sense  which  perceives 
and  appreciates  odors.  Also  the  qualities  of 
bodies  which  affect  the  olfactory  nerves  or 
organs  of  smell. 

Smelling  Salt.  Ammonium  carbonate  ; 
used  as  a  stimulant  by  inhalation. 

Smi'le.  A  curved  bistoury  having  two 
sharp  edges. 

Smi'leon.     A  scalpel. 

Sneez'ing  (sternutatio).  A  convulsive  ac- 
tion of  the  expiratory  muscles,  commonly  oc- 
casioned by  irritation  of  the  nasal  fossae. 

Snips.  A  pair  of  very  strong  scissors  or 
shears  used  in  the  laboratory  of  the  dentist 
for  shaping  gold,  silver,  or  platina  plate  for 
bases  for  artificial  teeth  and  for  other  purposes. 

Snor'ing  (stertor).  The  noise  made  by  the 
passage  of  air  through  the  fauces  and  nasal 
fossae  in  respiration,  either  during  sleep  or  in 
certain  diseases,  as  in  apoplexy. 

Snow=blindness.  An  affection  of  the  eyes 
produced  by  the  reflection  of  light  from  suow. 

Snuff,  Cepharic.  Compound  powder  of 
Asarabacca ;  a  sternutatory. 

Snuffles.  Breathing  hard  through  the 
nose. 

Snuffles,    Morbid.      Coryza   maligna    (which 
see). 

Soap  (sapo).  A  compound  in  definite  pro- 
portions of  certain  oil-acids  with  a  salifiable 
base,  usually  soda  or  potassa.  The  soaps  in 
most  common  use  are  either  margarates  or 
oleates  of  potassa  or  soda,  made  by  boiling 
common  oil  or  fat  with  the  lye  of  wood  ashes. 
Castile  soap  is  oleate  and  margarate  of  soda. 
Soaps  are  divided  into  soluble  and  insoluble. 
The  former  are  combinations  of  oil-acids  with 
soda,  potassa,  or  ammonia  ;  the  latter  are  com- 
binations of  the  same  oil  acids  with  earths  and 
metallic  oxides,  as  baryta  lime,  the  protoxide 
of  lead,  etc. 

Soap  possesses  laxative,  antacid,  and  anti- 
lithic  properties.  It  is  rarely  given  alone,  but 
is  usually  combined  with  rhubarb.  Applied 
externally,  it  is  a  stimulating  discutient.  It 
s  used  successfully  in  cases  of  poisoning  by 
acids.  It  constitutes  au  ingredient  in  some 
liniments  and  plasters. 
36 


Soap,  Amyg'daline.     Almond-oil  soap. 

Soap,  Castile  (sapo  durus).  Olive-oil  soda 
soap. 

Soap  Cerate  (ceraium  saponis).  A  cerate  of 
subacetate  of  lead,  soap,  white  wax,  and  olive- 
oil. 

Soap,  Common  (sapo  vulgaris).  Soda  soap, 
made  with  concrete  animal  oil  or  tallow. 

Soap,  Common  Yellow.  Soda  soap  with  a 
little  rosin  and  palm-oil  mixed  with  the 
tallow. 

Soap  Lin'iment  (tindura  saponis  camphorata) . 
Camphorated  tincture  of  soap. 

Soap  Liniment,  Cam'phorated  (linimentum 
sajionis  camphor  alum).     Opodeldoc. 

Soap,  Liq'uid.  A  name  sometimes  given  to  a 
French  pharmaceutical  preparation,  Eau  de 
Luce  (aqua  lucias),  composed  of  white  soap, 
alcohol,  rectified  oil  of  amber,  and  concen- 
trated water  of  ammonia.  A  stimulating 
compound  employed  to  excite  the  nervous 
system,  and  sometimes  used  as  a  remedy  for 
the  bite  of  the  viper  and  other  venomous  ani- 
mals. The  name  is  also  applied  to  a  cosmetic, 
lotio  saponacea,  composed  of  olive-oil,  solu- 
tion of  subcarbouate  of  potassa,  and  rose 
water. 

Soap,  Palm.  Soap  made  of  palm-oil,  with  a 
little  tallow  to  give  it  consistency,  and  soda. 

Soap  Piaster  (emplastrum  saponis).  A  mix- 
ture of  one  part  soap  and  six  parts  lead  plas- 
ter. 

Soap  Plaster,  Compound  (emplastrum  saponis 
compositum).  A  mixture  of  two  ounces  soap 
plaster  with  three  ounces  of  litharge  plaster 
with  resin. 

Soap,  Rosin.     Common  yellow  soap. 

Soap,  Soft.     Sapo  mollis. 

Soap,  Starkey's.  Equal  parts  of  carbonate 
of  potassa,  oil  of  turpentine,  and  Venice  tur- 
pentine, triturated  together. 

Soap  Tree  Bark.  S.  Am.  See  QuiLLAIA 
Sapoxaria. 

Soap,  Wind'sor.     Soap  made  with  one  part 
olive-oil,  nine  of  tallow  and  soda,  scented. 
Soap'stone.     See  Steatite. 
Sob.     A  sudden  spasmodic  inspiration  and 

expiration. 

Socia  Parot'idis.     The  accessory  gland  of 

the  parotid,  or  a  lobe  of  the  parotid  separated 

from  the  principal  gland. 

Socket.      A  hollow  into   which   anything 

tits  tightly,  as  the  socket  of  a  tooth. 
Soc'otrine  Aloes.  A  mmi-resin. 
So'da.       [An   Arabic   word.]      The  oxide. 


SOD 


562 


SOD 


Na,0,  of  the  metal  sodium.  The  mineral 
alkali  of  sodium,  a  white,  caustic  powder,  ob- 
tained naturally  from  Egypt,  and  artificially, 
in  limited  quantity,  by  the  incineration  of 
marine  plants,  but  principally  from  the  sul- 
phate of  soda. 

Soda,  Ac'etate  of  (sodas  aeetas).   A  salt  formed 
by  the  combination  of  acetic  acid  with  soda. 
Soda,  Borate  of   (sodas  biboras ;   sodas  boras). 
Borate  of  soda  ;  borax. 
Soda,  Car'bonate  of  (sodas  carbonas,  seu  bicar- 
bonas).      Bicarbonate  of  soda.      The  subcar- 
bonate  of  soda,  a  mild   mineral  alkali.      Its 
use  is  the  same  as  the  subcarbonate,  than 
which  it  is  less  caustic  aud  better  adapted  for 
effervescing  draughts. 
Soda  Caus'tica.      The  hydrated  protoxide  of 
soda.     Caustic  soda  (which  see). 
Soda,  Chlor'ide  of.     Chlorinated  soda.     Used 
as  a  disinfecting  agent. 
Soda,  Dried  Car/bonate  of  (sodas  carbonas  ex- 
siceatus).     Carbonate  of  soda  deprived  of  its 
water    of    crystallization     by    being    dried, 
heated    to    redness,  and    then   rubbed   to  a 
powder. 

Soda,  Hyposulphite  of.  Used  in  chronic  cuta- 
neous and  scrofulous  affections,  especially  in 
tuberculosis  of  the  lungs.  Dose,  gr.  x  and 
more  in  syrup. 
Soda  Impu'ra.  Impure  soda.  Barilla.  Soda 
obtained  by  the  incineration  of  the  seashore 
plants. 

Soda,  Lith'ate  of.     Urate  of  soda. 

Soda,  Mu/riate  of  (sodas  murias;  sodii  chlori- 

dum).     Chloride  of  sodium,  or  common  salt. 

Soda,  Nitrate  of.      Peruvian   nitre.      A  salt 

having  precisely  the  same  qualities  as  nitrate 

of  potash. 

Soda,  Nitrite  of  (sodas  nitras).    Made  by  heat- 
ing a  mixture  of  nitrate  of  soda  and  charcoal 
in  a  crucible  to  dull  redness. 
Soda,  Oxymu'riate  of.     Chloride  of  soda. 
Soda,    Phos'phate    of    (sodas   pliosphas).      A 
compound    of    phosphoric     acid    and    soda. 
Dose,  as  a  cathartic-,  3SS  to  ^j. 
Soda  Pow/ders.    Two  powders,  one  consisting 
of  half  a  drachm  of  carbonate  of  soda,  and  the 
other  of  twenty-five  grains  of  tartaric  acid, 
which,  when  dissolved  in  separate  tumblers 
of  water  and  mixed,  form  a  refreshing,  effer- 
vescing, saline  draught. 
Soda,     Subcar'bonate     of     (sodas     carbonas). 
Carbonate  of  soda.      The  impure  carbonate 
dissolved  in  water,  the  solution   filtered  and 
crystallized.     It  is  used  as  an  antacid  ;  aud 


also  as  a  deobstruent  in  scrofulous  and  other 
affections.  Dose,  gr.  x  to  3  ss. 
Soda,  SuPphate  of  (sodas  sulphas).  Glauber's 
salts.  It  possesses  cathartic  and  diuretic 
properties.  Dose,  3  yj  to  3  x. 
Soda,  Tartrate  of  (sodas  potassio-tartras).  A 
double  salt,  consisting  of  tartrate  of  soda  and 
potassa.  Eochelle  salt.  It  is  a  gentle  cathar- 
tic.    Dose,  3SS  to  3*j. 

Soda     Water.        A     refreshing     effervescing 
draught,  formed   by  dissolving  carbonate  of 
soda  in  water   and   supersaturating  it  with 
carbonic  acid. 
So'dae  et  Argen'ti  HyposuFphis.   Hypo- 
sulphite of  soda  aud  silver.    A  solution  of  it  is 
used  for  the  same  purposes  as  nitrate  of  silver. 
Sodae  Chlo'ras.     The  chlorate  of  soda. 
Sodas    Chlorina'tas     LPquor.       Solution    of 
chlorinated  soda,  known   as    "  Labarraque's 
disinfecting  liquid,"  is  composed  of  chloride 
of  lime,  carbonate  of  soda,  and  water.     It  is 
a  colorless  liquid  with  an  alkaline  taste  and 
faint  odor  of  chlorine.     It  is  stimulant,  anti- 
septic,   and   resolvent,  and   is   useful   in   all 
affections  attended  with  fcetor,  such  as  ulcers, 
etc.      In  Denial  Practice   it  forms  a  mouth- 
wash in    mercurial  stomatitis,  ulcerations  of 
gums,  disease  of  antrum,  and   foetid  breath. 
Also  used  in  bleaching  discolored  teeth. 
Sodas  HydrPodas.     Sodii  iodidum. 
Sodae  Hypochlo'ris.     Hypochlorite  of  soda. 
Sodas  Potas/sio-tar/tras.     Tartrate  of  soda. 
Sodae  Sesquicar/bonas.     An  imperfect  bicar- 
bonate of  soda. 
Sodas  Subbo/ras  (sodas  biboras).     Borax. 
Sodae  Subcar/bonas.     Carbonate  of  soda. 
Sodae  SuPphas.     Sulphate  of  soda. 
Sodas    Valeria'nas.        Valerianate    of    soda, 
used  for  obtaining  the  other  valerianates. 

So'dii  Auro=terchlo'ridum.     Chloride  of 
gold  and  sodium. 

Sodii  Chlo'ridum.     Chloride  of  sodium  ;  mu- 
riate of  soda  ;  common  salt. 
Sodii   Iod'idum.      Iodide  of  sodium.      Hydri- 
odate  of  soda.     It  has  been   used  in  the  same 
cases  as  iodide  of  potassium. 
So'dium.    The  metallic  base  of  soda.   Sym- 
bol, Na.     Atomic  weight,  23.     A  metal  of  the 
alkaline  series  which  has  a  strong  affinity  for 
oxygen.     It  is  of  a  silver-white  lustre  and  is 
softer  than  lead.      The  action  of  the  sodium 
salts  is  similar  to  that  of  the  potassium  com- 
pounds. 

Sodium    Bicarbonas.      Saleratus.        Baking- 
soda. 


SOD 


563 


SOL 


Sodium  Carbonas   Exsiccatus.     Tlie  carbon- 
ate dried   until  it  loses  fifty  per  cent,  of  its 
weight. 
Sodium  Chloras.     The  basis  of  an  agreeable 
gargle. 
Sodium  Dioxide.     Binoxide  of  sodium.    Per- 
oxide of  sodium. 
Sodium   Ethylas.     Caustic  alcohol. 
Sodium  Hydrate.     Caustic  soda. 
Sodium,  Oxide  of.     Soda. 
Sodium  Peroxide.  Peroxide  of  sodium  (which 
see). 

Sodium  Sulphas.     Glauber's  salt.     Washing 
soda. 
Soft  PaPate.    The  velum  pendulum  palati, 
an  incomplete  movable  partition  between  the 
mouth  and  pharynx. 

Soft'ening  (mollifies).  A  term  applied  in 
Pathology  to  a  morbid  diminution  of  the  con- 
sistence of  organs. 

Softening  of   the  Brain.     Ramollissement  of 
the  brain  (which  see). 
Sol.      The  suu.      A  name  given  to  gold  by 
the  older  chemists. 

SoPanine.  An  alkaloid  extract  of  Solanum 
nigrum.  It  is  a  narcotic  and  causes  no  nausea. 
Dose,  gr.  §  to  gr.  iv. 

SoPanoid  (solanoides  ;  from  solanum,  the 
potato,  and  sidoc,  resemblance).  Resembling  a 
potato.  A  term  applied  to  a  form  of  cancer 
from  its  resemhlance  to  a  potato. 

Solanum  Letha'Ie.  Atropia  belladonna 
(which  see). 

So/Iar    (solaris ;    from  Sol,   the  sun).     Per- 
taining to  or  having  rays  like  the  sun. 
Solar  Phos'phorus.    Canton's  phosphorus.   A 
composition  made  by  mixing  three  parts  of 
calcined  oyster-shells  and  one  of  the  flowers 
of  sulphur,  and  exposing  the  mixture,  in  a 
closed  crucible,  to  a  strong  heat  lor  one  hour. 
This,  on  being   afterward   exposed  to  light, 
exhibits  phosphorescent  properties. 
Solar  Plex/us.     Plexus  Solaris.    See  Plexus, 
Solar. 
SoPder.     An  alloy  easily  fused,  employed 
to  unite  the  surfaces  of  two  pieces  of  metal. 
Solder,  Gold.     See  Gold  SoLDEK. 
Solder,  Silver.     See  SILVER  SOLDEE. 

SoPdering.  A  process  which  consists  of 
uniting  the  surfaces  of  two  pieces  of  metal  by 
melting  a  more  fusible  metal  (an  alloy)  be- 
tween them,  which  serves,  by  chemical  attrac- 
tion and  cohesive  force,  to  bind  the  pieces 
together.  The  pieces  may  be  of  the  same  or 
dissimilar  metals,  but  the  metal  or  alloy  by 


which  they  are  to  be  united  must  have  an 
affinity  lor  both.  Thus,  gold  alloyed  with 
silver  and  copper  melts  more  easily  than  the 
first-named  metal,  and,  having  an  affinity  for 
it,  constitutes  a  proper  uniting  medium.  See 
Gold  Solder.  The  surfaces,  however,  of  the 
pieces  to  be  united  should  be  bright  and  in 
actual  contact  to  insure  a  uniform  effect  of  the 
solder  upon  them.  They  should  also  be  cov- 
ered with  a  mixture  of  borax  and  water,  of  the 
consistence  of  cream.  After  this  has  been 
applied,  which  may  be  most  conveniently  done 
with  a  small  camel's-hair  pencil,  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  solder,  cut  in  small  pieces,  should 
be  laid  along  the  line  of  contact  between  the 
gold  pieces  to  be  united,  to  eflect  the  desired 
strength  of  union. 

The  pieces  to  be  united  should  be  prevented 
from  separating,  during  the  application  of  the 
heat,  either  with  a  mixture  of  plaster  of  Paris 
and  asbestos  or  sand,  iron  clamps,  or  wire. 
This  precaution  is  necessary  to  insure  a  perfect 
union  of  the  pieces. 

These  preparatory  steps  having  been  gone 
through  with,  the  pieces  should  be  placed  and 
made  fast  upon  a  piece  of  charcoal  or  pumice- 
stone,  to  prevent  the  too  rapid  escape  of  the  heat 
during  the  actual  process  of  soldering. 

The  most  common  method  of  obtaining  the 
requisite  amount  of  heat  is  from  the  flame  of  a 
spirit  or  oil  lamp  thrown  upon  the  work  with 
a  blow-pipe. 

When  plaster  is  employed  it  should  first  be 
heated  to  a  red  heat  by  throwing  the  whole  of 
the  flame  of  the  lamp  in  a  flaring  manner  over 
it.  This  done,  the  flame  should  be  concen- 
trated upon  the  point  where  it  is  wished  that 
the  solder  should  take  effect,  and  kept  there 
until  it  fuses  and  flows  between  the  pieces  to 
be  united.  Should  it  flow  in  a  wrong  direc- 
tion, from  an  improper  application  of  the 
heat,  the  concentrated  point  of  the  flame 
should  be  moved  to  the  proper  place,  when  the 
solder  will  immediately  return  and  take  effect 
there. 

Soldering  Clamps.  Clamps  constructed  of 
wire  bent  into  suitable  forms  for  holding  gold 
collar  crowns,  caps,  parts  of  bridge-work,  etc., 
and  to  which  handles  may  be  attached. 
Soldering  Lamp.  A  lamp  used  in  Mechanical 
Dentistry  for  soldering,  holding  about  a  pint 
of  alcohol,  and  having  a  wick  :{  of  an  inch  or 
1  inch  in  diameter.  By  connecting  the  wick- 
tube  to  the  body  of  the  lamp  by  a  small 
tube,    which    should    be,    under    all  circum- 


SOL 


564 


SOM 


stances,  full  of  alcohol,  a  safety-lamp  may  be 
made.  Dr.  B.  W.  Franklin's  lamp  is  so  con- 
structed as  to  contain  the  alcohol  uniformly  at 
the  same  level. 
Soldering  Pan.  A  sheet-iron  pan,  used  in 
Mechanical  Dentistry,  of  funnel-shape  with  a 
handle  to  support  it.  Filled  with  ignited 
charcoal,  it  forms  a  convenient  receptacle  for 
metallic  work  during  the  process  of  solder- 
ing. 

Soldering   Support.     An   appliance    used    in 

Prosthetic  Dentistry  for  holding  the  work  to  be 

soldered.     Such  supports  are  generally  made 

of  plumbago,   charcoal,  or  fire-clay,  asbestos 

and  metal,  binding-wire,  etc. 

Solders,  Gold   and  Silver.      Dorrance's 

formula  for  twenty-carat  gold  solder  :  One  part 

of  pure  silver,  2  parts  of  pure  zinc,  3  parts  of 

pure  copper.     Four  grains  of  this  alloy  melted 

with  20  grains  of  pure  gold. 

Litch's  formula  for  eighteen -carat  solder  : 
Gold  coin  ($10),  258  grains  ;  spelter  (or  bra- 
zier's solder),  24  grains  ;  silver  coin,  24  grains. 
Richmond's  formula :  Add  to  scraps  of 
American  coin  gold  one-fifth  of  their  weight  of 
fine  brass  wire  cut  in  small  pieces,  using  borax 
freely  during  the  melting  process. 

Low's  formula  for  nineteen-carat  solder : 
One  dwt.  of  coin  gold,  2  grains  of  copper,  4 
grains  of  silver. 

Another  formula  for  twenty-carat  solder : 
American  coin  gold  (21.6  carats  fine — $10 
piece),  258  grains  ;  spelter  solder,  20.64  grains. 
Another  of  the  same  carat:  Gold  coin  ($10), 
258  grains  ;  spelter  solder,  24  grains  ;  and  silver 
coin,  24  grains. 

Gold  solder  22  carats  fine  is  used  for  bridge- 
work,  and  20  carats  fine  for  crown-work.  See 
Gold  Solders. 

Silver  solder  can  be  made  by  alloying  fine 
silver  with  one-third  its  weight  of  brass.  See 
Silvee  Solders. 

Sole  (solea).  The  under  surface  of  the 
foot. 

So'Ien  (aulr/v).  Literally,  a  tube.  In  Sur- 
gery, an  oblong  .semicircular  box  or  case,  used 
in  the  treatment  of  fractured  limbs  to  prevent 
the  contact  of  the  bed-clothes.  In  ConcJiology, 
a  genus  of  bivalve  shells,  constituting  the  type 
of  the  family  Soleniduj. 

Solena'rium  (from  oukrjy,  a  canal).  A 
catheter. 

Sole/us.  The  gastrocnemius  interims,  a 
muscle  situated  at  the  posterior  part  of  the  leg. 
It  terminates  below,  by  a  large  tendon  which 


joins  that  of  the  gastrocnemius  externus,  to 
form  the  teudo  Achillis. 

Sol'id  (solidus).  A  body  whose  particles 
are  so  united  by  cohesive  attraction  as  to  re- 
quire some  degree  of  force  to  separate  them. 
In  Anatomy,  the  bones,  muscles,  ligaments, 
membranes,  nerves,  vessels,  cartilages,  etc. 

Solidity.  Density  ;  compactness  ;  the  con- 
dition of  a  solid  ;  opposed  to  fluidity. 

Solubility  (solubi/itas ;  from  solvere,  solu- 
tum,  to  dissolve).  Capable  of  dissolving  in  a 
menstruum. 

Soluble.     Capable  of  being  dissolved. 

Solu'tio.     A  solution. 
Solutio  Arsenica'lis.     Liquor  arsenicalis. 
Solutio  Cal'cis.     Liquor  calcis. 
Solutio  Potas/sii    Iodidi    Iodure/ta.     Liquor 
iodini  compositus. 
Solutio  Sulpha'tis  Cupri  Compos'ita.     Aqua 
cupri  vitriolati  composita.     Compound  solu- 
tion of  sulphate  of  copper. 

Solution  (solutio).  In  Chemistry,  an  op- 
eration which  consists  of  dissolving  a  solid 
in  a  menstruum.  Also  the  product  of  such 
operation.  In  Surgery,  the  separation  of  parts 
previously  united,  which  is  called  a  solution  of 
continuity. 

Sol'utive  (solulivus;  from  solvo,  to  loosen). 
A  laxative. 

Solutol.  An  alkaline  solution  of  sodium 
cresylate  in  cresol  ;  used  as  a  disinfectant. 

Solvent  (from  solvere,  to  dissolve).  A 
menstruum.  Also  medicines  supposed  to  pos- 
sess the  property  of  dissolving  or  removing 
obstructions  of  extraneous  substances. 

Sol'veol.  A  neutral  solution  of  sodium 
cresylate  in  cresol ;  used  as  an  antiseptic,  like 
creolin. 

Sol'vine  (from  solvo,  to  dissolve).  A  syrupy 
substance  with  great  dissolving  power,  pro- 
duced by  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid  upon  a 
fixed  oil. 

So/ma.     The  body. 

So'macule.  The  smallest  subdivision  pos- 
sible which  is  capable  of  retaining  its  physio- 
logical I  unctions. 

Somat/ic  (somatims;  from  oufia,  the  body). 
That  which  relates  to  or  concerns  the  body. 

Somatology  (somatologia ;  from  aufia,  the 
body,  and  hoyoc,  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on 
the  human  body  ;  anatomy. 

Som'nal.  A  mixture  of  alcohol,  chloral, 
and  urelhran.  A  hypnotic  producing  a  quiet, 
deep,  and  natural  sleep  commencing  one  hour 
after  administration  and  lasting  six   to  eijdit 


SOM 


565 


SPA 


hours.  Dose,  gtt.  xxx.  Some  assert  that  it 
occasionally  causes  dangerous  secondary  action 
of  the  heart. 

Somnambulism  (somnambulatio ;  from 
somnus,  sleep,  and  ambulare,  to  walk).  Sleep- 
walking. 

Somnam  bulist.     A  sleep-walker. 

Somnifacient.  A  medicine  causing  sleep. 
Hypnotic. 

Somnif'erin.  A  morphine-ether  which 
causes  no  had  effects  upon  the  heart. 

Somniferous  (from  somnus,  to  sleep,  and 
fero,  to  bring).    That  which  induces  sleep. 

Somnil'oquist.  One  who  talks  in  his 
sleep. 

Somnolency  (somnolentia).  Somnolent. 
Sleepiness.  Inclined  to  sleep.  Often  a  symp- 
tom of  disease. 

Som'nolism.  The  state  produced  by  what 
is  called  animal  magnetism. 

Somnop'athy.  Somnopathia.  Sleep  from 
sympathy,  improperly  called  magnetic  sleep. 

Som'nus.  Sleep  ;  the  repose  of  sense  and 
voluntary  motion,  during  which  time  the  rela- 
tions which  animals  hold  with  the  external 
world,  through  the  organs  of  sense,  are  inter- 
rupted. 

Sono'rous  (sonorus).  Noisy,  loud-sound- 
ing ;  giving  sound  when  struck,  as  a  sonorous 
body  ;  giving  a  clear,  loud  sound,  as  a  sonorous 
voice  ;  sometimes  applied  in  Pathology  to  ron- 
chus. 

So'nus.     Sound. 

Soot  ( fuli go).  A  black  substance  disen- 
gaged from  fuel  in  the  process  of  comhustion. 

Sophistication  (sophisticatio).  Adultera- 
tion ;  counterfeiting  ;  falsification. 

Sophronis'tae  Dentes.  Wisdom  teeth,  or 
dentes  sapientise. 

So/piens.     Soporific. 

So'por.  A  profound  sleep  from  which  the 
person  can  only  be  roused  with  difficulty.  It 
occurs  in  many  cerebral  diseases. 

Soporific.  Somniferous  ;  tending  to  cause 
sleep. 

Soporose.     Sleepy. 

Sorbefa'cient  (sorbefaciens ;  from  sorbere, 
to  suck  in,  and  facere,  to  make).  A  remedy 
that  promotes  absorption. 

Sorb'ic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from  the 
berries  of  the  Sorbus  acuparia,  or  mountain 
ash. 

Sor'des.  The  foetid  excrementitious  matter 
which  forms  on  the  teeth  during  fever.  Also 
dirty  sanies  discharged  from  ulcers. 


Sordic'ula?  Aurium.  Cerumen  aurium 
(which  see). 

Sore.     An  ulcer  or  excoriation. 
Sore  Mouth.     Stomatitis. 
Sore    Mouth,    Gangrenous.       Cancrum   oris. 

Also  gangrsena  oris. 
Sore  Throat.     Cynanche. 
Sore  Throat,  Ulcerous.     Cynanche  maligna. 

Sore'ness.  Painful  uueasiness  or  tender- 
ness of  a  part  when  touched.  It  is  a  symptom 
of  inflammation. 

Souffle.  A  term  used  for  distinguishing 
the  hlowing  sounds  heard  in  auscultating  the 
chest. 

Sound.  In  Physiology,  the  sensation  pro- 
duced by  sonorous  bodies  or  certain  vibrations 
on  the  organ  of  hearing  ;  in  Surgery,  a  solid 
metallic  instrument,  shaped  like  a  catheter, 
used  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the  exist- 
ence of  calculus  in  the  bladder. 

Sound'ing.  Searching  ;  the  exploration  of 
the  bladder. 

Sozin.  A  defensive  proteid  naturally  pres- 
ent in  the  human  body  ;  comprising  mycosozins, 
which  destroy  injurious  microbes,  and  toxoso- 
zins,  which  destroy  the  injurious  products 
(toxines)  of  the  microbes. 

Sozi'odol.  A  compound  of  sulphur,  iodine, 
and  carholic  acid.     An  antiseptic. 

Sozolic  Ac'id.     Sulphocarbolic  acid. 

Spaces,  Interden'tal.   See  Interdental. 

Spa'do.     Castratns  (which  see). 

Spagy'ria.     Chemistry. 

Spain,  Pel'litory  of.  The  Anthemis  pyre- 
thrum,  or  Spanish  chamomile. 

Spal'ter.     See  Spelter. 

Spanae'mia  (from  airavog,  poor,  and  «"'", 
blood).  Spanhremia.  Poverty  of  the  blood, 
from  a  deficiency  of  fibrine  and  red  corpuscles. 

Spanas'mic.  Relating  to  spanasmia.  Also 
a  term  applied  to  hsematic  remedies  when  such 
remedies  impoverish  the  blood. 

Span'ish  Fly.     See  Cantharis. 
Spanish  White.      White  bismuth  ;  nitrate  of 
bismuth. 

Spar.  A  term  applied  in  Mineralogy  to 
certain  suhstances  which  break  with  regular 
surfaces  and  exhihit  some  degree  of  lustre. 
Hence,  miuerals  of  a  sparry  fracture  are  called 
s]  tat  hose. 

Spar,  Heavy.     Sulphate  of  baryta. 
Spar,    Iceland.       Rhomboidal    carbonate    of 
lime. 

Sparag'ma  (from  a-apaaau,  to  tear).  In 
Surgery,  a  laceration. 


SPA 


566 


SPE 


Sparag'mos.     A  convulsion  or  spasm. 

Spardara'pum.  Adhesive  plaster  spread 
on  silk,  linen,  cotton,  or  paper. 

Spargano'sis  (from  o-apyau,  to  swell).  A 
swelling.     Also  a  milk  abscess. 

Spar'sus.    Irregularly  scattered  ;  dispersed. 

Spasm  (spasmus  ;  from  mrau,  to  draw).  An 
involuntary  muscular  contraction.  Spasms  are 
distinguished  into  tonic,  which  consist  of  com- 
plete rigidity  of  the  muscles,  as  in  lock-jaw, 
and  clonic,  which  consist  of  alternate  contrac- 
tions and  relaxations,  as  in  convulsions. 
Spasm  of  the  Larynx.  Laryngismus  stridu- 
lus (which  see). 

Spas'ma  (from  anau,  to  draw).  Voluntary 
straining,  energetic  contraction  or  extension  of 
the  muscles,  as  in  running,  riding,  or  hearing 
heavy  burdens. 

Spas'mi.  Spasmodic  diseases  characterized 
by  a  morbid  contraction  of  the  muscular  fibres. 

Spasmo/des.     Convulsive. 

Spasmodic      {spasmodicus ;     spasmoticus). 
Relating  to  a  spasm  or  convulsion. 
Spasmodic    Croup.       Laryngismus   stridulus 
(which  see). 

Spasmot/icus.     Spasmodic. 

Spasmotoxine.  A  ptomaine  obtained 
from  the  culture  of  the  tetanus  bacillus.  It 
produces  tonic  and  clonic  convulsions  in  ani- 
mals. 

Spas'mus.    A  spasm  ;  a  convulsion. 
Spasmus  Cyn'icus.     Risus  caniuus  ;  the  sar- 
donic grin. 

Spas'tic  (spasticus).     Spasmodic. 

Spathes'ter  (from  anau,  I  draw).  In  Sur- 
gery, an  instrument  used  for  drawing  the  pre- 
puce, when  too  short,  over  the  glans. 

Spa'those.  Spathiform.  In  Mineralogy, 
resembling  spar  in  form. 

Spat/ile  {pimrikri).   Liquid  faecal  evacuation. 

Spat  u la  (diminutive  of  spatlui,  a  broad 
instrument).  An  instrument  like  a  knife,  used 
for  spreading  plasters,  etc.  Also  for  mixing 
plaster  of  Paris,  oxychloride  of  zinc,  etc. 
Spatula,  Foil.  An  instrument  for  folding  gold 
foil,  having  a  blade  six  inches  long  and  |  of 
an  inch  wide. 

Spat'ulate.     Shaped  like  a  spatula. 

Spay.     To  extirpate  the  ovaries. 

Spear  ^shaped.     Lanceolate. 

Special  Anat/omy.  That  which  treats 
of  the  healthy  structure  of  the  body  and  its 
organs. 

Spe'cies.  A  group  of  such  individuals  as 
have  an  essential  identity  resulting  from  their 


ultimate  constitution  or  nature.  Individuals, 
animals,  plants,  and  minerals  agreeing  in  their 
appearance  and  composition.  When  indi- 
viduals differ  in  circumstances  from  accident, 
they  are  termed  varieties.  The  circumstances 
common  to  one  or  more  species  constitute  a 
division  or  genus.  Species  is  also  an  old  phar- 
maceutical term  for  powders. 

Specif '\c  [specificus).  In  Materia  Medica,  a 
medicine  that  cures  some  diseases  upon  a  prin- 
ciple peculiar  to  itself,  and  not  common  to  two 
or  more.  Also  a  remedy  that  infallibly  cures 
a  particular  disease.  The  term  is  applied,  too, 
to  a  medicine  which  acts  on  some  particular 
organ  more  than  on  others.  In  Natural  History, 
the  trivial  name  or  designation  of  the  species 
of  a  genus. 

Specific  Gravity.  See  GRAVITY,  SPECIFIC. 
Specific  Poison.  One  producing  special  dis- 
eased conditions. 
SpeciHum  (from  specio,  to  examine).  A 
probe  or  sound  ;  a  surgical  instrument  em- 
ployed in  the  exploration  of  wounds,  fistulas, 
etc. 

Spectacles  (from  speclare,  to  behold).  An 
optical  apparatus  consisting  of  two  lenses 
fixed  in  a  metallic  or  other  frame  adapted  to 
the  eyes,  and  used  to  assist  the  sight. 

Spec'trum.  An  optical  illusion  ;  a  spectre. 
Also  an  elongated  figure  of  the  seven  prismatic 
colors,  formed  by  a  transparent  prism. 

Spec'ulum  (from  specio,  to  see).    A  mirror. 
Also   an   instrument   for   dilating  cavities  to 
facilitate  their  examination. 
Speculum  A'ni.     An  instrument  for  dilating 
the  anus   while   an  operation   is   being  per- 
formed on  the  parts  within. 
Speculum  Metal.     An  alloy  for  metallic  mir- 
rors, composed  of  two  parts  copper  and  one 
part  of  tin. 

Speculum  Oc/uli.    An  instrument  for  keeping 
the  eyelids  open  and  preventing  the  eye  from 
moving. 
Speculum  O'ris.    An  instrument  for  dilating 

the  mouth. 
Speculum  Oris,  Elliot's.     An  instrument  for 
distending  the  cheeks  during  the  removal  of 
wax  impressions  from  the  mouth. 
Speculum  Vaginae.     An  instrument  for  dilat- 
ing the  vagina. 
Speech.     Articulated  voice. 
Spelter,    Speltre     [speltrum).       Commer- 
cial, impure  zinc,  which  often  contains  copper, 
iron,  lead,  manganese,  plumbago,  and  a  little 
arsenic. 


SPE 


567 


SPH 


Spelter  Solder.  Brazier's  solder.  A  fusible 
brass,  made  of  sixteen  parts  of  copper  and 
twelve  parts  of  zinc. 

Spence's  Metal.  A  non-metallic  com- 
pound of  a  bard  and  brittle  nature,  employed 
for  making  dies  and  for  swaging  plates  by  means 
of  a  screw  or  hydraulic  press.  It  is  composed 
of  sulphur,  bismuth,  antimony,  etc.,  the  exact 
formula  not  having  been  published.  It  fuses 
at  239°  F.  It  is  claimed  that  this  substance 
neither  expands  nor  shrinks  in  setting.  See 
D'Arcet's  Metal. 

Sperm  (sperma;  from  mreipu,  to  sow). 
Spermatic  fluid  ;  seed  ;  semen.  Also  sperma- 
ceti. 

Spermaceti  (from  sperma,  sperm,  and 
nn~oc,  a  whale).  A  fatty  substance  obtained 
chiefly  from  the  head  of  the  cachalot,  or  sper- 
matic whale.     See  Cetaceum. 

Spermat/ic  (spermaticus ;  from  oweppa, 
seed).  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  the 
parts  or  vessels  connected  with  the  secretion 
or  transmission  of  the  seminal  fluid,  or 
sperm. 

Spermatic     Arteries.      Two  arteries,  one  on 
each  side,  given  off,  most  commonly,  by  the 
aorta,  though  sometimes  by  the  renal  arteries, 
and  distributed,   in    man,   to    the    spermatic 
cord,  testicle,  and  epididymis,    and    in    the 
female  to  the  ovarium,  Fallopian  tube,  and 
round  ligament. 
Spermatic  Cord.     The  vascular  and  nervous 
cord  by  which  the  testicle  is  suspended. 
Spermatic  Fluid.     Sperm. 
Spermatic   Liquor.     The  spermatic  fluid. 
Spermatic     Plex'us.        A     nervous     plexus 

formed  by  filameuts  from  the  renal  plexus. 
Spermatic   Veins.     The  veins  which  accom- 
pany the  spermatic  arteries. 

Sperm'atin.  The  animal  matter  of  the 
sperm  ;  an  albuminoid  substance. 

Spermatis'mus.     The  emission  of  semen. 

Spermatoblast.  Spermoblast.  A  cell 
which  develops  into  a  spermatozoon. 

Spermatocele  (from  aneppa,  seed,  and 
«?/??/,  a  tumor).     Swelling  of  the  testicle. 

Spermato/des  (from  o-xeppa,  sperm,  and 
enhc,  resemblance).  Anything  which  resem- 
bles or  has  the  appearance  of  sperm. 

Spermatogonia  (from  aneppa,  sperm,  and 
yevvau,  to  beget).  Spermatopceia.  The  prepa- 
ration or  secretion  of  the  seminal  fluid. 

Spermatoph'agous.  A  term  applied  in 
Zoology  to  animals  which  subsist  on  seeds.  It 
is  synonymous  with  granivorous. 


Spermatoph'ora  (from  c-epua,  seed,  and 
fepu,  to  bear).  The  sheaths  in  the  cephalopods 
which  convey  the  semen  or  sperm.  They  are 
also  called  the  moving  filaments  of  Xeedham, 
their  discoverer. 

Spermatopoe'us  (spermalopoeticus ;  from 
aneppa,  sperm,  and  ttolelv,  to  make).  In  Physi- 
ology, a  term  designative  of  food  or  anything 
calculated  to  augment  the  secretion  of  the 
seminal  fluid. 

Spermatorrhoea  (from  orreppa,  sperm, 
and  psu,  to  flow).  An  involuntary  emission  of 
semen. 

Spermatozoa  (from  aweppa,  sperm,  and 
t^uov,  animal).  Spermatozoon.  Spermatic  ani- 
malcules. Minute  particles  resembling  infus- 
oria seen  in  spermatic  fluid.  They  are  supposed 
by  most  physiologists  to  be  the  active  agents  in 
generation. 

Spermo/Iite  (spermolithus ;  from  oneppa, 
sperm,  and  hidoc,  a  stone).  In  Pathology,  the 
indurated  concretions  which  sometimes  form 
in  the  vesiculse  serninales.  In  Oryctology,  a 
fossil  seed. 

Spewing.     Vomiting. 

Speyer's  Adhesive  Plate.  Consists  of  a 
layer  of  unvulcanizable  rubber  plate  attached 
to  the  palatal  surface  of  vulcanite  plates.  The 
soft  vulcanite  yields  slightly,  and  gives  a 
firmer  adhesion  than  the  hard  surface  of  vul- 
canized rubber. 

Sphacela'tion.     Mortification. 

Sphacelis'mus  (from  ctyaKEliL,<j,  to  be  gan- 
grened). Gangrene;  mortification.  The  term 
is  also  sometimes  applied  to  inflammation  of 
the  brain. 

Sphac'eloid.  Resembling  a  gangrenous 
part. 

Sphacelous.     Pertaining  to  sphacelus. 

Sphacelus  (from  aipmcu,  to  destroy).  The 
disorganized  portion  thrown  off  in  mortifica- 
tion.    Complete  mortification. 

Sphaenoi'des.     Sphenoides. 

Sphasrobacteria.  A  division  of  the  bac- 
teria comprising  the  genus  Micrococcus. 

Sphaero'ma  (from  odaipa,  sphere).  Any- 
thing made  round  or  globular.  Applied  in 
Pathology  to  a  globular,  fleshy  protuberance. 

Sphage.     The  throat. 

Sphene  (from  o<pyv,  a  wedge).  A  dull  yel- 
low, green,  gray,  brown,  or  black  mineral, 
composed  of  silicic  acid,  lime,  and  titanic  acid. 
It  occurs  in  amorphous  crystals  of  the  form  of 
oblique  rhombic  prisms. 

Sphe'noid  (sphenoides ;  from  oo>n;  a  wedge, 


SPH 


568 


SPI 


and  eidog,  resemblance).     Wedge-like  ;  applied 
to  a  bone  of  the  cranium. 

Sphenoid  Bone    (sphenoides  os).     A  bone  sit- 
uated in  the  middle  of  the  base  of  the  cra- 
nium, extending  underneath  from  one  temple 
to  the  other,  wedged  in,  as  it  were,  amid  the 
other  bones. 
Sphenoidal    (sphenoidalis).     Pertaining  to 
or  connected  with  the  sphenoid  bone. 
Sphenoidal  Spine.     A  projecting  crest  at  the 
lower  surface  of   the  sphenoid   bone  which 
articulates  with  the  vomer. 
Spheno=max'illary.    Relating  to  the  sphe- 
noid and  maxillary  bones. 

Spheno-maxillary  Fissure.     The  inferior  or. 
bitar  fissure.     Foramen  lacerum  inferius. 
Spheno-maxillary  Fossa.    A  depression  at  the 
union  of  the  spheno-maxillary  and  pterygo- 
maxillary  fissures. 
Spheno-or'bitar  (spheno-orhitalis).  An  epi- 
thet applied    by  Beclard    to   the  anterior   or 
orbitar  portion  of  the  sphenoid  bone. 

Spheno=pal/atine.  Relating  to  the  sphe- 
noid and  palate  bones. 

Spheno-palatine  Artery.  The  termination  of 
the  internal  maxillary  artery,  which  enters 
the  back  part  of  the  nose  through  the  spheno- 
palatine foramen,  to  be  distributed  upon  the 
pituitary  membrane. 
Spheno-palatine  For'amen.  A  foramen 
formed  by  the  vertical  portion  of  the  os  palati 
and  sphenoid  bone,  establishing  a  communi- 
cation between  the  nasal  fossae  and  the  zygo- 
matic fossa. 

Spheno-palatine    Gan'glion.     A   small   gan- 
glion  situated  without   the    spheno-palatine 
foramen  in  the  pterygo-maxillary  fissure. 
Spheno-palatine    Nerves.     The  lateral  nasal 
nerves,   which    arise    from   the    ganglion    of 
Meckel,    and    enter    the    nose    through    the 
spheno-palatine  foramen,  to  be  distributed  to 
the  outer  and  inner  parietes  of  the  nasal  fossae. 
Spheno=pari/etal.     Belonging  or  relating 
to  the  sphenoid  and  parietal  bones. 

Spheno^staphylPnus.  The  levator  palati 
muscle. 

SphenO'tem'poral.     Belonging  or  relating 
to  the  sphenoid  and  temporal  bones. 
Spher'ule.     A  little  sphere. 
Spher'ulite.      Pearl-stone ;     a    variety    of 
obsidian,  occurring  in  rounded  grains. 

Sphinc'ter  (from  otyiyyw,  to  constrict).  A 
name  given  to  certain  muscles  the  office  of 
which  is  to  close  openings  around  which  they 
are  situated. 


Sphincter  A'ni.     A  muscle  situated  around 
the  anus. 
Sphincter  Ani  Inter'nus.     The  circular  fibres 
of   the  muscular  coat  of  the  rectum   at  its 
extremity. 

Sphincter    Cu'lae.     The    superior    coustrictor 
pharyngis. 

Sphincter  Labio'rum.     The  orbicularis  oris. 
Sphincter  Oc/uli.     The  orbicularis   palpebra- 
rum. 

Sphincter  0/ris.     The  orbicularis  oris. 
Sphincter  Vaginae.     A   muscle  situated    on 
the  side  of  the  vagina,  near  its  external  ori- 
fice, opposite  the  nymphae,  covering  the  cor- 
pus cavernosum. 

Sphincter  Ve/sicae.     A  name  given   by  some 
anatomists  to  a  few  fibres  which  surround  the 
neck  of  the  bladder. 
Sphyg'ma     (oQvy/ja).      Sphygmos    (which 
see). 

Sphyg'mic'  Art  (sphygmica  ctrs).  The 
knowledge  or  doctrine  of  the  pulse  ;  art  of 
judging  by  the  pulse. 

Sphyg'micus.  Of  or  belonging  to  the 
pulse. 

SphygmoPogy  (from  cfvy/xog,  the  pulse, 
and  Aoyof,  a  discourse).  Sphygmologia.  A 
treatise  on  the  pulse. 

Sphyg'mos  (from  acpv^so,  to  leap  or  re- 
bound).    The  pulse  ;  pulsation. 

Sphyg'mous.  Having  the  nature  of  a 
pulse. 

Sphyx'is.     Pulsation. 

SpPca.  A  spike.  In  Surgery,  a  spiral 
bandage,  the  turns  of  which  cross  each  other 
like  the  letter  V. 

Spica   Du'plex.     A  double   spica  or    double 
spiral  bandage. 
Spica   Inguina'lis.     A   bandage  for   inguinal 
ruptures. 
Spices.     Agreeable,  warm,  aromatic  drugs, 
such  as  nutmeg,  cinnamon,  etc. 

Spic'ula.  In  Pathology,  pointed  pieces  or 
fragments  of  hone. 

SpPder  (aranea).  Common  name  of  the 
animals  belonging  to  the  class  Arachnida. 

Spigelian  Lobe.  See  LOBDLUS  Spi- 
GELII. 

Spilanthus  Olera'ceus.  The  spear-leaved 
spilanthns.  A  tincture  of  this  plant  has  been 
recommended  as  a  cure  for  toothache. 

Spilo'ma.  A  spot  or  discoloration  of  the 
skin.     A  variety  of  naevus. 

Spilo'sis.     A  synonym  of  Epicrosis. 
SpPIus.     A  spot  on  the  skin. 


SPI 


569 


SPI 


Spi'na.     A  thorn.     In  Anatomy,  a  process 

on  the  surface  of  a  hone  ;  the  backbone. 

Spina  BiFida.  A  congenital  malformation  or 
defect  of  the  spinal  column. 

Spina  Vento/sa.  A  rarefying  form  of  osteitis 
in  which  the  hone  is  eroded  or  destroyed,  and 
the  subperiosteal  tissue  and  osseous  marrow 
contain  numerous  small  cells  with  transuded 
red  blood -corpuscles.  It  is  often  a  result  of 
syphilis. 

Spina  Vertebra'lis.     The  vertebral  column. 
Spi'nal   (spinalis;    from   spina,   the  spine). 

In  Anatomy,  belonging  or  relating  to  the  spinal 

column. 

Spinal  Accessory  Nerve.  The  eleventh  pair 
of  the  cranial  nerves,  which  are  endowed  with 
the  function  of  motion.  It  is  divided  into 
two  roots,  one  of  which  arises  from  the  lower 
portion  of  the  medulla  oblongata,  and  the 
other  from  the  cervical  portion  of  the  spinal 
cord. 

Spinal  Arteries.  Two  arteries,  descending 
one  on  the  anterior  and  one  on  the  posterior 
surface  of  the  spinal  cord. 

Spinal  Centre.  Applied  to  the  spinal  mar- 
row, regarded  as  distinct  from  the  nerves  pro- 
ceeding from  it. 

Spinal  Col'umn.    See  Vertebral  Column. 

Spinal  Cord  (medulla  spinalis).  The  spinal 
marrow,  which  is  a  continuation  of  the  me- 
dulla oblongata. 

Spinal  Diseases.  The  diseases  which  affect 
the  spinal  cord  and  its  membranes. 

Spinal  Foram'ina.  The  foramina  of  the 
vertebra?,  which  give  egress  to  the  spinal 
nerves. 

Spinal  Irritation.  A  term  applied  to  subin- 
flammatory  affections  of  the  spinal  cord  and 
its  membranes. 

Spinal  Mar'row.     The  spinal  cord. 

Spinal  Meningitis.  Inflammation  of  the 
meninges,  or  membranes  which  enclose  the 
spinal  marrow. 

Spinal  Nerve.  The  accessory  of  the  pneumo- 
gastric,  or  accessory  nerve  of  Willis. 

Spinal  Nerves.     The  vertebral  nerves. 

Spinal  System  of  Nerves.  Tlie  nerves 
which  issue  from  the  spinal  marrow,  in- 
dependently of  the  ganglionic  or  cerebral 
systems. 

Spinalis.     Spinal  muscles  of  vertebra?. 
Spinalis    Cer'vicis.        Semi-spinalis    colli,    a 
muscle  of  the  posterior  part  of  the  neck  and 
upper  part  of  the  back. 
Spinalis  Colli.     The  semi  spinalis  colli. 


Spinalis   Dorsi.      A    muscle   situated    on    the 
lateral  surfaces  of  the  spinous  processes  of  the 
back   and  the  inner  side  of  the  longissimus 
dorsi . 
Spina'tus.     Spinal. 

Spin/dle.  In  Mechanics,  the  axis  of  a  wheel 
or  roller. 

Spindle  Tree.     A  shrub  of  the  genus  Euony- 
mus. 
Spine.     In  Anatomy,  the  vertebral  column. 
Spines'cent  (sjrinescens).      Becoming  hard 
and  thorny. 

Spino'sus.     Spiual. 

Spi'nous  (spinosus).     Having  the  shape  of 
or  beset  with  spines  or  thorns. 
Spinous    Process.      A  narrow   and    tapering 
prominence  or  elevation  on  a  bone. 
Spinous  Process'es  of  the  Ver'tebrae.     The 
processes  situated  one  on  the  back  part  of  each 
vertebra. 
SpintheronVeter   (airird//p,    a    spark,   and 
jierpov,   measure).     An  instrument   for  deter- 
mining   the    size,    power,    etc.,    of   electrical 
sparks. 

Spinthero'pia  (airivd^p,  and  u>i>,  o-oc,  the 
eye).  A  morbid  state  of  vision,  in  which  there 
is  an  appearance  of  sparks  or  scintillations  be- 
fore the  eyes. 

Spirac'ula  (from  spiro,  to  breathe).  Spira- 
cles. The  breathing- pores  of  insects.  Applied 
also  to  the  pores  of  the  skin. 

Spi'ral  (spiralis;  from  spira,  a  spire). 
Winding  round  a  cylinder  or  other  round 
body  in  a  circular  form,  and  at  the  same  time 
rising  or  advancing  forward  ;  winding  like  a 
screw. 

Spiral  Band'age.  The  common  bandage  or 
roller,  wound  spirally  around  a  limb. 
Spiral  Springs.  In  Dental  Prosthesis,  the 
coiled  wires  employed  for  the  retention  of  a 
double  set  of  artificial  teeth  in  the  mouth. 
The  simplest  method  of  winding  the  wire  is 
to  secure  it  between  two  blocks  of  wood  held 
between  the  jaws  of  a  small  bench-vise.  Then 
the  upper  end  of  the  wire,  iu  connection  with 
a  spindle  or  steel  wire  the  size  of  a  small  knit- 
ting-needle, six  or  eight  inches  in  length,  is 
grasped  by  a  hand-vise  or  pair  of  sliding- 
tongs  ;  the  spindle  resting  on  the  blocks  of 
wood  is  made  to  revolve  by  turning  the  hand- 
vise  or  sliding  tongs,  according  as  the  one  or 
the  other  may  be  used.  In  this  way  the  wire 
is  wound  firmly  and  closely  around  the  steel 
rod  or  spindle. 
Spirillum   (from  spirillum,  a  curled  hair). 


SPI 


570 


SPL 


A  genus  of  bacteria  of  the   family  Baeteria- 

cese,  whose  elements  are  curved,  often  form- 
ing a  spiral  of  several  turns. 

Spir'it  (spirilus ;    from   spiro,   to  breathed 

This  term  was  formerly  applied  to  all  volatile 

substances  obtained  by  distillation.    They  were 

formerly  distinguished  into  inflammable  or  ar- 
dent spirits,  acid  spirits,  and  alkaline  spirits,  but 

at  present  the  term  is  restricted  to  alcoholic 

liquors  and  ether. 

Spirit  of  Alum.  The  acrid  liquid  distilled 
from  alum. 

Spirit  of  Bone.  Spirit  of  hartshorn,  or  im- 
pure ammonia. 

Spirit  of  Mindere'rus.  Liquid  acetate  of 
ammonia.     See  Mindererus,  Spirit  of. 

Spirit  of  Salt.     Hydrochloric  acid. 

Spirit  of  Tin.     Perchloride  of  tin. 

Spirit  of  Turpentine.     Oil  of  turpentine. 

Spirit  of  Wine,  Rectified.     Alcohol. 

Spirit  of  Wine,  Weaker  (spiritus  tenuior). 
Proof  spirit  half  the  strength  of  rectified 
spirit. 

Spirit,  Rectified.     Alcohol  in  a  high  state  of 
concentration,  commonly  called  spirit  of  wine. 
Alcohol  fifty-six  per  cent,  over  proof,  or  con- 
taining eighty-five  per  cent,  of  spirit. 
Spir'itus.     Spirit.     Also  breath. 

Spiritus  ^th'eris  Aromat/icus.  (Ph.  L.) 
Aromatic  spirit  of  ether. 

Spiritus  Athens  Ni'trici.  (U.S.)  Sweet 
spirit  of  nitre.     Spirit  of  nitric  ether. 

Spiritus  Athens  Sulphu/rici.  (U.S.)  Spirit 
of  sulphuric  ether.     Sweet  spirit  of  vitriol. 

Spiritus  /Etheris  Sulphurici  Compos/itus. 
(Ph.  L.,  U.  S.)  Compound  spirit  of  sulphuric 
ether.  Hoffman's  anodyne.  A  stimulant  and 
antispasmodic.     Dose,  f.^ssto  f.^ij. 

Spiritus  Ammo'niae.  (Ph.  L.)  Spirit  of  am- 
monia. Stimulant  and  antispasmodic.  Dose, 
f-jss  to  f,5,j. 

Spiritus  Ammoniae  Aromat/icus.  Aromatic 
spirit  of  ammonia.  Stimulant.  Dose,  f  3j  ss 
to  fjjj. 

Spiritus  Ammoniae  Succina'tus.  Succinated 
spirit  of  ammonia.  Stimulant  and  antispas- 
modic.    Dose,  gtt.  x  to  f.^ss  or  f.^j. 

Spiritus  Camph'orae.  (U.S.)  Spirit  of  cam- 
phor. Stimulant,  anodyne,  and  discutient. 
Used  only  externally. 

Spiritus  Chlorofor'mi.     Spirit  of  chloroform. 

Spiritus  Cinnamo'mi.  (Ph.  L.)  Spirit  of 
cinnamon.     Dose,  fgj  to  f.^ss. 

Spiritus  Cor'nu  Cer'vi.  Subcarbonate  of  am- 
monia. 


Spiritus    Frumen'ti.      Spirits   distilled    from 
rye  and  corn,  as  whiskey,  etc. 

Spiritus  GaPlicus.     French  brandy. 

Spiritus  Jamaicen'sis.    Jamaica  spirit  ;  rum. 

Spiritus  Limo/nis.     Spirit  of  lemon.    Essence 
of  lemon. 

Spiritus  Men/thae  Piper/itae.    (Ph.  L.)    Spirit 
of  peppermint.     Dose,  gtt.  v  to  gtt.  xx. 

Spiritus    Mindere'ri.        See    MlNDERERUS's 
Spirit. 

Spiritus    Ni/tri    Sim/plex.       Dilute    nitrous 
acid. 

Spiritus   Rectifica'tus.      Dilute   alcohol   con- 
taining sixteen  per  cent,  of  water. 

Spiritus     Sa/lis     Ammonia/ci     Caus/ticus. 
Aqua  ammonia?.      Water  of  ammonia. 

Spiritus  Tenu'ior.     Dilute  alcohol  containing 
forty-nine  per  cent,  of  pure  alcohol. 

Spiritus  Wni  GaFlici.     French  brandy. 

Spiritus  Vitrioli.     Sulphuric  acid. 

Spirom'eter  (from  spiro,  to  breathe,  and 

/lerpov,  a  measure).     An  instrument  for  meas- 
uring the  air  inhaled. 

Spiru'lidae.        A    family    of   dibranchiate 

cephalopods    characterized    by   a    spiral   dis- 
coid chambered  shell  in  the  substance  of  the 

mantle. 

Spissan/tia.      Incrassantia.      That   which 

inspissates  or  thickens. 

Spis'situde  (spissus,  thick).     Thickness  or 

density. 

Spit'ting.       Exspuition  ;     ejecting    spittle 

from  the  mouth. 

Spitting  of  Blood.     Haemoptysis  (which  see). 
Spit/tie.     The  salivary  and   mucous  secre- 
tions ejected   from  the   mouth   in   the  act  of 

spitting. 

Spittoon',   Dentists'.      A   vase  or   other 

vessel    used  by  dentists   while   operating,    to 

receive  the  saliva  or  blood  from  the  mouths  of 

patients. 

Splanch'na.     The  entrails. 

Splanch'nic  (splanchnicus ;  from  onlay  xvov, 

an  entrail).     Relating  to  the  entrails. 

Splanchnic    Cavities.       The   cavities   of   the 
abdomen,  chest,  and  head. 

Splanchnic  Nerves.  These  are  two  in  num- 
ber, the  greater  and  lesser;  the  first  arises 
from  the  sixth,  seventh,  eighth,  ninth,  and 
sometimes  the  tenth  thoracic  ganglia  ;  the 
second  from  the  tenth  and  eleventh  thoracic 
ganglia. 
Splanch'nica.       The     order    of    diseases 

which  affect   the   abdominal   organs,    without 

primary  inflammation. 


SPL 


571 


SPO 


Splanchnod'yne  (from  oKAayxvov,  a  viscus, 
and  odwq,  pain).     Pain  in  the  bowels. 

Splanchnog'raphy  (from  a-'/.ayxvov,  a  vis- 
cus, and  ypa<pu,  to  describe).  Splancbnogra- 
phia.     The  anatomy  of  the  viscera. 

SpIanchnolithFasis  (from  tm'Aayxyov,  a 
viscus,  and  fa-doc,  a  stone).  The  formation  of 
a  calculous  concretion  in  any  of  the  viscera. 

Splanchnology  (from  onAayxvov,  a  viscus, 
and  Aoyoc,  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on  the 
viscera. 

Splanch/non.  An  intestine,  viscus,  or  en- 
trail. 

Splanchnop'athy  (from  anAayxvov,  a  vis- 
cus, and  Tratfof,  disease).  Disease  of  the 
intestines. 

Splanchnoscopy  (from  anlayxvov,  a  vis- 
cus, and  OK07TEO,  to  survey).  Anatomical  ex- 
amination of  the  viscera. 

Splanchnot/omy  (from  arrAayxvov,  a  viscus, 
and  te/jvu,  to  cut).  Dissection  of  the  vis- 
cera. 

Spleen  (oirfajv).  A  spongy  viscus,  situated 
below  the  diaphragm  in  the  left  hypochon- 
drium,  between  the  eleventh  and  twelfth  false 
ribs.     Also  hypochondriasis. 

Splenal'gy  (from  oirfajv,  the  spleen,  and 
aA}'°£,  pain).     Pain  in  the  spleen. 

Splenatroph'ia  (from  gtcatjv,  the  spleen, 
and  atrophia,  atrophy).  Atrophy  or  wasting 
of  the  spleen. 

Splenaux'e  (cttatjv,  spleen,  and  avl-q,  in- 
crease).    Enlargement  of  the  spleen. 

Splenectomy  (from  o-nAtjv,  the  spleen,  ek, 
out  of,  and  rspvu,  to  cut).  Amputation  or 
extirpation  of  the  spleen. 

Splenelco'sis  [oirfa/v,  and  eakuoic,  ulcera- 
tion).    Ulceration  of  the  spleen. 

Splenemphrax/is  ( from  o-?j/v,  the  spleen, 
and  Efiippaoau,  to  obstruct).  Obstruction  of  the 
spleen. 

Sple'nic.     Relating  to  the  spleen. 
Splenic  Artery.     An  artery  distributed  to  the 
spleen. 
Splenic   Plexus.     A  nervous  network  accom- 
panying the  splenic  artery. 
Splenic  Vein.     A  vein  having  its   origin   in 
the    spleen  and   accompanying    the    splenic 
artery. 

Splenitis  (from  a-?.j]v,  the  spleen,  and  inc, 
a  terminal  denoting  inflammation).  Inflam- 
mation of  the  spleen. 

Sple'nius.  An  oblong,  broad,  flat  muscle, 
situated  at  the  back  part  of  the  neck  and  upper 
part  of  the  back. 


Spleniza'tion.  A  term  applied  in  Path- 
ology to  a  morbid  change  of  the  lung,  in  one 
of  the  stages  of  pneumonia,  in  which  the  tissue 
resembles  that  of  the  spleen. 

Splenoce'le  (from  a-?.r/v,  the  spleen,  and 
KqAT),  a  tumor).     Hernia  of  the  spleen. 

Splenography  (from  airfare,  the  spleen, 
and  ypatyu,  a  description).  The  anatomy  of 
the  spleen. 

Splenohas'mia  (from  airfajv,  the  spleen, 
and  aiua,  blood).     Congestion  of  the  spleen. 

Spleno'ma  {awfa/v,  spleen,  and  oy/coc,  a 
tumor).     Tumor  of  the  spleen. 

Splenomala'cia.     Sol'teniug  of  the  spleen. 

Splenon'cus  (from  airfare,  the  spleen,  and 
oynoc,  a  tumor).  Tumefaction  of  the  spleen. 
Ague  cake. 

Splenoparec'tama  (from  a-fajv,  the  spleen, 
and  7rapfK-aua,  excessive  volume).  Great  en- 
largement of  the  spleen. 

Splenorrhag'ia  (from  airfare,  the  spleen, 
and  prjywpi,  to  burst  out).  Hemorrhage  from 
the  spleen. 

Splenof/omy  (from  a-A-qv,  the  spleen,  and 
TEpvu.  to  cut).     Dissection  of  the  spleen. 

Splint.  In  Surgery,  a  long  piece  of  wood, 
pasteboard,  sheet-iron,  leather,  or  plaster  of 
Paris  or  other  composition,  employed  in  the 
treatment  of  fractures  to  keep  the  broken 
extremities  of  bones  from  moving. 
Splint,  Interdental.  See  Interdental 
Splint. 

Splint=bone.     The  fibula. 

Splint=anchor.  A  splint  used  for  fracture 
of  the  jaw. 

Splint'er.  A  term  applied  in  Surgery  to 
a  fragment  separated  from  a  fractured  or  dis 
eased  bone ;  also  to  a  small  portion  of  wood 
which  has  entered  the  skin. 

Splitting  Instrument.  An  instrument 
for  separating  the  roots  of  a  molar  tooth  ;  a 
kind  of  forceps  provided  with  cutting  edges, 
which,  when  they  come  together,  form  the 
letter  V.  By  applying  the  force  as  deep  be- 
tween the  roots  as  possible  a  perpendicular 
splint  is  produced. 

Spoil  ium.  An  old  preparation  of  zinc  and 
other  substances.  An  old  term  for  animal 
charcoal. 

Spodium    Abaisir.      Metallic    oxides    and    a 
preparation  of  white  lead  and  oil. 
Spodium  APbum.     Bone  earth. 

Spod'umene  (from  oirodou,  to  reduce  to 
ashes).  Triphaue  ;  a  hard,  brittle,  translucent 
mineral,   occurring    in    laminated    masses,    of 


SPO 


572 


SPR 


various  shades  of  greeu  or  gray,  easily  divided 
iuto  prisms  with  rhoraboidal  bases.  It  exfo- 
liates before  the  blow-pipe  into  little  ash- 
eolored  scales. 

Spondyl=.  A  prefix  signifying  pertaining 
to  a  vertebra. 

Spondylalgia  (from  o-ovfivlog,  a  vertebra, 
and  a/.yoc,  pain).     Pain  in  the  back. 

Spondylitis  (o-ov<5v~aoc,  a  vertebra).  In- 
flammation of  the  vertebrae. 
Spon'dylus.  A  vertebra. 
Sponge.  An  organic,  porous,  marine  sub- 
stance, considered  by  some  to  be  a  plant  and 
by  others  to  be  produced  by  minute  animals, 
termed  polypi.  See  Spongia. 
Sponge  or  Crystal  Gold.  See  CRYSTAL  Gold. 
Sponge  Tent.  A  tent  made  of  prepared 
sponge. 
Sponge=grafting.  A  means  of  renewing 
the  margin  of  the  gums  and  lower  border  of 
the  peridental  membrane  when  lost  through 
phagedenic  pericementitis,  by  the  application 
of  very  fine  sponge,  which  is  first  macerated  in 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid  and  then  rendered 
antiseptic  by  maceration  in  an  antiseptic  solu- 
tion. The  piece  of  sponge,  of  a  suitable  size, 
is  applied  to  the  granulating  sore  in  such  a 
position  that  the  granulations  will  quickly 
grow  into  the  meshes  of  the  sponge  and  com- 
pletely fill  every  space. 

Spon/gia.  Sponge ;  an  organized  porous 
marine  substance,  found  under  water  or  at- 
tached to  rocks  about  the  shore  at  ebb  tide. 
Sponge  is  assigned  by  most  naturalists  to  the 
great  class  of  Zoophytes.  It  has  a  reticulated 
fibrous  structure,  and  in  its  recent  state  is 
covered  with  a  soft  gelatinous  substance.  As 
found  in  commerce,  it  appears  to  be  composed 
of  numerous  small  capillary  tubes,  capable  of 
imbibing  water  and  of  becoming  distended,  a 
property  which,  together  with  its  softness, 
renders  it  valuable  to  surgeons  in  dressing 
wounds  and  ulcers  and  for  distending  fistulas 
and  sinuses. 

Spongia  Prsepara'ta.  Prepared  sponge. 
Sponge  dipped  in  hot  melted  wax,  or,  as 
some  direct,  in  emplastrum  cent  compositum, 
and  pressed  until  cold  between  two  iron 
plates.  It  is  afterward  cut  into  such  shape  as 
may  be  required. 
Spongia  Usta.  J'.urnt  sponge  ;  a  remedial 
agent  of  considerable  value  in  cases  of  goitre, 
glandular  swelling  of  a  scrofulous  character, 
and  in  some  cutaneous  affections.  It  is  given 
mixed  with  syrup  or  honey. 


Spongiform  (sjwngiformis).  Spongoid 
(which  see). 

Spongio'sa  Ossa  (ossa  ttirbinata  inferiora). 
The  inferior  turbinated  bones,  situated  in  the 
under  part  of  the  side  of  the  nose. 

Spon'giose.     Full  of  pores,  like  a  sponge. 
Spongiosum  Os.     The  ethmoid  bone. 
Spongoid7    (spongoides ;     onoyyca,    sponge, 
and  eidog,  resemblance).     Spongy  ;  resembling 
or  of  the  nature  of  sponge. 
Spongoid    Inflammation.      Fungus    haema- 
todes  ;  a  morbid  growth  frequently  developed 
in  the  gums. 
Spongos.     The  tonsil. 

Spon'gy  (spongiosum).  Soft  and  full  of 
cavities  ;  applied  in  Anatomy  and  Pathology  to 
textures  resembling  sponge. 

Spontaneous  (from  sponte,  voluntary). 
That  which  occurs  of  itself  or  without  appar- 
ent external  agency  or  cause. 

Sporadic  (sporadicus;  from  OKEipu7  to 
sow).  A  term  applied  to  diseases  which  occur 
in  every  season  and  locality  from  accidental 
causes. 

Spore.  A  fructifying  particle  of  fungi,  like 
a  bud  or  germ-cell. 

Spor'ule.     A  small  spore- 
Sported  Fever.    Typhus  gravior,  in  which 
purple  or  black  petechise  occur. 

Sprain.  Subluxation;  an  excessive  strain 
or  rupture  of  the  muscles  or  ligaments  of  a 
joint  without  dislocation. 

Spray.  A  liquid  dispersed  by  air-force  into 
minute  drops. 

Spray  Apparatus.  This  consists  of  a  bottle  to 
contain  the  ether  or  the  fluid  to  be  used  as  a 
local  anaesthetic,  with  a  double  tube  passing 
through  a  perforated  cork,  one  extremity  of 
the  inner  part  of  the  tube  going  to  the  bottom 
of  the  bottle  ;  above  the  cork  a  tube,  con- 
nected with  a  hand-bellows,  pierces  the  outer 
part  of  the  double  tube  and  communicates  by 
a  small  aperture  at  the  inner  end  of  the  cork 
with  the  interior  of  the  bottle.  The  inner 
tube,  for  the  delivery  of  the  ether,  runs 
upward  to  the  extremity  of  the  outer  tube. 
When  the  bellows  are  worked  a  double  cur- 
rent of  air  is  produced — one  current,  descend- 
ing and  pressing  upon  the  ether,  forces  it 
along  the  inner  tube  ;  and  the  other,  ascend- 
ing through  the  outer  tube,  plays  upon  the 
column  of  ether  as  it  passes  from  the  inner 
tube.  The  bellows  consist  of  two  bulbs  of 
rubber  attached  to  rubber  tubing,  the  extreme 
bulb  being  grasped  in  the  hand  and  rapidly 


SPU 


573 


STA 


used  as  a  hand-bellows  ;  the  other  bulb,  act- 
ing as  a  reservoir,  keeps  up  a  steady  pressure 
upon  the  ether  and  produces  a  continuous  jet. 
Small  wires,  called  stylets,  are  inverted  into 
the   tube  to   graduate   the  spray.     No  more 
spray  should  be  thrown  on  the  part  to  be  frozen 
than    will   evaporate  instantly.     See   Local 
Anaesthetics  ;    also  Richardson's  Spray 
Apparatus. 
Spu'ma.     Froth  ;  foam  ;  scum. 
Spuma  Argen'ti.    Semivitrified  oxide  of  lead. 
Spuma  Cerevis'ise.     Yeast. 
Spumo'sus.     Frothy. 

Spunk.  The  agaric  of  the  oak  touch-wood. 
A  preparation  of  it  is  used  in  Dentistry  for 
drying  cavities. 

Spu/ta  (sputorum;  from  sputo,  to  spit). 
The  secretions  ejected  from  the  mouth  by  the 
act  of  spitting,  but  more  particularly  the  ex- 
pectorated matter  which  comes  from  the 
chest. 

Squa/ma.     A  scale. 

Squa'mae.  Scaly  disease.  See  Lepra 
Psoriasis,  Pityriasis,  and  Ichthyosis. 

Squa  mous,  Squamose/  (squamosus ;  from 
squama,  a  scale).     Scaly  ;  covered  with  scales, 
as  the  squamous  cones  of  the  pines. 
Squamous  Suture.     The  suture  which  unites 
the  squamous  portion  of  the  temporal  bone 
with  the  parietal. 
Squar'rose,  Squar'rous.     Rough,    scaly. 
Squeam'ishness.     Tne  common   designa- 
tion of   Fastidium  cibi.      Vicious  delicacy  of 
taste. 

Squill  (squilla).  A  plant  of  the  genus 
Scilla  ;  an  expectorant  and  a  diuretic. 

Squills,  Vinegar  of  (acetum  seillse).  A 
pharmaceutical  preparation  of  squills,  vinegar, 
and  alcohol  ;   used  as  an  expectorant. 

Squint/ing.    Strabismus  ;  seeing  with  non- 
coincident  axis  of  the  eyes. 
Sr.     Symbol  for  strontium. 
Ss.    Abbreviation  in  Prescriptions  for  semis, 
one-half. 

Stac'te.     A  species  of  liquid  myrrh. 
Stadium  Ac'mes.    In  Pathology,  the  period 
of  the  height  of  a  disease  or  of  the  paroxysms 
of  a  disease. 

Stadium  Augmen'ti.     The  stage  or  period  of 
the  increase  of  a  disease. 
Stadium    Decremen/ti.      The    period  of  the 
decrease  of  a  disease   or  the  subsidence  of  a 
paroxysm. 
Stadium  Frig'oris.     The  cold  stage. 

Staff.      In  Surgery,   a   grooved  instrument 


employed    in    the    operation    of  lithotomy   to 
guide  the  knife. 

Stage  {stadium).  In  Pathology,  the  period 
or  degree  of  a  disease,  as  the  cold,  hot,  and 
sweating  stages  of  an  intermittent. 

Stag'ma  (from  ara^u,  to  distil).  Any  dis- 
tilled liquor. 

Stagnation  (slagnatio ;  from  sfagnare,  to 
form  a  pond).  In  Pathology,  a  congestion  or 
retardation  of  the  fluids  in  any  part  of  the 
body.     A  cessation  of  motion. 

Stalac'tic.  Flowing  or  oozing  by  drops  ; 
also  relating  to  stalactite. 

Stalag'mus.     Distillation. 

Stam'ina.  A  term  applied  in  Physiology 
to  the  degree  of  constitutional  strength  and 
vigor. 

Stam/mering.  Balbuties.  Stuttering  ;  im- 
pediment of  speech  ;  hesitatiou  in  the  utter- 
ance of  words. 

Standard.  A  criterion  for  comparison.  A 
well-established  rule  or  model. 

Stan'ni  Mu'rias.     Muriate  of  tin. 
Stanni   PuFvis.     Tin  finely  divided  or  granu- 
lated. 

Stan'nic,  Stannous.     Pertaining  to  stan- 
num  or  tin. 
Stannic  Acid.     Peroxide  of  tin. 

Stanni'olum.     Tinfoil. 

Stan/num.      Tin.      Powder   or    filings   of 
tin. 
Stannum  Folia'tum.    Tinfoil. 

Stape'dius.     A  muscle  of  the  internal  ear. 

Sta'pes.  A  stirrup  ;  applied  in  Anatomy 
to  a  bone  of  the  internal  ear. 

Staphylhaemato'ma  (from  orafvAi],  the 
uvula,  and  hematoma,  a  bloody  tumor).  A 
tumor  of  the  uvula  formed  by  an  effusion  of 
blood. 

Staphyla/gra  (arafvTinypa ;  from  oratyvl?], 
the  uvula,  and  aypseu,  to  catch).  Forceps  for 
taking  hold  of  the  uvula  ;  uvula  forceps. 

Staphyle.     The  uvula, 

Staphylepar'tes.  Name  given  by  Paulas 
to  an  instrument  for  grasping  and  removing 
the  uvula. 

Staphyli'nus.    An  epithet  applied  in  Anat- 
omy to  parts  connected  with  the  uvula. 
Staphylinus  Exter'nus.     The  circumfiexus,  a 
muscle  of  the  soft  palate. 

Staphyli'tis  (from  aratpv/Ji,  the  uvula,  and 
trig,  iullammatiou).  Inflammation  of  the 
uvula, 

Staphylococcus.  A  class  of  microbes  of 
the  genus  Micrococcus,  and  peculiar  to  pus. 


STA 


574 


STA 


Staphyloede'ma.  Relaxation  of  the  uvula, 
either  from  inflammation  or  infiltration. 

Staphylo'ma  (staphylosis ;  from  arafv^r/, 
a  grape).  A  generic  designation  of  various 
tumors  developed  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the 
ball  of  the  eye.  The  following  three  species 
of  staphyloma  are  recognized  by  French  path- 
ologists : 

Staphyloma  of  the  Cornea.  Staphyloma  con- 
icum.  A  disease  characterized  by  opacity 
and  projection  of  the  cornea. 
Staphyloma  of  the  Iris.  Procidentia  iridis. 
Hernia  of  the  iris. 
Staphyloma  Sclerot'icae.  A  projection  of  the 
eye  on  the  sclerotic  coat. 

Staphylon'cus  (slaphylonica  ;  from  ara^D/l;?, 
the  uvula,  and  oynog,  swelling).  Tumefaction 
of  the  uvula. 

Staphylo=pharynge/us.  The  palato-phar- 
yngeus  muscle. 

Staphyloplasty  (from  araov?^,  the  uvula, 
and  TTAaocu,  to  form).  An  operation  for  re- 
placing the  soft  palate,  or  any  portion  of  it, 
when  wanting.  When  there  only  exists  an 
opening  in  the  palate  or  velum,  this  operation 
may  often  be  performed  with  complete  success  ; 
but  when  the  loss  of  substance  is  very  consider- 
able, the  result  of  such  an  operation  is  doubtful. 

Staphyloptosis  icTacpv/?/,  uvula,  and  ttto- 
cug,  a  falling).  A  falling  down  or  elongation  of 
the  uvula. 

Staphylorrhaphy  (from  ara<pv/,r/,  the  uvula, 
and  patyn,  a  suture).  Velosynthesis.  The 
operation  for  uniting  a  cleft  palate,  which  con- 
sists of  paring  the  edges,  passing  ligatures  or 
sutures  through,  dividing  the  muscles,  and 
closing  the  gap  by  tying  the  sutures. 

The  idea  of  this  operation  was-  first  con- 
ceived by  an  ingenious  French  dentist,  by  the 
name  of  Le  Mounier,  who  attempted,  and  with 
success,  to  perforin  it  as  early  as  the  year 
1701.  But  for  more  than  half  a  century  after- 
ward it  does  not  seem  to  have  attracted  any 
attention  or  to  have  been  generally  known  to 
the  medical  profession.  In  1819,  however,  M. 
Roux,  a  celebrated  French  surgeon,  and  author 
of  an  able  memoir  upon  the  subject,  published 
in  1*2.">,  performed  the  operation  upon  Dr. 
Stephens,  a  young  American  physician.  In 
18:20  it  was  performed  for  the  first  time  in  the 
United  States  by  Dr.  J.  C.  Warren,  of  Boston, 
and  in  1822  in  England,  by  Mr.  Alcock.*  Now 

«  Vide  Jtr.  Reese's  Appendix  to  Cooper's  "Surgi- 
cal  Dictionary." 


it  is  classed  among  the  regular  operations  of 
surgery.  When  the  loss  of  substance  is  very 
considerable,  the  operation  of  sewing  up  a  cleft 
is  doubtful,  and  an  artificial  palate  is  neces- 
sary. 

Staphylo'sis.     Staphyloma. 

Staphylotomy  (from  oTafyvlri,  the  uvula, 
and  roii7],  incision).     Excision  of  the  uvula. 

Starch  (amylum).     A   proximate   principle 
of  vegetables,  characterized  by  its  insipidity, 
and  by  insolubility  in  cold  water,  in  alcohol, 
and  in  ether.     In  boiling  water  it  forms  an 
almost  transparent  jelly.      It  constitutes  the 
largest  portion  of  all  farinaceous  substances, 
and  is  the  principal  ingredient  in  bread. 
Starch,  Iodide  of.     An  ounce  of  starch  mixed 
with  twenty-four  grains  of  iodine,  previously 
triturated  in  a  little  water.     The  iodide  is 
dried  by  a  gentle  heat  and  kept  in   a  well- 
stoppered  bottle  for  use.     In  this  way  iodine 
may  be  given  in  very  large  doses  without  irri- 
tating the  stomach. 

Starch,  Potato.     The  fecula  of  Solanum  tube- 
rosum. 

Star=like.     Stellate. 

Starr's  Method  of  Bridge=work.  See 
Bridge-wokk,  System  of. 

Sta'sis  (from  arau,  to  stop).  In  Pathology, 
a  stagnant  condition  of  the  fluids,  which  con- 
dition indicates  an  early  stage  of  inflamma- 
tion. 

Static.  In  Physics,  pertaining  to  or  the 
state  of  a  body  at  rest,  or  in  equilibrium. 

Statics.  That  part  of  physical  science 
which  treats  of  the  forces  that  keep  bodies  at 
rest,  or  in  equilibrium.  It  is  the  converse  of 
dynamics,  which  treats  of  bodies  in  motion. 

Sta'tion  (statio ;  from  stare,  to  stand).  In 
Physiology,  the  act  of  standing.  In  Zoology 
and  Botany,  the  habitation  of  animals  and 
plants. 

Stationary  (stationarius ;  from  stare,  to 
stand).  A  name  given  by  Sydenham  to  certain 
diseases  which  prevail  in  a  place  for  a  number 
of  years. 

Statistics,  Medical.  Vital  statistics.  The 
detail  of  facts  connected  with  the  deaths, 
births,  salubrity,  etc.,  of  different  places. 

Stat'ure  (statura;  from  sto,  statum,  to 
stand).  The  natural  height  of  an  animal  body, 
but  usually  applied  to  that  of  man. 

Status.     A   state    or    condition  ;     applied 
synonymously,  in  Physiology, with  temperament 
and  diathesis,  and  in  Pathology  with  acme. 
Status  Nervo'sus.     Nervous  diathesis. 


STA 


575 


STE 


Stau'rolite  (from  OTavpog,a  cross,  and  ?.i&og, 
a  stone).  Cross  stone  ;  harmotome  ;  a  silicate 
of  baryta  and  alumina  with  traces  of  lime  and 
potash.  It  occurs  in  small  quadrangular 
prisms  crossing  one  another. 

Stau'rotide  (from  aravpog,  a  cross,  and  «c5oc, 
form).  Prismatic  garnet,  or  grenatite.  It 
forms  four-  or  six-sided  prisms,  which  some- 
times cross  one  another  at  right  angles. 

Steam.  The  vapor  of  water  at  a  high 
temperature.  A  cubic  inch  of  water  forms 
about  1700  cubic  inches  of  steam.  When 
generated  under  the  common  atmospheric 
pressure  its  elasticity  is  equivalent  to  the 
pressure  of  the  atmosphere,  and  it  is  des- 
ignated low  steam ;  but  when  heated  in  a  con- 
fined state  its  elastic  force  is  rapidly  aug- 
mented, and  it  is  then  known  as  high  steam. 
On  the  application  of  cold,  steam  instantly  re- 
turns to  the  state  of  water,  a  sudden  vacuum 
being  formed. 

Steam,  Elastic  Force  of.  As  the  dental  vul- 
canizer  is  subject  to  the  same  laws  and  condi- 
tions as  a  steam  boiler,  the  following  table — 
from  French  Academy  experiments — will 
show  the  elastic  force  of  steam  : 

Degrees  of  Tern-  Elastic  Force  in 

perature.  lbs.  per  sq.  inch. 

212.0 14.7 

250.52 29.4 

300.28 66.12 

314.24 80.85 

320.36 88.2 

341.78 117.6 

350.78 132.3 

380.66 191.3 

403.82 249.0 

418.46 294.0 

Steapsin  (orea/o,  fat).  A  diastasic  ferment 
of  the  gastric  juice,  capable  of  saponifying 
fats. 

Ste'ar.     Sevum  ;  fat. 

Stear'ic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
animal  and  vegetable  fats. 

Ste'arine.  The  solid  component  of  fats. 
See  Elaine. 

Stearocono'tom  (oreap,  fat,  and  kovig, 
dust,  or  powder).  A  peculiar  yellow  fat  found 
in  the  brain  mass,  and  said  to  contain  phos- 
phorus and  sulphur. 

Stearop'tene.  A  crystalline  substance 
contained  in  many  volatile  oils  ;  the  solid 
(often  oxygenated)  constituent  of  a  volatile 
oil ;  often  called  a  camphor. 


Ste'atine.  Same  as  stearine.  Also  con- 
sisting of  fat. 

Ste'atite  (from  oreap,  fat).  A  soft  mineral 
of  an  unctuous  feel,  called  soapstone.  Powdered 
soapstone  or  talc  in  the  dry  form  is  employed 
for  vulcanizing  rubber  dentures  without  using 
wax  plates  or  flasks  ;  the  plate  when  ready  for 
vulcanizing  is  placed  in  a  tin  box  filled  with 
the  soapstone  powder,  the  powdered  soapstone 
being  pressed  in  lightly  until  the  box  is  quite 
full,  and  covered  with  a  lid  secured  by  wire  ; 
the  case  is  then  vulcanized. 

Steato-.     Prefix  signifying  fatty. 

Steatoce'le  (from  oreap,  fat,  and  «?/>/,  a 
tumor).     A  fatty  tumor  of  the  scrotum. 

Steatocono'tum.     See  Stearocoxotum. 

Steatoses.     Fatty,  or  full  of  fat. 

Steato'ma  i steatosis;  from  oreap,  fat).  An 
encysted  tumor,  the  contents  of  which  are  of 
a  fatty  nature. 

Steatom'atous  (ateatomatodes).  Of  the  na- 
ture of  or  resembling  steatoma. 

Steato'sis.     Steatoma. 
Steatosis    Cordis.       Fatty   heart ;    a   preter- 
natural deposition  of  the  fat  on  the  heart,  or 
fatty  degeneration  of  this  organ. 

Steel  (chalybs).  Iron  combined  with  car- 
bon. Carburetted  iron,  or  iron  chemically 
combined  with  carbon  to  a  certain  proportion. 
The  best,  finest,  and  closest- grained  forged 
iron,  combined  with  carbon  by  a  particular 
process.  It  is  less  malleable  than  iron,  but 
harder  and  more  elastic.  The  best  steel  is 
fine-grained,  elastic,  and  tough. 
Steel  Mixture.  Same  as  MlSTURA  Ferri 
COMPOSITA. 

Stegno'sis  (from  GTeyvou,  to  constrict).  In 
Pathology,  constriction ;  constipation  ;  sup- 
pression of  the  natural  evacuations. 

Stegnot'ica  (are-)  vuriKog).  Steguotics.  As- 
tringents. 

Steiro'sis  (from  aTeipog,  barren).  Barren- 
ness ;  sterility. 

Stelen'gis.     Stridor  deutium. 

Stel'late  or  SteHated.     Star  shaped. 

Stellular  Verhey'nii.  A  term  applied  to 
the  stellated  plexuses  of  veins  on  the  surface 
of  the  kidney. 

Stel'ochite.     Osteocolla. 

Ste'ma.     The  penis. 

Stenag'mus.  Sighing  ;  groaning  :  often  a 
consequence  of  disease. 

Stenocar'dia  (from  <r-f  ro<r,  strait,  and  ko 
the  heart).     Angina  pectoris. 

Stenocar'pin.    Formula,  C20H21NOS.     Ob- 


STE 


576 


STE 


tained  from  the  leaves  of  the  tear  blanket 
tree.  Used  in  Dental  Practice  as  a  local  an- 
aesthetic and  obtundeut  of  sensitive  dentine, 
and  hypodermically  for  the  extraction  of  teeth. 

Steno'carpine,  or  Gleditschine.  An 
alkaloid  from  the  tree  Gleditschine  triacau- 
thus.  A  local  anaesthetic.  See  Gorgas' 
"Dental  Medicine." 

Stenocho'ria.  Narrowness  of  space,  but 
employed  by  some  modern  pathologists  to 
designate  contraction  of  the  vagina. 

SterTodon  (gtevoq^  narrow).  Having  nar- 
row teeth. 

Steno's  or  Stenon's  Duct.  The  duct  of 
the  parotid  gland. 

Steno'sis  (crrevow,  to  contract).  A  con- 
tracted condition  of  a  viscus  or  vessel ;  con- 
striction of  a  canal  or  an  orifice. 

Stenosteno'sis.  Contraction  of  the  par- 
otid duct. 

Stenostom'ia  (from  orevog,  narrow,  and 
croua,  mouth).     Contraction  of  the  mouth. 

Stenothorax  (from  otevoc,  narrow,  and 
xjupa^,  the  chest).     One  with  a  narrow  chest. 

Stentoropho'nus.  One  who  has  a  strong 
voice. 

Stent's  Composition.  An  Euglish  prep- 
aration for  taking  impressions  of  the  mouth. 
It  is  harder  than  wax  at  the  temperature  of  the 
body,  and  not  so  flexible  as  gutta  percha. 

Stephane.     The  crown. 

Ste'ra.     The  uterus. 

Stercora/ceous  [stercorarius ;  from  stercus, 
dung).  Of  the  nature  of  or  relating  to  excre- 
ment. 

Ster/cus.     Excrement. 

Stereom'eter.  An  instrument  for  deter- 
mining the  specific  gravity  of  solid  and  porous 
bodies  and  of  powders ;  also  sometimes  of 
liquids. 

Ste'reoplasm.  A  solid,  insoluble  constitu- 
ent of  the  protoplasm  of  a  cell. 

Stereot'ica  (from  orepeof,  hard).  Lesions 
or  delormities  of  the  hard  parts. 

Ster'ile.     Barren. 

Steril'itas.     Sterility.     Not  fertile. 

Sterility  [sterililas;  from  sterilis,  barren). 
The  condition  of  an  animal  or  plant  not  capable 
of  procreating  its  species  or  producing  fruit. 

Sterilization.  Infectile,  not  capable  of 
reproducing.  In  Bacteriology,  the  destruction 
of  the  spores  or  mature  forms  of  bacilli,  mi- 
crococci, and  other  micro-organisms  ;  render- 
ing aseptic.  A  sterilizer  is  an  instrument 
for  sterilizing. 


Sterilize.  To  deprive'of  micro-organisms  ; 
to  render  aseptic  ;  as  the  sterilization  of  instru- 
ments, the  hands,  etc. 

Ster'ling.  This  term,  as  applied  to  silver 
and  gold,  is  a  degree  of  fineness  established 
by  England.  Sterling  silver  is  xViAy  ^ne)  or 
92i  per  cent,  pure  silver  and  7£  per  cent, 
pure  copper.  Sterling  silver,  therefore,  means 
an  alloy  of  silver  and  copper  in  parts  of  92h 
per  cent,  pure  silver  and  7V  per  cent,  pure 
copper.  The  United  States  mint  does  not  re- 
ceive coin  silver  in  any  form  until  it  has  passed 
through  the  assay  office. 

Ster'nal  (sternalis).     Pertaining  to  the  ster- 
num. 
Sternal  Aspect.     Aspect  toward  the  sternum. 

Sternal'gia  (from  orepvov,  the  sternum, 
and  atyog,  pain).  Pain  in  the  region  of  the 
sternum  ;  angina  pectoris. 

Sterno=cIavic/ular  (sternoclavicularis).   Re- 
lating to  the  sternum  and  clavicle. 
Sterno-clavicular   Articulation.     The  articu- 
lation of  the  sternum  with  the  clavicle. 

Sterno=cleido=brachia/lis.  The  pectoralis 
major  muscle. 

Sterno=cleido=mastoide/us.  A  muscle 
situated  on  the  anterior  and  lateral  part  of  the 
neck. 

Sterno=costales.  From  three  to  six  mus- 
cles situated  at  each  side  of  the  lower  surlace 
of  the  sternum. 

Sternodyn'ia  (from   arepvov,  the  sternum, 
and  odvvri,  pain).     Sternalgia. 
Sternodynia  Syncopia'lis.     Angina  pectoris. 

Sterno=humera/lis.  Name  given  by 
Chaussier  to  the  pectoralis  major. 

Sterno=hyoide/us.  A  long,  flat  muscle, 
situated  at  the  anterior  part  of  the  neck,  be- 
tween the  sternum  and  os  hyoides. 

Sterno'thyroide'us.     A  long,  broad,  and 

flat  muscle,  situated   at   the   anterior   part  of 

the  neck,  between  the   sternum   and   thyroid 

cartilage. 

Ster'num    {stemon;    from   crepeac,    solid). 

Breast-bone.       An  oblong,  flat  bone,  situated 

at  and  constituting  the  paries  of  the  fore  part 

of  the  thoracic  cavity.     It  is  articulated  with 

the  clavicle  and  seven  superior  ribs. 

Sternumen'tum  or  Sternutamen'tum. 
Sneezing.  Also  a  snuff  or  a  sternutatory 
medicine. 

Sternutation.     Act  of  sneezing. 

Stern  uta'tory  (siernutatoriua ;  from  sternu- 
tare,  to  sneeze).  A  substance  which  provokes 
sneezing. 


STE 


577 


STO 


Ster'tor  (from  stertere,  to  snore).  Snoring  ; 
the  noise  caused  by  the  passage  of  the  air 
through  the  larynx,  fauces,  and  nasal  fossae  in 
respiration  during  the  invasion  of  certain  dis- 
eases, particularly  apoplexy. 

Stert/orous.  Respiration  of  the  character 
of  stertor. 

Stethae'mia  (o-q&og,  breast,  and  at/ua,  blood). 
Accumulation  of  blood  in  the  vessels  of  the 
lungs. 

Stethoch'ysis.  Same  as  hydrothorax 
(which  see). 

Stethom'eter  (from  orr/dog,  the  chest,  and 
/lerpov,  a  measure).  An  instrument  for  ascer- 
taining the  extent  of  the  movement  of  the 
parietes  of  the  chest,  used  in  thoracic  diseases 
as  a  means  of  diagnosis.  It  was  invented  by 
Mr.  Richard  Quain. 

Steth'oscope  (from  an/dog,  the  chest,  and 
(7/vo-fw,  to  examine).  Stethoscopium.  A  hol- 
low cylinder — commonly  made  of  fine-grained 
wood,  as  cedar  or  maple — invented  by  Laen- 
nec  to  assist  in  auscultation.  It  is  used  as 
a  means  of  diagnosis  in  diseases  of  the  thoracic 
organs.  Double  stethoscopes  have  been  in- 
vented to  enable  both  ears  to  be  used  at  the 
same  time. 

Stheni'a  (from  adevog,  strength,  power). 
Excess  of  rigidity  of  the  animal  tissues  ;  ex- 
cess of  vital  action,  or  undue  exaltation  of  the 
phenomena  of  life. 

Sthenic  (fftfei'of,  strength).  Strong;  active; 
robust. 

Sthenic  Diseases  (sthenicus).  A  term  ap- 
plied in  Pathology  to  diseases  which  are  pro- 
duced by  preternatural  excitability,  as  a 
sthenic  or  inflammatory  fever. 

Sthenop'yra  (from  a&evog,  strength,  and 
7rvp,  fire).  Synocha  ;  dynamic  fever.  A  term 
sometimes  applied  in  Pathology  to  inflam- 
matory fever. 

Stibi.     See  Stibium. 

Stib'ial  or  Stibia'lis.  Pertaining  to  anti- 
mony ;  antimonial. 

Stib'ii  Essen'tia.     Antimonial  wine. 

Stib'ious  Acid.  The  white  oxide  of  anti- 
mony. 

Stibium.     Old  name  for  antimony. 

Stictac'ne.  A  variety  of  acne  in  which 
the  pimples  are  tipped  with  a  black  dot. 

Stiff=joint.     Anchylosis. 

Stiff-neck.     Wry  neck  (which  see). 

Stig'ma  (from  OTiy/ia,  point).  In  Pathology, 
a  small  red  speck  on  the  skin.  Also,  nsevus 
maternus.     In  Botany,  the  female  organ  situa- 


ted at  the  summit  of  the  ovary  or  of  the  style 
where  it  exists. 

Stilbo'ma.     A  cosmetic. 

Stilette.  A  small,  sharp-pointed  instru- 
ment, enclosed  in  a  cannula  or  sheath.  Also  a 
wire  in  a  flexible  catheter  to  give  it  firmness 
and  a  proper  curvature. 

Still.  A  vessel  or  boiler  employed  in  the 
distillation  of  liquors. 

St  illicit!  ium  (from  stillare,  to  drop).  Lit- 
erally, a  dropping  ;  applied  in  Pathology  to 
strangury,  or  the  discharge  of  urine  drop  by 
drop. 

Stimatosis,  Stymatosis.  Haemorrhage 
from  male  organ. 

Stim'mi.  Stibium.  An  ore  or  sulphuret 
of  antimony. 

Stim'ulant  (stimulans;  from  stimulare,  to 
goad).  A  medicine  which  is  capable  of  excit- 
ing the  organic  action  of  the  different  systems 
of  the  economy.  Stimulants  may  be  general 
or  local ;  diffusible  or  permanent.  When  general 
they  affect  the  whole  system  ;  when  local,  only 
a  particular  part ;  diffusible  are  those  which 
act  promptly,  but  temporarily  ;  the  permanent 
act  more  slowly,  and  their  effects  continue 
much  longer. 

Stimulant,  Excitomo'tor.  A  substance  which 
possesses  the  power  of  exciting,  through  the 
spinal  marrow  and  motor  nerves,  contraction 
of  the  muscles  of  the  body. 

Stim'ulate.  To  excite  to  action,  to  induce 
a  temporary  exaltation  of  functional  activity  in. 

Stim'ulus  (plural,  stimuli).  Anything  which 
excites  the  animal  economy  generally  or  the 
action  of  a  part.     See  STIMULANT. 

Stiro'sis.     Sterility. 

Stitch.  In  Pathology,  a  sharp,  spasmodic 
pain  in  the  side. 

Stoichiom'etry  (aroixw,  an  element,  and 
fiETpeo,  to  measure).  The  doctrine  of  chemical 
equivalents. 

Sto'ma  (plural,  stomata).     The  month. 

Stomac'ace  (from  aroua,  the  mouth,  and 
KaKog,  evil).  Cancrum  oris.  Canker  of  the 
mouth.  Fcetor  of  the  mouth  with  ulcerated 
gums.  See  Cancrum  Oris  and  Gaxgk-exa 
Oris. 

Stom'ach  {stomachus ;  from  aro/ia,  the 
mouth,  and  xeu,  to  pour).  A  musculo-mem- 
branous  receptacle,  continuous  with  the  oeso- 
phagus, and  situated  in  the  epigastric  region 
beneath  the  diaphragm,  between  the  liver  and 
spleen. 
Stomach    Disease.     Limosis  (which  see). 


STO 


578 


STO 


Stomach  Pump.     An  instrument  for  convey- 
ing water  and  bland  nutritious  fluids  to  the 
stomach  in  cases  of  impeded  deglutition  and 
for  removing  poisonous  fluids  from  it. 
Stomach,  Second.  Proventriculus  (which  see). 
Stomach  Tube.     An  instrument  for  introduc- 
ing aliment  when  deglutition  is  lost. 
Stom'achal.     Stomachic. 
Stomachargia  (from  aro/uaxog,  the  stomach, 
and  alyoq,  pain).     Pain  in  the  stomach. 

Stomachic  (stomacMcus) .  Stomachal.  That 
which  strengthens  or  gives  tone  to  the  stom- 
ach ;  a  cordial. 

Stom'achus.     The  stomach. 
StomaPgia  (from  oro/za,  mouth,  and  aKyog, 
pain).     Pain  in  the  mouth. 

Stomat/ic  (stomatieus).  A  medicine  used 
in  diseases  of  the  mouth,  as  a  dentifrice  or 
masticatory. 

Stomatitis  (from  oro/ia,  the  mouth,  and 
trig,  a  suffix  denoting  inflammation).  Inflani- 
mation  of  the  mouth. 

Stomatitis,  Aphthous.  Follicular  inflamma- 
tion of  the  mouth  ;  aphtha,  as  it  occurs  in  the 
adult,  is  usually  accompanied  by  more  or  less 
gastric  disturbance. 
Stomatitis,  Erythematous.  Simple  stom- 
atitis. 

Stomatitis,  Gangrenous.  Gangrenous  in- 
flammation of  the  mouth  ;  sloughing  phage- 
dena. See  Gangr^na  Oris,  or  Cancrum 
Oris. 

Stomatitis,  Mercu/rial  (stomatitis  mer cur ialis). 
Inflammation  of  the  mouth  produced  by  the 
use  of  mercury. 
Stomatitis  of  Nursing  Women.  A  variety  of 
aphthous  inflammation  of  the  mouth  which 
sometimes  occurs  in  debilitated  females  dur- 
ing lactation. 

Stomatitis,   Pseudo-mem'branous.     Inflam- 
mation of  the   mouth  accompanied   by  the 
formation    of    adventitious    or    false    mem- 
branes, a  symptom  of  disease  of  unfavorable 
in i port. 
Stomatitis,   Syphilitic.     Inflammation' of  the 
mouth  resulting  from  syphilis.     In   the  form 
of  ulcers  of  the  tongue  and  mucous  membrane 
of  the  mouth,  it  is  due  to  the  constitutional 
form  of  syphilis.     It  causes  the  teeth  to  have 
a  dirty  or  dull  brownish  appearance  and  to 
decay  readily. 
Stomatitis,  UPcerous.     Aphthous  inflamma- 
tion of  the  mouth. 
StonVato-.     Prefix  meaning  of  or  pertain- 
ing to  the  month. 


Stomato-gastric    (from   croua,   a  mouth,  and 
yac-rjp,  a  stomach).     A  term  applied  to  the 
system  of  nerves  principally  distributed  upon 
the  stomach  and  intestines. 
Stomatoc'ace.     Stomacace. 
Stomatodyn'ia.     Stomatalgia. 
Stomatodyso/dia  (from  cro/m,  and  dvoudLa, 
exhalation).     The  odor   of   the    breath  as  it 
leaves  the  mouth. 

Stomatog'raphy  (from  aro/na,  the  mouth, 
and  ypafu,  to  describe).  Stomatographia.  An 
anatomical  description  of  the  mouth  or  buccal 
cavity. 

Stomatology  (from  oro//a,  the  mouth,  and 
J<.oyoc;,  a  discourse).  Stomatologia.  A  treatise 
on  the  mouth. 

Stomatonecrosis.  Necrosis  infantilis. 
Gangrsena  oris  (which  see). 

Stomatopa/nus  (from  <rro//a,  the  mouth, 
and  iravog,  a  glandular  tumor).  Tumefaction 
of  the  glands  of  the  mouth. 

Stomatopathy  (from  ffro/za,  and  nadog^  dis- 
ease).    Diseases  of  the  mouth. 

Stomatophy/ma  (from  oroua,  the  mouth, 
and  <j>vfia:  a  swelling).  A  swelling  in  the 
mouth. 

Stomatoplas/tic  (from  oro/ia,  the  mouth, 
and  TT/loffffw,  to  form).  The  operation  of  form- 
ing a  mouth,  as  in  cases  where  the  aperture  is 
closed  or  contracted. 

Stomatoplasty  (from  cro/na,  and  irXaoou, 
to  form).  Plastic  operations  upon  or  about  the 
mouth. 

Stomatorrhagia  (from  crro/m,  the  mouth, 
and  prjyvvfiL,  to  break  out).  Hemorrhage  from 
the  mouth. 

Stom/atoscope  (from  arofia,  the  mouth, 
and  (7/io~£(j,  to  view).  A  speculum  oris  ;  an 
instrument  for  keeping  the  mouth  open  so  as 
to  permit  an  examination  of  the  parts  within. 
Stomato/sis.  Stomatorrhagia. 
Stomoda?/um.  The  mouth  of  the  embryo, 
formed  by  a  pushing  in  of  the  epiblast. 

Stone  in  the    Bladder.     Urinary  calculi. 
Stool  (dejectio  alvi).     The  evacuation  or  dis- 
charge from  the  bowels. 

Stopping  Process.  A  term  applied  to 
filling  carious  cavities  in  teeth  after  proper 
preparation. 

Storage  Battery.  A  special  form  of  gal- 
vanic battery  in  which  electricity,  generated 
by  an  ordinary  galvanic  battery  or  by  a 
dynamo,  can  be  stored  for  a  long  time  and  used 
as  required.     See  BATTERY. 

Sto'rax.     Styrax.     A  fragrant  resin  which 


STO 


579 


STR 


exudes  from  the  Styrax  officinalis  in  the  form 
of  small  globules  of  a  reddish  color,  but 
usually  imported  in  large  reddish-brown  flat 
masses.  Stimulant  and  expectorant.  Dose, 
gr.  x  to  3  ss. 

Storax  Liq'uida.  Liquid  storax  ;  a  fragrant, 
bitterish  resin,  of  about  the  consistence  of 
turpentine.  It  exudes  from  the  Liquidambar 
styraciflua  and  some  other  species. 

Stout.  A  cant  name  sometimes  given  to 
strong  beer.  , 

Stove.  In  Pharmacy,  a  chamber  or  confined 
place  raised  to  a  certain  temperature  by  artifi- 
cial means  for  the  dessication  of  vegetable  sub- 
stances. In  Hygiene,  for  the  immersion  of  the 
animal  body  in  hot  air  or  vapor.  In  the 
former  case  it  is  called  the  dry  stove,  in  the 
latter  the  humid. 

Strabis/mus  (strabismos;  from  arpafic^u,  to 
squint).  Squinting.  An  affection  of  the  eyes 
characterized  by  a  defect  of  parallelism  in  the 
axis  of  vision,  occasioned  by  a  shortness  of  one 
of  the  muscles  of  the  eyeball. 

Strabos'itas.     Strabismus. 

Strabot'omy  (from  a-pajioe,  one  who 
squints,  and  to/i?i,  incision).  Strabotomia.  The 
operation  of  dividing  the  muscle  or  muscles 
that  distort  the  eye  for  the  correction  of  strabis- 
mus. 

Strain.  In  Pharmacy,  to  pass  a  decoction 
or  infusion  forcibly  through  linen,  flannel,  or 
some  porous  substance,  for  the  purpose  of  sepa- 
rating the  liquid  from  extraneous  matters. 
Also  to  exert  with  great  effort  ;  to  stretch  vio- 
lently ;  to  put  forth  the  utmost  strength.  In 
Pathology,  injury  from  excessive  exertion, 
drawing,  or  stretching.     A  sprain. 

Straining  (nisus).  Making  a  great  effort 
by  voluntas  retention  of  the  breath,  so  as  to 
force  down  the  diaphragm  and  cause  a  forcible 
contraction  of  the  abdominal  muscles,  with  a 
view  to  compress  the  contents  of  the  abdomen 
and  effect  an  evacuation  of  faeces  or  urine. 

Straits  of  the  Pelvis.  The  upper  opening 
of  the  pelvis,  extending  to  the  horizontal  cir- 
cle, and  separating  the  internal  surface  into 
two  parts,  is  called  the  superior  or  abdominal 
strait.  The  inferior  opening,  formed  by  the 
coccyx,  the  edges  of  the  sacro-sciatic  ligaments, 
the  tuberosities  of  the  ischium,  and  the  ischio- 
pubal  rami,  is  called  the  inferior,  lesser,  or 
pi  ri neal  strait. 

Stramo'nii  Fo'lium.  The  leaves  of  the 
Datura  stramonium.  Dose  of  powdered  leaves, 
gr.  i.i. 


Stramonii  Semen.  The  seeds  of  the  Datura 
stramonium.     Dose,  gr.  j. 

Stramoni/na.    An  alkaloid  of  stramonium. 

Stramo  nium.  Thorn  apple  ;  the  officinal 
name  of  Datura  stramonium.  See  Stramonii 
Folium  and  Semen. 

Stranga'lis.  A  small,  hard  tumor  in  the 
breast,  arising  from  obstruction  of  the  flow  of 
milk. 

Strangulat'ed  Hernia.     See  Hernia. 

Strangulation  (strangulatio).  Constric- 
tion ;  obstruction  of  the  air-passages  ;  suffoca- 
tion. Also  contraction  of  an  opening  which 
has  given  passage  to  a  portion  of  intestine,  so 
as  to  prevent  its  return. 
Strangulation,  Uterine.     Hysteria. 

Strangury  (stranguria;  from  crpa-;.  a 
drop,  and  ovpov,  urine).  Difficulty,  accompa- 
nied by  heat  aud  pain,  in  passing  the  urine, 
which  escapes  drop  by  drop. 

Stra/tum.     A  layer  or  lamina. 

Strem/ma  (from  arpetpu,  to  turn).  A  sprain  ; 
a  luxation. 

Strength.  Vigor  ;  a  tonic  state  of  the  tis- 
sues of  the  body. 

Strepitus  Au/rium.  Tinnitus  aurium 
(which  see). 

Streptobacteria.  Bacteria  forming  twisted 
chains  ;  corresponding  to  leptothrix. 

Streptococcus.  Micrococci  arranged  in 
strings. 

Streptococcus  Pyogenes.  Micrococcus  found 
in  acute  abscess. 

Streptococcus  Septopyae'micus.  Micrococ- 
cus found  in  human  saliva. 

Streptothrix.  A  genus  of  schizomycetes 
with  hair-like  filaments. 

Stretching.     Pandiculation  (which  see). 

Stri'a  (plural,  striae).     A  streak  or  line. 

Stri'ate  (strialus).  In  Natural  History, 
scored  ;  grooved  ;  marked  with  long  parallel 
lines  ;  striped. 

Stri'ated.     Striate  ;  striped. 

Strictu'ra.     Stricture. 

Stric'ture  (strictura ;  from  stringere,  stric- 
lum,  to  tie  hard).  A  contracted  state  of  some 
tube  or  duct  of  the  body,  as  the  urethra, 
oesophagus,  or  intestines. 

Stric'tus.     Stiff  and  straight. 

Stridor.  A  harsh,  high-pitched  sound,  like 
the  whistling  of  wind. 

Stridor  Den'tium  (grinccment  desdents). 
Brygmus.  Grinding  of  the  teeth  ;  a  common 
symptom  of  children  affected  with  worms  or 
gastric  derangement.     It  occurs  during  sleep. 


STR 


580 


STU 


It  is  also  a  symptom  of  some  cerebral  affec- 
tions. 

Strid'ulous  (strideo,  to  crack).  Creaking  ; 
crashing  ;  -whistling,  shrill,  harsh  sound. 

Strig'il  (strigilis).     A  flesh-brush. 

Stroke,  Apoplec'tic.  A  seizure  of  apo- 
plexy. 

Stroke,  Paralytic.     A  sudden  attack  of  cere- 
brospinal paralysis. 

Stro'ma.  In  Physiology,  the  foundation 
texture  of  an  organ.  In  Pathology,  the  bed  or 
base  in  -which  the  essential  parts  of  an  organ  or 
tissue  are  imbedded  ;  the  framework  of  in- 
terstitial tissue. 

Stron'gylus.     In  Helminthology,  a  genus  of 

entozoa,  or  intestinal  worms,  belonging  to  the 

order  Nematoidea  of  Rudolphi. 

Strongylus  Gi'gas.    A  long  worm  -with  a  flat, 

obtuse  head,  sometimes  found  in  the  human 

kidney. 

Stron'tia.  An  earth  composed  of  oxygen 
and  a  base  called  strontium.  "When  dry  it  is 
white,  and  resembles  baryta  in  many  of  its 
properties. 

Stron/tianite.  Native  carbonate  of  strontia. 

Stron'tium.  The  metallic  base  of  strontia. 
It  is  very  similar  to  barium. 

Strophanthus.  A  genus  of  plants  contain- 
ing a  crystalline  glucoside,  strophanthin.  Used, 
like  digitalis,  in  cardiac  disease. 

Strophos.     Tormina, 

Strophulus.  Eed  gum  or  red  gown  ;  white 
gum  ;  tooth-rash.  A  disease  peculiar  to  in- 
fants, characterized  by  a  .cutaneous  eruption  of 
red  and  sometimes  whitish  pimples,  occurring 
most  commonly  about  the  face,  neck,  and 
arms.  It  is  distinguished  by  Dr.  Willan  into 
five  species  :  (1)  Strophulus  interlinctus,  red 
gum  or  red  gown  ;  (2)  strophulus  albidus,  or 
white  gum  ;  (3)  strophulus  confertus,  denomi- 
nated tooth-rash,  or  rank  red  gum  ;  (4)  stroph- 
ulus volalicus,  characterized  by  clusters  of  pap- 
ula? appearing  successively  on  different  parts 
of  the  body,  and  of  a  deep  red  color  ;  (5) 
strophulus  candidus,  consisting  of  large,  shin- 
ing papula:,  which  appear  whiter  than  the  ad- 
jacent cuticle. 

Structu'ra.     Structure. 

Structural.     Pertaining  to  structure. 

Structure  (structura ;  from  struere,  or 
siruetum,  to  build).  The  arrangement  of  the 
organic  elements  of  animals  and  plants.  The 
molecular  arrangement  of  the  materials  that 
compose  tissue.  Also  a  texture,  organ,  or 
part. 


Stru'ma.  In  Pathology,  a  term  generally 
applied  to  scrofula.  Also  to  bronchocele. 
Goitre. 

Struma  Adipo/sa.     Prominence  of  the  neck 
from  an  accumulation  of  adipose  matter. 
Struma    Tyrolen/sium.       Cretinism    (which 
see). 
Strumous.     Scrofulous. 
Strych'nate  {strychnas).    A  combination  of 
strychnic  acid  with  a  base. 
Strych'nia.     Strychnine. 
Strychnine   (strychnina).      An  inodorous, 
bitter,  solid,  crystalline  alkaloid,  obtained  from 
strychnos  nux  vomica  (St.  Ignatius'  bean)  and 
from  the  poison  called  upas  Heidi.     Formula, 
C44H23N208.     Strychnine  and  its  salts  are  ac- 
tive poisons.     The  eighth  of  a  grain  given  to 
a  dog  has  been  known  to  cause  the  death  of  the 
animal.     It  has  been  found  useful  in  paralysis, 
given  in   very  small   doses,  and   it  has  been 
highly  recommended  in  some  nervous  diseases. 
It  acts  as  a  tonic,  and  increases  the  secretion  of 
urine,  and  sometimes  it  produces  a  diaphoretic 
effect.     Applied  internally,  it  acts  as  an  irri- 
tant, and  has  been  used  in  this  way  with  ad- 
vantage in  amaurosis.      The  usual  dose  is  from 
^5  to  T:2  or  \  of  a  gr.  in  acid  solution. 

Strychnine  combines  with  various  acids, 
forming  salts,  the  most  important  of  which 
are  the  hydrochlorate,  the  nitrate,  and  the  sul- 
phate, and  are  given  in  the  same  cases  as  the 
alkaloid. 

Strychnoma'nia  (from  orpvxvog,  night- 
shade, and  fiavia,  madness).  Madness  pro- 
duced by  eating  Atropa  belladonna. 

Strych/nos.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Loganiacese. 

Strychnos   Colubri/na.      A  tree  of  the  East 
Indies.      It  yields  the  Lignum   colubrinum, 
which  contains  strychnine. 
Strychnos  Nux  VonVica.      Ratsbane.       The 
tree  which  yields  the  poison  nut  called  nux 
vomica.     The  bark  is  known  under  the  name 
of  false  angustura.    The  seeds  are  the  officinal 
part,  which,  as  well  as  their  alkaloids,  are 
powerful  poisons.     It  is  tonic  and  stimulant  ; 
when  taken  in  large  doses  it  causes  tetanic 
spasms.     Dose,  gr.  j  to  gr.  v. 
Strychnos  Sanc/ti  Igna/tii.     Ignatia  amara  ; 
bean   of   St.    Ignatius.       The  seeds   contain 
strychnine,  and  are  employed  in  the  cases  in 
which  nux  vomica  is  required.     Dose  of  fluid 
extract,  gtt.  v  to  gtt.  x. 
Stryph/nos  (orpvQvog).     Astringent. 
Stu'ma  (gtv/m).     Priapism  (which  see). 


STU 


581 


SUB 


Stunned.  The  state  of  an  individual  who, 
from  a  fall  or  blow,  has  suffered  concussion  of 
the  brain. 

Stupe.     Stuppa. 

Stupefa/cient  (stupefacicns ;  from  stupe- 
facio,  to  stupefy).  That  which  stupefies;  a 
narcotic. 

Stu'por  (from  stupeo,  to  be  senseless).  Di- 
minished sensibility  to  external  impressions, 
often  amounting  to  lethargy. 

Stup'pa,     Stupa.      A    stupe ;    a  piece  of 
cloth    or  tow   soaked  in  a  warm   liquid  and 
applied  to  a  part  of  the  body  ;  a  fomentation. 
Stu/prum.     Rape. 

Stuttering.  Defective  speech  ;  a  high 
degree  of  stammering. 

Stye.  Hordeolum.  A  small  inflammatory 
tumor  on  the  eyelid. 

Stylet7.  In  Surgery,  a  probe,  a  small  silver 
or  steel  instrument  used  in  the  examination  of 
wounds,  ulcers,  and  fistula?. 

Sty/liform  (styliformis).  Style-  or  rod- 
shaped.  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  pro- 
cesses of  bone. 

Stylis'cus  (stylus,  a  style).  A  tent  in  the 
form  of  a  bodkin. 

Sty/Io=.  A  prefix  signifying  or  pertaining 
to  muscles  attached  to  the  styloid  process  of 
the  temporal  bone. 

Stylo-cera/to-hyoide/us.  The  stylo-hyoideus. 
Stylo  -chon'dro-hyoideus.  Stylo-hyoideus. 
Stylo-glos/sus.  A  muscle  situated  between 
the  lower  jaw  and  the  os  hyoides,  at  the 
anterior  and  upper  part  of  the  neck.  Its 
use  is  to  raise  the  tongue  and  draw  it  back- 
ward. 

Stylo-hyoide'us.      A  muscle  situated  at  the 
anterior,   lateral,   and   superior   part  of  the 
neck.     Its  use  is  to  raise  the  os  hyoides  and 
carry  it  backward  and  to  one  side. 
Stylo-mastoid   For'amen.       A   foramen  be- 
tween the  styloid  and  mastoid  processes  of 
the  temporal  bone.     It  gives  passage  to  the 
portio  dura  of  the  auditory  nerve  and  to  the 
stylo-mastoid  artery. 
Stylo-maxil'lary    Lig'ament.       A    ligament 
extending  from   the  styloid   process  of   the 
temporal  bone  to  the  angle  of  the  lower  jaw. 
Stylo-pharyn'geus.       A  muscle   situated   at 
the   anterior  and   lateral  part  of  the   neck. 
Its  use  is  to  dilate  and  raise  the  pharynx  and 
to  carry  it  backward. 
Sty  Moid  ( from  orv/.o^,  a  peg,  shaft,  or  column, 
and  «(5of,  shape).     Styliform.     Shaped  like  a 
peg,  shaft,  or  column. 


Styloid  Proc'ess.     A  long,  slender  process  of 
the  temporal  bone,  which  gives  attachment  to 
the  stylo-glossus,  stylo-pharyngeus,  and  stylo- 
hyoideus  muscles. 
Stylus.     A  stylet  (which  see). 
Stym'ma.    The  chief  ingredient  of  unguent 
or  ointment. 

Styp'sis.     Constriction  ;  constipation. 
Stypte'ria.     Alum. 

Styp/tic    (stypticus ;     from    arv-u,    to    as- 
tringe).     A  remedy  which  possesses  the  prop- 
erty of  astringing  the  animal  tissues  and  of 
arresting  haemorrhage  ;  haemostatic. 
Styptic  Colloid,   Richardson's.     Styptic  col- 
lodion ;  xylostyptic  ether.      "A  styptic  and 
adhesive  fluid  for  instant  and  ready  use  in  the 
dressing  of  wounded  surfaces  ;    a  compound 
which  is  at  one  and  the  same  time  a  styptic, 
an-  antiseptic,  and  a  protective."     It  is  com- 
posed of  xyloidine,   a  substance  resembling 
guncotton,     and    of  tannin,   formed    into   a 
solution  with  ether.     It  can  be  applied  di- 
rectly with  a  brush,   or,   mixed  with   equal 
quantities  of  ether,  it  can  be  applied  in  the 
form  of  spray  by  means  of  the  spray  appa- 
ratus.    It  has  been  successfully  used  in  severe 
cases  of  haemorrhage  after  tooth  extraction, 
etc. 
Sty/roIe.     The  essential  oil  of  storax. 
Sty'rone.     A  derivative  of  storax.     Chem- 
ically it  is  an  amyl  alcohol,  and  highly  anti- 
septic.   Cinnamic  alcohol ;  antiseptic. 

Sub=.  A  Latin  preposition,  used  as  a  pre- 
fix, signifying  under,  beneath. 

Subace'tas  Cupri.     Subacetate  of  copper. 
Subacetate.     A  basic  acetate. 
Subacid.     Slightly  acid. 
Subacute   (from   sub,    under,    and    acute). 
Applied  to  inflammation,  fever,  etc.,  which  is 
of  but  moderate  activity. 

SubaItoi/deus.  A  name  given  by  Chaussier 
to  the  second  pair  of  cervical  nerves. 

Subarachnoide'an  Fluid.  The  serous 
fluid  between  the  arachnoid  membrane  and 
pia  mater. 

Subaxoide'us.     A  name  given  by  Chaus- 
sier to  the  third  pair  of  cervical  nerves. 
Sub'boras  Natricum.     Borax. 
Subcar'bonas     Potassae.      Carbonate    of 
potash. 

Subcar'bonate  (subcarbonas).  Combination 
of  carbonic  acid  with  a  base,  in  which  the 
latter  is  in  excess. 

Subcarbonate  of  Ammo'nia  or  Carbonate  of 
Ammonia.     A  white,  translucent  salt,  with  a 


SUB 


582 


SUB 


pungent  odor,  sometimes  called  smelling  salts, 
or  salts  of  hartshorn. 
SubchIor/ide.     The  one  of   two   or  more 
chlorides  which  contains  the  least  chlorine. 
Subchloride  of  Mercury.     Calomel. 

Subclavian  (subclaviculus;  from  sub,  under, 
and  clavicula,  the  clavicle).  That  which  is 
under  the  clavicle. 

Subclavian  Arteries.  The  arteries  which 
pass  under  the  clavicle  to  the  axilla.  There 
is  a  right  and  a  left.  The  right  arises  from  the 
arteria  innominata,  and  the  left  from  the  arch 
of  the  aorta. 

Subclavian  Veins.     These  veins  are  two  in 
number,  one  on  each  side  ;  they  are  continua- 
tions of  the  axillary,  and  terminate   in  the 
vena  cava  superior. 
Subclaviculars.     Subclavian. 
Subclav/ius.     A  muscle  on    the    anterior 
part  of  the  thorax.     See  Muscles. 

Subcruen'tus  (from  sub,  and  cruentus, 
bloody).  Having  somewhat  the  appearance  of 
blood.  A  term  applied  to  certain  excretions 
which  are  mixed  with  or  have  the  appearance 
of  blood. 

Subcrurae'i.  Two  small  muscular  slips 
sometimes  found  under  the  crurseus. 

Subcutaneous  (from  sub,  under,  and  cutis, 
the  skin).  That  which  is  situated  imme- 
diately under  the  skin  ;  performed  beneath  the 
skin. 

Subcutaneous    Glands  (glandulae  subcutanse). 

The  sebaceous  and  sudoriparous  glands,  the 

excretory  ducts  of  which  perforate  the  skin. 

Subcutaneous  Injection.     See  HYPODERMIC. 

Subdiaphragmatic    Plex'us.     A  plexus 

formed  by  the  solar  plexus  ;   it  distributes  its 

branches  to  the  diaphragm. 

Suber'ic  Pivot.  A  pivot  or  tenon  furnished 
with  cork  for  attaching  an  artificial  crown  to 
the  root  of  a  natural  tooth  ;  recommended  by 
M.  Ricci. 

Subinflamma'tion.  A  very  mild  degree 
of  inflammation,  or  slight  arterial  excitation. 
Broussais  defines  it  as  an  augmentation  of  the 
vital  phenomenon  of  the  lymphatic  system. 

Subintran'tes  Febres  (from  sub,  under, 
and  intrure,  to  enter).  Intermittents  the  par- 
oxysms of  which  are  so  near  together  that  one 
begins  before  that  which  has  preceded  it  has 
completed  its  stages. 

Subliga'men  (subligo,  to  underbind).  A 
hernia  truss. 

Sublimate.  The  product  of  sublimation. 
Sublimate,  Corrosive.    Bichloride  of  mercury. 


Sublimation  (mblimatio ;  from  sublimo,  to 
raise  up).  The  operation  by  which  solid  mat- 
ters are  volatilized  by  heat  and  again  condensed 
into  a  solid  form. 

Subli'mis.  A  name  given  to  certain  mus- 
cles from  their  being  more  superficially  situ- 
ated than  their  kindred  muscles. 

Sublingual  [sublingualis;  from  sub,  under, 
and  lingua,  the  tongue).  Applied  to  parts 
situated  under  the  tongue. 

Sublingual  Artery.  An  artery,  a  branch  of 
the  lingual,  traversing  the  anterior  border  of 
the  hyo-glossus  muscle,  to  be  distributed  to 
the  sublingual  gland  and  to  the  muscles  of  the 
tongue.  It  also  sends  a  branch  to  the  frsenum 
lingua?. 

Sublingual   Glands.     These  are  the  smallest 
of  the  salivary  glands  ;  they  are  situated  in 
the  substance   of  the  inferior  paries  of  the 
mouth,  beneath  the  anterior  and  lateral  parts 
of  the  tongue,  resting  on  the  mylo-hyoid  mus- 
cle and   covered  by  the  mucous  membraue. 
They  are  oblong,  flattened,  amygdaloid,  and 
are  covered  by  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
mouth,  beneath  which   they  project.     These 
glands  have  each  ten  or  twelve  excretory  ducts. 
Subluxation   (subluxatio).     A  sprain  ;    in- 
jury to  the  ligaments  of  a  joint  without  actual 
luxation  or  displacement  of  the  articular  sur- 
faces or  extremities  of  the  bones. 

Submas/toid.  A  branch  of  the  seventh 
pair  of  nerves  at  the  stylo-mastoid  foramen. 

Submaxillary  {submaxillaris ;  from  sub, 
under,  and  maxilla,  the  jaw).  Situated  beneath 
the  jaw. 

Submaxillary   Gan'glion.     A   small   nervous 
ganglion  formed  of   the  Vidian   nerve    and 
situated  at  the  posterior  part  of  the  submax- 
illary gland. 
Submaxillary     Gland.      The    salivary   gland 
which  is  situated  on   the  inner  side  of  the 
ramus  of  the  lower  jaw. 
Submental  (submentalis ;  from  sub,  under, 
and  mentum,  the  chin).     A  term  designative  of 
an  artery  and  a  vein  situated  under  the  chin. 
Submental  Artery.     A  small  artery  given  off 
by  the  facial  near  the  base  of  the  jaw.     It 
divides  near  the  median  line,  and  is  distrib- 
uted to  the  muscles  of  the  chin. 
Submental    Vein.     The   vein    which    accom- 
panies the  submental  artery. 
Submersion  (submersio ;  from  sub,  under, 
and  mergere,  mersum,  to  plunge).     The  act  of 
plunging  under  water  ;  drowning. 

Submucous.    A  term  designative  in  Anal- 


SUB 


583 


sue 


omy  of  parts  situated  under  the  mucous  mem- 
brane, as  the  submucous  areolar  tissue. 
Submucous    Tissue.      The   periosteal    tissue 
found  under  mucous  membranes. 

Submu'rias.     A  submuriate  ;   a  chloride. 

Submurias  Hydrargyri.     Hydrargyri   chlori- 

dum  mite.     Calomel. 

Submu'riate.     A  combination  of  muriatic 

acid  with  a  base  having  a  deficiency  of   the 

acid. 

Submus'cular    (submuscularis).      A    term 
applied  to  parts  situated  beneath  the  muscles. 
Suboccipital.     Situated  beneath  the  occi- 
put, as  the  suboccipital  nerve. 

Subor'bitar  (from   sub,  under,  and  orbita, 
the  orbit).     Infra-orbitar.    That  which  is  situ- 
ated beneath  the  orbit  of  the  eye. 
Suborbitar   Artery.     The  infra-orbitar  artery. 
Suborbitar  Foramen.     The  infra-orbitar  fora- 
men. 
Suborbitar    Nerve.     The  infra-orbitar  nerve  ; 
a  branch  of  the  fifth  pair. 
Submarine.     Modified  hsernatine. 
Sub'salt.     A  salt  in   which  there  is  less 
than  one  atom  of  acid  to  each  atom  of  base  ;  a 
basic  salt. 

Subscapular    (subscajmlaris ;      from    sub, 
under,  and  scapula,  the  shoulder-blade).    That 
which  is  situated  beneath  the  scapula. 
Subscapular    Muscle.      A    muscle     situated 
under  the  scapula. 
Subserous  Tissue.     The  periosteal  tissue 
found  under  serous  membranes. 
Subsiden'tia.     Sediment. 
Substance.     The  principal  basis   or  sub- 
stratum of  a  tissue  or  an  organ. 
Substantia.     A  substance. 
Substantia    Adamanti'na    Den/tium.      The 
enamel  of  the  teeth. 
Substantia  Filamento'sa  Dentium.     A  name 
given   by   Malpighi    to    the    enamel   of  the 
teeth. 

Substantia   Ossea   Dentium.     A  name  given 
by  Malpighi  to  dentine. 

Substantia    Ostoi'dea.      A   name    given   by 
Purkinje  and  Fr'ankel  to  the  crusta  petrosa,  or 
cemeutum  of  the  teeth. 
Substantia  Vit'rea  Dentium.    The  enamel  of 
the  teeth. 
Substantive  (substantivus).  A  term  applied 
in  Materia  Medica,  by  Dr.   Paris,  to  remedial 
agents  which   possess   an  inherent  and   inde- 
pendent activity,   in  contradistinction   to  ad- 
jective agents,  which,  in  themselves,  are  inert, 
but    are    capable,   when   combined   with    the 


former,  of  imparting  to  them  increased  energy 
of  action. 
Subsul'phate    of    Iron    Powder.       See 

Iron. 

Subsul'tus.  In  Pathology,  convulsive  mo- 
tions or  twitchings. 

Subsultus    Ten'dinum.       Slight    convulsive 
motions  or  twitchings  of  the  tendons.      It 
occurs  in   extreme  debility  at  an  advanced 
stage  of  nervous  and   typhus  fevers,  and  is 
generally'indicative  of  a  fatal  termination. 
Subsur/ditas.     Deafness. 
Subtense'.      A  right  line   connecting  the 
extremities  of  an  arc  ;  a  cord  of  an  arc. 
Subtep'id.     Lukewarm. 
Subungual    {unguis,    nail).      Beneath    the 
nail. 

Succa'go  (from  succus,  juice).  The  inspis- 
sated juice  of  fruits. 

Succedaneous.  Eeplacing  ;  substituting  ; 
vicarious. 

Succedaneous  Teeth.  Permanent  teeth  hav- 
ing temporary  predecessors. 

Succeda/neum  (from  succedere,  to  go  un- 
der, to  come  in  the  place  of  another).  That 
which  is  used  for  something  else  ;  a  substitute. 
Applied  to  medicines,  etc. 

Succedaneum,  Royal  Mineral.  The  name 
given  by  the  Crawcours  to  amalgam,  the  use 
of  which,  for  filling  teeth,  they  introduced 
into  the  United  States  about  the  year  1833. 

Succenturia/tus  (from  suecenturiare,  to  fill 
up  or  supply)-  An  epithet  sometimes  applied 
in  Anatomy  to  the  renal  capsules,  succenturiati 
renes,  regarding  them  as  supplementary  kid- 
neys. 

Succidan'eum.     Succedaneum. 
Succinic  (succinicus ;  from  succinum,  am- 
ber).    Of  or  belonging  to  amber. 
Succinic  Acid  (acidum  succinicum).     An  acid 
which  exists  in  amber,  and  is  obtained  from 
it  by  distillation.     It  is  also  produced  by  the 
action  of  nitric  acid  on  margaric  acid. 
Suc'cinite.     Amber-colored  garnet. 
Suc'cinum.    Amber  ;  a  hard,  brittle,  resin- 
ous, tasteless  substance,  sometimes  transpar- 
ent, but  oftener  semi-transparent  or  opaque,  of 
a  pale,   golden   yellow,   found   principally  in 
Prussia.      It  has  a  shining  lustre,  and.  when 
rubbed,  becomes  electric.      Use  :  to  afibrd  its 
essential  oil  and  acid. 
Succinum  Cinere'um.     Ambergris. 
Succinum  Grise'um.     Ambergris. 

Suc'culent  (succulens).  Juicy  :  full  of 
juice. 


sue 


584 


SUL 


Suc'cus.     Juice.     The  fluid  obtained  from 
plants  by  pressing  them.      The  term  is  also 
applied  to  animal  fluids. 
Succus  Gas'tricus.     The  gastric  juice. 

Succus'sion.  A  mode  of  exploring  the 
chest  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  if  there  be 
an  accumulation  of  water  in  it.  It  consists  of 
shaking  the  body  of  the  patient  and  listening 
to  the  sounds  thus  produced. 

Suck'ing.  Drawing  with  the  mouth  or 
with  an  instrument. 

Sucking=bottle.  A  bottle  so  contrived 
that,  when  filled  with  milk,  an  infant  may 
suck  from  it  instead  of  from  the  breast. 

Suckle.  To  give  suck  to  ;  to  nurse  at  the 
breast. 

Suck'Iing.  Lactation ;  nursing  at  the  breast. 

Suc'tion  Power.  In  Physiology,  the  force 
supposed  to  be  exerted  on  the  veins  by  the 
dilatation  of  the  heart. 

Suc'tus.     Sucking. 

SudarrPina  (from  sudor,  sweat).  The  small 
vesicles,  resembling  millet  seed,  which  appear 
on  the  skin,  especially  in  the  summer,  after 
profuse  sweating. 

Suda'tio  (from  sudor,  sweat).     Sweating. 

Sudato'rium.     A  sweating-room. 

Su'dor.  Sweat.  A  fluid  resulting  from 
visible  cutaneous  transpiration.  See  Perspira- 
tion. 

Sudor  An'glicus.     Sweating  sickness. 
Sudor  Cruen/tus.    Sudor  sanguineus.    Bloody 
sweat ;  perspiration  intermixed  with  blood. 

Sudoriferous  (from  sudor,  sweat,  and 
fero,  to  carry).  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to 
the  ducts  which  carry  sweat. 

Sudorific  (from  sudor,  sweat,  and  facio, 
to  make).  A  diaphoretic  ;  a  medicine  which 
provokes  sweating. 

Sudoriparous  FoFlicles.  The  follicles 
Which  secrete  the  perspirable  fluid. 

Suet.     Sevuni  (which  see). 

Suffiment/um.    A  perfume  ;  a  fumigation. 

Suf'fitus.     A  fumigation. 

Suffla'tio.     Puffiness. 

Suffoca'tio.     Suffocation. 
Suffocatio  Strid'ula.     Cynanche  tracbealis. 

Suffocation  (suffocatio).     The  state  of  an 
animal  in  which  respiration  is  arrested  or  im- 
peded, from  whatever  cause  produced. 
Suffocation,  Hysterical.      Globus  hystericus 

(which  see). 

Suffumiga'tion  (from  suh,  under,  and 
fumir/o.  to  smoke).  The  burning  of  odorous 
substances. 


Suffu'sio.      An  overspreading  ;  a  suffusion 

(which  see). 

Suffusio  Aurigino'sa.     Jaundice. 

Suffusio  Ni/gra.     Amaurosis. 

Suffusio  Viscus.     False  vision. 

Suffusion.       The   act   or   state   of   being 

overspread,  as  with  a  fluid.     In  Pathology,  an 

extravasation  of  some  humor,  as  the   blood. 

The  term  is  sometimes  applied  to  cataract  and 

to  amaurosis. 

Su/gar.     Saccharum.     The  sweet  constitu- 
ent of  vegetable  and  animal  products,  obtained 

by  inspissating  the  juice  of  the  plants  from 

which  it  is  usually  obtained,  as   that  of  the 

sugar-cane,  the  maple,  the  beet,  etc.,  and  allow- 
ing the  sugar  to  crystallize. 

Sugar  of  Lead.     Plumbi  acetas. 

Sugar  of  Milk.     Lactin. 

Sugilla'tion    (sugillatio ;     from    sugillo,  to 

bruise).      A  bruise  ;  an  ecchymosis.      Also  a 

spot  made  by  a  leech-bite  or  a  cupping-glass. 
Su'icide  {suicidium ;  from  suiciedes,  murder 

of  one's  self).     Self-murder. 

SuPcate  or  Sulfated  (sulcatus) .   Grooved ; 

furrowed. 

Sulcus.     A  furrow  ;  a  groove. 
SulprPamid.      A  compound  of  sulphurous 

acid  and  amidogen. 

SuFphas.     A  salt  formed  by  the  union  of 

sulphuric  acid  with  a  salifiable  base. 

Sulphas  Antimo/nii.     Sulphate  of  antimony. 

Sulphas  Atrop/iae.     See  Atropia. 

Sulphas  CaFcis.  Sulphate  of  lime,  gypsum, 
or  plaster  of  Paris. 

Sulphas  Cupri.  Sulphate  of  copper,  or  blue 
vitriol. 

Sulphas  Ferri.  Sulphate  of  iron  or  copperas. 
See  Iron. 

Sulphas  Magne/siae.  Sulphate  of  magnesia, 
or  Epsom  salts. 

Sulphas  Natricus.     Sulphate  of  soda. 

Sulphas  Quinae.     Sulphate  of  quinine. 

Sulphas  Sodae.  Sulphate  of  soda,  or  Glauber's 
salt. 

Sulphas   Zinci.      Sulphate  of   zinc,  or  white 
vitriol. 
SuPphate.     Sulphas. 

Sulphate  of  Copper  (sulphas  cupri).  Sul- 
phate of  copper,  or  blue  vitriol.  In  small 
doses  it  has  been  used  for  diarrhoea,  but 
it  is  chiefly  employed  as  an  external  appli- 
cation for  foul  ulcers  and  as  a  styptic.  It  is 
tonic,  emetic,  astringent,  and  escharotic. 
Dose,  as  a  tonic,  gr.  ]  to  gr.  ij  in  pill ;  as  an 
emetic,  gr.  ij  to  gr.  x  in  water.     A  weak  so- 


SUL 


585 


SUL 


lutiou  is  used  in  ophthalmia  and  gleet.  In 
Dental  Practice  sulphate  of  copper  is  employed 
for  fungous  growths  of  gum  and  dental  pulp, 
aphthous  ulcerations,  ulcerous  stomatitis, 
cancrum  oris,  etc. 

Sulphate  of  Lime.     Gypsum. 

Sulphate  of  Magnesia  (magnesii  sulphas). 
Formula,  MgSO*  +  7H20.  It  occurs  in 
small  colorless  prisms,  very  soluble  in  water, 
and  of  a  bitter  saliue  taste.  It  is  the  most 
powerful  of  the  saline  cathartics.  It  is  fre- 
quently combined  with  a  few  drops  of  aro- 
matic or  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  In  Dental 
Practice  Epsom  salts  is  employed  in  acute 
inflammation  of  the  peridental  membrane 
and  in  pulpitis.     Dose,  .5  i j  to   .^viij. 

Sulphate  of  Nick'el  (niccoli  sulphas).  A  salt 
in  the  form  of  emerald-green  crystals,  recom- 
mended as  a  tonic  in  obstinate  periodic  head- 
ache. 

Sulphate  of  Quinine.     Quinine. 

Sul'phated.     Converted  into  salts  by  com- 
bination with  sulphuric  acid. 
SuFphide.      Sulphuret.     A  combination  of 

sulphur  with  a  metal  or  other  body. 

Sul'phis.     Sulphite.     A  salt  formed  by  the 

union  of  sulphurous  acid  with  a  salifiable  base. 
Sulphite.     A  salt  of  sulphurous  acid. 

Sulphite  of  Aluminium  (ahiminii  sulphis).  A 
sulphurous  salt  of  aluminum.    An  antiseptic. 

Sulphite  of  Soda  (sodee  sulphis).  An  effect- 
ive antiseptic.  Together  with  the  hyposul- 
phite and  the  bisulphite,  these  preparations 
of  soda  are  very  efficacious  in  destroying  the 
germs  of  organic  poisons  or  ferments.  The 
sulphite  is  the  most  active  of  them,  and  has 
the  least  taste.  Dose  of  the  sulphite  in  pow- 
der is  gr.  viij  to  gr.  xxx.  The  sulphites  of  soda 
are  employed  in  Dental  Practice  for  aphthous 
sore  mouth  aud  for  diphtheritic  conditions  of 
mouth  and  fauces,  in  the  form  of  a  gargle. 
The  hypophosphite  has  been  used  as  a  solvent 
for  calculi. 
Sulpho=.     A  prefix  denoting  the  presence 

of  sulphur  or  sulphuric  acid. 

Sulpho-carbolic  Acid.  A  mixture  of  twenty- 
five  per  cent,  of  crude  carbolic  acid  with  an 
equal  quantity  of  concentrated  crude  sul- 
phuric acid.  An  effective  and  cheap  disin- 
fectant. 

Sulphc-cyanate.      A  salt   formed   from  thio- 
cyanic  acid. 
Sulpho-cyanide.      A     compound    of   sulpho- 
cyanogen. 
Sulpho-cyan'ogen.    Bisulphuret  of  cyanogen. 


Sulpho-gly/ceric  Acid.     A  compound  of  gly- 
cerine with  sulphuric  acid. 
Sulpho-methyl'ic  Acid.     Bisulphate  of  oxide 
of  methyl. 

Sulpho-naphthal'ic  Acid.     An  acid  obtained 
by  dissolving  naphthaline  in  sulphuric  acid. 
Sulpho-phenol.     Sulpho-carbolic   acid.     Pro- 
duced by  the  action    of  sulphuric   acid  on 
phenol. 

Sulpho-prote/ic  Acid.     A   compound  of  sul- 
phuric acid  and  protein. 

Sulpho-salt.     A  salt   the  two  ingredients  of 
which  are  sulphurets. 
Sulpho-vi/nic  Acid.     Bisuljdiate  of  ethyl. 

Sulphole'ic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  by 
the  action  of  sulphuric  acid  on  oleine. 

Sulphonal.  Formula,  (CH3)2  =  C=  (C,H-- 
S0.2)2.  A  prompt  and  reliable  hypnotic, 
without  narcotic  effects  or  unfavorable  results. 
Sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water,  but  soluble  in 
hot  water  and  alcohol.  Dose,  gr.  v  to  gr.  xxx. 
It  is  a  complex  organic  compound,  with  the 
structure  diethyl-sulphon-dimethyl-methane. 

SuFphur.  Brimstone.  A  combustible, 
brittle  body,  of  a  pale  yellow  color,  and  with  an 
unpleasant  odor  when  rubbed  or  heated.  It  is 
rendered  electric  by  friction,  volatilizes  when 
heated,  and  condenses  unchanged.  It  occurs 
as  a  mineral  production  in  a  massive  state, 
particularly  near  volcanoes,  and  it  exists  in 
combination  with  several  of  the  metals,  such 
as  copper,  silver,  mercury,  antimony,  zinc, 
lead,  and  iron.  It  sometimes  occurs  in  a  crys- 
tallized form.  Native  sulphur  is  obtained  in 
great  abundance  from  Solfatara  in  the  kingdom 
of  Naples. 

Sulphur  possesses  laxative,  diaphoretic,  and 
resolvent  properties.  It  is  employed  both  ex- 
ternally and  internally  in  cutaneous  affections, 
and  is  sometimes  applied  in  cases  of  chronic 
rheumatism  as  a  hot-air  bath. 
Sulphur,  Alcohol  of.  Old  name  of  bisul- 
phuret of  carbon. 

Sulphur  Antimonia'tum  Fuscum  {antimonii 
sulphuretum  prsecipitatum).  Precipitated  sul- 
phuret of  antimony  ;  oxysulphuret  of  anti- 
mony. 

Sulphur  Aura'tum  Antimo'nii.  Golden  sul- 
phuret of  antimony. 
Sulphur,  Chlor'ide  of.  Protochloride  of  sul- 
phur, obtained  by  passing  chlorine  gas  over 
washed,  dried,  and  sublimed  sulphur  until  it 
is  nearly  all  dissolved,  and  distilling  the  de- 
canted fluid  from  the  excess  of  dissolved  sul 
phur. 


SUL 


586 


SUL 


Sulphur,  Crude  (sulphur  crudum).  The  sul- 
phur obtained  by  the  distillation  of  native 
sulphur. 
Sulphur,  Flow'ers  of  (sulphur  sublimatum). 
Sublimed  sulphur.  It  occurs  in  the  form  of 
an  impalpable  crystalline  powder  of  a  pale 
yellow  color.  The  sulphur  of  commerce. 
Sulphur,  Iodide  of  (sulphuris  iodidum).  A 
crystalline  substance  of  a  grayish-black  color, 
directed  by  the  Pharmacopoeia  to  be  made  by 
rubbing  together  four  ounces  of  iodine  and 
one  of  sulphur  in  a  marble  mortar  until  thor- 
oughly mixed.  The  mixture  is  then  placed 
in  a  matrass,  the  orifice  loosely  closed,  and 
sufficient  heat  applied  to  darken  but  not  to 
melt  the  mass ;  when  it  has  become  uniformly 
dark  throughout,  the  heat  is  increased  so  as  to 
melt  the  iodide  ;  the  matrass  is  then  inclined 
in  different  directions,  to  return  into  the  mass 
any  portion  of  iodine  which  may  have  con- 
densed on  the  inner  surface  of  the  vessel. 
The  matrass,  after  being  allowed  to  cool,  is 
broken,  and  the  iodide  put  into  bottles,  which 
must  be  well  corked. 
Sulphur  Lotum.  Washed  sulphur  ;  sublimated 
sulphur  freed  from  acid  by  washing  in  boiling 
water. 
Sulphur,  Milk  of  (lac  sulphuris);  Sulphur 
prsecipitatum. 
Sulphur,  Native.  Sulphur  as  it  occurs  in 
nature,  before  it  has  been  freed  from  impuri- 
ties. 

Sulphur  Praecipita'tum.     Milk   of    sulphur  ; 
precipitated  sulphur. 
Sulphur,  Roll  (sulphur  rotundum).    Cane  brim- 
stone.    Refined  sulphur  cast  into  cylindrical 
wooden  moulds. 
Sulphur    Sublima'tum.      Sublimed   sulphur. 

Flowers  of  sulphur. 
Sulphur  Vi/vum.     The  dregs  which   remain 
after  the  purification  of  sulphur. 
Sulphur,  Washed.     Sulphur  lotum. 
Sulphur  Waters.      Mineral   springs  impreg- 
nated with  sulphurated  hydrogen. 
Sulphurated.     Combined  or  impregnated 
with  sulphur. 

Sulphurated  Oil  (oleum  sulphur •alum).  Balsam 
of  sulphur  ;  sublimed  sulphur  dissolved  in 
boiling  olive-oil.  An  exceedingly  foetid,  acrid, 
viscid,  reddish-brown  liquid,  formerly  sup- 
posed to  be  useful  in  bronchial  and  pulmon- 
ary affections,  and  as  a  stimulating  application 
i  n  full]   ulcers. 

Sulphureous  (sulphur  oms).     Of  or  belong- 
ing tu  sulphur. 


Sul'phuret.  A  compound  of  sulphur  with 
metal  or  earth,  etc. 

Sulphuret  of  Antimony  (antimonii  sulphu- 
retum). Native  sesquisulphuret  of  antimony, 
purified  by  fusion. 

Sulphuret  of  Carbon.    Bisulphuret  of  carbon. 
Sulphuretted.     Having  sulphur  in  com- 
bination ;  possessing  the  properties  of  or  con- 
taining sulphur. 

Sulphuretted  Hydrogen.  A  compound  of 
sulphur  and  hydrogen,  an  extremely  foetid  and 
inflammable  gas. 

Sulphure'tum.  A  sulphuret.  A  com- 
pound formed  by  the  union  of  sulphur  with  an 
alkali,  earth,  or  metal. 

Sulphuretum  Ammo'niae.  Sulphuret  of  am- 
monia. 

Sulphuretum  CaFcii.  Sulphuret  of  cal- 
cium. 

Sulphuretum  Hydrar/gyri  Nigrum.  Black 
sulphuret  of  mercury. 

Sulphuretum  So'dii.     Sulphuret  of  sodium. 
Sulphuretum  StFbii  NatFvum.     Native  sul- 
phuret of  antimony. 
Sulphu/ric     (sulplmricus).      Pertaining    to 
sulphur. 

Sulphuric  Acid  (acidum  sulphuricum ;  acidum 
vitriolicum).  A  dense,  oily,  liquid,  colorless 
acid,  of  a  very  caustic  nature,  consisting  of 
one  equivalent  of  sulphur  with  three  of  oxy- 
gen. Specific  gravity,  1.845.  It  possesses 
tonic,  refrigerant,  and  antiseptic  properties, 
but  is  never  administered  except  in  a  very 
dilute  state.  It  is  used  more  extensively  in 
the  arts  than  as  a  medicinal  agent.  Dose,  gtt.  x 
to  gtt.  xxx,  diluted.  See  Sulphuric  Acid, 
Diluted,  which  is  the  preparation  for  inter- 
nal use. 

Sulphuric  Acid,  Aromatic  (acidum  sulphuri- 
cum aromaticum).  Aromatic  sulphuric  acid  ; 
elixir  of  vitriol  ;  a  valuable  medicinal  prepa- 
ration possessing  tonic  and  astringent  proper- 
ties. It  is  composed  of  sulphuric  acid,  ginger, 
cinnamon,  and  alcohol.  Dose,  gtt.  x  to  gtt. 
xxx.  In  Denial  Practice,  a  diluted  form  is  used 
as  a  gargle  in  mercurial  stomatitis,  ulcers  of 
mouth,  necrosis  and  caries  of  the  maxillary 
bones,  cancrum  oris,  pyorrhoea  alveolaris,  and 
as  an  injection  in  chronic  alveolar  abscess. 
The  teeth  should  be  protected  by  alkaline 
washes.  For  dental  uses  see  Gorgas'  "Dental 
Medicine." 

Sulphuric  Acid,  Diluted  (acidum  sulphuricum 
diluium).  One  fluidounce  of  sulphuric  acid 
mixed  with    thirteen  fluidounces  of  distilled 


SUL 


587 


SUP 


water.     It  is  used  as  a  refrigerant,  tonic,  and 
astringent. 
Sulphuric  Ether.    See  Ether,  Sclphubic. 

Sulph/uris  Flores.  Flowers  of  sulphur 
(which  see). 

Sulphuris  Io/didum.     Iodide  of  sulphur. 
Sulphuris  Lac.     Sulphur  pnecipitatum. 

Sulphuro'sa.  A  class  of  resolvent  spanse- 
mics,  including  sulphur,  the  alkaline  sul- 
phurets,  etc. 

Sulphu/rous  (from  sulphur).     A  technical 
name  applied  to  acids  and  anhydrides  derived 
from  sulphur  dioxide,  S02. 
Sulphurous  Acid.     A  pungent  gaseous  acid, 
obtained  by  burning  sulphur  in  air. 

Sulphydrate.  A  hydrate  iu  which  sulphur 
replaces  oxygen. 

Sulphyd/ric  Acid.  Sulphurated  hydro- 
gen. 

Sumac.  A  plant  or  shrub  of  the  genus 
Rhus,  of  many  species.  Both  the  leaves  and 
berries  have  been  used  as  astringents  and 
tonics.  An  infusion  of  the  inner  bark  of  the 
root  is  useful  in  mercurial  stomatitis,  and  the 
powder  for  ulceration  of  the  gums. 

Sum'mer  Complaint.     The  popular  desig- 
nation of  diarrhoea  occurring  in  the  summer  ; 
also  of  cholera  infantum. 
Summer  Rash.    Lichen  tropicus. 

Sun'burn.     Ephelis  (which  see). 

Sunstroke.     Coup  de  soleil  (which  see). 

Super=.  A  common  prefix  signifying  above, 
over,  excess. 

Superarse/nias  Potas'sae.  Superarsen- 
iate  of  potash  ;  Macquer's  arsenical  salt. 

Super/bus.  The  rectus  superior  oculi  mus- 
cle. 

Supercil'iary  (superciliaris ;  from  super, 
above,  and  cilium,  the  edge  of  the  eyelid). 
Belonging  or  relating  to  the  eyebrows,  as  the 
superciliary  arches. 

Superciliary  Arches.     The  projecting  apophy- 
ses at  the   anterior   surface  of   the    frontal 
bone. 
Superciliary  Ridges.  The  superciliary  arches. 

SuperciPium  (from  super,  above,  and 
cilium,  the  eyelid).  The  eyebrow  ;  the  pro- 
jecting arch  of  integument,  covered  with  short 
hairs,  forming  the  upper  boundary  of  the 
orbit. 

Superficia'Iis  (from  super,  upon,  and  facies, 
the  face  or  outer  surface).  Superficial.  Being 
on  the  surface  ;   not  deep. 

Superficialis  Volae.     A  name  sometimes  given 
to  a  branch  of  the  radial  artery  distributed  to 


the  integuments  and  muscles  of  the  palm,  or 
vola. 
Superficies.     The   surface  :    the    exterior 
part  of  a  thing. 

Superficies    Planta'ris    Pedis.     The   sole  or 
under  part  of  the  foot. 
Superfoeta'tion  (superfcetatio ;  from  super, 
upon,  and   fcetare,    to    bring     forth    young). 
The  impregnation  of  a  woman  already  pregnant. 
Supergenua/lis.     The  patella. 
Supergermina'lis.     The  epididymis. 
Superimpregna/tion      (superimpregnatio). 
Superfoetation. 

Superior.      Upper  ;  higher.     A  term  ap- 
plied in  Anaiomy  to  certain  parts  from  their 
relative  situation,  and  in  Botany  to  the  fruit 
when  it  has  no  cohesion  with  the  calyx,  the 
latter  being  then  termed  the  inferior.     When 
the  calyx  coheres,  it  is  termed  superior  ;  other- 
wise the  fruit  is  called  inferior. 
Superior  Auris.     The  attollens  aurem,  a  mus- 
cle of  the  external  ear. 
Superior    Stone.      A   fine    stone    resembling 
Arkansas    stone,    and    used    by   dentists    to 
smooth  the  surfaces  of  metallic  fillings,  plates, 
etc. 
Superla'bia.     The  clitoris. 
Superlig'ula.     The  epiglottis. 
Superna'tant   {super,  above,  and   nato,  to 
swim).     Floating  above  or  on  the  surface. 
Superphosphate.     An  acid  phosphate. 
Superpurga/tion   (superpurgatio).      Exces- 
sive evacuation  by  stool. 

Supersalt.  A  salt  containing  more  atoms 
of  acid  than  of  base  ;  an  acid  salt. 

Supersaturate.  To  more  than  saturate  ; 
to  add  to  a  liquid  more  of  an  ingredient  than 
it  can  take  up. 

Superscapula'ris.   The  supra-spinatus  and 
iufra-spinatus  muscles  are  so  called. 
Su'perus.     Above. 

Supination  (supinatio  ;  from  supinas,  lying 
on  the  back).  Turning  the  palm  of  the  hand 
upward  by  rotating  the  forearm. 

Supinator.      A  term  applied   to  muscles 
which  turn  the  hand  upward. 
Supinator  Brevis.     Supinator  radii  brevis. 
Supinator  Longus.     Supinator  radii  longus. 
Supinator   Radii  Brevis.     A  small  tendinous 
muscle  situated  at  the  upper  part  of  the  fore- 
arm. 

Supinator  Radii  Longus.  A  long  muscle, 
enveloped  in  a  tendinous  fascia,  situated 
along  the  outer  surface  of  the  radius,  imme- 
diate! v  under  the  integuments. 


SUP 


588 


sus 


Supplemental  Teeth.  Teeth  above  the 
normal  number  ;  not  belonging  to  the  regular 
or  normal  set,  as  a  third  lateral  incisor  in  the 
same  jaw  :  additional  teeth. 

Support'er,  Abdom'inal.  A  belly-band. 
A  broad  belt,  capable  of  being  so  applied  as  to 
support  and  exert  methodical  pressure  upon 
the  abdomen. 

Supports.  Appliances  made  of  compressed 
carbon,  charcoal,  clay_  graphite  and  fire-clay, 
or  asbestos,  for  holding  the  work  during  the 
process  of  soldering.  Clay  supports  are  also 
used  in  the  burning  of  porcelain  teeth,  com- 
posed of  kaolin,  1  part ;  pulverized  quartz,  2 
parts  ;  mixed  with  sufficient  water  to  form  a 
mass  plastic  enough  to  mould  into  shapes.  See 
Soldering  Support. 

Supposito'rium.  Suppository  (which  see). 
Suppositorium  Uterinum.     A  pessary. 

Suppository  (suppositorium;  from  sub, 
under,  and  ponere,  to  put).  A  solid  medicine 
intended  to  be  introduced  into  the  rectum, 
either  for  the  purpose  of  favoring  an  intestinal 
evacuation  or  to  act  as  an  anodyne. 

Suppression  (from  supprimo,  to  withhold). 
In  Pathology,  the  stoppage  of  a  natural,  con- 
tinued,  periodic,  or  critical  evacuation,  as  a 
suppression  of  urine,  etc. 
Suppression  of  the  Menses.     Amenorrhoea. 

Sup'purant.  Suppurative  ;  producing  pus- 
tulation. 

Suppura'tion  (suppuratio;  from  suppuro, 
to  suppurate).  The  formation  or  secretion  of 
pus,  a  frequent  termination  of  inflammation. 
The  separation  from  the  organism  of  the  pro- 
ducts of  inflammation. 

Suppurative  (suppurans).  That  which 
promotes  or  produces  suppuration. 

Supra=.    A  common  prefix  signifying  above. 
Supra-costa/les.     The  intercostal  muscles. 
Supra-maxillary.    Above  the  jaws  ;  of  or  per- 
taining to  the  upper  jaw. 
Supra-or'bitar  (supra-orbitaris).     That  which 

is  situated  above  the  orbit. 
Supra-pu/bian    (supra-pubianns) .        A    name 
given  by  Chanssier  to  parts  situated  above 
the  pubis  ;    as  the  supra-pubian  artery   and 
supra-pubian  nerve. 
Supra-pubio  Femora'lis.     A  name  given  by 
Chanssier  to  the  pectineus  muscle. 
Supra-spina/tus.     Supra-scapularis.     A  mus- 
cle of  the  arm. 
Supra-tar'sal.     A  name  given  by  Chanssier  to 
a  ramification  of  the  tibial  artery  on  the  dor- 
sal region  of  the  foot. 


Su'ra.  The  calf  of  the  leg.  Also  the 
fibula. 

Sur'dent  (from  supra,  above,  and  dens,  a 
tooth).  A  temporary  tooth  forced  to  one  side 
by  the  eruption  of  the  tooth  of  replacement. 

Surd  itas.     Deafness. 

Sur'dus.     Wholly  or  in  part  deaf. 

Sur/feit.  A  sense  of  fulness,  oppression, 
nausea,  and  sickness  occasioned  by  eating  to 
excess. 

Sur'geon  (from  xELP,  the  hand,  and  epyov, 
work).  Chirurgeon.  One  who  practises  sur- 
gery. 

Surgeon=apothecary.  One  who  unites 
the  practice  of  surgery  with  that  of  an  apothe- 
cary. 

Surgeon =dentist.  Dental  surgeon  (which 
see). 

Surgeon's  Case.  An  apparatus  devised 
by  Johnston  &  Bros,  for  the  administration  of 
liquid  nitrous  oxide  gas.  It  comprises  an  iron 
cylinder,  12J  by  3  inches,  containing  one  hun- 
dred gallons  of  gas,  a  morocco-covered  case 
provided  with  an  iron  ring  and  set  screw  to 
hold  the  cylinder  in  place  during  use,  and  a 
delicate  valve  at  one  extremity  of  the  cylin- 
der ;  also  a  rubber  bag,  with  rubber  tube  at 
one  end  for  the  admission  of  gas,  and  an  in- 
haling tube  at  the  other  end,  to  which  is  at- 
tached a  metallic  inhaler  having  two  spring 
valves,  which  are  affected  by  the  slightest 
breath  either  of  inspiration  or  exhalation. 
This  inhaler  has  also  a  two-way  stop-cock  or 
ground-valve,  so  arranged  that,  the  gas  being 
shut  off,  the  patient  may  be  allowed  to  breathe 
air  until  all  alarm  is  dissipated,  and  then,  by 
an  imperceptible  movement  of  the  fingers,  and 
without  previous  notice,  the  air  may  be  ex- 
cluded and  the  gas  admitted.  This  entire 
case  and  contents  weighs  about  fifteen  pounds, 
rendering  it  very  portable  and  convenient. 
See  Gasometer  for  Liquid  Nitrous  Oxide. 

Sur'gery.      Chirurgia.      That  part  of  the 
curative  art  which  has  for  its  object  the  treat- 
ment of  external  diseases,  injuries,  and  mal- 
formations. 
Surgery,  Dental.     See  DENTAL  SURGERY. 

Sur'gical  (chirurgicua).  Belonging  or  re- 
lating to  surgery. 

Surgical  Anat'omy.  That  branch  of  surgery 
which  treats  of  the  relative  situation  of  parts 
or  organs. 

Susceptibility.  Impressibility  ;  capability 
of  receiving  impressions  ;  great  sensibility. 

Suspended  Animation.     Asphyxia. 


sus 


589 


SWA 


Suspension.     Hanging.      Also  temporary 

cessation.     Also  the  state  of  a  solid  body,  the 

particles  of  which  remain  undissolved  in  water 

aud  may  be  separated  by  filtration.     The  solid 

in  this  case  is  said   to   be  suspended  in  the 

liquid. 

Suspensc/rium  (from  suspendo,  to  hang). 

A  suspensory  ;  that  which  sustains  or  suspends 

any  part,  as  a  bag  or  bandage. 

Suspensorium    Hep'atis.       The   broad   liga- 
ment, a  process  of  the  peritoneum  which  con- 
nects the  liver  with  the  diaphragm. 
Suspenso'rius    Tes'tis.       The  cremaster 

muscle. 

Suspensory.     Suspensorium. 

Suspensory  Bandage.  Suspensorium.  A 
bandage  for  supporting  the  scrotum,  used  in 
cases  of  scrotal  hernia  and  diseases  of  the 
testicles. 

Suspensory  Ligament  of  the  Liver.  Suspen- 
sorium hepatis  (which  see). 

Suspensory  Ligament  of  the  Penis.    A  fibro- 
cellular  band  which  extends  from  the  sym- 
physis pubis  to  the  corpus  cavernosum  of  the 
penis. 
Suspir/ium  (from  sus,  under,  and  spiro,  to 

breathe).     Short  breathing.     A  sigh. 

Sustenta/tor    Clitori'dis.       The    erector 

clitoris. 

Sustentator  Penis.     The  erector  penis. 
Susur'ration.     A  murmur. 
Susur'rus  (from  susurro,  to  murmur).    The 

low  buzzing  noise  frequently  heard  by  those 

under  the  influence  of  disease. 

Susurrus  Au/rium.      Tinnitus  aurium  (which 
see). 
Sutu'ra  (suo,  sutum,  to  sew  together).     A 

suture  or  seam.     In  Anatomy,  the  junction  of 

the  bones  of  the   cranium  by  a  serrated  line  ; 

the  stitches  of  a  seam. 

Sutura  Corona'lis.  The  suture  passing  trans- 
versely over  the  skull.   See  Coronal  Suture. 

Sutura  Denta/ta.  Dentate  suture.  "With  long 
and  tooth-like  processes. 

Sutura  Frontalis.  Frontal  suture.  The  sag- 
ittal suture  when  it  is  continued  down  the 
frontal  bone  to  the  nose — the  extension  takes 
the  name  of  the  frontal  suture. 

Sutura  Lambdoida'lis.  Lambdoidal  suture. 
The  suture  which  begins  at  the  termination 
of  the  sagittal  suture  and  extends  on  each 
side  to  the  base  of  the  cranium.  Named 
from  its  resemblance  to  the  Greek  letter  A 
[lambda). 

Sutura  Limbo'sa.     Bordered  suture.    Where, 


besides  the  dentated  margins,  there  is  a  degree 

of  beveling  of  one,  so  that  one  bone  rests  on 

tbe  other. 
Sutura    Sagita'lis.       Sagittal    suture.        The 

suture  which  passes  from  the  middle  of  the 

superior  margin  of  the  frontal  bone  to  the 

angle  of  the  occipital  bone,  and  so  called  from 

its  straight  course. 
Sutura  Serra'ta.      Processes  small  and  fine, 

like  the  teeth  of  a  saw. 
Sutura  Squamosa.     Squamous  suture.     The 

suture  which  joins  the  squamous  portion  of 

the  temporal  bone  to  the  parietal. 

Sutu'ral  (suturalis).    Pertaining  to  a  suture 
or  seam. 

Su'ture  (sutura;  from  suo,  to  join  to- 
gether). A  union.  In  Anatomy,  the  union  of 
bones  by  means  of  serrated  or  dentated  edges. 
In  Entomology,  the  straight  line  which  divides 
the  elj'tra  of  coleopterous  insects.  In  Surgery, 
the  stitching  of  the  lips  of  a  wound  for  the 
purpose  of  procuring  their  union.  Several 
kinds  of  sutures  have  been  recommended  by 
surgeons,  but  the  four  principal  are  the  inter- 
rupted, the  continued,  the  quilled,  and  the 
twisted.  The  interrupted  suture  consists  in 
passing  a  needle,  armed  with  a  ligature, 
through  the  lips  of  a  wound,  previously  brought 
together,  and  then  tying  the  extremities.  The 
continued  suture  consists  in  passing  the  needle, 
as  in  the  interrupted  suture,  diagonally,  and 
leaving  the  thread  uninterrupted  ;  it  is  used  in 
wounds  of  the  intestines.  The  quilled  suture 
consists  in  passing  the  double  ligature  through 
the  lips  of  the  wound,  as  in  the  interrupted 
suture,  but  at  greater  distances,  and  the  ends 
are  tied  over  quills  or  pieces  of  bougie  ;  it  is 
used  to  close  deep  wounds.  The  twisted  suture 
consists  in  passing  a  needle  or  pin  through  the 
lips  of  the  wound,  so  as  to  keep  them  accu- 
rately in  contact,  and  then  passing  a  waxed 
ligature  around  it,  from  one  side  to  the  other, 
in  the  form  of  a  figure  8.  This  latter  suture 
is  chiefly  employed  in  the  operation  for  hare- 
lip aud  to  unite  wounds  in  the  face.  Glover's 
suture  consists  in  the  introduction  of  a  needle 
aud  thread  into  one  lip  of  the  wound  from 
within  outward  ;  then  into  the  other  in  the 
same  way.  Harelip  suture,  or  figure  of  8.  is  a 
suture  about  a  pin  thrust  through  the  pared 
edges  of  the  cleft  in  the  lip.  Gely's  suture  is 
so  applied  as  to  invest  the  edges  of  the  wound. 
Swab.  A  term  applied  in  Medicine  to  a 
piece  of  rag  or  sponge  made  fast  to  the  end  of 
a  rod  of  wood  or  whalebone  ;  used  For  cleansing 


SWA 


590 


SYM 


the  mouths  of  the  sick  or  for  the  application 

of  remedial  agents  to  deep-seated  parts. 

Swage.     In  Mechanical  Dentistry,  the  male 

model  or  casting  used  as  a  die  for  striking  a 

metallic  base  for  artificial  teeth  ;  also  to  strike 

upon  a  base. 

Swaging.     The  process  of  forming  a  metal 

plate  by  the  use  of  a  die  and  counter-die,  be- 
tween which  the  plate  is  swaged. 

Swaging  with  Shot.  The  die  is  placed  in  a 
cylinder  to  which  a  plunger  is  adapted,  and 
the  die  covered  to  the  depth  of  an  inch  or 
more  above  the  alveolar  ridges  with  fine  bird- 
shot  ;  the  plunger  is  placed  in  position  and 
its  cylindrical  head  is  struck  several  times 
with  a  heavy  hammer.  Dr.  Parker  recom- 
mends using  the  plaster  model  instead  of  the 
die,  after  the  plate  is  well  adapted  to  the 
die  by  ordinary  swaging.  The  pressure  of 
the  shot,  evenly  distributed  over  the  entire 
plate  area,  drives  the  plate  into  accurate  ap- 
position with  the  plaster  model. 
Sweat  (sudor).     Sensible  moisture  upon  the 

skin,  excreted  from  it.     Sensible  perspiration. 

Sweat,  Bloody.     Sudor  cruentus  (which  see). 
Sweat/ing.    Excretion  of  moisture  from  the 

skin. 

Sweating  Bath  (sudatorium).  A  bath  for  pro- 
ducing sensible  sweat ;  a  hot-air  room  ;  a 
steam-bath.     See  Stove. 

Sweating  Sickness  (sudor  anglicus).  An  epi- 
demic which  prevailed  in  England  and  some 
other  countries  in  the  fifteenth  and  sixteenth 
centuries,  characterized  by  profuse  sweating, 
great  prostration  of  strength,  palpitation  of 
the  heart,  and  variable  pulse.  The  disease 
usually  runs  its  course  in  a  few  hours,  ter- 
minating favorably  or  in  the  death  of  the 
patient. 
Sweet  Spirit  of  Nitre.     Spiritus  setheris 

nitrici  (which  see). 

Sweet=bread.     A  name  for  the  pancreas. 
Swelling.     A  morbid  increase  in  the  bulk 

of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  body. 

Swelling,   White.     See  IiYDRARTHRUS. 
Swoon.     Syncope  (which  see). 
Syaladeni'tis  (properly,  sialadenitis ;  from 

ffiahov,    saliva,    aSijv,    a   gland,  and  trig,    in- 

flammation).      Inflammation  of   the  salivary 

glands. 
Syco/ma.      "Warty     excrescences    on     the 

tongue,  eyelids,  genitals,  or  other  soft  tissues 

of  the  body. 

Syco'sis.     Sycorna.     A  tumor  resembling 

a   lig   in  shape.     Also   a    fungous  ulcer.     Dr. 


Bateman  describes  it  as  an  eruption  of  in- 
flamed, but  not  very  hard,  tubercles,  occurring, 
in  adults,  on  the  bearded  portion  of  the  face 
and  on  the  scalp,  in  irregular  patches  or  clus- 
ters. The  tubercles  are  red  and  nearly  the  size 
of  a  pea. 

Symbleph'arum  (symblepJiarosis  ;  from  aw, 
with,  and  fiXetyapov,  the  eyelid).  Adhesion  of 
the  eyelids  occasioned  by  concretion-ulcers  of 
the  cornea,  scarification,  and  burns. 

Sym'bol.  A  sign  or  representation  of 
something  else.  For  symbols  used  in  medical 
prescriptions  see  Abbreviation. 

Symbolo'gica.     Symptomatology. 

Symbols,  Chemical.  See  Equivalents, 
Table  of. 

Symmetrical  (symmetricus ;  from  sw, 
with,  and  /nerpov,  a  measure).  In  Anatomy, 
constructed  with  symmetry  ;  susceptible  of 
being  divided  into  two  equal  and  perfectly 
similar  parts. 

Sym'metry  (symmetria ;  from  aw,  with, 
and  fierpov,  a  measure).  Regularity  of  figure  ; 
correspondence  in  size  and  shape  of  the  several 
parts  of  the  body  to  one  another. 

Sympathetic  (sympatheticus ;  from  aw, 
with,  and  rra&oc,  suffering).  Depending  on  or 
relating  to  sympathy  ;  associated  in  function, 
action,  or  condition. 

Sympathetic  Action.     See  Reflex  ACTION. 

Sympathetic     Bu/bo.       Inflammation    of    a 

gland  from  mere  irritation,  not  from  venereal 

disease. 

Sympathetic  Nerve.     The  trisplanchnic  nerve 

(which  see). 

Sympatheticus.       Sympathetic      (which 
see). 
Sympatheticus  Minor.     The  facial  nerve. 

Sympathy  (sympathia  ;  from  aw,  with, 
and  Tvaftoq,  affection).  The  relation  that  exists 
between  two  or  more  organs  or  parts,  contig- 
uously or  remotely  situated,  whereby  an  action 
or  affection  in  one  is  participated  in  by  the 
others. 

Symphore'ma.     Congestion. 

Symphore/sis  (aw,  together,  and  yopeu 
to  carry).     Synonymous  with  congestion. 

Symphyocepha'lus  (from  a(j>vo,  to  grow, 
and  imj>a'Aii,  the  head).  A  monstrosity  con- 
sisting of  twins  united  by  the  head. 

Symphyseotomy  (from  av/ifua/c,  natural 
union,  and  re/xveo,  to  cut).  Symphysotomy  ; 
symphysiotomia.  The  operation  of  section  of 
the  symphysis  pubis,  called  the  Sigaultian 
operation.     It  is   performed    with    a    view   of 


SYM 


591 


SYN 


increasing  the  diameter  of  the  pelvis,  to  facili- 
tate parturition. 

Symphys/ia.  A  species  of  malformation 
occasioned  by  the  union  of  parts  naturally 
divided. 

Sym'physis  (from  av/u<j>va,  to  grow  to- 
gether). The  connection  of  bones  by  means  of 
intervening  cartilages  or  other  texture.  The 
vertical  ridge  in  the  median  line  of  the  inferior 
maxillary  bone. 

Symphysis  of  the  Pu/bes.     The  pubic  articu- 
lation, or  union  of  the  pubic  bones. 

Sympi'esis  (uw,  together,  and  irieaig,  a 
pressing).  A  pressing  or  squeezing  together  ; 
compression. 

Symptom  (symptoma ;  from  avfiirrafia,  a 
coincidence).  A  sign  of  disease  ;  a  perceptible 
change  or  alteration  in  the  appearance  or  func- 
tions of  one  or  more  of  the  organs  of  the  body 
during  the  progress  of  disease. 

Symptomat/ic  {symptomaticus).  That  which 
is  a  symptom  of  some  other  affection. 

Symptomatol'ogist.  A  physician  who 
treats  the  symptoms  of  disease  instead  of  in- 
vestigating their  cause. 

Symptomatology  (from  avfiirru/xa,  a 
symptom,  and  ^oyog,  a  discourse).  Symptom- 
atologia.  That  part  of  pathology  which  treats 
of  the  symptoms  of  disease. 

Sympto/sis.     Emaciation  ;  atrophj7. 

Syn=.  A  prefix  signifying  union,  similar- 
ity, etc. 

Synesthesia  (from  bw,  together,  and 
ataOr/aig,  sensation) .  A  sensation  of  a  part  re- 
sulting from  irritation  in  a  distant  part. 

Synalgia.  Pain  produced  in  one  part  by 
stimulation  or  lesion  of  another  part. 

Syn'aptase.     Amygdalin. 

Synarthrodia.  Same  as  Synarthrosis 
(which  see). 

Synarthrosis  (from  awap&pou,  to  articu- 
late). That  mode  of  articulation  which  does 
not  admit  of  motion.  There  are  three  varie- 
ties— namely,  suture,  harmony,  and  gompho- 
sis. 

Syncan'thus  (from  uw,  with,  and  Kav&oq, 
the  cornea  of  the  eye).  Morbid  adhesion 
between  the  globe  of  the  eye  and  the  orbit. 

Synchondrosis  (from  cm',  with,  and  xov- 
tipog,  a  cartilage).  The  union  of  bones  by 
means  of  an  intervening  cartilage. 

Sy  nchondrot'omy .  S  y  n  c  h  o  n  d  rotomia. 
Symphyseotomy. 

Synchronous  (from  aw,  with,  and  XP0V0S, 
time).     Occurring  at  the  same  time. 


SynchySis  (from  ovyxva,  to  confound  or 
dissolve).  A  term  applied  in  Pathology  to  con- 
fusion of  the  humors  of  the  eye,  from  injury 
or  other  cause,  or  to  the  conversion  of  the  vit- 
reous humor  into  a  fluid  state. 

Syncli'nal  (aw,  and  clino,  to  bend).  In- 
clining or  bending  together. 

Syn/clonus  (from  aw,  with,  and  />/ 
agitation).  A  genus  of  disease  in  Dr.  Good's 
"Nosology"  comprehending  those  affections 
characterized  by  tremulous  and  clonic  agitation 
of  the  muscles,  particularly  when  excited  by 
the  will.  Simultaneous  clonic  contraction  of  a 
number  of  different  muscles. 
Synclonus  Ballis/mus.     Shaking  palsy. 

Syncomis'tu  (from  aw,  together,  and 
ho/lu^o),  to  carry  or  bring).  Bread  of  unbolted 
meal.     Also  a  cataplasm  made  of  such  meal. 

Synco/pal  (syncopalis).  A  term  applied  to 
a  variety  of  intermittent  fever  characterized 
by  frequent  attacks  of  syncope. 

Syn/cope  (from  avynoirru,  to  fall  down). 
Fainting  ;  swooning.  A  partial  or  complete 
temporary  suspension  of  the  functions  of  respi- 
ration and  circulation.  Treatment :  Lowering 
of  the  head,  elevation  of  extremities,  strict 
maintenance  of  the  recumbent  position  or 
posture,  and  diffusible  stimulants,  such  as 
ammonia,  ether,  and  alcohol. 
Syncope  Angino'sa.     Angina  pectoris. 

Syndesmi'tis  (awdeafiog,  a  ligament).  In- 
flammation of  the  ligaments. 

Syndesmol'ogy  (from  cwAea.uoc,  a  liga- 
ment, and  Zoyoc,  a  discourse).  Syndesmologia. 
That  part  of  Anatomy  which  treats  of  the 
ligaments. 

Syndes'mo-pharynge'us.  The  constric- 
tor pharyngis  medius. 

Syndesmos.     A  ligament. 

Syndesmosis  (from  owd? auoc,  a  ligament). 
The  union  of  bones  by  a  ligament. 

Syndesmot'omy  (from  awdeayog,  ligament, 
and  TEfivu,  to  cut).  Syndesmotomia.  Dissec- 
tion of  the  ligaments. 

Syndes'mus.     A  ligament. 

Synechia  (from  aw,  with,  and  eys/v,  to 
have,  or  to  hold).  Adhesion  of  the  iris  with 
the  cornea  or  with  the  capsule  of  the  crystal- 
line lens. 

Syne'ma  or  Synne'ma  (on\  together,  and 
vrifia,  thread).     A  column  of  filaments. 

Syn'ergy  {aw,  and  epyov,  work).  The 
combined  action  of  several  organs  directed  to 
one  end,  as  in  digestion. 

SyneziSis    (from    avv,    with,    and   yeveaiq, 


SYN 


592 


SYP 


generation).  Synizesis.  Closure  or  obliteration 
of  the  pupil  of  the  eye.  It  may  he  congenital 
or  accidental,  simple  or  complicated,  according 
to  the  time  of  its  occurrence  or  the  nature  of 
the  affection. 

Syngene'sia  (from  avvt  together,  and  yevemc, 
generation,  growth).  A  term  applied  in  Botany 
to  a  class  in  the  sexual  system  of  Linnaeus 
comprehending  plants  in  which  the  stamens 
are  united  by  anthers. 

Synneuro'sis.  A  synonym  of  syndes- 
mosis. 

Syn'ocha  (from  awexu,  to  continue).  In- 
flammatory fever. 

Syn'ochal  (synochqlis) .  Pertaining  to  or 
having  the  characteristics  of  synocha. 

Syn'ochus    (from    awexu,    to     continue). 
Continued  fever,  or  a  fever  which  is  inflamma- 
tory at  first,  but  which   ultimately  becomes 
typhoid. 
Synochus  Pu/tris.     Typhus  gravior. 

Synonym,  Syn'onyme.  One  of  two 
words  in  the  same  language  which  have  the 
same  or  a  similar  signification.  An  equivalent 
or  superseded  name. 

Synop'sis.  A  collection  of  matter  so  ar- 
ranged as  to  present  the  principal  parts  in  a 
general  view. 

Synosteog'raphy  (from  aw,  with,  oareov, 
a  bone,  and  ypa<j>u,  to  describe).  Synostegra- 
phia.  An  anatomical  description  of  the  artic- 
ulation of  bones. 

Synosteol'ogy  (from  aw,  with,  oareov,  a 
bone,  and  Zoyoe,  a  discourse).  Synosteologia. 
That  part  of  Anatomy  which  treats  of  the 
joints. 

Synosteo/sis.  Union  by  means  of  bones 
or  ossific  deposit. 

Synosteot/omy  (from  aw,  with,  oareov,  a 
bone,  and  re^vetv,  to  cut).  Synosteotomia. 
The  dissection  of  the  joints. 

Synostosis  (from  aw,  and  oareov,  bone). 
The  union  of  fractured  bones  by  osseous 
material. 

Syno'via.  The  unctuous  and  serous  fluid 
exhaled  by  the  synovial  membranes  of  the 
movable  articulations  to  lubricate  the  joints. 

Syno'vial  {synovialia).  Belonging  or  relat- 
ing to  the  synovia. 

Synovial  Glands.  The  fatty  fimbriae  found 
within  the  synovial  capsules  of  some  of  the 
joints. 

Synovial  Membrane.  The  membrane  sur- 
rounding the  movable  articulations,  which 
secretes  the  synovia. 


Synovitis.  A  term  sometimes  applied  to 
inflammation  of  a  synovial  membrane. 

Synta/sis.     Tension  of  parts. 

Syntaxes.     Articulation. 

Synteno'sis  (from  aw,  with,  and  revuv, 
a  tendon).  The  articulation  of  bones  by  ten- 
dons. 

Syntex'is.     Marasmus  ;  consumption. 

Synther'mal  (synlJiermalum ;  aw,  together, 
and  Oep/ir/,  heat).  Of  equal  heat  or  tempera- 
ture. 

Syn'thesis  (from  awrtdr/ui,  to  compose). 
In  Chemistry,  the  combination  of  several  bodies 
for  the  formation  of  a  new  compound,  or  the 
reunion  of  the  elements  of  a  compound  pre- 
viously separated  by  analysis.  In  Surgery,  the 
reunion  of  parts  which  have  been  divided. 

Synthet'ic.  Relating  to  synthesis.  Syn- 
thetic operations  in  Chemistry  are  those  in 
which  compounds  are  formed  by  the  union  of 
elements  or  component  substances. 

Synthetis'mus  (from  aw,  together,  and 
Tt&n/Lti,  to  place).  In  Surgery,  the  reduction  of 
a  fracture. 

Syn/tonin,  Syn/tonine.  A  peculiar  sub- 
stance obtained  from  muscular  fibre  by  the 
action  of  dilute  muriatic  acid  ;  a  proteid  iden- 
tical with  acid  albumin  produced  by  the  action 
of  acids  upon  myosin. 

Synulot/ica.  Remedies  which  promote  the 
healing  of  a  wound. 

Synyme/nesis  (from  aw,  with,  and  v/xtjv, 
a  membrane).  Synimeuesis.  The  connection 
of  bones  by  a  membrane. 

Syphil'ides  (from  syphilis).  Skin  diseases 
arising  from  syphilis. 

Syphilion/thus.  Copper-colored,  scaly 
eruptions  or  patches  from  syphilis.  ' 

Syphilis.  (The  origin  of  this  word  is  ob- 
scure. Some  derive  it  from  aupTioq,  filthy.) 
A  constitutional  contagious,  infectious,  and  in- 
oculable  venereal  disease,  which  consists  of  cer- 
tain morbid  phenomena  produced  in  various 
textures  of  the  body  by  the  action  of  a  specific 
poison,  commencing  with  chancre  and  followed 
by  bubo,  ulcers  in  the  throat,  copper-colored 
blotches  on  the  skin,  pains  in  the  bones,  nodes, 
etc.  Congenital  or  hereditary  is  derived  from 
one  or  both  parents  during  foetal  life.  Primary 
is  the  stage  of  the  chancre  and  bubo.  Secondary 
is  the  stage  of  secondary  affections,  and  of  or- 
gans not  directly  inoculated.  Tertiary  is  the 
reappearance  of  syphilitic  lesions  after  the 
secondary  symptoms  have  subsided. 
Syphilis  Ind'ica.     See  FBAMBCESIA. 


SYP 


593 


SYS 


Syphilis,  Secondary.      The  form  of  syphilis 
after  the  morbific  matter  has  been  absorbed 
and  diffused  through  the  system.     The  symp- 
toms— called  secondary  symptoms — are  ulcers 
in  the  throat,  blotches  on  the  skin,  pain  in  the 
bones,  etc. 
Syphilis'mus.     Syphilis. 
Syphilitic.     Pertaining  to  syphilis. 
Syphilitic  Teeth.     Teeth  presenting  the  mal- 
formation diagnostic  of  the  disease,  such  as 
dwarfing  and  notching  of  the  upper  centrals 
of  the  permanent  set ;  also  typically  narrow,  in 
the  centre  of   cutting  edge  a  deep  vertical 
groove  or  notch,  prolonged  upward  by  a  shal- 
low groove  in  the  middle  of  the  labial  sur- 
face ;    lower  front  teeth,  especially  the  cen- 
trals, narrow,  peg-like,  and   notched.      Cases 
of  epilepsy  are  reported  with  a  syphilitic  his- 
tory and  characteristic  teeth. 
Syphiliza'tion.      Inoculation  with  the  pus 
of  a  chancre.      Also  immunity  against  fresh 
inoculations  of  syphilis. 

Syphiloid    (from   syphilis,   and    eidoc,    re- 
semblance).     Pseudo-syphilis.      A   term    ap- 
plied   to    ulcers    and   other  affections  which 
resemble  syphilis. 
Syphiloma.    See  Gumma. 
Syrigmopho'nia  (from  avpry/uog,  -whistling, 
and  gww/,  voice).     A  shrill  whistling  voice. 
Syrig/mus.     Tinnitus  aurium. 
Syrin'ga.     A  syringe,  tube,  or  fistula. 
Syr'inge.      Au  instrument  into  which  any 
liquid   niay  be  drawn,  and  afterward  ejected 
with  violence.     Used  for  cleansing  cavities. 
Syringe,   Air,  or    Chip-blower.       A   syringe 
used  to  clean  out  cuttings  from  the  cavity  of 
a  tooth  during  its  preparation  for  filling. 
Syringe,  Electric  Warm-air.     In  -which  the 
air,   before   passing   through    the    nozzle,    is 
heated    by  electricity,  thus  maintaining  an 
even  degree  of  heat. 

Syringe,  Hot-air.  An  instrument  for  intro- 
ducing hot  air  into  cavities  of  teeth.  Em- 
ployed in  the  treatment  of  pulpless  teeth, 
hyper-sensitive  dentine,  and  for  drying  cavi- 
ties in  the  operation  of  filling  them  ;  the  me- 
tallic bulb  is  heated  over  a  lamp  or  Buusen 
burner,  when  a  continuous  stream  of  heated 
air  is  forced  through  the  nozzle  into  the 
cavity. 

Syringe,  Hot-air,  Improved.  An  instrument 
for  drying  cavities,  consisting  of  a  rubber 
bulb  with  a  metal  guard  and  a  metal  turret 
with  valve,  this  turret  being  heated  over  a 
spirit-lamp  to  such  a  degree  as  to  warm  the 
38 


air  injected  through  it  by  means  of  the  rub- 
ber bulb. 

Syringe,   Hypodermic.     An   instrument  em- 
ployed for  hypodermic  injection,  with  a  grad- 
uated piston-rod  and  jam-nut  to  set  for  the 
exact  quantity  of  fluid  to  be  discharged. 
Syringe,  Tooth.     See  Tooth-SYRIXGE. 

SyriiPgotome.  A  knife  used  in  the  opera- 
tion for  fistula  iu  ano. 

Syringot'omy  (from  ovpiy^  a  pipe,  and 
-e/uvo,  to  cut).  Syringotomia.  The  operation 
of  cutting  for  fistula  in  ano. 

Syr'inx.     A  fistula.     A  syringe.     A  pipe. 
Syrinx  Hiera.     The  spinal  column. 

Syrmais'mos.  A  gentle  evacuation  by 
vomiting  or  stool. 

Syr/up.     Sirup.     Syrupus. 

Syr/upus.  A  term  employed  in  Pharmacy 
to  designate  a  liquid  conserve  made  by  dissolv- 
ing sugar  with  some  plant,  or  in  water,  either 
with  or  without  medicinal  impregnation. 

Syspa'sia  (from  avairau,  to  contract).  A 
genus  of  disease  comprehending  convulsions, 
epileps}r,  and  hysteria. 

Syssarco/sis  (from  aw,  with,  and  cap!;, 
flesh).  The  union  of  bones  by  means  of  mus- 
cles, as  the  os  hyoides  with  the  sternum  and 
other  parts. 

SystaPsis.     Systole  (which  see). 

Systal'tic.  Capable  of  contracting.  A 
term  applied  to  the  movement  of  parts,  as  the 
heart  and  arteries,  which  alternately  contract 
and  dilate. 

Systat/ica  (from  awiar/;ut,  to  associate). 
Nervous  diseases  which  affect  several  or  all 
the  sensorial  powers  at  one  time.  The  fourth 
order  in  the  class  Neurotica  of  Dr.  Good. 

Sys'tem  (systema;  from  aw,  with,  and 
larijin,  to  place).  In  Anatomy,  an  association 
of  organs  which — as  the  bones,  arteries,  veins, 
or  nerves — are  destined  to  execute  analogous 
functions,  and  hence  the  osseous,  arterial, 
venous,  and  nervous  systems.  In  Physics,  the 
arrangement  of  bodies,  as  of  the  planets, 
around  a  common  centre,  exhibited  in  the  sys- 
tem of  the  uuiverse.  In  Natural  History,  the 
methodical  arrangement  of  beings,  with  a  view 
to  facilitating  their  study. 
System,  Animal.     The  general  system. 

Systematic.  Of  or  pertaining  to  a  system 
intended  to  carry  out  some  special  function  ; 
methodic. 

Sys'tematism.  In  Medicine,  the  collec- 
tion of  all  the  facts  pertaining  to  au  opinion, 
whether  correct  or  erroneous. 


SYS 


594 


TJE 


SystematoI'Ogy  (from  avary/ia,  a  system, 
arid  /o}Of,  a  discourse).  Systematologia.  A 
treatise  or  discourse  ou  systems. 

System/ic.  Pertaiuiug  to  the  general  sys- 
tem or  whole  orgauism. 

Systemic  Circulation.  The  circulation 
throughout  the  whole  system,  as  distinguished 
from  that  through  the  lungs,  which  is  called 
the  pulmonic  or  pulmonary  circulation. 


Sys'tole  (from  avareXXu,  to  contract).  The 
contraction  of  the  heart  to  give  impulse  to 
the  blood  and  carry  on  the  circulation.  See 
Diastole. 

Systolic.  Pertaining  to  systole.  Draw- 
ing together  or  contracting. 

Systrem'ma  (ovorpstpu,  to  twist  or  roll  to- 
gether). Cramp  in  the  muscles  or  calf  of  the 
leg.     Same  as  Coxarius  Morbus. 


T. 


T.  Abbreviation  of  tension  and  tempera- 
ture. 

Ta.     The  symbol  of  columbium. 
Tab'aci  Folia  (tabacum).     The  dried  leaves 
of  Nicotiana  tabacum. 

Tab/acum.     Nicotiana  tabacum.     Tobacco. 
Tabed.     Emaciated. 

TabePla  (diminutive  of  tabula,  a  table).  A 
tablette.  A  lozenge  or  troche,  consisting  of 
one  or  more  medicinal  agents  incorporated  with 
sugar  and  mucilage  ;  usually  of  a  flattened, 
oval  shape.     See  Trochiscus. 

Ta'bes  (from  tabere,   to  consume).     Maras- 
mus tabes.     Wasting  of  the  whole   body,  at- 
tended by  languor  and  fever. 
Tabes  Cox'aria.     A  wasting  of  the  thigh  and 
leg  from  abscess  in  the  hip. 
Tabes  Dorsa/lis.     Locomotor  ataxy.     A  dis- 
ease   characterized    by   great    prostration   of 
strength,      dyspeptic    symptoms,    pain    and 
weakness  in  the  back   and   loins,   gleet  and 
impotence,  hectic  fever,  and  general  emacia- 
tion ;  due  to  atrophy  and  degeneration  of  the 
nerve-fibres,  with  hypertrophy  of  the  connec- 
tive tissue. 

Tabes  Glandularis.  Tabes  mesenterica. 
Tabes  Mesenterica.  Tabes  scrofulosa  ;  tabes 
glandularis.  Engorgement  and  tubercular 
degeneration  of  the  mesenteric  glands,  at- 
tended with  irritability  and  derangement  of 
the  nutritive  functions.  It  begins  with  loss 
of  appetite,  languor,  and  pain  in  the  back, 
followed  by  tenderness  of  the  abdomen  and 
chalky  appearance  of  the  alvine  evacuations, 
which  are  sometimes  mixed  with  blood  and 
mucus. 
Tabes    Pulmona/lis.     Phthisis  pulmonalis. 


Tabes  Saturni/na.   "Wasting  from  lead  poison. 
Tabes  Urina/lis.     Diabetes. 

Tabes/cent  (tabesco,  to  waste  away).  Wast- 
ing or  shriveling. 

Ta/bid  (tabidus).  Consumptive  ;  emaciated  ; 
waste  by  disease. 

Tab'idness.  State  of  being  wasted  by  dis- 
ease. 

Tab'itude.  The  state  of  one  affected  with 
tabes. 

Ta/ble  (tabula).  An  extended  surface  ;  ap- 
plied in  Anatomy  to  either  one  of  the  two 
plates  or  layers  forming  the  bones  of  the 
cranium,  one  external  and  one  internal ;  the 
inner  is  called  the  vitreous  table. 

Tablespoon.  A  measure  approximately 
equivalent  to  four  fiuidrachms. 

Tablet.     A  lozenge  or  troche. 

Tab'ula.     A  table. 
Tabula   Vi/trea.     The  glassy  table  ;    a  term 
applied  in  Anatomy  to  the  internal  table  of 
the  skull,  on  account  of  its  brittleness. 

Taciturnity  (taciturnitas ;  from  tacere,  to 
be  silent).  The  condition  of  a  person  who  does 
not  speak.  It  is  often  a  symptom  of  nervous 
affections,  particularly  of  melancholy. 

Tact  (tactm ;  from  tango,  to  touch).  Pas- 
sive sensation,  or  the  faculty  by  which  the 
cutaneous  membrane  is  made  sensible  of  the 
presence  of  a  body  without  being  able  to  see  it. 

Tac'tile  (lactilis ;  from  tango,  to  touch). 
Susceptible  to  touch  ;  that  which  may  be  felt ; 
tangible. 

Taction  (laclio  ;  from  tango,  to  touch). 
The  act  of  touching. 

Tac'tus.     Tact.     Sense  of  touch. 

Taenia.     Tapeworm. 


T^ 


595 


TAP 


Taenia  Hippocampi  [corpora  fimbriata).  The 
plaited  edges  of  the  processes  of  the  fornix, 
which  pass  into  the  inferior  cornu  of  the  ven- 
tricles of  the  brain. 
Taenia  La'ta.  The  broad  tapeworm,  Bothrio- 
cephalus  latus. 
Taenia  Semicircula'ris.  A  grayish  semi- 
transparent  layer  running  in  the  groove  that 
separates  the  thalamus  opticus  from  the  cor- 
pus striatum  in  the  lateral  ventricle  of  the 
brain. 

Taenia  Solium.    The  long  tapeworm,  varying 
from  three  or  four  to  thirty  or  forty  feet  in 
length,    and  it  is  said   to   have    attained  a 
growth  of  600  feet. 
Taenia  Tari'ni.     A  band  of  a  yellowish  color 
passing  over  the  vena  corpora  striata  of  the 
brain. 
Tae'nioid  (from  raivia,  a  ribbon,  and  eidoc, 
likeness).     Ribbon-shaped,  like  the  taenia,  or 
tapeworm. 

Tag/ma.  One  of  the  ultimate  solid  parti- 
cles of  which  the  essential  living  substance  of 
a  cell  is  supposed  to  consist. 

Talbot's  Combined  Surgical  and  Me= 
chanical  Method.  To  avoid  the  delay  caused 
by  the  slow  absorption  of  the  alveolar  process 
while  a  tooth  is  moved  in  correcting  its  irreg- 
ular position,  Dr.  Talbot  advocates  the  re- 
moval of  a  portion  of  the  process  in  the  path 
of  the  advancing  tooth. 

Talbot's  Method  of  Regulating  Teeth.  A 
method  which  consists  of  the  use  of  coiled- 
wire  elastic  springs. 

Talc.     A  silicate  of  magnesium.     A  white 
unctuous  powder,  used  in  Denial  Practice  for 
hastening  the  setting  of  plastic  fillings  of  zinc 
materials,  and  also  used  in  sand-moulding. 
Talc  Earth.     Magnesia. 

Taliaco'tian  Operation.  An  operation  to 
restore  lost  or  defective  parts,  so  called  because 
first  introduced  by  Caspar  Taliacotius.  This 
operation  is  called  rhiuoplastic,  cheiloplastic, 
etc.,  according  to  the  part  restored. 

Tal'ipes  (from  talus,   the  ankle,  and  pes, 
foot).     Club-foot. 
Talipes   Equinus,  or  Horse-foot.     Club-foot 

from  simple  retraction  of  the  heel. 
Talipes    Valgus.     Club-foot   with    distortion 
outward,  or  eversiou. 

Talipes    Va'rus.     Club-foot    with    distortion 
inward. 
Tallow  (semim).     A  fat  obtained  from  the 
suet  of  the  ox  and  sheep. 

Tal'pa  (talparia).     A  mole.     A  wen.     The 


term  has  also  been  applied  to  a  kind  of  tumor 
situated  on  the  head,  from  its  seeming  to  bur- 
row, like  a  mole,  under  the  scalp. 

Ta/lus  (from  iaxillus,  a  small  die).  The 
astragalus,  a  bone  of  the  ankle. 

Tam'arac.  The  bark  of  Larix  americana. 
Tonic  and  mildly  astringent.  Used  on  mucous 
membranes. 

Tam/pon.  A  French  word,  meaning  plug. 
A  portion  of  rag  or  sponge  used  in  plugging. 
See  Plugging. 

Tam'ponnement.     Plugging. 

Tange  (rayyjj).  Rancidity.  In  Pathology, 
a  kind  of  putrid  tumor  or  abscess. 

Tan'gent  (from  tango,  to  touch).  Touch- 
ing. 

Tan/nate.  Combiuation  of  tannic  acid  with 
a  base  ;  a  salt  of  tannic  acid. 

Tannic  Acid  (acidum  tannicum).  Tannin  ; 
a  vegetable  acid  found  in  most  astringent 
barks,  especially  in  the  gall-nuts,  sumach,  kino, 
and  catechu.  It  occurs  in  pale  yellow  scales 
of  a  very  astringent  taste  and  an  acid  re- 
action. It  is  soluble  in  water,  alcohol,  and 
glycerine.  Formula,  CuH10O9.  It  is  a  valu- 
able astringent,  and  in  Dental  Practice  it  has 
been  employed  for  allaying  the  undue  sensi- 
bility of  teeth  preparatory  to  forming  a  cavity 
for  filling  ;  and  also  for  reducing  inflammation 
of  an  exposed  dental  pulp,  for  alveolar  hrern- 
orrhage,  diseases  of  mucous  membrane,  such  as 
mercurial  stomatitis,  recession  of  gums,  ulcera- 
tion and  hypertrophy  of  gums,  fungous  growth 
of  gums  and  of  pulp,  relief  of  odontalgia,  sen- 
sitiveness of  teeth  following  the  removal  of 
salivary  calculus,  etc.  For  internal  use  the 
dose  is  gr.  ij  to  gr.  iv. 

Tan'nicum  Purum.     Tannin. 

Tan'nin.     Tannic  acid. 
Tannin,   Artificial.     A   dark    substance  pro- 
duced by  the  action  of  nitric  acid  on  charcoal 

or  any  substance  containing  charcoal. 

Tanno=gel/atin.  A  yellow,  flocculent  pre- 
cipitate, caused  by  a  mixture  of  tannic  acid 
with  a  solution  of  gelatin.  It  is  the  basis  of 
leather. 

Tan'talum.  Columbium.  Symbol,  Ta. 
Atomic  weight,  182.  It  is  in  the  form  of  a 
black  powder  which  assumes  a  gray  metallic 
lustre  under  the  burnisher. 

Tape  of  Gold  Foil.  See  Ribkox  of  Gold 
Foil. 

Tape=carrier.  A  dental  instrument  in- 
tended to  facilitate  the  use  of  corundum  tape, 
and  made  upon  the  principle  of  a   file-carrier. 


TAP 


596 


TAR 


Ta'pering.  Acuminate ;  attenuate  ;  be- 
coming gradually  smaller  in  diameter  toward 
one  end. 

Tape'tum.  A  shining  spot  in  the  eye  of 
certain  animals,  which  is  said  to  add  to  the 
intensity  of  the  vision. 

Tapetum  Alve/oli  (membrana  externa  dentium). 
The  peridental  membrane  or  inner  lamina  of 
the  peridental  membrane. 
Tape 'worm.     The  popular  name  of  two 
species     of     intestinal     worms,    Taenia    lata 
or    Bothriocepbalus    latus,    called   the    broad 
tapeworm,    and  Taenia  solium,  or  long   tape- 
worm. 

Tapio'ca.  The  popular  name  of  a  fecula 
obtained  from  the  root  of  the  Jatropha  niani- 
hot.  There  are  two  kinds  of  tapioca.  One  is 
in  the  form  of  irregular,  hard,  white  grains  ; 
this  is  called  granular  tapioca.  The  other  is 
tapioca  meal,  sometimes  called  Brazilian  arrow- 
root.    A  food  for  invalids. 

Tap 'ping.  In  Surgery,  paracentesis  (which 
see). 

Tar.     The  impure  turpentine  procured,  by 
burning,  from  the  wood  of  Pinus  palustris  and 
other  species  of  Pinus. 
Tar,  Barbadoes.     Petroleum. 
Tar  Water.     Water  impregnated  with  tar. 

Tar'ache  [rapaxn)-  Tarexis.  A  disordered 
state  of  the  bowels  ;  diarrhoea. 

Tarax'is.  Tarache.  Bowel  complaint  ; 
diarrhoea.  Also  slight  inflammation  of  the 
eyes  or  disordered  sight. 

Tari.     Palm  or   cocoa  wine,  formerly  used 
as  a  tonic. 
Tari'ni,  Pons.    See  Pons  Tarini. 
Tar'sal  (tarscus).     Relating  to  the  tarsus. 
Tarsal    Articulations.      The   union    of   the 
tarsal  bones. 

Tarsal  Cartilages.     The  thin   elastic  plates 
which  give  shape  to  the  eyelids. 
Tar/sea  Lata.     Name  given  by  Winslow 
to   what   he  conceived  to  be  three  ligaments 
extending  from  the  edge  of  the  orbit  to  the 
tarsi,  forming,  as  he  supposed,  a  complete  layer 
of  the  eyelid,  but  said  by  other  anatomists  to 
be  areolar  substance. 
Tar'seus.     Tarsal. 

Tar'si  Exten/sor  Mi'nor.  The  plantaris 
muscle. 

Tarso=metatar'sal.  An  epithet  desigua- 
tive,  in  Anatomy,  of  the  articulations  which 
connect  the  second  row  of  the  bones  of  the 
tarsus  and  the  metatarsal  bones  ;  also  the  liga- 
ments— distinguished     into    the     dorsal     and 


plantar — by  which  these  articulations  are  se- 
cured . 

Tarsorphy/ma  (from  tarseus,  and  <f>v/ia,  a 
tumor).     Tumefaction  of  the  tarsus. 

Tarsorrhaphy  (from  tarsus,  the  tarsal  car- 
tilage, and  pa<j>7),  suture).  In  Surgery,  an  op- 
eration for  diminishing  the  opening  between 
the  eyelids  when  enlarged  by  surrounding 
cicatrices. 

Tarsot/omy  (from  tarsus,  the  tarsal  carti- 
lages, and  toui],  incision) .  In  Surgery,  an  opera- 
tion for  the  removal  of  the  tarsal  cartilages. 
Tar/sus.  In  Anatomy,  the  instep,  which, 
in  man,  is  composed  of  seven  bones — viz.,  the 
astragalus,  os  calcis,  os  naviculare,  and  three 
ossa  cuneiformia.  Also  two  thin  cartilaginous 
layers  situated  in  the  substance  of  the  edge  of 
each  eyelid. 

Tartar  {tartarum).  The  deposit  attached 
to  the  inside  of  wine  casks.  Also  the  popular 
but  erroneous  name  for  the  calcareous  deposit 
which  forms  on  the  teeth.  See  Salivary 
Calculus. 

Tartar,  Cream  of.  Supertartrate  of  potash. 
Tartar  Emet/ic  (antimonii  el  potassse  tartras ; 
antimonium  tartar  izatum).  Tartrate  of  anti- 
mony and  potassa.  It  is,  according  to  the 
dose,  an  alterative,  diaphoretic,  diuretic,  ex- 
pectorant, purgative,  and  emetic.  Externally 
it  is  used  as  a  counter-irritant.  Dose,  as  an 
alterative,  from  -fa  to  TV  of  a  grain.  As  an 
emetic,  the  dose  is  from  gr.  ij  to  gr.  iij.  See 
Vinum  Antimonii. 

Tartar,  Green.  A  green  or  brown  stain  is  so 
called  which  is  common  to  the  teeth  of  young 
persons,  and  due  to  an  acid  condition  of  the 
mucus. 

Tartar,  Salt  of.  Carbonate  of  potash. 
Tartar,  SoPuble.  Tartrate  of  potash. 
Tartar,  VitrioPated.     Sulphate  of  potassa. 

Tartaric  Acid  (acidum  tarlaricum).  For- 
mula, H2C4H406.  The  vegetable  acid  existing 
in  cream  of  tartar,  which,  after  being  extracted, 
is  a  white  crystallized  solid,  in  the  form  of 
irregular  six-sided  prisms,  having  a  strong  acid 
taste,  refrigerant  and  antiseptic.  Dose,  gr.  x 
to^ss;  found  in  grapes  and  other  fruit.  In 
Dental  Practice  it  is  employed,  in  combination 
with  an  equal  quantity  of  chloride  of  lime,  to 
bleach  discolored  teeth.  It  has  also  been 
employed  in  inflammation  of  the  gums  from 
scurvy,  in  cancrum  oris,  and  for  fungous 
growths  of  gum  and  the  dental  pulp. 

Tar'tarum.     Tartar. 
Tartarum  Emet'icum.     Tartar  emetic. 


TAR 


597 


TEE 


Tartarum  Regenera'tum.    Acetate  of  potassa. 

Tar'tarus  Ammo'niae.     Tartras  animoniae 
(which  see). 
Tartarus   Den/tium.     Tartar  of  the  teeth. 

Tar'tras.     Tartrate.     A  salt  formed  by  the 
union  of  tartaric  acid  -with  a  salifiable  base. 
Tartras  Ammon'iae.     Tartrate  of  ammonia. 
Tartras  Potas/sae.     Tartrate  of  potassa. 
Tartras    Potassae    Acid'ulus.      Bitartrate    of 

potassa. 
Tartras  So/dae.     Potassio-tartrate  of  soda. 

Tartrate.     A  salt  of  tartaric  acid. 

Ta/sis.     Extension  ;  tension. 

Taste  (guslus).  That  sense  by  which  the 
flavor  of  sapid  bodies  is  perceived.  The  tongue 
is  the  principal  organ  of  taste. 

Taste=bulbs  or  Taste=buds.  The  end- 
organs  of  the  gustatory  nerves. 

Tasteless  Salt.     Phosphate  of  soda. 

Taurocholic  Acid.  A  crystalline  biliary 
acid  composed  of  taurin  and  cholic  acid.  Its 
salts  (taurocholates),  especially  that  of  so- 
dium, form  the  chief  biliary  salt  of  human 
bile. 

TaurocoPIa  (from  ravpoc,  a  bull,  and  no?^la, 
glue).  Glue  made  from  the  genitals  and  ears 
of  the  bull. 

Tax/is  (from  raaau,  to  order,  to  arrange). 
The  replacement  with  the  hand,  without  the 
aid  of  instruments,  of  parts  which  have  left 
their  natural  situation,  as  in  the  reduction  of 
hernia. 

T=bandage.  A  bandage  so  named  from  its 
beiug  shaped  like  the  letter  T.  It  is  used  for 
supporting  dressings  after  the  operation  for 
fistula  in  ano,  and  in  diseases  of  the  perinaeuin, 
anus,  etc.  There  is  also  a  double  T-bandage, 
consisting  of  a  transverse  piece  with  two  per- 
pendicular pieces  sewed  to  it. 

Te.     Symbol  of  Tellurium. 

Tea.  The  dried  leaves  of  Thea,  a  genus  of 
plants  of  the  order  Ternstrcemiaceoe,  of  which 
there  are  several  kinds.  See  Thea.  Also  a 
refreshing  beverage,  consisting  of  a  decoction, 
in  boiling  water,  of  tea  leaves.  The  term  is 
applied,  too,  to  any  decoction  or  infusion  of 
vegetables,  and  sometimes  of  animal  sub- 
stances, as  sage  tea,  chamomile  tea,  beef  tea, 
etc. 

Tear  (lachryma).  The  limpid,  saline,  in- 
odorous, and  colorless  humor  secreted  by  the 
lachrymal  glands,  and  poured  out  between  the 
eyelids  and  globe  of  the  eye. 

Teaspoon.  A  measure  approximately  equal 
to  one  fluidrachm. 


Teat.  The  nipple  or  projecting  part  of  the 
female  breast. 

Te'cedon.     Phthisis. 

Tech'nical  (tedmicus;  from  reppy,  art). 
Pertaining  to  art  ;  an  epithet  designative  of 
words  and  phrases  belonging  exclusively  to  an 
art  or  to  a  particular  profession. 

Technique.  Technics.  The  learning  that 
relates  to  the  arts. 

Techniques,  Dental.  The  preliminary 
teaching  of  dental  students  by  a  technical 
method,  which  includes  ideas  of  practical  den- 
tistry, the  regional  anatomy  of  the  teeth,  for- 
mation of  cavities,  manipulation  of  fillings, 
study  of  the  forms  of  root  canals,  shaping 
cavities,  studying  character  of  tooth  ;  bone, 
enamel,  cement,  dentine,  description  of  instru- 
ments, forming  and  tempering  instruments, 
training  the  eye,  judgment,  and  fingers  ;  causes 
of  decay,  reparative  treatment,  filling  mate- 
rials, treatment  of  diseased  teeth,  making  of 
silhouette  prints  of  sections  of  teeth,  surface 
markings  of  teeth  ;  also  orthodontia  technics, 
histological  technics,  prosthetic  technics,  etc., 
the  object  of  this  preliminary  teaching 
being  the  instruction  of  students  by  the  use  of 
dummies,  etc.,  so  that  they  may  commence 
their  practical  work  on  patients  in  the  infirm- 
ary with  a  degree  of  confidence  which  will 
insure  the  safety  of  the  patient  and  result  in  a 
total  absence  of  all  hesitancy  and  uncertainty 
on  the  part  of  the  operator  and  also  in  more 
rapid  advance  of  his  progress. 

Technocau'sis  (rexvq,  art,  and  icavoig,  a 
burning).  Irritation  by  means  of  the  applica- 
tion of  hot  iron,  etc. 

Technology  (from  texvV,  art,  and  /oyoc,  a 
discourse).  Technologia.  A  description  of  or 
treatise  on  the  arts.  Also  an  explanation  of 
the  terms  and  phrases  belonging  to  the  arts. 

Tecnocton'ia.     Infanticide. 

Teeth  (dentes).  In  man,  the  small  bones 
which  occupy  the  alveolar  cavities  of  the  upper 
and  lower  jaws.  They  are  the  hardest  calcare- 
ous portions  of  the  body  and  the  principal 
organs  of  mastication.  They  are  distinguished 
into  milk,  temporary,  or  deciduous  teeth,  and 
permanent  or  adult  teeth.  The  first  division 
consists  of  three  classes — namely:  (1)  Incisors  ; 
(2)  cuspidati ;  (3)  molars.  The  second  division 
consists  of  four  classes — namely  :  (1)  Incisors  ; 
(2)  cuspidati  ;  (3)  bicuspids  ;  (4)  molars. 

The  temporary  teeth  are  twenty  in  number, 
ten  iu  each  jaw — namely,  four  incisors,  two 
cuspidati,  and  four  molars.     There  are  thirty- 


TEE 


598 


TEE 


two  in  the  permanent  set,  sixteen  to  each  jaw, 
which  are  designated  as  follows  :  Incisors,  four  ; 
cuspidati,  two  :  bicuspids,  four  ;  molars,  six. 
The  third  or  last  molar  is  sometimes  called  the 
dens  sapientise,  or  wisdom  tooth.  For  a  de- 
scription of  the  classes  belonging  to  each  divi- 
sion, see  the  articles  respectively  relating  to 
them. 

In  speaking  of  the  teeth  in  general,  Mr. 
Alexander  Nasmyth  says  they  "may  be  re- 
garded in  the  first  place  as  the  armory  of  the 
mouth,  and  in  the  second  as  the  instruments 
by  which  the  process  of  assimilation  is  com- 
menced. They  assist  in  seizing,  dividing, 
tearing,  and  masticating  the  substances  which 
the  diversified  surface  of  the  earth,  the  fath- 
omless depths  of  the  oceau,  and  the  boundless 
expanse  of  atmosphere  afford,  in  infinite  vari- 
ety, as  materials  for  building  up  the  physical 
framework  of  animated  existence.  They  pre- 
sent themselves  as  appendages  of  the  skin,  to 
the  products  of  which,  in  some  of  their  modi- 
fications, they  bear  a  great  resemblance,  while 
in  others  they  resemble  true  bone.  The  varie- 
ties which  they  present,  throughout  the  rauge 
of  the  animal  kingdom,  correspond  to  the  in- 
finite diversities  in  the  functions  they  are 
required  to  perform  ;  and  wonderful  are  the 
minute  and  perfect  adaptations  which  they 
present  in  various  animals  to  the  wants  and 
instincts  of  the  latter.  Indeed,  from  their 
peculiar  conformation  they  indicate  so  exactly 
the  type  of  animal  to  which  they  belong  that 
they  are  found  to  furnish  the  best  characteris- 
tic marks  by  which  to  classify  the  members  of 
the  animal  kingdom.  Their  importance,  there- 
fore, from  a  scientific  point  of  view,  is  very  great, 
the  aid  which  they  afford  to  the  naturalist 
being  precise  and  definite  ;  they  have  held  a 
prominent  place  in  all  classifications  of  animals, 
and  Brisson  adopted  them  exclusively  as  his 
guide  in  this  department  of  his  labors.  Such 
is  the  beautiful  harmony  of  nature  that  the 
information  acquired  by  means  of  these  organs 
puts  as  at  once  in  possession  of  a  knowledge  of 
many  of  the  peculiarities  and  distinguishing 
habits  of  the  animals  to  which  they  respectively 
belong.  Moreover,  the  enduring  nature  of  the 
materials  which  enter  into  their  structure  can 
not  but  give  them  additional  value  in  the  eyes 
of  the  geologist. 

"Cuvier,  whose  scientific  research  was  at 
once  remarkable  for  its  elevation  and  the 
grandeur  and  breadth  of  contemplation  which 
it   displayed,  has  widened,  1  >y    his   profound 


labors,  the  field  of  physical  philosophy  ;  he 
has  lit  torches  in  the  abyss  of  time,  to  guide 
us  iu  our  inquiries  into  the  past,  which,  were 
they  zealously  prosecuted,  '  man,  to  whom 
only  a  temporary  sojourn  on  earth  has  been 
accorded,  would  have  the  glory  of  unfolding 
the  history  of  the  thousands  of  centuries  which 
have  preceded  his  existence,  and  of  the  mil- 
lions of  beings  who  were  not  his  contempora- 
ries.'  "  * 

Teeth,  Abra/sion  of.  See  ABRASION  OF  THE 
Teeth. 
Teeth,  Apposition  of  the.  The  arrangement 
is  such  that  the  greatest  effectiveness  of  mas- 
tication is  secured,  two  teeth  receiving  the 
impact  of  the  half  of  two  of  the  opposite 
jaw,  thus  distributing  the  force  of  occlusion, 
and  in  case  of  the  loss  of  a  tooth,  the  oppos- 
ing teeth  will  still  have  antagonistic  teeth. 
Teeth,  Articulation  of.  The  teeth  are  united 
to  the  maxillary  bones  by  a  species  of  articu- 
lation called  gomphosis  (which  see).  Those 
having  but  one  root  depend  greatly  upon  their 
nice  adaptation  to  the  alveoli  for  the  strength 
of  their  union.  Those  having  three  or  four 
often  receive  support  from  their  divergence. 
But  the  peridental  membrane  lining  the  alve- 
olar cavities  and  investing  the  roots  forms 
another  bond  of  union,  as  do  also  the  vessels 
entering  the  extremities  of  the  roots,  as  well 
as  the  gums  around  their  necks. 
Teeth,  Artificial.  See  Artificial  Teeth 
and  Porcelain  Teeth. 

Teeth,  At/rophy  of.      See  Erosion  of  the 
Teeth. 

Teeth,  Block.     See  Block  Teeth. 
Teeth,  Caries  of.  See  Caries  of  the  Teeth. 
Teeth,  Characteristics  of.    The  teeth  present 
marked  and  striking  differences  in  their  ap- 
pearance.   They  vary  in  volume,  color,  length, 
and  arrangement,  and  all  of  these  are  indica- 
tive of  the  differences  that  exist  in  the  sus- 
ceptibility of  these  organs  to  disease. 
Apart  from  the  anatomical  divisions  into  which 
these  organs  have  been  arranged,  there  are  five 
principal  classes  or  descriptions  of  teeth,  each 
differing  in  some  respects  from  the  others. 
There  are  also  a  vast  number  of  intermediary 
classes,  the  peculiarities  of  all  of  which  it  is 
impossible  to  describe. 

Class  First. — The  teeth  belonging  to  this  class 
are  of  a  medium  size,  and  those  of  each  class 

*  "  Cuvier  sur  les  Ossemens  Fossiles."     Discours. 
Prelim.,  \>.  cl.x. 


TEE 


599 


TEE 


of  uniform  dimensions.  They  are  of  a  dull 
white  color,  faintly  tinged  with  yellow  near 
the  gum,  which  becomes  more  and  more  ap- 
parent as  the  subject  advances  in  age,  the 
enamel  presenting  a  firm,  glossy  appearance. 
Teeth  of  this  description  are  rarely  affected 
with  caries,  and  are  most  frequently  met  with 
in  persons  of  a  sanguineous  temperament,  or 
at  least  in  those  in  whom  this  predominates. 
They  are  indicative  of  a  good  innate  constitu- 
tion, and  of  the  most  perfect  health  during 
the  time  they  were  undergoing  ossification. 

Such  teeth  are  occasionally  possessed  by  per- 
sons of  all  nations  and  classes,  but  far  more 
generally  by  laboring  people  in  healthy  north- 
ern latitudes.  Among  the  inhabitants  of  Eng- 
land, Ireland,  and  Scotland,  and  more  espe- 
cially the  middle  and  poorer  classes,  they  are 
very  common.  They  are  also  frequently  met 
with  in  the  northern  part  of  the  United  States, 
the  Canadas,  the  mountainous  districts  of 
Mexico,  and,  so  far  as  the  author  has  had  op- 
portunity of  informing  himself,  in  France, 
Russia,  Germany,  and  Switzerland.  Those 
who  have  them  generally  enjoy  excellent 
health,  and  are  seldom  troubled  with  dyspep- 
sia or  any  of  its  concomitants. 

Class  Second. — The  teeth  of  this  class,  though 
often  very  white,  usually  have  a  faint  azure 
appearance  near  the  coronal  extremity.  They 
are  rather  long  than  short ;  the  incisors  are 
generally  thin  and  narrow  ;  the  cuspidati 
very  pointed  ;  and  the  bicuspids  and  molars 
small  in  circumference,  with  prominent  cusps 
and  protuberances  upon  their  grinding  sur- 
faces. The  lateral  incisors  are  sometimes  very 
small  and  slight] y  pointed. 

Teeth  of  this  description  are  generally  very 
sensitive,  and  easily  acted  on  by  corrosive 
agents. 

They  are  also  frequently  affected  with  erosion, 
or  have  upon  their  surfaces  white,  brown,  or 
opaque  spots,  varying  in  size  and  number. 
Several  are  sometimes  found  upon  a  single 
tooth,  and  in  some  instances  every  tooth  in 
the  mouth  is  more  or  less  marked  with  them. 

Teeth  possessing  these  characteristics  are  in- 
dicative of  a  weakly  innate  constitution  and 
of  blood  too  serous  to  furnish  the  materials 
necessary  for  teeth  of  the  best  quality. 

They  are  more  common  to  females  than  males. 
though  many  of  the  latter  have  them.  They 
are  met  with  among  people  of  all  countries, 
but  far  more  frequently  among  those  who  re- 
side in  sickly,  southern  latitudes,  or   whose 


systems  have  become  enervated  by  luxurious 
modes  of  living.  Among  the  inhabitants  of 
Great  Britain  they  are  more  rare  than  among 
those  of  the  United  States,  and  those  who 
have  them  seldom  attain  to  a  great  age. 

Class  Third. — The  teeth  belonging  to  this  class, 
though  differing  in  many  respects  from  those 
last  noticed,  are,  nevertheless,  not  unlike 
them  in  their  texture  and  in  their  suscepti- 
bility to  the  action  of  deleterious  agents.  The 
crowns  of  such  teeth  are  much  larger  than 
those  of  the  first  class,  their  surfaces  are 
rough  and  irregular,  with  protuberances  ris- 
ing not  only  from  the  grinding  surfaces  of  the 
bicuspids  and  molars,  but  also  not  infre- 
quently from  their  sides,  with  correspondingly 
deep  indentations.  They  usually  have  a  dull 
white  color.  The  crowns  of  the  incisors  are 
broad,  long,  and  thick. 

This  description  of  teeth  decay  readily,  and  in 
some  instances  appear  to  set  at  defiance  the 
resources  of  the  dentist.  They  are  liable  to 
be  attacked  at  almost  every  point,  but  more 
particularly  iu  their  indentations  and  on  their 
approximal  surfaces. 

Class  Fourth. — The  teeth  of  this  class  generally 
have  a  white,  chalky  appearance,  are  un- 
equally developed,  and  have  a  very  soft  tex- 
ture. They  are  easily  acted  upon  by  corrosive 
agents,  and,  like  the  teeth  last  noticed,  when 
attacked  by  caries  usually  fall  speedy  victims 
to  the  ravages  of  the  disease. 

The  teeth  belonging  to  classes  three  and  four 
are  usually  met  with  among  persons  of  lyra- 
phatico-serous  constitutions . 

Class  Fifth. — The  enamel  of  the  teeth  belong- 
ing to  this  class  usually  has  a  white,  pearly 
gloss.  The  crowns  are  long,  generally  rather 
small  in  circumference,  though  often  well  de- 
veloped. Teeth  of  this  description  are  gen- 
erally regarded  by  medical  writers  as  indica- 
tive of  a  tendency  to  phthisis  pulmonalis,  and 
they  are  supposed  by  some  to  be  very  durable. 
But  this  opinion  is  not  well  founded.  The 
occurrence  of  febrile  or  other  forms  of  consti- 
tutional disease  which  cause  an  alteration  of 
the  fluids  of  the  body  is  usually  followed  by 
rapid  decay  of  the  teeth.  The  author  has 
been  led  to  believe,  from  the  frequent  observ- 
ance of  this  fact,  that  the  buccal  fluids  iu 
strumous  and  consumptive  individuals  are 
less  prejudicial  to  the  teeth  than  in  other  con- 
stitutions, and  that  it  is  chiefly  owing  to  this 
that  the  kind  of  teeth  under  consideration 
are  so  seldom  attacked  by  caries. 


TEE 


600 


TEE 


There  are  many  other  characteristics  which 
the  teeth  present  in  shape,  size,  density,  and 
color,  from  "which  valuable  inductions  might 
be  made,  both  with  regard  to  the  innate  con- 
stitution and  the  means  necessary  to  their 
preservation  ;  but  as  the  limits  we  have  pre- 
scribed to  this  article  will  not  admit  of  their 
consideration,  we  shall  conclude  by  observ- 
ing that  the  appearances  of  these  organs  vary 
almost  to  infinity.  Each  is  indicative  of  the 
state  of  the  general  health  at  the  time  of  their 
formation,  and  of  their  own  physical  condition 
and  susceptibility  to  injury. 

Teeth,  Denuding  of.  See  Denuding  of 
the  Teeth. 

Teeth,  Development  of.  In  the  development 
of  the  dental  follicles  of  the  human  teeth  is 
exhibited  one  of  the  most  curious  and  inter- 
esting operations  of  the  animal  economy. 
From  small  mucous  papilla?,  observable  at  a 
very  early  period  of  intra-uterine  existence, 
they,  in  obedience  to  certain  developmental 
laws,  gradually  increase  until  they  attain  the 
size  of  the  crowns  of  the  teeth  they  are  re- 
spectively destined  to  form.  They  then  begin 
to  calcify,  and  this  process,  commencing  on 
the  cutting  edges  of  the  incisors,  the  points  of 
the  cusps  of  the  cuspidati,  bicuspids,  and  emi- 
nences of  the  molars,  extends  over  the  whole 
surface  of  their  crowns,  until  they  are  invested 
in  a  complete  layer  of  bone,  and  so  layer  after 
layer  is  formed,  one  within  the  other,  until 
nothing  remains  but  a  small  cavity  in  each 
tooth,  which  contains  the  residuum  of  the 
pulp.  In  the  meantime  the  enamel  and  roots 
of  the  teeth  begin  to  form. 

In  the  earliest  stages  of  development  a  slight 
longitudinal  depression  is  seen  in  the  epithe- 
lium covering  the  borders  of  the  jaws,  which 
is  increased  in  depth  by  the  addition  of  a  ridge 
on  either  side  of  it.  At  the  bottom  of  this 
groove  the  deepest  layer  of  the  epithelium 
(Malpighian)  dips  down  into  the  corium  as  a 
continuous  fold  or  lamina,  with  a  downward 
and  slightly  inward  course.  The  continuity 
of  the  fold  is  then  broken  up,  and  the  enamel 
organ  appears  as  a  process  of  the  epithelium 
having  a  club-shape.  The  outer  layer  of  the 
enamel  organ  is  composed  of  cells,  columnar 
in  shape,  which  yet  maintain  their  connection 
with  the  Malpighian  layer  of  the  epithelium 
above,  and  from  which  they  originate,  while 
the  interior  of  the  organ — the  most  expanded 
portion — is  made  up  of  polygonal  cells.  The 
edges  of  the  enlarged  extremity  of  the  enamel 


organ  develop  more  rapidly  than  the  centre, 
which  gives  to  it  a  hood-  or  bell-shape  with 
the  concavity  downward. 
At  the  same  time,  or  in  accordance  with  this 
development  of  the  enamel  organ,  a  papilla 
arises  from  the  corium  beneath,  and  is  closely 
invested  by  the  enamel  organ,  and  this  ap- 
pearance of  the  papilla  denotes  the  earliest 
stage  of  development  of  the  dentine.  The 
surface  of  this  papilla  is  then  covered  by  a 
layer  of  cells  known  as  odontoblasts,  which 
change  into  a  gelatinous  matrix,  and  they 
are  next  calcined  from  the  outer  surface  in- 
ward in  the  form  of  a  cap  of  dentine  over 
the  entire  bulb  of  the  papilla.  The  central 
portions  of  the  odontoblasts,  which  remain 
uncalcified,  form  the  dentinal  fibrils,  while 
the  lateral  processes  produce  the  numerous 
anastomoses  of  the  dentinal  tubuli  and  fibrils 
of  the  adult  tooth. 
During  this  evolution  of  the  dentinal  papilla 
the  enamel  organ — which  at  the  last  stage 
noticed  consisted  of  an  outer  layer  of  columnar 
epithelium,  covering  the  convex  portion  and 
connected  to  the  Malpighian  layer  above  by  a 
slender  cord,  and  was  also  made  up  of  an 
internal  portion  consisting  of  polygonal  cells — 
has  developed  (coincidentally  with  the  change 
of  the  dentinal  papilla  into  a  club-  or  bell- 
shape,  and  the  formation  of  the  odontoblasts) 
a  peripheral  layer  of  cells  in  juxtaposition 
with  the  dentinal  papilla,  which  cells  undergo 
great  elongation  and  enlargement,  forming 
regular  six-sided  prismatic  enamel  cells.  In 
the  interior  of  the  enamel  organ,  coincident 
with  this  formation  of  enamel  cells,  the  polyg- 
onal cells  are  transformed  into  stellate  cells, 
which  compose  a  stellate  reticulum,  these 
stellate  cells  having  elongated  processes, 
which  pass  through  a  series  of  unchanged 
cells,  known  as  the  stratum  intermedium, 
into  the  enamel  cells.  Before  the  enamel  is 
fully  formed  the  external  epithelium,  the 
stellate  reticulum,  and  the  stratum  interme- 
dium atrophy  and  completely  disappear. 
Before  this  disappearance  the  epithelial  cords 
of  the  enamel  organs  of  the  deciduous  teeth 
give  origin  to  the  germs  of  the  permanent 
teeth  which  have  deciduous  predecessors,  and 
which  are  developed  in  the  same  manner  as 
the  germs  of  the  deciduous  teeth.  Each 
dental  follicle  consists  of  the  enamel  organ 
and  dental  papilla,  enclosed  by  a  sac  wall, — 
dental  sacculus, — the  latter  arising  from  the 
corium  at  the  base  of  the  dentinal  papilla,  in 


TEE 


601 


TEE 


the  form  of  processes  which  grow  upward  on 
the  outside  of  both  the  dentinal  papilla  and 
enamel  organ,  so  as  to  enclose  them  in  a  shut 
sac,  known  as  the  "dental  sacculus." 

The  permanent  teeth,  having  no  deciduous 
predecessors,  are  developed  directly  from  the 
epithelium  and  corium,  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  deciduous  teeth. 

The  cementum  of  the  tooth  is  developed  from 
the  fully  formed  dental  sacculus,  which  con- 
sists of  an  outer  and  an  inner  wall,  both  highly 
vascular,  the  inner  wall  containing  osteoblasts 
which  calcify  into  cementum  in  the  same 
manner  as  ordinary  bone,  while  the  outer 
wall  becomes  the  peridental  membrane  which 
invests  the  root.  The  close  application  of  the 
inner  wall  of  the  dental  sacculus  to  the  sur- 
face of  the  enamel,  and  its  partial  or  incom- 
plete calcification,  give  origin  to  the  mem- 
brane of  Nasmyth. 

The  last  molar  follicle  is  completed  during  the 
thirteenth  week,  and  the  different  papilla}, 
instead  of  remaining  simple  rounded  masses 
of  granular  matter,  assume  the  shape  of  the 
future  teeth  they  are  respectively  destined  to 
form.  During  this  period  the  papillae  grow 
faster  than  the  follicles,  and,  consequently, 
protrude  from  them.  In  the  meantime  the 
sides  of  the  follicles  are  becoming  more  devel- 
oped, "so  as  to  form  opercula,  which  corre- 
spond in  some  measure  to  the  shape  of  the 
crowns  of  the  future  teeth."  The  incisor 
follicles  have  two — one  anterior  and  one  pos- 
terior, the  first  larger  than  the  latter  ;  the 
cuspidati  follicles  have  three — one  external 
and  two  internal  ;  the  molar  follicles,  as  many 
as  there  are  protuberances  upon  their  grinding 
surfaces. 

By  the  fourteenth  week  the  lips  of  the  follicle 
have  increased  so  much  as  to  meet  or  apply 
themselves  together  in  a  "  valvular  manner," 
giving  to  the  papilla?  the  appearance  of  hav- 
ing receded  back  into  their  follicles,  so  that 
they  are  almost  completely  hidden  by  their 
opercula.  The  development  of  the  germs  and 
follicles  of  the  teeth  of  the  lower  jaw  is  al- 
most precisely  similar  to  those  of  the  upper, 
though  these  teeth  are  rather  more  tardy  in 
making  their  appearance. 

At  the  last-mentioned  period  "the  dental 
groove  "  occupies  a  higher  level  than  it  did  at 
first,  and  it  is  at  this  time  that  provision  is 
made  for  the  production  of  the  ten  anterior 
permanent  teeth.  It  consists  of  the  appear 
ance  of  crescent-shaped   depressions   behind 


the  inner  opercula  of  the  follicles  ;  first  of 
the  central  incisors,  then  of  the  laterals,  next 
of  the  cuspidati,  and,  lastly,  of  the  first  and 
second  temporary  molars.  This  occurs  about 
the  fourteenth  or  fifteenth  week,  and  about 
the  same  time  the  edges  or  margins  of  the 
follicle  approach  each  other,  and  close  the 
mouths  of  the  follicles,  beginning  with  the 
central  incisors,  next  with  the  lateral,  then  the 
cuspidati,  and  ending  with  the  second  molars. 
Commencing  from  behind  and  proceeding  for- 
ward, the  lips  and  walls  of  the  secondary 
follicles  now  begin  to  adhere  ;  the  follicles 
have  become  closed  sacs.  From  the  time  the 
follicles  of  the  temporary  teeth  close,  thejr 
"become  gradually  moulded  into  their  pecu- 
liar human  shape.  The  molar  pulps  begin  to 
be  perforated  by  three  canals,  which,  proceed- 
ing from  the  surface  to  the  centre,  gradually 
divide  their  primary  base  into  three  secondary 
bases,  which  become  developed  into  the  roots 
of  the  future  teeth."  The  sacs,  in  the  mean- 
time, "grow  more  rapidly  than  the  pulps," 
leaving  an  intervening  space,  "in  which  is 
deposited  a  gelatinous  granular  substance,  at 
first  in  small  quantity,  and  adherent  only  to 
the  proximal  surfaces  of  the  sacs,  but  ulti- 
mately, about  the  fifth  month,"  becomes 
"closely  and  intimately  attached  to  the  whole 
interior  of  these  organs,  except  for  a  small 
space  of  equal  breadth,  all  around  the  base  of 
'  the  pulp,  which  space  retains  the  original 
gray  color  of  the  inner  membrane  of  the 
follicle,  and,  as  the  primary  base  of  the  pulp 
becomes  perforated  by  the  canals  formerly 
mentioned,  the  granular  matter  sends  pro- 
cesses into  them,  which,  adhering  to  the  sac, 
reserve  the  narrow  space,  described  above, 
between  themselves  and  the  secondary  base. 
These  processes  of  granular  matter  do  not 
meet  across  the  canals,  but  disappear  near 
their  point  of  junction.  The  granular  matter 
is  closely  applied,  but  does  not  adhere  to  the 
surface  of  the  pulp,"  but  is  exactly  moulded 
to  all  of  its  eminences  and  depressions. 
At  the  fundus  of  the  sac  each  branch  of  the 
dental  artery  sends  off  small  branches  to  the 
outer  membrane  of  the  sac,  and  the  "  true  " 
or  inner  membrane  is  supplied  from  arteries 
from  the  gums,  after  having  inosculated  with 
the  twigs  sent  off  by  the  dental  artery,  but 
none  of  these  are  sent  to  the  granular  sub- 
stances. "The  dental  branch,  after  giving 
off  these  saccular  twigs,  divides  into  a  num- 
ber of  contorted   ramifications  between  the 


TEE 


602 


TEE 


base  of  the  pulp  and  the  sac,  from  which 
smaller  rarnusculi  are  transmitted  into  the 
pulp  itself.  In  the  case  of  the  molars,  the 
main  branches  divide  into  three  secondary 
branches,  one  for  each  of  the  secondary  bases. ' ' 
From  these  the  sacs  and  pulps  are  supplied 
with  blood. 

During  these  changes  in  the  sacs  of  the  tempo- 
rary teeth  "the  follicle  of  the  first  permanent 
molar  closes,  and  granular  matter  is  deposited 
in  its  sac."  Below  the  sac  of  this  tooth,  or 
between  it  and  the  gum,  there  is  a  cavity  of 
reserve  "of  delicate  mucous  membrane," 
formed  by  the  union  of  the  edges  of  the  sec- 
ondary groove,  from  which  the  materials  for 
the  formation  of  the  second  and  third  perma- 
nent molars  are  derived. 

But,  previous  to  this  period,  a  "raised  border 
and  zone-like  vascularity ' '  has  formed  around 
the  apices  and  eminences  of  the  pulps  of  the 
temporary  teeth,  almost  simultaneously  with 
which  the  process  of  ossification  commences. 
The  inner  surface  of  the  granular  matter  is  at 
the  same  time  absorbed,  and  ultimately  be- 
comes so  thin  as  to  render  the  subjacent  vas- 
cularity apparent.  The  absorption  continues, 
and  by  the  time  the  surface  of  the  crown  has 
become  covered  with  a  layer  of  bone,  no  re- 
mains of  it  are  perceptible.  As  yet  little 
change  has  taken  place  in  the  cavities  of 
reserve  for  the  teeth  of  replacement,  or  those 
for  the  two  posterior  molars.  The  former, 
however,  "have  been  gradually  receding  from 
the  surface  of  the  gum,  so  as  to  be  posterior 
instead  of  inferior  to  the  milk  sacs.  The  two 
or  four  anterior,  about  the  fifth  month,  begin 
to  dilate  at  their  distal  extremities,  across 
which  a  fold  appears,  which  is  the  germ  of  the 
future  pulp,  lying  in  the  direction  of  the  cut- 
ting edge  of  the  future  tooth  ;  and  at  the 
proximal  or  acute  extremities  of  the  cavities 
two  other  folds,  an  anterior  and  a  posterior, 
appear."  These  are  analogous  to  the  opercula 
of  the  follicles  of  the  temporary  teeth.  The 
bulgings  at  the  distal  extremities  of  the  cavi- 
ties of  reserve  soon  assume  the  appearance  of 
dental  pulps,  and  the  mouths  of  the  cavities 
are  gradually  closed. 

"The  cavities  of  reserve  have  now  become 
tooth-sacs,  and  under  this  form  they  continue 
to  recede  from  the  surface  of  the  gum,  imbed- 
ding themselves  in  the  sebaceous  cellular 
tissue,  which  has  all  along  constituted  the 
external  layer  of  the  milk-sacs,  and  in  which 
the     larger    saccular  vessels    ramify    before 


arriving  at  the  true  mucous  membrane  of  the 
sacs.  This  implantation  of  the  permanent  in 
the  walls  of  the  temporary  tooth-sacs  gives 
the  former  the  appearance  of  being  produced 
by  a  gemmiparous  process  from  the  latter." 

By  the  sixth  month  they  have  formed  across 
the  alveolar  groove,  and  niches  are  now  seen 
on  the  "posterior  walls  of  the  alveoli  "  for  the 
sacs  of  the  permanent  teeth.  Up  to  the 
eighth,  and  even  to  the  ninth,  mouth  the  sac 
of  the  first  permanent  molar  is  imbedded  in 
the  maxillary  tuberosity.  At  or  a  little  before 
birth  the  roots  of  the  temporary  incisors  begin 
to  be  formed,  and,  "in  the  accomplishment  of 
which,"  says  Mr.  Goodsir,  "  three  contempo- 
raneous actions  are  employed — viz.,  the  length- 
ening of  the  pulp,  the  deposition  of  tooth- 
substance  upon  it,  and  the  adhesion  to  the 
latter  of  that  portion  of  the  inner  surface  of 
the  sac  which  is  opposite  to  it."  By  the  time 
the  central  incisors  begin  to  appear  through 
the  gum  the  jaw  has  lengthened  sufficiently 
for  the  first  permanent  molar  to  assume  its 
"proper  position  in  the  posterior  part  of  the 
alveolar  arch."  During  the  advance  of  the 
temporary  teeth  the  sacs  or  follicles  of  the  per- 
manent continue  to  recede,  and  to  "insinuate 
themselves  between  the  sacs  of  the  former." 

About  the  seventh  or  eight  month  after  birth 
the  cavity  of  reserve  behind  the  first  perma- 
nent molar  "begins  to  lengthen,  to  bulge  out, 
and  to  curve  backward  and  upward  at  its  pos- 
terior extremity,  under  the  form  of  a  sac,  into 
the  mass  of  the  maxillary  tuberosity  ;  a  papilla 
soon  appears  in  its  fundus,  a  process  of  con- 
traction separating  it  from  the  remainder  of 
the  cavity.  This  new  follicle,  which  is  that 
of  the  second  permanent  molar,  now  occupies 
the  position  in  the  maxillary  tuberosity  which 
the  first  permanent  molar  did  before  it."  As 
the  jaw  lengthens,  it  leaves  this  position  and 
drops  downward  and  forward  on  a  level  with 
the  other  teeth.  In  the  meantime  the  follicle 
of  the  third  molar,  or  dens  sapientise,  is  de- 
veloping, and  this,  as  the  other  molars  had 
done,  takes  a  position  in  the  maxillary  tuber- 
osity, where  it  remains  until  the  jaw  lengthens 
sufficiently  for  it  to  take  its  place  behind  the 
second  molar,  which  it  does  at  from  the  sev- 
enteenth to  the  twentieth  year. 

The  gelatinous  granular  substance  described 
by  Goodsir,  situated  between  the  sac  and 
tooth-germ,  investing  the  latter,  at  first 
loosely,  but  afterward  moulding  itself  accu- 
rately to  it,  is  the  enamel  organ.     It  is  said 


TEE 


603 


TEE 


by  Easchkow  to  form  a  "globular  nucleus" 
between  the  follicle  and  dental  germ  at  a  very 
early  period  of  the  growth  of  the  latter,  pre- 
senting a  parenchymatous  appearance  inter- 
nally ;  but  it  gradually  exhibits  angular  gran- 
ulations, held  together  by  "filaments  of  cellu- 
lar tissue,"  resembling  "a  kind  of  actinen- 
chyma,  such  as  may  be  seen  in  plants."  At 
first  it  has  no  connection  with  the  germ  of  the 
tooth,  and  is  surrounded  by  fluid  resembling 
the  liquor  amnii,  but  it  is  gradually  trans- 
formed into  a  membrane.  When  the  pulp  be- 
gins to  ossify  it  attaches  itself  to  it,  and  ad- 
heres with  considerable  tenacity.  About  this 
time  a  peculiar  organ  is  seen  on  its  inner  sur- 
face, which  the  last-named  author  describes  as 
' '  consisting  of  short,  uniform  fibres,  placed 
perpendicularly  to  the  cavity,  and  forming,  as 
it  were,  a  silky  lining  "  to  it,  which,  in  a  trans- 
verse section,  may  be  "clearly  seen,  and  can 
be  accurately  distinguished  from  the  stellated 
parenchyma  of  the  substance"  which  Rasch- 
kow  designates  the  enamel-pulp.  Each  of 
these  fibres  he  regards  as  an  excretory  duct 
or  gland,  whose  peculiar  function  is  to  secrete 
the  ' '  enamel  fibre  corresponding  to  it. ' '  After 
the  commencement  of  the  calcification  of  the 
dental  pulp,  each  one  of  these  fibres,  with  its 
inner  extremity  placed  on  the  now-forming 
subjacent  dentine,  begins  to  secrete  the  earthy 
salts  of  which  this  substance  is  chiefly  com- 
posed. While  this  is  going  on,  organic  lymph, 
says  the  last-named  writer,  seems  to  be  se- 
creted from  the  parenchyma  of  the  enamel 
membrane  which  penetrates  between  the  indi- 
vidual fibres,  rendering  their  whole  substance 
soft,  and  this,  by  means  of  a  sort  of  "  chemico- 
organic  process,"  afterward  combines  with  the 
earthy  substance,  forming  the  animal  base  of 
the  enamel. 

Teeth,  Deviation  in  the  Growth  and  Form 
of.  There  are  no  organs  of  the  body  which 
are  subject  to  more  remarkable  deviations  in 
their  form  and  growth  than  the  teeth.  Albi- 
nns  mentions  a  case  where  two  teeth,  one  on 
the  right  and  the  other  on  the  left  side,  were 
found  "  enclosed  in  the  roots  of  the  processes 
which  extend  from  the  maxillary  bones  to  the 
eminences  of  the  nose." 

Mr.  John  Hunter  mentions  a  case  of  a  some- 
what similar  character. 

Mr.  G.  Waite  met  with  a  case  in  which  the 
crown  of  an  upper  cuspidatus  was  imbedded 
in  the  jaw,  while  the  apex  of  the  root  pro- 
truded from  it. 


In  the  museums  of  the  colleges  of  dental 
surgery  there  are  numbers  of  cuspid  teeth, 
each  having  two  well-developed  roots. 

In  a  collection  in  the  dental  department  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  there  is  a  prepar- 
ation in  which  are  displayed  two  inverted 
supernumerary  teeth  in  the  base  of  the  max- 
illary bone,  and  several  inverted  teeth  closely 
joined  in  the  bifurcation  to  the  roots  of  molars. 
Maury  mentions  a  case  in  which  the  right 
central  incisor  pointed  toward  the  wing  of  the 
nose.  Fully  developed  teeth  have  also  been 
found  in  the  maxillary  sinus.  There  is  iu  the 
upper  jaw  of  an  adult  skull  in  the  museum  of 
the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  be- 
tween the  central  incisors  in  the  substance  of 
the  bone,  a  supernumerary  tooth,  the  crown  of 
which  points  upward  toward  the  crest  of  the 
nasal  plates  of  the  two  bones.  The  whole 
tooth  is  about  one  inch  in  length,  and  the 
apex  of  the  crown  is  nearly  on  a  level  with 
the  floor  of  the  nasal  cavities. 

Teeth  sometimes  deviate  as  much  in  form  as 
in  growth.  Mr.  Fox  gives  a  drawing  of  a 
tooth  shaped  like  the  letter  S,  and  there  is  a 
central  incisor  in  the  museum  of  the  Balti- 
more College  of  Dental  Surgery,  and  also  one 
in  the  dental  department  of  the  University  of 
Maryland,  which  has  its  root  bent  up  upon 
the  labial  surface  of  the  crown  ;  also,  in  the 
former  college,  two  teeth  in  which  the  roots, 
while  in  the  pulp  state,  were  reflected  upon 
the  crowns,  and  in  this  state  were  ossified. 
The  teeth  were  presented  by  the  late  Dr. 
John  Harris,  who  extracted  them  from  the 
right  side  of  the  upper  jaw  of  a  young  man 
about  twenty-five  years  of  age. 

The  incisors  and  cuspidati  sometimes,  though 
very  rarely,  have  two  roots,  the  bicuspids 
three,  and  the  molars  four,  five,  and  occasion- 
ally six. 

Teeth,  Differences  in  the  Liability  of,  to  De- 
cay.   See  Caries  of  the  Teeth. 

Teeth,  Diseases  of.  See  CARIES  OF  THE 
Teeth.  Also  Erosion,  Exostosis,  Necro- 
sis, Denudation  of,  etc. 

Teeth,  Displacement  of,  by  a  Deposit  of 
Bone  in  Their  Sockets.  Hypertrophy  of 
cavities.  The  teeth  are  sometimes  forced 
from  their  sockets  by  a  deposition  of  osseous 
matter  in  the  alveolar  cavities.  This  occurs 
more  frequently  with  the  incisors  than  with 
any  of  the  other  teeth,  and  it  rarely  happens 
that  more  than  one  is  affected  by  it  at  the 
same  time.     Although  the  deposition  geuer- 


TEE 


604 


TEE 


ally  commences  at  the  bottom  of  the  cavity, 
pushing  the  tooth  from  the  socket,  it  some- 
times takes  place  on  one  side,  forcing  the 
tooth  against  the  opposite  wall,  which  suffers 
a  corresponding  loss  of  substance.  In  this 
way,  one  and  sometimes  two  or  more  teeth 
are  forced  asunder,  and  caused  to  take  an  im- 
proper position.  Sometimes  the  central  in- 
cisors are  forced  apart  a  quarter  of  an  inch  ; 
at  other  times  they  are  forced  against  each 
other,  and  caused  to  overlap. 

The  cause  of  this  affection  is  supposed  to  be 
irritation  of  the  peridental  membrane,  occa- 
sioned, most  probably,  in  the  majority  of 
cases,  by  pressure  against  the  tooth,  and  it  is 
doubtless  favored  by  some  peculiar  constitu- 
tional diathesis. 

Teeth,  Elongated  or  Extruded.  See  ELON- 
GATED Teeth. 

Teeth,  English  Tube.  See  under  Porcelain 
Teeth. 

Teeth,  Eruption  of  the.     See  Dentition. 

Teeth,  Exostosis  of.  See  EXOSTOSIS  OF  THE 
Teeth. 

Teeth,  Extraction  of.  See  EXTRACTION  OF 
the  Teeth. 

Teeth,  Eye.     The  cuspidati  of  the  upper  jaw. 

Teeth,  Filling  of.    See  Filling  Teeth. 

Teeth,  Formation  of.  See  Teeth,  Develop- 
ment of  Pulps  and  Sacs  of. 

Teeth,  Fractures  of  the.  See  FRACTURES  OF 
the  Teeth. 

Teeth,  Functions  of.  The  mechanical  subdi- 
vision of  food  substances  preparatory  to  their 
digestion. 

Teeth  Functions,  Elements  of.  Prehension, 
incising,  crushing,  masticating,  and  insali- 
vation. 

Teeth,  Irregularity  of.  See  IRREGULARITY 
of  the  Teeth. 

Teeth,  Malformation  of.  See  Teeth,  DEVI- 
ATION in  the  Growth  and  Form  of. 

Teeth,  Mechanical  Design  of.  From  a  sim- 
ple cone,  the  primitive  typical  form,  to  bicus- 
pid and  quadricuspid  forms. 

Teeth,  Milk.     The  temporary  teeth. 

Teeth,  Molar.  The  last  three  teeth  on  each 
side,  in  each  jaw. 

Teeth,  Morbid  Effects  of  Diseased.  The 
morbid  phenomena  resulting  from  the  irrita- 
tion of  diseased  teeth.  See  the  various  articles 
on  the  diseases  of  the  teeth. 

Teeth  Moulds.  Matrices  in  plaster  of  Paris 
or  metal  employed  in  moulding  porcelain 
teeth.     See  PORCELAIN  TEETH. 


Teeth,  Neck  of  the.     Collum  dentium. 

Teeth,  Necrosis  of.  See  NECROSIS  OF  THE 
Teeth. 

Teeth,  Osseous  Union  of.  Examples  of 
osseous  union  of  two  or  more  teeth,  though 
rare,  are  nevertheless  occasionally  met  with. 
In  1835  the  author  was  consulted,  while  on  a 
visit  to  Richmond,  Va.,  by  two  gentlemen 
who  furnished  similar  examples.  The  crowns 
of  the  central  incisors  of  the  upper  jaw  of  one 
were  perfectly  united,  the  posterior  surface 
presenting  the  appearance  of  one  broad  tooth, 
while  the  anterior  had  a  vertical  groove  in  the 
center,  indicating  the  crowns  of  two  teeth. 
In  the  other  case,  the  crowns  of  the  right  cen- 
tral and  lateral  incisors  were  united  anteri- 
orly, so  as  to  exhibit  the  appearance  of  but 
one  tooth,  but  when  viewed  from  behind  a 
vertical  groove  was  seen  passing  through  the 
centre.  There  are  also  a  number  of  examples 
of  osseous  union  of  the  crowns  of  deciduous 
teeth  in  the  museums  of  the  different  dental 
colleges,  besides  a  large  number  of  a  union  of 
the  roots.  One  of  the  latter  consists  of  the 
union  of  the  roots  of  two  superior  molars  by 
exostosis,  and  the  other  of  the  union  of  the 
three  molars,  also  by  exostosis.  See  Gemin- 
ous  Teeth,  Connate  Teeth,  Concres- 
cence of  Teeth. 

Teeth,  Permanent.  The  adult  teeth.  The 
teeth  of  second  dentition. 

Teeth,    Porcelain.     See    PORCELAIN  TEETH. 

Teeth,  Premolar.  The  bicuspids,  or,  as  they 
are  called  by  some  French  writers,  the  small 
molars. 

Teeth  Set  on  Edge  (ac/acement  des  dents).  A 
peculiarly  disagreeable  sensation  in  the  teeth 
resulting  from  the  contact  of  acids.  Teeth 
thus  affected  are  sometimes  so  sensitive  that 
the  slightest  touch  is  productive  of  pain,  and 
they  have,  seemingly,  a  roughness  on  their 
cutting  edges  and  grinding  surfaces  which  is 
not  felt  at  any  other  time.  Teeth  which  have 
suffered  considerable  loss  of  substance  from 
mechanical  abrasion  are  more  subject  to  this 
affection  than  those  which  have  a  perfect 
coating  of  enamel.  There  is  one  thing  con- 
nected with  it  which  is  not  easy  to  explain. 
It  is  this  :  Persons  who  have  lost  all  their 
natural  teeth  and  wear  artificial  substitutes 
are  sometimes  troubled  with  it.  Several  ex- 
amples of  the  kind  have  fallen  under  the 
observation  of  the  author. 

Teeth,  Succedaneous.  Permanent  teeth  hav- 
ing temporary  predecessors. 


TEE 


605 


TEM 


Teeth,  Supernumerary.  Teeth  exceeding 
the  usual  number  and  not  belonging  properly 
to  those  of  either  dentition.  They  are  rarely 
developed  with  the  temporary  teeth.  When 
they  do  occur,  it  is  almost  always  with  the 
teeth  of  second  dentition.  They  rarely  resem- 
ble the  teeth  belonging  to  any  of  the  classes. 
Their  crowns  are  generally  round  and  of  a 
conical  shape,  though  examples  are  occasion- 
ally met  with  in  which  it  is  impossible  to  de- 
tect any  difference  between  the  supernumerary 
and  the  adjacent  teeth.  They  are  sometimes 
developed  in  one  part  of  the  alveolar  border 
and  sometimes  in  another,  but  most  frequently 
between  or  behind  the  central  incisors  of  the 
upper  jaw.  Irregularity  often  results  from 
their  presence. 

Teeth,  Tartar  of.     See  SALIVARY  CALCULUS. 

Teeth,  Temporary.  The  teeth  of  first  denti- 
tion ;  milk  teeth  ;  deciduous  teeth. 

Teeth,  Temporary  and  Permanent,  Differ- 
ences Between.  The  temporary  teeth  differ 
from  the  permanent  in  many  particulars.  The 
former  are  smaller  and  of  a  less  firm  texture 
than  the  latter,  "  and  their  general  character- 
istic forms  and  prominences,"  to  use  the  lan- 
guage of  Mr.  Bell,  ' '  are  much  less  strongly 
marked.  The  incisors  and  cuspidati  of  the 
lower  jaw  are  of  the  same  general  form  as  the 
adult,  though  much  smaller ;  the  edges  are 
more  rounded  and  they  are  not  much  more 
than  half  the  length  of  the  latter.  The  molars 
of  the  child,  on  the  contrary,  are  considerably 
larger  than  the  bicuspids  which  succeed  them, 
and  resemble,  very  nearly,  the  permanent 
molars. 

"The  roots  of  these  teeth,  the  molars  of  the 
child,  are  similar  in  number  to  those  of  the 
adult  molars  ;  but  they  are  flatter  and  thinner 
in  proportion,  more  hollowed  on  their  inner 
surfaces,  and  diverge  from  the  neck  at  a  more 
abrupt  angle,  forming  a  sort  of  arch." 

Teeth,  Temporary  Shedding  of.  See  SECOND 
Dentition. 

Teeth,  Third  Set  of.   See  Dentition,  Third. 

Teeth,  To  Elevate.  See  Elevating  or  Rais- 
ing Teeth  in  Their  Cavities. 

Teeth,  Transposition  of.  It  sometimes  hap- 
pens that  a  central  incisor  is  situated  between 
the  lateral  of  the  side  to  which  it  belongs  and 
the  cuspidatus,  or  that  a  right  central  is  situ- 
ated in  the  place  of  the  left  and  the  left  in 
the  place  of  the  right ;  or  that  a  lateral  in- 
cisor is  situated  between  the  cuspidatus  and 
first  bicuspid,  and  at  other  times  a  cuspidatus 


is  found  between  the  first  and  second  bicus- 
pids. This  description  of  aberration  in  the 
position  of  the  teeth  is  supposed  by  many  to 
be  the  result  of  a  transposition  of  the  dental 
pulps. 

Teeth,  Villiform.     See  Villiform  Teeth. 
Teeth,    Vitreous     Substance    of    the.      The 
enamel  of  the  teeth. 
Teething.     Dentition. 
Teething,    Difficult.     See   DENTITION,   MOR- 
BID. 
Teg/men.     An  integument. 
Teg'umen.     An  integument. 
Teg/ument    (tegumenium ;    from    iego,    to 
cover).     A  cover  or  covering  ;  an  integument. 
In  Anatomy,   by   the    term   integuments    are 
comprehended  the  structures  generally  which 
cover   and   protect  the   animal   body,  as  the 
cuticle,  rete  mucosum,  skin,  and  adipose  mem- 
brane. 

Tegument/ary.     Pertaining  to  or  consist- 
ing of  teguments. 
Tegumen/tum.     Integuments. 
Teines/mos.     Tenesmus. 
Te'la    (from   texo,    to   weave).     Applied  in 
Anatomy  to   the  cellular  membrane,  from   its 
resemblance  to  a  web  of  cloth. 
Tela  Adipo'sa.     The  adipose   tissue  of  ani- 
mals. 

Tela  Aranea'rum.     The  spider's  web,  some- 
times employed  as  a  styptic. 
Tela  Cellulo/sa.     The  cellular  tissue. 
Tela    Choroi'dea.      Velum  interpositum.     A 
membranous  prolongation  of  the  pia  mater  in 
the  third  ventricle. 

Tela  Muco'sa.     The  cellular  tissue  of  organ- 
ized bodies. 
Telamo'nes.     In  Surgery,  bandages  :  dress- 
ings for  wounds. 

Telangiectasis  (from  te'/.oq,  far,  a^^eiov, 
vessel,  and  earacuc,  dilatation).  The  dilatation 
of  vessels,  as  in  noevus  maternus  and  aneurism, 
acquired,  not  congenital. 

Telangio'sis  (from  re/.oc,  end,  and  a^yeiov, 
a  blood-vessel).     Disease  of  the  capillaries. 

Tel'Iurated.  Applied  to  a  gas  which  holds 
tellurium  in  solution. 

Telluric  Acid.  The  peroxide  of  tellu- 
rium. 

Tellu'rium.  A  metal  of  a  color  between 
tin  and  silver,  inclining  to  steel-gray.  It  is 
white,  brilliant,  brittle,  and  easily  fusible,  with 
a  specific  gravity  of  6.25.  It  is  found  in  the 
mines  of  Transylvania,  and  is  rare. 
Tem'perament  {temjteramentum ;  from  ton- 


TEM 


606 


TEM 


pero,  to  mix  together).  The  constitution,  as 
determined  by  the  predominance  of  certain 
constituents  of  the  body  :  constitutional  pecu- 
liarity. Among  the  ancients  it  was  supposed 
that  the  manifestations  of  the  functions  were 
tempered,  or  so  determined  by  the  predomi- 
nance of  any  one  of  the  four  humors  then  rec- 
ognized— namely,  blood,  lymph,  bile,  and 
atrabilis,  or  black  bile — as  to  give  rise  to  a  san- 
guine, phlegmatic  or  lymphatic,  choleric  or 
bilious,  and  atrabilious  or  melancholic  tem- 
perament. At  present  four  temperaments  are 
recognized  as  the  basal  temperaments — 
namely:  (1)  The  sanguine  or  sanguineous ;  (2) 
the  bilious  or  choleric;  (3)  the  phlegmatic  or 
lymphatic  ;  and  (4)  the  nervous  temperament. 

The  sanguineous  or  sanguine  temperament  is 
characterized  by  a  fair  and  ruddy  complexion, 
yellow,  red,  or  light  auburn  hair,  a  full  mus- 
cular development,  large,  full  veins,  and  active 
pulse,  all  indicating  an  abundant  supply  of 
blood. 

The  bilious  temperament  is  characterized  by 
a  preponderance  of  bile,  indicated  by  a  dark 
or  sallow  complexion,  black  hair,  and  a  slow 
or  moderate  circulation  of  the  blood.  The 
term  choleric  implies  a  certain  combination  of 
the  bilious  and  sanguineous  temperaments. 

The  lymphatic  or  phlegmatic  temperament 
is  characterized,  as  it  was  thought  by  old  phy- 
siologists, by  a  predominance  of  lymph  or 
phlegm  in  the  system,  and  persons  possessing 
it  have  a  fair  but  not  ruddy  complexion,  light 
hair,  and  a  general  softness  or  laxity  of  the 
tissues. 

The  nervous  temperament  is  characterized  by 
the  predominance  of  the  nervous  element,  and 
by  great  activity  or  susceptibility  of  the  great 
nervous  centre — the  brain.  Persons  possessing 
it  are  distinguished  by  their  impressibility — 
that  is,  susceptibility  to  intense  feeling  or  intense 
excitement.  A  very  small  number  of  individ- 
uals can  be  regarded  as  possessing  a  purely 
sanguine,  bilious,  lymphatic,  or  nervous  tem- 
perament, and  the  majority,  therefore,  exhibit 
the  characteristics  of  two  or  more,  all  tem- 
peraments being  in  combination,  the  most 
frequent  being  the  nervous  and  sanguine,  the 
nervous  and  bilious,  the  lymphatic  and  san- 
guine, the  lymphatic  and  bilious,  the  bilious 
and  sanguine,  the  sanguine  and  lymphatic,  and 
the  nervous  and  lymphatic.  Some  persons 
have  also  peculiarities  pertaining  to  three  of 
the  temperaments, — ternary  combinations, — 
although  the  binary  are  the  most  common. 


Temperance.  Habitual  moderation  in 
the  indulgence  of  the  natural  appetites  and 
passions. 

Tem/perants  (temperantia) .     Sedatives. 

Tem'perate  (from  tempero,  to  regulate). 
Moderate ;  without  excess. 

Temperatu/ra.     Temperature. 

Temperature  (temper  atura).  The  degree 
of  heat  which  exists  in  any  given  situation 
or  body,  as  indicated  by  the  thermometer. 

Temper/ies.     Temperament. 

Tem'pering.  An  operation  for  rendering 
steel  or  iron  more  compact  and  hard,  or  soft 
and  pliant,  according  to  the  purposes  for  which 
they  are  required.  Surgical  and  dental  instru- 
ments are  required  to  be  tempered  in  the  most 
exact  and  best  manner.  If  they  are  too  hard 
or  too  soft  they  will  not  answer  the  purpose 
for  which  they  are  designed.  A  certain  amount 
of  elasticity  can  be  imparted  to  steel  by  the 
process  of  hammering,  independent  of  the 
hardening  method  in  water  ;  but  the  highest 
degree  of  elasticity  and  toughness  is  obtained 
by  suddenly  chilling  the  metal  from  a  highly 
heated  state,  which  process  also  imparts  the 
highest  degree  of  hardness.  The  tempering 
process  consists,  however,  of  heating  steel, 
thus  hardened,  to  a  proper  point  and  stopping 
the  operation  at  the  moment  the  desired  tem- 
per is  obtained  by  suddenly  chilling  the 
metal  in  water.  The  following  table  from 
the  "  American  System  of  Dentistry  "  shows 
the  approximate  temperatures  corresponding 
to  the  various  tints  produced  by  heating  the 
polished  surface  of  a  piece  of  steel  after  it 
has  been  heated  to  redness  and  chilled  in 
water  : 


Temperat're. 

Color. 

Tempeb. 

430° 

to  450°  F. 

Very  faint  yellow 

Lancets,  razors,  sur- 

to pale  straw. 

gical  instruments, 
enamel  chisels. 

470° 

Full  yellow. 

Excavators,  very 
small  cold  chisels. 

490° 

Brown. 

Pluggers,  scissors, 
penknives. 

510° 

Brown  with  purple 

Axes,      plane-irons, 

spots. 

saws,  cold  chisels, 
etc. 

530° 

Purple. 

Table-knives,  etc. 

550° 

Bright  blue. 

Watch-springs  and 
swords. 

560° 

Full  blue. 

Fine  saws,  augers. 

600° 

I  )ark  blue. 

Hand  and  pit-saws. 

Tem'ple  (from  tempus,  time,  because  the 
hair  first  begins  to  turn  gray  here).  In  Anat- 
omy, the  lateral  parts  of  the  forehead,  covered 
by  the  temporal  muscles. 


TEM 


607 


TEM 


Tem'pora.     The  temples. 
Tem'poral   {temporalis).     Belonging  or  re- 
lating to  the  temple. 

Temporal  Aponeurosis.  A  strong  aponeu- 
rosis attached  to  the  whole  of  the  curved  line 
of  the  temporal  bone  and  to  the  malar  and 
zygomatic  arch. 
Temporal  Ar/tery  (arteria  temporalis).  A 
branch  of  the  external  carotid  which  passes 
up  on  the  temple. 

Temporal  Bone  (os  temporis).  A  bone  situ- 
ated on  the  lateral  and  inferior  part  of  the 
cranium,  usually  divided  into  three  parts : 
(1)  The  squamous;  (2)  the  mastoid;  and  (3) 
the  petrous  portion. 

Temporal  Fos/sa.  An  excavation  on  each 
side  of  the  head  in  which  the  temporal  mus- 
cle is  situated. 
Temporal  Mus/cle.  A  muscle  situated  on  the 
temple,  arising  from  the  semicircular  ridge, 
commencing  at  the  external  angular  process  of 
the  os  frontis,  and  extending  along  this  and 
the  parietal  bones  ;  also  from  the  surfaces 
below  this  ridge  formed  by  the  frontal  and 
squamous  portion  of  the  temporal  and  sphe- 
noid bones  ;  likewise  from  the  under  surface 
of  the  temporal  aponeurosis,  and  inserted, 
after  converging  and  passing  under  the 
zygoma,  into  the  coronoid  process  of  the 
lower  jaw,  which  surrounds  it  on  every  side 
by  a  dense,  strong  tendon.  The  office  of  this 
muscle  is  to  draw  the  lower  jaw  upward,  as 
in  the  cutting  and  rending  of  food. 
Temporal  Nerves.  The  nerves  distributed 
to  the  temporal  region,  furnished  by  the  infe- 
rior maxillary  branch  of  the  fifth  pair.  The 
name  has  also  been  given  by  Summering  to 
the  division  of  the  seventh  pair  distributed 
to  the  temporal  region. 
Tempora'rii  Dentes.  The  temporary  or 
milk  teeth. 

Temporary  Teeth  (temporarii  dentes).  The 
teeth  of  first  dentition.     Deciduous  teeth. 

Tem/poro=fa/cial    {temporo-facialis).      Be- 
longing to  the  temple  and  the  face. 
Temporo-facial    Nerve.       A   branch   of   the 
facial  nerve  distributed  to  the  face  and  tem- 
ple. 

Temporo=maxiI/lary  (temporo-maxillaris). 
That  which  belongs  to  the  temporal  bone  and 
inferior  maxillary  bone;  as  the  temporo  maxil- 
lary articulation  (which  see). 
Temporo-maxillary  Articulation.  The  artic- 
ulation of  the  lower  jaw  on  each  side  to  the 
glenoid  cavity  of  the  temporal  bone.      This 


cavity  is  situated  at  the  base  of  the  zygomatic 
process,  is  of  an  irregular  oval  shape,  and 
divided  into  two  portions,  an  anterior  and  a 
posterior.  The  anterior,  which  is  the  articular, 
is  smooth,  and  in  the  living  subject  covered 
with  cartilage,  but  the  posterior  does  not  enter 
into  the  formation  of  the  joint.  The  two  are 
separated  by  the  fissure  of  Glasserius  {fissura 
Glasseri),  which  gives  passage  to  the  chorda 
tympani  nerve,  the  laxator  tympani  muscle, 
and  the  internal  auditory  vessels.  The  depth 
of  this  cavity  is  increased  by  the  eminences 
which  surround  it.  Its  size  is  much  greater 
than  is  necessary  for  the  reception  of  the  con- 
dyle of  the  lower  jaw,  but  this  disproportion 
only  exists  in  man  and  ruminating  animals. 
This  cavity  is  placed  nearly  transverse  ;  the 
outer  extremity  comes  a  little  more  forward 
than  the  internal.  It  is  bounded  on  the  inside 
by  the  spine  of  the  sphenoid  bone,  posteriorly 
by  the  styloid  and  vaginal  processes,  and  an- 
teriorly by  the  eminentia  articularis,  situated 
immediately  at  the  root  of  the  zygomatic  pro- 
cess, which  contributes,  in  mastication,  to 
modify  the  motions  of  the  jaw. 

For  a  description  of  the  condyles  of  the  lower 
jaw,  see  Maxilla,  Inferior.  They,  how- 
ever, as  well  as  the  glenoid  cavities,  are 
covered  with  a  smooth  layer  of  cartilage. 

There  is  interposed  between  the  condyle  and 
the  cavity  an  interarticular  cartilage,  some- 
times perlbrated  in  the  center,  and  so 
moulded  as  to  fit  the  articular  surfaces. 
Except  where  it  adheres  to  the  external 
lateral  ligament,  and  gives  attachment  to  a 
few  fibres  of  the  external  pterygoid  muscle, 
the  circumference  of  this  cartilage  is  free, 
a  circumstance  which  greatly  facilitates  the 
movements  of  the  joint. 

The  union  of  this  articulation  is  maintained  : 

1.  By  the  external  lateral  ligament,  which  has 
a  broad  attachment  to  the  tubercle  situated 
at  the  junctiou  of  the  roots  of  the  zygomatic 
process,  extending  thence  to  the  neck  of  the 
condyle,  covering  the  whole  of  the  outside 
of  the  articulation.  Externally  it  comes  in 
contact  with  the  skin,  and  internally  with 
the  interarticular  cartilage  and  synovial 
capsules. 

2.  By  the  internal  lateral  or  sphenomaxillarv 
ligament,  extending  from  the  spinous  process 
of  the  sphenoid  bone  to  the  spine  on  the  in- 
side of  the  orifice  of  the  inferior  dental  canal, 
forming  an  aponeurotic  baud  which  protects 
the  dental  vessels  and   nerves  from  the  pres- 


TEM 


608 


TEN 


sure  of  the  internal  pterygoid  muscle.     This 
ligament  can  not  be  regarded  as  contributing 
to  the  strength  of  the  articulation. 
3.  By  the  stylo-maxillary  ligament,  which  ex- 
tends from  the  styloid  process  of  the  temporal 
bone  to  the  inferior  angle  of  the  lower  jaw, 
and  to  give  attachment  to  the  stylo-glossus 
muscle. 
Belonging  to  this  articulation  are  two  synovial 
capsules,  one  on  each  side  of  the  interarticular 
cartilage,  which  sometimes,  by  an  opening  in 
the  cartilage,  communicate  with  each  other. 
Temporo-maxillary  Nerves.      The  divisions 
of  the  facial  nerve  distributed  to  the  temporal 
maxillary  regions. 
Temporo=oric/ulaire    (temporo-orieularis). 
A  name  given   by  Chaussier   to  the  superior 
auris  muscle.      Dumas   calls  it  temporo-con- 
chinien. 
Tem/ulent  (temulentus).     Intoxicated. 
Temulen/tia.     Temulence.     Drunkenness. 
Tena/cious  (from  tenax,  tough).    Possessing 
the  quality  of  toughness,  or  resistance  to  frac- 
ture or  dissolution. 

Tenacity  (tenacitas ;  from  leneo,  to  hold). 
That  property  of  bodies  which  prevents  them 
from  parting  without  considerable  force.  Cohe- 
siveness. 

Tenac/ula.  In  Surgery,  bone-nippers  (which 
see). 

Tenaculum  (from  teneo,  to  hold).  A  firm, 
sharp-pointed  book,  attached  to  a  handle,  used 
to  seize  and  draw  out  the  mouths  of  wounded 
arteries. 

Tenaculum,  Assali/ni's.  A  pair  of  small  for- 
ceps, invented  by  Assalini,  furnished  with  fine 
bifurcated  sharp  points,  received  into  each 
other  when  closed,  and  held  together  by  a 
spring  between  the  handles.  It  is  used  for 
seizing  and  holding  small  arteries  while  a 
ligature  is  being  applied. 
Tendency.  The  inclination  toward  a 
given  state  or  condition. 

TeiPderness.  Abnormal  sensitiveness  to 
touch.     Soreness. 

Ten/dinous.  Pertaining  to  tendons,  or 
like  tendons. 

TerPdo.     A  tendon. 
Tendo  AchiFlis.      The  strong  tendon  of  the 
heel,  formed  by  the  junction  of  the  gastroc- 
nemius and  soleus  muscles. 
Ten/don    [tendo;    from  reivaf    to  stretch). 
A  white   fibrous  cord,  serving  for  the  attach- 
ment of  a  muscle  or  muscles  to  bones.     The 
tendons,  with  few  exceptions,  are  composed  of 


bundles  of  white  fibrous  connective  tissue, 
bound  together  by  fasciculi  from  the  deep 
fascia,  which  form  their  sheaths. 

TeiPdons,  Twitching  of  the.  Subsultus 
tendinum. 

Teneoto'mia.     Tenotomy. 

Tenes'mus  (from  rm«,  to  stretch).  Fre- 
quent desire  to  go  to  stool,  without  a  discharge, 
accompanied  by  straining  and  pain. 

Ten/nantite.  A  mineral  compound  of  ar- 
senical sulphuret  of  copper  and  iron,  so  named 
in  honor  of  the  late  Mr.  Tennant,  the  dis- 
coverer. 

TenPnysin.     An  alkaloid  in  brain-tissue. 

TeiPon  (from  teneo,  to  hold).  A  term 
applied  in  Dental  Prosthesis  to  what  is  com- 
monly called  the  pivot  in  the  crown  of  an  ar- 
tificial tooth,  which  is  received  into  a  hole  cor- 
responding in  size  to  the  one  in  the  root  of  a 
natural  tooth,  and  by  means  of  which  the  two 
are  held  together. 

Tenont/agra  (from  revup,  tendon,  and  aypa, 
a  seizure).  Gouty  or  rheumatic  pains  in  the 
tendons. 

Tenot/omy  (from  tevuv,  tendon,  and  rofj.rft 
incision).  Tenotomia  ;  teneotomia.  The  opera- 
tion of  dividing  a  tendon,  as  in  club-foot. 

Tension  [tensio ;  from  tendere,  to  stretch). 
The  state  of  a  part  when  extended  or  stretched. 

Ten'sive  (tendo,  to  stretch).  Tending  to 
stretch  or  make  tense  ;  a  feeling  of  tension. 

TeiPsor.     A  term  applied  to  muscles  the 
office  of  which  is  to  extend  the  parts  to  which 
they  are  attached. 
Tensor    PaPati.      The    circumflexus     palati 

muscle. 
Tensor  Tar/si.     A  small  muscle  situated  at 
the  inner  commissure  of  the  eyelids. 
Tensor  TynPpani.     A  muscle  of  the  internal 
ear. 
Tensor   VagPnae    FenPoris.     The  fascia  lata 
muscle,  situated  on  the  outside  of  the  thigh. 

Tensu'ra.     Tension. 

Tent.  In  Surgery,  an  instrument  made  of 
compressed  sponge  or  laminaria,  tupelo,  or 
other  material,  used  for  dilating  wounds,  sinu- 
ses, etc.,  to  prevent  them  from  closing  before 
they  are  filled  up  at  the  bottom ;  also  in- 
troduced into  fistulous  passages  to  prevent 
adhesion. 

Tentac'ulum.  A  feeler.  A  mobile  ap- 
pendage, belonging  to  many  invertebratae,  and 
serving  as  an  organ  of  touch  or  as  the  means 
of  attachment. 

Tento'rium.      The  process    of    the    dura 


TEN 


609 


TES 


mater  which  separates  the  cerebrum  from  the 
cerebellum. 

Ten'uate.     To  make  thin. 

Tenuity  (tenuitas).  Thinness;  also  small- 
ness  of  diameter. 

Tep'id  (from  tepidus,  lukewarm).  Slightly 
warm.     About  blood-heat. 

Tepida'rium  (tepidus,  lukewarm).  A  warm 
or  tepid  bath. 

Ter=.  Thrice.  A  prefix  to  names  of  salts, 
denoting  that  three  atoms  of  acid  are  combined 
with  one  atom  of  base. 

Ter'binum.  A  metal  discovered  by  M. 
Mosander. 

TerchIo/ride  of  For'myle.  Chloroform. 
Terchloride  of  Gold.  AuCl3.  Prepared  by 
dissolving  gold  in  aqua  regia,  hastening  the 
solution  by  gentle  heat,  and  evaporating  the 
solution  to  dryness,  the  result  being  ruby-red, 
prismatic  crystals  of  the  terchloride  of  gold. 
It  is  escharotic  and  disinfectant.  The  ethereal 
solution  is  employed,  in  Dental  Practice,  to 
obtund  the  sensibility  of  dentine. 

Terebene.  A  colorless  liquid  obtained  by 
the  action  of  sulphuric  acid  on  turpentine.  It 
is  analogous  to  turpentine  in  its  physiological 
properties,  but  is  less  irritating.  Dose,  tr^v 
to  tt\,xx. 

Terebinthene.  (C[0H16).  A  hydrocarbon 
formed  by  the  distillation  of  turpentine  with 
an  alkali.  An  antiseptic,  disinfectant,  and 
sterilizer. 

Terebin'thina  (from  TEpE(3ivi)og,  the  turpen- 
tine tree).     A  resinous  substance  of  the  con- 
sistence of  hone}',  which  flows  from  pine  and 
fir  trees.     Turpentine. 
Terebinthina      America/na.       An     oleoresin 

from  the  Pinus  palustris  and  Pinus  tseda. 
Terebinthina   Canadensis.     Canada  balsam. 
Terebinthina  Commu'nis.     Common  turpen- 
tine. 
Terebinthina  Vene/ta.     Venice  turpentine. 

Terebin'thinae  CKIeum.  Oil  of  turpen- 
tine. 

Ter'ebra,  Terebel'la.     A  trepan. 

Te'res.     Round,    cylindrical  ;     applied    to 
muscles  and  ligaments,  from  their  shape. 
Teres    Ligamen'tum.     The   round    ligament 

attached  to  the  head  of  the  os  femoris  and  to 

the  bottom  of  the  cotyloid  cavity  of  the  os 

iunominatum. 
Teres    Ma'jor.     A  muscle  situated  along  the 

inferior  and  posterior  part  of  the  shoulder. 
Teres  Minor.     A  thin,  fleshy  muscle,  situated 

at    the  posterior   and    inferior    part    of   the 
39 


shoulder,  and  partially  covered  by  the  back 
part  of  the  deltoides. 

Ter/gal  (from  tergum,  the  back).  Belonging 
to  the  back. 

Tergem'inus.  A  term  applied  in  Botany 
to  a  leaf-stalk  which  has  two  leaflets  at  the  end 
of  each  branch  and  two  at  the  division  of  the 
fork. 

Ter'gum.  The  back.  In  Entomology,  the 
upper  surface  of  the  abdomen. 

Termina'lis.  Terminal  ;  forming  the  end 
or  extremity. 

Terminology  (from  refj/iuv,  a  term,  and 
Zoyoc,  a  discourse).  Terminologia.  A  treatise 
on  terms.  A  catalogue  or  list  of  the  more  im- 
portant and  usual  terms  in  a  language,  science, 
or  art,  with  their  definitions.  A  nomencla- 
ture. 

Ter'nary  (ternarim).  Consisting  of  threes  ; 
pertaining  to  the  number  three.  Applied  by 
Dalton  to  any  chemical  compound  formed  by 
the  union  of  three  atoms. 

Ternitrate.     A  trinitrate. 

Teroxide.     A  trioxide. 

Terpene.  A  hydrocarbon  constituting  pure 
oil  of  turpentine. 

Terpin.     Turpentine  camphor. 

Terpine.  A  crystalline  body  produced  by 
the  hydration  of  terebinthene  ;  antiseptic,  dis- 
infectant, and  sterilizer. 

Terpin ol.  Obtained  by  the  action  of  an 
acid  on  terpine. 

Ter'ra.     Earth. 
Terra  Absor/bens.     An  absorbent  earth. 

Terre=verte.  French  name  for  a  species 
of  olive-green  earth,  used  by  painters,  and 
said  to  be  a  hydrated  silicate  of  oxide  of  iron 
and  potash,  with  a  little  magnesia  and  alumina. 

Tersulphide.     A  trisulphide. 

Ter'tian  Ague.     Tertian  fever.     An  inter- 
mittent whose  paroxysms  return   every  forty- 
eight  hours,  or  every  third  day. 
Tertian  Fever.     Tertian  ague  (which  see). 

Tertiary  (from  tertius,  third).  Third  iu 
order. 

Tertiary  Syphilis.  The  reappearance  of  lesions 
after  the  subsidence  of  the  secondary  symp- 
toms of  syphilis. 

Tes/sera.  A  square  ;  cuboid  ;  sometimes 
applied  in  Anatomy  to  the  os  cuboides,  a  bone 
of  the  tarsus. 

Test.  In  Chemistry,  a  substance  employed 
to  discover  an  unknown  constituent  of  a  com- 
pound by  causing  it  to  exhibit  some  known 
property  ;  a  reagent.     In  Metallurgy,  a  cupel  or 


TES 


610 


TET 


vessel  in  which  metals  are  melted  for  trial  and 
refinement ;  refining  gold  or  silver  by  means 
of  lead,  in  a  test,  by  the  Titrification,  scarifica- 
tion, etc.,  of  all  foreign  matter. 
Test,    Lung.     Docimasia    pulmonum    (which 
see). 
Test  Paper  or  Lit/mus  Paper.   Paper  stained 
with  litmus  or  any  reagent.     It  is  used  as  a 
test  of  the  presence  of  free  acids  or  alkalies. 

Tes/ta.     The  shell  of  a  molluscous  animal. 
Also  the  smooth  and  scaly  covering  which  in- 
vests the  exterior  of  seeds. 
Testa  Ovi.     Shell  of- egg. 

Testa'ceans  (testacese ;  from  testa,  a  shell). 
Animals  provided  with  a  calcareous  shell. 

Testa'ceous  (from  testa,  a  shell).  A  pow- 
der made  of  burnt  shells.  Also  of  the  nature 
of  or  having  a  shell. 

Testa?  Prepara'ta?.  Prepared  oyster 
shells.  Free  oyster  shells  from  extraneous 
matter,  wash  with  boiling  water,  reduce  to 
powder,  then  put  into  a  vessel  nearly  filled 
with  water  ;  stir  briskly,  and  after  waiting  a 
few  minutes  pour  the  turbid  liquid  into  another 
vessel  ;  repeat  the  process  with  the  powdered 
shells  in  the  first  vessel ;  again  pour  off  the 
turbid  liquid,  and  after  the  powder  has  sub- 
sided pour  off  the  water  and  dry  it.  This  is 
given  as  an  antacid  in  diarrhoea. 

Tes'tes  (testis).     The  testicles. 
Testes    Cerebri.     The  inferior    tubercles   of 
the  tubercula  quadrigemina. 

Tes'ticle  (from  testis,  a  witness,  because 
the  testes  are  evidences  of  virility).  The 
testicles  are  two  oval,  glandular  organs,  situ- 
ated within  the  scrotum,  covered  by  the  tunica 
albuginea. 
Testicle,  Swelled.     Orchitis  (which  see). 

Testicular  Cord.     See  Spermatic  Coed. 

Test/ing.  In  Metallurgy,  the  operation  of 
refining  gold  and  silver  by  means  of  lead  in 
a  vessel  called  a  test  or  cupel. 

Testis  Femin'eus  or  Testis  Mulie/bris. 
The  ovary. 

Testu'do.     The  turtle.     Also  an  encysted 
tumor  of  the  scalp. 
Testudo  Cerebri.     The  fornix. 

Tetan/ic.  Relating  to  tetanus.  Also  a 
medicine  which  increases  the  irritability  of 
the  muscular  fibre,  as  nux  vomica,  strychnia, 
etc.,  and,  when  taken  in  large  doses,  produces 
convulsions. 

Tetan'ica.     See  Tetanic. 

Tet'anine.     Strychnine. 

Tetanoid.     Resembling  tetanus. 


Tet'anus  (from  reivu,  to  stretch).  Spasms 
accompanied  by  rigidity.  A  disease  charac- 
terized by  general  and  permanent  spasmodic 
rigidity  of  the  muscles.  There  are  four  varie- 
ties :  (1)  Trismus,  the  lockjaw  ;  (2)  opistlioto- 
nos,  in  which  the  body  is  drawn  back  ;  (3) 
emprosthotonos,  in  which  it  is  drawn  forward  ; 
and  (4)  pleurosthotonos,  where  it  is  drawn  to 
one  side. 
Tetanus    Maxil'lae    Inferio/ris.     Trismus,  or 

lockjaw. 
Tetanus  Tris'mus.     See  TETANUS. 

Tetartae'us.     A  quartan  ague. 

Tetartophy/ia  (from  reraprof,  the  fourth, 
and  oi'w,  to  arise).  A  name  given  by  Sauvages 
to  quartan  intermittent  fever. 

Tet/ra=.   A  prefix  denoting  the  number  four. 

Tetrabasic.  An  acid  containing  four  atoms 
of  hydrogen  replaceable  by  bases. 

Tetrachloride  of  Carbon.  Bichloride  of 
carbon  ;  chlorocarbon.  Discovered  by  Reg- 
nault  in  1839,  but  did  not  come  into  general 
use  until  1865,  when  it  was  suggested  as  an 
anaesthetic  by  Prof.  J.  Y.  Simpson.  To  pre- 
pare it,  dry  chlorine  is  first  passed  through  a 
bottle  containing  sulphuret  of  carbon,  and 
then  through  a  porcelain  tube  filled  with  pieces 
of  porcelain  and  kept  at  a  bright  red  heat. 
The  vapors  are  condensed  in  the  form  of  a 
yellowish-red  liquid,  from  which  the  chloride 
of  sulphur  is  removed  by  an  excess  of  lye  of 
potash  or  milk  of  lime.  Tetrachloride  of  car- 
bon is  a  transparent,  colorless  liquid  of  the 
sp.  gr.  1.599,  boiling  at  172°  F.,  with  a  vapor 
density  of  5.33  and  an  agreeable  aromatic 
flavor.  Its  effects  are  said  to  be  nearer  those 
of  chloroform  than  any  other  similar  agent, 
but  it  requires  a  longer  time  to  produce  the 
same  degree  of  anaesthesia,  and  its  depressing 
influence  on  the  heart  is  far  greater  ;  hence  its 
employment  is  more  dangerous.  Injected  sub- 
cutaneously,  in  the  dose  of  10  to  20  drops,  it 
relieves  pains  in  the  chest  and  abdomen  with- 
out subsequent  nausea. 

Tetracid.  Capable  of  replacing  four  atoms 
of  hydrogen  in  an  acid. 

Tetrad.  A  group  of  four  micrococci.  An 
element  having  a  combined  power  of  four. 

Tetradrach/mon  (from  -erpa,  four,  and 
d/Mx/i??,  a  drachm).  A  weight  of  four  drachms, 
or  half  an  ounce. 

Tetrag'onus.  Quadrangular;  four-cornered. 
In  Anatomy,  the  platysma  myoides. 

Tetrahe'dron.  A  solid  figure  bounded  by 
four  equilateral  and  equal  triangles. 


TET 


611 


THE 


Tetraphar/macum.  An  ointment  com- 
posed of  wax,  resin,  lard,  and  pitch. 

Tetroxide.  A  compound  of  a  radicle  with 
four  atoms  of  oxygen. 

Tet/ter.     Herpes  (which  see). 
Tetter,  Crusted.     Impetigo. 
Tetter,  Milky.     Porrigo  larvalis. 
Tetter,  Scaly.     Psoriasis. 

Tex/ture  (textura;  from  texere,  to  weave). 
The  arrangement  of  the  several  parts  of  any 
body  with  one  another.  In  Anatomy,  the  ar- 
rangement of  the  tissues  of  an  organ.  The 
textures  of  the  body,  according  to  Wilson, 
are : 

1.  Corpuscular  tissue,  found  in  the  blood, 
lymph,  and  chyle. 

2.  Epidermoid  tissue  ;  example,  epithelium, 
cuticle,  hair,  nails. 

3.  Pigmentary  tissue,  found  in  the  choroid 
coat  of  the  eye,  lung,  etc. 

4.  Adipose  tissue,  as  fat. 

5.  Cellular  tissue. 

6.  Fibrous  tissue. 

7.  Elastic  tissue,  ligamenta  flava,  middle 
coat  of  the  arteries. 

8.  Cartilaginous  tissue,  including  fibro- 
cartilage. 

9.  Osseous  tissue. 

10.  Muscular  tissue. 

11.  Nervous  tissue. 

12.  Vascular  tissue,  arteries,  veins,  and 
lymphatics. 

13.  Serous  tissue,  including  synovial. 

14.  Mucous  tissue. 

15.  Dermoid  tissue. 

16.  Glandular  tissue. 

17.  Eefracting  tissue,  lens  of  the  eye,  cornea. 

18.  Petrous  tissue,  enamel  of  the  teeth. 

Tex/tus.     A  tissue. 

Th.     Symbol  for  thorium. 

Thal'ami  Nervorum  Optico'rum.    Two 

rounded  irregular  surfaces,  with  a  thin  coating 
of  white  substance,  seen  exposed  in  the  lateral 
ventricles  of  the  brain.  They  form  the  prin- 
cipal origin  of  the  optic  nerve,  a  circum- 
stance which  gave  rise  to  their  name,  optic 
thalami. 

Thalamus.  A  room  or  chamber.  In 
Anatomy,  the  part  of  the  brain  from  which  the 
optic  nerve  derives  one  of  its  branches.  In 
Botany,  the  part  on  which  the  ovary  is  situ- 
ated ;  the  receptacle  of  the  fruit. 

Thai  lin.  Thalline.  Formula,  C10HuO. 
A  syuthetic  chemical  product  in  the  form  of 


large,  colorless,  bitter  crystals.  It  is  a  power- 
ful antipyretic.  Dose,  gr.  iij.  On  account  of 
its  toxic  properties  it  is  rarely  employed. 

Thanato'des  (tiavaroc,  death).  Deadly  ; 
causing  death. 

Than'atoid.       Eesembling  death. 

Than'atos.     Death. 

The'a.  The  dried  leaves  of  the  tea-shrub. 
Also  a  genus  of  plants  of  the  order  Ternstrom- 
iacefe  ;  but  whether  it  contains  more  than  one 
species  is  a  question  which  botanists  have  not, 
as  yet,  been  able  to  decide.  Linnaeus,  who  es- 
tablished the  genus,  enumerates  two  species — 
the  Thea  bohea  and  the  Thea  viridis,  the 
black  tea  and  the  green.  Other  species — as 
the  Thea  oleosa,  Thea  cantoniensis,  and  Thea 
cochinchinensis— have  been  recognized,  but  it 
is  believed  by  others  that  all  of  these  are  only 
varieties  of  one  species,  the  Thea  sinensis,  and 
any  one  of  them  will  afford  the  black  or  green 
tea,  the  difference  being  solely  attributable  to 
the  mode  of  preparation. 

Thebaine.  An  alkaloid  of  opium  ;  para- 
morphia. 

Thebe'sii  Foramina.  Orifices  of  Thebe- 
sius.  Small  orifices  on  the  right  auricle  of  the 
heart. 

Thebolactic  Acid.  A  variety  of  lactic 
acid  found  in  opium. 

The'ca  (dqia/).  A  case  or  sheath  ;  fibrous 
membrane.     See  Sheath. 

Theca  Vertebra/lis.  A  prolongation  of  dura 
mater  lining  the  canal  of  the  vertebral  col- 
umn and  investing  the  spinal  cord  as  far 
down  as  the  third  lumbar  vertebra.  It  sends 
off  a  tubular  process  to  each  of  the  spinal 
nerves. 

Theci'tis  (theca,  a  sheath).  Inflammation 
of  the  sheath  of  a  tendon. 

The'in.  Theina.  The  peculiar  principle 
on  which  the  properties  of  tea  depend.  It  has 
the  same  composition  as  caffein. 

Thela'sis.     Lactation. 

The'le.     The  nipple  ;  a  papilla. 

Theli'tis  (from  drf/ii,  the  nipple,  and  inc,  a 
terminal  signifying  inflammation).  Inflam- 
mation of  the  nipples. 

The'lium  (from  dr/Tir/,  a  papilla).  A  papilla. 
Also  a  layer  of  cells. 

Thelyblast.  The  passive  element  of  a  male 
generative  cell  and  the  active  element  of  a 
female  generative  cell. 

The'nal  (devap).  Toward  the  palm  of  the 
hand. 

The'nar  (from  tferw,  to  strike).     The  palm 


THE 


612 


THI 


of  the  hand  and  the  sole  of  the  foot.     Also  a 
muscle  extending  the  thumb. 
Thenar   Em'inence.      The  projection  on  the 
superior  and  outer  part  of  the  hand. 

Then'ardite.    Anhydrous  sulphate  of  soda. 

Theobro'mine.  A  neutral  crystalline 
principle  analogous  to  thein  and  caffein,  ob- 
tained from  the  cacao. 

Theoretical  (theoreticus:  from  i?£wp£w,  to 
contemplate).  Pertaining  to  theory  ;  depend- 
ing on  theory  ;  not  practical ;  speculative. 

The'ory  {theoria ;  from  deopeu,  to  contem- 
plate). The  speculative  part  of  a  science  ;  in- 
ferences drawn  from  facts  ;  an  exposition  of  the 
principles  of  a  science.  Also  science  distin- 
guished from  art,  as  the  theory  and  practice  of 
dental  surgery  or  general  medicine.  It  differs 
from  hypothesis  in  being  founded  on  infer- 
ences drawn  from  established  facts,  while  a 
hypothesis  attempts  to  explain  certain  phe- 
nomena by  assuming  propositions  altogether 
speculative. 

Theory  of  Medicine.  A  philosophical  expo- 
sition of  the  phenomena  of  health  and  dis- 
ease, embracing  physiology,  pathology,  hy- 
giene, and  therapeutics. 

Therapei/a.  Therapeutics  ;  the  healing 
art. 

Therapeu'tics  (therapeutice ;  from  depciTrevu, 
to  cure).  That  branch  of  medical  science 
which  considers  the  application  of  the  reme- 
dies employed  as  a  means  of  cure. 

Ther'apy.     See  Therapeutics. 

Theriocatar/rhus  (tfepof,  summer,  and  ca- 
tarrhus,  a  catarrh).  Summer  catarrh,  or  hay 
fever  ;  hay  asthma. 

Therio'ma.     Therion.     A  malignant  ulcer. 

Ther'mae  (i?e/jyua,  heat).  Warm  baths  or 
springs. 

Thermaesthe'sia.  The  sensation  of  heat 
or  the  temperature  of  bodies. 

Thermal.  Warm  ;  of  or  pertaining  to 
heat. 

Ther'me.  Thermic.  Heat,  especially  fever- 
ish heat. 

Ther/mo=.  A  Greek  prefix  denoting  rela- 
tion to  heat. 

Thermo-cautery.     See  CAUTERY. 
Thermo-chemistry.    The  branch  of  chemistry 

comprising  the  mutual  relations  of  heat  and 

atomic  changes. 
Thermo-electricity.    Electricity  produced  by 
heat.     It  is  effected  by  heating  the  junction 
of  two  metals  of  different  conducting  powers, 

which  have  been   soldered  together.     This  at 


once  sets  in  motion  a  current  of  electricity, 
which  passes  along  the  wires. 

Thermogen  'esis.     The  production  of  heat. 

Thermolysis.  Chemical  disintegration  by 
heat.     Dissipation  of  the  animal  heat. 

Thermometer  (thermometrum  ;  from  dep^n, 
heat,  and  fierpov,  a  measure).  An  instrument 
for  measuring  the  temperature  of  bodies  or 
the  degrees  of  heat.  The  following  are  in  use  : 
Fahrenheit's  thermometer,  the  scale  of  which, 
between  the  freezing-  and  boiling-points  of 
water  under  a  medium  pressure  of  the  atmo- 
sphere, is  divided  into  180  parts  or  degrees, 
the  freezing-point  being  marked  32°  and  the 
boiling-point  212°.  This  scale  is  the  one  most 
used  in  this  country  and  in  England. 

The  Centigrade  thermometer  has  a  scale  in 
which  there  are  just  100  degrees  between  the 
freezing-  and  boiling-points  of  water,  the 
former  being  marked  0°,  or  zero,  and  the  lat- 
ter 100°.  This  scale  is  used  in  France  and 
other  parts  of  the  Continent. 

Reaumur's  thermometer  has  a  scale  on 
which  the  freezing-point  is  marked  0°,  and 
the  boiling-point  80°.  In  this,  and  also  in  the 
Centigrade,  the  degrees  are  continued  of  the 
same  size  below  and  above  these  points,  those 
below  being  reckoned  the  negative.  The  scale 
of  Centigrade  is  reduced  to  that  of  Fahrenheit 
by  multiplying  by  nine  and  dividing  by  five  ; 
that  of  Reaumur  to  Fahrenheit  by  dividing  by 
four  instead  of  five  ;  or  that  of  Fahrenheit  to 
either  of  these  by  reversing  these  processes. 
Thermometer,  Differential.  An  instrument 
for  measuring  very  small  differences  of  tem- 
perature. 

Ther/moscope.  A  modification  of  the 
air  thermometer,  which  exhibits  to  the  eye 
the  changes  of  heat. 

Thermostat  (from  3ep/iog,  warm,  and 
cTaTOQ,  standing).  A  self-acting  apparatus  for 
regulating  temperature  by  the  unequal  expan- 
sion of  different  metals. 

The'sis.  A  position  or  proposition  ;  a  dis- 
sertation on  any  subject.  In  medical  and  den- 
tal colleges,  an  essay  composed  by  a  student 
who  is  a  candidate  for  graduation. 

Thibaudia  Que'reme.  An  aromatic  tinc- 
ture is  made  from  the  flowers  of  this  species, 
which  is  used  in  Peru  as  a  cure  for  toothache. 

Thigh.  Femur.  That  part  of  the  lower 
limb  situated  between  the  pelvis  and  the 
leg. 

Thigh=bone.     Os  femoris. 

Thiocyanic    Acid.      A    monobasic    acid  ; 


THI 


613 


THR 


also  called  sulphocyanic  acid.     It  forms  salts 
called  thiocyanates. 

Thioform.  The  basic  bismuth  salt  of 
dithiosalicylic  acid  in  the  form  of  an  odorless 
powder,  which  is  non-toxic.  Antiseptic,  ger- 
micidal, and  desiccative  ;  also  styptic  and  ano- 
dyne. 

Thiol.  A  substance  obtained  by  treating 
coal-tar  oil  with  sulphur.  Used  in  skin  dis- 
eases and  chronic  ulcers. 

Thionur'ic  Acid.  A  bibasic  crystallizable 
acid,  a  product  of  the  decomposition  of  thio- 
nurate  of  lead  with  sulphuric  acid. 

Thirst.  In  Physiology,  the  sensation  of  a 
desire  to  drink  or  to  introduce  liquids  into  the 
stomach. 

Thirst,    Excessive.      A    constant    desire    to 
drink,    with     a    sense    of    dryness     of   the 
mouth   and  fauces.     It  is  often  a  symptom 
of  disease. 
Thirst,  Morbid.     Excessive  thirst. 

Thirst/y.    Having  a  sensation  in  the  fauces 
for  want  of  water.     Affected  with  thirst. 
Thla/sis.     Thlasma.     A  contusion. 
Thlaspi  Campes'tre.  Mithridate  mustard. 
The   seeds   are  similar  in  their  properties  to 
common  mustard  ;  slightly  astringent. 

Thoracentesis  (from  &upa!j,  the  thorax, 
and  KevTrjas,  perforation).    Tapping  the  thorax. 
ThoracTc  (thoracicus).     Pertaining  to  the 
thorax. 

Thoracic  Aor'ta.     That  portion  of  the  aorta 
between  the  heart  and  diaphragm. 
Thoracic    Ar'tery,    Infe'rior.     The    external 
mammary  artery. 
Thoracic  Duct  (ductus  thoracicus).   Alimentary 
duct.     The  trunk  or  duct  of  the  absorbents, 
in   which  the  lymphatics  of   the  lower  ex- 
tremities,  left  side  of  the   head,  neck,  and 
thorax  terminate.     It  commences  at  the  re- 
ceptaculum    chyli,    is    about    the  size  of   a 
goose-quill,  passes  up  into  the  chest  through 
the  pillars  of  the  diaphragm  and  by  the  side 
of  the  aorta  and  vena  azygos.     It  opens  at 
the  posterior  part  of  the  subclavian  vein  of 
the  same  side. 
Thoracic    Re'gions.     The  different  regions  of 
the  chest. 
Thoracofa'cial.     A  name  given  by  Chaus- 
sier  to  the  platysma  myoides  muscle. 

Thoracocentesis  (from  thorax,  and 
Kevrt/aic,  a  pricking).  Piercing  of  the 
thorax. 

Thoracys'tis.  Encysted  dropsy  of  the 
thorax. 


Tho'rax  (from  tfupaf,  a  breastplate).  The 
chest,  or  that  portion  of  the  body  situated  be- 
tween the  neck  and  abdomen.  It  is  one  of  the 
splanchnic  cavities,  and  contains  the  pleura, 
lungs,  heart,  oesophagus,  thoracic  duct,  thymus 
gland,  arch  of  the  aorta,  part  of  the  vena  cava, 
the  vena  azygos,  the  eighth  pair  of  nerves,  and 
part  of  the  intercostal  nerve.  It  is.  bounded 
anteriorly  by  the  sternum,  posteriorly  by  the 
vertebrae,  laterally  by  the  ribs  and  scapula, 
above  by  the  clavicle,  and  below  by  the  dia- 
phragm. 

Tho'ria.  Thorina.  Oxide  of  thorium  ; 
an  earthy  substance  discovered  by  Berzelius  in 
thorite. 

Tho'rite.  A  massive  and  compact  mineral 
found  in  Norway.  It  has  a  blackish  color  and 
the  appearance  of  vitreous  lava.  It  contains 
58  per  cent,  of  thoria. 

Tho'rium.  Thorinum.  The  metallic  base 
of  thoria.  It  is  in  the  form  of  a  gray  pow- 
der. 

Thread'worm.  The  Oxyuris  or  Ascaris 
vermicularis.  A  species  of  small  worm  about 
half  an  inch  in  length.  It  is  usually  found  in 
the  rectum,  and  causes  an  intolerable  itching. 
Injections  containing  oil  of  turpentine  prove 
serviceable. 

Threp'sis  (dpefic).  Nutrition;  assimila- 
tion. 

Thrid'ace  (i?/wJaf,  the  lettuce).  A  substance 
obtained  from  lettuce,  supposed  to  be  identical 
with  lactucarium. 

Thrix.     A  hair. 

Throat.  The  anterior  part  of  the  neck  ; 
also  the  pharynx. 

Throb.  To  beat,  as  the  heart  or  pulse,  with 
more  than  ordinary  force  and  rapidity. 

Throb'bing.  Beating  ;  pulsating,  as  of  the 
heart  or  of  an  artery  ;  palpitating. 

Throe.  Anguish  ;  agony  ;  extreme  pain  ; 
applied  particularly  to  the  pain  of  parturi- 
tion. 

Throm'boid  (from  thrombus,  a  clot).  Ee- 
lating  to  or  having  the  appearance  or  nature  of 
a  thrombus. 

Thrombo'sis.  The  formation  or  progress 
of  a  thrombus  (which  see). 

Throm'bus  (from  dpou3ow,  to  clot).  A 
small  tumor  formed  by  an  effusion  of  blood 
into  the  cellular  substance  in  the  vicinity  of  a 
vein  which  has  been  opened.  A  blood-clot 
that  forms  in  the  vessels  or  the  heart  while  the 
blood  is  actively  circulating.  The  clot  which 
closes  the  divided  end  of  an  arterv  ;   also  the 


THR 


614 


THY 


clots  which  form  after  the  ligation  of  an  artery 
are  sometimes  called  "  thrombi." 
Throt/tle.  The  trachea, 
Thrush.  A  form  of  stomatitis  due  to  a  spe- 
cific fungus, — oideum  albicans,  or  saccharomy- 
ces  albicans, — and  characterized  by  the  presence 
of  diffuse  -white  patches.  It  occurs  especially 
in  weakly  children,  but  may  affect  adults  de- 
pressed by  some  form  of  wasting  disease.  It 
is  also  called  parasitic  stomatitis,  and  also 
aphtha?,  but  aphtha?  is  generally  a  vesicular 
form  of  stomatitis. 

Thryp'sis.  Comminution. 
Thu/lite.  A  mineral  found  in  Norway,  of 
a  peach-blossom  color,  consisting  of  silica, 
alumina,  and  lime,  with  a  small  portion  of 
soda,  potash,  and  the  oxide  of  iron  and  man- 
ganese. 

Thumb.  The  first,  or  greatest,  of  the  fin- 
gers. 

Thumb-sucking.  A  pernicious  habit  in- 
dulged in  by  some  children,  which  causes 
certain  forms  of  irregularity  of  the  teeth  and 
malformation  of  the  jaws.  The  upper  front 
teeth  are  pressed  forward  and  the  lower  teeth 
backward,  carrying  with  them  the  alveolus, 
and  thus  deforming  the  arch.  It  lengthens 
the  upper  and  shortens  the  lower  jaw. 

Thyme.     The  common  name  of  thymus. 
Thy'mic  Acid.    See  Thymol. 
Thymio/sis.     Frarnboesia. 
Thymines.  Wine  impregnated  with  thyme. 
Thymi'tis.     Inflammation  of  the   thymus 
gland. 

Thym/ium.  A  small  wart  upon  the  skin, 
resembling  thyme  buds. 

Thy'mol.  Thymic  acid.  It  is  obtained  by 
treating  the  oil  of  thyme  with  an  aqueous 
solution  of  potassa  and  soda,  which  separate 
it  from  a  principle  called  thymene,  with  which 
it  is  mixed  in  the  oil.  It  is  not  affected  by 
the  alkalies.  The  thymate  thus  formed  is 
decomposed  by  an  acid,  and  the  liberated 
thymol  is  purified  by  repeated  washings  and 
finally  by  distillation.  In  a  concentrated  state 
it  has  an  acrid  and  caustic  taste,  but  when 
very  much  diluted  the  taste  is  that  of  thyme. 
It  is  only  slightly  soluble  in  water,  but  very 
soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether.  Like  creasote,  it 
has  the  property  of  combining  with  animal 
tissues,  thus  preventing  putrefaction,  and  is 
said  to  have  the  important  properties  of  car- 
bolic acid  without  a  disagreeable  smell  ;  as  that 
it  is  also  efficient  as  an  antiseptic.  In  Dental 
Practice  it  is  employed  in  diseases  of  the  den- 


tal pulp.  Combined  with  glycerine — the  pre- 
paration being  known  as  "glycerole  of 
thymol  " — it  is  useful  in  cases  of  putrid 
pulps,  acting  as  an  antiseptic  ;  also  in  chronic 
inflammation  and  abscess. 

Thy'mos  (dv/iog).  The  soul  ;  life  ;  anger. 
Also  thyme.  In  Anatomy,  the  name  of  a 
gland. 

Thy/mus.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Labiatse. 

Thymus  Citra'tus.  Thymus  serpyllum.  Wild 
thyme  ;  mother  of  thyme. 
Thymus  Gland.  A  conglomerate  gland  in 
the  foetus,  composed  of  lobules  and  a  central 
cavity,  situated  in  a  duplicature  of  the  me- 
diastinum under  the  upper  part  of  the  ster- 
num. 

Thymus  Vulga'ris.  Common  thyme.  This 
is  said  to  be  stomachic,  tonic,  and  emmena- 
gogue. 

Thyremphrax'is.      Thyrocele.      Swelling 
of  the  thyroid  gland.     Bronchocele. 
Thyreoid.     Thyroid. 

Thyreon'cus.  Swelling  or  hernia-like 
protrusion  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
larynx. 

Thyro=,  Thyreo=  (from  tivpsog,  a  shield). 
A  prefix  denoting  a  connection  with  the  thy- 
roid, or  shield-like  cartilage  of  the  larynx. 
Thyro-aryt/enoid.     Eelating   to   the   thyroid 
and  arytenoid  cartilages. 

Thyro-arytenoid  Lig/aments.  The  inferior 
ligaments  of  the  larynx.  The  vocal  cords. 
Thyro-arytenoid  Muscle  (thyro-arytaenoideus) . 
A  thin  muscle  situated  about  the  glottis. 
It  arises  from  the  lower  part  of  the  poste- 
rior surface  of  the  thyroid  cartrilage,  and  is 
inserted  into  the  outer  part  of  the  base  of  the 
arytenoid  cartilage.  Its  use  is  to  draw  the 
arytenoid  cartilage  forward  nearer  to  the  thy- 
roid, and  as  it  does  this  it  relaxes  the  liga- 
ments of  the  larynx. 
Thyro-epiglot/tic  (thyro-ej)igloltideus).  A  name 
given  by  Sabatier  to  the  outer  portion  of  the 
thyro-arytenoid  muscle. 

Thyro-hyoide/us.  Thyro-hyoid.  A  muscle 
arising  from  the  thyroid  cartilage  and  in- 
serted into  the  inferior  border  of  the  cornu  of 
the  os  hyoides. 
Thyro-pharynge'us.  The  constrictor  pharyn- 
gis  inferior. 
Thyro-pharyngo-staphyli/nus.     The   palato- 

pharyngeus. 
Thyro-staphyli'nus.     The  palato-pharyngeus 
muscle. 


THY 


615 


TIN 


Thyroce'le.     Bronchocele. 

Thy'roid  (thyroides  ;  from  tivpeoc,  a  shield, 

and    eidoc,  resemblance).     Thyreoid.     Resem- 
bling a  shield. 

Thyroid  Car'tilage  [cartilago  scufiformis). 
The  largest  cartilage  of  the  larynx.  It  is 
composed  of  two  lateral  aloe,  which  unite  in 
front  and  form  a  projection  called  the  pomum 
adami.  Each  of  these  ahe,  posteriorly,  ter- 
minates above  in  the  superior  cornu,  and 
below  in  the  inferior  cornu.  An  oblong  ridge 
is  observed  on  the  side  of  each  ala,  which  gives 
attachment  to  the  sterno-hyoid  muscle  and 
origin  to  the  thyro-hyoid  and  constrictor  mus- 
cles. On  the  inner  side,  near  the  union  of  the 
alae,  the  epiglottis,  the  chordae  vocales,  the 
thyro-anrtenoid,  and  the  fchyro-epiglottidean 
muscles  are  attached.  This  cartilage  consti- 
tutes the  anterior,  superior,  and  largest  part 
of  the  larynx. 

Thyroid  Gland  (glandula  thyroides).  A  duct- 
less, gland-like  body,  situated  on  the  an- 
terior aspect  of  the  trachea,  consisting  of  two 
lateral  lobes,  oue  upon  either  side,  connected 
centrally  by  an  isthmus.  Its  functions  are 
unknown. 
Thyroid'eal  (thyroideus).     Relating  to  the 

thyroid  gland  or  cartilage. 

Thyroideal  Arteries.  Two  arteries,  distin- 
guished by  the  names  of  superior  and  inferior. 
The  superior  arises  from  the  external  carotid 
artery,  and  the  inferior  from  the  subclavian, 
and  both,  after  giving  off  several  branches, 
are  distributed  to  the  thyroid  gland. 

Thyroideal  Veins.      These  veins  are   classi- 
fied  as:    (1)  A  superior  and    several    mid- 
dle thyroideal  veins,  which  open  into  the  in- 
ternal jugular  vein  ;  (2)  two  inferior,  a  right 
and  a  left,  and  sometimes   more.     The  right 
opens  into   the  right  vena  innominata,  and 
the  left  into  the  left  vena  innominata. 
Thyrophrax'ia.     Bronchocele. 
Ti.     The  symbol  of  Titanium. 
Tib'ia.     The  large  bone  of  the  leg. 
Tib'iad.     Toward  the  tibial  aspect. 
Tib  ial  (tibialis).      Pertaining  to  the  tibia. 

Tibial  Aponeurosis.  A  continuation  of  the 
femoral  aponeurosis  over  the  leg. 

Tibial  Arteries  (arteri.x  tibiales).  The  two 
principal  branches  of  the  popliteal  artery. 
They  are  called  the  anterior  aud  posterior 
tibial  arteries. 

Tibial  Aspect.  Name  given  by  Barclay  to 
the  aspect  toward  the  side  on  which  the  tibia 
is  situated. 


Tibial  Nerves.  Two  nerves,  an  anterior  and 
a  posterior.  The  anterior  commences  at  the 
bifurcation  of  the  peroneal  and  descends  with 
the  tibial  artery.  The  posterior  is  a  continu- 
ation of  the  popliteal  nerve,  and  passes  down 
,  the  posterior  part  of  the  leg  to  the  back  part 
of  the  inner  ankle. 

Tibial  Veins.      Two  veins,  an  anterior  and  a 
posterior,  which  have  the  same  arrangement 
as  the  tibial  arteries. 
Tibialis.     Tibial. 
Tibialis  Anti'cus.     A  muscle  situated  on  the 
anterior  part  of  the  leg. 
Tibialis  Gracilis.     The  plantar  muscle. 
Tibialis  Posticus.     A  muscle  situated  at  the 
posterior  part  of  the  leg. 
Tibio=calca/nien.     Name  given  by  Chaus- 
sier  to  the  soleus  muscle. 

Tibio=tar'saI.      Relating  to  the  tibia  and 
tarsus. 

Tibio-tarsal  Articula'tion.  The  articulation 
of  the  foot  with  the  leg. 
Tic.  In  Pathology,  the  contraction  of  certain 
muscles,  especially  of  some  of  those  of  the  face, 
designated  by  some  French  authors  tic  convul- 
sif,  in  order  to  distinguish  it  from  tic  douloureux, 
or  neuralgia  faciei.  It  appears  to  be  a  sort  of 
local  chorea. 

Tic  Douloureux.     A  French  term  signifying 

a  painful  spasm,  usually  applied  to  neuralgia 

of  the  face,  the  infra-orbitary  branches  of  the 

fifth  pair  being  the  nerves  usually  affected. 

Tick/ling.     A  peculiar  sensation   resulting 

from  excitation  of  the  cutaneous  nerve. 

T.  i.  d.       The  abbreviation   for  ter  in  die, 
three  times  a  day. 

Tig'lia.     Tiglii  grana.     The  seeds  of  Croton 
tiglium. 

Tig'lii  Oleum.     Croton  oil. 
Til'mos  (from  n'/./.u,  to  pull).      Evulsion  ; 
a  pulling  ;  teasing. 

Til'mus.  Picking  of  the  bed-clothes. 
Tim'idus.  The  rectus  inferior  oculi  muscle. 
Tin.  Staunum.  Symbol,  Sn.  Atomic 
weight,  118.  A  whitish,  brilliant  metal,  of  an 
intermediate  hardness  between  zinc  and  lead. 
It  is  very  malleable  aud  is  readily  beat  into 
thin  leaves  or  foil,  in  which  state  it  is  used  for 
filling  teeth,  aud  is,  perhaps,  for  this  purpose 
the  best  substitute  for  gold  that  has  ever  beeu 
employed.  Its  conductive  property  is  not  so 
great  as  that  of  gold.  In  certain  conditions  of 
the  oral  secretions,  however,  tin  is  rapidly 
acted  upon,  and  on  this  account  is  less  reliable 
as  a  filling.     It    enters   largely   into   most  of 


TIN 


616 


TIN 


the  amalgams  in  common  use  as  fillings.      It 
possesses  less  tenacity  and  ductility  than  most 
of  the  other  malleable  metals.     It  is  also  used 
by  dentists,  both    for   dies  and  counter-dies, 
for  -which,  in  most  cases,  it  answers  an  excel- 
lent purpose.     It  is  extensively  employed  in 
the  arts,  and  its  filings  are  sometimes  used  as 
a  mechanical  vermifuge.     The  chloride  or  but- 
ter of  tin  is  a  violent  cathartic. 
Tin  Foil  (stannum  foliatum).     This  was  very 
generally  used,  until   about  1820,  for   filling 
teeth,  and  even  at  the  present  day  is  employed 
for  this  purpose  by  many  dentists.    See  Fill- 
ing Teeth,  in  Harris'  "Prin.  and  Pract.  of 
Dentistry.  " 
Tin,  Muriate  of.    Chloride  of  tin.  Bntteroftin. 
Tin,  Sul'phuret  of.     See  Aurum  MusiVUM. 
Tinag'mus.     Swinging ;  shaking. 
Tinas'mus.     Tenesmus. 
Tin'cae  Os.     The  mouth  of  the  uterus  is  so 
called  from  its  resemblance  to  the  mouth  of 
the  tench  fish. 

Tinc'al.  The  commercial  name  for  crude 
borax  ;  impure  biborate  of  soda,  consisting  of 
crystals  of  a  yellowish  color  and  unctuous  feel. 
Tincto'rial.  That  which  dyes  ;  applied  to 
matter  used  in  dyeing  ;  pertaining  to  colors  or 
dyes. 

Tinctu'ra  (from  tingere,  tinctum,  to  dye).    A 
tincture. 

Tinctura  Aconiti  Rad'icis.  Tincture  of  aco- 
nite root.  Dose,  rr\j  to  n\y,  gradually  in- 
creased. Combined  with  tincture  of  iodine, 
it  is  a  useful  application  for  periodontitis  and 
the  earlier  stages  of  alveolar  abscess  ;  and 
alone,  for  inflamed  pulps  and  to  mitigate  the 
pain  following  the  extraction  of  teeth,  in  neu- 
ralgia, etc.  Combined  with  an  equal  quan- 
tity of  chloroform,  it  forms  a  useful  local 
anaesthetic. 
Tinctura  Ammo'niae   Compos'ita.     (Ph.  L.) 

Compound  tincture  of  ammonia. 
Tinctura  Ar/nicae.     Tincture  of  arnica.     Ap- 
plied to  bruises  with  good  effect.    For  internal 
use,  dose,  rr^viij  to  n^xxx.     See  Arnica. 
Tinctura  Belladon'nae.     (U.S.)     Tincture  of 

belladonna.     Dose,  TTLviij  to  rti^xv. 
Tinctura    Benzo/ini    Compos/ita.      (U.    S.) 
Compound  tincture  of  benzoin.     Dose,  f.^ss 
to  f3  i.j. 
Tinctura   Cam'phorae.      (U.  S.)     Tincture  of 
camphor. 
Tinctura    Camphorae    Compos'ita.      (TJ.  S.) 
Camphorated  tincture  of  opium.      Paregoric 
elixir. 


Tinctura  Canthar'idis.     (U.S.)     Tincture  of 

Spanish  flies.     Dose,  ffl.viij  to  rr^xv. 
Tinctura    Cap/sici.        (U.    S.)       Tincture   of 

cayenne  pepper.  Dose,  tr^viij  to  rr^xv,  or  more. 
Tinctura    Catechu.       (U.    S.)      Tincture   of 

catechu.      Dose,  f.^ss  to  f 3  ij. 
Tinctura    Cincho'nae.      (U.  S.)      Tincture  of 

Peruvian  bark.     Dose,  f  3 j  to  f^iij. 
Tinctura    Cinchonae    Compos'ita.       (U.    S. ) 

Compound  tincture  of  Peruvian  bark.     Dose, 

foJ  tofoi'J- 

Tinctura  Cinnamo'mi.  (U.  S.)  Tincture  of 
cinnamon.     Dose,  fgj  to  f 3  ij. 

Tinctura  Cinnamomi  Composita.  (U.  S.) 
Compound  tincture  of  cinnamon.  Dose,  f  3  j 
to  f^ij. 

Tinctura  Digitals.  (Ph.  U.  S.  and  L.) 
Tincture  of  foxglove.     Dose,  TTlvj  to  tt\,xv. 

Tinctura  Fer'ri  Aceta'tis.  (Ph.  D.)  Tinc- 
ture of  acetate  of  iron. 

Tinctura  Ferri  Ammo'nio-chlo'ridi.  (Ph.L.) 
Tincture  of  ammonio-chloride  of  iron. 

Tinctura  Ferri  Chloridi.  (U.  S.)  Tincture 
of  chloride  of  iron.  Tincture  of  muriate  of 
iron.     See  Tinctura  Ferri  Muriatis. 

Tinctura  Ferri  Muriatis.  Tincture  of  muri- 
ate of  iron.  Made  of  subcarbonate  of  iron, 
muriatic  acid,  and  alcohol.  Tonic  and  styptic. 
It  is  used  in  erysipelas  and  scarlatina  in  the 
dose  of  ten  to  twenty  drops  every  two  or  three 
hours. 

Tinctura  GaFke.  (U.  S.)  Tincture  of  galls. 
Dose,  fgj  to  f.^ij. 

Tinctura  Gentia/nse  Composita.  (U.  S.) 
Compound  tincture  of  gentian.     Dose,  f£j  to 

Tinctura  Hamuli.  Tincture  of  hops.  Dose, 
f.^j  tof^iij. 

Tinctura  Io/dini.  (U.S.)  Tincture  of  iodine. 
Take  of  iodine,  f^j  ;  alcohol,  Oj  ;  dissolve. 
It  spoils  by  keeping,  or  at  least  deposits  the 
iodine.  Used  in  Dentistry  as  an  application  to 
sensitive  dentine,  as  a  gargle  in  mercurial 
stomatitis,  as  an  injection  in  alveolar  abscesses, 
and  generally  combined  with  carbolic  acid 
and  glycerine  ;  also  as  an  external  application 
for  dental  periodontitis  when  it  is  combined 
with  an  equal  quantity  of  tincture  of  aconite 
root ;  also  in  dentigerous  and  other  cysts  of 
the  jaws,  putrescent  pulps  of  teeth,  and  pulp- 
canals  in  a  septic  condition  ;  also  in  pyorrhoea 
alveolaris  and  fungous  growths  of  dental  pulps 
and  hypertrophy  of  gums.  It  has  been  much 
used  in  goitre,  etc.  Dose,  ttlv  to  rt\,xv,  three 
times  a  day. 


TIN 


611 


TIS 


Tinctura  Iodin'ii  Composita.  Compound 
tincture  of  iodine.  Made  of  iodine,  f  5  ss  ; 
iodide  of  potassium,  fgi  ;  rectified  spirit,  Oj. 
Dose,  rt\v  to  rtlxv.  In  Dental  Practice  it  is 
used  for  the  same  purposes  as  the  officinal 
tincture.  An  ethereal  and  a  chloroform  tinc- 
ture of  iodine  have  been  used  to  affect  the 
system  with  iodine  by  inhalation. 

Tinctura  Iodinii  DecoPorat.  Colorless  tinc- 
ture of  iodine.  Designed  only  for  local  use, 
and  possesses  the  properties  of  the  officinal 
tincture,  without  leaving  the  usual  unpleasant 
stain  upon  the  surface.  It  is  also  useful  for 
removing  the  stains  of  nitrate  of  silver. 

Tinctura  Krame/riae.  (U.  S.)  Tincture  of 
rhatany. 

Tinctura  Myr'rhae.  (TJ.  S.)  Tincture  of 
myrrh.  It  is  tonic,  deobstruent,  antiseptic, 
detergent.  The  tincture  of  mjrrrh  is  a  very 
valuable  application  in  the  treatment  of 
diseases  of  the  mucous  membrane  of 
the  mouth.  Dose,  f.^ss  to  f^j.  See 
Mykrha. 

Tinctura  O'lei  Men'thae  Piper'itae.  (U.  S.) 
Tincture  of  peppermint.  Essence  of  pepper- 
mint.    Dose,  gtt.  x  to  gtt.  xx. 

Tinctura  O'pii.  (U.  S.)  Tincture  of  opium. 
Laudanum.  Dose,  rrtx  to  ttLxxx.  It  has  the 
same  dental  uses  as  vinum  opii  (which  see). 

Tinctura  Opii  Aceta'ta.  (TJ.  S.)  Acetated 
tincture  of  opium.  Dose,  rt^x,  equal  to  one 
gr.  of  opium. 

Tinctura  Opii  Ammonia'ta.  (Ph.  E.)  Am- 
moniated  tincture  of  opium. 

Tinctura  Opii  Camphora/ta.  (TJ.  S.)  Cam- 
phorated tincture  of  opium.  Paregoric  elixir. 
Dose,  f  3,j  to  f^iij. 

Tinctura  Rhei  et  Gentia'nae.  (TJ.  S.)  Tinc- 
ture of  rhubarb  and  gentian.     Dose,  f £j  to 

Tinctura  Rhei  et  Sennas.  (TJ.  S.)  Tincture 
of  rhubarb  and  senna.     Dose,  f5ss  to  f5  ij. 

Tinctura  Sanguina/riae.  (TJ.  S.)  Tincture 
of  blood-root.     Dose,  rr^x  to  fgss. 

Tinctura  Sapo'nis  Camphorata.  (TJ.  S.) 
Camphorated  tincture  of  soap. 

Tinctura  Scil'ke.  (U.S.)  Tincture  of  squill. 
Dose,  rr^x  to  f  3j. 

Tinctura  Sennas  et  Jala'pae.  (TJ.  S.)  Tinc- 
ture of  senna  and  jalap.     Dose,  f  3  ij  to  f5J. 

Tinctura  Serpenta'riae.  (TJ.  S.)  Tincture  of 
Virginia  snake-root.     Dose,  f.^ss  to  fsjij. 

Tinctura  Stramo/nii.  (TJ.  S.)  Tincture  of 
stramonium.     Dose,  tr^x  to  rr^xx. 

Tinctura  Theba'ica.    Laudanum. 


Tinctura  Toluta'ni.     Tincture  of  tolu.     Dose, 
f,5  ss  to  f  3  j  or  more. 
Tinctura  Valerianae.      (TJ.  S.)     Tincture  of 
valerian.     Dose,  f^ss  to  f  gij. 
Tinctura    Valerianae    Ammonia'ta.     (TJ.  S.) 
Ammoniated    tincture    of    valerian.      Dose, 
f£  ss  to  f.^ij. 
Tinctura     Vera'tri     Vir/idis.       Tincture     of 
American  hellebore. 
Tinctura    Zingib'eris.     (TJ.  S.)     Tincture   of 
ginger.     Dose,  f£j  to  fsjiij. 

Tinc/ture  (tinctura).  A  pharmaceutical 
preparation,  consisting  of  an  alcoholic  solution 
of  the  active  portions  of  any  medicine.  A 
tincture  is  called  simple  when  it  holds  only 
one  substance  in  solution,  and  compound  when 
two  or  more  ingredients  are  submitted  to  the 
solvent.  The  strength  of  tinctures  varies  from 
0.4  per  cent,  to  65  per  cent,  of  the  active  prin- 
ciples of  the  agent. 

Tin'der.  Touchwood  ;  punk.  The  pro- 
duct of  different  species  of  Boletus.  See  Bole- 
tus Igniaritjs.  Also  anything  inflammable, 
used  for  kindling  fire  from  a  spark,  as  scorched 
linen,  etc.  At  one  time  it  was  used  by  sur- 
geons as  a  styptic. 

Tin'ea  (tinea  capitis).  Scald-head,  porrigo 
(which  see). 

Tin'gle.  To  have  a  thrilling,  sharp,  and 
slightly  penetrating  sensation,  or  to  feel  a 
sharp,  thrilling  pain. 

Tinnimen'tum  Metal'licum  (tintement 
me'taUique).  Metallic  respiration  ;  metallic 
voice  ;  metallic  tinkling. 

TinnPtus  Au'rium.     Ringing  in  the  ears. 

Tir'toirs.  A  name  applied  by  Laforgue  to 
a  kind  of  lever  used  for  the  extraction  of  teeth. 
It  consists  of  a  punch  with  a  long  hook  at- 
tached to  the  upper  surface.  The  principle 
upon  which  it  operates  is  similar  to  that  of  the 
key  of  Garengeot.  The  instrument,  we  believe, 
was  invented  by  Fouchard,  but  afterward  very 
greatly  improved  by  Laforgue. 

Ti'sane.  Ptisaua.  A  decoction  of  barley  ; 
a  weak  diet  drink. 

Tis'ic.     Phthisic. 

Tis'ical.     Phthisical  ;  consumptive. 

Tis'sue  (textus).  A  French  term,  applied  in 
Anatomy  to  the  textures  which  form  the  differ- 
ent organs  of  the  body.  The  organic  elements 
of  a  pai't  or  an  organ  ;  an  aggregation  of  cells, 
fibres,  etc.,  forming  a  structure  of  definite  and 
uniform  auatomical  and  chemical  character's. 
Connective  tissue  is  derived  from  the  mesoblast, 
and   comprises   embryonic   connective   tissue. 


TIT 


618 


TON 


Epithelial  tissue  is  derived  from  the  epiblast 
and  hypoblast,    constituting   epithelium    and 
glandular  tissue.     See  Textuke. 
Tissue,  Accidental.  An  organized  substance, 
foreign  to  the  natural  tissues  of  the  body, 
developed  in  the  interior  or  at  the  surface  of 
organs,  as  the   membrane  of  croup,  fungous 
and  cancerous  tumors,  tubercles,  etc. 
Tissue,  Ad'ipose.    See  Adipose  Tissue. 
Tissue,  Areo'lar.     The  cellular  tissue  (which 
see). 
Tissue,  Vascular.    See  Vascular  Tissue. 

Tita'nic  Acid  (acidum  titanicum).  Per- 
oxide of  titanium.  It  does  not  act  on  test 
paper,  but  combines  'with  metallic  oxides. 

Ti'tanite.     Native  oxide  of  titanium. 

Titanium.  Symbol,  Ti.  Atomic  weight, 
-18.  A  rare,  very  hard,  copper-colored,  and 
extremely  infusible  metal,  obtained  from 
menachanite,  etc.  The  principal  ores  of  titan- 
ium are  sphene,  common  and  foliated,  rutile, 
iserine,  menachanite,  and  octahedrite,  pyra- 
midal titanium  ore.  Titanium  is  a  valuable 
coloring  ingredient  in  porcelain  teeth. 

Tithon/ic.     Pertaining  to  tithonicity. 

Tithonic'ity.  A  term  applied  to  a  chemi- 
cal effect  produced  by  a  property  of  light,  sup- 
posed to  be  a  distinct,  independent,  imponder- 
able agent. 

Tithonom/eter.  An  instrument  for  meas- 
uring the  force  of  the  chemical  rays  of  light. 

Titillamen'tum.     A  gargarism. 

Titilla'tion  (titillatio).  Tickling,  or  the 
state  of  being  tickled. 

Tit/the  (tit&tj).     The  nipple. 

Tituba'tion  (titubatio ;  from  tittibare,  to 
stagger).  Staggering ;  restlessness.  The  fid- 
gets. 

Tobac'co.  The  dried  leaves  of  the  Nico- 
tiana  tabacum.  Tobacco,  besides  being  a  seda- 
tive narcotic,  acts  as  an  emetic  and  a  diuretic. 
In  moderate  doses  it  calms  restlessness  and 
produces  general  languor  and  repose  to  those 
accustomed  to  its  use.  In  larger  doses  it  causes 
vertigo,  stupor,  faintness,  nausea,  vomiting, 
and  general  debility  of  the  nervous  and  circu- 
latory functions.  A  fatal  termination  has  fol- 
lowed its  use  in  large  quantities.  Tobacco 
induces  a  vitiated  condition  of  the  constitution, 
a  physical  degeneracy  which  has  a  direct  or 
indirect  effect  upon  the  teeth.  Nicotine,  the 
alkaloid  of  tobacco,  causes  derangement  of 
various  organs  and  alteration  of  tissues,  and 
the  transmitted  vice  is  supposed  to  atfect  the 
dental   tissues  by  retarding  development  and 


normal  growth  of  the  teeth,  and  causing  con- 
gestion, recession,  and  absorption  of  the  gums 
and  alveoli. 

Tobacco,  Indian.     Lobelia  inflata. 
Tobacco,  Virginian.  The  Nicotiana  tabacum. 

Toce'tos.     Parturition. 

Tocol'ogy  (from  tokoc,  parturition,  and 
hoyoc,  a  discourse).  A  treatise  on  parturition  ; 
the  science  of  obstetrics. 

Tocos.     Parturition. 

Tola.     The  tonsil. 

Toe.     Digitus  pedis. 

Tokay.  Wine  made  at  Tokay,  in  Upper 
Hungary,  of  white  grapes,  having  a  rich  aro- 
matic flavor. 

Tokology.     See  Tocology. 

Tolerance  (from  tolero,  to  bear).  Tolerant. 
In  Medicine,  ability  to  bear  any  medicine  or 
agent. 

Tolu  Bal'sam.  Tolutanum.  The  resinous 
juice  of  Myroxylon  toluiferum. 

Toluta/num.     Balsam  of  tolu. 

Tombac/.  An  alloy  of  copper  and  arsenic, 
called  white  copper. 

Tomei'um  (tomeion).     A  knife. 

Tomentose/.     Downy  ;  woolly. 

Tomen'tum.  A  lock  of  wool.  In  Anat- 
omy, the  small  vessels  on  the  surface  of  the 
brain  are  so  called  from  their  woolly  appear- 
ance. 

Tomes'  (Mr.  John)  Method  for  the 
Immediate  Movement  of  Teeth.  Consists 
of  the  forcible  rotation  of  a  tooth  by  the  for- 
ceps ;  an  operation  which  requires  great  care 
to  prevent  injury  to  pulp  and  peridental  mem- 
brane. 

Tone  (tonus;  from  reivu,  to  stretch).  The 
tension  proper  to  the  healthy  condition  of 
each  organic  tissue.  The  normal  activity, 
strength,  and  excitability  of  the  different  or- 
gans and  functions  as  displayed  in  a  condition 
of  health. 

Tongue  {lingua).  The  essential  organ  of 
taste,  situated  in  the  mouth  and  extending 
from  the  os  hyoides  and  epiglottis  to  the  in- 
cisor teeth.  It  also  assists  the  performance  of 
many  other  functions,  as  sucking,  mastication, 
deglutition,  speech,  etc.,  and  is  composed  of  a 
great  variety  of  parts.  It  is  anatomically 
divided  into  its  apex,  body,  and  root.  The  apex 
is  the  free  anterior  portion  ;  the  body  occupies 
the  centre  and  is  thick  and  broad  ;  the  root  is 
the  posterior  portion  and  is  attached  to  the 
os  hyoides.  The  tongue  is  covered  by  a  reflec- 
tion of  mucous  membrane. 


TON 


619 


TON 


The  ripper  surface  of  the  tongue  is  rough, 
and  is  covered  by  numerous  eminences,  called 
the  papillae,  which  are  distinguished  into  :  (1) 
The  lenticular  ;  (2)  the  fungiform  ;  (3)  the 
conical  ;  and  (4)  the  filiform  papillae. 

The  lenticular,  which  are  the  largest,  are  nine 
or  more  in  number,  and  are  situated  near  the 
root  of  the  tongue.  They  are  of  a  spherical 
shape,  arranged  in  the  form  of  the  letter  N, 
and  consist  of  mucous  follicles.  Behind  them 
is  a  depression  called  the  foramen  caecum. 

The  fungiform  papillae  are  more  numerous, 
and  are  situated  near  the  borders  of  the  tongue. 
These  are  smaller  than  the  lenticular,  and 
have  a  rounded  head  supported  on  a  thin 
pedicle. 

The  conical  are  still  more  numerous,  and  are 
scattered  over  the  whole  surface  of  the  tongue. 
They  are  smaller  than  the  fungiform  and  are 
of  a  conical  shape. 

The  filiform  are  smaller  than  the  last-named 
papillae,  and  occupy  the  intervals  between  the 
others.  All  of  these  papillae,  except  the  lentic- 
ular, belong  essentially  to  the  function  of  taste. 
The  greater  portion  of  the  substance  of  the 
tongue  is  composed  of  the  stylo-glossus,  hyo- 
glossus,  genio-hyo-glossus,  and  lingualis  mus- 
cles. But,  besides  these,  the  digastricus,  mylo- 
hyoideus,  and  genio-hyoideus  act  more  or  less 
indirectly  upon  this  organ. 

By  the  separate  and  combined  action  of  these 
muscles  the  tongue  is  made  to  assume  almost 
every  variety  of  position.      They  elevate  and 
depress  it,  move  it  to  one  side,  or  protrude  it 
from  the  mouth,  draw  it  back  to  the  pharynx, 
make  its  dorsum  or  upper  surface  concave  or 
convex,  and  turn   its   apex  or  tip  upward  or 
downward,  laterally  or  backward. 
Tongue,  Black.     The  popular  designation  of 
an  epidemic  erysipelas  of  the  Western  States, 
which  commenced  in  the  winter  of  1842-43. 
It  was  of  a  typhoid  character. 
Tongue,  Characteristics  of  the.    The  appear- 
ance of  the  tongue  is   supposed  to  indicate 
more  accurately  the  state  of  the  general  health 
than  any  other  part  of  the  body,  and  hence, 
both  in  diagnosis  and  prognosis,  it  is  always 
consulted.     But  whether  it  reports  more  cor- 
rectly the  state  of  the  general  health  than 
other  parts  of  the  buccal  cavity  is  somewhat 
questionable.     The  quality  of  the  blood  and 
temperament  of  the  individual  are  certainly 
as  clearly  indicated  by  the  appearance  of  the 
lips  and  gums  as  by  that  of  this  organ.     The 
effects  produced  on  the  mucous  membrane  of 


the  tongue  by  disease  in  other  parts  are  said, 
by  Professor  Schill,  to  be  analogous  to  those 
produced  on  the  general  integument,  and  so 
are  the  changes  of  its  color,  consistence,  hu- 
midity, and  temperature  similar  to  those  of 
the  skin.     The  changes  of  its  coating  are  also 
said  to  agree  with  analogous  changes  of  the 
perspiration,  and  that  these  phenomena  are 
more  decided  in  acute  than  in  chronic  affec- 
tions.    See  Harris'  "Priu.  and  Pract.  of  Den- 
tistry." 
Tongue  Compressor.     A  dental  instrument 
invented  by  Dr.  George  E.  Hawes  for  clamp- 
ing down  the  tongue  to  prevent  its  interfering 
with  the  filling  of  the  inferior  teeth. 
Tongue  Holder.    An  instrument  for  confining 
the  tongue  to  the  floor  of  the  mouth.     It  is 
sometimes  used  by  the  dentist  while  filling 
teeth  in  the  lower  jaw.      A  number  of  con- 
trivances for  this  purpose  have  been  invented. 
Tongue,  Inflammation  of  the.     Glossitis. 
Tongue   Scraper.      Cure-langue.     An  instru- 
ment invented  by  Dr.  L.  S.  Parmly  to  remove 
clammy  and  hardened  mucous  secretions  from 
the  upper  surface  of  the  tongue.     It  consists 
of  a  thin  piece  of  whalebone  or  steel,  about 
six  inches  long  and  f  of  an  inch  in  width. 
In   using  it,  the   two   ends   are  brought  to- 
gether, and  the  curved  part  introduced  into 
the  back  part  of  the  mouth  ;  then,  by  press- 
ing the  lower  edge  upon  the  top  of  the  tongue 
and  drawing  it  forward,  the  clammy  mucus 
and  fur  are  removed. 
Tongue=shaped.     Lingulate. 
Tongue=tied.       Ankyloglossurn.      A   con- 
genital shortening  of  the  fraenum  of  the  tongue, 
which  prevents  free  movement. 

Ton'ic  (tonicus).  In  Pathology,  a  continu- 
ous, spastic,  muscular  contraction,  as  in  teta- 
nus. Also  increasing  the  tone  of  muscular 
fibre  ;  applied  to  certain  medicines.  See 
Toxics. 

Tonic  Power.     Irritability. 
Tonic  Spasm.       A   rigid   contraction  of  the 
muscles,  lasting  for  some  time  without  relaxa- 
tion. 
Tonicity   (tonicitas).      The  faculty  which 
determines  the  tone  of  the  solids  ;  the  elasticity 
of  living  parts. 

Ton'ics  (from  rovow,  to  strengthen).  A 
term  applied  to  medicines  which,  when  intro- 
duced into  the  system,  impart  tone  and  vigor 
to  the  whole  animal  economy.  They  are  ob- 
tained both  from  the  mineral  and  vegetable 
kingdoms. 


TON 


620 


TOO 


To'nos.     Tonic  spasm. 

Tonsil'la?  Pestilen'tes.  Cynanche  maligna 
(which  see). 

Tonsiila'rum  Gangra^'na.  See  Cynanche 
Maligna. 

Tonsillatome.  An  instrument  for  abscis- 
sion of  the  tonsils. 

Tonsillit'ic.  Tonsilliticus.  Relating  to, 
distributed  upon,  or  implicating  the  tonsils  ; 
as,  the  tonsillitic  branches  of  the  glossophar- 
yngeal nerve,  tonsillitic  inflammation,  etc. 

Tonsilli'tis.  .Inflammation  of  the  tonsils. 
Cynanche  tonsillaris.  Mr.  Charles  Tomes 
ascribes  a  V-shaped  arch  and  the  consequent 
irregularity  of  the  teeth  to  mouth-breathing 
from  enlargement  of  the  tonsils.  Caries  of  a 
peculiar  form  is  also  ascribed  to  constant  ex- 
posure of  the  teeth  to  the  atmosphere. 
Tonsillitis    Malig'na.       Cynanche    maligna. 

Putrid  or  gangrenous  sore  throat. 
Tonsillitis  Phlegmonoi'des.     Cynanche  ton- 
sillaris.   Inflammation  of  the  tonsils.    Simple 
inflammatory  sore  throat. 

Ton'sils  (tonsilla,  or  amygdale).  Two  ovoid, 
almond-shaped  glands,  each  about  f  of  an 
inch  long,  \  of  an  inch  wide,  and  about 
the  same  in  thickness,  their  extremities  being 
rounded,  and  situated  on  either  side  within 
the  fauces,  between  the  anterior  and  posterior 
pillars  of  the  soft  palate.  They  consist  of  an 
assemblage  of  mucous  follicles,  which  open  ex- 
teriorly. They  vary  greatly  in  size  in  different 
persons,  and  often  in  the  same  person.  Twelve 
to  twenty  indentations  on  their  free  or  proxi- 
mal surface  give  small  recesses  or  crypts  within 
the  gland,  and  produce  a  perforated  appear- 
ance. The  secretion  from  these  mucous  glands 
or  tonsils  is  discharged  into  the  crypts,  and  its 
retention  causes  a  foetid  breath.  Sometimes  it 
is  discharged  in  the  form  of  small  balls  of  yel- 
lowish-gray matter  having  a  very  offensive 
odor,  and  its  retention  causes  the  tonsils  to 
become  highly  inflamed.  The  natural  secre- 
tion of  the  tonsils  lubricates  the  isthmus  fau- 
cium  and  facilitates  the  deglutition  of  alimen- 
tary substances. 

To'nus.  The  tension  or  tonicity  of  an 
organ. 

Tooth  {pdovg ;  dens;  plural,  dentca).  A 
tooth  is  anatomically  divided  into  three  parts 
— namely  :  (1)  The  crown  or  corona,  which  is 
the  part  situated  without  the  alveolus,  and 
covered  by  a  hard  vitreous  substance  called 
the  enamel  ;  (2)  the  cervix  or  neck,  which  is 
situated  between  the  crown  and  the  alveolus, 


and  surrounded  by  the  gum  ;  (3)  the  root  or 
fang,  which  is  the  part  situated  within  the 
alveolus.     See  Teeth. 

A  tooth  is  composed  of  four  distinct  parts — 
namely  :  (1)  The  pulp;  (2)  the  hone  or  dentine  ; 
(3)  the  enamel;  and  (4)  the  crusta  petrosa,  or 
cementum.  For  a  description  of  these  tissues, 
see  name  of  each.  A  tooth  has  also  a  central 
cavity,  which  encloses  the  pulp.  See  Dental 
Cavity. 

Tooth'ache.  Odontalgia  (which  see). 
Toothache  Tree.  The  popular  name  of  the 
species  of  plants  which  form  the  genus  Xan- 
thoxylum,  but  applied  more  particularly  to 
Xanthoxylum  fraxineum,  the  bark  and  fruit 
of  which  have  been  used  as  a  remedy  for 
toothache. 

Tooth=bone.     Dentine. 

Toothbrush.  An  instrument  composed  of 
small  bundles  of  prepared  hogs'  bristles,  se- 
.  cured  to  a  long  narrow  piece  of  bone  or  ivory, 
by  means  of  sealing-wax  or  some  other  cement, 
or  by  wire,  and  employed  for  cleaning  the  teeth. 
It  is  a  valuable  dental  hygienic  agent,  and  the 
toilet  of  no  one  can  be  regarded  as  complete 
without  it. 

Tooth=edge  (agacement  des  dents).  Teeth 
set  on  edge  (which  see). 

Tooth=paste.  A  dentifrice  made  in  the 
form  of  a  paste.     See  Dentifrice. 

Toothpick.  A  flexible  and  elastic  sharp- 
pointed  instrument,  employed  for  the  removal 
of  extraneous  matters  from  between  the  teeth. 
It  is  made  of  metal,  whalebone,  wood,  or  the 
quill  of  a  goose  or  other  fowl.  A  toothpick 
made  from  the  quill  of  a  goose  is  better  than 
either  a  metallic  or  wooden  pick. 

Tooth=polisher,  Argillaceous.  An  in- 
strument invented  by  Dr.  L.  S.  Parmly  for  the 
removal  of  stains  and  discolorations  from  the 
teeth.  It  consists  of  a  cylindrical  piece  of 
baked  clay,  about  five  inches  long  and  J  of 
an  inch  in  diameter,  flattened,  and  bent  at  each 
end  to  an  angle  of  nearly  90°.  In  using  it, 
one  of  the  flattened  extremities  is  first  moist- 
ened in  water,  and  then  rubbed  upon  the 
tooth  until  the  stain  or  discoloration  is  re- 
moved. 

Tooth-rash.     Strophulus  (which  see). 

Tooth =shape.     Dentate. 

Tooth-shaping,  Truing  Up.  The  process 
of  removing  by  grinding  or  of  building  up  with 
gold  portions  of  teeth — generally  the  cutting 
edges — to  make  them  uniform  in  length  with 
adjacent  teeth  and  to  give  them  a  normal  ap- 


TOO 


621 


TOU 


pearance.    Also  removing  overlapping  portions 
of  teeth  for  the  same  purpose. 

Tooth=syringe.  Odonenchytes.  A  small 
instrument — made  of  gold,  silver,  glass,  or  rub- 
ber— in  the  form  of  a  pump,  with  a  nozzle 
about  an  inch  long,  curved  so  as  to  form  nearly 
a  right  angle,  and  used  to  draw  in  any  fluid, 
which  is  done  by  means  of  a  piston,  and  then 
to  expel  it  into  the  cavity  of  a  tooth.  It  is 
used  principally  for  cleansing  cavities  in 
teeth,  preparatory  to  filling  ;  also  for  inject- 
ing pulp-canals,  etc. 

To'paz.  A  hard,  crystallized,  yellow  min- 
eral, composed  of  alumina,  silica,  and  fluoric 
acid. 

Topaz/oIite.  A  sub  variety  of  garnet  of  a 
pale-yellow  color. 

Tophaceous.  Gritty  ;  sandy  ;  resembling 
a  soft  stone. 

To/phus.  An  accumulation  of  calcareous 
matter  in  the  joints.     Also  gravel. 

Topical  (topictis;  from  towoc,  a  place). 
Limited  ;  local.  In  Therapeutics,  the  applica- 
tion of  a  remedy  to  a  particular  part ;  hence 
topical  remedies  are  those  which  act  upon  the 
part  to  which  they  are  applied,  and  are  divided 
into  several  classes  :  Those  which  produce  some 
local  irritation  or  stimulation  without  ab- 
sorption ;  those  which  act  destructively  or 
corrosively  upon  the  tissues  ;  and  those  which 
destroy  parasitic  or  microscopic  growths,  to 
which  class  belong  what  are  known  as  germi- 
cides. 

Top'icus.     Local. 

Tor/cuIar  (from  iorqueo,  to  twist).  A  tour- 
niquet.    Also  a  press. 

Torcular  Heroph/ili.  The  press  of  Herophi- 
lus  ;  a  smooth  and  polished  cavity  of  the  dura 
mater,  of  irregular  shape,  called  the  fourth 
sinus.  • 

Tor'culum.     Tourniquet. 

Tormen'tum.  The  ileac  passion  ;  intus- 
susceptio. 

Tor/mina.  Severe  colicky  pains.  Dysen- 
tery. 

Tornac'ulum.     A  tourniquet. 

Toros'itas  (from  torosus,  full  of  muscle, 
brawny).     Muscular  strength. 

Torosus.  Full  of  muscle;  muscular; 
brawny  ;  fleshy. 

Tor/pid  (torpidus ;  from  torpeo,  to  be  stiff, 
numb).  Loss  of  the  power  of  motion  or 
exertion  ;  loss  of  feeling  ;  numb. 

Tor'por  (from  torpere,  to  be  numbed). 
Deficiency  of  sensation  ;  numbness  ;  inactivity  ; 


a  sluggish  condition  of  a  part  or  of  the  whole 

body. 

Torpor  Intestino'rum.     Constipation. 

Torrefac'tion  {torrefactio ;  from  torridus, 
drjr,  parched,  and  facio,  to  make).  In  PJiar- 
macy,  the  drying  of  drugs  on  a  metalline 
plate,  placed  over  or  before  a  fire.  In  Metal- 
lurgy, the  operation  of  roasting  ores. 

Torricel'lion  Vac'uum.  The  vacuum  at 
the  top  of  the  column  of  mercury  in  a  barom- 
eter, so  called  from  Torricelli,  the  inventor  of 
the  instrument. 

Torsion   (lorsio).     Twisting.     The  torsion 

of  a  divided  artery  is  sometimes  resorted  to  for 

the  purpose  of  arresting  haemorrhage. 

Torsion  of  Teeth.     The   forcible   turning  of 

teeth  in   their    cavities    for   the   purpose  of 

correcting    irregularity   in    position.      Some 

French  writers  have  applied  this  term  to  a 

species  of  malformation  of  the  jaws,  in  which 

the  upper  teeth  on  one  side  of   the   mouth 

from  the  median  line  shut  on  the  outside  of 

the  lower  jaw  on  the  same  side,  and  on  the 

other  side  they  fall  on  the  inside  of  the  lower 

teeth. 

Torticol'Iis  (from  torqueo,  to  twist,  and 
collum,  the  neck).     Wry-neck  (which  see). 

Tor'tilis.     Tortile  ;  twisted. 

Tor/tuaIis  (torquero,  to  twist).  Tormented, 
suffering.     Also  the  countenance  of  the  sick. 

Tortuo'sus.     Twisted  ;  tortuous. 

Tortu'ra  Oris.  Risus  sardonicus.  A  wry 
mouth  ;  convulsive  grin. 

Touch  (tactus).  In  Physiology,  the  sense 
by  which  we  are  enabled  to  know  the  palpable 
qualities  of  bodies  by  feeling  them  ;  one  of  the 
five  senses. 

Touch'er.  Act  of  touching,  or  examina- 
tion by  touch.  Uterine  examination  through 
the  vagina  with  the  fingers. 

Touch'stone.  A  compact  variety  of  sili- 
cious  schist  used  for  the  purpose  of  ascertain- 
ing the  purity  of  gold  and  silver  by  the  streak 
left  on  it. 

Touch'wood.  Common  name  of  Boletus 
igniarius,  the  agaric  of  the  oak.  Also  decayed 
wood  ;  it  will  take  fire  from  a  spark. 

Tour'maline.  A  mineral  of  various  colors, 
occurring  in  three-  or  six-sided  prisms,  termi- 
nated by  three-sided  pyramids.  The  finer 
varieties  of  schorl  are  kuown  by  this  name. 

Tourni'quet  (from  Fr.  tourner,  to  turn). 
A  surgical  instrument,  or  a  bandage,  tightened 
by  a  screw,  employed  to  suspend  the  circula- 
tion of  blood   in  a  limb  by  compressing  the 


TOX 


622 


TRA 


principal  artery  during  the  performance  of  an 
operation  involving  the  division  of  large  ar- 
teries. 

Toxaemia  (from  roijiKov,  a  poison,  and  aifia} 
blood).     A  poisoning  of  the  blood. 

Toxana?'mia  (from  toS-mov,  and  aniemia, 
want  of  blood").  An  anoemic  abnormalism 
of  the  blood,  caused  by  gases  and  mineral 
poisons. 

Toxic,  Toxical  (from  to^ikov,  poison).  Pois- 
onous. 

Toxicodermia.  Disease  of  the  skin  from 
poisonous  substances. 

Toxicohas'mia  (from  to^ikov,  a  poison,  and 
atua,  blood).     Poisoning  of  the  blood. 

Toxicol'ogy  (from  rotjucov,  a  poison,  and 
/.o/of,  a  discourse).  Toxicologia.  A  treatise 
on  poisons. 

Toxico'ses.  A  generic  term  applied  by 
Fuchs  to  diseases  caused  by  the  introduction  of 
poison  into  the  system. 

Tox'icum.     A  poison. 

Toxif'erous  (from  toxicum,  poison,  and 
fero,  to  bear).  Bearing  or  containing  poi- 
son. 

Tox'ine.  A  poisonous  base  produced  by  the 
action  of  bacteria  upon  organic  substances  ;  a 
poisonous  ptomaine. 

Trabec'ula.  The  thread-like  processes  of 
the  dura  mater,  and  the  medullary  fibres  of  the 
brain,  constituting  the  commissures. 

Tra'chea  (from  rpaxvc,  rough).  The  wind- 
pipe. A  cylindrical,  fibro-cartilaginous,  and 
membranous  tube,  through  which  the  air 
passes  to  the  lungs.  Commencing  with  the 
larynx,  it  extends  to  the  fourth  or  fifth  dorsal 
vertebra,  where  it  divides  into  the  right  and 
left  bronchial  tubes,  one  going  to  each  lung.  It 
is  composed  of  cartilaginous  rings,  fibrous  and 
mucous  membrane,  muscular  fibres,  vessels, 
and  nerves. 

Tracheal  (trachealis).  Pertaining  to  the 
trachea. 

Tracheal  Glands.  The  small,  flattened,  ovoid 
bodies,  which  are  mucous  follicles,  on  the  pos- 
terior surface  of  the  trachea. 

Trachea'lia.     Croup. 

Tracheitis.  Trachitis.  Cynanche  tra- 
chealis.    Inflammation  of  the  trachea. 

Trache'Iagra.  Rheumatism  in  the  neck  ; 
wry -neck  ;  stiff-neck. 

Trache'Iian  (trachelianus).  Pertaining  to 
the  neck  ;  cervical. 

Trachelis'mus.  A  term  applied  by  Dr. 
Marshall   Hall  to  a  supposed  spasmodic  con- 


traction of  the  muscles  of  the  neck,  which,  by 
compressing  the  veins  and  impeding  the  return 
of  the  blood  from  the  head,  is,  as  he  believed, 
the  cause  of  many  morbid  phenomena. 

Tra'chelocele.     Bronchocele. 

Trache/lo=cer'vical.  Name  given  by 
Chaussier  to  an  artery  of  the  neck,  the  arteria 
cervicalis  profunda. 

Trachelo=diaphragma'tic  Nerves.  Name 
given  by  Chaussier  to  the  fourth  pair  of  cervi- 
cal nerves. 

Trachelo=mastoide/us.  A  muscle  of  the 
neck. 

Tracheios  (rpaxif/.og).     The  neck. 

Tracheorrhag'ia  (from  rpaxrjAog,  the  neck, 
and  pyyvvfii,  to  burst  forth).  Haemorrhage  from 
the  trachea,  or  from  the  wound  made  in  the 
operation  of  tracheotomy. 

Tracheotome  (trachea,  windpipe,  and 
tehvu,  to  cut).  An  instrument  for  performing 
tracheotomy. 

Tracheot'omy  (from  rpaxeia,  the  trachea, 
and  teuvu,  to  cut).  Tracheotomia.  The  opera- 
tion of  cutting  into  or  opening  the  trachea, 
performed  for  a  mechanical  obstruction  to 
the  passage  of  air  through  the  larynx,  or 
when  a  foreign  body  has  entered  the  windpipe. 
Bronchotomy. 

Trachi'tis  (from  rpaxeta,  the  trachea,  and 
ltlc,  a  terminal  denoting  inflammation).  In- 
flammation of  the  trachea.  Cynanche  tra- 
chealis. 

Tracho'ma  (from  rpaxvc,  rough).  A  variety 
of  ophthalmia,  characterized  bjr  roughness  of 
the  inner  surface  of  the  eyelid  and  severe  pain 
whenever  it  is  moved. 

Trachypho'nia  (rpaxvc,  rough,  and  <j>uvt/, 
the  voice).     Roughness  of  the  voice. 

Trachys'ma.  Same  as  Trachoma  (which 
see). 

Trachyt/ic.  A  group  of  plutonic  earths 
having  a  rough  appearance. 

Tract.     Tractus  (which  see). 

Trac/tion  (tractus;  from  traho,  to  draw). 
The  act  of  drawing,  or  the  state  of  being 
drawn  ;  as  the  force  used  in  moving  teeth. 

Tractus  (from  traho,  to  draw).    A  drawing 
in  length  ;  a  region  ;  a  tract  or  space. 
Tractus  Moto/rius.     The  motor  tract ;  a  pro- 
longation of  the  corpora  pyramidalia  through 
the  pons  Varolii  into  the  crura  cerebri. 
Tractus   Opticus.     The   optic  tract.     A  soft 
white   band   which  winds  around  the   crura 
cerebri  and  then  converges  to  meet  its  fellow 
of  the  opposite  side  in  the  optic  commissure 


TRA 


623 


TRA 


in  front  of  the  sella  turcica.  It  arises  from 
the  thalamus  opticus. 
Tractus  Respirato'rius.  The  respiratory 
tract ;  a  narrow  white  band  descending  along 
the  side  of  the  medulla  oblongata  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  lateral  sulcus. 

Tragacan'tha.  Tragacanth  ;  the  concrete 
juice  of  the  Astragalus  tragacantha.  A  natu- 
ral mixture  of  gum  Arabic  and  bassorin.  A 
demulcent  mainly  employed  as  a  vehicle  for 
resins  and  insoluble  powders.  Powdered  gum 
tragacantha,  when  applied  or  sprinkled  over 
the  moistened  surface  of  an  artificial  denture, 
will  naturally  assist  the  atmospheric  power  of 
retention. 

Tragacan'thin.  A  substance  composing 
the  whole  gum  of  tragacanth.  Also  called 
adraganthin. 

Trag'icus.  A  small  flat  muscle  which 
nearly  covers  the  outer  surface  of  the  tragus  of 
the  ear. 

Trag'us.  In  Anatomy,  a  small,  triangular 
eminence  situated  before  the  meatus  auditorius 
externus. 

Trailing.     Procumbent. 

Train=oil.  The  oil  obtained  from  the  blub- 
ber of  whales  and  from  the  fat  of  various  other 
fishes  by  boiling. 

Trait.  Any  natural  characteristic  or  feature 
that  is  peculiar  to  an  organ  or  individual. 

Tra'mis.     The  perinseum. 

Trance.  Catalepsy  ;  a  total  suspension  of 
mental  power  and  voluntary  motion,  while 
breathing  and  pulsation  continue  and  the 
muscles  remain  flexible.  Also  ecstasy.  See 
Ecstasis. 

Trans=  (from  trans,  across).  A  Latin  pre- 
fix denoting  across. 

Transcendental  Anat'omy.  A  branch 
which  teaches  the  plan,  mode,  or  model  upon 
which  the  different  organs  are  formed. 

Transference  (from  trans,  and  fero,  to 
bear).  Supposed  telepathic  communication  of 
thought  or  the  clairvoyant  vision  of  events 
occurring  at  a  wide  distance. 

Transforation  (from  trans,  and  foro,  to 
pierce).     Perforation. 

Transformation.  In  Pathology,  the  con- 
version of  the  texture  of  a  part  into  one  natural 
to  some  other  part. 

Transfu'sion  (transfusio ;  from  transfun- 
dcre,  to  pour  from  one  vessel  into  another).  The 
transmission  of  the  blood  of  one  animal  into 
the  veins  of  another. 

Translation.     In  Pathology,  metastasis. 


Translucent  or  Translu'cid  (from  trans, 
through,  and  luceo,  to  shine).  Semitranspar- 
ent,  pellucid. 

Transmigration  {trans,  and  migro,  to  wan- 
der). The  passage  of  cells  or  particles  through 
a  membranous  septum. 

Transmutation  (transmutatio).  Trans- 
formation ;  the  change  of  anything  into  an- 
other substance  or  into  something  of  a  different 
nature. 

Transparent  (from  trans,  through,  and 
2)areo,  to  appear).  Admitting  the  passage  of 
the  rays  of  light  ;  diaphanous. 

Transpira'tio.     Transpiration. 

Transpiration  (tfanspiratio).  The  act  of 
passing  off  through  the  excretories  of  the  skin  ; 
cutaneous  exhalation  ;  perspiration. 

Transplanta'tio.     Transplantation. 
Transplantatio  Dentis.     See  TRANSPLANTA- 
TION. 

Transplantation.  In  Therapeutics,  a  pre- 
tended method  of  curing  diseases  by  making 
them  pass  from  one  person  to  another.  In 
Dental  Surgery,  the  removal  of  a  sound  and 
health}-  tooth  from  the  mouth  of  one  person 
and  inserting  it  into  an  alveolus  in  the  mouth 
of  another,  from  which  a  tooth  has  just  been 
extracted. 

Trans'port.     In  Pathology,  delirium. 

Transposition  [transpositio ;  from  trans, 
over,  and  jyonere,  to  put).  Change  of  situa- 
tion ;  the  state  of  being  reciprocally  changed 
in  place.  In  Anatomy,  a  congenital  vice  of 
conformation,  consisting  of  the  development  of 
one  organ  in  the  place  of  another,  as  the  heart 
on  the  right  side  and  the  liver  on  the  left. 
Transposition  of  Teeth.  See  Teeth,  Trans- 
position of  THE. 

Transudation  {transudaiio ;  from  trans, 
through,  and  sudare,  sudatum,  to  sweat).  The 
passage  of  a  fluid  through  the  pores  of  any- 
thing or  through  the  tissue  of  any  organ. 

Transversa'lis.     A  term  applied  in  Anat- 
omy to   muscles,  vessels,  etc.,  which   have  a 
transverse  direction. 
Transversalis  Abdominis.  A  muscle  situated 

on  the  lateral  and  anterior  parts  of  the  abdo- 
men. 
Transversalis  Anti'cus  Pri'mus.     The  rectus 

capitis  lateralis  muscle. 
Transversalis   Cervi'cis.      The    transversalis 

colli,  which  appears  to  be  a  continuation  of 

the  longissimus  dorsi. 
Transversalis   Col'li.     A  muscle  situated  on 

the  lateral  and  back  part  of  the  neck. 


TRA 


624 


TRE 


Transversalis  Dor/si.  The  multifidus  spinse, 
consisting  of  numerous  small,  fleshy,  and  ten- 
dinous fasciculi,  extending  from  the  transverse 
to  the  spinous  processes  of  the  vertebra?  the 
whole  length  of  the  spine. 

Transversalis   Na/si.     The  compressor  naris. 

Transversalis  Pe'dis.  A  muscle  of  the  foot. 
See  Teaxsvebsus  Pedis. 

Transversalis  Perinae'i.    A  muscle  extending 

from  the  inner  side  of  the  tuberosity  of  the 

ischium  transversely,  to  be  inserted  into  the 

central  point  of  the  perineum. 

Transverse7  (transversus;  from  trans,  over, 

and  vertere,  to  turn).     Running  across  ;  having 

a    cross   direction.     Applied    in    Anatomy   to 

muscles,  vessels,  etc.,  which  have  a  cross  direc- 
tion ;  and,  in  Botany,  to  the   partition   which 

crosses  a  pericarp  at  right  angles. 

Transverse  Fa'cial  Ar/tery.  An  artery  of 
the  face,  sometimes  given  off  from  the  external 
carotid  and  sometimes  from  the  temporal. 

Transverse  Fis/sure.  A  broad  fissure  about 
two  inches  in  length,  crossing  the  umbilical 
fissure  on  the  lower  surface  of  the  liver. 

Transverse  Perineal  Ar'tery.  A  branch  of 
the  internal  pudic  artery  distributed  upon  the 
perineal  space  and  scrotum. 

Transverse  Su' ture  (sutura  transversalis).  The 
suture  which   crosses   the   face,   uniting  the 
bones  of  the  skull  to  the  bones  of  the  face. 
Transver'sus.     Transverse. 

Transversus  Au/ris.  A  muscle  of  the  exter- 
nal ear. 

Transversus  Pe/dis.  Transverse  muscle  of 
the  foot,  arising  from  the  metatarsal  bone  of 
the  great  toe  and  inserted  into  that  of  the 
little  toe. 

Transversus  Perinae'i.  Transversalis  perinsei 
(which  see). 

Transversus  Perinaei  Alter.     A  small  muscle 
sometimes  accompanying  the  transverse  perin- 
eal muscle. 
Trap  Rock.     Certain  volcanic  rocks,  which 

are  composed  of  feldspar,   augite,  and  horn- 
blende. 
Trape'zium,    Os.     The  first  bone  of  the 

second  row  of  the  carpus,   so  called  from  its 

shape. 

Trapezius   (from   rpaTti(,iov,  a  geometrical 

figure).     A  muscle   situated  at   the   posterior 

part  of  the  neck  and  back. 

Trapezoid7.     A  four-sided  figure,  of  which 

two  sides  only  arc  parallel  to  each  other. 

Trapezoi'des,  Os.     The  second  boneof  the 
econd  row  of  Hie  carpus. 


Trau'ma  (rpav/ua).     A  wound. 

Traumat/ic   (traumaticus ;    from  rpav/ua,  a 
wound).     Relating  to  or  caused  by  a  wound. 
Adapted  to  the  cure  of  a  wound. 
Traumatic   Fe/ver.     Fever   consecutive   to  a 
wound. 
Traumatic  Haemorrhage.  Haemorrhage  from 
a  wound. 
Traumatic   Pleu'risy.     Inflammation   of  the 
pleura  produced  by  a  wound,  such  as  a  frac- 
tured rib,  etc. 

Traumatica.     Detergents  (which  see). 

Traumat/icine.  A  ten  per  cent,  solution 
of  gutta  percha  in  chloroform.  Used  for  super- 
ficial wounds  and  skin  affections. 

Traumatism  (from  rpav/ua,  a  wound).  The 
condition  following  an  injury.  The  systemic 
condition  resulting  from  a  wound. 

Traumatop/yra  (from  rpav/ua,  a  wound, 
and  nvp,  fire).     Traumatic  fever. 

Traumaty'phus  (from  rpav/ua,  a  wound, 
and  typhus).     Hospital  gangrene. 

Travail.     Parturition  with  pain. 

Trea/cle.  Molasses.  The  spume  of  sugar 
in  the  sugar  refinery  ;  the  uncrystallized  part 
of  common  sugar. 

Trem/bles.  Mercurial  tremor  ;  also  milk 
sickness. 

Trem'bling.     Tremor. 

Tre/mor  (from  tremere,  to  tremble).  Trem- 
bling ;  involuntary  agitation  of  the  body  or 
some  part  of  it. 

Tremor  Cor/dis.     Palpitation  of  the  heart. 
Tremor  MercuriaTis  or  Tremor  MetaPlicus. 
Metallic  tremor.     A  form   of   shaking  palsy 
from  mercurial  vapors. 

Tremor  Ten/dinum.  Trembling  of  the  ten- 
dons. A  morbid,  intermittent,  spasmodic 
action. 

Trench/ant.     Sharp-edged  ;  cutting. 

Trepan7  (trepanum;  from  rpvrraw,  to  per- 
forate). An  instrument  resembling  a  wimble, 
employed  by  surgeons  for  the  perforation  and 
removal  of  depressed,  fractured,  or  carious 
bone. 

Trepan'ning.  The  act  of  perforating  with 
a  trepan. 

Trephine7.  A  cylindrical  saw,  with  a 
handle  placed  transversely,  like  that  of  a  gim- 
let, and  a  perforator  in  the  centre,  which 
serves  as  an  axis  for  the  saw  to  rotate  upon 
until  it  has  formed  a  groove  in  the  bone,  when 
it  may  be  removed.  This  is  a  more  modern 
instrument  than  the  trepan. 
Trephine,   Antrum.     An  instrument  for  per- 


TRE 


625 


TRI 


forating  the  antrum  through  the  socket  of  a 
tooth. 

Trephine,  Elliot's  Dental.  An  instrument 
invented  by  Dr.  Elliot,  of  Montreal,  for  sepa- 
rating the  palatine  root  of  the  superior  molars 
from  the  buccal  ones,  when  it  is  required,  to 
render  the  removal  of  the  tooth  less  difficult. 
This  instrument  has  its  centre  thrust  out  by 
a  spring,  and  the  teeth  occupy  about  one- 
third  of  a  circle.  When  in  use  the  centre  of 
the  instrument  is  introduced  into  the  centre 
of  the  inner  fang,  and  then,  by  a  reciprocating 
motion,  this  fang  may  be  separated  from  the 
others. 

Trepida'tio.     Trepidation. 
Trepidatio   Cordis.     See  TREMOR  CORDIS. 

Trepidation  (trepidatio ;  from  trepidare,  to 
tremble).    Involuntary  trembling,  particularly 
from  fear  or  terror. 
Trepon'do.     A  weight  of  three  pounds. 
Tre'sis  (from  rpeu,  to  bore).    A  perforation  ; 
a  wound. 

Tri=.     A  prefix  denoting  three. 
Triacid.     A  salt  or  alcohol  containing  three 
atoms  of  hydrogen  replaceable  by  a  base. 

Triad.  An  element  capable  of  replacing  or 
of  combining  with  three  atoms  of  hydrogen  or 
other  univalent  element. 

Trian'gular  (triangularis).     A  term  applied 

in   Anatomy  to  parts  which  have  a  triangular 

figure  ;  having  three  angles. 

Triangular  Lig/ament.  Ligament  of  Camper  ; 

deep   perineal    fascia.     A   strong    triangular 

aponeurosis    situated   below   the    symphysis 

pubis  and  attached  to  and  filling  up  the  space 

between  the  rami  of  the  pubis  and  ischium. 

Triangularis  Labio'rum.     The  depressor 

anguli  oris. 

Triangularis    Oris.        The    depressor    anguli 
oris. 
Triangularis  Sterni.     Sternocostal  is.     A  mus- 
cle of  the  shape  of  a  lengthened  triangle,  sit- 
uated at  the  anterior  part  of  the  chest  behind 
the  cartilages  of  the  ribs. 
Trias 'sic.     A  new  red  sandstone  composed 
of  three  divisions. 

Triba'sic  (from  tri,  three,  and  basis,  a  base). 
Salts  having  three  equivalents  of  a  base  to  one 
of  an  acid  ;  or  an  acid  having  three  hydrogen 
atoms  replaceable  by  basic  atoms. 

Tribe.      In  Natural   History,  a   division  of 
animals  or   vegetables   intermediate   between 
order  and  genus. 
Tri=brom=phenol.     See  Bromol. 
Tri'ceps  (from  tres,  three,  and  caput,  a  head). 
40 


Three-headed  ;  applied  in  Anatomy  to  muscles 
which  arise  by  three  heads. 
Triceps    Adductor    Fem'oris.       An    appella- 
tion comprehending  three  distinct  muscles — 
namely,  the  adductor  brevis,  adductor  longus, 
and  adductor  magnus. 
Triceps  Au'ris.     Retrahens  auris. 
Triceps  Brachials.     Triceps  extensor  cubiti 

(which  see). 
Triceps  Cru'ris.     A  name  given  to  the  vastus 
externus,  vastus  internus,  and  crurams  mus- 
cles. 

Triceps  Exten/sor  Cu/biti.  A  muscle  situated 
at  the  posterior  part  of  the  os  humeri.  It  is 
described  by  Douglas  as  two  distinct  muscles, 
and  by  Winslow  as  three. 

Trichangiecta'sia  (from  &pi^,  rP<J°f,  a 
hair,  ayyewv,  a  vessel,  and  enraGLC,  dilatation). 
A  term  applied  in  Pathology  to  morbid  dilata- 
tion of  the  capillary  vessels. 

Trich/ia.     Entropion  (which  see). 

Trichiasis  (trichiosis ;  from  &pi£,  a  hair). 
A  term  applied  in  Pathology :  (1)  To  inversion 
of  the  eyelashes,  causing  irritation  of  the  eye- 
ball ;  (2)  to  a  morbid  affection  of  the  kidney  in 
which  hair-like  filaments  are  discharged  with 
the  urine  ;  and  (3)  to  a  painful  swelling  of 
the  female  breasts,  occurring  during  lactation, 
and  supposed  by  the  ancients  to  be  due  to 
the  accidental  swallowing  of  a  hair. 

Trichi'na  Spiralis.  A  species  of  ento- 
zoon  found  in  the  muscles  of  voluntary  mo- 
tion. When  taken  with  food,  they  multiply 
in  the  intestines,  and  then  migrate  to  the 
muscles.  Their  presence  may  be  owing  to  the 
use  of  the  flesh  of  animals  in  which  they  ex- 
isted, especially  when  such  flesh  as  pork  is 
partaken  of  in  a  raw  state.  The  disease  thus 
brought  about  is  called  trichiniasis  or  trichina 
disease. 

Trichiniasis.     See  Trichina  Spiralis. 

Trichio'sis.     Trichiasis  (which  see). 

Trichis'mus  (from  &pii-,  a  hair).  An  al- 
most imperceptible  fracture  of  a  bone,  resem- 
bling a  hair. 

Trichloracetic  Acid.  A  compouud  formed 
by  oxidation  of  chloral  by  means  of  nitric  acid. 

Trichlorphenol.  Trichlorphrenic  acid.  A 
derivative  of  carbolic  acid,  with  an  odor  like 
that  of  tar  and  a  pungent  taste.  Used  as  a 
disinfectant. 

Trichoceph'alus  (from  &pi4,  a  hair,  and 
KE(pa'/.e,  the  head).  The  long  thread-worm 
which  infests  the  caecum  and  colon  of  the 
human  subject. 


TRI 


626 


TRI 


Trochoid  (&pit;,  hair,  aud  eidog,  a  form). 
Resembling  a  hair. 

Tricho'ma  (from  #/«?,  a  hair).  Plica  pol- 
onica  ;  plaited  hair  ;  a  disease  in  which  the 
hair  is  matted  together. 

Trichom'onas  Vaginalis.  A  name  given 
to  an  animalcule  found  by  Donne  in  the  mucus 
of  the  vagina  when  the  subject  is  afflicted  with 
syphilis. 

Tricho'sis  (from  i?p«f,  a  hair).  A  genus  in 
Dr.  Good's  "Nosology,"  comprehending  most 
of  the  diseases  of  the  hair. 

Trichot'omous  (trichotomus).  Divided  into 
three  parts  ;  three-cleft. 

Trichot/on.     The  scalp. 

Trichu'ris.     Trichocephalus. 

Tricor/ne  (from  tri,  three,  and  cornu,  a 
horn).  A  term  applied  to  each  lateral  ven- 
tricle of  the  brain,  from  its  three-horned 
shape. 

Tricresole,  Trikresole.  A  mixture  of  or- 
tocresole,  metacresole,  and  paracresole,  in  the 
form  of  a  liquid. 

Tricuspid  (tricuspis;  from  tres,  three,  and 
cuspis,  a  point).     Three-pointed. 
Tricuspid  Valve.     A  valve  of  the  heart,  situ- 
ated between  the  auricle  and  ventricle  on  the 
right  side. 

Tricusp'idate.     Tricuspid. 

Tridac'tyle.     Three-fingered. 

Trident/ate.  Furnished  with  three  teeth 
or  tooth-like  processes. 

Trien'nial  (from  tri,  three,  and  annus,  a 
year).     Lasting  three  years. 

Trifacial  Nerve.  Trigemini.  The  fifth 
pair  of  nerves,  their  three  divisions  being  dis- 
tributed on  the  face.     See  Trigemini. 

Trigas'tric.  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to 
muscles  which  have  three  bellies. 

Trigem'ini  (trigeminus;  from  tres,  three, 
and  geminus,  double).  The  fifth  and  largest 
pair  of  the  cranial  nerves.  It  is  the  great  sen- 
sitive nerve  6f  the  head  and  face,  and  arises  in 
front  of  the  floor  of  the  fourth  ventricle,  be- 
hind the  crura  cerebelli  ;  at  the  Gasserian  gan- 
glion it  divides  into  three  branches — the 
ophthalmic,  the  superior,  and  the  inferior 
maxillary  (which  see).  As  these  three 
branches  are  principally  distributed  to  the 
muscles  of  the  face,  they  have  been  named, 
collectively,  the  trifacial  nerve. 

Tri/gon  (irigonum).     A  triangle. 

Trigone.  Trigonum,  or  vesical  triangle. 
The  triangular  smooth  surface  on  the  inside 
of  the  urinary  bladder  at  its  base. 


Trigone    Vesicale.       Vesical    triangle.      See 
Trigone. 

Trikresole.     See  Tricresole. 

TrFIabe.  An  instrument  for  extracting 
foreign  bodies  from  the  bladder  through  the 
urethra.  At  its  termination  there  are  three 
arms  which  can  be  expanded  after  it  is  inserted 
into  the  bladder. 

Trilobate  (trilobatus).    Having  three  lobes. 

Tripartite  (tripartitas).  Divided  into  three 
parts. 

Triphar'macum.  A  medicine  composed  of 
three  ingredients. 

Triphenin.  A  coal-tar  derivative  with 
antipyretic  aud  analgesic  properties. 

Trip'lite.  A  dark-brown,  imperfectly  crys- 
tallized mineral,  consisting  of  phosphoric  acid 
and  the  oxide  of  manganese  and  iron. 

Triplop'ia.  Disordered  vision,  in  which 
objects  are  seemingly  seen  triple. 

Tripod/  Vital.  A  term  for  the  heart, 
lungs,  and  brain. 

Trip'oli.  An  earthy  substance,  having  a 
hard,  sharp  grain,  brought  from  Tripoli  ;  used 
for  polishing  and  cleaning  metals. 

Tripolith  or  Trip'olite.  A  substance  com- 
posed of  lime,  silicon,  and  oxide  of  iron,  some- 
times used  for  bandages  in  place  of  plaster  of 
Paris. 

Trip'sis.  Trituration  ;  act  of  rubbing  ; 
shampooing. 

Trique  tra  Ossic'ula.  The  triangular  bones 
found  in  the  course  of  the  lambdoidal  suture. 
Wormian  bones. 

Trique'trum.     A  triangle. 

Trisalt/.  A  salt  containing  three  times  as 
much  acid  to  the  same  quantity  of  base,  or 
three  times  as  much  base  to  the  same  quan- 
tity of  acid,  as  the  corresponding  neutral 
salt. 

Tris/mus  (from  rpi(u,  to  gnash).  Literally, 
a  gnashing  of  the  teeth  ;  but  in  Pathology  a 
spasmodic  contraction  of  the  muscles  of  the 
jaw.  Locked  jaw  or  lock-jaw.  Diseased  teeth 
and  the  irritation  occasioned  by  the  irregular 
and  painful  eruption  of  wisdom  teeth  have 
been  ascribed  as  causes  of  trismus. 
Trismus  Nascen'tium.  Lock-jaw  attacking 
infants  during  the  first  two  weeks  after  birth. 
Trismus  Traumat/icus.  Lock-jaw  originating 
from  a  wound. 

Trisplanch/nic  (trisplanchnicus ;  from  rpetg, 
three,  and   ottTmvxvov,    viscus).      That   which 
relates  to  the  three  orders  of  viscera. 
Trisplanchnic  Nerve.    Name  given  by  Chaus- 


TRI 


62: 


TRU 


sier  to  the  great  sympathetic  nerve.  The  name 
of  a  nerve,  or  rather  of  a  series  of  ganglia  joined 
together  hy  a  multitude  of  nervous  filaments. 
It  extends  the  whole  length  of  the  trunk,  and 
is  connected  by  a  branch  with  each  of  the 
thirty  pairs  of  spinal  nerves,  and  also  with 
some  of  the  encephalic  nerves. 

Trisplanchni'tis.     Cholera. 

Tristern'al  (trisiernalis).  Name  given  by 
Beclard  to  the  third  piece  of  the  sternum,  or  the 
oue  corresponding  to  the  third  intercostal  space. 

Triteeoph'ya  (trit.-eophyes ;  from  rpiraioc, 
tertian,  and  oiw,  to  originate).    A  tertian  fever. 

Trito'rium.     A  mortar. 

Tritox'ide.  In  Chemistry,  a  non-acid  com- 
pound of  one  equivalent  of  a  base  with  three 
of  oxygen. 

Triturate  (from  fero,  tritum,  to  rub).  Tri- 
turation. The  process  of  reducing  solid  bodies 
to  powder  by  rubbing  or  grinding. 

Trivalent.  Eeplacing  or  combining  with 
three  atoms  of  hydrogen  or  other  univalent 
elements. 

Tro'car.  A  perforator  with  a  triangular- 
shaped  point,  partially  enclosed  in  a  cannula, 
and  employed  for  evacuating  fluids  from  cavi- 
ties, particularly  in  dropsy. 

Trochanter  (from  Tpo\au,  to  turn).  A 
name  given  to  two  processes  on  the  upper  ex- 
tremity of  the  thigh-bone,  distinguished  into 
greater  and  lesser. 

Trochanter' ian.  Eelating  to  the  greater 
trochanter. 

TrochantirTian.  Eelating  to  the  lesser 
trochanter. 

Tro'char.     Trocar  (which  see). 

Trochi'nus.  The  smaller  of  the  two  supe- 
rior eminences  of  the  os  humeri.  So  named 
by  Chaussier.     See  Trochiter. 

Trochis'ci  Cre'tas.     Troches  of  chalk. 
Trochisci  Glycyrrhi'zse  et  Opii.     Troches  of 
liquorice  and  opium. 

Trochis'cus  (diminutive  of  rpoxoc,  a  wheel). 
A  troche  or  round  tablet.  A  solid  medicine 
composed  of  powder  incorporated  with  glutin- 
ous substances,  made  into  small  cakes  and 
dried. 

Troch/iter.  Name  given  by  Chaussier  to 
the  larger  of  the  two  tuberosities  at  the  scapu- 
lar extremity  of  the  os  humeri,  because  it 
gives  insertion  to  rotator  muscles.  See  Tro- 
CHINUS. 

Trochlea  (from  rpe,rw,  to  run).  A  pulley. 
A  kind  of  cartilaginous  pulley  through  which 
the  tendou  of  the  trochlearis  muscle  passes. 


Trochlears.  The  oblique  superior  oculi 
muscle. 

Trochlea/tor.  The  nerve  which  supplies 
the  trochlearis  muscle. 

Trochoi'des  (trochoid ;  from  ~poxoc,  a 
wheel,  and  eidoc,  resemblance).  A  term  ap- 
plied in  Anatomy  to  an  articulation  in  which 
one  bone  rotates  upon  another,  like  a  wheel 
upon  its  axle  ;  as  the  atlas  upon  the  odontoid 
process  of  the  dentata. 

Tro'mos  (from  rpe^tu,  to  tremble).  Trem- 
bling ;  terror. 

Tromospas'mus.     Tremor. 

Tropacocaine.  An  alkaloid  obtained  from 
the  leaves  of  the  coca  plant.  Used  as  a  local 
anaesthetic,  and  considered  to  be  a  safer  agent 
than  cocaine. 

Trophe.     Food  ;  aliment. 

Tro'phi  (from  rpoxoc,  a  nourisher).  The 
part  of  the  mouth  in  insects  employed  in 
acquiring  and  preparing  the  food. 

Troph'ical.  Pertaining  to  nourishment  or 
nutrition. 

Trophoneurosis  (from  rpo&i],  nourish- 
ment, and  vevpov,  a  nerve).  Atrophic  process 
due  to  injury  or  perverted  action  of  the  nerves. 

Trophon'osi  (from  rpo^rj,  nourishment,  and 
voaoq,  a  disease).  Trophonopathy.  Diseases 
of  nutrition. 

Troph'oplasts.  The  granular  bodies  of  the 
protoplast,  nutritive  as  to  function. 

Troph/y,  Trophia  (-/>og»/).  Nourishment  ; 
used  as  a  suffix  ;  as  hypertrophy,  excess  of 
nourishment  or  nutrition  ;  atrophy,  want  of 
nourishment,  etc. 

Troponu'si  (from  rpo-n-r/,  the  solstice  or 
tropics,  and  voaoq ,  a  disease).  A  term  applied 
in  Pathology  to  diseases  peculiar  to  or  which 
prevail  in  the  tropics. 

Troy  Weight.  A  weight  chiefly  used  in 
weighing  gold,  silver,  and  articles  of  jewelry. 
The  pound  troy  contains  twelve  ounces  ;  each 
ounce,  twenty  pennyweights  ;  and  each  penny- 
weight, twenty-four  grains.     See  Weights. 

True  Ribs.  The  seven  superior  or  sternal 
ribs,  attached  to  the  sternum  by  distinct  car- 
tilages. 

Truncated  (truncatus).  Cutoff:  cut  short, 
lopped  ;  appearing  as  if  cut  off. 

Trunk  (truneus).  In  Anatomy,  that  portion 
of  the  body  to  which  the  limbs  are  articulated. 
It  is  divided  into  three  parts — the  thorax,  ab- 
domen, and  pelvis. 

Truss.  A  term  derived  from  the  French 
word  trousse,  to  tie  up,  and  applied  to  a  hernial 


TUB 


628 


TUB 


bandage,  which  at  the  present  day  consists  of 
a  steel  spring  with  two  pads,  one  to  be  applied 
to  the  back  as  a  point  of  support  and  the  other 
over  the  hernia. 

Tu'ba  (from  tubus,  any  hollow  vessel).  A 
tube. 

Tube  (tuba).     A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to 
some  parts  which  are  hollow. 
Tube,  Eustachian.     A  tube  extending  from 
the  cavity  of  the  tympanum  to  the  posterior 
nares,  between  which  it  forms  a  communica- 
tion. 

Tube,  Fallo'pian.     A  canal  on   each   side  of 

the  uterus,  extending  from  the  superior  angle 

to  near  the  ovarium. 

Tu'ber  (from  tumere,  to  swell  or  grow  big). 

A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  parts  which  are 

rounded.     In  Surgery,  a  knot   or  swelling  in 

any  part. 

Tuber   Annulare.     Pons  Varolii.     An    emi- 
nence of  the  medulla  oblongata. 
Tuber  Cine'reum.     A  grayish  tubercle  form- 
ing part  of  the  floor  of  the  third  ventricle  of 
the  brain. 

Tuber  Is'chii.  The  tuberosity  of  the  ischium. 
Tu'bercle  (tuberculum ;  from  tuber,  a 
bunch).  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  certain 
obtuse  processes  or  projections  on  the  surfaces 
of  parts  or  in  the  structure  of  medullary 
organs,  as  the  tubercle  of  a  human  rib.  In 
Pathology,  a  pimple  or  tumor.  The  term,  how- 
ever, is  applied  to  a  species  of  degeneration 
consisting  of  opaque  matter,  of  a  whitish,  yel- 
lowish, or  gray  color,  developed  in  different 
textures  of  the  body,  but  most  frequently  in 
the  lungs  and  mesentery. 

Tuber'cula.  Small,  hard,  superficial,  cir- 
cumscribed, and  well-defined  eminences  at  the 
middle  part  of  the  convex  edge  of  the  semi- 
lunar valves  of  the  pulmonary  artery  and  the 
aorta. 

Tubercula    Aran'tii.     The    small    eminences 
on  the  semilunar  valves  of  the  aorta  and  pul- 
monary artery. 
Tubercula    QuadrigenVina.     Two  oval   emi- 
nences situated  on  each  side,  at  the  posterior 
part  of  the  third  ventricle  of  the  brain. 
Tuber'cular.     Tuberculous.      Relating    to 
or  affected  with  tubercles. 

Tubercular  Diath/esis.  Tuberculous  consti- 
tution or  habit  of  body  which  predisposes  to 
tubercular  phthisis. 
Tubercular  Matter.  A  morbid  production, 
consisting  of  yellowish,  compact,  calcareous, 
pultareous,  or  semi-fluid   and   curdy  matter, 


contained    in   cysts  or  in   the   tissue  of  or- 
gans. 
Tubercular    Phthises.      Phthisis    occasioned 
by    the    development    of   tubercles    in    the 
lungs. 
Tubercular  Sore  Throat.     Follicular  pharyn- 
gitis. 
Tuber'culate.     Covered  with  tubercles. 
Tuberculosis.     Tubercular  diathesis. 
Tuberculous.     Tubercular. 
Tuberculous  Phthisis.     A  scrofulous  affection 
of  the  lungs. 
Tuber'culum  Annula're.     Annular    pro- 
tuberance.    The  pons  Varolii. 
Tuberculum    Loweri.     An    eminence    where 
the  two  venae  cavse  meet  in  the  right  auricle 
of  the  heart,  first  described  by  Lower. 
Tuberosity    (tuberositas;     from    tuber,    a 
bunch).     A  rough  projection  or  process  on  a 
bone  which  gives   attachment   to   muscles  or 
ligaments  ;  an  obtuse  prominence. 
Tuberosity,  Maxillary.     A  rounded  eminence 
at  lower  part  of  posterior  surface  of  each  supe- 
rior maxillary  bone. 
Tub'ing,    Rubber.     Employed   in    Dental 
Practice  for  regulating  and  separating  teeth. 

Tu'bular  (tubularis).     Having  the  form  of  a 
tube. 

Tubular    Gestation.     Extra-uterine  feetation 
in  the  Fallopian  tubes. 
Tu'bule  (tubulus ;  diminutive  tuba,  a  tube). 
A  small  tube. 

Tu/buli  (plural  of  tubulus).     Several  sets  of 
minute  vessels.     See  Tubulus. 
Tubuli   BellFni.     The  uriniferous  tubules. 
Tubuli   Du'rae    Maoris.     The  sinuses  of  the 
dura  mater. 
Tubuli  LactiFeri.     The  ducts  in  the   nipple 
through  which  the  milk  passes. 
Tubuli   of    Dentine.      Dentine    tubes.      See 
Dentinal  Tubuli. 
Tubuli  Rec'ti.     Straight  tubes.    From  twelve 
to  twenty  small  tubes,  which  pass  in  parallel 
lines  to  the  back  and  upper  part  of  the  testi- 
cle, forming  the  eminence   called   the  High- 
moriau  body,  corpus  Jlighmori. 
Tubuli  SeminiFeri.    The  minute  tubes  which 
constitute  the  parenchyma  of  the  testis. 
Tubuli    UriniFeri.      The     minute    excretory 
ducts  of  the  tubular  substance  of  the  kidney. 
Tu'bulous.     Tubular  ;  form  of  a  tube. 
Tu'bulus.     Tubule.     A  little  tube. 
Tubus  Acus'ticus.     An  ear-trumpet. 
Tubus  Alimenta'ris.     The  alimentary  canal. 
Tubus  Nervo'rum.     Neurilemma. 


TUL 


629 


TUR 


Tulipii  Valva.     The  ileo-csecal  valve. 

Tumefac'tion  (tumef actio).  Act  of  swell- 
ing into  a  tumor  ;  a  swelling. 

Tu'mefied.     Swelled  ;  enlarged. 

Tumes'cence  (from  tumesco,  to  swell). 
Swelling  or  enlargement  caused  by  moisture. 

Tu'mid.     Swollen. 

Tu'mor  (from  tameo,  to  swell).  Tumour. 
A  morbid  enlargement  of  any  part  of  the 
body  ;  a  permanent  swelling.  Abernethy  re- 
stricts the  term  tumor  to  such  swellings  as 
arise  from  new  productions,  including  only  the 
sarcomatous,  which  are  of  a  firm  and  fleshy 
consistence,  and  the  encysted,  which  are  formed 
in  a  membranous  sac.  The  former  he  divides 
into  :  (1)  The  common  vascular  or  organized 
sarcoma  ;  (2)  adipose  sarcoma  ;  (3)  pancreatic 
sarcoma,  from  its  resemblance  to  the  pancreas  ; 
(4)  mastoid  or  mammary  sarcoma,  from  its 
resemblance  to  the  structure  of  the  mammary 
gland  ;  (5)  tuberculated  sarcoma,  which  is 
composed  of  small  ovoid  tumors,  varying  in 
size  and  color,  and  connected  by  cellular  tis- 
sue ;  (6)  medullary  sarcoma,  from  its  resem- 
blance to  the  medullary  substance  of  the 
brain  ;  this  variety  is  commonly  designated  by 
the  name  of  fungus  hsematodes  ;  (7)  the  car- 
cinomatous sarcoma,  constituting  the  cancerous 
tumor.  Encysted  tumors  he  divides  into  :  (1) 
Steatomatous,  which  contain  fatty  matter  ;  (2) 
rnelicerous,  the  substance  of  which  bears  some 
resemblance  to  honey^  ;  (3)  atheromatous, 
which  are  of  a  paste-like  consistence. 

The  nature  and  malignancy  of  a  tumor  are 
determined  not  only  by  the  causes  which  give 
rise  to  its  development,  but  also  by  its  seat  and 
the  state  of  the  general  health  and  constitu- 
tional diathesis  of  the  individual. 
Tu'mor,   Erec'tile.     A    tumor  susceptible  of 
elevation  aud  depression,  as  when   developed 
in  a  soft  vascular  tissue. 
Tumor,  Fi/brous.     A  morbid  growth  formed 
of  fibrous  tissue. 
Tumor,  Varicose.     A  circumscribed  morbid 
growth  of  a  bluish  color,  caused  by  dilatation 
and  development  of  capillary  vessels. 

Tu'mors  of  the  Gums  and  Alveolar 
Processes.  See  Jaws,  Morbid  Growths 
of. 

Tung'state.  A  salt  formed  of  tungsticacid 
and  a  base. 

Tung'sten.  Symbol,  W.  Atomic  weight, 
183.5.  Heavystoue  ;  wolfram.  A  metallic 
calx  composed  of  lime,  iron,  aud  manganese. 
It  is  not  a  common  metal,  being  found  only  in 


a  few  minerals.     Tungsten  is  a  brittle  metal, 

nearly  as    hard  as  steel,   of    a    grayish- white 

color,    and    has   considerable    lustre.     When 

added  to  steel,  it  hardens  it. 

Tung'stic  Acid.     An  acid  composed  of  one 

equivalent  of  tungsten  aud  three  of  oxygen. 
Tu'nic  (tunica).     In  Anatomy,  a  membrane 

or  covering  to  some  part  or  organ,  as  the  tunics 

of  the  eye,  etc. 

Tu'nica.       Tunic.      An   enveloping  mem- 
brane. 

Tunica  Aciniform'is.     The  uvea. 

Tunica  Adna'ta.     The  conjunctiva. 

Tunica  Albugin'ea  Oc'uli.  The  fibrous  mem- 
brane of  the  eye,  situated  immediately  under 
the  conjunctiva. 

Tunica  Albuginea  Testis.  The  albuginea 
testis. 

Tunica  Arachnoi'dea.  The  arachnoid  mem- 
brane. 

Tunica  Choro'ides.  The  choroid  mem- 
brane. 

Tunica  Conjunctiva.     The  conjunctiva. 

Tunica  Cor'nea.     The  cornea  of  the  eye. 

Tunica  Elytroi'des.     The  tunica  vaginalis. 

Tunica  Erythroi'des.     The  cremaster  muscle. 

Tunica  Granulo'sa.  Name  given  by  Dr. 
Barry  to  an  investment  of  the  ovum.  Its 
existence,  however,  as  distinct  from  the  nieni- 
brana  granulosa,  is  regarded  by  others  as 
doubtful. 

Tunica  Jaco'bi.  An  exceedingly  delicate 
serous  membrane,  between  the  retina  and 
choroid  coat,  consisting  of  minute  prismatic 
bodies,  placed  close  together  and  perpendic- 
ularly to  the  surface  of  the  membrane. 

Tunica  Ret'ina.     The  retina. 

Tunica  Vasculo'sa  Ret'inae.  The  inner 
lamina  of  the  retina.  It  is  of  a  fibro vascular 
structure,  aud  supports  the  outer  medul lary 
lamina. 

Tunica  Vasculosa  Tes'tis.  A  delicate  mem- 
brane on  the  inner  surface  of  the  tunica  albu- 
ginea, enclosing  the  substance  of  the  gland, 
formed  of  minute  ramifications  of  the  sper- 
matic vessels,  aud  constituting  the  membrane 
of  the  testis. 

Tunica  Villo'sa.  The  inner  coat  of  the  in- 
testines. 

Tunica  Vit'rea.     The  hyaloid  membrane. 
Tunica'tus.     Tunicated.      Covered  with  a 

tunic. 

Tu'nicle.     A  natural  covering  ;  an  integu- 
ment. 

Tur'bid  (turbidus;  from  turbo,  to  disturb). 


TUR 


630 


TYM 


In  a  general  sense,  muddy,  not  clear.    Applied 
to  liquids,  as  turbid  water,  turbid  wine,  etc. 

Tur'binated  [turbinatus ;  from  turbo  or  tur- 
ben,  a  top).  Shaped  like  a  top  or  inverted 
cone. 

Turbinated    Bones.      Very   thin    convoluted 

plates  of  bone,  situated  in   the  nasal  fossa?. 

They  are  distinguished  into  the  superior  and 

inferior.     The  spongy  bones. 

Turbina'tum.     Turbo  cerebri.     The  pineal 

gland. 

Turbinatus.     Turbinated. 
Turges'cence  (turgescentia ;  from  turgescere, 
to  swell).     A  preternatural   accumulation   of 
blood  or  other  fluid  in  a  part ;  a  state  of  dis- 
tention. 

Turgescence  of  the  Gums.  A  swollen  or 
distended  condition  of  the  margins  of  the 
gums.  See  Gums,  Inflabimation,  Tur- 
gescence, Ulceration,  and  Recession 
of. 
Tur/gid  (turgidus ;  from  turgere,  to  swell  or 
puff  up).     Swollen. 

Turgid'ity.  Turgiduess.  Turgescence. 
Tur/gor  Vita'lis.  Turgescence. 
Tur/key=stone.  Novaculite  ;  razor-stone. 
A  massive  mineral  of  a  yellowish,  greenish,  or 
brownish-gray  color.  It  has  been  used  both  by 
the  surgeon  and  dentist  for  sharpening  instru- 
ments. 

Turme'ric  Pa'per.  White  bibulous  paper 
brushed  over  with  tincture  of  turmeric.  It  is 
used  as  a  test  for  the  presence  of  free  alkalies 
and  their  carbonates,  by  which  its  yellow  color 
is  changed  to  brown. 

Turning.  A  term  applied  in  Obstetrics  to 
the  operation  of  bringing  down  the  feet  of  the 
child  in  utero,  for  the  purpose  of  facilitating 
delivery. 

Turpentine.  Terebinthina.  The  resinous 
juice  of  pine  trees. 

Turpentine,  Oil  of  (oleum  terebinthinse).    The 
volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  Pinus  palustris. 
Dose,  gtt.  v  to  gtt.  xx. 
Turpentine,  Spirits   of.      Same  as  oil  of  tur- 
pentine. 
Tur'peth  Mineral.      Hydrargyri  sulphas 
flavus.      Yellow   sulphate   of   mercury.      An 
errhine.     Dose,  gr.  j  in  four  or  five  grains  of 
starch. 

Turpethum  Nigrum.  The  black  oxide  of 
mercury. 

Turquoise.  A  blue  mineral  consisting 
chiefly  of  hylraterl  alumina,  and  formerly 
superstitiously    supposed    to    change   its  color 


according  as  the  wearer  was  in   good  or  bad 
health. 

Turunda.     A  tent  or  suppository. 

Tussic'ular  (tussicttlaris ;  from  tussis,  a 
cough).     Pertaining  to  a  cough. 

Tus'sis.     A  cough. 
Tussis  ConvulsPva.     Whooping-cough.     See 
Pertussis. 

Tus/sive  (tussivus).  Belonging  or  pertain- 
ing to  a  cough. 

Tutam/ina  (tutamen;   a  defense,  a  protec- 
tion).    A  term   applied   in  Anatomy  to  parts 
which  seem  to  defend  or  protect  certain  organs. 
Tutamina  Cer'ebri.     The  scalp  and  bones  of 
the  skull. 

Tu/tenag.  An  alloy  of  copper,  zinc,  and 
nickel ;  Chinese  copper.  In  India,  a  name 
given  to  zinc. 

Tu/tia.  Tutty.  The  gray  incrustation 
which  forms  on  the  chimneys  of  furnaces  in 
which  the  ores  of  zinc  are  smelted.  Also  said 
to  be  found  native  in  Persia.  It  is  an  impure 
oxide  of  zinc. 

Tut'ty.     Tutia  (which  see). 

Twinge.  In  Pathology,  a  sudden,  sharp, 
local  pain  of  momentary  duration. 

.Twinkling.     Sparkling;  shining  brightly 
with  intermitted  light. 
Twinkling  of  the  Eye.    Nictation  (which  see). 

Twin.     Gemellus. 

Twitching.  In  Pathology,  short,  spastic 
contractions. 

Tych'ica  (from  rvxn,  accident).  Fortuitous 
lesions. 

Tyloma.     A  callus. 

Tylo/sis.  Tyloma.  Induration  of  the  mar- 
gins of  the  eyelids. 

Tylostere'sis  (rv"koc,  callus,  and  arspT/aig, 
privation).    Extirpation  or  removal  of  a  callus. 

Tympan'ic  (lymjyanicus).  Pertaining  to  or 
connected  with  the  tympanum. 

Tympanites  (from  rv/uwavov,  a  drum).  So 
called  because  the  abdomen  is  distended  with 
wind,  and  sounds  like  a  drum  when  struck. 
Distention  of  the  abdomen  arising  from  an 
accumulation  of  air.  There  are  two  species  : 
(1)  Tympanites  intestinalis,  consisting  of  an  ac- 
cumulation of  gas  in  the  intestines  ;  and  (2) 
tympanites  abdominalis,  when  the  air  is  contained 
in  the  cavity  of  the  peritoneum. 
Tympanites,  Uterine.  A  windy  swelling  of 
the  uterus. 

Tympanitis  (from  rv/nravov,  a  drum,  and 
trig,  inflammation).  Inflammation  of  the 
tympanum  of  the  ear. 


TYM 


631 


ULA 


Tym'panum.  The  drum  or  hollow  part  of 
the  middle  ear.  containing:  the  ossicula. 

Tym'pany.     Tympanites. 

Type    [lypus;    from   rmog,  a   stamp,   itself 
from  the  root  of  tap,  tvtttu,  to  beat).     In  Path- 
ology, the  order  in  which  the  symptoms  of  a 
disease  occur  and  succeed  one  another ;    the 
character  which  a  disease  assumes,  especially 
one  of  an  acute  or  febrile  nature.     In  Natural 
History,  that  which  combines  most  prominently 
the  several  characteristics  of  a  group.     Thus, 
an  individual  may  be  the  type  of  a  species,  and 
a  species  the  type  of  a  genus,  and  a  genus  the 
type  of  a.  family  or  an  order. 
Type  Met/al.    An  alloy  of  lead  and  antimony, 
with  a  small  portion  of  tin.     One  part  of  an- 
timouy  to  three  of  lead  are  the  usual  propor- 
tions.   Useful  in  Dental  Mechanism  as  a  die  in 
swaging,  as  it  contracts  less  on  cooling  than 
zinc,  and  gives  a  clear  and  sharp  impression. 

Typh'Io=enteri/tis  (from  rvp/.oc,  the  cae- 
cum, and  enteritis,  inflammation  of  the  intes- 
tines). Typhlitis.  Inflammation  of  the  cae- 
cum. 

Typho'des.  Pertaining  to  typhus ;  ty- 
phous. 

Typhohas'mia.  A  disorganized  state  of 
the  blood. 

Ty'phoid  (typhoides ;  from  typhus,  and  eitioc, 
resembling  typhus).  Typhodes.  A  low  fever, 
resembling  typhus.  This  form  of  fever  is  dis- 
tinguished from  typhus  by  a  lesion  of  the  in- 
testines. It  closely  resembles  typhus  in  other 
respects. 


Typhoma'nia  i  from  rvfyoc,  stupor,  and 
uavia,  madness).  The  low  muttering  delirium 
winch  accompanies  typhoid  fevers. 

Ty'phous.     Relating  to  typhus. 

Typhus   Fe'ver   (from   rwpog,  stupor).     A 
fever   characterized   by  extreme  depression  of 
strength  ;  small,  weak,  frequent,  and  unusual 
pulse,  with  much  cerebral  derangement.      It 
is    divided     by    most     writers     into     typhus 
mitior,    mild    typhus,  or    nervous    fever,  and 
typhus  gracior,  a  severe  malignant  typhus. 
Typhus  Grav'ior.     Malignant  typhus  fever. 
Typhus  Ictero'des.     The  yellow  fever. 
Typhus  Mit'ior.     Mild  typhus  fever. 
Typhus  Nervo'sus.      Typhus  mitior.      Ner- 
vous fever. 
Typhus  Petechials.     Typhus  gravior. 

Typ'ical  or  Typ'ic  (from  typus,  a  type). 
Representing  the  type  or  plan  ;  figurative ; 
representative. 

Ty'rein.     Coagulated  casein. 

Tyrem'esis  (from  rvpoc.  cheese,  and  eueaic, 
vomiting).  Tyrotemesis.  A  vomiting  of  curdy 
matter. 

Tyria'sis.     Tubercular  elephantiasis. 

Tyro'ma.  A  tumor  of  a  cheese-like  struc- 
ture. 

Ty'ros.     Cheese. 

Ty rosin,  Tyr'osine  (from  rvpoc,  cheese). 
The  essential  ingredient  of  cheese.  See 
Caseix. 

Tyro'sis.     Tyremesis  (which  see). 

Tyson's  Glands  (tysoni  glandulee).  The 
sebaceous  glands  around  the  corona  penis. 


u. 


U.     The  symbol  for  Uranium. 

Ud'der.  The  breast  of  a  female,  but  ap- 
plied to  the  glandular  organ  or  bag  of  cows 
and  other  quadrupeds,  in  which  the  milk  is 
secreted  and  retained  for  the  nourishment  of 
their  young. 

Uffelmann's  Test.  A  test  for  hydrochloric 
acid  in  the  stomach  ;  performed  by  adding  the 
blue  pigment  of  the  huckleberry,  which  is 
turned  bright  red  by  this  acid. 

Ula  (nv/.a,  from  or/'»;,  solid).  The  gums. 
gingiva?. 


Ulacne'sis  (from  ov?.a,  the  gums,  and  atz/c/c, 
itching).  Odaxismus.  Itching  of  the  gums. 
often  a  symptom  of  dentition,  and  sometimes 
of  certain  morbid  conditions  of  this  structure. 

Ulasmorrha'gia  (from  ovXov,  the  gum.  and 
htemorrhagia).  Ulorrhagia.  Bleeding  from  the 
gums. 

Ulatroph'ia  (from  or/or,  the  gum,  and 
atrophia,  atrophy).  A  gradual  shrinking  or 
recession  of  the  gums  from  the  necks  of  the 
teeth.  This  affection  may  be  produced  by  an 
accumulation    of    salivary  calculus    upon    the 


ULC 


632 


ULO 


teeth,  by  irregularity  in  their  arrangement,  or 
by  diminution  or  complete  loss  of  the  vitality 
of  these  organs.  See  Gums,  Diseases  of  the. 
Ul'cer  (ulcus).  A  solution  of  continuity  in 
the  soft  parts,  accompanied  by  a  discharge  of 
purulent  matter,  occasioned  and  kept  up  by 
some  local  or  constitutional  injury  or  defect. 
In  popular  language,  a  running  sore.  An 
ulcer  is  a  coudition  attended  by  a  progressive 
destruction  of  tissue,  accompanied  by  the  for- 
mation of  pus  or  ichor,  and  which  is  confined 
to  the  surface  of  the  body  or  to  natural  cavities, 
as  the  mouth  and  other  mucous  surfaces.  An 
ulcer  is  called  healthy  when  it  is  progressing 
satisfactorily  to  a  cure,  and  is  marked  by 
smooth,  non-indurated  edges,  serous  exudation; 
red,  painless  granulations  which  do  not  pro- 
trude above  the  skin,  and  by  a  pellicle  of  epi- 
dermis (cicatrix)  spreading  over  the  surface 
from  the  edges.  An  unhealthy  ulcer  is  one 
marked  by  swollen,  painful,  and  cedematous 
edges  and  granulations,  and  purulent  se- 
cretion. A  phagedenic  or  sloughing  ulcer 
is  marked  by  inflamed,  irregular  overhang- 
ing edges  and  sloughing  masses  in  the  dis- 
charge. A  fungous  or  iveak  ulcer  is  marked 
by  pale,  flabby,  exuberant  granulations  pro- 
jecting above  the  level  of  the  skin.  A  callotis, 
indolent,  or  chronic  ulcer  is  marked  by  hardened, 
discolored  edges,  pale  and  scanty  granulations, 
and  foetid,  purulent  discharge.  Ulcers  are 
also  divided  into:  (1)  The  simple  ulcer,  re- 
sulting from  a  superficial  wound  ;  (2)  the 
sinuous,  in  which  the  matter  runs  under  integ- 
uments and  escapes  from  a  small  but  not  cal- 
lous orifice  ;  (3)  the  fistulous,  a  deep  ulcer 
with  a  small,  callous  orifice  ;  (4)  the  fungous, 
where  the  surface  is  covered  with  fungous  flesh  ; 
(5)  the  gangrenous ;  (6)  the  scorbutic,  depending 
upon  a  scorbutic  diathesis  of  the  general  sys- 
tem ;  (7)  the  venereal,  resulting  from  ven- 
ereal disease  ;  (8)  the  cancerous ;  (9)  the  car- 
ious, depending  upon  a  carious  bone  ;  (10)  the 
inveterate,  which  is  of  long  continuance  ;  and 
(11)  the  scrofulous.  To  the  above  may  be  added 
the  scirrhous,  epithelial,  encephaloid,  phagedenic, 
virulent,  eaeoethic,  surd  id,  varicose,  etc.  Per- 
verted nutrition  is  the  immediate  cause  of  an 
ulcer,  and  the  proper  treatment  consists  of  re- 
moving the  internal  and  local  causes  which 
keep  up  the  ulceration,  and  in  exciting  the 
vessels  of  the  pari  by  appropriate  bandaging, 
etc. 

Ulcer,  Malignant.     A  putrid  ulcer  ;  hospital 
gangrene. 


Ulceration  (ulceratio).  The  formation  of 
an  ulcer. 

Ulceration  of  the  Gums.    See  Gums,  INFLAM- 
MATION,    TURGESCENCE,    ULCERATION,    and 

Secession  of. 

Ulcerative.  Pertaining  to  or  causing  ulcer- 
ation. 

Ulcerative  Stomatitis.     See  Gums,  Diseases 
of. 

Ulcerous.  Having  the  character  of  an 
ulcer. 

Ul'cus.     An  ulcer. 

Ulcus/cule  ( ulcusculum  ;  diminutive  of  ulcus, 
an  ulcer).     A  small  ulcer. 

Ulet/ic  (from  ovlov,  gum).  Pertaining  to 
the  gum. 

Uli/tis  (from  ovlov,  the  gum,  and  trie,  a 
terminal  denoting  inflammation).  Inflamma- 
tion of  the  gums.     See  Gums,  Diseases  of 

THE. 

Ulmus  Ful'va.  The  slippery  elm.  The 
inner  bark  yields  a  large  quantity  of  mucilage, 
which  is  used  in  coughs,  dysentery,  and  as  an 
external  application  in  the  form  of  poultice  to 
tumors,  wounds,  etc. 
Ulmus  Ru/bra.   The  Ulmus  fulva  (which  see). 

Ul'na.  The  inner  and  larger  bone  of  the 
forearm. 

Ul'nar.     Belonging  to  the  ulna. 
Ulnar   Artery.     The  branch   of  the  brachial 
artery  which  passes   down  the  inner  side  of 
the  forearm. 

Ulna/ris.     Ulnar. 
Ulnaris   Exter'nus.      The  extensor  carpi   ul- 
naris. 
Ulnaris  Inter'nus.     The  flexor  carpi  ulnaris. 

Uloc'ace  (from  ovlov,  the  gum,  and  kukoq, 
bad).  Caucrum  oris,  or  gangrenous  inflamma- 
tion of  the  mouth,  particularly  of  the  gums. 

Ulocarcinoma  (from  ovlov,  gum,  and  carci- 
noma).    Cancer  of  the  gum. 

Uloid.     Scar-like. 

Ulon/cus  (from  ovlov,  the  gum,  and  oynoc, 
a  tumor).  Swelling  of  the  gums.  A  tumor  of 
the  gums.     Epulis.     See  Jaws,  Diseases  of. 

Ulorrha'gia  (from  ovlov,  the  gums,  and 
pjiyvv/u,  to  break  forth).  Haemorrhage  from  the 
gums.  This  may  occur  spontaneously  or  may 
result  from  the  mechanical  division  of  some 
of  the  vessels  of  the  gums,  but  unless  favored 
by  a  hseraorrhagic  diathesis,  it  is  never  very 
considerable.  But  when  thus  favored,  it  is 
often  difficult  to  control,  and  has,  in  some  in- 
stances, terminated  fatally.  When  spontaneous, 
the  blood  generally  escapes  from  a  number  of 


ULO 


633 


UNG 


places,  but  more  frequently  from   the  apices 
than  from  any  other  part  of  the  gums.     See 

HEMORRHAGE    FROM     THE     GUMS,     SPONTA- 
NEOUS. 

Ulorrhoe'a  (from  ov'/ov,  gum,  and  pnu,  to 
flow).     An  oozing  of  blood  from  the  gums. 

Ulot/ica.  That  which  contributes  to  the 
healing  of  ulcers  and  wounds. 

Urtimate  Analysis.  In  Chemistry,  the 
resolution  of  a  substance  into  its  absolute  ele- 
ments. 

Ultimate  Elements  or  Principles.  The  last 
to  which  we  can  trace  the  constitution  of  sub- 
stances. 

Ultimi=sternal  (ultimi-stemalis).  Name 
given  by  Beclard  to  the  ensisternal,  or  sixth 
and  last  portion  of  the  sternum. 

Ultra=marine.  The  blue  coloring  matter 
of  the  lapis  lazuli,  which  is  unchangeable  by 
exposure  to  the  air. 

Um'ber.  A  variety  of  ochraceous  iron  ore 
used  as  a  pigment ;  also  a  variety  of  peat  or 
brown  coal  used  in  the  adulteration  of  snuff. 

UmbiPical  {umbilical is;  from  umbilicus,  the 
navel).     Belonging  to  or  relating  to  the  navel. 
Umbilical  Cord  {funis  umbilicalis).     The  navel 
string. 
Umbilical  Her'nia.     Hernia  umbilicalis. 
Umbilical    Re'gion.     The  middle  portion  of 
the  abdomen  about  the  navel. 
Umbilical  Ring.     A  fibrous  ring  surrounding 
the  aperture  of  the  navel. 
Umbilical     Vesicle.       Vesicula     umbilicalis 
(which  see). 

Umbil  icus.  In  Anatomy,  the  navel  ;  in 
Botany,  the  bilum,  or  scar  by  which  a  seed  is 
attached  to  the  placenta. 

Umbilicus  Mari/nus.  A  submarine  produc- 
tion found  on  rocks  and  on  the  shells  of  fishes, 
said  to  possess  anthelmintic  properties. 

Um'bo.     A  protuberance. 

Un'cia.  An  ounce.  The  twelfth  part  of  a 
pound  in  troy  and  apothecaries'  weights.  A 
weight  containing  eight  drachms. 

Unciform  (undformis ;  from  uncus,  a  hook, 
and  forma,  shape).  Having  the  shape  of  a 
hook  ;  hook-like. 

Unciform  Bone.  The  fourth  bone  of  the 
second  row  of  the  carpus. 

Unciform  Process.  The  hamular  process  of 
the  os  sphenoides. 

Uncina'ted.  Beset  with  bent  spines  like 
hooks  ;  bent  like  a  hook  ;  hooked. 

Unc'tion  (from  unetio).  The  act  of  anoint- 
ing.    Also  an  ointment. 


Unctuous.     Greasy  ;  fatty  ;  having  a  greasy 
feel. 
Un'cus.     A  hook. 
Undula'ted  {undid  at  us).    Wavy. 
Uudula'tion.     Undulatory.     A  waving  mo- 
tion or  vibration.     In  Pathology,  fluctuation. 

Unguent/um  (from  ungere,  to  anoint).  Un- 
guent ;  an  ointment  ;  a  topical  application  of 
about  the  consistence  of  lard.  An  ointment  is 
softer  than  a  cerate,  although  the  terms  are 
often  used  indiscriminately. 
Unguentum    Acidi    Tan'nici.      Ointment  of 

tannic  acid. 
Unguentum  Adipis  or  Unguentum  Simplex. 

Ointment  of  lard.     Simple  ointment. 
Unguentum  Antimo'nii.  (U.S.)    Antimonial 

ointment ;  tartar  emetic  ointment. 
Unguentum  Aq'use  Ro'sae.  (U.S.)  Ointment 

of  rosewater. 
Unguentum  Cantharidis.     (U.  S.)     Ointment 

of  Spanish  flies. 
Unguentum  Ceta'cei.     (Ph.  L.)     Spermaceti 

ointment. 
Unguentum  Creaso'ti.     (U.S.)     Ointment  of 

creasote. 
Unguentum    Cu'pri    Subaceta'tis.       (U.   S.) 

Ointment  of  subacetate  of  copper. 
Unguentum  GaPlae.  (IT.  S.)  Ointment  of  galls. 
Unguentum    Gallae  Compositum.      (Ph.  L.) 

Compound  ointment  of  galls. 
Unguentum  Hydrargyri.     (U.  S.)    Mercurial 

ointment ;  strong  mercurial  ointment.     Pre- 
pared by  rubbing  mercury  with  equal  parts  of 

suet  and  lard  until  the  globules  can  no  longer 

be  seen. 
Unguentum  Hydrargyri  Ammonia'ti.  (U.S.) 

Ointment  of  ammoniated  mercury.    Ointment 

of  white  precipitate. 
Unguentum  Hydrargyri  Binio/didi.    (Ph.  L.) 

Ointment  of  biniodide  of  mercury. 
Unguentum    Hydrargyri    Io'didi.      (Ph.  L.) 

Ointment  of  iodide  of  mercury. 
Unguentum    Hydrargyri    Mit'ius.     (Ph.  L.) 

Mild  mercurial  ointment. 
Unguentum    Hydrargyri  Nitra'tis.       (U.  S.) 

Ointment  of  nitrate  of  mercury  ;  citrine  oint- 
ment. 
Unguentum  Hydrargyri  Ox'idi  Rubri.  (TJ.S  ) 

Ointment  of  red  oxide  of  mercury. 
Unguentum    Io'dini.      (U.  S.)     Ointment    of 

iodine. 
Unguentum  Iodini  Compos'itum.    (Ph.  U.S. 

and  L.)     Compound  ointment  of  iodine. 
Unguentum     Pip'eris     Nigri.      Ointment    of 

black  pepper. 


UNG 


634 


URA 


Unguentum    Plum'bi    Aceta'tis.     Ointment 
of  acetate  of  lead. 
Unguentum  Plumbi  Carbona'tis.    (Ph.  U.  S. 
and  D.)     Ointment  of  carbonate  of  lead. 
Unguentum  Plumbi  Compos/itum.  (Ph.  L.) 
Compound  ointment  of  lead. 
Unguentum  Plumbi  Iodidi.     (Ph.  L.)     Oint- 
ment of  iodide  of  lead. 
Unguentum  Simplex.     (U.  S.)     Simple  oint- 
ment. 
Unguentum    Sulphuris.      (TJ.  S.)      Sulphur 
ointment. 

Unguentum  Sulphuris  Compositum.    (U.  S.) 
Compound  sulphur  ointment. 
Unguentum    Zin/ci   Ox'idi.      (TJ.  S.)     Oint- 
ment of  oxide  of  zinc. 
Un/guinal  (from   unguis,  a  nail).     Belong- 
ing to  the  nails. 

Un/guis  (from  ovuf,  a  hook).  In  Anatomy, 
the  nail  ;  a  horny  lamina  at  the  extremity  of 
each  finger  and  each  toe.  In  Surgery,  an  accu- 
mulation of  pus  between  the  laminae  of  the 
cornea  of  the  eye.  Applied  in  Botany  to  the 
thin  inferior  part  of  the  petal  of  a  polypetalous 
corolla. 

Unguis,    Os.      The    lachrymal    bone  of   the 
orbit. 
Un/gulate.     Nail-shaped  ;  hoof-shaped. 
Unhealthy.      Sickly ;     wanting     health, 
habitually     weak,    indisposed,    insalubrious ; 
having  a  tendency  to  generate  diseases  ;   mor- 
bid. 

Uni=  (from  unus,  one).  A  Latin  prefix 
denoting  one. 

Unicellular.  One-celled.  Composed  of 
one  cell. 

Uni'cus.     Single. 

Unilaf/eral  (unilateralis).  Unilatent,  On 
one  side  only. 

Unilocular.     Having  one  cell  or  cavity. 
Uninucleated.     Having  a  single  nucleus. 
Un/ion.     Act  of  uniting  or  joining  two  or 
more  things  into  one  ;  state  of  being  united.. 
Union  by  First  Intension.     In  Surgery,  the 
process  by  which  the  opposite  surfaces  of  a 
recent   wound,    when  kept  in  contact,    grow 
together  without  suppuration  or  granulation. 
Union   by   Second    Intention.     See   Second 
Intention. 
Unip'arous   (from  unis,  one,  and  pario,  to 
bear).      Producing  one  at  a  birth  ;  having  pro- 
duced young  but  once. 

U'nit  (from  unus,  one).     A  single  thing  or 
value. 
Unit  Jar.     An  apparatus  for  charging  Leyden 


jars  with  known   proportions  of  electricity, 
contrived  by  Mr.  Harris. 

Unit   Magnet    Pole.      A    magnet    having  a 
strength  of  pole  sufficient  to  repel  a  similar 
pole  at  a  distance  with  a  force  of  one  degree. 
Unit  of  Current.      A  conductor  one  cm.  long, 
which,  if  beat  into  an  arc  of  one  cm.  radius, 
will  act  with  the  force  of  one  degree  on  a  unit 
magnet  pole  at  the  centre. 
Unit  of  Electric  Quantity.     The  coulomb. 
Unit  of  Electro-motive  Force.     The  volt. 
Unit  of  Resistance.     The  ohm. 
Unit  of  Work.     The  erg. 

Univalent  (from  unus,  and  valeo,  to  be 
able).  An  atom  or  radical  molecule  which  can 
seize  but  one  monad  atom  ;  equivalent  to,  re- 
placing, or  combining  with  one  atom  of  hydro- 
gen. 

Univalve  (from  unus,  one,  and  valva,  a 
valve).  One-valved.  A  shell  composed  of  one 
piece. 

University.  A  collection  of  colleges,  each 
having  a  special  curriculum  of  studies,  under 
one  academic  government. 

Unoc'ulus.     Unioculus.     One-eyed. 

Unorganized.  Not  organized  ;  not  com- 
posed of  or  containing  organs. 

U/rachus  (from  ovpov,  urine).  A  liga- 
mentous cord  extending  from  the  base  of  the 
urinary  bladder  to  the  umbilical  cord,  which, 
in  the  foetus  of  certain  animals,  is  hollow, 
and  conveys  the  urine  to  the  allantoid  mem- 
brane. 

Uracra/sia  (from  ovpov,  urine,  and  ciKpaaia, 
ill  temperature).    A  bad  quality  of  urine. 

Urae'mia  (from  urea,  and  aiua,  blood).  A 
term  applied  to  diseases  in  which  there  is  an 
excess  of  urea  in  the  blood,  causing  poisoning. 

Urae'mic  (ursemicus).  Eelating  or  apper- 
taining to  uraemia. 

U/ramiIe.  A  beautiful,  feathery,  crystal- 
line powder  ;  a  product  of  the  action  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  on  thionurate  of  ammonia. 

Uran/ic  Acid.     Peroxide  of  uranium. 

Uranisconi'tis  (from  vpaviaicog,  the  palate, 
and  ing:  inflammation).  Inflammation  of  the 
palate. 

Uraniscoplas/tice  (from  uraniscus,  palate, 
and  n'Aaoow,  to  form).  The  artificial  formation 
of  a  palate. 

UraniscopIas/ty  (from  vpavicnos,  the  roof 
of  the  mouth,  and  irlaaau,  to  form).  Uranisco- 
plastice.  An  operation  for  the  closure  of  a 
cleft  in  the  hard  palate  ;  a  plastic  operation. 

Uraniscorrhaphy.     Staphylorrhaphy. 


URA 


635 


URI 


Uranis'cos  (uraniscus).     The  palate. 

U'ranite.  An  ore  of  uranium,  composed  of 
phosphoric  acid,  oxide  of  uranium,  lime,  silica, 
oxide  of  iron,  oxide  of  manganese,  with  small 
quantities  of  magnesia  and  barytes. 

Ura'nium.  Symbol,  U.  Atomic  weight, 
240.  A  rare  elementary  metal  of  a  grayish 
color,  discovered  by  Klaproth,  in  1789,  in  the 
mineral  called  pitchbleud.  It  is  also  contained 
in  uranite,  of  which  there  are  two  varieties — 
lime  uranite  and  chalcolite,  or  copper  uranite. 
It  has  three  oxides,  one  of  which,  the  sesqui- 
oxide,  is  occasionally  employed  as  a  coloring 
ingredient  in  the  manufacture  of  porcelain 
teeth.  This  "  is  obtained  by  dissolving  the 
green  oxide  in  nitric  acid,  evaporating  to  dry- 
ness, and  fusiug  it  at  a  low  heat  to  drive  off 
the  nitric  acid.  It  is  then  digested  in  boiling 
water  as  long  as  anything  soluble  is  taken  up, 
and  the  pure  oxide  remains  as  a  gold  or 
orange-yellosv  powder,  becoming  brick-red, 
from  loss  of  water,  by  carefully  heating,  and, 
at  a  higher  temperature,  losing  oxygen  also. 
Its  salts  are  yellow."  *  The  oxide  of  uranium 
is  used  to  give  a  yellow  tint  to  porcelain  teeth. 

U/rate.  A  compound  of  uric  acid  with  a 
salifiable  base. 

Urate  of  Soda.     The  principal  ingredient  in 
arthritic  calculi. 

U/rea.  CON2H4.  A  white  pearly  substance 
forming  the  chief  solid,  or  nitrogenous,  con- 
stituent of  urine,  and  occurring  also  in  the 
blood,  lymph,  and  liver  ;  it  is  produced  by  the 
transformation  of  proteids.  It  is  the  principal 
nitrogenous  end-product  of  tissue  metamor- 
phosis ;  a  carbonide  obtained  mostly  from  the 
decomposition  of  uric  acid. 

Urec'chysis  (from  ovpov,  urine,  and  eitxvoig, 
effusion).  Effusion  of  urine  into  the  cellular 
membraue. 

Ure/do  (from  uro,  to  burn).  A  term  applied 
to  a  burning  or  itching  sensation  attending 
many  diseases.     Also  urticaria. 

Ureid.  A  compound  urea  ;  urea  in  which 
the  hydrogen  is  replaced  by  an  acid  radical. 

Ure'nium.  Synonymous  with  urea  (which 
see). 

Ure/sis  (uriasis ;  from  ovpeiv,  to  void  urine). 
The  act  of  voiding  the  urine. 

Ure'ter  (from  ovpov,  urine).  The  membra- 
nous canal  extending  from  the  pelvis  of  the 
kidney  to  the  urinary  bladder,  which  conveys 
the  urine  from  the  former  to  the  latter  organ. 

*  Piggot's  "Dcntnl   Chemistry." 


Ureteral'gia  (from  ovprfrnp,  the  ureter,  and 
a'/.yoc,  pain) .  Pain  along  the  course  of  the  ureter. 
Ureteritis   (from  ovpijT7/p,  the   ureter,  and 
trig,  a  terminal  denoting  inflammation).     In- 
flammation of  the  ureter. 

Uretero=thromboi/des  (from  ovpriT-qp,  the 
ureter,  i?/5o//;3oc,  grumous  blood,  and  ei<foc, 
resemblance).  Ischury  occasioned  by  the  form- 
ation of  grumous  blood  in  the  ureter. 

Ure'thane,  Urethan.  A  combination  of 
carbonic  acid  and  ethylic  ether  in  the  form 
of  white  crystals,  without  odor  or  taste.  Used 
as  a  hypnotic. 

Ure/thra  (from  ovpov,  urine).  The  excretory 
duct  of  the  urine  in  both  sexes  in  the  higher 
animals  and  of  the  semen  in  the  male.  In  the 
male  urethra  there  are  three  portions  :  The 
prostatic,  near  the  bladder,  a  membranous,  and 
a  spongy  portion. 

UrethraPgia  (from  ovpr/dpa,  the  urethra, 
and  a'/yoc,  pain).  Pain  in  the  urethra  ;  gonor- 
rhoea. 

Urethritis  (from  ovpiiftpa,  the  urethra,  and 
trig,  inflammation).  Inflammation  of  the  ure- 
thra. 

Urethro  Bulba'ris.  Name  given  by 
Chaussier  to  the  transverse  perineal  artery, 
because  it  is  distributed  on  the  bulb  of  the 
urethra. 

Urethrophrax'is  (from  ovprrfpa,  the  ure- 
thra, and  fpaoou,  to  obstruct) .  Obstruction  of 
the  urethra  ;  stricture. 

Urethroplasty  (from  ovpr/ftpa,  the  urethra, 
and  n/.aaaij,  to  form).  Urethroplastice.  In 
Surgery,  an  operation  for  suppbying  defects  in 
the  urethra. 

Uret'ic  (uretieus).     Diuretic  :  urinary. 
Uri'as.     The  urethra. 
UrPasis.     Lithiasis  (which  see). 
U'ric.     Pertaining  to  urine. 
Uric   Acid   (aeidum  uricum).     Lithic  acid.     A 
dibasic  crystalline  acid,  C5H4N403,  which   ex- 
ists in  urine  and  in  gouty  concretions.    When 
pure  it  is  a  white,  inodorous,  crystalline  pow- 
der.    It  readily  unites  with  alkaline   bases, 
forming  urates.     It  occurs  most  frequently  in 
the  form  of  urate  of  soda  or  urate  of  ammo- 
nia, constituting  the  greater  part  of  urinary 
calculi.    It  is  often  deposited  in  diseased  uriue, 
in  the  form  of  a  reddish  sediment.    Formula. 
CltXA-f  HO. 
Uric  Oxide  [oxidum  uricum).      Xanthic  oxide. 
A   white    powder    sometimes,    though    very 
rarely,  found  in  calculi.     It  has  never  been 
discovered  in  healthv  urine. 


URI 


636 


UTR 


Urinary  (urinarius;  from  wrina,  urine). 
Pertaining  to  the  urine. 

Urinary  Bladder  (vesica  urinaria).  A  rnus- 
culo-membranous  pouch  situated  in  the  lower 
part  of  the  abdomen  between  the  symphysis 
pubis  and  the  beginning  of  the  rectum.  It 
serves  for  the  reception  of  the  urine  from  the 
ureters,  and  when  a  certain  quantity  has  accu- 
mulated, a  desire  for  its  expulsion  is  experi- 
enced. 
Urinary  CaKculi.     The  calculi  which  form  in 

the  bladder  and  uririary  passages. 
Urinary  Fis'tula.    A  deep,  narrow  ulcer,  com- 
municating with  some  of  the  urinary  passages. 
Urinary  Organs.    The  organs  concerned  in  the 
formation  of  urine — the  kidneys. 
Urinary  Passages.     The  canals  and  cavities 
intended  to  contain  the  urine  and  convey  it 
externally  ;  the  excretory  ducts  of  the  kidneys. 
U/rine  (ovpov  •  from  opova,  to  rush  out).    The 
fluid  secreted  in  the  kidneys,  and  slowly  con- 
veyed by  the  ureters  into  the  urinary  bladder. 
When  voided  in  a  healthy  state  it  is  transpa- 
rent, of  an  amber  or  citron-yellow  color,  of  a 
peculiar  odor,  and  of  a  slightly  bitter,  saline, 
and  acid  taste. 

Uriniferous  Tubes.  A  number  of  small 
ducts  converging  from  the  cortical  portion  of 
the  kidney  to  the  apices  of  the  papillae. 

UrobaciPlus.  A  bacillus  occurring  in  the 
urine  or  urinary  passages — e.  g.,  bacillus  septi- 
cus  vesicae. 

Urobilin.  A  pigment  of  the  urine  ;  iden- 
tical with  one  form  of  jaundice. 

Urocele  (from  ovpov,  urine,  and  nrfkr),  swell- 
ing). Tumor  of  the  scrotum  occasioned  by  infil- 
tration of  the  urine  into  its  cellular  tissue. 

Urocys/tis  (from  ovpov,  and  kvotlc,  a  bag). 
The  urinary  bladder. 

UrocystFtis.    Inflammation  of  the  bladder. 
UrodiaFysis  (from  ovpov,  urine,  and  d*ta7\vatq, 
dissolution,  loss  of  strength).     A  suspension  of 
the  function  of  the  kidney. 

Urodyn'ia  (from    ovpov,    urine,   and   o6w?i 
pain).     Pain  attending  the  excretion  of  urine. 
Uroede'ma.     (Edematous  swelling   conse- 
quent upon  extravasation  of  urine. 

Urogenital.  Pertaining  to  the  urinary  and 
genital  organs. 

Uroha;matin.  The  coloring-matter  of  the 
urine. 

Urolith  (urolithua).     Urinary  calculus. 
Urolithiasis  (from  ovpov,  and  /U#o?,  a  stone). 
Disease  connected  witli  the  formation  of  urinary 
calculi. 


Urolith'ic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  from 
urinary  calculus. 

Uropoe/sis  (from  ovpov,  urine,  and  noieu,  to 
make).     Secretion  of  urine. 

Urorrhoe'a  (from  ovpov,  and  peu,  to  flow). 
An  involuntary  discharge  of  urine.  Also  dia- 
betes. 

Uro'ses.     Diseases  of  the  urinary  organs. 

Urtica  ria  (from  urtica,  a  nettle).  The  net- 
tle-rash ;  an  eruption  on  the  skin  resembling 
that  produced  by  the  stings  of  a  nettle.  Six  vari- 
eties are  described  by  Willan — namely  :  (1) 
Urticaria  febrilis  ;  (2)  urticaria  evanida  ;  (3) 
urticaria  persistens  ;  (4)  urticaria  conferta  ;  (5) 
urticaria  subcutanea  ;  (6)  urticaria  tuberosa.  It 
is  not  generally  a  disease  of  much  consequence, 
and  the  treatment  consists  of  simple  general 
means  and  the  use  of  absorbent  laxatives. 

UryPic  Acid.     Uric  acid  (which  see). 

Ustila'go.     Ergot. 

Us'tion.  The  act  of  applying  the  actual 
cautery.     Also  a  burn. 

Usto/rious.    Having  the  quality  of  burning. 

Ustula'tion  (ustulatio).  The  act  of  burning. 
In  Pharmacy,  the  operation  by  which  a  sub- 
stance is  freed  from  moisture.  In  Metallurgy, 
the  operation  of  expelling  one  substance  from 
another  by  heat. 

Us/tus.    Burnt,  calcined,  or  dried  in  the  fire. 

U'terine  (uterinus ;  from  uterus,  the  womb). 
Belonging  or  relating  to  the  womb. 
Uterine  Artery.     A  branch  of  the  hypogastric 
or  internal  pudic,  distributed  over  the  uterus. 

Uteri/tis.  Inflammation  of  the  womb.  Me- 
tritis.    Hysteritis. 

U/tero=gesta/tion  (utero-gestatio).  Preg- 
nancy. 

Uteroma/nia.     Nymphomania. 

Uterot/omy.     Cutting  into  the  uterus. 

U/terus.  The  womb  ;  a  hollow  organ  of  the 
shape  of  a  compressed  pear,  situated  in  the 
cavity  of  the  pelvis  between  the  urinary  blad- 
der and  the  rectum,  and  destined  to  lodge  the 
foetus  from  the  commencement  of  pregnancy 
until  birth. 

Uterus,  Inversion  of.     The  uterus  displaced 
and  turned  inside  out,  as  sometimes  occurs  in 
the  careless  or  injudicious  removal  of  the  pla- 
centa. 
Uterus,  Irritable.     Neuralgia  of  the  uterus. 

U'tricle.  A  minute  cell  or  vesicle.  Also  a 
cavity  communicating  with  the  semicircular 
canals  of  the  ear. 

Utricular.  Resembling  a  small  bag  or 
bottle.     Pertaining  to  the  utricle. 


UTR 


63^ 


VAC 


Utric'ulus.     The  uterus.    Also  a  little  bag 

or  hollow  vesicle. 

U'va.     A  tumor  having  the  appearance  of  a 

grape. 

U'vea  (from  uva,  an  unripe  grape).     A  term 

applied  by  some  anatomists  to  the  choroid  coat 

of  the  eye,  and  by  others  to  the  black  pigment 

on  the  posterior  surface  of  the  iris. 

Uvea,  Com/missure  of  the.     The  ciliary  lig- 
ament. 
U'vula.      A   small,  conical,    fleshy  process 

hanging  from  the  middle  of  the  inferior  margin 

of  the  soft  palate  over  the  root  of  the  tongue. 

It  is  composed  of  mucous  membrane  and  the 

azygos  uvula?  muscle. 

Uvula,  Elongation  of.  An  acute  or  chronic 
inflammation  of  the  uvula,  the  organ  increas- 
ing rapidly  in  size  in  the  course  of  a  few  hours, 
and  extending  so  as  to  rest  on  the  tongue,  with 
the  tip  forward,  or  dropping  posteriorly  and  ob- 
structing the  larynx,  causing  a  feeling  of  suffo- 
cation or  difficulty  in  swallowing.  The  treat- 
ment consists  of  the  use  of  astringent  gargles, 
or  of  puncturing  the  organ,  or  of  clipping  off 


the  most  pendant   portion.     See    Palatine 
Organs,  Diseases  of. 

Uvula  Scissors,  HuFlihen's.     A  pair  of  scis- 
sors   invented    by   Dr.    S.    P.   Hullihen,    of 
Wheeling,  W.  Va..  in  the  early  part  of  1843, 
for   the   removal    of  the    uvula,  and  so  con- 
trived that  at  the  instant  it   cuts  the  uvula 
it    secures    the    divided    part,    and   prevents 
it   from   falling  into    the    fauces   by    means 
of    a    pair    of    supplementary    blades,    pro- 
vided with  sharp  teeth,  beneath  the  cutting 
blades. 
Uvula   Spoon.      A  spoon-shaped  surgical  in- 
strument to  be  held  under  the  uvula  for  the 
purpose  of  conveying  any  substance  into  the 
fauces. 
Uvula,  Ulceration  of.  See  PALATINE  ORGANS, 
Diseases  of. 
Uvula   Vesicae.     A  slight   elevation   of   the 
mucous    membrane  at  the   entrance  of   the 
urethra  in  the  neck  of  the  bladder. 
U'vular.     Pertaining  to  the  uvula. 
Uvuli/tis  (from  uvula,  and  ids,  denoting  in- 
flammation).    Inflammation  of  the  uvula. 


V. 


V.     The  symbol  for  vanadium. 

Vac/cin.    See  Vaccina. 

Vaccina  (from  vacca,  a  cow).  Vaccinia.  Cow- 
pox  ;  kine-pox  ;  a  pustular  disease  of  cows' 
teats — consisting  of  vesicles  of  a  blue  color — 
which,  when  introduced  into  the  human 
body  by  inoculation,  preserves  the  individual 
from  the  contagion  of  small-pox.  For  this  val- 
uable discovery  the  world  is  indebted  to  Dr. 
Jenner. 

Vaccina'tion  (vaccinatio;  from  vacca,  a 
cow).  Cow-pox  inoculation  ;  the  insertion  of 
vaccine  matter  under  the  cuticle  to  produce 
cow-pox.  The  vaccine  matter  or  virus  is  in- 
serted under  the  cuticle  so  that  it  may  enter 
into  the  absorbents.  The  scab,  which  falls  off 
at  about  the  end  of  three  weeks,  is  capable  of 
communicating  the  affection.  Before  using,  it 
should  be  dissolved  in  water.  Mr.  Albert  Car- 
penter suggests  that  "  vaccination  itself  may 
be  at  the  root  of  the  defective  dental  organiza- 
tion so  prevalent  where  European  physicians 


practice,  and  nowhere  else.  A  bovine  disease  is 
introduced  into  the  blood  of  the  infant,  and  its 
constitution  becomes  thoroughly  under  the  in- 
fluence of  it  in  the  earliest  stages  of  the  dental 
formatiou,  causing  that  defective  development 
from  which  the  present  generation  so  generally 
suffers." 

Vaccinator.  Vaccinist.  One  who  inocu- 
lates for  the  cow-pox. 

Vac'cine  Mat'ter.  The  serous  fluid  con- 
tained in  the  vesicle  developed  on  the  udder  of 
the  cow,  or  on  the  body  of  one  who  has  been 
vaccinated,  and  which,  when  permitted  to  re- 
main undisturbed,  concretes  into  a  hard  scab  or 
crust. 

Vaccitl'ic  Acid.  A  fatty  acid  obtained  from 
butter. 

Vacci'no=syphiIis.  Syphilis  conveyed  by 
vaccination. 

Vacilla'tio  (from  vacillare,  to  waver).  Vac- 
illation :  moving  one  way  and  the  other  :  stag 
germs: 


VAC 


638 


VAL 


Vacillatio    Den'tium.       Odontoseisis    (which 
see). 
Vac/uoIe.     A  small  space  within  cell-proto- 
plasm, containing  a  clear  fluid  ;  a  cavity  in  the 
protoplasm  of  a  cell  filled  with  air  or  liquid. 

Vacuum.     An  empty  space.     The  term  is 
applied  to  the  interior  of  a  close  vessel,  from 
which  the  atmospheric  air  and  every  other  gas 
has  heen  extracted.    The  torricellian  vacuum,  or 
the  space  above  the  mercury  in  the  barometric 
tube,  is  the  most  perfect  vacuum  that  can  be 
produced  by  artificial  means. 
Vacuum  Cavity.     The  air  chamber  in  a  plate 
on  which  artificial  teeth  are  mounted.     The 
different  forms  of  vacuum   cavities   are   the 
Gilbert  cavity,  which  is  swaged  in  the  plate 
and  outlined  by  means  of  chasers  of  wood, 
ivory,  or  bone,  and  soft  metal,  and  the  Cleve- 
land cavity,  which  is  constructed  by  cutting 
out  the  form  in  the  plate  and  soldering  over 
the  opening  a  swaged  chamber  or  cap,  which 
is  a  little  larger  than  the  space  cut  out  in  the 
plate. 
Vacuum  Plate.     In  Dentistry,  a  term  applied 
to    a    plate    on    which    artificial    teeth   are 
mounted,  having  an  air-chamber  to  assist  in 
its  retention  in  the  mouth. 
Vagi'na.    A  sheath.    In  Anatomy,  the  canal 
which  leads  from  the  vulva  or  external  orifice 
of  the  female  pudendum  to  the  uterus.      In 
Botany,  the  leaf-stalk  of  those  plants  in  which 
it  becomes  thin  and  rolls  around  the  stem,  to 
which  it  there  forms  a  sheath. 
Vagina   Cor/dis.      Case  of  the   heart.      The 
pericardium. 
Vagi/nal.      Vaginalis.      Pertaining  to  the 
vagina  or  to  a  sheath. 

Vaginal  Artery.    A  branch  of  the  hypogastric, 
uterine,  or  internal  pudic  artery,  descending 
by,  and  distributed  to,  the  side  of  the  vagina. 
Vaginal  Bil'iary  Plexus.     A  plexus  of  rami- 
fications of  the  hepatic  duct  through  the  cap- 
sule of  Glisson. 
Vaginal    Gan/glia.       See    SPERMATIC   Gan- 
glion. 
Vaginal  Pulse.     A  term  applied  by  Osiander 
to  the  increased  pulsation  of  the  arteria  vagi- 
nalis which  occurs  in  pregnancy  during  the 
imminence  of  abortion. 
Vaginalis  Tu'nica.     The  tunica  vaginalis 
testis. 

Vagina'ted.     Sheathed. 
Vaginitis.      Inflammation  or  irritation  of 
the  vagina. 

Vagino-hysteriot'omy.    The  operation  of 


making  an  incision  into  the  uterus  through  the 
vagina. 

Vagino=rectal  Fissure.  An  opening  be- 
tween the  vagina  and  rectum. 

Va'gus  Ner'vus.  The  pneumogastric 
nerve  ;   par  vagum. 

Valence.     See  Quantivalence. 

Valerian.  The  root  of  Valeriana  offici- 
nalis, or  wild  valerian. 

Valeria'na.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Valerianaceae.  Also  the  officinal  valerian. 
Used  in  epilepsy  and  in  a  variety  of  nervous 
complaints.  It  is  also  advised  as  a  tonic,  anti- 
spasmodic, and  emmenagogue.  Dose,  of  the 
powdered  root,  Qj  to  £j  ;  of  the  fluid  ex- 
tract, gss  to  Jfj  ;  of  the  alcoholic  extract, 
gr.  iij  to  gr.  x  ;  of  the  oil,  gtt.  v  ;  of  the  tinc- 
ture,  gss  to  3  ij  ;  of  the  ammoniated  tincture, 

3J. 

Valerianate.  A  salt  of  valerianic  acid. 
Valerianate  of  Ammo'nia.  This  salt  is  ob- 
tained by  causing  gaseous  ammonia  disen- 
gaged from  muriate  of  ammonia  by  lime,  to 
pass  into  valerianic  acid  until  the  acid  is  neu- 
tralized, and  then  crystallizing.  Used  like 
valerian,  valerianic  acid,  etc.,  in  neuropathic 
affections. 

Valerianic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  by 
the  distillation  of  the  root  of  Valeriana  offici- 
nalis. 

Valeriates.  Valerianates  made  from  the 
artificially  prepared  acid  and  used  as  substi- 
tutes for  valerian. 

Valetudinarian.  Sickly  ;  one  who  is  in 
delicate  health  ;  one  who  is  seeking  to  recover 
health. 

Valgus.  Bandy-legged  ;  one  having  his 
legs  bent  outward.     Also  club-foot. 

Vallecula  (diminutive  of  vallis,  a  valley). 
A  small  depression  ;  slight  furrows  or  pits  of 
the  body. 

VaFlum.  Literally,  a  rampart,  trench,  or 
wall  ;  applied  in  Anatomy  to  the  eyebrows. 

Valve  (valva,  vulvula  ;  from  valvse,  folding- 
doors).  A  small  door.  A  term  applied  in 
Anatomy  to  membranous  folds,  situated  at  the 
orifice  or  in  the  course  of  certain  cavities  and 
canals,  which  serve  to  prevent  the  regurgita- 
tion and  to  direct  the  course  of  contained  fluids. 
In  Botany,  the  divisions  of  the  fruit. 
Valve  of  Fallo'pius.  Valve  of  Bauhin.  The 
ileo-csecal  valve. 

Valves  of  the  Heart.  Eustachian,  tricus- 
pid, and  mitral. 

Val'vula.     A  small  valve.     Valvule. 


VAL 


639 


VAR 


Valvula  Co'li.     The  valve  of  the  colon. 
Valvula  Eusta/chii.     A  semilunar  membran- 
ous fold  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  inferior 
vena  cava. 
Valvula  Mitra/ulis.     The  mitral  valve. 
Valvula  Semilunaris.     The  semilunar  valve. 

Val'vulae  Connivences.  Numerous  semi- 
lunar folds  of  the  mucous  coat  of  the  small  in- 
testines. 

Val'vular  Triglo'chin.  The  tricuspid 
valves. 

Vana'dic  Acid.  An  acid  obtained  by  heat- 
ing vanadiate  of  ammonia  so  as  to  expel  the 
alkali.  It  is  a  fine  powder  of  a  light  rust 
yellow. 

Vanadium.  Symbol,  V.  Atomic  weight, 
51.2.  A  brittle  metal,  of  a  white  color,  found 
with  lead  and  iron. 

Vanilla  Aromat/ica.  One  of  the  species 
which  affords  the  aromatic  bean  known  in 
commerce  by  the  name  of  vanilla  ;  also  said  to 
be  the  product  of  several  other  species.  The 
vanilla  yields  a  volatile  aromatic  oil,  supposed 
to  possess  properties  similar  to  those  of  vale- 
rian. It  has  been  used  in  low  fevers,  hysteria, 
and  rheumatism. 

Vap'id  (vapidus).     Dead  ;  spiritless. 

Va'por.  An  elastic  fluid  rendered  aeriform 
by  heat,  and  capable  of  being  brought  back  to 
a  liquid  state  by  cold. 

Vapor  Bath.  A  steam  bath  ;  the  application 
of  vapor  to  the  body  in  a  close  place.  Also 
the  place  itself.  In  Chemistry,  an  apparatus 
for  heating  bodies  by  vapor  of  water. 
Vapor  Douche.  The  application  of  a  jet  of 
watery  vapor  to  some  part  of  the  body. 

Vaporarium.     A  vapor  bath. 

Vaporization.  The  vaporizing  of  a  liquid, 
or  the  artificial  formation  of  vapor.  A  pro- 
cess by  which  volatile  matters  are  separated 
from  fixed  substances  by  the  aid  of  heat. 

Va'porous,  Va/porose.  Full  of  vapors 
or  exhalations,  as  the  vaporous  air  of  valleys. 
Windy  ;  flatulent. 

Va'pors.  Hypochondriasis  ;  hysteria  ;  mel- 
ancholy. 

Variation  (from  vario,  to  change).  The 
change  which  an  organ  or  part  or  individual  or 
class  sutlers  under  the  modifying  influences  of 
climate,  food,  habits,  or  surroundings. 

Varicel'la  (diminutive  of  variola,  small- 
pox). Variola  lymphatica.  The  chicken-pox  ; 
an  eruptive  disease  consisting  of  vesicles  scat- 
tered over  the  body.  Chicken-pox  affects  the 
developing  teeth,  causing  erosion   and   inter- 


fering with  their  nutrition,  and  may  also 
occasion  characteristic  markings  on  their 
crowns. 

Varices.     The  plural  of  varix  (which  see). 

Var'iciform  (from  varix,  a  swollen  vein). 
Eesembling  a  varix. 

Varicifor'mes  Paras'tata?.  The  vasa 
deferentia  at  their  commencement. 

Varicoblepharon  (from  varix,  dilatation 
of  a  vein,  and  (iletyapov,  eyelid).  A  varicose 
tumor  of  the  eyelid. 

Varicocele  (from  varix,  and  Kqfojf  a  tumor). 
Cirsocele.  A  varicose  enlargement  of  the  scro- 
tum or  spermatic  cord. 

Varicom'phalus  (from  varix,  and  oji<pa7.oq, 
the  umbilicus).  A  varicose  tumor  of  the  um- 
bilicus. 

Var'icose.  Varicosus.  Swollen,  enlarged, 
knotted,  tortuous  veins.  Belonging  to  or  re- 
sembling a  varix. 

Varicose  Aneurism.  The  dilatation  and  pul- 
sation of  a  vein  from  the  passing  of  the  blood 
into  it  from  an  artery. 

Varic'ula  (diminutive  of  varix).  Applied 
in  Pathology  to  a  varicose  swelling  of  the  veins 
of  the  conjunctiva. 

Vari'ety  (varietas ;  from  vavio,  to  vary). 
In  Natural  History,  a  subdivision  of  a  species  ; 
any  individual  plant  or  animal  differing  in 
some  accidental  circumstances  from  the  rest  of 
the  species  to  which  it  belongs. 

Vari'ola  (from  varius,  spotted,  or  from  ran, 
pimples).  The  small-pox  ;  an  eruptive  disease 
with  pustules  which  suppurate  from  the  eighth 
to  the  tenth  day,  with  fever.  Small-pox  very 
seriously  affects  the  development  of  the  teeth, 
causing  pitting,  atrophy,  want  of  symmetry, 
and  other  defects  of  structure  ;  also  exfoliation 
of  the  germs  of  the  teeth  and  of  portions  of  the 
maxillary  bones.  The  effects  are  intensified 
when  small-pox  is  combined  with  a  strumous 
or  scrofulous  diathesis. 
Variola  Spuria.     Varicella. 

Va'riolite.  A  kind  of  porphyritic  rock, 
consisting  of  imperfectly  crystallized  agglom- 
eration of  feldspar  and  quartz. 

Va'rioloid  (varioloides :  from  variola,  small- 
pox, and  euhg,  resemblance).  A  disease  re- 
sembling small-pox  ;  small-pox  modified  by 
previous  vaccination  or  inoculation. 

Variolous.  Small-pox  modified  by  previous 
vaccination.     See  VARIOLOID. 

Varix.  In  Surgical  Pathology,  a  tumor  re- 
sulting from  the  dilatation  of  a  vein.  It  occurs 
most  frequently  in  the  superficial  veins  of  the 


VAR 


640 


VEG 


lower  extremities  and  in  those  of  the  spermatic 

cord. 
Varnish,  Dental.      See  Sandarach,  and 

also  Shellac. 
Varo'lii,  Pons.     See  Pons  Varolii. 
Va'rus.      A   term    applied    adjectively   to 

one  whose  legs  are  bent  inward,  and  substan- 
tively to  a  small  spot,  speck,  or  pimple  on  the 

face. 

Var'vicite.     A  native  oxide  of  manganese. 
Vas.     A  vessel. 

Vas  Aber'rans.  The  csecal  appendage,  usu- 
ally found  where  the  vas  deferens  applies 
itself  to  the  epididymis. 

Vas    Deferens.      An    excretory   duct   of  the 
testicles,  situated  aloug  the  posterior  border 
of  the  spermatic  cord. 
Va/sa  Bre/via.     The  short  branches  which 

come  from  the  divisions  of  the  splenic  artery 

and  pass  along  the  large  arch  of  the  stomach 

to  the  diaphragm. 

Vasa  Capreola'ria.     The  spermatic  vessels. 

Vasa  Deferen'tia  Mulieb'ria.  The  Fallopian 
tubes. 

Vasa  Efferen'tia.  The  absorbent  vessels  which 
convey  fluids  from  a  lymphatic  gland  toward 
the  thoracic  duct. 

Vasa  Inferen/tia.  The  absorbent  vessels  which 
convey  fluids  into  a  lymphatic  gland. 

Vasa  Lac/tea.     The  chyliferous  vessels. 

Vasa  Praeparan/tia.  A  term  formerly  applied 
to  the  spermatic  vessels. 

Vasa  Semina/lia.  Tubuli  seminiferi.  The 
minute  tubes  which  constitute  the  parenchyma 
of  the  testis. 

Vasa  Vasc/rum.  Vasa  nutritia.  The  small 
vessels  which  supply  larger  ones. 

Vasa    Vortico'sa.     The  contorted    vessels   of 
the  choroid  coat  of  the  eye. 
Vas'cular  (vascularis;   from  vas,  a  vessel). 

Belonging  or  pertaining  to  vessels,  as  the  vas- 
cular system.     Abundant  blood. 

Vascular  System.     The  aggregate  of  the  ves- 
sels,  arteries,   veins,   and   lymphatics  of  the 
body.      The    venous    and   the  arterial   sys- 
tems. 
Vascularity.     Vascularization.     The  state 

of  being  vascular. 

Vascularization  (vaaculum).     The  forma- 
tion and  extension  of  vascular  capillaries. 
Vasculo/sus.     Full  of  vessels  ;  vascular. 
Vas'culum.     A  small  vessel. 

Vasculum  Aber'rans.  A  small  convoluted 
duct,  generally  connected  with  the  duct  of  the 
epididymis. 


Vase/Iin,  Vas'eline.  Petrolatum.  Petro- 
leum ointment.  A  jelly-like  substance  ob- 
tained from  the  residuum  of  petroleum.  It  is 
soluble  in  ether,  but  insoluble  in  alcohol  and 
water ;  known  also  as  cosmoline.  It  forms  an 
efficient  basis  for  ointments,  and  is  a  valuable 
emollient.  For  dental  uses  see  Gorgas'  "Den- 
tal Medicine." 

Vaselone.  Consists  of  stearone  (from  dis- 
tilling stearin)  and  margarone  (from  beef  suet). 
A  substitute  for  vaseline  ;  it  is  white,  odorless, 
and  neutral. 

Vas/iform  (from  vas,  a  vessel).  Shaped  like 
a  blood-vessel  or  tube. 

Vasro=  (vasa).  A  Latin  prefix  denoting  con- 
nection with  a  vessel. 

Vaso-motor.     Pertaining  to   the   motility  of 
the  non-striped  muscles  of  the  arterial  system. 

Vasoden'tine  (from  vasutn,  a  vessel,  and 
dens,  a  tooth).  A  term  applied  by  Professor 
Owen  to  dentine  modified  by  the  presence  of 
vascular  canals  which  permanently  carry  red 
blood  to  the  substance  of  the  tissue  ;  an  abnor- 
mal condition. 

Vas/tus.  That  which  is  large  and  has  a 
great  extent.  In  Anatomy,  a  term  applied  to 
certain  muscles. 

Vastus    Exter/nus.      A   large,  thick    muscle 
situated  on  the  outside  of  the  thigh. 
Vastus  Internus.     A  muscle  situated  on  the 
inner  side  of  the  thigh. 

Va/sum.     A  vessel. 

Vate/rian  Bodies.  See  Picinian  Cor- 
puscles. 

Vault  (from  volo,  volutus,  to  turn).  A 
term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  parts  which  have 
a  vaulted  or  arched  appearance,  as  the  fornix, 
roof  of  the  mouth,  etc. 

Vault  of  the  Cra'nium.     The  upper  concavity 
of  the  skull. 
Vault  of  the  PaPate.     The  roof  of  the  mouth. 

Vau/queline.     Strychnia. 

Vec/tis.  A  lever.  In  Obstetrics,  an  instru- 
ment used  in  certain  cases  of  preternatural 
labor. 

Vec/tor  Canal  (from  vehere,  vectum,  to' 
carry).     Fallopian  tube. 

Vegetable  (vegetabilia ;  from  vigere;  to 
grow).  An  organized  body  not  endowed  with 
sense  and  voluntary  motion,  receiving  its- 
nourishment  through  pores  on  its  outer  sur- 
face and  vessels,  usually  adhering  to  some 
other  body,  as  the  earth,  and  generally  propa- 
gating itself  by  seeds. 
Vegetable  APbumen.     A  proximate  principle 


VEG 


641 


VEI 


found  in  certain  parts  of  plants  closely  re- 
sembling animal  albumen. 
Vegetable  Ivory.  A  product  of  a  species  of 
palm,  tbe  Phytelephas  macrocarpa  ;  it  is  very 
hard  and  resembles  the  finest  grained  ivory. 
Vegetable  King/dom.  The  aggregate  of  vege- 
tables. 

Vegeta/line  (vegetalinus).  Relating  to 
growth  or  nutrition,  as  the  nutritive  function. 

Vegeta'rian.  A  believer  in  the  doctrine  of 
vegetarianism. 

Vegetarianism.  A  term  designative  of 
the  doctrine  that  man,  in  order  to  his  full  in- 
tellectual and  corporeal  development,  should 
subsist  wholly  on  vegetable  food. 

Vegeta'tion  (vegetatio).  Vegetables  in  gen- 
eral. In  Surgery,  a  morbid  growth  resembling 
a  fungus.  In  Chemistry,  certain  branching 
crystalline  concretions  formed  by  deposition 
from  solution. 

Veg/eto=an/imaI.  Applied  to  gluten  and 
vegetable  albumen. 

Veg/eto=min/eraI.  Applied  to  vegetable 
and  mineral  substances. 

Ve'hicle  (vehiculum ;  from  vehere,  to  carry). 
A  term  applied  in  Pharmacy  to  the  menstruum 
in  which  medicines  are  suspended  or  dissolved. 

Veins.  The  veins  are  membranous  canals 
which  return  the  blood  from  the  arteries  to  the 
auricles  of  the  heart.  A  vein,  like  an  artery, 
is  composed  of  three  coats — an  external  or 
cellulo-fibrous,  a  middle  or  fibrous,  and  an 
internal  or  serous.  With  the  exception  of  the 
pulmonary,  the  veins  contain  black  blood,  and 
are  divided  into  superficial,  or  those  which  re- 
turn the  blood  from  the  integuments  and 
superficial  structures  ;  the  deep,  which  are 
situated  among  the  deeper  structures;  and  the 
sinuses,  or  channels  excavated  in  the  structure 
of  an  organ  and  lined  by  the  internal  coat  of 
the  veins,  as  the  sinuses  of  the  dura  mater,  etc. 

Most  of  the  veins  of  the  body  are  enumer- 
ated in  the  following  table,  arranged  from 
Wilson's  "  Anatomy,"  accordingto  the  primary 
divisions  of  the  body  : 

Table  of  Veins. 
The  veins  of  the  exterior  of  the  head  are  : 

1.  The  facial. 

2.  The  internal  maxillary. 

3.  The  temporal. 

4.  The  temporo-maxillary. 

5.  The  posterior  auricular, 
(i.  The  occipital. 

41 


The  veins  of  the  cerebrum  and  cerebellum 
are  : 

1.  The  superficial  cerebral. 

2.  The  superior  cerebral. 

3.  The  deep  or  ventricular. 

4.  The  vense  Galen i. 

5.  The  cerebellar  veins. 

The  sinuses  of  the  dura  mater,  situated  at 
the  upper  and  back  part  of  the  skull,  are  : 

1.  The  superior  longitudinal. 

2.  The  inferior  longitudinal. 

3.  The  straight. 

4.  The  occipital. 

5.  The  lateral. 

The  sinuses  of  the  base  of  the  cranium  are  : 

1.  The  cavernous. 

2.  The  inferior  petrosal. 

3.  The  circular. 

4.  The  superior  petrosal. 

5.  The  transverse. 

The  veins  of  the  neck  are  : 

1.  The  external  jugular. 

2.  The  anterior  jugular. 

3.  The  internal  jugular. 

4.  The  vertebral. 

The  veins  of  the  upper  extremity  are  di- 
vided into  deep  and  superficial.  The  former 
accompany  the  branches  and  trunks  of  the 
arteries,  and  constitute  their  vense  comites.  At 
the  bend  of  the  elbow  they  terminate  in  the 
brachial  vein,  which  opens  into  the  axillary. 
The  axillary  veins  terminate  in  the  subclavian, 
which  last  unites  with  the  internal  jugular,  to 
form  the  vena  inuominata,  and  this,  again, 
unites  with  its  fellow  to  form  the  superior  or 
descending  vena  cava,  which  terminates  in  the 
upper  part  of  the  right  auricle  of  the  heart. 

The  superficial  veins  of  the  forearm  are  : 

1.  The  anterior  ulnar. 

2.  The  posterior  ulnar. 

3.  The  basilic. 

4.  The  radial. 

5.  The  cephalic. 

6.  The  median. 

7.  The  median  basilic. 

8.  The  median  cephalic. 

The  veins  of  the  lower  extremity  are  the 
deep  and  superficial.  The  former  accompany 
the  arteries  in  pairs,  forming  the  vena?  comites 
of  the  anterior  and  posterior  tibial  and  pero- 


VEI 


642 


VEL 


ueal  arteries.  In  the  popliteal  region  they 
unite  and  form  one  large  vein,  the  popliteal, 
•which  in  its  progress  upward  becomes,  first, 
the  femoral,  and  then  the  external  iliac  -vein. 
The  popliteal  vein  receives  several  muscular  and 
articular  branches  and  the  external  saphenous 
vein.  The  former  receives  several  muscular, 
the  profunda,  and  the  internal  saphenous  vein. 
The  superficial  veins  are  the  external  or  short 
saphenous,  and  the  internal,  called  the  long 
saphenous  vein.  The  external  receives  the 
blood  from  the  foot  and  outer  side  of  the  leg, 
and  joins  the  popliteal  vein.  The  internal 
ascends  on  the  inner  side  of  the  ankle,  leg,  and 
thigh,  receiving  in  its  course  the  cutaneous 
veins,  and  enters  the  femoral  with  the  pro- 
unda,  about  an  inch  and  a  half  below  Pou- 
part's  ligament. 

The  veins  of  the  trunk  are  : 

1.  The  superior  vena  cava,  as  before  noticed. 

2.  The  inferior  vena  cava,  with  its  formative 
branches. 

3.  The  azygos  veins. 

4.  The  vertebral  and  spinal. 

5.  The  cardiac. 

6.  The  portal. 

7.  The  pulmonary. 

The  formative  branches  of  the  inferior  or 
ascendiug  vena  cava  are  : 

1.  The  external  iliac. 

2.  The  internal  iliac,  which  unites  with  the 
external  to  form  the  common  iliac. 

3.  The  vesical  and  prostatic  plexus. 

4.  The  uterine  plexus. 

The  right  and  left  common  iliac  veins  unite 
between  the  fourth  and  fifth  lumbar  vertebra?, 
to  form  the  ascending  cava,  which  receives  in 
its  course : 

1.  The  lumbar  veins. 

2.  The  right  spermatic. 

3.  The  renal. 

4.  The  supra-renal. 

5.  The  phrenic. 

6.  The  hepatic. 

The  inferior  vena  cava  terminates  at  the 
inferior  and  posterior  part  of  the  right  auricle 
of  the  heart. 

The  azygos  veins  form  a  system  of  commu- 
nication between  the  superior  and  inferior 
venae  cava;,  and  consist  of: 

1.  The  vena  azygos  major. 

2.  The  vena  azygos  minor. 

3.  The  superior  intercostal  vein. 


The  vertebral  and  spinal  veins  are  arranged 
into  three  groups  : 

1.  The  dorsi-spinal. 

2.  The  meningo-rachidian. 

3.  The  medulla  spinal. 

The  cardiac  veins,  which  return  the  blood 
from  the  substance  of  the  heart,  are  : 

1.  The  great  cardiac  or  coronary  vein. 

2.  The  posterior  cardiac  or  coronary  vein. 

3.  The  anterior  cardiac. 

The  posterior  and  anterior  cardiac  veins  enter 
the  great  cardiac,  which  terminates  in  the  right 
auricle  of  the  heart. 

The  portal  system  consists  of  four  large  veins, 
which  convey  the  blood  from  the  chylopoietic 
viscera.     They  are  : 

1.  The  inferior  mesenteric. 

2.  The  superior  mesenteric. 

3.  The  splenic. 

4.  The  gastric  veins. 

These  veins  concur  in  the  formation  of  the 
vena  portse,  which  goes  to  the  liver. 

The  pulmonary  veins,  four  in  number,  unite 
into  two  trunks,  which  open  into  the  left  auri- 
cle of  the  heart. 

Vein/Iet.     A  little  vein. 
Veins,    Cor/onary.      The    cardiac    veins 
(which  see). 

Veins,   Intra-lob'ular.     Supra-hepatic   veins. 
The  hepatic  veins. 
Veins,  Pulmonic.     Veins   which  convey  red 
blood  after  it  has  been  decarbonated  by  respi- 
ration, and  returning  it  to  the  heart. 
Veins,   Systematic.     Vessels  which    convey 
dark  blood  and  return  it  to  the  heart. 
Vein=stone.  In  Pathology,  phlebolite  (which 
see).     In  Mineralogy,  the  rock  which  encloses 
or  accompanies  ores  in  veins. 

Velamen'ta  Cerebra/lia.  The  meninges 
(which  see). 

Velamenta  Infan'tis.     The  membranes  which 
immediately  envelop  the  foetus  in  the  uterus. 
Velamen/tous.     Veil-like. 
Velamen'tum  Abdomina/Ie.    The  perito- 
neum (which  see). 

Vel'Ium.     Parchment  made  of  calfskin. 
Velosynth'esis.     Staphylorrhaphy  (which 
see). 

Ve/lum.    A  veil. 
Velum   and  Palate,  Artificial.     An   artificial 
velum   and   palate   made  of  elastic   rubber, 
peculiarly  prepared  for   this  purpose,  to  re- 
place,  as   far  as   practicable,   by  mechanical 


VEL 


643 


VEN 


means  the  lost  organs  and  render  the  speech 
more  perfect.     To   Dr.    Stearns  is    due  the 
credit  of  having  demonstrated,  by  his  experi- 
ments, that  an  artificial  velum  can  be  made 
and  worn  in  the  fissure  without  discomfort, 
and  answer  a  good  purpose.  But  to  Dr.  Kings- 
ley  is  due  the  credit  of   so   improving  the 
velum  of  Dr.  Stearns  as  to  render  it  almost 
perfect.     For  a  description  of  Dr.  Kingsley's 
artificial  velum  and  palate  see  Harris'  "  Prin. 
and  Pract.  of  Dentistry."     Artificial  velums 
have  also  been  constructed  entirely  of  hard 
rubber,   owing  to   the   disintegration   of  soft 
rubber. 
Velum  Interpos/itum.  Velum  vasculosum.  A 
vascular  membrane  which  covers  the  tuber- 
cu  la  quadrigemina.     The  choroid  membrane 
of  the  brain  beneath  the  fornix  and  above  the 
optic  thalami. 
Velum  Pen/dulum  PaPati.     The  soft  palate. 
A  pendulous  fold  of  mucous  membrane  situ- 
ated at  the  posterior  part  of  the  mouth  over 
the  root  of  the  tongue  and  continuous  with 
the  hard  palate.     It  is  composed  of  mucous 
membrane  and   muscles,  from  the  centre  of 
which  the  uvula  is  suspended.     On  each  side 
of  this,  outwardly,  are  the  arches  or  pillars  of 
the  palate.     The  anterior  passes  downward  to 
the  side  of  the  base  of  the  tongue,  and  the  pos- 
terior extends  downward  and  backward  into 
the  pharynx.    There  is  a  triangular  space  be- 
tween these  pillars  below,  in  which  the  tonsil 
is  situated. 
Velum  PupiPlae.     Veil  of  the  pupil.     A  thin 
membrane  covering  the  pupil  of  the  eye  in 
the  foetus.     Also  called  membrana  pupillaris. 
Ve'na.     A  vein. 
Vena  Arterio'sa.    A  name  for  the  portal  vein. 
See  Vena  Poet^e. 
Vena  Az'ygos.     The  azygos  vein. 
Vena  BasiPica.     Royal  vein.     The  large  vein 
of  the  arm. 
Vena  Cava  Inferior  or  Vena  Cava  Ascen/- 
dens).      Abdominal    vena    cava.     The    large 
vein  which   returns   the  blood  from   all   the 
parts  below  the  diaphragm  to  the  heart. 
Vena    Cava   Supe'rior    or  Vena   Cava    De- 
scen'dens.     The    great   trunk   which    trans- 
mits the  blood  of  the  superior  extremities  and 
part  of  the  circulation  of  the  thorax  to  the 
heart. 
Vena    Por'tae.     Portal    vein.     A    large    vein 
which  receives  the  blood  from   the  viscera  of 
the  abdomen  and  conveys    it   into  the  sub- 
stance of  the  liver. 


Ve'nae.     The  plural  of  vena,  a  vein. 
Venae  Alares.     See  Alares  Vexj:. 
Venae  Apoplec'ticae.     Jugular  veins. 
Venae  Ca/vae  HepaPicae.     The  hepatic  veins. 
Venae  Com/ites.     The  satellite  veins  ;  a  name 

applied  in  Anatomy  to  the  two  veins  which 

usually  accompany  each  artery. 
Venae  Gale/ni.     The  ventricular  veius  ;    two 

veins,  one  proceeding  from  the  left  and  one 

from  the  right  lateral  ventricle  of  the  brain  ; 

they  pass  out  from  the  brain  beneath  the  cor- 
pus callosum   and   enter  the  straight  siuus 

below  the  inferior  longitudinal  vein. 
Venae  Lac/teae.     The  lacteals. 
Venae  LymphaPicae.     The  lymphatic  vessels. 
Venae  Spora'les.     The  jugular  veins. 
Venae  Vortico/sae.     The  veins  of  the  choroid 

coat  of  the  eye. 
Venefic'ium.     Poisoning. 
Venena/tion  (from  veneno,  to  poison).    The 
act  of  poisoning. 

Vene/num.     A  poison  ;  venom. 
Vene/real   (venereus ;   from  Venus,  the  god- 
dess of  pleasure).     Pertaining  to  or  connected 
with  sexual  intercourse. 
Venereal     Disease.       Gonorrhoea,     syphilis, 

and  chancroid. 

VerPery.    Sexual  intercourse  ;  coition. 

Venesec'tion  (venassectio ;  from  vena,  a 
vein,  and  sectio,  a  cutting).  Blood-letting ; 
phlebotomy  :  the  opening  of  a  vein. 

VerPom  (venerium).  A  poison ;  usually 
applied  to  the  poisonous  matter  secreted  by 
certain  animals,  as  the  serpent,  scorpion,  etc. 

VeiPomous.  Poisonous.  A  term  applied 
to  animals  which  have  a  secretion  of  poisonous 
matter,  as  the  rattlesnake,  viper,  etc. 

Venos'ity  (venositas).  A  term  applied  by 
Puchelt  to  a  condition  in  which  the  blood  is 
supposed  to  circulate  too  slowly  or  is  too 
venous,  or  in  which  that  of  the  veins  is  in  too 
large  quantity,  a  condition  said  to  have  been 
observed  particularly  in  gout,  haemorrhoids, 
melancholy,  hypochondriasis,  etc. 

Ve'nous  (venosus).     Pertaining  to  veins  or 
the  blood  of  veius. 
Venous  Sys'tem.     The  veins  collectively. 

VeiPter.  The  lower  part  of  the  abdomen  ; 
the  belly. 

Ventila'tion  (ventilatioj  from  ventus,  wind). 
The  act  of  causing  the  air  to  pass  through  a 
place,  or  of  renewing  it,  for  the  purpose  of 
dissipating  anything  noxious. 

Ven'tral.  Pertaining  to  the  inferior  surface 
of  the  body. 


VEN 


644 


VER 


Ventral  Her'nia.     Abdominal  hernia. 

Ven'tricle  (ventriculus  ;  diminutive  of  ven- 
ter, the  belly).  A  term  employed  in  Anatomy 
to  designate  certain  cavities  of  the  body,  as 
those  of  the  brain  and  heart. 
Ventricle  of  Aran/tius.  A  small  cavity  at 
the  point  of  the  calamus  scriptorius  of  the 
brain. 

Ven'tricles  of  the  Brain.     Five  cavities 
in  the  interior  of    the    brain,    divided    into 
the  lateral, — which   are  two  in  number, — the 
middle,  the  fourth,  and  the  fifth  ventricles. 
Ventricles  of  the   Heart.     These  are  two  in 
number  and  divided  into  right  and  left. 
Ventricles  of  the  Lar'ynx.     The  two  depres- 
sions above  the  chorda?  vocales  are  so  termed 
by  anatomists. 

Ven'tricose  (from  venter,  the  belly).  Hav- 
ing a  swollen  appearance  ;  big-bellied.  See 
Urceolate. 

Ventricular  (ventricularis).  Pertaining  to 
a  ventricle. 

Ventric'uli  Cor'dis.  The  ventricles  of  the 
heart. 

Ventric/ulus.     The  stomach  ;  a  ventricle. 
Ventriculus  Pulmona/ris.     The  right  ventri- 
cle of  the  heart. 

Ventriculus  Succenturia'tus.  That  part  of 
the  duodenum  which  is  surrounded  by  the 
peritoneum. 

Ventril'oquism  (ventrfloquismus ;  from  ven- 
ter, the  belly,  and  loquor,  to  speak).  The  art 
of  speaking  in  such  a  manner  that  the  voice 
appears  to  come  from  some  distant  place,  in- 
stead of  proceeding  from  the  person  speaking. 

Ven/trose  (from  venter).  Having  a  belly 
or  a  swelling  like  a  belly. 

Ven'ula  (diminutive  of  vena,  a  vein).  A 
small  vein. 

Vera'tria.  Veratrina  ;  veratrin  ;  veratrine. 
A  vegetable  alkali,  and  the  only  officinal  al- 
kaloid found  in  the  Veratrum  sabadilla.  A 
powerful  topical  excitant.  Used  externally  as 
an  ointment  in  neuralgia  and  paralysis  from 
gout  and  rheumatism.  Veratrina  combined 
with  tannic  acid,  alcohol,  glycerin,  and  carbolic 
acid  is  employed  in  Dental  Practice  as  an  ob- 
tundent of  sensitive  dentine.  Dose  of  veratria, 
tj'j  to  ,'„  of  a  ^rain. 

Vera'trine.    Veratrina.     See  Veratria. 

Vera/trum.  A  genus  of  plants  of  the  order 
Melanthacese. 

Veratrum  Al'bum.  White  hellebore  ;  an  ex- 
tremely acrid  and  poisonous  plant.  The  pow- 
der of  the  dried  root  is  a  violent  sternutatory. 


The  root  is  also  an  active  irritant.  In  small 
doses  it  promotes  the  secretions,  but  in  large 
ones  it  causes  vomiting,  purging,  and  pain  in 
the  bowels,  with  great  prostration  of  strength. 
Dose,  as  an  errhine,  gr.  iij  to  gr.  iv,  snuffed  up 
the  nose  at  bedtime.  Used  mostly  in  the  form 
of  an  ointment. 

Veratrum  Sabadil'la.     Indian  caustic  barley. 
The  seeds  have  been  used  as  a  vermifuge,  di- 
uretic, and  emetic.    Chiefly  used  as  an  anthel 
mintic  for  taenia  in  doses  varying  from  gr.  v  to 
gr.  xxx.     It  is  also  used  in  nervous  affections. 

Veratrum  Vir/ide.  American  hellebore ;  swamp 
hellebore  ;  Indian  poke.  It  is  alterative,  an 
acrid  narcotic,  an  emetic,  epispastic,  and  er- 
rhine. Dose  of  the  tincture,  gtt.  ij  to  gtt.  v, 
repeated  every  hour  or  two  until  its  effects 
appear  on  the  pulse.  In  Dental  Practice  it  is 
administered  internally  in  periodontitis,  and 
for  its  sedative  action  in  severe  haemorrhage 
from  the  extraction  of  teeth  ;  also  for  neural- 
gia having  its  origin  in  the  teeth.  See  Gorgas' 
"  Dental  Medicine." 
Ver'digris.  The  subacetate  of  copper. 
Ver/diter.     A  fine  azure-blue  mineral ;   a 

hydrated   sesquicarbonate    of   copper.      It    is 

sometimes  used  as  a  pigment.     It  is  obtained 

by  adding  chalk   to  a  solution   of  copper  in 

nitric  acid. 

Verjuice.     An  acid  liquor  obtained  from 

sour  grapes  or  apples. 

Vermes  (from  vermis,  a  worm).  Worms.  See 

Extozoa. 

Vermicide.      A  remedy  that   destroys  in- 
testinal worms. 

Vermic'ular.     Vermiform. 

Vermiform    (oermiformis ;  from   vermis,  a 

worm,  and  forma,  form).  Vermicular.    Having 

the  shape  or  appearance  of  a  worm. 

Vermiform  Process  (processus  vermiformis ; 
protuberantia  vermiformis).  The  medullary 
substance  which  unites  the  two  hemispheres 
of  the  brain  like  a  ring  and  forms  a  process 
or  projection  somewhat  resembling  an  earth- 
worm. 
Vermifuge     (vermifugus ;   from  vermis,   a 

worm,  and  fugo,  to  drive  away).  Anthelmintic  ; 

a  remedy  that  expels  worms. 

Vermil'ion.     Red  sulphuret  of  mercury  ; 

cinnabar.      Used   to   color  vulcanized   rubber 

and  celluloid. 

Vermina'tion  (verminatio).     That  diseased 

condition  in  which  the  skin  is  infested  with 

vermin  ;  breeding  of  worms. 

Verm'inous.     Caused  by  worms. 


VER 


645 


VES 


Vermis.     A  worm.     The   term  generally 
employed  to  designate  the  parasitical  animals 
that  infest  the  animal  body. 
Vermis  Cer'ebri.     Brain-worm,  a  name  given 

to  the  Hungarian  camp  fever. 
Vermis  Mor'dicans.     A  species  of  cutaneous 
eruption. 
Verru/ca.      A   wart.     A    small    papillary 
growth  on  the  skin. 

Ver'rucose  {verrucosus;  from  verruca,  a 
wart).  Warty  ;  having  little  warts  on  the  sur- 
face, as  verrucose  capsule. 

Verru/cuIose.  Having  minute  wart-like 
prominences. 

Version  (versio).     Turning. 
Ver'tebra  (from  vertere,  to  turn).     One  of 
the  bones  of  the  spinal  column.     The  vertebras 
are  divided  into  seven  cervical,  twelve  dorsal, 
and  five  lumbar. 

Vertebral  (vertebralis).  Pertaining  to  the 
vertebrae. 

Vertebral  Artery.    A  branch  of  the  subclavian 
artery  passing  through  the  foramina  in  the 
transverse  processes  of  the  vertebrae  and  en- 
tering the  cranium,  where  it  unites  with  its 
fellow  to  form  the  basilary  artery. 
Vertebral  Canal.  The  canal  extending  through 
the  length  of  the  vertebral  column,  and  con- 
taining the  spinal  marrow. 
Vertebral  Col'umn.     The  spine. 
Vertebral  Disease.     Rachitis. 
Vertebral  Lig/aments.     The  ligaments  of  the 
vertebras,  distinguished  into  anterior  and  pos- 
terior. 
Vertebral  Nerves.  The  spinal  nerves,  of  which 
there  are  thirty  pairs — namely,  seven  cervical, 
twelve  dorsal,  five  lumbar,  and  six  sacral. 
Vertebra/ta.      Animals  furnished  with  a 
spine.     They  constitute  the  first  great  division 
of  the  animal  kingdom. 

Ver'tebro-H'iac  Lig'ament.  The  ilio- 
lumbar ligament. 

Vertex  (from  vertere,  to  turn).  The  top  of 
the  head.     Superior  part  of  the  skull. 

Vertib'ulum.  A  term  sometimes  applied 
in  Surgery  to  a  trepan. 

Vertical  ( vertical  is).     Perpendicular. 
Vertic'ulum.     An  articulation  ;  a  joint. 
Verti/go  (from  vertere,  to  turn).    Giddiness  ; 
dizziness  of  the  head,  with  more  or  less  con- 
fusion of  mind. 

Verumontanum.      An   eminence  in   the 
urethra  of  men  before  the  neck  of  the  bladder  ; 
called  also  caput  gaUinaginis. 
Vesa'nia.     Madness. 


Ves'ica.      A   bladder.     Also  anything   re- 
sembling a  bladder. 
Vesica  Biliaria.     The  gall-bladder. 
Vesica  Fel'lea.     The  gall-bladder. 
Vesica  Natato'ria.     The  air-bladder  of  fishes. 
Vesica  Urina'ria.     The  urinary  bladder. 

Vesical   (vesicalis;    from  vesica,  a  bladder). 
Pertaining  or  relating  to  the  urinary  bladder. 
Vesical  Arteries.     The  arteries  of  the  urinary 
bladder. 
Ves'icants.     Substances  which  cause  vesi- 
cation or  blistering. 
Vesicate.     To  blister. 
Vesication  (vesicatio).    The  process  of  rais- 
ing blisters  ;  the  action  of  a  vesicant. 
Vesicato'rium.     A  blister. 
Vesic'atory   (vesicatorius ;    from    vesica,    a 
bladder).     Blistering  applications,  as  the  pow- 
der of  the  cantharis,  or  blistering  fly,  etc. 

Ves'icle  (vesicula;  diminutive  of  vesica,  a 
bladder).  A  small  bladder  or  blister  ;  a  sac 
filled  with  liquid. 

Vesicle,    Allantoid'.      The   allantois    (which 
see). 
Vesicle,    Ger'minal.      A    nucleated    vesicle, 
being  the  earliest  formed  part  of  the  ovum. 
Its  nucleus  is  called  the  germinal  spot. 
Ves'ico-vag'inal  (vesico-vaffinalis).     Relat- 
ing to  the  bladder  and  vagina. 

Vesic'ula.      A  vesicle.      In   Pathology,    an 
elevation  of   the   cuticle   filled   with   lymph, 
which  is  sometimes  opaque. 
Vesicula  Fel'lis.     The  gall-bladder. 
Vesicula  Umbilica'lis.     An  umbilical  vesicle 
about  the  size  of  a  common  pea,  seen  about 
the  fifteenth   day   after   fecundation,   which 
begins    to    disappear  after  the    seventeenth 
week. 
Vesic'ulae.     (the  plural  of   vesicula).      An 
order  in  Bateman's  classification  of  cutaueous 
diseases. 

Vesiculae  Gingiva'rum.     Aphthae. 
Vesiculse    Pulmona/les.     The  air-cells  of  the 

lungs. 
Vesiculae  Semina/les.     Two  lobated  recepta- 
cles, each  formed   by  the   convolutions  of  a 
single  tube,  situated  at  the  under  surface  of 
the   base   of  the   bladder.     Their   excretory 
ducts,  called  the  ejaculatovy  ducts,  open  into 
the  urethra.    Their  use  is  to  receive  the  semen 
from  the  vasa  deferentia. 
Vesic'ular  (vesicularis).    Having  the  appear- 
ance of  or  pertaining  to  vesicles,  small  cells,  or 
bladders. 

Ves'sel  (vas).     A  term  applied  in  Anatomy 


VES 


646 


VIN 


to  an  elastic,  tubular  canal,  distinguished,  ac- 
cording to  its  general  arrangement,  into  artery, 
vein,  lymphatic,  and  absorbent. 

Ves'tibule  (vestibulum).  A  term  applied  in 
Anatomy  to  the  cavity  of  the  internal  ear.  Also 
to  a  triangular  space  between  the  nymphse. 

Vestib'ulum  LabyrirFthi.  The  vestibule 
of  the  ear. 

Vet'erinary  (veterinarius).  Pertaining  to 
beasts  of  burden  ;  hence,  veterinary  surgery,  vet- 
erinary medicine,  etc.;  the  treatment  of  the  dis- 
eases of  domestic  animals. 

VFa.     A  way  or  passage. 

Viae  Chylif 'eras.  The  chyliferous  vessels. 
Viae  Lachryma'les.  The  lachrymal  passages. 
Viae  PrFmae.     The  digestive  passages. 

Vi'al.     Phial. 

VFand.     Food,  sustenance. 

VibFces*  The  large  purple  spots  which  ap- 
pear under  the  skin  in  certain  malignant  fevers. 

VibratiHty  (vibrafilitas).  Tendency  to  or 
capability  of  being  made  to  vibrate. 

Vibra'tion  (vibratio).  Oscillation.  The 
act  of  moving  or  being  moved  one  way  and 
the  other  in  quick  succession.  In  Physics, 
alternate  or  reciprocal  motion,  as  the  vibra- 
tions of  the  nervous  fluid. 

Vibration  of  the  Heart.      The  palpitation  of 
the  heart. 

Vibratory  (from  vibrare,  to  quiver).  Vi- 
brating ;  having  a  quivering  or  quick  oscillat- 
ing motion  ;  sometimes  applied  to  neuralgia,  in 
which  the  pain  seems  to  vibrate  among  the 
nerves. 

Vib/rio  (from  vibrare,  to  quiver).  Vibriones. 
A  genus  of  micro-organisms,  now  classed 
mostly  among  the  bacilli.  One  of  the  species, 
the  Vibrio  prolifer,  is  met  with  in  putrescent 
fluids  containing  protein,  and  in  the  pus  of 
chancres. 

Vicarious  (vicar ius ;  from  viscis,  change, 
place).  The  place  of  another,  as  a  vicarious 
secretion,  which  takes  place  in  one  part  in- 
stead of  in  another.  Haemorrhage  from  the  gums 
sometimes  occurs  in  women  at  the  regular 
period  of  menstruation,  without  any  discharge 
from  the  uterus. 

Vid'ian  Canal.     The  pterygoid  canal. 
Vidian    Nerve.        The    posterior    branch    of 

the  spheno-palatine  ganglion,  which  proceeds 

backward  through  the  Vidian   or  pterygoid 

canal  to  the  foramen  lacerum  in  basis  cranii, 

where  it  divides  into  two  branches. 

Vigilance.  Insomnia  ;  continued  wakeful- 
ness. 


Vil'li.  Small  processes  like  the  pile  of 
velvet.  Applied  in  Anatomy  to  the  papillae 
on  the  surface  of  mucous  membranes,  and  in 
Botany  to  a  species  of  hairy  pubescence  on  the 
surface  of  a  plant. 

VillFform  Teeth  (denies  villi  formes).  A 
term  applied  in  Comparative  Anatomy  to  the 
teeth  of  some  fishes,  which  are  so  sharp- 
pointed,  minute,  and  closely  aggregated  as  to 
resemble  the  plush  or  pile  of  velvet. 

Villous  (villosus;  from  villus,  a  hair). 
Nappy  ;  shaggy  ;  rough  ;  applied  in  Anatomy 
to  membranes  covered  with  soft  papillae  or 
villi  ;  or  to  a  velvet-like  arrangement  of  ves- 
sels or  fibres. 

Villous    Membranes.       The    mucous    mem- 
branes. 
VFna  Medica'ta.   Medicated  wines.  Wines 
holding  in  solution  one  or  more  medicinal  sub- 
stances. 

ViiFegar   (acetum).      Impure    acetic   acid, 
prepared  by  fermentation. 
Vinegar,  Distilled.       The   common  name  of 
acetum  distillatum. 
Vinegar    of     CoFchicum     (acetum     colchici). 
Vinegar  of  meadow  saffron. 
Vinegar   of    0/pium    (acetum   opii).       Black 

drop. 
Vinegar    of    Spanish    Flies.      The   common 
designation  of  acetum  cantharidis  ;  a  rubefa- 
cient and  epispastic  preparation. 
Vinegar  of  Squills.    The  common  designation 
of  acetum  scillae. 

VFnum.  Wine  ;  the  juice  of  the  fruit  of 
the  Vitis  vinifera. 

Vinum  AFbum  Hispan/icum.     Sherry. 
Vinum  AFoes.     Wine  of  aloes. 
Vinum  Ama'rum.     Compound  wine  of  gen- 
tian. 
Vinum  Antimo/nii.    Antimonial  wine.    Dose, 
as  an  expectorant  or  diaphoretic,  gtt.  x  to  gtt. 
xxx  ;  as  an  emetic  for  children,  from  gtt.  xxx 
to  f 3 j,  repeated  every  fifteen  minutes  until  it 
operates. 
Vinum  CoFchici  Rad'icis.     Wine  of  colchi- 
cum  root.     Dose,  gtt.  xl  to  f  3 j. 
Vinum   Colchici   SenFinis.     Wine  of  colchi- 
cura  seed.     Dose,  f 3 j  to  f^ij- 
Vinum  EmeFicum.     Antimonial  wine. 
Vinum   Er'gotae.     Wine  of  ergot.     Dose,  gtt. 
xx  to  f.^j. 
Vinum    Fer'ri.      Wine  of  iron.     Dose,  fsjj  to 

fgiv. 
Vinum  Gentia'nae.     Wine  of  gentian.     Dose, 
f^jtof^vj. 


VIN 


647 


VIT 


Vinum  Ipecacuan/hae.  Wine  of  ipecacuanha. 
Emetic  and  diaphoretic.  Dose,  f^iv  to  f^x. 
Vinum  O'pii.  Wine  of  opium.  Narcotic. 
Dose,  gtt.  v  to  gtt.  xxx.  In  Dental  Practice 
it  has  been  employed  for  odontalgia,  and  as  a 
lotion  in  acute  periodontitis,  inflamed  gums, 
ulceration  of  mucous  membrane,  and,  in  com- 
bination with  tincture  of  iodine,  as  an  injection 
in  alveolar  abscess. 
Vinum  Porten/se  or  Vinum  Ru'brum.     Port 

wine. 
Vinum   Quin'iae.       Take   of   wine,  Oj  ;   sul- 
phate of  quinia,  gr.  x.       Mix.      Dose,  fgjss 
or  more.     It  is  used  as   a   stomachic  or   to 
arrest  ague.     A  wine  of  chinchona  may  be 
made  in  the  same  manner. 
Vinum  Rhe/i.     Wine  of  rhubarb.      Laxative 
and  stimulant.     Dose,  f  ^iv  to  f  ^ss. 
Vinum  Xer'icum.      Sherry  wine.      Same  as 
Vinum  Album. 
Vires'cent  (from  vircsco,  to  become  green). 
Somewhat  green. 

Vir/ginal.    Pertaining  to  a  virgin  ;  also  the 
external  genital  organs  of  a  virgin. 
Vir'ide  /E'ris.     Verdigris. 
Virides/cent    (viridis,   green).       Same    as 
Virescent  (which  see). 

Vir'ile  (from  vir,  a  man).  Belonging  to 
mature  manhood. 

Viril'ity.     Adult  age  ;  manhood. 
Virulent  (virulentus).      Poisonous  ;  malig- 
nity.    Pertaining  to  virus. 

Vi'rus.  A  poison.  In  Pathology,  the  pro- 
duct of  a  disease,  and  capable  of  producing  that 
disease  by  inoculation  or  absorption  in  a  healthy 
individual. 

Vis.     Force.     Power.     A  term  applied  in 
Physiology  to  the  vital  force  and  its  effects. 
Vis  Elas'tica.     Elasticity. 
Vis  In/sita.     That  power  by  which  a  muscle, 
when   irritated,  contracts,  independently  of 
the  will  of  the  animal. 
Vis  Medica'trix  Natu/rae.     Vis  conservatrix. 
The  healing  power  in  an  animated  body. 
Vis   Mor'tua.      That  power  in  a  muscle  by 
which  it  contracts    after  the   death   of   the 
animal. 
Vis  Ner'vea.     Nervous  force.     That  power  in 
muscular  fibre  which   enables  it  to  receive 
impressious  conveyed  to  it  by  the  nerves. 
Vis    Plas/tica.       Plastic    force.       Formative 
energy. 

Vis    Tergo.    Any  moving  power  acting  from 
behind. 
Vis  Vi'tae.     Vital  force  or  power. 


Vis/cera  (plural  of  viscus).  The  contents 
of  the  abdomen,  thorax,  and  cranium. 

Vis'ceral.     Pertaining  to  the  viscera. 

Viscid  {viscum,  bird-lime).  Thick; 
clammy  ;  glutinous  ;  adhesive. 

Viscidity.  Viscosity  ;  stickiness  ;  clammi- 
ness. 

Vis'cose.  A  gummy  secretion  or  product 
of  the  micrococcus  viscosus. 

Viscosity.     Viscidity. 

Vis'cous.     Very  glutinous  ;  adhesive. 

Vis'cus.  An  entrail.  One  of  the  contents 
of  the  abdomen,  thorax,  or  cranium. 

Vise.  An  instrument  for  gripping  and  hold- 
ing hard  bodies,  provided  witli  two  jaws,  which 
are  closed  by  means  of  a  screw.  The  small 
bench-vise  is  used  in  the  mechanical  laboratory 
of  the  dentist. 

Vis/ion  (visio;  visits;  from  videre,  visum,  to 
see).  Sight ;  one  of  the  five  external  senses  ; 
that  by  which  man,  and  animals  that  possess 
it,  are  informed  of  the  presence,  size,  color, 
etc.,  of  surrounding  objects. 
Vision,  Double.     Diplopia  (which  see). 

Vis/ual  {visual is).  Concerning  or  belonging 
to  vision. 

Visual  Angle.  The  angle  under  which  an 
object  is  seen  ;  the  angle  formed  in  the  eye  by 
the  crossing  of  two  rays  coming  from  the 
opposite  points  of  an  object. 

Vi/SUS.     Vision. 

Vi'ta  (from  vivere,  to  live) .     Life. 

Vi'tal  (vitalis;  from  vita,  life).  Pertaining 
to  life. 

Vital  Air.     Oxygen  gas. 
Vital  Force.     The  formative  force. 
Vital  Organs.     Organs  essential  to  life. 
Vital  Principle.    That  principle  which,  when 

applied   to   organized   bodies,   controls   their 

manifestations  and  properties. 
Vital  Statis'tics.     Statistics,  medical  (which 

see). 

Vitality  (vitaliias;  from  vita,  life).  The 
vital  principle. 

Vi'talize.  To  endow  with  life  ;  to  furnish 
with  vital  principle. 

Vitalized  Air.  A  mixture  of  equal  parts 
of  chloroform  and  alcohol  combined  with  ni- 
trous oxide  gas. 

Vi'tals  (vitalia).  Parts  of  animal  bodies 
essential  to  life,  as  the  viscera  dependent  upon 
the  great  sympathetic  nerve. 

Vitelline  (vitellinus;  from  vitellus,  the  yolk 
of  an  egg).  Pertaining  to  the  yolk  of  an  egg. 
Also  of  a  vellow  or  orange  color. 


VIT 


648 


VOL 


Vitelline  Disc.  A  granular  layer  seen  near 
the  most  prominent  part  of  the  ovarian  vesi- 
cle, in  the  centre  of  which  the  ovum  or  ovula 
exists. 
Vitelline  Ped'icle.  The  pedicle  which  con- 
nects the  umbilical  vesicle  to  the  embryo. 
Vitelline  Ves'sels.  The  omphalo-mesenteric 
vessels  of  the  incubated  egg. 

VitePio  Intes'tinal  Duct.  A  wide  duct 
by  means  of  which  the  nutritive  substance  of 
the  yolk  enters  the  alimentary  canal,  for  the 
nutrition  of  the  embryo. 

VitePIus.     The  yolk  of  an  egg. 

VPti  Sal'tus.     Chorea  (which  see). 

Vitia/tion  (from  vitio,  to  corrupt).  The 
contamination  of  any  substance,  especially  of 
the  air. 

Vit/reous  {vitreous;  from  vitrum,  glass). 
Glassy ;  transparent  ;  pertaining  to,  resem- 
bling, or  containing  glass. 

Vitreous  Humor  of  the  Eye.  The  transparent 
body  which  fills  the  globe  of  the  eye  back  of 
the  crystalline  lens. 

Vitrification.  The  act  of  converting  any 
mineral,  by  heat,  into  a  substance  resem- 
bling glass,  as  enamel  paste  on  mineral  teeth. 

Vifriol.     Sulphate  of  iron. 
Vitriol,  Acid  of.     Sulphuric  acid. 
Vitriol,  Blue.     Sulphate  of  copper. 
Vitriol,  Green.     Sulphate  of  iron. 
Vitriol,  Oil  of.     Sulphuric  acid. 
Vitriol,  Roman.     Sulphate  of  copper. 
Vitriol,  White.     Sulphate  of  zinc. 

VitrioPic  Acid.     Sulphuric  acid. 

Vitri/olum.     Sulphate  of  iron. 
Vitriolum  Album.     Sulphate  of  zinc. 
Vitriolum  Caeru'leum.     Sulphate  of  copper. 
Vitriolum  Vir'ide.     Sulphate  of  iron. 

Vit'rum.     Glass. 
Vitrum  Antimo'nii.     Glass  of  antimony. 

Vitta'tus.     Spotted. 

Vivip'arous  (from  virus,  alive,  and  pario, 
to  bring  forth).  A  term  applied  to  animals 
which  bring  forth  their  young  alive. 

Vivisection  (viviseetio  ;  from  vims,  alive, 
and  secure,  sectum,  to  cut).  The  dissection  or 
Opening  Of  living  animals. 

Vo'cal  (voealis).  Pertaining  to  or  connected 
with  the  voice.  Having  a  voice;  uttered  or 
modulated  by  a  voice. 

Vocal  Cords.  The  vocal  ligaments  ;  the  in- 
ferior    tbyro-arytenoid    ligaments,    attached 

in  front  to  the  receding  angle  of  the  thyroid, 

and   behind   to   the  lower  part,  of  the  anterior 
angle  of  the  arytenoid  cartilage. 


Vocal  Tube  (tuba  voealis).     The  air-passages 
above  the   inferior  ligaments  of  the  larynx, 
including  the  nasal  fossae  and  buccal  cavity. 
Voice  (vox).     In  Physiology,  the  sound  pro- 
duced by  vibration  of  the  air  while  traversing 
the  larynx,   either  in  escaping  from  or  enter- 
ing the  trachea.      The  larynx  is  the  essential 
organ  concerned  in  its  production.     The  com- 
bined action  of  the  larynx,  which  contains  the 
vocal  cords,  and   of    the   lungs,  trachea,   and 
the  cavities  of  the  mouth,  pharynx,  and  nose 
produce  the  voice. 

Voice,  Articulated.  Speech  or  voice  modified 
by  the  action  of  the  tongue,  lips,  velum, 
teeth,  and  other  parts  of  the  mouth. 
Voice,  Bleating.  Goat's  voice.  See  Egoph- 
ONY. 
Voice,  Cav'ernous.  Pectoriloquy  (which 
see). 

Voice,  ConvuPsive.     Voice  consisting  of  the 
production  of  discordant  sounds,   occasioned 
by  disordered   contraction  of  the  muscles  of 
the  larynx. 
Vola.     The  palm  of  the  hand. 
VoPatile   (volatilis;    from    volare,   to    fly). 
Capable  of  passing  into  an  aeriform  or  gaseous 
state  ;  applied  to  substances  which  have  a  ten- 
dency to  evaporate  at  ordinary  temperatures,  as 
ether,  ammonia,  etc. 
Volatile  APkali.     Ammonia. 
Volatile  Salt.     Subcarbonate  of  ammonia. 

Volatility.  Disposition  to  exhale  or  evap- 
orate ;  a  property  of  bodies  by  which  they  are 
disposed  to  evaporate  or  assume  a  state  of 
vapor. 

Volatilize,  Volatilization.  The  change 
of  a  solid  or  liquid  into  gas  or  vapor  by 
heat. 

Volt.     The  unit  of  electro-motive  force,  or 
the  force  sufficient  to  cause  a  current  of  one 
ampere  to  flow  against  a  resistance  of  one  ohm. 
The  voltage  of  Smee's  cells  is  0  65  ;    Bunsen, 
1.90;  Daniel,  1.05;  Calland,  0.60 ;  Leclanche, 
1.50.      The  unit  of  pressure. 
Volt   Ampere.     The   amount  of  pressure  de- 
veloped by  a  current  of  one  ampere  having  an 
electro-motive  force  of  one  volt.    Its  mechani- 
cal   equivalent    is    about  44.2  foot-pounds  a 
minute.     It  is  also  called  a  watt. 
Volt  Coulomb.     The  unit  of  electric  work. 

Voltage.  Electric  potential  measured  in 
volts,  as  the  volts  of  a  cell. 

Volta'ic.     Pertaining  to  galvanic  or  battery 
currents. 
Voltaic  Current.     Galvanic  current. 


VOL 


649 


VUL 


Voltaic    Electricity.     Galvanism. 
Voltaic  Narcotism.     A  method  of  local  anaes- 
thesia suggested  by  Dr.  Richardson,  of  Lon- 
don,  which  is  induced  by  the   action    of   a 
galvanic  current  passing  through  a  narcotic 
solution  held  in  contact  with  the  part  to  be 
operated  upon. 
Voltaic  Pile.    A  galvanic  apparatus  consisting 
of  a  number  of  pairs  of  zinc  and  copper  or 
zinc  and  silver  discs,  separated  by  pieces  of 
moistened  woolen  cloth. 
Vol'taism.     Galvanism. 
Voltam'eter.     An  instrument  for  measur- 
ing the   activity  of  a  galvanic   circle   or  the 
electro-motive  power  of  a  current  in  volts. 

Voluble  (volubilis).  Rolling;  twining; 
a  spiral  twisting  around  anything. 

Vol'ume.     Dimension;  space  occupied. 
Voluntary.     Pertaining  to  the   will.     A 
term  applied  in  Anatomy  to  muscles  which  are 
put  in  action  in  obedience  to  the  will,   and  to 
motions  resulting  therefrom. 

Voluntas  (cotentia).     Will  or  desire. 
Vol'vulus.     Ileac  passion. 
Vo'mer.     A  plowshare.     The  bone  which 
separates  the  nostrils  from   each   other  is  so 
called  from  its  shape. 

Vomica  (from  vomere,  to  vomit).  A  term 
applied  in  Pathology  to  an  abscess  in  the  sub- 
stance of  the  lungs,  generally  formed  by  the 
suppuration  of  tubercles. 

Vom/iting  (vomitio).     A  forcible  ejection  of 
solids  and  liquids  from  the  stomach  through 
the  oesophagus  and  mouth. 
Vomiting  of  Blood.     Hsemateniesis. 
Vomit'io.     Vomiting. 
Vomito'rium.     An  emetic. 
Vomiturition.  Ineffectual  efforts  at  vomit- 
ing ;  retching. 

Vom  itus.     Vomiting. 
Vora'cious  Ap'petite.     Bulimia. 
Vox.     The  voice. 

Vulcanite    Base.      A   vulcanized    india- 
rubber  plate  adapted  to  such  portion  of  the  al- 
veolar arch  as  is  deprived  of  natural  teeth,  and 
to  be  supplied  with  an  artificial  substitute. 
Vulcanite,    Den'tal.     India-rubber  combined 
with  sulphur  or  sulphur  compounds  and  col- 
ored with  vermilion.     It  is  prepared  as  fol- 
lows :    The  crude  rubber  is  cut  into  minute 
shreds  by  knives  set  on  revolving  cylinders, 
and  thoroughly  washed.     It  is  then  dried  and 
warmed  and    kneaded  with    twenty-five  per 
cent,  (by  weight)  of  sulphur  and  twenty-five 
per  cent,  of  vermilion.     The  deep  color  of  the 


vermilion  overcomes  the  jet  (or  deep  brown) 
black  of  the  sulphur  and  rubberwhen  vulcan- 
ized or  hardened  by  steam,  and  gives  it  a  more 
acceptable  color.  A  combination  of  rubber  48 
parts,  sulphur  24  parts,  and  vermilion  36  parts 
will  give  a  red  dental  vulcanite  similar  to.  if 
not  the  same  as,  the  American  Company 
rubber.  A  combination  of  rubber  48  parts, 
sulphur  24  parts,  and  ivory-  or  drop-black  24 
parts  will  give  a  black  vulcanite.  Rubber  48 
parts,  sulphur  24  parts,  and  ivory-  or  drop- 
black  48  parts  will  give  a  jet-black  vulcanite. 
Rubber  48  parts,  sulphur  24  parts,  white  oxide 
of  zinc  30  parts,  and  vermilion  10  parts  will 
give  a  dark  pink  vulcanite.  Rubber  48  parts 
and  sulphur  24  parts  will  give  a  dark  brown 
vulcanite  stronger  than  any  other  combination. 
See  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  Pract.  of  Dentistry." 

Vulcanite  Dentures,  Beaded  or  Grooved. 
For  the  more  complete  exclusion  of  air  and 
moisture,  a  groove  is  cut  in  the  plaster  model, 
so  that  the  vulcanized  denture  shall  have  an 
integral  half-round  smooth  bead  formed  on  its 
palatal  aspect.  The  groove  should  be  carried 
continuously  so  as  to  form  a  bead-enclosure 
within  the  entire  plate  line.  Where  an  air- 
chamber  is  used  the  bead  may  enclose  it,  so 
as  to  increase  the  amount  of  atmospheric  ad- 
hesion. The  bead  may  be  applied  to  partial 
as  well  as  to  full  dentures. 

Vulcanite  Dentures,  Weighted.  Dentures 
constructed  of  vulcanite  in  which  tiu  filings 
are  incorporated  ;  applicable  for  lower  den- 
tures, where  weight  is  necessary  for  their 
retention. 

Vulcanite,  Gear's  Shaded  Pink.  Another 
new  form  of  rubber  somewhat  similar  to  the 
granular  gum  vulcanite,  which  is  used  in  the 
same  manner  as  the  granular  and  pink  rub- 
bers. 

Vulcanite,  Granular  Gum,  Walker's.  A  new 
kind  of  rubber  to  imitate  the  natural  gum, 
which  is  applied  in  packing  over  the  ordinary 
vulcanite  by  a  method  similar  to  the  applica- 
tion of  pink  rubbers. 

Vulcanite  Plates  Lined  with  Gold-foil, 
Electro-deposits,  etc.  The  object  of  such 
linings  is  to  give  a  durable  metallic  coating  to 
that  portion  of  the  vulcanite  denture  which 
is  in  contact  with  the  palatal  and  alveolar 
surfaces  of  the  mouth.  Several  methods  are 
employed,  one  of  which  consists  of  coating 
the  surface  of  the  plaster  model  with  gold  by 
electro-deposit.  The  surface  of  the  plaster 
model   is  thoroughly  coated  with   plumbago 


VUL 


650 


WAR 


and  then  painted  with  a  solution  of  chloride 
of  gold  to  assist  the  deposition  ;  another 
method  is  to  simply  coat  the  plaster  surface 
with  sheets  of  No.  8  or  No.  10  gold-foil,  with  a 
non-conductor  on  one  side,  or  to  put  two 
sheets  of  the  foil  together,  with  a  non-con- 
ductor, such  as  wax,  between  them,  and  seal 
the  edges  with  wax  to  prevent  the  gold  solu- 
tion from  penetrating  between  or  through 
the  sheets.  A  granular  coating  of  gold  or 
copper  is  deposited  on  the  exposed  sides, 
which  will  insure  adhesion  with  the  plate 
after  vulcanizing.  Another  method,  known 
as  vulcan  gold  lining,  consists  of  a  sheet  of 
No.  40  gold-foil,  applied  in  one  piece  to  the 
surface  to  be  covered  ;  on  the  exposed  surface 
of  this  gold  is  placed  a  thin  covering  of  pure 
silver ;  the  sulphur  in  the  rubber  acting  on 
the  silver  during  the  vulcanization,  produces 
a  surface  which  favors  adhesion.  Speyer's 
method  of  lining  vulcanite  and  celluloid  den- 
tures consists  of  covering  the  surface  of  the 
plaster  model  with  a  thin  metallic  plate,  made 
of  gold  with  one  side  covered  with  a  thin 
layer  of  silver,  the  surface  of  this  plate  being 
covered  with  minute  papilliform  prominences 
to  effect  strong  surface  cohesion.  The  vul- 
canizing causes  the  sulphur  to  corrode  the 
silver  surface,  thereby  insuring  great  adhesion 
of  the  lining  to  the  vulcanite  plate. 
Vulcanite  Rubber.  See  VULCANITE,  DEN- 
TAL. 
Vulcanite  Teeth.  Artificial  teeth  with  headed 
platina  pins  made  expressly  for  vulcanite 
work.  See  Porcelain  Teeth. 
Vul'canizer.  The  apparatus  in  which  the 
prepared  rubber  is  hardened  by  the  action  of 
steam.  It  consists  of  a  copper  boiler  with  a 
screw  top,  having  connected  with  it  a  ther- 
mometer for  regulating  the  steam  necessary  to 


harden  the  rubber  and  a  safety-valve  to  prevent 
explosion.  See  Harris'  "  Prin.  and  P'ract.  of 
Dentistry. ' ' 

VuFcanizing  {Vulcan,  the  god  of  fire).  The 
process  by  which  india-rubber,  combined  with 
sulphur,  and  exposed  to  the  action  of  steam  at 
a  high  temperature,  is  rendered  hard  and 
elastic.  For  process  see  Harris'  "Prin.  and 
Pract.  of  Dentistry." 

Vulnerary  (vulnerarius ;  from  vulnus,  a 
wound).  A  term  formerly  applied  to  sub- 
stances which  were  supposed  to  assist  the  heal- 
ing of  wounds.  It  is  still  much  used  by 
French  writers. 

Vulnera/tio  Nervi  (from  vulnerare,  to 
wound).     Neurotrosis  ;  wound  of  a  nerve. 

Vul'nus.     A  wound. 

Vul'pinite.  A  variety  of  anhydrous  sul- 
phate of  lime  of  a  grayish-white  color,  contain- 
ing a  brittle  silicate. 

Vul'pis  Morbus.     Alopecia  (which  see). 

Vul/tus.     The  face  ;  the  countenance. 

Vul'va.  The  uterus.  Also  the  external 
parts  of  generation  in  the  female.  The  term 
is  applied,  also,  to  the  foramen  commune  ante- 
rius  of  the  brain. 

Vulva  Cerebri.  A  small  aperture  of  the 
brain  forming  the  part  by  which  the  three 
ventricles  communicate. 

Vul'var.     Eelating  to  the  vulva. 

Vulvitis.    Inflammation  of  the  vulva. 
Vulvitis  Blennorrhag/ica.     A  muco-purulent 
discharge  from  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
vulva.     See  Blenorrhagia. 

Vulvo=u/terine  Canal.    The  vagina. 

Vulvovaginal  (vulvo-vaginalis).  Relating 
to  the  vulva  and  uterus. 

Vulvo-vaginal  Gland.  A  small  gland  on  each 
side  of  the  junction  of  the  vulva  with  the 
vagina.     Cowper's  glands. 


w. 


W.     The  symbol  of  tungsten. 

Wachendorf's  Membrane.  The  mem- 
brane  investing  a  cell  ;  the  pupillary  mem- 
brane. 

Wad.  in  Mineralogy,  an  earthy  oxide  of 
manganese.     Also  plumbago. 

Wagner's  Corpuscles.  The  tactile  cor- 
puscles. 


Wakefulness.      Insomnia  ;  sleeplessness. 
Ward's   EIectro=metallic   Denture.     A 

process  of  depositing,  by  the  action  of  a  bat- 
tery, gold  and  silver  directly  upon  the  surface 
of  a  plaster  model  obtained  from  the  impres- 
sion of  the  mouth,  and  thus  securing  adapta- 
tion. The  surface  of  the  plaster  model  is  first 
coated   with  plumbago,  and  a  definite  thick- 


WAR 


651 


WAX 


ness  of  gold  is  first  deposited,  and  upon  this 
another  thickness  of  silver,  which,  in  like 
manner,  is  again  covered  by  another  deposit 
of  gold.  The  object  of  the  intermediate  layer 
of  silver  is  to  give  strength  to  the  plate,  as  all 
deposited  metals  are  deficient  in  that  respect, 
but  silver  is  less  so  than  gold.  A  thin  silver 
plate  may  first  be  swaged  and  the  gold  depos- 
ited on  both  surfaces.  The  teeth  are  attached 
to  a  plate  thus  formed  by  depositing  gold 
about  and  around  their  pins.  For  a  vulcanite 
or  celluloid  attachment  of  the  teeth  the  por- 
tion of  the  plate  covering  the  alveolar  ridge 
is  so  formed  as  to  present  projections  of  the 
metal  in  the  form  of  retaining  points.  This 
process  can  also  be  applied  to  capping  crowns 
or  cusps  of  teeth  and  to  removable  bridge- 
work. 

Wart.  Verruca.  A  hard  excrescence  of  the 
skin. 

Wart'y.  Verrucose.  Full  of  warts ;  re- 
sembling or  of  the  nature  of  warts. 

Wash.  A  lotion.  In  Pharmacy,  the  fer- 
ment wort  from  which  spirit  is  intended  to  be 
distilled. 

Wash,  Black.     A  lotion  of  calomel  and  lime- 
water,  used  on  syphilitic  sores. 
Wash,  White.     Diluted  solution  of  snbacetate 
of  lead. 

Washing.  A  term  used  to  designate  the 
process  employed  for  separating  particles  of 
gold  and  other  valuable  metallic  substances 
from  the  ashes  and  cinders  of  the  workshops  of 
the  dentist  and  the  jeweler.  Also  the  operation 
of  separating  soluble  from  insoluble  matter. 

Wasting.  Atrophy  ;  diminishing  by  de- 
struction. 

Wasting  of  the  Alve'olar  Processes.     The 
gradual  destruction  of  the  alveoli  which  at- 
tends inflammation,  turgescence,  and  ulcera- 
tion of  the  gums,  from  whatever  cause  pro- 
duced.    It   is  supposed   by  some  writers  to 
occur  in  old  persons  spontaneously,  but  the 
author  is  of  opinion  that  it  is  always  the  re- 
sult of  the  chemical  action  of  a  morbid  secre- 
tion, excited  by  disease  in  the  gumsoralveolo- 
dental  membrane.     See  Gums,  Diseases  of. 
Wasting   of  the    Teeth.     See   ABRASION  OF 
the  Teeth,  Spontaneous. 
Water  (aqua ;  h yd 'or ;  vdup).     A  transparent 
fluid,  without  color,  smell,  or  taste,  consisting 
of  eight  parts,  by  weight,  of  oxygen,  and  one 
of  hydrogen. 

Water,   Distilled   (aqua  destillata).      Natural 
water  freed  from  its  impurities  by  distillation, 


a  process  to  which  it  is  necessary  to  subject  it 
for  pharmaceutical  purposes.  According  to 
the  U.  S.  Pharmacopoeia,  it  is  made  as  follows  : 
Take  of  water,  ten  gallons.  First  distil  two 
pints  and  throw  them  away  ;  then  distil  eighl 
gallons.  Keep  the  distilled  water  in  glass- 
stoppered  glass  bottles.  For  dental  use  see 
Gorgas'  "Dental  Medicine." 

Water  Dressing.  The  employment  of  water 
as  a  dressing  for  wounds,  by  which  the  part 
is  kept  constantly  wet.  To  prove  useful,  they 
must  permit  the  pus  to  escape  freely,  as  fast  as 
it  is  formed,  and  to  be  absorbed  by  the  dress- 
ing. They  must  also  be  kept  constantly  moist, 
and  evaporation  must  be  prevented,  lest  the 
part  become  chilled.  These  several  indi- 
cations may  be  accomplished  by  four  pieces 
of  different  tissues  regularly  superposed, 
which  pieces  are  called  respectively  the  sifter 
(crible),  the  absorbent,  the  humectant,  and 
the  inevaporant  or  impermeable  tissue  (each 
of  which  see). 
Watt.     In  Electricity,  the  unit  of  power  ;  the 

power  exerted  by  one  ampere  of  current  at  one 

volt  of  pressure. 

Watt's  Metal  Dentures.   See  Cast-metal 

Dentures. 
Waved.     Undulated. 
Wa'vellite.       A    hydrated    phosphate    of 

alumina,  occurring,  usually,  in  hemispherical 

concretions. 
Wax  (cera).   See  Wax,  Yellow  ;  and  Wax, 

White. 

Wax,  Adhesive.  A  combination  of  wax  and 
rosin  for  attaching  teeth  and  clamps  in  plate- 
and  bridge-work  for  trial  in  the  mouth. 

Wax,  Fluxed  Parr's.  A  preparation  of  wax 
for  attaching  clamps  and  teeth  in  plate-  and 
bridge- work  for  trial  in  the  mouth  and  during 
subsequent  soldering. 

Wax  Impression-cup,  Foulke's.  A  holder 
or  cup  which  consists  of  a  strong  metallic 
frame  designed  to  support  a  flexible  inside 
lining  attached  thereto,  for  the  purpose  of 
compressing  the  entire  surface  of  the  upper 
jaw,  the  pressure  being  made  first  with  the 
fingers  and  afterward  with  an  instrument 
suited  for  the  purpose.  Gutta  peivha  and 
plaster  of  Paris  can  also  be  used  in  this  cup. 

Wax  Impressions.  See  Impression*  OF  THE 
Mouth  in*  Wax. 

Wax,  Japan.  Obtained  from  the  Rhus  suc- 
cedanea  of  Japan.  It  is  of  a  medium  quality, 
between  beeswax  and  the  common  vegetable 
tallows. 


WAX 


652 


WEI 


Wax,  Myr'tle.  A  wax  of  a  pale  grayish-green 
color,  obtained  from  the  fruit  of  Myrica  cer- 
ifera. 
Wax,  Veg'etable.  A  ternary  product  of  vege- 
tation, occurring  as  an  excretion  on  the  sur- 
face of  leaves  and  fruits,  forming  the  bloom  or 
glaucous  surface  which  repels  water. 
Wax,  White  (cera  alba).  Bleached  yellow 
wax. 

Wax,  Yel'low  (cera  flava).     A  product  of  the 
common  bee,  the  Apis  mellifica. 
Wax/en  Ker/nels.     Waxing   kernels.     In 
popular  language,  an  enlargement  of  the  lym- 
phatic glands,  in  the  groins  particularly. 

Wax=hoIder  or  Impression=cup.     A  term 

applied  in   Dental   Surgery  to  an    instrument 

used  for  holding  softened  wax  while  taking  an 

impression  of  the  whole  or  any  portion  of  the 

alveolar  border  of  either  jaw  or  of  the  vault 

of  the  palate.     It  consists  of  a  tin,  silver,  or 

porcelain  cup,  large  enough  to  receive  either 

alveolar  ridge,  with  a  handle  in  front. 

Wax-holder,  Colburn's.     An  improvement  on 

the    common   wax-holder,  by   Dr.    G.   F.  J. 

Colburn,    of  New   Jersey,    consisting  of  two 

rims  instead  of  one  on  the  outer  margin  of  the 

plate.     The  outer  rim  is  intended  to  protect 

the  impression  against  injury  from  the  corners 

of  the  mouth  in  removing  it. 

Wax=holders,  Cleveland's.  Five  wax- 
holders,  three  for  the  upper  and  two  for  the 
lower  jaw,  invented  by  Dr.  J.  A.  Cleveland,  of 
Charleston,  S.  C.  The  only  difference  in  those 
for  the  upper  jaw  is  in  size.  The  upper  ones 
are  so  constructed  as  to  form  a  complete  cover- 
ing or  incasement  for  the  superior  alveolar 
ridge  and  roof  of  the  mouth,  with  a  handle 
about  two  inches  in  length.  Those  for  the 
lower  have  a  joint  in  the  centre,  so  that  the 
arch  may  be  widened  or  narrowed  at  pleasure, 
to  fit  the  jaw.  One  is  intended  to  take  an  im- 
pression of  the  lower  jaw  with  five  or  six  of 
the  front  teeth,  the  other  for  taking  an  impres- 
sion after  the  loss  of  all  the  teeth. 

Wax=knife.     An  instrument  used  in  Me- 
chanical  Dentistry   for   adding    and    modeling 
wax. 
Weaksight'edness.     Asthenopia. 
Weaning.     The   separation    of   the   infant 
permanently  from  the  breast. 

Wearying  of  the  Teeth.     See  ABRASION 

OF  TIIK  TlOKTH,   Ml<:<IIA.\I(\\X. 

Web  (tela).  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to 
certain  structures,  from  their  appearance,  as 
cellular  tissues,  etc. 


Web,  Mucous.     The  cellular  membrane. 

Webber.     In  Electricity,  an  ampere. 

Wedge=cutter.  An  instrument  used  in 
dentistry  to  cut  off  the  excess  of  wooden  wedges 
after  they  have  been  driven  between  teeth  to 
separate  them. 

Wedged.  A  term  applied  in  Obstetrics  to 
the  head  of  the  foetus  when  it  remains  fixed  in 
the  pelvis,  notwithstanding  the  uterine  effort. 

Wedge=shaped.     Cuneiform. 

Weight  of  Important  Organs.  The 
average  weight  in  adults,  according  to  Quain,  is 
as  follows  : 

Heart,  male, 11  ounces. 

"       female, 9  ounces. 

Brain,  male, 49}  ounces. 

"       female, 44  ounces. 

Spinal  cord, 1  to  If  ounces. 

Liver, 50  to  60  ounces. 

Pancreas, 2}-  to  3  \  ounces. 

Spleen, 5  to  7  ounces. 

Lungs,  male, 45  ounces. 

"       female, 32  ounces. 

Thyroid  cartilage,      .    .    .    .  1  to  2  ounces. 

Kidney, 4.]  ounces. 

Suprarenal  capsules,     ....   2  drachms. 

Testes, ftol  ounce. 

Unimpregnated  uterus,    .  7  to  12  drachms. 

Weights    and    Measures.     The   United 

States  standard  unit  of  weight  is  the  troy 
pound.  It  is  standard  in  air  at  62°  F.  ;  the 
barometer  at  thirty  inches.  The  division  of 
weights  and  measures  adopted  by  apothecaries 
is  different  from  the  standards. 


1.  Apothecaries''  Weight. 

1  pound,  lb,  contains  12  ounces. 
1  ounce,  5,         "  8  drachms. 

1  drachm,  3,      "  3  scruples. 

1  scruple,  J)  ,       "        20  grains. 
1  grain,  gr. 


2.   Troy  Weight. 

1  pound,  lb.,  contains  12  ounces  =  5760  grains. 
1  ounce,  oz.,       "         20  dwt.     =    480       " 
1  pennyweight,  dwt.,  contains  24  grains. 
1  errain,  gr. 


lb.        oz.        dwt. 
Or,  1  =  12  =  240 


grs. 
5760. 


WEI 


653 


WEI 


3.  Avoirdupois  Weight 
1  pound,  lb.,  contains 
1  ounce,  oz.,         " 
1  drachm,  dr. 
lb.       oz.  dr.  grs. 

Or,  1  =  16  =  256  =  7000 
1  =    16  =    437.5 

1=      27.34375=       1.7705 

4.  Apothecaries1  or  Wine  Measure. 
1  gallon,    C,    contains      8  pints. 
1  pint,       O,  "         16  fluidouuces. 

1  ounce,  f  5  ,  8  fluidrachms. 

1  fluidrachm,  fg,  "        60  minims. 
1  minim,  Tt^,  equals  1  drop  of  water. 

C.        O.  fS.  f5.  Cubic  in. 

Or,  1  =  8  =  128  =  1024  =  231 

1  =    16  =    128  =    28.875 
1  =        8  =       1.8047 
1  =      0.2256 

5.  Imperial  Measure,  adopted  by  the  London  and 

Edinburgh  Pharmacopoeias. 

C.   O.    fg.    fS. 

1  =  8  =  160  =  1280 

1  =  20  =  160 

1  =   8 


Long  Measure. 


16  ounces. 

Inches. 

Feet.       Yards. 

Faths. 

Perch.  Fur.    M. 

16  drachms. 

12  = 
36  = 

1 
3=1 

72  = 

6=2 

=      1 

grammes. 

198  = 

16.5  =        5.5 

=      2.75 

=      1 

=  453.25 

7,920  = 

660      =     220 

=  110 

=    40  =  1 

=    28.328 

63,360  = 

5280     =  1760 

=  880 

=  320  =  8  =  1 

Square  Measure. 


Inches. 

144 

1,296 

39,204 


Feet. 

1 

9 

272.25 


Yards.  Perch.  Rood.  Acre 


1 
30.25 


1 


1,568,160  =    10,890        =  1210        =     40  =  1 
6,272,640  =  43,560         =  4840       =  160  =  4  =  1 
An   acre  is  69.5701   yards  square,  or  208.710321   feet 
square. 

Solid  Measure. 


Cu.  In. 

Cu.  Ft. 

Cu.  Yard. 

1,728 

=        1 

46,656 

=      27      = 

1 

Dry  Measure. 

1  pt.  =  33.6  cubic  inches. 

2  pts.  =    1  qt.   =  67.2  cubic  inches. 

8    "    =    4  qts.  =  1  gal.  =  268.8  cubic  inches. 
16    "    =    8    "     =  2  gals.  =  1  peck  =  537.6  cubic  inches. 
64    "    =32    "     =8    "     =  4 pecks  =  1  bushel. 


Millilitre, 

Centilitre, 

Decilitre, 

Litre, 

Decalitre, 

Hectolitre, 

Kilolitre, 

Myrialitre, 


French  Weights  and  Measures. 
1.  Measures  of  Capacity. 


English  Cubic  Inches. 

.061028 

.610280 

6.102800 

61.028000 

610.280000 

6,102.800000 

61,028.000000 

610,280.000000 


Wine  Measure. 
16.2318  minims. 
2.7053  fluidrachms. 
3.3816  fluidounces. 
2.1135  pints. 
2.6419  gallons. 


2.  Measures  of  Length. 

English  Inches. 


Millimetre, 

= 

.03937 

Centimetre, 

= 

.39371 

English 

Measures. 

Decimetre, 

= 

3.93710 

Miles. 

Fur. 

Yds. 

Feet. 

Inches. 

Metre, 

= 

39.37100 

=         0 

(1 

1 

0 

3.371 

Decametre, 

= 

393.71000 

=         0 

0 

10 

o 

9.7 

Hectometre, 

= 

3,937.10000 

=         0 

0 

109 

1 

1 

Kilometre, 

= 

39,371.00000 

=        0 

4 

213 

1 

10.2 

Myriametre, 

= 

393,710.00000 

=         6 

1 

156 

0 

6 

WEI 


654 


WHI 


Weights. 


Milligramme,  = 

Centigramme,  = 

Decigramme,  = 

Gramme,  = 

Decagramme,  = 

Hectogramme,  = 

Kilogramme,  = 

Myriagramme,  = 


Troy  Grains. 

.0154 

.1543 

1.5434 

15.4340 

154.3402 

1,543.4023 

15,434.0234 

154,340.2344 


lb. 

oz. 

dwt. 

gr. 

0 

0 

2 

34.4 

0 

3 

1 

44.4 

2 

8 

1 

24 

26 

9 

6 

0 

Other  modes  of  estimating  the  quantities  of  substances  are  sometimes  adopted.  It  is  by 
approximation  ;  as,  a  tablespoonful  of  a  fluid  substance  is  estimated  at  §ss  ;  a  dessertspoonful  at 
gij,  and  a  teaspoonful  at  gj.  A  glassful  or  cupful  is  estimated  at  4  or  5  fluidounces  ;  a  wine- 
glassful  at  14  ounces  or  2  fluidounces. 


Weights,    Atomic.      Definite  proportions  in 
chemical  combinations. 

Weld'ing.  The  act  or  process  of  uniting 
two  pieces  of  metal  at  a  high  heat.  It  is  done 
by  process  of  hammering.  Iron  is  the  metal 
capable  of  being  most  firmly  united  by  this 
method.  Iron  and  platinum  are  examples  of 
metals  capable  of  being  welded  wlfile  hot ;  gold, 
if  pure  and  recently  annealed,  may  be  perfectly 
welded  cold. 
Welding  Heat.     A  white  heat. 

Wen.  A  circumscribed,  indolent  tumor, 
without  inflammation  or  change  of  color  of  the 
skin.  It  may  occur  on  almost  any  part  of  the 
body,  and  usually  consists  of  sebaceous  matter. 

Weston  Crown.  An  artificial  crown  to  be 
engrafted  on  a  root.  It  represents,  on  its  labial 
surface,  the  ordinary  plate-tooth,  but  the  lingual 
surface  is  recessed  as  much  as  is  consistent  with 
strength.  It  contains  platinum  pins  so  im- 
bedded in  the  thickest  part  of  the  crown  that 
it  may  not  be  weakened  by  the  grinding  neces- 
sary in  fitting  the  crown  to  the  root.  The  post 
or  dowel  is  made  of  platinum  and  iridium, 
spear-shaped,  and  notched  on  both  edges  to 
give  firmness  to  its  anchorage,  and  is  secured 
by  riveting  the  pins  to  a  cross-piece  on  the  top 
of  the  dowel  or  by  soldering  with  gold,  or 
amalgam  may  be  used  for  the  entire  attach- 
ment, or,  after  soldering  the  dowel  to  the  pins, 
the  recess  can  be  filled  with  gold. 
Weston  Metal  Dentures.  See  CAST-METAL 
Dentuees. 

Wharton's  Duct.  The  excretory  duct  of 
the  submaxillary  gland. 

Wheal.  Weal.  An  elevation  of  the  skin, 
seen  in  some  forms  of  nettle-rash,  like  that 
produced  by  the  stroke  of  a  whip. 

Wheez'ing.  Noisy  respiration  occasioned 
by  obstruction  of  the  air- passages. 


Whelk.    A  wrinkle  ;  a  protuberance  ;  a  pus- 
tule. 

Whelk'y.     Protuberant ;  rounded. 
Whey.     The  serum  of  milk  separated  from 

the  coagulable  part. 

Whis/key  {spiritus  fnvmenti).     A  spirituous 

liquor  obtained  from  corn,  rye,  oats,  potatoes, 

etc.,  by  distillation. 

White  Arsenic.     Arsenious  acid. 

White  Gum.  The  Strophulus  albidus,  a  spe- 
cies of  gum-rash  in  which  the  pimples  are 
small,  hard,  and  of  a  whitish  color. 

White  Lead.     Carbonate  of  lead. 

White  Oak  Bark.  The  bark  of  Quercus  alba. 
Astringent  and  antiperiodic.  Dose  of  powder, 
gr.  x.  to  gr.  xxx.  In  Dental  Practice  the  tinc- 
ture and  decoction  are  useful  in  stomatitis, 
sponginess  of  gums,  and  a  relaxed  condition  of 
the  mouth  and  fauces  generally. 

White  Precipitate.  White  precipitated  mer- 
cury or  ammoniated  submuriate  of  mercury. 
Used  as  an  external  application  in  cutaneous 
affections. 

White,  Spanish.     Subnitrate  of  bismuth. 

White  Sub'stance  of  Schwann.  In  the 
nerves  of  the  higher  animals  two  forms  of 
nerve-fibre  exist — the  tubular  and  the  gelati- 
nous. In  the  minute  fibrils  or  tubules,  ttibuli 
nervi,  full  of  nervous  matter,  which  constitute 
the  former,  there  is  a  difference  between  the 
central  and  peripheral  portions  :  the  former 
has  been  called  the  axis  cylinder  and  primitive 
and  flattened  band  ;  the  latter,  the  medullary 
or  white  substance  of  Schwann,  nerve  medulla, 
medullary  sheath  or  matter,  myelin — being 
that  to  which  the  peculiarly  white  aspect  of 
cerebro-spinal  nerves  is  principally  due. 

White  SwelPing.  A  colorless  swelling  of  the 
larger  joints  ;  scrofulous. 

White  Vit/riol.     Sulphate  of  zinc. 


WHI 


655 


WOL 


Whit'ing  or  Whit/ening.  Chalk  freed 
from  its  impurities  and  ground  ;  Spanish- 
white  ;  carbonate  of  lime. 

Whit'Iow.  Paronychia.  Inflammation  and 
swelling  at  the  end  of  one  of  the  fingers  or 
the  thumb,  attended  with  great  pain. 

Whoop/ing=cough.  Hooping-cough  ;  per- 
tussis. A  convulsive,  strangulating  cough, 
accompanied  by  a  sonorous  inspiration  or 
whoop,  coming  on  in  fits.  It  occurs  but  once, 
and  continues  six  or  eight  weeks.  Its  attacks 
are  usually  confined  to  children.  The  disease 
is  contagious.  Attacks  of  whooping-cough, 
when  severe  in  character,  sometimes  cause 
atrophied  teeth.  Nutrition  is  impaired,  the 
enamel  is  softened,  and  the  dentine  assumes 
a  dark  color. 

Wild.     A  term  applied  in  Pathology  to  an 
expression  of  countenance  indicative  of  strong 
mental  emotion,  as  a  wild  look. 
Wild  Cher'ry.  The  popular  designation  of  the 
Primus  virginiana. 

Wild'fire  Rash.  The  Strophulus  volati- 
cus,  a  species  of  gum-rash  in  which  the  pim- 
ples are  in  clusters. 

Williams'  Method  of  Bridge=work.  See 
Bridge-work,  Systems  of. 

WiPIis,  Chords  of  {chordae  icillisii).    Small, 
white,  fibrous  bands  which  cross  the  superior 
longitudinal  sinus  of  the  brain. 
Willis,  Circle  of.     See  ClRCULUS  Willisii. 

Wine  {vinum).  The  fermented  juice  of  the 
grape.  The  term  is  also  applied  by  chemists 
to  all  liquors  which  have  become  spirituous  by 
fermentation. 

Wine  of  Aloes.     Vinum  aloes. 
Wine,  Antimo'nial.     Vinum  antimonii. 
Wine  of  CoPchicum.     Vinum  colchici. 
Wine  of  Ipecacuanha.    Vinum  ipecacuanhas. 
Wine  of  Iron.     Vinum  ferri. 
Wine,  Madei'ra.     The  strongest  of  the  white 
wines.    It  has  a  slightly  acid  taste,  and,  when 
good  and  of  a  proper  age,  a  rich,  nutty,  aro- 
matic flavor. 
Wine  Measure.     See  Weights  axd  Meas- 

CBES. 

Wine  of  Opium.     Vinum  opii. 

Wine,  Port  {vinum  portugdllicum).  A  wine 
of  a  deep  red  color,  and,  when  new,  as- 
tringent, strong,  and  slightly  sweet,  but  it 
loses  in  a  considerable  degree  these  properties 
by  age,  and  acquires  more  flavor. 

Wine  of  Quin'ia.     See  VlNUM  Quixi.e. 

Wine,  Rhu/barb.     Vinum  rhei. 

Wine,  Sherry.     A  deep  amber-colored   wine, 


of  a  pleasant  aromatic  flavor  and  fragrance, 
without  acidity. 
Besides  the   foregoing,    there  are    about  fifty 
other  varieties  of  wine. 
Wine    Test.       A   reagent    for   detecting  the 
presence  of  lead  in  wine  by  converting  the 
acid  into  a  salt  of  lead.     The  one  usually  em- 
ployed is  made  by  dissolving  half  an  ounce  of 
sulphuret  of  arsenic  and  one  ounce  of  lime  in 
half  a  pint  of  distilled  water,  and  filtering  the 
solution. 
Wine  Vin'egar.     A  vinegar  about  one-sixtli 
stronger  than  pure  malt  vinegar.     There  are 
two  kinds — the  white  wine  vinegar  and  the 
red  wine  vinegar. 

Wine  Whey.    White  wine  whey  ;  sack  whey. 

Take  of  milk  two-thirds  of  a  pint,  and  add 

water  enough  to  make  a  pint.    Take  of  sherry 

or  any  other  good  white  wine,  two  glasses, 

and  of  sugar  a  dessertspoonful.      Place   the 

milk  and  water  in  a  deep  pan  on  the  fire,  and 

the  moment  it  boils  pour  into  it  the  wine  and 

sugar.     Stir  continuously  for  twelve  or  fifteen 

minutes  while  it  boils.     Then  strain  through 

a  sieve. 

Wing  {did).     A  term  applied  in  Botany  to 

the  side  petal  of  a  papilionaceous  corolla,  and 

in  Anatomy  to  certain  parts,  from  their  shape. 

In  Entomology,  the  limb  of  an  insect  by  which 

it  flies. 

Wins'low,  Fora/men  of.  An  oval  open- 
ing through  which  the  cavity  of  the  omentum 
communicates  with  the  general  peritoneal 
cavity. 

Winslow,  Lig/ament  of.  The  external  pro- 
cess of  the  tendon  of  the  semi-membranosus 
muscle. 
Winslow,  Posterior  Lig/aments  of.  Irregu- 
lar bands  passing  obliquely  over  the  hack 
part  of  the  capsular  ligaments  of  the  knee- 
joint. 

Wintergreen.  The  common  name  for 
the  Chimaphila  umbellata  ;  otherwise  called 
the  Pyrola  umbellata,  and  Gaultheria  procum- 
bens. 

Wirt'sung,  Duct  of.  A  name  for  the  pan- 
creatic duct. 

Wisdom  Teeth.  Dentes  sapientise  ;  so 
called  because  they  appear  last  of  all  the 
teeth. 

Witch=hazel.  Wych-hazel.  The  common 
name  of  Hamanielis  virginica. 

Wolffian  Bodies.  Corpus  wolffianum 
(which  see). 

Wolf 'ram.     An  ore  of  tungsten,  occurring 


WOL 


656 


WRI 


in   massive   crystallized,   concentric,    lamellar 
concretions. 

Wolf's  Bane.  Common  name  of  Aconitum 
napellus. 

Womb.     Uterus. 
Womb,  Falling  of  the.     Prolapsus  uteri. 

Wood=naph'tha.  See  Pyroacetic  Spirit. 

Wood's  Metal.  A  plastic  metallic  filling 
proposed  by  Dr.  B.  Wood  as  a  substitute  for 
amalgam,  aud  also  for  replacing  broken  teeth  on 
vulcanite  plates.  It  is  composed  of  bismuth, 
7  parts  :  lead,  6  parts  ;  and  cadmium,  1  part.  It 
fuses  at  180°  F.,  or  82°  C.  The  instruments 
for  introducing  this  metal  have  bulbs  near  the 
condensing  points,  for  the  purpose  of  retaining 
heat.  The  following  directions  are  given  for 
using  this  metal  : 

Having  thoroughly  prepared  the  cavity,  mak- 
ing good  retaining-points  when  shallow,  cut 
the  metal  with  plate  shears  into  little  blocks 
varying  in  size  according  to  the  cavity.  Spread 
them,  separate,  on  a  paper  card  or  on  a  warm 
support  of  porcelain,  soapstone,  or  marble. 
Select  a  plugger  suited  to  the  cavity  ;  heat  the 
bulb  in  a  spirit-flame  ;  press  the  point  lightly 
upon  a  block  of  the  metal — say  one-third  the 
size  of  the  cavity — until  it  softens,  when  it 
will  cling  to  it,  and  may  be  carried  to  its  place. 
If  too  fluid,  it  will  not  adhere  well  to  the  in- 
strument, or  will  roll  up  in  globular  form  upon 
it,  and  must  cool  a  moment.  When  of  the 
proper  plasticity  it  yields  to  light  pressure, 
but  otherwise  scarcely  changes  shape.  Now 
mould  it  to  the  cavity,  securing  first  the  bot- 
tom, walls,  and  under-cut  portions,  wiping  it 
off  against  the  margins  ;  then  build  up  by  sec- 
tions from  the  centre,  using  the  additional 
pieces  and  a  little  more  fluid  to  promote  union. 
In  molar  cavities,  with  a  flat  blade  that  will 
freely  pass  in,  one  may,  by  a  circular  sweep, 
secure  half  or  more  of  the  walls  the  first  time  ; 
then,  taking  up  another  block  on  the  reverse 
side,  secure  the  rest  in  like  manner. 

When  the  cavity  is  deep,  introduce  the 
metal  upon  the  end  of  a  cylindrical  or  square 
point  to  the  bottom,  until  partly  full  ;  then 
fill  up  as  above  described.  Some  operators 
put  the  blocks  in  first,  and  then  fuse  them 
down  ;  should  the  metal  congeal  too  soon,  it 
may  be  fused  and  moulded  to  its  place  in  this 
way.  If  too  fluid  under  the  instrument,  brush 
over  quickly  ;  when  of  the  proper  plasticity, 
work  it  in  with  gentle  pressure,  always  against 
the  walls  or  margins.  Should  there  be  left  an 
imperfection   at  the   margin,  soften  the  filling 


near  the  spot  and  press  it  home  ;  then  fill  the 
indentation  with  a  new  piece.  Wood's  metal 
is  now  principally  used  in  Dental  Practice  for 
replacing  teeth  on  vulcanite  plates.  A  dove- 
tail space  is  cut  in  the  plate  with  a  saw  or 
file  and  the  new  tooth  fitted  into  position,  after 
which  the  fusible  alloy  is  moulded  into  the 
space  with  a  hot  copper-pointed  instrument, 
and  the  surface  afterward  smoothly  finished. 

Wood=spirit.  Pyroxylic  spirit  (which  see). 

Woolfe's  Apparatus.  A  pharmaceutical 
apparatus  for  impregnating  water  with  carbonic 
acid. 

Wootz.     Indian  steel. 

Worm  Diseases.  Invermination.  See 
Helminthiasis. 

Worm'ian  Bones  (wormii  ossa,  or  ossa  tri- 
quetral). The  small  triangular  bones  sometimes 
found  in  the  course  of  the  sutures  of  the  parie- 
tal and  occipital  bones. 

Worms  (vermes).  In  Zoology,  a  term  ap- 
plied to  different  divisions  of  invertebrata. 
The  term  vermes,  however,  is  generally  re- 
stricted to  intestinal  worms.     See  Extozoa. 

Wort.  An  infusion  of  malt.  It  is  some- 
times used  with  beneficial  effects  in  scorbutus. 

Wound  (minus).     In  Surgery,  a  solution  of 
continuity  in  any  of  the   soft  tissues  of  the 
body,  produced  by  external  violence. 
Wound,  Contused.     A  wound  produced  by  a 
blunt  instrument  or  body. 
Wound,   Gun/shot.     A  wound   caused   by  a 
metallic  body  projected  from  a  firearm. 
Wound,    Incised.      A   wound  inflicted    by  a 
cutting  instrument. 
Wound,  Lacerated.      When  any  of  the  soft 
parts  of   the  body   are   torn,   the  wound  is 
termed  a  lacerated  wound. 
Wound,  Poi'soned.     A  wound  in  which  some 
venomous  substance  has  been  introduced. 
Wound,  Punc'tured.     A  wound  made  with  a 
pointed  instrument. 

Wramp.     A  sprain. 

Wrench.     A  sprain. 

Wrick.     A  sprain. 

Wrink/le.     A  furrow  in  the  skin. 

Wrinkled  (rugosus).     Rugose. 

Wris'berg,  Nerves  of.  The  cutaneous 
nerves  of  the  arm,  from  the  second  and  third 
dorsal  nerves. 

Wrist.     Carpus. 
Wrist  Drop.     Paralysis  of  the  extensor  mus- 
cles of  the  hands  from  the  local  action  of  lead, 
as  a  result  <)1'  which  the  hand  and  wrist  are 
not  supported. 


WRY 


657 


XER 


Wry/neck.  Torticollis.  A  permanent  in- 
clination of  the  head  to  one  side,  arising  from 
a  contraction  of  the  integuments  of  the  sterno- 
mastoid  or  platysma  myoides  muscle.  Among 
the  many  causes  of  this  affection  may  be  men- 
tioned morbid  states  of  the  dental  and  alveolar 
nerves. 

Wunsche's  Combination  Plates.  A 
combination  of  vulcanite  with  a  perforated 
plate,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  a  lighter, 


thinner,  and  stronger  plate  than  one  of  vul- 
canite alone  ;  it  presents  a  reticulated  metallic 
structure  with  vulcanite  filling  the  coned  inter- 
stices. The  perforated  plates  are  stamped 
from  gold,  aluminum,  and  Victoria  metal. 

Wyeth's  Antiseptic  Solution.  A  pro- 
portionate combination  of  eucalyptus,  gaul- 
theria,  mentha  arvensis,  and  baptisia  tinctoria, 
with  sixteen  grains  of  benzoboric  acid  in  each 
fluidounce. 


X. 


Xanthelasma   (from  ^avdog,  yellow,  and 

EAaafia,  a  lamina).     Yellow  spots  on  the  skin 

of  the  face,  especially  about  the  eyes. 

Xanthelasma  Palpebrarum.     A  condition  of 

the  membrane  near  the  inner  angle  of  the 

eyelids,    characterized    by  slightly   elevated 

yellow  patches  and  dependent  upon  hepatic 

derangement. 

Xan/thic  (from  %avdoq,  yellow).     Yellow. 
Xanthic  Acid.     An  oily  acid  which  forms  yel- 
low precipitates  with  several  metallic  salts. 
Xanthic  Oxide.     Uric  oxide,  a  species  of  cal- 
culus. 

Xan/thid.  A  supposed  compound  of  xan- 
thogen  with  a  basifying  or  acidifiable  element. 

Xanthine  (from  tavdog,  yellow).  A  yel- 
low coloring  principle  found  in  madder  ;  also 
a  peculiar  organic  substance  at  times  forming 
a  species  of  urinary  calculus. 

Xan'thodontous  (^av&oc,  yellow,  andoc5oi>f, 
a  tooth).  Having  yellow  teeth  ;  a  yellow  dis- 
coloration of  the  teeth. 

Xan'thogen  (from  fartfof,  yellow,  and  yev- 
n/i.i,  to  generate).  A  supposed  basifying  or 
acidifying  compound  principle,  thought  to 
be  analogous  to  cyanogen,  and  to  consist  of 
sulphur  and  carbon. 

Xanthohzem'atine.  Modified  hsematineof 
a  yellow  color.    , 

Xanthopathy  (from  tjav&og,  yellow,  and 
Tva&og,  suffering).  Yellowness  of  the  skin  from 
morbid  conditions. 

Xanthoproteic  Acid.  An  acid  obtaiued 
from  fibrine  by  nitric  acid. 

Xanthopsia  (from  Sardoc,  yellow,  and  oipis, 
vision).    Yellow  vision  ;  a  defect  of  sight,  some- 
42 


times  occurring  in  jaundice,  in  which  objects 
appear  yellow. 

Xan/thos.  Yellow.  Also  a  precious  stone 
of  a  golden  color. 

Xanthosis.  A  term  applied  in  Pathology, 
by  Lebert,  to  the  yellow  discoloration  some- 
times observed  in  cancerous  tumors,  particu- 
larly in  encephaloid  of  the  testicle. 

Xanthox'ylum.  A  genus  of  trees  of  the 
order  Xanthoxylacese.  A  spirituous  infusion  of 
the  bark  has  been  found  beneficial  in  cases  of 
violent  colic.  The  fresh  juice  is  also  used  for 
the  same  purpose,  and  a  decoction  of  the  bark 
as  a  wash  for  foul  ulcers. 

Xanthoxylum  Carolinia'num.     This  has  simi- 
lar properties,  but  is  more  acrid. 
Xanthoxylum  Cla'va  Her/culis.  Prickly  ash  ; 
tooth-brush  tree.     The  bark  is  a  stimulant, 
and  acts  as  a  sialagogue.     It  is  sometimes  used 
as  a  remedy  for  toothache,  and  has  been  given 
internally   in   rheumatism.     A  neutral,  very 
bitter,  and  astringent  substance  has  been  ob- 
tained from  it,  called  xanthopicrin,  xanthopi- 
crite,  and  xauthoxylin. 
Xanthoxylum     Fraxin'eum.      The     shrubby 
prickly  ash  ;  toothache  bush.     The  bark  is  a 
stimulating  sudorific. 
Xanthu'ria  (from  f<wi?of,  yellow,  and  ovpov, 
urine).     In  Pathology,  a  condition  of  the  sys- 
tem and  of  the  urine  in  which  xanthic  oxide  is 
deposited  from  the  urine. 

Xeran'sis  (from  c'//»if,  dry).  Arefaction. 
Drying. 

Xera/sia  (from  fjfloof,  dry).  A  disease  of  the 
hair  characterized  by  dryness  and  cessation  of 
growth. 


XER 


658 


YEL 


Xerasia  Saurioi'des.  An  accumulation  of 
sebaceous  substance  on  the  surface  of  the  skin; 
desiccating  in  scales  or  prominences. 

Xerion  ( from  ? rjpng ,  dry).    Cataplasma. 

XerocoIIyr/ium.  A  dry  collyrium,  or  eye- 
salve. 

Xeroderma  (from  gypog,  dry,  and  depfia,  the 
skin) .     Dryness  of  the  skin. 

Xero'des.     A  dry  tumor. 

Xero'ma.     Xerophthalmia. 
Xeroma,    Lach/rymal.      Suppression   of   the 
lachrymal  secretion. 

Xeromycteria  (from  tjnpog,  dry,  and  /ivkttip, 
the  nose).  Diminution  of  the  secretion  of  the 
pituitary  membrane  of  the  nose. 

Xerom/yrum  (from  Znpog,  dry,  and  pvpov, 
an  ointment).  Xeromyron.  A  dry  oint- 
ment. 

Xerophthalmia  (from  Hvpog,  dry,  and 
otydalfiia,  inflammation  of  the  eye).  Dry  in- 
flammation of  the  eye. 

Xerosto'ma  (from  Hvpog,  dry,  and  oro/ua, 
mouth).     Aptyalism,  or  dry  mouth. 

Xerotrip'sia.  Xerotribia.  Dry  fric- 
tion. 

Xiph'oid  {xiphoides ;  from  gifog,  a  sword,  and 
eidog,  likeness).  A  term  applied  in  Anatomy  to 
an  appendix  which  terminates  the  lower  part 
of  the  sternum,   from  its    resemblance  to  a 


sword.  It  is  also  called  the  xiphoid  or  ensiform 
cartilage,  because  it  often  remains  cartilaginous 
to  adult  age. 

Xiphoid  Lig/ament.  A  small,  thin,  ligament- 
ous fasciculus,  which  passes  from  the  cartilage 
of  prolongation  of  the  seventh  rib  to  the  an- 
terior surface  of  the  xiphoid  cartilage. 

Xiphoid/ian  (from  xiphoides  cartilago). 
Pertaining  or  belonging  to  the  xiphoid  car- 
tilage. 

Xylite.  A  liquid  existing  in  crude  pyr- 
oxylic  spirit. 

Xy'lo^  (from  fvAov,  wood).  A  Greek  prefix 
denoting  relation  to  wood. 

Xy/loid  (from  %vkov,  wood,  and  eidog^  form). 
Resembling  wood. 

Xyloi/dine.  A  nitro-cellulose  substance 
produced  by  the  action  of  nitric  acid  upon 
potato  starch. 

Xy'lol,  Xylene.  Dimethyl  benzine.  A 
volatile  hydrocarbon  somewhat  resembling 
benzol.  Useful  in  small-pox  as  a  mouth- 
wash. 

Xylostyp/tic  Ether.  A  mixture  of  xyloi- 
dine  and  tannin  formed  into  a  solution  with 
ether.     See  Styptic,  Colloid. 

Xys'ter.  In  Surgery,  an  instrument  for 
scraping  bones. 

Xys'trum.     Raspatorium. 


Y. 

Y.     The  symbol  of  yttrium. 

Yawn'ing.  Gaping,  followed  by  prolonged 
and  sonorous  expiration.  It  often  precedes  an 
attack  of  certain  diseases. 

Yeast  (fermentum).  A  flocculent,  somewhat 
viscid,  frothy,  and  semi-fluid  substance,  gener- 
ated dining  the  vinous  fermentation  of  vege- 
table juices  and  decoctions.  It  is  used  to  pro- 
mote fermentation.  It  is  sometimes  employed 
in  Therapeutics  as  a  remedy  in  hectic  and 
typhoid  fevers. 

Yeast,  Artificial.     This  may  be  made  by  boil- 
ing malt,  pouring  off  the  water,  and  keeping 
the  grains  in  a  warm  place  to  ferment. 
Yeast  Cataplasm.     A  yeast  poultice. 

Yelk.  Yolk ;  the  yellow  of  a  lien's  egg. 
The  contents  of  the  egg  within  the  vitelline 
membrane, 


YelTot.     Icterus. 

YeHow  Arsenic.    The  yellow  sulphuret  of 

arsenic. 

Yellow  Fever.  The  severest  form  of  malignant 
remittent  fever,  in  which  the  whole  surface  of 
the  body  presents  a  lemon  or  orange-yellow 
hue. 

Yellow  Gum.  Icterus  infantum,  or  jaundice 
of  infants. 

Yellow  Lig'aments.  They  occupy  the  spaces 
between  the  vertebral  plates,  from  the  interval 
which  separates  the  second  vertebra  from  the 
third  to  that  which  separates  the  last  vertebra 
from  the  sacrum.  They  receive  the  namefrom 
their  color. 

Yellow  Wash.  A  lotion  composed  of  two 
grains  of  corrosive  sublimate,  or  oxymuriate 
of  mercury,  to  an  ounce  of  lime-water. 


YEW 


659 


ZIN 


Yewer.     See  Mamma. 

Yex.     Singultus. 

Yolk  or  Yelk.  The  vitellus,  or  yellow  part 
of  an  egg. 

Youth.  Adolescence ;  the  period  of  life 
that  succeeds  childhood. 

Ypsiloglos'sus.  The  hyo-glossus  mus- 
cle. 

Yrides.     Orpiraent  (which  see). 

Yt/tria.  A  metallic  oxide  of  yttrium  of  a 
white  color,  without  taste  or  smell. 


Yt/trious.  Pertaining  to  or  containing 
yttria. 

Yt/trium.  The  metallic  basis  of  the  earth 
yttria.  It  was  discovered  at  Ytterby,  in 
Sweden,  and  is  of  a  dark -gray  color. 

Yt  tro=ce  rite.  A  mineral  of  a  violet-blue 
color,  inclining  to  a  gray- white,  found  in  Fiubo 
and  Brodbo,  nearFahlum,  imbedded  iu  quartz. 

Yttro=coIunVbite.  Yttrotantalite.  An  ore 
of  columbium  and  yttrium,  found  in  Sweden. 

Yux.     Singultus. 


z. 


Zaf'fre.     Zaffir.     Impure  oxide  of  cobalt. 

Zan'na.     A  kind  of  Armenian  bole. 

Zan/thic  Ox/ide.  Uric  oxide.  See  Xan- 
thic  Oxide. 

Zan'thin.     See  Xanthin. 

Zanthox/yIum.     Xanthoxylum. 

Zar/nich.     Native  sulphurate  of  arsenic. 

Zelo'sis.     Zelotypia. 

Zelotyp'ia.     Melancholy  mania. 

Ze'ma  (zematis).     Decoction. 

Ze/olite  (from  Ce«,  to  boil,  and  hi-froc,  a 
stone).  A  term  applied  to  silicates  of  lime  and 
of  alumina,  from  their  frothing  when  heated 
before  the  blow-pipe. 

Zer/na.     An  ulcerated  tetter. 

Ze'ro.  A  cipher  ;  the  commencement  of 
any  scale  marked  0.  The  point  from  which  a 
thermometer  is  graduated.  The  zero  of  Fahren- 
heit is  32°  below  the  point  at  which  water 
freezes.  The  zero  of  Reaumur's  and  the  Centi- 
grade thermometer  is  the  freezing  point  of 
water. 

Ze/zis.     Effervescence.     Decoction. 

Zim'ic  Acid.     Lactic  acid. 

Zi/more.  That  part  of  gluten  insoluble  in 
alcohol. 

Zimo'sis.    Epidemic  or  contagious  affection. 

Zimot'ic.  Zymotic.  Epidemic  or  conta- 
gious.   See  Zymotic  Theory  of  Disease. 

Zinc  (zincum).  Symbol,  Zn.  Atomic  weight, 
G5.  A  brilliant  metal  of  a  bluish-white  color, 
harder  than  lead,  but  less  malleable  than  either 
copper,  tin,  or  lead.  It  fuses  at  773°  Fahr.  It 
is  much  used  in  the  arts,  and  for  the  production 
of  galvanism.     In   Mechanical   Dentistry  it  is 


used  for  dies  in  striking  up  gold  and  other 
bases  for  artificial  teeth,  and  in  swaging  some 
metallic  plates  ;  also  as  counter-dies.     It  also 
forms  an   ingredient  of   some   amalgams  for 
filling  teeth,  and  also  of  gold  solder. 
Zinc,  Butter  of.    Chloride  of  zinc. 
Zinc   Oxychloride.     A  filling  material    com- 
posed of  a  powder  (oxide  of  zinc)  and  a  fluid 
(chloride  of  zinc).     "While  this  filling  mate- 
rial  is  wanting  in  indestructibility,    it  pos- 
sesses the  properties  of  plasticity,  color,  and 
preservative  qualities  so  long  as  it  does  not 
disintegrate.     As  an  antiseptic  it  stimulates 
the  dental  pulp,  and  after  its  devitalization  it 
prevents  septic  action.  Owing  to  its  escharotic 
action  on  living  matter  it  possesses  the  power 
of  hardening   or  recalcifyiug   softened    den- 
tine. 
Although  it  is  not  a  suitable  material  for  ap- 
plying directly  to  the  surface  of  an  exposed 
pulp,  yet  it  often  answers  a  good  purpose  if  a 
small  quantity  of  oxide  of  zinc  mixed  with 
oil  of  cloves  or  dilute  carbolic  acid   is  first 
applied  to  the  pulp-tissue  and  the  oxychloride 
of  zinc  introduced  over  such  a  protective.     A 
small  disc  of  asbestos  felt-foil  is  also  recom- 
mended as  a  protective  when  the  oxychloride 
is  thus  employed.    Oxychloride  of  zinc  is  also 
useful  for  obtunding  sensitive  dentine,  filling 
pulp-canals,  and  lining  thin  walls  of  cavities 
to  be  filled  with  amalgam. 
Zinc  Oxyphosphate.    A  filling  material  which 
is  a  basic  compound  of  zinc  with  phosphoric 
acid,  and  made  by  adding  a  syrupy  solution 
of  glacial  phosphoric  acid  to  calcined  oxide  of 


ZIN 


660 


ZIN 


zinc.  It  is  considered  to  be  of  a  more  plastic, 
pntty-like  nature,  and  hence  more  easy  of  in- 
troduction, than  the  oxychloride  preparation, 
and  also  somewhat  less  irritating.  The  rapid- 
ity with  which  its  crj^stallization  or  setting 
takes  place  is  controlled  by  the  degree  of 
hydration  of  the  phosphoric  acid. 
Zinc  Phosphate.  This  filling  material  con- 
sists of  a  powder  (the  calcined  and  pulverized 
oxide  of  zinc)  and  a  fluid  or  crystals  (glacial 
phosphoric  acid).  The  use  of  the  crystal  acid 
is  considered  preferable  to  the  fluid,  as  it  does 
not  deteriorate  so  readily  as  the  latter.  This 
preparation — known  as  oxyphosphate  of  zinc 
filling  material — is  employed  for  temporary 
fillings  in  teeth,  for  partial  fillings  in  large 
cavities,  for  capping  sensitive  dentine,  and  for 
setting  crowns.  It  is  also  combined  with  gutta 
percha,  the  latter  being  placed  in  the  upper 
third  of  the  cavity  and  the  oxyphosphate  of 
zinc  over  it.  Oxyphosphate  of  zinc  is 
also  employed  for  filling  the  roots  of  teeth 
and  attaching  bridge-work  and  porcelain 
discs. 
Zin'ci  Acetas.  Acetate  of  zinc.  It  is 
much  used  as  a  gentle  astringent  wash  in  oph- 
thalmia and  other  local  inflammations  and  as 
an  injection  in  gonorrhoea. 
Zinci  Car'bonas  Impurus.  Calamine.  Na- 
tive impure  carbonate  of  zinc. 
Zinci  Carbonas  Praepara'tus.  Prepared  car- 
bonate of  zinc.  Prepared  calamine. 
Zinci  Chloridi  Liquor.  Solution  of  chloride 
of  zinc.  "  Burnett's  disinfecting  fluid  "  is 
prepared  in  the  same  manner  as  the  chloride, 
but  the  solution  is  not  evaporated.  Its  den- 
tal uses  are  the  same  as  the  chloride,  and  it 
forms  one  of  the  ingredients  of  os  arlifieiel  or 
osteo-plastic  filling. 
Zinci  Chlo'ridum.  Chloride  of  zinc.  Butter 
of  zinc.  It  is  made  by  putting  metallic  zinc 
in  sufficient  muriatic  acid  to  dissolve  it  ;  then 
adding  a  small  quantity  of  nitric  acid  and 
evaporating  to  dryness.  The  dry  mass  is  then 
dissolved  in  water,  chalk  added  to  neutralize 
any  acid,  filtered,  and  again  evaporated  to 
dryness.  It  is  a  grayish-white,  semi-trans- 
parent, deliquescent  substance,  as  soft  as  wax, 
and  wholly  soluble  in  water,  alcohol,  or  ether. 
It  should  be  kept  from  air  and  light.  It  is 
a  powerful  escharotic,  alterative,  spasmodic, 
and  disinfectant.  Used  in  Denial  Practice  in 
inflammation  of  the  mucous  membrane  and 
for  treating  sensitive  dentine,  chronic  ab- 
sceases,  etc.     It  is  not  absorbed  to  any  great 


degree,  and,  as  its  action  is  superficial,  it  is 
not  so  dangerous  an  agent  as  arsenious  acid. 
Its  painful  action  is  lessened  by  combining  it 
with  a  little  chloroform.  Its  local  action  as  a 
caustic  depends  partly  on  its  affinity  for  albu- 
men and  gelatine,  so  that  when  brought  in 
contact  with  living  tissue  it  destroys  the  life 
of  the  part,  and,  uniting  with  the  albuminous 
and  gelatinous  matters  present,  forms  an 
eschar.  Taken  internally,  it  is  an  active  cor- 
rosive poison.  The  antidote  is  magnesia  or 
soap.  For  dental  uses  see  Gorgas'  "Dental 
Medicine." 

Zinci  Cyanure/tum.  Cyanuret  of  zinc.  Eec- 
ommended  in  nervous  cardialgia.  Dose,  T\ 
to  j1^  of  a  grain.     Used  also  as  a  caustic. 

Zinci  Ferrocyanure/tum.  Ferrocyanuret  of 
zinc. 

Zinci  Iod/idum.  Iodide  of  zinc.  Used  in  the 
form  of  an  ointment,  composed  of  a  drachm 
to  an  ounce  of  lard,  in  cases  where  the  exter- 
nal use  of  iodide  of  potash  is  indicated. 

Zinci  Lac/tas.  Lactate  of  zinc.  A  white 
soluble  salt  given  in  epilepsy.  Dose,  gr.  ij, 
gradually  increased  to  gr.  x. 

Zinci  Ox/idum.  Oxide  of  zinc.  It  is  pre- 
pared by  exposing  a  pound  of  precipitated  car- 
bonate of  zinc  to  a  strong  heat  in  a  shallow 
vessel,  so  as  to  drive  off  the  carbonic  acid.  It 
may  also  be  obtained  by  burning  zinc.  It  is 
tonic  and  antispasmodic.  Externally  it  is 
used  as  an  exsiccant  for  excoriated  surfaces,  in 
form  of  powder  or  ointment.  Used  in  Dental 
Practice  for  the  treatment  of  sensitive  dentine, 
and  forms  part  of  the  preparation  known  as 
os  arlifieiel. 

Zinci  Oxidum  Vena'le.  Commercial  oxide 
of  zinc.  A  form  of  pure  oxide  of  zinc  em- 
ployed for  making  acetate  of  zinc. 

Zinci  SuFphas.  Sulphate  of  zinc.  White 
vitriol.  It  is  obtained  by  the  action  of  sul- 
phuric acid  on  granulated  zinc,  and  occurs  in 
colorless  crystals,  which  effloresce  on  exposure 
to  the  air.  It  is  emetic,  tonic,  astringent,  and 
antispasmodic.  Externally  it  is  also  stimu- 
lant. It  is  inodorous,  with  a  disagreeable 
metallic,  styptic  taste.  Dose,  as  an  emetic, 
gr.  x  to  3  ss  ;  as  a  tonic,  gr.  j  to  gr.  ij.  In  Den- 
tal Practice  it  is  applied  to  ulcers  with  pro- 
fuse discharge,  cancrum  oris,  diseases  of  the 
antrum,  etc. 

Zinci  Vale/rianas.  Valerianate  of  zinc.  It 
is  in  the  form  of  pure  white,  pearly  scales, 
formed  by  saturating  valerianic  acid  with  pure 
carbonate  of  zinc.     It  is  employed  as  a  tonic 


ZIN 


661 


ZOO 


in  neuralgic  diseases,  epilepsy,  etc.    Dose,  gr. 
ss  to  gr.  ij. 

Zinc'ode.  The  positive  pole  of  a  galvanic 
battery. 

Zincoid'.     Like  zinc. 

Zin/cum.     Zinc. 

Zingiber  (zingiberis).     A  genns  of  plants 
of  the  order  Zingiberaceae. 
Zingiber   APbum.     White  ginger.     The    rhi- 
zome deprived  of  its  skin. 
Zingiber  NPgrum.     Black  ginger.     The  rhi- 
zome dried  after  being  scalded,  without  being 
scraped. 
Zingiber  Officinale.     The  ginger  plant.     See 
Ginger. 

Zink'enite.  An  ore  of  antimony  and  lead, 
of  a  steel-gray  color. 

Zinn,  Zo'nule  of.  A  small  zone  on  the 
vitreous  humor  of  the  eye  for  receiving  the 
crystalline  lens. 

Zingiber.     Zingiber. 

Ziphac.     Peritoneum. 

Zir'bus.     Epiploon. 

Zir/con.  A  mineral  occurring  in  square 
prisms,  'with  pyramidal  terminations  of  a 
brown,  gray,  or  red  color.  It  contains  the 
earth  of  zirconia  and  silica. 

Zirco'nia.  An  oxide  of  the  metal  zirco- 
nium, which,  when  pure,  is  a  white  powder. 

Zir/conite.     A  variety  of  zircon. 

Zirco'nium.  Symbol,  Zr.  Atomic  weight, 
90.  The  metallic  base  of  zirconia  in  the  form 
of  a  black  powder.  A  new  earth  in  the  min- 
eral zircon.  It  was  first  obtained  by  Berzelius 
in  the  form  of  an  iron-gray  powder. 

Zn.     Symbol  for  zinc. 

Zoanthro'pia  (from  fwov,  an  animal,  and 
avtifiUKoSj  a  man).  A  species  of  melancholy  in 
which  the  patient  believes  himself  transformed 
into  an  animal. 

Zoa'ra.     Zoaria.     Iusoinuia. 

Zo'e.    Life. 

Zoiat/rica.     Veterinary  art  or  medicine. 

Zois'mus  or  Zoism.  The  process  of  ani- 
mal life. 

Zom'idin.  A  constituent  of  the  extract  of 
flesh. 

Zo'mos.     Broth,  soup. 

Zo'na.     A  zone,  belt,  or  girdle. 

Zona  Cilia'ris.     The  ciliary  ring  of  the  eye. 

Zona  Herpet/ica.    Herpes  zoster  (which  see). 

Zona     Pellu/cida.        Vitellary     membrane ; 

chorion.     The  membrane  that  surrounds  the 

yolk  in  the  mammalia.     So   called  from  its 

breadth  aud  peculiar  transparency. 


Zona   Serpigino'sa.     Herpes  zoster. 
Zona  Tendino'sa.     A  whitish  circle  situated 
at  each   auriculo-ventricular    orifice    of   the 
heart. 
Zona  Virginita'tis.     Hymen. 

Zonassthe'sia  (from  zona,  zone,  and  atodqotg, 
sensation).  Perverted  feeling  in  which  there 
is  a  sense  of  constriction  about  a  part.  Called 
also  strangalresthesia. 

Zone.     A  girdle  or  belt. 
Zone   of  Transparency.     A  halo-like  zone  of 
translucent  dentine,  generally  seen  surround- 
ing commencing  caries. 

Zon'ula.     A  little  zone. 

ZoobioPogy  (from  C,uov,  an  animal,  and 
biology).     Animal  physiology. 

Zo6chy/my.  Zoochemia.  Animal  chem- 
istry. 

Zoog'eny  (from  ^uov,  an  animal,  and 
yeveaig,  generation).  Zoiigenia ;  zoogenesis. 
The  doctrine  of  the  development  and  growth  of 
animals. 

Zo6gloe/a  (from  £wov,  and  ylotoQ,  glue).  A 
mass  of  microbes  in  a  gelatinous  or  gluey  sub- 
stance. 

Zooid.  A  motile  cell,  a  spermatozoon,  re- 
sembling a  living  animal. 

Zoo'lite  (from  l,uov,  an  animal,  and  A<#of, 
a  stone).     Zoolith.     A  petrified  animal. 

ZooPogy  (from  fuov,  an  animal,  and  /o)oc, 
a  discourse).  Zoologia.  A  treatise  on  ani- 
mals. 

Zoomagnetis'mus.    Animal  magnetism. 

Zoomy/cus.     Mucus. 

Zoon.     An  animal  ;  a  living  being. 

ZoorPic.     Relating  to  animals. 

ZoonorrPia  (from  £wov,  an  animal,  and 
vofiorJ  law).     The  laws  of  organic  life. 

Zooparasite.    An  animal  parasite. 

Zoopathology.  The  pathology  of  animal 
diseases. 

Zooph'agon  (from  fwov,  an  animal,  and 
(t>ayu}  to  eat).  A  carnivorous  animal  ;  an  ani- 
mal that  subsists  on  flesh. 

Zoophyte  (from  fwov,  an  animal,  and  <pvrov^ 
a  plant).  Zob'phyton.  The  lowest  class  of 
animals,  as  the  entozoa,  infusoria,  and  sponges. 

Zoopsychology  (from  fwov,  aud  psychol- 
ogy).    The  psychology  of  animal  life. 

ZoothaPmus.     Hydrophthalmia. 

Zoot/ic  Acid.     Hydrocyanic  acid. 

Zoot'omist.     A  comparative  anatomist. 

Zoot'omy  (from  fwov,  an  animal,  and 
TefUHJ:  to  cut).  Zootomia.  The  dissectiou  ot 
animals.     Comparative  anatomy. 


zos 


662 


z.  z. 


Zos'ter  (Cuoti/p,  a  belt).  The  shingles.  See 
Herpes  Zoster. 

Zr.     Symbol  of  zirconium. 
Zula/pium.     A  julep. 

Zu'mic  Acid.  Zymic  acid.  An  acid  dis- 
covered in  vegetable  substances  which  have 
undergone  acetous  fermentation.  It  resembles 
lactic  acid. 

Zumol'ogy  (from  Cvfi?/,  ferment,  Aoyoc,  a 
discourse,  and  fierpov,  a  measure).  Zumolo- 
gia.  The  doctrine  of  the  fermentation  of 
liquors. 

Zumom/eter.  An  instrument  for  ascer- 
taining the  degree  of  fermentation  occasioned 
by  the  mixture  of  different  liquids. 

Zygapoph'ysis  (from  £t'yoc,  a  yoke  or 
junction,  and  cnrofvotg,  an  offshoot).  The 
supero-lateral  process  of  a  vertebra,  by  which 
it  is  connected  with  the  adjoining  vertebra. 

Zygo'ma  (from  Cvyof,  a  yoke).     The  open- 
ing under  the  zygomatic  process  of  the  tem- 
poral bone  and  the  oz  mate.    The  cheek-bone. 
Zygomat/ic   (zygomaticus).      Pertaining  to 
the  zygoma. 

Zygomatic  Arch.  The  bony  arch  which  con- 
nects the  malar  bone  with  the  squamous  por- 
tion of  the  temporal  and  encloses  the  temporal 
muscle. 

Zygomatic  Process.  A  process  of  the  tem- 
poral bone  which,  by  its  articulation  with  the 
posterior  angle  of  the  os  mate,  forms  the 
zygomatic  arch. 
Zygomatic  Su/ture.  The  articulation  of  the 
zygomatic  process  with  the  malar  bone. 

Zygomat/icus  Ma'jor.  A  long,  narrow 
muscle  which  arises  from  the  malar  bone  near 
the  zygomatic  suture  and  is  inserted  into  the 
angle  of  the  mouth. 

Zygomaticus  Mi/nor.  This  muscle  arises 
from  the  anterior  part  of  the  malar  bone  and 
is  inserted  in  the  upper  lip  above  the  corner 
of  the  mouth. 

Zy'lonite.  This  material  is  a  modified  form 
of  celluloid,  and,  like  the  latter,  is  composed 


of  pyroxylin  and  camphor,  but  in  different 
proportions.  It  is  claimed  that  zylonite  is  a 
chemical  combination,  while  celluloid  is  a 
mechanical  mixture.  Also  that  zylonite  is 
translucent  and  promises  to  be  more  durable 
than  celluloid,  the  blanks  of  the  former  being 
uniform  in  color.  Zylonite  is  manipulated  in 
the  same  manner  as  celluloid. 

Zy/mase.  A  ferment  secreted  by  micro- 
zyma. 

Zy/me.     Ferment  of  a  zymotic  disease. 

Zymo=.  A  prefix  used  to  denote  fermen- 
tation. 

Zymogen.  A  body  present  in  the  diges- 
tive secreting  glands  which  readily  splits  up 
into  a  ferment. 

Zymogene.  A  micro-organism  producing 
fermentation. 

Zymogenic.    Producing  fermentation. 

Zymol'ogy  (Cv/j-V,  ferment,  and  Aoyof,  a 
discourse) .     The  science  of  fermentation. 

Zymol'ysis  (from  CvfJ-V,  a  ferment,  and 
Ivoiq).  Chemical  changes  produced  by  fermen- 
tative action. 

Zymo'ma  (from  £v/j,ou}  to  ferment). 
Leaven  ;   a  fermented  mixture  or  culture. 

Zym/ome.  Zimome.  One  of  the  sup- 
posed proximate  principles  of  the  gluten  of 
wheat. 

Zymophyte.    A  zymogene. 

Zymosiom/eter.  An  instrument  for  ascer- 
taining the  degree  of  fermentation. 

Zymo/sis.  Fermentation.  Also  diseases 
depending  on  miasmata  for  their  origin,  and 
termed  endemic,  epidemic,  contagious. 

Zymot/ic  (zymoticus;  from  (vfiou,  to  fer- 
ment). An  epidemic,  endemic,  or  contagious 
affection. 

Zymotic  Diseases.  Those  generally  classed  as 
epidemic,  endemic,  infectious,  or  contagious, 
now  believed  to  be  due  to  specific  viruses,  as 
small-pox,  scarlet  fever,  diphtheria,  whooping 
cough,  etc. 

Z.  Z.     Abbreviation  of  zinziber,  or  ginger. 


CATALOGUE 
No.   1. 


READ  "SPECIAL  NOTE"   BELOW. 

JULY,  1898. 


CATALOGUE 


Medical,  Dental, 

Pharmaceutical,  and  Scientific  Publications, 

WITH    A    SUBJECT    INDEX, 

OF  ALL  BOOKS  PUBLISHED  BY 

P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  &  CO. 

(Established  1843), 

PUBLISHERS,    IMPORTERS,    AND     BOOKSELLERS, 

IOI2  WALNUT  ST.,  PHILADELPHIA. 


SPECIAL   NOTE. 

The  prices  as  given  in  this  catalogue  are  absolutely  net,  no  discount  will 
be  allowed  retail  purchasers  under  any  consideration.  This  rule  has  been 
established  in  order  that  everyone  will  be  treated  alike,  a  general  reduction  in 
former  prices  having  been  made  to  meet  previous  retail  discounts.  Upon 
receipt  of  the  advertised  price  any  book  will  be  forwarded  by  mail  or  express, 
all  charges  prepaid. 

We  keep  a  large  stock  of  Miscellaneous  Books  relating  to  Medicine  and 
Allied  Sciences,  published  in  this  country  and  abroad.  Inquiries  in  regard  to 
prices,  date  of  edition,  etc.,  will  receive  prompt  attention. 


The  following  Catalogues  sent  free  upon  application: — 

CATALOGUE  No.   1.— A  complete  list  of  the  titles  of  all  our  publications  on  Medicine, 

Dentistry,   Pharmacy,   and    Allied    Sciences,   with    Classified 
Index. 

CATALOGUE  No.   2. — Medical  Books.     Illustrated  with  portraits  of  prominent  authors 

and  figures  from  special  books. 
CATALOGUE  No.  3.— Pharmaceutical  Books. 
CATALOGUE  No.  4.— Books  on  Chemistry  and  Technology. 
CATALOGUE  No.   5.— Books  for  Nurses  and  Lay  Readers. 
CATALOGUE  No.  6. — Books  on  Dentistry  and  Books  used  by  Dental  Students. 
CATALOGUE  No.  7.— Books  on  Hygiene  and  Sanitary  Science;  Including  Water  and 

Milk  Analysis,  Microscopy,  Physical  Education,  Hospitals,  etc. 
SPECIAL  CIRCULARS.— Morris'  Anatomy;  Gould's  Medical  Dictionaries;  Moullin's 

Surgery;   Books  on  the  Eye;  The  ?  Quiz  Compends?  Series, 

Visiting  Lists,  etc.     We  can  also  furnish  sample  pages  of 

many  of  our  publications. 


P.  Blakiston's  Son  &  Co.'s  publications  may  be  had  through  the  booksellers  in  all  the 
principal  cities  of  the  United  States  and  Canada,  or  any  book  will  be  sent,  postpaid,  upon 
receipt  of  the  price,  or  forwarded  by  express,  C.  O.  D.  No  discount  can  be  allowed  retail 
purchasers  under  any  circumstances.  Money  should  be  remitted  by  express  or  post-office  money 
order,  registered  letter,  or  bank  draft. 


THE  PRICES  OF  ALL  BOOKS  ARE  NET. 


CLASSIFIED  LIST,  WITH  PRICES, 

OF  ALL  BOOKS  PUBLISHED  BY 

P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  &  CO.,  PHILADELPHIA. 

■When  the  price  is  not  given  below,  the  book  is  out  of  print  or  about  to  be  published. 
Cloth  binding,  unless  otherwise  specified.     For  full  descriptions  see  following  Catalogue. 


ANATOMY. 
Ballou.     Veterinary  Anat.      $0.80 
Campbell.     Dissector.         -     1.00 
Gordinier.  Anatomy  of  Nerv- 
ous System.       ...       

Heath.  Practical.  7th  Ed.  4.25 
Holden.  Dissector.  -  2.50 

Osteology.    -        -         5.25 

Landmarks.     4th  Ed.    1.00 

Macalister's  Text-Book.  -  5.03 
Marshall's    Phys.  and  Anat. 

Diagrams.  40.00  and  60.00 

Morris.  Text-Book  of.  791  Illus. 

Clo  ,6.oo;  Sh.,  7.00;  J4  Rus.,  8.00 
Potter.       Compend   of.       5th 

Ed.     133  Illustrations.  -  .80 

Wilson's  Anatomy,  nth  Ed.  5.00 
Windle.     Surface  Anatomy.     1.00 

ANESTHETICS. 

Buxton.     Anaesthetics.    -         

Turnbull.     4th  Ed.  -         2.50 

BRAIN  AND  INSANITY. 
Blackburn.     Autopsies.     -       1.25 
Gowers.       Diagnosis   of  Dis- 
eases of  the  Brain.     2d  Ed.      1.50 
Horsley.  Brain  and  S.  Cord.    2.50 
Ireland.     Mental   Diseases  of 

Children.  ...        

Lewis    (Bevan).     Mental 

Diseases.     2d  Ed.  -  

Mann's  Psychological  Med.  3.00 
Regis.  Mental  Medicine.  -  2.00 
Stearns.  Mental  Dis.  Illus.  2.75 
Tuke.  Dictionary  of  Psycho- 
logical Medicine.  2  Vols.  10.00 
Wood.     Brain  and  Overwork.     .40 

CHEMISTRY. 
See  Technological  Books,  Water.      \ 
Allen.     Commercial     Organic 
Analysis.    New  Revised  Edi- 
tions.    Volume    I.     3d   Ed.  4.50 

Volume     II.     3d    Ed.  4.50   | 

Volume  III.     Part  I.    

Volume  III.     Part  II.  4.50   | 

Volume  III.  Part  III.  4.50   j 

Volume  IV.       -       -       4.50 

Appendix  Vol.  -      

Bartley.     Medical  and  Phar- 
maceutical.    4th  Ed.       -        2-75 

Bloxam's  Text-Book.  8th  Ed.  4.25 
Caldwell.      Qualitative    and 

Quantitative  Analysis.        -     1.50    | 
Clowes.    Qual.  Analysis.       -     1.25    1 
Groves  and  Thorp.     Chemi- 
cal Technology.  Vol.  I.  Fuels  5.00 

Vol.  II.     Lighting.      -     4.00 

Holland.    Urine,  Gastric  Con- 
tents, Poisons  and  Milk  Anal- 
ysis. 5th  Ed.         -  1. 00 
Leffmann's  Compend.          -       .80 

Progressive  Exercises.  1.00 

Milk  Analysis.     -        -     1.25 

Structural  Formula;.  -     1.00 

Muter.     Pract.  and  Anal.  1.25 

Oettel.     Electro-Chem.        -       .75 

Electro-Chem.  Exper.        .75 

Richter's  Inorganic.    4th  Ed.    1.75 

Organic.  3d  Ed.  2  Vols. 

Vol.  I.  Aliphatic  Series.   

Vol.  II.  Aromatic  Series. 

Smith.      Electro-Chem.  Anal.  1.25 
Smith  and   Keller.      Experi- 
ments.    3d  Ed.     Illus.  .60 

Stammer.  Chern.  Problems.  .50 
Sutton.  Volumetric  Anal.  4.50 
Symonds.  Manual  of.  2.00 
Woody.  Essentials  of.  4th  Ed. 

CHILDREN. 
Cautley.     Feeding  of  Infants.  2.00 
Hale.     Care  of.  -  .50 

Hatfield.     Compend  of.  .80 

Ireland.     Mental   Dis.  of.        

Meigs.     Milk  Analysis.   -  .50 

Money.     Treatment  of.    -  2.50 

Power.    Surgical  Diseases  of.  2.50 


Starr.    Digestive  Organs  of.     $2 

Hygiene  of  the  Nursery. 1 

Taylor  and  Wells.  Manual.  4. 

CLINICAL  CHARTS. 
Griffiths.     Temp't're  Charts. 

Pads  of  50  - 
Keen.     Outline    Drawings    of 

Human  Body.        -        -  1. 

Schreiner.    Diet  Lists.    Pads,   . 
COMPENDS 
And  The  Quiz- Comf  ends. 
Ballou.     Veterinary  Anat. 
Brubaker's  Physiol.  8th  Ed. 
Gould  and  Pyle.     The  Eye. 
Hall.     Pathology.     Illus. 
Hatfield.     Children. 
Horwitz.     Surgery.     5th  Ed. 
Hughes.  Practice.  2  Pts.   Ea. 
Landis.    Obstetrics.    5th  Ed. 
Leffmann's  Chemistry.  4th  Ed. 
Mason.     Electricity. 
Potter's    Anatomy,   5th  Ed. 

Materia  Medica.  6th  Ed. 

Schamberg.  Skin  Diseases. 
Stewart,  Pharmacy.  5th  Ed. 
Warren.  Dentistry.  3d  Ed. 
Wells.     Gynaecology. 

CONSUMPTION. 
Harris  and   Beale.      Pulmo- 
nary Consumption.      -        -     2 
Powell.      Diseases  of  Lungs, 

inducing  Consumption.      -     4 
Tussey.    High  Altitude  Treat- 
ment of.        -        -        -        -     1 
DENTISTRY. 
Barrett.     Dental  Surg.    -  1 

Blodgett.  Dental  Pathology.  1 
Fillebrown.  Op.  Dent.  Illus.  2 
Gorgas.  Dental  Medicine.  4 
Harris.     Principles  and  Prac.  6 

Dictionary  of.     5th  Ed.  4 

Heath.     Dis.  of  Jaws.         -      4 

Lectures  on  Jaws.  Bds. 

Richardson.  Mech.  Dent.  5 
Sewell.  Dental  Surg.  -  2 
Smith.  Dental  Metallurgy.  1 
Taft.  Index  of  Dental  Lit.  2 
Talbot.  Irregularity  of  Teeth.  3 
Tomes.     Dental  Surgery.  4 

Dental  Anatomy.  4 

Warren's  Compend  of.     - 

Dental    Prosthesis  and 

Metallurgy.     Illus.         -  1 

White.    Mouth  and  Teeth. 

DIAGNOSIS. 
Brown.     Medical.     4th  Ed.     2 
Fenwick.    Medical.   8th  Ed.    2 
Tyson's  Manual.  3d  Ed.  Illus.— 

DICTIONARIES. 
Gould's  Illustrated  Dictionary 
of  Medicine,  Biology,  and  Al- 
lied Sciences,  etc.     Leather, 
Net,   810.00;     Half    Russia, 
Thumb  Index,        -       Net,  12 
Gould'sStudent's  Medical  Dic- 
tionary.    %    Lea.,    10th    Ed., 
3.25  ;  %  Mor., Thumb  Index.  4 
Gould's    Pocket     Dictionary. 
12,000  medical  words.    Lea., 
1. 00:  Thumb  Index,        -         1 
Harris'  Dental.  Clo.  4. 50;  Shp.  5 
Longley's  Pronouncing. 
Maxwell.  Terminologia  Med- 
ica Polyglotta.  3 
Treves.     German-English.        3 

EAR. 
Burnett.     Hearing,  etc. 
Dalby.    Diseases  of.    4th  Ed.  2 
Hovell.     Treatise  on.  -     — 

Pritchard.  Diseasesof.  3d  Ed.  1 
Woakes.        Deafness,    Giddi- 
ness, and  Noises  in  the  Head.  2 
ELECTRICITY. 
Bigelow.  Plain  Talks  on  Medi- 
cal Electricity.     43  Illus.  1 


Mason's  Electricity  and  its 
Medical  and  Surgical  Uses.   $0.75 

Jones.  Medical  Electricity. 
ad  Ed.     Illus.  -         -         2.50 

EYE. 
Arlt.     Diseases  of.   -        -  1.25 

Donders.    Refraction.  -    

Fick.  Diseases  of  the  Eye.  4.50 
Gould  and  Pyle.  Compend.  o,.8o 
Gower's  Ophthalmoscopy.  4.00 
Harlan.     Eyesight.  r  .40 

Hartridge.  Refraction.  8th Ed. 1.50 

Ophthalmoscope.  3d  Ed.  1.50 

Hansell   and    Bell.    Clinical 

Ophthalmology.     120  Illus.     1.50 
Morton.     Refraction.  6th  Ed.  1.00 

Ohlemann.   Ocular  Therap.    

Phillips.   Spectacles  and  Eye- 
glasses.    49  Illus.     2d  Ed.      i.o0 
Swanzy's  Handbook.  6th  Ed.  3.o0 
Thorington.     Retinoscopy.      i.o0 
Walker.     Student's  Aid.  i.s0 

FEVERS. 
Collie,  On  Fevers.    -  2x0 

Goodall  and  Washbourn.        00 

HEADACHES. 
Day.     Their  Treatment,  etc.     1.00 

HEALTH  AND  DOMESTIC 
MEDICINE. 
Bulkley.     The  Skin.         -  .40 

Burnett.     Hearing.  -  .40 

Cohen.  Throat  and  Voice.  .40 
Dulles.  Emergencies.  5th  Ed.  1.00 
Harlan.     Eyesight.  -  .40 

Hartshorne.  Our  Homes.  .40 
Osgood.  Dangers  of  Winter.  .40 
Packard.     Sea  Air,  etc.  .40 

Richardson's  Long  Life.  .40 

Westland.     The  Wife  and 

Mother.         ...  1.50 

■White.  Mouth  and  Teeth.  .40 
■Wilson.  Summer  and  its  Dis.  .40 
Wood.     Overwork.  -  .40 

HISTOLOGY. 
Stirling.    Histology.     2d  Ed.  2.00 
Stohr's  Histology.  Illus.      -     3.00 

HYGIENE. 
Canfield.   Hygiene  of  the  Sick- 
Room.      -  1.25 
Coplin   and  Bevan.     Practi- 


50 


cal  Hygiene.     Illus.         -         3 
Fox.     Water,  Air,  Food.  3 

Kenwood.       Public     Health 

Laboratory  Guide.  -  2 

Lincoln.     School  Hygiene. 
McNeill.     Epidemics  and  Iso- 
lation Hospitals.      -        -        3 
Notter  and  Firth.  -        7 

Parkes'  (E.j.     See  "  Notter."    | 

(L.  C.),  Manual.  2 

Elements  of  Health.        1 

Starr.  H  ygiene  of  the  Nursery.  1 
Stevenson  and  Murphy.  A 

Treatise  on  Hygiene.     In  3 
Vols.     Circular        Vol.  1,     6.00 
upon  application.     Vol.  II,     6.00 
Vol.  Ill,   5.00 

Wilson's  Handbook.  8th  Ed.  

Weyl.     Coal-Tar  Colors,  1.25 

MASSAGE. 
Kleen  and  Hartwell.      -        2.25 

Murrell.     Massage.  6th  Ed.    

Ostrom.    Massage.  87  Illus.     1.00 
Ward.    Notes  on.  Paper  Cov.  1.00 

MATERIA  MEDICA. 
Biddle.    13th  Ed.    Cloth,  4.00 

Bracken.     Materia  Med.  2.75 

Davis.     Essentials  of.  -     1.50 

Gorgas      Dental.     5th  Ed        4.C0 

Groff.    Mat.  Med  for  Nurses.  

Heller.     Essentials  of.  -     1.50 

Potter's  Compend  of.  5th  Ed.      .80 
Potter's  Handbook  of.    Sixth 
Ed.    Cloth,  4.50;  Sheep,        5.50 


ALL  PRICES  ARE  NET. 

CLASSIFIED  LIST  OF  P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  6~  CO.'S  PUBLICA  TiONS. 


Sayre.   Organic  Materia  Med. 

and  Pharmacognosy.       -       $4.00 
White  &  Wilcox.  Mat.  Med., 

Pharmacy,       Pharmacology, 

and    Therapeutics.     3d   Ed. 

Enlarged.    Cloth,  2.75;  Sh.    3.25 

MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 
Mann.     Forensic  Med.         -      6.50 
Reese.   Medical  Jurisprudence 
&Toxicology,sth  Ed  3.00;  Sh.  3.50 
MICROSCOPE. 
Beale.     How  to  Work  with.     6.50 

In  Medicine.  -  6.50 

Carpenter.     The  Microscope. 

8th  Ed.     800  Illus.  -        

Lee.  Vade  Mecum  of.         -        4.00 
MacDonald.     Examination  of 

Water  and  Air  by.  -  2.50 

Reeves.  Med.  Microscopy.      2.50 
Wethered.      Medical  Micros- 
copy.    Illus.        -        -        -     2  00 
MISCELLANEOUS. 
Black.     Micro-organisms. 


■75 

Burnet.     Food  and  Dietaries.  1.50 

6.00 

5.00 

2.00 

•75 
3.00 
2.00 


Duckworth.  On  Gout 
Garrod.  Rheumatism,  etc. 
Gould.  Borderland  Studies. 
Gowers.  Dynamics  of  Life, 
Haig.  Uric  Acid. 
Hare.  Mediastinal  Disease. 
Hemmeter.  Dis.of  Stomach.  6  00 
Henry.  Anaemia.  -  -  .50 
Leffmann.  Coal  Tar  Products.  1.2s 
Lizars.     On  Tobacco       -  .40 

Marshall.  Women's  Med.  Col.  1.50 
New  Sydenham  Society's 

Publications,  each  year.  -  8.00 
Parrish.     Inebriety.         -  1.00 

St.  Clair.  Medical  Latin.  1.00 
Sansom.  Dis.  of  Heart.  -  6.00 
Treves.     Physical  Education.     .75 

NERVOUS  DISEASES,  Etc. 
Beevor.     Nervous  Diseases.     2.50 
Gordinier.     Anatomy  of  Cen- 
tral Nervous  System.      -        

Gowers.    Manual  of.     2d  Ed. 
530  Illus.  Vol.  1,3  00;  Vol.  2, 4.00 

Syphilis  and  the  Ner- 
vous System.      ...      1.00 

Diseases  of  Brain.  1.50 

Clinical  Lectures.  2.00 

Epilepsy.     New  Ed.      

Horsley.      Brain   and    Spinal 

Cord.  Illus.  -  -  -  2.50 
Obersteiner.   Central  Nervous 

System.  -  -  -  -  5.50 
Ormerod.  Manual  of.  -  1.00 
Osier.     Cerebral  Palsies. 

Chorea 

Preston.     Hysteria.     Illus. 
Watson.     Concussions. 
NURSING. 
Brown.  Physiology  for  Nurses.  .75 
Canfield.  Hygiene  of  the  Sick- 

Room.  ....  1.25 
Cuff.  Lectures  on.  2d  Ed.  1.25 
Cullingworth.     Manual  of.        .75 

Monthly    Nursing. 

Domville's  Manual.     8th  Ed. 
Fullerton.     Obst.  Nursing. 

Nursing   in   Abdominal 

Surg,  and  Dis.  of  Women,  1.50 

Groff.    Mat.  Med.  for  Nurses. 

Humphrey.  Manual.  i5thEd.  1.00 
Shawe.  District  Nursing.  1.00 
Starr.  Hygiene  of  the  Nursery.  1. 00 
Temperature  Charts.    -  .50 

Voswinkel.     Surg.  Nursing.    1.00 

OBSTETRICS. 
Bar.     Antiseptic  Midwifery.      1.00 
Cazeaux  and  Tarnier.   Text- 
Book  of.     Colored  Plates.        4.50 

Davis.     Obstetrics.     3d  Ed.     

Jellett.     Midwifery.         -  1.75 

Landis.  Compend.  5th  Ed.  .80 
Schultze.  Obstetric  Diagrams. 

20  Plates,  map  size.  AW,  26x0 
Strahan.  Extra-Uterine  Preg.  .75 
Winckel's  Text-book.  5.00 


2.00 
2.00 
2.00 
1. 00 


.40 

•75 

1. 00 


PATHOLOGY. 
Barlow.    General  Pathology. $5 
Blackburn.     Autopsies.  1 

Blodgett.  Dental  Pathology      1 
Coplin.    Manual  of.    265  Illus.  3 
Gilliam.     Essentials  of.     - 
Hall.    Compend.     Illus. 
Hewlett.     Bateriology.        -     3 
Virchow.     Post-mortems. 
Whitacre.    Lab.  Text-book.    1 

PHARMACY 
Beasley's  Receipt-Book.      -     2 

Formulary.      -        -  2 

Coblentz.  Manual  of  Pharm.  3 
Proctor.  Practical  Pharm.  3 
Robinson.  Latin  Grammar  of.  1 
Sayre.    Organic  Materia  Med. 

and  Pharmacognosy.      -  4 

Scoville.     Compounding.  2 

Stewart's  Compend.  5th  Ed. 
U.   S.   Pharmacoposia.     7th 

Revision.  Cl.2.50;  Sh.,  3 

Select  Tables  from  U.  S.  P. 


25 


PHYSIOLOGY. 
Brown.     Physiol,  for  Nurses.    .75 
Brubaker's  Compend.     Illus- 
trated.    8th  Ed.       -        -           .80 
Kirke's  New  14th  Ed.    (Halli- 
burton.)   Cloth,  3.00;    Sh.,  3.75 
Landois'  Text-book.  845  Illus- 
trations. -        -  -        

Starling.  Elements  of.  -  1.00 
Stirling.  Practical  Phys.  2.00 
Tyson's  Cell  Doctrine.  -  1.50 
Yeo's  Manual.  254  111.  6th  Ed.  2.50 

POISONS. 
Murrell.     Poisoning.         -         1 
Reese.    Toxicology.    4th  Ed.    3 
Tanner.     Memoranda  of. 

PRACTICE. 
Beale.     Slight  Ailments.  1 

Charteris,  Guide  to.        -  2 

Fowler's  Dictionary  of.      -      3 
Hughes.  Compend.  2  Pts.  ea. 

Physicians'  Edition. 

1  Vol.  Morocco,  Gilt  edge.     2 

Roberts.  Text-book,  gth  Ed.  4 
Taylor's  Manual  of.     -  2 

Tyson.    The  Practice  of  Medi- 
cine.  Illus.  CI.  5.50;  Sheep,  6 

PRESCRIPTION  BOOKS. 
Beasley's  3000  Prescriptions.   2 

Receipt  Book.        -  2 

Davis.     Materia   Medica  and 


Prescription  Writing.     - 
Pereira's  Pocket-book. 
Wythe's  Dose  and  Symptom 

Book.     17th  Ed.     -        - 


75 


SKIN. 

Bulkley.    The  Skin.         -  .40 

Crocker.    Dis.  of  Skin.    Illus. — 
Impey.     Leprosy 
Schamberg.     Compend.  80 

Van   Harlingen.     Diagnosis 

and  Treatment  of  Skin  Dis. 

3d  Ed.     60  Illus.      -         -        2.75 

SURGERY   AND   SURGICAL 

DISEASES. 
Caird  and    Cathcart.     Sur- 
geon's PocketBook.      Lea.    2.50 
Deaver.     Appendicitis.        -     3.50 

Surgical  Anatomy.      -    

Dulles.  Emergencies.  -  1.00 
Hamilton.  Tumors.  3d  Ed.  1.25 
Heath's  Minor.    10th  Ed.  1.25 

Diseases  of  Jaws. 

Lectures  on  Jaws. 


4- 50 

•SO 

.80 

3.00 

6.00 


Horwitz.  Compend.   5th  Ed. 

Jacobson.     Operations  of.    - 

Macready  on  Ruptures 

Maylard.     Surgery  of  the  Ali- 
mentary Canal.         -         -         7-5o 

Moullin.      Complete     Text- 
book     3d   Ed.  by  Hamilton, 
600  Illustrations  and  Colored 
Plates.  CI.  6.00;  Sh.    7.00 


Roberts'  Fractures.  -       $1.00 

Smith.  Abdominal  Surg.  io.co 
Swain.  Surgical  Emer.  -  1.75 
Voswinkel.  Surg.  Nursing.  1.00 
Walsham.  Practical  Surg.  2.00 
Watson's  Amputations.  5.50 

TECHNOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 
Cameron.  Oils  &  Varnishes.    2.25 

Soap  and  Candles.         2.00 

Gardner.     Brewing,  etc.  1.50 

Gardner.     Bleaching    and 

Dyeing.    -        -        .        -         1.50 
Groves  and  Thorp.    Chemi- 
cal   Technology.       Vol.     I. 
Mills  on  Fuels.          -         CI.  5.00 
Vol.  II.     Lighting.          -         4.00 
Vol.  III.  Lighting  Contin'd. 

THERAPEUTICS. 
Allen,  Harlan,  Harte,  Van 

Harlingen.  Local  Thera.  3.00 
Biddle.     13th  Edition  -      4  00 

Field,  Cathartics  and  Emetics.  1.75 
Mays.     Theine.         -         -  50 

Napheys'  Therapeutics.  Vol. 
1.  Medical  and  Disease  of 
Children.  -  Cloth,  4.00 

Vol.  2.   Surgery,  Gynaec. 

&  Obstet.  -  Cloth,  4.00 

Potter's  Compend.     5th  Ed.       .80 

.  Handbook  of.  4.50;  Sh.  5.50 

Waring's  Practical.    4th  Ed.  2.co 
White   and    Wilcox.     Mat. 
Med.,  Pharmacy,  Pharmacol- 
ogy, and  Thera.     3d  Ed.        2.75 

THROAT  AND  NOSE. 
Cohen.     Throat  and  Voice.         .40 
Hall.     Nose  and  Throat.     -      2.50 
Hollopeter.     Hay  Fever  1.00 

Hutchinson.  Nose  &  Throat. 

Mackenzie.     Throat  Hospital 

Pharmacopoeia.  5th  Ed.  1.00 
McBride.      Clinical  Manual, 

Colored  Plates.  2d  Ed.  -  6.00 
Potter.     Stammering,  etc.         1.00 

URINE  &  URINARY  ORGANS . 
Acton.     Repro.  Organs.  1.75 

Allen.     Diabetic  Urine.  2.25 

Brockbank.  Gail-Stones.  2.25 
Beale.  Urin.  Deposits.  Plates.  2.00 
Holland.  The  Urine,  Milk  and 

Common  Poisons.  5th  Ed.  1.00 
Memminger.     Diagnosis   by 

the  Urine.  Illus.  -  -  1.00 
Moullin.     The  Prostate.     -     

The  Bladder.         -  1.50 

Thompson.  Urinary  Organs.  3.00 
Tyson.  Exam,  of  Urine.  1.25 
Van  Niiys.    Urine  Analysis.     1.00 

VENEREAL  DISEASES. 
Cooper.  Syphilis.  2d  Ed.      -     5.00 
Gowers.      Syphilis   and    the 

Nervous  System.  -  -  1.00 
Jacobson.     Diseases   of  Male 

Organs.     Illustrated.        -       6.00 

VETERINARY. 

Armatage.  Vet.  Rememb.  1.00 
Ballou.     Anat.  and  Phys.  8.0 

Tuson.     Pharmacoposia.  2.25 

VISITING  LISTS. 
Lindsay  &  Blakiston's  Reg- 


ular Edition. 

Perpetual  Ed. 
Monthly  Ed. 


1. 00  to  2.25 
1.25  to  1.50 
.75  to  1. 00 


Send  /or  Circular. 

WATER. 

Fox.     Water,  Air,  Food.  3  50 

Leffmann.    Examination  of.     1.25 

MacDonald.  Examination  of.  2.50 

WOMEN,  DISEASES  OF. 
Byford  (H.  T.).     Manual.   2d 

Edition.  341  Illustrations.  3.00 
Byford  iW.H).  Text-book.  2.00 
Duhrssen.     Gynecological 

Practice.  105  Illustrations.  1.50 
Lewers.  Dis.  of  Women.  2.50 
Wells.     Compend.     Illus.  .80 


IS3- BASED  ON  RECENT  MEDICAL  LITERATURE. 

Gould's  Medical  Dictionaries 

BY  GEORGE   M.  GOULD,  A.M.,  M.D., 

President,  1893-94,  American  Academy  of  Medicine. 


THE  STANDARD  MEDICAL  REFERENCE  BOOKS. 


The   Illustrated   Dictionary  of  Medicine, 
Biology,  and  Allied  Sciences. 

INCLUDING  THE  PRONUNCIATION,  ACCENTUATION,  DERIVATION,  AND  DEFINITION 
OF  THE  TERMS  USED  IN  MEDICINE  AND  THOSE  SCIENCES  COLLATERAL  TO  IT  : 
BIOLOGY    (ZOOLOGY   AND    BOTANY),   CHEMISTRY,    DENTISTRY,    PHARMACOLOGY, 

microscopy,  etc.     With  many  Useful  Tables  and  numerous  Fine  Illustra- 
tions.    Large,  Square  Octavo.     1633  pages.     Third  Edition  now  ready. 
Full  Sheep,  or  Half  Dark-Green  Leather,  $10.00;  with  Thumb  Index,  $11.00 
Half  Russia,  Thumb  Index,  $12.00 


The  Student's  Medical  Dictionary.  Tenth  Edition 

INCLUDING  ALL  THE  WORDS  AND  PHRASES  GENERALLY  USED  IN  MEDICINE,  WITH 
THEIR  PROPER  PRONUNCIATION  AND  DEFINITIONS,  BASED  ON  RECENT  MEDI- 
CAL literature.  With  Tables  of  the  Bacilli,  Micrococci,  Leucomains, 
Ptomains,  etc.,  of  the  Arteries,  Muscles,  Nerves,  Ganglia,  and  Plexuses; 
Mineral  Springs  of  the  U.  S.,  etc.     Small  Octavo.      700  pages. 

Half  Dark  Leather,  $3.25  ;  Half  Morocco,  Thumb  Index,  $4.00 

4Sf  This  edition  has  been  completely  rewritten,  and   is  greatly  enlarged 
and  improved  over  former  editions. 

"  We  know  of  but  one  true  way  to  test  the  value  of  a  dictionary,  and  that  is  to  use  it.  We 
have  used  the  volume  before  us,  as  much  as  opportunity  would  permit,  and  in  our  search  have 
never  suffered  disappointment.  The  definitions  are  lucid  and  concise,  and  are  framed  in  the 
terms  supplied  by  the  latest  authoritative  literature,  rather  than  by  purely  philological  method. 
Obsolete  words  are  omitted,  and  this  has  made  the  dimensions  of  the  book  convenient  and  com- 
pact. In  making  a  dictionary,  the  author  confesses  that  he  has  found  out  the  labor  consists  in 
eliminating  the  useless,  rather  than  adding  the  superfluous.  The  value  of  the  work  before  us 
is  increased  by  the  large  number  of  useful  reference  tables  in  anatomy,  ptomains,  micrococci, 
etc." — The  Physician  and  Surgeon,  Ann  Arbor. 


The  Pocket  Pronouncing  Medical  Lexicon. 

12,000  WORDS  PRONOUNCED  AND  DEFINED. 

Containing  all  the  Words,  their  Definition  and  Pronunciation,  that  the  Student 
generally  comes  in  contact  with;  also  elaborate  Tables  of  the  Arteries, 
Muscles,  Nerves,  Bacilli,  etc.,  etc.;  a  Dose  List  in  both  English  and  Metric 
Systems,  etc.,  arranged  in  a  most  convenient  form  for  reference  and  mem- 
orizing. The  System  of  Pronunciation  in  this  book  is  very  simple.  Thin  64  mo. 
Full  Limp  Leather,  Gilt  Edges,  $1.00;  Thumb  Index,  $1.25. 

These  books  may  be  ordered  through  any  bookseller,  or  upon  receipt  of 
price  the  publishers  will  deliver  free  to  the  purchaser's  address.  Full  descriptive 
circulars  and  sample  pages  sent  free  upon  application. 

r8,000  COPIES  OF  GOULD'S  DICTIONARIES  HAVE  BEEN  SOLD. 


JB®"  All  prices  are  net.     No  discount  can  be  allowed  retail  purchasers. 

P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  &   CO/S 
JYJedical   and   Scientific   publications, 

No.  1012  Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia. 


ACTON.  The  Functions  and  Disorders  of  the  Reproductive  Organs  in  Childhood, 
Youth,  Adult  Age  and  Advanced  Life,  considered  in  their  Physiological,  Social 
and  Moral  Relations.     By  Wm.  Acton,  m.d.,  m.r.c.s.    8th  Edition.     Cloth,  $1.75 

ALLEN,  HARLAN,  HARTE,  VAN  HARLINGEN.  Local  Therapeutics. 
A  Handbook  of  Local  Therapeutics,  being  a  practical  description  of  all  those 
agents  used  in  the  local  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  Eye,  Ear,  Nose,  Throat. 
Mouth,  Skin,  Vagina,  Rectum,  etc.,  such  as  Ointments,  Plasters,  Powders, 
Lotions,  Inhalations,  Suppositories,  Bougies,  Tampons,  and  the  proper  methods  of 
preparing  and  applying  them.  -By  Harrison  Allen,  m.d.,  late  Laryngologist  to 
the  Rush  Hospital  for  Consumption.  George  C.  Harlan,  m.d.,  Surgeon  to  the 
Wills  Eye  Hospital,  and  Eye  and  Ear  Department  of  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital. 
Richard  H.  Harte,  m.d.,  Surgeon  to  the  Episcopal  and  St.  Mary's  Hospital; 
Ass't  Surg.  University  Hospital;  and  Arthur  Van  Harlingen,  m.d.,  Professor 
of  Diseases  of  the  Skin  in  the  Philadelphia  Polyclinic  and  College  for  Graduates 
in  Medicine;  Dermatologist  to  the  Howard  Hospital.  In  One  Handsome  Com- 
pact Volume.  Cloth,  $3.00;  Sheep,  $4.00;  Half  Russia,  $5.00 

ALLEN.  Commercial  Organic  Analysis.  New  Revised  Editions.  A  Treatise 
on  the  Properties,  Proximate  Analytical  Examination  and  Modes  of  Assaying  the 
Various  Organic  Chemicals  and  Products  employed  in  the  Arts,  Manufactures, 
Medicine,  etc.,  with  Concise  Methods  for  the  Detection  and  Determination  of 
Impurities,  Adulterations  and  Products  of  Decomposition,  etc.  Revised  and 
Enlarged.  By  Alfred  Allen,  f.c.s.,  Public  Analyst  for  the  West  Riding  of 
Yorkshire;  Past  President  Society  of  Public  Analysts  of  England,  etc. 

Vol.  I.  Alcohols,  Neutral  Alcoholic  Derivatives,  etc.,  Ethers,  Vegetable  Acids, 
Starch,  Sugars,  etc.  Third  Edition,  Revised  by  Henry  Leffmann,  m.d., 
with  numerous  additions  by  the  author,  about  100  pages  of  new  material. 
8vo.  Just  Ready.     Cloth,  $4.50 

Vol.  II.  Fixed  Oils  and  Fats,  Hydrocarbons  and  Mineral  Oils,  Phenols  and 
their  Derivatives,  Coloring  Matters,  etc.  Third  Edition,  Revised  by  Henry 
Leffmann,  m.d.,  with  numerous  additions  by  the  author.     8vo. 

Nearly  Ready.     Cloth,  §4.50 
Vol.  Ill — Part   I.     Acid  Derivatives   of    Phenols,  Aromatic  Acids,   Tannins, 
Dyes,  and  Coloring  Matters.     Third  Edition.  In  Preparation. 

Vol.  Ill — Part  II.  The  Amines,  Pyridine  and  its  Hydrozines  and  Derivatives. 
The  Antipyretics,  etc.  Vegetable  Alkaloids,  Tea,  Coffee,  Cocoa,  etc.  8vo. 
Second  Edition.  Cloth,  $4.50 

Vol.  III. — Part  III.  Vegetable  Alkaloids,  Non-Basic  Vegetable  Bitter  Princi- 
ples. Animal  Bases,  Animal  Acids,  Cyanogen  Compounds,  etc.  Second 
Edition.     8vo.  Cloth.  $4.50 

Vol.  IV.     The  Proteids  and  Albuminous  Principles.     Second  Edition. 

Nearly  Ready.     Cloth,  $4  50 

Appendix  Volume.     Containing  a  Review  of  the  whole  work  with  many  new 

methods,  etc.  In  Preparation. 

SPECIAL   NOTICE-     These  editions  of  Allen  are  issued  by  us  in  connection  with  him  and  his 

London    Publishers  ;   they  include   much    new  material    and   copyright 

matter,  and  are  the  only  authorized  and  up-to-date  editions. 

ARLT.  Clinical  Studies  on  Diseases  of  the  Eye.  Including  the  Conjunctiva, 
Cornea  and  Sclerotic,  Iris  and  Ciliary  Body.  By  Dr.  Ferd.  Ritter  von  Arlt, 
Authorized  Translation  by  Lyman  Ware,  m.d.,  Surgeon  to  the  Illinois  Charitable 
Eye  and  Ear  Infirmary,  Chicago.     Illustrated.     8vo.  Cloth,  $1.25 

ARMATAGE.  The  Veterinarian's  Pocket  Remembrancer :  being  Concise 
Directions  for  the  Treatment  of  Urgent  or  Rare  Cases.  By  George  Armatage, 
m.r.c.v.s.     Second  Edition.     32mo.  Boards,  $1.00 

5 


P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  &*  CO.'S 


BALLOTJ.    Veterinary  Anatomy  and  Physiology.    By  Wm.  R.  Ballou,  m.d., 

Late  Prof,  of  Equine  Anatomy,  New  York  Coll.  of  Veterinary  Surgeons,  Physician 
to  Bellevue  Dispensary,  and  Lecturer  on  Genito-Urinary  Surgery,  New  York 
Polyclinic,  etc.  With  29  Graphic  Illustrations,  nrao.  No.  12  ?  Qriiz-Compend? 
Series.  Cloth,  .80.     Interleaved,  for  the  addition  of  Notes,  $1.25 

BAR.  Antiseptic  Midwifery.  The  Principles  of  Antiseptic  Methods  Applied  to 
Obstetric  Practice.  By  Dr.  Paul  Bar,  Paris.  Authorized  Translation  by  Henry 
D.  Fry,  m.d.,  with  an  Appendix  by  the  author.     Octavo.  Cloth,  $1.00 

BARRETT.  Dental  Surgery  for  General  Practitioners  and  Students  of  Medicine 
and  Dentistry.  Extraction  of  Teeth,  etc.  By  A.  W.  Barrett,  m.d.  Third 
Edition.     86  Illustrations.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.00 

BARTLEY.  Medical  and  Pharmaceutical  Chemistry.  Fourth  Edition.  A  Text 
book  for  Medical  and  Pharmaceutical  Students.  By  E.  H.  Bartley,  m.d.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Chemistry  and  Toxicology  at  the  Long  Island  College  Hospital ;  Dean 
and  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Brooklyn  College  of  Pharmacy;  President  of  the 
American  Society  of  Public  Analysts;  Chief  Chemist,  Board  of  Health,  of 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Revised  and  Enlarged.  With  Illustrations.  Glossary  and 
Complete  Index.     i2mo.     711  pages.  Cloth,  $2.75  ;  Leather,  $3.25 

BE  ALE.  On  Slight  Ailments ;  their  Nature  and  Treatment.  By  Lionel  S.  Beale, 
m.d.,  f.r.s.,  Professor  of  Practice,  King's  Medical  College,  London.  Second 
Edition.     Enlarged  and  Illustrated.     8vo.  Cloth,  $1.25 

The  Use  of  the  Microscope  in  Practical  Medicine.  For  Students  and 
Practitioners,  with  full  directions  for  examining  the  various  secretions,  etc., 
in  the  Microscope.  Fourth  Edition.  500  Illustrations.  8vo.  Cloth,  $6.50 
How  to  Work  with  the  Microscope.  A  Complete  Manual  of  Microscopical 
Manipulation.  Fifth  Edition.  Containing  over  400  Illustrations,  many  of 
them  colored.     8vo.  Cloth,  $6.50 

One  Hundred  Urinary  Deposits,  on  eight  sheets,  for  the  Hospital,  Labora- 
tory, or  Surgery.     New  Edition.     4to.  Paper,  $2.00 

BEASLEY'S  Book  of  Prescriptions.  Containing  over  3100  Prescriptions,  collected 
from  the  Practice  of  the  most  Eminent  Physicians  and  Surgeons — English, 
French,  and  American ;  a  Compendious  History  of  the  Materia  Medica,  Lists  of 
the  Doses  of  all  Officinal  and  Established  Preparations,  and  an  Index  of  Diseases 
and  their  Remedies.     By  Henry  Beasley.     Seventh  Edition.  Cloth,  $2.00 

Druggists'  General  Receipt  Book.  Comprising  a  copious  Veterinary  Formu- 
lary ;  Recipes  in  Patent  and  Proprietary  Medicines,  Druggists'  Nostrums, 
etc.;  Perfumery  and  Cosmeticb  ;  Beverages,  Dietetic  Articles  and  Condi- 
ments ;  Trade  Chemicals,  Scientific  Processes,  and  an  Appendix  of  Useful 
Tables.     Tenth  Edition.     Revised.  Cloth,  $2.00 

Pocket  Formulary  and  Synopsis  of  the  British  and  Foreign  Pharmacopoeias. 
Comprising  Standard  and  Approved  Formulae  for  the  Preparations  and 
Compounds  Employed  in  Medical  Practice.    Twelfth  Edition.  In  Press. 

BEEVOR.  Diseases  of  the  Nervous  System  and  Their  Treatment.  By  Chas. 
Edward  Beevor,  m.d.,  f.r.c.p.,  Physician  to  the  National  Hospital  for  Para- 
lyzed and  Epileptic;  Formerly  Assistant  Physician  University  College  Hospital, 
London.     Illustrated.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $2.50 

BIDDLE'S  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics.  Including  Dose  List,  Dietary  for 
the  Sick,  Table  of  Parasites,  and  Memoranda  of  New  Remedies.  By  Prof. 
John  B.  BlDDLE,  m.d.,  Late  Prof,  of  Materia  Medica  in  Jefferson  Medical  College, 
Philadelphia.  Thirteenth  Edition,  thoroughly  revised  in  accordance  with  new 
U.  S.  P.,  by  Clement  Biddle,  m.d.,  Assistant, Surgeon,  U.  S.  Navy.  With  64 
Illustrations  and  a  Clinical  Index.    Octavo.  Cloth,  $4.00  ;  Sheep,  $5.00 

BIGELOW.  Plain  Talks  on  Medical  Electricity  and  Batteries,  with  a  Thera- 
peutic Index  and  a  Glossary.  By  Horatio  R.  Bigelow,  m.d.,  Fellow  of  the 
British  Gynaecological  Society  ;  of  the  American  Electro-Therapeutic  Association, 
etc.     43  Illus.,  and  a  Glossary.     2d  Ed.     121110.  Cloth,  $i.oo 


MEDICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  PUBLIC  A  TIONS.  7 

BLACK.  Micro-Organisms.  The  Formation  of  Poisons.  A  Biological  study  of 
the  Germ  Theory  of  Disease.     By  G.  V.  Black,  m.d.,  d.d.s.  Cloth,  .75 

BLACKBURN.  Autopsies.  A  Manual  of  Autopsies,  Designed  for  the  use  of  Hos- 
pitals for  the  Insane  and  other  Public  Institutions.  By  I.  W.  Blackburn,  m.d., 
Pathologist  to  the  Government  Hospital  for  the  Insane,  Washington,  D.  C.  With 
ten  Full-page  Plates  and  four  other  Illustrations,     nmo.  Cloth,  $1.25 

BLODGETT'S  Dental  Pathology.  By  Albert  N.  Blodgett,  m.d.,  Late  Prof,  of 
Pathology  and  Therapeutics,  Boston  Dental  Coll.    33  Illus.    nmo.    Cloth,  $1.25 

BLOXAM.  Chemistry,  Inorganic  and  Organic.  With  Experiments.  By 
Charles  L.  Bloxam.  Edited  by  J.  M.  Thompson.  Professor  of  Chemistry  in 
King's  College,  London,  and  A.  G.  Bloxam,  Head  of  the  Chemistry  Depart- 
ment, Goldsmiths'  Institute,  London.  Eighth  Edition.  Revised  and  Enlarged. 
281  Engravings,  20  of  which  are  new.     8vo.  Cloth,  $4.25  ;  Leather,  $5.25 

BRACKEN.     Outlines  of  Materia  Medica  and  Pharmacology.     By  H.  M. 

Bracken,    Professor   of    Materia    Medica   and   Therapeutics   and   of   Clinical 
Medicine,  University  of  Minnesota.  Cloth,  $2.75 

BROCKBANK.     On  Gall-Stones  or  Cholelithiasis.      By  Edward   Mansfield 

BROCKBANK,  M.D. ,  M.R.C.P.       I2IB0.  Cloth,  $2.25 

BROWN.  Medical  Diagnosis.  A  Manual  of  Clinical  Methods.  By  J.  J.  Graham 
Brown,  m.d.,  F.R.C.P.,  Asst.  Physician  Royal  Infirmary;  Lecturer  on  Principles 
and  Practice  of  Medicine  in  the  School  of  Medicine  of  the  Royal  Colleges, 
Edinburgh,  etc.  Fourth  Edition.  Revised  and  Enlarged,  with  112  Illustrations. 
i2mo.  Cloth,  §2.25 

BROWN.  Elementary  Physiology  for  Nurses.  By  Miss  Florence  Haig  Brown, 
Late  in  Charge  Nurse  Department,  St.  Thomas'  Hospital,  London.  With  many 
Illustrations.  Cloth,  .75 

BRTJBAKER.  Physiology.  A  Compend  of  Physiology,  specially  adapted  for  the 
use  of  Students  and  Physicians.  By  A.  P.  Brubaker,  m.d.,  Demonstrator  of 
Physiology  at  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Prof,  of  Physiology,  Penn'a  College  of 
Dental  Surgery,  Philadelphia.  Eighth  Edition.  Revised,  Enlarged,  and  Illus- 
trated.     No.  4,?  Quiz- Cotnpend?  Series.     121110.      Cloth,  .80  ;   Interleaved,  31.25 

BULKLEY.  The  Skin  in  Health  and  Disease.  By  L.  Duncan  Bulkley,  m.d., 
Attending  Physician  at  the  New  York  Hospital.     Illustrated.  Cloth,  .40 

BURNET.     Eoods  and  Dietaries.     A  Manual  of  Clinical   Dietetics.     By  R.  W. 

Burnet,    m.d.,  m.r.c.p..    Physician   to   the   Great   Northern    Central    Hospital. 

With  Appendix  on  Predigested  Foods  and  Invalid  Cookery.     Full  directions  as 

to  hours  of  taking   nourishment,  quantity,  etc.,   are   given.      Second    Edition. 

i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.50 

BURNETT.    Hearing,  and  How  to  Keep  It.    By  Chas.  H.  Burnett,  m.d.,  Prof. 

of  Diseases  of  the  Ear  at  the  Philadelphia  Polyclinic.     Illustrated.         Cloth.  .40 

BUXTON.  On  Anesthetics.  A  Manual.  By  Dudley  Wilmot  Buxton,  m.r.c.s., 
m.r.c.p.,  Ass't  to  Prof,  of  Med.,  and  Administrator  of  Anesthetics,  University 
College  Hospital,  London.     Third  Edition,  Illustrated.     i2mo.  In  Press.  ' 

BYFORD.  Manual  of  Gynecology.  A  Practical  Student's  Book.  By  Henry  T. 
Byford,  m.d.,  Professor  of  Gynecology  and  Clinical  Gynecology  in  the  College 
of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  Chicago ;  Professor  of  Clinical  Gynecology, 
Women's  Medical  School  of  Northwestern  University,  and  in  Post-Graduate 
Medical  School  of  Chicago,  etc.  Second  Edition,  Enlarged.  With  341  Illustra- 
tions, many  of  which  are  from  original  drawings  and  several  of  which  are  col- 
ored.    i2ino.     596  pages.  Cloth,  $3.00 

BYFORD.  Diseases  of  Women.  The  Practice  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  as 
applied  to  the  Diseases  and  Accidents  Incident  to  Women.  By  the  late  W.  H. 
Byford,  a.m.,  m.d.     Fourth  Edition.     306  Illustrations.     Octavo.      Cloth,  $2.00 

CAIRD  AND  CATHCART.  Surgical  Handbook.  By  F.  M.  Caird,  f.r.c.s.,  and 
C.  \V.  Cathcart,  f.r.c.s.  Eighth  Edition,  Revised.  208  Illustrations.  i2mo. 
321  pages.  Full  Red  Morocco,  Gilt  Edges,  and  Round  Corners,  52.50 


V 


8  P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  &*  CO.'S 


\ 


CALDWELL.  Chemical  Analysis.  Elements  of  Qualitative  and  Quantitative 
Chemical  Analysis.  By  G.  C.  Caldwell,  b.s.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Agricultural 
and  Analytical  Chemistry  in  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  New  York,  etc.  Third 
Edition.     Revised  and  Enlarged.     Octavo.  ,  Cloth,  $1.50 

CAMERON".  Oils  and  Varnishes.  A  Practical  Handbook,  by  James  Cameron, 
f.i.C.     With  Illustrations,  Formulas,  Tables,  etc.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $2.25 

Soap  and.  Candles.     A  New  Handbook    for  Manufacturers,  Chemists,  Ana- 
lysts, etc.     54  Illustrations.     i2mo.  Cloth,  #2.00 

CAMPBELL.  Outlines  for  Dissection.  To  be  Used  in  Connection  with  Morris's 
Anatomy.  By  W.  A.  Campbell,  m.d.,  late  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan.     Octavo.  Cloth,  $1.00 

CANFIELD.  Hygiene  of  the  Sick-Room.  A  book  for  Nurses  and  others.  Being 
a  Brief  Consideration  of  Asepsis,  Antisepsis,  Disinfection,  Bacteriology,  Immu- 
nity, Heating  and  Ventilation,  and  kindred  subjects,  for  the  use  of  Nurses  and 
other  Intelligent  Women.  By  William  Buckingham  Canfield,  a.m.,  m.d., 
Lecturer  on  Clinical  Medicine  and  Chief  of  Chest  Clinic,  University  of  Mary- 
land, Physician  to  Bay  View  Hospital  and  Union  Protestant  Infirmary,  Balti- 
more.    i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.25 

CARPENTER.  The  Microscope  and  Its  Revelations.  By  W.  B.  Carpenter, 
m.d.,  f.r.s.  Eighth  Edition.  By  Rev.  Dr.  Dallinger,  f.  r.  s.  Revised  and 
Enlarged,  with  800  Illustrations  and  many  Lithographs.     Octavo.         Preparing. 

CAUTLEY.  Feeding  of  Infants  and  Young  Children  by  Natural  and  Arti- 
ficial Methods.  By  Edmund  Cautley,  m.d.,  Physician  to  the  Belgrave  Hospital 
for  Children,  London.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $2.00 

CAZEATJX  and  TARNIER'S  Midwifery.    With  Appendix,  by  Munde.    The 

Theory  and  Practice  of  Obstetrics,  including  the  Diseases  of  Pregnancy  and 
Parturition,  Obstetrical  Operations,  etc.  By  P.  Cazeaux.  Remodeled  and  re- 
arranged, with  revisions  and  additions,  by  S.  Tarnier.m.d.  Eighth  American, 
from  the  Eighth  French  and  First  Italian  Edition.  Edited  by  Robert  J.  Hess, 
m.d.,  Physician  to  the  Northern  Dispensary,  Phila.,  etc.,  with  an  Appendix  by 
Paul  F.  Munde,  m.d.,  Professor  of  Gynecology  at  the  New  York  Polyclinic. 
Illustrated  by  Chromo-Lithographs,  Lithographs,  and  other  Full- page  Plates 
and  numerous  Wood  Engravings.     8vo.  Cloth,  $4. 50;  Full  Leather,  $5.50 

CHARTERIS.  Practice  of  Medicine.  The  Student's  Guide.  By  M.  Charteris, 
m.d.,  Professor  of  Therapeutics  and  Materia  Medica,  Glasgow  University,  etc. 
Sixth  Edition,  with  Therapeutical  Index  and  many  Illustrations.         Cloth,  #2.00 

CLOWES  AND  COLEMAN.  Elementary  Practical  Chemistry  and  Qualitative 
Analysis.  Adapted  for  Use  in  the  Laboratories  of  Schools  and  Colleges.  By 
Frank  Clowes,  d.Sc,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  University  College,  Nottingham, 
and  J.  Bernard  Coleman,  Demonstrator  of  Chemistry,  Nottingham,  England. 
54  Illustrations.  Cloth,  $1.25 

COBLENTZ.  Manual  of  Pharmacy.  A  Text-Book  for  Students.  By  Virgil 
Coblentz,  a.m.,  ph.g.,  PH.D.,  Professor  of  Theory  and  Practice  of  Pharmacy; 
Director  of  Pharmaceutical  Laboratory,  College  of  Pharmacy  of  the  City  of 
New  York.  Second  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.  437  Illustrations.  Octavo. 
572  pages.  Cloth,  $3.50;  Sheep,  $4.50;  Half  Russia,  $5.50 

COHEN.  The  Throat  and  Voice.  By  J.  Solis-Cohen,  m.d.  Illus.  i2mo.   Cloth,  .40 

COLLIE,  On  Fevers.  A  Practical  Treatise  on  Fevers,  Their  History,  Etiology, 
Diagnosis,  Prognosis,  and  Treatment.  By  Alexander  Collie,  m.d.,  m.r.c.p., 
Lond.,  Medical  Officer  of  the  Homerton  and  of  the  London  Fever  Hospitals. 
With  Colored  Plates.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $2.00 


MEDICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  PUBLICA  TIONS.  9 

COOPER.     Syphilis.     By  Alfred  Cooper,  f.r.c.s.,  Senior  Surgeon  to  St.  Mark's  ., 

Hospital ;  iate  Surgeon  to  the  London  Lock  Hospital,  etc.     Edited  by  Edward       -^\ 
Cotterell,  f.r.c.s.,  Surgeon   London   Lock  Hospital,  etc.     Second   Edition. 
Enlarged  and  Illustrated  with  20  Full-Page  Plates  containing  many  handsome 
Colored  Figures.     Octavo.  Cloth,  $5.00 

COPLIN.  Manual  of  Pathology.  Including  Bacteriology,  the  Technic  of  Post- 
Mortems,  and  Methods  of  Pathologic  Research.  By  W.  M.  Late  Coplin,  m.d., 
Professor  of  Pathology  and  Bacteriology,  Jefferson  Medical  College  ;  Pathologist 
to  Jefferson  Medical  College  Hospital  and  to  the  Philadelphia  Hospital;  Bacte- 
riologist to  the  Pennsylvania  State  Board  of  Health.  Being  the  Second  Edition 
of  the  author's  "Lectures  on  Pathology."  Rewritten  and  Enlarged.  265  Illus- 
trations, many  of  which  are  original.     i2mo.     638  pages.  Cloth,  $3.00 

COPLIN  and  BEVAN.  Practical  Hygiene.  By  W.  M.  L.  Coplin,  m.d.,  and  D. 
Bevan,  m.d.,  Ass't  Department  of  Hygiene,  Jefferson  Medical  College;  Bac- 
teriologist, St.  Agnes'  Hospital,  Philadelphia,  with  an  Introduction  by  Prof. 
H.  A.  Hare,  and  articles  on  Plumbing,  Ventilation,  etc.,  by  Mr.  W.  P.  Locking- 
ton.     138  Illustrations.     8vo. 

Cloth,  $3.25  ;  Sheep,  $4.25  ;  Half  Russia,  $5.25 

CROCKER.  Diseases  of  the  Skin.  Their  Description,  Pathology,  Diagnosis,  and 
Treatment,  with  special  reference  to  the  Skin  Eruptions  of  Children.  By  H. 
Radcliffe  Crocker,  m.d.,  Physician  to  the  Dept.  of  Skin  Diseases,  University 
College  Hospital,  London.     92  Illustrations.     Third  Edition.  Preparing. 

CUFF.  Lectures  on  Medicine  to  Nurses.  By  Herbert  Edmund  Cuff,  m.d.,  Late 
Ass't  Medical  Officer,  Stockwell  Fever  Hospital,  England.  Second  Edition,  Re- 
vised.    With  25  Illustrations.  Cloth,  $1.25 

CTTLLINGrWORTH.    A  Manual  of  Nursing,  Medical  and  Surgical.    By  Charles 

J.  Cullingworth,    m.d.,    Physician  to  St.  Thomas'  Hospital,  London.     Third 

Revised  Edition.     With  Illustrations.     i2mo.  Cloth,  .75 

A  Manual  for  Monthly  Nurses.    Third  Edition.    321110.  Cloth,  .40 

DALBY.    Diseases  and  Injuries  of  the  Ear.     By  Sir  William  B.  Dalby,  m.d., 

Aural  Surgeon  to  St.  George's  Hospital,  London.  Illustrated.  Fourth  Edition. 
With  38  Wood  Engravings  and  8  Colored  Plates.  Cloth,  $2.50 

DAVIS.  A  Manual  of  Obstetrics.  Being  a  complete  manual  for  Physicians  and 
Students.  By  Edward  P.  Davis,  a.m.,  m.d.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics  in  the  Jef- 
ferson Medical  College ;  Professor  of  Obstetrics  in  the  Philadelphia  Polyclinic ; 
Clinical  Professor  of  Pediatrics  in  the  Woman's  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  ; 
Attending  Obstetrician  to  the  Philadelphia  Hospital  and  to  the  Jefferson  Hospital ; 
Member  of  the  American  Gynaecological  Society,  of  the  American  Pediatric 
Society,  of  the  International  Congress  of  Gynaecology  and  Obstetrics,  of  the 
College  of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia,  of  the  Philadelphia  Obstetrical  Society, 
etc.  Third  Edition,  Revised.  With  many  Colored  and  other  Illustrations,  a 
large  number  of  which  have  been  drawn  for  this  edition  by  a  special  artist. 
1 2 mo.  Nearly  Ready. 

DAVIS.    Essentials  of  Materia  Medica  and  Prescription  Writing.    By  J. 

Aubrey  Davis,  m.d.,  Ass't  Dem.  of  Obstetrics  and  Quiz  Master  in  Materia 
Medica,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ass't  Physician,  Home  for  Crippled  Chil- 
dren, Philadelphia.     121110.  $i-5o 

DAY.  On  Headaches.  The  Nature,  Causes,  and  Treatment  of  Headaches.  By 
Wm.  H.  Day,  m.d.     Fourth  Edition.     Illustrated.     8vo.  Cloth,  $1.00 

DOMVILLE.  Manual  for  Nurses  and  others  engaged  in  attending  to  the  sick.  By 
Ed.  J.  Domville,  m.d.  Eighth  Edition.  Revised.  With  Recipes  for  Sick- 
room Cookery,  etc.     121110.  Cloth,  .75 

DONDERS.  Aphorisms  Upon  Anomalies  of  Refraction,  and  Their  Results. 
Translated  and  Edited  by  Dr.  Herman  Snellen  and  Charles  A.  Oliver,  m.d., 
Philadelphia.     Small  Octavo.  In  Press. 


10  P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  &>  CO.'S 

DEAVER.  Appendicitis.  Its  History,  Anatomy,  Etiology,  Pathology,  Symptoms. 
Diagnosis,  Prognosis,  Treatment,  Complications,  and  Sequela.  By  John  B 
Deaver,  m.d.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Applied  Anatomy,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania; Surgeon  to  the  German  Hospital,  to  the  Children's  Hospital,  and  to  the 
Philadelphia  Hospital ;  Consulting  Surgeon  to  St.  Agnes',  St.  Timothy's,  and 
Germantown  Hospitals,  etc.  A  Systematic  Treatise,  with  Colored  Illustrations  of 
Methods  of  Procedure  in  Operating  and  Plates  of  Typical  Pathological  Condi- 
tions drawn  specially  for  this  work.  32  Full-Page  Plates.  8vo.  Cloth,  $3.50 
Surgical  Anatomy.  A  Treatise  upon  Surgical  Anatomy  and  the  Anatomy 
of  Surgery.  Illustrated  by  upward  of  200  Original  Pictures  drawn  by 
special  artists  from  dissections  made  for  the  purpose.     Octavo.         In  Press. 

DUCKWORTH.  On  Gout.  Illustrated.  A  treatise  on  Gout.  By  Sir  Dyce 
Duckworth,  m.d.  (Edin.),  f.r.c.p.,  Physician  to,  and  Lecturer  on  Clinical 
Medicine  at,  St.  Bartholomew's  Hospital,  London.  With  Chromo-lithograohs 
and  Engravings.     Octavo.  Cloth,  $6.00 

DUHRSSEN.  A  Manual  of  Gynecological  Practice.  By  Dr.  A.  Duhrssen, 
Privat-docent  in  Midwifery  and  Gynecology  in  the  University  of  Berlin.  Trans- 
lated from  the  Fourth  German  Edition  and  Edited  by  John  W.  Taylor,  f.r.c.s., 
Surgeon  to  the  Birmingham  and  Midlands  Hospital  for  Women  ;  Vice-President 
of  the  British  Gynecological  Society;  and  Frederick  Edge,  m.d.,  m.r.c.p., 
f.r.c.s.,  Surgeon  to  the  Wolverhampton  and  District  Hospital  for  Women.  With 
105  Illustrations.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.50 

DULLES.  What  to  Do  First  In  Accidents  and  Poisoning.  By  C.  W.  Dulles,  m.d. 
Fifth  Edition,  Enlarged,  with  new  Illustrations.     i2mo.  Cloth.  $1.00 

FENWICK.  Guide  to  Medical  Diagnosis.  By  Samuel  Fenwick,  m.d.,  f.r.c.p., 
Consulting  Physician  to  the  London  Hospital;  and  W.  S.  Fenwick,  m.d., 
M.R.C.p.,  Physician  to  the  Out-Patients,  Evelina  Hospital  for  Children.  Eighth 
Edition.     In  great  part  rewritten,  with  several  new  chapters.     135  Illustrations. 

Cloth,  $2.50 

FICK.  Diseases  of  the  Eye  and  Ophthalmoscopy.  A  Handbook  for  Physicians 
and  Students.  By  Dr.  Eugen  Fick,  University  of  Zurich.  Authorized  Transla- 
tion by  A.  B.  Hale,  m.d.,  Ophthalmic  Surgeon,  United  Hebrew  Charities  ;  Con- 
sulting Ophthalmic  Surgeon,  Charity  Hospital,  Chicago;  late  Vol.  Assistant, 
Imperial  Eye  Clinic,  University  of  Kiel.  With  a  Glossary  and  158  Illustrations, 
many  of  which  are  in  colors.     Octavo. 

Cloth,  $4-5°;  Sheep,  $5.50;  Half  Russia,  $6.50 

FIELD.  Evacuant  Medication — Cathartics  and  Emetics.  By  Henry  M.  Field, 
m.d.,  Professor  of  Therapeutics,  Dartmouth  Medical  College,  Corporate  Mem- 
ber Gynaecological  Society  of  Boston,  etc.     i2mo.     288  pp.  Cloth,  $1.75 

FILLEBROWN.  A  Text-Book  of  Operative  Dentistry.  Written  by  invitation 
of  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties.  By  Thomas  Fillebrown,  m.d., 
d.m.d.,  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry  in  the  Dental  School  of  Harvard  Uni- 
versity;  Member  of  the  American  Dental  Assoc,  etc.    Illus.    8vo.      Clo.,  $2.2 

FOWLER'S  Dictionary  of  Practical  Medicine.     By  Various  Writers.    An  Ency- 
clopedia of  Medicine.    Edited  by  James  Kingston  Fowler,  m.a.,  m.d.,  f.r.c.p., 
^s     Senior  Asst.  Physician  to,  and  Lecturer  on  Pathological  Anatomy  at,  the  Mid- 
dlesex Hospital,  London.     8vo.  Cloth,  $3.00;  Half  Morocco,  $4.00 

FOX.  Water,  Air  and  Food.  Sanitary  Examinations  of  Water,  Air  and  Food. 
By  Cornelius  B.  Fox,  m.d.    iio  Engravings.    2d  Ed.,  Revised.        Cloth,  $3.50 

GARDNER.    The  Brewer,  Distiller  and  Wine  Manufacturer.    A  Handbook  for 

all  Interested  in  the  Manufacture  and  Trade  of  Alcohol  and  Its  Compounds. 

Edited  by  John  Gardner,  f.c.s.     Illustrated.  Cloth,  $1.50 

Bleaching,  Dyeing,  and  Calico  Printing.  With  Formulae.    Illustrated.     $1.50 


MEDICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  PUBLIC  A  TIONS.  11 

FULLERTON.  Obstetric  Nursing.  By  Anna  M.  Fullerton,  m.d.,  Demon- 
strator of  Obstetrics  in  the  Woman's  Medical  College ;  Physician  in  charge 
of,  and  Obstetrician  and  Gynecologist  to,  the  Woman's  Hospital,  Philadelphia, 
etc.  40  Illustrations.    Fourth  Edition.    Revised  and  Enlarged.   i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.00 

Nursing  in  Abdominal  Surgery  and  Diseases  of  Women.  Comprising  the 
Regular  Course  of  Instruction  at  the  Training  School  of  the  Woman's 
Hospital,  Philadelphia.    Second  Ed.     70  Illustrations.     i2mo.     Cloth,  $1.50 

GARROD.  On  Rheumatism.  A  Treatise  on  Rheumatism  and  Rheumatic  Arthritis. 
By  Archibald  Edward  Garrod,  m.a.  (Oxon.),  m.d.,  m.r.c.s.  (Eng.),  Asst. 
Physician,  West  London  Hospital.     Illustrated.     Octavo.  Cloth,  $5.00 

GILLIAM'S  Pathology.  The  Essentials  of  Pathology;  a  Handbook  for  Students. 
By  D.  Tod  Gilliam,  m.d.,  Professor  of  Physiology,  Starling  Medical  College, 
Columbus,  O.    With  47  Illustrations.    i2mo.  Cloth,  .75 

GOODALL  and  WASHBOURN.  A  Manual  of  Infectious  Diseases.  By 
Edward  W.  Goodall,  m.d.  (London),  Medical  Superintendent  Eastern  (Fever) 
Hospital,  Homerton,  London,  etc.,  and  J.  W.  Washbourn,  f.r.c.p.,  Assistant 
Physician  to  Guy's  Hospital  and  Physician  to  the  London  Fever  Hospital. 
Illustrated  with  Charts,  Diagrams,  and  Full-Page  Plates.  Cloth,  $3.00 

GORGAS'S   Dental  Medicine.     A  Manual  of  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics. 
By  Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas,  m.d.,  d.d.s.,  Professor  of  the  Principles  of  Dental 
Science,  Oral  Surgery  and  Dental  Mechanism  in  the  Dental  Dep.  of  the  Univ.     *^ 
of  Maryland.    Sixth  Edition.    Revised  and  Enlarged,  with  many  Formulas.    8vo. 

Cloth,  $4.00;  Sheep,  $5.00;  Half  Russia,  $6.00 

GOULD.    The  Illustrated  Dictionary  of  Medicine,  Biology,  and  Allied  Sciences. 

Being  an  Exhaustive  Lexicon  of  Medicine  and  those  Sciences  Collateral  to  it : 
Biology  (Zoology  and  Botany),  Chemistry,  Dentistry,  Pharmacology,  Microscopy, 
etc.      By  George  M.  Gould,  m.d.,  Formerly  Editor  of  The  Medical  News  ; 
President,  1893-94,  American  Academy  of  Medicine,  etc.     With  many  Useful 
Tables  and  numerous  Fine  Illustrations.     Large,  Square  Octavo.     1633  pages. 
Third  Edition  now  Ready.     Full  Sheep,  or  Half  Dark-Green  Leather,  $10.00 ; 
With  Thumb  Index,  $11.00;  Half  Russia,  Thumb  Index,  $12.00 
The  Student's  Medical  Dictionary.    Tenth  Edition.    Enlarged.    Including 
all  the  Words  and  Phrases  generally  used  in  Medicine,  with  their  proper      \. 
Pronunciation  and  Definitions,  based  on  Recent  Medical  Literature.     With 
Tables  of  the  Bacilli,  Micrococci,  Leucomains,  Ptomains,  etc.,  of  the  Arteries, 
Muscles,  Nerves,  Ganglia,  and  Plexuses;  Mineral  Springs  of  U.  S.,  etc.    Re- 
written, Enlarged,  and  set  from  new  Type.     Small  octavo,  700  pages. 

Half  Dark  Leather,  $3.25;  Half  Morocco,  Thumb  Index,  $4.co 

The  Pocket  Pronouncing  Medical  Lexicon.  (12,000  Medical  Words 
Pronounced  and  Defined.)  A  Student's  Pronouncing  Medical  Lexicon. 
Containing  all  the  Words,  their  Definition  and  Pronunciation,  that  the 
Student  generally  comes  in  contact  with ;  also  elaborate  Tables  of  the 
Arteries,  Muscles,  Nerves,  Bacilli,  etc.,  etc.;  a  Dose  List  in  both  English 
and  Metric  System,  etc.,  arranged  in  a  most  convenient  form  for  reference 
and  memorizing.  Thin  64mo.  (6  x  3^  inches.)  The  System  of  Pronunci- 
ation used  in  this  book  is  very  simple. 

Full  Limp  Leather,  Gilt  Edges,  $1.00;  Thumb  Index,  $1.25 
***  Sample  pages  and  descriptive  circulars  sent  free  upon  application.    See  page  4. 

Borderland  Studies.  Miscellaneous  Addresses  and  Essays  Pertaining  to  Medi- 
cine and  the  Medical  Profession,  and  Their  Relations  to  General  Science 
and  Thought.    By  George  M.  Gould,  m.d.    350  pages.    121110.    Cloth,  $2.00 

Compend  of  Diseases  of  the  Eye  and  Refraction.  Including  Treatment 
and  Operations,  with  a  Section  on  Local  Therapeutics.  By  George  M. 
Gould,  m.d.,  and  W.  L.  Pyle,  m.d.  With  Formulae,  Glossary,  and  several 
Tables.  11 1  Illustrations,  several  of  which  are  Colored.  Being  No.  8 
f  Quiz- Compend?  Series.  Cloth,  .80.     Interleaved  for  Notes,  51.25 


12  P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  6-  CO.'S 

GORDINIER.  The  Gross  and  Minute  Anatomy  of  the  Central  Nervous 
System.  By  H.  C.  Gordinier,  a.m.,  m.d.,  Professor  of  Physiology  and  Anatomy 
of  the  Nervous  System  in  the  Albany  Medical  College.  With  many  original 
Illustrations.  In  Preparation. 

GRIFFITH'S  Graphic  Clinical  Chart.  Designed  by  J.  P.  Crozer  Griffith, 
m.d.,  Instructor  in  Clinical  Medicine  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  Printed 
in  three  colors.     Sample  copies  free.  Put  up  in  loose  packages  of  50,    .50 

Price  to  Hospitals,  500  copies,  $4.00;   1000  copies,  $7.50.     With  name  of  Hos- 
pital printed  on,  50  cents  extra. 

GROFF.  Materia  Medica  for  Nurses.  By  John  E.  Groff,  Pharmacist  Rhode 
Island  Hospital,  Providence.     i2mo.     240  pages.  Nearly  Ready. 

GROVES  AND  THORP.  Chemical  Technology.  A  new  and  Complete  Work. 
The  Application  of  Chemistry  to  the  Arts  and  Manufactures.  Edited  by 
Charles  E.  Groves,  f.r.s.,  and  Wm.  Thorp,  b.Sc,  f.i.c,  assisted  by  many 
experts.  In  about  eight  volumes,  with  numerous  illustrations.  Each  volume 
sold  separately . 

Vol.  I.   Fuel  and  Its  Applications.    607  Illustrations  and  4  Plates.    Octavo. 

Cloth,  $5.00 ;  Half  Morocco,  $6.50 
Vol.11.  Lighting.  Illustrated.  Octavo.  Cloth,  $4.00;  Half  Morocco,  $5.50 
Vol.  III.     Lighting — Continued.  In  Press. 

GOWERS.  Manual  of  Diseases  of  the  Nervous  System.  A  Complete  Text-book. 
By  William  R.  Gowers,  m.d.,  f.r.s.,  Physician  to  National  Hospital  for  the 
Paralyzed  and  Epileptic;  Consulting  Physician,  University  College  Hospital; 
formerly  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine,  University  College,  etc.  Second 
Edition.  Revised,  Enlarged  and  in  many  parts  rewritten.  With  many  new 
Illustrations.     Two  Volumes.     Octavo. 

Vol.  I.    Diseases  of  the  Nerves  and  Spinal  Cord.    616  pages. 

Cloth,  $3.00  ;  Sheep,  $4.00 ;  Half  Russia,  $5.00 

Vol.  II.     Diseases  of   the   Brain    and   Cranial    Nerves ;    General  and 
Functional  Diseases.    1069  pages. 

Cloth,  $4.00 ;  Sheep,  $5.00;  Half  Russia,  $6.00 
*#*This  book  has  been  translated  into  German,  Italian,  and  Spanish.      It  is 
published  in  London,  Milan,  Bonn,  Barcelona,  and  Philadelphia. 

Syphilis  and  the  Nervous  System.  Being  a  revised  reprint  of  the  Lettso- 
mian  Lectures  for  1890,  delivered  before  the  Medical  Society  of  London. 
i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.00 

Diagnosis  of  Diseases  of  the  Brain.  8vo.  Second  Ed.  Illus.  Cloth,  $1.50 
Medical  Ophthalmoscopy.  A  Manual  and  Atlas,  with  Colored  Autotype  and 
Lithographic  Plates  and  Wood-cuts,  comprising  Original  Illustrations  of  the 
changes  of  the  Eye  in  Diseases  of  the  Brain,  Kidney,  etc.  Third  Edition. 
Revised,  with  the  assistance  of  R.  Marcus  Gunn,  f.r.c.s.,  Surgeon,  Royal 
London  Ophthalmic  Hospital,  Moorfields.     Octavo.  Cloth,  $4.00 

The  Dynamics  of  Life.     nmo.  Cloth,  .75 

Clinical  Lectures.  A  new  volume  of  Essays  on  the  Diagnosis,  Treatment, 
etc.,  of  Diseases  of  the  Nervous  System.  Cloth,  $2.00 

Epilepsy  and  Other  Chronic  Convulsive  Diseases.  Second  Edition.  In  Press 
HAIG.  Causation  of  Disease  by  Uric  Acid.  A  Contribution  to  the  Pathology  of 
High  Arterial  Tension,  Headache,  Epilepsy,  Mental  Depression,  Gout,  Rheu- 
matism, Diabetes,  Bright's  Disease,  Anaemia,  etc.  By  Alex.  Haig,  m.a.,  m.d. 
(Oxon.),  f.r.c.p.,  Physician  to  Metropolitan  Hospital,  London.  65  Illustrations. 
Fourth  Edition.  Cloth,  $3.00 

HALE.    On  the  Management  of  Children  in  Health  and  Disease.       Cloth,  .50 
HALL.  Compend  of  General  Pathology  and  Morbid  Anatomy.   By  H.  Newbery 
Hall,    ph.g.,    m.d.,    Professor   of    Pathology,    Post-Graduate   Medical   School, 
Chicago.     91  Illustrations.     No.  fj  ? Quiz- Compend  ?  Series. 

New  Edition  Preparing. 


MEDICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  PUBLICA  TIONS.  13 

HALL.  Diseases  of  the  Nose  and  Throat.  By  F.  De  Havilland  Hall,  m.d., 
f.r.c.p.  (Lond.),  Physician  in  charge  Throat  Department  Westminster  Hospital; 
Joint  Lecturer  on  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  Westminster  Hospital 
Medical  School,  etc.     Two  Colored  Plates  and  59  Illus.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $2.50 

HAMILTON.  Lectures  on  Tumors  from  a  Clinical  Standpoint.  By  John  B. 
Hamilton,  m.d.,  ll.d.,  Professor  of  Principles  and  Practice  of  Surgery  and 
Clinical  Surgery  in  Rush  Medical  College,  Chicago;  Professor  of  Surgery, 
Chicago  Polyclinic ;  Surgeon  Presbyterian  Hospital,  etc.  Third  Edition, 
Revised  with  new  Illustrations.     i2mo.  Cloth,  Si. 25 

HANSELL  and  BELL.  Clinical  Ophthalmology,  Illustrated.  A  Manual  for 
Students  and  Physicians.  By  Howard  F.  Hansell,  a.m.,  m.d.,  Lecturer  on 
Ophthalmology  in  the  Jefferson  College  Hospital,  Philadelphia,  etc.,  and  James 
H.  Bell,  m.d.,  Ophthalmic  Surgeon,  Southwestern  Hospital,  Phila.  With 
Colored  Plate  of  Normal  Fundus  and  120  Illustrations.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.50 

HARE.  Mediastinal  Disease.  The  Pathology,  Clinical  History  and  Diagnosis  of 
Affections  of  the  Mediastinum  other  than  those  of  the  Heart  and  Aorta.  By  H.  A. 
Hare,  m.d.,  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics  in  Jefferson  Medical 
College,  Philadelphia.     8vo.     Illustrated  by  Six  Plates.  Cloth,  $2.00 

HABLAN.  Eyesight,  and  How  to  Care  for  It.  By  George  C.  Harlan,  m.d., 
Prof,  of  Diseases  of  the  Eye,  Philadelphia  Polyclinic.     Illustrated.         Cloth,  .40 

HARRIS'S  Principles  and  Practice  of  Dentistry.    Including  Anatomy,  Physi- 
ology, Pathology,  Therapeutics,  Dental  Surgery  and  Mechanism.     By  Chapin  A. 
Harris,  m.d.,  d.d.s.,  late  President  of  the  Baltimore  Dental  College,  Author  of 
"  Dictionary  of  Medical  Terminology  and  Dental  Surgery."     Thirteenth  Edition. 
Revised  and  Edited  by  Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas,  a.m.,  m.d.,  d.d.s.,  Author  of 
"Dental    Medicine;"     Professor    of    the  Principles   of  Dental   Science,    Oral 
Surgery,  and  Dental  Mechanism  in  the  University  of  Maryland.     1250  Illustra- 
tions.   1 180  pages.     8vo.  Cloth,  $6.00  ;  Leather,  $7.00  ;  Half  Russia,  $8.00 
Dictionary  of  Dentistry.     Including  Definitions  of  such  Words  and  Phrases 
of  the  Collateral  Sciences  as  Pertain  to  the  Art  and  Practice  of  Dentistry. 
Sixth  Edition.     Rewritten,  Revised  and   Enlarged.     By  Ferdinand  J.  S. 
Gorgas,  m.d.,  d.d.s.,  Author  of  "Dental  Medicine;"    Editor  of  Harris's 
"Principles  and  Practice  of  Dentistry;"  Professor  of  Principles  of  Dental 
Science,  Oral  Surgery,  and  Prosthetic  Dentistry  in  the  University  of  Mary- 
land.    Octavo.  Cloth,  $5.00  ;  Leather,  $6.00 

HARRIS  and  BEALE.  Treatment  of  Pulmonary  Consumption.  By  Vincent 
Dormer  Harris,  m.d.  (Lond.),  f.r.c.p.,  Physician  to  the  city  of  London  Hospi- 
tal for  Diseases  of  the  Chest ;  Examining  Physician  to  the  Royal  National  Hos- 
pital for  Diseases  of  the  Chest,  Ventnor,  etc.,  and  E.  Clifford  Beale,  m.a., 
m.b.  (Cantab.),  f.r.c.p.,  Physician  to  the  City  of  London  Hospital  for  Diseases 
of  the  Chest,  etc.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $2.50 

HARTRIDGE.  Refraction.  The  Refraction  of  the  Eye.  A  Manual  for  Students. 
By  Gustavus  Hartridge,  f.r.c.s.,  Consulting  Ophthalmic  Surgeon  to  St.  Bar- 
tholomew's Hospital,  etc.  98  Illustrations  and  Test  Types.  Eighth  Edition. 
Revised  and  Enlarged  by  the  Author.  Cloth,  $1.50 

On  The  Ophthalmoscope.  A  Manual  for  Physicians  and  Students.  Third 
Edition.     With  Colored  Plates  and  68  Wood-cuts.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.50 

HARTSHORNE.  Our  Homes.  Their  Situation,  Construction,  Drainage,  etc.  By 
Henry  Hartshorne,  m.d.     Illustrated.  Cloth,  .40 

HATFIELD.  Diseases  of  Children.  By  Marcus  P.  Hatfield,  Professor  ot 
Diseases  of  Children,  Chicago  Medical  College.  With  a  Colored  Plate.  Second 
Edition.     Being  No.  14,  ?  Quiz-Compend ?  Series.     i2mo.  Cloth,  .80 

Interleaved  for  the  addition  of  notes,  $1.25 

HELLER.  Essentials  of  Materia  Medica,  Pharmacy,  and  Prescription  Writ- 
ing. By  Edwin  A.  Heller,  m.d.,  Quiz-Master  in  Materia  Medica  and  Phar- 
macy at  the  Medical  Institute,  University  of  Pennsylvania.     i2mo.     Cloth,  $1.50 


14  P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  &-  CO.'S 

HEATH.    Minor  Surgery  and  Bandaging.    By  Christopher  Heath,  f.r.c.s., 

Holme   Professor  of  Clinical   Surgery   in   University  College,  London.     Tenth 

Edition.      Revised  and   Enlarged.     With   158   Illustrations,  62  Formulae,  Diet 

List,  etc.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.25 

Practical  Anatomy.      A  Manual  of  Dissections.      Eighth  London  Edition. 

300  Illustrations.  Cloth,  $4.25 

Injuries  and  Diseases  of  the  Jaws.    Fourth  Edition.    Edited  by  Henry 

Percy   Dean,   M.S.,  f.r.c.s.,  Assistant   Surgeon    London  Hospital.     With 

187  Illustrations.    8vo.  Cloth,  $4.50 

Lectures  on  Certain  Diseases  of  the  Jaws,  delivered  at  the  Royal  College  of 

Surgeons  of  England,  1887.     64  Illustrations.     8vo.  Boards,  .50 

HEMMETER.  Diseases  of  the  Stomach.  Their  Special  Pathology,  Diagnosis, 
and  Treatment.  With  Sections  on  Anatomy,  Analysis  of  Stomach  Contents, 
Dietetics,  Surgery  of  the  Stomach,  etc.  By  John  C.  Hemmeter,  m.d.,  philos.d., 
Clinical  Professor  of  Medicine  in  the  University  of  Maryland  ;  Consultant  to  the 
University  Hospital;  Director  of  the  Clinical  Laboratory,  etc.;  formerly  Clini- 
cal Professor  of  Medicine  at  the  Baltimore  Medical  College,  etc.  With  Colored 
and  other  Illustrations.  Cloth,  $6.00;  Leather,  $7.00;  Half  Russia,  $8.00 

HENRY.  Anaemia.  A  Practical  Treatise.  By  Fred'k  P.  Henry,  m.d.,  Physician 
to  Episcopal  Hospital,  Philadelphia.  Half  Cloth,  .50 

HEWLETT.  Manual  of  Bacteriology.  By  R.  T.  Hewlett,  m.d.,  m.r.c.p.,  Asst. 
Bacteriologist  British  Institute  of  Preventive  Medicine,  etc.  With  75  Illustra- 
tions.    Octavo.  Cloth,  $3.00 

HOLLOPETER.  Hay  Fever  and  Its  Successful  Treatment.  By  W.  C.  Hollo- 
peter,  a.m.,  m.d.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Pediatrics  in  the  Medico- Chirurgical  Col- 
lege of  Philadelphia,  Physician  to  the  Methodist  Episcopal,  Medico-Chirurgical, 
and  St.  Joseph  Hospitals,  etc.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.00 

HOLDEN'S  Anatomy.  Sixth  Edition.  A  Manual  of  the  Dissections  of  the  Human 
Body.  By  John  Langton,  f.r.c.s.,  Surgeon  to,  and  Lecturer  on  Anatomy  at, 
St.  Bartholomew's  Hospital.  Carefully  Revised  by  A.  Hewson,  m.d.,  Demonstra- 
tor of  Anatomy,  Jefferson  Medical  College,  etc.  311  Illustrations,  nmo.  800 
pages.  Cloth,  $2.50;  Oil-cloth,  $2.50;  Leather,  $3.00 

Human  Osteology.  Comprising  a  Description  of  the  Bones,  with  Colored 
Delineations  of  the  Attachments  of  the  Muscles.  The  General  and  Micro- 
scopical Structure  of  Bone  and  its  Development.  7th  Ed.,  carefully  Revised. 
With  Lithographic  Plates  and  Numerous  Illustrations.  Cloth,  $5.25 

Landmarks.     Medical  and  Surgical.     4th  Edition.     8vo.  Cloth,  $1.00 

HOLLAND.  The  Urine,  the  Gastric  Contents,  the  Common  Poisons  and  the 
Milk.  Memoranda,  Chemical  and  Microscopical,  for  Laboratory  Use.  By  J.  W. 
Holland,  m.d.,  Professor  of  Medical  Chemistry  and  Toxicology  in  Jefferson 
Medical  College,  of  Philadelphia.  Fifth  Edition,  Enlarged.  Illustrated  and 
Interleaved.  i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.00 

HORSLEY.  The  Brain  and  Spinal  Cord.  The  Structure  and  Functions  of.  Being 
the  Fullerian  Lectures  on  Physiology  for  1891.  By  Victor  A.  Horsley,  m.b., 
F.R.S.,  etc.,  Assistant  Surgeon,  University  College  Hospital,  Professor  of  Pathology, 
University  College,  London,  etc.     With  numerous  Illustrations.  Cloth,  $2.50 

HORWITZ'S  Compend  of  Surgery,  including  Minor  Surgery,  Amputations,  Frac- 
tures, Dislocations,  Surgical  Diseases,  and  the  Latest  Antiseptic  Rules,  etc.,  with 
Differential  Diagnosis  and  Treatment.  By  Orville  Horwitz,  b.s.,  m.d.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Genito-Urinary  Diseases,  late  Demonstrator  of  Surgery,  Jefferson  Medi- 
cal College.  Fifth  Edition.  Very  much  Enlarged  and  Rearranged.  Over  300 
pages.     167  Illustrations  and  98  Formulae.    i2mo.  No.  g  ?  Quiz-  Compend t  Series. 

Cloth,  .80.     Interleaved  for  notes,  $1.25 


MEDICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  PUBLIC  A  TIONS.  15 

HOVELL.  Diseases  of  the  Ear  and  Naso-Pharynx.  A  Treatise  including 
Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Organ,  together  with  the  treatment  of  the  affec- 
tions of  the  Nose  and  Pharynx  which  conduce  to  aural  disease.  By  T.  Mark 
Hovell,  F.R.C.S.  (Edin.),  m.r.c.S.  (Eng.),  Aural  Surgeon  to  the  London  Hospital, 
for  Diseases  of  the  Throat,  etc.      122  Illus.     Second  Edition.  Preparmg. 

HUMPHREY.  A  Manual  for  Nurses.  Including  general  Anatomy  and  Physiology, 
management  of  the  sick-room,  etc.  By  Laurence  Humphrey,  m.a.,  m.b., 
m.r.c.S.,  Assistant  Physician  to,  and  Lecturer  at,  Addenbrook's  Hospital,  Cam- 
bridge, England.     Sixteenth  Edition.     i2mo.     Illustrated.  Cloth,  $1.00 

HUGHES.  Compend  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine.  Fifth  Edition.  Revised  and 
Enlarged.  By  Daniel  E.  Hughes,  m.d.,  Chief  Resident  Physician  Philadelphia 
Hospital ;  formerly  Demonstrator  of  Clinical  Medicine  at  Jefferson  Medical  Col- 
lege, Philadelphia.  In  two  parts.  Being  Nos.  2  and 3,  ?  Quiz- Compend?  Series. 
Part  I. — Continued,  Eruptive  and  Periodical  Fevers,  Diseases  of  the  Stomach, 
Intestines,  Peritoneum,  Biliary  Passages,  Liver,  Kidneys,  etc.,  and  General 
Diseases,  etc. 

Part  II. — Diseases  of  the  Respiratory  System,  Circulatory  System  and  Ner- 
vous System  ;  Diseases  of  the  Blood,  etc. 

Price  of  each  Part,  in  Cloth,  .80 ;  interleaved  for  the  addition  of  Notes,  $1.25 
Physicians'  Edition. — In  one  volume,  including  the  above  two  parts,  a  sec- 
tion on  Skin  Diseases,  and  an  index.      Fifth  revised,  enlarged  Edition. 
568  pages.  Full  Morocco,  Gilt  Edge,  $2.25 

"  Carefully  and  systematically  compiled." — The  London  Lancet. 

HUTCHINSON.  The  Nose  and  Throat.  A  Manual  of  the  Diseases  of  the  Nose 
and  Throat,  including  the  Nose,  Naso-Pharynx,  Pharynx  and  Larynx.  By 
Procter  S.  Hutchinson,  m.r.c.S.,  Ass't  Surgeon  to  the  London  Hospital  for 
Diseases  of  the  Throat.  Illustrated  by  Lithograph  Plates  and  40  other  Illus., 
many  of  which  have  been  made  from  original  drawings.    121110.    2d  Ed.    hi  Press. 

IMPEY.  A  Handbook  on  Leprosy.  By  S.  P.  Impey,  m.d.,  m.c,  Late  Chief  and 
Medical  Superintendent,  Robben  Island  Leper  and  Lunatic  Asylums,  Cape  Col- 
ony, South  Africa.     Illustrated  by  37  Plates  and  a  Map.     Octavo.      Cloth,  $3.50 

IRELAND.  The  Mental  Affections  of  Children.  Idiocy,  Imbecility,  Insanity, 
etc.  By  W.  W.  Ireland,  m.d.  (Edin.),  of  the  Home  and  School  for  Imbeciles, 
Mavisbush,  Scotland  ;  late  Medical  Supt.  Scot.  National  Institute  for  Imbecile 
Children  ;  Author  of  "  The  Blot  on  the  Brain,"  etc.     300  pages.  In  Press. 

JACOBSON.     Operations  of  Surgery.     By  W.  H.  A.  Jacobson,  b.a.  (Oxon.), 

F.R.c.s.,  (Eng.);  Ass't  Surgeon,  Guy's  Hospital;    Surgeon  at  Royal  Hospital  for 

Children  and  Women,  etc.     With  over  200  Illust.      Cloth,  $3.00  ;  Leather,  $4.00 

Diseases  of  the  Male  Organs  of  Generation.    88  Illustrations.    Cloth,  $6.00 

JELLETT.  The  Practice  of  Midwifery.  Embodying  the  Treatment  adopted  in 
the  Rotunda  Hospital,  Dublin.  By  Henry  Jellett,  b.a.,  m.d.,  Assistant  Master, 
Rotunda  Hospital,  with  a  Preface  by  W.  J.  Smyly,  m.d.,  f.r.c.p.l,  Late  Master. 
With  many  Illustrations  and  an  Appendix  containing  Statistics  of  the  Hospital. 
121110.  Cloth,  $1.75 

JONES.  Medical  Electricity.  A  Practical  Handbook  for  Students  and  Prac- 
titioners of  Medicine.  By  H.  Lewis  Jones,  m.a.,  m.d.,  m.r.c.p.,  Medical  Officer 
in  Charge  Electrical  Department,  St.  Bartholomew's  Hospital.  Second  Edition 
of  Steavenson  and  Jones'  Medical  Electricity.  Revised  and  Enlarged  112  Illus- 
trations.    i2mo.  Cloth,  $2.50 

KEEN.  Clinical  Charts.  A  series  of  seven  Outline  Drawings  of  the  Human  Body, 
on  which  may  be  marked  the  course  of  any  Disease,  Fractures,  Operations,  etc. 
By  W.  W.  Keen,  m.d.,  Professor  of  the  Principles  of  Surgery  and  Clinical  Sur- 
gery, Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia.  Put  up  in  pads  of  50,  with 
explanations.  Each  pad,  $1.00.  Each  Drawing  may  also  be  had  separately 
gummed  on  back  for  pasting  in  case  book.     25  to  the  pad.     Price,  25  cents. 

*#*  Special  Charts  will  be  printed  to  order.     Samples  free. 


16  P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  &*  CO.'S 

KIRKE'S  Physiology,  {14th  Authorized  Edition.  i2mo.  Dark  Red  Cloth.) 
A  Handbook  of  Physiology.  Fourteenth  London  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged. 
By  W.  D.  Halliburton,  m.d.,  f.r.s.,  Professor  of  Physiology  King's  College, 
London.  Thoroughly  Revised  and  in  many  parts  Rewritten.  661  Illus.,  many 
of  which  are  printed  in  Colors.    851  pages.     i2mo.    Cloth,  $3.00  ;  Leather,  5375 

IMPORTANT   NOTICE.     This  is  the  identical  Fourteenth  Edition  of  "  Kirke's  Physiology," 

as  published  in  London  by  John  Murray,  the  sole  owner  of  the  book. 

It  is  the  only  edition  containing  the  revisions  and  additions  of  Dr.  Halliburton,  and  the  new  and 
original  illustrations  included  at  his  suggestion.  It  is  the  edition  of  which  the  London  I,Rncet 
speaks  in  its  issue  of  October  17,  i8g6,  as  follows  :  "  The  book  as  now  presented  to  the  student  may 
be  regarded  as  a  thoroughly  reliable  exposition  of  the  present  state  of  physiological  science." 

KENWOOD.  Public  Health  Laboratory  Work.  By  H.  R.  Kenwood,  m.b., 
d.p.h.,  F.c.s.,  Instructor  in  Hygienic  Laboratory,  University  College,  late  Assistant 
Examiner  in  Hygiene,  Science  and  Art  Department,  South  Kensington,  London, 
etc.     With  116  Illustrations  and  3  Plates.  Cloth,  $2.00 

KLEEN.  Handbook  of  Massage.  By  Emil  Kleen,  m.d.,  ph.d.,  Stockholm  and 
Carlsbad.  Authorized  Translation  from  the  Swedish,  by  Edward  Mussey  Hart- 
well,  m.d.,  PH.D.,  Director  of  Physical  Training  in  the  Public  Schools  of  Boston. 
With  an  Introduction  by  Dr.  S.  Weir  Mitchell,  of  Philadelphia.  Illustrated 
with  a  series  of  Photographs  made  specially  by  Dr.  Kleen  for  the  American 
Edition.     8vo.  Cloth,  $2.25 

LANDIS'  Compend  of  Obstetrics  ;  especially  adapted  to  the  Use  of  Students  and 
Physicians.  By  Henry  G.  Landis,  m.d.  Fifth  Edition.  Revised  by  Wm.  H. 
Wells,  m.d.,  Ass' t  Demonstrator  of  Clinical  Obstetrics,  Jefferson  Medical  College; 
Member  Obstetrical  Society  of  Philadelphia,  etc.  Enlarged.  With  Many -Illus- 
trations.    No.  5  ? Quiz- Compend?  Series. 

Cloth,  .80;  interleaved  for  the  addition  of  Notes,  $1.25 

LANDOIS.  A  Text-Book  of  Human  Physiology  ;  including  Histology  and  Micro- 
scopical Anatomy,  with  special  reference  to  the  requirements  of  Practical  Medi- 
cine. By  Dr.  L.  Landois,  Professor  of  Physiology  and  Director  of  the  Physio- 
logical Institute  in  the  University  of  Greifswald.  Fifth  American,  translated 
from  the  last  German  Edition,  with  additions,  by  Wm.  Stirling,  m.d.,  d.Sc, 
Brackenbury  Professor  of  Physiology  and  Histology  in  Owen's  College,  and  Pro- 
fessor in  Victoria  University,  Manchester  ;  Examiner  in  Physiology  in  University 
of  Oxford,  England.  With  845  Illustrations,  many  of  which  are  printed  in 
Colors.     8vo.  In  Press. 

LAZARUS-BARLOW.    General  Pathology.    By  W.  S.  Lazarus- Barlow,  m.d., 
Demonstrator  of  Pathology  at  the  University  of  Cambridge,  England. 
795  pages.     Octavo.  Cloth,  $5.00 

LEE.  The  Microtomist's  Vade  Mecum.  Fourth  Edition.  A  Handbook  of 
Methods  of  Microscopic  Anatomy.  By  Arthur  Bolles  Lee,  formerly  Ass't  in 
the  Russian  Laboratory  of  Zoology,  at  Villefranche-sur-Mer  (Nice).  887  Articles. 
Enlarged  and  Revised,  and  in  many  portions  greatly  extended.    8vo.    Cloth,  $4.00 

LEFFMANN'S  Compend  of  Medical  Chemistry,  Inorganic  and  Organic.  In- 
cluding Urine  Analysis.  By  Henry  Leffmann,  m.d.,  Prof,  of  Chemistry  in 
the  Woman's  Medical  College  in  the  Penna.  College  of  Dental  Surgery  and 
in  the  Wagner  Free  Institute  of  Science,  Philadelphia;  Pathological  Chemist 
Jefferson  Medical  College.  No.  10  f  Quiz- Compend ?  Series.  Fourth  Edition. 
Rewritten.  Cloth,  .80.    Interleaved  for  the  addition  of  Notes,  $1.25 

The  Coal-Tar  Colors,  with  Special  Reference  to  their  Injurious  Qualities  and 
the  Restrictions  of  their  Use.  A  Translation  of  Theodore  Weyl's  Mono- 
graph.    i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.25 

Progressive  Exercises  in  Practical  Chemistry.  A  Laboratory  Handbook. 
Illustrated.     Third  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.     121110.      Cloth,  $1.00 

Examination  of  Water  for  Sanitary  and  Technical  Purposes.  Third  Edition. 
Enlarged.     Illustrated.     121110.  Cloth,  $1.25 

Analysis  of  Milk  and  Milk  Products.  Arranged  to  suit  the  needs  of  Analyt- 
ical Chemists,  Dairymen,  and  Milk  Inspectors.  Second  Edition,  Revised 
and  Enlarged,  with  Illustrations.     121110.  Cloth,  $1.25 


MEDICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  PUBLICA  TIONS.  17 

LEFFMANN.  Handbook  of  Structural  Formulae  for  the  Use  of  Students,  con- 
taining 180  Structural  and  Stereo-chemic  Formulae.     i2mo.     Interleaved. 

Cloth,  $1.00 

LEWERS.  On  the  Diseases  of  Women.  A  Practical  Treatise.  By  Dr.  A.  H. 
N.  Lewers,  Assistant  Obstetric  Physician  to  the  London  Hospital ;  and  Phy- 
sician to  Out-patients,  Queen  Charlotte's  Lying-in  Hospital;  Examiner  in  Mid- 
wifery and  Diseases  of  Women  to  the  Society  of  Apothecaries  of  London.  With 
146  Engravings.     Fifth  Edition,  Revised.  Cloth,  $2.50 

LINCOLN.    School  and  Industrial  Hygiene.    By  D.  F.  Lincoln,  m.d.    Cloth,  .40 

LEWIS  (BE VAN).  Mental  Diseases.  A  text-book  having  special  reference  to  the 
Pathological  aspects  of  Insanity.  By  Bevan  Lewis,  l.h.c.p.,  m.r.c.s.,  Medi- 
cal Director,  West  Riding  Asylum,  Wakefield,  England.  18  Lithographic  Plates 
and  other  Illustrations.     Second  Edition.     8vo.  fii  Press. 

LIZARS  (JOHN).     On  Tobacco.     The  Use  and  Abuse  of  Tobacco.  Cloth,  .40 

LONGLEY'S  Pocket  Medical  Dictionary  for  Students  and  Physicians.  Giving 
the  Correct  Definition  and  Pronunciation  of  all  Words  and  Terms  in  General 
Use  in  Medicine  and  the  Collateral  Sciences,  with  an  Appendix,  containing 
Poisons  and  their  Antidotes,  Abbreviations  Used  in  Prescriptions,  and  a  Metric 
Scale  of  Doses.     By  Elias  Longley.  Cloth,  .75  ;  Tucks  and  Pocket,  $1.00 

MACALISTER'S  Human  Anatomy.  800  Illustrations.  A  New  Text-book  for 
Students  and  Practitioners.  Systematic  and  Topographical,  including  the 
Embryology,  Histology  and  Morphology  of  Man.  With  special  reference  to  the 
requirements  of  Practical  Surgery  and  Medicine.  By  Alex.  Macalister,  m.d., 
f.r.s.,  Professor  of  Anatomy  in  the  University  of  Cambridge,  England.  816  Illus- 
trations.    Octavo.  Cloth,  $5.00;  Leather,  $6. co 

MACDONALD'S  Microscopical  Examinations  of  Water  and  Air.  With  an  Ap- 
pendix on  the  Microscopical  Examination  of  Air.  By  J.  D.  Macdonald,  m.d. 
25  Lithographic  Plates,  Reference  Tables,  etc.     Second  Ed.     8vo.      Cloth,  #2.50 

MACKENZIE.  The  Pharmacopoeia  of  the  London  Hospital  for  Diseases  of 
the  Throat.  By  Sir  Morell  Mackenzie,  m.d.  Fifth  Edition.  Revised  and 
Improved  by  F.  G.  Harvey,  Surgeon  to  the  Hospital.  Cloth,  $1.00 

M  ACRE  AD  Y.  A  Treatise  on  Ruptures.  By  Jonathan  F.  C.  H.  Macready, 
f.r.c.S.,  Surgeon  to  the  Great  Northern  Central  Hospital ;  to  the  City  of  London 
Hospital  for  Diseases  of  the  Chest;  to  the  City  of  London  Truss  Society,  etc. 
With  24  full-page  Plates  and.  numerous  Wood-Engravings.  Octavo.     Cloth,  $6.00 

MANN.  Forensic  Medicine  and  Toxicology.  A  Text-Book  by  J.  Dixon  Mann, 
m.d.,  f.r.c.p.,  Professor  of  Medical  Jurisprudence  and  Toxicology  in  Owens  Col- 
lege, Manchester;  Examiner  in  Forensic  Medicine  in  University  of  London,  etc. 
Illustrated.     Octavo.  Cloth,  $6.50 

MANN'S  Manual  of  Psychological  Medicine  and  Allied  Nervous  Diseases.  Their 
Diagnosis,  Pathology,  Prognosis  and  Treatment,  including  their  Medico-Legal 
Aspects  ;  with  chapter  on  Expert  Testimony,  and  an  abstract  of  the  laws  relating 
to  the  Insane  in  all  the  States  of  the  Union.  By  Edward  C.  Mann,  m.d. 
With  Illustrations.     Octavo.  Cloth,  $3.00 

MARSHALL'S  Physiological  Diagrams,  Life  Size,  Colored.  Eleven  Life-size 
Diagrams  (each  7  feet  by  3  feet  7  inches).  Designed  for  Demonstration  before 
the  Class.  By  John  Marshall,  f.r.s.,  f.r.c.S.,  Professor  of  Anatomy  to  the 
Royal  Academy;  Professor  of  Surgery,  University  College,  London,  etc. 

In  Sheets,  $40.00     Backed  with  Muslin  and  Mounted  on  Rollers,  $60.00 
Ditto,  Spring  Rollers,  in  Handsome  Walnut  Wall  Map  Case  (Send  for 

Special  Circular) $100.00 

Single  Plates,  Sheets,  $5.00;  Mounted,  $7.50;  Explanatory  Key,  50  cents. 
No.  1 — The   Skeleton  and  Ligaments.     No.  2 — The  Muscles  and  Joints,  with 
Animal  Mechanics.     No.  3 — The  Viscera  in  Position.     The  Structure  of  the  Lungs. 
No.  4 — The  Heart  and  Principal  Blood-vessels.    No.  5 — The  Lymphatics  or  Absorb- 
ents.   No.  6 — The  Digestive  Organs.    No.  7 — The  Brain  and  Nerves.    Nos.  8  and  9 

The   Organs  of  the   Senses.     Nos.   10   and   11 — The   Microscopic   Structure  of  the 
Textures  and  Organs.     {Send for  Special  Circular.) 


18  P.  BLAKISTONS  SON  <5-  CO.'S 

MARSHALL.  The  Woman's  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania.  An  Historical 
Outline.     By  Clara  Marshall,  m.d.,  Dean  of  the  College.     8vo.    Cloth,  $1.50 

MASON'S  Compend  of  Electricity,  and  its  Medical  and  Surgical  Uses.  By 
Charles  F.  Mason,  m.d.,  Assistant  Surgeon  U.  S.  Army.  With  an  Intro- 
duction by  Charles  H.  May,  m.d.,  Instructor  in  the  New  York  Polyclinic. 
Numerous  Illustrations.     i2mo.  Cloth,  .75 

MAXWELL.  Terminologia  Medica  Polyglotta.  By  Dr.  Theodore  Maxwell, 
assisted  by  others  in  various  countries.     8vo.  Cloth,  $3.00 

The  object  of  this  work  is  to  assist  the  medical  men  of  any  nationality  in  reading  medical  literature  written 
in  a  language  not  their  own.  Each  term  is  usually  given  in  seven  languages,  viz.  :  English,  French,  German, 
Italian,  Spanish,  Russian  and  Latin. 

MAYLARD.  The  Surgery  of  the  Alimentary  Canal.  By  Alfred  Ernest 
Maylard,  m.b.,  b.s.,  Senior  Surgeon  to  the  Victoria  Infirmary,  Glasgow.  With 
27  Full-Page  Plates  and  117  other  Illustrations.     Octavo.  Cloth,  $7.50 

MAYS'  Theine  in  the  Treatment  of  Neuralgia.  By  Thomas  J.  Mays,  m.d. 
i6mo.  y^  bound,  .50 

McBRIDE.  Diseases  of  the  Throat,  Nose  and  Ear.  A  Clinical  Manual  for  Stu- 
dents and  Practitioners.  By  P.  McBride,  m.d.,  f.r.c.p.  (Edin.),  Surgeon  to  the 
Ear  and  Throat  Department  of  the  Royal  Infirmary;  Lecturer  on  Diseases  of 
Throat  and  Ear,  Edinburgh  School  of  Medicine,  etc.  With  Colored  Illustrations 
from  Original  Drawings.    2d  Edition.    Octavo.       Handsome  Cloth,  Gilt  top,  $6.00 

McNEILL.  The  Prevention  of  Epidemics  and  the  Construction  and  Man- 
agement of  Isolation  Hospitals.  By  Dr.  Roger  McNeill,  Medical  Officer  of 
Health  for  the  County  of  Argyll.  With  numerous  Plans  and  other  Illustrations. 
Octavo.  Cloth,  $3.50 

MEIGS.  Milk  Analysis  and  Infant  Feeding.  A  Treatise  on  the  Examination  of 
Human  and  Cows'  Milk,  Cream,  Condensed  Milk,  etc.,  and  Directions  as  to  the 
Diet  of  Young  Infants.     By  Arthur  V.  Meigs,  m.d.     i2mo.  Cloth,  .50 

MEMMINGER.  Diagnosis  by  the  Urine.  The  Practical  Examination  of  Urine, 
with  Special  Reference  to  Diagnosis.  By  Allard  Memminger,  m.d.,  Professor 
of  Chemistry  and  of  Hygiene  in  the  Medical  College  of  the  State  of  S.  C. ;  Visiting 
Physician  in  the  City  Hospital  of  Charleston,  etc.    23  Illus.    i2mo.     Cloth,  $1.00 

MONEY.  On  Children.  Treatment  of  Disease  in  Children,  including  the  Outlines 
of  Diagnosis  and  the  Chief  Pathological  Differences  between  Children  and 
Adults.  By  Angel  Money,  m.d.,  m.r.c.p.,  Ass't  Physician  to  the  Hospital  for 
Sick  Children,  Great  Ormond  St.,  London.     2d  Edition.     i2mo.         Cloth,  $2.50 

MORRIS.  Text-Book  of  Anatomy.  791  Illustrations,  many  in  Colors.  A  com- 
plete Text-book.  Edited  by  Henry  Morris,  f.r.c.s.,  Surg,  to,  and  Lect.  on 
Anatomy  at,  Middlesex  Hospital,  assisted  by  J.  Bland  Sutton,  f.r  c.s.,  j.  H. 
Davies-Colley,  f.r.c.s.,  Wm.  J.  Walsham,  f.r.c.s.,  H.  St.  John  Brooks,  m.d., 
R.  Marcus  Gunn,  f.r.c.s.,  Arthur  Hensman,  f.r.c.s.,  Frederick  Treves, 
f.r.c.s.,  William  Anderson,  f.r.c.s.,  and  Prof.  W.  H.  A.  Jacobson.  One 
Handsome  Octavo  Volume,  with  791  Illustrations,  214  of  which  are  printed  in 
colors.  Cloth,  $6.00;  Leather,  $7.00 ;  Half  Russia,  #8.00 

"Taken  as  a  whole,  we  have  no  hesitation  in  according  very  high  praise  to  this  work.  It 
will  rank,  we  believe,  with  the  leading  Anatomies.  The  illustrations  are  handsome  and  the 
printing  is  good." — Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

"  The  work  as  a  whole  is  filled  with  practical  ideas,  and  the  salient  points  of  the  subject 
are  properly  emphasized.  The  surgeon  will  be  particularly  edified  by  the  section  on  the  topo- 
graphical anatomy,  which  is  full  to  repletion  of  excellent  and  useful  illustrations." — The  Medical 
Record,  New  York. 

Handsome  circular,  with  sample  pages  and  colored  illustrations,  and  list  of 
schools  where  it  has  been  recommended,  will  be  sent  free  to  any  address. 


MEDICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  PUBLICATIONS.  19 

MORTON  on  Refraction  of  the  Eye.  Its  Diagnosis  and  the  Correction  of  its  Errors. 
With  Chapter  on  Keratoscopy,  and  Test  Types.  By  A.  Morton,  m.b.  Sixth 
Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.  Cloth,  31.00 

MOULLIN.  Surgery.  Third  Edition,  by  Hamilton.  A  Complete  Text-book. 
By  C.  W.  Mansell  Moullin,  m.a.,  m.d.  (Oxon.),  f.r.c.s.,  Surgeon  and  Lec- 
turer on  Physiology  to  the  London  Hospital ;  formerly  Radcliffe  Traveling 
Fellow  and  Fellow  of  Pembroke  College,  Oxford.  Third  American  Edition. 
Revised  and  edited  by  John  B.  Hamilton,  m.d.,  ll.d.,  Professor  of  the  Principles 
of  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery,  Rush  Medical  College,  Chicago  ;  Professor  of 
Surgery,  Chicago  Polyclinic  ;  Surgeon,  formerly  Supervising  Surgeon-General, 
U.S.  Marine  Hospital  Service;  Surgeon  to  Presbyterian  Hospital;  Consulting 
Surgeon  to  St.  Joseph's  Hospital  and  Central  Free  Dispensary,  Chicago,  etc. 
600  Illustrations,  over  200  of  which  are  original,  and  many  of  which  are  printed 
in  Colors.     Royal  Octavo.     1250  pages. 

Handsomely  bound  in  Cloth,  $6.00;  Leather,  $7.00;  Half  Russia,  $8.00 
"  The  aim  to  make  this  valuable  treatise  practical  by  giving  special  attention  to  questions  of 
treatment  has  been  admirably  carried  out.  Many  a  reader  will  consult  the  work  with  a  feeling 
of  satisfaction  that  his  wants  have  been  understood,  and  that  they  have  been  intelligently  met. 
He  will  not  look  in  vain  for  details,  without  proper  attention  to  which  he  well  knows  that  the 
highest  success  is  impossible." — The  American  Journal  of  Medical  Sciences. 

Handsome  circular,  with  sample  pages  and  colored  illustrations,  will  be  sent  to 
any  address  upon  application. 

Enlargement  of  the   Prostate.     Its  Treatment   and   Radical   Cure.     Illus- 
trated.    Second  Edition.     Octavo.  Preparing: 
Inflammation  of  the  Bladder  and  Urinary  Fever.    Octavo.      Cloth,  $1.50 

MURRELL.     Massotherapeutics.     Massage  as  a  Mode  of  Treatment.     By  Wm, 
Murrell,  m.d.,  F.R.c.P.,  Lecturer  on  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics  at  West- 
minster Hospital.     Sixth  Edition.    Revised.    i2mo.  Preparing. 
What  To  Do  in  Cases  of  Poisoning.     Seventh  Edition,  Enlarged  and  Re- 
vised.    641x10.                                                                                          Cloth,  $1.00 

MUTER.  Practical  and  Analytical  Chemistry.  By  John  Muter,  f.r.s.,  f.c.s., 
etc.  Fourth  Edition.  Revised,  to  meet  the  requirements  of  American  Medical 
Colleges,  by  Claude  C.  Hamilton,  m.d.,  Professor  of  Analytical  Chemistry 
in  University  Med.  Col.  and  Kansas  City  Col.  of  Pharmacy.     51  Illus.    Cloth,  $1.25 

NAPHEYS'  Modern  Therapeutics.  Ninth  Revised  Edition,  Enlarged  and  Im- 
proved. In  Two  Handsome  Volumes.  Edited  by  Allen  J.  Smith,  m.d.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Pathology,  University  of  Texas,  Galveston,  late  Ass't  Demonstrator  of 
Morbid  Anatomy  and  Pathological  Histology,  Lecturer  on  Urinology,  University 
of  Pennsylvania;  and  J.  Aubrey  Davis,  m.d.,  Ass't  Demonstrator  of  Obstetrics, 
University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ass't  Physician  to  Home  for  Crippled  Children,  etc. 
Vol.  I.— General  Medicine  and  Diseases  of  Children. 

Handsome  Cloth  binding,  §4.00 
Vol.  II. — General  Surgery,  Obstetrics,  and  Diseases  of  Women. 

Handsome  Cloth  binding,  $4.00 

NEW  SYDENHAM  SOCIETY  Publications.  Three  to  Six  Volumes  published 
each  year.     List  of  Volumes  upo?i  application.  Per  annum,  38. 00 

NOTTER  and  FIRTH.  The  Theory  and  Practice  of  Hygiene.  A  Complete 
Treatise  by  J.  Lane  Notter,  m.a.,  m.d.,  f.c.s.,  Fellow  and  Member  of  Council 
of  the  Sanitary  Institute  of  Great  Britain  ;  Professor  of  Hygiene,  Army  Medical 
School;  Examiner  in  Hygiene,  University  of  Cambridge,  etc.,  and  R.  H.  Firth, 
f.r.c.s.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Hygiene,  Army  Medical  School,  Netty.  Illustrated 
by  10  Lithographic  Plates  and  135  other  Illustrations,  and  including  many  Useful 
Tables.     Octavo.     1034  pages.  Cloth,  $7.00 

*#*This  volume  is  based  upon  Parkes'  Practical  Hygiene,  which  will  not  be  pub- 
lished hereafter. 


20  P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  &*  CO.'S 

OBERSTEINER.  The  Anatomy  of  the  Central  Nervous  Organs.  A  Guide  to  the 
study  of  their  structure  in  Health  and  Disease.  By  Professor  H.  Obersteiner, 
of  the  University  of  Vienna.  Translated  and  Edited  by  Alex.  Hill,  m.a.,  m.d., 
Master  of  Downing  College,  Cambridge.     198  Illustrations.     8vo.       Cloth,  $5.50 

OETTEL.  Practical  Exercises  in  Electro-Chemistry.  By  Dr.  Felix  Oettel. 
Authorized  Translation  by  Edgar  F.  Smith,  m.a.,  Professor  of  Chemistry, 
University  of  Pennsylvania.     Illustrated.  Cloth,  .75 

Introduction  to  Electro-Chemical  Experiments.     Illustrated.     By  same 
Author  and  Translator.  Cloth,  .75 

OHLEMANN.  Ocular  Therapeutics  for  Physicians  and  Students.  By  M.  Ohle- 
mann,  m.d.  Translated  and  Edited  by  Charles  A.  Oliver,  a.m.,  m.d.,  Attend- 
ing Surgeon  to  Wills  Eye  Hospital,  Ophthalmic  Surgeon  to  the  Philadelphia  and 
to  the  Presbyterian  Hospitals,  Fellow  of  the  College  of  Physicians  of  Phila- 
delphia, etc.  In  Press. 

0RMER0D.  Diseases  of  Nervous  System,  Student's  Guide  to.  By  J.  A.  Ormerod, 
m.d.  (Oxon.),  f.r.c.p.  (Lond.),  Mem.  Path.,  Clin.,  Ophth.,  and  Neurol.  Societies, 
Physician  to  National  Hospital  for  Paralyzed  and  Epileptic  and  to  City  of  London 
Hospital  for  Diseases  of  the  Chest,  Dem.  of  Morbid  Anatomy,  St.  Bartholo 
mew's  Hospital,  etc.     With  66  Wood  Engravings.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.00 

OSGOOD.    The  Winter  and  Its  Dangers.    By  Hamilton  Osgood,  m.d.  Cloth,  .40 

OSLER.    Cerebral  Palsies  of  Children.    A  Clinical  Study.    By  William  Osler, 

m.d.,  f.r.c.p.  (Lond.),  Professor  of  Medicine,  Johns    Hopkins  University,  etc. 

8vo.  Cloth,  $2.00 

Chorea  and  Choreiform  Affections.    8vo.  Cloth,  $2.00 

0STR0M.  Massage  and  the  Original  Swedish  Movements.  Their  Application 
to  Various  Diseases  of  the  Body.  A  Manual  for  Students,  Nurses  and  Physicians. 
By  Kurre  W.  Ostrom,  from  the  Royal  University  of  Upsala,  Sweden ;  Instructor 
in  Massage  and  Swedish  Movements  in  the  Hospital  of  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  and  in  the  Philadelphia  Polyclinic  and  College  for  Graduates  in 
Medicine,  etc.  Third  Edition.  Enlarged.  Illustrated  by  94  Wood  Engrav- 
ings, many  of  which  were  drawn  especially  for  this  purpose.    i2mo.     Cloth,  $1.00 

PACKARD'S  Sea  Air  and  Sea  Bathing.    By  John  H.  Packard,  m.d.     Cloth,  .40 

PARKES'  Practical  Hygiene.  By  Edward  A.  Parkes,  m.d.  Superseded  by 
"  Notter  and  Firth  "  Treatise  on  Hygiene.     See  previous  page. 

PARKES.  Hygiene  and  Public  Health.  A  Practical  Manual.  By  Louis  C. 
Parkes,  m.d.,  d.p.h.  Lond.  Univ.,  Lect.  on  Public  Health  at  St.  George's  Hos- 
pital, Medical  Officer  of  Health,  Parish  of  Chelsea,  London,  etc.  Fifth  Edition, 
Enlarged  and  Revised.     80  Illustrations.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $2.50 

The    Elements    of   Health.      An    Introduction    to  the  Study   of  Hygiene. 
Illustrated.  Cloth,  $1.25 

PARRISH'S  Alcoholic  Inebriety.  From  a  Medical  Standpoint,  with  Illustrative 
Cases  from  the  Clinical  Records  of  the  Author.  By  Joseph  Parrish,  m.d., 
President  of  the  Amer.  Assoc,  for  Cure  of  Inebriates.  Cloth,  $1.00 

PEREIRA'S  Prescription  Book.  Containing  Lists  of  Terms,  Phrases,  Contrac- 
tions and  Abbreviations  used  in  Prescriptions,  Explanatory  Notes,  Grammatical 
Construction  of  Prescriptions,  Rules  for  the  Pronunciation  of  Pharmaceutical 
Terms.    By  Jonathan  Pereira,  m.d.    Sixteenth  Edition.    Cloth,  .75;  Tucks  $1.00 

PHILLIPS.  Spectacles  and  Eyeglasses,  Their  Prescription  and  Adjustment.  By 
R.  J.  Phillips,  m.d.,  Instructor  on  Diseases  of  the  Eye,  Philadelphia  Polyclinic, 
Ophthalmic  Surgeon,  Presbyterian  Hospital.  Second  Edition,  Revised  and 
Enlarged.     49  Illustrations.     i2tno.  Cloth,  $1.00 


MEDICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  PUBLICA  TIONS.  21 

PHYSICIAN'S  VISITING  LIST.  Published  Annually.  Forty-seventh  Year  (1898) 
of  its  Publication. 

Hereafter  all  styles  will  contain  the  interleaf  or  special  memoranda  page,  except 
the  Monthly  Edition,  and  the  sizes  for  75  and  ico  Patients  will  come  in  two  volumes 
only.     The  Sale  of  this  Visiting  List  increased  over  ten  per  cent,  in  1896. 

REGULAR  EDITION. 

For  25  Patients  weekly.  Tucks,  pocket  and  pencil,  Gilt  Edges,  #1.00 

50         "  "                               "         "         "          1.25 

1,           1  I  Jan.  to  Tune  |   .,           .,                    ,,         ,,         ,, 

5°                    "2  vols.  }julyt0JDec.}                                                              2.00 

.,  ,         f  Jan.  to  Tune  I   ,,  ,,  ,,         ,,         ,. 

7;         "  2  vols.      \  i  ,     .    -U       V  "  2.00 

'  ->  [  July  to  Dec.  J 

,  f  Tan.  to  Tune )   .,  „  ,,         ,,         ,, 

2vols-      J  July  to  Dec.}  ^S 

Perpetual  Edition,   without  Dates  and  with  Special   Memorandum    Pages. 

For  25  Patients,  interleaved,  tucks,  pocket  and  pencil,  .         .  .         $1.25 

50         "  "  .«•««....  ....  1.50 

Monthly  Edition,  without  Dates.    Can  be  commenced  at  any  time  and  used 

until  full.    Requires  only  one  writing  of  patient's  name  for  the  whole  month. 

Plain  binding,  without  Flap  or  Pencil,  .75.      Leather  cover,  Pocket  and  Pencil,  $1.00 

EXTRA  Pencils  will  be  sent,  postpaid,  for  25  cents  per  half  dozen. 

JQ^*  This  List  combines  the  several  essential  qualities  of  strength,  compactness, 

durability  and  convenience.    It  is  made  in  all  sizes  and  styles  to  meet  the  wants  of  all 

physicians.     It  is  not  an  elaborate,  complicated  system  of  keeping  accounts,  but  a 

plain,  simple  record,  that  may  be  kept  with  the  least  expenditure  of  time  and  trouble — 

hence  its  popularity.    A  special  circular,  descriptive  of  contents  will  be  sent  upon 

application. 

POTTER.  A  Handbook  of  Materia  Medica,  Pharmacy,  and  Therapeutics,  in- 
cluding the  Action  of  Medicines,  Special  Therapeutics  of  Disease,  Official  and 
Practical  Pharmacy,  and  Minute  Directions  for  Prescription  Writing,  etc.  In- 
cluding over  600  Prescriptions  and  Formulas.  By  Samuel  O.  L.  Potter,  m.a., 
m.d.,  m.r.c.p.  (Lond.),  Professor  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine  and 
Clinical  Medicine  in  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  San  Francisco; 
late  A.  A.  Surgeon  U.  S.  Army.  Sixth  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged  by  100 
Pages.    8vo.     With  Thumb  Index  in  each  copy. 

Cloth,  $4.50;  Leather,  $5.50;  Half  Russia  $6.50 

Compend  of  Anatomy,  including  Visceral  Anatomy.  Fifth  Edition.  Re- 
vised, and  greatly  Enlarged.  With  16  Lithographed  Plates  and  117  other 
Illustrations.     Being  No.  1  f  Quiz-  Compend  f  Series. 

Cloth,  .80;  Interleaved  for  taking  Notes,  $1.25 

Compend  of  Materia  Medica,  Therapeutics  and  Prescription  Writing, 
with  special  reference  to  the  Physiological  Action  of  Drugs.  Sixth  Revised 
and  Improved  Edition,  with  Index,  based  upon  U.  S.  P.  1890.  Being  No. 
6  f  Quiz- Compend?  Series.    Cloth,  .80.     Interleaved  for  taking  Notes,  $1.25 

Speech  and  Its  Defects.  Considered  Physiologically,  Pathologically  and 
Remedially ;  being  the  Lea  Prize  Thesis  of  Jefferson  Medical  College,  1882. 
Revised  and  Corrected.     i2ino.  Cloth,  $1.00 

POWELL.  Diseases  of  the  Lungs  and  Pleurae,  Including  Consumption.  .  By 
R.  Douglas  Powell,  m.d.,  f.r.c.p.,  Physician  to  the  Middlesex  Hospital,  and 
Consulting  Physician  to  the  Hospital  for  Consumption  and  Diseases  of  the  Chest 
at  Brompton,  Fourth  Edition.  With  Colored  Plates  and  Wood  Engravings. 
8vo.  Cloth,  $4.00 

POWER.  Surgical  Diseases  of  Children  and  their  Treatment  by  Modern 
Methods.  By  D'Arcy  Power,  m.a.,  f.r.c.s.  (Eng.),  Demonstrator  of  Operative 
Surgery,  St.  Bartholomew's  Hospital ;  Surgeon  to  the  Victoria  Hospital  for 
Children.     Illustrated.     i:mo.  Cloth,  $2.50 


22  P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  6-  CO. 'S 

PRESTON.  Hysteria  and  Certain  Allied  Conditions.  Their  Nature  and  Treat- 
ment. With  special  reference  to  the  application  of  the  Rest  Cure,  Massage, 
Electro-therapy,  Hypnotism,  etc.  By  George  J.  Preston,  m.d.,  Professor  of 
Diseases  of  the  Nervous  System,  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  Balti- 
more ;  Visiting  Physician  to  the  City  Hospital ;  Consulting  Neurologist  to  Bay 
View  Asylum  and  the  Hebrew  Hospital ;  Member  American  Neurological  Asso- 
ciation, etc.     With  Illustrations.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $2.00 

PRITCHARD.  Handbook  of  Diseases  of  the  Ear.  By  Urban  Pritchard, 
m.d.,  f.r.c.s.,  Professor  of  Aural  Surgery,  King's  College,  London,  Aural  Sur- 
geon to  King's  College  Hospital,  Senior  Surgeon  to  the  Royal  Ear  Hospital,  etc. 
Third  Edition,  Enlarged.    Many  Illustrations  and  Formulae,    iamo.    Cloth,  $1.50 

PROCTOR'S  Practical  Pharmacy.  Lectures  on  Practical  Pharmacy.  With  Wood 
Engravings  and  32  Lithographic  Fac-simile  Prescriptions.  By  Barnard  S. 
Proctor.  Third  Edition.  Revised  and  with  elaborate  Tables  of  Chemical 
Solubilities,  etc.  Cloth,  $3.00 

REESE'S  Medical  Jurisprudence  and  Toxicology.  A  Text-book  for  Medical  and 
Legal  Practitioners  and  Students.  By  John  J.  Reese,  m.d.,  Editor  of  Taylor's 
Jurisprudence,  Professor  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medical  Jurisprudence, 
including  Toxicology,  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  Medical  Department. 
Fifth  Edition.  Revised  and  Edited  by  Henry  Leffmann,  m.d.,  Pathological 
Chemist,  Jefferson  Medical  College  Hospital ;  Chemist,  State  Board  of  Health  ; 
Professor  of  Chemistry,  Woman's  Medical  College  of  Penna.,  etc.  i2mo.  645 
pages.  Cloth,  $3.00;   Leather,  $3.50 

"  To  the  student  of  medical  jurisprudence  and  toxicology  it  is  invaluable,  as  it  is  concise, 

clear,  and  thorough  in  every  respect." — The  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences. 

REEVES.  Medical  Microscopy.  Illustrated.  A  Handbook  for  Physicians  and 
Students,  including  Chapters  on  Bacteriology,  Neoplasms,  Urinary  Examination, 
etc.  By  James  E.  Reeves,  m.d.,  Ex-President  American  Public  Health  Associa- 
tion, Member  Association  American  Physicians,  etc.  Numerous  Illustrations, 
some  of  which  are  printed  in  colors.  i2mo.     Handsome  Cloth,  $2.50 

REGIS.  Mental  Medicine.  A  Practical  Manual.  By  Dr.  E.  Regis,  formerly 
Chief  of  Clinique  of  Mental  Diseases,  Faculty  of  Medicine  of  Paris  ;  Physician 
of  the  Maison  de  Sante  de  Castel  d'Andorte  ;  Professor  of  Mental  Diseases, 
Faculty  of  Medicine,  Bordeaux,  etc.  With  a  Preface  by  M.  Benjamin  Ball, 
Clinical  Professor  of  Mental  Diseases,  Faculty  of  Medicine,  Paris.  Authorized 
Translation  from  the  Second  Edition  by  H.  M.  Bannister,  m.d.,  late  Senior 
Assistant  Physician,  Illinois  Eastern  Hospital  for  the  Insane,  etc.  With  an  In- 
troduction by  the  Author.     i2mo.     692  pages.  Cloth,  $2.00 

RICHARDSON.  Long  Life,  and  How  to  Reach  It.  By  J.  G.  Richardson,  Prof, 
of  Hygiene,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  Cloth,  .40 

RICHARDSON'S  Mechanical  Dentistry.  A  Practical  Treatise  on  Mechanical 
Dentistry.  By  Joseph  Richardson,  d.d.s.  Seventh  Edition.  Thoroughly 
Revised  and  in  many  parts  Rewritten  by  Dr.  Geo.  W.  Warren,  Chief  of  the 
Clinical  Staff,  Pennsylvania  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Philadelphia.  With  691 
Illustrations,  many  of  which  are  from  original  Wood  Engravings.  Octavo. 
675  pages.  Cloth,  $5.00;  Leather,  $6.00 ;  Half  Russia,  $7.00 

ROBERTS.  Practice  of  Medicine.  The  Theory  and  Practice  of  Medicine.  By 
Frederick  Roberts,  m.d.,  Professor  of  Therapeutics  at  University  College, 
London.    Ninth  Edition,  with  Illustrations.    8vo.        Cloth,  $4.50;  Leather,  $5.50 

ROBERTS.  Fractures  of  the  Radius.  A  Clinical,  Pathological,  and  Experimental 
Study.  By  John  B.  Roberts,  m.d.,  Professor  of  Anatomy  and  Surgery  in  the 
Philadelphia  Polyclinic,  etc.     33  Illustrations.     8vo.  Cloth,  $1.00 


MEDICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  PUBLICA  TIONS.  23 

RICHTER'S  Inorganic  Chemistry.    A  Text-book  for  Students.    By  Prof.  Victor 

von    Richter,    University  of  Breslau.     Fourth  American,  from  Sixth  German 

Edition.      Authorized  Translation   by  Edgar  F.  Smith,  m.a.,  ph.d.,  Prof,  of 

Chemistry,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Member  of  the  Chemical  Societies  of 

Berlin  and  Paris.    89  Illustrations  and  a  Colored  Plate.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.75 

Organic   Chemistry.      The  Chemistry  of  the    Carbon    Compounds.      Third 

American  Edition,  translated  from  the  Last  German  by  Edgar  F.  Smith, 

m.a.,  PH.D.,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  University  of  Pennsylvania.    Illustrated. 

2  vols.     i2mo.     Vol.  I.     Aliphatic  Series.     600  pages.  In  Press. 

Vol.  II.     Aromatic  Series.     600  pages.  Preparing. 

ROBINSON.    Latin  Grammar  of  Pharmacy  and  Medicine.    By  D.  H.  Robinson, 

PH.D.,  Professor  of  Latin  Language  and  Literature,  University  of  Kansas.  Intro- 
duction by  L.  E.  Sayre,  ph.g.,  Professor  of  Pharmacy  in,  and  Dean  of  the  Dept. 
of  Pharmacy,  University  of  Kansas.  Third  Edition.  Revised  with  the  help 
of  Prof.  L.  E.  Sayre,  of  University  of  Kansas,  and  Dr.  Charles  Rice,  of  the 
College  of  Pharmacy  of  the  city  of  New  York.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.75 

ST.  CLAIR.  Medical  Latin.  Designed  expressly  for  the  Elementary  Training 
of  Medical  Students.  By  W.  T.  St.  Clair,  Instructor  in  Latin  in  the  Kentucky 
School  of  Medicine  and  in  the  Louisville  Male  High  School.    i2mo.    Cloth,  $1.00 

SANSOM.  Diseases  of  The  Heart.  The  Diagnosis  and  Pathology  of  Diseases  of 
the  Heart  and  Thoracic  Aorta.  By  A.  Ernest  Sansom,  m.d.,  f.r.c.p.,  Physician 
to  the  London  Hospital,  etc.     With  Illustrations.     8vo.  Cloth,  $6.00 

SAYRE.  Organic  Materia  Medica  and  Pharmacognosy.  An  Introduction 
to  the  Study  of  the  Vegetable  Kingdom  and  the  Vegetable  and  Animal  Drugs. 
Comprising  the  Botanical  and  Physical  Characteristics,  Source,  Constituents,  and 
Pharmacopceial  Preparations.  With  Chapters  on  Synthetic  Organic  Remedies, 
Insects  Injurious  to  Drugs,  and  Pharmacal  Botany.  By  L.  E.  Sayre,  ph.g., 
Professor  of  Pharmacy  and  Materia  Medica  in  the  University  of  Kansas,  Mem- 
ber of  the  Committee  of  Revision  of  the  U.S.  Pharmacopoeia,  1890.  A  Glossary 
and  543  Illustrations.     8vo.  Cloth,  $4.00;  Sheep,  $5.00;  Half  Russia,  $6.00 

SCHAMBERG-.  Compend  of  Diseases  of  the  Skin.  By  Jay  F.  Schamberg, 
Associate  in  Skin  Diseases,  Philadelphia  Polyclinic  ;  Quiz-Master  at  University 
of  Pennsylvania.     99  Illustrations.  Cloth,  .80.     Interleaved,  $1.25 

SCHREINER.  Diet  List.  Arranged  in  the  Form  of  a  Chart  on  which  Articles  of 
Diet  can  be  indicated  for  any  Disease.  By  E.  R.  Schreiner,  m.d.,  Ass't  Dem. 
of  Physiology,  University  of  Penna.  Put  up  in  Pads  of  50  with  General  Dietetic 
Directions  on  Wrapper.  Per  Pad,    .75 

SCHULTZE.  Obstetrical  Diagrams.  Being  a  Series  of  20  Colored  Lithograph 
Charts,  imperial  map  size,  of  Pregnancy  and  Midwifery,  with  accompanying 
explanatory  (German)  text,  illustrated  by  wood-cuts.  By  Dr.  B.  S.  Schultze, 
Professor  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Jena.     Second  Revised  Edition. 

Price,  in  Sheets,  $26.00 ;  Mounted  on  Rollers,  Muslin  Backs,  $36.00 

SCOVILLE.  The  Art  of  Compounding.  A  Text-book  for  Students  and  a  Refer- 
ence Book  for  Pharmacists.  By  Wilbur  L.  Scoville,  ph.g.,  Professor  of  Ap- 
plied Pharmacy  and  Director  of  the  Pharmaceutical  Laboratory  in  the  Massa- 
chusetts College  of  Pharmacy.     Second  Edition,  Enlarged  and  Improved. 

Cloth,  $2.50;  Sheep,  $3.50;  Half  Russia,  $4.50 

SEWELL.  Dental  Surgery,  including  Special  Anatomy  and  Surgery.  By  Henry 
Sewell,  m.r.c.s.,  l.d.s.,  President  Odontological  Society  of  Great  Britain.  3d 
Edition,  greatly  enlarged,  with  about  200  Illustrations.  Cloth,  $2.00 

SHAWE.  Notes  for  Visiting  Nurses,  and  all  those  interested  in  the  working  and 
organization  of  District,  Visiting,  or  Parochial  Nurse  Societies.  By  Rosalind 
Gillette  Shawe,  District  Nurse  for  the  Brooklyn  Red  Cross  Society.  With  an 
Appendix  explaining  the  organization  and  working  of  various  Visiting  and  Dis- 
trict Nurse  Societies,  by  Helen  C.  Jenks,  of  Philadelphia.    i2mo.    Cloth,  Si. 00 


24  P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  6-  CO.'S 

SMITH.  Abdominal  Surgery.  Being  a  Systematic  Description  of  all  the  Princi- 
pal Operations.  By  J.  Greig  Smith,  m.a.,  f.r.s.e.,  Surg,  to  British  Royal  In- 
firmary. 224  Illustrations.  Sixth  Edition.  Enlarged  and  Thoroughly  Revised 
by  James  Swain,  m.d.  (Lond.),  f.r.c.s.,  Professor  of  Surgery,  University  College, 
Bristol,  etc.     2  Volumes.     Octavo.  Cloth,  $10.00 

SMITH.  Electro-Chemical  Analysis.  By  Edgar  F.  Smith,  Professor  of  Chem- 
istry, University  of  Pennsylvania.  Second  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.  .27 
Illustrations.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.25 

***  See  also  Oettel  and  Ric liter. 

SMITH  AND  KELLER.  Experiments.  Arranged  for  Students  in  General  Chem- 
istry. By  Edgar  F.  Smith,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
and  Dr.  H.  F.  Keller,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Philadelphia  High  School.  Third 
Edition.     8vo.     Illustrated.  Cloth,  .60 

SMITH.  Dental  Metallurgy.  A  Manual.  By  Ernest  A.  Smith,  f.c.s.,  Asst. 
Instructor  in  Metallurgy  Royal  College  of  Science,  London.     Illustrated.     i2mo. 

Cloth,  $1.75 

STAMMER.  Chemical  Problems,  with  Explanations  and  Answers.  By  Karl 
Stammer.  Translated  from  the  Second  German  Edition,  by  Prof.  W.  S.  Hos- 
kinson,  a.m.,  Wittenberg  College,  Springfield,  Ohio.     i2mo.  Cloth.  .50 

STARLING.  Elements  of  Human  Physiology.  By  Ernest  H.  Starling,  m.d. 
Lond.,  m.r.c.p.,  Joint  Lecturer  on  Physiology  at  Guy's  Hospital,  London, 
etc.     With  100  Illustrations.      121110.     437  pages.  Cloth,  $1.00 

STARR.  The  Digestive  Organs  in  Childhood.  Second  Edition.  The  Diseases 
of  the  Digestive  Organs  in  Infancy  and  Childhood.  With  Chapters  on  the 
Investigation  of  Disease  and  the  Management  of  Children.  By  Louis  Starr, 
m.d.,  late  Clinical  Prof,  of  Diseases  of  Children  in  the  Hospital  of  the  University 
of  Penn'a;  Physician  to  the  Children's  Hospital,  Phila.  Second  Edition. 
Revised  and  Enlarged.  Illustrated  by  two  Colored  Lithograph  Plates  and 
numerous  Wood  Engravings.     Crown  Octavo.  Cloth,  $2.00 

The  Hygiene  of  the  Nursery,  including  the  General  Regimen  and  Feed- 
ing of  Infants  and  Children,  and  the  Domestic  Management  of  the  Ordinary 
Emergencies  of  Early  Life,  Massage,  etc.  Sixth  Edition.  Enlarged.  25 
Illustrations.     i2mo.     280  pages.  Cloth,  $1.00 

STEARNS.  Lectures  on  Mental  Diseases.  By  Henry  Putnam  Stearns,  m.d., 
Physician  Superintendent  at  the  Hartford  Retreat,  Lecturer  on  Mental  Diseases 
in  Yale  University,  Member  of  the  American  Medico-Psychological  Ass'n,  Hon- 
orary Member  of  the  British  Medico- Pyschological  Society.  With  a  Digest  of 
Laws  of  the  Various  States  Relating  to  Care  of  Insane.    Illustrated. 

Cloth,  $2.75  ;  Sheep,  $3.25 

STEVENSON  AND  MURPHY.    A  Treatise  on  Hygiene.    By  Various  Authors. 
Edited  by  Thomas  Stevenson,  m.d.,  f.r.c.p.,  Lecturer  on  Chemistry  and  Medi- 
cal Jurisprudence  at  Guy's    Hospital,  London,  etc.,  and  Shirley  F.  Murphy, 
Medical  Officer  of  Health  to  the  County  of  London.    In  Three  Octavo  Volumes. 
Vol.  I.    With  Plates  and  Wood  Engravings.    Octavo.  Cloth,  $6.00 

Vol.  II.     With  Plates  and  Wood  Engravings.     Octavo.  Cloth,  $6.00 

Vol.  III.     Sanitary  Law.     Octavo.  Cloth,  $5.00 

***  Special  Circular  upon  application. 

STEWART'S  Compend  of  Pharmacy.  Based  upon  "  Remington's  Text-Book  of 
Pharmacy."  By  F.  E.  Stewart,  m.d.,  ph. g., Quiz-Master  in  Chem.  and  Theoreti- 
cal Pharmacy,  Phila.  College  of  Pharmacy;  Lect.  in  Pharmacology,  Jefferson 
Medical  College.  Fifth  Ed.  Revised  in  accordance  with  U.  S.  P.,  1890.  Com- 
plete tables  of  Metric  and  English  Weights  and  Measures.  ? Quiz- Compend ? 
Series.  Cloth,  .80;  Interleaved  for  the  addition  of  notes,  $1.25 

STIRLING.  Outlines  of  Practical  Physiology.  Including  Chemical  and  Experi- 
mental Physiology,  with  Special  Reference  to  Practical  Medicine.  By  W.  Stir- 
ling, m.d.,  Sc.d.,  Professor  of  Physiology  and  Histology,  Owens  College,  Victoria 
University,  Manchester.  Examiner  in  Physiology,  Universities  of  Edinburgh 
and  London.     Third  Edition.     289  Illustrations.  Cloth,  $2.00 


MEDICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  PUBLICA  TIONS.  25 

STIRLING.  Outlines  of  Practical  Histology.  368  Illustrations.  Second  Edi- 
tion.    Revised  and  Enlarged,  with  new  Illustrations.     i2mo.  Cloth,  £2.00 

STOHR.  Text-Book  of  Histology,  Including  the  Microscopical  Technique. 
By  Dr.  Philipp  Stohk,  University  of  Zurich.  Authorized  Translation  by 
Emma  L.  Billstein,  m.d.,  Demonstrator  of  Histology  and  Embryology, 
Woman's  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania.  Edited,  with  Additions,  by  Dr. 
Alfred  Schaper,  Demonstrator  of  Histology  and  Embryology,  Harvard 
Medical  School,  Boston.  Second  Edition,  Enlarged  and  Revised.  275  Illustra- 
tions.    Octavo.  Cloth,  $3.00 

STRAHAN.  Extra-Uterine  Pregnancy.  The  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Extra- 
Uterine  Pregnancy.  Being  the  Jenks  Prize  Essay  of  the  College  of  Physicians 
of  Philadelphia.  By  John  Strahan,  m.d.  (Univ.  of  Ireland),  late  Res.  Surgeon 
Belfast  Union  Infirmary  and  Fever  Hospital.     Octavo.  Cloth,  .75 

SUTTON'S  Volumetric  Analysis.  A  Systematic  Handbook  for  the  Quantitative 
Estimation  of  Chemical  Substances  by  Measure,  Applied  to  Liquids,  Solids  and 
Gases.  Adapted  to  the  Requirements  of  Pure  Chemical  Research,  Pathological 
Chemistry,  Pharmacy,  Metallurgy,  Photography,  etc.,  and  for  the  Valuation  of 
Substances  Used  in  Commerce,  Agriculture,  and  the  Arts.  By  Francis  Sutton, 
F.C.S.     Seventh  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged,  with  112  Illustrations.     8vo. 

Cloth,  54.50 

SWAIN.  Surgical  Emergencies,  together  with  the  Emergencies  Attendant  on 
Parturition  and  the  Treatment  of  Poisoning.  A  Manual  for  the  Use  of  Student, 
Practitioner,  and  Head  Nurse.  By  William  Paul  Swain,  f.r.c.s.,  Surgeon  to 
the  South  Devon  and  East  Cornwall  Hospital,  England.  Fifth  Edition.  i2mo. 
149  Illustrations.  Cloth,  $1.75 

SWANZY.    Diseases  of  the  Eye  and  their  Treatment.    A  Handbook  for  Physi- 
cians and  Students.     By  Henry  R.  Swanzy,  a.m.,  m.b.,  f.r.c.s. i.,  Surgeon  to 
the  National  Eye  and  Ear  Infirmary  ;  Ophthalmic  Surgeon  to  the  Adelaide  Hos- 
pital,  Dublin.     Sixth    Edition,  Thoroughly  Revised  and  Enlarged.     158  Illus- 
trations, one  Plain  Plate,  and  a  Zephyr  Test  Card.     i2mo.  Cloth,  53.00 
"  Is  without  doubt  the  most  satisfactory  manual  we  have  upon  diseases  of  the  eye.     It  occu- 
pies the  middle  ground  between  the  students'  manuals,  which  are  too  brief  and  concise,  and  the 
encyclopedic  treatises,  which  are  too  extended  and  detailed  to  be  of  special  use  to  the  general 
practitioner." — Chicago  Aledical  Recorder. 

SYMONDS.  Manual  of  Chemistry,  for  Medical  Students.  By  Brandreth 
Symonds,  A.m.,  m.d.,  Ass't  Physician  Roosevelt  Hospital,  Out-Patient  Department ; 
Attending  Physician  Northwestern  Dispensary,  New  York.  Second  Edition. 
i2mo.  Cloth,  $2.00 

TAFT.    Index  of  Dental  Periodical  Literature.    By  Jonathan  Taft,   ™  r>  c  ~J 
8vo.  Cloth,  52.00/ 

TALBOT.  Irregularities  of  the  Teeth,  and  Their  Treatment.  By  Eugene  S. 
Talbot,  m.d.,  Professor  of  Dental  Surgery  Woman's  Medical  College,  and 
Lecturer  on  Dental  Pathology  in  Rush  Medical  College,  Chicago.  Second  Edi- 
tion, Revised.     Octavo.      234  Illustrations.     261  pages.  Cloth,  53.00 

TANNER'S  Memoranda  of  Poisons  and  their  Antidotes  and  Tests.  By  Thos. 
Hawk.es  Tanner,  m.d.,  f.r.c.p.  7th  American,  from  the  Last  London  Edition. 
Revised  by  John  J.  Reese,  m.d.,  Professor  Medical  Jurisprudence  and  Toxi- 
cology in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.     121110.  Cloth,  .75 

TAYLOR.  Practice  of  Medicine.  A  Manual.  By  Frederick  Taylor,  m.d., 
Physician  to,  and  Lecturer  on  Medicine  at,  Guy's  Hospital,  London  ;  Physician  to 
Evelina  Hospital  for  Sick  Children,  and  Examiner  in  Materia  Medica  and  Phar- 
maceutical Chemistry,  University  of  London.  Cloth,  52.00;  Sheep,  52.50 


26  P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  &  CO.'S 

TAYLOR  AND  WELLS.  Diseases  of  Children.  A  Manual  for  Students  and 
Physicians.  By  John  Madison  Taylor,  a.b.,  m.d.,  Professor  of  Diseases  of 
Children,  Philadelphia  Polyclinic;  Assistant  Physician  to  the  Children's  Hospi- 
tal and  to  the  Orthopedic  Hospital;  Consulting  Physician  to  the  Elwyn  and  the 
Vineland  Training  Schools  for  Feeble-Minded  Children;  Neurologist  to  the 
Howard  Hospital,  etc.;  and  William  H.  Wells,  m.d.,  Adjunct- Professor  of 
Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Infancy  in  the  Philadelphia  Polyclinic  ;  late  Assistant 
Demonstrator  of  Clinical  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Infancy  in  Jefferson  Medi- 
cal College.    With  8  Plates  and  numerous  other  Illustrations.     i2mo.    746  pages. 

Cloth,  $4.00 

Proposed  Contents  and  Arrangement. — I.  Clinical  Investigation.  II  and 
III.  Hygiene  and  Diet.  IV.  Care  of  Children  of  Feeble  Resistance,  including  Sys- 
tematic Developmental  Methods.  V.  Diseases  Occurring  At  or  Near  Birth.  VI. 
Acute  Infectious  Diseases.  VII.  General  Diseases,  Tuberculosis,  Syphilis,  Malaria, 
Rachitis,  Rheumatism,  etc.  VIII.  Diseases  of  Digestive  Organs,  including  Parasites. 
IX.  Diseases  of  the  Liver,  Cecum,  and  Appendix.  X.  Diseases  of  the  Peritoneum, 
Intestinal  Malformations  and  Obstructions.  XI.  Diseases  of  the  Respiratory  Organs. 
XII.  Diseases  of  the  Heart.  XIII.  Diseases  of  the  Blood  and  Blood-making  Organs. 
XIV.  Nervous  Diseases  (including  Diabetes).  XV.  Diseases  of  the  Nose,  Pharynx, 
and  Naso-Pharynx.  XVI.  Genito-Urinary  Diseases.  XVII.  Diseases  of  Degeneracy, 
Thyroid  Thymus  Glands,  Dwarfs  and  Dwarfing,  Cretins,  Leprosy,  Idiocy,  Feeble- 
mindedness, and  Insanity,  etc.  XVIII.  Diseases  of  the  Skin.  XlX.  Injuries  and 
Shock.  XX.  Emergencies — Medical  and  Surgical.  XXI.  Diseases  of  the  Bones  and 
Joints.     XXII.  Curvatures  of  the  Spine.     XXlII.  Pott's  Disease.     XXIV.  Tumors. 

TEMPERATURE  Charts  for  Recording  Temperature,  Respiration,  Pulse,  Day  of 
Disease,  Date,  Age,  Sex,  Occupation,  Name,  etc.  Put  up  in  pads;  each  .50 

THOMPSON.  Urinary  Organs.  Diseases  of  the  Urinary  Organs.  Containing  32 
Lectures.  By  Sir  Henry  Thompson,  f.r.c.S.,  Emeritus  Professor  of  Clinical  Sur- 
gery in  University  College.  Eighth  London  Edition.  121  Illustrations.  Octavo. 
470  pages.  Cloth,  $3.00 

THORINGTON.  Retinoscopy  (The  Shadow  Test)  in  the  Determination  of 
Refraction  at  One  Metre  Distance  with  the  Plane  Mirror.  By  James  Thoring- 
ton,  m.d.,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Diseases  of  the  Eye  in  the  Philadelphia  Poly- 
clinic ;  Ophthalmologist  to  the  Vineland  Training  School  and  to  the  M.  E. 
Orphanage;  Lecturer  on  the  Anatomy,  Physiology,  and  Care  of  the  Eyes  in  the 
Philadelphia  Manual  Training  Schools,  etc.  With  38  Illustrations,  several  of 
which  are  Colored.     Second  Edition,  Enlarged.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.00 

TOMES'  Dental  Anatomy.    A  Manual  of  Dental  Anatomy,  Human  and  Compara- 
tive.    By  C.  S.  Tomes,  d.d.s.     263  Illustrations.     5th  Ed.     i2mo.     Cloth,  $4.00 
Dental  Surgery.    A  System  of  Dental  Surgery.    By  John  Tomes,  f.r.s. 
Fourth  Edition,  Thoroughly  Revised.      By  C.  S.  Tomes,  d.d.s.     With  289 
Illustrations.     i2mo.     717  pages.  Cloth,  $4.00 

TREVES.  German-English  Medical  Dictionary.    By  Frederick  Treves,  f.r.c.s., 

assisted  by  Dr.  Hugo  Lang,  b.a.  (Munich).     i2mo.  ^  Russia,  $3.25 

Physical  Education,  Its  Effects,  Value,  Methods,  etc.  Cloth,  .75 

TITKE.  Dictionary  of  Psychological  Medicine.  Giving  the  Definition,  Ety- 
mology, and  Synonyms  of  the  Terms  used  in  Medical  Psychology,  with  the 
Symptoms,  Pathology,  and  Treatment  of  the  recognized  forms  of  Mental  Dis- 
orders, together  with  the  Law  of  Lunacy  in  Great  Britain  and  Ireland.  Edited  by 
D.  Hack  Tuke,  M.D..LL.D.,  Examiner  in  Mental  Physiology  in  the  University 
of  London.     Two  Volumes.     Octavo.     1477  pages.  Cloth,  $10.00 

"This  is  an  elaborate  and  valuable  contribution  to  the  literature  of  medical  psychology,  and 
will  be  found  a  valuable  work  of  reference.  ...  A  comprehensive  standard  book." — The 
British  Medical  Journal. 


MEDICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  PUBLICA  TIONS.  27 

TURNBULL'S  Artificial  Anaesthesia.  A  Manual  of  Anesthetic  Agents  in  the 
Treatment  of  Diseases  also  their  Employment  in  Dental  Surgery  ;  Modes  of  Ad- 
ministration ;  Considering  their  Relative  Risks  ;  Tests  of  Purity  ;  Treatment  of 
Asphyxia;  Spasms  of  the  Glottis;  Syncope,  etc.  By  Laurence  Turnbull,  m.d., 
ph.g.,  Aural  Surgeon  to  Jefferson  College  Hospital,  etc.  Fourth  Edition,  Re- 
vised and  Enlarged.     54  Illustrations.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $2.50 

TUSON.  Veterinary  Pharmacopoeia,  including  the  outlines  of  Materia  Medica 
and  Therapeutics.  By  Richard  V.  Tuson,  late  Professor  at  the  Royal  Veter- 
inary College.  Fifth  Edition.  Revised  and  Edited  by  James  Bayne,  f.c.s., 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Toxicology  at  the  Royal  Veterinary  College.     i2mo. 

Cloth,  >2.25 

TUSSEY.  High  Altitude  Treatment  for  Consumption.  The  Principles  or 
Guides  for  a  Better  Selection  or  Classification  of  Consumptives  Amenable  to 
High  Altitude  Treatment,  and  to  the  Selection  of  Patients  who  may  be  More 
Successfully  Treated  in  the  Environment  to  which  They  were  Accustomed 
Previous  to  Their  Illness.  By  A.  Edgar  Tussey,  m.d.,  Adjunct  Professor  of 
Diseases  of  the  Chest  in  the  Philadelphia  Polyclinic  and  School  for  Graduates 
in  Medicine,  etc.     121110.  Cloth,  $1.50 

TYSON.  The  Practice  of  Medicine.  A  Text- Book  for  Physicians  and  Students, 
with  Special  Reference  to  Diagnosis  and  Treatment.  By  James  Tyson,  m.d., 
Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Physician  to 
the  University  and  to  the  Philadelphia  Hospitals,  etc.  Illustrated.  8vo.  Just 
Ready.  Cloth,  $5.50;  Leather,  $6.50;  Half  Russia,  $7.  50 

"  Few  teachers  in  the  country  can  claim  a  longer  apprenticeship  in  the  laboratory  and  at 
the  bedside,  none  a  more  intimate  acquaintance  with  students,  since  in  one  capacity  or  another 
he  has  been  associated  with  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  and  the  Philadelphia  Hospital  for 
nearly  thirty  years.  Moreover,  he  entered  medicine  through  the  portal  of  pathology,  a  decided 
advantage  in  the  writer  of  a  textbook.  .  .  .  The  typography  is  decidedly  above  works  of 
this  class  issued  from  our  publishing  houses.  There  is  no  American  Practice  of  the  same  attrac- 
tive appearance.  The  print  is  unusually  sharp  and  clear,  and  the  quality  of  the  paper  particu- 
larly good.  .  .  .  It  is  a  piece  of  good,  honest  work,  carefully  conceived  and  conscientiously 
carried  out." — University  Medical  Magazine. 

*%.*  Sample  Pages  and  Illustrations  Sent  Free  upon  Application. 

Guide  to  the  Examination  of  Urine.     Ninth  Edition.     For  the  Use  of 
Physicians  and  Students.    With  Colored  Plate  and  Numerous  Illustrations 
Engraved  on  Wood.  Ninth  Edition.  Revised.   i2mo.   276  pages.   Cloth,  $1.25 
*#*  A  French  translation  of  this  book  has  just  appeared  in  Paris. 

Handbook  of  Physical  Diagnosis.  3d  Edition.  Revised  and  Enlarged. 
With  Colored  and  other  Illustrations.      i2mo.     278  pages.  Cloth,  $1.50 

Cell  Doctrine.    Its  History  and  Present  State.     Second  Edition.     Cloth,  $1.50 

UNITED    STATES    PHARMACOPEIA.     1890.     Seventh    Decennial   Revision. 

Cloth,  52.50  (Postpaid,  $2.77);  Sheep,  $3.00  (Postpaid,  $3.27);  Interleaved, 
$4.00  (Postpaid,  $4.50);  printed  on  one  side  of  page  only.  Unbound,  $3.50  (Post- 
paid, 53.90). 

Select  Tables  from  the  U.  S.  P.  (1890).  Being  Nine  of  the  Most  Important 
and  Useful  Tables,  printed  on  Separate  Sheets.  Carefully  put  up  in  Patent 
Envelope.  --5 

VAN  HAEXINGEN  on  Skin  Diseases.  A  Practical  Manual  of  Diagnosis  and 
Treatment  with  special  reference  to  Differential  Diagnosis.  By  Arthur  Van 
Harlingen,  m.d.,  Professor  of  Diseases  of  the  Skin  in  the  Philadelphia  Poly- 
clinic ;  Clinical  Lecturer  on  Dermatology  at  Jefferson  Medical  College.  Third 
Edition.  Revised  and  Enlarged.  With  Formulae  and  Illustrations,  several  being 
in  Colors.     580  pages.  Cloth,  $2.75 

"As  would  naturally  be  expected  from  the  author,  his  views  are  sound,  his  information 

extensive,  and  in  matters  of  practical  detail  the  hand  of  the  experienced  physician  is  everywhere 

visible." —  The  Medical  Arews. 


2S  P-  BLAKISTON'S  SON  <&-  CO.'S 

VAN  NTJYS  on  The  Urine.  Chemical  Analysis  of  Healthy  and  Diseased  Urine, 
Qualitative  and  Quantitative.  By  T.  C.  Van  Nuys,  Professor  of  Chemistry 
Indiana  University.     39  Illustrations.     Octavo.  Cloth,  $1.00 

VIRCHOW'S  Post-mortem  Examinations.  A  Description  and  Explanation  of  the 
Method  of  Performing  them  in  the  Dead-House  of  the  Berlin  Charite  Hospital, 
with  especial  reference  to  Medico-legal  Practice.  By  Prof.  Virchow.  Trans- 
lated by  Dr.  T.  P.  Smith.    Illustrated.    Third  Edition,  with  Additions.    Cloth,  .75 

VOSWINKEL.  Surgical  Nursing.  A  Manual  for  Nurses.  By  Bertha  M.  Vos- 
winkel,  Graduate  Episcopal  Hospital,  Philadelphia;  Nurse  in  Charge  Children's 
Hospital,  Columbus,  O.     11 1  Illustrations,     iamo.     168  pages.  Cloth,  $1.00 

WALKER.  Students'  Aid  in  Ophthalmology.  By  Gertrude  A.  Walker, 
A.B.,  m.d.,  Clinical  Instructor  in  Diseases  of  the  Eye  at  Woman's  Medical 
College  of  Pennsylvania.   40  Illustrations  and  Colored  Plate.    i2mo.   Cloth,  $1.50 

WALSHAM.  Surgery  ;  its  Theory  and  Practice.  For  Students  and  Physicians. 
By  Wm.  J.  Walsham,  m.d.,  f.r.c.s.,  Senior  Ass't  Surg,  to,  and  Dem.  of  Practi- 
cal Surg,  in,  St.  Bartholomew's  Hospital,  Surg,  to  Metropolitan  Free  Hospital, 
London.  Fifth  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.  With  380  Engravings.  815 
pages.  Cloth,  $2.00  ;  Leather,  $2.50 

WARD.  Notes  on  Massage;  Including  Elementary  Anatomy  and  Physiology. 
By  Jessie  M.  Ward,  Instructor  in  Massage  in  the  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia, 
Jefferson,  and  Woman's  Hospitals ;  Clinical  Lecturer  at  Philadelphia  Polyclinic, 
etc.     i2mo.     Interleaved.  Paper  Cover,  $1.00 

WARING.  Practical  Therapeutics.  A  Manual  for  Physicians  and  Students.  By 
Edward  J.  Waring,  m.d.  Fourth  Edition.  Revised,  Rewritten,  and  Rearranged. 
Crown  Octavo.  Cloth,  $2.00 ;  Leather,  $3.00 

WARREN.  Compend  Dental  Pathology  and  Dental  Medicine.  Containing  all 
the  most  noteworthy  points  of  interest  to  the  Dental  Student  and  a  Chapter 
on  Emergencies.  By  Geo.  W.  Warren,  d.d.s.,  Clinical  Chief,  Penn'a  College 
of  Dental  Surgery,  Phila.  Third  Edition,  Enlarged.  Illustrated.  Being  No. 
T3  ?  Quiz- Compend?  Series.     i2mo.  Cloth,  .80 

Interleaved  for  the  addition  of  Notes,  $1.25 
Dental  Prosthesis  and  Metallurgy.     129  Illustrations.  Cloth,  $1.25 

WATSON  on  Amputations  of  the  Extremities  and  Their  Complications.  By 
B.A.Watson,  m.d.     250  Illustrations.  Cloth,  $5.50 

Concussions.     An  Experimental  Study  of  Lesions  arising  from  Severe  Con- 
cussions.    8vo.  Paper  cover,  $1.00 

WELLS.  Compend  of  Gynecology.  By  Wm.  H.  Wells,  m.d.,  Assistant  Demon- 
strator of  Obstetrics,  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia ;  Fellow  of  the 
College  of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia.  150  Illustrations.  ?  Quiz- Compend?  Series 
No.  7.     i2mo.  Cloth,  .80;  Interleaved  for  Notes,  $1.25 

WESTLAND.  The  Wife  and  Mother.  A  Handbook  for  Mothers.  By  A. 
Westland,  m.d.,  late  Resident  Physician,  Aberdeen  Royal  Infirmary.   Clo.  $1.50 

WETHERED.  Medical  Microscopy.  A  Guide  to  the  Use  of  the  Microscope  in 
Practical  Medicine.  By  Frank  J.  Wethered,  m.d  ,  m.r.c.p.,  Demonstrator  of 
Practical  Medicine,  Middlesex  Hospital  Medical  School;  Assistant  Physician, 
late  Pathologist,  City  of  London  Hospital  for  Diseases  of  Chest,  etc.  With  a 
Colored  Plate  and  101  Illustrations.     406  Pages.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $2-.oo 

WEYL.  Sanitary  Relations  of  the  Coal-Tar  Colors.  By  Theodore  Weyl. 
Authorized  Translation  by  Henry  Leffmann,  m.d.,  ph.d.     i2mo.     154  pages. 

Cloth,  #1.25 

WHITACRE.  Laboratory  Text-Book  of  Pathology.  By  Horace  J.  Whitacre, 
m.d.,  Demonstrator  of  Pathology,  Medical  CoUege  of  Ohio,  Cincinnati.  Illus- 
trated with  121  original  Illustrations.     8vo.  Cloth,  #1.50 

WHITE.    The  Mouth  and  Teeth.     By  J.  W.  White,  m.d.,  d.d.s.  Cloth,  .40 


MEDICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  PUBLIC  A  TIONS.  29 

WHITE  AND  WILCOX.  Materia  Medica,  Pharmacy,  Pharmacology,  and 
Therapeutics.  A  Handbook  for  Students.  By  W.  Hale  White,  m.d.,  f.k.c.p., 
etc.,  Physician  to  and  Lecturer  on  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,  Guy's  Hos- 
pital; Examiner  in  Materia  Medica  to  the  Conjoint  Board,  etc.  Third  American 
Edition.  Revised  by  Reynold  W.  Wilcox,  m.a.,  m.d.,  ll.d.,  Professor  of  Clin- 
ical Medicine  and  Therapeutics  at  the  New  York  Post- Graduate  Medical  School 
and  Hospital ;  Visiting  Physician  St.  Mark's  Hospital;  Assistant  Visiting  Physi- 
cian Bellevue  Hospital.     Third  Edition,  thoroughly  Revised.     i2mo. 

Cloth,  $2.75;  Leather,  $3.25 

WILSON.  Handbook  of  Hygiene  and  Sanitary  Science.  By  George  Wilson, 
m.a.,  M.D.,  f.r.s.e.,  Medical  Officer  of  Health  for  Mid- Warwickshire,  England. 
With  Illustrations.     Eighth  Edition.     i2mo.  Preparing: 

WILSON.  The  Summer  and  its  Diseases.  By  James  C.  Wilson,  m.d.,  Prof,  of  the 
Practice  of  Med.  and  Clinical  Medicine,  Jefferson  Med.  Coll.,  Phila.     Cloth,  .40 

WILSON.  System  of  Human  Anatomy.  1  ith  Revised  Edition.  Edited  by  Henry 
Edward  Clark,  m.d.,  m.r.c.s.  492  Illustrations,  26  Colored  Plates,  and  a 
Glossary  of  Terms.     Thick  i2mo.  Cloth,  $5-°° 

WINCKEL.  Text-Book  of  Obstetrics  ;  Including  the  Pathology  and  Therapeutics 
of  the  Puerperal  State.  By  Dr.  F.  Winckel,  Professor  of  Gynecology  and 
Director  of  the  Royal  University  Clinic  for  Women  in  Munich.  Authorized 
Translation  by  J.  Clifton  Edgar,  a.m.,  m.d.,  Adjunct  Professor  to  the  Chair  of 
Obstetrics,  Medical  Department,  University  City  of  New  York.  With  nearly  200 
Handsome  Illustrations,  the  majority  of  which  are  original  with  this  work.  Octavo. 

Cloth,  $5.00;  Leather,  $6.00 

WINDLE.  Surface  Anatomy  and  Landmarks.  By  B.  C.  A.  Windle,  d.sc.m.d., 
Professor  of  Anatomy  in  Mason  College ,  Birmingham,  etc.  Second  Edition, 
Revised  by  T.  Manners  Smith,  m.r.c.s.,  with  Colored  and  other  Illustrations. 
i2mo.  Cloth,  $1.00 

WOAKES.  Deafness,  Giddiness,  and  Noises  in  the  Head.  By  Edward 
Woak.es,  m.d.,  Senior  Aural  Surgeon,  London  Hospital;  assisted  by  Claud 
Woak.es,  m.r.c.s.,  Assistant  Surgeon  to  the  London  Throat  Hospital.  Fourth 
Edition.     Illustrated.     i2mo.  Cloth,  $2.00 

WOOD.  Brain  Work  and  Overwork.  By  Prof.  H.  C.  Wood,  Clinical  Professor 
of  Nervous  Diseases,  University  of  Pennsylvania.     i2mo.  Cloth,  .40 

WOODY.  Essentials  of  Chemistry  and  Urinalysis.  By  Sam  E.  Woody,  a.m., 
m.d.,  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Public  Hygiene,  and  Clinical  Lecturer  on 
Diseases  of  Children,  in  the  Kentucky  School  of  Medicine.  Fourth  Edition. 
Illustrated.     i2mo.  In  Press. 

WYTHE.  Dose  and  Symptom  Book.  The  Physician's  Pocket  Dose  and  Symptom 
Book.  Containing  the  Doses  and  Uses  of  all  the  Principal  Articles  of  the 
Materia  Medica,  and  Officinal  Preparations.  By  Joseph  H.  Wythe,  a.m.,  m.d. 
17th  Edition,  Revised.  Cloth,  .75;   Leather,  with  Tucks  and  Pocket,  $1.00 

YEO.  Manual  of  Physiology.  Sixth  Edition.  A  Text-book  for  Students  of 
Medicine.  By  Gerald  F.  Yeo.,  m.d.,  f.r.c.s.,  Professor  of  Physiology  in  King's 
College,  London.  Sixth  Edition  ;  revised  and  enlarged  by  the  author.  With 
254  Wood  Engravings  and  a  Glossary.     Crown  Octavo. 

Cloth,  $2.50;   Leather,  53.00 


From  the  Southern  Clinic. 

"  We  know  of  no  series  of  books  issued  by  any  house  that  so  fully  meets  our  approval  as  these 
?  Quiz-Compends  ?.  They  are'  well  arranged,  full,  and  concise,  and  are  really  the  best  line  of  text- 
books that  could  be  found  for  either  student  or  practitioner." 


BLAKISTON'S  ?QUIZ=COMPENDS? 

The  Best  Series  of  Manuals  for  the  Use  of  Students. 

Price  of  each,  Cloth,  .80.         Interleaved  for  taking  Notes,  $1.25. 

jgfg^"3  These  Compends  are  based  on  the  most  popular  text-books  and  the  lectures  of  promi- 
nent professors,  and  are  kept  constantly  revised,  so  that  they  may  thoroughly  represent  the 
present  state  of  the  subjects  upon  which  they  treat.  The  authors  have  had  large  experience  as 
Quiz-Masters  and  attaches  of  colleges,  and  are  well  acquainted  with  the  wants  of  students.  They 
are  arranged  in  the  most  approved  form,  thorough  and  concise,  containing  over  600  fine  illustra- 
tions, inserted  wherever  they  could  be  used  to  advantage.  Can  be  used  by  students  of  any 
college,  and  contain  information  nowhere  else  collected  in  such  a  condensed,  practical  shape. 

ILLUSTRATED  CIRCULAR   FREE. 

No.  1.      HUMAN   ANATOMY.  Fifth  Revised  and  Enlarged  Edition.      Including  Vis- 

ceral Anatomy.  Can  be  used  with  either  Morris's  or  Gray's  Anatomy.  1 17  Illustrations 
and  16  Lithographic  Plates  of  Nerves  and  Arteries,  with  Explanatory  Tables,  etc.  By 
Samuel  O.  L.  Potter,  m.d.  ,  Professor  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine,  College  of  Physicians 
and  Surgeons,  San  Francisco;  late  A.  A.  Surgeon,  U.  S.  Army. 

No.  2.  PRACTICE  OF  MEDICINE.  Parti.  Fifth  Edition,  Revised,  Enlarged,  and 
Improved.  By  Dan'l  E.  Hughes,  m.d.,  Physician-in  Chief,  Philadelphia  Hospital,  late 
Demonstrator  of  Clinical  Medicine,  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia. 

No.  3.  PRACTICE  OF  MEDICINE.  Part  II.  Fifth  Edition,  Revised,  Enlarged,  and 
Improved.      Same  author  as  No.  2. 

No.  4.  PHYSIOLOGY.  Eighth  Edition,  with  new  Illustrations  and  a  table  of  Physio- 
logical Constants.  Enlarged  and  Revised.  By  A.  P.  Brubaker,  M.d.,  Professor  of 
Physiology  and  General  Pathology  in  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Dental  Surgery;  Demon- 
strator of  Physiology,  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia. 

No.  5.  OBSTETRICS.  Fifth  Edition.  By  Henry  G.  Landis,  m.d.  Revised  and  Edited 
by  Wm.  H.  Wells,  m.d.,  Assistant  Demonstrator  of  Obstetrics,  Jefferson  Medical  College, 
Philadelphia.      Enlarged.     47  Illustrations. 

No.  6.  MATERIA  MEDICA,  THERAPEUTICS,  AND  PRESCRIPTION 
WRITING.  Sixth  Revised  Edition  (U.  S.  P.  1890).  By  Samuel  O.  L.  Potter,  m.d., 
Professor  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine,  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  San  Francisco. 

No.  7.  GYNECOLOGY.  A  New  Book.  By  Wm.  H.  Wells,  m.d.,  Assistant  Demon- 
strator of  Obstetrics,  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia.      150  Illustrations. 

No.  8.  DISEASESOF  THE  EYE  AND  REFRACTION.  A  New  Book.  Includ- 
ing Treatment  and  Surgery  and  a  Section  on  Local  Therapeutics.  By  George  M.  Gould, 
m.d.,  and  W.  L.  Pyi.e,  m.d.  With  Formulae,  Glossary,  several  useful  Tables,  and  ill 
Illustrations,  several  of  which  are  colored. 

No.  9.  SURGERY,  Minor  Surgery,  and  Bandaging.  Fifth  Edition,  Enlarged  and  Im- 
proved. By  Orville  Horwitz,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Genito-Urinary  Surgery 
and  Venereal  Diseases  in  Jefferson  Medical  College;  Surgeon  to  Philadelphia  Hospital,  etc. 
With  98  Formulae  and  71  Illustrations. 

No.  10.  MEDICAL  CHEMISTRY.  Fourth  Edition.  Including  Urinalysis,  Animal 
Chemistry,  Chemistry  of  Milk,  Blood,  Tissues,  the  Secretions,  etc.  By  Henry  Leffmann, 
m.d.,  Professor  of  Chemistry  in  Pennsylvania  College  of  Dental  Surgery  and  in  the 
Woman's  Medical  College,  Philadelphia. 

No.  11.  PHARMACY.  Fifth  Edition.  Based  upon  Prof.  Remington's  Text-Book  of  Phar- 
macy. By  F.  E.  Stewart,  m.d.,  ph.G.,  late  Quiz-Master  in  Pharmacy  and  Chemistry, 
Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy;   Lecturer  at  Jefferson  Medical   College. 

No.  12.  VETERINARY  ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY.  Illustrated.  By 
Wm.  R.  Bai.lou,  M.d.,  Professor  of  Equine  Anatomy  at  New  York  College  of  Veterinary 
Surgeons;    Physician  to  Bellevue  Dispensary,  etc.     With  29  graphic  Illustrations. 

No.  13.  DENTAL  PATHOLOGY  AND  DENTAL  MEDICINE.  Second  Edition, 
Illustrated.  Containing  all  the  most  noteworthy  points  of  interest  to  the  Dental  Student  and 
a  Section  on  Emergencies.  By  Geo.  W.  Warrkn,  D.D.S.,  Chief  of  Clinical  Staff,  Pennsyl- 
vania College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Philadelphia. 

No.  14.  DISEASES  OF  CHILDREN.  Colored -Plate.  By  Marcus  P.  Hatfield, 
Professor  of  Diseases  of  Children,  Chicago  Medical  College.     Second  Edition,  Enlarged. 

No.  15.  GENERAL  PATHOLOGY  AND  MORBID  ANATOMY.  91  Illustra- 
tions. By  II.  NEWBERRY  HALL,  PH.G.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Pathology  and  Medical  Chem- 
istry, Chicago  Post-Graduate  Medical  School. 

No.  16.  DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN.  By  Jay  F.  SCHAMBF.RG,  m.d.,  Instructor  at 
Philadelphia  Polyclinic.      99  Illustrations. 

Price,  each,  strongly  bound  in  cloth,  .80.    Interleaved  for  taking  Notes,  $1.25. 


Published  Annually  for  47  Years. 


The  Physicians  Visiting  List. 

(LINDSAY  &  BLAKISTON'S.) 

Special  Improved  Edition  for  1898. 


In  order  to  improve  and  simplify  this  Visiting  List  we  have  done  away  with  the  two 
styles  hitherto  known  as  the  "  25  and  50  Patients  plain."  We  have  allowed  more  space 
for  writing  the  names,  and  added  to  the  special  memoranda  page  a  column  for  the 
"Amount"  of  the  weekly  visits  and  a  column  for  the  "Ledger  Page."  To  do  this  with- 
out increasing  the  bulk  or  the  price,  we  have  condensed  the  reading  matter  in  the  front 
of  the  book  and  rearranged  and  simplified  the  memoranda  pages,  etc.,  at  the  back. 

The  Lists  for  75  Patients  and  100  Patients  will  also  have  special  memoranda  page  as 
above,  and  hereafter  will  come  in  two  volumes  only,  dated  January  to  June,  and  July  to 
December.  While  this  makes  a  book  better  suited  to  the  pocket,  the  chief  advantage  is 
that  it  does  away  with  the  risk  of  losing  the  accounts  of  a  whole  year  should  the  book 
be  mislaid. 

The  changes  and  improvements  made  in  1896  met  with  such  general 
favor  that  the  sale  increased  more  than  ten  per  cent,  over  the  previous 
year. 


CONTENTS. 


PRELIMINARY  MATTER.— Calendar,  1896-1897 — Table  of  Signs,  to  be  used  in  keeping  records — 
The  Metric  or  French  Decimal  System  of  Weights  and  Measures — Table  for  Converting  Apothecaries' 
Weights  and  Measures  into  Grams — Dose  Table,  giving  the  doses  of  official  and  unofficial  drugs  in  both 
the  English  and  Metric  Systems — Asphyxia  and  Apnea — Complete  Table  for  Calculating  the  Period  of 
Utero-Gestation — Comparison  of  Thermometers. 

VISITING  LIST. — Ruled  and  dated  pages  for  25,50,  75,  and  100  patients  per  day  or  week,  with  blank  page 
opposite  each  on  which  is  an  amount  column,  column  for  ledger  page,  and  space  for  special  memoranda. 

SPECIAL  RECORDS  for  Obstetric  Engagements,  Deaths,  Births,  etc.,  with  special  pages  for  Addresses 
of  Patients,  Nurses,  etc.,  Accounts  Due,  Cash  Account,  and  General  Memoranda. 


SIZES  AND    PRICES. 

REGULAR  EDITION,  as  Described  Above. 

BOUND   IN   STRONG   LEATHER   COVERS,  WITH    POCKET  AND    PENCIL. 

For  25  Patients  weekly,  with  Special  Memoranda  Page, i-i  00 

50        "  "  "  "  "  1   25 

,      f  Tanuary  to   Tune     "I  „  „ 

to        "  "  "  "  "        2  vols.  <  i  1     * '  t»  1       ?• 2  °° 

-'  (  July  to  December  J 

,,  ,.  ,      f  Tanuary  to    Tune    "| 

75        "  "  "  "  "        2  vols.  H,    ,'p,    J    ,       )■ 200 

'  J  [July  to   December) 

100        "  «  "  "  "        2  vols  /  Januarv  to  June    X  2  2S 

'  \  July  to  December  J  J 

PERPETUAL  EDITION,  without  Dates. 

No.  1.  Containing  space  for  over  1300  names,  with  blank  page  opposite  each  Visiting  List  page. 

Bound  in  Red  Leather  cover,  with  Pocket  and  Pencil, Si    25 

No.  2.   Same  as  No.  1.      Containing  space  for  2600  names,  with  blank  page  opposite, 1   5° 

MONTHLY  EDITION,  without  Dates. 

No.  1.   Pjound,  Seal  leather,  without  Flap  or  Pencil,  gilt  edges, 75 

No.  2.   Bound,  Seal  leather,  with  Tucks,  Pencil,  etc.,  gilt  edges, 1   00 

8@°*  All   these   prices  are  net.     No  discount  can  be  allowed   retail   purchasers. 
Circular  and  sample  pages  upon  application. 

P.   BLAKISTON'S  SON  &  CO.,  Publishers,  Philadelphia. 


JUST  PUBLISHED. 

Hemmeter.     Diseases  of  the  Stomach.    Colored 
Illustrations. 

THEIR  SPECIAL    PATHOLOGY,    DIAGNOSIS,    AND    TREATMENT.       With    Sections 

on  Anatomy,  Dietetics,  Surgery  of  Stomach,  etc.  By  John  C.  Hem- 
meter,  m.d.,  philos.d.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Medicine  at  the  Baltimore 
Medical  College,  Consultant  to  the  Maryland  General  Hospital,  etc. 
With  Colored  and  other  Illustrations,  many  of  which  are  original  and 
have  been  specially  prepared  for  this  volume.     Octavo,  778  pages. 

Cloth,  $6.00;  Leather,  $7.00;  Half  Russia,  $8.00 
*,* This  work  has  been  prepared  with  great  care  and  forms  the  only  com- 
plete practical  text-book  in  the  English  language.  The  author  brings  to  his 
own  large  experience  a  vast  knowledge  of  the  literature  of  the  subject.  His 
chief  effort  has  been  to  furnish  the  general  practitioner  with  a  work  from 
which  he  can  readily  acquaint  himself  with  all  that  has  been  done  in  this 
important  branch  of  medicine,  to  fit  himself  to  make  examinations,  to  take 
advantage  of  new  methods  of  diagnosis,  and  to  treat  this  very  difficult  class 
of  diseases  rationally  and  successfully. 

The  illustrations  have  been  selected  and  engraved  with  great  care.  A  num- 
ber of  them  are  original;  these  have  been  drawn  by  the  author  or  prepared 
by  an  artist  under  his  immediate  directions,  and  will,  we  believe,  prove  most 
satisfactory. 

Synopsis  of  Contents. — Anatomy  and  Histology  of  the  Stomach  and 
Intestines — Physiology  of  Digestion — Pepsinogen  and  Pepsin — The  Bile — 
Formed  or  Organized  Ferments  (Bacteria)  —  Effects  of  Digestive  Secretions 
— Qualitative  and  Quantitative  Methods  for  Testing  the  Motor,  Secretory,  and 
Absorptive  Functions — Absorption  from  the  Stomach — Methods  for  Determin- 
ing the  Location,  Size,  and  Capacity  of  the  Stomach — Gastrodiaphany  of  Ein- 
horn — The  Stomach-Tube  and  Technics  of  Its  Introduction— Examination 
of  Stomach  Contents — Test-Meals— Methods  for  Qualitative  and  Quantita- 
tive Analysis  of  Stomach  Contents — Tests  for  Blood  in  Stomach  Contents — 
Examinations  of  Portions  of  Mucosa  or  Tissue  Found  in  the  Washwater 
and  Vomited  Matter — The  Diagnostic  Significance  of  Fragments  of  Mucosa 
and  of  Gastric  Exfoliations  and  Neoplastic  Tissue  Occurring  in  the  Washwater 
and  Vomited  Matter — Occurrence  of  Secretions  in  the  Empty  Stomach- 
Stimulations  to  Secretions  of  Gastric  Juice — Chemical  Examination  of  Gastric 
juice — Quantitative  Analysis  of  the  Stomach  Acids — Dietetics — Mechanical 
Methods  of  Treatment — Uses  and  Abuses  of  Mineral  (Spring)  Waters— Alcohol 
and  Alcoholic  Beverages,  Effect  on  Digestion,  etc. — Surgical  Treatment  of  Gas- 
tric Diseases — Influence  of  Gastric  Diseases  on  Other  Organs  and  on  Metabolism 
— The  Influence  of  Diseases  of  Other  Organs  on  the  Stomach — Condition  of 
the  Urine  in  Gastric  Diseases— Acute  Gastritis — Chronic  Gastritis — Gastric 
Ulcer — Carcinoma — Sarcoma  of  the  Stomach — Syphilis  of  the  Stomach — 
Tuberculosis  of  the  Stomach — Ulcus  Carcinomatosum,  Cancerous  Ulcer  of  the 
Stomach — Benign  Tumors — Atony — Motor  Insufficiency —  Dilatation — Gas- 
troptosis,  Prolapses  of  the  Stomach — Nervous  Affections  of  the  Stomach — Neu- 
roses of  Secretion — Neuroses  of  Motility. 

*#*The  Sections  on  Dietetics  are  exhaustive  and  particularly  valuable  to  the 
general  practitioner. 


COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARIES 

This  book  is  due  on  the  date  indicated  below,  or  at  the 
expiration  of  a  definite  period  after  the  date  of  borrowing,  as 
provided  by  the  rules  of  the  Library  or  by  special  arrange- 
ment with  the  Librarian  in  charge. 

DATE  BORROWED 

DATE  DUE 

DATE  BORROWED 

DATE  DUE 

}!jV 

.    .    W 

;  Jr% 

j      ,t    si- 

N«                    * 

I 

C2e(U4l)M100 

1 

RK27 
Karris 


K24 
1898 


